ane 


y * anh” 


ταν τῶν ΤᾺ 
> arenas 


τω Aen 
eet 
τς “A ις 2. 
Υ “> 
ae 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 


THE SLOSS COLLECTION OF THE SEMITIC LIBRARY” 


OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 


GIFT OF 
LOUIS SLOSS. 


Fesruary, 1897. 


. 7 ( Lad - | 
Accession No. 893863 ᾿ς OHESS ING. WKS 


As 


=e 


=e 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation . 


http://www.archive.org/details/lexiconhebrewOgeserich | 


\ 
‘ 


Se, 
sotas 
“τ 
Ἦν 

ἐπ: 


HEBREW AND ENGLISH 
LEXICON 


OF 


THE OLD TESTAMENT, 


INCLUDING THE 


BIBLICAL CHALDEE. 


FROM THE LATIN OF 


WILLIAM GESENIUS, 


LATE PROFESSOR OF THEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF HALLE-WITTEMBERG. 


BY : 


EDWARD ROBINSON, 


Professor in the Union egical Seminary, New-York. 


UNIVERSITY 
ὦ ah 


FOURTH EDITION, 


WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONS, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR IN 
MANUSCRIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FROM HIS LARGER THESAURUS. 


BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 


47 Washington-street. 


1850. 


Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, by 
ROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 


“JOHN F. TROW, PRINTER, 
49, 51, & 638 Ann-street, New-York. 


sg 


PREFACE 


TO THE EDITION OF 1844. 


BY THE TRANSLATOR. 


WiiiaM Gesentvs, the author of this work, died at Halle, October 
23d, 1842, aged 56 years 8} months. His life was devoted to the illus- 
tration of the Hebrew language; first, its Lexicography, and then its 
Grammar and the interpretation of the Sacred Writings. 

The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography 
have been the following, arranged chronologically. 

Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwéorterbuch des Alten Testaments, 2 vols. 
8vo. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of 
twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor of 
Theology at Halle-—Translated and published in England by Christopher 
Leo: A Hebrew Lexicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825. 

Neues Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwirterbuch, einer fiir Schulen um- 
gearbeiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo. Leipz. 1815.—Translated and published 
in this country by J. W. Gibbs: A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the 
Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824. 

Hebriisches und Chaldaisches Handworterbuch itber das Alte Testa-- 
ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding, 
introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography. 
This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833, 
p. 1 sq. 

The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many 
improvements, especially in the Particles. 

Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies 
were printed. 

Thesaurus philologicus criticus Lingue Hebree et Chaldee Veteris 
Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips. 1829. The printing was completed 
two years earlier; and this number was presénted to Niemeyer, to whom 
it was dedicated, on the day of his Jubileum, in April 1827. 

Lexicon ‘Misia Hebraicum et Chaldaicum in v. T. Libros, 8vo. 
Lips. 1833. 

., Hebriisches und Chaldiisches Handwérterbuch, etc. Leipz. 1834. 


A new edition of the German epsy nformed to the preceding Latin 
edition. δ ϑ. 


iv PREFACE. 


Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2. Lips. 1835.—Tom. 11. 
Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840.—Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib. 1842. 
This last Part includes the root =n and its derivatives; and here the 
Author’s labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in 
another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and 
colleague Roediger. 

The above works are all distinguished by that accurate and thorough 
research, and by a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected, 
which placed the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. In 
them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed 
the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates 
the primary and native signification of a word, and then deduces from 
it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as 
found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages and 
writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each 
word in all its varieties of signification and construction. This is doubt- 
less the only true method ; and it was ably followed out: by Passow in 
his admirable Greek Lexicon. 

Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen that, 
with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have been 
translated into English. 

The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com- 
menced in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be nothing more 
than a Latin version of the German edition of 1828, for the use of foreign 
students unacquainted with the German tongue. But about this time, 
the views of comparative philology, especially in respect to the Indo- 
European languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm in various works, 
and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues by Hupfeld, Ewald, 
and others, appear to have given a new direction, or rather a new im- 
pulse, to the studies of Gesenius; and these pursuits, together with 
official duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus, and also protracted 
the completion of the Latin Manual until the close of 1832. At the 
same time the character of the latter was greatly changed; and it 
became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly from the materials 
collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of these more extended 
views. 

The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours 
of the Author; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in 
the skill and tact of their practical application. The main point of dis- 
tinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the 
primary signification of the Hebrew roots; the reference of whole fami- 
lies of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato- 
peetic; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the 
Indo-European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin, 


PREFACE. Vv 


Gothic, German, English, and other kindred dialects. Here it is found, 
that the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary 
elements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer to 
the great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually 
been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also 
given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the 
Hebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author 
was, able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts 
of the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew 
Grammar and Lexicography, but certainly to enlarge and strengthen 
the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer 
cement. , 

The same remarks apply to the ¢enth edition of the Author’s smaller 
Hebrew Grammar, published in 1831; and reprinted in the eleventh 
and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. 'The 
thirteenth edition, bearing extensive marks of further progress, was pub- 
lished in 1842. 

To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given 
an impulse and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, far 
beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the Buxtorfs. 
At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as 
elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer 
was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the Book of 
Genesis. He then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of 
literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth 
time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his 
career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but 
fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague, 
the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year 
to a class of only seven. This statement was made toa class of more 
than five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been his 
pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and 
Oriental learning; and also among others who had been led on by his 
example and instructed by his labours; it would have been strange 
indeed, had there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of 
the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it is 
perhaps, at the present day, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was 
among the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every 
valuable suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come; and also 
every result which would bear examination, however contrary it might 
be to his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a 
fair and candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point: 
“Unwearied personal observation and an impartial examination of the 
researches of others; the grateful admission and adoption of every real 


vi PREFACE. 


advance and illustration of science; but also a manly foresight and 
caution, which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown 
out in haste and from the love of innovation; all these must go hand 
in hand, wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted.”* 'To 
the sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, 
as do all his later works, in the frequent references and acknowledgments 
to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others. 

If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made 
advances upon the earlier works of Gesenius, it may be said without 
hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he has 
made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former editions 
of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as compared 
with the first. 

.The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has 
now been removed from the sphere of his labours; but those labours 
and their fruits will long live after him. Let the present state of the 
study and interpretation of the Bible, and especially of the Old Testament, 
be compared with what it was thirty years ago, when Gesenius com- 
menced his career, and it will be seen that in no department of theo- 
logical or philological learning has the advance been more rapid and 
great. The study of the Hebrew Scriptures is no longer an isolated 
pursuit, repulsive from the want of scientific helps, and the jargon of 
unmeaning technical terms. Indeed, it may be safely affirmed, that, at 
the present day, the lexicography and grammar of the Old Testament 
stand upon a higher step of scientific philology, than do those of the 
New.t ᾿ 

Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in 
behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western 
hemisphere. 'The good sense and ardour of Prof. Stuart early led him 
to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply 
them zealously and successfully in the wide. field of his own labour. 
His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on. those 
principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit 
awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department of 
theology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs’ translation of the 
Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of the 
difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publication 
of Hahn’s Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius in 
1833, furnished great additional facilities; and large numbers of both 
these works were constantly imported. The translation of this Manual 
by the writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand 


* Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7. 
+ For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is referred to 
the Brsusorneca Sacra, 1843, p. 361 sq. 


PREFACE. vii 


copies ; which were all sold at the end of six years. Meanwhile the 
public received the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Dr. Nordheimer in 
two volumes, 1839-41, of which the first volume has been reprinted ; 
and likewise Prof. Conant’s translation of Gesenius’ Elementary Hebrew 
Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. 

When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a new edition of the 
present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own corrections 
and additions, made during an interval of several years while carrying 
at least four fasciculi of his Thesaurus through the press. The arrange- 
ment was entered into; and the corrected copy of the first 384 pages of 
the Latin Manual, extending to the end of the letter Heth (m), was trans- 
mitted in April 1842. It was a transcript of his own copy prepared for 
a new edition of the same work, which he expected to put to press near 
the close of the same year. The portion sent covers nearly the whole 
of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were completed in 1827 
and 1835; and comprises all his emendations to those two earliest parts 
of his great work. With these his own revision of the Manual ceased. 
The remainder of the copy was received after his death. It contained, 
however, for the most part, only short hints and references, noted down 
by the Author for future use; but not wrought out by him and incor- 
porated into the work. The labour therefore devolved upon the Trans- 
lator of carrying out the remainder of the Lexicon in the same spirit, by 
conforming it to the latest views of the Author as exhibited in the 
Thesaurus. Under these circumstances it is a gratifying fact, that the 
Author was spared to revise just those earliest portions of the work which 
stood most in need of correction, and as to which there is yet no printed 
record of his latest views ; while in the remaining portion, the Translator 
had only to follow those Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently 
appeared, and of course required comparatively very little correction. 
His effort was to make the new edition a condensed copy of that great 
work ; and perhaps the conformity is most complete in those portions 
not revised. by the Author himself. A large number of the: articles, 
especially the most important, had to be entirely rewritten. 

The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional 
remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed 
to be necessary ; since the work. is purely philological, and rarely pre- 
sents an allusion to theological views. In respect to new expositions of 
various passages; which the Author had formerly been led to propose, it 
was his own remark, that the older he grew the more he was inelined 
to return in very many cases to the long-received methods of interpreta- 
tion. ‘The later numbers of his Thesaurus, as also the following pages, 
furnish abundant testimony to the sincerity of this declaration. 


PREFACE 


TO THE THIRD EDITION. 


Tue sale of a second impression of three thousand copies of the 
Lexicon, in less than five years, rendered necessary early measures for 
the preparation of a new edition. As the Author now rests from his 
labours ; and his colleague Roediger, to whom he intrusted the comple- 
tion of his Thesaurus, was understood to have nearly finished the manu- 
script ; it seemed advisable to conform the present Lexicon every where 
to the latest views expressed in the Thesaurus and the accompanying 
corrections, and then give to the work a permanent form. Measures were 
accordingly taken to insure the reception of the sheets from the German 
publisher at the earliest moment; and the process of stereotyping the 
pages was begun and continued, until interrupted by the delay of the 
Thesaurus in Germany. It appears from the latest intelligence, that 
although the concluding fasciculus of that work is completed in manu- 
seript, yet the printing and publication are likely to be delayed many 
months, both for the sake of final revision, and in consequence of the 
deranged state of public affairs and the general stagnation of business. 

Meanwhile, the former edition of this Translation being entirely ex- 
hausted, the publishers, in order to meet the pressing demand, determined 
to strike off a limited impression from the plates so far as finished, and 
the rest from types. Accordingly, the present volume is thus printed 
from the plates as far as to p. 1032 inclusive, with the exception of pp. 
623-634. 'This portion, having been thoroughly revised, is now perma- 
nent; and exhibits the latest views of Gesenius, as contained in the 
Thesaurus or transmitted to the Translator in manuscript just before the 
Author’s decease. ‘The remaining portion has also been carefully revised 
and compared with the later writings of the Author; but can receive its 
permanent form only when the publication of the Thesaurus shall have 
been completed. 

It is not too much to say, that the present volume, even now, exhibits 
the only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in 
the department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet published, 
of whatever pretensions, bears a like close relation to the ‘Thesaurus and 
to the later views and corrections of its Author. 

In this final revision, the Translator has made numerous corrections, 
and has occasionally added new information from later sources ; but 


PREFACE. ix 


always preceded by a bracket, and followed by the letter R. The most 
important change of this kind is in the article θη. Great care has been 
taken to secure the utmost correctness. The sheets have been read 
once by my friend and associate Mr. W. W. Turner, the extent and 
accuracy of whose learning as a Hebrew scholar and general philologist 
are well known ; and the last proofs have always passed under my own 
eye and been laboriously compared throughout with the originals. The 
scriptural references will be found at least to be more correct than those 
of the Thesaurus or the Latin Manual.—Very many corrections in the 
work itself, and much of the minute filing, have been contributed by 
Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark added at his suggestion is dis- 
tinguished by the letter 7. 


/ 


NOTE TO THE FOURTH EDITION. 


Wuen the third edition of this work was published, nearly two years 
ago, it was hoped that the Thesaurus of Gesenius would be completed 
without much delay ; so that the whole of the present volume might be 
conformed to it, and issued in a permanent shape. This hope has not 
been fulfilled ; it being understood that no progress has been made 
in the printing of the Thesaurus during the interval. The latter portion 
of the volume is therefore again printed in letter-press, as before, with 
some minor. corrections. 


E. ROBINSON. 


Union TuHeotogicaL Seminary, 
New- York, Nov. 1850. 


FOR THE STUDENT. 


The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the 
Translator) often referred to in the following pages : 


Thesaur. 


Lehrgb. or Lgb. 
Heb. Gr. 


Gesch. der Heb. Spr. 


Comment. on Is. 


Monumm. Phen. 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. 


i.e. Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Lingue Hebree et Chaldee V. T. 


ΓΙ 


“ 


“ 


“ 


See Pref. p. iii, iv. 

Lehrgebtude der Hebriischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817. 

Hebrdische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz. 
1845.—English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc. 
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, New-York, 
1847. 

Geschichte der Hebriischen Sprache und Schrift, Leipz. 1815. 

Der Prophet Jesaia, itbersetzt und mit einem Commentar begleitet, 
4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans- 
lation, was reprinted separately in 1829. 

Scripture Lingueque Phenicie Monumenta quotquot supersunt, 
Ato. Lips. 1837. 

Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petrea, 
by E. ΟΒΙΝΒΟΝ and Εἰ. Suiru. 3 vols. Boston, 1841. Lond. 1841. 
The references to this work were made by Gesenius in all those 
parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him after its 
publication. In the other parts they have been added by the 
Translator. 


For Appgnpa, see p. 1120. 


“ΠῚ ; ‘- 


Oe | iF 
Ὁ Δ 
Ss 


LEXICON. 


Tue name Aleph, like those of the 
other letters, is of Phenician origin, and 
signifies 0, bullock, i. q. Heb. 528. So 
~ Plutarch, Quest. Sympos. IX. 2: Aleph 
“is put before the other letters διὰ τοὺς 
Φοίνικας οὕτω καλεῖν τὸν βοῦν. The 
name is derived ftom the form of this 
letter in the most ancient alphabet, re- 
presenting the rude outline of a bullock’s 
head, still found in the remains of the 


“Phenician dialect: 221k Asa 
»mimeral it denotes unity or 1; and with 
_two points above (&), 1000. 


Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph 


has the softest pronunciation, being ut- 
tered with a slight breathing from the 
‘throat: or rather lungs, like the Greek 
spiritus lenis, and the French h in habit, 
homme, which we, are apt to neglect, 
because we cannot give them correctly. 
And since by a sort of common usage in 
languages, especially in those of the 
Semitic family, (comp. Ewald. in Heb. 
Gram. ὁ 31,) the stronger and harsher 


letters in the course of time become by 


degrees softened and give place to 
smoother ones, we hence see why in 
Aramean, in the later Hebrew, and in 
Arabic, the stronger gutturals 5 and > 
are softened into &. E. σ. >upnn, 
\jezf > opn, Vij, Sup ; yin 
Jer. 52, 15 for 412 multitude, ete. 
But, ving versa, δὲ sometimes. passes 
over into © and >; and in general, 
these letters, being very similar in pro- 


nunciation, are very often interchanged | 
Comp. 47 in the, 
later Hebrew for the common πὸ; 38 ; 


ear of grain, comp. Syr. Lada flower ;. 


with :one another. 


-yand ni, nx ἀπ ΤΊΣ; also Dax 


‘ahd B39 to be sad ΕΝ and:"742 totum 


(both of themalso in Einieplds Ὄπ and 


. d¥5 to pollute ; ayn and =n to abhor ; 


N23 and 3723 to suck i in, to drink ; pknp 
suddenly, from 3m a moment, etc. . 
“Where Aleph is to be still more soft- 
ened, it passes over into the quiescents 4 
and *,.as 3718 and. 1117-to make one ; θὲ 


x2 to learn; Dx, 859, buffalo; ia 


for "83 a well. Hence it comes, that 
many verbs NB accord. in signification 
with verbs 59, comp. Heb. ‘Gr. § 76. 2; 
e.g. WIN and was; Urs, ; Syr. aad, — 
sick. 

In respect to the ἐδ: of ‘mci it may 
be noted: a) That δὲ without a-vowel at 
the beginning of'a word is often dropped 


by apheresis, as NN, 2M, wes TR, 


later “8, who, which, Whit; Ἐπὶ ἀπῆν -- 
one, Ez. 33, 30; DOR we DUIONH 
Kee. 4, 14; comp. Lehrgeb. p. 135, 136. 
b) But also at the beginning of words, a 
prosthetic & is often prefixed, comp. 
Lehrgeb. p. 139. See S°m a3, DoDI, 
MSN, PSM. This is ἀδὰθ᾽ cllietty, 
where a worl otherwise begins with two 
consonants separated in pronunciation 
only by a movable Sheva, as ΠῚ, Sins, 
the arm; ῬΞΩ͂Ν Aram. bie tape Gin 
which both forms oceur) 5 also MAPS for 
Mins progeny ; ΠΝ ‘for 573 the fist; 
rans for }2m a gift; Atos for 332 false. 
Comp. Gr. ιχϑές and” ἐχϑές yesterday, 
and also similar examples ‘in the transi- 
tion from’ Latin to French, as spiritus, 


esprit ; status, état. Tn the Syriac τῇ 
‘ner δὲ is also added before the letter *; ; 


as "8" and Stine Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, ‘12. 
ν i a 
an m. constr. "28, ¢.. suff, 3x, 


ΠΥΡῸΝ ἘΞΊΞΙΣ, 1.pers. "38, (fiom ay); 


-Plur. ΡΟ icotate: Mak» c suff. ΒΝ, 
PINS, Bmax and; panos, father. 


It is‘ primitive wordjsee’ note ;-and is 


| common to all the Semitic dialects, Arab. 


‘ 


to the fatherless. 


ak 


at, constr. yh el Gf, Chald. and 


Syr. 838, [οΐ. 

1. In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq. 
44,19. 20. al. seepiss.—But the word 
Sather often has a wider sense; see 
Fesselii Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g. 

2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15,11. 
2K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16,2. al. ἘΣ. g. a grand- 
father, Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35; 
a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1. 2. 1 K. 
15, 11.24. al. Is. 43,27 ROM POR ASN 
collect. thy first forefathers sinned.— 
Very frequent in Plur. minx fathers, 
i. e. forefathers, Gen. 15,15. Ps. 45, 17.— 


_ For the phrase στο HON, see un- 


der FOX. 

3. i. gq. the founder, author, i. 6. first 
ancestor of a tribe or nation, Gen. 10, 21. 
17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3.— 
Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa- 
ther of all such as handle the harp and 
the pipe, i. e. the founder of the family 
of musicians, the inventor of the art of 
music. 

4. Of the author or maker of any 
thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath 
the rain a father? i. 6. creator. In this 
sense God is called the father of men, 


- their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64,7. Deut, 32, 


6; comp. Jer. 2, 27.—Here too may be 
referred Job 34, 36 31"8 7737 "38, Vulg. 
mi pater, probetur Jobus, i.e. my Father, 
let Job be tried ; but the sense is lan- 
guid. Others not unaptly make "Sx i. q. 
"ix wo! 

‘The above tropical senses come from 
the notion of source, origin; others are 
drawn from the idea of paternal love and 
care, the honour due to a father, etc. Εἰ. g. 

5. i. q. a nursing-father, benefactor, as 
doing good and providing for others in 
the manner ofa father. Job 29, 16 Iwas 
a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 a father 
Is, 22, 21 a father to 
the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of 
Eliakim the prefect of the palace. 18. 
9,552 "ax the everlasting father of his 
people, i.e. the Messiah ; comp. pater 
patrie among the Romans. By the 
same metaphor God is called the father 
of the righteous and of kings, and these 
also are called his sons, 2 Sam. 7, 14. 
1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 27. 28. 

6. For a master, teacher, from the idea 


a8 


of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12. 
Hence priests and prophets, as teachers 
sent with divine authority, are saluted 
with the title of father, out of respect 
and honotr, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12.5, 
13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17,10 
be unto me a father and a priest.18,19.— 
So the Rabbins are called Minx fathers ; 
much as we use the honorary appellation 
of fathers of the church, the holy father _ 
i. 6. the pope. 


7. Spec. father of the king, in a similar 
sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime 
minister, whom the modern orientals call 
Vizier. Gen. 45,8 99> aNd "91 
and hath made me a father to Pharaoh. 
So Haman is said to be δεύτερος πατήρ 
to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3,13; comp. 
1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. Si Turkish 
JILL Atabele, father-prince, and Lala 
father, spoken. of the Vizier; see Ja- 
blonsky Opuse. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206. 
Barhebrei Chron. Syr. p. 219. 1. 15.— 
Some of the ancient interpreters 


| derstand the same by the word 7238 


Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the 
king, or of the land, kingdom ; so Luther. 

8. Asexpressing intimate relationship, 
close alliance. Job 17,14 "mx ip mnw> 
MAX "AN 10 the grave I said, thou art 
my father ; and in the other hemistich, 
to the worm, thou art my mother and 
my sister ; comp. Ps. 88, 19. 

9. In Arab. and Ethiopic, the name 
father is also put trop. for possessor, and 
is spoken of one who excels in any thing, 
and is distinguished for it, e.g. ela οἱ 
father of odours, i. 6. an odoriferous tree. 
So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g. 
pi>bwWax father of peace, i. 6. pacific. 

Nore. The grammatical form of this 
noun may be said to follow the analogy 
of verbs ΠΡ, as if for M38, Lehrg. ὃ 118. 
Still it is Ἦ doubt primitive ; since 
both ax father and δ mother imitate 
the simplest labial sounds of the infant; 
as also πάπας (παππάζω), papa, pappus, 
avus, Turk. Ls .—Besides the usual 
form of the constr. "2% there is also 
an ancient form 38, or also 38, (like Ἢ, 
p2'75,) found only. in eompound proper 
names, as DT IN, Dibwiay, INIA; al- 
though even in these the form "38 i is μιν 
often employed, as 23738, nyD"AN. 


aN 


Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form 38 stands 
alone, in order to render the etymology 
of 017738 more distinct and obvious. 


38 Chald. m.c. suff. 1 pers. "38; F928, 
"max ; plur. #938, the letter πὶ being 
inserted (comp. 28), father, i. q. Heb. 
28, Dan. 2,23. Ezra 4, 16. 6,13.  Perh. 
for grandfather, Dan. 5, 2. 


SN m. (τ. 338) greenness, green, ver- 
dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 iax3 UT 
while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet green 
and flourishing. Cant. 6,11 >m2n "Δ 
the greens (green things) of the valley ; 
Vulg. poma, after the Chaldee usage. 


ge 
Arab. wt green fodder. 


38 Chald. (r. 238) fruit, c. suff. F228, 
the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun, 
Dan. 4,9. 11.18. In Targg. often for "78. 


* 228 in Heb. not used; Chald. Pa. 
358 to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre- 
cocious fruit. Syr. 25a fo blossom. In 
Arab. and Heb. it seems to have signifi- 
ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see 
the deriv. 38 greenness, 3°38 green ear. 
The primary idea would seem to be that 
of protruding, sprouting with impetus, 
comp. Engl. to burst forth, to shoot, 
Germ. treiben, whence 38 pr. young 
shoots ; so as to have affinity with the 
roots ΓΙ, 387, 398, which express de- 
sire, eager impulse ; see 358. 


NMIIN Abagtha, Pers. pr. n. of a eu- 
nuch. of Xerxes, KEsth. 1, 10.—It seems to 
be i. ᾳ. 8M32, and may be explained from 
the Sanscr. bagaddta ‘a fortuna datus’ ; 
from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.) 


* JON fut. 12>, and at the end of a 
clause 738". 

1. Prop. to lose oneself, to be lost, to 
wander about, espec. of a sheep wander- 


s 
ing from the flock and lost ; Arab. dus to 
flee away wild into the desert, to lose 
oneself in the waste. So ἼΞΝ ny a sheep 
lost and wandering, Ps. 119, 176 ; comp. 
Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men, Is. 
27,13 "988 PINS OAR who are lost 
in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as 
exiles. Deut. 26, 5 738 "298 α wander- 
ing Syrian. Also of things, e. g. of 
streams which lose themselves in the 


Tas 


desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom 
become extinct, Is. 29, 14.—Hence 

2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr. 
Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense 


has the kindr. Sl. Spoken of persons 
and other living things as perishing, Ps. 
37, 20. Job 4,11; sometimes with dyna 
7 IN8T Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17, Josh. 23, 13, 16. 
Also of a land or houses which are laid 
waste, Jer. 9,11. Am. 3,15. Metaph. of 
hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis- 
appointed, Ps. 9,19. 112,10. Prov. 10, 28. 
11, 7. Ez. 12, 22.—Constr. with > of pers. 
1 Sam. 9, 3. 20; seq. 72 Deut. 22, 3. Job 
11, 20 ἘΠΙΣῸ ἽΞΝ Ὁ their refuge per- 
isheth. Jer. 25, 35. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 7, 26 
DPI ΠΕΣῚ ἹΠΞῸ IaNn MyM the lon 
shall perish from the priest and counsel 
Srom the aged, i. 6. shall forsake them, 
comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49,7. Hence Deut. 
32, 28 mix> Tak a a nation whose 
counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vulg. 
consilii expers. Jer. 4, 9 3% 33 TIN" 
the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for 
fear and terror. Job 8, 13 525 mpm 
738m and [so] shall the hope of the im- 
pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. 
Prov. 10, 28. 

3. to be ready to perish, i.e. to be 
wretched, miserable. Part. aX one 
wretched, miserable, unfortunate, Job 
29, 13, 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6. 

Pret 728 1. fo lose, pr. to let be lost, 
to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6. 

2. to make wander, to scatter a flock, 
Jer, 23, 1. 

3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc. 
7, 7 ΤΩ b-my ax" a gift destroyeth 
i. 6. corrupteth the mind. Seq. 12, to de- 
stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55.—Spec. 
a) Of things, to destroy, to lay waste, 2 K. . 
19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12,2. jin TaN 
to waste one’s substance, Prov. 29,3. Ὁ) 
Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death, 


‘Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7. 


Hipn, 38 i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut 
off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20 ; 
sometimes with the addition oft 037 apa 
Lev. 23, 30; svawn mone Deut. 7, 24; 
also of a land to lay waste, Zeph. 5, 5; 
of hope, Job 14, 19.—Very rarely the 
quiescent & in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as 
Ma for WMANXs Jer. 46, 8, 

Deriy. 728—jI38.. . , 


“ae 


“38 Chald. fat. 7385, to perish, Jer. 
10, 11. 

‘Ava. sai, “fat. Sais", inf min, to 
destroy, to cut off, Dan. 2, 12. 18, 91. 
Hors. ἼΞπ, after the Heb. manner, 
Dan, 7, 11. 


“as 1 m. 1. one wretched, unfortu- 
nate; see τ. T2% no. 3. 

2. Participial noun, destruction, Num. 
24,20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488. 


JAN £..(Tseri impure) 1. a thing 
lost, something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev. 
5, 22. 23. 

2. i. q. ὙΠΞΝ place. of destruction, 
abyss, i.e. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20 
Chethibh. 

PIAN τὰ. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12. 

2. place of destruction, abyss, nearly 
synon. with >inw ; Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov. 
15, 11. 


JAN m. verbal of Piel for }728 , hence 
without Dag. lene in 3, destruction, 
slaughter, Esth. 9, 5. 


TIAN constr. 
death, Esth. 8, 6. 


* FTA fat. mars, pr. to breathe after, 
to desire ; comp. the kindred roots Mix, 
S87; 38H, also 308, 33m, Lat. aveo.— 
Hence 

1, to be willing, inclined, disposed ; to 
will, always with a negative partic. ex- 
cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39,9. Constr. c. infin. 
either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is. 
30, 93 or with >, which however. be- 
longs rather to prose, Lev. 26,21. 2 Sam. 
13, 14, 16, Exod. 10, 27, pnbwb max xb 
he would not, let them go. Job 39, 9 
THe ΘΔ NING will the buffalo be will. 
ing to serve thee? Also c. acc. Prov. Ἂν 
25; absol. Is. 1, 19 ἘΠΙΣ Ὁ:5 "3 ΝΠ ON if 
ye be willing ned obedient, lit, if ye con- 
sent and obey ; see. in bys Hiph. no. 2." 
Prov. 1, 10. With, dat. of pers. to be 
willing towards any one, willing-mind- 
ed, to obey (often with synon. > 22%), 
Ps. 81, 12. Deut. 13, 9. Prov. 1, 30. 

2. to desire, i. 6. to want, ἐξ need, a 
signif. found in the derivatives’ 3x, 
7PSR, MyPsy. 

Nore.’ In Arabic this verb has the 
sense to be unwilling, to refuse, to loathe, 


ΠΝ id. destruction ἡ 


Ay 


corresponding to Heb. ΠΞΝ 8b. But this 


Tas 

must not be regarded as a contrary sig- 
nification; since the idea of inclining, ἡ 
which in Heb. implies towards any one, 
expressing good will, Germ. Zuneigung, 
is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo-- 
site direction, i.e. from or against any. 
one, expressing ill will,Germ. Abneigung,- 


re 
i. 6. aversion, loathing; whence a 
stinking ‘swamp-water, pr. loathsome, 


8 
δει 9} ἃ reed growing in marshes, bul- 
rush ; comp. 53%, ji238. 

Βα ν Mk, and those under no. 2. 


M28 m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. qe. 


δ), ὕρ Έ 
Arab. δεἰ5}, collect. 26}, see.r. MIN. 
note ; although the Heb. word might 
come from the notion of a reed with its 
top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is._ 
58, 5:—Once ‘Job 9,26 πδὸὲ MIN skifs” 
of. reed; i.e, boats.or skiffs made of the 
papyrus of the Nile, in common use 
among the Egyptians and Ethiopians, 
and famous for their lightness and swift- 
ness ; see Comment. on Is. 18, 2. Others ~ 
εὐ λιν ships of desire, i. e. hasting 
with eager desire to the haven, Symm. — 
vavot σπευδούσαις. The reading ΓΞ, 
which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt-’ 
less to be pronounced ΒΝ, and to be 
explained of hostile or robber-ships, 
which likewise sail swiftly ; this gives a 
very good parallelism to the eagle in the 
other hemistich pouncing upon his prey. 
Sothe Syr. The same sense would also 
be expressed by the common reading, if . 
for 73% it were written 73x. 


MIAN in. (r. ASN no. 2) want, poverty, 
wretchedness, once Prov. 23,29; after the 
form >izp, prob. for the sake of paro- 
nomasia with the words "iX and “in, 
comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note 7, and Is, 15, 
4. 17, 1. 59, 13..-So Abulwalid, whom. . 
we do not hesitate to follow.—Kimchi, 
who is followed by most interpreters, 
makes it an exclamation of pain, O/ wo! 
like “ix andimh. Comp. Gr. αἰβοῖ, 
Arist. Pac. 1066. 

OVS m. (r. 62x) by Syriasm for 
DAS, whence constr. 0938 Is. 1, 3; plur: 
Dos; a stall, stable, barn, Where cat- 
tle are [δὰ Job 39, 9; and fodder stored 
Proy. 14, 4. The afirdit stall is also ap- ' 
propriite in Is. 1,3; where however Sept. ° 


Mas 


and Vulg. render presepe, i. e. crib, 
manger, which both here and in Job 
l..c, is not less apt and probable. Comp. 


$s 
Arab. SI Chald. 87758, stall and crib. 
So ΟΞ is also used in the Talmud. 


* TEN a root of doubtful signif. perh. 
i. 4. 538, 721, to turn, to turn about. 
Hence 

MIAN f. once, Ez. 21, 20 39 may 
a turning of the sword, i. 6. a sword 
turning itself, perh. glittering, i. gq. 399 
m2enne Gen. 3, 24. But more proba- 
bly it should here read: 295) "M30 the 
slaughter of the sword ; and this con- 
jecture is supported by the Sept. σφάγια 
doupaiac, Chald. 8299 "2UP, and the 
words of the text which follow, ah! it is 
made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh- 
ter, M302; comp. v. 14. 15. The Greek 
words σφάγιον, σφαγή, are elsewhere 
often put for the Heb. M23, NN30, M30. 


DMPOIN (r. mea, by transp. for 


m30, =f to cook) τὰ. plur, melons, 
oe 5. Corresponding is Arab. 


8 
2 by transp. for 2 from Joa 


to ὧν to ripen 5 like Gr. wine melon, 
squash, from πέπτω, comp. 582. The 
Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic Ν.- 
From the above Arabic word comes the 
Spanish budiecas, French pastéques. 


“AN pr. ἢ. f. Abi, the mother of Heze- 
kiah, 2K. 18,2. In the parallel passage 
2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and 
correctly M*38, which is also read in 
some copies in 2 K. ]. c. 


Ti22I7AN (father of strength, i. e. 
strong, from r. whe prevaluit) Abi- 
albon, pr. τι. of one of David's officers, 
2 Sam. 23, 31; called also 5x73 1 Chr. 
11, 32. 


SN"AN (father of strength, i.e. 
strong) Abiel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32, 
see Finb2™"38. Ὁ) The grandfather of 
king Saul, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14. 51. In the 
genealogical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39, 
Ner is said to have been the grandfather 
of Saul; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5, 
he was his uncle. The true descent was 


as follows: 
1* 


5 


Kish Ner 


Saul. Abner, 


FON SN (father of gathering, i. e. 
gatherer,) Abiasaph, pr. n. of a Levite 
of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24 ; called 
also 0738 1 Chr. 6, 8, 22. 9, 19. 


238 τὴ, (τ. 338) an ear of grain; a 
green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 πο Σ ὉΠ 
373(3) the barley was in the ear; ; 
comp. for the syntax Cant. 2,13. wah 
ΞΖ the month Abib, i. 6. of green 
ears, afterwards ‘called i072 Nisan, be- 
ginning with the new moon of April, or, 
according to the Rabbins, of March; 
the first month of the Heb. year, Ex. 
13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1. 


DIN (whose father is exultation) 
Abigail, pr. n. f. 4) The wife of Nabal 
and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3.14; 
called also by contr. 52°38 v. 32. 2 Sam. 


ot 0s 
3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab. , sf for οὖοῦ! 
what? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2, 
16; called also 53°38 2 Sam. 17, 25. 


JPR (father of the judge) Abidan, 
pr. n. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe 
of Benjamin in the time of the exodus, 
Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 


PAN (father of knowledge, i. e. 
knowing, wise) Abidah, pr.n. of a son of 
Midian, Gen. 25, 4. 


MIN (i, gq. 39°38 whose father is 
Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah. 

1. Mase. a) The second son of Sam- 
uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c) 
1K.14,1. d) 1 Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8. 
e) ig. 37838 king of ida, see the 
next article. 

2. Fem. a) | Chr. 2,24. Ὁ) See in 
"38. ᾿ 


WIN (whose father is Jehovah) 
also P38 (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of 
Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam, 
2 Chr. 13, 1 sq. In the books of Kings 
always written 223% Abijam, 1 K. 14, 
31, 15, 1. 7. 8, i. 6. fatherof the sea, vir 
maritimus. 


"aN 


NWA (to whom He, i. 6. God, is 
father) pr. n. Abihu, a son of Aaron, 
slain by fire from God, for offering un- 
lawful sacrifice, Lev. 10, 1 sq. 


ΓΔ (whose father is Judah, i. q. 
mat "3%) Abihud, pr. ἢ, τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 3. 


DOEMPaN (perh. for bn“3y) Abihail, 
pr.n.f. a) The wife of Rehoboam, 2 
Chr. 11, 18: ὃ) 1 Chr. 2, 29. 


JMAN adj. (r. Hay no. 2) 1. needy, 
poor, Deut. 15, 4. 7. 112 Sons of the 
needy, i.e. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72, 
4; see j2'no. 8... 

°2.. poor, i. 6. afflicted, distressed, 
wretched, often coupled with synon. "29. 
Ps, 40, 18 125}. Ὁ» "281 and I am poor 
and apticted. 70, 6. 81,1. 109, 22.—Spee. 
like "22 , spoken of one who suffers un- 
justly, with the accessory idea of humble 
and pious feeling; whence in Am. 2, 6 
p53 and ji°a8 are joined. Also μ᾿ a 
whole people ‘subjected to suffering and 
calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is. 
41,17; comp. 25,4. In the same sense 
the sect of the Evionites adopted this 
name, as being οὗ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὧν 
ἐστιν ἢ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 5, 8. 


MPPAN £ pr. desire, appetite, lust, from 
τ᾿ 738 no. 1; then the caper-berry, which 
is said to be a provocative of appetite and 
lust, Plut. Quest. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H. 
N. 13. 23. ib. 20.15. Once Kec. /12, 5, 
So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use 


the plur. 4721938 not only for caper-ber-_ 


ries, but also for the small fruits orberries 
of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc. 


“Soma (father of might, 1. q. mighty) 
Abihail, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 3856. b) 
1 Chr. 5,14. c) The father of Esther, 
Esth. 2, 15. 9, 29. 

AAO"AN (father of goodness). Abitub, 
pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 

bora (whose father is the dew) Abi- 
tal, pr. n. of one of David’s wives, 2 Sam. 
3, 4. 
ΛΔ see SN, 

Sera" in. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22, 
Abimael, pr. τι. of one of the descendants 

of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or 


founder of an Arabian tribe called >x2, 
a trace of which Bochart (Phaleg 2. 24) 


“oy 


finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9, 4; 


where the name Madr prob. refers to 
the same wandering tribe in the vicinity. 
of the modern Mecca, which ἊΨ calls, 
Meweio., Minei. ᾿ 


ot (father of the ΤΥ or father 
king) in pause W223" Abimelech, pr.n. 
a) Of several kings in the landof the Phi- 
listines at different periods of time, Gen, | 
20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1sq. Ps. 34,1... The 
same king who in Ps. 1. ὁ, is called Abi- 
melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name 
of ὥπϑὰ Achish ; and hence the former 
might seem to be acommon title of these 
kings,like the οἰ ὦ OL, Padishah (Pater 
Rex) of the Persian kings, and LI 
Atalik (father, pr. paternity) of the 
Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon, 
Judg. 8, 31sq. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21. 
9) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading 
is prob. ΡΞ ῊΝ, as in 2 Sam. 8, 17. 


332°AN (father of nobleness, or noble 
father) Abinadab, pr. τι. m. +a) A son 
of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16, 8, 17, 18... b) A son 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 31,2. c) 1 Sam. 7,1. 
d) 1K. 4, 11. 


BY="3N (fither of pleasantness or 
grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of 
Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1. 


“AN (father of a light) Abiner, pr 
n,m. 1 Sam. 14,50, Elsewhere 7338 
Abner, q. v- 


“WSN (father of help, like Germ. 
Adolf, from Atta father and Ho if help) 
Abiezer, pr.n.m. 8) A son of Gilead, 
Josh. 17, 2 ; also meton. of his descend. 
ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8,2. Patronym. is 
ἜΣΤΙ "aN the "Abi sents Judg. 6, 11. 34. 
8, 32.—An abridged form is ΠΝ Jezer, 
Num. 26, 30; and the patronym. ἌΣ ΝΣ 
ἴθ. b) One of David’s warriors; 2 Sam. 
23, 27. 1-Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12. 


"38 m. subst. (r. ἌΞΝ) one strong, 
mighty, only in the formula 3P22 “738, 
dyno "aN, the mighty One of Jacob, of 
Israel, spoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1,24, 

PSR adj. (r.928) 1. strong; mighty, 
spoken of persons, and often as subst. 
one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5, 
22, Lam. 1,15. Jer. 46,15. Ps. 76, 6 

ab "aN the strong of heart, stout- 
hearted.—Poetically κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν put: a) 


AN 


For abullock, Ps. 22,13 482 "92% strong: 
ones of Bashan, ii: bulls" of. Bashan. 
50; 13. - Metaph. for princes Ps 68; 31. 
b) For a horse, only in: Jeremiah, μ᾿ 
16. 47, 3. δ0, 11.—Comp. Heb. ‘Gram. 
§ 104.2, note. ὁ 

2. powerful, potent, ποδί, Job 24, 22. 
34,20. BOBS pnb Sood of nobles or. 

rinces, i. e. of superior quality, rich 


and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg. 


δ, 25.— oot “aN chief of the herds- 
men 1 Sam. 21, 8. 

3. a> "aN stout of heart, i. 6, obsti- 
5: oP perverse, Is. 46, 12. Comp. 

fais (father of altitude) Abiram, 
pr. ἢ. m. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19. 
b) 1 Κ 16, 34. 

SON (father. of error) Abishaw, 
pr. n. of a concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3. 
2,17. , 

YI AN (father of welfare) Abishiua, 
pr. n. πὶ... me, 4; »).6, 4. 5.50. 
Ezra 7, 5. 


“day (father of the wall) Abishur, 


pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1-Chr. 2, 28. 29. 
"BAN (father of a gift, see 5) Abi- 
shai, pr. n. of a son of David’s sister 


and one’ of his chief officers, the brother 
of Joab," 1 Sam. 26, 6 sq: 2Sam. 2, 18. 


24; sometimes ‘also written NIN 2 Balk 


10, 10. 


pibeay (father of peace) Abisha- 
lom,. pr. τι. of the father-in-law of Reho- 


boam, 1 K..15, 2.10... But in 2 Chr. 11,, 


20. 21, it is written. Di>woN. 
DPI 


Tris 


melech the priest, and a faithful friend 


of David, by whom-he-was made high-, 
priest along with Zadok, but was ἀ6- 


posed by Solomon, 1 Sam: -22, 20 sq. 
23, 6.°30, 72 2:‘Sam. 15, 24.—For? Sam. 
8, 17; see cra a 


* Jak prob. to roll, to roll. up of wind, 


to entangle. Kindr. roots are 552, Jb, 
to entangle, to be entangled, intricate, 
"]22 to well or boil up, asa fountain, 739 1 
to interweave, to braid; also the harsher ’| 


92, Wt, to turn —Once ᾿ 


(father of abundance, for 
53) Abiathar, prt. n. of a.son of Ahi-: 


Ἑ δι to roll itself together, to be’ 


7 dan 


᾿ rolled wp, spoken of smoke rolling up- 

' wards: ἴῃ a dense column; 18, 9, 17 
| YOR Maa ἩΞΩΝ ΝΥ δο δα (the thickets) 
᾿ shall roll upwards as the mounting wp 
_ of smoke ; comp. Syr. Vulg.—Syr. yo}2] 
is explained by the grammarians as i. 4. 
to be proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr. 
᾿ *to roll oneself forwards,’ in the manner 
᾿ οἵα corpulent man. 


| ΠΣ aN fut. 5ax%, to mourn, seq. 
OD over any thing Hos. 10, δ. Am. 8, 8. 
Arab. Syr. id. .The primary idea seems 
to be, to be languid, to go with the head 
hanging down, as do mourners ; comp. 
the kindr. roots 583, dx, ὌΝ ΠΕΡῚ 
bay, 88), all which are frofit tha bilite- 
ral stock bal, fal, and include the idea of 
falling, sinking; comp. σφάλλω, fallo; 
Germ. fallen; Engl. to fall. It is trans- 
ferred also from the dress and manner 
of mourners to the voice and to lamen- 
tation, seé >2¥.—Poet. of inanimate 
things, Am. 1, 2 ΦΉΣ ἾΝ sbay: the 
pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24, 
4.7 983 T2>9% Winn 53} the new wine 
(i.e. the grapes) mourneth, the vine lan- 
guisheth. 33, 9. 

‘Hires. bray to: cause to mourn, to 
make lament, Ez. 31,15; of inanimate 
things, Lam. 2, 8. 

‘Hirsp. pr. to show oneself as mourn- 
ing, hence to mourn, i. 4ᾳ. Kal, but chief- 
ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in 
poetry, Gen. 37, 34.. Ex. 33, 4; with >x 
or 52 of pers. 1 Sam. 15,35. 2 Sam. 
18..37: 87 

Deriv. 3 I, 53x. 


= ΕἼ 
ἘΠῚ 3. Arab. JO} and dol to be 
moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of 
grass; hence Syr, Δ 22 grass. Kindr. 
is >535 AG: to Ra τον 2 to’ flow. 
Hence bax II: P 


I. 538 adj. (τ. day 1) mourning, 
Gen. 37, 35. Lam. 1,4 mids vhs 395 
the ways of Zion aré mourning,” ie. 
they mourn... Constr: >38 Ps. 35, 14. 
Plur!. constr. “bog Is. 61, 3, ity Tsere 


impure; comp, Arab. ee oh 


Ἢ]. Daim: (r. day ΠῚ) prob. aie 
ol fresh 


place, pasture, meadow, Arab. 


DaN 


and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam. 
6, 18, unless instead of M>53 day it 
should read ΓΘ ΔΓ 438 which the con- 
text in v. 14. 15, seems to demand, and 
which is expressed by Sept. and Syr.—It 
is frequent in geographical pr. names: 

a) M2pa-M7a bax Abel Beth-Maachah 
i.e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v. 
[now called Abil el-Kamh, a town on the 
west side of the valley leading from 
Merj ’Ayin to the plain of the Hileh, 
west of Paneas and Dan; see Biblioth. 
Sac. 1846, p. 213 sq.—R.] 2Sam. 20, 
14,15. 1K. 15, 20. 2K. 15, 39. Else- 
where 0127>ax Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4, 
comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. >2x 
2 Sam. 20, 18. 

Ὁ) πα bax Abel-shittim (acacia- 
meadow) Num. 33, 49; a place in the 
plains of Moab, prob. the same which in 
Num. 25,1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl. 
τὰ} Ὁ 

6) 355 aN Abel-keramim, (mea- 
dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33; a village 
of the Ammonites, according to Euse- 
bius still rich in vineyards in his day. 

d) mbing 528 (meadow of dancing) 
Abel-meholah, a ‘village of Issachar, not 
far from Scythopolis, the birth-place of 
the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1K. 4, 
12. 19, 16. 

e) nya ΞΝ Gen. 50, 11 (meadow 
of the Egyptians) Abels Micrician, name 
of an area or threshing-floor near the 
Jordan. Here prob. we should read 
with other points, and pronounce 53x 
S722, i. 6. mourning of the Egyptians; 
see the context. 


DAN m. (τ. d28 I) 6. suff “bX, 
mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9,22; 
espec. for the dead, Gen. 27, 41. 52x 
™m mourning for an only son, Am. 8, 
10. Jer. 6, 26. Mic.1,8 4322 ni23D dax5 
a mourning as of ostriches, which make 
a wailing cry. > ἘΞ ΠῺΣ to make.a 
mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10. 


528 adv. 1) Affirmative, in the earlier 
Hebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen. 
42, 21. 2 Sam. 14,5. 2K.4,14. Also 
with a corrective sense, nay indeed, nay 
rather,immo vero, Gen. 17,19. 1K. 1,43.— 
It corresponds to the Arabic corrective 


partic. AS but indeed, but more, nay 


ἘΝ 


rather; and is derived from r. M>3, pr. 
i. q- Heb. ba, so that its primary “force 
seems to lie. in denying the contrary. 
The ®& is prosthetic. 

2. In later writers, adversative, but, 
but yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21. 


Ezra 10,13. 2Chr.1,4, 19,3. Arab. hs 
but.—Other particles of this kind, which 
are both affirmative and adversative, are 
FS, J28. Comp. Lat. verum, vero. 


228 see 3ῆδ, 


με ἸΞὰ obsol. root, prob. to build, 
comp. 22 to build, and }28 to prop, to 
support, to found, whence 728 artisan, 
τέχτων. Hence 


. ΞΕ, in pause 438, c. suff. 3 Ν ; plur. 
pK, constr. "23%; comm. gend. most- 
ly em and so even Job 28,2; but m. 
1 Sam. 17, 40. 

1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough 
or polished, large or small. Collect. 
stones, Gen. 11, 3. Spoken of a founda- 
tion stone, Is. 28, 16; of vessels of stone 


Ex. 7, 19, Syr. {a2} id. but rare. Eth. 


617 .—Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he 
became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone. 
yan ΞΡ the heart of stone, i. 6. hard, ob- 
durate, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm 
undaunted courage Job 41, 16. ‘73 438 
collect. hailstones Is. 30, 30; whence 
Josh, 10, 11 mid53 ὈΠΣΞΝ large hail- 
stones, called just afterwards 19373 "238. 

2. Spec. a precious stone, gem, Ex. 
28, 9 sq. 35, 27; more fully yen 438 
Is, 54, 12; 9 jak Prov. 17,8; ἹΞΝ 
mp? Ez. 28,13; which last is also said 
of finer kinds of stones for building, as 
marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11. 

3. stone-ore, ore, Job 28, 2. Comp. 


Arabic dual ys = the two stones, 


ores, i. e. gold and silver. 

4. a rock, Gen. 49, 24 ἘΝ 434 the 
rock of Israel, i. e. Jehovah ; comp. ""%. 

5. a weight of a balance, even when 
not made of stone; since anciently, as 
at the present day, the Orientals often 
made use of stones for weights ; comp. 
Engl. stone for a weight of 14 pounds, 
Germ. Stein. 38} j3% diverse weights, 
Deut. 25, 13. 0°23 "3% weights of the 
bag, i. e. carried about in a bag, Prov. 


ἘΝ 


16, 11.—Zech. 5, 8 ΤΊΣΙ BN the leaden 

weight. 4, 10 bean 738 .—Also a plum- 

met, Is. 34, 11 he shall stretch out upon it 

the line of wasteness 85 “73N) and the 

plummet of desolation, i. e. as sifall things 

are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as 
, to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8. 

6. Sometimes a stone serves as ἃ de- 
signation in geographical names, 6. g. 
a) “I> 438 (stone of help) Eben-ezer, set 
up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
5, 1. 7, 12. Ὁ) 518m 52% (stone of de- 
pabture) 1 Sam. 20, 19; comp. M2nt. 


FBS Chald. st. emphat. x29, id. Dan. 
2, 84. 35. 


ΓΞ 2 K. 5, 12 in Chethibh for ΠΡῸΝ 
q. v. Comp. in lett. 3. 


ἼΔΝ iq. ἸΒΝ; α stone, only in Dual 
t23% pr. pair of stones, and spoken: 

1. Of @ potter’s wheel. 
DwsNN-bs ΠΞΝΡῸ MBP sn: behold he 
(the potter) wrought a work upon the 
wheel. It appears to have consisted of 
two stones; one abeve and the other 
below, and is so depicted on Egyptian 


monuments: See Rosellini 


Monum. Civil. Tab. L. | Wilkinson’s 
Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. IIL. 
Ρ. 164. Originally, and also for potters 
working iu the open air, it seems to have 
been made of stone; afterwards of wood. 
A wooden wheel of this kind:is called in 
the Talmud 739, pr. trunk, stem, then 
cippus, then a potter’s wiieal mada of a 
truak, and also a cart-wheel made in like 
manner. —Hence, from the resemblance, 
it comes to signify 

2. a low seat , stool, on which the work- 
man sat ; naile: it would seem, ofa block 
of wood, and frequently represented on 
Egyptian monuments. A seat of: this 
kind was doubtless used by the midwife 
while assisting a woman in labour lying 
onabed. So Ex. 1) 16 when ye do the 
office of a midwife to the Hebrew women 
NIT ETON OWANTSY JIA then shall 


ye see (while yet) upon the stool, whether 


it be a boy, etc. The midwife is di- 
rected, at the very moment of birth, 
- while she yet sits on her stool and no 
one else has seen or touched the infant, 
to ascertain its sex by the sight or ra- 


Jer. 18, 3 


9 


Par 


ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it ; 
as she could easily do by the pressure 
of her hand or finger, unknown to the 
parents. 


DIAN m. (for wa ἜΝ prosthet. ) ¢. 
suff. τ core ; plur. DIDI ; a@ belt, gir- 
dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4, 39. 40. 
Lew: 16,4; also by other persons of rank, 
Is. 22, 21. Comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2, 
Chald, 373,87259, 872358, a belt. This 
word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived 
from the Persian, where QUo (Sanscr. 
bandha, Germ. and Engl. band) denotes 
any thing that binds, and also a girdle. 


3248 pr.n.m. (father ofa light) Abner, 
Saul’s commander in chief, 1 Sam. 14, 51. 
17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called 
"2738 q. v. 1 Sam. 14,50. Sept. ‘4févrng. 


*O2N as in Chald. ‘and ‘Talmud: to 
fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr: 
prob. to stamp in, comp. kindr. 032, and 
hence to stuff, to cram; comp. Gr. 19é- 
go, pr. i. ᾳ. πήγνυμι. Only in Part. pass. 
Prov. 15, 17; οἵ geese, 1 Κὶ. 5, 8 [4,23]. 

Deriv, D338, D558. 

MYayIN plur. fem. blains, pustilles, 
rising in the skin, Ex. 9, 9. 10.. It isa 
verbal from Chald. r. 332, Pilp. 5233, 
to boil up, to swell up; hence Syr. 


jAcsaak> pustules, The Heb. pre- 


fixes δὲ prosthetic. Comp..>32, 333. 


,ω Ξε αὶ 


y 28 obsol. root, perh. i. ἃ. 733, to 
be. white ; whence: Chald.. 8¥38_ tin. 
Hence the two following : 


V8 Abez, pr.n. of'a city inthe tribe 
of Issachar, perh. so called from tin, Josh. 
19, 20. 


FEIN (perh. of tin) Jbzan, pr. n. of a 
judge of Israel, Judg. 19, 8.10. R. yay. 


* P=S not-used in Kal, prob. to pound, 
to beat small, to bray, from the force of 
the onomatopoetic syllables P23, 42, 32, 
PP, which like p31, Ἴπ, (566 727, a2) 
express. the idea of pounding, beating 
small; comp. 23 to distil, Pt, 525, 
wb, also πηγή, πηγνύω. Germ. pochen, 
boken, eapets Erz pochen. Heupet P38 
dust, APIS. 

Niu. P28: Gen. 32, 25. 26; denom. 
from P38 dust, recipr. pr. to dust each 
other sc. by Wrestling) and hence to wres- 


PIN 


ile, seq. 0Y. So in Greek, παλαΐειν͵ 
συμπαλαίειν, συγκονιοῦσϑαι, from πάλη, 
κόνις. This rather unusual word seems 
to have been chosen by the writer here, 
by way of allusion to the torrent p37 v. 
23. 


P28 m. dust, spec. such as is fine and 
light, comp. in r. P38 ; easily driven by 
the wind, Is. 5, 24; or raised by horses 
in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin- 
guished from "52 thick and heavy dust, 
Deut. 28, 24. Poet. the dust of God’s 
feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God, 
Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pnw. 


MPI f. id. whence 551} ΡΞ powder 
of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6. 


4 ὮΝ 1. pr. to strive upwards, to 
mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv. 
“38 andy. Perhaps kindr. with 923, 
"23, comp. Pers. οἱ eber, ὑπέρ, super, all 
which express the idea of above, over, 
passing over, transcending ; see in "23. 

2. Trop. of any force or ἐνέργεια, to be 
strong, mighty, see deriv. ἌΝ, "38. 

Hipu. to mount upwards in flight, to 
soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


“AN m. a wing-feather, pinion, as the 
instrument of flying, soaring, e. g. of the 
eagle, Is. 40,21; the dove, Ps. 55,7. Dis- 
tinguished from the wing itself, Ez. 17, 3. 


MIBN Ὁ id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14. 
Poet. ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps. 
91, 4. 


DAMIAN pr. n. Abraham, the founder 
of the Jewish nation, son of Terah, born 
in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander 
through the land of Canaan with his 
flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen. 
c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as far 
as to c. 17, 5. he is called D9SN ‘father 
of altitude,’ Abram. But in that place, 
where a numerous posterity is promised 
him, by a slight change of name he is 
called S938 ‘father of a multitude,’ 


5 
(comp. Arab, els, a great number, 
multitude,) or as the context explains it 
pris jin 38 .—So SATIN “TSN the God 
of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6. 
Ps. 47,10. crass 2 the seed of Abra- 
ham, i. 6. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is. 


10 Aas 


41,8. In the same sense simpl. Si7358 
Mic. 7, 20. 


ἸΔῈΣ a word cried by the heralds ἡ 
before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43. 
Were it a Hebrew word, it might be 
infin. absol. Hiph. from r. 373, for the 
regular 97237, (comp. 6°38 for D°2Bn 
Jer. 25, 3,) here supplying the place of 
the imperat. i. q. bow the knee; Vulg. 
clamante precone, ut omnes coram eo 
genua flecterent ; and so Abulwalid and 
Kimchi; comp. Lehrg. p. 319.—More 
prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but 
changed and inflected by the Heb. writer 
so that, although foreign, it might yet 
have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a 
Heb. etymology ; comp. 0, Mj, 724. 
The true form of the Egyptian word 
which lies hid in 3738, is prob. either 
6. PEK afrek, i. e. let every one bow 
himself, in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky 
Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt. 


Vers. John 8, 8; or better é.NEPEK or 


2TIPeK; aperek, aprek, i. e. bow the 
head, Rossii Etymologie Egypt. s. v.— 
See also in 38 no. 7. 

"WAN see πὰ - 


pi>waN (father of peace, i. e. pacific) 
Absalom, pr.n. a) The third son of Da- 
vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated 
for his rebellion against his father ; for 
an account of his life and death, see 2 
Sam.c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near 
Jerusalem which in modern times has 
borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 519, 520. b) i. g. mibudnay q. v. 


Ee - - 
* NIN obsol. root, Arab. LSI to flee. 
—Hence 


RIN (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 
23, 11. 


Ξ 
᾿ 438 obsol. root, Arab. . { to burn, 


to flame, as fire. Hence the two foll. 
pr. names. 


_ Αλδὲ and 338 (Num, 24,7) Agag, pr. ἢ. 
of Amalekitish kings, Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam. 
15, 8. 9. 20. 32. 


"I38 Agagite, gentile n. of Haman, 
Esth, 3, 1. 10. 8, 3.5. Josephus explains 
it by “Awordyxitns, Ant. 11, 6. δ, 


TON 


* IAN obsol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie, 
comp. 72%, ἼΣ, and the remark under 
r. 73. In Arabic some of its derivatives 
are used trop. of arched work, edifices 
of arched and firmly compacted struc- 
ture, in reference to the firm coherence 
of all their parts ; comp. ΤΠ and Max 
no. 4.—Hence 


MIS £1. a band, knot. Mai Ning 
bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6. 

2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g. 
of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22. 

3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25. 
Comp. >31. 

4, an arch, vault, 6. g. of the heavens, 
Am. 9, 6. Comp. Germ. Gat, Gaden, 
story of a building, from the verb gaden, 
gatten, which implies a binding; see 
Adelung Lex. h. vv. 


PON m. a nut, Cant. 6, 11. Syr. and 


Arab. 3 Hey Pers. »- The 
Heb. word seems derived rn the Per- 


sian, prefixing δὲ prosthetic. Comp. in 
lett. δα. 


“AN Acur, pr. n. of a wise man, the 
son of Jakeh, πρὸ, to whom the 30th 
chapter of Proverbs is ascribed, v. 1. If 
the name be symbolical, like Koheleth, 
it may denote an assembler, one of the 
assembly, sc. of wise men, i. q. MBOX 5523 
Ece. 12, 11. R. ὮΝ. 


MBS fa small coin, piece of money, 
penny, so called from the idea of collect- 
ing, from r. "38; as Lat. stips in the 
plirase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36. 
In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the 
same. [Or perh. pr. hire, wages, from r. 
"38 no. 2, comp. Syr. ἸΖε ἢ Is. 23, 18 : 
then money, 1 Sam. 2, 36, where too Syr. 
Wap —T.] Sept. Vulg. ὀβολός, nwm- 
mus. Rabb. 5 q. v. 


. Das obsol. root, pr. to flow together, 
to be collected, as water, kindr. with r. 
>>3, which is also used of the rolling 

. er 
waves; comp. in 73%. Arab. hs{Conj. 
II, to make flow together, hence to collect 

9 - - 
water ; EG standing water, a pond, 
reservoir ; comp. also "38.—Hence 


PBN, Job 38, 28 buy “bax the reservoirs 


<3 


1 


ἮΝ 


of the dew, i. 6. in the heavens ; comp. in 
v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and 
hail.—Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops 
of the dew, q. ἃ. globules, comp, 55} ;. but 
the former is better. 


D238 (two ponds) Is. 15, 8 Eglaim, 
pr. ἢ. ofa village in the territory of Moab, 
the ᾿4γαλλείμ of Eusebius, called by Jo- 
sephus “dyadda, Ant. 14. 1. 4. 


. DAN obsol. root ; in Arabic : 

1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, comp. 
pan, ons. Hence 71238 no. 1. 

2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead, 
as water ; hence 038 and i238 no. 2. 

3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and 
Chald. 23% to be pained, sad, to grieve ; 
hence Day. 

DAS m. (τ. B38 no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7; 
constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35; plur. 5°23, 
constr. "23%. 

1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is. 
35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114,8. Spec. of 
the pools of stagnant water left by the 
Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19. 
8, 1. 

2. i. q. F298, a reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32, 
with which fortifications (stockades, pa- 
lisades) were constructed. Hence R. 
— explains it strong-holds ; comp. 


gf the marshy lair of the lion, then 
a refuge, strong-hold. 


D8 adj. once in plur. constr. 353 "238 
sad, sorrowful in mind, Is. 19, 10. R. 
DN no. 3. 


PAIS , F238, τα. (r.Day) 1. acaldron, 
heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others 
translate the words ὙΠ 328} M5? 7953 
as a boiling pot and a (burning) reed. 
See the root no. 1. 

2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh- 
es, from 538 marsh, and the ending 4), 
Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp. 
mp>.—Hence 

3. ὦ rope made of reeds, a rush-cord, 
like Gr. σχοῖνος, Job 40, 26 [41, 2]. 
Comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 2. 


* a8 obsol. root; Arab. <i i. q. 

>» (see 121) to tread with the feet, 

i stamp, to beat ; then fo wash clothes, to 
full, as a washer or fuller by treading 


them in a trough.—Hence 


ῬᾺ 


BS m. pr. a trough for washing gar- 
ments, λουτήρ, from root ja q. v. then 
any laver, basin, bowl ; constr. {2% Cant. 
7, 3 Plur. nian Is. 22,24. Ex. 24, 6. 


—Arab. and Syr. SLE}, BA, id 


DXBIN m. plur. (τ. 3) a word found 
only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Ez. 12, 14. 
17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39, 4. It corresponds to 
the Chald. Fax, 73, wing ; hence pr. 
wings of an army, comp. 57532 Is. 8, 8. 
The Arabic and Chaldee have the same 
trop. use of the word wings ; comp. 
Comment. on Is. ]. ¢. 


* “as fut. "387 1. to gather, to col- 
lect, e. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. Prov. 
6, 8. 10,5. Comp. "94 no. 3, and ἜΣ": 
also Gr. ἀγείρω. The primary idea seems 
to be that of scraping together, comp. 
“i. By softening the letter ἢ we have 
bax and 523, which denote the rolling 
and flowing together of water. 

2. In the kindred dialects it has the 
signif. to gain, to make profit, from the 
idea of scraping together ; and hence to 
hire for wages ; see M33N. 

Deriy, M33R, OTR , pr. n. “ia, and 
according to ‘ost bona. 


_ 8738 Chald. stat. emphat. XMEN, a 
letter, epistle, i. ᾳ. Heb. P38 q. v. Ezra 
4, 8. 11. 5, 6. 


FMS m. (for Hin, Aleph. prosthet. 
from r. £73 no. 2) the fist, Ex. 21, 18. Is. 
58, 4. So Sept. and Vulg. in both pas- 
sages; the Rabbins also use this word 
in the same sense. 


PO"3N m. Ezra 1, 9 92, =hy sbonaN 
Sept. Vulg. Syr. Basins: chargers of cold, 
of silver. In the Jord Talmud this 
word is said to be compounded from “38 
to collect, and > a lamb, and basins 
are so called, because the blood of lambs 
is collected in them. But there is here 
no mention of blood. It seems rather a 
quadriliteral formed with & prosthet. and 
denoting slaughter-basin, for 593 , >a, 
see under letter "; and this is prob. i. q. 
dup, dup, (comp. Zab. >us for ῬΏΡ,) 


from S3> to slaughter, bs to cut the 
throat.—Some also hold it to be i. q. Gr. 
κάρταλος, κάρταλλος, which in the Sept. 
signifies a basket, fruit-basket, whence 


12 TIN 


9 το 
Arab. Αἰ}: , Rabb. ΘἸΘΣΡ, Syr. 
(23,2; ; and it might perhaps in Ezra 
1. c. be understood of baskets of the first- 
fruits. But this Greek word itself seems 
rather of Semitic origin, from the verb 
>14 to plait. 


mas f. plur. missy, a word of the 
later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espec. 
spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ- 
ten by public authority and transmitted 
by a public courier, ἄγχγαρος, to those to 
whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30, 1. 
The word comes most prob.. from an 
obsol. form "3%, which denoted one 
hired, spec. a letter-carrier, courier, from 
r. "a8 no. 2; and was adopted by the 
Greeks under the form Gyyagos, see 
Lex. N. T. h. v. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5. 
17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29.—Lorsbach, in 
Staudlin’s Beytr. V. p. 20, supposes it to 
be derived from the Persian; comp. mod. 
Pers. yd Lt engériden, to paint, to 
write, wheitce ὅ ΠΟΘΙ éngdreh, any writ- 
ing. 

Sm. vapour, mist, rising from the 
earth and forming clouds, so called be- 
cause it surrounds the earth like a veil 
or covering, from r. 78 no. 1. This 
etymology is also supported by the Ara- 


bic, in which oul (from τ. Of mid. Ye, 
to surround, comp. in ‘48 no. 1) is any 
thing which protects and strengthens, 
as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo- 
sphere. Corresponding is also Chald, 
“ vapour.—Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 


Mink see nisin. 

2 a8 by transpos. i. q. S83 q. v. to 
pine away, tolanguish. Found only in 

Hipu. causat. inf. 3°38> for 2*48h> 
1 Sam. 2,33. Comp. espec. Deut. 28, 
63. 


ἌΝ (perh. miracle of God, from 
Sf miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son of 
Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. 

' af ἫΝ 

ἘΝ obsol. root, Arab. Sti. ᾳ. AS 
to befall any one, as misfortune ; whence 
ar ) 

Of misfortune, Hence ix and 


‘TIS Adad, pr.n. of an Edomite, 1 K. 
11, 17; called also "7 Hadad, v. 14. 


ΓΝ 


3 ΓΤ obsol. root, prob. i. q. τ and 
MPD to pase. —Hence 7738. 

TAN pr. n, Jddo, Ezra 8,17, R. 72. 

DTN see oy. 

FITS τὰ. (τ. 728 q. v.) with suff. and in 
plur. defect. “258, O15; with pref. 
ΠΝ, "INI, "IND; master, lord, do- 


minus. Sipoken a) ‘or an owner, pos- 
sessor, 1 K. 16,21 owner of mount Shom- 


ron, i.e. Samaria. Hence of the owner | 


and master of slaves, Gen. 24, 14, 27. 39, 
2.7; of kings as the lords of their sub- 
jects, Is. 26, 13; of a husband as lord of 
the wife, Gen. 18, 12, comp. 532 and Gr. 
κύριος γυναικός, Germ. Eheherr. Also 
of God as the owner and governor of 
the world, Josh. 3,13 yuyn7>> 7x, 
Lord of the whole earth ; hence called 
καὶ ἐξοχήν Kn Ex. 23,17, and with- 
out art, Ὑπὸ Ps. 114, 7; comp. "258 
in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor, 
Gen. 45,8. So "25% my lord! an honor- 
ary title of address to nobles and others 
to whom honour and reverence are due; 
e.g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother 
Num. 12; 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1, 
17. 183-espec. to kings and princes, as 
‘pat ἬΝ 2 Sam. 14, 9. 1 K. 3, 17. In 
respectfully addressing a person, the 
Hebrews, instead of the second personal 
pron. thou, were accustomed to say my 
lord, and instead of the first person, thy 
servant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33,8. 13, 14. 
15. 44,/°7..9.19 WIa“MN bxB °F my 
lord ‘asked his servants, i.e. thou didst 
ask us. Ina style of still stronger adu- 
lation, this mode of speaking is also used 
in the case of an absent person, as Gen. 
32, 4.° 

‘Pram: DTN masters, lords, Is. 26, 13 
with a verb plural; andsoc, suff. "=, "2% 
i. e. mylords Gen, 19, 2. 18. Slanthels 
the plural forms ΣΝ, WIN, ὁ. suff. 
>, Ms, BSS, ete. are always plur. 
excellentie, and of the same signif. as 
the sing. Gen. 39, 2 sq. Hence joined 
with an adj. in the sing. number, as Is. 
19, 4 np ον a hard master, cruel 
lord. Gen. 42, 30. 33. paxr “a8 lord 
of the land. τ τὰ thy master 2K. 2, 3. 
5. 16.-Ps. 45, 12; wy ie master Gen. 
24, 9..39, 2.3.40, 7. ‘Job 3, 19. Deut. 10, 
17 ΘΝ ΠΝ Lord’ of lords, 1. 6: Je- 

2 


13 


TS 


hovah. Ps. 136, 3. Spoken of idols, 
Zeph. 1, 9; comp. >22 

Note. This word is wanting in all 
the kindred dialeets, except the Pheni- 
cian, where it is applied to princes, 
kings, and gods, see Monumenta Pheenic. 
p- 346 (comp. ἅδων, “Adon, Hesych. 
κύριος); and perhaps the Chaldean, 
where a vestige of it seems to be pre- 
served in the pr. ἢ, ΤᾺ 92 


ἜΣ Lord, the Lord, spoken every 
where ; κατ Horie of Giod, chiefly (in the 
Pentat. always) where God is submis- 
sively and reverently addressed; as in 
the formulas ἊΣ τὰ "2 Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh. 
7, 8; "258 NIN ‘Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen. 15, 
2..18, 30-32. Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also 
witers God is spoken of, 1 K. 13, 10. 22, 
6. 2K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6,8, 8,7. Fre- 
quently other divine names ‘are added ; 
as HM? Ὅν (which the Masorites write 
nine Ὅ5πῸ}) Is. 40,10. Jer. 2, 225.1358 

TA Dan. 9, 13.—As to the ending "~ — 
pe es differ in opinion. . ‘Many 
regard it asa plural form put for the 
sing. as spoken of the divine majesty 
(pluralis excellentie), i. q. 8°25%, the 
Kamets being put for Pattah to distin- 
guish it from "25% my lords; see Gram. 
§ 86. 1. c. ὃ 106. 2. δ. Others consider 
ἀπ iq. "=, and make it strictly a suffix 
plural; so that "25% is pr. my lords, 
then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at 
last, the force of the suffix being by de- 
grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, 6 Ku 
etoc.. Comp. Syr. wp and Fr. Mon- 
sieur. This latter view seems prefer- 
able, for the following reasons: a) The 
words of Ps. 35, 23 A771. DN. 16, 2. 
b) The ancient usage of the Pentat. 
where it is for the Voc. my Lord! ) A 
similar usage in possessive pronouns, 
afterwards neglected, in the Phenician 
names of gods,.as "25%. “Adar, *M>323 
Βαάλτις, for which see Monum. Pheenie. 
p-400. Heb. δ΄." Ὁ 119. 6. ἢ. 4. d) "25% 
never has the article, and so nouns with 
a suffix.—To all this it might bevan- 
swered: |«)) That "25x is plural... But 
in one «place only is it coupled with a 
plural, Gen: 19,2; in'the two remaining 
passages it 15. singular, myLord ! Gen. 
18, 3.19, 18. 8) That God twice calls 
himself 775%, 15, 8, 7; Job'28, 28. But 


TIN 14 


this arose from the superstitious practice 
of the Jews, who never pronounce Mijn" 
in the sacred text, but always substitute 
for it "258 in reading ; whence in writers 
of a later age this latter word was some- 
times received into the text itself; Dan. 
9, 8. 7. 8. 9. 15. 16.19. See in mint. 


pois (two mounds or tumuli) Ado- 
raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11, 
9. Comp. ἄδωρα, Jaga, Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 
1. ib. 14.5.3. Now {),0 Dira, a village 
W. of Hebron; see opi. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 2 sq. 

DIS see HIN. 


TIN Chald. adv. of time, at that time, 
thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. τὸ, "8, αν. 
Dan. 2, 15. 17. 19.—j"IN2 pr. in that 
time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14. 
35. 3,13. 19.21.26. 9238 8 from then, 
since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. ᾳ. Hebr. 
IX. 


IN adj. (τ. ἈΠῈ) 1. large, great, 
mighty, 6. σ. mighty waves Ps. 93,4; of 
a large ship Is. 33, 21. 

2. mighty, powerful, ofkings Ps. 136,18 ; 
of nations Ez. 32,18; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8. 

3. achief, a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles, 
princes, 2 Chr. 23,20. Neh. 10, 30. bpp 
B48 a princely bowl i. e. precious, 
Judg. 5, 25. jkait “5 chiefs of the 
flock i. q. shepherds, 8°94, Jer. 25,34 sq. 

4. splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2. 

5. Trop. of moral qualities, noble, e2- 
cellent, excelling in piety and virtue. 
Ps. 16, 3 the saints who are in the earth, 
pa “gerbe ἌΡΗΝ and the excellent 
[of the ‘earth] all my delight is in them, 
i.e. I delight in them alone. 


PHOT Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a 
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. 


ες DIN to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid. 
E and O,and Ethiop. id. also to be beau- 
tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4, 7 their prin- 
ces... are whiter than sill BED ATR 
pope they are more ruddy in body than 
corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong 
to the description of youthful beauty ; 
hence it is not correct to refer 27% in 
this passage to the idea of dazzling 
whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie- 
roz. Il. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm. 
ad Hist. Acthiop. p. 206; although the 


DON 


Romans do indeed use purpureus of any 
shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10; 
comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But 
these writers would hardly have fallen 
into this opinion, had they not been 
anxious to make out for "2°28 the signi- 
fication of pearls. 

Pua Part. ἘΠ 2 made red, dyed red, 
Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25, 5. 35, 7. 23. 

Hiru. to be red, pr. to make oneself 
red, to redden, Is. 1, 18. 

Hirupa. to be red, 6. g. wine in a cup, 
to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31. 

Deriv. DIX—"2°8 ; comp. also D3. 


DIS m. 1.a@man,ahumanbeing,male 
or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would 
seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of 
men; the one red, ruddy, or perl. copper- 
coloured, which we call white ; the other 
black. This word has neither construct 
nor plural form, but is very often collect. 
for men, mankind, the human race, Gen. 
1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68,19. 76,11. Job 20, 
29 ; piy-b> all nen Sob 21, 33, Sotie- 
times put in the gen. after adjectives, 
as DIN "2"SN the poor of men, among 
men, i.e. poor men, Is. 29, 19, comp. 
Hos. 13, 2; so with 3 intervening, as 
ἘΠ 3 O72 Prov. 23, 28. —Spec. a) For 
other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to 
those in question, Jer. 32, 20 ἘΝ wa 
DIND in Israel and among other men. 
Judg. 16, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 48, 4. 
b) Of common men, men of low βουνοῦ, 
opp. to those of higher rank and better 
character; so DIN2 like (common) men, 
Job 31, 33. Hos. 6, 7. Ps. 82,7. So in 
antith. with ὥς men of high degree, 
nobles, Is. 2, 9. 5,15; mW Ps. 82, 7, 
comp. Is. 29, 21; and in ΡΙὰν. ON "2a 
Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4. ο) Of slaves, like 
WER, Nom. 16, 32. d) Of soldiers, like 
Engl. men, Is. 22,6. Comp. 8x no. 1.1. 

2. a man, not a woman, i. q. U"8. 
Ecce. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name] 
among a thousand have I found, but a 
woman among them all have I not found. 

3. any man, any one, Lev. 1,2. With 
a negative, no man, no one, Job 32, 21. 
Comp. "8 no. 3. 

4, Adam, pr.n. a) Of the first man, 
Gen. 2,7 sq. At least in these passages 
DYN assumes the nature of a proper 
name in a certain degree, designating 


DON 


the man as the only one of his kind; 
comp. >22" Baal, the lord καὶ ἐξοχ. 
yon Satan. Lehrg. p. 653, 654. Hence 
Sept. ‘Adau, Vulg. Adam. Ὁ) Ofa city 
near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16. 

5. DIN"R, with art. BIR, son of 
man, poet. for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8, 
5. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25,6. 35, 8; so 
very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet 
is addressed from God, DIN7j2 son of 
man, i.e. mortal! Ez. 2, 1. 3. 3, 1. 3.4. 
10. 4, 16, 8, 5. 6. 8. Often also in Plur. 
ἘΠ "22 sons of men, i. 6. men, Deut. 
32,8. Ps. 11, 4. al. and with art. "23 
DIN 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1K. 8, 39. Ps. 145, 


12. Ecc. 1, 13. Comp. Syr. todo son 
of man, for man. 

DSS and OTN adj. £ 7278, plur. 
br ; after the form dep, mbup , which 
is common in noting colours, see Lehrg. 
δ 120. no. 21; red, ruddy, 6. g. of a gar- 
ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2; of 
- ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10; of a chesnut 
or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1, 8. 6, 2; 
of a red heifer Num. 19, 2; of the red- 
dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30. 
Subst. red, redness Is. 63, 2. 


DON pr.n. Edom. 1. The somof Isaac 
and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen. 
25, 25; more freq. called Esau, 18>. 

2. Collect. for the Edomites, the pos- 
terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for 
their country, Jdumea, Of the nation 
Num. 20, 20; more fully 24% "33 Ps. 137, 
7, and poet. D5 ma daughter of Edom 
Lam, 4, 21.22. Ofthe country, ὉΠ 738 
Gen. 36, 16. 21.31; 04% Amos 1,6; and 
boy may Gen. 32, 3 [4]. Judg. 5, 4. 
Where it stands alone, it is masc. when 
spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20; but 
fem. when it denotes the country, Jer. 
49,17. The country of the Edomites, 
Idumea, was the mountainous tract be- 
tween the Dead sea and the Elanitic 
gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called 
Gebalene, Γεβαληνή, now Jl Jebal. 

The gentile n. is "25% Edomite, Idu- 
mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. ΤΙΝ 2 K. 
16,6 Keri. Fem. n°95x, plur. ΤΙ ὩΣ 
Edomitish women 1 K. 11, 1. 

D'S a gem ofa red colour, perh. ruby, 


garnet, Ex. 28, 17. 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13. 
Sept. Vulg. σάρδιον, sardius. 


15 7s 


DIQIS, £ mgy27e, plur. £ mia, 
adj. reddish, e. g. spots in leprous per- 
sons, which are described as mi33> 
minx white and somewhat reddish, 
Ley. 13, 19 sq. 14, 37. R. Ox. 


MOIS £ 1. earth, Ex. 20,24. So 
called from its reddish colour ; see Cred- 
ner on Joel p. 125 sq.—Spec. the earth, 
ground, land, as tilled, Gen. 4, 2. 47, 19. 
22. 23. Ps. 105, 35. 15. 28,24. MOI Bw 
a husbandman Gen. 9,20; πρὶ II a 
lover of the ground, i. e. of husbandry, 
2 Chr. 26, 10. Spoken of the produce 
of the earth, Is. 1, 7. 

2. a land, region, country, Gen. 28, 15. 
mins met land of Jehovah, i.e. Canaan, 
Is. 14,2. Plur. Το lands, countries, 
once Ps, 49, 12, q. d. in all lands. 

3. the earth, orbis terre, Gen. 4, 11. 
6,1: ἢ, 4. 

4. Adamah, pr. n. of a city in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 36. 


MIN Admah, pr. n. of a city de- 
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, 
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos. 


11; 8. 


"2H ΝΣ and "303% adj. (after the form 
"225p) red, i. 6. red-haired, 6. g. Esau, 
Gen. 25, 25; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17, 
42. Sept. πυῤῥάκης, Vulg. rufus. 


"O'38 (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a 
city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33. 


ΝΣ see in DON. 


ROIS Admatha, pr. τ. of a Persian 
nobleman, Esth. 1, 14. 


* 38 obsol. root. 1. i. ᾳ. Ἧπ,7 Arab. 
«lO mid. Waw, to be low, humble, infe- 
rior. Hence 738. 

2. Transit. i. q. "3, to judge, to com- 
mand, to domineer. Hence 37% domi- 
nus, lord, and "758 the Lord; also 


ΠΝ Addan, pr. n. of a man who re- 
turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem, 
Ezra 2, 59; in the parall. passage Neh. 
7, 61 written πὸ. 


TES m. plur. 2°228 , constr. "IN, a 
foundation, e. g. ofa column, base, pedes- 
tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex. 26, 19 sq. 27, 10 sq. 
36, 38; ofa building, Job 38,6. R. jx 
no. 1. 


a8 


"DTS see after’ yy 


᾿ΡΙΞ ΣΝ (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be- 
zek, name or title of a king of the Ca- 
naanitich city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5. 6, 7. 


ῬΊΣ ΙΝ (lord. οἵ justice) . Adoni- 
zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of 
Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1. 3. 


PIT (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni- 
jah, pr. τι. τὰ. a) A son of David, who 
attempted. to usurp the succession, 1 K. 
1,8 sq. Called also λον v. 5. 2 Sam. 
3,4. Ὁ) 2Chr. 17,8. c) Neh. 10, 17. 
In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called 
bp»25% Adonikam, i. e. lord of the ene- 
my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18. 


DP ITN see STI c. 


Ὀ ΠΣ (lord of altitude) Adoniram, 
pr. n. of a man who had charge of the 
public works under David and Solomon, 
1K. 4,6. By an unusual contraction, 
called ΤΣ Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
1K. 12, 18; also Dyi55 2 Chr. 10, 18. 


᾿ ὮΝ in Kal not used, pr. to be large, 
great, κα, see deriv. "IN, MIN; 


comp. je to have the hernia, pr. to be 


swollen ; ΤΑΙ swollen, inflated, 6. g. 


the belly. Kindr. is "35 .—Trop. to be 
great, splendid, powerful ; see in ""3%. 

Nipu. to be made great, to be magni- 
fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15,6307 τ 727 
M52 “IN? thy right hand, Jehovah, is 
magnified in might, is made glorious i in 
strength. The Yod in ΠΝ is para- 
gogic. 

Hipu. to magnify, to make honourable, 
Is. 42, 21. 

Deriv. “IN, MTN, WIN, and the com- 
pounds METS, Sbati 


ἊΝ Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month, 
from the new moon of March to that of 
April;- or according to the Rabbins, 
from the new moon of February to that 
of March. Esth. 3, 7.13, 8, 12.9, 1. 15. 
17. 19.21. Gr. ‘Advg, 1 Macc.7, 48, Syr. 


Sif, Arab, S151, ἠδέ, and i157, the 
sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians. 


Perh, from Pers. ot fire. 
ΝΣ Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15. 


16 "ἜΝ, 


IIS see WEN“. 


ὙΠ m. pr. lJargeness; amplitude ; 
hence 

1. a wide cloak, manile; i.q. NII, 
Mic. 2, 8. 

2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech. 
11, 13 "BI 7S splendour of the price, 
i. e. the splendid price, ironically. 


“VFN Chald. (τ. 12 IL) area, threshing 
floor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35. 


Syr. 12f, Arab. pot. Hence some, 
refer it to Arab. 43 excidit granum 3. 


but in Arab. post the nd seems to be 
for dd. ; 


PUATIS Chald. plur. m. chief-judges, 
Dan. 3, 2. 3. Compounded from "38 i-g. 
“3¥ greatness, comp. “"38 no. 3; and’ 
ΤῚΣ judges, comp. "33. 


NITTIN Chald. adv. Ezra7,2. 3 right- 
ly, diligently, carefully, Vulg. diligenter. 
Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers. 
Saud recte, vere, probe, 

ΤΕΣ m. only in Plur. DSTI 
1 Chr. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. jioD3, a 
daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com- 
mon also among the Jews while they 


were under the Persian dominion. The 
Ris prosthetic ; comp. in Mishna }i393 
and Syr. α 3.3). The etymology is 
not certain, although we can hardly 
doubt that the word is kindred to the pr. 
n. Darius, O49. Others make it either: 
a) Dimin. from 3°", daric, δαριήκης, if 
the common reading is correct in Strabo" 
XVI. p. 5874; or db) A compound from: 
Ifo king (Darius) and wp appear- 
ance, figure—The daric was equal in 
value to the Attic χρυσοῦς, which, ac- 
cording to our mode of reckoning, was 
worth nearly 14 German. ducats, or 
about three Spanish dollars; see Boeckh 
Staatsh. der Ath. I.. p. 23.. The. coin 
usually bears the image of an archer 
with a tiara. Daries of gold and silver 
are extant in the Museums of Paris and 
Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P, I, 
Vol. ΠΙ. p. 551. 


ΡΩΝ (contr. for 44h “4 splen- 
dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n. 
a) An idol of the Sepharvites or Sip- 


TS 
parenes brought from Mesopotamia to 
Samaria, 2 K, 17,31. _b) A son of Sen- 
nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in 
slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. 


ΣΙΝ Chald. i. q. 294 , the arm, with 
% prosthetic, Ezra 4, 23. Hebr. 3151. 
In the Targums with Patah 55 a. 


Hence 


WITS (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n. 
a) The former metropolis of Bashan, 
situated in the territory of Manasseh, 
Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4. 
Called by Eusebius “4dgad, by Ptolemy 
“4doa, by Arabian geographers 
Zer’a, now Led Der’a. [According to 
Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24 
Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to 
Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland 
Palestina p.547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. ΠΙ. 
App. p. 152.—R.] Ὁ) A city in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 37. 


MTS 1. Fem. of adj. 48, large, 
great, mighty, (comp. *>Y, f. rubs ») 
Ez. 17, 8 ΤΙΝ 153 a large vine; ie. full 
of branches and leaves. Comp: “TIN 
no. 1. 

2. Subst. a wide cloak, mantle, pallium, 
1 K. 19, 13. 19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6. 
“320 NTN a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7, 
21, λ,. 6. ‘variegated with figures, having 
the figures of men and animals interwo- 
ven in colours; comp. Plin. H. Ν. 8. 48. 
So "SY NAN a hairy mantle, shaggy 
with hair, or Ὁ (according to gaane) of fur, 
Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4. 

3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3. 


i wis i. ᾳ. Bs, to thresh, once inf. 
absol. Is. 28, 28 svat WiIN threshing , 
he threshes it. 


* SITS and STIS fat. say2 and sAN%, 
1 pers. SM& Prov. 8, 17 and SM& Hos. 14, 
5; inf. 28 Eee. 3, 8, also M38 q. v. 

1. to breathe after, to long for, to de- 
sire, c. acc. Ps. 4, 4. 40,17. 70, 5; seq. 
"> Ps. 116, 1—This sense of breathing 
after belongs to the syllables 35, 3m, 
and with the letters raftened ak, 18; 


comp. the roots 53m; 33m, ar< to de- 
sire, to love ; M18 and M38 to desire, to 
be willing. 
2. to love, in which signif. it is pete: 
2 


17 


ris 


with 239, ἀγαπάω. With ace. Gen. 37, 
3. 4. Deut, 4, 37; rarely c. > Lev. 19, 18, 
34. 1K. 5, 15; ¢. 3 Eee. δ, 9. 1 Sam. 20, 
17 ia ΘΕ) ΤΞΩΝ he lnaed him as he 
loved his own soul. Part. 25% a friend, 
loving and beloved, intimate, different 
from 33 a companion, Prov. 18, 24, Esth. 
δ, 10. 14. Is..41, 8 "2 BMTIN 51 the 
seed of Abraham my friend. 

3. to love to do any thing, to delight 
in doing, seq. infin. ο. > , Hos. 12, 8 p&2?> 
3m he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, ‘10. Jer. 
14, 10. 

Nipu. part. 3% lovely, amiable, wor- 
thy of love, 2 Sam. 1, 23. 

Prex part, 3592 1. @ friend, Zech. 
13, 6. 

2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, ὦ 
paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23, 
5 sq. i. e. metaph. for an idolater. 

Deriv. the three following. 


aus only in plur. ΡΞ 1. loves, 
spec. in a bad sense, amours, trop. of 
intercourse and alliances with foreign 
nations, Hos. 8, 9. 

2. delight, loveliness. Proy. 5,19 M238 
Bean a lovely hind. 


ΓΝ m. love, in sing. once meton. for 
lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10. Sept. 
ot ἠγαπημένοι. Plur. 2°38 loves, spec. 
amours, Prov. 7, 18. 


TIS £1. Inf: fem. of the verb sny, 
with Η pref. Is. 66, 6 Him ow-my Mand 
to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. ΟΣ 
15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23,11. With © 
21K. 10,9 beens, nim mana in” 
Schovah*s loving Israel, i. 6. ’ because he 
loved Israel. In the same sense with 
pref. > Hos. 3,1, and "2 Deut. 7,8 pony! 
DOM mint δέδια Jehovah εὐδὰ you Ἢ 

°2. love -espec. between the sexes, Cant! 
2,4. 5,8. 8, 6. 7; of God towards "fe 
Hos. 3,1; of οἰδοὺς towards each’ Uther, 
1 Sam. 18, 8: SHO SPOS 


8. love, delight, concer. oné°S i 
fem. Cant. 2,7. 3,5. So mht 
where éthers as adv. lovely. oI ot a 

νοῦ an ΔΈ... 


* TIN obsol. root, i. q. Sm dodesonep 
united. “Hence TAN andsd act πα 


πὸ Ohad, pr. τι. ofa dot BF SHOE 


Gen. 46, 10. u00 OS 61.2 sy 
on Is2l ip .i wa 
5 ἘΣ] interj. siproalel kes sor, 


ἽΝ 
and imitating the — or.cry, ah! 
alas ! i Arab. sf, sl, whenee the 


verbs a and δ to grieve, lament, like 


row, an 


Germ. ach, dchzen. Mostly in the con- 


nection Min? "25% AAR ah! Lord God, 
Josh. 7, 7. Judg. 6, 22; or "258 Fn 2K. 
6, 5. 15. Alone, 2K. 3, 10: “Ὁ. dat. Joel 
1, 15. 


TIS (union, τ. 38) Ehud, pr. τι. τη. 
a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1. 
Sept. *40d. b) 1 Chr. 7, 10. 


- RIN Ahava, pr. τι. ofa river between 
Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31. 
The same is probably meant in v. 15, 
where we may render: the river that 
runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly 
doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa- 
ter, aqua ; comp. Sanscr. ap, Pers. ab, 
Goth. ahva, Lat. agua. It is hard to 
say what river is meant; possibly the 
Euphrates, which was called xat ἐξοχήν 
the river ; comp. “3371. 


“WIN Hos. 13, 10, i. q. M28, "&, where ? 
Elsewhere ἫΝ is always 1 per, fut. 
apoc. from r. mA to be; and not improb. 
it is here an error of transcription arising 
out of v. 7. 14, instead of =X. The 
words are NIEX 7352 "8 where then is 
thy king? the two words NiBX "8 be- 
ing closely joined, as elsewhere NiBX "8. 
—Ewald regards this word (Gr. ὃ 444) as 

,compounded from & (i. q. 3) and "5 i. 6. 

ic, here ; comp. Ethiop. WP ibi, HP 

"ὦ huc. So too Hupfeld. 

ε [ 

, FIN δ perh. i.g. db, AO  1.toshine, 
to glitter, from the: mutual relation of 
verbs XB and 53; see Hiph.—Hence 
brik tent, from the shining, glittering 
appearance. 

2. Denom. from Sn tent, to tent, to 
move one’s tent, in the manner of no- 
mades, now pitching their tents in one 
place and then removing to another. 
Gen. 13, 12. ‘18 ISN SNM , Sept. azo- 
σκηγώσας ᾿Αβράμ, Vulg. movens taberna- 
culum suum. 

Pret, fat. 584 contr. ἘΠῚ, i. q. Kal no. 
2, to pitch one’s tent, i in the nomadi¢ man- 
ner, Is. 13,20. Comp. ὩΞ for ΡΝ. 

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to 
give light. Job 25, 5 “ab) NIA? Ἡ 


18 


- 


beng 


bt lo! even the moon, it shineth not, 
i. 6. is not bright, pure, in the sight of 
God. Jerome: ecce! luna etiam non 
splendet. . Sept. οὐκ ἐπιφαύσκει. 

The deriv. follow. 


DAN c. suff. "dhy, AbnN (oholka); 
with He parag. Fong ; Plur. pxdnk 
Syriasm for D">58 a al p. 152, 572; 
with pref. abaya Judg. 8, 11. Jer,-35, 7. 
10; constr. “boy, c. suff. bok pork, 

ps"bne. 

‘La “tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27, al. 
ΣΡ Dak cabernacle of the congregation 
or of assembly, comm, tabernacle of the 
covenant, i. e. the movable and portable, 
sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert, 
described Ex. c. 26, comp. c. 36; also 
called simply ἘΠῊΝ ΠῚ 1. K. 1, 39. As to 
the distinction in the tabernacle, between 
DHS and 202, the former (ons) denoted 
the exterior covering, consisting of 
twelve curtains of goats’ hair, which was 
placed over the proper dwelling (132) 
i. 6. the twelve interior curtains or hang- 
ings which lay upon the frame-work 3 
see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14,19. 

2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is. 
16, 5 373 S48 the habitation of David. 
1 K. 8, 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2,4. Poet. 
Ps. 132, 3 "na ἘΠῚ Ξ Noy ox I will not- 
enter the dwelling of my house. 

3. Spec. the temple, Ez. 41, 1. 

4, Ohel, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 
1 Chr. 3, 20. 


MIAN Oholah, Aholah, pr. n. of a 
harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
of Samaria, Ez. 23,4 sq. Put for Fon 
(Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own 
tabernacle, temple. 

MISA see in BUST. 


SN"SMS8 (tent of his father) Aholiab, 
pr. n. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6, 35, 34. 
MISA Oholibah, Aholibah, pr. τι. of 
a harlot, ‘used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
of the idolatrous kingdom of Judah, Ez. 
23, 4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in her, 13 
for ma. Comp. ΠΡ. 

MADMIN (tent of the height) Aholi- 
bamah, pr. n. of a wife of Esau, Gen, 36, 
2. 14; also of an -Edomitish.tribe, v. 14, 

moe Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7,17, and 
ΛΌΓΩΝ Ps. 45, 9. Cant. 4,14, Plur. a spe- 


ΠΝ 


cies of odoriferous tree growing in India, 
called by the Greeks, ἀχάλλοχον, later 
ξυλαλόη, in modern times lignum aloés, 
also lignum paradisi, and lignum aquile, 
Excecaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc. 
lib. 1.21. TheHeb. as well as the Greek 
name is Gérived from the Indian name 
of the tree, Sanser: agarw and aguru (the 
r being softened into 2), also agarukam. 
See Celsius in Hierobot, T.I. p. 135- 
170. Gildemeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc. 
I, p. 65, 66, . The Portuguese also would 
seem to have heard the name under the 
form agulu or the like ; since they call 
this wood aquile νάνμας" 


. "ΠΝ a doubtful root ; hence iiidie 


IW pr: n. m. (perh. i. q. i941. moun- 
taineer, comp. Arab. 3p) Aaron, the 
elder brother of Mosex. Ex: 6, /20.).7, 75 
and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev. 
Ο. 8.--Ἰ ΠΝ "22 sons of Aaron Josh. 21, 
4. 10. 13; poet. VMAX ma house of 
Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the 
priests in general. So Aaron, for any 
high-priest Ps. 133, 2. 


“NS, constr. ix, a noun after the form 
1%, "PR; from τ. MIX to will, to desire. 
a Subst. will, desire, appetite, once 
Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. “28 ‘ie OTD nor 
Sor princes the desire “of strong drink. 
Keri 52%) ἊΣ (to say). where is strong 
drink ὃ 
2. free-will, choice, and hence constr. 
‘ik as a Conjunction, implying the power 
of freely choosing this or that, or, either ; 
comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle. 


-τ ᾿ 
Arab. οἷ. Deut. 13, 2 npin ix mix the 
Γ᾿ γον ξροδ κν Job:3,.15. 2. K. 2, 
16 minnsn ἜΗΝ Ξ ik O° IMR. apon 
some mountain or into some valley. Re- 
peated i. q. sive—sive, whether—or, Lev. 
5, 1 S77 58 ANI IN whether he hath seen 
or known, Ex, 21,31. 
intensive, i. g. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3 
who hath been with me now these many 
days, att Mt ἽΝ or rather these years. 


So Arab. τ, which they explain by AS : 
fidmaetich also ellipt. for "> ὯΝ or. 


it) that, or (it must be) that, with fat. sub-_ 
junct. where we may properly render. 
or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab. 


Sometimes it is 


19 aN 


she. fut. nasb, plligt. for t3 αἰ ΤᾺ 


is explained by ¢yf F Sp une) Is. 27,5 
T would burn aie all together, pirty ix 
ΣΌΣ or else let them lay hold of my 
e, ive. unless they take hold ete, 
Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10].—Hence 
3. As a conditional particle, Ὁ, ΒΥ, if one 
choose, i. q. if, if perhaps, but if, Sept. 
ἐάν, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also 


5 
the si conditional. So Arab. οἱ is often 
explained by the Grammarians by ¢){— 
With fat. 1 Sam. 20,10 who shall tell me 
MBP FIX HM iN if thy father an- 
swer thee any thing harshly? Sept. ἐάν, 
Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this: 
passage more than the context will bear, 
in endeavouring to make out a disjunc- 
tive sense, ad Sim. Lex, p. 26.) Ex. 21, 
36 NAT MD Vid "D> Σ᾽ iN but if it be 
known, that the ox was wont to push, 
Sept. ἐὰν δέ, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4, 
23. 28, 2 Sam. 18, 13.— Without a verb, 
Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us 
“ive ix O°" some days, if perhaps ten,’ 
ᾳ. ἃ. "ten days if she choose ; Sept. ἡμέρας 
ὡσεὶ δέκα, Vulg. dies saltem decem. In 
this example the primary sense of choice 
remains ; nor can it be well explained: 

multos ates, aut saltem decem. — 


2858 (prob. will of God, from δ, ἴδ, 
r. H3%) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 34, 


= Sm er DN obsol. root, i. 4. Arab, 


«a 

οἱ for ὦ ἢ. ) 
1. to mt back, to return; also to 

oom to one’s am, resipiscere, whence 


St f resipiscens. 
Pa to. go. down, to set, e.g. the on, 
3. to. come by night, espec. in order to 
5 c= 
get water: Conj. V, VIII, id. ἰδ ἃ 
water-earrier, aquarius. Hence in He-) 


brew: 


58, plur, misix mae. comp, forthe 


gender of the plur. Job 32, 19. 


1. @ leathern bottle, pr. γι ς 


_| for carrying water, see r. 321 no. 8. 
(be | Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. 6. Misk> 
“SRT mown like new bottles which burst, : 


εἶν 6. πκθ skins full of new wines, τ᾿ « 
2. γεχρόμαντις or γεκυόμαντις, i διὰν 


ΞῚΝ 


necromancer, sorcerer, a conjurer who 
professes to call up the dead by means 
of incantations and magic formulas, in 
order that they may give response as to 
doubtful or future things; comp. 1 Sam. 
28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3.—Deut. 18, 11. 2K. 
21, 6. 2 Chr. 33,6. Plur. niak Lev. 19, 
31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3. 
Spec.put a) For thedivining spirit, the 
Soreboding demon, python, supposed to be 
present in the body of such a conjurer ; 
comp. Acts 16,16. So Lev. 20,27 wx 
SIX BD TT) 72 HWS IN ὦ man ora 
woman in whom is the spirit of divina- 
tion, Eng. ‘familiar spirit.’ 1 Sam. 28,8 
sina 75 N™"2DP divine unto me by the 
Soreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce- 
ress is called 218 M232 ΤΥ a woman in 
whom is a divining spirit, 1 ‘Sam. 28, 7. 8. 
b) For the dead, the shade or spirit 
evoked. Is. 29,4 ΣῊ PTS ΞῚΝΞ MT and 
thy voice shall be like a shade out of the 
ground.—The LXX usually render miss 
by ἐγγαστρίμυϑοι, ventriloquists, and 
correctly ; since among the ancients this 
power of ventriloquism was often mis- 
used for the purposes of magic.—As to 
the connection between these two signifi- 
cations of bottle and necromancer, it prob. 
arose from regarding the conjurer, while 
possessed by the demon, as a@ bottle, i. e. 
vessel, case, in which the demon was 
contained. Hence 


PNAS (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a 
station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 21,10. 34,43. It must be sought 
in the desert on the eastern skirts of 
Idumea, not far from Moab. 


aie 1 Chr. 27, 30, Obil, pr. n. of an 
Ishmaelite. who had charge of the cam- 
els of David. It signifies pr. chief of the 


camels, like Arab. JST and dust from 


34 camel.—The form >"3'8 is for b2ix, 
as 772M for ἼΔΩ Ps. 16, 5. 

DAN and Pay, τη. (τ. 53") a stream, 
river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6. 

-* FAN and ‘TN obsol. root. 1. to bend, 


to inflect, Arab. δὲ mid. Waw; then to 
turn, to turn about or over, to stir, see 
subst. Tk, MiTiN; also to put around, 


20 


TS 


to surround, see "δ, Corresponding is 
Heb. 43. Hence 
2. to load, to et to press down with 


weight; whence dt heavy, burden- 


some, 8351 a load, weight, ὁ mis- 


fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one 
is weighed down; see "8. 


᾿ - = asi one 
3. ig. Off for Aol, to be strong, ro- 
Soe 
bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, dst 


and δῖ strength, might, force ; whence 
Heb. "&2. Comp. MYp and other verbs 
which also connect the notions of weight 
and strength. 

‘TIN m. pr. a wooden poker, with which 
a fire is stirred, see r. T18 no 1; hence 
any burnt wood, a fire-brand, Zech. 3, 2. 
Am. 4,11. Is. 7,4. Syr. and Chald. id. 
Others make it i. q. Ose wood. 


nisix plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r. 
‘aN no.1; then circumstances, reasons, 


6... 
Comp. rw cause, 
from r. 330 to turn about; ᾿ τὰ way, 


manner, cause, from JLS, d4n, to turn 
oneself; Germ. um for wegen ; bbon be- 
cause of, from >>3.—Found only in the 
formula itineby ἢ ig. "23 539, "93% 53, 
Sor the causes, i.e. on oceoutat of, be- 
cause of, propter, Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32. 
Ex, 18, 8; c. suff. "mitt 52 on my ac- 
count, Josh, 14, 6. "x mitk->> dv 
Sor all these causes that, for this very 
cause that, Jer. 3,8.—In some editt. is 
found 2 Sam. 13, 16 mis& >x, which 
has arisen from combining two readings, 
mitin~by and mitix dy. 

κα, mms not used in Kal, pr. to bend, 
to inflect ; comp. kindr. πὴ. Hence 

1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to 


causes of things. 


τ 
lodge, to dwell ; i.q. Arab. (55) Conj. I, 
Ὁ a lodging, dwelling. See 


£ 

2. i. q. Arab. (955) to incline, to have ἃ 
bent, i. 6. to desire, to long for, to wish ; 
see Pi, Hithpa. and comp. V8. Kindr. 


roots are M38, Lat. aveo, Arab. Sy, 
Sanscr. aw, to desire. 


ΓΝ 21 


Piet. M38 i. q. Kal no, 2, to desire, to 
long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, 85). 
Proy. 21, 10 39 MW Sw WE? the soul 
of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20. 
14, 26. Job 23, 13, 33, 20. 1 Sam, 2, 16. 
2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7,1. Without wp 

"Ps. 132,13. 14. Is. 26, 9 9>N™IN “UD? 
md"ba my soul even I desire thee in the 
night ; comp. 4332 for ἢ with 1 pers. 
Gen, 44, 32. 

Hirapa. πη ΤΙ, fut. apoc. "xm" Prov. 
23, 3. 6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one- 
self, to long ; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; ς. 
ace. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17, 16; ¢. dat. Prov. 
23, 3.6. FINN MARNN to long a longing, 
i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust 
after, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106,14. Hithpael 
differs also from Piel, in that it is never 
joined with 22, which is the common 
usage with Piel. 

Deriv. "8 constr. 1%, TAR, "IR, "I, 
END, TINA. 


met IIS obsol. root, onomatopoetie, 


to cry, to howl, ululare ; so Arab. Ss 
to howl, as a dog, wolf, jackal ; see the 
deriv. "IX, ἀπ. 


* TIL. ms, in Kal. not used, prob. 
to sign, to mark, to describe with a mark ; 
kindr. with Myf and AIH. Comp. max, 
ms I, kh, to desire. Hence - 

Ηιτηρα. id. Num. 34, 10 033 omagnn 
ye shall mark out for yourselves a border, 
etc. comp. v. 7. 8, where in the same 
connection is read fut. 52> 5xmM. Sept. 
and Syr. in all three passages, καταμε- 
τρήσετε, ϑϑϑ ΖΖ; ye shall measure out, 
determine.—Hence also mix for MX, a 
sign. 

AIS f(r. mL 2) 1. desire, long- 
ing, e. g. after food, with wip2, Deut. 12, 
15. 20. 21. 18,6; of sexual desire, Jer. 
2,24. Comp. in myx 1. Pi. 

2. desire, will, with wp, 
1 Sam. 23, 20; simpl. Hos. 10, 10. 


“=< 


“TAS (prob. i. q. "IN, ἜΣ, strong, ro- 
bust) Uzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 25. 


STAN Gen. 10, 27, pr. n. Uzal, a de- 
scendant of Joktan, here taken ina geo- 
graphical sense for a city and district of 
the Joktanide in Arabia, prob. the same 
afterwards called Sanaa, the metropolis 


dan 


of the kingdom of Yemen; see Bochart 
Phaleg. II. 21. J. Ὁ. Michaelis Spicil. 
Geogr. Heb. ext. T. II. p. 164 sq. Rut- 
ger’s Hist. Jemane, p. 217. 


ΝΣ (desire or dwelling, i. q."%) Evi, 
pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num, 31, 8. 
Josh. 13, 31. 


“SN (r. m8 IL) 1. Subst. wailing, 
lamentation. Prov. 23, 29 > Vix "> 
“i28 who hath wailing, who hath want? 

2. Interj. wo! - a) Of sorrow, grief, 
ὁ. dat. wo to me! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. Is. 
3; 9. 6,5; rarely ὁ. ace. Ez. 24, 6.8; 
absol. Num. 24, 23. Ὁ) Of threatening, 
imprecation, Num. 21, 29.—Kindr. is "in. 


MPN i,q. HN, c. dat. Ps, 120, δ. 


ὉΠ ὲ m. (τ. 515} plur. BYd“IN 1. fool- 
ish, as adj. ΒΝ ον Prov. 99, 9, Hos. 
9,7. More freq. subst. a foolish man, a 
fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35, 8. Prov. 7, 22. 
10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. Opp. to a 
prudent man (0°72) Prov. 12,16; toa 
wise man (02%) Prov. 10, 14. 

2. Impl. impious, wicked, Job 5, 3. 


ΡΝ id. with adj. ending, foolish, 
Zech. 11, 15. 


JIVA 51 Evil-Merodach; pr. τι. of 
a king of Babylon, who set at liberty 
Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had 
been long detained in prison by Nebu- 
chadnezzar, 2K. 25, 27. Jer. 52,31. He 
succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned 
two years, according to Berosus in Jos. 
c. Ap. 1. 20.—As to the signification of 
the name, 3352 q. v. is the name of a 
Babylonish idol, and >*1x is in Heb: fool- 
ish. But we may take it for granted 
that some other name of Assyrian or 
Persian origin lies concealed under this, 
which the Jews thus wrested into the 
analogy of their own tongue ; pleasing 
themselves perhaps with the idea of 
calling the hostile and gentile king’in 
scorn Merodach’s fool, i. 6. his foolish 
worshipper. 


᾿ ΝΣ with Vav movable, obsol. root, 
i. q. 582, x3, to be foolish, pr. to be 
turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. d33, 
and also 53%. Hence >™"8, "S™48, fool- 
ish, M258 folly. 


+ dan and ὌΝ a root not used in 


DN 


the verb, but of wide extent in the 
derivatives. 

1. Pr. to roll, to twist, to twirl, as in 
kindr. 54M, ban, D3, bba; comp. εἰλέω, 
εἰλύω, ἢ ἴλλω, and ses below under, bba.— 
Hence bay a ram, from his twisted 
horns ; also >4x belly. 

2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerful ; 
for the connection comp. in bem and bon. 
—Hence >& the Strong One, God ; ΠΝ 
terebinth, q. d. the strong tree ; wid 
an oak, Lat. robur; also θη, M5>"x, 

strength, aid. 
ες 3. Trop. to be first, foremost, chief, 
from the notion of strength and power ; 


so a ὁ to be foremost, to come out 


first, J F first, primus, (pr. princeps, like 


πεν comp. Heb. >83.—Hence D"25, 
pbx, the mighty, the chief, D>3% the 
front part, q. ν. >°% no. 2, and phx, a 
projection on a building ; nbax no. 3, the 
first place, rank. 


DAN m. 1. the belly, body, pr. a roll, 
roller, from the round form ; r. 5X no. 1. 


Ξ §~ 
Ps. 73,4. Arab. IIT, dT. 

2. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the 
chief. 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. ὙΠ 7238 
the chief of the land. The Keri has the 
more usual form ἤδη. R. δ} no. 3. 


I. "D38 compounded from ἪΣ constr. 
im, and "> i. gq. "δ, 8b, 8d, not; comp. 
ae nba. 

i. if not, unless, once Num. 22, 33 
Son "2p Hino "bas unless she had turn- 
ed from me, ; surely now I had slain thee. 
acre si μή. Aben Ezra well "55>. 

. whether not, Is. 47, 12; and hence 
‘ellipt. [who knows] whether ποῦ, i. 6. per- 
haps, peradventure, expressing doubt, 
fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9,7; and 
also hope, Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15. plo. 
8,7 the stalk shall yield no meal, "25% 
angta pwr mines [or if] perhape it 
yie ‘strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21, 2. 


—In like manner Arab. ΤᾺ and ἧε 


perhaps, is pr. ,, not, ellipt. As to 


its origin, for yf and its various forms 
and use, see es Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1. 
§ 867, and note. More nearly corre- 
sponding are the Talmudic particles 828 
and %3>"4 pr. whether not, annon, then 


22 


Ds 


whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ; 
e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ‘ne dicas: cum 
otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (R2W) non 
eris otiosus.’ Berach 2, 1.9. Also ΣΝ 
what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb. 
sbax Is. 47, 12. 


II. "258 pr. n. Ulai, Euleus, a river 
flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying 
itself into the united stream of the Eu- 
phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks 
Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8,2. See 
Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31. 
R. K. Porter’s Travels, Vol. Il. p. 412, 
and Map. 


DON, DN, (Kamets impure,) Plur. 
peaks, [ᾷ: ‘Sano. 3,) pr. the anterior 
part, Front ; hence 

1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6 
sq. Ez. 40,7 sq. Spec. of the vestibule 
or porch erected on the eastern front of 
the temple of Solomon, Gr. ὃ πρόγαος, 
1K. 6, 3. Joel 2, 17; more fully ΡΝ 
mins 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29, Ἴ7. The altitude 
of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have 
been 120 cubits, while the height of the 
temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its 
length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6,2. This would 
give to the porch the form of a tower, 
unless there is here an error in the text. 
Perhaps for D°"w>1 ΓΙ Ὁ we may read 
with Meyer and others =°"O> MIN 
twenty cubits. 

2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op- 
posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a 
strong adversative particle, but, but yet, 
nay but, nevertheless, ov μὴν ἀλλά, as 
Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13,3. Often 
also EDINI, Sept. οὐ μὴν δὲ ἀλλά, Gen. 
48, 19. Ex. 9,16. Job 1, 11. 12, 7. 33,1. 
Where two adversative propositions 
stand one after the other, the Hebrews 
repeat the adversative particle, as in 
Engl. 6. g. ὈΡΗΝῚ -- Ὀρης Job 13, 3. 4. 
Comp. "1 τὴς. Once in Job 17, 10 
it is written che, where some Mss. 
falsely read cbs. —It may be worth 
inquiry, whether this particle also, as 
well as °>4%, may not be compounded 
from 58 i. q. ix an, whether, and 2? i. q. 


fd, “ , not, in the ellipt. sense, [who 
knows] whether not, i. q. but perhaps. 
This conjecture would seem to be 


supported by the Syriac word (sacl, 


ὯΝ. 
which according to the ancient Syrian 
lexicographers signifies ‘annon, fortasse.’ 

3. Ulam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16. 

b) 8, 39. 40. 

ΤῸΝ κα (r. 538) 1. folly, very often 
τίη Proverbs, as 5, 23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14, 
“17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14. 21. 

2. Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp. 

mba). Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6. 
3. Perh. the first place, high rank, 
power, from στ. 23% no. 3. Proy. 14, 24 


ΤΗΝ ond.D ΓΡῚΝ the precedence of fools - 


is folly, i. e. high honour is to them only 
a source of foolish actions, There would 
seem to be here a paronomasia or play 
upon the twofold signification of M53. 
“128 (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr. 


» Ρ 


asst , τ. ὯΝ) Omar, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Gen. 
86, 11. 


* JAN obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no- 
thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative 
power, like 853 and kindred forms, as 


GG. xigs, to hinder, 272, 2; the 
same power which in most languages 
is expressed by the letter x; comp. 
Sanser. na, no, an and « privative; 
Pers. x3, 5; Zend. and Copt. an; Gr. 
vy in γήπιος, νημερτής, and ἄνευ ; Lat. ne, 
nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad- 
jectives; Germ. nie, nein, and vulgar 
né, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec- 
tives; Engl. no, nay, not, and un, in 
privative ; also Greek ἀναίνομαι. Less 
frequently the negative power is ex- 
pressed by the kindred letters m, comp. 
Sanscr. ma, Gr. μή ; and 1, comp. δὲ, 
82, N2, "2, 7B, be, Db. Hence px, 
ἽΝ nothing, not, Ἰδὲ nothingness. 

From the idea of nothing come the 
following tropical senses: 

2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and 
hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see 
TIN no. 1, 2,3. Comp. in Engl. ‘to be 
nothing worth, ‘there is nothing in 
him;’ Lat. ‘homo nequam.’ 


3. to be deficient in strength, debilitat- 


ed, exhausted. Arab. <j} mid. Ye, to be 


So 
weak, exhausted; (.»9! weariness, trou- 


ble, sorrow.—Hence Ἰδὲ no. 4, B°3xm 
labours. 
4. to be light, easy, facile; since 


things light and easy are to us ἽΝ, 
Engl. as nothing. Comp. }5> to be light, 
easy.—Hence 4x I, faculty (facility) of 
doing any thing, ability, power. 


TPS m. (τ. PX no. 1) ὁ. suff. Fix, 
ois Jer. 4, 14. Ps. 94, 23, Plur. onzix 
Prov. 11, 7. 

1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and 
empty thing, Is. 41, 29. Zech. 10, 2. 
Spec. of the nothingness of idols and of 
every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp. 
dam) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an 
idol, idols, Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosea 
the city ἘΣ house of God, as being 
given to idolatry, is scornfully called 
j1N-M"2 house of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5. 
Here too are to be referred: a) M2p2 
8 plain of Aven (idols), Amos 1,5, i.e. ἃ 
certain valley in the vicinity of Damas- 
cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria. Ὁ) ἘΝ 
Aven for {5% i. 6. Heliopolis of Egypt 
Ez. 30, 17; but with the notion of an 
idolatrous city.—Spec. 

2. nothingness of words, i. e. false- 
hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4. 

3. nothingness as to worth, naughti- 
ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. τ. 73% 
no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13. 
JIN 2, PX WIR, wicked men, Job 22, 
15. 34, 36. 43% "22B workers of iniquity, 
evil doers, 31, 3. 34, 8. 22. Plur. ὩΣ 
Prov. 11, 7, prob. for 73% "828, as in 
Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab. 

4. toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q, 29. 
Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me. 
Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall 
reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15, 
35. Hab. 3, 7.—Spec. sorrow, pain, Ge 
35, 18 “ΣΝ ΓΞ. Ben-oni, i. 6. son of 
sorrow. 728% ὈΠῚΡ bread of sorrows 
i.e. the food of mourners, which was 
reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4; comp. 
Deut. 26, 14. 

Nore. As 338 with suffixes coincides 
as to form with jiX, care must be taken 
not to confound the two words. 


I. ΤῊΝ m. (Ὁ. px no. 4) faculty, ability; 
hence | 

1. strength, power, Job 18, 7. 12. 40, 16. 
Spec. of manly vigour, power of procrea- 
tion, JIN MON the first-fruits or first- 
ling of one’s strength, the first-born, Gen. 
49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur. 
prix 15. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51. 


2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job 


20, 10. 
3. On, pr. n. m. Num, 16, 1. 


LIT. 758 Gen. 41, 50 and JS 41, 45. 46, 
20, On, the domestic pr. ἢ. of an ancient 
Egyptian city, in Ez. 30,17 written ἡ" 
4: v- no. 1.b. Called also by the He- 
brews, prob. as a translation of the 
Egyptian name, v2 na Beth-shemesh, 
i.e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13; by 
the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun; 
by the Arabs (paws prc Ain Shems, 
i. e. fountain of the sun. ” Coptic Ws, 
which signified light, and spec. the sun, 
as there seems hardly a doubt; comp. 


OFESS, OESH, OTS, light, lumi- 
nary ; see Peyron Lex. p.273. The city 
stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a 
few miles north of Memphis; and was 
celebrated for the worship and temple 
of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of 
which remains to the present day; 
Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2. 59. Near the 
ruins of the ancient city is a fountain 
still called ’Ain Shems, in the adjacent 
modern village of Matariyeh. Comp. 
Descr. de ’Egypte, Antiq. V. Pl. 26, 27. 
Bibl. Res, in Pal. I. p. 36, 37. 


JIS (strong, for 7258) Ono, pr. ἢ. of 
a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 
37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley 
or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2. 


“PPI £ plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for 
mi"2X ships, with Vav as mater lectionis 
redundant. 


DIN (strong, stout) Onam, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
a) Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 2, 26. 


#258 (id.) Onan, pr. n. of a son of 
Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19. 


TDAN Uphaz, pr. n. of a gold country, 
Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5.. It seems to be 
corrupted out of ""5'x ; since the letters 
“and 1 arealso elsewhere interchanged, 


cnn pra and ῬῊΞ lightning, ~ and 
to boast. 
MIR, TWIN, THR, pr. n. Ophir, 
a celebrated region, abounding in gold, 
which the seamen of Solomon in com- 
pany with the Phenicians were accus- 
tomed to visit, taking their departure 
from the ports of the Elanitic gulf, and 


24 


SX 


bringing back every three years gold, 
précious stones, and sandal-wood, also 
silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks; 1 K. 9, 
28. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9,10; espec. 1K. 
10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood, 


although not expressly mentioned. The 


gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned 
in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is. 
13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also “ΕΣ 
itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24. 

As to the geographical situation of 
Ophir, there is the greatest diversity 
of opinion among commentators. Yet 
among modern interpreters, the best 
hesitate only between two regions, viz. 
India, and some part of Arabia.—That 
Ophir is to be sought in India, was the 
opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and 
among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland, 
and others; and this view is supported 
by the following arguments: a) The 
countries of India abound in the arti- 
cles of traffic above mentioned; and se- 
veral of these, as ivory and sandal-wood, 
are found only in India; also the words 
for apes and peacocks correspond en- 
tirely with the Indian words for the same 
on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt- 
less derived from these latter; see Fp, 
pan. b) The LXX have everywhere 
(except once in Gen. 10, 29) for "ΠΕ Ν 
put Sougle, Σουφείρ, Bayh, “Σωφείρ, Σω- 
φαρά, Σωφηρά. But cogqsp, according 
to the ancient Coptic lexicographers, 
(whose authority, however, is not very 
great,) is the name for India. c) There 
exists in India a district from the name 
of which both the names Ophir and So- 
phir may be readily explained, viz. 2ov- 
πάρα, the Οὕππαρα of Arrian, (Sanser. 
Uppara upper,) situated in the hither 
Chersonesus where is now the celebrated 
emporium of Goa, and mentioned by 
Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda— 
Of not less weight are the arguments 
brought in favour of Arabia ; which 
view is supported among the moderns 
by Michaelis (Spicil. II. p. 184 sq.) Gos- 
selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters. 
Il. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in 
Zach’s Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq. 
and others. It is said: a) That Ophir, 
in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among 
other regions inhabited by the descend- 


EN 


ants of Joktan; all of which, so far as 
known to us, are to be sought in the 
southern part of Arabia, and especially 
between Sabewa and Havilah, both of 
which are rich in gold; although it can- 
not be denied that Ophir, even if more 
remote and situated in India, might have 
been referred, in this genealogical list of 
nations, to the colonies of the Joktanide. 
b) Of the articles of traffic above men- 
tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems 
and apes, are now found in Arabia; and 
in modern times no gold whatever is 
found there. But that formerly certain 
districts at Jeast of Arabia abounded in 
gold, and that too native and ἄπυρος, is 
testified not only by the writers of the 
Ο. T. e. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24. 
26. Ps. 72,15; but also by Diod. Sic. 2. 
50. ib. 3. 44,47, (comp. in 1253,) by 
Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by 
Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by 


Pliny H. N. 6. 28,32. The authority of | 


all these witnesses cannot well be im- 
peached; since the mines may have been 
exhausted or wholly neglected, as in 
Spain; or the globules of native gold 
formerly found in the sand may have 
failed. 6) Ophir is expressly mentioned 
as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap. 
Euseb. Prep. Evang. IX. 30; and at the 
present day there exists a place called 
el-Ophir in the district of Oman, a few 
miles from the city Sohar towards the 
interior. 

However it may be as to the respec- 
tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for 
we cannot here exhaust the discussion, ) 
they are both far more probable than 
that which assigns Ophir to the eastern 
coast of Africa, making it to comprise 
Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian 
writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam- 
bique, where there is a gold district call- 
ed Fura; an opinion held by Grotius, 
Huet, D’Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and 
others. 


iN m. (r. }28) constr. j2iN, plur. 
pix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov. 
20, 26 eis ont a3 and turneth over 
them the wheel sc. of the threshing- 
sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ; 
see in W574. 


x ys 1. to press on, to urge, to hasten 
3 | 


25 


ἫΝ 


any one, Ex. 5,13. Comp. Chald. 73x. 
Kindr. both in sound and signif. are the 
roots 72%, 72, 72, comp. πιέζω, 

2. Intrans. to urge oneself; to hasten, to 
make haste, Josh. 10,13. Prov. 19, 2. 28, 
20.— With 72, tohasten from, 1.q. to with- 
draw oneself, Jer. 17,16 M352 "ASR No 
WE, for ΠΡ nine, J have not with- 
drawn myself from being a pastor (pro- 
phet) after thee. 

3. to press close, i. 6. to be strait. 
narrow, Josh. 17, 15. 

Hipn. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to press on to 
urge, to hasten avy one; 6. inf. et >, 
Is. 22,4; with 3 of pers. Gen. 19, 15. 


“XIN m. constr. “¥ix, plur. ninsix. 
Ἐν “EN. 

1. Pr. what is laid up, @ store, stock, 
e. g. of fruits, produce, provision, 2 Chr. 
11, 11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold, 
silver, and other precious things, treas- 
ure, e. g. of the treasures of the temple 
1K. 7,51; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18. 
ἩΣῚΝ "2 lreasure-house, treasury, Neh. 
10, 39. 

2. i. ᾳ. ὙΣῚΝ "2 a store-house, garner, 
Joel 1,17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27. 


* AN to be or become light, to shine, to 
be bright, Gen. 44, 3; also of the eyes 
ofa fainting person when he recovers 
1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Pret. impers. “ix ἐξ 
is light 1 Sam. 29,10. Imperat. “ix, 
Is. 60, 1 shine, be bright, i.e. be sur- 
rounded and resplendent with light. 

Nipa. "582, fat. “585, i.q. Kal, 2 Sam. 
2,32. Job 33, 30 “ΝΒ for “iNM> to become 
light, to be made light, to dawn. Part. 
ΝΣ, bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76,5. 

Hira. ΝΠ 1. to lighten, to make 
light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps. 77, 19. 
97, 4. 105,39. a) ’B "299 “NF 10 enlight- 
en the eyes of any one, which before were 
dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to 
life, Ps. 13,4; hence to refresh, to glad- 
den, Prov. 29,13. Ps. 19,9. Ezra 9, 8. 
Comp. Ecelus. 31,17. Ὁ). Β 25 ὍΝ to 
light up one’s countenance, to cause it: 
to shine, 1. 6. to cheer, to enliven, Ecce. 8, 1. 
Comp. synon. "2 II. So of one’s own. 
countenance, 723 "NN to cause his 
face to shine, spoken. espec. οἵ God as 
regarding men with a serene and propi- 
tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 90: 6: 
ἘΝ Num. 6, 2; 55 Ps. 31,17; 3 Ps. 119, 


ἪΝ 


135; > 118,27; PX Ps. 67,2. Once omit- 
ting 5°28 Ps.118,27. c) Trop. to en- 
lighten, i.e. to impart knowledge and 
wisdom, Ps. 119, 130. 

2. to give light, to shine, absol. Gen. 1, 
m5; ¢. dat. Ex. 13,21. Is. 60, 19. 

3. to light, i.e. to kindle, to set on fire, 
Mal. 1, 10. Is. 27,11. Comp. "58 fire. 


-oF 
Arab. »! to kindle. 
Deriv. "i8, "58, TIN, pr. names “AN 
πον also ΑΝ, MIND, WR, 


“8 τα. (once ἢ Job 36, 32; see Lehrg. 
p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9. 
12,25. The diff. between it and “isa 
is apparent from Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16, 
i.e. "ΠΝ is light as universally diffused, 
6. g. the light of day and of the sun, while 
ΚΝ is pr. a light, luminary, which gives 
light, and therefore admits the plural, 
which "58 does not, except in one exam- 
ple Ps. 136,7, where 57958 is poetically 
put for ov N2.—Spec. a) day-light, 
morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 “ixi-72 
bist msm. 5 from day-light until noon. 
Job 24,14 sind with the light, at dawn. 
b) light of the sun, also the sun itself, Job 
31, 26. 37,21. Hab. 3,4. Is. 18,4; comp. 
φάος for the sun Odyss. 3.335. Also light 
of day, the day, Ece. 12,2. m°387 ΠΝ 
light of the wicked, i.e. their day-time, 
put for the night, Job 38,15. -c) 1. α. 
lightning, Job 36,32 “ix NOD DrBD-d>2 
he covereth his hands with light, i.e. 
lightning, q.d. his hands are red with 
lightning. Job 37, 3.11.15. d) the light 
of life, life, Job 3, 16.20; more fully 75s 
bur Ps. 56,14. 6) Metaph. light as 
the emblem of welfare, prosperity, hap- 
piness ; either so that the proper sense 
of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1; 
or trop. for prosperity itselff Job 30, 26. 
Ps. 97,11. InIs. 10, 17 Jehovah is called 
the light of Israel, as the author and 
source of prosperity and happiness to 
them; comp. 60, 1.3. f') light for know- 
ledge, instruction, doctrine, Is. 49, 6 "i 
ova a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an en- 
lightener, teacher. 51,4. 2,5 let us walk 
in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp. 
Prov. 6, 23 for the commandment (of God) 
is a lamp, and the law is light. g) 738 
ἘΠῚ light of the countenance, i.e. a serene 
and cheerful countenance, Job 29, 24 


26 


ἊΝ 


(comp. Ps. 104,15). Prov. 16,15 "2B ΝΞ 
7122 inthe light of the king’s countenance, 
i.e. when his countenance is cheerful and 
pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4. 


“AS m. 1.1. ᾳ. 1i§, light, and hence in 
Plur.O°AN 8} lights, i.e. region of light, 
the East, Orient, Is. 24,15. Comp. Hom. 
πρὸς ἠῶ ἠέλιόν τε, Il. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26. 
b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela- 
tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He- 
brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6; 
oftener more fully ΘΛ ΞΏΓῚ HINA Urivk 
and Thummim, lightand truth, i Le. reve- 
lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. ΠΑΝ 8,8; 
once B"38" Lae Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well, 
δήλωσις καὶ ἀλήϑεια, Luth. Licht und 
Recht. These sacred lots, which the 
high-priest alone might coneuft in mat- 
ters of great moment, were worn in his 
breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30, 
where >8 42 is to put into ; comp. Deut. 
23, 25. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. What 


‘they were, was alesay matter of dispute 


in the tine of Philo and Josephus. The 
latter supposed that the augury was 
taken from the twelve gems which deco- 
rated the exterior of the breast-plate, 
and from their degree of splendour; Jos. 
Ant. 3.8.9. But Philo teaches that the 
Urim and Thummim were two small 
images inserted between the double 
folds of the breast-plate, one of which 
symbolically represented revelation, and 
the other truth; Tom. IL. p. 152. ed. 
Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews 
perhaps imitated a similar custom of the 
Egyptians, among whom the supreme 
judge wore suspended from his neck a 
small image of sapphire, as the symbol 
of truth ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48,75. Blian. 
V. H. 14. 34. 

2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 Ox ΓΝ, 
Hence for fire itself, i. e. Sar, blaze, Is, 


44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. 78 
Hiph. no. 3, 
3, Ur,pr.n. a) Of Abraham’s native 


city, more fully o> “9x Ur of the 
Chaldees, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15,7. Neh. 9, 8. 
A trace of it seems to have remained in 
the Persian fortress Ur, situated between 
Nesibis and the Tigris according to Am- 
mian. 25. 8. But dr as an appellative 
may perhaps have signified a fortress, 
castle ; so at least Pers. 15! castle, 


“TS 


Zend and Sanser. vara, fortification, 
comp. Sanscr. pura a fortified city, after 
the analogy of punar, Pracrit. unar, etc. 
See F. Benary in the Berliner Jahrbb. 
1841. p. 146 sq. b) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 


MIN £1. light, Ps. 139, 12; metaph. 
of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16. 

2. Plur. MINX greens, creen herbs, 2 K. 
4,39. The idea of brightness, splendour, 
is often transferred in the Semitic 
tongues to verdure and flowers ; comp. 
7x2, Arab. pit lights and flowers. 
Comp. also Samarit. "8" Gen. 1, 11. 12, 
for 803 herb.—So Is. 26, 19 nisix bu 5D 
ἯΞ9 for as the dew of herbs is thy dew, 
i. 6. God’s quickening influence will raise 
the dead to life, as the dew of heaven 
refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12. 
49,10. Others render dew of light, i. e. 
of life, the vivifying dew, comp. “ix ἃ. 


MINS by transp. for Miva q. v. stalls, 
cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28. 


YS (fiery, or perh. an abridged form 
for Mex) Uri, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 31, 2. 
b) Ezra 10, 34. 6) 1K. 4, 19. 


SN (flame of God) Uriel, pr. n. m. 
a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5. 21. b) 2.Chr. 13, 2. 


APTN (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. 
n.m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath- 
sheba, treacherously slain by order of 
David, 2 Sam. 11,3. Ὁ) A priest in the 
time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K. 
16, 10. 

AUS (id.) Urijah, pr. n. ofa prophet 
slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer. 26, 20 sq. 


, DA¥ see wsixnn under Ox. 


* TIN or MAN a root not used in Kal. 
Nira. Mix3, fat. 1 plur. ΓΝ ἢ, 3 plur. 
AMIN", to consent 2 K. 12,9; with dat. of 
pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify 
him, Gen. 34, 15. 22.23. In Arabie this 


5 
sense is found under the form sl i. q. 


HM to come, Conj. ΠῚ ff, Heb. amis, 
whence seems to have arisen the new 
root MX; unless by changing the points, 
instead of MIND, IN", we prefer to read 
MINS, AMIN, which forms may then be 
referred to Poel ofr. HAY. 


i. Pas, plur. mick, comm. gend. comp. 
sing: Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4,85 plur. Ex.4, 9 


27 TR 


Josh. - τὰ Contr. for myx ws, εν III, 


comp. Bal or Sot sign, for 5h from 


ssl- 
1. a sign, Chald. mx, Syr. 121, plur. 
{262}. Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14 
mewsiebs mink a and they shall be 
for 8 signs and for seasons, i. 6. by Hen- 
diadys, for signs of seasons.—Then 

2. an ensign, flag, military standard, 
espec. of each single tribe, Num. 2, 2 sq. 
different from 533 the benner of three 
tribes together. 

3. @ sign of something past, a token, 
memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 
Hence a memorial, monument, Is. 55, 13. 
Ez. 14, 8. 

4, a sign of pmiesthlnn future, φ por- 
tent, omen, τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος Rom. 5, 
14, i. gq. MEIa. Is. 8,18 lo! I and the 
children whom Jehoeah hath given me 
are signs and portents in Israel from the 
Lord of hosts, i.e. through the names 
divinely given us, which are all of good 
omen, (viz. "907 salvation of Jehovah; 
besogy God with’ us, 7, 14. 8, 8; Shear- 
Jashub 7, 3,) God has end us types of 
future things to prefigure future deliver- 
ance and prosperity. Comp. 20,3. Ez. 

, 3. 

5. @ sign or token of any thing in itself 
not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token 
of @ covenant, as circumcision, Gen. 17, 
11; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. eke 
a token, argument, proof, Job 21, 29; 
comp. Lat, signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34, 
Gr. texungeor, σημεῖον, Sept. Job 21, 29. 
So of the prophetic sign or token of the 
truth of a prophecy, viz..when God or 
the prophet as his interpreter foretells 
some minor event, the fulfilment of which 
serves as a sign or proof of the future 
fulfilment of the whole prophecy; Ex. 
3, 12. Deut. 13, 2.3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10, 
7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20, 8. 9. Is. 7, 11-14. 38, 
7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30; comp. Mark 13, 4. 
Luke 1, 18. 2, 12. Comm: on Is. 7, 10. 11. 
—Finally, @ wonder, prodigy, miracle, 
as a sign of the divine power, i. q. MBY, 
Deut. 4, 34. 6, 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, LL. 


ΤΙ. M58 or MS only 6. suff. "Mik, AMR, 
etc. i. ᾳ. ΤΣ I, pron. demonstr. commonly 
as sign of the accus. 


TS demonstr. part. originally of place, 


% ᾧ 
14. 11. 


"2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8. 45, 21. 


mbyp bx since I came unto Pharaoh. 


NIN 28 
in that place, there, kindred with My, 
Arab. δῇ ecce! Then 


1. Part. demonstr. of time, at that time, 
then, Chald. 778. Spoken: a) Of time 
past, Arab. of , Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12. 


With pret. 1 Κὶ 8, 12. 2 Chr. 
6, 1. 8, 12. 17; also with fut. in preter 
sense, Josh. l. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41. 
Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. b) Of a future 
time, then, thereupon, after that ; with 
fut. in fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 52:77 1% then 
shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with 
pret. in a future sense, where a future 
precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15. 

2. Part. illat. then, for thence, there- 
fore, on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps. 
40, 8. 69, 5. 

8. With pref. 1872 and 18772, pr. from 
that time, from then ; hence a) Adv. 
from ancient times, of old, long since, 


48, 3.5.7. b) Prep. and Conj. from the 
time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, dés- 
lors, ο. inf. Ex. 4, 10 7727 182 since 
thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With 
subst. Ruth 2,7 9p35 ΤΝ dah the time 
of morning, atnoe morning. Ps. 76, 8 
jax 1x2 from the time of thy anger, i. e. 
when once thou art angry.. As Conj. 
with a finite verb, pr. for "28 3872, from 
the time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 "MRD TX 


Gen. 39, 5. 

Nore. Fuller forms from Τὸ are "18 
4. v. and Chald. πὸ, The latter seems 
to have come (by softening the letters) 
from 973, ὙΠ, here, also there ; so 
that its ending appears to be plural, 
while in fact it is not so; comp. 7712 for 
ΠΣ. See, for these pattickes ana their 
ὑγιοῦς ΟἼΡΘΗ Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. 
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434. 


* NTN and ats Chald. to light, to 


τ 
kindle ; comp. Arab.’ to be hot, to light 
a fire. Part. pass.°“m1x by Syriasm for 
mix Dan. 3, 22; inf’ 172 for RIND, c. 
suff. το Ὁ 3, 19. 


εν =IN obsol. root, whence 31% q. v. 
"27S pr. n. m. Ezbai, 1 Chr. 11, 37. 


. TN Chald. i. q. 1% fo go away, to 
depart. For the interchange of d and 


DTN 

1, comp. δάκρυον, lacryma, and see under 
lett. > no. 3. Hence Dan. 2, 5.8 smb 
NIIN "30 the word has gone out from me, 
i. e. what I have said is ratified and can- 
not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23. 
The Heb. intpp. as easing and Tanchum 
of Jerus. have long ago well compared 
the Talmudic phrase ΠΣ NTN abiit 
in sententiam suam, i. e. to follow one’s 
opinion. As to the grammatical form, 
NIN is part. fem. from masc. 38, after 
the form DIN, Dep. 


DIS m. (by Syriasm for 2ity .) ὕσσω- 
πος, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews 
in their sacred purifications and sprink- 
lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49. 
Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13.—Like the names. 
of many other oriental plants, that of 
hyssop also seeras to have come to the 
Greeks from the oriental languages. 
Under this name the Hebrews appear to 
have comprised not only the common 
hyssop of the shops, but also other aro- 
matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram, 
etc.—Some derive it from 318, which 


they regard as i. q. ὧς to be hairy, 
shaggy; but the planté above named 
hardly admit this epithet. 


“iTS m. by Syriasm for WN. 
“IN. 

1. a girdle, belt, 15. 5,27. Jer. 13, 1 sq. 

2. a band, bond, chain, Job 12, 18. 
Vulg. funis. 


“TN i. gq. ΤΈΣ, adv. at that time, then, 
thereupon, Ps. "124, 3. 4. 5. Similar is 
Chald. j738. See in Τὸ, note. 


MIDTN £. (verbal of Hiph. from r. 533 , 
in the sense of sacrificing Is. 66, 3 ; comp. 
Hiph. no. 1. b,) @ memorial, α remem- 
brance-offering, Sept. μνημέσυνον, Vulg. 
memoriale. This name was given to 
that portion of the vegetable oblation 
(Am) which was burnt with frankin- 
cense upon the altar; the sweet odour 
of which ascending to heaven, was sup- 
posed to commend the person sacrificing 
to the remembrance and favour of God. 
Lev. 2, 2. 9. 16. 5, 12. Num. 5, 26.—In 
Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled 
upon the shew-bread, is also called 
MIEN. 


* DIN fut, bre 


R. 


, whence ">1m for 


ἘΝ 29 


sbinn Jer. 2, 36; prob. to roll, to roll 
together ; henke 

1. to spin, from the rolling or twist- 
ing of the thread. So Talmud. 53x, 
Whence | mxbtx weaver, Arab. ὑγὲ Genk 


I, IV, Js 
Chald. ‘Sys, 512 


12, id. comp. kindr. 512 to 
spin, to flow, both from the idea of rolling. 
See Pual. 

2. Intrans. to roll off, i. e. to go away, 
to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly ; 
comp. Germ. sich trollen, Engl. to troll, 
Gr. vém to spin, and Mid. réouae to go 
away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr. 
Comp. Arab. fc to put away, to re- 
move.—Proy. 20, 14 where ο. dat. pleon. 
>, like > qbm. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph. 
to be gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11; 
food 1 Sam. 9,7; power Deut. 32, 36. 

Puat Part. bye something spun, 
thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19, 

Deriv. 318. 


ST Chald. i.g. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go 
away, to depart, Dan. 6,19. So also in 
Syr. and Samar. 

2. to go any where, to take a journey, 
Ezra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15. 


DTN departure, see in 438 no. 6. b. 


something spun, Syr. and 


me TES in Kal not used, pr. accord- 
ing to the probable conjecture of Simo- 
nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed ; whence 
ἜΝ the ear, (which espec. in animals 
might be so called from its pointed 
shape,) and IX, ΛΣΤ arms, pointed 
weapons. Comp. ἀκοή, ἀκούω, and ἀκή, 
acies, acuo. Kindr. is perh. {32 q. v. 

Hin. j"I85 denom. from ik, q. ἃ. to 
make ears, i.e. to point or prick up the 
ears, ἐνωτίζεσϑαι, ει Greek word peculiar 


-Ξ 
to the Sept. version, Arab. 7,3} id. 
Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab- 
6 Is. 1, 2; 6. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33, 
Ἂς Τοῦ 34, 2; 5% Ps. 77,2; d9 Prov. 
ie 4; ἽΣ Num. 23, 18, both of person 
end thing. Spec. of God, to hear and 
answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17, 1. 39,13. 54, 4. Job 
9,16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat. 
Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26.—Fut. 1 pers. ἸῚΝ 
for 77388 Job 32, 11; Part. ἡ for ΙΝ 
Prov. 17, 4. 
Deriv.: see in Kal, and the four after ws. 
3* 


py 


ΜῊ; TIN, i. q. Arab. Οὗ" lo weigh, 
to poise ; wihenan ΠΟΤ Ὁ balances.— 
Found only in 

Pre.. 51% lo weigh, trop. to ponder, to 
consider, Ecc, 12, 9, where it is fol- 
lowed by synon. "PM. Rabbin. ἘΝ to 
be weighed, proved. 


TIS m. (r. 81) furniture, implement, 
pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. 47218 
arms, and see r. Ἐν I. Deut. 23, 14 and 
thou shalt have a little spade τὰ >2 
among thy furniture; where many Mss. 
read 421% ἘΦ among thy implements, 
which is preferable. —The same sense 
of both utensil and weapon exists in 
the word "22. 


TS f dual ΠΟΤ (used also for plur.) 
constr. "21%, the ear, from r. fx I. 


se? 5 2% 

Arab. wo, wot, Ethiop. HH, 
Chald. TAN, NPN, contr. NPS ; Syr. 
Lio}. LT. Comp. Gr. οὖς, Lat. audio.— 
Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of 
which this word makes part, see under 
the verbs "33, He: Hiph. mop, nD. | 
So ‘75D 7212 “31 to speak in the eure 
of any one, i. e..before any one, in his 
presence and hearing, Gen. 20, 8. 23, 
16. 44, 18. Ex. 10,2. So Is. 5, 9 "18a 
mint in mine ears (aid) Jehovah, comp. 
22, 14.  ἜΤΝΞ DIL to¥put or lay up in 
the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so 
that one may hear with the ear and 
lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. >3w 
ὙΣΤΝΞ to hear with one’s ears, emphat. 
Ps. 44, 2, Job 28, 22. 


MING FX (car of Sherah, or She- 
rah’s corner) Uzzen-Sherah, pr. n. of 
a small city founded by Sherah the 
daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 


SA-NITN (pr. ears i. e. summits of 
Tabor) Aznoth-Tabor, pr. n. of a city in 
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34. 


"2T8 (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son 
of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16. 

MTR (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n. 
m. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10. 

D"PTN τῇ. plur. (τ. 21) manacles, 
chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4; 1. q. 


ΒΡῈ with Aleph prostheti¢) hich some 
Mss. omit in v. 1. 


ἪΝ 


τ “TN fat. “383 Jer. 1, 17, c. suff. “SN 
Job 30, 18, to gird, to hited around ; 
also to εὐρῷ oneself, to be girded. Arab, 


Ξ3 
αἱ to be strong, robust, but doubtful 


whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II 
to gird, Conj. III to strengthen, to aid. 
Kindred roots, which all have the force 
of binding around or together, girding, 
surrounding, are “ἸΌΝ, ISX [FER], ΤΙΣ, 
922, ἜΣ; ἜΣΤΙ, I, 773.—Spoken: 
a) Of a garment with which one is 
girded, c. ace. of pers. Job 30, 18. Ὁ) 

bith acc. of the member gulag: Job 38, 
᾿ 3S NII gird up now thy loins. 
iy 9. ‘Jer. εἰ 17. c) With acc. of the 
girdle or garment with which one is 
girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2, 4 591 ants 
they gird on strength. 

Nrpu. part. "¥x? girded Ps. 65, 7. 

Prew to gird, with acc. of pers. and 
also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 "273m 
mana ἘΠῚ thou hast ited me with 
strength for the battle. 30, 12 "293Rm3 
ΤΙ Ὁ thou hast girded [or surrounded | 
me with gladness. Is. 50,11 ΤΊ "IN 
girded i. e. armed with burning wea- 
pons.—For the construction of such 
verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg. 
Ὁ 219. 1. Heb. Gr. ὃ 136. 1. 

Hirupa. to gird oneself, e. g. for bat- 
tle, to arm oneself, Is. 8, 9; Ὁ. ace. trop. 
Ps. 93, 1. 

Doriv: στο 


JMS i. g. BM, the arm, (Aleph 
prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31, 
22. 

DTS m. for mt with Aleph. pros- 
thetic. R. ΠΤ no. 2. 6. 

1. a native tree, growing in its own 
soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35.— 
Hence 

2. Of persons, a native, one born in 
the country, not a foreigner, Ley. 16, 
29, 18, 26. al. 


“TINTS patronym. an Ezrahite, one 
of the ‘descendants of Ezrah, M78; 
spoken of Ethan, 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. Ps, 
89, 1; also of Heman Ps. 88, 1. In 
1 Chr. 2, 6 both these are said to be 
descendants of Zerah, M721, the son of 
Judah ; so that we may regard M718 as 
another form of the same name, fouhd 
only in the patronymic. 


30 mN 


ἈΠ, πὰ constr. ΠΝ, 6. suff. "ms (my 
brother), 3°ns, 83" ny: Plur. ἘΠΠΝ 


(Dag. impl.) constr. on, A suff. 578, 


ES "ns, c. suff. 3 pers. ny for "AS, 
comp. ‘Sure: p- 602. 

1. a brother, undoubtedly a primitive 

s 


95 = 
word, Arab. ἐ" st. constr. et, ist 


eS. ov 
(5:1; Syr. bel, Chald. mx. It follows 
partly the analogy of verbs “>, and 
partly that of verbs $3; comp. Lehrg. 
§ 118.—Spoken ina less exact sense of 
halfbrothers, 6. g. those born to the 
same father, but of different mothers, 
Gen. 42, 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21; or vice 
versa these born of the same mother, but 
by different fathers, Judg. 8,19. These, 
where there is need of greater definite- 
ness, are called SN7j2, ἘΝΤΊΞ, Gen. 
49, 8. 43, 29.—Sometimes emphat. 
of full brethren, by both the father’s 
and mother’s side, Gen. 42, 4. 44, 20. 
Comp. Gen. 49, 5 o-r “11 is2B Simeon 
and Levi are true brethren, i. e. notonly 
by birth but also in disposition.—The 
word brother is employed by the He- 
brews in other and wider senses, e. g. 

2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree 
of blood. Gen. 14, 16 Lot his brother, pr. 
his brother’s son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15. 

3. one of the same tribe, contribulis; 
2Sam.19,13; 6. g. of the Levites, Num 
8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1. 

4. a fellow-countryman, popularis, 
Judg. 14, 3.. Ex. 2, 11. 4,18. Spoken also 
even of kindred nations, e. g. of the 
Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16, 
12. 25, 18, Num. 20, 14, 

5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied 
nations, as the Tyrians and Hebrews 
Am. 1,9; or those of the same religion 
Is. 66, 20. 

6. a friend, associate ; so of the friends 
of Job 6,15, and perh. also. 19, 13; of 
Solomon, whom Hiram calls his brother, 
1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14. 

7. any one of the same nature, a fel- 
low-man, i.g. 33, Lev. 19, 17.—Hence 
preceded by ὥστε, one—the other; Gens 
13,11 “My ὉΣῸ tow AIBN and they 
separated themselves one from the other. 
26,31. This formula is applied also to 
inanimate things of the same kind in the 
masculine gender, just as MINS—Ts 


7S 


are used in the same sense for things 
feminine, e. g. Ex. 25, 20 O° ὉΠ Βἢ 
smy7>y and their faces (i. 6. of the 
Cherubim, shall look) one towards an- 
other. 37, 9. 

8. Trop. as expressing likeness of dis- 
position, habits, ete. Job 30, 29 J am a 
brother to jackals, i. 6. I cry and howl 
like them. Prov. 18, 9. . 

Deriv. MIN’, AIT, and pr. ἢ. AYMAN, 
JANN, TDN, sng—beene. 


ΜΕΝ τὶ interj. expressing grief, com- 
plaint, onomatopoetic, ah! alas! c. dat. 
Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20.—Hence the Arabic verb 


ΡΥ: 
ti to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ; 
see below in My. 


8 
IIT. m8 ἢ Arab. 5 I, a large pot, a 


portable furnace or stove, in which fire 
was kept in the king’s winter-apartment, 
Jer. 36, 22.23. At the present day the 
Orientals sometimes make use of such 
pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for 
warming rooms ; they are called in Per- 


They 


have the form of a large pitcher; and 
are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle 
of the apartment. When the fire has 
burnt down, a frame like a table is 
placed over the pot, and the whole is 
then covered with a carpet ; and those 
who wish to warm themselves sit upon 
the floor and thrust their feet and legs 
and even the lower part of their bodies 
under the carpet. R. mmx II. 


FN Chald. a brother ; plur. c. suff. 
ΙΝ Ezra 7, 18. 


TS only in plur. o*m&, pr. howlings, 
shrieks; hence howling animals, dolefial 
creatures, (comp. "8 II,) prob. howlets, 
owls, Is, 13, 931, The word is onomato- 
poetic, like Lat. ulula, Germ.. Uhu, 
Schubut, Fr. hibou. See ms Il, and 
rn. 


ANTIN (father’s brother) Ahab, pr.n.m. 
a) A king of Israel r. 918—897 B. C. 
noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry, 
1K. 16, 28.—22, 40. 8) Jer. 29, 21. 


JAMS (brother of the wise, or for {78 
brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the 
tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29, 


sian and Turkish, ,.A3 tannir. 


31 


TTS 


‘ITS a verb derived from the numeral 
hx, not used in Kal, its place being 
there supplied by 7%? 10 make one, to 
unite. 

Hrrara. to unite onceelf to collect one- 
self. Ez. 21,21 IMM pr. wnile thyself, 
[three-edged aword,] i i.e. ravage with 
all thy force united; or, as the parallel- ° 
ism permits, collect thyself, i i. 6. attend !— 
The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not 
to be contemned, who regards the four 
first words of the verse as spoken in the 
character ofa military chief: “ Conjunge 
te, dextrorsum! [aciem] strue, sinis- 
trorsum !” i.e. Fall together, right! to 
your post, left ! 


* TN constr. πῆς (and so before 12 
Lev. 13, 2; before ὩΣ Gen. 32, 235 
also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech. 
11,7,) fem. ms for MINN, in pause 
rmx ; acardinal numeral having the force 
of an adjective, one ; unus,a,um. Arab. 


S$ ft wie 
ΔΕΙ͂, f sdsl, Eth. AMR. chadu, 
Chald. and Syr. 47, The same 


radical letters are found in the Pehlvi 
advek one; and except the third rad. 
Daleth, in Sanser. eka, and Pehlvi jek.— 
Gen. 42,13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23. 
32, 30. Josh. 12, 9 sq.—Spec. also 

1. one, i. q. the same, Gen. 40, 5. Job 
31, 15. 

2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a, um, 
but only in enumerating the days of the 
month. Ezra 10, 16.17 S7h> 74x ots 
on the first day of the month. wind ἼΠΝΞ 
on the Jirst of the month Gen. 8, 5.13; 
comp. μία τῶν σαββάτων Acts 20, 7. sin 
enumerating years the construction is 
MAX m0, as sometimes in Engl. the 
year one, ‘two, etc. for the first year, Dan. 
9, 1.2. Ezra 1, 1.—In other passages, as 
Gen. 1, 5. 2, 1, SMX retains its common 
signif. as a cetdinal, and the numbers 
follow each other asin Engl. one, second, 
third ; Lat. unus, alter, tertius, Sueton. 

.Octav. 101. 

3. some one, any one, Lev. 13,2. Deut. 
12,14. 2Sam.7,7. ἘΣΤῚ 77 one of the 
people, Gen. 26, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15. 
“MY FN, 8d, no one, Num. 16, 15. 1K. 
8, ‘56. Ps. 14, '3—Hence often 

4, i. q. the indef. art. a, an, one, espec. 
in the later Hebrew. 1K. 20,13 Ὁ 139 


ἾΝ 92 


“mx a prophet, a certain prophet, προφή- 
τῆς τις. Dan. 8,3 798 δὴ a ram. 1K. 
19,4. Also where AN precedes ; e. g. 
op Ἔτι aholy one, a certain angel, τὸς 
ἄγγελος, Dan. 8, 13. Sometimes also in 
the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam. 
1,1; seq. gen. as MiNBN IMN one of the 
cisterns, i.e. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20; comp. 
Job 2, 10. 

5. one only of its kind, i. q. only, alone, 
sole, Job 23,13. Ez. 7,5. Cant.6,9. Arab. 


9 Η] 
dots unique, incomparable, OAD>5 id. 


A. Schultens ad Job 1. ο. et 9, 5. 

6. Repeated, 7NX—"I5N, one—ano- 
ther, unus—alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18, 3. Also 
thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like 
manner distributively, Num. 13,2 878 
Hi WN IMN one man to a tribe shall ye 
send, i.e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18. 

7. MIND as one, 1. 6. together, at once, 
Ezra 2.64 ἽΝ bopnobs the whole con- 
gregation together. 3, 9. 6, 20. Eecl. 11,6 
IND ow both together, both δε. 
Also. together, in company, Is. 65, 25,.— 
In the same sense is used πὸ πὰ 
Judg. 20,8. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Chald. NUMD. 

8. Fem. rms ellipt. for mmx orp one 
time, once, 2 K. 6,10. Ps. 62, 12. 

“Ὁ, MND a) i. q. MN no. 8. Num. 10, 
4, b)at once, i.e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18. 
©) i.g. IND together; altogether, Jer. 10, 8. 

10, πὰ ‘my one after another, one by 
one, Is. 27, 12; and so Kee. 7, 27 rmx 
ἜΣ ΠΕΣ 

Nore. Inthe difficult and vexed pas- 
sage Is. 66,17, the common signification 
is to be retained: those who sanctify and 
purify themselves in or for the [idol-] 
Zroves WX ὍΤΙ after one, i.e. following 
and imitating the one priest who directed 
the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com- 
ment. on Is. 1. c. 

Pror. S°7N 1. the same, Gen, 11,1. 
Comp. Lat. wni, e.g. ‘unis moribus vivere’ 
Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2.3.75. 

2. joined in one, united, Kz. 37, 17 
primed wT and they (the two sticks) 
shall become one. 

3. some, a few, Gen. 27, 44. 29, 20. 

Deriv. the verb M8, also pr. ἢ. TIM. 


=") 

IAN (Milél) an Egyptian word signify- 
ing marsh-grass, reeds, bulrushes, sedge, 
every thing green which grows in wet 


ITN 


grounds, Gen. 41, 2. 18. Job 8,11. The 
word was adopted not only into the He- 
brew, but also into ‘the Greek idiom of 
Alexondrie, where it is written aye, ἄχει, 
see Sept. Gen. 41, 2. 18. Is. 19,7; like- 
wise in Ecclus. 40, 16, the quthar of which 
livedin Egypt. Jerome in his Comment. 
on Is. 1. ὁ. says: “quum ab eruditis 
quererem, quid hic sermo significaret, 
audivi: ab Aigyptiis hoc nomine lingua 
eorum omne quod in palude virens nasct- 
tur appellari.” The Coptic translator has 
retained the same word, writing for the 


Gr. ἄχει of the Sept. 1y-a2.Ds. Comp. 
the same in Num. 11,5. Kindred are 
&2KE, OKE, bulrush, reed. See De 
Rossii Etymol. Aigypt. p.24. Jablonski 


Opuse. ed. te Water T. I. p. 45. T. IL. p. 
160. Peyron Lex. p. 16. 


IGN (for 7378 union, from IM) Ehud, 
pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6; 
called in the parallel passage Gen. 46, 
21 "nN. 

MIMS f. declaration of one’s mind, Job 
13,17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r. 
mir, used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in 
Chaldee also in Hiph. 


MINN f. brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14. 
Denom. from MX q. v. 


TINS Ahoah pr. n.1 Chr. 8, 4, for which 
ν. 7 mmx .—Patronymic “HAN Ahohite, 
2 Sam. 23, 9. 28. 


MIN Chald. a declaration, showing, 
explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf. 
Aph. from 75. 


"78 (brother of water, i. 6. dwelling 
near it) Ahwmai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 


“INN τὰ, (τ. 998) 1. the hinder part, 
2 


8 
back-side, rear. Arab. fid. Hence 
a) Vinx from behind, 1. 6. behind, in the 
rear, opp. 0282, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab. 


εἰ! Gye. Νὴ) για backward, back, 


Ps, 114, 3.53 with averted face, Jer. 7, 
24, c) “inxs backward, back. Prov. 
29, 11 a fool uttereth all his anger, 027 
minaws wimNs but a wise man keepeth 
it back, q. d. drives it backward, so that 
it comes back to δον, d) “ins in ace. 


as Adverb, Arab. iB, behind, on the 


TN 


back-side, opp. to ΘΒ and Dip. Ez. 
2,10 and it (the roll) was written 3°29 
sin) in front and on the back, i. 6. with- 
in and without. 1 Chr. 19, 10. Ps. 139, 5. 
—Also backward, Gen. 49, 17 1255 > 
sins and his rider falleth backward. 
Jer. 15,6, Often pleonast. after verbs 
of turning or going away, i. e. of turning 
back, Ps. 9, 4. 56, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Ps. 
35, 4. 40,15; and so others. 6) Plur. 
DAY the hinder parts, the back sides, 
Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16. 
2. the west, the western quarter ; since 
the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of 
the compass, always regarded himself as 
looking towards the east. Job 23, 7. 8. 
Is. 9, 11 “img OrMY>ES and the Philis- 
tines behind, i. e. in the west. Comp. 
DIP, 1.81, 12. Ὦ, Ske; also C. B. Mi- 
chelis Diss. de locorum differentia rati- 
one antice, postice, dextre, sinistre, 
Hale 1735; reprinted in Pott’s Sylloge 
Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. §8.—The Hin- 
dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same 
mes 
3. afler-time, the future, Vimy> here- 
after, Is. 41, 23, 42, 23. 


Mims Ε (for ring, from masc. SM, 
which in Arab. and Chald. is i. q. “ny ) 
plur. ο. suff. 72mins Ez. 16,55 from a 
sing. OM, also WHIMS Ez. 16, 52 from 
a sing. 7298, which comes from masc. 
“Tix ; comp. Lehrg. p. 602. 


1. ἃ sister, Arab. Sef Syr. fre for 
ἴδω), Chald. rmx, id. Pr. a_sister of 


full blood, i. e. of both the same father 
and mother; but spoken also less accu- 
rately of a half-sister, e. g. one born to 
the same father but of a different mother, 
ὁμοπατρία, Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2.5; 

or one born of the same mother by a 


different father, ὅμομητρία, Lev. 18. 9.° 


11. 20, 17.—The word sister is also em- 
ployed by the Hebrews in other and 
wider senses ; 6. g. 

2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42, 11. 
So Gen. 24, 60, where the mother and 
brother say to Rebecca, mx ἜΣΤΙΝ thou 
art our sister. 

3. @ countrywoman, one of the same 
tribe or country, popwlaris, Num, 25, 18. 

4. an ally, a confederate city or state, 
Ez. 16, 46. 23, 31. 


33 ΠῚ 


5. After MUN, one—the other, spoken 
also of inanimate things of the fem. gen- 
der. Ex. 26,3 five curtains were coupled 
mNMR">y MeN one to another. v. 5. 6. 17. 
Ez. 1, 9. 3, 13. 

6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing 
with which we are intimately connect- 
ed; Prov. 7,4 say unto wisdom, Thou 
art my sister. Job 17,14. Comp. other 
words expressing relationship, espec. 3% 
no. 8. M& no. 8. 

7. Asa term of endearment addressed 
to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. Tibull. 
3..1. 26. 

* TTS fat. ms, rarely 178" 1 K. 6, 
10. Kec. 7, 18. 

1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec. 


E 
with the hand. Arab. ὁ ἢ, Chald. and 
Syr. Shy, pol. Constr. with acc. of 
pers. or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6; 
often also 6. 3, Ex. 4, 4. Job 23, 11.2 Sam. 
20,9 and the right hand of Joab took 
hold of Amasa’s beard.—Metaph. ascrib- 
ed also to terror, fear, (like λαμβάνειν.) 
Ex. 15, 14 mdbp sachs ΠΝ ΠῚ terror 
hath taken hold on the inhabitants of 
Philistia. ν. 15..Ῥε. 48,7. But also vice 
versa one is said as in Engl. to take 
Fright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18, 20 
“sw ΠΝ ὈΛΣ  2Ἴ. the ancient ones took 
Sright, were affrighted, for: ‘terror seiz- 
ed upon them.’ 21, 6. Is. 13,8 nos 
{MN obams they (the Babylonians) 
take hold of pangs and sorrows, for 1. 
‘pangs and sorrows seize upon them.’ 
2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting, 


fishing, Cant. 2, 15. 


3. to hol, to hold fast that which one 
has taken hold of, c. ace. 1 Chr. 13, 9. 
2 Chr. 25,5; 2 Gen. 25, 26. Metaph. 
6. acc. Job 17, 9, comp. xpatie Rev. 2, 
25; 6. 3 Job 93, 11. Part. pass. witli 
active signif. Cant. 3,8 Ξ Πρ τις hold- 
ing the sword. δίων. on this deponent 
use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309, 
310. Heb. Gram. § 49. n. 2; also comp. 
for this same verb Syr. ,a«| holding, 
Ethiop. A%H ehiz, taken, held, also 
holding. 

4. to hold or fasten together, to join, 
and in Pass. to be joined, to adhere. 
Many verbs of taking and holding thus 
pass over to the notion of joining and 


TAN 


adhering, these ideas being closely al- 
lied ; comp. 52> and mp? i in Hithpa. and 
ἔχομαι τινός to hold or depend from any 
thing, ἐχόμενος joined with any thing; 
also wigém, whence Lat. hereo.—Ez. 41, 
6 Man ΡΞ ON WT Ny chat they 
might not be joined to ‘the wall of the 
temple, i. 6. inserted in it. 1K, 6,6.— 
Hence 

5. to make fast, to shut, 6. g. to bar, 
Neh. 7,3. So Syr. ve 

6. to join together timber, to cover 
with timber, beams, boards, etc. conta- 
bulare. 1 K. 6,10 and he covered the 
house with cedar-wood. Comp. 5m 
Hab. 2, 19. 

7. to take out or away,sc. from a larger 
number ; whence Part. pass. taken out, 
taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy- 
non. 3253,) Num. 31, 30 and from the 
half which belongs to the children of Is- 
rael, shalt thou take one [part] 72 TMS 
owenn taken from fifty. v.47. 1 Chr. 
24, 6 IN TIN) PSN TMS IMR ΞΟ 
nama} (where jt should twice read 
with many Mss. τῆι “TI&) one family 
being taken for Eleazar, and one being 
taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots 
they drew first a lot for a family of Elea- 
zar, and then one for a family of Itha- 
mar. 

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13. 
Kee. 9, 12. 

3. to make oneself possessor of any 
thing, to take or have possession, Gen. 
34, 10. 47, 27. Josh. 22, 9. 19. Comp. 
Syr. raf to possess, and deriv. MsTiX. 

Pre. fo shut up,as Kal ne. 5. Job 
26, 9 shutting up the face of his throne, 
i. e. veiling his throne with clouds. 

Hopu. to be joined, fastened, to any 
thing, pass. of Kal no. 4, 2 Chr. 9, 18. 

Deriy. the six following. 

TTS (possessing, possessor) Ahaz, pr. 
n.m. a)Akingof Judah, contemporary 
with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744 
—728 B.C. noted for his weakness of 
character and idolatry, 2 Κα. 16,1 sq. 2 
Chr. 28, 16 sq. Is. 7,1 sq. 38, 8. Sept. 
“Ayal. b) 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 42. 

PUTTIN Γ (r. tx Niph. no. 3) posses- 
sion, “espec. the possession of land, 
fields, etc. Lev. 27,24 minx 1 nex 


34, 


ἊΝ 


ΤῊΝ to whom possession of the land be- 
longed, i.e. who had been its owner. 
v. 16. 21.22. "ΞΡ MINX possession of a 
sepulchre, 1. 6. a ‘sepulchre belonging to 
a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9. 20. 
49, 80. In the connection nbn mins 
Num. 27, 7, and nym M2m2 35, 2. Spo- 
ken of lavas Lev. 25, 45. 46. 


“TRS Ahzai, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 11,13; for ᾿ 
which 1 Chr. 9,12 mm. Prob. it 
should read in both passages M8, 
which see. 

MTS and WITS (whom Jehovah 
holds) pr. n. Ahaziah. a) A king of Is- 
rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel, 897— 
895 B. C. 1K. 22, 40. 2K.1,2. Sept. 
᾿Οχοζίας. b) A king of Judah, the son 
and successor of Joram, 884 B.C. 2 K. 
8, 24. 9, 16. 


DIN (their possession) Ahuzzam, 
pr. ἢ. of one of the descendants of Ju- 
dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 


DATIN (possession) Ahuzzath, pr. n. of 


a Philistine, the friend of king Abime- 
lech, Gen. 26, 26. 


* TOS a root not in use. 1. Arab. 


of ο ἊΣ 
Losf cnomatop. from the sound mx 


inter]. to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ; 
in Heb. perh. to sigh, to groan, to howl, 
whence ΠΝ. 

Il. In Arabie also to be warm, hot, to 
glow, sc. with anger, as in the words 


ΓΝ ΑΒΕ: 
cl: cl ; whence perhaps may 


8 
be derived Heb. mx, κα ἢ a pot, furnace. 


Better however to derive the signif. fur- 


s 
a 
nace from r. ,. ἢ to me to burn, as fire, 


Conj. II to kindle, ἃ See 
lett. 4. 

“TITAS see mins. 

“TIS (perh. apoc. from tmx) Ahi, pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5,15. Ὁ) 7, 34. 

IS see TMX. 

BSS (for ΞΝ ΤΙΝ father’s brother, 
uncle) Ahiam, pr. ἢ. τη. 2 Sam. 23, 33. 
1 Chr. 11, 35. 

MTT Chald. i. q. Heb. HN with 
Aleph. prosthet. a riddle, enigma, Dan, 
5,12. R. an. 


ἐκ] heat, ete. 


TR 


TPN (brother i.e. friend of Jehovah) 
Ahiah, pr.n.m. a) A priest in the time 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 3. 18. b) 1 Chr. 
8,7. c) 11,36. d)1K.4,2. e)1Chr. 
26, 20. £)2, 25. g)1K. 15, 27. 33. 
h) Neh. 10, 37. i) A prophet dwelling 
at Shiloh in the time of Jeroboam, 1 K. 
11, 29. 12,15; for which 472ny 14, 6. 18. 
2 Chr. 10, 15. 


ἜΤΙ (brother i.e. friend of the 
Jews, for 7377 "My) Ahihud, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
Num. 34, 27. 


VAN (brotherly) Ahio, pr.n.m. 8) 
2 Sam. 6, 3.4. b)1 Chr. 8,14. c) 
1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 


‘TIN (brother i.e. friend of union) 
Ahihud, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 7. 


AION (brother i. e. friend of good- 
ness) Ahitub, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 14, 3. 
22,9. b)2Sam.8,17. 6) 1 Chr. 5, 37. 
Neh. 11, 11. 


75°TN (brother of one born, for “my 
51) Ahilud, pr. n. of the father of Je- 
hoshaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20,24. 1 K.4,2. 


DUS see nk. 


MyaIS (brother of death) Ahimoth, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25]; for which in 
the parallel passages stands M12. 


J2Q TS (brother of the king) Ahi- 
melec., pr.n.m. a) A priest dwelling 
at Nob, father of Abiathar, and the inti- 
mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. 
Ps. 52, 2; and on this account put to 
death by Saul. Different from him ap- 
parently is b) Ahimelech the son of 
Abiathar, one of the two high priests in 
the time of David, 2 Sam. 8, 17. 1 Chr. 
24, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer’s 
Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi- 
bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8, 17 in- 
stead of ‘Ahimelech the son of Abia- 
thar,’ it ought to read Abiathar the son 
of Ahimelech ; from which error he 
supposes the reading in 1 Chron. I. c. to 
have flowed. 


JO TIN (brother of a gift) Ahiman, 
pr.n.m. a) One of the Anakim Num. 
13, 22. Joh. 15, 14. Judg.1,10. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 9, 17. 

ΥΣΏΤΗΣ (b-other of anger) Ahimaaz, 
pr.n.m. a) \Sam.14,50. Ὁ) Α βοὴ 


35 


oan 


of Zadok the high-priest in the time of 
David, 2 Sam. 15, 27. 36, 17. 17, 20. 18,19 
sq. The same person seems intended 
in 1 K. 4, 15. 


TAS (brotherly) Ahian, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 


1 Chr. 7, 19. 


ΠΣ ΤΙΣ (liberal or noble brother) 
Ahinadab, pr. n. τὰ. 1 K. 4, 14. 


ΣΟΙ (brother of pleasantness) 
Ahinoam, pr.n.fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50. 
b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27,3. 30,5. 2 Sam. 2,2. 
3, 2. 

7'2D°TN (brother of support or help) 
Ahisamak, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. 


ἜΣΤΙΝ (brother of help) Ahiezer, 
pr.n.m. a)A phylarch or head of 
the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66. 
b) 1 Chr. 12, 3. 


BRIS (brother of the enemy) Ahi- 
kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah, 
whom the Chaldeans made governor in 
Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq. 


DI TIS (brother of the high) Ahiram, 
pr. ἢ. τη. Num. 26, 38. Patronym. "-- 
ibid. 

YTS (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n. 
m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of 
Naphtali, Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83. 
10, 27. 


“DN (brother of the dawn) Ahi- 
shahar, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 10. 


“WTS (brother of the singer, or for 
“22 °my brother of the upright) Ahishar, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 4, 6. 


SEMIN (brother of folly) Ahithophel, 
pr. n. of an early friend of David, who 
conspired with Absalom against him, 
2 Sam. c. 15-17. 


ISMN (fatness, fertility) Ahab, pr. n. 
of a place in the tribe of Asher, Judg.1, 
31. R. abn. 


“OMN Ps. 119, 5, and "208 2K.5,3,a 
particle of wishing, O that ! would God! 
with fut. Ps. 1. ο. without verb 2 K. Le. 
It is commonly derived from r. 43M Pi. 
m"2» Mn to stroke one’s face, to caress, 
to court. But not improb. it may be 
compounded from mx and "3 i. q. 99. 


“OTN (O that!) Ahlai, pr. n. m. and f. 
1 Chr. 2, 31; comp. 11, 41. 


μὰ 86 


MaSMN Γ Ex. 28,19, the name of ἃ 
gem, Sept. Vulg. ἀμέϑυστος, amethyst ; 
but Josephus gives it by uzurye, agate, 
though there seems to be some confusion 
in the order of his words. The form is 
that of a verbal of Hiph. from τ. 03m to 
dream ; perhaps because it was worn,as 
an amulet to induce dreams. A similar 
superstition is also the ground of the 
name ἀμέϑυστος, this stone being re- 
garded asa charm against drunkenness. 
Comp. Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. Heb. 

Il. 16. 


NMaTIN Ezra 6, 2, Achmetha, i. e. 
Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of 
Media, the summer residence of the Per- 
sian kings. The ancient orthography 
of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind. 
Biblioth. III. 36) in the Sanscr. agva- 
dhana, i. 6. Ἱπποστασίχ ; the Sanscr. ¢ 
passing over sometimes into a guttural 
and sometimes into s. The correspond- 
ing modern name is Ispahan. 


“BOMN pr. ἢ. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sam. 23, 
34. From 13 ΠΌΤΙΝ I take refuge in 
Jehovah. 


* "IN to be after, behind ; to stay be- 
hind ; hence, to stay, to delay, to remain, 
in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. "183 Gen, 32,5.— 


ὡς 
Arab. rah Conj. II, to defer, to delay. 


Syr. Aph. and Shaph. as οἵ and ον 
id. 

Pie, “1s, plur. 78 for MN Judg. 
5, 28, fut. “m1. 

1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any 
one, Gen. 24, 56; to delay, to defer any 
thing Ex. 22,28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7, 
10 he wiil not delay (punishment) to 
him who hateth him. 

2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay, 
to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the 
paces of his chariots? Ps. 40,13 τὸν 
“rinn delay not. 70,6. Gen. 34, 19. 

3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by 
any thing, with >¥, Prov. 23, 30 ΘΛ ΤΙΝ Ὁ 
473 >> who tarry long at the wine, i. 6. 
pit drink till late in the night. Comp. 
Is. 5, 11. Ps. 127, 2. 

Deriv. "ΤΙ τη} ἍΤΙΣ, and “ins. 

“WES (Dag. forte impl.) f. hyn, Plur. 
py9nX, Mion, from an obsol. sing. “TY 
with Kamets pure, 


"ΠΝ 


1. Adj. pr. after, hinder, following 
spec. next following, next, second, (comp. 
secundus a sequendo,) Gen. 17, 21 πρῸ 
MINN in the next year, the following 
year. LK. 3, 22.—Hence genr. another, 
other ; linet alia, aliud ; Gen. 4, φρὶ 8, 


10. 12. 29, 19. al. sep. Arab. ST id. 


Syr. ils Lipa. plur. ἐμ], Chald. 
VION So Den pane other gods, 
i. 6. idols, Deut. 6, 14. 7, 4, Jer. 1, 16. 
7,18. al. seep. Sing. "πὶ by Ex. 34, 14; 
without by id. Is. 42, 8 “Nd smd “yin2a 
ΝΣ and my glory on 1 not give unto 
another god. 48, 11. Ps. 16,4 "Gy (738) 
ar" who hitiaten to another god, i. e. 
away from the true God after idols. 
2. Aher, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12. 


‘WIS pr. after, the afler part, hinder 
part, extremity. Hence 

1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, in the 
back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 ἍΤΙΣ 55x Aah} 
“IIPS ἼΞΘΞ WIN and. lo! a ram in the 
back-ground, caught in a thicket by his 
horns. Abraham did not see the ram 
behind himself, as the Vulgate renders, 
and as it is usually taken; but in the 
distant part, the back-ground, of what 
lay before his eyes. [Yet he may 
naturally be supposed to have looked 
round on hearing the angel’s voice.—T. | 
Nor is it necessary to read “48, with 
the Samar. Sept. Syr. and 42 Mess, b) 
Adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10, 
18. 18, 5. 24, 55, 30, 21. al, 

2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Cant. 
2, 9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of 
it, i. e. on the west of the desert, see in 
“img no. 2. Also after, as ‘B “ON 520 
to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17. 
Job 31, 7. "x2 pregn. pr. from after, 
Ps. 78,71 ixnan miby “mx from after 
the ewes he brought him, i. 6. from fol- 
lowing the ewes, from being a shep- 
herd. b) Prep. of time, after, Gen. 9, 
28. So ΠΝ D259 Ane afler these 
things, i. e. afterwards, a formula of 
transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22,1. With infin. 
after that, after, Num. 6,19. 139 "78 
pr. after so, i.e. after it had so hap- 
pened, afterwards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut. 
21, 13. 

3. Conj. Pe i a Ez. 40,1; 
and without “we, Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7. 


“TN 


Nors. Instead of the sing. "My, the 
plur. "70% is far more frequently used ; 
see below. With suffixes the plur. form 
is always used, 

Piour. 5°78, only in constr. “YS, c. 
cuff. "IY, D2", AIAN, ete. 

1. Subst. the hinder parts, 2 Sam. 2, 
23 ΤΣΤΙΓῚ ΠΤ 3. with the hinder end of 
the spear. 

2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Judg. 
18, 12 where it is i. q. on the west of, see 
in 41M no. 2. More freq. after, behind 
any one, Levy. 26, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 37. 
2 K. 19, 21. oA INN (Ὁ) those who 
go after them, their flatterers, parasites, 
Ps. 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going, 
to follow 3 also ‘B INK TN Zo be after, 
to go after any one, i. q. to follow, to be 
on one’s side, Ex. 23, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 10. 
Comp. 1 Κι. 1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 03% M379 
RYO? PT ΤΙΝ he that rebuketh a man 
afler me (i. 6. after my precepts) shall 
find favour. Ὁ) Of time, after, Gen. 
16,13. 17,8. With inf. after that, after, 
Gen. 5, 4. 

3. Conj. 138 “INS after that, Deut. 
24, 4. Josh. 9, ‘16. 23, 1; rarely with "Ux 
omitted, ταν! 25, 48. Once "8x2 ΠΝ 
Josh. 2, 7. 

4, 3. ἌΤΙ pr. after so, after it had so 
happened, i. e. afterwards, Gen. 6, 4. 
15, 14. 23, 19. 25, 26. al. Comp. Syr. 
wie and 5a 5h5. With ix added 
it becomes a conjunction, 1. ᾳ. WX "ANN 
after that, like Lat. posteaquam for post- 
quam, Deut. 24, 4. 2 Sam. 24,10. In the 
later Hebrew we find also MXt ΠΣ 
after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra 
9,10. Comp. Chald, 733 πὶ Dan. 2, 
29. 45. 

5. With other prepositions: 

a) "IMN82, once "HN 12 1 Chr. 17, 7, 
pr. from after, from behind, from going 
or following after; chiefly used of those 
who abandon a person or party whom 
they have before followed, Num. 14, 43. 
Deut. 7, 4. 2 Sam. 20,2. Also at or on 
the back, behind, after, (comp. 42 no. 3. 
h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21.— 
Of time, after, Ecce. 10, 14; and in Neh. 
4,7 > ἜΤΙ Ὁ, in the same sense. Hence 
{2 ΤΙΝ pr. after so, i.e. afterwards, 
2 Sam. 3, 28. 15, 1. 

Ὁ) aany-by after, with verbs of mo- 


37 “ΙΝ 


tion. 2K. 9, 18 "Nb =D turn thee 
after me, behind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23. 

6) ΠΝ ΤΣ i. g. "IMR, Ez. 41, 15: 
Comp. >2 no. 3. Ὁ. 


“WIN Chald. plur. constr. "=n, after, 
Dan. 2, 29; but by Hebraism. The 
pure Chaldee preposit. is "72. 


PWS, fem. A25ny, from Ws. with 
the adj. ending ji. 

1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to 
foremost, former, (ΑἸ. ,) Gen. 33, 2. 
Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 8. jinman Der the 
pine sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra- 
nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20. 

2. after, Liter. following, as iTS Tis 
Ps. 48, 14. ji9nN DM after time, future, 
Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8, Plur. 5°5m& 
those after, posterity, Job 18, 20. 

3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6 
I [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last. 
Job 19, 25.—Fem. ΠΣ ΠΣ adv. last, the 
last, Dan. 11, 29. Also ΤΣ ΤΙΝ 5 Beat: 
13, 10. 1 K. 17, 13, and moaned Num. 2, 
31. Eee. 1, 11, at last, last. 


TPIS (for πες, after the brother,) 
Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1. 


Sra (behind the breast-work se. 
born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 


IN Chald. constr. see "M8 Chald. 


“WIN Chald. adj. fem. another, alia, 
Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5.65; for the commom 
mins, the © of the fem. gender being 
dropped by apocope, like "885 for 
min, 12579 for M232. 


PIR Chald. adj. (fr. #958) Dan.. 
4,5 j2MN ΤΣ pr. at the last, at last, at 
Ἄρες ‘the ἜΣ being pleonastic, see 33: 
Chald. A. 2.—Keri πὶ. 


PIS Ε (rn ΠΝ) 1. the last or 
extreme part uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9. 
—Oftener of time: a) the end of a pe- 
riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any 
course of things, latter state, final lot, 
Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 12 ANN 
her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of 
those whom the adultress seduces; 
comp. 23, 32. Sometimes of a happy 
end or result, Prov. 23, 18. 24,14. Ὁ) 
after-time, the future, espec. in the pro- 
phetic formula D°237 ΠΝ 5. in Suture 
time, in the last days, Is. 2,2. Gen. 49, 1. 
Mic. 4, 1. Num. 24, 14. Dan. 10, 14. 


“IAN 


2. Concer. those who come after, de- 
scendants, posterity, Ps. 109, 13, Am. 4, 
2. 9,1. Dan. 11, 4. 


PPS Chald. f. ig. Heb. mn no. 
1. b. Dan. 2, 28. 


TIAN Chald. adj. another, alius, Dan. 
2, 11. 


PPIs adv. (r. “nx) backwards, 
Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4, 18. Comp. “πὰ. 


_ ΡΣ ΒΤ ΌΤΙ m. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9. 
9, 3. Ezra 8, 36, satraps, the governors 
or viceroys of the large provinces among 
the ancient Persians, possessing both 
civil and military power, and being in 
the provinces the representatives of the 
sovereign, whose state and splendour 
they also rivalled. Single parts or sub- 
divisions of these provinces were under 
procurators or prefects, MIME; the sa- 
traps governed only whole provinces. 
See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu I. 
δ 168. Heeren Ideen T. I. p. 489 sq. ed. 
4.—The genuine form of this name, 
which has lately been found in the 
inscriptions of ancient India, is ksatrapa 
i. e. warrior of the host ; see Benfey in 
Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen 
Zeitschr. ἢ ἃ. Morgenl. Ill. p. 161. To 
this harsher form corresponds the Greek 
ἐξατράπης, ἐξαιϑράπης, (Boeckh Corp. 
Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by 

᾿ degrees the softer σατράπης. The j~ is 

appended. Comp. ΒΡ ας 


PIIITMIN Chald. τὰ. plur. i. g. Heb. 
Dan, 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3. 


DMIVIN Ahasuerus, the Hebrew 
form of the name Xerres, as it would 
‘seem. It is found KEsth. 1, 1, and often 
in this book; also Ezra 4, 6, where the 
order of time would require it to be un- 
derstood, of Cambyses; and further in 
Dan, 9; 1, where it stands for Astyages, 
the father of Darius the Mede. The true 
native orthography of the name Xerxes 
has recently been brought to light from 
the cuneiform inscriptions ; where it is 
written kh-sh-y-d-r-sh-d, which seems 
to correspond to the modern Persian 
slo wrd i. 6. lion-king ; since it is cer- 
tain“that for the softer pronunciation of 
8 and sh, as uttered by the modern Per- 
sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh- 


38 


TEN 


er sounds, as in the words khshayathiya 
i.g. Shah king, khshatrap i. q. Satrap. 


‘From this ancient harsher form, the 


Hebrews, by prefixing their presthetic 
Aleph, made initins Ahashverosh, and 
the Greeks Ξέρξης. See St. Martin in 
Journal Asiatique IIL. p.85. Champol- 
lion Précis du Systéme hiéroglyphique, 
Tableau général, Tab. 7. 2. Ὁ. 34. Las- 
sen ub. d. Keilschrift p. 165 ; also in Zeit- 
schr. Ε Kunde des Morgenl. VI. p. 124 sq. 

WLAN Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, for 
ὉΤΌΞΠΝ, 


ἜΣΤΙΝ (prob. mule-driver, a name 
of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. τή. 
Ahashtari, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 


DIMUTIN plur. m. mules, Pers. εἰ χανῇ 
pe pio! ester, a tale, Sanscr.“a¢wa- 
KEsth. 8, 10, where it is rendered 
ion by the addition sons of mares.— 
The Ὑς is appended, as in ὩΣ πῶσ. 
FIN see ‘TTI 


DON subst. τὰ. (τ. BBN) 1. @ gentle 
sound, murmur, whisper, and plur. 0°32 
concr. mutterers, whisperers, 1. 6. ¥#%Q0- 
μάντεις, necromancers, ventriloquists, im- 
itating artificially the supposed murmur 
or thin voice of the shades or manes, fs. 
19,3. See under 358. 

2. a going softly, gentle motion; 
whence often adverbially, b&, ὍΣ, ΟΝ 5, 
sofily, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow 
gait of a mourner, 1 K. 21,27; of water 
gently flowing, Is. 8,6. So 7x} pr. in 
my slow gait, slowly, at my convenience, 
Gen. 33, 14.—Also of the manner of act- 
ing and speaking; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "> ox 

12> (deal) gently with the young man 
fe my sake! Job 15, 11 Wad ὍΝ M374 
and words gently (spoken) towards thee. 

TON a root not in use; Arab. to be 
Sast, firm; Conj. I, to make fast, to 
confirm.—Hence 

‘TIN τη. the southern buckthorn, Christ’s 


thorn, Rhamnus paliurus Linn. so called 
frorn the firmness of its roots, Judg. 9, 14. 


9... 
15: Ps.58,10. Arab. dt}, ἵνα. the more 


5.ὺ 
é. 

POY m. (by Syriasm for POR, τ. jos) 
thread, yarn, of linen or cotton ; in Chald, 


usual 


DON 


sinew, string. Once Proy. 7, 16 tapes- 
try, coverings, of Egyptian yarn, which 
was distinguished for its firmness 
beauty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89 

A. Schultens compares Gr. ὑϑόνῃ, bas 
vioy, linen cloth. 


cs 

i DON a root not in use. 1. i. q. bof 
to utter a gentle sound, to murmur, 
spoken of the sighing of the camel when 
weary; also of the rumbling of the 
bowels when one is hungry, τρύζειν. 
See Comment. on Is. 19, 3. 

2. to go softly, gently, see OX no. 2. 


7 DON to shut, to close, to stop, e. g. 
the mouth, the ears, Prov. 17, 28. 21, 13. 
ΤΩΝ risbn Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26, 
windows closed, sc. with bars or lattices, 
which being let into the walls or beams 
could not be opened and shut at pleas- 
ure. Sept. ϑυρίδες δικευωταΐ, Symm. 
τοξικαΐ, Comp. 1 K.6,4. Kindr. is Arab. 


£ 
- » , , 
oe! to cover a window with a curtain. 


Hipn. id. Ps. 58, 5. 
3 ἼΩΝ obsol. root, perh. fo bind, to ~~ 


fogether, kindr, with Dox. Arab. ay 
tent-cords.—Hence VON. 


ἘΠῸΝ fut. SQN", to shut, to close, 
ence Ps. 69, 16. "Arab. lol. to, ehut 
in, to enclose. Kindred roots are "3%, 
ἜΣΤΙ, "%2.—Hence the two following: 


“VSS (shut up, bound, perh. dumb) 
Ater, pr.n.m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7, 
21. Ὁ) Ezra 2,42. Neh. 7, 45. 


“WR m. adj. (τ. (LN) shot wp, bound, 
i.e. impeded. Judg. 3, 15. 20,16 “ὩΣ 
2739 1 impeded as to his right hand, 
i. e. who cannot use the right hand free- 
ce — hence i. q. left-handed. Arab. 


ἢ Con). V, to be impeded; comp. 


Asks to bind, to tie, transferred also to 
the tongue, like Engl. tongue-tied. 


*°N constr." 1. Interrog. adverb, 
where? c. suff. MD°% where art thou? 
Gen. 3,9. ὍΝ where is he? Ex. 2. 20. 
8% where are they? Is. 19,12. More 
freq. with He parag. ΓΝ q. v.—This 
particle seems to have arisen by drop- 
ping the Nun from 778 ΤΙ, (q. v. in ἼΝ Ὁ 
whence?) and this again seems to have 


39 “S 


been originally the same as the nega- 
tive "% 1; just as many other negative 
words have also passed over to an in- 
terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne, Germ. 
nicht wahr? Engl. not so? Hence 78 
pr. he is not there, not present, i. q. 522°%, 
comp. Job 14,10; and interrog. is he not 
there? q. ἃ. where is he? In this way 
478 no. I and ΠῚ become closely related. 
Comp. τς Gram. § 150. no. 1 ult. In 


Arabic at has meen over into an in- 


terrog. pron. who? f. Ap and the same 
also is Eth. OP. Comp. Germ. wo? 
Engl. who? 

2. Asa mere sign of interrogation, put 
before adverbs and pronouns in order to 
give them an interrogative power ; just 
as ὮΝ gives them a relative sense. 
Comp. Germ. wovon? for von welchem? 
Engl. wherefore ? i. q. for what? Hence 
a) MI", which? what? but always with 
reference to place (except in Ecc. 11, 
6), 1 K. 13,12 955 4734 Ot N what way 
went he? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. δὲ vie? 
quorsum vie? see under M39 Ἂς in lett. 
b.) 2K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24. 
Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16. 
Ecc. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. 4ᾳ. where? 
{from i here,) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5. 
Sometimes written in one word, FN, 
q.v. 8) 10 ἊΣ from what? whence? 
(from Yo thence,) Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 
30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 MAX D> Ha δ from 
what people art thou? 2 Sam. 15,2 κὰκ 
πῶς ΡΣ mI from what city art thou? 
strictly Lat. ‘undenam populi? undenam 
urbis? as Plaut. unde gentium? Odyss. 
1.170 πόϑεν ἀνδρῶν. c) ΤΥ ἫΝ where- 
fore? why? from P&t> therefore, Jer. 5,7. 

Note. With certain other particles 
ἊΝ is joined more closely, so as to coa- 
lesce with them into one word, as 77% 
Ma", MS"%, HE, q.v. ‘The same vise 
of this pieetiote is found in Syr. [1.52] 
in what way? how? fast whence ? 
[2.4] who? Chald. ;"7°8 who then? 53% 
id. Eth. A.P'6 where ? how ?—In Proy. 
31, 4 Keri 933 °% 0721553, render: nor 
fe princes [to say], ‘Where is strong 
drink? See in "δ no. 1. 


I. "8 contr. for ™S, (as Ἢ for 3D," 
for "79, comp. Lehrg. p. 510,) τὰ. perhaps 


me 
fem. Is. 23,2; plur. BX, once 3 κ Ez. 
26,18. R. mx 1. 

1. Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp. 
to water, the sea, rivers; see the root 
no. 1. 15. 42,15 o> Minn? "Hew [will 
make the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43,19. 
50,2. Hence , 

2. terra maritima, land adjacent to 
the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore 
of the main land, or an island; like the 
East-Indian Dvipa, which signifies both 
coast and island. Spec. a) the coast, 
ithe sea-coast, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27, 
"7 nuinby πον the coast of Elishah, ice. = 
Peloponnesus or Greece. b) anisland, 
Jer. 47 4 “ΕΞ "8 the isle of Caphtor, i.e. 
Crete, D°M> "x the isles of Chittim, Ez. 
27, 6. Jer. 2,10; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where 
DT "=X are put in antith. with the main 
land,continent. 6) Plur.®""8 very often 
for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be- 
yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by 
way of epexegesis ἘΞ 9323 ὍΣΩΝ "NT. 
Hence genr. of coasts and islands far 
remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41,1.5. 42,4. 
10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 55 espec. Those of the 
Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18, 
which also are called more definitely 
pe "8 Is. 11, 11, and D350 "8 Gen. 
10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11.—In Ez. 27, 15 the 
Indian Archipelago is to be understood. 


IL. "8 contr. for ἊΝ (τ. 78 II, see in 
“x 1) pr. a howling, wailing ery. Hence 
1. Concer. the howler, i. e. the jackal, 


Arab. ss! wl, piur. (59) wis, son, 
daughters of howling, Pers. La, 
whence Germ. Schakal, Engl. jackal. 
So called from its nocturnal cry or howl, 
which resembles the scream of a child. 
Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843. 
Found only in plur. 5°*s, Is. 13, 22. 34, 
14. 

2. Interj.i.g. "8 ah! alas! wo! c. 
dat. Ecc. 10, 16. 4, 10 15 "x, which seve- 
ral editt. read in one word, 1>"% wo to 
him ! 


IIT. "8 adv. not, non, found Job 22, 30, 
and in the pr. names 71327"8 (inglorious) 
Ichabod 1 Sam. 4,21, and >33°% Jeze- 
bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic, 
espec. as prefixed to adjective forms 
with a privative signification, like Engl. 
in, un, in the same usage; and also in 


40 


aS 


Ethiopic, where 4, is prefixed also to 
yerbs. It is doubtless an abridged form 
from j"8 , see r. FR, ἽΝ ; like the Greek 
and Beauols a priv. from an. 


MAINS (inglorious) Ichabod, pr. n. 
1 Sam. 4, 21. See in "8 III. 


bo Ξὶ to be an adversary, enemy, to 
any one ; to persecute, to hate. The 
primary idea is prob. to be sought in 
breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon 
any one, which is often referred to anger 
and hatred, Germ. anschnauben. Kin- 
dred is 34%, in which the idea of breath- 
ing after passes over into that of desire 
and love. The finite verb occurs only 
once, Ex. 23, 22; but very freq. is Part. 
3758 as subst. an adversary, enemy, Gen. 
22, 17. 49, 8. al. Sometimes it retains 
the construction of a participle, 1 Sam. 
18, 29 ΤῸΝ INN an enemy to David. 
Pati! nan collect. enemies, Mic. 7, 
8.10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 

Deriv. 27°8, and 


MAN f. (contr. for my, as ΠΝ for 
max) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3, 15. Num. 
35,21. 


TR m. pr. a load, burden, by which 
one is oppressed, crushed ; from τ. δὶς 
no. 2. Hence 

1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. Job 
21, 30. 

2. destruction, ruin, Job 18, 12. 21, 17. 
30, 12. dx ΠΝ destruction from God, 
Job 31, 23. 


TPN f£ (for HN, το AYN IL) pr. ery, cla- 
mour ; hence 

1. As the name of @ clamorous bird 
of prey, unclean, Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14, 
13; also keen-sighted, Job 28,7. Sept. 
and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes 
kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im- 
probable, Hieroz. II. p. 193 sq. that it is 
the species of falcon called by the Arabs 

232 ψέγει, i. e. falco esaton, called also 
smirle, emerillon, Engl. merlin. Or 
perhaps the Heb, word is a general term 
for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev. 
and Deut. Il. cc. is added #273. 

2. Ajah, pr. τι. τὰ. 8) Gen. 36, 24. 
b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 


TPN 1, gq. ἽΝ where? with {τι parag. 
as mtn from ὙΠ, Gen. 3, 9.18, 9. al. Also 


ἊΝ Al 


without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan- 
dereth about for bread, 72% where-ever 
it may be. 

218 pr. n. Job, an Arab of Uz or 
Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and 
also for piety and virtue, but tried of God 
with the heaviest calamities. Besides 
the book of Job, he is also mentioned in 


Ἶ 9. ἀξ 
Fz. 14,14. 20. Sept. Ἰώβ, Arab. yet 


The name signifies pr. one persecited, | 


from r. 338, as 15% one born, from 75"; 
and refers to the calamities by which 
he was afflicted.—Others render it: serio 


& oF , 
resipiscens, i. q. Arab. Olt, from r. 358, 


SF, to return, to convert, comp. Cor. 
Sur. 38. 40-44; but see against this, 
Thesaur. Ling. "Heb. p- 81. col. 1. 


S38 f (pr. non-cohabited, i. 6. ἄλο- 
zog Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. intacta, chaste, 
comp, Agnes ; an appropriate female 
name, and not to be estimated from the 
character and conduct of Ahab’s queen ;) 
Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious 
woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king 
of Tyre, and wife of Ahab king of Israel, 
infamous for her idolatry and cruel per- 
secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31. 
18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq. 


MPS where? Job 38, 19. 24. Com- 
pounded from the interrog. part. "8, "8% 
ᾳ. V. no. 2, and πὶ here. 


TS how? apoc. from ΠΣ, Gen. 26, 
9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18. 
2 K. 17, 28.—Often as an exclamation 
of pain or grief, how! Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14, 
4. Eee. 2, 16. 


MPS from “8 no. 2, and mdi. ᾳ. MD 
SO, here. 

1. how? in what way? Deut. 1, 12. 
Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30. 

2. where? Cant. 1,7. 

3. Often as an exclamation of pain or 
grief, how ! like 378, Is. 1,21, Lam. 1, 1. 

ΤΩΣ (id.) where, not interrogative, 
once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has i278 id. 

MDIN (Milél) how ? Cant. 5, 3. Esth. 
8,6. From "Δ and 433 i. g. 93, 53, so. 

DIN see r. DAN. 


S°8 τῇ. 1. a ram, so called from his 


twisted horns, q.d. rolled up; seer. Dax, 
4% 


ba 

Gen. 15,9. Plur. 27° Ex. 25, 5, and 
obs Job 42, 8—Hence intens. ἘῸΝ q. v. 

2. A term of architecture, referring, 
as it would seem, to a projection in a la- 
teral wall, serving asa post or column, 
i. e. a pilaster ; either from r. ΒΝ no, 3. 
or like Lat. aries, capreolus, Germ. Bock, 
used for a buttress. 1K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 
3. Plur. ob, Ez. 41, 1. 40, 10. 14. 16. 
38 ; comp. v. 26. 31.34.37. The ancient 
vessians render it sometimes posts, some- 
times columns. See Boettcher’s Proben 
alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p. 302. 


28 m. a slag, hart, male deer, Deut. 
12, 15. 14,5. Is. 35,6. Plur. o> Cant. 
2,9.17. Always mase. but in Ps. 42, 2 
joined with a fem. in the manner of 
comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which 
elsewhere has the specific name mers, 


meee. Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. dst 
wild goat, mountain-goat, chamois. Eth. 


2PA, by which orthography the affinity 
of the roots 5 and 55m is distinetly con- 
firmed.—As to the etymology, >°8 is a 
sort of intensive of =x, therefore pr. ὦ 
large ram or buck, and nbs a large she- 
goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews 
would seem to have called all ‘the va- 
rious species of deer and antelopes, which 
in part are furnished with twisted horns 
like the ram, by the general name of 
large rams or wild rams ; just as the 
Germans call the same animals Berg- 
ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins 
capre@, from their general resemblance 
to a goat, capra. Sept. every where 
ἔλαφος. 


S78 m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5. 
R. boy no. 2. 


D8 τὴ. (r. >a) plur. 255", pr. strong, 
stout, mighty. 

1, Plar. the mighty, the powerful, the 
nobles of a state, city, Ex. 15, 15. Ez. 17, 
13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri. 

2. astrong, stout, mighty tree, like δρῦς, 
spec. the oak, terebinth, and sometimes 
also the palm, i. q. 45x, ;ibx, which is 
more usual. Sing. once Gen. 14, 6 in 
the pr. n. 7]8B 25x, Sept. repsBindog τῆς 
Φαράν. Plur. pbs, ὈΠῸΝ Is. 1, 29. 57, 
5. 61, 3. , 


ΜΝ f. a hind, female deer, and perh. 
also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani- 


on 


mals being hardly distinguished in the 
common usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49, 
21. Plur. ἴδον constr. nibs 2 Sam. 22, 
34. Cant.2,7. See in masc. 55x. 


IDS (from dex, q. ἃ. Deerfield, from 
the number of deer,) Ajalon, pr.n. a) 
A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Judg. 1, 35. 
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 63. Ὁ) 
A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12. 


vie (an oak, see 5458) Elon, pr. n. 

1. A city in Dan, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K. 
4,9. 

2. Of several men: 
36, 2. Ὁ) Gen. 46, 14. 


a) Gen. 26, 34. 
c) Judg. 12, 11. 


ΓΗ͂Σ (trees, a grove, perh. palm- 
grove, see under MX) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K. 
16, 6, also M2°8 (for n>"~ Lehrg. p. 467, 
and that collect. for mid") Deut. 2, 8. 
2 K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr. τι. 
of a city of Idamea on the eastern gulf 
of the Red Sea, which is called from it 
Sinus Zlanites, or Elanitic Gulf. The 
Edomites being subdued, 2 Sam. 8, 14, 
David took possession of it, and after 
him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence 
to Ophir, 1 K. 9,26. It was again recov- 
ered by the Idumeans; and once more 
subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K. 
14, 22; but Rezin king of Syria took it 
᾿ς at length from the Jews, who seem never 
again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6. 
Josephus calls it Lidarn, Ptolemy “Liuve, 
Pliny Zlana H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See 
Relandi Palest. p. 217, 554 sq. Le 
Quien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. 758. By 


at 
Arabian writers it is called iS { Aileh, 
Ailat. ‘The ruins of the former city are 
still visible near to the fortress of ’Aka- 
bah, on the N. W. Rippell’s Reisen, 
Ῥ. 248 seq. Frankf 1829. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 241 sq. 


MIN fi. q. dN pr. strength, might, 
then help, Ps. 22,20. R. δὴν no. 2. 


pos plur. 525° and mizbx, an ar- 
chitectural term, which the Sept. Vulg. 
and Targums make i. q. 0558 porch ; 
from which however it is manifestly 
distinguished, Ez. 40,7sq. The p*2>"x 
were carried round an edifice, and are 
usually mentioned along with the O">>x ; 


42 


yaa. 


see Ez. 40, 16. 22. 26. 29. Comp. Boett- 
cher Proben, p. 319. 


pos (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim, 
pr. ἢ, ofa station of the Israelites in the 
desert, the second after leaving Egypt, 
with twelve fountains and seventy palm- 
trees, Ex. 15,27. 16, 1. Num. 33,9. With 
He loc. 25-8 Ex. 15, 27.—Geographers 
rightly assume the place of Elim in the 
Wady Ghiiriindel, a valley of that re- 
gion; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 100, 
105. 

ΡΣ Chald. m. @ tree, Dan. 4, 7. 8 sq. 
Syr. ΠΣ id. It corresponds to Heb. 


778 ; but the Chaldee word is used in a 
wider sense. 


POW see in mibax, 


_ PRAY fi. q. ΜΌΝ (to which it is also 
st. constr.) a hind, as a term of endear- 
ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19.— 
More difficult of explanation is it in the 
inscription of Ps. 22 Mtn r>=x->> wpon 
(according to) the hind of the dawn. 
These words seem to be the name of 
some other poem or song, to the measure 
of which this Psalm was to be sang or 
chanted ; comp. ΓῺ 2 Sam. 1,18. The 


‘ phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for 


the morning sun scattering his first rays 
upon the earth ; Just as the Arabian po- 
ets call the rising sun the gazelle, com- 
paring his rays with the horns of that 
animal; comp. \"f lett. e. See Schultens 
ad Job. p. 1193; aa Har. Cons. V. p. 163. 


᾿ ΩΝ obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
mud, Ὡς, 10 terrify. The primary idea 
seems to be to strike dumb; comp. r. 
tn, ἘΠῚ ; perh. also 552 q. v.—Hence 
the two following: 


DSN adj. f mao, terrible, formidable, 
Hab. 1, 7. Cant. 6, 4. 10. 


VAN and WAN Εἰ (for ΓΙ." Ν} terror, 
dread, Deut. 32,25. With genit. of that 
which inspires terror; Prov. 20, 2 ra*x 
1272 the dread of a letiag which one feels 
before him. Job 33,7  m9"8 the terror of 
me, i.e. which I inspire. With He parag. 
hms Ex. 15,16, Plur. is Ps. 55, 5. 

pees. Ds" 1. terrors, Ps. 88, 16. 

2. idols Jer. 50, 38, so called from the 
terror with which they inspire their 
worshippers, Comp. h¥>02. 


Ν 


ΤᾺ 
3. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people 
who originally inhabited the land of 
Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11. 


5 TS obsol. root, i.g. ἘΝ q.v. Hence 


I. PS constr. PX, pr. subst. nothing, 
nothingness. Is. 40, 23 28> 0°35 nin 
who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence 
adverbially : 

1. nothing, nought, usually including 
the idéa of the subst. verb fo be, 6. g. 
1K. 8, 9 ΘΝ Mind "30 Pd FiaNa HN 
nothing was in the ark save the two ta- 
bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22,2. So 
2 Sam. 19,7 087323 SY A> 10} nought 
to thee are princes and servants. 

2. no, not, including the idea of the 
subst. verb, there is not, was not ; there 
are not, were not, etc. i.g. 88>, Arab. 
yaw, Aram, ba, mb, mb, AiT12,. 
Num. 14, 42 ἘΞΞῚΡΞ nine ἫΝ for 
Jehovah is not among you. ‘Jude. 21, 25 
tn those days derera 79 ΤΣ there was 
no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 5017 7" 
_ “i232 Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps. 
10, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13,31. In the 
same phrases where &" is aatid aftirma- 
tively, 778 is also used negatively, as 
o71 bx O72 Gen. 31, 29, and av bxd 75 
Neh. δ, 5. Further: a) Where the a 
ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun, 
this latter is often appended as a suffix 
to the word }"8; e.g. "2°8% J am not, 
etc. 92° ¢how art not, etc. F2°%, "22"N, 
HN, DINK, ON ; and also with plor. 
form (as if from my), σης, AIM 
Ps. 59, 14. 73,5. Ὁ) The substantive 
verb ieing implied ἢ in this negative par- 
ticle, as above, the latter is almost al- 
ways joined with a participle; e.g. Dan. 
8, 5 behold, a he-goat came from the west 
over the άδο of the whole earth, 535 778) 
ΥῊΝΞ and touched not the ground: i. q. 
332 ἐξ, Esth. 3,8. 7, 4. Ezra 3, 13. Ex. 
5, 16 ἼΠ PS ἸΞῺ straw there is none giv- 
en, i. q. 122 Nb. It often in this way 
Sicsis a periphrasis for no one, none, ne- 
᾿ mo, Josh. 6,1 83 PRI RVI PR none went 
out, and none came in. ide 26, 6. Is. 5, 
29. Rarely joined with a finite verb, 
Ex. 3.2. Ecc. 8, 11. Jer. 38,5 ΒΘ px 9 
“27 canN bom for the king cannot do 
any thing against you. Job 35, 15; and 
80 with the particle 7, Ps. 135, 17 τὶ 


48 


= 


trips ΤΠ" Ws nor is there any breath in 
their mouth. In both these passages δὲ Ὁ 
would be more correct. In like manner 
the modern Arabs write uma for δ. 

6) "> 59% there is not to me, i. e. T have 
not, T had not, etc. Lev. 11, 10. 1 Sam. 
1, 2. So Arab. J Before an 
infin: it is often i. q. non ‘licet, it is not 
lawful, not permitted, like οὐκ ἔστιν for 
οὐκ ἔξεστιν, and Arab. J cy lS est mihi 
for licet mihi, Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10,100. So 
Esth. 4, 2 82> 5° it is not lawful to en- 
ter, none might enter. Ruth 4, 4. Ps. 40,6 
W728 ΠΣ PN there is nothing to compare 
unto thee, i. e. nothing which can rightly 
be compared, where 352 is poetic for 
ΣΡ. d) Joined with various words: 
ΘΝ PR there is no man, Gen. 31,50. Ex. 
2, 12. "33 798 Ex. 5,11, and ΓΡΌΠΝ Ὁ ὙΝ 
1K. 18, 43, there is not any thing. ἘΞ 478 
there is nothing at all, Ecc. 1, 9. 

3. As U2 is sometimes i. q. to be pre- 
sent, to be here or at hand, so ἽΝ is not 
to be present, not to be here or at hand, 
etc. Fr. il n’y a pas. Num. 21, 5 ὯΝ "> 
nt PR] OM> for there is no bread here, 
nor water. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 10, 14 and we 
saw ΝΣ "> that they were πράξει Gen. 
2.5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch: 
piby ink mpd "D 42278). 1 K. 20, 40 
ἘΡΕΙ͂Ν. ‘NIT lo! he was not, ie. he was 
gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14. 

4. Sometimes it may be rendered 
without, i. q. 7°82; but the examples 
strictly ‘fall back under no. 2; 6. g. Joel 
1, 6 strong and without number, pr. ‘and 
thone is no number’ Deut. 32, 4. 

5. With prefixes: a) "83 pr. in not, 
in there not being, in defect of: «@) i. 4. 
‘when there was not,’ Proy. 8, 24 °x2 
niainn when there were no deeps, i.e. be- 
fore the floods were yet created; comp. 
niga. ὺ) Often i. ᾳ. 8>3, without, Ez. 
38, 11 MIM PRS without a wall. Prov. 
5, 23. 11, 14. 

b) 7282 as nothing, nothing wanting, 
i. 6. almost, well-nig ch, Ps. 73, 2. Comp. 
ὉΞῸΞ little wanting, i. e. almost; see 
v9. 

ΒΕ ΝΡ a) For ἸΝ "tNd to whom 
there is no, nothing, Is. 40,29. Neh. 8, 
10. 8) For mits 855 so that theré should 
be no, ete. Ezra 9, 14. 


ἃ) }°82 pr. from there being no, i. q 


PN 
sx, but intensive, none, not one ; see on 
this idiom in j2 1. Ὁ. 3. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30, 
7. So agi prai.g. avin px, Is. 5, 9. 
6, 11. 50, 2. 

Nore. The absol. form Ἰδὲ stands 
only at the end of a clause; while 
the constr. "8 everywhere depends on 
something following ; e.g. Num. 20, 5 
ΝΣ 072 there ts no water, for which 
might also be said 5772 ΝΣ. 


oo 72S adv. of interrog. where? Arab. 


“Ἢ found only with 772 prefixed, j"x72 
whence? Gen. 29, 4. Nah..3, 7. al—Ori- 
ginally this was the same with the 
negat. 7% I, and passed over into the 
interrogative sense; hence by apoc. "δὲ, 
ἽΝ, "8 ΠῚ. See in δ no. 1. Heb. 
Gram. § 150. 1. fin. 


PR 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. g. 8, but inter- 
rogatively for 7°87. 


MIDS see EN. 


MEN, rarely TES, Εἰ an ephah, a 
measure of grain, containing three seahs, 
MRO, or ten omers, "739, Ex. 16, 36. 
According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the 
ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the 
Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris 
cubic inches, about 1 ὁ bush. English ; 
see Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp. 
259, 278. This is also confirmed by 
other testimony ; so that there is doubt- 
less an error in another passage of Jose- 
phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah 
seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the 
Attic medimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech. 
δ, 6 sq. Judg. 6,19. Ruth 2, 17. Also 
RE ES a double ephah, one just, 
the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25, 
14. Am. 8, 5.—The origin of this word 
is to be sought in the Egyptian lan- 
guage; where the Heb. M5"& corre- 
sponds to (U$IIJ measure, spec. of corn, 
modius, from r. ΟἿ, ΗΠ. to number ; 
whence Sept. oig/, Arab. Xx39, an Egyp- 
tian measure. See Rodiger in Allg. 
Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb. 
in Append. 

MDS (from "δ and Mb here) where ? 
Is. 49, 21. Ruth 2,19; how? what kind 


of? Judg. 8,18. In an indirect inquiry, 
Jer, 36, 19. 


4... 


UN 


NID N i. q. NBN, q. v. 


SON | c. suff. tty, FUN, th; 
Plur. pnts only thrice, Ps, 141, 4. Prov. 
8, 4. Is. 53,33 instead of which the com- 
mon usage has substituted Ὁ Σὰ (from 
obsol. sing. 8:8), constr. "28, c. suff 
TIN, OF IN ; also as periphrastie plur. 
ΘΝ "23 gc no. 6. 

1. aman. Spec. a)a male, opp. to 
a female ; Gen. 4,1 7 have gotten a man 
with the Lord, i.e.aman-child. 1 Sam. 
1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7, 2; 
comp. 1, 27.6,19. So Lat. vir of beasts, 
Virg. Eclog. 7,7. Ὁ) α husband, opp. 
to a wife, Ruth 1, 11. Gen. 3, 6. 29, 32. 
34. With suff. 52528 our men, ise. our 
husbands, Jer. 44, 19. So Gr ἀνήρ 11. 
18. 291; Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1.2. 127. ς) 
As opp. to an old man, one of manly age, 
vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 33, 4) Emphat. of 
manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa. 
below. 1 Sam, 4, 9.pzisx> 9°73 wPINNA 
be strong, and be ye men! 1 K. 2,2. 
Comp. Hom. Il. 5.529. 6) a man, mor- 
ial, opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12, 10. Is. 31, 
8; espec. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is, 7, 18. 
Comp. Hom. πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε ϑεῶν τε, 
Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6. 
f) Joined in apposition with other sub- 
stantives, as O™}O Ok a man a eunuch 
i, e. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7; jnd> ww a 
priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile 
names, 6. g. ΣΦ Us a Hebrew Gen, 
39,14. Comp. Gr. ἄνδρες Ταλιλαῖοι, tv 
δρες ᾿Ισραηλῖται, Acts 1, 11. 3, 12. g) 
With genit. of a city, lend people, it de- 
notes aedtizer, inhabitant, etc. e. g. OX 
bit a man of Israel, i. e. Israelite ; 
bene "S28 1 Sam. 7, 11; Mam oy 
2 Sam. 19, 42; also ἼΣΗ ΜῊΝ Gen. 24, 
13. In this signe the sing. Way i is moxtly 

ut collectively, as bY te WN for "WIN 

δ θα Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10, 24. Jude. 7, 8. 8, 
22. al. h) With genit. of a king, leader, 
military chief, master, etc. the men of 
any one, for his companions, followers, 
soldiers, his people, 1 Sam, 23, 3. 12. 24, 
5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of 
relatives and near friends, like Syr. 
— ΡΝ 6. g. Ez. 24, 17. 22, where 
wwe ἘΠῚ the bread of men, is the food 
which relatives and friends were accus- 
tomed to send to mourners. i) So too 
pvt tex and with art, on >see, 


U's 


man of God, i. q. servant and minister 
of God; spoken of angels Judg. 13, 6.8 ; 
of prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27; of Moses 
Deut. 33, 1; of David 2 Chr. 8,14. k) 
With genit. of an attribute, quality, vir- 
tue, vice, etc. it denotes one possess- 
ing that attribute or quality; and in 
this.way the Hebrews form ἃ peri- 
phrasis for an adjective ; 6. g. "Nh OK 
aman of form, i.e. handsome ; 873 ΘΝ 
a man of blood, bloody ; 33> "028 intel- 
ligent, see in 35 no. 1. 6 ; DUM "Wax men 
of name, famous, Gen. 6, 4; comp, 878 
MoINA a husbandman, Gen. 9, 20. 1) 
Collect. for men, i. e. soldiers, troops, Is. 
21,9. Comp. 078 Is. 22,6. m) tx 
marks also a man of rank, a great man, 
noble, as opp. to 53% a man of low con- 
dition; seein ΘΝ no.1.b. n) As joined 
with numerals, we find after numerals 
below ten D°WiX, as.O°O2" MY>Y Gen. 
18, 2; between ten and twenty some- 
times ὅς, Num. 1,44; and above twen- 
ty always ὥς, 1 Sam. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18. 
al. seep. 

2. With M8 or 53, one—another ; see 
MS and 59. 

3. Put for any man, i. e. one, some one, 
any one, Gen. 13, 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant. 


8,7. So Syr. weil for tie, 6. g. γ.ω. 
a1] a certain Jew. Plur. pty men, 


certain men, like Syr. all, 1 K. 20, 
17. Jer. 37, 10. 

4. each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 35} 
TN Bx and they slew every one his 
man.* S°x}. Os this and that man, each 
and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth. 1, 8. 
Once like 53 prefixed to another subst. 
Gen. 15, 10 nea mRxIAd isnacds jas 
and laid each part of each (animal) one 
over against the other, where ‘7Ma-U"N 
is i.g. ioma->D, but the sacred writer 
puts ΘῈΣ for ἘΞ in order to correspond 
with the following "739. So too x 
“my Gen. 9, 5. 

5. Impers. like Germ. man, Fr. on, 
Engl. one, plur. men, e. g. one says, men 
say, etc. 1 Sam. 9,9 AS Sy w3 onrEd 
wx ΠΝ formerly in Israel men said 
thus, i. q. it was said. 

6. Hx "22 sons of men, as a peri- 
phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3; 
like S48 "23, see DIN no. 5.—Sometimes 
emphat. for the noble, the high, opp. to 


AS 


ms 


BIN "22, Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4; see no. 1. 
m, and DIN no. 1. b. 

Nore. As to the etymology, we hold 
x to be a primitive word; yet soft- 
ened from the harsher form 52% (55) 
q. v. whence also MS for M22x, and 
plur. o"28. In like manner the Arabic 


S,- ο 9 “9 
has ust and ..yLingf . 


Deriv. ΤΥ ΝΣ, pr.n. TAS y, MBs“, 
also 


O'S denom. verb, only in Hrrapat. 
wwixnn to show oneself a man, ἀνδρέ- 
ξεσϑαι; Is. 46, 8 VERN show your- 
selves men, be men, i. e. be wise, cast 
away the childish trifles of idolaters. 
Chald, SYknn and θα τα id. 


MY2-WN (man of shame, i. 6. sham- 
ing himself, perh. bashful,) pr. n. Jshbo- 
sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years 
after the death of his father and brothers 
reigned over eleven tribes in opposition 
to David. 2 Sam. c. 2+4. 


‘TIMW"N (man of glory) Ishhod, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 18. 


FIG τὰ. (dimin. from Bx) 1. α 
little man, manikin, homunculus, and 
with ἪΡ the little man of the eye, i. 6. the 
pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in 
a mirror, a person sees his own image 
reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10. 
Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is 
found in several languages ; 6. g. Arab. 

; AR | ὠῶϑι homunculus oculi, Gr. 
χύρη, κοράσιον, κορασίδιον, Lat. pupa, 
pupula, pupilla, Pers. Joye ; see more 
in Thesaur. p. 86.—More’ fully Ps. 17,8 
ἊΣ Ma jis i. 6. the pupil, daughter of 
the eye ; see in M3 no. 7. 

2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of 


any thing, like Arab. ες apple of the 
eye, for the midst, the summit.—Hence 
Prov. 7, 9 in the eye-ball (pupil) of the 
night, i.e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very 
eye-ball of darkness, i. e. in the midst of 
darkness ; where in Keri is read πὶ 79582 
in the darkness of night. 


"WN Chald. for “4 Jesse, 1Chr. 2, 
13. 

TIMMS for seme m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri, 
an entrance, from τ. HON i. q. RID to 


ms 


come, to enter. In Chethibh the letter 
Yod is transposed so as to read j1MN". 


"IN Chald. ig. Heb. 8 there is, 


ΕΞ 
from which it is derived. Arab. (μοὶ; 
but only in a few phrases; Syr. D4], in 
Targg. Γῆν, Talmud. xm°%.—Dan. 5, 11 
MI=B22 VDA "MN there is a man in thy 
kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3,25. With a nega- 
tive partic. "M78 8> Dan. 2, 10. 11. 3, 29. 
With plur. Dan. 3, 12. In order to ex- 
press the various persons of the substan- 
tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed, 
mostly in the plural: "Mims he is Dan. 
2,11; ΝΟ we are 3,18; "MN thou 
art 2,26; ji>"m"s ye are 3,14. These 
forms construed with a participle, consti- 
tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e. g. 
Dan. 3,18 }M>B 82N Nd we worship 
not. Where it stands absolutely, it is 
sometimes to be rendered there is, there 
exists, il y a, Dan. 3, 10. 11. With dat. 
Ὁ ἜΡΟΝ there is to any one, he has, Ezra 
4, 16. 


“EN pr. ἢ. see "MN, 


DN (for >8 "AX, God with me) 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Jihiel, Prov. 30,1. Ithiel and 
Ucal seem to have been children or dis- 
ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed 
his maxims. 


YES (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. τι. 
of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23. 

js 

FPS, also FOS Job 33, 19, for ΠΝ 
with Aleph prosthet. from r. jn7 to be 
perennial, constant. 

1. perennity, perpetuity, spoken espec. 
of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned 
i2N°N> to its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet- 
ual, ceaseless flow. Num. 24,21 yn5x 
Faw perpetuity (perpetual) is thy habi- 
tation. Joined in the genit. with other 
nouns; as Ἰδὲ Mins perennial streams 
Ps. 74,15; {N° M2 perennial pasture 
i.e. ever verdant, Jer, 49, 19. 50, 44; 
ἼΣΟΝ ἘΠῚ @ perennial brook, ever flowing, 
never failing, Deut. 21, 4. Am. 5,24; and 
so without 593, 1 Κὶ, 8, 2 cymyn mos 
the month of flowing brooks, elsewhere 
called Tisri, the seventh month of the 
Heb. year, from the new moon of October 
to the new moon of November. Prov. 
13, 15 the way of transgressors ("x is a 


46 


π᾿ 
perennial stream, full of water, by which 
one may easily be borne away and over- 
whelmed.—Job 33, 19 jnx oxy 5. 
and the strife in his bones is perpetuity, 
perpetual. 

2. firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 sun 
ΩΡ IN"N2 his bow abides in strength, 
i.e. is strong, firm. Jer. 5, 15 ἸῸΝ Ma 
a people of strength, i.e. strong, mighty. - 
Plur. 5°2="8 the strong, the mighty, Vulg. 
optimates, Job 12, 19. 

3. Ethan, pr. n. an Ezrahite, (see 
“T31N ,) a wise man 1K. 5,11; to whom 
Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription, 


JX 1, Part. of affirmation, yea, sure- 
ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are 
“2, j2, J28, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. 
Morgenl. IT. 143.—Gen. 44, 28 ἢ  τπ 
42% surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3, 
24. 1K. 22,32. 2K. 24,3. Ps. 58,12. Job 
18, 21.—Hence 

2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only, 
merely. Ex. 10,17 ΣΈ 5X only this once. 
Lev. 11,21 3528P MI-Py ἮΝ only thesemay 
yeeat. Ps. 37, 8 be thou not angry (which 
is) only for doing evil, i.e. anger is the 
frequent source of evil. Prov. 14, 23 
empty talk “iorva> ἣν: (tendeth) only to 
penury. 11,24. 21,5.—Spec. a) Before 
adjectives, where only is equiv. to wholly, 
altogether. Deut. 16, 15 trav 5x ny} 
and thou shalt be only joyful, i.e. shalt 
wholly rejoice. Is. 16,7 D°N22 ἫΝ wholly 
contrite. 19,11. Ὁ) Before substantives, 
only, nothing but, where we may render 
it alone, merely. Ps, 139,11 33M ἫΝ the 
darkness alone, i.e. nothing but the dark- 
ness, Ps, 39, 12 bam ἫΝ nothing but 
vanity, merely vanity. 06) Before ad- 
verbs and verbs, only, i. q. wholly, comp. 
above in lett. a. Ps. 73,13 79 ἫΝ only in 
vain, i.e. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25, 21. 
Job 19, 13 "349 371 FX “DT mine ac- 
quaintance are wholly estranged from me. 
Judg. 20, 39. Job 23,6. Comp. Ex. 12,15 
ἽΝ CPD AN wholly the first day, i.e. 
the very first day, on no other but the 
first day. 

3. Asa particle of exception, only, but, 
Gen. 20, 12 "ax ma Nb FN only not 
(μονονουχίν) the daughter of my mother, 
i.e. but not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 26, 55. 
Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4. » 

4. Of time, only now, i. 6. just nor, 


ToS 


scarcely. Gen. 27,30 3p27 πὴ 839 ἘΣ 
ka Tm WI1—and Jacob was scarce 
gone out.... when Esau his brother came 
in. Judg. 7, 19.—S0 Lat. tantum quod, 
Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, “tantum quod. ex 
Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te littere 
reddite sint.” Vellei, 2. 117. 


* "TDN obsol. root, i. ᾳ. TY, TEX, to 
bind ; then to strengthen, to fortify a 
city. Hence 


“DN (fortress, castle) Accad, pr. n. of 
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10,10. Sept. 
᾿ἀρχάδ, comp. Pye and pus. The 
Targums and Jerome understand Nest- 
bisa city of Mesopotamia. 


3J28 (for 212, Aleph. prosthet. τ᾿ 513) 
pr. falsehood, deceit, but every where 
coner. for 312% 9712 a deceitful brook, a 
failing torrent, soon drying up and dis- 
appointing the hope of the traveller, 
Jer. 15, 18, Mic. 1, 14, Opp. jA78 a per- 
ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men- 
dax Hor. Carm, 3. 1. 30. 

FQN (i. α. 2128) Achzib, pr.n. 8) 
A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be- 
tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa, now 
called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31. 
b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 44. Mic. 1,14. Comp. 5519 and M312. 

“WON m. (r. 71D) pr. violence, but every 
‘where as concer. violent, Lam. 4, 3. Job 
80,21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut. 
82, 33.—Once in a good sense for bold, 
brave, Job 41, 2.—Hence 


“ITQS fierce, cruel, Prov. 5,9. Jer. 6, 
23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11a 
terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid- 
ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 13, 9. 
Jer. 30, 14. 


PAP ITDN f. (from “7T2% with the end- 
ing Τὴ, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 85. 6,) fierce- 
ness, cruelty. of wrath Prov. 27, 4. 

M2 Γ᾿ an eating, a meal, 1K. 19, 8. 
R. day. 


| DDN (1. Way) Achish, pr. ἢ. of a king 
' of the Philistines in Gath, 1 Sam. 21, 11. 
27,2. 1K. 2, 39, 


* 228 inf constr. dx, with pref boyd, 
Dod, c. suff. H>2N, IBN; fut. dark, in 
pause >2N", once 153%" Ez. 42, 5. 
1. to eat, to eat up, to devour ; absol. 


47 


᾿ 


b=) 


Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; oftener with 
ace. of food; rarely > Lam. 4,5; 3 Ex. 
12, 43-45, Lev. 22,11; 2 Lev. 7, 21. 
25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. ἐσϑέειν τινός. 
Spoken not only very frequently of 
men, but also of beasts, Is. 11,7; whence 
bok the eater, in Samson’s riddlé 
Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp, Arab. 


> - 
ACS) |.—The following phrases are to be 


noted: a) toeat of aland, a field, a vine, 
i. 6. to eat the fruit of them, Gen. 3, 17. 
Is. 1, 7. 36, 16, comp. 37, 30, Ὁ) to de- 
vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion 
to the lectisternia, Deut. 32, 38. Ez.16,20. 
c) 2M> 2% to eat bread, i. q. to take food, 
1K. 21,7. Ps. 102,5; with δ, not to 
take food, to fast, 1 Sam. 28, 20. 30, 12. 
Also, to take a meal, to dine or sup, to 
feast, Gen. 31,54. 43, 16. Jer. 41, 1.52, 33; 
comp. φαγεῖν ἄρτον Luke 14,1. Some- 
times => 528 is simply i.q. olive, Am. 
7, 12. ἃ) mint "285 528 to eat before 
Jehovah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts 
held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7. 18, 14, 23. 
Ex. 18,12. 6) toeat the flesh of any one, 
Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene- 
mies, thirsting for one’s blood.—Differ- 
entis f) to eat one’s own flesh, Eccl. 4,5, 
spoken of the fool devoured by envy. 
Comp. Hom. II. 6.202 ὃν ϑυμὸν κατέδων. 
g) ΠΡῸΣ, ΣΤ 528, to eat up or devour a 
people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no- 
bles who consume the wealth of a peo- 
ple by oppression and extortion, Ps. 14, 4. 
Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3,15. Comp. δημοβό- 
ρος βασιλεύς Il. 1. 231. Soalso to devour 
the flesh of a people id. Mic. 3, 3. Else- 
where Zo eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume 
in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7,7. Is.9, 11. 
Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30,16. 50, 7.17. 
51, 34. Comp. Judith 5,24. h) to eat 
or devour the words of any one, i. 6. to 
receive them greedily, to listen eagerly ; 
Gr. φαγεῖν ῥήματα, dicta devorare, Plaut. 
Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 ἸΝΣ Ὁ) 
ὈΡΞΝῚ 427 thy words were brought to 
me, and I did eat them, i.e. devoured 
them eagerly, made them wholly mine. 
(Comp. ad Carm. Samarit. 4.16.) Hence 
is to be explained the vision of the roll 
or volume given to the prophet to be 
devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 8, 1 sq. comp. Rev. 
10, 9. 10. 


2. to devour, to consume, often spoken 


S28 


of inanimate things, e. g. fire, Num. 16, 
35. 21, 28. 26,10. Job1,16.al. Witha 
Zech. 11, 1; comp. ignis edax, Virg. 
ΖΕ. 2. 758; πάντας nig éodie 1]. 23. 
182. Also of the sword, 2 Sam. 2, 26. 
18, 8. Deut. 32, 42; of famine and pesti- 
lence Ez. 7, 15; of deadly disease Job 
18, 13; of the wrath of God Ex. 15,7; 
of a curse Is. 24, 6; of heat and cold 
Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10. 

3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good, 
good-fortune, ὁ. 3 Joh 21, 25; the fruits 
of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures, 
Prov. 30,20; comp. 9,17. So Lat. vesci 
voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20. 

4. Perh. to taste, to have the sense of 
taste, Deut. 4, 28. 

5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di- 
minish. Yaz. 42,5 the wpper chambers 
were shorter, M272 BYP MN 15247 72 for 
the galleries took away from them, i. e. 
occupied part of the space. 

Nipu. 52832, fut. 5287, to be eaten, Ex. 
12, 46. 13, 3.7; also of what may be eat- 
en, to be fit for food, Gen. 6, 21. Metaph. 
to be devoured by fire, Zech. 9, 4." 2 

Pret ΘΝ i. q. Kal, like Arab. ἀξ, 
to eat up, to consume. Job 20, 36 ἘπΞΞ 
ἘΝ a fire consumes him, for 7228n. 
The Dagesh forte extruded is com- 
pensated by the long vowel Kamets; 
though some Mss. read 19238M. See 
Lehrg. § 72. n. 2. p. 251. 

Pua to be consumed, with fire Neh. 
2, 3.13; by the sword Is. 1, 20. 

Hien. >"2xn, fut. 5928", once 1 pers. 
dain Hos. 11,4; inf. d927 for 5ἼΞΝΠ Ez. 
21, 33; pr. lo make eat up or consume, 
e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec. to 
give to eat, to feed with any thing, with 
two acc. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32. 
Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26; 
with 12 οἵ food, Ps. 81, 17. 

Deriv. the four following, and M>"=x, 
DQN2, ΓΒΞΆΘ, MZ2N2, 259. 


S28 Chald. fat. doe, i. q. Heb. to eat, 
to devour. "1 "MiX7P >2x pr. to eat the 
_ pieces of any one, to eat him up piece- 
meal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse 
falsely, to inform against, Dan, 3, 8. 6, 
25. So in Targg. }73%P >> for Heb. 
byy, bray Ἴ5Π. Syr. [yee Nef for Gr. 
διαβάλλω Luke 16,1; whence part.\of 


48 


"ὮΝ 


v ΄-.ς 
Ti? diabolus, Arab. ys με ἀξ. 
See also in Chald. 7V7P- 


P28 m. c. suff. δεν 1. an eating, 
devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12, 4 
bax "Dd wire every one according to his 
eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21. 

2. food, spec. a) grain, fruits, pro- 
duce, provision, Gen. 14, 11. 41, 35 sq. 
42,7 sq. 48, 2sq. 44,1. b) prey, meat, 
of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38, 
41. 39, 29.] 


>2N or 228 pr. n.m. Ucal, Prov. 30,1; 
see in ΣΝ. 


MOON f(r. b=) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6, 
21; so of the meat or prey of animals 
Jer. 12, 9; food i. 6. fuel of fire Ez. 15, 
4. 6. 


j28 adv. pr. inf absol. Hiph. from r. 
1D, for j25, 127; firmly, Josh. 3, 17. 
4,3. Chald. 772, "25. Others, i. ἃ. 
i> with δὶ prosthetic. 

1. Strongly affirming, surely! truly! 
of acertain truth! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2, 
14, Jer. 8, 8. 

2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23. Is. 49, 
4. 53, 4. 


᾿ ros 1. to load up a beast of bur- 
den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down 
under a load, kindr. with }52 q. v. Arab. 


<<) II, to bind fast the pack-saddle ; 
IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de- 
riv. }2%.—Hence 

2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like 
Syr. -2sf. Once Prov. 16, 26 F28. "3 
amine "bd for his mouth urges him on, 
i.e. his hunger drives him to labour. 
The construction with ἘΣ is to be ex- 
plained from the primary signif. of lay- 
ing on a load. 


FON τὰ. a load, burden; hence me- 
taph. weight, dignity, .authority, like 
tis. JobiB3, 7 7329 Nb 773 "BON and 
my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon 
thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. ἡ χεέρ 
μου, and so Kimchi, regarding 538 i. q. 
τ in the similar passage Job 13, 21. 
The former sense is to be preferred. 


° "ὮΝ a root not in use, i. q. Arab. 
wi Conj. V, to dig, espec. the earth; 


“oN 


9.,.5 9 
whence δ], κ 


Sf, a pit, ditch. Kindr. 
roots are MD, 74D, “Ap, "2. —Hence 


“DN m. a digger, husbandman, Jer. 
51, 93. Am. δ, 16. Plur. 0°98, 6. suff. 
ES" IDN 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, 11. ὮΙ 61, 5. 


Chala. id. Syr. and Zab. (sf Arab. 


"57. Perh. from the same stock may 
Come Gr. ἀγρός, Lat. ager, Goth. akr, 
Germ. Acker, whence Engl. acre as a 
measure of land. 


4 ZN a root not in use, Syr. duo} to 
be angry. Hence 8°28. 


WwoN (fascination, r. 32) Achshaph, 
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 
Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25. 


at ἢ 8 a negative word, like the 
kindr. 8>, xd, "Bb, xd, 7d. 

1, Subst. nothing, nought. Job 24, 25 
who will bring my speech to nought ? 

2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting, 
dehorting, deprecating, i. e. of wishing 
that not, that something may not be done. 
Joined always with the future, viz. with 
fut. apoc. where this exists, and with 1 
pers. paragog. Ex. 16,29 tx xz7~dx let 
no man go out. 1 Sam. 26,20. In 2 pers. 
Gen. 22, 12 41 nbuim-by stretch not 
Sorth thine hand. ANTTDN ς fear ye not 
43, 23. Jer. 7, 4. In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2 
nevanby let ‘ine not be ashamed, i. e. 
God grant that I may not be put to 
shame. Rarely is it separated from the 
verb, Ps. 6,2 "ΑΘΓ ΒΞ ΝΣ not in 
thine anger reprove me. Also in impre- 
cation, Gen. 49, 4 “Mim~bx excel thou 
not! thou shalt have no privilege. In 
entreaties δὲ is added, Gen. 13, 8 82->x 
“rin let there not be now, I pray thee. 
18, 3. 30. 32.—The partic. 8d construed 
with the fut. is a direct and absolute 
negative ; 8 ne forte, lest perhaps, im- 
plies milder dissuasion—But a) As the 
fut. apoc. which properly expresses an 
optative, subjunctive, or imperative idea, 
is also put poetically for the simple fu- 
turé (Heb. Gr. § 126. 2), so bx with 
the fut. is put not only prohibitively, 
but sometimes also poetically for the 
simple idea of time future. So xy-dx 
pr. ἃ command, let him not see, ne vi- 
deat, but poet. for simple fut. he will 

5 


49 oy 


not see, non videbit, Job 20,17; comp. for 
a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr. 
§ 127. 1. So wWansdx will not keep 
silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3. 2 K. 6, 27 
nin ΣῊ Jehovah will not save 
thee. Job 5, 22 δε ΤΟΝ thou shalt (wilt) 
not fear, there will be nothing to fear. 
b) The verb is sometimes omitted, 
whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5, 
14 seek good 33 >8} and not (seek) evil. 
2 Sam.-1, 21 pathy ἜΘ dx} bombs no 
dew and no rain (descend) upon you! 
c) Absol. nay! not so! like μή for μὴ 
τοῦτο γένηται (Aristoph. Acharn. 458) ; 
as Gen. 19,18 "2158 N27>N not so now, 
my lord! Ruth 1, 13 onion by not 80, my 
daughters ! i.e. let it not be. 

3. Interrog. like Gr. μή, i. q. Lat. 
num, whether, presupposing a negative 
answer; see Passow Lex. μή lett. C. 
Buttm. Gr. Gram. ὃ 148.5. Once, 1 Sam. 
27,10 nit omouipnbe ye have then not 
made any incursion in these days? The 
reply is: No, for on every side dwell the 
Hebrews, my countrymen. 

Deriv. perh. 5">8, since the assumed "Ὁ 
root >>x I, is quite doubtful. 


δὲ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, but found 
only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24. 
4,16. 5, 10. 


ws 4 δὰ the Arabic article, i. q. Heb. 
bn, prefixed to a few Hebrew words in the 
O. T. which are either of Arabic origin, 
or at least have been received through 
the Arabic into the Hebrew; see 873258,. 
rade, TTinbs, ὈΡΘΌΝ. Kindeodaaane 
demonsste. pron. plur. ‘by, May, q. v. 


1.58 τὰ. 1. Particip. of the verb 
bax, don, no. 2, strong, mighty, a mighty 
one here, champion ; j comp. 5° no. 1. 
(See note.) Sing. Ez. 31,11 ovis 5x 
the mighty one, hero, among ὁ the nations, 
i.e. Nebuchadnezzar; Sept. ἄρχων ἐθνῶν. 
(Many Mss. read 5713 5"8, and so espec. 
Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, Ὁ sina 5x the 
mighty hero, i.e. the Messiah. Is. 10,21 © 
of God. ΤΕ to this is the phraad 
in Plur. Ez. 32,21 pyyiny 728 (23 Mss. © 
Ἄρη) pr. the mighty among the heroes, 
i. e. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lebrit 
p. 678. So Job 41, 17 D">8, where many 
Mss. and editions read pubes. 


2. strength, might, power, comp. >R"3N 


DN 


So in the phrase "37 >> ws it is in the 
power of my hand, in my power, 6. g. 
Gen. 31,29 N39 n2m>-Mivsd "97 bN> OI. 

Prov. 3, 27. Mic. ὃ; 1; also negatively, 
Deut. 98, 32. 1 bab Ts nothing is in 
the power of thy hand, ‘ives canst avail 
nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The > here indi- 
cates state or gniilition. Some, with a 
very slight perception of the nature of 
this phrase, understand >8 of God, and 
render: my hand is for God, i.e. instead 
of God, comp. Job.12, 6. Hab. 1, 11; also 
Virg. Ain. 10, 773 Dextra mihi Deus, 
etc. Those passages are indeed paral- 
lelamong themselves; but have nothing 
to do with this etal 4 See in mba. 

3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty. 
In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew 
usage in respect to the names of God, as 
DR, OMS, Mint, m1, is synonymous, 
we note here the following in respect to 
this word: a) In prose, when spoken of 
God κατ ἐξοχήν, it. never stands alone, 
but always either with an attribute, as 

qinb> bs, mad by, app ban be; or ual 
sh a name of God, as basis "ρὸν bx 
Gen. 33; 20; 77387 “by ban Gen. 46, 3; 

nnn ponds bx Josh. 22, 22, Ps, 50, 1, 
where it may be rendered, God of dda, 
Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 ὈΠῸΝ by; or 
lastly with the enitivs of a place or 
person of which God is called the God, 
as ἘΝ ΠΣ 5X Gen. 31,13. b) Far more 
frequently it is the poetic name for God, 
and stands in poetry very often alone, 
sometimes with the art. 5x4, Ps. 18, 31. 
33. 48. 68, 21. Job 8, 3. _ c) It takes the 
suff. of 1 pers. "b8 my God! Ps. 18, 3. 
22, 2.11. The other suffixes are never 
found with it; and for thy God, his God, 
ete.isalwayssaid 7">x, Ὑ το. d)It 
is alsoa general name fora divinity, and 
is thus used of idols; either alone Is. 44, 
10.15; or with an epithet, as "Mx dx an- 
other god Ex. 34, 14, § ὃ a strange 
god Ps. 81, 10, 

To God is said in Scripture to belong 
whatever is excellent, distinguished, 
superior in its kind; since the ancients 
were accustomed to refer all excellence 
directly to the deity as its immediate 
author. Hence 58 "19x Ps. 80, 11 cedars 
of God, i.e. the loftiest, most beautiful, 
as if planted by Jehovah; comp. "2 
τότ Ps. 104, 16, nin? ἢ Gen. 13, 10. 


50 oe 


So 5x "15n mountains of God Ps. 36,7. 
Comp. ἃλς δῖα, δῖα «Ἱακεδαίμων. ᾿ ἈΕῚ in 
nrn>y no. 6. 

Puur. OX 1. mighty ones, heroes; 
see above in Sing. no. 1. 

2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken-or 
Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15, 
11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 ΠΡ by 
God of gods, i.e. the supreme God. Also 
ὈΠῸΝ 723 Ps. 29,1. 89,7, sons of the gods, 
by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syatax, 
poet. for sons of God, i. e. angels. 

Nore. Following the example of most 
etymologists, we have above referred 5x 
to the root 558; but to speak more accu- 
rately, >§ would seem rather to be a 


' primitive word, yet adapted in a certain 


measure to an etymology from ΒΝ, so 
that to the mind of the Hebrew it always 
presented the idea of strength and power. 
However this may be, we may note in 
respect to Semitic ΗΝ a) That from 


the word >x (Arab. dl. Jt and Jp 
as from a root or stem, are formed several 
other derivative words, e.g. 28 to invoke 


.5 
God, espec. inan oath; 5x, x], to wor- 
ship God; also mix, ΤῸΝ 55}, God; 


a) 


comp. os} tobe a father, pith fathers, 


b) That in Hebrew, besides 
54%, which follows the analogy of verbs 
‘3, there are two other forms follow- 
ing the analogy of verbs ΠΡ, viz. 
by, ΚΝ, which are usual in pr. names; 
comp. pops, awnby,, Bae etc.— 
Among the Phenicians, “ILA, “Thos, was 
used κατ ἐξοχήν of Saturn; see Monums. 
Pheenic. p. 406. 


IL. 588 pron. plur. i. q. mbx these, Lat. 
hi, he, hec, found only in the Pentateuch 
and in 1 Chr. 20,8. Kindred is the form 


5 
of the art. ἘΠ, Arab. St. 


ΠῚ. 58, only in constr. be almost al- 
ways with Makkeph, (without Makk. 
2 Sam. 8, 7. 1K. 7,34,) rarely and poet. 
in Plur. constr. "58 Job 3, 22. 5, 26. 


15, 22. 29,19, (comp. Arab. Lf.) plur. 6. 
suff, “bk, ἘΠΡΝ, MSR, WN, DD"Sy, 
prmdx and ribs, once ἜΠΡΟΝ Ez. 31, 4, 
poet. ἡ ὮΝ Ps. 2, δὲ pr. a subst. implyitig 
motion and direction to or towards a 


from v2}. 


oN 


place, but in common usage always 
passing over into a preposition. 

A) Prep. signifying in general to tend 
or verge ἕο or towards a place, whether 
one reaches and so enters that place, or 
not; whether spoken of motion or direc- 
tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts, 
attention, ete. i. q. to, into, towards ; Lat. 
ad, versus, in; Germ. zu, gen; Greek 
πρός, εἰς. It differs from >, which is 
abridged from it, chiefly in being more 
commonly used in the physical and pro- 
per sense ; see under >.—Spec. 

1. Of motion to a place, to, unto, to- 
wards ; espec. with verbs of going, 92", 
sin, 3x) Gen. 8,9, Ἴ 2K. 1,15, ΠῈΣ 
Deut. 17, 8, v9 Gen. 24, 29, 33p Ex. 14, 
20 ; of placing, casting, 1 Sam. 6,11. Lev. 
1, 16. Is. 5, 14; also of giving, delivering 
over, Ex. 25, 16.21; of selling, Joel 4,8; 
and with other like verbs, where the Lat. 
and Germ. use the dative, the French 
and Engl. ἃ, ἐο. Sometimes in construc- 
tio pregnans, as >8 M2 to commit whore- 
dom (by going in) unto, Num. 25,1. Ez. 
16, 29; >x WIT to seek an oracle (in 
turning) unto any one Is. 8,19. Opp. is 
V0, as NEP >y ΓΝ ΡΓΙ ‘fron end to 
end Ex. 26,28; προς mpa Ezra 9, 11. 
Of time, Ὁ pinby pina from day to day; 
Num. 30, 15. 1-Chr. 9, 25. 

2. Of a turning or direction to or to- 
wards any thing, e.g. a) Of the body, 
as after verbs of turning, Is. 38, 2; of 
looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4. 5. Ex. 3,6; 
of speaking, 19, 9; of commanding, 
Num. 36,13. Ὁ) Of the mind, as after 
verbs of desiring, Lam. 4,17; of expect- 
ing, Hos. 12, 7; of accustoming oneself, 
Jer. 10, 2. 

3. Where the motion or direction is 
hostile, against, contra, like εἰς, πρός, 
oftener ἐπέ. Gen. 4,8 >2n7>x 1 ORT 
“nx and Cain rose up against Abel his 
brother. Is. 3,8 ‘9 bx ἘΠ ΟΣ opiw> 
their tongue and their doings were 
against Jehovah. 2,4. Josh. 10,6. Judg. 
12,3. 20,30. Hence after a verb of con- 
tending, fighting, Hos. 12. 5. Espec. be- 
longs here the phrase 62738 "225 lo! 1 
am against you, (Targ. ecce mitto tram 
meam contra vos,) Ez. 13, 8. 21,8. 34, 10. 
Jer. 50, 31. 51,25. Nah. 2,14; which also 
very rarely is taken in the opp. sense, 
lo! Iam for you, Ez. 36, 9.—So too >x 


51 


DN 


is taken in a sense of favour, towards, 
2 Chr. 16,9 "x bby ὈΞ3» their heart 
is upright toward him. 2° Sam. 3, 8. 
Comp. Ex. 14, 5. 

4. Denoting also the reaching or at- 
taining to any term, limit, object, even to, 
usque ad, i.q. 13. Jer.51,9 his judgment 
(punishment) reacheth nvavn->y even 
unto heaven, 577Q7>8 even unto his mouth 
Job 40, 23, Metaph. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice 
not, Israel; >937>% even unto joy. Job 3, 
22. 'To these latter examples may not 
unaptly be applied the remark of the 
Arabian Grammarians, that Jf includes 
what is of the same kind, but excludes 
what is of a different kind; see Cent. 
Reg. p. 44,45.—Here belongs also the 
use of b8: a) As denoting measure, 
e.g. ΠΝ ΤῸΝ Gen. 6, 16, even ἕο a cubit, 
a cubit long ; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐγιαυτόν till 
the completion of a year, a year long; 
εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν, Bast. Ep. Crit. p. 12,13. 
Schaef Ellips. p. 108. θ᾽) Compounded, 
a7 even out of. Job 5,5 D{2Z27>y1 
amp" and taketh it even out of the thorns, 
i. 6. thorn-hedges which enclose fields, 
etc. Comp. the like use of > Deut. 24, 
5; also 52 Judg. 4,16. In Arabic we 


may compare pad utique ex, Cor. 26, 


41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed (ἢ seems to 
have been derived from this signification 
of >. 

5. As implying the entering or passing 
into a term, limit, object, into, sis, i. ἃ. 
the fuller Fim7>x. Deut. 23,25 715275x 
inn NX> thow shalt not put (gtapes) into 
thy vessel. M2NM7>N NID to come into the 
ark Gen. 6, 18.7) 1. 8,9; ΛΞΓ ΒΝ into 
the house Gen. 19, 3. 2Sam. 5,8; pen-by 
(to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, 5; yas by 
into the land Deut. 11,29. = Hesics: where 
spoken of a number or multitude, it may 
be rendered among, i. q. the fuller j727>8. 
Jer. 4, 3 sow not 2° ip-dx among thorns. 
1 San, 10, 22 lo, he kath hid himself 
pbon->x among the baggage. 

6. As we have seen above (no. 1) 
that ὃ is used to denote giving, so also 
it expresses an adding, superadding, 
(comp. δὰ A70in 1 K. 10, 7,) to, ie. in 
addition to, together with, besides ; comp. 
Gr. ἐπὲ toto: besides these, and Arab. 
ft for ee Cor. 4,2. Cent. Reg. p. 43. 


on 


—Lev. 18, 18 nor shalt thou take a wife 
aning-by. to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 8B} 
ἘΝ τὸν, ΙΒ 9 ὃν 9222 let us lift up our 
heart wir our hands unto God ; Sept. 
ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Arab. After a verb of 


‘joining together, Dan. 11, 23.—But the 
prep. >» is more frequent in this sense. 

7. Metaph. of regarding, having re- 
spect toany thing; hence a) in respect 
to, as to, Ex. 14, 5; comp. Gr. εἷς μὲν 
ταῦτα. Ὁ) on account of, because of, 
propter. Ez. 44,7 p2"niavin->2->y be- 
cause of all your abominations ; # comp. 
v. 6 where in the same connection is 
read 42, and v. 11 where it is 5. 2 Sam. 
21, 1. 1 K. 14, 5. 21, 22. So by ΤΙΞΞ to 
4066} on account of, "for any one, 2 Sam. 
1, 24; bx pnw, bx omin Judg. 21, 6. 
6) about, concerning, of, after verbs of 
speaking, narrating, as "728 Gen. 20, 2, 
as Jer. 40, 16, "BO Ps. 69, 27; itlse δὲ 
hearing Ez. 19, 4, ὃς Ayr tidings 
about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in 
N. T. sic Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See 
also 1 Sam. 1, 27 "m>benhn nan “SrT-bN 
for (concerning) this child I prayed ; 
where >& marks also the end or object 
of the prayer. 

8. Metaph. also ofa rule or norm, ac- 
cording to, secundum ; as "3->& accord- 
ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13. 
17,4; ji227>x according to the certainty, 
Sir certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4; Mib*nin->y ad 
tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80, 1. So too afier verbs 
of likeness, as 723, ΒΘ), q. v. 

9. When put before prepositions de- 
noting rest in a place, δὲ gives to them 
the signif. of motion or direction Zo, to- 
wards that place ; > ὙΠ without, out 
of doors, but > yana-by to without, forth 
without Lev. ‘4, 12, comp. Soris and fo- 
ras; ἽΞ hbativecti: ΠΡ in between Ez. 
10, 2. 31, 10. Comp. momanby, mand, 
> mie-by Josh. 15, 3, ΓΞ ΒΝ, ΤῊΝ 

B) Lees frequently and in a less accu- 
rate use of language, but yet in many 
certain and definite examples, Θὲ as 
Prep. is used also of rest or delay at, on, 
ina place towhich one has come ; comp, 
> lett. B, and also Gr. εἰς, ἐς, for ri as ἐς 
δόμους μένειν Soph. Aj. 80, οἴκαδε μένειν, 
see Passow Gr. Lex. ἐν πο. 6. Bernhardy 
Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common 
Engl. to home, to bed ; Germ. zu Hause, 


52 


by 


zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also 12 at 
a place, no. 3. ἢ. In all this, however, 
the idea of motion is not wholly lost, 
viz. a motion which preceded.—Hence 
spec. 

1. at, by, near. yHdv~>y aw 10 sit 
at table, Germ. zu Tische sitzen, 1K. 
13, 20 ; comp. ἐς ϑρόνους ἕζοντο Od. 4. 51. 
Jor, 41, 12 Dra} ὈσΏτρας ‘ink Nx they 
found him by the great waters near Gi- 
beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2,13. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 136, 138.—1 Sam. 17, 3 the 
Philistines stood by a mountain on this 
side ; where the same sense would be 
given by "h7y2, see fa no. 3. ἃ. “bs 
mo33 at the hill ‘Josh. 5, 3. ΕΖ. 7, 18 
mois pr2p7>3-ty shame shall be on all 
faces ; comp. just after, pier baa. 
Here aie not belong Gen. 24, 1 7734 
pia ΝΞ ΤΙΝ νν Db, which: Winer 
inaccurately renderds Libedchitn dedit 
ad puteum aque, but whieh strictly sig- 
nifies, ‘he made them knee]! down fo the 
well of water,’ a verb of motion. 

2. in, al, as in the phrase of Sephoc. 
ἐς δόμους μένειν. Deut. 16, 6 τ Στ "3 
ποθι Main ow... cian but in the 
place which Jehowah shall choose -.. there 
shalt thou sacrifice the passover, (Sa- 
mar. Cod. D'p23.) Ps. 5, 8. 1 K. 8, 30 
prowin-be yaw pipada ΞΘ. ames 
hear thou 1N thy dwelling-place tN hea- 
ven. Here by a slight change it might 
be: ‘let our prayers come up into hea- 
ven; but as the words now stand, δὲς 
follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6,6 28209 
yab-by it grieved him at his heart, he 
felt grief in his heart; not, as Winer 
renders, ‘it grieved him fo his heart ;? 
since 383m as being intrans. does not 
express the idea of penetrating into the 
mind.—Hence also 

3. 58 as sometimes put before parti- 
cles denoting rest in a place, does not 
always change the sense ; comp. above 
inA.9. 18am. 21,5 ΠΏΣ 5h on 1" 
"7" there is no common bread under my 
hand. >*2~>x for 5. q. v. 

Nore. Other significations have been 
ascribed to >¥, which are foreign to its 
true power; e. g. with, appealing to 
Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3, 
but comp. in no. 6; also by, with, Jer. 
33, 4, ete. 


NON 


NON (terebinth, i. q. O28) Ela, pr. n. 
m. 1 K. 4. 18. 

WIN τὰ, i, gq. WD ice, κρύσταλ- 
dos, whence wsa>y 7238 pr. stones of 
ice, i. 6. hail-stones, hail, Ez. 13, 11. 13. 
38, 22. The word perhaps is rather 


90 9S 
Arabic than Hebrew, viz. mre , which 


the Camoos p. 742 explains by dul df 
i. e. concretum, spec. congelatum. See 
in dx IL. 


DaeN see D'F2EN. 


“758 (whom God loveth, Theophilus) 
Eldad, pr. n. m. Num. 11, 26. 27. 


MPN (whom God calls, see 33) 
Eldaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen. 
25, 4. 


_5 

*FDN a root not in use, Arab. af 
to worship God, to adore ; mid. Kesra 
to be astonished, affrighted. See note 
under ἘΝ 1; comp. ΠΡΊΝ. 


Ζ ΓΝ I. pr. to be round, rotund ; 
hence to be thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with 
r. DAN, comp. espec. 538 abdomen, belly, 


“5 
Ps. 73, 4. Arab. (δ to have thick but- 


tocks, of a man; to have a fat tail, of a 
sheep. —Hence nsbe. 

Il. Denom. from iby I, where see note; 
pr. to call on God, to ieoke God ; hence 


“Ξ -£ 

1. to swear, Arab. YI for 9} Conj. TV, 
V, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af- 
firm by God. 1K. 8, 31. 

2. to curse, Judg. 17, 2. Hos. 4, 2. 

3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God 
for mercy, like Engl. ‘God have mercy "ἢ 
Joel 1, 8. 

Nore. It may perhaps be worth in- 
quiry, whether this root be not strictly 
onomatopoetic, like 855, dbx ; and then 
the signification which we have here put 
last (no. 3), would be the primary one. 

Hipu. to cause to swear, to bind by an 
oath, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22. 
1 Sam. 14, 24.—Fut. apoc. 581 from 
nbs for nbs 1 Sam. 1. 6. 

‘Deriv. πὸς and M2xn. 


MON Γ᾿ Kamets impure, from Ab no. 
Il, for mbxx, which again is for Fabs, 


λον, Arab. aif see Lehrg, p. 509. 
5* 


53 


ΓΝ 


1, an oath. PONS ΝῚΞ to come into or 
under an oath, i. δ. to take an oath, Neh. 
10, 30; hence ΓΡΝΞ NBM fo put to an 
oath Bz. 17, 13. ‘So "τὸν my oath, i. 6. 
sworn to me, Gen. 24, 4]. 

2. an oath of covenant, a sworn cove- 
nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11.14. Ez. 
16, 59. : 

3. an imprecation, curse, execration, 
Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6, πξ ΟΣ ΞΟ an oath 
of cursing, i. e. joined with curses, Num. 
5, 21. ΡΝ mn 10 be for an execration 
Jer. 44, 12,'42) 18. Plur. MD curses, 
execrations, Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11. 


MPN ΓΙ an oak, Josh. 24, 26, i. ᾳ. FEN. 
R. dbs IIL. 


TION Γ (Ὁ. Dax) 1. ᾳ. ἘῸΝ no. 2, a strong 
hardy tree, spec. a terebinth, Pistacia 
Terebinthus Linn. a tree common in 
Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often 
employed for landmarks and in designa- 
ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19. 
According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever- 
green; but this is contrary to the fact. 
The ancient versions render it sometimes 
a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see 
more in Thesaur. p. 50,51. Hence the 
word would seem to have been taken in 
a broader signification, for any large and 
durable tree, like Gr. δρῦς. The modern 
name is 2 butm ; see Bibl. Res. in 


Palest. IIL. p. 15. 


28 Chald. m. emphat. NIbS, i. α. 
Heb. aby a god, generally Dan. 3, 28. 
6, 8. 13; stat. emphat. spec. of Tahowgh 
Dan. 2, 20. 3, 32. With a prefix, H>x> 
2, 19; ink also with suffix contr. ΡΟ 
Dan; 6,24. Plur. j"728 gods Dan. 2, 11. 
5, 4. 11. 23. 7772S 72 a son of the odds 
Daw 3, 25. 


mds pron. demonstr. plur. comm. these, 
Lat. hi, he, hec, employed in common 
usage as the plural of πὶ this. The 
simple form is 58 q. v, which is less 
frequent; the ending m_ has a de- 
ἈΡΘΕΕΒΗΝΕ power, so. ror. Arab. 


Si, dt, 5,, fem. SH, Ethiop. AA 

hi, 6A he, Chald. ;"Ex .—It refers both 
ἐπ \pohait follows, Gen. 2, 4. 6, 9. 11,10; 
and also to what precedes, Gen. 9, 19. 
10, 30. 29. 31. Usually put after the 
noun, as MENA D"IS77 Gen. 15,1; rare- 


TDN 


ly before the noun, where it is δεικτικῶς, 
Ps. 73, 12. Comp. πὶ. Sometimes it 
is thrice repeated, Is. 49, 12.—Like ny it 
refers also to space, ΠΣΝ ΤΡ ig. πὶ 4 
Lev. 26, 18.—Some suppose MX to be 
used ‘lain for the Sing. as 2 Chron. 3, 3. 
Ez. 46,24. Ezra 1,9; but these passages 
are escertaht: See on this pron. Hup- 
feld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. 161. 


TON, DTN, see mide. 


"ON Chald. see, lo, behold! i. q. 78 
q. ν. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 7,8. os under 
lett. >. 


7PN if, although, a particle of the later 
Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr. 
asf. According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr. 
f. ἃ. Morgenl. II. 130) it is 1. q. ἢ with 
the demonstr. j& prefixed. 


MON m. a god, God, with pref. and 
suff. D8 Dan. 11, 38, andy sate 1, 11. 


Arab. 55) al, 6. art. 40) the true 


God, Syr. hake, Chald. 58. In uni- 
son with Aramean usage, the form of 
the singular is employed only in the 
poetic style and later Hebrew; while 
the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentia, 
tx, is the common and very frequent 
form. 

Sine. 1. @ god, i. e. any god, Dan. 
11, 37. 38. 39. 2 Chr. 32,15. Neh. 9, 17. 
So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1, 
11 inbxd ind ἢν this his strength is his 
god, spoken of a self-confident person 
who contemns God, and trusts to the 
strength of his own hand and sword. 
Comp. Job 12, 6 1793 A NI ὝΣΝ 
who carries hia god in ‘his hand, i. e. his 
sword, weapons. Comp. Virg. A2n. 10. 
773 Dextra mihi deus, et telwm... Nunc 
adsint. 

2. More comm. God, the true God zat 

ote 
ἐξοχήν, for mI>NN, aus Deut. 32, 15. 
Ps. 50, 22; and often in the book of Job. 
Constr. with an adj. sing. Deut. I. c. and 
plur. Job 35, 10. 


Piur. DION with pref. contr. oAdx2, 


pondap, ὈΠΤΙΡΝΡ, 

A) Inapluralsense: 1. gods, deities, 
in general, true or false. 07% “tx 
the gods of the Egyptians Ex. 12, 12. 
“ain wbx strange or foreign gods Gen. 


54 


oN 


35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. prttn pnb new 
pods 32, 17. Sométimes | in the language 
of common life, both Jehovah and idols 
are included under this common appel- 
lation; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods 
there is none like unto thee, O Lord! 
Ex. 18, 11. 22,19. But elsewhere the 
attribute of deity is expressly denied to 
idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as 
Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 465, 
5. 14. 21. 46,9. Idols are even called 
p'Mdx-N} no-gods 2 Chr. 13, 9. 

2. Once of kings, i. ἃ. DDN "2a, Ps. 
82, 1; espec. v. 6. 

Nore. Many interpreters, both an- 
cient and modern, assign also to D'T>x 
the signif. atieels: see Ps, 8, 6 ibique 
Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 138, 1; and 
also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22, 7. 8. For an 
examination and refutation of this opin- 
ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95. 

B) In the sense of the Sing. spoken 
of one God ; see on this pluralis majes- 
tatis 5. excellentia, Lehrg. p. 663, 664. 
Heb. Gram. ὃ 106. 2. δ. Construed with 
verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 3 sq.) and adjectives 
singular, as ὙΠ muTby 2 K. 19, 4. 16; 
ΤῚΣ ody Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56.— 
Construed with a verb plural oiily. in 
certain formulas, retained possibly from 
the usage of polytheisni, in which o°7>x 
may perhaps be translated in the plural 
and understood of the higher powers 
or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "n& ἸΣΤΠ 
pny q. ἃ. the gods caused me to wan- 
der. 35, Ἴ. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4.8. 2 Sam. 7, 
23. 1K. 19, 2. Ps. 58,12. Comp. Com- 
ment. de Pent, Sam. p. 58.—Hence 

1. any god, deity. Deut. 32, 39 there 
is no god besides me. Ps. 14. 1, So 
where the divine nature is opp. to the 
human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8,6 thou hast made 
him but little less than a god; comp. 
Heb. 2, 7. 

2. an idol-god, god of the heathen. 
Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol. 
1 Sam. 5,7 Dagon our god. 2K. 1, 2. 
3. 6. 16. So of a goddess, 1 K. 11, 5. 

3. the God of any one, is the god 
whom one worships, his domestic and 
tutelary god, ϑεὸς ἐπιχώριος. Jon. 1, 5 
they cried every one unto his god. Ruth 
1, 16. Gen. 17, 7. 8. 28,21. So the God 
of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often 
called Sx en "> Ex. 5, 1. Ps. 41, 14; 


‘bs 


apy "dx Ps, 20, 2. 46,8; and connect- 
ed "dx Tin} Ps. 18, 29, FPR NAT in 
Deuteronomy more than 200 times. 

4. More rarely followed by a genit. 
expressing that over which the deity 
presides, or which he has created; e. g. 
VIN) oven by Gen. 24, 3; wy 
mixasn the God of hosts, i. 6. of the 
celestial hosts, Am. 3,13. So with an 
attribute of God, as ἸῺΝ ἜΡΙΝ the God 
of truth Is. 65, 16. 

5. ox is put for a godlike shape, 
apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where 
the sorceress says to Saul, J see a god- 
like form ascending out of the earth. 

6. With the art. ond, GOD, κατ 


SB 
ἐξοχήν, the one true God; Arab. rau in 


G~o Lote -< 
the well known formula af vt ty 


‘there is no god but God.’ Comp. Ps. 
77, 14.—Deut. 4, 35 O>RA NIN Hint 8D 
Sor Jehovah he is the true God. 1K. 18, 
21 if Jehovah be God, follow him ; if 
Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9. 
Hence 55x very freq. for Jehovah, 
Gen. δ, 22. 6, 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al. 
sepiss.—But the same is also D°7>x 
without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this 
is very often used both in prose and in 
poetry for Mn7, with scarcely any dis- 
tinction; either so that both names are 
employed together, or the use of one or 
the other depends on the nature of the 
formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on 
the taste and usage of particular writers. 
Thus we find-constantly 5°7>x 33, and 
on the other hand Hin} nwa, Hint oN) ; 
while in other instances the usage is pro- 
miscuous, as Min 739 and ΘΓ ΘΝ 439 
Dan. 9, 11; Aim mM and ody AN 
Gen. 1, 2. 41, 38. Ex. 31, 3. On the 
special usage of different writers, see 
the remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98. 

To God is said in the Scriptures to 
belong whatever is excellent, distin- 
guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or 
which bears an august or divine appear- 
ance, τὸ ϑεῖον ; since this was regarded 
by the ancients as especially-proceeding 
from, or created of God; e. g. the moun- 
tain of God Ps. 68,16; river of God Ps. 
65,10; E*N>N nnn terror of God, i. e. 
suddenly inspired by him, q. d. panic ter- 


ror, Gen. 35,5. 1 Sam. 14, 15; o°7>y wx | 


55 


‘DN 


fireof God, lightning, Job 1,16. Comp. dx 
p. 50. col, 1.—Similar is the force of the 
phrase B'T>R> of or through God, like 
Gr. τῷ ϑεῷ after adjectives ; Jon. 3,379 
pmb ΓΙ a city great through God, 
divinely great; and so Acts 7, 20 ἀστεῖος 


‘ 4 
τῷ ϑεῷ. Comp. Arab. χὰ! pr. ἃ Deo, 


divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38 
ed. De Sacy. 

For the phrases®7>8 Wx, DUR“|I, 
see under WN, 13, ete. 

Nore. Some interpreters also sup- 
pose τρις to be spoken of one king, for 
p>x742, (see as to the plural in A. 2 
above.) and they appeal chiefly to Ps. 
45,7, where they translate : D°T>x WROD 
52} ὈΡῚΣ thy throne, O God, (i. 6. O King 
divine,) is for ever and ever. But this 
is to be construed as by ellipsis for: 
DDN ROD AND thy throne shall be a 
throne divine, i. e. established and pros- 
pered of God, according to a very com- 
mon rule of language, Lehrg. § 233. 6. 
{The rule here referred to is not ap- 
plicable; and there is no philological 
ground whatever for taking D°7>8 in 
any other than its simple and direct 
sense: T'hy throne, O God, is for ever 
and ever.—R. 

SIN m. 1. iq. ὉΔῸΝ nought, vain, 
Jer. 14, 14 Cheth. 

2. Elul,the sixth Hebrew month, from 
the new moon of September to that of 


October, Neh. 6,15. Syr. PaS.f, Arab. 


955 
J Asi . The etymology is unknown. 
PON τὰ. 1.1. q. ΠΝ an oak, Gen. 35, 
8. Ez. 27,6. R. ddx IIL. | 
2. Allon, pr..n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 37. 


TiN m. (τ. 85.) 1. Any strong, dura- 
ble tree, spec. an oak, Gen. 12, 6. 13, 18. 
14, 13. 18, 1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the 
ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel- 
sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours 
to show that 115, like >, is the tere- 
binth ; but see our remarks to the con- 
trary in Thesaur. p. 50, 51.—Sometimes 
single oaks are distinguished by pr. 
names, 6. g. the magicians’ oak Judg. 9, 
37; oak of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3; also in 
Plar. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14, 13 ; 
oaks of Moreh Deut. 11, 30. 

2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14, 


bs 


PADS adj. m. (x. HbR) 1. familiar, 
intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9. 
- Mic. 7,5. pu yir pbs piensa of one’s 
youth, i. e. ἃ husband, Jer. 3,45 comp. 
ΣᾺ Jer. 3, 20. 
2. wonted, i.e.tame, gentle. Jer. 11,19 
and Iwas nbs 0335 like a tamed lamb. 
3. an ox, bullock, i,q. 928 no. 1, so 
called as tamed and neciastatadd to 
the yoke; in gender it is masculine 
_epicene,so that under the masculine the 
female of the ox-kind is also included ; 
Ps. 144, 14,0720 AD"B AN. 
4, had of a family or tribe, φύλαρχος, 
a chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the 
chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq. 
1, Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the 
Jews, Zech. 9,7. 12, 5.6. Also genr. of 
chiefs, leaders, Jer. 13, 21. 


rN (Talmud.turba hominum)Alush, 
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, Num. 
“33, 13. 


ΤΟΙΣ (whom God hath given, Θεὸ 
δῶρος, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. ἢ. τη. 
a) 1 Chr. 96, 7. b) 12, 12. 


t ks Kal not used ; Arab. Conj. 


VIII 
milk. 

Nipu. 282 trop. to be corrupt, in a 
moral sense, Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16. 


72728 (whom God bestowed) Elha- 
nan, pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 
who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew 
Goliath ; see under pr. n. "4m>. The 
one mentioned 2 Sam. 23, 24 does not 
seem to be a different person. 


\ B88 (to whom God is father) Eliab, 
pr. n.m. a) A phylarch or chief of 
Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2,7. Ὁ) Num. 16, 
1. 12, 26, 8. c) A brother of David, 
1 Sam. 16,6. 17, 13.28. 4) 1Chr. 16,4. 


Sandys (to whom God is strength) 
Eliel, pr.n.m. a) Of two of David’s 
warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47, 12, 11. Ὁ) 
A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24. 
ce) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr, 8, 
20. d) ib. v.22. 6) 15,9.11. Τὺ 2 
Chr. 31, 13. 


TIN ON (to whom God cometh) Eli- 
athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25,45; in v. 27 
written NTN. 


a to become acid, sour, as 


56 


sx) 


“PN (whom God loveth) Elidad, 
pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num. 
34, 21. 


sy7by (whom God knoweth, i. e. 
careth for) Eliada, pr.n.m. a) ‘A son 
of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr. 
14,7 7353a. +b) 1K. 11,23. 6) 2Chr. 
17, 17. 


5.905 

MIN (ον πὸ 1) i. gq. Arab. Kall the 
Sat tail of the commonspecies of oriental 
sheep, ovis laticaudia Linn. the smallest 
of which according to Golius, himself an 
eye-witness, weigh ten or ἐμενῖτο pounds, 
p. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sic. 
2. 54; and other writers quoted by Bo- 
shanty in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See 
Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo II. p. 147. 
—Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9 
the whole tail let him take off near the 
back-bone. : 

TPN and WPS (my God is Jehovah) 
Elijah, Elias, pr.n.m. a) A celebrated 
prophet, the chief of the prophets in 
the kingdom of Israel during the reign 
of Ahab, distinguished by many mira- 
cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K. 
2,6sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21,12. The 
Syd expected him to reappear before 
the coming of the Messiah, Mal. 3, 23 
[4, 5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. c) Ezra 10, 
91, 26. 

MON (whose God is He, i.e. Jehovah) 
Elihu, pr. τι. τὴ. a) 1 Chr. 26,7. 5) 
1 Chr. 27,18. c) 1. ᾳ. NAn"DN lett, a. 

samy (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. 8) 
The sonof Barachel the Buzite, a friend 
of Job and the fourth digputant. against 
him, Job c. 32-35, Sometimes written 
oe Job 32, 4. 86, 1. b) 1 Sam, 1, 1. 
c) 1 Chr. 12, 20. 

spy (towards Jehovah are my 
eyes) Elihoenai, pr.n.m, a) Ezra 8, 
4, -b) 1 Chr. 26, 3. 

“PVPON (id.) Elioenai, pr.n.m. a) 
1 Chr. 3,23. b) 4,36. c) 7,8. 4d) 
Ezra 10,22. e) 10, 27. 

N2MON (whom God hideth) Eliahba. 
pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 2 Sam. 
23, 32. 

HON (God his recompense, from 
wy Conj. ΠῚ to recompense,) Eliho- 
reph, pr. n,m. 1 K. 4, 8, 


“bx 57 


dmM (r. DEY) 1. Adj. of nothing, 
nought, empty, vain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Ps. 
96,5. Plur. the nought, i. e. idols, Lev. 
19, 4. 26, 1. Comp. 5311. 

2. Subst. nought, vanity. Job 13, 4 
d*bx "NES physicians of nought, nothing 
worth, i. e. empty comforters ; comp. 
Zech. 11, 17. 


T2728 (God his king) Elimelech, 
pr. n. of Ruth’s father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2. 
2,1. 

ἸῸΝ and RN Chald. pron. demonstr. 
plur. comm, these, Lat. hi, he, hec, i. q. 
Heb. nix. Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7. 

HOTS (whom God hath added) Elia- 
saph, pr.n.m. a) A chief of the tribe 
of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 23, 14. Ὁ) 3, 24. 


“TPN (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n. 
m. a)Amanof Damascus, whom Abra- 
ham before the birth of Isaac had intend- 
ed for his heir, Gen. 15,2. According 
tov. 3 he was a servant born in his house, 
verna. Ὁ) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4. 
6) 1Chr.7,8. ἃ) 27,16. 6) 15,24. f) 
2 Chr. 20, 37. g) Ezra 8,16. 10,18. h) 
10, 23. i) 10, 31. 

"299728 (perh. contr. from ἜΣ 555) 
Elienai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20. 

DPN (i. ᾳ. ERR, 5555.) Eliam, 
pr.n.m. a) The father of Bathsheba, 
2 Sam. 11,3; for which 1 Chr.3,5 x a>. 
b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 

TDN (God his strength) Eliphaz, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 36, 4 
sq. b) A friend of Job and one of the 
disputants against him, Job 2, 11. 4, 1. 
15, 1. al. 


ΡΛ Νὰ (whom God judgeth, from 555) 


Eliphal, pr.'‘n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 


ἜΣΘ ΘῈΣ (whom God makes distin- 
guished) Elipheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 
18, 21. 

DOH ON (God his deliverance) Eliphe- 
let, pr.n.m. 8) 1 Chr. 3,6. 14,7; for 
which 14,5 0>85y. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 
¢).1.Chr. 8, 39. ἃ) Ezra 8, 13. 6) 
10, 33. 

sats (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n. 
m. Num. 1, 5. 2, 10. 7, 30. 35. 10, 18. 


FEIN (whom God protects) Eliza- 
phan, pr. ἢ. m. a) Num. 3, 30; for 


Num. 1, 10. 2, 18. 


“SN 


which j)¥>% Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b) 
Num. 34, 25. 

NPN pr. n. m. Elia, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 
The etymology is unknown, 


ΡΞ Ν᾽ (whom God hath set up) Eli- 
akim, pr. n.m. a) A prefect of the pa- 
lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. 
19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. b) A son of king 
Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho 
king of Egypt, who also changed his 
name to &°p%in* (whom Jehovah hath 
set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34. 24, 1. 
Jer. 1, 3.1 Chr. 3,15. c) Neh, 12, 41. 


PAD ON (God her oath, q. d. worship- 


per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18,) pr. n. f. 
Elisheba, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept. 


᾿Ελισαβέτ, as Luke 1, 7. 


MUON Elishah, pr. n. of a region situ- 
ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur- 
ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez. 
27,7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the 
Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in 
which it is written ©"58 without 4,) the 
name of which seems to have been em- 
ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation 
for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un- 
frequently whole countries, espec. if re- 
mote, are designated by the names of 
single provinces; comp. ἢ). The pur- 
pura, or shell-fish producing the purple 
dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor. 
Od. 2.18.7), but also in the gulf of Co- 
rinth and the islands of the Augean sea; 
comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4.—Others 
understand by πῶλος, Hellas ; see Mi- 
chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78. 


YAWN (God his salvation) Elishua, 
pr. ἢ. of a son of David, 2 Sam. δ, 15. 
1 Chr. 14, 5. 


37058 (whom God restoreth) Elia- 
shib,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.3,24. b)1Chr. 
24,12. Ezra 10,6. ὁ} Neh. 3,1. 20. 12, 
10. 4) 6) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36. 


Wao oN (whom God heareth) Eli- 
shama, pr.n.m. a) 2 Sam. 5,16. Ὁ) 
c) 2 K. 25, 25. Jer. 
41,1. d)1Chr.2,41. e)2Chr.17,8. 


pushy (for >t "5% God his salva- 
tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated 
prophet, the disciple as well as the com- 
panion and successor of Elijah, and dis- 
tinguished by many miracles. He flour. 


“oy 58 


ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in 
the ninth century B.C. 2 K.c. 2-13. In 
N. T. ᾿Ελισσαῖος Luke 4, 27. 


DEN (whom God judgeth) Elisha- 
phat, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 
MINTS see NEE. 


ΟΝ Chald. pron. plur. these, i.g. Heb. 
mbx. Dan. 3, 12. 13, 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21. 
5, 9. al—In 5j= lurks the suff. 2 pers. 


(tibi), as in 93, 43, Arab. Wd. 


1. DON a verb not in use, fo be no- 
thing, to be empty, vain ; comp. under 
ἘΝ no. 1. It is comm. derived from the 
particle 5x I, merely in order to form 
>”>x, but is quite doubtful; see in 5x fin. 


ἼἼ]. DON to wail, to howl, onomatop. 


oe 
i,q. dd, and Arab. ff Camoos p. 1391. 
Comp. Gr. cdodatew.—Hence "25x. 


ἘΠῚ. D8 kinar. with bx, mby 1, 
pr. fo roll, then to be round, swelling, 
thick ; Whenoe Max, 718, an oak, thick 
tree. 

“OON interj. expressing grief, wo/ 
alas! Gr. ἐλελεῦ, only with ">, Job 10, 
15. Mic. 7,1. BR. dd IL 


. ΟΝ; in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to 
tie, see Piel and maby. 

2, Pass. to be bound sc. as to the tongue, 
i. 6. Lo be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the 
Nouns DX, HEN, *3%2dN. Comp. Engl. 
tongue- a Gr. Ra τῆς xdvoans Mark 
7,35, also φιμοῦσϑαι, Pers. ’ 
to bind the tongue, i.q. tobe silent, dumb. 

3. to be lonely, forsaken, widowed, since 
solitary persons remain silent, mute; 
comp. Arab. to be mute, also to be 


unmarried. reas are derived 253, 
MIN, joo, mcdy. 
Nipw. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps, 31, 19. 
39, 3. 10. Is. 53, 7. 
2. to be silent, to keep silence, Ez. 33, 22. 
Prex. to bind sheaves, Gen. 37, 7. 
Deriv. see in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3. 


Doe m. dumbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2 
VDI PIs she crx do ye indeed 
decree dumb justice? i. edo you really 
atlength decree justice, which so long 
has seemed dumb? So commonly ; but 
it. may be worth inquiry, whether D>x 


"aN 


should not be dropped, having arisen 
perhaps from a careless repetition of 
byax. This being dropped there arises 
thesense which the parallelism requires: 
do ye indeed decree justice? Maurer 
gives to D> the signif. of pag τοῦ 


from the sense of binding ; as ge 
league, from 73 ligavit.—Ps, 56,1 73%" 
ὈΡ pbs the silent dove among stran- 
gers, (i. ὁ. perh. the people of Israel in. 
exile, comp. “iM Ps. 74, 19.) prob. the: 
inscription of a song or poem, to the tune 
or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be 
sung. Comp. the remarks under M338. 


DDN m. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue- 
tied, see τ. 058 no. 2. Ex. 4, 11. Is.35,6. 
Ps. 38, 14. Plur. praby Is. Ἐδ, 10. 


“BEN porch, see ἘΝ. Once bby but 
Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in δεν 
no. 2. 


ὩΣ ὩΣ m. plur. 1K. 10, 11. 12, and 
by transpos. BYOIW2N 2 Chr. 2, 7. 9, 10. 
11, almug-trees, a kind of precious wood, 
hiought along with gold and precious 
stones in the time of Solomon from 
Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the 
temple and palace, and for making mu- 
sical instruments ; according to 2 Chr. 
2,7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems 
to correspond to Sanser. micata simpl. 
mica a Bohlen), with the Arab. 


art. it, lignum Santalinum, Pterocar- 
pus Santaliorus Linn. red . sandal- 
wood, still used in India and Persia for 
costly utensils and instruments. Or it 
may be compared with the Malabar 
word malajaga, a name of the same 
wood ; so Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero- 
bot. I. p. 171 sq.—Many of the Rab- 
bins understand corals, and so the singu- 
lar 29258 is used in the Talmud; but 
these are not wood , B°S> ; although were 
the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood 
might have been so named from its 
resemblance to coral, α: ἃ. coral-awood, 
Kimchi: need , iq. NI Brazil-wood, 


mas f. plur. Ὀ"-- and mi—, a bundle, 
sheaf, of grain, Gen. 37,7. Ps. 126, 6. 
R. 258 no 1. 

TSN Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20, Al- 
modad, pr. n. of a son of Joktan, i. 6. of a 


oN 


people and district of southern Arabia, 
Assuming an ancient error in transcrip- 
tion, 7 for Ἢ, i.e. WV2>N, we might 
compare Morad, olye or olye ic 
the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun- 
tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to 
Zabid. 


F228 (perh. king’s oak, for τὸν 
3220) Alammelech, pr: n. of a place in 
the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 


TOON m. adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer. 
51, 5. R. 228 no. 3. 


ἸῺΝ m. widowhood, trop. of a state 
deprived of its king, Is. 47,9, R. ods 
no. 3. 


$2. 

I. APION fa widow, Arab. Lay! , 
Syr. foSsoi].. Gen. 38, 11. Ex. 22, 
21. al. Metaph. οἵδ state deprived of 


its king, Is. 47, 8; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4. 
R. ἘΞ no. 3. 


IL. ΠΥΡΌΣ f. plur. Is. 13, 22; palaces, 
ing! ΤΊ ΟΣ, which latter is read in 
some Mss. The letter Ἢ is here softened 
into >, as is very often done; comp. in 
jaw ein@thers retain the ids of a 
widow, and understand trop. desolate 
palaces. 

“MANN plur. DB ms2228 widowhood 
Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition 


of the Tttielitte't in exile, Is. 54,34. R. 
ὯΝ no. 3. 


ΘΝ m. @ certain one, some one, ὃ 
δεῖνα, pr. one kept silent, Wildes name is 
not mentioned, from r. τὸς no, 2. “Al- 
ways preceded by "258 q. v. 


PN Chald. i. 4. PDS these, q. v. 


my2ds (God his delight) Elnaam, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 


WIN (whom God hath given, comp. 


TT: = 


im, α. di Theodore, Diodate) Eina- 
than, pr. ἢ. Mr a) The grandfather 
of king Jehoi , 2K. 24,8; perhaps 
the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36,12. 

F 95. b) Three Levites in ‘the tine of 
Ezra, Ezra 8, 16. 


MOS Gen, 14, 1. 9, ΓΝ pr. ἢ, οὗ. 


a country or district i in the vicinity, as it 
would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ; 
since it is read between “333 and pb*3. 


mei 


59 


Ὡδα 


Symm. and Vulg. Pontus. Targ. Ηΐ6- 
ros, "WRF Is. 37,12. But the Assyro- 
Babylonish name of its king, Ws, 
would seem to indicate some province 
of Persia or Assyria; comp. Dan. 2, 14. 


“328 (whom God applauds, from 
a>, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 
1 Chr. 7, 21. 

ππρῸΝ (whom God puts on, i. 6. fills 
with himself comp. 23> Job 20, 14,) 
Eladah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 1, 20. 

“DDN, in some Mss. "3328 (pr. God 
is my praises, i. e. the object of my 
praise) Eluzai, pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 12, 5. 


ΠΣ (whom God helpeth) Eleazar, 
pr.n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23, 25. 28, 1. Lev. 
10, 6.sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6. 


Josh. 14, 1. al. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23,9. 1 Chr. 


11, 12... ¢) 1 Sam. 7,1. d) 1Chr. 23, 
21. 24,28. 6) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh. 
12,42. f) Ezra 10, 25.—Sept. ‘Liea- 


fag. From ᾿δλεάζαρος was afterwards 
made by contraction the name “άζαρος. 


N2P2N and PVN (whither God as- 
cends) Elealeh, pr. n. of a town or large 
village in the tribe of Reuben, near 
Heshbon, where there are still ruins 
called GLaSt el-Al. See Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria ete. p. 365. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 278.—Num. 32, 3. 37. Is. 


15, 14. 16, 9. 


ΤΌΣ ΝΣ (whom God made, i. 6. cre- 
ated, Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. τὴ. 
a) 1 Chr. 2,39. b) ib. 8, 37. 9, 43. 
6) Jer. 29, 3. 


x ΤῸΝ or DDN fut. 5289 Prov. 22, 25, 
ra 
Arab. wall; to join together, to asso- 
ciate, Arab. Conj. I, ΠῚ, IV; whence 
72% a thousand, a -family—Kindred 
senses are: to be accustomed, wonted, 
to learn, ἔτ, 22, 35. Syr. Chald. id. 
Hence 828, 528 ox.—R. 

Pret to cause to learn, to teach, like 
Syr. Sf, with two acc. of pers. and 
thing, Job. 15, 5. 33, 33; with ace. of 
pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Patt, =BaP 
for "2582, comp. was. 

Hira. denom. from bs, to. bring forth 


thousands, Ps.144,13. Arab. Bit mite 


fecit, 


SON 


HN 1. an ox or cow, as tame and 
wonted to the yoke; comm. gend. 
like Gr. βοῦς, Lat. there Germ. Rind, 
Engl. beet 5 see FPN no. 3. Only in 
plur. =°B8 oxen Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4; 
fem. kine Deut. 7; 13. 28, 4, The sin- 
gular is found ΡΥ in the name of the 
first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha. 


got 2 ν 

2. a thousand, Arab. Cas}, Syr. SI 
id. but Eth. HA a myriad, ten thou- 
sand. Perh. pr. ‘conjunction of num- 
bers..— The nouns enumerated for the 
most part follow the numeral word; 
some in the singular, as BW" Judg. 15, 
16; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18. 
1 Καὶ. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others 
again promiscuously, as "D2 1 Chr. 19, 
6, and &°">> 29,7. Rarely and only in 
the later Hebrew does the noun pre- 
cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1,6. Comp. 
Lehrg. p. 695, 697,699. The construc- 
tion is different in the phrase }O2 Ὡϑ a 
thousand (shekels) of silver, for which 
see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it 
is put for a large round number, Job 9, 


3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10.—Dual DIBDN two- 


thousertl Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5. 21.— 
Plur. 5°228 thouspnila, e. g. Deby myby 
Ex. 38, 26, Put also ἕῳ an indefinitely 
large round number, M339 "28 thou- 
sands of myriads Gen. 24, 60. 

3. a family, i. α. HABA q. v. as the 
subdivision ofa tribe (038, Mu2) Judg. 
6,15. 1 Sam. 10,19. 23,23. Spoken of 
a city, Bethlehem, as the residence of 
such a family, Mic. 5, 1. 

4, Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin 
Josh. 18, 28. 

HN, FON, Chald. a thousand, Dan. 
5, 1. 7, 10. 

obeby see DEB">N. 


bypby (God his wages, comp. >3b, 


nbz8, wages) Elpaal, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 
8, ‘th. 12. 18. 
* VON in Kal not used, i. q. γὴν q. ν. 
yn. 
Pre, YX to urge, to press any one, 
Judg. 16,16. More frequent in Syriac 
and Zabian. 


POTN see josrdy. 
pape i. q. Arab. ῥ , with the art. 
retained, the people, populace; see in 


60 DON 


dx II. Prov. 30, 31 im> pipbx 5 a 
king with whom is the people, 1. 6. who is 
surrounded by his people, in the midst of 
his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist. 


Arabum p.207. Arab. ν 53 people seems 
to come from the idea of living ; comp. 
Samar. ΘῚΡ to live, Heb. => what lives, 
and 7° people, from °F to live. Sept. 
δημηγορῶν ἐν 29ve.—The Heb. intpp. 
regard DAPp>¥ as a compound from δὲ 
part. of negation, and ΘῈ to rise up, 
(comp. τ το Prov. 12, 28,) and trans- 
late: a king against whom there is no 
rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted. 
But this does not accord with the con- 
text. 


MP2 (whom God created) Elkanah, 
pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 1,1 sq. 2,11. 20. 
b) Ex. 6, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28,7. d)1 
Chr. 12, 6. 6) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 10. 11. 20. 
21. 15, 23. 


“UPON gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken 
of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1,1. Sept. 
and Vulg. without 0, “Hixecotoc, Elce- 
saius. As toa place Elkosh there are 
two opinions; one, that of the ancient 
fathers, makes it a town of Palestine 
and spec. of Galilee, see Hieron. Proem. 
ad Nahum; the other, that of the ori- 
ental Jews, regards it as the village 
Urs ᾿ el-Kaish, near Mosul. Both are 
very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B. 


SDIMON (perh. God its race or pos- 
terity) ‘Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19,4. See >in. 

sprby and mproy (God its fear) 
Elitekeh, pr. τι. of a Levitical city in the 
tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. 

pros (God its foundation) Eltekon, 
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 59. 


* BS £ constr. DN, c. suff. "8; plur. 
ΩΝ. οἰ a! 
1. a mother, Arab. e! and el Eth. 


BP, Aram. xox, Bef, Sam. HALA, 
id. Εἰ. σ. ἘΝῚ 28 father and mother, pa- 
rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth, 2,7. 
ἌΝ ΓΞ the son of my mother, my womb- 
brother, Gen. 43, 29. Poet. "2x "23 i. 4. 
my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1, 
6. With less exactness mother is also 


ὮΝ 61 


put for a step-mother Gen. 37, 10; comp. 
35, 16 sq. the latter being more accu- 
rately called 3% MYX Lev. 18, 11.—But 
mother has often a wider sense, e. g. 

2. i. q. @ grandmother 2 K. 15, 10; 
also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20. 


3. Metaph. for @ benefactress, Judg.’ 


5, 7. 

4. As expressing intimate relation- 
ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in 
ὮΝ no. 8. 

5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the 
children i. 6. individuals born of it, Is. 50, 
1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5. 

6. ‘HPI ON, the mother of the way, i. e. 
bivium, place where a way divides, pr. 
the source, beginning, head of the way, 
Ez. abe [21], ig. ΒΞ ππ| 2} ON ibid. 


Arab. al root, beginning of a thing ; but 


ae ob ᾿ 
ἜΣ el the highway. 


7. i. q. ΠΙῺΝ, mother-city, metropolis, 
i. e. any large and important city, al- 
though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19 
be WA ON? IND a city, even a mother in 
Israel. So on the Phenician coins of 


2 
Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab. al me- 
tropolis; also Gr. μήτηρ Callim. Fragm. 
112, and mater Flor. 3. 7. 18. Ammian. 
17, 13. 

8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com- 
mon mother of all, Job 1, 20. 

Nors. This word is without doubt 
primitive ; and like 38 (see p. 2. n.) im- 
itates the earliest sounds of the lisp- 
ing infant; comp. Gr. μάμμα, μάμμη, 
μαμμαΐα, μαῖα, Sanscr. ma, ambd, Copt. 
mau, Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ. 
Amme. Deriv. fem. is 728, used only 
in tropical significations. In Arabic 


, <é 
there is a denom. verb οἱ to be a moth- 


er; then, to be related, to set an exam- 
ple, to teach. 


ἘῸΝ mostly with Makkeph, a particle 
demonstrative, interrogative, and condi- 
tional; the various significations of which 
are distinguished in the more copious 

. of G 


Arabic by να forms, as el; wh 
ol ὧν» wl while Ἂ the other hand 


ON 


the Ethiopic and Syriac also have only 
one, HP, { . Traces of this particle 
exist also in the occidental languages ; 
as in Gr. ἢν, lo, if, Lat. en, Germ. wenn, 
wann. 

A) The primary power seems to be 
demonstrative, lo! behold ! (kindr. ἡπι, Gr. 


ἤν, Lat. en,) Arab. ol truly, certainly, 
ol id. see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe I. 
5 


S =“ 

§ 889, °) lo! asin the phrase (ἦς sls 
he came and lo! Comp. Hupfeld in 
Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl, II. p. 130.—Hos. 
12, 12 93% 9258 ON lo! Gilead is wicked- 
ness, i. e. wholly wicked; where the 
other member has Ἴδ. Job 17,13 ἘΝ 
ara bind ΓΝ 16} I wait for Sheol, my 
house. vs. 16. Proy. 3, 34. Preceded by 
τ in the same sense, Jer. 31, 20.—There 
are some who deny the demonstrative 
power of this particle in these passages, 
and claim for it here the usual condi- 
tional sense. But granting that it might 
be here so explained, still analogy shows 
that the former is the primitive and na- 
tive power of the word.—Hence 

B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. 4% 
II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also» 


= a 
bn, 3, |, interrogative, from >n, JS x 
demonstrative. 

1. Ina direct interrogation, Lat. num? 


oF 
an? corresp. with Arab. οἱ. 1K. 1, 27.. 
15. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5. 16. 24. 25. 29:. 
33. From the whole of Job c. 31 is seer 
the close connection between this inter-~ 
rogative power of 0% and its conditional. 
sense in lett. C, since between sentences: 
beginning with x interrog. are interpos-- 
ed others beginning with 58 conditional 
followed by an apodosis ; see v. 7. 9. 13. 
19. 20. 21. 25.—F ar more frequent in dis- 
junctive forms of interrogation, where 
m precedes, utrum—an? whether—or ? 


es 
Arab. οἱ —f. Josh. 5, 13. ὍΝ Hy SN 
ἜΣ art thou for us, or for our ene- 
mies? 1K.22,15 552 ἘΝ --- 5227 shall 
we go...or shall we not go? The same 
is ἘΝ" --- Gen. 17, 17. Job 21, 6; and 
ExI— x0 34, 17. 40, 8. 9.—The two are 
also used together in a question with 
two clauses, though not disjunctive, as 
ἘΝ ---ἶπ Gen. 37, 8, 831— 
LiIBRAR 
or τε 


UNIVERSITY 


ἘΝ 


where two questions follow each other 
with a less degree of coherence, 5 is re- 
peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr. 
§ 150. 2. 
"2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
mi; after verbs of inquiring, examining, 
doubting, Cant, 7,13.2K.1,2. Soina 
double and digjunctiye qadstics, cR—n7 
Gen. 27, 21. Num. 13. 20. The phrase 
ἘΝ S772 Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth 
whether, corresponds to the Lat. nescio 
an, i. q. perhaps. 

C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, 7, 
Gr. εἰ, Lat. si, q. d. supposing that, ete. 


comp. 4 lo, num ? if; Syr. Lh lo, if. In 
this signif. correspond Arab. ol, Sam. 
WK VX, Eth. AP. a 


according to the sense, by the preter, 
Hsth. 5, 8 77722 ὙΠ ὭΝΧΌ oN if 1 
have ‘found favour in the eyes of the king. 
Gen. 43, 9. 18, 3; and fut. Judg. 4, 8 πὰ 
smobit) > “bm if thou wilt go with me, 
Twill go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4 
sq. 11,-10; more ferely by a particip. 
Judg. 9, 15. 11,9; by the infin. for a 
finite verb, Job 9, 27; also without a 
verb, Job 8, 6. 9, 19.—This particle dif- 
fers from %>, in that ἘΠῚ implies a true 
and real condition, where the fact is left 
uncertain, whether a thing exists or will 
exist, is or will be done, ‘si fecisti, si 
facturus es ;’ while "5 implies thata thing 
does not exist, is not or will not be done, 
or is at least very uncertain and impro- 
bable, ‘ si faceres, si fecisses,’ Gr. εἰ εἶχεν. 
See ἢ, and also for the like distinction 


between ὍΝ and A De Sacy Gramm. 


Arabe I. §885. By an ingenious and 
delicate usage, OX is every where put 
in conditional curses and imprecations, 
where we might perhaps expect 5 e.g. 
Ps. 7, 4-6 5)» > ON mst "ΠΩΣ DN 
pw.. ome px 1 "B22 if Thave ‘done 
this, if there be iniquity in my hands, if 
I have done evil to my friend, ...let the 
enemy persecute me,etc. The Psalmist 
here denies, (if we look at his object,) 
that he had done such things ; but, as if 
on trial, he leaves this point undecided, 
or even assumes the truth of the allega- 
tion, and then invoking the severest 
punishment upon himself, he thus adds 
great emphasis to the imprecation. 


62 


ὮΝ 


Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5. 6. Job 
31,7 sq. Other examples, where more 
accurately 1> would be put instead of 
DN, are: Ps. 50,12 ΞΣΝ BR if J were 
δμακής Hos. 9, 12, Yet ἘΝ is here 
not incorrect; since its usage has a 
wide extent. — Spec. a) Condition or 
supposition is modestly or timidly ex- 
pressed by ΝΣ ΠΏΣ, seein. b)aX—cy 
disjunctive, i/—if, i. q. whether—or, Gr. 
eits—sits, ἐάν τε-- ἐάν τε, Lat. sive-sive ; 
comp. si—si Gell. 2.28. So Ex. 19,13 
"NSN MBID-DN whether it be beast or 
man. 28am. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Deut. 18, 
3; also preceded by a negative, neither— 
nor, 2K. 3,14. The same is ἘΝῚ ---Ν 
Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ecce. 11, 3. 12, 


14. Arab. ° &ls— ot and Lel5— --οἱ. 

6) By an STieeis of the formula of an 
oath, 58 becomes in some connections 
a negative particle. The full form 
is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee, 
and more also, if thou, etc. 24,7. 2 Sam. 
3,35. Hence by ellipsis, espee. in oaths ; 
2 Sam. 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do'so 
to me, and shone] MITT MAI MVsR CR 
if I do this thing, i. 6. I will not do this 
thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51; also in obtes- 
tations, Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25; 
rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry, 
Is, 22, 14. 62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24, 
where the other member has &>.—In 
the same manner the Arabs use of: 


more fully ol Lo, for not. 

2. As concessive, though, although ; 
Arab. ὦ 5: Gr. ἐὰν καί, χἂν. Followed 
by the preter; to express the idea ‘though 
I am, Job 9, 15.29; more usually by 
the fut. expressing the idea ‘though I 
were,’ Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8, Job 
20,6; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with 
a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11. 

3. As a particle of wishing, oh tf! 
would that! oh that! si γάρ. Comp. 
sb. With fut. Ps. 68, 14. 81, 9. 95, 7. 
139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in 
Gen. 23, 13 "322 45 HON ON would that 
thou—oh that thou wouldst hear me. 

4. It passes over also into a particle 
of time, when, pr. if ; comp. Germ. wenn 
and wann. Followed by the preter, 
which is often to be rendered by the 
pluperfect or by the fut. exactum; Is 


ΓΝ 


24, 13 43 ΠΡ ON when the vintage is 
done, pr. if it shall have been ended. 
Am. 7,2 538} 5 MD Ox MMT and it came 
to pass when they had finished eating. 
Is. 4, 4 JE Mba mAs MeN PD DN 
when the Lord shall have washed away 
the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen. 
38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17,13. Soalso 
in connection with other particles, as 42 
ἘΝ until when, until, Gen. 24, 19; 32 
ὮΝ WR 28, 15. Num. 32 17. Is. 6, 11. 

5. Rarely for when causal, i. e. since, 


5 

Arab. Οἱ. Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide 
it from my lord, that >%... 5025 Dm BN 
“NW? ND "FR when (since) all our mo- 
ney is spent...there is nothing left for 
my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10. 

D) In composition with other parti- 
cles: 

1, NM, twice in the beginning of an 
interrogation, i. q. 8>i1, put affirmative- 
ly, is not? nonne ? i. q. lo! Num. 17, 28 
[13}. Job 6, 13. 

- 3. ΡΝ 8) is not? nonne? pre- 
ceded by Nn, Is. 10,9. Ὁ) af not, un- 
less, Ps. 7, 13. Gen. 24, 8, Hence after 
formulas of oaths it appears as a strong 
affirmation and asseveration; comp. 
above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14, 
9. Is. 14, 24 ; also in obtestations, Job 1, 
11. 2, 5. 17, 2. 22, 20. 30, 25. 15. 6,9. ο) 
After αἰ negative partic. in the sense of 
but, Gen. 24, 37. 38. Comp. εἰ μή, nisi, 
Chald. REN rota δ ΓΝ. 


4 ras ἢ subst. plur. ΓΙ Ὁ, the letter 
1 being inserted, comp. Chald. ἢ jIS% , and 
Lehrg. p. 530; @ maid-servant, hand- 
maid, female slave. Hence 42% thy 
handmaid, for J, spoken even by 3 a free 
woman in addressing her superiors, Judg. 
19,9. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam. 
14, 15. Comp. Ἢ yrs. Also t MONmTD son 
of a handmaid, i. e. ἃ servant, slave, Ex. 
23, 12. Ps. 116,-16.—Hence is derived 


= 
the Arab. Lsf to be a handmaid. The 
word 38 is prob. primitive ; least of all 


ΕΞ 
is it to be referred to ἃ root 2x, xef, 
inito pacto indixit. 

MON pr. i. gq. ἘΝ, but everywhere 
metaph. the beginning, head, foundation 
ofany thing. Spec. 

1. mother of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm, 


63 


rae 


below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11. 
Hence 

2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length; 
comp. Lat. cubitus, ulna, Gr. πῆχυς and 


΄ S\-. * 
πυγών, Arab. Elo: Egypt.mahi. The 


mode of enumerating cubits is as fol- 
lows: D7mMax two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17; 
τ ὥρ 27, 1, and so on up to ten 
cubits; in the later Hebrew S53 nizx 
2 Chr. 6,13. With numbers above ten, 
in the earlier Hebrew Max Ὁ ὩΤῚ Gen. 
6, 15, in the later niax Dre Ez. 42, 2, 
or D*}HS May 2 Chr. 3,4. Further, it 
is joined with numerals of every kind, 
both in the early and later Hebrew, by 
means of 3, as ΓΞ F398 lit. four by 
the cubit, i.e. four cubits; MAX. AND a 
hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9.18. 36, 15. 38, 
9. The common cubit of the Hebrews 
(2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or 
18 inches; though some without good 
reason make it only 4 palms, or 12 inches. 
A larger cubit of seven palms, ἑπταπά- 
λαιστος, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5, 43, 13, 
which agrees with the royal cubit of the 
Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp- 
tians; see Boecklhi Metrol. Untersuch. 
pp. 212 sq. 265 sq.—Metaph. Jer. 51, 13 
thine end is come, the measure of thy 
rapine, i. e. the time when God will 
set bounds and measure to thy iniqui- 
tous gain. 

3. i.g. ON no. 7, a metropolis. 2 Sam. 
8,1 and David took the bridle (bit) of 
the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi- 
listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis 
of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic 
proverb: J give thee not my bridle, i. e. do 
not subject myself to thee ; see Schult. 
ad Job. 30, 11, and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24. 
See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41. 

4. a foundation, Is. 6,4 DBD ΤῚΣ Ν 
the foundations of the thresholds. Comp. 


SU. ᾧ! Zt, roots, beginnings. 
5. Ammah, pr. n. of a hill, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 
VON Chald. f. plur. 125, a cubit. 
ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. tel, 
jasc, plur. ae A 
MON i. gq. PsN q. v. terror. 
MON f. 2 Es) a people, nation, 


tribe, Arab. Rol ἃ people, Aram. 8738 


Pd 


γ δὰ 


Yaseo] id. Found only in Plur. nix 
Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15; also m8 Ps. 
117, 1. Syr. {zasf. 


VON Chald. f. id. Dan. 3,29. Plur. 
ΤῸΝ , emphat. 8728, Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5, 19. 
7, τὰ, Ezra 4, 10. 


I. ΤΩΝ m. 1. an architect, builder, 
opifex, (τ. j28 no. 1. b,) 1. g. JAN q. v. 
Prov. 8, 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis- 
dom of God as the architect of the world. 
‘The word seems not to have admitted 
tthe form of the fem. gender, any more 
than the Lat. artifex, opifer, whence 
Plin. Il. 1 artifex omnium “natura. 
‘Quinct.2. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi- 
_fex.—Others understand son or foster- 
child, from r. 928 no. 1. a. 

2. Amon, pr. n. a) The son and 
successor of Manasseh, king of Judah, 
τ. 644-642 B.C. 2K.21,18-26. 2Chr. 
33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22,26. c) Neh. 7, 
59, for which Ezra 2, 57 "2x. 


II. ΤΩΝ i. g. ian, a multitude of 
people, Jer. 52,15. R.nan. 

III. 128 Amon, pr. n. of the supreme 
god of the Egyptians, worshipped at 
Thebes with great pomp, Jer. 46, 25, see 
i N2; called by the Greeks “4uuow, 
Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi- 
ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13. 
‘On Egyptian monuments he is usually 
depicted with a human body and the 
head of a ram; and the name is there 
written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e. 
Amon-Sun; see the figures as given in 
‘Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar- 
ten de Scriptura vett. Egyptiorum, p. 
29 sq. Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of 
the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. 1. p. 
243 sq. 

FTA m. (τ. 728) by Syriasm for #128, 
Saithfulness, fidelity, Deut. 32, 20.— 
Plur. 5°38 id. Prov. 20, 6 ΘΡ25)53ὲ Ws 
a man of fidelity, faithful. 

ΓΔ f. (τ. Vos) 1. firmness, sta- 
bility. Ex. 17,12 AR 39 “Hy and 
his (Moses’) hands were firm, steady, 
lit. firmness. 

2. secre Is. 33, 6, Arab. Sal, 


“ust, id. 
3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful- 


64, 


ae 


filling one’s promises; so of God, Deut. 


. 32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 115 of men, Plur. 


minx Prov. 28,20. Also faith, trust, 
confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2, 
4. Ps. 37, 3; see in 43° no. 2. 


ΤῊΝ (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father 
of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, Te My, lint Lele De 
20, 2. 


YON Ami pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 57. It 
seems to be a corrupted form for jiax 
Neh. 7, 59. 


DAN see o725N. 


FAN (faithful) Aminon, pr. n. i. 4. 
ji28, a son of David, 2 Sam. 13,20. ᾿ 


TOS m. (r. y'28) adj. strong, mighty, 
Job 9, 4. 19; more fully as joined with 
m>, Nah. 2,2. Abstr. strength, might, 
Is. 40, 26. 


WS m. (τ. WS 4. v. no. 1, and 
Hithp.) the top, summit, e. g. of a tree, 
Is. 17, 6 "728 wx in the highest top. 
Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9; see under 
art. M3572. 


“4 pms} or ara to languish, to droop, 
pr. to hang the head, kindr. with 53x 
q.v. In Kal part. pass. of a drooping 
heart, Ez. 16, 30. 

Pub. ὉΞῺΝ Παρ in poetry. 1. to lan- 
guish, to droop, as of plants, Is924, 7; 
hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1, 4; 
of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where shox 
seems to be for 52888; so Maurer. 

2. to mourn, to lament, Is. 19,8; so 
of a land Jaid waste Is. 24, 4. 33, 9; of: 
walls thrown down Lam. 2, 8—Hence 
in prose 


ddan m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34. 


* DON obsol. root, perh. i. q. S23, 
nz> q.v. to join tapethen, to collect, to 


congregate. Arab. af to be near, relat- 
ed.—Hence the noun FX i. q. ὮΦ a ᾿ 
people, and 

DON Amam pr. n. of a place or city in 
the southern part of the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 26. 


ap Ὁ yas 1. pr. to prop, to stay, 
to support. a) Spec. with the arm, 
to bear or carry a child, Num. 11, 12. 
Lam. 4,5. Part. pas, παιδαγωγός, a 


wen 


nursing-father, one who carries a child 
on his arm and takes care of it, Num. 
lc. Is. 49,23; also a foster-father, Esth. 
2,7. 2K. 10, 1.5. Comp. 52>, Arab. 

.)Lo sustentavit, aluit. —Fem. ΤΡῸΝ a 
nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4, 4. "b) to 
Sound, to build up, kindr. with M22, J2N; 
hence 728, ἼΩΝ, architect, M798 a pil- 
lar, prop. 

2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed 
up, supported ; hence to be firm, stable, 
such as one may safely lean upon, me- 
taph. tobe faithful. Part. pass, 0°2928 the 
Saithful, πιστοί, Ps. 12, 2. 31,24. Comp. 

Ξ 


sy . 
72d μ᾿ ἐν 3. Arab. Cpof to be faith- 
ful, = to lean upon and trust in an 

? Ww. po y 
one, ol to trust, to be secure. 


Nirw. 1. to be supported, i.e. to be 
borne in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4, 
Comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. to be founded, i. e. to be firm, sta- 
ble, sure, e. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35. 
25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11, 38; of a 
firm place, where a nail holds fast, Is. 
22,23. 25; of a firm and stable condition 
44,92 

3. to be durable, lasting, permanent, 
e.g. of waters which never fail (opp. 
S128) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15,18; of diseases 
Deut. 28, 59; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29. 

4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy, 
sure, such as one can /ean upon; so of 
a servant 1 Sam. 22, 14. Num.12,7; a 
messenger Prov. 25, 13; a witness Jer. 
- 42,5. 15. 8,2; of God Deut. 7,9. Is. 49,7. 
Hos. 12, 1.—Ps. 78, 8 ΡΟΝ ΤΌΝ ἈΡ 
ims his spirit was not faithful towards 
God. Part. 7233 faithful, upright, Prov. 
11, 13. 27, 6 SAR ἼΣΧΒ ὈΠῸΝ) faithful 
are the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se- 
vere rebukes proceed from fidelity and 
sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis- 
dom, Job 12, 20. 

5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9; 
of the word of God Ps. 19,8. Also to be 
Sound true, to be verified, confirmed, 
Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26. 

Hira. ἸΏΝ. 1. to stay upon, to build 
upon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth 
thereon shall not flee away.—Usually 

2. Metaph. to trust, to confide in, like 


Arab. Gate. w. Job 4,18 wea 7 
6 


65 


ὩΝ 
Poet Nd lo! he putteth no trust in his 
servants. 15, 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78, 22. 32. 119, 
66. MIMD ἸΏΝ 10 trust in Jehovah Gen. 
15, 6; "N32 "ND to have no trust in 
one’s life, i. 8. to fear for one’s life, Deut. 
28, 66; c. aec. et inf. Judg. 11, 20. 

3. to believe, to receive as true, absol. 
Is. 7,9; oftener with > of pers. and thing, 
Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4, 1. 8. 9. Prov. 14, 15. 
Ps. 106, 24; "2 Ex. 4,5. Job 9,16. Also 
withinfin. Job 15,22 he believeth (hopeth) 
not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror. 

4, Perh. intrans. to stand firm, still. 
Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the 
voice of the trumpet sc. is heard. Comp. 
Virg. Georg. 3.83, According toa com- 
mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex- 
plained: ‘ He so longs for the battle that 
he scarce believes or trusts his ears for 
joy,’ etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24. 

Deriv. P28—SPIN, FON, HO, My 
MN, peut. 


Il. ΤΣ Hiren. ἸΏΝ i. 4. denom. 
ὙΠ to turn to the right hand, Is, 30,21. 


ΤῸΝ Chald. Apa. yo" to trust, ὁ. 5 
Dan. 6, 24; like Syr. WS Sauer park 
pass. j2"077 faithful, trustworthy, Dan. 
6, 5. 2,45, Syr. ara. 


TQS m. an architect, artist, workman, 
Cant. 7, 2; see στ. 28 no. 1. Ὁ. Syr. 
jase}, Chald. ja5x, id. To this Ara- 
meean form inclines the orthography 72% 


6émman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben 
Karish read in their Mss. 


JOS (x. P28 no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal firm ; 
9 = 
metaph. faithful; Arab. el, Syr. 


faoss}. Abstr. i.q. faithfulness, fidelity ; 
as ἸῸΝ "Nx the God of faithfulness Is. 
65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14. 

2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer- 
tainly, Jer. 28,6. 28) ἸῺΝ Ps. 41, 14. 
72, 19. 89,53. Its proper place is, where 
one person confirms the words of another, 
and adds his wish for success to the 
other’s vows and predictions, amen, so be 
it. Sept. well, γένοιτο. 1K. 1, 36. Jer. 
11, 5, Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27, 15 sq. Neh. 
5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36. 


TOS m. (r. 728) faithfulness, verity, 
Is. 25, 1. 


Jan 


MON f. (r. 728) 1. a covenant, pr. a 
confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab. 


$f 
RSLef.. 

2. Something fixed, appointed, i. e. 
an allowance, portion, i. q. pm, Neh. 
11, 23; spoken of a daily allowance for 
the subsistence of the singers. 

3. Amanah, pr. n. ofa perennial stream 
(comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti- 
Lebanon, and waters the territories of 
Damascus, 2 K.5,12. Henee also that 
part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same 
name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was 
Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada. 


Mz Γι pr. supporting ; hence a pillar, 
column, plur. Miva8 2 K.18,16. R. jax. 

MIAN f. (τ. ax) 1. α bringing-up, 
tutelage, Esth. 2, 20. 

2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in- 
deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12. 


7i228 (faithful) Amnon pr. n. m. a) 
The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam, 
slain by his brother Absalom: 2 Sam. 3, 
2. 13,1-39; once jisaNq.v. b) 1 Chr. 
4, 90. 


D228 adv. (from 728 with the adv. 
ending b..) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2. 
19, 4. δ. Is. 37,18. "3 BOR true that, 
it is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12. 


DION id. Gen. 18, 13, Num. 22, 37. 


* 728 fut. V8, to be alert, active, 
frm; kindr. with y2n, 02, to be 
sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be 
strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp. 
Piel no. 1, v8, and the Arabic usage. 
Trop. of activity and alertness of mind, 
a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13, 
18; opp. 529 and 293 to have the knees 
sink, to befeeble-minded. With 7 to 
be stronger than, to prevail over any 
one, Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142,7. pin 
V2) be strong and of good courage, i.e. 
brave and undaunted, Deut. 31, 7. 23. 


- 
Josh. 1,6-18.—Arab. (25) to be active, 


fleet, of a horse; whence yl i. 4. 
Y2s, a fleet horse. 

Piet ΚΝ 1. tomake firm, to strength- 
en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job 
4, 4. Is. 35,3. Trop. to render alert, to 
encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5. 


66 


ἼΩΝ 


2, to strengthen, tomake strong, Is. 41, 
10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11,17. Proy..31, 17. 
24, 5. 

3. to restore, to repair a building, i. q. 
pin, 2Chr. 24,13. Also to fownd, to qt 
Sast, Proy. 8, 28. 

4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden the 
heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2, 30. 
15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 

5. to set fast, i.e. to appoint, to choose. 
Ps. 80, 18 whom thou hast chosen for 
thyself, comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14. 

Hien. intrans. to be alert, of good cour- 
age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25. 

Hirupa. 1. to be alert, active, c. infin. 
to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly, 
1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 

2. to make oneself strong, of conspira- 
tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7. 

3. to make oneself firm, i. e. to resolve 
firmly, to be resolute, Ruth 1,18. Comp. 
ran. 

Deriv. y"48, 782, and the five fol- 
lowing: 

Vas plur. D°SON, active, spirited, 
fleet, of horses Zech. 6,3. It is read 
also in v. 7, where the πὰ νὸς demands 


ΒΝ red.—Arab. rae: and Leyit ac- 


tive, fleet, of a horse. ~ 
ΥΤΝ m. strength, Job 17, 9. 


MTN ἢ strength, protection, ig. 2, 
Zech. 12,5. R. yor. 


“X28 (strong) Amzi, pr. n.m. a) 
1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12. 


M228 (whom Jehovah strengthens) 
Amaziah, pr.n.m. a) A king of Judah, 
son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r. 
838-811 B. C. 2 Κι. 12, 22. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr. 
25,1 sq. Written sho AMS]AN 2 K. 14, 
1.9.11. b) A priest of the golden calf 
at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7,10 sq. 
c) 1 Chr. 4, 84. d) 6, 30. 


Vas , inf. absol. "iN, constr. "28, 
ὃι pref. ἦρχ Deut. 4, 10, S2xp Josh. 6, 8 
but always sioxd contracted ' fut. VEN", 
ἜΝΙ, with conj. accent. SEN", with 
Aleph dropped #3772" Ps. 139, 20. 

1. to say, very freq. The primary 
idea is to bear forth, to bring out to light, 
and hence to utter, to say; comp. δῶ, 
ἈΞ), 752, and Gr. φημέ. Hence Hithpa. 
4. V. also 1°28 top, summit, and "ax 


ὮΝ 67 


pr. mountaineer.—It differs from "24 to 
speak, in that 937 is put absolutely, 
while "2x is followed by the words 
spoken; e.g. Ley. 1,2 5x71 "227>4 723 
ὈΠῸΝ NTN} speak unto the children of 
Israel, and say unto them, etc. 18, 2. 23, 
2.10; or also Ex. 6, 10 τὸν nim 3237 
ἼΩΝ προ and Jehovah spake unto Moses, 
, saying, i. 6. in these words. 13, 1. Also 
c. aceus. Jer, 14, 17 “my oby NTO} 
mit 9335 and thou shalt say unto them 
this word. Gen. 44,16 ΣΝ ΘΓ what 
shall we say? 41, 54 FOI" WN WD 
according as Joseph had said, 22, 3 
to the place D*n>y 1b TaN WN which 
God had said unto him. Rarely with 
">, Job 36, 10.—In a few doubtful ex- 
amples, and only in the later Hebrew, 
“728 seems to be put absol. for "23; 6. g. 
2 Chr. 2, 10 τὸν mbzisy ΞΏΞ3 OTM WANs 
nado and Huram said (spake) by letter, 
and sent it to Solomon ; but here the very 
words follow, so that the clause and sent 
tt to Solomon is parenthetic, and "728" 
refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr. 
32, 24 15 "2 5) and he (God) said unto 
him, i. e. spake to him ; but here we may 
also render: and he promised him, since 
after verbs of speaking, showing, etc. the 
object it is very often omitted ; see Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 734. This remark also throws light 
upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4, 8: and 
Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e. 
he told him that which God had said to 
him in v. 7), but it came to pass when they 
were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept. 
insert MIwM M23, διέλϑωμεν εἰς τὸ 
πεδίον. 

The person ἕο whom one says any 
thing, is put with 53 2 K. 22, 8; bx 
Gen. 3, 16. 13,14; and > Gen. 3, 17. 20, 
5. 6. But both i latter particles 
although more rarely, serve to mark the 
person of concerning whom one speaks, 
e.g. > 3 Κ' 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19; 
>, Gen. 20, 13 "5 "928 say of me: Ps, 3, 
3. 71, 10. Judy, 9, 54. The person of 
sohom is also put in the ace. Gen, 43, 27 
your father, the old man =H728 atx 
whom ye said, i. e. spoke of. v. 29. Num. 
14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20. 

Spec. a) to say to or ‘of any thing 
this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to 
term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecc. 2-2, 
Part. pass. "128 called, named, Mic. 2,7. 


"Vas 


Comp. Niph. no. 3. Ὁ) to say is some- 
times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10; to pro- 
mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24; to tell, to declare, 
Ex. 19, 25; and hence fo declare c. ace. 
i. q- to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11. 
Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the 
most part readily determined by the 
context. 

2. ina “728 Gen. 17, 17. Ps. 10, 6. 11. 


14, 1. Is. 47, 8, (Arab. xl & Ju, 
Kansd & JG ;) also 1335 ἊΝ Hos. 7, 2, 


Ὁ Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. "ax, 0 860} 
in or to one’s heart or self, i. q. to think, 
to suppose, to wish, to purpose ; see in 
55 no. 1. f. Comp. man, mw, Arab. 


JG, Gr. φημέ in Homer and the tragic 
writers. Forster relates that among 
some of the savages of the Pacific ocean 
they use the phrase to speak in the belly 
for to think.—1 Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44, 28 
and I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces. 
Ex. 2, 14.928 Dns "ane thinkest thou 
to kill me 2 Sept. μὴ ἀνελεῖν μεσὺ ϑέλεις ; 
2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. διενοεῖτο. 1 Κὶ. δ, ὅ 
[19]..1 Sam. 20, 4. Absol. Ps. 4,5 com- 
mune with your own heart upon your 
bed. So simpl. ax Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15. 
116, 11. ete. Ξ 

3. tocommand, like Arab. ol, chiefly 
in the later or silver age of the Heb. 
tongue ; c.inf.et >, Esth. 1,17 8°37 Vax 
ἌΘΩΝ he Roanancenited to bring t inVash- 
ti. 4, 13. 9,14. Also followed by 7 and 
a finite verb, Neh. 13, 9 ὙΠ TBR 
then I commanded and they purified. 2 
Chr. 24, 8 ἽΝ jing Joss Fen Ven 
the king commanded and they made a 
chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34. Jon. 
2,11. Job 9,7. (In Chaldee we find the 
former construction Dan. 2, 46. 3, 13; 
and the latter Dan. 5,29. The same is 
common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.) 
Elsewhere also with acc. of thing, 2 Chr. 
29, 24 for the king had commanded this 
burytoffering for all Israel, i. e. had ap- 
pointed, instituted. 1K. 11, 18 "24 5m 
ib and commanded (to give) him victuals. 
Job 22, 29. With dat. of pers. 2 Sam. 
16,11. Comp. Lat. jubere legem, feedus. 

Nips. "2832, fut. "287 and Vey". 

1. to be said, with Η and by of pers. 
Num. 23, 23. Ez. 13, 12, Also impers. 


ἊΝ 
tt is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9. 22, 14. 
Num. 21, 14. 

2. > ΩΝ to be said to any one, sc. 
this or that, i.e. to be so called, to be 
named, Is, 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6. 62, 4. Hos. 
8) 1.. 

Hipx. “"2Nh to make say, to cause to 
promise. Deut. 26,17 thou hast this day 
made Jehovah say or promise, 18 and 
Jehovah hath made thee promise, i. e. ye 
have mutually promised, have mutually 
accepted and ratified the conditions of 
each other. 

Hirapa. “arnt to lift up oneself, to 
boast oneself, Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. "O8—>H798 , also 1728 , VNR. 


‘VAS Chald. 3 fem. m7ox for MER 
Dan. 5, 10; fat. “289, inf. ἜΝ and =22 
Ezra 5, 11; part. mB; i. q. Hebr. 

1. to say, Ἰοΐδη dat.of pers. Dan. 2, 35 ; 
acc. of thing, Dan. 7, 1; also followed 
by the words spoken, Dan. 2, 24, or even 
written, Dan. 7,3. See our remarks on 
the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1, 63, 
in the London Class. Journ. no. 54. p. 
240.—Plur. ἸῺΝ pr. they are saying, 
i. q. they say, put for the Pass. it is said, 
proclaimed ; Dan. 3,4 ΠῺΣ 7779" 7125 
to you it is proclaimed, O people, etc. 
Theod. λέγεται. On the idiom see Lehrg. 
p. 798. 

2. to command, see the examples in 
Heb. 728 Kal. πο. 3. 

Deriv. 822. 


‘Y98 in sing. only c. suff. tax Job 20, 
29; plur. D°728, constr. "198. For the 
sing. absol. the form “aX is ‘used. 

1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. q. 
"33; but, with the exception of Josh. 
24, 27, only in the poetic style. Espec. 
of the words of God, x-"72% Num. 24, 
4.16. MGR TON Prov. 22, 21; Lb} “2K 
15, 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 2. al. Gen. 49, 
21 Naphtali is τηλοῦ nbsx a slender 
hind, "BY “eX Nin giving forth words 
of grace, i.e. pleasant, persuasive ; prob. 
to be referred to some poetic or oratorical 
talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown. 
If it be objected, that words cannot be 
aseribed to a hind, we may reply that 
ymin refers to Naphtali and not to M>*x% 
hind; and hence there is no necessity 
for the conjecture of Bochart, following 
the Sept. that it should read M3>x and 


68 


“as 


"TOR. ’ For this use of the art. τ, see 


Heb. Gr. ὁ 107. init. 

2. a command. Job 20,29 i938 m>n_ 
bx lit. the lot of his command ‘from God, 
i. e. his appointed lot from God. Comp. 
ἼΩΝ no. 3. 


‘YEN Chald. m. plur. 7728, α lamb, 
Ba 8, 9.17..7,17. Syr. ips, Arab. ' 
Ss 

δι, Af, a lamb. The root is ."} 
Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply, 


Re 
, rt to be much, multiplied ; hence pr. 


progeny of the flock. Or it may also be 
‘progeny of the flock’ from the idea of 
bringing forth, see in τ. "728 no. 1. 


‘YAN (talkative) Immer,pr.n.m. 8) 
Jer. 20,1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 


ἜΝ i. g. Vex, the forms of which it 
borrows in the plural ; a poetic word. 

1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4. 

2. Spec. a song, hymn, ἔπος, Ps. 19,3; 
a song of triumph, epinicium, Ps. 68, 12. 

3. ὦ promise, from God, Ps. 77,9. In 
a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9. 

4. a matter, thing, like "33, Job 22, 


Goe 
28. Arab. vf id. 


MON ἢ (r. VaR) plur. ΤΩΝ, i. g. 
"ON, “ok, and like them only poetic:; a 
word, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18, 
31. 119, 38. 50. 103. 140; also @ song, 
hymn, Gen. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2. Ps. 17, 6. 


MON f. id. Lam. 2, 17. 


"VAN according to the probable con- 
jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from 
an obsol. “8 height, mountain, see un- 
der r. "728 no. 1; hence as gentile ἢ. an 
Amorite, collect. the Amorites, Sept. 
᾿Δμοῤῥαῖοι, a Canaanitish people, appa- 
rently the largest and most powerful of 
all, and whose name is sometimes taken 
in a wide sense so as to include all the 
other Canaanitish tribes; Gen. 15, 16. 
48, 22. Am. 2, 9. 10. Deut. 1,20. A part 
of them dwelt in the mountainous tract 
which afterwards belonged to the tribe 
of Judah, and were subject to five kings, 
Gen. 14, 7. 13. Num. 13, 29. Another 
part held the country beyond Jordan 
north of the Arnon as far as to the Jab- 
bok and even beyond this stream, Num, 
21, 18. 24, 32, 39. These were subject 


“es 


to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba- 
shan or Batanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10. 


"VON (eloquent) Imri, pr.n.m. 8) 
1 Chr. 9, 4. b) Neh? 3, 2. 

τῆ (whom Jehovah said, i. e. pro- 
mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr. 
nm. a) 1Chr.5,33[6,7%]. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 
5, 37 [6, 11]. Ezra 7,3. Comp. 77728 
a. c) Neh. 10, 4. 12, 2. 13, d) Ezra 
10,42. 6) Neh. 11,4. f) Zeph. 1, 1. 
g) See sn779y b. 


ANNAN (id.) Amariah, pr.n.m. 8) 
2 Chr. 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written 
also ΓΝ 29,19. 6) 2 Chr. 31, 15. 


SEAN Amraphel, pr. n. of a king of 
Shinar, i. 6. Babylonia, in the time of 
Abraham, Gen. 14,1.9. It seems to be 
Sanscr. amarapdla, keeper of the gods ; 
comp. Sardanapalus, Sanser. sridhana- 
pala, keeper of the treasures ; so Boh- 
len and Εἰ. Benary. 


DONS for ΠΙῺΝ from r. πο, Liv, 
vesperi fecit ; comp. EX from 2D. 

1. Pr. the past night, as adv. yester- 
night, last night, Gen. 19, 34. 31, 29. 42. 
Also yesterday, i.q. 12m, 2 K. 9, 6. τοῖς 
implies strictly the last part of the pre- 
ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. 6. 
the evening and night of yesterday, and 
is then transferred so as to denote even- 
ing and night in general; just as the 
words which signify to-morrow, are also 
often referred to morning in general. Of 
yesterday we remember the close ; of to- 
morrow the beginning is more δὰ μον 


onour mind. See Arab. gad adv. yes- 
terday, oe subst. yesterday, comp. 


Line vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow, 
see Heb. “p2 morning and morrow, like 
Germ. Morgen; Gr. αὔριον to-morrow, 


REP 
from αὔρα morning air; Arab. δἰδια 
86. 

morning, ὡλιξ. morrow, ΔΉ to-morrow. 
Hence 

2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30,3 they 
flee τινι τι Wey into the night or 
darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless 
desert being strikingly compared by the 
Orientals to night and darkness; see Jer. 
2,6. 31, and Is. 42,16. Others: yesterday 
of desolation, i. e. places long since deso- 


69 


is 
lated; but against this it may be urged, 


5 
that Rit according to Arabian gram- 
marians, is spoken only of time just past. 

PAN f. (for ΤῸΝ, τ᾿ P28) c. suff. "Mex, 
imax. 

1, * firmness, stability, perpetuity, Ps. 
19, 10, parall. 533 M435. Is. 39, 8 cided 
ΤΙΝῚ peace and ‘stability, i i. 6. firm and 
stable peace, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, comp. no. 
2. Also sureness, certainty ; ἼΩΝ 2,12 
ΤῊΝ Mix a token of sureness, i. e. sure 
and certain. 

2. faithfulness, fidelity, truth, i. e. firm- 
ness and constancy in oneself, in keeping 
and executing one’s promises, etc. As- 
cribed to a people Is. 59, 14.15; toa 
king Ps. 45, 5; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71, 22. 
91,4. Very freq. joined with 797, Ps. 
25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4.11. 108, 5. 138, 2, 
all which passages, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, are 
to be understood of the faithful and con- 
stant goodness of God. So ton ΠῺΣ 
BS mn} to deal kindly and truly with 
any one, to show him sincere kindness, 
Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 
2, 6. 15, 20. 

3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42, 
16. Deut. 22, 20. 2 Sam. 7, 28. 5°38 
ΤΩΝ words which are truth ‘Prov: 22, 21, 
Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119, 
142; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15; to the 
servant of God Is. 42, 3. Henee may 
nim? the truth of Jehovah, often put for 
his true doctrine, the true religion, Ps. 
25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11. 

4. good faith, uprightness, integrity. 
Ex. 18, 21 583 "N70 MSN "HIN men of 
integrity, not eager > for gain. Neh. 7, 2. 
Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. 5% 3 Prov. 8, 7. 
Spec. ur a judge, uprightness, justice 2 
Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are 
upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14.— 
Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh. 
24, 14. 1 Sam, 12,24. 1 K. 2,4. Is. 10, 20. 

MMMON f. (r. mma to expand) plur. 
constr. mina, a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq. 
43, 18. 21. 22. 

“MAN (true, veracious) Amittat, pr. n. 
of the father of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 
14, 25. Jon. 1, 1. 

"20728 Chald. f. (for Ὧπ-} strong, 
mighty, Dan. 7,7. R. ἼΠ α. ν. 

8 interrog. adv. contr. from. 738 IT, pr. 


is 70 


where? "Δ 8 whence? 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth. 
Then, where? whither? 1 Sam. 10,14.— 
Also of time, J8"79 until when? how 
long? Job 8, 2. 


Hence 728, with 4 local; but Milra 
Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7. 

ἣ whither 2 also withot interrogation 
Josh. 2,5. Neh. 2,16. Pregn. Is. 10, 3 
Ἐξ τῖπο DIST AN ‘whither will ye (carry 
and) leave your "wealth ? 

2. where? Ruth 2, 19. 

3. Of time, MINTS until when? how 
long? Ex. 16, 28. Ps. 13,2. Job 18, 2 
"b> ἼΧ2 praron MIND how long ere 
ye make an end of words ? 

4. Without interrogation, M28) 38 
hither and. thither, any whither, 1K. 2, 
86. 42. 

PB i. q. ji8 Heliopolis, q. v. 

N28 Chald. pron. 1 pers. J, Dan. 2, 8; 
oftener M28 2, 23. 3,25. 4,6. As genit. 
Dan. 7, 15. 

NEN Milél (read dnna, not énna) in- 
terj. of entreaty, compounded from 7x 
and &3, pr. ah now! ah I pray thee! 
With an imperat. Gen. 50,17; or fut. 
apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1,5; elsewhere ab- 
sol. Ex. 32,31. Dan. 4,4. Written also 
mi Milél, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. {te 1, 14. 


ἫΝ FTN (for mx, Arab. 5H) i. q. 
Τὰ Pas, ΜΟΥ onomatopoetic, to sigh, to 
groan, Is. 3, 26. 19,8. Hence the noun 
O28, Gr. cule (anaw, ἀνιάζω), and 
APRA. 


ἘΠ, ΧΡ in Kal not used, to ap- 
proach, to come to meet, to be present. 


Arab. 3! to be in good time, ot fit 
time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa- 
tient, pr. to take time. IV, to retain. 

Piet to cause to meet, to let fall in 
with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13. 

Pua pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to 
be brought upon, to befall, 6. g. evil, ca- 
lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps. 
91, 10. 

Hirapa. to seek occasion against any 
one, 6, 2 2 K. 5,7. 

Deriv. "28, ΠΝ, MX IT (for my), 
ΤΩΝ, ΤῊΝ 


TZN whither? when? see ἽΝ. 
MN Chald. J, see 838. 


PN 
TBS see in NIN. 


AN we, pron. i. 4. 18, once Jer. 24, 
6 Cheth. This unusual form, which is 
found also in Rabbinic, is derived from 
"28%, as ἼΣΩΝ from "238; and from it 
come the suffixes 53, 3—, 2. In Keri 
is read the common ‘2728, but most 
prob, "28 is the genuine reading. 


JER Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q. 
Heb. ti, they, Dan. 2,44. Fem. "28 they, 
7, 17, and in this passage strictly for 
sunt, they are. The more regular fem. 
fate would seem to be }"28; but } 2 
stands in all the editions, so e. g. Ex. 
1,19 Onk.—The form 738 comes from 
PMN, and /"28 or PEN from Ἰδὲ, the 
deri nvePRtNE syllable WN (ecce !) being 
prefixed. So also in the Talmud, "738 
i,q. 815. See under "238, note. In the 
Targums also 9125, fou. 730. Syr. 
ea and aa . 

DRS m. 1. a man, (see below in 
Wyx,) 1. ᾳ. OW, but only in poetic style. 
Rarely i in the pense of the singular, Ps. 
55, 14. Job 5, 17; more usually collect. 
for the whole beans race, man, Job 7, 
17. 15,14. Ps.8,5. Thesame is υϑ 53: "3 
Ps. 144,3.—Spec. a) Of a multitude, 
the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8, 
1 ΘΝ LANA pr. with a man’s stylus, i.e. 
with common letters, not artificial, so 
that the common people may read with 
out difficulty ; see Comment. on Is. 1. ¢. 
and Rev. 13,18, 21,17; also κατὰ ἄνϑρω- 
πον Gal. 3,15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9,20. 
56, 2. 66,12. Comp. 578 no. 1. 

2. Enos, pr. n. of a son of Seth and 
grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6. 9. 


Re mos in Kal not used, kindr. with the 
roots Max I, p28, PR? 

Nrpu. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan 
oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2, 23. Joel 
1,18. Aram. Ethpa. id.—With >» Ez. 
21, 12, 12 Ex. 2, 23, of that on account 
of which one groans.—Hence 


MMS f. plur. nin, a sighing, sigh, 
groaning, Ps. 31, 11. Lam. 1, 22. Is: 21, 
2 MNMNn>> all the sighing on account 
of her i. 6. Babylon, 35, 10 51, 11. 


AMZN pers. pron. 1 plur.comm. we, the 
common form; whence by apheresis 


max 


mm. Arab. ; Gen. 13,8. 29, 4. 
42,31. etc. See 1258, note. 


NN, MIAN, Shald. id. Dan. 3, 16. 
17. ened 16. 


"28, with distinct. accent "28, pers. 
pron. 1 pers. sing. of both genders, ἢ i. q, 
"25% q.v. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers. 
of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver 
age of the Hebrew, as ἢ ΘΝ Ecc. 
2, 1. 11. 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1.2.4.7. 
7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case ; 
and put for the oblique cases only where 
these already precede, Heb. Gramm. 
§ 119. 3.—Sometimes it includes the idea 
of the subst. verb, i. q. J am, Gen. 15, 7. 
24, 24.—See "258, note. 


"28 comm. a ship, or rather collect. 
mien a fleet, a Arab. aI, plur, 
Rast and lil, a vessel, espec. for wa- 


ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from 
the idea of retaining and containing, 
comp. ol Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl. 


vessel for ship; also Gr. γαυλός a milk- 
pail, and γαῦλος ship, Hdot. 3.136; σκα- 
gis milk-pail and ship; Heb. Mam and 
moa "DD Is. 18,2—So 1 K. 9, 26. 27. 
10, 11 where it is joined with a verb 
masc. v. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages 
with a fem. In all these passages it 
seems to be a collective, to which the 
corresponding noun of unity is 778, 
after the analogy of the Arabic nomina 


5, 
vicis et singularitatis, as RAS one stalk 
8 
of straw, ups straw, see De Sacy 


Gramm. Arabe I. § 577; whence also 
"28 wants the plural. The author of 
Chronicles by way of explanation has 
twice put for it the plur. Mi"28 ; see 1 K. 
9,26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18; 1 K. 10, 22, 
comp. 2 Chr. 9,21. Vulg. always clas- 
sis, Syr. ships. 


FPIN f. noun of unity corresponding 

I to collect. ὌΝ, a ship, Prov. 30, 19. Jon. 
1, 3. 5. Plur. ‘Gen: 49,13. Judg. 5, 17. 
smio mit merchant-shipe Prov. 31, 14. 
wn Mi" Naships of Tarshish Is. 23, 
ἘΣ spoken genr. of any large merchant- 
ships (see in BS" Mm) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps, 


71 


a8 


48, 8. Is. 2, 16. Ming "82% ship-men, 
sailors, 1 K. 9, 27. 


MPN f. sighing, mourning, 18. 29, 2. 
R. πρὶ 1. 


ὩΣ 2 (sighing of the people) pr. ἢ, 
m. Aniam, 1 Chr. 7, 19. 


μ Bel m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q. 
map>; hence for a plumb-line, plummet, 
Am. 7,7 ἫΝ 25h a wall of the plumb- 
line, i.e. built by rule, plumb. v. 8 J will 
lay the plumb-line to my people Israel, 
i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule 
and measure ; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21, 
13.—This word appears to be primitive ; 


Ξ 

at least the Arabic verb &L3} to be gross, 
unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived 
from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond- 


» ᾿ 8,2 oO 
ing is Arab. JSf, Syr. [33]. Eth. by 
transp. FH, also Armen. 


anak, which comprehends both black 
and white lead. 


- 


*228 (Milra), in Pause with a change 
of tone "258 (Milél), 1 pers. pron. of both 
genders, J, 1. ᾳ. 23. This is the pri- 
mary and fuller form, and is in general 
more rare than the shorter one; yet, in 
the Pentateuch it is more frequent while 
in some of the later books, as the Chroni- 
cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap- 
pears. The Phenicians have the same 
form written 38, see Inser. Citiens. 2, 1. 
3, 1, in Monumenta Pheenicie ; the an- 
cient Egyptians and Copts also have 
it written ANoK, ANoG; while Aram. 


δι Ξ- 
haf, sex, Arab. GI, Eth. AZ, accord 
more nearly with the form "3x. 

Nore. The striking resemblance of 
the Hebrew personal pronouns to those 
of the ancient Egyptian language, ap- 
pears from the following table ; in which 
the capital letters are those found in the 
ancient writing, and the small vowels 
are inserted from the Coptic. 


τς ἡ μια 
ἮΣ , 


ἮΝ 72 


Plur. 1. ANaN ΝῸΣ 
ἫΝ eNTOTeN TeN 
3. eNTSeN SeN 


This table shows clearly the follow- 
ing points: a) All the Egyptian sepa- 
rate pronouns are compounded, by pre- 
fixing to the proper kernel of the pronoun 
the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,which 
must have had a demonstrative mean- 
ing, and served to give more body and 
force to the pronominal word. b) This 
prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found 
in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and 
second persons: 1. an-oki, an-i. 2. an- 
ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t. 
Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-tem, an-ten. 
The third pers. has it not in biblical 
Hebrew; but the Talmud frequently 
has "738 he, ipse; Plur. 3338 for 72K. 
c) The demonets, prosthetic syllable an, 
in, (j&%,) has a clear analogy to the 
Heb. demonstr. ἽΠ, ecce! lo! and may 
originally not have been prefixed to the 
third person in Hebrew, because this 
could not be pointed at as present. But 
we clearly find the same syllable in the 
Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in 
the suffixes of verbs future; and there 
is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this 
Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun.— 
For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns, 
see Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13. 
Leipz. 1842. 


128 in Kal not used, Chald. "3 to 
be ἐτπερεά, to be sad, to mourn. Arab. 


δὲ to groan, to sigh. 

ΟΝ προ. 42am pr. ‘to show oneself 
sad ;? 4 hen to ‘ complain, to murmur, 
Lam. 3, 39; with the notion of impiety, 
Num. 11, 1. 

᾿ Ὁ: to urge, to press, to compel ; 
kindr. are Y28, 73%, α. v. Once Esth. 
1, 8 O25N PR none did compel sc. the 
guests to drink.—This root is frequent 
in the Targums for Heb. >33, yx, Pw. 
Syr. Ethpe. δῦ 2] to be compelled ; 
Pa, «δῦ for ἐκβιάζομαι Wisd. 14, 19. 

O28 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] 1-2 
> O2N-N> no secret presseth upon thee, 
troubleth thee. 

: Tos fut. 52x, to breathe ; also to 
breathe hard through the nostrils, to 


pan 

snort ; found in the verb only trop. to be 
angry, comp. "5 Ps. 10, 5.—Constr. 
absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3. 79,5; or with 3 
of the object, Is. 12, 1, 1K. 8, 46. Ps. 85, 
6. Found only in the loftier and poetic 
style ; in prose the more common form is 

Hirupa. pr. to show oneself angry, 
hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, c. 3 Deut. 
1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8. 20. 

Deriv. 58 IL. 

528 Chald. only in plur. c. suff. "BRN, 
i. q. Heb. 0°BR, the face, visage, Dan. 
2. 46. 3,19. In the Targums we more 
frequently find the contracted form 7°28, 
with a plural termination, Targ. Gen. 
32, 30. Deut, 1, 17. 34, 10. Cant. 1, 11.— 
A Dual 3 Ν is not found in Chaldee. 


“D8 f name of an unclean bird, 
to which are ascribed several species 
(ΠΡ 55) Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14,18. Sept. 
χαραδριός, i ie. a bird haunting clefts and 
chasms in the banks of rivers, perh. sand- 
piper. Bochart in Hieroz. II. 335 sq. 
renders it with the Rabbins angry bird, 


and understands the bird ᾿ ‘ i. e. the 


wrathful, a species of edgle; which 
would also accord with the Heb. etymo- 
logy from 528. Among the more irasci- 
ble birds is also the parrot, and so both 
the Arabic versions. 


‘ Pas 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke, 
to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort- 
ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to 
sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey, 
Jer. 51,52. Ez. 26, 15.—Kindred are the 
roots ΤΊ, ΤῈΣ, and words depending 
from them, as ἄγχι, ἀνάγκη, angere, an- 
gustus, Germ. enge, Angst, Engl. an- 
guish, anxious ; and more softened M3k, 
mex for 28.—Chald. p2x, Syr. 24}, id. 

2. From the idea of choking (see 
p24) comes also the signif. of collar, 
p22, and to adorn with a collar, see P22; 


hence also the neck, From its 
slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called 
in Arab. 
Heb. spine ἡ anciently P23, P28, comp. 


= to have a slender neck. From 

e goat, is derived the word for roe, i. 6. 
tp comp. Lat, caprea from capra, — 

Nipu. i. q. Kal πο. 1, Ez. 9, 4. 24, 17 


a 


slic q. ἃ long-neck, in | 


pan! - 


Da ΣΝ sob in silence, i. ἃ. forbear to 
cry out.—Hence 


MBPS f constr. MPI 1. a shriek, 
cry, mourning, Mal, 2,13; of captives Ps. 
79, 11. 102, 21; of the wretched Ps, 12,6. 

2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile, 
prob. of the lizard genus, having its 
name from the moaning cry uttered by 
some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg. 
mus araneus or shrew-mouse. See Bo- 
chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq. 

᾽ O28 i. q. a2, Syr. Gea, (comp. Gr. 
voaog,) to be sick, ill at ease; found only 
in Part. pass, Oy, f maa, ill, des- 
perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or 
wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6. 
Trop. of grief Is. 17, 11, like nbin, mdm; 
of a day of calamity Jer.17, 16; of a 
malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9. 

Nipu. to be very sick, 2 Sam. 12, 15. 


: ὯΣΝ m. a primitive word, not used 
in the sing. pr. @ man, vir, and then man 
in general, homo. Instead of it the He- 
brews used the contracted and softened 
form x a man, comp. Gr. εἷς for ἕνς, 
gen. ἑνός; and also the prolonged form 
WIN homo. From this primary form 
comes fem. WN for M2 @ woman, and 
plur. 5°38 men.—The signif. of sick- 
ness and disease, which lies in the root 
28, is derived from another source, the 
primary syllable 3; and has no con- 
nection with this substantive root. 


D28 Chald. and B28 Dan. 2, 10, stat. 
emphat. 8U2x Dan. 2, 38, and NON 5, 21, 
also NU 4, 13 Cheth. man, homo, 
and collect. men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29. 
30. So in B3x M23 i. q. ὉΠ ΓΞ son of man, 
i.e. man, homo; Dan.7,13 lo! ὩΣ 72D 
one like the son of man came with the 
clouds of heaven, i.e. the king of the fifth 
empire, the Messiah. From this passage 
in Daniel was derived the appellation of 
the Messiah which in the times of our 
Saviour was the most common of all, 
viz. Son of man. Besides the N. T. 
traces of it are found also in the apocry- 


phal Book of Enoch, written about the. 


time of Christ’s birth, but before the 
death of Herod the Great. See c, 46, ed. 
Oxon.—Plur. 8828 "22 Dan. 2, 38. 5, 91. 
Puur. 0°2% after the Heb. form, Dan. 
4,14 7 


78 


DON 


MMS Chald. i. q. Heb. πῶν 4. v. 
Pron. 2 pers. Sing. m. thou, Dun. 2, 29. 
31, 37. 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6, 17. 
21 Cheth. This form is.a Hebraism 
peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead 
of the usual mk, AX, comm. gend. and 
for that reason not acknowledged by the 
Masorites, who everywhere regard M as 
redundant, and substitute in Keri FIX. 

TAPS Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur. 
Dan. 2,8. In the Targg. id. also PRR. 

RON (prob. physician) Asa, pr. n. m. 
a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and 
grandson of Rehoboam, who died after 
a reign of 41 years, 914 B.C. 1 K. 15, 9 
sq. 2 Chr, ο. 14-16, _b) 1 Chr. 9, 16. 


“STON obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ot, 
(1 and Ὁ being interchanged, see under 
',) to be hurt, injured, and trans. to hurt, 
harm, injure.—Hence ἸῸΝ and XOX, 

FAON m. (r. HA) pr. a vessel for hold- 
ing ointment, an oil-flask, 2 K. 4, 2. 


- ΥἹῸΝ m. (t. MON) hurt, harm, mischief, 
done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38, Ex. 21, 
22. 23: 

“RON m. (τ. SOx) plur, DOR, ἃ 
band, bond, Ecc. 7, 26. “AON m2 Jer. 
37, 15 the house of bonds, i. 6. prison. 

“VOX Chald. id. Dan. 4,12. Ezra % 263. 

EON m. (τ. HON) collection, ingather-. 
ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34,22. Formed: 
after the analogy of the like nouns WEP, 
ὙΠ, DIR. 

TOS m. (τ. VSN) plur. BM7ON, one 
bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3; 18. Ps. 
68,7. It differs from “AON, in that the 
latter retains the force of a participle, 
while "*0x% is a substantive; see Gen. 
39, 20. 

“YON m. (7.108) 1. id. Is. 10, 4. 24, 
22. 42, 7. 

2. Assir, pr.n.m. a) Ex.6,24.1Chr. - 
6,7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22: 


* DON obsol. root, ig. Div, Dw, to 
put, to set, to lay up ; comp. Aram. JOR, 
<1, (2 and 3 being interchanged) to 
heap up, to lay up, whence =} and 
{2arinf a heaping up, provision, 820% 


store-houses.—Hence 


2c 


ὩΣ ὩΣ plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8. 
Prov. 3,10. Inthe East these are often 
under ground, and are now called Mat- 


nvbrat, ty gelae r 


; ἸΌΝ obsol. and doubtful root, Aram. 
to. lay up, to hoard, seein BOX. Hence 


MIION pr. n. m. Asnah, Ezra 2,50. It 
is an appellative, signifying either store- 
house, or thorn-bush i.q. Chald. 8208, 
Heb. προ. ᾿ 


“BION Asnappar, Sept. ᾿᾿σσεναφάρ, 
Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. τι. of an Assyrian 
king or satrap, who is said to have led 
out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10.— 
Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sendpa, leader 
of an army; see also 379730. 


MON Asenath, Egyptian pr. n. of the 
daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo- 
lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46, 
20. The LXX, whose, authority is con- 
siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it 
“Aasved, Ms. Alex, *Aoervé, which may 
be written in Egyptian thus, 2.C-Sl€yT 
she is of Neith, i. e. belongs to Neith the 


Minerva of the Egyptians (Δ. she 
is); like Asisi, 2.C-HCE she is of Isis, 
i. e. devoted to her. A different expla- 
nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc. 
II. 209. Panth. A gypt. 1.56. For the 
goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and 
Champollion Panthéon Egyptien no. 6. 
* TON, imper. FOX, ΠΡῸΣ Num. 11, 
16, plur. "BON Ps. 50, 5; fart. poN7, in 
plur. et c. suff, "DOM, "JEON", rarely 
with δὲ quiescent or dropped FO", FON, 
FOX 1 Sam. 15,6. 2Sam.6, 1. Ps. 104,29. 
—Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, kindr. 
with the verbs 90 (whence M510 
whirlwind), “50, also 903, and the 
harsher 0 q.v. Hence 
1. to collect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23, 
10; ears of grain Ruth 2,7; money 2 Καὶ, 
22,4. Also to gather together, to assem- 
ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16. 
Num. 21, 16. 2 Sam, 12, 28. Constr. 
with ace. to which is sometimes added 
dx of pers. or place to or at which; Gen. 
42,17 "ΘΝ ΠῚ FON and We ga- 
thered them together into prison, i. e. put 
them all together in-prison. 1 Sam, 14, 


74 


“= 


EDN 


52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21; also ἘΦ: 
2 K..22, 20.—Hence 

2. to gather to oneself. to take, to receive, 
espec. to one’s hospitality and protection, 
Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20, 4... P32 'B Hom 
2 K. 5, 3 sq. to receive one from leprosy, - 
i.e. to restore a leprous person, so that 
he is again received into the society and 
intercourse of others. 

3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to 
draw up or back, to withdraw. Gen. 49, 
33 he gathered up his feet into the bed. 
1 Sam. 14, 19 πὸ FOR withdraw thy 
hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars 
DMa2 JEON withdraw their brightness, i. 6. 
shine no, more.—Hence 

4. to take back or away, espec. that 
which one has formerly given. Ps. 104, 
29 ἜΡλι EMT HOM thou takest away 
their breath, they die. Job 34, 14. Gen. 
30, 23 "ΠΒ ΠΩΣ HTN HOR God hath 
taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1.10, 14. 

5. to take out of the way, to destroy, 
Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6 Tay FEOR 15 


lest I destroy thee with them. Ez. 34, 29 


22 "BION taken away by famine, con- 
sumed. Jer. 8, 13, Zeph. 1, 2. Comp. 
the roots NBD, FA0. 

6. to bring up the rear, to be a rear- 
ward, agmen claudere, as collecting and 
bringing together the stragglers, Is. 58, 
8. Comp. Pi. no. 3. 

Nipx. 1. to be collected, gathered to- 
gether, assembled, with >x of place, Lev. 
26,25; Ὁ 5 Chr. 30,3; ἘΣ 2 Sam. 17, 11; 
though more contihibey dz in this plese 
signifies gpabast, Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15. 
Also ἤβϑ τος 7ON2 Gen. 49, 29, ΠΝ 
Judg. 2, 10, and simpl. FON3 Num. 20, 
26, to be gathered to.one’s people, fathers, 
etc. i. 6: to depart into Sheol, Hades, 
where the Hebrews supposed all their 
ancestors te be congregated. The being 
gathered to one’s people or fathers, is ex~ 
pressly distinguished both from death and 
from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29, 2K. 22, 20. 
Different are those passages in which 
FON? denotes the gathering of the dead 
slain in battle for the purpose of burial, 
Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19. 

2, to be received, comp, in Kal no..2, 
6. g. a leprous person, i. 4. to be restored, 
as. healed, Num. 12; 14. Reflex. of a 


sword, Jer. 47, 6 put up thyself into thy 
scabbard. 


ΟΝ 

3. to be taken away, to depart, to perish, 
Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jer. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3. 

Pre. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to 
gather, Is. 62, 9. 

2. to receive in hospitality, Judg. 19,18. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up the rear, 
to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6, 
9. 13. Is. 52, 12. 

Puat pass. of Piel no. 1, to be collected, 
gathered together, Is, 24, 22. 33, 4. 

Hirupa. to gather themselves together, 
to be assembled, Deut. 33, 5. 

Derty. }"08, and the six here follow- 
ing. 

FON (collector) Asaph, pr.n.m. a) 
A Levite, the chief of David’s singers, 
1 Chr. 16, 4.5; ina later age celebrated 
also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29, 30; 
to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are 
ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos- 
terity, FOX "22, in the times of Ezra and 
Nehemiah stilloccupied themselves with 
sacred poetry and song. 
2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10. 
Neh, 7, 44. 11,39. b) 2K. 18, 18. Is. 
36, 3. 6) Neh. 2, 8. 


SON (after the form t5x) only in Plur. 
B"BON collections, i. 6. stores, store-hou- 
ses, 1 Chr. 26,15. 17. Bo SUI “BON the 
store-chaimbers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25. 


FON collection, ingathering, harvest, 
espec. of fruits, Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1. 


MDON £ a eathering together, assem- 
blaze. Is. 24, 22 pleon. MEDS EDN they 
are gathered together with a ‘guthering, 
i. 6. in one gathering, all at once. 


MBO f. only in Plur, mizoy, assem- 
blies, congregations, espec. of wise and 
learned men to dispute on divine things. 
Ece. 12,11 mipox 95 masters of assem- 
blies, i. 68. members, associates of such 
assemblies, i,q. 0°%22M in the other clause. 


In Arabic Kol ay! lst; though the © 


Arabian consessus, οὶ οἱ ἃ . are a dif 
ferent thing from these Jewish assem- 
blies. [Others: masters of collections, 
i.e. compilers, composers of books ; so 
Kimchi.—T. 

DYBON see ἘΌΝ. 


HOON m. pr. collected, adj. dimin. 
used in contempt for a mixed multitude, 
rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from 


15 ~ 


1 Chr. 25, 1. 


“ION 


every quarter and following the Israel- 
ites in their exodus; with art. FOEONA 
Num. 11, 4, Aleph Keing quiescent.— 
The same is called in Ex, 12, 38 33 292. 


N27 BON (Milél) Chald. adv. diligently, 
carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13. 
7, 17, 21. 26. Sept. ἐπιδέξιον, ἐπιμελῶς, 
ἑτοίμως, Vulg. studiose, diligenter.—The 
etymology is doubtless to be sought in 
the Persian language, comp. 83] πὸ ; but 
in respect to the root and signification 
there is little certainty. Bohlen, Symb. 
p- 21, regards it as from we 3! from 
wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose- 
garten prefers with Castell to compare 
sr and Syl , wholly, perfectly. 

ἘΞ ΟΣ Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of ἃ son 
of Haman, Esth. 9, 7. Prob. Sanser. 
Asvadata, Pers. sul, ‘ab equo 
datus,’ (i. e. by Bramah ‘under the form 


of a horse,) comp. Gr. ᾿Ἁσπαδής. So 
Benfey, Pott. 


ΤῸΝ fat. -dx2 and πον", c. suff. 
ATION, TION. 
1. to bind. to make fast, to bind to any 
thing, kindr. with ΠΤ and other roots of 
binding, which see in art. “ix. Chald. 


A ilies Ὁ 
“Ox, Syr. pol Arab. al, Eth. AZ 


and AWZ id.—E. g. an animal, Gen. 


49,11; ἃ victim, Ps. 118, 27; a sword 
upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12; a person 
with cords, Ez. 3, 25—Hence 

2. to bind, to put in bonds, Gen. 42, 24 ; 
espec. in fetters, chains, Ps, 149, 8. Jer. 
49,1. 2 K.25,7. Part. "40% one bound, 
a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7 ; metaph. 
of'a captive to woman’s love, Cant. 7, 6. 

3. to put in prison, to hold in confine- 
ment, although not bound, 2 K. 17, 4.93, 
33. Part. “πΌΝ ἃ prisoner, Gen. 40, 3. 5. 
Is. 49,9. EXON M2 the house of pri- 
soners, i. 6. prison, Judg. 16,21. ρα ΟΝ 


pyyon ma Εἰοο. 4,14. Arab. 7 ay id. “ft 
captivity. at oe 
4. to make fast animals to a cart or 
vehicle, i. e. ἐο harness, to yoke. 1 Sam. 
6,7 Hogza MiseM-ry ONION) and yoke 
the kine to the cart. v.10. Also with ace. 
of the vehicle. to harness a chariot, Gen. 
46,29; orabsol. 1K. 18,4473 “ox har- 
ness thy chariot and godown. 2K. 9,21. 


"oN 


5. Pr. to bind on, to join ; hence “08 
marsn-rN 10 join battle, to begin the 
fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3. 

6. ‘ivino-by “DX TON to bind a binding 
(interdict) upon oneself, i i. e. to bind one- 
self by a vow of abstinence from the use 
of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30, 
3sq. Different from "33 5733 10 vow a 
vow, which implies something to be per- 
formed.—Chald. “Ox to prohibit, to for- 
bid, Syr. Ἰξο κοΐ to bind and loose, to 
prohibit and permit. 

Nipx. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13. 

‘2. to be kept in prison, Gen. 42, 16. 19. 

Pua to be made captive in war, Is. 
22, 3. 

Deriv. the two following, and “308, 
“MON, WON, MOD, HOT. 

“ON and “ON m. pr. a binding, pro- 
hibition, interdict ; hence a vow of absti- 
‘nence, Num. 30,3 sq. See in r. “ON no. 
6. The absol. state is every where “OX, 
but c. suff H7OR, plur. Hox, Num. 
30, 6. 8. 15. 

“ON Chald. a prohibition, interdict, 
Dan. 6, 8 sq. 

PUT MON pr. n. Esar-haddon, a king 
of Assyria, the son and successor of 
Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra 
4,2. Before his father’s death, he had 
been made viceroy over the province of 
Babylonia, with regal honours. See 
Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p. 
42, 43, where he is called “4eogday, as 
‘also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. 1. c. elsewhere 
Zazsoduv, Σαχερδονός Tob. 1, 21.—This 
name was perh. in ancient Assyrian 
equivalent to Athro-dana, Pers. x310 οὐ 
‘ gift of fire,’ which comes near to Asor- 
dan. Bohlen. 


“HON Esther, Pers. pr. n. of a Jewish 
virgin, before called Hadassah, "077, 
Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of 
Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per- 
sia. The etymology is correctly given 
in Targ. sec, ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers. 
s,Liw sitdreh, star, also good fortune, 
happiness, Zend. stara, Sanscr. str nom. 
std for star ; whence in the occidental 
languages, Gr. ἀστήρ, Lat. aster, Germ. 
Stern, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind, 
Biblioth, I]. 18. In Syr. put for the 
star of Venus, (see Bar Bahldl Ms.) and 


76 


ὮΝ 
we recognise the same Persian name in 
the Heb. ΩΦ, for which see in its 
place. This name therefore was parti- 
cularly appropriate to the character and 
circumstances of Esther. 


8 Chald. st. emphat. Xx, wood, 
Ezra 5, 8. 6, 4. 11. Dan. 5, 4. It is soft- 
ened from Heb. 73, the > being changed 
into 8, and 7 into 3. See under the 
letters 8,5, X. 


I. 58 Partic. denoting: 1. addition, 
accession, espec. of something greater 
and more important, pr. yea more, be- 
sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with rib, 5B, 
δ ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. ἢ ἃ. Morg. II. 
p-143. Corresp.are Syr..s}, Chald. PN 
Arab. _$.—Job 15,4 AR MEN ΤΙΝ τρὶς 
yea more, thou dost bring to nought the’ 
Sear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a 
partic. of interrogation, ΝΠ ts it even ? 
shall even? followed by ©}, e. g. Job 
34, 17. 40,8. Am. 2,11. Before a pro- 
noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19 
MAX FR FASTIN I make known to thee, 
even to thee. —Hence i. q. Lat. nedwm,’ 
much more, by impl. much less, how 
much less, (more fully "3 58, which see 
in its order below, no. 2,) Job 4, 18. 19. 
So "2 ὯΝ separ. much less when, if, Job 
9, 14 52258 732% "DHX how much less if 


[ Tina answer him ? 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5. 


2. Simpl. marking accession in gene- 
ral, also, Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14. 
Ps, 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32,10. al. Often 
ὮΝ" and also, Lev. 26, 39. Deut. 15, 17; 
once even 537581, like Lat. etiam quo- 
que, Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re- 
peated, Is. 40, 24. 41, 26.—Often put 
poetically and with emphasis for the 
more common and, also; comp. Arab. 


3. Is. 48, 12. 13 7 also am the last ; 
my hand also hath founded the earth, 
i. q. and I...and my hand, etc. 26, 8. 
33, 2. 41, 10. 

3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti- 
cle, i. ᾳ. ON OX even if, although. Job 
19, 4 "F938 ὉΡΏΝΤΩΝ although indeed I 
have erred. Syr Jl «δ, and contr. 
<at —Also even though, when yet ; Ps. 
44, 10 we praise God all the day ὉΛὲ 
Ἔν ὭΣΤ although thou hast cast us 
off and put us to shame. 68, 17. 


x8 
FS Chald. also, Dan. 6, 23. 


"D ὮΝ 1. pr. yea more, that; but 
also, but even. Ez. 23,40 yea further- 
more, that ye did send for men. from 
far. Hab. 2, 5.—Gen, 3,1 "28 "2 ὮΝ 
DSN, put for "D ORM, is it even so, 
that God hath said 7—Hense 

2. Lat. nedum, pr. much more, how 
much more, when preceded by an affirm- 
ative, 1 Sam. 14, 30. 2Sam. 4,11; where 
a negative precedes, how much less, 
Job 25, 6. Sometimes with "2 omit- 
ted, id. 


II. ΘΝ πὶ. (for $38, τ. HIN) c. suff. 
"BN, IBN, dual ΘΒ, pr. ‘a breathing- 
place” the member with which we 
breathe ; hence 

1, the nose, Arab. wiih Eth. AS, 
id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of 
animals Job 40, 24; aatheopen, of God, 
Ps, 18, 9. ὮΝ 735 pride, see 733. Also 
ὮΝ m9 breath or blast of the nose, spoken 
of the hard breathing of an angry per- 
son, Job 4,9. Hence 

_2. enger, which shows itself in hard 
breathing, HS 52 Prov. 22, 24, and 
ὮΝ WN 29, 22, an angry man. Very 
often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22, 
29, 19. Job 36, 13. ; 

Dua ΘΒ 1. Pr. ‘the twobreathing- 
holes,’ i. e. the nostrils, Gen, 2, 7. 

2. anger, chiefly in the phrases ἼΝ 
ὈΠΒΝ slow to anger, patient, and “xP 
ὈΠΕΝ short i.e. quick of anger, impa- 
tient; see in FIN, "Pp. 

3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr. 


3, Chala. ye. Gen. 3,19. Fre- 


quent in the phrase fo bow oneself DEN 
ΠΣῚΝ the face to the ground, Gen. 19,1. 
42, 6. 317 "BND before David 1 Sam. 
25, 23, for the common "28D. 

4, two persons, as if dual from Sing. 
HS in the signif. of face, person ; comp. 
πρόσωπον, 2°25, and Syr. isi. 1 Sam. 
1,5 BIEN PMS 139 @ portion of two per- 
sons, i.e. a double portion. See more 
fully in Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he 
gave to Hannah one portion in anger, 
i. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow- 
ful spirit ; words signifying anger being 
sometimes transferred to express the 
idea of grief, sadness. 

5. Appaim, pr. n. m. 1 νῶν τ 80. 31. 

7 


77 


EN 


* TEN fat. “bx, 10 gird on, to put on, 
sc. the high-priest’s ephod, 15x, Ex. 29, 
5. Lev. 8, 7. 

Deriv. the two following, and tipx. 


“EX (i. q. ‘Tex ephod,) pr. n. τὰ: 
Ephod, Num. 34, 23. 


ΓΞ £1. Inf. οὔτ, ἽΝ, a girding 
on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex. 
28, 8. 

2. ἃ covering, overlaying of a statue 
with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, i. q. "22%. 
Idols of wood were often thus overlaid 
with ‘Plates of gold or silver, περίχρυσα, 
περιάργυρα, Ep. Jer. 6, 34. 


TIBN i. q. Syr. bysf a palace; Dan. 
11,45 12728 "D8 his palace-like taberna- 


cles.—It is i. q. Arab. was a high 
tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros- 
thetic followed by Dag. forte ; comp. 
W7BS, also D3, Chald. oy, tax, blood; 
i, ἜΝ, i, 2 garden ΞΘ q. v. 


“Tes, imp. "5X for 558 Ex. 16, 23; 
fut. FDR", once SAE 1 Sam: 28, 94; to 
cook, spec. to bake, e. g. bread or cakes 
in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. Arab. 


3 9; whence οὖν oven, furnace. In 


the occidental languages comp. Gr. ἕψω, 
ὀπτάω, πέπτω, Lat. epule, epulari.— 
Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19. 
With two acc. of the material and of 
that which is prepared from it; Lev. 24,5 
nian Mwy one Mn MEN and bake 
[of ] it twelve cakes ; comp. Lehrg. § 219. 
Part. HES a baker Gen: 40,1. oR ἰῷ 
chief of the bakers, chief- baker; an officer 
of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq. 
The same dignity exists among’ the 
Mogols. 

Nipu. to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6, 10. 
7,9. Plur. my"|xm Lev. 23, 17. 

Deriv. MEN, Dyn. 


MDS an ephah, see ΠΡῚΝ. 


PN and NIDN, Aleph paragog. like 
i29, wins; pr. here hic, and of time, 
nto 5 but always a particle postposi- 
tive, which gives emphasis to the pre- 
ceding word, like the Greek enélities 
ποτέ, πως, που, Lat. tandem. Tt is’ sub- 
joined: a) To interrogative pronouns, 


TEN 


and adverbs, Engl. now, Gen. 27, 33. 
Ex. 33, 16 ΝΒ 7382 wherein now ? 
Is. 22, 1 NiBN ἼΡ ΤΙ what aileth thee 
now? Job17,15 SiE8 MSN where now ? 
Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12.°Gen. 27, 37 ΓΞ 
"32 NWN 172 NIBR and what now shall I 
do for thee, my son? Ὁ) To negative 
and affirmative particles or words. Job 
9, 24 ἴξκ ND ON if not now (God), i.e. if 
it be not God, who is it? 24,25. The 
contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 158 19 ON 
ifsonow. c)Inexhortations and wishes. 
Job 19, 6 {BR ATF know now, know there- 
fore, Sept. γνῶτε οὖν. 19,23. 2 K. 10, 10. 
Prov. 6, 3. Gatreaponsitig’% is Chald. jis 
indeed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf 
Lex. 1706. The primary force of 15% 
is Reriqnetintye, as in 1B, MB, here; 
with & prefixed, which is algo demon: 
strative, like RM ecce! Comp. Rabb. 
NADN, WN, NTN, ig. NIT, NT. See 
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fiir ἃ. Morg. II. p. 
128, 137.—T his 158 zov enclitic, and the 
interrogative MB"¥ ποῦ, are kindred. 

TES m. (by Syriasm for sipx) 
constr. also TIES 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. [2,5 
from the Heb. R. “5x. 

1. an ephod, a garment of the high 
ypriest, worn over the tunic and outer 
garnient or pallium, 5999 Tiny Ex: 28, 
‘31. 29, 5; without sleeves, and divided 
below the armpits into two parts or 
halves, of which one was in front cover- 
ing the breast and belly, and the other 
behind covering the back. These were 
joined above on the shoulders by clasps 
or buckles of gold and precious. stones, 
and reached down to the middle of the 
thighs; they were also made fast by a 
belt around the body, 71585 3m; see 
Ex. 28, 6-12.—Besides the high-priest, 
the ephod was sometimes worn also by 
other persons; e. g. by David as lead- 
ing the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam. 
6, 14; by Samuel as the high-priest’s 
minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28; and also by 
some priests of lower rank.—As to the 
material, the ephod of the high-priest 
was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus ; 
that worn by others was usually of linen, 

2. an image, statue of an idol, comp. 
MEX no. 2. Judg. 8, 27; prob. also in 
Judg. 17; 5. 18; 17-20, Hos, 3, 4. 

3. Ephod, pr. ἢ, τὴ, Num. 34, 23, 


78 


DEN 


TPDN (refreshed, from an obeol. root 
mex ig. mB, ~(s, tobreathe, to blow,) 


pr. ἢ. τῇ. Aphiah, t Sam. 9, 1. 


5 adj. (τ. 528) late, slow of growth, 
long in ripening, spoken of fruit and 
grain, Ex. 9, 32.—Pr. weak, tender, see 
the root no. 2. 


PDS or PDS, m. (τ. FEN) constr. 
pres, plur. "pay. 

1. @ pipe, tube, from the idea of hold- 
ing, containing, see r. PES no. 1. Job 
40, 18 MYM; ΕΝ tubes of brass.— 
Riper. a) a channel, bed of a brook or 
stream, Is. 8,7. Ez. 32,6; also for the 
bottom of the sea, 2 Sam, 22, 16. b)a 
brook, torrent, Ps. 42, 2. 126, 4 Joel 1, 20. 
ποθ πὸ PX a talley Brook, Job 6, 15. 
Hence c) a valley itself, as watered by 
a stream or torrent, i. q. bins , Arab. sol, 
wady, Fiz. 6, 3. 34, 13. 35, 8. 36,4. 6. 

2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. PES no. 
2. Job 41,7 [15] D527 ἽΝ the strong 
of shields, i. e. the strong shields or 
scales of the crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth 
the girdle of the mighty ; paral, ΤΏ, 
—Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12, ascribes to this 
word the notion of ΕΤΥ ΤΉΝ but arbi- 
trarily. 


PDS see in PEN no. 1. 
“TER see BIN. 


“3 DEN a root not used in Hebrew; 


Arab. ἀξ is: 

1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun; 
comp. the kindr. roots 538, 532, >B3; 
hence to be dark, obscure. 

2. to fail, to be weak, tender ; spec. of 
plants, to be late, of slow growth. 

Deriv. from no. 1, 528, BX, ΠΡΕΝ, 
PEND, ΓΡΡΕΝῸ ; prety ὍΘΕΝ, 


SPN dark, 6. g. the day, Am. 5, 20. 


ΚῚΣ m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick 
darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22. 
28, 3. 30, 26. Trop. for misfortune, ca- 
lamity, Job 23, 17; also of a place of am- 
bush, Ps. 11, 2. 


MODS £, (r. bey) darkness, thick dark- 
ness, Ex. 10,22. Comp. d8&. Trop. 
for misfortune, calamity, Is. 8, 22., Plur. 
mien Is. 59; 9. 


DEN 


DPN (judgment, r. Β58) Ephial, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 37. 


*55N obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re- 
volve, like 128.—Hence B58 a wheel, and 


JN m. time, season, from the idea of 
turning, revolving, see r. j28; comp. 
“in, ΠΡ, περίοδος, and other words 
which denote a year, many of which 
” signify pr. ἃ circle, as annus, whence an- 
nulus a ring, Gr. ἐγιαυτός. Hence Prov. 
25, 11 ὙΦΕΝΤῸΣ 733733 a word spoken 
in its times, i: e. in due season, timely. 
(On the form "228 for "3228 see Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 575.) So among the ancient intpp. 
Symm. Vulg. Abulwalid, who rightly 


compares Arab. gut time. Or, if we 
may take ἸΞΝ as 1. q. jPi8 a wheel, the 
phrase *387>2 might be rendered upon 
its wheels, as a proverbial expression 
implying quickness, celerity in replying. 
So Syr. SS and Was, Sse, in 


rota, i. e. quickly, rapidly. 
* CEN to cease, to fail, to have an 


end, Gen. 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4. 


Kindred perh. is 008.—Hence 


DEN pr. cessation, a coming to an 
end ; hence 

A) Subst. m. 1. an end, extremity. 
YI "DERN the ends of the earth, poet. and 
hyperbol. for the remotest regions, Ps. 
2, 8. 22, 28. al. 

2, Dual DIOEN pr. the extremities i. 6. 
soles of the feet ; 6. σ᾿ Ez. 47,3 DNOEN "2 
waters of the soles, i.e. not deep, not 
rising above the soles. Comp. 0B. 
Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles. 

B) Adv. 1. no more, no further, i. q. 
‘Tid PR, Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut. 
32, 36. ἘΣ Wee besides, Is. 45, 6. 46, 
9. Once with i> 2 Sam. 9, 3; and so 
with Yod parag. 113 DBs la, 47, 8. 10. 
Zeph. 2, 15 iP "ὈΞΝῚ ἊΝ I am, and 
there is none besides.—With prep. DENS 
ig. ΡΣ }°S83, with no more; Job 7, 6 
MPM ὈΞΝΞ. with no more of hope, i. e. 
without hope. Proy. 14, 28. Also for 
ὙΝΞ Dan. 8, 25. 

2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12. 29. DENS 
Sor nothing, i. e. without cause, Is. 52, 4. 

ὉΒΝ Ὁ of or from nothing, i. e. something 
from nothing, Is. 40, 17; see ja 1. b. 3. 

3. Adv. of restriction, limitation, no- 


‘19 


ν 


PEN 
thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 comp. v. 20. 
23, 13. 

4, Conj. "2 OBN pr. only that, i. q. 
nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut. 
15, 4. Am. 9, 8. 


ὉΠ OPS Ephes-Dammim, pr. n. of 
a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17, 
1; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 ΘΠ ΓΌΒ. 


YD found only once, and prob. a 
wrong reading for 088; spoken of the 
nothingness of idols, 4 *s 41, 24 D2>op 
ΞΈΝΏ, where the other clause “has 
ἬΝ. Some of the Rabbins regard 
5ῈΝ as being i. q. HSER viper ; and ren- 
der, your work is worse than vipers ; 3 but 
wholly against the context, in which 
idols are said to be altogether nought. 
Better therefore with Vulg. Chald. 
Saad. to replace S282, which is read in 
the similar passages Is. 40, 17. 41, 12. 
29; and is also very frequent in these 
chapters. 


MEN comm. (f. Is. 59, 5) a viper, 
adder, any poisonous serpent, μὰ 20, 


16. Is. 80, 6. 59,5. Arab. ἀπ κ 
MIB q. v. 


= DES i. q. 330, to surround, to en- 
compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18, 5. 
116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2,6; ὃ» Ps. 
40, 13.—It is not contracted in flexion, 
whence SEEN, "J3DEN. 


* PEN in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to 
contain, i. q. PIT, πὶ Hiph. no. 1.b ; 
see P"DN no. 1, and Hithpa. 

2. to be firm, strong, see P"DS no. 2; the 
idea of holding, espec. of holding firmly, 


| being oftentransferred to strength. Arab. 


(83 to overcome, to conquer ; ee) to 
excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in 


liberality, in eloquence, etc. cal ex- 
cellent, pre-eminent. 

Hirupa. to contain oneself, i. e.to with- 
hold or refrain oneself from giving way 
e. g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45, 1; to 
grief Is. 42,14; to anger Esth. 5,10; to 
conscience 1-Sam. 13,12. So Gen. 45,1 
and Joseph could not refrain himself. Is. 
63, 15 SPEANA WN FVM thy 
sion toward me refraineth itself. 1 Sam. 
13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered 


PES 


a burnt-offering, i. e. did violence to my 
conscience, since I knew that this was 
forbidden. 

Deriv. the two following and P"BX. 


PPS (strength, a fortress, strong city) 
pr. n. “Aphek. 

1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
13, 4. 19, 30; also called pax Judg. 1, 
31. This can hardly be any other than 
Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near 
the sources of the river Adonis, cele- 
brated for a temple of Venus; the ruins 
are still called Afka, and are situated 
between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal- 
bec. See Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria 
etc, p. 25, or p. 70 Germ. and p. 493 note. 

2. A city near which Benhadad was 
defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq. 
To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse- 
bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee 
near Hippus, Onom. s. v. ‘dgexe. It is 
called bee by Arabian writers easl 
and $ Feik; and is described by 
Seetzen and Burckhardt under this 
name; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279. 

3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near 
Jezreel, famous for several battles with 
the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29,1; comp. 
28,4. Hither this or the Aphek in no. 1 
was the residence of a Canaanitish king, 
Josh. 12, 18. 

MPEN (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n. 
of a city in the mountains of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 53. 


* "ER ἃ root of doubtful signification, 
kindred with "®> ; prob. 


<< 


I. to cover, i. q. ps whence "DX 
covering. 


Il. to be whitish, Arab. ~ 


"ἜΝ ashes; unless this comes perhaps 
from the idea of grinding, pulverizing, 
"ἜΝ i. g. "28. Comp. "89, 75>. 

“PN m. (r. ἘΝ) ashes, Num. 19, 9. 10. 
2 Sam. 13,19. Used chiefly in reference 
to mourning, Jer. 6, 26. Lam. 3, 16; 
where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102, 
10 7 have eaten ashes like bread, and 
Esth. 4, 1 ὮΝ pe webdw he put on 
sackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, δ. 
So in paronomasia, “BX} “BP dust and 
ashés, Job 30, 19. 42, 6.—Metaph. of any 
thing light, worthless, fallacious, Job 


; whence 


80 


"EN 


13, 12 "Bx "bein maxims of ashes, i. 6. 
empty, fallacious. Is. 44, 20 "Bx ΠΙΣΤΉ 
Seeding on ashes i.e. grasping after them 
as driven by the wind, i. gq. elsewhere 
m5 7S9 to feed upon the wind, see in 
ΤΙΣ no. 3.—For the difference between 
mE and 7B, see in 7U3. 


“ON m. (τ. 9B) a covering for the 
head, head-band, turban, 1 Κα. 20, 38.41. 
Sept. τελαμών. Chald. and Abulwalid, 
by the help of their respective lan- 
guages, employ for it almost the same 


word, the former 7852, the latter 
S__o ὰ 
ὅγλα i.e. cap, Προίτηθί. The same ° 


word exists in Syriac, f,as%& i. e. the 
turban or tiara of the priests and bish- 
ops.—Others make it by transpos. i. q. 
“85 ornament of the head. 


MDs m. the young of birds, a brood, 
§ o 
Arab. 5-53, comp. MM5. Deut. 22, 6. 


Ps. 84-4. R. ΠΡ to break forth, to 
sprout, as plants; in Arab. also of ‘the 


. young of animals. 


FIMEN m. a sedan, litter, a portable 
couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q. 
ΓΙ inv. 7. Sept. φορεῖον litter, comp. 
Athen. 5.5; Vulg. ferculum. Talmud. 
Tyas and 87952 bed; and so also Syr. 


Lejos -—The root is M72, Chald. x79, 


to be borne along, to run, comp. 78 nh. 
2, Gr. φέρω, Lat. fero ; like currus from 
currendo, τρόχος from τρέχειν, φορεῖον 
Serculum from φέρειν ferre. 

BNI (perh. double land, twin-land, 
comp. 0°28) pr. ἢ. Ephraim. 

1. The youngest son of Joseph, and 
founder of the tribe of Ephraim, "33 
pyex Num. 10, 22, and simpl. DT IDY 
Josh. 16, 10; the territory of which lay 
almost in the middle of the Holy Land, 
Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was "Hh 
DPN mount Ephraim, or the mountains 
of Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50, 20, 7. 21, 21. 
Judg. 2, 9. 3, 27.—Different is the forest 
of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac- 
cording to the context is to be sought 
beyond the Jordan, comp. 17, 24-29; 
rrob. so called from the slaughter of 
the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 sq.—2 Sam. 


13,33 ov HN ὩΣ at Ephraim, i.e. in the 


territory of Ephraim. 


ἜΝ 81 


2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. 6. of 
the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be- 
cause the tribe of Ephraim was the most 
important, and also because the family 
of Jeroboam the first king was of that 
tribe, 1 Κα, 11,26. So espec. in the pro- 
phetical books, Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos. 
4, 17. 5, 8 κα. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Syria rest- 
eth D27N 52 upon Ephraim, i. 6. the 
Syrians are encamped in the territory 
of Ephraim.— When the land of Ephraim 
is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5,9; when the 
people, masc. Is.7,8. Comp. HMB no. 2. 


NOTES Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr. 
n. of a people from which a colony was 
sent to Samaria, Ezra 4,9. Hiller under- 
stands the Parrhasii, a tribe of eastern 
Media ; better the Persians themselves, 
see in 098. The Aleph is prosthetic, 
as in the two names here following. 


NIDDION Ezra 5, 6, and ΣΦ ΒΝ 
Ezra 4, 9, Chald. plur. Apharsachites, 
Apharsathchites, pr. τι. of two Assyrian 
tribes otherwise unknown; unless per- 
haps they are to be regarded as one and 
the same. Not improb. the Paretaceni, 
between Persia and Media; comp. Hdot. 
1. 101. 


MIEN Gen. 48, 7, oftener 


“MIDS with He parag. Gen. 35, 16. 
19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region,) pr. ἢ. 
Ephrath, Ephratah. 

1. A city in Judah, called also Bethle- 
hem, Gen. 48,7; more fully Bethlehem- 
Ephratah, Mic. 5, 1. 

2. i. q. DYN Ephraim, Ps. 132, 6. 
Comp. "M728 no. 2. 

3. As pr. n. fi 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 4. 

"MIDS m. 1. an Ephrathite,a Beth- 


lehemite, 1 Sam. 17, 12. Plur. D°NTeN 
Ruth 1, 2. 

2. i. ᾳ. an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5. 
1K. 11, 26; perh. 1 Sam. 1,1. Comp. 
in MNES no. 2, 

DABS Chald. adv. perh. in the end, 
at last, from the Pers. elds end, at last, 
comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4, 
13 prmn ἘΠΞΞῸ chext and so at last 
bring damage to the kings ; 3 comp. v. 15. 
22, where Dhsx is wanting.—Sept. ἘΣΒΞΝἢ 
καὶ τοῦτο, Peshito waslo. Aben am 
and others, by conjecture from the con- 


bask 


text; render it revenue (of the kings); 80 
the English version. 


᾿ 228 a doubtful root, perh. i.q. 282, 
to work, to toil—Hence 


ΣΝ Ezbdon, pr. n.m. 8) A βοὴ οἵ 
Gad, Gen. 46, 16; called also "23% q. v. 
b) 1 Chr. ν δι ὅδ but comp. 8, 3. 


JAEN f. (r. 33% 1) c. suff. "2D¥N, plur. 
mize ; for Sy, , Aleph. prosthet. 

la -fitigen, Ex. 31,18; espec. the fore- 
finger, which is more usually dipped in 
any thing, comp. r. 33%. Lev. 4, 6 sq. 
14, 16. Ex. 8,15 88m DTdy TBEN this is 
the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the 
power of God himself. Plur. the fingers, 
for the hand, Ps. 8, 4. 144,1. As amea- 
sure, e. g. four fingers thick, Jer. 52, 21. 


6. 0F ν᾿ 
Chald. id. Arab. J, Syr, So, 
espec. of the fore-finger. 
2. With 57235, pr. finger of the feet, 
i.e. a toe, 2 Sam, 21, 20.—Chald. Syr. 
Arab. id. 


JAE Chald. f. id. plur. 2¥N fingers, 
Dan. 5, 5; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42. 


DEN m. (τ. ἘΧΝ) 1. a side, i. q. DEN. 
Is. 41, 9 ANH shige the sides of the 
earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest 
countries, as elsewhere IN Ni532, 
7285 "273. In the other clause it 


is PANT MAEp. μ: 
αὐλὴν fy: YAR “Gol pe deep: 


rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly 
into the earth ; hence metaph. ‘sprung 
from an ancient and noble stock,’ noble, 
Ex. 24,11. See, for both the Heb. and 
Arabic words, under r. 538 no. 1. In 
Engl. the corresponding metaphor is 
drawn from the stock or trunk. 


S28 m. (τ. 48) a juncture, joint ; 
hence plur. D777 ΤΊΣΙΝ, "SEN joints 
of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12. 
Ez. 41,8. The same are to be under- 
stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing 
of cushions ‘for all the joints of the 
hands’ is put hyperbolically to express 
the extreme luxury of the females; since 
usually cushions are placed at most only 
under the elbow. 


*OSN 1, i.g. Arab. Jug to join to 
connect ; whence >"38 joint, ¢x, d»x% 


Sex 82 


— 
no. 1, the side, near by. Arab. ν χοῦ root, 
as that which joins a tree to the ground, 


wwe F 
hol to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly 
joined to the ground ; metaph. to be of 
an ancient and noble stock, comp. >"48 
no. 2, 

2. Denom. from >3%, pr. to put aside, 
to separate, comp. 323; hence with 7 to 
take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17; 
to keep back from, to refuse, Ecc. 2, 10. 
With >, ἐο reserve for any one, Gew: 27, 
36; oan ῬΛΗΞΙ and DnB ὁ. >. 

Nira. to be drawn in, contracted, Ez. 
42, 6. 

Hien. fut. £8", iq. Kal no. 2. Num. 
11, 25. 

Detiv, see in Kal no. 1. 


EN (noble) Azel, pr.n-m. 8) 1Chr. 
8, 37. 9,43; in Pause >x 8, 38. 9, 44, 
b) A place near Jerusalem on the east 
of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause >38,) 
Zech. 14,5. Perh. appellat. side or root 


S$ ,£ 
of a mountain, i. q. hol. 

SEN m. (r. ἘΧΝ) 6. suf bEN 1. ἃ 
side, i. q. 828 no. 1, so called from join- 
ing, see r. brew no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
Sain ἘΧΝ 2 from the south side, from the 
south. Ἔ ΕΝ from one’s aide, 1K. 3, 
20; also i. q. at the sideof, te,dia. 40,7; 
comp. {72 no. 3.—More freq. as 

2. Prep. at the side of, i. 6. by, near, 
Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16. 6,3. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 
5, 2. 20,19. Joined also with verbs of 
motion to a place, Gen. 39, 10. 2 Chr. 
28, 15. 


AMON (whom Jehovah reserved) 
Azaliah, pr. τι. τα. 2 Chr. 34, 8. 


F DES an uncertain root, perh. i. q. 
xe, to be strong.—Hence 


DES Ozem, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15. 
b) ib. 2, 25. 


MIDEN f. i. q. M42 with Aleph pros- 
thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q. 
ΤΊΣ Ὁ no. 2,q.v. Hence, without refer- 
rence to the etymology, an arm-band, 


bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10, 


ἔ ἊΝ to lay up, to store, to treasure 
up, 2 K. 20, 17. Is. 39,6. Am. 3, 10.— 
The primary idea is that of shutting up, 
enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr. 


i) 
roots me “ES, also ἜΝ, SON, and 


Ara acts to shut up, to restrain, kindr. 
em Which are Fadl and o>: 

Nreu. pass. if 9: 23, 18. 

Hiren. ‘ to’cause to store up or treasure 
up,’ i. e. to set one over the store-house or 
treasury, to make treasurer; Neh. 13,13 
Minwin 53 MiNi and Tmaie treasurers 
over the treasuries. 

Deriy. "218, and 


“EN (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. τὰ. Gen. 
36, 21. 30. 


“xs see IZiN, 
FIPS m. a species of gem, precious 


| stone; prob. as the name would indicate, 


a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. Mp to 
kindle. Once Is. 54, 12. 


IPS m. (τ. P28) @ roe, roe-buck, Lat. 
caprea, capreolus, from P38 or P28 i. q. 
Arab. she-goat, and Talmud. 
RPN a goat, with the ending ἢ i. q. ji; 
just as Lat. caprea is from capra. Deut. 
14, 5. See more under r. P28 no. 2, 
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq. 


"ΝΣ see WN light, and “kt. 


NTS (perh. 1. 4. "8 lion) Ara, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 


DN prob. i. ἃ. BY i% lion of God, 
hero. —Hence 

a) "2898 (of heroic birth, son of a 
hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num. 
26, 17. 

b) Also the difficult word DENN Ἢ 
33, 7, their. hero, or rather collect. their 
heroespi. e. those of Israel, Engl. Vers. 
their valiant ones ; in Which interpreta- 
tion no change is required in the form, 
except dropping the Dagesh from the 
letter >, i. e. Do8N. The common 
reading with Dagesh has doubtless 
arisen from another interpretation an- 
ciently received, in which B>&"8 was 
regarded as contracted from ἘΣΤΙΝ ἜΝ, 
CHETONTN, Symm, et Theod. ἰδοὺ bebe: 
σομαι αὐτοῖς, Jerome ecce videntes ; see 
also Chald. Syr. See Comment. on 
Is. 1. c. and Thes, Heb. pp. 146, 1248. 


"SAN fut. she 1. fo knot, to knit, 
to interlace, Lat. “nectere ; whenoe Maw 
net-work, lattice. Kindr. is 33> to min- 


278 


gle, Arab. SI to tie a knot, II id. 


GI a knot. 
2. to lie in wait, to {ἰδ ἐπ ambush. Arab. 


Syl to be cunning, astute, ΠῚ to act 


cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of 
knitting or weaving, also of twisting, 
spinning, sewing, are often transferred 
to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and 
open dealing; comp. bmp, Tox, Gr. 
δύλον Vv. μῆτιν ὑφαίνειν, κακά vy. ἰαχὸν 
ὑῥάπτειν, nectere insidias v. scelera, suere 
dolos, Germ. Trug spinnen, Engl. to 
weave plots—Constr. c. 5 Ps. 59, 4. 
Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4; ace. Prov. 12, 
6; >> Judg. 9, 34. Rlsewhere also to 
watch, to reconnoitre in ambush, Judg. 9, 
32. 21, 20; 6. inf. et > Prov. πο ον, 
10,9. Part. ΡΝ STiNn, a lier-in-wait, 
often collect. Lieraien ait, an wmnbndi, 
a band of soldiers placed in ambush, 
Josh. 8, 14, 19.21. Judg. 20, 33sq. Hence 
with plur. Judg. 20, 37. 

Prev i.g. Kal, c. >> 2 Chr. 20, 22; 
absol. Judg. 9, 25. 

Hipn. to las) wait, to set an ambush, 
fut. 397 for 2782, 1 Sam. 15, 5. 

Deriy. 278, 398, TSqS, TM], awe, 
and pr. nagties =, bon. 


228 (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city 
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52. 
Hence prob. the gentile n. "298 Arbite 
2 Sam. 23, 35. 


AIS m. 1. a lying-in-wait, ambush, 
of wild beasts, Job 38, 40. 

2. Place of lying-in-wait, covert, lair 
of wild beasts, Job 37, 8. 

Δ ΝΣ m. c. suff. 129%, wait, insidious 
attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 BBs 32: 
i238 and in his breast he layeth his 
wait, his plots. 


ANDTS see beD IN Mew in Ma no. 12.4. 


MBI m. (τ. 934) a locust, Ex. 10, 4 
sq. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46. 
Spoken also of a particular species, prob. 
the gryllus gregarius or common migra- 
tory locust, Ley. 11, 22. Joel 1,4.—On 
the various species of locusts, δ see Bo- 
chart Hieroz. Π. 447. 


TDI fi. g. suk, Plur: constr. ninne; 
only Is. 25, 11 misty py ings berg 


83 


378 


I" God will humble his (Moab’s) 
pride with the plots of his hands, i. 6. 
the plots which his own hands have 
woven, in allusion to the primary mean- 
ing of the root; see in r. 35% no. 1, 2. 


MAW f£. (τ. 208) once in Sing. Hos 
13, 3; elsewhere only Plur. Γῆ. 

1. net-work, laced wark ; hence a lat- 
tice, a window, sc. as closed by a lattice 
and not with nibs: Hos. 13, 3. Eee. 12, 3. 

2. a dove-house, dove-cote, as shut in 
with lattice-work, Is. 60, 8. 

3. a chimney, or hole for the smoke 
covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3. 
Comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. 2. 242. 

4, Yaw mine the windows of heaven, 
i.e. sluices, floodgates, which are opened 
to let fall the rain, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 2. 2 K. 
7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mal. 3, 10. 

5. ΤΊΣ Aruboth, pr. n. of a place, 
prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10. 


yaw f. and M378 constr. ὈΣΞῸΝ τη. 
See Heb. Gram. $95. 1. 

1. Card. num. four, for 337 with Aleph 
prosthet. which is wanting in the deriva- 
tives, as in 339, "3°39, 535, ete. With 
suff. SHza48 they four Ez. 1, 8. 10, 
Dual DIAS Sourfold, quadruple, 2 
Sam. 12, 6. Plur. D°sa58 forty Gen. 8, 
6. The number forty, ‘like seven ind 
seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori- 
entals as a common and indefinite round 
number; 6. g. Gen. 7,17. Jon. 3,4. Ez. 
4,6. ete. Comp. Chil mindr, the. forty 
towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis ; 
see more in Lehrg. p. 700. Thes. Heb. 
p. 1258. 

2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race 
of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15. 15, 13. 21, 
11, Comp. 22738 np. 


JAN and WAIN Chald. i. q. Heb. 
Lowi lge Sp 7, 2. 8. 6.17. 


_ “28 fut. shyt Is. 59, 5, "79NA Judg. 
16, 13. 

1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 18, 
Kindr. are 398, 372. 

2. to weave, ὦ e. g. of the spider, whence 
αν. ἀράχνη, Is. 59, 5.—Part. 2758 weav- 
ing 15. 19,9; and subst. a weaver Ex. 
28; 32. Is. 38,12. ΔΝ 722 a wearer's: 
beam, jugum textorium, 1 Sam, 17, 7. 


ami 1. any thing jetted 
Jadg. 16,14. R. 28 no. 1. 


aN 


2. a weaver’s shuttle. 100 7, 6 ΞΡ 72" 
ΔΑΝ ΤΑΣ my days are διάβαν. than a 
weaver’s shuttle; 3 comp. 9, 25. 


A558 (for 355 heap of stones, from r. 
329 i. q. 039) Argob, pr. n. 

1. A region beyond Jordan, containing 
sixty cities, anciently subject to Og king 
of Bashan, Deut.,3, 4. 13. 1K. 4,13. [A 
vestige of it remains in the fortress and 
city ὩῬΡαγαβᾶ beyond Jordan, Joseph. 
Ant. 13. 15.5; mentioned also by Euse- 
bius as “Loya (read ᾿βργαβα), fifteen Ro- 
man miles west of Gerasa. Now wei 
Rajib,with ruins; see Bibl. Res. Il. _ App. 
Ῥ. 166. Buckingh. Arab. Tr. p. 12.—R. 

2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25. 


71378 Chald. purple, i. q. 72398, Dan. 
5, 7. 16. 29; also once by Chaldaism 


2Chr.2, 6—ArabishSsh Syr. best ; 


For the root see under 732°, note. 


TAIN m. a box, chest, coffer, hanging 
from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam. 
6, 8.11.15. The form is for 739 with 
Aleph prosthet. from τ. 135 to be moved, 


8 
shaken; whence also Arab. 8). asack 


of stones suspended from a camel by way 
of equipoise. 


JOIN m. 1. purple, reddish purple, 
a precious colour obtained from certain 
species of shell-fish or muscles found on 
the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr. 
πορφύρα, Lat. purpura, 1 Mace. 4, 23. 
Plin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16. 
ἼΩΝ ἼΣΞ a purple cloth or covering, 
Num: 4, 13. Different is the cerulean 
purple, rbsn q. v.—Comp. under the 
word πῦον, and Bochart Hieroz. IL 
740 sq. Braun de Vestitu  sacerdo- 
tum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione 
Purpurarum, edit. 3. Cesene 1784. Hee- 
ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84. 

2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur- 
ple cloths, Ex. ο. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16. 
Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9. 

Notre. The etymology of this word, 
and of the kindred 7}398, has been 
traced with great probability by F. 
Benary in the Sanscrit; Berl. Jahrbb. 
1841. p.141. The form 72298 is Sanscr. 
ragaman, and 93378 is Sanscr. ragavan, 
‘tinged with a red colour ; from raga 


84, TS. 


red colour, with the formative syllable 
mat, vat, see Wilson’s Sanscr. Dict. p. 
700.a. Rdgaman and rdgavan are put 
in the nom. the primary forms being 
ragamat, rdgavat. 


TAN obsol. root, perh. i. αᾳ. 737, M3, 
to flee—Hence the pr. names 7178 and 
the two following: 


JIS pr. ἢ. Ard, a grandson of Benja- 
min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen. 46, 21._— 
The gentile ἢ. is "778 Num. I. c. 


ITN: (fugitive) Ardon, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 18. 


Th as 1. to pluck, to pull, to pluck 
off, to gather, e. g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1. 
grapes from a vine Ps, 80, 13.—Ethiop. 
SEP to pluck off, to gather, e. g. fruits, 
herbs; and ZZ to harvest. 

2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the 
manner of flocks and herds. Hence 
m8 and HN a crib, manger, rack,. 
from which animals pull or crop their 
fodder; "8 lion, pr. one pulling in 
pieces; M3378 a hare, pr. cropping the 
grass. So other animals have their 
names from the idea of plucking, crop- 
ping, as "73,752,013, 29Om, D520, Arab. 
Sy lamb, from 3 to pluck. 

3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiop. 
above ; hence Ἰδὲ. 

Deriv. see in no. 2, 3. 


*1I, ris i. q. Arab, 5): S); to 

ΡΞ a 
burn, to inflame, I to kindle; kindr. 
with Heb. M71, 977, and the occidental 
areo, ardeo, soa, καὶ λυ νος DRT no. 2, 
hearth or altar of God. 


"IN Chald. also 18 q, v. lo! behold! 
Dan. 7, 6. 7. 13.—Not found in other 
Chaldaic books; but kindred with it are 
in Chald. and Talmud. "35 Jo, "8 lo, 
then for, because, (like Chald. 94 lo, 
if) and S498 because; also Samar, δ δ ΓΙ 
lo, then for, because. 'This demonstra- 
tive force exists elsewhere likewise both , 
in the syllables dx, dm, (see ἘΠῚ, dx, 
by, adm, nybiy, ‘Are: Jt ,) and shee 
in “8, πὶ, pote Join, xzdn, Non, 
here, in this place, ) so that it is hard to 
say, which form is the more ancient and 


TN 


primitive —Commonly 478 is held to be 
by transposition from 48" see ye. 


ITS (for 179 Aleph. prosthet. prob. 
wandering, place of fugitives, from r. 
“an q. v.) Arvad, Aradus, a Phenician 
city situated on a small island near the 
coast, founded according to Strabo by 
fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13; 
see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8. 
11. The Arabian geographers write it 
ol, Ruwéd, which is now the name of 


the island. See Rosenmiller Bibl. Ge- 
ogr. Il. i. p.6 sq. W.M. Thomson in 
Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98.—The gentile ἢ. 
is "3778 Arvadite Gen. 10, 18, 1 Chr. 1, 
16, 

TINS (perh. i. q. Ty wild-ass) Arod, 
pr. ἢ. m. Num. 26,17. Gentile n. "71178 
Arodite Gen. 46,16. R. 73x. 


AIS and WIS f. after the form 
nian, ‘Plur. absol. “MIN 2 Chr. 32, 28, 
(by ‘yriasm for rings, as pink for 
ws ,) plur. constr. Pix 1K. 4,26 [5, 
6] and mina 2 Chr. 9, 25. R. mae I. 

1. acrid, smanger, rack, whence cattle 
ina stall pol owt their fodder, see the root 
max I. 2; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr. 


So gf 
32, 28.—Arab. Sl stall, ἘΝ crib.—By 


transpos. M718 2 Chr. 32, 28, 

2. a stall of horses, i. 6. a certain 
number which usually stood in one stall, 
or were harnessed to one vehicle; per- 
haps two, as this was the number har- 
nessed to a chariot, Engl. a pair, span, 
team. 1K. 4, 16 [5,6] and Solomon had 
Broo NIN BN avai forty thousand 
stalls [pairs 1] ‘of horses. 

TAS adj. (denom. from tx) of cedar, 
cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24.—Others explain 
it firm, stable ; comp. τ. 128. 

NIMS and ΓΞ f. in some copies 
also ΠΡῚΝ, but against the Masora, see 
J. H. Michaelis ad Jer. 30,17. R. ΠΝ: 

' 1. along bandage, applied by a physi- 
cian in order to heal a wound, see the 
root ηο. 1. E.g. > πιῆ Andy the band- 
age is applied t to any one, i. e. his wound 


is healed, Jer. 8,22. Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr.- 


24, 13; leo. in Hiph. > ΠΞῚΝ ΓΙΌΣ Zo 
apply ‘the bandage to any one, i. 6. to 
heal his wound, Jer. 30, 17. 33,6. Every- 
where metaph. of the ιαράβογοθος, of 


85 


TAS 


the state Jer. l.c. or the repairing of the 
walls 2 Chr. Neh. ll, ec.—Hence 
2..a healing, health; trop. welfare, 
S- Ὁ 
prosperity, Is, 58,8. Arab. KX) heal- 
ing of a wound. é 


MAINS Arumah, pr. n. of a city near 
Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41; perh. the same 
with 947 2 K. 23, 36. 


DAN 2 K. 16, 6 Cheth. a corrup- 
tion for 0°275%, which is read in Keri; 
see in Οὔ. 


τς and 772% comm. gend. (m.1Sam. 
6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark, 
chest, in which things to be preserved 
are ee oom τ. 738 L 3. Arab. 


oh and oh be wooden chest, espec. 
a coffin. cae of a money-chest 2 K. 
12, 10. 11; of a mummy-case or coffin 
Gen. 50, 26 ; but most frequently of the 
sacred ark, in which the two tables of 
the law were deposited, called more fully 
ΤΗΣ ἽΝ the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22. 
26, 33; AIT MA FAX Deut. 10, 8. 31, 
9. 25; ΡΞ 77 Josh. 3, 6. 4,9; 7 
mins 1 Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq. 


METIS 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah, 
pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. -- 
Cheth. 72558, inv. 18 Cheth. M7733; i 


1 Chr. 21, 18 sq. 22% Ornan, * 


? TN a root not in use, Arab. ἃ { to» 
contract oneself, to shrink together, hence: 


& 9 5.5. 
to be compact, firm ; 3»! firm, stable, yh 
a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul-. 
tens and many after him derive Part. 
pass. 1198 made fast, firm, Ez. 27,24. But 
most of the ancient versions here render: 
pars made of cedar, cedrini, as a 
denom. from TaN, after the form wang 
brazen, see Lehiry: Ρ. 512; and-to these 
we do not hesitate to accede.—Hence 
rina for Tim, and 


PIS m. plur. ΘΠ N,- constr. WI, a 
cedar, so called from the firmness of its 
roots, which is common to all trees of 
the pine genus, Theopli. Hist. Plant. 2. 7. 
It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus, 
known as the cedar-of Lebanon, a tree 
uncommonly tall, Is: 2; 13. 37, 24. Am. 
2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 3;. 
formerly very frequent on Mount Leba~ 


TS 


non Ps. 29, 5. 92,13. 104, 16, but now 
greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in 
Pal. III. p. 440. The wood is odorifer- 
ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura- 
ble ; and was therefore much used in the 
temple and the royal palaces for orna- 
mental work, and espec. for the wainscot 
and ceiling. Hence put for eu whe 


.Ξ 
ΝῊ, which 
is still in use among the inhabitants of 
Lebanon; Ethiop. ACH, Aram. NTS, 
{yl.—There is therefore no ground for 
understanding ™ to be the pine, and 
not the cedar, according to Celsius in 
Hierob. I. 106 sq. 

OPIN f. denom. from sx, cedar- 
work, e. g. wainscoting, Zeph. 2, 14. 
The fm. has the force of a collective, 
as in MZ wood, Lehrg. 477. 


wainscoting, 1 K.6, 18. Arab. + 


4, τοὶ to go, to walk, to be on the 
way, as finite verb once Job 34,8. Chald. 
mix id. Similar is Gr. ἔρχομαι, and 
softer forms from the same stock are 
920, W4.—Part. ΠΝ a wayfarer, tra- 
veller, Judg. 19,17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer. 
14,8. Plur. Jer. 9,1. Fem. 5158 col- 
lect. a company of travellers, espec. of 
merchants, a caravan, συνοδία, Gen. 37, 
25. Is. 21,13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp. 
nak, oak. 

ὕλαν: τοὶ τισιν. 


gif a) to decree, to appoint, i. q. 
PRN, whence nm Ni.g. Pin, something 
eeeinted, fixed. Corresponding i “ Amb. 


@ 
set time, era, epoch, τῇ todatea letter, 
6 bow 


ey 
with r. [22 q. v. 


MIS (perh. for M28 wayfaring) Arah, 
pr.n.m. a) Ezra2,5. Neh.7,10. b)1 
Chr. 7, 39. 

ΓΝ 


HIS | plur. Pig, constr. min; ὁ 
suff. "NN, PHAN, Brn, in ‘place 
of which sometimes in Mss. and editions 
"Mh k, FHM, SNA, see J. H.Mich. 
ad Job 13, 27; comm. gend. e. g. masc. 
Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18.19; fem. 
Prov. 15, 19; a poetic word, a way, 
path, road, i. q. 373. Chald. mk, Syr. 


A to appoint a time; τ οχς ἜΦΙ a 


58 chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr. 


86 


ἊΝ 
ἴων], Samar. VOILA id—Gen. 49, 


17. γᾶν. 5,6. ΡΒ. 19,6. "Ὁ" εἶπα the 
paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9, comp. ὑγρὰ 
χέλευϑα Hom. Il. 1. 312. BM MAR the 
path of life i.e. to life or happiness Prov. 
5, 6—Hence: a) Metaph. may i. 8. 
manner of life and conduct, i.q. 73. So 
“AY Ok false way, i.e. false dnd deceit- 
fal conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104. ninay 
min the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way οἵ 
life pleasing to God, Ps. 25, 4.119, 15. Is. 
2,3. The idea of a way is oftes pre- 
served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8,20. Ὁ) i. q. 
mode, manner, Gen. 38, 11 ninn> 5 
ΒΞ MIS mywd it υδάῥονστ ts be with 
Sarah afier the manner of women, by 
euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35. 
c) The ways or paths of any one, i. q. his 
condition, lot, Job 8, 13. Prov. 1, 19. 
Comp. in Engl. ‘ the way it goes with 
him. d) Poet. πηδ is put for a way- 
Sarer, traveller, Job 31,32. Plar. mints 
non the travellers of Tema, the cara- 
vans, Job 6, 19. 

MIS Chald. plor. 6. suff. FOP, 
ANA, 1, q. Hebr. ways, i. e. metaph. 
εἐὐπῥεν of God, Dan. 4, 34; affuirs, 
destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23. 


TUTIS £ company of travellers, cara- 
van ; see under r. HR 1. 


TUT IS f. (v.29 11} an appointed por- 
tion of food or provision, an allowance, 
delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 Καὶ. 
25, 30. Jer. 52, 84. Hence genr. a por- 
tion of food, meal, Prov. 15,17. Jer.40,5. 


"IS m. plur. O° 1 K. 10, 20, else- 
where ΓΝ 1K. 10,19. 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
19, a lion, q. d. the puller in pieces, the 
render (see r. 78 1. 2). Num. 24,9. 1 
Sam. 17, 34 sq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. "ED 
nim ayoung lion Jadg. 14,5; MIE 3 
a lion’s whelp Jer. 51, 88. Trop. as the 
emblem of strength and valour, Num. 23, 
25; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28, 
15. See Bochart Hieroz 1. 715 sq. 
Syr. Lif. 

ν ΝΣ m. compounded from ἫΝ and 
+ 

I. lion of God, i. 6. lion-like champion, 
hero. | a) Collect. 2 Sam. 23, 20 “30 
ai SRN two Lion-like 
Moab ; see 5 and Ἀπ 1 Chr. 11, 22. 


ἊΝ 


Comp. Arab. ΜΠ ἀζζωωμ Lf Bud 


lion of God, an epithet of heroic war- 
riors; also Pers. {he leas Shiri khoda 
lion of God.—Spoken ‘of Jerusalem, Is. 
29, 1. 2, q. ἃ. city of heroes, which should 
never be subdued ; though others refer 
this passage to no. 2.—Hence_ Ὁ) As 
pr. π᾿ m, Ariel, Ezra 8, 16. 

Il. hearth i. 6. altar of God, comp. 
δι hearth, fire-place, from r. ΠΣ ΤΙ; 
spoken of the altar of burnt-offerings, Ez. 
43, 15. 16. 


“TIS Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth 
son of Haman, Esth. 9,9. Comp. “dg 
δαῖος i. 6. the strong, from Pers. art, ard. 
—Perh. from Airyadao ‘digna dans’ 
(Benfey), or Arydday ‘donum Arie’ 
(Bohlen). Comp. the next article. 


δ ΠΥ ΝΣ Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth 
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.—The etymo- 
logy like the preceding article. 

ΓΝ i. q. “8, with πῆς parag. comp, 
tx and Mex; more frequent than "8, 
but used only in the sing. alion, Gen. 49, 
9. Deut. 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spokenof 
a powerful and cruel enemy, Is. 15, 9. 
Jer. 4, 7. Is. 21, 8 HA NIP™ and he 
cried as a lion. Comp. Rev. 10, 3. 

AWS Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur. 
emphat. 8m7798 Dan. 6, 8. 

TNS see MIN. 

TPA Arioch, an Assyrio-Chald. pr. 
n. a) A king of Ellasar Gen. 14, 1.9; 
comp. Judith 1,6. Ὁ) A eaptain of the 
royal guard at the court of Babylon, 


Dan. 2, 14.—Sanscr. Aryaka veneran- 
dus; Bohlen. 


“OMS Arisai, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a son of 
Haman, Esth. 9, 9.—Sanscr. Arydsdya 
sagitta Arie ; Bohlen. 


τοὶ 1. pr. trans. to make long, to 
prolong, to extend in a straight line; 
kindr, with 323, where see. Hence 
Hx a long bandage. EPe Syr. 


yt to prolong, Arab. of to defer, to 
delay. 

. 2. Intrans. fut. 3283, plur. 3298", to 
be long, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. Samar. 
id. Aph. 77758, υϑοΐ, to prolong.—Ez, 


87 ΤᾺ 


31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 ny iby 92 9A 
2°29 and it came to pass when the time 
there was long to him, i. e. when he had 
lived there a long time. Ez. 12, 22. 

Hips. F851. to make long, to pro- 
long, Ps. 129, 3; to extend or thrust out 
the tongue, Is. 57,4. ‘p25 3 Nh 10 
prolong the days of any one, to grant him 
long life, 1 K. 3, 14; also 123 ‘h to pro- 
long one’s own days, to live long, to be 
long lived, Deut. 4, 26. 40. 5, 30. 17, 20. 
22, 7. Is, 53,10; and without 5°93 Prov, 
28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8, 12. 

2. Intrans. to be made long, 1 K. 8, 8. 
Espec. of time, as 129 5>""NT his days 
are made long, ἢ i. q- to ‘live long, Ex. 20, 
12. Deut. 5, 16.6, 2. 25,15. Comp. no. 1. 

3. to relive, to delay, to defer, as 37987 
iPS to defer one’s anger, i. e. to be pa- 
tient, μακρόϑυμος, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11. 
So too 1952 FANN id. Job 6, 11. Comp. 
DBS TI in FI. 

4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9, 
19. 22. 

Deriv. 53°98, and those here follow- 
ing. 

JIN Chald. i. ᾳ. Hebr. to make long ; 
also to fit, to adapt. Part. ὭΣ fit, meet, 


Ezra 4, 14.—Talmud. id. Arab. ON [ ap- 
tissimus, dignissimus. 


JIN adj. found only in constr. FA. 

1. long, Ez. 17, 3 9385 FN having 
long pinions or wing-feathers. 

2. tardy, slow, in the δ τίς Tn ΤῊΝ 
slow of spirit Ecc, 7, 8, and ΠῈΣ 38 
slow of anger, patient, μακρόϑυμος, Prov. 
15, 18. 16, 32. Ex. 34,6. Num. 14, 18. 


Comp. Syr. ἴω δ}; (ae patient, Arab. 
νὴ 39 long, i.e. lopa-anfloring, longa- 
nimis.—Once D288 FIS is τὸ μακρόϑυ- 
μον, patience, Jer. 15,13. Opp. πῆ 7p. 


JAN adj. ἢ ΠΞῸΝ, long, e. g. of space, 
Job 11, 9; of time, : 8 Sam. 3,1, 


TIN (length) Erech, pr. n. of a city 
of Babylonia, Gen. 10, 10. Among the 
ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. Targ, 
of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under- 
stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg IV. 
16, more correctly regards it as Areca or 
Arecca, situated on the confines of Baby- 
lonia and Susiana ; comp. Ammian. 23. 
21. 


ΤᾺ 
TIS m. c. suff. iN, length, Gen. 6, 
15. Ex. 26, 2 sq. 27, 1sq. 5°07" ΠΝ 
length of days, long life, Ps. 21, 5. 91, 16. 
pg" FIR? as long as I live Ps. 23, 6. 
DIES 72s patience Prov. 25, 15. 


a. 238 Chald. fem. length, a lengthen- 


Ti: 


“ag, spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12. 
MIDIS see HIN. 


MAIDAN Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5, 
6. In the Targums 333", 83>", the 
“prosthetic Aleph being ddppea? See 
in τ. 33°). 


"DTN Chald. plur. 8248, gentile n. 
.Archevites Ezra 4,9; from the city ΝΣ 
‘Gen. 10, 10. 

"28 gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant 

of a city or district 78 situated in the 
‘territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ- 
ent from the city of like name in Baby- 
lonia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16. 


* DOS a root not in use, i. q. 53, 
“B24, HIF, DID, ON, fo be high ; comp. 


_Arab. “Ἢ intumuit, extulit se—Hence 
“PAAR, and 


DUS constr. Das pr. ἢ. Aram, pr. high 
region, q. ἃ. Highlands, opp. Ἐ33 Low- 
lands. 

1. Aramea, the Arameans, i.e. Syria, 
the Syrians, constr. with a verb masc. 
sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14. 16, 18. 1 K. 20, 26; 
plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20; 
‘rarely with sing. fem. Is. 7,2. To the 
‘Greeks also this ancient and domestic 
name of Syria was not wholly unknown; 
«see Hom. Il. 2. 783. Hesiod. Theog. 304. 
‘Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib. 16.4.27. The name 
_Aramea however was of wider extent 
‘than Syria, and comprehended also 
Mesopotamia ; although Pliny and Mela 
ascribe to Syria the same and even a 
greater extent; Plin. H. N. 5, 15. 12. 
Mela 1. 11. Where it stands alone, 
DAN, it is for the most part to be under- 
stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly 
so called, Judg. 3,10. 1K. 10, 29. 11, 25. 

15, 18; espec. the territory of and around 
Damascus, Is. 7, 1. 8. Am. 1,53 which 
is more definitely called Pty23 Dx Syria 
of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me- 
sopotamia is meant, the expression is 
B32 ΠΝ Syria of the two rivers Gen. 


88 


ἫΝ 


24, 10. Deut. 23, ὅ. Judg. 3, 8; or 138 
px Padan Aram, Plain of Syria, Gem 
25, 20. 28, 2.5.6.7; and ellipt. 772 Gen. 
46, 7; rarely simply Dux Num. 23, 7, 
where however it is made definite by a 
description; comp. "22%.—The king- 
doms of Western Syria in the time of 
David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often 
supposed, ) were the following: MZIX ΠΣ, 
Aram Zobah, see HE; 34 τῦξ DON 
Aram Beth Rehob, see 31 ma in mz 
no. 12. pp; M322 DIS Aram Maacah, 
see M239; and also others; but these all 
became afterwards subject to the kings — 
of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1—Comp. gentile 
n. “2A, “AIS. 

2. ‘Aion; pr.n.m. a) A sonof Ke- 
muel and grandson of Nahor, Gen. 22, 
21. He seems to have given his name 
to the region of Syma. Comp. 0. 
b)} 1 Chr. 7, 34. 

PAW m. (v.38) plor. constr. mina Ny, 
a fortress, castle, palace, so called from 
its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al. 
Also 32°35 m2 i078 the fortress of the 
king’s house, the innermost part, as the 
highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel, 
1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 15, 25. J. Ὁ. Michaelis 
(Suppl. 128) and after him most modern 
interpreters here translate it the Omens 


apartment, comparing Arab. Ἢ i. *4- 
ie conclavia, Gol. p. 78, and 
Haram ; but there is no trace of this in 
the ancient interpreters, nor is there any 
reason for departing from the simple ex- 
planation above given.—Spoken of the 
citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2. 

“AIN i. g. "IW, fem. N78, adv. 
Aramaice, in Aramean or Syriac, Dan. 
2,4. Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11. 

‘QIN gentile n. an Aramean, Syri- 
an, i.e. an inhabitant either of Western 
Syria 2 K. 5, 20; or also of Mesopota- 
mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28,5. 31, 20.24. Fem. 
ΡΩΝ 1 Chr. 7, 14.—Plur. 57298 2 K. 
8, 29; and by apheresis 0°27 for 
ἘΠ ΝΠ 2 ‘Chr. 22, 5. 

"2278 (q. d. Palatinus, from i278) 
pr. n. m. Armoni, 2 Sam. 21, 8. 

sf 8 a root not in use; Arab. = εἰ ἴο 


be active, nimble ; whence iy” wild goat. 
Hence 


ra ” 


ΤῊΣ (wild goat) Aran, pr. n. of a 
Horite, Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42. 

TPS see je. 

TIS m. 1. the pine, pinus, Is. 44, 14- 
In the Talmud of Babyl. (Para fol. 96. 1) 
are joined BINS) HW OWN Ws. 
Sept. πέτυς, Vulg. pinus.—So called, 
because when agitated by the wind it 
emits a tremulous sound; from r. 329, 
i. e. 728 contr. for ZS, as PIF for 7274, 
722 from 423. See 77h. 

2. Oren, pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 2, 25. 


MAIS £ epicen. a hare, Lev. 11, 6. 


S oF om 

Deut.14,7. Arab. 43yf, Syr. Heist ia. 
See Bochart Hieroz. I. 994 sq. who re- 
gards this quadriliteral as compounded 
from M8 to crop, and 3"2 produce, fruit. 

FS and FU (for 727 a noise, 
murmur; concr. a noisy or murmuring 
stream,) Arnon, pr. n. of a torrent (372) 
with a valley of like name, running from 
the eastward into the Dead Sea, an- 
ciently the northern boundary of Moab 
and the southern of the Ammonites ; 
now called _,>eo!t el-Méjeb. Num. 21, 
13 sq. 22, 36. Deut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq. 
4, 48, Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also 
Comment. on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res, in 
Palest. II. p. 204. 

APIS see MITIN. 

728 (active, nimble, see r. 11) Ar- 


Δ Ὁ 


nan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 


278 (id.) Ornan, pr. n. of a Jebusite, 
on the site of whose threshing-floor 
Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15. 
2 Chr. 3,1. Comp. 72178. 


378 Chald. st. emph. x48. 1. the 
earth, i. q. Heb. yrs, 5 and ¥ being in- 
terchanged, see under >. Dan. 2, 35.39. 
3, 31. al. 

2. the ground, and as adv. low, be- 
low. Dan. 2, 39 after thee shall arise 
another kingdom 9272 837% lower than 
thee, inferior to thee. Comp. Chald. 
"28, "NTIS, low; ΣΡ for ΞΡ 
at the lowest part, below.—Hence _ 

MIS Chald. f. the ground, the low- 
est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25. 

“IBS (prop, support, i.e. a strong 
city ; for 359 from r. 7£%,) ss pr. 

8 


ys 

ἢ, of a city and region of Syria, not far 
from the city Hamath, with which it 
is often coupled, governed by its own 
kings, and to be distinguished from 
TIAN q. v. 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is, 10, 9. 
Jer. 49, 233. [More prob. the same with 
3778 Arvad, i.e. the island Ruwéd, with 
its territory on the adjacent coast; 
which was contiguous to that of Ha- 
math. The interchange of © and ἢ 
(like 3 and 5) is not unnatural.—R. 


“SWIHIN Arphaxrad, pr. n. of the third 
son of Shem, and denoting at the same 
time a people or region of country, 
Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con- 
jecture of Bochart is not improbable 
(Phaleg. 2.4), that it is the province 
᾿ἀῤῥαπαχῖτις, Arrapachitis, in northern 
Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the 
primitive country of the Chaldeans ; see 
Comment. on Is. 23,13. Josephus, Ant. 
I. 6. 4, ᾿ἀρφαξάδης δὲ τοὺς viv Χαλδαί- 
ους καλουμένους ᾿ἀρφαξαδαίους ὠνόμασεν. 
Bohlen ad Gen. |. c. compares Sanser. 
Aryapakshata ‘(a land) by the side of 
Asia; comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near 
the Russians. 


bs ys arootof uncertain signif? Arab. 


SoF 
(4)! low, inferior ; but this is derived 
rather from the primary idea earth. 


728 comm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen. 
13, 6. Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when 
the earth is put for its inhabitants, Is. 
26, 18. 66, 8,) c. suff. "298, c. art. PIS, 


Chald. 8338, Syr. iSs7.—Spee. 

1. the earth, orbis terrarum, opp. to 
the heavens; 783) ove Gen. 1, 1. 
2,1. 4, and 5728) pus Gen. 2, 4, the 
heavens and the earth, the whole uni- 
verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of 
the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31. 

2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea, 
Gen. 1, 28. ᾽ 

3. a land, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5. 
Gen, 21, 32 ΘΠ ΘΒ pus. Ruth 1,7 798 
maint. So the land of any one is either 
the country subject to him, as the land 
of Sihon Neh, 9, 22; or consecrated to 
any one Jer. 2,7. 16, 18; or in which 
one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12; or was 
born, q. d. one’s father-land Gen. 24, 4. 


of 
He loc. πεῖν, the earth, Arab. yh 


x58 

30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. γῆ 
τινος Acts 7,3; and the words BF, ὍΣ, 
DN ~b Abed’: rs and TRH often de- 
note Palestine κατ ἐξοχήν Joel 1, 2; and 
so in the formula 778 j28, OT", Ps. 37, 
9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. ἼΟ, 30.— 
Synecd. for the inhabitants of a land, 
Is. 26, 18; spec. of wicked inkinbitants 
Is. 11,4; comp. Wi28 no. 1. Ὁ. 

4, land, i. e. a piece of land, a field, 
Gen. 23, 15. Ex. 23,10. Of the fields 
or country around a city, Josh. 8, 1. 

5. the ground, with He neal nzi& 
(Milél) to the ground, as ASIN ame) 
Gen. 33, 3. 37,10. Hence poet. for rep- 
tiles, as puntrling upon the ground, i. q. 
VIN O27, as Job 12, 8 7385 Me speak 
to the ground, i. e. to the reptiles crawl- 
ing thereon; followed by ‘the fishes of 
the sea;’ comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13. 

6. earth, i. e. the element, earthy par- 
ticles, scorie of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver 
purified in a work-shop ὙΠ. as to the 
earth, i. 6. from its dross, scoriz. 

Pur. mix28 lands, countries, regions, 
Gen. 26, 3. 4. So MisIV the lands, 
often espec. in the later Hebrew put zur 
ἐξοχήν for heathen lands, foreign coun- 
tries, comp. DN, O74; e.g. MISINT aD 
ithe nations of the (heathen) lands 2Chr. 
13, 9. 17, 10. miz3ysh mizda2 the king- 
doris of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30. 
2 Chr. 12,8. 17,10. The origin bP this 
rusus Ἰοσαάμηϊ is apparent from the fol- 
Jowing passages in Ezekiel, 5,6. 11,17. 
12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4. 

Nore. He paragogic in M¥78 is for 
the most part local; but sometimes also 
‘it is merely a poetic form, so that MIAN 
‘does not differ from YX, 6. g. Job 34, 13. 
‘87, 12. Is. 8, 23; comp. nbs for bab, μέ. 
‘Hence 

NZIS (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1K. 
16, 9. 

PIS Chald. stat. emphat. RPI, i. q. 
‘nzaw, the earth, the letter > being 
changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11. 
Freq. in the Targums. 


* PN fiat. “8&3, imp. IN Judg. 5, 23, 
with He parag.57% Num. 22, 6, to curse ; 


«corresponding is Arab. *D to abhor, to 


detest; and still more nearly Gr. age, 
«ἀράομαι. Constr, c. acc. Num, 22, 6. 


90 


ὮΣΝ 


23,.7. Mal. 2,2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8 
pin "58 cursers of the day, i. 6. a 
class of magicians who were thought 
to render particular days unfortunate 
by their imprecations. Gen. 3, 14 cursed 
art thou from every beast, i. e. all beasts 
shall avoid thee as infamous and ac- 
cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq. 

Nipn. pass. Part. 5°82 Mal. 3, 9. 

Piet “38, part. "INQ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal, 
to curse, Gen. 5, 29. 

2. lo cause a curse. Num. 5, 22 D285 
DIN the waters causing a curse, 1.6. 
which cause destruction to the adulterous 
and perjured woman who drinks them. 

Horn. fut. "857 pass. to be cursed, Num. 
22, 6. 

Deriv. τ  Ὦ. 


DOIN pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro- 
vince near the middle of Armenia, be- 
tween the Araxes and the lakes Van 
and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38; 
still called by the Armenians Ararat, 
wpuwupuun ; upon whose mountains, 
ws "I, the ark of Noah rested, Gen. 
8,4. It is sometimes taken in a wider 
sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27. 
That it is the name of a region, and not 
strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also 
by Moses Chorenensis ; see Schroeder 
Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55. Mosis Choren. 
Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358, 
361.—For an account of this region, see 
Morier’s Second Journey, p. 812. R. K. 
Porter’s Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith 
and Dwight’s Researches in Armenia, 
Vol. IL. p. 73 sq.—The root is Sanser. 
Aryavarta, ‘ terra sancta : Bohlen, Ben- 
fey, etc. 


» DN in Kal, not used, but as is 
noted by Manger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q. 
WIP, Upyt, to erect, to build, whence 
we ἃ bed or couch, with a canopy. 


Sor 
Thence also unr a bed-fellow, hus- 


67 9. 
band or wife, one betrothed.— 
Hence fe 

Piet ΘῸΝ to betroth a woman, pr. to 
make her a spouse; 6. acc. MWX BIN 
Deut. 20, 7. 28, 30; and nex i> tor 
Hos. 2, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 3, 14. The price 
paid for a wife is put with 3 2 Sam. 1. c. 

Pua 8, fem. in Pause nvr, tobe 


ὯΝ 91 


betrothed, Ex. 22, 15, Deut. 22,28. Part. 
τ Ὁ Deut, 22, 23, 25.27.—Chald. 02% 
Pe. and Pa. id. 


* ZN obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Udy 
to desire, to long for. Hence 


MBN £ desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3. 
Sept. δέησις, Vulg. voluntas. 


τ SMOWMMNIW Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23. 6, 14, 
ἈΠΟ ΌΤΙ 7.1.7, SHUTS 4, 7, 
Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian 
kings; in Greek written ‘Agtasegsys, by 
the Armenians mnpunucgbu Ardashes, 
by the modern Persians κλμῶ of, 
piney, Ardeshir ; by the ancient 


Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi- 
Rustam in Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. II. 
tab. 27, according to De Sacy, "mwnn7s 
Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by 
interchanging the letters r and s, and by 
transposition, arose the form Artakh- 
sharta and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar- 
takhshasta, as above. Comp. Lassen in 
Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. VI. 
p. 160. 

This name is compounded from the 
syllable art, strong, mighty, (comp. the 
pr. names “Agrofugns, ‘Agtufutys, ᾿άρτα- 
φέρνης,) and "Mw, which in the ancient 
usage denoted king, like the Zend and 
Sanser. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus 
to be taxed with error in rendering it 
mighty warrior (6. 98),.comp. ksatra 
‘soldier; since kings also were warriors. 
See Lassen Keilschrift p. 36. 

Two kings of this name are mentioned 
in the O. Test. a) Pseudo-Smerdes 
Ezra 4,7. 8.23 comp. 24, who not improb. 
took the name of Artaxerxes on his 
accession. b) Artaxerxes Longima- 
nus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out 
a colony into Palestine, Ezra 7,1. 7. 11. 
12. 21. 8,1; and from the twentieth to 
the thirty-second year of whose reign 
Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh. 
2, 1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in 
Thesaur. p. 155, 156. 


$ TON obsol. root, prob. i. q. “ON to 
bind. Hence the two following: 


ΝΎ (whom God hath bound se. by 
8 vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16, 


“UN 
DN χδν (vow of God) pr. ἢ. πὶ. As- 
riel, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17,2. 1 Chr. 
7, 14. Patronym. is "2x ux Asrielite, 
Num. l. ὁ. 


ἘῸΝ c. suff. {tx Job 18, 5, oawy Is. 
50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job 
20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45; ‘comp. on 
the gender of words signifying fire, 
Lehrg. p. 546 note,) fire, comp. Chald. 
RUN, RON, fire, fever, Syr. jnuf fe- 


S$. £ 
ver, Ethiop. H£1'F fire, Arab. Kamas, 


which however is rarely used. The 
branches of this very ancient stock are 
widely spread throughout the languages 
of Asia and Europe ; comp. Sanscr. ush 


to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. ysl, perh. 
Lat. estus, Germ. heitzen, heiss.—Spec. 

1. the fire of God, often for the lightning, 
1K. 18, 38. 2K. 1,10. 12.14. Job 1, 16; 


comp. Ex. 9,23 and Pers. cowl cast. 
Trop. for the anger and wrath of God, 
(comp. Virg. Ain. 2.575 exarsere ignes 
animo, subit ira, etc.) Deut. 32, 22 
"BNI OMI Ox @ fire is kindled in mine 
anger. Jer. 4, 4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2, 
4. Ez. 22,21. In like manner fire is put 
for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or 
passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4. 

2. Poet. fire for war, 6. g. to be con- 
sumed by fire, i. q. to be consumed, wasted 
by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg. 
9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26, 11. Ps. 21, 10. 
So Ux MDP to kindle a fire, metaph. to 
kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war, 
Is. 50, 11.—The same figure is frequent 
in the Arabian poets ; comp. Comment. 
on Is. 7, 4. 

3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any 
kind, both of men and things, Job 15, 34. 
20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is..1, 31. 30, 30. 
33, 11. 14. 

_ 4. heat, scorching, of the sun, Joel 1, 
19, 20., 2, 3. 5. - 

5. a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g. 
of arms Nah. 2,5. Ux "23% stones of fire, 
glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp. 
Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne 
smaragdi. 

Deriv. MYR, q. v. 


ON Chald. st. emphat, 8&x 


eX, id. Dan. 
Tis | 


UN 
ἘΌΝ ik q. 6", there is, there are, 2 
Sam. 14, 19. Mic. 6, 10. 
Chald. MN, WAN, 


US (osh) Chald, plur. 78x , fownda- 
tions, Ezra 4, 12.5,16. R. vo. Arab. 


- of 
Arab. yet, 


Ὁ Ἐν obsol. root, perh. i. q. al, 
n>, aun, to saints, to compute.— 
Hence 

DATS (for DRawN sententia Dei) Ash- 
bel, pr.n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 
21. 1Chr.8,1. Hence patronym, "53x 
Ashbelite Num. 26, 38. 

ἸῸΝ (i. q. jinn) pr. ἢ. m. Eshban, 
Gen. 36, 26. 

YAN (1 adjure) Pe iD. mH. Ashbea, 
1 Chr. 4, 21. 


dyads Eshbaal, pr. n. of a son of 
Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39; i. q. Myson 
Ῥ. 45. 

* "TON obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Chald. and 
Syr. THe, bat; to pour, to pour out — 
Hence the two following: 

“SYS m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15 
prbmn wy i.e. places where the tor- 
rents from the mountains are poured out, 
or flow down, into the valleys and plains 
_ below, q. d. ravines. 

ΤΊΤΟΝ ΓΟ id. outpouring of torrents, a 
low place or ravine at the foot of a moun- 
tain where a torrent flows down, Josh. 
10,40. 12,8. προθπ ΤΠ the ravines 
of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the 
mountain, Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh. 


; Bots 
12,2.3. Comp. foot of a mountain 
or hill, from oe to pour out. 


TIAWK (strong-hold, castle, for “πῷ 
from 529) ῬΓ. n. Ashdod, Gr. ᾿Αζωτός, one 
of the five principal cities of the Philis- 
tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah 
Josh. 15,47,) Josh. 11, 22. 15, 46. 1 Sam. 
5, 1. Is. 20,1. It was a key of Pales- 
tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and 
Hoot. 2.157. A village still stands upon 
its site, called Esdid; see Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IL. p. 368—The gentile n. is 
“Ti7dx, fem. τῆς, and this latter adver- 


92 


TN 


bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13, 
24. 


Σ ca 
"πῶς obsol. root; i. ᾳ. Arab. Lat for 


se { : 

1. to prop, to support, i.q. BBX. 

2. Metaph. to heal, to cure. 

Deriv. 5258 and pr. ἢ. PWN. 

MMPS fem. ig. tx, fire, as in Chald. 
Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. MES omen by their 
Sire the lead (isconsumed). Keri oh ux. 
consumed by fire. 


MS m. constr. WEN, plur. constr. "EX, 
a@ sacrifice, offering, so called from the 
fire (8) which consumes it, as πυρά 
from zig, q. d. the sacred fuel to be burn- 
ed before God, with 5— parag. like "8, 
MIN; 7,2. Spoken of every kind 
of sacrifice and offering, and once even 
of those not burned, Lev. 24, 7.9. Most 
freq. in certain ritual formulas as MUN 
mined mm? m4 a sacrifice of Heel odour 
unto Jehovah Lev. 1, 9.13.17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5. 
mints mex nm mgd Ex. 29, 41. Lev. 
8, 21; ellipt. πότον πεν a ederifice to 
Selioeah sc. of sweet-odour Lev. 2, 16. 
Ex. 29, 18.25. Plur. hin" “ts sacrifices 
of Jehovah, i. e. offered to him, Ley. 2, 
3, 10. 


MON (for ΣΝ, fem. of the form 
tay), constr. nun (fem. of the form Ox, 
for myx) which is sometimes also put 
for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7. 
Ps. 58, 9; ὁ. suff. ΘΝ ΡΩΝ, Inds, 
etc. once ΩΝ Ps. 128, 3; Plur. ἌΝ 
mive Ez. 23, 44, eleewhere Rincon p72 
(for Dry by apheresis, from sing. 
MBI), constr. "02, ὁ. suff, ἀῶ, 1789, 
pw. 

i a woman, JSemale, of any age or con- 
dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1,8 
pwia mp O thow fairest among ne 
men ! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 Ὁ Θῶ9 ἢ 
the way of women is upon me, i.e. I aes 
what is-usual with women, the menses. 
2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was... pass- 
ing the love of women. Job 42, 15. Of 
unmarried females Gen. 24, δ. Is. 4, 1.— 
Spec. a) As the name of the sez, and 
thus applied to animals, a female, Gen. 
7,2; so Lat. femina, French femelle, Gr. 
γυνή in Aristotle. See Ux no, 1. a. 
With the artic. collect. women, the fe- 
male sex, Ecc. 7,26. Ὁ) a wife, opp. 


ῶνΝ 989 


to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 35, 1. 26, 34. 
28, 1. 34, 4 sq. PSN MeN thy father’s 
wife, i. e. thy step-mother, Lev. 18, 8. 11. 
Comp. 1 Cor. δ, 1. Frequent in the 
phrase M8x> %b mpd to take to oneself a 
woman for a wife, Gen. 4, 19. 6,2. Spo- 
ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4; of 
one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. c) As a 
term of reproach for a manjwho is weak, 
cowardly, effeminate, Is./19, 16. 3, 12. 
Jer. 51, 30, Nah. 3, 13. Comp. Hom. 
᾿Αχαϊίδες οὐκ & ᾿Αχαιοί, irg. Ain. 9. 
617. d) Joined in apposition with va- 
rious nouns, 6, g. M311 MEX a harlot Josh. 
2,1; 2272 MYNX ἃ concubine Judg. 19,1; 
M228 NEN a widow 1 K. 7, 14; ns 
PgNS) Judg. 4, 4; mdb ‘sk Lev, 24, 10. 
e) With genit. of an attribute, instead 
of an adjective, 6. g. δ πὶ τῶν a capable 
woman Ruth 3, 11; ὉΠ ΓῸΝ a con- 
tentious woman Prov. 27,15; DoT Mw 
@ prostitute Hos, 1,2. [Ὁ Emphat. of a 
true woman, such as she should be, 
Ece. 7, 28; see 57% no. 2, comp. in ἘΝ 19. 
no. 1, and the saying of Diogenes, ‘I 
seek a man.’ 

2. Followed by minx or MAD, one, an- 
other ; altera, altera ; see under these 
words. 

3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3. 

Nore. In Chaldee the word for woman 
is δόσις, st. emph. ROHN, SOM, plur. 
yea. Syr. ἴδιαν, plur. £43. Arab. 
SE, SEL Se. ει μον 
δα!» ΝΣ αν Sqamnd » lads 
G33 3 also col woman, plur. G3f. 
Ethiop. ARLE anest (not anset) which 
also is put for plur. women. 

MPA see Magy. 

POS m. (r. 155) darkness, obscurity, 
only Prov. 20,20 Keri yn }7O¥2 ; in 
Cheth. Fn WHxa. The Targ. gives 
the like orthography in Chaldee, 378 
SD5OM jn. 

WON or MBS m. only c. suff. innzix, 
plur. c. suff. ὑῶν, Β. εν. ’ 

1. @ step, going, Prov. 14, 15. Ps. 40, 
3. Metaph. in reference to virtue and 
piety, e. ¢. to follow the steps of Jeho- 
vah, Job 23, 11; also one’s steps are 
said to slide and fall, Ps. 37, 31. 73, 2. 
Comp. 42. 

2. iq. ΠΝ, a species of cedar, 


TON 


Arab. Sherbin. Ez. 27, 6 jee 7392 
BwR-MZ thy benches (or decks) they 
make of ivory, the daughter of the Sher- 
bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar 
wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg. 
ZEn. 10.136. See in “AURH . 


“WS (r. wie) 1.1. ᾳ. "OR; a step, 
constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7. 

2, Rarely “8x 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He 
local My"EX Gen. 25, 18, pr. ἢ. Assyria, 
Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10,10; more fully 
“HEX ΥῈΝ Is. 7,18. Also the Assyrians, 
constr. c. masc. Is. 19, 23. 23, 13. 30, 31. 
31, 8. Ps. 83, 9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei- 
form inscriptions it is written Asura ; 
see Lassen itber ἃ. Persepol. Keilschr. 
p. 71-79.—The name Assyria is va- 
riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g. 
a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense, 
Gen. 10, 11. 22, seems to have compre- 
hended nearly the same countries which 
Ptolemy (6.1) assigns to Assyria proper, 
viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be- 
tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media, 
and espec. Adiabene. 8) Usually it 
stands for the Assyrian empire, which 
comprehended also Babylonia and Me- 
sopotamia, Is. 10, 9.10, comp. Comment. 
on Is. 39, 1; and extended to the Euphra- 
tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is pat 
as the emblem of the Assyrian empire 
Is. 8,7. So too the name Assyria com- 
prehends also Babylonia in Hdot. 1. 102, 
106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex. 
7.7.6. Once also in the O. Test. the 
provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be 
left out of view, and the Tigris is thus 
said to flow on the east of Assyria, m27p 
"AZR, Gen. 2,14. c) After the over. 
throw of the Assyrian empire, the name 
“WN Assyria continued to be sometimes 
used of the countries over which that 
empire had formerly extended, andofthe 
new kingdoms which had then taken its 
place, 6. g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23, 29. Jers 
2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8).-Lam. 5, 6; also, 
Judith 1, 5. 2, 1.5, 1; of Persia Ezra 6, 
22, where Darius is called “33x 723.— 
Hitzig attempts to show that “78x is put 
also for Syria, Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83, 9. (Begr. 
ἃ. Kritik p. 98, Jes. p. 235.) But his argu- 
ments are not convincing. 


“WS plur. πος Asshurim, pr. n. 
of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25,3; perh. the 


MUN 94 


same which 1s called in 2 Sam. 2, 9 
~“Adx, to be sought in the vicinity of 
Gilead. 


“TN (perh. blackness, black, τ 9) 
pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5. 


TOWN Ε (τ. πῶν no. 1) a support, col- 
umn ; Plur. 6. suff. mninwe Jer. 50, 15 
Keri, Sept. ἐπάλξεις αὐτῆς, ‘Vulg. better 


fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. rie | 


eolumn. In Cheth. is mons from 
‘a form MADR. 


NON Ashima, the domestic idol of 
the city of Hamath, 2 K.17, 30. The 
name is of uncertain etymology: ; most 
prob. it stands in connection with Pers. 


cet asumén heaven, Zend. agménd. 
TYPOS see myBe. 


DON m. a ty) a βοηόαμον Arab. 


ἐπ ΚΜ ἂν ΟΦ Found 


only i in plur. ΟΝ “finadottonens i. 6. 
ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun- 
dations, so that those alone remain. 
(Comp. ΘΟ Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) _Is. 
16, 7 rine ἢ "wir the ruins of Kir- 
Ivareecth, i. e. of the city Kerak. In Jer. 
48, 31, where there is an imitation of 
this passage in Isaiah, is read "C28 
ὉΠΠΓ the menof Kir-heres ; 3 but there 
is no need of supposing an exact corre- 
spondence in such passages. Later 
writers employed the words of earlier 
prophets only so far as they were appli- 
cable to their purposes ; and sometimes 
added explanations, or even changed 
them, e. g. substituting for difficult or 
perhaps obsolete words others more easy 
and in current use. See Gesch. der 
Heb. Spr. p. 37 sq. and Comment. on Is. 
Le. 


MB WS Γ 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3; 
Plur. τοῦτος Hos. 3, 1, and mitisvis 
Cant. 2, 5, a cake, cakes, Lat. liba, spec. 
such as were prepared from dried grapes 
or raisins, pressed or compacted into a 
certain form, from τ. BOX; so WIE 
ὈΠΞ2Σ raisin-cakes Hos. |.c. They are 
mentioned as delicacies with which the 
weary and languid are refreshed, 2 Sam. 
1 Chr.Cant.1l.cc.and were also offered to 
idols in sacrifice, Hos. Lc. They differ- 


2UN 


ed from P%¥ i. 6. grapes dried, but not 
compacted into the form of cakes; and 
also from 37 i. e. figs pressed into 
cakes.—The etymology is doubtless to 
be sought in the idea of pressing toge- 
ther; (see the root, and comp. 33 a 
cake, from 432 to make firm, also M""B% 
from MDX to spread out;) and not in that 
of fire, 8x, as if cakes prepared with fire. 
The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon. 
Ex. 16, 31, where 70°88 is for Heb. 
ΣΤῈΣ ; nid in the Mishna, Nedarim 
6. 16, heed pris denotes a kind of 
food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes 
made from boiled lentiles. 


JUN m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 30. Syn 
{oe} and Ethiop. ANT id. The 


form is for MWY from r. 433, (as BEX, 
.E ary 
ut, from Liae,) Ethiop. f0P to in- 


dicate, to inform, whence m'OP. index, 
informer. So in Lat. testis, testiculus, 


SDS plur. nidavin and ΤΌΝ as if 
from mdduix , comp. ΠΟῪ masc. Num. 
13, 23. 

1. a bunch, cluster, pr. the stem or 
stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken 
of berries or flowers hanging in clusters 
like grapes, e. g. of dates, Cant. 7,8; of 
the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant. 
1, 14; but chiefly of the vine, either fully 
with VBR 7,9; ΘΠΞῈΣ ier. 13, 23. 245 
or absol. Is. 65, 8. Mic. 7, ai Once Gen. 
40, 10 53x is distinguished from 222, 
and denotes the stem, racemus, strictly 
so called, 6. g. D°3233 menbacn ΕΟ 
i.e. and its stems (the cluster-stems of 
the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries, 
i.e. shot forth ripe grapes.—Correspond- 


ing. is: Arab. SG, Oia 
branch, Ethiop. AMMA a grape, a vine, 
whence the verb MLA to bear grapes; 
Syr. and Chald. Vow, xbdiao, a grape, 
cluster. Among ail this variety of or- 


thography, the etymology is doubtful. 
ii ὉΦῸΝ may be for ἘΞΌΝ, from 
2b, AK, to bind, to braid, to plait, 
q. ἃ, α braid of grapes; comp. 332. 
2. Eshcol, pr. ἢ. a) Of a valley 
abounding in vines, in the southern part 
of Palestine, Num. 13, 23. 24. 32,9. 


suet 95 


Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
1. p. 316. b) Ofa man, Gen. 14, 13. 24. 

T2308 Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people 
and region in northern Asia, sprung 
from the Cimmerians (724) Gen. 10, 3, 
and situated in the vicinity of Armenia 
Jer. 51, 27; unless perhaps it was a pro- 
vince of that country itself. A similar 
form is 123U8.—The modern Jews un- 
derstand by it Germany, and even call 
this country by the Heb. name; a rare 
specimen of ignorance in geographical 
matters. 

“DUN m. for "28, Aleph prosthet. a 
gift, present, Ez. 27,15. Ps 72,10. R. 
"2 II, i. g. 928, to hire, to reward. 


: eit 
ἘῸΝ ae root, Arab. dS} and 


AC i. ἃ. Sal to strike deep root, to be 


deeply rooted, ΧΙ a root, stock, origin. 
Hence 

DUS (Kimchi dy) i. ᾳ. Arab. bat, 
a tamarisk, myrica, Tamarix orientalis 
Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 dvian mom wader the 
tamarisk-tree. 31,13, the parall. passage 
to which in 1 Chr. 10,12 has ΡΝ nnn 
under a terebinth or tree generally.— 
Then perh. any large tree, (like ΒΝ, 
dx.) and collect. trees, a wooed grove, 
Gen. 21, 33.—An accurate description of 
the tree (SH is given by J E. Faber, in 
Fab. and Reiskii Opuse. med. ex mo- 
numm. Arabum, p. 137; see also R. K. 
Porter’s Tifavels IT. p. 311. 


* DON Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5,7, also 
DIN Ley. 4,13, 5, 2.3. 4.17; fat. nin, 


1. to fail in duty, to transgress, to 
be guilty, Boel Vers. to trespass. =: 


asl id. at causat. reum judicavit, “Ut 


and ast fault, guilt, a mulct, comp. 


Ethioy we fault, guilt, ANU 


malefecit. The primary idea seems to 
be that of negligence espec. in one’s gait, 


whence wat a camel of slow gait, falter- 
4 ing, weary. Comp. Xun, m3 .—Lev. 


7? 

4,13. 22. 27. 5, 2. 8.4. 17. ‘Jer. 50, 7. 
The person towards whom one fails in 
duty is put with > Num. 5,7. Lev. 5, 19; 
that in which one is guilty, with > Lev. 


5,5, with 2 Hos, 13, 1. Ez. 22, 4.— 


Bo F CALIF ony 
Others, in several passages, render BUX 
to acknowledge oneself guilty, as Hos. 5, 
15, Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4,22. But there 
seems no gota reason to depart from the 
common acceptation of DUR, since we 
need only render in Hos, 1. 6. until 
they suffer punishment, as in no. 2; in 
Zech. |. c. and are not punished ; in 
Lev. 1. c. when a ruler hath sinned 
through ignorance .. . then he is guilty, 
has contracted gail here Dx is i. q. 
ἸΣἿΦ NOD in c. 5, 1. 17. 

2. to bear one’s guilt, i. e. its conse- 
quences, to suffer punishment, to be pun- 
ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3. 

3. 1. ᾳ. DWI and Ds, to be laid waste, 
destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, 6. 
Comp. Syr. ena a desert. 

Nrpn. to be punished ; hence to be de- 
stroyed, to perish, e. g. flocks, Joel 1, 18. 

Hipu. to punish, and hence to destroy, 
Ps. 5, 11. 

Deriv. the three following. 


DUS m. c. suff. tags, plur. c. suff. 
wats. 

1. " fault, blame, guilt, which one con- 
tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5.—Hence 

2. Meton. trespass, i: e. the thing 
through which guilt is contracted, 
Num. 5, 7. 8. 

3. ὦ sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl. 
Vers. a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq. 
2 K. 12,17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40,39. Inthe 
Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or 
trespass-offerings (2°28) are carefully 
distinguished from sacrifices for sin or 
sin-offerings (Mixwm). Not only were 
the rites and ceremonies of each differ- 
ent; (see Lev. 5, 1-26, or 1-19 and 6, 1- 
7; 7, 1-7, comp. 4, 1-35. 6, 17-23 or 24- 
30 ;) but the different victims pertaining 
to each were sometimes conjoined in one 
and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq. 
Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7-10,) and 
the particular faults or sins are carefully 
enumerated by the lawgiver, which were 
to be expiated by this or that rite; see 
Lev. c. 5. 14, 12. 24. 19, 20-22. Num. 6, 
11.12. Still, the precise point of distine- 


tion between the two kinds of faults or 


sins, has hitherto been sought in vain. 
See Jos. Ant. 3.9.3. Philo de Victimis 
2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5, 
6. Carpzov. Antiquit. 8. cod. p. 707 sq. 


ΣΝ 96 


DYN m. adj.verbal 1. in fault, guilty, 
Gen. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13. 

2. bringing a trespass-offering, Ezra 
10, 19. 

TOUS f. 1. Inf. of the verb bun (like 
MBN, AN"), a being in fault, trespass- 
ing ; Lev. 5, 26 [6, 7] mos2 ἼΩΝ bDa 
m2 ΠΝ of all that he hath done in 
trespassing therein, i.e. every thing in 
which he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 matin 
ἘΣΤῚ i. 6. so that the people incur 
guilt. 

2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers. 
trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28, 
13. Am. 8, 14 ππρῦ MUN the puilt of 
Samaria, i. 6. its idols. Plur, niney 
2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6. 

3. the bringing oP a trespass-offering, 
see in DWN no. 3. Lev. 5, 24 [6,5] 5153 
ἼΔῸΣΝ in the day y when he bringeth his 
trespass-offering. Comp. Dt no. 2. 

MIWA see ΡΟΝ 


DUN m. plur. i. α. ora, Aleph 
prosthet. pr. fatness ; hence fat fields, 
fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28); Is. 59, 
10 BMD B*sUNa in fertile fields we 
are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je- 
rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3, 
6; but see Comment. on Is. 1. ¢. 


ΤΟΝ, MINN, £ (τ sat,) con- 
str. phess (once chet Judg. 7, 19), 
- Plur. πρῶ, ὦ watch, φυλακή, a part 
of the night, so called from the military 
Watches. Ards the ancient Hebrews 
there were only three night-watches ; 
the first or Minx UX Lam. 2, 19; 
the middle Judg. Ἴ, 19; and the third 
Span ΤΠ ΩΝ Ex. 14, 94. 1 Sam. 11,11. 

Later and in the times of the N. T. there 
were four, after the Roman manner. 


“" ἼΩΝ obsol. root, perh. I. tobe hard, 
, strong ; Chald. jx ἜΝ, hard, 
OR, ἢ 


strong; comp. ἘΣ, Arab. oad, hard, 
strong, robust. 
Il. to be dark, obscure, see θὲ, 


2208 m. a lattice, i. e. a latticed 
window, through which the cool breeze 
passes, Judg. 5, 28. Prov. 7,6. R. 228 
q. ν. 

TUN (the strong, fortified) Ashnah, 
pr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 33. 43, 


A ; . 
WON (prop, support) Eshean, pr. n. 
ofa city in Judah, Josh. 15, 52. R. 438. 


᾿ ΣΝ obsolete root, Syr. Saf to 
use incantation, enchantment. Simonis 
places the primary power in the notion 
of covering, hiding; whence Syr. to use 
incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts, 
comp. ΝΘ aud wd; also MBUN a quiver, 
so called a pevonetonds. Kindred with 
the signif: of incantation is #2. 

Deriv. the two following. 


SEN Heb. and Chald. an enchanter, 
magician, Dan. 2,10. Plur. Heb. o"buN 
Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2; Chald. PEON, emphat. 
ἘΠῚ (from a Sing. meN) ‘Dan. 2, 27. 


4,4. 5, 7. 11. 15. Syr. teae] enchanter. 


MEWS f. c. suff. inpye , a quiver, perh. 
so called as covering and concealing 
the arrows, see r. HW. Is. 22, 6. 49, 2. 
Jer. 5,16. Ps. 127, 5. Job 39, 23. Lam. 
3,13 IMBWR "22 the sons of his quiver, 
his arrows. 


TIBUN Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief 
eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar, 
Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers. 
cal, appa agvas, horse, and nasa 
nose; pr. ‘nose of the horse.’ A simi- 
lar ρθουν, is 2D0R. 


“EWN an obscure word, found only 
twice, 2 Sam. 6,19. 1 Chr. 16,3; where 
Vulg. assatura bubule carnis, deriving 
it absurdly enough from x fire and "p 
bullock. Engl. Vers. a good piece of 
flesh. But there can be little doubt 
that it was a certain measure of wine 
or drink, a measure, cup, for "2% with 
Aleph. prosthet. from στ. "BW no. 3, i. ἃ. 
Ethiop. 14,4 to measure, whence 


σοὶ Δ. a measure, cyathus, see Lu- 
dolph Lex. A£thiop. p. 187 ; comp. kindr. 
"B20 to number.—An approach to the 
truth was made by L. de Dieu, who, 
following the same etymology, under- 
stands a portion of the sacrifice measured 
out. 


PEUX m. a dunghill, fimetum, for « 
mpd (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet. 
from r. mp to put, to place, perh. also to 
heap up, comp. pny. So mbtan sed 
Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. nbOA “Se 
3, 13, the dunghill-gate, dung-gate, in 


DUN 97 


Jerusalem, see in ἜΣ, Trop. put as 
the emblem of deep and squalid poverty ; 
1 Sam. 2, 8 he raiseth up the poor out 
of the dust PIB OM BORD he lifleth 
up the needy fromthe dunghill. Ps. 113,7. 


Se 
Comp. Arab. 


deepest poverty.—Plur. minadx, from 
a lost Sing. MABWN or PROX. Lam. 4,5 
they embrace dunghills, i. e. lie in the 
dust, wallow in filth, Comp. the simi- 
lar phrases ‘to embrace the rock’ Job 
24, 8; ‘to lick the dust,’ etc. 

Nore. The signif. durghill, which 
J.D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques- 
tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the 
ancient versions with once voice; and the 
same is found also in the Mishna, where 
oceurs the Sing. ΠΡῸΝ dunghill, Chetu- 
both 7. 5. Baba Mezia 5. 7; and Plur. 
mrpox of dunghills in the fields, She- 
biith 3. 1-3. According to this first form, 
we might suppose the word to be de- 
rived from the root 5&8, but whence 
then would come the Plur. mimgox ὁ 
Most prob. however this Sing. belongs 
to a later age, and arose from an error of 
etymology by which the earlier MBUs, 
was regarded asa Plur. Comp. 72x, 
plur. δ, and thence Chald. Sing. 
MUTAN. 


r> 


TPB (perh. migration, from r. Ὁρῶ 
Aram. to migrate, comp. M62) pr. ἢ. 
Ashkelon, Askelon, a maritime city of the 
Philistines, Judg. 1, 18. 14,19. 1 Sam. 6, 
17. 2Sam. 1,20. Arab. BP ree » As- 


kelan, which name is still retained by 
the village which stands among the 
ruins of the ancient city. The gentile 
n. is "21>PUNX Josh. 13, 3. 


3 dung, mire, put for the 


: ὮΝ or TEN, see the pr. π. “ON. 

1. Pr. to be straight, right, i.q. "7 no. 
2. espec. οἵα way, and then also of what is 
upright, erect ; whence comes the signif. 
to be firm, strong, in the Talmud. 

2. to go straight forward, and genr. to 
go on, to advance, Prov. 9, 6. 

3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy ; 
comp. the kindr. verbs “8? no. 1, ">, 
“uD. 

Piet ἼΩΝ to cause to go straight, to 
guide right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1, 17 τῶν 
70H lead right the oppressor, ie. guide 


“TON 


him into the right path. Or it may 
here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2; 
and then we may render with the an- 
cient versions: ῥύσασϑε ἀδικούμενον, 
Vulg. subvenite oppresso, Eng. Vers. 
relieve the oppressed. [More exactly: 
right the oppressed.—R.] Part. "8x9 
genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15. 

2. Intrans. to go on, to advance, i. q. 
Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14. 

3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed, 
Gen. 30,13. Ps. 72,17. Prov. 81,28. Cant. 
6, 9. Job 29, 11. 

Pua. “wR and "Wx 
guided, Is. 9, 15. 

2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps. 
41, 3. Prov. 3, 18. 

Deriv. τῶν, TIDY, Wy, WN, WN, 
“AEN, ΝΗ, ΣΝ, 


“WN (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30, 
13) Asher, pr. n. a) A son of Jacob 
by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13. 35,26; the foun- 
der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40. 
41, the territory of which lay in the north- 
ern part of Palestine and is described 
Josh. 19, 24-31. The gentile n. is "73x 
Asherite Judg. 1, 32. Ὁ) A city east- 
ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7. 


5 ὮΝ A) Pron. relat. of all genders 
and numbers, like Engl. who, which ; 
also that, what. In the later Hebrew 
and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated! 
form ὦ ©, which was elsewhere used 
only among the Phenicians; in the other- 
kindred dialects the relative has forms: 
derived from the demonstrative ΠῚ, as 
Chald. "πὶ, 3, Syr. ?, Samar. J, Arab.. 
sat i. αἱ ἘΝ , Ethiop. H who, comp.. 
Ἢ he, this; see Thesaur. p. 165.—The- 
various uses of the relative belong strict-- 
ly to Syntax; and we give here only: 
the following: 

1. Before the relative, the pron. for he,. 
she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted, 
e.g. Noi: 22,6 “RF WN) and he whom 
thou cursest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4,12. Josh. 
2,10. The same pron. is also to be sup- 
plied wherever prepositions are prefixed 
to the relative; e. g. "xd to him who 
Gen. 43, 16, to ἜΑ who 47, 24’; “ON-nN 
him awho, that which ; nun ‘from oe of 
those which Is. 47, 13. Sometimes the 
pron. implied refers to place, as “Ox~>y. 


1. to be led, 


ὮΝ 
to that place which Ex. 32, 34; "x5 in 
that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1, 17. 
Lehrg. § 198. 

2. Often "EX is merely a sign of rela- 
tion, which serves to give to substantives, 
adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense ; 
as ἜΣ ΡΝ WN which dust Gen. 13, 16; 
mwony six which field 49, 30; DHS 
where, from 0 there ; Dw] πῶς “whence, 
from Dw thence; 3 muy to whom, from 
id to him; ἾΞ. ὮΝ in whom ; 537872 ἼΩΝ 
Sromwhom ; Hdd ati whose eae Deut. 
28, 49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode 
in whieh the Hebrews express the ob- 
lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p.743; 
with a very few exceptions not as yet 
noted by any one, that 1 am aware of, 
viz. "8X2 Is. 47, 12; for oma Ws (Targ. 
yina—ys, Syr. ous); and “Wx by 
Gen. 31, 32, for 12> "88 with whom. 

3. > ἼΩΝ serves to circumscribe the 
genitive, like the Talmudic 5%, espec. 
where several genitives depend on one 
governing noun, and in the later Hebrew; 
6. 5. 1 Sam. 91, 8 5:5 Wy ΦΉΣ TAR 
the chief of Saul’s herdsmen. Cant. 1, 1 
πῦρ. swiss meq Iw the Song of 
songs of Solomon, i. 6. Solomon’s Song 
of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673. 

4. In the later Hebrew ny is some- 
times redundant, like the Aram. "3, 35 


- e.g. Esth. 1, 12 22 tx 7237 a 


ὈΠΌΠΘΠ ; see v. 13, where UN i is omit- 
ted; comp. 2 Sam. 7, 14. 9,8. See in 
art. "5. 

B) It passes over also into a relat. 
Conjunction, like Heb. ">, Aram. "4, 3. 
Ethiop. H, Gr. ὅτι, Lat. quod, Germ. 
dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in 
which it has a great resemblance to "3, 
may be reduced to the following: 

1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing, 
hearing, knowing, Ex. 11,7; of finding 
Ecce. 7, 29; of speaking Esth. 3,4; con- 
fessing Ley. 5,5; swearing 1 K. 22, 16, 
etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is. 
38, 7. ec. 5,4.. The manner in which 
the neut. of the relative passes over into 
this power, is exemplified in the follow- 
ing passages: Josh, 2,10 "x My 423728 
FIOM Wa"My MYM ΘΓ we have heard 
that which (how) Jehovah dried up the 
waters of the Red sea, 1 Sam. 24, 11. 19. 


98 


“TON 
2 Sam. 11, 20. 2 K. 8, 12. Deut. 29, 15, 
Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that, 
etc. Comp. no. 9. 

2. that, in order that, ut, denoting end, 
purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4, 46 
and ye shall diligently keep his statutes 
which Icommand you this day, 22°" "ER 
FY FBI AD chat it may be well with 
thee and with thy children. 6, 3. Ruth 3, 
3. (Gens 1.1) 2.9 Bis. 8,.37; Ps, 144, 12. 
Also ἀδοδο ep of asking, Dan. 1, 18.— 
More fully “wx 5372> in order that, see 
in {225 once SOR“ Ez. 36, 27. —Neg. 
Xd “WN that not, lest, Ecc. 7, 21. Esth. 
1, 19. 2, 10. 

3. Causal, because that, because, be- 
fore a Pret. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27. 
Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Ecc. 4, 9. 
8,11. Rarely before a Fut. referring 
to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8, 33; 
comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, where in the same 
connection is">. More fally ΘΝ nnn, 
“WR 57, see no. 9. Like 7D it is tiled 
put at the beginning of an answer as- 
signing a reason where one has been 
demanded; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefore then 
didst thou not obey the voice of the Lord, 
but didst fly upon the spoil. ..? 20 And 
Saul said unto Santuel, because that 
(78) I have obeyed the voice of the 
Lord,...and have brought Agag... 
and have utterly destroyed the Amalek- 
ites, 1. 6. because, in doing as I have 
done, I have obeyed (I think) the di- 
vine command. Vulg. ‘imo audivi vo- 
cem domini.—Sometimes it may be 
more conveniently rendered for, Deut. 
3, 24; so Sept. Syr. Vulg. Here too 
μον ρα rma> “tix Dan. 1, 10 (comp. 
πρὸ Cant. 1 7), ] pr. for wherefore? for 
why? and hence i. q. ne, lest, Syr. ἔλασιν, 
See under 3 D. 3. Ὁ. 

4. Conditional, if that, if, Lev. 4, 22, 
comp. ®& in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp. 
tN v. 28. Deut. 18, 22. 1 K. 8,31 (comp. 
2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29. Before a 
Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21.— 
Rarely it is concessive, if that, i. q. al- 
though, Ecc. 8, 12, 

5. Of time, when. ore, pr. ‘the time 
that;’ before the Pret. Deut. 11, 6 when 
the earth opened her mouth. 1 K. 8, 9. 
Ps, 139, 15, 2Chr. 35, 2037 7Gx" pra s 
many when Josiah had repaired the 


ΣΝ 


temple. Comp. Syr. 7 Mark 11, 3. Matt. 
26, 54. 28, 1. 

6. of place, where, ov, pr. ‘the place 
that, for 08 "Ox, Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95, 
9. Is. 64, 10. "Also for nas ney whither, 
whithersoever, Num. 13, ‘27. Ps. 84, 4. Is. 
55,11. Comp. Syr. 2 Heb. 3, 9 for ov. 

7. i. q. WORD » as, like as, in protasis 
Ex, 14, 13, Sept. ὃ ov τρύπον. 1 K. 8, 24, 
Followed ‘by 19 Jer. 33, 22. Also in 
what way, how ; Job 37,17 knowest thou 
Dyan 4732 ἼΩΝ how thy garments be- 
come warm ? 

8. Asa sign of the apodosis, pr. ‘then 
Is it that, ete. i. q. then, like "3 no. 5, 
where see. With 58 preceding, Is. 8, 20 
rid ib-y7y TN MIT BIS WN ND ON 
if they speak not thus, then shall there be 
to them no dawn, Like “2 and } (Lehrg. 
p- 723) it is put where a nominative ab- 
solute precedes; 2 Sam. 2, 4 the men of 
Jabesh-Gilead *383-7¥% 3732p ὍΝ then 
they buried Saul. Also with other cases 
absolute, espec. those marking time and 
Pisces Zech. 8, 23 “WX Meh ἘΠΤῸΞΞ 
apm? in those days, then shall ten men 
take hold, etc. Deut. 1, 31 "38 “3733 
ΤΑΝ tn the desert, there thou hast seen ; 
comp. 2 Sam, 14, 15 ΝΞ Wx ΠΗ͂Σ" and 
now, so am I come. Chald. 3 32. — 
This usage of the particle "Dx i is denied 
by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650; but in so 
doing he seems to have overlooked the 
fact, that the Heb. and Aram. particles 
"2, 29, 3, all have the like origin and 
signification. 

9. Prepositions to which “x is sub- 
joined are converted into conjunctions ; 
comp. "3. Εἰ. g. ἽΝ “M8 after that ; 
"BX IF until that, even to ; “WN τεῦ 
aside from that, except, Esth. ‘4, 11; 
“wx 22> in δ» that ; “GR nnn, 

"EN ἜἌΣΣΞ, Ty ἘΣ, “Oy 139 4p, ws 
are, nie, “Ἐπ “52, "ὥς “350, 5.3 
oN. on account of that, because ; comp. 
Lehrg. Ρ. 636.—Once "tx is put first, 
2 52 ἼΩΝ Job 34, 27, 1. ᾳ. “NX 13 bs 
and ἢ shy "> on this account that, because. 

C) “With prefixes. 

1. "Xa a) Pr. in what place, where, 
wheresoever, Ruth 1,17. Judg. 5, 27. 17, 
9; followed by 0% there, Job 39, 30. 
More fully punades Gen. 21, 17, and 
ἘΦ oy pipsa 2 Sam 15, 81 The 


99 


“UN 
same sense may be retained in 1 Sam. 
23, 13. 2 K. 8, 1, where it is commonly 
rendered whither, whithersoever, as if for 
mag nee. b) in that, because, i. q. Syr. 
r=, Gen. 39, 9.23. Ece.8,4. 6) > Wea 
on account of, because of, propter, where 


it takes the nature of a preposition, 
Jon. 1,8. Contracted >a ib. 1, 7. 12. 


Both forms correspond to Syr. 9 
propter. 

2, WD see after 3. 

3. ὝΣΝ pr. from that, i. e. since, be- 
cause, Is. 43, 4. 

US τὰ. (r. WN) happiness, blessed- 
ness, found only in plur. constr. "WR, 
where it takes the nature and force of 
an interjection; as OW°Ny "TEN lit. O the 
happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the 
man! Ps. 1,1. 2,12. 32,1.2.33,12. So by 
an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65,5 "ax 
“man happy he whom thou choosest. 
With suff. Tes happy art thou! 
Deut. 33, 29; 377Ux for 727TR Ecc. 10, 
17, IN Prov: 14, 21, and ΓΝ for 
sv yey Prov. 29, 18, esis Is. 32, 20. 
For the shorter ptnral form of Segholate 
nouns, 6. g. 7S for ΘΝ, see in 
Lehre. p- 575, 576. In the present word 
this shorter form pertains to its use in 
exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat. 
exclamatory phrases, τρισμακάριος, τρισ- 
ὄλβιος, τρισευδαίμων, terque quaterque 
beatus ; Germ. viel Gliick ! 

“WS jd. ὁ. suff. et pref “78x35 pr. with 
my happiness, i. q. happy am I, Gen. 
30, 13. . 

TENS Milél (upright towards God) 
Asharelah, pr. n. of a Levite and singer, 
1 Chr. 25,2; in v. 14 written A840". 

MAS £ rarely TIEN Mic. 5, 13. 
Deut. 7,5; Plur. ΘΔ ΘΝ and nines. 

1. Asherah, a goddess of the Heb. 
idolatere, to whom they made statues, 
images, (P¥559,) 1K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 
16; and whom they often worshiphid 
isgnther with Baal, as at other times 
Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6. 
1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10). 1 K. 18,19 prophets 
of Baal . .. prophets of Asherah. 2 K.23, 
4 of Baal, of Asherah, and of all the host 
of heaven. Judg. 3, 7 and served ~My 
ἈΠ ΩΝῚ orbran Baals and Ashe- 
rahs, comp. 2 K. ‘1%, 16. 21,3. 2 Chr. 33 


"WON 
3. Judg. 6,25. Once, where in the same 
context mention is made of M708 2 K. 
23, 6. 14. 15, and also of MYMY> v. 13, 
the latter seems to pertain to the idola- 
trous worship of the Sidonians, and the 
former to that of the Hebrews. 

2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made 
of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size, 
Judg. 6, 25-27; which on account of 
its height was fixed or planted in the 
-ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or 
: statue of this sort stood near the altar of 
Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab, 
1K. 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10, 26. 17, 16; on 
‘the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15; at 
‘Ophra, Judg. 6, 25; and even in the 
‘temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh 
suntil Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23, 6.—Plur. 
“DMR, sherahe, pillars columns, ofien 
.igrigled with the cippi or stone pillars 
((MiaB2) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14, 
:23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 9. 
Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12, 
:8; with ὈΠῸΣ 3 Judg. 3,7; with o-yan 
Is. 17, 8. 27,9. 2 Chr. 34, 4.7; and with 
_ -other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12. 3. 

-2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 9.—That these pillars 
-were of wood appears especially from 
the fact, that whenever they are de- 
-stroyed they are always said to be cut 
.down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 
2 K. 23, 6. 15. ete. 

Norte. Of the ancient versions some 
render this word Astarte, others a wood- 
en pillar, others a tree. Sept. very fre- 
quently ἄλσος, Vulg. lucus, (Engl. a 
_grove,) by which they seem to have 
understood a sacred tree; but see 2 K. 
17,10. In the Mishna too it is explained 
“by 3332 7>"x ‘a tree that is worshipped.’ 
“The primary signification of the word 
‘may pertain either to the goddess, her 
‘nature and qualities ; or to the statue or 
figure of the goddess. The latter has 
recently been maintained by Movers in 
a learned dissertation on this word (Phe- 
nizier I. p. 560 sq. Bonn 1840); accord- 
ing to whom ΓΙ δὲ is pr. right, upright, 
then a pillar, and at last a female divi- 
nity of the Canaanites worshipped under 
the figure of an upright pillar, often as 
the partner (σύμβωμος) of Baal in his 
altars, but different from Astarte ; comp. 
the epithet of Diana, ᾿Ορϑία, ᾿Ορϑωσία. 
The former idea was adopted by me, 


100 


MUN 

(Thesaur.s. h. v. etin Append.) referring 
MOR to the nature and qualities of the 
goddess herself ; though I admit, that 
the proper and primary signification of 
the word was afterwards neglected and 
obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac- 
cording to ‘this view MEX is pr. For- 
tune, happiness, (comp. “tx no. 3, "BS 
Gen. 30, 13, espec. "72N,) and herice 
became an attribute of Astarte, or Venus 
as Fortuna datrix, which was made 
great account of among the Hebrew 
idolaters ; see the arts. 73, "22. To 
this we may add, that the Romans too 
regarded Venus as the giver of good 
fortune and a happy lot; comp. the 
expressions : Venerem jacere Suet. ve- 
nereus jactus Cic. et al. And I am still 
induced to regard this view with favour, 
by the analogy of other similar names 
derived obviously from the nature and 
qualities of heathen gods, and very 
rarely if ever from the form of their sta- 
tues or images; 6. g. BUTS, NAM, 
nym. It is however quite possible 
that, the proper signification of 77Dx, 

ἘΣ, being afterwards neglected, 
these words might come to be used of 
rude pillars and wooden statues ; just as 
the Gr. ‘Leuijs was used of any human 
statue which terminated below the 
breast in a square column, although it 
might represent any thing or every thing 
but Mercury. 


NPTEN Chald. a wall, so called as 
being upright, see r. ΕΝ no. 1. Ezra 
5,3. For the form, see ἴῃ ΠΣ 3. 


* WEN obsol. root, pr. to cram or 
press together, to make compact, either 
by treading, stamping, or in any other 


5 
way; comp. Arab. G3t to tread. to 
stamp, tosubdue. Kindr. is ΣΝ to press, 
to urge; also y38 and the roots there 
adduced.—Hence ΠΝ a pressed cake 
of dried grapes ; B"Ox a foundation, sc. 
as made firm by stamping; also Arab. 
Ἐ 

pt Conj. II, to found, to make firm; 
comp. Ms to prop. 


Nore. Hithp. ΟἾΝΌΣ see under r, 
on p. 45, 


NWN see πὸ. 


max 


ἘΌΝ (perh. recessus, as if Inf: from 
Syr. \'[ael to recede, to withdraw, 1 
Tim. 5, 11) Eshtaol, pr. n. of ἃ city 
belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated 
in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 10,31. Eu- 
sebius places it fifteen Roman miles 
north of Eleutheropolis on the way to Ni- 
copolis.—Gentile n. "24938 1 Chr. 2, 53. 


“ISMN Chald. rebellion Ezra 4, 15. 
19; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from r. 13 
to strive, q. v. 


TMB (womanish, uxorious, from 
mos) pr. n. πὶ. Lshton, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 

MAM Josh. 15, 50, and JVAHUS 
(obedience, as if Inf. of Arab. Conj. VIII, 
from τ. 328) Eshtemoh, Eshtemoa, pr. n. 
of a Levitical city in the mountains of 
Judah, Josh. 21, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr. 
4,17. 19. 6,42. Still called Semd’a, a 
large village south of Hebron; Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627. 


PS Chald. comm. gend. i. q. Heb. nix, 
a sign, portent, synonym. 72m. Dan. 3, 
32, 33. 6, 28. R. mx. 

TN i. q. AMS thou, q. v. 

AN, with distinctive accent 8, pers. 
pron. 2 pers. fem. thou, often. The form 
is apocopated from the fuller "MX, where 
see. Sometimes joined with a masc. 
Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24. 


μὴ DN, with Makk. mx, c. suff. 
‘nk, snk, in Pause ΣΝ, rk, FMS, 
ἘῸΝ , (all which are just as often writ- 
ten fully,) ἘΞΌΝ, rarely Dsnix Josh. 23, 
15, OMS, JOR, ΣΌΝ Ex. 35, 26, more 
rarely’ Sony Gen. "32, 1, Bamix Ez. 23, 45, 
FINS v. ‘47. , 

1. Pron. demonstr. αὐτός, ipse, self, this 
same. This primary demonstr. power 
appears less in the early Hebrew ; but 
would seem to have been preserved in 
the language of common life, andafter- 
wards to have emerged and become 
current in the later books, as also in 
Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22, 17 is it 
too litile for us ΞΘ PE-PN this same ini- 
quity of Peor? Hagg. 2,17 "Ἐν DSM PN 
yet ye yourselves turned not to me. ‘Dan. 
9, 13 as is written in the law of Moses 
aby mya MXit ΠΡ 9 mx all this 
same evil is come upon ws, e, 6. as an- 


101 


ὮΝ 


nounced in Lev. c. 26 and Deut. ὅ. 38, 
Jer. 38,16 BETm My Ὁ Ney Wy MN AH 
i. 6. the same who gave us this life. 

K. 6,5 as one was felling a beam, the 
tron (>39am"PR) fell into the water, 
where the word tron is at least to be 
pronounced with a certain emphasis. 
Neh. 9, 19.1 Sam. 17, 34 3377-78) “NT RB 
there came the lion and namely the bear ; 
or perh. with the bear himself, comp. αὐτῇ 
σὺν φόρμιγγι Hom. Il. 9. 194. Others, 
and with the bear.—Here belong also in 
the O. T. the following: a) The reflexive 
use of MX, as IMR ἑαυτόν, OM ἑαυτούς. 
Ez. 34,2 wo to the shepherds 7} "Ox 
BMR ΠΣ who do feed themselves, i. q. 
pwe2. v. 8.10. Jer. 7,19. Num. 6, 13. 
b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with- 
out a noun following, being put for αὐτό, 
this, it, itself ; while every where else, 
in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires 
a noun or suffix; so Ez. 43,7 cipa rx 
8337 Mind Dips ΓΝῚ WNoD this (αὐτό) is 
the place of my throne and this the place 
of the soles of my feet. Ez. 47, 17. 18. 
19; comp. v. 20, where Pt is read’ fn 
the same context.*—Comp. the Rabbi- 
nic formula, SY ἩΔῚΝΞ αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ on 
the same day, that very day ; ΠΟΊΝΞ 
MSwn in the same hour, that very hour ; 
also Syr. ai <~, comp. ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, a 
se ipso. 

Nore. Some have questioned the 
above use of this particle, choosing ra- 
ther to refer the passages cited, and 
others like them, to its use with an ac- 
cusative ; but with little success. See 
Maurer’s Comm. II. p. 608. The origin 
of the word, which is treated of below, is 
not contrary to the above view; but 
rather favours it. 

2. By degrees Px lost much of its pri- 
mitive force; so that as set before nouns 
and pronouns already definite, it came 
to add little of demonstrative power ; 
e.g. "39 PN, like Engl. the thing itself, 
the same thing, often put redundantly 
for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to 


* Some have suspected the reading im v. 17. 
18. 19; and have proposed to substitute MT, 
asin v.20. But the similar passage in δ. 43, 7, 
where mst could not well be substituted, sup- 
ports the common reading. Maurer Supplies : 
lo! " place, etc. Sept. ἑώρακας τὸν τόπον 
x. τ. 


ὩΝ 


case, it is put: a) Rarely before the 
nominative, e.g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 ΣΤῈΣ 
MNT ASITry FSS Let pi this thing 
displease thee. 1 Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9, 
32. Not to mention, futher the exam- 
ples where mx is coupled with a passive 
verb, as Gen. 4, 18 ὝΕΣ τῶνς Fism> Ibs 
and there was hors unto Enoch Trad ; 
for which construction see Heb. Gr. 
§140, 1. a For the examples, see 
Lehrg. p. 682-685. Maurer Comment. 
.onHagg.2,5. b) Very freq. and chiefly, 
before the object of a proposition, when 
definite ; comp. the pronouns αὐτός, ipse, 
which espec. in the oblique cases αὐτοῦ, 
αὐτῷ, αὐτόν, ipsum, ipst, lose in a degree 
their demonstrative power. Hence it 
passes over into a particle designating 
a determinate object ; so that Heb. “rx 
Dien, which would be pr. i. q. αὐτὸν 
τὸν οὐρανόν, becomes in common usage 
i.q. τὸν οὐρανόν, like Gr. αὐτὴν Χρυσηΐδα 
IL, 1. 148, without emphasis for Χρυσηΐδα; 
also snk pr. αὐτόν σε, σεαυτόν, and then 
simpl. oe. In this manner PX is put very 
frequently before substantives made de- 
finite by the article, as MX) BYU ms 
7287 Gen. 1, 1, comp. prow ΤῊΣ 2,4; 
or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth. 
‘9, 14. Ruth 2, 15; also before proper 
‘names, Jon. 2, 1. 7 all these construc- 
‘tions it is far more frequent in prose than 
iin poetry. Very rarely is M& put before 
‘nouns not made definite ; Ex. 2, 1. 21, 
:28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Ecc. 3, 15. 
Nors. The origin of this particle is 
‘still uncertain. Corresponding to it in 
‘the Semitic languages are Chald. m3, 
‘Syr. bo, ipse ; but these are of rare oc- 
‘eurrence. Kindredare Ethiop. enta who 
(pr. demonstr. like all relatives), Egypt. 
vent who ; and espec. the demonstr. syl- 
Jable ent, which in the Egyptian lan- 
guage is prefixed to the personal pro- 
nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, ent-of 
the. Here the simple and genuine forms 
‘are oten, sen, of. The form ent-sen cor- 
responds entirely to the Heb. BANK, 
Mx, and ent-of to the Heb. ins; yet 
‘all these forms express the nomina- 
itive. See the Table in "=, note, Heb. 
‘Gr. p. 293, edit. 13, From ent comes 
‘both mx (as ΓῺ from mn) and Mik; 
«comp. Sanser. état, Gr. wit-¢.—Others 


102 


| 


mS 


refer PR, MN, to the Aram, My, "MS, 
1.ᾳ. 893; so Hupfeld. On the eee, 
power of the letter M, see Hupfeld in 
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. Il. p. 135. 


II. M8, with Makk. “PR, c. suff. (MN, 
FN, in Pause and fem. 3m Gen. 6, 
18 comp. 20, 18, SAS, BAN, CSN Gen. 
9,9. 11, OMX; more rarely" and chiefly 
in the books ae Joshua, Kings, Jer. and 
Ezek. 78, AMS, OM&, where it might 
seem to be confounded with PX as sign 
of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting 
nearness, vicinity, prob. for ΤΩΝ from τσ. 
728 ΠῚ, to approach, as ΓΞ from n>. 
In common usage it passed over into a 
Preposition, of like force with E> q. vy. 

1. with, apud, i. 6. at, by, near, of 
nearness and vicinity, comp. DY. Gen. 
19, 33. Lev. 19,13. Job 2,13. 1K. 9, 26 
oh oe ΤΉΝ ΓΝ "Ὡς pach is 
near by Eloth ; comp. Judg. 4, 11. “PR 
ΒΒ with i.e. in the presence of any 
one, i. q. "3 D>, see in M2. Unusual 
is Gea. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy 
flock has hecbrite ὮΝ with me, i.e. under 
my care as their shepherd ; comp. 39, 6 
he took care for nothing ἥτις with him, 
i.e. so long as he had Joseph for his 
οἰκόνομος. v.8.—Spec. a) As implying 
possession, like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. τὰ 


παρ ἐμοί, Arab. or WAR espec. of 


what one has in mind; Job 12, 3 "ὭτῸΣ 
nex ἼΩ9 ΝΣ who hioweth not auch things? 
14, 5 the number of his months is with 
thee, i. e. in thy mind, is determined by 
thee ; comp. ὩΣ no. 2, c. b) Rarely of 
motion to or towards a place, (like παρά 
ὁ. acc. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.) 
2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps. 67,2 5258 "2B “IN, 

i. q. any, Ps. 4, 7. ΡΣ ‘Besides, 
preter, (comp. παρὰ ταῦτα preter ista,) 


Ex. 1, 14. 1 K. 11, 1. 25. ἃ) Ellipt. for 


mx Gen. 49, 25, where 472 is implied 
from the preceding context. 6) In 
some phrases and examples PX might 
seem to stand more laxly for in; as in 
Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud 
Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93; apud Pa- 
lestinam Eutr. 7,13; see Handii Tur- 
sell. p. 414,415. But still, in all such 
cases, the notion of nearness can and 
ought to be retained ; e. g. 1 Sam. 7, 16 
and he judged Israel nisn ΣΝ Ἐν πὴ 
at all these places; ‘the tribunals in 


ὮΝ 


which justice was administered being in 
the gates of the cities, and therefore at or 
bythe cities. 1K, 9,35 δ imy OPT} 
"3 "25> and Solomon burned. incense ΑἹ 
that altar which was before Jehovah ; 
comp. Suet. Aug. 35, ‘ut thure et mero 
supplicaret—apud aram ejus dei ete.’ 
and Deut. 16,6 πϑῖ oO... o}pzqn>y. 
. Sacrifices were offered strictly at the al- 
tar, and in 1 K. l.c. this phrase is employ- 
ed as if the usual one for offering incense. 
2. with, cum, comp. 82 no. 1; pr. of 
accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13, 
43, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51, 59; of affi- 
nity 1 K. 3,1; of a covenant Gen. 15, 
18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 J have gotten 
a man-child Minx with Jehovah, i. 6. 
with his help, through his aid. Jer, 1, 8. 
15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 K. 
8,15; to fight or wage war with any one, 
where MS can also be rendered against, 
Gen, 14,9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11. 
mints 72M fo walk with God, ᾳ. ἃ. 
as the companion of God, to live a life 
pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 24, Son nus 


ἘΝ to do ἜΤΝΟΣ i.e. to act kindly le 


with any one, Zech. 7, 9. Deut. 1, 30; 
comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17. 

For M82 see after 2. 

Nore. Noldius in his Concord. has 
everywhere confounded the two words, 
mx I and II. 


IIT. MS c. suff. img 1 Sam. 13, 20; 
Plur. ΘΝ ib. v. 21, and OMAN Is. 2, 4. 
Mic. 4, 3. Joel 4, 10; an agricultural 
instrument of iron, having an edge and 
requiring to be sometimes sharpened, 
(1 Sam. 1. c.) according to most of the 
ancient intpp. a plough-share or coulter, 
though in 1 Sam. 1. c. it is joined with 
mo ne plough-share ; according to 
Symm. and the Rabbins, a mattock. 
The LXX in Sam. 1. c. use the more 
general word oxsvog; comp. Arab. 


8 <5 ' 
wt household-stuff, flocks and herds, 
utensils. Better perhaps to regard mx 
τι @s contr. for MIX (as MZ for MID from 
¥ 9. -f g τ 
ΤΡῚΣ) i. q. Arab. $151 instrument, sol 
apparatus, instrument, espec. of war, 
“τ 
from τ. S33 {5} to help, also to be fur- 
nished with instruments, apparatus ; 
and then this general word is prob. put 


103 


TMs 


for some particular kind of instrument, 
perhaps for the coulter of a plough ; see 
the passages above cited from Isaiah 
and Micah. 

2YaN¥ (with Baal, i.e. enjoying the 
favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal, 
pr. ἢ. of aking of Sidon 1 K. 16, 31. Jo- 
sephus calls him Ἰϑόβαλος, Εἰϑώβαλος, 
(32 ime,) Ant. 8. 13. 1,2. ο. Apion. 1.18. 


*TIDN Deut. 33, 2, and NNN Ts. 21, 
12, plur. στο Jer. 3, 22 for 2X; Fut. 
nx Job 37, 22, plur. Hx} Job 16, 22, 
contr. and defect. nnNn Mic. 4, 8, Smo 
Deut. 33, 21 and mx™ ‘for AMR ie 41, 
25; Iniper. wry for °K Is. 21, 12. 56, 
9. 12; most of ‘which forms imitate the 
Aramean. 

1, to come, poetic instead of -Xi3. 


_ 
Chald. spy, Syr. fzf, Arab. [5], in 
these languages the common prose 
forms. Constr. with > of pers. to whom 
one comes Jer. 3, 22, and 72 Mie. 4, 8. 


Part. plur. fem. Mi=MiNA things to come 

i. 6. future, Is. 41, 23.44, 7. 45, 11. Arab. 
fF ον 

wf for el future. 

2. to come upon any one, to happen to 
him, e. g. evil, Job 3, 25, ig. Ls} c. ace. 

3. to go, to pass away, Job 16, 22. 
Vulg. transeunt. 

Hien. to bring, i.g. 8°29. Pret. plur. 
nm for ἜΝΙ Is. 21, 14; also the 
same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9. 

Deriv. jis. 

MPS Chald. Dan. 7,22, inf. sm Dan. 
3, 2, i. ᾳ. Hebr. to come, with >> of pers. 
Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3. 

Apu. "71, inf. nn, by Hebraism, 
to cause to come, to bring, 6. g. persons 
Dan. 6, 17.25; things Dan. 5, 2.23. Syr. 
edu}. 

_Hopxs. borrowed from the Hebrew, 
but anomalous, "n°, 3 fem. στ Dan. 
6, 18, plur. 3°43 3, 13. to be brought. 


OMS pers. pron. 2 pers. m. thou. 
With distinctive accent mm& (Milél) 
Gen. 3, 11, 4,11. 27, 32; without 5 five 
times in Cheth. ὮΝ 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps. 
6,4. Ecc. 7, 22. Job 1,10. Neh. 9, 6. 
In oblique cases: of thee, thine, 1 K. 21, 
19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr. 
§ 119. 3. Lehrg. p. 727.—Instead of the nm 


ὮΝ 
meio the an and Ethiopic have 


nt, ok ἐδ, vulg. ett, AZT, f. 
ots, the Syriac has Nun. occult, dal 
f. wat and the same letter appears also 
in the Egyptian eNToK, ἢ eNTO; all 
which are compounded of the demonstr. 
syllable en and the simple pronouns fa, 
ti, tok, comp. Indo-europ. tu. See in 
"2)8, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. 


JINN £ (x. JN) @ she-ass, so called 


from its slow gait; Arab. £ LST she-ass, 
both domestic and wild, Aram. 8308, 
1227 id—Num. 22, 23 sq. 2h¥ "23 son 
of his ass i. e. his ass’s colt, Gen. 49, 11. 
Plur. many Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16. 


PRN Chald. comm. gend. a furnace, 
i. q. Syr. Ὡς 27, Dan. 3, 6. 11. 15 sq.— 
The form 7M is for }28, from r. 32h 
to smoke; like p57 for ῬΡῚ". 


PARAS Ez. 41,15 Cheth. for Poms q. v. 

“TN ig. MX pers. pron. 2 pers. sing. 
fem. thou. This form is rare in the 
O. Test. occurring only seven times in 
Cheth. 1K. 14,2. 2K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1. 
Judg. 17,2. Jer. 4,30. Ez. 36,13; the 
Yod being everywhere dropped through 
the ἀκρισία of the Masorites, and mS 
substituted, so that in the text itself the 
apparent form is "#8. Still, there can 
be no doubt but that this (ὯΝ) is a 
genuine form, (comp. Arab. sl and 
Syr. waal,) and even the more ancient 
and primary form, which the negligent 
pronunciation of common life afterwards 
abridged into ὩΝ. Yod at the end of 
words is a mark of the feminine, as in 
“BOPn. 

“MS (perh. near, from MX nearness, 
and the ending "—,) Πίαϊ, pr. n. m. 
a) A Gittite, one of David’s military 
chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18,2. b) A 
Benjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written 
ὯΝ 1 Chr. 11, 31. 


P°TN m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3, 
5, a term of architecture signifying in- 
crement, projection of a story or portico, 
an offset, terrace, gallery. Τὰ is a verbal 
Hiph. from pm? Hiph. to tear away, to 
cut off. So Bottcher recently, Proben p. 
350; but so too Abulwalid long before, 


104 


iq. (used augment, increment, etc. see 


his words quoted in Thesaur. Append. 
s. h. v. 


DMN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. m. ye, 
joined less accurately with a fem. Ez. 


ΟἽ, 
13, 20. Arab. war, Aram. 7738. 

DMN Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham, 
pr. ἢ. ofa place on the confines of Egypt 
and the Arabian desert; from which also 
the adjacent part of the desert as far as 
to Marah had the same name, Num. 33, 
8. Sept.’O9au. Jablonsky supposes it 


to be i. q. Egyptian &.TIORE i. 6. bound- 
ary of the sea; Opusc. ed. te Water II. 
p. 157. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80. 


DAMN 1 Sam. 4, 7. 14, 21. 19, 7. 
2 Sam. 5, 2. Ps. 90,4; bran Mic. 2,8. 
Is. 30,33; once bhoms 1 Sam. 10, 11; 
Ady. 

1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time 
long past, Mic. 2, 8. Is, 30, 33. 

2. yesterday; so in all the other pas- 
sages above cited. 

Nore. There exists likewise a form 
bien g. v. Also Syr. \xezf, Chald. 
diame, "bens. The form seems com- 
pounded from MX with, at, and 5% i. q. 
p22, fore-part, ” front ; hence of time, 
antea, aforetime. 


-E aoe 
Γ ἼΩΝ obsol. root, Arab. Se ig. ἐδ] 


to take short steps, to go slowly ; Conj. 


= 
IV to stop, to stand still; comp. el to 


delay.—Hence jiM& a she-ass. 


JON in some Mss. and editions for 
ims perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2. 
Job 33,19. See jm N. 

JEN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. fem. ye ; 
only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss. 
read jM&. Elsewhere with He parag. 
MIEN, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11. 
34, 17; also Ez. 13, 20 πε after the 
analogy of the forms M37, h2m. Nun 
added at the end of words is a sign of 
multitude, espec. in the fem. comp. }"-, 
i) MUP. 

MMS f. a gift, reward, spec. as given 
toa harlot, Hos. 2, 14 [12]. R. m3n. 


"IMS (giving, munificent, from Nyy) 
Ethni, pr. ἢν m. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41]. 


“Τὶ 


TEMS Ez. 16, 34. 41, and 728 m. (for 
“2m, Aleph. prosthet. from r. τὴ.) c. 
suff. "22M. 

la gift, hire, e. g. of a harlot, absol. 
Ez. 16, 31. 34; and with 3%t added 
Deut. 23, 19. Metaph. of fruits and pro- 
duce of the fields, regarded by idolaters 
as gifts from the idols, Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1, 
7; comp. 18. 23, 17. 18. 

2. Ethnan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7. 


* EN Chald. subst. m. c. suff. FINS. 
1. a place, Dan, 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5. 
7. Inthe Targums freq. Syr. et Samar. 


is2f id.—Hence "3 ἼΩΝ the place where 


Beth, ΛΞ, the second letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot- 
ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted 
from ΓΞ, house, tent, to which the ear- 
liest form of this letter seems to have 
borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p. 
291. edit. 18. Monumm. Pheen. p. 21. 

It passes over into the other labials, 
e.g. a) Into 5, as "13 and “18 to dis- 
perse; 523 and “as to cleave; d193 
Aram. 5398 ,Wj-2, iron; 133 and ar 
to be weak. b) Rarely into‘, as 3237, 
5505, great; also into 1 quiescent, as 
srt-na for sai-ma; comp. in the occi- 
dental languages Dire vescor, pascor ; 
βάδω vado. 6) Into 2, the sounds of 
these two letters hiner very nearly re- 
lated in the mouth of an oriental; e. g. 
82 and X72 fat; FINI and FIN 
pr. n. of a Babylonish idol; m3 us to 
try; jot <1) time ; vat *) to prune a 
vine; }i2"5 and 70° pr. n. of a stream ; 
ὈΠΙΞῸῺ i. q. 329 a writing, poem; Arab. 


RK for Ke Mecca. Comp. βλέττω for 
μελίττω from μέλι mel, honey ; scamnum, 
scabellum ; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl. 
marble, etc. 


= , before monosyllables sometimes 3 
(see. Heb. Gr. § 100), c. suff. "2; ἢ, 
Tarely ΓΞΞ Ps. 141, 8, in Pause and fom. 
Wz; 33, ΤΣ; 123; 523, 33; Oa, ba, 


105 = 


Ezra 6, 3, i.q. where, a pleonasm very 
common in Aramean, Syr. ? s2q; comp. 
“wx clips, in Dips. 

2. Perh. track, i. q. Arab. Al ml, 
Ethiop. 4f1C. Hence AND ss “ΝΞ 
Dan. 7, 6.7, afler, i.q. Nes 3 3{ Ac, 
pr. in the track; with aff. 77m2 after 
thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar. 
sho. 

BINS (places, regions) Atharim, pr. 
n. of a place in the south of Palestine. 
Num. 21,1 ONT ATY by the way of 
Atharim. 


f. a; Arab. w, rarely GS; ‘Ethiop. 
Ni; rarely 1; Syr. .o; ἃ prefix Prepo- 
sition, for the origin of which see the 
note at the end of the article ; primarily 
denoting the being and remaining in ἃ 
place, Gr. ἐν, Lat. in ; then transferred 
to the ideas of nearness and society or 
accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled 
also with verbs of motion. 

A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. év.—Spec. 

1. in, pr. of the being in a place, 
(which might be more fully and pre- 
cisely expressed by M2, 2772,) as 
“°32 in the city, M723 in the house, "i232 
in the pit, ΤῊΝΞ in the land or province, 
“x2 in (the place) which, i. q. where.— 
Here belong also the palibriaae a) 
The formulas "3"52 in the eyes (pr. in 
the sight of the eyes), "SINS, "35S ; 
comp. ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς Hom. Il. 2. 587, in 
oculis Q. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom 
3 nw “τὸ drink in a cup,’ as in Engl. i. 6. 


to drink what is in a cup, for ‘ to drink ow 


of a cup,” Gen. 44, 5. Am. 6, 6, comp. 
Chald. Dan. 5, 3. So Gr. ἐν χρυσῷ, ἐν 
ποτηρίοις πένειν Xen. Anab. 6. 1. 4. Fr. 
‘boire dans une tasse,’ ‘ puiser dans une 
fontaine.’ The analogy of these other 
languages speaks decidedly against the 
explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is © 
here to be conceived of as an instru- 
ment, q. d. to drink with a cup. 


3 106 a 


2. As denoting the being in the midst 
of a number or multitude, in, among ; 
Lam. 1, 3 0°32 among the nations. 
Gen. 23, 18 i573 "DY "NB-b2a among 
all that went in at the gate of his city, 
i. q. in their presence, before them. 
Spec. a) When a person or thing is 
one individual or part from among a 
large number. Cant, 1, 8 "Oza ΠΕ O 
thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam. 
15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira- 
tors, i. 6. one of them. Ps, 118,7 in" 
“7152 Jehovah is among my helpers, i ive. 
is my helper. Ps. 54,6. 99,6. Judg. 11, 
35. (Comp. ἐν σοφοῖς sates Ps. 139, 16 
my days were predestined 073 ΤΙΣ by 
and there was not yet one among "them, 
i.e.of them. 1 Sam. 11, 11 D728 ἘΞ two 
among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev. 
16, 36. Deut.1,35. Hence: b) After 
several verbs, when they relate only to 
a part of a large number; 6. g. 3 12h 
to smite among i. 6. of them, a part of 
them, 2 Sam. 23, 10; diff. from mm ὁ. 
accus. to smite thea. 2 43 Ps. 78, 31. 
Comp. 3 d2%, 3 ποῦ, fo eat of, to drinks 
of, Prov. 9, 5 c) Gans 7, 21 and all 
Slesh (animals) died... ΤΡΏΓΙΞΞ" ΤῊΣ 
ὙΎΣΤ 533} ΓΙΞΓΙΞῈ pr. which was among 
the birds, and among the cattle, and 
among the wild beasts, etc. i. e. even all 
the birds, the cattle, aul the wild beasts, 
etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Hos. 4, 3. 

3. As referring to the bounds, limits, 
by which any thing is circumscribed, in, 
within, intra, 6. g. A"ISC2 within thy 
gales Ex. 20, 10. anicna within my 
walls Is. 56, 5, 

4, Of high objects, spoken of being 
upon them, in, on, upon; as 223 in or 
on Horeb 1K. 8,9. ἼΣ bniks on the 
tabernacle Num, 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15. 
ἘΠῸ ΘΞ upon horses Ys! 66, 20. So Gr. 
ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἐν ἵπποις. 

δ. Trop. of a being or happening in 
time, in, within ; as M"OR7D in the be- 
ginning Gen. 1,1. SNA Are. in that 
year Judg. 10,8, 2% ὥϑῶβ in three 
years, i, 6. within three years, Is. 16, 14. 
Comp. 0702, Ni23,—So of being i in any 
situation, condition 5 as ὈΠΡῸΞ in peace 
1 Sam. 29,7. So in later Hebrew even 
before adverbi as Ἴ33. ΓΞ ; see 12, MD. 

6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the 
norm or rule, in, after ; comp. ἐν τῷ τρό- 


πῳ, ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, Lat. ‘hune in modum,’ 
Heb. ἘΣ no. 1. a. ἡ. Thus 3772 in (af 
ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10, 24. 
26 ; and, after the same analowy, "273 in 
(after) the commandment of, M22 ‘bn 
p's to walk in (live after) the ‘the. 
sel of the wicked Ps. 1, 1. Gen. 1, 26 
ΣΤ. ἸΣΏΘΧΞ in our image after 
our likeness. v. 27. 5, 1.3 Adam begat a 
son ia>x> τη. The original form 
is here conceived of as the rule or 
standard, within which the copy is 
kept.—Hence, without further addition, 
2 takes the signif. in, after, according to, 
secundum ; as Gen. 21, 12 82p7 ὈΠΙΧῚΞ 
5.1 Π5 in (after) ieee shall thy seed be 
named ; comp. ἘΦ NIP?, καλεῖσθαι ἐπέ 

τινος. Also in the neoner of, as, like 
as; comp. in Greek ἐπὲ ϑηρός in the 
manner of πάρα, like beasts, Arab. 
ἕω» & ‘in homine, i. 6. in the man- 
ner “of εν So Job 34, 36 because of 
his answers Ἴλλὰ "O283 in the manner of 
wicked men ; Sept. ὥσπερ οἱ ἄφρονες. 
Two Mss. here read 9: and others 
translate, ‘among wicked men,’ contra- 
ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they 
(the Israelites) shall spring up "33 
“"XM as among grass, i. e. joyously and 
luxuriantly ; parall. as (3) willows by 
the water-courses ; Sept. ws, and several 
Mss. and editions read 2. (It would be 
absurd to translate : ‘the Israelites shall 
spring up in among the grass.) Ps. 37, 
20 abd Wwe AbD they (the wicked) shall 
vanish away as the smoke ; parall. as (3) 
the beauty of the pastures. Against the 
sense: they vanish away in smoke, we 
have here the parall. passage, Ps. 102, 
4 "ὯΔ 322 59 my days are consumed 
as smoke, parall. "pix>. Zech. 10, 5, 
parall. 2. Hos. 10, 15 as the morning- 
dawn (713) shall the king of Israel be 
cut off. Others, to-morrow, i. e. speedi- 
ly.—The remarks of Ewald and others 
against this signif. of 3 are not satisfac- 
tory. (Ewald Gr. p. 607. Winer’s Lex. 
p. 109. Fasi in Jahn’s Jahrb. I. p. 183 
sq.) As has been shown, it is not only 
susceptible of entire explanation and 
has the clearest analogies in several 
languages; but also in several of the 
passages above cited, (which those 
writers do not notice or else interpret 


2 107 2 


contrary to the context and in a foreed 
manner, ) it is necessary, and was there- 
fore adopted in the ancient versions and 
even by copyists, who sometimes wrote 
2 as an explanatory gloss. 

7. After verbs of motion, in the several 
relations of no. 1-4, in, into, εἰς, So with 
verbs signif. to go in, Gen, 19, 8, 31, 33; 
to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20; to 
place, put, lay, ‘ponere in loco,’ Gen. 27, 
17. Also, into and through any thing, 
so as to come out on the other side; 
Deut, 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and 
thrust it M2323 12382 through his ear and 
' tnto the door ; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19, 
10.—So too in, among, Deut. 4,27. 1 K. 
11,25; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehovah shall 
return thy wickedness 2872 upon thine 
own head. Lev. 20, 9, Comp. 3 373 to 
tread upon ; 2 M23 metaph. to put trust 
upon or in. 

B) The other main signification is, 
at, by, with, expressing nearness; used 
also in several tropical senses, and put 
after verbs of motion. 

1. Pr. at, by, near, on; i133 ata 
fountain 1 Sam, 29,1; "32 77723 by the 
river Chebar, Chahoras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr. 
ἐν ποταμῷ by the river); 122 on the 
sky, ἐν οὐρανῷ, Prov. 30,19. Here be- 
long also: a) The phrases, 97°23 07" 
day by day, every day, q. d. so that one 
day touches the other; Uina DIM month 
by month 1 Chr. 27,1; mp23 NPB year 
by year Lev. 25, 338. Ὁ) The formula 
2 >2%)2 to. swear by any one, i.e. appeal- 
ing to him and invoking his name, Gen. 
21, 23, 22,16. So to curse by any one, 
1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. xUL by God. 
Here 3 may indeed be referred to no. 4 
below, as expressing that to or towards 
which one turns in taking an oath; 
comp. in Engl. ‘I swear to God.’ 

2. Closely connected with the pre- 
ceding is the signif. with; spoken: 
a) Of accompaniment, Num. 20, 20 p33 
“22 with much people. Is. 8, 16 ~yaba 
with my disciples, i, e. they taking part. 
Jer, 11, 19 i0mb2 Υϑ the tree with its 
Fruit. Hence Nba, 7R3, 733, without 
Hencetoo «) Verbs of coming followed 
by 3 denote a coming with something, 
i. ᾳ. to bring ; see 81D, 773, O3P, IPB; 
comp. Lehrg. p. 818. De Sacy Gramm. 


Arabe I. p. 47. edit.2. 8) As it is said, 
Ps, 55, 19 they come with many against 
me, and Deut. 28, 62 ye shall be left with 
Sew, i.e. few of you shall remain; so 
also it is said, Num. 13, 23 they βαῖνε, it 
(the cluster) upon α staff 07232 with 
two, i. e. by two at a time, Vulg. duo 
viri. Ὁ) Of help, aid, with, by; Ps. 
18, 30 with thee (43) i. 6. with thy help 
Ihave run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (O 
God) goest not forth with our armies. 
14, 5. 60, 14. Is. 26,13. 96) Of the in- 
strument; as 2373 ‘with the sword Josh. 
10, 11; 55:3 with the feet iz. 34, 11; 

7932 NIP to cry with the throat, i.e. 
aloud, with full voice, Is. 58,1; to burn 
with fire, G2, Lev. 8, 32; myo 3, 
my2a, by the hand of Moses, by Moses; 
2 133 to serve with any one, i. e. to im- 
pose labour or service upon him, Lev. 
25, 29; see in 729.—Sometimes also of 
the material, regarded as an instrument, 
with, of, out of. Ex. 38,8 he made the 
laver ... with (out of) the mirrors. 
1 K. 7, 14 40 work all works ngnz3 


. with copper, i. 6. out of copper, or as in 


Engl. in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9, 
18. In like manner of the cause, author ; 
as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to 
prophesy by Baal Jer. 23, 13; and also 
of the efficient cause or agent after 
passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17. 
d) With a noun of quality 2 forms a 
periphrasis for an adjective ; as Ps. 29,4 
the voice of Jehovah is (M2) with power, 
i.e. powerful. Also for adverbs; jiteM3 
with haste, hastily, Ex. 12,11. m3:am3 
understandingly, wisely, ‘Prov: 3, 19. 
e) MNI7322 with all this, i. e. ἀν in 
spite of, all this, Is. 9, 11. 16. 20. 10, 4. 
47,9. The 3 here denotes something as 
done with, along with, other acts; hence 
pr. ‘though all this has occurred or will 
occur, yet along with it this other will 
also take place.’ 

3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange, 
for, at, (derived from the local signif? 
at, by, comp. etal Deut. 19, 21 O53 
W523 life for life. Gen. 29, 18 7733 for 
thy daughter. Is. 7,23 a thousceald vines” 
at (3) a thousand shekels, i. e. worth so 
much, 2 Sam, 23, 17 oniva22 with jeo- 
pardy of their lives. 

4. As implying motion quite toa place. 


a 108 με! 


or thing, to, unto, upon; different from 
bx towards a place, which does not imply 
that the object is actually reached; this 
latter idea being still more definitely 
expressed by “3 even to, usque ad. Gen. 
11, 4 a tower DADE WN whose top may 
reach unto heaven ; comp. Jer. 51,9 with 
by. 1K. 16,11 7P2 ἸΏ Ὁ mingens ad 
parietem, upon (against) the wall; see in 
j0y.—With 3 in this sense are con- 
strued a large number of verbs, which 
denote motion éo or wpon any thite, and 
in Latin are compounded with in or ad ; 
as 2 PIN, 2 Hx, to lay hold upon ; 
2 329 to touch upon ; 2 338 to rush wpon ; 
3 psa to cleave to, or hang upon ; ARP 
to call fo or upon ; also 3 "33 to chide 
at ; 3 NB, 2 955, to ask or seek at, ete. 
Hépecially: a) After verbs of sense ; as 
3 ANI, 37, to look wpon or at ; 3 ΞῸΘ 
to hear or fisted to; 2 n°" to niet to 
or at ; sometimes 13 with the accessory 
idea of sympathy, usually complacent, 
rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 MY ΝΟΣ 
“ben mica 1 cannot look wpon the death 
of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg. 
p. 814. Ὁ) Ina hostile sense upon, i. 6. 
against ; as 33 ὅτι his hand is upon 
(against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2Sam. 
24,17; 3 om>3 to fight against; 272, 
2 ben, 3 ns" to rebel or be faithless 
against any one; 2 ὮΝ MIN anger is 
kindled against. 

5. Implying a reference or respect to 
any thing, e.g. a) in respect to, as to, 
1K. 5, 22 [8]. b) for, i. e. for the sake 
of, because of ; Gen. 18, 28 mama be- 
cause of five. Ex. 10, 12. 2K. 14, 6. 
Jon.1,14. ὁ) about, concerning, after 
verbs of rejoicing, see Maw, 593, 722; 
speaking of or about, see "35 ; testify- 
ing, see ΠΩΣ. 

C) Particular consideration is demand- 
ed by that peculiar idiom of the He- 
brew and Arabic called Beth pleonastic, 


Bobs Ly, or also Beth essentice. In 


Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it 
is commonly put before the predicate, 
espec. where this is a participle or ad- 
jective, and in negative or interrogative 
sentences; rarely is it prefixed to a 
substantive, Hamas. ap. Schult. ad Prov. 
8, 26; never to the subject. This use 
of it therefore approaches near to that 


of the Accusative after the substantive 
verb in Arabic ; so that one might say 
promiscuously, δ. aS le, and 
λοις af bo, God is not remiss ;— 
where the former construction may be 
explained, ‘ God (acts) not as if remiss ;? 
Fr. en, e. g. ‘ vivre en honnéte homme.’ 
In the same manner most of the ex- 
amples in the O. Test. may be explain- 
ed; and thus this use of 3 approaches 
near to its use in comparison, see in A. 
no. tus Ex.6,3 7 appeared unto Abraham 
Κ᾿ ΣΤ of God ‘Ainilghey. ie 
10 prms ΝἼΞῚ "25x mn lo! the Lord wil 
come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou 
knowest the people 837 393 "2 that they are 
evil; Vulg. pronus ad malum, bent on 
evil. Ecc.7,14 3103 πὴ ΠΙΞῚΘ. bina in 
the day of joy be thou joyful, pr. conduct 
thyself as joyful. Prov. 3,26 72m mins 
72022 Jehovah shall be thy hope. Ps. 
68, 5 a 2 his name is Jah. (Targ. 
You Fat) ae Sept. Syr. Vulg. omit 3 ; 
comp. Josh. 47, 4, 48,2.) Is. 26,4 m3 3 
mins Sor Jah (i. e. eternal, unchange- 
able) is Jehovah.—Some οἵ these and 
other passages may indeed be differently 
explained ; but it is in vain to deny the 
existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew, 
as has been done by Ewald, Heb. 
Gramm. p. 607; and after him by Wi- 
ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less cer- 
tain, that many examples which have 
been referred to this idiom, do not belong 
under it; but are to be otherwise ex- 
plained. So Hos. 13, 9 "2 Ss tw? FNM 
W223 Δ, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is- 
rael, tantummodo in me auxilium tuum ; 
but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be so 
explained: T'his hath destroyed thee, O 
Israel, that (thou art) against me thy 
helper. 1 K. 13,34 render: and for this 
cause (MII W532) the house of Jeroboam 
fell into sin—In three examples, all in 
the later Hebrew, 3 seems clearly to be 
prefixed to the subject; e. g. Ezra 3, 3 
pi >? M2 Na "D, unless this is a min- 
gling ‘of two ΤΟΣ ὈΠῸΣ ΠΣ. 
and ty ΠΝ. 1 Chr. 9, 33 Dei 5D 
roxbaa pbs mbnbs, where yet we 
might render, “it was todtimbent on them 
to be in the work,’ 7, 23 AN ML73 "2 
‘in"33 because evil was in his house, i. e. 


3 109 


calamity. Perhaps this isa solecism of 
the later age of the Hebrew. 

D) With the Infinitive'3 forms a pe- 
riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl. in 
with pres. particip. as Prva in ridendo, 
Engl. in laughing, Prov. 14, 13. More 
commonly it may be better expressed i in 
Engl. by an adverb or conjunction with 
a finite verb; e.g. a) while, when, i.q. 
in that, of "ως, comp. in A. no. 5. Num. 
35, 19 Sa-izapa when he lighteth upon 
him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, 6. Esth. 2, 8. 
b) when, after, with a past tense, of time 
completed, comp, in A. no. 5; the infin. 
here having the force of the preter. 
Gen, 33,18 DIX 7322 ἾΝΞΞ when he had 
come from Mesopotamia, after he came, 
etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10. 
ο) thourk: even tf, comp. in Β. 2..e.. Ps. 
46, 3 ΥΝ Wena though the earth be 
changed. Is. 1, 15. 4) because, comp. 
in B.5; D2153 because they had forsaken, 
2 Chr. 28, 6. 

Nore. The opinion of the ancient 
Grammarians is not improbable, that 3 
was originally apocopated from M3, "2, 
in the house, within, in ; as > from ty Ὁ 
from 12. This view may be supported 
on the following {grounds : a) The 
Chald. "2, Syr. “>, not only signifies 
house, but εἰ has the power of the par- 
ticle 2 in, not unfrequently in the Tar- 
gums, as Cant.1,9.2,15. Ὁ) Even now 
in the Kast the word urns house, in geo- 
Be names, is often abridged into 
eel > 93 as Kans Beisén for Heb. 
j8U m2 Beth-shean ; ys 2 for www 
hy; see note on Burckhardt’s Travels 
in Syria, I. p.491.Germ. c) An ex- 
ample of the same abbreviation occurs in 
the O. Test. itself in the form M3MB23 for 
Minws m2 the house of Astarte ; comp. 
Bebeten in Euseb. and Jerome, for Beth 
Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a like 
analogy ; in which are promiscuously 


employed the separate forms x} in, G 
with, and the inseparable —».—Comp. 
Arab. 3% prob. for <3, and also other 
words not less violently abbreviated, 
as j2, see 2 below; and 8"; whence 
bay avg, Din ἢ, Chald. o3m3, Arab. 


2% -- 


Gr. Oke 
ro γέενν" 16 


ΝΞ 


3. Chald. in, iq. Heb. e.g. in heaven, 
ina dream, Dan. 2, 19.28, comp. Heb. A. 
1; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2, comp. 
A. 1. b; to be given into one’s hand 
Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7; with the hand 
Dan. 2, 34, comp. B. 2. ο. 


= in proper names appears as ἃ con- 
traction for 13 son; asin “PI2i.g. Ἵ 1ΠῚ3 
son of stabbing ; see also brea, obsa, 
siya, obwa. See Schol. ‘ad Hecnene 
ed. Freitag, p. 3. Roediger de Libb. Hist. 
interp. Arab. p. 20, 21. 


M82 ff an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5. 
R. 812 to enter. 

WAND Chald. adj. bad, wicked, Ezra 
4,12, R. wea. 


ἘΠᾺΞ in Kal not used, Arab. 3G to. 
dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred roots 
are 2, 73, also "XB, Lat. forare, 
Germ. bohren, Engl. to bore. Comp. 
“NB, WN2, Δ. 

Ριβι, 1. to dig in, to grave, 6. g. letters 
on stone, to inscribe, ὁ. >2 Deut. 27, 8. 
Hab. 2, 2. 

2. to expound, to declare, pr. to dig 
out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5. 

Deriv. 712, "72, ΠΟΤῚΞ or "Na, and 
those here following. 

ΝΞ f. plur. mings, constr. Mins. 
Gen, 14, 10. 


1. a well, Arab. pe , Syr. bie, pa» 


id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20, 21. al.. 
Often more fally ὉΠ "82 Gen. 21, 19), 
pvr O12 “NZ 26, 19. —Different froth 
a fountain (773) on the surface of ‘the 
ground or flowing from a rock; al- 
though a well ("%3) may also be called 
a fountain (372), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v. 
14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of 
bitumen Gen. 14, 10. 

2. a pit, Ps. 54, 24. 69, 16. 

3. Beer, pr.n. 8) A station of the 
Israelites in the confines of Moab, Num. 
21, 16-18; prob. the same place which 
in Is. 15,8 is called more fally 5°>¥ 783) 
Beer-elim, i. e. well of heroes. Ὁ) A 
place in Palestine, Judg. 9,21. Perh. 
32 “83, so Studer; more prob. the 
place now called el-Bireh in the plain of 
Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. Ῥ. 
132. 

DOK WA, see Wa no. 3. a, 


ΝΖ 


ἜΝ ὙΠ “NA (well of life of vision, 

i, e..a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22 
sq.) Beer-lahai-rot, pr. n.of a well on the 
southern. borders of Paléstine, Gen, 10, 
14,24, 62.:25,11.. ‘Lhe etymology above 

. given is that of the sacred writer, Gen. 


16,14. By neglecting the vowels, one, 


ΚΝ also conjecture it to be for "83 
"87 71> well of the jaw-bone (or rock) of 
vision, i. 6. well of the conspicuous rock, 
comp. Judg. 15, 19; or also ‘well of ihe 


far seen region,’ comp. ‘Arab. ἀδμέ 
jaw-bone; region. 


2 “AND (well of the oath, i. qi “83 
MpAaw8 , according to Gen.. 21, 31. 26,33) 
Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on 
the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam. 
24,7; whence the phrase, in describing 
the Binits of Palestine: 53 "82779 7772 
from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20, 1; 
and of the kingdom of Judah : s339 


324 "N2-53 from Geba to Beer-sheba 


2K. 23, 8.—Still called Bér es-Seba’, 
with two deep wells; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 300-3. 


NIN. (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee- 


ra, 1 Chr. 7, 37. 


MINA (id.) pr. π᾿ m.'\Beerah, 1 Chr. 
56. 

MIAN (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a 
city.of the Gibeonites Josh: 9, 17; after- 
wards belonging to the tribe e anita. 
min, Josh. 18, 25, 2.Sam. 4, 2. After 
the exile it was still in existence and 
inhabited, Ezra 2,25. Neh.7, 29. Now 
el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru- 
salem; Bibl. Res. in Palest.II. p. 132.— 
Gentile τ, ΝΞ 2 Sam. 4, 2.. 23, 37; 
and contr. "M2 1 Chr, 11, 39. Cami 
in "ΤῚΣ 

— "32 MINND, Wells.of the sons 
of Jaakan, pr.n.of a:stationof the Isra- 
elites in the desert, Deut. 10,6. In the 
parallel passage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "23 
ip27. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p, 583, 


"IN2 (q. ἃ. fontanus) Beeri, pr.n. m. 
a) The father of Hosea, Hos. 1, 1. b) 
Gen, 26, 34. 


MND. (by Syriasm for kz) i. q. 2, 


which is the more usual form, a cistern, 


2 Sam. 23,15, 16,.20)Cheth. where Keri 


110 


UNI 


lias oma, as also 1 Chr. 14) 17. 18,225 
comp. Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40, 
not. 46. Plur.ninX83 Jer. 2, 13. 


“i UN2 fat. Gyr 1. to have a bad 
smell, to “stink, Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16, 
20. Comp. Ra. 

2. 1. q. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be 
of a bad disposition; see WANZ, HON, 


MEND, and Hiph. no. 3. Arab. ἊΝ to 
be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad; comp. 
Germ. bése-—Among Orientals the idea 
of bad smell is often transferred to a bad 
disposition; just as a good smell is put 
for a good and pleasant disposition ; 
comp. 0&2 to have a good smell, to be 


fragrant, and Syr. yams to be pleasant ; 


πὶ tobe good, and Arab. GLb to have 
a good smell. ' 

Nipu. to be made to stink ; metaph. to 
become loathsome, hateful, with 3 and ms 
(AX) of pers. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 Sam. 10, 
6. 16,21. Comp. Engl. ‘to be in good 
or bad odour.’ 

Hien. 1. to cause to stink, Ecc. 10,1. 


“Metaph. tomake loathsome, hateful, with 


3 of pers. Gen. 34,30. More fully Ex. 5, 
21 IIIT cReNsn ye have made our 
odour bad, i. e. ye have made us loath- 
some, δή διὰ of hatred. 

2. Intrans. to stink, pr. tomake a stink ; 


Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38,6. Metaph. to be loath- 


some, hateful, c. 531 Sam. 27, 12. 

3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr. 
fet. Prov. 13, 5 ἃ righteous man 
hateth false words, ΛΘ WN SOs 
but the wicked. man acteth wickedly, and 
causeth shame, sc. by his falsehoods, 

Hirupa. i. q. Niph.c. 52.1 Chr..19, 6, 

Deriv. those here following. 

WN2 Chald. to be bad, evil, with ἘΣ to 
displease, Dan. 6, 15. 

Deriv: Bax3. 

UNa (bédsh) m. a stink, stench, Amos 
4,10; ce suff. WZ, DeNA, Joel 2, 20. 
Is, 34, 3. 

MWR3 ἃ bad plant, weed, Job 31, 40. 

Dow only in Plur. Is. 5, 2.4; bad 
grapes, unripe and sour, labrusce, Fr. 
lambrusques, i. e. wild grapes, worthless, 
as Jerome and Jarchi, well. Kimchi 


mx 


BNA O29, Saad. Sty /O"39) Aqu. 
σαπριαΐ, Symm. ἀτελῆ. The same use 
of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa- 
seroth I. § 2; where for D°Wa% is to be 
read D°ON3, as appears from the gloss 
of Tanchum of Jerusalem. See a full- 
discussion in Comm. on Is. I. p. 230. II. 
p. 364; where it is shown that the 
sense of aconitum or wolfs bane, monk's 
hood, so commonly received among mo- 
dern interpreters, rests upon a mere error 
of Celsius, Hierobot. Il. p.'199. 


“S32 Chald. after, see in art. "My. 
M22 f (Kamets- impure, for 233; 
M322, r..332) pr. a hollow, hole; and 


8)- 
hence a gate, door, like Arab. ob. 


In Hebrew found only in the.phrase |, 


ἪΣ ΓΞ the gate of the eye, i.e. the pupil, 
which is literally the door to the inte- 
rior of the eyes Zech, 2, 12 [8]. Cor- 
respondingyis [LaS9 jaos, Chald. 89332, 
832 .—Another sipetiolous which I fot 
merly followed, has perhaps no less 
poobability ; zaps that "23 may be 


for ANSN2 i. q. fhe boy, puellus, Syr. 
iedas, from the onomatop. Usk) παπε- 
πάζειν; and then this is rate 2 BA to 
the pupil of the eye, like jit αν. 


.23 pr. ἡ. m. Bebai, Ezra 2, 11. 8,11. 
Neh. 7, 16.—Pehlvi bab signifies father. 

223 Babel, i. 6. confusion, for dada 
from τ᾿ >a Gen.11,9; comp. Syr. 135 
confusion of speech,.stammering; and 
for the dropping of the second letter 
comp. ΠΡΟ for MaVHY Lehrg. 134, 869. 
Others regard it as i.g. Arab. ho wats 
gate i. 6. court of Bel; comp. the Sub- 
lime Porte. Babel, Rakin 3 is the name 
of the most antient and celebrated city 
of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia, 
Gen. 10, 10. 2 K. 17,24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4, 
10. al. It was situated in lat. 32° 32/ on 
both banks of the Euphrates. _ Its ruins 
are still visible near the small city Hil- 


lah, δ. and have recently been ex- 
plored and described with great accura- 
cy and learning. See Hdot. 1.178, 183. 
Strabo 16.1.6. R. K. Porter’s Travels 
IL. p. 283 sq. C.J. Rich Memoirs on the 
Ruins of Babylon. Ritter’s Erdkunde 


111 


“22 


Th. ΧΙ, pp. 865-925. Berl. 1844.—The 
name of the city is also ‘applied to the 
province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4. 137, 1. 
Is. 14,4; whence often 533 799 the king 
of Babylonia, a title ascribed also to 
the kings of Persia, as’ to' Cyrus, Ezra 
5,133. and Artaxersey, Neh.13,6. Comp. 
"ὔν. 


9523 Chald, plur. euaiods xn>32 | Ba- 
bylonians, Ezra 4,9. 


42 a Persian word signifying food, 
Pers. sly, in Arab. ~1s, comp. guyz, 


and the Phryg. βέκος bread Hdot. 3. 2. 
Found in’ the:compound 2202 α. v. and 
also in Ez. 25,7 Cheth. vis ‘saber WAN? 
Iwill give thee for food to the “nations. 
Here the Keri has 2>-for a spoil, which 
also the ancient'versions: express ; and 
this is likewise supported by the similar 
passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec. 
Bz. 26, 5. 34, 28. The. reading '23>;is 
therefore prob. a mere error of transcrip- 
tion, like πὶ for Ht in Ez. 47, 13. 


* a2 fut. 1824, once 1227 Mal. 2, 10; 
pr. to cover, whence 742 a covering, gar- 
ment.—Hence | 

1. to act covertly, deceitfully ; to deal 
Sfalsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs 
of covering, concealing, are often’thus 
transferred to deceit and treachery; 
comp. ym to cover, to. clothe, to dis- 
semble; Samar. **2)),'to defraud,c. 2 
Ex.21,85 232 esS to cover, to hide 


oneself, whence >2P; also to defraud; 
comp, ἘΞ, 855, and Uso, joe 
Constr. ibe 1 Sain 14; 33. Job 6, 15; 
oftener with 3 of pers. (cots: 2B. 4) 
ᾳ. d. to treacherously desert ‘any one 
Judg.9, 23. Lam. 1, 25. espec. towards: a 
friend Lam.l.c. a spouse Ex.21,8; God 
Hos. ὅ, 7. 6,7, Rarely with 47 Jer. 3, 20; 
806. Ps. 73, 15 "M722 F722 ὙΠ} lo, 
1 should deal falsely with the generation 
of thy children.” Parti7352, plar.07733, 
treacherous dédlers sc. tow ards God, the 
ungodly, wicked, Sept. παράνομοι, trate 
gressors, Prov. 9. 92. 11, 3. 6. 13,2. 15. 
Ps. 25, 3.°59,'6. Jer. 9.1. ‘Part.’ ρίαν. 
fem. ming treacherics Zeph. 3, 4. 

2. to oppress, to pillage, to spoil iq. 
DY, PYs; ὃ. 3, Is. 21, 2 Bia Bist 
mace THEM the spoiler spoiléth and the 


2 


waster wasteth, 24,16 1935 "433 033 
1732 O32 the spoilere spoil, yea, the 
spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33, 1—With 
the idea of tmpudence, shamélesmess; 
Hab. 2, 5. 

Deriv. the three following. 


792 in pause 733, ο. suff. M32, 132, 
as if from 732, the’ - without Dec. feng, 
contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94; Plur. 
B33, "33, once FMI Ps. 45, 9; τη. 
once fem. Lev. 6, 20. 

1. acovering, cloth, in which any thing 
‘is wrapped, Num. 4, 6-13; also fora bed, 
«ὦ coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 Καὶ, 1, 1. 

2. a garment, robe, usually the outer 
garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13. 
15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10. 
2 Chr. 18,9. 1933 Nba his lap-full 2 K. 
4, 39. Sept. ἱμάτιον, στολή. 

3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1. 

4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16. 


mins see in 733 no. 1, fin. 


‘Tin adj. (Kamets impure, Lehrg. 
§ 120. 3) ἢ ΔΒ, faithless, treacherous, 
Jer. 3, 7.10. BR. 733. 


"132 Bigvai, pr. n. of a man of rank 
who returned with Zerubbabel from the 
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14. 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19.— 
Perh. Chald. "832 husbandman, Syr. 
be garden, which passed over also into 
the Persian ¢ L bégh, garden. Or i. q. 


Pers. Βαγαῖος Hdot. 3. 128; according 
to Bohlen, Sanscr. bhagi, bhagasan, 


happy. 


NPD (perh. garden, gardener, see 
332) Bigtha, pr. n. of a eunuch in the 
-ecourtof Xerxes, Esth.1,10. For another 
‘etymology see 8328. 


ἸΏ (id.) Bigthan, id. Esth. 2, 21; 
also 83m32 Esth. 6, 2. Comp. Pers. 
and Sanscr. bhagaddna ‘gift of for- 
tune ;? Bohlen. 


I. 72 m. pr. separation, thing sepa- 
rated, from. r. 72 1.—Hence 

1. a part, Ex. 30, 34 733 52° part for 
part, i.e. like parts, equal portions. Plur. 
ἘΠῚ2. spec. parts of the body, the mem- 
bers, limbs, Job 18, 13. 41, 4; of a tree, 
the branches (comp. Gr. κῶλα) Ez, 17, 6. 
19, 14; hence staves, bars, poles, for 
bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num. 


112 


N23 


4,6 sq. Metaph. bars of a@ city, its 
princes, chiefs, Hos. 11, 6.—Sing. with 
prefix, 72> 4) Adv. apart, separately, 
by ‘oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by 
themselves (12>), six curtains by them- 
selves (729). 36,16. In this sense a 
suffix is often pddede Gen. 21, 28 and 
Abraham set seven ewe-lambs was by 
themselves. 30, 40. 32,17. 48, 32. al. 
b) Oftener sab ὁ. suff. is i. q. alone } 80- 
lus,a,um; Gen. 3, 18 DING Min πίοσΝ Ὁ 
ἼΠΞ5 it is not good for man to be alone, 
pr. man’ s being in his separation. Ἀϑϑὴς 
Ξ25 I alone Num. 11, 14; 4735 nny 
Ex. 18, 14; 92> apy Gieh. 32, 25 ; 
pya> nn on Gen. 44, 20. Also after 
oblique cases, as Dat. π|:Ὁ 5 towards 
thee alone Ps, 51, 6; Genit. Ps. 71, 16 
29 ANP TS lit. ‘the Hightetichess of 
thee, of thee alone, i. 6. thy righteaus- 
ness, thine only. cc) Adv. of restriction, 
limitation, only, in the later Hebraism, 
Kec. 7, 29. Is. 26, 13. dd) With 47 it 
passes over into a Prep. apart from, be- 
sides ; Ex. 12,37 besides children. Num. 
29, 39. Josh. 17,5; with >> Ezra 1, 6. 
The same is 1252 Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17, 
14; ¢. suff. ‘nba besides Kiet Deut. 4, 
35; "δι nab besides that which Nutt, 
6, 21. 

2. Spec. a thread, collect. thread, yarn, 
espec. of linen, comp. OX; hence linen, 
i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 28. 
Lev. 6, 3. Plur. 22 linen garments Ez. 


8. 
9, 2 sq. Dan. 10, 5.—Arab. » byssus. 


II. "ἼΞ m. ρίαν. 0°73, from τ. 743 IT. 

1. empty talk, lies, vain boasting, Job 
11, 3. Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 

2. 1. ᾳ. ΒΞ "LIN, liars, boasters, spo- 
ken of conjurers and false prophets, Is. 
44, 25. Jer. 50, 36. 


* N72 1. to form, to fashion, spoken 
of a potter; and this sense is preserved 
in the Zabian },2. 

2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with 
jada 1 K. 12, 33 where Sept. well ἐπλά- 
σατο. Neh. 6,8. Part. 6. suff. D873 by 
Syriasm for D872 Neh. 1. e.—Arab. 


ξ- = ᾿ 
1X5 to begin; IV, to produce something 


new, to devise and do first ; comp. Ew 
I, IV, to feign. 


TS 


*]. 772 1. pr. to disjoin, to divide, 


to separate, like Arab. do.—The notion 
of cutting or tearing apart; and hence of 
dividing, lies in the primary syllable 73, 
as likewise with various modifications in 
the kindred and harder ‘syllables m3, 

5B, MB; comp. 572, PID; ΓΏΞ, ‘boa, 

“M3, pma ; 7p nD; ΤΏ, nne, nos, 
on, “ne. Kindred also are the sylla- 
bles 13, 73, 755 for which see-under 
12, 92. 

2. to separate oneself, to be alone, 
solitary. Part. ὙΤῚΞ alone, solitary, Ps, 
102, 8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31. 

Deriv. 32 1, and 733. 


ΕΝ TI2 i. q. NO2"q. Vv. βαττολογεῖν, 
blaterare, to babble, i. 6. to talk idly. 
Talmud. 38, open .—Hence 72 II. 


‘tI2 m. separation, i. q. ἼΞ 1. Hence 
in Acc. as adv. separately, i. 6. solitary; 
alone, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 M7AXA “7D 
“33 the strong city is left solitary, i, 6. 
desolate. Deut. 32, 12 B22 372 Π’γι" 
Jelboah alone did lead him. —Also 3755 
pr. in separation, i. q. solitary, alone, 
Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9°Mic. 7, 14. 

3. (βοραγαίϊίοη; part;) Bedad, pr. n. 
τη. Gen. 36, 35. 

J2 see ἢ. 


"3 (prob. i. g. HSE servant of Je- 
hovah, see #12) Bedeiah, pr. n. m. 1. Ezra 
10, 35. 


2772 τὰ. (τ. 32) stannum of the an- 
cients, i.e. | 

1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior 
metals, combined with silver in the ore 
and separated from it by smelting, dross ; 
Pliny plumbum nigrum, H. N. 34. 16.— 
Is. 1, 25 ἼΠ2ΞΤῸΞ ΤῸΝ 7 will remove 
all thy alloy, i.e. all thy impure and 
spurious parts. Comp. 370 b. 

2. tin, plumbum album, Num. 31, 22. 
Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27,12. 


* 272 in Kal not used, kindr, na, 
nes , to separate. 

Hiru. 1. to separate, to divide, Lev. 
1,17; e. g. two places by a curtain or 
wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20; or things 
mixed together. Gen. 1, 4. Part. S33 


dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6.—For | 


the construction see no. 2. 
10* 


113 


573 


2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be- 
tween different things, to distinguish. 
Lev. 10, 9. 10 ye shall drink neither wine 
nor strong drink... that ye may discern 
between what is holy and unholy. 11, 47. 
20, 25.—In both these significations (no. 
1, 2) constr. c. 1.3} -- 3 ‘Gen. 1, 4. 7. 
Ex. 26) 33; 7°2>—7"2'Is:'59, 2; >— ra 
Gen. 1, 6. 

3. to separate from others, to select, to 
choose owt, in a good sense; with 12 
Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26; also 
with > of'that to or for which one is des- 
tined, 1 K. 8,53. Without 72 Deut. 4, 
41. 10, 8. 1 Chr. 25,1; absol, Deut. 19, 
7. Ez. 39, 14. 

4. to separate out, to shut out, 6. g.a 
mixed multitude from a people, with 7 
Neh. 13,3, 592 Is. 66, 3. ‘With m2 
Deut. 29, 20, 

Nipx. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
separated, to separate oneself, with 42 
Ezra 6, 21. 9,1. 10,11. Also to be se- 
lected, chosen out, Ezra 10, 16; with >to 
or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13. 

2. Pass. of Hiph- no. 4, to be separated, 
shut ont, Ezra 10, 8. 

3. Pr. to separate oneself from a place, 
i.e: to go away; to depart, with 72 of 
place, Num. 16,21; with >x of pers. to 
whom one departs, 1-Chr. 12, 8. 

_Deriy. 5933, 15939, perhaps 1252, 
also 


932 m. a part, piece, 6. g. of an-ear, 
ws, Am. 3, 12, 


MD2 a costly article of merchandise, 
mentioned along with gold. and precious 
stones Gen, 2, 12;and described as re- 
sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11, 
7; which latter consisted of white grains 
and scales, and is elsewhere compared 
to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. |. c. 
though according to Burckhardt, the 
colour of the present manna is a dirty 
yellow; Travels in Syria, ete. p. 599-sq. 
Most of the ancient-interpreters, e. g. 
Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus 
(Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand βδέλλιον _bdel- 
lium, a whitish gum or resin which distils 
from a tree.growing in Arabia, India, 
and Babylonia;~pellucid, approaching 
to the colour of frankincense, and with 
grains like frankincense, but larger ;'Plin. 
H. Ν: 12) 9 or 19. “With this aceord 


ya 


the various names. μάδελκον, βδολχόν 
(which latter rests on conjecture, see 
Diose. 1. 71 or 80), βδέλλα, βδέλλιον.---- 
On the other hand, bdellium is not of so 
costly a nature as to be properly ranked 
among gold and gems; or as that the 
region of Havilah should become cele- 
brated for producing it. Hence, the 
opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con- 
temned, which also Bochart has learn- 
edly supported (Hieroz. II. 674-683), 
viz. that ΓΞ signifies a pearl, collect. 
pearls, which are found in great num- 
bers on the shores of the Persian Gulf 
and of India, and which may not unaptly 
be compared with the grains of manna. 
Bochart also gives the etymology, as 
being quadril. M252 from τ. 512, i. q. 
something selected, perce and hence 


a pearl ; comp. Arab. days a pearl, 
from r. Oy i. q. 272. 


772 Bedan, pr.n. a) A judge of Is- 
rael, 1 Sam. 12,11; not found written 
with these letters in the book of Judges. 
Sept. and Syr. read p.a; the Targ. ex- 
plains it by 1113 a Danite; see 3 for j2 
τ. 109. But 772 is doubtless i. 4. 1529 
Judg. 12, 13,15; the > being dropped, 
vas was ΡΝ. the case among the Pheni- 
«cians in the word a>; 6. g. awN7I2 for 
ἼΩΝ Jay, “ΡΟΝ Bodostor for 32> 
‘smwex. See Monumm. Pheenic. pp.174, 
175.. _b) 1 Chr. 7, 17. 


; pia 1. to sunder, to make a 
‘breach ; whence p72. Comp. under 
rT 1. 


2. Denom. from P33, to repair breach- 
-es, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr. 
34,10. Syr. ὡ,5 and pd id. 


P74 m. c. suff. ἸΡΊΞ, a breach, gap, 
chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6. 7. 8.9; 
‘in a ship Ez. 27, 9. 27. 


“P72 Bidkar, pr. n. of one of Jehu’s 
captains, 2 Καὶ, 9.25.—The form is contr. 
for “ΠΤ ῚΞ son of stabbing, i. 6. stabber ; 
see 2 p. 109. 


i "3 Chald. Pa. 993, to scatter Dan. 
4,11; 1. ᾳ. Heb. "42, “32. 


ν mii obsol. root, prob. to be clean, 
pure ; hence in Arabic trop. of neatness, 


114 


oa 


elegance, whence Les to be neat, bright, 
beautiful; but also of emptiness, whence 


οῷ to be empty, waste, of a house.— 


Hence 


Wi2 m. (for 3, a Segolate form) 
emptiness, voidness, concr. empty, void ; 
found thrice in paronomasia with 577 
Gen. 1,.2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11. 


* oa obsol. root, either i. q. Arab. 
Ag to ΜΗ to feign; ori.q. Aram. ona, 


Heb. ia, pr. to be white, ἐπι δοῦν Ἴ 
Redslob. ES Henee 


O12 Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble 
used for pavements; Sept. Vulg. σμα- 


ραγδίτης, smaragdites. Arab. ἜΣ .86- 
cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe- 
cies of stone, either perh. white marble, 
or imitation marble; socalledas feigning 
the appearance of marble; comp.r. 23. 


"STIR ~Chald. f. haste, Ezra 4, 23. 
R. 53. 


I adj. bright, shining, of the sun 
Job 37, 21. R. "m3. 


᾿ 23 or a in Kal not used, to 


tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. by 
transp. M>3, and Ethiop. NUZAZ to in- 
spire terror, > and" being interchanged. 

Nipg. 1. to tremble, to shake, 6. g. of 
the bones Ps. 6, 3; the hands Ez. 7, 27; 
trop. of the soul, Ps. 6, 4.—Hence 

2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed, 
confounded, to bé struck with terror, 
consternation; Ex. 15.15. 1 Sam. 28, 21. 
2 Sam. 4,1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26,18; with 
“26 Gen. 45, 8, Job 23, 15. Ece. 8, 3. 
Including ales the idea of despondency, 
Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3. 

3. to flee in trepidation, ἢ in consterna- 
tion, Judg. 20,41. Hence genr. to hasten 
to or alter any thing, c. > Prov. 28, 22 
ὭΣ ΣᾺ wry ὙΠῸ 5732 the man of evil eye 
hasteth after riches, i. e. anxiously seeks 
to berich. Ecc. 8, 3 72m 11328 >Man->y 
be not hasty to go out of his sight, i. e. 
depart not arrogantly, perversely. 

4. to perish suddenly, as with fright, 
to be destroyed ; Ps. 104, 29 thow hidest 
thy face, 1°32" they perish at once, se 
thy creatures. So Ps. 90,7, as required 


13 


by the parallelism. Comp, 5293.) Part. 
fem. 52M33 subst. sudden “destruction 
Zeph. i, 18; comp. ΓΝ ἍΤΙΣ, 

Piet 1. to cause to tremble, to terri- 
Sy, to confound, to strike with terror and 
consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11, 
44. Job 22,10. Hence to cause to de- 
spond, Exzra 4, 4 Keri. 

“ 2. to hasten, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9. 

- Hence with inf. ο. >, i. ᾳ. "99, to hasten 
to do any thing, i. e. to do it hastily, 
rashly, Ecc. 5, 1.°7, 9. 

Puat to be hastened, quickened. Prov. 
20, 21 Keri, n223 3m2 @ possession 
hastily gotten, i. 6. acquired with anx- 
ious haste. Hence part. 429 hastened, 
quickened, Esth. 8, 14. 

Hien. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16. 

2. i. q. Pi. no. 3. Esth. 6, 14. 

3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in 
haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20. 


2712 Chald. in Pe. not used. 

Irape. Inf. nbnann subst. haste, speed, 
with pref. 3 adv. in haste, quickly, Dan. 
2, 25. 3, 24. 6, 20. 

Pa. to ἡ εν, to put in trepidation, 
Dati. 4, 2. 16. 7, 15.—Irupa. pass. Dan. 
5, 9. 

Dery. yo". 


Mea £ (r. ἘΠ} terror, Lev. 26, 16. 
Plur. Jer. 15,8. With the art. terror, 


nat ἐξοχήν, i.e. sudden destruction, Is.. 


65, 23. Ps. 78, 33. 


€ Daa a root not in use, pr. to shut, 
to close, spec. the mouth, hence to be 
mute, dumb. Arab. IV to shut, X 
to be mute, dumb. The like significa- 
tion is found in many roots ending with 
the letter 8, and denoting sounds pro- 
duced with the mouth shut; as DMs, 
bbs, p>2, Dey, BH, Bow, comp. Lat. 
hem, Gr. μύω. Other roots ending with 
the same letter designate murmuring, 
whispering; humming sounds, which 
likewise are produced with the mouth 
closed ; as ὉΠ), D2, MVM, ἘΠῚ, Arab. 
Pe+O, δρέμω, fremo, βριμάομαι, ey? 


Germ. brummen, Engl. to hum. 


MOMS f. constr. Man’, 6. suff. inna, 
nena (as if from M332); Plur: niona, 
constr. ΤΏΙ; a beast, pr. a dumb 
beast, from r. pn; ;.spoken usually of 


115 


yong) 


the larger land quadrupeds, opp. to 
birds and reptiles; but see in Plur. no. 


9, .- 
2. Arab. ago. Gen. θ, 7.20. 7, 2. 


8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9,25. Lev. 11, 2. Prov. 
30, 30 ΓΙΌΓΙΞΞ 138 wd the lion, a mighty 
one among the beasts.—Spec. 

1. Collect. domestic beasts, cattle, Lat. 
pecus; opp. PISA mn Gen. 1, 24, nen 
maw 2, 20. 3, 14, mmm 7, 14. 21. Lev. 
25, 7, i.e. beasts of the field. wild beasts. 
The word M272 includes both j¥¥ and 
"R32, Gen. 47, 18. Lev. 1, 2.—Elsewhere 

2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels, 
opp. M272, Gen. 34, 23. 36, 6. Num. 32, 
26. 2 K. 8,17. Comp. Is. 30, 6. 46, 1. 

3. Poet. also for beasts of the field, 
wild beasts ; so in plur. N22 Deut. 32, 
24. Hab. 2,17; espec. with γα πὶ Deut. 
28, 26. Is. 18, 6, Mw, “Iw 1 Sam. 17, 
44. Joel 1, 20, "39 Mic. 5, 7. 

Pior. mina 1. beasts, quadrupeds, 
see above. 

2. Plur. majest. joined with sing. mase. 
Behemoth, i.e. the great beast, huge quad- 
ruped, by which name is designated the 
hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart, 
Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolf, Hist. 
Z&thiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under- 
stand the elephant ; as Drusius, Grotius, 
Schultens, J. D. Michelis ad ἢ. 1. Scho- 
der in Hieroz. Spec. I. p. 2 sq.—Proba- 
bly under the form mi2ma2 there lies 
concealed some Egyptian name for the 
hippopotamus, so modified as to put on 


the appearance of a Semitic word; see 


in 7738. Thus N-€9€-sworet 
P-ehe-mout would signify the water-oz ; 
by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians 
also designate the hippopotamus; see 
Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, 1.52. It 
is true that this word so compounded is 
not now found in the remains of the Cop- 
tic language; but the objection urged 
(Lee’s Heb. Lex. p.74), that it is formed 
contrary to the laws of language, is not 
valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is 
of the fem. gender, and that the word for 
water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of 
the comm. gender and is frequently 
used as masculine, see Peyron p. 46; 
and the ¢ in mout may be an article 
postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre ἃ ποιῇ 
sellini p. 63. 


* 2 obsol. root, prob. i. q. O32, 
3 Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover.— 
Hence the two following: 


792 τὰ. the thumb when followed by 
i", so called as ‘shutting and covering 
the hand; also the great toe when. fol- 
lowed by 533; so Ex. 29,20. Lev. 8, 23 
sq. 14,14.17.25.28. Plur. constr. ni3i73 
Judg. 1, 6.7, from-a lost sing. jima. Arab. 


olgst. and in vulgar Arab. ox id. 

732. (thumb) Bohan, pr. n. of a son 
of Reuben ; from whom also comes the 
name 137728 Stone of Bohan, a place 
on the confines of Judah and-Benjamin. 
Josh..15, 6. 18, 17. 


* P12 obsol. root; Syr. wors| to be 
white, spec. with leprosy ; ΟΠ], pax 
to be bright, shining, p°73 bright, shin- 
ing. Comp. "12.—Hence 

pia m. vitiligo alba, white scurf, 
morphew, an efflorescence on the skin, 
not uncommon in the East, consisting 
of spots of a palish white, mind nina 
miz2>, resembling the leprosy, but 
harnlens and neither tae nor 


hereditary. Lev. 13,39. Arab. 
ap. Avic. See more in Thes. p. 183. 
Ν wa obsol. root, Arab. ~ 25 to shine, 


to be bright, trop. to be conspicuous. 


Ethiop. NCU to be light, bright, ACU 


light, ACY a light, luminary. The 
primary idea lies in being tremulous, 
glittering, glancing; comp. >42.—Hence 
“a and 

2 Γ᾽ plur. inna, a brightness, 
i. 6. ὦ spot in the skin, for the most part 
white. When such a spot is lower than 
the rest of the skin, and has in it white 
hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental 
leprosy, Lev. 13, 2-4. 18-23. 24-28. 
Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be 
a scar, or arise ‘from a burning, or from 
the morphew, Pm, ib. v. 38. 39.—Jahn 
wrongly supposes the word m2 to be 
the name of a particular disease, the 
λεύχη of Hippocrates; Archeol. I. § 215. 
Different is pn2 bohak q. v. the name of 
a particular disease consisting of whitish 
spots. 


116 


ΝΣ 


* NTS pret. 82, once 322 Milél for 
WN2 1 Sam. 25, 8; imp. Sid, 83, twice 
mxa Milél | Sam. 20, 21. 1K.13,7; inf. 
Riz, once MND Milra 1 K. 14,12; fut. 
NiD3, Nas, once 251 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth. 
with He parag. and suff. sometimes 
irreg. HMX=oM Deut. 33, 16, yMNian Job 
22, 21, ἐξ A, Keri ΡΟ Ἵ Sam. 25, 
34; see Index at the end of the Yoltme. 

1. to go or come: in, to enter ; Ethiop. 
NPA id. Arab. sls to return. Kin- 


dred is δὶ coéundi sensu. Correspond- 
ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. Bao, 
whence Buirw, vado, see signif. no. 8, 
which although less frequent is perhaps 
the primary one. Opp. 8%? Josh. 6,1. 
1K. 15, 17.—The ‘place into which one 
goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is 
put with 5 Gen. 19,8. Deut: 23, 25. 26; 
by Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 19, 3; b Hath. 8, 4; 
with He local Gen. 12,11.14; and poet. 
6. ace. Ps..100, 4, as 1, 10, comp. Lat. 
‘ingredi Gebeln y wivenée Gen. 23, 10.18 
jn"> "SW "Nz those entering the gates 
of his city. Prov. 2,19.—The ΝΥ κα to 
whom one enters, is put with 5%, Gen. 6, 
20.7, 13; with 3, to enter into e. g. one’s 
body, Ez. 2, 2 nn "2 Nsom) che spirit 
entered into me (comp. μένος ἄνδρας 
ἐσέρχεται 1]. 17: 157). 2 Καὶ. 18,31. --- 
Spec. a) MEN-bN NID to go in unto a 
woman, an euphemism for sexual inter- 
course, Gen. 6, 4. 16, 2. 30, 3; rarely 


with b»’Gen.19,31. Arab. sland sl 
id. b) to go vr come into the house of a 
husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18. 
Judg. 1,14; with >% Dan. 11,6. Comp. 
Hiph. no. 1. 6) 59 HEYA Nid fo enter 
into judgment with any one, i. e. to bring 
before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14. 
Job 22, 4. Ps.:143,2.° 4) Nis} TNE to 
go out and come in, to go out and in, spo- 
ken of one’s daily walk and life, 1 Sam. 
29, 6. Deut. 28, 6. Ps. 121, 8. Different 
is to go out and come in before the peo- 
ple, i.e. to lead out a people to war, 
spoken of a military leader, commander, 
Num. 27,17. 1 Sam. 18, 16, 2 Chr. 1, 
10; also without D3 "26> Josh. 14, 11. 
1K. 3, 7; comp. Deut. 31, 2 of Moses. 
Comp. Hiph. e) 3 812 to enter in with 
any one, i.e. to have intercourse with, 
Josh. 23, 7.12. Hence ΠΡᾺΞ Nin, οἵ ὁ. 


Ni3 


ace, M>8, to. enter into an oath, see 
my; m°"732 into a covenant, see ὍΛΗΣ; 

TiO3 to enter into. the» secret coisnaele 
of any one, to become his confederate, 
Gen. 49, 6. With 5%, Gen. 15, 15 
spiagnby siz to go unto one’s fatheré, 
i. q. to be gathered to one’s fathers, to 
enter into Sheol; see }O% Niph. -f) to 
enter upon an office, duty, 1 Chr, 27, 1. 
Opp. 8&7 2 K. 11, 9... g) to enter se. 
into his chamber Ps. 19, 6, spoken of the 
sun, i. q. to go down, to set, Sept. δύω. 
Gen. 15, 12. 17. 28, 11. al. Opp. 837. 

h) to come in, δ. Δ... of the annual pro- 
duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be 
gathered, Lev. 25, 22; hence of profits, 
revenues, to come in, to be rendered, 
1 K. 10, 14. 2 Chr. 9,18, Comp. ΠΣ. 

Opp. 837 to go out, to be expended. 

2. to come, very often in O. T. 4 
27, Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22.-Ece. 
5,15. With ‘by of pers. or place Gen. 
37, 23; >> Ex. 18, 23; 3D 2 Sam. 16, 5; 
> i Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49,18; also ace. aad 
hence Lom 1,4 772 "N23 those coming 
to the festival. ‘Often of inanimate things, 
Gen. 43, 23. Job 37,9. 38,11; espec. of 
time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence 
B Nai the coming days, adv. in the time 
to come, Is. 27,6; comp. TMX. Spec. 
8) 3 ΝῚΞ to come ‘pith any thing, i i. e. to 
bring it, to offer, see 3 B. 2. 1 K. 13, 1. 
Ps. 66, 13. Ece. 5, 2 352 DISN δ 3. "3 
223 for a dream brings much ado, i. 6. 
many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16 
"TN ΤΥΊΞΔΞ Nise J will come with the 
mighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. 1 will re- 
count and celebrate them ; parall. ἜΑΣΙΝ, 


Comp. Pers. δ)» to bear and to nar- 


rate; also Lat. ferunt. b) 835 ἫΣ Mit. 
even unto the coming, wntil one come, 
Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt. 825 Num. 13, 21. 
34, 8, for even unto, usque ad, in geogra- 
phical descriptions. The same is τ WRB! 
until thou comest Gen.19,22 ; F283 , ΠΝ, 
id. Gen. 10,19. 30, 13.10. ‘c) ‘With 5D, 
tocome toa place or person Ex. 22,8; and 
metaph. to reach or attain unto any one, 
be equal to, 2 Sam. 23,19; > 2 Sam. 


23,23. Arab.sG to be equal, like ; comp. 
Germ. gleichkommen. ἃ to come upon 
any one, to fall wpon unexpectedly; 
e.g: of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 27. 


>. 


117 


NS 


1 Sam. 12,12, Job 15, 21; of calamity 
Job 20,22. In prose for the most part 
constr. c. 55 Gen. 1 Sam. ll. ec. bx Gen. 
32, 8; in poetry with acc. and Ὁ Job 
3, 25. Is. 47,9. Rarely spoken of good, 
somthing dewired, ce. ἘΣ Josh. 23, 15; 
ace. Job 22, 21. Ps. 119,41. 77. Arab. 


5 
(31 c. ace. to come upon any one, to fall 
upon. 6) i. 4. to come to pass, to be 
fulfilled, accomplished, e.g. of desire, 
Proy. 13, 12; espee. of prophecies 1 Sam. 
9, 6. Deut. 13, 2. 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12; of 
a sign.given by a prophet, 1 Sam, 10, 7. 
Opp. 583, 39.  f) mint; xin 10 come 
with their names, i.e. to be enumerated 
by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38. 

5. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. 524, the 
place whither being usually expressed. 
Gen, 37, 30 82 "38 428 whither shall I 
go? whither turn myself. Gen. 45,17. 
Jon. 1,3 he found a ship ὥσθ πὰ 
going to Tarshish. 15. Ἴ, 34. 22,15. Num. 
32, 6. Job 2, 11. With dat. pleen. 7 
1 Sian. 22, 5.—Metaph. to walk, to live, 
i. 4.0 27, BAAN so with MX and D> 
with any one, i.e. to have intercourse 
with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov. 
22, 24. 

Hipr. 8737, 2 pers. W834, ὁ. suff. 
WRIT Ps. 66, "11, Donan Ez. 23, 22's 
more freq. "enka, ANNI, ook; 
plur. ὈΏΝΞΗ Lev. '23, 10, and onan 
1 Sam. 16, 17; inf. 8"37, once "37 Ruth 
δ.15 with pret ΔΒΓ, twine Ὁ 2 Chr. 
31, 10. Jer. 39,7; fiat. R735, Ra, with 
x iropped "a8 1 K. 21, 29 ; causat. of 
Kal in most of its significations. 

1, to cause to come in, i. 6. to lead or 
bring in, e. g. into a house Gen. 43, 17; 
a ship Gen. 6, 19; a land Ex. 6,8. Spee. 
a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see 
in Kal no. 1. b. Ὁ) ὉΒΘῸΞ δ 3 ΠῚ iabring 
into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal, 
Job 14, 3. Ece. 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. 6. 
6) 8°25) δ ΠΧ ΤΙ to lead out and in a peo- 
ple i.e. to and from war, spoken of a king 
or other military leader, Num. 27, 17. 
1 Chr. 11, 2; see in Kal no. 1. ἃ. d) 
Also to cause the sun to go down, to set, 
Am. 8,9; see Kal no. 1. g. 6) Spoken 
of inanimate things, e.g. to bring in 
fruits, produce, i. q. to bring home, to 
gather, 2 Sam. 9, 10; to bring or bear 
in, Sept. εἰσφέρω, Gen. 27,10. Lev. 4,5. 


16. to put in,to insert, e. g. the hand in- 
to the bosom Ex. 4, 6; staves or poles 
into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11. 

2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr. 
of persons or animals; with ΘΝ or > to 
any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22. 43, 9. 44, 32; to 
let come, i. 6. to call Sor, to admit, Esth. 
5, 10.12. Also of things inanimate: 8) 
to bring to any one, Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14. 
31, 39. 33,11. 2 Chr. 9,10. Gen. 37, 2 
ennay by ΤΙΣ ΒΏΞΈ ΤΩΣ NI he τλολίδὴς 
to their father an evil report concerning 
them. Ὁ) i. q. to offer, 6. g. a present 
1 Sam. 9,7. 25, 27; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4. 
6) With >> to bring upon one any evil, 
destruction, e. σ᾿ the deluge Gen. 6, 17; 
calamity Jer. 4,6. 5,15. More rarely 
with > Jer. 15, 8, aha bx 32,42. d) to 
bring to pass, to fulfil, to actomiphish, e.g. 
one’s words, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37, 
26. 46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e. 

3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to 
carry away, 2Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2. 


Sept. ἀποφέρω. Hence a) Simpl. to 
bear, to carry, i. q. 8t2. Job 12,6 who 


carries his god in his hand, see in FDR 
no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 nbs ἈΠΞῈΞ 
MIP . . . as one who beareth ‘upward 
axes, εὐ 6. ᾿ lifteth up, as ἃ wood-cutter. 
b) to bring back, to let return; comp. 
Arab. εὦ to return, IV'to let return. 
Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of 
Judah, ἈΞ ΣΤΥ ὍΘ ΘΝ wed bring him 
back iti his people. ‘e) to bring away 
any thing, i. 6. to get, to acquire, comp. 
Arab. sls c. (9. Ps. 90, 12 335 N23 
M227) that we may acquire a heart of 
wisdom, a wise heart. 

Horn. 8350 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, 
to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 
45,15; to be brought in, Lev. 10,18. 2 K. 
12,10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27,7. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought 
or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2. 9. 14, 2; 
to be brought to any one, Gen. 33, 11. 

Deriy. ΠΝ ΒΞ, R139, also 833, ANISH. 

3° a root usually assumed for the 
forms 353) and 733; which belong rather 
to r. 353 q. ν. 


re fut. 192°, to despise, to contemn ; 
kindr.ism12. The primary idea is i. q. 
ὈῚΞ q. v. to tread under foot, which also 
is put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, 7.— 
Constr. c. ace. Prov. 1,7; oftener c. > 


118 


ἘΠ 


Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14,21. 23, 9. Cant. 8, 
1: Ῥτον. 6, 80 ΞΡ ATA banem dasut 
despise a thief, i i. e. do not overlook his 
crime and let him go unpunished ; comp. 
30,17. In Zech. 4,10 13 is read in pret. 
3 pers. for 12, as if from 113. 

Deriv. the two following: 


ΤῊΣ m. 1. contempt, Job 12, 5. 31, 34. 

2. Buz, pr.n. a) The second son of 
Nahor Gen. 22,21; also as the name of 
a people and district of Arabia Deserta 
Jer. 25, 23. Gentile ἢ. is "tha Buzite, 
Job 32,2. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 5, 14. 


ΓΞ f, contempt, meton. one con- 
temned, collect. despised ones Neh. 3,36 
[4, 4]. 

"T72 (pr. a Buzite, see in 192 no. 2.a,) 
pr. ἢ. Buzi,a priest, the father of the 
prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 8. 


"32 Bavai, pr. τι. m. of Persian origin, 
i,q. "23, Neh. 3, 18. 


2 ya not used in Kal, prob. to roll up, 
to involve, to entangle, and hence to per- 


a 
plex ; comp. 728, 3 and 24 to turn, 


to turn about, Arab. IG to be confused 
and perplexed, e. g. a business, dhs to 
entangle oneself in evil. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 3132, Part. plur. 5°53) Ex. 14, 
3; to be perplexed, disquieted, Esth. 3, 
15; to wander in perplexity, in perturba- 
tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. 1. 6. 

Deriv. 3932. 


272 m. (for bast, τ. 532) 1. Pr. rain, 
see the root no. 1; hence as the name 
of the eighth Hebrew month, Bud, i. 6. 
rainy month, from the new-moon of No- 
αν to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38. 

2. produce, increase, i. ᾳ. M813", Job 
40, 20.—Hence Is. 44, 19 73 baa stock or 
trunk of wood, as in Chaldee. 


* DAD obsol. root, prob. to be high, 
whence 22 high place, q. v. This 
root is not found in the other Semitic 
dialects, (yet see Syr. |Ses> 1 Sam. 10, 
23 Pesh.) but obvious traces of it are 
extant in the languages of the Indo- 
european family ; as Pers. Ly top ofany 
thing, roof; βωμός altar, tumulus, and 
βοῦνος hill; pomus, of tall trees; and in 
the Teutonic tongues Bom, Boom, Baum. 


ΤΣ 


"2 with its deriv. seein "3. 

7374 (discretion) pr. ἢν τὰ, Bunah, 
1 Chr. 2, 25. 

272. see "22. 


* DAD fut. oss, to tread down, to 
trample under foot, e. g. in neglect and 
contempt, Prov. 27,7. Also to trample 
in pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. 6. 
utterly to subdue them, Is. 14, 25. 63, 6. 
Ps. 44, 6. 60,14. Part. D°012 Zech. 10, 
5.—T he idea of treading is expressed in 
many languages by the syllable pat va- 


riously inflected ; e. g-Sanser. pati way, | 


pad, pada, foot path to go; Zend petho, 
pate, a path, (Pers. - foot,) Gr. πάτος, 
matéw, and ποῦς for 1008, gen. ποδός, 
Lat. pes, pedis, also petere, Low Germ. 
padden, pedden, i. q. πατεῖν, Pfad, Engl. 
path, also to pad, to pat ; in Heb. t being 
changed to a sibilant, pas, bas. In the 
kindred sense of stamping in, cramming, 
is ὍΞΝ ; in that of despising, 112, M13, 
like Gr. πατέω Il. 4. 157. Comp. also 
=37, FER. 

Pit. 0033 fo tread down a place, land, 
i. 6. to lay waste, with the accessory 
idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12, 
10. Is. 63, 18. Comp, καταπατεῖν i. q. 
βεβηλοῦν 1 Mace. 3, 45. 51. Rev. 11, 2; 
also 02°. 

‘Horn. part. 035 trodden under foot, 
e. g. a corpse, Is. 14, 19. 

Hirarar. O9%2nA to be cast forth to 
be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22. 
Comp. 087mm. 

Deriv. moran, Moan, and pr. ἢ. O33. 


* S72 a τοοῦ ποῖ" ἴῃ use, which with 
kindr. M33, 323-signifies to swell, and is 
then variously applied, 6. g. to water.as 
boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and 
pustules as breaking forth, rising in the 
skin. Hence M3233x, 


“yaa obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ya 
mid. Ye, to be white, 6. ace. to surpass 
in whiteness; II to make white; IX 
and XI to be of a white colour; whence 


᾿ oF 
das! white, bright. Kindr. are Chald. 
728, y22, ΥΣΞ, stannum, tin; also 
wia. Comp. also Pers,.%234 white, 
bright, Germ. weiss, High; (Germ. biess. 
Hence x73 egg, and 


119 


2a 
7 m. byssus, also cloth of byssus; so 


called from its whiteness; see r. ya 
and Rev. 19,8. 14, comp. also further in 
Thesaur. p 190. ‘Spoken of the finest 
and most precious stuffs, as worn by 
kings 1 Chr. 15,27, by priests 2 Chr. 5, 
12, and by other persons of high rank or 
honour Esth. 1, 6. 8,15. The word is 
of Aramzan origin, and is therefore used 
spec. of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16, 
which seems to be there distinguished 
from the Egyptian byssus or Bw ib. v. 
7. Elsewhere it seems not to differ 
from Ww, and is often put for it in the 
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 3,14; 
comp. Ex. 26, 31. So i and_Chald. 


y22_ in O. and N. T. for Heb. © and 
Gr. Bvocos.—After long inquiry and dis- 
pute, whether the cloths of byssus were 
of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot. 
IT. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso: antiquor: 
Lond. 1776,) recent minute. investiga- 
tions at London. with the aid of the 
microscope have decided the contro- 
versy so far as relates to cloths found 
around Egyptian mummies, and shown 
that the threads are linen. See Wil- 
kinson’s Manners and Cust. of the Anc. 
Egyptians, III. p. 115. 


732 (shining, glittering, from yas 
to. shine) Bozez, pr. ἢ. of a rock near 
Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4. 


“P= i. gq. pRB, to empty; hence 
nie, and ὁ ὁ 

‘273 f. emptiness, i. 6. desolation, de- 
vastation, comp. Pp2. Once Nah. 2,11 
MPII24 MPA intens. for uttermost deso- 
lation, like NYDA ARO, mado need, 
from the roots xis, ποῦ. 


“PS pr. a herdsman, keeper οὔ cat- 
tle, denom. from "3 q. v. In a wider 
sense also of a shepherd, Am. 7, 14, 
comp. Υ͂. 15. Vulg. armentarius, which 
is ‘like eae 3 3; comp. Virg. 
Georg. 3. 344. 


I. "53 and "3 πὶ. (for."82, “kr 
ἌΝΞ.) plur. mina. 5: 

1.ἃ pit, Arab. 55, 1 Sam., tio 
1.Chr. 11, 22. 

2. Spec. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20 sq. 
DAIS Mina cisterns hewn, sowivahe 
rock; Deut. 6, 11... Cisterns:when with - 


| 


out water were often used as prisons, 
Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq.—Hence 

3. i. ᾳ. @ prison, dungeon, Is. 24, 22; 
more fully "iam ma Jer. 37, 16. Ex. 
12, 29. 

4. a sepulchre, the grave ; freq. in the 
phrase “ia-"3%" those who go down to 
the sepulchre, i.e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1. 30, 
4, 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14,19 =ap58-bN “TTi0 
sia who go down to the stones of the sepul- 
chre, i. e. those laid in costlier sepulchres 
hewn in the rock. “in 73 even to the se- 
pulchre Prov. 28, 17. Is.14,15 Wia™"mn397 
the recesses of the sepulchre. 


II. "13 alkali, see 73 11. 


emi i. q. 22, to search out, to exa- 
mine, to prove, onee Erce. 9, 1 fat "A23; 
comp. 3, 18 D735. 


* WS, pret. iia, "MY; part. plur. 
pewia; fut. wind. 

1. to be ashamed, to feel shame. So 
Chald. Syr. rha, 202; comp. also 


΄σ ΄- Νὰ ΣΝ 
Arab. ago) AQ to be astonished, 
“΄ 


amazed, struck dumb; Lat. pudere, pu- 
dor. The primary idea seems not to lie 
in blushing, but in paleness and terror, 
thus kindr. with ὙῈΞ and m22. [Or rather 
perh, to be hot, to glow, and then to blush, 
comp. 2" —T] Ezra8, 22 5805 "mda 
Iwas ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol- 
lowed by a finite verb, Job 19,3 Ἰώβ τ Ὁ 
sb-nnDnn ye are not ehamed ,ye stun me, 
i.e. shameless ye stun me. With 12 of 
that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36, 32; 
comp. 43, 10. 11—Hence 

2. Spec. to be disappointed in one’s 
hope or expectation, which is often con- 
joined with blushing and shame, Jer. 
14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies 
and wicked men who are put to flight 
after vain attempts, Ps. 6, 11. 25, 8, 31, 
18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed 
with sudden calamity, Jer. 15,9. 20,11; 
to husbandmen disappointed of their 
harvest, Jer. 14,4; comp. Is. 19, 9, and 
wsin. Onthe contrary, it is said those 
who trust in God shall never be ashamed, 
disappointed, Ps. 22, 6. 25, 2.3. With 
42 of that which disappoints the hope, 
Jer. 2, 36. 

3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to be con- 
Sused, perplexed, troubled ; comp. Arab. 


120 72 


3. Soespec. in the phrase Hin 1; 
Judg. 3, 25 they waited ΘᾺ “8 until 
they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou- 
bled. 2 K. 2, 17. 

4. Once apparently spoken of that 
which disappoints the hopes of any one; 
comp. MY2. Hos. 13,15 ips wis" his 
fountain shall be ashamed, i. e. shall dry 
up, comp. Jer. 14, 3; flowed by 220%. 
But more prob. δ 5 is here equivalent 
to O3"7. 

Nore. This verb is frequent in po- 
etry, and rare in prose; see in no. 2, 4. 
Kal is not found in the Pentateuch; see 
Hithpal. 

Pit, weia to delay, pr. to shame or 


disappoint a person waiting; constr. c. 


inf. et > Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp. 
win τῷ Judg. 3, 25. 

Hips. ©7377, 2 pers. piw63n. 

1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus- 
trate evil designs, i. q. to disappoint, 
Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps, 44, 8. 119, 31. 
116. 

2. to bring to shame, to disgrace, Prov. 
29, 15. 

3. Intrans. to do shameful things, to act 
shamefully ; comp. 27271, 37. Part. 
w22 shameful, base, wicked, opp. >"202, 
Proy. 10, 5. 14, 35. 17,2. The idea of 
wickedness includes also folly ; and else- 
where words signifying folly (5703, 
m3?) are transferred to wickedness. 
Fem, M3922 Proy. 12, 4, opp. 5971 mux. 

Nors. Another fort of Hiphil, wasin, 
see under the root 83". 

Hirwpat. to be ashamed, Gen. 2, 25, 
This seems to have been the prose form; 
comp. in Dan, FINN. 

Deriv. ry, riba, pong, and 


ΓΞ ἢ shame, Ps. 89, 46. Ez. 7, 18. 
Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10. 


* PAD Chald. to pass the night, Dan. 
6,19. In Targg. often for 5. Syr. 
δι id. also to sojourn, to remain; Arab. 


lb mid. Ye, Ethiop. OT, to pass the 
night, to remain.—Hence is commonly 
derived the word M3 house; but see in 
m"a. 

72 m. (Ὁ. 113) c. suff. MY, prey, spoil, 
booty, spoken of men and beasts carried 
away in war, (elsewhere "3%, MP>2,) 


NT2 


and also of goods or property plundered 
by an enemy; Num, 14,3. Jer. 15, 13. 
49,32. 12 112, see in 1a. Very fre- 
quently in the phrase 12> M37 (0 become 
a prey, to be carried off as ‘spoil, Num. 
14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22; some- 
times ὁ. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also 
125 ἸΏ) fo give for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17, 
3. Ez. 25,7 Keri. 


* NTS ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Is. 18,2 a people... 
IZ98 OM? ANTa WS whose land rivens 
rend, i. e. break up into parts, I8T2 i. q. 
‘112; or perh. divide up, 1812 i. gq. 3313 fr. 
Chald. 313 to cleave. The allusion is 
to Ethiopia; see Comm. on Is, 1. ὁ. 


- mira i.q. 182, to despise, to contemn ; 
pr. to tread under foot, see t2, O52, 
Constr. c. acc. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25. 
102, 18; more rarely with > 2Sam. 6, 16, 
and (suitably to the primary idea) by 
Neh. 2,19. Opp. "23 1Sam. 2,30. Also 
Prov. 19, 16 3 OTD he that despiseth 
Ris ways, i. e. overlooks them, lives heed- 
lessly. Esth. 3,6 32 M383 1127-22 137) and 
he despised to lay hands on Mordecai 
alone, i. 6. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20. 

Nix. part. 13) despised, contemned, 
Is. 53, 3. Ps. 15, “4 

Hips. i. q: Kal, Esth. 1, 17. 

Deriy. }3"33, pr.n. ΓΤ Ξ, 73393, also 

M73 verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass. 
form, despised, contemned. Is. 49,7 “nts 
we? despised of men, i. ἃ. ἘΞ "Ta Ps, 22,7. 

MS i. g. 12 (Ὁ. 113) prey, booty, found 
only in the later Hebrew; comp. Aram. 
124. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28,14. Ezra, 9, 7. 
Neh. 3, 36, Esth. 9,10 sq. Dan. 11, 24. 


33. Often joined with the synon. 53% 
and "235. 


“TT, plur. 813, 82112, once 2153; inf 
13, fat. 73; to prey upon, ct oe e. to 
size as prey, to plunder. Arab. ὅ . 3 Conj. 
I, VIII. Aram. 113, }D, id. The primary 
notion seems to be that of pulling in 
pieces, scattering ; comp. the kindred 
roots 812, P13, “12. Hence Chald. rata 
to squander, to dissipate, from which is 
commonly derived M3133 gift, q. v.— 
Construed: a) Absol. Num. 31, 53. 
1 Sam. 14, 36. b) With acc. of the 
prey, 0 seize as prey, to carry of as 

11 


191. 


ὙΠ. 


spoil, Gen. 34,99. Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2, 
35. 3,7. ἸΞ 113 lo prey the prey, i. e. to 
take the prey, Is. 10, 6. 33,23; 5» 113 
id. 2 Chr. 28,8. ¢) With ace. ota city, 


country, persons, Gen, 34,27. Ez. 39,10. 


2K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is, 42. 29. 

Nips. 133, plur. 9733, inf. and fut. rian, 
iat, to be spoiled, plundered, pass. of Kal 
lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3. 

Pua. id. Jer. 50, 37. 

Deriv. 12, 732. 

72 m. (τ. 412) contempt, Esth. 1,18. 

mNPTA (contempt of Jehovah) Biz- 
jothjah, pr. n. of a place in the south of 
Judah, Josh. 15, 28. 


F PI2 obsol. root, prob. to scatter, to 
disperse, like Syr. sp. The Arab, 
L372 is to spit, to sow seed ; also to rise, 
as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays; in 
which sense of radiating, coruscating, it 
would seem to be kindr. with P72; for 
the interchange oft and “, see under ".. 
Hence 

PIS m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ez. 1, 14.i.q. P22, 
lightning, flash of lightning. So all the. 
ancient versions; also Abulwalid and 
Kimchi. 


Pia (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca- 
naanitish city, whose king was Adoni- 
bezek, Judg. 1,4 sq. 1 Sam. 11,8. As. 
to its site, see Studer on Judg. |. ¢. 


* a to scatter, to disperse, to dissi~ 
pate, i.g. "iB, Dan. 11,24. Arab. x 
Conj. II, and poe, to sow seed; comp. 
Aram. "133. 


Pint. toscatter enemies, to put to flight, 
Ps. 68, 31. 


NPTA Biztha, pr.n-of a eunuch in the 
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. q. 


- Pers. ἄχαν beste ligatus sc. membro, i.e. 


spado. 

M3 τὰ. verbal adj. i,q. 793, a trier of 
metals, assayer, Jer. 6,27. R. 473. 

PM2 m. (Dag. impl.) a watch-tower, 
tower, built by a besieging army, Is. 23, , 
13 Keri. R. ἼΠΞ no. 2. 

V2 m. plur, "3, constr. “yn3, 
(after the form diz sp, Daik f. impl. to 
distinguish it from 5°9373,) @ youth, 


rh) 


young man, pr. a chosen youth, i. e. 
choice, one in the prime of manhood, ete. 
See part. "9M2 in r. "72 no. 9, Or per- 
haps the signif. may be derived from the 


§° 
kindr. "33 no, 3, whence Arab. A» vir- 


gin.—E. g. Judg. 14, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16. 
It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi- 
gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62, 
5; often joined with n=4ra Deut. 32, 25. 
Lam. 1, 18. 2,21. al. Spec. young men 
for young warriors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer. 
18, 21. 49, 26. 51, 3. Am. 4,10. Comp. 
mam" and 558. 

nina see oa. 

77S Is. 23, 13 Cheth. see j3M2. 


"12 τὰ. (τ. “ΠΞ) verbal adj. chosen, 
elect, ἐκλεκτός, found only in the phrase 
mint ἌΡΤΙΞ the chosen of Jehovah, spoken 
of Saul, 2 Sam. 21, 6; of Moses, Ps. 106, 
os of the people of hiraal, Is. 43, 20. 45, 

4; poral. mim 732; of pious men and 
pro plubeay or of the ‘Mecsiah, Is. 42, 1. 
Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22. 
Ps. 105, 43. 


*OMB 1 i. q. bB no. 3, with 3, to 
loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. Ws hav- 
ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech. 
11,8 "a Mba pie: their soul abhorred 
me—This signification ney. be drawn 
either from the kindr. 3 593, or also 
from {712 and 3 "M2 in the sense of re- 
jecting. 

Il. i. ᾳ. Arab. his to be greedy, avari- 
cious. Hence Puat Prov. 20, 21 Cheth. 
ririae mbm wealth greedily gotten. See 
Schult. Animady. adh. 1. The ancient 
versions express the sense of the Keri 
mbna. 


i. 73 fat. ἡΠΞῚ 1. to try, to prove, to 


put to the test, espec. metals, like the 
synon, 1%; Jer. 9,6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps. 
66,10. Metaph. Job 23,10 Ξπ|ϑ "3213 
Rzx Let him try me, I shall come forth as 
gold ; also neglecting the primary force, 
Job 12, 11 93H 7729 WR Nn doth not 
the ear try ΔἸ Δ, 34, 3. a) Often of 
God as trying the hearts or minds of 
men, Ps. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81, 
8; espec. by sending calamities upon 
them, Job 7,18. Ὁ) Of men.as proving 
or tempting God; i. q. 792, i.e. by doubt, 


122 


“ria 


unbelief, Mal. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9.— 
Chald. jn2, Syr. 2, to try, to exa- 
mine. The Arabic in this sense has 

Conj. I, VIII, ῳ» and » being 
τ ΤῸ a ; pr. to rub, to rub upon, 
and hence 10 try metals, sc. by rubbing 
them upon the lapis Lydius or touch- 
stone, Gr. βάσανος. 

2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence 
ja, 102, wateh-tower: 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be tried, proved, Gen. 42,15. . 
16. Job 34, 36. 

Pua ἸΠΞ id. Ez. 21, 18 yma "> for it 
is tried, i. 6. trial is made, comp. Schnur- 
reradh.l. Sept. ὅτε δεδικαέωται. Others 
take {M3 as a noun, for trial sc. is made. 

Deriv. the two following, and 7ina, 
ya, ΛΞ. 


ἼΠΞ τὴ. a watch-tower, tower, see the 
root no. 2. Is, 32,14 jm3 885 the hill 
(Ophel) and the tower upon it ; prob. the 
tower upon the hill Ophel mentioned im 
Neh. 3, 26. 27. 


}72 m. trial, proof. Is. 28,16 {MS 538 
a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit- 
able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18, 
see in r. ἾΠΞ Pu. 


- “a fut. "72" 1. to prove, i. q. to 
try,toexamine; like Syr. pad, i.q.Hebr. 
"m2. We place this signification first, 
although it is rare and mostly found only 
in the later Hebrew; since trial must 
precede choice. The primary idea is 
either that of rubbing upon the lapis 
Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be 
i. 4. ἼΠΞ q. v. or else it lies in cutting in 
pieces and scrutinizing, comp. aD, "RF 
no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. πειράω, 
Lat. perior, whence experior, comperior, 
periculum, perilus. —Is. 48, 10 ΠΛ ΠΞ 
"23. "822, J have proved thee in the fur- 
nace of affliction. Job 34, 4. 2 Chr. 34, 
6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read: 
pinma “M2 he proved their houses, i. e. 
examined the houses of the idolaters. 

2. to approve, i. q. to choose, to select, 
Comp. Arab. = Vill prchane on the 


best, to take the best part; gio, ἔχ ὃς: : 


thing selected, chosen.—Job 9, 14. τ 5. 
29,25. Often c. dat. i> to choose for one- 
self Gen. 13, 11. Ex. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15. 


ae 


“ra 


The thing chosen is put in the accus. 
see the examples already quoted ; also 
more freq. with 3, (comp. 2 B. 4,) Deut. 
7, 6. 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5, 17, 20. 
1 Sam. 10, 24. 16,8. 9. al. Once with 
b> as marking desire, see >3 no. 4, Job 
36, 21; also 72 implying preference, Ps. 
84, 11.—Part. sama, plur. constr. "74M 
1 Sam. 26,2. a) chosen, select, Ex. 14, 
7. Ὁ) choice, excellent, Cant. 5, 15. 

3. to choose, i. q. to like, to delight in, to 
desire ; ¢. ace. Gen. 6,2; Is. 129. 2 Sam, 
15, 15 "25% ΠΣ ΘΝ 552 according to 
all that my lord shall please. Prov. 1, 29. 
3, 31; 2 Is. 14, 1 dyer Tis AN and 
will yet delight in Israel. Zech. 1,17. 

3,2; > 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many 
Mss, read 2. Once pregn. with >3 of 
pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 "bv AMM" 5D 
We ΠΩΣΝ whatsoever thou shalt desire to 
lay upon me, that I will do for thee. 

Nien. 1. to be chosen, i. e. to be wor- 
thy of choice, with 7 to be better, rather 
to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3.—Part. "M33 cho- 
sen, choice, excellent. "M1232 502 choice 
silver Prov. 10, 20. 8, 10. 19; with 12 
choicer than, rather to be chosen, better, 
Prov. 16, 16. 22, 1. 

2. With >, to be chosen by any one, 
i.e. to be acceptable, pleasing to him, 
Prov. 21, 3. 

Puat to be chosen, selected, only Eee. 
9, 4 Chethibh. 

Deriv. “712, “AMa, ὈΤΉΓΙΣ, “23, 
“inz2, pr. n. sna, and the two here 
following : 


D".2 (young men’s village) Bahu- 
rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond 
the Mount of Olives; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. IL. 103. n. 3.—2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5. 
17, 18. 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 8.—Hence Simonis 
derives the gentile n. 709972 Baharu- 
mite 1 Chr. 11, 33; and with the letters 
transposed "9772 2 Sam. 23, 31. 


O33 (after the form 6771) m. plur. 
Num. ΤΙ, 28, and mina Eee. 11, 9. 12, 


1, youth, youthful age. Comp. “an. 

2 NOD and } mos ~~, i. q. 072 IT, βαττο- 
hoysiv, ‘blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk 
idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the 
Greek, Latin, and English words. Part. 
maiz an idle talker, babbler, Prov. 12, 18. 

Prev id. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. In 


123 


moa 


both these passages o'nEba is added 
intensively, see DNL in MEY no. 1, 
Deriv. 8939. 


wie nol 1. to trust, to confide, to 
place hope and confidence in any one, 
Chald. and Samar. id. but rare. Arab. 


> to throw one down upon his back, 


to throw in his face ; whence Heb. 2 M02 
perh. pr. ‘to cast oneself or one’s cares 
upon any one ;’ comp. ἘΣ 533 Ps. 22, 9. 
—With 3 Proy. 11, 28. Ps. 28, 7; bs 2 
K. 18, 20. 21. 24; by Ps, 4, 6, 31, 7. 
With dat. pleon. Jer. 7,4 qmesn-be 
“PEN “IST >y 02> trust not for your- 
selves in lying words. ν. 8. 2K. 18, 21. 
Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20; 
but often 

2. Absol. to be confident, i. e. to be se- 
cure, without fear, Judg. 18, 7. 10. 27. 
Jer. 12, δ. Job 40, 23 F393 Fats ΤΩΣ Ἢ 
a he feareth not, though Jordan 
break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl. 
over his head. Prov. 11, 15 ἢ xv 
πῶ he that hateth suretyship is sure, 
i. e. secure, has nothing to fear, Opp. 
S155 3h. Furthér: a) Ina good sense, 
of the trust and security of the righteous, 
Is. 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11,18. Ὁ) In 
a bad sense, of those who place trust 
and confidence in the things of -this 
world, and have no fear of God nor of 
his punishments, Is. 32, 9. 10. 11. Prov. 
14, 16.’ Comp. 3383, MW, my>0.—Part. 
Mo. trusting, confiding, in an active 
signif. Is, 26, 3 mwa 42 5D for he is 
trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7. 

Hips. fut. apoc, M233 1. to cause to 
trust, to persuade to trust. with ἘΝ and 
by, a 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31. 

2. Absol. to make secure, without fear, 
Ps. 22, 10. 

Deriv. M32, "E32, 
nya. 


yinea, nine2, 
+ δι s 


mii. moa transp. ig. M32, Dal, 


to cook, to ripen; whence "238 ἃ me- 
lon, where see more. 


123 m.(r.meal) 1. trust, confidence, 
as adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25, 
2. security. fearlessness, Is. 32, 17.— 
Elsewhere always "23> and mya adv. 
a) in security, without danger, i. 6, se- 
curely, safely ; so 23> 39, ΠΏΞ 3a, 


mos 


moa ἸΞ Ὁ, to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam. 
12, 11. Lev. 25, 18.19. 26,5. Deut. 33, 12. 
b) securely, i. 6. without fear, Mic. 2, 8; 
also as implying too great gocurity, 
want of care and caution, Judg. 8, 11. 
3. Betah, pr. n. of a city of Syria, 
sich in brass, situated in the territory of 
Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8,8. In the parall. 
vassage 1 Chr. 18, 8 written ὨΠΞΏ. 


ΓΊΤΩΞ £. trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15. 

JINWS m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4; 
-hope Ece. 9,4. R. ΠΏΞ 1. 

MINA f plur. Job 12, 6, security, 
tranquillity. Βι. ΠΏΞ 1. 

" 202 to be vacant, comp. 22; 
vespec. to be free from labour; hence, to 


cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12,3. Arab. 


dbs and Ethiop. OMA to be empty, 


‘vain; more rarely, to cease. 


20D Chald. id. Ezra 4, 24. 
Pa. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for- 
-bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6,8. 


* ν᾿ 


j2= obsol. root, pr. to be vacant, 
empty, hollow, i. q. 583, dla. Hence 
‘the three following: 

72a c. suff. "2032, fem. as being a 
female member, see no. 2; comp. Arab. 


) and Lat. cunnus, both of which are 


fem. for the same reason. 
1. the belly, so called as being empty, 
hollow; comp. Gr. κεγεών, λαγών, κοιλέα. 


Arab. ὧδ: id ταν body, mostly dead 
‘body, Ethiop. N.2°% dead body.—Spoken 
-of the external belly, both of man Cant. 
"ἢ, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of 
‘the internal belly, as the receptacle of 
‘food, Prov. 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20. 
Ece. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3.—Also as the ince 
of the ΠΗ and hence 

2. the womb, Gen. 25, 23.24. ἸΏΞΙ 
Judg. 13, 5. 7, 3% Is. 48, 8, 49,1, and 
more fully "2x ἸΏΞῸ Ps. 22, 10. Fadg, 
16, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as 
born; hyperbol. i. q. from the tenderest 
years Job 31,18. 483 "8 fruit of the 
womb, i. e. offspring, progeny, Gen. 30, 2, 
Deut. 7, 13. Is. 13, 18. Mic. 6,7, always 
spoken of children already born, and not 
of the foetus; also with gen. of the father, 
Mic. 1. ὁ. Spoken of one child, "722 "2 


124 "2 


son of my womb Prov. 81, 2, where the 
suffix refers to the mother; but in Job 
3, 10 "222 my womb is for my mother’s 
womb. Also in Job 19, 17 "2~3 "22a the 
sons of my womb seem not to be the sons 
of Job, for these had perished, 1, 19 comp. 
29, 5; but prob. his uterine ‘brothers, 
adcdepoi, comp. Ps. 69, 9. 

3. Trop. the inmost part, 1. ᾳ. 23R. 
So Din ἼῺΞ the womb of Sheol, its deep- 
est recesses, Jon.2,3. Espec. the inmost 
part of man, shere he thinks and feels, 
like the heart, breast, reins, etc. Job 15, 
35. 32,18. Prov. 22,18. 23 °730 chat 
bers of the belly, deals of the heart, 
Prov. 18, 8. 20, 27..30. 26, 22. Hab. 3, 
16 "303 729M) and my bonnet trembled. 
Comp. κοιλέα Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38. 

4. belly of a colanatt, protuberance; 
1 K. 7, 20. 

5. Beten, pr. n. of a place in Asher, 


Josh. 19, 25. Perh. valley, i. q. er 


χοιλᾶς. 


D202 plur. Gen. 43, 11, pistacia-nuts, 
pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong 
shape, so called from their form, which is 
flat on one side and round or bellied onthe 
other. They grow ona tree resembling 
the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn. 
which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13. 
10. The kindred dialects have not this 


- So >’ 
word; but [Send , ΘΟ, > Butm, 
signify terebinth, i. e. Pistacia terebin- 
thus of Linn. a tree often confounded 
with the pistacia. 


DOD (pistacias) Betonim, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26. 


"3 (for 933, τ. mea, as 53 for 553) 
entreaty, prover, in common use in ac- 
cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rather 
of asking leave; everywhere joined 
with "258, "278, pr. with entreaty, i. q. 
Engl. with leave, by permission. Gen. 44, 
18 "Oy "PINS ASIF IBS RIT "258 53 
“with leave, my lord, i. 8. I beseech thee, 
let now thy servant speak one word in 
my lord’s ears. Tex. 4, 10.13. Num, 12, 
11. Josh. 7,8. Judg.6, 13.15. 13,8. 1 Sam. 
1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17.26. Also when several 
apetik, Gen. 43, 20 Thr "25% 72 AMON 
sat and they said, With leave, my 
lord, we came down indeed, ete. Of the 


‘ ys 
ancient versions, Sept. well δέομαι, 
δεύμεϑα, Vulg. obsecro, oramus, Targg. 
4934, Syr. esas Judg. 13, 8 cum roga- 
tione, rogando; all which correspond 
exactly to the Heb. "3, and confirm 
the etymology here proposed, Other 
opinions see reviewed in Thes, p. 222. 


‘ 13 pret. ΠΣ; Ps. 139, 2, also 118 
Dan. 10, 1, °73°2 Dan. 9,2; inf. and imp. 
("3 fut. 7°33, apoc. and conv. 437, 4333, 
see note under Hiphil; pr. to separate, 
to distinguish ; comp. 3, 3. and 


Arab. Gb mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa- 
rate, distinct; metaph. Conj..I, V, X, to 
be distinct, manifest, easily discerned. 
Hence to discern, to mark, to understand, 
all which depend on the power of sepa- 
rating, distinguishing, discriminating ; 
comp. κρίνω Lat. cerno; intelligo for 
inter-ligo, Germ.-merken comp. Marke, 
"Z2, "22, etc.—Spec. 

1. to perceive, to discern, 6. σ. ἃ) 
With the eyes, i. 4. to see, c. acc. Prov. 
7, 7; 3 Neh:13; 7; > Job 9,11. 23,8. 
Ὁ) With the ears, i. q. to hear, Job 23, 5. 
Prov. 29, 19. 6) By the touch, i. q. to 
feel, of inanimate things, Ps. 58, 10. 

2. As implying will, purpose, to mark, 
to attend, to give heed to; c. acc. Dan. 9, 
2. 10, 1. Ps. 5, 2. 94, 7.. Deut. 32,7. Prov. 
23, 1; with 2, which seems peculiar to 
the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above, 
Ezra 8, 15. Dan. 9, 2. 23; 5 Ps. 28, 5; 
> 73, 17. Job 14,21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32, 
4; by Dan. 11, 30. 37; absol. Ps, 94, 7. 

3. to diacert pienealy, to understand ; 
Dan. 12, 8 738 85) "MS Ὁ. 7 heard, but 
Tunderstood not. Is. 6,9; with "3 1 Senn. 
3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. ἔμ 43, 10. 

4. To have understood, i. 6. to know, 
to be acquainted with, c. acc. Ps. 19,13. 
Job 38, 20; > Ps. 139, 3. Rha 72 to 
know the righe Job 32; 9. Prov. 98, 5. 
ΣῈ 103 Prov. 29,7, comp. 272 S77. 

5 ‘Absol to have understanding, to be 
intelligent, wise, Job 42, 3. 18, 2 be wise, 
then will we speak. Hos. 4,14. ‘Part. plur. 
5723 the wise, the prudent; Jer. 49, 7. 

Nivu. yin to be intelligent, discreet, 
knowing, Is. 10,13.—Part. 139 as particip. 
adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often 
joined with D3" wise, Gen. 41, 33. 39. 


Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5, 21; opp. 10 Weis. 


11* 


125 


T= 

signifying folly, Prov. 10,13. 14,33 ix3 
"25 knowing of speech, eloquent, 1 Sam. 
16, 18. 

Pit. 9253 i. q. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10 
ΓΙ 127 373207 he compassed him about 
and gave heed to him. 

Hips. 7°71, inf. ps4, imp. j35, part. 
y"22 ; see note elven! 

1. Pr.causat.e.g. a) Causat. of Kal 
no. 3, to cause to wnderstand, i. e. to de- 
clare, to explain, Dan. 8, 16.27. Neh: 8, 8 
δ ΡΏΞ 27335. Ὁ). Causat. of Kal no, 4, 
to teach, to instruct, with acc. of pers. 
Neh. 8, 9. Ps. 119, 34. 73.130. Is. 40, 14; 
also with acc. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27 
ἜΣΤΙ FIPS WIT teach me the way of 
thy precepls. Prov.8,5. Elsewhere also 


with ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 


6, 24. Dan. 11, 33; and with acc. of pers. 
and dat. of thing, Neh. 8, 7. Spoken 
also of one who reveals future events, 
Dan. 10,14. 0) Causat. of Kal no. 5, 
to give tanderstanding: to make intelli 
gent, Job 32, 8. 


2. Like Kal, e.g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, 


to perceive, e. g. a rumour, report, Is. 28, 


19. b) i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give 
heed, to attend to any thing. with 3 Dan. 
9, 23. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12; 5x Ps. 33, 15; 
head tan 8,5. 17. 0) i. q. Kal no. 3, 
to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K. 
3,9. d) i. q. Kal no. 4, to know, to be 
acquainted with, Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12. 
ὈΣῚ 3 Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be 
knowing, skilled in any thing, c. 3 
Dan. 1, 17; acc. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6; 
absol. Is. 29,16. 6) i. q. Kal no. 5, to 
have understanding, to be wise, Is. 57, 1. 
Part. }°2"2 wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17, 
10. 24. 28, 7. 11. 

Nore. ia the examples adduced under 
no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin. 
Imper. and Participle ; which forms alone 
can with certainty be referred to this 
conjugation. The forms of the Fut. 
793", 125, etc. we have assigned to Kal ; 
and only a few examples are found where 
they have a causative power, e. g. Is. 
28, 9. 40, 14. Job 32, 8 

ΗΊΤΗΡΑΙ, 73am 1. pr. to show one- 
self attentive, and hence for the most 
part i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to attend, 
to consider ; absol. Jer. 2, 10. 9, 16. Job 
Ij 11; ὁ. by 1 K. 3, 21. Is. 14, 16; ὃ 
Job 31, 1. Ps. 37, 10; ἪΡ Job 32, 12. 38, 


Ξ 
18; 3 Jer. 30, 24. Job 30, 20; also, the 
force of the conjugation passing over to 
a transitive sense, c. acc. Job 37, 14.— 
Hence 

2. to perceive, e. g. with the ears, i. q. 
to hear, c. ace. Job 26, 14. 

3. to have understanding, to be intelli- 
gent, wise, pr. to show oneself intelligent, 
Ps. 119, 100. 

Deriy. j22, 72a, 7273, 
and pr..n. 1.3. 

j22 constr. 13 pr. subst. i. q. Arab. 
ὧν separation, interval, space inter- 
posed, see Dual below; found only in 
the constr. state 13, Mia, and with 
suffixes 72"2, 77273, 12°32; also plur. 47373, 
47273, 972°, 0572S, and 2271273, oa. 
In these forms it passes over into a Pre- 
position. 

1: between, betwizt, Lat. inter, Arab. 


Fan, ABSH, 


- 


5. DMN 773 between brethren Prov. 

6, 19; nm 492 betwizrt the bushes Job 
30,7; ΘΛ 13 between the eyes, i. e. upon 
this forehead, see }99 no. 1.d. 59a "δὴν 
-between the Ulai, i.e. among its windings 
and branches, Dan. 8,16. Plur. mi3"3 id. 
‘Ez.10,7. After verbs of motion, i. q. “>& 
473, Judg.5,27.—Inrepetitions, between— 
-and, inter—et, we find j"35—}"2 Gen. 26, 
28. Ex. 11,7. Josh. 22, 25; more rarely 
Ὁ — 472 (pr. a et ὅθι to) Gen. 1, 6. 
‘Lev. 20, 25. Deut. 17,8; 1530 -- ἸΔ i 
59, 2; bs} 13 Joel 2,17. Where it is 
thus put after verbs of seeing, under- 
standing, teaching, and the like, it gives 
them the sense: to see, understand, 
teach the difference between ; Mal. 3, 18 
‘SWI ΡΟΣ 12. OMAN ye shall Biscern 
the ‘difference between the righteous and 
the wicked ; comp. Ὁ --- 3 337 2 Sam. 
19, 36. Jon. 4, 11; b_ 93 5h Ce. 3, 
9; >—P2 Hin Ez. 44, 23. 

2, within, Lat. intra. Job 24,11 -4"2 
‘ema within their walls. Proy, 26, 13 
‘Mian 992 within the streets, i. q. in the 
‘streets; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time, 
‘Neh. 5, 18 within ten days ; comp. Arab. 
NS yy 
_ 8, Sometimes Ὁ --- 2. and 035 το Ὁ, 
-are put disjunctively, i. q. whether—or, 
sive—sive, 2 Chr, 14,10 573 5322 ἨῺΣ PS 
WD ΓᾺΡ 3 it is nothing with thee to help, 
whether the strong or the weak ; pr. with 


126 


Δ ' 


thee, O God, is no distinction in helping, 
between the strong and the weak. The 


source of this idiom may be seen from 


Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value it 
(the beast) 29 13 252 5°2 whether it 
be good or bad, pr. deciding between the 
good and the bad, Sept. εἴτε καλή, εἴτε 
σαπρά. 2 Sam. 19, 36. So in Rabbinic, 
ya— 3 whether—or, as—so. 

4, With other prepositions: 

a) 13:3 pr. into-between, in amongst, 
i. 6. between, after verbs of motion, Lat. 
inter, e.acc. Ez. 31, 10.14 ; also Mi27a7>R 
10, 2. 

b) yra7b> id. between, after a verb of 
motion, Ez. 19,11, * 

0) 7°22 from between, Fr. dentre ; 
Zech. 6,1 there came out four chariots 
Dow "Bw 7272 from between two moun- 
tains, Ps. 104, 12 which sing D°NDE 3 
from between the branches, amid the foli- 
age. Jer. 48,45 jim. 7°22 ellipt. from 
the midst of the Lingldti of Sihon.—So 
mrban 722 from between the feet, by 
vagilete for from the womb ; Deut. 28, 
57 the after-birth M7232 j729 PRN 
that cometh out from her womb ; comp. 
Hom. Il. 19. 110 ὅς κεν ἐπὶ ἤματι τῷδε 
πέσῃ μετὰ ποσσὶ γυναικός. Also meton. 
i. q. from the seed, offspring, posterity of 
any one; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall 
not depart...%°239 7°22 from his seed. 
Itisthus equivalent to M3749, 1222 42, 
jor. «= Sept. ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν ἀδτοῦ, ἀπῆν. 
Gen. 46, 26.—Where two things are 
mentioned. from between which any thing 
comes, 9°27 is repeated, 3" ---ἰ 8 Ὁ 
2K. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18. 

d) > mina betiveen, in between, i. q. 
mista, Ez. 10, 2. 6. 7. 

e) 1.53 in between Is. 44,4; 5663 A.6. 

Dua 535 the interval between two 
armies, τὰ μεταίχμια Eurip. Phen. 1285; 
whence 07525 wx 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23, a 
go-belween, μεσίτης, i.e. a champion, who 
decides between the two in single com- 
bat, as Goliah. 


13 Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5. 8. 


MS f(r. 13) 1. understanding, 
i, e. the act, Is. 33,19 @ people of α fo- 
reign tongue,M3"2 πὰ which thou under- 
standest not. Dan. 8, 15. 9, 22. 10, 1. 

2. understanding, i.e. the faculty of 
insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, δ. 7.8, 14. 


Ὁ" 


9, 6. 10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12, 230. ΠΡ 37) 
to know understanding, i. 6. to be or be- 
come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1. 
Is. 29, 24. Plur. mi272 22 a people of 
understanding, intelligent, Is, 27, 11.— 
Spec. of skill in any art or science, 2 
Chr. 2, 12. 1 Chr.12,32 n»ns> np73 "5" 
i.e. skilled to judge of the times ; comp. 
Esth. 1, 13. * 


ΓΞ. Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 
2, 21. 


MZ" £ an egg, so called fom its 


κυ. 


whiteness, see r. Ὑ3. Arab. Rds 

Syr. asus. In Sing. not found. Plur. 
ἘΠῚΞ with adj. f. nist? ἘΠΧῚΞ eggs left, 
forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut, 22, 6. Job 39, 
14. Is. 59; 5. 


72 a well, i,q. "83, Jer. 1,7 Keri. 
58 
Comp. Arab. ay 


"2 Γ a word of the later Hebrew. 

1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ; 
see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of 
Semitic origin, it may be for M2758 
strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for 
9722, from Ethiop. 20Z to sit, whence 


FNC seat, tribunal, and ere seat, 


tribunal, metropolis, 4: d. royal seat. 
Perhaps however it is of Pers. origin ; 
comp. Pers. ae baru, fortress, wall, 
castle, Sansex’ pura, puri, pur, Gr. πύρ- 
γος and Sugee.—Very often in the phrase 
man jo Shushan the palace, not 
only of the royal palace or citadel, Neh. 
1, 1. Esth. 1, 2. 2, 3.8. 3, 15. Dan. 8, 2; 
but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth. 
1, 5. 2, δ. 8, 14. 9, 6. 11.12; comp. Ezra 
6,2. This city is elsewhere more defi- 
nitely called θη "2m, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 
15.—Where it refers to Jerusalem, the 
Sortress of the temple is meant, prob. the 
same called Bagi and afterwards Anto- 
nia, Neh. 2,8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 11.4. 
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632. 
2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19. 


m2 Chald. f. emphat, Ay"2 id. a 
Sortress, castle, palace, Ezra 6,2. Syr. 
ἴζμ5. 

PINS f. twice in Plur. niti"3 {07- 
tresses, castles, 2 Chr. 17, 12. 27, 4. 


127 


ma 


Comp. on the nature of this ending 
Lehrg. p. 516 note. 


M2 m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18? constr. 
m2, with He parag. ΠΡΞ Gen. 19, 10, 
constr. ΠΛ 43,17; Plur. o°m2 bdttim, 
c. suff. ἸΏΒ, 62°92, SHS, for ΠΏΣ 
from a lost Sing. M3, comp. Syr. whe 
Lehrg. 604, 

1. a house, domus, Arab. can Syr. 
ἴδω, Ethiop. 1'T, Phenic. defective 


ma, see Monumm. Pride p- 348. It is 
commonly referred to the root ΤῊΣ to 
pass the night, to remain. But it may 
be worth inquiry, whether M72, ™2, is 
not rather for the harder form 732 from 
r. 722, as δόμος, domus, from δέμω. As 
to the form, we may then compare πὶ 
q: V. for BI, Bre; OD purse, for 033; 

OND cup, ὃν oie ; Gr. εἷς (ἑνός) for ἕγς, 
Lat. wnus ; εἰς sp. for ἐνς, see Schmidt 
de Prepositt. Gr. p.7; τυφϑείς for tv- 
φϑένς; ὁδούς for odors, Lat. dens. Adopt- 
ing this conjecture, M12 might then be 
regarded as a secondary verb from the 
noun ΓΞ; and the plur. o°M3 as for 
p°m22 from a sing. ΓΞ i. q. 23, after 
the form D202, DUS, see Lehrg. 
Ρ. 575.—E. g. rans 3 son of the house 
Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also ma 4735 
one born in the homens Can! 17, 12. 27. 
Jer. 2, 14, i.e. verna, a home-born ser- 
vant or slave, whose fidelity was there- 
fore greater. So mran b> “ON one over 
the house, i.e. in private houses the oixo- 
γόμος, steward, dispenser, a servant who 
had charge of the household affairs and 
of the other servants, Gen. 43, 16. 44,1; 

see also below in no. 3. - sah "ma hnotsibe 
of clay Job 4, 19, spoken of the human 
body as frail and mortal; comp. 2 Cor. 
5, 1, and the commentators. T'he house 
of God is put once for the whole world, 
Ps, 36,9. The constr. m72 in acc. often 


stands for M°22 in the house of any one, 


Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the 
house ; and M323 into the house Gen. 
24, 32.—Spec. 

2. A movable house or dwelling, a 
tent, tabernacle, Arab. wr, Gen. 27, 
15. 33, 17; of tabernacles consecrated to 
idols 2K. 23,7, comp. 223 no. 3,4. So 
nim, ΒΑΓ ma, of the tabernacle of 
the covenant, Ex. 23, 19. Josh. 6, 24 


ma 


Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1,7. 24.3, 15. 2Sam. 
12,20. Ps.5,8. In other pieces ma and 
brik are apposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6. 

3. House of a king, a palace, castle, 
citadel ; fully ΡΒ M72 2 Sam. 11,2. 9. 
1K. 9,1. 10. Ἢ 36. 15, 18; misben m2 
Esth.1,9. Also zat ἐξοχήν man , whence 
man by “WN one over the palace, i.e. the 
prefect of the palace, one of the king’s 
attendants and ministers, to whom the 
key of the palace or royal castle was 
committed, Is. 22,22; who also had charge 
over all the household affairs of the king, 
much like the mod. Maréchal du palais, 
Marshal of the Court, 1 K. 4,6. 2K. 10,5. 
15, 5. Is. 22,15, comp. Dan. 2, 49. In later 
Hebrew called 227 29 Esth. 1,8; comp. 
in no. 1.—Further, 313 ΤῊ the house i.e. 
palace of David, Is. ‘22, 22; ΓΙΒῸῚΒ ma 
the palace of Pharaoh ew 12, 15. 
Sometimes also of single parts of the 
royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an 


entire house, 6. g. ΟΣ M2 the harem , 


Esth. 2, 3.9. ΠΩ m2 2 Sam. 20, 3. 

4, House of God, i.e, a temple ; spoken 
of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44,13. 1 Sam. 
5, 2. δ. Oftener of the temple of Je- 
Souk at Jerusalem, called Min ma 
pwnPan ma, 1K. 6, 5.37. 7,12. Is. 66, 1, 
and often. Ccean abeva 3 in no. 1. 

5. House of the dead, i.e. asepulchre, 
espec. one costly, sumptuous, Is. 14, 18; 
comp. j20% Is. 22,16. More fully called 
also ebish m2 the eternal house, long 
home, Ecc. 12, 5. 

6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any 
kind: a) Of men, 6. g. Sheol, orcus, 
Job 17,13. ἘΣΤῚ m2 collect. houses of 
the people, i. 6. of the citizens, Jer. 39, 8, 
i. g. ΞΘ) "M3 52,13. OMIT MB house 
of servants. i i.e. workdicbid prison, spoken 
of Egypt, Ex. 20,2. Ὁ) Of animals, Job 
39, 6. Ps. 84,4. 104,17; comp. Virg. Ge. 
2. 209 antiquasque domos avium, M2 
wWra>> the spider’s house, her web, Arab. 
warKialt casd, Job 8,14; house of the 
moth Job 27,18. 6) place, space, recep- 
tacle for any thing ; 052 "m2 perfume- 
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3,20. o7m3 
merm9a>, 0°25, places for the bars, Ex. 
26, 29. 36, 34. 37, 14. 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 32 and 
he made a trench 33 B°NKQ M"3>D about 
the space (capacity) of two measures of 
seed. 0°73% M2 place of stones, 1. 6. 


128 


ἘΠ 


stony place in the soil, Job 8, 17. Neh. 
2,3. Ez. 41,9 mad “tix τῆς ἘΣ ΓΞ the 
space of the side-chambers of the temple. 
7. In the house, i. 6. the inside. inner 
part, within, (opp. 7M out of doors, with- 
out.) ΠῚ Ξ Ex. 28, 26, ΓΞ Gen. 6, 14. 
Ex. 25, 11. 37, 2, andl ΠΡΑΞ 1 K. 6, 15, 
inside, enicttya: withita Opp. 7772 ; comp. 
ἡ no. 3. h. So Ὁ ma Ez. 1, 27, Say 
1 K. 6, 16, > mrad Num. 18, 7, Wihin ἃ 
certain space. b ΤΆΞΟΝ to withing Lat. 
intra c. aceus. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. Dy 
A. 9.—From this uipdification comes the 
Chald, "3 iz, whence also we have above 
derived the prefix 3; see p. 109, note. 
8. Trop. of persons living together, a 
house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab. 


5 0Ὲ 

AS; i.e. including the wife, children, 
and all domestics, Gen. 7, 1. 12, 17. 35,2. 
36,6. 42,19. So the king’s household, i.q. 
his court, courtiers, Is. 22,18. ΓΞ m2 
i. gq. HS9B "353 Gen, 50, 4-~Hemes 

9. Οὗ those descended from one’s 
household, house, for descendants, pos- 
terity, lineage, race, i. q. 0°23 sons, child- 
ren (hence joined with a Plur. ἴω 2, 5), 
Gen. 18, 19. "> m73 1. α. "> "a Ex. 
2,1. 50% m2 Josh. 17, 17; byron m3, 
MT ΛΞ, TIT MB ἜΡΟΝ of David, his 
descendalita, 1 Sam. 20,16. Is.'7, 2. 13, οἷ- 
κος Ζίαβὶδ Liked, 27. ee "22 ‘een also 
trop. as “mene m"3 i. ἃ. ὙΠ ΕΝ 
pr. my house of war, i.e. my adversaries, 
enemies, 2 Chr. 35,21; "9 m"2 a stub- 
born Borie people: Ez: 2,5; and vice 
versa Mim" ΤῊΣ the house or ΓΤ of 
God, 1 i.q. Israel, Num. 12,7. Hos. 8,1; as 
οἶκος ϑεοῦ 1 Tim. 3, 15. In other phrasbs 
the figure of a house is more distinctly 
preserved: Ruth 4,11 Leah and Rachel 
did build the house of Israel, i. e. founded 
the race of Israel. > ΤῊ ΓΞ to build up 
a house to any one, i. 6. to give him pos- 
terity ; spoken of one who marries his 
brother’s widow (i. q. > = op) Deut. 
25, 9; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35, 25, 28. 2 Sam. 
7,27. The same is > na ΠῺΣ 2 Sam. 
7,11. Ex. 1, 31. 

10. ite also of the things contained 
in one’s house, goods, substance, wealth ; 
Esth. 8,1 jan ΡΞ, Sept. ὅσα ὑπάρχει 
“Auay, comp. v. 2.7. Gen. 15,2. Ex, 1,21. 
So Gr. οἰκία, οἶκος. 

11. o8 mea, pr. father’s house Gen. 24, 


ma 


23; father’s household 31, 30. In the 
enumeration or census of the Hebrew 
tribes, DUTY, Nive, they are divided 
into ‘fonilien: nines ; and these again 
are subdivided into households, ancestral 
houses, ΤΟΝ ΓΙ ΤῊΣ 1 Chr.7,40. In this 
signification the Plural, irintead of "m2 
28, takes the form Mia}, as is com- 
mon in Syriac; see in Soin note. Heb. 
Gram. § 106. 3. ο. Num. 1, 2 number the 
children of Israel DMZ ms ΡΠ Ὁ Ὁ 
after their families and after their houses 
of fathers. v.18. 20.22. 24, 26 sq. 2,2 54. 
Over these households, or houses of 
fathers, were Dpay ma Wx? Ex. 6, 14, 
pniag mad owed Chr. 5, 24; often 
by ellipsis Mian "ON Nom. 31, 26. 
Josh. 14, 1, or mise "πὸ 1 Chr. 29, 6, 
ΤΣ ΝΠ "87m? 2 Chr. 5, 2, ie. heads, 
chiefs, princes of households, patriarchs. 

12. Very often, espec. in later writers, 
m2 is put before the pr. names of cities 
and places, sometimes necessarily, as 
forming part of the name ; at other times 
more loosely, so that it can also be omit- 
ted; see below in the letters, e, ἢ, i, 1, 


v, x. So Syr. do, comp. Germ. hausen 


in Nordhausen, Mihlhausen. Such are 
the following: 

a) ἸΝ ΤῚΣ (house of nothingness i. e. 
of idols, see 938% no. 1,) Beth-aven, a city 
in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh. 
7, 2. 1 Sam. 13,5; with a desert of like 
name Josh. 18,12. The Talmudists have 
confounded this city with the adjacent 
Beth-El, (lett. b,) which also is some- 
times called by the prophets in contempt 
ὌΡΟΣ: see ἮΝ. 

b) 58 ΤῊ (house of God) Beth-El, 
Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca- 
naanites, afterwards belonging to Ben- 
jamin, in the time of Joshua still called 
ἸῺ Josh. 18, 13, comp. Gen. 28, 19and 19> ; 
though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi- 
nitely called by both names. It lay upon 
high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1, 
comp. Gen. 35,1; and was for a eng 
time the station of the sacred tabernacle, 
Judg. 20, 18. 26. 27. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 10, 3. 
Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam 
was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp. 
ΠΝ M72 and 738. Its ruins are still seen 
near the high road north of Jerusalem, 
and are now called Beitin; see Bibl. 


129 


ma 


Res. in Palest. II. p. 125-30.—For the 
origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq. 
35, 1 sq. 98q.—The gentile n. is ΤῈ 
"bun Bethelite 1 K. 16, 34. 

c) bsxnm m2 (house of firm root, i. e. 
fixed dwelling) Beth-ezel, a town of Ju- 
dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where there 
is an allusion to this evymology. 

d) 5x27 M72 (house of God’s am- 
bush) Beth-arbel Hos. 10, 14; prob. i. q. 
Ἄρβηλα in Galilee 1 Mace. 9, 2, situated 
between Sepphoris and Tiberias, Jos. 
Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. § 60. 
Now Jrbid, a site of ruins, with a singu- 
lar fortified cavern in the vicinity ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282. 

e) Ἡ5 Ὁ 522 ὯΔ Josh. 13, 17, elsewhere 
yisa bea Num. 32, 38, and jen m3 
(house of habitation) Jer. 48, 53, 'Beth- 
Baal-Meon, a place or town assigned to 
the tribe of Reuben, but which soon came 
into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins, 
still called .. Mi? tin, are mentioned 


by Burckhardt, Travels i in Syria, p. 365. 
The same place seems meant by 193 
(for 723) Num. 32, 3. 

f) "73 ΤΠ (house of my creation) 
Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe 
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 31; perh. corrupted 
from ΤῚΝ 39. m2 Joel 19, 6. 

g) ma m2 Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara, 
a place near the Jordan, prob. for m2 
ΓΞ: (house of passage); comp. Βηϑα- 
βαρά John 1, 28 in many Mss. 

h) “73 m2 (house of the wall) Beth- 
gader, a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 
Chr. 2, 51, i. q. 735 q. v- 

i) 533 ma Neh. 12, 29, Beth-Gilgal, 
i. q. babs q. ν. 

k) bra3 m2 (house of the weaned) 
Beth-gamul, a city of Moab, Jer. 48, 23. 

1) oYnd33 "2 Jer. 48, 22, see ponds. 

m) 713 m3 (temple of Dagon) Beth- 
Dagon, a city: α) of Judah, Josh. 15 


41; 8) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27.—Comp. 


innd: Beit Dejan. - 

n) ΘΠ ma (house of the height, q.d. 
mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13 
27, a city of Gad, called 775 ΓΞ Num. 
32, 36, afterwards Julias and Livias; see 
Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. s. v. 
Betharam. 

0) Mba ΡΞ (partridge-house) Beth- 
hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the con- 


ma 


fines of Judah, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 19. 21. 
The ancient name is still preserved in 
*Ain Hajla near Jericho ; Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 268. 

p) 2772 (house of grace) Beth- 
hanan, a place belonging to Judah or 
Dan, 1 K. 4, 9. 

q) yith na (house of the hollow) 
Beth-horon, the name of two towns be- 
longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called 
Upper and Lower Beth-horon ; both of 
which lay in the western part ο the ter- 
ritory of that tribe, Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22; 
and the latter near the western extremity 
of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18,13. Twice 
Beth-horon simply spantanrd, Josh. 
10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13; where at least in 
Josh. |. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be 
understood. These two towns still bear 
their ancient names ; that on the moun- 
tain being Beit Ur el-Foka (the upper), 
und the other in the valley being Beit 
Ur et-Tahta (the lower). Between 
them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or 
pass; Jos. 1. 6. 1 Mace. 3, 16,24. The 
two towns and the pass lie on the present 
camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru- 
salem. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 
59 sq. 

r) mime ΓΞ (house of desolations) 
Beth-jeshimoth,a town in Reuben near 
the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3. 13, 
20. It afterwards became subject to 
Moab, Ez. 25, 9. 

5) "2 ΓΓΞ (house of pasture) Beth- 
car, 1 Sam. 7, 11, perh. a guard-house 
or garricon of the Philistines in the ter- 
ritory of Judah. 

t) co oDn ma (house of the vineyard) 
Beth-hakkerem, Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a 
town of Judah situated on a hill between 
Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je- 
rome on Jer. 1. c. 

u) mixsd ΤΟΣ i. α. MIND q. v. 

v) MIDI> Mma, see ΠΕΡ. 

w) pnb m2 (house of bread) Beth- 
lehem, masc. Mic. 5,1. αὐ A city of 
Judah, more fully m7" OM ma Judg. 
17,7.9. Ruth 1, 1.2; also: AMIEN ond ma 
Mice. 5, 1, since Ephratah was anciently 
the name not only of the city itself, Gen. 
35, 19, but also apparently of the cir- 
cumjacent region. It was the seat of 
the family of David (Ruth 1: 6.) and the 
birth-place of the Saviour ; and is hence 


130 


na 


still celebrated under the same name, 

can Beit Lahm, lying six Roman 
miles distant from Jerusalem, west of 
south. The gentile n. is “And ΓΒ 
Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, 1. 18. 17, 58. 
8) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 
19, 15. 

x) wibo ma, see Riba. 

y) 7572 m3, see lett. 6. 

z) M237 ra (house of Maachah) 
Beth-Maachah, a place situated in or. 
near Merj ’Ayin, not far from Mount 
Hermon, 2 Sam. 20,14. See in ΓΞ 538 
ΓΙΞΣΏ. 

aa) pryant m2 (house of remoteness) 
Beth-merhak, a place near the brook 
Kidron, 2 Sam. 15, 17. 

bb) mizDvan m2 (house of chariots) 
Beth-marcaboth, a place belonging to the 
tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 4, 31. 

ec) M92 M2 (house of limpid and 
sweet waters, see r. 22 II) Num. 32, 36. 
Josh. 13, 27, and 7722 Num. 32, 3, Beth- 
nimrah, a city in the tribe of Gad, called 
Βηϑναβοίς i in the time of Erisebias: now 
Nimrin ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. 279. 
The waters in the vicinity are called 
p22 "9 Is. 15, 6. 

dd) 719 ΤῈΣ ‘(house of pleasantness) 
Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence 
of a king, Amos 1, 5. Prob. the same 
ealled by the Greets Παράδεισος, Ptolem. 
5. 15, [and mentioned with Iabruda now 
Yebrid on the eastern slope of Anti- 
Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar. 
II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. 
p. 171.—R. 

ee) myoty m2 Neh. 7, 28, and simpl. : 
ΤῚΣ ib. 12, 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village in 
Judah or Benjamin, Deth-azmaveth 

ff) pas m2 (house of the valley) 
Beth-emek, a place belonging to the 
tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27. 

gg) ΤῊΣ 72 (house ὃ response, perh, 
of echo) Beth-anoth, a place in Judah, 
Josh. 15, 59. Perhaps mod. Beit ’Ainiin ; 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186. 

hh) τοῦ m2 (id.) Beth-anath, a place 
in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. Judg. 1, 33. 

ii) ΟΣ Ips ΤῚΣ (house of the shep- 
herds’ hamlet, comp. Arab. ks ham- 
let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K. 
10, 12; without o°s57 v. 14. 

kk) Manz m2, with art. MZI2F ΤῊ 


ma 


(house of the desert) Beth-arabah, a 
place on the confines of Judah and Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 22; without m2 
Josh. 18, 18. 

ll) abe ma (house of escape) Beth- 
pelet, a place in the south of Judah, Josh. 
15, 27. 

min) “iv ΤΣ (temple of Peor, i. 6. 
of Baal-Peor, see isp) Beth-Peor, a 
city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted 
for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut. 
3, 29. 34, 6. Josh. 13, 20. 

nn) 723 n°2 (house of dispersion) 
Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh. 
19, 21. 

00) "1% M"2 (house of the rock) Beth- 
zur, a city in the mountains of Judah 

between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh. 
15, 58; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr. 
11,7; and again also by the Maccabees, 
1 Mace. 14,33. [The spot is now called 
Beit Sir and ed-Dirweh ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Saer. 1843. 
p- 56.—R. 

pp) 37 m3 (house or region of the 
street) Beth-rehob Judg. 18, 28. 2 Sam. 
10, 6 ; also 354 Rehob, (unless perhaps 
one denotes a district, and the other a 
city,) a city or district on the northern 
borders of Palestine Num. 13, 21, situ- 
ated among the valleys of Lebanon not 
far from the sources of the Jordan. The 
adjacent part of Syria is called ΓΔΒ DIN 
3m) 2 Sam. 10,6; 31 028 v.8. [Prob. 
the region es Wady et-Teim west of 
Mount Hermon, and perh. including also 
Merj *Ayan.—R. 

qq) j88 "3 (house of quiet) Josh. 17, 
11. 16, contr. Ἠ τοῦ 1 Sam. 31, 10. 12, 
and 73 ΤῊΣ 2 Sam. 21, 12, Beth-shean, 
Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas- 
seh, but long subject to the Canaanites 
and Philistines; situated on this side the 
Jordan, and afterwards called Seythopo- 
lis, Sept. Judg. 1,27. Rabb. jo"3. Now 
called ,. Bees) Beisdn ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palext ΠῚ. p. 174. 

rr) ΠΣ m2 (acacia-house) Beth- 
shitiah, a place near the Jordan between 
Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7, 
22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL p. 219. 

ss) Ht m2 (house of the sun) Beth- 
shemesh, the name of several cities: 
«) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated 


131 


Γ23 


in Judah on the confines of Dan and 
Philistia, Josh. 15, 10. 1 Sam, 6, 12 sq. 
2 Chr. 28, 18; large and populous, 1 Sam. 
6,19. 1 K. 4,9. 2K. 14,11. Constr. ec. 
plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un< 
derstood of the inhabitants. Its ruins 
are still visible, called Ain Shems ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The 
gentile n. is "Savin ΤῊΣ Bethshemite 1 
Sam. 6, 14. 15. 8) In Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 38. ΠΆΡΕ: 1.33, y) In Issachar, Josh. 
19,22. 9) i. q. jis, i. 6. Heliopolis in 
Egypt, Jer. 43, 13. Comp. jis. 

tt) Mem m2 (house of apples) Beth- 
tappuah, a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53. 
Now called Teffth ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 428. 


ΓΒ Chald. m. st. emphat. 8973, 773, 
constr. M72, c. suff, mm72, plur. ὙΠ, 
i.q. Hebr. a : house, Dan. 2, δ. xobe τος 
Ezra 6, 4, 135% τ Dan. 4, 27, house of 
the king, palace. NbN m2 house of 
God, temple, Ezra 5, 27 sq. also simpl. 
nwa id. v. 3. 9. 11. 

}"3 m. constr. jn"2, a great house, 
palace, Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8. 


* N32 obsol. root, i. 4. ΓΊΞΞ, to drop, 


5 
distil ; hence to weep. Arab. LX τὸ 
pour milk by drops——Hence 


N22 1. weeping, lamentation, Arab. 


KS, 2G. So xozn pee the vale of 
Baca i.e. of weeping, "valley of lamenta- 
tion, pr. ἢ. of a valley in Palestine, prob. 
gloomy and sterile; hence the allusion in 
Ps, 84, 7 πη P13 NIB pers 39 
passing through the ‘valley of Baca (of 
lamentation) they make it fountains, i.e. 
it becomes so to the pilgrims. 

2. Plur. 5°822 2 Sam. 5, 23. 24. 1 Chr. 
14, 13. 14, the name ofa certain tree, so 
called from its weeping i. e. distilling, 
q. d. weepers. According to Celsius, 
Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. ᾳ. the Arab. 


2%, similar to the balsam-tree, and 
distilling white tears of a pungent acrid 
taste. 


Z roa fut. 123", convers. 7371, i. q. 
822, 10 drop, to distil, to flow | in drops, 
see "22. Spec. to weep, and in this sense 
common to all the kindred languages 


| and dialects, Ex. 30. 
! BRAP ¥ 
oF TEE 
TINTWOoDCarrs ἢ 


rida 


2Sam. 19, 2; often of a people making 
lamentation under public calamities, 
Num. 11, 10. 25, 6; also of the sorrow 
of a penitent, Ezra 10,1. With ace. to 
weep for any one, to mourn, to lament ; 
espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35. 
50, 3; also with >> of pers. or thing 
wept for, Lam. 1, 16. Judg. 11, 37; 5x 
2 Sam. 1, 24. Ez. 27, 31, and Η Jer. 22, 
10. Job 30, 25. Farther n>2 c. ἘΣ is to 
come weeping to any one, Num. 11, 13. 
Judg. 14, 16; also to weep upon any one, 
i. 6. in his embrace, Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1. 

Pret to weep for one dead, to mourn, 
6. acc. Jer. 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14. 

Deriv. N33, MIza, "23, M2. 

M23 m. a weeping, Ezra 10,1. R.423. 

ΖΞ m. (τ. 23) 1. the first-born, 
Jirstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 35, 
23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13, 
15. It denotes the eldest son on the 
father’s side, Gen. 49, 3.—The first-born 
son enjoyed many rights and privileges, 
see ΓΙ ΖΞ no. 2; hence 

2. Metaph. i. q. the first, the chief of 
its kind, whatever is most distinguished, 
pre-eminent. Job 18, 13 Ma “5a the 
Jirst-born of death, i. e. the chief among 
deadly diseases, the most terrible dis- 
ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis- 
ease is aptly termed the son of death, 
as being its precursor and attendant; 


so the Arabs call fevers Krdell wlig 
the daughters of fate or of death ; and the 
most fatal and terrible disease is here 
figuratively described as the first-born 
among many brethren.—Is. 14, 30 "7128 
pbs the first-born of the poor, the very 
poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the 
chief among the sons of the poor; or 
the first-born (next descendants) of the 
present wretched and oppressed genera- 
tion; see Comment. on Is. ]. 6. 

Nore. As Fem. the form 19"33 q. v. 
is in use, i. 6. first-born daughter. 

"132 sing. Is. 28, 4 according to the 
Masora, see in M7523; elsewhere only 
in plur. 5°5233, 5m123, the first-fruits, 
spoken of fruit and grain, the first 
which is gathered from the trees or 
fields, Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first- 
fruits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17. 
Neh. 10, 36. Sometimes τοῦδ i is add- 
ed, Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. O° 23m ἘΠῚ: 


132 


ὩΣ 


bread of the first-fruits, made of the first 
new grain, Lev. 23, 20. Do ™ADan ἘΠῚ 
day of the first-fruits, the festival of 
Pentecost, Num. 28, 26. 

myina , 153, Εἰ (τ. 53) 1. Adj. 
first-born, firstling ; Plur. minsa the 
Jirst-born offspring, of men Neh. 10, 37; 
of beasts Gen. 4, 4. Deut. 12, 6.17. 14, 23. 

2. Subst. earlier birth, seniority, opp. 
mss, Gen, 43,33. M752 ΒΘ right 
of Drimezeniture, birthright, Deut. 21, 
17. Ellipt. for the same, "25 Gen. 
25, 31. 34. 27, 36. 


ΓΞ ἢ (τ. 923) the first-ripe fig, 
early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7, 
1. Hos. 9,10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to 
read with several Mss. 7522 with Π 
quiescent, instead of M7223 with the 
Masora and editions; the suffix is pro- 
saic.—In Mauritania the early fig is 
stillcalled Seo, ὃ 3, boccére, Span. 
albacora. “δ: ) gle ; 

MPD2 id. Plur. niwDzn “yA Jer. 
24, 2. 


nvisa (first-birth, first-born) Becho- 
rath, pr. n.m, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 


ὨΡΩΞ f. (τ. M22) a weeping, mourning. 
Gen. 35, 8 mi>2 Ἰδὲ oak of weeping. 

"23 τῇ. in Pause "23, ὁ. suff. "33. 
R. 733. 

1. weeping, lamentation, Gen. 45, 2. 
Is. 15, 3. 22, 4. al. Ding "22 ADB to 
weep a great weeping, to make great 
lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36. ὁ 

2. a weeping, dropping, trickling of 
water in mines, Job 28,11. Comp. flere 
for rorare, stillare, Lucret. 1. 350, Gr. 
δάκρυον, and M32. 

D2 (the weeping) Bochim, pr. ἢ. of 
a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5. 

ΤΥ 23 adj. fem. the first-born daugh- 
ter, Gen. 19, 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 49. 
It corresponds to "i233. 

PMD2 f. a weeping, mourning, Gen. 
50,4. R.m32. 

. "23 in Kal not used, pr. fo cleave, 
to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. "P23 ; 
hence to be first, to come or do first ; also 
to be early, seasonable ; to do early, sea- 
sonably. Referred 

1. To the day, whence ne to rise 


i 


S_Le 
early, to do any thing early, ὃ ; early 
time, morning ; comp. kindr. ΡΞ. 

2. To the year and its produce ; hence 
pe 122 first-fruits, M32 early fig, 


5, .- 
ὄν early fruit. 
3. To the time of life, espec. birth ; 


ο, 


᾿ 8 
_— “i23, M3935, first-born, re and 
5% a virgin, a woman who has her 


first child, "32 ἀν «ὦ young camel. 


Piet 1. to bear early fruit, as a tree, 
Ez. 47, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

2. to make or constitute as first-born, 
to give the birthright to any one, Deut. 
21, 16. 

Puat to be be treated as a firstling, to 
be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev. 
27, 26. 

Hew: part. f. 9°53 one bearing her 
Jirst child, Jer. 4, 81. 

Deriv. see in Kal πο. 2, 3 

“23 m. (τ. 723 no. 3) a young camel, 
already fit for riding and light  bur- 
dens; comp. "73 and 533. Plur. constr. 
"922 Is. 60.6. Corresponding is Arab. 

> young camel, which they describe 
as denoting the same age as ὁ} ado- 
lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I. 
p- 82sq. See also more in Comment. 
on Is. 1. ο. and in Thes. p. 206. 


“22 (i. gq. 922 young camel) Becher, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Ephraim, Num. 
26, 35. Gentile n."723 ibid. b) A son 
of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21. 

M122 Γ᾿ a@ young she-camel, in heat 
Jer. 2,23. See 733. 

m52 see M53. 

AND2 (i. q. 88 “22 the first-born is 
he) Bocheru, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 9, 44. 

“22 (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. m. 
2 Sam. 20, 1. 

23 (r. Mba no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17, 
3 try thou me, 8¥2H >2 thou shalt find 
nothing sc. of evil ; unless like Sept. and 
Vulg. we connect ansat exon 52, thou 


shalt not find my evil thoughts, i. e. those 


which perh. lurk within me. 
2. Adv. not, no, i. ᾳ. Xd, but poetic; 
with pret. Ps. 10, 11. 21,3; with fut. 
12 


133 


nda 


Ps. 10, 4. 6. 49, 13. Prov. 10, 30. Is, 26, 
24. Also not yet, i. q. scarcely, Is. 40, 
24, comp. 2 K. 20,4. Once for 533 i. q. 
ba, Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses... to be 
held in with bit and bridle arb: ainp ba 
lit. in not coming near to thee, i. e. be- 
cause otherwise they avoid thee.—Put 
for is not, non est, the verb being omit- 
ted, Ps. 16, 8 4753 da naziv. 

3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. ne, i. q. 
bx, c. fut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21. 


22 Chald. m. the heart Dan. 6, 15. 
Syr. Ws heart, mind, Arab. JG id. for 
Sy - 

LG from nba, As II to care for; pr. 


care, hence the mind as caring, full of 
care. 


52 contr. from bpa i.g. 533, Bel, Be- 
lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby- 
lonians, worshipped in the celebrated 
tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2. 
51, 44; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek 
and Reéniatl writers compare him with 
Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2.8,9. Plin. H. N. 
37.10. Cic. de Nat. Diegx, 3.16. Here 
however we are not to understand Jupi- 
ter as the father of the gods, of whom 
the Orientals were ignorant; but, in ac- 
cordance with the peculiar mythology of 
the Babylonians, which was wholly con- 
nected with the worship of the stars, it. 
stands for the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis;. 
Cie. de Nat. Deor. 2.20. This planet 
was regarded as a good genius, the 
author and guardian of all good fortune 
and felicity, hence called by the Arabs 


1 dew! Fortuna major ; and, 


together with the planet Venus, (see: 
MIX, MIFGP,) was the object of wor- 
ship to the Semitic nations. Comp: 3, 
"2, and see 532 no. 5.—Hence the fre- 
quency of this name in the compound pr. 
names of Chaldee men, as 72N>3, 
“zx00>3, Belesys, Belibus, etc. 


*ND3 Chald. ig. Heb.nb3. Pa. to 
afflict, to vex, Dan. 7,25. Comp. Heb. 
Pi. no. 2. 


FIN23 (contr. from FIN>22 i: 6. Bel is 


his lord, worshipper of Bel) Baladan, 
pr. n.'of the father of king Merodach- 
Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12.. Is. 39, 1. 


soa 


$23 in Kal not used, Arab. AS to 


be bright, to shine forth, as the fool ; 
V, to be cheenful, to smile. 

Hie. 1. to cause to shine forth, me- 
ἌΡΗ... Amos 5, 9 137>y "ἰῷ 375225 who 
causeth desolation to shine forth upon the 
' mighty, i.e. who bringeth it suddenly 
upon them ; the figure being taken from 
the swift and sudden diffusion of the 
dawning light; comp. Joel 2, 2. 

-2. to make cheerful, to enliven one- 
self, i. 6. fo be or become cheerful, joyful, 
glad, Ps. 39, 14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20. 

Deriv. n73°2372, and 


moa (cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. τι. τα. 
Neh. 12, 5.18; written in Neh. 10, 9 "3 253. 


722 pr. n. (prob. 1. 4. 37> 42 son of 
strife, quarreller, from r. ab 4. V. see in 
5}. 109,) Bildad, the Shuhite, the friend 
of Job and the second disputans with 
him, Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 19, 1. 25, 1. 


aie : 
* F123 in Kal not used, prob. i.g. bra, 
to tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. 


Arab. ae to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid. 
Pie. 22 to terrify, to frighten ; hence 
to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth. 
In Keri is read the more usual 5°22. 
Syr. vad quadril. to terrify. 
Deriv. ΠΡΣΞ, and pr. names nda; 
ἼΠ53. 


τ ΓΞ fut. 5", to fall, to fall away, 
to fail ; like 855, ἘΞ, where see.— 
Spec. 

1. Of garments, to fall away, to decay, 
e. g. to be worn out, to wax old; with 5372, 
Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment arben mnba Nd 
did not “fall from thee, did not wax old 
or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13. 
Neh. 9, 21. Trop. of the heavens and 
earth as growing old and perishing like 
a garment, Is. 50, 9. 51,6. Ps. 102, 27. 


Arab. Ay to be worn out, as a garment. 


2. Of persons labouring under disease, 
old age, cares, to fall away, to waste 
away, fail ; comp. Gr. παλαιός, and with 
another flexion μέλον tocare. Job 13, 28 
n237 Sp 72 NM and he (δεικτικῶς for 1) 
as a rotten thing falleth away, is con- 
sumed. Gen, 18, 12. Ps. 32,3. Comp. 


134 


ba 


LG to care, to be consumed with cares, 
Se 9 
Ὁ consumed with cares, JG, WS, the 


heart, mind, as affected with eares, see 
Chald.>2. Ethiop. NAP to be or grow 
old.—Hence 

3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no- 
thing ; whence >3,">3, "M>3, nothing, 
not. 

Pizzi 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam. 
3,4. Hence genr. to consume, Ps. 49,15. 
Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat. 
tempus terere, Gr. τρίβειν βίον, Engl. 
to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to 
pass, Job 21,13 ovat siwa ἸΣΞῚ they 
spend their days in prosperity.—Hence 

2. to afflict, to vex, 1 Chr. 17,9. Arab. 


elses Sg,_ 
Ao IV. id. 8G and 2415 sorrow, 


affliction, calamity. 7 Comp. Chald. 833. 

Deriv. 52x, >3, ἘΞ, nba, iba, “ba. 
"n>3, meta, ΛΈΞΩ, and the com- 
pounds boobs, “sasha, nana, 


mba pr. n. see in naka lett, b. 


nba adj. f. nbz , decayed, worn out, 
old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes, 
Josh. 9, 4.5. Trop. of an adulteress, 
ὈΠΞΝ3 nda worn out with adulteries, ef- 
fete, Ez. 23, 43. R.nba. 


mme2 £ sing. onee Is. 17, 14; often 
in Plur. R. 33. 

1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17. 
27, 20. 18, 14 ninba 722 the king of 
terrors ; see in ἼΣΣ Hiph. 

2. sudden destruction, comp. M2n2 
no. 2. Ps. 73, 19 ninbarpa 72m they 
perish with sudden Cestr ction, Ez, 26, 
21 2°83 a minds , Sept. ἀπώλειάν. 
σε δώσω, καὶ οὖχ ἘΣΤῈ ταΣ ἔτι, Vulg. in 
nihilum redigam te. 27, 36. 28, 19. 


ΓΙΓΙΞΞ (perh. bashfalness, see mba in 
Kal) Bilhah, pr. n. a) The hand-— 
maid of Rachel, the mother of Dan and 
Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30,3 sq. 35, 22. 
b) A place belonging to the tribe of 
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also m>3 
Josh. 19, 3; sometimes M322 q. v. 

323 (perh. bashfal, ἐσ Bilhan, 
pr.n. m. a) Gen. 36,27. b)} 1 Chr. 
7, 10. 

D2. Chald. tribute of some kind, 
prob, a tax on articles consumed, excise, 


ba 


Ezra 4, 13. 20. 7, 24. Comp. also 8i>3. 
R. nbs, 


wba m. (r. 953) only in plur. constr. 
"yida Jer. 38, 12, and contr. "}>3 v. 11, 
old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron. 
belo-vé) is fon a sing. 1>3 for ee ; but 
insome Mss. (see J. H. Michaelis) is read 
"53, and in editt. 152, after the form 
“a, in, from a sing. “iba of the form 
εἶπα. 

nustinba (Bel’s prince, i. e. whom 
Bel favours, compounded from 3, tsha 
an ending which in Zend marks the 
genitive, and ἔβαν i.q. "& prince) Belte- 
shazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name 
given to Daniel at the court of Nebu- 
chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6.15. 
16. 10, 1. 


"22 subst. (Ὁ. 53) 1. consuamption, 


destruction, Is. 38, 17. Arab. ὧς id. 

2. failure, nought, nothing ; hence as 
Adv. of negation, i.g. 8>, joined with 
verbs and nouns; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8. 
8,7. Is. 14, 6. 32, 10. —Soinetiines ΕΝ is 
so closely joined with a subst. as to coa- 
lesce with it into one idea, like Engl. in, 
un; e.g. DY "ba no-name, i.e. a bad 
name, infamy, Job 30, 8. 

3, For "522 with no, 1. 6. without, only 
in poetry; Job8, 11 pv "ba svithout soa 
ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33, 9. 34, 6. Ps. 59, 5. 
_ 4. With prepositions: a) 533 pr. in 
defect of, with no, i.e. without, i. q. 8>2. 
So nz baa without lenouledge, Job 88, 
16; also i. ᾳ. unknowingly, unawares, 
Deut. 4,42. 19,4; unexpectedly, Job 36, 
12. ear in no, 2. 

b) 5 i id.comp.> lett. B. 3. Job 38, 41 
bak-=bab without food. 41,25. Is. 5, 14. 

Ὁ) “ban pr. from defect of, fo not, 
i. 6. a) because not, ὁ. infin. Deut. 9, 
28 mint mess “bap because Jehovah 
was not able, ‘lit. from Jehovah’s not 
being able. Is. 5, 19, With particip. 
because no one, none; Lam. 1, 4 "53 
“330 "ND because no one came to the 
solemn festival. Sometimes pleon. "52 
PS, 2K. 1, 3, 6.16. Ex. 14, 11. Syr. 
2 uado <a and wi <& because not. 
B) so that not ; Job 18, 15 yw en 
45 “baa terror shall duel τὰ this tent, so 
that it shall be no longer his, i. e. τοῦτος 
shall take possession of the tent of the 


135 


3 


wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6. 
Deut. 28,55. With particip. so that no 
one ; 389 "2% 80 that no one dwells there, 
so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15, 
9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With = 
forming a Conj. and with pleon. δὲ 
Kec. 3, 11 BINA NEoTTND WY “d29 £0 
80 that man cannot find out, ete. 

ἃ) "52 ἪΡ pr. until ἀπά 1 e. as long 
as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mal. 3, 10. 

8) "ads Beccivese not, with Pret. Gen. 
31, 20. 


δὴ m, (τ. 553} pr. mixed, a mixture ; 
spec. meslin, mixed provender, Lat. far- 
rago, made up of various kinds of grain, 
as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like, 
all mixed together, and thus sown or 
given to cattle, Job 6, 5. 24,6. That 
grain is to be understood, is apparent 
from Is. 30,24. See Varro de Re Rust. 
1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41. 


79°23 compounded from ba and m2, 
i. q. ΤΗΝ ND, not any thing, nothing, 
Job 26,7. So at least Sept. Vulg, Syr. 
Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. 522, 
and explain it by bridle, band. 


5923 compounded from "52 not, with- 
out, and 525 use, profit; comp. bvin 


Ὁ be of use, profit, and Arab. δὲς and 


des i. q. «ἐγ noble, prince. Not 


from "52 and >> yoke, q. d. impatient 
of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro- 
posed by Fischer, Prolus. de Verss. Gr. 
Ρ. 93.—Pr. unprofitableness, worthless- 
ness, nothingness, yielding no profit or 
good fruit; comp. Arab. dylb xé 
useless, without fruit, bad. See hote 
below.—Hence 

1. worthlessness, badness, wickedness, 
as 53°82 ox a worthless man, i.e. wick- 
ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25. 30, 22. 
bysb 7a DIN Phir’ 6, 12, and besba-j2 
i Sam. 25, 17, id. Plur. often 55353: "23 
1 Sam. 2, 12, and ἘΘΞΘΞ. ὋΞ ΘΌΘΣΝ, “Oa 
bysts 95 Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22. 20, 
13. bosba m2 a wicked woman 1 Sam. 
1, 16. borhan "37 an evil thing, wicked, 
Ps. 41, 9. 101, 3; comp. Deut. 15, 9 18 
bssb3 #339 Bd ἼΞῚ mr Lest there be a 
wicked thought in thy heart. 

2. destruction. Nah. 1, 11 dorba yo" 
purposing destruction. Ps. 18, δ dm? 


p>} 


spiInsa7 >y5b3 3 floods of destruction ter- 
rified me ; Sept. χείμαῤῥοι ἀνομίας i, 6. 
torrents of iniquity, q. ἃ. of wicked men, 
enemies. Some of the moderns render 
it incorrectly: torrents of the nether- 
world or Sheol. 

3. Ellipt. for 22223 8°x a wicked man, 
see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23, ‘6. Job 34,18. Also 
a destroyer Nah. 2, 1; see no. 2. : 

Norr. Hence was derived in later 
usage and in N. T. the pr. ἢ. Bediad or 
Βελίαρ, Belial, i. ᾳ. ὃ πονηρός, Satan. 
‘The Engl. Vers. also often gives 52253 
in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but i in- 
correctly. See Thesaur. p. 210. 


+ pp 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet 


[1 

all over; comp. Arab. (5 to wet, to 
moisten, >27 to flow, δῆ, bebp, Nas 
to sprinkle.—In Heb. only of oil; Part. 
‘pass. ἸῈΞ. 5352 poured over with οἱ, 
e. g. oblations Ley. 2, 4. 5. 7, 10. 12. 
14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19.—Intrans. of per- 
sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an- 
oulted. Ps, 92,11 423°) 7202 amba Iam 
anointed with Freak oil, Comp. the deriv. 
dada and >aban. 

2. to pour together, Gr. συγχέω, i. 6. 
trop. to mingle, to confound, espec. lan- 
guage. Gen, 11, 7 DY M2331 N72 434 
pmbw come, let us go down and confound 
their lips i. e. speech, which is further 
explained, so that they may not under- 
stand one another’s speech. The form 
m3 is for M22; see v. 9, and Lehrg. 
Ρ. "372. Heb. Gr. § 66, 11. ‘Comp. >a. 
Arab. chads to be confounded, as speech, 


cI das confusion of languages ; 


‘Conj. II, to stammer. 

3. to smear, to soil, to stain; comp. 
‘beds, Sas, cited in Kal. So in the 
dey, Dah, baba, Comp. Chald. oba 
to mingle, aleo to stain. 

4. Denom. from >*>3 provender, to 
give provender to beasts, to fodder, Judg. 
19, 21 orem bam, Vulg. et pabulum 
asinis prebuit. 

Hiru. fut. plur. 1 pers. >323 Is. 64, 5 as 
to form; but the signification is from r. 
522, we fade, we wither, prob. for Hiph. 
1 fut. 5225; see Index. 

Hirupo. to mix oneself, to be mixed, 
with 2 Hos. 7, 8. 


136 


Ὁ 


Deriv. >">, dan, baban, badaui, and 
pr. n. 533. 


Bs pba, to bind together, to shut fast, to 
stop, spec. the mouth with a bit or muz- 


-Zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr- saxo id. Ethpe. 


to be shut, e. g. one’s mouth, i. q. to be 
dumb, (sas a muzzle. In form and 


signif. 823 is kindr. with 058; see on 
roots ending i in Ὦ, under 572. 


ἘΌΣΞ, (denom. from ΔΕ MAM, fig, 
in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig,) to culti- 
vate figs or sycamore-figs, to gather figs ; 
comp. ovxeter and ἀποσυκάζει». Am. 
7, 14 pepe obia, Sept. technically 
seullail συχάμιναι, Vulg. vellicans sycami- 
na, i. 6. one who nips sycamore-figs, ἃ 
process by which they were ripened. 
Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4,2 πέπτειν ov δύνα- 
ται ἂν μὴ ἐπικνισϑῇ" ἀλλ ἔχοντες ὄνυχας 
σιδηρᾶς ἐπικνίζουσιν" ἃ δ᾽ ἂν ἐπιχνισϑῇ, 
τεταρταῖα πέπτεται. Plin. H. Ν. 13. 7. 
14. Bochart Hieroz. I. 384 sq. 


: 555 fut..923" 1. te swallow, to de- 
vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi- 


Arab. @3 3 and quadril. pes id. 


Ethiop. μετ to eat, toeat up. Kindr. 
roots are 33>, τς, and many others 
beginning with >>.—Spoken of persons 
eating any thing greedily, Is. 28, 4; of 
animals, Ex. 7, 12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 34. 
Gen. 41, 7. 24. In a proverbial expres- 
sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone "333-59 
"pa till Ican swallow my γερὴ i.e. not 


ness. 


fora moment, as in Engl. ‘till Tcan ae 


a breath.? Soin Arabic is) ΒΗ] 


let me swallow my spittle, i. e. give me ἃ 
moment’s time, Har. Consess. 15, p. 142. 
ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad 


Job l.c. In like manner Pers. sf a 


swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp. 
Pi. no. 1. 

2. Metaph. a) toconswme, to destroy, 
yet so that the figure of swallowing up, 
devouring, is preserved, e. g. to devour 
substance, wealth, Job 20, 18 ; comp. ‘de- 
voratam pecuniam evomere’ Cic. Pis. 37. 
Proy. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive 
as Sheol, i.e.consume, destroy them. Ps. 
124, 3. Comp. >28no.1.g. _b) Aserib- 


353 


ed to inanimate things, 6. g. a chasm of 
the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69, 
16; comp. Ex. 15, 12. 

Nira. pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be swallowed 
up, destroyed, lost, Hos. 8,8. Spec. of 
drunkards, Is, 28, 7 72" 2 35522 they 
are swallowed up of wine, i. e. overcome, 
broken down. Comp. 527, 5, 722. 
The Syriac Vers. retains the same word, 
ρα 6 aSSozf; the Arabic in the 
same phrase uses the verb ἃ 


Piet 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow; once 
ellipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shall they go in 


to look at the holy things >>22 for a 


swallowing sc. of spittle, i.e. not fora 
single moment; comp. in Kal. no. 1. 
Sept. well édéauwa.—Metaph. 738 532 to 
devour iniquity, to fill oneself with wick- 
edness, Prov. 19, 28; comp. MMU Job 15, 
16. 

2. to destroy, spec. a) to give over to 
destruction, to ruin, Job 2, 3. 10, 8. Is. 49, 
19. Hab. 1,13. Ὁ) to destroy utterly, to 
exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; ὁ. ἸΏ 
Job 8, 18. ο) to lay waste a country 
2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2,8; also to 
waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20; 
to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to 
render vain, Is, 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55, 10 ; 
to destroy one’s way, i. e. to lead him 
into destruction, Is. 3, 12. 

Poat pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be destroyed, 
io perish, Is. 9, 15. Impers. 6. >, de- 
struction is prepared for any one, 2 Sam. 
17, 16. 

Hirupa. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107, 
27.—Hence 


322 m. ς. suff. "22 1. a swallow, 
thing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44. 

2. destruction, Ps. 52, 6. 

3. Bela, pr.n.of a city near the south- 
ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called 
also "2% (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2. 8; 
comp. 19, 20 sq. 

4. Βεῖα, ῬΓ. ἢ, τῇ. 8) Aking οἵ Edom 
Gen. 36, 82. b) Gen. 46, 21. c)1 
Chr. 5, 8. 


~q95a ce. suff. "1953, Frw}a, com- 
pounded from 53 not, non, and ἜΣ, "13, 
to, even to. 

1. Pr. not unto, nothing to or for, a 
particle of deprecating or declining any 
thing. Gen. 14, 24 5x "tN PT “1pb2 

. 12* 


137 


woa 


pI nothing for me, I ask nothing for 
myself, only that which the young men 
have eaten, etc. 41, 16 o°n>x ὙἼ1255 
ASB ὈἸΞΌ ΤΟΝ M727 iti not ‘for me, God 
will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh. 

2. without. Gen, 41, 44 without thee, 
i.e. without thy knowledge and assent, 
shall no man lift up his hand, ete. 

3. besides, Is. 45,6. Ellipt. for "1253 
“Gx besides that which; Job 34, “89 
= in MAX MIAN ὙἼΣ5Ξ (if I have sin- 
ned) besides what I s see, show thou it me. 
Syr. S85,  SS5, id 

"1922 id. only with prefix 72, i.e. 
nyb39. 


1. without. Is. 36, 10 am Pane come 
up without the TLird against this land? 


‘i.e. without his will and permission. Jer. 


44,19. Comp. "3253 no. 2. 
2. besides, Ps. 18, 32. Num. 5, 20. Is. 
43, 11. 


DY23 (compounded from 53 and DD, 
perh. non-popularis, i. ᾳ. ἃ foreigner, 
stranger) pr. n. 

1, Balaam, a false prophet, Num. ec. 
22-24. Deut. 23, 5. 6, Josh, 13, 22. 24, 9. 
Mic. 6,5. Sept. Βαλαάμ. 

2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond 
Jordan, 1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; elsewhere 
called 53537 (Ὁ nb=7) Ibleam ἃ. v. 


*poa to empty out, to make empty, 
waste, i.q. PP2, and like it onomato- 
poetic, imitating the sound of emptying 
out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab. 


eee I, IV, to open a bottle. 
Puat part. f. MPE22 emptied out, i. 6. 


wasted, desert, Nah. 2, 11. οὔτως 


pe2 (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n. 
of a king of Moab in the time of Moses, 
Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25. 
Mic. 6, 5. 


᾿ WENTZ Dan. 5, 1. 2. 9. 22. 29. 30. 8, 
1, and “xdaba 7, 1, Belshazzar, pr. τι. 
of the last of the Chaldean kings, whom 
the book of Daniel speaks of as the son 
of Nebuchadnezzar, 5, 2. 11. 13. 18. 22; 

comp. Bar. 1, 11.12. Sept. Βελλϑας, 
The last Ming of the Babylonians is 
called by Herodotus .4aSvrytos, 1. 188 ; 
by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20, NaSor- 
γηδος.---ἰὶ seems to bei. 4. nsxduda αν 


som] 


{O23 (i. ᾳ. 733743 son of the tongue, 
i. e. eloquent, see in 2 p. 109) Bilshan, 
pr. n. of a man of rank who returned 
with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2, 
2. Neh. 7, 7. 


M22 or MPD a subst. not in use, from 
r. nba, after the form ΓῸΞ from ΠΌΞ, 
Lehre p. 507; pr. nothing, a ἘΤΑΣ Υ 
to nothing, i.g. 52,723. Hence, in the 
construct state with Yod paragogic, 
comes the form: 


"MP2 1. Adv. of negation, i. 4. Nd, 
not, 1 Sam. 20, 26. 

2. Prep. for. ‘anbza, i. ᾳ. ND2, without 
Is. 1446 ; except, heoidedNwhere a nega- 
tive precedes, Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19. 
Num. 11, 6. 32, 12. —With suff. “nba be- 
sides me Hos. 13, 4, Is.10, 4. >2 besides 
thee 1Sam.2,2. InIs. Le. render: with- 
out me (forsalren by me) they shall sink 
down under the prisoners, and shall fall 
beneath the slain, i. e. part of them as 
captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst, 
and toil, shall sink down under the feet 
of their companions, comp. mba "3 
Judg. 5,27; and part of them slain in 
‘battle shall be covered with the corpses 
of their fellows. 

3. Conj. for "ΩΝ "M23 besides that 
Dan. 11,18; except that, unless, Gen. 43, 
‘3 ye shall not see my πὰ DS" “nba 
BSmx except your brother be “with you. 
More fully = "n>3 unless if, unless it be 
that, Amos 3,4; also simply unless , SAVE, 
Jndg. 7, 14. Gen: 47, 18. 

4. With other prepositions: 8) “nba? 
c. Inf. pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1. 
‘The Hebrews use this particle whiediver 
the infin. with > (p>) is to be put 
negatively (Sp "m>3>), and it may 
usually be rendered so as not to do so 
and so, in not doing so and so, etc. Ex. 
8, 25 [29]. 9,17; e. g. after verbs of re- 
sisting, Jer. 16, 12; of forgetting, Deut. 
8, 11; of hindering, Num. 9,7. Also, so 
that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9.—With acc. and 
inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 8, 
11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once 
pleonast. bombad 2K. 23,10. Thrice 
ἼΡΞΡ is followed by a finite verb for 
wx ΤΕΣ Jer. 23, 14. 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3. 

b) “rb2s Srom not, i. 6. because not, 
with Inf, Num. 14, 16; before a verbal 
moun Ez. 16, 28. 


138 


ras 


c) "D252 until not, until none, with 
Pret. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh. 8, 22. 
10, 33; hence i. q. so long, as, quamdits 
Job 4, 12. Comp. "23.73. 


‘722 Kamets impure, (r. D'3,) plar. 
mia, constr. id. and "mi%22 Deut. 32, 13. 
Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in 
Keri “AER, and so in the text Job 9, 8. 
Is. 14, 14. πἀνδό &; 13, see note ; 6. suff 
"nina , ete. 

1. ahigh place, height,a general word 
comprehending mountains and hills, see 
the root; 2 Sam. 1, 19. 25. “343 mina 


mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 


3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1. 7298 mina 
the heights of Arnon, i. e. through which 
that river flows, Num. 21, 28. 

2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inac- 
cessible retreat; comp. Lat. ara, Germ. 
Burg. Ps. 18,34 "23°27 ΛΞ ΟΣ he set 
me upon my fastnesses, 1. e. put me in 
safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19.— 
Whoever possesses the fastn@sses of a 
country has also secure possession 
of the whole land; hence the poetical 
phrase: Y28 ΠΏΞΤΟΣ WII he walketh 
upon the fastnesses of the earth, spoken 


_ of God as the Lord and governor of the 


world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33, 
29. Trop. prnee bs Job 9, 8 upon the 
JSastnesses of the sea ; ap-inzE-bs Is. 14, 
14 above the fastnesses of the clouds ; all 
spoken in likemannerofGod. Also 335 π 
ΥῈΝ "MBBS Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14. 

3. The. Hebrews, like most other an- 
cient nations, supposed that sacred rites 
performed on high places were particu- 
larly acceptable to the Deity ; see Com- 
ment. on Is. 65, 7, and Vol. II. p. 316. 
Hence they were accustomed to offer 
sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both 
to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9, 12 
sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1K. 3, 4. 2K. 12, 
2.4. Is. 56, 7; and also to build there 
chapels, fanes, tabernacles, M¥22t1 "M3 
1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29; with their 
priests and other ministers of the sacred 
rites, ΤΟΣ "yD 1 K. 12,32. 2K. 17, 32. 
And so tenacious of this ancient custom 
were not only the ten tribes, (see the 
passages above cited.) but also all the 
Jews, that even after the building of 
Solomon’s temple, notwithstanding the 
express law in Deut. c. 12, they conti- 


ΩΣ 


nued to erect such chapels on the moun- 
tains around Jerusalem, and to offer 
sacrifices in them; and even those kings 
who in other respects strictly observed 
the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not 
abolish these unlawful sacrifices among 
the people, nor themselves desist from 
them; 2K. 12,14. 14, 4. 15,4. 35; comp. 
2 Chr. 20, 33, 15,.17., 2 K. 23, 8,.9. 19. 
Ez. 6, 3. 20, 29.. Lev. 26, 30. Even 
Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of 
this sort, 1 Καὶ, 3, 2. 3, comp. 11,7. See 
the author’s discussion respecting these 
high places in Pref. to Gramberg’s Reli- 
gionsideen des A. Τὶ Vol. 1. p. xiv, ete. 

4. Very often 733 is ig. 793m m2 
house of the high-place, i.e. a hill-chapel, 
erected to God or to idols upon ἃ moun- 
tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11,7. 14, 
23. 2 K. 17, 9. 21, 3, 23, 156. Trans- 
ferred also to any chapel or fane, e. g. in 
the valley of Hinnom, Jer. 7, 31; comp. 
Ethiop. BC mountain, also cloister. — 
Prob. these chapels or fanes were some- 
times tents or tabernacles, decked with 
curtains, Ez. 16, 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7. 
Am. 5, 26. Such tabernacles were in 
use among the Carthaginians, and also 
among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25. 
Mone in Creuzer’s Symbol. 5. 176. 

5. Rarely a sepulchral mound, twmu- 
lus, Gr. βωμός, Ez. 43,7; comp. v. 8 and 
the intpp. on Is. 53. 9, where also this 
signification is applicable. 

Nore. The form of the Plur. constr. 
"mi22, in which there is a double plural 
ending, has its counterpart in "Hix" 
1 Sam. 26,12; comp. Lehrg. p.541. The 
Masorites reject this form, and substitute 
for it"m22. This latter many pronounce 
ba-m’thé ; but i, as being immutable, 
could not thus be shortened into Hateph- 
Kamets. More correctly therefore it is 
pronounced bd-m*thé, for "rv22, from a 
sing. M23 after the form nia, the Ὁ 
being retained in the plural, as in rb, 
mindy. But disregarding this fudginent 
of the Masorites, it should prob. every 
where be read "i732, "M03. 


bra (son of circumcision, i. e. cir- 
cumcised, for 5Π2 3, see in 3 p, 109) 
Bimhal, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 

ἼὮΞ see in. 


189 . 


ΓΞ (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21, 19, 
more ΠΥ 53 Mica (heights of Baal) 
22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr. n. of a town in 
Moab on the river Arnon. 


2 (for M22 from τ. 22 no. 3) constr. 
“52, and so ‘before the prefixes 2) 2, >, 
oitheut Makkeph ; rarely Ἴ2 Prov. 30,1. 

Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be- 
fore the pr. n. }83; once 723 (like 73%) 
Gen. 49, 11, and 13a Num. 24, 3.15. Plur. 
5°23 as if from a Sing. j2; constr. "23. 


So I- 

1. a@ son. Arab. up) plur- Or ; 
constr. Sed “55: in the Phenician re- 
mains very often 13; Aram. sing. "2, 
1-2, from 873 to beget, but with plur. 
722, 23, La15.—Spoken zat ἐξοχήν of 
a king’s son Is. 9,5; comp. 5.13 Ps. 
72, 1. Plur. 5°32 sons sometimes for 
children of both sexes, Gen. 3,16. 21, 7. 
30,1. 31, 17. 32,12. Deut. 4, 10; though 
this idea is more frequently put fully, 
sons and daughters M1238 £7272 Gen. 5,4. 
7.10.13. 11,11.sq. In the Sing. there 
is also a trace of comm. gend. in “31772 
(more correctly "33 13) a man-child Jer. 
20,15; comp. υἱὸς ἄῤῥην Rey. 12, 5.— 
Poet. sons of the Greeks for the Greeks 
themselves Joel 4, 6, like vies ᾿᾿χαιῶν; 
also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop- 
ians Am. 9, 7; comp. 8722 752 i. q. 
strangers Is. 2, 6, 77738 "93 i. 8: the poor 
Ps. 72, 4, Gr. ἀφο παῖδες Il. 21. 151. 
This mode of speaking every where im- 
plies a like condition of the father and 
son. 

The word son, like those of father and 
brother (see 38, MX), is employed by 
the Hebrews in various other and wider 
senses, 6. σ΄ 

2. a grandson, like 38 a grandfather, 
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5,1; comp. Zech. 1, 1. 
More definitely a grandson is called 
Τ2ΞΓῚΞ Judg. 9,22. Plur. 0°22 grand- 
sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55). 31. 28; though 
where greater accuracy is used grand- 
sons are called 5°33 "23, Ex. 34,7. Prov. 
13, 22. 17, 6. Plur. also for children, 
i. 6. descendants, posterity, as 58787 "23 
children of Israel, Israelites ; nan "22, > 
"12 "23, the children of Judah, of Levi, 
i.e. iin Levites ; ji "23 Amméitda: 
nt "22 Hittites, Nop" "33 Ishmaelites. 


Ῥ το ® 


In the same sense is said Sx. ma, 
nM MB, see MB no. 9; also Ὁ" way 
see wax fd 1. g. 

3. Asaname of age, i. q. a boy, youth, 
like Gr. παῖς, comp. M2 no. 3. Cant. 2, 3. 
Prov. 7, 7. 

4, Put for α subject, vassal, yielding 
obedience to a king or lord, as to a father, 
2K. 16, 7—Hence metaph. son of death 
i. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv- 
‘ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam. 
20,31. 2 Sam. 12,5; @ son of stripes, i. 6. 
condemned to be beaten, Deut. 25, 2. 
Comp. υἱὸς γεέννης Matt. 23,15; υἱὸς 
τῆς ἀπωλείας John 17, 12. 

5. a foster-son, educated as a son, Ex. 
2,10, comp. Acts 7, 21. Also a pupil, 
disciple, since teachers were regarded 
and obeyed as in the place of parents, 
and were also addressed by the title of 
Sather, see in =8 no. 6. Hence "33 
mon 22 the sons i. 6. disciples of the pro- 
phets, ‘spoken of the schools of prophets, 
1K. 20, 35. 2K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 4, 38. al. 
comp. Am. 7,14. So among the Per- 
sians the sons of the magi are their disci- 
ples; comp. among the Greeks tutgaw 
viol, ῥητόρων υἱοί, παῖδες μουσικῶν, φιλο- 
σόφων, for ἰατροί, μουσικοί, etc. Syr. 

oF ἰώ... . ᾿ ᾿ 
«Ἐν: Lo sons i. 6. disciples of Bar- 
desanes.—Hence also in the book of 
Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses 
the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3, 1. 
21. 4, 10. 20. 5,1. 6, 1. 7,15; comp. ma 
Ps. 45, 11. 

6. With a genit. of place, ja denotes a 
native of that place, one born and brought 
up there ; 6. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps. 
149, 2; sons of Babylon, Babylonians, Ez. 
23,15. 17 ; sons of the East, Arabians, see 
DIP no. 2; sons of the province Ezra 2,1; 
sons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12; son 
of the house, i. e. a home-born slave, 
werna, see M22 no. 1; son of my womb, 
i. e. born of the same womb, see in 23 
no. 2. This arises from the more gene- 
ral idiom, by which whatever is done in 
any place or time is ascribed to that 
place or time itself, see bs. 3, 26, 8, 23. 
Job 3, 3, etc. So too countries or cities 
are regarded as mothers of the indivi- 
dual inhabitants, see ΘΔ no 5; and also 
nations or a people, as fathers ; whence 
is said likewise "22 "22 the sons of my 


people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe’s- 
men, see 59; and B37 "32 are the com- 
mon people Jer. 17, 19. 26, 23. Spoken 
of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons 
of Bashan. Trop. also of things con- 
tained in any place, as sons of the quiver, 
i. 6. arrows, Lam. 3, 13. 

7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a 
person or thing born or appearing in that 
time, or which has existed during that 
time. So the son of one’s old age, i.e. 
begotten in old age, Gen. 37, 3 ; the son of 
one’s youth, i. e. begotten in his father’s 
youth, Ps. 127, 4; sons of bereavement, 
born of a mother bereaved, i.e. in exile, 
Is, 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred 
years, i.e. five hundred years old, Gen. 
5, 82; ὦ lamb M7L~52 the son of a year, 
a yearling, Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, Jon. 
4,10 Say MbtS-7a8 Ae ΓΒΑ τ ΞῸ which 
came up in a night and perished ina 
night. Poet. son of the morning for the 
morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12. 

8. With a genit. of a quality good or 
bad, or of α condition in life, j2 denotesa 
man possessing that quality or brought 
up in that condition ; 6. g. 597742 son of 
strength or of the host, i.e. a warrior, hero, 
see in 59; also >3*>a-72 son of wick- 
edness, a γὰρ man, nae 13 id. "32 
ὙΠ sons of pride, poet. of wild beasts; : 
"32743 i. q. 12 afflicted Prov. 31,5; son 
of } possession i. e. possessor, heir, Gen. 15, 
2; sons of suretyship i. 6. hostages, 2 K. 
14,14, Comp. υἱὸς τῆς ἀπειϑείας Eph. 
2,2; τέκνα ὑπακοῆς 1 Pet. 1, 14.—In other 
figurative and poetical expressions of 
this kind, which are also frequent in the 
kindred languages, (see Gol. Lex. Arab. 
art. ..p»9f, Castell and Buxtorf art. 92, 
Jones de Poési Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is 
said to be the son of any thing, which is 
similar to that thing, as sons of the light- 
ning for birds of prey which fly swift as 
the lightning Job 5,7; or which is de- 
pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q. 
arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any 
close connection with it. as sons of oil i. 6. 
anointed Zech. 4. 14; son of oil or fatness 
i.e. fat, fertile, Is. 5,1. Comp. 28, 8"8, 
bya. 

9. Sons of God, an appellation given 
intheO.T. a) To angels, Gen, 6, 2.sq. 
Job 1,6. 2,1, 38,7. Ps. 29 1, 89,7; either 


3 ui 


as constituting the hosts and ministers of 
God, see 83x ; or because of their greater 
resemblance to the divine nature, al- 
though a body is ascribed to them in 
Gen. |. c. Ὁ) To kings, not only of the 
Hebrews, but sometimes also to those 
of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28; as 
being the vicegerents of God on earth, 
taught and aided by a divine spirit, 
1 Sam. 10, 6. 9. 11, 6.16, 13.14. Is. 11, 
1. 2; on this account called also by the 
Greek poets Ζιογενεῖς βασιλῆες. Ps. 2, 7 
Jehovah said unto me, Thou art my son 
this day have I begotten thee, i.e. con- 
stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27. Ps. 
82, 6.7 Ihave said, Ye are gods, (Ὁ ye 
kings,) and all of you sons of the Most 
High ; but ye shall die like common men, 
etc. Ps. 89, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 14. ὁ) To 
righteous men, the pious worshippers of 
God, saints, Ps. 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26. 
Deut. 14,1. Spec. to the Israelites, al- 
though often ungrateful children, Is. 1, 
2. 30,1. 9. 43, 6. Hos, 2,1. Jer. 3, 14.19. 
In Sing. Israel is called the son of God 
Hos. 11,1; and also the first-born and 
beloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31, 
20. 

10. Spoken of the young of animals, as 
ἸΣΣΤΩΞ sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114, 
4; thy 723 the son of his ass, i. q. his foal 
ind, Gen. ‘49, 11; sons of the dove, i. e. 
young daves, ber, 12, 6; sons of the 
raven i. e. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9. 

11. Poet. son of a tree seems put for a 
shoot, branch, bough,(comp. P21", MP2" ,) 
Gen. 49, 22 9077 mB 72 Joseph is the 
son of a fruitful tree; here 42 (or perh. 
more correctly “j2) seems to be in the 
constr. state, and MB to be i. q. A298 Is. 
17,6, i. e. fruit-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree ; 
see in r. 8 no. 1. a—j795742 Is. 21, 10, 
see in 73. 

12. Ben, pr. π᾿ m. 1 Chr. 15,18. Other 
compound pr. names are the following: 

a) “ΣΝ ΤῚΞ (son of my sorrow) Ben-oni, 
aname given by his mother to Benja- 
min, Gen. 35, 18. 

b) ὙΠ ῚΞ (son or worshipper of Ha- 
dad or Adod, the chief divinity of the 
Syrians, comp. Macrob. Saturnal. 1. 23, 
and pr. n. ΙΣΤ) Ben-Hadad, pr. n. 
of three kings of Syria of Damascus. 
The first of them waged war with Baa- 
sha king of the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq. 


rma 


2.Chr.16,2sq. The second was the son 
of the preceding and contemporary with 
Ahab (1 K. 20, 34); he twice besieged 
Samaria, and became more famous than 
his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K. 24,6 sq. 8,7. 
The third was the son’ of Hazael, and 
lost most of the provinces acquired by 
his predecessors, 2 K. c. 13.—T'he pa- 
laces of Ben-hadad, i. e. of Damascus, 
Jer. 49, 27. Am. 1, 4. 

c) ὌΠΤΤῚΞ Ben-zoheth, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 
4,20. See nmi. 

d) >"1772 (son of strength, warrior) 
Ben-hail, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 

6) 23 (son of one gracious) Ben- 
hanan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 

f) 1.213 (son of the right hand, i. e. 
of good fortune, see in art. 772722, also 
j727,) Benjamin, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 
7,10. b) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23.— 
Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant, 
this name is always written as one word, 
2523 q. v. except once in 1 Sam, 9, 1 
Cheth. 

5) p237"22 (sons of lightning) Bene- 
berak, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
Dan, Josh. 19, 45. 

h) jps3 "22 see ‘3 ning. 

}2 Chald. id. found only in Plur. 155, 
"2a, the place of the Sing. being filled 
by 72.—E. g. x53 722 sons of exile, 
i. e. exiles, captives, Dan. 2,25, ἡ "322 
young bullocks, Ezra 6,9. Syr. >, plur. 
eis id. 

823 Chald. 6. suff. "422 Ezra 5, 11, 
infin. mab Ezra 5, 2. 17, npaad 5, 9, 


oad τ 3. 13, i. q. Hebr. moa, to ‘build, 


Dan. 4, 27. 
Fruep. pass. Ezra 4, 13,21; with acc. 
of material Ezra 5, 8. 


? ri fut. 723", conv. ja™, and six 
times 72372, M238). 

1. to build, to erect, to construct, as a 
house, temple, city, walls, fortifications 
Ez. 4, 2; an altar Gen. 8, 20; chapels or 
tabernacles Jer. 7, 31; the frame-work of 
ships iz. 27,5; once apparently of lay- 
ing the foun ditiots of an edifice 1 K. 6, 1, 
comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is mi23> bret. 
Arab. Lis, Aram. (25, 823, id. Comp. 
ἼΞΝ and j28.—The materi with, of, 
from which any thing is built, is mostly 
put in the acc. 1 K. 18, 32 "ὯΝ 73359 


ra 


mayo ὉΞΝΠ and he built the stones 
(into) an altar, i.e. with or of them; 
comp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut. 
27,6. 1K.15,22. More rarely with 2 1K. 
15, 22 fin. Construed also: a) With 
acc. of place on which one builds, to build 
up or over, 1 K.6, 15. 16,24. b) With 
acc. of person, where it is 1. q. to build a 
house for any one. i.e.to give him a fixed 
abode, and trop. to make him prosperous 
(for another sense of this formula see no. 
3); Jer. 24,6 I will bring them again 
tnto this land, D°RTO2 DANY NS} Do ys4 
Wing Xb) and 1 will build them and not 
pull down, and Iwill plant them and not 
pluck up, i. e. I will give them a fixed 
abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4. 
33,7. 42,10. Ps. 28,5. Arab. ἔν Bink: 
ἀνὰ auxitaliquem. 6) With 3, to build 
on any thing, to be occupied in building, 
Neh. 4, 4. 11, Zech. 6,15. With ἘΣ, to 
build against any one, to obstruct ; Lam. 
3,5 God hath builded against me, ob- 
structed me, shut up my way on every 
side so that I cannot get out; comp. "73 
v. 7. 9.—Trop. to construct, i. e. to form, 
to make, with > , into a woman Gen. 2, 22. 

2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore, 
e. g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9, 
14. Ps. 122, 3 Ὁ Jerusalem thou restored! 
147, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. 2 Κ. 14, 
22. Comp. Mist M22 ander art. natn 
no. 2. So of the fortifications of a city, 
1 K. 15, 17. 

3.  ΤῊΞ M23 to build a house to or for 
any one, i. q. to give him offspring, pos- 
terity; see ΤΔΞ no. 9, and Niph. no. 3. 
By a common oriental metaphor, house 
is transferred to a family, and children ; 
and whoever begets children, is said to 
build a house. Hence 52 son comes 
from the idea of building. i.e. of beget- 
ting. The same metaphor is elegantly 
carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37. 

Nieuw. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be built, 
Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13,17; with ace. of 
material 1 K.6,7. Persons are said to 
be built up, when they are placed in a 
fixed abode and rendered prosperous, 
see in Kal no. 1.b. Jer. 12, 16. Mal. 3, 
15. Job 22, 23.—A different metaphor 
see in no. 3, 

2. Pass. of Kal no, 2, to be rebuilt, re- 
stored, Is. 44, 28. 


142 


“ia 


3. A woman is said to be built wp when 
her house (family) is built up, i.e. when 
offspring is given her; see in Kal no. 3. 
Gen. 16, 2 yaa MyBN "BAN perhaps I 
may be built up through her, i. 6. obtain 
children by her. 30, 3. 

Deriv. 13. 92,9723, 9772, ΓΞ, "725, 
to which may be sided: maaiy pr. names, 
as "52, "33, "22, M733, WIMI2, ma), 
x33", Fh, Ἔ p33. 


"32 (a building) Binnui, pr. ἢ. m. 
freq. after the exile: a) Neh. 7, 15; 
written "22 Ezra 2,10. b) Ezra 10, 
30. 38. 6) Ezra8,33. d) Neh. 3,24. 
10, 10. 12, 8. 


nis daughters, see M3. 


"22 (built) Bani, pr.n.m. a) One 
of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36. 8) 
1 Chr. 6,31. 6) 1 Chr. 9,4 Keri. ἀ) 
Neh. 3, 17. 9,4. 5. 10,14. 11,22. 6) See 
"2a. f) Ezra 10, 29. 34.38. Neh. 8, 
7. 10, 15. 


"22 (built, a verbal of Pual) Bunni, 
pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16.—Different is 
"352 Bunni, pr. ἢ. m. Neh, 11, 15. 


22 (whom Jehovah hath built up, 
see 722 no. 1.b,) Benaiah, pr.n.m. 8) 
1 Chr.4,36. Ὁ) 2Chr.20,14. c) Ezra 
10, 25, 80, 35.43. ἃ) See next art. 6. 6. 


22 pr. n.m. Benaiah (i. q. 5722) 
a) 1 Chr. 15, 24. 16,5. b) 1 Chr. 27, 34. 
6) 2 Sam. 8,18. 23, 20.22; written εἴδο 
ΠΡῸΣ 20, 98. 4} 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 18, δ. 
e) 2 Sam. 23, 30; written also mp2 
1 Chr. 11, 31.2714. f) 2 Chr. 31, 13. 
g) Ez. 11,1. 13. 


M72 Κα building, Ez. 41, 13. R. 
ΓΞ. Comp. 1523. 

ἸΏ 23. (son of the right hand i. e. of 
good fortune, q. ἃ. Felix, see "2" no, 4,) 
pr. n. Benjamin, Sept. Βενιαμίν, the 
patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and 
Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like 
name, {72723 723 Num. 1, 36, ‘2 ΠΩ 
Josh. 21, 4. 17, and simpl. }92723 τὰ, Judg, 
20, 39.40, Their territory, }°2722 728 
Jer. 1,1, lay nearly in the middle of Pales- 
tine on this side Jordan, and is described 
Josh. 18, 21 sq. A certain warlike dis- 
position in this tribe is alluded to in Gen, 
49, 27.—The "2323 "23 gate of Benja- 
min was on the northern side of Jerusa- 


“sab 


lem, Jer. 37, 13. 38,7. Zech. 14,10; prob. 
the same called elsewhere the gate of 
Ephraim, 2 K. 14, 13. Neh. 8,16.—When- 
ever this name designates the patriarch 
Benjamin, it is written in one word ; see 
in 1." ΓΞ p. 141. The gentile ἢ. is writ- 
ten separately, "3 5 13 (comp. Lehrg. 
p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21. Ps, 7, 1, Ben- 
jaminite, Benjamite ; with the art. τ 
"2727 (like "our m2) Judg. 3, 15. 
2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. "279} ὋΣ Judg. 
19, 16. Ellipt. "377 wy for “3 we 
"272%, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1; also 


"72" YS 1 Sam. 9, 4, like Arab. 5% 
Bekrite for Abubekrite, from re yl: 

WIS m. (v.22) 1. ἃ building, edi- 
fice, Ez. 41,12. Syr. (2225 a build- 

S$ ,-o 

ing, Arab. yA id. 

2. a wall, Ez. 40, 5. ᾽ 

7724 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5, 4. 

2°32 (our son, from the Segolate form 
"23 Gen. 49, 11) Beninu, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 
10, 14 [13]. 

* O23 Chald. to be angry, indignant, 

Dan. 2,12. Often in the Targums. 

8222 (according to Simonis i. q. M332 
a gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also M333 ib. 8, 37, 

MITIO2 (in the intimacy of Jehovah, 
see S10) Besodeiah, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 3, 6. 

%O2 pr. n. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh. 
7,52. Perh. Sanser. bigaya victory, also 
pr. n. So Bohlen. 


*OO2 ἃ spurious root, see 043 Hithp. 


εν “Oa a root not used in Hebrew, 
prob. to be sour, i. ᾳ. "XY g. v. whence 
Arab. x 


also to look sour, to make a sour face.— 
Hence 


ΓΞ c. suff. 902 Job 15, 33, and 


"ῸΞ m. collect. unripe grapes, sour 
grapes, ls. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18, 
2. Different fom ayeea q: Vv: labroscm, 
wild-grapes. Sept. 9, ὄμφαξ. Chald. 87952 


id. Syr. 1225 sour grapes. 
823 Chald. see after 533. 


3 to do any thing too soon; 


143 


wa 


"ἼΖΞ a root not used in Hebrew; 


Arab. Rex} to be distant, absent, re- 
mote ; IV, to remove; Ethiop. pr. to be 
other, different, and hence Pret. A, trans. 
NUE to change, to exchange, ΤΌΣ 
to be made other, different, U2" and 
NOX other, another, different. Among 
the Hebrews it would seem to have de- 
noted: to be without (opp. to within), to 
be near, close by. Hence 


22 and 723, c. suff. "1z2 et "7153 
Ps. 139, 11, 7722 in Pause 7122, i732, 
"2722, once 327732 Amos 9, 10, D3753, 
ΕἼΣΞ ; primarily a Subst. but in usage 
always a Preposition denoting in general 
the being without an object (opp. to 
within), but near to it; and then spec. 
the two following more definite relations 
of place. 

1. about, round about, which latter idea 
is expressed more definitely by 2°20. 

a) Genr. see for both particles (733 
and 3°30) Job 1, 10 433 ὩΞῸ omy son 
ΞΘ 3 avig-b> 333 ira S31 hast 
thou not made an hedge about him, and 
about his house, and about all that he 
hath, on every side? Lam. 8, 7 "722 773 
he hath made a wall round about me. 
Ps. 139, 11 92923 "ἿΝ 43559 even the night 
is light about me. Hence α) With 
verbs of shutting up, (pr. shutting up 
around or upon any one,) as BT) ἼΣΞ 730 
1 Sam. 1, 6, and ἘΠ 433 73> Gen. 20, 
18 toshutup the womb, i.e. to réndera'wo- 
man unfruitful. Poet. 0°33195 752 onn 
God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For 
Ῥ 733 "20 and ΤΊΣΞ "30, see no. 2. 
8) With words implying protection ; Ps. 
3,4 "152 ἸΔῈ a shield round about me. 
Zech. 12,8. ) Put, like the Gr. ὑπέρ, 
for all that one does for, on account of, 
in behalf of any one; 6. g. to pray _for 
any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see ΘΓ; to 
bring a sin-offering for, Job 42, 8, see 
"22. So of consulting an oracle Is. 8, 
19. Jer. 21,2; bribing ἃ judge Job 6, 225 
and of other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30.2 Sam. 
10, 12, 2 Chr. 19,12. Ps. 138,8. In Prov.. 
20, 16 to take a pledge for any one, for 
whom one becomes security. Then 
without a verb, Job 2, 4 "id 332 “i> skin 
Sor skin. Prov. 6, 26 72 Mz ‘my 33 
ὉΠ “22 for a whore one comes toa piece 


wa 


of bread, i. e. he who yields to her, lives 
for her and comes to want. 

b) Ina passive relation as surrounded 
round about by any thing, i.e. in or 
through the midst of, amid, among, 
through ; like ¢ugi in the phrases ἀμφὲ 
κλάδοις, ἀμφὶ δρυμοῖς, ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι 
τρίποδα, see Matthie Gr. Gramm. 
§ 583. b. Joel 2,8 ἢ" ΤΙΡΈΓΙ ἼΣΞ in the 
midst of the weapons “(missiles) do they 
fall ; comp. περιπίπτειν tei to rush into 
the midst of RY, thing. Very often in 
the phrase j{2Nn 433 through a window, 
with a verb of looking, Gen. 26, 8. Prov. 
7,6; of passing in or out, ἊΝ 2,15. 
1 ἈΝ 19, 12. Joel.2, ὃ; Yang 2 K, 
ie DEoN “32 μά διξ ες τὶ with dark- 
ness Job 22, 13. Is. 32,14 mound and 
watch-tower shall be ΒΘ caverns, i. 6. 
surrounded by them. Amos 9, 10 > 
API ITA IPM Oran the evil will 
not draw near nor come among us. 

c) As expressing indefinite nearness, 
like Gr. περέ, Engl. about, i. e. by, near. 
1 Sam. 4, 18 svn 37 422 by the side of 
the gate ; comp. "Sn sx-tx 2 Sam. 18, 
4, Here 72 322 is pr. ‘about the side,’ 
i. q. at hand, near by. 

2. behind, after; Arab. ds, ὅκα > 
after, spoken of time. This signif. con- 
nects itself directly with no. 1. a,b; for 
whoever is surrounded by certain limits 
or objects, e. g. a wall, is behind the 
same ; see 2 Sam. 20, 21. Cant. 4, 1. Job 
22, 13. This sense is also clear and 
necessary (though questioned by Fasi) 
in Judg. 3, 23 then Ehud went forth 
through the porch and shut the door of 
the chamber (i733) after him. Here it 
is impossible to translate 732 “hO™, he 
shut himself in ; for Ehud shut up the 
murdered king in the chamber, and he 
himself fled ; nor can i733 be referred to 
Eglon, who is not mentioned in this con- 
nection: [But see the Note below.] In 
the same manner we may best construe 
the phrases ‘B73 MDI 730, Ὦ ID2 732d, 
to shut to (the door) after one who enters 
a place, Gen, 7, 16. 2K. 4, 4.5; and 
$2 "3D, ΤἼΣΞ MyBO, to shut to af- 
ter oneself on entering a place or room, 
Judg. 9, 51. 2 K, 4, 33. Is. 26, 20. It is 
true, in both these cases, so far as the 
sense is concerned, we might translate, 


144 


ΓΞ 


to shut in any one or oneself, pr. to shut 
in round about, as in no. 1. a. a; but 
against this is the construction with res, 
since we cannot speak of shutting a door 
round about any one, inasmuch as the 
door does not surround the person.— 
Judg. 3, 22 the fat closed 3337 332. be- 
hind the blade.” Cant. 4,1 nes “722 
behind thy veil, 33327 pees 1.4. 353. 
v.3.6,7. 2 Sam 20, 21 his head shall 
be Pirin to thee neinn ἼΣΞ pr. behind 
the wall, i.e. from behind the wall, where. 
the thrower stood; others, around the 
wall, i. e. over it, since the thing thrown 
describes a curve over the wall.—So in 
Job 22, 13 5878 ἼΣΞ might be rendered: 
behind the darkness ; 3 see in no. 1. Ὁ. 

Note.—See on this particle Ewald’s 
Gramm. p. 613; Fasi in Jahn’s Neue 
Jahrbiicher I. p. 187-9. Against the 
latter we have here endeavoured to vin- 
dicate the sense: behind, after ; which 
the former also at a later period ac- 
knowledged, Schulgramm. ὃ 550. [But 
it is not easy to see why the passage 
chiefly relied upon above, Judg. 3, 23, 
may not be rendered as in the English 
version: and shut the door \7Z2 upon 
him se. Eglon, who is distinctly referred 
to, both in the preceding and following 
verse ; and to shut a door wpon one in 
this way, is to shut him up in an en- 
closed space, and in so far to shut up 
around him, as in no. 1. a. a So too of 
the other similar phrases above cited. 
Further, in Judg. 3, 22 we may say, the 
Sat closed around the blade ; in Cant. 4, 
1 the doves’ eyes are in the midst of the 
veil, surrounded by it, or 6156. seen 
through it; while in 2 Sam. 20, 21 it is 
more easy to conceive that the head 
may have been thrown through a win- 
dow or hole in the wall, than to adopt 
the explanation given above. There 
seems, therefore, to be no necessity for 
the sense no. 2; since all the passages 
may be satisfactorily explained by the 
different shades of the meaning no. 1. 
—R. 


*FIZ2 fut. may 1. to make swell, 
to cause to boil, as water; Is. 64, 1 D2 
wx mya as the fire causeth the water to 


boil. Corresponding is Arab. 23 spoken 


N73 


of a tumor or swelling Chald. x22 

boil. For the kindred roots 332, 233, 
see under 252. From the idea of swell- 
ing and heat comes in Arab. the signif. 
of absorbing, and also of ardently desir- 
ing, longing ; hence likewise in Hebrew: 

2. to seek, to ask, to inquire, Is. 21, 12 
bis. Aram. 832, iho. 

Nip. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
swollen. tumid, and hence to swell out, to 
be prominent. Is. 30, 12 M333 585 y722 
Mai. ΓΙῚΓΙΞ as a breath ready to fall, 
swelling out in a high wall. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be sought out, 
searched, Obad. 6. 

Deriv. "23, and "3 for 53. 


N22 Chald. fut. ἈΣΞῚ 1. to seek, to 
search after, c. acc. Dan. 2, 13. 6,5. In 
the Targums often for Heb. Bpa. 

2. to ask, to petition, to entreat of any 
one, c. 72 Dan. 2, 16, Dp, 6, 12, Bap. 12 
2,18. 32 R23 to ask a petition Dan. 6, 
8.—Hence 


WS Chald. f. a petition, request, Dan. 
6, 8. 14. 

iPS (a torch, lamp, r. 53) Beor, pr. 
n. a) The father of Balaam, Num. 22, 
5. Deut. 23,5. Sept. Βεώρ, Βαιώρ. 2 
Pet. 2,15 Βοσόρ. Ὁ) The father of Be- 
la king of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 32. 
1 Chr. 1, 43. 


OATS m. plur. (τ. MP2) terrors, Ps. 
88, 17. Job 6, 4. 


* ΖΞ, obsol root, Arab. xe alacer, 
agilis fait. —Hence 


2A (alacrity) Boaz, pr. n. a) A 
Bethlehemite who married Ruth, Ruth 
2,1sq. b) Acolumn set up before the 
temple of Solomon, so called either from 
the architect, or, if it was perhaps an 
ἀνάϑημα, from the name of the donor. 1 
K. 7,21. 2 Chr. 3,17. See too pnrts 
Phosniuiér : Ῥ. 293. 


* O23 fat, W239 1. totreaddown, to 
trample ‘under r foot. Chald. Pe. et. Pa. 
id. Syr. }}Se5 a treading down, leap- 
ing; comp. further under τ. 093.—Me- 


taph. to contemn, to neglect, (comp. Prov. 
27, 7,) 1.Sam. 2, 29 "M312 "ΟΣ Mad 


“MAS WA NI why trample ye upon. 


my sacrifice and upon mine offering 
13 


145 


ὌΣΩ 


which I have commanded? i. 6. in con- 
tempt. Sept. éréPlewas, Vulg. ‘ quare 
calce abjecistis victimam meam et mu- 
nera mea ?? 

2. to kick, as an ox; trop. of obsti- 
nacy and rebellion against God, Deut. 
32, 15. 


"2 m. (Ὁ. M33, comp. Chald. 822) en- 
treaty, prayer. "job 30, 24 now “23 Nb 
7 yea, prayer is nought, when God 
stretcheth forth his hand, nor in his 
(God’s) destruction doth their cry avail. 
The 3 in °33 is doubtless a radical let- 
ter; and hence by contr. "2 q. v. 


ὝΣΞ τὰ. (τ. 932) cattle, beasts, so called 
from feeding, grazing ; comp. M78 no, 2. 
Only in Sing. collect. like Lat. pecus, 
-oris, of every species of cattle, large 
and small, Ex. 22, 4. Num. 20, 4. 8. 11. 
Ps. 78, 48. Spec. of beasts of burden, 


Gen. 45, 17.—Syr. [paso with Ribbui 
6.9 
as a mark of the plural, Arab. ye id, 


1 22 fat. 5931 1. to be lord or mas- 
ter over any thing, to have dominion over, 
to possess. Ethiop. QUA to possess 
much, to be rich, 1U-A rich—Is. 26, 
13 ADA DN asnbea lords besides thee: 
have had dominion over us. With > 
1 Chr. 4, 22.—Hence 

2. to become the husband of any one, 
to marry a wife, like Arab. {UUs to rule, 


to marry. Arab. hes : Syr. ‘So id.— 
Deut. 21, 13. 24, 1. Mal. 2,11. Is. 62, 5, 
Part. act. ]7>23 in Plur. majest. thy hus- 
band, thy lord, Is. 54, 5. Part. pass. ἢ 
nbass Is. 54, 1. απὰ bys ΤΒΗΣΞ one mar- 

ried, ‘married to a husband, Gen. 20, 3.. 

Deut. 22, 22. Metaph. of a land ἀώρ". 
lated, but again filled with inhabitants, 

Is. 62, 4. 

εὐ | d32 prob. to disdain, to reject: 

Jer. 3, 14 “28 "D...B°Q2iH 6773 saw 
psa 5553 turn νὰ, Ὃ rebellious chil- 
dren.. ._ for Ihave rejected you. 31, 32 
they did break my covenants ἘΝ 

ba ἜΡΣΞ and T rejected them. Sept. 

κἀγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, comp. Heb. 8, 9. 

So Syr. Abulwalid, and other ancient in- 

terpreters. See Pococke ad Port. Mosis 


p- 5-10, and comp. Arab. hes c. \ to. 


bya: 


fear, to disdain. Inc. 31 the common 
signif: might perhaps be adopted, 4. d. 
although I ("238") was their lord. But 
this sense is not so easy; and besides, 
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign 
from the primary meaning of the verb. 
In Arabic there are also other verbs, in 
which the signif. of subduing, being 
high, having dominion, is transferred 
also to that of looking down upon, despis- 
ing, contemning, as 3} to subdue, 
c. ww to despise; (gr> V, to be 
high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to 
contemn. 

Nipu. to have a husband, to be. mar- 
ried, Proy. 30,23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4. 

Deriv. 533—N7>33,, M223. 


by2 c. suff. "bya, mdD2; Plur. ovbya, 
constr. ">D3, 6. ole 3 sing. 7392 Ex. 
21, 29. 34. 36. 22, 10-14. Eee. 5, 12, and 
rnb Job 31, 39. Eec. 7, 12, sometimes 
for Sing. like 17258 his iord , comp. Lehrg. 
663; Βαϊ ο. suff. 3 plur. yrbss Esth. 1, 
17, 20, as plural. 

1. lord, master, possessor, owner. Fre- 
quent in the Phenician dialect; see 
Monumen. Phen. p. pas Aram. >33, 


ben, \ Ss, id. Arab. Ags in the dia- 
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a 
husband ; Ethiop. UA. Comp. also 
Sanscr. péla lord—Spoken of the mas- 
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7. 
Judg. 19,22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat- 
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1, 3; of money lent, 
i.e. acreditor Deut. 15,2. Spoken of 
the head of a family Lev. 21, 4; also 
pia “5D2 the lords of the nations A 16, 
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con- 
querors of nations; or according to 
others, of their princes. 

2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id. 
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband. 
Ex. 21,22. 2Sam. 11,26 nvix 23 hus- 
band. of a wife, i. e. married. Ex. 21, 3. 
ὉΠ 129 ἘΡΞ husband of one’s youth, i... 
to whom one was married in youth, 
Joel 1, 8, i. ᾳ. xougidiog πόσις Il. 5. 414, 

ϑ, Plur. with gen. of a city, lords of a 
city, i, ᾳ. inhabitants, citizens, 1777 "222 
Josh. 24, 11, 53% Judg. 9, 2 sq. wan bya 
“353 2 Sam, 21, 12, who also are called 
in 2Sam.2,4.5 ’s "3%. Some mod- 
erm interpreters understand chiefs, no- 


146 


2a 


bles, princes, misled perhaps by the 
words in Judg. 9, 51 D°WEt) OWixn bb 
“iy "DD2 551, where also Sept. πάντες 
οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῆς πόλεως. Better, all the 
men and women, even all the inhabitants 
of the city, the latter expression compre- 
hending the two former; Engl. Vers. 
and all they of the city. 
4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos- 
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having that 
thing, one to whom that attribute or 
quality belongs ; thus often forming ἃ 
periphrasis for an adjective; comp. ὥς 
no. 1.k. 25 πο. 9. E.g. p12 1pn bya by 
a ram having two horns, aries bicornis, 
Dan. 8, 6, 20 ; 0753225) 553 the winged one, 
poet. for a bird Ecc. 10,20; "wv boa tax 
a hairy man 2 K. 1,83 ΓΤ bys the 
dreamer, one who ihe. dreams, Gen. 37, 
19; 5°23 5>2 one who has a law-suit 
controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. ΒΕ “5 
my adversary ts. 50,8. So too possessor 
of my covenant, of my oath, i. e. joined 
in covenant with me, confedeiniee Gen. 
14,13. Neh. 6, 18; itm Soa master of 
the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enchanter, 
Kce. 10, 11; 22 522 given to appetite, 
greedy, Prov. 23, 2, comp. 29, 22; also 
the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17, 8. i 
16, 22 "29a b3y ON ΠΡ a fountain 
of life is understanding to iis possessor, 
i. eto him whe hath it, is endued with 
it, 1,19. 17,8. Ecc. 8, 8 9 Ὁ" Nd 
ΟΝ nor shail wickedineks deliver its 
possessor, i. 6. him who is given to it, 
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, 97 
myn siocsiare withhold no sited 
from its lord, from him to whom it is due, 
to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy, 
5. With the Art. 5335 , and pref. 5323, 
dyad, Baal, i.e. the Lord, καὶ ἐξοχήν, 
as the name of a chief domestic and 
tutelary god of the Phenicians, and par- 
ticularly of the Tyrians ; worshipped 
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria 
with great pomp, along with Astarte ; 
see in MIR, Mindy. Judg. 6, 25 sq. 
2K. 10, 18 sq. Hence $220 m2 the tem- 
ple of Baal 1K. 16, 32; bean "N72 the 
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22. 25; nyt 
>22n the remnant of Baal, i.e. of his 
worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. ps>23n 
Baalim, i.e. images of Baal, Jade. 5. 11. 
3,7. 8, 33, 10,10. 1 Sam, 7, 4. 12, 10. al. 


555 
Of the currency and extent of this wor- 
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
ginians, we have one proof among others 
in the frequeney of the name Baal in 
compound pr. names of Phenician men, 
as >vanx q. v. Jerombalus (227%), 
and also of Carthaginians, as Hanni 
(b222m grace of Baal), Hasdrubal 
(52292 help of Baal), Muthumballes 
ἜΣΕΙ: man of Baal), ete. Among 
the Babylonians the same god was 
called in the Aramean manner 55. Bel, 
Belus, for dba, see 53. Among the Ty- 
rians themselves the full name of this 
divinity appears to have been ΓΘ 
ἊΝ va (Inser. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke- 
reth lord of Tyre; where again ™pR>2 
is for MIP 32 king of the city. The 
Greeks, on account perhaps of some 
similarity of emblems, constantly gave 
him the name of Hercules, Hercules 
Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter ; 
see Inscr. laudat. See more in Ersch and 
Gruber’s Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq. 
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus. 
Minter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16 
sq. Movers Phenizier I. p. 169 sq. 
These writers suppose that under this 
name the swn was worshipped ; but I 
have elsewhere endeavoured by various 
arguments to show that not the sun, but 
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the 
guardian and giver of good fortune, was 
the object of this worship. See Com- 
ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Eneyclop. 
le. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmiiller in his 
Bibl. Alterthumskunde I. ii. p.11. YetI 
would not deny, that 593 with certain 
attributes, as 32M 523 (see 73"), is also 
referred to the sun.—In some cities 
where the worship of Baal was preva- 


lent, a special epithet was added to the. 


name, 6. g. a) m3 522 Baal-berith, 
i. e. lord or guardian of covenants, wor- 
shipped by the Shechemites, Jude. 8, 
33. 9, 4, comp. v. 46; q. d. Bibs Bexiok 
Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c. 
‘Baal in covenant with the idolaters of 
Israel” Ὁ) 2821 523, Baal-zebub, wor- 
shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2K. 
1,3 4. d. fly-Baal, fiy-destroyer, like 
the Ζεὺς “Anourios of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14. 
2; and the Myiagrus dews of the Ro- 
mans, Solin. Polyhist.c.1. 6) ΣΕ 533 
of the Moabites, see "i>. 


147 


S395 


6. As denoting the possessor of a thing 
it is trop. also applied to a place which 
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place 
at or in which any thing is or is found, 
equivalent to m2 no. 6. So in the pr. 
names of cities and places: 

a) 532 Baal, 1 Chr. 4, 33, perh. the 
same place elsewheré called "¥3 M222 
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the 
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 
19, 8. 

b) 38 522 Baal-Gad, so called from 
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the 
foot of Hermon near the sources of the 
Jordan, prob. i. q. 70%) 522 in lett. e. 
Josh. 11, 17. 13,5. By some it is er- 
roneapaly guppeaed to be the same with 
the celebrated Ba’albek or Heliopolis; 
see Thesaur. p. 225. 

6). 112π 22 Baal-hamon (place of 
multitude, or i. 4. ὩΣ 522 sacred to 
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which 
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8,11. A 
town Belopow (Sept. Βαλαμών) situated 
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3. 

d) “izm 522 (having a village. or 
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or village 
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam, 
13, 23; perh. i. gq. Wis} Neh. 11, 33, in 
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v. 

e) ji00 522 Baal-Hermon, a town 
and an adjacent height near Mount 
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3,3. Comp, 
lett. Ὁ. 

f) ἸῺ >22 Baal-meon (place of 
dwelling), see 71273 522 M73 p. 129. 

5) Dox 78 Ὁ53 (place of breaches, de- 
feuts) Baal-perazim, a place or village 
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam..5, 
20. 1 Chr. 14, 11; comp. Is, 28, 21. 

h) ΞΕ 553 (place of Typhon, or sa- 
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon, a place 
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea, 
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33,7. The name 


accords well with the site of this place, 


near the desert tracts between the Nile 
and the Red Sea, which were held to be 
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of 
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com- 
mentt. Herodoteis I. ὁ 22. Symbolik I. 
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 81. 

i) πϑϑ 5:3 Baal-shalisha 2 K, 4, 2, 
the name of a place prob. situated in the 
district muda, near the mountains ‘of 
Ephraim ; tein. 1 Sam. 9, 4° 


Spa 


k) ‘em >22 Baal-tamar (place of 
palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33. 

1) τη "bya (cives Jude) 2 Sam. 6, 
2, 8 city ‘elsewhere called also ΠΣ 
ΚΕ ΜΗ͂ΝΕΣ Baalah and KirjathJearim, 
comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6. See 233 no, 2. a. 

7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g. 

a) 53 Baal a) 1Chr.5,5. β) 8, 
80, 9, 36, 

b) 42m 553 (lord of grace) Baal-ha- 
man, pr.n. 4) A king of Edom Gen. 
36, 38. 1 Chr. 1,49. 8) A royal prefect 
or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28. 


273 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bya, lord ; 
for Bru ὌΣΞ 566 DY. From this form 
comes by contraction > q. v. 


M292 £(corresp.to>32) 1. amistress, 
man bps 1 K. 17, 17. Metaph. mis- 
tress of any thing, i. e. possessing or 
endued with any thing, as 2iRN"M>>2 a 
woman having a divining spirit, see 
‘nin; DNDYD ΓΌΣΞ mistress of sorceries, 
a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4. 

2. Collect. civitas, i. gq. b°>22 cives, in- 
habitants, see 93 no. 3; as M2 daughter, 
foro722. Sol dxplain mesa Baalah as 
‘the pr. ἢ. of towns or cities, viz. a) One 
in the northern part of the tribe of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13,63 called also 
myn "232 (dives Jude) see 553 no. 6. 
leit. 1; prs" MNP q.v. and bya-nmp. 
It seems likewise to have given name to 
a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying 
in the same region, but nearer the sea. 
‘b) Another city was situated in the 
southern part of the same tribe, Josh. 15, 
29; and seems to be the same which 
elsewhere is called 42 Josh. 19, 3, and 
#952 1 Chr. 4, 29, and was designed to 
‘Simeon. c) Rela ti bya no. θ. ἃ. 

ibys (civitates, see N>22 no. 2) Bea- 
doth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 24; different from 
ΤΤΌΣΞ in v. 9, 29. 

793 (whom the Lord knows and 
cares for, comp. >7757") Beeliada, pr. 
n. of a son of David, 1 Chr. 14,7; called 
in 2 Sam. 5, 16 27758 i. e. whom God 
knows, 4. v. 


T9292 (whose lord i is Jehovah) Bea- 
liah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 12, 5. 

ὈΠῸΣ (i. ᾳ. 0">2743 son of exultation, 
eee in 3 p. 109) Baalis, pr. n. of a king of 


148 


5: 


the Ammonites, Jer. 40,14. Some Mss. 
read =">32; and so Josephus Ant. 10. 
Ὁ 


M222 (civitas i. ᾳ. ΤΌΣ Ξ no. 2, after 
the form mia, MIT) Baalath, a city of 
the tribe of Thats: Josh. 19, 44; tebuilt or 
fortified by Solomon, 1 K. 9, 18. 2 Chr. 
8, 6. 

“Sa-n273 see in 532 no. 6. ἃ. 

#22 see in M72 no. 12. 6. 


R272 (i. q. 823752 son of affliction, see 
in 3 p. 109) Baana, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 
4,12. b) ἴδ. ν. 16. c) Neh. 3,4. 


m2¥2 (id.) Baanah, pr.n.m. a) 2 
Sam. 4, 3. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 
30. c) Ezra 2,2. Neh. 7, 7. 10, 28. 


᾿ ἽΣΞ [αν ἜΣ ΞῚ,. 1. to feed upon, to eat 
up, to consume ; see Pi. and Hiph. no. 1, 
also pas: cattle, so called from ΓΕΡΕ ΤΙ, 


Syr. Pes) to glean, {pda a gleaning. 

2. Spec. to conswme with fire, to burn 
up; comp. >28 no. 2. Chald. "3 to 
burn, Pa. to kindle.—Ps. 83, 15 "33h OND 
“>: as a fire burneth a forest, Mostly 
with 3, to set fire to, to burn up; Job 1, 
16 the fire of God is fallen from heaven, 
my s2s8 Nk ἜΣΞΩΣ and hath burned up 
the ‘flocks and the servants. Num. 11, 1. 
3. Ps. 106, 18. 15. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Lam 
2, 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle, 
Is. 30, 33.—Elsewhere intrans. a) to 
be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex. 
3, 3. Is. 1,31. 9,17. Ὁ) to burn, as fire 
Jer. 20, 9; pitch Is. 34,9; coals Ez, 1, 
13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5. 
89, 47. 0) to be set on fire, kindled. 
Hos. 7, 4 as an oven NEN2 1733 kindled 
by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in- 
flame, as coals Ps. 18,9; metaph. an- 
ger, Ps. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12. 

3. Denom. from "32 cattle, to be 
brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. 2°25 brutish 
men Ps. 94, 8; savage Ez. 21, 36. 

Nien. to be or become brutish, Jer. 10, 
14, 21, 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 MSR) NYz the 
counsel is become brutish. 

Pret “23, inf. constr, 923, fat. 9237. 

1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume, 
6. g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14. 5, 53 
with 3 Ex. 22, 4 [5]. 

2. i, q. Kal no. 2, to cause to burn, to 
kindle, 6. g. fire Bx. 35,3; wood Lev. 6, 


“Sa 


5 [12]. Also to burn, to consume, Neh. 
10, 35. Is. 44, 15. 40,16; 3 Ox “22 to 
set fire to any thing, Ez. 39, 9. 10. 

3. to take or put away, to remove, to 
destroy. 1K. 22,47 and the remnant of 
the Sodomites ἡ ΣΤΥ 722 he put away 
out of the land. Deut. 26,13. 14. 2 Sam. 
4,11. 2K. 23, 24. 2 Chr. 19,3. A usual 
formula in Deuteronomy, implying the 
punishment of death, is: S37 ὩΣ 3) 
ΞΡ thou shalt put away the evil per- 
son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6. 
17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22, 21. 24. 24,7; or 
beans 17, 12. 22, 22; comp. Fade’ 20, 
13, (For synon. ποῖ» in Exodus, 
Levit. and Numbers, see r. M73 Niph.) 
Is. 6, 13 although a tenth part remain in 
the land, "23> MDM NI yet shall this 
be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 mans 
1R 22> the Kenites shall be driven out, 
destroyed. Is. 4, 4 when Jehovah shall 
have washed away the filth of the daugh- 
ters of Zion... 7232 ΤΡ} ΘΒ ma 
with a spirit of judgment and a spirit 
of destroying, i. e. judging and destroy- 
ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine 
energy or power. Construed also with 
‘208, implying pursuit and destruction 
from hehiink 1K. 14, 10 πὸ "M7235 
bban aga" “OND ὈΣΞ ΠΣ and I will 
take away the house οἷ. Jeroboam, as one 
taketh away dung. 21, 21. 

Puat to be kindled, to burn, of a far- 
nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22. 

Hipu. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q. 
Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5]. 

2. ig. Pi. no. 2, to cause to burn, to 
kindle, Ex. 22,5 [6]; also to burn up, to 
consume, c. acc. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5. 
With 6x2 2 Chr. 28,3. 2 Ox “250 to 
set Jire to any thing Jiidg: 15,5 init. 

3. i. ᾳ. Pi. no. 3, to take or put away, 
to destroy, with “ne 1 K. 16, 3. 

Deriv. the three following, also “92, 
M230, and pr. τι. Vira. 


ΖΞ m. pr. brutishness, stupidity, only 
as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ; 
spoken of men, Ps, 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov. 
12, 1. 30, 2. Comp. τ. "23 no. 3, and 
po 

ἘΣ 3 2 (brutish) Baara, pr.n. f..1 Chr. 
8,85; written in v.9 Ih, by a manifest 
error. 


M23 ἢ a burning, fire, conflagration, 
13* 


149 


‘3 


espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5 
[6]. Comp. r. 923 no. 2. 


mp2 (for ΠΩΣ Ὁ work of Jehovah) 
Baaseiah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40]. 
Comp. under lett. 3. 


* wa obsol. root, Chald. 622 i. q. 
wiz, fo be bad, Offensive. Hence. 


Oey 


NU Baasha, pr. n. of a king of Is- 


rael, τ. 952-930 B. C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. ο. 
16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9. 


MINBPA (i. gq. MIAWD Mma house of 
Astarte, see in 2 note, lett. ο, p. 109) 
Beeshterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city 
in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor- 
dan, Josh. 21, 27; called in 1 Chr. 6, 
56 ninnws. 


ῃ nS or ΣΞῚ in Kal not used. Syr. 
δ to fear, to be terrified. 

Piet n23 fut.m223 1. tomake afraid, 
to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18, 5. Job 3, 5. 6, 
4. 7,14. 9, 34. 13,11. 21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4. 

2. to come upon ewddenly, to seize sud- 
denly, 1 Sam. 16,14 083 739 na ἜΣ 5 
min" an evil spirit from Jehovah came 


-- “5. 


upon him suddenly. v.15.—Arab. rk3 
to come suddenly, to happen unexpect- 


edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; Kies 
suddenly. 

Nien. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8, 
17; with "362 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6. 

Deriv. D°m>3 and 

MHP f. terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19. 


72m. (Ὁ. ΥῈΞ) mire, mud, in which 
one sticks fast, Jer. 38, 22. 

M82 f. (τ. y¥2) a marsh, fen, Job 8, 
11. 40,21. Plur. c. suff. "mX22 by an 
incorrect orthography for "niz3, Ez, 
47, 11. 

"X32 (prob. i. ᾳ. "02 q. v.) Bezai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19. 

ὝΧΞ τὴ. (τ. ἜΣΞ no.1) 1. a@ vintage, 
Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24, 13. 32,10. Jer. 48, 32. 

2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. q. 
“8x2, spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2 
Kas. Comp. r. “xD no. 2. 


*oxa not in use, i. q. 538, Arab. 


has, to strip, to peel; kindr. is ἼΣΞ, 
comp. in 812, nxv.—Hence ni>z2 ind 


bya 


S22 only plur. b»bs3, onions, Num. 
11, 5. Syr. HS, Ethiop. NBA, Arab. 


s 


(has, id. Comp. quadril. rbusn. 


SNoEa (in the shadow of God, i. e. in 
his protection) Bezaleel, pr.n.m. a) 
Ex. 31, 2. 35, 80. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 30, 


nix (a stripping, nakedness) Baz- 
luth, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52; in Neh. 7, 54 
written mba Bazlith. 


, ΣῈΞ fut. ΞΈΞῚ 1, to cut in pieces, 
to break or dash in pieces. Chald. 553 
to But in pieces, to divide. as bread; Syr. 


Vice to break, Arab. ce to cut, to 


(a ὅδ 


cleave asunder, to cut off, 2), Kara); 


a part, piece. Kindr. is 35 to wound ; 
comp. in "$2 .—Amos 9, 1 smite the capi- 
tals of the columns =) xa ἘΣ ῚΞ" and 
dash them in pieces upon the heads of 
all; ὌΣΣΞ for Dy¥2. Intrans. to be 
wounded ; Joel 2, 8 ‘of locusts, they rush 
among the weapons, 37827 8> they are 
not wounded ; others less: well, they break 
‘not off their course. Comp. in 733 no. 
1. b. 

2. to tear in pieces, i. q. to plunder, to 
«spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3. 
‘Trop. in the formula >¥3 5.53 to spoil the 
spotl, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy 
after gain, spoken of those who rob and 
defraud others by extortion and oppres- 
‘sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part. 3%3 

382 Prov. 1,19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 18. 8, 10. 
Inf. Ez. 22, 27. Coup. brs, and A. 
Schult. Opp. min. p. 61. 

Pret. 283 fut. 2227 1. to cut off ; Is. 
38, 12 “25235 NEI he (God) cutteth me 
of from the ‘thrum, a metaphor drawn 
from a weaver, who, when his web is 
finished, cuts it off from the thrum by 
which it was fastened to the beam. Job 
6, 9. 

2. i. gq. Kal no. 2, to plunder, to defraud 
any one, Ez, 22, 12. 

3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com- 
plete, e.g, the temple Zech. 4,9, Of 
God, who executes his judgment upon 
the wicked Is. 10, 12; or fulfils his pro- 
mise Lam. 2, 17.—Hence 


9X2 m. in pause P83, c. suff. 723. 
Δ, spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no, 


150 


“x2 


2; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer. 51,13. 
Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and 
extortion of kings and nobles who de- 
spoil a people, Jer. 22, 17, Ez. 22, 13. 
Hence 

2. unjust gain, lucre, e. g. from bribes 
1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33,15; or by other un- 
lawful means, Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18, 
21. Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31, 

3. gain in general, profit; >xa7m2 
what profit ? Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps, 
30, 10. 


ὝΞΞ obsol. root, Arab. as to flow 
gradually, to trickle, e. g. water, UaaAd, 


PA. | 
SLAs, λαλιὰ, little water.—Hence 
v2, ΠΕ. 


. ΓΧΞ to swell ; hence spoken of the 
foot as unshod, to become callous, to have 
callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh. 
9,21. Sept. in Deut. well, ἐτυλώϑησαν. 
Hence 


ῬΧΞ m. dough, so called from its swell- 
ing, rising ; but spoken also of that not 
yet fermented, Ex. 12, 34. 39. 2 Sam. 13, 
8. Jer. 7, 18. 


ΓΡΧΞ (stony region, high, Arab. 


S_ =~ 

Kias) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in 
Judah, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus 
Boozéd, Ant. 10, 4. 1. 


* "Xa 1. to cut off. Syr. Pa. to short- 


en, to diminish Vege = diminished, small, 


low. Kindred roots are >¥2, 5¥35; see 
on the primary power of the syllables 13, 
72>, V2, under the roots 133 , NSB; comp. 
also under 773 I. 1.—Spoken mostly of 
the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather 
grapes, to hold a vintage, c. acc. Lev. 
25, 5. 11; of a vineyard Deut. 24, 21, 
Judg. 9,27. Part. "¥12 a vintager, grape- 
gatherer, Jer. 6, 9; Plur. D3 vinta- 
gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de- 
struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5; comp. 
“"s2. Metaph. Ps. 76, 13 9 “339 
ὉΠ) he cutteth off the spirit of princes, 
ᾳ. ἃ. cuts down their pride, breaks their 
spirit. 

2. to cut off access, i. q. to restrain, to 
prevent, see Niph. and m3; also to 
make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass. 
“x2 inaccessible, walled, spoken of high 


ἜΧΩ 


walls Deut. 1, 28. 28, 62. 18. 2, 16; of ἃ 
lofty impervious forest Zech. 11, 2 Ke- 
ri; of fortified cities, strong, Num. 13, 
28. Deut. 3, 5. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6. 
Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult 
to be understood, Jer, 33, 3. 

3. to cut out, to break or dig out, e. g. 
metals, see "¥3. 

Nip. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut 
off or restrained from any one, to be 
inaccessible, difficult ; ὁ. ya, Gen. 11, 
6 mivs> vor wy SD ome ἼΧΞ" ND no- 
thing will be restrained from them, will 
be too hard for them, which they may 
purpose to do. Job 42, 2. 

Previ.q. Kal no.2,to0 make inaccessible, 
e. g.a fortification, Jer.51,53. Also sim- 
ply to fortify, to rebuild ἃ wall, Is. 22, 10. 

Deriv. 942 —N783, also "E23, 7¥27. 

“EA Job 36, 19, i. ᾳ. ἼΧΞ q. v. no. 1. 

“Z2 τὰ. 1. ore of gold and silver, 
precious metals, in the rude state, as cut 
or dug out of the mines, from r. 9%2 in 
the sense of cutting or breaking Ps. 76, 


So 
13; like Arab. rs native gold or silver, 


not yet subjected to the fire and hammer, 
S_ 
ae noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par- 


ticle of such gold, from «3 i. q. "3% II, 
to break; VIII, to be cut off, broken off ; 
comp. Germ. brechen as a technical 
word in mining.—Job 22, 24 sp-by maw 
“Z2 cast upon the earth the precious ore, 
parall. with gold of Ophir in the other 
hemistich. Plur. v. 25 77942 "50 7} 
and the Almighty shall be thy precious 
ores, parall. with mipdim oD. So 
also. “2, in pause "3 Job 36, 19, id.— 
This satisfactory explanation of an ob- 
scure word we owe to Abulwalid; see 
more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad 
Sim. Lex. prefers the signif: a piece, par- 


ticle of native gold or silver, from the 
Su 
notion of cutting off, comparing ὃ; 


piece of gold. But the notion of piece, 
particle, in this word, does not come from 
=e root, but from the eee ew that 


ech isa pan of unity So from 255 
gold, comes a5 a — or bit of 
gold ; from os straw, RUS a bit of 


151 


"pa 


straw, chaff; although these feminine 
forms do not always thus imply a part or 
particle. 

2. Bezer, pr.n. a) A Levitical city 
of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut. 
4, 43, Josh. 20,8. 21,36. Vulg, Bosor. 
b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 


MZ2 f. 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2, 
12; so called from the idea of restrain- 
ing, see r. ¥2 no. 2; comp. 8222 from 
nbd. Chald. ama an enclosure, stall. 

2. Pre a fortress, strong-hold, i. q. 
"x3; hence pr. n. Bozrah, one of the 
chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63, 
1. Jer. 49, 13.22. Am. 1,12; comp. Gen. 
36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt 
that it was the same with el-Busaireh 


(spas dimin. from ὅ ; Busrah), 
a village and castle in Arabia Petrea 
south-east of the Dead Sea; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 570. I formerly held 
that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi- 
cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or HaurAn; 
see Comm. ad Is. 1. ce. Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet 
I cannot but assent to the reasons urged 
to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and 
Robinson I. ¢. 

783 m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech. 
9,12. _ R. 9¥32 no. 2. 


NEA f. (r. ἼΣΞ no. 2) a cutting off of 
rain, drought, Jer. 17,8; Sept. ἀϑροχία. 
Plur. minga Jer. 14,1; comp. Lehrg. p. 
600.—Some refer hither the word M722 
Ps. 9,10. 10,1; but 3 is there a prefix. 

Pap. τὰ. (r. pe2) 1. @ bottle, so 
called from the gurgling or bubbling 
sound made in emptying; 1 Καὶ. 14,3. Jer. 
19, 1.10. Syr. Leas, and Gr. βόμ- 
βυλος, βομβύλη, also from the sound. 
Comp. Maltese bakbijka, under r. Pp2. 

2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 


7, 53. 


papa (emptying i. e. wasting of 
Jehovah) Bakbukiah, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 11, 
17., 12, 9. 25. 

npapa (perh. i. q. "1 Pp2P2 wasting 
of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. 2. m, 
1 Chr. 9, 15. 

ΡΞ, ig. wpa, Bukki, pr.n.m. a) 
Num. 34, 22. "b) 1 Chr. 5, ate δ]. 6 
36 [51]. 


“p2 


WiPP2 (wasting from Jehovah) Buk- 
kiah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 13. 


2°32 m. plur. D°"F2, clefts, fissures, 
breaches, Am. 6, 11. Is. 22, 9. R.>pa. 


* D2 fut. spar, inf c. suff. Sepa. 

1. to cleave asunder, to rend, to divide. 
Kindred are >p8, Syr. “as. The sig- 
nification of cleaving and opening, as 
proceeding from a blow or violence (see 
Fay, n32) and inherent in the syllables 
P=, PB, is found also in the kindred roots 
pe, "pz, "22.—Spec. to cleave wood 
Eee. το, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of 
God, Ex. 14, 16; to rip up women with 
child Am. 1, 13; to rend or wound the 
shoulder Ez. 29,7. Of a city, to rend 
its walls, to breale open, to take by 
storm, to subdue; 2 Chr. 32, 1 "eX" 
wbx cepa> and thought to suibdice these 
cities to ‘himself. 21, 17.—With 3, to 
cleave into or through any fieg, to 
break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11, 
18. 

2. to cleave, to lay open any thing shut, 
so that what is enclosed may be set free 
and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave the 
rock, the waters gushed forth. Judg. 15, 
19.—Pregn. and constr. with acc. of the 
thing bursting forth; Ps. 74,15 mspa 
dims ἼΣ thow didst cleave (and make 
burst "forth) fountains and torrents. 
Comp. Niphal, Pi. no. 3, and Gr. ῥήγνυσι 
duzpva, πηγάς, to shed tears, to send 
forth fountains. 

3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl, 
i. e. to hatch, Is. 34, 15. 

Nips. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cleft 
asunder ; intrans. to be divided, to open 
itself, 6. g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech. 
14,4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26, 
8. 32,19. 2 Chr. 25, 12; to be broken in 
upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2 K. 
25, 4. Jer. 52, 7. 

2. Pass. of Kal no 2, to be opened, as 
fountains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of 
waters which break forth, Is. 35,6. Prov. 
3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp. 
synon. “GB, “2, "22, in which the 
idea of cleaving, rending, is also trans- 
ferred to the thing bursting forth. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be hatched, to 
break forth from an egg, as the viper’s 
brood Is, 59, δ. 


152 


2p 


4. to be rent, hyperbol. for to be shaken, 
to tremble, 6. g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40. 

Piet Spa, fut. >p2 1.1. α: Kal no. 
1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock 
Ps. 78, 15; to rip up women with child, 
2K. 8, 12. 15, 16. 

2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild 
beasts, i. gq. 929, Hos. 13,8. 2K. 2,24, 

3. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to 
break forth, e.g. waters from a rock Job 
28, 10; torrents Hab. 3,9, comp. in Kal 
Ps. 74, 15; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13. 

4. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs, Is.59, 5. 
Pua >P2 to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 4; 
to be ripped up Hos. 14, 1 (13, 16]; ofa 
city, i. q. Niph. to be broken into, to be 

taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10. 

Hien. 1. i. gq. Kal no. 1, to rend or 
break opena city, i. e. totake it by storm, 
to subdue, Is. 7, 6. 

2. With >x, to cleave or break through 
to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal 
no. 1 ult. 

Horn. >p39 pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to 
be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer. 
39, 2. 

Hirupa. to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13. 
Mice. 1, 4. 

Deriv. 
lowing. 


ΣῈΞ m. a part, half; spec. half a 
shekel, Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26. 


N2P2 Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. q. Heb. 
mera: 


MBps, £ (r. ΣῈ) plur. Mepa, a val: 
ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains; opp. 
to mountains Deut. 8, 7. 11,11. Ps. 104, 
8; to hills Is. 41,18. Often also for a 
low plain, a wide plain, level country, 
Sept. πεδίον, e.g. that in which Babylon 
was situated, Gen. 11,2; comp. Ez. 3, 
23. 37,1.2. 72h MEPs valley or plain 
of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hermon 
and Anti-Lebanon around the sources 
of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12,7; not 
the valley between Lebanon and Anti- 
Lebanon, the Celesyria of Strabo, 
and el-Bikd’a ἰὼ of the Arabs. 
Other plains take their names from ad- 
jacent cities, as Ὑπλὴ ΤΣῊ 2 Chr: 35, 
22; int 5 Deut. 34, 3; ἊΝ ropa Ris. 
1, δ; see in RRR ἼςΣ no. 1, a—Syr, 


faxho, Aral, ayy Ba) and RAB i. 


ΒΞ, and the three here fol- 


PP> 
ν Pe 1. to pour out, to empty, 8c. ἃ. 


ou 
vessel, bottle, see pizp2. Arab, Saks 
onomatopoetic from the sound of a bot- 
tle in being emptied ; like Pers. habe 
guigul, Engl. to gurgle, to. bubble. In 
the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as 
water, like Arab. gang, ων bokka, 


a bubble in water; bakbijka, bekbjka, a 
bottle. Comp. also 393, S233, F12.— 
Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, to de- 
populate a land Is. 24,1; to spoil, to pil- 
lage a people, Nah. 3, 3. Ὁ) Jer. 19,7 
mam mss-my "MP2 7] will empty out, 
pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. e. will 
make them without counsel, Comp. 
Niph. Is. 19, 3. 

2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q. to 
spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth 
and foliage. Hos. 10,1 ppa 15) a 
spreading vine; Sept. ἄμπελος εὐκλη- 
ματοῦσα, Vulg. frondosa. 

Nips. P33, infinit. Pian, fat. pias. 

1. Pass. of Kul no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1..b. Is. 19, 3 
ΒΡ ὈΠΧῸ mM Apa the spirit of 
Egypt shall be emptied out from within 
him, i.e. Egypt shall be wholly deprived 
of spirit, understanding, The form Mp3? 
is for "P32, see Lehrg. p. 372. 

Po. ppis i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a 
land, to depopulate, Jer. 51, 2. 

Deriv. P3232, and pr. names mp2P2, 
“pa, wN2P2, Par. 

ἘΞ in Kal not used, pr. i.q. Arab. 
pe to cleave, to divide, to lay open, 
kindr, with r..22. The notion of cleav- 
ing, laying open, is in this root transfer- 
red to signify : 

1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat. 
arare, comp. OM, nine, 7773. Hence 
“R2 armentum qs. aramentum, cattle. 

2. to burst forth, to break forth, as 
light, see >p2 Kal and Niph. no. 3. 
Hence “P32 morning. 

3. to search into, to inquire ; Syr. 
:89 to search, to examine, {pao and 
{005 search, inquisition. Also in the 
sense to look at, to inspect ; so in 

Pie "P32 1. to search, to inspect 
carefully, to take note of any thing, with 
2 Lev. 13, 36 ; —j73 (comp. 773 no. 1) 


153 


“pa 


Lev. 27, 33. With 3, to look at with 
pleasure, to behold with admiration, to 
admire, Ps. 27, 4.. Comp. 3 B. 4. a. 

2. to look after, to take care of, c. ace. 
Ez. 34, 11. 12. 

3. to look at mentally. to consider, to 
think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25. 

4. to take note of any one, to animad- 
vert, i. 6. to punish ; comp. N}F3. 

The derivatives all follow. 


“P2 Chald. in Pe. not used. 

Pa. "22, plur. 193, fut. "p24, inf. 
Mp2, to search, to inquire, to examine, 
Ezra 4, 15, 19. 6, 1; 6. >> 7, 14, 

Irapa. pass. Ezra 5, 17. 


“P2 comm. gend. m. Ex. 21, 37; £ 
Job 1, 14. 

1. a beeve, Lat. bos, male or female, 
ox or cow, so called as used for plough- 
ing ; seer. "P32 no. 1. So according to 
Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for 


9... 
aramentum ; and Arab. ,ὖϑ, according 


to Damiri so called as cleaving the 
ground with a plough; see Bochart 
Hieroz. I. 280; or according to Ewald 
from the cloven hoofs, Gramm. § 358.— 
Plur. Am. 6, 12, Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4,3. 
Elsewhere always 


2. Collect. oxen, cattle, herd of neat 
S25 
cattle, Arab. re id. and noun of unity 


9 -- 

Si an ox. Syr. {poo a herd, pr. of 
oxen, but in a wider sense also of other 
herds and flocks. Comp. "piz.—So jX¥ 
“pr sheep and oxen, flocks and herds, 
Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20,14. Deut, 32, 14 
“RS MNan milk of kine. It is joined: 
a) With numerals, opp. 778 an ox, etc. 
comp. M% and jN¥. Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if 
a man steal an or (8)... ΡΞ nwo 
“itm mom ebws five oxen shall he re- 
store for the one, Num. 7, 3 "ὩΣ "78 
“pa. v.170%8 ΡΞ. b) With verbs 
and adjectives plural; 2 Sam. 6, 6 "D 
“RII 1B for the oxen were restive. 1 
K. 5, 3. Also with fem. where kine are 
understood, Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13.— 
“P2712 532 a young calf Lev.9,2; maz 
“pa Is. 7, 21, and simpl. "727;2 Gen. 
18, 7. 8,acalf. Of the figures of oxen, 
1K. 7, 29. 

‘ Hence the denom. "p13. 


“pa 


“pa τὰ. plur. mpa 1. morning, the 
dawn, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14; 
pr. day-break, from the breaking forth of 


the light; see στ. "PB no. 2. Arab. 
Se S.; os 


3) Be id. comp. τ. "23 no. 1.—So 


“Pa TN the morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4. 
Ace. as ady. in the morning, early, (like 


Arab. [7 9.) Ps. 5, 4; oftener “pia 
early Gen. 19, 27, and poet. "7222 Ps. 30, 
6. 59, 17; which elsewhere is also 53 
“p> Deut. 16, 4. Ps. 180,6. Distribu- 
tively "p22 “pee Ex. 16, 21. 30,7. 36, 
3. Lev. 6, 5; "pad “a> 1 Chr. 9, 27; 
pyp2? Ps, 73, τ΄. 101, 8. Is. 38,2. Lem. 
3, 23; pups} Job 7, 18; all signifying 
every morning. ΜΔ ἜΤΙ morning, ἃ. ἃ, 
dawn of prosperity, happiness, Job 11, 17. 
2. Spec. the next morning, Ex. 29, 34. 
Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9, 12, Judg. 
6, 31 “PMD mast 15 35 ἼΩΝ he that 
will plead for him, let him be put to death 
before morning ; Vulg. antequam lux 
crastina veniat, Sept. ἕως πρωΐ.--- Hence 
the morrow, i. q. “ΤΙ (comp. 8%), and 
as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16,7, Num. 16,5 
(comp. v. 16); i. ᾳ. "R22 1 Sam. 19, 2. 
Also for early, soon, speedily, Ps. 5, 4 
init. 90, 14. 143, 8; "P23 id. Ps. 49, 15. 


Mp2 ἢ (Kamets impure, pr. Inf. 
Aram. in Paél) a looking after, care, Ez. 
34,12. R. “ἘΞ Pi. no. 2. 


MP2 Γ᾿ animadversion, i. e. punish- 
ment, chastisement, Lev. 19,20. R."p2 
Pi. no. 4. 


“tp in Kal not used, to seek, to 
search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab. 
Gas, Chald. 812, to inquire into, to 
scrutinize, which is kindr. with Bn. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
touching. feeling out ; Syr. Lou> a touch- 
ing; comp. ΘΝ to feel ovt, Sep to seek 
pr. by feeling. 

Piet ἘΞ 1. to seek, to search for, to 
inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2,17; ace. of 
pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam. 
10, 14. With >, to seetoh, oer inquire 
into any thing, "Job 10, 6; different is 
Gen. 43. 30 τῦξ 39 WEIN he sought where 
to weep, i. 6. a place where. Sometimes 
c. dat. commodi ‘>, 1 Sam, 28, 7. Lam. 
1, 19; hence, with this dat. to seek out 


154 


wpa 

for oneself, i. q. to choose, 1 Sam. 13, 14. 
Is. 40,20; comp. Ez.22,30.—Spec. a) 
to seek the face, presence, of a king, i. e. 
to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K. 
10, 24; also to supplicate his favour, 
Prov. 29, 26. Ὁ) to seek the face of Je- 
hovah, pr. to turn unto him, to draw near 
to him, espec. with prayer and supplica- 
tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6. 27, 8, 105, 
4; or to inquire of him, to seek a re- 
sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1; or in order to ap- 
pease his anger, Hos. 5,15. The same 
is: 0) Hjory VES Ex. 33, 7. 2 Chr. 
20,4. Opp. 88% to find God, i. 6. to be 
heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is, 65, 1. 
nine ΟΞ they who seek Jehovah, his 
worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is. 
51,1. Comp. 875 no, 2. 

2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain, 
e. g. the priesthood Num. 16, 10, false- 
hood Ps. 4, 3, love Prov. 17, 9; rarely 
with > Prov. 18,1. So 6 S52 Spa to 
seek the life of any one, to plot against 
him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam, 20, 1. 22, 23. 23, 
15. 2 Sam. 4, 8. 16, 11; once in a good 
sense, to seek to preserve one’s life, Prove 
29,10; comp. UHx> D3 Ps. 142,5. Also 
‘p ΓΣῚ wpa to seek the hurt of any one, 
to strive to do him harm or to destroy 
him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 34. wpa 
dss ΓΙΣῚ id. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf. c. 
Ὁ to seek to do any thing, 6. g. 1 Sam. 
19, 2 AMMA "ay DANY Ypa2. Saul my 
father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4, 
24; inf. simpl. Jer. 26, 21. 

3. to require, to domed Neh. 5, 18; 
c. 772 Ps. 104, 21; 322 Gen. 31, 39. 43, 9, 
Is. 1,12. Spec. Ἔ 39 Ὁ ἘΞ vipa to re- 
quire the blood of any one at the hand of 
or from any one, i. e. to exact or inflict 
punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4, 11. 
Bz. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8; without 03 1 Sam. 
20, 16. 

4, to seek from any one, i. ὃ. to ask, to 
request, with 72 of pers. Ezra 8,21. Dan, 
1,8; also ace. of thing Esth. 2,15. With 
by to entreat for any one, to ‘supplicate 
for, Esth. 4, 8.7, 7. ἷ 

5. to inquire of any one, to interrogate, 
c, {2 Dan. 1, 20. 

Puat to be sought Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 50, 
20. Esth. 2, 23.—Henece 


‘MPD f (Kamets impure) request, 
entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7. 8. Ezra 7, 6. 


m3 


I, "2 m. ὁ. suff. ὭΣ, a son, from the 
idea of begetting, being born, see r.. 873 
no. 3, and Niph. πο. 2; the common 
word fee son in the Chaldee, but in He- 
brew only poetic. Twice, Prov. 31, 2. 
Ps, 2,12 ἽΞ ΡΣ kiss the son sc. of Jeho- 
vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and 13 Is. 9, 
5. Others here take 92 in the sense of 
chosen or pure (from "73, see "3 no. IT), 
and suppose the king to be saluted by 
the title of the chosen, the pure, i. q. "7113 
nin; but this is less satisfactory. 

Il, "3 £793, adj. from r. 972. 

1. chosen, belobed. Cant. 6, 9 Ro m3 
mmT>i"> she is the beloved of her mother, 
her mother’s delight. 

2. pure, clear. Cant. 6, 10 fair as the 
moon, ΓΥΞΤῚΞ M2 clear as the sun, i. 6. of 
purest brightness. Metaph. in a moral 
sense: 223 "2 pure in heart, Ps. 24, 4. 
73, 1. See r. 933 no. 3, b. 

3. clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn, 
Prov. 14, 4. 

_IIl. 13 πὶ. Am. 5,11. 8, 6. Ps..72,16; 
elsewhere “2, subst. ΒΕ. 3. 

1. corn, grain, pr. that which has been 
cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,) 
and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen. 
41, 35.49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2,24. Once 
of grain standing in the fields, Ps. 65, 


14.—Arab. »ἐ wheat ; corresponding is 
also Lat. far, whence farina. 

2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4. 
See Chald. 2 II. 

I. "2 Chald. m. ¢. suff, m2 Dan. 5, 
22. Plur. "23, see in 53 p. 139. 

1. ἃ son, Dan. 6,1. PARA son of 
the gods Dan; 3, 25. 

2. a grandson, descendant, Ezra 5,1; 
comp. Zech. 1, 1. 

II. "3 Chald. m. emph. N13, the open 
Ρ feld, campus, pr. campus purus Liv. 24. 
14; i. 6. the open country without woods 
or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18. 22. 99 --- 


‘Arab. ce é gene campus, ‘the open 
fields, desert, Syr. }¢> id. 

"la see ὉὩΞ. 
xe pit, see “i2. 


TI. 75 m. (1.973) once 12 Job9,30.. 
1. cleanness, pureness, ay with | 


155 


N73 


pvt Ps..18, 21. 25, or D1D>D Job 9, 30. 22, 
30, i. e. cleanness of hands, metaph. for 
innocence. Once 73 simpl. in the same 
sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25. 

2. That which cleanses, salt of lye, 
vegetable salt, alkali, 6. g. potash or soda, 
i.g. ™"72 q. v. Job 9, 30. The ancients 
made use of alkali, both as mingled with 
oil instead of soap for washing, Job 9, 30 ; 
and alsoin smelting metals to make them 
melt and flow more readily and purely, 
Is. 1, 25. 


κ R73 fut. 8937 1. pr. to cut, to cut 
out, to carve, to form by cutting or cary- 


ing, see Piel. Arab. {5 final Ye and 


fut. J, to cut out, to cut or pare down, to 
plane and polish. For the notion of 
breaking, cutting, separating, which is 
inherent in the radical syllable "2, see 
under 173. The same belongs also to 
the softer syllable "3; comp. "93, 773, 
w13, ΓΞ; 772 to scatter, 772 te to 
Paes ais “25, 


2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp. 


(2.13. to smooth, to polish, then to form, 
to create; also Germ. schaffen, Dan. 
skabe, which is of the same stock with 
Germ. schaben, Belg. schaeven, Eng. to 


SS a - 
shave. Arab. We id. Sb creator. Syr. 


Chald. 1,5, »-2, 872 id—Spoken of 
the creation of the heavensand the earth 
Gen. 1,1; of men Gen. 1,27. 5, 1.2. 6,7; 
spec. of Israel Is. 43, 1. 15. Jer. 31, 22 
VIP MVM Any NPB Jehovah hath 
created a new thing in the earth, a wo- 
man shall protect a man ; comp. Num. 
6, 30. Is. 65, 18 BIbwAwI-ry NS ὍΣ 
mb-s behold, I create Jerusalem a re- 
joicing, i. e. cause her to rejoice. Part. 
FN. in Plur. majest. thy creator Ecc. 
12,.1.—In Gen. 2, 3 is read: Mivy> N32 
whieh he created in making, i. e. “which 
he madeincreating. As to the construc- 
tion, comp. the formulas nivz> 57735, 
nig 30n. 

3. to beget, to bring forth, whence 
ἊΞ son; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. ἴον 


᾿ genitus est. 


4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from the 
idea of cutting up ‘food; hence Hiph. to 
fatten, and adj.8"73 fattened; fat, ‘Comp. 


δ 


£ 
72 no. 2. Kindred roots are hs to be 


filled with food, 655 and (555 to be fat, 


n'a to be well-fed, x" i. q. x72 fat- 
tened, fat, and Gr. βρόω (βιβρώσκω), 
whence βορά, Lat. vorare. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be created Gen. 2,4. 5,2; 
to be made, done, Ex. 34, 10. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be born Ez. 21, 
35 [80]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30. 


Pre: 872 1. to cut, to cut down, e.g. 


with a sword Ex. 23, 47; wood, a forest 
with an axe, Josh. 17, 15 get thee up to 
the forest DY 4> MNI21 and there cut 
thee down room; Vulg. well, ibique suc- 
cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun- 
tain shall be thine, ΣΝ RN AD 3D 
for it is a forest, and thou shalt cut it 
down. 

2. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q. 
"x", Ez. 21, 24 [19]. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to 
fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 

Deriv. "2 I, ΝΒ, HN 3, and pr. ἢ. 
FANT. 


N72, "NTA, see NIE-MS p. 129. 


FI822 FINA Berodach Baladan, 
pr. ἢ. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12; 
ealled also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1. 
This latter orthography seems to be 
more ancient, and accords better with 
the etymology; see in FIN". 


M872 (whom Jehovah created) Be- 
raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 

O22 m. plur. fowls; which are said 
to be fattened for the table of Solomon, 
1 Κ. 5,3 [4,28]. Kinichi understands 
capons ; but more prob. with the Tar- 
gum of Jerus. geese, so called from the 
’ pureness and whiteness of their plu- 
mage; from r. "73 no. 3. 


if “3 pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin- 
kle, comp. 722 and “73, 5,5; hence 
to scatter hail, to hail, Is. 32, 19. Eth. 
OLZ:, syr. fy hail; Arab. ee hail; 
on to be cold, to hail; but the signif. 


of cold is secondary, and derived from 
that of hail. 
Deriv. a—4 . 


156 


- 


"3 


‘372 m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10, 5 sq. 
Ps. 18, 13. 14. 78, 47.48. 193 "238 hail- 
stones, i. q. hail; see j3%. 


TI2 adj. (r. ‘T3) plur. ps3, pr. 
strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted, 
prebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12; 
of horses Zech. 6,3.6, So Lat. sparsus 
albo pelles, Virg. Ecl. 2. 41. It differs 
from 4P3 in Gen. 1. c. in that the lat- 
ter denotes smaller spots, speckled.— 


Arab. ὃ 9 and ce patty-coloured gar- 
ment; by transp. ch9, Conj. Il, to be 
spotted, piebald, spoken of sheep. Syr. 
ΕΣ a leopard, panther, so called from 
his spots; and from this source have 
doubtless come also Gr. and Lat. πάρδος, 


pardus. From the above Arabic word 
comes the Fr. broder, Engl. to broider. 


"Ξ (hail) Bered, pr.n. a) A place 
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14; comp. 
v.7. δ m. 1 Chr. 7, 20. 


* FIND fut. ΠῚ 1. i. q. kindr. 842, 


to cut, to cut asunder ; comp. Arab. [79 
final Waw, to cut out or off, also 873 no. 
1. Hence 1°72 covenant, so called from 
cutting in two or dividing the victims. 

2. to eat, i. q. 872 no. 4, from the idea 
of cutting up food; like "15 no. 3, and 
many verbs of cutting in Arabic, see 
Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. βρόω, βιβρώ- 
oxe.—2 Sam. 12,17 ΠῚ ΓΞ, ig. b2y 
=m>, see 528 no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 6. 10. 

3. to select, to choose out, likewise from 
the idea of cutting out and separating, 
see 172 no. 2. 1 Sam, 17,8 Sx 52> 473 
choose you out a man. 

Pie inf. mina i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 
4, 10. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
eat, to give to eat, with two acc. 2 Sam. 
3, 35. 13, 5. 

Deriy. "732, 5792, 732, "3. 


JINS (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pr. 
n. a) The friend and companion of the 
prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry-. 
phal book of the same name is ascribed, 
Jer. 32, 12-16. 36, 4 sq. 43, 3-6. 45, 1.2. 
b) Neh. 3, 20. 10, 7... 0) Neh. 11, 5. 


pains m. plur. Ez. 27, 24, variegated 
stuffs, damask cloths, in which threads 


3 


of various colours are woven together 
in figures, etc. comp. r, B23 no. 2. So 
Kimchi correctly. ant mr a thread 


or cord of two colours, ye stuff woven 
of such threads. ; 


ona m. plur. D"HIMD 1. ἃ cypress, 
a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is. 
55, 13. Hos. 14, 9; constituting along 
with the cedar, with which it is often 
joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8 
37, 24. 60, 13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v. 1. 
Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em- 
ployed for the floors and ceilings of the 
temple, 1 K. 5, 22. 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr. 
2,7. 3,5; also for the decks and sheath- 
ing of ships Ez. 27,5; for spears Nah. 
2,4; and for musical instruments 2 Sam. 
6, 5. Once by Syriasm called mina 
Cant. 1, 17.—That the cypress and not 
the fir-tree is to be understood, is apparent 
from the nature of the case, as well as 
from the authority of ancient interpret- 
ers; although this name may perhaps 
also have comprehended other trees of 
the pine genus ; see more in Thesaur. 
p- 246. As to its etymology, the name 
seems to come from the idea of cutting 
up into boards, planks, etc. see r. O72. 
[The cypress is not now indigenous on 
Lebanon, while the species of pine 
known as the Pinus bruttia is found in 
large tracts; Schubert Reise ins Mor- 
genl. III. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in- 
ference may be drawn from the present 
Flora to that of ancient times, the 
wina was probably not the cypress, but 
the pine.—R. 

2. Any thing made of cypress [or 
pine],e.g. a) a lance Nah.2,4. b) @ 
musical instrument, 2 Sam. 6, 5. 


mina m. plur. panina a cypress [or 
pine], ig. ΘΖ. q.via form tending to 
Aramaism, Cant. 1,17, Β. ΓΤ. 


MAM £. food, Ps. 69,22. R. 73 no. 2. 


ΠΡ Ez. 47, 16, and "N72 2 Sam. 
8, 8, (my wells, for "Ni983,) Berothah, 
Berothai, pr. τι. of a city rich in brass, 
formerly subject to the kings of Zobah, 
and situated in the northern extremity 
of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q. 
Berytus, Beirat, a maritime city of Phe- 


nicia; but from Ez. 1. c. it would seem 


14 


157 


21,8. 


ma 


not to have been situated on the coast, 
but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha- 
math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. 
p. 292. Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. p. 441 
sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18,8 
it is 119 q. v. 


* 772 obsol. root, Chald. and Talmud. 
to transfix, to pierce ; also 8193 a hole, 
wound, made by piercing.—Hence quad- 
rilit. 5392 and Mit92 in next art. 


FATS (perh. mt 182 well of olives) 
Birzaith, pr. n. prob. fem. 1 Chr. 7, 31 
Keri. But Chethibh has 11173 (holes, 
wounds, r. 153) Birzoth. 


ΓΞ m. Deut. 19, 5, iron,a quadril. 
from Chald. 173 to δος. with > add- 
ed; comp. band from 032, 5390 from 


sm. Chald. br3 and be ws Ἰῆ,5. 


Glen, 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. etc. Often 
put as the symbol of hardness and firm- 
ness, as 5192 v3 asceptre of iron, for 
stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48,4 3 
B22 ἘΤῚΞ ἃ sinew of iron is thy neck, in 
allusion to the perverse obstinacy of a 
people. Spec. an iron, i.e. an iron tool, 
Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8, 31; an axe 2 K. 6, 
5. Is. 10, 34; trons, tron fetters Ps. 105, 18, 
fully ΩΝ ΠΝ 149, 8. 


vi or - 


“3T72 (iron, of iron, unless perh. we 
compare Talmud. s>172_ herdsman, 
y2"1n2. princes,) Barzillai, pr. ἢ. ap 
A Gileadite distinguished for his hos 
pitality and liberality towards David,, 
2 Sam. 17, 27. 19, 32-39. 1K. 3,7. b); 
A Mtholathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam. 
c) Ezra 2, 61. 


a ma fut. M23" 1. to pass through, 
to reach across, as a bar or bolt; prob. 
pr. to cut through, to break through ; 
comp. 3, and for the signif: of cutting 
and breaking which belongs to verbs 
beginning with "3, "5, see above in 
872.—Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid- 
dle’ bar } ΠΧ 2. owipn yina 433 
MEPN->x to pass through the middle of 
the boards from one end to the other. 
Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and "73 a bar, bolt. 
—Hence 


2. to break away, to fee ; Arab. 2 
to depart, to slip away, to escape intoa de- 
sert place, er ol the son of flight, 


ma 


a gazelle.—Absol. Gen. 31,22.27. 1 Sam. 
19,18; ace. of place whither, 1 Sam. 
27, 43 ‘also 2 Neh. 13, 10, 53 Num. 24, 
125 with 73 of plate whenes 1 Sam. 
20,1. The person from whom one flies 
is preceded by 728 Gen. 16, 8. 35, 1. 7, 
"2p>a Jon. 1, 3, 2 Is. 48, 20, 122 fron 
one’s hand i. e. his power job 27, 22, 
PR2 from with 1 K. 11, 23.—It δ δος 
from 052m to escape, e.g. 1 Sam. 19, 
12 ubysy mse be and he departed, 
and fled, and escaped. —To the imperat. 
- is sometimes added the dat. 4>"M73 q.d. 
in Engl. get thee away, flee, Gen. 27, 43. 


Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr. 
svenfuir. 
- Nove. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5, 


Michaelis and others assign to M72 the 


signif. of Arab. 5 > to turn the left side 


or to the left. But this is needless; for 

it might well be said of a people, whom 

Pharaoh had expected to return after 

three days, but who were now prepa- 

ring to pass into Arabia, that they fled. 
Hires. 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28. 
2. to make flee, to put to flight, Job 41, 

20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28. 
Deriv. "72, 9739, and 


2 Is. 27,1. Job 26, 13, and 73 
plur. o7r""2 Is. 43, 14; for M52, after 
the form p"7z. 

1. One who flies, a fugitive, Is. 43, 14, 
Also fleeing, the fleet, as a poetical epi- 
thet for the serpent, Is. 27,1; likewise a 
constellation Job 26, 13. 

2. Bariah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr. 3, 22. 

"212 see in DNR. 

"3 adj. (r. 1a) f m3, fat, i. q. 
x42, comp. the root no. 2. Ez. 34, 20 
mya mY a fat sheep, where perh. it 
should read m2, or with three Mss. 
mea .—tin Ipb 37, 11 59 π ὩΣ 4S HN, 
many ‘interpreters following the Chaldee 
and Rabbins explain "3 by puwreness, 
spec. clearness, serenity of the heavens, 
(Targ. ΠΣ.) and then render the 
whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the 
cloud. But the interpretation given be- 
low in art, MG is more satisfactory. 


™)2 (i. q. "82 q. d. fontanus) Beri, 
pr.n.m. 1 Chr. ἤ, 36. 


NPD adj. fatted, fat, see r. N72 no. 4 ; 


158 


a3 


of men Judg. 3, 17. Dan. 1, 15; of kine 
Gen. 41, 2. 4. 18. 20; of ears of grain ib. 
v. 5.7, comp. 22%; of food Hab. 1, 16. 
Fem. 87725 collect. the fatlings, the fat 
flock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3. 


MAS Ξ f. (r. 812) ἃ creation, thing 
created or performed of God, espec. new 
and unheard of, Num. 16, 30. Comp. 
Jer. 31, 22. 


MIA £ food, 2 Sam. 13, 5. 7.10. R. 
m3 no. 2. 


M72 see M3. 


2 τὰ. plor. 2773, from τ. Wa 
no. 1. 

1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from 
one side of the tabernacle to the other 
through rings attached to each beard. 
and thus held the boards together; so 
called from passing through, as Lat. 
transtrum for transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq. 
35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. 

2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or 
door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3, 8 κα. al. In 
Jon. 2,7 the bars of the earth are the 
bars of the gate which leads into the 
deep recesses of the earth, 1.6. into Sheol, 
i. gq. DRO "92 Job 17, 16 —Metaph. bers, 
bolts, for | princes, as alditig to protect and 
defend a state (comp. 72 Hos. 11, 6); Is. 
15, 5 "DS IB FIZ his princes flee unto 
Zour. Jerome, vectes ejus. Yet perhaps 
such an ellipsis of the verb to flee is here 
too harsh, especially as there has been 
no previous mention of flight; and I 
would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad. 
Kimchi, to render 5°72 his fugitives ; 
whether we read it 4°33, or derive 
moa from 73 with Kamets pure, 
after the form =U. 


D2 (put for 583, wells) Berim, 
pr. name of a place or district in the 
north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14.—R. 


MYA (gift, donation, τ. 32) Beriah, 
ῬΓ. ἢ. τὰ. a) A son of Ephraim; 1 Chr. 
7, 23 and he called his name Beriah 
im"33 HMw ΓΙ Dd because a gift was 
unto his house; so at least Michaelis 
Suppl. 224. Better it would seem: be- 
cause evil, calamity, was unto his house ; 
n372 being for πϑ with Beth pleonastic, 
see 2 lett. C; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. ὅτε 
ἐν καχοῖς tye ἐν οἴχῳ μου. Vulg. eo 
quod in malis domus ejus ortus esset. b) 


“A 


Gen. 46,17. ¢) 1 Chr. 8,13, d)1Chr. 
23, 10. —Pateonpatik from b, ΡΣ. Be- 
riite Num. 26, 44. 


AIS f(r. 192) 1. acovenant, league, 
usually referred to the cudting in pieces of 
the victims which were sacrificed on con- 
cluding a solemn covenant, and between 
the parts of which the contracting parties 
were accustomed to pass; see in r. M13 
and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug- 
gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves 
attention, viz. that M73 is strictly no- 
thing more than an eating together, ban- 
quet, from 32 no. 2; since among Ori- 
entals fo eat together is almost the same 
as to make a covenant of friendship. 
The Hebrews too were accustomed to 
eat together when entering into a cove- 
nant, see Gen. 31, 54; and in this way 
we obtain an ΤΉ of M9 m3 
covenant (an eating ?) of salt, see nba. 
—Spoken of a league between nations 
or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private 
persons and friends 1 Sam. 18, 3. 23, 18; 
of the matrimonial covenant Mal. 2, 14. 
Ἔ ΓΒ ὭΣΞ Gen. 14, 13, and ὑὸς 
Έ m3 Obad. 7, possessors or men of a 
covenant, i. 6. confederate with any one. 
mv yx Judg. 9, 46, ig. ma dea v. 4, 
god or guardian of covenants; see in bys 
no. 5. a.—T he verbs émployed to express 
the making and sanctioning of a cove- 
Nant, are: M22, Sp, ἸΏ, os’ 2 Sam. 
23,5, 3 812, 3 92> Deut. 29, 11, all which 
see in their order. Those which denote 
its violation, are: "BA, 5M, ard, a pw. 
The covenant of any one is the cbeemead 
made by or with him, Lev. 26, 45. Deut. 
4,31; mint ma the covenant entered 
into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al. 
Spec. and very freq. spoken of the cove- 
nant instituted between God and Abra- 
ham Gen. ὁ. 15, α. 17; confirmed with 
Moses Ex. 24, 7. 8. 34, 27. Deut. 5,2; to 
be renewed and ennobled in after times 
through the intervention of prophets 
and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6. 49, 8. Mal. 3, 
1; comp. Jer. 31, 33. The land pro- 
mised and given to the people of Israel 
by this covenant is called man ys 
the covenant land Ez. 30, 5; and the 
people itself, 63> M73 the holy covenant 
(people) Dan, 11, 28. 30. man WN>2 


159 


ra’ 


the messenger of the (new) covenant, 
μεσίτης, i. 6. the Messiah, Mal. 3, 1. 

2. Elsewhere it tignifies also the con- 
dition of God’s covenant with Israel, viz. 
a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59, 
21. b) Oftener the precepts of God 
which are to be observed by Israel, the 
divine law, i. q. Mim. Hence mins 
m2n Deut. 9, 9. 15; njmy m2 ying 
and mean ΠΣ the ark of the covenant 
or law, i.e. in which the tables of the law 
were preserved; see 7in8. So 37 
nan the words of the covenant or law 
Jer. 11, 2-8. 34, 18. Ex. 34,28 m™ 277 133 
D733 ΤΌΣ the words of the covenant 
or law, the ten commandments. “BD 
man the book of the law, spoken both 
of its earliest beginnings, Ex. 24,7; and 
also of the whole collection of laws; 2 K. 
23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30.—For a covenant 
of salt, see in nea. 

3. Ellipt. ἽΝ 5 
senger of the (new) eanmnant, its interpre- 
ter, μεσέτης, i. 6. the introdnéer of a new 
law and new dispensation, the Messiah, 
Is, 42, 6. 49, 8 ; comp. Mal. 3, 1. bi. 4 
m2 ΤῚΝ the sign of the covenant, i.e. cir- 
cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11. 


m3 f. pr. that which cleanses, any 
thing used for cleansing and scouring ; 
from “3 q. v. with the fem. adj. ending 
Mm. Spec. salt of lye, vegetable salt, 
alkali, (that from minerals is called 
"m2 4. v.) obtained from the ashes of 
various plants of a saltish or alkaline 


| Si-SF Sy 28 ὲ 
nature, Arab. whirl, writ, AS 
Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made 


_use of this along with oil for washing 


and scouring garments instead of soap, 
Jer. 2,22; and also in refining metals, 
Mal. 3, 2.—See more on the various 
names and uses of these plants, in Bo- 
chart Hieroz. Il. p, 43 κα. Celsius Hi- 
erob. I. 449 sq, .C. B. Michaelis Epist. 
ad*Fr. Hofimannum de herba Borith, 
Hale 1728. J. Beckmann Beytrage zur 
Geschichte d. Erfindd. IV. p. 10 sq. 


τ ἼΞ fat. 722" 1. to bend the knee, 
Arab. SP , Ethiop. NZD, 
Syr. $22, id. The primary notion is 


that of breaking down, comp. P28; and 
for the connection of these two ideas, 


to kneel ; 


ao 
see under 5492, 323.—2 Chr. 6,13 723" 
wa 7a-bd arid he knebled down upon his 
knees ; comp. Dan. 6,11. Ps. 95.6 Oh 
come... 22782 Hn nap maa? let us 
kneel béfohe Jehovah our maker. See 
Hiph. and 373 knee. 

2. toinvoke God, to bless ; often in Piel, 
butin Kal only Part. pass. 3372 adored, 
blessed, Sept. εὐλογημένος, εὐλογητός. 
The fuller detail in respect to 9173 is 
given in Piel.—The forms 772 (inf. 
absol. for 773 after the form 8122, Ti0") 
Josh. 24, 10, and 5552 Gen. 28, 6. 1 Sam. 
13, 10. 2 Seth’ 8, 10. 1 Chr. 18, 10, are 
more correctly referred to Piel. 

Nipu. reflex. i. q. Hithpa. to bless one- 
self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18. 28, 14. See fully 
in Hithpa. 

Pret 722, once 322 Num. 23, 20; fut. 
3227, F211, with a distinctive accent 
W227). 

1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke, 
to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to 
adore, which is done with bended knees ; 
see 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, etc. 
Arab. GS, Conj. V, to bless, to praise ; 


‘VI, God is praised with reverential mind. 
—Constr. ὁ. acc. (like γονυπετεῖν τινὰ 
Matt. 17, 14,) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2. 63, 
δ. 66, 8. 103, 1. 2, 104, 35; rarely ὁ. > 
1 Chr. 29, 30. So Part. passive of Kal, 
prnds ἼλΊΞ, Mint “Ξ, blessed be Jehovah, 
i. 6. praised, adored, Ex. 18,10. 1 Sam. 
25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22. 41, 14.—Job 
2,9 73) nx WI bless God and die, 
i.e. bless and praise God as thou wilt, 
yet thou must now die; thy piety towards 
'God isin vain. The language is that of 
an impious woman. For this use of two 
imperatives, one of which is concessive, 
while the other affirms, promises, threat- 
ens, see Heb. Gram. § 127. 2. b.—More 
fully Him" cw F272 to bless the name of 
Jehovah Ps. 96, 2, and nim pwya 72 
(like ™ τῶ xp) Deut. 10, 8, 21, διε: 
Once of the invocation of idole Is. 66, 35 
also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19. 
2. Of men towards men, fo bless, pr. to 
‘invoke blessings upon any one in the 
name of God, MM" pws Ps. 129, 8. 1 Chr. 


16,2. Arab. HL, Ethiop. 1ZN, ia. 
—Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows 
and prayers of a dying parent in behalf 
of his family, his last blessing, Gen 


160 


a 

27, 4.7. 10. 48, 9; of a priest for a peo- 
ple, Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23; of one 
or more tribes for others, Deut. 27, 12. 
Constr. usually with ace. rarely 5 Neh. 
11, 2.—Once of the consecration of a 
sacrifice, 1 Sam. 9, 13. 

3. God too is said to bless men and 
other created things, Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1. 
Often implying also the effect of the di- 
vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper, 
to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 427283 
72 A331 7 will bless thee, ant will 
make thy name great. v. 3. 17, 16, 22, 17. 
24, 1. 30,27. Constr. with two acc. of 
pers. and of that in or with which one 
is blessed of God, Deut. 12,7. 15, 14; or 
2 of thing, Gen. 24, 1. Ps.29,11. Where 
a blessing is invoked upon any one from 
God, the formula is: n3m>> mmx WTB 
blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15, 13; 
mine) xin 3792 Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen. 
14, 19. Judg. 17, 3. mint ἼΤῚΞ blessed 
of ‘Jehoudh Gen. 24, 31. ‘26, 29. Num. 24, 

9.—God is also said to bless inanimate 
things, i. q. to cause them to prosper, 
thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1, 
10. Ps. 65, 11. 132, 15. Prov.3, 33. Sa 
of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen. 
2, 3. 

4. Of men, to bless, i. q. to salute, to 
greet, implying the wish or invocation 
of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13; comp. 
εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, Arab. Jude eduatt. (This 
of course is more emphatic than the mode 
of salutation which merely asks after 
one’s welfare, > Ὁρῶ dx, see Didw.) 
Prov. 27, 14. 2 K. 4, 29. 1 Sam. 25, 14, 
comp. v. 6. Spoken of a person who 
comes to any one, Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 
20; of one who departs and bids fare- 
well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66; also of 
those present who salute a person on 
coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10; or bid farewell 
to those departing, Gen. 24, 60. 28, 1. 
Josh. 22, 6. 7. 

5. In the sense of invoking evil, i. q. 
to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to 
wish destruction to any one ; comp. Job 
31, 30. This is one of the class of inter- 
mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab. 
y x2}, Ethiop. NZL, to bless and to 


Curse ; > VIII, to supplicate, also to 
wish one ill; see more in Thesaur. p. 
241.—Spoken strictly only of men, bu 


Τὰ 
transferred also to curses and impious 
words uttered against God, 1 Καὶ, 21, 10, 
Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5. 11, 2, 5.—Some inter- 
preters, as Schultens, are not fully satis- 
fied that the sense of cursing belongs to 
this verb; they therefore derive from 
the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4) 
a signif. to deny, to renounce, which they 
apply in the passages above cited ; 
comp. Gr. zaigew ἐᾷν, χαίρειν φράζειν 
τινά, But the signif. of cursing is sup- 
ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10, 
and by the analogy of the kindred lan- 
guages as above exhibited. 

Puat 423, part. 4729, 1. Pass. of Pi. 
no. 1, to be blessed, i.e. adored, praised, 
sc. God, Job 1, 21. 

2. Pass. of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. e. 
prospered of God, with 72 of the thing 
with which ; Deut. 33, 13 .njn1 mz 20 
‘war CI QWN ἼΣ ΘῸ Ixy blessed of. Jehovah 
be his land with. the precious gifts of 
heaven, etc. Comp. "7 3373 i. 6. 973 
ninn2. The prep. 72 has here the same 
force as elsewhere after verbs of abun- 
dance, Ex. 16, 32. 

Hipea. 3773" causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order 
to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab. 


- oe a % 
Opt ia. Eth. ANZN, syr. pe} ia. 
See 7372, also 3738 p. 10, 

Hirupa. 72207 reflex. of Pi. no. 2, to 
bless oneself, Deut. 29,18. Constr. with 
2: 8) Of God as invoked in blessing 
oneself. comp. "3 Wa FID. Is. 65, 16 
Vex "xa 7237 yIs3 W229 he that 
blesseth himself in the land, shall bless 
himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2. 
b) Of a person or people whose happi- 
ness one invokes for himself. comp. Gen. 
48,20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king 
there celebrated : pia-b2 ia Ἰ9ἼΞ." 
Ame" in (by) him shall all nations 
bless themselves, they shall- call him 
blessed. In a similar manner is to be 
explained the formula occurring with 
slight variation five times in the book of 
Genesis: PNT Wa7b2 ἩΣἪΞ As nan 
and in thy seed shall all the nations ‘of 
the earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall 
invoke for themselves the lot of Israel, 
Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where 
Niph. is read for Hithpael; also 12, 3. 
18, 18, where for 73713 is “re Wa, 12. 

14 


161 


23 


So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others.—But 
many interpreters, as I also formerly, 
prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald. 
(comp. Gal. 3, 8,) and explain this pas- 
sively: and in thy seed shall all the 
nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros- 
pered, be brought by them to the know- 
ledge and worship of the true God. See 
Jahn Archeeol. II. ii. §163 note. But the 
analogy of the other examples in which 
2 972, 2 ἼΠΞΟΠ, are read, favour the 
other interpretation. 

The derivatives follow, except the pr. 
names 3172, ΤΑΝ 3 comp. FIN 


722 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to 
fall upon the fad to kneel down, sc. in 
prayer to God Dan. 6, 11. 

2. to bless ; Part. pass. 3 i. q. Heb. 

4772. Dan. 3, 28. 

Pa. 3 ὡς comm, 722, to bless God, 
to praise, to adore, with Ὁ Dan. 2, 19. 4 
31. Part. pass. Dan, 2, 20, 


ΓΞ a knee, once in sing. Is. 45, 23. 
Syr. yore, Lesa5, Bthiop. NC'As id. 
Chald. transp. 8353598. 

Ὅσαι, 0°252, constr. "392, knees, the 
knees, spoken not only of two but also 
of many, for the plural. 0292752 all 
knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. “pn 
m.372 waters reaching to the Ἰδὲ Ez. 
47,4. "272 55 upon the knees, upon the 
lap, where new-born. children are re-_ 
ceived by the parents or nurses, Gen. 30, 
3. 50,23, Job 3,12; where also children 
are fondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12. 


772 Chald. id. Dan. 6, 11. 


28272 (whom God hath blessed) 
Barachel, pr. ἢ. of the father of Elihu, 
Job 32, 2. 6. 


M273 f. once 4393 Gen. 27, 38, constr. 
ὨΞΆΞ, c. suff. ὭΞΞ ; plur. mista. ΒΕ, 
73. 

1. a blessing, benediction, as of a dy-. 
ing parent, Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33,11. M373 
pw" the blessing of the ΕΑΝ Prov. 
11, ΤΊ. mint M273 the benediction of Je- 
hovah, the divine blessing, the source of 
prosperity and happiness of every kind, 
Gen. 35,9. Ps. 3,9. Is. 44, 3; so also 
292 simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14; some- 
times with genit.of him whom God thus 
blesses, Gen. 28, 4 DAIS ὈΞῚΞ the 


P= 


blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which 
God has blessed him. 49,26 "yin misya 
52 the blessings of the everlasting moun- 
tains, i. e. with which God has blessed 
them. With gen.in another sense, Prov. 
24, 25 312 M372 benediction of good.— 
Plur. ni=72 blessings from God, Prov. 
10, 6. 28,2; but oftener benefits, favours, 
gifts, sent from God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49, 
25. Comp. Is. 65,8 destroy it not (the 
cluster) 3 4292 72 for a blessing is in 
it, i.e. a gift from God. 

2. Concer. i. q. an object of blessing, 
one blessed of God, one prosperous and 
happy. Gen. 12,2 M553 mM. Ps, 21, 
7 53> ΤῆΞῚΞ ANNA thou dost make him 
most blessed / forever. Collect. Zech. 8, 13. 

3. a gift, present, as signifying nd 
ness and good-will, usually offered with 
congratulations and good wishes, Gen. 
33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2 K. 5, 15. 
M22 ΦῈ2 the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi- 
cent man, Prov. 11, 25. Syr. Lo305, 
Eth. ΩΖ 'T, id. 

4. ἰ. ᾳ. ἴοι, peace, 2K. 18,31 my swe 
M273 make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16. 

5. “Berachah, pr.n. a) A valley i in 
the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26. 
Still called Wady Bereikat, near the 
village Bereikit ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, 
φ.438. Ὁ) m.1 Chr. 12, 3. 

M272 f. constr.n222, a pond, pool, 
pr. at which camels kneel down to drink; 


see r. [72 Hiph. Arab. 3 the basin 


of a fountain or other like reservoir for 
water, Span. alberca.—2 Sam. 2, 13. 4, 
12. Cant. 7,5; fully D2 m293 Nah. 2, 9. 
Ecc. 2,6. There were two pools of this 
kind on the western side of Jerusalem, 
one at the head of the valley of Hinnom, 
and the other lower down in the same 
valley, intended to preserve the waters 
of the rainy season and perhaps those 
of Gihon; viz. the upper pool Is. 7, 3, 
called also the old pool Is. 22, 11; and 
the lower pool Is, 22,9. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. I. p. 483-87. 


M372 (whom Jehovah hath blessed, 
for 77352) Berechiah, Barachiah, pr. n. 
m. a) Asonof Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3, 
20. b) ib. 9, 16, ὁ) Neh. 3, 4, 30, 
4) See 4n7372 a. 


162 


prs 


WWIIND (id.) Berechiah, Barachiah, 
pr.n.m. a) The father of the prophet 
Zechariah, Zech. 1,7; but inv. 177393. 
b) 1Chr. 8, 34. c) 2 Chr. 28, 15. 


* D2 a root not used in the verb, 
pr. onomatopoetic, i. q. Begum, βριμάομαι, 
Lat. fremo, Germ. brummen, summen, 
Engl. to hum, to buzz. In Arabic it is 
spoken: 

1, Of the noise and murmuring of mo- 
rose and discontented men, to murmur, 
to grumble ; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 for 
Gr. γογγυσμός the Arabic version has 
oy comp. also > to be disdainful, 
proud, pr. to be peevish, morose. 

2. Of the sound made in spinning 
and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz; 
and hence ey Conj. Il, 1V, to twist 
threads together, e. g. of different col- 
ours. Hence Heb. 5°27"2. 

3. Like other verbs of twisting and 
binding, (see 54m, pIn,) this is also 
transferred to the idea of firmness, 


strength, as 
Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps 


D2 Chald. pr. adv. of affirmation, 
yea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums 
and Syr. ες; but in the O. T. it is 
every where adversative, but, yet, never- 
theless, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12. 5,17. Ezra 5, 
13. Comp. bay no. 2—The pocsibls 
derivation of this word from r. D323 is 
denied by some; who however do hot 
suggest any others Kindred perhaps 
with Chald. B'my ; see MN, AN. 


ey to make firm; comp. 


3272 see 3292 WIP. 


* 272 obsol. root, Arab. gy to ex- 
cel; Conj. V, to give spontaneously.— 
Hence pr. ἢ. A3"43. 

M272 1 Chr. 7, 23, see in mE" 3. 

“Δ (for 22752, see 2 p. 109) Bera, 
pr. ἢ. ofa king of Sodom, Gen. 14, 2. 


* P22 to lighten, to send Sorth light- 
ning, as God, once Ps, 144, 6. Arab. 


--- 


GP: Syr. 2 id. Ethiop. AZ® 
fulsit, AMZ, fulminavit. 
Deriv. 5°2p92, MP2, and 


va? 


pra 


ῬῊΞ m. 1. lightning, Syr. Arab. 


Le, a) , id. Dan. 10,6. Collect. 
lightnings, Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15. 
Ezra 1, 13. Plur. 5°%—73 Job.38, 35. 
Ps. 18, 15. 77, 19. al. ‘Trop. of the 
brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez. 
21, 15. 33. Deut. 32,41 ᾿Ξ pra the 
lightning of my sword i.e. my glittering 
sword. Nah. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11; comp. 
Zech. 9, 14.—Hence 

2. Poet. for a glittering sword, Job 
20, 25. 

3. Barak, pr. n. of a leader of the Is- 
raelites, who with the aid of Deborah, 
obtained a great victory over the Ca- 
naanites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15. 
He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt, 
Lat. fulmen (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as 
among the Carthaginians Hamilcar 
was called Barcas. 


P23, see pra-"23, p. 141. g. 


ὉἿΡῚΞ (painter, for dipy"}32, see 5 
Ῥ. 109; from Arab. uss) to paint with 
colours ; or from the quadril. UF ~ id.) 
Barkos, pr.n.m. Ezra 2,53. Neh. 7, 55. 


D242 m. plur. i. g. D°97%2, thresh- 
ing sledges, tribula, see in 3747. Judg. 
8, 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were 
set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint- 
stone so common in Palestine, Gr. πυρῖ- 
τις fire-stone; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Ill. p. 143.—This name is perhaps de- 
rived from an obsol. form 372 lighten- 
ing, giving out light, which prob. 
denoted flint, firestone, πυρῖτις ; comp. 
8 
[5] stony ground, perh. pr. abounding 
in flint-stone, as is the case with a great 
part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence 
Sing. "2272 α threshing-sledge of flint, 
Plur. 5"2p73. 

P73 f. Ex. 28, 17, and MPD (Lehre. 
Ῥ. 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, so 
called from its glittering, sparkling, from 
r. p22. Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren- 
der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun 
also advocates, de Vest. Sacerdott. p- 
517 sq. appealing to the Greek form μά- 
θαγδος, σμάραγδος, which seems to come 
from the Heb. word. And not unaptly ; 
since also Gr. μαραγή, σμαραγή, with 
their derivatives, which have the signif. 


163 


πα" 


of noise, thunder, correspond also to the 
Heb. p23; while μάραγδος, as the name 
of a gem, would come from the notion of 
brightness, sparkling, which is primary 
in this root. 


= “MS, praet.1 pers. "Minz Ez. 20, 38, 


inf. c. suff. 092 Ece. 3, 18 after the form 

7% from 72%. Kindr. are 83, ΓΙᾺ. 
1. to separate, to sever out. Ez. 20, 38 

D192 Baa "Mina Iwill separate Srom 


among you the rebellious. Arab. “3 
Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others. 
2. to select, to choose out, comp. 172 
no. 3. Part. pass, "993, selected, chosen ; 
1 Chr. 9, 22 ΒΡ ΘΝ. ooanan 522 all 
those chosen for porters, as porters. 16, 
41. Also select. chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7, 
40; animals Neh. 5, 18. é 
3. to separate and remove filth, impu- 
rity, i. gq. to cleanse, to purge, to purify, 
e.g. a) An arrow from rust, to polish, 
to make bright and sharp, Is. 49,2. See 
Hiph. Arab. to cut or pare down, 


to pointa weapon. b) Ina moral sense, 
of words and actions, to cleanse, to 

rify. Part. pass. Zeph. 3, 9 ΤΠ ἽΞ ΠΕ 
a pure lip, i.e. language. Ady. Job 33, 
3 ἸΡΞ 7973 "NEw P23} and what I know, 
my lips shall utter purely, i. e. with sin- 
cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9 
the commandment of Jehovah is pure, 
i, 6. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph. 


Pi. Hithpa.—Arab. r mid. E, to be 
Ss 
just, true, r just, true. Syr. ἴῃ 
pure, neat, simple, {2o,.¢5 purity. In 
the literal signification it corresponds 
with Lat. purus, Engl. pure, Germ. bar, 
Engl. bare ; and trop. with Lat. verus, 
Germ. wahr. 


4. to search out, to examine, to prove, 
which is done by separating and distin- 


guishing, comp. "P32 no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18 


D732; corresp. to inf. 7b Ecc. 9, 1. 
Gs 6 
See "92. Arab. peel scrutatus est 


veritatem, 3G mid. Waw, exploravit. 
5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see 
adj. "2 II. no. 3, and Chald. 73 II. 
Nipu. 933 reflex. to purify oneself, to 
be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa- 
ered office, Is. 52, 11. Part. "32 pure 


mt 
i.e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27, 2 Sam. 
22,27. See Kal no, 3. b. 

Pret to cleanse, to purify, morally, 
Dan. 11, 35, 

Hien. to cleanse, to clean, e. g. arrows, 
to make bright and sharp Jer. 51,11, see 
Kal ne. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh- 
ing-fleor, Jer. 4, 11. 

Hirupa. 1. to purify oneself, sc. from 
the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified, 
to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35. 

2. to show oneself pure, i. e. just, up- 
right, benignant, spoken of God, comp. 
in Kal no. 3. b. Ps. 18, 27 "32 09 
mann with the pure thou wilt show 
thyself pure. The form "2mm 2 Sam. 
22, 27, is for "420M in Ps. l.c. see Lehrg. 
p. 374. 

a sa II, "2, mma, 6293. 


w73 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
bad to od to cut in, see under r. N22 ; 


9.09 
whence Arab. my axe.—Hence wina 


cypress or pine, q. Vv. 

yW2 (i. q. 89752 son of wicked- 
ness, see 3 p. 109,) Birsha, pr. n. of a 
king of Gomorrah Gen, 14, 2. 


2 ΓΞ obsol. root, prob. to cut, to hew ; 
see O72. Hence min3 cypress or pine. 

“AWA (cool, cold, comp. Arab. re Υ, 
to be cool, 6. g. water,) every where 
with art. "12am q.d. the cold, Besor, pr. 
n. of a torrent emptying itself into the 
Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9. 
10. 21. 

mw} and MWS ἢ (τ. 83) 1. glad 
tidings, good news, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25. 
2 K.7,9; once with M2%¥ added, 2 Sam. 
18, 27. 

2. reward for good tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10. 


*DWS obsol. root, to have a good 
smell, to be fragrant. Chald. et Syr. 
boa, "κῶς, id. but oftener genr. to be 
sweet, pleasant. Comp. O83. 

Deriv. the pr. names pws, Dw372 ; 
also the three following : 

DWD or BWA (Kamets impure) τῇ. 


balsam, balsam-plant, frequent in the 
gardens of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1. 


Arab. plas a fragrant shrub, similar 
to the cineca also with Lam 


164 


“wa 
inserted quadril. οἴνων, hats, 


βάλσαμος, balsam, Vaccines or tree. 
Chald. and Talmud. 72053, also ἡ ΟΞ, 
l being changed into 7. 


NWA and DW. m. both in Ex. 30, 23. 

1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec. 
as diffused by spices; Syr. [Sem spice 
Is. 3, 24. ὈΣΞ ΣΡ spicy cinnamon, 
aromatic, Ex. 1. θ. Plur. Cant. 4, 16. 

2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10. 
Ex. 35, 28, Ez. 27, 22. Plur. pata 
spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6. 35, 8. "4 
o°av2 mountains bearing spices, spice 
mountains, Cant. 8, 14. 

3. i. q. BYB, balsam-plant, Cant. 5, 
13. 6, 2. 

MM2U3 (fragrant) Basemath, pr. n. f. 
a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite 
Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter of 
Ishmael Gen. 36, 3.4.13. b) A daugh- 
ter of Solomon, 1 K. 4, 15. 


* “Wa in Kal not used, Arab. 725 
to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account 
of good news; mid. A and Conj. II, to 
cheer by good news, with acc. of pers. and 


Ww of thing. The primary idea seems 
to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. rud- 


| diness or brightness, see CIN; whence 


9 - 
yee fair, beautiful; since the coun- 


tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness 
and joy; (comp. 31 good, fair, joyful; 
"m> cheek, from τ. ΠΡ to be fair ;) 
as vice versa it is deformed by stern- 


S 
See “,““σ 


Hence p23; Spits 
the human skin, “W2 flesh, in both which 
is the seat of beauty. 

Piet "W321. pr. to cheer with glad 
tidings, i. e. to bring glad tidings, good 
news, to announce (good news) to any 
one, with acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19 
“31 "2 TPBITMN. NTWIN NITION Let 
me now run and bring the king tidings, 
etc. Ps, 68, 12 59 ΝΞ Σ minwann (fe- 
males) announced the glad tidings to 
the mighty host, 1 Sam, 31,9. Is. 40,9. 
Absol. 2 Sam, 4, 10 3"ya "Wae> ΓᾺΡ 
he thought to have brought good tidings, 
Also with acc. of the thing announced, 
Is. 60,6, Ps, 40,10. Part. "waa mes- 
senger of good tidings Is. 40,9; esp. of 


ness and anger. 


wa 165 


peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 31, 9. Ps. 
68, 12. 

2. Rarely in a more general sense of 
any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sam. 


18, 20. 26; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17." 


Hence twice more definitely 313 "wa 
1 Κ 1, 42. Is. 52, 7. 

Hirupa. lo receive good tidings, 2 Sam. 
18,31. Arab. Conj. I, mid. E, and Conj. 
IV, VIII, X. 

Deriv. H7iw3, and 


“W2 m. once plur. p72 Prov. 14,30. 

1. flesh ; for the etymology see in r. 
swwz Καὶ. Syr. fjm, Chald. x02 and 

8 

mows, id. Arab. “45 and $045 the 
skin, but metaph. the human race, which 
comes trom the idea of flesh.—Spoken: 
a) Of the flesh of the living body, both 
of men and beasts, Gen. 41, 2. 19. Job 
33, 21. 15. Once, it would seem, for the 
skin, (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102,6 "943 p33 
"qw2> my bones cleave to my skin, as 
denoting extreme emaciation. b) Of 
the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex. 
16, 12. Lev. 7,19. Num. 11, 4. 13. So 
Job 31, 31 in praise of his hospitality : 
dav? ND inwas jm 72 where is one who 
is not satiated with his meat? i. e. his 
feasts.—Also 

2. Meton. flesh, i. q. the body, the whole 
body, opp. %B2, Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22. 
Prov. 14, 30 ἈΞ 23 DXA 88M the Life 
of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes 
with the accessory notion of frailty and 
proneness to sin, (comp. Matt. 26, 41,) 
Kec. 2, 3.5, 5. 

3. Spoken of all living creatures ; as 
“iwa-b> all flesh, i. e. all animate be- 
ings, men and animals, Gen, 6, 13. 17. 
19. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8,17; all animals Gen. 
8,17. Spec. all men, the human race, 
mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21. 
Is. 40, 5.6. Very often as opp. to God 
and the divine Spirit, (ΘΝ της, m7.) 
with the accessory notion of weakness, 
frailty, mortality, Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4 
Ἢ ww. ὌΠΣΠ hast thou eyes of flesh ? 
i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted. 
Is. 31,3 the Egyptians are men, and not 
gods ; ΤΙΝῚ Nb) 72 OMONO their horses 
are flesh, and not spirit, i.e. not endowed 
with a divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78, 39. 
Jer. 17,5; comp. 2 Cor. 10,4. InN. T. 


wa 

σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα are in like manner opp. to 
God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal. 
1, 16. 

4, "ys "2x2, my bone and my flesh, 
i.e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29, 
14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14; 
comp. Gen, 2, 23. Also simpl. ""wa id. 
Gen. 37,27 897 3393 22°HR 2. Spoken 
of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is, 
58,7. Comp. ἀν. 

5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda viri, 
comp. Gr. σῶμα, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev. 
15, 2. 3.7.19. Also ΠΣ “wa flesh of 
nakedness Ex. 28, 42. 

“W3 Chald. i..q. Heb. flesh, Dan. 7, 5; 
in stat. emphat. 872, spoken of man- 
kind, mortals, Dan. 2, 11. xywar>> all 
flesh, all living creatures, men and ani- 
mals, Dan. 4, 9 [12]. 

MIS see nyiwa. 


be 202 or 28a to be cooked, ripen- 
ed, i. 6. 

1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Ez. 
24, 5. 

2. In the sun’s heat, to ripen, to be 
ripe, e. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 13]. 

Syr.\.20, Chald. dua, Eth. OFA to 
be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man- 
ner the ideas of cooking and ripening 
are united in other verbs; as in Arab. 


rama Pers, pis and .pte bukhien 


and pukhten, to which nearly corre- 
sponds Germ. backen, Engl. to bake ; 
Gr. πέπτω, πέσσω, Lat. coquitur uta, 
vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q. 
Germ. die Traube kocht. 

Pret causat. of Kal no. 1, fo cook, i. 6. 
to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh, Ex. 16, 23. 
29, 31. 1 K. 19, 21; other kinds of food, 
Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8. 2 K. 4, 38. 
6, 29. 

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 12, 9. Lev. 6, 21. 

Hieu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen, 
to bring to maturity, Gen. 40, 10; see 
under >>ux. P 

Deriy. ni>v29 and 

bwa τὰ. Ex. 12,9, M203 £ Num. 6; 
19, the boiled, the sodden. 

Dw (for cdvi-;2 son of peace, see. 
in 2 p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian 
officer in Palestine Ezra 4, 7 


wa 
. 72 not used in Hebrew; Arab. 


595,9. 
ki light and level soil, soft sand. 
Hence pr. n, 1233 and 


Ja (light sandy soil) often with art. 
jean, Bashan, pr. τι. of the northern 
part of the country beyond Jordan; 
bounded on the northwest by the region 
adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5, 
23; on the south by the Jabbok and 
mountains of Gilead; and extending on 
the east as far as to Salchah (Silkhad) 
Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was 
taken by the Israelites from Og, king of 
the Amorites; and given with a part 
of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh, 
Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele- 
brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13. 
Ez. 27,6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich 
pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut. 
32, 14. Ps. 22,13. Am. 4,1. Ez. 39, 18. 
[Though comparatively a level region, 
yet there are high mountains in its 
southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16.—R.] 
Chald. 42772, 3372, Syr. Ids, Gr. in 
Josephus and Ptolemy Βαταναΐα, Bata- 
nea, Arab. KSI el-Bethenyeh ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158. 
n. 5. 


TWA Γ (τ. Wiz) shame, Hos. 10, 6. 
Nouns ending in the syllable 42, 82, 
appended to the root, are found also in 
Chaldee, see art. NITES 5 and more fre- 
quently in Ethiopic, τὰν Ludolf Gram. 
ZEthiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the 
ending j~. 


᾿ ova once read in Po, d%2 for 
Odi fo tread down, to trample upon, c. 
by Am.5,11. For the interchange of 
Ὁ and 8, see under lett. Ὁ. 


Ὁ a spurious root, whence some 
derive the form S13 Pil. of the verb 
in, q. v. 


MWS f(r. tin) c. suff “mia, oda. 

1. shame, confusion, often with 0738 
added, where Engl. Vers. confusion of 
Sace, Jer. 7, 19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7.8. 
So mya wad Job 8, 22. Ps, 35, 26, and 
mwa nny Ps. 109, 29, to be clothed with 
shame, to be covered with confusion. 

2. shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is. 


166. 


na 


54, 4. 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11 my 
rita in suthednese and shame ; others: 
having thy shame (pudenda) naked: 

3. an idol, which only disappoints the 
hopes of its worshippers, and puts them 
to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3. 
Hos. 9, 10. 


I. M3 ἢ (contr. from 33 for ma, r. 
M33) c..suff. "ma from m2; Plur. nize, 
constr. M33 as fr. a Sing. 423, comp. 
"22 sons, 


1. a daughter. Arab. ὡ», plur. 


μὰ Syn. (2,5, plur. {2225; Chald. 
M2 and ἈΞ, constr. M73, c. suff. m3, 

plur. 33 ἀπ Ἢ DIRT nie the daughters 
of men, women, opp. to the sons of God, 
Gen. 6, 2. 4, Cant. 7, 2 [1] 2"2-n2 O 
prince’s daughter, a term of courteots 
address to a high-born maiden. So the 
queen herself is addressed as M2, Ps. 45, 
11; comp. 3 no. 4. , 

The word m3 daughter, like 43, is. 
employed also by the Hebrews in wider 
senses: 

2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fe- 
male descendant. So >xv7 ni23 daugh- 
ters of Israel for the Hebrew women, 
Judg. 11, 40; j322 mi2a daughters of 
Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec. 
maidens, Gen. 28, 8; and so with the 
name of a pakticular people, miza 
mndeed 2 Sam. 1, 20; "ὩΣ mba my 
countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also. mia 
mnt Ps, 48, 12, where some incorrectly 
understand the towns of Judah ; since the 
small places around a city are called the 
daughters of that city, and not of the 
district. In this passage the daughters 
i. 6. women of Judah (no, 5) are put in 
antith. with Zion, i.e. the sons or men of 
Zion, and thus both together according 
to the laws of parallelism designate the 
inhabitants of Zion and the rest of Ju- 
dah of both sexes. Comp. Is, 4, 4. 

3. a maiden, young woman, comp. 52 
no. 3; Gr. ϑυγάτηρ, Fr, fille. Gen. 30, 
13. Cant, 2, 2. 6,9. Judg. 12, 9. Is. 32, 9. 
Poet. ΣΤ Ma daughter of women, a 
maiden, Dan, 11, 17. 

4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh- 
ter, Esth, 2,7. 15.—Also a female pupil, 
disciple, comp. 72 no. 5; here in refer- 
ence to a god, i. q. female worshipper. 


na 


Mal. 2, 11 923 >x-m3 the daughter of a 
strange god. 

5. With a genit. of place, espec. of a 
city or country, ΓΞ denotes a native of 
that place, one born and brought up 
there, a female inhabitant, espec. of 
youthful age ; 6, g. BI>waI? Misa Cant. 
2, 7. 3, 5. 5, 8. 16; yey riba Is. 3, 16. 17. 
4,4; yuan nis ‘Gen. 34, 1—By a pe- 
culiar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac 
tongues, the word m2 daughter, like 
other feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 
Heb. Gram. § 105. 8, d,) is used by the 
poets as a collective, for 0°32 sons ; comp. 
‘473 M2 Mic. 4, 14 for 1953 "32 2 Chr. 25, 
13; and then the daughter of a city, 
country, people, is put poetically for its 
inhabitants. EK. g. "3-ma for ἊΣ "33 the 
Tyrians Ps. 45, 13; ΠΩΣ Is. 37, 
22; yxeTna Is. 16, 1. 52, 2, ‘Jer. 4, 31; 
pix-na Lam. 4, 22; py¢e-na Τά 46, 
11.19, 24; δ ΓῺΞ Is. 23,10; "ὩΣ" ὯΞ 
i. ἃ. "22 "22 my countrymen Is. 22, 4. 
Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac, 
sono} 2,2 the daughter of Abraham, 
for the sons or descendants of Abraham, 
the Hebrews ; see Comment. on Is. 1, 8. 
Hence has arisen the προσωποποίΐα so 
common to the Hebrew poets, by which 
the whole body of inhabitants ina place 
is personified as a female, (Is. 23, 12 sq. 
47, 1 sq. 54, 1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus 
the daughter of a land i also said to be 
a virgin, as 7i79E-N2 MDM i. 6. thou 
virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in- 
stead of apposition, Is. 23,12; 53a-ma’3 
Is. 47, 1, Manna “5 Lam. 1, 15, 
ὈΠΑΣΌΓΩΞ 5 Jer. 46, 11. ΩΣ ΤΙΞ 3 Jer. 
14,17. But as the name of a people is 
chen transferred to designate its land, 
and vice versa, (Lehrg.p. 469, ) so this use 
of m2, which strictly designates inhabi- 


tants, is transferred by the poets to the - 


city or country itself Thus }i*"-na 
i. q. the city Jerusalem Is. 1, 8. 10, 32 ; 
da2-m2 Ps. 137, 8; and so we find even 
b53-n3 navi inhabsleins of the daugh- 
ter of Babylon, i.e. inhabitants, dwellers 
in Babylon, Zech. 2,11. Jer.46,19. 48,18. 

6. With genit. of time, as denoting a 
female who has lived during that time; 
δ. g. mB ὈΠΣΌΓΩΞ the daughter of 
ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen. 
17,17. Comp. 42 no. % 


167 


mms 


7. Trop. the daughter of any thing is 
that which is dependent on, connected 
with, or distinguished for that thing; 
comp. 13 no. 8. Thus'the daughters of 
a city are the small towns and villages 
lying around it and dependent on its 
jurisdiction, Num. 21, 25. 32. 32, 42. Josh. 
17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So j22"Ma daugh- 
ter of the eye, i. 6. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8, 
see in ἸἼ τ; also I" M23 the daughteré 
of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; m3 
23223 a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1, 16; 
Dit: ἘΞ (ivory) the daughter of cedar- 
wood, i. e. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6. 

8. Once of animals, in the phrase “ma 
mst, Koleilt ers, daughters of the 
ostrich, i. q. the ostrich, see under M323. 
Comp. 13 no. 10. 

9. Poet. daughters of a tree, for its 
boughs, branches ; Gen. 49, 22 ΤΊΣΙΣ M23 
“1d "29 its daughters mount over the 
wall, i.e. the branches of the fruitful 
tree to which Joseph is compared ; see 
WS: 

10. In a few feminine proper names: 

a) 5°25"ma (daughter of many ) Bath- 
rabbim, pr. n. of a gate in Heshbon, 
Cant.7,5 [4]. - 

b) ooy-na (daughter of the oath) 
Bath-sheba, pr. n. of the wife of Uriah, 
defiled by ar and then taken as his 
wife after the murder of her husband ; 
known also as the mother of Solomon. 
2 Sam.c. 11, ο. 12.1 K.1,15sq. Called 
also 3"8-n2 Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3, 5. 

c) H3m2 (daughter i. 6. worshipper 
of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 


II. M3 (τ. mm2 no. 1) plur. D2, 
comm, gend, m. Ez. 45, 10. f. Is. 5. 10; 
bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine 
and oil, equal to the ephah (MB"x q. v.) 
in dry measure, i.e. about 84 gallons. 
Ten baths made one homer (73h, see 
Ez. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2, 
9, 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 8q. Is. 5, 10. 

ΓΞ Chald. i. gq. Hebr. no. I. Plur. 
y"ma Ezra 7, 22. 

MIM2 f. (τ. m2 no. 2) desolation ; Is. 
7,19 inant “br the desolate valleys, de- 
serts. Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi- 
tous, craggy; comp. "73 cut off, abrupt, 
precipitous, and gay ds from ῥήγνύμι. But 
the former sense is prvi Comp. 
in m2. 


nna 


MN Γ (r. mma no. 2) desolation ; spo- 
ken of a vineyard Is. 5,6 HN AANA 
ᾳ. ἃ. n33 san we 7 will make it a deso- 
lation, pr. a cutting off, consumption ; 
Vulg. ponam eam desertam. The gram- 
marians have not been consistent in re- 
spect to this and the preceding form 
Mm2; they ought both to have been 
pointed with the same vowels. 


SNIP2 Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man, 
(i. q. bain man of God,) the father of 
Laban and Rebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24, 
15. 24. 47. 50. 25, 20. 28, 2. 5. 

2. Of a place, (from lis i. 4. ΤῊΣ, pr. 
abode of God,) belonging to the tribe of 
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30; written by con- 
traction >amz in Josh. 19, 4. Inthe 
same list of cities in Josh. 15, 30, we find 
instead of it > o>. See Reland Pales- 
tina p. 152, 153. 

ana see in X43 no. 2. 


rors f. (r. m2 q.v.) 1. a virgin, 


pure and unspotted; Arab. J, 8 Syr. 
lisdo, id. Gen. 24, 16 mbana... 922 
ASITT ND tn} and the imatden 1. \aas a 
virgin, neither had any man known her. 
gin, 13, 2.18. m>8M3 M432 a maiden 
who is a virgin, intacta, Deut. 22, 23. 28. 
Judg. 19, 24. 21, 12.1 ἘΠῚ) 2.—Hence 
also 

2. a virgin just married, a young 
spouse, Joel 1,8. Sept. νύμφη. So Lat. 
virgo Virg. Ecl. 6. 47. A&n. 1, 493; 


puella Georg. 4. 458; also Arab. με 


virgin. 

3. By a προσωποποίΐα common to the 
Hebrews, in which cities or countries 
are personified as females, the same are 
also called virgins, see the examples 
cited in M2 no. 5. So too where ὯΞ is 
omitted, simpl. 5x tw" n>3n2 virgin of 
Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18, 
13. 31, 4. 21. Am. 5, 3. Chald. Vers. 
correctly batons ΜΕΝ catus Israélis. 
—Hence 

DDIM m. plur. 1. virginity, Lev. 
21, 13 mpi MbANaa Mwy xin he shall 
take a wife in her virginity, who is a 
virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 "55 
}P >a their virgin breasts. 

2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp. 


168 


“na 

m2 no. 3. Ὁ, sign of a covenant,) i. 6. 
the bed-clothes stained with blood on the 
wedding-night, Deut. 22,14 sq. Comp. 
Leo Afric. p. 325. Niebuhr’s Deseript. 


of Arabia p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis 
Mosaisches Recht II. § 92. 


MMA see ὯΞ I. no. 10. ο. a 
DMS plur. houses, see M72. 
᾿ tha whence mbama virgin. Arab. 


= 4. 
is is to separate, i. q. >12; hence 
meina is one separated and Tnecladedd 
from intercourse with men. But it may 
be worth inquiry, whether dma is not 
i. q. 582 to ripen ; whence nbana one 
ripe, mature. Comp. m252. 


. PD | in Kal not used; once in Pret 


Ez. 16, 40 tmiasn3 FPN and they 
shall cut (hew) thee in pieces with their 
swords ; Sept. κατασφάξουσί σε, Vulg. 


trucidabunt te. Arab. SES to cleave 
asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off; 
Ethiop. ΩΤ Ὦ to break. 


3 " . . ‘ 
na to cut wn two or in pieces, to 
divide, as victims in sacrifice, so in 


Kat and Pizzi, Gen. 15,10. Arab. ne 
to cut off, to break off. Kindred roots 
are Las, -t0, 72, NB. 

Deriv. "na, 7973. 


“M2 Chald..after, for "M82; see art. 
mex p. 105. 


“2 τὰ. (r."M2) ὁ. suff. m3, plur. 
constr. "732. 

1. a piece, part of a victim as cut up, 
Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19. 

2. section, i. e. the being cut up; spo- 
ken of a region cut up or divided by 
mountains and valleys, rugged, craggy, 
precipitous, comp. wns. Cant. 2, 17 
sna an->3, Sept. ἐπὲ ὄρη ποιλωμι τιμὰν 
i, 8. mountains cut up with valleys. 


yan m.(r. "%2) pr. section, i.e. are- 
gion cut wp with mountains and valleys ; 
or better, a valley cutting into mountains, 
i.q. @ craggy valley, mountain gorge, 
defile, κοίλωμα, like ῥαγάς from ῥηγνύω. 
2 Sam. 2,29. Comp. "73 no. 2.—Others 
take it as the pr. n. of some particular 
valley or region; but this would make 
little difference, since even then it must 


nna 


have been derived from the nature of 
the place. 


* MN obsol. root, Arab. cx) I, IV, to 
cut, to cut off, to break off, comp. under 


τ. T32 I; wis something broken off, 
μι - —awe 
finished, destroyed, S49 and Kua! whol- 


Gimel, >a, the third letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot- 
ing 3. Its name differs only in form 
from >23 camel ; and its figure in Pheni- 
cian inscriptions (A, A,) bears acer- 
tain resemblance to the camel’s hump 
or neck; see Monumen. Phen. p. 22. 

As the softest of the palatal letters 
(53.532) except Yod, it is often inter- 
changed: a) With the harder palatals 
>and ἢ, both in the Hebrew itself, 
and in the corresponding forms of the 


kindved dialects; 6. g. WTS, pn Oe 
Gnd a heap of sheaves; M53, 
ἴζραϑ, Gera sulphur; 799 and 723 
to cover, to protect ; 122 and 022, >, 
to collect, to heap up; 53} and 52" to run 


S_e, 
up and down, 37233, Xa3, calix of flow- 


a a“ Ge 
ers; TH, (λξ and 3 to cut; πρῶ, 
πλῷ, κω. an almond-tree. 


b) More rarely with the gutturals ; as 
3, e.g. 332, Chald. 333, 323, to burst 


=r?) 
forth ;773, Arab. S56 to provoke ; alson, 


6. g. MHDN, Kees, young of birds ; 
comp. Mx. 


N32 m. adj. for 44 (τ. ΓΙ 8) elated, i. 6. 
haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6. 


*FINS fut. AN, a poetic word. 
1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to increase, 
8. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5; of a 
plant growing Job 8, 11—Job 10, 16 
“EMS SMS. NIN and ὑ it lift up itself 
(se. my head) thou rial me as a lion. 


169 


ἽΝ 


ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems to 
have signified : 

1. to cut or mark out, to define, and 
hence to measure ; whence M2 II, as a 
measure of liquids. 

2. to cut off any thing, to make an end 
of, to lay wholly waste, i. q. 522; whence 
nya, AN. 


2. Metaph. to be exalted, majestic, 
glorious, spoken of God, Ex. 15, 1. 21.— 
Hence in the derivatives also: 

3. to be eminent, excellent, splendid ; 
see deriv. 7183 no. 2. 

4. to be elated, i. e. haughty, proud ; 
see deriv. M83 no. 2, 7983 and 7583 no. 3. 

Syr. Pa. TK to devorate, to make 


splendid, magnificent ; Ethpa. to boast 


oneself ; IK bh decorated, elegant, 
magnificent. In the signif. of pride it 
corresponds with Gr. vedo. 

Deriv. 88, 73 I, and those here fol- 
lowing. 


TINA adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofty, 
Is. 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 mys-d> mys 
ΗΝ look upon every high " thing. 
and bring it low. 

2. elated, i.e. proud, haughty, Jer. 48, 
29. Plur. 5°83 the proud, often with the: 
accessory notion of impiety, ungodli- 
ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu- 
mility include also the idea of piety, see 
"3. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 35. 16, 
19. Sept. ὑπερήφανοι, ὑβρισταί. 


ΤΙΝᾺ f. pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13. 


STN (majesty of God) Geuel pr. n. 
m. Num. 13, 15. 


ΤΌΝ f(r. 83) pr. elevation, exalta- 
tion; hence 

1. majesty, glory, as of God, Deut. 33 
26. Ps, 68, 35. 

2. ornament, excellency, splendour, 
Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29. 

3. pride, haughtiness ; Ps. 73, 6 135 
ΤῊΝ ΣΌΣ therefore pride 
them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their: 
neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 31, 


INS 


24, Prov. 14, 3. Is. 9,8. 13, 3. 11. 16,6. 
25,11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the 
mountains tremble through its pride, i.e. 
its proud swelling or heaving. 

D233 m. plur. (τ. 83, after the form 
S"pPAwy, oANTP,) redemptions, redemp- 
tion ; Is. 63, 4 "baNa MPO the year of my 
redemption, § i. 6. in which I will redeem 
my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu- 
ally: the year of my redeemed. 

PRS m. (τ. HN) constr. FINS, once 
plur. 077183 Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation, 
exaltation; hence 

1. majesty, grandeur, e. g. of God, Ex. 
15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19.21. 24, 14 3px "> jiNga 
they shout for the majesty of Jehovah. 
Job 37, 4 32183 DIP the voice of his ma- 
jesty, i. 6. thunder. 40, 10 5x3 RTT ID 
M251 deck thyself now with majesty and 
grandeur. Mic. 5, 3. 

2. ornament, excellence, splendour, Is. 
4,2. 80, 15 I will make thee 0353 7183.4 
perpetual excellency, glory. 13, 19 MINER 
ἘΠῚ 23 7183 the glorious ornament of ‘the 
Chaldeans, i. e. the city of Babylon. 
14, 11. Ps. 47,5 aps" 7ixs the excellency, 
ornament, of Jacob, q. ἃ. the pride of Ja- 
cob, the Holy Land; also of Ged, Am. 8, 
7. FRPNT ὙΝᾺ the excellency, pride, of 
Jordan, poet. for its green and shady 
banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks, 
and cane, in which lions make their cov- 
ert, Jer. 12, 5. 49,19. 50,44. Zech. 11, 3. 
Comp. Jerome on Zech. |. c. Relandi 
Palestina p. 274. 

3. i.g. FINS no. 3, pride, haughtiness ; 
Prov. 16, 18 pride goeth before a fall. 
aps? 83 the haughtiness of Jacob Am, 
6,8. Nah. 2, 3. Job 35,12. Is. 13, 11. 
16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves, 
Job 38, 11; see in ΓΝ. no. 3. Comp. 
ΤΗ͂Ν no. 4. 

MANS f. (τ. 583) Tsere impure. 

1. a lifting up, any thing high. 18. 
9, 17 WBE MARZ a column of smoke. 

2. majesty of God, Ps. 3, 1. 

3. ornament, excellency, ‘splendour, Is. 
28, 1.3. Coner. Is. 12, 5. 

4. haughtiness, pride, Ps. 17,10. Trop. 
of the sea, Ps. 89,10; comp. in 7}X3 no. 3. 

TPR adj. (τ. M3) proud, haughty, 
Ps. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri 5°71" "33 the 
proud oppressors. 

FMR valleys, see R73. 


170 


ὌΝ 


μὲ ΝᾺ fat. 5x35 1, to redeem, to 
ransom, e. g. a field or farm sold, by 
paying back the price, Lev. 25, 25, Ruth 
4,4.6; any thing consecrated to God, 
Lev. 27, 13. 15. 19. 20.31; a slave Lev. 
25, 48.49. Part. 5x3 redeemer, one who 
redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26.—Trop. and 
very often spoken of God as redeem- 
ing and delivering men and espec. 
Israel, e. g. from the bondage of Egypt 
Ex. 6, 6; from the Babylonian exile Is. 
43,1. 44,22. 48, 20. 49,7. al. Constr. with 


jo Ps. 72,14; 322 Ps. 106,10. Part. pass. 


prbNa, MIA? DNS, the redeemed of Jeho- 
vah. Te 35, 9. 51, 10. Part. act. Job 19, 25 
mm "by 3 ἬΏΣ τι ὍΝ Tknow that shy nedletint- 
er liveth,i.e. God himself, whowill deliver 
me frit these calamities —Job 3, 5 in 
curses upon his natal day: 74M smb? 
my7223 let darkness and death-shade re- 
deem it for themselves, i i. e. recover it, 
again take possession of it. 

2. With 03, to redeem blood, i. 6. to 
avenge bloodshed, to demand or inflict 
punishment for blood; found only in Part. 
cat 5Ν3 the avenger of blood, Num. 35, 
19sq. Deut. 19, 6.12. Josh. 20,3. 2 Sam. 
14, 11; without 037 id. Num. 35, 12. 

3. As the right of redemption (no. 1) 
and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be- 
longed to the nearest relative, hence >X5 
denotes @ blood relative, kinsman, Num. 
5, 8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3,12. With the 
art. >it the Goél, the next of kin, near- 
est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1. 6. 8; comp. 3, 9. 
12. The one next after him is called 
ὌΝ 3 Ruth 2,20,comp.4,4. Plur. o°>x5 
blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11.— 
So to Heb. “0 i. 6. blood-relative, cor- 


dies Arab. ns avenger of blood, 
and ὡς a friend, kinsman, also @ pro- 


tector, avenger. 

4. Since also by the Mosaic law, 
when a man died without children, it 
was the duty of the next of kin to marry 
his widow and raise up children in his 
name, (see 237, D3%,) the verb 583 was 
also transferred to denote this right and 
duty of relationship, and is then denom. 
from dx. E. g. Ruth 3,13, where Boaz 
says: PBI} Novo) 5437 Sto NFER 
"Day THIN ee if he will perform 


by. 


unto thee the kinsman’s part (i. e. marry 
thee), well; let him do the kinsman’s 
part ; but if he will not,... then I will 
do the kinsman’s part to thee, i. e. will 
marry thee. Comp.,Tob. 3, 17. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be redeemed, 
ransomed, e. g. a field or farm Lev. 25, 
30; things cousecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27. 
28. 33; a slave Lev. 25, 54.—Reflex. to 
redledie oneself Lev. 25, 49. 

Deriv. Mdx3, pobana, and pr. ἢ. 583". 


* ik ON. a verb of the later He- 
brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol- 
luted, unclean, i. q. Chald. Dea, DBA, 
Ithpe. ἘΣ ΠΝ to be polluted. 

Prew 583 fo defile, to pollute, Mal. 1,7. 

Puat 1. to be polluted. Part. byin 
polluted, unclean, of food Mal. 1, 7. 12. 

2. to be pronounced unclean, i. 6. to 
be removed as polluted from the priest- 
hood, Ezra 2,62. Neh. 7,64. Comp. Syr. 

Ἢ to cast away, to reject, and >33 
Hiph. 

Nips. 5832 Zeph. 3, 1, and 5x53 Is. 59, 
3. Lam. 4, 14, to be defiled, polluted. 
The latter form is similar to the Arabic 


- sf 
passive Conj. VII (καθ. 

Hien. to soil, to stain, as a garment 
with blood, Is. 63, 3. The form "MENGN 
for snbsst i is by Syriasm. 

Hrrupa. to defile oneself, e. g. with 
unclean food, Dan. 1, 8.—Hence 


Dh plur. constr. "2x3, defilement, 
pollution, Neh. 13, 29. 


TDN f. (r. da) 1. redemption, re- 
purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25, 24. 
Ruth 4,7.—Hence a) i.q. right of re- 
demption, fally Mbxan ΒΘ Jer. 32, 7, 
comp. v. 8 and see nyioa. Lev. 25, 29, 
31. 48. bis ἘΣ perpetual right of 
redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32. 
b) With gen. of pers. a field to be re- 
deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth 
4,6. ὁ) price of redemption, Lev. 25, 
26. 51. 52, 

2. relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15 
FMENI ἜΝ thy relatives, thy kindred, 
See r. bys I. 3. 


34 τὴ. (τ. 333 no. 1) ὁ. suff. "23, plur. 
ἘΛΞ3 and mina, see no. 5, 6; pr. some- 
- thing gibbous, convex, arched ; hence 


171 ἠδ 


1. the back, 6. g. of animals Ez. 10, 
12; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 δι "8 by 
5.9: the ploughers ploughed upon my 
back, i. e. they made deep furrows on 
my back with their blows. 

2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. e, 
the exterior convex part; comp. Arab, 


ὥς shield, and ΕἾ. bouwelier from bou- 


cle. Soin the proverbial expression, Job 
15, 26 17972 722 "APD... 28 PIN? he 

runneth upon him... with the thick 
bosses of his bucklers, a metaphor drawn 
from soldiers who join their shields to- 
gether and so rush upon the enemy. 
Comp. Schult. ad 1. ο. Har. Cons. 23, p. 
231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy.—Hence 

3. a bulwark, intrenchment, strong- 
hold. Job 13,12 02°23 Wah "23 bulwarks 
of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken 
of weak and futile arguments behind 
which his opponents intrench them- 
selves; comp. Is. 41,21. So Arab. 
back, also for bulwark. 

4. a vault, fornix, spec. of a brothel, 
arched cell, in which harlots prostituted 
themselves, Ez. 16, 24. 31, 39. Sept. 
οἴχημα πορνικὸν, mogvéioy. So Lat. for- 
nize Javen. 3. 156. 

5. the rim of a wheel, the cireum- 
ference, felloes. Plur. 5°53 1 K. 7, 33; 
niaa Ez. 1, 18. 

6. an eye-brow, q. ἃ. arch of the eye, 


Plur. M123 Lev. 14,9. Arab. eee the 
bone which the eye-brow covers. 

7. the back, i. e. upper part, top of an 
altar, Ez. 43,13. Sept. τὸ ὕψος τοῦ ϑυ- 
σιαστηρίου. So Gr. νῶτος for the surface 
of the sea, of the land, ete. The same 
is MaIBM 25 Ex. 30, 3. 37, 26; so that 
one might doubt whether it ought not to 
be so read in Ez. 1. c. 


33 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back} plur. 
for sing. like Gr. τὰ νῶτα, Dan. 7, 6 
Cheth. it had four wings m733 ἘΣ upon 
its back ; Keri 723. Sept. ἐπάνω αὐτῆς, 
Theod. ὑπεράνω αὐτῆς, Vulg. super se. 


33 plur. ἘΠΞᾺ 2 K. 25, 12 Cheth. see 
r. 333 no. 3. 


I. 33 m. (τ. 23) 1. @ board, from 
the idea of cutting; plur. 5°23 1 Καὶ. 6, 9. 

2. a well, cistern; plur. 3733 ‘Jer. 14, 
3. 2 K. 3, 16. 


a 172 


II. 33 (for M33, r.2933) a locust, plur. 
pena Is. 33,4. Sept. axgidss. 

35 Gob, pr. τι. see 343. 

25 Chald. (r. 333 no. 2) emph. 833, a 
pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6, 
:8 sq. In Targg. for Heb. "ia. Syr. 


2 a ρ ΕΝ é 
ἔβας Ἰδδοαςς Arab. we Eth. 21, 
id. 

* N25 obsol. root, i. 4. Arab. GS final 


Waw ‘and Ye, to gather together. to col- 
dect, 6. g. waters into a reservoir, tribute ; 


es IV, to gather together, to collect.— 
‘Hence 

823m. 1. a reservoir, cistern, Is. 
30,14. Vulg. fovea. 

2. a mharsh, pool, Ez. 47, 11. 


5 223 a verb of twofold signification, 
one its own, the other derived. 

1. Pr. to be curved, hollow, or also to 
be gibbous, convex, in the manner of an 
arch, vault ; hence 33 q. v. something 
gibbous, the back, ete. The same pri- 
mary idea lies also in the kindred roots, 
as 112,793, whence 3, 13; #23 whence 
ὭΣ; 83 whence Mp; also in ABD 
‘where see more, and MED; 335, WLS, 
and even }p%. Corresponding are also 
Lat. gibbus, Engl. gibbous, Germ. Gie- 
bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots 723, 
33, 322, 752. 

2. The other signif. is borrowed from 


G - 
291, 335, to cut in, to dig; Arab. a> 


to cut, to cut or hew out; comp. Ole 
amid. Waw and Ye id. Con). VIII, to dig 
a well. Hence Chald. 35 a well or pit. 


- ὅτων 
‘ at) obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ls to 
come forth out of the ground, to creep 
JSorth, as a serpent from his hole ; whence 


- 9 % - 
wh for lt a locust, so called as 
ζ΄ ΙΕ 


issuing from the earth when hatched; 
comp. Eth. A7M the great locust, 
from dans to emerge from the water. 
Comp. Plin. H. N. 11. 29 or 35. Bochart 
Hieroz. II. p. 443.—Hence 33 II, 34a I. 


* FID inf, M23, once M23 Zeph. 
3, 11; fat. maa", 3 ‘plur. fem. irregular 
ΠΡ ΤΊΣΙ Ez. 16, "50. 

"L. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in 233 


ἊΨ 


ras 


no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 11; the 
heavens Ps. 103, 11; a man . Sam. 
10, 23. 

2. to be elevated, exalted, to a higher 
degree of dignity,and glory, Is. 52, 13. 
Job 36, 7. 

3. 13> 23 one’s heart lifts itself up, is 
lifted up, elated: a) Ina good sense, 
i. q. to take courage, 2 Chr. 17,6 M3353 
mint "2973 12> and his heart was en- 
couraged i in the ways of Jehovah. Ὁ. In 
a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be 
proud, Iizueghty) Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 12. 
2 Chr. 26, 16.—Hence 

4, Of a person himself; to be proud, 
haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15. 

Hipx. 7330 to make high, to exalt, 
Ez. 17, 24. 21, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19 
inns ΠΤ} tho maketh his gate hah 
Jer. 49,16 FP WED MIBIN~ND though 
thou wnicileost thy nest high like the eagle, 
i.e. buildest thy castles upon the highest 
cliffs; comp. Obad. 4, where 427 is omit- 
ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113,5 
ΞΘ "72305 pr. who maketh high to 
dwell, i.e. who dwelleth on high. Job 
5, 7 ma "ass they fly on high, soar 
aloft; so with ¥ ΤῊΣ impl. Job 39, 27 [30]. 
Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11. 

Deriv. the four following, and pr. n. 
myz3). 


IIA ig. WB3 adj. high, lofty, proud, 
only in constr. 5°2"2 733 Ps. 101,55; 3a 
22 Prov. 16, 5; Τὴ 23 Ece. 7, 8. 


TIS adj. once 123 Ps. 138, 6; constr. 
ma; 1 Sam. 16, 7, comp. #23 ; f. maa. 

1. high, lofty, tall, 6. g. a tree Ez. 17, 
24; a tower Is. 2, 15; a mountain Gen. 
7, 19. Is. 57,7; a man 1 Sam. 9, 2. 
Trop. powerful Ece. 5,7. Subst. height, 
taliness, 1 Sam. 16, 7. 

2. proud, haughty, Is. 5,15. 1 Sam. 2,3. 


M25 τη. c. suff. ima 1. height, alti- 
tude, as of trees, buildings, etc. Ez. 1, 18. 
40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2, 9. Job 22, 12 
pv moh ΠΝ ΝΕ is not God in the 
height of heaven? i. e. in the lofty hea- 
vens. Plur. constr. Job 11,8 Ὁ "33 
ἘΣ ΌΤΙ as the heights of heaven are the 
mysteries of divine wisdom, what canst 
thou do? 

2. majesty, grandeur, Job 40, 10. 

3. pride, haughtiness, Jer. 48,29; more 


mas 


fully 35 m2) 2 Chr. 26,16; m5 F2h Prov. 
16, 18; ὮΝ m2 Ps. 10, 4. This latter 
expression is also very frequent in Ara- 
bic, see Thesaur. p. 257. 


MAND f(r. max) pride, haughtiness, 
Is, 2, 11. 17. 


S923 m. (τ. 533) 6. suff. *bi=3, “baa, 
plur. orbs. 

l. a bound, limit, border, as of a field, 
district, country ; pr. a cord or line by 
which a limit is measured out; see r. 
53} no. 1. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Prov. 
22, 38. Judg. 11, 18. Ἐ" bass western 
border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the 
bounds of the sea, Ps. 104,9.—T he idiom 
danas Num. 34, 6 etc. see in 4 copul. no. 
1. f. 

2. The space included within certain 
borders, territory, country, district, like 
Engl. bounds, limits, Gen. 10, 19 5533 
"232271 the bounds, territory, of the Ca- 
naanites. B19 d:=a-bD the whole 
bounds, land, of Egypt Ex. 10, 14. 19. 
baie: ΕΝ 1. Sam. 11, 3.7; 723 Dasa 
ΠΡ ‘Num. | 21, "24. al. Plar, hounds, ter- 
ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is, 60,18. 2 K. 15, 10. 
Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, lerritorica, are in 
the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre. 

3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar, 
Ez. 43, 13. 17. 


mrs αὶ (τ. 533) a border, margin. Is. 
28, 25 indaa M2021 and spelt in the bor- 
der of it, sc. of the field.—Plur. nidaas , 
ΤΡ, borders, bounds, as of a field, Job 
24, 2; wr regions, countries, Num. 34, 2. 
12; af nations, Deut. 32, 8. 


23, 33, adj. (r. 33) 1. strong, 
mighty, valiant ; spoken ofa hunter, Gen. 
10,9; mostly of an impetuous warrior, 
deanagien hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33, 
16. 45, 4. ina 922 @ mighty king, im- 
petuous, i. 6. Acumniee the Great, Dan. 
11, 3. 72a Dx the mighty hero Is. 9, 5. 
10, 21, comp. Ez. 32, 11. Gen. 6, 4 meri 
ΒῈΠ (ty obise ἼΩΝ oman these were 
the mi ἘΝ men, heroes, who of old were 
men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is 
mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a 
warrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4. 127, 4; 
ton sina atndghts man of ealour: vailant 
warrior, Judg. 6, 12. 11,1. 1 Sam. 9,1; 
plur. o°59n ὍΣ 1 Chr. 7, 5. 11. 40. So 
of God, Ps. 94 , 8 Amp haz ts Mie 

158 


173 


123 


mamte 3} Jehovah strong and mighty, 
Jehovah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17. 
Jer, 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is; 5, 
22 πθ:Ὁ bani 722 Mingd> ovyiag an 
"38 wo unto those mighty to drink wine, 
the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see 
Comment. on Is. 28, 1.—Trop. spoken 
also of ability, activity, in the transac- 
tion of business, etc. ΠῚ 22 strong 
in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter- 
prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11, 14; 
also of wealth, 5°" “ina mighty in 
wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1. 
1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 K. 15, 20; of power, Gen. 
10, 8.—Hence 

2. Like Engl. warrior, put for a leader 
in war, war-chief. Is. 3, 2 Sy) "32 
manda the war-chief and the soldier ; 
comp. Ez. 39,20. The same is prob. to be 
understood of those who are called "33 
352 2 Sam. 23, 8. 1 K. 1, 8. 1 Chr. 11, 26. 
29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1 
Chr. 9, 26 Bw str 7723 the chiefs of the 
porters. 

3. In a bad sense, violent, an oppress- 


9 . 
or, tyrant, Ps. 52,3. So Arab. Us. 


4. Poet. a man, i. q. "32, 2 Sam. 22, 
26. In the parall. Ps. 18, 26 is "33. 


M7739 f. (τι Ἴ32) 1. strength. Ecc. 
9,16 M359 NVSh AL wisdom is bet- 
ter than strength. 10,17 Ohappy land! 

.. whose princes eat in due season 
“nwa 8b) 7232 for strength and not 
Sor drunkenness, i.e. in order to strength- 
en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years 
are seventy years A207 ΤΠ 5.3 ἘΝῚ 
and if by reason of strength they be eighty 
years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12]. 

2. Spec. pelee, strength, might, se. 
for war, Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36, 5; ascribed 
also to the ‘game Job 39, 19. Once trop. 
of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro- 
phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr. 
might, for mighty deeds ; 1 K. 15,23 and 
the rest of all the acts of Asa irsena-b23 
ΠῺΣ aun-b21 and all his mighty deeds, 
and all that he did, ete. 16, 27. 22, 46. 
Also coner. for ἘΞ mighty 7 men, he- 
roes, Is. 3, 25. 

3. power, might, Is. 30,15; espec. of 
God, Ps. 21, 14. 54, 3. 66, 7. 71, 18. 89, 
14. Plur. nim minisa mighty acts, won- 
ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24. Ps. 106 2. 
Job 26, 14. 


Δ 


4, victory, Ex. 82, 18 ; comp. the verb 
in Ex. 17, 11. 


mVI33 Chald. emph. 8N7533, power, 
might, of God, Dan. 2, 20. 


“Ta i. q. 733, to be high 3 spec. of 
stature and of the forehead. So — 


"35 one who is too tall; Arab. He 
one who has a high broad rcheud Lat. 


Sronto, rats forehead. Hence the two 
following : 


ΤΊΞ3 m. adj. one who has the forehead 
too high, fronto, since nouns of the form 
tup denote blemishes of the body ; 
hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev. 
13, 41. Sept. ἀναφάλαντος. Opp. MIP 
i, 6. bald behind. 

ὨΠΞῚ Εἰ (r. 22) baldness in front, a 
bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop. 
bareness, a threadbare spot on the outer 
or right side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. Opp. 
rrp baldness behind, also a threadbare 
spot on the wrong side of cloth. 


"24 (i. q. Syr. poy tax-gatherer) 
Gabbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8. 

"35 (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is. 
39,4) Gebim, pr. n. ofasmall place a short 
distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31. 


M5 f. (r. 723 no. 3) curdled milk. 
«cheese, Job 10,10. Arab. u> 1V to 
curdle mais Υ, ἀρ: be curdled, coagu- 


lated ; 5 ope ve Ethiop. 10.26, 


Syr. jaa. cheese. 

37°33 τῇ. (τ. 223) 1. a cup, goblet, 
bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44,2 sq. So 
@ boul or goblet of wine Jer. 35, 5, distin- 
guished from the mit or smaller cups 
into which the wine was poured from 
the larger goblet. 

2. cup, calix of flowers, as an orna- 
ment of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 


31 sq. 37,17.19. Comp. Arab. Kans calix 
of flowers, and Heb. n23pP cup, calix. 
“25 m. (Ὁ. 923) @ master, lord, from 
the notion of might and power, Gen. 27, 
29, 37. 
M733 f. (fem. of preced.) a mistress, 
every where for ὦ queen, 6. g. the king’s 


174 


Ὁ 


consort, 1 K. 11,19. 2K.10, 13; the king’s 
mother, 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 16. 


ODS m. (Ὁ. B34) pr. ice, see randy. 
Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice, 
and was in fact supposed to be ice, Plin. 
Η. Ν. 37.2; comp. Gr. κρύσταλλος and 
Eth. A114: OZ hail-stones, also crys- 
tal.—Once, Job 28, 18. 


* 33 1. to twist, to wreathe, as ἃ 
cord or rope, wreathen work ; kindr. >=, 


gS 

>>, comp. also ἴω ἃ rope. Hence 
mibaa, M2232 wreathen work ; also 433 
pr. a cord, line, with which boundaries 
are measured. and then for a bound or 
limit itself; comp. Lat. finis and funis, 
Engl. line i. q.cordand boundary. Then 
fan the signif. boundary comes Arab. 


i: mountain, chain of mountains, as 
the natural boundary of countries ; comp. 
ὄρος and ὅρος, and Heb. 534, 55} 

2. Denom. from 5423 , to Bound, i limit, 
e.g. a) Asa boundary, Tosh. 18, 20 
inix-dias yr} and Jordan shall be 
its boundary. d) With acc. of bound- 
ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14 
thou shalt not remove thy neighbour’s 
boundary, D°YHR 2 3523 WR which they 
of old time have established. 

3. With 2, to border upon, also denom. 
from 433. Zech. 9, 2. 

Hips. ‘to set bounds around any thing. 
Ex. 19, 23 “nnemy b23n set bounds 
around the mountain. v. 12 “MX MBI} 
psn and set bounds to the people "round 
about. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 


233 (i. ᾳ. ites Jebel, mountain, see 
r. boy no. 1,) Gebal, pr. n. of a Phenician 
city ‘between Tripolis and Beirit, situ- 
ated on a hill, and inhabited by seamen 
and builders, Ez. 27,9; comp. 1 K.5,32 
[18]. Strabo XVI. p. 755 Casaub. It 
was called by the Greeks Βύβλος, see 
Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz. rarely δίβλος. 
The Arabs still eall it haa Jebeil, 
i. e. little mountain.—Gentile n. ἘΠῚ 
Giblite, plur. 0°33 1 K. 5, 32 [18]. 


223 m. (mountain, see in r. 33 no. 1,) 
Gebal Ps. 83, 8, i.e. Gebalene, pr. n. of 
the mountainous tract inhabited by the 
Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea 


25 


_ southwards to Petra, and still called by 
the Arabs ας» Jebal. In Judith 3, 1 
Lat. Vers. and also in the writings of the 
Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal ; by 
Josephus, Euseb, and Steph. Byz. 1 0βο- 
λῖτις, Γεβαληνή, Γάβαλα. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest, IL. p, 552. 


223 see diay. 


M233 £. (τ. baa) wreathen work, twist- 
ed like cords, see the root Kal no, 1. Ex. 
28, 22 and thou shalt make upon the 
breast-plate ant naz Meee Ma nivnd 
“ina wreathed chains (i. 6. like cords), 
braided or laced work of pure gold ; 
Sept. well χροσσοὺς συμπεπλεγμένους. 
Ex. 39,15. The same thing is expressed 
in Ex. 28, 14, and two chains of pure gold, 
ΞΡ ΠΏΣ oM& ΠΌΡΡΩ ΓΊΡΞΔῸ wreathed 
(like cords) shalt thou make them, braid- 
ed work ; Sept. καταμεμιγμένα (ἐν ἂν- 
Fear). Most prob. we are to understand 
small chains made of gold threads or 
wire twisted or braided together like 
cords; and then M33 Ms is added by 
way of epexegesis. 


" 33 not used in Heb. 1. to be gib- 
bous, curved, see under 333 no. 1; so of 
the body, see j33; of a mountain, see 
6°2233 ; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye, 
see Syr. and Chald. 83°33. 

2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together 


from fear, terror, Arab. 7yamand 7 
‘to be timid, fearful ; AG to ‘terrify. 

3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ; 
comp. Germ. die Milch erschrickt, i. e. 
curdles. Hence 3°33 curdled milk, 
cheese. 

734 τὰ. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed, 
Lev. 21, 20. R. 423 no. 1. 

D°2233 m. plur. (Ὁ. 733 no. 1) heights, 
summits, q. d. humps, hummocks of a 
mountain. Ps.68,16;8a-9n praa-4n O 
mount of summits, mount of “Bashan ; 
and v. 17 3232 O° by apposit. ye 
mountains, summits, i. 6. abounding 
in summits.— Comp. Talm. mga 
crown of the head, summit; Syr. Δα. 
summit of a mountain, arch of the eye- 


5 - 
brow; Arab. GUS rough uneven coun- 


try; alsoa cemetery, so called from the 
sepulchral mounds, tumuli. 


175 


a 


522 


* 923 not found in the verb, kindr. 
with the roots 333 q. Vv. 733, M33, ete. 
and signifying to be high, like a moun- 
tain, hill; and spec. to be arched, con- 
vex, round, like a cup, the top of the 
head, etc. see 9933 , 553}, M2239. Comp. 


Arab. ws head. chief, Gr. κεφαλή, Lat. 
caput, capo, all which flow from the same 
primary source. 

Deriv. 2°33, M223, and the six here 
following. 


933 (hill) Geba, Gaba, pr. n. of a 
Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. 
21,17; situated on the northern border 
of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23,8. Zech. 
14,10. More fully 70722 233 1 Sam. 
13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. It was near to 
Gibeah (M234 no. 2. a), towards the 
northeast, Is. 10, 29. Josh. 18, 24. 28. 
From these passages too it is evident 
that Geba and Gibeah could not have 
been the same place ; although in Judg. 
20, 10. 83, 323 is inaccurately put for 
M233; comp. the context. [Now «as 


Jeb’a ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 
113,114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq. 
—R. 


8233 (hill) Gibea, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
2, 49. 


M34 (τ. 538} plur. missy 1. a hill, 
2Sam. 2,25. Is. 40,12. 41,15. Cant. 2,8. al. 
ὈΡῚΣ moss everlasting hills, i.e. ever the 
same from the creation until now, Gen. 
49, 26. Job 15,7 HEbIN mirza "255. wast 
thou brought forth before the hills? Prov. 
8, 25. minn mD33 the hill of Jehovah, i.e. 
Zion, Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31, 4. Many 
of the hills in Palestine were distinguish- 
ed by pr. names; as M28, 333, ΓΙΞΣΤΊ, 

2. Meton. a city on a hill ; comp. the 
termination dunum in the early namesof 
cities in Germany, France, and Britain, 
which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au- 
gustodunum, Cesarodunum, Lugdunum, 
etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah: 

a) 7727S M33 1 Sam. 13, 2. 15, 735 
y70732 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benja- 
min; likewise called ‘baat ΤΣΞᾺ Gibeah 
of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; pupban τΣΞὰ 
1 Sam. 10, 5, comp. 10; also κατ ἐξοχὴν 
P3307 Gibeah, Hos. 6, 8. 9, 9. 10,9; 
nsaa 1 Sam. 10, 26, M333 Joahs 18, 28; 


waa 


a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of 
Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com- 
mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq. 
20,4 sq. Like Bethel it seems to have 
been reckoned among the ancient sanc- 
tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5.6. [It 
lay en and around a high and sharp hill, 
now called Twleil el-F&l, about three 
miles north of Jerusalem, near the great 
road; see Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. If. p. 144, 317. Jo- 
seph. Β. J.5.2.1.—R.] Gentile ἢ. M333 
Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3. 

Ὁ) ὉΠ2 P33 Gibeak of Phinehas, in 
the mountains of Ephraim, Josh, 24, 33. 

0) MD33 Gibeah, a place in the ‘ibe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called 
Χαλς Jeb’ah, a village southwest of 
Jerusalem near the foot.of the moun- 
tains ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 327. 


1923 (hill-city, i. e. built on a hill,) 
Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh. 
10, 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to 
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21,17; to be dis- 
tinguished from the neighbouring cities 
Geba 523, and Gibeah 4233 , lying west- 
ward of both, and northwest of Jerusa- 
lem; now called >{ el-Jib; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. Ῥ. 135-9. In the 
reigns of David and Solomon the sacred 
tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4. 
5. 9, 2.—Gentile n. "2333 Gibeonite, 2 
Sam. 21, 1 sq. 


S¥23 quadril. rm. the calix or corolla 
of flowers, i iq. 3723 calia with > added, 
which sometimes seems to have the force 
of a diminutive, comp. 5272, 92 ἼΠ from 
san. Once spoken of flax, Ex. 9,31 for 
the barley was in the ear bay nnem 
and the flax in the caliz, i.e. in flower.— 
It is used also in the Mishna for the calix 
or corolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori- 
ganum, which exhibits almost the ap- 
pearance of ears of grain, e. g. Para 11. 
§7,9. ib. 12. §2,3; where the more learn- 
ed Rabbins have long ago explained it 
correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261. 


MAI see in ΠΣ} no. 3. a. 


* "25 and “23 28am. 1, 23, fut."23", 
to be or become strong, mighty, to prevail, 
The primary idea is that of binding, 


kindr. with 533; like Arab. i I, VII, 


176 


"23 


VIII to bind up something broken, to 
make firm and solid, which is also re- 
ferred to strength and power, as in Conj. 
V, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ; 
Syr. rmyf, ἐλ, to show oneself 
strong. Ethiop. 11Z to labour, to do, 
which seems derived from the idea of 
force and strength. Kindred is also 22, 

.—Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11; 


of waters rising and increasing, Gen. 7, 
18. 19. 20. 24; of wealth Job 21,7. With 
V2 to be stronger than any one, 2 Sam. 1, 
23; also with 59, Gen. 49, 26. 

Piet to make strong, to strengthen, 
Zech. 10, 6. 12. Ecc. 10, 10 "233 ΤΡ 
he puts to more strength. 

Hip. 1. to make strong, to confirm. 
Dan. 9, 27 ἘΠΞ9. M2 7230 he shall 
make a firm covenant with many. 

2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to exercise 
strength, comp. synon. P28, PNA, 
and Lat. robur facere Hirt. Bell. Afr. 85. 
Ital. far forze.—Ps. 12, 5 "9333 9225 
with our tongue will we prevail. Comp. 
Is. 28, 15. 

Hirupa. 1. to show oneself strong, to 
prevail, with >> Is, 42, 13. 

2. toconduct oneself proudly, insolently, 
ὑβρίζειν, Job 36,9; with 5x against any 
one, Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud, 


contumacious, jus proud, contuma- 
cious. 

Deriv. "ina, M933, “723, 
those here following. 


m7733, and 


“24 m. plur. 33 1. a man, so 
called from his strength, i.q. Ὅτ ; found 
only in poetry except a few examples, 
Deut. 22, 5. 1 Chr. 24, 4. 26, 12, comp. 
bm 329 5 but the usual vetird i in Averawen, 
"25, ae ἵρας.--", 84, 9 “SET “TN 
ja-non happy the man who trusteth in 
him.52, 9. 94, 12. al. eraxd, ὈΛΊΞΙΒ, 
man by man, Josh. 7, 14. 17. 1Chr. 23, 3. 
Spec. a) Opp. to woman, a man, maile, 
Deut. 22,5. Jer. 30,6. 31,22; and so even 
of a man-child just born, Job 3,3 the night 
when it was said "33 79% a man-child is 
conceived. Comp. ὥπ 1. ἃ. b) Opp. 
to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34. ¢) 
Sometimes put for manly vigour, might. 
Is. 22,17 behold Jehovah will cast thee 
oud 123 12RdB with a manly cast, i. 6. 


"23 


mighty, violent. Job 38,3. 40,7. Ps. 88, 5. 
Comp. 8x 1. ἃ. d) @ man, mortal, 
opp. to God, comp. Ὁ 1. e. Job 4, 17. 
10, δ. 14,10. 14. 46) ἃ soldier, warrior, 
comp. 8s 1. lL. Judg. 5, 30; comp. Jer. 
41, 16 mando ἼὩΣΝ OTP. 

ein Pr “dan no. 4, each, every one. Joel 
2,8 72> inbooa 723 they shall go every 
one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec- 
ond hemistich. 

3. Geber, pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 4,19, comp. 13. 

133 i. q. "33, α man, a form imitating 
the Chaldee, Ps. 18, 26. In the parallel 
passage 2 Sam. 22, 26 is "i323. 

33 Chald. id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5, 
11. Plur. 77733, 82733 (as if from 8733), 
men, Dan. 3,8 sq. 6, 6 sq. 

33 Chald. m. i. q. 923, plur. constr. 


733. 
1. a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan. 
3, 20. 


2. Gibbar, pr. n. of a place, Ezra 2, 
20; apparently for 71533, comp. Neh. 
7, 25. 

"33 see “ins. 


D¥7I2A (man of God) Gabriel, one of 
the archangels, Dan. 8,16. 9,21. Comp. 
Luke 1, 19. 


M33 Εἰ (for M33 from masc. 9733) 
c. suff. "733, a mistress, opp. to a 
maid-servant, "Gen: 16, 4. 8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3. 
Prov. 30, 23. miz>o2 m733 mistress of 
binedoos 15. 47, 5.7. 


Ὁ 1233 not found in the verb, i. q. 


Arab. a> and une to freeze, to 
congeal ; whence ὉΔΌΝ and 33. 

But Chald. 23 is to collect, to gather ; 

hence pr. n. wan39. 


JM (a height, hill, r. 333, comp. 
Chald. 8923) Gibbethon, pr. n. of a city 
of the Philistines in the territory of 
Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27. 
It is called by Eusebius Τ᾿ αβαϑὼν τῶν 
᾿Αλλοφύλων, by Josephus Γαβαϑώ. 


22 m. constr. 33, ¢. suff, 83, with He 
parag. 33 Josh. 2, 6, plur. Miss. 

1. a roof, the flat roof of an oriental 
house, Josh. 2, 6. 8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26. 
Prov. 21, 9. al. Spoken of the roof of 
a tower Judg. 9, 51; of a temple Judg. 
16, 27. 


177 "Δ 


2. the top, upper part of an altar, Ex. 
30, 3. 37, 26. 

Nore. The suggestion of Redslob is 
not improbable, that 33 may be for 333, 
323, and this from 7223 5 as MBG from 
notin ; 7, dS, from "272; Γολγο- 


yoda Arab. x from 2553. It 
can also be for ais m3, from. the root 


δΞ whence Tou a plain, level sur- 
face ; comp. ὦ, roof, from en to 


expand. 


‘33 m. (τ. 12) 1. coriander, the seed, 
so called from the little furrows or stripes 
on the grains, see r. 773 no. 1. Ex. 16, 
31. Num. 11,7. Sept. Vulg. κόριον, xogi- 
ανον, coriandrum ; and so the other ori- 
ental interpreters, except the Chald.and 
Samar. This is also supported by the 
Carthaginian usage; comp. Dioscorid. 
3. 64 Αἰγύπτιοι ὄχιον, “Apgor (i. e. the 
Carthaginians) yoid. 

2. i. q. 1a no. 1, fortune, with the art. 
spec. the god Fortune; Gad, worshipped 
by the Babylonians and the Jewish ex- 
iles, Is. 65,11. He is elsewhere called 
also Baal, Bel, 533, >3, i. 6. the planet 
Jupiter, stella Jovis, which was regard- 
ed throughout the east as the genius 
and giver of good fortune, and is hence 
called by the Arabs [λα bona 


fortuna major ; see more in art.>32. In 
the other hemistich in Is. 1. c. is also 
mentioned "2%, prob. the planet Venus, 
which is called in the east bona fortuna 
minor, see in "33. See more fully on 
these superstitions in Comment. on Is. 
II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Τύχη, 
Vulg. Fortuna, Comp. 73 553 p. 147. 


im. 1. fortune, i. q. 13 no. 2, comp. 

g - 
r. Δ no. 8. Arab. ch> and Syr. ire 
id. Ks to be fortunate, to be rich, 


δ. 00 
ἀρὰς. fortunate.—Gen. 30, 11 Cheth. 


333. Sept. ἐν τύχῃ, in fortune, fortunate- 
ly, Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi aceidit. 
Keri 72 ΝΞ fortune cometh. 

2 Gad, pr.n. a) A son of Jacob, 
the name being prob. derived from good 
fortune, Gen. 30, 11; although ansther 


274 


signification is alluded to in Gen. 49, 19. 
He was the head of the tribe of like name, 
whose territory lay in the mountains of 
Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of 
Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13, 24-28; 
comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27. 
28. ‘am ἘΠῚ) the torrent of Gad, i. 6. the 
Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5.— 
Gentile n. is "13 Gadite, (diff. from "73 ,) 
mostly collect. "723 the Gadites Deut. 
3, 12. Josh. 22,1. Ὁ) A prophe twho 
lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5. 
2 Sam. 24, 11 sq. 


P1378 Chald. see below in 7313. 


᾿ 375 quadril. Ethiop. guadguada 
to beat, pulsare; to thunder. Hence 


“Ia'34 (perh. thunder) Gidgad, whence 
satan ὑπ Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32, 
pr. ἢ. of a station of the Israelites in the 
desert, i. ᾳ. 7393 Gudgodah Deut. 10,7. 


m3 see in 7373. 


* TS fut. 732 1. tocut or hew, to cut 
in, to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab. 


ὅς. to prune a vine, to cut cloth from 
the loom; comp. Chald. 733. Kindred 
roots are 933, 573. This primary sig- 
nification of cutling, hewing, is possessed 
by the syllable 43 in common with the 
sibilated 13, see 133 ; from which indeed 
it has arisen by dropping the sibilation; 
and both of them are only softened forms 
from the harder syllables yp, wp, >, 
7", 14, and dropping the sibilation =p, 
Sp, =n, Im, to all which belong the 
same idea of cutting ; see the roots 13, 
ὙῈΡ, 724, TP, TWN. In the Indo- 
European languages, comp. Lat. cedo, 
scindo, Gr. σχίζω for σχίδω, Pers. Wye 
to cut, to cleave, Ws i. q. Engl. to 
cut.—Hence 

2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon 
any one, to press or crowd upon, i. q. 
3; ¢, ἜΣ, Ps, 94, 21—Hence 7473 and 
Hithpo. τ 2. 

3. From the notion of cutting off, de- 
ciding, comes also the signif. of lot, fate, 
fortune, comp. "44 no. 2; whence Heb. 
3, 73, fortune. 

Hirupo. 1. to cut oneself, to make 
incisions in the skin or flesh; e. g. in 
mourning Jer. 16, 6. 41, δ. 47,5; or as 


178 


re) 


a part of idol worship, Deut. 14, 1. 1K. 
18, 28. 

2. Reflex. of Kal no. 2, to press or 
crowd themselves together, sc. great num- 
bers into one place, Jer. 5,7. Mic. 4, 14. 

Deriv. 73, a, ΠΣ, and pr. n. "2, 
ἘΠ, in. 


“3 Chald. to cut or hew, to cut down, 
6. g. a. tree, Imper. 454 Dan. 4, 11. 20, 
Comp. Heb. 733 no. 1. 


M74 see Ha Wn. 


*5774 obsol 
+2 obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cut 
off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear 
off; comp. kindr. 733. Hence "3 a 
kid, so called from cropping ; also 


M32 or 32 £ plur. constr. nity, 
banks of ariver, Josh. 3, 15. 4,18. Is. 8, 7; 
so called as cut and torn away by the 
stream, comp. r.33. Comp. #23, also 


min, χίις. » Shore, from §2% to rub or 


wash away; lis: bank, ἫΝ τ ts 


a kid ; 
comp. Gr. ἀχτή, ἀγή, from crepes ῥη- 
γμῖν, δαχία, from ῥήγνυμι.--- ΟΠ 14. δἰ πῆ 
a wall, stone wall; also bank, shore, q. δ, 


8 - 
wallof the sea, Arab. (> shore, coast, 
also from the notion of cutting. 


‘7774 m. plur. 54754 and misty. 

1. an incision, cutting, from r. 733 no. 
1; e. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the 
soil, a furrow, Ps. 65, 11. 

2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr. a 
cutting in,) so called from the figure as 
intended to cut or break in upon the 
enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of 
light-armed troops engaged in plunder- 
ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49, 
19 s3°29 893 2 Gad, troops shall press 
upon him, i.e. bands of wandering Arabs 
from the neighbouring desert. 2 K.5,2 
ΘΠ ἼΔ ANE? CON the Syrians had made 
an excursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30,8. 15, 
23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. “Wart "92 the sons of 
the troop, i.e. soldiers, 2 Chr. 25, 13; poet. 
7973 ΓΞ Mie. 4,14. Ofa band of robbers 
Hos. 7,1. 1 K. 11,24. mint "953 the 
bands of Jehovah, his armies of angels, 
Job 25, 3; also hosts of calamities in- 
flicted by him, Job 19, 12.—Syr. tray 
troop, band of soldiers. 


to cut ἘΜΉΝ whence also ὦ 


73 


S113 τὰ. adj. (r. 593) rarely defect. 
33 Gen. 1, 16; constr. 5993 , 553, thrice 
in Keri καὶ Ps, 145, 8. Nah. 1, 3. Prov. 
19, 19; fem. m>it3, mbt. 

1. great, in mauftidd and extent, 
ἘΝῚ πὶ Num. 34, 6; 51 Π| ΒἼΝΠ 
ὈΟΣΞ a large (tall) man among "the 
Anakim Josh. 14, 15; in number and 
multitude, as dita "iz Gen. 12, 2; in 
intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning 
Gen. 50, 10; in weight, importance, 
Gen. 39, 9. Joel 2,11. Also Gen. 29, 7 
dita Din ‘Tid it is yet great (high) day, 
i.e. much of the day yet remains ; comp. 
French grand jour, Germ. hoch am 
Tage. Sept. ἔτι ἐστὲν ἡμέρα πολλή. Subst. 
ἜΣΤΙ 553 the greatness of thine arm Ex. 
15,16. Plur. nibsa great things, mighty 
deeds: espec. of God, Job 5, 9. 9, 10. 37, 
5. Spec. a) Of greater age, natu ma- 
et: elder, eldest ; Gen. 10, 21 ΓΞ "Ny 

173M the elder brother of Japhet. 27, i 
dram 3. his eldest son, v. 15. 42. b) 
great in power, dignity, rank, wealth, 
powerful, high, noble, Ex. 11, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. 
Job 1, 3. i751 jn=N the high priest 
Hag. 1, 1.12.14. Plur. 5°43 the great, 
i.e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18, 
16; ὙΠ 253 2 K. 10, 6. 11. 

2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. >73 
Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 pid 
mibsx MIB the tongue speaking proud 
things, i. e. "insolent, impious. Comp. 
Dan. 7, 8. 11. 20. 11, 36. Rev. 13, 5; 
also Gr. μέγα εἰπεῖν Od, 16. 243. ib. 22. 
288. 


ron or ABT, see nba. 

FATS only in Plur, orpxna Is. 43, 28. 
Zeph. 2,8, and mips Is. 51,7, reproach- 
es, revilings. R. 33. 

MEATS f. id. Ez. 5, 15. 

ΣΟ 1. a Gadite, patronym. from 3; 
see 33 no. 2. a. 

2. Gadi, pr. n.m. 2 K. 15, 14. 

“34 (fortunate, from 43, 3) Gaddi, 
pr. ἢ. m. Num. 13, 11. 


"34 m. (r. 9) @ kid, so called from 
its cropping the herbage, see the root. 


Arab. (6K id. Ryde a she-kid — 


Gen. 38, 23. Ex. 23, 19. Deut. 14, 21} 
more fully 233 "3 a kid of the goats 


179 


ba) 


Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. o%733 1 Sam. 10, 
3; BD "773 Gen. 27, 9. 16. 

S871 (fortune of God, i. 6. sent from 
God) Gaddiel, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Num. 13, 10. 


τ or 72 f. (τ, 33) bank of 8 
river ; Plur, "mi", or mints 1 Chr. 
12,15 Cheth. In Keri "ΤΊΣ, see M3 
subst. 

7953 £. a she-kid, plur. mi"73 Cant. 1, 
8, Comp. "73. 

5°73 m. only in plur. "593 , pr. twisted 
threads, see r. 513 no. 1. Chald. Noy 
a thread, cord, Syr. Wor. plaited locke, 


9 - 
Arab. hyd ἃ rein or halter of braided 


thongs. Hence 

1. fringe, tassels, i. q. "3", worn by 
the Israelites on the corners of the outer 
garment, Deut. 22, 12. 

2. festoons, on the capitals of columns, 
1K. 7, 17. 


ὍΔ m. (τ. Ba) 1. ἃ heap of 
sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of 
grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg, 15, 5. Job 5, 26. 
Syr. Chald. ἔαρι, x73 id. Arab. 
espec. among the Moors, μιλῶ; 


S o - 8 
rd, comp. νεῖν to heap up. 
2. a tomb, tumulus, sepulchral mound, 


Job 21,32. Comp. Arab. ere sepul- 
chre. 


ν 275 1. to twist, to twist together, 
to bind together, like Arab. }id> to Ἔ τ 
to twist a cord, Chald. 515, Syr. Ny 
twist, to twine; hence Heb. a 
twisted threads q. ν. This primary 
signification is in the kindred dialects 
transferred, on the one hand to wrestling, 


whence Isle to wrestle, also Ethiop. 
272 A to wrestle, to contend ; and on the 
other to strength and force, like other 
verbs of twisting and binding, as 54m, 


dan, 32, "tip; whence ὃ AS strength, 
might. And from this again comes the 
intrans. signification alone current in 
Hebrew, viz. 
2. to beor become great, to grow ; once 
yey E, >33, Job 31, 18; fat. always 
a3", (A trace of transitive power hes 


μὰ» 


in the pr. π. M534 q.v.) Gen. 91, 8. 
25, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10. 11. Job 31, 18 
=N2 “bay he grew up to (with) me as 
with a , father, i. e. the orphan, the suff. 
being here for the dative.—Trop. of 
wealth and power ; Gen. 26, 13 573773 33 
“x2 until he became very great, i. e. very 
wealthy. 24, 35. 48, 19. 41, 40 only in the 
throne will I be greater that thou, i. 6. 
as possessing royal dignity. 

3. to be great in value, i.e. to be greatly 
valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26, 
24; comp. v.21. Also to be magnified, 
i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 533" 
mim let Jehovah be magnified. 40, 17. 
70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26. 

Ῥιὲξ Soa ΓΕ 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1; at 
the end of a clause 543 Is. 49,21; comp. 
Lehrg. § 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. ὃ 51. ἢ. 1. 

1. to make great, to cause to grow, to 
let grow, i. q. to nourish, to train; e. g. 
the hair Num. 6,5; so the rain nourish- 
es plants, trees, i. e. causes them to grow, 
Is. 44,14. Ez. 31,4; to bring up children 
2 K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4.—Trop. to make 
great, powerful, Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5, 
11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2. 

2. ἐν 8 ὍΝ of Kal no. 2, to value greally, 
to prize highly. Job 7, 17 what is man 
ἘΣΘ ΣΤ "> that thou shouldat G0 greatly 
prize him? Hence to magnify, i. 6. to 
praise, to extol, Ps. 69, 31; with > 34, 4. 

Pua pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be brought 
up, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12. 

Hipu. 1. to make great, to increase, 
Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2, 28, 29. ΡῈ bean 
pr. to make great in doing, i. 6. to do 
great things, wonders, spoken of God, 
Joel 2, 21, and with ΤΌΣ 5. impl. 1 Sam. 
12, 24 ; see also below. So with the 
ellipsis of a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
and they both wept 313 ΘΟΉΣΓΙΓΣ (ec 
mis3>) until David wept greatly, vehe- 
mently. —The like construction is also 
taken in a bad sense: 8 5-435 Obad. 
12, HBB D432 Ez. 35, 13, pr. to make 
great the mouth, i. q. to speak great 
things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also 
rived >s3m to do proud things, to act 
proudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20; and 
simpl. >"735 Lam. 1,9. Zeph. 2,8 ; with 
b> Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5. 
Jer. 48, 26, 42. Comp. “3a Hithpa. 

2. to make high, to lift up, Ps. 41, 10. 

Hirupa. “1. to show oneself great and 


180 


52 


powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez. 
38, 23. 

2. to magnify oneself in a bad sense, 
i.e. to act proudly, insolently, c. >3 Is. 
10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37. 

Deriv. 5153, 0°57, D439, and pr. 
πῃ. smb 733, bay or ΕΝ The rest - 
here Blow. 


233 m. part. or verbal adj. becoming 
great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen. 
26,13; great Ez. 16, 26. 


275 m. 6. suff. 1533, once 1243 Ps. 150, 
2. R. ὅἼ8. 

ry greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7. 

2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence, 
as of a king Ez. 31, 2.18; of God, Deut. 
3, 24. 5, 21. 

3. 22> 513 greatness of heart, i.e. pride, 
insolence, Is. 9, 8. 10, 12. 


213 (perh. too great, giant, after the 
form of adjectives expressing blemishes 
of the body, as 133, 322, NPB) Giddel, 
pr. ἢ. τὴ. a) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49. 
b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58. 


913 see dima. 


mba f. (Ὁ. 543) five times 9 ΤΡῚΣ ΟΥ̓ 


nba (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich. 
ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) a word 
of the later Hebrew. 

1, greatness, concr. great things, 
mighty deeds, espec. of God, 2 Sam. 7, 
23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nibs 1 Chr. 
17, 19.21, abio Ps. 145, 6 Chethibh. 

2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence, 
of God Ps. 145, 3; of a king, Esth. 1, 4. 
Ps. 71, 21. 


ΤΡ (whom Jehovah hath made 
great or powerful, see τ. 543 no. 2) Geda- 
liah, pr.n.m. a) Of the governor of 
Judea appointed by Nebuchadnezzar, 
2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq. 
called also 57543 39,14. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 

c) Zeph. 1, 1. 

ΡΠ Ο 3 (id.) Gedaliah, pr. n. m. 8) 
Jer. 38,1. b) 1 Chr. 96, 3.9. c) See 
mada lett. a. 


‘spots Giddalti, pr. τι. of a son of He- 
man, 1 Chr. 25, 4. 39, R. 51} Pi. 


* 975 fut. vax) 1. to cut or hew down 


to cut off, to fell trees, see Pual. Trop. 
of persons slain, Is. 10, 33. Arab, 


baa) 
ed> to cut off the hands, nose, ears, 


- 
ἐδε! mutilated. Kinde. is ΣῚΔ; see 
more under 113 .—Once of the beard as 
cut offin mourning, Is, 15,2 m$373 jpIv>> 
every beard is cut off, mutilated. In the 
corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read 
ΠΣ clipped, which some 80 Mss. have 
also adopted in Is. l. ὁ. though without 
good reason; since Jeremiah, in the man- 
ner of later writers, substitutes a more 
common word in the place of one less 
usual. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. comp. 
Gesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37; see also 
above under 6°Ws p. 94. 

2. to cut or break asunder, as a staff, 
Zech. 11, 10.14. Trop. God is said to 
break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31, 
or the horn of any one Lam. 2,3 (comp. 
Ps, 75, 11), i. q. to break his power, to 
take away his stength. So also in 
Arabic. 

Nien. fo be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6. 
Is, 14, 12, 22,25. Also to be broken, e. g. 
horns Is. 48, 25, statues Ez. 6, 6. 

Pret 333, with distinct. accent 37a, to 
cut or break asunder, to break in pieces, 
as bars, bolts, Is. 45,2; horns, Ps. 75,11; 
idols, images, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3. 

Puat to be cut down, as a. tree Is, 9, 9. 

The derivatives all follow. 


}P's4 (perh. tree-feller, i. 6. impetuous 
warrior, comp. Is. 10 33) Gideon, pr. n. 
of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de- 
livered the nation from the bondage of 
Midian, Judg. c. 6-8. Sept. Ζεδεών. 


ἘΣ 3 (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n. 
οἵα place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg. 
20, 45. 


"39°33 (id. after the form 2547) Gid- 
eoni, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 


“EIA pr. i. q. Arab. 3d to cut off 
comp. under 773; trop. to use cutting 
words, verbis proscindere. Hence 

Pret 573 to reproach, to revile; Arab. 
Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. Soas to men, see 
B.B153; mostly of God, to blaspheme, 
2K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6. 23. Ps. 44, 17. 
So also by actions, by presumptuous 
ang voluntary sins, with which men mock 
and contemn Jehovah, Num. 15, 30, Ez. 

, 

Deriv. Ppa, BMH. 

16 


181 


“Δ 


" "73 to wall, to wall in or around, 
also to build a wall. Arab. py id. 


The primary idea is that of surrounding, 
enclosing, 6. g. with a wall, hedge, ete. 
comp. the kindr. roots "4M, "7M, etc. 
and see under "38 p. 30. Comp. also 
"28, 92. The same stock of roots is 
widely diffused likewise in the occidental 
languages, designating now that which 
encloses, and now the space enclosed. 
Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ital. 
catarata, Germ. Gaiter, Gitter ; oftener 
with the letter 7 transposed, as Gr. zog- 
tos, Lat. hortus, cors, chors,cohors, Germ. 
Garten, Engl. garden, also Germ. Gard, 
i.e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as in 
the pr. n. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic gorod 
i.e. fortified city, comp. Russ. Novogorod, 
Engl. yard, etc. ete—Part. O74 ma- 
sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12,13. Trop. 
a) 59 ΠΣ "3 to build a wall around any 
one, i. 6. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, 5, 
comp. 22, 30. b)’B 393 973 to wall up 
around any one, i. 6. to obstruct his way, 
shut him up, Lam, 3, 7. 9. Job 19, 8. 
Hos. 2, 8. 
The derivatives all follow. 


ΠΡ comm. gend. m. Ez. 42,7; f Ps. 
62, 4. 
1. a wall Ez. 13, 5; spec. wall ofa 
vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5. 
2. a walled place, enclosure, Ezra 9,9. 
Sor 


8, 
Arab. >, de, a wall of a house: 
or enclosure, poe place walled in.. 


Vm. 1. 1. ᾳ. 13, a wall of a court, 
garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov.. 
24,31. Ez. 42,10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565. 

2. Geder, pr. τι. of a Canaanitish city, 
the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13 ; per- 
haps the same with 57733. 


‘7a (wall) Gedor, pr.n. a) A place 
in'the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. 
Now called Jedir on the brow of the 
mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p- 338. b) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 


ΤΣ ἢ (r. 4a) constr. m4; plur. 
minds, constr. Mins, c. suff. "973 Ps, 
89, 41. ' 

1. @ wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 41; of 
tener of a vineyard Jer. 49, 3. Nah. 3, 


Δ 


17. It differs from ἃ hedge, m2%2 Is. 
5, 5. : 
2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence 


9, - 
i. ᾳ. Arab. Sy 2S, a fold for flocks and 


cattle, i.e. a stall in the open fields, open 
above and surrounded with a wall ; fally 
WE Min sheep-folds Num. 32, 16, 24, 
36. For such folds, comp. Eitan: Od. 9. 
185. 

3. With art. 99934, Gederah, pr. n. of 
a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36: 
perh. the same elsewhere called 73 ΓΞ. 
Comp. Pun. 73 i.e. Gades in Spain, see 
Monumm. Phen. p. 304 sq. also 1 ἀδαρά 
a city of Perea, 1 ἀδαρηγός Matt. 8, 28. 
al._— The gentile n. is "773 Gederathite 
1 Chr. 12, 4. 


mings (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with 
art. mintan 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also 
a townin Judah, R. 73. 


moni (two folds, comp. Dist) 
Gederothaim, pr. ἢ. of a town in the plain 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. 7733. 

YI'73 gentile ἢ. Gederite, from “m2 
“3a, or from "33 q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28. 


* O75 i. gq. Chald. 
Hence Ὁ q. v. 

3 Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for 
mt, which stands in v. 15, and is also ex- 
pressed in the Sept. Vulg. Chald. and 
Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un- 
der 33. 


33, to heap up. 


home ee 

᾿ ΠΡ pr. to thrust away, to remove, 
sc, the bandage or dressing from a wound, 
iq. to cure. Hos. 5,13 533 nApnNy 
“it72 nor remove ‘from you the sore, 
i. e. the king of Assyria could not cure 
the wounds of the Jewish state; as in 
the other clause... Syr. joy to go away, 
to flee; Aph. to give rest, to relieve, to 


deliver; Arab. x to repulse. The 
Rabbins explain 553 by x=" .—Hence 

ΤΙΣ f. pr. “removal of the dressings,’ 
i.e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov. 
17,22 mg BNF MR 32 a joyful heart 
maketh a happy cure; comp. 16, 24, 
Sept. εὐεκτεῖν ποιεῖ. 


* "518 t0 bow oneself down, to prostrate 
oneself; spoken of Blisha as about 


162 


a5. 


to raise the dead child, 2. K. 4, 34. 35 
ὙΌΣ ΠΣ and he bowed himeelf upon 
him. Also 1K. 18, 42 MLW WAM and 
he bowed himself to the ground. This 
signif. is demanded by the context, and 
is also unanimously expressed by all 
the ancient versions and interpreters 5, 
except Chald. and Arab. in2 K. The 
Syriae has the same word under the 
form Ethpe. with which corre- 
sponds Chald. }%3; the letters Ὕ and Ἶ 
being frequently interchanged; see ex- 
amples under lett. 3. 


A m. (τ. 93 1) 6. suff. "33, the back; 
only in the phrase a “nN Wet to 
cast behind one’s back, i. e. to neglect, 
to contemn, 1 Καὶ, 14, 9. Ez. 23,35. Neh. 
9, 26. Comp, bon. So the Arabie 


syeles hes, seb ᾿» Ons 
a Chald. m. constr. is and xB, ὁ. suff. 
maa, a; the middle, midst, see r. M3 


s- 
1. Syr. αἷς id: Arab. > the inside of 


a house, he within.—Hence a} ‘33, 
nia, i. gq. Fira; in the midst of, or 
simpl. in ; as 8752 ἼΔΞ in the fire Dan. 3, 
25. 4,7. 7,15. 7323 in it Ezra 4, 15. 
Ezra 6, 2 537935 mana 3"N2 j27 and in it 
{the roll) was ἃ record thus written. 5, 7. 
b) sia into the midst of, i. q. inte, Dan. 
3,6..11.15. 0) sisya from the midst 
of, Dan. 3, 26. 


B for M13 m. (τ. M13, as 13 for M32) 
constr. "3, ¢. suff. "3 a. 

1. the back, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, 3. 
Is. 50, 6. 51, 23. 12 "708 phen Is. 38, 
17, see in Ἢ : 

2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr. the 
belly, see r. 773. Job 30,5 30955 13-72 
they are driven forth from the midst of 
men, from ameng men. 


NS see τ Chald. 


*35 Lig ωἱς. mid. Waw and 
Ye, to cleave, to cut ; whence 33 a board, 
plank.—Hence 

2, to dig a well, like Arab, Conj. VII. 
See 33 I. 2. 

3. i. q. 23%, to plough, to cleave the 
ground with a plough. Hence 2 K. 2 
12 Cheth. 25 (0°33) ploughers ; in 
Keri 57237". 


212 


Τ. 353 m. (τ. 33 q. v.) a locust, Nah. 
3, 17. Plur. or collect. ἈΞ and δὰ 
(for πὰ, Heb. Gram. § 86. 1. c) 
Am. 7, 1. Nah. 8, 17 "3% 343 locust of 
locusts, denoting swarms of locusts. 
Chald. xaia, 83%, "352, plur. "8343. 


II. 343 and 23 pit, cistern, (r. 341 no. 
2,) Gob, pr. n. of a place otherwise un- 
known, where David fought with the 
Philistines, 2 Sam, 21, 18.19; in 1 Chr. 
20, 4 "43. 


ἘΔῚΞ Gog, pr. n. a) The king of 
the land Magog, 33325 yx, Ez. 38, 
2. 3. 14, 16. 18. 39, 1. 11; also of 
Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38, 2.3; who is 
described by the prophet Ezekiel as 
about to come with a vast army from 
the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after 
the exile, 38, 8. 12,in order to invade the 
Holy Land; where, however, he is to 
perish. See 3332.—In Rev. 20,8 Iwi, 
like Magog, seems to be the name of a 
region, and not of a king; as also in 
Arabic, >\s. b) A Reubenite, 1 
Chr.54c 8 


* TAA i. q. 113 no. 2, to press or crowd 
upon any one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19. 
- Hab. 3, 16. 


‘a rma and Ἢ a root not in use, hav- 
ing the same general force as 233, i. 6. 
to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly. 
The derivatives follow partly the ana- 
logy of verbs ΣΡ, as 12, "13 ; and partly 
that of verbs ri, as ‘aa for M33, ΠΣ, 
m=; and have partly the bint ‘of 
back: see Ἢ ; and also that of belly, see 
ἽΔ no. 2. From the belly comes then 
the word for body, see 773, M293; and 
this idea is then transferred” to the 
signif. of a people, see "3. 


I. 733 £ contr. for MINS, from r. ΠΝ Ἀ- 

la lifting up, exaltation, Job 22, '29 
Ma WeNr s>"etin "D> when men humble 
themselves, thou dost command exalta- 
tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou 
dost exalt. Others: when they (thy 
ways, v. 28) are cast down, then thou 
shalt say, exaltation, i. e. thou shalt 
soon pass from the lowest to the most 
prosperous condition. 

2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13,17. Job 
33, 17. 


183 


ue) 


II. ΤῊΝ Γ i. q. 12, the body, Job 20, 25. 
See in r, 3. 


}4 Chald, pride, Dan. 4, 34. 


*7IA kindr. with 13, pr. to cut in 
pieces, to cut through; hence 


1. to pass through, to pass over or 


away, i. q. Arab. ᾿Ξ mid. Waw, Syr. 
te; to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10 
MBE) Or 137" 2 for it (life) soon passeth 
over, and we fly away. 

2, Causat, to cause to pass through or 
over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there 
ne forth a wind from Jehovah, 3321 

ἘΣ Π]9 ΘΛ and brought up quails 
τὰ the sea; Sept. ἐξεπέρασεν, Vulg. 
detulit; Heb. ‘eee, and cut them off 
Srom the sea, comp. t13.—[Also to bring 
or take out, e. g. an infant from the 
mother’s womb; Ps. 71, 6 "ὮΝ "329 
“yia OX thou didst take me out of my 
mother’s bowels, where ΤΣ is a less usual 
form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402; 
comp. part, "Mia Ps. 22, 10, and see in 
m3 no. 2. But see also r. ΠῚ} no. 2.—R. 


13 m. (Ὁ Ἐπ I) ἃ young bird, e. g. 
a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9: an eaglet 
Deut. 32,11. So called from its peeping, 


see the root. Arab. Rot the young 
of doves and other birds of the same 
genus; Syr. transp. wer . 

WP (7. mr, as 4553 from mba, perh. 
quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of 
Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians 
2K. 19, 12. Is. 37, 12, situated on the 
river Chaboras 2 K. 17,6. 18,11. 1 Chr. 
5, 26; whither a part of the ten tribes 
were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K. 
17,6; Gr. Γαυζανῖτις, Ptolem. 5,18. Cel- 
larius II. p. 603.—In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed, 
in the words Sw “isn rind ἘΝῚ 
jria πον, the Chaboras is separated 
δοιὰ the τὸ ὑρὲν: of Gozan by the word 
NUT) interposed; so that these might 
seem to be different streams. But this 
is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of 
construction in the writer. 


TTS see m3. 


"iD m. (r. m3) c. suff. 1 pers. once 
sis Zeph. 2,9; plur. 573, constr. "3, 


“ss 184 


sometimes in Cheth, 0™5 Ps. 79, 10. 
Gen. 25, 23. 

1. a people, nation, pr. it would seem, 
body, corpus, see the root; and then 
transferred to a poy politic or whole 
people ; comp. Lat. ‘corpus reipublice, 
' Populi, civitatis’ in Cicero and Livy. It 
is a general word, spoken of nations 
universally, and also of the Israelites, 
notwithstanding the doubts of some 
interpreters; 6. g. Is. 1, 4. 9, 2. 26, 2. 49, 
ἢ. Gen. 35, 11. 12, 2. Ps. 33, 12—The 
Plur. £153 is spoken spec. of nations other 
than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8. 
‘Comp. D8 no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20; 
also ΧΙ p. 90. Often with the ac- 
cessory notion of hostile and barbarous, 
Ps. 2, 1. 8. 9,6. 10. 20.21. 10, 16. 59, 6. 
Ὁ, 79,6. 10. 106,47; comp.5" 7. Oralso 
as profane, aliens from the true God, 
i. 6. Gentiles, heathen, (see below,) Jer. 
31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15. al. 
‘print 5553 the cirele of the Gentiles, Gali- 
lee of nations, see d3ba. So DVR TN 
-islesof the Gentiles, comp. “δὰ. Collect. μὴ 
for Dia Is. 14,32. Sometimes opp. tod, 
Ds, which the Israelites usually ae 
plied to themselves; Is. 42,6 M7923 72M8 
pria Vind DY J will set thee as a covenant 
for the people and a light to the Gen- 
tiles, 1. 6. a teacher, enlightener, comp. 
γ. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43.— 
Very rarely found with a genit. or 
suff, mim} a, 1a Zeph. 2, 9; usually 
nin ἘΦ, ἼΞΞ, jad. The LXX com- 
monly redler ἘΣ by λαός, "ia by ἔϑνος, 
Vulg. gens; whence also in N. T. τὰ 
Edm opp. ὃ λαὸς ϑεοῦ “Iogand Luke 2, 32. 

2. Poet. of flights or troops of animals, 
Joel 1, 6. Zeph. 2,14. Comp. ἘΣ Prov. 
30, 25. 26; Gr. ἔϑνεα χηνῶν, γεράνων, 
“μυιάων, μελισσάων, χοίρων, Hom. 1. 2. 87, 
458, 469. Od. 14. 73; equorum gentes 
Virg. Geor. 4. 430. 

3. Sometimes 0142 Gentiles approach- 
es nearly to the nature of a proper name. 


Josh. 12,23 33> ora ΠΡῺ the king of the 


Gentiles at Gilgal, where apparently, as 
afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set- 
tled down among the Hebrews. In Gen. 
14, 1 it is uncertain where the ΘΔ are 
to be sought who joined in the war 
against Sodom; Le Clere understands 
the people of Galilee, comparing >>3 
bia Is. 8,23; perhaps comparing Gen. 


Δ 


10, 5 we might understand nations of the 
West. Not unaptly Interp. anon. βασι- 
λεὺς IT ἀμφυλίας. 


ΤΡῚΔ Γ (r. ΠῚ) 1. the body, pr. the 
belly, as Syr. he, trunk. Ez. 1, 11. 
23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there is no- 
thing left,... BOTT UAMBNEN "AB 
but our bodies and our lands. Neh. 9, 37 
aAaIIAA otbuia Metab they have 
dominion over our bodies and over our 
catile. 

2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men 
1 Sam. 31,10. 12, Nah. 3, 3; of animals 
Judg. 14, 8. 9. 


DIA see S13. 


ΤΙΣ f 1. Part. act. fem. of the verb 
mba no. 2; collect. exiles, company of ex- 
iles, captives, (comp. sing. M213 an evile 
2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer. 28, 
6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. al. 
Spoken also of those who have been 
in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8. 

8. 8 
Arab. ILS and ΧΑ ΕΞ. exiles. 

2. Abstr. exile, captivity, emigration. 
1 Chr. 5; 22 nbisa~sy wntil the exile. 
ἜΡΝΟΣ b3 equipment for exile, vessels 
or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12,, 7. 
nbin3 72h to go into exile, captivity, Jer. 
29, 16. al. nbdi3h "23 exiles, captives, also 


those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4, 
1. 6, 19. 8, 35. 


7255 (exile) Golan, pr. n. of a city of 
Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas- 
seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to 
the Levites, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 
27 (where Cheth 7153). 1 Chr. 6, 56. 
Josephus mentions both the city, which 
he calls Τιαυλάγη, B. J. 1. 4. 4,8; and the 
adjacent region, Tavdarttic, Ant. 8. 2. 3. 
ib. 8. 13.4; which latter he sometimes 
distinguishes from Bashan and places 
west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea 
of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes 
it under Bashan. Its modern name is 
Jaulan. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. 
pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162. 


7G"3 m. (r. y23) ἃ pit, once Ece. 10, 
8. Syr. ἵξοδαςς id. Chald. xo, 
ROD, the letter ἃ being sitetringtih 


with >.—The root 73 has in Syr. and 
Chald. the signif. to dig. 


* 115 aroot not used; Syr. ey colour, 
Chald. 433 to colour, to dye. Hence 


"24 (coloured, dyed) G@unt, pr. τι. m. 
a) Gen. 46, 24; whence also patronym. 
of the same form, for *243 , Gunite, Num. 
26,48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15. 


* ΣῚΡ int gra and 333, fut. 237, to 
breathe out one’s life, to. expire, to die, 
Gen. 6, 17. 7,21. Num. 17, 27; mostly 
poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27, 
5. al. Sometines with mia Gen. 25, 8. 


* DAR ig. Arab. GLS to be hollow, 
see in 233 no. 1; Conj. V, id. also to be, 
or be hid, within any thing ; Conj. IT, 
to shut, to close a door or gate, pr. to 
cause any thing to be or be hid within. 

Hipn. to shut, e. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3. 
—Hence 


MDI ἢ a body, i. 6. dead body, corpse, 
so called from its hollowness, 1 Chr. 10, 
12; i. q. ΠΣ in the Ranta: passage 1 


Sam. τὶ 12. Arab. Ss a hollow, the 
belly, ve dead body. Rabb. 553 
body, person. 


* 1. "3 i. q. Arab. τις. pr. to turn 
aside from the way, like’ 755 ; then, to turn 
aside to any person or place, sc. in order 
to lodge or remain; and hence in com- 
mon usage : 

1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e. 
as a stranger or guest; e. g. of single 
persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20, 1. Judg. 
17, 7; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105, 
23. Ezra 1, 4. Poet. of beasts, Is. 11, 6. 
With 3 of the land in which one sojourns 
Gen. 21, 23. 26,3. 47,4. The person or 
people with whom one sojourns is put 
with 03 Gen. 32,5; τὰ Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
19, 33; 5 Is. 16,4; but poet. also in the 
accus. Ps. 120, 5 99 "MIS~7"D "E-nvis 
wo is me that I sojourn with Meshech, the 
Moschi. Judg. 5, 17 Miray 993 42> ὙΠ 
and Dan, why abides he at the ships ? 
i. e. why dwells he listless on the coast 
of the sea? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth. 
Job 19, 15 "m3 "73 the sojourners in my 
house, i. 6. my servants, parall. with 
maids in the other hemistich. Ex.3,22 
ana ΤΣ the sojourner in her house, 
Sept. σύσκηνορ, Vulg. hospita ous; 

16 


185 


bes 


others understand neighbours, from the 
Arabic usage. Is. 33,14 Bx 425 03-99 
pbis “Ipia wd maa Mok who among 
us shall dwell with devouring fire? who 
among us shall inhabit everlasting burn- 
ings? the language of sinners trembling 
for themselves in sight of destruction and 
overthrow from God, v. 12,13. 582 74a 
mim to dwell in the tabernacle of Jeho- 
vah, i. 6. to frequent the temple, to be as 
it were the guest of Jehovah, and by 
impl. under his care and protection, Ps. 
15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13; also ὁ. ace. 
Ps, 5, 5 5 4727 N> nor shall.the wicked 
dwell with thee ; parall. God hath no 
pleasure in wickedness. Arab. ye 
Conj. III, to remain in a temple out‘of a 
sense of religious duty, also to receive 
G 
under one’s protection ; of ἈΞ guest 


- 


of God, i. e. one who has sojourned in 
the sacred city—Part. "3 ἃ stranger, 
foreigner, to be distinguished from the 
verbal noun "43 whence Lev. 17, 12 
pesina ὌΠ "an ‘the stranger that so- 
journeth among you, 18, 26. 19, 34. 
Fem. 093 Ex. 3, 22. Plur. D3 stran- 
gers, nomades, Is. 5, 17.—Job 28, 4 in 
the description of a mine, 552 bn ys 
"3 he breaketh a channel, shaft, from 
where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of 
the ground as the abode of man; here 
"3 ὉΣῸ is for the fuller Dy 3 ~oy D> 
i. q. afterwards ΟΠ. So with R. Levi 
would I interpret this passage. 

2. to fear, to be afraid, like “33 and 


or from the primary idea of turning 


out of the way ; since he, who is timid 
and in fear of any one, yields the way 
to him, gets out of his way. With 72, 
(comp. 12 no. 3. b,) Job 41, 17; "289 
Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 22. 
1 Sam. 18, 15; once with ace. of the 
thing feared Deut. 32,27; with > of that 
for which one fears Hos. 10, 5. Οὐ fear 
or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24. 
33, 8. 

3. to gather themselves together, to be 
gathered together, a signification which 
it has in common with kindr. "38, "3, 
q. V. pr. to scrape together ; see more in 
Thesaur. p. 274, where this meaning is 
vindicated against J. D. Michaelis: Ps. 
56, 7 ΕΣ 373" they gather themselves 


"Δ 


together, they hide themselves, i. 6. in 
troops they lurk in ambush. With >> 
and MX against any one, Ps. 59, 4. Is. 
54, 15. See Hithpal.—Once. it would 
seem, trans. i. 4. Chald. and Syr. 373, 
arene Ps. 140, 3 miamda asst they ga- 
ther together wars, i.e. multiply wars, 
strifes. 

Hirapar. “5snn 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, 
to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves 
together. Hos. 7, 14 ΟΥΤΩΣ ypI->y 
Sa anaoy ATs for corn and wine they 
assemble themselves, they rebel (turn 
away) against me, i. e. they assemble to 
supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility 
of their fields—For 775m Jer. 30, 23, 
see under "73. 

Deriv. 73, 73, M73, 99, 892, 
ΓΔ, 77839, 773972, pr. n. 7447. 


ag “AA, a different root, perh. to 
suck ; whence "43, "3, a suckling, the 
sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. ">, 
Ethiop. UPA, a young ass ; 55> a suck- 
ing child; (Nisa young animal. 


“id m. (τ. "3 11) ἃ whelp, sc. of a 
lion, plur. ΤΣ "5 Jer. 51, 38; MITh 
Nah. 2, 13. 


AA om. (ra 11) plur. oa 1. a 
‘whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ; 
wee the root. Spec. of a lion’s whelp, 
Ez. 19, 2. 3, 5. πλὴν a Gen. 49, 9. 
Deut. 33,22. Different from "b> i.e. a 
young lion already weaned and begin- 
ning to seek prey for itself. Once of 
‘the whelp of the ser (jm) Lam. 4,3.— 


So- So 


Arab. “97> 5 pe whelp of the lion 
and of the dog. Syr. fe 
2. Pr.n, 9372372 (ascent of the whelp 


or whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near 
Ibleam, 2 K..9, 27. 


592/55 (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal, 
pr. n. of a place in Arabia. prob. so called 
from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7. 


S33 τὰν (τ, 55} plur. midoin, pr. a 
small stone, calculus, κλῆρος, as used in 
casting lots ; hence 

1. a lot, Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express 
the casting of lots the verbs used are 
22. 773, WM, pwn, ben, 102, 


186 


212 


which see ; for the lot as cast, ἘΞ) Jon. 
1, 7. Ez. 24, 6; uf the lotas shaken from 
the: apm: ia-dnek bo dota ΓΙῸΣ Lev. 6, 9, 
and > 5.2 Nx" Num. 33, 54. Josh, 19, 
1 sq. That as to which ‘the lot is con- 
sulted is put with 52 Ps. 22, 19, >x Joel 
4, 3. 

2. lot, that which falls to one by lot, 
espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1,3 
ἜΡΔΞ "EN bY come up with me into 
my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3. 
Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as ἐπε ἐσ 
to men fom God, Ps. 16, 5. Dan. 12, 13 
42992 Tazm and arise to thy lot in the 
end of days, in the Messiah’s kingdom ; 
comp. Rev. 20, 6. 


* D5, Δ, a clod, lump of earth or 
dust; once Job 7, 5 Keri may “iva ὉΞ9 
“ED a) (Cheth. ὁ) my body ἡ is clothed 
with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they 
coverit, referring to the ashy skin of asick 
person, which, as being also rough and 
scaly, has in a measure the appearance 
of being sprinkled over with lumps of 
dust. Sept. βώλακες γῆς, Vulg. sordes 
pulveris. The Talmudists also use this 
word for a clod, or mass like a clod, 
Mishna Tehor. 3. § 2. ib. δ. ὃ 1. See 
more in Thes. p.276. From it they then 
derive the denom. ww'ann to wrestle, 
pr. to raise the dust in wrestling; see 
p2x2.—The etymology is very ob- 
scure. Simonis regards U4; and 73 as 


put for 322, 0°32, from r. os to be 


9. -= 
unclean, filthy, whence Kol filth, 
Better perh. to assume a root Wry i. q. 
yes whence also pr. ἢ. 7O"3. 


ΤΆ m. (Ὁ. 113) plur. estr. ἴθ 1. ἃ shear- 
ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deut. 
18, 4 FINS th mais the first of the 
fleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Comp. 
myn. 

2. a mowing, e.g. a mown meadow, 
Ps. 72,6. Am. 7,1 ΡΤ 733 the king’s 
mowings, referring perhaps to some right 
of the Israelitish kings to exact the ear- 
liest grass, 


“213 m. Ezra 1, 8, a treasurer, the 
keeper of the royal treasures among the 
Persians ; see in τ. 128. Plur. Chald. 
31 Ezra 7, 21; and dropping the sibi- 
lation 99374 Dan. 3, 2.3. Corresponding 


my 
is Syr. TOK ἔργα. Hepa, Pers. 


sis, all which are compounded from 

τὰ, 122, and the Pers. syllable ahs: »" 
(like Germ. bar in ehrbar, achtbar,) 
which seems to denote possession. 

> ITD pr. to cut, like 13 q. v. Spec. 

1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut- 
ting or hewing; whence "ta. Syr. “Fy 
to cut off, to shear. 


2. Metaph. to divide out to any one, to 


mete out, to assign as a portion ; comp. 
Gr. ταμέας from τέμνειν. Espec. like 
synon. 523, spoken of benefits, kindness 
bestowed ; Ps. 71, 6 "τῆλ AHR BN 29 
Srom my mother’s womb thou hast meted 
out to me in kindness, i. e. hast been my 
benefactor. [Better from r. 184 no. 2, 


where see.—R.] Arab. ᾿Ξ to retri- 


bute, to repay, ole 
ishment, reward. 
Deriv. M713, and pr. n. 713, 913. 


ΤῊΣ Εἰ (τ, 13) ig. ta no. 1, a fleece, 
Judg. 6, 39. 40; more fully "38m ΤῚΣ 
8 


y. 37. Arab. > ; 


ΤῊΣ (Ὁ. πτρ, after the form M3 , πρῶ, 
perh. quarry) Gizoh, pr. n. of a place 
otherwise unknown, whence is derived 
the gentile ἢ. "2%13 Gizonite,1 Chr. 11, 34. 
Comp. 72574 from ma , 92>) from nbs} 


ἜΣΤΙ see preced. art. 


retribution, pun- 


Ἄ ΤΙΞ to cut, 6. g. grass, fo mow, see 
13 no. 2. Spec. to shear a flock, Gen.31,19. 
38,12. 1 Sam. 25,4.7. Also of the hair, 
to shave the head in mourning Job 1, 20. 


Mic. 1, 16. Syr. Chald. and Arab. <> 


id. Kindred roots, all having the pri- 
mary idea of cutting, are πὰ, O33, 513, 
bra, “33, and transp. ma; tea. ender 
VSD. yen, 733, 7259.—The form 1335 
Num. 11, 31, see under the root tia. 

’  Nipg. 103, plur. 53333, to be shorn, to 
be shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be 
eut off, slain, Nah. 1, 12. Comp. as to 
the metaphor, Is. 7, 20. 

~ Deriv. 13, 433, and 


air} (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. of two 
men, 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


187 


512 


ΤΡῚΣ ἢ (τ. M12) a cutting, hewing of 
stone; hence Mth "238 hewn stones, 
espec. squared, 1K. 5, 31; and simpl. 
ma id. Is. 9, 9. 1K. 6, 36. 7, 9. 11. 12. 
Ex. 20, 22. 


ΕἼ. 515. fat, b¥y5, Κίπάτ, with 3. 
1. to strip off, as skin from the flesh, 


to flay, Mic. 3,2. Arab. J. 


of burden, to be galled, wounded, flayed. 
Hence 

2. to pluck off or away, to tear away, 
to take by force, like Syr. transp. 


a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23, 21 5137 
“san Iho mmm he plucked the 
spear out of the Egyptian’ 8 hand. 1 Chr. 
11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan 
froin the mother’s breast. Gen. 31, 31 I 
Seared lest thou wouldst take by force thy 
daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31, Of 
the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23. 
Trop. Job 24, 19 ~* 3% ἸΡΤΔῚ pin-pa Mey 
δῷ drought and heat carry of the snow- 
waters, i.e. absorb them, dry them up. 
b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any 
kind, e. g. the property or possessions of 
others, to seize upon, to take by force, 
Job 20, 19. 24,2. Mic. 2,2. Espec. of 
the rich and powerful who seize upon 
the possessions of the poor by fraud and 
violence, Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3. 

3. With acc. of pers. to strip, to spoil, 
to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10. 
Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. Puy, 
Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22, 22. 28, 94. Part. 
pass. 5313 Deut. 28, 29. 

Nipu. pass. to be taken away, 6. g. 
sleep, Proy. 4, 16. 


> of a beast 


* TI. 513 obsol. root. i. q. Arab, Jo> 
to peep, as a young bird. Hence 5118. 


13. τη. ro , concer. any thing taken 
1} bbery y thing tak 
by violence, plunder, Lev. 5, 21. Is. 61, 8. 
ἘΠῚ 51) Ez. 22,29, R. 513 I. 


213 τὰν (τ. 13.1) @ spoiling, violence, 
violation, Ez. 18, 18. Ecc. 5, 7. 

mots f. (r. ὅτ: 1) constr. ΤΡῚΣ Is. 3, 14, 
a spoiling, violence ; 1>%3 513 Ez. 18, 7. 
12. ὭΣΤ ΤῚΣ the spoil of the poor, 
ie. goods taken from them by vines 
and injustice, Is. 3, 14. 


ὨΤΔ 


*DTA obsol. ‘root, to cut off, like 
- - or 9 - 
Arab. aes and ty> whence ey 
Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable ; comp. 
under r. ἴδ. In Heb. trop. to crop, to 
eat off, to devour, like kindr. 092, BO"2, 
comp. "ti no. 3.—Hence 


DTA m. a locust not yet winged, bru- 
hus, Joel 1, 4. 2,25. Am. 4,9. Targ. 
wbmt a creeping locust; Syr. [jaato 
(exuens, detrahens) a locust without 
wings; Sept. κάμπη, Vulg. eruca. See 
Credner ad Joel. 1. ὁ. 


DIA (devouring) Gazzam, pr. n. m. 
Ezta 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51. 


* 373 obsol. root, i. q. 513 no. 1, to cut 
down a tree. Comp. ¢ dd Conj. II, and 
&y> I, II, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood 
from a tree.—Hence 


513 m. c. suff. ista, the trunk of a tree 
cut down, the stump, Job 14,8. Then, 
genr. a trunk, stock, stem, Is. 11,1; also 
of a tree just planted and taking root, Is. 


6 ¢ 
40, 24. Arab. E> trunk of the palm, 


Syr. icy a trunk, espec. a slender 
trunk. 


*"T5 fut. "ia" see no. 3, and "3" see 
no. 4. 
1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K. 


3, 25. 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arab. γγξ- to cut 


off, Syr. shy to eut away or around. 
Comp. under the roots 13, ΠΣ’, Kindr. 
are also “SP, "YD, , and by transp. 
TR, VIR, 9. 

2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4. 
See ΓΔ, and ja axe, from kindr. 
τὴ. 

3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of 
cutting up food, see 8"3 no. 4, and 73 
no. 2. So Fut. O, Is. 9, 19, trop. of war 
and slaughter, parall. with 528. Arab. 
y> to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill. 

4, Trop. to cut off, i. 6. to decide, tode- 
termine, to decree, fut. A, Job 22, 28, So 
Chald. Syr. "πὰ, hy: Comp. 193}. 

5. Intrans. to be cut off, to fail. Hab. 
3,17 {Xx ΠΟΘ ΠΣ though the flock 


188 


"Δ 
fail from the fold ; Sept. ἐξέλιπεν πρό- 
Bote. Arab. yy spec. of failing water. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 1. pass. of Kal no. 4, to be de- 
creed, Esth. 2, 1. 

2. to be cut off, i. e. separated, excluded, 
2 Chr, 26, 21 Mint maa “132 "2 for he 
was cut off, excluded, from the house of 
Jehovah. Is. 53,8 8°97 yu. 7132 "3 for 
he was cut off from the land of the living. 
Ps. 88, 6. 

3. to be cut off, i. q. to perish, Lam. 3, 
54; ὁ. dat. pleon. Ez. 37, 11 522 525133 we 


oe -ς 
perish. Arab. $yp> calamity, destruc- 
tion. a 
The derivatives follow, except 7132. 


“WA Chald. 1. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 1, to cut, 
to cut off ; see Ithpe. 

2. i.q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter- 
mine, to decree, spec. of fate, destiny. 
Part. plur. 113 pr. deciders, determiners, 
put forthe Chaldeanastrologers,diviners, 
who by casting nativities from the place 
of the stars at one’s birth, and by various 
arts of computing and divining, foretold 
the fortunes and destinies of individuals, 
(numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. I. 11. 2;) 
Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 5,7.11. Comp, Chald. 
x 3"1a decree, in Rabbinic spoken of the 
divine decree, fate ; 1718 the art of cast- 
ing nativities, astrology ; on which see 
Comment. on Is. IT. p. 349. 

ΤΤΉΡΕ. to cut off or owt, 3 pret. fem. 
maranx Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb. 
manner M7T5N v. 34. 


“Tim. (τ. 12) 1. a piece, part, plur. 
mw713 pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17; 
parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13. 

2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci- 
pice,) pr.n. a) A city anciently the 
seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33. 
12, 12; situated on the western border 
of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites 
Josh. 16, 3. 21,21; although the ancient 
inhabitants were not expelled, Josh. 16, 
10. Judg. 1,29. It was destroyed by the 
Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solo- 
mon, 1K.9,15s8q. b) A place else- 
where culled 24 Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4; 


| comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18. 


MIT3 f. once Lev, 16, 22 M18 VNR 
into a desert land or tract. The same 
is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by 
minra. Sept. εἰς γῆν ἄβατον, Vulg. in 


"3 


terram solitariam. Lit. into a land eaten 
off, cropped, naked, wipes herbage, 


es Gee 


see r. "13 no. 3. So Arab. + >> 


see Camoos p. 699, Syr. be sterile. 


MITA Chald. f. constr. M712, α decree, 
sentence of God, of angels, Dan, 4, 14. 21. 
Often in the Targums. Comp. r. "33 no. 


MTS f(r. ὙΠ 1. cut, i. e. form, 


Jigure of a man, the body ; comp. 23R 
from 2¥p and Fr. taille. Lam. 4, 7. 


Corresponding is Arab. \ Ξ 

2. Pr.a place cut off, ἃ separate place, 
prob. an area, enclosure, court, in the 
middle of which the temple was built, 
Ez. 41, 12-15. 42, 1. 10. 13. 


"ITA 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. ""93) 
Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by 
David while sojourning among the Phi- 
listines; prob. the inhabitants of the 
city Gezer, "43. 

773 m. (τ. #02) the belly of reptiles, 
so called from its bent or curved form, 
Lev. 11, 42; of a serpent Gen. 3, 14. 
Comp. Germ. Bauch from beugen, biicken. 


"73 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener "J777°S 
(valley of vision) Gehazi, pr. n. of the ser- 
vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14. 25 sq.. 5, 
20 sq. υ 


#73 δυο: root; μέν: 4. Arab: 


= (> and 2 being interchanged) to 
light a fire, to kindle ; mid. Damm. to 


ΡῈ 
burn, to flame, whence ras a great fire 


burning fiercely, Gehenna; from the 
primary root 0%, 52m.—Hence 


moma Γ᾽ plur. = constr. "m3 (f. 
Ez. 1, 13) a coal, a bustage coal, diff. 
from DNB a black coal Prov. 26,21. So 
Job 41, 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44, 19; more 
fully Sx “ma Lev. 16, 12. Poet. coals 
for lightnings, 2 Sam. 22, 9.13. Hence 
put for punishments to be sent from God, 
Ps. 140,11. Coals upon the head, a pro- 
verbial expression denoting something 
exceedingly troublesome, which causes 
the severest pains and torments; so 
Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry, 
give him bread to eat; and if he be 


189 


a 


thirsty, give him water to drink ; 12 for 
so thow shalt heap coals of fire on his 
head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with 
shame and remorse for his enmity to- 
wards thee; comp. Rom. 12, 20. In like 
manner the Arabs speak of coals of the 
heart, fire of the liver, to denote burning 
care, anxiety, remorse, and shame. See 
the author’s remarks on this expression 
in Rosenmiller’s Repert. 1. p. 140; and 
in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV. p. 
244.—F urther, ἃ coal, as being kept in 
order to preserve fire, is put for the last 
hope or scion of a race or family, like 
Gr. ζώπυρον, 2 Sam. 14, 7. 


᾿ Dm i. ᾳ. Arab. -& 
flame, see 513 .—Hence 

D4 Gaham, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 

= 

Gen. 22, 24; perh. appellat. i. q. =! 
having flaming eyes. 

*475 i. g. Chald. ima, Syr. guy to 
incline, to bend.—Hence }in3 . 

Ἶ “3 obsol. ies Arab. load to hide 


oneself, to lurk, 11 lurking-place. — 
Hence 

‘W343 (lurking-place) Gahar, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2,47. Neh. 7, 49. 

"A see RB. 

* N"B or NB to flow together, as wa- 
ter. —Hence 


893 rarely 8°4 Zech. 14, 4, and 83 
Is. 40, 4, without Aleph "3 ; constr. 8"3 
and "3; Plur. pr. MN" (Mika) 2 K. 2, 
16. Ez. 6,3 Chethib, but oftener transp. 
mina, c. suff. AMIN Ez. 35,8; comm. 
gend. (m. Zech. 14, 5. ἢ v. 4,) a valley, 
so called as the place where waters flow 
together ; then a level region, low Pee’ 


Ξ to burn, to 


ZL 
a he valley, level tract, ve 
ἄλλας» i, place where waters flow 


together, valley, depressed tract.—It 
differs from ΤΣ. which signifies a valley 
watered by a brook or torrent; also from 
MZpa and py, which denote plains of 
greater extent; see Relandi Palest. 348 
sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain 
particular valleys; just as others are 
called 5-3, Hsp, ῬΏΣ. Thus 

a) Din-}3 Sa, 3, Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2. 6. 


"3 


bin “2a "a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. tin 3 
Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons 
of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west 
of Jerusalem, through which passed the 
southern boundary of Benjamin and the 
northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18,16. It 
was noted for the human sacrifices here 


offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer. ll. cc. and | 
was also called MER and κατ ἐξοχήν 
157 Jer. 2, 23. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. | ον 
| forth to battle, Ez. 82, 2.—Syr. emg to 
| break forth, as water or as an infant. 


I, p. 382, 402 sq. 
b) ecvinn "3, with Art. ΘΠ 44, 
valley of craftsmen (see UM) near Je- 


-rusalem, with a village of like name, | 


i Chr. 4, 14. Neh. 11, 35. 

c) by-nne "Δ (valley which God 
hath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in 
the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 
14. 27. 


d) mba 8°35 2 Sam.8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the | 
valley of salt, {prob. the very seater 
Mic. 4, 10. 


ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast 
of Aleppo; see Russell’s Nat. Hist. of 
Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213.— 
Another valley of salt, m2a%1 "3, is men- 
tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the 
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 483.—R. 

6) DBS "2 the valley of the passen- 
gers, east of the seaof Galilee, Ez. 39, 11. 

f) pryaxn +a the valley of Zeboim i.e. 
hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 
13, 18. 

g) MMpz xa the valley of Zephathah 
in the plain of Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10]. 
Comp. the mod. es-Sdjieh, Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 345. 

h) δὴ, with Art. 8155, the valley, a 
place in ‘Mount Pisgah, papcniie to Beth- 
peor in the land of Moab, a station of 
the Israelites, Num. 21, 20. Deut. 8,29. 
4, 46. 


ἘΞ a root not in use, signifying to 
bind, to tie together, to couple, like Arab. 
ou mid. Ye Conj. II, to bind, to fetter, 


dus a bond, fetter, thong; and with a 
guttural prefixed "p>, 728, ast, 738, 
perh. Sm8, 18. In the occidental lan- 
guages comp. the roots gaden, gatten, 
i.e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte, Gat- 
tung, Kette, Lat. catena, etc.—Hence 

‘TA m. a nerve, sinew, tendon, Chald. 
R34, Syr. Trae Gen. 32, 33. Plur. 


190 


m3 
Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop. 


Is. 48, 4 of a μπδνοδεθὰ people: 73 
722 baa a sinew of iron is thy neck. 


*T"S and ma Mic. 4, 10, fut. 1°33, 
conv. Mas. 

1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a 
fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23; 
of an infant breaking forth from the 
womb, Job 38, 8; of a warrior rushing 


Chald. id, and espec. to break forth to 
battle. 

2. Trans. to cause to break forth, to 
bring or draw forth ; 6. g. an infant from 
the mother’s womb, Ps. 22,10 ΠΝ ΠΑ 


| ἸΏΞ "πὸ for thou didst bring me forth 


out of the womb, where M3 is a less usual 
form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p. 
402. So of a mother, to bring forth, 


Hien. to break forth, to rush forth 
from a place of ambush, Part. M2 Judg. 
20, 33. 

Deriv. jin"3. 


ΤᾺ or 33 Chald. Apu. to break 
forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as 
if to battle, Dan. 7,2. See the Heb. 
root no. 1. 


ΤῊ} (breaking forth sc. of a fountain) 
Gial, pr. n. of a place near Gibeon, 
2 Sam. 2, 24. 


"4 pr. a stream, river, so called as 
breaking forth from fountains ; comp. 
Job 40, 23. Corresponding is Arab. 
URS and es: which is used 
by the Arabs before the names of several 
large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges, 
the Araxes, ete. In Heb. it is a pr. ἢ. 
Gihon, e. g. 

1. A fountain with a stream and pools 
on the west and southwest of Jerusalem, 
1 K. 1, 33. 38. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 33,14. See 
Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 512. 

2. The second of the four rivers of 
Paradise, which is said to flow around 
the land of 9 Cush, Gen. 2,13. Some 
follow here the Arabic usage of the word 
.yeSk> mentioned above, and under- 
stand the Araes ; thus taking ΔῈ ina 
sense different from the usual one. On 


by 


the other hand, the constant testimony 
of the ancients is in favour of the Nile, 
as Sept. Jer. 2, 18. Eeclus. 24, 37. Jo- 
seph. Ant. 1, 1,3. On this supposition, 
prob. the Ethiopian Nile is to be under- 
stood, which may be truly said to flow 
around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p.281 sq. 


"TITS see "Ma. 
bn rarely dan or S15 Prov. 23, 25 


Cheth. fut. "38, apoc. 533; pr. to move 
in a circle, to revolve, whence deriv. "3, 


comp. 543; also like Arab. Je mid. 
Waw, to dance in a circle, cone bain 
and 335 .—Hence 

1. to exult, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22 
Lams anew joyful even unto rejoic- 
ing, pr. unto leaping for joy. Is. 49, 13. 
65, 18 ; with 3 of pers. or thing in which 
one rejoices, Ps, 9, 15. 13, 6. 21, 2. 31, 8. 
149, 2; also ὃ; Zeph. 3, 17. ninca bag 
to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good- 
ness and mercies, Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel 
2, 23. Ps. 35, 9. 89,17. Trop. joy is also 
ascribed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11. 
Is, 35, 1. 

2. to tremble, to fear, which comes 
from the leaping or palpitation of the 
heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29, 6; comp. the 
roots 4377 and ban. So Gr. ὀρχεῖται καρ- 
δία φόβῳ ΖΈ βου]. Choéph. 164, 1022 ; 
ἡ καρδία πάλλει, πάλλει φόβῳ, Seidl. νά 
Eurip. Electr. 438 ; Lat. cor salit Plaut. 
So vice versa snp implies a trembling 
for joy, Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9.—Hence Ps. 
2, 11 ΓΊΣΞ 9a fear with trembling ; 
others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1. 
Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall mourn over 
it (the calf) 85733 by 7235 and its 
priests shall tremble for it. 

The derivatives follow. 


274 see Day. 


3m. 1. pr. ὦ circle, circuit ; hence 
an age, evum, and meton, men of an age, 
generation, i. ᾳ. "13, comp. 728. Dan. 1, 
10 25733 WZy OAH the youths of your 


age. Arab. 3 ΟΣ or 


ee 
A i, q. “3, 


γενεά. In the Talmud "5"3 55 jis one | 


born in the same hour and under the 
ect ele 


2. exultation, rej 
9,11. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33. 


191 


icing, gladness, Hos. 


253 


ἌΣ f. i. q. 553 no. 2, exultation, re- 
joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13, Is. 35, 2 
271 Τρ rejoicing and shouting, i.e. st. 
constr. for the absol, 


"JD" see in mba. 


ΨΩ obsol. root, Arab. lS mid. Ye, 
prob. to boil up, to effervesce, whence 


ns a boiling ofthe breast, from an- 


ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is 
Germ. gdhren, in some dialects gohren, 
giehren. Hence 


‘4 or 14 m. lime, so called from its 
effervescing when slacked, Is, 27, 9. 


Arab. pe and US unslacked lime. 


ὙΠ Chald. emphat. 873 id. Dan. 5, 5. 
Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9. Am. 2, 1. 


‘YA ἃ sojourner, stranger, i. q. 3 q. v- 
2Chr.2,16. R. 7a 1. 


wa see Wha. 


704 (filthy, see tsa) Geshan, pr-n.m. 
1 Chr. 2, 47. 


D3 m. (r.>d3) plur. Bobs 1. a heap 
of stones, Job 8, 17; mostly with 5°72x 
added, Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is. 
25,2. Plur. heaipe, ruins, Jer. 9,10 °AD34 
ἘΝῚ pibdastery and Iwill make Jeru- 
salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37. 

2. a fountain, spring, so called from 
the rolling or welling wp of the waters, 
Cant. 4, 12. See ba Niph. no. 1.—Plur. 
rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10. 


107, 25.29. Syr. I a wave, billow. 
83 m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the 
sacred candelabra, so called from its 


round form, i..q. 433 no. 2. Zech. 4, 2. 
R. 533 to roll. 


NOY cee nby. 


ee 253 obsol. root, softened from 343, 
to scratch, to scrape, to shave ; kindr. 


Arab. Wal> to scrape, to abrade, te 


to shear wool, Hence 


334 m. a barber, Ez. 5, 1. Syr fa 
a razor. 
9253 (boiling fountain, from 88. and 


| 3a ebullition, see Γ΄ 312) Gilboa, pr. ns 
of a mountain or mountainous tract in 


205 
the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was 
defeated and slain by the Philistines. 
1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 21.— 
From the etymology it would seem to be 
strictly the name of a fountain ( Twba- 
nia ?) or of a village near a fountain ; 
whence it was prob. transferred to the 
neighbouring mountain. A village called 
Τεβουέ (τ. Γελβουέ) is mentioned by Eu- 
sebius; and the same exists upon the 
mountain at the present day as Jelbén ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170. 


D398 m. (Ὁ. 553) plur. O° baba 1. awheel, 
6... of ἃ chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10, 
2. 6. 23, 24. 26,10; of a rail, for δὰν.- 
ing water, Ecc. 12, 6. 

2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13, 
Syr. “~.. Hence 

3. chaff, stubble, any thing driven 
round before a whirlwind. Ps. 83, 14 
dada ian dy Ο my God, make them 
as the chaff, etc. Is. 17, 13 "28> dadz2 
meso like stubble before the whirl- 


wind ; parall. ya.—Aram. he, Nba, 
chaff, dust, or the like, which is driven 
S 


round by the wind; Arab. ches id. 
2355 Chald. a wheel, Dan. 7, 9. 


babs m.(r.>>3) 1. awheel, Is. 28,28. 

2. With the art. 52355 (circle, or ac- 
cording to Josh. 5, Ja rolling away) 
Gilgal. 

a) A place situated between Jericho 
and the Jordan, Josh. 4, 19. 20. 9, 6. 10, 
6. 7. 14, 6. 15, 7; where Samuel and 
Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8. 11, 
14. 15. 13, 4-9. 15, 21. 33; and where 
the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although 
idols were also worshipped there, Judg. 
3, 19. Hos. 4, 15. 9, 15. Am. 5, 56. More 
fully >3>3m ΓΤ Neh, 12, 29. Gr. Tud- 
γαλα, 1 Macc. 9, 2. No trace of the 
name or site of Gilgal now remains ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 287. 

b) [A place or region near the western 
coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 
23. Euseb. and Jerome speak here of a 
Galgula, and the modern name Jiljileh 
is still found; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
p- 47.—R. 


ADA £ (τ dba) @ skull, craniwm, so 
called from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35. 
Also used like Lat, caput, Engl. head, 


192 


sds 


poll, where the individuals of a tribe or 
people are enumerated or mentioned, as 
Ex. 16, 16 ΣῊ “2? an omer ‘the 
head, i. 6. for each person. Num. 1, 2 
enbsbab “217d all the males according 


to their polls, i 1: 6. singly, man by man. 


v. 18. 20. 22. Comp. Ux" Judg. 5, 20.— 
Among the Rabbins m>3}3n ac is 


‘ poll-money,’ a poll-tax. Ser, Trdg 
id. Lamed being. dropped in the first 


syllable; Arab. re a id. where the 
second Lamed is dropped, comp. Iod- 
γοθᾶ Matt. 27, 33. 


ss =) obsol. root, signifying prob. to 
be smooth, polished. Kindr. are 72m, 2%, 
q. v.— Hence 


“24 m. c. suff. "3b, the skin, i. 6. the 
human skin, as smooth and naked, Job 


16, 15. Arab. dbs, Syr. Tp id. 


aD Py} fut. M232 conv. 5251, pr. to be 
naked, and trans. to make naked ; kindr. 
with r.m23 to be naked, bald, wilence 
with a softer pronunciation mba, mba. 
It is applied espec. to the ear as unco- 
vered by removing the hair, or to the 
face when the veil is removed. Comp. 
Arab. > to put off a garment, to put 
off a veil and so uncover the face ; me- 
taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in 
Hebrew: 

1. to make naked, to uncover; and 
then to disclose, to reveal ; espec. in 
the phrase Ἔ ἸΝ M23 to make bare or 
uncover the ear of any one by removing 
the overhanging locks, as is often done 
in whispering a secret to another ; hence 
to tell to any one, to disclose, to show. 
1 Sam. 20,2 my father doeth nothing... 
“INN nbs Nb) but that he telleth me. 
v. 12. 13. 9, 15. 22, 8. 17. Also ina 
slightly different sense spoken of God, 
Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disei- 
pline, to instruction, i.e. causes them to 
hear. v.15. 36,16. Hence trop. Tid M>3 
to reveal a secret, Am. 3,7. Prov. 20, 19. 
—Also "5d nbs to unfold or open ὦ 
book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11. 14. 

2. to make bare a land of its inhabit- 
ants, i. 6. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab. 
Ἂς, and > id.) either voluntarily as 
2 Sam. 15, 19; or involuntarily, i. 6. to be 


53 


carried away captive, to go into captivity 
or exile, 2 K. 17, 23. 24,14. 25,21. Am. 
1, 5. 6,7. al. Spoken of inanimate things, 
Is. 24, 11 the joy of the land is banished, 
gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25. 

Nien. 1. to be uncovered, made na- 
ked ; Is. 47, 3 thy nakedness shall be 
uncovered. Bz. 13, 14. 16, 36. 23, 29. 
Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13, 22. 

2. to be revealed, i.e. a) Of men and 
God, to discover oneself, to appear, as if 
a veil were removed, i. q. ΠΝ ἜΣ, with 5x 
Gen. 35, 7. 1 Sam, 14, 8. 11; comp. Is. 53, 
1, where c. 59. b) to be discovered, 
manifested, to come to light, spoken of 
what before was concealed, Is, 49, 9. 
Hos. 7,1. 0) to be uncovered, with > 
and 5x, Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7. 

3. to be darted away, removed, pass. 
of Hiph. Is. 38, 12. 

Pret i.q. Kal, but oftener in the literal 
and primary signification. 

1. to make naked, to uncover, 6. g. the 
feet Ruth 3, 4. 7; the foundations of 
a building Mic. 1,6. Also with acc. of the 
veil or covering renova Is. 22, 8. 47, 2. 
Nah. 3, 5. Job 41, 5.—Spec. a) nbs 
πεν nine to uncover the nakedness of a 
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse 
with her, Lev. 18,8 sq. 20,17 sq. So 
to uncover the nakedness of a man is to 
have unlawful intercourse with his wife, 
Lev. 20, 11, 20. 21, as is explained by 
Lev. 18, 8; and in the same sense is used 
the phrase to uncover one’s skirt or cover- 
let, Deut. 23,1. 27,20. b) God is said 
to uncover the eyes of any one, i. 6. to 
open the eyes, to discover secret things 
to mortal eyes, Num. 22,31. Ps. 119, 18. 
ὈΠῸΣ 7154 opened as to the eyes, having 
the eyes open, spoken of a prophet, Num. 
24, 4:16 

2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden, 
Job 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11,13; to be- 
tray a fugitive Is. 16,3; to lay open, to® 


make known, 6. g. God his attributes Ps.~ 


98, 2. Jer. 33,6, Sos 5b nbs is ig. mba 
Ἢ b> ΠΌΝΤΟΝ to uncover that which is 
upon any thing, to remove the veil from 
upon it, Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22. 

Pua to be uncovered, made naked. 
Nah. 2, 8 ΠΏΣ} she is made naked, i. e. 
ignominiously, spoken of Nineveh. |. 

Hips. 4335 and 7334, fut. conv. 555), 

17 


193 


"3 


to carry away captive, to carry into exile, 
1 K. 15, 29. 17, 6. 11. 18, 11. al. 

Horn. pass. of Hiph. Esth. 2, 6. al. 

Hirup. 1, to uncover oneself, Gen. 9, 
21. 

2. to disclose or reveal oneself, e.g. the 
heart, Prov. 18, 2. 

Deriv. >a, mada, Pda, and pr. no 
ia, M72, sb33, 


ΤᾺ, ΜΗ Chald. to reveal, Dan. 2, 
22. 28. 29. 
' Apu. after the Heb. manner "3m, i. q. 
Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, to 
cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12. 

M25 i. q. mdi q. v. exile, migration. 

T23 (after the form “ie"p, md" ; 
exile, τ. 133,) Giloh, pr. τι. of a city in 
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 
2 Sam. 15, 12.—Gentile n. "7573 Gilon- 
ite 2 Sam. |. 6. from a form 45572, as 
ὦ from πρῶ. 


τ f. (r. >>). 1. α fountain, spring, 
i,q. 53 no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg. 
1, 15. 

2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its: 
round form; spoken of the reservoir for 
oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech. 
4, 3, comp. v. 2, where is masc. 88... 
Trop. Ecc. 12,6 in describing old age: 
and death: 9025 531 pnwi-N> “wy 43° 
a mba yon} before the silver cord be’ 
loosed, and the golden bowl be broken;. 
i. δ. lamp-bowl, oil-cup. 

3. ἃ ball or globe, as an ornament on: 
the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7, 
41. 2 Chr, 4, 12. 13. 

4, ΤῊΣΣ miba and mmm Ἢ, Gulloth,. 
Upper and Lower, pr. n. of two towns; 
not far from Hebron, Judg.1,15. In the ὁ 
parall. passage Josh. 15,19 it is mitby ‘a 
and mitAnn ‘a. 

ὈΠ 3.33 τὰ. plur. (r. >d3 note, lett..b) 
pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled ; 
hence in derision, idols, Lev. 26, 30. 
Deut. 29, 16. al. So in-various phrases, 
as ΤΌΝ "InN 329 fo go after idols, 
1K. 21,26; exdsban 43> to serve or wor- 
ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21; DUD ΟΣ 
‘anne to Lift up ‘the eyes unto idols Ez. 
18, 12. Often joined with other con- 
tediptuous names of idols; as ὩΣ 
Deut. 29, 17, niavin Ez. 16, 36, prbrby 
30, 13; leo: very freq: in expressions in 


"3 


which idol-worship is reprobated, as 
rbabaa 820? to pollute oneself with idols 
Ez. 20, 1; “pabsbs "INN 771 6,9; ΤΩΝ FN? 
ecbabsn 23, 37; ete. 


Dds τὰ. (r. Bt3) α covering, manile, 
pallium, in which one is wrapped, Ez. 
27, 24. Chald. 33, 89°53, id—Hence 
Gr. χλαμύς, χλανίς, ἐν Ὁ 

7123 Josh. 91, 27 Cheth, i. ᾳ. 51} qv. 

m3 Γ once m3 Obad. 20, with Ka- 
mets impure. R. 73. 

1. a carrying away, captivity, exile, 
2 K. 25,27. Jer. 52, 31. Ez. 1,2. 33, 21. 

2. Collect. captives, eailes. HITT Mag 
the exiles of Judah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29, 
22. 40, 1. mint rads spoken of Tatdel 
living in exile Is. 45, 13. 


M723 Chald.f emph. xe*53, captivity, 
exile... x72 723 the exiles Dan. 2, 25. 5, 


13. Ezra 6,16. Syr. ἴαδος, 


“MDa in Kal not used, pr. to be 
smooth, and hence to be bare, naked, 
comp. 23; spec. lo be bald, Arab. 


2.13. to have a bald forehead. This 


is a softened root from the harsher "3p ; 
comp. by transpos. P2m. In the western 
languages correspond calvus, Slavic 
goly, holy, Germ. kahl ; also gelu, glacies. 

Piet to make bare, bald; hence to 
shave the head, Num.6,9. Deut. 21, 12; 
a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off, 
to cut off the hair, see Pual; the beard 
2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave 
oneself, the hair and beard, Gen. 41, 
14. Metaph. to shave a land, i. 6. to lay 
it waste with fire and sword, Is, 7, 20.— 
Chald. m3 to shave, to shear, M23 shave- 
ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks, 
like Bohem. holy. 

Puat to be shaven, shorn, Judg. 16, 
17. 22. 

Hirupa. 1. to shave oneself, Lev. 13, 33. 

2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c. 
acc. Num. 6, 19. Comp. Lehrg. p. 284. ἃ. 


pbs m. (r. Ms, after the form 772, 
yin, jip2) @ table, tablet, of wood, 
stone, or metal, on shiek to write or 
inscribe any thing; ing. πῆρ, so called 
as being smooth, bare, nuked, or empty; 
see the root. Is, 8, 1.—In Talmudic 


194 


δ; 


ὙΛῈΣ. is the empty margin of a page or 
volume, roll. 

Pur. 072533 Is. 3, 23, mirrors, ie. 
tablets or plates, lamine, of polished 
metal, which were used by the Hebrew 
women as mirrors, Ex. 38,8. Job 37,18; 
and which were carried about by them 
in the manner of other nations, being 
mostly of a round form and furnished 
with a handle ; see Comment. on Is. ]. 6. 
So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment. 
Abarbenel, Jarchi—On the other hand, 
the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under- 
stand transparent garments, διαφανῆ 
Auxorinu, as if making naked the body ; 
comp. Schroeder de Vestitu mul. Heb. 
p. 311, 312. 

723 m. (τ. dd3) 1. Adj. rolling, turn- 
ing, 6. g. the leaves of a folding door, 
1 K. 6, 34. Comp. Ez. 41, 24. 

2. Subst. a ring, Esth. 1,6. Cant.5,14 
Davos ὈΠΝ ΕΘ. SH nbabs mm his 
hands are as gold rings set with gems of 
Turshish, i. e. the fingers when curved 
are like gold rings, and the nails dyed 
with henna or the like resemble gems. 

3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. "22. 
Spec. O75 5753 Is. 8, 23 ‘the circle of the 
Gentiles,’ i. e. Galilee 3 and κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, 
dsbsn Josh. 20, 7. 21, 32; mo"ban (He 
parag.) 2 K. 15, 29; babs v8 1K. 9, 
11, i. e. the Rietiact with twenty smal} 
distee, in the tribe of Naphtali,around the 
city Kedesh (thrice called 57533 83), 
inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by 
the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept, ἢ 
Ταλιλαία, Galilee. 


Ti23 f. ig. d*bz no. 3, a circle, cir 
cuit, region. D°MOdEn τοῖσδ; the cir- 
cles or districts of the Philistines Josh. 
13,2; τῶ mibyda Joel 4,4; Ταλιλαία 
ἐπ που ύξων 1 Mace. 5,15. F333 nid"d3 
i,q. JU777 9BD, the circuit or borders of 
the Jordan, el-Ghér, Josh. 22, 10. 11. 
The same region seems to be meant in 
Ez. 47, 8. 

pbs (fountains) Gallim, pr. n. of a 
city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusa- 
lem, 1 Sam. 25, 44. Is. 10, 30. 

m3 (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Phi- 
listine giant, slain by David in single 
combat, 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23. 21, 10. 22, 10; 
comp. Ecclus. 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20.5 
see under art. "amd. 


bby 
* bbs 


c#, 1 pers, “mids, but 3 plur. soba 
Gen. 29, 3. 8; imp. bh, "bia, once 5} Ps. 
119, 22; to roll, 6. g. a stone Gen. 29, 3. 
8. Metaph. with 53% to roll off or away 
from any one, 6. g. reproach Josh, 5, 9. 
Ps, 119, 22; with 58 and 53 Zo roll frou 
oneself to or upon another, Ps. 37, 5 dia 
W273 Mjm->y roll or devolve thy way 
upon Jehovah, i.e. commit all thy affairs 
tohim. Prov. 16,3 ΩΣ Mirmby 58 
commit unto Jehovah thy works, deeds. 
Ellipt. Ps, 22, 9, where the poet intro- 
duces his enemies as deriding his confi- 
dence in God and saying: ninz~>x >a 
amybas [roll all upon Jehovah, rely upon 
him; let him deliver him; comp. a like 
change of person in v. 27.—R.] Or, δὰ 
may be infin. put for the finite verb, he 
rolleth etc. 

Norse. The genuine force of this 
widely extended root, which imitates the 
sound of a globe, ball, or other round 
body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex- 
pressed by the Germ. rollen, Engl. to 
roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew 
word. Hence in the derivatives it is re- 
ferred: a) Τὸ things round, rolling, re- 
volving, as 5353 wheel, also οὐ wind 
dyba a ring, mba a roll, volume, 12353 
a skull, >b3, bby ball of dung, bi, nbs a 
bowl, reservoir b) To things heavy, 
which are rolled along, and not carried; 
whence > a heap of stones, ΒΕ 
logs, blocks, put for idols ; 55} weight, ἃ 


5 

large stone; Arab. Aves a heavy busi- 
ness. 6) Also spoken of rolling waves, 
like Germ. quellen, Engl. to well, whence 
ba, DEY, i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl. waves, 
billows. —From this most fertile mono- 
syllabic stock have also flowed the 
triliteral roots 53x, Arab. hot, d:2, 

whence 433 wagon, wain; and as in- 
creased ut the end, ἘΞ} to roll or wrap 
up, bi>3, bh, Lat. glomus, glomeravit, 
globus, Gere Klumpen, Engl. clump. 
Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it- 
self are: 55} to move ina circle; and, 
. ehanging the palatal to a guttural, dan, 

dom, bax, 598, q.v. Beside these, thera 
is alas a el titude of shoots branching 
off into the occidental languages, espec. 
the Greek; comp. κέλλω, κέλλω (Valek. 
ad Hdot. 7. 155), κυλέω, κυλίνδω (25s), 


195 


b> 


κόλλοψ, κόλλαβϑος, κόλλιξ, κύλλος (comp. 
κοῖλος), κόλλυρα a round cake (722); 
also, the palatal being dropped or trans- 
ferred to the end, ἔλλω, sido, εἰλέω, εἰλύω, 
ἔλη, οὖλος, ἴουλος, thiyyos, ἕλιξ and ἑλίσσω, 
ete, Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr. 
gallet, caillou (>3), Germ. Galle, Golle 
i. q. Quelle, qguellen, wallen, wilzen, ono- 
mat. kullern, Swed. kula, low Germ. 
Kaul, whence Kugel.— Where any thing 
is rolled along or revolves on a rough, 
stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a 
harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is 
expressed by similar roots made harsh 
by the letter 9} as 51a, "28, "72, the 
branches of which are no less widely 
diffused. 

Nira. 552, plur. 3 pers. 9253, fut. d35. 

1. to be rolled, to roll along, as billows, 
Am. 5, 24. 

2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e. g. 
the heavens, Is. 34, 4. 

Hien. fut. conv. 5323, to roll, to roll 
away a stone, Gen. 29, 10. 

Poat, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be 
stained with blood, Is. 9, 4. 

Hirupo. id. 2 Sam. 20,12. With dy 
to roll oneself wpon any one, i. e. to rash 
or fall upon him, Gen. 43, 18. 

Pixp. 5353 i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll 
down, Jer. 51, 25. 

Hirupatp. 5353995 to roll oneself down 
upon an enemy, i, e. to rush or fall upon. 
Job 30, 14. 

Deriv. see in Note above. 


bo3 m. 1. dung, ordure, so called from 
its "globular form, i. q. 523; see r. >>3 


note, lett. a. 1K. 14, 10.—Arab. κὶς. 
the round dung of camels, sheep, etc. 

2. acircumstance, cause, reason,Germ. 
Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the 
etymology, MSO, MIN. Hence dd33 as 
Prep.c. suff. abbzz, ba>bsa, ,onaccount of, 
because of, Gen. 12, 13. 30, 27. Deut. 15, 
10. 18, 12. Jer. 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor- 


responding is Arab. SU ω» and 


Wt po with Elif prosthet. 


3. Galt, Pr. 2. τῇ. perk. weighty, 


worthy, like Arab. neh a) 1 Chr. 
9,15. Ὁ} ib. v. 16. Neh. 11,17, ~~ 


353 Chald. m. pr. a rolling, then 
weight, magnitude, see r. 588 note, lett. 


obs 


b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4 533 938 great or 
heavy stones, hewn stones, which must 
be rolled along, not carried.—So Tal- 
mud. X>>3 without j28, spoken of a 
large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433. 


Ὁ58 m. i. q. 53 πο. 1, dung, ordure of 
men; in Sing. once, Job 20,7 ΓΚ 1>>33 
"a8", Chald. and Vulg. well, sicut ster- 
cus suum in eternum peribit. Comp. for 
this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K. 
14, 10.—Plur. 0°33 balls of dung, dung, 
Zeph. 1,17; spec. human ordure Ez. 4, 
12. 15, 


223 (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m. 
“Neh. 12, 36. 


ν =) fat. £34, to roll or wrap toge- 
ther, to fold, once 2 K. 2,8. See τ. 588 
Kal and note. 

Deriv. D4>5, and 


Do5 m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap- 
ped together ; hence an unformed mass, 
substance, not yet wrought, the parts of 
which are not yet unfolded nor devel- 
-oped; spoken of the embryo feetus, Ps. 
139, 16.—Often in the Talmud for any 
thing not yet wrought, elaborated,. per- 
fected, see Chelim 12. § 6; also trop. of 
an unformed unlettered man, Pirke 
Aboth. 5. § 7. 


" wads quadril. not in use, formed 
from (δ, and Me, both which roots 
signify to be hard.—Hence 


, 

“7053 adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab. 
G 9¢- 
Oped ; hence sterile, barren, as a hard 
stony soil, comp. στεῤῥός, sterilis ; then 
οὗ a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet. of a night 
in which none are born, Job 3,7. Trop. 
lean, famished, emaciated with hunger, 
Job 15, 34. 30, 3. 


* 95 in Kal not used, Arab. Conj. 
‘III, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a 
game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an 
inheritance. So in Hebrew: 

Hrrupa. to become angry, to be irri- 
tated, to grow warm, se. in strife. Prov. 
20, 3 it is an honour to a man to cease 
from strife, sant ΘΝ 530 but every 
fool becometh angry. With 2 of thing or 
cause, Prov. 18, 1.—Spoken also of strife 
itself as growing warm, Prov. 17, 14. 


196 ἘΠ 


* 7325 obsol. quadrilit. comp. Arab. 


9 
dais hard, rough.—Hence 

“923 Gilead, pr. Ὁ. 1. Of several 
men: a) A son of Machir and grand- 
son of Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30. 
Patronym. 73>3 Gileadite, Judg. 11, 1. 
12,4. b)Judg.14,1.2. ¢} 1Chr. 5,14. 

2. With the art. 33535, Gilead, Gilea- 
ditis, (pr. hard, stony region, or i. q- ἜΣ 5 
hill of witness,) a district of Palestine be- 
yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the 
mountainous region south of the river 
Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21-48. Cant. 4,1; with 
a city of like name, Hos. 6,8, comp. Sept. 
Judg. 12,7, apparently the same with 
ssba min. Here is the highest part of 
the mountains east of the Jordan; and 
one ridge is still named Jebel Jel’dd or 
Jeli, from two ruined towns so called 
upon it; see Burekhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 243, 306. ITE. App. p. 167. But the 
name Gilead was also employed in a 
wider sense, so as to include the whole 
mountainous tract between the Arnon 
and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of 
Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh, 
now called LauSt and yrs ὡς: 
i. 6. el-Bellca and Jebel Ajlim, Num, 32, 
26. 29. 39. Deut. 3, 12. Josh. 12, 2. 5. 13, 
10. 11. 30. Am. 3,13. Hence put for 
the territory of the tribes of Gad and 
Reuben Ps. 60, 9. 108, 9; for the tribe 
of Gad Judg. 5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although 
too this usage is not constant, and in 1 
Sam. 13,7 the land of Gad and Gilead 
are joined.—Once it comprehends also 
Bashan, and extends to the northern 
extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1. 

“923 (i. 6. 52 53 heap of witness) 
Galeed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48. 


*WOD iq. Arab. uA to sit denon, 
to lie down. Cant. 4, 1. 6, 5 thy locks 
are as a flock of goats ἜΣ. ὑπ "S53 
which lie down upon Mount Gilead, i. e. 
upon its side, as if hanging from it, see 
472 no. 3. h.—Jerome Cant. 4, 1 gue ascen- 
derunt.Sept.Complut.Cant.6,5 ἀνέβησαν. 


Comp. yad> Conj. 11, to ascend. 
M3 see maby. 
DA Conj. (r. 828) 1. Implying con- 
junction, together, at once ; so in the 


No 


phrases 5°20 0&3 two together, both, Gen. 
27, 45. Prov. 17, 15. 20, 10. 12; >> δὲ all 
together, i. e. every one, cuncti, 2 Sam. 
19, 31. Ps. 25,3; 35 Sa Ps. 133, 1. 

2. Implying accession, also, etiam, Gen. 
8, 6. 22. 7,3, 19, 91. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al. 
It is commonly put before the word to 
which it refers ; but where a word is re- 
peated for the sake of emphasis, its place 
is before the latter, e. g. with pronouns 
NT Da Nw she, she herself also, Gen. 
20,5; 88 03 1°B2 in Ais mouth also, 
2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34, 
comp. Lehrg. §191. Heb, Gr. §119, 3. 
With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 03 4228 7238) 
ΤΣ and I will also come up with thee. 
31, δ. 1 Sam. 1,6. Sometimes at the 
begining ofa dlaiise it refers not to the 
next word, but to another more remote, 
Proy. 20,11. Repeated 03 —t3 also— 
also, i. q. both—and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8. 
Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12; thrice repeated 
Is. 48, 8; 53} —b3 Gen. 24, 44. 

3. Intensive, even, see 5X no. 1; Prov. 
14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3,2. With a nega- 
tive particle, not even, not so much as, 
Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13, comp. 
ΣΟ. 3. So 53) Gen. 6, 4—Often it 
serves merely to give emphasis to the 
*™“owing word, and frequently cannot 
be rendered into English, q. d. yea, in- 
deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 x7 ba AN see, yea 
see! Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel 
more than Leah, where it shows merely 
that the word Rachel i is emphatic. Gen. 
16, 13 "ἢ "INN "MNT Bb DIN do 7 
then here see (live) after the vision, sc. 
of God ? i. e. in this place, just here, and 
not elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what! shall 
we receive good at the hand of God, and 
not etc. Hos. 9, 12 for wo to them! 
Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4. 
MAD 33 yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10. 

4, Adversative, even so, yet, neverthe- 
less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played 
the harlot with them, M230 Nd 033 and 
even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps. 
129, 2. Ecc. 4, 16—Hence "3 ta even 
when, even if, although, Is, 1, 15; and 
without "> id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95,9. ἘΔ 53 
id. Eec. 4, 14. 


: NOS in Kal not used, to absorb, to 
drink up, to swallow, i. ᾳ. Chald. 


Pret poet. of the horse swallowing as 
17* 


197 


Yaa 


it were the ground in his eagerness and 
fleetness. Job 39, 24 γῸΝ τ 82: he swal- 
loweth the ground, ᾳ. d. he runs away 
with it.—T he same metaphor is common 
in Arabic in the verb to drink, to 
take a draught, as V4) JI St; see 
Schultens ad ἢ, 1. and Bochart Hieroz. 
I. p. 142-148. 

Hipn. to let swallow, to give to drink, 
Gen. 24, 17.—Hence 


84 m. a bulrush, spec. the Egyptian 
papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed, 
so called from its porous nature as ab- 
sorbing moisture ; comp. bibula papyrus 
Lucan. 4. 136.—Job 8, 11. Is. 35,7. The 
Egyptians made from it garments, shoes, 
baskets, vessels of various kinds, and 
especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13. 
21-26. So Ex. 2,3 893 Mam an ark or 


skiff of papyrus. Is, 18, 2. 


* Td a root not in use, Arab. Bees 
to cut off, to amputate ; Ethiop. IF, 
transp. DU2, sop. Hence is ΠΣ 
724 a cut, 1, 6. ἃ rod, staff, and then 
cubit. The same verb is transferred to 
brave warriors, who cut down the enemy 


like trees ; whence Arab. BS and Syr. 
Apu. to be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier. 
—Hence 


"TQ4 τα. (τ. T25 q. v.) pr. a cut, ie. a 
staff, rod, as being cut from a tree; Zab. 
Ἰξσοϑας a staff, rod, the letter ἢ being 
inserted, and τ and Ἵ interchanged ; 
Chald. x17295>. Then a cubit, the 
measure of a cubit, Judg: 3, 16. ἘΠῊΝ 


i, patoo., cubit, Vasa, Tesi, id. 


D723 m. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol- 
diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores. 
This word has given rise to endless 
conjectures among interpreters; see 
Thesaur. p. 292. 


2103 (weaned) Gamul, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 24,17. Comp. S323 m2. 


2705 τὴ, (τ. 522) 1. act, work, deed, 
whether good or evil, α. ἃ. desert ; more 
fully o777 558 Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12, 14. 
Is. 3, 11; in a good sense, benefit, Ps. 
103, 2. Hence > 15523 Ξ ΠῚ to render 
to any one his desert, to repay his doings, 
works ; Ps. 28, 4 5m> n>r3 aon. Prov. 


Va 


12, 14; c. 5¥ Ps. 94,2. So > dxaa Ἐδῶ 
id. Ps. 137, 8. Prov. 1G, 7 δἱ by Joel 
4, 4. 

2. recompense, retribution, Is. 35, 4. 


M203 Γ (r.bea) Lig. bvaa no. 1, 
Is. 59, 18 ; some copies read plur. nines. 
2. 1.q, beng no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37. 


᾿ Τ23 obsol. root, bakes i. q. 723 10 cut 
off; whence Arab. hs ae acute-minded, 


sagacious, andi sycamore, from 


the idea of cutting, see 053. Hence 


W723 (for i123, place fertile in syca- 
mores) Gimzo, pr. n. of a place in the 
plain of Judea, 2 Chr, 28, 18. Now 
Jimzu, a village east of Lydda; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57. 


ταν)" 23 fat. dean I. 1. to-do, show, or 
cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to veal 
well or ill with him, with two acc. of 
‘pers. and of thing (comp. Gr. εὖ, κακῶς 
πράττειν tiv). 1 ϑατη. 94,18 ΡΣ TAN 
“MBE thou hast done me oad; hast dealt 
‘well with me. Gen. 50, 15 all the evil 
“irk ἸΣΘῸΣ ἼΩΝ which we did unto him. 
-y. 17. Prov. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63,7. With 
ΒΘ of pers. Is. 3, ones ΠΡ sbi they have 
brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8 
‘nab meat) ἩΡΗῺ} thy deed which thou 
‘hast done to us. 

2. to do good to any one, to benefit ; 
‘Prov. 11, 17 i382 524 he doeth good unto 
himself. With >> Ps. 13, 6. 116, 7. 119. 
AT. 142, 8. 

3. 10 reward, to render, to recompense 
‘to any one good or evil ; c. acc. Ps. 18,21 
"PIZD Mim ἡ; ΘΝ the Lord rewarded 
‘me ‘according to my righteousness. With 
‘52 2 Chr. 20,11. Ps. 103, 10; > Deut. 
32, 6, unless by a diff. diviaion of the 
‘words Min" ἘΠῚ is here acc. of person. 

Deriv. bang, mbacx, ΒΝΏΣΩ, and pr. n. 
ἜΝΡΒΌΣ, 

II. 1. to wean a child, Is. 98, 9 where 
som is added. Is. 11, 8. 1 Καὶ. 11, 20 
‘Hos. 1, 8—Hencee pr. ἢ. 5925. 

2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num. 
17, 23. Intrans. to ripen, to become 
ripe, Is. 18, δ, 

Nien. pass. of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8. 
Ἵ Sam, 1, 22. 

Nore. The primary signification of 


198 


a5 


this verb, and the origin and connection 
of the other senses, are illustrated by A. 
Schultens (ad Prov. 3, 30) by comparing 
Arab. het pr. to cover with fomenta- 
tions so as to produce warmth and heat, 


| to cherish ; which idea of warming and 


cherishing he supposes is then trans- 
ferred: a) To the ripening of frnit; 
b) Toa child as weaned; cc) To be- 
nefits done to any one, by which we as 
it were cherish him; and also even to 
evils which we bring uponany one. But 
the verb j4é can refer only to the sig- 
nifications in no. IL; while for those in 
no. I, we may compare >23, Arab. dye, 
to labour, to do. 

2723 plur. e722, comm. gend. a ca- 
mel, ‘male or fannie. Gen. 32, 16. al— 
This word is found in all the Semitic 
languages; also not only in Greek 
and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian, ~ 


RSIMOVA, C2MOPA, and in San- 
scrit under, the form kraméla, kramé- 
laka. If the origin of the word is to be 


‘sought in the Semitic languages, 573 


is. prob. beareh, carrier, from 5723 i. τ 


ope hace to bear. 


a4 see nbitas .. 


Mp (cdmel-driver, or camel-rider) 
Gemalli. pr. n. τῇ. Num. 13, 12. 


aN (reward or benefit of God) . 
Gamaliel, pr.n.m, Num. 1, 10. 2,20. 7,55. 


᾿ Dis a root not used, i. q. ΒΙῸΣ q. v. 
to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up; 


comp. Arab. > to heap up, to increase, 
also intrans. to be heaped up, to be 
much.—Hence Θὰ and 7232. 


ΓΕ 
23 a root not used in Hebrew, to 


dig, see ‘va. 


δ ar) fut. "234 1, to bring to an 
end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57, 3 d& 
"22 ὍΔ God who will complete for me, 
i.e. will do all for me, will maintain my 
cause; 6. 122 Ps. 138, 8. 

2. Intrans. to come to an end, to cease, 
to fail, Ps. 7,10. 12, 2. 77, 9.—In the 
Aramean dialects this verb is very fre- 
quent in both significations. 

"23 Chald. id. Part. pass. ""23, per- 
Sect, complete, finished, in skill or learn- 
ing, Ezra 7, 12. 


"a3 


‘94 Gomer, pr. n. 1. A northern 
people sprung from Japheth, Gen. 10, 2; 
from which Togarmah or the Arme- 
nians are said to be descended, Gen. 
10, 3; and who are mentioned along 
with Togarmah in the armies of Gog, 
Ez. 38, 6. Most prob. we are to under- 
stand the Cimmerians, Κιμμέριοι, inha- 
biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and 
the adjacent regions as far as the mouths 
of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele- 
brated for their incursions into Asia Mi- 
nor in the sixth century before Christ; 
see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 103. IV. 1, 11, 12. 
The Arabs call this people by transpos. 
ey) whence the modern Krim, Crimea, 


i. 8. the Taurican Chersonesus; also 
al fo the Cimmerian sea, for the 
Euxine. Wahl compares Gamir, the 
Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes 
and neues Asien I. p. 274. 

2. The wife of the prophet ee a 


harlot, Hos. 1,3. Perh. i i. q- 02 
ae P ; aad 


ΠΝ : ΤΣ Ἴ3 (whom Jehovah has perfect- 
‘ed) Gemariah; pr..n.amn, Jexy 29, Bs 


WIS (id.) Gemiiriah, pr. τι. of a 


man Ὁ rank in the time: of Jeremiah, 


* 


Jer. 36, 10-12. μὰ 
Bc. suff. "23 (r. 423) comm. gend. (f. 
Gen. 2, 15.) a garden, espec. a park, 
orchard, place planted with trees; pr. 
a place surrounded and protected by a 
fence or wall; Gen. 2,8 sq. p45 73 @ 
garden of herbs, plants, Deut. 11, 10. 
1 K. 21, 2. ja ΤῊΞ @ garden-house 2 K. 
9, 27, or perh. pr. n. of a place. 733 73 
the garden of Eden, planted of God, Gen. 
-8,24. Joel 2,3; also called ΘΒ 43 Ez. 
28, 13. 31, 8.9; and mins 8 Gen. 13, 10. 
Is. 51,3. A ganden enclosed, shut up, as 
the emblem of a chaste female, Cant. 4, 
12. pre p23 Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2. 


223 fut. 2332 1. to steal, to take 
Ἧ stealth, secretly. This verb would 
seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab. 


pais side, latus, Chald. 33, and hence 
to signify pr. to put aside privity ; comp. 
‘Sanser. pérgvaka thief; from pargra 
side; and so Arab. i> has several 
dignifications drawn from the idea of 


199 


3 


side, as fregit latus, duit a latere-—In 
Heb. with ace. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30. 
32; acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 19, 42, Deut. 
24,7. Job 21, 18 ΓΒ Ὁ 5M323 vost and as 
chaff which the storm stealeth (carrieth) 
away. 17,20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod 
parag. "323 Gen. 31, 39. 

2. to deceive, like Gr. κλέπτειν. Gen. 
31, 27 "MR 3521) and didst deceive me. 
Espec. with 3b, pr. to deceive the heart 
or mind of any one, as κλέπτειν γόον 
Hom. Il. 14. 217. Gen. 31, 20 spz7 3335} 

322 22°Ps and Jacob Heecined Laban. 
= 26. See 1, de Dieu ad Gen. l. ας. 

Nrpu. pass. of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11. 

Prev i. q. Kal. 1. to steal, Jer. 23, 30. 

2. With 33, to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6. 

PuAt pass. i 4. to steal intrans. Job 4, 
12 3239 "33 758 an oracle stole decieily 
upon me. Inf. absol. 333 Gen. 40, 15. 

Hrrupa. to do by stealth, with inf and 
2, 2 Sam. 19,4 xanm pita ost 332] 
“957 sind and the people that day gat 
them _ by ‘stealth into the city. Syr. 
oad to steal oneself away. 

Deriv. the three following: 


74 m. a thief, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7. 
M223 ἃ theft, thing stolen, Ex. 22, 3. 


D223 (theft) Genubath, pr.n. m. 1 K. 
11, 20. 

24 fem. of 33, a garden, park, Job 8, 
16; Plur. miza Am. 4, 9. 9,14; a grove, 
where idolatrous rites were performed, 
Is. 1, 29. 65, 3. 66.17. R. 1:8. 


ba Γ id. chiefly in the later Hebrew, 
Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8. Cant. 6,11. R. 13. 

* 124 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. τὰ > and 
Chald. 123, to hide, to hoard, fo lay up 
im store. Kindred roots are 023, WS, 
UaiS, 622, and transp. 22, 420, jon, 
wy> -—Hence 
_ B24 plur. constr. "133 
Esth. 3, 9. 4,7. ° 

2. chests, treasure-chests, in which 
precious goods or wares are stored, Ez. 
27, 24. 

P24 Chald. plur. m. éreasures, Ezra 
6, 1. Nt13a M2 house of treasures, treas- 
ury, Ezra 5,17. 7,20. Comp. "313. 

4723 τῇ. plur. o*D123 , treasury of the 
temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11. The ending 7-, 


1. treasures, 


7 200 


jz, occurs also in other Chaldee words, 
as 2, 72%; Lehrg. p.516. R. 125. 


* he . 
ΙΞῷ to cover, to cover over, 1. q. 


Arab. wei kindr. 933, 922. Trop. to 
protect, every where of Godas protecting 
men, ὁ. >3, like other verbs of covering, 
see ἘΣ no. 2.b. 2 K. 20, 6 9377752 ἌΓ152} 
rsin and Iwill protect this city. Is. 37, 
35. 38, 6; c. ἘΝ 2K. 19, 34. Inf. absol. 
7138 Is. 31, 5. 

Hiren. fut. 921 i. q. Kal, c. ἘΣ Is. 31, 5. 
Zech. 9, 15; with 433 Zech. 12, 8, see 
ἼΣΞ no. 1. a. 

Deriv. 3, 22, Mi, 572, 7739, and 
pr. πὶ M273, imps. 


ΤΣ (gardener) Ginnethon, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 10,7. 12,6. Inv. 4is the corrupted 
reading "int. 


ἧς στὰ μα 
, 23 to low, as an ox or cow, an ono- 
matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12. Job 6, 5. 
Talm. id. Syr. Ti to cry out, to exclaim. 
Corresponding is Gr. youw, Sanser. and 
Zend. gau-s, Pers. ὦ (5 kau, gau, ox 
or cow, Lat. cera cow, Columel. 6. 24 
fin. Teut. Ko, Kuh, Engl. cow, so 
called from their lowing. See Grimm’s 
Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327.—Hence 


M5 (lowing) Goah, with He local 
mms, Goath, pr. n. of a place near 
Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39. 


. 253 to abhor, to reject with loath- 
ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be 
polluted, impure, unclean, see >x3 IL; 
whence too the signif. of loathing, ab- 
horring may be derived, i. q. to hold as 
polluted, unclean, comp. ἘΠῚ .—Often in 
the phrase Mx “WE? ΓΙΡΣ my soul abhors 
any thing, Lev. 26, 11. 15. 30. 48; ¢. 3 
Jer. 14,19; also without ΘῈ Lev. 26, 44. 
Ez. 16, 45. 

Nipu. to be cast away. 2 Sam. 1, 21 
pias 12 5232 Ow “2 for there was cast 
away the shield of the mighty ; Vulg. tbi 
enim abjectus est clypeus herowm ; Sept. 
προσοχ ϑίσϑη. 

Hiren. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 29 Tid 
ban Nb» his cow breedeth and casteth not, 
i. e. does not suffer abortion; Vulg. bos 
eorum concepit, et non abortivit ; and so 
Aqu, Symm, Sept. But Saadias, Kim- 


2) 5) 


chi, and others, his bull gendereth ‘pr 
lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) and 
suffereth not to cast his seed. See in 
“22 Pi.—Hence the two following: 


223 (loathing) Gaal, pr. n. m. Judg. 
9, 26. 28. 30. 


beh ἃ loathing. Ez. 16,5 ἼΞΞ2 5353 
with loathing of thy soul, i.e. so >that thou 
didst loathe thyself, i. q. 2223 - Not,as 
some suppose, with loathing of thy life. 


3 “23 fut. "23", to rebuke, to reprove, 
to chide, 6. g. as a father his son, ο.. 5 
Gen. 37, 10 "38 {3 75371 and his father 
rebuked him. Ruth. 2,16. Jer. 29, 27. 


Syr. ἑὰς id. Ethiop. 70 Z, to ery out. 


Kindred is Arab. Cz to low, to ask with 


a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing 
and lamentation—Often spoken of God 
as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or 
accus. Is. 17, 13. 54,9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31. 
119, 21. Ezpec. as thereby restraining 
and deterring them from their wicked 
purposes; Zech. 3,2 j2wn 73 ΤΠ 3339 
the Lord rebuke thee, Satan! i.e. restrain 
ets deter thee. Mal. 3, 11,022 "M723 
2ka 7 will rebuke (restrain) for your 
cate the devourer, i. e. voracious’ and 
hurtful. animals, 2,3 "mx 022725 "2A 
sai behold, I will rebuke your seed, i.e. 
will restrain it from coming into your 
garners, will deny you the usual harvest. 
Spoken also of the sea as dried up at 
God’s rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4. 
Deriv. M3332 and 


MIA f. constr. MID, rebuke, reproof, 
Prov: 13, 1. 17, 10. Eee. 7; 5. ts. 30, 17. 
Spoken of the rebuke of God upon his 
enemies, by which they are destroyed, 
Ps. 76, 7. 80, 17; also as causing the 
sea to beta ary; Ps. 104,7. Is. 50, 2. 


4 ὮΣΞ pr. to push, to thrust, to shake 
by asudden impulse. Syr. madi to push 
with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas- 
sive conjugations, to be shaken, to be 
moved violently to and fro, to quake. So 
Heb. once in Kal, Ps, 18, 8 29m} O23M} 
VIN then the earth shook and ‘trembled. 
In the parall. passage 2 Sam, 22, 8 Keri, 
Hithpael i is read, which is more feaquent 
in this signification; while in Ps. 1. ο. 
the writer seems to have employed Kal 


ὩΣ 


intrans. for the sake of paronomasia in 
the words 33m, O29n. 

Pua Ws “id. Job 34, 20 ὋΣ "93" 
M327) the people shall be moved and 
pass away, i. e. shall be troubled, shall 

reel and perish. 

Hirupa. to be moved, shaken, to quake, 
of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and 2 Sam. 22,8 fin. 
Of waves, to be agitated, to loss ‘ew 
selves, Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7. 8. 

Hirupo. to stagger, to reel, as one 
drunken, Jer. 25, 16.—Hence 


ὯΣΞ (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash, 
pr. n. of a hill among the mountains of 
Ephraim, Josh, 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence 
tsa "bm the valleys of Gaash, around 
that hill, 2 Sam, 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32. 


BRS (i. ᾳ. Arab. one puny 
and thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of 


Eliphaz, Gen. 36, 11. 16. 

Bam. (τ. 983) 1. the back, i. q. 58; 
hence "83 2 upon the back of. i. q. simpl. 
upon, like Chald. "23 52, Prov. 9, 3. 

2. the body ; hence bt al pr. with his 

body, i. e. by himself, alone, without 
wife and children, Ex. 21, 3.4. Sept. 
μόνος. 
_ $2 Chald. a wing, plor. 4°83 Dan. 7, 4. 
6. Syr. fay, comp. Heb. o°m38. It 
seems to come from Heb. 5322, whence 
#22, 722, and thence 3. 

f ἼΞ3 a root not used, i. q. 423 to 
be bent, curved, arched; hence Arab. 


oe the eye-lashes, also a young and 
pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called 
from its bending. See more on this 
root in Thesaur. p. 298.—Hence 


724, c. suff. 9723, plur. b°253, comm. 
gender, (rarely m. Hos. 10, 1. 2K. 4, 39,) 
a young and pendulous shoot ; hence a 
plant having such shoots, espec. a vine, 
grape-vine (comp. salir i.g. ἕλιξ, pr. ἃ rod, 
switch), which where greater accuracy 
is required, as in laws, is called fully 18} 
i771 Num. 6, 4. Judg. 13, 14. Rarely 
spoken of other similar plants, as TW Ἰ58 
2K. 4,39 a wild vine, bearing wild cu- 
énmbers. —Most freq. it denotes simpl. 
vine, i.e. grape-vine, Gen. 40, 9. Is. 7, 23. 
24, 7. 32,12. Judg. 9,13 sq. A noble 
vine is put as an emblem of men of no- 


201 


NG 


ble and generous disposition, Jer, 2, 21, 
comp. Is. 5, 2; and vice versa a strange 
vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men of 
ignoble and degenerate character, Jer. 
2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter 
comp, also the apples of Sodom, Joseph, 
B. J. 4. 8. 4. 


ᾳ tbs obsol. root, i. q. 333, to be curv- 
ed, gibbous, conver. Hence 3, D238. 


\ ΝΜ... obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. "2D and 
δ to cover, to cover over. —Hence the 


two following : 


"ΒΒ once Gen. 6,14, pr. pitch, i.q. "BD; 
hence “BS "SD pr. pitch-wood, resinous 
wood, such as the wood of the pine, fir, 
cypress, cedar, and other trees of like 
kind, which are used in ship-building ; 
see M753. Among modern interpret- 
ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I. 4, and Celsius 
in Hierob. I. 328, not unaptly understand 
the cypress-tree, κυπάρισσος, cupressus ; 
appealing not without reason to the 
similar letters and sound. 


AIDA f. (τ. ἼΒ8) prob. pr. pitch, but 
transferred also to other combustible 
substances, spec. brimstone, sulphur. 
Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30,33. 34, 


9. Job 18,15. Syr. ἴδ μϑϑ and ἵδῶ ωθ, 


Arab. SryysS whence ὥγ δ. to smear 


with sulphur; Chald. xm"53, NMDA, 
RMMIBAD, id. 


“3, f Fa, plur. 243, Part. of r. 43 I. 
1, q. v. p. 185. 


4 m. (r. "93 I) α sojourner, stranger, 
a man living out of his own country, 
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al. 
Often joined with the synon. >oin a 
stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht 
IL. § 38) Gen. 23, 4; opp. My1x a native 
Ex. 12, 19. —With suff, τ ee 73a, thy or 
his sojourner, stranger, i. 68. living in 
thy or his land, (not in thy house,) Ex. 
20, 10. Deut. 5, 14. 24, 14. 31, 12. 


"lA lime, see "73. 
A lion’s whelp, see “3. 


NG (iq. M2 a grain) Gera pr. n. 
a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 21. Ὁ) 
Judg. 3,15., 6) 1 Chr. 8, 7. d)8, 3.5. 
e) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 


3 


. 25 obsol. root, pr. to scratch, to 
scrape, a signif: found also in several 
other verbs beginning with Δ, imitating 
the sound of scratching, scraping ; see 
Δ, O73, FT, 58, ὍΔ ; and transferred 
also afterwards to the idea of roughness, 


see M3, me Arab. Sas to be scab- 


by, mangy, Ws,> the scab, mange, Syr. 


ea Loopoay ; comp. Germ. Krdatze, 
kratzen, Engl. with sibilant to scratch, 
the scratches, scurf, scurvy.—Hence 58. 
pr. n. 33. 


273 m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a 
malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27; concer. 
scabbed, scurvy, Lev. 21,20. 22,22. Sept. 
ψώρα ἀγρία, Vulg. scabies jugis. 

274 (scabby) Gareb, pr.n. 8) One 
ef David’s chief warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 38. 
1 Chr. 11,40. b) A hill near Jerusa- 
Lem, Jer. 31, 39. 


"374, m. (r. "93 no. 5) plur. 57353, 
@ berry, from its round and rolling 
form, Is. 17, 6—In the Mishna id. 


Arab. a 

MINI plur. ἢ (r. "4 no. 3) the throat, 
gullet, (comp. Lat. gurges, Germ. Gur- 
gel, Engl. gargle,) i. q. 773; spoken 
every where of the external throat, 
neck, Prov. 1, 9. 3, 3. 22. 6, 21.—A Sing. 
mma is read in the Mishna, Cholin2.4. 
ib. 3. 3. 


* W505 obsol. quadril. Chald. SAU 
clay, loam, lump of earth, Syr, Ἰδιαςς τς 
Arab. τε εν κα black mud. Hence 

"W374 (dwelling in elayey or loamy 
soil) a Girgashite, collect. Girgashites, 
a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is 
not distinctly specified in the O. Test. 
Gen, 10, 16. 15, 21. Josh. 24,11. Sept. 
and Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 Ζεργεσαῖος. 
Euseb. in Onom. s. v. Ζργασεῖ affirms 
that they dwelt beyond Jordan. 


mar) in Kal not used, Arab. Aram. 
‘™3 to grate, to scrape, to scratch, 
onomatopoetic 5 comp. 24, OT, πὶ, 
— PW, zagerrer, das | yOebys, 
and from the oceldentil languages, grat- 


202. 


. 


tare, gratter, to grate, to scratch, kratzen. 
Comp. in 33. 

Hirupa. to scrape oneself, 6. g. with a 
shell or sherd to allay an itching, Job 2, 8, 


4 ra in Kal not used, pr. to be rough, 
from the notion of grating, scraping, 
comp. roots beginning with "1; spec. of 
roughness of the throat, i. q. "1a no. 35 
whence 115} throat. Thence transferred 
to harshness, moroseness, proneness to 
anger, Arab. (¢> to give way to anger, 
IV to provoke, e. g.adog; Aram. "i, 
try ata to irritate. Comp. Germ, 
kratzig, griesgramig, spoken of a morose 
person. 

Prev. 73 to excite, to stir up strife. 
Prov, 15, 18 7772 4433 ΠΌΤ Ux a wrath- 
Sul man stirreth up strife. 28, 25. 29, 22. 

Hirupa. pr. to excite oneself, to be 
stirred up to anger, strife, battle, etc. 
Hence 

1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4 
ἘΞ stam min “2 they who keep the 
law are angry with them se. the wicked. 
Dan. 11, 10 init. 

2. to contend with, to make war upon ; 
ce. 3, Deut. 2, δ. 19 03 “amnA->y1 nor 
tgntend with them, so with rambo added, 
to contend with in batile, v. 9. 24, mann 
mina to contend with Jehovah, to wage 
war against him, Jer. 50, 24. 2 K. 14, 10 
ΓΙΣῚΞ ANN nb wherefore shouldest 
thou contend with calamity, q. d. excite 
it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11,10 H 33m 
ΤῊΣ ὍΣ and shall wage war even to ‘his 
fortress. v.25 meonbad msm? he shall 
be stirred up to battle, i.e. shall rouse 
himself to war. 

Deriv. 7a, FH. 


7a f. (τ. 23 no. 4) 1. rumination ; 
hence the cud, the food which ruminating 
animals bring up and chew over again, 


9 
Arab. — Of a ruminating animal 


is said: M3 M>zn to bring up the cud, 
i. 4. to chew the end, Lev. 11, 3 sq. Deut. 
14, 6.7; also M93 Δ Lev. 11, 7. 

2. a grain, berry, i. q. "3923 used as 
the smallest weight and coin of the He- 
brews, a gerah, equivalent to the twen- 
tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30, 13. Lev. 
27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Sept. Vulg. 
ὕβολος, obolus. So called either from a 


"3 


granule of lead (as Gr. ὕβολος aecord- 
ing to Aristotle is from the figure of a 
spit or needle, Chald, 839 a little stone, 
obolus); or because in weighing small 
things the Hebrews used grains or ker- 
nels either of barley (comp. Engl. 
barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of 
the carob tree, ceratonia siliqua, like 
the Greeks and Romans. But it must 
be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah, 
which is 13,% Paris grains, is equal to 4 
or 5 beans of the carob, and according to 
the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley.—Of 
93 


a like origin are Arab. iS grain, ber- 


5, | 
ry, and & ᾿Ξ. carob bean, Pers. ilo 


(δανάκην ig. ἀλλο, x30, all of which 
refer also to small weights. 


ΤΥ m. (1.93) constr. 7173 , he throat, 
so called as giving forth rough, harsh, 
hoarse sounds; see the root, also™4 no. 3, 
ΤΥ, comp. Ps. 69,4. Spoken of as the 
instrument of speech, Ps. 115, 7. 149, 6. 5, 
100253 MMB 7p their throat is an open 
sepulchre, i.e. they utter smooth speech- 
es, while like an open sepulchre they 
meditate destruction. Is. 58, 1 7123 ΝῊΡ 
cryavith the throat, i. 6. with open throat, 
aloud, with full voice coming from the 
throat and breast ; while vice versa one 
who speaks low uses only the lips and 
_ tongue, 1 Sam. 1, 13.—Of the external 
throat, the neck ; Is. 3, 16 773 MimD3 
avith outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss- 
ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11. 


ΓΕ place of sojourning, habitation, 
encampment, Jer.41.17. R.743 I. 1. 

* 775 in Kal not used, i. q. “T3 q. v. 
Arab. yy to cut, to cut off, to separate ; 
also to devour, ined Samar. SIMAY 
locust. Comp. in ‘33. 

Nipu. i. q. "33 Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23 
PD ΔΙ MIA 7 am cut off from be- 
fore thine eyes, excluded from thy sight 
or presence ; comp. 7333 Ps. 88, 6. But 
14 Mss. in Ps. 31 read also “natn. 

The derivatives follow. 

PM or T73 (after the form "349, 
dwelling .-» a shorn or desert land, 


comp, Arab. ὦν» > sterile, land,) Girzite | 
or Gerizite, pr. monies tcibmin aeiaaialag. 


203 


| the noun 


3 


of the Philistines, attacked and subdued 
by David, 1 Sam. 27,8 Chethibh. In 
Keri "718 q. v. 


Da, always O° "4 Mount Ge- 
rizim, one of the mountains of Ephraim, 
situated over against Mount Ebal, Deut. 
11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33; and over She- 
chem Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44; on which after 
the exile a temple was built by the Sa- 
maritans as the seat of their national 
worship; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib. 
11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the 
Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au- 
thor’s Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 61.— 
As to the etymology, 5°73 "73 seems to 
be pr. Mount of the Gerizites, see "273 ; 
so called prob. from some colony or set- 
tlement of that people which anciently 
dwelt there ; just as the Amalekites their 
neighbours also gave name to another 
mountain in the same tribe, "232.71 . 
Judg. 12,15. Now called Jebel el-Tihe, 
overhanging Nabulus; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. III. p. 97 sq. 


JT4 τὰ. (τ. 13) an are, for cutting or 
chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Is. 
10, 15 ; for hewing stone, 1 K. 6, 7. Seer 


yer words are wy oy ¢ oe 95 
eye ὩΣ an axe. ᾿ 


“ 75 obsol. root, softened from "53, 
(as ban from "2" to burn,) pr. to be 


rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty 
sotl, in which the foot partially sinks 


antes τ 
a gravelly place, ὃ > gravel, grit. 


Hence Heb. >7%3 pr. ἃ small stone, lapil- 
lus, then lot, Gr. transp. K_AnPos, Lat. 


witha grating sound; comp. Arab. 


GLaRea ; also Arab. JS to be stony, 
gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from 


> q. v. above. 

Deriy. 5953 and 

23 rough, morose, stern, comp. Germ. 
grollig, grillig, from the same _ stock. 
Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. ὙΓΡῸΣ stern in 
anger, i. 6. rough, harsh, angry, All 
the versions express the Keri mat i 
which however is too feeble. 


275 see dia. 


O35 


. p75 pr. to cut ow or away, as Syr. 


Once in Kal, 


c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to 
reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3, 3 
“BP MONA ND they lay up nothing for 
the morrow ; Sept. well οὐχ ὑπελίποντο, 
Vulg. non relinguebant ad mane. Comp. 
> bus Gen. 27, 36; also py Koran 
11. 87. Ope 

Piet 073 denom. from 573, to gnaw, 
crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 he 
shall devour the nations his enemies, 
Dig sm iess) and shall craunch their 
bones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shalt 
drink and suck it out (the cup) "P81 
ἌΣ Twn and thou shalt craunch the 
sherds thereof, i i. 6. hyperbol. thou shalt 
lick it out clean, lest a single drop be 
left therein. ; 


ΠΡ m. 1. a bone, i. gq. &¥2, but rarer 
and only poetic, Prov. he 22. 25, 15. 


Plur. Job 40, 18. Syr. Chald. ing: Tope, 


ing) and Arab. Py = 


non, Sam. *4AYV id. Arab. ὁπ the 
7:2) ΕΣ 


body. The letters r and s being inter- 
changed, kindred words are Chald: ΒΩ, 


80 , 
>, and even DX? itself. 


2. “the body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14 
~~ “iam an ass of body, eell- bodied, 
i, δ: strong, eae Vulg. asinus fortis. 


So also Arab. ne body is used of a 


beast of burden, e. g. py uy a horse 
of body, large bodied, ey ye a 
strong ass. The same is expressed by 
a special adj. 

3. the very bone, substance, of any 
thing, i. q. self, ipse, like Dx>. 2 K. 9. 
13 then took every man his garment and 
spread them under him (Jehu) 2 3g7>8 
mibzan upon the steps themselves, the 
very stéps. 

ὉΠ Chald. a bone, Dan. 6, 25. 

"294 (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
4,19. 


* 172 obsol. root, Arab. Gy > to make 
smooth, level, to wipe or sweep off ; kindr. 


with 043 and other roots beginning with 
"3 —Hence 


204, 


5." 


TU τὰ. (but fem. Jer. 51, 33) c. suff, 
"213, He parag. 4255 Mic. 4, 12; Plur. 
mists Joel 2, 24, constr. min Hos. es 
a place made ποτ an area. PAR, 
OF & wry? ore id.—Spoken: 
a) Of the area or open place around 
the gates of cities, called also 4, 1K. 
22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9. b) Mostly ‘of the 
area on which grain is trodden out or 
threshed in the open field, a threshing- 
floor, Ruth 3, 2 sq. Judg. 6,37. al. mys=n 
TU} the produce of the threshing-floor, 
i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. 1153 id. Is. 21, 
10 "293752 my son (Corsi) of the thresh- 
ing- floor, i.e. my country, my people! 
now broken and trodden down, as grain 
upon a threshing-floor ; parall. “mwa 
my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 13. 
Meton. for the grain itself, Job 39, 12. 


e o73 pr. to break in pieces by scrap- 
ing, grating, rubbing ; and genr. to 
grate, to break in coarse pieces, to 
crush ; comp. }23, 823. So Syr. τῳ 
Arab. υὖγξ comp. Heb. 073, whence 
Noms grits, groats, Germ. Gries, Griitze. 
—In ὁ. T. once intrans. Ps; 119, 20 ROM 
MINn> "HE? my soul is broken, crushed, 
for longing. 

Hipn.to breakin pieces, to crush. Lam. 
3, 16 "Bt ΥΕΤΙΞ OI he hath broken my 
teeth with gravel-stones, trop. for a state 
of calamity and wretchedness. See be- 
low in 3. 


* 73 fut. 2235, pr. to scratch, to 
scrape, like many verbs beginning with 
"3, see in 333, "2.—Hence 

1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard, 
like Syr, Sing Jer. 48, 37; also Is. 15, 2 
in some Mss. see under 533. Corre- 
sponding is Gr. χεέρω, Germ. scheeren, 
Eng. to shear.—Then 

2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to 
withhold ; kindr. zijgos, and intrans, ca- 
reo. Jer. "26, 2 "33 523M ἘΝ chou shalt 
not withhold aught therefrom ; with 72 | 
Job 36,7. Often 72 51} is i. 4. to take I 
away (aught) From any thing, the accus. 
of the part taken away being omitted, 
comp. opp. Ὁ" Ὁ no. 2. Deut. 4, 2. 13, 
1. Ex. 5, 8. 19. Eee. 3,14. Hence 6. ace. 
to diminish, pr. to take away or with- 


m7 


hold from, Ex. 21, 10, Ez. 16,27: Job 15, 
4 5x "28> nae Stan) and withholdest 
prayer (adoration) before God. With >x 
to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to 
keep, to lay up for oneself, comp. 03. 
Job 15,8 hast thou listened in the council 
of Jehovah, mos ΤῊΝ Taam) and dost 
thou reserve all ἰδοῦ to thyself ? Simi- 
lar is the Arabic usage, in which > 

is to absorb, to drink in. ἢ oF 

Pret i. q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself, 
to attract ; Job 36, 27 DYa~"BY? 3937 7D 
when (God) altracleth, draweth upwards, 
the drops of water. 

Nien. 1, Pass. of Kal no. 2. to be 
taken away, withheld ; construed so that 
the thing to be taken away is either ex- 
pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4. 36,3; or 
else it is implied, 13. 5732 i (something) 
is taken away from a thing, i. q. to be 
diminished, Num. 36, 3 fin. Bs. 5, 11. 
Lev. 27, 18.—Hence 

2. to be put back, to be idl less of, 
Num. 9, 7. 

Deriv. "i373. 


*s)3 7 1. tosnatch or hurry away, to 
drag off to pluck off ; comp. Engl. to 
grab, to gripe. There is something 
enomatopoetic in this root, both in the 
letters "3, which include the notion of 
scraping, menting: see under r. 373 ; and 
also in the syllable 97, comp. Lat. rispes 
re, Germ. raffen. Arab. 3y— to scrape 
away, to clear off, e. ¢.mire With a shovel; 
Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a 
P Goer  S.99 
stream a partof its bank; 3.>, «5 
ashore eaten away by astream. Ethiop. 
IZ a drag-net, which sweeps all be- 
fore it. Chald. and Talmud. to sweep ; 
Syr. -2;., of water sweeping away what- 
ever it meets.—Once in O. T. Judg. 5, 21 
DER ὙΠ Smythe river Kishon swept 
them away ; Sept. ἐξέσυρεν, Vulg. trazit 
cadavera eorum. 


2. to grasp, to gripe, whence ὭΡΩΝ 
the fist. See also MEN. 


“Δ an onomatopoetic root, express- 
ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag- 
ging, sawing, and other similar rough 
‘and harsh sounds, such as are produced 
m the throat; comp. Gr. caiga, cago, 
σύρω, Lat. sario, sarrio, “ΜΔ verro, gar- 

1 


205 


rio, Germ. zerren, scharren, iiren, 
scheuern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape, 
to scour, to ὄπα to saw ; comp. also ὋΣ 
no. 1, 38. Spec. 

1. to drag or sweep away, Hab. 1, 15. 
Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and 
Arab. id. 

2. tosaw, to cut with a saw; whence 
ΓΛ a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and 
Arab. this signif. belongs to the kindred. 
form 33. 

3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle,to gur- 
gle, to give forth harsh or gurgling sounds 


--@te 


from the throat. Comp. Arab. pay ; 


a, es 


At Ps sounds as made either by a 
liquid or by the voice ; also Germ. schliir- 
Jen, schnarren, schnarchen, gurgeln, Gr. 
γαργαρίζω, Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur- 
gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence nina7a ; 
comp. 7173 throat. 

4. to ruminate, to chew the cud ; pr. to 
bring up again through the gullet, sc. the 
food in order to chew it over; which is 
usually attended with a gurgling | noise. 
So fut. "3° Lev. 11, 7. Arab. IV 
and VIII; Syr. saat. This form “37 
may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or 
in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara- 
bic languages express this idea by pas- 
sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate: 
with oneself. 

5. Sometimes this verb remits some- 
thing of its roughness of signification,. 
and expresses the softer sound to roll, 
which elsewhere pertains to the kindr.. 
>$3. So Ethiop. AZ7C1Z to roll one+ 


self, Syr. leniry i ᾳ. DO a cha- 
riot, and in O. T. 293 for 5353 a berry, 
which latter form is read in the Talmud. 
Comp. 723, "2°3, and Lat. currere. 
Νιρη. 1. to be dragged or scraped 
together, collected, spoken of wealth, 
tiches; comp. kindr. "3%, which also is 
used of wealth scraped together and 
collected trom every quarter.—So doubt- 
less Part. plur. M732 after the Chaldee ' 
form Job 20, 28, i. e. : gathered riches, i: q. 
53" in the other hemistich. The whole 
verse may then be rendered: T'he in- 
crease of his house shall depart, his, 
riches shall depart in the day of hisanger.. 


, which denote various guttural or 


3 


2. to ruminale, see in Kal no. 4. 

Poa. to be sawed, to be cut with a 
saw 1 Καὶ. 7,9. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

Hirupo. i.q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a 
whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer. 
30, 23. 

Deriv. 33, ΤΤΛΊΣ, M739, 7130. q. v. 


‘V3 (according to Simonis, a sojourn, 
lodging-place, from r. 973 i. q. 154 , comp. 
Gen. 20,15; perh. also water-pots, Arab. 


>) Gerar, pr. τι. of a city, anciently 


the residence of a Philistine king, and 
in. the time of the patriarchs subject to 
king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1. 36, 1. >ma 
“13 valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17. 


τ 53 i. q. 023 q. v.—Hence 


WA c. suff. "wy, something crushed, 
broken, pounded, τ. 2, 14. 16. 


O75 pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry 
off or away, as in Chald. Spec. 

1. to drive or cast out, to expel, as a 
people from a land, Ex. 34,11; but this 
signif. is more usual in Piel. Spoken of 
inanimate things, Is. 57, 20 the wicked 
are like the troubled sea when it cannot 
rest, ὍΛΩΣ THI 472-137) whose wa- 
ters cast up mire ‘and dirt, mud.—Also 
to put away a wife, to dieootess Part. 
pass, ΓΘ; one pul away, divorced, Lev. 
21,7 . 14, 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22. 

2. to plutider, to pillage, to spoil, Ez. 
36, 5 122 mp 52> 10 spoil it (the 
land) as a prey, booty ; here 6737 is 
infin. after the Aramean form. 

3. to drive out, i. e. to put forth fruit, 
see U3. 

4, to drive to pasture, 6. g. cattle, see 
ὕπο. 

Piet Ὁ)8 do drive or cast out, to expel, 
with acc. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14.°21, 
10; also 12 of place whence, Ex. 11, 1. 
Jadg. 11,7. Ἔ ὩΒΏ 55 to drive out 
Srom before any one, so as to make room 
for any one, 6. g. God the Canaanites 
before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3. 

Puar O55 pass. of Piel, Ex. 12, 39. 

Nipu. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon. 
2) 5. 

2. to be carried off, swept away, by the 
violence of waters. Am. 8,8 pyr M733 
ONMz2 TN"D it shall be swept away and 
drowned as with the flood of Egypt. 


206 "a3 


3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, e. g. 
the sea. Is, 57, 20 8753 07 the tossed sea, 
troubled. 

Deriv. 87372 and those here following. 


073 m. pr. what is put forth, protrad- 
ed; hencé produce, product. Deut. 33,14 
pons? wa the produce, products of the 
months, that which each month produces 
from the earth. Comp. r. 73 no. 3. 


mo f. a driving out, expulsion ; spec. 
of a person from his possessions, extor- 
tion, exaction, Ez. 45,9. R. O73, 


PWIA (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a 
son of Levi and the founder of the Levi- 
tical family of the Gershonites, Gen. 46, 
11. Ex. 6,16. Num.3,17sq. Once 573 
q. v. lett. b. Hence patronym. ssa a 
Gershonite,and collect. Gershonites, Nam. 
3, 23. 26, 57. 


pin (expulsion i. q. 7772) pr. ἢ: 
Gershom. 8) A son of Moses and Zip- 
porah, Ex. 2,22. 18,3. In the first of 
these passages there is an allusion to 
the etymology of the name, as if it were 
for DO Δ 1, ᾳ. OW "3 a sojourner there 

> 
pe i. q. SY); and hence the LXX, 
in order the more clearly to express this 
etymology, write it Γηρσάμ. Ὁ} A son of 
Levi, 1 Chr. 6,1; elsewhere called jiv73 
ᾳν. 6) Judg. 18, 30. 4) ehipi 2. 


7703 (a bridge, Arab. re Syr. 


(comp. 


Toa) pr. n. Geshur, a district of Syria 


subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter 
David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 15, 8. 
From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that 
Geshur is to be sought in the neigh- 
bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha- 
bitants are not to be distinguished from 
the 5°5"0a ; see the next article. 


"TUS Geshurite, a gentile name* 
a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of 
Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the 
north of Bashan and Argob; included 
indeed within the boundaries of the Holy 
Land, but not subject to the Hebrews. 
Deut. 3, 14. Josh, 12, 5. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2. 
23; comp, "%%3. [Perh. near the pre- 
sent bridge in that quarter over the Jor- 
dan, called Jisr Bendt γα κοῦ; see 
Burckh. Syr. p.315. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
ΠῚ. p. 361.—R. Ὁ} Of a people in the 


pas 207 


neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh. 
13, 2. 1 Sam, 27, 8. 


με dws in Kal not used, to rain, espec. 
with violence, to pour. 

Pua Ez. 22, 24; see in Dwa. 

Hipu. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22.— 
Hence the two following: 


DWa m. plur. preta, constr. "2a. 

1. rain, i. 6. violent rain, heavy shower, 
diff. from “G2, which denotes rain in 
general. Hence DY; 0% shower of rain 
Zech. 10,1; also "99 St Job 37,6. The 
same is apparent from the epithets, as 
ding ota 1 K. 18, 45, paid “Δ Ez. 13, 11. 
13. 

2. Geshem, pr. n. m. Neh. 2,19. 6, 1.2; 
written also "933 Gashmu Neh. 6, 6. 


DUA c. suff. πρῶ Ez. 22, 24, rain. 
But it is better to write without Mappik, 
mows for Mews Pual of Hy, is rained 
upon, , Vulg. ‘compluta est. R. Dwi. 


DUI Chald. c. suff. Peta, Fata, 
the body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21 | Sys βϑας; 


ἰλάλον,γ Arab. pave and ἷξε id. 


See in 053. 
7203 Gashmu, pr. n. see in DY3 no. 2. 


703 pr. n. Goshen. 1. A region of 
Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from 
the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during 
four hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45, 
10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26. 
As the name of this region is mentioned 
by none of the Greek geographers, in- 
terpreters and modern geographers have 
differed widely in respect to its site. 
But it seems well ascertained, that Go- 
shen was the name given to that part of 
Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian 
branch of the Nile, between Heliopolis 
and the extremity of the Sinus Herodpo- 
litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion 
is supported: a) By several passages 
of the O. Test. which indicate the same 
not obscurely; 6. g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13, 
17. 1 Chr. 7,21. Ὁ) By the authority 
of the LXX, who render Ἰῶ5 by Γεσὲμ 
*AoaBiug Gen. 45,10, and Ἡρώων πόλις 
ἐν γῇ Ῥαμεσσῇ 46, 28. Other opinions 
are reviewed in Thesaur. p. 307. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. p. 76 sq. 

2. A city with the neighbouring dis- 


ὯΔ 


trict in the mountains of Judah Josh, 10, 
41. 11, 16, 15, 51. 


‘ aE) obsol. root, Syr. aay to 
stroke, to caress, to flatter. Hence 


NEWS (caress, flattery) μα, pr. ἢ. 
m. Neh. 11, 21. 


ΚΑ obsol. root, Arab. ro to 


bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to join, 
comp. “YP; also to be bold, daring; 
since the building of a bridge, espec. in 
war or over a rapid stream, requires 
boldness and energy. Syr. pay id — 
Hence πῶ. 

* OWS, only in Pret, to feel, i. e. to 
seek by feeling, to grope for, c. acc. Is. 


59, 10.—Arab. Gace, Aram. wa and 


«ὡς id. but mostly trop. to examine, to 
explore. Kindr. is SOP. 


D3 f. (contr. from 23, after the form 
M33, 02; for M337, r. 131) plur. mins. 

1. apress, wine-press, or rather trough, 
vat, in which the grapes were trodden 
with the feet, and from which the juice 
flowed off into a lower vat placed near, 
Ξ 1, ὑπολήνιον. Joel 4, 13. ΤῈ BIT to 
tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam. 
1, 15, 

2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities 
of the Philistines, the birth-place of Goli- 
ath, Josh. 13,2. 1 Sam. 6,17. 21,11. 1K. 
2, 39. 40.—Hence patronym. "73 Gittitle. 

3. “BM ma (wine-press of the well) 
Gath-hepher, a city of Zebulun, with He 
loc. "8M πὰ Josh. 19, 13; the birth- 
place of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14, 25. 

4, "3 ma (press of the pomegranate) 
Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 19, 45. 


“MA Gittite, gentile n. from Ma no. 2, 
2 Sam. 6, 10.11. 15,18. For mma see 
in its place. 


ΠῺΣ (two wine-presses) Gittaim, prs 
n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33. 


MH , a stringed instrument of music, 
Ps. 8, 1. 81, 1. 84,1. So called from ma, 
ΤῺ for £232 (r. 122) ‘ music of stringed 
instruments;’ hence similar to, if not, 
identical with 73733 q.v. See Redslob 


"ὯΔ 


de voc. "ὩΣ, Lips. 1831. 8.—The usual 
derivation from Τὰ a eity or wine-press | 
is less probable, 


Daleth, 723, the fourth letter of the 
Hebrew Aighabets as a numeral denot- 
ing 4. The name signifies a door, and 
the most ancient form of the letter (4) 
‘obviously imitated the triangular door 
τοῦ a tent. 

Insound Dalethiskindred: a) Tothe 
‘harder dentals, as Ὁ, Ὧν, with which it is 
‘often interchanged; see 223, 330, 922; 
baa, dma, do; pts, pna. Rarely it 
passes over also into >, see 38, and 

lett. 5 no. 2. b) To the sibilant τ, see 
below under lett. +. 


NJ Chald. i.q. Heb. πὶ and mst, this, 
fem. and neut. hec, hoc ; elsewhere ἢ, 
my. Dan. 4, 27. 5,5 87> 85 this upon 
that, together —In the Targg. written 
with © demonstrat. 83, 834; Syr. ha. 


" aN to melt away; hence to pine 
away, to languish. This signif. of melt- 
ing or pining away is widely extended 
in the kindred verbs, as 338, 837, 275, 


τ Σ 
mys, Syr. Loe9, Arab. GIS, Οἠό; 
and is variously transferred, both to the 
languor of sickness and old age, and to 
the weakness of terror.—Spoken of the 
eye as pining away for grief Ps. 88, 10, 
see WLS, M2; of the spirit, OB, Jer. 
31, 25; ‘of a person Jer. 31, 12. 
Dériv. the two follwing 


MINT £. terror, dread, from the idea 
of melting away, becoming weak, comp. 
00% Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22. 


ΖΝ m. (r. 383) constr. }iSk3, ὦ 
pining, languor, faintness of spirit, 0B) , 
Deut. 28, 65. Comp. Jer. 31, 25. 

ANT i. q.23, a fish, Neh. 13,16. Since 
Kamets in this word (signifying a 
fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as 
coming from 37, the letter δὲ which the 
Masora notes as being omitted in very 


208 aT 


"M3 Gen. 10, 23, Gether, pr. n. of an 
— region, others wholly un- 
know 


many Mss. is here a mater lectionis re- 
dundans, as in 5°28} 2 Sam. 11, 1. 


ANT fut. 3X7", to be anxious, to fear, 
to be afraid, not found in the kindred 
dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, 8; c. acc. Jer. 
38, 19. Is. 57, 11; 78 Jer. 42,16. Also 
with 5 of pers. for whom one fears. 
1 Sam. 9, 5. 10,2; and 2 of that from 
or on account of which one fears, Ps. 
38, 19. 

Deriv. the two following: 


AST (fearful) Doeg, pr.n. of an Edom- 
ite, the chief of Saul’s herdsmen, 1 Sam. 
21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2—In Chethibh 
1 fan, 22, 18. 22, it is written 3795, after 
the Siyrialn pronuneiation. 


MINT fi. g. TaN, fear, dread, anzr- 
tety, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 18. 19. Prov. 12, 25. 
Ascribed also to the sea as agitated, ‘Jer. 
49, 23. R. ars. 


Ν ris fut. ART, apoc. and conv. 
xT Ps. 18, 11, to “fly, to dart, Sanscr. dé 
id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds 
of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22. 
Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 “53 83" 
m7 “52D and did fly upon the wings of 
the wind.—For 2 K. 17, 21, see 433 I. 

Deriv. "53 and 


ONT f. only Lev. 11, 14, a species of 
ravenous bird, having a rapid Jlight, 
Sept. yvy, Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart, 
Hieroz. II. p.191.—In the paral}. passage 
Deut. 14, 13 is read F873, by an error of 
the copyists. 


ONT see met. 
“ST see "5 no. 3. 


35 and 395 mase. epiceen. (r. 224) ἃ 
bear, so called from its slow gait; 1 Sam. 
17, 34. 36. 37. 2 Sam. 17, 8, Prov. 17, 12. 
Hos. 13, 8 Ῥπϑ 3h ἃ bear bereaved of 
her whelps. Plur. 0°23 bears, she-bears, 


=7 


8 > Sas 
2K. 2,24. Arab. 0d, R90, bear, she- 
bear. 


35 Chald. id. Dan. 7, δ. 


¢ R23 a root not in use, i. q. Arab. 
ἴδ. ὦ rest, to be quiet, kindr. with τ, 
2x3 q.v. A vestige of this root appears 
in the pr. n. 833% Medeba, i. e. waters 
of quiet.—Hence 


S25 m. rest, quiet, i. e. a condition 
of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 4837 47972 
as thy days, so shall thy rest be, i. e. as 
long as thy life endures, so long shall 
thy condition of rest continue, i.e. thy 
prosperity. Vulg. senectus tua ; but old 
age cannot well be put in antithesis 
with life. 


237, Arab. ὧδ 1, pr. to go soft- 
ly and. png to creep along, an ono- 
matopoetic root like Germ. tappen, Fr. 
tapper, comp. Eng}. to tap, to step. 
Similar is 520, spoken of a light and 
quick gait, which we express by the 
verb fo trip, Germ. dim. trippeln ; comp. 
also 392 whence 39, Gr. στεέβω. In 
the signif. of treading the Semitic lan- 


guages have by transp. pat, see under | 


τ. 012 .—Hence 357: ἃ bear. 

2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale- 
bearer ; then i. q. to slander, to dispar- 
age, whence 3%; comp. Δ and 72h 
S935. 

3. Of liquids, to flow softly, e. g. wine 
Cant. 7, 10; for which passage see in 
art. 12: adj. 


M25 f. (τ. 325 no. 2) slander, evil re- 
port, e.g. 27 N°SIF to bring out anevil 
report, to spread a slander, Num. 14, 36. 
Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which fol- 
lows is either active, i.e. of the slander- 
er, as Ps. 31, 14 D939 Mat ἼΏὭΣΘ9. 7D for 
I hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10; 
or also passive, i. e. of the person deal 
dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37, 
2. Prov. 25, 10 aA ND ANAT and let 
thine infamy (ill report) turn not gee 


i. 6. not depart from thee.—Arab. S35 
a secret detractor, one who spreads slan- 
ders. Syr. ἘΞ} report, rumor, and Auf 
to spread a report. Chald. M30 re- 


proach, contumely. 
, 19* 


209 


Ὁ. 


ΤῊΣ Γ (Ὁ. ἼΞῚ n0.2) 1. abee; Is, 7, 
18; plar. ΒΞ" Τυάσ. 14, 18. Ps. 118 


* —Syr. (2sa05 a bee, wasp. Arab. 


pe collect. a swarm of bees, wasps, 


comp. Lat. examen, qs. exagimen, ab 


_exagendo; like agmen, qs. agimen, ab 


agendo; comp. r. "33 no. 2. But in 
Heb. this word is a noun of oan from 


9 
an obsol. form "73% i. 4. 


2. Deborah, pr. n. f. 
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 5. 5, 1. 
nurse, Gen, 35, 8. 


; m3 Chald. to sacrifice, to offer 
sacrifice, i. ᾳ. Heb. mat. Ezra 6, 3.— 
Hence M272 altar, and 


M24 Chald. plur. (755, @ sacrifice, 
Ezra 6, 3. 


DINIT m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri, 
doves’ dung, a softer expression for "In 
ἘΠ, which stands in Chethibh ; pr. 
the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb 
833,735, iq. =5, 2° , to flow. Comp. 
ῥεῦμα γαστρός, διάῤῥοια, flux, diarrhea, 


YI m. (τ. 723 πο. 3) 1. the inner 
sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber- 
nacle and of Solomon’s temple, also 
called =°H3p, ΘῊΡ holy of holies, 1K. 6, 
5. 19-22. 8, 6. 8. 2 Chr. 3, 16. 4, 20. 5,7. 
9. Aquil. ἄγαν χρηματιστήριον, Vulg. 
oraculum, from 935 to speak; but more 
prob. it is pr. pars postica, the hinder 
part, i.e. the western side ; see in “ing 
no.2. See Iken, in Dissert. philol. theol. 
P. I. p. 214, 

2. Debir, pr. n. a) A royal city of 
the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13; afterwards 
within the limits of Judah, lying on the 
mountains not far from Hebron, Josh. 
11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the 
priests 21, 14. Called also "BD ΤΡ q.v. 
b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26. 
c) A king of the Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3. 


7 Ἢ} Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. 4. 
ῬΞ fo cleave, to adhere ; trans. to join 
together ; see 273. 


Ce A prophet- 
Ὁ) Rebecca’s 


#23 to press together, espec. into a 
round mass ; kindr. 53]. Hence Arab. 


-39 Sroer 
διό, PS EK ball of dung (comp. 553), 


=a 
Gag? Sag Sroe Sros 
Χλοὸ, day» tic], dung, LS, G3 


buccella rotunda.—Hence 


M237 £ constr. τα, plur. D°>34, 
round cakes of dried fan pressed Rant 
ther into a mass, 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr. 
12, 40; with ΣΝ ἢ added 2 K. 20, 7. 
Gr. παλάϑη, from Aram. 89>24, jaX5», 
dropping the Daleth. See Celsii Hie- 
robot. T. IL. p. 377-79. 


m34 Ez. 6, 14, doubtless a corruption 
of the text for 529. Riblah, a city in 
the northern part of Palestine, q. v. 


p°>27 (double-cake ?) Diblaim, pr.n. 
of the father-in-law of Hosea, Hos. 1, 3. 


ὈΠΩΞΞἽ (twin cakes, prob. so called 
from the shape of the city) Diblathaim 
Num. 33, 46, and cim>s5 ma Jer. 48, 
22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome in 
Onomast. sub v. Jassa: “et usque hodie 
ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.” 


* P23 and P37, fut. pas, inf. mps3 
1. to cleave, to adhere, spec. with firm- 
ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick 


_fast. Arab. Bd, Syr. “259, id. Con- 


-strued c. 3 Job 19, 20, 5% Jer. 13, 11, > 
Ps. 102, 6. Lam. 4, 4 aby pit 5 ΜΗ en 
“DM the tongue of the suckling clécosth to 
his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps, 22, 16. 
The same citineainis is also used ef one 
ὝΠΟ is silent from reverence and awe, 
Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez. 
3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing 
cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing 
‘covertly. Job 31, 7.—Trop. to cleave to 
a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him, 
Ruth 2, 8. 21; c. 3 v.23. Hence to be 
attached or devoted to any one, to hang 
upon, to love him, Gr. χκολλᾶσϑαι τινί, 
e.g. a wife, a king, God, with 3 and > 
Deut. 10, 20. 11, 22. 2 Slam. 20,2. 1K. 
11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24. 34, 3; 

with "9h8, Ps. 63,9 ΤΙΝ "hE? ness 

my soul cleaveth ulizo thee, is wholly 
‘devoted unto thee. 

2, to attach oneself to any thing, i. e. 
to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with 
acc. or 3 or "MX Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28, 
60. Jer. 42, 16 B3"MR P2I CO there 
( famine) shall overtake you, befall you. 


210 


727 


Comp. Hiph. no. 8. Synon. with wn 
no. 1, see in 38). 

Puat pass. to be glued together, to 
cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38. 
41, 9. 

Hiren. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, fo 
cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3, 
26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11. 

2. to follow close, to pursue, with acc. 
Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with “nx, 
Judg. 20, 45 ny sp "sts and δεν 
pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22. 
31, 2. 

3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2, Gen. 
31, 23. Judg. 20,42. Also causat. to let 
overtake, to cause to come upon, Deut. 
28,.21,,... 

Horn. to be made to adhere, i. 6. to 
cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16. 

The derivatives all follow. 


p27 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43. 


P27 verbal adj. cleaving, adhering, 
2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24. 


ῬΞῚ m. 1. ἃ soldering, welding of 
metals, Is. 41, 7. 

2. Plur. ΡΞ 1 K. 22, 34, 2 Chr. 18, 
33, prob. joints of a coat of mail; so 
Chald.— Others understand armpits, 
comp. Chald. 3773 "7279 Jer. 38, 12 Targ. 


“3 “27 mostly to speak ; a root of va- 
rious significations, some of which in 
Heb. are found only in derivatives, al- 
though in the kindred languages they 
still appear in the verb itself. E. g. 

1. to set in a row, to range in order ; 
comp. 772. Hence 

2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec. 
flocks and herds to pasture, see "35, 
mat, 5272; also to govern, | to rule a 


hte Chald. and Syr. "35, +>), to lead, 


-Ge 
to rule, Arab. ,καδῷ ; further, to reduce 


to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp. 


Arab. pe swarm of bees, examen, q. d. 


flock or herd of bees, also "75> a bee, 
q. v.—Hence as a shepherd who guides 
or drives his flock also follows it, there 
arises also the sense : 

3. to follow, to be behind, like Arab. 


ΚΣ , whence ps the hinder part, pis 


na1 


hindmost, last ; Heb. ""34 inner sanctu- 
ary of the temple.—Hence also 

4. to approach from behind, i. 6. to way- 
lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. 3P>. 


Soe - 
Hence "33, r° , destruction, death, pes- 
tilence. 

5. From the primary idea of ranging 
«ὅν order, connecting, comes also the 
most freq. signification of this verb, to 
speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp. 
sermo and dissero &@ serendo, and Gr. 
sigw to connect and to speak. In Kal 
found in Part. act. 925 Ex. 6, 29. Num. 
32, 27. 36,5. Ps. 5,7. 15, 2.28,3. al. Part. 
pass. "23 Prov. 25, 11. Inf. ο. suff. 7234 
Ps. 51, 6.—Far more freq. is 

Pret "23 at the end of a clause, else- 
where "33 ; fut. "27". 

1. to speak, diff. from 2% to say (q. v. 

no. 1), as also Germ. reden and sagen, 
Gr. λαλεῖν and λέγειν, Lat. logui and di- 
cere, Aram. 532 and "2x. Construed: 
a) Absol. e.g. Job 11,5 723 mix jn 
Oh that God would speak: 33, 2. Num. 
12, 2. Ez. 3, 18. al. Sonietimes emphat. 
i. q. lo speak well, eloquently, Ex. 4, 14 
RAT ADI ADI Ἢ "MST. Jer.1,6. Often 
- with “2x added, see examples under 
ἼΩΝ no. 1. b) With the acc. of that 
which one speaks, utters, as PI¥ 724, 
BID, RTD, "PB, to speak or utter justice, 
deceit, falsehood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45, 
19. 59, 3. Dan. 11, 27. "35% 725 to talk 
a talking, i.e. much and idly, Is. 58, 13. 
B™135 725 to speak words, i. q. Lat. 
verba dedit, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6,29 “bx 735 
ΕΝ BI ay Wg b> rx new speak 
thou unto Pharaoh all that I speak unto 
thee. 24, 7 Mzs2 Mint ray 5D all 
that Jehovah hath ‘spoken will we do. 
Jer. 1, 17. Dan. 10, 11. Jon. 3,2. ο) 
Rarely, it is immediately followed by 
the words spoken, and =%x> is to be 
mentally supplied, Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32,7 
“72 moby Hint sat and Jehovah 
spake unto ‘Moses, Go, ete. 1K. 21, 5. 
2K. 1,7. 9. Ez. 40, 4. Dan. 2, 4. 

The ‘person to or with whom one 
speaks, is put mostly after the particles 
bx Gen. 8, 15. 19, 14. 1 K. 21, 6; and > 
Judg. 14, 7; but also after o> Ceti 21, 
29, Deut. 5,4; Ν (MR) Gen. 23, 8. 42, 
30; >> Jer. 6,10; "28> Ex. 6, 12. Also 
3525 to speak to or with, ia teed of God 


211 


"21 


as making a revelation, isin tae 
an oracle; Zech. 1, 9 72 "255 Wb ar 
the angel ‘oho spake with me. v. 14. 2, 
2.7. 4,1. 4. 55. Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 31, 20. 
Num. 12, 6.8. Once c. ace. to speak to, 
to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp. λέγειν twa. 
—To speak of any person or thing is put 
with ace. as λέγειν τινά. Ruth 4, 1 >xbn 
ἸΣΞΤ 2 WA ABD the kinsman came by, 
of whom Boaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. 23, 
16; with 3,1 Sam. 19, 3 43 "278 7281 
"δ τὴν and 1 will ppeak of thee to my 
father (v4), bx Job 42,7; ἘΣ 1K. 2, 
19, the latter espec. of what God speake 
or promises to any one (see below in 
lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12, Jer. 25, 13. 
42,19.— T° speak against any one, with 
ἘΣ (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps. 
109, 20. Jer. 29, 32. Deut. 13,6; with 3 
(see 3 Β. 4. by Num. 21,7 mines 5 
13) we have spoken against Jehovah and 
against thee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50, 20. 78, 
19. But 3 "23 is also to speak Herbugh 
or by any one, to use one as an interpre- 
ter (see 3 B. 2. 6) Num. 12, 2. 2 Sam. 
23; 2:1 K. 22, 28. 

Spec. to speak is also used in various 
senses according to the context: a) 
i. 4. to promise, Deut. 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10; 
with acc. of thing Deut. 6,3; with by 
and >> of pers. see above ; εἰδο of evil, 
to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Ser. 25, 13. b) 
i. q. to command, to prescribe, comp. "Va 
no.3; with 5x Ex. 1, 17. 23, 22; to warn, 
to cited, 1 Sam. 25,17. δὴ to utter 
a song, i. q. to sing, Judg. 5. 12; comp. 
Arab. SUS and Gr. ἔπος i. q. song. 4) 
to speak for a woman, i. e. to ask her in 
marriage, with > Judg. 14,7; 3 1 Sam. 
25, 39. Comp. Arab. fb and Pual. 
—Further to be noted are also the fol- 
lowing phrases: e) ‘B 33-53 “25 to 
speak to one’s heart, i. 6. to speak kindly 
with any one, espec. to comfort, to con- 
sole ; comp. Gr. παραμυϑέομαι, Lat. al- 
loquium. Gen. 34, 3. 50,21. Ruth 2, 13. 
2 Sam. 19, 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32,6, f) 
ja>"by, ΝΣ 723 to speak to one’s own 
heart, with oneself, Gen. 24, 45. 1 Sam. 
1, 13 mad-bp mqst she spoke in her 
heart. Also ja> p>, 353, Ecc. 1, 16. 2, 
15. Ps. 15,3. g) 53 Nie, ai ἼΞΞ, οὗ 
God, to speak good concerning any one, 
to promise good, Num. 10, 29. 1 Sam. 


a 


25, 30. Jer. 18, 30. Also 52 ΠΙΣῚ 433 to 
speak evil concerning any one, to deter- 
mine evil, 1 Καὶ, 22,23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15. 
26, 19. 36, 14; with ὃ 36, 31. Ina 
somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9 
ΠΡΟΣ. aio as WR STE Mordecai, 
who had spoken good “for ‘the king, i. e. 
given him good information, comp. 6, 2. 
h) Ἐξ, MR ΤΊΣ "as to speak kindly 
with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer. 12,6; 
also D3 Di>w "BT to speak peace with 
any one, i. 6. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3 ; 
ry Jer. 9, 7; with >% to speak peace 
unto, i. 6. to announce or promise welfare, 
happiness, Ps. 85, 9; c. 2 Ps. 122, 8 
Wa Bbw NII i.e. I will now pray 
for thy peace, prosperity ; ; c. 5 Esth. 10, 
3 isp bad ἾΡΟΣ mas and spake for the 
. peace, prosperity, of all his race. So 
absol. Ps. 35, 20. i) PR BEWA De to 
speak a judement i. 6. to pronounce sen- 
tence upon ; see in BBY. 

Nore. In former editions, like A. 
Schultens (Opp. min. p. 124, al.) I have 
ascribed further to the verb "33 in Pi. 
the significations to waylay, to plot 
against, _also to destroy; comp. "33 and 
Arab. 30 ο. Ac motitus est in ali- 
quem. But the three passages usually 
cited, do not necessarily make out this 
sense. Thus Gen. 34,13 992°" and they 
spake so, i.e. M2793 diveisfidlly, as before. 
Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when 
they shall talk with the enemies within 
the gate, i.e. when they combat with 
enemies ; corresponding to the Gr. phrase 
συλλαλεῖν τινὶ Is.7,5 Alex. and Engl. ‘to 
have something to say to any one,’ se. 
in fight; comp. also Heb. ποτ 2 K. 
14, 8, and see Comm. in Jes. I. Ρ. 280. 
More difficult is 2 Chr. 22, 10 and Atha- 
liah arose n2>227 say-ba-ry “27m, in 
parall. 2 K. ‘IL, 1 ENF) ; here Sept. 
ἀπώλεσε, Vulg. interfecit, But it can be 
rendered : and she talked with them i. e. 
made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5; 
or it may be ellipt. for ΠΟΘ Θ Ὁ “DIM 
3 ΓΝ i.e. pronounced sentence upon 
them. 

Puat pass. Ps. 87,3 92 “212 mitZ>? 
glorious things are ‘epoken of thee, i.e. 
decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 ~"a7" pita 
m2 when she shall be spoken for, i. ὁ. 
asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d. 

Nupu. recipr. of Piel, to speak one with 


(212 


"27 


another, to converse, Mal. 3,16; ο. 3 Ez. 
33, 30. Ps. 119, 23; => Mal, 3, 13. 

Hien. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2, Ps. 
18,48 "HMA Dvay BIT} whovsubdueth the 
nations under me. Ps. 47, 4. 

Hirnp. 1. Pass. part. fem. ΓΞ Ὁ, 
what one has spoken. So with Jarchi 
would I interpret Deut.33,3 F7°N 7379 NW 
they (Israel )receive what thes hast spoken, 
i.e. thy words, precepts. 

2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse 
with, Part. "2772 Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam. 14, 
13. Ez. 2,2. 

The derivatives follow, except M124, 
“35, "DIR. 


“VJ m. 1. a word, verbum, λόγος, 
2K. 18,36. Job 2,13. Gen. 44,18. Col- 
lect. words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3. 
ἘΠΕ 723 lip-talk, vain words, Is, 36, 
5. ἀξ τ 1153 skilled in discourse, fluent, 
1 Sam. 16, 18. Often in plur. Gen, 29, 13 
nban pusan-b> all these words. 34,18. 
Ex. 4, 28. 18, 19. 19, 7.8. 20, 1. 24, 3.al. 
ἘΣ S32, ON, a man of monde, fluent, 
eloquent. Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14—Spec. 8) 
a promise, 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 20. 12, 16. Ps. 33, 
4. 56,5; comp. Gr, τελεῖν kane: Engl. ‘to 
give one’s word.’ Ὁ) precept, command, 
mandate, comp. r. "37 Pi. lett. b. 7735 
miz>Q aroyal mandate, Esth. 1,19. Josh. 
1,13. 1 Sam. 17,2955 “27 Nm was there 
dot alcotnsiiaded ? Is. 8,10. Ex. 34, 28 mnie 
p27 the ten commandments, the deca- 
logue. 1 Chr. 26, 39. 2 Chr. 28, 15. 6) 
a saying, sentence, maxim, as of a wise 
man; Plur. Ece. 1,1 ΤΠ “33. Prov. 4, 
4, 20. 30,1. 31,1; espec. an oracle, effa- 
tum of the deity, Num. 23, 5. 16 ; comp. 
ἔπος, λόγος. So 3X Tim 34 "Nand the 
word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one, 
Jer. 1, 4. 11. 2, 1. 13, 8. Ez. 3, 16. 6,1. 
7, 1. 11,14; οἱ ἘΞ 1 Chr. 22,8. Job 4,12 

SEs 73 -- εἷς a word, oracle, stole upon 
me, i.e. a divine communication. Col- 
lett. oracles, Hos. 1,1. Mic. 1, 1. Joel 1, 1. 
d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam, 17, 6. 
6) report, rumor, 1K. 10, 6. With genit. 
the report of any thing is what is to be 
reported of that thing, what is to be said 
of it; Job 41, 4 [12] Zawill not conceal... 
minsaa "24 the report of his strength, i. 6. 
what is to be said concerning hisstrength. 
1K. 9,15. Deut. 15, 2. 19,4. Or we might 


moh 


also render, the measure, manner of his 
strength, comp. 3% no. 1. 

2. thing, matter, affair, business ; pr. 
thing spoken of, subject of discourse ; 
comp. λόγος in Passow, A. no. 11, ἔπος, 
ῥῆμα from géw, Germ. Sache from sagen. 
The same signif. word and thing are 
united in Aram. mba, fdSss, binp, 


rab, yal and obs —E. g. Oy In 


this thing, Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11. 26; “>> 
nbxn om25n all these things Gen. 20,8. 
nn S332 "Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20. 44, 7, and 
nbxn oMI319 24, 28. 39, V7. 19, i. 6. in 
this manner, 80. nbs DMZ ὝΠΙΣ 
(LXX μετὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα) after these 
things, afterwards, Gen. 15, 1. 22,1. 39, 
7. Mad “734 the things of Solomon, ice. 
his acts, deeds, 1 K. 11,41. S795 7935 
daily affairs, i. e. course of events, 
ehronicles, 1 Chr. 27, 24. Esth. 6,1. Also 
£19933 daily matter, hence Vaira Ci" ἼΣΗ 
the daily task in its day, i.e. day by day, 
every day, Ex. 5, 13, 19. 16, 4. Lev. 23, 
37. 1K. 8,59; sina Din “333 2 Chr. 
8, 13, and 1153 Din "37> v. 14. 31, 16. 
Often pleonast. like Gr. χρῆμα, 1. Sam. 
10, 2 MBAR TSH-MY FIN Ow. τὴν 
Sather hath left the matter of the asses, 
i.e. has done thinking of the asses. Ps. 
65, 4 33 49933 Mp “435 iniquities 
prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5.— 
Hence 

a) cause, in a forensic sense, suit at 
law. Ex. 18, 16 933 ἘΠῚ HD if they 
have a cause, suit. v. 22. 22, 8. ~b9-d3 
San s4 in every suit of trespass, fraud, 
ete. 24, 14 ΒΞ $22 one who has causes. 
Fully ΒΘ “33 2 Chr. 19, 6. 

b) something, any thing, Gen. 18, 14. 
S23 7X, 72IND, nothing ; 1 Sam. 20, 21 
“ΞΞ ἊΝ there is nothing se. to fear. Judg. 
18, 7, 28 ΠΝ ΤΟΣ SM“; WIT and they 
had nothing} fo da walthenmects “337>> 
every thing Num, 31, 23. Deut. 17, 1. 
RVD AST any unclean thing Lev. 5, 2. 
"23 ΤΣ any thing filthy Deut. 23, 15. 
24, p» 5. ΜΟῚ evil thing, harm, 2 K. 4, 41. 
Also Plar. pain p°755 2 Chr. 12, 12. 

3. ἃ cause, reason, ‘Josh; 5,4. Hence 
“33 52 because of, for the sake of, Gen. 
12,17, 20,11. 43, 18. Ps. 45,5; "33 by 
id, Deut. 4, 21. Jer. 7,22. 14, 1. "25 by 
“OS i πο a verb, because that, because, 


213 27 


Deut. 22, 24, 23,5, 2 Sam. 13,22. Comp. 
M734 no. 3, 


723 m. plor. S25 Hos. 13, 14; pr. 


destruction, death, like Arab. aos see 
᾽ν, "23 πο. 4. Hence plague, pestilence, 
comp. ΓΘ; often with the art. "235 
(Heb. Gr. § 107. n.1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut. 
28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37; mur- 
rain among beasts Ex. 3, 9. Sept. 
mostly ϑάνατος, comp. Ecctus. 39, 29. 


“37 m. (r. "33 no. 2) i,q. "279, a@ 
pasture, whither flocks and herds are 
driven; Mic. 2, 12. Is. 5, 17.—Syr. [p= 


and {,53, Arab. “δ field, tilled field. 


min35 plur. f(r. 95 51 no. 2) pr. drifts, 
i. e. floats, rafts, as driven by the sea, 
1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. σχεδέαι. 


T7733 or MIB a form assumed in 


Deut. 38, 3. But see r. "23 Hithp. no. 1. 

ΓΔ f. i. q. "23, but mostly in the 
later Hebrew. : 

1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in "33 
no. 1 fin. Ps, 110, 4 thou art a priest for 
ever PIX" D> spas} after the man- 
ner of Melchizedek ; here the “— is para- 
gogic, see Lehrg. § 127. 2. 

2. i. ᾳ. "33 no. 2. a, cause, suit at law, 
Job 5, 8. 

3. i. g. "25 no. 3, cause, reason ; hence 
miss >: because of Ecc. 3, 18. 8,2. 59 
Ὁ most for this cause that, to the end 
that, Ece. 7, 14. 

253 Chald. ff ἃ cause, reason. Dan. 
2, 30 "s-mta5 52 for this cause that, to 
the end that. 

“123 (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. m. 
Lev. 24, 11, 

F133 Josh. 21, 28 ; with art. h7337 19, 
12; Daberath, pr. n. of a town in Issa- 
char; prob. now Debirieh at the foot of 
Mount Tabor; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
ΠῚ. p. 210. Ἄ 

3 ὯΞ1 a root not in use, prob. i. 4. 
δέψω, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft 
by kneading. working over, etc. Kindr. 
are 35, 63>, perh. tHe to be fat— 
Hence the two following. 

27 m. 6. suff. "3>5 , honey, so called 
as heing glutinous, like a kneaded mass ; 


wat 
9 ’ " 
Arab. Uso , Syr. bass, id. Maltese 


dibs yellow, i.e. honey-coloured. There 
is now in the Semitic languages no verb 
from which this noun ean be derived; in 
Greek however there is derived from 
this word the verb τιϑαιβώσσω to make 
honey, Od. 13. 106.—Spec. 

1. honey of bees, Lev. 2,11. 1 Sam. 14, 
26. 27. 29. 43. Prov. 16, 24. 24, 13. al. 
Speken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees, 
Deut. 32, 13. Ps. 81, 17 ἸΣΊΞῸΝ Hay TARA 
with honey Srom the rocks I will satisfy 
thee. 


2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the 
newly expressed juice of grapes, must, 
boiled down to the half or third part, Gr. 
ἕψημα, Lat. sapa, defrutum, Ital. musto 
cotte. At the present day this syrup is 
in common use in Palestine under the 
Arabic name (490 dibs, and is export- 
ed espec. from the district of Hebron into 
Egypt; see Russell’s Nat.Hist. of Aleppo, 
I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 442, 
453.—Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27,17. Often 
joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro- 
, ducts of nature; and hence the frequent 
phrase: a land flowing with milk and 
honey, Ex. 3, 8. 17. 13,5. 33,3. Lev. 20, 
24. Num. 13,27. Honey and milk are 
put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4, 
11. 


MUST ΓΟ 1. the hump of a camel, Is. 
30,6. This signif. is sufficiently certain 
from the context, and is expressed by the 
Chald. Syr. Vulg. but the etymology 
has long exercised the ingenuity of in- 
terpreters. Perhaps so called from the 
softness of the flesh or fat of which the 
hump is composed ; it being a mere mass 
of fat, soft and yielding to the touch; 
comp. τ, ®35. See Burckh. Notes on 
the Bedouins IL. p. 82 sq. 

2. Dabbasheth, pr. n. of a place, Josh. 
19, 11. 


4 m. (τ. 934) a fish, so called as mul- 
tiplying abundantly (comp. 412), Jon. 2, 
1. 11. Plur. 0°94, constr. "34, Gen. 9, 2. 
Num. 11, 22. 1 Καὶ, 5,13. Hence comes 
the denom. verb 354 10 fish. The form 
4X4 see in its order. 


733 constr. P34 , fem. of the preceding, 
a fish, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2,2; mostly col- 


214, 


537 


lect. fish, (comp. MO%0,) Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez. 29, 4. δ. 


᾿ rat pr. to cover, Arab. leo; then 
to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to 
be increased ; once Gen, 48, 16. 

Deriy. 33, 733, 147. 


PSI (pr. little fish; then in endear- 
ment and worship, ‘dear little fish ;’ 
comp. on this use of diminutives in sa- 
cred things, J. Grimm’s Deutsche Gram. 
Ill. p. 665,) Dagon, pr. ἢ. of an idol of 
the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and 
Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1; 
having a human head and arms, but the 
rest of the body like a fish; see 1 Sam. 
5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr. 
10, 10; comp. 1 Mace. 10, 83. 11, 4.— 
Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor- 
shipped at Askelon under the like form 
of a fish ; comp. Diod. Sic. 2. 4, αὕτη δὲ 
τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον ἔχει γυναικός, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο 
σῶμα πᾶν ἰχϑύος. See on the worship 
of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis 
Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. § 12. 
Movers Pheenizier I. p. 590. 


«505 perh. i. q. Arab. hoo, to cover, 
to cover over; then also to act covertly, 
to deceive, comp. 733. Hence 5) @ 
flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering, 
like Germ. Fahne from πῆνος, pannus.— 
The signif. of glittering, shining, which 
I formerly ascribed to this root, with 
Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and 
Muntinghe ad Ps. 20, 6, now seems to me 
hardly susceptible of proof, —From the 
noun 534 is then again derived the de- 
nom. sense of 534, to set up a banner, te 
erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 "Ty Cw 
>i2 in honour of our’ God will we set 
up our banners ; comp. the formulas 
"TOES TI, and “Sha Np. Sept. 
μὲγαλυνϑησόμεϑα, reading or conjectur- 
ing 5922. Muntinghe (I. c.) from his 
etymological. conjecture, gloriabimur, 
exultabimus. Part. pass. 5533 lifled up as 
a banner, i. 6. conspicuous, distinguished, 
spoken of a noble youth, Cant. 5, 10. 

Nipu. to be furnished with banners ; 
Cant. 6. 4. 10 mibpsrD mets terrible as an 
army with banners ; Symm. ὡς τάγματα 
παρεμβολῶν, The virgin is here repre 
sented as victorious and triumphant over 
hearts. Comp. the similar figure drawn 


591 


from an army in c. 2, 4; the same is 
very common in Arabian poets. 


S37 m. (v.53) 6. suff. 597, plur, 27535, 
constr. "233, a flag, banner, standard, 
i.e. of a larger kind, serving for three 
tribes together; the smaller flags being 
called mink. Num. 1, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18. 
25. 10, 14. 55. Cant, 2, 4 mgm "33 1537) 
and his banner over me is love. 


* 27 obsol. root, to cover, i. q. M35 ; 


then, /o multiply, to increase. Hence 


27 m. constr. 925, corn, grain, pr. as 
covering the ground, increase ; Gen. 27, 
28. 37. Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28,51. Me- 
ton. for bread Lam. 2, 12.—Samar. 357, 
ὙΠ, 358, id. 

* "27, like Chald. "33, to brood, to sit 
upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer. 
17, 11 959 85) 537 NIP the partridge 
sitteth on eggs she hath not laid, so is he 
that gathereth riches and not by right. 
Sept. πέρδιξ συνήγαγεν ἃ οὐκ ἔτεκεν, In 
Is. 34, 15 spokenvof a serpent brooding 
its young, noteggs. Vulg. in each pas- 
sage well, fovere—The rash assertions 
of J. D. Michelis in respect to this root, 
have been well refuted by Rosenmiller, 
ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq. 


edn ti q. "3, WA, q. v. breast, pap, 
found only in the Dual, constr. 773, 6. 
suff. "77, breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3. 8. 21. 
Prov. 5, 19. ; 


Ν mt to go slowly, softly. Talmud. 
M35 to lead slowly, gently, e. g. a child. 

Hirup. M57 for myn, Is. 38, 15 
ΡΟ 3 Πππν J will go softly all my 
years, i. e. submissively, comp. ὉΝ bn 
1 K. 21, 27; α. ἃ. will walk humbly and 
submissively all my life, I will never 
cease to mourn.—Hence spoken of a 
slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42, 5 
ΒΠΞΝ ma Σ ἘΠῚΝ T went with them 
(in slow procession) to the house of God ; 
here the suffix Ἐ-- is for em, and this 
dative is to be referred to the cireum- 
stance, that the poet as leader of the choir 
prob. led the way for the procession. 

TTI Dedan, pr.n. 1. A people with 
8 region of like name, deseended from 
Raamah, Gen. 10,7. Ez. 37, 15. Raa- 
mah, 231, Sept. ἹῬέγμα, is to be sought 


215 


on 


on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see 
M337 no. 2), and so also Dedan; in 
which, with Bochart (Phal. IV. 6) and 
J. Ὁ. Michelis, we recognise ,,,d40 
Déaden, an island of the Persian Gulf, 
called by the Syrians «οἷ» ; see Asse- 
mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564, 
744. Most of the islands of this gulf 
were anciently occupied by colonies of 
the Phenicians; see Heeren’s Ideen I. 
2. p. 227, 419. 

2. A people of northern Arabia, de- 
scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja- 
cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8. 25, 23. 
Ez. 25,13; and also following traffic, Is. 
21, 13, According to Eusebius and 
Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city 
Pheeno; prob. a colony of the former 
(no, 1), or vice versa. 


D277 m. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4, 
pr. n. of a people descended from Javan, 
i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re- 
ferred to the inhabitants of Dodona in 
Epirus ; but possibly 072775 may be for 
5°2775 i.e. Dardani, the Trojans. For 
" thus softened into a vowel, see Mo- 
numm. Pheenic., p. 432, Still we must 
not overlook the reading 5°27" Roda- 
nim, the Rhodians, which is expressed 
by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb. 
text itself in 1 Chr. 1,7. See in ὩΣ 1. 


373 Chald. m. emph. x33, 7355, 
gold, i.q. Heb. 371. Dan. 2, 32. 3, 1. δ. 
7.—Hence 73979. 


STF Chald. or in Cheth. 873, m. 
plur. Dahi, Dehavites, pr. n. of a people 
from which a colony was led out into 
Samaria, Ezra4,9. Most prob. the Jao: 
Hoot. 1. 125, (i. 6. perh. pagani, villagers, 
from Pers. δῷ deh, dih, a village.) a Per- 
sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some- 
times enumerated with the Scythians, 
Strab. XI. p. 580. Plin. H. N. VI. 17. 


* D3 in Kal not used, prob. ἐ be 
dumb, to be struck dumb, like 273, an 
idea which is also. kindred to stupor, 
astonishment, as in 02,7m2m. Arab. 

© is to come upon suddenly, pr, to 


confound, to amaze, paro stupified, 


stupid, wd sudden calamity, pr. 


astounding, stupifying. 


ΠῚ 


ΝΊΡΗ. part. pitt struck dumb, asto- 
nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9. 


ν “14 i. gq. "8", pr. to move in a cir- 
cle, and « espec. swiftly ; ; comp. also "75. 
Hence 

1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly, 
to course, spoken of a horse and his rider, 
Nah. 3, 2; pr. to run, course, prance in 
a circle, as is usual with horses in break- 
ing and exercise. See the noun 775%. 

2. to revolve in a circle; then to en- 
dure, to last. Hence "#77"; also 


NIT £. rapid course of a horse, Judg. 
5, 92. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. a 


355 i. q. 25 q. v. α bear. 


FONT i. q. 383 q. v. to pine away, to 
languish. Not used in Kal. 
Hipu. causat. to cause to pine away, 
to consume, Lev. 26, 16. 
Deriv. pr. n. j13"%. 


ἘΔ and 2 a secondary root, de- 
nom. from 35, to fish. Jer. 16, 16 =Aa771 
and they shall fish them. 

Deriv. 7355, 373 and 55 fisher. 


Δ) m. a fisher, a fisherman, Ez. 47, 
10 and Jer. 16, 16 Cheth. 


TINT Γ (Ὁ. 385 )a fishing, fishery ; hence 
Hah Mino fishing-hooks, harpoons, Am. 
4,2 he will hae you away with hooks, 
mys Mis j2N NN) and your pos- 
terily with ΕΠ ΝΕ ΤΙ ἃ figure taken 
from animals which are tamed by put- 
ting hooks and rings in their noses; 
comp. Is. 37,29. Why jfishing-hooks are 
here mentioned, may be understood from 
Ez. 29, 4. Job 40, 26; comp. Oedmann 
Verm. Sammll. aus ἃ. Naturkunde V. 5. 
The larger fishes when taken were again 
let down into the water, suspended by a 
ring or hook in their nostrils, 


ἘΠ obsol. root, 1. i. ἃ. Tit, 3, to 
boil, as water; hence 7*5 a pot. 
2. Trop. of the mind, to be moved, 


atts Syr. 209; espec. to love, i. q. 


4 ‘1 Hence 713 love, m5 DONT, 


and pr-n: names ἜΤ, T2>8, itis, “Ts. 
‘TIT m. ο. suff. defect. 115, 475, ete. 
1. love, chiefly as between the sexes, 

only in Plur. ns, loves, caresses, endear- 

ments, Cant. 1, 2. 4. 4, 10. Ez. 16, 8. 23, 


216 


wo 


17 τοῦθ 322 bed of love. Prov. 7, 18 
pert m9 msb come, let us drink our fill 
of love. 

2. Concr. object of love, one beloved 


comp. δῷ» A>: ‘eng love and one 
beloved, a lover, friend ; P2712 acquaint- 
ance, also an acquaintance ; Engl. my 
love, my first love, ete.—Cant. 1, 13. 14. 
16. 2, 3. 8. 9. 10. 16. 17. 

3. a friend, Is.5,1. Spec. anunele, the 


father’s brother, Syr. 139 κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν called 


the friend of the family, as also Chald. 
82°20 friend, then uncle; comp. ἈΠ ΠῚ 
mother-in-law, Germ. and Eng. Freund, 
friend, for a relative, Lat. amita aunt, 
qs. amata. Lev. 10,4. 20, 20. 1 Sam. 10, 
14. 15,16. Esth. 2,15. Jer. 32, 7.8.9; 
in v. 12 it seems to be put for "1713 
uncle’s son, 


"ΠῚ m. 1. ἃ boiler, pot, see τ. 355 no. 
1. Job 41,11. 1 Sam. 2,14, . Plur. 5-15 


2 Chr. 35, 18.—Syr. ia a large pot, 
foe kettle, Samar. M7" pots. 


2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81,7. Plur. 
moss 2 K. 10, 7. 


‘TI, also ‘M33 in Chron. Ezra, 
Nehem. Zech. and rarely in the earlier 
books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6, 5. 9, 11, (beloved, 
verbal adj. from 713 i. q. 797 no. 2,) 
David, pr. n. of the son of Jesse, the 
second king of the Israelites, r. 1055- 
1015 B. C. renowned for his warlike 
achievements as well as for his sacred 
songs. The account of his life is chiefly 
contained in the books of Samuel, from 
1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second 
book; also 1 Chr. c. 12-30.—By meton. 
David is put for "3753 spoken of the 
Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23. 24, 
37,24; elsewhere also i. q. 717 "33, Hos, 
3,5, 13 "9 the cily of David i. e. Zion, 
1 K. 3, 1. 8,1. 9,24, Is. 22,9 313 mg 
the house of David, i. e. the palace or cita- 
del of his race, Is. 22, 22 ; elsewhere his fa- 
mily, posterity, Is. 7, 2. 13. Jer, 21, 12. 


M375 £. aunt, father’s sister, Ex. 6, 20; 
also an uncle’s wife, Lev. 18, 14. 20, 20, 
ὙΠ (for yi amatory) Dodo, pr, ἢ. 
τη. a) 1 Chr, 11, 12. 2 Sam. 23, 9 Keri. 
b) Judg. 230,1. 0) 2 Sam. 23,24. 1 Chr 
11, 26. 


ὙΠ 


ANTI (forms love of Jehovah) 
Dodavah, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Chr. 20, 37. 


"7 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See iti" a. 


“777 adj. with Chald. ending "= i. q. 
‘—, from r. 7. In Sing. not used; 
Plur. ΘΝ ἜΠΗ, 

1. Pr. boiling ; hence @ boiler, pol, i. q. 
“a3 no. 1; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1. 

2. loving, amatory, from r. 95 no. 2; 
plur. love-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. 6. the 
apples of the mandragora, Atropa man- 
dragora Linn. a plant similar to the 
belladonna, with a root like a beet, white 
and reddish fragrant blossoms Cant. 7, 
14, and with yellow apples also fragrant, 
which ripen from May toJuly. To these 
apples the Orientals to this day ascribe 
the power of exciting to venery ; comp. 
Gen. l. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, Mavrd ga- 
yoga... οἵ δὲ Κιρκαΐαν καλοῦσι, ἐπειδὴ 
δοκεῖ 7 ῥίζα φίλτρων εἶναι ποιητική... 
καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὰ (φύλλα) μῆλα, οὔοις ἰδέ 
bis) ἐμφερῆ, ὠχρά, εὐώδη, ἐν οἷς καὶ καρ- 

, ὥσπερ ἀπίου. Schulz Leitungen 
des Hochsten, V. p. 197. D’Herbelot 
Biblioth. Oriental. p.17. Sept. μῆλα μαν- 
δαγορῶν. Chald. 3779937 which denotes 
the same ; comp. Arab. ak and see 


Sprengel Hist. Rei herbarie I. p. 215, 
ed. 2. Tuch Comm. in Gen. l. c. 


* ἌΡΡΕΝ q. 3845 q.v. to δὲ languid, os 
unwell, Arab. 6 and st for 5; 


spoken espec. of women in their monthly 
courses. Lev. 12, 2 the uncleanness of 
her being sick, i.e. of her courses, comp. 
15, 33. 

2. to be sick at heart, sad; see F153 
no. 2. 

Deriv. M13, "73, "3, AIT. 

MNT ἢ my, adj. 1. languid, faint, 
sick, spec. of women in the menses, Lev. 
15, 33 ANFI3 NF. 20,18. Hence [ΠῚ 
Is. 30, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. e. polluted 
with menstrual blood. 

2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17; af- 
flicted, unhappy, Lam. 1, 18. Syr. lor 
to grieve, to be unhappy; Aph. to af 
flict, ‘to make unhappy. ἴον afflicted, 
wretched ; Lace? affliction, misery. 

19 


217 


on 


* 17 in Kal not used, i. q. ΤΙΣ, m2, 


to thrust away, to cast off; Arab. τι 


to render abject; also intrans. to be ab- 
ject, vile; VI, to project. 

Hires. ΡΠ. 1. to thrust away, to cast 
out, Jer. 51, 84, 

2. to wash away, to cleanse, e. g. an 
altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38; blood- 
guiltiness Is. 4, 4. 


")3 τὰ, (r. 433, after the form sep) 


constr. "75. 


1, languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4. 

2. Spoken of any thing sickening, i. e. 
insipid, loathsome, exciting loathing, 
nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is un- 
seasoned be eaten without salt? or is 
there flavour in the tasteless herb? (7) 
My soul refuseth to touch, 2M> "772 Tan 
these are as the loathsomeness of my 
Sood ; i.e. heavy calamity is described 
under the figure of insipid and loath- 
some food (comp. in M25M), in aecord- 
ance with the common Oriental figure 
by which one is said to eat or taste of 
any thing, i. q. to experience it; comp. 
naive box Job 21, 25, γεύεσϑαι ϑανάτου, 
Syr. ἴαδο sey. 


"3 m. (after the form 8:2) faint, sick 
at heart, Is. 1, 5. Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22.. 
R. m5. 


TIT see 1. 


ἘΠῚ i. gq. G23, to pound, to beat in 
a mortar, to bray, Num. 11, 8. Chal. 


33, Arab. Utd, id. 
Deriv. ΓΞ a mortar. 


MEI f. Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14, 18). 
a species of unclean bird, according 
to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat. 
upupa; according to the Targum. 
gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe- 
cies of large grouse, Tetrao urogallus.. 
Perh. compounded from 535 , Iso, gal- 
lus, and 8®"D, one > being dropped. 
The ending n- is for π--, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 77. n. 2. 


* O77 obsol. root, i. q. 223 no. 1) to be 
dumb, silent, still. Arab. #}5:to be still, 


quiet, to remain; II, to quiet, to allay.— 
Hence the three following nouns,. 


an 


ΓΙ f. 1. silence, land of silence, 
poet. for Sheol, the region of the dead, 
Ps, 94, 17. 115, 17. 

2. Dumah, pr. n. of a tribe and district 
of Ishmaelites in Arabia, Gen. 25,14. Is. 
21,11, Prob. the same called at. this 
day Sui =| Keo Stony Dumah, and 
ΕΒ Keg Syrian Dumah, situated 
on the confines of the Syrian desert and 
Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked 
on D’Anville’s map under lat. 29°, 30/, 
long. 58°; the Jovunida, of Ptolemy. 
See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par 
Jaubert I. p. 355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344. 


met f, 1. Adj. fem. (from an obsol. 
masc. 2%") silent, mute; Ps, 62, 2 τὸν 
ἜΘ53 ΤΙΝΌΣ onby my soul is silent unto 
God, i i.e. trustsin him. R. O35. 

2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps, 
39, 3; quiet, remission of pain, Ps. 22, 
3; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2 
mbnn m5 32 10 thee (belongeth) confi- 
dence and praise. 


ὉΔῚ (Ὁ. 5553) 1. Subst. dumbness, si- 
lence, Hab. 2, 19 D295 jax the dumb 
stoné, silent, lifeless: Or it could be 
taken here adverbially, comp. 53m. 

2. Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5. 
Lam. 3, 26 it is good that one wait 0337) 
even in silence, quietly. 


pon pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form 
in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for 
pas or PY373, Damascus. 


* 95 or ΤΠ prob. i. q. οἱ 3S mid. Waw 
intrans. to be low, depressed, humble ; 
whence perh. 53 trans. to subject to 
oneself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is 
ΝΣ gq. v. whence 758 lord, master. 
Once Gen. 6, 3 5515 HIND AMAT Ἵ1ΛΤ Ὁ 
my spirit shall not be made low in man 
Sor ever, i. e. the higher and divine na- 
ture shall not for ever be humiliated in 
the lower, shall not ever descend from 


heaven and dwell in flesh upon the | 


earth; comp. ν. 1. 3. Others here take 
ἽΝ as i. gq. 73, thus: my spirit shall not 
rule in man for ever.—Most of the an- 
cient versions give to Ἴ71ὸ the sense of 
remaining and dwelling ; Sept. ov μὴ 
καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου #. τ. i. Vulg. 
non it; Syr. Arab. shall not 
dwell. This is best adapted to the con- 


218 


=" 


text ; whether they regarded the spirit 
as the ruling and therefore indwelling 
principle in man, or perhaps read 53>”; 
comp. 73> μένω mide: 19, 9. 

J Job 19, 29 Keri, i. ᾳ. 1.3 Cheth. 
judgment. 

3275 Ps. 97,5, and 3255 m. waz, Ps. 
22, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1, 4. R. 325 q. v. 


Ὁ Ἐκ to leap. to skip, to dance ; Job 
41, 14 [22] Moxa 25m Ὁ2555 before him 
danceth terror. So the trepidation of 
terror is compared to skipping, dancing, 
in Ps. 29, 6. Corresponding is Arab. 
yolo mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad 
Le. Syr. 19) in N, T. for σκιρτῶν, Chald. 


73, whence "5 caprea, Lacon. difa. 
Kindred roots are 075, 675. 


5 pi obsol.. root, Chald. and Syr. te 
look around, to. keep a look-out. Chald,. 
"73 Dan, 2, 35, see in τ. Pe'4.—Hence 
prs. 


PO ἘΝ 4. Arab. jis to move round 
in a circle, to go round ; whence "δ and 


S515 circle, orb, mS round. Kindr, 


roots are "3, 773, "22, "4m, and the 
dental being changed to a ὐϑῆλοὶ “AT, 
73D, "90, all which express the idea of 
going round, turning oneself, surround- 
ing, variously modified. _Hence "35 no. 
1, and πος 

2. to rematn, to dwell, like Chald. 9", 
Ps, 84,11. This sense comes perhaps 
from the circumstance that the primitive 
dwellings were usually erected in a cir- 
cle (Simonis) ; or better, the signif. of 
moving round, turning oneself, is trans- 
ferred to the idea of moving about iz 
a place, Lat. versart ; comp, "93, my, 


‘tT Chald. to dwell, Dan.4, 9.18. Part. 


PANS, Keri ("773 Dan. 2, 38. 3,31. 6,26. 


Deriv. sna, ἼΤΩ, TIT, a 


3m. 1. @ cirele, Arab, + "ὃ . its. 
29, 3 ΞΕ. as a circle, i. 6. round about. 

2, a ball, 15. 22, 18, 

3, a round pile of wood or bones for 
burning, Ez. 24, 5; comp. 372 v, 9. 

"3 and ὙΠ τὰ. 1, an age, genera- 
tion of men, q. ἃ. the revolving period or 
circle of the years of human life, from r. 


i 


“wt no. 1. Comp. Arab. Ὁ time, from 
ys to go round ; also other words sig- 


nifying time, see under jg. | Corre- 
sponding to the letter is *5 Ὁ time, age, 
middle Waw and He being interehan- 
ged, see lett, 1.—Ecé. 1, 4 717) 72h415 
ΝΞ one generation goeth, and another 
generation cometh, Deut. 23, 3. 4. 9 
ngby ain, ὙΌΣ “HF, the third, the tenth 
geiteration, Job “42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 “15 
“Mx another genehdtir Nar. 32, 13 
siarb2 ἘΓΙΓῚΡ until all the generation 
was consumed. “4395 generation and 
generation, every generation, many gen- 
erations, all'ages, for ever, Ps.61,7. Joel 
2,2 τὸ ἢ "ZO" to the years of many 
generations, all future time. Ps. 45, 18 
Ἢ 1137522 through all poner ativias: all 
coming ages., So 13 "55 unto all gene- 
rations, all future ages, Ex. 3,15. Joel 
4, 20; Ὑπὸ "53 Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49,12; 

simpl. mind id. Ps, 22, 31. 71,18. 15 53 
"57 100, 5. Is. 13,20; "5 =a Ex. 17,16 
Elsewhere also of γϑοὐ ages or genera- 
tions, Deut. 32, 7. Is. 58, 12. 60, 15; “43 
12 Ps. 90, 1. Comp. Plur. below. With 
genit. or suff the generation of any one, 
i. e. the men of his age, his contempora- 
ries, Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 AI BIDAR 
sin Noah was upright among his 
generation. —The Hebrews, as we do, 
seem commonly to have reckoned the 
duration of a generation at from thirty 
to forty years, comp. Job 42,16; but in 
the times of the patriarchs it was reck- 
oned at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16, 
comp. v. 13 and Ex. 12,40. So among 
the Romans the word sccislum originally 
signified an age or generation of men, and 
was later transferred to denote a centu- 
ry ; see Censorin. de Die natali e. 17.— 
Dropping the notion of an age, "15 sig- 
nifies also @ race, class of men, e. g. of 
the righteous Ps. 14, 5, 24, 6. 73, 15. 
112, 2; of the wicked Deut. 32, 5.5 
drones Ups a deceitful and perverse ge- 
neration, race. v. 90. Jer. 7,29 in73> 95 
the generation of his wrath; i.e. against 

which God is angry. 

Pur. with two forms in this sense, 
Beis and mins, both mase. Job 42,16. 
The former occurs thrice in the phrase 
Buia “in ages of ages. generations of 


219 


ot 


generations, signifying perpetuity, eter- 
nity, everlasting, Ps. 72,5, 102, 25. Is. 51, 
8. The latter is very frequent for future 
ages, generations to come, posterity ; 
Levy 23, 43 Ξ ΤΠ, 51 20>. 22; 3. 
Num. 9, 10 pant ix "Bad of you or 
your posterity. 15, 14. Espec. in the 
legislative revels op obi ΠΡ a 
perpetual law for your posterity, Lev. 3, 
17, 23, 14. 31,41; comp. Gen. 17, 7. 9. 
12, Ex, 12, 14, 17..16, 32. 33. 

2. a. dwelling, habitation, Arab. οἱ. 
Is, 38, 12. Ps.49,20 134% 715 the dwell- 
ing of his fathers, i. e. their sepulchre. 

3. Dor, pr. n.of the city of a Canaan- 
itish king, Judg. 1,27; written also 987 
Josh. 17,11; more fally “is ΠΕ} (height 
of Dor) Took 12,23; S85 mp2 1 K. 4,11; 
Bail mip) 1 K. 12.25 Gr. Δῶρα, τὰ “δρᾷς 
7 Δώρα. Tt belonged to Manasseh ; but 
lay in the territory of Issachar, on the 
coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Tan- 
tira. See Reland Palest. p. 738 sq. 
Prokesch Reise p. 27. 


8777 Chald. pr.n. Dura, a town, it 
would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1 
NU MSPs the plain or valley.of Dura ; 
comp. IN}) MypPa, i379 Mspa. Inter- 
preters usually compare “Dura a city 
mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6, 
situated on the Tigris; or another of like 
name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates 
near the mouth of the Chaboras. 

+, Wi Mic. 4, 13, and 153 
Deut. 25, 4, softened from W73 q. v. 

1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by 
treading; comp. Engl. to dash. Hence 
to tread, to trample, to crush, Job 39, 15. 
Hab. 3, 12; enemies, Mic. 4, 13. 2 K. 
13, 7. 

2. to tread out grain, to thresh, by 
driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer. 
50, 11. Hos. 10, 11. Spoken also of per- 
sons who thus thresh with cattle; 1 Chr. 
21, 20: D°en Os BIRT and Orient was 
ihivenleirey (treading out) wheat. Trop. 

of a cruel punishment inflicted by the 
Hebrews upon captives, by crushing 
them with threshing-drays like grain on 
the threshing-floor, Am. 1, 3. Arab. 


glo to trample the earth, to trample 
upon enemies, to tread out grain... Syr. 


<a? id, Comp. S18. 


wnt 220 "Ἴ 


Nips. 8173, inf. constr. 8157, pass. of 
Kal no. 1. ἵν. 25, 10. 

Hops. pass. off Kal no. 2. Is. 28, 27. 

Deriv. O73, iO"9, NWT. 

O37 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan.7,23. 


᾿ ris to thrust, to push or knock 
down, to overthrow. Arab. L>o id. also 
de coitu, like Κλ and other verbs of 
‘thrusting, pushing, seemn73. Syr. and 
‘Chald. ἴων, NIT, id. The idea of thrust- 
ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is 
‘found in many verbs of which the pri- 
mary syllable is M7, as M5, M3, HN, 
ῬΠΗ, HI, Wd; fo, Oo, 07, 
au; comp. similar families of roots 
under “3 and pp3.—Ps. 35, 5. 118, 13 
bB2> “aN ON thou hast thrust me that 
I should fall. 140, 5. 62,4 ANI IIE 
-@ wall thrust down, overthrown. 

Nipu. pass.of Kal, to be thrust down. 
Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust down in 
his wickedness, i. e. rushes to destruc- 
-tiop, perishes. Comp. 573" from m3, 
Jer. 23, 12.—But Part. plur. constr. 
ὙΠ, as: by "IT73, is more preeerty 
ΚΕ ΠΑΝ to r. 1} α. τ. 

Pua. pret. 975, to be Jiriust down, 
made to fall, Ps. 36, 13. 

Deriy. "3, AA, and 


33 Chald. f. plur. 3203, aconcubine, 


were) 


‘from r. HM'3, Arab. (S35 and Ls3 sube- 
git fombitim: —Dan. 6, 19 byor-nd rah 
“Tip, and his cohcubGles he did not 
let come before him. Theodot. and Syr. 
render it food, but arbitrarily. The 
Rabbins, instruments of music, spec. 
those which are struck. 


TT i. g. mits, to thrust ; whence 
‘fat. Niph. 3637 Jer. 23, 12, But by 
simply writing it 3"7", it may be re- 
ferred to WN. 

ὙΠ τὰ. (τ. m3) in Pause "M3, a 
thrust, push, so as to fall; hence ὦ fall, 
falling, Ps. 56, 14. 116, 8. 


ont Chald. to fear, to be afraid, 
i. q. Heb. Ἐπὶ, pr, to creep along hesi- 
tatingly and timidly, Corresponding is 
Syr. ‘S09 to fear, Arab. so to flee, to 
get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw 
covertly.—Constvz. ¢, ΘΠ. 72 (comp. &73 


"282) Dan. 5, 19. Part. 5°13 fearful 
terrible, Dan. 2, 31. 7, 7. 
Pa. ἘΠῚ to terrify, Dan. 4, 2. 


7 yay not in use, Arab. upbo to 
smoke, and trop. of a smoky, tawny 
colour. Hence probably 


: . θυ 
. TH m, Arab. 53, Ez. 4, 9, the 


halcys dochna of Linn. a species of mil- 
let of which several kinds are cultivated 
in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used 
partly as green fodder, and partly for 
the grain; which is of a dark smoky 
colour, and is employed for bread, pot- 
tage, etc. The ancient versions render 
it malium, i.q. Panicum Italicum Linn. . 
panic-grass ; see Celsii Hierob. I. 453 sq. 


% ΜΑΣ: to thrust, to impel, to urge, see 
under τ. mM3. Part. pass. impelled, 
hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14. 

Nipu. 4933 to urge oneself, to hasten, 
2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12. 

Deriv. ΓΤ ΤΏ. 


᾿ ΡΠ to thrust, to push, to press upon, 
as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8. 
Arab. _§>0 to repulse, to drive away, 
amo rejected. Aram. κοῦ, pms 
i.q. Heb. ‘Comp. Gr. διώκω. ~ Part, pha 
oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18. 


"J, constr. "5, 6. suff. "5, 723, OF. 

1. Subst. sufficiency, quantum sufficit, 
enough ; and hence as Adv. enough. 
The form is as if from a verb "75 i. q. 


: 8 - - 
πῦρ (like "11, -- from ) which ac- 
cording to Simonis is equivalent to 


s 

Arab. sol to be much. Or one might 
also conjecture that "3 is put for "83 ; but 
this is quite uncertain.—Esth. 1, 18 "734 

xP) Ὁ. and there will be enough of 
contempt and strife. Mal. 3,10 I will 
pour you out a blessing "1 “ἐξ “3 until 
there is not enough, i. e. until my abun- 
dance shall be exhausted; hence, as 
this can never be, the sense is: per- 
petually, for ever ; comp. Ps. 72, 6.—The 
genitive or suffix which follows mostly 
designates the person or thing to or for 
whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25, 
16 4°53 what is sufficient for thee, pr. thy 
quantum sufficit. Ex. 36,7 0° sufficient 
Sor them. Obad. δ. Jer. 49, 9. Lev. 5,7 


“| 


mY “I enough for a lamb, i. e. to buy a 
lamb ; not as Simonis renders, quot suffi- 
ciunt ad agnum comedendum. 12, 8. 25, 
26 inbx2 "1D enough to redeem it. Neh. 
5, 8 523 “ID quantum in nobis erat, after 
our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes 
that of which there is enough; Prov. 
27,27 532 23m "ἢ enough of goat's milk. 

2. To the construct "8, the preposi 
tions 3, 72, 3, are often prefixed, 
which it then forms new compound pre- 
positions ; in all of which, however, the 
notion of sufficiency and abundance is 
more or less preserved. 

a) “32 according to the abundance 
of, i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they 
came up 352 M278 “ID as the locust Sor 

multitude. “Deut. 25, 2 IMPS ID ac- 
cording to his fault. 

b) Ὑπὸ id. according to the abundance 
or multitude of, comp. 72 no. 2. g. Hence 
with inf. as often as, whenever ; 1 Sam. 
18,30 SRS "39 ὙΠῚῚ and it came to pass, 
as “often as they went out, made an excur- 
sion; comp. 1,7. 1K. 14,28 xin "πὸ "Ass 

sbsn and it was so, as often as the king 
it, etc. Ts. 28, 19. Jer. 31, 20. 2K. 4,8. 
Ried before a finite verb, wid ere suppl 
"EX. Jer. 20, 8 “ἸΞῚΝ “ra as often as I 
speak. In like manner before a noun, 
where there is an ellipsis, as 4h ὙΠῸ 
Wins Is. 66, 23, i.e. as often as the new- 
moon cometh in its new-moon, i. 4. in its 
time, every month ; and so mds mw ὙΠῸ 
from year to year, every year, 1 Sam. 
7, 16. Zech. 14, 16. 

0) "13 «) according to the abun- 
dance or multitude of, i. q. "7D and "πὸ, 
comp. 2 A.6; hence as often as, Job 39, 
25 npid "13 as often as the trumpet 56. is 
sounded. 8) to sufficiency for any one, 
, (comp. 3 B.4,) i.e. until he have enough, 
i. q. for any one, usually where there is 
mention of food; Nah. 2, 13 smin5 "73 
for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi- 
stich "8335. Hab. 2, 13 the nations 
labour Ss "13 3 for the fre (ie. they only 
become food ‘for the fire), yea, the nations 
labour ΤᾺ “32 for nothing, in vain. Jer. 
51, 58, where the same words are read, 


ὙΠ Chald. A) Pron. relat. who , which, 


what, that ; qui, que, quod ; i. ἃ. Heb. 
ὑῶν. This form of the relative comes 


from the demonstr. πὶ, Arab. 95 so, 
; 19* 


221 


χὰ, 


bas | 


which latter is often rendered lord, nias- 
ter, possessor ; 6. gr. sit 9 Posses- 
sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is 
nothing more than a pronoun, and in 
the Tayitic dialect is used for the relat. 

watt. So plur. .J,f and J { com- 


eis lords, masters, but pr. i.“q. Y,I, 


ἢ mds gui; comp. 371%. Hence in Syri- 


ac and Chald. the “apocopated prefix 3. 
On the use of the Chaldee relative the 
following is to be noted: 

1. It is often put for he who, that 
which, Dan. 2,23; more fully " ΠΏ 2, 
28. 43. Comps, ἼΩΝ no. 1. 

2. Often it is therely a sign of rela- 
tion, comp. "S& no. 2. Man "3 where 
Ez. 6, 1. yrs “5 whose dwelling 
Dan. 2, 11. IN “= Dan. 7, 17. 

3. Alsoas asign of the Genitive, comp. 
"EN no. 3; 6. σ. RDB 77 _NB*be the 
king? 8 captain, pr. who was of the king, 
Dan. 2,15. The preceding subst. i is thus 
put either in stat. emphat.as Dan. Lc. or 
in the constr. 533 "3, 932 Dap. 7, 10: or 
c. suff. pleon. H72R "5 nog namé of 
God, comp. Engl. “God his ame,” Dan. 
2, 20; ann "Ἢ pinnae Pp. accusa- 
tions of the Jews 3, 8. So with a genit. 
of material, Dan. 2; 32 sy s035 AUS 
his head was of fine gold. Ezra 6, 4. 

4. In the verbose manner of the Chal- 
dee, it is sometimes redundant before the 
prepositions 3, 372; e.g. D288773 77 5 ΞῚΠ 
the temple (which is) in Jerusalem Dan. 
5,2. "93 Ἢ ΝΗ the palace (which 
is) in Media Ez. ‘6, 2. Dan. 6,14; espec. 
Dan. 2, 34, comp. Bath. 1, 12 with 15. 

B) It also passes over into a relat. 
Conjunction, like Heb. x lett. B, and — 
then signifies: 

1. that, Dan. 2, 23; because that, since, 
4,15. π᾿ Dan. 2, 9, i. ἃ. Heb. DN "3D, 
but if ; Theodot. well 2 ἐὰν οὖν. 

2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16. 47. 

3. Put before wordé directly quoted or 
spoken, like ">, ὅτι. Dah. 2,25 and said 
unto him, 935 σπϑθπ “3 I have found a 
man, ete. v.37. 5,7 . 6, 6. 14. 

C) With Prefixes. . 1. "7D i.g. WORD, 
as soon as, when, comp. “ND no. 3. 
Dan. 3, 7. 5, 20. 6, 11. 15. 

2. 8574 3 from what time, after, Dan. 
4, 23. Ez. 5, 12. 

3) sy-bap-bo, see in ῬΞῚΡ no. 2. 


"Μ 222 " 


ΞΓΠῚ "I (of gold, i. 6. a place rich in 
gold, comp. under Chald. "5 no. 1) Di- 
zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of 
Sinai, apparently so called from the 
presence of gold, Deut.1,1. Now called 
Dahab, on the western shore of the 
Elanitic gulf, abounding in palms; see 
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
523. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 217 and 
Map. 11. p. 600. n.—Sept. Καταχρύσεα, 
comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. h. v. 


ΤΠ. (a pining, wasting, τ. 555} pr. 
n. Dibon. 

1. A city in the borders of Moab, on 
the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt 
by the Gadites Num. 32, 34; hence call- 
ed Dibon-Gad, Num. 33,45; afterwards 
assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13, 9.17; and 
at last again occupied by the Moabites, 
Is. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18.22. At the present 
day it is called Dhiban; see Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372.— 
Once by an interchange of the letters Ὦ 
and 3 it is written 71275 , for the sake of 
harmonizing with the word ἘΞ, Is. 15, 9. 

2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh. 
11, 25; also written 7}'2"5 Josh. 15, 22. 

4" to fish, see 3% .—Hence 

Δ m. a fisher, fisherman, Is. 19, 8 
-and Jer. 16, 16 Keri. 

‘ m4 a root not in use and doubtful : 

I. Perh. i. ᾳ. Chald. 455 to be dark, 
dusky ; hence 1" ink. 

II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see 

mT f. Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird 
.of prey, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under- 
stands the black vulture, comparing ἦγ, 
Better, the kite or falcon, so called from 
its swift flight; deriving 4°35 fromr. 7x3, 
the δὲ when doubled being changed into 
Ἢ, as Syr. She, Pa. Vie. Vulg. milous. 


Tm. (τ. O53, after the form 152) 
‘ink, Jer. 36,18. Aram. 8575, [2o02, 


Arab. sts ὃ ink-stand. 
παρε, T2%02"7, see yin" no. 1, 2. 
ὙΠ fot. 714, pret. 35. 
govern; pr. as it would seem, to subju* 


gate, to subject to oneself, causat. of r, 
ἽΝ q. v. as if for }°.—Constr. ¢. acc. 


| judge any one is i. q. 


1. to rule, to. 


1 Sam. 2,10. Zech. 3, 7 then shalt thou 
rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, see in r. 975. 
2. to judge, i. q. BY, but more fre- 
quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling 
and judging are closely allied not only 
in Oriental practice and polity, but also 
in their languages; comp. ΒΞ, also 
ΟἹ δ and .Xe.—Gen. 49,16 H23 577 73 
Dan shall judge his people. Often of 
God as judging the nations. Ps. 7,9. 9,9, 
50, 4. 72, 2. 96, 10. Is. 3, 13.—Spec. to 
a) to condemn, to 
punish the guilty, Gr. καταχρίνειν, Gen. 
15, 14. Job 36, 31; c. 2 Ps. 110,6. Ὁ) 
to protect the cause of any one, to defend 
his right, to see that he obtains justice ; 
spoken of a just judge, espec. of God. 
Prov. 31, 9 758" ὋΣ 474 defend the cause 
of the poor and needy. Gen, 30, 6.93253 
E> God hath judged me, hath pro- 
tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 4733333 
"22°7N and in thy might Befend me, i. 6. 
protect and avenge me. More fully Jer. 
5, 28. 22, 16 Ὑ3 5 ὌΦΤΊ 75 he judgeth 
the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13. 
3. With ©>, to contend with any one, 
pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Ecc. 6, 10. 
Nipu. 4772 recipr. to contend together, 
pr. before a judge, to strive together, 
2 Sam. 19, 10. Comp. synom. =). 
Arab. to judge ; III, IV to strive 
together. 
Deriv. 33, 193, 5°27°9, 52°79, and pr. 
n. 9279, 772, bers ; also those here fal: 
lowing: 


JT and 17 Chald. id. part. Ezra 7, 25. 


TT m. 1. judgment, Ps. 76,9. 11 ROD 
judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8.— 
Spec. a) a judgment-seat, tribunal, 
Is. 10, 2. b) α cause, right, which is 
brought for judgment; Deut. 17,8 }°2 
ὙΠ 779 between cause and cause, i. 6. 
between the rights of the parties. Prov. 
29,7. Ὁ ΠῺΣ Ps. 140, 13, i. g. ΚῈ Ἢ 
to judge or protect the cause of any one. 
6) wrong, guilt, as being judged; Job 
36, 17 and fillest thou up the guilt of the 
wicked, guilt and punishment take hold 
on each other. ἃν) sentence of a judge, 
Ps. 76,9. 6) right, justice ; Esth. 1, 13 
PW MD whe all who knew law and 
justice. 


" 


2. controversy, strife, Prov. 22, 10; see 
r. }"3 no. 3, and Niph. 

TT Chald.m. 1. judgment, and meton. 

9 .-ς 
tribunal, i. 6. the judges ; comp. οἱ σῷ 
Diwan, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7, 10 
am? N27 the judges were seated. v. 26. 

2. justice, right, righteousness, Dan. 4, 
34 7 FNM his ways are righteous- 
ness, i. 6. just, upright. Dan. 7,22 8377 
P2>z "Spd 37 and until justice was 
rendered to the saints of the Most High. 

3. punishment, Ezra 7, 26. 

PT τὰ. (τ. 71) 1. @ judge, 1 Sam. 
24, 16. 

2. a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6. 
Chald. Ezra 7, 25. 

ΤΣ (judged, acquitted) Dinah, pr. ἢ. 
of the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21. 
34, 1 sq. 

873" Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. n. 


of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa- 
maria, Ezra 4, 9. 


Ph") 1 Chr. 1, 6, a various reading 
for ΓΕ in the parallel passage Gen. 
10, 3. But many Mss. have ΓΒ also 
in 1 Chr. 1. c. and so Sept. and Vulg. 
Riphat. See ran. 


P27 m. (r. ps Chald. and Syr. q. v.) 
pr. a watch-tower, specula ; then genr. 
a tower, erected by besiegers to over- 
look and harass a city ; i.g. 72 and Syr. 
Lee). Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer. 
52, 4. Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17. 21, 27. 26, 8. 
Freq. P77 722; once ΓἼ jn) Ez. 26, 8,— 
J. Ὁ. Michaelis understands a@ wall or 
line of circumvallation, Sept. in 2 K. 
megiterzos, and this I have formerly fol- 
lowed; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2, 
and also Barhebr. p. 206, ‘exstruxit tur- 


rim ἴροϊ. ad speculandum.’ 


* Oi g. tes αν. to tread out grain, 
to thresh. Hence 


BF m. threshing-time, Lev. 26, δ. 
ΤῊΣ m. 1. A species of antelope, 
so called from its leaping, springing ; 
from στ. 855 pr. to tread, but prob. also 
i. gq. Y35 to leap, to spring, whence 
Aram. 83", |.) caprea, pygarg; comp. 
Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 270, ibique Ro- 


223 


857 


senm.—Deut. 14, 5. Sept. πύγαργος, 
Engl. Vers. pygarg, Syr. and Targ. 
e453, Arabs (both) SI; all which 
words denote a species of antelope, ga- 
zelle, ete. 

2. Dishon, pr.n. a) A son of Seir, 
also of a region of Idumea bearing his 
name, Gen. 36, 21. 80, 1 Chr. 1, 38. δ) 
A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr. 
1, 41. 


JI m. adj. (τ. 423) crushed, broken ; 
hence dejected, afflicted, oppressed, un- 
happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74,21. Once 
apparently in an active signification, i.q. 
crushing, i.e. chastising ; so with Luther 
and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28 
MDT RIV APY Fd a lying tongue (per- 
son) hateth them that chastise it. Ver- 
bal adjectives of the forms 93, 73, and 
also of the form >zp from which these 
are contracted, are indeed for the most 
part intransitive, and are derived from 
intransitive verbs, as OM, ὅπ, 22, and 
many others ; yet there is nothing inthe 
nature of the case, why a form of this 
sort derived from a transitive verb, such 
as is 723, should not also have a transi- 
tive sense, 3: contr. 73, 73, i. 4. 4255 
and that in some instances this is the 
fact, is shown by the words 122, jox. 
Sept. well as to the sense, γλῶσσα ψευδὴς 
μισεῖ ἀλήϑειαν. The other clause favours 
the same sense, ὦ flattering mouth work- 
eth ruin.—Those who prefer to take 
it intransitively, may render: a lying 
tongue hateth those crushed by it, q. d. 
its victims. 


FI Chald. m. this, hic, Ezra 5, 16.17. 
6, 7.8; and 73 fem. this, hec, Ezra 4, 
15. 16. 19. 5, 8. Corresponding is Arab. 
NS; and both have arisen from the 
simple demonstrative {3 (m1), with the 
pleonastic suffix of the second person, 
Std pr. hic tibi, elsewhere JUS; and 
3 = 
where one speaks with several, wis 
hic vobis. In the Targums for Heb, πὶ 
are put 33, 473, "272, "271- 
“NDT ig. n23, to be broken in 
pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not 
used. Comp. 923. ᾿ 


Pint ΑΞ 1. to break in pieces, to 
crush. Ps. 72,4 ῬΘῚΡ NDIN he breaketh 
in pieces the oppressor, 89, 11. 143, 3. 
Job 6, 9 ΝΞ ΟῚ Mig B84) and would 
that God might crush me! destroy me. 
4, 19 those dwelling in houses of clay... 
they are crushed (lit. they crush them) 
as by the moth, in the manner of the 
moth.—Infin. 827 as noun, a bruising, 
‘bruise, wound, Is. 53,10 kDa YER Aim 
sbi it pleased Jehovah, he made sick 
his wound, i.e: it fileased Jehovah to 
-wound him severely, incurably ; the con- 
struction is ἀσύνδετος. Others: it pleased 
Jehovah that disease should crush him ; 
"bmn for ">mm; so Hitzig—Metaph. 
Job 19, 2 Cran "atezIm and (how 
long) break me in pieces with words? 

2. to crush under foot, to trample upon, 
Lam: 3, 34. Hence to oppress, 6. g. the 
needy, Is. 3, 15. Ps. 94,5; espec. in the 
forum, in court, Prov. 22, 22. 

Nip. part. broken in spirit, contrite, 
humble, Is. 57, 15. 

-Pwat 1. to be broken, crushed, bruised ; 
e. g. the arm, Job 22,9; with plagues, 
calamities, Is. 53, 5. 

2. to be broken in spirit, afflicted, 
humbled, Is. 19,10; with ἀρ γϑνιη con- 
trite, Jer. 44, 10. 

Hirnp. fut. 833", pass. of Pi. no. 1, 
Job 5, 4. 34, 25.—Hence 


N27 adj. intensive from r. 824, after 
the form dup. 

1.. broken very small, beaten. fine ; 
hence as Subst. poet. for dust. Ps. 90,3 
ἘΞ ΠΣ Disx stm thou turnest man to 
dust. 


2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble, Is. ' 


57,15. Ps. 34,19. 


+ Som x ΝΣ 
10 α. 825, to be broken in pieces, 
crushed ; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth. 
nos neti and he is crushed, he sinks 
down. Keri mE" id. 

Pien to break: in pieces, to crush; Ps. 
44,20. 51,10 τῆ Mine ΠΡΌΣ that the 
bones thou hast broken may rejoice, i. 6. 
broken with the consciousness of guilt. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be broken, crushed, Ps. 38, 
9; trop. of the mind, heart, Ps. 51, 19 
m7) 722 22 a broken and’ contrite 
heart. 

Deriv. "23. 


M57 f. (τ W238) @ crushing ; Deut. 23, 
2 ΤΙΞῚ 38x wownded or mutilated by 
crushing, sc. the testicles. The allusion 
is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, still 
practised in the East, as we have learn- 
ed from Greek physicians; it consists in 
softening the testicles of very young 
boys in warm water, and then rubbing 
and pressing them till they disappear. 
The Greeks call a eunuch of this kind 
Siadias, as Sept. ῃ..}. Vulg. well, eu- 
nuchus attritis testiculis. 

"23 m. (τ. 524) a crushing, dashing, 
beating together of waves; hence a 
raging, roaring noise. Ps, 93, 3 δ 8" 
prs3 mint: the floods lift up their roar- 
ing, parall. c>ip .—Arab. LS to beat, to 
thrust; VI to beat together, to collide ; 

ce ot ὦ VI to press apes each other 


in the tumult of battle, ἀξ, ὁ o tumult, 
conflict, 


ἘΠΞῚ obsol. root, Arab. JS, to beat 
small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. q. 
N55, M25, 4, Chald. 724. Hence 
77, 523. Comp. pet and the remarks 
undermm3. In the western languages 
comp. Gr. δάκω, δάκνω. 


323 Chald. this, hic, i. q. 43. Dan. 2 
31. 7, 20. 


ἘΠΣῚ Chald. i. q. Heb. 721, to 7re- 
member ; whence 112 Ἴ, 7253, and 


23 Chald. plur. 77755, α ram, Ezra 
6, 9. 17. 7, 17. It signifies pr. a male, 
i. q- Heb. 931 ;. but is put spec. for a male 
sheep, ram, fie Gr. ἀῤῥην male, ἄρην, 
ἄφης, aries, a ram. 

71735 Chald. m. (r.925)emph. A743, 
a record, register, in which any thing is 
noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2. 

7723 Chald. m. id. Ezra 4, 15 “50 
xm225 the book of the records, i.e: the 
public ‘records of the kingdom kept by the 
king’s secretary or recorder, Heb, "21%. 
Syr: Djeos record, memoir, 6. σ΄. me- 
moirs of the martyrs. 

553 m. (for M2, τ. ney) constr. 53, pr. 
something Neging: swinging ; hence 
valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus- 
pended and moving to and fro. Once, 


_metaph. door of the lips for the mouth 


- 


9 


Ps. 141, 3; comp. Mic. 7, 5, and πύλαι 
στόματος Eurip. Hippol. 882.—The fem. 
n>5 door is far more frequent, 4. v. 


37 m. (τ. 553) in pause 54, plur. O°}, 
weak, feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Da- 
vid waxed stronger and stronger, 7°35 
mabt) psd band and the house of Saul 
waxced weaker and weaker, i. 6. conti- 
nually weaker.—Spec. a) lean, thin, 
2 Sam. 13, 4 53 422 ΠΝ 5392 why art 
thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur. 
fem. Mi>3 of kine,Gen. 41,19. Ὁ) weak, 
low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev. 
14, 21. 1 Sam, 2, 8, Ruth 3,10. Ps. 41, 
2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. seep. 


hi 233 to leap, to spring, in Kal once 
Zeph. 1, 9. 

Piet id. Is. 35, 6 Moe de> ad ty 
then shall the lame man leap as the 
hart ; with >> Cant. 2, 8; acc. Ps. 18, 
30 ἜΘ ΓΑ͂Ν ἜΠΙΒΝΞ with my God have I 
leaped walls. 


+707 1. i. q. 5b5, to hang down, to 
be pendulous ; comp. Arab. 4d Conj. 
V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth. 
RA® to wave, to hang down. See 
mv53.—For the form %">3 Prov. 26, 7, 
see under >>5. 

2. to let hang down, i. 6. to let down a 
bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw 
water, Ex. 2,16.19. Arab. Yo. and do, 
Syr. ly id. Metaph. Prov, 20, 5 coun- 
sel in the heart of man is deep water, 
mI Mam Ox} but a man of under- 
standing will draw it out. 

Piet to draw out, pr. from a well; 
metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2 
ὩΣ 2 ΠΞΌΤΙΝ I will extol thee fer 
thou hast delivered me. 

Deriv. 53,723, non, "by, "ba, meds, 
and pr. n. mats, sans. 


m5 j i. q. M>5 α door, see in 81. Is. 26, 
90 Keri: | Henes Deal ‘oints, see ide 
nes. 


37 ΓΙ (r. 855) pr. something hanging 
down, pliant, slender. Spec. 

1. thread, spoken of the threads or 
thrums which tied the web to the weav- 
er’s beam, Is. 38, 12 "23837 baa from 
the thrum he cutteth me off, an image of 
death drawn from the weaver, who when 


225 


" 


So 


his work is finished cuts it out of the 
loom. Chald. τη filamentum. 

2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7, 
6. Vulg. coma capitis. 

3. slenderness, i. 6. weakness, 
poverty ; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14, 
25,12. Plur. o=m miby id. Jer. 52, 15, 
and 738 Ἢν, 16, 


τ ΤΘῚ to trouble water with-the feet, 


to make turbid, Ez. 32, 2.13. Syr. δι 
id. 


"29 m. (τ. 25) a bucket, any vessel 
for drawing water, Is.40,15. Arab. pike 


"ὉΞ m. (r.>3) id. Num. 24,7 ὩΣ 815 
ΠΕΡῚ the waters stream from his buck- 
els, | i. e. his posterity will be numerous; 
a metaphar drawn from water as flow- 
ing from a bucket, and applied to the 
semen virile ; comp. >33, AS, and Is. 
48,1. Inthe other hetinietiah 0"33 ἼΣΗΣ 
p33. The form %1>3 (ἀσί- μὰν) is from 
Dual pbs the two buckets (as was 
usual), Metheg being retained in the 
penultima. 


m5 (whom Jehovah hath freed) 
Delaiah, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 6,10. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 8,34. 6) Ezra 2, 60. Neh. 7, 
62.—The Phenicians had the pr. n. 7m 
λαιαστάρτος, as read in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 18, 
i. 6. MAMwy 55 ‘freed by Astarte.? 


am (id.) Delaiah,pr.n.m. a) Jer. 
36, 12.25. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 24, 18. 


ΤΣ £. (feeble, pining with desire) 
Delilah, pr. n. of a Philistine woman 
whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4-18. 


my f(r. mb3) only plur. nitds 
(Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so 
called as hanging down, waving; Jer. 
11, 16. Ez. 17, 6. 23, 31,7. 9.12. Syr. 


fees} id. 
Ὁ Ὁ: 


2}, pret. 3 plur, 9555 Is. 19, 6, τὸς 
Job 28, 4, and 8%>5 Prov, 26,7 (seg in no. 
1), 1 pers. "m5 Ps, 116, 6. 

1. to hang down, to be pendulous, to 
swing, to wave; e.g. as a bucket let 
down ina well, the slender and pendulous 
branches of the palm, willow, etc. which 
wave to and fro. Kindr. is ">, also dy, 
Jt, >bm and bmbn q. v. Comet in, the 


Indo-European tongues, Sanser: tilla to 


oh 
go, to be moved, Gr. σαλεύω, σαλάσσω, 
σάλος, to wave, to fluctuate, etc. To the 
same family may be also referred 547M, 
bs, Abs, in all which the primary 
notion is that of hanging down, laxness, 
languor.—In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners 
letting themselves down into the pits or 
shafts: 153 wise ΣῈ they hang down 
Sar from men, they swing to and fro. 
Here too I πόα gpfep,Prov, 26, 7 3°25 
ἘΠ 5.5 “Ha duinh Nope op the legs 
hang down from a lame man (sc. as a 
useless weight), and so is a sententious 
saying in the mouth of fools. In this 
passage if we read 5°34 (with Patah), it 
may be for 524; so several Rabbins, and 
comp. 8575 Rete 10, 16 for ὉΡΗ, φύλ- 
λον ‘folium, ἄλλος alius, and vice versa 
filia, fille. But it is easier with R. Ju- 
dah, R. Jonah, and several Mss. to read 
arb i i. q. ἴδε, from r. ΠῚ 

2. to be fern longutd, feeble, weak. 
Spoken a) of shallow and languid 
waters ; Is. 19,6 “ix2 RT 939M} 9525 
the streams of Egypt languish and are 
dried up ; comp. ‘flumen languidum’ 
Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ‘aqua languida’ Liv. 
1.4. Ὁ) Of persons, to be brought low, 
to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8. 116, 
6. 142,7. ο) Of the eye, to languish, 
to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14.7293 553 
nine, 

Nips. pass. of no. 2, to be enfeebled, to 
be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6. 
Is. 17, 4. 

Deriv. 5%, nb, and pr. n. 03°}. 


z 553 obsol. root, Arab. to. thrust out 
the tongue ; Chald. mz>4 a gourd, perh. 
oblong, tongue-shaped. Hence 


12:5 (gourd-field) Dilean, pr. n. of a 
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 38. 


μ᾿ mp3 fut. rt 1. to drop, to drip, 
to distil ; spoken of a house, Ecce. 10, 18 
MBit f/P77 the house droppeth, i. e. leaks, 
lets the rain drop through the roof. 

2. to shed tears, to weep, as the eye, 
Job 16, 20 "2793 περ M>xTby my eye 
weepeth unto God, Ps. 119,28 "θξ9 ΠΕΡῚ 
my soul weepeth ; comp. ©£2 no. 3. Aram. 
id. Arab. LASS to go slowly, to creep 
along; VII, to be poured out, to flow ; 
comp. 33).—Hence 


226 


rhs 


ΡῈ m. a dropping, dripping, from ἃ 
roof, Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15. 


yinds pr. n. of a son of Haman, Dal- 
phon, Esth. 9, 7. 


* P55 fat. phn 1. to burn, to flame, 
Aram. was) id. Ps. 7, 14 pops) EN 
3B" he maketh his arrows flaming, i. 6. 
shooteth burning arrows. With 3 to 
inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18. 

2. Trop. in various senses: a) Of 
love, ardent friendship, to burn. Prov. 
26, 23 mspds ome burning lips, i. 6. 
dibicotthse professing ardent affection, 
burning love. b) Of burning anxiety, 
to burn with anguish, often compared to 
heat, Ps. 10. 2 through the pride of the 
wicked ὋΣ PPI? doth the poor man burn, 
is troubled, anxious ; comp. Is, 13, 8. Ps, 
39,4. c) Ofburning persecution, whenes 
"IM8 p24 fo burn after any one, topur- 


sue » hotly, Germ. nachfeuern. Gen. 31, 


36 “AM HPT 72 that thou so hotly pur- 

suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With 

ace, id. Lam. 4, 19 ΡΞ nabs they 

pursued us hotly upon the mountains. 
Hipu, to make burn, to kindle, Ez. 24, 

10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine, Is. 

8, 11 ΒΡ Ἢ 72 wine inflames them. 
Deriy. rpbs 


P27 Chald. to burn, Dan. 7, 9. 


ΓΡΡῚ f(r. 
Deut. 28, 22. 


mot f(r. nt 85} comp. the masc. ἅπαξ 
λεγόμ. b2; pr. valve of a door, so called 
as fouling and swinging ; then a door, 
as hanging and turning on hinges Prov. 
26, 14; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10. 
2K. 4, 4. 9,3; as knocked at, beaten, 
Judg. 19, 22. Diff. from mnp, which 
denotes a door-way or opening for a 
door. Where a double or folding door 
is meant, the Dual (q. v.) is for the most 
part employed; but the Sing. also some- 
times includes both valves; 6. g. 1 Καθ, 
34 nnbba ron mba orbs ὍΘ the 
two leaves of the one door were folding, 
turning. In Ez. 41, 24 4 is laxly put 
both for the single valve and also for the 
whole door: Dang Mirbyd mirks cones 
"ρῶν ΤΙΝ τὰ owns ‘pinky minoye 
mand mindy two leaves were to each 
door, two turning leaves, two to the one 


P23) inflammation, fever, 


Ὅτ 


door and two to the other door. Spoken 
of the lid of a chest, 2K. 12, 10.—Me- 
taph. Cant. 8, 9 if she be a door se. our 
sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of 
access to suitors. 

Duau 5°9>4 constr, °)>4 (pr. from a 

‘form ™>3) folding doors, Lat, Sores, es- 
pec. large, as of a city, gates, Deut. 3, 5, 
1 Sam. 23, 7. Is. 45, 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me- 
taph. doors of heaven, through which the 
rain flows down, (elsewhere M278 ,) Ps. 
78, 23. Job 3, 10 "393 "ὭΡῚ the doors 
of my (mother’ ") womb. 41, 61772 "Nea 
the doors of his face, ive. the jaws of the 
Crocodile. 38, 8 o7 shut up the sea with 
doors, comp. v. 10. 

Pior. min2h constr. irda f, but in 
Neh. 13, 19 mase. 

1. doors, i. e. leaves of a folding door 
or gate, 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24; see Sing. 
Hence 

2. a door, gate, Judg. 3, 23-25. 19, 27. 
Ez. 26, 2 5-237 mind4 M282 broken is 
the gate of the nations, i. e. Jerusalem. 

8. the columns of a book or roll, so 
ealled as resembling a door in their 
form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a 
column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters 
of a book, like Rabb. σῷ. 


DJ m. constr. ©, ὁ. suff. 03, 0203 
Gen. 9, 5. 

1. blood ; prob. for ἘΠ, τ. DIN to be 
red ; whence Talmud. DIN, DIN, ROTM, 
Punic “ edom according 1 Angustine 


on Ps. 136. Arab. ΕΥ̓ rarely edu 


whence a new verb oe to bleed, to 


let blood ; II, to wound.—So 05 >> 52x 
to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14, 
32. 55. Ez. 33, 253; this was contrary to 
the Mosaic law, Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12, 
23. "pz ἘΞ innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16. 
Ps. 106, 38 ; spoken likewise of an inno- 
cent person, Ps. 94,21 adneiq3 Ἢ). OT) 
and condemn innocent blood ; also “Pp? 23 
blood of the innocent Deut. 19, 10, 13. 27, 
25. Jer. 19, 4. 22, 17. 
τ 2. ‘Trop. blood, tor bloodshed, insides, 
» Lev. 19, 16. Also for the guilt of mur- 
der, blood-guiltiness, Gen. 37, 26. Lev. 17, 
4. Deut. 17, 8 87> ὈπτῚ 3. Num. 35,27 
by VR he is not guilty of blood, no 
blood-guiltiness is upon him. 
Be ioc of draped putt Gietwine, whieh 


227 


- the context. 


iT 


in Palestine is red, Gen. 49, 11, Deut, 
32, 14. Comp. αἷμα τῆς σταφυλῆς Ecclus, 
39, 26. 

Piur. £93 bloods, i.e. drops of blood, 
but put like the sings 

1, blood, espec. as shed. Gen. 4, 10. 
Is..9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 28. 

2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; 7% 
ὉΠ a man of blood, bloody man, Ps, δ, 
7. 26,9. 55,24. 5°23 ΓΔ, ὍΣ, house or 
city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 2 
Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2. 24,6. ia 1733 
Lev. 20, 9. Ez. 18, 13, and ἘΞ Dr93 
Lev. 20, 11 sq. his blood be upon him, 
their blood be upon them, i. e. they are 
guilty of their own blood. 

Nore. To ἘΠ is once usually ascribed 
the signif. likeness, similitude, i. α. 927, 
in Ez. 19, 10 77372 3832 73x thy mother 
is like a vine afler thy likeness, than 
which nothing can be more languid, 
especially as there follows: planted by 
the waters. Most prob. we ought to read 
with Calmet: 4272 3232 like a vine of 
thy vineyard. | 

Ἐ]. ΓΞ, Aram. x33, Tey, to be or 
become like, similar, to ciatadte c. > Ps, 
102, 7. 144, 4, Cant. 2, 9. 7,8; >¥ Ez. 
31,8. With dat. pleonast. Cant. 2,17 


ad “Tit F723 be thou, my beloved, 


like a roe. 8, 14, 

Nien. to become like, to resemble, c. 
ace. Ez. 32, 2. 

Pre. 723 1. to liken, to compare; c 
bx Is. 40, 18.25; > 46,5. Cant. 1, 9. Lam. 
2, 13 πρίσιν ma ὡῆδι shall T liken unto 
thee ?—Hence to use similitudes, para- 
bles, i. ἃ. S22, S80. Hos. 12, ΤΙ 72 
MAIN Dyta iby the prophets... I have 
used similitudes ; so in accordance with 
Others, I have destroyed, 
i. 6. announced destruction. 

2. to liken in one’s mind, i. q. Engl. to 
deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 nit ΤῊ 
Wi22 MIAN thou thoughtest me to be ‘like 
thyself. Esth, 4, 13. Is.-10, 7. 

3. to think, i. e. to purpose, to meditate, 
sc. to do any thing ; Num. 33, 56. Judg, 
20, 5.3575 51 "ὮΝ they thought to have 
slain me. Is, 14, 24. 2 Sam, 21, 5 ΘΝ Π 
923.27 Athy b> rig the man who core 
sumed us and who meditated eit me 
se. destruction. 

4. to think upon, to remember, | Ps.48; 


rat 


10 OM owndN 123 we remember, O 
God, thy loving-kindness. 

Herapa: fut. 1 pers. ΠΡῚΝ Is. 14, 14, to 
make oneself like, to become like, with >. 

Deriv. nx03, i707. 

Nore. This signif of likeness seems 
to be the appropriate and primary one 
in this verb; but it has still another, 
borrowed from the kindred family 225, 
697, as in the following article : 


ΠΣ 21 1. to be dumb, silent, still ; 
to rest, tocease. Jer. 14,17 my eyes flow 
down with tears night and day, and do 
not rest. Lam. 3, 49. 

2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make 
an end of ; hence to destroy, comp. D345, 
‘IMS, Mawr, MPD no. 3; espec. to lay 
waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5 
sx "727 L will destroy thy mother, i. e. 
will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6, 2 
years ἼΛΩ 7 will destroy the daugh- 
ter of Zion, i. e. thee. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ; 
of persons, Hos. 10, 15 972 273 "na 
baw" 722 to-morrow the king of Israel 
shall ie cut off. Is. 6,5 “ΑΘ Ἴ2. 12 7-78 
wo is me, for I ΓΡῚΣ ! So of brutes Ps. 
49, 13. 21; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos. 
4,6; of titted lands, Is. 15, 1. ‘Ser. 47, 5. 
Hos. 10, 7.—In all the examples here 
quoted, the Preter only is read. For 
the Fut. are used the forms 1237, "23m, 
from the synon, 024. 

Deriv. "24, "23. 

23 Chald. to be like, similar, Dan. 
3, 25.7, 5. 


MOF f. (r. 525) desolation, destruc- 
tion; also for concer. desolated, laid 
‘waste. So commonly Ez. 27,32 “ix3 "Ὁ 
ΓΙ who is like Tyre, Like the de- 
stroyed ; but probably it is better with 
Hitzig to read 729 the desolated. 

mnt ἢ (τ mes 1) 1. a likeness, 
image, i. q. Syr. {2asep, Gen. 1, 26 let 
us make man. , . 52522 after our like- 
ness ; comp. 5, 1. 3 he begat α son ἼΣΩΣ 
5x2 in his own likeness, after his own 
image. 2 Chr. 4,3 B™ pa m4 images 
of oxen, i, 6. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18 
45 ANIM MDM. what likeness, tihagé, 
will ye compare unto him? 

2. a model, pattern, e. g. for an altar, 
2 K. 16, 10. 


228 


Ὠ2 


3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez. 
1,16 7ASDIN> INN MAD one shape was 
to the four. With genit. the appearance, 
likeness, shape of any thing, i. e. some- 
thing having that form; e. g. spoken of 
what is indistinctly seen in dreams or 
visions; Ez. 1,5 3298 macy moins 
mis and in the midst of it the appears ᾿ 
ance, likeness, of four living creatures, 
i.e. an appearance like four animals. v, 
26 NOD M25 the appearance of a throne, 
v. 28. 8, 2. 10, 1.21. Dan. 10, 16. Comp, 
ΤΙΝ. Hence 

4, Adv. like, as, Is. 13,4; mya7> id. 
Ps. 58, 5. 


23 m. (τ. 725 IL) stillness, rest, qui- 
et,i.g. "23. Is. 38,10 "9" "253 in the 
quiet of my days. i. e. now when I might 
reign in quiet. Sept. ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῶν ἡμε- 
ρῶν μου, either reading or conjecturing 
“273. See more in Comment. on Is. |. c. 


"23 m. (τ. 2% IL) stillness, quiet ; 
Ps, 83, 2 TPE EDN nbs O God, be 
thou not quiet, i. e. look not in quiet in- 
activity upon our persecutions, defer not 
thy help; comp. 834, nvm. Is. 62, 6.7. 

MNT see M27. 


ἸῺΞ m. (7.923 1) ig. me, @ like- 
ness, Ps. 17, 12. 


ἘΠ pret. 5, imp. and inf. th, 
Dis Josh. 10,12. Ps. 37,7; αἴ. τσ, plur. 
12537 in the Chald. manner. 

1. to be dumb, silent, still, Lev. 10, 3. 
Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24,17 05 pian, Vulg. 
ingemisce tacens. With > to be silent to 
any one, i. e. to listen to him in silence; 
hence Job 29, 21 "n¥z ind 1257) they 
kept silence at,my counsel. ‘mind Dts 
to be silent towards Jehovah, i. e. to wait 
in silent patience and confidence for his 
help, Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6.—Jer. 8, 14 why do 
te sit still? assemble yourselves and let 
us enter into the fenced cities DW77972) 
and let us be silent there (i. e. remain 
quiet), for Jehovah hath put us to silence, 
ᾳ. ἃ. hath brought our affairs to such a 
strait that we cannot resist. Here 953 
is fut. Kal with He paragogic. 

2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto- 
nished, amazed, see note below; i. q. 
baw. ΕἸ. g. with admiration and terror, 
Ex. "15, 16. Is. 23, 2 98.939 925 be asto- 
nished, ye inhabitants of the coast, sc. of 


O27 


Tyre. Lam. 2, 10.—The idea of silence, 
stillness, is also transferred from speak- 
ing to acting, comp, B24, MYM; hence 

3. to rest, to cease, to leave off, Ps. 4, 
5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18 
ΡΣ ΤΙ ohms let not the apple of 
thine eye cease sc. to weep. Job 30, 27 
aI ND) AMAT "32 my bowels boil, ond 
rest not. Also to stand still ; Josh. 10, 12 
pis ἩΣΞ23 Oyy Sun, stand thou still on 
Gibeon! v.13 “down pa) and the sun 
stood still. 

Nore. This root is onomatopoetic and 
widely spread in other families of lan- 
guages, imitating, like the kindred D371, 
pan, mon, and Gr. μύω, the sound made 
with the lips closed, km, dm. It is there- 
fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred 
either to silence and stillness, quiet ; or 
also to stupor, astonishment ; or lastly in 
the causative and transitive conjugations 
to desolation and destruction, as implying 
subsequent silence.—Most nearly kin- 
dred to 0% are the roots 855 (the ob- 
scure sound made with the lips closed, 
comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words 
below) and “23, which see; and the 
same primary force lies in the roots 22, 
Man, O73, etc. not to mention those in 
which the idea of the mouth as closed 
is referred: to the taste (092), to hun- 
ger (04%), to inarticulate or unmeaning 
sounds (223, ἘΠῚ, 5x2, 727), or lastly 
to the general sense of closing, shutling, 
see DYN, ΧΦ, etc. In the Greek lan- 
guage a τοῦξ of the same family is uvo, 
which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes, 
as closed; and also of sounds dv with 
the lips closed; see Passow’s Lex. in mi, 
uve, and the citations there made; then 
also ϑαῦμα, ϑάμβος, i. q. Heb. 22d, 
Chald. mom. In Lat. mutus from han, 
uve; and still more in the Teutonic 
ahgGngen, Germ. dumm stupid, Anglo- 
sax. and Engi. dumb, mute, which is 
nearer the primary idea; also with a 
sibilant, Germ. stumm, comp. Lat. stu- 
por, stupidus, Germ. staunen, Engl. to 
stun, Fr. élonner. 

Po. 0255 to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131, 2. 

Hires. 055 to make silent, Jer. 8, 14; 
see in Kal no. 1. ; 

ΝΊΡΗ. 073, plur. 9273 Jer. 25, 37; fut. 
4232, also "25m Jer. 48, 2; pass. of) 
ne pa ἐλχλνο 


229 ws 


spoken of persons, 1 Sam, 2,9 ὉΠ Σ ΘῈ 
nan WOM the wicked perish in dark- 
ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51,6. Of a 
region, to be laid waste, destroyed, Jer. 
25, 37.48, 2. 

Deriv. 123, 7237. 

9°23 f. silence, stillness, e. g. of the 
winds, a calm Ps. 107, 29. 324 Dip a 
voice of stillness, i. e. still, gentle, 1 K. 
19, 12. So poet. by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16 
sawy >dipi 1307 7 hear stillness and a 
voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper. 
Sept. and Vulg. lenis aura, gentle 
breeze. 


Ν 723 obsol. root, Arab. ωϑ to dung, 
9 
to manure; perh. denom. from upd: 


Hence the deriv. (7272, "2272, 2272, 
and the two following. 


ΤΩ m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer. 
8, 2. 16, 4. 25, 33. 
8) -- 
yd. 

323 Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze- 
bulun, Josh. 21,35. But prob. we ought 
here to read 7229 Rimmon, see Josh. 


19,13. 1 Chr. 6,62 [77]. Comp. Mover’s 
Chronik, p. 72, 73. 


᾿ 521 to weep, to shed tears, Jer. T3, 
17. Aram. and Arab. id—Hence the 
two following. 


So 
Arab. yd and 


5» m. a tear, collect. tears; me- 
taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e. 
wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 72271 7NN2. 
Sept. ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ dyvov.—Comp. 
Gr. δάκρυον τῶν δένδρων Theophr. arbe- 
rum lacrime Plin. 11. 6. 

M234 f. (τ. 5:23) α tear, but only col- 


90. aot 
lect. tears; Arab. ae tears, Xavd a 


tear; and so Gr. δάχρυ is often used col- 
lectively by the poets. Ps. 6,7. 39, 13. 
56,9. Plur. ΤΊΣ ΘΠ Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11. 
For the poetic phrase i in J eremiah: ὙΠ 
ΤΙΣ "3" my eye flows down with tears, » 
see in r. 777 no. 1 fin. δ 


Η v3 obsol. root, whence “27H q. v. 
ig peas quadril. not used; Arab. 


— te 


(50d to be quick, hasty, active, 


wnt 


* 


9 - Cte 
εξ δ, 520, quick, active, alert. 
—Hence perh. pr. ἢ. 


* ο 
puct, Arab. (δάσο and (δῷ 
Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in 
reference to traffic,) sometimes PY'375, 
pins q. v. 

2. Damascus, the metropolis of west- 
ern Syria, situated on the river Chry- 
sorrhoas, now Bdrada, in a large and 
beautiful plain at the eastern foot of 
Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14,15. 15, 2. It 
was subdued by David, but in the reign 
of Solomon recovered its independence, 
2 Sam. 8, 6. 1K. 11, 24; and was gov- 
erned by its own kings, until Tiglath- 
pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his 
empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4. 8. 8,4. 10, 9. 
At the present day Damastus is one of 
the most opulent cities of hither Asia. 

2. Damascene, Gen.15,2, i.g. Ὁ 55 BR 
or pw7237ja a man Sr Tdiwallbush. as ἼΣ23 
Hos. 12, 8 for "2322. The writer doubt- 
less chose this form, and not "pus, for 
the sake of paronomasia with the pre- 
ceding P33. See more under pt2. 


PUNT (in very many Mss. pHs, 
pas, see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe- 
cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially 
woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da- 
mascus, and still bearing in the western 
languages the name of that city, Engl. 
and Dan, damask, Ital. damasco, Fr. 
damas, Germ. Damast. Amos 3, 12. 
The same word with the letters various- 
ly interchanged and transposed is found 


Sol 
also in Arabic, viz. Ywked silk, ac- 
cording to the Camoos p. 760, espec. 


that made from cocoons from which the’ 


insects have broken forth, flos-silk ; or 
according to others, white silk. Also 


9.- Sol Θ᾽ -% 
ured, Yates, Yolicg. At the 


present day there is still a great culture 
of the silk-worm around Mount Lebanon. 


J (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son 
of Jacob and the tribe descended from 
him, whose territories are described in 
Josh. 19, 40-48. 

2. A city in the northern extremity of 
Palestine, formerly called }*>, but named 


230 


a7 


Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19, 
47. Judg. 18,29. It lay west of Paneas 
at the spot now called Teil el-Kady ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351, 358, 
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the 
words 537 733 2 Sam. 24, 6, there seems 
to be an error in transcribing, for which 
"37 should be restored. Vulg. silvestria. 
—For j7) Ez. 27, 19, see in its order 
under ἢ. 


ΤΠ Chald. st. emphat. nz3, Pron. de- 
monstr. i. ᾳ. Heb. πὶ, PXt, comm. this, 
Lat. hic, hee, hoc ; Dan. 2, 18. 28. 30. 36. 
43.47. al. 372 as this, so, thus; Ezra 
5,7 393 ΠΣ thus it was written. Jer. 
10, 11. Dan. 2,10 A233 nba a word like 
thts, such a word. nes by on this accotnt, 
therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15. 
ΠΣ TMs afler this, afterwards, Dan. 2, 
29.—In the Targums mostly fully wells 
ten 13, PHI, PIN, for Heb. πὶ; γ΄ 
thus. 

2827 see in 5x22, 


. 22} obsol. root, prob. te melt, to be- 
come liquid, like 383, 353, τήκω. See un- 
der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393.—Hence 
3213 wax. 


37 (r. 523) Dannah, pr. n.of acity in 
Judah, Josh, 15, 49, 


A223 (perh. for "302 "4 Jord i.e. 
place of plundering; q. ἃ. robber’s den ; 
comp. 3 to rob, to plunder, ) Dinha- 
bah, pr. n. of an Edomitish city, Gen. 36, 
32. 1 Chr. 1, 43. 

SNP ( judge of God, i. 6. who judges 
in the name of God, τ. 153) Daniel, pr. n- 
a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and sage 
attached to the court of Babylon, whose 
life and prophecies are contained in the 
book bearinghis name. Mentioned also 
Ez. 14, 14. 20. 28, 3; where it is 5xz%. 
b) Ason of Dayid, 1 Chr. 3,1, ¢} Ezra 
8, 2. Neh. 10, 7. 


* 24 obsol. root, Arab. ὧδ to whis- 
per, tomurmur. Hence ΠΣ. 
23 m. pr. infin. of σ᾿ 273, as Subst. 


-νῦ 
what one knows, knowledge, opinion. Job 
32, 10 ὌΝΤΩΝ ἸΣῚ NNN Lalso will show 
my opinion. v. 6. 17. 36,3. Plur. oan 
news perfect in knowledge or wisdom, 
Job 37, 16. 


mist 


M7 (fem. of preced.) a knowing, 
knowledge, Ps. 73, 11; 6. ace. Is. 11, 9 
minwnx ΠΙΣῚ knowledge of Jehovah, pr. 
a knowing Jehovah. 28, 9.—Plur. mis7 
1 Sam. 2, 3. Job 36, 4. 


ΤΙΣ Prov. 24, 14, see r. 377 init. and 
Index. . 


ἘΠΣῚ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Leo 
to call. A trace of this root is found in 
pr. ἢ. MD358, and in 

Be (invocation of God) Deuel, pr. 
n,m. Num. 1, 14. 7,42; for which in 
2, 14 Sya3% q. v. lett. ἃ, 


4 a i. ᾳ. ΒᾺΝ and Syr. νυ», to go 
out, to be quenched, extinguished, as a 
light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 7273 O2H9 93 
the lamp of the wicked shall be put 
out, i.e. their good fortune shall perish ; 
comp. the Arabic proverb Labt ΘΔ ἢ 

>{ w ill fortune has put out my lamp. 


Prov. 20, 20, 24, 20. Job 18, 5.6. 21, 17. 
Trop. of the destruction of enemies, Is. 
43, 17.—Also of water drying up, see 
Niph. 

Nira. to become extinct, e. g. water, 
to dry up, Job 6, 17.—Comp. extinguere 
aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6. 4, 
mammas Plin, 23. 2. 

Puat to be quenched, destroyed, e. g. 
enemies, Ps. 118, 12. 


227 obsol. root, in Samar. i..q. 5913 
to fear. Hence pr. n. 5347. 


MYT inf. fem. of r. 243, as Subst. like 
5 and m5. 

1. α knowing, knowledge sc. of any 
thing ; which is thus put as the object, 
either in the ace. Gen. 2, 9 ns3n y> 
37] 31>. Jer. 22, 16; or in the genit. as 


pbx ms knowledge of God Hos. 4, 1.. 


6,6; once c. art. Ms3m id. Hos. 4, 6. 
With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7. 
Also 37 "33 without knowing, un- 
awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent.) 
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. Josh. 20, 3. 5. "daa 
mv Is. 5,13 either: because of no know- 
ledge i. e. because of their lack of know- 
ledge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6 
where once AIIM 7529; or: wnexpect- 
edly, suddenly, see r. 37 no. 1. ἃ. Sept. 
διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν Κύριον. 

2. intelligence, understanding, insight, 


231 


a 


wisdom, i. 4. 33M, HP3H, Prov. 1, 4.7. 
2,6. 24, δ. al. M33 377 lo have wisdom 
Prov. 17, 27, M32 wisely, discreetly 
Prov. 13, 16; contra 233 NX> unwisely, 
indiscreetly, Job 34, 35 ; ΤΙΣ 52 id. 38, 2. 
42,3; ὈΣῚ "32 id. 86, 16. 


¥ mes obsol. root, Arab. do; ἘΝῚ 
to thrust, to push sc. so as to make fall ; 


a - 
comp. the similar roots 33, 3; > 
pas. Hence 


"D3 m. in pause "B45, a stumbling- 
block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20; Sept. 
Vulg. σκάνδαλον, offendiculum,—The 
Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from 
the other hemistich, explain it by 523 
Ny evil report, slander. 


* PET 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock 
sc. at a door, Cant. 5,2. Comp. Hithpa. 

2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock, 
Gen. 33, 13.—Arab. ( $0 to go swiftly, 
pr. to be thrust forward, propelled. 

Hirup. Part. ΡΒ knocking in 
rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager- 
ly, Judg. 19, 22. _ This seems here to be 
the force of the conj. Hithp.—Hence 


"223 Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of 
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33,12. 
Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 107. 


PT adj. (τ. PP) ἢ MPI 1. beaten 
small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is. 
29, 5 PI PSX small dust, fine. Lev. 16, 
12. Hence Subst. any thing small, mi- 
nute, q.d. small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14. 
Is. 40, 15. 

2. slender, thin, lank, withered ; e. g. 
hair Lev. 13, 30; of kine and ears of 
grain Gen.41,3sq. Soofa person, tabid, 
withered, dwarf, or having a withered 
member, Lev. 21,20. Also small, light, 
slight, of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19, 12. 


PT τὰ. pr. inf. of r. Pps, fineness ; 


hence fine cloth, a garment, eurtain, ete. 
Is, 40, 22. ‘ 


* 52 obsol. root, Arab. (3.6, Arai! 
xbps, 57, palm-tree—Hence 


TPT £ Gen. 10,27, Diklah, pr. n.of a 
district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound- 
ing in palm-trees; of such there are 
several in Arabia. One famous place 
of palm-trees existed at the very en- 


PP 


trance of Arabia Felix, called by the 
Greeks Φοινικών Ptol. 6.7; but this was 
remote from the other territories of the 
Joktanide. With Bochart therefore 
(Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the 
district of the Minei, which was also 
rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28. 


“PR? pret. PR, fut. Pw, 1. gq. 529 
q. vy. and Arab. Lao, onomatopoetic. 
Kindred are M23, 8373, also M3, 405. 

1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to 
«rush, espec. by pounding, stamping, 
threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make 
thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge... 
(PAM? om wash ἑλοῦ shalt’ thresh the 
mountains and crush them small. There 
‘is a play upon a twofold usage in Is. 
:28, 28 sruiavs Wise mez Nb 7D py od 
EBT ND. .. bread-corn is beaten out, 
-but yet one does not thresh it ahways... 
-nor does he crush it. Here the first 
‘PN is i.g. O55" in v. 27 (perh. it should 
be so read) ‘to beat or tread out with a 
dray or cattle” opp. S391 v. 27; while 
‘3p72 implies the crushing of the ker- 
nels, which the husbandman avoids. 

2. Intrans. to be beaten small, crushed, 
to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 "2 Ἵπῶ5} 
pres and he brake it in pieces until 
it was made fine, like powder. Deut. 
‘9, 21. 

Hien. p34 i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or 
.stamp small, to break in pieces, 6. g. 
altars, idols, 2 K. 23, 6. 15, 2 Chr. 15, 16. 
34, 4. 7. Inf. pm adv. very small, fine, 
‘like powder, Ex. 30, 36. Metaph. Mie. 
-4,13 and thou shalt beat in pieces many 
‘nations. Inf. pm 2 Chr. 34,7. Fut. c. 
‘suff. Dp"IN for DP 2 Sam. 22, 43. 

Hopn. pass. Is. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. ΡΞ, ps. 


ῬΡῚ Chald. id. to be beaten small, 
ibroken in yieces ; in Peat only ΡΞ for 
‘3p3, Dan. 2, 35. 

Arn. p35 to beat small, to break in 
pieces, in 3 pret. fem. PIT Dan. 2, 34. 
45; fut. PAM, PIN; part. Pane, ἢ ΠῚ 8 
Dan. 7, 7. 19. 

* "27 fat. “ptt, to thrust through, to 
pierce, to stab, as with a sword, spear, 
Aram. 2), “pt, id. Num. 25, 8. Judg. 
9, 54. 1 Sam. 31, 4.—Metaph. to curse, 


232 


| 
to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; comp. 33, 


Nipu. fut. "pat, to be thrust through, 
Is. 13, 15. 

Puat id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Lam. 4, 9 
happier those slain with the sword than 
those slain with hunger, C°" P19 [37 SIND 
"Tw mizi:n for these pine away, being 
thrust through (perishing) for-want of 
the fruits of the field ; here ΘΛ by 
the force of antithesis is put for those 
perishing of famine, as in the preceding 
member 323 725m is opp. 237 "2>n; 
comp. Is. 22,2. Vulg. contabuerunt con- 
sumti a sterilitate terre. 

Deriv. "pia, MinPts, and 

ἽΡΞ (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr. 
n.m. 1K. 4, 9. 


‘YI m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as 


8. Sas 

i. α. Arab. 50; 50, a pearl, espec. ἃ 
large pearl, from r. "73 to glance, to 
glitter. Nor indeed would pavements 
inlaid with pearls be foreign from Asiatic 
luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. H. 708 sq. 
Yet we may perhaps understand a spe- 
cies of marble resembling pearl; per- 
haps a kind of alabaster called mother 
of pearl stone; or possibly mother of 
pearl itself. 

"3 Chald. i. q. "i3, age, generation, 
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 

"5 see “ih. 


4 “ne 
*NT obsol. root, Arab. Io ig. 3 ἊΣ 


9; to thrust away from oneself, to re- 


pulse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol- 
lowing : 

TINT m. constr. jin, repulse; hence 
aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and 
these to shame ἘΞῚΣ {iN77> to everlast- 
ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod. αἰσχύ- 
vy. Syr. [tus . 

PRT m. Is. 66, 24, an abhorrence, ob: 
ject of horror. R. X75. 

* 277 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Wyo 
to be sharp, pointed.—Hence 

71295 only in ρίαν. mizizys (dorbéndth, 
comp. Lehrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads, 
Borxsrvtea, Ecc. 12, 11. 

1277 m. (dérbdn,) a goad, ox-goad, 
βούκεντρον, 1 Sam. 13,21. Itdiffers from 


4 


"25, the latter being strictly the staff in 
which the goad i is fixed.—As to the form, 
Dag. lene is not more necessary in aly 
than in 7738 Esth. 8, 6, or in ΓΒΕ 
mstds. 


. 2.1 obsol. root, Arab. 9 lo go on, 


to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as- 
cend eee steps, kindr. 7243. Hence M3772. 


gh τα of wisdom, compounded 


from "33, rs and ΣῈ i,q. 51, M32 wis- 
dom,) Ddrda, pr. n. of a wise man con- 
temporary with Solomon or a little be- 
fore him, 1 K. 4,315, 11]. In the parall. 
passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or 
corruption 33. 

ὙΠ ῚΞ πὰ. (Ὁ. WY no. 3) a thorny plant, 
caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn. 
growing in fields and among grain ; col- 
lect. Gen. 3,18. Hos. 10,8.  Syr. [5939 
for Gr. τρήϑολοι Heb. 6, 8, and for axav- 
Poa Matt. 7, 16. 

BF πὶ. (for bins, r. "93 no. 2,) pr. 
bright sunny region, hence the south, 
the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42, 
12 sq. Ecc. 1,6. Poet. for the south wind, 
Job 37, 17.—Opp. 7i5¥ region covered 
with darkness, the north, comp. Hom. 
πρὸς "He τ ᾿Πέλιόν τε, and πρὸς ζόφον. 

INF m. but fem. Ps. 84, 4. Β. “33. 

1. Pr. swift flight, a wheeling, a gyra- 
tion; hence concer. for a bird which flies 
in circles, wheels in gyrations, according 
to the Heb. intpp. the swallow ; in the 
other member is "12% ἃ sparrow. Ac- 
cording to the ancient versions a turtle- 
dove, i. q. "®, which is less suited to the 
context. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2. 

2. spontaneous flow, a flowing freely 
and abundantly, comp. r. “73 no. 3. Ex. 
30, 23 ὙἼπ Ὁ myrrh flowing sponta- 
neously, q. d. pure.—Hence 

3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty. 
So > int NIP to proclaim liberty to any 
one, Is. 61,1. Jer. 34, 8. 15,17; ¢. 3 
Lev. 25, 10. "it 728 the year of lib- 
erty i. e. of the manumission of slaves, 
i. q. year of jubilee, Ez. 46, 17. 

ὍΛ Darius, pr. n. of several Me- 
dian and Persian kings. 

1. Darius the Mede, Dan. 6, 1. 9, Ls of 
whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11. 4, ἢν 
᾿Αστυάγους vids, ἕτερον δὲ κ᾿ Ὁ" τοῖς th. 

0* 


233 


“hr 

λησιν ἐκαλεῖτο ὄνομα. This was appar- 
ently Cyaxares II, the son and successor 
of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus; who 
held the empire of Media between As- 
tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was 
his colleague and viceroy, on which ac- 
count he alone is mentioned by Herodo- 
tus. See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5. 8, 
18, 27, 51, 53. V.1.5. See also Ber- 
thold’s Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this 
view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq. 
Hitzig Begriff der Kritik p. 141 sq. 

2. Darius Hystaspes, king of Persia, 
Ezra 4, 5. 5,5. Hagg. 1,1. Zech. 1, 1. 

3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh. 
12, 22. 

Nore. The genuine form of this 
name appears in the cuneiform inscrip- 
tions of Persepolis, nom. DAR Ya WUS, 
accus. DAR Ya WUM; see Lassen tiber 
ἃ. keilformigen Inschriften p. 158. Zeit- 
schr. fir ἃ. Morgenl. VI. p.9,169sq. Beer 
in Allg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. no. 5. It is com- 
pounded according to Lassen (p. 39) 
from the root darh (dary), Zend. dere, 
Sanscr. dhri,to preserve,with the afform- 
ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina- 
tive; all which accords sufficiently with 
Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the 
name by ἑρξείης, perh. coercer, con- 
servator. 


WPI Ezra 10, 6, see B45 Piel. 


* 27 fut. 3459. 


ple with the feet. 


ῷ - 
Kindred are 373, cD ieee (δὲ) a way, 


Gr. τρέχω; and of the same family are 
also B25, (wd, pr. to rub, beat, pound ; 
and from the occidental languages tero, 
δρέμω, trappen, treten, to track, to tread ; 
in all which the initial letters or sounds 
tr imitate the sound of the foot planted 
firmly upon the ground, espec. as in 
stamping any thing in pieces, T'Re Ten, 
zertreten, Engl. to TReaD.—Spec. a) 
2B 23 Job 24, 11, or ma, ria, Lam. 1, 

15. τὴ 63. 2, to tread the bine-press, etc. 

i.e. in Seder to crush the fruit and 
express the wine or oil. Also 1 773 
Bap Is. 16, 10, mt 373 Mic. 6, 15, and 
simpl. 43 to tread 56. the grapes, ete. 
Judg. 9,27. Jer. 25,30. Metaph. of ene- 
mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3; 


1. to tread, to tram- 
Syr. and Chald. id. 


ΤΊ 
and so also Judg. 5, 21 15. ἌΦΕΣ ἜΞΩ O 
my soul, thou didst tread down strength 
i.e. the mighty. Ὁ) ΓῸΡ 475 ¢o tread 
a bow, i. 6. to bend a bow by placing the 
foot upon it, as is usually done when the 
bow is strong and stiff, comp. Arrian. 
Ind. 10. Diod. Sic. 3.8. So Ps. 7, 13. 
11, 2. 37, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 8, 40. 2 Chr. 
14, 7. Is. 5, 28. al. Trop. and without 
reference to the origin of the phrase, 
m.sM 373 to bend the arrows i.e. to fit 
the arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8. 
64, 4. 

2. Spec. to tread a way or place, by 
going or walking upon it, entering into 
it; hence fo tread in or upon, to walk, to 
enter a place, Mic. 5,4; ina place, c. 3 
Deut. 11, 24. 25. Joab. 1,3. 14,9. Is. 59, 
8: 6. acc. Job 22, 15; b> 1 Sam. 3,0; 
c. 12 to tread forth out "ἢ a place, to come 
forth, Num. 24,17. 52 3475 is also to 
tread upon, to walk or go upon any ee 
Job 9, 8. + 91, 13. 

Hiru. Be of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to fate go, walk. 15. 11, 15 
wrbsr2 09} ‘cia We tall snake them 
tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in 
-shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely 
wet. With 3, to cause to tread ina 
way, to lead, to guide ; Ps. 107,7 63°97" 
wD? WITS he caused them to go in a 
right way, he led them forth in a right 
‘way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4, 
at. Pe. 25, 5 ANN. "22°77 cause me to 
walk (lead me) in thy truth. v. 9. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing- 
‘floor, i. e. to tread out the grain, Jer. 51, 
.83; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2 
SRY chop opwo-my sss they bend 
(tread down) their tongues, as their bow, 
for lies.—A\so i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a 
way, to walk in it, poet. c. acc. Job 28, 8. 


oF 

3. i. gq. Arab. ὥ το! and Syr. Aph. to 
itread upon, i.e. to overtake in pursuing, 
vc. ace. Judg. 20, 43. 

Deriv. 3772 and the two following: 


ΠΤ i. q. WI, way, only in the Dual 
‘DMS Opy perverse in his double way, 
spoken of a double-tongued deceitful 
‘person. Prov. 28, 6. 18. 


773 comm. gend. (τη. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 


f. Ezra 8, 21,) 6. suff. 9253, plur. 5°33 
constr. Ἀπ, R, 21. 


234, 


ΤΊ 

1. Pr. the act of treading, walking, 
going ; agoing. way, journey ; 6. get ney 
ἘΠῚ; ποιεῖσϑαι ὧδόν, to make one’s way 
Judg. 17,8, and 373 52h to go one’s way 
Prov. 7, 19, i. e. to be on one’s way, to 
journey. 1K. 18, 27 5. 573 πὸ ἃ way 
is to him, i. e. he is journeying ; or perh. 
he is gone out, is away from home. 9% 
pi" a day’s journey 1 K. 19, 4 ; see Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr I. p.161. nee ΔῈ 
pwn" three days’ journey Gen. 30, 36, 
comp. 31, 23. Ex, 5, 3. 

2. a way, path, ‘ δός, in which one 
treads, goes; very freq. So 3779 ὉΣ by 
the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3. 
Also 323 7721. to go (by) a way, comp. 
Engl. the way he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg. 
2,17; and after other verbs of going, 
Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. a) With 
genit. of place, it is i. q. the way leading 
to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage 
Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197. ἘΣ. g. 73 973 
the way fo the tree Gen. 3,24; 2189 "293 
Prov. 7,27; comp. Gen. 16, 7. 35, 19. 
38, 14. Ex. 13,17. Rarely another word 
is interposed, as Hos. 6, 9 3M#79 473 
7329 they murder in the way to Shechem. 
In the Accus. it approaches to the force 
of a preposition, the way to, i. q. towards ; 
6. g. DININ Ἢ, towards the south, F273 
Mzibx towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2. 
40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut. 1,19 we passed 
through the desert...°7 237 ΠῚ ἢ to- 
wards the mountain of the Amorites. Ὁ) 
With genit. of pers. the way of any one, 
i. e. the way by which he is wont to go 
or pass, 6. g. 5230 WII the king’s way, 
i.e. the public highway, military road, 
Num. 20, 17. 21, 22; comp. ἢ ὁδὸς βασι- 
ληΐα Herod. 5.53, §297> 52m te go on 
in one’s way, to proceed on one’s journey 
by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32, 3. 
Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2,16. pusn->> 923 
the way of all the earth i. e. of all man- 
kind, the way to Sheol, 1 K. 2, 2. Josh. 
23, 14.—Sometimes it includes a whole 
region or district in or through which a 
way passes; Is, 8, 23 DS WII the way 
i.e. region of the sea, the coast of the sea 
of Galilee. 

3. a way, i. 6. course, mode, manner, in 
which one walks, lives, which one follows; 


5. 1 a 
like Gr. 6605, Arab. Sayb, ai 


2 


Eth. <7, 4b, 10°H, Germ. einen 
Gang nehmen.—Gen. 19, 31 “52 712 
ΝΠ after the manner of all the earth, 

ofall mankind. Spec. a) wayof living, 
acting, one’s walk, conduct, life. Prov. 

12,15 32°22 WH SN WT the way of a 
Sool is right in his own eyes. Ps. 107,17 
UB FI sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 "7 
277 the fruit of their ways, the good or 
evil resulting from their own conduct. 

1 Sam. 18, 14 and David acted wisely 
"92777525. Often the figure of a way 
is retained, comp. Bi no. 2; 772 727, 

, ΓΒ 72773, to walk in the way of any one, 
to imitate his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22, 

43. 2 K. 22, 2, 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21, 12. 22, 3. 
Also 397 °397, 477, spoken of men, a 
way or conduct which Jehovah approves, 
and in which men ought to walk, Ps. 5, 9." 
27,11. 25,4; spoken of God, his mode of 
acting, agency, Ps, 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4; 
spec. of the creation, as the effect of the 
agency, operation of God, Prov. 8,22 71m" 
{DTI MK ΣΡ Jehovah created me the 
beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling 
of his agency, work. Plur. ways of God, 

i. e. his works, Job 26, 14. 40, 19 [14]. 

b) way of ΩΝ ἐν God, ayer 


religion ; comp. UT ἀμ 


Pers. st), ὅδός Act 19, 9.23. So tie’ 


8,14 saci--N2 373 the way of Beer-sheba, 
i.e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 38> 973 
idol-way, idolatry ; ibid. dis ΠῚ the 
way of old, i.e. the fathers’ way, the 
true and genuine worship ; comp. "2°38 
nbis Jer. 18,15. 0) Sometimes pass- 
ive, way, manner of one’s experience, 
i. e. lot, how it goes with any one. 73 
pms after the manner, lot, of Egypt, 
Is. 10, 24. Ps. 37,5 4B93 7 ἘΣ D535 com- 
mit thy way, lot, fate, unto Jehovah. So, 
retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23. 
Amos 2, 7. 


ΤΩΣ m. Ezra 2, 69. Neh. 7, 70-72, 
a daric, a Persian gold coin, i. q. }1D97R 
ἐς. v. from which however it differs perh. 
in its origin, being i. q. Pers. ybstyfo 
bow of Darius, as bearing the image of 
an archer. 

poo i. q. pt21 Damascus, 1 Chr. 
18,5. 6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri- 
asm resolved into ". 


"2385 on 


* 
37 Chald. i. q. Heb. 24% the arm, 
Dan. 2, 32.—Hence 7798, "2778. 


5 pr. ἢ, see 3777. 


* P77 obsol. root, Chald. i. q. PY to 
strew, to scatter ; Arab. V5) to hasten. 
—Hence 


ΤΡ pr. n. m. Darkon, Ezra 2, 56. 


ὴ man an onomatopoetic root, not in 
use, imitating the sound of swift rotary 
motion, like Engl. to drill, to twirl, to 
whirl ; comp. kindr. 793 and the roots 
there quoted ; also τόργος, τοργεύω, 
Germ. dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl. 
to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle, 


8 s- 8 
815 a spindle, ye a woman turning 
her spindle.-—Hence in Hebrew: 

1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight ; 
whence 7773 the swallow, so called from 


its gyrations. Also to run swiftly ina 
circle, as a horse, comp. "33; whence 


eee. 


idea of swift motion comes the sense 
2. to glance, to sparkle, to radiate. 


: 255 a fleet horse-——From the 


8.» Ss» 
Hence Ss)? radiant star, "7, 550 a 
pearl, (although this might ‘also be so 
called from its roundness,) and 5173 for 
pins bright region.—Also 

3. to flow out like ray to spout, as 


milk, Sista rain; Arab. 55 ap. Gol. no. 
1-3, Ἢ abundance of milk. Hence to 


flow freely, spontaneously, see “i773 no. 
2,3. Trop. to grow luxurianily, exube- 
rantly, as a plant; hence "373. 


* O77 fat. ὍΣ, pr. Lat. ferere, to 
rub with the hands ; to stamp, to tread 
with the feet, like Syr. #39 to tread or 


beat a path, Arab. (wy to rub, to beat, 
to thresh ; trop. terere-libros, i. 6. to use 
books, to study. The kindred roots are 
collected under F773, all having the 
common idea of treading. The letter” 
being softened into a vowel, there comes 
from this root the biliteral 533; comp. 
Germ. dreschen, Engl. to thresh, Belg. 
dérschen, low Germ. déschen.—Hence in 
Hebrew: 


wT 

1. Pr. to tread a place, i. ὁ. to go or 
come to it, to frequent, c. acc. 2 Chr. 1, 5. 
Amos 5, 5; 6. 58 Deut. 12, 5. Part. 
pass. ΓΝ a city “frequented, celebrat- 
ed, Is. 62, 12.—The signif. of going or 
coming to a place or person, is also 
transferred to express the ideas of seek- 
tng, inquiring, demanding, and also car- 
ing for ; hence the following: 

2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34, 6; c. 
ace. of thing, Ley. 10, 16; > Job 10, 6; 
ἽΠΙΝ to search after Job 39, 8.—Chiefly 
in the phrase Hins-My WH Engl. Vers. 
to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have 
recourse to him for aid, by prayer, etc. 
(Often coupled with synon. wpa q. v. 
no. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis- 
ease DXNDND 9D Minx WITNd he 
sought not the Lord (implored not his 
aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29. 
Ps, 34, 5. 88,34. Lam. 3,25. al. sep. Of 
ten of the pious who habitually invoke 
God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 14, 2. Is. 
58, 2; mint "WF seekers of God, his 
pious worshippers, Ps. 9, 11. 22,7. 34, 
11. 4]. Sometimes with sb-bo2 Ps, 109, 
2. 10. 2 Chr. 22,8. Also in the ater 
Hebrew with >, as min°> tt 1 Chr. 
22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2. 
6, 21. Once swith bx Job 5, $.-Spe- 
ken also rarely of false pede of whom 
their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25, 
15. 20. Jer. 8,2; with > Deut. 12, 30.— 
Part. pass. Ps. 111, 2 the works of the 
Lord are great, pmsen-bsb pruany 
sought out of all those delighting there- 
in, i. e. sought and obtained of God by 
their prayers. 

3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, 
to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17, 
4,9, With acc. of pers. or thing about 
or into which one inquires ; 2 Chr. 32, 31 
ΤΕ ΘΙ Ὁ 19. fo inquire concerning the 
miracle. 1 Chr. 28,9 "5 ΘΔ misg>->2 
Jehovah inquireth into “all hearts, ie. 
examines, searches them; also with > 
2 Sam. 11,3; ἘΞ 2 Chr. 31,9. Ece. 1, 13. 
Spec. fo inquire of any one, to ask an 
oracle, to consult, e. g. God, c. acc. Gen. 
25,22, Ex. 18,15. 2K. 22,13; also idols, 
magicians, with 3, pr. to inquire at or of 
any one, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 2 K. 1, 2. 1 Chr. 
10, 14; Ἐπ, pr. to go'with i inquiry to any 
one, Is. 8, 19. 19, 3, Deut. 18,11; > Ez. 
14,7; "7 "BD 532 out of the book of 


236 


on 

Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by or 
through whom one inquires of God, is 
put with 029 1 K. 14,5, το Ὁ 2 Κ. 3, 11. 
8,8, 3 Ez. 14,7; eng. 1K; Lic. the wife 
of werucien comnth τον ἩΞΣ M3 WIT 
m}3 to ask an oracle of thee concerning 
her son. 

4. to ask for, to demand, to require, 
with acc. of thing and ἸΏ, ἘΣ of pers. 
Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22 Mic. 6, 8. Absol. 
to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 At 
ἰπἰλὶ περ Σ let them beg far frais the 
desolations of their home. Also to re- 
quire or demand back, with 372 Ez, 
34, 10; and hence by tool. to avenge, 
to punish, absol. Ps. 10, 4 79 53 God 
will not punish. v. 13. Deut. 18, 19.— 
Spec, 322, O32 23 Ws to require blood 
Srom or at the hand of any one, i. e. to 
punish bloodshed, to avenge murder, 
(comp. 5 8.) Gen. 9, 5. 42, 22. Ez. 33, 
6. Ps. 9, 13. 

5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto, 
to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp. 
ux? to apply oneself, to study, Eth. 


RZfi to compose a book with study.— 
Εἰ. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1, 
17. 16,5; good Am. 5, 14; the divine 
law Ps. 119,45. 1Chr. 28,8. Ὁρῶ wos, 
Ἔ ΓΞ “Ἢ, to seek the good, the welfare 
of any one Deut. 23,7. Ezra 9,12; ws 
> pibwd Jer. 33,4; ΣᾺ tay Ps, 38, 
13. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 ard vas she 
applieth herself to wool, ete. —Hence, 
to care for, to take care of any thing; 
comp. no. land 78. Deut. 11,12 γὴὰς 
AMS ἢ TIS ἼΩΝ a ‘land which Jehovah 
careth for. Job 3, 4. Ps, 142, 5. Ez. 34, 
8; c. > Ps. 112, 5. Jer. 30, 14.17; by 
2 Chr. 24, 6. 

Nien. 772, infvabsol. ΘΝ for Bay 
Ez. 14,3; 1 fut. So3x. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to let come to 
oneself, to grant access to any one, with 
>; hence of God, to hear and answer 
nity one, to listen to his prayer. Ez. 14,3 
tn coor weaxn should I listen unto 
them? i.e. to their prayer. 20, 3. 31. Is. 
65, 1 souey NOS ΕΘ 7 have listened 
unto those that asked not. So with 
aceus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37; 
comp. M32 ὁ. acc. to bestow. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be sought out, 
mustered, i. q. "28, 1 Chir. 26, 31. 


Rw" 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 4, to be required, 
e. g. blood, Gen. 42, 22. 

Pret inf. Bins Ezra 10, 16, if the 
reading be genuine, for Win4, comp. 
under r. 533 no. 1. 

Deriv. O779. 


Ὑ NUT to sprout, to spring up ; hence 
to be green, Joel 2, 22.—Kindr. is Arab. 


“-- 9. 
ω»ϑ59; whence Mos sprouts from the 
earth, 

Hipu. to cause to sprout, to bring forth 


herbage, 6. g. the earth Gen. 1,11; comp. 
x "sin v. 4.—Hence 


NWT m. the first shoots from the earth, 
tender grass, young herbage, Gr. χλόη (so 
Sept. five times), Is. 66,14; as clothing 
the meadows Deut. 32, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4; 
as the choice food of beasts Job 6, 5. 
RUA PT greenness of the herbage, green 
herbage, Ps. 37, 2.—Diff. from ΣΤ ripe 
grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25. 
Ps. 104, 14; and also from 23 an herb 
full grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11. 
12. Chald. nyn3, Syr. transp. 1192, 
Zab. Lad}. 


2 2 to bé or become fat, Deut. 31, 


20. Arab. μανῷ id. Ὁ and j being in-. 


terchanged. 

Piet 1. to make fat, marrowy, 6. g. 
the bones. Prov. 15, 30 niu ngrau 
EEs"jEIN good news maketh the bones 
fat, ᾳ. ἃ. fills them with marrow, gives 
strength.—Hence also to anoint, Ps. 
23, 5. 

2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps. 
90, 4 mw FNdis1 and pronounce fat 
thy burnt-offering, i. e. regard it favour- 
ably, accept it. For m= parag. comp. 
1 Sam. 28, 15.—Kimchi here takes it as 
denom. from j®%, comp. no. 3, i. 6. to 
reduce to ashes sc, by fire from heaven, 
comp. 1 K. 18, 24. 36. 

3. Denom. from 4%, to cleanse from 
ashes, to take away ashes, Ex. 27, 3. 
Num, 4, 13. 

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be made fat, 
spoken of the ground moistened with 
blood Is. 34,7; of men Prov. 11, 25, 13, 
4. 28, 25, where it is metaph. i. q. to be- 
come rich.—Trop. to be satiated, abun- 
dantly satisfied, Prov. 13, 4 ΠΧ ΘῈ) 


237 ΓΗ 


WIN the desire of the diligent shall be 
abundantly satisfied. 28, 5. 

Hornp. j£35 for j¥INN to be smeared 
with fat, e. g. a sword, Is. 34, 6. 

The derivatives here follow. 


121 adj. fat, comp. 29. 1. rich, 
Fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23. 

2. full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15. 

3. rich, opulent, Ps. 22,30. Comp. 73%. 


103 m. c. suff. "205. 1. fatness, fat, 
Judg.9,9. Meton. of fat food, 1. 6. sump- 
tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14. 
Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps, 65, 12. 

2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic- 
tims consumed upon the altar, Lev. 1, 
16. 4, 12. 6, 3.4. 1K. 13,3; also from 
corpses burned, Jer. 31,40. Diff. from 
ΕΝ q. v.—Ashes were also used by the 
ancients, as by us, for fattening i.e. ma- 
nuring the soil; see Plin. 17. 9. 


HJ f. constr. ΤῊΣ, plur. constr. "My, a 
word of the later Hebrew; see note. 

1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de- 
cree, Ezra 8, 36. Esth. 1, 8. 2,8. 3, 14. 

2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3, 
8. 4,11.15. Here too we may refer the 
difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 τ Oy 2" 
2b at his (Jehovah’s) right hand fire 
a law to them sc. the Israelites, where 
we may understand perhaps the pillar 
of fire guiding their way in the desert. 
Others render: a fire of law, referring it 
to the law as given in fire. Vulg. lex 
ignea, Engl. Vers. fiery law. 

Norse. The origin of this word is 
doubtful. Many regard it as Persian, 
comparing δῇ right, justice, from the 
verb wolfe daden, to give, to publish, 
to command, coll."3m3. But it may be 
Semitic, for m3, from τ. 9717 to throw, 
to cast, perhaps also to point out,. to 
teach, like the synon. 1; hence pr. a 
pointing out, concr. one who points out, 
a guide, leader, as in Deut. 1. c. theni.q. 
nym law, mandate. _ 


M3 Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree, Dan. 
2, 9. 13. 15. 

2. a law, collect. laws, law, Dan. 6, 9. 
13.16, πῖξῷ “I NM the law of God, Ezra 
7, 12. 21. 

3. divine law, i. q. religion, system of 
faith and worship. Dan. 6,6 mm>y N73 
in his religion, comp. 7, 25.—So the 


AMT 


Rabbins call the Christian and Moham- 
medan religions. 


NIT Chald. st. emph. ΠΤ, i.q. Heb. 
RUS, tender grass, young herbalve, Dan. 
4, 12. 20. 

“203 Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only 
plur. emph. δέ ΒΤ, Dan. 3, 2. 3, skilled 
in the law, judges ; compounded from 
ms law, and the ending "3, "; ; comp. 
ἴῃ ἌΞΙΆ. In Pehlvi sicctoniben’’ is “ judge, 
Pers. ylfoto lawyers. 


He, x, the fifth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its 
original figure represented perhaps a 
lattice or window, and the same seems 
to be expressed by the word 8h lo! see! 
Compare the German Hah, a garden- 
window opening upon a prospect. See 
Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13. 

As a guttural, ™ holds a middle place 
between the softer & and the harsher 
m.—lt is interchanged with &, see p. 1; 
rarely with ΤΙ, as ὙΠ}, «σις; 733, 33, 
etc. Not unfrequently also 4, as the mid- 
dle letter of a root, is softened into Vav 
quiescent ; although in the present state 
of the Semitic languages, the harder 
form with © is more frequent in the later 
dialects. Comp. Bia, Aram. M13, 2a0 


ἀθὴξ ὃν» 
to be ashamed; "45, .95 age; drm, 
ἘΣ to circumcise ; "A2, “12 to shine ; 
τὴ as to run. 


43,53, 3, 1. Pron. demonstrative, 


this, Lat. hic, hec, hoc; like ὃ, ἧ, to in 
inter and bing in Herodotus. So 


‘= 
salt, this day, i. e. 
to-day ; S28M this time Ex.9,27; m>%bn 
this night Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. pin 
on a day, at a time, pr. at this time, 
about this time.—Rarely : a) Prefixed 
to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6, 22 
FMS HITZ HG Wx chose whom 
thou hast taken ‘captive with thy sword 
and with thy bow. Ὁ} Or it stands itself 
in the place of the relative, and is then 


in the forms 5°", ex 


238 ay) 


pat (two cisterns, dual of Talm. ns 
a cistern, r. Mt") Gen. 37, 17, contracted 
77 2 K. 6, 13, comp. Lehrg. p. 536; 
Dothain, Dothan, pr. n. of a place in the 
north of Samaria. Gr. Jwdoiu Judith 
4,6. 7,18; “ωταΐα 3, 9. 


ἼΠΞ (perh. fontanus, from ΤῊ i. q. ms 
a well, see in 5) Dathan, pr. n. of 
one of: the conspirators with Korah, 
Num. 16, 1. 26,9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106, 
17. 


prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in 
the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefs 
of the warriors ‘ire xi2>nm who had 
gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels 
ἜΣ ΣΤ, qben yon which the king 
and his ministers had offered. 10,14.17. 
1 Chr. 26, 28. 29,17. Dan. 8, 1.—In like 


os ¥ 
manner Arab. Jf for sdf is put before 


verbs and prepositions; see De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe I. § 793.—Hence 

2. As the definite article, Engl. the, 
like Gr. 6, ἢ, τό, in the insertion or omis- 
sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks 
and also the English and Germans fol- 
low similar laws, for which see the 
usual grammars, e. g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq. 
Heb. Gramm. § 107 sq. One topic how- 
ever, which has latterly been much 
discussed, although superficially and 
carelessly, as is usual where the deduc- 
tions are made from a few examples, it 
will .be proper here to consider, and to 
give the result of recent and careful 
investigations. See Winer’s Lex. p. 239. 
Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb. 
Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised: 
Whether the definite article is used 
indefinitely? This is wholly denied by 
some, and affirmed by others. The 
true answer is, that the definite article 
cannot indeed be rightly said to stand 
indefinitely ; but yet the Hebrew con- 
ceives and expresses many things defi- 
nitely, which in Greek, German, En- 
glish, French, are expressed without 
the article. Just as the modern lan- 


! 


guages differ much in this respect among 
themselves ; and espec, the French lan- 
guage by a peculiar idiom inserts the 
article before very many words, which 
in English and German do not admit of 
it. Thus in French it is said correctly ; 
nous aurons aujourd’hui la pluie, soyez 
le bien venu, il a la mémoire bonne, Ves- 
prit inquiet; in all which phrases the 
idiom of the English and German does 
not tolerate the definite article. The 
Hebrew usage in this respect may be 
reduced to certain classes ; which how- 
ever for the most part all flow from the 
one principle, that the article is prefixed 
to things well known. Apollon. de Synt. 
1. 6 τὸ ἄρϑρον προὐφεστῶσαν γνῶσιν δη- 
λοῖ, et ibid. ἄρϑρον, οὗ ἐξαίρετός ἐστιν ἢ 
ἀναφορά, comp. 2.3 ἰδίωμα ἀναφορᾶς προ- 
κατειλεγμένου προσώπου δεύτερα γνῶ- 
σις. See the excellent remarks of Har- 
ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1—Hence, in 
a manner differing from English usage, 
the article is put: 

a) Before nouns which denote objects 
and classes or species of things which 
are known to all; such as j8237, 333, 
O27, o72n. Gen. 13, 2 Abraham was 
very rich 3573 5932 3732. Deut. 14, 
26 and thou shalt lay out that money yf 
§3U3) 153} ἸΝΒΞῚ ἼΡ33, Ex. 31, 4 
535) ama mivs> io work in gold anid 
silver. Lam. 4,2 193 B°Ndoy. Is. 1, 22 
wine B™22 bana. Ex. 2, 3 and daubed 
ἐξ (the ark or skiff’) ΓΕΪΞῚ WITD with 
bitumen and pitch. 2 K.9,30 393 sum 
ΤΡῚΣ she put her eyes in paint, painted 
them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40, 19. 43, 24. 

Comp. Heb. Gramm. ὃ 107. n. 1. 

- Ἐ) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. τὸ 
πολιτικόν, τὸ ἱππικύν, espec. before the 
names of virtues and vices; comp. Fr.‘la 
modestie convient ala jeunesse, la super- 
stition engendre Verreur,” where Engl. 
omits the article, So ΡΞ 7M Jer. 23, 
14, comp. 51, 19. 16, 4.5. Is, 29,21. Prov. 
25, 5 i802 ΟΊΝΞ jiD7. Yet freq. in such 
cases the article is omitted, Also before 
words signifying evils and calamities; 
6. 5. NSB2 ΓΗ to perish of thirst Is, 41, 
17, 50, 2.. Judg. 15, 18; ΘΛ τι blind- 
ness (which in Engl. is indefinite, though 
we too say the plague, the small-pox), 
Gen. 19, 11 he smote them De y3e2. Is. 
45, 16. ΠᾺ535 12313 ἜΤΗ i.e. into. dis- 


Π 239 n 


grace, shame; comp. 32, 19 >3wn n>awz 
ΣΙ into (the) lowness sinks the city. 
46, 2 2>r 73W2 ὈώΞ). 47,5 ἼΦΓΙΞ "Na, 
comp. 60, 2. 

c) The most frequent use of the article 
in this manner is after 2, the particle of 
comparison; since a thing can properly 
be compared only with what is presup- 
posed to be well known. See Heb, Gram, 
δ 107. n.1.a. Comp. in Engl. ‘ quick as 
the bird in the air, as the fish in the water; 
white as the driven snow.’ So 5822 Is, 
53,6. Ps. 49,15; me Is. 53,7; "p22 11, 
7. 65, 25. Job 40, 15; 73%2 Is. 1, 18. 51, 
8; ΜῊΝ 70017,8. 14,2; a2, sbin, as 
the coccus, as crimson, Is. 1, 18. How 
very widely this usage is extended, is 
apparent from the following examples 
taken from the single book of Isaiah: 
5,24 030) paz. v.25 MmID2. v.23 "BP 
and 5302, comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4, 13. Is, 
10, 14 123. 13, 8 M7212 (and so always 
in this word, Ps, 48,7. Is. 42, 14. Jer. 6, 
24. 30, 6. 49, 24. Mic. 4, 9. 10). 14, 17 
"272 (comp. 27, 10. Jer. 9,11. Hos. 2, 
5). 22,18 392 as the ball, comp. 29, 3. 
24, 20 9} like the drunkard, etc. see 
30, 17.29. 34,4. 35,6, 38,14. 41,15. 42, 
13. 43,17. 44,22. Here it is to be noted, 
that the article is mostly omitted before 
the noun or object of comparison, when- 
ever this is rendered definite by an adjec- 
tive or in any other way ; comp. }22 Is, 
10, 14, but Mbt A2 16,2; pisD Ps. 1,4, 
but 723 γὼ5 Is: 29, 5; πρῶ >m22 30, 28 ; 
ata mmpx> Ex. 16, 31. Add bang 
and ἼῺΝ “by bros Ps. 131, 3; also Is, 17, 
13. 24, 13. 28, 4. 29, 4. 

The following usages with the article 
are more commonly known: 

d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p. 
653. Heb. Gr. § 107. 1. 

e) Sometimes the article is put before 
a noun which more accurately would be 
made definite by a suffix; comp. De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe II. § 482.1; as when a 
German woman calls her husband κατ 
ἐξοχήν, the husband; or a servant his 
master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 [2729 
myw2n for inqva, which the Engl. Vers, 
expresses 5 V. 2 aneen for inne. So 
too is prob. to be explained ΠΈΣ Is. 7, 
14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. and 
Grotius, I understand as for "M252. 

After this exposition it is hardly ne- 


» 


nm 240 χ 


cessary to repeat, that every noun which 
has the article, is, and ought to be taken 
as, definite and demonstrative. As to the 
examples which we have elsewhere cited 
in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 655, they may be explained as follows: 
1 Sam. 17,34 7987 the lion, as the known 
and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. # 
λύχος John 10, 12, Arab. dl, J 
Ex. 2,15 7835 the well of' that mt 
Num. 11, 27 "3:0 the young man, i. e. 
the servant, minister ; and so Gen. 14, 13 
ὌΡΕΙ the fapitivd: the only one who 
escaped. δ Sam. 17, 8 lo, Tam the Phi- 
you to single cot Bait So in Is. 66, 3 
553 539 nw Nit Ox N22 Wien ond. 
Here it may be asked why the words 
“id, mw, take the article, while ΘΝ and 
sb> omit it. The reason is, that the 
slaughterers of oxen and sheep really 
existed and could be pointed out by the 
writer as with the finger; but homicides 
and sacrificers of dogs are here only 
supposed, for the sake of comparison ; 
the ox-slaughterer is as a homicide, etc. 
—The precept is also correctly given 
by Grammarians, that the predicate of 
a sentence does not take the article; 
comp. χαλεπὰ τὰ καλά and τὰ χαλεπὰ 
καλά. See Heb. Gr. § 108. 3. 

Nore 1. The vowels with which Π 
is to be written, may be specified as 
follows: 

a) Commonly before letters not gut- 
tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag. 
forte, ΘΕ Π. 

b) The gutturals do notadmit Dagesh 
forte, and before them ΓΤ therefore takes 
different vowels; e.g. α) Before καὶ, 
which wholly rejects all duplication, the 
Patah is every where prolonged into 
Kamets, as (3947, T9874, PINT, ONT. 
So also before ", as 539, 52°90; and 
often also before > and 4, as "IN, ΣΙ, 
f) On the other hand the harsher gut- 
turals 5 and ΠῚ admit a certain degree of 
duplication, although no Dagesh forte is 
marked in them by the Grammarians ; 
(just as Germ. sicher, verglichen, are pro- 
nounced almost as if with double ch ;) 
and the syllable being therefore more 
acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as 
xinn, Sinn. Butsee nevertheless "17 
Gen. 6,19. y) But whenever the gut- 


tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over 
into Segol, according to the general rule, 
Heb. Gram. § 27. n. 2.b. So espec. be- 
fore Τ, as winn, 7H, ann, mm, 

Before 7 = and 3 in monosyliables the 
vowel is Kamets, (see above in «,) as 
“3, 5371; and Segol stands only in dis-_ 
syllables or trisyllables, where the tone 
is thrown forward towards the end, as 
pwn (although "), F205, NAN, 

Fen, ὭΣΤ. 

Nore 2. Corresponding to the Heb. 
article in the kindred languages are: 
a) Phenician δὲ, more rarely 5, once 58; 
see eng 5 Pid: p- 4357. b) Ara- 


die it, rarely and in the wee tongue 


(hs, kindr. with Heb. δὲς, mb. Many 
grammarians suppose therefore that -Π 


oF 
comes from ἘΠῚ i. gq. δὲς, Jf; and this 
not without reason, compare “tt the 


ὦ Ἔ 
sun, Arab. (oot pron. esh-Shems. 
On the other hand, it cannot be denied, 
that the pure syllable ha has the same 
demonstrative power; as in Chald. "5, 
TT; ba, Arab. {so ; and this sylla- 
ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source 
of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in 
ΘῈΣ arises in the same way as in πὶ 
for ΤΙΣ, ἘΞΞῸ for o25-m2. See Zeit- 
schr. f. ἃ. "Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 449. 


i, -, ri, for the origin and use of 
which Sientts ἐδὲ the note pews Adv. of 


interrogation, like Arab. 1, a prefix put 
before the first word of a canes, and apo- 
copated from the fuller > (Deut. 32, 6 
in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see 


Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. ὧϑ. 

1. In simple and direct interrogation, 
i. 4. Lat. -ne? Job 2, 3 “by Ἴ25 meth 
ΞῚΝ "F323 hast thou observed my servant 
Job? Ex. 10, 7. 33, 16. ete. a) The in- 
terrogation is often so put as torequire a 
negative answer; and then the question 
itseif has the force of a negative, i. q. 
Lat.num? Gen, 4, 9 "338 "ny "BBN am 
I my brother’s keeper? i.e. 1 am not his 
keeper. Job 14, 14 F775 "3, mao oN 
if a man die, shall he live again? i.e. he 
shall not revive. 8, 11. 21,22. Comp, 
Job 23, 6. 36, 19, where the negative an- 
swer is given by the speaker. A strik- 


n 241 


ing example is 2 Sam. 7, 5 423m Hasyn 
ma ">, which in 1 Chr. 17, 4 is express- 
ed without interrogation in the negative, 
Ἢ mmx NX>. Ὁ) Sometimes the inter- 
rogation seems to have an affirmative 
force, equivalent to a negative question 
in Engl. Job 20, 4 ὭΣ MX knowest 
thou (not) this? Ez. 20,30. Elsewhere 
NOM is put in the same sense ; comp. Gr. 

7 γάρ; andy γὰρ οὔ; for is not? and Lat. 
~ne for nonne? see also Heusinger ad 
Οἷς. Off. 3.17. 0) In disjunctive ques- 
tions, where the latter clause is preceded 
by ὌΝ and 583, see above on p. 61; 6, g. 
ὈΝ ---ἰ utrum?—an? more rarely iR—A 
Job 16, 3. But in the poetical books 
OX— and SXI—F are frequently em- 
ployed, where two questions expressing 
the same or a like sense in different 
words, follow one another in poetic par- 
allelism, i. q. num—an? num—et? (not 
utrum—an?) though even here there 
is a sort of disjunctive relation, which 
however lies more in the words than in 
the sense. Job 4,17 pax) A>R2 DAN 
“3h WO" ss. CN, comp. 6, 5. 6. 8, 2 
10, “4.5. 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence | in wash 
parallélism, the sebond member is often 
preceded merely by the simple copula, 
as 11 Job 6, 26. 10, 3. 13, 7. 15, 7. 8. 
11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and 
even the copula is omitted 22, 4. 

2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
(comp. ἘΝ Β. 2,) after verbs of proving, 
trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Deut. 8, 2. 
13,4; of seeing, Ex. 4,18. Gen.8,8. In 
a disjunctive proposition, followed by 58 
Gen. 18, 21; or, Num. 13, 18 and see 
the land and the people, 9297 RAN PInn 
STON NIM VII whether they be strong 
or weak, whether few or many. So too 
in—n Bee. 2, 19. 

Prefixed to other particles, as ΝΠ, 
see DN; "SM, see %D; NdM, see ND. 

Nore. As to the Vowels: under 5, the 
following may be noted: 8) Before let- 
ters not guttural, and which have not 
Sheva simple, the interrogative 7 takes 
the Hhateph-Patah, as 51, hmmm; the 
vividness of interrogation causing it to 
be made still shorter than in the de- 
monstrative ‘1. Ὁ) Rarely it takes the 


same form as the Article, as 22°" Ley. 


10,19. Ecc. 3,21; mostly before letters 
with Sheva simple, as 133 Gen. 17, 17. 
; 21 


55 


18, 21. 37, 32. ὁ) So too it sometimes 
coincides with the Art. in form before 
gutturals, as 72x. ἃ) Also before 
gutturals with Kamets, as "2287, PI. 


NF Chald, interj. lo! behold! Dan. 3, 
25. Syr. In, Arab. L@ id. 


87] Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23. 
Ez. 16, 43. Chald. pleon. Dan. 2, 43 


"13 NF lo as, etc. So Syr. {x often. 


FN interject. onomatopoet. of joy, 
rejoicing, aha! Lat. eja! Is. 44, 16. 
Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene- 
my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3. 


=f] imperat. of the verb 3m q. v. 


D337 m. plur. Hos.8, 13, pr. gifts, 
offerings, here sacrificial, for 0°39397. 
R. 337 to give. 


δ 323 fut. dam 1, to breathe, to 
breathe out, to exhale ; for the idea of 
breathing as connected with the syllable 
an, see under 358%. Hence 53m breath, 
something vain, vanity; whence also 

2. to be or become vain, to act or speak 
vainly, i. 6. idly, foolishly. 2 K. 17, 15: 
abare) a "INN ἸΞ 55) they followed 
afier vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted 
vainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 5353 πη ΠΏ 
sbann why then do ye thus act (or speak), 
so vainly? Also to cherish vain hopes = 
Ps. 62, 11 s>arm7>s 5132 place not vain: 
hope in robbery. 

Hipn. to make vain, to seduce to vani~ 
ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16. 


227 c. suff. "bar; plur. o*>317, constr. 
“ba. 

1. a breath, breathing, e. g. of aur; a 
gentle breeze, Is. 57, 13. Vulg. well,. 
aura ; Sept. less well zata:yig.—Oftener: 
breath of the mouth, Kimchi 8xs"8 "x 


mea, Aqu. ἀτμίς, Symm. ἀτμός, which 


word in Wisd. 7, 25 the Syr. Vers. trans- 
lates Wea. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144,4.. So 
very often for any thing evanescent, 
transient, frail ; Job 7, 16.227 525 *3/for. 
my days are a ‘breath. Prov. 13, 11 jn: 


B39" ἘΞΙΤῸ wealth vanisheth more swiftly 


than abreath. Ecc. 11, 10 for childhood 
and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 302. 
Ps. 39, 6. Ecc. 1, 2. 14. 2, 12. 17.23. 4,4: 
8, 5, 9. 6, 9. al—Hence the signif: vanity,. 


ΩΣ 


i. e. something vain, empty, fruitless, 
am. 4, 17. Jer. 10, 3.8; also as Adv. in 
vain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34. 35, 16. Is. 
30,7. Ps. 39,7. Spec. of idols as things 
vain and worthless, and also of their 
worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5.—Plur. 
n°b3n vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8. 
Ps. 31, 7. Jon. 2, 9. 

2. an exhalation, vapour, mist, which 
one cannot see through ; so of an abor- 
tion, Ecc. 6, 4 for he cometh in mist and 
departeth in darkness, seen by none. 
11, 8 53h NBD all that cometh is mist, 
i. e. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14. 

3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. Ἄβελ, the second 
son of Adam, prob. so called from the 
shortness of his life. Gen. 4, 2 sq. 


227 i. q. dah no. 1, breath, hence va- 
nity, with Chald. forth πόρτα bam Ece. 
1,.2..12, 8. 


‘ oe obsol. root, i. q. {28 ; hence 


"23°] m. (stony, qs. "238 from 438 i. q. 
ἸΞΝ ἃ stone) plur. 5°235 Ez. 27, 15 Keri, 
in Cheth. 593357, ebon-avood, ebony, q. ἃ, 
stone-wood, so called from its hardness. 
This etymology is so obvious, that we 
need not look for another, much less for 
a foreign one. The Semitic name is 
preserved in the Gr. and Lat. ἔβενος, 
ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II. 
p. 141; and from the Greek it has been 
transferred back with an epenthesis into 
the Arabic and Persian, where it is 
written uel, el . The Hebrews 
use the plural, prob. because this wood 
was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex- 
portation, called by the Greeks φάλαγγες. 
Comp. 5°3258, O°x2. 


᾿ “SI to cul, to cut up, to divide out, 
i. q. Arab. Once Is. 47, 13 Keri 
ΠΩ 73h sky-dividers, i. e. astrologers, 
who divide up the heavens-for augury, 
or to take a horoscope. Sept. ἀστρολό- 
yor τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Vulg. augures cei. 
Cheth. is “Ὁ 47235 (7%8).—Others take 
"a0 as i. q. to know; and some 
again prefer’to read "93h, comparing 
W773h v. 10. 

NIT Esth. 2,3, and "37 v. 8. 15, Hege, 
Hegai, Pers. pr. Ἢ, of ἃ eunuch in the 
court of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares 

eunuch ; Monatsnamen'p. 192. 


* 


242 


rat 


Ge 
IV to 
S x heat 


* 5203 obsol. root, Arab. 
set on fire, to kindle, 


Hence 3735 .—Others, fo moan, as 735 I. 


1 ult. 


* J. ΓΙ fat. mpm 1. to murmur, 
to mutter, to growl, pr. to utter a low 
rumbling sound, nearly i. gq. 5%. Spo- 
ken of the growling of the lion over his 
prey Is. 31,4, Gr. ὑποβρυχάομαι (to roar 
is 28D , βρυχάομαι) ; also of low thunder, 
see man Job 37, 2; of the muttering of 
enchanters, see Hiphil ; ; of the low tones 
of a harp, see 71727 Ps. 9, 17. 92,4; of 
the murmuring or cooing of doves, Is. 
38, 14. 59,11; of the moaning and sigh- 
ing of men, οἰμώζειν, Is. 16,7. Jer. 48, 31. 

2. Poet. i. q. to speak. a) Absol. pr. 
to utter a sound, Ps. 115,7. δ) With 
acc. of thing, Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59, 
3. Prov. 8,7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to 
sing, to celebrate, (comp. ὍΝ.) Ps. 35, 
28 APIS Hann i> my tongue shall 
speak of (sing) thy righteousness. 71, 24. 

3. to meditate, pr. to speak with one- 
self in a low murmuring voice, as is often 
done by a person in feep meditation ; 
comp. no. 1, and 7728, 1252 928. With 
3 lo meditate in or bn. any thing, to think 
upon it ; Josh. 1, 89373 eit ia Ent 
and thou shalt ‘meditate thereon (the 
law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2. 63, 7. 77, 
13 ἼΞΣΒΤ52Ξ "3 1 meditate on all thy 
works. 148, 58. (Synon. is mw.) Prov. 
15, 28 Mizz MEM prax 55 the heart of 
the righteous meditateth what to answer. 
With acc. to think upon, to remember ; 
Is. 33, 18 M258 MEM 42> thine heart re- 
membereth the time of terror. Also ina 
bad sense, to devise, to plot ; Ps. 2, 8 
pry samt DaNd why do the nations devise 
a vain thing? i.e. attempt resistance in 
vain. Prov. 24, 2. Is. 59, 13.—Syr. Ke 
to meditate, to read by syllables ; Pa. to 
meditate, tocontemplate ; Ethpa. to read. 
Comp. Eth. 70 to murmur, to utter 
inarticulate sounds, to wre tomeditate; 


Conj. IV, to read. Arab. 35 to mutter. 
Poet inf. iam i. q. Kal no. 2, Ts. 59, 13: 
Hipn. part. plur. 5°32, the mutter- 

ers, i. 6. soothsayers muttering enchant- 

ments; or the sighing, the whimpering, 


an 


i.e. jugglers pretending to imitate the 
low thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19, 
Deriv. 7373, MN, Fah. 


Ἢ; and 5 i. q. 939 II, to be separated, 
taken away, comp. 72 and 322. Transit. 
to separate, to take away ; Prov. 25, 4 
FIRS ὉΠ) Tay separate the dross from 
the silver, where it is Inf. abs. for the 
imperat. Symm. χάϑαιρε, Vulg. aufer. 
v.5. Here too is apparently to be refer- 
red Is. 27,8 DMP HA MVEA ins Fan 
he taketh them away with his strong 
wind in the time of the east-wind. Kim- 
chi well "07. 

Nore. Maurer not unaptly explains 
the connection of this second significa- 
tion with no. I, by supposing that 735 II 
is pr. to cause lo puff or pant for breath, 
then to drive (comp. 392, ἄγω), to impel, 
Is. 27,8; and with 12, to drive off, to 
septirate, Prov. 25,4. See Maurer ad 
Prov. l. 6. 

FN) m. (Ὁ. ma 1) 1. ἃ muttering, 
growling of thunder, Job 37, 2. 

2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10. 

8, a meditation, thought, Ps. 90, 9; 
i, q. MAT. 

- HI £ (Kamets impure) meditation, 
thought, Ps. 49,4. R. man L. 


— “B7} see in 835. 


ΑΓ m. (τ. 3359) heat fervour of mind. 
Ps. 39, 4 Ox “an "77472 in my fervour 
the fire burned. Hence fervent cry, 
prayer, Ps. 5, 2.—Others, moaning. 

TPS τὰ. (τ. Hx 1) constr. F737, ¢. 
suff. "21737} Ps. 19, 15. Lam. 3, 62. 

1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci- 
thara ; comp. 77% Is. 14, 11.—Ps. 92, 4 
nisoa pian "be ‘with the murmur of the 
harp, with its ‘murmuring tones; Sept. 
pet δῆς ἐν κιϑάρᾳ. In Ps. 9,17 γ1:π 
προ is a musical sign, Sept. ὠδὴ δια- 

ψάλματος, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg. 
see in ΠΡΌ. 

2. meditation, Ps. 19, 15; device. ma- 
chination, Lam. 3, 62; comp. Ps. 2, 1. 

P34 m. adj. (τ. 33%) convenient, com- 
modious, suitable, i. q. Talmud. 74373 and 
pare. Ez. 42, 12. 

4 ree to be convenient, commodious ; 


but not found in this signification in any 
of the kindred languages. 


243 


TH 


“a ναοὶ, root, Arab. ye to flee; 
whence os Hejrah, flight of Mo- 
hammed ; kindr. 39%.—Hence 


ΠῚ (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand- 
maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the 
mother of Ishmael ; so called as having 
fled from her mistress. Gen, 16, 1. 25, 
12.—Also 


"147 (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38 
27, 31; Plur. 5°37 Ps. 83, 7, ‘and 
pegs 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19. 20, Sucrin, 
Hagarenes, pr. n. of an Arabian people, 
with which the tribes living beyond Jor- 
dan carried on war. at ϑομθθορο cor- 


responds to the Arab. ἢ , whence the 


gentile n. Sys lo, ἃ veople and region 
adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called 
᾿ἀγραῖοι in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub. 
*Aygées Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro- 
vince now called Bahrein. 


“ΠῚ m. ἱ. ᾳ. TI", shout of joy, rejoic- 
ing, Ez. 7.7; comp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R. 
Ἔτη. 

PIII Chald. m. plur. counsellors of 
state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4, 
33. 6, 8; also N29 "923M 3, 27 the 
king’s counsellors—It seems to be a 
compound word; and if Semitic, may 
be either Chald. 7°33 (τ. "35) leaders, 
governors, with the Heb. article pre- 
fixed, which then coalesced with the 
word itself, as elsewhere the Arabic 
article also with several Heb. words, 
see >& p. 49; or it may be compounded 
from JAIN, comp. ΡΝ so 
Lee. 


* 707 obsol it: 

Ὁ" ὁ obsol. root, Arab. (48 to break, 
kindr. om ; in Heb. trop. to break forth 
into joy, to shout for joy, comp. M38, 
mn. Hence 34, t1%4.—The Arabic 


root is likewise transferred to sound, 


8. 
comp. cS cry of the camel, a deep 
2) - 
hoarse voice, OL® the ergnd of waves 


dashing upon the shore, 5 he a crash- 
ing, fragor. 
“ΠῚ Hadad, pr.n. 1. An idol of the 


Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites : 
see ὙΠΠΤΞ and WTI. 


m7 


2. Of several Edomites and Ishmael- 
ites. a) A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35. 
1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. b) 1 Chr. 1, 30. 
c) 1K. 11, 14; called in v. 17 778. 


WITT pr. n. (Hadad i. 6. Adod is 
:his help, see in 797}2) Hadadezer a 
king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with 
David, 2 Sam. 8,3 sq. Written "12977 
2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19; 
though some Mss. every where retain 
the better and genuine form with 7. 


Pow Hadad-rimmon, pr. n. of a 
‘place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech. 
12, 11; afterwards according to Jerome 
‘called Mazximianopolis. Prob. so called 
from the worship of the idol Hadad- 
Timmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17, 9. Mo- 
vers Phenizier p. 297. See Biblioth. Sac. 
1844, p. 220. 


* STITT. gq. O73 (comp. 434 and 3%) 
pr. to throw out the hand, i. e. to stretch 
or put owt the hand; once Is. 11, 8.— 


Arab. cds to lead right, to show the 


‘way; Syr. wa, ids, way, custom, 
‘Gr. δδός. 


"35 (for sah) Syr. ola, Arab. 


DS, India, Esth.1,1. 8,9. The form 


Hidhus, is old Pers. for Sanser. Sindhus 
(omitting n), the land of Sind; Lassen 
in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl. VI. p. 62. 


DIT Hadoram, pr.n. a) A tribe 
of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen. 
10, 27. They would seem to be the 
᾿᾿Αδραμῖται, Atramite, Ptolem. VI.7, and 
‘Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of 
Arabia, between the Homerite (Him- 
"yarites) and the Sachalite. Ὁ) Mase. 
ii, 4. ὉΠ, OI gq. v. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 

“3 Hiddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30; 


for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr. 
11, 32 is "NF. 


" * 105 to tread down to the ground, 
to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12. 
Kindr. roots are 833, 723,523. Arab. 
SAS to tear down se. a house, to de- 
stroy. 


* DW obsol. root, perh. to tread down, 
intrans. to be trodden down; whence 


244, 


"01 


trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab. 
poe. Hence 557 footstool. 

DI Chald. iq. Syr. [esa membrum, 
a member ; comp. Pers. οἰ, tds, 
member. Dan. 2,5 050 ot) (Gr, 
μέλη ποιεῖν 2 Mace. 1,16) pr. to make 
into members, i.e. to cut or hew in pieces, 
aspecies of punishment common to many 


ancient nations. Comp. $90 Barhebr. 


p. 218. 


ἘΠῚ m.(r. D7) astool, footstool, every 
where with paban. Only trop. Is. 66, 1 
the earth is thy ‘footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until 
I make thine enemies thy footstool.— 
Spec. the ark of the covenant is called 
the footstool of God, because his pre- 
sence was supposed to be always uponit, 
1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99, 5. 132, 7. Lam. 2, 1. 


Ξ enim obsol. root. Talmud. to leap, 
to spring, to hasten.—Hence 


O73 m. plur. S63, the myrtle, so 
called according to some because it leaps 
or springs up rapidly and grows quickly ; 
like saliz ἃ saliendo according to Ver- 
rius, though saliz is from &5.—Neh. 8, 
15. Is. 41,19, 55,13. Zech. 1,8. 10,11, 
See Celsius Hierob. P. IL. p.17sq. Arab. 


ds id. in the dialect of Yemen; 
aeons the other Arabs this tree is called 


aga: 
MO (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the 
earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth. 2,7. 


* SDT fut. ne 1. to thrust, to push, 
to smite, ‘Chald. 70 id. Comp. 57, pes. 
Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With j2, to 
thrust away; Job 18, 18 “ina ‘MEST 
qunn->y they shall thru him from the 
light into darkness. Is. 22, 19.—Hence 
to thrust down, to οὐδε οώ, Jer. 46, 15. 

2. to thrust away, to repulse, 2 K. 4, 
27. Prov. 10, 3. 

3. to thrust out, to drive out, with "289, 
ΕΞ, Deut. 6, 19. 9, 4. Josh. 23, 5. 


4 “a 1. to cause to swell, to make 

tumid, and intrans. to be swollen up, tu- 
of 

mid. Arab. past tumid, )35 to be- 


come tumid.—Hence part. pass. “39h 
swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45,2 BIN 


“mn 


"WN the swelling (raised) places will I 
make plain, level. 
perh. they read px". So tumidos 
montes Ovid, Amor. 2. 16. 51. Comp. 
Engl. a swell, i. q. a low hill. 

2. Trop. of ornament and splendour, 
in allusion to the wide and flowing robes 
of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to 
adorn, pr. of apparel, see "3. Is. 63,1 
Tasha san decked, glorious, in his ap- 
parel. Also to honour a person, with 
Έ "28 to honour the face, person, of any 
one, to reverence, Lev. 19, 32; also in a 
bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par- 
tial in judgment, like 0°28 Xv}, Lev. 19, 
15; c. ace. of pers. Ex. 23, 3. 

Nipu. Preet. plur. in Pause 17773, were 
honoured Lam, 5,12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

Hirap. to show oneself proud, to carry 
oneself proudly, Prov. 25, 6. 

The derivatives follow. 


“73 Chald. Pa. "35, 
4, 31. 34. 


* VSI m. (τ. 915 no. 2) 1. ornament, 
decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4. 
96, 6. Ez. 16,14. 83> "TIN holy orna- 
ments Ps. 110,3; see in M7IM. Prov. 
20, 29 may ὈΠΡΟΤ TIM the ornament of 
old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40 
"15 7> ornamental trees.—Spec. of the 
splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1 
HB2> wT Tin thou art clothed with 
splendour and majesty. Job 40,10. Ps. 
29, 4 "32 Hint dip the voice of Jehovah 
is in majesty, majestic. 

2. honour, Ps. 149, 9. 


YI Chald. i. q. Heb. "37, c. suff. 
1 Dan. 4, 27 [30]. 


to honour, Dan. 


ὙΠ m. (τ. 99) ornament, splendour ; 
once Dan. 11, 20 manda TI wala saz 
sending forth an exactor of tribute 
through the ornament of the kingdom, 
Palestine, q. d. the best part of the king- 
dom, like "32877 748 v. 16, comp. Zech. 
9, 8. For the historical allusion, see 
2 Mace. 3, 1 sq.—Others understand tri- 
bute, census, by a Grecism, like τιμή. 
But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64. 


ΤΥ f(r. ὙΠ) constr. MII, iq. 
=, ornament, decoration, Prov. 14, 28. 
Sap nan holy adornment, i. e. apparel 
morn on solemn festival occasions, (not 

21* 


245 


LXX. ὄρη, unless, 


nn 


sacerdotal as some suppose,) Ps. 29, 2. 
96,9. Comp. προ "7735 Ps. 110, 3, 


ἜΣ so written sometimes for 
“ISTIN q. v. 
7 sr % 
FT interj. expressing grief, onomato- 
poetic, like RAR, ah! wo! Ez. 30, 2. 


5M interj. expressing grief, onomatop. 


‘like "im, O! wo! alas! Am. 5, 16. 


NW τη. SVL he, she ; is, ea,id ; per- 
sonal pronoun of the third person. The 
same form dropping the & is found in the 
pr. ἢ. 27728. Corresponding forms are: 
Phen. 84; Samar. 84, ἢ 4, and XH, 


sn; Syr. on, ἢ δι; Arab. τὸ, f. ex 
As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se- 
miticdemonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. f.d. 
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq. 
—In the Pentateuch 837 includes also 
the feminine gender, and is put for 8", 
which latter (according to the Masoraon 
Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times 
in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta- 
tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom 
of the Pentateuch, wherever 8 refers 
to a feminine object, seem to have regard- 
ed it as an error, and wrote it 817, sig- 
nifying that 8° ought to be read. Be- 
sides the Pentateuch, 857 is found as fem. 


-in1K.17,15. Job 31,11. Is. 30,33, where ~ 


it is also written by the punctators 814. 
Like the Lat. ὦ, ea, id, so the pronouns 
Ri, NV, point out a definite person or 
thing already mentioned or well known 
from the context. They 1 thus differ from 
Mt, Pt, which is i. q. οὗτος, this, point- 
oe to ᾿ person or thing present and 


near ; and correspond rather to the Greek 


αὐτὸς, especially in the oblique cases, as 
4D 1. ᾳ. αὐτῷ, imix ig. αὐτόν. Hence δ 
and ΝΠ are put: 

1. Without emphasis, he, she, like Lat. 
is, ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal, 
nk a" 728 AN NIM he was the father 
of such as dwell in tents. v.21. 10, 8.9. 
12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16. That its proper 
place = where a person or thing is men- 
tioned a second time, (see the remarks 
above on the article,) is obvious from 
passages where it refers to Mt preceding ; 5 
so Judg. 7,4 Ἴδλ πὶ FES TGR ag AT 
πὶ FSR okay ban SAN 755 Nant SAN 
ΠΝ Nb im pes ab? ND, sehitih; Sept. 


Nw 


well: καὶ ἔσται, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπω “πρὸς σέ, 
οὗτος πορεύσεται σὺν σοί, αὐτὸς πορεύ- 
σεται! σὺν σοΐ" καὶ πᾶς ὃν ἂν εἴπω πρὸς 
σέ, οὗτος οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ, αὐτὸς 
οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ. So too in the 
same relation, max and mM, Gr. οὗτοι 
and wutol, Ps. 20, 8. 9. 

2. Witha degree of emphasis, asagain 
taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, 22 
2 ἜΘ NAD 9 5 MIN Jehovah our hing, 
he will save us. 38, 19. So in various 
ways and ΠΣ ΠΆΕΙ, as Gen. 13, 1 Abra- 
ham... τιν sin, Sept. αὐτὸς καὶ ἢ 
γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, he and his wife. 14,15. Gen. 
4.4 sin ta dan, Sept. “dfed καὶ αὐτός, 
Abel, even he. Gen, 20,5 "> max gin kb 
said HE nituntowe?= Spec: a) Some- 
times N17 i. 4. αὐτός is referred to God, 
as HE who alone is to be adored, Who 
alone created and governs the world. 
Ps. 33,9 "71 WR RIN, Job5, 18. Deut. 
32, 39. So in the pr. names ΓΙ ΘΝ, 
ΠΈΣ, etc. Ὁ) Put also by way ἐξ 
contempt, 2 Chr. 28, 22; like Gr. οὗτος, 
‘Lat. iste. ο) Tike ὃ sie: the same, 
‘idem, Ps. 102, 28 854 MAN thou art the 
same. Is, 41, 4. 48, 18. 48,12. d) Put 
‘after a noun it is often i. ᾳ. αὐτός, ipse, 
self. Is. 7, 14 mix ἘΞῸ NIN 4N jm 139 
itherefore ihe Lord himself (Sept. Kipios 
ναὐτός) will give you a sign, i. e. of 
‘himself, of his own accord. Often and 
emphatic after the pronouns "238 (Is. 
43, 25), mR, 25; as Jer. 49,12 mmx} 
‘pM ΠΡ. In dnl shalt THou go un- 
‘punished? Is. 50,9 "23°97 NAN 77 WHO 
ithen shall bondems me? Gen. 27, 33. 

3. Put with the art. after a noun having 
‘the art. it expresses the remote demonstr. 
that ; ille, illa, illud ; and so S55, jn. 
Job 1,1 88n5 WKN that man. Gen. 28, 
11 8INF ΡΞ in that place. Mic. 3, 4 
nnn rr. at that time. So very often 
ἜΤΙ ota in that day, at that time; 
«spoken both in the historical books of a 
day just before mentioned, Gen, 15, 18. 
20, 32. 30, 35. 33, 16; and also in the 
prophetic writings of a day just before 
announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 3, 7. 18. 4, 1. 2 
comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept. 
dy τῇ ἡμέρᾳ txéoy—In Syriac Oly wor, 
-are used to correspond with Heb. δῆτ, 
RI. 

A. Like the other personal pronouns, so 


246 


ὙΠ 


RAT. $V, (also ἘΠῚ ἼΠ,} involve the idea 
of the verb of existence or substantive 
verb, i. q. he is, she is, it is. Gen. 24,65 
what man is this? ... "2% ποτε he is my 
master. 20,7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11 
ΓΒ pis be-my 5 310 NAM that is 
it which compasseth the whole land of 
Havilah. More frequently put last; 
as Gen. 25, 21 8° MIPS "DB for she 
was barren. Ps. 18, 31. Is. 41, 7. In 
both genders it is not seldom put by 
way of explanation, i. q. that is, ete. 
Gen. 14, 8 "EE NN 52a Bela, that is 
Zoar, now called Zoar. v. 7. 23, 2. 19. 
Josh. 15, 8, 9.—Hence it comes that 
these pronouns frequently stand instead 
of the substantive verb itself; as Gen. 7, 
2 and of thé beasts sin τυ Xd ΣΝ 

that are not clean. Ps. 50, 6 Dds "3 
nin wpb for God 1s judge. Gen. Al, 26 
320) ΠΕΡῚ ow say mskm mh S38 
Mit Ὁ) sat) "phisn pibatn the seven 
good kine ane seven years, “and the seven 
good ears ARE seven years ; comp. v. 27 
fin. where instead of M2 we have 174 

Gen. 25, 16 >x2207 "23 ch nbs these 
ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1, 9 
will show thee H2X Nim M2 what these 
ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where San 
even refers to a different (the second) 
person: Mgt "Sqm 7b HrwaD one ἘΔ 
also ye Ethiopians ΒΗ Αι, ΒΒ slain with 
my sword. Comp. Ezra 5, 11; also Syr. 
Matt. 5, 13. 


S35 m. NVI £ Chald. i. q. Heb. he, 
she; is, ea, id; Dan. 2, 22. 6, 11. 17. 
Often as implying the verb of existence 
or substantive verb, he is, she is, ete. 
Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32. 47. 6,5. Put also 
for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27, 


N71) Chald. i. ᾳ. 734 q. v. 


"ΠῚ apheresis for Ti) (r. 342) Arab. 
(λας to swell, e. g. the flesh, the female 
breast. , 

1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance 
of health and strength; hence vigour, 
strength, e. g. of the youthful body Prov. 
5,9; of anoble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10, 
8 ΓΟ Ὁ "bs VENI TIN myslrength was 
turned within me to destruction, i. e. was 
destroyed. Hos. 14,7 #19 M52 like the 
olive-tree his strength.—Trop.of strength 
of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23]. 


mw 


2. splendour, majesty, 6. 5. 8) Of 
God, often with "14, Ps. 21, 6. 96, 6. 
104, 1. 111, 3. Job 40,10. b) Of kings 
and princes, 1 Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21. 
Comp. Num, 27, 20. 

3. Hod, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 

MTN (perh. i. q. ΤΑΝ ΤΣ praise ye 
Jehovah) Hodaviah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 

+5, 24. Ὁ) 9,7. 0) Ezra 2, 40. 
AMPITIN (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. m 
1 Chr. 3, 24. 

mT (splendour of Jehovah) Ho- 
deiah, Neh. 7, 43, i. ᾳ. W750 lett. Ὁ, 

MTN (id.) Hodijah, pr. τι. of several 
Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5. 10, 11. 14. 19, 


*TTNT to be, to exist, ig. mn. In 
Aramean this is the usual form for 
the substantive verb, Chald. m7, Syr. 
fon; in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and 
only in the poets and later writers. 
That it is however the primitive form 
and earlier than 75, is apparent, be- 
cause the form has obviously an onoma- 
topoetic origin; and hence 4° comes 
from 795, as 79h from 7m. "The ori- 
gin of nn lies in the idea of breathing, 
comp. RIN, Arab. Se; and see in no. 
2,3. This idea is then transferred to 
the breathing of persons and animals; 
whence fo live i.q. HIN, and so to be.— 
Part. m35 Neh. 6, 6. Ecc. 2, 22. Imp. 
VT, NT, πὶ Gen. 27,29. Is. 16,4. Fut. 
apoc. 8397 Ecc. 11, 3, for 9 from AI, 

2. to breathe after, to desire, i.q. M28, 


mx 1.2. Arab. So to desire, to love, 
to will—Hence "35 no. 1, desire. 


3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush 
headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall 


from on high, i. 4. Sy. Job 37, 6 

TN NIT TEN" ΡῈ °D for to the snow 
he ‘eaith, Fall (rush down) upon the 
earth ; Vulg. ut descendat in terram, 
Sept. as in no. 1, γένου ἐπὶ yij¢.—Hence 
Mit no. 2, min. 

M7) and 83 Chald. to be, i. q. Heb. 
mr. Often joined with the participle 
of another verb, e. g. ΤῊ AIM thou wert 
seeing, i. 6. thou sawest, Dan. 4, 7. 10. 7, 
2. 4. al. 


Nore.—In the formation of the Fut. 


247 


mischief, mischievous things. 


mr 


of this verb, there occurs this singulari- 
ty, that in the third pers. sing. and plur. 
is found the prefix 3, where we should 
expect the preformatiye:*; τς and this with 
the regular and usual sigtiAcation of the 
future or subjunctive. Thus, 8195 will 
be Dan. 2, 28. 29. 45. 4, 22. Ezra 7, 26; 
be it, let it be, Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7, 
23. 4, 12.13. δ, 8; plur. 79> may be 
Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27, Ezra 7, 25; fem. 175 
Dan. 5, 17; but in 3d fem. sing. 757 
Dan. 2, 40-42, 4,24; τ 7, 23, Ezra 
θ, 8. Forms of the same "kind are found 
in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28. 
Jonath. Ex. 22, 24; and more in the 
Talmud, as 1372) for 192w", 205 for 
ya", 1995 for 12°", see Farst Chald. 
Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears, 
that these forms are not infinitives, as is 
sometimes supposed; but that in such 
examples either the > is put for the Nun 
of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inser. 
et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms 
have arisen out of the Hebrew usage 
which began to put 95 instead of 
bop, Heb. Gr. § 129. n. 1. Comp. Wi- 
ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2. 


OI £. (r. 49) verbal of Pi. 1. desire, 
cupidity, see the root no. 2. Proy. 10,3 

Hat os MIT he thrusteth away the 
dinive of the wicked ; Ἃ ise Pp 77% Op. 


Comp. 38. Arab. Ἐς: desire, will. 


2. fall, ruin, Arab. » ; 5 see the root 
no. 3. Only in the plur. calamities, de- 
struction ; Ps. 57,2 nism 7322-32 until 
these jrilennitios are overpast. 91, 3°37 
mint fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov; 19, 
13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job 1]. ec. 
Chethib 5° ‘)Héncé also, ‘calamities 
which one prepares for another,’ mis- 
chief, injury, wickedness ; Ps. 5,10 D2"P 
min their inward part (or mind) is 
wickedness. 38,13 nism 55 they speak 
52, 4. 9. 
55, 12. Prov. 11, 6. 17, 4 "5:9 yr 
mian giving ear toa ached tongue. Job 
6, 30. Sing. id. Ps. 52, 9. 


MIM i. q. mat no. 2, fall, ruin, cala- 
mity, Is. 47,11. Ez. 7,26. R. ΠῚ no. 3. 
pain (prob. for erin", whom Jeho- 


vah impels, τ. 524,) Hoham, pr. n. of a 
king of Hebron, Josh. 10, 3. 


=n 


“iM inter}. onomatopoetic, like "ἰδ. 

1. Of threatening, ho! wo! ovai, oi, 
with nominat. for the vocative ; comp. 
Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nom vin “in wo, sinful 
nation! 5,8. 11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1. 
‘ 29, 1. 15. 30,1. 31,1; with >x Jer. 48, 
1; ὉΣ 50, 27. Ez. 13,3; > 13, 18. 

2. Of grief, O! wo! alas! 1 Κι. 13,30 
“my “in alas, my brother ! Is. 17, 12. 

3. Of exhortation, ho! Zech. 2, 10 
[6]. Is. 18, 1. 55, 1. 


᾿ 4 Chald. to go, a softened form 
from 429; comp. 873 and an, ys and 
V8, ΤῈΣ and ps; and in modern lan- 
guages Engl. to talk, to walk (in which 
the / is not sounded), Fr. douw from Lat. 
dulcis, faux from falsus. Fut. A (the 
only instance in verbs 15) 97 i. q. 207, 
Ezra 5, 5. 6, 5. 7.13. Infin. 9379 7, 13. 
—The same forms are found in the Tar- 
gums. 

modin £ (υ. bb Po.) plur. md>in, 
folly, Ecc. 1,17. 2, 12. Then, impro- 
bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3. 

mdbin £ id. Ecc. 10, 13. 

Doin (Milél) m. Is. 41, 7; see in DD. 

*D1 to put in motion, throw into 
commotion, consternation, to agitate ; 
kindr. ox, 2m. Deut. 7, 23 oon 
ΤΡ Δ ma he will bring upon them 
great consternation.—Hence dinn. 

Nipu. see in ΘΠ. 

Hien. to make commotion, to make a 
noise, (comp. U*Pw to keep quiet,) of 
a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12; of an un- 
quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3. 

Deriv. M2179, DIAM. 

DM (destruction, τ. 525) Homam, 


pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 1,39; for which in Gen. _ 


36, 22 037. 


ΚΤ ig. Arab. 7,L8, to be light, 
easy ; comp. kindr. JX, 7X. 

Hipu. to act lightly, with levity ; Deut. 
1, 41 mibz> ADMIN ye acted lightly to go 
up, went up heedlessly ; comp. Num. 
14, 44. 

Deriv. ὙΠ, and 

77 m. 1. riches, wealth, substance, 
Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31, 8, 18. . Ps. 44, 13. Nba 
sin for nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur. 


θο- 
pin Ez. 27, 33.—Arab. wo ease, 


248 


mmr 


τ: 
comfort ; comp. oll mid. Waw, to live 


Ξ 
in comfort and quiet, ws quiet, com- 
fort, ji8 wealth, substance. 

2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. So 
Sept. ἀρκεῖ, Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers. 


“im and "MW 1. Anold and unusual 
word, i. q. "4, a@ mountain, Gr. ὄρος. 
Gen. 49, 26 43 "71h (i. 6. 73. “TIN) eler- 
nal mountains, parall. with D>i> mia 
everlasting hilis in the other hemistich. 
—The Masorites direct it to be read 
ἪΣ ὙΠ, and seem to follow the inter- 
pretation embraced by the Vulg. and 
Chald. i. 6. taking iM as particip. of 
the verb MH, i. 4. my parents, progent- 
tors, and referring 33 to the words fol- 
lowing. But against this is the compa- 
rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33, 
15. Hab. 3, 6; and also the parallelism 
of the members. 

2. Hor, pr. n. of two mountains: a) 
One on the borders of Idumea, one and 
a half days’ journey from the Dead Sea 
towards the south; at its eastern foot 
lay the city Petra. At the present day 
it takes its name from Aaron, who died 
on it, uy coe his Jebel Neby 
Hariin, Mount of the Prophet Aaron. 
See Comment. on Is. 16,1. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 548, 651.—Num. 20, 22. 
33, 32. b) The other was perhaps a 
spur of Lebanon at the northeastern 
extremity, Num. 34, 7. 8. 


IWIN (for savin, whom Jehovah 
heareth,) Hoshama, pr. τ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 3, 
18. 


DIN (deliverance, safety, see τὶ 183 
Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n. 

a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi- 
nister and successor of Moses, Num. 18, 
8. 16. ete. 

b) Hoshea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 
30. 17, 1 sq. 18, 1.sq. 

c) Hosea, a prophet, Sept. 207%, Hos. 
5. ἃ, 

ΤῊΣ ΤΙ (whom Jehovah helpeth, r. 
305) Hoshaiah, pr. n. of several men: 
a) Neh. 12, 32. 33, b) Jer. 42, 1, 43,2. 


* M1 see NNN. 
*FIN to dream, to talk in one’s 


m 


dreams, Is. 56, 10. Kindy. is M1; and 
the primary idea seems. to be that of 
nocturnal vision, Sept. ἐνυπγιαζόμενοι, 
Aqu. φανταζόμενοι, Symm. ὁραματισταί. 
—Arab. was and {cks® to talk at ran- 
dom, espec. of one delirious ; and nearly 
the same in the Talmud. 


ὙΠ m. (for "713, r. 2, as 92 for 593") 
wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2, 10. 


NT) pron. of 3 pers. sing. fem she, 
Lat. ea, neut. id; see fully in xin. 
Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is 
read 8°, where 8" used in a neuter 
sense is referred to the masculine, and 
the Jewish critics expected 810; e. g. 
Job 31, 11. Ecce. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16. 


NT] Chald. i. q. Heb. she, Dan. 2, 9. 
20. 21. 7,7. Ezra 6,15. See in san. 

TI m. (re ὙΠ) shout of joy, joyful 
acclamation, e. g. a) Of vintagers 
treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer. 
25, 30. 48, 33. Ὁ) Of soldiers rushing 
to battle, batile-shout, Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16, 
9. 10, where these two senses are put in 
antithesis. 


nian Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form, 
prob. for mitin choirs, as 1 Chr. 25, 3. 
Comp. also Neh. 11,17; where in a like 
context is MiTin. 


. ΓΤ, fat. 33, apoc. "5°, with 
Vav ourvera 179 ; 5 inf absol. nn and 
5 Num. 30,7; inf. constr. Mi, once 
mn Ez. 21, 15, with pref. nis, Pinna; 
imp. mu; part. f. m5 Ex. 9, 8; signe 

fying i. ᾳ. 74, Chald. m5, Syr. joa, 
on. 

1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ; 
for the origin and etymology see the 
Note. Ex. 32,1 we know not i> 93.09. 
what has happened to him. Ecc. 3, 22 
WINN WINS ΤῸ what shall be (happen) 
after him. Is. 14, 24 AW 13 NI WP 
as Ihave thought, 30 shall it come to pass. 
1 K. 13, 32. So Ὁ my 2 how comes 
(is) it that? Eee. % 10, i. ‘¢: Gr. τέ yé- 
yovey ὅτι; John 14, 22. Often in the 
phrase 58 "2 153 9°95 the word of Jeho- 
vah happened (came) to any one; see 
examples in 723 no. 1. c, and comp. Lat. 
fama accidit ad aures alic. Liv.—Most 
frequent of all is the form 7171, Gr. καὶ 
ἐγένετο, and it came to pass, in historical 


2A9 


ἊΣ 


narrative, with a notation of time. Gen. 
22,1 S°RA) Ma OI INS AY 
ΓΙΌΣ and it came to pass afier these 
things, and God did try Abraham. 23,1. 
26, 32 ANBM NANA ὈἿΒΞ WI) and it came 
to pass on the same day, and they came, 
etc. Josh. 4, J 128")...92m Ws 7. 
5, 1 Daw... za "I and it came to 
pass when they heard. ..then their heart 
melted. The notation of time, as ap- 
pears from these examples, is variously 
expressed ; 6. g. with 3 and inf. Gen. 
24, 30. Ex. 16,10; 3 and inf. Gen. 35, 
17.18. Num. 10. 35; "8&2 with pret. 
Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Sam. 8, 1; "> with 
pret. Gen. 6, 1. 27, 1.—Corresponding 
to this is also the form 7) and it shall 
come to pass, referring always to a future 
event, and usually followed by a nota- 
tion of time. Is. 7, 18 Ran D2 HA 
™ pati: and it shall come to pass in that 
day, Jehovah shall hiss, etc. Ex. 12,25 
CATIA... PIT ANA "2 AIT) and 
it shall come to pass when ye shall come 
to the land ... then shall ye keep, ete. So 
with "> Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12, 5; 0% de- 
noting time or a condition Ex. 4, 8. 
Deut. 8, 19; 3 and 3 with inf. Deut. 17, 
18. 20, 2. 9. Judg. 2, 19. 

2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be 
made or done. Spec. a) Tocome into 
existence, to begin, lo arise, to be ; Gen. 
1,3 NR WT WN I Let light be, and 
light was. v. 6. Is, 66, 2 ΓΒ 53 a 
and all these things hase arisen, have 
come into existence. With 12, of or 
from any source, Gen. 17, 16 2% 725% 
wi? maa kings of nations shall be of 
her, spring from her. Ecce. 3, 20. Ὁ) to 
be done, established, opp. to fall, to be in 
vain. [5. 7, 753M Nd) DpH xb it shall 
not stand, neither shall it be done. With 
> auctoris, Is. 19, 15 DYT¥a> MIM ND 
ming neither shall any work be done by 
the Egyptians.—It is construed as fol- 
lows: «) Witha subst. following, to be- 
come or be made any thing. Gen. 19, 26 
mb ax) "nM and she became a pillar 
of salt. 4, 20. 21. So Gen. 1,5 222 "ΠΝ 
sny ob apa ὙΠ and the evening was 
and the morning was one day, i.e. even- 
ing and morning became one day. β) 
In the same sense, with > before the 
subst. Gen. 2, 7 πρπ wed DIN ny 
and man ων a living soul. ν. "24. 9, 


Ρ κῃ 


mA 
15. Is. 1, 22. 31. 5,9. γ) But > 41H, to 


tr? 

be or become to any one, as his posses- 
sion, property, etc. Is. 17,2 "25> "> 
AIAN OMI> the cities of Aroer shall 
be for the flocks, i i.e. be given up fo them. 
23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo- 
man, tax> Anh, she became to a man, 
i.e. became his wit, (ΘΝ being olen 
added, Num. 36, 3,) Num. 30, 7. 36, 3. 
Deut. 21, 15, 24,2. 46) 3 74 to be or 
become as or like any thing. Gen. 3, 5 
ΘΠΤΙΘΝΞ om and ye shall become as 
God. v. 22. Ps. 1,3. Cant. 1,7. Then 
also, to be or icons like any one, is to 
have the like lot with him; comp. Fr. 
416 ne sais pas ce qu’il est devenu.’ Is. 
1,9 33° DIDD we should have become 
like Sodom, i.e. have experienced the 
fate of its énhabithints. Gen. 18, 25. Num. 
17,5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28,4. 29, 7. 30,13. 
Comp. Is. 10, 9. 20, 6; where M55 is 
omitted. 

3. to be, i. 6. the substantive verb, like 
Gr. εἰμὶ, Lat. sum. a) As the copulative 
connecting the subject with the predi- 
cate ; whether the latter be an adjective, 
noun, numeral, or adverb; or whether it 
stand alone, or in connection with a par- 
ticle. So with an adjective, Gen. 3, 1 
Ἐπ my tn and the serpent was 
cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive, 
Gen. 3,20 "πῦρ DR Anh Nn 52 for she 
was the mother of all living. 5, 32. 16,12. 
With a subst. and numeral, Gen. 5, 5 
and all the days of Adam... .were nine 
hundred and thirty years. v. 8.11. Job 
1, 3. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 42 
ΤΊΣΙ MIN so shall thy seed be. Witha 
subst. having the prefix 2, Ps. 22,15 755 
azina "2b my heart is like wax. Ts, 1, 18. 
30. 9, 18. In very many éxamplel of 
this kind the substantive verb may be 
omitted ; and indeed is more frequently 
omitted than inserted ; see Lehrg. p. 849. 
But the rules laid down as to its use by 
Ewald are too narrow ; Krit. Gr. p. 632. 
ΚΙ. Gr. § 571. 2. Ὁ) As expressing 
the being or remaining in any place or 
state; Gen. 4,8 Twa cminns IT) and it 
came to pass when they were in the field, 
pr. in their being in the field. 13,3. 17, 
13. Is. 7,23. Gen. 2,18 CANN Pim sv sb 
52) it is not good for man to be alone. 
Ecc. 7,14. ὁ) Emphatic, to be in exist- 
ence, toexist, 6. g.insome place, Gen. 2,5 


250 


χὰ 


PINE MT HT NI Mw the plants of 


| the field were not yet in the earth, did not 


yet exist. 6,4. Is. 11,16. Absol. Gen. 
13,7 5 Ὑπὸ and there was strife. 15, 
17 mn ΠΡῸΣ there was darkness. Zech. 
14, 6. Is. 1s, 6. Eee. 1, 9. 10. —Also, to 

exist, to Hives so Gr. sind e. g. ἔξ εἰσί 
μα Od. 15. 432; οὐ δὴν ἦν Il. 6. 131. 


| Matt, 2,18. So Job 3,16 as a hidden 


untimely birth HNN Nb had not been, 
should not have existed, lived. Is. 23,13. 
Dan. 1, 21. Ecc. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12. 
The following constructions and phra- 
ses may also be noted: aa) Sup mn, 
he was slaying, for he slew; comp. Syr. 
fon “ao. Gen, 4, 17 my “1% and he 
was building. 15, 17 RB woun "ἢ 
and the sun was going down. Is. 10, 14. 
Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14. 
Neh. 1,4. 2,13.15. bb) > nvm, to be to 
any one, i.e. to belong to, and with a per- 
sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16°74 
“Pai Nx i> and he had sheep and oxen. 
Ex. 20,3 moms aby ΠΡ MTN thou 
shalt have no other “gods. Gen. 18, 5. 
2 Sam. 12, 2. Is. 5, 1; > omitted 2 Som. 
4, 2. Game nb ws, Gr. ἔστι μοι, Arab. 
has .)6 est mihi, i. q. habeo, Cor. 10. 100. 
cc) th >, to be for any thing, i.e. 
to serve as or for any thing, to be any 
thing, Gr. εἶναι εἴς τι, γένεσϑαι εἴς τι. 
Gen. 1, 15 ΤΠ ΘΒ 31 and they shall 
be for lights. ν. 14. 29, Is. 1, 14 ">> ΝΠ 
mib> they are to me for a burden. With 
be. inf. Is. 5, 5 ἜΣΞ9 mm and it shall 
be for codeunsie, burning, pr. Eng. ἐξ 
shall be to burn. With a dat. of pers, 
Gen. 6, 21 ΡΞ ΝΡ od) Hb MIT and it 
shall be to thee and to them for - food. Ex. 
4,16 %> mInM omy) med ΠΡ ot sin 
ΕΝ he shall be to thee for a mouth, 
and thou shalt be to him for God, i. 8. 
he shall speak in public whatever thou 
shalt suggest to him in private.— 
Sometimes > "1 is i. 4. to show oneself 
so and so, to acquit oneself as; 1 Sam. 
4,9 DONYIND Ar) APINMN be strong and 
quit yourselves like men. So with > 
twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 ben-y35 “b- be 
thou valiant for me, pr. quit thyself for 
measaman of valour. dd) The for- 
mula mive> min has a double signif, 
«) to be about to do, to begin to do, as 
Gen. 15, 12 vith Ogun and the 


mr 


sun was about to go down, was in going 
down. 2 Chr. 26, 5 Dy BI I 
and he began to seek God, applied him- 
self to seeking God. ) to be about to be 
done, implying necessity, it must, it ought, 
etc. Josh. 2, 5 980> ἜΣΤΙ MT) and the 
gate was to be shut, it was time to shut 
the gate. Is. 6,13 a tenth part in her 

29929 NIN shall be to destroy, i.e. 
shall be destroyed. So with the pas- 
sive, Ez. 30,16 3p2N5 MIAN N21 and No 
(Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, 1:6. 
shall be destroyed. ee) ὩΣ MM to 
be with any one, in various senses: 
a) to be on his side, of his party, 1 K. 1,8; 
see SD no. 1. Comp. εἶναι μετά τινὸς Matt. 
12, 30. #) MYX ὩΣ MN Lo be with a wo- 
man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen, 39, 10. 
2 Sam. 13, 20. Comp. Syr. ses loa 


122.3], Hist. of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16. 


7) to be in one’s mind, heart, i. g. ἘΣ 7 
ΔΒ 1 K. 11,11; see &9 no. 3. 6. ff) mn 
Έ "233 to be in the eyes of any one, i. δ: 
to seem to him, see 119 πο. 1. Β. gg) 
bY M1 Zo be over any one, i. q. to protect 
him; pr. ofa wall, 1 Sam. 25,16. Metaph. 
Zech. 12, 2 ram mat by 033 and also 
over Judah shall (God) be, i. e. he will 
protect Judah. 

Nips. 753 only in Pret. and Part. 
1. ᾳ. Kal, but less frequent. 

1. to come to pass, to happen, to be. 
Judg. 19, 30 mXt2 mp qe) AAD 
mo such thing had come to pass nor was 
seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30. 
Ez. 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan. 12, 1. 

2. to become, to be made or done, to be 
accomplished. Part. fem, 77} it is done! 
it is over! Mic. 2,4. So ring MIRA a 
desire cecomplivhert, fulfilled, Prov. 13, 
19; comp. parall. M83 v. 12. "With > to 
come any thing, ‘lit. for any thing, 
Deut. 27,9. With mx noting the au- 
thor, 1K. 12, 24. 1, 27, 2 Chr. 11, 4. 

3. to be, as the ney verb, Joel 2, 2. 
Twice emphat. implying the iden of 
something finished and past; as Lat. 
‘ fuimus Troes.” Dan. 2, 1 Fim ings 
ΔῸΣ and his sleep for him had been, i.e. 
sleep for him was over, existed no more ; 
mee for 75%, ἴδ, Theodot. well, ὃ ὕπνος 
αὐτοῦ ἀπεγένετο an αὐτοῦ, Vulg. fugit 
abillo. Comp, 6, 19. Ῥαη. 8, 27 and I 
Daniel ΛΞΓ ἜΤΙ. had Bren (vulg. 


251 


ay 


Engl. was done up) and was sick. Vulg. 
langui et egrotavi. 

Nore. As the notion of the substan- 
tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy- 
sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo- 
logists have with good reason sought 
after the origin of the Heb. verbs m4 
and m4. With some I formerly em- 
braced the conjectural opinion, that the 
primary idea was that of falling, comp. 
Arab. se ruit, decidit ; and that the 
sense of falling out, coming to pass, was 
derived from this; in support of which 


one might appeal to Pers. woul to 
fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can- 


not now regard this signification as the 
primary one. The notion of existence 
would seem rather to come from that of 
living,applied metaph. even to inanimate 
things ; so that then the verbs M15, 1m, 
and n°, A, may all be referred to the 
same origin, Of these 519 and 535 sig- 
nify primarily to breathe, to blow, (comp. 
MIX, HB, IN, 5234,) which notion then 
passes over into the sigmf partly of 
breathing after, desiring, rushing, and 
partly of living, existing. See more 
under 43. Some also regard the verbs 
min and 435 as very closely related to 
the pronouns 835 and 8". 


mI f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for 
min “fall, ruin, calamity. 


7°") a form imitating the Chaldee, for 
τ Ν how? 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10, 17.— 
Freq. in Chaldee writers; Samar. 42 
id. 

22° comm. gend. once fem. Is. 44, 
28. Plur. 85--, once mi Hos. 8, 14. 

1. a large building, edifice, a palace, 
Proy. 30, 28. Is.39,7. Dan. 1, 4.—It comes 
from r. 557 i. q. >3D, 5992, to take, to hold ; 
espec. to be capacious, spacious. Syr. 


tlasa, Arab. IGS, Ethiop. Ὁ ὯΔ, 


id. also ἃ temple. There is likewise a 


verb (US. Ἢ 

2. inn 5255 the palace of Jehovah, 
i. 6. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24,13. 
2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50,.28. Hagg. 2, 15. 
Zech. 6, 14. 15; elsewhere Mim m2. 
Spoken also οἵ the sacred ta 
use before the building of the temple, 
comp. ΓΞ no. 2; 1 Sam. 1,.9. 3, 3, 5. 


ay) 


5,8; not 2 Sam. 22,7. Ps. 29,9, where 
the heavens are to be understood. Poet. 
for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4. 18,7 et 2 Sam. 
22,7. Ps. 29,9. Mic. 1,2. Sometimes 
the epithet holy is added. 

3. Spec. for a part of the temple of 
Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather 
the temple itself, ὃ ναὺς κατ ἐξοχήν, as 
distinguished from the holy of holies 
(7933); so1K.6,5 wa3>) bad. v.17. 
7, 50.—But ἘΞ does not stand for the 
holy of holies itself, 


22°F) Chald. m. emphatic. ΝΞ, 6. 
suff. ΠΡ 9, as in Hebr. 

1, walece of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26. 
Ezra 4, 14. 

2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5. 


D2" Is. 14, 12, according to Sept. 
Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star, 
i. 6. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly, 
since it is followed by ΠΣ ΓΞ son of the 
morning ; and in Chaldee ali this star 


gS 
Sls 


is called ΤΣ 3253, Arab. $y, i. 6. 
splendid star. In thissense 5>"4 would 
be derived from r. 53m to shine, as a par- 
ticipial noun from a conj. 53", comp. 


Arab. .ἰ8λ95, Syr. oat, and the like; 
or rather it is for 5m verbal of Pi. light- 
giving, radiant.—T he form ΘΠ is else- 
where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb 855 
in the signif: wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17. 
Zech. 11,2. This gives here a less apt 
sense ; though adopted by Syr. Aqu. 
Jerome. 
DA see in Dein. 


ΤΩ (i. q. yaya Chald. and Syr. 
faithful) Heman, pr.n. a) A wise man 
of the tribe of Judah, who lived before 
the times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 
2,6. b) A Levite, of the family of the 
Kohathites, one of David’s chief singers, 
1Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps. 
88, 1.—Some have supposed these to be 
one and the same person; but see Thes. 
p. 117. 


ΤῊ a hin, a measure of liquids con- 
taining the seventh part of a bath, i. e. 
twelve Roman sextarii, according to Jos. 
Ant. 3.8. 3. ib. 3.9. 4; or about five 
quarts English.—Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5. 7. 
14. Ezra 4, 11. Sept. εἴν, ἔν, vwv.—This 
word corresponds to the Egyptian hn, 


252 


ΝΣ 
hno, which signifies pr. vessel, and then 
a small measure, seatarius, Gr. ἵνιον. 
See Leemans Lettre ἃ Salvolini p. 154. 
Boéckh Metrol. Untersuch. pp. 244, 260. 
But it is not certain that these Heb. 
and Egypt. measures were of the same 
size. 

"2" see "D. “Φ 

* ΒΡ. once in fut. Kal (or perh. Hiph. 
Heb. Gr. §52.n.4) Job 19, 3 winn Nd 
"Ὁ i2N, Sept. οὐκ αἰσχυνόμεν ot μὲ ἐπί- 
needs 'μοι, Jerome: et non erubescitur 
opprimentes me. Usually compared with 
Arab. to be stupified, stunned; 


Hiph. to stupify, to stun; whence in 
Job 1. c. shameless ye stun me. Better 


perhaps i. q. Arab. to injure, to 


litigate pertinaciously ; whence in Job 
l. c. shameless ye injure me.—Several - 
Mss. read 935m. 


MDI f(r. 923, verbal of Hiph. after 
the form m>2n, Heb. Gr. § 83. 28. § 84. I) 
a regarding ; hence 03°38 M2H the re- 
garding of their persons, i.e. respect of 
persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9. 


Comp. the phrase "28 ""277 in “22 Hiph, 
no. 1. 
a rer ; oF 
1 1. The article, Arab. Jf, in 


Hebr. “πὶ the letter > being assimilated 
to the next letter and inserted in it; see 
above on p. 240, note 2. 

2. Particle of interrogation, Arab, As, 
whence comes "J interrogative,q.v. The 
full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac- 
cording to the reading of the Nahar- 
deenses ; who separate Min? >, which 
is elsewhere written as one word, 
mintbn. In that case, 525 is to be con- 
strued with the accusative, as is often 
done. 


SIM (Milél, pron. hd-lah) adv. off, 
afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away. 
It is for M2m from 54 that, as N12 Is. 8, 
1 for 532. Corresp. are Chald. "sind, 
mind, Syr. Xa, Nad, id. whence ae 
verb \asa to prolong, to remove. 

1. Of space, Gen. 19, 9 mys wy stand 
off, stand back, see in wi; Sept. ἀπόστα 
ἐκεῖ, Vulg. recede illuc ; see Comment. 
on Is. 49, 20. (Others, come nearer, but 
inaptly.) 1 Sam. 10, 3 ιν 5 πὶ ἘΝ Ὁ from 


Dm 


thence further. 20, 22 ΤΙ) 9 from 
thee further. i.e. beyond thee. v. 37. 
(Opp. 7213} 42° this side of thee.) Num. 
32,19. Is. 18,2. 7 MNS} RANM-P NPD OP 
a meonle terrible and further off than he, 
beyond ; others here of time: from the 
Jirst and onward ; see Comm. on Is. 1. 6. 
$6.5 nxt further off than, beyond, as 
Am. 5, 27 pyatb mxbirg beyond Damas- 
cus. 

2. Of time, further, forward, onward. 
1 Sam. 18, 9 ΤΙΝ ΓΙ 88ND DIT? from 
that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2. 
7, see in no. 1. 

Hence as a denom. verb comes 

Nips. part. fem. Nd: removed, 
remole ; collect, the far remote, Mic. 
4,7. 

DSS om. plur. (τ. d4) verbal of 
Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes- 
tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits 
and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24. 


DID see nda. 


on pron. demonstr. comm. gend. this, 
these. Masc. Judg. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1. 
17, 26. 2K. 23, 17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8, 
16. Fem. 2 K. 4. 25.—The fuller form is 
mtb, which is apocopated also in Ara- 


bic, sur it. 


MTS m. this, Gen. 24,65. 37,19. It 
is compounded from πὶ and the full form 
of'the article 5, comp. Srra3 for D199 ; 
or according to Hupfeld from ΠῚ and wen 
i. g. ANdA, which is also favoured by 
the Talmudic plur. 95 for ἊΣ Nin. 


Corresponding is Arab. eal, which 


also takes the force of arelative—Hence 


: 9» : 
by apoc. tin ut, by apheresis wd. 


ἬΤΣΤῚ id. once Ez. 36, 35; joined with 
7728, and therefore fem. 


pon or perl m. (r. 327) α going 
step. Job 29, 6 "2° my steps. 


ΤΊ ΣΤ Ε (v.45) only in plur. ΤΉ. 

1. goings, progress, Nah. 2,6. Spee. 
pomp, processions, in honour of God, Ps. 
68, 25. : 

2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 ἴ5 dis minqbn the 
ancient ways are to him, i.e. his ways 
are as of old, in ancient times.—Trop. 

; 22 


253 


pr 

ways of life; Prov, 31,27 ΠῚ. ΓΞ ΒΡ 

(she looketh well) to the ways of her 

household, i. e. to her domestic affairs. 
3. companies of travellers, caravans, 

Job 6, 19. 


20 and 9. (Heb. Gr. §77) fat. 
"727, 72%, from 55, once. with Yod 
nabry Mic. 1, 8; poet. > from 32h, 
twice ΠΕΣ Ex. 9, 23. Ps. 73, 9. Imp. 
2, with He parag. >> (see in no. 7), 
or He being dropped rf fem. "23, 135 
rarely 1255 Jer. 51, 50; Inf. abs: ston. 
constr. nab, ὁ. suff. ‘snsb; part. 724. 

1. to go, ‘ta walk, to go forth, also 
rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr. 
Pa. id. Arab. JUL to perish.—1 Sam, 
17, 39. Gen, 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 12 422 a who 
will go for us? sc. as our messenger, 
prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an 
infin. with >, as 1135 55m he went to 
shear Gen. 31, 19. spd 7253 he went to 
call. 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8, 1. Ina differ- 
ent sense, Gep. 25, 32 nah 725 728 ΠΣ 
lo! I am going to die, am at the point 
of. death.—With another finite verb 725 
is often apparently redundant, mostly in 
the language of common life ; as Job 1, 
4 τὰ Ὁ ἩΘΣῚ 1b they went and made 
a feast. Gen, 35, 22. Ex. 2,1. Josh. 9, 
4, al. 

The following constructions.are to be: 
noted: a) With >x of the persom to 
whom one goes. Num. 22; 37 NX> πὸ: 
"DN M225 wherefore wentest (camest): 
thou not unto me? 1 Sam. 17,44. Some- 
times in a hostile sense; see δὴ A\ 3.. 
1 Sam. 17, 33,.2 Chr. 11, 4. Alsovof 
place to which; Gen. 22, 2. Jon.. 1; 2. 
b) With > of 1 Tees walsishi as: 9h) 
ima> he went to his house, went home, 
1 Sam. 10, 26. ‘bmx ‘hm ἐο- his-tent 
Judg. 19, 9. iaipa> Judg. 19}.28.... 9) 
With an accus. and He parag: in the 
same sense; Gen. 28, 2 Ὁ" M278 52 
dbxara nna go to Pesaberam.. to the 
house of ‘Bethuel. 1 K..17, 9... Without 
He, 2 Chr. 9, 21 tram isdn nity 
ships going to Tarshish. Judg. 19, 18,— 
But with a simple accus. the sénse is- 
also. to. go through, to pass through; 
Deut. 1,19 ἼΞΊΞΙΙΓΞ MN 7227 we went 
through all the desert:.2,7. So too 32% 
‘TI he went the way; see in Ἴ no. 2. 
ἃ) With 32, Gen:.22; 5. Judg. 19) 18) al. 


Ἴ 
é) Rarely with 2, Jer. 3, 18. 2 Sam. 
15,20 925 τος “Rs bs We2h ΝῚ and Igo 
je Igo. Jer. 3. 6. f) The phrase 
3 72m has several senses: «) to go 
i.e. move about in a place; Josh. 5, 6 
SEs Synw 123 sabi he children of 
Israel went (walked) in the desert. 14, 
10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. ) to go intoa 
place, to Biel see 3 A. no. 7. Is. 38, 10 
bind sda mds 1 shall enter the ey 
Of Sheol. mdiaa bn and "ava Fn to 
go into captivity, Is. 46, 2. Jer. 20, 6. 
Lam. 1,18. y) to go with a person or 
thing, i. q. to take along, Ex. 10,9. Jer. 
46, 22. Hos.5,6. g) PX, ἘΣ 72M, to go 
with any one, to accompany, Gen. 24, 58. 
Ex. 10, 24; particularly as an ally in 
war, Gen. 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. T, 
17. 4, 8. 7, 4. More rarely to go in 
company sith to company with, Job 34, 
8; metaph. 31, δ. ἢ) "25> spn to go 
Bare any one, 2 Sam. 6,4. So of God 
and his angel as leading his people, Ex. 
13,21. 23,23. 82,1.21.34. i) "HN Fen 
to go after a person or thing, to follow ; 
comp. in N. T. ἔρχεσϑαι ὀπίσω. Gen. 
94, 5 ὍΤΙΣ msbb ΠΈΝΙ naan ND 75s 
perhaps ihe woman will not be willing to 
follow me. v. 8. 31,17. Ruth 2,9. Often 
in a bad sense; Hos. 2, 15 [13] soar 
ὈΠΞΤΙΝ Ὁ TIN endl she went afier her 
lovers. DTANY o*AbR “INR ΠΟ go af- 
ter other gods Deut. 8, 19. 1}, 28. 13, 3. 
Judg. 2, 12. Jer. 35, 15. Metaph. sn ‘nt 
ab mane 10 follow stubbornness of heart 
Jer. 3, 17. 9, 13. 11, 8. 

2. Metaph. to walk, i. q. to live, to pur- 
sue a way of life, see 73 no. 3. Very 
often in the phrase “® "2773, F772 927 
to walk in the way of any one, to imitate 
his life and conduct, see in ἢ. no. 3. a. 
So" mipna ‘nto abil in the statutes of 
Jehovah Bz. 5, 6.7. 11, 12. 20. “upwca 
"5 Ez. 37, 24. Ps. 89, 31. “ ΝΗ Neh. 
δ᾽ 9 ete. etc. Also ‘B musa πὲΠ to walk 
in the counsel of any one, to live and act 
as he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16. 
Ps. 81, 13. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Poet. c. acc. 
(like 933 τ, Ww τι.) Is. 33, 15 Ἐπ 
ΤΡῚΣ ὠὰμὴγὴ in pipleconenees, living a 
righteous life. Mie. 2,11 "pus nm 72h 
walking in wtnd and falsehood. So 
with an adject. subjoined, o°=m Ἐπ 
walking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 8. 

3. Used often of inanimate objects; 


254 


pi 


thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 K. 
22, 46; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10,16; the 
moon in the heavens Job 31, 26; ramours 
2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec. of waters, streams, 
to flow, to run ; Gen. 2,14 ΤΆΔ ΤΣ F>hn wan 
“AEN which flows before Assyria. Josh. 
4, 18. 1 K. 18, 35. Ece. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6:7. 
Comp. Virg. ΖΕ η. 8. 796 ‘ Kuphrates ibit 
jem mollior undis.’—Poet. of a }and, te 
go or flow with any thing, i. e. to produce 
it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. ἢ». 
23; with accus. Joel 4, 18 m233m ΤΥΣΞΙΙ 

=n the hills shall flow with “milk, “b34 
ot asbn mM "LER and all the valleys 
of Judah shail fins with water sc. in 
abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21,12 
[7] 012 m3abm mrp and2, Valg. omnia 
genua fluent aquis, sc. for terror. 

4. Spec. to go away, to depart ; in this 
sense opp. to 812 q. v.no. 2init. 1 Sam. 
15, 27 and Samuel turned 7232 to go 
away. 10,9. With 72 from any place or 
person 1 K. 2, 41; 032 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14, 
17; TNO Jer. 3,1; "28 Ecc. 8,3; ΠΣ 
Judg. 6,21. So by euphemism for death, 
Gen, 15,2 "1773 92h 7238 7 depart (die) 
childices. Ps. 39, 14. 2 ‘Chr. 21, 20.— 
Also to be gone, to perish, Arab. ds, 
of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of 
a cloud Job 7, 9. 27, 21; of the breath 
Ps. 78, 39. 

Novz. In the preceding senses and 
constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there 
is sometimes appended to 425 a pleo- 
nastic dative of the subject, 1> 525 i. q- 
Fr. s’en aller, Ital. andarsene ; which 
seems to have belonged chiefly to the 
language of every-day life. Cant. 4,6 
“her sib 7b Fe Swill go (get me) to 
the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5,5. Imperat. 
72772 go for thyself, get thee away, Gen. 
12,1. 22,2. 9>-93> Cant. 2,10. 13. 

5. A not unusual fornrula is the follow- 
ing: "B71 WPM jet he went on going 
and talking, i.e. talking as he went, 2 Καὶ, 
2,11. So 1 Sam. 6, 12 i523 Fn ἸΞῈΠ 
they went on lowing as they went. Is. 3, 
16 MIZbM HiEw WibM they walk mincing 
as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16, Josh.6,9. In 
this sense the same idiom is found in 
other verbs of going, as N23" ΤΡ: 37 
2 Sam. 15, 30; dbpyy Ne3 ash 16, 5; 
comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12; 47.—But it is 
peculiar to 92 that to go is also used 


pn 


trop. for to go on in any thing, to in- 
crease ; and that in a threefold construc- 
tion: a) With the infin.pleonast. 757 
and a participle or verbal ad}. of another 
verb; Gen. 26, 13 533} πρη 22) he 
went on going and growing, i. e. grew 
more and more. Judg. 2,24 7723 77 937 
map Wor Sete and the hand of the 
Israelites went on going and being hard, 
i.e. grew harder and harder upon δώ 
bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25. 
b) Instead of the first 927, is not seldom 
put the verb itself which expresses the 
action thus increased ; as Gen. 8, 3 339") 
ΔΘ) Wn yn b32 ΛΘ and the wa- 
ters returned (flowed) from off the earth, 
going and returning, i.e. more and more. 
12,9. Rarely for the first 427 is put 
my}, as Gen. 8, δ and the waters bid ca 
“iom were going and decreasing, i. 6. 
decreased continually, more and more. 
9) With the part. 925 and a particip. of 
another verb; 1 Sam. 17, 41 "78h 7253 
272? 32h and the Philistine went on, go- 
ing and drawing near, i.e. drew nearer 
and nearer. 1 Sam. 2, 26 dxvow ἜΣΕΙ 
533) 42h and the child Samuel went on, 
going and growing, i.e. grew more and 
more. 2 Sam. 3,1. Esth. 9, 4. Jon. 1, 11. 
Proy. 4, 18. Comp. in Fr. ‘la maladie va 
toujours en augmentant et en empirant.’ 
—See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr. 
§ 128. 3, and notes. 

6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run, to 
rush, also to rage; e.g. of lightning, Ex. 
9,23 HEIN OX FMM and fire ran along 
the ground. Ps. 73,9 YIS2 FAA 5195 
their tongue roseth through the earth. 
91, 6 Witt deka 723 the pestilence that 
walketh (rageth) in darkness. Comp. 
Piel no. 4.—In Kal this signif. is marked 
by the harder forms ἼΞΙΤῚ, 9357. 

7. Imperat. M2> with He parag. is not 
only: go, depart, ete. Num. 10,29. 1 Sam. 
22, 5. al. seep. put it also passes over into 
a particle of inciting, goto! come! come 
now! Lut. age! Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22, 
6. Judg. 19, 11. 
females, instead of ">>, Gen. 19,32. ‘So 
without He parag, 83 =3 goto! ρο, 8 Κα. 
5, 5.—Plur. 25 id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam, 
9, 9. al. seep. 

Nips. 3252 pr. to be made to go; 
hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a 
shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Kal no. 4. 


25 


It is even addressed to , 


5 ~n 

Piet 724 i. q. Kal, but only poetic, 
except 1 K. 21, 17; in Chald. and Syr. 
the usual form.—Spec. 

1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to.go about, to walk, 
like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct 
of manner, Job 30, 28. 38,7. 1 K. 21, 27. 
Ps. 38,7. With 3 Ps. 131, 1. 

2. i. q. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live ; 
as Ἢ maya Ps, 86,11; "2 mipna Ez..18, 
9; also Ps. 89, 11. Prov.8, 20. Ecc. 11, 9. 

3. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, to go, to flow, of 
inanimate things; as ships Ps. 104, 26; 
streams Ps. 104, 10. 

4. Intens. i. q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly 
to speed, to fly; spoken of arrows Hab. 
3, 10; of God on the wings of the wind 
Ps. 104, 3. Also to roam about, to rav- 
age; Lam. 5, 18 the foxes ravage upon 
it. Part. 4399 ἃ rover, ravager, robber, 
Prov. 6, 11; parall. 153 "x. 

Hiri. τοῖα (fr. 555), rarely 9°2"7 
Ex. 2, 9; part. plur. 0°2>m2 Zech. 3, 
7 from abn, formed: in the Chaldee 
manner. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause to 
go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24, 
15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. mabe leaders, 
companions, Zech. 3, 7.—Of things, to 
take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Ecce. 
10, 20. Ex. 2,9 min SSn-ny "27> 
pa away this child. 2 Sam. 13, 13 
AM_INTMY WIN Mw whither shall I 
carry my shame? whither shall I go 
with it? 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
flow, e. g. a river, Ez. 32,14; to cause to 
flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex. 
14, 21. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5. 

Hirnpa. 725M 1. Pr. to go for one- 
self, Fr. se promener, comp. Gr. πορεύο- 
μαι; hence to walk up and down, as for 
exercise or amusement, Gen. 3, 8. 2 Sam. 


ΤΊ, 23 to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21, 


19. Job 1, 7. Zech. 1, 10.11. 6,7; to go, 
to walle, Ps. 35,14. With acc. (like Kal) 
Job 22, 14 WetINT HYD an he walketh 
the vault of the heavens. 

2. Trop. like Kal no. 2, Piel no. 2, to 
walk, to live. P7282 πεποπ, cha ‘nm, to 
walk in truth, in spirale ie. soite 
live, Pe. 26, 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20,7. 23, 31. 
To walk before God Gen. 17, 1. 24, 40. 
48, 15, also to walk with God 5,22. 24. 6 


τις 


9, i. 6. to live ina manner well pleasing 
unto God. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to flow, e. g. wine, 
Prov. 23, 31. 

4. Part. 321m Prov. 24, 34, a ravager, 

robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4. 

Deriv. besides those here following, 

are 772i}, M292, 729, MBN. 


2h Chald. Pa. to go, to walk, Dan. 4, 
26. 

Apu. id. Part. plur. 722472 Dan. 3, 25. 
A, 34. 


32m. 1. away, journey; then i. 4. 
‘Som Os a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam. 
12,4. Comp. Heb. Gram. § 104. 2. a. 

2. a flowing, a stream. 1Sam. 14, 26 
“a4 72h α flowing of i 1..0. honey. 
was Gowan Comp. 72 Π no. 3. 


27 Chalé. δ ὦ way-tax, toll, Ezra 
4, 13, 20. 7, 24. 


* peal 1. to give a clear sharp sound, 
-an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the 
women on occasions of public rejoicing 
-are accustomed to repeat the sounds 
ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is 
i. q. to rejoice ; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex. 
p-112. Comp. Germ. hallen, gellen ; Engl. 
_halioo, yell ; and with a sibilant, Germ. 
_schallen, Heb. >>. 

2. Transferred to light, to be clear, 


G 
bright, to shine, Arab. 4S, Germ. hell 
seyn. Job 29,3 72 iba when his candle 
shined ; for the pleonastic suffix, comp. 
33,20. Ez.10,3. See Hiph. and n.>3°5. 
3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a 
. show, i.e. in external things and in words, 
i.q. to boast, to glory, Ps. 75,5. Part. 
"ΘΑ γι boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6. 73,3. 
“75, 5.—Hence 
- 4, tobe foolish; see Poel. Inthe minds 
-of the sacred writers the idea of boasting 
and pride is always connected with that 
of folly ; as on the other hand modesty 
and humility are the attendants of wis- 
dom and piety, Comp. 325. 

Piet 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly 
spoken of God, ὁ. ace, MI78>bm praise 
Jehovah, Hallelujah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1. 
145,2. Inthe later books c. b , pr. to sing 
unto Jehovah, 1 Chr, 16, 36. 25, 3..2 Chr. 
20, 21. 30, 21. Ezra 311; c. 3 Ps. 44,9. 
Also of men, to praise, Prov. 27,2. 28,4; 


256 


sy} 


with 5x, to praise to any one, to com- 
mend, Gen. 12, 15. 

2. Intrans. to glory; Ps. 56,5 o"n>ea 
ἘΞ in God will I glory; c. by Ps. 
10, 3. 

Βαλε to be praised, celebrated, renown- 
ed, Ez. 26,17. Part. 53m one to be 
guidiindd: worthy of praise, δ. g. God, Psi 
18, 4. 96,4. 145, 3.—Ps. 78, 63 wnbanas 
sbban XD as the vowels now stand: and 
their virgins were not praised, sc. in nup- 
tial songs; comp. Chald. x>abr nuptial 
song. But this does not accord with the 
parallel sentiment im v. 64; and there- 
fore it is better to read ἡβϑήγι for 35554, 
they made no lamentation; see in 855 
Pu. 

Ῥοβι, 5>4n, fat. >in, causat. of Kal 
no. 4, to make foolish, Ece. 7,7. Also to 
show to be foolish, to put to shame, Job 
12,17. Is.44,25 >bin pvanp? and show- 
eth diviners to be fools, puts them to 
shame. 

Poa part. >>in2 pr. made foolish ; 
hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, 9 ~Dbinma 
those mad against me; like "2p. Ecce. 
2, 2. 

Hiren. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to shine, Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10. 

2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give 
forth light, i. q. "873 ne. 2, Jeb 31, 26. 

Hirupa. 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1, to be 
praised, Prov. 31, 30. 

2. to boast oneself, to glory, 1 K. 20, 11. 
Prov. 20, 14 Ἐξ m ib dtk he goeth 
away, and then he boasteth se. of his gain. 
With 3 of that é~ which one glories, 
Prov. 25, 14. 27,1; espec. in God Ps. 34, 
3. 64,11. 105, 3. Once 6. ἘΣ Ps. 106, 5. 

Hirxpo. 1. to be foolish ; hence to be 
mad, to rage, Jer. 25, 16. 51, 7. Nah. 2, 
5 329 s>binm the chariots are mad, 
i. 6. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50, 
38 sbbinns pro.wa they are mad in (af- 
ter) idols, 

2. to feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 14. 

Deriv. oxbibm, >don, nbbin, nsbbin, 
dba, mA man; pr. names bybknn, 
bybdna, snd 


bon Hillel, pr. n. τα. Judg. 12, 13. 15, 
* DOM fat. ohn Ps. 74, 6. 1. do beat, 
to strike, tosmite. Judg. 5, 26 NID" nebn 


she smote Sisera. Ps. 74, 6. ἯΙ, 5. is. 
41,7 cya obit who smote the anvil, pr 


nbn 


pee odin; for this change of accent see 
Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of a horse’s hoof 
smiting the ground, Judg.5,22. Metaph. 
Is, 28, 1 32 "725513 smitten of wine, drank- 
ards; comp. Gr. οἰνοπλήξ, Lat. percussus 
tempora Baccho Tibull. and for similar 
expressions in Arabic see Thesaur. Heb. 
Ῥ. 383. 

2. to smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16,8. 

3. Intrans. to break up, 6. g. an army, 
i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves. 
1 Sam. 14, 16 Bony 422 and they went 
on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed 
themselves more and more. 

Deriv. the three following, and =m", 
nizding. 

DOF pr. @ stroke or tap of the foot, 
as if showing where to come; hence 
Adv. of place, hither.—Corresp. is Arab. 


poe come hither, declined as an imper. 


whence fem: els. Ewald regards 
it as from ΠΝ ΒΗ with ἘΞ added, § 448; 
but © seems to be radical. 

1. hither, to this place, Ex.3,5. Judg. 
18,3. 1 Sam. 10, 39. nda hitherto, 
thus far, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16. 

2. here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13. 


D2F (stroke) Helem, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 
7, 35. 

net f. @ hammer, mallet, Judg. 5, 
26. R. bn. 


DH or OF Ham, pr. n. of a region or 
district otherwise unknown, the resi- 
dence of the Zuzim, prob. in or near the 
country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5. 


ἘΠῚ or OFF τη. (τ. 99) only in Plur. 
ὁ. suff. ὈΠῸΣ for of2M their riches, 
wealth. Ez. 7,11 85) ἘΣ ΌΓΙ δὲ 5) ome ND 
biy279 (there shall remain) nothing of 
them, neither of their multitude, nor of 
their wealth. The paronomasia of the 
words 072, 521279, onsne, seems to 
have given occasion for this new or at 
least unusual form. 


De} and 55 pers. Pron. 3 plur. mase. 
they, Lat. ii ; sometimes connected with 
a fem. as if for Lat. ee, Zech. 5, 10. 
Ruth 1, 22.—The general use of this 
pron. is similar to that of 835 q. v. viz. 


1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. di, | 


Gen. 37,16 D935 of Mb" "Db man tell 
22* 


257 


van 


me where they are feeding. 44,4. Often 
with a particip. marking the present 
time, Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3. 

2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. αὐτοί. 


Ps. 37,9 PAR WI Mary Mint Ip chose 


that wait upon Jehovah, they shall possess 
the land. 23,4. 43,3. Gen.14,24.—Gen. 44, 
3 the men were sent away, SION) Man 
they and their asses. 7,14. 42, 35. 

3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the 
article ; 6. g. in the formula S97 nar 
in those days, Sept. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις éxsi- 
vai, Gen. 6, 4. Ex. 2,11. Deut. 17,9. al. 
sep. More rarely 25 972 Joel 3, 2. 
4,1. Zech. 8, 23. See in 837 no. 3. 

4. As involving the idea of the sub- 
stantive verb, they are, Gen. 3,7 and 
they knew br DAI" ἋΞ that they (were) 
naked. 34,23. Ex. 15,23. Is. 37,19. seep. 
—Hence Ἐπ, M35, stand also instead 
of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25, 
16 ΒΝ ΞΘ 722 ἘΠῚ MPN these ane the sons 
of Ishmael. 34,21. Ps, 16,3. Zech. 1, 9. 
So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 nw 
mish mar there are threescore queens. 
Also for the second person, Zeph. 2, 12; 
see in 897 no. 4. 

5. With prefixes: 8) Mama by them 
Hab. 1,16,1. ᾳ. comm. 5332. Ὁ) oD, 
man2, as they, i.q. such, like, 2 Sara, 24, 
3. Jer. 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 8. ce) 
mam> i.g. 09>, Jer. 14, 16.. d) mune 
from them Ecc. 12, 12. Jer. 10, 2, But 
ἘΠῚ Ez. 8, 6 is for ἘΠῚ ΓῺ ; see m2. 


᾿ ron fut. M337, onomatop. like 
Engl. to hum, Germ. hummen, of bees, 
whence Hummel humble-bee; comp. 
also Germ. brummen, summen, Arab. 
poet Ἶ ὌΝ and (ym; pr. spoken of 
any murmuring, confused noise or sound ; 
similar to 73 q. v.—Hence : 

1. Of the sounds uttered by certain 
animals, 6. g. to growl asa bear Is. 59, 


11; to growl or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7. 


15; to cooas a dove Ez.7,16. Trop. of 
the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55, 18. 
77,4; which also is compared with the 
growling of bears Is. 59, 11, and the coo-. 
ing of doves Ez. 7, 16. 

2. Of various sounds and noises, genr. 
to sound, to make a noise ; so of the hum- 
ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ. 
Hummel as the name of a species of harp 
or guitar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also 


man 


of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36; 
of rain 1-K. 18, 41; of waves, to rage, to 
roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31, 
35. 51,55; also of a tumultuous crowd, 


to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7. 89, 7." 


83, 3. Is.17,12.—Part. fem. M215 ΡΣ Is. 
22,2. Hence miain poet. noisy places, 
i.e. the public streets, Prov. 1, 21.— 
Prov. 20,1 72u) moh pen 72 wine is a 
mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy. 
Comp. Zech. 9, 15. 

3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult, 
of a mind agitated and disquieted by 
cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q. to 
moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42, 
6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20; comp. Cant. 5, 
4.—This internal moaning or commotion 
is sometimes compared by the poets to 
the sound of musical instruments, comp. 
no. 2; just as Forster relates of the na- 
tives of some of the islands in the Pacific, 
that they call pity ‘the barking of the 
bowels.’ Is. 16, 11 1237 395 syizh "370 
my bowels sound (moan) like a hary Ῥ for 
Moab. Ser. 48, 36 orbdm> ΣΝ 25. ἼΞΡ 
733" my heart shall moan for Moab like 
pipes.—Hence 

4. Of a person roving about from in- 
‘quietude, q. d. to buzz about, to ramble, 
‘e. g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11. 
9, 13: 

Deriv. SH or ἘΠῚ, Han, ji04, pr. n. 
ΔΊΩΙ, 


MO see ἘΠ. 


“27 and 84 Chald. pers. Pron. 3 
pers. plur. m. they, i. q. Heb. 05, Dan. 
2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23, 


npr see mbt. 


710 τὰ. (τ. ΓΙ) once fem. Job 31, 34. 
‘Comp. 2. 

1. ‘noise, sound, e. g. of rain 1 K. 18, 
41; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5, 23; 
-espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14, 
19. Job 39, 7.—Hence 

2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men. 
yian dip the noise of a multitude, Is. 
13, 4. Dan. 10, 63 espec. a tushiltaod 
evowd; a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18, 29. 
‘pris jon Gen, 17,4, 5, ΘΛῺΣ ‘nm Is. 17, 
12, a multitude of nations, ὈΠῸΣ 7727 a 
multitude of women, many wives, 2 Chr. 
11, 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army, 


258 


yan 


Judg. 4,7. Dan. 11, 11.12.13. Also ἃ 
multitude of waters Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16. 

3. multitude of possessions, i. e. abun- 
dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ece. 5, 
9. Is. 60,4. Coner. the rich Is. 5, 18. 

4, commotion of mind, disquietude. Is. 
63,15 ΠΣ ἼΤΩ pr. the sounding (moan- 
ing) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion. 
Comp. τ. 9377 no. 3. 

TIOM see tah. 


M2721 (multitude) Hamonah, pro- 
phetical name of a city in a valley 
where the slaughter of Magog is to 
take place, Ez. 39,16. R. man. 


mar} f. sound of a harp, Is. 14, 11. 
R. 973. 


. pan obsol. root, Arab. (4% to rain 
continually, kindr. with "24. The pri- 
mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound ; 
comp. 72 spoken of rain 1 K. 18, 41.— 
Hence 


ΤΡ ΓΙ and ΓΙΡΉ ΩΤ ( noise, sound, i.q. - 
yien. * Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 1, 24 ΕΝ pnsbs 
mom >Sip2 non (I heard) as they went 
the sound of their noise as the sound of 
a host. Comp. ;i2% dip Is. 13,4. 33,3. 
1 K. 20, 13. 28; espec. Dan. 10, 6. 


* DST fat. cit, i. g. 255, pr. 10 put 
in motion ; hence 

1. to put in commotion, consternation ; 
to disturb, to discomfit, e. g. God his ene- ἡ 
mies, Ex. 14, 24, 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps. 
144, 6 cans Fan πὸ send forth thine 
arrows and discomfit them sc. the ene- 
mies. Ps, 18,15, 2Chr. 15,6 D225 ΓΙΌΣ 
myx7>23 God did discomsit ‘them with 
all affliction. —Hence 

2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct, 
Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with 728 ; 
Jer. 51, 34 joined with ὅν. 

3. to impel, to drive. Is, 28, 28 Deh 
imbas baba he driveth the wheels of his 
car, i. e. threshing-dray. 

Nien. fut. th, to be moved, disturbed, 
6. g. acity, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4, 
5. 1K. 1, 45.—Simonis wrongly refers 
this form to DIn, 

TOM ig. yen q.v. hence Ez. 5, 7 
Diam Ὁ ἘΞΟ ΌΤΙ 4372 because of your tu- 
mult more than the nations, i.e. because 
you have been more tumultuous than 
the nations round about; comp. r. 73h 


oa 
no. 2. Here ΞΘ is for 5332 (from 


yi27); or perh. this latter form is the 
true reading. 


JO Haman pr. n. of a Persian noble, 
celebrated for his plots against the Jews, 
Esth. 3, 1 sq.—Perh. Pers. #4 homam 
magnificent, splendid ; or Sanser. héman, 
the planet Mercury. 


722) Chald. or according to Cheth. 


F271, Dan. 5, 7. 16. 29 a necklace, 
neck-chain, Lat. monile. Corresponding 
is Syr. ἔδαΐξοσι, Loudsen, cind Gr. μανι- 
ἄκης, μανίακον, μάννος, also μανάκιον, 
μαννάκιον, all which are diminutives 
from μάγος, μάνγος, μόννος, words chiefly 
Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see 
Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the 
LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The 5 
in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros- 
thetic, and 3 or - is a diminutive 
ending common also to the Persians and 
Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a 


gem, pearl. 

ἘΠ ὁ ΟΌ50]. root, i. 4. ΠΣ Ue, 
which are spoken of any light noise, 
comp. M37, 5313, 727, 78; 6. gas of 
persons moving or walking; or of small 
boughs or brushwood thrown together 
and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack- 
ling of brushwood; comp. by transpos. 

to break any thing dry, as twigs, 


brushwood, μὲ brushwood.—Hence 


D'S" m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood, 
twigs. Saadias well retains υ».49}} ; 


ν VI not in use in Hebrew; Arab. 
ro to flow rapidly, to stream, to 


σχσοσ 


pour; ὃ rain, a heavy shower. 
The primary idea is doubtless that of 
noise, sound, (comp. 737, and see "23 II, 
note,) as in >on, which indeed comes 
from this root, the " being softened into 
>. Hence prob. also the Greek ὄμβρος, 
Lat. imber. Similar is 79. 
Deriv. ἸΏ. 


q 


* 1. ὙΠ pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fem. 
they, ee ; found only with prefixes, as 
yma Gen. 19, 29. 30, 26. 37; ἼΠ|9 Ez. 18, 
14; ΠΏ Ez. 16, 4; ΓΛ therefore Ruth 
q 13. As a separate pronoun it always 
takes Mm parag. as ΤῊΣ; ᾳν. 


259 


ΓΟ 


“TI. PF, with Makk.-7 1. Adv.or 
interj. demonstrative, lo! behold! Kin- 


Ξ - 
dred particles are Arab. cyl lo! Lis, 


Us here, Gr. ἤν, ἠνέ i. q. M2 , ἠνέδε, Lat. 


en; also Chald. 4%, 997, 58, pron. de- 
monstr. hic, hec, hoc. Indeed, demon- 
strative pronouns and adverbs are often 
expressed by the same or similar words ; 


comp. Sf, of lo! and {ks this; Ἐν 


5 
where, and si who?—Gen. 3, 22. 4, 
14. 11,6. 15,3. 19, 34. 27,11. 29,7. 30,34. 
39, 8. 47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre- 
quent is ΠΣ q. v. 

2. It passes over into a particle of 
affirmation, lo! i.q. yea, surely, as in the 
Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadias 
well, Hence ὙΠ i. q. 42>. 

3. Also into a particle of interroga- 
tion, num ? or at least of oblique interro- 
gation, whether? Jer. 2,10 AN 7 384 
FNI2 see, whether there be such a thing. 
Comp. Chald. jt πο. 3, This transition 
of demonstrative particles into interro- 
gatives is easy; comp. Heb. 5, ἘΝ lett. 
B; also Syr. 1a lo! which is idl inter- 
rogatively in some formulas, as {a ΠΠ is 
not? Lat. ecquid? for en quid or ecce 
quid. 

4. As a conditional particle, Xf, i. 4. 
BN lett. C, like Chald. 94, Syr. ls but 
chiefly in the later books which verge 
towards Chaldaism. Εἰ. g. 2 Chr. 7, 13 
where ὩΣ follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15. 
Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this 
signification has arisen, is apparent from 
the following passages of the Penta- 
teuch: Lev. 25, 20 what shall we eat the 
seventh year? 37212 8> 4m for lo! we 
shall not sow, etc. i. q. unless we sow, if 
we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22. 


J Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3. 17. 

2. whether, Ezra 5, 17. 

3. if, Dan. 2,5. 6. 3,15. 18. Repeat- 
ed, i/—or, whether—or, Ezra 7, 26. 


M353 (Milél) I. As pers. Pron. 3 pers. 
plur. fem. they, ee, Gen. 41, 19; also 
themselves, ipse, αὐταί, Gen. 33.6; with 
art. these 1 Sam. 17, 28.—Often as in- 
cluding the substantive verb, Gen. 6, 2 


rT 


Mir} mind "2D; or put directly for it, Gen. 
41. 26 mt Dw sau minbm minp say. 
ν. 27.—With prefixes, 6. g. ΤΡῚΣ Lev. 
5, 22. Num. 13, 19; mere Ley. 4, 2. Is. 
34, 16; περ Ez. 1, 5.23; ΓΙΣΙ͂Ξ as they, 
such, Gen. 41,19, Job 23, 14; M233 MIND 
such and such things 2 Sam. 12, 8.—See 
Dn, xan, 

II. Adv. of place: a) hither, to this 
place, compounded from ὙΠ II, lo, here, 
and © parag. local ; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3, 
9. al. Mim MM hither and thither, this 
way and that way, Josh. 8,20. 1 Sam. 
20, 21 mI Fa from thee hither, i. e. 
on this side of thee, opp. MN?" 72, 
see mxbn.— So mins? hitherto in 
place, thus Sar, Num. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 7, 
12; hither 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 Κι»: 
gpoken of time, hitherto, as yet, Gen. 15, 
16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into 
712, 5272,q.v. Ὁ) here, in this place, 


a- 
Arab. List, where © is merely demon- 
strative, Gen. 21,29. Repeated, here.. 
there Ban. 12, πὶ me) mim here al 
there 1 K. 20, 40. 


2, with Makk. x:7mh Gen. 19, 2, 
i. q. {2 with πὶ parag. having a demon- 
strative power, (like ἀπ, M8 ,) a demon- 
strative particle, interj.lo! behold! For 
the etymology, or rather analogy, see in 
37 Il. It serves to point out both per- 
sons and things, places and actions ; 
Gen. 12,19 FAN HIM behold, thy wife. 
16, 6. 18, 9 ΠΝ mn behold, in the tent. 
20, 15. 16. 1, 29 "ΔῈ pb "ὭΣ min lo, J 
give unto you every herd, etc. Espec. in 
descriptions and in lively narration, ani- 
mated discourse; Gen. 40, 9 m2m) ">m2 
2b> [24 in my Hneaing and lo, a vine was 

before me. v.16. 41, 2.3, Is. 29,8; comp. 
Dan. 2,31. 7,5.6. Sometimes it serves 
for incitement, exhortation; Ps. 134, 1 
o1 Mx 3272 HM behold, bless ye Jehovah. 

"When the thing to be pointed out is 
expressed by a personal pronoun, this is 
appended to MM as a suffix ; as in Plau- 
tus eccum for ecce eum. The forms are: 
227 behold me, the pron. being in the 
accus. since the particle contains a ver- 
bal idea, see- Heb. Gr. § 98, 5; in Pause 
“32m Gen. 22, 1. 11. 27, 1, and "22m 22, 
7. 27,18. ηπ behold thee Gen. 20, 3, 
once M22M 2 K. 7,2; fem. 424 Gen. 16, 
11, ion ‘behold him, eccum, Num. 23, 17. 


260 


Eh 


ἜΣ behold us Josh. 9,25; in Pause 325 
Job 38, 35, 1237 Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. ἘΞ3Π 
Deut. 1, 10. Din Gen. 47, 1, —The forms 
“325 behold me ! ! IEA behold us! are used 
by way of answer when persons are call- 
ed, and imply that they are present and 
ready, Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27,1. 8. Num. 
14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6. 
58, 9. 65, 1—Further, Min c. suff. is 
very often in animated discourse put be- 
fore a participle standing for a finite verb, 
and espec. for the future; Gen. 6, 17 
‘HM NID DEM pr. behold me about to 
bring a deluge, i i. 6. behold, I will bring, 
etc. 20, 3 ΓῺ Fn behold thee about to 
die, i. e. behold thou art a dead man. Is. 
3, 1. 7, 14. 17, 1. Jer. 8, 17. 30,10. Also 
for the preter, Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25; 
and the present. Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11. 
Rarely a finite verb follows, the person 
being changed; as Is. 28, 16 507 ἈΠ 
behold me, who layeth, etc. 


OMe f. (verbal of Hiph. τ. m2) per- 
mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2, 18. 
Sept. and Chald. understand a remis- 
sion of tribute. 


DE Hinnom, see in N75 lett. a. 
32) Hena, pr. n. of a city of Mesopo- 


tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34. 
19, 13. Is. 37, 13. 


* Or an interject. onomatopoetic like 
hist! hush! implying silence! comp. Gr. 
σίξζω. Hab. 2, 20, Zeph. 1,7. Zech. 2, 
17. Judg. 3,19. Amos 6,10. Adv. si- 
lenily Am. 8, 3, Sept. σιωπήν. It was 
declined like Imp. Piel; so plur. son 
Neh. 8, 11.—Hence the verb 


MOM denom. only in Hiren. fat. om, 
to hush, to still, 6. g. a people, Num. 
13, 30. 


MEM f. intermission, pause, Lam. 3, 
49. R. 238. 
* 


ye fut. 584, 1 pers. TENN Zeph. 


3,9. “Aram. yen, Arab. 451. 

1. to turn, to turn about or over, 6. g. 
acake Hos. 7,8; a dish 2 K. 21,13; a 
bed, i. gq. to make, Ps. 41, 4. 979 bn 
turn thy hand se. in driving a chariot, so 
as to cause the horses to turn round, 
i.e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22, 34, 2 
Chr. 18, 33; comp. 2K. 9,23. 97> ἼΞΠ 
‘p "38> do turn the back (neck) to any 


ἼΞΠ 


one, Josh. 7, 8.—Intrans. like Engl. to 
turn, also στρέφειν in Hom. 10 turn one- 
self, to turn about, 2K. δ, 26; hence 
to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41. 
Ps. 78, 9. 

2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy 
cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22; c. 


= pg? 
a Am. 4, 11.—Arab. BLES the 
overturned, destroyed, καὶ ἐξοχήν of 
Sodom and Gomorrah. 

3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps. 
105,25. With > to turn into any thing, 
Ps. 66, 6. 105, 29. Jer. 31, 13; without > 
Ps. 114, 8.—Intrans. as in no. 1, to turn, 
to be turned, changed, ο. acc. ‘into any 
thing ; Lev. 13, 3 42> Wem 5233 “SY the 
hair in the plague (spot) is turned white. 
v. 4. 10. 13. 20. 

4. to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the 
words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp. 
yen. 

Nips. 7272, inf. absol. 7i5M2, part. f 
in pause M873 Jon. 3, 40. 

1. to turn oneself about, to turn back, 
Ez. 4, 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 3873 
iba who turns about, is versatile! with 
his tongue. With 3 to turn against any 
one Job 19, 19; >¥ to any one Is. 60, 5; 
ἘΝ Josh. 8, 20; > Lam. 5, 2.—1 Sam. 4, 
19 ΠΣ πρὸς ΞΕ her pains turned 
themselves within. her, i. 6. began to 
cause writhings within her; see in Ὁ 
no. 3. 6. 

2. to be overturned, overthrown, de- 
stroyed, Jon. 3, 4. 

3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed, 
with > Ex. 7,15. Lev. 13, 16. 17; acc. 
Lev. 13, 25. Spec. to be changed for 
the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in TIF no. 1; 
to be changed, dried up, as moisture, 
Ps. 32, 4. 

Horn. 489" c. 59 to be turned or to 
turn against any one, to assail, Job 30, 
15. 

Hirapa. 1. to turn oneself, Gen. 3,24 

ΞΞΠ Ὁ 370 a sword continually turn- 
ing itself, i. 6. brandished, glittering. 
Of a cloud turning itself, i. 6. moving 
about on the sky, Job 37, 12. 

2. to be turned, changed, Job 38, 14. 

3. i. q. to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg. 
Ἵ,13. 

Deriv. those here following, and also 
ΠΞΕΙΙΒ, MBE, NgINN. 


261 


"Π 


FHM or FON m. the reverse, the con- 
trary, Ez. 16, 34. 


yen m. trop. perverseness. Is. 29, 16 
B22nn O your perverseness ! 


vrir 


MEM f. overthrow, destruction, Gen. 
19, 29. R. 58%} no. 2. 


FEIN adj. turning, winding, crooked, 
Proy. 21,8. Opp. "03. R. ἼΞπ. 


MOS £. (verbal of Hiph. τ. 513) a 
snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14. 
* 


1357 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Spas 
} ῃ ? Ὃ eg 


and “ , the letters M and πὶ being 
interchanged, to be firm, strengthened, 


8 
fortified ; whence pes defence. weap- 


ons, Ethiop. %&7% iron, plur. iron imple- 
ments, weapons.—Hence 


725 Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the 
Targums and Kimchi well. Many co- 
pies read sh. 


Ἢ m. (r. 25 q. v.) with He loc. ΤῊ 
Gen. 14, 10; with art. "475, and He lo- 
cal 93 Gen. 12,8. 19,17.19.al. Plur. 
p15, constr. "5, with art. O05. 

1. a@ mountain, mount, Germ. Berg ; 
corresponding is Gr. ὄρος, Slavic gora. 
Is. 30, 25. 40, 9. 57,7. al. sep. Often 
with a pr.n.as "Ὁ ἽΠ Mount Sinai, 
sian 1 Mount Tabor; and with the 
art. yaabn = Mount Lebanon. —Further, 
orbs "1 the mountain of God, i.e. a) 
Sinai, as the place where the law was 
given, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 27. 18,5. Ὁ) Zion 
Ps. 24,2. Is.2,3; which also is often call- 
ed God’s holy mountain, mostly "3p "73, 
i63p "1, where the suff. refers to God, 
Is. 11,9. 56,7. 57,13. Ps.2,6. 15,1. 43,3. 
Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fully Zion is 
called "2 ΤῊΣ 573 * 2,2. 6) In plur. the 
Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun- 
tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25, 
49,11. 65, 9.—On the superstition of the 
ancient nations and partic. of the He- 
brews, by which they regarded moun- 
tains as sacred and the seats of the 
Deity, see Comment. on Is. Vol. IL p. 
316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen 
des A. T. Pref. p. XV sq.—m"nO27 34 
the mount i. e. citadel, castle, of the de- 
stroyer, spoken of Babylon, Jer. 51, 25. 


"ἢ 


2. Collect. mountains, mountainous re- 
gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14, 12; e. g. 
“ΠΣ “WI the mountains of Seir; NTN 773 
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,48. "3 
{va the mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68,16. 
With the art. "4h the mountains, κατὶ 
ἐξοχήν, viz. a) The high mountainous 
tract extending nearly through Pales- 
tine between the plain on the sea-coast 
and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8. 
Josh. 9,1. Ὁ) The mountains of Judah, 
i. e. the same tract south of Jerusalem, 
(ἡ ὀρεινή Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut. 
1,2. c) The mountainous region east 
of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country 
of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30. 

3. In proper names: a) O95 "4 
{mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a vat 
of the Samaritans, Judg. 1,35. Ὁ) ἢ 
nu, see "Si. 

"7 see “ih. 

N'A") (mountainons land) Hara, pr. ἢ. 
of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5, 26. Prob. 
Media Magna, now called, = , 3! 
"ρῶς ?Ajamy, also JLSI el-Jebal the 
mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III. 
6. 14. 


DSI (mount of God) put for the 
altar of burnt-offering, Ez. 43, 15; called 
also there and in v. 16 byway q. ν. 
no. Il. 


ean fat. 35539, to kill, to slay, viz. 
a) Men, spoken not only. of homicide 
between private persons (for which also 
mz") Gen. 4, 8 sq. Ex. 2,14; but also of 
the slaughter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4. 
14,20. Josh. 10,11. 13, 23; and of any 
killing, 1 K. 19,10 sq. 3 Καὶ. 11,18, Esth. 
9,6; whether done with the sword Ex. 
22,23. 2 Sam. 12,9. Am. 4,10, or by a 
stone thrown Judg. 9,54. Hence ascribed 
also to the pestilence Jer. 18,21; toa 
viper Job 20, 16; and poet. even to grief, 
vexation, Job5,2. Ὁ) Beasts, Is. 27,1; 
hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13. 
c) Plants, like Engl. to kill. Ps. 78, 47 
DHS Wa IAN" he killed their vines with 
hail ; comp. m2 Job 14, 8, and see in 
mia. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 felices inter- 
Jice messes.—Construed mostly c. ace. 
rarely c. 3, 2 Sam. 3, 30. Job 5, 2; also 
c.2, q.d. to slay among them, 2 Chr. 
28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. 3 A. 2. 


262 


χε 


ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be killed, slain, Ez. 26, 
6. 15. 

Pua id. Is. 27, 7. Ps. 44, 23. 

Deriv. the two following: 


A} m. a killing, slaughter, Is. 27, 7. 
30, 25. Ez. 26,15. Esth. 9,5. Prov. 24, iL 


ΓΛ f id. Haw Ik sheep for the 
slaughter Zech. 11, 4.7; comp. the verb 
Is, 22,13. 33 83 the valley of slaugh- 
ter Jer. 19,6. R.aan. 


ἘΓΤΡῚ fut. cony. "At; inf. 4h, iA. 

1. to ‘become pregnant, to conceive, 
spoken of a female; the etymology 
seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin- 
dred with "23, "7T7.—Gen. 4, 1. 17, 
16, 4. 21, 2. 25, 21. 29, 32; with of the 
man to or by bess Rite one conceives, Gen. 
38, 18. Part. ΠῚ she that conceives, 
hence poet. for a mother, Cant. 3, 4. Hos, 
2, 7.—The Heb. interpreters also affirm 
that plur, 2°57 is put as if by Zeugma 
for both parents Gen. 49, 26; comp, 


-Ὁ "» 
Arab. yl the two fathers, i. e. the 


parents. But see under "in. 

2. Metaph. to conceive in mind; hence 
to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7, 
15 “Ry Te Sey MIM he conceived mis- 
chief and brought forth disappointment. 
Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4. 

Nore. Some ascribe also to this verb 
the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal- 
ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 Dyye-my “im. But 
here the writer only omits to mention 
the birth. 

Puat M55 pass. to be conceived. Job 3, 
3 and. (perish) the night which said 5h 
“21 a man-child is conceived. Schultens 
well: “Inducitur nox ilia (in qua Jobus 
conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii et 
exultans ob spem prolis virilis.” 

Po. inf. absol. inh Is. 59, 13, i. ᾳ. Kal 
no. 2, . 

Deriv. γι, "5, i, and 

mv) adj. only fem. Mn pregnant, 
with child, Gen. 16, 11. 38, 34. 25. Ex. 
21, 22. al. With Ὁ of pers. to or by 
whom, Gen. 38, 25. ‘mbh mon with child 
near to be delivered 1 Sam. 4, 19. mn 
cbis ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17.—Plur. 

isn Jer. ibid. With suff. Amin, 
emnian (forms with Dag. ἢ impl. as if 
from Pi.) 2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16. 


7 


“PF Chald. conception, thought, from 
“Mn to conceive in mind, to think, see 
Chala. r. 777. Plur. Dan, 4,2, spoken of 
visions in dreams, like the synon, 7°37 
2,29. 30, 4,16. Syr. ἴϑσιϑσι fancy, ima- 
gination. 

TINT τὰ, (Ὁ. ΠῚ) conception, pregnan- 
cy, Gen. 3, 16. Tsere impure. 

“7 i. q. MIN, fem. 4, whence 
mio Hos. 14,1. R.9In. 

TPN m. (υ. 734) conception, Ruth 4, 
13. Hos. 9, 11. 

MOM ἢ (τ. OW) something torn 
down, a ruin, 6. g. a house demolished, 
Am. 9, 11, 

mo ἢ (τ, OW) a tearing down, 
destruction, Is. 49, 19. 


* D7 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. BIB, BIN, fo 
be high. Arab. hole make great, to 


lift up; whence ἐγ pyramid, lofty 
building.—Hence 172 and 


DIA (height, after the form od42; or 
mountaineer, from “Fh with the ending 
t—,) Horam, pr. n. of a Canaanitish 
king, Josh. 10, 33. 


DW) (exalted) Harum, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 4, 8. 


yaw i. ᾳ. F298, @ fortress, castle, 
sc. of an enemy, Am. 4,3. R.ou45. 


ΤῊ (mountaineer, from 7%) Haran, 
pr.n.m. a) The brother of Abraham, 
Gen. 11, 236. 237. b) 1 Chr. 23, 9.—For 
JWI ma see p. 129. n. 


*O™NT fat. ode Job 12, 14. Is. 22, 
19, and o49 Ex. 15, 7. 2K. 3; 25 

1. to pull or tear down, to destroy. 
The primary signif: lies in the syllable 
D5, which like 7 , Gr. ῥήσσω, ῥήττω, 
Germ. reissen, is onomatopoetic, with 
the notion of rending, tearing, pulling 
in pieces, etc. Comp. 724, M¥7, also 
ὙΠ, V3, 729, OW, ete. Arab. Uy, 
©, to tear in pieces, to lacerate.—Pr. 
and mostly ἐσ tear down houses, cities, 
walls, (opp. "23 Ps. 28, 5,) 1 K. 18, 30. 
19, 10. Is. 14, is. Jer. 1, 10. 45, 4. Lam, 
2, 2. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39. Mic. 5, 10. al. 
Elsewhere sleo ἐδ tear out teeth, i. δὶ to 


263 


ms 


break out, Ps. 58,7; to pull down from 
a station Is. 22,19; to pull or tear down 
a people, to destroy, Ex. 15,7; and hence 
of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus- 
tice establisheth the land, M72") Ox} 
MOI but he that loveth bribes pulleth 
it down, i. e. an unjust king destroys it. 

2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ; 
Ex. 19, 21 ὙΠῸ 307719798 lest they break 
through unto Jehovah. v. 24. 

Nien. to be torn down, overthrown, de- 
stroyed, Ps. 11,3. Joel1,17. Ez. 30, 4. αἱ, 
Also of mountains, Ez. 38, 20. 

Prez i. gq. Kal no. 1. Ex. 23, 24. Is. 
49, 17. 

Deriv. FO", MIO", and 


OI ἅπαξ λεγόμ. and of doubtful au 
thority, destruction, Is. 19, 18; where 
most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu. 
Theod. Syr. read: MAN? vex7 OTT WD 
one (of these five cities) shall be called, 
The city of destruction, i.e. in the dion 
of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de- 
stroyed ; comp. 877 Niph. no.2.7. The 
Jews of Palestine, who approved this 
reading, referred it to Leontopolis in 
Egypt and its temple, which they ab- 
horred, and the destruction of which 
they supposed to be here predicted.— 
But the more probable reading is 077% 
q. v.no. 2. See more in Comment. on 
Is. 1. c. 


*57 a root not in use, prob. to swell ; 
kindr. with 4°15 to become pregnant, pr. 
to swell, to become tumid; Chald. wt 
to become pregnant-—Hence ἍΠ, “7, 
"973, mountain, "773. 

‘YX Chald. in Peal not used, kindr. 
with Heb. 45 to conceive ; Par. “ΤΡ 
to conceive in mind, to think. Hence 
“hI. 

ἜΣ, once 6. suff. "175 Jer. 17, 3, and 
ὙΠ only ¢. suff. ὙΠ Ps. 30, 8; Plur. 
constr. “27, τα cuff. 7775 Deut. 8, 9, 
i. q. 7, a pale ar but mostly poetic. 
Jer. 17, 3 ἸῺΝ 55 nes ὙΠ my 
mountain (Zion) with the ‘field « « « will 
1 give as spoil; in the parallel clause 
is ΤΌΤΕΣ ΠΛ 23 thy high places with 
their sin i. e. with their idols. R. i. 

YN) 2 Sam. 23, 33, and "TF y, 11, 
a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain- 
ous tract of Ephraim or Judah. R. ty. 


pun 


DUM (perh. i. q. nwn fat) Hashem, 
pr. π᾿ τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 94; in the parall. 
passage 2 Sain. 23, 32 is ja". 


ΓΑ ΩΣΤΙ verbal of Hiph. (τ. 3213) 
i. q. inf. a causing to hear. Ez. 24, 26 
DIN ΤῊΣ ΘΙΤΡ tu cause the ears to hear. 


JUAN verb. Hiph. Ὁ 2) α melting, 
Ez. 22, 22. 


70 Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in 
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4,5. Bohlen 
compares 3h verity. 


* ons ὁ a secondary root not used in 
Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb 551}. 
Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an 
origin from >5m; while in others the 
letter 7 acquires the nature of a radical. 
The former is the case in Pret. 57m 
Gen. 31, 7; inf. bmn Ex. 8, 25; fut. 
. ἈΣΏΠΕΙ Job 13, 9; pass. >man Is. 44, 20; 
all which are seal forms of Hiph. μὰ 
Hoph. from >>m. The latter has place 
in brat 1 K. 18, 27; mm Jer. 9, 4; 
and the Fs ete phn, “piben ; ; in 
all which 7 is retained a8 if radical. 
These forms signify: 

1. to deceive, c. 2 Gen. 31, 7. Judg. 
16, 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4. 

2. to mock, to deride, 1 K. 18,27. See 
the derivatives above. 

Nore. In the kindred languages the 
root >>m is both primary and secondary, 
and the guttural preformative (™) as- 
sumes also the power of a radical letter. 


Gu 
Thus Arab. 3 is to cause to fall, to 


Vav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet; as a numeral denoting 6. 
The name Vav, "3, sometimes written 
4", denotes a peg’, nail, hook, see in its 
order ; to which its form in many ancient 
alphabets bears a resemblance. 

For the twofold power and office of 
this letter, as movable and quiescent, 
see the Grammars, As a consonant, it 
is rarely found at the beginning of a root, 
Yod (5) being mostly substituted for it, 


264 5 


prostrate ; whence Hiph. >in to deceive, 
like M27, σφάλλω, fallo ; which | He 


sense also belongs to the kindr. jb to 
defraud. Then from >nn, the letter m 
being changed for a harsher guttural, 


9 Cw 
comes (Lie to deceive, to defraud, Aees 


fraud, cunning; comp. Ewald, Heb. 
Gramm. p. 487, where he errs enly in 
denying that Π is at all radical. Other 
secondary roots of this kind, in which 
one or another servile letter becomes 
radical, are PM), MMB, INH, q.v. Also 
from the kindred languages we may 
add: nt bow from τ. Sip, and thence 


as ; wen from ΠΏ, thence Rabb. 
WEN 5 Ἃ 3.955.) before, from as, 
thence 2b) δ 

Deriv. nibnt2, and 


mbnn m. plur. mockings, derisions, 
poet. for mockers, Job 17, 2. 


ἜΡΩΣ in Kal not used, prob. i. .- 


mort, dD, to break; whence to break 
in upon, to set upon, to assail any one. 
Hence as ἅπαξ λεγόμ. 

Poet Ps. 62, 4 tx 53 anMinn Mx ἼΘ᾽ 
how long will ye break in upon a man? 
i. e. set upon him. Sept. ἐπιτέϑεσϑε, 
Vulg. irruitis—Less well Abulwalid 
assigns to this root the sense of talking, 
prating. Others assume a root Min, 
comp. Arab. wks to acclaim, to ap- 
plaud. Simonis compares Arab. GL to 
harm, to injure. 


as >" for 54 Δ"; ; in the middle of a 

root it is ee movable, and is 

there interchanged with 2 q. v. but 

oftener it is quiescent, see Lehrg. p. 

406; at the end of a root or word it is 

ὧι uiescent, except in a few examples, as 
ΠΝ mide. See Thesaur. p. 393. 


‘1, or Ἵ before Sheva movable and the 
letters 23, also Ἵ before monosyllables 
and barytones espec, when marked with 


Ὶ 205 Ὶ 


a distinctive accent (see Heb. Gr. δ 102. 
2), the Conjunction copulative, and, 


et, καὶ, Arab. 3 Waw and 3, Syr. o, 
Ethiop. Ὁ. The use of this particle is 
of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in 
many cases where sentences are to be 
connected, did not accurately distinguish 
the exact manner of connection; but 
in the simplicity of an-early language 
rested satisfied with this one copula, 
where more cultivated tongues employ 
various particles, adversative, causal, 
final, etc. To its very frequent use is to 
be ascribed especially an appearance of 
loose simplicity, which is characteristic 
of the Hebrew.—Hence 

1. Primarily and most frequently Vav 
is merely a Copula, serving both to con- 
nect words, as YIN OvewA Gen. 1, 1; 
331 3Mm 1,2; and also sentences, espec. 
as continuative of discourse, 6. g. Gen. 1, 
2 ana anh mn pI .—Special uses 
as connecting words, are the following: 

a) Where three, four, or more nouns 
or verbs are connected, the copula is 
inserted, either before each one after the 
first. Gen. 6, 21. Ex. 25, 4. Deut. 14, 26; 
or only before the latter ones, as the 
third. if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex. 
28,19; the third and fourth, if four, Deut. 
18, 10; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five ; 
2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote 
from our usage, it is inserted between 
the first and second, and not before the 
subsequent ones; as Ps. 45,9 mi>nxi mia 
ΤΟΣ ΣΡ myrrh and aloes and cassia. v. 
5. Deut. 29, 22. Job 42, 9. Is. 1, 13.—F or 
the omission of the copula, constructio 
asyndeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Ewald 
Heb. Gr. § 354. 5. 

b) Sometimes two nouns are connect- 
ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a 
genus and the other a species, or at least 
the latter is included in the former; here 
Vay is i. q. and especially, and particu- 
larly, and namely. So B24") WAT 


Judah and especially Jerusalem, Is. 1,1. 
In like manner, Is. 9, 7 Ephraim, 


2, 1. 
and among them the inhabitants of Sa- 


maria, Ps. 18, 1.—More rarely is the 


special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jerusa- 


lem and the rest of Judah. 15. 24, 23) 
Zion and Jerusalem, Jer. 21, 7. So 


23 


Lat. Peni et Hannibal Just. 29.3; Han- 
nibal et Peni Liv. 21. 40, 

9) The copula is occasionally inserted 
between words strictly. in apposition, 
Engl. even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3 
9935 ΤῸ in Ramah, even in his own 
city. Chald. Dan, 4, 10 ὥπηρῚ ὙΦ a 
watcher (angel), even a holy one.—Some- 
times the copula thus adds emphasis to 
the word to which it is prefixed; 2 Sam. 
13, 20 myn) “wen stm and Tamar 
aboule: and that desolate. Lam. 3, 26. Is. 
57, 11 have I not held my peace Dbinmt 
cven from of old? Am. 3, 11. 

d) The copula sometimes connects 
two words, whether nouns or verbs, in 
such a way that they coalesce and form 
one idea. «@) In nouns this constitutes 
the figure Hendiadys (ἕν διὰ δυοῖν) ; in 
which the latter noun depends upon and 
serves to define the former, as elsewhere 
the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall 
be pr1siabs mind for signs and for sea- 
sons, i. 6. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3,. 
16 I will multiply thy sorrow and thy 
pregnancy. i. e. the sorrow of thy preg- 
nancy. So Mex} 30" favour and fide- 
lity, i. δ. constant favour, see in ΤΩΝ no. 
2. But the defining noun may also 
stand first ; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 Dh OOQes 
odours and kinds, i. e. divers kinds of 
odours. Job 10,17. 8) Of two verbs: 
so connected by. the copula, the latter is: 
dependent on the former, and elsewhere- 
is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite: 
form without the copula; see Heb. Gr.. 
§ 139. Esth.8,6 °°87) 5258 F228 how: 
can Tendure and see? i.e. endure tosee.. 
Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best. 
render the first verb in Engl. by an.ad- 
verb; as ΠΡ Hoi he added and took,, 
i. ᾳ. he again took, Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18. 
“Brmt] 3") he returned and dug, i.e. he 
again dug. Dan. 9, 25. 

e) The copula is also used. where to: 
the primary person there is. subjoined. a 
person or thing less important ; which 
is expressed in Engl. more definitely by 
with, and likewise in Heb. often by the 
particles 53,2. Esth. 4, 16 "253323 2 
miss 7 and. my maidens: will fast, i. q. 
nae ἘΣ J with my maidens. Jer. 22, 

7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of . 
a glittering sword, i.e. with a glittering 
‘sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7, 10. Ina 


: 266  ΝΗ͂Ν 


similar way the ancient interpp. under- 
stood the difficult passage: 1 Sam. 14, 
18 the ark of God was at that time 7235 
byron Engl. Vers. with the children of 
Israel; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. sah, 
53. Better to read w* 7323 as Sept. or 
ὋὋ" “252. 

f) In the following idiom peculiar to 
the Pentateuch and Joshua, Vay is put 
like Lat. etiam, simu, i. q. ‘idan as, even 
{or at the same time. Num, 34, 6 

Aga STR Oty O52 MT) ONT Daz and 
as for the weslern "border, there shall be 
to you the great sea even for a border ; 
i. q. in Greek totus ὑμῖν... καὶ ὕριον, 


Arab. Les. Deut.3,16 im pias bra sy 
dassa brim even unto the brook Arnon, 
to the middle of the brook, which is even 
Sor the border. v.17. Tosti: 13, 23 ὙΠ} 
PASH FTI FIN 72 543 and the bor- 
der of the children of Reuben was Jor- 
dan, even for a border. y. 27. 15, 12. 47. 
See Thesaur. p. 394 sq. 
_  g) When a noun is repeated, the in- 
sertion of the copula denotes: a) Pr.a 
doubling, something two-fold; Ps. 12, 3 
259 352 with a double heart i.e. with 
duplicity of mind, comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38. 
Deut. 25, 13 5281 138 double weighis, 
one full and the other. light. Heb. Gr. 
§106. 4. 6) Single things of a kind, 
distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14 
“ASI MD "Pt the elidiere of every city. 2 
Chr. 11, 12 sagt ἜΣ ἘΞ =3 in every seve- 
ral city. 28, 28. Jer. 48, 8. Esth. 1, 8. 
“13 “in every generation, see in "77 no. 
1. Esth. 8. 4 fy Di and 2, 11 pin-bea 
Din) every day, daily. 

ἢ) Repeated 1—4, i. q. Lat. et—et, 
Engl. both—and. Ps. 76, 7 33°) ἘΠῚ) 
did) both the chariot and horses are 
stunned. Dan. 8, 13 N3¥} WIP both the 
sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14. 
Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5.—Here too belorig 
the exeimples ihere it may be rendered, 
whether—or ; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he 
that stealeth a man 4773 ΔΝ 3) 1934 
ashether he sell him or he be found in his 
hand, he shall surely be put to death ; 
pr. and if he sell him, and if he be ‘foteticd 
in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Deut. 24, 7. 

i) That Vav is put as ἃ disjunctive 
between words, i. q. or, is hardly sup- 
ported by a single probable example ; 


those usually referred hither not requir- 
ing such a signification. Thus in Ex. 
21, 15. 17 he that curseth his father anv 
his mother shall surely be put to death ; 
here the verb refers not to one or the 
other, but to both: he that curseth his 
Sather anv he that curseth his mother 
etc. Ex. 12,5. For 1 Sam. 17, 34, see 
in x Ino. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, itis 
difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense 
of Vav ; and so the author himself else= 
where admits, see in "2 no. 2. a. y, fin. 
Thesaur. p. 679.—R. 

k) It sometimes connects two impera- 
tives, and then the latter expresses a 
promise or threat. Gen. 42, 18 do this 
and live, i. e. and thou shalt live ; comp. 
John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera. 
See Heb. Gr. § 127. 2. 

As to the use of Vav as a copula in 
connecting sentences and giving continu- 
ity to discourse, for which also Vav con- 
versive serves, the following may be 
noted ; 

aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for 
various causes, the copula stands at the 
beginning of discourse, 6. g. a) At 
the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1. 
1K.1,1. Ezrai,1. In these cases the 
history is continued from a former book. 
6) Twice, 2 K. 5, 6. 10, 2, MAS) stands 
at the beginning ofan epistle ; the salu- 
tation and exordiam being prob. omit- 
ted. Comp. Arab. da. Lot; also Lat. 
et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad 
Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62; see Handii Tur- 
sell. Il. p. 494. y) Ex. 2, 20 and he 
(Jethro) said unto his daughters, And 
where is he? So Lat. et often; Handii 
Tursell. 1. c. p. 493. πο. 14.—See more 
in no. 4 below. 

bb) It serves to introduce the apodo- 
sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly 
marked ; Engl. then, Germ. da ; comp. 
Arab. 3. So when preceded by 58, 
Gen. 18, 9 57057 EN) ΤΙΣ} NV Ow 
nba) if thou take the loft hand, then 
Twill go to the right ; and if the right 
hand, then I will go to the left. Ps. 78,34 
anni Dah Dx when he slew them, then 
they sought him. Ruth 3, 23. Job 10, 14. 
Preceded by 327 1 Sam. 15, 23; spy 
Deut. 7, 12; "2 Gen. 29, 15. te. 28, 18; 
5. 6. infin, Gen. 3; 5. Ez. 33, 18 awa 


Ὶ 267 Ἷ 


ἢν ΡΣ, Comp. in N. T. ὡς... καὶ 
ἰδού Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17.—Very often 
it is put with a certain emphasis after 
words and clauses which stand abso- 
lutely, espec. those which mark time. 
Ex. 16, 6 Bm27") 332 at evening, then 
shall ye know, Prov. 24, 27 A723 8 
"N°. aflerwards, then build thy house. 
Gen, 40, 9. 48, 7. Jer. 7, 25.—Here too 
belong examples where the copula is 
inserted in a clause between the subject 
and predicate, so as to take up a sen- 
tence not yet completed; 6. g. α) 
Where the subject precedes and the 
copula is put before the predicate ; 
Proy. 23, 24 i2 mown oz 73% he that 
begetteth a wise son, and (then) he shall 
have joy in him ; here the copula is em- 
phatic. 31, 28 M27] ΠΌΣΒ her hus- 
band, and he praiseth her, i, e. he too 
praiseth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22, 
14. Job 36,26. 4) When the predicate 
stands first; 2 Sam, 15, 34 ΣΝ 732 
INQ "WN thy father’s servant, and I was 
80 hitherto. Job 4,6 47293 oh) AMPA 
thy hope, and it is the uprightness of thy 
ways, i. 6. in the integrity of thy life lies 
thy hope. _ 7) Where the object stands 
first ; 2 Sam. 22,41 Dp DEN} "NLD chem 
that ‘hate me, and (then) I will destroy 
them. Num. 23, 3. 

ec) It has an intensive or cumulative 
force, like Gr. καί, i. ᾳ. even, yea, yea 
even,e.g. a) It augments; as Job 5, 
19 in siz troubles he shall deliver thee, 
S303" yea in seven there shall no evil 
touch thee. Ps, 74,11, Prov. 6, 16. 30,15. 
18 sq. 91 5ᾳ. Am.1,3.6.9.11. 8) Itdi- 
minishes; as Job 21, 6 ARSIA AIST ON 
yea even if I remember, I am afraid, i. q. 
if I only remember, if I barely think 
thereon. So 85} not even, Deut. 28, 39. 

dd) It is put between clauses which 
are to be compared together, and marks 
espec. an equality or likeness of lot, i. q. 
as, so. (So ὩΣ q. v. no. 1. e, f. g.) This 
is called by Grammarians τ ΌΤΙ ὙἹ 
Vav adequationis. Job 5,7 man is born 
to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar 
on high, i. e. as swift birds of prey soar 
onhigh. 14,19 the waters wear away the 
stones, their flood washeth away the dust 
of the earth, and (so) thou destroyest the 
hope of man. 12, 11. 34, 3. Prov. 26, 9. 

ee) It is put before clauses inserted 


by way of parenthesis, where also the 
relative often stands. Gen. 49, 25 dx 
ARIS 32. PRD ANT PSN from the 
God of thy father (and he hath helped 
thee), and from the Almighty (and he 
hath blessed thee), shall come the bless- 
ings of heaven above. Job 29, 12 for I 
delivered the poor...1> "12 8b) Dinn 
and the orphan, and there was none to 
help him, i. q. to whom there was no 
helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20.—On the 
intimate connection between the copula 
and the relative, see Harris’ Hermes, 
B. 1. c. 5 penult. 

2. Vav is also put before adversative 

clauses, and yet, but, since. But here the 
antithesis lies in the thought or in the col- 
location of the words, rather than in the 
particle Vav ; and when it is to be more 
strongly expressed, the regular adversa- 
tive particles are used, as D>4%, 53. 135. 
Cant. 1, 5 ΓΝ) ὋΝ Tying I am black, 
and yet comely. Gen. 2, 16. 17 of every 
tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat, 
209 doNn Nb 51. Psa poe but 
of the tree of the knowledge of good and 
evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42, 
10. Judg. 16, 15 how canst thou say, I dove 
thee, "AN 99% 73>) and yet (since) thine 
heart is not with me? Ruth 1, 21. Job 
6, 26.— Where the subject of a clause in 
this construction is a personal pronoun, 
it is put first. Gen. 15, 2 % WANA 
"7°73 72h 125K) what wilt thou give me, 
and yet (since) I depart childless? So 
"2381 18, 13. 27; 7283 Is. 49, 21; HMR) 
Neh. 2, 2; RAT} Is. 10,7. 42, 22; one} 
Gen. 26, 27; ἘΠῚ Is. 1, 834Sométines 
also it may be Teiidered though, al- 
though ; but here } is in itself only and, 
the conditional particle being omitted. 
Job 15, 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine 
iniquity, BvanZ jiw> amany although 
thou choosest the tongue of ‘the crafty. 
Mal. 2, 14. Is. 32, 7. 
3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those 
assigning, a cause or reason, i. q. for, 
because of. Gen. 20, 3 behold! thou art 
a dead man because of the woman thou 
hast taken, 522 rbz3 8°57 for she is ἃ 
man’s wife, 6,17. Ps. 7, 10. 60, 13 give 
us help from the enemy, for (Ὁ) vain is 
the help of man. Is. 3,7. 39,1. 

4. Before inferential clauses, therefore, 
wherefore ; then, so then, Ez. 18, 32 7 


1 268 5 


desire not the death of the sinner,.. 
am} saw wherefore turn ye and ἕω, 
Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13.—Here belong 
most af. the scleophcs in which Vav 
stands at the beginning of discourse 
(see others in no. 1. aa); since there is 
, usually here some reason implied in the 
preceding circumstances, from which the 
proposition to which Vav is prefixed isa 
‘conclusion; i. q. then, sothen. 3 K.4,41 
‘MAR AMPS WEN) and he said, Then bring 
-meal, sc. since these things are so. Is. 
-3, 14.0920 Bm sa om? so then ye have 
eaten up the vineyard. Ps. 4,4 335 know 
then, 2,10. B°2b2 MMP) now therefore, 
Ὅ ye kidien, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 
47, 9. 58, 2. 

5. Before Jinal and consecutive clauses, 
‘marking end or aim and result, that, in 
-order that, so that ; followed by the fu- 
-ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So 
‘where a sentence precedes including a 
‘command, Gen. 27, 4. 42, 34. 1 Sam. 15, 
'16; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg. 
‘16, 28; or an interrogation, 1 Καὶ. 22, 7. 
'Ts. 41, 26; or a hope, Jer. 20,10. Thus 
‘Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest 
‘brother unto me, W378" that I may know. 
Judg. 16,28 strengthen me only this once, 
ΤΩ: ΝῚ that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22, 
“7 is there not here a prophet of the Lord 
besides, ining WII that we might in- 
. quire of him? 

6. Before clauses dependent on verbs 
of perceiving and uttering, where com- 
mon usage admits the relat. conjunction 
ΓΞ that. So after a verb of knowing 
‘Gen. 47,6; of swearing Josh. 2, 12; of 
augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a 
verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses "284 
ἘΝ that Zam God ; comp. v. 10 857 "28 "DB 
vin the same connection. Lam, 3, 26 510 
“ΘΝ D971 good that one wait even in 
silence, comp. v.27 "> 310. Num. 14,21. 

7. Vav conversive of the Prater, (so 
called as converting the preter into a fu- 
ture,) is merely the Copula ; and affects 
the Preter simply by connecting it back 
to a preceding future. Yet it also has 
the effect, that in most verbal forms 
having the tone on the penultjmate, the 
same is moved forward by it upon the 
final syllable; e.g. "M239 J went, ἈΞ ΞΡ 
(with a preced. fut.) and I will £0, Judg. 
1,3. See Heb. Gr. § 48 ὃ. 1, 3. 


"ἢ, and before a gutt. 4, a particle 
prefixed to the Future, and imparting to 
it (when a preter precedes) the sense 
of the Imperfect ; hence called Vav con- 
versive of the Future ; 6. g. ΘΟ he will 
slay, >op™ (with preced. pret.) and he 
slew. It appears to be nothing more 
than Vav copulative with a peculiar 
punctuation; and affects the Future 
simply by connecting it back to a pre- 
ceding preter. Whenashortened form 
of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and 
very often the tone is drawn back from 
the last syllable to the penultimate; e.g. 
fat. ΤΠ" ; Apoc. nas, with Vav convers. 
nae. But in the first pers. especially 
in the later books, the fut. paragog. is 
sometimes employed; 6. g.n2 aN) Ezra 
9,3. See Heb. Gr. § 48 6. 1, 2. ᾿ 

Nore. In former editions the prefer- 
ence was given to another view of this 
Vav ; according to which it wasregarded 
as a contraction or fragment of the verb 
mint éo be, put before the Future so as to 
form by periphrasis the narrative tense, 
viz. Sop) min it came to pass (that) he 
slew ; then’ dropping mas in Syriac 
bepems, and contracted 2%), like “77 


> ΄, 
mt, 4473; comp. ΠΈΣΗ GW he was (that) 
he will slay, for he slew —But on the 
other hand it is evident that the Copula 
lies in this Vav, for the following rea- 
sons: a) The Fut. conversive as con- 
nected with what precedes alway sstands 
before the noun, as DSN “aN; and: 
where the noun is put first, the Vav is 
separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4 
Oe Net May... aE and trembled 
the foundations of the thresholds... and 
the house was filled with smoke. 8, 10. 
b) It never stands after the Relative or 
Conjunctions, which exclude the copula. 
c) In parallel passages there often stands 
for it a simple 3, see Is. 59, 16; comp. 
63, 3.5. 6; also i in ‘the same connection a 
simple 1 Is. 43,28, 4) When whole 
sections or books begin with Vav con- 
versive, as is often the ease, this denotes 
that they are connected with an earlier 
narrative, Ex. 1,1. Ezral,1; or at least 


“are regarded as having such connection, 


In 1 K. 1, 1 the 


Ruth 1, 1. Esth. 1, 1. 
See in) 


book begins with a simple }. 
no. l.aa. Heb, Gr. lc. 


ὩΣ 


JT) Vedan, pr. n. of an Arabian city, 
whence cloths, wrought iron, cassia, and 
other spices were brought to Tyre, Ez. 
27, 19. Very prob. the prophet here 
speaks of the city and mart 772, are, 
Aden, in connection with whieh Edrisi 
enumerates these very wares, T. I. p. 51. 
ed. Jaubert: “La ville d’Aden est petite, 
mais renommée ἃ cause de son port de 
mer, d’od partent des navires destinés 
pour le Sind, ’Inde, et la Chine. On y 
apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan- 
dises telles que le fer, les lames de sabre 
damasquinées, ... le cardamome, la can- 
nelle, ... les myrobalans, . . . diverses étof- 
fes tissues dherbes, et @autres riches et 
veloutées, etc."—The text ought there- 
fore prob. to read 1Ἴ2 or 575%; unless 
perhaps 77" is here for 77>". 


373) a doubtful word, found only in 
Num. 21, 14 3πητγς, pr. n. of a place, 
Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the 
Arnon; according to Le Clere i. q. {72 
v. 18, comp. ee to give, i. q. (72.— 
Kimthi found it ia some Mss. written in 
one word ΙΓ, which would be Aram. 
‘Ethpa. of the verb ee) i. q. 379, Jeho- 
vah dedit se in turbine. But the while 
passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and 
therefore very obscure. 


1) m. plur. 5% (Kamets impure) a 
peg, nail, hook, spoken only of the pins 
or hooks from which the curtains of the 
tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32. 
87. 27, 10. 11. 17. 36, 36. 38. 38, 10 sq. 
The etymology is unknown; see Thes. 
p- 399. 


Zayin, \"t, the seventh letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral de- 
noting 7. The name is i-q. Syr. οἵ 
a weapon ; which the figure of this let- 
ter resembles in all the ancient alpha- 
bets.—In Arabic there are two corre- 
sponding letters, differently pronounced, 
viz. ὃ dh (d, 2), and 5 2, as 731 ee to 
slaughter; >} ἮΝ seed. For the for- 

23* 


269 7 


be mim Arab. yo to bear, to carry, por- 


tare; whence 359 Vizier, pr. porter of 
public business ;~ comp. bajulus used by 
writers of the middle ages for an 
envoy, chargé d affaires, whence Engl. 
bailiff, Ital. bailo. Also in Pass. to be 
laden with guilt, borne down with pun- 
ishment ; since sin and guilt in the Se- 
mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the 
wicked, Ps. 38, 4. Is. 53,11. Comp. 8&2, 
aiga, to take off or away, i. q. to par- 
don.—Hence 

Wl τη. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov. 
21, 8. 

SOT") (Pers. $29 pure, pr. white, 
see 733) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. n. of the 
youngest son of Haman, Esth. 9, 9. 


ς 725 i. q. 73, to bear, to bring forth ; 
Arab. XJ, -—Hence the two following: 

525 m. a child, offspring, Gen. 11, 30. 

ΠῚ m. id. 2 Sam. 6, 23—Keri 754, 
and so the occidental Mss. 

72) pr. ἢ, τὰ. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36. 


"OD) (perh. i. ᾳ. "0B7 additamentwm 
meum) pr. n. τῆ. Vophsi, Num. 13, 14. 

"301 pr. π᾿ τὰ, Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13 
[28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "78, 
comp. 1 Sam. 8,2. The passage should 
read: MPsy "EN Sai 122; see Mo- 
vers Chron. p. 54. 

"HW? (Pers. ἰῷ 9 a beauty, la belle,) 
Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes, 
Esth. 1, 9. 


mer the Aramean has 7; for the latter 
it sometimes also has ] ; hence a9, 
a3, for Mat to slaughter; 91, 27, 
for 241 to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. 5. 
But ὦ and 5 are also interchanged ; 


6. g. ti } 
ek and ο 


Further, : is ᾿ἰαυέροιμ νει a) With 


x8 and i to help; bys, 
to cut off. 


=N7 


7; in pst and P2¥ to cry out; 189 and 
ΥΈῊ3 to exult, to shout; ΞῈ gold, comp. 
' ay yellow, tawny. Ὁ) With Ὁ, Ὁ, as 
“at and "0 to go away ; ΤῈΣ and D>> to 
exult ; M32, Syr. {ms to despise ; ἸΌΝ 
harm, from Ox, sol to harm. ὁ) 
With ἢ, as p23 and pia, etc. 


» ΦΝΤ obsol. root, prob. 1. q. ΞΙΠῚ, 3T%, 
to be yellow, tawny.—Hence 


287 m.(Tsere impure) 1. wolf, so 
called from its tawny colour ; like Lat. 
vulpes from fulvus, Goth. wulfs, whence 


9 =, = 
wolf. Arab. HO, Syr. b=]2.—Gen. 


49, 27. Is. 11, 6. 65,25. Jer. 5,6. "3x1 
ΞῚΣ evening wolves, prowling at nN 
Hab. 1, 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. λύκοι vv- 
scat Oppian. Cymiget 3. 266, γυχτι- 
πόροι ibid. 1. 440. 

2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince, 
Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12. 


MNT this, hec, fem. of the pron. τὴ q.v. 


==) obsol. root, onomatopoet. prob. 
a.q. ΩΤ to murmur, to hum, to buzz. 
‘Germ. swmmen ; whence ΞΗΞῚ a fly, from 
dts buzzing, like Lat. musca fr. μύζω, 
‘musso (mussito). Bochart compares 
weed to move up and down in the 
air; but this is secondary. 


ἘΠΕῚ once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre- 
‘sent wilh any thing, to endow, Lat. do- 
nare; Sept. well δεδώρηται, Vulg. dota- 
vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab. 
oy id. Syr. {p=} spec. dowry ; see The- 
-saur. p.401.—That this root was in fre- 
quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the 
‘many pr. names derived from it; e. g. 
those which here follow, six in number, 
rand also 7A2y, MAY, Tayi, Tarde. 


431 m. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20. 


“IST (whom God gave, as {3 for 58202, 
yn3is) Zabad, pr. n,m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36. 
b) 1 Chr. 7,21. c)1 Chr. 11,41. d) 
‘2 Chr. 24, 26. In the paral. passage 
2 K. 12,22 is S21. 

“32T (for meat gift of,Jehovah) 
Zabdi, pr.n.m. 8) Josh. 7, 1; in the 
parallél passage 1 Chr. 2,6 δὶ. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 8, 19. ©) 1 Chr, 27, 27. d) 
iNeh. 11, 17. 


270 


mat 


SN7yaT (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. τι. τὰ. 
Neh. 11,14. Comp. Σαβδιήλ 1 Mace. 
11; 17. 

ΓΞ (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze- 
bedee, Gr. Ζεβεδαῖος, pr. n. of several 
men: a) 1 Chr. 8,15. _b) ib. v. 17. 
c)ib. 12,7. 27,7. d) Ezra8,8. e)10, 20. 

WeI2T (id.) Zebadiah. pr. n. τα. 
a) 1 Chr. 26, 2. Ὁ) 3 Chr. 17,8. ὁ) 
19, 11. 


737 m. (Ὁ. 331 q. v.) a fly, Is. 7, 18. 
Ecc. 10, 1 ΤΊ satay dead flies. For the 
pr. ἢ. 34>] ἐξ Beelzebub, see in >32 


no. 5. b.—Arab. Sb, Chald. ΝΞ 33, id. 


‘T1237 (donatus) Zabud, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
4, 5. R. "at. 


‘TIDT (id.) Zabbud, Ezra 8, 14 Cheth. 


M135 (donata) Zebudah, pr. n. ἢ 
2 Κ. 23, 36 Keri; but Cheth. is 93}. 


2] and 5] m. (1: 531) 1. @ dwell- 
ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 11 
mes} Td πὴ WB sun and moon μὰ 
still in their habitation, i. e. they hide 
themselves, do not shine, —Of the habi- 
tation of God, Is. 63, 15; so ἘΞῚ m°2 id. 
1K. 8, 13. 
2. Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28. 
POAT, WAT, PIT, (habitation, 
see Gen. 30, 20,) Zebulun, pr. n. of the 
tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also 
of the tribe descended from him, the ter- 
ritory of which is described in Teak 19, 
10 sq.—T he gentile ἢ. is ny Dat Zebuilet 
ite, from a form 1551, Num. 26, 27. 


ἜΤΞῚ kindr. with M32, Arab. 55s 


Syr. aD?; Zab. ws? and 2), Eth. 


ΗὩΏ ἤν. Perhaps from the same stock 
is Gr. σφάσσω, σφάζω, i.e. SOul. 

1. to slaughter, to kill animals, se. for 
eating, Deut. 12, 15. 1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 Καὶ. 
19, 21. Ex. 39, 17. 

2. Spec. to kill for sacrifice, to sacri- 
Jice, to immolate victims, 1 Sam. 1, 4; 
with > of the deity to whom sacrifice is 
offered 1 K. 8, 63, also "29> 1 K. 8, 62. 
2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev) 9, 4.—This verb is not 
used of the priests as slaughtering vic- 
tims in sacrifice ; but of private persons 
offering sacrifices at their own cost; 
Num. 22, 40. Deut. 12, 21. 27, 6. 


mat 


Pret M3t, fut. mar, to sacrifice, i. q. 
Kal no. 2. 1 K. 12, 32..3 Κ' 13,4. Spo- 
ken also of a multitude of sacrifices, 1K. 
8, 5; of repeated or customary sacrifice, 
1K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4, 14. al. So 


Arab. 3 55 to sacrifice much, often. 
Deriv. M219, and 


Ὑ MT m. ec. suff "M31; plur. 5°31, 
constr. "3], once MIM3} Hos, 4, 19. 

1. Pr. α slaughtering, e.g. a) Of 
men, slaughter Is. 34,6. Zeph. 1,7, Ez. 
39,17. b) Of beasts, meton. the flesh 
of slaughtered animals, i. q. a repast, 
Gen. 31, 54, Prov. 17,1 a%"733 ban- 
quets of strife, qaarrelsome feasts. 

2. a sacrifice, i.e. the act of sacrificing, 
Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed, 
victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51,18; opp. both to 
ΤΣ a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29. 
Ps. 40,7, and to M>%> a burnt-offering; so 
that M31 denoted a sacrifice which was 
only in part consumed by fire, such as 
were the sin and trespass-offerings, the 
thank-offerings, ete. Ex. 10,25. Lev. 17, 
8. Num. 15, 5. 22% maz α victim of 
thank-offering Ley. 3,1. 4,10. al.—Spo- 
ken also genr. of any great and solemn 
sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as M3} 
ΠΩ the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam, 1, 21. 
20, 6. ANDSY Mat a family sacrifice 20, 
29, comp. 9, 12. 13. 16, 3. 

3. Zebah, pr.n. of a Midianitish prince, 
Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12. 


"27 pr. n. m. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28. 
Neh. 3, 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read- 
ing for "3%, as is read in Ezra2,9. Neh. 
7, 14. 


MP AT see M3. 


RAT (bought, τ 131) Zebina, pr. 
τι. m. Ezra 10, 43. 


at 1. pr. prob. i. gq. 551 to be 
round, to make round, comp. 533; whence 
Talm. >23, 531, dung in balls, round 
dung, as of goats, camels. | Syr. and 
Arab. sj. ub, ἮΝ 


2. to dwell, see in ""3 no. 3. Gen. 30, 
20 "2bar he will dwell with me, sc. my 


husband, with the accessory idea of con- 
jugal intercourse, as in Engl. to cohabit. 
Other verbs of dwelling also take the 


271 ΟΠ 


accus. inthe sense ‘to dwell with; see 
maa, FU. 
Deriv. D321, 7852}. 


227 see ῬΉΞΙ. 
FIT see jA>A2y. 


᾿ ἼΞ] Chald. to get for oneself, to buy, 
to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8 
ΣΤ PRIN NID ὙΠ that ye would gain 
the time, i.e. make delay. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 82731. 


ΔΤ m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape 
husk, as being transparent. R. 331. 


" ΕΣ to be clear, transparent ; comp. 
Samar, 331 i. q. ἼΞΤ to be pure. Arab. 


aie 
- Ley glass, i. q. m°3931 ; Chald. 343 to 
be clear, trans arent.—Hence 5}. 
; Ρ Ἰ 


‘IT τὰ. verbal adj. (r. 81) proud, arro- 
gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated ; 
with the accessory notion of wickedness 
and impiety, comp. in 55> no. 3, 4.—Is. 
13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21.51. 
69. 78. 85. 122. 


71T m. (τ. Ἴ51) constr. ὙΠ as if from 
a root M71, ὁ. suff. #751 1 Sam. 17, 28. 
Jer. 49, 16; pride, arrogance, haughti- 
ness, combined with insolence, Prov. 11, 
2. 13, 10. 21, 24... 35 77} the pride of 
thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16. 
Obad. 3. Deut. 17,12. Coner. spoken 
of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32. 


ΤΙ m. rarely put with a subst. fem. 
Josh. 2, 17; with pref. mta, m1> ; Fem. 
MST, more rarely MT Ecc. 2, 2. 5, 15. 
18. 7, 23. 9,13; so in the formula iD 
ΠΙΞῚ Judg. 18, 4. 3 Sam. 11. 25. 1 K. 14, 
5; also ‘if Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here 
relat.) once MMNi Jer. 26,6 Cheth. Plur. 
ΤΌΝ q. v. 


1. Pron. demonstr. this, Lat. hic, hec, 
hoc. Arab. {, {se hic, Syr. ba hee, 
Eth. Ἢ, fem. H, Hetz. Hence the 
Aram. ὅπ, 3, and Eth. H, which have 
passed over into relatives. Corresp. are 
Sanscr. sa-s, sé, tat ; Goth. sa, so, that ; 
hic, hee, hoc.—It stands: 

a) Absol. i. e. by itself, this, this one ; 
Gr. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο. Job 1, 17 πὶ Tip 
“DI this one was yet speaking. Eee. 
6, 9 dary ΠῚ ba tris also is vanity. 9, 13 


mt $272 ei} 


Ex. 2, 6. 2 Sam. 23,17. So in the ge- 
nit. 1 K. 21,2 my ὙΠ HOD money, the 
price of it ‘Dat. “mad to this one, to him, 
1 Sam. 21, 12 [11]; ‘raid to this woman 
Gen. 2, 23. Sometimes in contempt, 
like Gr. οὗτος, Lat. iste ; 1 Sam. 10, 27 
My TL“ how shall this (fellow) save 
us? Ex. 10, 7. 

b) With a subst. and so that like an 
adj. it is often put after the subst. and 
both take the article ; as M33 "237 this 
word, DX MENT this woman, Ay OID 
on this day. Rarely without the art. 
where the noun has it; comp. st 715 Ps, 
12,8. Poet. also MNt 158 this vine Ps. 
80, 15.—But πὶ without the art. is also 
put before a noun made definite, e. g. 
a) When the pronoun marks the sub- 
ject or predicate of the sentence, the 
substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35, 

“S37 M1 this is the word. Judg. 4, 14 
bin ny this is the day. 2K. 6, 13. Ps. 
118, 20. Is. 14,16. 8) More rarely also 
Mit Hy is i,q. ANT ΓΆΞΙΤ; yet so that 
the former has a stronger demonstrative 
force. So too in Aramean and Arabic ; 
comp. Chald. 825m 427 this dream Dan. 


4,15; Syr. We] Lae this time; [δ 
LET this book; also in Greek οὗτος 


6 otxos.—Ezra 8, 12 moan ny this house, 
this temple, Sept. τοῦτον τὸν οἶκον, opp. 
Www man. 1K. 14, 14 ois Ay this 
day, Sept. ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Vulg. in hac 
die, Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 52M> My this 
our bread. Ps, 73, 12 pw πὲς nin 
lo! these ungodly. 

c) The difference between πὶ, MNt, 
and sn, 84, has been pointed out in 
art. 857 init. The former, πὶ, Pt, refer 
to a person or thing present, which one 
can as it were point at with the finger ; 
and also to the present time. Gen. 38, 
28 ΓΝ XS7 My this came out first, was 
first born. 18. 29, 11 MImNI RIP read 
this, I pray thee. Very often in the 
phrase ΓΗ ἘΠῚ on this day, 1. 6. this 
day, to-day, Ley. 8, 34. Josh. 7, 25. ἽΣ 
Hin cin unto this day, sc. this very day 
when I am speaking or writing, Sept. 
ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης, Gen. 32, 33. 47, 
26. 48, 15. Deut. 2, 22. 3, 14. 10,8. 11, 4. 
—In historical narrative also the follow- 
ing are regarded as present: «) That 


which has just been mentioned; Gen. 
7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the mieaith, 
nyt oa on this very day, were all the 
fountains, ete. v.13. Ex. 19, 1. 8) That 
which is immediately to follow, and 
which is as it were pointed at; Gen. 5, ° 
1 ots nisbin ΠΕ ΠῚ this is the book of 
the ‘generations of Adam. 6, 15 "ES ΠῚ 
πῶ ΠΌΣΩΝ this is how thou shalt make 
it, 1. ὁ. 80 shalt thou make it; Sept. 
οὕτω ποιήσεις, comp. Ex. 29, 38. Gen. 
45, 19. Ps. 7, 4. 

a) These idioms are also to be noted: 
a) Repeated, M}—nj i. q. this—that, 
one—another, Job 1, 16. 1 K. 22, 20. τὰ 
75, 18; PXt—pxt id. 1 K. 3, 16; 
ni-by one to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, Νὰ 
β) Vividly demonstrative is it, when ΠῚ 
is added to interrogatives to increase 
their strength ; Is. 63,1 82 ΠῚ "2 who 
is this that cometh? “Job 38, 9. a3 Ὁ 
The same is 814 "72, see in N57 no. 2, d. 
—A similar usage with Mt as adv. see 
below in no, 3. c. 

2. Rarely and only in poetic style it 
is put for the relative, like Engl. that, 
which is both demonstr. and relative ; 
see "t no. 1. Comp. the relatives as 
derived mostly from demonstratives, un- _ 
der "ts A, p. 97, ‘ no. 1.—Ps. 104, 8 
etd mo ΠῚ bipo-be unto the place 
which thou hast founded for them, i. e. 
destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps. 
78, 54. In this dionit it seems, like 
“8, to be indeclinable, and is put also 
for the plur. Job 19, 19—Also as a mere 
sign of relation, like “WN no. 2. Ps. 74,2 
12 MIs πὶ pss An mount Zion, wherein 
thou dwellest. Is. 25, 9. 

3. It passes over into ἃ demonaty Adv. 
a) Of place, here, for M13 in this place, 
Gen. 28, 17. Num, 13, 17. al. mia from 
here, hence; Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11/2. mr 
ΤΙΣ Ὁ henba and hence, i. 6. on this side 
and on that side, Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8, 
33. It often corresponds to Engl. here, 


there, Germ. da, δεικτικῶς. Judg. 5, 5 
Ὁ ΠῚ this Sinai, Sinai itself. Dan. 
10, 17 πὶ 7258 my lord here. Sony ΡΤ 


lo here! see here! Cant. 2,8. 1K. 19, 
δ. b) Of time, pr. at this time, now. 
Mic. 5, 4 οἵρῷ my many and now there 
shall be peace. WY MMP just now, even 
now, this moment, Ruth 2,7. 1K. 17, 
24 HIT ΠῚ AM now 7 know. In this 


ant 


signif. it is often put before numerals, 
as Gen. 27, 36 D792 ΠῚ now twice. 31, 
38 MP3 OLD My this twenty years, now 
for twenty years. v. 41, 43,10. 45, 6. 
Num. 14, 22. Judg. 16, 15. Zech. ‘P ΕΝ 
m2 ΠῺ3 thie (now)eomanyyeare. c) 
or manner, thus, so, Gen. 6, 15. ‘Ps. 49, 
14. It is often added to interrogatives 
to augment their force; as M3772 how 
so, how then, Gen. 27, 20; πῇ mab pr. 
why so that, wherefore, Ges: 18, 13. 

4. With prefixes: a) 13 in this 86. 
place, here, comp. no. 3. Gen. 38, 21. Ex. 
24,14. Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13. 
b) ΠῚΞ such, see in 3 Β. 1. ἃ. 0) ΓΝΤΡ 
on this account, therefore; whence "& 
mxt> wherefore? Jer. 5,7. Comp. ἢ Π 
mybr, wrt. 

* NIT obsol. root, i. 4. =, to shine, 
to glitler, to be yellow,as gold ; comp. 38}. 

AT m. constr. 571, once 73 Gen. 
2, 12. 

1. gold. Arab. 35, Syr. Chald. 
fom), Ξππ id. Gen. 24, 22.53. 36, 39. 
Ex. 3, 22. al. Where numerals precede. 
the weight >p shekel is to be supplied, 
6. g. Gen, 24, 22 amt ΠΡῸΣ ten (shekels) 
of gold. 

2. Metaph. of the golden brightness 
of the sky, perhaps for the sun itself; Job 
37, 22. Also for golden oil, i. e. pure 
and bright as gold, Zech. 4, 12. 


᾿ rit obsol. root, Arab. Ls to shine, 
to be bright and beautiful; also to be 


Sor 
455) brightness, beauty, espec. 
of flowers, and hence a flower; comp. 


GSo- ᾿ 
δ ων, flower, from γω to shine. Syr. 
ja] to be proud, Ethpa. to be made 


bright, splendid. 
Deriv. 11, 1%, and πε, 


proud ; 


bs ὮΣΙ in Kal not used, Arab. “Ὁ to 


stink, to be rancid, spoken of fat ; Chald. 
to be dirty, filthy. In the Zabian dia- 
lect this verb is used of stinking water. 
Kindr. are ΠῚ, πρὶ, 2 δ: 


ΡΙΕΙ, to regard as filthy; hence to 
loathe. Job 33,.20 ὉΠ aman he loath- 
eth it, the bread. The suffix is pleo- 
nastic; see Lehrg. § 195. 2.—Hence 


273 Ἢ 


ἘΠῚ (loathing) Zaham, pr.n. m. 2Chr. 
11, 19. 


ol iT in Kal not used, i i. 4. pry sony, 
to be bright, to shine, comp. "4%. Hence 
smi. 

Hips. “711. to cause to shine, to 
make light, i.e. metaph. a) to enlight- 
en, to teach, with two acc. of pers. and 
thing, Ex. 18, 20; acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 
19,10. 6) to admonish, to warn, sc. to 
beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10; to desist 
from any thing Ez. 3, 19,20, with 12 to 
warn from any thing, Lav. 15, 31 Syn, 
others SAW. Ez. 3, 18 si sania 
nsw iq to warn the wicked from 
his evil way, to admonish him to turn 
from it. But Ez. 3,17 et 33,7 AInIn 
"2272 ΣΝ warn thou them from me, i. e. 
in my name, by my authority. Syr. Pa. 
et Aph. Chald. Aph. id. 

2. Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan. 
12,3. Chald. “118 id. 

Nipu. to be taught, admonished, Ps. 19, 
12. Also to receive instructian, admo- 
nition, to take warning, Ecc. 4, 13. Ez. 
33, 4.5.65; to beware Ece. 12, 12, where 
Ὑ2 belongs to “nis. 


“WIT Chald. id. Part. pass. “It ad- 
monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22. Syr. 
Ethpe. to take heed, to be watchful 
over any thing. 


ΠΤ m. brightness, splendour, of the 
heavens, Ez. 8,2. Dan. 12,3. R. “nT. 


‘WT m. i. q. ™ which is read in many 
Mss. (pr. for "1, r. πὶ.) brightness, 
beauty, espec. of flowers; hence as the 
name of the second Hebrew month, 
Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that 
of June, or according to the Rabbins 
from the new-moon of April to that of 
May; q. d. flower-month. 1 K. 6, 1. 37. 
Chald. 832372 ὍΣ M1 the month of the 


brightness of flowers. The same month 


is called in Chald. ‘Syr. Arab. "778, 


2 oO S, «= τῇ 
il, Ut, also from brightness, splen- 
dour ae 


iT see ny. 


WF comm. gend. i. q. ΠῚ and MNt. 

1. Pron. demonstr. Ps. 12,8. Hab. 1,11 
inbxd ind ἢ this his strengthd is his ged. 

2. Oftener as relat. comp. ΠῚ no. 2. 


21 


Ex. 15, 13. Ps. 9,16. 10,2. 142,4. Also 
as a sign of relation, Is. 42, 24 "38OM ἢΤ 
i> aguinst whom we have sinned. 

Nore. In the Talmud ‘¥ is not un- 
freq. put for Mt, and also in compounds. 
Among the Tayitic Arabs, 4d is often 
used for wot ; see Schult. ad Har. II. 
p. 75. 


*a 1. to flow, pr. of water, Ps. 78, 
20. 105, 41. Is. 48,21. Often also of the 
monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25; 
of the seminal flux or gonorrhea in men, 
Lev. 15, 2.—To flow with any thing, is 
also by an idiom of language said of a 
person or thing in or from which any 
thing flows ; so of a woman having the 
menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19; of a man 
having gonorrhea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4. 
Num. 5, 2. 2Sam. 3,29. Espec. also of 
affiuence, abundance, with acc. of that 
with which any thing flows or overflows ; 
Ex. 3, 8 w298 32m nat ΤῸΝ ὦ land flow- 
ing (with) milk and honey. v. 17. 13,5. 
33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14,8. 
16,14. Absol. Jer. 49,4 Wp 51 thy 
valley flows, sc. with blood.—Aram. =), 
253, to flow, to flow down, to melt. 

2. Trep. to flow away, i.e. to pine away, 


to die, Lam. 4, 9.—Arab. td to pine 
away, sc. with hunger, disease. See 
under r. S83. 


ait m. (r. 551) a flowing, flur, as of 
the semen in men, gonorrhea benigna, 
Lev. 15, 1-15; of the monthly courses 
in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 


ἘΠῚ or TT 1. i. qe kindr. 355, to 
boil, to boil over, as water ; onomatopo- 
etic, like Engl. to seethe, Germ. sieden, 
Gr. ζέω, whence ζύϑος (Germ. Sud, Ab- 
sud, Engl.suds) ; comp. the similar σέζω, 
See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1. 

2, Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer- 
vid, like Gr. Céw and Lat. forces (comp. 
tp and Arab. Las, Schultens Opp. min. 
p. 80;) also of pride, insolence, wicked- 
ness.—Hence, to act proudly, wickedly 
towards or against any one, 6. 85 Ex. 
18, 11, Ἐπὶ Jer. 50, 29. In this signif, it 
is kindred with ΠΣ, 

Nore. Both the Arabic. roots, ot 
mid. Waw, and Of, mid. Ye, have sig- 


nifications derived from the idea of boil- | 


. 


274 


“T 


ing; but only secondary. The former, 
for Os) signifies, to prepare provisions 


for a journey, of provision for a jour- 
ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling, 
The latter, for (34, is, to increase, to 
exceed, from the idea of boiling over. 

Nipu. part. 1°37 (from the form 7%, 
see Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to 
assume a root 33), something seethed, 
sodden, pottage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 885 
40. Fes: 2, 12. 

Hien. 1. to seethe, to cook, see Kal 
no. 1; to prepare by. boiling, seething. 
Gen. 25, 29 “512 ΞΡ Is} and Jacob sod 
pottage. Sept. ἥψησε δὲ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἕψημα. 

2. to act insolently, presumptuously, 
wickedly, spoken mostly of those who 
knowingly and purposely violate the 
precepts of God and commit sin, Deut. 
1, 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf et 
> Deut. 18, 20; > of pers. Ex. 21, 14 
moss ann oe wn WD if a 
man act wickedly against his ‘neighbour 
in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10. 

Deriy. 31, ὙΠ, ji7t. 

TF Chald. id. Ars. Inf Hn i. ἃ. 
Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick- 
edly, Dan. 5, 20. 


" mi obsol. root, Arab. S39} 10 hide, 
to conceal, by putting away, tan m0; 
VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner; 
in Heb. also prob. to lay up, to hoard. 

Deriv. Mm", "19. 


* TAT obsol. root. 1. i. q. 7" to glit- 
ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence 
of milk, to flow out like rays, to spout ; 
see TT no. 1. Comp. "73. 

2. to move, to move about, from the 
idea of sparkling, glancing ; Talmud. id. 
Hence ΤῊ no. 2, M8172. 

DT Gen. 14,5 Zuzim, pr. ἢ, of a 
people on the borders of Palestine. Sept. 
ἔϑνη ἰσχυρά, and so Syr.Onk. So called 
perh. from the fertility of their country ; 
see ΤῊΣ no. 1, andr. tt no. 1. 

DT Zoheth pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 
A root mmt is not found, either in He- 
brew or the kindred languages. 

mT Γ᾿ (Kamets impure) only in plur. 
mist, corners, fromr. yt. Syr. ἵδδοΐ, 


S$. - 
Arab. Kayl} . Spoken of the corners of 


by 


an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the 
corner-columns of a palace ; Ps, 144, 12 
miners m*y1> ΤΟΣ lit. that our daugh- 
ters may be as corner-columns finely 
sculptured, in allusion prob. to the Ca- 
ryatides, or columns representing female 
figures, so common in Egyptian archi- 
tecture; Aquil. ὡς ἐπιγώνεα, Valg. quasi 
anguli, The point of comparison lies in 
the slenderness and tallness combined 
with elegance ; comp. Cant, 5, 15. 7, 8. 


OT ik q. >>1, comp. 519, to shake 
out, to pour out; once Is. 46, 6 5°57 
0°39 = they pour out gold from the bag, 


lavish it. Arab. JIS IV, to make light 
of. 


2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to 


put away or aside ; comp. Arab. Jto 
mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put 
away ; intrans. i. ᾳ. to go away, to de- 
sist, to fril—Hence 


MDF f pr. removal, a putting aside ; 
only in constr. MDT, et c. suff. "mb, 
42", with the force of a Prep. besides, 
aside from, except. E. g. "M>% besides 
me, aside from me, pr. by my removal, 
I being removed, Is. 45, 5. 21; constr. 
2K. 24, 14. Sometimes with Yod pa- 
ragog. "N24 for τὴ Deut. 1, 36. 4, 12; 
comp. "M23.—Once as a Conj. for mb 
"WR except that, save that, 1 K. 3, 18. 


yt in Kal not used; Chald. Syr. 
and Sam. to nowrish, to feed, to pasture. 

Hopn. Jer. 5, 8 073192 ὉΠ Cheth. 
fed horses, i. e. well fed, fat.—Keri has 
692379, which, according to Schultens, 
is derived from 41°, wj9> to weigh, in 
the sense: ponderibus instructi, bene 
vasati; pondera i. q. testes, see Catull, 
62,5. Stat. Silv. 3. 4.77. Comp. Engl. 
stone-horses. Sept. ἵπποι ϑηλυμανεῖς. 

Deriv. 7512. 

PT Chald. id. Traps. fat. jm pass. 
Dan. 4, 9. ΠΝ 

Deriv. jit2. 

ΤΣῊ f. a harlot, prostitute, part. fem. 
οὔτ. 733, where see more, 


* D5, very frequent in Syr. Chald. 
Zab. i. ᾳ. Gr. cela, σεύω, (comp, 333 
vevw,) pr. to shake, to agitate, see Pil. 


- 


275 


δ} 


and M231. In Kal intrans. to be shaken, 
agitated ; hence 

1, to move oneself, E:sth. 5, 9. 

2. to quake, to tremble, Ecc. 12, 3. 

Pit. part. 21319, to agitate, to dis 
quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2,7. Aram. and 
Arab, id. 

Deriy. pr. πὶ 2%, and the two here 
following. 


“ Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. 77. 
Part. ἸΣΝΤ, or as in Keri 9°37}, Dan. 5, 
19. 6, 27. 

TWIT £. (Ὁ, 551) with Vav movable. 


1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treats 
ment. Jer. 15,4 M1392 555 nzy> orn} 
VS Twill give them over for ill treat- 
ment to all the kingdoms of the earth. 
24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8.—Keri 
in all these examples has the form ΓΟΣῚ 
4- v. as being more easily pronounced. 

2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19. 


Ἴ aU obsol. root, prob. i. q. 351 to flow 
to become liquid ; comp. «τὸ.» -»» to 
flow, to liquefy.—Hence ΓΕῚ pitch, and 
pr. ἢ. "1. 

* T. TAT fut. conv. “121 1. to press to- 
gether, to press out. Syr. 3] ’ 39] , to press 


in the hand, to grasp, Arab. “ὦ to com- 


press, to pinch, spec. the lip of a horse. 
The primary idea is 10 straiten, to bring 
into a narrow compass ; comp. the kindr. 
roots "ἜΣ, W7%.—Fut. Judg. 6, 38 “151 
myI-My and he pressed out the fleece, 
wrung it out. Job 39, 15 533 "2 nam} 
Tm and (the ostrich) forgetieth that 
the foot may press them, i. e. may crush 
her eggs.—Intrans. Preet. 491 (for which 
intrans, form see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6 
477 ND they have not been pressed out, sc. 
the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood. 
—Part. pass. Is, 59,5 of an egg: O57 


HZBX >Psm and being crushed it break- 


eth out a viper, i.e. when broken a viper 
comes forth. - 
Deriv. “i779 I. 


ἘΠῚ. 753 kinder. with 730 and 3; 3 
plur. pret. 377, also 177 Ps. 58,4, Lehrg. 
p. 401. 

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to 
depart, like Arab. »f; mid. Waw Conj. 
VI, VIIL; with 12 from any one Job 19, 


“iT 


13. Ps. 78, 30; espec. fron: God Ps. 58, 
4. So from the way of truth and right, 


9 
whence ὙΠἾἸΤ II, falsehood, 5a false- 
hood, lie, ,!, Conj. I, to speak talsehood. 
Comp. "35 and Arab. le. 


2. to turn aside to a place or person, 
sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ; 
Arab. οἷν to visit any one. Hence to be 
strange, to be a stranger, Arab. ry 
a visitor, stranger; only in 

Part. “1 strange, a stranger, foreign- 
er. Spec. a) one of another nation, 
not an Israelite. Ex. 30,33. With this 
is often connected the accessory idea of 
an enemy, a barbarian; just as Lat. 
hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de 
Off. 1. 12, and Gr. ξεῖνος also denoted an 
enemy, Hdot. 9. 11; and vice versa Sa- 
mar. Ads pr. a hater, then a stranger. 
So Is. 1, 7. 25, 2. 29, 5. Ps. 54, 5. Ez. 
11, 9.. 28, 10. 30, 12. Hos. 7, 9. 8, 7. 
Obad. 11. “1 ἘΝ ἃ strange god, i. 6. the 
domestic god of another people, foreign 
to the Hebrews, Ps. 44,21. 81,10; ellipt. 
"yj id. Is. 43,12. Plur. ὉΔῚ Deut. 32, 16. 
Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19 

b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5 ; 
then for another, any other, Prov. 11, 15. 
14, 10. 20, 16. 27, 13. Fem. πρὶ a 
strange woman, the wife of another, 
(i. ᾳ. £2 τῶν Prov. 6, 29,) spoken espec. 
in respect to unlawful intercourse with 
her, an adultress, prostitute, Prov. 2, 16. 
5, 3. 20. 7,5. 22, 14, 23, 38. (ὅγε. and 
Sam. ἘΠῚ YX, is to commit adultery, 
pr. to lodge with.) So ®' strangers, 
i. q. adulterers, debauchees, Jer. 2, 25. 
Ez. 16,32. oy 0°25 strange children, 
i. e. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7. 

c) Opp. to true, right. lawful, strange, 
iq. unlawful ; so M731 BX strange fire 
i. e. uniawful, profane, opp. to the sacred 
fire, Lev. 10, 1. Num. 3, 4. 26,61. m7tp 
M31 sfrange incense, Ex. 30, 9. 

d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard 
of, Is. 28, 21. 

8. i. 4. Araby 1 mid. Ye, to loathe ; 
intrans. to be loathsome. Job 19,17 Ὑη" 
“MUND MIT my spirit (as agitated, quer- 
ulous) is loathsome to my wife.—Hence 
R71 loathsomeness, for 71. 

Nirn. i. ᾳ. Kal no, 1. Is. 1, 4. 


276 


ἐμ] 


Horn. part. “17 made strange, 68- 
tranged, Ps. 69, 9. 
Deriv. 74, 7999 IL 


mint : 
in Kal not used, i. q. Arab. Ὁ 


and = to move, to shove, to displace, 


Aram. 00), mai.—Hence 


Nipu. lo be moved, shoved, dinpiacedk 
Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21, 


“ont 1. to creep, to crawl. Part. 
nes-7bni pr. crawlers of the dust, ser- 
pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17. «Hered 

2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creep 
timidly along, see M3. Job 32, 6 32752 
NTN) MST therefore Iwas afraid and 
feared. 


mont νά δι Zoheleth, pr. n. ἼΞΝ 
nmbnin i.q. the stone of Zoheleth, near 
Jerusalem, 1 K. 1,9. R. mt. 


“MT see M4 no. 2. 6. 


ITT adj. m. (τ. 787) boiling, swelling, 
raging, 6. g. waters, Ps. 124, 5. 


YT Chald. τὰ. brightness, splendour, 
(contr. from 1, i. gq. Heb. Ἢ, τ΄ HAY 
4. ν.) Dan. 2, 31. 4. 38. Plur. of a bright 
and cheerful countenance, bright looks, 
Dan. 5, 6. 9 "Hibs pI ~My his bright 
looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful 
countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28. 


Comp. the Heb. in c. 10.8. Syr. {a2} 
ὃ 8. 
splendour, Arab. .9) and .9) ornament. 


ΤῊ τὰ. (Ὁ. 151) 1. ἃ full breast ; so, 
retaining the image, Is. 66, 11 422m ἼΣ 85 
MI=SD WI. OMAN} that ye may suck 
and delight yourselves (i. 6. suck with 
delight) from her abundant breast, as 
overflowing with milk. Parall, 7g 
nae. 

2. any moving thing, whatever lives 
and moves ; so poet. "30 τὴν what moves 
on the field, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps. 
50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. κνώδαλον 
beast, for εἰδώδαλον; also κιγώπετον, κνώψ, 
from xwéw ; πρόβατον from προβαίνω. 


NTT (full breast, abundance, i. q. 151) 
Ziza, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. Ὁ) 
2 Chr. 11, 20. | 


MY (id.) Zizah, pr. π΄ τὰ. 1 Chr. 23, 
11; for which in v. 10 832%. 


ot 


2"T (motion) Zia, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 5, 
13. R. Σ᾿. 

$)"T (a flowing, τ. 551) Ziph,pr.n. 8) 
A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
55. 2 Chr. 11, 8; also a desert of like 
name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15. 
Now Zif, a place of ruins between He- 
bron and Carmel; Bibl. Res. in Palest. 


II. p. 191. Gentile n. "B"t Ziphite, 1 
Sam, 23, 19. 26,1. Ὁ) A man, 1 Chr. 
4, 16. 


DPF plur. f (for mips, Mipr, τ. PI) 
burning arrows, fiery darts, Is. 50, 11 ; 
i. q. O°pT Prov. 26, 18, where many Mss. 
read o"p™. Syr. tas} a weapon, thun- 
derbolt.—On the form, comp. the exam- 
ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add 
ΣῚΡ for ΒΡ, Vs for Sx. 


MT m. (τ. Ot) constr. my, plur. 
pont. 

1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg.9, 9; more 
fully 72% M74 oil-olive Deut.8,8, mr 723 
olive-oil, Ex. 27, 20. 30,24. Lev. 24, 2. 
penn 3 the Mount of Olives. near Je- 
rusalem, Zech. 14,4. 2 Sam. 15,30; used 
as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11, 7. 

2. an olive, the fruit; Mm y> the 
olive-tree Hagg. 2,19. ΤῊ 773 to tread 
olives, in order to express the oil, Mic. 6, 
15. 

3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp. 
v. 12, 

Nore. This word is current in all the 


kindred ‘dialects ; Syr. {ds} olive-tree, 


Arab. Ae olive-oil, wr) olive, Eth. 
HPT olive and oil; hence it passed 
into the Coptic RWIT, Theb. ROEIT: 


olive, and Span. azeyte oil. The ety- 
mology is to be sought in the root 


ni fo shine q.v. Arab. οὖ (for Ὁ» 
to adorn, pr. to cause to shine : V, to be 


clothed (adorned) ; oa ornament, pr. 
splendour ; see Castell’ p. 1040, and the 
examples there cited; Heb. Ἢ, Chald. 
“1. Hence ΠῚ would be pr. fem. of 


Se. 
a form “3, 9)" and denote. brighiness, 
shining. This might be referred either 
to the freshness and beauty of the olive- 
tree, comp. ΤΥ ; or, better, to the 
. 24 


277 


“oT 


shining of the oil, comp. "7° il; from 
“Mx to shine, also 34} spoken of shining 
and transparent oil, Zech. 4,12. After 
the true etymology had become neglect- 
ed or forgotten, the ™ came to be re- 
garded as a radical letter ; and hence it 
is that M% is of the masc. gender, and 
the Arabs have thence formed a new 
verb, wl} to preserve in oil ; II, to pro- 
cure cil. 
S »e- 


FT (olive-tree, Arab. ..y¢i24) Ze 
than, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10" 


FT and FT, fem. 21, adj. clean, pure, 
e. g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34. 
Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and 
life, Job 8, 6. 11, 4. 33, 9. Prov. 16, 2, 20, 
11. 21,8. R. yor. 


f ret i. q. 21, fo be clean, pure, 
every where ina moral sense, Job 15, 14, 
25, 4. Ps. 51,6. Mic. 6,11.—Arab. ls : 
Syr. be» and [5] id. 

Piet to cleanse, to make clean, pure, 
e. g. one’s way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov. 
20. 9. Ps. 119, 9 IMIR" ἼΣΣ METI". 
how shall a young man cleanse his way? 
i. e. keep himself pure. 

Hirupa, 4335 for Mzimn, to cleanse 
oneself, to make oneself clean, pure ; Is. 1, 
16 5235 make yourselves clean. Others 
regard this form as Niph. of the verb 
721, which however is against the ac- 
cent; for 123m (Milra) implies a verb 
>, while Niph. of 323 would be 5335 
(Milél). 

ἼΤ᾽ Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar 
6,23, ΕΒ. ΠῚ. 


MDT f. (r. 31) once Job 28, 17, 
glass or crystal. Arab, cS: Syr 
Tapa) id. Comp. 31. 

“OT τη. i. q. 921, a male, spoken both 
of men and of animals, Ex. 23,17. 34, 23. 
Deut. 16, 16. 20,13. R. “33. 


“ZT (mindful) Zaceur, pr. n. of seve~ 
ral men, Num. 13,4. 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25,2 
(in 9,15 7921). Neh. 3,2. 10,13. 13,13, ° 
R. 31. ᾿ 

“2T (pure, innocent) Zaccai, pr. n.. 
m. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14. 
Prob. also Ezra 10, 38 ; see in "33. ΒΕ. 
7RI- 


a 


5 Bel i. q. 33 q. v. to be clean, pure, 
physically of things Lam. 4,7; in a moral 
sense Job 15, 15. 25,5. Comp. kindr. 331. 

Hipn. to cleanse, to wash, Job 9, 30. 

Deriv. Ff or Ft, M7S3=1, and pr. n. "31. 


* ot fat. "241, to remember, to recol- 
lect, to call to ‘tied Lat. meminisse, re- 
aderi reminisct, for the ditbcence of 
which words see Cic. pro Ligar. 12. 35; 
Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Etymo- 
logien I. 166. Aran. ζ΄, Syr. 19)» 
Chald. "35, id—The origin seems to 
lie in the idea of pricking, piercing, 
comp. kindr. "23; whence “>t mem- 
brum virile, which like the corresponding 
fem. M322 seems to be derived from the 
shape. The idea of memory then may 
come from that of penetrating, infixing ; 
comp. Ece. 12,11. A different etymo- 
logy was proposed by me in Monumm. 
Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1.1, 
"20 is written for "33 memory, perhaps 
"=1 is primarily i. g. 72 20 to shut up, and 
then to keep, to preserve ; comp. 772% 
no. 2. But the other view is favoured 
by the noun "3;.—Hence 

1. to remember, to call to mind, as 
above; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 
al. sep. more rarely with > Ex. 32, 13. 
Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7. 136, 23 ; 3 Jer. 3, 
16; "3 Job 7, 7. 10,9. Deut. 5, 15. Part. 
pass. “33 Semanteenta mindful: Ps, 
103, 14.—Spec. a) to call to mind, to 
recollect, Gr. ἀναμιμνήσκειν, opp. to for- 
get. Gen. 40, 23 o pug My ἼΞΙ ND) 
ἩΓΙΊΞ HOM my. v. 14, 42,9. Num. 
11,5. Ecc. 9,15, Job 21,6. Jer. 44, 21 
synon. with 3> >3 nbsn. Often with 
the accessory idea of ἢ care, kindness, to 
renew one’s care for any one, i. q. IPB, 
Gen, 8, 1. 19, 29. 30,22. b) to remem- 
ber, i.e. to bear in mind, to be mindful 
of, Ps. 9, 13. 98, 3. 105, 5. 42. 2 Chr. 24, 
22. Ex. 13, 3 may Oia-ry Tis remem- 
ber this day, be mindful of it. 20, 8. 
MMBIIMR 23 10 remember a covenant, 
to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26, 
43. Am. 1,9. 6) to bear in mind, to con- 
sider, to reflect. Deut. 5,15 remember 
that thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15, 
15, 16, 12. 24,18. Job 7,7 "=m ΤΙ Ἢ M51 
O consider, that my life is a breath ! Ps. 
103,14. 4d) to recall to mind and con- 


278 


“ST 


template, Lat. recordari. Ps. 119, 55 
"1 ΠΏ Mbtba om} 7 call thy name to 
mind in the night, O Lord! i.e. 1 medi- 
tate upon it. v. 52. 143, 5. 68, 7. e) 
With dat. of pers. and acc. of thing, fo 
remember a thing to or for any one, i.e. 
to bear it in mind either to his advantage 
or disadvantage ; 6. g. for good, Neh. 5,19 
ἼΣΩΣ ἼΩΝ 55 mich dy "bt 76- 
member to me for good, O my God, all 
that Ihave done, i. 6. so that I may at last 
obtain from thee reward. 13, 22; for evil 
Neh. 6, 14. 13,29. [Ὁ Referred also to 
things future, i. q. to think upon, to con- 
sider, comp. Lat. memento mori. Lam. 
1,9 she remembereth not her latter end. 
Is. 47,7. Hence also i. q. to think of, 
to meditate, to attempt, Job 40, 32 933 
m2m22 think of the battle, i.e. prepare 
to attack. 

2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr. 
ἐπιμνάομαι, Jer. 20, 9. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 1. to be remembered, recollect- 
ed, Job 24, 20. Jer. 23,16. With dat. of 
pers. 3, to be πο. ἊΝ Σ᾽ to or against 
any οἧξ, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22. 
33, 16. minms-bx 212 Ps. 109, 14 and 
"7 "303°" ‘Num. 10, 9, to be pemenbenl 
with or before Jehovah, to be borne in 
mind of him. 

2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28, 
18. 

3. Denom. from “21 , to be born a male, 
Ex. 34,19. Arab. «ὦ IV, to beara 
male. 

Hien. “7335, inf. c. suff. ta 250 Ez. 
21, 24. 

1. to cause to remember, to bring to re- 
membrance, to keep in remembrance. 
Construed: «) With an acc. of thing 
2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. 712 73th to 
bring to remembrance iniguity, 1 K. 17, 
18. Ez. 21, 24. 28. 29,16. Num. 5, 15 
WO BNA PB MNT en offering of me- 
morial, bringing iniquity to remem- 
brance sc. with God. ) With an acc. 
of object and 5x of pers. Gen. 40, 14 
nS B7by ἜΡΒΎΞΤΗ bring me to remem- 
brance to Pharaoh. 7) With an aec. of 
pers. Is. 43, 26 "7772171 put me in remem- 
brance sc, of thy virtues and merits. 
8) Absol. seam to bring to remem- 
brance sc. oneself with God, in the inser. 
Ps. 38, 1. 70, 1; comp. 38, 23. 70, 2. 6.— 


Spec. a) memoria prodere, i. e. to 


“oT 


record, to register ; Part. 9°21 as subst. 
a recorder, register, i. q. historiographer, 
the king’s annalist, whose duty it was to 
record the deeds of the king and the 
events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 
1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 37. 1 Chr. 18, 15. 
2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36,3. 22. The same 
office is mentioned as existing in the 
Persian court, both ancient and modern, 
where itiscalled Waka’ Nuwish ; Hdot. 
6: 100. ib. 7. 90. ib. 8.100. Chardin Voy- 
age en Perse T. III. p. 327; T. V. p. 258. 
ed. Langlés. So too in the time of the 
Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono- 
rius, under the name of magister memo- 
rie. Ὁ} In the ritual language, to offer 
as a memorial sacrifice, M7218 q. v. Is. 
66, 3 M5 IDI he that burneth incense 
se. as ἃ memorial sacrifice. 

2. i.q. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make 
mention of ; with acc. of thing, 1 Sam. 
4,18, Ex. 23,13. Is. 49, 1. With >x 
of pers. added, Is. 19,17; > of pers. Ps. 
87, 4 “ΣΡ 533} 377 ἼΣΤΕ I will make 
mention ‘of Egypt and Babylon to them 
that know me ; and without an accus. of 
thing, Jer. 4,16 p%a> 72DIN make ye 
mention to the nations sc. of this, an- 
nounce this to the nations. Spec. to 
mention with praise, to praise, to cele- 
brate ; with an acc. 1 Chr. 16, 4. Ps. 71, 
16. Is.63,7. mim" Ό-ῷ DTT Ex. 20, 54. 
Is. 26, 13. Ἢ pda ‘ Josh. 23,7. Ps. 20, 8. 
45,18. Is. 48, Ἐ 63,7. minsd ‘m1 Chr. 28, 
4; with "> tes 12, 4.—Once; to cause to 
prisise, to let be praise’, Ex. 20, 21 [24]. 

“3. i,q. Kal no. 1, fo remember, to call 
to mind sc. with oneself, Gen. 41, 9. 

Deriv. the five here following, and 

PTIDIN, DT, ADT. 


ΩΤ τὰ. a male ; spoken of men, Gen. 
1, 26. 5,2. 17,19 sq. 34,156 5ᾳ. Also of 
animals, Gen. 7,3. 9. 16. Ex. 12,8. Plur. 
p31 Ezra 8,4 sq. Compr. "21 Niph. 

Le om 
no. 3, also "=. Arab. p> Syr. 1,29, 
id. The Arabic word also denotes pr. 
the membrum virile. For the etymo- 
logy, see r. "27 init. 


ΣΤ m. and ΣΤ Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26,14. 


Prov. 10, 7, (where however other Mss, 
have Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott. 
crit.) c. suff. "231. R. “st. 


1. remembrance, memory, Arab. pe 


279 


“oT 


Ex. 17, 14 7 will utterly put out the re- 
membrance of Amalek. Deut. 25, 19, 
32, 26. Ps. 9, 7. 34, 17. 109, 15. al. 

2. memorial, i.e. name, by which one 
is brought to remembrance, mentioned, 

. gq. OY. Ex. 3, 16 nr pbisd “gunn 
“A “> "731 thie is my name for ever, 
and this my memorial (name) to all 
generations. Ps, 30,5 5. 7212 "In 
praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos. 
12,6. 

3. praise, laud, Ps. 6,6. 102,13. Arab. 


᾿ ΑΙ laud. 
4, Zecher pr. w. of a man 1 Chr. 8, 31; 
called also M2931 9, 37. 


JST m. (τ 921) constr. 7521, plur. 
ΠΣ ΞῚ and ΤΣ 21. 

1. remembrance, memorial, Ecc. 1,11. 
2,16. 5 ΞΡ man to be for a memorial 
to any one, so that his memory shall not 
perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh. 4,7. So "358 
yin2t stones of remembrance, memorial 
stones, i. e. the two engraved stones 
upon the shoulder-braces of the high- 
priest’s ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39,7. mm 
yinz1 a memorial sacrifice Num. 5, 15. 
ΣΤ ox to set up a memorial, sc. of 
oneself by procreating children, Is. 57,8. 

2. a memento, record, Gr. ὑπόμνημα, 
Fr. mémoire. Ex. 17, 14 ji73} PRT 3D 
“BOS wrile this as a memento in the 
book. 43927 729 Mal. 3, 16, and Plur. 
ΤΣ ἼΞΗΓΙ MED Esth. 6, 1, book of records, 
annals, register or journal comp. 7727. 
Also of a memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9. 

3. i. ᾳ. >Y2, ἃ memorable saying, 
ἀπόφϑεγμα, Job 13, 12. 

4. a day of memorial, a celebration, 
festival, Lev. 23,24. Comp. the verb 
in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8. 


“IT (remembered, renowned, comp. 


“2 ὦ renown) Zichri, pr. n. of several 


persons, Ex. 6,21. 1 Chr. 8, 19.23. 9,15 
(in 25, 2. 10 5323). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neh. 
11, 9. al. 

ΤΡΣῚ and ot (whom Jehovah 
remembers, r. "2t) pr. n. Zechariah, Gr. 
Ζαχαρίας. 

a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam 
If. put to death by Shallum after a reign 
of six months, B. C. 773. 2 Καὶ, 14, 29. 
15, 8-11. 


NOT 

b) A prophet who flourished after the 
exile, whose writings are preserved in 
the sacred canon, son of Berechiah and 
grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in 53 
no. 2. Zech. 1, 1.7. Ezra 5,1. 6, 14. 

_ 6) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo- 
rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet, 
Is. 8, 2; comp. v. 16. 

d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest, 
slain in the court of the temple during 
the reign of Joash, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq. 

e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign 
of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 5.—Also of several 
‘other persons ; see in "33 no. 4. 


οι NOT obsol. root, perh. i. g. Md3, ts, 
to draw se. water. Hence pr. n. H8">17. 


* τ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
ὦ to draw up, kindr. 123. Hence 


᾽ 


3212 , M321 ΤΏ, fork. 


MDT Ε ἅπαξ λεγόμ. pr. a shaking, 
trembling, earthquake, see r. 553 Niph. 
Hence a storm, tempest; Ps. 12, 9 the 
wicked walk on every side "23> maby 83 
‘DIN like the rising of a tempest upon the 
sons of men.—[ Others better, abjectness, 
vileness, see τ. 321 no, 3.—R. 


OTT m. (τ. $1 Niph.) only in plur. 
‘ps br51 , shoots, twigs of a vine, so called 
‘from their waving and tremulous mo- 
tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. mibo>o, m7r030, 
iDsenen. 


* DDT to shake, kindr. with b> and 
‘the roots there compared. 

1. to shake, to make tremble or quake, 
‘see Niph. 

2. to shake out, to pour out, trop. to 
squander, spoken of property, reputation, 
‘ete. Part. 51 a squanderer, prodigal, 
‘Prov. 23, 21. 28,7. Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 
‘20 “iva “5541 squanderers of their own 
body, voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp. 
dst.—And as one shakes owt and casts 
away only worthless things, hence 

3. Intrans. to be abject, vile, despised, 


΄ 2» 

* Jer. 15,19. Lam.1,11, Arab. Jo id. Jo 

vileness, abjectness of mind. Syr. \] to 
be vile. Comp. Hiph. 

Nipn. 543, to be shaken, to tremble, to 

quake. 15. 64,2 12 DMN Fw at thy 

presence the mountains quaked. So also 


280 


rar 


Judg. 5,5 9512 2h the mountains quak- 
ed, the form aby) being for 9532, Lehrg. 
§ 103. n. 15. ‘Sept. well ἐσαλέόθησαν, 
(the root 551 corresponding in etymology 
also with σάλος, σαλεύω,) and the same is 
pr by Chald. and Arabs Polygl.. 


Arab. KS to. shake the earth, τ: 
earthquake. See D72157. 
Hien. 5°35, with Chaldee flexion; 


causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to - 


despise, Lam. 1, 8. 


2) quadrilit. not used, i. q. 533 to 
be hot, to glow, the letter 5 Betis insert- 
ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864. —Hence 

MELT and MYT, plur. ni- Ps. 11, 
6. Lam. 5, 10, violent heat, glow, espec.. 
of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob. the wind called 

| es-Simam, i. e. the poisonous.— 


Also of a famine, Lam. 5, 10; comp. Ez. 
5, 2 and v. 12. 16.17; also λιμὸς at Pop: 
Hes. Op. 361, ignea fames Quinctil. 
Declam. 12. Arab. 23} Gs fire of 


famine, Hariri Consess.—Of anger, Ps. 
119, 53. 


i rot obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to drop, 
to trickle, i. q. §}>%.—Hence 


mbt (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of 
Leah’s maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9. 


MAT ἢ (τ. Bet) 1. purpose, counsel, 
plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8; 
rarely for good, Job 17, 11. 

2. mischief, wickedness, crime, Ps. 26, 
10. 119, 150. Spec. of crimes arising 
from unchastity, as rape, incest; Ley.. 
18,17 N° Mma; this is wickedness. Job 
31, 11. Ez. 16, 27. 22, 9. 1}. 

3. Zimmah, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 6, 5, 27. 
2 Chr. 29, 12. 


MAT f. (τ. DBT) purpose, thought, i. q. 
mat, M212; Plur. c. suff. "met for "nist, 
Heb. Gr. § 89. 3.n. Ps..17,3 “bs τι 
"pvmas my mouth doth not pase over 
(go beyond) my thoughts, i. e. my 
language and thoughts are the same. 
Or: my thoughts transgress not my com- 
mand, i. 6. do not swerve from the laws 
of God and of virtue which I have im- 
posed on myself; see Thesaur. p. 1087 
fin. [Others take "mq as infin. of ty 
c. suff, my thinking, thought, which 
gives the same general sense.—R 


Vat 
ΤΥ f. (r. "ey 1) Plur. 5° Nah. 


? 

1. α vine-shoot, twig, so called from 
being pruned, Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10, 

2. Genr. a twig, shoot, branch; Ez. 
15, 2. 8,17 and lo, they put the branch to 
their nose; in allusion to the custom of 
the Persians (Parsees). who adore the 
rising sun holding in their left hand a 
bundle of twigs called Barsom; see 
Strabo XV. p. 733 Causab. τὰς δ᾽ ἐπῳ- 
Sug ποιοῦνται πολὺν χρόνον ῥάβδων μυρι- 
κίνων λέπτων δέσμην κατέχοντες, Comp. 
Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350. 
Zendavesta ed, Anquetil du Perron, II. 
532. 


5 ΤῺ quadril. obsol. i. 4. Arab. 


᾿ onomatop. like Germ. summen, 
1, e. to hum, to murmur, to make a noise ; 


9 - 
whence Rey) noisy multitude.—Hence 


DSTA m. plur. (noisy people) Zam- 
zummim, pr. n. of a race of giants dwell- 
ing anciently in the territory of the Am- 
monites, but extinct before the time of 
Moses, Deut. 2, 20. Comp. 5°17. 


“Wat m. (τ. "94 I, after the form x3, 
dn , Lehrg. § 120. no. 5.) pruning-time 
ΒΟ. for vines, Cant. 2,12; Sept. well χαιρὸς 
τῆς τομῆς, Symm. x. is Sy Vulg. 
tempus putationis. Others, time of the 
singing of birds, but contrary to the 
usage of the verb "23 and to the analogy 
of nouns of the form Soup. 


‘Wat m. Is. 25,5, (τ. Ver ID) plur. 
ninn2t, α song, Ps. 119,54. 2 Sam. 23, 1. 
Spec. song of praise, hymn, Is. 24, 16. 
Job 35, 10 who giveth songs in the night, 
i. 6. joy, rejoicing in misfortune. Also 
song of triumph, Is. 25, 5. : 

ΤΥ ὩΣ (song, fem. of preced.) Zemi- 
rah, pr. n. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8. 


ΩΤ pret. ΞΘ and “Mizz; fut. 
br, plur. 47217 for sain, see Heb. Gram. 
§ 66. n. 11. Lehrg. p- "372; to μπὰς 


to have in mind, to purpose ; Arab. «. 

id. It seems to come from the idea of 

murmuring or muttering, i.e. the low 

voice of persons talking to themselves 

or meditating ; comp. 13 to murmur, 

also 333, N24, 435 no. > 2, 3.—With 
24* 


281 


Vat 


aceus. Prov. 31,16 inMpM) My My} she 
meditateth upon a field (purposes to buy 
it) and acquireth it, With inf.c. > Gen. 
11,6; absol. Jer. 51,12. Lam. 2,17. For 
smart Ps. 17, 3, see art. Mx Spee. ina 
bad sense, to meditate evil Prov. 30, 32; 
ὁ. inf, et > Ps. 31,14. With > of pers. to 
plot against Ps. 37, 12. 

Deriv. 21, M31, M212, and 

DT m. a purpose, plan, device, sc. 
for evil, Ps. 140, 9. 


. y=! not used in Kal, to determine, 
to fix, to appoint; kindr. with ot. 
Chald. and Syr. Pa. id. 

Puat plur. part. ΠΣ. Ὁ OND Ezra 10, 
14. Neh. 10, 35, and niet ‘> Neh. 13, 
91, appointed times, stated times. 

Deriv. Ἴξ1. 

ToT Chald. Pa. to determine, to ap- 
point, to prepare. 

Hirupa. 231" conrenire inter se, to 
agree together, pr. to appoint time and 
place with each other, Dan. 2, 9 Keri; 
comp. Am. 3,3 Targ. The Chethibh is 
to be read jAm2<t77, and is Aphel; which 
is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan. 

JOT m. (τ. 723) plur. o°291, time, spec. 


9 “= 
an appointed time, season; Arab. we): 


Syr. <=] id. Ecc. 3,1 


Ἴ2Ὶ DBD to every thing a stated time, i. 6. 
every thing remains but for a time, all 
things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6. 
Esth. 9, 27. 31.—A word of the later 
age, instead of the earlier m>. 


TST and ToT Chald. m. st. emphat. 
R751, plur. 77221. 

1. time, an appointed time, season, 
Dan. 2, 16. 8231 ΕΞ al that time Dan. 
3, 7. 8. 4, 33. 733) ὙΞ1 ὋΣ even to a sea- 
son and time. 7,12. Spoken of sacred 
seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. 
S272 no. 3. 
᾿ 2. Plur. times, Lat. piss, Dan. 6, 11 


MIM P21 three times. So Syr. «3» 


oss, time. 


and Arab. oss, time, plur. times, Lat. 
vices. 

ΡΨ ‘vat to prune a vine, Lev. 25, 3. 4, 
Arab. J, id. ; 


Niph. piss. Is. 5, 6. 
Deriv. M7i=y, ey, ΠΌΤΕ, Mysre. 


aT 


ἘΠ]. “et in Kal not used; but fre- 
quent in 

Pie to touch or strike the chords of 
an instrument, to play, Gr. ψάλλειν ; and 
hence fo sing, to chant, as accompany- 
ing aninstrument. Chald, Syr. id. Eth. 


HZ to sing, c. fl to strike an instru- 
ment. Arab. ys, I. Il, to sing to the 


pipe.— With dat. of pers. to or in honour 
of whom, i. q. to celebrate, Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 
9.12. 30, 5. 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With >x 
Ps. 59,18; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2, 
68, 5. Sometimes with a of instrum. 
Ps. 33, 2. 98, 5. 145, 3. 

Deriv. ΠῚ, “ina, and the seven 
here biowisei 

Nore. The origin of this root, no. II, 
seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang 
of chords, of the harp, etc. which is else- 
where expressed by the verb 43h, and 
also by various kindred verbs, as referred 
to the humming or buzzing of bees and 
flies, to the murmur of water, the noise 
of a multitude, and other like sounds; of 
which the following comprises a large 
family: a) 0%} and D131 to hum, to mur- 
smur, Germ. swmmen, sumsen, whence 
:also the first means to meditate ; 331 id. 
‘spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence 
‘3821 a fly; also with an aspirate in place 


- 


‘of the sibilant, 037 in Arab. weed to 


hum, Germ. hummen (whence Hummel 
‘humble-bee), 737 to clang asa harp, 
‘to clamour as a multitude. Ὁ) "23 to 
clang as a harp; Chald. mist, Arab. 


‘S 909 


pre) Heb. 97124, a bee, so called from: 


its humming, buzzing ; “35 to speak 
(comp. 735 no. 1, 2, ale EN? comp. 72, 
‘Bon, M35); 83D and "av to meditate 
(comp. in ΠΤ); "72 and “2M i. q. 525 to 
give forth a tremulous vibrating sound, 
-as ἃ rod or branch; and with an aspirate 
in place of the sibilant or dental, 72h, 

, to murmur as water; and also 


“without much doubt, 28 to speak, which 
then is of like origin with 935. 0) 
With mid. radical n for m, "2% to make 
a noise as the rushing of falling water, 
‘comp. Germ. schnarren, schnurren ; 20 
to clang, to clatter, as‘arms; "32 to give 
a quavering sound, Germ. knarren, 
‘whence “23 harp. See Hupfeld in 


282 


= 


Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Kundedes Morgen. III. 
Ῥ. 394 5α. Thesaur. App. h. v. 


ΩΤ Chald. m. music of instruments, 
Dan. 3, δ. 7. 10. 15. 


"VET Chald. m. a singer, Ezra 7, 24. 


‘Yat τὰ. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal 
of the deer or gazelle species, so called 
from its leaping and springing; as jiw™, 
from 695 1, α. y35. Arab. 


prea. The idea of leaping (i.e. dane- 
ing) is connected with that of singing; 
comp. 7723 II. 

mat f. (r. “24 IT) song, music, 6. g. 
of the voice Ps. 81, 3. 98,5; of instru- 
ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1.—Meton. 
VINA Myst the song of the land, i.e. its 
best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43, 
11. Comp. Gr. ἀοέδιμος sung, celebrated 
in song, i. e. renowned. 


᾿ saliit ca- 


TOT m. (sung, celebrated in song, ἀοί- 
duos) Zimri, pr.n. a) A king of Israel 
who slew and succeeded Elah, B. C. 930. 
1K. 16, 9.10. 2K. 9,31. Gr. Ζαμβρί. 
b) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
Simeon, Num. 25, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 6; 
in Josh. 7,1 "333. d) 1Chr.8,36, 9,42. 
e) Apparently also as patronym. from 
W721 for "2991 Zimranite, Jer. 25, 25. 

77ST (id.) Zimran, pr. n. of a son of 
Abraham by Keturah, and of an Arabian 
tribe descended from him ; Gen. 25, 2. 
1 Chr. 1,32. We may compare perhaps 
Zabram, a city with a king, according 
to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and 
Medina, See also "757 lett. 6. 


*mvar f. (r. Vet IT) ig. M21, song, 
meton. for the object of song or oF praise. 
Ex. 15,2 m2 meat "49 Jehovah is re 
glory anil song. "Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12) 2. 

ἼΤ m. plur. 8"21 , form, sort, kind, man- 
ner ; for the etymology see under r. 931. 
Ps. 144, 13 ΤῊΝ 482 from sort to sort, of 
every sort. 2Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr. id. 


I Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 


*2:7 subst. m. plur. mi5zt, oe 


miszt, tail of an animal, Arab. δ, 
os. 

KA3O, Syr. Hates id. The verb sd 
to follow after, is secondary.—Ex. 4, 4. 
Judg. 15, 4. Job 40,17. Metaph. end 
stump ; SANIT Mis3y 720 these (wo tails, 


rat 


stumps, of firebrands, Is. 7,4.—Put also 
for something small, mean, contemptible, 
mostly in opp. to YX. Deut. 28, 13 Jeho- 
vah will make thee the head, and not 
the tail. v. 44. Is. 9,13, 19,15. In the 
same sense the Arabs put in antithesis 
Hd, 43] nose and tail; see Comment. 
on Is. 9, 13.—Hence the denom. verb 

Piet 237 pr. to hurt or cut off the tail ; 
hence trop. to smite the rear of an army, 
to cut of the rear-guard (Arab. 5d, 
comp. Gr. οὐρά, οὐραγίαν, Deut. 25, 18. 
Josh. 10, 19.—Denominative verbs de- 
rived from nouns signifying members 
of the body, often have in the Semitic 
tongues this sense of injuring or cutting 
off those members ; see Lehrg. p. 257. 
Ewald’s Heb. Gram. p. 200. 


“FIZ fat. mays, apoc. i" 1. fo. com- 
mit fornication, to play the whore or har- 
lot. Arab, s) coivit, scortatus est, Syr. 


1] id. Eth. HOO, although Nun is 


retained in Ἢ 2 Ἐ semen coitus.—Pr. 
and chiefly spoken of a female, whether 
married (where it may be rendered ἴο 
commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen. 
38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr. 
with acc. of the male paramour, Jer. 3, 1. 
Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23,17 unless here ΤῊΝ is 
with ; also 3 with Ez. 16,17; Ἐκ Ex. 
16, 26. 28 ; very often with “ITN , pr. to 
goa shortig afler any one, torun after a 
paramour, Ez. 16,34. Lev. 17,7. 20, 5. 6. 
Deut. 31, 16. al. On the other hand, the 
husband from whom a woman departs 
in playing the where, against whom 
she commits this crime, is put with 77 
Ps. 73, 27, "3782 Hos. 1, 2, Mmm 4, 12 
and mmm Ez. 23,5 (comp. Num. 5, 19. 
29), 522 Hos. 9,1 and 5» Judg. 19, 2 
where however the reading is doubtful. 
Ez. 16, 15 52 i. 6. with a husband, 
having a husband, in spite of him.— 
Part. fem. ΠῚ a whore, harlot, Gen. 38, 
15. Deut. 23, 19. al. more fully τὴν πῶς 
Lev. 21,7. Josh. 2,1. Judg.11,1. Plur. 
mist Hos. 4, 14. 1K, 3,16; also 1K. 22, 
38 where Sept. ai πόρναι. Nor is there 
any ground to render Mit in Josh. 1. c. 
hostess, one who keeps a public house, as 
if from }51 to nourish.—Rarely this verb 


is applied to men, e.g. with > Num. 


283 


7 


25,1; comp. Arab. wh for oh whore- 
monger. 

2. Trop. andoftenspoken: a) Ofidol- 
atry, to go a whoring, i, q. to commit idol- 
atry ; the relation existing between God 
and the Israelitish people being every 
where shadowed forth by the prophets 
under the emblem of the conjugal union, 
see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23; so that 
the people in worshipping other gods are 
compared toa harlot and adulteress. For 
the prepositions with which it is constru- 
ed, see above inno, 1. A very frequent 
formula is DUNN BAP "INN ΓΤ fo go 
a whoring after other gods Lev. 17, 7. 
20, 5. 6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also 
WHR MAM. ΓΟ 10 go a whoring from 
their god, see in no. 1. Further, 33 
Dvn “nx to go a whoring after i.e. in 
the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30. 
b) Of superstitions connected with idol- 
atry, MIAN "IMs ΓΣῚ 10 go a whoring 
after wizards, necromancers, Lev. 20, 6. 
c) Of the intercourse and commerce of 
heathen nations among themselves, 6. g. 
of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits fornica- 
tion with all the kingdoms of the world. 
Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and 72m8. 

Pua 72% pass. Ez. 16, 84, 

Hips. morn , fut. apoe. jt" 2 Chr. 21,11. 

1. to seduice, to fornication, to whore. 
dom, Ex. 34, 16; to cause to commit for- 
nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29. 

2. Intrans. i. q. Kal to commit forni- 
cation, Hos. 4, 10. 18. 5, 3. 

Deriv. 5°7837, mazt, mash. 


M27 (perh. marsh, bog, comp. r. may 
Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. ἢ. of two places in 
the tribe of J pial: Josh. 15, 34. 56. Neh. 
3, 13. 11, 30.1 Chr. 4, 18. 


D°3527 m. plur. abstr. from r. m2}, with 
formative Nun added, as "SP from HYP, 
7298 from ΠΟΤῚ, Lehrgb. p. 508. 

1. whoredoms, fornication, Gen. 38, 24. 
Hos. 1, 2 593927 9599 pry ΓΝ α wife 
of phoredoins and children of whore- 
doms, i. e. a wife who is a whore and 
bastard children. 2, 6. 4, 12. 5,4. 2,4 
Bo BN OM and let her put away 
her whoredoms from her countenance, i.e, 
lay off her wanton countenance, ‘vultum 
protervum’ Hor. Carm. 1. 19, 7,8. Comp. 
Ez. 6, 9. 


2. Trop. spoken: a) Of idolatry,2K. 


137 284 


9,22. b) Of the intercourse and com- 
merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4; 
comp. the verb in Is. 23, 17. 


HAT f. (τ. M33) plur. Mt, whore- 
dom, fornication, only trop. a) Of idol- 
atry, Jer. 3, 2. 9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7.9. 
Hos. 4,11. b) Of any breach of fidelity 
towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and 
seditious people, Num. 14, 33. 


"Tt τ to be foul, rare to stink, 
see Hiph. Arab. 2) Kindr. 


are ἸΠΣ, ἘΠῚ, «δ foul water, turbid ; 


Gr. τάγγος and ταγγή rancidity, ταγγός 
rancid, Engl. tang; also σικχός loath- 
some, oixzaivw.—Metaph. to be loath- 
some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 3233 721 
7in2 thy calf, O Samaria, is an abomi- 
nation. Hence 

2. Trans. to loathe, to spit out, i. e. 
to reject, to cast off, comp. 591; Hos. 
8,3 aio bx er my Israel hath rejected 
good, Often of Jehovah as rejecting a 
people, Ps. 43,2 ἌΣΤΥ 932 why dost 
shat νυ δ 44. 10. 94. 60, 8. 12. 
74,1. 77,8. 89,39. With 72 to thrust 
away, to requiise from any thing, Lam. 3, 
17 "52 oi>wa MIM} thou hast thrust me 
far away from prosperi ity, hast destroyed 
my welfare. 

Hien. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a 
stench, to stink, Is. 19,6 ming? AMINA 
the rivers stink, i.e. til, become shallow 
and foul. Sept. Vulg. deficient flumina. 
—The form 5m7238 is scarcely Hebrew, 
and seems to be made up of two read- 
ings, 977277 and sm21y, the latter of 
which imitates the Chaldee. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off, 
1 Chr. 28, 9; c. 72 2 Chr. ν; 14. 
Causat. to cause to cast away, i. q. to 
profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19. 

Deriv. 52] pr. ἢ. 


"aa obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. is 
(kindr. with Heb. 92%) to form, to shape ; 
whence iy form, appearance, πιά 
rule, mode. Hence Heb. jt form, sort, 
species, (the originof which has escaped 
etymologists,) although afterwards, the 
etymology being overlooked, it was in- 
flected after the analogy of nouns from 
verbs Τρ. 


ὨΣῚ 


* Dit in Kal ποῖ used. Syr. w-¢7) to 
throw, to shoot an arrow, spec. to a 
great distance. Talmud. to spring, to 
leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab. 
i 3. The primary idea seems to be 
that of binding ; comp. Arab. (4) to 
bind underneath, Syr. faa} a cord with 
which a load is bound. Spoken espec. 
of animals, which draw their feet toge- 
ther before a leap (comp. YER, +85) 
pr. to contract the feet for a leap, to 
throw oneself forward; and so of an 
arrow. Comp. D°p%. 

Pret to leap or spring forth with vio- 
lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept. 
ἐχπηδήσεται, and in other Mss. ἐχπηδή- 
oe. Kimchis>3. 

Deriv. ="p; for D°P21, MP's for Mipt, 
D'PIN. 

MIT f. for ney (τ. S33, as M53 from 
515) sweat, Gen. 3, 19; 1. q. 311.—Tal- 
mud. ΠΣ sweat, >" to sweat ; Syr, 
{asco sweat, whence a new verb ASS 
to sweat. 


MT f. by transpos. for MPI (as 
nibs for M232) pr. a shaking, agitation, 
ἫΝ oppression, ill treatment, in Cheth. 
Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46; in Keri Jer. 
15, 4. 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 

TILT (unquiet, comp. M321) Zaavan, 
pr. n. τὰ. Gen, 36, 27, 1 Chr. 1, 42. 

YLT m. (τ. 221) alittle, Job 36,2; like 
μικρόν. The form imitates the Chaldee. 


"YT Chald. little, small, i. q. Heb. 
“SS, Dan. Fy te R. “ZI. 


δ et i. q. 327, to be extinguished, 
extinct, once in 

Nipu. id. Job 17,1; where three Mss. 
read 12373, as if from ὭΣ. 

" DoT fot. cSt? Num. 23, 8, and 527° 
Prov. 24, 24, i. q. Arab. — £4 Conj. V, to 
foam at the mouth, spoken of a camel; 
also, to speak in anger. Of the same 
family is Germ. Schaum, schdumen, 
Engl. to scum, to skim, Fr. écwme ; comp. 
mst. Hence 

1. to be very angry, to be indignant 
towards any one; often with the idea 
of punishment, to pour out one’s anger 
upon any one, to punish with indigna- 


ὩΣ 


tion, ὁ. acc. Mal. 1, 4, Zech..1, 19. "3 
MAYS] Wy AN the cities of Judah 
upon which thou hast poured out thy in- 
dignation, ete. Is. 66, 14; 59 Dan. 11, 
30. Part. myn} cast Prov: 22, 14. 

2, to curse, c. ace. Num. 23,7. 8. Prov. 
24, 24. Mic. 6, 10. 

Nien. as if pass. of Hiph, to be pro- 


voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23 


Host) OB an angry countenance, i. e. 
morose, ill-natured; Vulg. facies tristis. 
Comp. ὭΣΤ no. 2.—Hence 


DST m. foam, as one angry foams at 
the mouth, Is. 30, 27. Lam. 2, 6; then 
trop. wrath, anger, Hos. 7,16. Spoken 
espec. of the indignation of God, as 
manifested in punishment; so Is. 1. οὕ 
Ez. 22, 24 531 D732 in the day of God’s 
indignation. Absol. oz Dan. 8, 19; 
without art. Dan. 11, 36 ost 5D 43 until 
the indignation (punishment) be accom- 
plished. Is. 10, 25. 


"DST fut. em. 1. tobe angry, ec. 3 
Prov. 19, 3; 5 2 Chr. 26,19. The pri- 
mary idea lies either in breathing, blow- 
ing, Sam. Ὁ ΔΒ id. comp. Chald. 8231 
astrong wind; or else in burning, comp. 
Syr. 2S] Ethpe. to be burned, and 
quadril. 5251 ; or possibly in foaming, so 
that 523 151. α. S51, comp. 188 ὈΣῚ Lam. 
2, 6 and 58 931 Is. 30, 30. 

2. to be morose, gloomy, sad ; the con- 
nection of the significations lying in the 
pain of mind; comp. in τ. 382. Part. 
ἘΠΕΣῚ ἕντο sad, Gen. 40, 6, ig. Ὁ 
inv. 7. Dan. 1, 10 of the countenance 
as fallen away from long fasting, and 
also sullen and sad. Theod. aptly σκυ- 
ϑρωπός, comp. Matth. 6, 16. 

Deriv. the two following: 


527 τη. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 


ZT m. c. suff. test, anger, rage, 
2 Chr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging 
sea Jon. 1, 15. 


“P2I fat. pe, imp. pst, inf Por, 
Bq. Ps, to cry out, to exclaim, espec. 
in pain, by way of complaint and for 
help. The form px belongs more to 
the earlier books of the O. T. while ῬΣῚ, 
3}, is the common form in Aramean; 
the Arabic like the Heb. having both 


285 


pT 
forms, ($0 and S55, also (geo. - 


The person to whom ‘one cries, whom 
one implores, is put with >x Ps. 22, 6, 
142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; 5Ὺ Chr. 5, 20; in 
ace. Judg. 12, 2, Neh. 9,28. The thing 
or cause of complaints is put after 52 Jer 
30, 15; > Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31; ΕΣ 
1 Sam, 8, 18; also in ace, as Hab. 1, 2, 
where both constructions are joined: 
OM HSN PN (how long) shall I cry 


_ out unto thee because of violence ? comp. 


_ Job 19, 7. 


Nipx. pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be call- 
ed together, convoked, Judg. 18, 22. 23., 


_Hence to come together, to assemble, 1 


Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34. 35. 
Hies. 1. i. q. Kal to cry out, pr. to 


make an outery, Job 35, 9; to proclaim, 


to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7. 

2. to cry unto any one, to call upon, to 
invoke, c. acc. Zech, 6, 8.—Hence, as 
referring to many, 

3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam.. 
20, 4. 5. Judg. 4, 10. 13. 

Deriv. P33, MPT. 

PT Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21. 


P2T m. outcry, cry, Is. 30,19. More 
frequent is 


MPI f. outcry, ery, espec. from pain 
and sorrow, or as imploring help, Is. 15, 
10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6. 9, 9. Jer. 18, 22. 20, 
16. 50, 46. R. pst. 


* "37 obsol. root, Aram. 75], “21, to 
-τ 5 
be small, i. ᾳ. Heb. "3%. Comp. in pst. 
—Hence ""31, "373. 


* “ET obsol: root, Arab. .33 to emit 
sweet odours, to be fragrant, e. g. a gar- 
den.—Hence 


JMET (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr. n.of 
a city in the north of Palestine, once 
Num. 34, 9. 


Pi jlave 5) pitch, Ex. 2, 3. Is. 34, 9. 


Arab, od;, Aram. fas}, ΠῚ, but also 
RET. 


OPT m. plur. for ΠΣ, from a lost 
sing. Pt for Pt, τ Pst. 

1. bonds, fetters, chains, with which 
captives are bound; see the root in its 
primary sense. Ps. 149, 8. Is. 45, 14, 
Nah. 3, 10. Job 36,8. Chald. pr id 
Comp. =°F18. 


PF 


2. burning arrows, fiery darts, fitted 
with εὐρείῃ θαι Prov. 26,18. Comp. 


ΠΡ. Arab. es} the sharp point of 
an arrow. 


* Pt subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2. 
2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13, 
29. 30. Meton. the ae Lev. 19, 27. 


2 Sam. 20, 9.—Arab. KS the chin; 
ἴ οὐ beard, ἀν μνῶν» the verb 


ἼΡΤ denom. fut. {p19 to be or become 
old, to grow old, to be aged ; pr. to have 
the chin hanging down, from 4p, like 


Se. . : 
ωϑὸ an old man with a hanging chin, 


decrepit ; whence perhaps may come 
the Lat. senex, senectus, which some 
absurdly suppose to be for seminex. But 
‘et is spoken not only of decrepit, but 
also of vigorous old age, Gen. 18, 12. 13, 
19, 31. 24,1. 2771. 1 Sam. 2, 22. al. 
For the ne teiee between this word 
and the synon. 135, 3), θα, see those 
articles. 

Hiren. intrans. to grow old, to be old, 
Prov. 22, 6; qs. to contract old age, 
comp. Pp" in Heb. Gram. ὁ 52. 2. ἢ. 
Also of plants, Job 14, 8; as Pliny, 
‘senescunt arbores.’ 


ΤΡῚ m. (τ. 1121) constr. \Pt Gen. 24, 2, 
plur. 5"2p1, "2p1, old, aged, an old man ; 
as adj. joined with a subst. j277 Wxn 
Judg. 19,17; 21 3&8 Gen. 44, 20; and 
also separately as subst. Gen. 19, ἐν Is. 
20,4. al.sep. With 12 older than some 
one, Job 32, 4 nrar> 309 Man-oRT 7D 
Sor they were elder ‘than he. —byrinn "IP 
ὈΣΣῸ Ὁ, sm 't, elders of Israel, 4 
Egypt, of the city, i, e. proceres, senators, 
the chief men, magistrates, the notion of 
age being neglected, Ex. 3, 16. 4, 29. 
Deut. 19,12. 21, 3. 4.6. 22, 15. 17. 18. 


9 
Ps. 105,22. Inlike manner Arab. 2 A 


Sheikh, an old man, and then, ‘chief of 
a tribe; also Ital. Signor, Fr. Seigneur, 
Span. Senor, Engl. Sir, all which come 
from the Lat. Senior elder ; also Germ. 
Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, krawo, 
gray-headed.—Metaph. of an old and 
decrepit people, Is. 47, 6. Plur. fem. 
Map} old women Zech. 8, 4. 


286 


at 


ἼΡΤ m. (r. ipt) old age, Gen. 48, 10. 

MPT Εἰ (τ Pt) old age, Gen. 24, 36. 
Ps. 71, 9.18. Metaph. of a people Is. 
46, 4, comp. 47, 6. 


DPT m. plur. (τ. Ἴ51) old age, Gen. 
21, 2.7. 44, 20. BUR 13 son of old age, 
i.e. born in one’s old age, Gen. 37, 3. 


On this form of denominatives, see 
Lehrg. § 122. 13. 


Υ tpt to raise up, e. g. those bowed 
down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145,14. 146,8. 
Syr. 25] id. 


ΞΡῚ Chald. to raise wp, to hang up, 
e. g. a criminal upon a stake or cross, 


Ezra 6,11. Syr. «5.51 to crucify. 


7 Pet 1. ig. PRY, to strain, to fil- 
ter, to fine, e. g. wine, see Pual ; comp. 


Arab. By wine newly strained. Trop. 


of metals, to refine, Job 28, 1.—In this 
signif. corresponding words are Gr. cax- 
κος, σάκος sackcloth, strainer, σακκέω, 
σαχκεύω, σακκέζω, Lat. saccus, saccare, 
Heb. PY; and of the same family are 
Germ. seihen, seigen, seigern, a form ap- 
propriate to metals ; stronger sickern. 

2. to make flow, i. e. to pour, to pour 
out, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare, 
Job 36, 27. 

Piet PP, to refine, to purify metals, 
Mal. 3, 3. 

Puat, to be strained, fined, e. g. wine 
Is. 25, 6; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr. 
28, 18. 29, 4. Ps. 12, 7. 


T a stranger, enemy, see τ. "3 II. 2. 


Wom. (r. “11 1) @ border, wreath, 
crown, around a table, the ark of the 
covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24. 25. 37, 2. 


11. 26. Syr. ἵμῖ necklace, collar. 


NT f. for mat (r. 81 ΤΙ. 3) loathsome- 
ness, once Num. 11, 20; Vulg. nausea. 


* 377 in Kal not used; Chald. Ithpe. 
to pour out, to flow off or away ; whence | 
=a" gutter, and by transpos. 317%, 
Arab. \s~, channel.—Once in 

Puat, spoken of streams, torrents, full 
in winter, but drying up and failing in 
summer; Job 6, 17 5m 332 sant nga 
what time they flow off, “they fail, LC, 


21 


when the waters flow off. the streams 
dry up. See more in Thesaur. p. 428. 


22377 (prob. for 532 24°} sown i. 6. 
begotten in Babylon) pr. ἢ. Zerubbabel, 
Sept. Ζοροβάβελ, one of the descendants 
of David, who led out the first colony of 
Jews into their own country after the 
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1. 


* "TT obsol. root, Aram. ἜΤ lo prune 
trees, to remove the superfluous boughs 
and foliage ; 17} exuberant growth of 
trees. Hence 


‘TIT Zered, pr. n. of a valley Num. 21, 
12, and of the stream flowing through it 
Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab 
on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ. of 
Jonath. brook of willows, willow-brook ; 
comp. 5°75" 5m2 Is. 15,7. Prob. the 
modern Wady el-Ahsy ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 555. 


ΓΤ 1. to scatter, to cast loosely 
about, Ex. 32, 20. Num. 17,2 [16, 37]. 
Is. 30, 22.—Arab. (60 to scatter, as the 
wind dust; II, to winnow. Syr. and 
Chald. 152, 873. . The following are 
kindred roots, all having the primary 
idea of scattering, 6. g. 221, P21, ΠῚ II, 


tec 
also mat, Arab. 1} to sow. In the 


Indo-European tongues correspond San- 
ser. srt to scatter, Lat. séro ; and with p 
or t added to the sibilant, Sanser. stri, 
Gr. στορέω, Lat. sterno, Germ. streven, 
Engl. to strew; σπείρω, spargo, Goth. 
sprethan, Germ. sprithen, Spreu, chaff. 
—Espec. 

2. to winnow, by casting up and scat- 
tering in the wind, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 4, 11. 
Ruth 3, 2 own 7U-PN may Ranthin 
lo, he winnoweth the threshing- floor of 
barley. —Trop. of enemies as routed and 
seatiered, Jer. 15, 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5, 2. 

3. Genr. to spread out ; whence ΤΟΣ 
@ span. ἡ ; 

Nipu. to be scattered, Ez. 6, 8. 36,19. 

Pier 7 1. to scatter, to strew, Prov. 
. 15,7; to scatter, to disperse, 6. g. nations 
Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5,10. 6,5. 12, 15. 30, 26. 
Prov. 20, 8 the king ... scattereth all evil 
with his look. - 

2. to winnow, i. q. Kal no. 2, Prov. 20,26. 
Hence trop. i. q. to winnow out, to sift,i.e. 
to search out, to prove ; Ps. 139, 3 "M5x 


287 


1 


HY 237) my walking and my lying 
down thou searchest out ; Jerome eventi- 
lasti, Sept. ἐξιχνίασας, In Arab, trop. 
.9)9 to know. 

Puat, to be scattered, strewed, Job 18, 
15; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov. 
1,17—The form ΠΤ Is. 30, 24, which 
some refer hither, is part. Kal impers. 
The form 577 in Ps. 58, 4, is from τ. 
sar IL. 

Deriv. M37, ΠΤ, OMT. 

IF fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51,5. 
Dan. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in signif. no. 2. 
Comp. Lehrgb. Ρ. 470. Plur. 5°33 and 
nisrt. R, 5% no. 1. 

1. the arm, Is. 17, 5. 40,11. al. Spee. 
the lower arm, below the elbow, in Lat. 
also called brachium κατ ἐξοχήν, diff. 
from "3p the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In 
animals the fore leg, shoulder. βραχίων 


Num. 6, 19. Deut. 18;.3. Arab. eld, 


Aram, 8275, 15>, arm, also a cubit.— 
Hence 392} ΣΤ @ stretched-out arm, 
ascribed to God and signifying his power 
and promptness to protect or punish, Ex. 
6, 6, Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33. 34; in like 
manner ΓΙ Ἢ 3971 Job 38, 15. 

2. Trop. a) ‘strength, might, power, 
2 Chr. 32,8 "w2 Sint an arm of flesh 
i.e. human might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9. 
mT Vint the powers (might) of his 
hands, Gen. 49, 24. Hence military 
force, an army, Dan. 11, 15. 32. 31. b) 
violence Job 35, 9. int ΘΠ the violent 
man Job 22, 8. Here belongs the phrase, 
to break the arm of any one, i, e. to de- 
stroy his power, to put an end to his vio- 
lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22,9. 38,15. Ps. 
10, 15. 37,17. Comp. Arab. sduaéas cS. 
6) strength as imparted to any one, hence 
help, aid, Ps. 83, 9. Is. 33, 2. So Arab. 
was, Pers. ge arm, also help, Syr. 
13» ἘΞ son of the arm, i. e. helper; see 
more in Comment. on Is.1.c. Meton. 
a helper, ally, Is. 9,19; comp. Jer. 19,9 
where it is 39. Sept. cod. Alex. ἀδελφός. 

Hence denom. Di5t8, with Aleph pros- 
thetic. 


QT m. verbal of Pi. (τ. 2, after 
the form ῬΊΞΙ.) sown, to be sown, 1 Lev. 


11, 37. Plur. D">571 things sown, garden 
herbs, Is. 61, 11. 


ΤῊ 


STAT m. quadril. ἃ pouring rain, vio- 
‘lent shower, Ps.72,6. Syr. ἴ2ι 25] show- 
er, Talmud. 8°27 "5B7171 ~adspersiones 
aque, gutte.—It comes from 71 to flow, 
by repeating the first radical between 
the second and third ; comp. mates from 
r. ΠῚ; also Zab. op and etc) ac- 
cendit. 

YT m. bound together, girded, ver- 
bal Pilp. from r. "71 I,q.v. Once Prov. 
30, 31, where, among those comely in 
going, is mentioned 5732 “171 one 
girded about the loins, by this some 
understand a war-horse, as ornamented 
with girths and buckles about the loins; 
others a greyhound, as having the loins 
contracted and slender ; and others again 
a wrestler, see Talm. Hieros. Taanith, 
fol. 57. Maurer ad ἢ. 1. 


ΤΙ fut. mot 1, 10 rise, as the sun 
Gen. 32, 31. Ez. 22,2. 2 Sam. 23,4. Ps. 
104, 22. al. So of the light Is, 58, 10; the 
splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1, 2. 
Deut. 33, 2.—Pr. to scatter rays, comp. 
kindr. ποτ, “77 II. In the kindred dia- 
lects this root has undergone various 
changes ; in Arabic and poses there 
have come from it Gr, WZ®; in 
Aram. 725, venti 


2. Trop. aside ee a) Of leprosy rising 
in the skin, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Further, in 
the derivatives: Ὁ) Οἵα foetus break- 
ing forth from the womb, see ΠῚ and 
Geh. 38,30. c) Ofa plant springing up, 
germinating, i.q. M28; see MN. 

Deriv. M718, MIT, pr.n. M343, mI, 
and the three here following: 


Mm. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3. 

2. Zerah, Zarah, pr.n. Gr. Ζαρά, 8) 
A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30. 
Num. 26,20. Ὁ) A son of Reuel, Gen. 
36, 13, 17, c) Num. 26} 13, for which 
in Gen. 46,10 “Mz, d) 1 Chron. 6, 6. 26. 
e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians, 
who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa, 
2 Chr. 14,8 [9]. See the conjecture of 
Champollion, Précis p. 257; et contra, 
Rosellini in Monum. Storici II. 87-91. 


“TIT patronym, a Zarhite, from M7 
gi be a. Num. 26, 13, 20. See M8. 


TTT (whom Jehovah caused to be 
born, r. M1 no. 2.b) Zerahiah, pr. p.m. 


288 


oy 


a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4; for 
which M3771 1 Chr. 7,3. Ὁ) Ezra 8,4. 


DW m. (τ. 251} ig. OY, α violent 
shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud ; 
Is. 1,7 O°} ΓΞΒΓΡΩΞ as the destruct 
of an inundation or over whelming rain. 
So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Michaelis, ete. 
Better, 5773 is here plur. strangers; and 
2 is the Caph veritatis so called,see in 3 
B. 4. 


*D to flow, to pour, i. q. ὉΣῚ αν. 
With acc. to pour upon, to overwhelm, to 
wash away, Ps. 90, 5. 

Po. to pour out, c. acc. with any thing, 
Ps, 77, 18—Hence ΠῚ, perh. ὉΔῚ, 
also 


DIY m. a pouring rain, violent shower, 
storm, Is. 4,6. 25, 4. 28, 2 "92 BM ὦ 
Red athens: Is. 25, 4 “"p Ἐπὶ a wall- 
storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab. 
3,10 573 ΠῚ gush or flood of waters. 


MO ἢ (τ. Dat) a flowing, emission 
of seed, spoken of seed- Eel Ez. 23, 
20. 


*37F fut. 23% 1. to scatter, to dis- 
perse, Zech. 10, 9. See the kindred roots 
beginning with "3 under art. 771. From 
the kindred sense of spreading out, ex- 
panding, comes 3371 arm; as ΤΥ span, 
from 771. But a secondary form, and 
derived from 3171, εἰ) is the Arabic 
ὦ to attack violently, to seize, 
IV to take in the arms.—Spec. 

2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab. ¢yy; 


Syr. S31, Ethiop. HCU, id. Construed: 
a) Absol. Job 31,8. Is. 37,30. Ὁ) With 
accus. of the seed sown, e. g. D°LM D3 
to sow wheat Jer. 12, 13. Hagg. 1, 6. 
Lev. 26, 16. Ecc. 12,6. ὁ) With ace. 
of the field SOWn, Gen: 47, 23. Ex.23,10. 
Lev. 25, 3, Jer. 2,2 737 γ5ὰ a land 
not sown. 4) With two ace. of the seed 
and field ; Lev. 19,19 o1Nd> 271 ND FY 
thou shalt not sow thy field with mixed 
seed. Deut. 22,9. Is. 30,23. Judg.9, 45. 
To scatter its seed is said ofa seed-bear- 
ing plant or tree, Gen, 1, 29; comp.v. 12. 
Metaph. to sow righteousness Proy. ἘΠ, 
18; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, mischief 
Job 4, 8, the wind Hos. 8, 7; i. e. genr. to 
prepare for oneself the rewards or pun- 


verb 


5 


ishments of good or evil actions, which | 
| 59, 21. 
| bee. Soy Ps. 22, 24. Fee 551, 5.1 


in the same connection are also said to 
be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. 6, 7. 8. 
In another construction, Hos. 10, 12 8371 
TQM ἜΞ MEP MEI G22 sow for your- 
selves in righteousness, and reap accord- 
tng to your piely, comp. in M8 no. 6. b. 
Trop. Ps, 97, 11 pyI#> ΣῸ WN light is 
sown for the righteous, i. e. happiness is 
prepared for him.— 7 sow a people, to 
increase, to spread, to multiply, Hos. 
2, 25. Jer. 31, 27. 

3. ig. fo plant, with two ace. Is. 17, 
10. 

Nips. 1. fo be sown, as a field, trop. 
Ez. 36, 9. 

2. to be sown, scattered, as seed Lev. 
11, 37. Trop. Nah. 1,14 that no more 
of thy name be sown, i. e. thy name shall 
no longer be propagated. 

3. Trop. to be sown, spoken of a wo- 
man, i. e. to be made fruitful, to con- 
ceive, Num. 5, 28. 

Puat pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24, 

Hie. 1.tobear seed,asa plant; Gen. 
1, 11 521 ΣΤ SD, comp. v. 29 where 
in the same connection it is ΘΙ Τὶ 

2. to. conceive seed, spoken of a woman, 
to be fruitful, Lev. 12, 2; comp. Niph. 
no. 3. 

Deriv. the three following, and 31; 
(277g), ΣΤ, SNE, Say. 


37, constr. id. once 5 Num. 11, 7, 
¢. suff. "297; plur:c. suff. 53535; 1 Sam. 
8, 15. 

1. Pr. ἃ sowing, then seed-time, time 
of sowing, i. e. late in autumn in Pales- 
tine, Gen. 8, 22. Ley. 26, 5. 

2, seed, which is scattered, sown, whe- 
ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11. 
12. 29, 47, 23. Lev. 26, 16. Deut. 22, 9, 
Ecc. 11, 1. Meton. of what springs 
from seed sown, field of grain, harvest, 
1Sam. 8,155; crop, produce of the fields, 
Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3. 

3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18, 21. 
19, 20; comp. τ. 271 Niph. no. 3. Hiph. 
no. 2.—Hence_ a) i. q. children, off- 
spring, posterity, Gen. 3, 15. 13, 16. 15, 

. 13. 17, 7. 10. 21, 13. al. Spoken also 
of one child, when an only one, (whence 
Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here,) Gen. 


ἘΣ 1 Sam. 1,11 ovo 5 @ male 
FLT ST seed of thy seed, i. 6. 
25 


289 


“71 


children’s children, grandchildren, Is, 
b) i. q. @ race, stock, family ἢ 


ΓΙΞΞ ΌΤΙ, the seed royal, royal line, 2K. 
11, 1.14. 6) a race or class of men, as 
wap say Is. 6 13, 99 "S99 5 65, 235 
in a bad sense, i. 4. breed, brood, 91 
ΠΣ. Is, 1, 4, "BW S21 57,4. Comp, 
Heb. 7m8, Gr. yerveua Matth. 3, 7, 
Germ. Brut brood, Fr. race. 

4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17, 
11. Also a sprout, shoot, Ez. 17,5. See 
the root in Kal no. 3. 


5 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43. 


DAT and D227 m. plur. (τ. 294) 
pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. e. 
vegetable food, such as was eaten ina 
half fast, opp. to meats and the more 
delicate kinds of food, Dan. 1, 12. 16. So 


Chald. and Talmud... Syr. ἜΤΗ id. 


*T2T obsol. root, Arab. 49; to 
flow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears. 
Comp. 5%. Hence the quadril. F711. 


* P23 to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr. 
Mt, 25%. 6) Things dry, as dust, Job 
2,12. 2 Chr. 34,4; cinders, soot, Ex. 9,8. 
10; coals, Ex. 10,2. Ὁ) Often of things 
liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13 ; blood, Ex. 
24, 6. 29, 16..20.. Lev. 1, 5. 11. 3,2. ak. 
sepe. With 52 lo sprinkle upon Ex. |. e. 
—Intrans. Hos. 7, 9 13 HPs Haw Bs 
yea gray hairs are sprinkled upon heim.. 
Comp. Lat. spargere in the same sense- 
Prop. 3. 4. 24; and Arab. Is to sprin-- 


kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front. 
part of the head, pr. to be sprinkled: with, 
gray hairs, to begin to be gray. 

Pua pass. Num. 19, 13. 30. 

Deriv. p39. : 

Poh. ΓΙ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 5 
bind or fasten together, as with: buckles, 
clasps, fo buckle together, kindr: with "" 
I, and also with ἜΣ, πὶ, Hence the 
nouns “{, ὙΠ. Chald. tt to: bind 
around, to gird, comes from. the quadril. 
ΜΉ: 

*Il. at pr. to scatter; like Arab.yS+ 
kindr. with 474, 593, Pit. Hence “ _ 

Po. Ἔν, to sneeze, which scatters the: 
mucus from the nostrils, 2.Ki. 4, 353. 


way 
Comp. Chald. ΠΤ a sneezing. see 
Schult. ad Job. 41, 40. 


DIT (gold, from Pers. y: gold, with 


the ending U») Zeresh, pr. ἢ. of the wife 
of Haman, Esth. 6, 13. 


MT ἢ a span, Ex. 28,16. 39,9. 1 
Sam. 17,4. Aram. 257, 123], 8% id. 
R.53 to spread out, toexpand ; whence 
“I for my, f may, as MIP from Ap, 
mop from nos ΓΒ Goong to the Rab- 
bins mnt is also the little Singer (j@P), for 
mis; and hence they derive the mean- 


Fheth or Cheth, τι, the eighth letter 
of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral 
denoting 8. The figure of this letter on 
Phenician monuments and on Hebrew 


coins, is Εἰ ΗΕ; whence the Greek 


H,; and the name "5 prob. signifies an 


enclosure, fence, from r. bls, «δ, to 
surround, to enclose, M and Ὁ being inter- 
changed. The name corresponds to that 
of the Ethiopic letter fi Haut. Comp. 
Monumm. Phen. p. 28. 

As to pronunciation, this letter, the 
harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient- 
ly to have been uttered sometimes in a 
softer manner, like a strong A or hh, and 
sometimes more forcibly and harshly, 
like the letters kh ; which double pro- 
nunciation was afterwards marked in 
Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters 
or characters, viz. hh by ,, th (Haut), 


and kh by 5, 2 (Harm); although at 


a still later period this distinction was 
neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters 
softened down into the simple h. Hence 
the same Hebrew root is often written 
in Arabic in two ways, as, MS" to kill, 
Arab. ») and Σ ) to break or dash 


m pieces. Still more frequently. how- 
ever, the various significations of one 
Hebrew root are distinguished in Arabic 
by this double manner of pronouncing ; 


290 


δὲ 2 Π 


ing span, as being terminated by the 
little finger. 


΄ 


* NDT obsol. root, perh. i,q. Aram. 
NNT i. g. NWI 10 sprout ; hence 

ΣΤ pr. n. τῇ, Zattu, Ezra 2, 8. 10, 
27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15. 

DOT (perh. i. q. Dy, 707, olive) pr. 
n.m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, 8. 26, 22. 


“NT (perh. i. ᾳ. "MY star) Zethar, pr. 
n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes. 
Esth. 1, 10. 


as p>t 8} to be smooth, Arab. gla 
trans. to make smooth or bare, to shear 
b) to smooth, to form, Arab. ($A to 
form, to create; also 52m a} to pierce, 


GL 
to perforate, Arab. AS Conj. I, Vz 


S 
b) to open, to loose, Arab. (k&. Comp. 
the roots "3h, 30h, Don, oan. 

It is interchanged chiefly with © q. v- 
Besides the gutturals, it passes over also 
on account of the similar sound into the 
palatals, espec. ἃ, eomp. the roots >"3 and 
dam, bom; bap and bam; 722 and ὙΠ; 
ali >, as ran, ΓῺ; “on, “SD, "23 $ 
a; 332, baa; 50 too with P, ae mt 

ᾧ to rise, as the sun, UP2 Gas to 
seek, "3p Ζ3.2 to be short. 

Sometimes also, like & arid M, it is 
prefixed to triliteral roots, and thug 
forms quadrititerals, as 332M, D°raUrT, 
see Lehrg. p. 863. 

ah τὰ. (r. 32° q. v.) 6. suff. "2M, the 
bosom, lap, so called from cherishing, 
Job 31, 33. Chald. Ram, x57, 8350, 
id. Samar. Q¥f. 


. San in Kal not used, i. q. "3h, fo 
hide, to conceal ; comp. the kindr. roots 
nem, MEM. Arab. Us, Eth. FMA, 
to hide ; also Le for to pat out 


fire, pr. to hide or cover it, Conj. X to 
hide oneself. 


25m 


Nipu. to hide oneself, to lie hid, Gen. 
3, 10. Judg. 9, 5. Job 29,8 the young men 
saw me and hid themselves, i. 6. gave 
place to me from reverence and modesty. 
v. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e. 
they held their peace. With 2 Josh. 
10, 16. 2 Sam. 17, 9; d¥ 1 Sam. 10, 22. 
With infin. it may be rendered by an 
adverb (like Aa» Pavew with part.) Gen. 
31, 27 53) Mxan2 mb wherefore hast 
thou secretly fled away ? 

Puat id. pr. to be made to hide oneself, 
Job 24, 4. 

Hien. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17. 
25. 1 K. 18, 13. 2 K. 6, 29, 

Hopnu. pass, Is. 42, 22. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam. 
13, 6. 14, 11. al. 

Deriv. 8372, Nisty2. 


μ᾿ 227 to love, once Deut, 33, 3. 


Arab. wry i ΠῚ, X. Syr. «αὖ Pe. and 


Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath- 
ing upon, warming, cherishing ; whence 
sh lap, bosom, in which we cherish; 

comp. further wider the root Sx. A 
manifest trace of this origin is found in 


Syr. «αὖ to burn, as fire, to. a burn 
ing, heat, espec. from blowing. 
Deriv. sh and 


“22 (beloved) Hobab, pr. n. of the 
father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29. 
Judg. 4,11. Comp. 5m, im. 


: man i. q. 82M, to hide, to hide one- 
self, in Kal once Imper. "31 Is, 26, 20. 

Nipu. inf. mann id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2K. 
7, 12. 

Deriv. 7193", and pr. n. M3, Asin, 
"2m. 


nbn Chald. £ (τ. 3m) evil deed, 
crime, Dan. 6, 23; comp. Heb. 527 no. 
3, and Neh. 1% 


“34 (joining together, τ. 93%) pr. n. 
Habor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota- 
mia Which rises in Mount Masius near 
Ras el- Ain, and flows into the Euphra- 
tes near Circesium, 2 K. 17 6. 18, 11. 
1 Chr. 5, 26. Arab. sole Khabar. 


Gr. ‘48oggac Strabo XVL. p. 748 Casaub. 
“Χαβώρας Ptolem. Ritter’s Erdk. Th. 
XI. p. 253 sq. See more under 733. 


291 


ban 


MVD and MPI Is. 53, 5, f. a stripe, 
weal, bruise, i.e. the mark or print of 
blows in the skin, Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1, 6. 53, 
5. Ps. 38,6. R. "3% no. 3. q. v. 


* DST fut. eam, to beat off or out 
witha stick or club, Arab. don to beat 
off leaves with a stick.—Hence 

1. to beat off apples or olives from a 
tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12. 

2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail, 
to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2,17. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 385. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 27. 


2313 (whom Jehovah hides, protects, 
r. 3m) Habaiah, pr.n. m. Ezra 2, 61; 
for which m3" Neh. 7, 63. 


phan m. a hiding, covering, veil, Hab. 
3,4. R. nan. 


* 20T! 1: ὁ tighten ἃ ‘cord, to δορί, 
and so to bind, to bind fast. Correspond- 
ing is Arab. Jus, for which see Camoos 
p. 1219. Kindr. are the roots 523, 53>, 
also "3m, 53m. Hence 53n aiedrdk rope. 
—Parr. ἘΞ =h pr. binding, a binder, bond, 
poet. for a cord. So is prob, to be sinder- 
stood the parabolic name of the staff or 
crook, plur. 5°53 bands, Zech. 11, 7. 
14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which 
being broken, the fraternal league be- 
tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, νυ. 14. 


Comp. Arab. Aves league, covenant. 

2. to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge 
of any one, with acc. of pers. Job 22, 6. 
Prov. 20, 16. 27, 13. Also with acc. of 
thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge, 
spoken of one who compels a debtor to 
give pledges, Deut. 24, 6. 17. Ex. 22, 25. 
Job 24,3. Ibid. v.9 55 Π5 ἫΣ 534 for ΜῊΝ 
"22 by and what is on the poor man (his 
garment) they take as a pledge, comp. 55. 
Part. pass. 512 Ἢ taken in pledge Am. 2,8. 


Comp. Arab. Aen debt, usury, Camoos 
Ρ. 1434; Syr. Hoan, Chald. xt>320 id. 

3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert; in- 
trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per- 
versely, corruptly. Job 34,31 Sans xd 
I will no more do corruptly. With > 
Neh. 1,7. Syr. and Chald. Pa. to act 
corriiptly. ; 

Nira. pass. of Piel πο. 2, to be de- 
stroyed, Prov. 13, 13. 


son 


Piet 1. i.q. Kal no. 1, totwist ; hence 
to writhe, to be in pain ; and so of a fe- 
mule, fo travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8, 
5. Ps. 7, 15. 

2. to turn upside down, i. 6. to destroy, 
Ecc. 5, 5; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7. 

“Mic. 2, 10; of countries, i. q. to lay waste, 
Is. 13, 5. 54, 16. 

Puat pass. Job 17,1 Adan ὙΠ) my 
spirit is destroyed, i. e. my "vital powers 
are spent. Is. 10, 27 Fou~"283 >> Dani 
and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed 
(broken off) for fatness, where Israel 
is thus compared to a fat and wan- 
ton bullock which shakes off the yoke ; 
comp. Deut. 32, 14. Hos. 4, 16. 

Deriv.>33—n2an, and mpm, nidann. 


9371 Chald. Pa. 1. to overthrow, to 
destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12. 

2. to hurt, to harm, Dan. 6, 23. 

Irupa. to. be overthrown, destroyed, 6. g. 
a kingdom Dan. 2, 44. 6, 27. 7, 14, 


Dan m. (τ. bam) Is. 66,7, mostly in 
plur. pean, constr. “bon, writhings, 
pains, pangs, espec. of a wontin in tra- 
vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr. 
ὠδῖνες, Syr. Wink id. Is. 13, 8. Jer. 13, 
21. 22, 23 mxban FerN32 when pangs 
come upon thee. Is, 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13. 
Job 39, 3 mnbwn embsn pr. they cast 
forth their pangs, 1 Ὁ, they bring forth 
‘their young with throes; and since the 
‘pangs cease with the birth, the mother 
‘may strictly be said to cast forth her 

* pains with her young. In like manner 
the Greeks put wdis, ὠδῖγες, for a fetus 
brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45. 
ΖΕ ΒΟΥ]. Agam. 1427,—Once of other 
pains, Job 21, 17. 


31 m. once f. Zeph. 2, 6, 6. suff 
“ban; plur. ΡΞ ΓΙ, constr. ton Ps. 18, 
5. 116, 3, and “330 Josh. 17, 5. R. bon. 


1. a cord, rope, Arab. das, Syr. 
ios, Eth: ANA. Corresponding is 
Gr. χάμιλος, Fr. and Engl. cable ; nor 
is there any good reason why philolo- 
gists should regard this Greek word as 
spurious, see Passow Greek Lex. art. 
xdépihoc.—Josh. 2, 15. Ece. 12, 6 dan 
502" the silver cord, i. e. made of silver 
threads. Spec. a) a measuring-line, 
Am. 7, 17. 2 Sam. 8, 3. Hence, a por- 


292 


ran 


tion measured out, as of land, and as- 
signed to any one by lot, Josh. 17, 14. 
19,9; and so genr. an hereditary portion 
of tend , possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6 
pra ssa "bese? Ham my portion has 
fallen to me in " pleasant places. Deut. 
32, 9 inbm2 bam sps7 Jacob is his por- 
tion of ΡΨ ΚΑρη Ps. 78, 55. Also 
genr. a tract, district, region, Deut. 3, 4. 
13.14. en ban the region of the seu, sea- 
coast, Zeph. 2, 5. 6. b) a snare, gin, 
toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18,10, dint) "bon, 
ny ‘tt, toils of Sheol, of death, ‘Ps. 18, 

5. 6. 116, 3. ec) A δὐτά or thong used 
as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1]. 

2. As in Engl. a band of men, a 
company, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 10. 

3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10. 
So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2. 


230 m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12. 16. 33, 
15. Comp. r. 531} no, 2. 


227) Chald. τα, hurt, harm, Dan. 3,25. 


525 Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra 
4, 22. 


>a τὰ. (r. >3n) mast of a ship; so 
called from the ropes and stays by which 
itis fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou 
shalt be as one lying ban ὄνος at the 
top of a mast, at mast-head; the other 
hemistich has, one lying in the heart of 
the sea, Vulg. freely: sicut sopitus gu- 
bernator omisse clavo. 


220 χη. (denom, from ban a ship’s 
rope.) ὦ shipman, sailor, Jon, 1, 6. Ez. 
97, 8. 27-29, 


man Ff. (τ. 5511) i.g. 53n, a pledge, 
Ez. 18, 7. 


rosan f. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35. 1, a flow- 
er growing in meadows and pastures, 
which the ancient versions render some~ 
times the lily, and sometimes the nareis- 
sus. More accurate, however, is the 
Syriac translater, who uses the same 
word, T2sSsSac, which according to 
the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full 
in Comment. on Is. 35, 1) signifies the 
colchicum autumnale Linn. or meadow 
saffron, an autumnal flower similar ta 
saffron, springing from poisonous bulb- 
ous roots, and of a white and violet 
colour. This is favoured by the etymo- 


pt | 293 sm 


logy ; the word being compounded from 
V2" acid, acrid, and >¥3 bulb. 


M3227 pr. πὶ m. Habaziniah Jer. 
35, 3, —Appellative, perh. light or lamp 
of Jehovah, from Chald. &37%53 lamp, 
and τι Jehovah, the π being prefixed ; 
see in ΤΠ fin, p- 290. 


* PS" in Kal thrice. 1. to fold the 
hands, spoken οἵα sluggard, Ece. 4, 5. 

2. to fold in one’s arms, to embrace ; 
¢e. ace. 2 K. 4, 16; absol. Ecce. 3, 5. 

Pret par, fut. party, part. pany, to 
embrace, c. acc. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4, 8. 
δ, 20; c. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48, 10. To 
embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to 
make a bed of them, Job 24, 8. Lam. 4, 5. 

Deriv. the two following. 


p25 m. @ folding of the hands, as 
characteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6, 
10. 24, 33. 


PP. (embrace, after the form 
“inzw) Habakkuk, pr. n. of a prophet, 
Hab, 1, 1. 3,1. Sept. *4ufaxovu, after 
the Reni pP)p24, and with x corrupted 
into μ δὲ the end. R. pan. 


*"2) pr. to bind, to bind together, 
kindr. with 52" ; see Piel. Hence 

1. to join together, but almost always 
intrans. to be joined together, to adhere ; 
Aram. ;2s, Eth. $NZ, id. Ex. 26, 3. 
28, 7. 39, 4. Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of 
nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen. 
14, 3 onan pos-by aman nby-bs all 
diese came together as allies in the valley 
of Siddim. Part. pass. Hos. 4,17 “12m 
p23 allied with idols. 

2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to 
charm, spoken of a species of magic 
which was practised by binding magic 
knots, Gr. καταδέω, κατάδεσμος, comp. 
Germ. bannen, i. q. binden, and other 
words of binding, which are transferred 
to magic incantation, as Eth. AWZ. 
Spoken of the charming of serpents, 
Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6. 
8. to be bound around with stripes, i.e. 
to be marked with lines or dk μα to be 


striped, Arab. r> whence ὅτις. a 
striped garment, Pass. 7 the skin is 


striped, i. e. covered with stripes and 
25* 


marks of blows, see Camoos p. 491.— 
Hence 4337 a stripe, weal,and mi92930 
the stripes and spots of a leopard. Comp. 
Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157. 

Piet "2" 1. to join together, to con- 
nect, Ex. 26, 6 sq. 

2. to join in a league, to confederate. 
2 Chr. 20, 36 12> Ἐπ τη and he made 
alliance with him. 

Puat “3M, once “2m Ps. 94, 20, 

1. tobe joined together, Ex, 28,7. 39, 4. 
Ecce. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Jerusalem 
as restored, "3177 "> nyans “SD asa 
city that is joined together, compacted, 
i. e. whose stones and ruins, so long 
thrown down and scattered, are now 
again brought together. 

2. to be confederated, allied, Ps. 94, 20 
ΤΗΝ NOD FISM NT shall the throne of 
iniquity be confederate with thee ? 

Hien. to join together words, espec. 
empty and false. (Comp. 59 8370 720 
Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 Pansy 
prbaa na"by 1 would join together ( with) 
words against you, i.e. Τ might heap up 
vain and lying words against you, imitat- 
ing your example. For this use of 3 see 
Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3. 

Hirar. “ann and by Syriasm 
“SNS, to join oneself with any one, to 
make a league with, to be confederate, 
ce. BS, 2 Chr. 20, 35. 37. Dan. 11, 6. Infin. 
in the Syriac manner is M7annA Dan. 
11, 23. 

Beri. see in Kal no. 3, also M}3aM2, 
minans, pr. n. "iam, and those here fol- 
lowing, Ἔξπι της, 


“213 m. an associate, companion, i. q. 
"2, Job 40, 30; where fishermen are 
to be understood, who follow their voca- 
tion in partnership; see in M79 I. 


“353 m. an associate, companion, Cant. 
1,7. 8, 18. Judg. 20, 11 ΒΞ INN BND 
associated as one man, joined or - knit to- 
gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 ΖΓ 
above thy companions;fellows, i i. e. other 
kings; comp. Barhebr. p. 328. 


“a Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13. 17. 18. 


ΔΤ m. 1. society, company, commu- 
nity, Hos. 6, 9. Prov. 21,9 "3h ma a 
common house. 25, 24. 

2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11. 
Plur. pan Is. 47, 9. 12. . 

LIBRARy, 
or Tas 


TIN TVETRaIiTy a 


"ar 


3. Heber, pr.n. a) Gen. 46, 17, for 
which "3% Num. 26,45. b) Judg.4, 11. 
17. ¢)1Chr.8,17. ἃ) 4, 18. 


naan f. plur. variegated spots of 
the panther ; or rather, stripes, streaks, 
of the tiger, Jer, 13,23. See r. "25 no. 3. 


M37 Chald. fem. an associate, com- 
panion, and then fellow, other, i. q. MAF, 
Dan. 7, 20. 


MII f(r. 1237) ie be company, Job 
34, 8. 

717237 (conjunction, alliance, τ. "3") 
Hebron, pr. n. 

1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju- 
dah, first called ᾿Ξ τ Gen. 13, 18. 
23, 2, comp. Judg. 1,10; and which for 
a time, before the capture of Jerusalem, 
was the royal residence of David, ® Sam. 
2,1. 5,5. It is now called 3 el- 


Khilil, fally «5 Let haber i. e. [city 
of ] the friend Sf the Most Merciful sc. 
God, i.e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 431 sq. 454 sq. 

2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18. 
1 Chr. 5, 28. Patron. - Num. 3, 937. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 2, 42. 43. 


“21) patronym. a Heberite, from pr. 
ἢ, 37} lett. a. Num, 26, 45, 


m3 f(r. 92m) a companion, wife, 
“Mal. 2, 14. 


Nah ἢ (r.4an) a joining, junction, 
‘Ex. 26, 4. 10. 


* WM fut. wisn, once tar Job 5, 18. 
1. to bind, to bind on, to bind around, 
.g. a) Asa head-band, turban, Ex. 29, 
19, Ley. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "8875 Bran AAD 
.the sea-weed was bound around my head, 
‘as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10 
‘Ova Wane J bound thee around with 
_ Sine linen, i. 6. adorned thy head with a 
‘turban. Ὁ) to bind up a wound, Job 5, 
18. Is. 30, 26; ο. > Ez. 34, 4. 16. Is. 61, 
1. Part. 2h a binder up, dresser, sc. 
of the wounds of the state, Is. 3,7; comp. 
1, 6. 

2. to saddle an animal, which is done 
‘by binding on the saddle or panniers, 
ce. acc. Gen, 22, 3. Num. 22,21. Judg. 
19, 10. 2 Sam. 17, 23. 

3. to bind fast, i. q. to shut up ; Job 40, 
113 [8] jrowa Wis ὉΠ. shut up their 


294, 


aan 


faces in darkness, in Sheol. See Piel 
no. 2. 

4. imperio coércuit, to bind to alle- 
giance, i.e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34,17 
Wa) CEH. Nw HRN shall even he that 
hateth right, govern? Some here take 
ἘΝ in the sense of anger; but Jess well, 
on account of the parall. passage c. 40, 
8, 9. 

Pie 1. to bind up wounds, c. > Ps. 
147, 3. 

2. to bind fast, i.e. to shut up, to stop, 
to restrain. Job 28, 11 tan ΤΊΣ 7239 
he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that 
they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut- 
ting off water from flowing into the pits, 

Puat to be bound up, as a wound, Is, 
1, 6. Ez. 30, 21. 


nan obsol. root, prob. to cook, to 


bake bread, Eth. $i, Arab. χα 
bread, ἃ to bake bread. Hence toms 
eooking-pan, frying-pan, and 


D'S m. plur. things cooked or fried, 
1 Chr. 9, 31. Comp. Mame. 


a} m. (r. 337) constr. 39, and so be- 
fore > Ex. 12, 14, Num. 29, 12; 6. suff. 
"3m; with art. 37; plur. D°5m. 

1. a festival, feast, Ex. 10, 9. 12, 14. 
a7 Mwy, am 3M, to keep a festival, Lev. 
23, 39. ‘Deut. 16, 10. Spoken zat ἐξοχήν 
af the passover Is. 30, 29; of the feast 
of tabernacles 3 Chr. 5, 3. 1 K. 8, 2. 


Comp. Arab. ξ pilgrimage to Mecea. 


2. Meton. a“festival sacrifice, victim, 
Ps. 118, 27 ΘΠΞΘΞ sm ON bind the 
sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18 
san abn the fat of my victim. Mal. 2, 3. 
Comp. 73° 2 Chr. 30, 22. 


S830 or [29 which is read in many 
Mss. fem. vertigo, i. q. consternation, ter- 
ror, Is. 19, 17. R. 337 no. 3. 


᾿ 237 obsol. root, Arab. 5 to 
hide, to cover over. Hence 


235 m. 1. @ locust, winged and edi- 
ble Ley. 11, 22; also Num. 13, 33. Is. 
40, 22. Ecc. 12, 5. So called, it is said, 
as covering the ground, hiding the sun, 
etc.—Another etymology is proposed by 
Credner, ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in 
Lev. 1, ¢. for 239 has 7339", which can 


23m 


signify a leaper, comp. Arab. he 
and from 239" then might come’ the 
triliteral 537 ; comp. ἐς , >3n. 

2. ote pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46. 


Mia] (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2, 45; written also 832m Neh. 7, 48. 


* 337 kindr. with 29, pr. to-move in 
“acircle. Hence 
1. to dance, pr. inacircle, 1 Sam. 30,16. 
2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a 
holiday, sc. by leaping and_ dancing, 
by sacred dances, Ex. 5, 1. Lev. 23, 41; 
spec. of a yoblie otlonmtsyi Ps. 42, 5. 


Syr. ἕω, "οἰ; τᾷ. Arab. 3 
the Haj, to make a nilgrimage to Mecea. 

3. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk- 
ards Ps. 107, 27. Also to be astonished, 
amazed ; whence &3" terror, conster- 
nation. 


Deriv. 34, 83%, and the pr. names 
“bm, "An, mtn, man. 


ἘΓΣΠ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. lg to 
take refuge. —Hence 5"3n. 

Tia} see Nan. 

B37 m. plur. (τ. 3M) refuges, “30 
sbon the asylums of the rocks, Cant. 2, 


14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49,16, Arab. sas 
refuge, asylum. 


to perform 


ΤΙ. verbal adj. intrans. (τ. "3m) 


girded ; Ez. 23, 15 “ine sian girded 
with girdles ; comp. 2 K. 3, 21. 


OF m. (r. ΔΙ, after the form >izp) 
a girdle, absol. ν᾿ ἘΝ 31, 24; constr. 
2 Sam. 20,8 295 ΠΣ; ¢ suff. 1 Sam. 
18, 4. 


myn αὶ (τ. "3°}) α girdle 2 Sam. 18, 
11, "Also an apron Gen. 3,7. 


"217 (festive, from 5m with the ending 
*“-i.q. °-) Haggai, pr. n. of a prophet, 
Hagg.1,1. Sept. “dyyatoc. 


ἊΠ (id.) Haggi, pr. ἢ. of a son of Gad, 
Num. 26,15. Patronym.isthe —— ibid. 


FPA (festival of Jehovah). 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30]. 


MMH (festive) Haggith, pr. n. ἢ of a 
wife of David, the mother of Sigal 
2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 K 1,5. 


295 


ὙΠ 
#5501 obsol. root, Arab. Ae to hop, 


to advance by short leaps, in the manner 
of a bird, or of a person with his feet 
shackled. This triliteral seems to have 
come from the quadril. 5291 q. y. by 
dropping ".—Hence 


ron (partridge, like Arab. ἧς, Syr. 
ho) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33. 27, 
1. 36, 11.—Comp. 334 m2 p. 129. 


FAM fut. “im? to bind around, to 
gird, to gird up; kindr. are Arab. 
to restrain, Syr. pq to be lame, Con- 
strued: a) With acc. of the part to be 
girded, 2 K. 4,29. 9,15; and also with 3 
of that with which one is girded, trop. 
Prov. 31, 17 she girdeth her loins with 
strength. b) With acc. of the garment 
or thing girded on, 6. g. S3NA-Mx "34 
to gird on one’s sword, 1 Sam. 17, 39. 25, 
13. Ps. 45,4; pw “3am to gird on sack- 
cloth, to gird oneself with sackcloth, Is. 
15, 3. Jer. 49,3. Part. act. 2 K. 3,21 
msn sun 552 from all who girded on a 
girdle, i.e. who were able to bear arms. 
Part. pass. Ti5X ἌΡΤΙ girded with an 
ephod 1 Sam. 2, 18; with gen. Joel 1, 8 
pe-nyan girded with sackcloth, and so 
sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 993m gird 
yourselves sc. with sackcloth, 2 Sam. 21, 
16 ABI WIN NIN and he was girded 
with a new sword.—Metaph. Ps. 65, 13 
ΓΝ Missy 91 the hills gird on 
rejoicing, comp. v. 14. Ps. 76, 11, With 
3 of a girdle Ley. 16, 4. 6) With two 
acc. of pers, and that with which one is 
girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8,13; also 3 of 
that with which, Lev. 8,7. .d).Absol 
to gird oneself, Fiz. 44, 18. 1 K. 20, 11 
Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 393m 
pmina02 they gird themselves (and go) 


. forth out of their strongholds ; unless we 


follow the Syriac usage, ‘they creep 
or limp forth out of their strongholds? 
comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. 

Deriv. 713, HEN, NUT. 


1. ΤΠ adj. (r. 777) fem. 437 sae 
spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 4 
Prov. 5, 4. 

I. 0m i. 
one, Ez. 33, 30. 


. Chald. "", Heb. τῆν, 


7 


‘3 Chald. num. f. 834, IM, one, i.e. 
unus, a, um, for Heb. HX, the δὲ being 
dropped by apheresis. Used: a) Often 
for the indef. article ; Dan, 2, 31 ἽΠ D>x 
an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18. 
Ezra4,8. Ὁ) Fem. nw is put also for 
the ordinal, first, espec. in the enumera- 
tion of years, as yi2> HIN ΓΘ Engl. 
the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3. 
Dan. 7,1. c) Before Ἐωκ τ 4m im- 
plies multiplication, times ; as Dan. 3,19 
“3 52 ΠΣΞΩ ἽΠ lit. one seven more than, 


i. e. one seven times more. So Syr. τ“. 
d) ΓΞ as one, i. 6. at once, together, 
i. q. Heb. 3983. Dan, 2, 35. 


bee 1. to be sharpened, sharp, 


Proy. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. poe 
fut. J. Kindr. 72, and the roots there 
quoted. 

2. to be quick, vehement, fierce; comp. 
Gr. ὀξύς, Lat. acer. Hab. 1,8. Comp. 
et Gian 70 sharpen. Prov. 27, 17 braa 
SAID IM WN] IT brnsz iron is 
sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen- 
eth the countenance of his friend ; here 
m5 is fut. A of Kal for 33; and 7173 is 
fut. Hiph. formed in the Chaldee manner 
for 1m7, 7M7, as da Num. 30, 3, ax Ez. 
39,7. See Lehrg. § 38. 1. § 103. n. 14. 

Horn. 3757 to be sharpened, e. g. a 
sword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16. 

Deriv. 97 I, 3857, pr. n. 4", and 


‘T3" Hadad, pr. n. of one of the 
twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15, 
where many read “3%; 1 Chr. 1, 50, 
where most read 77M; and this should 
probably stand in both places. 

‘3 mh fut. apoc. 317, to rejoice, to be 
glad, Aram. ἵρω, xm id. Correspond- 
ing in the occidental languages are 71- 
ϑέω, γαϑέω, gaudeo.—Ex. 18, 9. Job 3, 
6 πρῶ sora ΠΌΤΟΝ Let tt not rejoice 
among the days of the year. 

Piet to make glad, joyful, Ps. 21, 7. 

Deriv. A777}, pr. n. SRI, ITM. 

A973 (r, TIM) sharp, and perh. subst. 
sharpness, a point. Job 41,22 [30] ~"345n 
wn sharp points of a polsherd, sharp 
potsherds, broken pieces of earthen-ware, 
put for the scales of the crocodile. Comp. 
ΖΕ. Hist. Anim. 10. 24, 


296 


Son 


MTN ἢ joy, gladness, 1 Chr. 16, 27. 
Neh. 8, 10. In Chald. context, Ezra 6, 
16. ROT. 


‘TT (sharp, τ. 719) Hadid, pr. τι. of 
a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun- 
tain, Ezra 2,33. Neh. 7,37. 11,34. Adda 
1 Mace. 12, 38; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 5. 


PUI Chald. plur. the breast, Heb. 
nin, Dan. 2, 32. In Targg. occurs 
sin: “1. See Heb. Gr. § 106. 2. a. 


ἘΡῚΠ and 210 fut. 53m", in pause 
bans Job 10, 20. For the anomalous 
form “ban see Index. 

1. to leave ‘off, to cease, to desist. Arab. 
J id. also to desert, to forsake, see 
Scheid ad Cant. Hiskie p. 53. Schul- 
tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea 
lies in becoming pendulous, languid, flac- 
cid, which is transferred to slackening 
and desisting from labour, It belongs 
to the family of roots quoted under 551, 
which all express the idea of being pen- 
dulous, flaccid, flabby.—Construed: 8) 
With infin. and >, Gen. 11, 8.359" 
srsm mina? and they left off to build the 
city. 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27; 
poet. also with inf. Is. 1,16 395 on 
cease to do evil; or witha verbal. noun, 
Job 3,17 135 bon they cease from tumult. 
b) Absol. to cease from labour; 1 Sam. 
2,5 954m Day the hungry do not labour. 
ΑΙβο to rest, Job 14, 6. Judg. 5,6 the 
highways rested, were not travelled. 
c) Absol. i. q. to cease to be, to be at an 
end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail 
ceased. v. 29. 33. Is. 24,8. Also to fail, 
to be wanting, Deut. 15,11 the poor shall 
never fail. Job 14, 7. 

2. to cease from any person or thing: 
a) With 8 of pers. to desist from any 
one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14, 
12. Job 7, 16 92:3 53M let me alone, per- 
secute me no more. 2 Chr. 35, 21 for- 
bear from God, strive against him no 
longer. Without }2, absol. Judg. 15, 7. 
Job 10,30. Ὁ) to cease from, to leave, 
sc. ἃ person or thing formerly loved, un- 
dertaken, pursued, i, q. to desert, to give 
up, Job 19,14; with 72 1Sam, 9,5. Judg. 
9,98q. Is, 2, 99 pirjo O25 ban cease 
ye from man, i. 8. leave the vain confi- 
dence ye have reposed in man. Absol. 
Ps. 49,9. ὁ) With }2 and inf. to cease 


bam 


from, to desist, 1 K.'15, 21. Henee to 
forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to 
beware of, Ex. 23, 5; see in 532 no. 1. 
3. to leave undone, to let alone, to for- 
bear, not to do. 1K. 22,6. 15°08... 7220 
dam? shall we go... or shall we not go? 
lit. or let it alone. Ez. 2,5. Jer. 40, 4. 
Job 16, 6. Zech. 11,12. With infin. and 
>, Num. 9, 13. Deut. 23, 23. Ps. 36, 4. 
Deriv. the three following: 


D773 m. verbal adj. 1. ceasing to be, 
frail, Ps. 39, 5. 

2. forbearing to do any thing, Ez. 
3,27. 

3. Intrans. left, destitute, forsaken, 
comp. Arab. J, dus? id. Is. 53, 3 55m 
Dp sx forsaken of men, comp. Job 19, 14. 

2371 m. pr. place of rest, region of the 
dead, hades, Is. 38, 11. R. >} no, 1. Ὁ. 


ὙΠ (resting, r.b47 no. 1.b) Hadlai, 


pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12, 

* PIM obsol. root, i. q. Arab. co 
to prick, to sting, with which are kindr. 
Go to be sour, biting, as vinegar, 
and Ga to be sharp-sighted.— Hence 


PI Mic. 7, 4, and PI in pause 
Pim Prov. 15, 19, a species of thorn. 


Arab. ὦδε melongena spinosa, i. 6. 
solanum insanum Linn. prickly mad- 
apple ; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob. 
II. p. 40 sq. 


SPIT in pause DRAIN, pr.n. Hiddekel, 
i.e. the Tigris, Gen. 2,14. Dan.10,4. In 


Ῥὶ ἱ ᾽ 
Aramean N>33, Δι ν᾽), Arab. Lo, 


Se 

ἀῖξ δ; also Zend. Teger, Pehly. Tege- 
ra, stream, whence have arisen both the 
Greek name Ttgris and the Aram. and 
Arab. forms. In Hebrew is prefixed 4n 
active, vehement, rapid ; so that >p3n is 
pr. the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm. 
4. 14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to 
have been aware that the name Teger, 
ἘΞ, of itself signifies velocity ; (so in 
the language of Media, Tigris is an ar- 
tow, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. H. N. 6. 27, 
Pers. 45 arrow, Sanser. tigra sharp, 
swift;) and hence arose a pleonasm, 
such as we have in ΓΒ 5>2 hing Pha- 
raoh and in Engl. the Alcoran. 


297 


wm 


*IrM i. gq. Syr. ips to surround, to 
enclose, e. g. with a wall or rampart; 
and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege. 
This root is of the same family with "sm 
and “Ἢ q.v. A secondary form is Arab. 
d+ curtain, and AS to hide behind 
a curtain; also Eth. ΒΖ, to dwell. 
Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] ἘΠῚ ΤΟΎΤΗ a 
the sword which besiegeth them, which 
besets them on every side. Abulwalid 
derives the same sense of besetting, 
lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling 
or lurking ; see Ethiop. and Arab. above. 
The ancient versions render, the sword 
that terrifieth them, as if i. ᾳ. PIN 
Hence 

ὙΠ m. in pause "71M, constr. “IM, c. 
suff. i" ; plur. 5°13", constr. "777. 

1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an 
inner one, either of a tent or house, Gen. 
43, 30. Judg. 16, 9.12. Hence, a hed- 
chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10; female 
apartment, harem, Cant. 1, 4. 3, 4; a 
bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16; 
a store-chamber Prov. 24, 4; "39a ὙΠ 
a chamber within a chamber, i. e. an 
inner chamber, 1 Καὶ, 20, 30. 22, 25. 2K. 


9, 2. Arab. Se curtain, hanging, by 


which the inner apartment is concealed; 
the inner chamber, private apartment 3 
comp. 4379" tent-curtain, and Syr. ἕω 
tent. 

2. Metaph. j2n-"TIM Job 9, 9, the 
chambers of the south, the remotest re- 
cesses of the south, comp. }i=¥ "127°. 
Also j22°"'79N the chambers of the belly, 
the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22. 
mya “TIM the chambers of death, i.e. the 
grave, Sheol, Proy. 7, 27. 

FIFI ἅπαξ λεγόμ. and very obscure, 
Hadrach, pr. n. of a country ; Zech. 9, 1 
3275 ys land of Hadrach, in the parall. 
member is Damascus. ~Perhaps the land 
of Hadrach is the region of Damascus 
itself. 


ὙΠΤῚ pr..n. see in TIM. 
4 oT in Kal not used, to be new, 
Aram. Mtmid. Arab. Xd to be new, 


recent ; IV, to produce something new; 
but Conj. III, IV, also to polish a sword. 


WIM 
Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to 
glitter ; comp. WIP to be pure, holy. 

Pret to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam. 
11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51,12. Espec. 
buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is. 
61, 4. 2 Chr. 15, 8. 24, 4. 

Hirup. to renew oneself, Ps. 103, 5. 

Deriv. the three following: 

WIM adj. £ nein, new, e. g. a cart, 
threshing-dray, 1 Sart. 6, 7. Is. 41, 15; 
a house Deut. 20, 5. 22,8; a wife Deut. 
24,5; aking Ex. 1,8; a song Ps. 33, 3. 
40,4; a name Is. 62,2. Often also it is 
i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain 
(opp. 72") Lev. 26, 10; wnheard of Ecc. 
1,9.10. So new gods i. e. not before 
worshipped Deut. 32,17. wan a new 
thing Is. 43, 19; plur. Is. 42, 9. For 
MOI ΡΠ 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in "3n 
lett. b. 

DIN m. (r. 8M) 1. the new moon, 
day of the new moon, the first day of the 
lunar month, which wasa festival among 
the Hebrews, Num. 29,6. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 
18, 24. Ex. 19, [vhben wih in the 
third new moon, i. 6. on the first of the 
third month. Hos. 5,7 ttn ob=k7 my 
now shall the new moon consume them, 
i.e. in the time of the new moon they 
shall be consumed.—Plur. ΘΠ new 
moons, often coupled with sabbaths and 
festivals, 2 Chr. 2,3. 8,13. Ezra 3, 5. 
Is. 1, 13.14. Ez. 45, 17. al, 

2. a month, i. e. a lunar month, begin- 
ning with the new-moon, Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 
13, 15. al. 0%" Oth a month of time, 
for the space of a month, (see ="%2",) 
Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11, 20, 21. 

3. Hodesh, pr. n. f. 1 Chr, 8, 9. 

"WIN Hodshi, metronym. of 83h no. 3, 
2 Sam. 24, 6. 

. nn Chald. to be new, i. ᾳ. OIN.— 
Hence 

MT Chald. adj. new, Ezra6,4. Syr. 
{2,s. 

NN ses ΓΤ, 

* S97 in Kal not used, to be or come 
under penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like 


Syr. aw, Arab. Gl of debt (Ez. 18, 
7) and of guilt. 

Piet 22m to bring under penalty, to 
cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10.—Hence 


298 


} prose WHT. 


mn 


35M m. debt, Ez. 18, 7. 


Main (hidden, hiding-place, τ. 3m) 
Hobah, pr. n. of a place to the northward 
of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15; comp. 
Xwfa Judith 4, 4. 15, 4. Eusebius in 
Onomast. confounds this place with Co- 
caba, the seat of the Ebionites; see the 
author’s note to Burckhardt’s Travdle in 
Syria, etc, II. p. 1054, Germ. 


ΔΓ to describe a circle, to mark out 
with a compass, Job 26,10. Syr. w 
to move in a circle, Toc circle. Kindr. 


roots are 437 and 34>. 
» Deriv. 53579 and 


AM m. circle, sphere, Ὁ. g. the arch or 
vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job 
22, 14; the circuit of the earth, orbis 
terrarum, Is. 40, 22. 


#0 1. pr.ig. Arab. OLS mid. Ye, 
to turn aside ; II, to tie knots ; whence 
may be derived Heb. ΠῚ ΤΠ an enigma, 
riddle, parable.-—Hence 

2. Joined with M3", to propose a rid- 
dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable 
Ez. 17, 2. Comp, 9 and mx">2, also 
Gr. ἐμπλέκειν αἰνίγματα ZEsch. 'Prdthath. 
Vincet. 610. 

Deriv. 57", HH, TN. 


ε min in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in 
the syllable 35, =8, 18, see under 358, 
mix, >i. Hence 

2. to live, i. q. 5°, comp. subst. 74M. 

Pret ΓΗ pr. to breathe out ; hence 
to declare, to show, a poetic word for the 
Chald. and Syr, "37, Gos, 
Arab. transp. 9 5 like ms, Arab. 

9 .—Job 32, 10.17; with dat. of pers. 
Ps. 19, 3; also accus, Job 32, 6; ὁ. suff. 
15,.17. 86, 2. 
Deriv, 73M. 


3 Chald. in Kal not used. 

Pa, xan i. q. Hebr. m4n, to declare, to 
show, Dan. 2, 11; with > of pers. Dan. 
2, 24; ο. suff, 5, 7. 

Apa, inf, m7995, fat. mm, id. with 
> Dan. 2, 16. 24. 27; accus. 2, 6. 9. 

Deriv. On. 

MI fig. mem. R. mn ig. 95n, 
comp. M3 and Ms. 


mr 


1. life, i. ᾳ. 2". Hence pr. n. of the 
first woman, Havvah, Eve, as the mo- 
ther of all the living, snvbs tx, Gen. 3, 
20. 4,1. Sept. Lia, (comp. “= ἰκϑαῖος,) 
Vulg. Heva. 

2. i,q. MM no. 2, a village, nomadic 
encampment, (pr. place where one lives, 
dwells; so Germ. leben in pr. names, 
Eisleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32, 
41. Hence x7 Mim Havvoth-Jair, 
towns or villages of Jair, i.e. Bashan or 
a part of it, so called from Jair, a descend- 
ant of Manasseh, Num. I. c. Deut. 3, 14. 
Josh. 13, 30. 1 K. 4,13. In Judg. 10, 4 
this name is given to thirty towns in 
Gilead pertaining to Jair, one of the 
judges ; comp. 1 K. |. 6. 


* TIM obsol. root, prob. i. q. 182 fo flee 
to; Dandm beinginterchanged. Hence 
rns. 

“TIM (seer, τ᾿ 41M) Hozai, pr. ἢ. τὰ 
1 Chr. 33, 19. 


/ TF τὰ, contr. for m2, from r. 420 ; 
see other like forms in 01>. Others de- 
rive it from a root 15M of the like signif: 

1. i. ᾳ. "MN, @ hook, ring, or the like, 
which was put through the nostrils of 
large fishes in order to let them down 
again alive into the water, Job 40, 26 
[41,2].—A similar instrument was used 
in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33, 11; comp. 
Am. 4, 2. 

2. a thorn, thorn-bush, Job 31, 40. 
Prov. 26, 9. 2 K. 14, 9. Plur. ΠῚ 
Cant. 2, 2, and with Vav movable O°m"n 
1 Sam. 13, 6, thorn-bushes, thickets. — 
In the inde languages are found 


Ces ° 


> τ Lacie the sloe, sloe-thorn. 


* DAM Chald. to sew, lo sew together, 
Syr. whe, Arab. ble mid. Ye, id. 


Apu. to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall, 
Ezra 4, 12. Comp. 8»3.—Hence 


DN m. a@ thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc. 
4,12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect. thread, Josh. 
2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 wine 
"B53 Wink 321 from a thread to a shoe- 
latchet,i. e.neither a thread nora sandal- 
thong, not even the least thing. Corre- 
sponding is the Lat. neque hilum Lucr. 
3. 784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for 
‘neque filum, whence nihil. The Arabs 


299 


Pals 


have a similar proverb ; see Hamasa ed. 
Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 404. 


ΤΙ (perh. villager, from m3n i.g. mam 
no. 2.) gentile n. Hivite, often collect. the 
Hivite, Hivites, Sept. Liuiog, a Canaani- 
tish people dwelling at the foot of Her- 
mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3, 
3; but living also at Shechem and Gi- 
beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24,7. 1K. 9 
20. Josh. 11, 19. 


ΤΡ Havilah, pr.n. 1. A region of 
Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok- 
tan Gen. 10,29; eastward of the Ishmael- 
ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25, 18. 1 Sam. 
15,7. Probably the Χαυλοταῖοι of Stra- 
bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728 
Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf, 
on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions 
a town and district og Hawilah ; 
Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342. 

2. A region of the Cushites, Gen. 10,7. 
1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in 
Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalite, dwell- 
ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah, 
to the southward of the Straits of Bab 
el-Mandeb, Pliny 6. 28. Ptolem. 4.7. So 
also Saadias apparently, who three times 
in Genesis for 55"1n puts Ἀλλοῦ ig ἀμ, 
Zeilah. 

3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables 
us probably to ascertain the land of Havi- 
lah, 72-10 YS Gen. 2, 11, abounding 
in gold, pearls (comm. bdellium), and 
gems, and flowed around by the river 
Pishon (Indus?) ; since the Havilah of 
Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among 
gold countries, and, as being on the Per- 
sian Gulf, was adjacent to India. In- 
deed we are here probably to understand 
India, in accordance with the ancient 
usage, in so far as it also embraced 
Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. Τ', 
III. P. Π. p. 568 sq.—T hose who regard 
the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah 
to be Colchis; so Reland Diss. I. p. 17. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But 
the name of the Colchians is 0°7292. 


* 57 and O77, fat. tm and dons, 
apoc. Sms Ps. 97, ‘4, bre 1 Sam. 31, 
trim Jer. 51,29; Imp. "33" Mic. 4, 10, 
and xen Ps. 96, 9; pr. το turn avediad, 
to twist, to whirl ; and intrans. to be turn- 
ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be 


a 
whirled. Arab. SLE mia. Wav to be 
turned, converted, changed, Jos round 


about, ἊΣ a year, ae full of turns, 


wily. Kindred are δῆς, Gr. εἰλέω, εἰλύω, 
ἴλλω; and with Vay as iewere strength- 
ened into Beth, 53m .—Hence 

1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the 
dance, Judg. 21, 21. Comp. Pil. no. 1, 
and subst. dima. 

2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any 
person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11, 
6; of a whirlwind, ¢. ΒΡ Jer. 23, 19. 
30,23. Trop. 2 GSeirn: 3, 29 WI ὃ» on 
‘aa1 suit let it (the murder of Abner) be 
hurled upon the head of Joab. Lam. 4, 
6 551 ΓΞ 15m Nb and no (human) hands 
were hurled wpon her, i. 6. laid upon her 
with violence.—Often in the Targums, 
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab. 


JLo, to swing oneself upon a horse, to 
mount a horse; IV to rush upon one 
with a scourge, with Acs and W. 

3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe, 
to be in pain, comp. 53%; espec. of a 
woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4. 26, 18. 
66, 7. 8. Mic. 4,10. Hence to bear, to 
bring forth, Is. 45,10. Metaph. ec. >, 
to be in pain for any thing, Mie. 1, 12.— 
Hence 

4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to 
the trembling or shuddering of a woman 
in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77,17. 97,4. With 
42 of pers. before whom one trembles, 
1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10,3; "389 Deut. 
2, 25. Joel 2,6; Δ) ΕΞ Ps. 114, 7. 

5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as 
also other verbs of binding and twisting 
are transferred tostrength, see B72, PIN, 
wp. Arab. SLs mia. Waw, id. ‘Aratn. 
Pa. 5°" to make strong. Eth. PA 
to be strong, able. Hence >"n strength. 
—Ps. 10,5 1273 55° his ways are firm, 
stable, i.e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20, 
21 iaaw ἘΠῚ Nb his good shall not be 
stable, his prosperity shall not last.— 
Hence 

6. to stay, to delay, and so to-wait, i. 4. 
b>, Gen. 8, 10, Judg. 3, 25. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 4, Ps. 29, 8. 

Horn. fat. 5m, pass. of Kal no. 3, to 


be born, Is. 66, 8. 


300 


mir 


Pi. >>im 1. 1, ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to dance 
in a circle, Judg. 21, 23. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to bear, to bring 
forth, Job 39, 1; things, to create, to 
form, Deut. 32,18. Ps. 90, 2. Causat. 
Ps. 29, 9. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, δ. 

4. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 6, to wait for, c. 5 Job 
35, 14. 

Put. >bim to be born, Job 15,7. Prov. 
8, 24. 25. Ps. 51, 7. 

Hirup. >>1hm 1. to whirl or hurl 
oneself, i. 6. to rush with violence, i. 4. 
Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19. 

2. to writhe with pin, Job 15, 20. 

3. to wait for, ο. >, i. q. Καὶ swis 6 
and Pil. no. 4. Ps. 37,7 

Hirupatp. salar to be eoinlh 
grieved, Esth. 4, 4. 

Deriv. 53m, ΠΝ ban, dm, bn, pid, 
don, nbn ph, minh, bina, nbing. 


ἊΝ (circle) Hul, pr. ἢ. of an Arame- 
an region, Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmiller 
compares the district Hileh, Arab. us) ! 
᾿ | Ard el-Haleh, near the sitet 

the Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252, 
809... ἢ. bart. 

250 m. (r. 53M) sand, Syr. Ls, from 
its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2,12, 
Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5,22. The sand of 
the sea, ἘΣΤῚ DIM, poet. bv >in, is very 
often put as the image of abundance, 
Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job 
6,3. Prov. 27,3.—In Job 29, 18 the Rab 
bins understand by >°M the bird pheniz, 
from a conjecture resting on the other 
member of the parallelism, where there 
is mention of a nest; and the Codd. 
Babyl. for the sake of distinction even 
read 53m. But sand is the frequent 
emblem of numerous days; nor is there 
any reason to depart from the eommon 
signification. 


* DAM obsol. root, pr. to be burned, 
scorched, and hence to be black. Comp. 


kindr. £2, Arab. to be black.— 
Hence τ r= 

BN adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 

MOIN £ (r, aM q. v.) a wall, Ex. 14, 
22. 29. Deut. 3, 5. 28, 52. Often for the 
wall of ἃ city, 15. 22,10, 36; 11.12. Nek. 
3, 8, 33. al. rarely of other buildings 


on 


Lam. 2,7. Metaph. of a maiden chaste 
and difficult of access, Cant. 8, 9. 10. 

Pivr. Pisin walls of a city, Is. 26, 1. 
Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15. 
So too Jer. 1, 18 lo, J have made thee this 
day a defenced city,..and brazen walls ; 
although in the same phrase in 15, 20, 
it is in the singular. 

Duax p°nen, formed from the Plural, 
two walls; hence onan 103 between 
the two walls, 2K. 25,4. Jer.39,4. These 
were near the king’s gardens below Si- 
loam, [and may refer to the wall on the 
east of Zion and the eastern wall of the 
city; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 460, 
461. In Is. 22, 11 the same expression 
seems to refer to the western part of 
Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the 
first and second walls described by 
Josephus, B. J. δ. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr. 
1843, p. 199.—R. 


* DAM fut. oir, ὉΠ’, 1 pers. DIMN 

Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon, 4, 11. . 

1. to pity, to have compassion on, c. 
39 Ps. 72, 13; also to be grieved for any 
thing, Jon. 4, 10 7i9_"PI->Z HON AMS 
thou wast grieved for the ricinus which 
perished; comp. Gen. 45, 20.—Hence 

2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. >2, 
Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13,14. Ez. 24, 14. Joel 
2,17. Aram. wee c. \Sid. 


Nore. In connection with this root, 
it is to be observed that the ideas both 
of pity and of sparing are attributed 
more frequently to the eye than to the 
person himself; as elsewhere weakness 
and strength to the hands, comp. 72", 
Fin ; longing or pining also to the eye, 
see MD. Hence we may gather, that 
the primary idea of the verb is that ofa 
gentle and benigncountenance; like Engl. 
to overlook, Germ. nachsehen, Nach- 
sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 4392 dinn-N> 
ibs spare them not, pr. let not thine 
eye have pity on them, i.e. behold them 
not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19,13. 
21. 25, 12. Is. 13,18. Ez. 5, 11. 7, 4. 9. 
Gen. 45, 20 02722 53 OMAN HDD be 
not grieved for your stuff left behind, 
pr. let not your eye grieve. Once ellipt. 
1 Sam. 24, 11 47732 oMMm? but (mine eye) 
spared thee. In like manner the Arabs 
attribute pity to the eye; Vit. Timur. T. 
L p. 542. 1. 14. 

᾿ς 26 


301 


yu 


ὉΠ or Fm. (Ὁ 9BN ΠῚ) acoast, shore, 
as washed by the sea, Gen. 49, 13. Deut. 


Sa) - - 
1,7. Josh. 9, 1.—Arab. mols, iis, 
margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin 


are also ἢ ve Fe and {-22 sea-coast. 


D_IN (perh. coast-man, from 57M) 
Hupham, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin 
Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21 
nrpn.—Patronym. "Q_5n Huphamite, 
Num. I. c. 


yan obsoi. root. Syr. Pa. τ» to 
gird ; comp. bL, w Ques, to surround.— 
Hence ὙΠ wall; also 


730 τὰ. pr. wall, side of a building; 
then spec. the outside of a house; whence 
the antithesis 73M M73 on the inside 
and on the outside, pr. on the house-side 
and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6, 
14, Ex. 25,11. Hence 

1. Subst. whatever is out of doors or 
abroad, i.e. a) Out of a house, the 
street, Jer. 37, 21 o"BNM 73M the bakers’ 
street, in Jerusalem. Is. 51, 23. Prov. 7, 
12. Plur. mixin streets Is, 5,25. 10,6. 15, 
3. Jer.7,17. al. 1K. 20, 34 and thou shalt 
make Missin streets for thee in Damascus, 
as my father made in Samaria, i. e. build. 
whole streets of houses. Others, mar- 
kets. Ὁ) Out ofa city, the country, the 
fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. "3, 
Job 5,10. 18,17. Hence in opp. 728: 
misim the (tilled) land and the deserts,. 
Prov. 8, 26; comp. Mark 1, 45. 

2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad,. 
Deut 23, 14; 6. g. -pancnybia born 
abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9:. 
Also forth, forth abroad, Deut. 23} 13.. 
Also with © loc. "¥5m abroad, without, 
1 K. 6,6; forth abroad Ex. 12; 46; c.. 
art. yann forth abroad Judg. 19,25; Neh.. 
13, 8, pr. into the street; and so MAM 
Gen. 15, 5.—With prepositions: a): 
7M without, abroad, i. e. out of a tent 
Gen. 9, 22; a house Ex. 21, 19: a i 
Gen. 24,31. Ὁ) y3m> poet. id! Ps. 41, 
7, and myind 2 Chr. 32,5. c) ying 
from without, on the outside, opp. M733 
Gen. 6,14. yanme id. Ez: 41,25. ἃ) 
> 73" without, implyingrest,e. g. 3a 
m3 without the city Gem. 19, 16. 24,11. 
> manne Ez. 40, 40. 44. 8): > yananby: 


pin 


without, out of, after a verb of motion, 
Num. 5, 3. 4 72723 ysna->y without the 
camp Deut. 23,11. Lev. 4,12. f) Me- 
taph. 12 V3" except, besides, i. q. more 
than, Ecce. 2,25. So Chald. ja "2, Syr. 


Samar. and Zab. < pos. 


Hence jix7". 


* PAM a root not in use, i. q. ub 
to surround, to embrace. It seems to 
have come from Pin, the 3 being soft- 
ened.—Hence ΡΠ and 


Pin or PX, i. g. PIN, the bosom, Ps. 
74, 11 Cheth. 


PP see PPM. 


ie 5 fut. "17 1. to become white ; 
and hence of the face, to become pale 
for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1, 
Aram. δῶν , mt, id. Arab. Waw quies- 


cent ,L& to be fulled white, as a gar- 
ment.—Hence "mn, “in I, and "3, "In. 

2. Trop. to be splendid, noble, i.q. "27 
no. 2.—Hence pr. ἢ. DIAN, ΣΤ, 


ἘΠ ΤῚ obsol. root, prob. to hollow out, 
to bore, or the like, as appears from the 
derivatives "im, 755 II, a hole, cavern, 
and the pr. names "7h, j2°7. Comp. 
some of the derivatives of r. > as 


“te 
: 


Ἧ 
ΟΞ 


river, bay of the sea. 


Ἂ So - 
foramen ani, 5. mouth of a 
Kindred are the 


roots “5D and ye: whence M332, 
διὰ. ὁ. ᾿ 
ὅλ», yt; cavern. 

1. 0 and ὙΠ m. (τ. 81M) fine white 
linen, Sept. βύσσος, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15. 


11. 1 m. (rn) 1. ig. 2 I, ἃ 
hole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8; also of a 
narrow and filthy subterranean prison, 
Is. 42,22. Comp. the black hole of Cal- 
cutta. 

2. Hur, pr.n. a) A king of Midian, 
Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ) The hus- 
band of Miriam, Moses’ sister, Ex. 17, 


10. 24, 14. 9) 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4,1. 4; 
comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31,2. ἃ) Neh. 3, 9. 
6) 1K. 4, 8. 


1.755 m. (r. 299) i. 4. ἌΤΙ, white lin- 
en, only plur. "1 poet. for DM, white 
linens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19, 9. 


302 


“nm 


Oe 
Kindred is Arab. r= white silk; Eth. 


MAC cotton, according to Ludolf in 
Lex. Z&th. p. 36. 


11. “15 m. (τ. 9M) 1. ἃ hole, 2 Κ΄. 
12, 10; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4; 
of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12. 

2. a cave, cavern Job 30, 6. 1 Sam. 14, 
11; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2, 13. 


ΠῚ. 757, plur. 2 nobles, see “h. 
“353 Chald. m. white, Dan.7,9. Εν πε, 
ΔΓ see 33h. 

TU) (perh. worker in linen, fr. "41m FE . 
like Arab. (Sy3 Hariri,) pr. n. Τὴν 
Huri, 1 Chr. 8, 14. | 

"135 (id. Chald.) Herai, 1 Chr. 11, 
32; see "33. 

“TIN see “Ih. 

DVM (noble, high-born, τ. “1 no. 2} 
Huram, pr. 0. 

a) A king of Tyre, contemporary 
with David and Selomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1. 
2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni- 
cles. But in the books ef Samuel and 


Kings this name is written 07°" Hiram, 
2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1-18. 9, 11. 12; 


| by Greek writers Eigopes, Jos. 6. Apion. 


1. 17, 18. 

b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram 
to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11; elsewhere 
pintn Hirom 1 K. 7, 40, om Hiram 
2 Chr. 1. ec. Cheth. Also "38 DM 
2 Chr. 2,12, Tay oN 4, 16; where 
however "38 and 1738 do not belong to 
the name, but are appellatives: Huram 
my (his) father, i. e- counsellor, master- 
workman, 

cy A Benjamite f Chr. 8, 5. 


ὙΠ _Hawran, pr.n. of a region beyond 
Jordan, eastward of Gaulanitis (72%), 
and west of Trachonitis or el-Lejah, ex- 
tending from the Jabbok to the territory 
of Damascus, Ez. 47, 16.18. Gr. Avgars- 


τις, ᾿Ὡρανἕτις, Arab. τ' = Haurdn, so 
called prob; from the multitude of caves 
(vim) found there, which even at the 
present day serve as dwellings for the 
ibhabitants. See a fall description of 
this region in Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, ete. p. 51 sq. 211 sq- 285, 291 sq 


wn 

“wan 1. to haste, to make haste. 
Arab. (tls mid. Ye, to flee hastily. 
This root is onomatopoetic, imitating 
the sound of rapid and hasty motion, 


like Germ. huschen, transit. haschen, also 
hasten, Hast, hetzen, Engl. to haste, to 


chase. Kindr. are Arab. 79 i. ᾳ. Germ. 
hissen, hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to 


chase, 5 at ml id. δ to rouse, to chase, 
intrans. to be swift, to fear, Heb. 
MOM to flee, to take refuge, Wiy, 11>, 
dle, q.v.—Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sam. 
20, 38; also i. q. to come hastily, to ap- 
proach speedily, Deut. 32,35. Ὁ) With 
infin. and >, to make haste to do any 
thing, Ps. 119,60. Hab. 1,8. Also with 
dat. of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 MBM ἼΤΣ9 
make haste for my help, ὶ i.e. to help me. 
38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the 
same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 ὩΣ 
"> ποτὶ O God, make haste for. me, help 
me quickly. 141, 1. Part. pass. with 
active power, plur. τι, hasting, hasty, 
quick, Num. 32, 17. 

2. Trop. a) Of vehement emotion, 
internal haste or ardour. Job 20, 2 "3333 
"2 "35m because of my hasting within 
me, i. 6. the fervid impulse by which I 
am driven. Ὁ) Of the passions, appe- 
tites, lusts. Ecc. 2,25 tiam "ἸῺ ban 19 
who doth banquet or who is hasty i. e. 
eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his 
appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life ? 
In the Mishna it is not unfrequently used 
of the feelings of pleasure and of pain. 


Syr. wee and Law to feel, to perceive, 
bas emotion of mind, passion, ἰρἐ5 


lust, Arab. oo to feel, whence yas 
and kindr. acu Ethiop. HPA feel- 


ing, sense. 
Hips. 
19. -60, 22. 
2. 1. ᾳ. Kal intrans. to haste, to make 
haste, Ps. 55, 9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31,5 
onan for nm; see inr, B'S, 
3. Pr. to sinus haste to flee, i. 6, to flee 
hastily, Is. 28, 16. : 
Deriy. ΘΔ and the four following pr. 
names. 


1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5, 


TON (haste) Hushah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 


303 


min 


4,45 seem. Patron, *mvan Husha- 
thite, 2 Sam, 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4, 


"OM (hasting) pr.n. Hushai, David's 
friend and ally in the war against Absa- 
lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq. 


D°WN (the hasting) Hushim, pr.n.m, 
a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46, 23; see ort, 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. -c) 1.Chr. 8, 8, 11. 


DWN (haste) Husham, pr. n. of a king 
of Edom, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect. 
bwin Gen. 36, 34. 35, 


PAM a spurious root. For 15 Hab. 
2, 17, see τ. MOM Hiph. no. 2. 


BO τὴ, (r. 8mm) 1. a seal, signet- 
ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7. 
Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the 
Persians of the present day, sometimes 
wore their signet-ring suspended upon 
the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18; to 
which allusion is made in Cant. 8, 6. 


Arab. EES and wild. 


2. Hotham, pr. Ὦ τα; 
b) 11, 44. 


ONT and NAIM 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom 
God beholds i. e. cares for, r. nin) pr. n. 
Hazael. king of Syria, 1 K. 19, 15. 17. 
2K.8, 9.12. π m3 house of Hazael, i. e. 
Damascus, Am. 1,4. Lat. Azelus Jus- 
tin. 36. 2. 


‘4 rman fat. MIM, apoc. 4" Mic. 4, 11, 
in Pause ΤΙΝ Job 23, 9; to see, to look, 
Engl. to φαςέ. the common verb in ro. 


mean (|p, xin, 2434) for Heb. 
πὴ ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl. 
to behold, Germ. schauen, Ps. 46, 9, 58, 
9. al. Spee’ 

1. to see God, sometimes of the actual 
vision of the divine presence, Ex. 24, 11. 
Job 19, 26, comp. 38, 1; elsewhere spo- 
ken of those who worship in the temple 
Ps. 63,3. So to behold the face of God 
is metaph. i. q. to enjoy his favour, to 
find him propitious, the figure being 
drawn from the practice of kings, who 
admit to their presence only those whom 
they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17, 15. 

2. Spoken espec. and as the usual 
word for what is presented by a divine 
influence to the prophet’s mind, either 
in visions properly so called, or in reve- 


a) 1 Chr. 7, 32. 


min 


lations, oracles. Hab. 1, 1 "Ox ΝΘ ἘΠ 
‘nm mim the oracle which Habakkuk saw, 
i.e. which was divinely presented to his 
mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1. 
2, 1. 13, 1. Num. 24, 4. Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13, 
6 NTS 11M they behold lies, false revela- 
tions. Zech. 10,2. With >, to announce 
or declare visions or revelations to any 
one, Lam. 2, 14 x18 52 WM WINNS thy 
prophets announce unto thee lies, false 
revelations. Is. 30, 10. 

3. to look upon, to gaze upon, to con- 
itemplate, c. 3 Is. 47, 13; espec. with 
-pleasure, to delight in ΠΣ ἜΣ τς to feast 
the eyes upon, Ps. 27,4. Cant. 7,1. Job 
36, 25. Mic. 4, 11. With an ace. to look 
upon with favour, to care for; Ps. 17, 2 
let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e. 
regard justice. Also to look out for one- 
:self, to choose, to select, Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57, 
8; comp. > AX Gen. 22, 8. 

4, Trop. to see, i. e. to perceive, to expe- 
rience, to feel, mentally ; comp. M8 no. 
3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34,32. By 
a bold metaphor ascribed to the roots 
of a plant, which feel the stones, i. 6. 
meet with, strike upon the stones; Job 
8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place. 

Deriv. ΤῊ τ MIN, FIN, AM. nN, 
and the pr. names “berm, byIn, mr, 
. yom. 


TI and NIM Chald. to see, 6. ace. 
Dan. 5, 5. 23. 3, 19 mn 4 by nsae-5n 
-one seven times more than (ever was) 
seen. Inf. xing Ezra 4,14. Also ab- 
-sol. to behold, ‘to look on, Dan, 2, 34. 7, 
4,9. 21. 


MIT m. (τ, mm) the breast of animals, 
‘pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27. 
‘Lev. 7, 30,31. Plur. mim Lev. 9, 20. 21. 
-—Chald. in plur. ΠῚ q. v. 


MIA m. (r.mIn) 1. a seer, prophet, 
a word mostly of the silver age of He- 
brew, signifying i. q. 8°33, 1 Chr. 21, 9. 
25, 5. 29, 29. 

2. Segolate (like Mx4 Is. 28,7) and 
abstr. i. q. ΤῆΤ no. 3, q. v. pr. ὦ vision ; 
then a league, covenant, agreement, Is. 
28,15. See Comment on Is. 1]. c. 


im (perh. for mith vision) Hazo, pr. 
ἢ. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 323. ~ 


I} Chald. m. emphat. Ἀλλ, plur. 


304 


sh 


constr. "II3, a vision, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 2. 7. 
7, 7.13. 20. Syr. ἐπ; 


FT m. (τ. mim) 1. ὦ vision, spoken 
of a night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7. 
Spec. a vision from God respecting fu- 
ture events, prophetic vision, Lam. 2, 9. 
Mic. 3, 6. Ps, 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17.—Hence 

2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11. 
Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1,1. Col- 
lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for fi "Bd. 

3, a revelation, divine communication, 
1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18. 


MW £ a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9, 
29. R. myn. 

mi Chald. sight, view, prospect, 
Dan. 4, 8. 17. ‘ 

mits Γ᾿ Kamets impure, τ. 43m. 

1. look, appearance, espec. something 
conspicuous, remarkable, comp. MX2- 
Dan. 8, 5 mm ΠΡ a@ horn of appear- 
ance, i.e. conspicuous, large. v.8 MI"22H7 
SDN MAI and there came up four con- 
spicuous horns ; for so the sense seems 
to demand, on account of v. 5. 

2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2. 

3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29, 
11; and hence, league, covenant, these 
two ideas being kindred in the mind of 
the Hebrew, whose whole religion was 
a covenant with, God, Is. 28, 18, comp. 
nth v. 15.—Hitzig derives the signif. of 
covenant from the fact that in making a 
covenant the prophets were consulted ; 
comp. M20" libation and covenant. 


* 317 obsol. root, Arab. +S to pierce 
through, to transfiz, 6. g. with an arrow; 


= to cut in, to perforate, to wound. 
Kindred is 73} .—Hence MI". 

ἘΣ ὙΠ (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n. 
τη. 1 Chr. 23,9. R. mim. 

MTT (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha- 
zaiah, pr.n.m, Neh. 11,5. R. πῆπὶ 

THT (vision) Hexion, pr.n.m. 1K. 
15,18 R.A. 

7H τὰ. (τ. Ay) constr. jy, plur. 
mii. 

Be a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14, 20, 8. 

2. a revelation, 2 Sam.7,17. 43"379 "3 
Is. 22, 5 (comp. v. 1) valley of vision, or 
collect. of visions, i.e. Jerusalem, as the 


ἪΠ 


seat and home of the divine revelations, 
comp. Is. 2,3. Luke 13, 33; perhaps also 
in allusion to ]"s" (whence Sept. Zw), 
or to M292, which latter is explained as 
signifying ‘vision of Jehovah,’ Gen. 22,2. 
2 Chr. 3,1. The city is situated on the 
side of a valley. 


TT or TT τὰ. (τ. 1M) pr. arrow, 
hence lightning, Zech. 10,1; more fully 
midbp τσ thunder-flash Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 


ὙΠ m. ἃ swine Lev. 11, 7. Syr. 
ley, Arab. pp id. with Nun in- 


sated ; whence is perh. derived the verb 
to have small eyes or swines’ eyes. 


See r. "3M. 


"TT (swine) Hezir, pr. ἢ. τὰ, 1 Chr. 
24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20]. 


*PIT fat. pm? 1. to bind fast, to 
et tight, bands, ligatures. Arab. 
and ha id. Syr. to gird. Of 


er same aly are Heb. Fen, Gr. 
ἔσχω, ἰσχύω, ἰσχύς, both in the sense of 
adhering and of being strong.—Intrans. 
to be bound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22. 
Hence 

2. Intrans. to hold fast to any thing, 
to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18,9 
nbxa Wa pr and his head caught 
fast i in the terebinth. Trop. ΤΟΙΣ ΤΊ to 
hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it, 
2 Chr. 31,4. With > c. infin. to persist 
in any thing, to be constant, diligent in it, 
Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1 Chr. 28, 7. 

3. to make firm, strong, to strengthen. 
Verbs of binding, binding together, gird- 
ing, are thus transferred also to the idea 
of strength, because things are made 
firmer and stronger by girding or bind- 
ing together; as also persons with their 
loins girded feel stronger and more ac- 
tive; see the roots O23, dam, 54m no. 
5, WP; also the similar Arabic usage 
in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 514 sq. and 
Schultens Opp. Min. p. 101 sq.— Trans. 
Ez. 30, 21; hence i. q. to help, 2 Chr. 28, 
20.—Oftener intrans. to be or become 
strong ; spoken of a prosperous people 
Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1,28; of a famine, 
which becomes severe, Gen. 41, 56. 57. 
2K. 25, 3.. Jer. 52,6; of a strong and 
fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam. 24, 4. 1 Chr. 
oo 


805 


pm 


91,4. With 12 to be stronger than, to 
prevail over, 1 Sum, 17, 50; ¢. >B id, 
2 Chr. 8, 3. 27,5; acc. 1 K. 16, 22, 
Trop. a) Of bodily health, to grow 
strong, lo recover, Is, 39,1. Ὁ) Of the 
mind, to. be strong, firm, undaunted, as 
in the formula 728) 71M (Hom. ἴσχεο) 
be strong and of good courage Deut. 
31, 23, comp. Dan. 10,19; also in the 
same sense spoken of the hands of any 
one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 16, 21. Comp. 
in OF ult. c) fo be confirmed, establish- 
ed, 6. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,8, 
2 Chr. 25,3. 4d) In a bad sense, to be 
Sirm, hardened, obstinate, of the heart, 
Ex. 7, 13. 22; comp. Mal. 3, 13. 

4. to be strong upon any one, i.e. to be 
urgent, to press upon, c. >3 Ex. 12, 33. 
Ez. 3, 14; acc. Jer. 20, 7. 

Piet pin 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
bind a girdle around any one, to gird, 
with two acc, Is, 22,21; with ace. of the 
member girded Nah, 2, 2. 

2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen ; 
espec. to fortify a city, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12. 
26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew, 
2K. 12, 8. 9. 13,15; ὃ; Ὁ 1 Chr. 26, 27; 
comp. Neh. 3, 19. baa AE a) to heal, to 
cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4. 16. 
b) to strengthen one’s hand, i. q. to en- 
courage him, Judg. 9,24. Jer. 23,14. Job 
4,3. 1Sam. 93, 16; without " id. Deut. 
1, 38. Is. 41, 7: with > to or for any 
thing 2Chr, 45, 2. al PIM to strength- 
en one’s own hands, ie q- to take courage, 
Neh. 2, 18. 6) to help, to assist one, 
2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6, 22. 1,6 and all 
their neighbours poses ona pn 
aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i.e. 
made them presents. 4) Ina bad sense, 
with 23, to harden one’s heart, to make 
obstinate, Ex.4,21. "22 pin to harden 
one’s face, i. e. to be obstinate, perverse, 
Jer. 5,3. Ps. 64, 6 99 723 129 spy? they 
are obstinate in wickedness. 

_ Aiea, ΡΠ. 1. to bind fast to any 
thing, i.q. to fasten to or upon; so in 
the formulaz,3 173 ΠΗ to fasten one’s 
hand upon any thing, i.e. Lo lay hold. of, 
to take, comp. Gr. ἔσχω to hold. Gen. 21, 
18 3 ATMS PT fasten thine hand 
upon him, i.e. take him, hold him.—So 
with 7% impl. with 3 of pers. or thing, 
to lay hold of, to take, to seize a person 
or thing, (comp. Gr. κρατεῖν τινος,} Re. 


pint 


4, 4. Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11; also c. > 
2 Sam. 15, 5; by Job 18, 9; poet. 6. ace. 
Is. 41, 9. 13. ‘Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43. 
Mic. 4, 9 59m FINN pangs have seized 
thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24 
AP WIT CL she hath seized on terror. 
So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna, 
and vice versa domus comprehendit ig- 
nem; Engl. the fire seizes the house, 
and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb. 
m8 Job 18, 20. 21,6. Gr. ἔχω, see Pas- 
sow ἔχω no. 1.b.—Spec. a) i. q. to hold 
JSast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4. 
b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr. 
4,5. ὁ) to take or get possession of, 
Dan. 11, 21. 

2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave 
unto, 6. g. integrity, innocence, with 3 
of thing, Job 2, 3.9. 27,6; with b> of 
pers. Neh. 10, 30. 

3. to make firm, strong,e.g. a) Of 
buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16. 
Ez. 27,9.27. Nah. 3,14. Ὁ) Of persons, 
to strengihen Ez. 30,25.. Intrans. to be- 
come strong, powerful, (comp. Lat. robur 
_Sacere, \tal. far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8. 
Dan. 11, 32. ¢) to help, to aid, c. 3 Lev. 
-5, 35; comp. p72 helper Dan. 11, 1, 
Ὁ. ace. v. 6. 

Hirupe. 1, to be strengthened, estab- 
lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr. 
1, 1. 12, 13. 13, 21. Also to strengthen 
-oneself, i. 6. to collect one’s strength, 
powers, Gen. 48, 2; to take courage, 
‘2 Chr. 15, 8. 23, 1. 25, 11. 

2. to show oneself strong, courageous, 
ibrave, 2 Sam. 10, 12; "28> against any 
-one 2 Chr. 13, 7. 8. 

3. 10 show oneself strong for any one, 
iL. 6. to help, to aid, with 3 and => 2 Sam. 
‘3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10, Dan. 10, 21. 

Deriv. the eight following and TPIT, 
“DRPIT. 


PIM m. verbal adj. 1. firm, in a’bad 
sense, hardened, e.g. SPIN, MEAN 
hardened in heart, ‘forthe: i.e. obsti- 
nate, perverse, Ez. 2, 4. 8, 7. 9, comp. 
Ὑ. 8. 

2. strong, vigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps. 
‘35,10. Also powerful Is. 28,2. Amos 2, 
14; and ina bad sense, violent, Job 5, 15. 
Freq. is the phrase nen Δ a strong 
hand ; spoken of men i. q. an armed 
_Sorce, Num. 20, 20, coupled with 733 ὩΣ, 


306 


ar 


Ex. 3,19. 6,1; oftener of God, his mighty 
power, espec. exerted for the deliverance 
of his people, Ex. 13, 9. 82, 11. Deut. 3, 
24. Ps. 136, 12. al. 

3. strong, i. 6. vehement, violent, e. g. 
wind Ex. 10, 19; diivetide 1K. 17, 17; 
famine 1 K. 18, 2. 

PIT adj. strong, powerful, waxing 
strong, Ex. 19, 19. 2 Sam. 3,1. R. pin. 

PIM m.c. suff. "PIM, strength, in the 
sense of help, aid, Ps. 18,2. R. pm. 

PIT m. strength, might, Ex. 13, 3.14 
16. Am. 6,13, R. pin. 

217) pr. infin. fem. of the verb Pin, 
the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr. 
12, 1 and 26, 16 in pIM> in his becoming 
strong, i.e. when he had strengthened 
himself, had become strong. Is. 8. 11 
BA-Mpina in the being strong of his 
hand, i. e. when God’s hand was strong 
upon me, when his Spirit impelled me; 
comp. the verb in Ez, 3, 14, Jer. 20, 7. 
Dan. 11,2 ἼΛΩΣΞ ‘in_IND in his being 
strong in his wealth, i.e. ‘trusting in his 
riches. 

“PT Εἰ (τ. ptm) 1. strength, force; 
nmpina by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2, 16. 
Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4, 
3. 8, 1. 

2. a strengthening, repairing, of a 
building, 2 K. 12,13. Comp. the verb 
Pi. no, 2. 

"PT (strong) Hizki, pr. n. τὰ, 1 Chr. 
8, 17. 

APPIN and WPT (for MspI Hos. 
1, 1. Is. 1, 1, and this for M™p3mM ‘Jeho- 
vah strengthens) pr. n. Hezekiah, Gr. 
᾿Ἐζεχίας, Lat. Ezechias. a) A pious king 
of Judah 728-699 B.C. 2 K. e. 18-20. 
2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. ¢. 30-32. Is. ὁ. 36-39. 
Prov. 25,1. b) An ancestor of the pro- 
phet Zephaniah, supposed by many to 
be the same with king Hezekiah, Zeph. 
1,1. c) 1 Chr. 3,23. d) Neh. 7, 21. 


10, 18. 
*"T% obsol. root; Chald. "18, Syr. 
3}», to return, to go about. Arab. > 


to have small eyes like a swine; but 
perhaps this is a denominative. 
Deriv. "1, pron. WT, ANT. 


ΤΠ τὴ. (Ὁ. 2m) ¢. suff. ΤΠ, plur. 
"nn Dag. forte impl. Lehrg. § 38. 1. 


ὙΠ 


The form is contracted for M3, as Hin 
for MM, DID for 02D, ete. 

1, a hook, ring, inserted in the nostrils 
of animals, to which a cord was fastened, 
in order to drag them about, or subdue 
and tame them, 2 Καὶ, 19, 28. 18. 37, 29. 
Ez. 19, 4. 29, 4. 38, 4. Comp. Job 40; 
26, and Mn no. 1. 

2. a hook or clasp, according to Kim- 
“chi, for fastening the garments of fe- 
males, Ex. 35,22. Comp. Fr. épingle, 
Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit. 
Germ. 17.—Others understand a nose- 
ring, elsewhere called 013, see Bochart 
Hieroz. 1. p. 764. 

"I i.g. mM, plur. pwn Ez. 29, 4 
Cheth. 


ἘΝῸΠ fut. ROM, inf. constr. ΝΌΠΙ, 
Rion, once jem Gen. 20,6; part. Nain, 
also | xuh Eee. 8, 12. 

1. Pr. to miss, not to hit the mark, 
spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph. 
in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to 
miss, to make a false step, to stum- 
ble and fall, Proy. 19, 2. The same 


primary idea lies in Arab. <b to 


miss, opp. wle to hit the mark; also 
in Gr. ἁμαρτάνω, spoken of a weapon 
Hom. Il. 10. 372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od. 
7. 292.—So too as opp. 8¥2 to light 
upon, to find. Prov. 8, 36 ives oon "MOR 
whosoever misseth me (doth not find me) 
harmeth his own life, opp. "ἘΞ v. 35. 
Job 5, 24 thou musterest thy pasture 
(flocks), xomn N51 and missest nought, 
nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there. 
In this sense corresponds Ethiop. 424 
not to find, not to have. 

2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of 
right and duty; Syr. Chald. Arab. id. 
Job 1, 22. 2, 10. al. sepiss. MBM NUM to 
sin Gein Lev: 4, 3. 28. 35. 5, 6. 10. 19, 22. 
With > of him towards or against whom 
one sins, e. g. Minn> ROM Gen. 20, 6. 9. 
1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6. al. With 3 of pers. 
and thing in which one sins, Gen. 42, 22. 
Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29; 53 Lev. 5, 4. 
‘Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Pregn. Lev. 
5, 16 Sapa-ya NOM AN mR what he 
hath taken sinfully of the holy things, 
BC. through ignorance. 

3. to sin away any thing, i.e. to forfeit 
by sinning, to incur as penalty, 0. acc. 


307 


NOM 


Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 xwin 
jem? he forfeiteth his own life, i. 6. ex- 
poses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10. 
Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again, 
"05 “mean then will I bear the blame 
all my life. 

Pie. ΝΠ 1. to bear the blame or 
loss of any thing, to alone for, 6. acc. 
Gen. 31, 39.—Hence 

2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri- 
fice of atonement or expiation; Lev. 6, 
19 [26] AMX KUMI he who offereth it 
Jor sin, as a sin-oflering. 9, 15 ΓΙ ΤΟΓΙ 
and offered it as a sin-offering. Also 

3. to make atonement, to expiate, i. e. 
to cleanse by a sacred rite, to purify, i. q. 
"BD, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51,9; a 
building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14, 49; ο. 52 
Ex. 29, 36. Sept. καϑαρίζειν. 

Hira. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no. 
1, to let miss, not to make hit the mark ; 
so a slinger Judg. 20,16. Arab. Conj.IV. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to sin, 
to lead into sin, c. acc. Ex. 23, 33. 1 K. 
15, 26 ἘῸΝ avon Ὕς inewnsy 
ἀπά in his sin, which he made Israel to 
sin, i. 6. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K. 
3, 3. 10, 29. “ 

3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut. 
24,4. Kec. 5, 5. Also i. ᾳ. S"t09N, to 
pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before 
a tribunal, Is. 29, 21. 

Hirup. 1. i.q. Kal no. 1, to miss one’s 
way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person 
in astonishment and terror missing his 
way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25]. 
Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94. 

2. Reflex. of Piel‘no. 3, to purify one- 
self by a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31, 
20. 

Deriv. the five following. 


ROM m. c. suff. "Non; plur. ΘΝ ΌΤΙ, 
constr. ἜΝΘ, which latter i is from ROM. 

ite a sin, "fault, Lev. 19, 17. 22,9. mn 
3 NOM it is sin unto any one, he is guilty 
of a sin, Deut. 15,9. ~ 

2. punishment of sin, calamity, Lam. 
3, 39. 


ROM m. (Kamets impure) 1. ἃ sin- 
ner, not in the sense in which all are sin- 
ners, but as wont to sin, Gen. 13, 13. Is. 
1, 28. Ps. 1, 1. δ. al. sep. 

2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K. 
1, 21. 


Non 


ANI f. (Ren) 1. a sin, Gen. 20 
9. Ps. 32, 1. 
2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7. 


MRO f(r. kum) 1. Fem. of xz, 
a sinner, Am. 9, 8. 

2. i. ᾳ. PREM a) ἃ sin Ex. 34, 7. 
b) α sin-offering, Ezra 6,17 Keri. ο) 
- punishment, like MRBM no. 4, Is. 5, 18. 


PRO f. once nan Num. 15, 24, 
constr. PREM, plur. Mixed. R.xon. 

1. a miss, misstep, slip of the foot, 
Prov. 13, 6. 

2, @ sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6,7. al. sep. 
Rarely for the habit of sinning, sinful- 
ness, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9.—Meton. of 
that in which one sins, the cause or 
occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8. 
Deut. 9, 21; comp. 2K. 13,2. mawm % 
water of sin, i. e. of expiation or puri- 
fication for sin, Num. 8, 7. 

3. ὦ sin-offering, Ex. 29,14. Lev. 4, 
1-35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference 
Rivers it and DUN, see this latter, no. 
3. p. 95. 

4. punishment δ οἱ sin, Lam. 4,0. Zech. 
14,19. Hence for calamity, misfortune, 
Is. 40, 2. 


. son 1. to cut wood, to hew, Deut. 
29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10. 


or Ὁ 
Jer. 46, 22. Arab. wha wood cut or 


hewed, obs to go after wood. Kindr. 


is 337 to hew stones; also 2X¥— and the 
roots there given. 

2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be 
cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be 
marked with stripes, to be striped, varie- 


gated ; comp. "2% no.3. Arab. Obs 


to be variegated, versicoloured; Syr. 


{route an embroidered garment, pr. 
striped.—Hence Part. pass. plur. ΓΤ ΞΏΤΙ, 
Proy. 7,16 7 have decked my bed with 
coverings DIS" Ἴὰ MLN variegated 
(striped) with the threadof Heypt; where 
ΤΥ ΞΟΤΙ as adj. is to be referred to O°739%. 

Puat pass. of no. 1, to be hewn out, 
sculptured, Ps. 144, 12. 


PiU see in BBM no. 2. 
MOM f. (r. UI πο. 8) wheat, as being 


" 9 uv 
of a reddish tinge. Arab. Li. thin, 


308 


Chald. }"42". In the sing. mostly of 
the plant as growing in the fields, Ex. 
9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9. Is. 28, 25. 
Joel 1,11. But the following formulas 
are to be understood of the grain, e..g. 
nen 32n fat of wheat Ps. 81,17, and 33m 
nen minba kidney-fat of wheat Deut. 32, 
14; for here the fat. denotes the marrow 
or flour, farina, μυελὸν ἀνδρῶν, and is 
also called 72M 35m Ps. 147, 14. 

Pier. ΠΏ wheat, i.e. the grains, col- 
lect. the grain. Sing. nun of a single 
grain, Mishna Chelaim 1.§9. Hence 
Dun Sot Jer. 12,13; Dem ssp Gen. 
30, 14. Judg. 15,1; ΒΩ vies 1 Chr, 
21, 20; prum.=b 2 Chr. 27, 5. By 
Chaldaisss yon Ez. 4, 9. 


WOM (prob. assembled, τ. won) Hat- 
tush, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.3,22. Ezra8g, 
2. b) Neh.3,10. 6) Neh. 10,5. 12, 2. 


* DOM obsol. root, Aram. ds to dig, 


to edt iol Arab. 23. to cut in, to write. 
—Hence pr. ἢ. 82727. 


"27 Chald. m. a sin, c. suff. 773m 
Dan. 4,34. R. Rom i.g. Heb. Ron. 
MEI Chald. i. q. Heb. hNzn, a sin- 
offering, Ezra 6,17 Cheth. R. xom. 
NOON (a digging, exploring) Hatita, 
pr.n.m. Ezra 2,42. Neh.7,45. R.vur. 
SOI (wavering) Hattil, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2, 57. Neh. 7, 59. R. dun. 
ND OT (seized, captive) Hatipha, pr. 
n.m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7,56. R. ten. 


“dom obsol. root, Arab. ibs to be 


pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro; 
kindr. "2m. Hence pr. ἢ. >"un. 


ἧς DOM to muzzle an animal; Arab. 


8 4- 
pd, whence eles amuzzle. Kindr. 


are OM, o¥2, also BEM; comp. on the 
signif; of the syllables 07, tu, 5M, 
what is said in the note under art, 533. 
Of a kindred power with this root are 
Lat. domare, Germ. dammen, zuddm- 
men, zahmen, Engl. to tame.—Metaph. 
Is, 48, 9 Ween pr. J muzzle (myself) 
towards thee, i. e. refrain myself: 


"S/O fat. nem, iq. HNN, to catch, 
to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21,21. Ps. 


“or 


10,9bis. Aram. «θύων Arab, ZbS id 
—Hence pr. n. RB°SN. 


¥ “On obsol. root, to wave, to bran- 
dish a rod, spear, ete. to wag the tail ; 
Arab. poe. Kindr. are the roots bm, 


ches", dec, and others, whose pri- 
mary syllable is dal, tal, sal, implying 
the idea of being pendulous, or waving, 
or swinging to and fro; see under 551 
p. 225. Hence 


“UM m. a rod, i, e. slender and flexi- 
ble, Prov. 14, 3; α shoot, twig, Is. 11, 1. 


Arab. “6 > twig, branch, Syr. ίμω 


ἃ βία rod. Samar. VX, Aleph and 
Heth being interchanged, 


ἰδ 13 obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. (ata 
to gather together, to assemble, as a peo- 
ple.—Hence pr. n. Sen. 


ὙΠ constr. "ΤΊ, fem. rem; plur. Don, 
fem. mien. R. sn. 

A) Adj. 1. alive, living, Gen. 43, 7 
ὙΠ ὈΞ ΣΑΣ Tish is your father yet alive ? 
v. 27. 28. 45, 3. 20. 46, 30. "πιτ89 all 
living, every living thing, Gen. 6, 19. 8, 
21. Job 12, 10; espec. all men, every 
man, Gen. 3 90. Ps. 143,2. Plur. Ὁ55Π 
living, alive, Num. 16, 30. 33 ; and with- 
out subst. the living, ‘Eee. 4, 2. 15. 6, 8. 
Is. 8,20. D5 P58 the land of the living, 
opp: Sheol, Ps. 27, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26, 
20; 6. art. on ’x Ps. 142, 6. Job 38, 
13. ive; often of God, who is called by 
ὙΠ the living God, i. e. terial, efficient, 
true, (opp. to dead idols Ps. 106, 28,) 
Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 3,1; Ἢ ony 2K. 
19, 4. 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9. “"n3 
ἘΣ στ by the living forever, i. 6. God, 
Dan. 12, 7. Soin the usual formula of 
anoath: min 5m living is Jehovah, i.e. 
as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam. 
14, 45. 2 Sam. 4,9; ben Ἢ 2 Sam. 
2,27; poet. ὃς "Mn Job 27, 2; also IN 
as I live, where Jehovah himself speaks, 
Num. 14, 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24. 
Ez. 5, 11. 14, 16. 18; so Deut. 32, 40. 
Without oath; Ps. 18, 47. 2 Sam. 22, 47. 

2. lively, vigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23, 
20 Cheth. in Keri 527 &-8 ; comp. mn. 
Also flourishing, prosperous, 1Sam. 25, 6. 

3. living again, reviving ; whence 
metaph. m3 ΤΣΞ Gen. 18, 10. 14. 2K. 


309 


“4, 22. 


TR 


4, 16. 17, with the reviving year, i. 6. the 
coming spring, when the winter shall 
be past and nature revives ; περιπλομέ- 
γου ἐνιαυτοῦ Od. 11. 247. 

4, live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam. 
2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq. 

5. living, fresh, 6. g. of a plant, green, 
not dry, Ps. 58, 10; of flowing water as 
opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter 
is called in Arab. erred LJ} dead wa- 
ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev. 14, 5. 20. 

B) Subst. life, Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam. 
25, θ "Πρ md ὉΠ 25) and thus shall ye 
say: For life, a form of salutation, Lat. 
salve ; "712 in pause for "2. Often in 
the formula of an oath by things other 
than God ; in the accus. as ΓΞ ἪΠ by 
the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, 15. 16; "Π 
782 by the life of thy soul, by thy life, 
1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The 
name Jehovah in the like formula is 
preceded by ὙΠ, see in A. no.1; whence 
Ξ52 "M) Min om 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 26, 
—Far more usual in this sense is the 

Pxior. 5°73, once 72m Job 24, 22, life, 
Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14.15. 7,15.al. BY AAS 
breath of life Gen. 6, 17 ; 5°71 "BO book 
of life, Ps. 69, 29; BY Y2 tree of life, 
i. 6. of long life, ϑεοείκελος, of immortal- 
ity, Gen. 2, 9, comp. 3, 22. 24.—Hence 
a) living, sustenance, Bios, Prov. 27, 27. 
b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22. 
6) welfare, prosperity, happiness, 
Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12,28. 13, 14. 
14,27. BVM MI the way of life, of hap- 
piness, Prov. 2,19. 5,6. Comp. Syr. fs 
Luke 3, 6. 19, 9, for Gr. σωτηρία. 


ὙΠ Chald. emph. 83, plur. j=". 

1. Adj. alive, living, Dan. 4, 31. 6,21. 
27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2, 30. 4, 14. 

2. Subst. in plur. ὙΠ, life, Ezra 6, 
10. Dan. 7, 12. 


ΕΙΣ ΤΙ (perh. for d9"t2 God liveth) 
Hel, pr. n. τη. 1 K. 16, 34. 


MII f. pr. something entangled, in- 
tricate ; see r. 75M, espec. no. 2; comp. 
Dan. 5, 12. “oFende 

1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23. 

2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigma, 
1K, 10,1; comp. "z">2. To propose 
a riddle is expressed by 37 q. v. to 
solve a riddle by "35 Judg. 14, 14. 

3. i. q. due, α sententious saying, 


mn 


maxim, Prov. 1,6; a parable Ez. 17,2; 
a poem, song, Ps. 49, δ. 78,2, comp. Hab. 
2,6; an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8. 


ΙΕ, inf. absol. Hn Ez. 18, 9 and 
i" 3, 21. 18, 28; inf. constr. 6. suff. 
enn Josh. 5, 8, with pref. ΤΡ Ez. 33, 
12; Imp. with pref. mm} Gen. 20, 7, 
phir: 117) 42,18; Fut. m2, apoc. "M7, 
bas ee 


1. to live, the usual and frequent word. ° 


co 
Arab. 
see "5 


=, which form is also in Heb. 
Eth. APO, Syr. tau id. 
The primary idea is that of breathing, 
as the manifestation of animal life, comp. 
Ed ; and its more ancient form is ΓΤ 
q: v. The same origin belongs to the 
Gr. téw, tow, kindr. with ἄω, ἄημι, to 
breathe, and used by ZEschylus also of 
the winds as breathing, blowing; comp. 
Passow in f¢w.—Construed: a) With 
ace. of time, Gen. 5,3 and Adam lived 
a hundred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq. 
b) With 3 of place Lam. 4, 20; oe, of 
that on or from which one ives 2K. 4, 
7; and of that by which one lives atid 
prospers Hab. 2,4. 06) With ἘΣ, to live 
on any thing, see >9 1. a. «.—Further, 
mn to live is also put: aa) i. q. 10 live 
well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1. 30, 
16. Neh. 9, 29. 2% "917 let the king 
live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24. 2 
Sam. 16,16. 02325 "M3 let your heart 
live, i. 6. be lively, ‘cheerful, joyful, Ps. 
22, 27. 69, 3 bb) to live, to be pre- 
gerbed alive, Ζρεῖν 6, 17. Num. 14, 38. 
Espec. in the formula "852 ΠῚ my 
soul liveth, 1 remain alive, Gen. 12, 13. 
19, 20. Is. 55, 3. Jer. 38,17. 20. Contra, 
man? X> he ‘shall not ‘bee, he shall die, 
Gen. 31, 32. Ex. 19,13. Zech. 13, 3. 2 
K. 20, 1. 

2. to live again, to revive, Job 14, 14. 
Ez. 37, 5 sq. 1K. 17,22. Hence a) 
to become well, to recover one’s health, 
Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8; with 12 of dis- 
ease, 2 K. 1. 2. 8,8. δ) 10 recover, lo 
revive, spoken of one overcome with 
grief or fatigue, Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15, 
19. 

Pie. ΠῚ 1. to make live, to give life 
to any one, Job 33,4. A woman is said 
to make live or to quicken the seed of a 
man, when she conceives by him, Gen. 


310 


mn 


19, 32. 34; and in like manner Hos. 14, 
8 ja1 sr they shall quicken the corn, 
make it live and flourish, sc. in the de- 
serted land, by tilling and sowing the 
fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3,2 Jeho- 
vah, let thy work live, i. e. accomplish it, 
complete it. Also to make live prosper- 
ously, to make prosper, to give life and 
prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job 
36, 6. Ps. 119, 156. 

2. i. gq. to preserve alive, to let live, 
comp. Kal no. 1. bb, Gen. 12, 12. Ex, 1, 
17. Ps. 40, 3. 188, 7; ‘5 Ὁ52 men id. 1 
K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. ia her to pre- 
serve seed Gen. 7,3. "ἘΞ nen to keep 
cattle, lit. to keep them alive, Is. 7, 21. 

3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again, 
to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4, 
Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com- 
fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85,7. Trop, 
to revive a city, i. 6. to rebuild, to repair, 
1 Chr. 11,8. Neh. 3, 34 D°2387°R8 VIN 
awill they) revive the stones again ? 1, 6. 


again build them up. So Syr. Saud sus- 


| citare ruinas. 


Hieu. ΠῚ 1. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre- 
serve alive, “to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20; 
with 822 Gen. 19, 19; to save one’s life, 
i. 6. to preserve from death, Gen. 47, 25. 
50, 20; c. > 45,7. Also, to permit to 
lise. to grant dee life, Josh. 6, 25. 14, 
10. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 

2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 Κι. 
§;75'8; 1. 5, 

Deriv. mn, ΤΠ, and pr. n. buon, 
ney, ben. 


mT) and NT Chald. id. Dan. 2, 4 
“nl πῆς xzba O king, live for ever? 
a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9. 
5, 10. 6, 7. 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 aban 
nani cbis>. 1K. 1, 31. 

Ἄρη. Part. ΝΠ saving alive, preserv- 
ing alive, Dan. 5,19. Comp. Syr. y 

ΓΤ adj. plur. ἢ Mion, lively, vigorous, 
strong, Ex.1,19. See Mino. 2. R.m34. 


M3 £ constr. M8 and poet. ime Vav 
parag. Gen. 1, 24. Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104, 
11, comp. Heb. Gram. § 88, 3. ὃ; 6. suff 
int Is. 40, 16; pr. fem. of adj. "1, i. e. 
living, whore see ; then as subst. Holig 
thing. Hence 

1. an animal, beast, 6. g. 39 FE a 
ravenous beast Gen. 37,20.33. Plur. ΠΥΡῚ 


ὙΠ 


Ps, 104, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1,5; 29 ΡΠ 
the beast of the reeds, i, e. the crocodile, 
Ps. 68, 31. Oftener in the Sing. collect. 
man->> every living thing, all beasts, 
Gen. 8, 19. 9,5. Lev.11,46. The word 
is thus used: a) In the widest sense, of 
all kinds of beasts, including also aqua- 
tic animals, Lev. 1. 6. Ὁ) Oftener of 
quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30, 
2,19. 8,19. 9,2. Lev. 11, 2.27. 17,3. Is. 
46,1. 6) Of wild animals, as opp. to tame 
cattle (M2712) Gen. 1, 25, 2,20. 7, 14.21. 
8,1. 9,10; spec. of wild beasts, where it 
is sometimes more fully Mwn m4 Ex. 
23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut. 7, 22.. Hos. 
2,14, 13, 8. Jer. 12, 9. Ez. 33, 27; also 
ΠΣ mm collect. Ez. 14, 14. 34, 25, 
sia"imtm gregarious animals, Zeph. 2, 


85 
14. Arab. a> denotes spec. a serpent. 

2. Collect. pr. the living ; hence a 
band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13. 
Poet. a people Ps. 68, 11; and so Ps. 
74, 19 WYRM 952 rem imme. deliver 
not over to the bloody-minded troop thy 
turtle-dove, where 52 signifies a desire 
of slaughter and vengeance ; see O53 
no. 3. 

3. life, but only poetic, i. q. 5°°7, Job 
33, 18. 22. 28. Ps. 143,8, Soin mm ty, 
c. art. HI Ye2, animal of life, i. 6. 
living animal, see W2} no. 4.—Life is 
also put for vigour, strength, Is. 57, 10 
PRED WIT ΓΠ thou findest yet strength 
in thy hand.—Hence 

4. i. q. 352 no. 2, life, vital spirit, ani- 
ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst, 
loathing, Job 33,20. 2m ΝΘ Job 38, 
39 i. ᾳ. OE Nba, Zo fill the spirit, i. 6. to 
satisfy, to satiate. 

87, TI Dan. 7,5, Chald. αὶ emph. 
RMIT, XO, an animal, beast, Dan. 4, 
12 sq. 7, 3.12.17. It is for 72m, the 
double Yod being changed into "*. 


mI f. life, 2 Sam. 20,3. R. 1. 
*"T ig. 13M, to live, a verb of the 


‘form 39, like Arab. ee Here belongs 
3 Pret. "1, Gen. 5, 5 "ON OTN ὙΘΥΤῸΞ 
all the diye of Adam, which he lived, 3, 
22 pbis> "mm 528} lest he eat and live 
Sor ever. Num. 21, 8.—From these are 
to be distinguished the passages in which 


311 


bor 


"Mis an adjective, as "M 03°32 ΣΙ is 
your father yet alive? Gen. 43, 7. 
Deriv. "1, O37, man. 
5°7 see ban. 


5°71 m. also 2715, 36, 2. Job 20, 18; 
constr. >", ὁ. suff. “bon, plur. cobs. 
R. dan no. δ, 

1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3. 
Zech. 4, 6; espee. in war, Ps. 18, 33. 40. 
33,16. >2n nivz to display valour, to do 
valiantly, Num. 24, 18. Ps. 60, 14. "3x 
bin men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3, 
29. 1 Sam. 31,12; metaph. Is. 5, 22; 
dan "23 id. 2 Sain.” 2,7. 13, 98... Ησποο 

2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14,28, 1K. 
20, 25. d°mm “ww captain or leader 
of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2. ΜΠ "32, 
‘B28, men of the host, men of war, sol- 
diers, Deut. 3,18. 1 Sam. 14, 52. Ps. 110, 
3 42 Bia in the day of thy warfare, 
i.e. of thy warlike expedition, campaign. 

3. ability, i. q. substance, wealth, riches, 
Gen, 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15, 
13. Zeph. 1, 13. al. 33m me to get 
riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8, 17.18. 
Ruth 4,11. Prov. 31, 29. 59m “vias 2K. 
15, 20. 

4. Trop. moral strength, good quality, 
integrity, virtue. 5°71 "OX active, capa- 
ble men Gen. 47,6. Ex. 18,21.25. max 
bn a capable woman, well qualified for 
her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4. 32, 
10. 51 ΤΠ ΓῚΞ an honest man 1 K. 1, 52. 

5. strength of a tree, poet. for its fruit, 
Joel 2, 22; comp. M2 Job 31, 39. 


5° Chald. m. 1. strength, valour, 
Dan. 3, 4. 

2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3, 20. 4,32. - 

5 and 21 m. strictly ig. ἘΠ. 
Spec. 

1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2. 
Once 5m Obad. 20; also Ps. 10, 10 Keri, 
where =°82">" may be rendered the 
host of the afflicted ; but it is better to 
follow the Chethibh, see 2>n. 

2. fortification, intrenchment, espec. 
the exterior low wall or rampart which 
surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam. 
20, 15. Is. 26,1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2,8. 
Comp. 1 K. 21, 23. Ps. 48, 14. 122, 7. 
Sept. προτείχισμα, περίτειχος, Vulg. an- 
temurale—In the Talmud 5. is the ex- 
terior space surrounding the wall of the 
temple ; see Lightfoot Opp. T. II. p.193. 


hha} 


DS" mm. also once M21 £. Job 6, 10. 

1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth, 
Ps, 48,7. Jer. 6, 24. 22,23. Mich. 4, 9. 
R. δῃπὶ no. 3. 

2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R. 
dan no. 4. 


72M Ps. 48, 14, according to the com- 
mon reading i. q. 5°47 no. 2; but Sept. 
Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss. 
read with Mappik 274, from 571 q. v. 
no. 2, and this is to be preferred. 


Do" 2 Sam. 10, 16, and DSM y. 17, 
Helam, pr.n. of a city near the Euphra- 
tes, where David gained a victory over 
Hadadezer. R. 54m, subst. 5m. 


Ἰ2ῪΙ Hilen, pr. n. of a city of the priests, 
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58]. 
Written also 7>h Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al. 


TO m. (r. 29) ig. WM, grace, beauty ; 
Job 41, 4 [12] id" 5° the beauty of his 
trappings, armature, i.e. of the croco- 
dile. The form is contr. for 337, as 
x for BIN, ὍΣ for 03d. 


ΤῊΣ τὰ, ( 73") a wall, side of a 
house, Ez. 13,10. Arab. als id. 


pon adj. (r. yn) fit nein, outer, 
exterior, Ez. 10,5. 40, 17. 81. Hence 
civil, as opp. to sacred, 1 Chr. 26, 29; 
comp. Neh. 11, 16. 7i2°%> without, on 
the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 80, 


PS m. rarely PM Prov. 17, 23, c. suff. 
“p'n Ps. 35, 13, and "pM Job 19, 27. FX. 
Pan q. v. 

1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6.7. 
Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33. pma IMB a present 
in the bosom, i.e. given secretly, Prov. 
21,14; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinwm 
laxare v. expedire, spoken of a person 
expecting a gift, see Senec. Epist. 119. 
Thyest. 430. 

2. bosom of a person, as ΤΙ 320 to 
lie in the bosom, e. g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2. 
Mic. 7,5; of a mother 1K. 3,20, spoken 
ofachild; comp. Ruth4,16, Hence of the 
tenderest conjugal affection, + AR mvs 
the wife of thy bosom, the object of thy 
love, Deut. 13, 7, 28, 54, comp. 56, bw 
pon->x Jer. 32, 18, ’p pan-by stn Ps. 
79,12, to repay or restore into one’s bosom, 
to requite, (as God the actions of men,) 
ig. elsewhere OX 2 ΓΙ Judg. 9, 57. 


312 


mon 


1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4,7. Comp. the simi- 
lar Arabic phrase ὅ = 3& ὃ) ‘redit in 
jugulum alicujus,’ fe Tim. a I. p. 30. 
Mang.—Spoken of the internal bosom, 
the breast, mind, Job 19, 27. Ecce. 7, 9. 

3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the 
inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22,35; the bosom ᾿ 
of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the 
hearth, where the fire is kept burning, 
Ez. 43, 13. 


ΓΤ (noble birth, τ᾿ “1m) Hirah, pr. 
n. m. Gen. 38, 1. 12. 


D3 and DAN see pun. 


oN i. gq. Bn, to hasten, to make 
haste, imper. πη Ps. 71, 12, Cheth. 
Hence 


WT adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10. 


ἼΤ᾽ m. (τ. 424) c. suff. "2M, the palate, 
together with the corresponding lower 
part of the mouth, the inside mouth, the 


jaws, like pnp>73 . Arab. SAS the pal- 
ate and corresponding lower part of the 
mouth, beak, Syr. ἴϑιῦ palate.—Hence 
Job 20,13 12m Fina in the midst of his 
mouth. 33,2. Spec. a) As the organ 
of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119, 
103. b) As an organ of speech, Prov. 
8,7 "DM Mg MEN 7D for my mouth (pal- 
até) speaketh truth. Job 31, 30 nor have 
I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin}; 
comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth ! 
Comp. 72m.—In Cant. 7, 11, palate 
seems put by way of delicacy for the 
moisture which accompanies ἃ kiss, 
comp. 5, 16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall, 
p. 180: See fully in adj. yw no. 1, 


ἘΓΙΖΤΙ to look, to look out ; hence with 
> to look for, to wait for, to desire. In 
Kal once Part. constr. 1 925M those who 
wait for him Is. 30, 18. —More usual in 

Piet ΠΙΞΤ id. 2K. 7,93 ὃ. ace, et > 
Job 32, 4; espec. HIND ΓΙΞΤῚ to wait (full 
of hope sad confidence) for Jehovah, Ps. 
33, 20. Is. 8,17. With infin. and >, Is. 
30, 18 pozmb πὴ mgm 42>) and therefore 
Jehovah ‘waiteth, that he may be gracious ' 
unto you, he desires nothing more than 
to favour you again, and therefore he 
delays punishment. In the parallel mem- 
ber is in" Ae doth arise sc. in order to 
do this or that, which thus comes near 


man 


to the Arab. el , iq. ὀρέχεσϑαι.---Τηΐ, 
in the Chald. manner, "25 Hos. 6, 9. 


TION f. (τ. 52") @ hook, angle, so called 
as contracting the mouth of a fish, etc. 
Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8. 


ΣΡ 2 (darksome) Hachilah, pr. n. of 
a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23, 
19. 26, 1.3. R. don. 


DDN Chald. adj. wise Dan. 2,21; spec. 
a wise man, magus, magician, Dan. 2, 12 
sq. 4, 3. ὅ, 7.8. R. 03M. 


227 obsol. root, to be dark, black ; 
kindr. with 5m2, and spoken in the de- 
rivatives of the dark flashing eyes of a 
person excited with wine: a) Ina 
good sense Gen. 49, 12; see "55>3n. 
b) In a bad sense and referring to the 
_fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov. 
23, 29; see mi>ybon. See Thesaur. 
App. 

Deriv. the three following : 


7329271 (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens) 


-:- 

pr. n,m. Hachaliah, Neh. 10, 2. 

sbobon adj. dark, dark-flashing, spo- 
ken of the eye, see r. 52m. Gen. 49, 12 
yume wwe "b"bor his eyes darkly flash- 
ing from wine, implying abundance of 
wine; dark eyes are here contrasted 
with white teeth. Aquila well κατάκοροι 
satiated with colour, dark ; Sept. χαρο- 
ποιοὶ. 


mabdon £. Prov. 23, 39 ony mibsbon 
dark flashing of the eyes, fierceness, as 
arising from intoxication. See τ. 527. 


= Don fut. DD", fo be or become wise, 
to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ecc. 2, 


19. 1K. 4,31. Job 32,9. al. Arab. “ΚΞ. 


ο 
to judge, to govern, een judgment, 
Ss- 8.» σἴαν fe 
and a judge; Aram. to 
know, rarely to be wise. 

Piet to make wise, to teach wisdom, 
Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22. 

Puat part. made wise, i. 6. taught 
wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24; of a magi- 
cian, Ps. 58, 6. 

Hipn. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8. 

Hrrup. 1. to be wise in one’s own eyes, 
Ecc. 7, 16. 


2. to show oneself wise, 1. 6. cunning ; 
27 


313 


~ete. 


pon 


with > to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 10, 
Comp. Gr. σοφός cunning. 

Deriv. the six following, and Chald, 
pean. 4 


DIM adj. i. q. Gr. σοφός, wise-—Spec. 

1. knowing, skilful, skilled in the arts, 
Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 125; more 
fully a>-02n Ex. 28, 3. 31,6. 35,10. 36, 
1.2.8. Comp. Hom. εἰδυῖαν πραπίδες. 
Jer. 10, 9 D°22m ΓΙΌΣ Ὁ the work of skil- 
ful artisans. 9,16 (}"P) τῆ i.e. 
mourning women skilled in lamenta- 
tion. 

2. wise, i. 6. intelligent, φρόνιμος, sen- 
sible, judicious, endued with reason and 


‘using it, Deut. 4,6. 32,6, Prov. 10, 1. 


13, 1. Hos. 14,10. Often coupled with 
139 Deut. Il. cc. and opp. 533 ibid. ΒΝ, 

d*02 Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6,8. Also sa- 
gacious, shrewd, never at a loss, 2 Sam. 

13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29,14; wise 
from the experience of life and human 
affairs Prov. 1, 6. Eec. 12,11; also skill- 
ed in divine things Gen. 41, 8; and 
hence spoken of magicians and enchant- 
ers Ex.7,11; comp. Chald.o->n. Fur- 
ther, skilful to judge, wise in judging, 
1 K. 2,9; and hence cunning, artful, 2 
Sam. 13,3. Job 5,13; firm and constant. 
in mind, consistent, Is. 31, 2.—The wide: 
circle of virtues and mental endowments: 
which the Hebrews comprised under 
this word, is best gathered from the his— 
tory and character of those whose wis-- 
dom became proverbial among the He- 
brews, e. g. Solomon 1 K.5, 9 sq. Daniel! 
Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. 1. c.. 
Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani-- 
fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16) 
sq. 10,1 sq. in his knowledge: of very 
many objects, espec. of nature 5, 135 in: 
the multitude of verses and sentences: 
which he either composed himself or: 
retained in his memory 5, 12: Prow 1; 1;: 
in a right judgment as to human affairs, 

Elsewhere wisdom also: includes: 
skill in civil matters, Is. 19, 11; the fa- 

culty of prophesying, and interpreting: 
dreams, Dan. 5,11; and the art of en- 

chantment and magic, Ex. 7, il. A 

higher and more enlightened wisdom is: 
ascribed to angels, 2: Sam. 14, 20; to, 
God, Job 9, 4. 28, 1.sq:—The seat of’ 
wisdom is placed im the heart): hence: 


om 


often t= => Prov. 16, 23, and 23> ἘΞ 
11, 29. 16, 21.—Plur. s°2=m wise men, 
magi, magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8. 
Jér. 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13. 


M223 f. (τ ἘΞΠ) 1. skill in an art, 
dexterity, Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 36, 1. 2. 

2. wisdom, for the notion and extent 
of which, see in 02m no. 2. Job 11, 6. 
12, 2. 12. 15, 8. 26, 3. 20,18. It com- 
prises various learning Dan. 1,17; also 
reverence and piety towards God Job 
28, 28; is attributed toa leader Deut. 
34, 9; to a king Is. 11,2; and in a 
higher and more perfect sense to God, 
Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq. 


9273 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 20. 


"27227 (wise) Hachmoni, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 
Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32. 

NWI £. sing. (perh. for m323M) awis- 
dom ; constr. with sing. Prov. 9,1, comp. 
14,1; perh. Prov. 1, 20, where however 
ΤΡ can also be plural. With plur. 


Proy. 24,7. Elsewhere only once, Ps. 
49,4. R.oSn. 


M0317 id. with sing. Prov. 14, 2. 
23 see don. 
Sh τὰ. unholy, profane, common, opp. 


to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 
21, 5.6. R. >5m Pi. no. 3. 


5" NOM to rub, to wear away ; then to 
be sick, i. ᾳ. Mm no. 2, 3. Once fat. 
sbnrt 2 Chr. 16, 12. 

Deriv. s9>mm and 

MN £ 1. rust, on a brazen pot, 


Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12.—Prob. pr. external 
disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab. 


a 
As is spoken of pustules on the lips, 


an eruption. 
2. Helah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 4, 5. 7. 
DONET sce thn. 
BN5M see oben. 


x 22m obsol. root, to be fat. The pri- 
mary idea lies in the smoothness and 
slipperiness of fat things; corresponding 
are Gr. lind, λιπάω, λιπόω, ἀλείφω, Lat. 
lippus.—Hence pr. nsdn, and the five 
here following. 

227 m. ὁ. art. 24h, constr. 2b (as 
if from 2dr), c. suff. "33M, milk, i.e. new 


314 


55m 


milk, different from ΓΝ ΤΙ, and so called 
from its fatness, Gen. 18, 8. 49, 12. Prov. 
27, 27. Is. 7,22. Yet in 1 Sam. 17)18 
it seems to be for curdled milk; see in 
y715. For the phrase 22m 73} p45 
375 see under art. 333. Poet. to suck 
the milk of nations, i: 4. to make their 
riches one’s own, to get possession of 


their wealth, Is. 60, 16.—Arab. δρᾷ ᾽ 
ahs id. whence ots to milk, Eth. 
MAN milk. 


225 m. also 229 Is. 34, 6. ὁ. suff 
ja5m; plur. 032s, constr. "23m Gen. 
4, 4. 

1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3. 4. 
9.10. 15 sq. Is. 1, 11; of persons Judg. 
3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Job 15, 27.. Plur. 
Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15.—Metaph. 
a) For the best, richest part of any thing, 
as YIN 22h the fas of the land, i. 6. its 
best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45, 
18; Hen abn Ps. 81, 17, and cen on 
147, 14, the fat of wheat ; also Mi*>> 3 
mw Deut. 32, 14 (comp. Is. 34, 6) the 
kidney-fat of wheat, i.e. the finest wheat, 
the finest flour. Ὁ) For a fat heart, 
i.e. covered thick with fat, and there- 
fore torpid, dull, enfeeling, Ps. 17; 10; 
comp. Ps. 73, 7; also Gr. παχύς, Lat. 
pinguis, for dull, stupid. Some have 


here compared Arab. ee Ὁ pericar- 


dium ; but this seems rather to be se 
called from its fatness ; although under 
the root κ᾿ λῶν the Arabs comprise al- 
most every thing. 

2. Heleb, pr. τι. of one of David’s mili- 
tary chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29; for which 3 
Chr. tt, 30 52m, and also t Chr. 27, 15 
“in. 

M221 (fatness, fertile region) Helbak, 
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 
Judg. 1,31, R.23n. 

yiatn (fat, fertile) Helbon, pr. ἢ. of a 
Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez. 
27,18; Gr. Χαλυβών. On its excellent 
wine, see Strabo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735), 
The city is famous in Arabian history in 


51. 
the middle ages, under the name ods 
Haleb, now Aleppo; see Freytag Hist. 
Halebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abul- 


abn 


feda Syria p. 118. Golius ad Alferga- 
num p. 270 sq.—J. D. Michaelis, Sup- 
plem. p. 748 sq. conjectures without 
sufficient ground that the city Kennes- 
rin, or Old Aleppo, is to be understood. 


ΓΞ £ galbanum, Gr. χαλβάνη, a 
gum ofa strong odour, flowing from the 
Serula galbanifera, which grows in Syria 
and Arabia, Bubon galbanum Linn. 
Ex. 30, 34. Syr. bad» gum. Comp. 
Celsii Hierob, T. I. p. 267. 


"ΡΠ a root not in use, pr. to be 
smooth, slippery ; then also of smooth 
and awift motion, to glide, to slip away, 
to fleet ; kindr. with 229, 22m, 2m, 72°. 
See Thesaur. p. 474. 

Deriv. the five following. 

S27] m. in pause bn 1. life, as fleet- 
ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job 
11, 17. 

2. this world, as fleeting, transient, 
vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14. 

on pr. ἢ, see 321 no. 2. 


ah τη. @ weasel, Lev. 11, 29. So 
called from its swift’ gliding motion, or 
from its gliding into holes; comp. Syr. 
insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ. 

Jon. and so Talmud. 77517 a weasel. — 


Syr. — and Arab. διλὶ. signify a 
mole. 


myn (weasel) Huldah, pr. n. of a 
prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22. 


"5M (worldly, see 33m no. 2) Heldai, 
pr.n.m. a) See =>rino.2. b) Zech. 6, 
10; and also to be read in v. 14 for bon. 


*FI2™ 1. to rub smooth, to polish, 
kindr. son; ; intrans. to be polished ; pr. 
from the idea of smoothness, lubricity, 
so that Mn (12m) is kindred to the 
verbs abn, "bn, pon, and also δ 
q. τ. Hence “bn, nbn, necklace, fe- 
male ornaments, wo “called as being 
polished.—Syr. au to be sweet, pleas- 
ant, (pr. smooth,) Pa. to adorn, ANS 
sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds, 
as Eth. SAP to sing, whence Heb. 
ΤΠ (ον. 

2. to be worn down in strength, to be 
weak, Judg. 16, 7 sq. Is. 57, 10. 


315 


bs 


3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1. 
ἯἪ non, as Gr. νοσεῖν γόσον, 2 K. 13, 
woho-ny mbm to be diseased in the 
pa lame, 1K. 15, 23; of disease from 
a wound or hurt, 2K. 1,2. Adin ns 
a deadly evil, sore evil, i. e. scarcely 
curable, Ecc. δ, 12.156. M338 Zin sick 
with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8. 

4, to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23, 35. Jer. 
5, 3.—Hence metaph. to be concerned, 
anxious, grieved, c. 59 1 Sam. 22, 8, 
Comp. Eth. fh AP to be anxious, for Gr. 
μεριμνᾷν Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu 
ad h. 1. 

ΝΙΡΗ: 12921. to be worn down in 
strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13. 

2. to be made sick, to be sick, Dan. 8, 
27. Part: fem. 5>M2, 6. g. nbn: ΓΞ a 
deadly wound, i, 6. severe, scarcely cura- 
ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12; comp. 10, 19. 
Nah. 3,19. So ellipt. nbn id. Is. 17,11. 

3. to be concerned, anxious, grieved, 
ὁ. >> Am. 6, 6. 

Pret nbn, imperative 5m 1 K. 13, 6, 

1. Pr. to rub or stroke the face of any 
one, from the primary force of the root; 
see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr. κηλέω 
to soothe, to caress. aeye fully, 
Ἔ "28 MAbM to stroke one’s face, i. q. 
to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of 
one who strives to please a king or 
noble, i. 4. to caress, to flatler, to court, 
Job 11,19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps. 45, 13 the 
richest of the nations shall make court 
to thee with gifts. Ὁ) Of one who 
entreats God’s favour, i. q. to beseech, 
to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam. 
13, 12. 1K. 13, 6. 2K. 13, 4. Dan. 
9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10. 
454 sq. 

2. to make sick, to afflict with disease, 
Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 xm "Mb this 
maketh me sick, ill. 

Pua pass. to be made weak, so of a 
shade in Sheol, Is. 14, 10. 

Hieu. pret. ">, by Syriasm for 
monn, Is. 53, 10. 

1. PA make sick, diseased, incurable, 
e. g. a wound Is. |. c. Mic. 6,13. Also 
to make oneself sick ; Hos. 7, 5 in the 
day of our king 37772 772M OTT 25h the 
princes make themselves sick with the 
glow of wine. 

2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov, 13, 12, 


Sor 


Hopn. to be hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34. 
Hirup. 1. to make oneself sick, to 
fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2. 
2. to feign oneself sick, 2 Sam. 13, 5.6. 
Deriv. from the signif: to polish etc. 
see in Kal no. 1; from the signif. to be 
sick, "OF, MEM2, M2T2, Ves. 


TdT £ a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19; espec.as 
offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5. 
R. 55m no. 1, to bore, to pierce; since 
such cakes were perforated like bis- 
cuits, as among the Arabs and modern 
Jews. 


DIST and DM τὰ. plur. miaidn, a 
dream, Gen. 20, 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 24 
Dreams are put for trifles, follies, nug 
Ece. 5,6; comp. ν. 3. R. eon. 


7157 comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16; 
plur. Ὁ5-- Joel 2,9, and mi- Ez. 40,16; a 
window, hole for the light, from τ. 55m to 
perforate. 5125 522 through a window, 
‘out of a window, Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15. 
Judg. 5, 28. 


TOF and ΤΩ (sandy, comp. >in) pr. 
n. Holon. a) A city of the priests in 
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15; 
the same called 72°" 1 Chr. 6, 43. _b) 
A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21. 

iT m. (Ὁ. mbm) a passing away, de- 
parture, decease, as of parents. Prov. 
31, 8 pin "22 children of decease, i le. 
orphans. Symm. υἱοὶ τῶν ἀποιχομένων. 
Arab. G&S II, to leave children at 
death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21. 


MBN £ overthrow, defeat, Ex. 32, 18. 
R, O5n. 


non Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian 
province, into which a part of the ten 
‘tribes were transported by Shalmaneser. 
Prob. Calachene, Καλαχηνή Strab. XVI. 
1, Καλακινή Ptol, VI. 1, the northernmost 
province of Assyria proper, on the east- 
ern bank of the Tigris. 3 Κὶ. 17,6. 18, 11. 
1 Chr. 5, 26. Comp. >2 no. 2. 
anon Hathul, pr. n. of a town in the 
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,58. Jerome 
places it near Hebron; and its remains 
still bear the name Hilhil ; Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. 1, p. 319. 
minor f(r. dan Pilp.) 1. pain, pang, 
of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3. 


316 


‘on 


2. trembling, terror, Nah. 2, 11. Ez. 
30, 4. 9. 


* ODM dienk dtyop. in Hiphsi.iqarals 
bo ἀρ κββὶ bis, to be quick and hasty in 


any thing, to press, tourge ; for the pri- 
mary idea see in kindr. 755. 1K. 20,33 
sas AUSTIN TIT and they hasted 
and urged ‘whether it was from (or of } 
him. The form %85r is for Hiph. 
"SNM, as APT for pa 1 Sam. 14, 
22. 31, 2, Lehrg. p. 322. 


"Ot m. plur. 2°35 for 2") Lehrg. 
p.575. RB. mdm no. 1. 

1% necklace, trinket, so called as being 
polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7,2. Arab. 


ae id. 
2. Hali, pr. τι. of a town in the tribe 
of Asher, Josh. 19, 25. 


"27 m. in pause “3h, c. suff. por, 
plur. ‘pn. R. mom. 

a sickness, disease, | both internal Deut. 
7, 15. 28, 61; and external Is. 1, 5. 

2. anxiety, affliction, grief, Eee. 5, 16 
ibm for i> "br. 

3. an evil, calamity, Kee. 6, 2. 


TST fem. of “om, a necklace, trinket, 
Hos. 2,15. R. m>3r-no. 1. 


2°23 m. 1. Subst.a pipe, as’an in- 
strument of music; so called as being 
perforated, see r. 5551 no. 1. Is. 5, 12. 
30, 29. 1K. 1, 40. 

2. Adj. unholy, profane, see r. >>m Pi. 
no. 3; also as Neut. something profane, 
whence with He parag. m>"5n, m>dn 
(Milél), pr. ad profana, profane be it, 
i. q. absit, far be it, Talmud, p51" 
37>, an exclamation of abhorrence. So 
1 Sam. 20, 2 man Xd ΤΡ ΡΤῚ far be it? 
thou shalt not die, comp. 2,30. Con- 
strued a) "> HS%>H with 12 and inf. 
far be it from me to do so and 80, 
Gen. 18, 25. 44. 7. 17. Josh. 24, 163 
comp. Job 34, 10. b) With =x before 
a fut. Job 27,5. 1 Sam. 14, 45 without >. 
2 Sam. 20, 20.—To both these construc- 
tions there is sometimes added MIN, 
1 Sam. 24, 7. 26, 11. 1 K. 21, 3, so that 
the sense is: ‘profane or accursed be it 
from Jehovah, God forbid, Sept. μὴ yé- 
voito, or, the primary signification being 
neglected: ‘wo to me from Jehovah, if, 


“bs 


etc.’ Josh, 22, 29 tied sry 550 ΤΠ 
Mints wo to us from him (Jehovah), if 
we rebel against Jehovah.—A somewhat 
different turn is in 1 Sam. 20, 9 far be it 
Srom thee (for me), that if I knew Pee 
would not tell thee. 

mp bn f(r. 95m) 1. achange, sc. of 
morals, life, Ps. 55,20. Espec. of gar- 
ments, 2 K. 5,5 07732 ΤΣ ΘΓ ὝΣΣ ten 
changes of raiment, i. 6. ten suits, so 
that one can change himself. v. 22. 23. 
Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with- 
out 9732 Judg. 14, 19. 

2. change,exchange, alternation, espec. 
of soldiers keeping watch alternately 
and relieving each other ; hence metaph. 
Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare 
will I wait "med ΝΣ ΓΣ until my ex- 
change come, until I am relieved by 
others; the miserable state of the shades 
in Sheol being compared to the hard 
service of a soldier on guard. Also spo- 
ken of new troops succeeding in place 
of those fatigued; Job 10,17 ΤΊ ΣΙ 
"2D 83%} by Hendiadys, tikages and a 
host are ‘against me, i. e. hosts continu- 
ally succeeding each other. So of simi- 
lar changes or alternations of labourers, 
adv. in alternate courses, alternately, 
1K. 5, 28 [14]. 


X31 Γ᾿ spoil, booty, stripped from the 
dead bodies of the slain, 2 Sam. 2, 21. 
Judg. 14,19. R. yn. 


3 720 ~ obsol. root, Arab. GAs to be 
black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched, 
as SLA a wretched life.-—The 
primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch; 
and then this root isasoftened form from 
Chald. 32", Arab. , to scorch ; 


comp. 5am black, from r. DM and Don. 
Hence 


ΤΙ ΟΥ̓ S250 πη. adj. quadril. (for πὶ 
or & added at the end, see Lehrg. p. 
865,) Ps. 10, 8; in pause H35m v. 14; 
Plur. mysbn v.10 Cheth. wretched, af 
Jlicted, the poor ; so the ancient versions 
correctly.—[The vowels belong to Keri, 
which takes 5m as i. q. >°M host ; hence 
m2>n thy host ; also D°ND bn the host of 
the afflicted, see ΠΝ. "Hengstenberg 
(ad v.8) regards nbn as compounded 
from the two roots MM to be weak, ill, 
and M82 to be afflicted. —R. 

o7* 


317 


bon 


. 27 1, to bore. through, to perfo 
a 

rate, to pierce, Arab. AS Conj. land V; 

also reflex. or intrans. to be pierced, 

wounded, Ps, 109, 22.—Hence 53m, "5, 

nbn opr, nbn. Comp. Pi. and Po, 


2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve, 


G 
Arab. (AS; similar are Gr. χαλάω, λύω. 
Comp. Pi. and Hiph. 

3. Denom. from 5°5m, to play the 
pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part. 
pxbbh Ps. 87, 7. 

Piet 1. to pierce, to wound, Ez. 28, 9. 

2. to loose a covenant, i. 6. to break, to 
violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35. 

3. to lay open, to give access to; hence 
to make common, to profane, to defile, 
since holy things were not open to the 
people ; e.g. a sanctuary Lev. 19, 8. 21, 
9 sq. Mal. 2, 11; the sabbath Ex. 31, 
14; the name of God 19, 22. Mal. 1, 12; 
priests Is. 43, 28; a father’s bed by incest 
Gen. 49, 4; also splendour, i. q. to pol- 
lute, destroy, Is. 23, 9.—Pregn. Ps.89, 40 
ΤῊ ΝΞ AEN thou hast profaned his 
crown (casting it) to the ground, comp. 
74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ‘ma dm to make 
common ( pollute) one’s daughter, to pros- 
titute arch, Ley. 19, 29; comp. 21,7. 14. 
noon ἘΣΤῚ to make common a ognenacil 
(which had been consecrated for the first 
three years Lev. 19,23), i.e. to gather its 
fruits for common use, Deut. 20, 6. 28, 
30. Jer. 31, 5.—Hence 5h, nbsbn, 

4a ἀδενδα πῶς ΟΝ to play the 
pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40. 

Pua pass. of Pi. no. 1, Ez. 32, 26; 
pass. of no. 3, Ez. 36, 23. 

Po. 535m fo pierce, to wound. Is. 51, 9 

yA mbbing who hath pierced the great 
dragon, i. e. Egypt. Pass. part. >>n2 
pierced, wounded, Is. 53,5. Sept. érgav- 
ματίαϑη. 
_ Nips. 5m) from bir, inf. dmm (like 
oan), fut. brn, bmn Lev. 21, 9, pass. of 
Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defiled, Ez. 
7, 24. 20, 9. 14.22. Lev. 21, 4. 

Hips. 575 1. to loose, to set free. 
Hos. 8, 10 “qbe neo ose ttm and 
they (the hostile nations) shall presently 
set them free from the burden of the 
king, i. e. from his oppressive rule. 

2. to loose, i. 6. to break one’s word, 
faith, Num. 30, 3. 


>On 


3. 1. ᾳ. Piel no. 3, to prefane, to defile, 
Ez. 39, 7. 

4. to begin, like Engl. to open, as also 
in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab. 


x3 to open, to begin; Syr. |p» to 


Idose, to open, to begin; Germ. eroffnen. 
—Constr. with > and inf. Gen. 6, 1. 10, 
8; without > Deut. 2,25, 31. 1 Sam. 3, 
2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as 
Deut. 2,249 5mm. 1 Sam. 3,12 5h 
i ἘΞ) beginning and finishing, i. 6. from 


beginning to end. Gen. 9, 20 53 557. 


ΠΝ Γι ox and Noah began to pea 
husbandman, was the first husbandman. 
—Also to have a beginning, to be begun, 
Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27. 

Horn. pass. to be begun, ceptum est, 
Gen. 4, 26. 

Deriv. ὅπ, nen, >95m, jib, nbn, 
mann, and 


3577 m. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i. 6. 
mortally, Job 24, 12. Ps. 69,27. Jer. 51, 
52. Often also killed, slain, in a private 
feud Deut. 21, 1.2.3.6; oftener in battle 
Josh. 11,6. Judg. 9,40. al. Collect. Deut. 
32, 42. Ez.6,7. 227 52m slain with the 
-sword Num. 19,16. Ez. 31, 17.18; and 
‘trop. on account of the antith. 3397"2>n 
-slain of famine Lam. 4,9; comp. Is. 22, 
‘2.—In respect to the active signif. of 
.slayer, i.e. soldier, which some have 
-unnecessarily proposed, see Comment. 
‘on Is, 22, 2. Thesaur. p. 478. 

2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25]; 
:see the root Pi. no. 3. Fem. 955m (joined 
with 7:51) one profaned, polluted, a pros- 
ititute, Lev. 21, 7. 14. 

“Ἐπ fut. Ἐδπλ 1. i. q. Arab. ws 
*Conj. I, V, to be fat, full, rounded, 
kindr. with 35"; and as this takes place 
‘at puberty, hence to arrive at puberty, 
‘to become ripe, manly, like =>, eke 
‘puber, coéundi cupidus fuit.—Job 39, 4 
[7] their young ones 227 grow up ripe, 
puberes fiunt, full of manly vigour ; spo- 
ken of the ibex. 

2. to dream; spoken primarily of the 


‘sensual dreams of puberty; comp. whe 


‘nocturnal pollution, a dream ; ps to 
‘suffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ; 


318 


‘adn 


VIII, to arrive at puberty; Syr. and 
Ethiop. to dream; see Thesaur. p. 479. 
—Gen. 37,5 sq. 42, 9. Is. 29,8. Bdin 
bitn a dreamer of dreams, i. q. 8733, 
since dreams were regarded as a me- 
dium of divine communication, Deut. 13, 
2.4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6. 

Hien. 1. Pr. to make fat, sound, well; 
hence to heal, to let recover, Is. 38, 16. 
Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong, 
robust. 

2. to cause to dream, Jer. 29, 8. 

Deriv. pibm, maebn, n2bny. 

DOT m. 1. Chald. emph. N2bM, a 
dream, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq. 

2. Helem, pr. n. m. see "721 b. 

DM see nibh. 

Masi f. ἅπαξ Aeyou. Job 6, 6, a 
much vexed passage, where however all 
agree that the context requires this word 
to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless 
food. The exact signification can be 
determined only by the etymology. The 
form τυ ἘΠ then (from r. 2m, after the 
form miszB) denotes pr. somnolency, 
dreaminess, and hence fatutty, simplict- 
ty, folly (comp. Ecc. 5, 2. 6), any thing 
simple, foolish ; which may then be trop. 
referred to tasteless food, just as vice 
versa the notion of insipidness is trans- 
ferred from food to discourse ; comp. 
μωρός in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless 
roots. What this food was, is clearly 
shown by the Syriac translator, who 
renders it ἰδδαδω, a word similar to 


the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca, 
purslain, an herb formerly eaten as 
salad, and proverbial for its insipidity 
among the Arabs, Greeks, and Romans ; 


an) ..9Ὁ Ἐ 
comp. i>, ὡς aa} portulaca stul- 


tior, see Meidanii Prov. no. 344, p. 219 
ed. H. A. Schultens ; Golius ad Senten- 
tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek μωρὸν λάχα- 
γον, βλέτον, whence βλέτγων, βλιτάς, βλιτο- 
μάμας Aristoph, Nub. 997, of ἃ silly per- 
son; and so Lat. bliteus Plaut. Trucul. 


2° . ἀκα 
4.4.1. Hence called slagdt RL 
olus fatuum, silly herb, which very word 
the Arabic translator of Job puts for the 
Syr. JASciw. Hence in Job Lew 
riobm purslain-slime, prob. spoken con- 
temptuously for purslain-broth, as in 


wn 


German any long and tedious discourse 
is jestingly called Kohl-Brithe, cabbage- 
broth. See Thesaur, p. 480.—The Rab- 
bins and Targums regard m%2n as the 
same with Chald. 7129" and 7257 yolk 
of an egg, from r. 55M i. q. abn no. 1; 
and slime of a yolk they explain by the 
white of an egg, asa tasteless, insipid 
_ food. This in itself is not ill; but the 
” former interpretation is to be preferred, 
on account of the analogy of so many 
languages. 


W597 m. quadrilit. flint, silex, any 
hard stone, Job 28, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more 
fully ΣΤ wx Deut. 8, 15. 32,13. 


: S »-f- 
The Arabic has ups, according 
nie yrites. 


to others Unped, The pri- 
mary idea seems to be that of smooth- 
ness, which is found in several roots be- 
ginning with 5m, e. g. ah, mon, pon; 
comp. Lat. glaber, gladius, Germ. glatt. 
Comp. also Gr. χάλεξ silex. 


727 (strong, τ᾿ dm) Helon, pr. n. m. 
Num. 1.9: 2, 7. 


pn see jin. 


‘3 pn fut. =m, to slip, to glide, 
spoken of the swift motion of any thing 
smooth ; the primary idea being that of 
smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat 
things ; comp. 32m, also 75m, bn, Gr. 
ἀλείφω ; and'eo Germ: schliipfen: Engl. to 
slip, with the sibilant prefixed—Hence 

1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15. 
9, 11. 26. Cant. 2,11. Also, to pass on 
1 Sam. 10,3; to pass away, to perish, 
Is. 2, 18; to pass beyond sc. a law, to 
transgress, Is. 24,5. [Here too may be 
referred: Ps. 90, 5. 6, of herbage, to pass 
away, to wither and die; also Hab. 1, 
11 bY) Was" MI ASH τὸς thet his spirit 
passes over and he transgresses and is 
guilty, i. e. his spirit overflows, becomes 
proud and arrogant. The signif. to 

ourish, to revive, given in no. 2. b, is 
doubtful in Kal—R. 

2. to pass through; hence causat. 
a) to pierce, to transfix, Judg.5, 26. Job 
20, 234. Ὁ) to let spring up, as new 
shoots pierce the ground, i. 6, to grow 
green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5. 6. 
Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be reno- 
vated, Hab. 1,11. But see in no. 1, 


319 


+. 


yon 
3. Intens. to pass on against any one, 
to assail, Job 11, 10; to rush on, as the 
wind Is. 21, 1; a stream Is. 8, 8. 

4, to change, intrans. i. q. tobe changed, 
pass. of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102, 27. 

Pre to let pass‘ away, to change, 6. 5. 
garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
Syr. Pa. id. 

Hien. 1. ἐο change, i. q. Piel, Gen. 
35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 27; to alter 
Gen. 31, 7. 41. 

2. to change for new, to renew, to re- 
vive, to make flourish again, e. g. a 
tree Is. 9,9. ‘Also intrans. to revive, to 
flourish again, pr. to produce new 
sprouts, foliage, Job 14,7. Hence with 
n>, to renew one’s strength, to gain new 
strength, Is, 40, 31. 41,1; and so ellipt. 
without M2, Job 29, 20. 

Deriv. sbn, pion, me bn, F202, 
mipone. 


son Chald. to pass, spoken of time, 
Dan. 4, 13. 20. 29. 


591} 1. pr. subst. exchange; hence 
as Prep. in exchange for, instead of, for, 
Num, 18, 21. 31. 

2. Heleph, pr.n. of a place in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 33. 


% you fat, 7>m3 1. to draw out e.g. 
the breast to suckle Lam. 4, 8. Also fo 
draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut. 
25,10. Arab. id. 7 and > being 
interchanged. 

2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with 
72, Hos. 5, 6. Arab. discessit e 
loco. 

3. Part. pass. yen expeditus, stri 
spoken of a warrior i CRB ay 
all impediments eapedite for war or 
battle, i. q. armed, ready, alert for con- 
flict, comp. Lat. ‘expedire se ad pug- 
nam’ Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2.99. So 
Josh. 6, 7. 9. 13. Num. 32, 21. 27. Deut. 
3, 18. More fully nenbes yon Num. 
32, 29; ἈΞ ‘n 1 Chr. 12, 23; plur. 
Naz ἼΣΗΣ Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13. 
Nia ἼΣΟΝ Is, 15, 4, i. 4ᾳ. B87 "72a Jer. 
48, 41. 

Pres intens. 1. to pull off garments 
by force, i. 6. to strip, to spoil, with aec. 
of pers. Ps.7,5 and if I have spoiled him 
that without cause is mine enemy. Syr. 
Pe. and Pa. id. 


yon 


2. to draw out, to take away, e. g. 
stones from a wall, Lev. 14, 40. 43. 

3. to deliver 56. from danger, 2 Sam. 
22, 20. Ps. 6, 5. 50, 15. 81, 8. 

Nipa. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to expe- 
dite oneself for war or battle, to arm 
oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 3, to be delivered 
sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. 

Hipn, to make alert, strong, vigorous, 
e. g. the bones, Is. 58, 11. 

Deriv, n¥7>n, nix>m2, and the two 
here following. 


yon only Dual 892217 the loins, where 
one girds himself for strength, vigour, 
activity; seer. 72M Kal πο. 8. Hence to 
gird up the loins, to prepare for an en- 
counter, Job 38,3. 40,7; to come forth out 
of one’s loins, i.e. to be begotten of him, 
Gen. 35, 11.—Chald. y»¥9n, Syr. few, 
> or Ἢ being dropped. 

720 in pause Von (perh. loin, i. q. 
Vm) Helez, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. 
Ὁ) 2 Sam, 23, 26; for which ym 1 Chr. 
11, 27. 27, 10. 


* pon fut. pom? 1. to be smooth. 


Arab. ees and gle id. but (813. 


act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off; 


to which is kindr. ge to cut off the 
hair, pr. to make smooth the head or 
chin. This signif. of smoothness is found 
in several families of roots beginning 
with gt, and espec. gic, in the occidental 
languages also; as Gr. χαλκός, χάλιξ 
smooth silex, calculus ; κόλαξ a smooth 
man, flatterer, i. q. P23 no. 2; γλυκύς of 
which the primary idea lies in touch ; 
γλοῖος, γλίσχρος, Lat. glacies, glaber, 
gladius, glisco, gluten; Germ. glalt, 
gleiten, Glas, gleissen i. q. glanzen; 
Engl. to glide, glass, glue, ete. comp. 
Heb. mba, Xe, to polish.—Metaph. ἕο 
be smooth, bland, flattering, e. g. the 
heart Hos. 10, 2; the lips, words, Ps. 
55, 22. 

2. lo divide, to distribute, to appropri- 
ate, espec. by lot, Josh. 14, 5. 18, 2. 22, 8. 
This signif.is derived from the noun ΤΊ, 
which denotes pr. a smooth stone used 
as ὦ lot, comp. Chald. P31 ἃ reckoning- 


9, - 
stone, lot, xENE ia. Secondary forms 


320 


pon 


are Arab. bls to destine, to predes- 
tine, Eth. "zeA®e to number, to reck- 
on among, “A* number, lot; comp. 
Aram. baSs, NpeAN lot, Npbrt land di- 
vided by lot, an inheritance.—2 Sam. 
19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 sp>q7 13m" they 
shall divide (share) together, i. e. alike, 
in equal portions. Prov. 17, 2 he: shall 
share the inheritance along with the 
brethren, i. e. shall have an equal por- 
tion, comp. Job 27,17. With ὩΣ to divide 
with any one, to be partner with him, 
Prov. 29,24; with > to divide out to any 
one, to impart to him, Deut. 4, 19. 29, 
25. Neh. 13, 13; with 3 of thing, Job 
39,17 movaa > Pon di nor hath he 
imparted to her with (of ) understand- 
ing. Comp. Pm no. 2. 

3. to divide out as spoil, i. q. to spoil, 
from p2M no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz 
spoiled the house of the Lord and the 
house of the king and the princes. Sept. 
well ἔλαβεν τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ, the house being 
put for what is therein contained, see 
ma no. 10. 

Nipu. 1. to be divided out, distributed, 
Num. 26, 53. 55. 

2. to divide or distribute oneself, Job 
38, 24. Pregn. Gen. 14,15 09°23 pans 
and he divided himself against them, 
i. 6. divided his forces and attacked 
them. Job 38, 24. 

3. to divide among themselves, like 
Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 spbms and he di- 
vided them into courses, 24,3. But the 
better reading is DR>N, see Lehrg. p. 
462. 

Prec 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out, 
to distribute, 6. g. spoil, prey, Gen. 49,27. 
Ps. 68, 13; with > to distribute among, 
2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34,17. 1 K. 18,6 spin 
yustry ond they divided the land be- 
tween them. Also c. > i. q. to apportion, 
to assign, Job 21, 17. Is. 53, 12 ἼξτΡ ΠΝ 
ΠΣ Ξ J will.assign him a portion among 
the great. 

2. to disperse, Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4, 16. 

Puat to be divided out, distributed, Is. 
33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1. 

Hier. 1. Trans. of Kal no. 1, to make 
smooth, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41, 7. 
Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. q. 
to flatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23; and so 
to make smooth one’s words, id. Prov. 


pr 


2,16. 7, 5; also without aceus. Prov. 
29, 5 ἼΠΣ ΤῈΣ pba 4S3 ἃ man who 
flattereth another. Ps. 36, 3. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12 
ea p>m> fo obtain from thence his 
portion, his inheritance ; so Vulg. Targ. 
But Kimchi: that he might slip away 
Srom thence, a signil. which might easily 
come from that of smoothness. 

Hirue. to divide among themselves, 
Josh. 18, 5. 

Deriv, pon —nipopen, mone. 


P2M m. adj. 1. smooth, opp. to hairy, 
rough, Gen. 27,11; hence bare, bald, of 
a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7... Trop. 
smooth, i. e. bland, flattering, of the pa- 
late (i. e. mouth, words) of a harlot, 
Prov. 5, 3; comp. 26, 26. 

2. slippery, deceitful, false, Ez. 12,24; 
comp. 13, 7. 

P2M Chald. lot, portion, part, Ezra 4, 
16. Dan. 4, 12.20. Comp. Heb. p>n. 

23 m. c. suff. "p>m; plur. pptn, 
constr. "P2M, once “phn Dag. euph. Is. 
57, 6 

i. smoothness, polish, Is. 57, 6 spoken 
of idol-worshippers: 3227 br spbna 
Weta ἘΠ on with the smooth (stones) 
of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these 
are thy lot, i.e. with idols formed of 
smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17, 
40) is thy intercourse, these are thy 
gods; as immediately follows: even to 
them hast thou poured out a drink-offer- 
ing, ete. So Targ. and most intpp. 
Others: in the bare (smooth) places of 
the valley is thy lot, i. 6. in the open (not 
wooded) places dost thou worship idols. 
In either case there is a play upon the 
double meaning of 73m i. 6. smooth- 
ness, also portion.—Metaph. smoothness, 
flattery, Prov. 7, 21. 

2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32, 17. 
Josh, 18, 5.6.9. p22 Pm portion as 
portion, like portions, Deut.18,8. Spok- 
en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted 
to the Levites Lev. 6,10; ofa portion of 
spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam. 
30, 24. Hence for spoil itself, Job 17, 5 
Bry} W732 ΌΤΙ who betrayeth friends to 
the spoil, i. e. concr. spoilers. Hab. 1, 16. 
Especially of a lot or portion by inert: 
tance, Josh. 14, 4. 15, 13. 18,7 the Levites 
shall have no portion (P29) among you. 


321 


pon 


"ὩΣ pbh the portion of my people i. e. 
the land of Israel, Mic. 2,4; comp. Is. 
61,7.—In phrases: a) P2m > (γ15) Ὁ 
Ῥ ὩΣ ΠΡΤΣ) he has (or has not) lot and 

session with any one, i. e. receives a 
like portion, partakes with him (κοινωνεῖν 
τινι) Deut. 10, 9. 14, 27. 29. 18,1; Ἔ ὮΝ 
ib. 12,12. Metaph. to participate with, 
to consort with, Ps. 50, 18; comp. Dan. 
4,12. b) 3 %> pom (7°) & he has (or 
has not) part in any thing, partakes in 
it (κοινωνεῖν twos) Num. 18, 20. Ecc. 9, 6. 
Hence ἘΞ i> PM 7X 10 have no part in 
any one, i. q. to have nothing to do with 
him, 2 Sam. 20. 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31, 
14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20. 
c) 3P37 P2M the portion of Jacob, i. e. 
Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to 
worship, Jer. 10,16. 51,19; comp. Deut. 
4, 19. Ps. 16,5. 142,6. Vice versa, P>n 
mim the portion of Jehovah, i. 6. the peo- 
ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to 
himself to protect and cherish, Deut. 32, 
9. d) lot, portion in this life, μοῖρα, 
Ece. 2, 10. 3, 22. 5, 17. Job 20, 29. 31,2 
mide PSN lot appointed of God. 

3. a portion of land, q. ἃ. fields, terri- 
tory, 2 K. 9, 10. 36. 37. So by transpos. 
Chald. 8pm and Ethiop. AA field. 
Hence the land. terra firma, as opp. to 
the sea, Am. 7, 4. 

4. Helek, pr. n. of a son of Gilead, 
Num. 26, 30. Josh. 17, 2. —Patronym, 
"pon Helekite Num. 1. c. 


P27 adj. (τ. P2h) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17, 
40 553» "PEN Mw five smooth ones of 
the stones, i.e. five smooth stones. For 
this idiom comp. Is. 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2; 
see Lehrg. p. 678. 


mpon f. i. ᾳ. P2m 1. smoothness, 
smooth part, Gen. 27. 16. Plur. smooth 
i. 6. slippery places Ps. 73,18. Metaph. 
flattery Prov. 6,24. Plur. nip>m smooth 
things, flatteries, Is. 30, 10. mipen may 
flattering lips Ps. 12, 3. 4. 

2. portion, part ; with m1 added, 
portion of a field Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 35 
so without M78 id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31. 
23, 12. 

3. Constr. ΠΡΌ as pr. n. Helkath. a) 
A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh.19, _ 
25; writtenMpoM 21,31. bow sn rpbn 
Balbath-haxeurim (field of swords) a 


. place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16. 


pon 
mpon f. plur. Mp2 flatteries, Dan. 11, 
32. R. pn Hiph. 
mpen f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35, 
5. R. pen. 
ἜΤ (for πο δ τ Jehovah his portion) 
Helkai, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 12, 15. 


MPPSN and WPM (portion of Jeho- 
vah, i. e. specially assigned to God,) pr. 


n. Hilkiah. a) A high priest in the 
reign of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 8.12. Ὁ) The 
father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1,1. 0) The 


father of Eliakim, 2 K. 18, 18. 26. Is. 22, 
20. 36,3. d) 1 Chr. 26,11. e) Jer. 
29.3. f)1Chr. 6,30. g) Neh. 8,4. 


mip2pom plur. f. (r. pm). 1. slippe- 
riness, α. d. smooth or slippery places, 
Ps, 35, 6. Jer. 23, 12. 

2. flatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11, 
21. 34. 


? won 1. Fut. 65m, to prostrate, to 
overthrow, to discomfit, Ex. 17,13; with 
ἘΣ Is. 14, 12, like Engl. to triumph over. 


Arab. pees to_prostrate, hs man- 
ful, brave.—Hence mwa>m. 

2. Fut. 6>m° intrans. pr. to be pros- 
trate, i. 6. to be weak, frail, to waste away, 
Job14,10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened, 
oF ΘΑ weak.—Hence 

5 m. weak, Joel 4, 10. 


I. OF m. (τ. 79m) only ὁ. suff. 779", 
2m ; a father-in-law, Gen. 38, 13. 25. 
1 Sam. 4, 19.21. Fem. is ὉΠ q. v. 
It follows the analogy of the irregular 
nouns =%, Mx, Lehrg. p. 479, 605, 606. 


9. Sor 


Arab. p>, father-in-law, a rela- 
tive of husband or wife, Eth. AG father- 
in-law, TAO to contract affinity, to 
become a son-in-law, Samar.A4¥f father- 
in-law, also one betrothed. Correspond- 
ing is the Greek γαμβρός for γαμερός 
father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom, 
kinsman, from γάμος, γαμέω. See r. 
non, also Dez. 


Il. OF (rem) 1. Adj. warm, hot, 
e.g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12. 
Plur,.o"2n Job 37, 17. 

2. Ham, pr. ἢ. 8) A son of Noah, 
whose posterity are described in Gen. 
10, 6-20 as occupying the southernmost 


322 


Non 


regions of the known earth. thus accord- 
ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot. 

b) A name of Egypt, prob. its domestic 
name among the Egyptians themselves; 
but so inflected by the Hebrews as to 
refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the 
progenitor of the Egyptians as well as 
other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 
23.27. 106, 22.—In the Coptic language, 


the name of Egypt is written CHAK, 


in the Sahidic dialect KHQRE; which 
words, according to Plutarch, have the 
signification of blackness and heat; de 
Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So 
also according to their Coptic etymolo- 
gy; see Peyron Lex. p. 66. In the hie- 
roglyphic language it is written with 
two letters, KM. The same name for 
Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta 
Inscription, in which this word occurs 
more than ten times, (line 1, 6, 7, 8, 11, 
12, 13.) and is read by Champollion 
Chmé. See Jablonski Opusc. ed teWater 
I.p.404sq. Champollion Egypte sous 
les Phar. I. p. 104 κα. Gramm. p. 152, 
Akerblad Lettre a Sily. de Sacy sur Pin- 
scription de Rosette p. 33-37. 


DM m. 1. pr.inf. οὔτ. Dem to be warm, 
e. 5. ema Jer. 51, 39. 

2. Subst. warmth, heat, Hos. 1, 6; of 
the day Gen. 18,1. 2 Sam. 15,5; of the 
sun 1 Sam. 11,9. Neh. 7,3; comp. Gen. 
8, 22. Is. 18, 4. 


Σ N27 obsol. root, Arab. W& to be- 
come thick, to curdle, to coagulate, as 
milk. The primary idea seems to be 
that of growing logether, coalescing ; see 
mon, and the remarks on the syllables 
on, o>, 03, under 022.—Hence Non, 
ΤΙΝ ΤΙ, and ΓΤ no, II. 


N21). by Chaldaism for m2m, anger, 
wrath, Dan. 11, 44. 


NO, NNT, Chald, et q. Hebr. 
nen, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19. 


“NT f. (τ. 82m) 1. curdled milk, 
curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 where 
comp. Jos. Ant. 5, 5.4 γάλα διεφϑορὸς 
ἤδη, milk in this state having an inebri- 
ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29. 
Poet. also for milk in general, Job 20, 17. 
Is. 7, 15. Deut. 32.14. To eat curdled 
milk and honey Is. 7, 22, i. e. by those 


Tah 


who remain in the land after it is deso- 
lated by the enemy, without fruits and 
grain; see in "2 Β. 2. a—Sept. βούτυ- 
gor, Vulg. butyrum, which in most places 
is inept; see Thesaur. p. 486.—Plur. 
ΤΟΝ ΌΤΙ, see MRS. 

2. cheese, Prov. 30, 33. 

Deriv. by syncope 3r II. q. v. 


“Ta fut. ter? and ὙΠ, whence 
plur. 1 pers. 779M} Is, 53, 2. 

1. to desire, to covet, Ex. 20, 17, 34, 24. 
Mice, 2, 2. 

2. to delight in any thing, to take plea- 
sure in, Ps. 68,17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12,12; 
also with dat. pleon, 13, Prov. 1, 22.— 
Part. pass. 79% pr. desired, delighted 
in; hence something desirable, pleasant, 
a delight, what is dearest to any one, 
Job 20, 20. Ps. 39,12. ὉΠ ΠΝ Is. 44, 9 
their delights, i.e. Yaols: comp. Dan. 11,37. 

Nips. part. 373 desired, i. 6. 

1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen. 
2, 9.3, 6, 

2. precious, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20. 

Piex i.q. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2,3 tba 
ἈΞ "NTs in his shade I desire to 
sit down. Heb. Gr. § 139. 3. 

Deriy. 7272, 72°12, and the four here 
following. 


ΤΙ m. desirableness, pleasantness, 
beauty ; Ez. 23, 6 72m "3N2 comely 
young men. Is. 32, 12 San "ID plea- 
sant felds, comp. , 5, 11. Is, 27, 2 in 
Some copies ; others "72m. 


Myon f(r. 3am) 1. desire, 2 Chr. 
21, 20 he departed Mya" N52 undesired, 
i. 6. regretted by none. 

2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam. 
9, 20. Dan. 11, 37 5°83 ΠΏ ΠῚ the delight 
of women, where the context requires us 
to understand some idol specially wor- 
shipped by the Syrian women; as As- 
tarte, Anaitis. 

3. pleasaniness, excellence. Jer.3, 19. 
man ys a pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12. 
mon ">> precious vessels 2 Chr. 32, 27. 
36, 10. Nah. 2, 10. 


Mia and MIT Ff plur. precious 
things, Dan. 11,38. 43. riven 99,7 “3a 
goodly raiment, precious’ 
27,15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. nition ont sa- 
voury food, delicacies, from which a per- 
son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan. 


. 


323 


ἼΩΝ 


10, 3. mitvon Bx Dan. 10, 11. 19, and 
without 8°8 9, 23, man of God’s delight, 
i, e. beloved of God, R. 2m. 


T7937) (pleasant) Hemdan, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written 
7790, by an error of the transcribers. 


Ρ rg} obsol. root. 1. to join toge- 
ther, spec. to join in affinity ; hence Ὡπ 
father-in-law, nian. Comp. ΝΠ, and 
also the force of the syllables on, RD, 
ὯΔ, under D729. 

2, to surround with a wall j pr. to keep 
or hold together things conjoined. Arab. 

Hence 31m, and pr. names 
man, vari. 

MG £ (r.0em) 1. warmth, heat of 
the sun, Ps. 19, 7. 

2. Poet. for the sun itself, Job 30, 28. 
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 30, 26. So often i in the 
Mishna. 


I. 2 ἢ once NOM Dan. 11, 44, 
constr. m2; for nom from r. S735. 

1. heat, sc. ‘fiom wine, Hos. 7,5; hence 
meton. far wine itself as heatitig, Hab. 
2, 15. 

2. heat of anger, i.q. anger, wrath, 
often coupled with synon. ΤΊΣ, espec. in 
the later books and in poetry, Gen. 27, 
44. Deut. 29, 27. Jer. 7, 20. Esth. 2, 1. 
3,5. Ps. 37, 8. Ῥτον. 18, ἢ 21, 14. ‘al. 
Mam WN, Han bea, a man of wrath, an 
angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often 
of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4. 34, 2. 
Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1, 6. al. MoM 1 ΟἿΣ 
Jer. 25, 15, and nenn Dip Is. 51, 17, the 
cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes 
the nations to drink; see in d%D no. 1, 
comp. Rev. 16,19 and Job 21, 20 he shall- 
drink of the wrath of the Almighty. — 
Plur. Mam Proy. 22, 24. Ps, 76, 11. 

3. poison, so called as causing inflam- 
mation, a 32, 24. 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job 


6, 4, Arab. δ 
IL. fi. g. ΤΗΝ ΘΗ, the radical 8 
being dropped, milk, ob 29, 6. 


P8700 (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr. 
nem. 1 Chr. 4; 26. R. oon. 


mina see niton. 
Soman (nittierin-taw or kinsman of 


the dew, or perh. for >¥ ΤΏ) Hamu- 
tal, pr. n. of the wife of king Josiah, 2K. 


un 


23, 31. 24,18. Jer. 52,1. In these latter 
passages the Chethibh is yan. 

5AM (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n. 
m. Gen, 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5.—Patron. 
sbaan Hamulite Num. 26, 21. R. >on. 

12 (warm, sunny, τ. om) Ham- 
mon, pr.n. a) A place in Asher Josh. 
19, 28. Ὁ) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr. 
6, 61. | 

TiO τὰ. (τ. γΠ no. 3) a violent man, 
oppressor, i.q. ὙΠ, Is. 1, 17.—Accord- 
ing to others, pass. one who suffers vio- 
lence, oppressed, Sept. ἀδικούμενος, Vulg. 
oppressus ; nor would I object, since an 
intransitive form (Ὑ 7211) may assume a 
passive sense. 


p°2h m. circuit, compass. Cant. 7, 2 
bwbn 29 13.) "pyran the roundings 
of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e. 
like the knobs or bosses of a necklace. 
The maiden is here painted as καλλέπυ- 
γος. R. pan 


a3, “TI m. 1. an ass, so called 
from the reddish colour, which belongs 
not only to the wild ass, but also often to 
the common ass in southern countries; 
hence called in Spanish burro, burrico. 
Gen. 12, 16. 24, 35. Ex. 13,13. Judg. 
10, 4. 2 Sam, 17, 23. al. R. 2h no. 2. 

2. a heap, i.q. ὙΠ; and this rarer 
form is chosen perhaps. on account of 
the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 "M32 
Eno Avan TM with the jaw-bone 
of an.ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I 
slain. R. ὙΠ no. 3. 

3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem- 
porary with Jacob and his sons, Gen. 33, 
19. 34, 2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28. 


MII £ α heap, i. q. “irom no. 2, q. v. 

nvr Γ (τ. men, after the form minx 
q. v.) α mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2,11. 
See on I. 

S87 MIO! pr. ἢ, see man. 

IST obsol. root, Chald. to bow 
down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar- 
gums for Heb. 272>.—Hence 

TIF m. Lev. 11, 30, prob. a species 
of lizard. Sept. σαύρα, Vulg. lacerta. 

ΙΝ MOON (place of lizards, or i.g. Syr. 
Yajse% bulwark,) Hwmtah, pr. n. of a 
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 54. 


324 


Dn 


SUA see ῬΏΝΌΤΊ. 


7727 τὰ. adj. salted, seasoned. Is. 
30, 24 yar 5.23 salted provender, i. e. 
sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so 
greedily by flocks and herds as to have 
occasioned the Arabic proverb: ‘sweet 
fodder (XA) is the camels’ bread; 
salted, it is their sweet-meats.” See 
Bochart Hieroz. T. f. p. 113. 

"YA and "WAT m. (fr. card. wan) 
fem. M—, Adj. ordinal, fifth, Gen. 1, 
33, 30,17. Ley. 19, 25. Num. 6, 36. al. 
Fem. ellipt. the fifth, the fifth part, Gen. 
47, 24. Lev. 5,16. 17,15. Plur. irreg. 
wnten Lev. 5, 24; comp. ΘΛ ΤΊ, 


* 7 fut. Yom, int nbon Ez. 16, 5, 
to be mild, gentia; clement. Arab. by 


transpos. hs toe mild, clement, whe 
μαχροϑυμία, “λΞ mild, gentle. The 


primary idea is that of softness; and 
this is preserved in Gr. ἁμαλός, ἀμαλός, 
anahos.—Hence 

1. to pity, to have sympathy, compas- 
sion, with 53 of pers. Ex. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 
23, 21, 

2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. >¥ 
1 Sam. 15, 3.15. 2 Sam. 21, 7. 2 Chr. 
36, 15.17; Ἐκ Is. 9,18 [19]. Also of 
thither to spare, to use sparingly, c. be 
Jer. 50,14; 3 ὁ. inf. 2 Sam. 12, 4; by 
Job 20, 13—Eiz. 36, 21 and Twill spare 
my holy name, i. e. have regard for its 
honour. 

Deriv. 5212, unless this is from Arab. 


che>} also pr. ἢ. dm and 


moan f pity, mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is. 
63, 9. 


" Deh, pret. DM, fut. O Dh, conv. 
ors) Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut. A ἘΠῚ 
Deut. 19,6; ὉΠ Ez. 24,11; plur. 1m 
Hos. 7, 7; fat. impers. > om 1K. 1,1; 
> on Bec. 4, 11; see below. These 
forms of the fut. are by some referred 
to =m", but they belong rather here ; 
comp. pret. 22, fat. 299. Inf th, oon, 
see below.—Zo be or become warm, 


kindr. with tm. Arab. pen to make 


“- 


warm, mid. Kesr. to be warm ; oa to 
be hot, 6. g. the day.—Ex. 16, 21. Is. 44, 


΄ 


yan 


16. Impers. em, fat. ἵν. Dm, ἐξ és 
warm to him, he is made warm, gets 
warmth, 1 Κα. 1,1. Ecc. 4, 11.—Trop. of 
the mind as heated, excited, Ps. 39, 4; 
and so of heat from wine Jer. 51, 39; 
from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be 
in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38. 39; see 
in on?.—Inf. ch, ο. suff. cana Jer, 51, 
39. Once Don, with pref. in pause 
ΘΠ for warming se. oneself, Is. 47, 14. 
‘Nira. part. plur, 2°2M2, burning, in- 
flamed, sc. with lust, c. 3 ἴω 57, 5. 
Piet to warm, to make warm, Job 39, 
14. 
Hirup. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20. 
Deriv. ΘΠ LU, oh, man, yan, and the 
proper names >¥%2n, 72m, non. 


JO", only in plur. ἘΣ ΘΠ, images, idols 
of some kind for idolatrous worship, Lev. 
26, 30. Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6. 2 Chr. 14, 
4, 34,7; in which passages it is several 
times joined with statues of Astarte, 
mx; while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap- 
pears further that the 5°23n stood upon 
the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and 
Kimchi long ago explained the word by 
suns, images of the sun; and both this 
interpretation and the thing itself are 
now clearly illustrated by ten Punic 
cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to 
yan ὉΣΞ (723 553)1. 6. to Baal the solar, 
Baal the sun. See the subject fully 
treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm. 
Pheenic. p. 170 sq.—The form jan solar 
is from 2m the sun; and the plur. 
ἘΠ ΘΠ in the O. T. is put ellipt. for 
Dn ἘΠΞΣΞ, and is found in the same 
context as ‘claewhere ὈΛΟΣΞ. 


ἘΠῚ fat. ban 1. to do violence 
to any one, fo oppress, to wrong ; pr. to 
be eager, vehement, and hence violent, 


i.g- 72% no. 8, ἃ. Arab. (umm ina 
good sense, to be active, brave, con- 


5 -- 

stant, X4GUS warlike valour; comp. 
“18. Jer. 22,3. Prov. 8, 36 he that sin- 
neth against me, {22 2M wrongeth his 
own soul, injures himself. Job 21, 27 
blob alah ἂν mint the plans wherewith ye 
think to oppress me, how ye may over- 
come me. MIM OM 10 violate a law 
Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3, 4. 

ἢ 3. ἴο tear away with violence, α 6. 5. a 

28 


820 


yan 


hedge, Lam, 2; 6. Also to tear off from 
oneself, i. qs to shake off; Job 15, 33 
ima 312 oem: like a vine he shall 
shake off his unripe grapes. 

Nipu. to be treated with violence, Jer. 
13, 22; i. 6. by impl. fo be violently made 
bare, as the other clause shows. 

Deriv. Don”, and 


D'3} m. 1. violence,oppression,wrong, 
Gen. 6, 11. 13. 49,5. osm tx Ps. 18, 
49. Prov. 3, 31, and Θ᾽ ΓΙ Ss 2 Sam. 
22, 49. Ps. 140, 2. 5, a violent man, op- 
pressor, 029 72 a wrongful witness, 
i.e. false, Ex. 23, 1.—A genitive or suffix 
after this word may refer either to him 
who does the wrong, or to him who 
suffers it. Of the former kind are io9n 
his wrong i, e. which he does, Ps. 7, 17, 
ἘΞῪΤΊ och ‘58, 3, comp. Ez. 12, 19. of 
the latter, "Ὁ ὩΤῚ my wrong i.e. done to 
me Gen. 16, 5, aan "22 02M Joel 4, 19; 
also Judg. 9, 24, ‘Obad. 10. Hab. 2, 8. 17. 
Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, 6. g. Ces. 
Bell. Gall. 1. 30 ‘ pro veteribus Helveti- 
orum injuriis populi Romani,’ i. e. done 
to the Roman people ; see the Commen- 
tators, and comp. Heinrich ad Cic. part. 
inedit. p. 21, 

2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ill- 
gotten wealth, Am. 3,10. Plur. id. Prov. 
4, 17. 


*Y727 fat. yar, inf ΠΣ ΘΠ Hos. 7, 
4, to be sharp, pungent. 

1. As to taste, to be sour, acid, leav- 
ened, e. g. fermented or leavened bread 
Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar,see 73h. 
Also to be salted, seasoned, see 720 .— 


aI v 
Arab. adem, Syr. psoas. 

2. As to sight, colour, to be bright, 
splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes; 
spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet 
colour. Part. pass. 70% splendid, gor- 
geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or 
pallium of a prince, Is. 63, 1; comp. 55% 
v.2,and Sept. Syr.—In the same manner 
the Greeks say χρῶμα ὀξύ i. 6. κόκκινον, 
πορφύραι ὀξύταται, ὀξυφεγγῆ ῥόδα, see 
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 114. Simonis Are... 
Formarum p. 66, 102. 

3..Trop.ofthe mind: a) éo be eager; 
vehement ; to do violence, like kindr.. 
02m; whence part. ὙΠ a violent man, 
oppressor, Ps. 71,4. Comp. 712m and 


yer 3 
yon no. 2. Eth. 9099 to''be unjust, | 


violent, to wrong. b) to be sharp, bit- 
ter, spoken of pain, see Hithpa. 

Hipu. part. intrans. ΤΣ 2 soured, 
leavened, pr. what has contracted sour- 
ness, Ex. 12, 19. 20. 

Hirari. to be embittered, pained, 
i. e. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73, 21. 
Chald. Pa. id. 

Deriv. yi, prt, and the two here 
following. 


725 τὰ. 1. any thing soured, leav- 
ened, ix. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al. 

2. Prob. 1. ᾳ. 02", what is got by wrong, 
ill-gotten wealth, Am. 4,5; see τ. ὙΠ 
no. 3. So Chald.—The common signifi- 
cation of something leavened might also 
serve ; but the other is preferable. 


737 τὰ. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2, 
14..Ps, 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it 
ougas, sour grapes, in Ps. 1. c. and Prov. 
10, 26; and this Michaelis also endeav- 
ours to vindicate, Suppl. p.828. But the 
common signification is not unapt. 


* pin ™ 1. to go round, kindr. with 
pan. See Hithpa. 

2. to turn about, to go away, to depart, 
Cant. 5, 6. 

Hirupa. to go or wander about, Jer. 
31, 22. 

Deriv. pxan. 


ἢ ‘Val 1. to boil up, to ferment, to 
foam. Arab. Conj. I, If, VIII, to 
ferment, to rise) as leaven; Conj. VIII, to 
ferment, as wine.—Spoken of the sea Ps. 
46,4; of wine Ps. 75, 9, where others as- 
sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2. 
Comp. Poalal, 2m wine, ὙΠ no. 1. 

2. to be red, from the idea of boiling, 
foaming, heconiitig heated or inflamed. 


Arab. r Conj. IX, XI, to be red; 


Conj. I mid. EZ, to burn with anger; 
χσο = 
Conj. II to write with red ink; pl 


9, 

red, ὅ. δά vehement 
ardour ; to blush, to feel shame.— 
Spoken of wine according to some Ps. 
75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence “9n, 
son no. 1, "8M no, 2, "1277. 

3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps, 
from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as 


redness, ἐξ 


6 ar 


the sea, leaven, ete. Hence ὙΠ no. 3, 
“icon no. 2, 772m heap. 

4. Deriom: from “253 bitumen, to daub 
with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3. 

PoataL, pass. "292M, doubling the 
last two radicals. 

1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer- 
ment, to be troubled, Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. 
Comp. 373 no. 3, mn. 

2. to become red, e. g. the countenance 
as inflamed by weeping, Job 16, 16. 

Nore. Forms of this kind, with the 
radical letters doubled, are chiefly em- 
ployed where rapid motion is to be ex- 
pressed ; as has been abundantly shown 
by Hupfeld in his Exercitatt. Aathiop. p. 
27, 28. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2, 3. 


‘TOI m. ἄσφαλτος, asphaltus, bitumen, 
which boils up in the manner of boiling 
oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains 
not far from Babylon, also from the 
bottom of the Dead Sea; afterwards it 
hardens in the sun, and is collected even 
on the surface of the Dead Sea, which 
is thence called Lacus Asphaltites ; see 
Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
Diod. Sic. 2. 48. ib. 19. 98,99. Q. Curt. 
5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
IL. p.228'sq.—Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3. 


Arab. It is so called 


either from its boiling up from fountains 
(Gen. 14, 10) from τ. "72 no. 1; or from 
its redness, the best kind being of that 
colour, Diossay. 1. 99 ἄσφαλτος διαφέρει 
ἢ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὴ τῆς λοιπῆς" ἐστὶ δὲ καλὴ ἢ 
πορφυροειδῶς στίλβουσα.... Γεννᾶται 
καὶ ἐν Φοινίκῃ καὶ ἐν Σιδῶνι καὶ ἐν BoBv- 
λῶνι καὶ ἐν Ζακύνϑῳ. 


ἽΘΤῚ m. (τ. V2 no. 1) wine, so called 
as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is, 
27, 2 - most editions 5 διδῶ ‘Tai. 


Arab. sah, Syr. ts id. 


"Ya" Chald. m. emph. 872M, id. Ezra 
6, 9. 7, 22. Dan. 5, 1.2. 4. 23, 


“OM an ass, see “2M. 


rl el-Hummar. 


“0h m. 1. a boiling, foaming, e.g. of 
waters, waves, Hab. 3,15. R. 737 no. 1. 
2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour ; 
see r. "2 no. 3. E. g. potter’s clay Is. 
45, 9. 64, 7; as used for sealing Job 38 


am 


14; mortar, cement, Gen. 11,33 mire, Is. 
10, 6. Job 10, 9. 30, 19. 

3. a heap, Ez. 8, 10 [14]; see r. "27 
no. 3.—Hence homer, chomer, a measure 
for things dry, containing ten ephahs, or 
11} bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32. 
Ez. 45, 11. 13. 14. Called elsewhere 
“dD, q. v. 


719" Hamran, pr. n. see in 73". 


*]. DOM obsol.. root, to be fat, 


whence 82m II, belly, abdomen. Arab. 
9 - 

is (fires fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826; 

Ἢ $ o% 

but, far more usual is by transpos. μΞ 


fat, fatness, Am to be fat, corpulent ; 
also to become fat after leanness. 


*II. wan a root having affinity 
with bem and yen, ig. Arab. umes 


to be fierce, active, brave in battle ; ΤΊ, 
IV, to provoke to anger; XII to be an- 
gry; V to show oneself stern an obsti- 


nate μα (religion and) war ; Here 
5 
cea brave, warlike, Xv bravery, 


valour; comp. ee to be angry, nes 
to kindle with anger; all which senses 
come from the primary idea of sharp- 
ness, pungency ; see r. 72M init— Hence 

Parr. pass. plur. 5°32, a word of 
which the etymology was long sought 
in vain, i. e. fierce, active. eager, brave 
in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12. 
Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also. the use of 
prsen in the ‘same connection Josh. 4, 
13 comp. v. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil. 
ἐνωπλισμένοι, Symm. καϑωπλισμένοι, 
Vulg. armati ; and so Onk. Syr.—Some 
have referred this form to πὶ IU, 


tye 
comp. (As, i.e. in battle-array, pr. 


quinguepartitum, q. ἃ. quinquefied, as 
consisting of five parts, the centre, the 
two wings, and the front and rear guard, 
Theod. πεμπταΐζοντες. Other solutions 
have also been given; but the one above 
presented is best suited to the context 
and to the genius of the language. 


Tied. wan f. constr. B21; mira m. 
Constr. τυ ὩΤῚ, card. numeral five ; Arab. 


327 


ran 
Gon 


8 
Ue» Kington, in the other kindred 
dialects 82m. In the Indo-european fa- 
mily, this numeral is Sanscr. pantshan, 
Zend. and Pehlv. peantshe, pandj, Pers. 
, Gr. πέντε (ASol. πέμπε), all of 


which have affinity with the Semitic form 
in the last two radicals; and with a pal- 
atal instead of the labial we have also 
Lat. quinque (κένκε), like πῶς κῶς, λύκος 
lupus; ἵππος equus, ἕπομαι sequor, ete.— 
Like the number seven, so also five is 
sometimes put as a round number, Is. 
17, 6. 30,17; especially, it would seem, 
in what has reference to Egypt, Gen, 43, 
34. 45, 22. 47,2. Is. 19,18. This usage 
perhaps passed over to the Hebrews 
from the religious rites of Egypt, India, 
and other oriental nations; among whom 
Jive minor planets, and five elements and 
elementary powers, were accounted sa- 
cred. Comp. the sacred πεντάς of the 
Basilidiani, Iren. adv. Heres. 1. 23. Epi- 
phan. I. p. 68. Colon. . 


Pur, Dovey fifly, ο. ull. Τρ ΘΠ, 


. ween. thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1, 9-12. 


pwan “& a captain of fifty se. soldiers; 
πεντηκόνταρχος, 2 K. 1, 9-14, Is, 3, 3. 
Denom. &2n, ὄπ. 


OOM Ῥιει, denom. from B27, q. d. to 
Sifth \and, 1. 6. to exact the fifth part, 
e. g. of all the produce as a tax, Gen. 
41, 34. 

I. ΦῸΠ m: a fifth, fifth part, from Boh 
five ; as 535 a fourth, from 339, 5278. 
Spec. the fifth of all produce, paid by the 


Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen. 
47, 26. 


II. ΘΠ τὰ. (r. tear 1) the belly, abdo- 
men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3,27. 4,6. 20, 10. 
Syr. Lascos id. 2 Sam. 3,27. 4,6, Eth. 
Pi womb, Talmud. 5¥2°M abdomen, 
Ὁ and = being, interchanged.—From 


this Semitic word seems to have come 
Lat. omasum. τὰ 


WOT see "them. 


- 3- 
: nen obsol. root, Arab. cr+> to be 
warm, hot, as the day; mid. E, to be 
spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, ete. 


9 = 9 905 
whence wiry> and Wee a bottle or 
skin, and any thing becoming, rancid 


nar 


within it. Or perhaps this root is second- 
ary, and derived from these very nouns ; 


while the primary root may be st to 


be warm, hot, whence rte for Kaige. 
,Hence perhaps 


ΓΤ m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. Man 
v. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-skin. R. 
Man or Han. But constr. mm Job 21, 
20. Hos. 7, 5, is from 727 heat, anger. 


M21] (fortress, citadel, from r. 72m, 
ikindr. 725M wall,) pr. n. Hamath, a large 
‘and important city of Syria, situated on 
the Orontes near the northern boundary 
of the Holy Land, Num. 13, 21. 34,8. It 
was anciently the seat of a powerful 
king, the ally of David ; and was called 
by the Greeks Epiphania, while the 


Arabs retain the ancient name, §4S 
Hamah. Fully Am. 6,2 25 man Ha- 
math the great ; also ΠΙΞῚΣ ren 2 Chr. 
8, 3. The gentile name is snon Ha- 
matte Gen. 10,18. man ΤῸΝ 2K. 25, 
21 land of Raman i. e. the country or 
district around. See Abulfeda, who was 
a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy- 
rie p. 108,109. Relandi Palestina p. 
119 sq. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, 
etc. p. 146. 


M217 (warm springs, τ. 22m) Ham- 


math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near- 


Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls 
it ‘Aupaots, which he interprets by ϑὲερ- 
pe, B.J. 4.1.3. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 260. The same prob. is "83 man 
Josh. 21, 32. 


: ἽΠ τη. (τ. 20) 6. suff tm 1. grace, 
Favour, kindness, Ecc. 9,11. 8) X32 
"> "3°23 5M 10 find fapour in the eyes 
of any one, i. e. with him, Gen. 6, 8. 19, 
19. 32,6. 18,3 47°53 jm ΩΝ ΧῸ NI-oR 
af now Ihave found favour in thy sight, 
if thou favourest me. Gen. 30, 27. 47, 
29. 50,4. In the same sense, “ΔῈ 4M x03 
Esth. 2, 15. 17. ")΄ BSS Έ ἽΠ 10) to 
give one favour in the e yes of any one, 
with any one. Ex. 3. 21 9f-mx ὙΠ 
ἘΠ ΧῸ "Sa ΓΤ or and 1 will give 
this “people ‘favour in the sight of the 
Egyptians. 11, 3. 12, 36. Gen. 39, 21.— 
Spec. compassion Zech. 12, 10. 
2. grace, i. q. gracefulness, beauty, ele- 


328 


- my brethren. 


an 


gance, Prov. 22, 11. 31, 30. 5, 194m Abs 
the graceful cheviniita: Ps, 45, 3. Ece. 10, 
12. 4 [28 stone of beauty, i. δ. precious 
stone, Prov. 17, 8. 

3. Hen, pr. ἢ. m. Zech. 6, 14, But 
comp. v. 10. 


T3277 (for V3 ὙΠ favour of Hadad, 


see ὙΠ) Henadad, pr.n.m. Ezra 3, 9. 
Neh. 3, 18. 


* F127) fat. mam, apoc. jm 1, to 
bend, to ‘Bow down, to incline ; kindr. 327, 
32. Arab. ase to bend, to incline ; 
metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis- 
posed, comp. ven.—Judg. 19, 9 Fan 
nist Min lo! the declining of the day, 
i. e. the day is declining.—Hence "33 
a spear, lance, so called as being flexi- 
ble. 

2. to set oneself down in any place, to 
sit down, i. 6. fo pitch one’s tent, Gen. 
26, 17; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex. 
13, 20, 17, 1. 19, 2. Num, 1, 51 mina 
(2007 where the tabernacle is set down, 
i.e. pitched. Poet. of locusts, Neh. 3, 17. 
Spec. a) With 52, to encamp againat 
a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27, 3. 2 Sam. 
12, 28. Is. 29,35 with 3 id. Judg. 9, 50; 
also 6. ace. id. Ps. 53,6. Ὁ) With Ὁ, to 
encamp for or around any one, i. q. ta 
defend, Zech. 9,8; comp. Ps. 34, 8. 

3. Poet. i. q. to dhoell, Is. 29,1; comp. 
br i. q. house. 

“Deriv. mam, myn, MyM, Mian, pr. 
n. jn. 


2 Εἰ (r. 43m). 1. Plor. mit, grace, 
favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10. ἡ 

2. Perh, entreaty, supplication, prayer, 
see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 "nism 
"203.7225 and my prayers (are loath- 
some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to 
The form “min is then 
for "Nim, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 89.3. n; not 
1 pers. Preet. from 42%, contrary to the 
accent. 

3. Hannah, pr. n. the mother of Sam- 
uel, | Sam. 1, 2 sq. 


71273 (initiated or initiating, r. 529) 
pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first- 
born son of Cain, whose name was also 
given to acity fouhded by his father, 
Gen. 4,17. b) The father of Methu- 
selah, translated to heaven on account 
of his piety, Gen. 5, 18-24. The later 


om 


Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety- 
mology of the name, make him out to 
have been not only the most  distin- 
guished of the antediluvian prophets, 
but also the inventor of letters and 
learning ; and have forged in his name 
a spurious book, comp. Jude ν. 12. 
These fables are current also among the 
Arabs; by whom he is called (us of 
Idris, i. e. the learned. c) The eldest 
son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. 
Patronym. 23m Henochite Num. 26, 5. 
d) A son of Midian Gen. 25, 4. 


P (graciously regsrded, favoured, 
r. 929) Hanun, pr.n. a) A king of the 
Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10,1. 1 Chr. 19, 2. 
b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13. 

P37 m. adj. gracious, merciful, com- 
passionate, Ps. 111, 4. 112,4, R. 92m. 

PA £ (r. 73m) plur. mit2m, α vault, 
cell, so called from its curved or arched 
form. Chald. and Syr. m:n, ἴδον, a 


toviounan's cell, stall, Arab. Silk, 


ἕσις. Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro- 
phet is said to be cast “ἘΝῚ iat ma-by 
mys into the dungeon and into the 
vaulls, i.e. under ground. So common- 
ly, αἰνὰ not unaptly.—An exposition per- 
haps more suitable to the context is given 
by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988, 
who understands curved blocks or stocks, 
nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner 
sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called 
70, M2BT2, q. Vv. comp. Jer. 20, 2. 3. 
29, "26 ; oF κύφων from κύπτω. Comp. 


Arab. pom a saddle-bow, saddle-tree, 


ij. 6. the curved wood which constitutes 
the frame. 


ἘΓῺ not in use, i,q. ἼΣΠ and pan 
(comp. Gr. ἄγχω, Lat. ango), to straiten. 
to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar- 
row, strait, close. Hence deriy. mm for 
mn, and min for mh. 


“pn to spice, to season with spices. 
Hence 
1. to embalm dead bodies Gen. 50, 2. 


3.26. Arab. is I, Il, id. 
2. Poet. the fig-tree is said to spice its 


fruit, i.e. to fill it with aromatic juice, | 


to ripen, Cant. 2,13. Arab. — 
2 


329 


pn 


ripen fodder; IV to be ripe, of the har- 
vest, grain. 
3. to be reddish; Arab. ais to be 
red, 6. g. leather; see MZM wheat. 
Deriv. 72M, led 


DSI m. plur. the embalming of dead 
bodies, and hence time of embalming, 
Gen. 50,3. It follows the analogy of 
other nouns designating time, as 57922, 
DPT. 


ΤΏΣΤΙ Chald. m. plur. wheat, Ezra 6, 
9. 7, 22, i. q. Heb. ΒΘ q. v. in Men. 


28731 (grace of God) Hannicl, pr. n. 
a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
Manasseh, Num. 34,23. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7,39. 


PIT m. (τ. 524 no. 2) pr. initiated , 
hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity, 


$,6- 
Gen. 14,14. Arab. Hs tried, proved, 
5. 


RS experience. 

MII Γ grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16, 
13. R. 43m. 

m3] f. plur. 5°72 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
nin Is. 2,4. Mic. 4,3; a spear, lance, 
so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18,11. 
19, 10. 20, 38. R. 37 no. 1. 


ΠΣ 1. to straiten, to choke, Lat. 
angere; also intrans. to be narrow, strait, 
close, 1. ᾳ. ΣΤ, P22, q.v. Hence 3M for 


251, Arab. SS, the jaws, palate. 
Comp. P23 neck, from kindr. 9, and 
P2% to choke. 

2. Denom. from 3M, ehis., the palate, 


| jaws, fauces, pr. ἐμβύειν, Lat: imbuere, 


i.e. to stuff into one’s mouth or jaws, to 
give to taste, and then by a common me- 
taphor transferred to the intellect ; comp. 
ὈΣῸ and Job 12,11. Hence a) to im- 
bue one with any thing, to initiate, to 
train ; (comp. «οὐ to put into one’s 
mouth, also to teach, to train;) Prov. 
22, 6 train up a child according to his 
way, according to his disposition and ha- 
bits. Ὁ) Of things, to initiate, i. 6. tode- 
dicate, to consecrate, 6. g. a house before 
taking possession, Deut. 20,5; the tem- 


ple 1K. 8,63. 2 Chr. 7,5.—Arab. JAS 
to understand. 

Deriv. 97, 2", 
also 


"271, pr. name F2, 


Or 


etc. b) Of men towards God, piety, 
goodness, love of God. OF 828 i. q. 
m°7"oN the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. "on 
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32, 
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13,14. Ὁ] ofr God to- 
wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps. 
5,8. 36, 6. 48,10.al. Very often coupled 
with mex truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,) 
i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness. 
Here also occur the same formulas as 
above in lett. a, as BD Son Hw? Gen. 
24, 12. 14; c. > Ex. 20,6, "Deut. 5, 10; 

ἘΞ nex) ton ΠῸΡ 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20. 
Trop. ‘of God himself as a ΛΟ has 
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9.—Plur. 
ΠΌΤ mercies, benefils from God, Ps. 89, 
2. 50. 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 ΘΠ ΌΝ9 IIT "TON 
the sure mercies of David, i. e. the per- 
petual benefits bestowed on David. d) 
Once, like synon. j5, it seems to denote 
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is. 
40, 6. Sept. δόξα, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24. 

2. In a bad sense, zeal against any 
one, envy; hence reproach, disgrace, 
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34. 
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither 
Job 6, 14. 

3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10. 


ΤΙ ΠΟΤ (whom God loveth) Hasadi- 
ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 
3, 20. 


: non fut. Mom, Pret. 3 pers. fem. 
before pause M70M Ps. 57, 2, see Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 429. Heb. Gr. ὁ 74. 1.4; pr. to flee ; 
see under r. BM no. 1. Spec. 

1. to flee to a place, to take refuge or 
shelter, with 2 of place, as “B 5x2 in the 
shadow (protection) of any one, 7 udg. 9, 
15. Is. 30, 2; "3 "B22 5Χ3 in the shadow 
of Jehoval’s wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.— 
Hence 

2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to 
confide, espec. in God, c. 2 Ps. 2, 12. 5, 
12. 7, 2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37,40.al. Absol. 
Ps. 17, 7. Prov. 14, 32 px inioa mon 
the righteous in his death trusteth sc. in 
God. 

Deriv. PION, MOMs, MoM, and 


TOM (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho- 
sah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10. 


TION adj. strong, Am. 2,9; collect. the 
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1, 31. 
R. jon. 


332 


por 


MVC ἢ refuge, Is. 30,3. R. non. 


‘TOT adj. (τ. ὉΠ) 1. kind, merciful, 
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43,1. Nd 
‘70m malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.— 
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job 
39, 18 ; see in next art. 

2. pious towards God, godly, e. g. 
Mins "TOM the pious of Jehovah, i.e. + 
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps, '30, 5. 
31, 24. 37, 28; 5. Tm Ps. 4, 4. 

3, Of God, kind, merciful, gracious, 
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. 


MPO Γ (rv. TOM) the stork, pr. the 
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec- 
tion and tenderness it manifests towards 
its parents and its young, for which it 
was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin. 
H. N. X. 23. Aélian, Hist. An. 3. 23. ib. 
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call 


Ss < 
the male ostrich ΑΒ the impious, on 


account of its neglect and cruelty to- 
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.— 
Ley. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps, 104, 17. 
Jer. 8, 7. Zech, 5,9. See Bochart Hie- 
roz. II. 327 sq.—In Job 39, 13 Hon 
does not stand for the stork, but as an 
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu- 
sion however to the stork, thus: the 
wing of the ostrich exults, W738 ON 
msi ΤΡ ΠΌΤΙ but are her pinions and 
Seathers pious ? i.e. she is not, like the 
stork, affectionate towards her young, 
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15. 
16. 


DOM m. (τ. dom) pr. devourer, put for 
a species of locust, 1 Καὶ, 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1, 4.—Sept. 
ἀκρὶς and in 2 Chr. βροῦχος, which how- 
ever is rather the ὈΤ3. 


POS adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9. 
R. jon. 

OT Chald. adj. wanting, deficient, 
sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5,27. R.70n. 


᾿ Ὁ Ὁ to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28, 
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots "XP, 
"2, "OM, q. v.—Hence >*on. 


: pon to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4; 
to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39, 11 ΓΙῸ ΠῚ 
naire x (the valley) shall stop 
the nostrils of them that pass by, i.e. by 


35 


AIT (id.) Hananiah, pr.n.m. a) 
A military leader under Uzziah 2. Chr. 
26,11. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 25, 23; comp. 7320 

c) Jer, 36, 12. 


0273 once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. ἢ. of a 
city of middle Egypt on the west side of 
the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo- 
polis, “Heaxhéoug πόλις, Arab. ywlisl , 
“Egypt. CMEC, CMHC, ETMHC, an- 
ciently a royal residence. See Etienne 
Quatremére Mémoires sur ’Egypte T.I. 
Ρ. 500, 501. Champollion Egypte sous 
les Pharaons I. p. 309, Comment. on Is. 
l. ο. 


* 127 fut. psmt 1. to pollute, to de- 
Jile, i. q. 922. Jer. 3, 9. 

2. Intrans. to be polluted, defiled, as a 
land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5. 
Jer. 3, 1; or persons with crimes Jer. 
23, 11. 

Hien. to pollute, to profane, e. g. a land 
Num. 35, 33. Jer. 3,2; so of persons, to 
make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety 
and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32.—Syr. [ade 
one unclean, a heathen, if to apos- 


tatize from the faith. Sept. well μεαένε- 
σϑαι, μολύνεσϑαι; but Vulg. wrongly 
renders 92" by hypocrita, a meaning 
drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic 
usage. 

Deriv. the three following: 

51217 one profane, impious, godless, pr. 
polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. 17, 
8. al. Sept. ἀσεβής, ἄνομος, παράνομος, 
twice ὑποκριτής, see in r. 92M Hiph. 


525 m. profaneness, impiety, wicked- 
ness, Is. 32, 6. 


MBI f. id. Jer. 23,15. R. yn. 


* pet in Kal not used, pr. to be strait, 
close, to choke, of the same family with 
PIS. ὭΣ, Pe (Pas), and i in the occiden- 
tal languages ἄγχω, ἀνάγκη, ango, ang- 
ustus, enge (Zange, Zwang), anxious.— 
Hence 

Pizt to strangle, to throttle, Gr. ἄγχω, 
πνίγω, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13. 
Arab. (gid, Ethiop. 2, Syr. wale, 
id. 

Nipn. to strangle oneself, to hang one- 
self, 2 Sam. 17, 23. 

Deriv. 7372. 


831 


On 


jh (graciously regarded, r. 43h) 
Hannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun 
Josh. 19, 14. 


*TEM not used in Kal, but commonly 
said to have the signif. of kindness, be- 
nignity, and by antiphrasis that of re- 
proach, disgrace. The primary idea 
seems to be that of eager and earnest 
desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is 
actuated, i. q. 827, and then like x2p 
transferred to the trop. senses: 

1. to be zealous towards any one, i. e. 
to feel desire, kindness, love towards him ; 
see Hithpa. and "ΠῚ no. 1. 

2. to be jealous, envious towards any 


one, to envy, Arab. dune to envy, pone 
envy; and hence i. q. to hate, to reproach, 
to treat with reproach and contumely ; 
see Piel, and 797 no. 2. 

Pie. to reproach, to disgrace, to treat 
with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25, 
10. Syr. pias id. in Targ. ton for Heb. 
ΠΤ toreproach. Syr. ἵμι oppressed 
with envy, also beloved, see in Kal. 

Hirup. to show oneself kind, benign, 
merciful, Ps, 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. 39M, ΌΤΙ, ΓΤ ΌΤΙ, and pr. n. 
ΠΡΟ. 


"ΤΙ in pause 40M, c. suff. "70"; plur. 
p“Ion, constr. sT0n , pr. desire, ardoter, 
zeal, ΣΝ r. TON Kal. wciiende 

1, Ina good sense, zeal towards any 
one, kindness, love. See. a) Of men 
towards one another, kindness, good-will, 
as shown in doing mutual favours, bene- 
fits, Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10,2. As re- 
ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion, 
Sept. freq. ἔλεος, Job 6,14. Frequent 
in the formula, ἘΦ 90% ΠῺΣ to do or 
show kindness with or to any one, Gen. 
l. c. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 9,1. 7; also with m8 
Zech. 7,9; ἘΣ 1 Sam. 20,8; more fully 
BY Max] JOM ΠῺΣ Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. 
Josh. °2, 14. 2 Sam. 9.3 49m ins ness 
ponds ΔΝ chow him Ikindness like that 
of God. Also > "ὍΤΙ 4B to turn kind- 
ness upon any one, to procure favour 
for him, Gen. 39, 21; more fully Ezra 
7, 28 423 "Hd Ton nun “br) and God 
turned kindness upon me before the king, 
i. 6. gave me favour with him; also 
Dan. 1, 9 "ὌΠ προ το Snben 5 
and God gave ‘Daniel good-will, ‘favour 


‘TOM 


ete. b) Of men towards God, piety, 
goodness, love of God. OM Hi8 i. q. 
BOM the pious, Is, 57, 1. * Plur. Dp" Ton 
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32, 
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13,14. Ὁ Of God to- 
wards men, poodles, mercy, grace, Ps. 
5,8. 36, 6. 48,10. al. Very often coupled 
with mex truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,) 
i. 6. faithful mercy, constant goodness. 
Here also occur the same formulas as 
above in lett. a, as ἘΣ Wom MY Gen. 
24, 12.14; ὁ. > Ex. 20,6. Deut. 5, 10; 

BS Mek TON τὸν 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20. 
Trop. ‘of God himself as a RAS, eas 
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9.—Plur. 
DION mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89, 
2. 50. 107, 43. mt 55, 3 ΡΣ hI “TOT 
the sure mercies of iia i. 8. the per- 
petual benefits bestowed on David. d) 
Once, like synon. 41}, it seems to denote 
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is. 
40, 6. Sept. δόξα, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24. 

2. In a bad sense, zeal against any 
one, envy; hence reproach, disgrace, 
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34. 
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither 
Job 6, 14. 

3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10. 


JO (whom God loveth) Hasadi- 
ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 
3, 20. 


᾿ non fut. mom, Pret. 3 pers. fem. 
before pause M70M Ps. 57, 2, see Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 429. Heb. Gr. §74. 1.4; pr. to flee ; 
see under r. "ΓΙ no. 1. Spec. 

1. to flee to a place, to take refuge or 
shelter, with 3 of place, as‘ 553 in the 
shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9, 
15. Is. 30, 2; "3 "2D 5Χ3 in the shadow 
of Jehdoak’s wings Ps, 57, 2. 61, 5.— 
Hence 

2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to 
confide, espec. in God, c. 2 Ps. 2, 12. 5, 
12. 7,2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. "Absol. 
Ps. 17, 7. Prov. τά, 32 px inioa non 
the righteous in his death trusteth se. in 
God. 

Deriv, Pad, MOM, MoM, and 


TOM (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho- 
sah, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10. 


7iOM adj. strong, Am. 2,9; collect. the 
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1, 31. 
R. 3p. 


332 


pon 


MACH ἢ refuge, Is. 80, 3. R. mon. 


"TOT adj. (r.10M) 1. kind, merciful, 
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43,1. xd 
‘70m malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.— 
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job 
39, 13; see in next art. 

2. pious towards God, godly, 6. g. 
njns "eM the pious of Jehovah, ive. + 
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps, 30, 5. 
31, 24. 37, 28; i> Ton Ps. 4, 4. 

3, Of God, "Kind, merciful, gracious, 
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. 


MPO f. (rv. TOM) the stork, pr. the 
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec- 
tion and tenderness it manifests towards 
its parents and its young, for which it 
was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin. 
H. N. X. 23. Aélian, Hist. An. 3. 23. ib. 
10.16. On the contrary, the Arabs call 


8 
the male ostrich pal the impious, on 


account of its neglect and cruelty to- 
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.— 
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps, 104,17. 
Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5,9. See Bochart Hie- 
roz. Il. 327 sq.—In Job 39, 13 mon 
does not stand for the stork, but as an 
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu- 
sion however to the stork, thus: the 
wing of the ostrich exults, W738 ON 
msn AMON but are her pinions ‘and 
feathers pious ? i.e. she is not, like the 
stork, affectionate towards her young, 
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15. 
16. 


DOM τη. (Ὁ. bon) pr. devourer, put for 
a species of locust, 1 Καὶ, 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1, 4.—Sept. 
ἀκρὶς and in 2 Chr. βροῦχος, which how- 
ever is rather the Bia. 


PON adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9. 
R. 30h. 

OT] Chald. adj. wanting, deficient, 
sc. in weight, light, Dan.5,27. R.70n. 


\ oon to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28, 
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots "XP, 
"Ih, "OM, q. v.—Hence >"0n. 


; pon to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4; 
to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39, 11 Myon) 
πο ΤΠ NT (the valley) shall stop 
the nostrils of them that pass by, i. e. by 


ro 


its stench. Others render with the Sy- 
riac: it shall stop the way to them that 
pass by, sc. from the multitude of the 
slain. Kindr. S8™ where see; comp. 
also D> .—Hence ΌΤΙ. 


- noun 1. to be strong, mighty, like 
Syr. and Chald. ma, 7M. The pri- 
mary idea lies in binding together; comp. 
in PI no. 3.—Hence io}, ON, 727. 

2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see ἘΠῚ 
hence to heap together, to lay up, to 


9.0. 

hoard, Arab. ..y>4, whence 1) 
storehouse, ee »" 
Νιρη. to be laid up, hoarded, Is. 23, 18. 


Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


JOT Chald. Apu. or rather Hien, after 
the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have 
in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22.—Hence 


7S Chald.m. emphat. 870M, strength, 
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. 


JOM m. (τ. JOM no. 2) riches, wealth, 
Prov. 15, 6. 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22, 
25; treasure, Aibuidance, Is. 33, 6 jon 
τοῖς νῦν abundance of déliverance, parall. 
“xiN treasure.—Chald. JOM to possess, 


ἰδ 15} in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. ΌΤΙ, to 
strip off bark, to peel, to scale, to scrape. 
Arab. aun to peel dates, and transp. 
uss to estppe off; hence Chald. 50m, 


S and wae , ascale, sherd, 


fragment of an earthen vessel, Syr. 
tee id. In the occidental tongues 
words of the same stock are Gr. σκάπτω, 
Lat. scabo, squama; Germ. schaben, 
schuppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer, 
schaufeln; Engl. scab, scale, shell, sherd; 
in all which a sibilant precedes, as_also 
in Heb. and Arab. AN®, Las’ —Hence 
quadrilit. O80", part. pass. opone; Ex. 
16,14 DEO? ΤῸ something smail ended 
off, like scales.—Hence 

21] Chald. m. sherds, burnt dey, 
earthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq. 


CBC quadril. see in r. $n. 


Arab. ΕΣ 


“TEM fat. sor, plur. sor, pr. to 
diminish, to be “cuit short, intrans.— 
Kindr. are "13, "12, ΒΕ 5 comp. >on, 
>1a.—Hence ἡ 


333 


man 


1. to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3. 
5. 1 K. 17, 14.—Also to fail, to be want- 
ing, Ecc. 9,8; with > of pers. Deut. 
15, 8. 

9, to want, to lack, to be without any 
thing, with acc. like other verbs of 
plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7. 8, 9. Ps. 34, 
11, Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18,28 15" ΌΤΙ "Dax 
ΠΤ ops owen perhaps there 
shall lack Jive to the ‘fifty righteous, lit. 
perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack 
five. Absol. to want, i. 6. to be in want, 
to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1. Prov. 13, 25. 


Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. — and 
re to suffer harm or loss. 


Pret to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8, 6 
ἘΤΥΡΝ Ὁ ὍΣ IMOMM thou hast Canised 
him to lack but little of a god; see in 
pon>y B. 1. p.54. With 2 of thing, 
Eee. 4, 8. 

Hien. 1. Causat. to cause to fail, 
with accus. Is. 32, 6. 

2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to suf- 
fer want, Ex. 16, 18. 

Deriv. ἜΛΘ, sora, and the five here 
following. 


“OM verbal adj. wanting, lacking, with 
ace. i K. 11,52; with jo Ecc. 6,2. “om 
om lacking νὰ 2 Sam. 3,29. 53> “On 
lacking understanding Prov. 6, 32. 7, 7. 
9,4. Subst. want of understanding, 
Prov. 10, 21. 


“OM τη. want, poverty, Prov. 28, 22. 
Job 30, 3. 


“OM m. want, poverty, Am. 4,6. Deut. 
28, 48. 57. 


M01 Hasrah, pr. n. τα. 2 Chr. 34,22; 
for which in the parall. passage 2 K. 22, 
14 is Om. 

POT τὰ. (τ. som) deficiency, defect, 
Kee. 1, 15. 

57 adj. m. clean, pure, morally, Job 
33,9. R. yan Il. 

DD see pin. 

ἘΝΞΠ prob. i. q. ΠΕΤΠῚ and DENI, fo 
cover ; whence Pret, to do covertly, se- 
cretly, 2 K. 17, 9. 


* ES ' to cover, to veil, 6. g. the head 
2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer. 14,4; the face Esth. 


ren 


6, 12.7, 8. Syr. Taw, Arab. LAS ia. 
Comp. 75m 1. 

Piet to overlay with gold, silver, etc. 
with two acc. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 7. 8. 9. 

Puat to be covered, Is. 4, 5; see in 
MBM no. 1. 

Nien. pass. of Pi. Ps. 68, 14. 


MET f(r. HEN 1) 1. @ covering, 
protection, Is. 4,5 MeN Tin27>2->y over 
all the glory shall bea covering, i. 6. 
protection. Others here take Nn as 
Pual of nan. 

2. a canopy; hence a bed with a 
canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial- 
couch, comp. B33. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2, 16. 

3. Hiuppah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13. 


. Tan fut. 85 to leap or start up ; 
kindr. with ΤΡ, -23, comp, 15 » γϑϊ, 
Σ» 5%. fe ech 

1. to start up, to rise up suddenly, in 
order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4. Job 40, 23. 
2 K. 7, 15 Cheth.—Hence 

3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3. 
Ps. 31, 23. 116, 11. 

Nieuw. to flee away sc. in terror, to 
shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6. 
104, 7.—Hence 


FEN m. haste, hasty flight, Ex. 12, 
11. Deut. 16, 3. 

DEM (coverings) Huppim, pr. n. m. 
a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere tEAM q. ν. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15.—R. Fan 1. 


* EM obsol. root, Arab. ,.»2& to take 
with both hands, to fill both hands,— 
Hence, unless the verb itself be a de- 
nominative, 


77 only in dual BY2N, the two fists, 
Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez. 
10, 2.7. Ecc. 4,6. Aram. (ees, Arab. 


SU - ν 
KARE. By transpos. πυγμὴ, pugnus. 
"25M (perh. fister, fighter, from jh) 


pr. n. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli, 
1 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4. 


ae DEN i. q. MEM, 10 cover, with >, 
comp. MO? ; hence to protect, Deut. 33,12. 


Arab. rib ἐπὶ to cover with a garment. 
The idea of covering lies in the syllable 
mn, as also in the kindr. 3M, 55, op, 
=>, 52; comp. besides MEM and RBM, the 


334 


yen 


roots 82% and M3M to hide; "BD, 
δ, and Wb, to cover; HA> Is. 31, 5, 
539, M33, etc. also 922, 923, in which 


=>) 
Nun and Lamed are inserted in the pri- 
mary syllable, as in 728, 738, etc. 
Deriv. Han, DEN. 


ua bP pan obsol. root. 1. to rub, 
scrape, wipe οὔ. Arab. Wis rasit, fri+ Ὁ 
cuit. 

2. to wash off or away, to lave; hence 
deriv. Fin, HN. 


“VEN fut. pir and yer Ps. 37, 
23. al. 

1. to bend, to curve ; Job 40, 17 yen, 
ἼΣΟΙ he bendeth his tail, ete. Arab. 


USLS to bend wood. 

2. Intrans. and metaph. to incline, to 
be favourably disposed: a) Towards 
any one, to delight in, to favour, to love, 
6. g. a person, 6. 3 Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 
20, 11; God towards man, Num. 14, 8. 
2 Sam. 15, 26. Ps. 18, 20. al. Also of 
things, c. 3 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Ps, 
112, 1; ace. Ps. 40,7. Mic.7,18. 8) To 
doing any thing, i. q. to will, to desire, to 
please ; absol. Cant. 2,7, 3,5; with a 
finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; infin C. > 
Deut. 25, 8. Ps. 40, 9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 
25; inf. simpl. Job 13, 3. 33, 32 ΣΕ ΤΙ 
"RI 7 desire to justify thee, ive: thy 
justification. 

Deriv. the three following: 


V2" m. plur. constr. °¥Em Ps. 35, 
27. 40,15; but omesem Ps. 111,2; fem. 
M2"; verbal adj. from τ. yen. 

1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps. 
5,8 APN Stn pEm Oy Nb. 34.13 pen 
pn loving life. 35,27. 111, 2. With 
infin. and 5 Nah. 1, 11. Also desiring, 
Ps. 40, 15 "ὩΣ" "XE. 86, 27. Mal. 3, 1. 

2. willing, TK. 21, 6 FAX ΤΈΠΕΝ if 
thou art willing, if it please thee. 30, 33. 
1 Chr. 28, 9 M¥EN WH? a willing mind. 


VOM m. ὁ. suff. “xB 1. inclination 
to any thing, and hence favour, love, 
delight in any thing, Prov. 31,13. 5 ws 
= YEN one delights in any thing 1 Sam. 
15, 22. 18, 25. Hee. 5,3. 12,1. Ps. 1, 2.— 
Concrete, that which delights, pleases 
any one, 1 K. 10, 13. "3 yen ΠῺΣ 10 do 
the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46, 


ser 


10. 48, 14. 1 K. 5, 8. 9.—Spee. desire, 
Ps. 107, 30. Job 31, 16. 

2. beauty, elegance, as causing de- 
light; so VDA "2x beautiful stones, i.e. 
precious, Is. 54,12. 75" γὴν α pleasant 
land Mal. 3,12. Plur, 8°¥8" precious 
things Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11. 

3. Any application or purpose of mind, 
purpose, studium ; hence @ business, a 
matter, affair, Sept. πρᾶγμα.---Εἰοσ, 3, 1 
γ8ΠΠ 35 ns} and a time to every matter, 
i. e. all things are frail and fleeting, 
nothing is stable and enduring. 5,7 “>x 
yen 52 A2NM marvel not at the matter. 
8,6. The transition to this signification 
is manifest in passages like these: Is. 53, 
10 md>x7 ita Ay? PEM the pleasure of 
Jehovah (i. ὁ. his« cause, affair) shall pros- 
perinhis hand. 44, 28. 58,3. 13. Job 21, 


21. 22,3.—Similar is Syr. ay a mat- 


ter, business, affair, from [ey i i. qe YER 
to will. 

MILO (my delight is in her) Heph- 
zibah pr. n. of the mother of king Ma- 
nasseh, 2 K. 21,1. Also as a symbolic 
name of Zion, Is. 62, 4. 


μά ὦ “EM fat. “pr? 1. to dig, to ex- 
cavate ; Ben I: beg X, to dig 


the ange pe >, a well, pit; 


Syr. ;ae to dig, ἰξβῶ a pit, ditch. 
Hence with mid. rad. softened 74m q. v. 
In the Indo-European tongues the idea 
of digging is expressed by transpos. in 
γράφω, χρίμπτω, Germ. graben, Engl. 
grave; and witha sibilant prefixed Lat. 
sCRiBo ; with r softened γλάφω, γλύφω, 
sCaLPo, sCuLPo.—Absol. Jer. 13, 7; 
with acc. 6. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8, 8. Ps. 
7,16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21,18. So to 
dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21. 
Poet. of the war-horse pawing the 
ground, Job 39, 21 ῬΏΞΞ aM they paw 
‘in the valley ; comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 87, 
88 cavat tellurem.—Metaph. to dig a pit 
or any one, i. 6. to plot against him, ¢. 
i 2 Ps. 35, 7. 

2. to dig out, i. 6. to search or spy out, 
to explore ; Job 39, 29 from thence he 
spieth out the prey. With acc. to explore 
‘a land, to spy out, Deut. 1,22. Josh. 2, 2. 
‘3.—For Is. 2, 20 see ΩΝ 


vert 


Deriv. 72875", pr. ἢ. “57, 


gee? 


p“Sr. 


.“τι 


335 


"=n 


* 11.25 fut. sons, plar. er, in 
pause 1797}, Arab. p> to become red, 


to blush, kindr. perhaps with "2" no. 2 
to be red. Hence to be ashamed, to be 
put to shame, espec. as being frustrated 
or disappointed in one’s plans and ex- 
pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3. 
83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Jer. 15,9; with 5°25 
Ps. 34, 6. Job 11, 18 22m πΏΞ39 ὉΠ ΕΠ 
now thou, art ashamed, then shalt thou 
lie down in quiet. With ‘ya of that in 
which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is. 
1, 29; comp. Wiz. 

Hiren. to bring to shame, to cause dis- 
grace, Prov. 19, 26. ᾿ 

2. Intrans. like Kal; comp. verbs of 
colour, Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. n; to be 
ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4. 
Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving 
for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33,9. Also 
to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov. 
13, 5. 

“EM see ΠῚ ΒἼΒΙ. 

“273 (a pit, well, r. "2m 1) Hepher, 
pr. ἢ. 

1. A royal city of the Canaanites, 
Josh. 12, 17; comp. 1 K. 4, 10. 

2. Of several men: a) A son of Gi- 
lead Num. 26, 32. 27,1. Josh. 17,2. Pa- 
tronym. ""2n Hepherite Num. 26, 32. 
b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. c) 
1 Chr. 4, 6. 

D5 (two pits) Hapharaim, pr. τι. 
ofa place in Issachar, Josh. 19,19. © 

78M pr.n. Hophra, aking of Egypt, 
contemporary with Nebuchadnezzar, 
Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Οὐαφρῆ, in Manetho 
Otvugers, the eighth king of the second 
Saitic dynasty ; the same who is called 
by the Greeks ᾿“πρέης, Hdot. 2. 161, 162, 
169. ib. 4. 159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See 


‘Rosellini Monum. Storici II. 143. 


AVE ἢ (Ὁ. ΒΤ 1) an animal which 
frequents houses, so called from its dig- 
ging or burrowing; Jerome, a mole ; 
better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20, 
where we now read divided min8 “and 
i.e. into the digging of rats, q. ἃ. rats’ 
holes, the plural form of this noun ought 
prob. to be restored, as better suited to 


‘the context, viz. nine en to the Tate, 


or moles. Comp. 78. 


wen 


ν wen fat. plur. Azpn", pr. to dig, 
Sept. σκάλλῳ Ps. 76,7; Chald. and Sa- 
mar. 05M id. Riddred eehépe with "5 
I, the ἢ and © being interchanged. In 
Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after, 
to find out, 6. g. wisdom Prov. 2,4; secret 
things Prov. 20,27; one’s conduct Lam. 
3,40. Also to devise, to contrive ; Ps. 64, 
τ midis swans they devise wickedness. 

Neu. pass. to be searched out, Obad. 6. 

Pret to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31, 
35. 44, 12. With acc. to search ad, 
1 Sam. 23, 23; to search through 1 K. 
20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps. 77, 
7 "mn wan my spirit maketh search, 
inquiry. 

Puat 1. to be sought, and so ‘to let 
oneself be sought, i. e, to hide oneself, 
Prov. 28, 12; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa. 

2. to be searched out, devised, Ps. 64, 7. 

Hirupa. pr. to let oneself be sought, 
i. 6. to hide oneself, see Pu. no.1; hence 
to disguise oneself, 1 Sam. 28,8. 1 K. 20, 
38 wee "exe benns and Tiammined 
himsel if with a “pandage over his eyes. 
22, 30. Job 30,18 wend bern? mp-a73 
chroiuns the fioloride (of disease) m y gar- 
ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter- 
nal appearance is changed ; comp. v. 19. 
—Hence 


wen τη. @ device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7. 
See r. WEN Pu, no. 2. 


*WEM pr. to be loose, free, opp. to 
what is bound, restrained. Hence 

1. to spread out loose things, to spread 
loosely, see SEN. Arab. (Re II, to 
stretch out, to prostrate. 

2. to lie prostrate, and hence to be 
weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp, δ. 
Arab. mid. £. Hence mien. 

3. to set free, 6. g. a slave. Arab. 

to be poured out freely. Hence 
niger, meen. 

Pua to be set free, to be freed, asa 
slave, Lev. 19, 20. 

Deriv. the four following. 


teh m. a spreading out, stratio ; once 
Ez. 27,20 M227> ΘῈ ΤΙ 5122 tapetes stra- 
te ad equitandum, i. e. cloths spread out, 
pie for riding and driving. 
nv ) f. freedom, Lev. 19, 20. R. 


tpn no. 3. 


336 


asn 


PAWS and M WH £ weakness, in- 
Sirmity, disease, whence Mran mp 
the sick-house, infirmary, hospital, 2 K. 
15, 5. 2 Chr. 26,21. R. ὥξπ no. 2. 


“WEN adj. (pr. from a subst. Wen i. ἃ. 
men, with the adj. ending "-—) plur. 
prwen. 

1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6. 
But see in no. 2. 

2. free, opp. toa slave or captive, Job 
3,19. “Wem mbv to let go free, e.g. a 
slave, Deut. 15, 12. 13. 18; "Bend m>w 
id. Ex. 21, 26.27. “GEN X83", agend’ ᾿ 
to go out free to be set free, ss under 
kz. [Ps. 88,6 "DEM Ema free among 
the dead, sc. ui the cares and oppres- 
sion of life; comp. Job 3, 19.—R. 

3. free from public taxes and burdens, 
1 Sam. 17, 265. 

MOET see ΤΊΘΕΙ. 

75 m. (r. 73") c. suff. "SM, plur, 5°20; 
also "2M (Milél) with Yod parag. 1 Sam. 
20, 36. 37. 38 Cheth. 2 K. 9, 24. 

1. an arrow, 2K. 13,17. 1 Sam. 20,20. 
ΠΣ bs arrow-men, archers, Gen. 49, 
23. Trop. the arrows of God are light- 
nings, Hab. 3, 11; also poet. evils, cala- 
mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23 
comp. v. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps. 38, 3. 91,5; 
espec. famine Ez. 5, 16.—Num. 24, 8 
yo mam he doth shake his arrows in 
blood ; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and 72 no. 2. 

2. an arrow-wound, wound, Job 34, 6. 
—Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314, 
missile weapons are called τραύματα 
ἐπιόντα, flying wounds. 

3. mt 7m 1 Sam. 17, 7 Cheth. the 
iron point of a spear. But in Keri and 
the similar passages 2 Sam. 21,19. 1 Chr. 
20, 5, the reading is 72 wood, i. e. the 
handle or shaft of a spear; and this 
alone is suited to the context. 

τ: 237 and a7 Is. 5, 2, fut. S03. 

1. to cut, to hew, to hew out, espec. 
stones; kindr. ΞΏ τ. For the primary 
idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla- 
ble yn, see in y¥.—Deut. 6, 11, 8, 9. 
Is. 5, 2. 10, 15. 22, 16. Prov. 9,1. Part. 
ΜΕΝ hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 Καὶ, 
12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2,15. 2 Chr, 24, 12; 
also hewers of wood, wood-cutters, 1 K. 
5, 39 [16]. 2 Chr..2,1.17. Metaph. Ps. 
29,7 the voice of Jehovah cleaveth out 


msn 


a ων of fire, i. 6. sends forth forked 
ightnings ; comp. Pu. 

2. Trop. to cut off, to destroy ; Hos. 6, 
5 ow ata (Assy 7 cut them off by pro- 
phels, i.e. I announce to them death 
and destruction, The other member has 
ὈΠΩΣ. 

Nipu. fo be cut in, to be graven, on 
stones, Job 19, 24. 

Poat to be hewn out, formed, Is. 51, 1. 

Hien. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9. 

Deriv. ὩΣ ΠΏ. 


ἘΓΧΠ fut. ΤΊΣΙ, with Vav conv. 
ym. 

1. to cut in two, to halve, like kindr. 
72" q.v. Chald. and Syr. 83n, Tye, 
to cut or dig out. 

2. to divide, espec.. a) Into two parts, 
to halve, Gen. 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 sxm1 NX> 
ἘΠ they do not halve their days, i. 6. 
do not live out half their lives. With 
"ai... 12 pregn. to divide and distribute 
between, among, Num. 31, 27. 42. Is. 30, 
28 MEMI Ws ID the stream divides him 
even to the neck, i. e. rises to the neck 
and there divides him as it were into two 
parts.. b) Also into several parts, Gen. 
23, 1. Judg. 7, 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41, 
6}. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to divide oneself, to be divided, 
2 K. 2, 8. 14. Dan. 11, 4. Spec. into two 
parts, Ez. 37, 22. | 

Deriv. "30, ΟΣ, ns, msn, 
and pr. names byent ΟΝ 


“2M (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. π. 
a) A city in Naphtali, fortified by Solo- 
mon, Josh. 11,1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4, 
2. 1K. 9, 15. 2 K. 15, 29. [It appears 
to have been situated on the high 
ground somewhere to the south of Ke- 
desh; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212 
sq.—R.] Ὁ) Another in Benjamin, 
Neh. 11, 33. c) Two cities in the 
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is 
ealled also jin=" v. 25. d) A region 
of Arabia, Jer. 49, 28. 


ΤῊΣ ΊΣΤΙ see MIE8N, a trumpet. 


rien ἢ sing. only in constr. mizn, 


the middle, midst, as τ 5 nizn were 

night Job 34, 20. Ps, 119, 62. Ex. 11, 4, 

R, asm. 
“ET τὰ. (r. 


“ye” 


29 


MM) constr. ἜΣΤΙ, c. suff. 


337 


yan 


1. half, the half part, Ex, 24,6. Num, 
15, 9, 10. Josh. 22,23. 2737 the half of 
us 2 Sam. 18, 3; ἼΧΠ 18. 44, 16, 19. 

2. the middie, midst, 2 Sam. 10, 4. 
md. ἜΣΤΙ midnight Inig: 16, 3. Ruth 
3, 8. 

Nore. For "3" signifying arrow, see 
ἴῃ γι. 

ΓΞ ὙΠ (midst of resting- 
places) Hatsittammenuchoth, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 52. Henee patronym. "ΣΤ 
“rime v. 54. 


WS m. 1. i. q. "EM, pr. an enclo- 
sure, court ; then poet. a dwelling-place, 
habitation, i. ᾳ. ΓΞ. Is. 34, 13 “En 
M329 ΓΞ ἃ dwelling-place for ostrich- 
es. 35, 7 ἃ court Jor reeds and rushes. 
R. 957 no. 1. 

2. grass, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40, 15. 
Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec. a leek, collect. 
leeks, Num. 11,5. R. ἜΣΤΙ no. 2, 


, ren) a root not in use, having the 
primary force of strength, firmness, like 


- ae 


the kindr. jx5, jOM, and ibe 


to be firm, fortified, whence cas for- 
tress.—Hence the two following: 

ἩΧΤῚ m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat 
and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see. 
in 22 Piel. 

72h im. (Ὁ. 93M) the arm, on whieh 
children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49; 223. 
Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept: 


ἀναβολή, Neh. 5,13. Arab. ὡσ ἀξ ἅππ 
bosom ; denom. pas to carry id the: 
arms or bosom. Eth. shy? bosom 
ἘΣΤῚ Chald. to be hard, rough ; 
hence to be harsh, severe ; see Thesaur. 


p- 510. 
Apu. part. MBE strict, severe, ofa _ 


royal edict, Dan. 2, 15: 3, 22: 


ΕΣ ' to divide, and intrans. to be 
divided. Arab. yas II, IV; to divide 


one’s portion with another, ie part, 


portion. Talmud: to: cut or hew im 
pieces, whence MZ"¥T an axe or adze; 
| trop. to distinguish. Kindred’ roots are: 
38, osm, Chald.5%4. The:primary: 


ysn 


force of cutting, hewing, sharpening toa 
Foint, is possessed by the syllable ym in 
common with the kindred 7m, 3m, see 
In, TIM, CIN; also pp, 02, τῷ, 7a, 
see under 773, ΤΊΣ, ΤΡ .—Prov. 30, 27 
the locusis have no king, 322 y3n ἘΝῚ 
yet go they forth all of them divided, ine. 
in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15. 
Jerome: per turmas suas. 

Piet part. O°%3"%3 Judg. 5, 11, either: 
those dividing sc. the booty, spoil’ comp. 
Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 68, 13; or, with the 
Taiee. and Rabbins, cantitiirts archers, 
as denom. from 7 an arrow; comp. 
Targ. Judg. 5, 8. 

Pua to be divided out, to be allotted, 
e. g. the months of one’s life, Job 21, 21. 

Deriv. 7, and the two following. 


725 m. 1. 1. ᾳ. 7M, an arrow, poet. 
for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18. 

2. a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut 
or broken small; collect. gravel, grit, 
Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16—Syr. tee, 


fee 
Arab. o>) Eth. &A. - 


WAR FLIN, VOY PLING (pruning of 
the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha- 
zezon-lamar, pr.n.of a city on the west- 
ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned 
for its palm-trees; afterwards called 105 
"13 En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi, 
see Plin. H. N. V. 7. Celsii Hierob. II. 
491. 

ΤΣ ἘΠῚ and ΤῊΣ ΣΤ f. a trumpet, 
Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos. 5,8. 2 K. 12, 
14. This was the straight trumpet, 
different from the "BiB buccina or horn, 
which was crooked like a horn; see 
Joseph. Ant. ® 12.6. Jerome ad Hos. 
5,8. Buxtorf Lex. p.816.—The etymo- 
logy has occasioned various conjectures. 
With most interpreters, I have formerly 
referred it to “xm, Arab. to be 
present, Conj. X to call together, to con- 
voke; whence then the form “xism after 
the analogy of Arab, Conj. XII, i. q. to 
convoke sc. with the trampet; and hence 
ΓΝ ΕΓ trumpet, so called as used for 
convoking an assembly. Others, as re- 
cently, Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 242, sup- 
pose the trumpet to be so called as being 
narrow and slender ; a meaning which 

is not found in the root either in Hebrew 


338 


“Sh 


or Arabic. But there can be little doubt, 
that this is an onomatopoetie word, imi- 
tating the broken pulse-like sound of the 
trumpet, like the Lat. taratantara in 
the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg. 
ZEn. 9. 503. Germ. trarara. Similar . 
to this is the Hebrew word, especially 
᾿ pronounced in the Arabie manner, 

sLa= hadaderah.—Hence the de- 


nom. verb: 


“ZEN zo trumpet, to blow the trumpet, 
found only i in part. SssM0 (O™ EEN) 
1 Chr. 15, 24. 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14. 
29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one Καὶ being 
dropped: it is every where DEN i. 6. 
pvsum2 Part. Pi. by a needless correc- 
tion of what was an unusual form.—In 
2 Chr. 5, 12 is B'9EN2, which seems 
to be an error of the transcriber. 


᾿ S75 obsol. root. 1. to surround, 
to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc: Arab- 
a> to surround, to besiege, Eth. 


ΑΖ to wall in. Comp. in ὙΠΠῚ.-τ- 
Hence “3m, ἜΣΤΙ no. I, and pr. n. ΣΙ, 
yrs, “3h. 

2. to be green, verdant. Arab. pas 


to be green, sc. a field, grain, ete.— 
Hence “"717 no. 2, grass. 

Nore. Etymologists have usually as- 
sumed here two different roots: But the 
connection of the ideas is shown in the 
Greek χόρτος, which like ΣΤ signifies 
first an enclosure, court, especially for 
cattle; and then a pasture, and by me- 
ton. paslturage, i.e. grass, green herbage, 
etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex. 
art. χύρτος. 


“IZM constr. ΤΙ, c. suff. "3M; plur- 
D""sr constr. "IT, also Mins constr. 
minzn, comm. gend. an enclosure, i. δ. 
an open place surrounded by a fence, 
paling, wall, etc.—Spec. 

1. a court, before or surrounded by ἃ 
building; e. g. a private dwelling, Ex. 
8,9. 2 Sam. 17, 18.. Neh. 8, 16. "35 
m2 court of the guard or prison Jer. 
32, 2.12. 33,1. Neh. 3,25. Ofa palace, 
1K. 7, 8. 9. 12. Esth. 2,11. Before the 
tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40, 
8. Also of the temple, which had two 
courts; one inner, "32728 “xn Ez. 40, 
28. 32, and m°*- I K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3; 


“Sn 


called also the court of the priests 2 Chr. 
4,9; the other the ouler, H2=9Nn ‘nn 
Ez. 10, 5. 40,17. 31.  Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps. 
65, 5. 

2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagus, 
i.e. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual- 
ly erected around an open space or court, 
often in the neighbourhood of cities, 
Josh, 13, 23. 28, 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33. 
Neh. 11, 25. Diff. from 17°37) M23, Josh. 
15, 47. Spoken also of the movable vil- 
lages or encampments of nomadic tribes, 
who usually pitch their tents in a circle, 
or so as to form an enclosure, Gen. 25, 
16. Deut. 2, 23. Is. 42,11; comp. Ps. 10, 
8.—Hence. 

3. As the name of several cities and 
villages: 

a) T3R-"3n Hazar-Addar (village of 
Addar) a place on the border of the tribe 
of Judah Num. 34,4; called shortly 73% 
Josh. 15, 3. 

b) πρὶ “3M Josh. 19, 5, and “sn 
pond 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-susah or Ha- 
zar-susim (village of horses) in the tribe 
of Simeon. 

6) 125 “xm Ez. 47,17, and 1215 ἜΣΤΙ 
48, 1. Num. 34, 9. 10, Hazar-enan (vil- 
lage of fountains) on the northern bor- 
der of Palestine. 

ἃ) 5333 "xm Hazar-shual (village of 
jackals) Josh. 15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28. 
Neh. 11, 27, in the tribe of Simeon. 

6) fiona “sm Hazer-hatticon (mid- 
dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of 
Hauran, Auranitis. 

f) Plur. ninsm Hazeroth, a station of 
the Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob. 
the fountain now called’ Ain el-Hadhera, 
1.a>1; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p-223. 


—Num. 11, 35. 12,16. 33,17. Deut. 1, 1. 
i IST} Hezro, see in “ASN. 


TMZ (enclosed, walled in, τ. “3m) 
Hezron, pr.n. a) A son of Reuben 
Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6,14. Patronym. is 92537 


Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen. 
46, 12. Ruth 4,18. Gr. ᾿σρώμ Matt. 
1,3. ¢c)A ἐν in the south of Judah, 


called also "ism Josh. 15, 25. 


“237 (id.) Hezrai, pr. n. of one of 
David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35 


Chethibh. In Keri and 1 Chr. 11, 37, ᾿ 


ὍΣΗ Hezro. 


339 


mpm 
PYQIE4 (court of death) Hazarma- 
veth, pr. n. of a district in Arabia Felix, 
situated on the Indian ocean and abound- 
ing in frankincense, myrrh, and aloe; 
but noted for the insalubrity of the 
climate, whence the name ; still called 


by the Arabs as ; Hadramaut. 


Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. See Abulfe- 
de Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuhr’s 
Deser. of Arabia p. 283-294. Germ, 

ῬΠῚ see ΡΤ. 

PM m. (τ. ῬΈΤΙ πο. 3) 6. Makk. “pn, c. 
suff. "PM, but ΡΤ Lev. 10,13, pop Ex. 
5,14; plur. DPM constr. "EN atid “pin Ez. 
20, 18; pr. something decreed, prescrib- 
ed, agipotiied | 6. g. "PM that which is 
dééreed or appointed for me, Job 23, 14. 
—Spec. 

1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la- 
bour, a task, Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15; of 
food, an allowance, Ῥτον. 80, 8. Gen. 47, 
22. 

2. An appointed bound, limit, Job 26, 
10. Prov. 8.29. Jer.5,22. pn "bab with- 
out bound, without measure, immeasur- 
ably, Is. 5, 14. 

3. An appointed time, set time, Job 14, 
13. Mic. 7, 11. 

4, Aprescribed statute, ordinance, law, 
Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30, 25. Ps. 81,5. In 
Sing. also coliect. of a body of laws 
(comp. 77im) Ex. 15. 25. Is. 24,5. Plur. 
statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed 
from God to men, Deut. 4, 5. 8. 14. 6, 
24. 11, 32. 12,1; of the laws of nature 
Job 28, 26. Ps. 148,6. Also: 8) ade- 
cree of God Ps. 2,7; comp. Job 23, 14. 
b) a statutory portion, appointed portion, 
as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34. 
10,15. Num. 18,8. 0) α custom, having 
the authority of law, Judg. 11, 39. 2 Chr. 
ps 25. 


ἜΠΡΠ in Kal not used, i. q. PPM, pr. 
to cut in, to hew, i. q. to hack ; hence to 
engrave, to carve, see Pual no. 1; to de- 
Heanie; to portray, see Pual no. 2, comp. 

PM no. 2; also to hack up the ground, 
to ἐξ 58 see Hithpa. 

Puat part. npma 1. engraved, carv- 
ed, 1 K. 6, 35. 

2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez. 
8, 10; comp. 23, 14. 

Birar. to hack up the ground with a 


o-- Ge 


pn 


hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, etc. So 
from the primary signification I would 
explain Job 13,27 ApMAR 7297 ὙΦ ΘΤῸΣ 
around the roots (soles) of my feet hast 
thou digged, i. 6. hast made a trench, so 
that I can go no further, thou hast stop- 
‘ped my way; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7. 
Usually, around the roots of my feet hast 
thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how 
far I may go. 


Mp fem. of pr no. 4, a statute, law, 
ordinance. Sing. spoken. always of a 
:single law; e. g. MO8n MPN the law of 
‘the passover Ex. 12,48. Num. 9, 14, 19,2. 
Lev. 3, 17. al—Plur. statutes, laws, Lev. 
18, 5, 26, 20, 13. Ez. 5, 6. 43, 18. Deut. 
8, 11. 2 Sam. 7, 19. al. Of the laws of 
the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer. 
31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3. 
Mic. 6, 16; of the heathen i. 6. idolatry 
2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23. 


ND PM (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. pn. 


*SIPM i. gq. Arab. Waim to bend one- 
self, to be crooked. Hence pr. ἢ. 8B3Ph. 


τ Pet pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in; 
comp. the kindred verbs (all of which 


Ge 
also are onomatopoetic) NAN,  ¢ and 
to cut or hew,with the sword, 
and then also to stamp vioiently, to en- 


counter violently; KS and Keke id 
‘Germ. hacken, Engl. to hack. Wemay 
remark in passing, that espec. in verbs 
33, which double the middle radical, 
there are many which are onomatopo- 
etic, and therefore common to several 
languages, as PP? to lick, 323, FEY, to 
tap, to grope, >>n hallen, τὸς tinnio, 
schallen, ἘΠῚ to beat, to pound, etc. and 
also in doubled forms, as "373 gargari- 
zavit, HXEX pipivit, >¥>¥ tintinnum edi- 
dit, ete. Spec. 

1. to cut in, e. g. a sepulchre ina rock, 
to hew in, Is. 22, 16; letters and figures 
ona tablet, to grave in, to inscribe, γράφω, 
Is. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1. 

2. i. ᾳ. γράφω, to grave, to trace, to 
portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14. 

3. to ordain, to appoint, Prov. 8, 27. 
29; to decree, as a judge Is. 10,1. Part. 
PPM poet. for upd, judge, leader, ruler, 
Judg. 5, 9. 


340 


“pr 
Pouau part. PPM pr. what is prescrib- 
ed, i. 6. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5. 

Hora. fat. 3p (for 3PM Dag. f be- 
ing dropped) to be graved in, inseribed, 
Job 19, 23. 

Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to deeree Prov. 8, 
15. Part. ῬΏΤΙΩ a) a lawgiver, Deut. 
33, 21. Is. 33, 22; a judge, leader, ruler, 
i. ᾳ. DEW, Judg. 5,14. δ) a sceptre, as 
the badge of power, Num. 21, 18. Ps. 
60, 9. Gen. 49, 10. 

Deriv. Ph, MPM, pr. n. PRM, and 


PEM m. only in plur. constr. "PRM de- 
crees Is. 10, 1; resolves, determinations, 
Judg. 5, 15, where it corresponds to the 
similar word "77M in v. 16. 


Pp Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the 
confines of Asher and Naphtali, Josh. 19, 
34; for which Pp3n 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh. 
mod. Yékik, Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. 
App. p. 133. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 80. 


» “pr fut. "pm Job 13, 9, to search, 
to search out, to examine, pr. the interior 
of the earth, spoken of mining, Job 28, 3, 
The primary idea lies in boring and dig- 
ging ; kindred with "22, 772.—Constr. 
absol. Deut, 13, 15. Ez. 39, 143 with 
acc. of pers. or thing, to search out, to 
explore, 6. g. a land Judg. 18, 2; food 
and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23, 
30; wisdom Job 28, 27; the mind or 
heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12. Ps. 139, 
1, Prov. 28, 11 the rich man is wise in 
his own eyes,*29PM" 37272 31 but the poor 
man who hath understanding searcheth 
him through ; Sept. AARC“ MENE Aqu. 
Theod. ἐξιχνιάσει. 

Pret i. q. Kal, Ecce. 12, 97 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal, Jer. 31, 37. 1 K. 7, 
47 nem) ΒΡ Ὁ spr? xd the weight of 
the brass was not to be searched out, as- 
certained ; comp. "PM j"S. 

Deriv. ἜΤ and 


“EI 1. asearching out, examination, 
Job 34, 24; Prov. 25, 27 see in Ὑ23 no. 
2; hence “Ph PX no searching out, 
past finding out, wnsearchable, Prov. 25, 
3; so of what is innumerable, Job 5, 9, 
9,10. 36,26. Also => "27M searchings of 
mind, queries, deliberations, Jadg. 5, 16. 

2. What is known only by searching 
out, a secret, the inmost part, Job 38, 16 
inh “RM the secret recesses of the deep. 


ae 


Metaph. mibx “pm Job 11, 7, i. q. τὰ 
βάϑη τοῦ ϑεοῦ 1 Cor. 2, 10. : 


I. "Fh m. only in plur. A, nobles, 
free-born, 1K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2, 16. 4, 
13; once fully written 51M Ecce. 10, 17. 
R. 77M no. 3, q. v.—But on Horites 
see in "9M IL. 


Il. ὙΠ ἃ hole, see in. 

“WI see “AM. 

5373715 με. ἢ. see in “373. 

᾿ NA or gun obsol. root, Arab. 
Se to ease oneself, the vulgar word 


for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv- 
ative from it occurs in the text, the He- 
brew critics have placed in the margin 
or Keri a less offensive expression. See 
the deriv. ΓΝ ΤΏ, and 


no 

D'S m. plur. constr. "0 for "890 
2K. 6,25; c. suff. ἘΝ ΠῚ Is. 36, 12, and 
contr. cAI 2 K. 18, 27 ; excrements, 
dung. In Is. 1. c. and 2K. 18, 27 is read 
in Keri the less vulgar Mix , the vowels 
of which are written under this word in 
the text—2 K. 6, 25 5-212 “Im doves’ 
dung, which may be taken literally ; 
since it is not incredible that persons 
oppressed by severe famine should de- 
your even the excrements of animals ; 
comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p.32. Rosen- 
miiller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573. 
Still, it is not improbable, that some 
kind of vegetable food is to be here un- 
derstood ; just as the Arabs call the herb 
Kali, sparrows’ dung, past 2.5: 
and as in Germ. asafcetida is called de- 
vil’s dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II. 
p- 580 sq. But comp. Celsius |. c. p. 233, 
who clearly shows that Bochart was 
mistaken in affirming that among the 
Arabs doves’ or sparrows’ dung is a com- 
mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches 
fried. In Keri 2 K. 1. c. is 093935 q. v. 


* O57 and 277 fat. 239, once 237 
Jer. 26, Ὁ in some copies ; ; hiiperative 
son. 

1. to be dried up, to be dry, spoken of 
water, streams, Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15. 
Ps. 106, 9.—It seems to denote merely 
the absence or failure of water, and thus 
differs from 3" to be fully dry, dried ; 

29* 


341 


an 


see Gen. 8,13 comp. 14; also Job 14,11. 
Is. 19, 5, where 37) 2397 747) ex- 
presses gradation. Of the same family 
is Gr. κάρφω. 

2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, 6. g. 
lands, cities; since dry places quickly 
become waste and desert (comp. Is, 42, 
15. 48, 21); Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9.; of 
sanctuaries Am.7,9. Also to be wasted, 
destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12; and 
trans. to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50,21. 27. 


—Arab. = 
to waste to destroy ; kindr. with which 


to be laid waste, Conj. II, 


is Gy I, IIL, IV, to wage war. 

3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2,12; 
since the silence and solitude of the 
desert overpower the mind, See the 
synon. 533. 

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be deso- 
lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7. 

2. Recipr. to waste one another, to fight 
together, 2 K. 3, 23. 

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1, to be dried, 
Judg. 16, 7. 8. 

Hips. 1. todry up water 2 K. 19, 24. 
Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51, 36. 

2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands, 
Ez. 19,7. Judg. 16, 24; to destroy a peo- 
ple 2 K. 19, 17. 15.. 49, 17. 

Hopn. pass."o Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26, 2. 
29, 12. 

The deriy. all follow. 


373 Chald. 1. ᾳ. Heb. 
Hopn. to be laid waste, destroyed, 
Ezra 4, 15. 


a9 adj. fem.ns9" 1. dry, Lev. 7, 
10. Prov. 17,1. 

2. waste, desolate, Jer. 33,10. 12. Neh. 
2, 3.17. Ez. 36, 36. 


37) ἢ in pause 39n, 6. suff. 29m, 
plur. nim, constr. nian. 
l.a@ sword, as laying waste, destroy- 


ing; Arab. — Syr. Lope, whence 
Gr. ἅρπη, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760. 
So 397] ἼΞ5 ΓΙΞΙῚ to smite with the edge of 
the sword, i.e. to slay with the sword. 
Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24. 
10, 28. 3973 377 to slay with the sword 
Josh. 13,22. ‘na Ye: to fall by the sword, 
Nam. 14, 3. Is. 3, 25. Jer. 11.322. misty 
27M iniquities (worthy) ofthe sword i.e. 


ar 


of death, Job 19,29. Metaph. ofa false 
and slanderous tongue, Ps. 57, 5. 

2. Trop. of other cutting instruments, 
e. g. a knife for circumcising Jogh. 5, 2. 
3; a knile or razor Ez. 5,1; a graver 
or chisel Ex. 20,25; an axe Ez. 26, 9. 
Poet. of the curved tusks of the hippo- 
potamus, Job 40, 19. 

3. dryness, drought, Deut. 28, 22; un- 
less perhaps it should be written 215. 


25h and 275M (dry, desert) pr.n. Ho- 
reb, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai, 
so called at the present day, from which 
one ascends towards the south the sum- 
mit of Sinai properly so called, or has 
Jebel Masa, Ex. 3, 1. 17, 6. 


Deut. 1, 2. 6. 4, 10. 15. 5,2. 18, 16. 1K. 
8,9. 19,8. Mal.4,4. Comp. Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566 sq. [But 
Horeb seems rather to have been a 
general name for the whole mountain, 
of which Sinai was a particular summit ; 
see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. IT. 
p. 396. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. pp. 177, 
551.—R. 


ΔΤ m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39. 
‘Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31,40. Hagg. 
A, 11. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.5. Also of the dry- 
mess and heat of fever, Job 30, 30. 

2. waste, desolation, Ez. 29,10. Zeph. 
2,14. a7h ἊΣ waste cities Is. 61, 4. 


M07 f. plur. ΒΤ, with art. nian, 
‘constr. Miawn. RK. 375. 

1. dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is. 
48, 22. 

2. wasteness, desolation ; concr. waste, 
desolate. Lev. 26, 31 ὌΞΟΣ ΤΟΝ "MM? 
‘mao 7 will ay your cities desolate. 
Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places, 
ruins, Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4. 33, 24. 27. 
mistn ΓΞ 10. build up waste places, to 
rebuild ruins, Ez, 36, 10. 33: 38, 12. 
Mal. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4; also ΒΞῚΡ 
ming id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ- 
entis: Job 3, 14 kings and counsellors of 
the earth ab mist o723r who build up 
' ruins for themseles, i. e. who build up 
splend id palaces which will soon be ru- 
ins. org misnry ruins of the rich, i. 6. 
their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17. 


ADIN f. (for M35) only with, art. 
ΔΎΣΙΣ ἐλιά dry, the dry land, Gen. 7, 


342 


TH 


22. Ex. 14, 21. 2K. 2;8; comp. in ta, 
R. 334: ν 
yan τῇ. (Ὁ. 35,1} plur. constr. "27291, 


dryness, drought, heat of sammer, Ps. 
32, 4. 


82521) (prob. Pers. νι ygliy ass-dri- 
ver) Harbona, pr. n. of # eunuch of 
Xerxes, Esth.1, 10; for which in 7, 9 
ΓΙΣΊΖ ΤΙ. 


. 377) ἅπαξ λεγόμ. to tremble, to be in 
trepidation, to fear. Chald. 829m fear, 
trepidation. The primary syllable is 
44, which like 3" denotes tremulous 
motion, see 137, 39, S37.—Ps. 18, 46 
ἘΠ ΒΟ 5 ant aaa they were diss 
mayed out of their strong-holds, they 
came out trembling from their strong- 
holds and delivered them up; comp. 
Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here 
compare Arab, to go forth, i. e. 


they came forth from their strong-holds, 
but this is languid. In the parall. pas- 
sage 2 Sam. 22, 46 is 37; see in ἌΣ, 


*257% obsol. quadril. i. 4ᾳ. Arab. 


hS~> to leap, to gallop, as a horse, 
locust. It comes from the triliteral 34m 
to tremble, to be in trepidation, which is 
also referred to leaping, comp. >"2. ΒΥ 
dropping the Ἢ from this root, there re- 
mains the triliteral 53m q. v.—Hence 


2590 m. αἱ locust; so called: from its 
leaping; see r. 5397, and comp. ἀτταπός, 
ἀττέλαβος, from ᾧττειν. Spoken of a 
winged and edible species of locust, Lev. 


9... ws 
11, 22.—Arab. &AS = a troop of horses, 


a flight of locusts, whee a kind of 
locusts without wings, / afid x being in+ 
terchanged. 


* 7" fut. TM 1. to tremble, e. g. 
a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere 
only of persons, to be in trepidation, to 
be terrified, Ex. 19, 16. Gen. 27, 33. 
Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed' to 
the heart, 1 Sam. 28,5; with > of cause, 
Job 37, 1. Pregn. a) Gen. 42, 28 
ΝΡ ὌΤΙΝΓΌΝ wry ata) they trembled 
one towards another i.e. they turned 
trembling, one to another; saying. b) 
With "77%, to follow any one trembling, 
1 Sam.13,7. ¢), With Mx >p>5 to. trem- 


7 


ble at meeting any one, to meet him 
trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4, 21, 2. 

2. Trop. a) i,q. ‘tocome thessbling, 
to hasten, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg. 
ZEn, 9. 14,) with 72 from a place, Hos. 
11, 10.11. Ὁ) With 5x, to tremble for 
any one, i. q. to care for, 2 K. 4, 13. 

Hipu. to terrify, to make afraid, Judg. 
A 12, 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job. 11, 
"19, Is. 17, 2. al. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 719% and those here fol- 
lowing. 


‘TI adj. 1. trembling, fearful, Judg. 
7.3; with >2 of that for which one trem- 
bles 1 Sam. 4, 13. 

2. Trop. of reverence towards God, 
piety, i.e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10,3 
Wi-¥ ΓῊΣ ῸΞ ov TIM fearing, revering 
the commandinent of our God, comp. 9, 
4. Is. 66,2 "33 52 TIN who trembleth 
at my word ; with 5x v. 5. 


ATM f. constr. nan, plur. nin 
Ez. 26,16. R. 79". 

1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27, 
33 and Isaac trembled 7353 NIN a 
great trembling, i. e. was in great trepi- 
dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21, 
4.al. The genit. following refers to the 
person feared, as SIN NIM fear of man 
Prov. 29, 25; ΠΝ main a@ terror of 
God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14, 
15; comp. ϑεσπέσιος φύζα Il. 9. 2. 

2. care, concern, 2 K. 4,13; see the 
root no. 2. b. 

3. Haradah, pr. n. of a station of the 
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 24. 


ΓΤ fat. mam, apoc. M3, IM. 
But ἫΝ ls 24, 6 is ἘΣ ππ. 

1, to burn, to be kindled, to glow, kindr. 
an; spoken only of anger, espec, in 
the following phrases: 8) Ἔ OR mn 
Ex. 22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with 3 
against any one Gen. 30, 2. 44, 18. Job 
32, 2. 3; often of God, Ex. 4, 14. Num, 
11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8,5; 
ἢ rarely with 5x Num. 24,10; 53 Zech. 
10; 8. Ὁ) Impers. 1b ΓΤ ἐξ was kin- 
dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth, 
where 58 anger is usually supplied, Gen. 
31, 36. 34, 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19; 
43. al. 6) "7°32 MIN (anger) is kin- 
dled in his eyes, anger being chiefly 
visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed 


343 


sh 


countenance. Gen. 31,35. 45, 5.—Some- 
times these formulas express the feeling 
of grief, sadness, rather than anger; 
and hence are rendered in Sept. by the 
verb λυπέομαι, as Gen. 4, δ. Jon. 4, 4. 9. 
Neh. 5,6. On the affinity of these ideas, 
see in 343. 

2. to be angry, wroth, c. 3 Hab. 3, 8. 

Nira. Part. plur. 5°73, i. q. Kal no. 
2, to be angry, wroth, with 3 of pers. Is. 
41,11. 45,24. The form 3772 Cant. 1,6 
is from στ. ὙΠ. 

Hires. 357, fut. "m1 1. to let burn, 
to kindle sc. anger, c. ἘΦ Job 19, 11. 

2. to be ardent, zealous, to do with 
ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb. 
Neh. 3,20 7792 ΤΤΤΊΓΙ Hanh In after 
him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or, 
emulating him repaired, etc. 

Tipu, fut. 737407 (after the form Sup) 
to emulate, to rival, Jer. 22,15; e. ΤΙ to 
contend with any one, Jer. 12, 5. 

Hirupa. fut. apoc. "MMM, to fret one- 
self, to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1.7. 
8. Prov. 24, 19. 

Deriv. an, “0, 8]n. 


“INI (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr. 
n. τῇ. Neh. 3,8. R. 37. 

ΠῚ (trembling, terror, τ. 555) Ha- 
rod, pr. n. of a fountain, or of a place 
near by it, Ti" 77> Judg. 7, 1.—Hence 
gentile n. "75% Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 


DVI m. plur. (r. 124) strings of 
pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck- 
laces, Cant. 1, 10. Syr. }}iaw and 


9 “nw 
; Wee i ο 
Arab i> a necklace of gems or pearls 


27 m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2,9; Plur. 
aban Prov. 24, 31, a thorn-bush, bram- 
ble, so called from its pricking, burning ; 
from a root 52M i. g. "257. Comp. Eth. 
AMAA to burn, for AZZ. See Cel- 
sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166. 


POAT (i. g. τὰ DMN snub-nosed) 
Harumaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10. 


ΤΊ m. (τ. 39) a burning, something 
burning, Ps. 58,10. Of anger, 5% ὙΠ 
glow of anger, burning anger, fierce 
wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam.28,18. 
Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23. Jer. 25, 37.— 
Hence 

2. Trop. anger, wrath; Neh. 13, 18. 


nn 


Ps. 2, 5. Ez. 7, 19. 14. Plur. pan 
rae of anger Ps, 88, 17. 


Ι. F297 τὰ. plur. constr. nizsn Am. 
1,3; part. pass. from r. ὙΠ to cut in, etc. 

1. Pr. something cut in, dug out ; hence 
a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan. 
9, 25; where the verb Mm233 can be re- 
feared to ὙΠ only by Zeugma. Chald. 
xem. b) Poet. for gold, pr. some- 
thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3, 
14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3. 

2. sharpened, pointed, see the root no. 
2; hence as a poetical epithet for the 
threshing-sledge, tribulum; fully 37% 
YN α sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41, 15; 
and then without the subst. in the same 
sense, Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur. 
ΧΡ Am. 1, 3. On the form of this 
instrument see in 39492. 

3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3; 
and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4, 
14 ya" Pees in the valley of judg- 
ment, i. 6. of punishment. Sept. ἐν τῇ 
κοιλάδι τῆς δίκης. 


Il. 773, Kamets impure, for 735n, 
τ. yon. 

1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5; 
hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov. 
12, 27. 21,5. Plur. Boe, Prov, 10, 4. 
12, 24. 13, 4, 

2. Haruz,-pr. n. of the father-in-law 
of the Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 


υδ πον obsol. root, kindr. with 72", 
to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore 
through, to perforate. Arab. ) > to 
bore through, e. g. pearls or gems, in 
order to string them. Hence p-y37". 


OM pr. n. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22, 14; 
in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written M70N q. v. 


WINI τὰ. (τ. 920) 1. inflammation, 
burning fever, Deut. 28, 22. Sept. ἐρε- 
ϑισμός, Vulg. ardor. 

2. Harhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 
7, 53. 

* DT obsol. root, Syr. pw, pr. to 
scrape, to scratch; hence to cut in, to 
grave, to insculp, like kindr. 025, 72", 
wn, on, χαράσσω, χαράττω. See 
more under r. "73.—Hence 09M a gra- 
ver, Ὁ ΔΊ. 

DT] m. 1, @ graver, graving-tool, 
chisel Ex. 32, 4. 


3-44 


“mn 


2. a stylus, style, with which letters 
were written or inscribed on wood or 
stone ; hence poet. of a manner of writ- 
ing, Is. 8,1 Bis VINA with a man’s 
style, i.e. with the common letters, so 
as to be read without difficulty by the 
common people. 


DOIN m. only in plur. ®°20911, sacred 
scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or 
Bicroniyphien t ἱερογραμματεῖς, a class of 
Egyptian priests ; see Jablonski Proleg. 
in Panth. AXgypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer 
Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245.— 
Gen. 41, 8. 24. Ex. 7, 11.22. 8, 3.14.15. 
9,11. The same name is applied also 
to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2. 
—The word seems to be of Hebrew ori- 
gin, and derived either from ὉΠ style, 
and ἘΣ formative, comp. pine from 
MiB, bins from "25; or else a quadrili- 
teral made up Gok the triliterals DIN 
to grave, and 637% to be sacred. See 
Michaelis Suppl. 923. 


DU Chald. id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10. 
Plur. o°%209M Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4.6. 5, 11. 


"3 m.(r.427) heat, glow, sc. of anger, 
with ὩΝ Ex. 11, 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4. 
al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20,34. 

I, "0 m. (τ. ἈΠ) white bread, made 
of fine flour ; once Gen. 40, 16 "hh “bo, 
Vulg. canistra farine, Sept. κανᾶ χονδρι- 
tav.—In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3. 
§ 10, "2m is a species of bread or cake ; 


Arab. Sle white bread, white flour. 


I]. “IM (a dweller in caverns, troglo- 
dyte, from “im II, a hole, cavern, and 
the ending "—) pr. ἢ. 

1. Horite, Horites, a people who an- 
ciently dwelt i in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6; 
and were afterwards driven out by the 
Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22.—Gen. 36, 
20-30. Plur. awh id. Deut. 2, 12. 

2. Hori, pr. ἢ. m. a) Gen. 36, 22, 
b) Num. 13, 5. 

Dor? "NT see in art. ONT. 

ON m. (τ. Ὁ.) twice pl. pen, 
purses, bags, for money ; prob. so called 
from their long and round form, perh. like 
an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22. 


Arab. xbyye. 


Vest. mul. Heb. c. 17. 


Comp. Schroeder de 


ΜΠ 
ἘΠῚ (Arab. yd the autumnal 


rain, from 97h autumn,) Hariph, pr. n. 
of a man, Neh. 7, 24. 10, 20.—Instead 
of this is read My (autumnal rain) 
Ezra 2, 18. 

7° verbal n. (τ. ym) 1. a cutting, 
τμῆμα, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam, 17,18 
DSM ἼΣΟΣ Mes ten cuttings (slices) 
of curds, new or soft cheese. Sept. 
τρυφαλίδες i. 6. according to Hesych. 


τμήματα τοῦ ἁπαλοῦ τυροῦ. Vulg. de- 
cem formelle casei. Chald. Syr. 72353. 
Arab. Yya3,5 soft cheese. 


2. a threshing-sledge, tribulum, i. q. 
727" no. 2; spec. for a sharp threshing- 
sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3. 

O07 τὰ. (r. won) a ploughing, old 
Engl. earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12; time of 
ploughing, ἀροτός, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21. 
1 Sam. 8, 13. 

ΕἸ ΤΙ adj. (τ. an no. 5) silent, still, 
and hence sultry, spoken of the east 
wind, Jon. 4, 8. 


ἘΠῚ ΠῚ ἃ root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Prov. 12, 
27 FE MID FAN NS, i. 6. either: the 
slothful man roasteth no game, comp. 
Chald. 772" to burn, to scorch; or bet- 
ter: he snareth no game, pr. does not 
take it with a net ; comp. 0°D37 net. 
Kindr. is 328. 

JI Chald. to burn, to singe, i. q. 
Arab. μϑ 

Ἱτηρα. FINNS to be singed, 6. g. the 
hair, Dan. 3, 27. 

273 m. plur. lattices of windows, 
pr. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9; Sept. 
δίκτυα. Chald. 827" a lattice-window. 
R. 977 kindr. with 338. 

id 5. see 5. 


τ pan pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see 
OIF net, no. 1. 

1. Spec. to shut in the nose, to draw 
in, to contract,comp. D0". Hence part. 
bas Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the 
nose, i.e. snub-nosed, flat-nosed ; Vulg. 
parvo naso. Arab. and ὌΝ to 
bore through between the nostrils of a 
camel and pass in a ring; pr. to con- 
tract the nose. 

2. to shut up from common use, to 


345 


an 
make sacred, to consecrate, to devote to 
God, opp. 55m. Arab. ας, to shut up, 


to prohibit, sc. from common use ; II to 


make sacred; IV to devote. “2. a 
sacred place, adytum; also the women’s 
apartment, harem. Ethiop. AZP to 


esteem unlawful, ALP to forbid, to 
prohibit. See Hiph. 

Hips. ΘΠ 1. to consecrate, to de- 
vote unto God, so that the person or thing 
thus devoted can never be redeemed, 
Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. _ Ethiop. 


AihL@ to anathematize, to put under 
a curse.—In the exterminating wars 
against the Canaanites, cities were often 
thus devoted; and these when taken 
were razed to the foundations, and the 
inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly 
destroyed ; so as to prevent them from 
ever being redeemed from this vow. 
Hence 

2. to devote to destruction, i. q. to utterly 
destroy, to exterminate, e. g. cities and 
their inhabitants, Deut. 2, 34. 3,6. 7,2. 
20, 17. Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28. 37. 11, 21. 
καὶ 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer. 51, 3. Some- 
tihties with =n spb added, Toul: 11, 12. 
1Sam. 15,8. The formula’ “IN ΟΝ 
Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy 
as pursuing after those who are to be 
utterly destroyed; comp. "Im "33 1K. 
14, 10. 21, 21.—Poetically, God himself 
is said thus to devote any person or 
thing, i. e. to utterly destroy, Is. 34, 2. 
Jer. 25,95 also Is, 11,15 mint ovina 
[τ ρ τα -ὰ ‘yi ὌΝ νὰ Jehovah will 
utterly destroy (dry up) the tongue of the 
Egyptian sea ; comp. Ps. 106, 9. 

Horn. 8759 to be viepeorabed devot- 
ed, Ezra 10,8; of persons i. q. to be put 
to death Ex. 22, 19. Lev. 27, 29. 

. Deriv. the five following, and 72770. 


DT (devoted) Harem, pr. n. of a place 
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 


DOF for ov (ig. D970 flat-nosed) 
Harim, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 32. 10,31. Neh. 
3,11. 


DI once OI Zech. 14, 11, c. suff. 
ὙΠ, jown, plur. ovo7n. R. oa. 

1. @ net, for fishing or fowling, so eall- 
ed from its shutting in the prey, see the 


mn 


root init. Hab. 1, 15. 16.17. Ez. 26, 5. 
14. 47,10. Metaph. nets, for female en- 
ticements, Ecc. 7, 26. 

2. devotion of any thing to destruction, 
utter destruction, Mal. 3,34. Zech. 14, 11. 
"25h Sx one devoted by me to destruc- 
tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5.—Often coner. 
any thing devoted to God without power 
of redemption, and, if animated, to be 
put to death, Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num. 
18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13, 18. al. Sept. 
generally ἀνάϑεμα. 


ΠῚ (place desolated, r. D9) Hor- 
mah, pr.n. of a royal city of the Canaan- 
ites, in the south of Judah towards Edom, 
afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si- 
meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41. 
Josh. 12, 14. 19,4. Anciently called mex 
Judg. 1,17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 591. 


Soe 


pay (i. ᾳ Ρ» ee prominent 


summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr. 


Ee 
nose of a mountain, comp. wit) Her- 
mor, the high southern part of Anti- 
Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3.17. Ps. 89,13. 133, 
3. It lies around the sources of the Jor- 
dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh, 


act ! das >. Ithas two or more sum- 


mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur. 
£7225n Ps. 42,7. According to Deut. 3, 
9. 4, 48, this mountain was called by the 
Amorites "772, by the Sidonians 7177, 
and sometimes also it was named ἽΝ Ἢ ; 
but in Cant. 4,8. 1 Chr. 5,23, Senir and 
Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif- 
ferent summits or parts of the chain bore 
different names, which were applied in a 
wider or narrower acceptation at differ- 
ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest, IIL 
Ῥ. 357. Biblioth. Saer. 1843, p. 13. 


wan m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9. 23, 26. 
Prob. made up from D735 @y& to cut off, 
and 69M to cut in. 

6 ,a- 
ΤΠ (i. q. Arab. uly parched, dry, 
τι "20%) Haran, pr. n. a) A city of 


Mesopotamia in the time of the patri- 
archs, Gr. and Lat. Κάῤῥαι, Car- 


§$ ,o- , 
re, Arab. and Syr. ων» ’ oe after- 
wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras- 
sus; Gen. 11, 31. 12,5. 27, 43. 2 Καὶ. 19, 


346 


on 


12. Ez. 27, 23. See Golius ad Alferg. 
p. 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charre. 
b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


DF (two caves, dual of ὙΠ i. q. 
“in) Horonaim, pr. ἢ. of a Moabitish 
city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, δ. 
Jer. 48, 3. 5.34. Gentile n. "25h Horo- 
nite, Neh.2,10.19.—Differentis jh ma, 

5277 (perh. for p20m2 fr. "M2 to 
snort, to snore, and Syr. ;22 to breathe 


hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. n. τῇ. 
1 Chr. 7, 36. 


“ODT and WM obsol. root. 1. ig. 
>, to scrape, to scratch; intrans, 
to be scratched, rough ; > a sherd, 
potsherd, so called from being rough 
and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8.—Hence 
ΠῚ potsherd, also ὉΠ, mio. 

2. Perh. to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea 
of roughness being transferred to what 
is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from 
dryness, and so to heat as the cause of 
dryness; see under r. 97.—Hence 097 
the sun. 


O°7M m. (τ. O97) in Pause O 3M Judg. 
8, 13. 

1. the itch, as the cause of scratching, 
Deut. 28, 27. 

2. the sun, a sense not frequent and 
rather poetic, Job 9,7. Judg. 8,13; with 
He parag. MOI Judg. 14, 18, like M¥48, 
ΑΒ, Prob. 3M is here pr. heat, like 
mart, see the root no. 2; unless one 
chooses with Hitzig to take it as de- 
noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ. 
‘die Sonnen-scheibe, from the idea of - 
scraping, forming, making, as Germ. 
Scheibe from the verb schaben to scrape ; 
see Adelung ἢ. v.—As to 0775 ὙΦ Is. 
19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and 
some editions, and is expressed by the 
Sept. Complut. ᾿ἀχερές, by Symm. πόλις 
ἡλίου, by the Vulg. civitas solis, by Saa- 
dias (woo &3y3, and has also the tes- 


timony of the Talmudists in Menachoth 
fol. 110. A,) if we follow the certain and 
ascertained usus loquendi, it denotes city 
of the sun, i. e. Heliopolis in Egypt, else- 
where called j8and S38 ΤῊΣ; whatever 
we may determine as to the authenticity 
of the words: MRR Vex OAH Dy, 


or 


Or, from the Arabic usus loquendi, 
(comp. (wy> to defend, to preserve,) it 
may be réndered, one shall be called, A 
city preserved, i. e. one of these five cities 
shall be preserved. Whichever inter- 
pretation may be chosen, this reading is 
to be preferred to the other, OF} 2, 
for which see 077 p. 263. 


MAT f. (from subst. ὉΠ) a pot- 
tery, a potter’s work-shop. Hence “3% 
mao yn the pottery-gate Jer. 19,2 Cheth. 
a gate of Jerusalem near the valley of 
Hinnom; see in "28 no. 1. Keri m709n 
id. 

ἘΣΤΙ a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. zo 
be cunning ; whence 330". 


* DM fat. aut Job 27, 6. Is..18, 6. 

1. to pull, to pluck, to gather fruit, 
Arab. 3. Kindr. are 923, ΠΤ, ΔΩ; 
comp. in 8®3. Corresp. is Lat. carpo, 
Engl. to carp.—Hence 97h, al 
time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and 
from this again: 

2. Denom. to pass the autumn and 
winter, to winter, χειμάζω. Is. 18, 6 
RIND 2S PINT MSR" Pg} and all the 
beasts of the field shall winter upon it, 
as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers. 
correctly. Opp. 7p to summer, to pass 
the summer, from 777.—The Arabic 
verb 3, has also many denom. sig- 


nifications derived from Wasy>. 


3. Trop. carpere convictis, Engl. to 
carp, i.e. to upbraid, to reproach, to 
scorn, c. acc. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov. 
27, 11. Job 27, 6 7222 7395 FIN > my 
heart reproacheth not one of my days, 
i.e. my conscience upbraids me for no 
day of my life. 

Piet 92" 1.1. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, toupbraid, 
to reproach, to scorn, ο. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 
26. 36. 1 Chr. 20, 7. Ps. 42, 11. Zeph. 
2,8.10; spec. God, 2 K. 19,4. 16. Is. 37, 
4.17; also his anointed, Ps.89,52. With 
> 2 Chr. 32, 17; 3 2 Sam. 23, 9. 53m 
Ten Ps. 79, 12. 89, 51. 52. Pregn. 
Jadg. 5, 18 mv> itn: HIM ey day Ze- 
bulun, that people, scorned their life even 
unto death, i.e. jeopardized their lives, 
exposed themselves to instant death. 
In like manner the Arabs use the words 


347 


eh 


yt, Jdo, vey; see Comment. on 
Is. 53, 12. 

Nipu. to be betrothed, spoken of a 
woman; Lev. 19,20 a handmaid ΤῈ m3 
wind betrothed to a man. So in the 
Talmud. ΠΕῚ is i. ᾳ. MOMS betrothed. 
Pr. to be delivered over to a husband ; 
like Arab. ᾿ς, Ue>); pr. to esteem 
lightly, and then to deliver over a wo- 
man to a man; see Schultens Opp. min. 
Ρ. 145 sq. 

Deriv. the three following, and =". 


510 (plucking off) Hareph, pr. n. τα, 
1 Chr. 2, 51. 


FIM m. (r. HAM no. 1) autwmn, the 
season when fruits are gathered, Arab. 


wiayS, see Schult, ad Job 29, 4. Not 


unfrequently it includes also the winter, 
so that Fh) Ὑ summer and autumn 
is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22. 
Ps. 74,17. Zech. 14,8. 995 ΓΞ win- 
ter-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe 
manly age; Job 29, 4 "BIN "2.3 in the 
days of my ripeness, τῆς ἀκμῆς wou, of my 
manly vigour, in the flower of my age. 
Comp. Gr. ὀπώρα Pind. Isthm. 2.8. Nem. 
5.10; Lat. auctumnus Ovid. Met. 15. 
200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5. 11. 


BW f. (r. 92M no. 3) 1. reproach, 
cast upon another, scorn, contumely, Job 
16,10. Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jer. 51, 51. 
Lam. 3, 61. So 53 MEIN Nw? to take 
up a reproach against any ove, Ps. 15, 
3; but also to bear reproach on account 
of, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15; without 52 id. 
Mic. 6, 16. For Zeph. 3, 18 see in PROD. 
With gen. of him who casts reproach, 
Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 61, 7; ¢. suff. 
id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him 
suffering reproach, Ps. 74,22. Meton. 
a reproach, i. e. the object of reproach, 
a person or thing subject to scorn and 
contumely, Neh. 2, 17. Ps, 22,7. Joel 
2, 17. 19.—Plur. nina reproaches, Ps. 
69, 17. Dan. 12, 2. 

2. reproach, which rests upon any one, 
i. q. disgrace, shame, Gen. 34, 14. 1 Sam. 
11, 2. 17, 26. Ps. 119, 22. Is. 4,1. With 
genit. of that for which one suffers, Ez. 
36, 30. Is. 54,4 ΛΈ» ΟΝ κα Ὁ the reproach 
of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon 
widows. Josh. 5, 9 the reproach of Egypt, 


mn 


i. 6. the reproach of being uncircumcised, 
resting on Israel as having dwelt in 
Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19. 

3. pudenda, Is, 47, 3. 


yan fut. yam? 1. pr. 10 cut, to cut 
in, kindr. with wan, mm. The LXX. 
sometimes render it by συντέμγνειν Prov. 
21, 5. Is. 10, 23. 28,22. Hence ὙΠ 
a cutting, slice —Spec. a) to cut into 
the skin, to wound slightly ; Part. yarn 
slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab. 


yey> to ES the skin, Kole a wound 


skin-deep, Bac id. upon the head. 


b) to dig, see yon ἘΠῚ 
2. to cut to a point, to make pointed, to 


a, κα 
sharpen, comp. Arab. VA > point of 


a spear, Schult. ad Prov. p. 251. Only in 
the proverbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 933 555 
> 355 pI Nd Sars against all the 
children of Israel not a dog shall sharpen 
(point) his tongue, i.e. no one shall even 
slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg. 
non mutiet canis. Josh. 10,21. Comp. 
Judith 11, 13 [19]—Hence yn I. 2. 

3. Trop. te decide, to determine, from 
the idea of cutting off. 1K. 20,40 such 
is thy sentence, MEIN AMX thou thyself 
hast decided. Job 14, 5 1°37 BST ON 
if his days be determined. Is. 10, 22 
yn ΕΞ destruction is decreed. Comp. 
Niph. and γῆ. 3. 

4, Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the 
taste, i. 6. 0 be acid, sour; comp. Arab. 


eye alkali 
τα δ 

5. Trop. of the mind, to be sharp, 
eager, active. Comp. in Germ. ‘sich’s 
sauer werden lassen.’ Hence adj. ὙΠ 
II. q. v. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24, 
ὙΠῸ τὸ then be thou on the alert, i. e. 


Hence ΠΣ ΧΗ grape- 


“<< 


bestir thyself, make haste.—Arab. , jo 


to desire eagerly, to be impelled’ by 
eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive 


So 
after, to be strenuous and ready, | oy> 
studium. red 

Nieu. part. ἢ, rete) οὐ ure ney, 
something decided, determined, i. e. a 


decision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; δ chiefly i in 
the phrase N77) 2D destruction and 


rrmve 


348 


“nn 


decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de- 
creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. 
Dan. 9, 27.—Dan. 9, 26 mis2is netm3 
desolations decreed. 

Deriv. yi0n L, IL, yyy, Bast. 


777 Chald. m. loin, lumbus, plur. the 
loins, the lower part of the back around 
which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. 5° 5m, 
the letters 5 and Ἢ being interabanged, 
In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K.1, 8; 
Plur. 772771 Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Also 
in Syriac, where Sing. ἵςώ (Resh being 
dropped) is often put for the back, Rom. 
11, 10; see Castell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi- 
chaelis p. 316.—So Dan. 5,6 ®¥IN “UF 
{TINO the joints of his loins were loosed, 
i. 6. the joints of his back, the vertebre. 


. 2270 obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab. 
transp. S> 45 to bind JSast a cord, to 


draw tight, comp. a and sae 


—Hence 

S271 plur. niaswn 1. tight bands, 
cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6, 

2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps. 
73, 4. Comp, 53m and >3n no 3. 

DEF m. plur. (τ. ὙΠ no. 4) grape- 
kernels, grape-stones, so called from their 
acrid taste, once Num, 6, 4. Syr. {2- 
Onk. j"2%55, grains. So also the Tal- 
mudists; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6. § 2. 
R. Tanchum in Lex. v. 311. See The- 
saur. p. 527.—Others: sour grapes. 


+ ΡΠ fut. Pan, to grate, to gnash 


with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab. 

, Syr. pw, ἔρῤα» grating of 
the teeth ; corresponding is also Gr. 
κρίζω, aor. ἔχριγον, from the old root 
KPI. Construed, 07283 pry Job 16, 
9; and o'r “πὶ Ps. 35, 16. 37,12. 112,10. 
Tate 2, 16. 

Ι “an 1. to be dry, arid, parched ; 
Job 30, 30 33h 3 MIA 2x2 my bones 
are dried up with heat ; comp. Niph. no. 
1. Syr. μὼ to be dried up with heat. 
Kindr, are 229, 07M no. 2, Lat. areo. 


9, to burn, to glow. Arab. “2. to be 


warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop. shZ,Z, to 
be hot, to boil. For this signification of 


aa 


heat, burning, comp. 177, 234, G 
Lat. areo, ardeo, old Germ. har, hyr, 
fire, Heerd, harsten to roast, Engl. 
hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez. 
24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6 
VR BPM, 


3. i. q. Arab. > for γα to be of no- 


ble birth, to be free, free-born ; whence 
Heb. “h, “in, free-born, noble ; Syr. 
spe to make free, Chald. "2" id. The 
primary idea seems to lie in the glowing 
brightness, the purity of one whose rank 
and character is obscured by no stain. 

Nipeg. 773, also ὙΠ) Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4, 
after the form bra from bon and ΓΤ) 
from Mmm; fut. wm Ez. 15, δ. 

1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4. 

2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29. 
Bz. 15, 4. 5. 24, 10. 

3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an- 
ery, Cant. 1,6 "3 99m. Others make 
this form from 59M". 

Pip. inf “rr to kindle strife, Prov. 
26, 21. 

Deriv. “hI, 33, FW, and 

Ὁ ΤῚ πὰ. plur. arid places, parched 
by the sun, Jer. 17, 6. 


% wan iq. DD. q. v.—Hence_ 


‘DIT τὰ. in pause win, a sherd, pot- 
sherd, i. 6. fragment of an earthen ves- 
sel, comp. in 017 no. 1. Job 2,8. 41, 22. 
Ez. 23, 34. Hence wan "9 an earthen 
vessel er. 6, 21. 11, 33. 4, 5.50. 15,12; 
for which poet. simply wan Prov. 26, 23. 
Proverbially, a potskerd is put for any 
thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9; 
also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16. 
For 055 “"p see in ""p no 2,—Arab. 
uy a wine-jar, ys to make earth- 
-en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph. 

MW VP see in MP no. 2. 


τ wan fut. sam and oom, see no. 
3, 4. 

1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters 
upon a tablet, Gr. χαράσσω, χαράττω, Jer. 
17, i.—Kindred roots are τι, O47, 735, 

mm, which see. Syr. bine to cut one’s 
throat. 


| 2.0 grave, i.e. to form, to.make; ἴο 


fabricate, e.g. in metal 1 Κὶ, 7,14; in 
30 


349 


war 

wood, stone, see 89M; with acc. of mate- 
rial 1 Κα. l.c.—Metaph. to work, to devise, 
to machinate evil, mischief, Prov. 6, 14. 
14, 22 where once by Zeugma also ἘΠ 
312; with >> against any one 3,29. So 
Lat. fabricari fraudem Plaut. Asin. 1. 1. 
89; doli fabricator Virg. Ln. 2. 264; 
κακὰ tevysev, δόλον τεύχειν, Hom. Hesiod. 
teyvat to machinate, τέκτων machina- 
tor, τεκταίνεσϑαι μῆτιν Il. 10, 19, In 
Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic 
arts; see in 8M no. 2. 

3. Fut. gam to plough, Arab. — 


Eth. MZ ia. E45 a ploughinan, hus- 


4 


bandman, aes a plough.—Spoken 


of cattle ploughing, Job 1, 14; also of 
the plougher, with 3 of the animal Deut. 
22,10. Judg. 14,18. Am.6, 12; with ace. 
of the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 33 ἘΦ 
pron asim the ploughers ploughed 
upon my back, i. 6. they furrowed my 
back with stripes—Metaph. to plough 
in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity 
(Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself 
the punishment of it, Job 4, 8. Hos. 10, 
13; opp. to reap calamity. 

4. Fut. sam, to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16; 
comp. ΘΠ deafi— Also 

5. to be dumb, which often depends on. 
deafness and is joined with it, to be mute,, 


to keep silence. Syr. wap» mid. ἘΣ. 
=e 
id. (wpe! dumb. The: 
origin of this signif. lies in the idea of” 
cutting with repeated strokes, hacking,. 
beating; so that Wn is pr. blunted, dull,. 
as also κωφός is both deaf and dumb: 
from κόπτειν, and Germ. stumm, dumb, 
is of the same origin with stwmpf, dull.. 
So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere.. 
But the examples show that W2n im- 
plies only voluntary silence, and so dif- 
fers from ἘΞ which refers to that which: 
is involuntary.—Spoken of God, Ps..50, 
3; as not listening to and answering 
the prayers of men (opp. 122), Ps. 35,22 
πος. sw ΠΝ chow ‘beholdest all 
things, O Lord, ‘keep not silence. 39; 13. » 
83, 2. 109, 1. With 12 pregn.. P&. 28, 1 
"20 sonn bx keep not silence: foie, 
turn not away from me in silence. 
Nips. pass. of no. 3, fo δε’ ploughed,. 


Arab. ΟΞ 


‘Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12. 


ἸΔῈ 


Hirz. 1. i.q. Kal πο. 2, trop. to work, 
to devise sc. evil, ὁ. ἘΣ 1 Sam. 23, 9. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to be deaf, pr. to act 
the deaf man, as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27. 

3. Corresp.to Kal no.5. a) Causat. 
to put to silence, to make one hold his 
peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men 
hold their peace? So Chald. b) In- 
trans. to keep silence, to be silent, to hold 
one’s peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18, 
36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24; as abstain- 
ing from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20.. Job 
13,19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession, 
Ps, 32,3. With > 10 be silent towards 
any thing, to allow it silently, to let 
pass in silence, Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15. 
With 32 to be silent from any one, 
i.e. not to interrupt him, Job 13, 13; 
with >x id. to keep silence towards, Is. 
41,1. With ace. to be silent as to any 
thing, to conceal, Job 41, 4. c) Often 
by impl. ¢o be still, quiet, inactive. Ex. 
14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, ΘΣΝῚ 
θη and ye shall remain quiet. 
With ya, to withdraw quietly from any 
one, to leave him alone, Jer. 38, 27. 
1 Sam. 7,8. Also with 5. and inf. qui- 
etly to neglect doing any thing, comp. 
Engl. ‘to say nothing of doing it, 
2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be 
quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q. 
to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3, 
17. : 

Hirupa. to keep oneself still, quiet, 
Judg. 16, 2. 

Derivat. ton—ntsn, dn, "4, 
peigne, Pes. 


O77 τὰ. (for pn) constr. SI Ex. 28, 
11. Is. 44, 12.13; comp. 918 constr. O78 
Ez. 26,10. Plur. 0°33", constr. “ET. 

1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex. 
28, 11. 

2, a workman, artificer, craftsman, 
e. g. a) In stone, fully 738 wan 2 
Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22, 15. b) In wood, 
a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3; fally 5°32 τὶ 15. 
44, 12; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14,1. 
6) In metals, @ smith, 1 Sam. 18, 19. 
Jer. 10, 9. Hos. 8, 6. 9113 Is. 44, 12; 
plur. 2 Chr, 24, 12. ἃ) Metaph. "w9n 
mona artificers of destruction, skilful 
to destroy, Bz. 21, 36 [31]. 


Wn adj. (for ym after the form 
bup) plr. phn, deaf, see r. WIN no. 


390 “On 


4, Ex. 4, 11. Lev, 19, 14. Ps. 38, 14. 
Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the 
prophets and obey the law, Is. 29, 18, 
42, 18. 19. 43, 8. 

U2 m. 1. artificial work, work of 
the wn; hence ΘΝ ΓΙ 73 valley of arti- 
ficial works, valley of crafismen, near Je- 
rusalem, Neh. 11,35; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14. 

2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo- 
ken of magic arts, like Syr. Lape ἢ Lape, 
comp. Lace, Chald. πὶ, magician, en- 
chanter. Is.3, 3 0°87" 027 one skilled 
in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol- 
lowed by Um> 7132 a skilful enchanter. 
So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un- 
derstand a skilful artifieer. 

3. silence, comp. the root no.5. Hence 
as Adv. silently, secretly, Josh. 2, 1. 

4. Heresh, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 

vw τὰ. pr. part. Kal of B34 no. 1, 2, 
cutting, graving, forming ; hence a cut- 
ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument, 
tool. Gen. 4, 22 mana wins every 
cutting instrument of brass. ; 

DIN ἃ thick wood, thicket, forest, 
either as being to be cut (τ. 825), or 
from Chald. t31 to be entangled, inter- 


"woven, 8:13 a wood, ΠῚ thicket 


of trees; comp. Samar. RAK a 
wood.—Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He 
parag. MUM 1 Sam. 23, 16; so too with 
prep. muiahz v. 15, 18, Plur. DOB 
2 Chr. 27, 4. | 

NW (Chald. enchanter, magician) 
Harsha, pr. τι. τὰ. Ezra 2,52. Neh. 7, 54. 


MU f(r.) 1. a work, working 
in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33. 

2. prin τ Harosheth of the Gentiles, 
pr. n. of a city in the north of Palestine, 
Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16. 


* PINT ig. VT no. 1, to cut in, to 
grave, to inscribe, comp. χαράσσω, χα- 
ράττω. Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald. m7 
id.— Hence 

rN (prob. i,q. wh thicket) Hereth, 
pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of Ju- 
dah, 1 Sam, 22, 5. 

REIN (stripped, τ. ALN) Hasupha, 
pr. π᾿ τὰ. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46. 

DWN τὰ. (τ. He) pr. something peeled 
off, separated ; hence a flock, i.e. a little 


jor 
flock, 1 K. 20, 27 ΘῚΣ "prem "34 two 
little flocks of goats; Sept. δύο ποίμνια 
αἰγῶν, Vulg.duo parvi greges caprarum. 
Abulwalid compares Karls alittle flock, 


so called from being cut off, separated 
from a larger one. 


* JON fut. yer, once Fem Job 7, 
11; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with pin 
q.v. Job 16, 5 Wenz "MEw 725 and the 
comfort of my lips should hold you, i. 6. 
hold you up, ironically; parall. ἘΞ ΘΝ, 
Oftener 

1. to hold or keep back, to withhold, 
with 12 from any thing,e.g. a) Genr. 
Gen. 20, 6 I also withheld thee "> tara 
from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25, 
39. Ps. 19, 14. Job 30, 10. Absol. that 
being omitted from which one is_with- 
held; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the 
people sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19. 
17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 cry aloud (pr. 
with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2. 
b) With ace. of thing and 7 of pers. to 
keep back or withhold 4 thing from any 
one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not 
withheld thy son ... from me; comp. v. 
16 where 12 isimplied. Poet. Ps. 78, 50 
he kept not back their life from death. 
6) to keep from danger, i. e. to save, to 
preserve, Job 33, 18. 

2. to forbear, to spare, e. g. a) 
Things, c. ace. Prov. 13, 24 33 yin 
423 8210 whoso spareth his rod, hateth his 
son. With an inf. 24, 11 qivnm ox—>zn 
if thou forbear... to déliver, ete. With > 
to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38, 
23. Absol. Prov. 11,24. 21,26. b) Per- 
sons, i. q. to deal gently with, ¢. ace. 2 Καὶ. 
5, 20. Absol. Ezra 9, 13 nub ὩΞῸΠ 
92252 ἕλοις hast forkorae below our ini- 
quities, hast punished us less than our 
sins deserve. Is. 14, 6. 

Nips. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be spared, 
reserved, for any thing, Job 21, 30. 


* DDT fat. nim, ig. HOM α. v. 

1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel, 
e. g. a tree, Joel 1,7. So of a forest, to 
strip off the foliage, to make bare, Ps. 
29, 9. 

2. to strip off a covering, to uncover, 
with ace. of covering, Is. 47,2 539 "Bin 


351 3: 


uncover the train. Jer.13,26. With ace. 
of pers. i. q. 10 make naked, bare, Jer. 49, 
10. 15, 52,10 the Lord kath made bare 
his holy arm. Ez.4,7, Is. 20,4 "3 "pron 
with the buttocks uncovered. 

3. to draw water from the surface, to 
skim off, Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16.—In Ara- 


9 - 
bic WSqund is a well of living water in 
sandy ground; but the etymology is 
different. 


Deriy. (7%, Ferra, and pr.n. RBAoM. 


* DUT fut. str, but “seins Ps. 40, 
18, json Ps, 35, 20. 

1. to think, to regard as so and so. 
The primary idea is that of computing, 


en ad 


realining, see Piel no. 1; Arab. ens 
Syr. o4e, Eth. ἢ and AHO id. 
Or perhaps it may be that of mingling, 
like Arab. i and itl ; whence 
stim a weaver in colours, pr. mingling 
threads of different colours.—Is. 10, 7 
sims 13 85 1335 nor doth his heart think 
so. Often, to think to be so and so, to 
hold or count as, Gr. hoyizec Pai τινα εἴς 
τι, 6. ace. et > Gen. 38, 15 m3it> Hames 
and he thought her a harlot, regarded 
her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24 
5 ΞΡ ἿΝΡ ΞΘ and ‘holdest- γι ‘for 
(as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35,2. al. With 
two acc. Is. 53,4; acc. et 3 Job 19, 11. 
—With acc. simpl. to think of, i. e. to 
regard, to esteem ; Is. 13, 17 5Q2 δα 
1BM7 NX> who mane not silver. 33, 8. 
53, 3. Mal. 3,16. Comp. Rabb. ΞῚ ὉΠ 
one esteemed, honoured. 

2. to think of as belonging to any one, 
to impute, to reckon to any one; with 
acc. of thing and > of pers. e. g. sin 2 
Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32, 2; a good deed Gen. 
15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, 31. Ellipt. perh. 
Ps, 40, 18, comp. Ps. 32, 3-5. 

. 3. to think, to meditate, to purpose. 
a) With acc. to think out, to invent, to 
devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6, 
5; artificial work Ex. 31, 4. Hence 
Part. 280 an inventor, artificer, as of 
warlike engines 2 Chr. 26,15; also an 
inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu- 
marius, whose work is called =m Hepa 
Vulg. opus plumarium, Ex. 26, 1. 31. 
28, 6. 15. 36,8. 35. 39, 3.8. Here is to 
be understood a fabric artificially woven 


20m 


with figures of various colours, as also 
of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits, 
and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia 
(see "S30 maaN Josh. 7, 21); and diff. 
from ΞΡ, ΠΡ, in Vulg. likewise opus 
plumarium, which consisted of figures 
‘embroidered or stitched upon the cloth, 
and not woven into it; seein Dp . See 
Braun de Vest. sacerd. I. § 267 sq. The- 
saur. p. 531, 1310 sq. Ὁ) With > and 
infin. to think to do any thing, to pur- 
pose, to devise; Ps. 140, 5 330m "Uy 
"938 MimI> who have purposed to over- 
throw my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18, 
8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. eh ta 6 bed 
sense, to meditate evil against one, to 
devise, to plot ; so 55 Mama sn to de- 
vise devices against any one, to lay plots, 
Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan. 
11, 25; >x Ter. 49, 20. 50,45. πιξ stn 
by Mic. 2.3. Nah. 1, 11; comp. Gen. 5, 
20, where by antith. it is also put ina 
goud sense. IX 30M, ΠΤ ‘nN, Ps. 10, 
2. 21, 12. 52, 4. Ez. 11,2. Mic. 2, 1. al. 

NiPd: 1. Pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be com- 
puted, reckoned, accounted, ὃ ἘΠ 22, 73 
to be reckoned or counted to any one, ¢. b 
Josh. 13, 3; 53 2 Sam. 4, 2. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be regarded, 
counted, esteemed as so and s0; 6. acc. 
Prov. 17. 28 even a fool, so long as he is 
silent, 2OM7 ὈΞΤῚ is counted wise. Gen. 
31,15. Neh. 13,13. With 9 to be count- 
-ed as, to be esteemed like, Job 18, 3. 41, 
.21. Hos. 8,12. (Hence to be like Is. 5, 
:28.) With > id. 1K. 10,21. Lam. 4, 2; 
‘3 Is. 2, 22 on summa to what is he 
to be exteemedl like? i.e. how is he to be 
estimated ? D> Ps. 88, 5. 

. 8. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to 
any one, ὁ. > Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18, 
27. Ps. 106, 31. 

Pre. 1. to compute, to reckon ; see 
for the primary signification as often 
preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With 
ace. Lev. 25, 27. 50. 52. 27, 18. 23; mx 
(mx) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16. 

2. to make account of, to regard high- 
ἦν, Ps. 144, 38. Comp. in Kal no. 1. 
ἐς 3. to think upon, to consider, Ps.'77, 6. 
119, 59. 

4. to think, to meditate, to purpose, i. q. 
Kal no. 3; absol. Ps. 73, 16; 6. acc. to 
think out, to plan, Prov. 16, 9. Ina bad 
sense, to devise, lo machinate, Prov. 24, 


352 ΦΩΤΊ 


8; with 53 of pers. 59 Miatins Stn Dan. 
11, 24; ἘΝ of pers. Nah. 1, 9. Hos. 7, 15. 
—Metaph. of things, to be “about to do or 
suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be 
broken, wrecked. 

Hirup. reflex. i.q. Niph. no. 1,toreckon 
oneself, c. 3 among, Num. 23, 9. 

Deriv. 338, MU, and those here 
following. 


aon Chald. i. ᾳ. Hebr. no. 1, to repute, 
to regard, to count as so and so, c. 3 Dan.’ 
4, 32. 


AUT) m. girdle, belt of the high-priest’s 
ephod, TidXt 3m Ex. 28, 27. 28, 29, 5s 
39, 20. 21. Lev. 8. ur, IMJEN aun Ex. 28, 
8. 39, 5. So called froin i its being woven 
in eblounes see r. 30m no. 3. a. 


ΤΣ Ὁ ΤΊ (for 7232 ΞῈΠ thought in 
judging, perh. thoughtful judge,) ‘Hash- 
badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 


MIU (esteemed, i. q. 28M with art. 
Aram.) Hashubah, pr. n. m. of a son of 
Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3; 20. 


yan m.(r.2%m) 1. Power of think- 
ing, reason, intelligence, understanding, 
Ecc. 7, 25. 27. 9,10. Vulg. ratio. 

2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated 
for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5; formerly 
the seat of an Amorite king Num. 21, 
26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of 
Reuben and Gad and assigned to the 
Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39; and still 
later ranked among the cities of Moab, 
Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48,2. Pliny mentions a 
tribe of Arabs called Esbonite, H. N. 
5. 11; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11. 
Now called Hesban, lms, according 
to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in 
Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 278. 


PIE m, plur. mpaen, Ecc. 7, 29; 
pr. inventions, from r. Sun no, 3. ἃ. Spee. 

1. warlike engines, for casting darts, 
stones, ete. 2 Chr. 26,15. Comp. Lat. 
ingenium, which in the middle ages 
came to signify a warlike machine, δα- 
lista, whence Engl. engine. 

2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29. 

mat , sawn (whom Jehovah re- 
gards) Hashabiah, pr. n. of several Le- 
vites: a) 1 Chr. 6, 80. b) 9, 14. 
Neh. 11,16. ¢) 1 Chr. 25, 8.19. Ezra 


307 353 
8,19. d).1 Chr. 26, 30, 37, 17. e) 
Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12, 34. [ἡ Neh. 3, 17. 
10, 12. 11, 22. 


MPAWM (id. » for Ἢ) Hashabnah, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 10, 26, 

M2220N (id.) Hashabniah, pr. n. m 
a) Neh. 3,10. b) 9.5. 


“STM fat. mins, to be hush, silent, 
still, an onomatopoetic root, comp. Engl. 
hush ! hist ! Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1. 6. Ps. 
107, 39. Kindr. is.on, non a-Siioken 
also of one not acting, i. q. to δὲ still, 
quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af. 
fording help, Is. 64, 11. 65, 6. With 72 
i. 4. to turn away in silence Srom any 
one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1. 
Comp. ὉΠ no. 5. 

Hien. monn 1. Causat. to silence, to 
still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11. 

2. Intrans. to keep silence, lo be still, 
like Kal, (comp. S99, o"piin,) 2 K. 
2, 3.5. 7,9. Ps. 39, Alene in Kal, 
to be still, quiet, inactive, Is. 57,11. 1 K. 
22, 3. Judg. 18, 9. 

Nore. The form mm} in Job 31,5 


belongs to ὉΠ ; comp. in r. UD. 


aon (thinking, τ. 2%) Hasshub, pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11, 
15. Ὁ) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24. 


FID Chald.m. emphat.x2ivn , dark- 
ness, Dan. 2, 22. R. Wan. 


DPW see pipun. 


MOM Chald. 1. to be needed, neces- 
sary. Ezra 6, 9 [PHM whatever things 
are necessary. Syr. “au to be suitable. 

2. to have need, c. inf. et 5, Dan. 3, 
16.—Hence 

MAnwM £ need, necessity, i. 6. what is 
necessary, Ezra 7, 20. 

MDOT see nvm. 


* JOT fat. qm, to be dark, darken- 
ed, obscured, to be shrouded i in darkness. 
Chald. 32m, Syr. yaw, id. Spoken of 
the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30. 
13, 10; of the stars, Job 3,8; the day, 
Ez. 30, 18 ; of the eyes as ‘dias. not able 
to see, Lew. 5, 17. Ps. 69, 24, and so of 
persons Ecc. 12, 3; of the colour of the 
skin Lam. 4,8; of the earth darkened 
by locusts, Ex. 10, 15. 

Hirx. 1. to darken, to. make dark ; 

30* 


Si 


Am. 5, 8 7° m55> is he maketh the 
day dark even unto night ; with > Am. 
8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 ΠΟ ΠῚ % 
‘931 ME2 who is this that αν τς my 
counsel by words without wisdom ? i. e. 
strives to hinder it. 

2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark, 
Ps. 105, 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16. 

Deriv. the five following ; comp. 711. 


FOF adj. plur. ov22in, dark, metaph. 
obscure, mean, Prov. 32, 29, Chald. 
Ξ σι, ἜΝΙ id. 


yon m. ὁ. suff. "DM 1. darkness, 
opp. to "%, Gen. 1, 2 sq. Ex. 10, 21. 22, 
al, Also of a dark place, as of Sheol, 
Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job 
10, 21; 78m "25 days of darkness, to be 
spent in Sheol, Kec. 11, 8; of a subter- 
ranean prison, Is. 42, 7. 47, 5. 49, 9. 
WYN MIs treasures of darkness, i. 6. 
laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is. 
45, 3. 

2. Metaph. a) adversity, misery, ca- 
lamity, Is. 9, 1. Job 15, 22 393 jax Nd 
WYN 2 he hopeth not to return out of 
darkness, destruction. v. 23. 30. 20, 26. 
23,17. Mic. 7,8. Am.5, 18. 20. Ps, 18, 
29. b) darkness of mind, ignorance, Job 
37,19; comp. 12,22. 25. 6) sorrow, sad- 
ness, Ecc. 5,16. d) wickedness, Prov. 
2, 13; comp. τὸ σκότος Rom. 13, 12, and 
see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15. 

20M f. darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8, 
22. Ps. 82, 5; once ΠΡ ΘΙ Ps. 139, 12. 
Plur. son i: Is. 50, 10. R. yon. 


M20 or MIU (Tsere pure) constr. 
noun Ps. 18, 12, darkness, sc. of waters, 
clouds. R. yen. 


MQW f. id. Mic. 3, 6 p22 mom 
pope and darkness shall be around you 
from divining, i. e. so that ye cannot 
divine. Some etlitions read M20n, as 
if preet. 3 pers. fem. impers. it shall be 
dark unto you; but the formeris to be 
preferred on account of the subst. ΤΡ 
in the other member. 


τ oO 5 in Kal not used, to prostrate, 
to enfeeble ; kindr. 5m no. 2. 

Nien. part. ἘΠ ΟΊ enfeebled, ex- 
hausted, Deut. 25, 18. Sept. xomcawtec, 
Vulg. lassi. 

2% Chald. to make thin, small; 
hence to crush, to beat fine, i. q. P37. 


pun 


Dan. 2, 40.—Chald. and Talm. of Jerus. 
to beat out thin, to draw out with a 
hammer, X23" pounded barley. Syr. 


<4 to draw out thin with a hammer. 


ᾧ pon obsol. root, Arab. gtic to 
be fat, transp. M2; metaph. to be rich, 


opulent, to have many servants. Hence 
jroo, Myown, oso, and 
DUT (rich, opulent, Arab. hay- 


ing many servants,) Hashum, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2, 19. 10,33. Neh. 7, 22. 8, 4. 10, 19. 


pin see DUAN. 
7M (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon, pr. 


n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15,27. R. own. 


ΤΩΙ (id.) Hashmonah, pr. n. of ἃ 
station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 33, 29. 


2203 m. smooth brass, i. 6. polished, 
burnished. Ez. 1, 4. 27. 8, 2.—Bochart, 
in Hieroz. Il. p. 877 sq. supposes this 
word to be compounded from m3 for 
‘mtn? brass, and Talmud. ndbra gold, so 
‘that botin for 28m? would be a mix- 
‘ture of brass and gold, or at least pre- 
:senting the splendour and colour of gold. 
But this noun X>>*” itself seems to be of 
very uncertain authority. And since in 
Ez. 1,7 we read in the same connection 
“dbp mui burnished brass, it would seem 

‘that bown ought to be explained i in the 
‘same sense, viz. from tm, the 2 being 
dropped by apheresis, and ‘bn, a sylla- 
‘ble which had the sense not only of soft- 
ess but also of smoothness and polish, 
‘as is manifest from many roots begin- 
ming with it, e.g. U3, 722, yah, 

glo, μαλάσσω, mulceo, mollis, and 
‘with a guttural prefixed 52m; see 72%. 

‘The LXX translate it Blexcoon; Vulg. 
electrum, by which words however they 
do not mean amber, but a mixed metal 
‘composed of gold and silver, and distin- 
guished for its brilliancy; see Pausan. 
5. 12. Plin. 33.4 or 23. Buttmann tber 
das Electron, in his Mythol. II. 337 sq. 
In Rev. 1, 15 in a like connection is 
read yalxollBavor, which might be for 
χαλκολίπαρον burnished brass, i.q. 2207. 


DT τὰ, plur. (r. St) ἅπαξ λε- 
you. Ps. 68, 32, pr. the fat, i. e. the opu- 


354: 


pun 
lent, nobles, princes ; comp. Arab. pes 


a great man with a large train of serv- 
ants. So Kimchi well, ΠΡ ox 
prnaa. 

μὰ ΠΡ obsol. root, i. ἃ. Arab. τ vd 
to be fair, beautiful, Con}. II, IV to adorn. 
In the occidental tongues accord perhaps 
Goth. skeinan, Germ. scheinen, whence 
skéni, schén, Engl. sheen.—Hence 


JUN τὰ. pr. ornament ; spoken of the 
breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest, 
woven in colours with figures, orna- 
mented on the outside with twelve 
gems, on which were inscribed the 
names of the tribes, and hollow within, 
where were deposited the sacred lots 
pvt HAR q.v. whence more fully 
called τ cpa jon, Ex. 28, 15. 29, 30. 
39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. n°". Sept. 
λόγενάν; Philo ΠΤ Eeclus. 45, 10 λο- 


γεῖον κρίσεως. 


* pon pr. to join or fasten together, 
comp. PIM no. 1, 2. Also intrans. (for 
pin) to be joined or fastened together, 
to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me- 
taph. e. g. 

1. to be attached, to cleave to, any one, 
i. e. to love with warm affection; comp. 
Engl. to stick fast to any one, Lat. af- 
σι est, Cic. ad Q.'Frat. 3.1. So of 
love towards a maiden, 6. 3 Gen. 34, 8. 
Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91)14; 
of God towards men Deut. 7, 7. 10, 15. 
Comp. Arab. to cleave to a 
maiden, to burn with love for her— 
Pregn. Is. 38,17 ">a PNW? WE? ὩΡῸ ΠΕ 
in love to my saul thou hast delivered me 
Srom the pit of perdition. 

2. With infin. and >, to love to do any 
thing, to delight in doing, to please, 1K. 
9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. 

Prev trans. of Kal init. 10 join or fasten 
together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28. 

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 27, 17. 

Deriv. the three following. 


pon m. c. suff. spun, delight, plea- 
sure, desire, 1 K. 9, 1. 19. Is. 21,4 τῷ" 
“pun the night of my desire, i. 6. long 
desired. 

D porn, mpi m. plur. joinings, 
i.e. poles or rods which served to join 


pin 
together the tops of the columns around 
the court of the tabernacle, and from 


which the curtains were suspended. Ex. 
27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq. 


pon m. plur. spokes of a wheel, 
which connect the rim with the nave, 
1K. 7,33. R. pon. 


ὦ > or obsol. root Arab. ~i=> to 


gather together, to assemble. 
two following: 


MIDVM £ constr. matin, a gathering 
of waters, poet. for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12. 
In the parall. passage Ps. 18, 12 it is 


n2wn. 


ence the 


Den m. plur. the nave of a wheel, 
into which the spokes are gathered, 1K. 
7,33. R. xn. 


*- 
. WT obsol. root. Arab. UA is to 
fodder swith hay; but this is denom. 


from mies hay, dry grass; while 


the primary signif. is in Conj. IV, to be 
dried up, to be dry.—Hence 


OOO m. dry grass, hay. Is.5,24 son 
man the dry grass of flame, i.e. flaming, 
burning. 33, 11. 


FT m. (τ. mnt) c. suff. Damm Gen. 9, 2. 

1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4. 
Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri- 
fied, Ser. 46, 5. 

2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen. 
9, 2. Job 41, 25. 


PI (terror, dread, τ᾿ M9") Heth, pr. n. 
of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence 
mrt children of Heth, Gen. 23, 5 sq. 
25, 10, also "MM plur. O°MM the Hittites, 
a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi- 
cinity of Hebron, Gen. 23,7. Josh. 11, 3; 
sometimes also further north, Judg. 1, 24 
sq. They still remained in the, times 
of the kings, and also after the exile, 
1 Sam. 26, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29. 
Ezra 9,1. ΘΠ 929 2 K. 7, 6, spoken 

‘ of all the Canaanitish kings—Fem. 
mnn Ez. 16,3. Plur. ΓΒ 1 K. 11,1; 
also mm mi2a Gen. 27, 46. 


* FID fat. mmr, to take, to lay hold 
of, to seize ; perh. ‘kind.’ with nan, 
whence by acfteriidg the third radical 
mightcome nh and in. Spoken once 


355 


onn 


of a person Ps. 52,7; elsewhere always 
of taking up fire, Goals, Is. 30, 14 τῆ 
Hpta ON to take up fire from the hearth. 
Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 pregn. MAS O° >r3 SD 
ἸΟΝπτὸν nnn for thou shalt take up and 
heap coals ‘of fire upon his head; see 
under M2m3. 

Deriv. ΠΤ fire-pan, and pr. n. MIT. 


OH ἢ (Ὁ. mm) terror, Gen. 35, 5. 


DIAM m. (τ. ἘΠῚ) a bandage, roller, 
for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21. 


PMID adj. plur. ΘΙ, timid, terri- 


fied, dismayed, Ecc. 12,5. R. nh. 
NT see mn. 


Pen f. (τ. mmm) terror, dread, Ez. 
32, 23. 27. With suff. om nn the dread 
of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26, 
17. 32, 24. 25. 26.—Also as gent. n. fem. 
see in ΤΠ. 


ΩΤ in Kal not used, pr. to cut off; 
trop. to divide, and so to determine, to 
decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ; 
comp. YI, Ta. 

Nip. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks 
Way ἘΣ FAM are decreed upon thy peo- 
ple. Theod. -and Gr. Venet. συνετμήϑη- 
σαν, τέτμηνται. Sept. ἐκρέϑησαν. 


Onn in Kal not used, to wrap in 
bandages, e. g. a wound, see >3mM ; also 
a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddle, 
see Pual and Hoph. Arab. Ais pr. to 
cover, also to hide, to deceive. 

Pua and Hopn. pass. Ez. 16, 4. 

Deriv. 5mm, and the two here fol- 
lowing. 


monn f. a bandage, swaddling-band, 
Job 38, 9. 


7-h (wrapped up, hiding-place) 
Hethlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy- 
ria, Ez. 47, 15. 48,1. R.50n. 


* DN fut. phn: 1. to shut up, to 
close ; kindr. with other words of shut- 
ting up, closing, as D2, DUN, SSF; see 
Piel, Hiph. Arab. haan id. Conj. IV, to 


shut fast, to lock. The general sense of 
closing is found also in some forms of 
the Ethiop. root 2 1 09 ; see Ludolph 
col. 282. 

2. Spec. to seal, to seal up, to close by 
a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab. id. Arab. 


Onn 


I, Il, Eth. TO, id. So Gr. 
σφραγὶς seal, from φράσσω to shut up. 
a) With ace. Is. 8,16 Mim chm seal up 
the oracle, Part. pass. DAMM sealed ; 
Cant. 4, 12 pin 7132 a sealed fountain, 
metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32, 
34. Job 14,17. The ancients were ac- 
customed to make fast with a seal many 
things for which we use a lock, as doors, 
gates, fountains, etc. Cant. 1.c. comp. 
Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips. ad 
Tac. Annal. 2.2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c. 
45.—They also sealed up rolls or vol- 
umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12, 
4.9; bills of sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10. 
11.44. The seal also, as in the East 
at the present day, was the token 
and confirmation of signature, e. g. in 
covenants Neh. 10, 1. 2; in letters 1 K. 
21, 8. Esth. 8, 10. Ὁ) Absol. Jer. 32, 
10.44; with 3 of the ring 1 K.1.c. Esth. 
1:8; 3 With “22 pr. to seal up around 
any thing, Job 9, 7. ἃ) With 3, e.g. 
phim pwg-b> 3 he sealeth up the hail 
of every man, i. e. binds up their hands, 
hinders the use of them, Job 37, 7. Diff, 
is Job 33,16 DMT DIRS he sealeth up 
their admonition, i. δ. admonishes them 
in secret, q. 4. under seal; comp. Arab. 

c. \ to reveal to any one; see 


Schult. ad ἢ. 1. 

3. As a letter or roll when completed 
was sealed up, hence to complete, to fin- 
ish ; Dan. 9, 24 8733) jim RMD 10 com- 
plete the vision and the prophets, i. 6. 
until the prophecies are fulfilled. Ez. 
28, 12.—Arab. to mark with finis 
to nish. a ΣΙ 
τ Nips. pass. of no. 2, to be sealed, with 
3 of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8. 

Pret to shut up, see in Kal no. 1; 
with >, q. d. to oppose a barrier to any 
one, Job 24,16 123 samm cit by day 
they shut themselves up. 

Hips. i. gq. Pi. to shut up, to stop; 
once Lev. 15,3 38 ita COMM is 
or whether he stop his flesh from the 
issue, i. 6. the part become so ob- 
structed that the issue cannot flow off 
freely. 

Deriv. onin, mann. 


DMM Chald. i. ᾳ. Hebr. to seal, to seal 
up, Dan, 6, 18. 


356 


wan 
DOA see tnin a seal. 
mann f. a seal, signet, Gen. 38, 25. 


Tan to marry, i.e. 1. to give in 
marriage, to marry away a daughter. 
Hence Parr. iM a father-in-law, 1. 6. 
the father of the wife, one who gives his 
daughter in marriage ; the father of the 
husband is called Bm q. v. So MYa inh 
the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3,1. 4, 
18. 18, 1-27. Judg. 1, 16. 4,11. Fem. 
minh a méther-in-law, mother of the 
wife, Deut. 27, 23. 

2. to take in marriage, to marry a 
wife; hence jA4, ΠΡΟΤῚ. 

Hirupa. to mutually give and take 
daughters in marriage, to contract af- 
finity by marriage, with any one, ὁ. MR 
Gen. 34, 9. 1 K. 3, 1; 3 Deut. 7, 3. 
Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 27. 
Ezra 9, 14; > 2 Chr. 18, 1. 

Nore. In Arabic we find: pt 


Conj. LII, to contract affinity by marriage; 


S father-in-law, son-in-law, any af- 
finis. Further, this root signifies: Conj. 


Si. 

I, to circumcise an infant; wy cir- 
αἰ eGR 

cumcision; (pat an infant circum- 


cised. That these two significations 
are connected by a common bond, is 
shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in jpn 
no. 1; but also by another signification 
of pie, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast, 
both a nuptial feast and one at the cir- 
cumcision of a child; ὧξξε, ie, 
a feast, either at a wedding or a cir- 
cumcision. The primary idea is per- 
haps that of cutting off, circwmcising ; 


(comp. one a cutting off, also the 
roots j2P, WM, and others beginning 
with the syllable kat;) and then the 
word for the celebration of this rite was 
transferred to the like celebration of 
nuptial rites. 


700 τὰ. (τ. iM no. 2) one who mar- 
ries the daughter of another, Gr. γαμ- 
Boeos.—Hence 

1. In respect to the bride, @ bride- 

groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7, 
34. Joel 2, 16. al.—In Ex. 4, 25 an in- 


nn 


fant son after being circumcised by his 
mother, is called by her 0°27 [ON a 
bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to 
the signif. circumcision, i. e. an infant 
circumcised; see τὶ ΩΤ note.. Aben- 
Ezra: “mos est mulierum, filium, cum 
circumciditur, sponsum vocare.” Others 
regard these words as spoken not of the 
child, but of Moses. 

2. In respect to the parents, a son-in- 
law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6, 
18. al. 

3. a relative by marriage, ΜΕ 2K. 
8, 27. 


men f. (τ. (9) espousals, wilde 
Cant. 3, 11. 


“EID fat. nit, iq. 52M, to.catch, 
to seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9, 
12. Comp. Ps. 10, 9.—Hence 


ΠΌΤ m. prey, rapine, then poet. for 
FMA Ox @ robber, Prov. 23,28. Comp. 
spn for τ Wx 2 Sam. 12, 4. 


*SIDT fut. shm3. 1. to dig or break 
throtugh.. a wall, kindr. with non, won. 
Constr. ὁ. ace. D°72 "Nn to break 
through houses, as a thief, to break into 
them, Job 24,16. With 3, as "pa "nn 
id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5.7. 12; also to break 
through into, Am. 9, 2 5383 ὙΠΏΓΙΣ ἘΝ 
though they break through into Sheol. 

2. to dig through or plough the waves 
by rowing, i. q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13. 
Comp. ‘arare aquas’ Ov. Trist. 3. 12. 36; 
‘scindere freta’ Metam. 11. 468, 

Deriv. mA. 


“TOT fut. rm, plur. sam 1 Sam. 2, 
10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal 
of ὉΠ q. v. and Job 21, 13. 

1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed ; 
kindr. with the other onomatopoetic roots 


nnd, on, dS. Spoken of a king- 


357 rc) 


dom Is. 7, 8 ; of the justice of God Is, 
51, 6. 

2. Metaph. to be broken with fear, 
to be terrified, dismayed, confounded. 
Other verbs of breaking are also trans- 
ferred to terror, as "2% Job 41, 17, Arab. 


Gy) 715, JS, Schult. Opp. Min. 
p. 93.—So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36, 
Often coupled with synon, 83, as Deut. 
31, 8 hn 851 NIN ND fear not, neither 
be dismayed. Josh. 1, 9. 8, 1. 10, 25. 
With "28% before any one Ter. 1,17. Ez. 
2, 6. 3,9; with 72 of that from which 
one flees in dismay, Is. 30, 31. 31,4. Jer. 
10, 2. Coupled also with tia, O3in, 
where it signifies to be confounded, 
Saint-hearted, se. from fear, terror, Is. 
20,5. 37,27. Jer. 8, 9. 17, 18. 50, 2; also 
from shame, Job 32, 15. 

Nips. ΤΣ (comp, bm? from $n, 5m3 
from 9773) i. q. Kal no. 2, with "252 Mal. 
2, 5.—Another Mm) is from, mm. 

Piet. 1. Intrans. but with an inten- 
sive power, to be broken in pieces, 6. σ. & 
bow Jer. 51, 56. 

2: Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to 
dismay, Job 7, 14. 

Hips. m3, fut. om, c. suff. "ET, 
once 5°77 ἜΣ rial Hab. 2, 17; see 
Lehrg. p. 369; once in the manner of 
regular verbs "mmM Jer. 49, 37. 

1. to break, to break in siledes, Is. 9, 3. 

2. to terrify, to confound, to put to fear 
and shame, Jer. 1,17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34. 
Hab. 2, 17 jn misma 3B and the 
destriuction of the beasts (which) terrifies 
them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return 


= 
upon thine own head.—Arab. Sf to 
be terrified, put to shame. 
Deriv. nn, Nan, monn, cnn, 
MMM, pr. ἢ. MM, and 


PMT m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 16, 21. 
-2. Hathath, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 


,o 


Teth, τα, Sept. in Lamentations T79, 
the ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet ; 
as a numeral denoting 9; whence %2 i. q. 
9+ 6, for τὶ 15. The signification is 


uncertain. It is commonly explained to 


mean @ serpent, Arab. 6; others 
make it something rolled or twisted to- 


Ὄ 358 


8. 
gether, ΤῺ from r. 3, Arab. kab, so 


Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt. té¢ hand ; 
all which views accord well enough with 
the figure of this letter in the Phenician 
alphabet ; see Monumm. Pheen. p. 30. 
As to the pronunciation, © is ¢ pro- 
nounced with a certain roughness or 
scraping of the throat, (appropriately 
written @,) but differing from Τὸ whether 
aspirated th, 4, or smooth WM, t, τ; just 
as P, #’, pronounced at the back part of 
the palate near the throat, differs from 
> whether aspirated ch, x, or smooth 2, 
k, x.—Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main- 
tains the opinion, that © is strictly an 
aspirated letter; but in this he has been 
ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of 
that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10; 
and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar- 
chiv f. Philologie VIII. fase. 1. Ewald 
appeals: a) To the Greek &, which 
accords with Ὁ both in name (M"0 dita) 
and in its place in the alphabet; and 
which is unquestionably aspirated. But 
however much in general the Greek 
letters may accord with the Semitic, yet 
we are not warranted in deducing from 
their nicer and more exact pronuncia- 
tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation; 
especially since some of them have man- 
ifestly changed their nature and power ; 
e.g.n=E; n—H; ϑ-Ξ-Ο; x=A. b) 
To the Arabic 4, which also has a semi- 
gutturalsound. Correctly; but this must 
not be confounded with an aspirate.— 
The common mode of pronunciation rests 
also upon the authority of the LXX. who 
with the exception of a very few exam- 
ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted 
by Hartmann in his Ling. Einleitung 
page 63, and by Ewald 1. c.) constantly 
render it by τ, as [YW “Σατανᾶς, MDD 
Τωβίας, nobprw Ταρφαλαῖοι; and like- 
wise upon the contrary usage of the 
Syriac translators, who for the Greek τ 


everywhere put 4, and for 3 always 2; 


as Τιμόϑεος wmofadelg, Τίτος wedag Ε 

In Arabic, the letters corresponding 
to the Heb. are & and b, more fre- 
quently the former ; since the latter, as 
approaching more to a sibilant, nearly 
corresponds to Heb. %, see under καὶ 
Comp. the roots "I bbe, 422. 


=5) 


may 


Itisinterchanged: a) With’, which 
see. b) WithN, as &M, 9nn to seize, 
ep AS to kill, nem, mew, TK, to wan- 
der. ὁ) With 5, which see. 


τ =80 Chald. to rejoice, to be glad, ο. 
>> Dan. 6, 34. Syr. «Ὡς id. See τ. 
212 no. 3. 


NOND see after ory. 


2D Chald. good, i. q. Heb. 242. Dan. 
2, 32, Ezra 5, 17 34 NDba-by Wn af it 
seem good to the king, if it be his plea- 
sure. Comp. 312 Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9. 


>NAQ in pause baw (God is good, 
by Syriasm for bysiz, comp. 712752, 
mai) Tabeal, pr. ἢ. Ser. a) A per- 
son of low cottdition, whose son the Sy- 
rians and Ephraimites were about to 
make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6; see 
Comment. on Is.adh.1l. Ὁ) A Persian 
governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra 
4,7. 


* 220 obsol. root. Syr. 23 Aph. is 
i. q. Heb. 333 no. 2, to creep about, to 
slander ; and also in a good sense, to 
spread a good report.—Hence ὨΞΏ. 


ὉΠ Δ τὰ. ρίαν. head-bands, tiaras, 
turbans, Ez. 23,15. Sept. Alex. τιάραι 
βαπταΐ, Vulg. tiarae tinctae.—The usual 
etymology is from >3¥ to dip, to which 
corresponds Arab. jyto to dye with co- 
lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop. 
MAA to wrap or wind around; so 
Simonis. 


20D m. (r. ἜΞ2) the highest part, 
height, summit. Judg. 9,37 532 ΘΛ 155 
VIN "20 they come down, from the 
height of the land, in ν. 36 D"95h WN, 
Ez. 38, 12 py Nn “sends “307 ‘who 
dwell on the height of the earth, i, e. in 
the Holy Land, which the Hebrews re- 
garded as higher than all other lands ; 
comp. >X3v "A for the land of Israel, 
Ez. 6, 2. 33, 28. 35,12. 38, 8. Corre- 
sponding is Samar. QQY, Ethiop. 
RNC, mountain.—Sept. and Vulg. ren- 
der "520 by umbilicus, navel, as the top 
or height of the belly; comp. Talmud. 
“12° navel, 


μι mad 1. to slaughter, to kill ani- 
mals, Ex, 21, 37 [22,1]. Deut. 28, 31. 


rao 


Jer. 11,19; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16. 
1 Sam. 25, 11. Prov. 9,2. To slaughter 
for sacrifice is expressed by the kindred 
verb M21 q. v.—Ethiop. MMNh to 
slaughter, to butcher, Arab. tbo to 


cook, to roast ; comp. art. ΘΠ, 

2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam. 
2, 21. Ez. 21, 15. 

Deriv. 923% and the six following. 


M20 τὰ, pr. a slaughterer, slayer ; 
hence 

1. a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23. 24. Arab. 
; Lib id. 
CS an executioner, then a lifeguards- 
man, body-guard of a king ; since these 
in the East act as executioners. So 
ὈΛΠΞΌΠΙ Ὁ Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 40, 3. 4, 
41, 10. 12, and later &M 35 2 K. 25,8 sq. 
Jer. 39, 9. 11. 40, 1-5, the captain of the 
body-guard, pr. the chief executioner. 
In Egypt he hada public prison in his 
house, Gen. 40, 3; in Babylon Nebuzar- 
adan, who held this office, commanded 
also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13. 
52, 15. 


Mav Chald. i.q. Heb. no. 2, an execu- 
tioneA and hence lifeguardsman, body- 
guard, Dan. 2, 14. 


M20 m. in pause M3y, c. suff. AMID. 

1. slaughter, e.g. of cattle, Prov. Ὑ, 22. 
Is, 53,7. 65,12. Aiso of men, Is. 34, 2. 6. 
Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27. 

2. Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat, 
butcher’s meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16. 
Comp. 3} no. 1. 

3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
Gen, 22, 24. 


M32 f. a cook, 1 Sam, 8,13, ΒΕ. τ. 


MAID f. (τ. M22) i. q. mase. mau. 

εἶ slaughter of cattle, Ps. 44, 23. Jer. 
12, 3. 

2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sam. 25, 
11. 


PMO Tibhath, pr. n. of a city of Sy- 
ria 1 Chr. 18, 8. In the parall. passage 
2 Sam. 8, 8, it is written Mba q. v. 


ν Dav fut. 550°, ¢o dip, to dip in, to 
immerse, with ace. ‘of thing and 3 of the 
liquid Gn: 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33, 
24, Job 9, 31 Ruth 2, 14; also without 


359 


"20 


ace. Ex. 12,22. 2K.8, 15. Intrans. to 
dip, to immerse oneself ; 2 K. 5,14 he 
went down S228 224 77772 >buy" and 
dipped himself seven times in Jordan.— 
Chald. 53%, Arab. judo, id. 

Nieu. pass. Josh. 3, 15, 

Deriv. 572933 and 

9719920 (whom Jehovah has immers- 
ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
26, 11. 

¢ vad 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to 
impress into any soft substance, as clay ; 
then to impress a seal, to seal, Arab. 

Hence ὈΣΞῺΩ a seal.—Kindr. is 


33%, , to dip in, to immerse, Eth. 


MU id. as also ay. The primary 
syllable is 38, which in the western 
languages also expresses depth and im- 
mersion ; comp. Goth. diup, Engl. deep, 
Germ. tief ; also Goth. doufan, Germ. 
taufen, Engl. to dip; Gr. δύπτω and 
softened dsvw. 

2. Intrans. fo sink, to be sunk, immers- 
ed, as in the mire, a pit, c. 3 Ps. 9, 16. 
69, 3. 15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 yIs3 5338 
37130 her gates are sunk into the ground. 
Trop. 1 Sam. 17, 49 ins03 jay >20M1 
and the stone sunk into his forehead, was 
fixed in it. 

Puat i. q. Kal no. 2. Ex. 15, 4. 

Hopn. id. Jer. 38, 22; of the founda- 
tion of the earth or mountains, to be 
sunk, settled, Job 38, 6. Prov. 8, 25. 

Deriv. the two following. 

ὨΣΞῺ f. plur. ΓΊΣΞΩ, constr. nivay. 

1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42. 
Esth. 3,10. Ex. 35, 22. Is.3,21.al. The 
signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews 
on the right hand, Jer. 22, 24; comp. 
Ecclus. 49, 11 [13]. The person to 
whom a king committed his signet-ring 
became thereby prime minister, Gen. 
41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8,2; comp. 1 Mace. 
6, 15. Q. Curt. 10. 5. - 

2. a ring, of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq. 
26, 24. 28, 28. 

Miya (rings) Tabbaoth, pr- τι. m. 
Ezra 2, 43. 

*"20 obsol. root, prob. i.q. "3% to 
heap up. Hence "420, q. ν. 

PIII (for 27 3B, good is Rim- 


“mon, comp. in ji7 no. 2,) Tabrimmon, 


nao 


pr. ἢ. of the father of Benhadad king of 
Syria, 1 K. 15, 18. 


HBO perb. ig. foray the cele- 
brated, r. 230) Tabbath, pr. ἢ. of a 
place not far from Abel-meholah in the 
tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22. 


MIO Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month, 
from the new moon of January to that 
of February, Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad 
Ez. 39,1: “Decimus mensis, qui He- 
breis appellatur Tebeth, et apud gyp- 
tios Τύβι, apud Romanos Januarius.” 
Copt. TwRs La Croze Lex. p. 107. 
Arab. Koyb. The etymology isunknown. 


“IAD m. adj. constr. "hy, fem. nin, 
clean, pure, spec. a) In a physical 
sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment 
Zech. 3,5; a place Lev. 4, 12; water 
Ez. 36,25. Ὁ) pure, unalloyed, spoken 
of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. ἃ]. 6) In 
the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol- 
luted, Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26. 
Is. 66, 20; and hence of animals which 
might be eaten, Gen. 7, 2. 8,20. d) In 
‘a moral sense, Ps. 12,7. 19, 10. 51, 12 
wing => a clean heart. Job 14, 4.—See 
also “hv. 


ἘΠ ful. nw 1. to shine, to be 
bright, like kindr. "MI, "7¥. Syr. bag 
noon, Chald. 89373 id.—Hence "7 no. 
4, "ny. 

2. to be or become clean, pure. a) In 
a physical sense, opp. to the filth of 
leprosy, 2K.5,12.13. Ὁ) In the Levi- 
tical sense, opp. 82, Lev. 12, 8. 13, 6. 
84. 58. Num. 19,12. 19, 41. c) Inamoral 
sense, Ps. 51,9. Jer. 13, 27. Job 4, 17. 
Prov. 20, 9.—Arab. to be clean, 
pure, espec. from the monthly courses ; 
kindr. to be manifest, conspicuous. 


Ethiop. 4 UZ to purify, to wash one- 
self with water. 

Pier ὙΠ, fut. "7S" 1. to cleanse, to 
purify. a) Physically, as metals from 
dross Mal. 3,3; a land from corpses Ez. 
39, 12; the heavens from clouds Job 37, 
21. b) Levitically, 6. g. things Ez. 43, 
26. 2 Chr. 29, 15. 18. Neh. 13, 30; per- 
sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6.7. c) Mo- 
rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24,13, Mal. 3, 3. 


2. to pronounce clean, spoken of per- 


360 


ae 


sons or things. a) Ina Levitical sense, 
Lev. 13,6 sq. 16,30. b) Ina moral sense 
Ps. 51, 4. 

Puau to be cleansed, part. fem. Ez. 
22, 24. 

Hirap. "324 and "Hun, to purify or 
cleanse oneself, to make oneself clean. 
a) Levitically, Gen. 35, 2. Lev. 14, 4 sq. 
Num. 8, 7. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39. 13, 
22. Ὁ) Morally, to cleanse oneself from 
sin, 6. 72 Josh. 22, 17. 

Deriv. the four here following, and 
sing. 


WO m. Holem pure, constr. “52, 
i,q. "2, cleanness, pureness, 6. g. of 
hands, innocence, Job 17,9; of heart 
Prov. 22, 11 Keri. 


ὝΠΟ m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu- 
rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10. 
2. purification, cleansing, Lev.12,4.6. 


“IQ m. brightness, splendour, see 
τ. "IQ no. 1. Ps. 89, 45 nny? Hawn 
thou makest his brightness to cease. 
The verb macnn ¢. ἸΏ is also found 
thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to 
which it should here be rendered, thou 
causest him to cease from his bright- 
ness; or, better, it is a constructio 
pregn. for, thou causest to cease and 
takest away from his brighiness. But 
as nouns of the form “MP are of very 
doubtful authority, it may be worth in- 
quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva 
we ought not here to read "v2 from 
the common "M2. This strikes me now 
more favourably, than the solution of 
Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have 
formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that 
Dagesh in the © is euphonic, and 2 is 
formative, so that IBS or 7B (asis 
read in some Mss.) would be for 13709 
from the subst. "732. : 


MIMO f. (r. ὙΠῸ) 1. pureness, ina 
moral sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19. 

2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 13, 35. 
14,2. al. mM ne 23 blood of purifica- 
tion, i.e. from which ἃ lying-in woman 
is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4. 5. 


ND, see ΟΝ after ὉΠ, 
* 210 pret. ab, Num. 24,5. Canted, 


10; for the fut. is used the form ag™ 
from 30°. 


“ἸῺ 


1. to δε good, well. Chald. Syr. id. 
Arab. Sl mid. Ye, to be good, sweet, 
pleasant, espec. of fragrant odour, comp. 
Wx2, 0x2. Always impers. in the foll. 
phrases: a) > 21 it is well with me, it 
goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, 16. 
19, 13. Num. 11,18. Ecc. 9,4; also Jam 
well, 1 Sam. 16, 16,23. With >x id. 1 Sam, 
20,12. Job 13,9 "D> aiVM is it well (for 
you) that? etc. For Job 10,3 see lett. b, 
b) "2°52 312 it is good in my eyes, i.e, 
tt pleaseth me, is my pleasure, Num. 24, 
1. In the later books with 52, 1 Chr. 13, 
2. Esth. 1, 19 31% yoen->p-n if it 
please the king. 3,9. 5, 4.8. 7,3. Neh. 
2, 5, comp. Ezra 5,17; once with > Job 
10,3 4> 31. Π doth it please thee? So 
Vulg. Chald. 

2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num. 
24, 5. Cant. 4, 10. 

3. to be in good humour, i. e. to be 
cheerful, joyful, the prevailing usage in 
Syriac ; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25, 
36. 2 Sam. 13, 28. Esth. 1, 10. 

Hipx. 3°37 fut. 3°32 1. to do well, 
ia right, c. ace. LK. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6, 

8; inf. c. > 2 K. 10, 30.—Also to do good 
to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11. 

2. to make goodly. fair, Hos. 10, 1. 

3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 11, 9. 

Nore. More frequent is Hiph, 3°3"5 
from 337. 

Deriv. the five following. 


272 m. good. A) Adj. having fem. 
mio. 

1. good, καλός, bonus, in various senses, 
according to the character of the ob- 
jects; 6. g. of a land, field, pasture, i. e. 
fertile, fruitful, Ex. 3,8. Ez. 17, 8. 34, 
14; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. 5 
Gen. 41, 26. 27,) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18, 
7. 27,9; of a tree, fruitful, 2 K.3,19; of 
fruits, fresh, sound, Jer. 24,2; of gold, 
pure, Gen. 2, 19. 2 Chr. 3, δ. 8.—Spec. 

a) Spoken of what is grateful to the 
senses, good, pleasant, sweet,etc. «) To 
the sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair, 
beautiful. Dan.1,15 52 318 BWI their 
appearance was better, fairer, than, etc. 
So of persons Gen. 6,2. Ex. 2,2. 1 Sam. 
9,2; often with a word added, as ΠΝ 
Gen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11. 2, 3. 7; ax 
1K. 1,6; "x7 1 Sam. 16, 12. Ofhemes 
Is. 5, 9. &) To the hearing, pleasing, 

31 


361 


“ἸῺ 


well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a 
poem Ps. 45,2. y) To the smell, plea- 
sant, fragrant, sweet-scented ; as 12 
siz fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Ps. 133, 
2, sie mp the fragrant cane Jer. 6, 
20. ὃ) To the taste, good, pleasant ; 

b2u2> 310 good to eat Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6. 
Prov. ‘24, 13 eat thou honey, hecause it is 
good, tastes good. Comp, 2125 15 Cant. 
7,10. ε) To the senses and feelings 
generally ; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest, 
that it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28 
but to draw near to God is good for me. 
84, 11 ἃ day in thy courts is better than 
a thousand, 133,1. So 312 bi" a good 
day, i. 6. joyful, Esth. 8, 17. 9, 19. 21. 
Zech. 8, 19; comp. bonus dies Ovid. 
Fast. 1.72. Also very freq. Ἔ "2753 319 
good in the eyes of any one, i.e. grateful, 
pleasing to him, Num. 24,1. Deut. 6,18. 
Gen. 16, 6 9727°23 3137 mb “wp do to her 
as it pleaseth thee: 19, 8. Is, 9,25. Judg. 
10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. Jet: 26, 14. 
In the later books for "2°93 is put ΘῈΣ, 

Eee. 7,26 o°r>xn "25> =i2 whoso plea 
eth God. 2, 26; also > Deut. 23, 27; 

comp. Job 10, 3. 

b) good for a particular purpose, i. e. 
well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen. 
1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was: 
bead: 2,18 it is not good that the man 
should be alone. 29,19. With "dD, it is: 
good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18; 3.. 
With dat. of pers. good for any one, Ex.. 
14, 12 “tan saryaD.., TA 92> Biv better for: 
us to serve the Egyptians, than to die in: 
the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119,71. 
Eee. 2, 3. 8,15; with a Ece, 2, 24. 

6) good in measure and quantity; i.e. 
much, great, abundant; Syr. ay very, 


comp. Fr. bien. So a good profit. Prov. 
31,18; good wages Ecc. 4,9; a good 
(ample) present Gen. 30,20; Haiv-na"y 
α good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25,8. Ps. 69, 
17 FON 31 "2 for great is thy lovings 
kindness. 63, 4. 109,21. Comp. 312 15 
Prov. 22, 1. 

ἃ) good inamoral sense: α) Of per-- 
sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat.. 
vir bonus, honestus, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Prov. 
12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ece..9, 2. Espec.. 
kind, benevolent, benign; of Jehovah Ps, 
25, 8. 34, 9. 52, 11. 54,8; with dat. ἐο- 
wards any one Ps:. 73; 1. Lam, 3, 25 


=10 


Prov. 22, 9 22 232 good of eye, i. 6. look- 
ing with kindness, Sept. ὃ ἐλεῶν πτωχόν. 
Comp. also 312 "23 a kind word Prov. 
12, 28. ) Of actions, good, right, true ; 
6. g. 312 777 the right way Jer. 6, 16; 
opp. 312 N> 7.1 Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29. 
niv bara the right path Prov. 2, 9. Job 
34, 4 let us know among ourselves 31277172 
what is good, true. So 372 δὲ not good. 
not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23.— 
Hence often as Subst. the good, τὸ καλύν, 
see in B. no. 1, and ΠΩ. 

2. Spoken of the character or feelings 
as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy- 
Ful, joyous ; 1 Κι. 8,6 25 7332 glad of 
heart. Ecc. 9,7 330 333 with a glad 
heart. b) well, prosperous, happy ; so 
of persons as made prosperous and 
happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer. 44,17. Ps. 112, 5 
UN 30 happy the man; comp. Syr. 
2 omased Oh, the happiness of! i. q. 
"Tex, see Matt. 5, 2 sq.—Of things as 
making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2, 
24 τιΞῚὉ nse a good report, pleasing. 
Proy. "bs, 30. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 18, 27 mba 
maiz glad tidings. Josh. 21, 45 sin "23 
a good word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15. 


B) Subst. for which also fem. ΓΞ is 
employed , q. v. 

1. good which one does, the right, τὸ 
καλόν, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27. 
sit ΠῺΣ to do good, to lead a good life, 
Ps. 14, 1. 3. 34, 15. 37, 3. 27; with ἘΦ fo 
do good with or to any one, to deal well 
with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So 258 
sid to love good Am. 5,15; 312 537 Ps. 
38,21; Ξ1Ὁ t13 Am. 5,14; also 312 SB 
Mic. 3,2; 31 tm Proy. 14, 22; comp. 
in WF no. 2. Hence 27) 335 373 fo 
know good and evil, see in 237 no. 5. bb. 

2. good which one receives; Job 2, 10 
shall we receive good from God? Ps. 21, 
4. Hos. 8,3 312 5x77 mt Israel rejects 
the good sc. that is proffered.—Spec. 
a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin- 
gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 32:3 Salon nd 
they shall not want any good i. e. any 
benefit from God. 84, 12. Prov. 18, 22 
aid NYG MUN NIB whoso findeth a wife, 
findeth a good thing. 3,27. Collect. for 
all good, benefits from God; Ps. 104, 28 
thou openest thy hand, 310 43220" they 
are satisfied with good, t. e. with thy 
benefits. 107, 9. Prov. 12,14. b) goods, 


362 


μα. 


wealth ; Job 22, 18 5 ἘΠ ΝΕ he 
filled their houses with goods, wealth. 
1K. 10, 7. 6) good fortune, welfare, 
prosperity ; Ps, 25,13 572m 3193 ides 
his soul shall abide in good, he shall 
prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36,11. Soin 
the phrases: 350 MN" to see good, to 
prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7; 3103 AN id. 
Kee. 2,1; 310 52x id. Brot 13, 2; RED 
iv id. Prise. 16,20; etc. So too = mi) 
(it is) editor nie Pe 119,71. Lam. 3,27; 
also Eee. 8, 12.13. 2125 for good Deut. 
30, 9. Ps. 119, 122; c. dat. Deut. 6, 24. 
10, 13. Jer. 32, 39. 

3. Tob, pr. n. of a region beyond Jor- 
dan, Judg. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob. 
iq. Τούβιον or Τώβιον 1 Mace. 5, 13. 

C) Adv. good, well, καλῶς, Ruth 3, 13. 
1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18. 
So too the phrase: 353 252 the thing 
is good, i. q. well, 1 K. 2, 38. 42. 18, 24. 


PITS BO Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. τὰ. 
2 Chr. 17, 8. 

2530 m. subst. 1. goodness, the quali- 
ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66 
ΣΏ 35> goodness of understanding, 
good insight. Often of the goodness or 
benignity of God, Ps. 25,7. 31,20. 145,7. 
Is. 63,7.—Concer. good things, i. e. things 
good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11. 
2K. 8,9; precious things Gen. 24, 10, 
comp. v. 22. 30. With a gen. the good- 
ness of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18. 
20. Spec. a) YI 3A the goodness 
of the land, its best fruits and products, 
Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1,19, Jer. 2,7. Ezra 9, 
19. b) Mir 33D the good gifts of Jeho- 
vah, which in his goodness he bestows 
on men, 6. g. the gifts of nature, fruits, 
wine, oil, flocks, etc. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hos 
3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 66, 5. 

2. goodness of appearanee, fairness, 
beauty ; comp. adj. 31% Δ. 1. ἃ. α, Hos. 
10,11. Spoken of the divine majesty 
and glory, Ex. 33,19. Zech. 9,17. © 

3. 35 31 gladness of heart, joy, Deut. 
28. 7. Is. 65,14. Comp. adj. 310 A. 2. ἃ. 

4. good fortune, welfare, prosperity, 
Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 21,10, Comp. 
adj. 310 A. 2. b. 

MD fem. A) Adj. fem. of 34D q. v. 
lett. A. 

B) Subst. i. q. 310 lett. B, good, a 
good thing, opp. M22; so πβὶσ for 


=10 


good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps. 
86, 17. Jer. 24, 6.—Spee. 

§ good which one does, confers, bene- 
fit; so in formulas: ΠῚ ΓΙῸΣ to do 
good to any one Ex. 18, 9, Num. 24, 13. 
Judg. 9,17; ΠῚ ὑπὸ ΠΡ ob Gen. 44, 
4. Ps. 35, 12; nie Ξ πὶ ἴο requite good 
1 Sam. 25, 21. "2 Sam. 16,12. Hence 
goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11. 

2. good which one receives, viz. 8) 
welfare, prosperity, happiness, e. g. AR 
M3%b to see good, to enjoy prosperity, 
happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ece. 5, 17. 
6,6; ΠΞΊΩΞ 52% 10 eat in prosperity, to 
enjoy it, Job 21, 25. So Ps. 16, 2 "M30 
22 >2 my happiness is nought beyond 
thee, i. e. I delight in nothing more than 
thee, besides thee. b) goods, wealth, 
riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps. 65, 12 ὩΣ τοῦ 
the year of thy riches, i.e. of thy rich 
bounties; comp. 210 Ps. 104, 28. 

3. goodness, sc. in any one; plur. ΠῚ 
good qualities Neh. 6, 19.—The signif. 
goodness in the sense of kindness, benig- 
_ nity, is by some ascribed to this word in 
Ps. 65, 19, 68, 11; but see in nos. 1, 2. 

MPI and WPIW (i. ᾳ. Hinmd aie 
pleasing to Jehovah) pr. n. Tobiah, To- 
bias, Gr. Τωβίας, a name common after 
the exile. a) Neh.2,10.4,1. b) Ezra 
2, 60. Neh. 7, 62.. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. 


ΠΏ lig. Arab. Spo 10 roll up 
or together, to twist ; hence to spin, Ex. 
35, 25. 26. Hence M102. 

5. to be hungry. famished, to fast, i. q. 


Arab. Sk, whence seb hunger, 
yb hungry, famished; pr. to be con- 


διὰ twisted, sc. in one’s bowels; so 
the Arabs ascribe to hungry persons 
bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri 
Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. Lia 


Sb As to twist up the geting from 
hunger. Comp. Schult. 1. ¢. Cons. 3. p. 
136. Hence mi. 

Deriv. P32, 7102. 

* MD to spread over, to daub, to be- 
smear, 6. g. a wall with mortar, to plas- 
ter, Lev. 14, 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4; the eyes, 


so as not to see, Is. 44, 18, where pret. 
MQ for MY; with two ace. Ez. 13, 10-15. 


22, 28 κε αὶ sh? cle mid. ἌΡ II to cover 


363 


ai) 


over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p. 

328, In the occidental languages, comp. 

τέγγω, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tiinchen. 
Nipu. pass. infin. Ley. 14, 43. 48. 
Deriv. πηλῷ, Ming. 


* DAD obsol. root, Arab. bd to col- 
lect, to gather. Hence oD. 


Mipvie plur. f. bands, fillets, spec. the 
prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews, 
PPM, φυλακτήρια Matth. 23, 5; i. 6. 
strips of parchment on which are writ- 
ten various sentences from the Mosaic 
law, 6. g. Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6, 
4-9, 11, 13-21, and which the Jews are 
accustomed to bind around the fore- 
head and the left wrist while they are at 
prayers, Ex. 13, 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18. 
Chald. 8BB%0, RHELTD , a bracelet, front- 
fet-—The. form is for MELY, as 533 
for 5253; 339 for 3233; mbibs, Syr. 


fasta, Lekrg. p. 869. The root is 
FD q. v. not EL, to which the signif. 
of binding has been attributed without 
good reason. 


κθηῸ in Kal not used; Arab. Jb 
mid. Waw, to be long. 

Hien. 5°27 pr. to throw down at full 
length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and 
Is, 22,17; hence to throw, to cast, Ez. 
32, 4; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33; to 
cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22, 
26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out 
a wind Jon. 1, 4. 

Horn. ΝΟ fat. Suan, 5:5, 

1. to be cast ‘dows at full length, to be 
prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1. 

2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ; 
to be cast out Jer. 22, 28. 

Pitp. ῬΏ 50 i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to 
prostrate, Is. 22, 17. 

Deriv. ΠΡΌΣ “ 

* FNL obsol. root, Arab. sll mid. 
Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence 
ΓΒ q. v. bands, fillets. 

*"0 obsol. root, prob. like kindr. 


κλπ "5M, to go round about, to surround. 
—Hence 


AQ m. 1. a wall round about, an en- 
So ᾿ 
closure, Ez. 46,23. Arab. ye border, 


bound, 95 fence, enclosure. 


εἰς 


2. ἃ row, range, as of gems, Ex. 28, 
17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn 
stones 1 K. 7, 12; of beams 6, 36. 7, 4; 
of pomegranates 7, 42. etc. 


‘10 Chald. m. a rock, mountain, i. ᾳ. 
‘Heb. Ἔξ. Dan. 2, 35. 45.—Syr. 1682» 


Arab. yy, ids 

* DAD to fly swiftly, to pounce upon 
tthe prey, as an eagle, Lat. tundere ; 
‘comp. Germ. stossen spoken of birds of 
‘prey, whence Stésser, Stossvogel ; also 
Engl. to toss. Job 9, 26 733 bre? 223 
“bos .—Corresponding is Syr. 2] of the 
flight of the eagle, vulture, for Heb. 783 
Jer. 48, 40. 49,22; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job 
39,13; {msg lofty and rapid flight. 

M0 Chald. f. a fasting ; as Adv. fast- 
‘ing, without food, Dan. 6, 19. R. my 
no. 2; the form is like 33> from 732. 


a. ning in Kal not used, éo stretch, to 
-extend. Arab. Lsib to spread out. 

Pin. part. MEP INL pr. those draw- 
‘ing the bow, i. e. bowmen, archers, Gen. 
21, 16.—For the form, comp. H%8, Hith- 
pal. ποτ τι, doubling the last radical. 


jing m. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13. 
‘R.m. 

D"IIN m. plur. (τ. Mw) cumores ani, 
i. e. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as 
‘protruded from the fundament, with 
‘straining or tenesmus and a flow of 
‘blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28, 
:27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6, 4. 3 in Keri, 
for Chethibh =">p3, which seems to 
-have been the more vulgar or less usual 
word. 


Mind plur. f. the reins, according to 
‘the Heb. interpreters ; so called because 
overspread with fat, from r. MO q. v. 
Comp. sbmand 3>. Like 23 and min3> 
it is put as the seat of the mind, feel- 
ings, intellect ; Ps. 51, 8 /o! thou lovest 
trulh in the reins sc. of a man. Job 
38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins, 
i.e. so that thou knowest and under- 
standest all these things; the other 
member has "j2¥ the mind, intellect. 
However this whole passage may be 
understood, the same signif’ must be 
attributed to the word Ming as in Ps. |. c. 


364 


ceed 


oo 
* TOD, see nv Is, 44, 18 inr. map. 


Ἴπῷ fut. (1127, imper. fem, "22, to 
crush, to beat small, c. acc. Ex. 32, 20. 
Deut. 9, 21; spec. to grind with a hand- 
mill, Judg. 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47, 8. 
Arab. ,, , Aram. cal, 2, id— 
Trop. "23 "35 991 to grind the person 
(not face) of the poor, i. e. to oppress 
him with exactions, Is. 3,15 ; comp.723. 
Job 31, 10 "mex NX> jHoM let my wife 
grind ἐν another, i i.e. be his mill-wench, 
his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47, 
2.) and also his concubine, a sense re- 
quired by the other clause and v. 9; so 
Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins 
understood the phrase to grind for ano- 
ther in a trop. and unchaste sense, q. d. 
‘let her be ground, violated, by another 
man ;’ just as Gr. μύλλειν Theoer. 4. 58, 
and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken 
of intercourse with a woman; see the 
commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor. 
Sat. 1. 2. 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188. 
But in such instances the word for grind- 
ing is every where attributed toe the 
man. 

Deriv. jin, and the two here follow- 
ing. 

ΓΙ £f. a mill, hand-mill, Ece. 12, 4. 


Miz plur. f. grinders, for the double- 
teeth, dentes molares, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab. 


KioLb ia. 

* “IQ obsol. root, Syr. jug to breathe 
hard, to blow, as under a load; also in 
easing the belly with a great effort ; to 
have tenesmus; hence {pags ἴδε, te- 
nesmus with flow of blood; Arab. > 
espec. κὸν spoken of the same.—Hence 
ἘΠῚ ΠΟ q. v. 


TD m. plaster, roughcast, spread over 
a wall, Ez. 13,12. R. πιῶ. 


ὭΣ τὰ. (r. BID) mud, mire, Eth. RY 
ee ; 
mire, Arab. ἈΒ3..υὁ mud collected in 


the bottom of a pool; see the root.— 
Spee. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps. 
18, 43. Mic. 7, 10; at the bottom of the 
sea Is, 57, 20; in a cistern or subterra- 
nean prison Jer. 38,6; on the banks of 


ye 


the Nile Job 41, 22 [30]. Trop. for deep 
calamity Ps. 69,15. δ) clay, potter’s 
clay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14. 

Hence the denom. verb: 

NOND Pivp. to remove mud or dirt, to 
sweep away ; comp. 1 to remove ash- 
es, from 723. Once, Is. 14, 23 ΠΌΝΟ 
TOOT ΝΌΝΟΌΞ 7] will sweep her (Baby- 
lon) away with the besom of destruction, 
i. e. will wholly destroy her, so that her 
site shall be as a place swept clean; 
comp. 1 K. 14, 14. 21, 21. 2 K. 21, 13.— 
In the Talm. is the form "0x0 ; Kimchi 
has O°ND, and also ΘΝ a sweeping 
away. Heb. ΝΌΟΝ is either for ΝΘ 
adding &, or else by transp. for S°%2.— 
A derivation from a root §2 is less cer- 
tain. 

Deriv. 8YX2 a broom, besom, 

* "» 


yo Chald. m. clay, potter’s clay, 
Dan. 2, 41. 43 X3°8 HOM earthen ware, 
sherds of clay. ‘Arab. and Syr. .. 

iz, id. whence the denom. verb Εν 
mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud, 
to form from clay. Kindr, are 770, jX9, 
. 6. ν. 

τ Ὁ (ας 0). 1. @ wall round about 
a place, i. q. "92 no. 1. Ez. 46, 23. 

2. A place surrounded by a wall, an 
enclosure ; hence a) a fortress, castle, 
Cant.8.9. Ὁ) A nomadic encampment, 
rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing 
a space in which the cattle were secur- 
ed, Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6, 
39 [54]. Ez. 25,4. Poet. of a habitation 


Ps, 69, 26. Syr. [pag enclosure, fold. 
See “37 no. 2. 


20 m. (τ. 5501) in pause dv, c. suff."b2, 
dew, Gen. 27, 28. 39. Ex. 16, 13.14. Num. 
41, 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8,12. ninix dy 
Job 26, 19, see ἴῃ ἵν no. 2. The dewas 
moistening plants is the emblem of fresh- 
ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov. 
19, 12. Hos. 14,6. The drops of the dew 
are put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12. 
So Ps. 110, 3 from the womb of the morn- 
ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth, 
i. e. the youths of thy people numerous 
and fresh as the drops of the morning 
dew shall go forth to fight thy battles. 

. Mic. 5,6. Also, the morning dew is the 
symbol of something evanescent, Hos. 
31* 


365 


eee 
θ' 4. 13, 3, Arab. jb fine rain, dew; 
Syr. Wy, Ethiop. MA, id. 


$Y Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. 20. 5, 21. 


ἘΝΡΌ to patch, to mend ; see Pual. 
Chald. xby id. In Kal only Part. pass, 
nade patched, i. 6. spotted, having large 
spots like patches, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 

Puat part. patched, clouted, Josh. 9,5 
mixbys nibz2 shoes clouted. 

D'NDD see by. 

ἘΓΠΡῸ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Syr. Wy to be 


new, fresh, young ; kindr. is W723, comp. 
Gr. daido.—Hence "Ὁ and 


M20 m. α ldmb, young and tender 


oo « 

1 Sam. 7,9. Is. 65, 25. Arab. Xo a 
young animal of any kind, espec. a young 
gazelle just born, Eth. MA, kid, Syr. 
ES boy, ANY girl. 

ΤΡ Ὁ f. a casting down Is, 22, 17. 
See r. 530 Pilp. 

550 m. (τ. mw) i. ᾳ. M50, only in plur. 
ΠΤ for pba, 

1. lambs, young and tender, Is, 40, 11. 
Comp. Lehrg. p. 575. 

2. Telaim, pr. n. of a place in the 


tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also 
Ded. 


a - 
*], 590, arab. Ab; Eth. 4 ΑΔ, 
to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain. 
Hence 52 dew. 


oO 1. 920.4q.dex-1L,. and Arab. 
Aue Il, to shade, to overshadow ; hence 
to cover, to cover over. Chald. ἘΞ, Syr. 
WY, id. 

Piet >$2 fo cover, espec. with beams, 
timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15; else- 
where ΠΡ q. v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 5x 
snap. 

Pitp. 5252 is from θη, q. v. 

220 Chald. i. q. Heb.-3$2 II. 

Apu. >buN fo get shade, to lie in the 
shade, Dan. 4, 9. 

. pon obsol. root, Aram. 020, say, 
Arab. , Ethiop. (ἢ ΛΟΘ to oppress, 
todo wrong. Hence the two following: 

ὉΡῸ (oppression) Telem, pr. n. of a 
eity in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to 


ΒΩ 


Kimchi and others it is the same which 
is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 ΠΑΡῸ, 


yale (oppressed) Talmon, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7,45. R. πξῷ. 


* NSD, fat. xo, inf. nxwe Lev. 
15, 32; to be or become unclean, impure ; 
to be defiled, polluted. Syr. Lie} to pol- 


lute, Lag polluted; comp. Lat. conta- 
mino, attamino, intamino. The primary 
idea is that of immersing ; see in 122. 
a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean- 
ness, both of persons and animals, (i. 6. 
animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1- 
31.) and also of things, as buildings, 
vessels, etc. opp. 32, Lev. 11, 24 sq. 
12, 2.5. al. With 3, "to be defiled with 
any thing, Lev. 15, "39, 18, 20. 2338. Ὁ) 
Spec. to defile oneself’ sc. with idolatry, 
guilt, c. 3 Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4. 

Nipu. R202, part. plur. DNs: Ez. 
20, 30. 31; pions of Pi. no. 1, to defile one- 
self, io be defiled, polluted, as a woman 
by adultery, Num. 5, 13.14; a people by 
whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3. 6, 10. 
‘With 3 of that with which one is defiled, 
e.g. idols, Ez. 20,7. 23,30; 3 Ez. 20, 31. 

Piet 820 1. 10 make unclean, to de- 
file, to pollute, Lev. 15,31. Hence a) 
to defile, to profane, e.g. the name of 
‘God Ez. 43,7. 8; the sanctuary Lev. 
15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89,1; a land by 
wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34. 
Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36,18; oneself, i682, Lev. 
21,44. So of (ptatious high places, 
mina, i. q. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8. 10. 13. 
16. Is. 30, 22; this was done by casting 
unclean things, as dead men’s bones, up- 
“on the places, in order that they might 
not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6. 14.16. 20. Ὁ) 
to deflour, to violate a woman, virgin, 
Gen. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15. 

2. to pronounce unclean, e. g. as a 
priest, Lev. 13, 3. 8. 11 sq. 

3. to let pollute oneself, lo let be pol- 
luted, c. ace. Ez. 20, 26. 

Puat part. defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14. 

Hirup. fut. 8227 i. q. Niph. to make 
oneself unclean, to defile oneself, Lev. 21, 
4, Hos. 9, 4; with 2 of that with which 
one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also 
3 Lev, 21, 3. 11. 

Hora. wawh id. Deut. 24, 4. 

Deriv. the three following. 


366 158 


NOD adj. f. πα Ξ, unclean, defiled, 
impure, opp. “ἽΠΠΩ, Lev. 10, 10. 11, 47. 
Deut. 12,15. 22. a) Levitically, as per- 
sons Lev. 13,11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2. 
Num. 19, 13. 15. 20; spec. GB Rew de- 
Jiled by a dead body Hagg. 2,13; RD 
Ὁ Β25 id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 7. 10. of ani- 
mals which may not be eaten, Lev. 5, 2. 
7, 21. 11, 4. 5. 7. Deut. 14, 8. 10; of food 
ζοῶδ, 13, 4, Ez. 4, 13; of hauees; from 
leprosy, Ley. 14, 44. ete. b) Morally, 
Job 14, 4. Is. 6, 5 Bona’ Nee unclean 
of lips, i. e. sinning with the lips, utter- 
ing blasphemies and falsehood. ΓΝ Ὁ 
ben the unclean of name, infamous, Ez. 
22,5. Of the gentiles, Ta. 35, 8. 52, 11, 
ANS ASIN Am. 7, 17. 


AND f. Mic. 2, 10 (τ. 822) also 


MIND f. wncleanness, impurity, pollu- 
tion. a) In the Levitical sense, Lev. 5, 
3. 7, 20. 21. 14, 19. Num. 19, 13. 2 Sam. 
11,4, mun racy Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36, 
17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13, 7. 
14, 2 Chr. 29, 16. b) In a moral sense, 
impurity from crime, e. g. adultery, for- 
nication, idolatry, Lev. 16, 16.19. Num. 
5,19. Lam. 1, 9. Ez. 22,15. τι Ὁ τ ΤῊ Ὰ 
the unclean spirit, moving the false pro- 
phets, Zech. 13, 3. Of the gentiles, 
Ezra 6, 21. 9, 11.—Plur. constr. ΓΝ 
Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29. 


* 7720 i, q. 820; at least some forms 
of this latter verb fullow the analogy of 
verbs 43. Thus 

Nipu. to be unclean, to be defiled, 
B20? Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 5238) 
ἘΞ 9.53 we are unclécen’ ‘in your eyes, i. 8. 
impious, wicked, comp. 14,4. Vu.g. sor- 
duimus. Some of the Eisbrore ir.terpret- 
ers, favoured by the parallelism, here 
make M2¥ to be i. gq. Chald. bee, Dam, 
Heb. 5&8, to be stopped up, i. q. to he 
stupid, foolish; and this sense perhaps 
is better in Job L φ. we are foolish 
(stupid) in your eyes. 


* 7720 fut. jeu, to hide, to conceal, 
Josh. 2, 6. Job 31, 33. The primary idea 
is that of immersing, and is common to 
several verbs beginning with the syllable 
bv (=0), some of which retain the idea of 
immersing, while others pass over to that 
of hiding and also of defiling, polluting ; 
comp. synon. j£%, and see more in 


NID 


Thesaur. p. 552.—Spec. to hide under 
ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4, Ex. 2, 12. 
Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 48,10. raw bps a 
hidden abortion Job 3, 16, So > ma jou 
Ps, 140, 6. 142, 4; b ney Ὄ Ps, 9,16. 
31, 5, i.e. to hide @ snare, net, for any 
one, i. q. to lie in wait, to plot against 
him; comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With 
~? to hide for any one, i.e. to hoard up, 

to reserve for him, Job 20, 26 Wyn-a2 
MLD W920 all darkness (calamity) is 
hoarded up ‘for his treasures, where ob- 
serve the paronomasia in the kindred 
words #122 and ἜΣ. Similar is Deut. 
33, 19 ὑπ᾿ "224 "2W pr. the hidden of 
the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass. 
Ironically, Prov. 19,24 nnibwza ὙΠ 5x3 102 
the slothful hideth his hand in the dish, 
i.e. he plunges it slowly and deeply 
into the dish. Pass. part. 7202 in the 
hidden, i.e. in secret, in darkness, Job 
40, 13. 

Niex. to hide oneself, under the earth, 
Is. 2, 110. 

Hin. i.q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8. 

Deriv. ji232. 


*NI0 m. c. suff. 7822, a basket, 
Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. δος id. 
Kindr. * M222 basket, ures to weave, 


whence & δι basket ; also 5"d, etc. 


For the origin, see r. 530 no. 2. 


520 in Kal not used, Aram. viz 


to be soiled, dirty. 
Piet to soil, to defile, Cant. 5, 3. 


* rie Ὁ i.g. MSM, to go astray, to wan- 
der, Aram. 834, 1, and Arab. Lib, 


Hira. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez. 
13, 10. 


᾿ ὈΣῸῺ 1. to taste, as in all the kin- 
dred dialects; e.g. a) to try the fla- 
vour, Job 12,11. b) to eat a Titile, 
1 Sam. 14, 24, 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7. 8} to 
have the sense of taste, to perceive the 
flavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36. 

2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to 
feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps. 34,9 “73 axa ΩΣ 
him sie O taste and see that Jehovah is 
good. 


Deriv. those following, and o"2202. 


367 


po 


DIV Chald. id. Pa. to make taste, i. 8. 
to cause to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21. 


DIO m. 1. taste, flavour of food, Num. 


11,8. Jer.48,11. Job 6,6. Arab. 2xbid. 


2. Metaph. intellectual taste, i.e. judg- 
ment, discernment. understanding; comp. 
Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra 
insipidus. 1 Sam, 25,33. Ps. 119, 66. Job 
12,20. Du MID nex an insipid woman, 
i.e, without discernment, Prov. 11, 22. 
ἘΣΘ m0 he changed his understanding, 
i.e. feigned himself mad, Ps. 34,1. "ato 
se who answer discreetly Prov, 26, 16. 

3. From the Chald. judgment of the 
king, i.e. mandate, decree, Jon. 3,7. See 
Chald. 82% no. 3. 


D2 Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no. 3, man- 
date, decree, Ezra 6, 14.—More frequent 
is 

DYY Chald. πὶ. 1. taste, flavour, espec. 
pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 NYS ὉΣῸΞ in the fla- 
vour of wine, i. 6. while drinking. 

2. judgment, discernment, reason, see 
Heb. ὩΣΏ no. 2. Dan. 2, 14. Hence, 
reason as demanded or given, an ac- 
count ; 8232 377 to render an account, 
Dan. 6,3; 3 psy psd to make account 
of, to regard: Dan. 3, 12. 

3. judgment of the inp, mandate, edict, 
decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12. 29. cy Daw to 
give command Ezra'4, 19. 21. 5, 3. 9.13. 
6, 1. 7,13. Of a cause to be judged, de- 
θεὰ Ezra 5,5. eeu ἘΣΞ lord of judg- 
ment, the title of the Persian governor 
in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 


tT. ἸΣῸ to thrust sib -- with a 


sword, ὄν πὶ 


ik id. cpa thrust 


through, habs thrust. Chald. Pa. id. 
Puav pass. Part. plur. constr. "2229 
Is. 14, 19. 


ata. 20 to load up beasts of’ burden, 
Gen. 45, 17. Aram. 332, oj; to be 
loaded, laden. Arab. upeb VIII to sit 


S$ 3 
upon a camel, ,,yenbb a loaded camel, 
Kina’ camel’s saddle i.e. with a tent 
orcanopy. Comp. j=. 
ἘΞ m. (τ. 22) c. suff. 522, collect. 
little ones, little children, boys and girls, 
so called from their quick and tripping 


ΓΞῺ 
gait, see the root; comp. δ. Gen. 
34, 29. 43, 8. 45, 19. 46, 5. Opp. to 


youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6; to men 
above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37; to 
maidens, Num. 31,18. Often wt) ΒΘ 3Π 
Deut. 20, 12; ΒΝ Fo Josh. 1, 14; 
ἘΠῚ Hw) Hk Jer. 40,7. etc.—Some- 
times it is applied to a whole family, ex- 
cepting only the father or head of the 
family ; 2 Chr. 20, 13 ὉΠ DBovts 
ἘΠ23") also their families, to wit, their 
wives and their children. 2 Chr. 31, 18. 
Gen. 47, 12 “ὌΠ ἘΞ according to their 
families. Ex. 10, 10. Num. 82, 16. 
24. 26. 


“TED in Kal not used. Syr. ἘΞ ΦῊΝ 


to spread out, to expand. Kindr. ΠΕΣ. 

Pie, ΠΕ 1. tospread out, to expand, 
trans. e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13. 

2. Denom. from MBB no. 1, to bear 
upon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ‘ to 
carry in the arms,’ Lam. 2, 22. 

Deriv. Pm20%, and the three follow- 
ing. 

MD m. plur. Mins 1. Pr. the 
spread hand, palm; put as a measure 
of four fiugers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7, 
26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 21. Ps. 39, 
6 "a3 πρῶ minee mn lol thou hast 
made my ‘days hand-breadths, i. e. very 
short. 

2. As a term of architecture, plur. 
mutuli, corbits, i. e. projecting stones on 
which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K. 
7,9. Sept. τὰ γεῖσα. 


MED m. i. gq. MEY no. 1, α palm, hand- 
breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37, 12. Ez. 40, 5. 
43, R.meD. 


DED m. plur. verbal noun (τ. MBL 
Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs- 
ing of children, Lam. 2, 20. 


ν ὉΞῺ fut. 62", pr. to patch, as in 
Talmudic; then trop. to patch up false- 
hood, i. e. to devise, to forge ; comp. δό- 
dov ῥίπτειν, Lat. suere dolos. Ps. 119, 69. 
Job 13,4. Ellipt. Job 14, 17 τὸν bpom) 
“253 thou devisest (falsehoods) upon my 
iniquity, i. e. thou makest my sins more 
numerous by false accusations in addi- 
tion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ. 
Jonath. Deut. 1,1 RAY 7279 MP2 jAM>Ee 
concinnastis contra eum verba menda- 


368 


TD 


cia.—Arab. Lal to arrange one’s dis- 
course artificially. 


“OHO m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. suff. 
Wr7e2y Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a 
satrap, military governor of a province 
among the Assyrians and Medes. If we 
may form a conjecture from the modern 
Persian language, we may compare 
rays ἢ pes , war-chief; prince. Boh- 
len in his posthumous sheets compares 
Sanscr. adhipaéaru king’s legate. In 
Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as 
the name of an angel of high rank. 


Ge G 

ἘΩΞῸ Arab. Valo and 33 to take 
short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of 
the walk of children, whence 92. Also 
of the affected gait of coquettish females, 
to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3,16 5 Π 
ΓΞ ΘΙ HIER) walking and mincing as 
they go; Luth. well as to the sense: sie 
treten einher und schwanzen, i. e. wag, 
waddle ; so Saad. .) τὸ Chald. vinpa 
ἸΒΙΡΏ. Corresponding are 233, Germ. 
tappen, trappen, and its dimin. ‘srippeln, 
Engl. to tap, to trip. 


*"50 Chald. m. plur. Wey, i q- 
Heb. ἜΣ, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30; 
hoof of an animal, Dan. 7, 19. 


: WED to be fat ; metaph. to be dull, 


_ stupid, like Gr. παχύς, Lat. pinguis, Ps. 


119,70. Comp. {73% Is. 6, 10.—More 
frequent j in Chaldee. 


MDD (for ΓΒῸ3 drop, τ. 22) Taphath, 
pr. n. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 K. 
4, 11. 


"10 to thrust, Lat. trud-o with the 
same radical letters; hence to follow on 
continually one after another ; only Part. 
Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15 tb 555 stillicidium 
trudens, i. e. a continual dropping of the 
eaves, one drop following another and 
thrusting it forward ; comp. Engl. ‘ driv- 
ing rain’—Arab. Ot trusit, propulit ; 
IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult. 
ad Prov. 1. 6. Chald. 18, Syr. 44, to 
extrude. 

Deriv. pr. n. T3202. 


‘T]0 Chald. to thrust, to drive forth, 
Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30, 


mo 


*TIND obsol. root, i.q. nbw, to be fresh, 


new. Arab. Syb and ie id. Eth. 


® InP raw, uncooked. The primary 
idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that 
MID (17D, 37D) may be i. g. HI q. v.— 
Hence "72. 

BIND i. q. O78 not yet, Ruth 3, 14 
Chethibh. 


i FIND in Kal not used, Arab. 


Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to project. 

Hurn! once Job 37, 11 MH? ἌΣ ΟΝ 
33 also in rain, he (God) casts down the 
thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the 
descent and sudden fall of clouds through 
the weight of water in them, the burst- 
ing ofa cloud. But Arab. c. Ac 


signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon 
any thing, comp. M2 a load, burden; 
and hence the passage might be ren- 
dered: with rain he loads the thick 
clouds ; so some of the Rabbins. Symm. 
ἐπιβρίσει. Still another interpretation 
see in art. "2, p. 158.—Hence 


MO m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut. 
1, 12. Is. 1, 14.—Chald. ΤΠ toil, weari- 


ness, M70 to be wearied, Eth. MCh id. 

ὙΠῸ adj. fem. nD, fresh, new, e.g. a 
wound Is. 1,6; the jaw-bone of an ass, 
Judg. 15,15. R.m to. 


τ pao obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. 922 to 
pluck off, comp. py? to cut off—Hence 


DD pr. a cutting off, the place where 
a bough has just been cut from a tree ; 
then, beginning.—Hence, though this 
etymology is doubtful : 

1. before, sooner than ; with fut. in a 
past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took 
their dough Y2M2 O12 before it was 
leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119, 67; with 
fat. in fut. sense, Is. 65, 24.—In this 
signif. we more freq. find 2932. 

2. not yet ; with pret. Gen. 24, 15 DI 
"B15 mbD he had not yet done speaking. 
1 Sam. 3, 7. Oftener with fut. in past 
sense, Gen. 2,5. and every plant of the 
field was not yet in the earth. Ex. 10, 7. 
Josh. 2,8. 1 Sam. 3, 3; fut. in fut. sense, 
Ex. 9. 30. 

3. With the prepositions 3 and 12, id. 

a) ἘΞ when not yel, before ; 3 with 


369 


-“ 


ia) 


pret. Ps. 90,2. Prov. 8, 25. With fut. in 
the fut. signif. Is. 66, 7. Job 10, 21 Β΄: 
ΡΝ before I shall go; but often im the 
signif. of pret. Jer. 1,5 I sanctified thee 
REM OND before thou camest forth. Gen. 
27, 33. 41,50. Ex. 1,19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K. 
6, 32. With inf. Zeph, 2, 2 mab 122. 
Ibid. pleonast. 8133 Xb DIBA pr. before 
it come not upon you, strictly a double 
negation. With a subst. ΚΡ 5793 be- 
Sore the harvest, pr. in there being yet 
no harvest, Is. 28, 4. 

b) ΘΠ 1, q. OIG3, when not yet, 
Hagg. 2,15. Comp. 7 in the formula 
M'WRID, DIP, Is. 46, 10. 


Ἢ 570 fat. 55%", once in pause 5737 
Gen. 49, 27. 

1. to pull or pluck off, kindr. 372, 073, 
comp. Gr. ϑρύπτω. Hence Arab. 3 : 
to be fresh, new, i. 6. freshly plucked, 
Heb. 572%, 922 no. 1. 

2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, as 
wild beasts, Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. Deut. 33, 
20. Ps. 22,14. Nah. 2,13. Trop. of fierce 
warriors and enemies, Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 7, 
3; even of God, Ps. 50, 22 ὩΣ ΓΒ lest 
I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1. 
Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job 
16,9; of men Am. 1, 11. Job 18, 4. 

Nipu. pass of no. 2, Ex. 22, 12. Jer. 5, 6. 

Puat id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. 

Hipn. to tear up food, i. 6. into small 
pieces or mouthfuls, to cause to eat, lo 
feed a person, Prov. 30, 8. 

Deriv. the three following. 


20 adj. fresh, new, of a leaf; Gen. 8, 
11. Seer. 528 no. 1. 


S29 m. 6. suff. ip 1. @ green leaf, 
Fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez. 
17, 9; comp. Gen. 8, 11. Chald. et Syr. 
npqD, bepd, id. 

2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal 
torn in pieces, Job 4, 11. 29, 17. 38, 39. 
Is. 5, 29. Am. 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1. 
Trop. 523 "290 mountains of prey i. 6. 
of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence 
they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76, 5. 

3. food, of animals Job 24, 5; of men, 
Proy. 31,15. Mal.3, 10. Ps. 111,5. Comp.. 
the verb in Hiph. 


MEW f. collect. what is torn in pieces, 
flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39. 


570 


Ex. 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14. Nah. 
2,13. R. Ὥπῳ. 

N72BID Chald. Tarpelites Ezra 4, 9, 
the name of a people from which the 


Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10. 
The name of this letter, 17", is doubt- 
less i. ᾳ. 32 the hand, comp. Bi", plur. 
ἘΠ“ from obsol. 6%; and its figure in 
the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets 
and on Maccabean coins, still presents a 
rude image of the hand ; see Monumm. 
Pheenic. p. 30, also Pl. 3. So too the 
Ethiopic, where this letter is called Ya- 
man, i. e. right hand. 

Itisinterchanged: a) Withthe other 
feebie letters, δὲ, πὶ 1, so that these three 
aspirates are softenedintoYod; 6. g.with 
&, seein; with M, as 2M 427, Man nas, 
see Thes. p. 360; often with 1. Indeed 
most of the Heb. roots which have Yod 
for the first radical, i. 8. verbs "8, are in 
Arabic and Ethiopic “5, see Lehrg. p- 
379 sq. as ‘3%, H,, AP ete. For 
the affinity of verbs Β with other bili- 
teral roots, espec. verbs 19 and 33, see 
Lehrg. §112. 3, Ὁ) With the semi- 
vowel 3, as MN? MN", etc. see in?. 6) 
With the other palatals; e. g. with ἃ, 
as “AD? yedhacs Iturea; “0° Ethiop. 
ἽΪΠ2Ζ td chastise; 155 Arden: gini 
wine. Also with 5 and P, as "t" and 
"2; see Thesaur. p. 557. 


᾿ =" to long Sor, to desire earnestly, 
c. > Ps. 119, 131; Sept. ἐπεπόϑουν. Syr. 
«αὐλὴ and -osb2f id. Kindr. are 
May, FI; comp. 348 where see, SNM. 


ΓΝ to be comely, becoming, i. q. 
PN? (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17,7). Impers. 
with >, it is becoming, suitable for any 
one ; ones Jer. 10,7 MNKs Ἢ. “> 707 thee 
doth it become. Sept.” δ ‘Compl. σοὶ 

Γ 
γὰρ πρέπει.--ϑγτ, {Ls it is becoming, c. 
= for any one, πρέπον. 

‘TIN? see “k* river. 


370 


be 


Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama- 
ria. Sept. Ταρφαλαῖοι. Perh. the Ja- 
pyri, Tanoveoi, dwelling on the east of 
Elymais; Ptol. p. 148, . 


3782 (whom Jehovah hears, r. #38) 
Jaazaniah,pr.n.m. a) Jer,35,3. Ὁ) 
Ez. 11, 1. 


WMT" (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. τι. m. 
a) 2 XK. 25, 23. Contr. ames" Jezaniah 
Jer. 40, 8; 3317 42, 1, b) Ez. 8, 11. 


"8" (whom God enlightens, r. ἪΝ) 
pr.n. Jair, Gr. ᾿Τάειρος Mark 5,22. a) A 
descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21-23, 
comp. Gen. 50, 23; called also his son, 
Num. 32,41. Deut. 3,14. b) A judge 
of Israel, Judg. 10, 8. Patronym. "7x3 
Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. ὁ) Esth. 2, 5. 


rat ἃ 28° for >8}, in Kal not used, fo 
be foolish, i. q. ba ia v. 

Nira. 58% to become foolish, to dote, 
Is. 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool- 
ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5, 4. 


“Ἢ; oN to will, to desire ; kindr. 
with Sanser. wal, Gr. βούλομαι, Lat. 
volo, Germ. wollen, Engl. to will. Found 
only in 

Hien. >*xin, fut. apoc. xi", to will, 
in two senses : 

1. Of one who undertakes that which 
he wills, however difficult, implying ac- 
tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to 
assay ; Sept. often ἄρχομαι to begin. 
With inf. ο. > Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17, 
12. Judg. 1. 27. 35. 1 Sam. 17,39, With 
verb fin. ἀσυνδέτως Deut. 1, 5. 

2. Of one willing to yield to the re- 
quest or entreaty of another, implying 
passive volition, i. q. to be content, to 
consent, to please, sc. to do any thing. 
Job 6, 28 "3 52m SS" be content, look 
upon me. 2 K.6,3. Spee. a) Of one 
who yields and accepts a kindness ofler- 
ed; Judg. 17, 11 ὩΣ “bh Sy) and 
the Levite consented to dwell, εἷς, Ex. 2, 
21. 2K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7,7 would we 
had been content, and dwelt on the other 


a 


side Jordan! Ὁ) Of one who yields to 
sin; Hos. 5, 11 137" 7my ἼΞΠ Din "2 
Sor he consented and went afler vanity 
i.e. idols; 1% being for τῷ i. ᾳ. RIO. 
c) Of God, who in his clemency yields 
to prayer ; Job 6, 9 "242771 ADR SN} 
that it may please God, and he destroy 
me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29.—Con- 
str. infin. c. > Judg. 17,11; with verb 
fin. ἀσυνδέτως 2 K. 5,23. Bia 5, 11. Job 
6, 28; with verb fin, ο. 1 Josh. 7,7. 2 Sam. 
7, 29. Job 6, 9. 


“S? and N58" m. an Egyptian word, 
signifying canal, channel, river ; in the 
dialect of Memphis J2PO, in that of 


Thebes JEPO, see Jablonski Opuse. ed. 
te Water T. 1. p. 93, 444. Peyron Lex. 
Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro- 
setta, |. 14, 15, it is written JOR ; see 
Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. ΖΕ σγριὶ- 
orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it 
signified : 

1. a ditch, canal, channel, Is. 33, 21, 
where it is the fosse of a fortified city ; 
Sept. διῶρυξ. So of the canals of the 
Nile, Ex. 8, 1 [5]. Nah. 3,8; comp. in 
no. 3. 

2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine, Job 
28, 10. 

3. a river, καὶ Ἐξοχήν the river of 
Egypt, the Nile ; fully Ὁ Ὁ 787 Am. 
8, 8. 9,5; often with the art. skon, ὃ 
ποταμός, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22. 2, 3. 
Ἵ,15.18. So with prefixes: "873 Ex. 
7. 18. 20, Is. 19,8; "872 as the Nile Jer. 
46, 7.8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted ἽΝ 9 
id, Am. 8,8. Poet. also without art. Is. 
19,7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11; 
whence "8" as the Nile Am. 8, 8. 9, 5. 
In one place only is it spoken of ano- 
ther river, Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7.—Ptur. “ak 
buys Is. 7, 18, and “iz9 "8 2K. 19, 
24, Is, 19, 6, the rivers of Egypt, i.e. the 
Ieanches and canals of the Nile. . So 
with suff. Ez. 29, 3. 4. 5, 10. Ex. 7, 19. 
Ps. 78, 44. 

ἘΌΝ in Καὶ; not used, Arab. se 


=r 


and transp. und to despond, to despair. 

Nira. ἘΝ τ with 12 pregn. to de- 
spair of and desist from; 1 Sam. 27, 1 
‘id "78p3> danw “320 ΕΝ and Saul 
shall desist from me to seek me any more. 


371 


1" 


—Part. tia one in despair, desperate, 
Job 6, 26. Impers. desperatum est, there 
is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2, 
25. 18, 12. 

Prec inf. x7, with 125, to let despair, 
to give over lo despair, Ecc. 2, 20. 


mos (see next art.) Josiah, pr. n. m. 
Zech. 6, 10. 


7S" (whom Jehovah heals, r. mus) 
pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 642-611 
B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law, 
slain at Megiddo in battle with Necho 
king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34, 
33. Gr.’ Jotas. : 

YS? , Jeatherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 6 


-:7r? 


[21]; for which v. 26 Ὥς q. v. 

* 32° in Kal not used. Pret, to call 
aloud, to cry owt, Judg. 5, 28. Aram. 
id. spec. of shouts of rejoicing, in the 
Targums for Heb. ΣΙ, 327; Syr. also 


to blow the trumpet, [aea5 sound of the 


Ἐ 
trumpet. Arab. © δ id. chiefly of the 
shout of battle; but from x3 is also 


SUG desert, so called from the howl- 
ing of wild beasts. Comp. 531". 
Deriv. pr. ἢ, 33%". 


552» m. 6. suff. M38=", once 423% or 
mba7 Deut. 32, 22; produce, increase of 
the earth, Lev. 26, 4, 20. Deut. 11, 17. 
32, 22. Fide: 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab. 
3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 28 ima dant 537 
the increase of his hovise departs, disap- 
pears, i.e. the wealth-laid up in his 
house.—R. 533 Hiph. i. ᾳ. ΔΙ, as 
MNA3N proveritus, from Nid. 


033? (place trodden down, threshing- 
floor, r. 052) Jebus, the ancient name of 
Jerusalem among the Canaanites, Judg. 
19, 10. 11. 1 Chr. 11, 4.5.—The gentile 
n. is "0237 Jebusite, collect. the Jebusites, 
a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this 
city and the neighbouring mountains ; 
they were subdued by David, but still 
existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16. 
15, 21. Num. 13, 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sam. 
5,6. Ezra9,1. The same gentile name 
is sometimes put for the city itself (i. q. 
"ΟΞ ἜΣ Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8. 
18, 16 ; also poetically in later times for 
Jerosalem Zech. 9, 7, as 0°7WD for 
Chaldea. 


ma" 


“W237 (whom God chooses, r. “M2) 
dbhar, pr. ἢ. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5. 

1.3. (whom God observes, r. 1.3) Ja- 
bin, pr. ἢ. of two kings of Hazor. a) 


Josh. 11,1. Ὁ) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10. 
3" see wa7. 
Ed. 70. 1. to well, to flow, sc. copi- 


ously and with impetus. Arab. δ to 
ἐν" copiously, to rain, whence d35, 


dos, rain, a shower. Corresponding 


are Germ. wallen, whence Welle ; Engl. 
to well. Hence >37, D217 I, D238 a river, 
daa for ῬΉΣῚ rain, “beng deluge. —Also to 
flow, to TUN, SC. with matter, as a sore, 
whence 53 sanie diffluens. 

2. Poet. to go, to advance gently; as 
in Engl. to flow, to glide, also Germ. 
wallen, poet. for to go, the figure being 
taken from water; chiefly spoken of 
the waving motion of a crowd or of a 
solemn procession; hence 

Hips. bin, Syr. Nef, Chald. 
dea-m, causat. of no. 2; poet. for 872m. 

1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per- 
sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11. 
108, 11. Jer. 31, 9. Is. 23,7. 

2. to bring, to offer, e. g. presents Ps. 
68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10. 

Hopn. 529" 1, to be led, brought, 
conducted, Is. 53,7. Jer. 11,19. So of 
persons, mostly in state or solemn pomp, 
Ps. 45, 15. 16. Is. 55, 12; of funeral 
pomp. Job 10, 19. 21, 30, 32. 

2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts, 
presents, Is. 18,7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, blso bas and 
baa produce, >=. 


<LI, 53. a root not in use, onoma- 
lopoet. like Lat. jubilare, i. q. to shout in 
joy and triumph; other kindred forms 
see in 5317. Hence 531", 539 II. 

bay Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 1. Apu. 531 
to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 


22° m. (r. 5.1) 1. astream, river. 
ΠΌΤ Is. 30, 25. 44, 4. 

2. Jabal, pr. n. son of Lamech, the 
father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen. 
4, 20. 


372 


p> 


229 adj. £ Man, flowing, running, 56. 
with matter as a sore, i. e. having run- 
ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Ley. 
22, 22. Vulg. papulas habens, having 
pimples, pustules; and so in bias <5; 7 


see Mishna Erubhin10.13. Arab. Χο; 
defluxus pilorum. 


335 see in 553". 


BYI3" (for ny nb3" he consumes the 
people, r r. M>2) ibleam, pr. n. of a city in 
Manasseh, Josh. 17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 2 K. 
9, 27; written iin. 1 Chr: 6, 55 cr>a. 


r p=" m. 6. suff. "239, a brother-in- 
law, husband’s brother, Lat. levir, who 
by the Mosaic law, when a husband 
died without heirs, was bound to marry 
the widow, Deut. 36, ὅ- 9. Hence the 
denom. verb: 

Piet 03" pr. to act the husband’s 
brother, to perform his duty, to marry @ 
brother’s widow, Deut. 25, 5.7. Gen. 38,8. 


M93) f. c. suff. qnes3, ἽΡΙ25", sister- 
in-law, a brother’s wife. Deut. 125, 7. 9. 
Also the wife of a husband’s brother, 
Ruth i, 15.—Fem. of 831. 


28222 (God lets build) Jabneel, pr. 
n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11. 
b) In Naphtali Josh. 19, 33. R. 33. 


M337 (God lets build, r. 23) pr. ἢ. 
Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean, 
taken from the Philistines by Uzziel, 
2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15, 46. Sept. 
᾿Ιαμνία 1 Mace. 4, 15, and ᾿Ιάμνεια 5, 58. 
2 Mace. 12, 8. Strab. XVI.2. Arab. 
Ling Yebna, which name is still borne 
by a village among the ruins of the 
ancient city. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 22, 

M222) (Jehovah will build) Jbnetah, 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 9,8. R. 733. 


M9999 (id.) Ibnijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
9, 8. | 


: γ3: obsol. root, Arab. yas 
shine, to be bright. Hence pr.n. 73h. | 


p32" Jabbok, pr. n. of a stream or tor- 
rent near Mount Gilead, flowing from 
the east into the Jordan on the northern 
border of the Ammonites, now called 


Ly jl, Wady Zerka, i. e. cerulean, 


"2" 


Num. 21, 24, Gen. 32, 23. Deut, 2, 37. 3, 
16. Josh. 12,2. Judg. 11,13. See Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. Il. p. 121.—As to the 
etymology, Simonis (Onomast. p. 315) 
not unaptly derives pa? from PPS to 
pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for 
P22, i.e. @ pouring out, emptying. Yet 
in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to 
this name, as if it were for Piax?, from 
τι Pak. 

WPI" (whom Jehovah blesses) 
Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2. 

DWI” (pleasant, τ. oY2) Jibsam, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 2. 


* Wa? fat. dan, ta, plur. 4339; inf. 
constr. τῶ Ξε Gen. 8, 7, with prep. 3.3 
Is. 27, 11. 

1. Perh. pr. to be hot, to glow, comp. 
ὩΣ; then fo be arid, to be or become 
dry, to dry up, as plants, trees, grass, Is. 
15, 6. 19, 7. 40, 7.8. Joel 1, 12; bread 
Josh. 9, 5. 12; fields tilled and sown Jer. 
23, 10. Is. 27, 11; the earth after the 
deluge Gen. 8, 14; bones as destitute of 
marrow Ez. 37,11; the hand as para- 
lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp. 
Mark 3, 1; hence of the vital strength, 
Ps. 22, 16 = wana was my strength is 
dried up like a potsherd. —The moisture 
itself is also said to dry up; hence of 
streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17, 
7. Joel 1, 20; a fountain Hos. 13, 15.— 
Aram. id. Arab. 43 id. For the 
difference between 931 and 2357 to be 
dry, see under 357. 

2. Like tia, to be ashamed, to be put 


to shame, see Hiph. no.2. Arab. ols 
pudendum. [This signification chem 
from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp. 
in Wis no. 1.—T. 

Piet ἘΞ. to make dry, to dry up, Job 
15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where 
smvgar) is for Ἐπ Ξ ΤΣ, 

Hips. 87215 1. to make dry, to dry 
wp, as plants, trees, Ez. 17,24, Is. 42, 15; 
streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4,23. Is. 44, 
27. Jer. 51, 36.—Intrans, to hecome dry, 
to be dried, up, of plants, fruits, the har- 
yest, Joel i, 10.12.17. Metaph. ν. 12 
joy is iene up, withered away, from the 
sons of men. 

2. to shame, to make ashamed, see Kal 

32 


373 


mm 


no. 2. 2 Sam, 19, 6.—Intrans. i. gq. Biz in 
Kal, lo be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer. 
2,26. 6,15. 8,12. Often of persons who 
are disappointed in their hopes, Joel 
1, 11. Jer. 2,26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet. of 
cities overthrown, to be put to shame, 
disgraced, Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50,2. Also to 
act shamefully, Hos. 2,7 [5]. 

πὰ adj. ἢ πῶξϑι. R. wa. το. 1. 

1. dry, Job 13, 25. Ez. 17, 94. 37,2. 4. 

2. Jabesh, pr. n. a) A citpin Gilead, 
fully written 5251 Was Judg. 21, 8 sq. 
also W°37 1 Sam. 11, 1. 3. 5.10, etc. dis- 
tant a night’s journey from Bethshean 
1 Sam. 31, 11. It was prob. on the 
Wady Yabes, which enters the Jordan 
from the east not far below Beisfn; 
Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. Accord- 
ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from 
Pella towards Gerasa. b) A man, 2K. 
15, 10. 13. 14. 

ὯΞ adj. an intensive form, i. 4. wa", 
found only in fem. M31 ay; so τι 
on the dry, i.e. on dry ground, Ex. 14, 16. 
22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dxy 
land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1, 9. Ex. 4, 9. 
Jon. 1, 9. 13. 2, il. Ps. 66, 6. Comp. 
7377 .—So Gr. y ξηρά and τὸ ξηρόν, 
Matt. 23, 15, opp. 7 ϑάλασσα. 1 Mace. 8, 
32. Vorstiua de Hebraismis N. T. ed. 
Fischer. cap. 2. § 2. 


nwa? Γ id. Ex. 4,9. Ps, 95,5.—Chala. 
st. emphat. SMa" id. Dan. 2, 10. 


δὲ" (God will avenge) Jgal, Freal;. 
pr.n.m. a) Num. 13, 7. b) 2 Chr. 
3, 22. 6) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. bus. 


ΖΔ" i. ᾳ. 393, to cut sc. with a 
plough, to plough, to till; only Part. 
plur. 07239" ploughmen, husbandmen;. 
2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52, 16.—Hence 

33) m. plur. 59339, a field, as plough- 
ed, Jer. 39, 10. 

M337 (elevated, verb. fut. Hoph. τ. 
33; comp. 2") Jogbehah, pr. ἢ. of a 
place in the tribe of Gad, Num: 32; 35. 
Judg. 8, 11. 


my (Jehovah will make great, 
r bas) Igdaliah, pr.n.m. Jer. 35)4, “" 


gF 1.} m3? in- Kal not used, ἐδ grieve, 
The primary idea lies either in being 
pained, kindr, 533 ; or-else in panting, 
sighing, groaning, kindt. 737... 


ma 


Pret 3", to afflict, to grieve, fut. m3" 
for M37" Lom: 3; 33. Comp. ta" Pi. 

Hiren. ΤῊ to afflict, to grieve, Job 19, 
2. Lam. 1, 5. 12. 3, 32. Is. 51,/23. 

Nips. Part. 32 for nats, afflicted, 
grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3, 18 “2% "353 
those grieved as prohibited from the 
sacred assembly. Fem. ia) afflicted 
Lam. 1,4. ᾿ 

Deriv. γι, 5357. 


1. 73° i. g. nan Il, to be separated, 
apart. 

Hien. 73h for m3in, to take away, to 
remove, 2 Sam. 20,13. Arab. os , Conj. 
IV, id. Syr. «κοΐ to expel, to eject. 


Tis" m. affliction, grief, sorrow, Gen. 
42, 38. 44, 31. Ps. 13, 3. al. R. πὸ 
no. 1. 


i? part. or adj. verbal (τ. 531) fear- 
ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite 
verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17. 


“49 (lodging-place, r. 953) Jagur, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 21. 


3°33 m. adj. wearied, weary, Job 3, 17. 
R. 337. 


2°37 τῇ, (Ὁ. 532) 1. labour, toil, espec. 
difficult and wearisome ; ; Gen. 31, 42 
"BD 373" the labour of my hands. 

2. Meton. the product of labour ; hence 
a work, Job 10, 3. Oftener earnings, 
gain, wealth, Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24. 
20, 5. Ez. 23,29. Ps. 109,11. Neh. 5,12; 
espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46. 
Job 39,11; "89 37379 Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps. 
128, 3. Plur. "3°39 id. Hos. 12, 9. 

3. Asconnected with suffering, labour, 
pain, i.e. the effort and pain of parturi- 
tion; spoken of the ostrich Job 39, 16. 


ry") f. (Ὁ. 235) labour, weariness, 
Ecc, 12, 12. 

ἘΝ (exiled, r. 723) Jogli, pr. n. m. 
Num. 34, 22. 


* 93" fut. 237 1. to labour, to toil, 
espec. with wearisome and painful effort, 
Arab. ay to pain; kindr. is δὴ I. 
Constr. absol. Job 9,29 527% 53% Mr-mad 
why then should I labour in ‘vain? Is. 
49, 4. 65,23; with > c. inf. Prov. 23, 4; 
with 3 οἵ that ‘in which one labours; 


374 " 


Josh. 24,13. Is. 43, 22 thou hast not eall- 
ed upon me, Ὁ Jacob, so that thow hast 
laboured in me, i.e. so that thou hast 
taken much pains about me (comp. v. 
23. 24). 47, 12. 62,8; once with ace. in 
the same sense, v.15; with "73 for any 
thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 51, 58. 

2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 10. 
Is, 40, 31. With 3 of that in or with 
which one is weary, Ps. 6, 7 "7333 


} ἌΠΠΣΝΞ 7 am weary with my groaning. 


Jer. 45, 3. Ps. 69, 4. 

Pre. to weary, to make faint, Josh. 7, 
3. Eee. 10, 15. 

Hien. 3735" to weary any one, to be 
burdensome to him; with acc. of pers. 
and 3 of thing, Is. 43,23 προσ τ NX> 

ΣᾺ I have not wearied thee with in- 
cense, i.e. have not burdened thee by 
demanding it. v. 24 42a "IMD 
thou hast wearted me with thy iniquities. 
Mal. 2, 47. 

Deriv. 373", 
two which hate follow. 


D537, md", and the 


337 m. labour, i. e. product of labour, 


Ὃν 4, 


earnings, Job 20, 18. 
33) adj. verbal (τ. 537) weary, ex- 


hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 
2. Ece. 1,8 ὈΠΣ3Ὶ 079297752 all words 
become weary, i. e. would fail in trying 
to recount all these things. 


“3° Chald. m. @ heap of stones, Gen. 
31, 47, where it is i. q. Heb. 53 in 1353. 
Syr. pqs id. Ethiop. DIC ia. ΦΊΖ τὸ 


stone. Kindr. in Heb. is τ. "38. 


Τὴν νιν), only in 1 and 2 pers. "M737, 
HIST, ig. ΤῊΣ no. 2, to fear, to be afraid 
of, c. acc. Job 3, 25. 9, 28, Ps. 119, 39; 
with "28 Dent. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arab. 


733 id.—Hence 
"37 adj. see 37. 


“Δ f(r. 72) constr. ΣΤ, ¢. suff. "TT 
A, but also O279, j2T7 (for ΠΝ 
1515); Dual 0° Sahat: "T>, c. suff. "135 
Plur. nit, constr. min, 

1. the hand, strictly” the whole hand, 
as extended, (and so diff. from 53 the 
hollow hand,) from r. 77 espec. Hiph. 
no. 1; comp. 35} arm, and My span, 
both from the idea of expanding ; also 
Goth. handus i. e. a hand, ἃ prehend- 


" 375 a 


endo. Syr. ps) Arab. ὁ, Eth, BR id. 


Strictly and usually only of the human 
hand; once spoken of the feet of the 
lizard as resembling the hand of a man 
Prov. 30, 28.—The following are the 
principal phrases in which the literal 
signification is retained. 

a) ῬΓῸΝ "Th, ’B DD's, my hand is with 
any one, i.e. I aid him, am on his side, 
1 Sam. 22,17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15, 19. 

b) ἘΞ MN Ὅτι my hand is upon any 
one, i. ᾳ. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I 
do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27. 
1 Sam. 18, 17.21. 24,13. 14. Josh. 2, 19. 
So 3 AN τὰ πὶ of the hand of God as 
afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut. 
2, 15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12,15; 
rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding, 
favouring, 2 Chr. 30,12. Ezra 9,2; and 
for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase 
there is added πρὸ Judg. 2, 15.—So in 
a sense of disfavour only: 3 i793 42 (of 
God) Ex. 7,4, and 2 "5 ad myx" Ruth 
1,13; but in a sense of ‘favour, Is. 25, 10 
ANI Ama ὍΔ ΠῚ MIM the hand of Jehovah 
shall rest upon this mount. 

6) ‘B59 52 πὸ AM the hand of Jeho- 
vah is upon any one, both for good and 
for evil, but more usually in a good sense. 
E. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6 
9b by Ἢ τὸ when the hand of 7ε 
hovah his "God was upon him. v. 28. 8, 
18. 31. (Hence to withdraw his hand, 
i. 4. to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.) 
Twice it is added expressly, outs " 
naivn Ezra 7, 9. Neh. 2,8; also maiwd 
Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense farther, 
Is. 1, 25 729 Ὑπὸ MIN, 
tile sense, Am. 1, 8} SAPD ἘΣ “rans 
Twill turn my hand upon i.e. against 
Ekron ; and so with 5x for >», Ez. 13,9. 
Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 χεὶρ Kyplov 
ἐπὶ σε, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλὸς x. τ. λ. 

4) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is 
upon (>>) any one, is further used in the 
sense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a 
prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired, 
by the Spirit of God; since the divine 
Spirit was communicated to men by the 
laying on of hands, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 14. 22. 
37,1. 2K.3, 15; with Dx for 39, 1K. 18, 
46. The same is >> = “Ἢ πρτπ Ez. 3, 
14 (comp. Is. 8, 11), and 9 "5 μὸ nbe3 
Ez. 8,1, comp. 11, 5 where for i is mn, 


But ina hos- 


Hence also Jer. 15,17 934 "29 because 
of thy hand, i. 6. because of the divine 
Spirit which rests upon me, by which I 
am moved, 

e) 7 jm} to give the hand, as a pledge 
of fidelity, as confirming a promise, i. q. 
to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19. 
Spec. of the vanquished giving their 
hands as a pledge of submission and 
fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17,18. Jer. 50, 
15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 mfx 3 Am 
give the hand i. e. submit yourselves to 
Jehovah.—Similar is the formula 7 12 
‘p mn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to 
any one, 1 Chr. 29,34. Here belongs 
also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra- 


phers, 59, i. 6. surety by ἃ pledge, fide- 
jussio; surrender, suojectio, χεέρωσις. 

f) 1, THE hand, zat ἐξοχήν, is some- 
times spoken: α) Of the hand of God, 
as MT for "2 Man, BA for Him ow. 
So Is. 8, 11 ὅπ mpina for ™ 7 ‘m3 
(comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand, 
i.e. with the powerful hand of God. 8) 
Without art. of the hand of man, i. e. 
human help, as 173 8> Job 34, 20, and 
‘3 DBN2 Dan. 8, 25, without man’s hand, 
i. 6. without humas aid or interference. 
Chald. #1372 83 Dan. 2, 34. 35. Comp. 
Lam. 4, 6. 

5) The hand of God is put: a) For 
the divine agency, mode of action, provi- 
dence; Job 27, 11 5x-793 Dany NTN 7 
will hath you concerning the hand of 
God, his providence, how he acts. β) 
For the power, care, protection of God ; 
hence M07 373 in the power of God, Ps. 
31, 16. 95, ‘4. Prov. 21,1; in the care or 
providents of God, Is. 62, 3; comp. Ps. 
74, 11: 

h) 17> πος hand to hand, from hand to 
hand, i. e. through all ages and genera- 
tions, ever, and with a negative particle 
never. Prov. 11, 21 39 ΠΕΡῚ ND 77379 
through all generations the wicked shall 
not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is 
the Persian formula, νὰ criwd, 
Schult. Animadverss.ad Prov.l.c. Also 
Syr. {pt iT i. 6. sigillatim, one after 
another. For a like reason Arab. Oy 
i. q. succession. 

i) ΠΕΡ 45 the hand to the mouth, i.e lay 
thy hand upon thy mouth, i. q. be silent, 


-- 876 iis. 


hold thy peace, Prov. 30, 32. Comp. 
Job 21, 5. 29, 9. 39, 34. Mic. 7,16. Pers. 
lao > ανὸ. 

»ἴ WAR bo wn pry 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. 4. 
to smite the hands together over one’s 
head, a gesture of despairing grief; 
comp. Jer, 2, 37. 

For other phrases see under the verbs 
NED, NED, ΠΏΣ, NW, MED, πρῶ, Fon, 
‘SPH, etc. and the adjectives 53, Pin. 

With prepositions, where sometimes 
‘the proper force of the noun itself is lost: 

aa) "772 a) in my hand, often for 
‘with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing, 
leading, etc. as to bring in one’s hand, 
i. e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 ~b> "9351 
“i993 IN wx os and ail the people 
brought every man his ox with him, ete. 
Jer. 38, 10 prey nrwde} nya FINA ΠΡ 
take ifrote hence thirty men with thee. 
Gen. 32, 14. 35, 4. Num. 31, 49. Deut. 
33, 3. 1 Sam. 16,2. 1K. 10, 29.—That 
which one has in his hand, or takes with 
him, he has in his possession; hence this 
phrase is also referred to possession, like 
PR, oS, Lat. penes. Ecc. 5,13 he beget- 
teth α son ΤΡΏΩΝ W572 }°N) who has no- 
thing in his hand, i. e. possesses nothing ; 
comp. Heb. "27 ΠΣ Ὁ 4" under the art, 
RE no. 2. c. Chald. Ezra 7, 25 the 
wisdom of thy God which is in thy hand, 
i.e. which thou possessest. 8) into my 
hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of 
delivering over, Gen. 9,2. 14, 20. Ex. 4, 
21. 2 Sam, 18, 2. Hence i77 58x the 
_ flock of his hand, i. e. delivered into his 
hand, Ps. 95,7; and here too belongs 
Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake ἼΣΑΣ ΘΟ ma, Sept. 
᾿πρὸς “Ἡσαΐαν, sc. as about to deliver him 
‘arevelation. y) by my hand, often for 
iby me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23 
‘whatever Jehovah hath commanded you 
ΤΩ ἼΣΞ by the hand of Moses, i. e. by 
Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25. 1 K. 12, 15. Jer. 
37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending, 
1 Κ. 2,25 and king Solomon sent 773 

ἜΣ, Ex. 4, 13. Prov. 26, 6..1 Sam. 16, 
20, 2 Sam, 12,25. Comp. Acts 11, 30. 
15, 33. 98) at my hand, i. 6. before me, 
‘n my sight, i,q. "282. 1 Sam. 21, 14 he 
Seigned himself mad ὉΠ at their hands, 
i.e. before them. Job 15, 23 he knoweth 
Wen pis isn 1159 "2 that the day of 
darkness is ready ‘at his hand, impends 


over him.—In this sense the Arabs often 
BAY, 9 Lp between the hands 
of any one, see Kor&n Sur. 2. 256. Sur. 
3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schult. Opp. min. p. 
29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks 
ἐν χερσίν Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1118; comp. 
πρὸ χειρῶν, Germ, vorhanden, at hand. 
διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν, Lat. ‘hostes sunt in ma- 
nibus’ i. e. in conspectu, Ces. Bell. Gall. 
2. 19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. Ain. 11. 
311 ‘ante oculos intergue manus sunt 
omnia vestras,’ i. 6. πρόχειρα ἐστι. 

bb) B73" 772 between the hands, i. 6. 
on the breast, on the front of the body, 
Zech. 13, 6. Comp. 072°9 592 on the 
forehead. 

ec) "2 pro manu, according to one’s 
hand, in the phrase 2 2D according 
to the hand i. 6. bounty of the king, 1K. 
10, 13. Esth. 1, 7. 2,18. The phrase 
denotes the open and liberal hand of the 
king. Others less well: according tothe 
royal power ; but power and strength 
do not here belong to the subject of dis- 
course, but liberality. 

dd) Ἔ 5° from or out of the hand of 
any one, i. q. Engl. at his hand or out of 
his power ; often after verbs of demand- 
ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1,12; of receiv- 
ing Gen. 33, 19. Num. 5, 25; of delivering 
Gen. 32, 12, Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25. 
Hence also we find: from the hand 
(power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam. 
17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword 
Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16. 89, 49, of 
the flame Is. 47, 14. 

ee) B32 53, Ἔ Ὑπὸ 9 αὐ upon the 
hand or hands of any one. i. q. into his 
hand, after verbs of delivering over, 
committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17, 22. 
2 K. 10, 24. 12, 12. 22, 5.9. Ezra 1, 8. 
So to deliver 39% "39 52 into the hand 
(power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11. Jer. 18, 
21. Aiso in the same sense is said 
‘pI nn, ’_ I'm, under the hand of 
any one, Gen.16,9. 41,35. Is.3,6. 8) d2 
"39 on or at the hands of any one, as in 
Engl. wnder the hands of any one, i. q. 
under his guidance and auspices, his 
hand guiding and directing, Germ. ‘ an 
der Hand jemandes.’ 1 Chr. 25,3 ὑπὸ ἘΦ 
trax “under the guidance or auspices 
of their father. v. 2. 6. 7,29. Also of 
one absent or dead, whose ordinances 


os tl 


are followed by posterity, 2. Chr. 23, 18 
77 "TT b> at the hands of David, i. e. 
under his guidance, according to his or- 
dinances. Ezra 3,10. Of things, 2 Chr. 
29, 27 the song began with the trumpets 
“MIT "D2 I) ἘΣ at or under the lead of 
the instruments of David, i, 6. it followed 
the measures of the instruments appoint- 
ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud. 
de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Criticee Sacre p. 


240. So Arab. 83 ht: Payee) sls: 


under the auspices or care of any one ; 
a formula often used on Arabic coins to 
denote the persons by whom they are 
coined. See also below under no, 5, 

ff) 15, see no. 1. h; also no. 5. 

Dual 0° the two hands of a person ; 
also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17. 
Is. 13, 7. 

2. Plur. mis" artificial hands, also of 
things which bear resemblance to hands, 
e.g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26. 17. 
19. 36, 22. 94. Ὁ) αὐτἷοβ, axletrees, for 
wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33.—For the ἀϊδεϊπο- 
tion between the dual and plural fem. 
in nouns denoting members of the body, 


see Lehrg. p.539.—Arab. 33 handle, as 
of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. ἴδοι han- 
dles, tenons. Comp. mip. 

3. Metaph. power, strength, might, the 
hand being regarded as the seat of 
strength ; here too the proper force of 
the word is sometimes lost, comp. above 
in no. 1. dd. 3 with might, Is. 28, 2. 
Ps. 76, 6 none of the men of might have 
found 23") their hands, 1. 6. they found 
themselves without strength. (Comp. in 
Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand 
and side, i. e. had all their strength rea- 
dy.) Soof one powerful deed, mighty 
work, Ex. 14, 31; comp. manus Virg. 
fEn. 6.688. Spec. protection, help, Deut. 
32, 36 32 τρὶς help is departed.—So 
Arab. Lualt Ae the force of the east- 
wind, = JU fae) ‘J thou hast no power 
in this or that. Syr. Lascom}s j,4] 


the power of the Romans. Pers. c.wod 
power.—For the phrase a short or long 
hand, see under the verb "zp. rt 
4. Meton. a stroke. blow, pr. as given 
with the hand. Job 20, 22 522 4>->> 
"NIN every stroke of the wretched cometh 
32* 


377 


> 


upon him, i. e. all that befalls the 
wretched. Job 23, 2 my stroke, calamity. 
—Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used 
of gladiators. 

5. a side, pr. of the sides of the body, 
where the hands and arms are situated ; 
comp. Engl. ‘on the right hand, left 
hand, Lat. ‘ad hanc manum’ Terent. 
Ad. 4. 2.31. Hence Dual 575" pr. the 
two sides, chiefly in the phrase 5977 397 
large on both sides, on every side, i. e. 
broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in 3m™,) 
Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al._— 
Sing. of the side or shore of a river, Ex. 
2,5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. [es γέ shore, 
coast.—With prepositions: 75 1 Sam. 
19, 3. 1 Chr. 18, 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3; 
4733 1 Sam. 4,18; Ἢ" bx 2 Sam. 14, 
30. 18,4; 39 ἘΦ Jeli. 15, 46. 2 Sam. 15, 
2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Τοῦ 1, 14. Neh. 
3,28q. "7 ‘bs Num: 34, 3. Judg. 11, 26; 
all signifying at, on, by the side of any 
one, near, Syr. τ ἊΝ near. 1 Chr. 6, 
16 [31] M3 999 WI Sz TIT THOTT ἼΩΝ 
mim? whom David appointed by the side 
of the temple-singing, i. e. to whom he 
gave an appointment in or by the tem- 
ple-music. See further on the partie. 
"37 52 in no. 1. ee.—Plur. nit sides, 
e.g. a) Of a throne, i. 6. lateral sup- 
ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. 6) lateral 
projections, side-borders of a base or pe- 
destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36. 

6. a place, Deut. 23,13. Num. 9. 17 
32 ἘΣ Sx every one in his place. Jer. 
6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8, Is. 57, 8 73 
mtr thou lookest out for thee ἃ place. 
Ez. ὯΙ, 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 90 95 > 
Ὀ52Ὁ ΜΌΝ ἘΠΞ they had no place to flee to. 

7a part, perh. pr. a handful, apart 
of a thing taken up at once in dividing, 
Dan. 12, 7. Plur. min}, 2 K. 11,7 "nv 
323 MII the two parts ‘of you, opp. the 
third part. Gen. 47, 24 nits ΣΞῚΝ the 
Jour parts, opp. τ ΘΠ the fifth part. 
Neh. 11,1. Comp. ΠΕ no. 4. Also in 
the connection: Dan. 1,20 and he found 
them s"2297-52 ἘΣ Mit “Ls ten parts 
above (ten times wiser than) all the ma- 
gicians, ete. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19, 44. 

8. a monument, trophy, i, q. BW, e.g. 
of victory, 1 Sam. 15,12; a sepulchral 
monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Is. 56, 5 to 
them will I give a place within my ‘calls 


i 378 


pei @ monument (or portion) and a 
name.—Perhaps this name for monu- 
ment in the Hebrew language may 
stand in some connection with the an- 
cient custom of sculpturing upon the 
cippt or sepulchral columns an uplifted 
hand with the arm. See Hamacker 
Diatribe de monumentis Punicis p. 20 ; 
also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers. 
Ρ. 5 sq. 

Duat see no. 1. 3.5.6. For. Prior. 
MIT see no. 2. 5. 7. 

‘3? Chald. st. emph. 877 Dan. 5, 5. 24; 
ὁ. suff. τη, ATT, cht Ezra 5, 8; Dual 
7777 Dan. 2, 84. 45; i. q. Heb. m3, the 
hanad. So ἼἼ3 in one’s hand, Bpaleets of 
what one has with him, in possession, 
Ezra 7, 14.25; comp. Heb. 37 no. 1. aa. 
Ἔ 132 37 10 give into the hand, power, 
of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dan. 2,35. 7, 25. 
Also 32 12 from or out of onne hand or 
power, after verbs of delivering, comp. 
Heb. 77°23 in ‘T7 no. 1. dd; 6. g. from the 
power of lions, Dan. 6, 28. 

N'T? Chald. i. q. Heb. M31, to cast. 

Apu. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph. 
no. 2; Part. svi Dan. 2, 23; contr. 
WTI 6, 11. 

MONI? Idalah, pr. τι. of a place in 
‘Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15.—Perhaps from a 


. =F 
doubtful root >x3 i. q. Arab. JIS and 


<E- 
JIS to go softly and secretly. Or, ac- 
‘cording to Simonis, for 7227" ‘what 


a 
‘God exalts,’ by Syriac flexion from JS 
‘to show. 
ὉΞ 10 (perh. honied, comp. 823) Id- 
bash, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


γῇ ἢ TT i. g. OT, to throw, to cast, 
6. g. lots; only Pret. 3 plur. "77 Joel 4, 
3, Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11. 


Ἢ. TIP 1 q. 395, to Love, to esteem 
highly, Arab. 35. Hence 7" one be- 


loved, m39°7",, and the pr. names 17797, 
IIOM , T3979, 137, 7B. 


*{T7" to throw, to cast, i. q. 777 1. 
Kinds. is hI. Eth. ORP id.—tmp. 
‘ams Jer. 50, 14, 

Piet i.q. Kal, to cast e.g. stones. Fut. 
samt for 7 Lam. 3, 53. Inf. mint 
‘Zech. 2, 4. 


i 


Hires. ovin, fut. mit, sometimes 
mins Ps. 28, 7. 45, 18. Neh. 11, 17. 

1. to profess, to coupe perhaps j i. q. 
to point out, to show with the hand ex- 
tended, as if with the hand thrown out, 
projected ; see Kal, and comp. 57 nbd 
and 7" Kal and Hiph. to cast, to throw, 
and then ‘to point out with extended — 
hand.’ Arab. Sos Conj. X. Syr. Aph. 
id.— Constr. c. ace. Prov. 28, 13; 6. 59 
concerning Ps. 32, 5. 

2. to give thanks, to praise, to cele- 
brate, since the acknowledgment (con- 
fession) of benefits is naturally followed 
by thanksgiving and praise; with ace. 
Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33,11. Ps. 7, 18. 30,13; 
also > of pers. Ps. 92,2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16, 
7. 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase 
"spy min to celebrate the name of Je- 
hovah 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 54,8; » awd id. 
106, 47. 122, 4; absol. id. Neh. 12, 94. 

Berar: myn, Vav being cnowsnll 
in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph. 

1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself, 
to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop. 
HPTPEP to accuse, to criminate, pr. 
prob. to object, Germ. vorwerfen, from 
the sense of casting, i. q. to cast in one’s 
teeth; ORT accusation, objection, Vor- 
wurf.—Dan. 9, 4; with acc. of thing, 
Lev. 5,5. 16, 21. 26,40; >» Neh. 1,6. 9,2. 

2. to praise, to celebrate, c. > 2 Chr, 
30, 22. 

Deis. 7" hand, perh. 3 law, [1n5; 
also M7im, Mia, and the pr. names 
FMAM, HII, HAM; likewise those 
which again come from this latter, as 
TT, A, PA, In, 


35 (for 731 loving) Jddo, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 
a) 1 Chr. 27,21. b) Ezra 10,43 Cheth, 
J") (judge) Jadon, pr. n.m. Neh. 3,7. 


295" (known) Jaddua, pr.n.m. ἃ) 
Neh. 10, 22. b) 12, 11. 22. 

PHT, PMB, and PN 1 Chr. 
16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol. 
subst. 7377 laud, with the ending 4, 
τ. 1 Hiph.) Jeduthun, pr. ἢ. of a Le- 
vite, one of the choristers appointed 
by David, 1 Chr. 9,16. 16, 39. 4}, 42. 
25,1. Put also for his descendants ("33 
ἼΣΗ 1) the Jeduthunites, who also were 
musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1. 62, 1. 
77, 1. - 


= 
“3° (i. q. i") Jaddai, pr. n. τὰ. Ezra 
10, 43 Keri. R. v7 IL. 


ἜΣ τὰ, (r. 72 IL) constr, 7°77. 

1. Adj. lovely, pleasant, Ps.84,2. Plur. 
nin? delights, as Ps. 45,1 nin ws 
a delightful song. Others ‘a song of 
love,’ i. e. an epithalamium, 

2. Subst. one beloved, a friend, Is. 5, 1. 
“mim 3 the beloved of Jehovah Ps, 
127, 2; so of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of 
Terael Yer. 11,15. Plur. of the Yeraclites, 


Ps. 60,7. 108,7. Syr. (pp beloved. 


ΤΥ (one beloved, fem.) Jedidah, 
* pr. n. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 
22,1. R. 77 II. 


mins) £. something beloved, a de- 
light, Jer. 12,7. R. wv IL 


ANIM? (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi- 
diah, the name given to Solomon at his 
birth by the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 12, 
25. R. ‘t37 IL.: 


m7" (praise God, τ. 12) Jedaiah, 
pr.n.m. a)1Chr.4,37, Ὁ) Neh.3, 10. 


SSI (known of God, τ. 511) Jedi- 
ael, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 
7, 6. 10. 11. 


FMF see pn. 


52°57? (tearful, r. 94) Jidlaph, pr. ἢ. 
ofa son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22. 


7 23° fut. S77, once 373" Ps. 138, 6; 
inf. absol. 2777, constr. M3, MI; imp. 
33, with 5 parag. once m7 Ὡς πῇ Prov. 
24, 14; Part. 33°, fem. ma}; pr. ‘to see, 
and hence to perceive, to come to know, 
to know ; corresponding to Gr. εὗδον, 
οἶδα. It comprehends the action of 
knowing, both as inchoative and com- 
pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a@ 
knowledge of, and also to know, to have 
a knowledge of. This root is widely 
spread in the Indo-European tongues, in 
the sense both of seeing and knowing; 
as Sanscr. wid, Zend. weedem, Gr. sida, 
idw, οἶδα, Lat. video, Goth. witan, Germ. 
weten, wissen, Engl. to weet, to wit ; 
and so also in the Slavic languages, as 
Pol. widze to see, Bohem. wedeti to see. 
See Pott Etymol. Forschungen I. p. 246. 
Inall these examples the first radical is 
w; and so 51 is for 33). 


379 


Ψ"" 


A) The primary signif. to see in 27 
is apparent in these examples; Gen. 3, 
7 and their eyes were opened ἊΣ 53775 
ἘΠῚ ams and they saw that they were 
naked. “Ex. 2, 4 and his sister stood 
afar off ἽΡ rigs" ΓΙΣῚ to see what 
would be done to him. 1 Sam. 22,3. So 
too Deut. 34, 10 “by op 55 i> Ty 
5°32; elsewhere in the same connection 
we find M83 Gen. 32, 31. Judg. 6, 22. 
2 K. 14, 8.11. So Esth. 2, 11 τῶν 51: 
> οὐδ, i. ᾳ. Ὁ οἵρώτος πὴ Gen. 37, 
14, Sometimes 373" to see is coupled 
with a verb of hearing, to indicate what 
one perceives with his eyes and ears ; 
Is. 40, 21 Ἰο ὗς NSH ASIN NT have ye 
not geen? have ye not heard? v. 28. 43, 
19. 44, 18 92°33 Nb} 5511 ND they see not, 
they understand not, for he hath daubed 
their eyes from seeing, and their hearts 
from understanding, where 373 and 
mR are attributed to the eyes, as "2 
and bez to the heart or mind. The 
LXX< also often translate ΣῪ by εἶδον 
to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31, 
6. Ecc. 3, Dt "Hines 

B) The verb > signifies to perceive, 
to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from 
seeing, unless one is destitute of the 
senses and of intellect, or obstinately 
shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6, 
9 ASI NI IND ANT seeing they shall see 
and shall not perceive, understand. Ecc. 
6, 5.—To be more specific, 777 is 

1. to know, i. e. to perceive, to discern, 
to become aware of, 6. g. with the eyes Is. 
6, 9, see above ; often with the mind, and 
hence to understand, to comprehend, 
Judg. 13, 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33; 
with 2:3 ἘΣ Deut. 8, 5. With 3 of that 
by or “from which one understands, 
knows, Gen. 15, 8 548 133 whereby shall 
1 know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17.—Spec. 

a) Often with intent and purpose, to 
take knowledge of any thing, to observe, 
to mark ; 1 Sam. 23, 22 “MX ANT A595 
inips observe and see his place. v. 93. 
12, 17. 35, 17. Job δ. 27 53 51 mark it 
for thee. - Hence by a peculfsir poetic 


idiom, not to know, not to mark, is said in 


respect to things which happen wnez- 
pectedly, suddenly, as if before one 
knows or marks them. Ps. 35, 8 let 
destruction come upon him 377 X> and 
he know it not, i.e. unexpectedly, un- 


~ 


ΝΠ" 


awares, Job 9, 5 God removeth moun- 
tains 53°77 8> they know it not, i. 6. unex- 
pectedly, "suddenly. Cant. 6, 12 "ASTD ND 
ΓΑΔῚ Ἢ mney ἌΦΕΣ I knew not, my soul made 
me etc. i.e. aisapectedty, before I was 
aware. Jer. 50, 24. So 375" "2 who 
knoweth2 who marketh? 1. 6. no one 
marketh, for wneaxpectedly, suddenly, 
Prov. 24, 22; parall. 5m8.—Koran Sur. 
16, 28 ‘evertit eos Deus (.55 Sind Y, 


et non animadvertebant.’ Lokm. Fab. 28. 

b) With the like idea of volition, often 
to know, i.e. to see after, to care for, to 
regard. Gen. 39, 6 MIND 510 ND he 
saw after nothing of what he had. Prov. 
9, 13. 27, 23. Job 9, 21, opp. OXe. Is. 
51, Ἴ ΤῚΣ TT τὰ who regard right. 
With 3 Job 35,15 9ῈΞ 339 ND he re- 
gardeth not iniquity. —Spec. aa) Of 
God as knowing i.e. regarding men and 
kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah. 
1,7; with j2 Am. 3,2 you only have I 
known, regarded, loved, of ail the fami- 
lies of the earth. ‘Gen. 18, 19 (30> ms" 
AIS WGN him (Abraham) have I known, 
regarded, chosen, that he may command, 
etc. With 3 Ps. 31, 8, parall. AN" q. v. 
no. 2.d. Comp. Ps. 1,6. bb) Of men 
as knowing God, i.e. as honouring and 
worshipping hon Hos. 8, 2. 13,4. Ps. 
36, 11. 9, 11 πὴ "55 who know thy 
name, i. e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21 
PR STD ND (ΤΟΝ) who knoweth not God, 
i.e. who careth not for him, an atheist. 
1 Sam. 2, 12. Job 34, 4. 

2. to lesion, i. e. to come to know, to 
learn, to disconer, 6. g. by the sight, Ex. 
2,4. 1 Sam. 22, 3, see above; or by 
hearing, Gen, 9, 94. Deut..11, 2. Neh. 
13, 10; also 10 learn by experience, to 
experience, Job 5, 25. With an acc. 
Ecc. 8, 5; "> Ex. 6,7. Is. 45,6. Ez. 
6, 7. 13. 7, 4. 9,11, 10. al. Often in 
threats, comp. Engl. you shall soon know, 
learn, feel; Lat. tu ipse videbis, sen- 
ties. Hos. 9,7 >x 307 82°72 Israel shall 
see and know, shall learn. Job 21, 19 
ΣῪ EN σε God shall recompense 
him, so that he shall know, feel. Is. 5,19. 
9,8. Ps, 14,4,—In the Koran a frequent 
phrase is wpe Hons then they 
shall know, understand, learn, e. g. Sur. 
26. 48; see Schult. Opp. min. ad Job 
21, 19. 


380 


ie) 


3. to know, i. 6: to become acquainted 
with, e. g. a person Deut. 9, 24; a land 
Num. 14,31; so Prov. 24, 14.—Often also 
by euphemism for intercourse with the 
other sex, e.g. a) Of a man, to know 
a woman, i.e. to lie with her, Gen. 4, 17. 
25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural 
lust, sodomy, Gen. 19, 5.—This euphe- 
mism is frequent also in verbs of know- 
ing in other languages both oriental 


and occidental; e. g. Syr. θῶ, Arab. 
, Ethiop. AAPL, Gr. γινώσκω, 
see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat. 
cognosco Justin 5,2; and so even Ital. | 
and Fr. conoscere, connaitre, although in 
these the usage is perhaps derived from 
the Scriptures. Ὁ) Of a woman, 537" 
tx to know a man, to have lain with 
man, Gen. 19,8. Judg. 11,39; more fully 
“2 spi} eK nos Nom. 31, 17. 18. 
35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, * tur- 
piter illa virum cognovit adultera virgo.’ 
4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with, 
any person or thing; with acc. of pers. 
Gen. 29, 5. Ex. 1,8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45, 
4. 5., Ps, 18, 44 "9599 "MDT ND ἘΦ a 
people whom I have not known shall 
serve me. 81,6 "MS ND ΓΕ the 
lip (language) of one I knew not. 
Job 11,11. With acc. of thing, Deut. 
34, 6 IMTS MX BR ST ND no man 
Kncbeth his sepulchre, where it is. Is. 
29,12 "BD "Ms NX> 7 know not writing, 
am unacquainted with writing and-read- 
ing. Ps. 104, 19. Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23. 
al. With > of thing Ps. 69,6; ace. et 
"> 2Sam.17,8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps. 119, 75. 
With acc. of pron. impl. Job 36, 26 be- 
hold, God is great, 372 855 and we know 
him not, sc. his greatness. 37,5. Is. 1,3. 
Also pus Ἔ 51 to know one by name, 
i.e. to know him well, to have familiar 
intercourse with him, Ex. 33, 12. 17.— 
Part. Act. 27° one who knows a person 
or thing. Job 19,13 "275 those who know 
me, my acquaintances. With a genit. 
of thing, knowing, skilled, skilful in any 
thing, Gen. 25, 27 "x 3°35 skilled in 
hunting, a skilful hunter. 1 K. 9, 27 
pri (DT skilled in the sea, in maritime 
affairs. Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1, 13.—Part. 
Pass, 3999 known, with > Deut. 1,13 men 
mS "VsW> ΡΣ known unto your tribes ; 
dat. impl. v. 15, Poet. ο, gen. Is. 53, 3 


7” 
“br prs known of disease, i.e. familiar 


with sickness, for the common prose 
construction “2m> 2997. Comp. Syr. 


[23,0 known, renownied: 

5. to know a thing, to have a know- 
ledge of it; followed: a) By a subst. 
in the ace. as ΠΣ 333 (see M773), 511 
PSI, to know understanding, knowledge, 
i. 6. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, ete. 
Prov. 17,27. al. Job 15, 9 52 ND} ΤΙ ἼΞ ΓΙΌ 
what Knowest thou and we know it not? 
20,4. 38,18; with 2, to know of a thing, 
Gen. 19, 33, 35. Barn! 22,15. Jer. 38, 
24; >> id. Job 37, 16; b—y3 33" 10 
hid (discern) between one thing and 
another, Jon. 4,11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. 8) 
By a verb, as the infin! Jer: 1,6 "15 ND 
"27. 1 Sam. 16, 18; infin. c. > Ece. 4, 
13. 10,15; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 Rs 
M28 "MDI5 7 know not to flatter, 1 Sam. 
16, 16. Neh. 10, 29; so with } interposed 
Job 23, 23. ec) By a clause, mostly 
with ">, Gen. 20, 6. 3,5. Ex. 34, 29, 
Num. 11,16. Job 9, 2. 28. al. rarely with 
"> impl. Job 19, 25 °n xb cron J 
know that my redeemer liveth. ‘Also 
with 5 whether Judg. 18,5; often with 
interrog. pronouns, as "2 Gen. 21, 26. 
43, 22; m9 Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15; mad Dan; 
10, 20; ae Josh..2, 4. δ, etc. d) With 
an acc. of a pron. ἰδές as after verbs of 
speaking; Gen. 48, 19 "Md33 923 sR 
I know, my son, I know, i. 6. I know it. 
4, 19. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139, 
14.—Spee. in phrases: ‘Aa) 274 9 who 
knoweth ? i.e. no one can well know, 
6. acc. Ecce. 6, 12. 8,1 (comp. 3, 21); 
with is— Ece. 2,19. So too as ex- 
pressing desire and hope, i. q. ‘who can 
tell but” ete. with fut. 2 Sam. 12,22 "Ὦ 
HIT ΣΤ SI who knoweth 7 perhaps 
Jehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel 
2 14. Jon. 3,9. With 0& and a pret. 
Esth. 4,14. bb) >) 519 37° to know 
good and evil, to know what is "good and 
what is evil, i.e. to be wise, prudent, 
Gen. 3,5. 22; whence 973 siz nan y> 
Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence 
young children are said not to know 
good and evil Deut. 1, 29, comp. Is. 7,15; 
also old and decrepit persons who are 
in their second childhood, 2 Sam. 19, 36. 
See Hom. Od. 18. 228, οἶδα ἕκαστα, Lodha 
τε καὶ χέρηα" πάρος δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος ἦα. 


881 


bas bl 


6. Absol. to know, to be knowing, to be 
wise ; Job 8,9 we are of yesterday x4 
273 and kenono nothing, i. e. are not wise. 
Ps. 73, 22. 15. 32,4. 44,9. 18. 45, 20. 56, 
10. Part. o°975 1,4. O°M2m Job 34, 2, 
Ecce. 9,11. Hence ros wisdom, 4. Vv. 

New ΘΙ fut. DIM, Dw 1, Pass, of 
of Kal no. 1, to be perceived, known, with 
the eyes; Gen. 41,21 “by 4x3 9D 9712 Nb) 
ΓΞ ἪΡ and it could not be known that they 
had come into their bellies, no one could 
perceive it. 1K. 18,36. Ps. 77,20. 74, δ. 

2. to be or Become known, ee. to or by 
any one, with > Ruth 3,3; or by any 
thing, with 3 Ex. 33, 16. Hionee genr. 
a) Of persons, with 3 of place where, Ps. 
76, 2. 79,10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or 
> of pers. to or by cen Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19, 
21. Ez. 20, 5; bx Ez. 20, 9. Comp. 
1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps. 9, 17. b) Of things, 
Ex. 2, 14. Lev. 4,14. Judg. 16, 9. Nah. 


3,17. Impers. it is known, with > of 
pers. 1 Sam. 6, 3; "2 Ex. 21, 36; "Ὦ 
Deut. 21, 1. 3 


3. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to 
know, to be taught by experience, i. q. to 
be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10,9 
PITT MIT Wp he that liveth perversely 
shall be made to know, shall be punished. 
Jer. 31,19 "D755 "2m after Iwas taught 
by experience ; ; Luther well, ‘nachdem 
ich gewitzigt bin, i.e. thade wiser. 

PIEL causat. to cause to know, to show 
one something; with two accus. Job 
38, 12. 

Puss. part, 933 known, ὁ. suff. "D3%3 
my acquaintance Ps. 31, 12. 55, 14. ‘Ss, 
9.19, Fem. roar ἃ known thing. Is. 
12, 5 Cheth. 

Po. S77 i,q. Pi. to show, and hence 
to appoint, with ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 
But perhaps it should read *M33%n ir 
ΩΣ, 

ι Hien. syn, imp. stim 1. Causat. 
of Kal no. 1, to cause to see, to let per- 
ceive, to show ; with two acc. Jer. 16, 21 
“rmx oD tis 7 will cause them to see 
my hand, i.e. my power. With > of pers. 
Ex. 18, 20 and shalt show them the way. 

2. to let know, to show any thing to 
any one; with two acc. Gen. 41, 39. Ex. 
33, 12. 13..Ez. 20, 11. 22, 2; acc. of 
thing and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9. Ps. 
145. 12. Neh. 9. 14; acc. of pers. and a 
whole clause. Job 10. 2. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 1K. 


al 


1, 27; comp. Josh. 4, 22; acc. of thing, 
Ps. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3. 

3. tomake known, to acquaint, to teach, 
with acc. of pers. Job 38, 3. 40,7. 42,45 
dat. Prov. 9,9; acc. of thing Ex. 18, 16; 
two acc. of pers. and thing Is. 40, 14, Ps, 
16, 11. 51, 8; acc. of pers. and infinite > 
Bios. 22,19. Spec. to teach by experi- 
ence, or by punishment, i. q. to punish ; 
comp. Kal no. 2. Judg. 8, 16 he took 
thorns of the desert and threshing-sledges, 
mind ἜΝ MN ca 515). and with them 
made the men of ‘Succoth know, i. 6. pun- 
ished them, prob. by crushing them with 
the drays upon a layer of thorns; see 
was no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. λον 
contrivit, as if from Heb. O31, which 
seems indeed better adapted to the con- 
text, than is the common reading. 

Hopn. >in to be made known, to be- 
come known, with >x of pers. Lev. 4, 23. 
28. Part. fem. ὩΣ ΠΩ Is. 12, 5 Keri. 

Hirap. 231m to make oneself’ known, 
to let oneself be known, Gen. 45,1; to 
reveal oneself, c. δὲ Num. 12, 6. 

Deriv. "2235, 33, M93, MPs, STD, 
Sa52, Sin, rete, ‘and the pr. ‘naiaes 
37", ant, DAT, byw. 


5.1. Chald. fut. 233% Dan. 2, 9. 30. 4, 
14; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec. 

1. to perceive, to understand, Dan. 2, 8. 
5, 23. 

2. to come to know, to learn, to discover, 
Dan. 4, 6. 6, 11. 

3. to know, to have knowledge of, Dan. 
5, 22. Part. pass. 82202 RTD STD be 
it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13. 

Ἄρη. 3755, fut. Stim, part. ΣΥΠΏ, 
to make known, to show, with dat. of 
pers. Dan. 2, 15.17.28; acc. as suff. 
Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16. 

Deriv. 332°. 

33? (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 28. 32. 

ΤΊΣ 1) (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda- 
iah, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 10. 24,7. Comp. 
Zech. 6, 10. 14. 

"957 m. (τ, 51.) plur. O57". 

1. Pr. knowing, wise; and hence a 
wizard, sorcerer, Lev. 19,31. 20, 6. Deut. 


Sy - 
18, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Comp. pile pr. 


knowing, wise, magus; so Engl. wizard 
is pr. a wise man. 


982 


a 


2. awizard spirit, spirit of divination, 
by which wizards were supposed to be 
attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. 358 no. 
2. a. 

ΓΙῸ Jah, a poetic form from Hin Jeho- 
vah, or rather from the more ancient 
pronunciation min, whence by apocope 
am’ (as sn" for Ayan), and then ΠΡ 
by dropping the unaccented 3, see Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 157. .Both these forms απ and 1") 
are promiscuously used at the end 
of many compound pr. names, as *77>% 
and M858, smyvss and Ar", amos 
and m7"; the latter always in such 
cases without Mappik. The form ®? is 
chiefly employed in certain customary 
formulas or refrains; as ™774>>m halle- 
lujah, praise ye Jehovah, Ps. 104, 35. 105, 
45. 106, 1.48. 111, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al. 
Further, e. g. Ps. 89, 9. 94, 7. 12.-Is. 38, 
11. Ex. 15, 2 m3 MIEN NS Jah is my 
glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 
2. Ps. 68, 5 iow ma Jah is his name, see 
in 5 lett. C. Is. 26, 4.—This form is also 
retained in the Syriac i in a few doxolo- 


gies, as {mses ouass glory to Jah ; As- 
sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579. 


* =" i. q. (02, to give, to set, to put ; 
a verb defective and rare in Hebrew, 
but very common in the kindred lan- 
guages; Chald, =m", Syr. os, Arab. 
rq, Eth. UM. Once in Prat. Ps. 
55, 23 AIM Mine. 72EN cast wpon 
Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up- 
on) thee, i.e. thy lot, for 42 =) "EN. 
The person to whain, is often thus ex- 
pressed after a verb of giving, by a suffix 
pron. 6. g. 9. Josh. 15, 19; comp. in 
r. {D2 no. 1. Others here take sn as a 
subst. lot, burden, trouble. —Elsewhere 
only in imper. = once Prov. 30, 15; 
usually with He parag. M34, f. 93h Ruth 
3, 15, plur. 925 Ps. 29, 2. a) give, give 
here, Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20 
maz oad ism give ye counsel! —b) set, 
put, place, 2 Sam. 11, 15. Deut, 1, 18 
prs ἘΞ ADM set ye for yourselves men, 
i.e. appoint. Josh. 18, 4. 0) Adv. of 
exhorting, of incitement, come, come on! 
goto! Gen. 11, 3. 4. 7. 38, 16.. Ex. 1, 9. 


Arab. SS give, grant.—For 53" Hos. 


4, 18, see Index. 
Deriv. D°S55. 


ss 383 


393° Chald. Dan. 3, 28, imp. 24 Dan. 
5,17; part. act. 3° 2, 21, pass. 3°74, 
sm; Pret. pass. P31, 83°71) Dan. 7, 
11. 12. Ezra 5,14. The fut. and inf. are 
borrowed from 492; comp. Syr. Sam, 
fat. S22 from Naa ἰ, 4. 103.--- Zo gire, 
to set, i. q. Hebr. 

1. to give, with ace. and dat. Dan. 2, 
21. 23. 37. 5, 17.19. 7, 4.6; to give or 
deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5,125 with 
acc. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28, 2m" 
ὩΣ to give account Dan. 6, 3. 

2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation, 
Ezra 5, 16; in the fire Dan. 7, 11. 

Irnpe. om, fut. om, part. 
sine, to be riven: to be deliverd over, 
Dan. 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4, 20. 6, 4. 8. 9. 


=")? Ps, 55, 23, see in r. 353. 


“TI a secondary root, denom. from 
THM, OTM , Judah, τ. 077. 

Hirup. 77100 pr. to make oneself a 
Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the 
Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17, So Eth. 


TPUR, Arab. SLB to become a Jew, 


So te 
from οἱ Jews, for Ὅς. Seein 1m. 

“TH see 507 no. 2. 

"3? or "33? (for A237 whom Jeho- 
vah directs, r. 13) Jahdat, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 47. 

Ww? Jehovah, see in #7. 

NAN? (for K:477 i. g. RAMA Jehovah 
is He, comp. randy, s777ax. and the 
same contraction in ΣΉΝ.) Jehu, pr. ἢ. 
a) A king of Israel who destroyed the 
family of Ahab, τ. 884-856 B. C. He 
was hostile to idolatry, but of great cru- 
elty, 1K. 19,16.2K.¢.9.10. b) A 
prophet in Samaria in the reign of Baa- 
sha, 1 K. 16, 1. 2 Chr. 19, 2. 20,34. ο) 
1Chr.2.38. ἃ) ib. 4,35. e) ib. 12,3. 

WISI (whom Jehovah holds, sus- 
tains, r. 198%) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a) A 
king of Israel, r. B. C. 866-840, the son 
of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1-9. b) A 
king of Judah, τ. 611 B.C. the son of 
Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31-35. 2 Chr. 36, 1; 
written also NNT, v.2. Sept.’ Ioazat. 

DN? (whom Jehovah bestowed, Sx 


prob. from obsol. wrx, (ah -donavit,) 
Jehoash, pr.n. a)A king 3 of Judah 877 


_ 12, 34. 


" 


-838 B. C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 Κὶ, 12, 
1, 21. 14,135; written also Os1 ib. 11,2. 
12, 30. b) A king of Israel 840-825 
B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 Κα, 13, 10- 
25; written also by contraction τῶν ἦν ib. 
v.9. Sept. ’ Iwas. 


ὙΠ apocop. from M337. 1, Judah, 
i. e. the land of Judah, Judea. Dan. 2, 
25 Tsrv3 ὙἼ ΝΡ). 723 the captives of Ju. 
dea. 5, 18, 6, 14, Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab. 


S$ 94 
Ong ; Sys, collect. the Jews. 


denom. 7732071, see in 377". 
2. Jehud, written ἜΣ, pr. n. of a town 
of the Danites, Josh. i9, 45. 


AF (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of 
m3, celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29, 
35. 49, 8) pr. n. Judah. 

1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of 
Leah, Gen. 29, 35, 35,23; also the tribe 
descended feoen him, "3377 me. Num. 
1, 27. "ma 2 Sam. 2, x. 10, ‘s922 Num. 
1, 26; the bounds of whose territory 
are deoutbed 4 in Josh. ο. 15. AA ἘΠ 
the mountains of Judah, Josh. "15, 48. 
After the secession of the ten tribes, 
the name of Judah was given to the 
subsequent kingdom, which comprised 
the tribes of Judah and Benjamin with 
a portion of Simeon and Dan, and 
had Jerusalem for its metropolis. The 
other kingdom was called 5x7" Israel, 
and also 0795% Ephraim; the latter 
chiefly in the prophets. Hence ΤΣ 
m7 the land of Judah, the kingdom of 
Judah, Is. 19,17. MT ID the city of 
Judah, i.e. Jorosalem, 2 Chr. 25, 28, i. q. 
‘TI “Wy 2 K. 14, 20.—Afier the carrying 
away of the ten tribes and after the Ba- 
bylonish exile, the name Judah, Judea, 
was applied to the whole country of the 
Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14. 2, 2.—Where 
the land, Judea, is signified, A777 is 
fem. Is. 7, 6. Joel 4,20. Ps. 114,2; where 
the people is intended, the Jews, it is 
mase. Is. 3,8. Hos. 4,15. al. but also cou- 
pled with a fem. Nah. 2,1. Jer. 14, 2. al. 

2. Of several persons: a) Neh. 11, 
9. b) Ezra 3,9. Neh. 12,8 ο) Neh. 
d) ib. v. 36. 

SF? plur. DY sometimes DYN? 
Esth.4, 7. 8, 1.7.13. ‘9, 15. 18, Cheth. 


1. Asa aaniile name, a Jew, the Sion. 
a) A member of the kingdom of Judah 


Hence 


hh 


2 K. 16, 6. 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 38, 19. al. 
b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry- 
ing away of the ten tribes, put for any 
Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16. 
Esth. 3,4 sq. 4, 3 sq. 8, 1. al. Fem. 
mT" a Jewess 1 Chr. 4, 18. 

2. Jehudi, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Jer. 36, 14, 21. 


YT) Chald. a Jew, only in plur. 
NET, =. emphat. X™IM, the Jews, 
Dan. 3, 8. Ezra 4, 12. 5, 1. δ, 


mw f. 1. Gentile n. fem.of "757, 
as Adv. Judaice, in Jewish, i. e. in the 
Jews’ language, 2 K. 18,26. Neh. 13, 24. 

2. Judith, pr.n. of the wife of Esau, 
Gen. 26, 34. 


ἘΠῚ) Jehovah, pr. n. of the su- 
preme Deity, πον πὶ among the He- 
brews. The later Hebteva, for seve- 
ral centuries before the Christian era, 


either misled by a false interpretation. 


of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16), 
or following out some ancient supersti- 
tion, regarded this name as too sacred 
to be uttered, as the ineffable name 
which they scrupled even to pronounce ; 
see Philo Vit. Mosis T. II. p. 519, 529, 
ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2.12.4. Hence in 
the sacred text, wherever this ὄνομα 
ἄῤῥητον was written, they substituted 
for it in reading, or pronounced for it 
the word "258 ; and for this reason the 
vowels of the name "258 are in the Ma- 
soretic readings every where written 
with the four letters mn". The initial 
Yod, however, takes only a simple She- 
va, and not the composite one, 7377 not 
Mir ; while prefixes receive the same 

points as if followed by "258, 6. g. Mind, 
Mima, minng. This Srdbiice must ai 
ready have existed in the time of the 
LXX interpreters; since they uniformly 
render Mm" by 6 Kugigi.e. "754%. The 
Samaritans also followed the same cus- 
tom; pronouncing however instead of 
min" the word 8a"Wi.g. vm. Wherev- 
er the sacred text has mn" “ON, in 
order not to repeat "27% twice in suc- 
cession, the Jews pronounce prrdy ἜΝ, 
and write Mins "2%. 

Hence it appears that the name Min* 
is furnished not with its own vowels, but 
with those of another word; and the 
question arises, what are its true and 


384 


7 


genuine vowels? Many interpreters 
regard it as for M437, after the analogy 
of =pz7, M59B, justly appealing to the 
authority of several ancient writers, who 
relate that the God of the Hebrews was 
called 142, e. g. Diod. Sic. 1. 94, ἵστο- 
gover... τοὺς νόμους διδύναι---παρὰ δὲ 
τοῖς Ιουδαίοις Mavi τὸν LAD ἐπικαλού- 
μενον Ysov. Macrob. Sat. 1.18, Hesych. 
v. Ofeiag. Clem. Alex. Strom. p. 666, 
Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p.577. To 
this may be added, that the same form 
is conspicuous as the name of God on the 
gems of the Egyptian Gnostics ; Iren. 
adv. Heres. I, 34. Bellermann iiber die 
Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas- 
bilde, I, 11. Not very unlike is the form 
TILT of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb. Praep. 
Evang. 10. 11; and L4OPr (An%) ap. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. V.p.562.—Others, as 
Reland in his Decad. Exercitatt. de vera 
pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad. 
Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans, 
suppose it anciently to have been pro- 
nounced M73, and have a support for 
their opinion in the abbreviated forms 
am and πὴ, So Theodoret Quest. 15 
in Exod. καλοῦσι δὲ αὐτὸ Σαμαρεῖται 
TABE, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι δὲ ATA (τλ ΠΝ); Cod. 
Aug. 14.--- νὴ those who regard 735" 
as the true pronunciation, as Michaelis 
in Supplem. p. 254, are not destitute of 
some apparent grounds} for the abbre- 
viated syllables 77 and ἦν, which stand 
first in many compound proper names, 
can be so readily explained from no 
other form.—But those only waste their 
time and labour, who endeavour to refer 
this name to a foreign origin, or assign 
to it any special relation with Ju-piter, 
Jov-is, or the like. 

My own view coincides with that of 
those, who haiwe this name as anciently 
pronounced mins, like the Samaritans ; 
since from this all the apocopated forms 
can be more readily derived (473,73, 

in", for 13, 71"); and because allusion 
is made in the Ὁ. 'T. to such an etymo- 
logy; 6. 5. Ex. 3, 14 FIA ΟΝ NINN 
I shall be what I am, (comp. Rev. 1, 4.8, 
ὃ ὧν καὶ ὃ ἦν καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος,) the name 
min" being derived from the verb M4 
to be, and regarded as designating God 
as eterhal, immutable, who will never be 
other than the same. A like allusion is 


- 


ὙΠ 


found in Hos. 12, 6 nat Mins Jehovah is 
his name, i. mathe Eternal, the Immuta- 
ble. Comp. oe the Inecription on the 
Saitic temple of Isis, Plat. de Iside et 
Osir. 9, ἐγώ sige τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ ὃν καὶ ἐσό- 
μενον. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis 
of the Egyptian or Indian origin of the 
name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften I. 
p- 377 sq. transl. in Bibl. Repos. 1V. p. 
89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentie des 
Pentat. I. p. 204 sq. 

As to the usus loquendi of this name, 
some of the differences of usage be- 
tween it and o°M>xn or ODS have 
already been noted; see in "75x B. no. 
6. It may be further added, that in the 
prophetical books for the most part only 
mim is employed, as being the more 
august and venerable name ; ΤΊΣΙ be- 
ing there used of the true God only i in 
certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19. 53,4. Jer. 
35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain 
other usual formulas, 437° alone is em- 
ployed, 6. g. MIN? ἘΝ, Aint ΩΝ ΓΞ, 
RIAD Tay, AYO on, myn gz, ete. 
Thes. p. 578.—Spec. we may note: 

a) ον Him, i.e. Jehovah God, 
comm. the Lorp Gop, by apposition, and 
not as some would have it Jehovah of 
gods, i.e. chief, or prince of gods. This 
is the customary appellation of Jehovah 
in Gen. c. 2.3; elsewhere less frequent, 
as Ex. 9, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20. 
29, 1. 2 Chr. 1,9, 6, 41. 42. Ps.72.°18. 
Jon. 4, 6; also ‘oonbyn mint 1 Sam. 6, 
20. 1 Chr. 22, 1.19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far 
more frequent is this compound form 
when followed by a genit. as 1x min 
byw" Josh. 7, 13. 19.20. 8, 30. 9, 18. 19. 
al. ΠΩΣ “aby nine Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3. 
27,3; 47D nin, “nby mint Deut. 1, 
¥°31.°2, 7. 4,5. 18, 16. 26, 14. αἱ. 

Ὁ) ΤΙ͂ΝΞΣ nim * Jehovah ( God) of hosts, 
i.e. of the celestial armies, see in 83% 
no. 2. b. 

c) Mins "25x, for the points in mins 
ails dhove at the closief-the first para- 
graph; 2 Sam.7, 18.19. Is. 50,4. Jer. 32, 
17; also very freq. in Ezekiel. 

ἃ) mint *32>, see in "2>, under art. 
mip Ὁ. 


“127i? (whom Jehovah bestows, τ. 
131) Jehozabad, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr.26, 
4. Ὁ) 2K. 12,22. ¢) 2Chr. 17,18. 

: 33 


385 


ὙΠ" 


V2) m. (whom Jehovah bestows, 
τ. 4201, q. ἃ, Θεοδῶρος) Jehohanan, pr. n. 
a) A military commander under Jeho- 
shaphat, 9 Chr. 17,15. 23,1. Ὁ) 2 Chr. 
28,12. c)1Chr. 26,3. ἃ) Neh. 12,13. 
e) ib. 6,18. f) Ezra 10, 6, contr. 43209 
Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra 10,28. ἢ) 
Neh. 12, 42.—See pnis. Hence Greek 
᾿Ιωαννᾶς and ᾿Ιωάνγης. 


2717" m. (whom Jehovah knows, fa- 
vours, r. 5.1.) Jehoiada, pr.n.m. a) A 
priest of great authority in the kingdom 
of Judah, 2 K.11,4.al. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 8, 
18. 20, 23. 6} 1 Chr. 27, 34. d) ib. 12, 
27.—Hence contr. 3377" q. v. 


P2777 m. (whom Jehovah hath ap- 
pointed, r. 133) pr. ἢ. Jehoiachin, son of 
Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K. 
24, 6. 8-17. The same name is written 
yon Ez. 1, 2; 9331 Esth. 2, 6. Jer. 
27, 20. 28, 4; am1737 for amt 453 Jer. 24, 
1 Chethibh ; and a7 Jer. 22, 24. 28. 
37, 1. 


D°p" iN? m. (whom Jehovah hath set 
up, r. ὩΞ2) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo- 
siah, king of Judah 611-600 B. C. 2. K. 
23, 34. 36. 24,1. Jer. 1, 3. His former 
name was D°P75x q. v. 


ΛΓ and 2727" (whom Jehovalk 
defends, r. 279) pr. ἢ. Jehoiarib, Joiarib, 
a distinguished priest at Jerusalem, 
1 Chr. 9,10. 24,7. Ezra 8, 16. Neh. 11, 
10. 12, 6.19. Hence Gr.’ Jwogif 1 Mace. 
2, 1. 


2511) (potent, verbal fut. Hoph. from 
555) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3; for 
which contr. 533" Jer. 38, 1. 


3327 and 2327 (whom Jehovah 
impels, r. 332) Jehonadab, Jonadab, pr. 
n. a) Α βοὴ οἵ Rechab, an ancestor of 
the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his 
tribe by a vow to abstain from wine, 2 K. 
10, 15. Jer. 35,6. See 39). b) 2 Sam. 
13, 5 sq. 


FHT and FHP (whom Jehovah 
gave, τ. 109, Gr. Osoddgos,) Jonathan, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Saul, celebrated 
for his noble friendship towards David, 
1 Sam. 6. 13-31. b) A son of Abiathar, 
2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. 1 K. 1, 42. 43.—Also 
of several others, called only j721", viz. 
6) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous 


7 


priest, Judg. 18. 30. 
1 Chr. 20, 7. 57,39. 6) 2Chr. 37, 35. 
f) 2 Chr. 17,8. .g) Jer. 37,15. 90. 38, 
206. 8) Neh. 12,18-—See more in 1215. 


OI i. 4. HOM (by Chaldaism not 
contracted, r. 07) Joseph, pr.n. Ps. 81,6, 
poetically for the nation of Israel. See 
not. 

M371? (whom Jehovah adorns, r. 
m3>) Jehoaddah, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 8, 36 ; 
for which 9, 42 773". 


wim (fem. of preced.) Jehoaddan 
pr. ἢ. f. 2 Chr. 25,1. 2K. 14,2 Keri; 
but PIs" Cheth. 


PIE and PISY (whom Jehovah 
makes just, τ. P38) Jehozadak, Jozadak, 
pr. n. of the father of Joshua the high 
priest, Hagg. 1, 1.12. Ezra 3, 2. 8. 5, 2. 


DI) (whom Jehovah has exalted, 
τ. 099) Jehoram, Joram, pr.n. a} Aking 
of Judah 891-884 B.C. son of Jehosha- 
phat, 2 K. 8, 16-24. b) A kingof Israel 
896-884 B.C. son of Ahab, 2 K. ¢. 3. 
c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8.— Written also 
contr. D917. 


yaw? (Jehovah is her oath, i. 6. 
worshipper of Jehovah, comp. >2%}7>8) 
Jehosheba, pr. n. of a daughter of king 
Joram, and wife of Jehoiada the priest, 
2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11 
ὈΣΞῸ ΓΙ, 

ΣΎ ΘΓ» and 2 1} (Jehovah his help, 
τ. DO, comp. 20758, Germ. Gotthilf,) 
Jehoshua, Joshua, pr. n. m. a) The 
minister and assistant of Moses, after- 
wards his successor and leader of the Is- 
raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9. 24, 
13; elsewhere called also S617 Num. 13, 
8.16; see also 35". b) A high priest 
contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech. 
3,1. 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1. 12; see also 
saws. c)1 Sam. 6, 14.18. d) 2 K. 23, 
8.—Sept. Ἰησοῦς, Vulg. Josua. 

VEWIN® (whom Jehovah judgeth, i.e. 
whose cause he sustains, ) pr. ἢ. Jehosha- 
phat. a) A king of Judah, 914-889 
B.C. son of Asa, 1 K.22,41-51. From 
him the valley between Jerusalem and 


d) 2 Sam. 21, 21. 


the Mount of Olives is supposed to have | 


received the same name, Joel 4, 2. 12. 
2 Chr. ὁ. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 396. Ὁ) The recorder or annalist 


386 


sv 
of king David, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 


ce) 1Κ. 4,17. d) The father of Jehu 
king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2. 14. 


“PF? adj. (τ. "12) elated, proud, arro- 
gant, Proy. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5.—Chald, 
and Talmud. id. "77278 to be proud; 
ma7%37, RIN, pride. 


SNbor (who praises God, τ. >>) 
Jehalelel, pr. τι. m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 12, 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 16. 


Dor? m. (τ. obit) a species of hard 
gem, so called from beating, hammering, 
Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28, 18. Several 
of the ancient versions render it ὄνυξ, 
ὀνύχιον, the onyx, which is net im- 
probable. Others, adamant, but less 
well; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerdotum, 
Il. 19, 

“ 


= 
im obsol. root, Arab. Uae, to 
t down, to trample wpon.—Hence 


Yi) Is. 15,4. Jer. 48, 34, elsewhere 
MEM", (place trodden down.) Jahaz, 
Jahazah, pr. τι. of a Moabitish city situ- 
ated near the desert, afterwards reckon- 
ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned 
to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2,32. 
Josh 13. 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr. 
6, 63. Jer. 48, 34.—In several of these 
examples the final 5 in 5317 is local; 
as Num. Deut. ἢ ec. 


=" ἃ root not in use, prob, to be 
high, tumid, kindr. with 93, #753. Arab. 
pres a prominent heap ef sand.— 
Hence πη, 


381" (whose father is Jehovah} pr. ἣν 
Joab. a} The nephew and chief mili- 
tary officer of David, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 1 K. 
2, δ. 22. al. Ὁ.) 1 Chr. 4,14. 9) Ezra 
2, 6. 8, 9. Neh. 7, 11. 


FN (whose brother i. e. helper is 
Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of 
Asaph, the recerder or annalist of He- 
zekiah, 2 K. 18, #8. Is. 36,3. Ὁ} The 
annalist of king Josiah, 2;Chr. 34, 8. 
c) 1Chr. 6,6. 2 Chr. 29,12. 4) 1 Chr. 
26, 4. 


TOD see myIN. 
byt) (Jehovah is his God, i. 6. worship- 
per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Joel. a) A pro- 


x" 


phet, son of Pethuel, Joel4, 1. Ὁ) The 
eldest son of Samal 1 Sam. 8, 2. Ὁ) A 
son of king Uzaiah 1 Chr. 6, 31; for 
which, by a manifest error in tratiecrib- 
ing, is read in v. 9 53x ,.—Also of seve- 
ral other persons; see Thesaur. p. 582. 


BNP (i. q. xint q. v.) Joash, pr. n. 
τη. a) See in Oxin ta. Ὁ) See ibid. b. 
c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11. 
d) 1K. 22,26. 2Chr.18, 25. e) 1 Chr. 
12, 3. f) ib. 4, 22. 


2 Job, pr. n. of'a son of Issachar Gen. 
46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for 
=503 Num, 26, 24. 1 Chr, 7, 1 Keri. 


ἈΞ (i.q. ὠς: desert, see in σ᾿. 533") 
Jobab, pr.n. a) A people of Arabia, 
destended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1 
Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is to 
be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men- 
tions a people on the eastern coast of 
Arabia near the Sacalite, whom he 
calls ᾿Ἰωβαρίται, or as Salmasius and 
Bochart conjecture ᾿Ιωβαβέται, chang- 
ing the g into’. See Bochart Phaleg 
Il. 29. Ὁ) A king of Idumea Gen. 36, 
33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44.45. 6) A king of 
the Canaanites Josh. 11,1. d) 1 Chr. 
8,9. 6) ib. 8, 18. 

2277 comm. see in no. 2, (r. 35 ΤῸ) 
onomatopoetic, i.q. Lat. jubilum, Germ. 
Jubel, comp. Engl. jubilee, signifying 
a cry of joy, joyful shout, and then 
transferred to the sound or clangour of 
trumpets, trumpet signal, alarm, like 
ΠΗ q. v.—Roots of like sound and 
signification denoting outcry, clamour, 
as the expression both of joy and pain, 
(since the two are often hardly to be 
distinguished, and are frequently ex- 
pressed by the same words, comp. ms, 
τ.) are in the Semitic tongues 5b», 
Jes, Pex, also 333, ς οὔ ; Gr. ὀλολύ- 
few; ἀλαλάζειν, Lat. ejulare, ululare ; in 
the Teutonic dialects, Swed. jolen, 
whence the ancient Scandinavian festi- 
val called Jul (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen, 
comm. Germ. jodeln. In all these syl- 
lables 701, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea 
is fo cry io; comp. Lat. to triumphe. 
Hence 

1. 53 5 Ὁ} the horn of jubilee, signal- 
horn, i.e. with which a signal of attack or 
alarm is sounded, Josh. 6, 5; also ellipt. 


387 


7 


bois Ex. 19,13, Plar. mbit ninpid 
Josh. 6, 6, with art. 5°>37° σοὶ 6, 4, 
8. 13, trumpets of jubilee (for the pins, 
form see note) i.e. with which a signal 
is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum- 
pets. Between 535} 11 the signal-horn 
and 53159 “bit the signal-trwmpet, there 
seems to have been no difference, see 
Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5. 6.—>2i ΘῸ2 
Ex. 19, 13, and 531 13 905 Josh. 
6, 5, when the signal- horn is sounded, 
id: dlsetthete ninpiw2 SpA, comp. Josh. 
6,4 and v. 5.—The Chaldee translator 
and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec- 
ture interpret 5319 a@ ram, and >3i%7 'p 
the ram’s horn; nor are several modern 
conjectures much better, for which see 
Fuller’s Miscell. IV. 8. Carpzov. Appa- 
rat. Antiqu. Cod. sac. p. 449. Bochart 
Hieroz. I. lib, 2. ὁ. 43. 

Nore. The plural D°>3i* ninpt 
trumpets of alarms, which stands where 
we should expect >ai7m ‘8, depends on 
an idiom of the Hebrew language, 
which has hitherto been overlooked by 
Grammarians ; see Heb. Gram. ὃ 106. 3. 
In Hebrew, as in Syriae (Hoffmann 
Gramm. Syr. p. 254). there are three 
modes of forming the plural of compound 
nouns, or nouns in construction, viz. 
either: a) The governing noun alone 
is put in the plural, and this is much 
the most common method, as 97 “i35, 
plur. 5°" "iz; or b) The Genitive 
or noun governed is also put in the plu- 
ral, as.0"39 "724 1 Chr. 7, 5, Θ᾿ MD 
for Dam 1% Ex. 1, 11, pbx "23 Ps. 29, 
2 for δα "225 or farther : 8) The gov- 
erning noun remains unchanged, and 
the Genitive alone is made plural, of 
which a striking example is the phrase 
mia m2 ‘houses of fathers, for 2% "M2, 
see in M3 no. 11.—The example above 
in question belongs to the second form, 
lett. b. 

2. ΟΞ moti Lev. 25, 13. 15. 31. 40, 
ry ellipt. bain ib. v. 28. 30. 33, (cotiind, 
gender, m. Num. 36, 4, but often fem. on 
account of the ellipsis of mrs Lev. 25, 10,) 
the year of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus, 
annus jubilei, so called from the sound- 
ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the 
seventh month, by which it was an- 
nounced to the people, Lev. 25,9 It 
oceurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25, 10. 


th 


11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12.3; not as some sup- 
pose in the forty-ninth; and according 
to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands 
which had been sold returned to their 
first possessor, all slaves were to be set 
free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept. 
ἔτος ἀφέσεως, ἄφεσις. 


227 m. 1. a river, stream of water, 
Jer. 17,8. R. dar 

2. Jubal, pr. n. of a son of Lamech, and 
tthe inventor of music, Gen. 4,21. The 
mame Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi- 
dum, or the sound of trumpets and other 
instruments, i. 6. music, kindr. with 537"; 
and was afterwards applied to its in- 
ventor.—R. 53" II. 


Tat) (i. ᾳ. satin) Jozabad, pr. n. of 
several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 31,18. Ὁ) 
Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. 6) 10, 22. 


“27 (whom Jehovah remembers) 
Jozachar, pr. n. of the murderer of king 
Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26 
written ἽΞΙ, ἃ manifest error in trans- 
cribing. 


NTI" (perh. contr. from mi whom 
Jehovah revives, comp. 5372 for 573") 
Joha, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 16. Ὁ) 


11, 45. 
20% (iq. i277 where see) Joha- 
nan, pr. ἢ. as contracted borne also: 


a) By two of David’s officers, 1 Chr. 12, 


4.12. b) Asonof king Josiah 1 Chr. 
3,15. c) A priest ib. 5,35. d) 2 K. 
‘25, 23. Jer. 40,8. e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f) 
Ezra 8, 12. 


ny see mw. 

D527 (i,q. St q. v.) pr.n. Joiada, 
Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10. 

PIP see Pon. 

Dp (i. q. ὉΠ Ἵν) Joiakim, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 12, 10. 

an (i. ᾳ. 271M) Joiarib, pr. n. 
a) See aim. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 5. 

“227 (whose glory is Jehovah, r. 
132) Jochebed, pr. n. of the mother of 


loses and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20. 
iNum, 26, 59, 


52%” Jucal, see bon". 


ἜΘ a root not in use, prob. to be 
warm, hot, like the kindred roots D2nm, 


388 


pe 


pan, cM, ; the M being gradually 
softened into ™ and so into "; ‘see p. 
370. And as there exist three roots 
with the harsher guttural, Din, Den, 

men; so also with the softer letter, Di, 

95, m22.—From the root Di" come cin 
day, pi warm springs; from ΓῺ" 
comes plur. 0%" constr, 727 days. 

BN” c. suff. "ais, 772i, plur. D5, 
constr. "24, poet. mia; masc. rarely 
fem. as Ecc. 7, 14. Jer. 17, 18. Ez. 7, 10. 

1. a day, so called from the diurnal 
heat, r. Bi. Chald. Samar. id. Syr. 
Ἰξοαῦ, Arab. esd , id. —Spoken of the 
natural day, from the rising to the set- 
ting sun, opp. the night, Gen. 1, 14. 16. 
7, 4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39; also of the civil 
day or 24 hours, which includes the 
night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3. al. Job 3, 6 let 
not (that night) rejoice among the days 
of the year. ΠΝ bi" in or on one day 
Gen. 27, 45. 33, 13, Num. 11, 19; the 
same day Is, 9,13. M3 oi oes in 
the self-same doy Gen. 7, 13, see in DED. 
Gen. 18, 1 bist DAD in the heat of the 
day, at noon, elsewhere called Ditn y123 
Proy. 4, 18, see in j33,—rawn oi the 
sabbath-day Ex. 20, 8. B.ED bi" day 
of atonement, expiation, Lev. 23,28. =i" 
myinm Num, 29, 1. Prov. 27, 1 boast not 
thyself of to-morrow, for Hon knowest 
not oi* 35-72 what a day (to-day) may ἢ 
bring forth —Put for the light of day, 
day-light ; comp. Gen. 1,5. So Zech. 
14,7 nbs Nd. OND... IAN OT aT 
and there shall be a day when there 
will be neither day-light nor night. Job 
3,5. Also for a day’s journey, i. q. 32% 
nin, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31.— 
Ady. absol. 51 i. q. D2", by day, in the 
day-time, Ps. 88,2. Also ΠῚ 51° day by 
day, daily, Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58; 
2. Ps. 68, 20; in genit. Εν OF “2 daily 
vows Ps. 61,9; DIM Ov id. Esth. 3,45 
bisa bi pr. day by dey 1 Chr. 12, 99. 
Neh. 8, 18; bisa tind from day to day, 
daily, 2 Chr. 24, 11: but oD CD as 
day by day 1 Sam: 18, 10; also pine 

pis-bx from day to day Num. 30, 15. 
1 Chr. 16, 23.—With a genit. of pers. 
the day of any one signifies: a) Ina 
good sense, his festival day. Hos. 7, 5 
ἘΣ 5 Din the day of our king, his birth- 
day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 34 


oY 


prbyan the festivals of idols. 2,2 [1,11] 
basar pin the day of Jexreeh, i. 6, when 
the people shall be assembled at Jezreel. 
Spoken of one’s birth-day Job 3,1; not 
1,4. So ἡμέρα τινος Diog. Leert. 4. 41; 
comp. Cic, Att. 13. 42. δ) In a bad 
sense, day of calamity; Obad. 12 Ὁ" 
WM the day of thy brother. Job 18, 20 
posterity shall be astonished at his day, 
jai", i.e. at his calamity. Ps..37, 13. 
137, 7. 1 Sam, 26, 10. Ez. 21,30. Arab. 

52 day of misfortune.—Also Is. 9, 3 
ἸΣῚΏ on the day of Midian, when the 
Midianites were defeated with slaughter. 
Comp. dies Alliensis, Cannensis, Arab. 

we ex dies pugne Bedrensis, Kor. 3. 
119. ὁ) the day of Jehovah, i. 6. the day 
of judgment and punishment which Je- 
hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel 1, 
15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2,12. 13, 6.9. Am. 5, 
18. 20. Obad.15.al. Plur.Job24,1. Gr. 
ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet. 
3, 10. 

"Stine like Sle and Lat, ate Jade. 
18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15, 32. 30, 25.—See 
the forms titi}, Dia, DID, etc. below 
in no. 3, under the letters a, b, ἃ, e, f, g. 
More frequent in this sense in Plur. 
ὉΠ", see below in Plur. no. 2. 

3. With the art. and prepositions pre- 
fixed : 

a) Di this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14. 
Ex. 22, 14. 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al. 


Arab. pyall id—Also: α) by day, in 
the day-time, opp. 12925 by night, Neh. 
4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 5,1. ᾳ. 09%. 8) at 
this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12, 
17. 2 K. 6, 36. y) that day, at that 
time, then, 1 Sam. 1,4 Din wy, 14, 
1. 2 K.4,8. Job 1, 6, where some ren- 


for 
der a day, α certain time, i. ᾳ. Le 3) 
neglecting the force of the article. 

b) ofa with infin. α) in the day 
that, etc. Gen. 2, 17 W228 DD in the day 
that (when) thou eatest. 3. 5. ‘Lev. 7, 36. 
B) in the time that, i. q. when; Gen. 2,4 
proth ys ΗΝ "2 mivy Dina when 
Jehovah made the earth and the heavens. 
Ex. 10, 28. 32,34. 1 K. 2, 8. Is. 11, 16. 
Lam. 3,57; after, 2 Sam. 21,12. With 
pret. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22,1. 

6) pita oa) in the day-time, opp. 
mhsba Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36,30. 8) in 

33* 


389 


= 


that same day, i.e. immediately, at once, 
Prov. 12,16. Neh. 3,34. ) on that day, 
i. 4. the other day, lately, Jadg. 13, 10.— 
For 8357 01°23 see in 8455 no. 3. 

d) 553 (with 2 of time) this day, at 
this time, now, 1 K.1,31. Is.58,4. Some- 
times it refers to an action about to take 
place, now, i. q. before, first, Gen. 25, 31, 
33. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22, 25. 

6) Mi DD «) asat this day, as at 
this time, as things now are; a phrase 
marking the present state of things as 
if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50, 
20 where Sept. ὡς σήμερον. Deut. 2, 30. 
4, 20. 38, 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8, 13. 2 Chr. 
6, 15, Jer. 11,5, al. So too min DiID 
Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. 15. 
Neh. 9,10, #) Once my cisn2, about 
that time, then, > being taken as a parti- 
cle of time, Gen. 39, 11. 

f) Diva from the time that, since, Ex. 
10, 6. Deut. 9, 24. 

g) oin-b> αἹ all days, every day, 
daily, Ps. 42,4, 11. 44,23. 56, 2. 3. 6. 71, 
8, 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. p“p2> every 
morning. Sept. sometimes za ἑκάστην 
ἡμέραν. ) the whole day, all the day, 
Is. 62, 6 parall. M>"ba-D. Ps. 32, 3. 35, 
28. 37, 26. 38, 7.13. Sept. ὅλην τὴν ἡμέ- 
ραν. v) at all times, always, continu- 
ally. Ps. 52,3 ci->> 5% TOM the good- 
ness of God is manifested continually. 
Prov. 21, 26 δ MANN Ditn->D the 
wicked continually burneth with desire. 
23, 17. Is. 28,24 doth the ploughman 
always plough? 65, 5 pi->> mIp4 wx 
a fire always burning. Often with tan 
added, Is. 51, 13. 52,5. Ps. 72,15. The 
sme is 01°22 every day, at all times, 
Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2.—This formula 
belongs to the poetic style ; in prose the 
corresponding expression is D'™251">D 
q. v. below in no. 2. 

Duat ὉΠ two days Ex. 16, 29. 21, 
22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 pia oh 
ΡΠ after two days on the third day, 
i. 6. soon; comp. John 2, 19. 20. 

Prior. ΘΠ: as if from a sing. 5° (Ὁ. 
m2"), by Chaldaism 1.2". Dan. 12, 13; 
constr. 2", poet. nia? Deut. 32,7. Ps., 
90, 15. sa Aram. moi, faieas. 

1. days; e. g. DY22 M238 seven days 
Gen. 8, 10. 12, m°7Ny¥ 5°23" some days, 
i.e. some time, for a time, Gen. 27, 44. 


‘ 


ov 
In the same sense 57737 is put absol. 


= 

(like als! some days, some time, Syr. 
{aieas 52.5 after some time, Barhebr. 
Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4. Dan. 8, 
27. Gen. 40, 4 ὩΣ ΕΞ owes I and 
they were for some time in ward. 0°2°9 
afler some time Jadg. 11, 4. 14, 8. 15, 1. 
p74) ype id. Gen. 4, 3.1K.17,7. “1 yp? 
id. Neh. 13,6. The space of time thus 
signified, often several months, never a 
whole year, is apparent from these ex- 
amples: Gen. 24, 55 let the damsel abide 
with us “ive IX D7" some days, per- 
haps ten, the indefinite 5°" being made 
specific by the adjunct "iws. Is. 65, 20 
pv bas an infant of a few days. A 
longer time is implied in Num, 9, 22 
ἘΠ: ix woh is pri" two days or a 
month or some longer itme. 1 Sam. 29, 
3 he hath been with me Ft ἴδ ὈΡΘᾺ ΠῚ 
ἘΞ for these many days or rather 
these years. 

2. days, time, as consisting of a suc- 
cession of days, very frequent. So 1K. 
2,11 and the time (2°27) that David 
reigned over Israel was forty years. 1 
Sam. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 F759 "39 "ὩΣ 
the time “of the years of thy life. pra 
enn in those days, at that time, Ex. 2, 
11. 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3, 
[16. 18. Joel 3,2. al. nm 225752 for all 
‘time, for ever, Fr. toujours, (ἤματα πάντα 
Hom. Il. 8. 593. ib. 12, 133,) Deut. 4, 40. 
5, 26. 6, 24. 11,1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29. 
Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32, 39. al. "55 
‘pun pr. the daily affairs, i. 6. annals, 
see in "23 no.2, tmI3N 27a in Abra- 
Aham’s time Gen. 26, 1.15. 18; so espec. of 
kings and princes, e. g. 2388 7292 in the 
time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam. 
17,12; of David 2 Sam, 21,1; Solomon 
1 K. 10, 21; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26. 
AT, crmibe Ὑ2Ὶ3. in the time of the 
Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15, 
'20.—Is. 39, 6 D°ND O72 MEN behold 
the days come, the time cometh, etc. a 
phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in 
those containing threats ; Jer. 7, 32. 9, 
‘24, 16, 14, 23, 5.7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al. 
comp. Is. 7, 17.—With a genit. or suff. 
‘time appointed to any one; Gen. 29, 21 
“25 ΝΡ my time is full, completed, out, 
comp. v. 18.—Spec. 8) Often i. q. time 


390 


oy 


of life, age. So D%2"2 ΝΞ far gone in 
days, advanced in age, Gen. 24, 1. Josh. 
13, 1; comp. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 
Luke 1, 7. 5°22 9°32 great of age, i. 6. 
of great age, very aged, Job 15, 10; 
opp. 5°37 ΣΡ short of age, short-lived, 
14, 1. moa%->> all one’s days, one’s 
whole life, Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. With 
genit. tix 27 a man’s days, life, Job 
10,5; 39 my life 7,6; 7772" all thy life 
long, so long as thou hast lived, Job 38, 
12. 1 Sam. 25,28. 1K. 1.6. ὈΞ’ ΣῊ ἐπ 
your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9. 
17729 FINA to prolong one’s days, to live 
long, see in 728 Hiph. Poet. Job 32,7 
aMa77 D2" let age speak, i. e. the aged. 
Trop. of things, Gen. 8, 22 73 "277bD 
all the days of the earth, while the earth 
endures. Ὁ) 5775 in accus. is often put 
pleon. after words denoting a certain 
and definite time, as 0°27 Don7t) Engl. 
two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 38, 3. 
11; DYer Day Mwy Dan. 10, 2. 3; 
ΠΣ. wah a month of time, i. q. a month 
long, Gen. 29, 14; BY23 m7 id. Deut. 
21, 13. 2 K. 15, 13.. See on this idiom, 
Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the 
Arabic subjoins yh time, and the 
Ethiopic PPUVA days, like the Hebrew; 
see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence, 
I. 11. X17. 

3. Sometimes 5°" marks a definite 
space of time, viz.a year; asalso Syr.and 
Chald. apes 739, denote both time and 
year ; and as in Engl. several words 
signifying time, weight, measure, are 
likewise used to denote certain specific 
times, weights, measures ; seein 4733. 
—Certain examples of this idiom are 
the following: 1 Sam. 27,7 and thetime _ 
that David dwelt in the country of the 
Philistines was 0"O3N MDa NV) DM? ἃ 
year and four months. Lev. 25, 29. 
Judg. 17,10. B23 M31 the yearly sac- 
rifice 1 Sam. 2, 19. mgt p-2"2 from 
year to year, every year, Ex. 13,10. Judg. 
11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 3 (comp. 738 
mwa v. 7). 5.19. mpdi-dy ἘΠ 9. Ts. 32, 
10, for which is read 29, 1 προσὸν τῶ, 
—Also for Plur. years, with numerals 
added, (as 0°28 plur. faces.) 2 Chr. 21, 
19 page ont ‘ypn PRE OTD after the 
end of two years.—Am. 4,4 0%" nuded 
is doubtful, either every three ἢ years, OF 


Ὠ"" 


better every three days, the latter in bit- 
ter irony. 


D1” Chald. m. i. q. Heb. day, Ezra 6, 
15. pina of day by day, daily, Ezra 6, 
9. Emphat. 89%" Dan. 6, 11. 

Prior. hasa threefold form: a) "9%, 
constr. "21", emphat. δον, Dan. 2, 28. 
5, 11. 6, 8.13; and so in the Targums. 
b) Constr. ™317 Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr. 
and Samar. 6) Heb. constr. "93 Ezra 
4, 7.—Like Heb, 59 it denotes in Plur. 
time, Dan. 4, 31. 5, 11. Ezra 4, 15; es- 
pec. time of life, age, as 8™27" PM’ ad- 
‘vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan.7,22. 

Da adv. (from Ὁ with the ady. 
ending D—) by day, in the day-time, opp. 
mond, Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5, 14.. bois 
πρὶ day and night, i. e. continually, 
Ps. 1, 2. Is. 60, 11, Jer. 8,23. Once i. q. 
nitm-5>, all the day, Ps. 13, 3; so with 
genit. D277 "2s every-day enemies, con- 
stant, Ez. 30,16. Once with 3, as D3i"3 
Neh. 9, 19.—Syr. }SsSa2] day-time, 
[oka daily. 


ν ΠΝ (732) obsol. root, prob. ἐο boil up, 
to be in a ferment ; whence 43° mud, 
mire, and Ὁ} wine; as “2h mire, and 
ΠῚ wine, from "2h to boil ‘up, to fer- 
ment. Kindred roots are D1", B23, M9. 

Deriv. 111, 731", 77. 

Ti? pr. n. Javan, i.e. 1. Jonia, the 
name of which province as being adja- 
cent to the East, and better known than 
others to the orientals, was extended so 
as to comprehend the whole of Greece, 
as is expressly said by Greek writers 
themselves ; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104, 
ibique Schol. Aéschyl. Pers. 176, 561. 


Syr. Get, avy oes Greece ; Arab. 
ge 
οὐδ» Greek.—Gen. 10, 2! Dan. 8, 21. 
Is. 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9,13. Pat- 
ronym. is “233 an Ionian, Greek ; hence 
Dw." "22 the sons of the Greeks, υἷες 
᾿ἀχαίων, i. the Greeks, Joel 4, 6. 
“2. In Ez. 27, 19, 11} is prob. a city of 
Arabia Felix; comp. Οὐ 53: γα- 
wan, atownin Yemen; Camoos p. 1817. 
fl? m. (Ὁ. 115) constr. 1, mud, mire, 
pr. prob. dregs, feces, Ps. 69, 3. 40,.3 
PI Ly mire of clay, deep miry clay. 


391 


5" 

3727 see aim. 
ΤΡ f. (r. 775) plur. E521" 1. ἃ dore, 
Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos, 11. 11. Ps. 55,7. al. 
ΠῚ "23 young doves Lev. 5, 7. 12, 8. al. 
"1217 my dove, a term of endearment, 
Cant. 2, 14. 5, 2. 6,9. 1, 15 Θ55 75 ΠΣ 
thine eyes are dove-like, i. e. like the 
eyes of doves. 4, 1.—Derived from r. 
i5, referring to the sexual warmth of 
the dove.—Another Mi" see as part. 
fem. of r. 73%. 

2. Jonah, pr. ἢ. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1. 
2 K. 14, 25. 


"217 see in 1 no. 1. ᾿ 
4“ wT 
P21, mpzis, see r. p2? Part. 


72" pr. πὶ Jonathan, i. q. WNIT gq. v. 
This contracted name was borne by se- 
veral: a) 1Chr.2,32. 6) Jer. 40,8. 
c) Ezra 8,6. ἃ) 10,15. 6) Neh. 12, 
11. f) 12, 14, 


IO m. (whom may God increase, r. 
5") Joseph, pr.n. Once FO Ps. 81, 6. 

1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex- 
cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into 
Egypt and afterwards advanced to the 
highest honours; see Gen. ο. 37-50.— 
The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and 
Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and 
became heads of tribes in Israel ; hence 
FO and Hoi ma are put: a) For 
these two tribes, Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg. 
1,23. 35 ; so also Foi" "23 Num. 26, 28 sq. 
Josh. 14, 4. 17,14. b) Poet. for the 
kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten 
tribes, see DTDN no. 2. Ps. 78, 67. Ez. 
37, 16. 19. Zech. 10, 6. 6) For the 
whole nation of Israel Ps. 80, 2. 81, 6. 
Am. 5, 15. 6, 6. 

2. Several other persons, a) 1 Chr. 
25, 2.9. Ὁ) Neh. 12,14. 6) Ezra 10, 
42. 

Nore. In Gen. 30, 23, 24, allusion is 
made to a double etymology, both as if 
for §ON" he will take away, or also for 
Fut. Hiph. apoc. from 4/0" he will add ; 
and this latter is also supported by the 
Chaldaizing form How Ps. 81, 6. 

MON (id.) Josiphiah, pr.n.m. Ezra 
8, 10. 

ΤΡ (perh. for 453% , whom Jeho- 
vah helps) Joelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12,7. 
R. 533 Hiph. 


7” 


“2? (his witness is Jehovah) Joed, 
pr.n.m. Neh. 11,7. R. ἢν. 


ἜΣ Ὁ (whose help is Jehovah) Joezer, 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 12,6. R. >. 


72M see τ. ΥΞῚ no. 2, Part. 

WYN (to whom Jehovah hastens sc. 
with help, τ. 63) Joash, pr.n.m. a) 1 
Chr. 7,8. Ὁ) 27, 28. 4 

PIr™ see print. 

“ZN see τ᾿ ἜΣ: Part. 

DPT (contr. from Bp) Jokim, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 

MIND (i. g. YP) Jorah, pr. n. τὰ, Ezra 
2,18. Elsewhere called 5°77 q. v. 


TT m. (part. act. Kal of τ. 777) pr. 
sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6,3. Hence 
the first or early rain, which falls heavily 
in Palestine from about the middle of 
October until December or January. 
The first showers prepare the ground for 
receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5, 
24. Comp. Sip>2. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. If. p. 97. 


YY) (for Hi whom Jehovah teach- 
eth, τ. 13 Hiph.) Jorai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
5, 13. 

BIN (i. g. ETM) Joram, pr. n. m. 
a) i.g. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8, 
23; comp. v.16. b) i.q. Jehoram king 
of Israel, 2 K. 8,16; comp. 8,1. ¢) 2 
Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10 
pin. d) 1 Chr. 26, 25. 


“01 301 (whose love is returned) 
Jushab-hesed, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 3, 20. 


MPI (whom Jehovah lets dwell, τ. 
5.95) Joshibiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 


AD (contr. for MW q, v. or from 
τ᾿ Mv after the form 345) Joshah, pr. n. 
τα, 1 Chr. 4, 35. 

MGR (for mah, ig. MIBSi* q. v.) 
Joshaviah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 

pm (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo- 
tham. a) Asonof Gideon, Judg. 9, 5.7. 
b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r. 
759-743 B. C. 2 K. 15, 5. 7. 32-38. Is. 1, 
1. c) 1 Chr. 2, 47. 

Ami and MM aet. part. Kal οὔτ. sm. 

1. Pr. ‘ that remaining, ‘what is over 
and above ;’ hence as subst. the rest, re- 


392 


sidue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, profit, 
emolument, Ecc. 6, 8. 11. 

2. Adv. a) more, further, of time, 
with τὰ Ecc. 2,15; comparat. Ecc. 7, 
11. With 8 more than Kec. 12, 12. 
Chald. "nin, Syr. κάδον id. 8) too much, 
overmuch, i. q. pads; Kec. 7, 16, parall. 
main. c) besides ; Esth. 6,6 "a9 "i" 
besides me. So ὦ “Min Conj. besides 
that; Ecc. 12,9 Ban manp msn anim 
and besides that Koheleth was wise. ἢ 

Mant, only defect. ΤΆΣ, (fem. of 
“nin, pr. redundant,) in full “>> ΤΩΝ 
sadn Ex. 29,13. Lev. 3,4, also 12 nyn’n 
san Lev. 9, 10, and 1325 mn* Ex. 29, 
22. Lev. 8, 16. 25. 9,19, i. e. collect. 
the lobes of the liver, qs. the redundant 
parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. λο- 


Bog τοῦ ἥπατος, Saad. Bob, id. of like 
origin with the Heb. from Of; i. q. sn}. 
See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq. 
h rit” obsol. root, Arab. S)9 intrans. 
to gather together, to assemble.—Hence 
PNT (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n. 
τη. 1 Chr. 12, 3. 


S79 (for πὲ πη , whom Jehovah sprin- 
kles, τ. 512) Jeziah, pr.n.m. Ezra 10, 25. 

TT? (whom God moves, to whom he 
gives life and motion, τ. 131) Jaziz, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 27, 31. 

myo (whom God draws out, pre- 
serves, τ. 821) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
8, 18. 

* DI" a root sometimes assumed for 
the form ‘215 Gen. 11,6; but see r. DRY. 

κι Ἵν see in τ, {11 Hoph. 

mT) see MVR. 

K ghey . 

* ST” obsol. root, Arab. Os fo flow, 


torun, as water, Amhar. OH for OHU 
to sweat. Hence M31 and 

ΣΤῊ χη, sweat, i. ᾳ. πὶ, ἅπαξ λεγόμ. 
Ez. 44, 18. 

FIT c. art. man the Izrahite 1 Chr. 
27,8; prob. for 131", i. g. TTT, TTS. 

MTT? (whom Jehovah brings forth, 
r. ΤΆΤ no. 2,) Jzrahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 
Chr. 7,3, see M71. Ὁ) Neh. 12, 42. 


al 


SNI7T?, once NI 2K. 9,10(God | 


hath planted) pr. n. Jezreel. 

1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 
19, 18; the royal residence of Ahab and 
his successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21,1. 2 K. 9, 
15; whence 5xz417 "23 Hos. 1, 4, the 
blood of Jezreel, i.e. the blood there shed 
by Ahab and Jehu. [The city lay in the 
midst of the great plain, on the brow of 
the descent into the lower broad middle 
arm of it, which runs down eastwards to 
the Jordan valley, between the moun- 
tains of Gilboa and the modern Little 
Hermon. This latter seems to have 
been the Valley of Jezreel, 583911 Paz 
Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. 1,5. The 
great plain on the west is τὸ μέχα πεδίον 
᾿Εσδρηλών the great plain of Esdraelon. 
Judith 1, 8. 1 Mace. 12, 49; now called 
pe ωϑῇ ζ)" Merj Ibn Amir. The 
town itself is called urs) Zerin, a 


corruption of >x3717. In the valley be- 
low the city, about twenty minutes east, 
is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam. 
29,1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. pp. 
162 sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain 
has ever been a celebrated battle-field, 
Judg. c. 4. 6,33. 1 Sam. 29,1. ¢.31.—R.] 
There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre- 
dicts a great slaughter of the people, 05" 
Davitt Hos. 2,2. The same prophet 
gives to his oldest son, then just born, the 
name of Jezreel, 1, 4; and afterwards 
makes him, together with his brother 
Lo-Ammi and his sister Lo-Ruhama (1, 
6. 9), emblems of the people to be re- 
stored after punishment and dispersion 
and augmented by new favours, 2, 24. 25, 
comp. 2,2. In this way is to be under- 
stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the 
earth shall answer, and yield her corn, 
wine, and oil; and these (gifts of the 
earth) shall answer Jezreel, i.e. the earth 
rendered fertile from heaven (v.23) shall 
again yield her produce to Jezreel. The 
prophet then proceeds in the allusion 
thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 ΠΩΣ Ἔτη 
ΝΞ 1 will sow her ὧν myself in the 
land, and I will again cherish Lo-Ruha- 
ma (the non-cherished), and I will say 
to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art 
my people, i.e. the whole people of Is- 
rael (whom the prophet thus represents 


393 


am 


emblematically by his three children) I 
will again plant, cherish, and vindicate 
asmyown. Here >X3717 is construed 
c. fem. as a collect. like Ephraim Is. 17, 
10.. 11. al—The gentile ἢ, is rents 
Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. rebasyn 
ΤΡ Σ ΤΊ, Jexreelitess, 1 Sam. 27, Ἂ 
90, δ. 

2. A town in the mountains of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 56. 

3. Mase. pr.n. a) A son of Hosea, 
comp. in no. 1. Ηοβ. 1,4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


"TT? fut. πο, kindr. 1M¥, MY, to 
become one, to be united, joined ; to unite 
oneself, c. 2 Gen. 49,6; MR (MN) Is. 14, 
20 


Pret to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11. 
Arab. Os Conj. II. 
Deriv. =n, "3M? also 


‘TI? m. 1. a being one, oneness, union. 
1 Chr, 12,17 3m%5 233 02°22 9b nh? 
my heart shall be towards you for one- 
ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp. 
"25 apart p. 112.—Hence 

2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together ; 
spoken: 

a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2,2 
‘Ht 8012 they take counsel together. 31, 
14. Ezra 4,3 but we Israelites 7333 “πὸ 
mind will togecher build unto the Lord, 
with our united strength. So after che 
of contending together ; as 1712 2m>32 to 
Sight together 1 Sam. 17,10; also Is. 43, 
26. 50, 8. 

b) As to place, together, in one place; 
ΠΣ 233 to dwell together Ps. 133, 1. 2 
Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two 
of them were not left together. 

c) As to time, together, at the same 
time, Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes 
sameness of. both time and place is im- 
plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9. 

4) It connects two or more nouns 
more closely by. the idea of equality, 
likeness, together, alike, in like manner. 
Ps. 49, 3 high and low, \i7382 "52 72 
rich and poor together, alike. v. 11. Job 
34, 29. . So also as connecting verbs, Is. 
42,14, 44,11 “πο "335 IMB? they shall 
fear, they shall be ashamed together, i.e. 
shall both (alike) fear and be ashamed. 
Ps. 40, 15. 

6) With nouns or pronouns it implies 
oneness, a whole, all, all as one. Ps. 62, 


wm 


10 “τῆλ bata MEN they all are swifter 
than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6 
‘7 ΠΎΒΌΒ all the carved work thereof. 
v.8. Is.27,4. Also after 55, all together, 
all as one, wholly, Job 34,15 4m" "wa-d> 
all flesh together, all as one. Is. 22, 3.— 
Hence 

f) With >> implied, altogether, all as 
one, wholly, poet. for > itself. Job 38, 7 
when the morning stars all sang toge- 
ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44. 31,38. 
Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun, Job 
16, 10 jANbam ΠΣ πα all they have 
gathered themselves against me. 17, 16. 
19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41,8. With a nega- 
tive, no one, none at all, i. ᾳ. >> Nd; 
Hos. 11, 7 ΘΏ ΤΣ XD IM7 none of all ex- 
alts him. 

g) As referring toa single thing, i. q. 
ἘΞ, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141, 10 4m 
nosy “3 7258 until that I wholly pass 
over, escape. "Job 10, 8 thine hands have 
Sashioned me 3°30 302 wholly round 
about. 


HI? Jer. 46, 12.21. 49, 3, elsewhere 
3139, (from the preced.) pr. in his 
unions, conjunctions, for "m7, i. e. 
conjointly, together ; so Is. 40, 5 “wand 
vam" all flesh together. Ex. 19, 8 ΠΕΣ: 
sam, But by degrees the force of the 
suffix was lost, so that 1977 is referred 
not only to the Sing. as in these exam- 
ples, but also to nouns and verbs plural, 
Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to 
those in the first and second persons, Is. 
41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45, 
20. Hence it is i.q. 3%, but more fre- 
quent. Opp. 1723 in ἽΞ no. 1. b.— 
Spoken : 

a) Of united action, together ; Ps. 34, 
40 magnify the Lord with me, ΤΥ Ὁ 2 
“a i230 and let us exalt his name to- 
gether. Is. 11, 4, So with reciprocal 
verbs, as to conéult together, ete. Job 
2, 11. Ps. 55, 15, 83, 6. Is. 45,21. Also 
with verbs of contending, fighting, Is. 
41, 1. 23. 

b) As to place, together, in one place, 
Deut. 22, 10. 115 "33 387 to dwell to- 
gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Deut. 25,5; to 
go together Gen. 22, 6. 8. 19. Job 9, 32; 
to eat together Judg. 19, 6. Jer. 41,1; 
to gather together Josh. 9,2. Judg. 6, 33. 
Ps. 102, 23. 


394 


™ 


c) As to time, together, at the same 
time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn 
Va together. 65, 7. 66,17. 1 Sam. 31, 
6. 1 Chr. 10, 6. 

d) With the idea of equality, likeness, 
together, alike, in like manner; 1 Sam. 
30, 24 ApoMn WN they shall part alike, 
abana equally, Deut. 12, 22, Am. 1, 15. 
2 Sam. 2,17. In this way it often con- , 
nects more closely two nouns; comp. 
‘3133 no. 2. 4, Jer. 6, 12 "Sr prs) nity 
Jields and wives tomether. alike. v.11. 21. 
13,14, Is. 41,19. 60,13. Also verbs, Ps 
35, 26. Is. 46, 2. 

e) Put with a plural, as if comprising 
many in one, all, all as one; Jer. 5, 5 
v3 Man they all, all together. Job 24, 
17 τυρὸς ἽὯ5 “Pp == “ams the morning is 
to them all the hadi of death, i. q. 
fob v9. So after 85, ail together all 
as one, Is. 31, 3 3733" cbe sam dhey all 
shall fail together. 43, 9. 45, ‘16. Jer. 31, 
24. 

f) With >> implied, altogether, all, all 
as one ; Is. 10,8 ὉΠ ΞΡ THN "Sy ΜΕΘ are 
not all my princes kings? Ps. 37, 38. 48, 
5. Deut. 33,17. So without a noun, they 
all, i. q. chs, Ps. 14, 3. 19, 10. Is. 18, 6. 
48, 13. Jer. 51, 38. Prov. 22, 18. 


spine (his union) Jahdo pr. ἢ. τὰ. 
1 Chr. 5, 14. 


28°53) (whom God makes joyful, τ. 
min) Jahdiel, pr.n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 24. 


3) (whom Jehovah makes joy- 
ful, r. 3%) Jehdeiah, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 
24,20. b) 27, 30. 


aha (whom God saves alive, for 
by mam, τὶ m9) Jehavel, pr.n.m. 2 Chr. 
29, 14 Cheth. 


SN) (whom God beholds) Jaha- 
ziel, pr. n. m. of several persons, 1 Chr. 
12, 4. 16, 6. 23, 19. 


M713? (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah- 
ziah, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 15. 

Syprn (for bee pry ‘whom God 
makes strong,’ Patah in a short syllable 
being changed to Segol, as 4228 Ex. 
33, 3 for 42%, Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 2. a,) 
Ezekiel, pr. n. 

a) A celebrated prophet, the third in 
the prophetical canon, son of Buzi a 
priest. He was carried into captivity 


™ 


with king Jechoniah, and lived in the 
Jewish colony on the river Chaboras ; 
Ez. 1,3. 24,24. His prophecies extend 
to the sixteenth year after the capture 
of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, comp. 
Ez.29,17. Sept.’ ZeGexe7jd, and so Ecclus. 
49,8 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the 
like forms in M*=pIM, ᾿Εζεχίας, Ezechias. 
b) A priest, 1 Chr. 24, 16. 


MPPTTS? m. i. q. MIPIM, 4. ν. 


PPI? pr. πὶ τὴ, Jehizkiah, 2 Chr. 
28, 12. For the form, see in M3pIn. 


ΣΤ (whom God leads back, fut. 
Hiph. parag. of Chald, "3M to return,) 
Jahzerah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr, 9,12. Better 
perh. to read AIIM q.v. See also in 
"InN. 


PNM? (God liveth, τ. 439) Jehiel, pr. 
n. of several persons: a) 1Chr. 15, 18. 
16,5; calledalso 75m" 15,34, b) ib. 27, 
32. 6) 2 Chr. 21,2. d) ib. 29, 14 Keri, 
but Cheth. 53m7?. 31,13. 6} ib. 35, 8. 
f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26.— 
From lett. a comes Patronymi, “DTT 
1 Chr. 26, 21. 22. 


TH adj. (Ὁ. ΠῚ) fp. 1. uni- 
cus, one alone, only, espec. an only child, 
only begotten, with j2 Gen. 22, 2. 12.16; 
absol. Am. 8,10. Jer. 6,26. Zech. 12, 10. 
Prov. 4. 3—Fem. m3" Judg. 11, 34; 
poet. the only one, put for life as not to be 
replaced, Ps. 22,21. 35,17. Comp. 132. 

2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched, 
Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7 


TPT? see in Sgr lett. a. 


bon m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God 
Lam. 3, 26. R. bm. 


7 om in Kal not used, i. g. 55% no. 3, 
to be in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to 
stay, to delay, and so to wait, ig. dn 
no. 6; see Pi. Hiph. Niph. 

Prev >r2 1. to wait, Job 29, 21 "Ὁ 
abr} 332% unto me they gave ear and 
waited sc. for my opinion; the Dag. is 
‘euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with 
hope, confidence ; hence i. q. to eaypect, to 
hope ; Job 6,11 bas "2 "n>" what is 
‘my strength, that I should (longer) hope? 
43, 15.— With an acc. of time, Job 14, 14; 
4 of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6; ὃ of 
‘thing Job 30, 26. Is. 42,4. . Fraquenti is 


395 


mm” 


minn> drm to hope in Jehovah, to await 
his aid, Ps. 31, 25. 33, 22. 69,4; "3 be 
130, 7. 131, 3; "3 "27> ben to hope in the 
word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise, 
Ps. 119, 74, 81. 114. 147; also Ps. 33, 18. 
147, 11. 119, 43. 

2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119, 
49; inf. c. > Ez. 13, 6. 

Hiew. 1.towait,to tarry, i.q. Piel no. 
1; with acc. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8; 
absol. 2 Sam. 18, 14; > of thing Job 32, 
11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, c 
>, as Mins> Sin to hope in Jehovah, to 
await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K. 
6, 38. Mic. 7,7; "2 127 ‘MPs. 130, 5; 
absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24. 

2. ig. ὅτι no. 3, to be in pain ; Jer. 4, 
19 Keri "23 inp M2"rTix J am pained 
at my very heart. So too, many Mes. 
in the text. Cheth. nbanis, made up 
perhaps from ΓΙ ΤΊ ΝΣ and nbiny which 
is read in some Mss. 

Nips. 51) fut. 599 (for bm) i. gq 
Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made 
to wait; with acc. of time Gen. 8, 12; 
absol. Ez. 19, 5. 

Deriv. 5°n7, Morin, also 


S821" (hoping in God) Jahleel, pr. n. 
of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46,14. Pa- 
tronym. "285m Jahleelite Num. 26, 26. 


; =) i. q. 52M to be or become warm, 
espec. as cattle in heat; Arab. +g to 
be warm, as the day; V, to be in heat. 


heat, lust. The forms 


usually referred to Kal of this verb. I 
have referred above to Dan p. 324. 
Thither too may be referred yor for 
vanes Gen. 30, 39 and the flocks were in 
heat, i. e. conceived ; also mr v. 38, 
which is 3 plur. fom, in the Chald. aad 
Arab. manner for the comm. 479nn), 
see Lehrg. p. 276. 

Piet Om or OM, to be warm in lust, 
of a flock, to be in heat, to rut, Gen. 30, 
41. 31,10. Hence to conceive, of a wo- 
man, Ps. 51, 7 wax ΓΙ ΌΤΙ NoMa and 
in sin did my mother conceive me, where 
ΓΤ is for ὍΤΙ, as TAN for TURN 
or TIAN Judg. 5, 28. 


Deriv. 27 for no 


ὙΠ Deut. 14, 5. 1 Κ' 5,3 [4, 23]; 
Arab. »Ξ a species of deer, οἵα red- 


90 
as cattle; 


mr 


dish colour, (see τ. "72M no, 2,) with ser- 
rated horns which are cast every year ; 
prob. the cervus dama or fallow-deer. 
See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 913, or T. 
II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml. 
I. p. 30 sq. 

“ON? (for Aen, whom Jehovah 
guards, τ. 7727) Jahmai, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
7, ὦ. 


jay obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab. 


οὐ i. 
take off one’s shoes. The ultimate root 
lies in the syllable 9", and the primary 
notion is that of rubbing off, qs. peeling, 
removing the bark or shell, etc. see r. 


Syr. sow unshod, -203] to 


men Il. Hence a is also ‘to have 


the hoof worn,’ as a beast of burden; 
‘to have the skin rubbed, galled,’ as a 
horse ; IV, to cut off the mustachios, to 
trim the beard.—Hence 


EI" adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15, 
30. Is. 20, 2. 3. 4. Jer. 2, 25. 


ἘΣΤΙ (whom God allots, τ. mm) 
Jahzeel, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen. 
46, 24; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written Dx*zr7. 
~Geniile n, “yun Num. 26, 48. 


Ἂν “rin, to delay, to tarry, 
once 2 Sam. 20, δ Cheth. "n° i. 68. 
srn=) fut. Kal. The Keri ὙΠ is Hiph. 
of r. “7, or also of "8 by Chaldaism. 

3 WB? obsol. root, prob. to protrude 
ttself, to swell out, and hence to put forth, 
tosprout, of plants. Comp. Arab. 
to shoot up, to grow, as a plant; also 
Heb. 0m, whence d°nw) ‘what grows 
of itself’? and ym to lift up oneself, to 
rise.-—Hence 

13 m. a word of the silver age, stem, 
lineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 "80 
wmn the genealogical table or register. 
—Chald. 0%? and 04m" in Targg. are 
put for Heb, mMeve and ΤΥ τσὶ Ruth 
2,1. Gen. 6,9. Simonis compares also 

6,-2 

ιϑ nature, origin; but this word 
strictly denotes brass, i. q. MUM, and 
the formula οὐδ. δὶ ‘of a liberal 
and generous disposition,’ is merely tro- 
pical, pr. ‘of fine brass. —Hence the 
denom. verb in 


396 


20" 


Hirup. 2M to enrol one’s name in 
the genealogical lables, to be registered, 
anoygupea dat, 1 Chr. 5, 1.7. 17. 9,1. 
Neh. 7, 5.—Inf, emann oem as a noun, 
i. q. repiateny genealogical table, 1 Chr. 
7, 5.7.9. 40, 2 Chr. 31, 16.17. 2 Chr. 
12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam,...are 
recorded in the annals of Shemaiah... 
ipmomn> in the manner of a register ; 
Vulg. ‘diligenter exposita.’ 


M3? (perh. union, contr. for MyM") 
Jahath, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5. 28. al. 


*30" i. q. 332, used only in fut. 
ΞΔ, 307, once "20° Nah. 3, 8 In 
the pret. only 252 is used. 

1. to be good, well, before 72 comparat. 
to be better Nah: 3, 8.—Elsewhere im- 
pers. a) Ὁ 30% if shall. be well with 
me, Gen. 12, 18. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40. 
Pret. ἢ si. Ὁ) "292 BV ἐξ was 
good in my eyes, i. 6. it pleased me, was 
my pleasure, Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev. 
10, 19. 20; in the later books wwitth "28> 
Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5. 63 > Ps. 69, 32. 

2. to he cheerful, joyous, i. e. the mind 
or heart, 33, Judg. 19, 6. 9. Ruth 3, 7. 
Ecce. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7. 

Ηιρη. 3727), fut. 3°92", once 2 
Job 24, 21, conv. 349". 

1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc. 
what one does, Deut. δ, 25 [28] sa"a"5 
AMDT WNMdD they hive tlohe well all that 
they have spoken, i. e. have well and 
rightly spoken. 18,17. With infin. ο. 
>, Jer. 1, 12 ΤΙΝ ἪΡ. MIU" thou hast done 
well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam, 
16, 17 4223 393" who can play well ; 
apd eo > being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16. 
Inf. absol. aon, Bw, pr. doing well 
or right, as Adv. ‘eel, carefully, dili- 
gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4. 19, 18. 
27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 oxBD sw by 
sunt for evil are their hands dili- 
genlly, i i.e. they do evil diligently. b) 
297 so Jer. 2, 33. 7,3. 5, and ‘n 
wbbon 35, 15, to make 00d one’s ways, 
one’s othive, 4 i.e. to conduct oneself well, 
to live uprightly, virtuously ; also ellipt. 
the acc. being omitted, Jer. 4,22 3.3138 
ava ND to do well they know not. 13, 23. 
Gen. 4,7. Inf. abs. 30° as Adv. well, 
right, Jon. 4, 4. 9. c) to do good to any 
one, to benefit j absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 10, 
5; with dat. of pers. Gen, 12, 16. Ex. 1, 


20" 


20. Judg. 17, 13; > of pers. Gen. 32, 10. 
13. Nur. 10, 32; MX (M8 for HX) Jer. 
18, 10. 22, 41; ace. of pers. Deut. 8, 16. 
30, δ. Job 24,21. Once in a bad sense, 
Ps, 49, 19 they do praise thee 299° "2 
2 because thou doest well to thyself, i. 6. 
indulgest thine appetites, ete. 4) In- 
trans. fo be guod, well, Mic. 2,7. Hence 
with 5x, to please, as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20, 
13. 

2. to make well. comely, to adorn ; 
Prov. 30, 29 bis; there are three "3°27 
“3% which make comety their going, i. e. 
walk or run gracefully. Jer. 2,33. So 
fo dress the head, to lire, 2 Κα. 9, 30; to 
trim lamps Ex. 30, 7. 

3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19, 
22. Prov. 15, 13. 

Deriv. 30", and those here following. 


20" Chald. fut. sw id. with ἘΣ to 
seem good, to be pleasing to any one, 
Ezra 7, 18. 


M2" (goodness, pleasantness, r. 24") 


Jotbah, pr. n. of a place elsewhere un- 
known, 2 K. 21, 19. 


MMIO® (id.) Jotbathah, Num. 33, 33. 
Deut. 10, 7, pr. n. of a station of the Is- 
raelites in the desert, with water. 


MQ" and MO (extended, τ. nv? fut. 
Hoph.) Juttah, pr. ἢ. of a city in the 
south of Judah, assigned to the priests, 


Josh. 15, 55. 21,16. [Now Lbs Yutta 
south of Hebron, see Bibl, Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p. 190, 195, 628. Prob. the πύλις 
᾿Ιούδα of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of 
John the Baptist ; see Reland Palest. 
p. 870.—R. 


“WO (prob. i. q. "2, 49°, an enclo- 
sure, nomadic camp, from r. "82, after 
the form ἘΞ) pr. ἢ. Jetur,a son of Ish- 
mael, Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1,31; put also 
for his posterity, the Itureans, dwelling 
beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon, 
1Ghr. 5,19. Here was later the pro- 
vince of Jturea, Luke 3,1. See Reland 
Palest. p. 106; now called yg On 
Jeidir, Burckhardt’s Travels in "syria, 
etc. p. 286. The general boundaries of 
this province seem to have been Gaula- 
nitis and Bashan on the south, Mount 
Hermon on the west, the territory of 
Damascus on the north, and Trachonitis 

34 


397 


no 


(el-Lejah) and Hauran on the east ; but 
its limits appear to have varied at differ- 
enttimes. The inhabitants were skilful 
archers and daring robbers ; Cic. Phi- 
lipp. 2. 8, 44, Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20 
κακοῦργοι πάντες. See Thesaur. p. 548. 
Εἰ, Minter Progr. de rebus Itur2orum 
ad Luc. 3, 1. Hafnie 1824, 

7 m. (r."4%") constr. 712, once 7% 
Cant. 8, 2, c. suff. "3°5. 

1. wine, so called from its fermenting, 
effervescing ; as "271 from "2%. Arab. 


Ber collect. hentai turning black, 


with the noun of unity Rs, Eth. OP% 
a vineyard, wine, Gr. otvos, Lat. vinum, 
Armen. gini.—Gen. 14, 18. 19, 
32 sq. Ex. 29,40. “203 1. wine and 
strong drink Lev. 10,9. Num. 6, 3. Judg. 
13, 4.7. ὙΠ ΝΣ wine-bolile i. 6. skin, 1 
Sam. 16, 20. Hence 155 ™"3 the house 
of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet. for MAW. M32 
j72n the banqueting-hall Esth. 7,8; and 
the words in Cant. I. ¢. ΛΞ ΝΣ 728734 
y721 he brought me to the banqueting- 
house, imply ‘he made me drunk with 
love, μεϑύσκομαι ἔρωτι. Vulg. cella vi- 
naria. Others understand a vineyard ; 
but less well. 

2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for 
drunkenness, intoxication, Gen. 9, 24.. 
1 Sam. 1, 14. 25, 37. 


51 Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest: 
error of copyists for 32 side, which stands: 
in Keri. 


. nm” in Kal not used. 1. Pr. i: q:. 
M23 10 be right, straight, direct ; then 

2. to be in front, right before the-eyes; 
and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. is 
Arab. >s i. q. 1g to appear; IV. 


to be clear, manifest, of a way. 

Hies. mim ~~ 1. Pr. to make or set 
right, e. g. a cause, to decide, to judge;. 
comp. Gr. evdive, itive. 15..11, 3 8>} 
main wy vawa> nor decide after the 
hearing of his ears, according to what 
.hisears have heard. Gen. 31, 42:—Hence,* 
to do justice to any one, to defend his 
right, see 113, YB; so with > Is. 11,4, 
Job 16, 21. Also to adjudge to any 
one, to appoint, c. > Gen. 24, 14. 44. 
With 7°32 to judge between: parties, to- 


1 


set right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37. 
Job 9, 33. 

2. to show to be right, to justify, to 
prove ; Job 13,15 mais 2B7>y 7277 AN 
only I will prove my own ways before 
vim, show that they are right. v. 3 J de- 
sire to prove my cause, to justify myself. 
19, 5 prove against me my reproach, 
show that I have deservedut. 6, 25 see 
in no. 3.—Spec. to defend one’s cause 
in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5,10; 
comp. Job 13, 3 above. 

3. to set right from error, etc. to admo- 
nish, to warn ; with ace. of pers. Lev. 19, 
17. Prov. 9, 8. 28,23; > of pers. Prov. 
9,7. 15, 12. 19,25. Also to confute, to 
convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22, 4 
FMS FANN W will he confute thee for 
fear of thee? 32,12. Ps. 50, 21; ¢. 3 
Prov. 30, 6. —Often with the idea of cen- 
sure, i. 4. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide, 
Gr. ἐλέγχειν. Ps. 50,8 not for thy sacri- 
Jices will I reprove thee. Job 6 25 “Γι 
ἘΞ min msi" what doth your reprov- 
ing prove? i.e. your censure (M35M for 
m"35n). v. 28. 15, 3. Gen. 21, 25. Part. 
msia a reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12. 
Ez. 3, 26; O38 “2 Prov. 28, 23; mids ’ Ὥ 
Job 40, 2. 

4, Intens. to set right by punishment, 
i. q. to correct, to chasien, to punish. 
(Comp. ἰϑύνω ϑανάτῳ Hot. 2. 177.) 
Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me... 
let him chastise me. Prov. 24,25. Hence 
of God as punishing men; Job 5, 17 hap- 
py the man whom God correcteth, chas- 
teneth, comp. Heb. 12,6 παιδεύει. Prov. 
3,12. Ps. 6,2. 105, 14. Job 13, 10. 2 Sam. 
7, 14. Hab. 1, 12. 2 K.19, 4 it may be the 
Lord thy God will hear all the words of 
Rabshakeh . ..0°7332 7°30) and will 
punish him for the ‘words, ete. Is. 37, 4. 

Horn. pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be ohas- 
tened, Job 33, 19. 

Nips. ΓΞ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, 
to be confuted, convicted. Gen, 20, 16 
mmzs} and she (Sarah). was convicted, 
had nothing to say in excuse. 

2. Recipr. pr. to set right one another, 


i.e. to argue or reason together, to dis-, 


pute with any one, Is. 1,18; ὁ. ἘΣ Job 
98. ἢ. 

Hirar. m23Mh i. q. Niph. no, 2, ο. o> 
Mic. 6, 2. 

Deriv. MAzin, MN. 


898 


ds 
md see in M753". 
12) (whom God makes firm, r. 133} 
Jachin, pr. n. ᾿ 
1. Ofmen: a) Ason οὗ Simeon Gen. 
46, 10; for which 1 Chr. 4,24 2™". Pat- 
ronym. js "3°33 Num. 26,12. b) Neh. 11, 
10. 1 Chr. 9,10. 2} 1 Chr. 24, 19. 
2..The column on the right before the 
porch of Solomon’s temple, 1 K. 7, 21. 


μὴν rarely dis2 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14, 
ἌΠΡΞ" Tudg. 8, 3, nabs" Ps. 13, 5; fut. 
bom aa, pr. fut. Hoph. ‘to be enabled, 
see Lehtg: p- 460; (that it is not fut. 
Kal is Spparent te the fact, that the 
pr. ἢ. 23" Jer. 38, 1, is also written 
5351: Jer. 37:33) fiat. plur. 3397, 352" 
Ps. 18, 39; inf constr. M357 Num. Ἢ 18. 

1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Samar. 
id. Kindr. is 5D to take im or hold, to 
contain to sustain. Constr. with ace. 
Job 42,2; more freq. inf. c. >, to be able 
to do any thing, etc. Gen. 13, 6. 16. 
45,1. 3. Ex. 7, 21.24; inf. simpl. Ex. 
2, 3. 18, 23; also with a finite verb 
Esth. 8, 6 "EAN FBAN ΓΙΞΞῚΝ how shall 
I be abi to see the evil; and without 1 
Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22,6 see in 732 Pi. 
Absol. Ie 39, 11, Job 81, 23. 33, 5.— 
Spec. a) to be able to effect, to accom- 
plish, to prevail, stronger than Mt»; 
1 Sam. 26, 25 524m 559 ba) MeN nine ἘΝ 
1Κἰ. 22, 22. Jer. 3, 5. With ‘negat. Ps. 
21, 12. Jan 20,11. Is. 16,12. b) to be 
able legally, J may, i. q. impere, it is law- 
Sul for any ohe. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp- 
tians could not eat with the Hebrews, sc. 
by law, it was not lawful for them. Num. 
9, 6. Deut.12,17. 6) Ina moral sense, 
to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any 
thing. Gen. 37, 4 they could not (bring 
themselves to) speak kindly with him. 
Job 4,2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. &> "naz 
JR? 9529" how long will they yet not be 
able (to show) cleanness of hands, suppl. 
nivy>, q.d. how long that they cannot 
resolve to practise integrity? 4) to be 
able to bear, for the fuller mxw> 353 Jer. 
44, 22. Prov. 30,21; so Is. 1,13 5598 Xd 
ts 7 cannot bear iniquity, ete. Ps. 101, 5. 

2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over- 
come, sc, in battle or in any business, un- 
dertaking, ete. Hos. 12,5. Gen. 30,8, 32, 
29. With > of pers. to prevail over any 
one in contest, Gen. 32, 30. Judg. 16, δ, 


3° 


Sam. 17,9. Jer. 20,10. With a verbal 
suffix, either as dat. or acc. Ps. 13, 5. 
With dat. of thing, metaph. to master 
any thing difficult, to comprehend it, 
Ps. 139, 6. 

Deriv. pr. names M252", 535°, 52577. 


22” or 22" Chald. fat. 31 Dan. 3, 29. 
5,16; and with Heb. form 53% Dan. 2. 10. 

1. εἶ be able, I can, with inf. c. > Dan. 
2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34. 

2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of 
pers. Dan. 7, 21. 

557 and "722? (able through Je- 
hovah, r. 531) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the 
mother of king Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2; also 
2Chr. 26,3 Keri, where Cheth. 775733 id. 


M3239, WFD, see Porm. 


ΤῊ , 1 pers. "A125, ¢. suff. ΤΠ 55 
Ps, 2, 7, aa Jer. 15 10, say34 2, 27, 
Patah changed to Hirek, Heb. ‘Gr. § 27. 
n. 3; Infin. absol. 153, constr. > (77725 
Is. 37, 3, Iba Hos. Ὁ, 11), usually mb, 
once mb 1 Sam. 4, 19, 6. suff. mnt ; Fut. 
δὰ, Part. “δὴν, err. midi, nibs and 
nibs Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, δ. 7. 

1. to bear, to bring forth, as a mother, 
Arab. δίς, Eth. OAR, comp. 735, 733; 
Aram. OF θη, 3959. The primary 
idea seems to be that of slipping or 
gliding out ; so that 73% is kindred with 
“5m, comp. ‘ude, ube. "Spoken of man- 
kind Gen. 4, 1. ‘7. 20. 25, and often; 
also of Beiists Gen. 30, 39. 31,8. Job 
39, 1; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer. 
17, 11, comp. Gr. ὠὰ τίκτειν. Constr. 
absol. Gen. 17,17. 1 K. 3,17. Judg. 13, 
2. Ecc. 3,2; with accus. and often with 
dat. of the father to whom a child is born, 
Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, HY F> Im Wy 
whom Sarah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3 
41, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3. al. and 
so ellipt. with the dat. alone Gen. 6, 4. 
16, 1. 30, 2; comp. Niph. and Pual.— 
Part. fem. has three forms distinguish- 
ed as follows: a) ΓΝ" as subst. α wo- 
man in travail, a lying-in woman, Hos. 
13, 13 75%" “ban. Is. 21, 3. Jer. 6, 24. 
Mic. 4, 9.10. Ps. 48,7. b) nw as 
real particip. often put for a finite verb, 
Gen. 17, 19 13 Ἴ5 MID) FANes Mw. ie. 
7, 14. Jer. 31, 8; rarely as a subst. @ 
woman in irivodil Lev. 12, 17. With 


899 


"2. 


genit. genitrix, mother of any one, Prov. 
17, 25. 23, 25 HID" she that bare thee, 
thy mother, Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 60,12. 6) 
mtd" like the Arabic (comp. ‘gbe for 
7159), for the finite verb in the like for- 
mula: 72 7325) M34 ὭΣ Gen. 16, 11. 
Judg. 13, 5. 7.—Part. pass. “7955 born, 
hence a child, son, just born, 1 K. 3, 26. 
27. 1 Chr. 14,4; with gen. nN ρὸν 
born of a woman, i. 6. a man, mankind, 
Job 14, 1. 15, 14. 25, 4.—Trop. to bring 
forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in 534, 
Job 15, 35. Ps. 7,15; comp. Is. 33, 11. 
By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, 1 for thou 
knowest not what this day may bring 
forth. Zeph. 2,2 pm ΤῊ 032 before 
the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i.e. 
take effect. 

2. to beget, as a father ; so Arab. Ethiop. 
as ahove, Gr. tixtew, γεννᾷν, Lat. parere, 
of both sexes. So 035 Zech. 13, 3 
parents, οἵ τεκόντες Hom. Gen. 4,18 
Methuselah begat (135) Lamech. 10, 8. 
13. 15. 24. 26. 25,3. Prov. 23, 22. al. sep. 
Spoken of God in two senses: a) to 
create, to produce, i.q. 813, comp. Job 38, 
8.9. So Job 38, 28. 29 hath the rain a 
father (creator) . . . 1737 "Ὦ DY2% ABS 
und the hoar-frost of the heavens who 
hath begotten it? Deut. 32,18. Comp. 
=x father, also creator, no. 4. So of an 
idol, Jer. 2,27. Ὁ) lo constitute, to ap- 
point, sc. as son of God, as king; Ps. 2,7 
FMI OMT ὋΝ HAY WA thou art my 
son, this day have I begotten thee, con- 
stituted thee as king. Comp. ἐγέννησα 
1 Cor. 4, 15. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 7342, twice plur. 9553 for "572 
1 Chr. 3, 5. 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon. 
and ὃ shortened to τὸ, Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 
1,) to be born, as i753 Din the day of 
one’s being born, his natal day, Ecc. 7,1. 
Hos. 2, 5; comp. Job 3, 3. 312 D2 a 
people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22, 32. 
With > of father, Job 1, 2. 2 Sam. 14, 27. 
Gen. 10,1; impers. or with j3 impl. Gen. 
17, 17, shall there be born (7237) unto 
him that is a hundred years old? With 
12 of the mother. 1 Chr. 2,3. Ezra 10,3; 
> 4 Chr. 3, 1. 

Piet abs to help bring forth, to deliver 
a woman, as.a midwife, Ex. 1,16. Part. 
ΕΣ a midwife Gen. 35, 17. 38, 28. 
Ex. 1, 15 sq. 

Boas. 337 and “bx Judg. 18, 29) Sub 


355 


5, 7; to be born, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8. 
Ps. 87, 4.5.6. With > of father Gen. 
4, 26. 24, 15. Judg. 18, 29; with 72 impl. 
Gen: 10, 21. So with > of a near rela- 
tive, Ruth 4, 17 "232> ἾΞ ne". Is. 9,55 
,? of thing Job 557. ee to be Sriught 
- forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps. 
90, 2. 

Hira. “bin 1. to cause to bring 
forth, as God a woman Is. 66, 9; a man 
his wife, to make fruitful,to have chil- 
dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18. 8, 8.—Trop. 
οὗ rain as fertilizing the earth Is. 55, 10. 

2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no.2; 
Gen. 5, 4. 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq. 
Eee. 6, 3. al.—Trop. to create, Job 38, 28 
bumsbay sbin-2 who hath hapotten 
(created) the store-houses of the dew? 

3. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring 
forth ; but only trop. to bring forth 
wickedness, Is. 59, 4; parall. a> ΓΤ, 

Hopn. pr. ‘to be begotten,’ hence to 
be born. Inf. n334 Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16, 
5, and mabin Ez. “16, 4, ἃ being borh, 
birth, nativity. Gen. te “my ΤΊΣΙ on 
mp B the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. “the 
day of Pharaoh’s being born. On the 
accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. § 140. 

Hirupa. to declare one’s birth or de- 
-scent, pedigree ; to give one’s name to 
be enrolled in genealogical tables, Num. 
1, 18.—In the later books this idea is 
expressed by ὉΠ. 

Deriv. 77>", mabin, ΤΡῚΣ ἢ pr. names 
“bia, nadia, “abin, bimbx ; and the 
four here Guovara: 


ἘΣᾺ m. in pause 95"; plur. D774, 
‘constr. "159, once "35" Is. 57, 4. 

1. one born, a son, poet. i.q. j2; spoken 
κατ ἐξοχήν of the king’s son Is. 9, 5. 
Hence 5°722 "75" sons of strangers, 
poet. for foreigners, see ἼΞ no. 1; also 
sons of transgression, for transgressors, 
Is. 57, 4.—Plur. comm. children, i. q. 
p22, Ex. 21, 4. Ezra 10, 1. Hos. 1, 2; 
also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7. 
Job 38, 41. 

2. a boy, child, recently born, an in- 
fant, Ex. 1, 17. 2, 3 sq. Ruth 4, 16. 
2 Sam. 12, 15 sq. 1K. 3, 25; as borne in 
the arms Gen. 21,8; also as older and 
mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24. 
Job 21, 11. Zech. 8,5; but still of tender 
age Gen. 33, 13. Is. 57, 5. Also as more 


400 


55° 


advanced, @ youth, young man, Gen. 4, 
23 parall. U"N. 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph. 
when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4. 10, 1 K. 
12, 8. 10. Eec. 4, 13. 


my2> fem. of 334, a girl, maiden, 
Gen. 34, 4. Joel 4,3. ὍΠΩΣ nitbt Zech. 
8, 5. 


m2" £ (denom. from 75%) childhood, 
youth, Ecc. 11, 9. 10.—Concer. youth, for 
young men, Ps. 110, 3. 

THD? adj. verbal, born, i. q. βρη, Ex. 
1, 22. Josh. 5, 5, 2 Sam. 5, 14. 


15» (passing the night, abiding, r- 
53>) Jalon, pr.n.m. 1 Chr.4, 17. 


79" m. (r.1b7) 1. Adj. verbal, born, 
chiefly i in the phrase m72.9"57 one born 
in the house, a house-born slave, verna, 
Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 13. 23. Lev. 22, 11. 


: 59 9 - 
Jer. 2,14. Arab. dug, OndS, id. 


2. Subst. a son, child, paz 7172" the 
sons of Anak Num. 13, "38. 28 ; ap 
mon the sons of Rapha, i. q. ΠΕΣ 
Rephaim, 2 Sam. 21, 16. 18. 


72" to go, see 725 . 
x 22° not used in Kal, onomatopoetie, 


-.Ὁ 
to yell, to wail, Arab. Jee, Syr. and 
Zab. “uf, Chald. δ5: “Aph. dbx. 
Kindred roots are >>x II, πρὸ, Gr. 
ὀλολύζειν, Lat. ejulare, ululare, Engl. 
to yell; also Armen. lal, Germ. lullen, 
Engl. to lull. 

Hien. ΠΡ; fat. d"b"2 Mic. 1, 85 
oftener babs ἜΝ 15, 2. 8, from the fm 
ndsditt Is. 52, 53.0 between two vowels 
being ‘softened to". 

1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez. 
21,17. al. With >> of that over or for 
which, Jer. 48, 31. 51, 8. Mic. 1, 8; > id. 
Is. 16, 7.—Ascribed also to inanimate 
things: as trees Zech. 11, 2; places, as 
filled with wailings, ἜΣΘ sbsbh Is. 14,31. 
23,1. Often in prophetic denunciations 
Is. 13, 6. 23,6. Jer. 25, 34. Joel 1, 11. 18.’ 
Zeph. 1,11. Amos 8, 8 bon nin abt 
the songs of the palace wail, are turned 
to wailings. 

2, Once of the exulting cries of 
haughty victors, to yell, to shout, Lat. 
ululare, Is. 52, 5. So SGT of a warlike 


5 


ery, Barhebr. p. 411, 413; Gr. ὀλολύξειν 
of a shout of joy, A2schyl. Sept. ante 
Theb. 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa 
ἀλαλάζειν of wailing. Eurip. Phen. 358. 
Comp. also 429, 2777, M179, signifying 
a *, of either kind, 

Horn. >b8m (as ΓΗ) to be made to 
wail. Ps. 78, 63 the fire consumed their 
young men sbbant Xb aembansa and their 
virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64 
‘their widows made no lamentation ; 
Sept. οὐκ ἐπένϑησαν, Vulg. non sunt la- 
mentale. So Schnurrer; but perhaps 
it should be read %>">im in the active 
1. ᾳ. 875° .—More usually taken as Pual 
of 55, where see. 

Deriv. ddim and the two here follow- 


ing. 
2° m. a yelling, howling of wild 
beasts in the desert, Deut. 32, 10. Comp. 


Arab. οἰς howling, poet. for the 
desert in which wild beasts howl; see 
Willmet’s Lex. Arab. s.v. Comp. also 
Heb. 578. 


m2" Γ (r. 855} constr. n2>%, wailing, 
lamentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph. 
1, 10. Zech. 11, 3. 


. 595 1. i. ᾳ. 355 to lick up, to swallow 
down ; seein 33>. Hence >>4m, ΣΦΊΣΙ. 

2. to speak rashly, to utter at random ; 
a signif. connected with the former, and 
frequent in the syllable 3d; see in 395, 
note. Prov. 20, 25 wap 3b DIN = 
“pad Ov “MN? it is the snare of a 
man, that he rashly utters a vow, “iar 
after the vow makes inquiry. Arab. 
id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths, 
Kor. Sur. 2. 225. 

Deriv. see in no. 1. 


5. obsol. root, Arab. μὴν Conj. 
III, to stick fast, to cling. Hanes 


ΤΣ f. a sort of itching scab, scurf, 
tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21, 
20. 22,22. Sept. λειχήν, Vulg. impetigo. 


Ὑ δ" obsol. root, i. g. PR> to lick, to 
lap, also to lick up or off, as an ox in 
feeding, to feed off, comp. 57> Num. 22, 
4+ also »>3.—Hence 


P22 m. feeding, the feeder ; put for a 
species of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and 
hairy Jer. 51, 27; so Ps. 105, 34. Joel 1, 

34* 


401 Ὡ" 


4, 2,25. Prob. the ἀττέλαβος, attelabus, 
a locust with small short wings, not yet 
full grown, and therefore not yet able to 
fly; so Jerome in Nah. l.c. See The- 
saur. p. 597. 


wipes m. ὦ sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sam. 
17,40. R. 2-3 to collect. 


D? m. (r. 0%") constr. "Ὡ" except in 
promo"; ὁ. suff. πη Jer. 51,36; with He 
loc. 7725 ; Plur, 0°29. 

1. a sea, so called from its tumult 


ὃ. ° 
and roaring. Arab. ἊΣ Syr. [has and 
{ase5, but the latter is more usually a 


lake, Egypt. 1034, EYORL, id.— Where 
the sea κατ' ἐξοχήν is spoken of, the arti- 
cle is usually added: =' >in the sand 
of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41, 49; mee 
ἘΝῚ Judg. 7,12. 1 Sam. 13,5; om 725 
Gen. 1, 26. 28. Job 12, 8; also in po- 
etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9. 33, 6. 
78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is 
often omitted, Ex. 15,8. 10. Job 9,8. 11, 
9: 38, 8. 16. Ps. 66, 6. 68, 23. Is. 5, 30. 
50, 2. 60, 5. al. sep. likewise in prose, 
but more rarely, as 5° 373 towards the 
sea 1 K. = 43; ὈΠῸΣ on the sea, by 
sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. 5°->8 Ezra 
3, 7.—Is. 11, 9 D°D29 032 D{22 as the 
waters cover the sea i. 6. its depths, bot- 
tom. Hab. 2,14. nr-52 pa from sea to 
sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per- 
sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12. 
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72,8; comp. Mic. 7, 12. 
—Various parts of the ocean, and also 
several lakes (for ὩΣ is used of these 
Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. {d05), are deno- 
ted by special names: «) The Medi- 
terranean, as jJ79NM ONT the hinder or 
western sea Deut. 11, 24. Joel 2,20; 8" 
ornwbde the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23, 
31; Sins cen the great sea Num. 34, 6. 
7. Josh. 1,4. 9,1. Ez.47,10.15.20. β) 
The sea of Galilee, or lake of Tiberias ; 
m2 Bo the sea of Chinnereth Num. 34,11. 
y) The Dead sea: mban ἘΞ the salt sea 
Gen. 14,3; ΠΕΣ ὩΣ ihe sea of the Ara- 
bah or decekt Deut. 4, 49; “yo 7pr OP the 
eastern sea Joel 2, 20. Zech. 14,8. δ) 
The Red sea: 53070" the weedy sea Ps. 
106, 7. 9,22; o™s2 τὴ the Egyptian sea 
Is. 11, 15. Naot: D7 according to the 
context is put for ‘the Mediterranean 


D" 4.02 


Josh. 15, 47; the lake of Galilee Is. 8, 
23; the Red sea Is. 10, 26; the Dead 
sea, without art. Is. 16, 8.—Poet. the sea 
is put for maritime regions; so 073 "4702 
the princes of the sea i. e. of countries 
around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16, 
i. ᾳ. ΘΝ 2. Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33,19. So 
Is. 23, 4 02 ΤΊΣ Ὁ DIN the sea hath 
spoken, the fortress of the sea, i. e.'Tyre.— 
Pior. 0°" seas Gen. 1,22. Lev.11, 9.10. 
Ps. 135. 6. Poet. often where the sing. 
stands in prose; as D7 >1n the sand of 
the sea Job 6, 8. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8; 
comp. sing. above. 535 51M the coast 
of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5,17 (comp. 
brn in Josh. 9, 1); Ὁ" Ξὸ the heart 
of the sea Ps. 46,3. Jon. 2,4; comp. also 
Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 93, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al.— 
The word 5° sea is also transferred : 

a) To a large river; 6. g. the Nile 
Is. 18, 2. 19, 5. Nah. 3, 8. Job 41, 23; the 
Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer. 
51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile 


Ez. 32, 2.—So Arab. ΜΗ of the Nile, 
Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner 
A | the sea for the Nile, Elmac. I. 12. 


‘Eutych. Alex. I. 86, IL. 377, 499. The 
Egyptians still use A | the sea in 


‘common parlance for the Nile; see Bibl. 
‘Res. in Palest. I. p. 542. 

b) By hyperbole, to a large vase or 
‘basin ; hence MYM B® the sea of brass, 
-brazen sea, i. e. the great laver in the 
-court of the priests before Solomon’s 
‘temple, 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8; also 
‘pyre of 1 Κα 7, 233 Br v. 24. 29. 2 
Κ΄. 16, 17. 2 Chr. 4, 3 sq. 

2. the West, the western quarter, since 
ithe Mediterranean sea lies west from 
»Palestine ; see in “4M no. 2. p. 33. mn 
ὩΣ the west wind Ex. 10,19 ; DI-P NB the 
‘west side ix. 27, 12. 38,12; M2" west- 
ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26, 22. (But man 
_is to or at. the sea, Num, 34, 5. Josh. 16, 
‘6. 8. 24,65; so ΓΙᾺ» 19, 11.) D2 from 
the west, i. e. at or on the west, Gen. 12, 
8. Josh. 11, 2. 3; > 5% on the west of 
any place, Josh. 8, 9. 12. 13.—Twice, 
Ps. 107, 3. Is, 49, 12, 5 is joined with 
‘jiex the north; whence some have 
-preferred to understand it, at least in 
these passages, of the south ; but else- 
where too, other quarters are coupled 


aby 


together not opposite but adjacent to 
each other, comp. Am. 8, 12, Deut. 33, 
23. 

D" Chald. emphat. 822 the sea, Dan. 
7, 2.3. 


* 5772" absol. root, i. q. O79, B25, q. v. 
to be warm, to be hot. Comp. ist et 


Xs» ferbuit dies. —Hence ὉΠ" and mia" 
plur. of D1"; also 


oa? (day of God, "27 i. g. DI, DTT, 
comp. raw ig. DY, 109 1. g. ΤῸ ee 
Jemuel, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Gen. 
46, 10; for which >x%722 Num. 26, 12. 


ΤΠ" poet. plur. of the noun 84", q. v. 
DO" id. see Bi. 


D2 m. (τ. 815) plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. 
Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aque calide, 
warm springs ; such being actually 
found in the region in question on the 
eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in 


sub. Arab. , Syr. ἰβαασδα,, id. 
Jerome says, in Quest. ad. 1. c. “nonnulli 
putant aquas calidas juxta lingue Puni- 
ce [Syriace ?] viciniam, que Hebrew 
contermina est, hoc vocabulo significa- 
ri ;” and this is not to be disregarded, nor 
is it destitute of etymological grounds ; 
see under 01° and 773.—The Cod. Sa- 
mar. reads D°2°8 the Emim or giants, 
and so Onkelos and Pseudo-Jonathan 
understand it. By a groundless con- 
jecture from the context, some of the 
Rabbins and modern versions render it 
mules. 

ΤΩ (dove, Arab. δπι,72, r. Ὁ"; 
comp. nis, τ. ji") Jemimah, pr. ἢ. of 
one of Job’s daughters, Job 42, 14. 


ΤΠ comm. gend. rarely masc. Prov. 
27, 16. Ex. 15, 6; constr. 1.85. R. 121. 
1. the right hand, as the pledge of 
good faith and as lifted up in swearing, 
2K.10,15. Is. 62,8. Lat. fidissima dex- 


a ie 
tra Valer. Flace. 5.65. Arab. ure? 


cpad) Bthiop. POV, Syr. LadaS, the 
right hand, the right.—Gen. 48, 8. 14, 
Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4. al. sep. Ps. 144, 8. 
11 "RY 185 DI" their right hand is a 
right hand of falsehood, deceit. Is. 62. 8 
the Lord hath sworn 3 2.2. by his right 
hand, (Comp. the Arabic oath ,yasg 


“9° 


ΧΑ by the right hand of Allah; whence 
ΟΥ̓Χ. fem. oath.) Is. 41, 10 Twill up- 
hold them ΡΣ 372"3 with my righteous 
right hand. Hence 43727 ΘΝ the man 
of thy right hand, whom thou sustainest, 
aidest, Ps. 80,18. So freq. "3 972) Ex. 
15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16; 1525 
γὴν Ps. 77, 11. ἃ]. Pleon, 43727) 5 
Ps, 74, 11.—The following constructions 
may be noted; a) On the right, at 
the right hand, is ἡ ὩΣ >2 Job 30, 12, 
yore 1K. 7, 39.4% Ὁ) On the right 
of any one, at the right hand of any 
person or thing, is ‘B }791 ἘΣ Ps. 109, 6. 
Zech. 4,11, 933 772" dx 1 Sam. 23, 24, 

B y72"> Ps. 109, 31. Is, 63, 12, Ἔ jx" 
Gen. 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, > 2.2 2 K. 23, 
13, Ἔ 7.8 2 Sam. 24, 5. 8. ¢) On or 
at the right hand, after verbs of motion, 
is 570"2 Neh. 12, 31, 1.85 > Zech. 12, 
6; of any one, Ἔ 185, as Ps. 110, 1 ae} 
"2°2"> sit thou on my right hand. ἃ) 
To or towards the right hand, is 7772" >> 
2 Sam. 2,19. Is. 9, 19, ΕΝ Ez. 1, 
10, 72571 Gen, 13, 9; xen ἡ": Is. 54, 3, 
Zech. 12, 3. So 70" chiefly in shinee: 
doy ix 1.2 ΓΙῸ Num. 20, 17. 22, 26. 
1 Sam: 6, 12, and ἘΠ iN p37 TAD, to 
turn to the right or to the left, Deut. 2, 
27. 17,20. Josh. 1,7. 23, 6.—Further in 
the phrases: aa) To stand or be at 
one’s right hand, i. q. to aid, to assist 
any one, Ps. 16, 8. 109, 31. 110, 5. Is. 
63,12. bb) To sit on the right hand 
of the king, as the highest place of hon- 
our, 6. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2,19. 
Ps, 45, 10; of one beloved of the king 
and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110, 
1, where see the Commentators. Comp. 
Heb. 8,1. Jos. Ant. 6.11.9. Elsewhere 
too the right hand is the place of honour, 
to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12. 
cc) To take or hold the right hand of 
any one, i. 4. to sustain. to aid, Ps.’73, 
23. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1. 


2. the right, i. e. the right side, part,’ 


quarter ; comp. Ἢ" signifying both hand 
and side. In the genit. after other nouns 
it expresses the adj. right ("72"), as pid 
ya the right leg Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 8, 
25; “525 WU his right thigh Judg. 3, 
16. 21; jr" ἸΣ ΟΞ all your right eyes 
1 Sam. 11, 2; also 2% 2 his right 
hand Gen. 48, 17. Judg. "3, 15. 20, 16; 


403 


» 


"3997 ‘5 my right hand Ps. 73, 23. Jer. 
22, 24; ὈΣ 35 59 their right hand for 
their right hands Judg.7, 20, comp. i278 
Ps. 17, 10 their mouth for their mouths. 
—The right part or side seems also to 
be put for the right place, the proper 
and legitimate position ; Ecc. 10,2 a wise 
man’s heart is ὩΣ at his right, ie. 
in its right and proper place, is itself 
right ; but a fool’s heart is at his left, 
i. e. in the wrong place, perverse. 

3. the South, the southern quarter, see 
in "iM& no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89,13. Acc. 
j723 in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23, 
19 jo" 572% on the south of the de- 
sert. v. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5. 

4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness, 
since the right hand was of good omen ; 


8 
hence Arab. 9 to be happy, up 
happiness. So in the pr. name }°2733 


ᾳ. v- p. 142.—Hence 

5. Jamin, pr. n. m. i. ᾳ. Felix. a) A 
son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24. 
b) 1Chr. 2,27. c) Neh. 8, 7.—Hence 


"22? Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n. 
j727, Num. 26, 12. 


"271 1. Adj. ig. "224, right, not 
left, only 2 Chr. 3,17 Cheth. Ez. 4,6 
Cheth. 

2, ὩΣ ΓἼΞ and ellipt. 225, Benja- 
mite ; gentile n. from Ἴ 223 q. v. p. 142. 


8279? and 272? (whom God makes 
full, r. 59) Imlah, pr. n. of the father of 
the prophet Micaiah, 1K. 22, 8. 9. 


22 (whom God makes king, τ. 723) 
Jamlech, pr. n. of a phylarch or chief in 
the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34. 


᾿ Dv" obsol. root. I. i. ᾳ. 025 and 
man to make a noise, to rage and roar, 
as the billows of the ocean. Hence Ὁ" 
sea. 

II. i. gq. O19, M21, to be warm, hot, as 
the day, whence Syr. [Eokes day-time ; 
comp. in ἘΠ. Trop. of desire, love; 
whence "7" dove, as pr. n. 


* va" in Kal not used, kindr. with 
ΝΣ to be firm, also to be faithful. 
Hence 81 the right hand, as the pledge 
of good faith, etc. 

Hie. 70" and ἼΔΩ 2 Sam. 14, 19, 
denom. from 47727. 


2.2" 


1. to use the right hand, (opp. Ῥπ 29.) 
part. plur. 5929272 right-handed 1 Chr. 
12, 2. 

2. to take the right, to turn to the right, 
Gen. 13,9. Is. 30,21. Ez. 21, 21. So 
proverb. to turn to the right or left of any 
thing, i. q. to evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19.— 


“Arab. cue and cee a dextra acces- 
sit. τ 

Deriv. 181 see Kal, "2°35, ἸΏ, 
perh. 82"M; also the two following. 


8 
ΓΙ 2 (good fortune, i. q. Rigs) Jim- 
nah, pr.n.m. a) A son of Asher, Gen. 
46,17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7,3. b) 2 
Chr. 31, 14. 


"279" adj. (τ. 722) £ M"ID4, right, not 
left, Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1K. 6, 8. ah.— 
The form is as if from a subst. 72), 


ya the right side. 


3:27 (whom God keeps back, r. 322) 
Imnah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 


8 Va" in Kal not used, i. q. “9, to 
change, to alter, intrans. Hence 

Hien. "2" to change trans. to ex- 
change, Jer. 2,11; where several Mss. 
read "7727 from r. "47. 

Hirup. 72°00 to change oneself with 
any one, i. 6. ἴο substitute oneself for him, 
to take the place of any one. Comp. 
Arab. Joy to change, to exchange ; 
Conj. V, to take the place of any one.— 
Is. 61, 6 ἜΞΩ T5532 in their splen- 
dour ye shall take their place, i. e. pos- 
sess it in their stead. So Saadias and 
Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr. 
‘in their splendour shall ye glory,’ as if 
ig. VENnn. 


M72" (refractory, r. 2) Imrah, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 


* W'S" i. gq. Wr2, to feel, to touch, in 
Kal not used. 

Hien. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. "swan, 
read ΓΙ, let me feel, touch, 


Ἧ ria” fat. m2", part. f. M2, to be vio- 
lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea 
being that of heat, so that 4° is kindr. 
with 7° to boil up, and also with Ὁ, 
ὉΠ, 25, see in D1°.—Part. fem. Zeph. 
3, 1 ΠΡῚΝ Dh the violent or oppressing 
city, Elsewhere as an epithet of the 


404, 


p>" 


sword, 431° 39M the cruel, the oppressing 
sword, sword of violence, Jer. 46, 16. 50, 
16; and without 297 id. Jer. 25, 38 jin 
mit the wrath of the cruel sc. sword, 
where the epithet is put for the thing 
itself, as Schnurrer well; or perhaps, 
with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. it 
ought to read 42753 297.—With an ac- 
cus. Ps. 74,872 6272 let us malireat 
them all, destroy them. 

Hip. πὴ, fat. m3", to treat with 
violence, to maltreat, to oppress ; with 
acc. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8; the 
Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26; espec. of the 
rich and noble as oppressing the poor, 
widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22, 20. 
Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23,17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez. 
18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29; of fraud and 
overreaching in buying and selling Lev. 
25, 14.17. With ace. of pers. and 12, 
to thrust out of a possession by violence, 


to dispossess, Ez. 46,18. Chald. Aph. 


“i id. 
M29 (rest, quiet, r. 42) Janoah, pr. ἢ. 
of a place on the confines of Ephraim 


and Manasseh, 2 K. 15, 29.. With π 
local Hmm Josh. 16, 6. 7. 


D727 (slumber, r. 692) Josh. 15, 53 
Cheth. for which Keri has 0525 (flight, 
r. 093) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Judah. 


O52) Janus, see in BAD. 


*Ti2" a spurious root, assumed for 
Hiph. "in. But see M2 Hiph. 


P12) fig. MRI", @ sucker, sprout, 
Ez. Uy 4. It has the nie, form but ac- 
tive power. Chald. p37, pit, suckling, 
R. 5". 

ν p>” fut. P27 to suck ; Chald. 9", 
Syr. ail, Sam. RII id. Absol. Job 
3, 12; pr. to suck the mother’s breast, 
ὁ. ace. Cant. 8,1, Joel 2,16; but also 
other things, as Job 20, 16 he sucketh the 
poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60,16 thou 
shalt suck the milk of the nations, and 
shalt suck the breast of kings, i.e. thou 
shalt be made rich with the wealth of 
nations and kings. Deut. 33,19 SY "> 
spo) O°" for they shall suck the abun- 
dance of the seas, i. e. of nations beyond 
the sea. Is. 60, 11, 12,—Parr. P27 a) 


a suckling, sucking child, (Syr. jou, 


12)" 


Lai ,) Num. 11,12. Deut. 32,25. 1Sam. 
15, 3. 22, 19. Is. 11,8. Jer. 44,7. Ps. 8, 
3. 8]. More fully oF) "p35 Joel 2, 16. 
b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing 
the sap from the parent stock, Is. 53, 2. 
More frequent in this sense is fem, MP3", 
Job 8,16. 14, 7. 15, 80, Plur. mp2” 
Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12. 

Hips. p24 also p12 Lam. 4, 3, to 
give suck, to suckle, as a mother her in- 
fant, Gen. 21,7. Ex. 2,7. 9, 1 Sam. 1, 
23; also of animals, Lam. 4, 3; absol. 
mip 272 (camels) giving suck, milch- 
camels, Gen. 32,16. Trop. to cause to 
suck sweet things, i. e. to give to taste, 
to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13.—Parr. fem. 
ΤΏ Ex. 2,7, ὁ. suff. impy2 2 K. 11, 2, 
giving suck, as subst. a wet-nurse. Plur. 
mip2"2 Is. 49, 23. 

Deriv. R737. 


FI" m. once FW Is. 34, 11, an un- 
clean bird, prob. a water or marsh fowl 
Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14,16; frequenting 
deserts or marshes, Is. ].c. Sept. and 
Vulg. render it ibis, i. e. the Egyptian 
heron; Chald. and Syr. the owl, which 
also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281 
sq. and supposes it to be derived from 
ΠΩΣ twilight. Most prob. some species 
of heron or crane is to be understood, 
whose cry resembles the blowing of a 
horn or trumpet, as the ardea stelluris or 
bitiern, the ardea agami or trumpeter- 
bird, or the common crane, etc. and this 
is supported by the etymology from 9%: 
to blow. In the list of unclean birds in 
Lev. 1. c. this bird is followed by the 
mooim, derived from the similar verb 
bw) i. gq. ῶϑ. 


“TS? inf. with pref. tio" Is. 51, 6, 
“ond 2 Chr, 31, 7 (as if from 1b), ς 
suff. "10" Job 38, 4; pr. to set, to place, 
to seat, comp. Niph. no. 1, and ‘id 
seat. The primary monosyllabic root is 
Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. sed-ere, Goth. 
sat-jan to put, Engl. to set; the same 
root with harder letters is Heb, m3, 
Gr. στάω, ἵστημι, and with softer letters 
Gr. ἐδ-- (ἕζομαι). Arab. wg i is spec. to 
put or place under, e. g. a cushion, pil- 
low. —Hence 

1. to set, i.e. to place, put, lay the foun- 
dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a 


405 


"2" 


building Ezra 3,12; ἃ city Is. 54, 11. 
(Comp. Ὁ Is. 42, 4. 44,7; τοῦ 1 Sam. 
2,8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel; in 
Kal mostly poet. of God as founding the 
heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89, 
12. 104, 5, Job 38,4. Is. 48,13. Zech. 
12,1. Am, 9,6 F707 yy 55. Inga and 
hath founded his vault upon the earth, 
i.e. the vault of the heavens as appa- 
rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2. 
—Of a heap, fo lay down sc. the bottom, 
2 Chr. 31, 7. 

2. to set, i. 6. to appoint, to assign sc. a 
place to any one (comp. Ὁ“ Ὁ Ex. 21, 13). 
Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go 
down valleys, DIY? HIO? Ny DIP~">N wnto 
the place that thou hast appointed for 
them. So of a people, Is. 23, 13 lo the 
land of the Chaldeans ; this ‘people till 
now was not, D*X> MIO WEN Assyria 
appointed it for dwellers in the desert, 
i. e. for the Chaldeans; see Comment. 
on Is. ad loc. Hence to appoint or con- 
stitute for some specific purpose, Hab. 
1,12 im7o1 m31N> for chastisement hast 
thou appointed them sc. the Chaldeans, 
i.e. hast called them forth; parallel 
imate eata>. 

3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152. 
Comp. =" Gen. 47, 26, also Gr. γομο- 


ϑ της. 
ΝΙΡΗ. 30732 1. to be settled, seated 
down, i.e. a) to settle in a land, Ex. 9, 


18 in Egypt Ὁ Din ya> since the 
day of their settling in it until now, i. 6. 
since the Egyptians settled down in the 
land. b) to sit down together for con- 
sultation ; hence to consult, to take coun- 
sel together, with >> against any one 
Ps. 2, 2. 31, 14. 

2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44, 8. 

Piet 707 1. to set, place, lay, e. g. 
a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16; to found 
an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city 
Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 APIOM 17533 with 
his first-born (i.e. with the loss of him, 
2 of price) shall he lay its foundation, 
Also acc. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31).— 
Trop. Ps. 8, 3 out of the mouth of babes 
and hickitage τῷ MIO" hast thou founded 
for thee praise, glory ; so Arabic writers 
compare glory to an editice firmly found- 
ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad ἢ. 1. 
Thesaur. p. 602. 

2. to set, i. 6. to appoint, to constitute 


"Ὁ" 


for any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to 
set fast, i.e. to prescribe, to ordain, c. 
>> Esth. 1, 8. 

Pua to be founded, e. g. columns 
Cant. 5,15; the temple 1 K. 6, 37. Ezra 
3, 6. Hage. 2,18. Zech. 8, 9; with an 
ace. of material, as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10. 

Hopnu. i.g. Pual. Inf. 1057 ‘the.being 
founded, subst. foundation, Ezra 3, 11. 
2 Chr. 3,3. Part. θη (Dag. euphon.) 
Sounded, Is. 28, 16 Ἴθι 4052 a founda- 
tion founded, i. e. firm, sure; comp. En 
wens Ps. 64, 7, bay Sve Ex. 12, 9. 

Deriv. the dices ‘next fallastiniy, and 
tid , To, ‘IO, MIO, IO2, pr. ἢ. Tid. 

“ΠΣ m. foundation, metaph. begin- 
ning, Ezra 7,9. R. 0". 

"ΟΣ m. foundation, as of an altar Ex. 
29, 12. Lev. 4,7. 8,15. 9,9; of a build- 
ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet. 
Soundation of the sea, the ground or 
bottom on which it rests, the depths, 
Hab. 3, 13; see in ἌΝΕΣ _R. ]—Plur. 
p77" Mie. 1, 6, and miton Lam. 4, 11; 
also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp. 
ming. R. 103. 


ΤΊΤΟΣ αὶ foundation, Ps. 87,1. R. 70%. 


NO? m. (1.04) a corrector, reprover, 
eensurer, verbal subst. of the form "423. 
Job 40, 2 [39, 32] “ies "W-n> 355 con- 
tending shall the reprover of God contend 
with the Almighty? 3° is here inf. absol. 
from 3" instead of the finite verb (comp. 
Judg. 11, 25 dx yt ὩΣ 34 =4n, where 
the finite verb is added), and to "ἴθ" 
then corresponds in the other hemistich 
mide msi, comp. Prov. 9,7. The sin- 
gle words of this clause have often been 
correctly explained, (see for "id" Junius 
and Tremellius, and for the form 25 
Aben Ezra and Kimchi,) but I have 


found no one who has rightly appre-. 


hended the whole sense. The above 
interpretation was proposed in former 
editions, and has been adopted by Um- 
breit, Winer, De Wette, but neglected 
by Rosenmiiller. 

"10" (verbal of fut. τ. “HD, as 3°99 
from 3°73) departing, one who departs ; 
Jer. 17, 13 Cheth. "80" those departing 
ἊΣ me. Keri %°0. 


"yer a doubtful root, i. q. 99 10 pour, 
but intrans. to be poured, comp. B30 and 


406 


50° 
bits; once Ex. 30, 32 δι 8d it shall 


not be poured, Pacbees it should read 
0" Hoph. of FAS. 


20° (she looks abroad, τ. M20) Iscah, 
pr. n. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29. 


, W399 (whom Jehovah upholds, τ. 
τ Ismachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 81, 18, 


* gO" in Kal and Hiph. both of which 
are defective, thus: Pret. 50", rarely 
Poin 2 K. 20, 6. Eee. 1, 16; Inf. prin; 
Imper. twice 550 Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21, 
though this form can be referred to 
MO; Fut. 5°71", apoc. HOM, in pause 
ὩΟ Job 40, 32, poim->y Prov. 30, 6, 
and by a wrong orthography 908" Ex. 
5, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 29 (as vice versa 90%", 
mo*, from FON q. v.) convers. FO; 
Part. O41" for 50%" Is. 29, 14. 38, 5, plur. 
prBoT" Deut. δ, 22; also Ὡ" Ὁ] Neh. 
13, 18. 

1. to add, Syr. and Chald. Aph. dix, 
sue]. The primary idea seems to be 
that of scraping, scraping together, like 
kindr. BO, comp. 530.—With accus. of 
the thing added and ἘΣ of that to which 
it is added, Lev. 5, 16 ὩΣ ineean-rR} 
1°32 and shall add. the fifth part of it 
thereto. Lev. 22,14. 27,13sq. Deut. 19, 
9; bx 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ‘nee 
cus. of the thing nddedé is omitted, Deut. 
13,1 [12, 32] sya S93 NDI by rome 
thow shalt neither add thereto nor di- 
minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov. 
30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14.—Hence 

2. to add to, i. e. to increase, to en- 
large, comp. French ajouter ἃ. With >3 
Ps..71, 14 yn bnm-ba-by smpoin) J will 
add to, increase, all thy praise ; comp. 
Lat. ‘detrahere (aliquid) de laudibus 
alic. Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; 5 Ez. 
23, 14; > Is. 26, 15; ace. aes 19, 25. 
Job 49, 10 sing neig-bo-ry mins Ὁ. 
ποθ: Ὁ and Jehovah increased twofold 
all that Job had. Ece. 1, 18. Prov. 9, 9. 
16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. τὰ 29, 10. Im- 
pers. Prov. 9,11 by me mine ab Ὁ" 
pn shall they increase the years of thy 
life, i. e. thy years shall be increased; 
comp. Heb. Gr. § 134. 3.--- ΤῸ increase 
any thing ¢o any one, is sometimes i. q. 
to give more, as Ps. 120,3 “M35 ΠΣ nen 
mea pwd yb moh τοὶ αὐ giveth to thee 
and what giveth more (adds to give) to 


mo" 
thee thy false tongue? i.e. what doth thy 
false tongue profit thee ? comp. Lev. 26. 
21. Ez. 5,16. Elsewhere to increase 
is also i. q. fo surpass, to exceed, as 
2 Chr. 9,6 myxowiey 52 MBO? thou ex- 
ceedest (hast added ‘to) the fame that I 
heard ; comp. 1 Καὶ. 10, 7. So Ece. 1, 
16. 2, 9. 

3. to add to do any thing, with infin. 
either simply or with pref. 5; more 
rarely followed by a finite verb with or 
without the copula, Proy. 23, 35. Is. 52, 
1. Hos.1,6. Hence a) i.g.todo again, 
another time, so that it may be express- 
ed in Engl. by the adverb again. Gen. 
4,2 35> 59mm) and again she bare. 8,10. 
12. 18, 29 "39 iv HO% and he spake 
yet again. 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28.29. Ὁ) to 
do further, longer ; to continue to do any 
thing. Gen. 4, 12 93 AMS"mm OAS 
the ground shall no longer yield to thee 
her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12. 
1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47, 1. 6) to 
do the more ; Gen. 37,5 S24 Tis ἼΘῸ 151 
InN and they hated him yet the more. v. 
8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34—Some- 
times the action which is thus to be 
repeated or continued is not directly 
expressed, but is implied in the pre- 
ceding words. Job 20,9 85) smpt) 772 
FON the eye saw him, but shall not add 
se, #82, i. e. shall see him no more. 34, 
32 if Ihave done iniquity, I will (do it) 
no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11, 6 such 
as was never before ΠΝ Ὁ 23) 56. 
nitnd, and such as never more shall be. 
Num. ΤΙ, 25 and when the spirit rested 
upon them they prophesied, "ΒΙῸΣ 82} sc. 
wa2nm> but never again or more after 
that day ; ; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here 
belongs also the phrase: B"F7>x ΓΙΌΣ Ἢ nS 
foi M55 God do so and so add to do, 
i. 6. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44. 

Nips. 9013 1. to be added, ο. ἘΞ Num. 
36,3.4. Reflex. to join oneself Ex. 1, 10. 

2. to be increased, i. e. intrans. to in- 
crease, (0 grow, 6. g. in wealth, Prov. 11, 
24. Part. mipois Is. 15, 9 additions, 
accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new 
calamities. 

Deriv. pr. names 90%", HOI, MDOT, 


50° Chald. in Kal not used. Hops. 
inthe Hebrew manner FEA Lo be added, 
Dan. 4, 33. 


407 > 


*"D° rarely found in Kal, fut. c. suff. 
BIEN Hos. 10, 10; part. "o> Prov. 9, 7. 
Ps. 94, 10. Elsewhere with the same 
sense : 

Pret "97, fut. "027, inf. HO Lev. 26, 
18, Vid? Ps. 118, 18, 

1. to chastise or chasten, to correct, to 
punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18, 
1 K. 12, 11. 14 my father chastened you 
with whips. Espec. of children as cor- 
rected by their parents, Prov. 19, 18. 29, 
17; of men as chastened of God, Lev. 
26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38,2. 39, 12. 118,18. 
Jer. 2,19. 10, 24.—Eth. 2UJZ, to chas- 
tise, to reprehend, to instruct; the pala- 
tal ° being changed into the harder 3. 

2. to chaslen with words, i.e. a) to 
admonish, to exhort, Prov. 9,7. Job 4, 3 
(comp. Hos. 7, 15). Ps. 16,7 mid*b-px 
smitb> "23707 also by night my reins ad- 
monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With 
2 to admonish or dehort from any thing, 
Is. 8,11. Often of the admonition and 
discipline which parents give to child- 
ren, Deut. 21,18; or which God bestows 
on men, Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12. 
b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 98, 26 
as qin wy peed en he doth instruct 
him according to the right, his God doth 
teach him. With two acc. Prov. 31, 1. 
—It is often coupled with M31n, which 
differs from “9° only as it primarily de- 
notes a milder discipline consisting in 
admonition and confutation, and is trans- 
ferred to the severer which employs 
blows and punishment ; while the latter 
is used pr. of the severer discipline, and 
trop. of that which is milder. Like the 
former is also Gr. παιδεύειν, Germ. ziich- 
tigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erziehen; 
like the latter, Heb. 7725. 

Hiren. i. ᾳ. Kal and Piel ; once DI"D7% 
Hos. 7, 12. 

Nipu. "042 to be chastened, admonish- 
ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jer. 6, 8. 
31, 18; c. 3 Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19. 

Nirupa. 19033 Ez. 23, 48, to be in- 
structed ; for sAOIN3, see Biokri p- 249. 
Yet the common dnaloiy would be pre- 
served by giving it the vowels of Niph. 
as 39013. 

Deriv. “ids, NoMa, "OR. 


9? m. (Ὁ. 932) plur. 937 μιά 
removing ashes, mentioned among the 


ao" 


furniture of the altar. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. 
Num. 4, 14. 1 K. 7, 40. 45. al. Vulg. 
JSorceps.—In Arab. several nouns deriv- 
ed from the root signify vessel ; 
but the Arabic usage in this root seems 
nevertheless to have differed from the 
Hebrew. 


7222 (he causes pain, r. 722) Jabez, 
pr.n. a) A man 1 Chr. 4, 9. 10, where 
the name is so explained. Ὁ) A place 
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55. 


Ξ az. fut. 13% 1. to point out, to ap- 
point, to fix, to or for any one, with >; 
espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam. 
20, 5; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9.— 
Arab. AL», to point out beforehand, 
sc. good, but also evil; III, to appoint 
a time or place. The primary idea is 
that of commanding ; kindr. are Y2?, 
te, q.v. Arab. ἃ 

2. to fi upon as a wife or concubine, 
to betroth, with acc. and > Ex. 21, 8. 9. 

Nien. 1212 1. Reflex. to meet with 
any one at an appointed place, by ap- 
pointment, with > Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42. 43. 
30, 6. 36; bx Num. 10, 4. 

2, Rotipe. to meet together at an ap- 
pointed time and place, by appointment, 
Neh. 6, 2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3, 3. Also 

3. Genr. to come together, to assemble, 
Josh. 11,5. 1 K. 8, 5. Ps. 48,5; with ἘΣ 
against any one, of conspirators Num. 
14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3. 

Hipu. 254, to cause or appoint to 
meet at a certain time and place, espec. 
before a tribunal, to cite before a court, 
to arraign,c. acc. Job 9, 19 "27379 72 
who shall arraign me? Jer. 49, 19. 50, 
44. 

Hopu. 1. to be fixed, set, Jer. 24, 1. 

2. to be turned, directed, of the face, 
Ez. 21, 21. 

Deriv. ΓΘ, ἼΤΩ, ST, MIS", and 
pr. names M317, A733, and 

S392 2 Chr. 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth. 
337) Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere ‘3 Jddo, 
q. ν. 

*T19" ἅπαξ λεγόμ. to snatch away, to 
sweep away; Is. 28,17 ΠΌΤ W332 ST) 


513 and the hail shall sweep away the 
refuge of lies. Vulg. subvertet, Saad. 


Som abripiet.—Arab, (559 10 collect ; 


408 


Pa 


IV, to lay up; but the primary idea 
seems to be that of snatching, which is 
applied both to snatching or scraping 
together and to snatching away ; comp. 
RON, F197, FID, MEO. 


os? (perh. treasured of God, from 
the Arab. see in σ᾿ M3") Jeuel, pr. ἢ, m. 
1 Chr. 9, 6.—Elsewhere byast is found 
only in Chethibh, where Keri has DNAS, 
as: a) The founder or restorer of αἷς 
beon, 1 Chr. 9,35. 8) A military offi- 
cer of David, ib. 11,44. ὁ) Ascribe of 
Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 11. d) ib. 29, 13, 
e) Ezra 8, 13. 


79? (counselling, verbal fut. r. 732) 
Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 8, 10. 


AP? see in WS7. 


py plur. woods, fores/s, 1. q. B13", 
Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See "37 no. 2. 


WAY? (to whom God hastens, r. Way) 
Jeush, pr.n. 8) A son of Esau, Gen. 
36, 18; for which Wz" vv. 5. 14 Cheth, 
b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19. 
c)1Chr. 7, 10. d) ib. 8, 39. e) ib.. 
23, 10. 


Ὁ ΤΣ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 133 
to be strong, firm, robust ; see in V3". 

Nipu. Is. 33, 19 Τῷ 2 ἘΣ α firm people, 
i. e. fierce, obstinate, sc. the Assyrians. 
So Symm. ἀγαιδής shameless, Vulg. im- 
pudens. 


281P? (whom God consoles, from r. 
(sye to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. m, 1 


Chr. 15, 18; for which v. 20 5x13. 


ΤΡῚΣ (whom Jehovah consoles, see 
preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
24, 26. 27. 


“39> and ΤΣ 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31 
(whom God helps, τ. "32) Jazer, pr. ἢ. 
of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor- 
der of the Ammonites, and for a long 
time subject to Moab ; Num. 21, 32. 32, 
1. 3. 35. Josh. 13, 25. 21, 37. Is. 16, 8.9. 
The sea of Jazer, 332 > Jer, 48, 32, is 
of doubtful authority. as no such sea is 
known to exist; see Comment. on Is. 
16, 8. Gr. Ἰαζήρ 1 Mace. 5, 8—Comp. 
Eusebius de locis Heb. voc. Ἰαζήρ. Re- 
land Palest. p. 825. It was perh. situa- 
ted where now are found the ruins ’Ain 
Hazir, or those of Sér or Sir ; Burckh, 


op" 


Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in 
Zach’s Monatl. Corr, XVIIL. p. 429, 430. 


* OD" a root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. gq. MBP lo 
clothe Is. 61, 10. 

D2” Chald. i. q. Heb. 73%, fo counsel. 
Part. ὍΤ᾽ cownsellor of the king, plar. c. 
suff, Wine? Ezra 7, 14. 15. 

Irup. to consult together, Dan. 6, 8. 

Deriv. 8o>. 


DMD (i. α. dNIV) Jeiel, Jehiel, see 
Keri in 5x33". Elsewhere: a) A prince 
of Reuben 1 Chr. 5,7. b) A Levite 
ib. 15, 18. 21. 16, 5. 2 Chr./20; 14. ¢) 
2 Chr. 35,9. ἀ) Ezra 10, 43. 


ἜΣ (whom God awakes, τ. 49) Jair, 
pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri; in 
Cheth. is "439. In the parallel passage 
2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of 
it ὈΠῸΝ "IS" (forests of the weavers); 
but D°25N is prob. repeated from the 
following O°29& “i320 by an error of 
transcription. 


DP? see in Ws" lett. a. 


327 (afflicted, τ. 133) Jachan, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 


* op" in Kal not used: 1. fo go up, 
to ascend, to rise above, kindr. with ΓΒ», 


Arab. hes to rise above, to ascend a 
mountain, to stand upon the summit, 


2 
des eminent, noble, a prince. Hence 
>3> rock-goat, ibex. 

2. to be eminent, to have worth, to be 
profitable ; comp. >3° in the compound 
>g°>a, and see Hiph. 

Hips. 23101. 10 be of use, to profit, 
to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11,4. Jer. 2, 
SADdM TINS VIN they go after those 
that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols. 
1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab, 2, 18. 
With dat. of pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 32; 
or of thing, Job 30, 13 85935 "Md they 
help my fall. With suff. 4x>°27> Is. 57, 
12. 


_ 2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit, 
from any thing. Job 21, 15 d*zis-m2 
what profit should we have, etc. 15; 3 


words ba >>3i7 Xd by which he is not 


profited. 35, 3. Is. 47, 12. 48, 17. Jers 
12, 13. 

Deriv, the two following. 
35 


409 


= 


52? m. plur. b"53" constr."539 1, the 
wild or mountain goat, ibex, Germ. Slein- 


bock, Arab. des and dss. Ps. 104, 18. 
Job 39,1. ΘΠ ΝΠ ὍΣ the rocks of the 
wild goats, situated in the desert of En- 
gedi, 1 Sam. 24, 3, See Bochart Hie- 
roz. P, I. p. 915 sq. 

2. Jael, pr.n. a) A judge in Israel 
before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6. 
b) The wife of Heber the Kenite, who 
slew Sisera, Judg. 4,17. 18. 5,24. Some 
suppose the same to be meant in Judg. 
5, 6. 

N97 see next art. no. 2. 


ΤΣ fem. of the preced. 1. a wild 
she-goat, the female thex; Prov. 5, 19 
WM Moz" the graceful ibex, an epithet for 
a lovely woman. The Arabs say pro- 
verbially dest uw {more beau- 
tiful than the ibex, Bochart Hieroz. I. 
899. 
2. Jaalah, pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2,56; 
written 8295 Neh. 7, 58. 

B23" (hidden, τ᾿ vt) Jaalam, pr. n. 
of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5. 14. 


#95 τιν f 
jz, obsol. root, Syr. Ethpa. <4 
to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious, 
si greedy, voracious. Hence 3°, 
M234, ostrich. 


322 (for M22", τ᾿ 439 I. no. 4) pr. subst... 
purpose, intent,aim. But it everywhere: 
passes over into a particle, viz. 

1. Preposit. with a subst. on account’ 
of, because of, propter, Ez. δ, 9. Hagg.. 
1, 9. With inf. Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7; 
13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7. 16, 36. al. 

2. Conjunct. "8x 727 because that; be-- 
cause, Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22: 1K. 
3, 11. al. So less freq. "> j>9 Num. 11, 
20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed’ 
by a preter. With fut. “Ox ἸΣῪ to the: 
intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12.— 
With “ts impl. i.e. 539 alone as:‘Con- 
junct. because, with pret. Nam. 20, 12. 
1 K. 20; 42. 2 K. 22,19. al. Thrice it is’ 
repeated emphat. j9735 Ἰ5Ὺ because, even 
because, Lev. 26, 43.-Ez. 13,10; and 
without copula 1553 15} Ez. 36,3. Comp. 

> m. (τ. 72%) the ostrich, the -male;. 
so called from its greediness.and’ glut 


"5: 
tony ; once in plur. ἘΠῚ Lam. 4,3 Keri, 
and there prob. ἐπικοένως, detindhan. Sept. 
ὡς στρουϑίον, Vulg. sicut struthio. Com- 


pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17.—Much 
more frequent is 


22” fem. of the preced. the female 
ostrich, (for the form comp. 59 fem. 
MP9, not M>3s%,) always coupled with 
M3, i. e. MIPw na the daughter of the os- 
Wich: i.e. the female ostrich herself, see 
Béchait Hieroz. II. 230; opp. oonn 
the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 
14, 15.—Plur. 7337 ΓΞ, ἐπικοίγως for 
both sexes, Is. 13, 21. 34, 13. 43, 20. Jer. 
5, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29; in which 
passages they are said to inhabit the de- 
sert and to utter a plaintive ery. The 
Arabs also call the ostrich, mimo dis- 


tinction of sex, elas, RLS ig 


—Others derive 4327 from 22 "πὰ cry 
out, referring to the doleful cries of the 
ostrich. Others again without good 
reason render it an owl. 


"227 (for 97222, whom Jehovah an- 
swers, r. 923) Jaanai, pr. ἢ, τὰ. 1 Chr. 
5, 12. 


* 1D" Jer. 51, 58. 64, fat. 92, ΤΙΣ, 
to be wearied, faint, comp. 539, 522; 
either with running, Jer. 2,24 το ΡΞ 
SPP "-ND they that seek her will not be 
wearied. Is. 40, 30. 31; or also with se- 
vere labour, a 40, 28. Hab. 2, 13; and 
also thirst, Is. 44,12. Hence fo be wea- 
ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. Arab. 
WAS, to run swiftly; IV, to go with 
fatigue, to loll as a dog; I, IV, to look 
feeble. The primary idea seems to be 
that of breathing hard, panting, like one 
weary with running; so the syllL >, 
comp. 373, aX, s. 

_ Horn. part. wearied, faint, exhausted, 
Dan, 9, 21. 9372 ὩΣ wearied with a 
wearisome course, i. e long and swift 5 
comp. MEDIA no. 2. Sept. τάχει φερό- 
μενος. Others following Theod. Vulg. 
Syr. derive #99 from r. 552, and render 
it flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol- 
lowed by 52"2. 

Deriv. mipyin and the two following. 


52" m. wearied, faint, 15, 40, 29; of a 
people 50, 4. 


410 


ΕΙΣ. m. weariness, fatigue, from a swift 
course, Dan. 9, 21; see r. 523 Hoph. 


Ἢ 2" fat. 72"; for imper. is twice 
ΣΡ from τ. Yi, Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10; 
to consult, to advise, 1, 6. both to tale and 
give counsel. Phenic. 722 py" 8" coun- 
sellor of the king, Monum, Pheen. p: 152. 
Chald. =>? id. Arab. fas, to admon- 


ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native 
power of this reot is preb. to command, 
which is kindred to that of taking and 
giving counsel, of exhorting and pre-. 
dicting, comp. consul and consulo ;  al- 
though the ultimate primary idea seems: 
to be that of strength, firmness, power, 
which lies in the root 73, 19. Kindr. 
roots are: ΠΣ Τ᾽ to make firm, strong, to 


be firm, whence 73, Las, wood; Coane 


and |S to be firm, obstinate ; yas to 
be hard, firm, strong; also D3, j32; 


farther: 112, τς, DHH, to strengthen; 


+e, and SHH to command ; also 35 
q. v. The LXX express the native 
power of the root Ps. 32,8; where they 
render the Heb. "Ὁ τὴς Hye by 
ἐπιστηριῶ ἐπέ σε τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, pou.— 
Hence 

1. to consult, i. 6. to take counsel, to 
purpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 “tina 
ppm an ΧΡ as [have purposed (de- 
creed) so shall if stand. v. 27. With an 
acc. Nah. 1, 11 52°53 73> purposing de- 
struction. Ts. 32, 7.8. MED 737 to take 
counsel, ta purpose a purpose, fs. 8, 10. 
14, 26. Ez. 11,2. With infin. and - 
2 Chr. 25, 16; with by against any one 
Is. 7, 5. ¥9, 12.17. Jer. 49, 30; 8 Jere 


49, 30.—Sometinies’ δ coneult i. q. to 


devise, c. acc. Hab. 2, 10 thow hast con- 
sulled shame to thy house, hast devised 
it, prepared it by thy counsels. Mie. 6, 
5; with inf and > Ps. 62, 5. 

2. to counsel, 3. 6. to advise, to give 
counsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15¥ 
with ace. of counsel MED Po? ib. 16, 23. 
17, 7. Prov. 12, 20; with ὃν against 
any one 2 Sam. 17, 21; followed by a 
whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers.. 
Job 26,3; for which is put ἃ suffix Ex. 
18, 19. 1K. 1,12. 12, 8. 13. 2 Chr. 10,8. 
Jer. 38, 15.—Spec. a) Of God as coun- 


pr 


selling, admonishing, and persuading 
men, by the law and prophets; Ps. 16,7 
1 bless the Lord "3427 ΩΝ who giveth me 
counsel sc. to abstain from idolatry, comp. 
v.4-6.. Pregn. Ps, 32,8 9292 4722 EDI 
1 will counsel thee and keep mine eye 
upon thee, will be propitious to thee; 
see in 72>. Others, refer this to the 
psalmist, comp. Jer. 38,15. b) Of fature 
things, to advise, to advertise, to predict, 
Num. 24, 14; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab. 
.—Hence 


Part. y>%" as Subst. α counsellor, ad- 
viser, Prov. 11, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr. 
25,16. Ezra4,5. Espec. a king’s coun- 
sellor, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra 
7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24. 25. ὄ595 yor 
the king’s counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr. 
22, 4. ΒΒ. 7x91" Is. 19, 11. Also 
ΤῊΝ yw Job 3, 14 and "79 “18. 1, 26. 
comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief 
men (q. ἃ, consuls) of a state or city; 
and so simpl. yi" Is, 3, 3. Job 12, 17. 
In 15. 9,5 73%" is one of the attributes of 
the Messiah, as mighty in counsel.— 
Fem. nx" a female counsellor to evil, 
2 Chr. 22, 3. 

Nipn. 73%) 1. Reflex. to let oneself 
be counselled, advised ; Part. y3%3 q, d. 
well advised Prov. 13, 10. 

2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to- 
gether ; spoken of several, often with 
"gmt. Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 1M 33 Assi 
they have covisuilted together with one 
heart, mind. Is. 45,21. Neh. 6,7. Of 
one. 1 K. 12, 28. With ©», to consult 
with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3; 
with mx (MS) id. Is. 40,14. 1K. 12, 6.8, 
Also with ὃν , spoken of ἃ king consult- 
ing with his servants and giving them 
his commands, 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr. 20, 21. 

3. to decide after consultation, to coun- 
sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6.9 D°¥%) AX ΓΙῸ 
what do ye advise? what is the result 
of your deliberation? 2 Chr. 10,6. With 
inf. and > 2 Chr. 30, 23, 

Hrernpa. i. q. Niph. no. 2. Ps, 83, 4. 

Deriv. ΠΕΡ, M3272. 


Apy" (heel-catcher, supplanter, lier- 
jn-wait, τ. SP, comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27. 
36. Hos. 12, 4,) pr. n. Jacob, the young- 
est. of the twin sons of Isaac, called also 
Israel, 5870", the founder of the Israel- 
itish nation, Gen. c. 25-50; hence "5x 


411 "3" 


aP21 the. God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, Is. 
2, 3, Ps. 20, 2;.and so prob. Ps, 24, 6. 
where "!>8 seems to have been dropped 
in transcribing. Also 3p23 "2 the house 
or family of Jacob, poet. for the people 
of Israel, i. q. ben, bene ὍΣ, Ex. 
19, 3. [8.2, 5. 6 ‘Am. 3, 13; ‘and. simpl, 
ap" id. Num. 23, 7. Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6. 
9.. al. Blsewhere put fan. the whole 
people regarded as one individual, e. g. 
Is, 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30,10, Obad. 10. al 
Put also later, like Israel, for the king- 
dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos. 
12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17,4; as likewise 
afterwards for the one remaining king- 
dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3. 

ΤΡΙΣῚ (id.) Jaakobah, Jacobah, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 


TE? see ἸῺΣ. 

* "2° obsol. root i. q. Arab. ,ἕ +9 Pr. 
to boil up and over ; then to be redun- 
dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy 
or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the 
two following: 


_ 122 τὰ; 6. suff. "37, with He local 
m937 Josh..17, 15. Plur. B39 Ez. 39, 
10; mins" Ps. 29, 9. 

1. redundance or overflowing of honey, 
the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or 
dropping of its own accord from the 
combs, which the Greeks and Romans 
call ἄκητον μέλι, mel acetum, (Plin. H.N. 
15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully ΠΣ" 
W373 1 Sam. 14, 27, from the fem. form 
m33. Some have wrongly rendered it 
favus mellis, which signifies honey- 
comb, i. e. the cells in which the honey is 
contained ; comp. Ovid. Fast. 4. 152 ‘ ex- 
pressis mella liquata favis.’ It is rather 
i. ᾳ. S°BA¥ MED dropping of the honey- 
combs, Germ. Honigseim, i. e. liquid 
honey, Ps. 19, 11. 

2. a thicket of trees, so called from the 
exuberance, luxuriousness of trees and 


shrubs. Syr. |S thicket of briers, Arab. 


5 rugged tract, whence the verb law) 


to be rugged, difficult of passage.—ls. 


21, 13. Ez. 21,2.3. Hence genr. a wood, 
forest, Deut. 19, δ. Josh. 17, 15. 18. al. 
sep. DN] "2 {7668 of the forest Ps, 96, 
12. Is. 44, 14; 727 int beasts of the 
forest, wild donate Ps. 50, 10. 104, 20 


a 


Contrasted with “3° is 5.3 a park, 
garden, as the smaller with the greater, 
the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17. 
32, 15; but the forest of cedars in Leba- 
non, as being small and beautiful, is 
vealed ibaa “D> the forest of his park 
i. e. like a park, 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24. 
“35m ma the house of the forest Is. 22, 8, 
fully yoabn “p> m3 the house of the ‘forest 
of Lebanon 1 K. 7, 2. 10, 17, i. e. the 
armoury or aliens of idng Solomon, 
‘called also pw2 Neh. 3, 19, and having 
its name from the cedar of Lebanon of 
which it was built. Metaph. a forest of 
enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18.19. 34.— 
Spoken of the sanctuary er tabernacle, 
Ῥ. 182, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah, 
we found it "37 "twa in the fields of 
the forest, implying a region of Ephraim 
with forests where Shiloh was situated; 
-or perh. in allusion to the name of the 
city DI MMP Kirjath-jearim, where 
the ark was kept twenty years. 
ΤΣ or TI? (7. 839) 1. Fem. 
honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in ἜΣ" no. 1. 
2. Jarah, pr. n.m.1Chr. 9, 425 prob. 
a corrupted form, see N33i74. 


DIAN I" see in 137. 


τ ἜΣ (whom Jehovah makes fat, 
τ. U2) Jaareshiah, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 27. 


"WP" (contr. for Mw, whom Jeho- 
-vah has made, τ. NWP) Jaasaz, pr. τι. m. 
Ezra 10,37 Keri. In Cheth. 3033 Jaasu. 


Se7W" (whom God has made, r. 
ms) Jaasiel, pr. n. of one of Dayid’s 
military officers, 1 Chr. 11, 47, comp. 
27, 21. 


35" (whom Jehovah sets free, τ᾿" 
m3B) Iphedeiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 25. 


* STD" fat. he, apoc. 9° Ez. 31, 7. 

1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with 
35°, comp. 521 and 737. Hence "5" no. 
1, and mp%2 splendid deed, miracle. 

2. to be fair, comely, beautiful, of a 
woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2. 7, comp. 
4,10; of a tree Ez. 31, 7. 

Pret to beautify, to deck, with silver 
and gold Jer. 10, 4. 

Pu. mptb, the two first radicals being 
doubled, intens. to be very beautiful, Ps. 
45, 3.—But this form is without analogy, 
there being no other example of thus 


412 


n° 
doubling the first radicals. According 
to some the letters 5" at the beginning 
are spurious; having arisen perhaps 
from a mode of abbreviation practised 
by the copyists, which has been the 
fruitful source of errors; see Thesaur. 
Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different 
punctuation, M°5°57 or m"h"53, com 
paring the adj. 4°2N27 q. v. so that the 
signif. would then be diminutive rather 
than intensive. But in all languages 
diminutives are used to express strong 
affection and praise. See Thes. p. 612. 

Hrrup. to beautify oneself, to deck 
oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30. 

Deriv. the three πὐλυνίωρὶ also "5", 
"5, and mpi. 


ΓΞ. adj. m. constr. M5", f. 75" constr. 
ne"; "plur. mip’, constr. nips, rb. 

1. fair, ἐξα ἡ beautiful, of both men 
and women, Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13, 1. 
14, 25. Cant. 1, 8. 16. 5, 9; often with 

my. 1 Sam. 17, 42, or SM Gen. 29, 17; 
of animals Cua. 41, 2sq. Of ἃ region 
or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a 
tree Ez. 31, 3; of a pleasing voice Ez. 
33, 32. 

2. good, excellent, καλός. Ecc. 3, 11 
God hath made all things beautiful, i. 6. 
good, well, καλῶς. 5, 17. 

PED" adj. f. Jer. 46, 20, fairish, 
tolerably fair. The form is pr. 775757, 
a diminutive, Lat. puleherula, Span. 
bonitina, and should be thus written as 
one word, the letter being quiescent, 
as in bymin 2 K. 8, 8. 15, anbe, 
“AXON; or * perh. ἰὸς ναὶ with many 
Mss. which however sayours of emend- 
ation. The division into two words has 
arisen from copyists, who did not. per- 
ceive the grammatical character of the 
word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61,1. 

1D" (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2, 
15. Jon. 1, 3, also NE Ezra 3, 7, pr. ἢ. 
Japho, Gr. ᾿Ιόππη, Joppa, a maritime 
city in the territory of Dan, with a har- 
bour on the Mediterranean, now called, 
ἘΠῚ Yafa, and still distinguished for its 
port. Reland Palestina p. 864. 


* TIS" i. g. ΠῈ3, ΠῚ, to puff, to blow, 
in Kal not used, 

Hirnp. to pant, to sigh, lo bewail one- 
self, Jer. 4, 31.—Hence 


me" 


35" adj. breathing, puffing out. Ps. 
27,12, 09m ma" and breathing out vio- 
lence. Comp. Prov. 6, 19. Acts 9, 1. 
Cic. Catil. 2. 1. 


“D” Ez. 28,7, elsewhere "©", m. in 
pause "ἢ, c. suff ps. RK. ne’. 

1. splendour, e. ὦ of a king Is. 33, 17; 
of a city Ps. 50, 2, Ez. 27, 3.4.11; ofa 
people Zech. 9, 17. 

2. beauty, of ἃ woman Ps. 45,12, Is. 3, 
24, Ez, 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al. 


2°5" (splendid) pr. n. Japhia. 
» 1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun, 
Josh. 19,12. Now Yéfa near Nazareth; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 200. 

2. Of persons: a) A king of the city 
of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3.. Ὁ) A son, of 
David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 


2D" (whom God delivers, τ. Ud) 
Japhlet, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 33. Pa- 
tronym. with the syllable "— added, 
Josh. 16, 3. 


257 (perh, for whom is prepared, 
see r. 728 Pi. no. 2.) pr. ἢ. Jephunneh. 
a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6. 14, 


6. b) 1 Chr. 7, 38. 


5 oD" in Kal not used, to be bright, 
to shine, kindr.with M5". Chald. Zab. id. 

Hips. >"5iM 1. to cause to shine, said 
of God, Job 37, 15. 

2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to 
scatter light, (like “"NM,) Job 3, 4. 10, 
22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in 
light and splendour, Deut. 33, 2. Ps. 50, 
2. 80, 2. 94, 1—Trop. Job 10, 3, to shine 
upon, i. e. to approve, to aid. 

Deriv. pr. names 3°57, MPH"; also 


myp? f. splendour, beauty, of a ty 
Ez. 28, 7. 17. 


MD? pr. n. Japheth, the second son of 
Noah, Gen. 5, 32. 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. whose 
posterity are deseribed as occupying 
chiefly the western and northern re- 
gions, Gen. 10, 2-5. This accords well 
with the etymology of the name, which 
signifies pr. widely spreading, from r. 
mnp; see Gen. 9,27. Sept. ᾿Ιάφεϑ. 


MIMS? pr. ἢ. perh. for 52NAa? whom 

God sets free, τ. MMB; comp. ANP. 
1. Jiphtah, a place in the tribe of Ju- 
Aah, Josh. 15, 43. 
: 35* 


413 


xx 


2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israel- 
ites, who by a rash vow bound him- 
self to immolate his daughter, Judg. e. 
11.12. 1Sam.12, 11. Gr. ᾿φϑάε, Valg. 
Jephte. 

PETE (which God opens, τ. nme) 
Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter- 
ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19, 
14. 27. 

2 Rx" » pret. once Ἔχ Job 1, 21; 
fut. 8Z>; imp. R¥, with He parag. Xx 
Judg. 9, 29, plur. once anomalous PINS 
Cant. 3,11; inf. absol. 8%7, constr. MNS ; 3 
part, Rx, ἢ 8x5 for nyt Ecce. 10, δ, 
Pxz* Ps, 144, 14, and & being dropped 
nsi* Deut. 9g, 57. —To go out, to go 
Sorth, Ethiop. OWA id. In Syr. and 
Chald. the corresponding verb as to the 
radicals is 83" iS, to put forth, to ger- 


τ: 


minate, i.e. a plant; but of men and 
other things the usual word for the idea 


of going out is 23), pe}, and in Arabic, 
Opp. is 83 to go in, to come, 


see in 812 no. 1.d; and see there also 
the phrase ¢o go in and out. 

Constr. α) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex. 
16, 4. Judg. 3, 24. al. sep. 6) The 
place whence one goes out is put with 
2, Gen. 8, 19. Job 3,11; also with acc. 
like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a 
place, Gen. 44, 4 ΣΤ ΟΝ ANS? ἘΠῚ they 
had gone out from the city. ‘Ex. 9, 29. 
33. Job 29,7. Deut. 14,22 "Iwn xxi 
what goeth forth from the field, its pro- 
duce. Am. 4,3 ΤΟΝ ΧΩ O°S7B ye go forth 
from the breaches, ruins. So Part. *x2i" 
ΕΣ "St Gen. 34, 24. 9,10. Ex. 1, 5.— 
The gate through or by which one goes 
out is marked by 12 Judg. 11, 31; 3 
Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2,13; in acc. Job 30, 
24.  y) The person from whom one 
goes out is put with ora Ex. 8, 26. 9, 
33; ΓΝ Ex. 5,20; "2850 from the pre- 
sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41, 46. 47, 10. 
Esth. 8,15. Ecc. 10, 5. So "2pbo SS a 

njnt Gen. 4,16; 7.7328 myx “100 2, ᾿ 
Poet. also ο. ace. Jer. 10, 20 "23837723 
my children go forth from me, abandon 
me. Different are those passages where 
72 832 is fo go forth from a people, i.e. 
to go away, to depart from them; Is. 
49, 17 thy wasters 5X%2 729 shall go 
forth of thee, i. e. shall depart from thee, 


3" 


comp. v. 19. Jer. 43,12; trop. Lam. 1, 6. 
6) The place whither and person to 
whom, are put with x, Ex. 33, 7. Ez. 
3, 23. Jer. 19, 2. Deut. 23, 11; >, as 839 
sas Num. 31, 27. 28; 2 1 Sam 28.1; 
C. acc. as yen Ry Gen. 27, 3. Num. 
11, 26; 82% 8872 whence in part. "83° 
Ray 1 Chr. 5, 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp. 
below sas: Aleo-srith DN of pers. Gen. 
19, 6. Ex. 2,11; PxIp> to go out to meet 
any one Prav, 7, 15.—Both construc- 
tions (7, δ) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2. 25, 
32. εἢ The time when one goes out 
is put in regimen with the participle ; 
2K. 11,7. 9 pau ἽΝ ΧἪ who go out (of 
duty) on the Sabbath. ζ) Once poet. 
with accus. of number or quantity with 
which any thing goes forth; Am. 5,3 
HPs MRS WSN the cily that went forth 
a thousand. 

Spec. to go out, to go forth, is spoken: 

a) Of those who emigrate out of a 
land ; 6. g. persons or families, Gen. 10, 
11. 12, 4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11. 1 Sam. 
22,3; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18. 
Num. 22,5. Deut. 9,7. Hence ΓΙΒῚΝ 8x2 
to go forth into captivity Jer. 29, 16. 48, 
7. Zech. 14, 2; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14 
MAB NR iethials going forth sc. into 
captivity, exile. 

b) Of soldiers, as going forth, march- 
ing out, e. g. from the city to war, from 
the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26, 
20. 1K. 20, 39. 2K. 19, 9. Is. 37, 9. al. 
-or with ΓΤ Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 8, 44: 
ἩΓΡΩΤΙΡῺΞ 2 ‘Sam. 21, 17; with map 
Num. 20, 18; by ‘npestriet Deut. 28, 7; 
TIN Joth. 8 17. Trop. of God wip 
goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21. 
42,13. Hab. 3,13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81, 
‘6; of an angel warring for a people 
Dan. 10, 20; of a war-horse Job 39, 21. 
‘So DIM ΡῈ NY to go out before the peo- 
_ple to war, to be their leader, 6. g. of a 
‘king 1 Sam. 8,20; of Jehovah 2 Sam. 
5, 24. Judg. 4, 14. Ps. 68, 8.—Onp the 
other hand, 8s" is also spoken of soldiers 
as going forth out of a strong city in 
-order to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10. 
1 K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al. 

9) Of persons going forth or out in 
‘various ways; e. g. from a house abroad 
Prov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to 
hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17, 35; a hus- 
‘bandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23; a 


414 


xx" 


merchant or sailor to exercise his cail- 
ing, Deut. 33, 18 ANXsa Sat My re- 
joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in 
thy voyages and commerce. 

d) Of children, to go forth, to. issue 
from the mother’s womb, i. e. to be born; 
Gen. 25, 25. 26. 38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With 
7222 added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Ecce. 5, 14; 
orn 12 Jer. 1,5. 20,18; comp. Deut. 28, 
57. ‘Trop. Job 38, 29. Le 8 too a son is 
said to go forth exp Alp: tadise or bowels 
of his father ; "£572 Gen. 35, 11; 752 
Gen. 46, 26; 307 Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 
7,12: Fiduce ἸῺ ἈΝᾺ fo go “forth Srom 
any one is i. q. to be descended fromm 
him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2K. 20, 18. Is. 
39, 7. al—Of animals Is. 14, 29. 

e) Persons are said to go forth, who 
are set free, escape, from prison, danger, 
etc. 6. g. from prison Ecc. 4, 14 (comp. 
Ps. 88, 9); from trouble Proy. 12, 13; 
danger Jer. 11, 11; fire Ez. 15, 7; ser- 
vitude, i. q. to be delivered, 2 K. 13, 5. 
So of slaves who go forth free, are man- 
umitted, Ex. 21, 3. 4. 11. Lev. 25, 41. 54; , 
more fully "tm NS, as Ex. 21, 5. 
Trop. of lands reverting free to their 
former owner in the year of jubilee, Lev. 
25, 28. 30. 31. 27,21. Once c. acc. Ece. 
7, 18 he that feareth God ἘΞΞΓΤΝ RxD 
goeth forth (escapeth) from them all. In 
a like sense, to go forth free from a lot 
1 Sam. 14, 41; from trial Job 23, 10; 
contra 283" to go out guilty; be con- 
demned, Ps. 109, 7. 

f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to 
go forth, when one is overwhelmed, 
faints, with joy, Cant. 5,6; or fear, ter- 
ror, Gen. 42, 28, 

Trop. also of inanimate things : 

g) Of plants, to go or come forth, i. e. 
to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K. 
5, 13. Is. 11, 1. Job 31, 40; flowers Job 
14, 2; fruits Deut. 14,22; also a horn 
Dai 8, 9. So Job 28, 5 the earth MP3 
DM> ΣῈ out of which cometh forth bread. 
2 ¥rahve ΛΝ ΝΣ, Comp. Syr. iS to 
germinate. 

h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. e. lo rise, 
Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31, Is. 13, 10. Ps. 
19,6; the stars Neh. 4,15; comp. the 
dawn Hos. 6, 3. Poet. of deliverance, 


as compared with the sun or dawn, Is, 
51,5. Ascribed ‘also te fire, Num. 26, 


R23" 


35 "1 Peg MNET UN. 21, 29; to light- 
ning Ez. 1, 13; to the winds Zech. 
6, 5. 

i) Of waters, fo go forth, to spring up, 
sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10. 
Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47,11. Comp. 
bi KEIO Is. 41, 18. 

k) Of the lot as going forth from the 
urn, with > of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh. 
16, 1. 19, 17. 32.40. So of an arrow 
that is sped, Zech. 9, 14. 

1) Of things exported 1 K. 10, 29; 
comp. 83" v. 28. 

m) Of money as being laid out, ex- 
pended, with >> 2 K. 12, 13. Talm. id. 
comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab. 
Ethiop. 

n) Of a border, boundary, to go forth, 
i.e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9. 
Josh. 15, 3. 4. 9% 11. 16, 6. 19, 12. Jer. 
31, 39. 

o) Of a building or a part of it 
which runs out, projects, Neh. 3, 25. 
26. 27. 

p) Of words, discourse, which go forth 
from the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3. 
Espec. of vows Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11, 
36 ; also of a command Esth. 7, 8; pro- 
mises Is. 45, 23; prophecies Is. 48, 3. 
Ez. 33, 30. 

q) Of whatever goes forth, is promul- 
gated, to the public ; 6. g. an edict of the 
king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23; 
a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4. Ps. 17, 
2; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours 
Esth. 1, 17.—Comp. Ps. 19,5 yym7>23 
DAP AEs. 

r) of things which go or come forth, 

from any person or thing as their author, 

source ; 6. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14 
yerl jana Ἀπ x 5D any thing that 
cometh “forth of the vine. 14, 14, Also 
morally, 1 Sam, 24, 14. Jer, 23, 15. 30, 
19. Comp. Job 26, 4. Of the fr Sa 
counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is. 28, 29; comp. 
Is. 2, 3. 51, 4. 

s) Of things which come to an end, 
the outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7, 
10 M287 N= the circle is out, the turn 
is ended. So of the outgoing or end of 
time, Ex. 23, 26 m7 ΤᾺ ΧΞ at the end 
of the year ; and hence of the end, de- 
struction of a city Ez. 26,18. Comp. 
Chald. mz for mx end. 

Hira. 87375; fut. 8°27", conv. RBI" 5 


415 


N2” 


imper. RLM, once X*¥IN Is, 43,8; part. 
RN "SID, once R¥ Ps. 135, 7; to cause to 
go out or forth ; i. e. 

1. to lead forth, to bring out, with acc 
of pers. and 12 of place whence, Ex. 13, 
14. 16, 6. al. see below; also with ἘΣ 
of pers. from whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam, 
13, 9. With Ἐκ of pers. to whom Gen. 
19, 5. Jer. 38, 23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place 
to which Ez. 46, 21; > of’ place 2 Chr. 
29,16. The place through which is put 
with 2 Ez. 12, 5.—E. g. to bring out the 
people from Egypt Ex. 13, 14. 16, 6. 18, 
1. Deut. 1, 27. 7,8. 16,1; any one Soin 
prison Gen. 43, 23, Is. 42, 7. Jer. 39, 14. 
Ps. 68, 7; from distress Ps. 25,17. 143, 
11, comp. 31, 5; from the power of 
enemies, i, q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49 
"382 "RSID, for which in Ps. 18, 49 
is ΞΟ ΝΌ “ahpn, whieh, is: more. usual. 
Also to lead ‘forth to war Is. 43, 17; to 
bring or lead forth for punishment 8c. 
without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5. 
22,24. 1K.21,10. Ina stronger sense, 
i. q. to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10, 
3. 19.—Trop. of various things: a) to 
bring forth out of the womb, i. q. to let 
be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65,9; see Kal lett, 
d. Also of the magicians who brought 
forth flies Ex. 8, 14; and of the artisan 
who produces an instrument Is. 54,16. 
b) to bring forth, to produce, as the earth 
herbage, trees, Gen. 1,12. 24. Ps. 104,14. 
ls. 61,11. Hagg. 1,11; also to put forth, 
as a rod buds, shoots, Num. 17, 23 [8]; 
see Kal lett. g. 0) to bring or lead forth 
the stars, to cause to rise, Is, 40,26. Job 
38, 32; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring 
forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job 
38, 11. Ps. 37,6. Jer. 51,10. e) to bring 
or take forth, i. q. to separate ; Lev. 26, 
10. Jer. 15,19 2332 “pi ἘΣ oN if 
thou take forth (separate) the precious 
from the vile. 

2. Of things, with the idea of bear- 
ing, to bring forth, to bear forth, to 
carry out, e. g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12. 
21. 6, 4. 14, 45; from the temple 2 K. 23, 


_4; from a house Ex. 12, 46. Amos 6, 10; 


into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11. 
Judg. 6, 18. Also of a report, ramour, to 
bring out, to spread, to publish, with 52 
of or about, Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14. 
19; with >, to report words to any one, 
Neh. 6, 19. Comp. Is. 42, 1 Ev veda 


yr" 


"35" he shall bring forth (publish) law 
to the nations. v. 3. 

3. to take or draw out, as the hand 
from the bosom Ex. 4,6. 7; a sword from 
the sheath Ez. 21, 8.10. . So to take out 
or bring forth from a cofler, etc. Gen. 
24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14; from a pot Ez. 
24, 6.—Hence 

4, to exact money, and with >2 to im- 
pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15, 20; 
comp. Kal lett. m. 

Hopu. to be led forth, to be brought 
out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22. 
38, 8; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8. 

Deriv. 8°42, S8¥ID, ON, Ox II, 
MINZIN, DINENT, ONT, ΓΝ, vis. 


S82" Chald. in Kal not used. Swapu. 

RYO and "478 in Targg. to bring to an 
end, to finish, for Heb. 22. Hence 
NED finished, Ezra 6, 15. 
ΖΝ δ in Kal not used, to set, to put, 
£0 place, i.q. 3%), from which latter verb 
Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many 
derivative nouns, are formed. 

Hirup. 2220 1. to set or place one- 
self, to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17, 
16 oY DH SaIN Bem and took his stand 
(for combat) Sorty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30 
md ποτ, Ex. 2, 4. 14,13. Num. 22, 
22. 1 Sam. 3,10. 12,7. 16; i. q. ἡ ala 
Sorih Ser. 46, 4.14. With 3 of place Ex. 
19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20, 2; d3 Ps. 
36, 5. Hab. 2,1. Num. 23, 3. 15. ~Other 
attractions wre : a) With d3 of pers. 
to set oneself to any one, to present oneself, 
to resort to his party; 2 Chr. 11,13 and 
the priests and the Levites ὙΌΣ ἈΞ ΤΙ 
resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went 
over to his party, Vulg. venerunt ad illum. 
So mins by 3 ΛΌΓΙ fo present oneself un- 
to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken 
of angels as his attendants, ministers, 
presenting themselves daily, etc. Job 1, 
6. 2,1. Zech. 6,5; comp. Luke 1, 19. 
Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2, 2. 
8) With & to stand with, near, any one, 
Ex. 34,5. Num. 11,16. γ) With "25>, 
as ἼΞ 5 "28> to present oneself before 
the king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16 
[20]. 9,13; comp, ΤΡ Prov. 22,29. So 
ms "2p> ΤΊ to present oneself before Jeho- 
vah, i in the holy place, Josh. 24, 1. 1 Sam. 
10, 20.—It sometimes implies the idea of 


416 


ἃ 


rising up, 6. 1332 against, 2 Sam. 18,13; 
comp. Ps. 2, 2 and 72>. 

2. to stand, to stand forth, of things ; 
Job 38, 14 wanb v2 A3B2N and (all 
things) stand forth asin splendid attire ; 
see A>. 

3. to stand jirm, to endure, sc. before 
any one, either as victor ‘before an 
enemy, "322 Deut. 9, 2. Job 41, 2, "3p2 
Deut..7, 24. 11, 25, BY 2 Chr. 20, 6; or 
as upright and eienaoal before a jada, 
"272 7323 Ps, 5, 6. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5. 

4. to stand up for any one, to stand by 
him, with > of pers. Ps. 94, 16. 

Nore. For the aeeuunionn form S3An 
Ex, 2, 4 for 582M, see Lehrg. p. 386. 


ar" Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm, 
sure, certain. 

Pa. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan. 
7, 19. comp. v. 16. LL ttenke adj. 3°35, 


᾿ 3m” in Kal not used, but kindr. with 
the roots 337 (522), 53, and pz Hiph. 

Hipu. 3735, comp. 325, Hiph. ΘΠ, 
pr. to cause to stand, i. e. 

1. to set, to place, e.g. persons Gen. 
43, 9. 47,2. Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job 
17, 6; things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56. 
al. Trop. to set up, to establish ; Am. 5, 
15 establish justice, right, in the gate. 

2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37. 

3. to let stand, i. e. to let stay, to leave, 
Gen. 33, 15. 

Horn. azn pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
left Ex. 10, 24. 


“W2" m. from r. “M¥ to shine ; comp. 
in Ξπὶ no. 2. 

1. oil, espec. new and of this year’s 
growth, Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14,: 
23. Joel 1,10. al. It is often coupled 
with ΦΊΛ must, new wine; and seems 
to differ from 728, as ΓῺ from 77. 
Hence "435 "22 the sons of oil, i. 6. the 
anointed, Zech. 4, 14.—Hence the de- 
nom. verb “IS 5 see in WIS. 

2. Izhar, pr. n. of ἃ βοὴ of Kohath, 
Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in "-, 
Num. 3, 27. 


12° subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r. 
>") any thing spread down or strewed; 
hence 

1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps, 63,7. 132, 3. 
Job 17, 13; of the marriage bed, sing. 
Gen. 49, 4. 


ms 


2: a floor, story, Vulg. tabulatum, 1 
K. 6, 5. 6. 10; Keri 2°%». Constr. with 
fem. v. 6; with mase. v. 10. In Solo- 
mon’s temple this name is given (1. c.) 
to the three stories of side-chambers 
(miz>x) which were ‘built around the 
temple on three sides, five cubits in 
height, one above another. In v. 6, 
33%" fem. is spoken of the single stories ; 
in vv. 5. 10, where it is joined with the 
mase. it is put collect. for this whole 
part of the building. See A. Hirt der 
Tempel Salomo’s p. 24, 25; who how- 
ever makes these stories to have risen to 
the height of the temple itself, following 
indeed the testimony of Josephus, but 
contrary to the express words of the 
Hebrew text in v. 10: 383"I"MR F323 
inoip minx won mian->b2->3. 


PUL" (sporting, mocking, r. POY, see 
Lehrg. p.500; to which etymology allu- 
sion is made Gen. 17, 17, 19, 18, 12. 21,6, 
26, 8) pr. n. Isaac, Sept. Ἰσαάκ, the pa- 
triarch, son of Abraham and Sarah, Gen. 
c. 21. 22. 24-27. Inthe poetical books it 


is four times priv (Syr. -outts}, Arab. 


_? ‘ 

SF) Ps. 105, 9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7, 
9,16. In Am. l.c. put poetically for the 
whole nation of Israel, i. ᾳ. 58907. 


"WIE" Izhar, see “1%. 


NS? m. adj. verbal (r. 8¥") pass. in 
form but with active signif. plur. constr. 
ἌΣ gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21. 


2°" Chald. adj. τὰ. (1. "z1) 1. es- 
tablished, fixed, valid, Dan. 6,13. 

2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45..3, 24. 
7, 16. a°B2"772 adv. certainly, 2, 8. 


* IS? to spread down, to strew as a 
bed, Lat. sternere. Arab, 2. to put 


or place, to strew. Kindr. are 333, px", 
3x7. In Kal only Part. pass. 3357 as 
subst. q. v. 

Hiren. 3°85 fo spread down or under- 
neath, as a bed. Ps. 139, 8 5ἾΝ Ὁ) ΠΣ ΣΝῚ 
and if I spread down Sheol as my bed, 
i.e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5. 

Hopn. pass. Is. 14, 11 729 327 spANA 
worms are spread under thee, as thy 
couch. Esth. 4.3; comp. Is. 58, 5. 

Deriv. 2333, 532. 


ALT 


“him, i.e. 


“= 


* PEP fut. pir, plur. spg3 1 K, 18, 
34; once fut. E pst) intrans. 1 Καὶ, 22) 
35; imp, P¥ 3 Κ. 4, 41, and px? Ez. 24, 
3; Inf. ΤᾺΣ Job 38, 38. 

1. fo pour, to pour out; kindr. is prs 
II, comp. 703.—Spoken: a) Of liquids 
Gen 28, 18. 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7. 2K.3, 11. 
al. Metaph. to pour out the spirit, Is. 
44, 3; also Part. pass. Ps. 41, 9 "35 
ia pass S3252 his. wicked deeds.are 
poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of 
God is poured upon him on account of 
his wickedness; see also in Pix I. Ὁ) 
Of melted metal for molten work or ves- 
sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36. 
al. Part. pass. p's? poured out, cast, 
1 K. 7, 34. 30; hence hard, firm, solid, 
as of cast metal, Job 41, 15. 16. 

2. Intrans. to be poured out, to flow out, 
1 K, 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pum "22 ΡΥ 
when the dust flows into a molten mass, 
i. 6. when wet with rain it flows together 
and becomes hard. 

Piet to pour out, Part. fem. MERI | 
2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh. 

Hien. psi, Part. fem. ΤΡ ΤΩ id. 
2K.4,5 Keri. But with another form: 

Hipu. ΡΣ fo set or lay out, to place, 
i. 4ᾳ. 2°84, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24. 


| The idea of pouring out is kindred with 


those of laying out, setting, placing, etc. 
Hops. pin to be poured out, as 
liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps. 
45, 3; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K. 
7, 23. 33. Job 37, 18.—Part. p22 molten, 
i. e. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop. Jjirm, 
steadfast, intrepid, Job 11, 15. The 
form pia 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see 
in its order; also in Kal no. 2, above. 
Deriv. Ῥ ΠΏ, MPS, MX, and - 


px" f. a pouring out, casting of 
metal, 1 K. 7, 24. 


SOS? ΡῈ ἢ, g. “AY, WY, but in- 
trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty ; 
found in this signif: only in fut. "7, plur. 
i9%", Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49, 19. Job 18, 7. 
Elsewhere impers. 15 9x7 it is strait to 
a) he is in a strait, in trou- 
ble, Judg. 2, 15. 10,9: Job 20.22. 5) he 
is in distress,in anxiety, Gen. 32,8; and 
so in fem. 15 "mi 1 Sam. 30,6. 6) he 
is grieved, takes it to heart, 2 Sam. 13, 2. 
For the pret. is used ἜΣ, from r. 993. 


is 


2. to form, to fashion, to make; from 
the idea of cutting, see in ἜΝ. In this 
signif. we find pret. "£7; part. "21" ; fut. 
“z1, also "3" Gen. 2,7, 9¥™1 2, 19, c. 
suff, ama" Is, 44, 12. widen of a 
workman in wood wht carves statues, Is. 
44,9. 12; also in iron, who forges any 
thing: "Ἢ 54, 17; and ‘of a potter who 
moulds clay Is. 64,7. Hence of God as 
the creator, Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God 
formed out of (72 ~3*1) the ground every 
beast of the field ; with acc. of material, 
v. 7. Often without mention of the ma- 
terial, Ps. 94, 9 15 "xi" who formed the 
eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8; 
whence, the idea of fashioning being 
neglected, it is i. q. to create, as Ps. 74, 
17 thou hast created summer and winter. 
Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1; in all 
which passages it differs little from the 
synon. 892, HVS, with which it is often 
coupled, Is. 43, 7. 45, 7. 18. Am. 4, 13. 
Jer. 33, 2.—Further: a) With > it is 
to form for any thing, to destine ; Is. 42, 
6 py m73> FINI Tay Thave formed 
* and set thee for a covenant with the peo- 
ple, as the author or mediator of a cove- 
nant. 49, 5.8. 45, 18 fin. Without > Is. 
41,21. b) Of things predestined, pre- 
formed, purposed of God in his counsels, 
to take place afterwards, (opp. Ny of 
the actual event,) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26. 46, 
11 ΓΡῸΣΝ HX ws 7 have purposed, I 
will also do it. 2K. 19, 25. ὁ) With 
>3, to form in mind, to devise, to plot 
against, Ps. 94, 20; of God Jer. 18, 11.— 
Hence 

Parr. "2%" assubst. 1. a potter, Is. 
29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18,2 sq. Lam. 4, 2. 
“x10 "52 a potter's vessel, earthen, Jer. 19, 
11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17,28; comp. Is. 30, 
14.—Zech. 11, 13 cast it “ESHTON to the 
potter ... and I took the thirty pieces of 
silver, ond cast them “ΣΤΥ ΝΣ Ninn m3 
in the house of the Lord to the potter. 
Here Grotius interprets 1¥1"717>x to the 
potters, to the pottery, or place where the 
potters dwell, where was prob. a court 
into which were thrown all the broken 
vessels of the temple (comp, Jer. 19,2. 10. 
11), and where it may be supposed that 
other filth was cast out; so that the ex- 
pression is i. 4. ‘to cast upon the dung- 
hill? ἐς κόρακας. This pottery was ap- 
parently on the south-east part of the 


418 


ns 


city, at the pottery-gate, mid=n “30, 
near to the valley of Hinnom, which 
was polluted by various kinds of filth ; 
and some understand here this valley 
itself, Hengstenb. Christol. 11. p. 249. 
But the words Min? m2 seem not to 
be reconcilable with this interpretation. 
[Yet sucha place for refuse pottery may 
well have been connected with the tem- 
ple itseli—R.] Hence the other and 
earlier explanation is preferable, which 
here regards ΠΝ as i. q. "S18 treasurer, 
from r. "£8; so Chald. and Syr. Vers. 
Kimchi: "358 125 Nn MeO. Two 
Mss. read "3°87 >N. The letters 8 and 
Ἂ are elsewhere not unfrequently inter- 
changed ; see in ἐξ, and Thesaur. p. 2. 
2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is. 
44, 9. , 

3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1. 
44, 2) 24, 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be formed, 
created, Is. 43, 10. 

PAL "8" pass. of Kal no. 2. b, to be 
preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16. 

Horn. fut. 125" to be ‘formed, e.g, 
weapons Is. 54, 17. 

Deriv. the two following. 


“E? m. c. suff. i983 1. formation, 
frame; Ps, 103,14 ΠΑΡ S37 ΝΗ for 
he knoweth our ‘fame, 3 i. e. he knoweth 
how and whence we are formed. Hence 
thing formed, work, e. g. of the potter 
Is. 29, 16; spec. an image, idol, Hab. 
2, 18. 

2. Metaph. what is formed in the 
mind, imagination, thought, purpose, 
fully 35 Ἔσο, Gen. 8, 21. 6,5. Deut. 31, 
21. FAO "ΣῈ staid in purpose, i.e. a 
man of stable mind, firm purpose, Is. 26, 
3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8. 

3. Jezer, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 
Gen. 46, 24. . Patronym. is "13" Jezerite 
Num. 26, 49. This latter form after- 
wards was also the pr. ἢ. of another 
person, /zri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in 
v. 373. 

pvr" m. plur. (το "¥1) pr. things 
formed, forms, poet. for members, as 


Vulg. well. Job 17, 7—Others under- 
stand lineaments of the face. 


. ns? , only in fut. 2", plur. in pause 


imz? Is. 33, 12, Dag. euphon. for nz". 


=p" 


1. to set on fire, to kindle, 6. 3 Is. 
9, 17. 

2. Intrans, to burn; ἡ; q. to be burned, 
consumed, with ©X2, Is. 33, 12. Jer. 49, 
2) 51, 58. 

Nieu. pret. a) 1. to be set on fire, 
to be burned, consumed, Neh. 1, 3. 2, 17. 
Jer. 2, 15. 9,9. 11. 46, 19. 

"2. Metaph. to kindle up, to burn, of 
anger, with 3 against any one, 2 K. 22, 
13. 17. 

Hires. ΣΙ. once ΤῚΣ 2 Sam. 14, 30 
Cheth. i. q. Kal no, 1, to set on fire, to 
burn, construed: 8). "373 Bx MEN fo 
set fire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32. 
Lam. 4,11. Am. 1, 14; 6. 53 Jeri 11, 16. 
b) ΝΞ 733 man fo burn any thing 
with fire, Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29. 
2 Sam. 14, 30.31. With ΝΞ impl. Jer. 
51, 36. 4 


* Sp? obsol. ir to ae out, to ex- 


cavate ; Arab. sly and Peer a hollow 
in the rock, in Chick water collects; the 
former also of any hollow in the body; as 


of the eyes. Kindr, are Arab. OG Ι, 
IT, to dig, to excavate, Heb. 353 to bore, 
Chald. 33} to vault, and others which 
see under 552 .—Hence 


ap) m. c. suff. Fap7 Deut. 15, 14. 16, 
13; plur. constr. 3 Zech. 14, 10. 

1. ἃ wine-val, ὑπολήνιον, the vat or 
receptacle into which the must or new 
wine flowed from the press (M3), Joel 2, 
24. 4, 13 [3, 18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2, 
16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated 
in the earth or even in the rock. 

2. the wine-press, i. e. the upper vat 
or receptacle in which the grapes were 
trodden out or pressed, Job 24, 11. 2 K. 
6, 27; comp. Hos. 9,2. Seema. 


SNZIP" (which God gathers, τ. 72P) 
_Jekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and S¥X3p 
(God’s gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21. 
2 Sam. 23, 20, pr. n. of a place in the 
southern part of Judea. 


ΟῚ fat. 4p2 Is. 10, 16, also tp 


Deut. 32, 22; to set on fire, to burn, Is. 
65,5. Arab. dS, id. Syr. pas.—Part. 
pass. 73>" as subst. α kindled or burn- 
ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14. 

- Hors. “psn, to be kindled, to burn, 


419 


“pt 
Lev. 6, 2. 5.6; trop. of anger Jer. 15, 
14. 17, 4. 

Deriv. Tip, IPVa, ΤΡ 2. 

‘iP? Chald. id. Part. fem. emphat. 
RMIP? and RAMP? burning, flaming, 
Dan. 3, 6. 15. 21. 23. 26,—Hence 


N'7P? Chald. f. constr. M337, a burn- 
ing, conflagration, Dan. 7, 11. 


DIP? (possessed by the people, r 
mp) Jokdeam, pr. n. of a city in the 
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 56. 


ἘΠ obsol. root, Arab. AEs to obey. 
Hence Ap. 

. mip" obsol. root, Arab. V, to 
venerate ; VIII, to fear God, to be pious. 
Hence pr. n. "M557, also 


“PR? (pious) Jakeh, pr. n. τὰ. Prov. 
30, 1. 


_ FY £ (τ. ΕΠ") only in constr. MIP 
Dag. euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10 
p22 mp? ib and until to him shall 


be the obedience of the nations, i. 6. until * 


the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17. 
TIP? m. a burning, 15. 10,10. Β. Ἢ". 


Dip? m. (τ. D9 no. 3) whatever exists 
on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4. 23. 
Deut. 11, 6. 


Dip? m. Hos. 9, 8, also τὸ" Ps. 91, 3. 
Prov. 6, 5; Plur. Ὀ πη Jer. 5, 26, a 
Sowler. The first of the above rina j is 
pr. intransitive ; the other is passive, 
but with an intransitive sense.—R. Up. 


SNMP (perh. piety towards God, τ. 
mp") Jekuthiel, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 


oP? (who is made small, τ. 22) Jok- 
tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a 
descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the 
progenitor of many tribes in southern 
Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies hte 
is called ylbss Kahtan ; see Bochart 
Phaleg II. 6. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist. 
Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist. im- 
perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice. 
Harderov. 1786. 4. 


D°?? (whom God sets up, τ. DP) Ja- 
kim, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 19. Ὁ) 
24, 12. 


τα]. dear, beloved, i. q. "2% no. 3, 
Jer. 31, 20. R.“p". 


- 


Νὰ 
“YP? Chald. adj. (υ.. 5") 
difficult, Dan. 2, 11. 
2. honoured, noble; Ezra 4, 10. 


mae? (whom Jehovah gathers, r 
Map) Jekamiah, pron. m. a) 1 Chr. 
2,41. 5) 3,18. 

ὈΣῺΡ. (who gathers the people, r 
map) Jekameam, pr.n, τὰ. 1 Chr. 23,19. 
24, 23, 


ἘΦῺΡ" (gathered by the people, σαὶ 
Mp) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical 
city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12. 
τ Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21, 
22 ΠῚΞΡ q. v. 

Ὦ 27) (possessed by the people, r 
2p) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11. 
21, 34. 


ἘΦ" only in fut. Sp2, i. q. 5122 of 
which only the preeter is used, to be rent 
or torn away ; hence 

1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a 
limb Gen. 32, 26. 

2. Metaph. to be alienated from any 
one, with 472 Jer.6,8. E.z.23,17; 53 v.18. 

Hires. 2"p'in to hang wp on a stake or 
cross, to impale, ἀνασκολοπέζειν, pr. to 
dislocate the limbs, since this was an 
accompaniment of this punishment; 
Num. 25, 4. 2 Sam. 21, 3. 9. 

Hopn. pass. of Hiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13. 


*VR- only in fut. yp", VR", once 
YR Gen. 9, 24, also yp? 1 K. 3, 15 
in some Mss. and editions; intrans. to 
awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For 
the pret. is used the forts γ πὶ Hiph. 


ΟΡ. Arab. ss id. 


ΠΣ fut. “py 2 K. 1, 13, 9pw Ps. 
72, 14, and “p> Ps. 49, 9. 

1. Pr, to be “heavy, Syr. oo, Chald. 
“p", Arab. So id. 

2. to be weighty, i. e. to be dear, pre- 
cious, costly ; Ps, 49, 9 owe? 7B API 
the redemption (λύτρον) οὗ their ‘life is 
precious, costly, i, 6. they cannot be re- 
deemed from death with money. With 
"2°32 to be dear, precious, in the eyes of 
any one, i. 6. 16 him; 1 Sam. 26, 21 "wx 
PER 52 NPY because my life was 
precious in thine eyes, because thou didst 
spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13, 14. Ps. 72, 14, 
With 5 id. Ps. 139, 17. Also with dx 


1. hard, 


420 


ἼΡ᾽ 


to be highly estimated, prized, by any 
one, (comp. 13 PIS, 12 59 ,) Zech. 11, 
13 the noble price cimbsg “mp? = 
which Iwas prized at of them, i.e. which 
I was held to be worth ΟΣ 1Sam. 
18, 30. 

Hira: "pin to make rare, Is. 13, 12. 
Prov. 25,17. Comp. adj. "77 no. 5. 

Deriy. the three following, and ""p 


“We? constr. “pt; fem. ΠᾺΡ 1. Pr. 
heavy, weighty, see the verb ; only me- 
taph. of demeanour, grave, πεῖν Prov. 
17, 27 Keri, 439 ἘΠῚ calm of spirit. In 
Cheth. is 739 "pi, see in "Pp. Arab. 
23: to be grave, quiet, patient. 

2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. 43% 
MP" collect. precious stones, gems, 1 Καὶ, 
10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22: 
98, 13; also of the costlier kinds of 
stones employed in building, as marble, 
and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is. 
28, 16; plur. ΤΠ ΒΘ 1 K. 5, 31. 7; 
9 sq. ‘Metaph. Ps. 36, 8 FAN spn 
DR how precious is thy loving-kind- 
NESS, Ὃ God! 116, 15, comp. 72, 14. 
Bik 3, 15. 6,26, Also Satecing prized, 
Ecce, 10, 1. 

3. Of persons, dear, beloved. Ps. 45, 10 
kings’ daughters are among thy beloved 
ones, in the number of thy maidens; 
where F[ninp7a is by Syriasm for 
WMAP a Dag. euphon. Lam. 4, 2. 

4. splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 m3 
32h 7p the moon walking in splendour. 
Plur. f ἔν the splendid, as an epithet 
for the stars; as Zech. 14,6 Cheth. ninps 
ἽΕΙ the splendid ones are drawn in, 
i.e. the stars grow pale, draw in their 
brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10.— Subst 
splendour, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 2°72 ΡΞ 
like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the 
grass, verdure. 

5. precious, i.e. rare, 1Sam.3,1. See 
the verb in Hiph. 


“ip? m. Kamets impure. 1. precious 
ness, costliness. “Ip 92a precious ves- 
sel Prov. 20,15. Coner. "p1">2 what- 
ever is precious, precious things, Job 28, 
10, Jer. 20,5. Hence value, price, Zech. 
11, 13. 

2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 21, 
Esth. 1, 20. 6, 3, 6. 9, 11, 


3. splendour, magnificence, Esth. 1, 4. 


“p 


ἌΡ᾽ Chald. m. 1. precious or costly 
things, Dan. 2,6; comp. Is, 3, 17. 10, 3 
Targ. 

2. honour, dignity, Dan. 2,37. 4,27. 33. 


* DP" (yakosh) 1 pers. "Map? Jer. 50, 
94. 1. ᾳ. δ 99 and Sip q.v. to lay snares ; 
with > of pers. to lay snares for any one, 
i.e. to plot against him, Jer. 50, 24; 
more fully > mp op Ps. 141,9, Part. 
Bp a fowler Ps. 124, 7.—Fut. Θὰ 
Is, 29, 21 is from Bip. 

Nien. ἘΠῚ to be snared, caught in a 
snare, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; ο. 3 Prov. 6, 2. 
Metaph. fo be ensnared by avarice, to 
be seduced, Deut. 7, 25. 

Puat part. ρίαν. B°gps for ΒΛ ΡΟ 
Eee. 9.12; see, for this dropping of 2, 
Lehrg. p. 316. 

Deriv. Sips, Spies, and 

* (fowler) Jokshan, pr. n. of the 
second son of Abraham and Keturah, 
the ancestor of the Sabeans and Dedan- 
ites, Gen. 25, 2. 3. 

DAMP? (subdued of God, τ. ANP) Jok- 
theel, pr.n. a) A city in the tribe of 
Judah, Josh. 15, 388. b) Given by king 
Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the 
capital of Arabia Petreea, 2 K. 14, 7. 


ἘΝ pret. plur. ον Deut. 5, 5, 
once SMX" Josh. 4, 24; Fut. x97, 
mI, NIT, plur. ww and aN 2 K. 
17,28 ; Imp. 87", plur. 3899 by Syriasm 
for 1877 Lehrg. p. 417, 1 Sam. 12, 24. 
Ps. 34, 10; [πῇ 81° Josh. 22, 25, with 
pref. ἀπὸ Ὡς 5 1 Sam. 18, 29, else- 
where fem. 5877.—The primary digatt 
is pr. to tremble, since 8&3 is strictly a 
softened form of 323 and 7" q.v. Not 
found in the kindred dialects—Hence 

1. to fear, to be afraid, construed: 
a) Absol. Gen. 3,10, 18,15. samy, 
ΣΥΝ fear not Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17. 
26, 24. al. sepe. Poet. of the earth Ps. 
76,9. Ὁ) With acc. of pers. or thing 
feared, Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35; 
also ja Ps. 3, 7. 27,1. Job 5, 21; pr. 
to be in fear from or before any person 


or thing, in the manner of verbs οὔ 


fleeing, comp. 72 no. 3.b. With "252 
2K. 1,15. Jer. 1,8. 2K. 19,6; "ἘΦ 
1,Sam. 18, 12. c) With >, to fear for 
any pers. or thing, Josh. 9, 24 Sk2 NT 


BIW snmiby2> we feared greally ἢ ‘for 


421 


xy 


our lives because of you. Proy. 31,21. 
ἃ) With > and 8 ¢. inf. to fear to do 
any thing, to hesitate, Gen. 19,30 x37 "2 
“2s2 m30> for he feared to dwell in 
Zoar ; oftener 18 Gen, 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6. 
34, 30. 6) With 18, to fear lest, ete. 
Gr. δείδω μή, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12. 

2. to fear, i. e. to reverence, to honour, 
as parents Lev. 19,3; a king 1 K. 3, 28. 
Ps. 72,5; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet 
1 Sam. 12, 18; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30; 
an oath 1 San, 14, 26.—Spec. x3 
njaiwny, ὈΎΤΡΝ ΤΟΝ a) to fear God, pr. 
because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14, 
31. 1 Sam. 12,18. Ps. 33, 8. 40,4. Is. 
41,5. Mic. 7,17. Ὁ) to reverence God, 
as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab- 
stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g. 
Lev. 19, 14. 32. 25,17. Ex. 1,17. Prov. 3, 
7 fear God and shun evil. Job 1,9. Ecce. 
12,13. With "2852 before God, Εἰς, 8, 
12: 13. ¢) to worship or serve God, 
1K. 18, 12; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7. 
35. 37. Deut. 3, 22.—In like manner in 
Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are 
also transferred to religion and piety, as 
S99? δ» sy gn 

Nore. The form ἜΝ (Δ) Is. 60,5 
is from 48) fo see ; comp. Is. 66,14. Zech. 
10, 7. Mic. 7, 16. ete. Thesaur. p- 622. 

Nipu. 8713 to be feared, fut. xn Ps. 
130, 4. Elsewhere only Parr. 8713, de- 


vos, i.e. 


1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo- 
ple Is. 18, 2.7. Hab. 1,7; of a desert 
Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15; of the judgment-day 
Joel 2, 11. 3, 4. 

2. deserving reverence, august, awful, 
holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1, 
5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4; the name of God 
Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99,5. Mal. 1,14; an 
angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13,6. 
Ez. 1, 22; a sacred place Gen. 38. 17. 

3. As causing astonishment and awe. 
stupendous, wonderful, great, Ps. 66, 3. 
5. Ex. 15,11. Plur. ὨΝ 2 wonderful 
acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5; 
espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7. 23. 


Adv. in a wonderful way, wonderfully 


Ps, 65, 6. 139, 14; like MiN>»?. 

Piet 832 to make afraid, to terrify, ὃ. 
ace. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh. 
6, 9. 14. 

Deriv. SY—jiNM NTI. τ 


x 


N77? τη, constr. 877, plur. constr. "877; 
fem. TNT, constr. MXIT Prov. 31, 30 ; 
participial adj. τ. 877. 

1. fearing, reverencing ; joined with 
personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis 
for the finite verb, as "228 N71 7 fear 
Gen. 32,12; δ NT thou fearest Judg. 
7,10; DRT NTN we fear | Sam. 23, 3; 
negat. 877 are he feareth not Ecc.8, 13. 
Followed by the case of the verb; 6. ace. 
Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2; also 
freq. HITT Ἀπ fearing God 2K. 4.1. 
17, 32 sq. ‘Jon. 1,9. Oftener with genit. 
mint NI, ponds xv, fearer of God, 
and ‘therefore absdlinttig from evil, i. q. 
upright, godly, pious, Gen. 22,12. Job 
1,1.8. 2,3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur. 
mriby “att Ps. 15, 4. 22, 24. 115, 11. ab. 
Comp. Ovid, ‘ (midds Bebrom? 

2. fearful, timid, Deut. 20, 8. 

“AN 1. Pr. inf. of the verb 833, to 
fear, to reverence, with pref. > Neh. L 11 
ἩΞΟσΓΝ ΠΝ 5 10. reverence “thy name, 
Deut. 4, 10. δ, 26. 6, 24. 10,12. 14, 23. 
1K. 8, 43. al. With pref? 7a, 2 Sam. 
3, 11 srk imu 72 because he feared him. 

2. Subst. fear, terror ; Jon. 1,10 ἘΝῚ ἢ 
ΤΙΣ ΤΣ MNT OUT the men were afraid 
_ with ‘great fear. Ps. 55, 6. Ez. 30, 13 
With genit. of the subject, i. e. of ἼΩΝ 
who fears, Job 22,4; also of the object, 
1. 6. that which i is Sata e.g. FONT the 
fear of thee Deut. 2,25. Acc. as adv. Is. 
7, 25 mods wad ray for fear of briers 
hued thorns. Comp. Ez. 1, 18 ἘΠ ΠΝ 
terror was to or in them, i.e. they were 
terrible, dreadful. 

3. holy fear, reverence, awe; TRI 
ὈΠῸΝ Gen, 20, 11, 2 Sam. 23, 3, also 
nin ὉΠ, reverence towards God, piety, 

religion; Prov. 1,723 MNT HINT VT. 

Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2. Ps. 34, 12. 111, 10, 
Meton. precepts of piety, of geligion. Ps. 
19,10. With jn impl. Job 4, 6. 15,4; 
and so 6. suff. "MN the fear of me, sc. 
of God, piety, Jer. ‘32, 40. Ps. 5, 8, Ex. 
20, 20. Rarely the cuff. refers to the 
subject, as ὮΝ ENN their piety to- 
wards me Is. 29, 13. 

TIN? (piety? τ᾿ XI) Iron, pr. n. of 
a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 

TPR (whom Jehovah looks upon, 
τ. HN) Jrijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14. 
Written 57x77 in some editions. 


422 


er 


273 i. gq. 2", an adversary ; hence 
sv 922 an adverse king, hostile, i.e. 
the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13. 10, 6. 

τ ΤΣ 

Ὁ53.} m. (contr. for 53a 255, with 
whom Baal contends, r. 2°9) Jerubbaal, 
a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel, 
Judg. 6,2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is called 
nwant, αν. Sept. “Ιεροβάαλ. 


DYI (whose people is many, r. 337) 
pr. Jarobeam, comm. Jeroboam, pr. n. of 
two kings of the ten tribes. a) One, 
the son of Nebat, was the founder of 
that kingdom, and introduced the wor- 
ship of the golden calves, r. 975-54 B.C. 
1 K. 11, 26-43. c. 12-14. b} The other, 
the son of Joash, τ. 825-784 B. C. 2 K. 
13, 13. 14, 23-29. 


ΓΞ (with whor the idol contends, 
r. 375, comp. mea) Jerub-besheth, pr. n. 
m. 2 ‘Sam. 11,2t. See dz 277. 


οὐδ᾿ νὼ once by apheresis πὶ Judg. 19, 

11; Fut. 777, 7251, in pause 7773 Ps. 
18. 10; Imp. =, N34, once “7 Judg. 
5, 13; Ink absol. oo hee “43, 20, constr. 
m3, c. suff. "AT, once HIT on 46, 3. 
1. to go down, to descend ; Eth. OZR 
to descend; in Arabic comp. yg to go 


to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down 
to the sions ete. but the word in com- 
mon use is Jyd.—Construed: a) Ab- 


sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47,1. 8) The place 
whence is put with 72, Ex. 19,14. Ex 
27,29; 592 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16; 
also in acc. Jer. 13, 18 the erown shall 
eome down as to your heads, i. e. from 
your heads. 7) The place whither with 
>> wpon, 6. g. from heaven upon ἃ moun- 
tain Ex. 19, 18, also Hz. 47,8. Josh. 3,16. 
Judg- 11, 37; with dx 2 Sam. 11, 10; ἃ 
Cant. 6,2; 3 Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63,14; 6. acc. 
with or without M— local Ger. 12,10. Ps, 
55, 16. Job 7, 9. 17,26. Hence Part. c. 
genit. 13 "TYP those going down to the 
pit, i.e. about to die, see "ἢ, Ps. 28, 2 

30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is. 42,10, Also with 
by of pers. to whom Ex. 11,8. Neh. 6, 3. 

δ) Poet. like other verbsof running down, 
flowing, (see Heb. Gram. ὃ 135. 1. n. 2.) 
it is construed with an accus. of that 
which descends or flows down in abun- 
dance; espee. of the eye as running 


ὙΡ̓ 


down with tears, weeping abundantly ; 
Lam. 3, 48 "35> 77H 572 "322 my eye 
runneth down with rivers of water, i. e. 
pours them forth. 1,16. Jer. 9,17. 13,17. 
14, 17. Ps. 119,136. The same idiom is 
frequentin Arabic, oi Ors Seto 
my eye flows down with weeping, see 
Schult. ad Prov. 20,5. By a different 
turn, Is, 15,3 "2232 15 running down 
with weeping, i.e. weeping abundantly. 

Spoken of motion from place to place, 
not only of descending from a mountain 
Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go 
from a higher to a lower place or region. 
Often of God as descending from hea- 
ven, Gen. 11, 5, 18, 21. Ex. 3,8. Is. 31,4. 
Mic. 1, 3—Spec. a) Of those who go 
down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16. 
45. Ex. 2,5. Josh. 17,9. 1K. 2,8; or to 
the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23, 
since the land is higher than the water ; 
but comp. Ez. 27,29. Ὁ) Of those who 
go out of a city, cities being mostly built 
on hills and mountains for the sake of 
security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2K. 6,18; or 
who go down.from a citadel (acropolis) 
to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25. 
27. 2Sam. 11, 9. 10.13. 1K. 1, 25. 38. al. 
c) Of those who go out to battle, as oc- 
curring in plains, Judg. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 
14, 36. 2 Sam. 21,15. 2 Chr. 20,16. 4) 
Of those who go from a mountainous 
district or country to one lower and 
more level, as from Jerusalem or its 
vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq. 
46; 3; or to the country of the Philistines 
and the sea-coast (M>B%) Gen. 38, 1. 
1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4. 11; or to Samaria 
1 Κ. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22,6. 6) 
Of those who go towards the south; 
since the ancients regarded the northern 
parts of the earth as the highest; 1Sam. 
25, 1. 26, 2. 30,15. See the intpp. ad 
Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Hdot. 1. 95. 
1 Mace. 3, 37. 2 Mace. 9, 23. Comp. C. 
B. Michaelis Diss. de notione superi et 
inferi, reprinted in Comment. Theol. a 
Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq. 

Often also of inanimate things, as 
of a stream descending from a moun- 
tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rain Ps. 72, 
6; of a way and of boundaries which 
tend downwards or towards the south, 
Num. 34,11.12. Josh. 18,18 5ᾳ. Of the 


423 


κα 


day as declining, Judg. 19, 11; of ca- 
lamity as sent down from God Mic.. 
1, 12. ete. 

2. to be brought down, cast down, thrust 
down, to fall. 1 Sam, 23,6 1773 777 Tips 
an ephod had fallen into his hand, i. e. 
he had an ephod with him. So ofa 
crown falling from the head (see above 
in 8) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is. 
32,19. Zech. 11,2; a wall thrown down 
Deut. 28, 52; a city destroyed Deut. 20, 
20; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22. 
So to be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15, 
5; into Sheol Is. 5, 14; also trop. of 
those who are cast down from a state of 
prosperity into poverty and want, Deut. 
28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9. 

Hiren. 1775 to make go down, to cause 
to descend, in any way, either a person 
or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 
29. 31. Hence 

1. Of persons, to lead or bring down, 
cause to come down, Gen. 44, 21. Judg. 
7,4; to let down, as with a cord, Josh. 
2, 15. 18; to bring or send down, as into 
Sheol, 1 Sam. 2,6. Ez. 26,20. Also with 
violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as 
God nations Ps. 56, 8; or kings from 
their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3. 
4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48. - 

2. Of things, to bring or carry down, 
Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11; to let or take down, 
Gen. 24, 18.46. Num. 4, 5; ἐο let descend, 
fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2, 
23. Lam. 2,18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with 
violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov. 
21, 22. 

Horn. 55 pass. of Hiph. to be led or 
brought down Gen, 39, 1; to be taken 
down, as a tent Num. 10, 17; to be cast 
or thrust down Is. 14, 15, Ez. 31, 18. 
Zech. 10, 11. 

Deriv. the two following, and 1772. 


‘T]? (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. 8) 
Gen. 5, 15. Gr. ᾿Ιαρὲδ Luke 3, 37. b) 
1 Chr. 4, 18. 


7202, always with art. [7224 except 


.Ps. 42,7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the 


river, from the idea of descending, flow- 
ing down, r. 127, as Germ. Rhyn, Rhein, 
from the verb rinnen.) the Jordan, Gr. 
ὃ ᾿Ιορδάνης, the chief river of Pales- 
tine. rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon, 
and flowing into the Dead Sea, where 


ΠΡ 


it terminates. Gen. 18, 10. 11. 32, 11. 
50,10. Arab. (yd st el-Urdun, and 
at present also Aap iJ} esh-Sher? ah, 
watering-place. On the character of 
the Jordan, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. 
p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources 
see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac. 
1846, Pp. 187 Βᾷ. 208 sq. —Hence "52 
i737, ἢ περίχωρος τοῦ Ιορδάνου, the 
valley and region through which it 
flows. Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 
18, 23; comp. Matt. 3, 5. Poet. without 
art. {772 V2 id. Ps. 42, 7. In Job 40, 23 
Jordan is poet. put for any large stream ; 
-as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator. 
—On the etymology, see more in The- 
‘saur. p. 626. 

ἜΡΙΣ ἅπαξ λεγόμ. kindr. with the 
roots 377, 827, pr. fo tremble, and then 


to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. 85 . 


Hence 55m, in 2 Mss. 1797M, Is. 44, 8. 
Sept. μὴ πλανᾶσϑε, but the other ancient 
‘versions express the sense to fear, to be 
afraid, «s if it were i. ᾳ. NTF. 


bch τ ey inf. absol. 45", constr. ΤΠ, 
also Nim" 2 Chr. 26,15; fut. m7", plur. 
1 pers. 6. suff. Ὁ. Num. 21, 30; imp. 
myn 2 Κ. 13, 17. 

1. to Deronn, to cast, c. acc. Ex. 15, 4; 
e. g. lots Josh. 18, 6; an arrow 1 Sam. 
20, 36. 37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to 
shoot 2 K. 13, 17; metaph. of plots Ps. 
11, 2. 64,5; acc. of pers. Num. 21, 30. 
Part. plur. "7" archers 1 Chr. 10, 3. 
2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. Ὁ ΖΦ id. 

2. to place, to lay a foundation, te 
found ; comp. Gr. βάλλεσϑαι ἄστυ i. q. 
to lay the foundation of a city, Syr. [hos 
to cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38, 
6 who hath laid the corner-stone thereof? 
Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar "M772 VER 
which I have founded, placed, erected. 

3. to sprinkle, to water, ὁ. acc. Hos. 
6, 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter 
drops of water, comp. P72}.— Hence 
Part. M71" as subst. the early rain, see 
above p. 392. 

Nira. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cast at, 
shot through, with arrows ; fut. M73" Ex. 
19, 13. 

Hiren. W747, fat. M7, conv. 7) 2 K. 
13, 17, plur. ἘΝ 2 Sam. 21, 24. 


424, 


ἽΝ 


1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, Job 
30, 19; spec. arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam. 
20, 20. 36. 2K. 13, 17. 19,32. The 
person shot at is put with > 2 Chr. 35, 
23; in acc. Ps. 64, 5. 8.—Part. ἢ τ an 
archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10,3. By 
Aramaism, written in the manner of 
verbs 8>, 2 Sam. 11, 24 puttian ἸΝ ΒΗ 
and the archers shot, etc. comp. 2 Chr 
26, 15. 

2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no. 
3; hence Part. M712 i. α. 7M the early 
rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7. 

3. to thrust oid the hand, like 33 mb, 
espec. in order to point out or show any 
thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen. 
46, 28. Prov. 6, 13 MMPasys ΠῚ point- 
ing with his fingers, i. e. ‘making signs. 
With two ace. of pers. and thing Ex. 15, 
25.—Hence 

4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. des 
κνύω, ἀναφαΐνω, absol. Ex. 35, 34. Mic. 
3, 11; with acc. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10. 
12, 7.8; acc. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2, 
18; with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 
27, 11. 86, 11. 119, 33. Also with 3 of 
thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job 
27, 11. Ps. 25, 8. 12. 32, 8; once with 
by pr. to teach or jum. to any thing 
2 Chr. 6, 27; with 7 as toany thing Is. 
2,3. Mic. 4,2. With dat. of pers. and 
acc. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12.— 
Part. ny2, teaching, a teacher, see in its 
order. 

Deriv. M77, Mya, OVI, ‘and pr. 
names Mit, TH, DAT, DRT, APT, 
pbuant. ; ᾿ 

SN (founded of God, r. 177) Jeruel, 
pr. n. prob. of a town and of a desert 
adjacent, 2 Chr. 20, 16. 

TiN? (i, q. WI moon) Jaroah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. 

pi? m. green thing, green herb, Job 
39, 8. R. pt. 

NON and MW? (possessed se. by 
a husband, r. wnt) Jerusha, pr. n. of the 
mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 334 
2 Chr. 27, 1. 

Dowan | according to the Masora 
five times fully moan Jer. 26, 18. 
Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 2 Chr. 25, 1. 32, 
9; fem. Is. 3, 8. 10, 11. 40, 2. 9. al. (poet. 
chu Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3;) pr. ἢ. Jeru- 


7 


salem, Gr. ἱΙερουσαλήμ and ἱΙερουσόλυμα, 
a royal city of the Canaanites Josh. 10, 1. 
5. 15,8; after the accession of David, the 
chief city of the Hebrews, and the royal 
residence of David and his posterity, 
situated on the confines of Judah and 
Benjamin. Fora full description of its 
topography and antiquities, see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re- 
land Palest. p. 832 sq. 

As to the etymology and orthography 
of the name, there has been much dis- 
pute. In respect to the former, Reland 
Palest. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald 
Heb. Gram. p. 332, hold B>t577 to be 
i. ᾳ. DTDY-ANT possession ‘of : peace, one 
ὦ being ‘dropped. But this is contrary 
to analogy; since where a letter is 
doubled, the first in such case is not 
dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh 
forte in the other, as in 5237" for 3177 
bya; and besides, the form W877 no- 
where occurs in the sense of possession 
(i. q. M89") either separately or in com- 
pounds. Hence it is better to regard 
17 as derived from τ. 733 no. 2, i. q. a 
founding, foundation ; Wikehad ὈΡΘΌΝ. 
a foundation of peace, of prosperity ; 3 
comp. >¥54".—As to the other part of 
the compound name, there are some who 
regard 020 and nbs as the dual of 
nby quiet, “and suppose the city to be 
thus designated as double, or having two 
parts, comp. 2 Sam. 5,9; so Ewald and 
Maurer. But in the passage cited there 
is no mention of a double city ; and that 
the Ὁ in this word is a primitive radical, 
and not servile, is apparent from the 
forms 02%) Gen. 14, 18, Chald. pdvisns, 
Gr. Σόλυμα, «Πιρουδλόμω More proba 
bly, therefore, it was anciently pro- 
nounced 02% peace, safety, prosperity ; 
but in the later periods of the silver 
age, some began to write it "bw, and 
to regard it as a noun plural or perhaps 
dual which was to be pronounced 875%; 
and this in the seventh or eighth cen- 
tury, when the points were added, had 
become the established view, so that 
the grammarians supposed the same 
pronunciation was to be restored in all 
cases. It follows, in our view, that the 
defective form ought every where to be 
read and pointed 5>8""7. In like man- 
ner Samaria in Heb. and anciently, was 

36* 


425 


ns 


called 7938, Chald. 733%, and thence, 
as if dual, 11335; comp. Lehrg. p. 538, 
See more in Thesaur. Ρ. 628, 629. 


DSW? Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4,12 
20. 24. 5, 1. 2. 15, also B2WAIY Ezra 5, 
14. 6, 9. 


*n2° obsol. root, perh. i. gq. PI, to be 
pale, yellow, mand Pp being interchang- 
ed; see under ™, p. 290.—Hence the 
two following, and τηνι. 


TT" m. the moon, so called from its 
paleness ; in prose always with the arti- 
cle, in poetry usually without it; Gen. 
37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2. 2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 
8, 2. Ece. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104, 19. Job 25, 
5. al. Ps. 72,5 72 "28> in the sight of 
the moon, i. e. so long as the moon shall 
give her light ; comp. v. 7. 


ΤῊΣ m. plur. O°}, constr. "7195 de- 
nom. from M7". 

1. @ month, i. e. a lunar month, as was 
customary among the Hebrews ; comp. 
Germ. Mond and Monat, Engl. moon 
and month, Gr. μήνη and μήν, Lat. mensis. 
Syr. Loses month. It is i,q. WIA, but 
less frequent, and used mostly ἫΝ ecttlat 
writers, Ex.2,2; and in the poetic style 
Deut. 33, 14. Job 3, 6. 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2. 
Zech. 11,8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8, 
2,—6"9" ΓΙ see in O17 Plur. no. 2. Ὁ. 

2. Jerah, pr. n. of a people and region 
of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan, 
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in 
Phaleg II. 19, not unaptly supposes this 
name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a 
translation from an Arabic name of the 
same signification ; and this being pre- 
mised, he understands by it the Alilai, 
dwelling in a gold regionon the Red sea 
(Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p. 
277). whose true name he conjectures to 
be JXo 4.2 sons of the moon, so call- 


ed from the worship of the moon or Ali- 
lat, Hdot. 3.8. Fora tribe bearing this 
name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie- 


| buhr’s Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ. 


—More probable however is the gpinion 
of J. Ὁ. Michaelis in Spicileg. IL. p. 60, 
who understands by it the Moon coast 
( poet 5), and Moon mountain 


( pl dao) near Hadramaut; since 


na 


ma: in Gen. 1. 6. is joined with the 
land of Hadramaut, i. 6. PI27S4 ἃ. v. 
See Edrisi par Jaubert, I. p. ‘BA. 


TY)? Chald. a month, Ezra 6,15. Dan. 
4, 26. 
INN" see in, 


DITA? (who finds mercy, τ. 61), Jero- 
ham, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
6; 12. 19. b)1 Chr. 9,12. 6) 27, 22. 
ἃ) 8 Chr. 33,1. 6) Neh. 11,12. ἢ) 
Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8. 12, 7. 


DSA? (on whom God has mercy, r. 
prin) Jerahmeel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 
9, 25. 26. 42. Hence patronym. in "— 
Jerahmeelite 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 29. b) 
1 Chr. 24, 29. 6) Jer. 36, 26. 


on? ws pr. n. of an Egyptian 
slave 1 Chr. 2 , 34. 35. The etymology 
is unknown. 


ἘῺΣΡ » Arab. Ly! II, to throw head- 


long, to precipitate, ibys 0 precipice, 
destruction; hence in Kal once, to be 
headlong, rash, perverse, Num. 22, 32 ; 
in Cod. Samar. stands 373 as gloss. 

Piet 27° to throw headlong, to cast ; 
once Job 16, 11 3972 DU TN be 
God hath cast me into the hands of the 
wicked ; Sept. ξῤῥιψέ με, Vulg. tradidit 
“me. 

PNT? (i. q. bins q. v.) Jeriel, pr. n. 
mm. 1 Chr. 7, 2. 

a7" m. (τ. 2) 1. an adversary, 
‘Ps. 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25. 

_ 2. Jarib, pr.n. a) See j"3% no. 1. a. 
"b) Ezra 8, 16. 

"2" (see "2") Jeribai, pr. π. τὰ. 1 
‘Chr. 11. 46. 

9? and 777")? (founded i. 6. consti- 
‘tuted of Jehovah, τ. 177) Jeriah, pr. n. 
τὰ. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23. 26, 31. 

“IMI Josh. 2, 1. 2. 3, I}? Num. 22, 
1, and AM"? 1 K. 16, 34, Jericho, a 
-celebrated city of Palestine, situated 
near the Jordan and Dead Sea, in the 
territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer- 
tile. region. Sept. “Ἱεριχώ, Strabo “Legu- 
-xove XVI. 2 41, Arab. sty! Eriha, 
-called also Riha ; see Reland Palestina 
Ρ. 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
:279, 285 sq.—The form in? is prob. 


4.26 


Ἴ 
the primary one, signifying place of fra- 
grance, from r. 9. 

mia? see in ning. 

mia")? (heights, τ᾿ 8.5) Jerimoth, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8. 

my)? ἢ (Ὁ. 5.2) α curtain, hanging, 
so called from its tremulous motion; 
spec. of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10, 
20. 49, 29; of the sacred tabernacle Ex. 
26, 1 sq. 36,8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2; of Solo- 
mon’s palace Cant. 1,5. Syr. Rega 
tent-curtain, also tent itself. 

mise) (curtains) Jerioth, pr. n. ἢ 1 
Chr. 2, 18.—R. 573. 


ἘΠ᾽ obsol. root, of the same or a 
similar power with the kindred 32", to 
be tender, soft. Hence 377,23, pr. ἢ, 


m4. 
J2) constr. FI, 6. suff. "299; dual 
b's"; fem. Num. 5, 21. 


sf the thigh, so called from its soft- 
ness, see r. 11; Gr. μηρός, Arab. ὡ» 


and dys thigh, buttock, haunch. How 


far it Κῶ from ΣΤ the loins, ὑσφύς, 
is apparent from Ex. 28, 42: thou shalt 
make for them linen drawers to cover 
their shame, D227" "3" ΛΣΤ from the 
loins even unto the thighs ; as also from 
the general use of the word. That is, 
b.2m2 denotes the lower part or region 
of the back, while 4727, dual 5°35, sig- 
nifies the thick and fleshy double mem- 
ber which commences at the bottom of 
the spine and extends to the lower legs 
(a °piw), i.e. the two thighs with the but- 
tocks. So 3771 52 the socket of the thigh, 
by which the thigh is connected with 
the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33. 
ἘΠῚ ἘΣ on or at the thigh, where the 
sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3,16. 21. 
Ps. 45,4. To smite the thigh, a gesture 
of mourning and of indignation, Jer. 31, 
19. Ez. 21, 17; comp. Hom. Il. 12. 162. 
ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198, Cic. el. Orat. 80. 
Quinctil. XI. 3. Also, do put the hand 
under the thigh, as the accompaniment 
of an oath, prob. in some connection 
with the sacredness of circumcision, Gen. 
24, 2. 9. 47,29; to come out from the 
thigh of any one, i. e. to be begotten by 
any one or descended from him, Gen. 46, 


an 


26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30; comp. Koran 
Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6, 98. The buttocks are 
prob. meant Num. 5, 21.27. For piw 
Yrs Judg. 15, 8, see in art. pis. In 
animals the thigh, haunch, ham, Ez. 
24, 4. 

2. Trop. of things, in which sense the 
fem. form 37° is much more usual. 
. E.g. a) the shank of the sacred can- 
delabra, where the stem (73?) separated 
into the three feet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 
b) the side of a tent or tabernacle Ex. 
40, 22. 24; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2K. 
16, 14. 

Duat 0°37" the two thighs Ex. 28, 42, 
see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2. 


MDI? f. (r. FI) ig. WM no. 2. b, the 
side, hinder part, 6. σ. οἵα country,c. suff. 
im297 Gen. 49, 13, Comp. ΠΏΞ, 03%. 

Ὅσαι, ἘΞ constr. "M277, once 
‘miny2 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr. the two 
thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used 
only of things. ΕἸ. g. 

1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear, 
Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28. 32; of the 
temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19. 

2. The interior of any thing, the hinder 
or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of 
a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3; οἵα ship 
Jon. 1,5; ofacavern 1 Sam. 24,4; ofa 
sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32,23. Hence 
7225 "MDI" the recesses of Lebanon, i. e. 
the extreme and inaccessible parts of 
the mountain, Is. 37, 24; also Judg. 19, 
1, 18 BIEN" "NS92 the recesses of 
mount Ephraim. Hence 

3. uttermost parts, remote regions, 6. g. 
ViPS "M271 the ultermost parts of the 
north, extreme northern regions, Is. 14, 
13. So in Ps. 48, 3 beautiful in its ele- 
vation, the joy of the whole earth is mount 
Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is 
the city of the great king, wiv being 
repeated, and the remotest north being 
put by synecd. for the most distant na- 
tions ; so De Wette ed. 4. PIR "NDI2 
the extremities of the earth, remotest 
Jands, Jer. 6, 22. 25, 32; comp. mipz> 


Ta. 
TD? Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32. 


ΟΝ Baad 


᾿ aa" obsol. root, prob. i. q. ° 


DIN, tes be high. Hence pr.n. ning? 
ΤΩΣ, "279, also 


427 


> μίας 


pr 


> (height) Jarmuth, pr.n. a) 
A city in the plain of Judah, anciently 
a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10, 
3. 12,11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth, 
Jerimuth ; Euseb. and Jerome Jarimuth, 
Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis 
towards Jerusalem; now J 2 Yar- 


mik, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 344. 
b) A city of the Levites in Issachar, 
Josh. 21, 29; called M97 19, 21. 

mins (heights, τ. 537) Jeremoth, pr. 

a) 1 Chr. 8, 14, Ὁ) Ezra 10, 26. 
6) v.27. d) 1Chr. 23, 23, for which 
nian" 24, 30. 6) 25, 22, for which 
mio? v. 4. f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth. 
Keri nian. 

™2}? (dwelling in heights, r. Ὁ.) Je- 
remai. pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 10, 33. 

ΓΙΌ and Wi? (whom Jehovah 
setteth up, r. τ Chald. no. 2) Jere- 
miah, Sept. “Iegsuiac, pr.n. a) The 
distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a 
priest, Jer. 1,1. 27,1. Dan. 9,2. ete. δ) 
1 Chr. 12, 18. 9) 2 K. 23, 31, comp. Jer. 
35,3. d) 1Chr.5,24 e) 12,4. £) 12, 
10. g) Neh. 10, 3, 12, 1.12. 

* 37" to tremble, and hence to fear, 
to be afraid, ig. 39, 837. Arab, 
and gy) id. This signification lies in 
the primary syllable 3" , comp. the roots 
399, 539, 529. Once in pret. Is. 15, 4 
> ness "fu "his soul trembleth within 
him (Moab), sc. for fear, terror.—Fut. 
>71 belongs to r. 327. 

Deriv. 537, pr. ἢ, mis". 

DNB (what God heals, τ. ΝΕ") 7.- 
peel, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, Josh. 
18, 27. 

*T.P2? 1. to spit, i.g. pet, Chal. 
px, Ethiop. OZ®, id. Pret. Num. 12, 
14. Deut. 25,9. Inf. absol. pa7 Num. 
1.c.—The fut. p59 is borrowed from PP. 


γα; p> obsol. root. to be green, pale 
green, as a plant ; comp. ΠΡ. Arab. 
ἘΠῚ to put forth leaves, as a tree; IV, 


to sprout ; both from the idea of green- 
ness, verdure. Hence the six following, 
and Pins. 


P2? m. adj. green, neut. 


3 green, green herbage, 2 Κὶ, 19, 26. Is. 


pr 


37, 27. Spec. greens, herbs ; Py" 53 a 
garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1K. 21, 2. 
PU MII a portion of herbs, vegeta- 
bles, Bios: 15,17. Syr. Lops, Deo,s, 
an herb. 

PX m. greenness, 32 pyI->D all 
greemmess of plants, every green plant, 
Gen. 1, 30. 9,3. NO PI greenness of 
grass i. e. green grass, Ps. 37,2. Else- 
where concr. the green, the verdure, foli- 
age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num. 
22, 4. Is. 15, 6. 

TP 22 τὰ «(Ὁ P73) greenness, paleness, 
χλωρότης, ὠχρότης. Spoken 

1. Of persons, paleness of face, that 
ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which 
arises from sudden affright, Jer. 30, 6. 

2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a vurn- 
ing yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22. 
τὰν 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg.2,17. Arab. 


tal 


Bie id. Coupled with ji53% q. v. 


ΤΡ m. (τ. ptt) yellowness, see "2 
jipw in art. "2, 572, bb. 


DIP? (paleness of the people, r. P77; 
or perh. ‘the people is spread abroad,’ 
for DY ΣΡ.) Jorkeam, pr. n. of a town 
of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 44. ΄ 

Pop? ρίαν, αὶ mipypy. R. pw. 

1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, χλωρίζων, 
spoken of a leprous colour in garments, 
Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37. 

2. Subst. paleness, yellowness, of gold 
Ps. 68, a Ethiop. OC® gold itself. 


Arab. ἧς 3 money, coin. 


"Ὁ Jer. 49, 1, also Ὁ) , 2 pers. 
mds Deut. 6, 18, but 6. suff. amet 30, 
δ, ‘plur. 2. p. PRN ; Fut. wae ptur. 
han, sO; Imp. ἘΝ Deut. 1.21, © ib. 
2, 24. °31, ard fully U9, with He parag. 
nits 33, 23; Inf. nah, c. suff. int. 

1. to take, to seize, to take possession 
of, to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15. 
16, 18.—T hat this, and not ‘ to inherit’ 
is the primary signification, is apparent 
from the derivatives MS net, and ἢ 
must, new wine; as also from the sylla- 
ble ὦσι, which like 0", 7", has the force 

of taking, seizing, see in Ὀσπ. The 
secondary sense of inheriting is found 


in Arab. 9; PY Zp; Chald. m1, 


428 δ} 


Eth. OZf1; and perhaps Lat. heres 
for hered-s is from the same source.— 
Construed: a) With acc. of thing, 
spoken very frequently of the occupa- 
tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24. 
Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps. 44, 4. 83, 13. 
al. So of the whole earth Is. 14, 21; 
houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of nations 
Ps. 105, 44. Part. B77" @ possessor, con- 
queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8,10. Ὁ) With 
acc. of pers. to take possession of any 
one, i. 6. to seize upon his possession, to 
drive him out, to dispossess him, to suc- 
ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 "ὩΣ "254 
DAIS HA |ws) ows and the chil- 
dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor- 
ites), and destroyed them from before 
them. v. 21. 22. 9,1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18, 
14, 19,1. 31,3. Prov. 30, 23 a handmaid 
who has dispossessed her mistress, has 
succeeded in her place. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 49, 
2. With "38% from before Deut. 12, 29. 
Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the 
word is apparent in the following pas- 
sages: Deut. 31,3 the Lord will destroy 
these nations from before thee, D2" 
and thou shalt take possession of them, 
seize upon their possessions, succeed 
them. Judg. 11, 23 Jehovah hath driven 
out the Amorites before his people Israel, 
ἘΞ Ὁ mms: and wilt thou (Sihon) take 
possession of their land ? 

2. to possess, to hold in possession, 
Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14. 21,1. al. So 
of a land Obad. 19. Ez. 36,12. Judg. 18, 
9; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very frequent 
in the phrase V8 ΘΔ to possess the 
(promised) land, spoken of the quiet 
occupancy and abode of the Israelites 
in Palestine, promised of old to Abra- 
ham, and emblematic of the highest 
prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7. 
Ps. 25, 13. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21. 
Comp. Matt. 5, 5.—Poet. of animals Is. 
34, 11; plants Hos. 9, 6. 

3. Spec. to inherit, to receive an inhe- 
ritance, with ace. of thing Num. 27, 11. 
36,8; also, acc. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b,) 
to inherit one’s estate, to be one’s heir, 
Gen. 15, 3. 4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son 
of the bond-woman shall not inherit with 
my son, with Isaac. Part. 895" an heir, 
Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14, 7. 

Nira. Ὁ to be dispossessed, to be 
driven out of one’s possessions, fo come 


wn 
to poverty, pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ. Gen. 45, 
11. Prov. 20, 13. 30,9. In this sense it 
has affinity with 83 to be poor. 

Pret © twice, i. q. Kal no. 1; with 
ace. of thing Deut. 28, 42; with acc. of 
pers. i. q. to drive out from a possession, 
to dispossess, to bring to poverty, Judg. 
14, 15 25 SHRI ISN have ye called 
us to impoverish us?" Here some Mss. 
and editions omit Metheg, and the form 
would then be Kal. But the regular 
Inf. Kal would he "v3. 

Hien. Bin 1. to cause to possess, 
to give possession of any thing to any one, 
with two ace. Judg. 11, 24, 2 Chr. 20, 11. 
Poet. Job 13, 26 "133 nity win} and 
makest me to possess the sine of my youth, 
i.e. still imputest them tome. With > 
of pers. Ezra 9, 12. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of, 
toseize upon. a) With acc. of thing, e.g. 
a land Num. 14, 24; a city Josh. 8, 7. 
17, 12; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19. 
b) With ace. of pers. to seize upon one’s 
possessions, to drive out of a possession, 
to dispossess, to expel, Judg. 1,29 sq. 11, 
23. Josh..3, 10. Ps. 45, 3.8]. Often of 
God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex. 
34,24. Num. 32,21. 1K. 14,24. 2K. 
16, 3. al. Trop. also of things, Job 20, 
15 God shall drive them out from his 
belly, sc. the riches swallowed.—Hence 

3. to dispossess of wealth, to make 
poor, 1 Sam. 2,7. Comp. Niph. 

4. to destroy, Num. 14, 12. 

Deriv. FON, FW, no, Bria, 
mys ia, vintn, ‘and pr. 2 m. awa or 
moans, nya. 


PWT? ἢ @ possession, Num. 24, 18. 


mo δ Deut. 2, δ. 9. 
Josh. 12, 6. 7. Judg. 21,17. Ps. 61, 6. 
2. inheritance, Jer. 32, 8. 


PRU? see Pret. 
872°? (whom God has set up, r 
baw) Jesimiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 


. DW" 1. i. ᾳ ca, to put, to 
hence Πρ δ Judg. 12, 3 Cheth. 

2. Intrans. to be put, placed ; comp. 
ἜΣ and "3x. Fut. 5%") Gen. 50, 26; 
also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth. where in Keri 
is ἘΪΘῚ15" Hoph. of naw. 

Sal (for ὃς m2", warrior or sol- 
dier of God, τ. MY, see Gen. 32, 29) 


, 


429 "12" 


Israel, pr. τι. given by Jehovah to the 
patriarch Jacob, see Gen, 32, 29. 35, 10; 
but more frequently put for his pos- 
terity, the people of Israel.—Hence 

1. For the whole people of Israel, the 
twelve tribes, is put 5&7? 722 the chil- 
dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg. 
Sam. Kings and Chronicles; 5x77 ma 
the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. "40, 38; 
also simpl. >x3t Israel, the Ieraclites, 
Ex. 5, 2. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. masc. 
Josh. 4, 22. 7,8. 1]. Kea! 7, 11.17; sing. 
fem. Is. 19, 24. Jer. 3,11; plur. masce. 
Josh. 3,17. 7, 25. Judg. 8,27. So too in 
the phrases ΕΝ op, S oie, 1, 6. 
Jehovah ; ΕΠ in Israel, 1 Sam. 9,9. 
Judg. 11, 40. Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4. 
dete Ps the land of Israel, Palestine, 
1 Sam. 13, 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes 
the whole people is prebbnted as one 
person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num. 
20, 14; and so Is. 41, 8, 42, 24, 43, 1. 15. 
22. 28. 44, 1.5; parall. sp21.—Emphat. 
bw is sometimes put for the true 
Israelites (adn das ᾿Ισραηλῖται John 1,48), 
those distinguished for piety and virtue, 
and worthy of the name, Is. 49, 3. Ps. 73, 
1; comp. Rom. 9,6 ov γὰρ πάντες ot ἐξ 
* lavaihs οὗτοι "Tops. , 

2. In consequence of the dissensions 
between the ten tribes and Judah after 
the death of Saul, these ten tribes, 
among whom Ephraim took the lead, as 
being the majority, took to themselves 
this honourable name of the whole na- 
tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9. 10. 17. 28. 19, 40- 
43. 1 K. 12,1; and on their separation 
after the death of Solomon into an inde- 
pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam, 
this name was adopted for the kingdom, 
so that thenceforth the kings of the ten 
tribes are called 5x37 7352, and the 
descendants of David, who Hutaied over 
Judah and Benjamin, ma saa. So 
in the prophets of that period Judah and 
Israel are put in opposition, Hos. 4, 15. 
5, 3. 5. Am. 1,1. 2, 6. Mic. 1,5. Is. 5,7. 
al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still 


reckoned as a part of the people Israel ; 


as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are 
called the two houses of Israel, comp. Is. 
10,20. And hence, after the destruction 
of the kingdom at Samaria, the name 
Israel began to be applied to the whole 
surviving people ; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra, 


win" 


Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19, 
8. 21, 2. 4. 23, 2. 24, 5. 

The gentile ἢ. is "x 7b" Israelite 2 
Sam. 17, 25; fem. maby: Lev. 24, 10. 


"20%" Jssuchar, pr. n. of the fifth son 
of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The 
tribe of Issachar (ΞΘ. 23) inhabited 
the region adjacent to the sea of Gali- 
lee, Josh. 19, 17 sq. comp. Gen. 49, 14. 
Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22.—The 
name, as it now stands in the text, is 
every where furnished with the as 
belonging to the constant Keri 73% 
i.e. bought with a reward or price, see 
Gen. 30,16. The fuller form in Chethibh 
may be read in two ways, either 938 3 
there is reward, or “202 for 730 Nw 
he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18. 


>, with Makk. “wr (τ. ws, as 43 
from 23) pr. to εἶναι, being, existence ; 
then what is, what exists, there is. 
Hence 

1. Implying existence, presence, etc. 
there exists, there is; so Arab. yest 
Syr. 24}, Chald. "m% q.v. a) Spee. 
there exists ; Ps. 58,12 Ὀ"Ὡξῶ DTN 
ΤῈΣ there idtaxista) a God that judgeth 
in the earth. Is. 44,8 "13330 FPR Bn 
is (exists) there a God besides me? 
Ps. 14, 2. 2 Sam. 9,1. Jer. 5,1. Lam. 
1,12. Ὁ) Genr. there is, Fr. il y 
a, Germ. es gibt, implying existence, 
presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 83 
"p12 DIMP DNB there is (here) a kinsman 
nearer than I. Judg. 19,19 there is (>) 
both straw and provender, i. e. here, 
ready. 1 Sam. 21,5 ὧν tap ond. Ecc. 
1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7. 18, 
24. Hence comes in later Heb. the 
phrase “Gx Ὁ there are (were) who, 
twice,or thrice repeated, for some, others, 
others, Neh. δ, 2. 3. 4 DOR WER ws 
there were who said, i, e. some said. 
Also M271 ΩΝ Wr there was that it was, 
repeated for ‘it was (happened) some- 
times, i. 4. 3 7, Num. 9, 20. 21. 
Onk, “3 ™8. c) With a note of 
place added, Gen. 28, 16 Mim WI j2N 
min pipes. 24, 33. Num. 13, 20. Judg. 
4, 20. Job 6,6; or a people, ete. in or 
from which one is, Deut. 22,17. 2 K. 
2,16. Ezra 10, 44. 

2. Put directly for the subst. verb 0 


430 oh 


be, i. q. is, it is; Judg. 6,13 Hint τ 1} 
1223 and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23, 8 
pSviEs ry ws on if it is in your caied. 
if it be your mind. For "7 5x> wr see 
in bx I. 2. Also with a suffix, which 
then expresses the subject of the subst. 
verb; as 78" thou art Judg. 6, 36 ; pow 
ye are Gen. 24, 49; i287 he (it) is Esth. 
3, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23, 23; with a note 
of place Deut. 99, 14. So with a parti- 
cip. Judg. 1. c. Gen 24,49 ons Ὀϑϑ ON 
son if ye are dealing kindly, if ye “deal 
kindly. 

3. > ws there is to any one, he has, 
pi to have, i. q. 5 527, see in N74 no, 


rr) 

3. bb. Syr. shat fer id—Ruth 1, 12 
mipn "> ws there is to me hope, J have 
hope. Gen. 44, 20 jpt a8 5227ws we have 
a father. 43,7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3. 
Jer. 41,8; so i> ws αθντῦϑ all whatso- 
ever he had Gen. 39, 4. 5. 8. 2 K. 4,13 
ΠΡΈΠΟΝ > B75 on hast thou to spealk 
to the king 7 So with the dative impl. 
Job 33, 32 18 91 ON for 15 ῷ 5 ON 
if thou hast words i. e. any ching to say. 
Is. 43, 8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21. 

Note 1. It appears from the exam- 
ples, that the subst. 8 corresponds, so 
far as the common use of language is 
concerned, to the substantive verb "37, 
viz. to those significations of it given in 
man no. 3; in such a way indeed as of 
itself to mark no distinction of number 
or time, but more commonly implying 
the present time. Thus in very many 
examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 Καὶ. 
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Kee. 8, 
14; also Pret. was, were, Gen. 39, 4.5.8. 
Num. 9, 20.21. Neh. 5, 2.3.4; Fut. wall 
or shall be, Jer. 31,6. So too in con- 
ditional clauses, after δ Gen. 23, 8. 
1 Sam. 14, 39; 55 Num. 22, 29. Job 
16, 4. 

Nore 2. For ti 8} there is not, which 
is found in Arabic and Aramean con- 


tracted into one word δ ; κὰν 
ΤΡ), the Hebrews employ 7"8, 78, 
the various uses of which correspond to 
those of &*; see above, p.43. Strictly 
therefore a form 7 ἫΝ is not admissi- 
ble; yet it is found twice, by a pleonasm 
of the subst. verb, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Ps. 135, 
17; see in 728 no. 2. Ὁ. 


au" 


ν᾽ aw" , fut. 389, conv. 30%; inf: abs. 
sits 1 Sam. 20, 5, once 348 Jer. 42, 10; 
constr. M30, c. suff. "M30; Imp. 33, 
M38 ; Part. feta. τ δι Nah. 3, 8, elses 
where ἀκ nach. For "ὭΣ Ps. 23, 
6, see Index. 

1. to sit down, to seat oneself ; kindr. 
with 33° to set, to place; intrans. fo be 
set, placed. Aram. 3°, wis id. The 
Arab. verb wy has the signification to 
sit, only in the Himyaritie dialect; see 
the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist. 
Arab. p. 15 ed. White; but this sense 
is found in the common Arabic in the 


subst. ol, throne, couch, consessus. 


The verb is "asians in the sense to lie 
in wait, to spring upon the prey, and 
genr. in the sense of leaping, springing. 
—Construed: absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov. 
23,1; with > of place Ps. 9,5. 110, 1. Is. 
47,1. 1K. 2, 19; ¢. dat. pleon. Gen. 21, 
16 ‘mb son and sit down Sor herself, by 
herself—Also to be seated, to sit, to be 
sitting. with 3 Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. εὐ 

53 1 K. 1, 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20, 
24. Poet. with acc. of that on which 
one sits, Ps. 80,2 5°392F 3" who sitteth 
upon the cherubim, i. e. upon a throne 
borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16. 
Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2. 

Spec. 20" 10 sit is spoken: a) Of 
judges who sit to dispense justice, Is. 
28,6 oBwisn 95 Iti" who sitleth at judg- 
ment, at the judicial table (comp. 55 30: 
orth to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), i. e. 
asa 1 judge. Joel 4, 12. Mal. 3.3. Hence 
dam MIU the seat of violence, i. e. of un- 
just judgment, Am. 6,3. 8) Of kings 
sitting either as judges Ps. 9, 5.8; or 
upon the throne, Germ. thronen, Ps. 61, 
8. 55, 20. Is. 14, 13. Zech. 6, 13; comp. 
Rey. 18,7. Hence in Is. 10, 13 Brazis 
are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God 
as king and judge of the world, to sit 
enthroned for ever, Ps. 29, 10. 102, 13. 
6) Of those who sit in ambush, to lie in 
wait, to lurk, fully 23% ΤῺ 383 Job 38, 
40; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3, 
2; absol. Ps. 10, 8. 17, 12. So «3» 
see above ; comp. Gr. λόχος, λοχεύω, do- 
χίζω, from λέγω to sit down, Lat. insi- 
diz. 4) Of mourners, who sit upon 


431 


᾿ hand see in 47727 no. 1. bb. 


6, 18. al. 


a0" 


the ground Is. 3, 26. 47, 1. Job 2, 13; or 
solitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28; or who are 
said simply to sit, Ps. 137, 1. Neh. 1, 4. 
Deut. 21, 33, Hence of a widow. Gen. 
38, 11. Is. 47,8. 6) Of those who sit 
still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those 
who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14. 
Is. 30, 7. Gen. 25, 27 Dm nk air sitting 
in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu- 
pied in domestic affairs. So χάϑημαι 
Valekn. ad Hdot. 2,86. f) Ofanarmy 
which sits down in a place, holds it, 1 
Sam. 13, 16. Lat. ‘sedere contra aliq.’ 
g) ὉΣ 30> fo sit with any one, to have 
intercourse, to associate with him, Ps. 
26, 4.5; comp. Ps. 1, 1. Jer. 15,17. h) 
The phrase to sit at the king’s right 
i) Further 
3 is used also of things which else- 
where are said to be set, put, placed, 
comp. the primary idea above and also 
Piel; and where other languages em- 
ploy either verbs of standing, being laid, 
(comp. 30°, 77",) or like the Heb. those 
of sitting, dwelling. Comp. 2317 site of 
a city, 2 K. 2,19; Chald. 3m to be situ- 
ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1. 
Eth. #\Z id. So of thrones as set, 
placed, Ps. 122, 5 mixd> Ἰ3ῶ Maw 7D 
wea) for there are set thrones ΜΝ judg- 
ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps. 
125, 1 as Mount Zion, which cannot be 
moved, 237 t>i>> but is set fast for ever. 
Zech. 12, 6. 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, 18. 
Zech. 2,8. This last example can also 
be referred to no. 4; to which also some 
interpreters refer all these passages. 
But the idea of inhabiting does not suit 
the most of them ; while they all admit 
and even require the signif: of being set, 
placed.—Hence inf. m3 as subst. seat, 
see in its order. am 

2. to remain, to abide, to tarry ; since 
those who continue in a place sit down. 
2 Sam. 10, 5 tarry (23%) at Jericho until 
your beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
Gen. 24, 55. 29, 19. Num. 35, 25. Judg. 
With acc. of place, as in no, 
1; Ruth 2,7 599 moan mnsy her tarry- 
ing in the house is little. With dat. 
pleon. Gen. 22,5 mb 52> 53 abide ye 
here. With dat. of pers. Hos. 3, 3 ὌΠ 
"> abide for me, i.e. remain true to τοῦ; ; 
also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24, 


au" 432 : 30" 


14; absol. id. Num. 22. 19.—Of things, 
Gen. 49, 24 ΠΡ jn "Na sem his bow 
abides in strength, remains strong. 

3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen. 
13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. sep. With Ξ of 
place. e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45, 10. 
Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20; a city Gen. 19, 29; 
a house Deut. 19,1; with 53 as ΠΝ by 
on or in a land Lev. 25, 18. 19. Jer. 23, 
8. Ez. 28, 25; also with dx at, by, Ez. 
3,15; > Judg.5.17; Ἐξ Gen. 27,44; Px 
with Gen. 34,16; Ὁ 72B> before ἃ teuigh- 
er, master, i. e. swith, 2 K. 4,38. 6,1; ¢. 
ace. as MID IW Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet. 
Ps. 22, 4 bynes nibnn suit inhabiting 
(dwelling among) the ‘praises of Israel, 
in the temple, where the praises of % 
rael resound before thee. But 397. 
acc. is also to dwell at, by, near a place, 
to be neighbour, comp. "44, j2W; 6. g. 
in both senses Gen. 4,20 ΓΙ ὩΣ bax a0 
those dwelling in tents and by (with) the 
flocks, i.e. nomades ; also Ez. 26, 17 fin. 
32" her neighbours, i. e. nai ghbout- 
ing cities. nations. To dwell in the 
house of God is to frequent his temple and 
its worship Ps. 23, 6. 27, 4. 84,5; comp. 
"3a. Spoken often of God as dwelling 
either in heaven Ps. 123, 4. 1 K. 8, 39. 
43. 49; or the temple Ps. 9, 12. 2 Sam. 
7, 6; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13; of 
beasts Jer. 50,39; and also of things, 
as the ark 1 Sam. 7,2; justice Is. 32, 
16.—Parr. 2257 a dweller, inhabitant, 
often as subst. as howans sau" Jer. iy, 
253.299 Ἢ 51, 12; 7INn Ἃ 10, 18; 
bon Is. 18, 3. Ps. 33, 8. Sing. often “ἢ 
lect. 7 39 inhabitants of Jerusalem 
Is. 5, 3; jiwod Ξ 5 9,8; comp. 20, 6. 
24, 17. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem. 
mz collect. for inhabitants Is. 12, 6. 
Jer. 21, 13. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 sq. See i in 
ΤΆ no. δ. p. 167. 

4, Poet. also pass. or intrans. fo be in- 
habited, to be habitable, i. q. Hoph. with 
which Kal often agreesinsignif: Comp. 
dd" fut. 529°. So too Gr. γαέω, espec. 
ναιετάω Od. 4.404. Spoken of cities Jer. 
17, 25; regions Joel 4, 20 Judah shall 
be inhabited for ever, opp. ‘to be deso- 
late’ v.19; Sept. κατοικηϑήσεται, Vulg. 
habitabitur. Zech. 7,7. Often 3 > 
to be uninhabited, not habitable, in the 
description of desolate cities and regions, 
6. g. Babylon Is. 13,20 comp. parall. Jer. 


50, 40; also Jer. 49, 18.33. 50, 13. 39. 
Of Tyre Ez. 29,11 no foot of man or 
beast shall pass through it, neither shall 
it be inhabited (3m >) forty years, 
comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez. 26, 20. 
Of Askelon Zech. 9, 5; the cities of 
Idumea Ez. 35,9. Of regions Jer. 17,6; 
also of single houses Job 15, 28, where 
Sept. οἴκους ἀοικήτους. In all these pas- 
sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass. 
κατοικεῖσϑαι, habitari ; while the Chald. 
and Syr. mostly retain the active form, 
which in those languages, as in Heb. 
admits the passive or intransitive sense. 
This signif. therefore stands firm, al- 
though denied by Hengstenberg, ad 
Zech. 12, 6. Christol. II. p. 286. 

Nipu. 23 to be inhabited Ex. 16, 35. 
Jer. 6, 8. Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 oar maui 
inhabited from the seas i. 6. frequented 
by maritime nations. 38, 12. 

Piet causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to 
place, to pitch tents Ez. 25, 4. 

Hips. 3"win, once c. suff. ΞΘ 
Zech. 10, 6 for ΘΠ as in some Mss. 
The writer prob. had in mind the similar 
form D°Mi3"w from r. 379. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit, 
to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2,8. 1 K. 21, 9. 10. 
12. Job 36, 7. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8; 
with two ace. Ps. 113,9; ἃ of place en. 
47,6. 2K. 17,6. Hos. 12,10; >» Hos. 
11,11. Also to let dwell with ΩΣ to 
cohabit with, as a wife; hence i. q. to 
take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2. 10, 14. 
17.18. Neh. 3,27. Comp. Eth. AON 
id. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to be 
inhabiled, Ez. 36, 38, Is, 54, 3. 

Horn. 1. to be made to dwell, Is. 5,8. 

2. to be inhabited, Is. 44, 26. 

Deriv. m38, nay, avin, avin, pr. 
n. HAI, AMD, 333 Eu, MOPso%, 
and the two following. 

MIWA 2G (sitting in the consessus) 
Josheb-bashshebeth, pr. n. of one of Da- 
vid’s chief officers, 2 Sam. 23,8; in the 
parall. passage 1 Chr, 11, 11 pest}. 

2820" (seat of one’s father) Jeshe- 
beab, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13. 

Maw” (praising, τ᾿ M320) Ishbah, pr. 
n. 1 Chr. 4, 17 


aw" 


353 120? (his seat is at Nob) Jshbo- 
benob, pr. ἢ. m. 2 Sam, 21, 16 Cheth, 

353 "20? (my seat is at Nob) Ish- 
bi-benod, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri. 

DM "2125 (r. 8) Jashubi-lehem, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 

DPA (to whom the people turneth) 


ΤΣ ir 


Jashobeam, pr. ἢ. τὰ, 1 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 2. 
p20? (leaving, τ. P32) Ishbak, pr. n. 
of a son of Abraham by Keturah, Gen. 
25, 2. 
MWPIG? (for mYpa st seat in hard- 
ness) Joshbekashah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr, 25, 
4, 24. 


Ἐπ: not in use, pr. to stand, to 
stand out, to stand upright, and hence to 
be ; whence the noun &° being and 
mom a setting upright, uprightness. 
Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be, 
Pers. ..pinn, Lat. esse; comp. Syr. 
tof, Arab. os Comp. as to signifi- 
cation 123 10 stand, whence wyl¥ to be. 


Other traces of this root in Hebrew are 
found in the pr. names MBs, "2, 


and? (he turneth, τ᾿ 398) Jashud, pr. 
n. a) Α βοὴ of Issachar, Num. 26, 24. 
Hence patronym. "303 Num.|l.¢. Ὁ) 
Ezra 10, 29. 


MI? (even, level, τ᾿ m8) Ishvah, pr. 
n. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17. 


monic (whom Jehovah bows down, 
τ. Mm) Jeshohaiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 


"78" (i. q. math) Ishvi, prom a) A 
son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17. b) A son 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 


YA" pr. n. Jeshua, contracted from 
Sw i. gq. PINT Joshua q. v. common 
in the later ‘Hebrew; whence Gr. ᾽1η- 
gous. 

1. Of men. a) Of Joshua the suc- 
cessor of Moses, Neh. 8,17. b) Of the 
high priest of the same name, see 387 
no. 2. Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Neh. 7, 7. “ey i 
Chr. 24,11. ἃ) Three Levites, 2 Chr. 
31, 15. Ezra 2, 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7, 43. 8, 
7. 9,4.5. 10, 10. 12,8. 24. 46) Neh. 3, 
19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6. 

2. Jeshua acity of Judah, Neh. 11, 26. 


Ay Πα 98") with 5 parag. poet. 


rinses Ps. 3,3. 80, 3. Jon. 2,10. 
37 


433 


toh) 


1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a 
temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11, Ps. 14, 
7. al. Ps. 3,9 ΠΙΣΉ ΗΓ Mind to Jehovah 
belongeth deliverance, it comes from 
him. mss onde God my deliverer 
Ps. 88. 2. “savin «ὦ men he is ἰ6 me for 
deliverance, i is become my. deliverer, Ex. 
15, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14.21. So 
of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16.— 
Coner. a) a deliverer, Ps. 68, 20 δὲ πὶ 
WIHT. 62, 3.7. Is. 33, 2. Plur. Ps. 42, 
12 and 43, 5 "Hey "2p mas my deliv- 
erer and my God ; so too doubtless 42, 6. 
b) delivered, rescued, (comp. M292 Gen. 
12, 2, and plur, risa Ps, 21, 7,) Is. 26, 
18 γὴν mys? 52 reat. we hase not made 
the earth delivered, i. e. we have not 
delivered the earth, wrought deliver- 
ance in it. 

2. help, aid, espec. from God, Ps. 9, 15. 
13, 6. 20, 6. 21, 6; fully "7 Pzaws Ex. 
14, 13. Is. 26,1 bm nich θη nsw 
his help will God set as walls and bul- 
warks, i. e. God’s help will be to us 
instead of walls, ete.—Hence, victory, 
1 Sam. 14, 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3, 8. Ps. 
118, 15. .Plur. victories, espec. those by 
which a people are delivered from dan- 
ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51. 
44, 5. 74,12. Comp. the root Hiph. 


5 

no. 3. Arab. 
3. welfare, 
51, 6. 60, 18. 
Ἐπ" obsol. root, Arab. transp: 


Ur» to be empty, spoken of a desert 
and desolate region, also of a hungry 
stomach. Conj. IV, to have an empty 


stomach, to be hungry, Liss fasting,. 
Hence 


a3 help, also victory.. 
rosperity, happiness, Isi. 
ob 30, 15. 


MU" m. emptiness, hunger, once Mic: 


" 


6, 14. 
"Ὁ only Ἦϊιρη. 27iM, to stretch 


ΨΥ 


out, to extend, c. acc. et Ὁ Eath. 4, 11. 5, 
2. 8,4. Chald. otix, Syr: gael ik 


> (perh. firm, strong; see r. ἐπ} pr- 
n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as 
being of humble birth was often called 
by his enemies in contempt "8""}2 the 
son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30. 31.. 22, 7. 
8. 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16, 
1sq.) The stem of lesse, poet. for. the 


"2" ABA 


family of David, Is. 11,1; and the root 
(sprout) of Jesse for the Messiah, id. 
v.10. Sept. Ἰεσσαί. 


> (whom Jehoyah lendeth, τ. 7232) 
Ishiah,-Ishijah, pr. n. 4) 1 Chr. 7, 3. 
b) Ezra 10,31. Also of several Levites. 


WW? (id.) Ishiah, Jesiah, pr. τι. τὰ. 
1 Chr. 12, 6. 

TMOG" f(r. owt) plur. mits deso- 
lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16 
Cheth. Comp. pr. n. Mia wn p. 
130. r. 


paw m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19. 
20. Ps. 68, 8. 78,40. 106, 14.al. R. Ee. 


DO? m. (τ. UB) an old man, pr. one 
grey-headed, only poetic, Job 12, 12. 
15, 10. 29, 8. 32,6. In the kindr. dia- 


pe ΕΝ 


lects the corresponding word is bana, 
5 - 
U*sw5, the letter * being changed to 


a rough palatal, see under lett. >. 


"WW" (son of an old man) Jeshishai, 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr, 5, 14. R. Se. 


ἘΣ i. ᾳ. D2 to be laid waste, 
made desolate ; kence fut. ΘΕ τ Gen. 47, 
19. Ez. 12,19. 19,7. But this form can 
be derived from 02¥ itself, as 5125 from 
dbp, see Heb. Gramm. § 66. n. I. 3. 
Plur. Πρ Ἢ Ez. 6, 6. 

Deriv. M7W1, fis", pr. ἢ. is"w, 
and 


saw (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr. 
ἢ, m. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


bi Spal ol (whom God heareth, r. 322) 
Ishmael, pr.n.. a) The βοὴ οὔ Abraham 
by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian 
tribes, Gen. 25, 12-18. Hence patronym. 
"Sxzau" 1 Chr. 2, 17. 28, 3, plur. 5°, 
Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Jsh- 
mael; they are spoken of as carrying on 
a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27. 39, 
1; and living a wandering life as noma- 
des at the eastward of the Hebrews and 
of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulfand 
Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18; 
which same limits are elsewhere (1 
Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek- 
ites. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7. 
b) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40, 
8. 14 sq. 41,28q. 06) Of several other 


15 
persons, 1 Chr. 8,38. 2 Chr. 933,1. Ezra 
10, 22. : 


M2220" (whom Jehovah heareth, τ. 
328) Ishmaiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 12, 4. 


ἜΠΟΣ (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. n. τὰ 
1 Chr. 27, 19. 


"120" (for m27287, whom Jehovah 
keepeth, r. 720) IJshmerai, pr. τ. m. 
1 Chr. 8, 18. 


is ye, 1 pers. "A389 Job 3,13; fat. 
jo, plur. 3342 Prov. 4, 16; inf. Fre 
Ecc. 5, 11; pr. to be languid, weary. 
Hence ; 

1. Of persons, to fall asleep, Gen. 2,21. 
41, 5. Ps. 4,9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5. 
Prov. 4, 16. Ece. 5,11; of beasts Ez. 34, 


peste ters ows to begin to sleep, to 


. 
* 


slumber, ἅλω beginning of sleep. Vice 


versa, the Arabs use the verb Ls of 
sleep itself, while the Hebrews denote 
by it only slumber, see 6%3.—Coupled 
with 032 in the phrase 777 N53 Ἐ525 ND 
to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of 
an active soldier Is. 5, 27; of a sleepless 
guardian Ps. 12), 4.—To sleep is also 
spoken poetically: a) Of the listless, 
those who do nothing, whence ἀγϑρώπο- 
μόρφως of God, Ps. 44, 24 why sleepest 
thou, Jehovah? 78,65. Ὁ) Of the dead, 
Job 3,13; more fully c. ace. D213 ΓῺ 725. 
Jer. 51, 39. 57, and nyat jw" Ps. 13, 4. 

2. Of things, to be flaccid, flabby, dry ; 
hence to be old, not new, comp. 533, 
mba2. So adj. je7, and 

Nipu. jt2 1. to be dry, spoken of old 
grain of a former year, opp. to new or 
of this year, Ley. 26, 10. 

2. to be old, i. e. of leprosy, to be inve- 
terate, Lev. 13, 11; of a person who has 
dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25. 

Ῥιει, eausat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
sleep, Judg. 16, 19. 

Deriv. 720, 723, and the three here 
following. 

JO" adj. fem. mrs, dry, i. e. old, not 
new, spoken of grain of a former year 
Lev. 25, 22. Cant. 7, 14; of an old or 
former gate Neh. 3, 6. 12, 39; of an old 
pool Is. 22,11. Seer. j87 no. 2. 


FO adj. fem. nywh, plur. constr. "20" 
Dan. 12, 2. ν 


20" 


1. Part. and verbal adj. sleeping, 
asleep, 1 Sam. 36, 7, Ps. 78, 65. Cant. 7, 
10 thy palate (i, 6. its moisture) is like 
sweet wine flowing straight to my belov- 
ed, ΘΒ Ὁ 331 gently stealing over 
the lips of the sleepers, i. e. those sleeping 
together. The Arabian poetsoften thus 
refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug 
ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11. 
Ῥ. 142. Trop. of death Dan, 12, 2—In 
the manner of participles it serves to 
form a periphrasis for the finite verb, 
1 K. 3, 20 npvs ἸῸΝ thy handmaid was 
sleeping, i. 6. slept. Cant. 5, 2. 

2. Jashen, pr. ἢ. m. 2 Sam. 23, 22; for 
which 1 Chr. 11, 34 wn. 


M20" (old) Jeshanah, pr. n. of a city 
in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr, 13, 19; 
see Jos. Ant. 8, 11. 3. ib. 14, 15. 12. 


* 3D" in Kal not used, Arab. ok 
be broad, ample, spacious ; trop. to be 


rich, opulent ; kindr. with 3°08. See 


Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T.1. 
p- 20. To the Hebrews broad space, 
wide room, is the emblem of liberty, de- 
liverance from dangers and straits, comp. 
37), 729; as on the other hand narrow- 
ness for space, straits, is put for difficulty, 
distress, danger, comp. "4, 57%. Hence 

Hipu. πὶ; fut. satin, rarely with 
τὶ retained 32m 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps. 
116, 6, apoc. SWis, Si, V"1 Job 5, 15, 
once 6. suff. p23 Is. 35,4. 

1. to deliver, to save, Sept. σώζω, with 
ace. of pers. Ps. 3,8 "2>°WIN ὑπ. 
Is. 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. al. So a city 
1 Sam. 23, 2. Is. 37, 856. Often with 12 
of pers. from whom, Ps. 7,2. 22,22. 109, 
31; also 339 Ex. 14, 30. 2K.19,9; 520 
2K. 16, 7; also 12 of thing, as 2372 
Job 5, 15, ΘΏΤΤ 2 Sam. 22, 3, etc. Rare- 
ly with 3 or 773 of pers. or thing by or 
through whom, 2 K. 14, 27. Hos. 1, 7. 
The ace. being omitted, Is. 59,1. Ps. 
118, 25 NiTMD win save now! wliende 
Gr. evavva.—Parr. "D520 @ deliverer, 
saviour, Sept. σωτήρ, Judg. 3, 9 15. 
1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19,20; of God as de- 
livering, saving his people Is. 43,11. 45, 
15. 21. al. δ 7X} and there is no 


deliverer, no hope of safety, Deut. 22, 27.. 


2Sam. 22,42. Often coupled with 5-25 
in a like signif. Ps. 6, 5. Jer. 15, 20. al. 


435 


3° 


2. lo help, to aid, to succour, Sept. 
βοηϑέω, with acc. of pers. Ex. 2, 17. 
2 Sam. 2,19; ¢. dat. Josh. 10,6. 2Sam. 
10,11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 43a no-win 
help, O king ! 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God 
as aflording help, aid, ὁ. ace. Ps. 12, 2. 
28, 9. 76, 10, though these examples can 
also be referred to no. 1; ὁ. dat. Ps. 72, 4. 
86, 16. 116, 6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols 
Judg. 10, 14. Jer. 11,12. Hence, as help 
from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic- 
tory, to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4, Josh. 
22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 14 
nding MDW Swi" and Jehovah gave 
them a great victory, by which they 
were delivered from their enemies.—A 
customary phrase is "25> npn or 
“shy Ὁ ms win, my own hand or arm 
hath helped me, i.e. by my own might, 
my own valour, have I gotten the vic- 
tory, sc. without the help of another, 
Judg. 7, 2. Job 40, 9 [14]; of God Ps. 
44, 4. 98,1. Is. 59, 16. 63,5. But ina 
different construction and sense, 1 Sam. 
25, 26 42 τὸ Dvn Lo help thyself with 
thine own hand, i.e. to avenge thyself 
privately. v.33. Here 473 and ὑπῆν, 
33 is the accus. of instrument, which is 
elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps. 60, 
7. 108, 7, comp. 17,13; for which see 
Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. n. 3. 

Nipx. 3832 1. to be delivered, saved, 
Ps. 80, 4. Is. 30,15. Jer. 4,14. Zech. 
9,9; with 2 of pers. Ps. 18,4, Num. 
10, 9; 72 of thing Jer. 30, 7. 

2. to be helped, succoured from God ; 
and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph, 
Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has 
>x2", showing that the primary force of 
st is every where preserved. Deut. 33, 
29. Is. 45, 17. 

Deriv. the four here following, also 
ngs, miswin, the pr. names SAwrdy, 
oon, mastin, Dias, SH, sung, 
wv 


DU? and 9B? m. in pause 284, c. suff. 
"DOs, FEW" Ps. 18, 36, once πρῶ" Ps. 85, 8. 

Ἢ heohel place, wide room, freedom, 
i,q. 3472, opp. to straits, see the root, 
Ps. 12, 6 soma meds 7 will set him in ἃ 
wide place, at ‘liberty. i. e. I will deliver 
him; comp. 18, 2.—Hence 

2. deliverance, help , with ace. of the 
kindr. verb, Hab. 3, 13 A watmy Bab 


»ὼ" 


for the deliverance of thine anointed. 
So πῶσ ΤΣ my rock of deliverance, 
through which I am secure from danger, 
2 Sam. 22,47, Ps. 95,1; "3" pop id. Ps. 
18, 3; ΠΝ “rR God i. my deliverance, 
i.e. God my deliverer, my helper, Ps. 
18, 47. 25,5. 27,9. Mic. 7,7. Concer. 
"20" my deliverer, helper, Ps. 27, 1. 

3. safety, welfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4. 
11. Ps. 132,16. Is. 61, 10; comp. 2 Chr. 
‘6, 41. 

"YO" (saving, salutary, τ. 987) Ishi, 


pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 31. δ) 5, 24. 
0) 4, 20. 

ΤΟΣ (id.) Jesaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 
Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c) v.19. 
d) Neh. 11, 7. 


ἜΣ (help of Jehovah, r. 30) 
Isaiah, Sept. .Ησοΐας, Vulg. Isaias, pr.n. 
a) The celebrated prophet who lived and 
had great influence under the reigns of 
Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ; 
see Is. 1,1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 sq. 20,1 sq. 
22, 15 sq. c. 36-39. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 15. 
c) 26, 25. 


* 50 obsol. root, kindr. with Mp to 
smooth, to polish, and ΠΕΣ, st, to 
shine. Hence 

MDW" (in some Mss. πῈ Ὁ 5) Ex. 28, 
20. 39,13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper, a precious 
stone or gem of various colour, but 
mostly green. Arab. Wisi, Via, 

MEW? (perh. bald, τ. MB) Ishpah, pr. 
n. 1 Chr. 8, 16. 

BU? (id.) Ishpan, pr.n. m.1 Chr. 8,22. 


ῳ “TO” fut. ati, plur. 3 pers. nye 
1 Sam. 6, 12. 

1. to be even, level, [which seems to 
‘be the primary idea of this verb and its 
derivatives—T.} Arab. 2 facilis, 
lenis, prosper eink ska even 
mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. M30 
Is. 38, 13,) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab. 
2,4 in WWE? γι ϑητ Ὁ Mev mn Mo elated, 
not tranquil is his soul within him. 
Hence "8" no, 2, 0%, τῶ. 

2. tobe straight, right, espec. of a way, 
kindr. with "8x, and also "W>, "> .— 
1 Sam. 6, 12 13 NN Aw pr. and 
the kine were straight in the way, i.e. 


436 “i 


took the straight way; for the grammat. 
form, see Heb. Gramm. ᾧ 47. n.3. Me- 
taph. only in the phrase "2-33 "1 it is 
right in my eyes, i.e. is pleasing to me, 
I approve it, Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3. 
1 Sam. 18, 20. 1 K. 9, 12. Jer. 18, 4. 

Prev 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make 
even, to level, to make plain, e. g. ways 
Is. 40, 3. 45,13; with > for any one. So 
God is said to make plain the ways of 
any one, 1. 6. to give him success, pros- 
perity, Prov. 3, 6. 11, 5, opp. 553. 

2. to make straight one’s way, Prov. 
9,15 who make straight their ways i. 6. 
wlio go straight forwards, the upright. 
m2>> “tt pr. to make biradeht to go, 
i.e. to go straight forwards, to walk up- 
rightly, Prov. 15,21. Hence to direct, 
to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30; 
poet. the thunder Job 37, 3. 

3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps. 
119, 128. 

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 1. Part. 39% 
κι Ἀν flattened gold, i.e. drawn out into 
plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35. 

Hien. men, also “win Ps. 5, 9 and 
Is, 45, 2 Cheth. 

1. to make even or level, to level, e. g. 
a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is, 45, 2 
Cheth. 

2. to make straight one’s way ; ellipt. 
Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lids 5.2 77707 
make straight (their way) before thee, 
i. 6. look straight before thee. 

Deriv. "WH", "O72, pr. ἢ. ὙΠ, and 
the six here following. 


“WW? adj. fem. M71 1. even, level, 
plain, of a way Jer. 31,9; hence 373 
mb" a plain way, not difficult i i. 6. pros- 
perous Ezra8,21. Trop. 23> "73" plain- 
minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, c. inf. 
et > 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab. 
facilis, obsequiosus fuit. Conj. HI, faci- 
lem se prebuit alicui. 

2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job 
33, 27 "M-75r “Hs T have made crooked 
the straight, i. 6. have acted perversely. 
Mic. 3,9. So espee. of a way 1 Sam. 
12, 23. Is. 26,7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7.— 
Metaph. a) "2933 5 right in my eyes, 
i.e. pleasing to me, what I approve. 
Judg. 17, 6 every.one did “7723 "HN 
what was right in his own eyes, what he 
pleased. Josh. 9, 25. Deut. 12, 28 "wn 


κι ἃ 


ΓΤ "2°23 i. e. what God approves. 1K. 
11, 33. 38, 2 K. 10, 30. al. 2 Sam. 19, 7. 
Rarely with 385» Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25. 
b) upright, righteous, just ; so of God, 
Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8. 92,16; of God’s 
judgments Ps. 119, 37. Neh. 9, 13; of the 
divine word Ps, 19, 9. 33,4. Of men, 
id. 1 Sam. 29, 6. Job 1, 1.8. 23,7. Ps. 11, 
7; often in plur. DO" the upright, the 
righteous, Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. 111, 1. 
Prov. 2, 21. al. sep. More fully 35 7207 
Ps. 7, 11. 94,15; omiada o7 Ps. 125, 
4; also 373 "W1 Prov. 49, 27, 923 "0 
Ps, 37,14. So of a way of life, conduct, 
Prov. 20, 11, 21,8. Subst. "8° upright- 
ness, integrity, Ps. 37, 37. 111, 8.—Hence 
m7 "BD the book of the upright, (Vulg. 
liber justorum, Engl. Vers. the book of 
Jasher,) a collection or anthology of an- 
cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the 
O. T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18; so 
called as celebrating the praises of up- 
right men, or perhaps for some other 
cause; since the Orientals often derive 
the titles of their books from words or 
things having little connection with 
the argument. See various conjectures 
in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. IT. 219. 


“0? (uprightness) Jesher, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 18. Ἵ 


I" m. (r. 982). 1. evenness, smooth- 
ness, rightness, of a way Prov.2,13. 4,11. 

2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what 
is right and proper ; Proy. 11, 24 who is 
more frugal ἜΣ than is meet. With 
suff. i133 what is right for him to do, 
his duty, Job 33, 23. Prov. 14,2. Also 
what it is right to speak, right, upright- 
ness, sincerity, Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly, 
Ece. 12, 10 ΤῸΝ 7939 7 335 and 
the pst of truth are rightly written, 
i. e. consigned to this book, as is right. 
b) Of persons, uprightness, integrity. 1 
K. 9.4. Ps. 25,21. 85 ἘΣ because of 

righiness, Proy. 17, Ὧ6. Often’ with 

3b, 32>, Deut. 9, 5. Ps, 119, 7. Job 33, 3. 


mbna (right towards God, τ. 3) 
Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 14. 

MID? or MIB C (er. “3>) constr. 
M218", uprighiness, integrity, 1 K. 3, 6, 

PNG? m. Jeshurun, a poetical name 
for the people of Israel, apparently ex- 


pressive of affection and tenderness, and 
37* 


437 


on 


occurring four times, Deut. 32, 15. 38, 5. 
26. Is. 44,2. The origin is doubtful; 
but prob. yey is a diminutive (of the 
form a POT) from AB i. q. ΝΣ 
(comp. 548 and 509) q.d. rectulus, , jus- 
tulus, ‘the good little people; Aqu. 
Symm. εὐθύς, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec- 
tus.—Others, as Grotius, whom I for- 
merly followed, make it a diminutive 
from the name >X7W? itself, for j1>N 707 ; 
but a contraction of this sort is without 
analogy. 


; διῶ" obsol. root, kindr. τ, to be 
white, hoary ; hence to be grey-headed, 
aged ; comp. M372. 

Deriv. 8°", pr. n. "U7, and 


OO m. an old man, pr. one grey- 
headed, 2 Chr. 36, 17. 


Mi? Chald. i. q. Hebr. mx, a sign of 
the accusative, c. suff. jinn chem Dan. 
3, 12. 


* 30)? Chald.i.q. Heb. v3 1. to sit 
down, to sit, Dan. 7, 9. 10. 26. 

2. to dwell, Ezra 4, 17. 

Apu. 350 to cause to dwell, Ezra 4,10. 


"ΤΩΣ obsol. root, Arab. M3, todrive 
in ‘firmly, to fix fast, 6. g. a aie or stake 
in the ground ; comp. rb, . Hence 


I) constr. 177, plur. 17H", constr. 
mitn?; mase. Ez. 15,3; fem. ie 22, 25. 
Deut. 23, 14. 

1. a peg, pin, nail, as driven into the 
wall, Ez. 15,3. Is. lc. Spec. a tent-pin, 
stake, driven into the earth to fasten the 
tent, Ex. 27,19. Judg. 4, 21. 22. Is. 33, 
20. Judg. 16, 14 ΔΝ πὶ 42 the pin of the 
web or braid, with which it was fastened 
to the wall, ete. Hence, to drive a peg, 
to fasten a nail, sc. in the wall, is to the 
Hebrews an image signifying to render 
firm, stable, Is. 22, 23; for which also 
simpl. ἼΣΑ Ezra 9, 8, comp. 775 v. 9. 
The Arabs have also the same figure, 
see Vit. Timuri, I. p. 134, 228. ed. Mang. 
—Further, a nail, peg, is put metaph. 


for @ prince, on whom the care and wel- 


fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4; 
where the same person is also called 
38 corner stone, on whom the state is 
founded. 


2. alittle spade, spatula, paddle, ἔβα. 
23, 14. 


a) 


Din? m. (r. nm") an orphan, Ex. 22, 
23. Job 6, 27. 31, 17. al. Also of one 
whose father only ‘is dead, a father- 
less child, Job 24,9. With genit. Ps. 
109, 12; so of a people Is. 9,16. Jer. 
49,11. Hence the stranger, the orphan, 
and the widow are named together as 
forlorn and needing help from others, 
Deut. 14, 29. 16,11. 14. 24, 19. 20. 21. 
26, 12. 13; so the widow and orphan 
Ex. 22, 21. 


“AN mm. (τ. "4m, after the form 54>") 
α searching out, search, and meton. that 
sought out, what is found by search, 
Job 39, 8. 


5 nn” obsol. root, Arab. 


with a club, Kine aclub. Hencenmnin 
club, q. v. 

"El? (pre-eminent, τ. "M") Jattir, pr. 
n. of a city in the mountains of Judah, 
assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48, 21, 
14, 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42.—Perh. 


the mod. αὐ ’Altir; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. 11. p. 194, 625. 

°F)? Chald. (τ. 9m) 1. Adj. excel- 
dent, pre-eminent, Dan. 2, 31. 5, 12. 14. 

2. Adv. fem. n7°M",,very, ie 
Dan. 3, 22. 7; 7. 19. 

mM” (hanging, high, r. mm) Jithlah, 


‘pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 19, 42. 


39; to beat 


*on° obsol. root, Arab. em and ee 


to be lonely, bereaved. This signif. of 
loneliness seems to come from the idea 
‘of silence, so that this verb has affinity 
with πώ, D273, comp. in Bbx no. 3. 
‘Hence cin an orgie —The form DMN 
Ps. 19, 14 is from pon. 

2)? (orphanage, τ. 0%) Ithmah, pr. 
‘n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 


Β ya" obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ups 4 
be perennial, to flow constantly, of water ; 


8 
III, to be assiduous, constant ; wl any 
‘thing perennial, permanent; kindr. perh. 


S 
8 <p! to stand. ~The primary idea 
‘seems to be that of extending, comp. 
2H .—Deriv. joe. 


438 “am 


Syn (whom God bestows, τ. M25) 
Jathniel, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 2. 


3257 (bestowed. τ. 427) Ithnan, pr. ἢ, 
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
23. 


ἢ “mn in Kal not used. 1. Pr. tohang 
out over, to be redundant, see ἜΣ no. 1, 
and "na. Hence 

2. to be abundant, to be more han 
enough, see Hiph. no. 1, "M3 no. 2; also 
to have over and ἀΐδυι, to gain, pres 
γεκτέω, see VIMN9, N57 no. 1. 

3. to be over and above, to be left, to 
remain ; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1, 
“MT no. 3, Ar". 

‘4. to exceed bounds ; and hence = τ 
very great, excellent, pre-eminent ; 
Niph. no. 3. 

Part. Ἔν, Manis, see in their order, 
Ρ. 392. 

Hips. “min. fut. "775, aN, in pause 
“nis, conv. "m4. 

1. to cause to abound, to make abun- 
dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr. 
with acc. of pers. and 3 of thing, Deut. 
28, 11. 30, 9. 

2. to let remain, to leave, with acc. of 
thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18, 
Ez. 12, 16; and > of pers. added Is. 1, 9. 
Jer. 44, 7. Absol. in the phrase ‘ to sat 
or aitite and leave,’ sc. when satisfied, 
Ruth 2, 14. 2 K. 4, 43. 44; also Ex. 36, 
7. Ez. 6, 8.—Ps. 79, 11 Hen "22a “Nin 
let remain the sons of death, i. e. preserve 


‘those appointed to die. 


3. Intrans. to be more than others, to 
excel; Gen. 49,4 "mim7>x thou shalt not 
excel, i. e. shalt not be pre-eminent 
among thy brethren according to thy 
birthright.—But "min may also be Hoph. 
for "M3M, as STI from 337, NI for 
ma Prov. 11, 25. 

Nipg. “173 1. to remain, to be left 
remaining, Gen. 44, 20. Neh. 6, 1; e. g. 
after a slaughter or destruction of iti 
Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17, 17. 
Is. 1, 8. 30, 17. al. sep. so of things Ex. 
10, 15; with dat. of pers. added 1 Sam. 
25, 34. With "m8 after 1 ΚΟ. 9,21; 42 
of, out of any number, quantity, etc, 2 
Sam. 13, 30. Zech. 14, 16. Lev. 14, 29; 
Ὁ in or of any thing Lev. 8,32. 14, 18; 
also with 3 in a like sense 2 Sam. 17, 12. 
—Part. "mia, ἢ ΤΗ͂Σ, that which is left, 


om 


the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30, 
36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. Lev. 2, 3. 10. al. 
seep. 

2. to remain, to be left, sc. after the 
departure of others. Gen. 32, 25 and 
Jacob (7759) was left alone. So also 
many intpp. Dan. 10, 13 DY "AMD RI 
and I remained there with the king of 
. Persia ; but the context favours a refer- 
ence to no, 3. 

3. 10 be more than others, to excel ; 
hence to get the victory, to be victorious. 
Dan. 10, 13 7259 5χ BY OMANI MOR! 
ὈΣ5 and ‘Tthere obtained the viclory with 
the kings of Persia. Comp: Hiph. no. 3. 
Syr. Ethpa. preestans, excellens fuit. 

Deriv.2ns, PIN, VHT, WH, AN, 
and those here following. 

“F}) m. 6. suff. m1. a cord, rope, 
pr. something hanging over, redundant, 
see the root a no. 1. Judg. 16, 7. 8. 


9. So Arab. ra id. string ofa bow, of 
pec 


a lute, etc. — a) Of the cords by 
which a tent is fastened to the pins or 
stakes; metaph. Job 4, 21 ba DAM? ΣὉ2 
their cord in them is torn away, their tent 
is thrown down, i.e. they die; comp. the 
figure of a tent in v.19, also Is. 38, 12. 
b) The string ofa bow, Ps.11,2. ¢) Of 
a cord used as a rein or halter ; Job 30, 
11 Cheth. mmp ‘nm he letteth loose (lets 
go) his rein, or collect. they let loose 
their rein, i.e. are unbridled, impudent. 
Keri "=m" they loosen my rein, i. 6. the 
rein which I have put upon them, the 
reverence due to me. 

2. abundance, Ps. 17,14; comp. Ex. 
23,11. τη >> abundantly, enough and 
more, Ps. 31, 24. Adv. "3, abundant- 
ly, bxtendbsiglan Is. 56, 12. ‘Da: 8, 9. 

3. remainder, residue, the rest. “ry 


Caph, the eleventh letter of the He- ~ 


brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
20. The name 23 signifies the hollow 
of the hand, palm, to which the ancient 
figure of this letter prob. bore a resem- 
blance. Ὁ 


439 - 


Dy the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6. 
2 Sam. 10, 10; Ὁ "937 “1 the rest of 
the acts of Solomon 1K. 11, 41. 14,19. 
al. sep. Spec. what is left after de- 
struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3, 
11. Josh, 12, 4. 18, 12. Job 22, 20.—But 
Joel 1,4 Ma ἜΣ that which the lo- 
cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11. 

4. Spoken of what exceeds bounds or 
measure; hence 8) excellence, pre- 
eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Concer. Gen, 49, 3. 
b) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "Mi" no. 
2.c. Num. 31, 32. 

5. Jether, pr. n.m. a) The father- 
in-law of Moses, elsewhere 907, Ex. 4, 
18. Ὁ) Judg. 8, 30. c) 1 Chr. 2, 32. 
d) 4,17. 6) 7, 38, for which 77% v. 37. 
f)1K. 2,5, for whieh ean 2 Sam. 17, 
26.—Patronym. vy 2 Sam. 23, 38. 


NIM? see “m7 no. 5. ἢ 

TI? ££ ig. ( no. 2, abundance, 
wealth, riches, Is. 15, 7. Jer. 48, 36. 

mn (i. q. Ὑ7 7.5) Jethro, pr. ἢ. of the 
father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18. 
Comp. "m7 no. 5. a, and 33m. 


yan? m. (τ. "M7) a word of the later . 
Hebrew. 

1. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 2, 13. 
7, 12 10, 10. 

2. gain, profit, emolument, what one 
has over and above, Ecce. 1, 3. 2, 11. 3, 9. 
5, 8. 15. Syr. 42." gain. 

TIM? see “M7 no. 5. e. 

DPN? (residue of the people, r. 1) 


be Pe | 


Ithream, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3,5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 
ΡΩΝ see MIN. 


AN? (for min" pin, nail, τ. 4m1, so 
Simonis)» Jetheth, pr. n. of an Edomitish 
chief, Gen. 36, 40. 


It is a palatal of a-middle character 
as to roughness, and is therefore inter- 
changed: a) With the softer 3, see p. 
169; and even with *, as "0" and "BD, 


comp, also w"%"7 and Cs senex. b) 


=) AAO "AS 


With the harder palatal Ὁ, see 423 and 
PEI; 42) and pps jh and jPA; "Pz 
and "22; and others almost innumerable 
in the kindred dialects; see Schult. Clav. 
Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant. 
Hiskie p. 196. c) Less freq. it passes 
over into the stronger pice n é 


and> ¢ ἐν as 72, abel ral emg 


"3 le sian pres Chaboras; 7775, 


΄ Ss 9 
οδον cheese; “"ED, ere yee: young 
lion ; ἘΠ and “M3 to surround. 


2» before monosyllables and bary- 


tones often 2 (Lehrg. § 151, 1), 6. suff. 
ὮΞΞ, OD, 05D; with the other persons 
it takes the form 12d, 103, q. v. 

A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 42, 
as ἼδΝ for j28, and the like; see Heb. 
Gramm. ὃ 100. 1. 

1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man- 
ner, Gr. ὡς. Hence repeated, 3—2, as 
—so, where two things are compared. 
Lev. 7, 7 DWND MRUMD as the sin-offer- 
ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15. 
Hos. 4, 9. 1 K. 22, 4. Is. 1, 8... Some- 
times (though rarely) inverted, so—as ; 
Gr. ὡς---ῆς. Gen. 44, 18 ΠΣ" ΕΞ Wi22 
so thou, as Piiraak Ps. 139, 12.— 
According to the various modes of com- 
parison, this particle may also be va- 
riously rendered, e. g. as well—as, Lev. 
24, 16 all the congregation shall stone 
him, M7182 "32 as well the stranger 
as the native. Deut. 1,17. Ez. 18, 4. 
Also how great, so great ; quantus, tan- 
tus; qualis, talis; ὅσος, τόσος; οἷος, 
τοῖος ; so Josh. 14, 11 "M535 Τὸ “MSD 
ΠῺΣ how great my strength then, 80 
great my strength now, ore in Engl. 
shorter, as—so. 1 Sam. 30, 24.—More 
fully, j2—2 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2,4; also 
38—2 Josh. 14,11. 1 Sam. 30, 24. Dan. 
11, 29. Ez. 18, 4. 

2, Relat. in what way, how, after the 
verb 373° (as elsewhere 7°8 Ruth 3, 18), 
Eee. 11, 5 as thou knowest not what will 
be the way of the wind, {233 D°2ET21 
ΤΙΝ nor how the bones grow in the 
teeming womb, 80, etc. 

3. Indef. in some way, in some mea- 
sure ; hence, where numbers or mea- 
sures of space and time are expressed 
without strict exactness, about, nearly, 


Gr. ὡς (ὡς πεντήκοντα), ὡσεί, ὕσον. 1K. 
22,6 ϑπκ ΤΙΝ SaIND about four hun- 
dred men. Ex. 12, 37. Ruth 2, 17 ME ND 
nse about an ephah of barley. Num. 
11, 31 bis 112 about a day’s journey. 
Ruth 1, 4 ΠΣ “SD about ten years 
Gen. 38, 24. Josh. 3, “4. al. sep. With 3 
rarely, 1 Sam. 14, 14. —Also of a point 
of time not exactly defined. Ex. 11,4 

nbwbm msm> about midnight. 9, 18 r33 
“3 about this time to-morrow. Dan. 9, 
21 ay mma MD about the time of the 
evening sacrifice. In all these exam- 
ples, > may be taken adverbially, as is 
here done; and the subst. is then in the 
accusative of time when. But see in B. 
no. 3. 

B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting 
resemblance of any Idnd, 1 Sam. 25, 36 
7237 M.D ΓΞ nna. Gen. 9, 3. 
29; 20. Ps. 1, 8. Job 32, 19. Gen. 25, 25. 
So of the Sordi; appearance, Cant. 6, 6 
thy teeth are cebrn 1D like a flock of 
sheep. Judg. 8, 18. ‘Job 41,10. Of mag- 
nitude, Josh. 10, 2 for ΤΩΝ was a 
great city, ΡΟ “I> MMR like one of 
the royal cities, i.e. as great as one of 
them. Of itosabid?: Gen. 22, 17 "23553 
pew. 13,16 "Bs2. Also of time, Job 
10, 5. Ps. 89, 37 ‘Sows INOD his throne 
shall endure like the sun, i.e. as long 
as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, 17. 
Of lot, fortune, comp. 3 777 to be as, like, 
to experience the same as, etc. p. 250, 
col. 1. δ; also 9 {M2 see in 13. Often so 
that the ‘tertium comparationis’ is sub- 
joined, as Job 34, 7 who is like Job, who 
drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3, 
5.—Spec. to be noted are the following 
idioms: a) A subst. preceded by 9 
often denotes something like itself, a 
person or thing similar to that which the 
noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 DIN ΤΙΝ 9 
(an appearance) like the appearance of 
aman, (something) like the human form. 
Deut. 4, 32 whether there hath been 
min bis 5232 any thing like this 
great thing ? Gen. 41, 38 M12 ἈΧῸΣΙ 
wx can we find a man like this man? 
i.e. such a man. Hence 13, mbx2, 
may often be rendered such, Judg. 13, 
23. Is. 66, 8 MEXD AY | MND ΣῈΦ 19 
who hath heard such a thing? whe 
hath seen such things? Job 16, 2; also 
ΤΣῊ (what) is like this, i.e. the same, 


“3 AA > 


in like manner, Judg. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 20. 
Miz} MD dhus and thus, so and 80, Saag. 
18,4. 1K. 14,5. nx12} mXt2 id. 2 Sam. 
17, 15.. ὃ) With verbs of likeness 2 is 
put by pleonasm, 6. g. 3 duo? Ps. ‘49, 
13. 21; as in Engl. to be made like as 
a person, etc. 6) For the article so 
frequent after > of comparison, see 
above under the art. 7% no. 2. 6. p. 239. 

2. according to, after, Gr. κατά, im- 
plying accordance and conformity with 
some rule or model. Gen, 1, 26 Στ" 
after our likeness. 4, 17 ὭΣ ba DOWD 
after the name of his son Enoch. Josh. 6, 
15 MI} B_Ys2 afler this manner. 2 K. 
1, 17 min? "27> according to the word 
of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13, 14 3399 On a 
man afler his own heart, such as is 
pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 J will praise 
Jehovah \P7%2 according to his right- 
eousness. i.e. as his righteousness de- 
mands. Zech. 2, 10. Ex. 8, 9. 27. Josh. 
1, 7. Jer. 17,10, Prov. 24, 12. al. Comp. 
‘122 according to one’s hand, i.e. bounty, 
see 73 no. 1. cc.—In this signif also 2 is 
followed in the apodosis by 19; Gen. 6, 
22 ΓΙῸΣ j2 OW INK ΠῊΣ Wy ΒΞ. 

3. From the adverbial use explained 
above in A. 3, comes also the use of this 
particle as a particle of time or space, 
like Germ. um, Engl. about, at, as in the 
phrase, ‘wm drey Uhr,’ which means 
not only about three o’clock, but also at 
three o’clock. So οἰῶ Siena i. q. 
pighw dion yesterday and the day be- 
fore, formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6; 
DitD to-day, at this time, now, see εἰ" 
no. 8. ἃ, 6 ; 3293 in a@ moment, at once, 
Num. 16, 21; 632 in a little while Is. 
26, 20.—So too of space; 1 Sam. 20, 3 
Mya Ὑ3Ὶ "2B SHED there is as a step 
(but a step) between me and death. Ps. 
73, 2. 

4. The notion of likeness and compari- 
son is retained by 2 in those places also 
where the Heb. grammarians give it 
the name of Caph veritatis (mIM2% D>), 
or also of Caph confirmationis et identi- 
talis (BIPM HD, oxem HD). Here, al- 
though no comparison is actually ex- 
pressed, yet > is not redundant, but 
implies a comparison with all other 
things of the same kind; see Lehrg. p. 
846. Heb. Gr. § 151. 3. ἢ Neh. 7, 2 "2 
Mey x2 xn for he was as a “faithful 


man is and should be, i. e. he was what 
is called a faithful man. Ece. 8,1 ὙΏ 
B22 who is as the wise man? who is 
such that he may be called wise? who is 
truly wise? Is.1,7 0%} ΤΞΘΓΙῸΣ ΓΘ Ὁ 
desolation like the overthrow of stran- 
gers, truly such as enemies make.—This 
comparison is so far from weakening the 
force of the expression, that on the con- 
trary it strengthens it: M28 W"ND ‘as 
only ἃ faithful man can be,’ most faithful, 
Lat. quam fidissimus ; 0°71 M2822 ‘as 
only foreign enemies can destroy, the 
utmost desolation; comp. the Gr. ὡς ἀλη- 
ϑῶς, Passow Lex. in ὡς ; also ὅσον Viger. 
ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the 
phrase 0322 very few 1 Chr. 16, 19; 
very little Prov. 10, 20, comp. Gr. ὅσον 
ὀλίγον. ὉΣῺΞ MY a very small rem- 
nant Is. 1, 9.—But very many examples 
usually referred to Caph veritatis, be- 
long rather to the Caph of resemblance 
or similitude (B.1), though with various 
relations ; e. g. 3 735 do be as any one, 
to act like him ; Ex. 22, 24 > minn ND 
mw32 thou shalt not be to him as an 
usurer. Num. 11, Lok Sen ὙΤῚΣ 
> and the people were as if complaining 
of evil, complaining as if some evil had 
happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job 
24,14 3335 ὙΠ5 ND "ba and by night is as 
the thief, acts the thief. Hos. 5, 10. 10, 
4. Cant. 1,7. So Lam. 1, 20 abroad the 
sword bereaveth, Mya2 ΤῊΞΞ at home 
there is as death, q. d. as it were death 
itself, viz. famine and plague; see no. 
la. 15. 13, 6 8132 "39 ἼΘΞ like a de- 
sltroying tempest from the Almighty shall 
it come, i.e. suddenly, as tempests are 
wont to come. Is..1, 8 see in A, 1.—In 
Job 3, 5 "277922, the 2 is radical. 

5. Prefixed to the Infinitive 3 is: 
a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5, 24. 
Ironically. as if, Is. 10, 15 vad 53> 
ΛΩΝ as if the rod should brandish 
him who lifteth it up. Ὁ) as, i.q. after, 
when, as soon as, a particle of time, 
(comp. no. 3,) where the time of two 


actions is compared, like Gr. ὡς for ἐπεέ, 


Passow in ὡς B. II. 5; comp. Ps. 89, 37. 
38, in πο. 1 above. Gen. 39, 18 *"2™5> 
3531... ἀὴρ as J lifted up my voice (i. 6. 
when, as soon as) ... then he left, etc. 
1 Sam. 5, 10 munbyn yox ΒΞ ὙΠ 
ΓΟ ApS" as the ark of God came, then 


2 4.42 


they cried out, etc. 1K. 1,21. Also of 
future time, in a conditional sentence, 
Gen. 44, 30 FIT}... [ANT ἼΝΞ9 AD 
m2). εν ἄτην and. it shall be as (when) 
I come to my ‘father... . and as (soon as) 
he seeth ... then he will die, etc. comp. 
Deut. 16, 6. Jer. 25,12. Strictly of both 
time ad condition in Is. 28,20 522m "xP 
O2DNND NAY ΓΙΞῸ ΒΓ ΣΟΙ shorter is 
the bed than that one can stretch himself, 
and the covering is too narrow when 
(if) he will wrap himself—In the same 
sense 3 is prefixed also to verbal nouns. 
2 Chr. ‘12, 1 ing as his strength sc. 
incaesed, Is. 23, 5 "¥ 3282 when the 
report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19. 
Rarely in like manner before a panticis 
ple, Gen. 38, 29 132 "22 ὝΠΠ5, for inne 
ΞΘ, ashe drew back his hand. 40,10. 

C) Conjunct. rarely, where 2 is then 
ig. “GND, and is put before a whole sen- 
tence, as, like as. Is, 8,23 jiURWI MSD 
“ΔΊ 39327 FINA. . yb 278 tpn 
like as the times of old have brought 
despite upon the land of Zebulun ... so 
shall future times bring honour, ape dine 
ror “GRD. 61, 11.—For prepositions 
thus converted into conjunctions by an- 
nexing to them the relative conjunction 

“UX or "2, (which also may be omitted 

by ellipsis,) see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb. 
Gr. § 102.1.¢. Comp. also on the above 
example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614. 

Norse. For the alleged ellipsis of 
the prefix 3 after 2, which many inter- 
preters have unnecessarily assumed, 
see Heb. Gramm. § 116. note. 


> Chala. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan. 
7, 4.6. 9.13; as, as if, as it were, Dan. 
6, 1. 292 i.q. Hebr. MRD as this, i.e. 
80, thus, see in 4% p. 230; such Dan. 2, 
10. For "73 i.q. "282, as, when, see “7. 

“ND (Aram. “ἜΣ, 9) pr. as who, 
as one who, Job 29, 25; but varying 
according to the different significations 
of each particle, 

1. according towhat, i.e, a) accord- 
ing as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and I 
will give "2% ἈΠΌ τι WORD according as 
ye shall say to me. 1 Sam, 2,16. Ὁ) ac- 
cording to what manner, as, like as, i. q. 
> A. 2, not prefixed to single wrards, but 
to whole sentences only ; Gen.7,9 ΟΝ 9 
ὈΎΤΡΝ ink mix as God had commanded 


aN5 


him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 57; also 
before an imperfect or elliptical sen- 
tence, Josh. 8, 6 they fice before us EXD 
26x73 as at the first. ο) because, pr. 
in accordance therewith that. Num. 27, 
14 "B DNA WXZ because ye rebelled 
against my commandment. 1 Sam. 28,) 
18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4. Compare 
the curechondian usage of the prefix 9 
in phrases like "PpIX. d) Very often 
"UND is followed by a corresponding 19, 
6. g. Ἴ3-τ 9, as—so, Num. 2, 17. Is. 
31, 4; even as—so, Judg. 1,7; in what 
manner—so, i. q. the more—the more, 
Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14. 15, Hos. 4, 7. 
So where there is a double protasis, 
j2—7WRI—WN Is. 10, 10. 11. 

2. as if, as though, comp. “x B. 4, 
Job 10, 19 HAY "NM ND VND I should 
be as though Thad never been. Is. 29, 8. 
Zech. 10, 6. 

3. Of time, as, so as, i. q. D before an 
infin. (comp. 2 B. 5.b.) i.e. after, when, 
as soon as. With pret. Ex. 32, 19 4 
ΞΡ ἼΣΝΞ and as soon as he came nich 
to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 
Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jer. 39,4. al. Esth. 
4,16 "MIAN "AIBN WAXD when I perish, 
I perish, the language of despair. Gen. 
43, 14.—Before a future it acquires a 
conditional power; Ece. 4,17 when (if) 
thou goest to the house.of God. 5,3 when 
thou vowest a vow, i. 6. if thou dost vow. 
Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12; so the verb 
being impl. Is. 23, 5. 


*SN2 (see Syr. and Arab.) fut, 
3x3" to have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34, 25. 
Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad, 
Prov. 14, 13. Ps, 68, 380. By hyperb. 
pain is attributed to a dead body, with 
bz of cause, Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66, 24. 
Judith 16, 7.—Chald. 383, Syr. ote to 


be in pain, to be sad, Arab. cS to be 
sad. 

Hien. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to 
make sad, Job 5, 18, Ez. 28, 24 5, acc. of 
pers. Ez. 13, 22. 

2. to afflict, i. e. to mar, to destroy, 2 
K.3, 19 53282 Ἰ5ΝΞῺ ΓΙΞΊΩΓΙ NPonn 55} 
and every good field ye shall mar with 
stones, by casting stones upon it so as to 
render it sterile, Sept. ἀχρειώσατε, comp. 
Is. 5,2. Job 5, 23; by a similar figure, 


=N5 


Jand left untilled is said to die Gen. 47, 
19; and vines destroyed by the hail are 
poetically said to be killed Ps. 78, 47.— 
Simonis regards 1343" as by Syriasm 
for ἸΞΊΣΞΩ, from r. 333, Syr. As, to 
harm, comp. 083" for 637 Job 7,5; but 
this is unnecessary. 

Deriy. 31833 and 

282 m. (Tsere impure) constr, 383 
Is, 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6; 
so of calamity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps. 
39, 3. Also of mind, grief, Is. 17, 11; 
with 25 added Is. 65, 14. 


*FIND in Kal not used, to chide 
harshly, to upbraid, like Syr. Ike; then 
intrans. to become dejected, desponding, 


to be sad; comp. MAD to rebuke, 


to be faint-hearted, sLS to be sad, eS to 


terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. £ to 
be timid, faint-hearted. The. primary 
idea lies perhaps in smiting, comp. 833 ; 
whence intrans. and pass. to be cast 
down, dejected, so that Niph. 7833 is i. q. 
R22. 

Hin. to afflict, to make sad, inf. Ez. 
13, 22 a> mixst 15. 

ΝΙρη. to be dejected, desponding, hum- 
ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30, The form 
4x22 Job 30, 8 is Niph. of 833.—Hence 

ΓΝ 9 m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur. 
END Ps. 10, 10 Keri. But the Cheth. 
is to be preferred; see Mdm. 


“WED see after 2, p. 442. 


* 322 obsol. root; Arab. tn Eth. 
YVAN, to roll up ; AOA bail, globe ; 
Syr. [£255 something rolled up, a ball. 
Hence }i22, 33'2 star, pr. globule. 

* 729 Is. 24, 20 and 733 Judg. 20, 
34, fut. sa3". 

1. to be heavy ; Eth. ΩΡ ia. 
Arabic and Syr. traces only of this st 


remain; as SS to be burdensome, trou- 
blesome, as cold, pases to be indignant, 
angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3; 

then trop. of any heavy guilt Gen. 18, 
20; comp. in "37. With Ὁ to be heavy 
. any one, as a victorious power, 
‘which depresses and crushes an enemy, 
\Judg. 1, 35; so of the punitive hand of 


10 


as =) 


God Ps. 32,4. 1 Sam. 5, 11, comp. also 
Job 23, 2; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp. Ps. 
38, 5. Hence to be burdensome, griev- 
ous, to any one, Neh. 5, 18. Ex. 5, 9. 2 
Sam. 13, 25 479 7252 85) and let us 
not be burdensome unto thee. 14, 26. Job 
33,7. With >x for ἘΣ 1 Sam. 5, 6.— 
Usually trop. as in the following senses : 

2. to be heavy in the sense of abun- 
dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be 
rich in any thing, with 3, Gen. 13,2 and 
Abraham 3p 23 2-722 was very rich 
in cattle. See Niph. no, 1, 732 no. 1. 

3. to be great in number, to be many ; 
see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. 732 no. 2, and 
722 no. 2. 

4. to be heavy. i. 6. vehement, sore, as 
a battle Judg. 20, 34; with 5x 1 Sam. 
31, 3. Comp. 323 no. 3, adj. 73 no. 3. 

5. Of things as not easily moved, to 
be heavy, i. q. to be dull, slow, sluggish, 
e. g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48, 
10; the ears Is. 59,1. Also of the mind 
or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened, 
Ex. 9,7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3, 
adj. 732 no. 4, 

6. to be weighty, honoured, comp. Gr. 
βαρύς, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14,21. Of God, 
to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66, 5. This 
signif. is more freq. in Piel no. 2; see 
Hiph. Niph. Hithp. 

Pie. 733. 1. Causat. of Kal πο. 5, to 
harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 3. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
do honour or reverence to any one ; spo- 
ken: a) Of men, Ex, 20, 12 τὴς 32D 
FPEN“PNI] WAN honour thy father and thy 
mother. Deut. 5, 16. Num. 22, 17. 37. 
1 Sam. 2, 29. Lam. 1, 8. 1 Sam. 2, 30 τ 
“22% "7229 for them that honour me I 
will honour. Ps. 15,4. 91,15. b) ΟΥ̓ 
God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Bia. 14, 31; and 
henge often i. q. to glorify, to praise, Ps. 
22, 24. 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15; elsewhere 
also to honour with oblations, c. 12 Prov. 
3,9; 3 Dan. 11, 38 (of idols) ; with two 
acc. ἀκ 43, 23. So mim ow 72D Ps, 86, 
12; Ἢ Dt v. 9. Poet. the beasts Sian 


‘are said to praise God Is. 43,30. ¢) 


Of things, e. g. the sabbath Is. 58,13; ἃ 
sacred place 60, 13; of the olive, Judg. 
9,9 should I leave my fatness, which in 
me both God and men do honour? — 
Pua 25 to be honoured, Prov. ἘῸΝ. 


27, 18. Is. 58, 13. 


a) 


Hiew. 1. to make heavy, 6. g. a yoke 
1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47,6; a chain Lam. 3,7. 
Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the Sormer governors 
ὮΣΙ Se aah, sc. bd, had made heavy 
the yoke upon the people, had heavily 
oppressed them. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, fo make abun- 
dant, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp. 
Niph. no. 1. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy, 
dull, 6. g. the ears Is. 6,10. Zech. 7, 11; 
to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34. 

4. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9. 1]. Jer. 
30,19. Also, 10 acquire honour, renown, 
for oneself, 2 Chr. 25, 19. 

Nipu. "332, Part. plur. 5°%2a33 Dag. 
euphon. Prov. 8, 24. Is. 23, 8. 9. Nah. 
3,10; but with grave suff. ἘΠῚ 1333 Ps. 
149, 8. 

1. to be heavy, from abundance, i. e. to 
abound, to be rich in any thing, comp. 
Kal no.2. Prov. 8,24 572 "9252 Mise 
fountains abounding in water. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2, and Hiph. no. 4, 
to be honoured, to be held in honour, to 
enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20. 
22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49,5 "3°53 ἼΖΞΝ 
“* yet am ἴ honoured in the eyes ‘of Jeho- 
wah. 43, 4. 2 K. 14, 10 WN. av} ἼΞΞΙΙ 
enjoy the honour and abide at home.— 
Part. 7222 honoured, honourable, distin- 
guished, “Num. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23. 
1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3,5. 23, 8. 9 (app. >pin), 
comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps, 149, 8; so of the 
name of God as honoured, glorious, Deut. 
28,58. Plur. fem. M3253 glorious things, 
promises, Ps. 87, 3. 

3. Reflex. like Hithp. to get honour to 
oneself, to show oneself great and plori- 
ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26, 15. Ez. 28, 22, 
Hagg. 1, 8; with 3 in or by any one 
Ex. 14, 4. 17. 18. 

Hirne. 1. to make oneself many, to 
multiply oneself, see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3, 
15 


2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast, 
Prov. 12, 9. 
Deriv. 732 —MA733, Ὑ29, H33D. 


522 constr. 733 Ex. 4, 10, and "33 Is. 
1, 4. 

A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a load Ps. 
38, 5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 11; an old 
man of Jarge frame 1 Sam. 4, 18; of a 


ἀλά, 


Γ29 


cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16; ἃ 
rock, i. 6. great Is. 32,2. Ina bad sense, 
heavy, i. 6. oppressive, grievous, sore, 6. g. 
a murrain, Ex. 9, 3; locusts and flies 
Ex. 8, 20. 10,14; hail 9,18. 24; famine 
Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43,1. 47,13. Trop 
of sin Ps. 38,5; hence Is. 1, 4 a people 
> 732 heavy with iniquity, i. 6. la- 
den with heavy sin.—Also burdensome, 
troublesome, Prov. 27,3; comp. Ecclus. 
22, 17. 

2. much, many, great, (comp. ‘ graves 
pavonum greges’ Varro ap. Non. 4. no. 
218,) spoken of an army Num. 20, 90, 
Is. 36, 2; a retinue 1 K. 10, 2. Gen. 50, 
9; flocks Ex. 12, 38. 

3. great, vehement, sore, see the root 
Kal no. 4; e. g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10. 

4. Of things as not easily moved, 
heavy, i.e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of 
the speech and tongue Ex. 4,10; of the 
heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14. 

5. difficult, hard, sc. to be done, as a 
business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11, 14; hard 
to be understood, as a language Ez. 3, 
5.6. Comp. Germ. schwer, schwierig. 


So2 8 
B) Subst. the liver, Arab. \uS; AuS 
eee 
30S, as being the heaviest of the vis- 
cera, both in weight and importance; 
Prov. 7, 23..Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3,4. 
10. Lam. 2, 11 "122 yb F282 my liver 
is poured out upon the ground, hyperbol. 


expression for the severest mental suf- 
fering ; comp. Job 16, 13. 


72 see in Ti33 and N72. 


522 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27,3. 

2. ἃ great number, multitude, Nah. 
3.3. 

3. vehemence, violence, 6. g. of fire, Is. 
30, 27; of war Is. 21,15. See r. 132 
no. 4. 


M32 f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14, 
25. R. ἼΞ2. 


*F133 fat. maz", to go out, to be 
quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5. 6. Prov. 
26, 20; ofa light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Proy. 31, 
18. Metaph, of the anger of God 2 K. 
22,17. Jer. 7, 20; of enemies who pe- 
riah, Is. 48, VW like a wick are they 
quenched.—Arab. Ls to cover with 
ashes, not wholly to extinguish; but 


122 


ιω-. ἴο extinguish, The primary no- 
tion is that of cover ing over, concealing ; 
comp. 827}, 53". 

Pre to put out, toquench,e. g. fire Is. 1, 
31, a light 2Chr. 29,7. Is. 42,3. Metaph. 
anger Jer. 4, 4. 21,12; love Cant. 8, 7. 
So 2 Sam. 21,17 ben ΤΟΝ NZI xb) 
that thou quench not the light of Israel, 
i. e. lest thou, the light of the nation, 
perish, Comp. 2 Sam.14,7, and art. M2™3. 


: whee 


Ti3D, defect. 723 twice Gen. 31, 1. 
Nah, 2, 10; ο. suff. *Ti23, P7152, rarely 
defect. "733 Ex. 29, 43. 33, ‘22; m. but 
fm. Gen. 49, 6; pr. weight, but always 
top. R. 732. 

1. abundance, substance, riches, wealth, 
Nah. 2, 10. Ps. 49, 17. Is. 10,3. Gen. 31, 
1. 4]. See r. 7223 no. 2. 

2. honour, glory, Sept. δόξα, see the 
root no. 6. a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 "> 
‘vind 04 riches and honour. Ecc. 6, 2. 
Prov. 8, 18. 2:Chr. 1, 11. 12.—Prov. 20, 3 
Ὁ ma ΘΝ Ὁ ISD it is honour for a 
man to cease from strife. 11,16. Ps. 8, 6. 
Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark.— 
Prov. 25, 27 to eat much honey is not 
good, i233. ἘΠῚΣΞ “PM and the search- 
ing out of their honour is not honour, i. e. 
to seek one’s own honour is not honour, 
the negat. being repeated from the pre- 
ced. member. Or it may be so divided: 
‘sing2 122 “PN the searching out of 
honour is without honour ; comp. for 72 
Is. 14,19. Job 11, 15. 21,9. See The- 
saur. p. 515. b) of God, Ps./19, 2 
bx ind OMBOD ODT the heavens de- 
clare the glory ‘of God, 29, 1. Is, 42, 8. 
48, 11. al. ‘i230 1 abe the King of glory 
Ps. 24, 7.8.9.—To give or render ho- 
nour to any one is: 5 T1233 122, as to 
men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5. 
Ps. 115, 1; > Tia D1, to God Is. 42, 12; 
9 an to ‘God Ps. 29, 1. 9. 1 Chr. 16, 
28 ; b> rie $0 2d) ‘hitomi ἔν: BOhir. 
32, 23. 33, comp. Is. 14, 18—Coner. 
aa) God is called ἘΝ TaD the glory 
of Israel, i.e. in whom Israel should 
glory, Jer. 2,11. Ps.106,20; genr. ‘pin 
the glory of any one, i.e. who restores 
and protects his honour, Ps. 3, 4. 57, 9. 
bb) Also dx v7 Ti3> collect. the glory 
of Israel, the nobility, nobles, Is. 5, 13 
(opp. i229). 17, 3.4. Mic. 1, 15. So too 
the nobles of Assyria. Is. 8,7. 10,16; of 

38 


Ah 


after the form ΟΝ, 7278 ~ 


135 


Moab Is. 16, 14; comp. also Is. 22,23. 
24. cc) Ὁ ΕΞ the honour, glory, of 
any one, poet. for the spirit, the heurt, 
as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6 
where it is joined with a fem. like Der, 
Ps. 7, 6 (parall. 2, 5°», 35 Ps. 16,9). 
16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9. 108, δ, Comp. Gr. 
hier ἤτορ. Some here assign to “29 
the signif: of liver, i. q. 132; but the 
liver is never (like the heart "and reins) 
assumed as the seat of the mind and 
affections.—Ady. with honour, glorious- 
ly, Ps. 73, 24; comp. 149, 5. 

3. splendour, glory, majesty. Gen. 45, 
13 and ye shall tell my father ~>2-nx 
ΤῚΣ 3 77139 of all my glory (splendour) 
in Egypt. Is.4,5, 11,10. 22,18, i223 xoD 
a throne of glory 1 Sam.2, 8. Jer. 14, 21. 
17,12. 75225 7532 the glory of Leba- 
non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2. 
60, 13. 2 31335 M3 [0 be for glory (ho- 
ὌΝ any one, is. 4,2; comp. Zech. 25, 
9. Espec. nin? tis the glory, majesty, 
of Jehovah, Sept. δόξα Κυρίου, Is, 59, 19. 
60, 1; pr. that fiery effulgence surrounds 
ad with dark clouds in which Jehovah is 
represented as appearing, or Jehovah 
himself as surrounded by this effulgence 
(from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9, 
23. Num. 16, 35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he. 
manifested himself at Sinai to Moses: 
and the people, Ex. 16, 7. 10. 24, 26; 
comp. v.17. 33,18. Lev. 9, 6. 23 ; or ap- 
peared in the tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or- 
in the temple 1K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1,. 
comp. Ez. 43, 2. 5. 44,4; or was seen in: 
prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3,12.. 
23. 8, 4. 10, 4.18; comp. in N. T. δόξα, 
Κύριου Luke 3,9. 9,11. Acts22,11. To: 
this corresponds the 3"38 Shekinah of’ 
the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. ἢ. v:. 
—God appears too in glory to punish: 
transgressors Lev. 10,2; and sinners are: 
said to provoke Vi23 "37> the eyes of his: 
glory, i.e. of him as thus appearing in: 
his glory for their punishment, Is. 3, 8. 

MJD f. for M32D, from amase: 733, 
R. 733. 

1, Adj. fem. splendid, magnificent, 
e.g. a bed Ez. 23, 41; the attire-of a 
queen Ps, 45, 14. 

2. Subst. precious things, wealth, Judgs. 
18, 21; 1. ᾳ. Tia> no..1, comp. i 
Gen. 31, 1. 


25 


DADD (Ὁ. 853) Cabul, pron. a) A city 
in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19,27. It 
seems to correspond to the village Xa- 
βωλώ mentioned by Josephus de Vit. s. § 
43.44. B.J.3.3.1. Comp. Reland. Palest. 
p. 668. A fortress Jao Kabil is men- 
tioned by Arabian writers in the district 
of Safed; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab. 
ΠῚ. p. 20. 

b) A district of Galilee comprising 
twenty eities and towns, given by Solo- 
mon to Hiram king of Tyre, 1 K. 9, 13; 
so called by the latter in token of dis- 
satisfaction, comp. v.12. Josephus says, 
prob. by conjecture from the context, 
Ant. 8. 5. 3: med egurvevousy ov γὰρ τὸ 
Χαβαλὼν κατὰ Φοινίκων γλῶτταν οὐχ 
ἀρέσκον σημαΐῖνει. The LXX have 
ὅριον border, as if 5923 i. q. 5933, and so 
Bochart ; but this neglects the context. 
Hiller, in Onomast. V. T. p. 435, takes 
ΘῊΣΞ for >93M> part. pass. of bch, ‘as 
something exhaled, as nothing.” Maus 
thing like this was perhaps present to 
the mind of the sacred writer; though 
the reading of the Sept. is in itself the 
more natural. 

1133 (Syr. Ljaas cake, τ. 223) Cab- 
bon, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same 
with 82232 1 Chr. 2, 49. 


22 m. (τ. 12D) something braided 
or plaited ; hence a quilt, mattress. 
1 Sam. 19, 13. 16 BSH ΖΦ the mat- 
tress of goal’s hair. Comp. 232. 


"22 m. adj. poet. mostly in Job. R. 
"33 no. 2 and Hiph. 


1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. pas 


So ΞΞ O72 mighty waters Is. 17, 12. 
28, 2. “22 man a mighty wind Job 8, 2. 
Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34, 
24; of God as great, ttiighty; Job 34, 17. 
86, 5. B27 "22 of great age, grand- 
@vus, Job 15, 10; so Arab. Zarit 


senex grandevus. sex 


525 obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab. 
to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindr. 
with 558 and ban; also 923, 722, 737). 
Hence the quadeilit. ban 4. Vv. pr. ἢ, 
ssp, and 


232 m. a fetter, plur. constr. "232, Ps. 
105, 18. 149, 8. Arab, and Syr. id. 


AAG 


“35 


* 423 obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
mud. to bind, to bind together, i. q. kindr. 
533; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr. 
names 82232, "23%. 


ἘΌ33 pr. to tread, to trample with 
the feet, kindr. with 23; on the syllable, 
03, which is primary in this root, see 
under art. 082 p. 119.—Hence to wash, 
to cleanse, sc. garments by treading them 
in a trough, etc. differing from v3, to 
lave or wash the body, as Gr. πλύνειν 
from λούειν. In Kal not found except in 
Parr. 0353 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. ἃ 
washer, fuller, Gr. πλυντήρ, κναφεύς, 
whose business it was to cleanse soiled 
garments, and to full new ones. See 
Schneider Ind. ad Seriptt. Rei Rustice 
p- 385. Schottgen Triture et fullomie 
Antiquitates, Lips.1763.—The 0313 ΠῚ Ὁ 
fuller’s field Is, 1. ὁ. was a place on the 
west of Jerusalem, where the fullers 
spread out the garments after washing 
to dry. 

Pipt 03> Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25. 
elsewhere 022. 

1. i. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25. 
28. 40. 13. 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. al. Part. 
D229 i. q. D232 Mal. 3, 2. 

2. ‘Metaph. to-cleanse, to purify the 
heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4.9. Jer. 4, 145 
yet so that the primary notion of wrtbbis 
ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2,22. 
Mal. 3, 2. 

Puat Pass. Lev. 13, 58. 15, 17. 

Horup. pass. 02217 Lev. 13, 55. 56. 


* Y22 obsol. root, like kindr. 333 and 
5ΞΡ, ἴο δὲ high, espec. with a ‘round 
form, as a tumor, ἃ cup, 488 head. 
Hence 33"2 helmet. 


ἜΖΞῚ in Kal notused. 1. Pr. to bind 
together, to plait, to braid, i. q. 523 and 
the verbs there compared, also "23 II. 
Hence 7°33 plaited mattress, “732 
sieve, "230 coarse cloth, 923% net- 
work,—Like many other verbs of twist- 
ing, plaiting, braiding, (>a, ban, WP. 
mp,) it is also transferred to the iden of 
strength and magnitude ; hence 

2. to be great, much, many, also to be 
long, both in space and duration, see 


"33, 4739. Arab. 54S tobe great, 4S" 


to be advanced in years, Syr. τῶ ta 


"25 


increase in wealth, Eth. NZ, to be 
honoured, illustrious. 

Hiru. to make many, to multiply, Job 
35, 16. Part. 9"23% subst. (after the 
form monde ,) multitude, abundance, 
with > pref. ἘΛΣΞῸΒ i. q- =, abundant- 
ly, Job 36, 31. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1 also "32, 
ΤΣ, "322. 


29 pr. subst. length, both of space 
and time, see the root "23 no. 3. Hence 

1, Chebar, pr. n. of a river in Mesopo- 
tamia, called also 7iam q. v. Gr. and Lat. 
Chaboras, Ez. 1,3. 3, 15, 23. 10, 15, 22. 
This orthography of the name : approach- 
es to Syriasm, Syr. p25 025; while 
the form “ian ( ple) imitates the 
Arabic. Although each form admits 
of a tolerable etymology (“i3"% conjoin- 
ing, "32 long river), yet in a river of 
Mesopotamia the Aramzan would be 
more likely to exhibit the genuine and 
primitive orthography. See Ritter’s 
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844. 

2. Adv. of time, long ago, already, 
formerly ; found only in the book of 
Ecc. and belonging to the later Hebrew; 
Eee. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4,2. 6, 10. 9, 6.7. 2,16 
ΤΙ9Ὁ2 bon DANS DAN πρτὸξ since in 
days to come all will have been long ago 
forgotten ; here "33 qualifies the verb. 


Syr. Paes long ago, already. 


M722 f. a sieve, Am. 9, 9. R. "32 
no. 1. 


M35 f. (τ. "5D no. 2) only constr. 
rin. pr. length, and then a certain 
definite measure of distance, like many 
other words denoting measure, weight, 
time, which are also used to designate 
particular measures, weights, intervals 
of time; comp. Heb. ΠΝ Ὁ, 5p, ΠΡΌ, 0°77 
a year; Aram. he, ὥρα, a snr time, 
spec. an hour; Engl. a measure of wine; 
Lat. pondo, whence Engl. pound.—The 
exact length of the M32 cannot be 
ascertained from the passages where it 
occurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19. 
The Sept. once adds (Gen, 48, 7) by 
way of explanation, ἱππόδρομος, which 
may be either a stadium, see Hody de 
bibl. Text. originalibus p. 115; or else 
a measure common among the Arabs, 


ἀλῆ 


was 
ust Lys the course of a horse, i. e. 


as far as a horse can run or travel 
without fatigue, a stage or post; see 
Koehler ad Abulf’ Syriam in Addend. 
ad p. 7. not. 27. 


Ν 1233 obsol. root, pr. i. ᾳ. 3D and 
032 fo tread, to subdue, to force, spec. a 
female, comp. S22 no. 3. Arab. 
subegit semel puellam. Hence 


W322 m. a he-lamb, a young ram, from 
one to three years old, already fit for 
coupling, whence the name. Lambs of 
this kind, chiefly a year old, were used 
for the sacrifices; hence frequently with 
the addition im} the son of his year, 
one year old, Num. 7, 15. 21.23. 39.45.51. 
57.63. 69.75; also in plur. 2% 722 ib. 7, 
17. 23. 29. 35. 41. al. Elsewhere lambs 
(9233) are mentioned as feeding in 
pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16; as yield- 
ing wool Job 31, 20. Prov. 27, 26; as arf 
emblem of gentleness and patience Jer. 


11,19. Arab. yas a he-lamb of one or 
two years; see the Arabian grammari- 
ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq.—By 
transpos. sometimes 302, fem. Maw2 ; 
but the other forms, as the more diffi- 
cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp. 
ἜΘΟΣ, transp. Wen. 


MWID 2 Sam. 12, 3. 4. 6, and MID 
Lev.14,10. Num.6,14, constr. Mw23, plur. 


'ἵΤΏΞΞ; fem. οἵ ͵933., an ewe-lamb, from 


one to ‘thres years ‘old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28. 
29, 30.—By transpos. 432, see in B32. 


*W3D fut. vias 1. to tread upon, 
to trample under foot, kindr. with 032. 
Zech. 9, 15 S3R77238 85559 and they 
shall trample under - foot the stones of the 
sling, i. e, easily turn them aside as 
harmless ; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28]. 
Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 ΑΒ sias" he 
treadeth under foot our iniquities, i. e. 
disregards them, does not avenge them. 

2. to subdue, to make subject to one- 
self, e. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28; 


- enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 28, 


10. Jer. 34, 16. Neh. 5,5. Comp. A719. 
3. to re a woman, Esth. 7, 8. So 


Arab. 


Pret, to δώ a people, i. 4. Kal no. 
2, 2 ae. 8, 11. ? 


wa5 

Hien. i. 4. Kal no. 2. Jer. 34, 11 Cheth. 

Nip. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2. Num. 32, 
22. 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18. 


2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin. 
Deriv. the two following. 


W322 m. a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
Chald. 39, Syr. tases, id. 

JU22 τὸ. a furnace, i.e. according to 
Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting 
metals, and different from "92% a kind of 
oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8. 
10. 19, 18.—So called from subduing 
metals, from τ. 33; comp. ‘igne ferrum 
domatur’ Plin. H. Ν, 36. 27. 


‘ID ἢ (r. 17D no. 2) 1K. 17, 14. 16; 
Plur. ΒΞ mase. Judg.7, 16. 1K. 18, 34; 
a bucket, pail, both for drawing water 
and carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ece. 12, 
6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12. 
14.16. Water was carried by women 

‘tipon their shoulders, Gen. 1. c.—Corre- 
sponding are Sanser. ghada, Gr. κάδος, 
-καδδος, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad. 


5; 5:13 Chald. PA. to lie, not to speak 
the truth, 1. ᾳ. Heb. 332. Hence 

M272 Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan. 
‘29 nats nia by apposit. words, false- 
μά: i.e. false words. Others make it 
an adj. contrary to the form and usage. 


TD obsol. root, kindr. ΓΞ, Lat. 
cudo, to beat, to pound ; hence 

1. to strike fire, whence 717" spark, 

and 9273 sparkling gem, ruby. 

2, to labour severely, to toil hard, pr. 
in the manner of smiths and other arti- 
sans, comp. cudo; spec. to draw out a 
well, to draw water; whence 72. So 


Arab. 3s to hammer or forge, toil hard, 
to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. ὮΡΕ 
to tread with the feet, to triturate. 

“JD see "5. 

"32 Chald. see "7. 

“D2 m. (τ. 119) Ez. 27, 16. Is. 54, 


12,a sparkling gem, prob. ruby.—Chald. 
N77D7D, 132 id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ. 


Comp. Aho Arab. ASS rubedo max- 


ima. 


7 "3 obsol. root, kindr. "ΠΡ, Arab. 
50s" and dS, to be turbid, troubled, as 


AAS 


mS 
water; metaph. of life, jos to be dis- 


turbed, troubled, by adverse fortane, ca- 
lamity, comp. "33. By another meta- 
phor the Hebrews transfer it alse to the 
tumults of war; hence 71773. 


“QY2TTD pr. n. Chedorlaomer, king 
ofthe Elamites in the time of Abraham, 
Gen. 14, 1. 9.—This name if Semitic 
may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from 


S_ - -͵ 

OS handful, and "0d sheaf; but not 
improb. the etymology is to be sought 
in the ancient Persian. 


AD contr. for "2, Heb. Gr. § 57,2; pre 


as this, i.g. PID, Arab. |S. Hence 

1. thus, so, οὕτως, referring pr. to what 
precedes; Gen, 15, 5 tell the stars... 
and he said unto dite ἢ FLT TIA 1D so 
shall thy seed be. Ex. 5, 15 ‘comp. 14. 
1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq. 
to what fallaived: Deut. 7,5 but thus shall 
ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their 
altars, ete. Gen. 31, 8. 2 K. 12,10. OF 
ten where the words of any one are re- 
peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him, 
τ" wax nD thus saith Jephthah. Ex. 
5, 10. 8, δ; also freq. in the formula 
mint ΩΝ ΓΞ thus saith Jehovah Jer. 2, 
2. "7,20. 9, 16. 22, 22, 6. 49, 12. al, seep — 
There are also examples, where ΓΞ 
stands without any thing to which it 
can refer; as in the formula of swearing 
and adjuring: (M}n?) parts 55 nest AD 
ΠΟ M51 God do so to me and more 
also, where at first the words were prob. 
accompanied by some gesture of chas~ 
tisement or punishment; since they im- 
ply: let God inflict dire punishment upon 
me ; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 Καὶ, 19, 2. 20, 10. 
1 Sam. 14, 44, 25,22. Where this for- 
mula implies a negative, it is followed 
by πὲς, 2 K. 6, 31 God do so and more 
also to me, τῷ͵ (ἘΝ) the head of Elisha 
shall stand on him this day, i. e. it shall 
not remain on him. 1 K. 20,10. 1 Sam. 
3, 17. 25, 22; once SX "2 2 Sam. 3, 35. 
On the contrary, when the oath is affirm-* 
ative, X> Bx follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14; 
oftener with "3 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth 
1,17. 2 Sam.'3, 9. 1K. 2,23. 19, 5 
See in ΝΣ C. 1. 6. 

2. Partic. of place, here, like Gr. ὧδε, 
but rarely, Ruth 2, 8; so ΓΙ --- τ here 


mo 


—there Num. 11, 31. τῷ "2 lo that place 
sc. before spoken of, yonder, Fr. jusque 
la, Gen. 22, 5.—After verbs of motion, 
hither, here, Gen. 31,37. Nam, 23,15. τῷ 
n>) hither and thither Ex.2,12. Syr. [> 
here, in comp. [aS hither, φῶ hence. 

3. Partic. of time, now ; ΓΙ ἫΣ until 
now, hitherto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14. 
τῶ ἼΣῚ MD“y till now and till then, in 
the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45. 

MD Chald. i. ᾳ. > no. 3. Dan. 7, 28 
ΓΙΞΣ hitherto. 


* FIND fut. mms, apoc. ΙΒ Job 17, 
7, kindr. with MND and MAP ; to be weak, 
Seeble, faint, to be dispirited, to despond, 
Is. 42,4. Spec. of a light about to go 
out, fo be feeble, dim, 15. 42, 3. Also of 
eyes, to be or become dim, either from 
old age Deut. 34, 7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen, 
27, 1; or from grief Job 17, 7. 

Piz A>, also 42 Ley. 13, 56. 

1. Intrans. fo become faint, pale, as a 
spot on the skin, Ley. 13, 6. 56; comp. 
adj. MD ν. 21. 26.28. Also to be faint- 
hearted, timid, to despond, Ez. 21, 12; 
comp. Is. 61, 3. 

2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain, 
with 3 1 Sam. 3,13 52 n> 853 (be- 
cause) he rebuked them not, i. e. did not 
restrain them. Comp.7x2. Deriv. the 
two following. 

2 adj. found only in the fem. M2 
weak, feeble, faint, spec. of the dim wick 
of a lamp just about to go out, Is. 42, 3 ; 
of eyes bedimmed, dull, 1 Sam. 3, 2; or 
of a faint or pale edlouir; Lev. 13, 21. 26. 
28. 39 spots mi2a> MIND of a palish white; 
comp. the root Pi. no. 1. So of a faint 
heart, desponding, Is. 61, 3. 

TWD f. mitigation, alleviation, sc. of a 
wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R. 
ΓΞ. 


᾿ bn ΓΞ Chald. to be able, I can, kindt. 
with be, dd5;5 3 comp. on the Affinity of 
verbs ΠΡ nia ὟΣ under lett. 7, p. 238.— 
Part. $m plur. 7*>7>, with inf. c. > Dan. 
2,26. 4, 15. 5, 8. 15. 

; Ἴ:3 not used in Kal; whence ἸΠ9 
a priest. The etymology is doubtful ; 


Arab. ope and oF ὦ presage, to 


9 ΄, 
divine ; yet a diviner, soothsayer, 
33* 


4A9 


rab) 


often among the pagan Arabs; then, an 
internuncio, envoy ; Ethiop. Ὦ 19 Ζ to be 
ἃ priest, to minister ; Syr. as to be 
ministered, consecrated ; in Bar Ali, to 
be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts 
of life; )2eieas richness, riches, pros- 
perity, happiness. But all these appear 
to be secondary meanings, derived from 
the station and power of the priesthood, 
i. 6. from {M2 priest, which is found in the 
Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages.— 
The native power of this word, there- 
fore, is still to be sought by conjecture. 
Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that jm 
is i. q. 78D. fo stand, whence 72 pr. one 
who stands by, an assistant. Maurer 
regards jM> as i. q. ἼΠ2. ὙΠ, fo incline, 
to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done 
in worship, whence > pr. one bowing 
down, making prostrations. Both of 
these conjectures are worth attention ; 
in favour of the last, we might perhaps. 
also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss 


wy eel i. 6. to bow down oneself 
in worship, Other conjectures see in 
Thesaur, p. 661, 662. ᾿ 

Pie. #92 denom. 1. to minister as 
priest, to act as priest, to perform the 
priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19. 
Lev. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with 
minn> Ex, 28, 1. 3, 4. 29,1. 44. Lev. 7, 
35. al. Sept. ἱερατεύω. 

2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6. 

3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 995° ΠῚ 
“xB as the bridegroom priests it with 
his turban, i.e. decks himself with a 
splendid turban such as the priests 
wore ; q. d. ‘plays the priest with his 
turban.’ So Aqu. ὡς γύμφιον ἱερατευό- 
μενον στεφάνῳ, comp. Jarchi, Symm. 
Vulg. Syr. 


772 m. plur. oD, a priest ; Chald. 
emph. 8373, Syr. ans, Arab. oe’, 


Eth. "V4, id. For the etymology see 
inr.4>. Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut. 
of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2.16. 3, 
1. 18, 1. al. sexcent. Also of the priests 
of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 47, 
26. al. Constr. a) With genit. of the 
divinity. as mins jn> 1 Sam. 14.879 
bean 2 Chr. 23, 17; γ᾽ AD 1 Sam, 


wp 


5; 47202 thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps. 
132, 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the 
people or city where the priest officiates, 
as isk "> priest of On Gen. 41, 45. 50; 
(712 Ὁ priest of Midian Ex. 3, . 18, 1; 
ty ma 5 Am. 7, 10; nizay ὌΠ the 
priests of the hieh places 1K. 13, 2. 33; Ὃ, 
suff. 92925 our priests se. of Jerael; Ezra 
9,7. Neh. 10,1. ete. 8) With > of the 
divinity, as πότον ἼΠΞ Lev. 23, 20. 1 
Sam. 1,3. 2 Chr. 26, 17; ; ΠΗ bud “D 
Gen, 14,18. Donde bb’ > 2 Chr. 13, 
9. δϑοῤμοιέιηδε Ὁ marks the person who 
employs a priest, Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18, 4. 
19. 2 Sam. 20, 26—Among the He- 
brews the High Priest, ὃ ἀρχιερεύς, was 
called 5757 9725 Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35, 
25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1,1. 12. 14. al. 
also UN7H jE 2 K. 25,18. 2 Chr. 19, 
11. 26, 20; WUXI ‘Dn Ezra 7,5; jndn 
mw the anointed priest Lev. 4, 3. 5. 
16. The next in dignity was called ‘> 
mywarn the second priest Jer. 52,24; but 
this phrase in the plur. mwa Md 2K. 
23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests 
in opp. to the high priest.—Melchize- 
dek, the earliest king of Jerusalem, is 
also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14, 
18. Ps. 110, 4; and several of the earli- 
est Hebrew kings were in fact also 
priests, as Solomon 1 K. c. 8; comp. 
Uzziah 2 Chr. 26, 16. So Virg. An. 3. 
‘80: “Rex Anius, rex idem hominum 
‘Phebique sacerdos.” 

Nore. It is an ancient opinion of the 
‘Heb. intpp. that 345 signifies also prince. 
Not only have the Chaldee translators 
rendered it in several places by 27 
prince, as Gen. 41, 45. Ex. 1. c. Ps. 110, 

4; but the author of Chronicles also 
-seems to have followed this view, since 
he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 "235 
‘a 5°25 377, giving in his manner a 
gloss : 1 Chr. 18, 17 Ὁ ΣΝ ἼΠΙ ΤΟΥ ὭΞ 
“pan 32> and the sons of David, the 
chiefs, were at the side of the king, i. e. 
‘were the chief ministers of the kingdom. 
The chief passages are 2 Sam. 8, 16-18. 
20, 23-26. 1 K. 4, 2-6; from all which 
it appears that there were priests con- 
nected with the court, partly exercising 
their proper functions, and partly as 
‘friends and counsellors of the sovereign ; 
as was also often the case with prophets 
and priests in later times. The author 


450 


ὩΣ 


of Chronicles seems to have chosen this 
interpretation of the more ancient con- 
text, because priests of any other than 
the Levitical family were unknown to 
him. Of less weight is the authority of 
Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re+ 
ferred to, the signif. priest is the only 
true one. Comp. the case of Solomon 
above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663. 


712 Chald. m. st. emphat. 829, plur 
ὙΠ, i. q. Hebr. 745, a priest, Ezra 7, 
12.21. Plur. Ezra 6, 9. 16. 7, 16.24. 


m2 f. priesthood, the priests’ office, 
Ex. 29, 9. 40, 15. Num, 3, 10; 25, 13, i 
Sam. 2, 36. R. V2, 722. 


13 Chald. plur. "93, a window, Dan.6, 
» » 83 5.5: 

11, Syr, ἴ2αό, Arab. 95, ὅ95 id. R, 

map Il. 


39 ἅπαξ leyou. Ez. 30,5, Chub, pr. 
n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and 
Ethiopia. Some understand Coben, a 
port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near 
the Mareotis. Perhaps it should be writ- 
ten 333 Nubia, which at least is followed 
by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac- 
cordance with the Septuagint, although 
this word is wanting in our Mss. of the 
latter. Thus the Arab. has Rarydl} Ast 
the people of Nubia ; anda vestige of this 
reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409, 
which for 353} has a prima manu 3°23". 
—Or perh. we might read 3% Libya. ὦ 


ΣΦῚΞ (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause 
ΣΞῚΞ 38, 5; constr. 5319 (Milél) 1 Sam. 
17, 5. Is. 59,17; plur. ὩΣ 319. 6Γ. 46, 4. 
2 Chr. 26, 14, a helmet. Metaph. 18:9, 
17. R.3223.—Twice written with Pp, as 
ΣῚΡ (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. 33% 
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38. 

Nore. There is in this word a singu- 
lar confusion of the Segolate and pena- 
cute form WIP, >, with the acute form 
t>i>, which may be thus explained. 
Strictly, the word in either shape was 
originally a Segolate, after the form 


; So) 
bob, like the Arab. Kad cup. But 
Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and 
also as fully written, contrary to the com- 
mon Heb. usage and in the later He- 
brew and Syriae manner (comp. πὴ 
Dan. 11, 30, 4350 2 Sam. 18, 9, Syr. 


mid 
Yas22), became so strong in this word 
as to be retained also in the plur. 5°235D 
(instead of 8°23, or 5°333 kobaim), as 
if from a sing. 35°, after the form “a 
Hence it arose, that such a form (25% 
came into actual use, at least in the ὰ 
solute state; although in the construct 
the primary segolate form was preserv- 
ed; comp. 732, constr. 733. Alengthened 
and secondary form is the Syr, soao. 
Intermediate forms fluctuating between 
the two, are 5352 Ez. 27, 10, ΣΞῚΡ 23, 24. 


“ΠῚ a root not used in Kal. 
I. to burn, Gr. καίω (καύω). Arab. 
, Syr. foo, to burn in, to brand, to 
mark with cautery. Hence "2 LI, n339, 
ny22. 
II. Like the kindred 33, 273, ΞΡ", 
also MD, 112, prob. to hollow out, to 
excavate, of which there is a vestige in 


Chald. 12> window, Arab. af hole in a 


wall, ἈΠ window.—Simonis refers these 
to S95 to pierce, to bore through; but 
the word has not this meaning. The 
signif. given by the Arabic lexicons, 
Se to prick or sting, asa scorpion, 
comes from the notion of burning ; since 
the scorpion injecting the poison with 
his sting, may be said to mark the skin 
as with a hot iron. 
Nips. pass. of no. I, to be burned, 
scorched, with fire, Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43, 2. 
MD strength, Dan. 11, 6, see >. 
M12 £. a burning, brand, ise. a part 
of the body burned, Ex. 21, 25. R. mv. 
2955 m. (for 3233, 33)2, then 32%, τ. 
332) constr. 3253, a star, pr.a globule ; 


Arab. 28S. Chala. 3349, Syr. Looe, 
Eth. NO'N-N and MN, id —Gen. 
1,16. 37,9. Job 3,9. 9, 7. Ps, 8, 4. al. 
Am. 5, 26 orbs 2253, see in 3". 

Often spoken of as animated, see N23; 

as pure Job 25, 5; as praising God, 38, 
7; also as innumerable Gen, 15, 5. 22, 
17. Ex. 32,13. Deut. 1, 10. al—Metaph. 
of an illustrious prince Num. 24,17. So 


Arab. WSS, see Camoos. 


*dap to measure, to include or con- 
tain in a measure, e. g. grain, as in Syr. 


451 


“> 


Chald. and Arab. SIS for JUS In Kal 
only once, Is. 40, 12. 

Pitre. $353 1. to hold, to contain, as 
a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the 
heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot 
contain thee. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6, 18. 

2. 10 hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to 
bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mal. 3, 2. 
Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20,9. Ὁ) i. q. to protect 
any one Ps. 55, 23; to maintain one’s 
cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5. 

3. to sustain, to nourish, to farnish with 
the means of living, c. acc. Gen. 45, 11. 
50, 21. 1 K. 4, 7. 17,4. With two acc. 
Gen. 47, 12.1 K. 18, 4. 13. 

Potp. pass. 53> to be furnished with 
provisions, etc. 1 K. 20, 27. 

Hiru. 5°25 1.1. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K. 
7, 26. 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4,5. Ez. 23, 32 
bao mas i. e. containing much. 

2. i. q. Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10. 
Joel 2, 11. Am. 7, 10. 


* DD obsol. root, Arab. al¥ Cony. ll, 


to heap up, ReeS a heap. This word 
belongs to the widely extended family 
of roots 85, 53, 59, OX, for which see 
under Γ. 2>.—Hence 72". 


ΤῊ τη. (r. 192, after the form 3359) a 
globe, globule of gold, perh. collect. glo- 
bules, drops, or rather a string of gold 
drops like beads worn around the neck 
or arm by the Israelites in the desert, 
Ex. 35, 22. Num, 31, 50. Such are 
found solid in Arabia according to Diod. 
Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777 
Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692. 


‘ 119 in Kal not used, pr. to stand up- 
right ; whence 42 upright, 113 place 
of standing, 43132 base. Frequent in 
the kindred dialects in various forms 
and meanings: Chald. Pa. 312 i. q. Heb. 
W212 to set up, to establish ; Syr. ae | 
to establish, to plant; Arab. yto ex- 
ist, to be; II, to cause to ἜΝ to create. 

Pin. 3253 1. to set upright, i.e. to set, 
to place, e. g. a throne Ps. 9,8 ; espec. to 


set u ly, to establish, a throvéS Sai. 
Ῥ Ψ, 


7,13. 1 Chr. 17, 12. Ps. 48,9. Metaph. 
Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68, 10. 90, 17. 99, 4.— 
Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 36. 
Hab. 2, 12; the earth Ps. 24,2. 119, 90. 


‘Ts. 45, 18; the heavens Prov. 3.19 ~ 


9 452 


2. to form, to create, as God creates 
man Deut. 32,6. Ps, 119,73; the moon 
and stars Ps. 8,4. So to form for one- 
self, to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7, 
24.—Here belongs Job 31, 15 5235="5 
Ime ora and did (not) the same one 
Sorm us in the womb? for 32335271, the 
first and second Nun coalescing into a 
double one, and 5 being shortened to ἢ. 

3. to fit, to direct, to aim, as arrows, 
Ps. 11, 2 8m "229. 7, 13; with o°3n 

_impl. 1. 51, 13; with by of the, ως 
Ps. 21, 13. ig yt for 3> 4252, i. q. 

qatmem. advertere, to apply one’s mind, 
with > Job 8,8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3. 
a, 6. 

Pot. 25> 1. Pass. of Pil. no. 1, to be 
established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23. 

2. Pass. of Pil. no, 2, to be Sormed, Pe 
pared, Ez. 28, 13. 

Hipn. 3 1. to set up, i. q. to set, to 
place, 6. g. a seat Job 29,7. Ps. 103,19; 
a statue Is. 40,20. Also to found, as the 
earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65,7. 
Proy. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51,15. Inf. ab- 
sol. j=} and PSM as adv. firm, firmly, 
Josh. 3,.17. 4,3.—Hence | a) to consti- 
tute, to appoint any one, Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr. 
2, 6. Jer. 51,12. Job 28, 27. So to set or 
constitute as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 
14, 2. 1 K. 2,24. b) to establish, to con- 
Jirm, e. g. the throne of a kingdom Is. 
9,6. 1 Chr. 22,10; the kingdom of any 
one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 
17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5; one’s posterity Ps. 
89,5; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89,5. 6) to 
repair, to restore, 6. σ. the temple 2 Chr. 
35, 20; comp. 34, 10. 

2. to set right, i. e. to make ready, to 
prepare, Gen. 43, 25; 6. g. wood and 
stones for building 1 K. 5,33; a sacrifice 
Zeph. 1,7 comp. ὁ. > Is. 14, 21; a way 
Deut. 19, 3; a net Ps. 57,7; food Gen. 
43,16. Ex. 16, 5. Josh. 1, 11; the parts 
of a building 1 K. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11; 
a place for any thing, c. > Ex. 23, 20. 
1 Chr. 15, 1. 3. 12. Ps. 68, 11; war, i.g. 
to fit out, to arm, Ez. 7, 14. 38,7. Jer. 
46, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35.—Also to 
prepare, i. 4. to procure, to provide, often 
with a dat. besides the acc. Num. 23, 1. 
29. 1 Chr. 22, 5,14; e.g. food Job 39, 3 
[38,41]. Ps. 78, 20. Prov. 6,8. 30, 25; 
arms 2 Chr. 26,14; garments Job 27, 16. 
17; to take care of a work, to transact 


bd) nint-by ἘΌΝ 


3 


business, Prov. 94,27. Of God, to create, 
to prepare, lo provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10 ; 
the rain 147,8; the sun and light 74,16. 

3. to set, i.e. to aim, to direct, io ad- 
just, e. δ: WAApONS against, c. Ε Ps. 7, 
14; one’s face towards or gainst, c. by 
Ez. 4.8.7. So God directs the steps of 
any one Proy. 16,9. Ps. 119,133; a man 
his own steps Jer. 10, 23; a man his 
ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21, 29. Spec. 
a) > 2b 92h 10 set or fix he Kear n 
any thing, to apply the mind to do any 
thing; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied 
his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19. 
Ezra 7,10. With 23 impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2. 
"213 to set the heart upon 
Jehovah, to af the mind to the wor- 
ship of God, 1 Sam.7,3; with > to idols 
2 Chr. 20, 33. With ninsby impl. Job 
11, 13. Ps, 78, 8. c) "pon ‘ellipt. for 
= y720 to ἀῤρῷ the mind, to give 
heed, 1 Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12, 6. 2 Chr. 
29, 36. 

Horn. ἸΞ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, 
to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made 
ready, prepared, e.g. a funeral pile Is. 
30, 33; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31; 
mantlets Nah. 2,6; to be set in order, 
arranged, Zech. 5, 11. 

Nipu. 1132 pass. of Pilel and Hiphil. 

1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e. g. the 
breasts as becoming round and full Ez. 
16,7; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic. 
4, let Is. 2,2; to be founded, with > upon 
any thing Judg. 16, 26; to be established, 
confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12. 45. 
46. Hence i. q. to stand firm, 6. g. a 
throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 16. 26. Ps. 
25, 5. 29,14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31; the 
world Ps. 98, 1; the moon 89, 38; of 
men i. q. 40 flourish, to prosper, Job 21, 
8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3. 19. 
Ps. 101,7 he that telleth Lies 33> ist ND 
“5 shall not abide in my sight, shall 
not prosper; parall. ‘to dwell with.’ So 
of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18. 16, 
3.—Peculiar is oi 1139 the fimedness 
(steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. e. 
high noon, when the sun seems to stand 
immovable in the zenith, Gr. σταϑερὸν 
juag, σταϑερὰ μεσημβρία, Ruhnken ad 
Timeum p. 236, Arab. ett Rls 


Schult. ad Prov. 1. πον mostly in 


"2 
Part. yi22: ἃ) to be firm, steadfast, 
fixed; Ps.51, 12 γ33 πῆν ἃ steadfast 
spirit, a mind fixed in virtuous, purpose. 
Ps. 78, 37. Ὁ) to be firm, steadfast, in- 
trepid, full of hope and confidence; so 
the heart Ps. 57,8. 108; 2. 112, 7 0) 
Of things, to be firm, fired, established ; 
Gen. 41, 32 cxmds$ ozo “BIN 1132 the 
thing is established from God, is cer- 
tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure, 
Deut, 13, 15. 17, 4 Hos, 6,35 and as subst. 
32) the certain, i. q. certainty, Pi237>8 
for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam.-23, 
23; adv. certainly 26,4. d) to be right, 
true; Part. 1129 right, true, Job 42, 7, 
8. Ps. 5, 10, comp. 78, 387. 6) to be 
right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26]. 

2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g. 
a) Of business, to be taken care of, trans- 
acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35, 35, 10. 16. 
b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready 
for any one, with > Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19, 
29, Job 18, 12 destruction %3>%> 4153 is 
ready at his side, impends over him. 12, 
δ. 15,23, But Ps. 38, 18 139 S>¥> ὍΝ 1 
am ready to fall,am near toruin. ὁ) Of 
persons, fo be prepared, ready, Ez. 38; 7. 
Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time). v. 
15. 34, 2. Josh. 8,4. ἃ) Intrans. or re- 
flex. to prepare sc. oneself, Am. 4, 12. 

Hirapar. 12mm Prov. 24, 3, else- 
where 33527. 

1. to be es’ablished, to be made firm, 
strong, Prov. 24,3. Num. 21, 27. Is. 54,14. 

2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5. 

Deriv. 12. 28, 322, 772, 729, 7539, 
myisy, Mpiom, and the pr. names 773}, 

m2, pat, and 

T> Chun, pr. n. of a Syrian city, 
1 Chr. 18,8; which in the parallel pas- 
sage 2 Sam. 8,8, is called "m3. Perh, 
the Conna mentioned in the Itin. An- 
tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling; situated 
between Laodicea of Lebanon and He- 
liopolis or Ba’albek. Avot 

722 m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered 
in sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept. 
καυών, χαυών, χαβών, the Heb. word in 
Greek letters. R. 73, Pi. ἘΞ, Chald. 
i2, to prepare. 

ὈἽΞ f. plur. riod Jer. 25, 15; for 29 
(Ὁ. 033) pr. a receptacle, vessel; as ὍΣ 
for 022, WN for S28, Ma for ΓΞ, nin 
for m2 ; so Lebrecht. 


453 


“2 


1. α cup. Syr. ἴαϑ, Chald. NovD, 
nop, τὴ, Sam. ΔΎ ΛΕ and “Jeg, 


Arab. eli ast pecs a cup, cup of 
wine.—Gen. 40, 11. 13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3. 
Ps. 23,5. al. Ps. 116, 13 Nw MisTa-OiD 
I will take the cup of deliverance, i. 6.1 
will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks- 
giving for his aid.—In the prophets Je- 
hovah is often represented as pouring 
out for the nations a cup of intoxicating 
wine, M>Z9N7 4D, in order that reeling 
they may rush into destruction: Jer. 25, 
15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my 
hand, and cause all the nations, to whom 
I send thee, to drink it; 16 and they 
shall drink and stagger and be mad, 
because of the sword that I will send 
among them. Jer. 49, 12. 51,7. Lam. 4, 
21. Is. 51,17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez, 23,31. 
32, 33; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the 
same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm. 
on Is. 51, 17.—Further, cup is also put 
metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled 
with p>n portion, Ps. 11,6. 16,5; comp. 
Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, also P2M no. 2. 6. 
See on this metaphor as employed by 
Arabian writers, Comment. on Is. 51, 
17, also on Matt. 1. 6. in Rosenm. Re- 
pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical 
Journal no. LIL. Ὁ. 159. 

2. A species of unclean bird, Lev. 11, 
17. Deut. 14,16; living among ruins, Ps. 
102, 7. The ancient versions render it 
an owl, but against the etymology. Bo- 
chart more correctly, Hieroz. II. p. 267, 
understands the pelican or cormorant, so 
called from the receptacle or pouch un 
der the throat, as Lat. truvo from trua. 


Ἐ1. MD ἃ root, doubtful in the verb, 
but so far as can be gathered from the 
derivatives i. q. to dig, to bore through, 
to pierce, like the kindr. 773, "28, ΠΡ, 


“Ὁ. Arab. |S to dig in the earth, also 
to prostrate; comp. Sanscr. khur to 
cleave, to cut, Hence 729, μάχαιρα, 
a sword, so called from its piercing, "2 
executioner; also M7522, 77157, place 
where metals are dug, then ‘native 


place.’ 


The verb itself is found by many in 
the vexed passage referred to the Mes- 
siah, in Ps. 22, 17, where David as if 


“Ὑδ 


hard pressed by the troops of Saul ex- 
claims: for dogs do compass me about, 
the bands of evil-doers surround me, 
"D375 "37 "9R2. Here the simplest 
interpretation seems to be that which 
preserves the ordinary sense of the 
words: as lions they gape upon my 
hands and my feet, i.e. they threaten to 
tear my limbs in pieces. The form "82 
is pr. ὡς ὃ λέων, i. 6. as lions, comp. Is. 
38, 13; and the notion of surrounding, 
gaping upon, or the like, is then readily 
derived in this manner by zeugma from 
the preceding context.—Most of the an- 
cient interpreters have taken "985 as a 
verb; and this is certainly possible, if we 
regard "ΝΞ as particip. Kal in the Chal- 
dee manner (Sp part. SXP) and in the 
plural number for 5" 2, as 7272 Ps. 45, 
9 for 5°22; although to find two gram- 
matical forms of such extreme rarity 
combined in this one word, is at least 
remarkable ; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523. 
In this way it would be rendered: 8) 
piercing my hands and my feet, i.e. my 
enemies wonnd me with darts and wea- 
pons on every side. And it is hardly 
necessary to remark, that all this ap- 
plies as completely as. possible to David, 
to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in- 
scription; and there is at least no necessi- 
ty for understanding here directly Christ 
as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring 
through, in the sense of wounding, (comp. 


>5m and Arab. <= to pierce, to wound,) 
is aptly attributed to hostile weapons; 
and the hands and feet are put poetically 
for all the members and so for the whole 
body, comp. Hesiod Op. et D.114. Sept. 
weusev, which word is elsewhere used 
in Sept. for 933, "22. Vulg. foderunt. 
Syr. espe. b) Aqu. Symm. in Hex- 
apl. and Jerome in the reading vinze- 
runt, attribute to this word the sense of 
binding, which may also be defended on 
philological grounds, (and this Hengst- 
enberg ought not to have denied, 


Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180,) comp. (5 
I, V, to fold or bind around the turban, 


Θο 2 
» a wreath, turban. But this is far 


less suitable tothe context. c) Finally 
Aqu. in the earlier edit. renders it ἤσχυ- 


ASA 


oD 


vay they disfigure, stain with blood, etc. 
prob. assigning to the root "NX> the sig- 
nif. of Aram. “83 and "32.—That ΠΝ 
was commonly held to be a verb, is also 
shewn by the reading found in two Mss. 
viz. 1983 (A582) for 93. 


ἘΠῚ M3 or "3: obsol. root, prob. 
i. q. "8 to boil wp, and then fo cook. . 
Syr. 305.2) to boil up, to be hot.—Hence 
p> frying-pan, “i"2 basin, and the 
two following. 


VD m. (r. "9D IT) α furnace, for smelt- 
ing metals, Ez. 22, 18.20.22. Prov. 17, 3. 
27,21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 J have tried 
thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut.4, 
20 and hath brought you forth out of the 
iron furnace of Egypt. 1K.8,51. Arab. 


59 2 p > 
oy Syr. ἴ5α5, id. 
“1D i. g. “> q: V. 


ἸῺΣ VND. (smoking furnace) Chor- 
ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
Simeon, 1 Sam. 80, 30; elsewhere j¥> 
q. ν. 

WD Ezra 1, 1. 7. 8, also DID, Cy- 
rus, pr. n. of a king of the Persians, son 
of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages 
the Mede; Ezra 3, 7. 4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28. 
45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22. 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6, 
29. 10,1. The Greek writers affirm 
that this name in Persian signified the 
sun, Ctesias ap. Plut. Artax. Opp. T. I. 
p- 1012. Etym. M. Kogos, κοῦρος, ἥλιος. 
Correctly, for it is the Pers. »5: Zend. 
hvaré sun, gen. hird; comp. Sanser. 
stira, stiri, and the more frequent stirya. 
The t—is merely an ending, as in ΘΠ 
q.v. [This signification is doubted by 
Lassen, but without suggesting another; 
see Zeitschr. ἢ ἃ. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152, 
154.—R. 


WD Cush, pr.n. 1. Of persons: a) 
A son of Ham, and father of Seba, Ha- 
vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and 
Nimrod, Gen. 10, 6. 7. 8. 1 Chr. 1, 8-10, 
b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul, 
ie (ae 

2. As the name ofa country or region, 
Cush was of wide extent, and variously 
employed. Of the descendants of Cush 
(Gen. 10, 6-8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo- 
pled Mesopotamia and Assyria; Raa- 


wid 


mah and his sons Sheba and Dedan had 
their seats in eastern and southeastern 
Arabia (see these articles); while. at 
least Seba and Sabtah are properly re- 
ferred to Ethiopia, Hence the posterity 
of Cush, the Cushites, occupied the im- 
mense region stretching from Assyria 
in the N. E. through eastern Arabia 
into Africa; carrying with them into 
the latter country a branch of the Semi- 
tic language, viz. the Ethiopic, which 
stands in the closest affinity with the 
old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia. 
The name Cush, Cushites, appears not 
to have been used of the posterity of 
Nimrod or their country in the north ; 
though some find such an application 
of it in Gen. 2, 13; see jim*a. But 
these names were evidently applied to 
the descendants of Cush both in Arabia 
and Africa; and as a country Cush is 
therefore twofold; 

a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in 
which were situated the descendants 
and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and 
‘Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All 
these, as merchants trading with Tyre, 
are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez. 
27, 20.21.22. In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara- 
bians are said to be DxsD I-d> at the 
side of the Cushites. When the Israel- 
ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter- 
ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar- 
ried a Cushite woman, prob. from eastern 
Arabia, Num. 12,1. In Hab. 3,7 the 
prophet sees the tents of Cushan (Cush) 
and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma- 
dic tribes of both eastern and western 
Arabia troubled. at the advance of Israel. 
In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be- 
ing mentioned between Egypt on the 
one hand, and Elam and Shinar, Persia 
and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job 
28,19; see ΠΏ. See Ritter’s Erd- 
kunde, Th. XII. p. 56. Berl. 1846, Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. IIL. p. 154 sq. 
. b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem. Ps. 68, 32,) 
in part surrounded by the upper Nile, 
and therefore understood by ancient 
‘intpp. in Gen. 2, 13, see in 7im™a and 
‘comp. Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; inhabited 
by a people of dark colour Jer. 13, 23); 
opulent Is. 43, 3. 45, 14; situated on the 
south of Egypt Ez. 29, 10; and there- 
fore often mentioned with Egypt Nah. 


455 


m5 


3,9. Ez. 30, 4. 5.9. Ps. 68, 22; with the 
Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3. 16,8; with Phut 
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme 
western limit of Xerxes’ empire Esth. 
1, 1. 8,9; also Ps. 77, 4.—Sept. Aidio- 
nla, Aidionss, Vulg. Acthiopia, ALthio- 
pes; Chald. and Syr. retain wD, seas. 
Josephus explains the ancient name; 
Ant. 1.6.2 Χοῦσον μὲν οὐδὲν ἔβλαψεν ὁ 
χρόνος, Αἰϑίοπες γάρ κι τ.λ. The name 
Kush for Ethiopia is also found upon 
the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt ; 
Champollion Gramm, Egypt. p. 150,151. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 673. 

Nore. In the Thesaurus, art, 64>, p. 
673, the author strenuously maintains, 
in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and 
Vitringa, that the name Cush, Cushites, 
is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa. 
In the art. 5237, Thes. p. 1297, written 
some years later, he admits that this 
tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and 
Sheba, were Cushites, and dwelt in 
Arabia.—R. for the whole article. 


"D1 m. 1. a Cushite, gentile n. from 
wD no. 2. a) Spoken of a native of 
eastern Arabia, plur. 2 Chr. 21,16. Fem, 
ΤΆ. Num. 12,1; see in aD no. 2. a. 
b) 1. ᾳ. an Ethiopian, see S52 no. 2. Ὁ. 
Jer. 13, 23. 38, 7.10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8. 
Plur. o*tis3 2 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 16, 8 
Dan. 11,433 also 5°92 Am. 9, 7.—R. 

2. Cushi, pr. n. of the father of the 
prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1. 


JO" Cushan, i. 6. eastern Arabia, 
i, ᾳ. 5D no. 2. a, where see. Hab. 3, 7. 
—R. 


ὩΣ FO Chushan-rishathaim, 
pr. ἢ. of a king of Mesopotamia, Judg. 
8, 8. 10. ᾿ 


ΤΣ Ε (τ. WD πο. 2) prosperity, 
plur. Ps. 68,7. Syr. {,-aa2, μὲ», id. 


MD 2 K. 17,30, and HD vy. 24, pr. 
n. Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cuth- 
ites, who with others were brought by 
the king of Assyria into the desolated 
kingdom of Israel, and there amalga- 
mated with the ancient inhabitants into 
the Samaritan people ; whence the lat- 
ter are called by the Chaldee writers 
and Talmudists 5°72. Nothing certain 
is known of the site of this country ; Jo- 


19 


sephus places it in Persia, which is not 
improbable, Ant. 9. 14.3; others seek it 
in Phenicia, because the Samaritans 
themselves professed to be of Sidonian 
origin, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5. 5. 
See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq. 


e 213, in Kal only part. 315 Ps. 116, 
J13; more usual in 


Pret 332 to lie, to speak falsehood ; 


Chald. 332, Syr. -o¢3, Arab. GIS; 
id. The primary idea lies perhaps in 
breaking and cutting, so that 313 may 
be a softened form from 3%f ; and then 
this idea is transferred to falsehood and 
fraud ; comp. >%3.—Mic. 2, 11. Job 6, 
28. 34,6. Prov. 14,5. With > tolie unto 
any one, ἴο deceive him, Ez. 13, 19. Ps. 
78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da- 
vid? i.e. break my faith, comp. Num. 
23,19; with a id. 2 K. 4,16. Metaph. 
Hab. 2,3; so of waters which dry up 
and thus deceive the hope of the tra- 
veller Is. 58, 11, see 333%. Comp. Lat. 
‘spem mentita seges’ Hor. Ep. 1. 7.87; 
‘fundus mendax’ Carm, 3. 1. 30. 

Hipu. to make lie, i. 6. to give the lie, 
to convict of lying, Job 24, 25. 

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. to be proved false, 
fallacious, Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6. 

Deriv. 512 — a2, also 3138, ΖΞ, 


aT) m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17. 

519 BoP lying divination Ez. 13, 6; 

"> pop to divine lies Ez. 13, 7. 21, 34 
[29]. 22, 28. ὈΠΞῚΞ MDM 10 utter Lies, 
to speak falsehood, Prov. 6,19. 14, 5.25. 
19,5.9. Also deceit Sraud, guile ; Dan. 
11,27 =1) 723. Ps. 5, 7. 58, 4. Prov. 19, 
22 31D Ux a man of falsehood, a liar, 
deceiver. 23,3 ΒΞ om> deceitful food, 
spoken of the banquct of a prince, which 
allures his guests into danger.—Concr. 
liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope, 
6. g. idols Ps. 40, 5. Am. 2, 4. 

R372 (lying, false) Cozeba, pr. n. of 
a place 1 Chr. 4, 22; prob. the same 
with 3D and 228 Ὁ. 

"272 (lying, false, τ. 31>) Cozbi, pr. n. 
of the daughter of a Midianitish prince, 
Num, 25, 15. 18. 

312 (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of'a 
place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5; 
prob. i. 4. 25428 Ὁ. 


456 


“mS 
*"T2 obsol. root, kindr. with Arab. 
* (there being no Arabic root ye ) 


to break with violence, to rout an enemy ; 
in Heb. transferred to the idea of vio 


lence in ras —Hence "28, "338, 


PAP TISN 


M2 m. once MP Dan. 11, 6, 6. suff. 
"md. R.nm q. v. 

1. strength, might, power, both to act 
and to endure, Job 6, 11. 12; spoken of 
men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5 
9.19. Hab. 1, 11. Is. 63,1; vital strength 
Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11; might and 
energy in business Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4; 
virile strength, and poet. for its fruit, 
the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3; also of 
animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8,7. Spoken 
of the power and might of God, Jer. 10, 
12 insa pox nv. ‘Num. 14, 17. Job 
23, 6. 24, 22. 37, 23. Ps. 65 7—(A) Ὁ" 
215 there is strength, power, in any 
one, he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 1 Sam. 
28, 20, comp. 1 K. 19, 8; c. ἣν et > to 
hate power to do any tines, q: to be 
able, I can, 1 Sam. 30, 4 until ἘΓῚΞ 778 
nina m= they had no power to weep, 
could weep no more. 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25, 
8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, or Same 
times it is put in the genit. after sub- 
stantives and adjectives; as M> yx 
mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26; 
ms x 3w Job 37, 23; m5 "Tins Ps, 103, 
20; M5 δ for ΠΘ xd “tind Job 26, 2. 
—Further: a) In a bad sense, vio- 
lence, Ece. 4,1. Ὁ) Trop. ability, i.e. 
wealth, riches, comp. >", Job 6, 22. 36, 
19. Prov. 5, 10, Hos. 7,9.  c) strength 


of the earth, its fruits, produce, brought 


forth by its vivifying power, Gen. 4, 12. 
Job 31, 39. 

2. A species of large lizard, prob, so 
called from its strength, Lev. 11, 30. 
Sept. and Jerome the chamelion ; Arab. 
Vers. ws? the land crocodile, or a 


species of it. [Not improb. as Bochart 
supposes (Hieroz. I. p. 1069), Arab. 
Jot the waral (vulg. waran), a spe- 
cies of lizard several feet in length, 
lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in 
Palestine; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. 1]. 
p. 253.—R. 


εἰν" 


* "IMD in Kal not used, prob. like τῷ 
and brs having the signif to cover, to 
hide ; which then passed over partly to 
the fdén of denying, deceiving, lying, as 
in SM, >; and partly to that of be- 
smearing, painting, as in 59>. The 
order of derivation is ὉΠ, ἼΗΞ, DMD ; 
comp. medius, milieu. Eth. ihe to 
deny, to apostatize ; Arab. 3 to de- 
ny. 

Pipi "M2, lo hide, to conceal, with acc. 
and ἸῺ of pers. Jer. 38, 14, 2 Sam. 14, 
18; acc. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam. 3, 17. 
18. Jer. 50, 2; different is 7 in Job 15, 
18. With ἢ Gen. 47, 18. By litotes, 
ἼΠΞ ΝῸ not to hide is for. to speak out 
openly, to proclaim, Job 27, 11. Ps. 40, 11. 
78, 4. Is. 3,9; contra, not to hide what 
is true, i. q. not Lo deny, Job6, 10; comp. 
uns 


Hien. 779737 1. to hide, Job 20, 12. 

2. to destroy, to cut off, pr. to make 
disappear, Gr. ἀφανίζειν, e. σι men Ex. 
23, 23. 2 Chr. 32, 21. Zech. 11, 8; with 
72 1K. 13, 34. Ps, $3, δ. 

Nien. 1. Pass. of Piel, to be hidden, 
concealed, with 2 from any one, 2 Sam. 
18, 13. Ps. 69, 6. 139, 15. Hos. 5, 3. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed, 
to be cut off. Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20, 
Zech. 11, 9. 16; puss jo Ex. 9, 15. 

“T3712 Chald. see in Chald. 5m p. 296. 

* M2 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr. Ἐπ 
to pant, Germ. keuchen, comp. the simi- 
lar onomatopoetic roots MB2, MIN ; then 
to exert oneself, ones strength; ete. 
Hence 5 strength, power. The Arab. 

LS to prevail in battle, is apparently 


secondary, and derived from the Heb. 
m>. 


ἢ mp ἅπ. λεγόμ. iq. Arab. has, to 
paint the eyes with stibium, Ez. 23, 40; 
comp. 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4,30. The pri- 
mary idea is that of covering, besmear- 
ing; see in "M3. Chald. Syr. Arab. 
Ethiop. id.—The paint of the Hebrew 
women, called 335 q. v. Gr. στέμμι, στί- 
θίον, was a powder producing a black 
colour, commonly prepared from anti- 
mony or from lead ore and zinc, which 
they mixed with water, and spread by 
means of a needle or probe of silver or 

39 


457 "3 


ivory upon the borders of the eye-lids; 
so that the white of the eye might ap 
pear still whiter by being surrounded 
with a black margin. See Bottiger’s 
Sabina p. 22,48. Hartmann’s Hebrae- 
rin II. p. 149. sq. IIL. p. 198 sq. 


᾽ ὯΤΞ 1. pr. to lie, to speak lies, see 
Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr. 
7D. 

2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, e.g. 
the body, Ps. 109, 24 9: tna “wa 
my flesh faileth from ‘fatness, i. 6. is 
without fatness, pines away. Comp. 
md, also Piel no. 3. 

Pins WmD 1. to deny what is true, 
Gen. 18,15. Josh. 7, 11. With a of 
pers. to deny any one, as if not knowing 
him, Job 8,18; hence Min? BMD to deny 
Jehovah Is, 59, 13. Jer. 5, 12. Josh. 24, 
27; > id. Job 31, 28; absol. id. Prov. 30, 
9. With 3 of pers. and 3 of thing, to 
lie or deny to any one as to any thing, 
Ley. 5, 21 [6, 2]. 

2. to lie, to speak falsehood, Lev. 19, 
11. Hos, 4, 3. With >1K. 13, 18 OND 
%> Ae lied unto him. ' 

. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex- 
Ridin hence i. q. to fail, spoken οἵ" 
the products of the earth, Hos. 9, 2. 
Hab. 3, 17. Comp. in 312 Pi. 

4. to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon, 
chiefly of the vanquished, who profess 
devotedness and love towards their vic~ 
tors, c. > Ps. 18, 45. 66, 3. 81. 16. 

Nipu. Deut. 33,29, and Hirap. 2 Sam. 
22, 45, c. >; i. gq. Pi. no. 4. 

Deriv. the two following. 

M2 1. alie, deceit, Nah. 3, 1. Hos.. 
10, 13. 12, 1. Ps. 59, 13. 

2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16; 8:. 

WMD m. adj. lying, false, e.g. children: 
who deny their father, Is. 30,9. ΕΣ wm. 


oF Rg Fe primitive particle. Ay Pr. a: 
Pron. relat. 1. ᾳ. "8, although in this: 
its primary sense it is extremely rare 
and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew: 
writings. The use of this ancient and 
primitive word is also widely-spread in 
the Indo-European tongues: comp. 
Sanser. relat. yas, γᾶ, yaé; (softened:for: 
gas, ga, qat,) Lat. qui, que, quod ; Pers». 
“5, poet. _S, and even Chinese khé he,. 
and tshé who. Correlative to these are: 


bo 


demonstr. "71, yGr. ἢ; ts, Lat. is, 


see Buttm. Ausi: Sprachl. I. p. 290; 
demonstr. and relat. "3, (69, comp. 
Germ. die; interrog. "2, ΠΏ. ti-s, τί. 
By dropping also the initial palatal from 
the fuller and antique form qu?, there 
has arisen the Pers. and Zab. Ss: oh, 

Germ. wie.—The most certain Somiplé 
of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till 
thou return unto the ground 3372 "2 
ne? from which (whence) thou wast 
taken, Sept. ἐξ ἧς ἐλήφϑης, and so also 
Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex- 
pressed in v. 23 by BYQ Mp> ὌΝ. 

Causal it can hardly be in these words; 
since the cause isimmediately subjoined: 

awn ΒΤ ΡΝ MAN WED 7D. Soo too in 
Gen. 4, 25 1 ‘90 "BD, Vulg. quem oc- 
cidit Cain, Sept. ὃν ἀπέκτεινε Katy, and 
so Onk. Syr. since nothing could well 
be feebler than the expression, ‘ for 
Cain slew him. The same ancient 
usage is again revived in Is. 54, 6 the 
Lord calleth thee as a wife of youth ™> 
oxen who hast been rejected, Sept. μεμι- 
σημένην, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. que ab- 
jecta eras. Is. 57, 20 the wicked are 
like the troubled sea 535 8> vpn > 
which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere 
non potest. Other examples which may 
be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30, 
23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90,4. Further, the 
LXX take 7D asa relative in }37>> "2, 
translating 9.29 ἕνεκα τούτου, and *2 
2; οὗ ἕνεκεν. Of the primary prono- 
minal power of this word no one can well 
doubt, who considers the analogy of 
other languages, and compares the two- 
fold use of "OX as relat. and conjunc- 
tion. 

B) As a relative Conjunction, like 
“tx, Gr. ὅτι, (whence wti, ut,) Lat. 
quod, Fr. que. 

1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.) 
before dependent clauses following an 
active verb and standing in the place of 
an accusative, as elsewhere “2x and 
fully TR MX, see WOK B. 1. Gen. 1, 10 
aio (42 ΠΟ x7 pr. and God saw 
this, that it was ‘good. Job 9,2 "M27" 
Ἵ3 72 1 know that it is so. So after verbs 
of seeing Gen. 1, 4. 10, 12..3, 6; of hear- 
ing Gen. 14, 14, 29, 33. 39,15; of know- 
ing Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14, 42, 33; of point- 


458 


np 


ing out Gen. 3, 11. 12, 18. Ps. 50,6, 92, 
16; of demanding Is. 1, 12; of believing 
Ex. 4,5. Job 9,16; of relvanabenes Job 
7, 7. 10, 9; of rata Job 39, 15. 
Repaated: "31—"2 Gen. 29, 12.—In for- 
mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi- 
tive, the dependent clause with “2 is to 
be regarded as in the nominative, e. g. 
ἊΣ 31 it is good that , comp. Gen. 2, 18. 
—Here also belong the following uses 
of "3, viz. 

a) After formulas of swearing, as Ἢ 
"D> min® by the life of Jehovah (1 swear) 
thal, 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6. 
pander on 2'Sam: 2,27; dx "Mm Job 27, 
25 ἊΝ ‘a Is. 49, 18; pony "3 nus rip 
Fro? mist 1 Sam. 14, 44. 2 Sam. 3,78. 
19,2. 1K. 2, 23; see in MD no. 1. Hends 
by an ellipsis oF a like formula, "> is put 
affirmatively even at the beginning of 
an oracle, Is. 15, 1. 

b) Where "5 is put before a clause or 
words directly quoted, like Gr. ὅτι, Syr. 
2, for which last see a host of examples 


in Agrelli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33 
"> ΣΦ "D ΝΡ and she said, Jehovah 
hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho- 
vah hath heard. Ex. 3, 12. 1 Κα. 11, 22. 
Ruth 1, 10. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al. : 

6) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec- 
tions which have the force of a whole 
clause, e. g. Job 12,2 CD DAN "2 -D22N 
no doubl that ye are the people. So mint 
"2 behold that, i.q. the simple 437, Ps. 
128, 4; "2 Nim id. 1 Sam. 10, 1; 92 8 
thereto that, see 38; "2B CBN nity that, 
see DDN; in all which phrases "2 cam 
be omitted in rendering. 

d) "35 is it so that? is it the case 
that? Fr. est-ce que? for whether? num? 
Job 6, 22 "EMER 7M 15. it that I said? 
did I say ? 2 Sam. 9, 1. So also where 
an affirmative answer is expected (comp. 
τῇ no. t. Ὁ}. is it not the case that? Fr. 
west-ce pas que? i. q. nonne? Gen.27, 36. 
29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr. 
11, 21. 

2. Asa relative causal particle, ors, 
quod, viz. 

a) As marking the cause and reason 
of any thing, because, since ; 80. where 
the causal clause precedes, as Gen. 3, 
14. because thou hast done this, cursed 
art thou, ete. ν. 17 because thou hast 


5 4.59 “> 


hearkened unto thy wife, .... cursed is the 
ground, etc. So where it follows, which 
is far more common; Gen. 2, 3 and God 
blessed the seventh day.... because (">) 
in it he had rested, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he 
sitleth alone and silent ὙΦ 503 "2 be- 
cause God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22, 
9. Where the causal clause is thus put 
last, "> may often be rendered by a de- 
monstrative causal particle, for, Gr. γάρ, 
6. g. Ps. 6, 3 heal me, Jehovah, %>732 Ἢ 
“2x2 for my bones tremble greatly. 10, 
14, 25, 16. Is. 2, 3. 6. 92. 3. 1. 10. 11. 
Gen. δ, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. seepiss.— 
Almost always "3 stands at the begin- 
ning of its clause ; very rarely it is in- 
serted after one or more words, like Lat. 
enim, Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen. 
18, 20. 

Where two or more causal clauses 
follow each other, "D is repeated, as 
"B—"D, 723", because—and because, 
or for—and. Of such examples there 
are several classes: «) Where more 
than one cause of a thing is assigned, as 
Is. 6, 5 wo is me! for (73) Iam undone, 
ΠΡῸΠ ΓΝ 1D... 7 DdN OIMEY Now Hox 8D 
ἌΣ AN mina “ ‘because Tam a man 
of unclean lips. .and because mine 
eyes have seen the hive Jehovah of hosts, 
i. 6. because I, a man of unclean lips 
have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22,12. 8) 
Where the clauses are either less close- 
ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4. 5. 15, 6. 8. 9. 
28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24.25. 8, 9 (comp. 
γάρ---γάρ Matt. 6, 32. 18, 10.11. 24, 27. 
28); or one is, so to speak, continuative 
of the other, as Gen. 33, 11 for (53) God 
hath dealt graciously with me, and ("3") 
Ihave all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16. 

7) When the latter elites depends on 
the former; Gen. 26, 7 for (53) he feared 
to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the 
place should slay him; because (3) she 
was fair. 43, 32. 47, 20.—To the first 
class («) belongs also the ironical pas- 
sage 1 K. 18, 27 cry aloud o°m>x 5 
> ἘΠῚ 723 ib ore 83) MI Ὁ cad for 
heisa god, and he is meditating, or has 
gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the } in 
533, 754, being here evidently disjunc- 
tive ; see in ἢ no. 1. i. p. 266." 

Sometimes the causal power of "> is 
not at once obvious, where yet on con- 


sidering the connection of the sentences | 


it is found really to exist. E. g. Job 5, 
22 at destruction and famine thou shalt 
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou 
shalt not be afraid ; 23 for (53) with 
the stones of the field shalt thou be in 
league, and the beasts of the field shall 
be at peace with thee, i. e. thou shalt fear 
nothing, because thy field shall be fer- 
tile, not covered with stones nor infested 
with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for (53) ten 
acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, 
and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs) 
shall yield one ephah ; where the pro- 
phet had just said, many houses shall be 
desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because 
of the impending sterility of the fields, 
Is. 7,21 in that day a man shall keep 
a heifer and a couple of sheep, 22.... 
‘sa mianmd> D285 ats ΓΙΝΌΓΙ 2. for 
curds and honey shall every one eat, etc. 
i. δ. those who remain in the desolated 
land, for want of fruits and wine, shall 
live only on curdled milk and honey, and 
therefore turn their attention to the 
keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17, 
3 sq. 30,9. In other examples "> refers 
not to the words next preceding, but to 
others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore 
the Lord himself will give thee a sign: 
Behold, a virgin shall conceive ....16 
for (53) before the child shall know, etc. 
i. e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16, 
consists the sign and prophecy which 
Jehovah will give ; comp. 8, 4. Is. 10, 25 
fear not....26 for yet a very little while 
and the punishinent shall cease. Josh. 5, 
5. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp. 
for the like use of the particle γάρ, 
Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enim, 
Ramshorn’s Lat. Gram. § 119.1. With 
these particles "> has also this further 
in common, that it is put where one 
appeals to a thing as known to all, as 
matter of common notoriety, for surely, 
for certainly, of course, e. g. Job 5,6 
ἫΝ WIA ΝΧῚ ΝΡ D for surely affliction 
cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6. 
13. So ironically, Prov. 30,4 what ts 
his name and what his son’s name? ™D 
stn for thou knowest it of course. Job 
38,5. 1 K. 18, 27, sée end of preced. 
paragr. 

Finally, to this causal signification 
belong the following uses of "3: ae) 
After verbs implying an affection of the 


"5 460 se) 


mind, as marking the cause of that 
affection; 6. σ΄. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29. 
Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; of being 
angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing 
Gen. 43, 18, Ps. 49, 17; of respecting 
Gen. 6, 6. 7. 88) As introducing an 
“explanation, or the application of a par- 
able, etc. for, for indeed, Lat. atqui, Is. 
5, 7. Job 6, 21. 

b) As marking consecution, result, ef- 
fect, i. e. the cause or reason why a thing 
as or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that, 
.so as that; comp. Gr. τέ γέγονεν ὅτι. 
Gen. 20.9 what have I sinned against 
thee, that (53) thou hast brought on me 
....a great sin? 40,15 here also I have 
done nothing, that ("D) they should put 
me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on 
whom dost thou trust, that ("2) thou hast 
rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is 
man, that ("2) thou art mindful of him? 
comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot- 
ter be accounted as the clay, that (3) 
the work shall say of the workman, He 
made me not? Hos. 1, 6; also Gen. 20, 
10. Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11. 
10, 5. 6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al. 

3. From the preceding causal power 
is derived the use of "D in various ad- 
versative constructions. Εἰ. g. 

a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q. 
-but, Lat. sed, Germ. sondern. 1 K. 21, 
15 Naboth is not alive m2 "> but dead ; 
pr. for he is dead. Gen. 24,3 thou shalt 
not take a wife for my son of the daugh- 
ters of the Canaanites....4 ~>& "2 
2h... 88 but thou shalt μὴ unto my 
country, etc. In v. 38 in the same con- 
text we find 8>-ox. Gen. 45, 8 it is not 
you who sent me hither, but ("2) God, 
pr. for God sent me. Gen. 19,2 "2 X> 
“nba BINA nay! but we will abide all 
‘night in the street. Gen. 3, 4.5. 17, 15. 
Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15. 
Ps. 44, 8. Is.'7, 8. 65, 6. Dan. 9, 18. al. 
See below in ἘΝ "D> B.1. Once for 
bx Ἢ B.2, 1 Sam. 27,1 nothing is well 
for me, 222% "2 unless that I flee, ex- 
cept I flee; Sept. ἐὰν μή. 

Ὁ) Similar to this is the use of "5 in 
passages where a preceding negative is 
not directly expressed, but yet a nega- 
tive force lies in the sentence itself; 
e.g. where in Latin the full construction 
would be, ‘(minime vero) sed,’ also sim- 


ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc. 2, 24: “num 
tum ingenraisse Epaminondam putas, 
quum una cum sanguine vitam efiluere 
sentiret ? Imperantem enim patriam La- 
cedemoniis relinquebat, quam acceperat 
servientem,” for: Minime vero, nam —3 
Germ. nein sondern ; Engl. nay but ; nay 
for; but no, for ; etc. Job 31, 17 have 
I then eaten my morsel alone, and the 
orphan hath not eaten thereof? 18 Nay 
but (72) from my youth he grew up with 
me as a father, Mic. 6,3 what injury 
have I done to thee? 4 None, for (but) 
I brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps. 
44, 21 sq. if we had forgotten God.. 

would not God have searched it out ? 94 
But no (3). for thy sake are we slaugh- 
tered. Job 14,13 Oh that thou wouldest 
hide me in Sheol.... until thy wrath be 
past {and afterwards recal me to life, 
though I know this cannot be!) 16 "5 
“BOR "IS% ΠῺΣ but no / instead of this 
thou numberest my steps; so far from 
dealing kindly with me, thou even liest 
in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49,11. 
130, 2, 2 Sam. 19, 23, Is. 49, 24. 25. 

c) Rarely where no negative pre- 
cedes, like ἀλλὰ γάρ, but truly, but yet, 
yet, nevertheless ; comp. DS "2 B. 3. Is. 
28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, X>d "> 
aman? wine mx2>2 but yet one does not 
thresh it always ; see in PPI no. 1. Is. 
8, 23 md pyro wind HSI ND > never- 
theless the darkness shall not abide 
where now distress is. Job 23, 10. 

4. Asa particle of time, like "G8 B. 
53 pr. at which time, what time, when. 
With a pret. Ps. 32,3 53. "Mv °D 
“2x2 when (while) J kept silent, my 
bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3, 
19. Job 7, 18. Oftener with ‘a fat. Gen. 
4,12 ΠΡ ΝΠ ΤΟΝ TWAsm "2 when thou 
tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth 
yield unto thee her strength. 24, 41. Is. 
43, 2. Jer. 2,26. 1K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8.95 
and so with fut. as pres. Job 22, 2 is ἃ 
man profitable unto God. when as a wise 
man he is profitable to himself? Ps. 8, 4; 
when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job 
4, 5. Ps. 11, 3. Is.1, 12. Lev. 21, 9. al. 
With a participle Jer. 44.19. So too 
without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 5x77 722 "D 
when Israel was a child. Job 39, 24. 
Very freq. in the construction "> "73, 
"2 nm and it came to pass, when, ete. 


"5 461 “ 


Gen. 6, 1 and it came to pass when 
(9 "π|:) men began to multiply, ete. 
Sept. καὶ ἐγένετο ἥνικα x. τ. λ. 3. Sam. 
7, 1. 19, 26. αἱ. sep. Ex. 1, 10 and it 
come to pass when ("3 mim) there fall- 
eth out, ete. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7. 
Is. 16, 12. Jer. 5, 19. 15,2. See in M4 
no. 1. p. 249.—Sometimes this use ap- 
proaches near to a conditional power 
(comp. "G8 B. 4) as in Engl. when for 
if; so with a pret. Ex. 20,25; or with 
a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 when (if) thou meetest 
any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33 
where Sept. ἐάν, Ex. 7, 9. Deut. 14, 24. 
Josh. 20,5. At other times, a strict dis- 
tinction is observed between this parti- 
cle and the conditional ἘΝ, as Ex. 21, 2 
when (3) thou buyest a Hebrew servant, 
siz years shall he serve thee, and in the 
seventh he shall go out free. 3. If (2%) 
he came in alone, he shall go out alone ; 
of (ON) with a wife, then his wife shall 
go out with him. 4. If (ΞΔ) his master 
have given hima wife... 5 and if (82) 
the servant shall say, etc. So very often, 
bx being every where used before the 
particular conditions of a law, and "3 be- 
fore the whole law. Comp. in the same 
chapter, v. 7 "2, and v. 8. 9. 10. 11, ἘΝ. 
v. 14.18 "BD, and v.19 δ. v.20 "5D and 
v. 21 ON. v.22 Ἢ and v.23 08. Sov. 
26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev. 
1, 2.3. In Arabic the same distinction 


exists between fof i. q. "> and the con- 
ditional wt i. ᾳ. 08.—This "> of time 
sometimes stands in a clause after the 
nominative, as Lev. 1, 2. 2, 1. 4, 2. Is. 
28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14, 
13. al. 

To the same conditional usage per- 
tain the examples where "3 is for the 
fuller "> 03 even when. even if, although ; 
see 03 no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led 
them not the way of the land of the Phi- 
listines, 3192 819 "3 although that was 
near. Ps. 49, 19. 116, 10. Hab. 3, 17. 

5. A less usual but certain use of "3 
is in the apodosis, Engl. then, so. The 
Se ay then has a conditional particle, 

e.g. ἘΝ, Job 8,6 ΠῺΣ DS NAN WI TSN 
Ws = if thou art pure ‘and ‘upright, 
then he will soon awake for thee. 37, 20 ; 
wd ox, Is. 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then 

39* 


ye shall not be established ; %> Job 6, 2. 
3; 754d Gen. 31, 42. 43, 10; "bax Num. 
22, 33; SEX condit. Ecc. 8,12; “ὧνπ 155 
Gen. 22, 16. 17.—Some assume here an 
ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is that, 
or the like. This accords with the like 
usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable ; 
although a demonstrative or affirmative 
power, which some assume as the pri- 
mary one in this particle, is without any 
certain traces. 

6. Prepositions to which “3 is sub- 
joined, (like τῶν B. 9.) are thus convert- 
ed into conjunctions, as "3 52" and "> 5 
on this account that, because ; “ΞΣ un- 
til that, until ; "D 3R9 and "3 MMM for 
the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg. 
p. 637.—For j27b> "> see in its order 
after ON "D p. 462, For "9 58 see p. 
77. 

Note. A remarkable example of the 
various significations of "> is found in 
Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shalt not have one 
lot only, but (">) the mountain shall be 
thine ; since ("D) it is a forest, so thou 
shalt cut it down, and its utmost ends 
shall be thine ; for (3) thou shalt drive 
out the Canaanites, because (52) they 
have tron chariots and because (3) they 
are strong, i. e. because otherwise they 
will be a source of trouble and destruc- 
tion to you. Comp. 14, 12. 


D8 53 a compound particle having a 
twofold usage : 

A) Where ἘΝ refers to an inserted or 
parenthetic clause, and each particle 
retains its own native force. Thus: 

1. that if, see "> B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but 
know ye BI-72 "MR OMY oO NS2"ON "3 
pS7>> ound DMS “P? THAT, IF ye put me 
to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent 
blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So 
after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14, 
39 "3 ὮΞ [HIN3 WSN 8D... ὑπ 
min nin as Jehovah liveth .. (l swear) 
THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son, 
(that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22, 24. 
In these examples "> is repeated after 
the parenthetic clause ; in others Vav 
copulative is put instead: 1 Sam. 90, 9 
far be it HII ANSs-*D TIN ΣΤΟΝ 7D 
3b TEx Ak wy. ΟΝ 029 THAT, IF 
I knew that evil were prepared of my 
father...then I would not tell it thee. 


"5 462 "2 


Ex, 22,22. Gen, 47, 18; comp. ἸΡ. 266, 
bb. 
_ 2. because if, for tf, see "2_B. 2. Ex. 
8, 17 [21]. 9,2. 10,4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth. 
4.14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. sep. 
Also interrog. nam num ? for whether ? 
see 08 B. 1. Lam. 5, 22 ὈΝΏΓΕΝ "D 
asmoxe for wilt thou then utterly reject 
us ? comp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is 4 in- 
stead of ">. 
3. but if, after a negative, see "2 B. 3. 
Lam. 3, 32 ony) nzin-ex 52 but if he 
cause grief, yet will he have compassion. 
Also without a previous negative, see 
in "3_B. 3. ὁ, Ex, 23, 22. 
Nore. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 “3D introduces 
the apodosis, see "2 B.5; while =X is 
the negative after an oath, see 0& Ὁ. 1. 
c. In 2 Sam. 3,35 "5 continues the 
clause after a formula of swearing, see 
“> B.1.b; and ἘΝ is negative as be- 
fore. 
B) Where both particles are closely 
conjoined and refer to the same clause. 
1. but if, after a negative; Ps. 1, 1 
happy the man who walketh not (q. ἃ. if 
he walk not)... 2 but if (08 52) his de- 
light is in the law of Jehovah ; here it is 
simply but, Germ. sondern, after a nega- 
tive, 1. ᾳ. "> Β. 3. a; the force of the 
other particle being attenuated and ne- 
glected. So Gen, 15, 4 this shall not 
be thine heir, but (0% "D) he that shall 
come forth, etc. 32, 29 thy name shall not 
. be called Jacob, but (ἘΝ 539) Israel. Josh. 

17, 3 he had no sons, but (2% "2) daugh- 
ters. 1 Sam. 8,19 and they said, Nay, 
-but.(2& "D> we will have a king over us. 
-2.Sam. 5, 6..1K. 18,18. Is. 37,19. 65, 

18. Jer. 3. 10. al. sep.—Sometimes the 
‘negative before 5X. "2 is to be supplied, 
‘comp. “2 B. 3. Ὁ. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the 
Lord liveth 32839 ΓΤ BX ἈΦ (not 1) but 
the Lord smite him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let 
‘not the king take it to heart ᾿νεροτᾷ they 
. say, All the king’s sons are dead ; (not 
80) but Amnon only is dead. 

2. but if, but when, i. q. unless, except, 
-always after a negative. a) Beforea 
verb, Gen, 32,27 Iwill not let thee go, 

except (2% "2) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7. 
‘Gen. 42, 15, Lev. 22,6. Ruth 2, 16, 3, 
18. 2 Sam. 5, 6. Eee. 8, 12, Ὁ) Before 
a noun; Gen. 39,9 he hath kept back 
nothing from me except (δ "2) thee, 


because thou art his wife. v. 6. Lev. 21, 
1,2 there shall none be defiled for the 
dead...except (8% “D) for his kin. Num. 
26, 65. Josh. 14, 4, 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22, 
Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7,23. al. The preced- 
ing negative is sometimes implied ina 
question, Mic. 6, 8, Is. 42. 19. . 

3. Without a preceding negative, but, 
Germ. aber, comp. "2 B. 3. c. Gen. 40, 
14."3M927 ON Ἢ but remember me, ὌΝ 
it shall be well. with thee ; Sept. ἀλλά, 
Syr. if. Num. 24, 21. 22 strong. is thy. 
dwelling-place ... but (a8 ">) Kain shall 
be wasted. 

C) It is seen above, that one of the. 
two particles is oflen redundant and 
might be omitted; and so D8 is four 
times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3, 
12, 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12, 
Still more is this the case, where D8 3 
stands in the following connections: _ 

1. that, i. q. "> B. 1. a, after formulas 
of swearing, 2 Sam. 15, 21 where Keri 
omits 08. 2K. 5, 20; after a verb of 
swearing, Jer. 51, 14; after Dax Ruth 
3,12. So wihenie the words of an oath 
or affirmation are implied, thus marking 
a strong affirmation, Judg. 15,7 WSN oN 
“Map? BN "2D ΓΝΤΞ if ye have done thus, 
(know assuredly) that Iwill be avenged, 
1 K. 20, 6.—For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above. 
in A, note. 

2. because, for, causal, i. ᾳ. "> B. 2. 
Job 42, 8. 


72729 "2 a formula signifying lit. for 
therefore. and used to mark not. purpose 
and end, but rather the reason and cause 
ofathing. The examples fall into two 
classes, viz. 

1. Where "3 and 3° are to be taken 
separately. for because; so that }27>3 is 
for ΩΝ j27>2 on this account that, be- 
cause, (see in 39 with Prep. d,) and in- 
troduces the protasis, which the apodo- 
sis then follows. So in these passages : 
Gen. 33, 10 receive my present, ἼΞ ἘΣ "9 
ΧΟ O'R "WB ΓΝ ΠῸΞ "NN 707, 
because I have seen thy face as though I 
had seen the face of God, so thou wilt 
receive me graciously. Num, 10, 31. 14, 
43 for, because ye are turned away from 
Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you, 

2, Where the formula is i. q. 13. 85 
for "GX 52->2 on this account that. be- 


=~) 


cause, as above. Gen, 38, 26 she (Ta- 
mar) is more righteous than I, because 
(j27>2 53) I gave her not to Shelah my 
son; Vulg. quia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O 
Lord God! (1 must die), because J have 
seen an angel of the Lord face to face ; 
comp. 13, 22, Is. 6,5. Sept, om, Vulg. 
quia.—2 Sam, 18, 20 Keri. Jer. 29,27. 
28. 38, 4. Gen. 19,8 only unto these men 
do nothing ; because (j27>2 "D) they 
have come under the shadow of my roof. 

Nore. From the examples in no. 1, it 
appears that in this formula "3 origi- 
nally retained its distinct native causal 
power; and no transposition or trajec- 
tion is necessary, such as I formerly as- 
sumed. In the other examples 13 55. "9 
seem to have coalesced into one com- 
pound particle, in which two causal 
particles are accumulated; and the 
power of the first became by degrees 
so attenuated as to be nearly or quite 
redundant; just like "28 in Chaldee 
j27>2 728, which stands for the Heb. 
formula in the Targums. 


I]. “D subst. (for "23, τ. TID, as "ἢ 
for "IX, ἋΣ for ἜΣ) ἃ mark burnt in, 


g- 
brand, once 15, 3,24. Arab. Sid. 
*I"D obsol. root, Arab. δῇ mid. Ye, 


to use deceit, to overreach ; whence Aig 
trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war. 
Hence in Heb. "3, πὴ. 


‘MD m. destruction, calamity, Job 21, 
90. See also 71772. 

‘TIM m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. a spark, Job 41, 
ll, ἘΠ 


PV) m. (Ὁ. 5) lea javelin, spear, 
asmaller kind of lance, different from 
mint (1 Sam, 17, 6. 7. 45. Job 39, 23); 
borne by soldiers suspended from the 
shoulder, 1 Sam. 1. c. and thrown after 
brandishing Job 41, 21 [29]; common 
among the Babylonians and Persians 
Jer. 6, 23. 50, 42; and so made as to be 
conspicuous when lifted up Josh, 8, 18 
comp. 26, being probably decorated with 
a flag, like the lances of the modern 
Polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi 
D3 2 Mann Ki ‘this is the spear with 
aflagonit.’ Bochart aptly derivesit from 


Sor 
το 9. comp. 3°37} sword, and -» war. 


463 


"> 


2. Chidon, pr. n. of a place between 
Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem; 1 Chr. 
18,9. 1112. 734 the threshing-floor of Chi- 
don; in 2 Sam, 6,6 1133 11}, see 7133. 


iD πὶ. (τ. 2) tumult, espec. war- 
like tumult, war, Job 15,24. Vulg. pre- 
lium, Syr. war. 


1552 ἅπαξ leyou. prob. a statue, image, 
from r, 1D Pi. 722, after the form pran, 
ΘΠ, etc. The prophet says of the Is- 
raelites in the desert: Am. 5, 26 ye bore 
the tabernacle of your king (idol), and 
the statue (}°>D, or statues, Heb. Gr. 
§ 106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god 
which ye made to yourselves ; so Vulg. 
imaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp. 
Acts 7, 43. According to this interpre- 
tation, the only one which the received 
vowels well admit, the name of the idol 
so worshipped -by the Israelites is not 
given; and it can only be inferred from 
the mention of a star, that some planet 
is to be understood, which Jerome con- 
jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus. 
—The Syriac translator gives a differ- 
ent explanation, translating 0275x5195 
by eased; ek Saturn your idol; pro- 
nouncing the Heb. Ἰ173 prob. as 1.3, 
and regarding it as i. q. Syr. ee Arab. 


oles the planet Saturn, which. the 


Semitic nations worshipped along with 
Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated 
with sacrifices ; see Comm. on [s. II. p. 
343.—The LXX held 1.9 to be the 
proper name of an idol ; although chang- 
ing 3 into Ἢ (comp. Yx> Nah. 1, 6 Sept. 
ἀρχάς as if for WN) they write it cor- 
ruptly “Pauper, ἹΡηφάν, which by the far- 
ther corruption of transcribers became 
“‘Peupay, ἹῬΡεμφᾶ. It has been assumed, 
but cannot be shown, that “Pear or 
‘Pypev was an Egyptian word denoting 
the planet Saturn. It was so found in- 
deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by 
Kircher, Ling. Agypt. restit. p. 49, 527; 
but Jablonsky long since remarked, 
that this word and the other names of 
planets in these lexicons were of Greek 
origin, and were drawn from the Coptic 
version of Amos and the Acts. The 
more recent lexicographers of the Cop- 
tic tongue have been able to find ne 


"2 


other examples; Peyron. p. 184.—See 
more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670. 


3 and 3 m. plur. ΣΦ 2 Chr. 
4, 6, and mi- 1 K.7, 38. 40,43. R. Ξ II. 

1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so 
called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam. 
2,14. So Ox 71" a fire-pan, fire-basin, 
Zech. 12, 6. 

2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its 
form, Ex. 30, 18. 28. 31, 9. 35, 16. 39, 39. 
1 K. 7, 38. al—Further 

3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for 
speaking in public, so called from the 
form, 2 Chr.6,13. The context does not 
determine whether this suggestus was 
round or square; and the measure of 
length and breadth given would rather 
imply the latter. But as the name im- 
plies a likeness to a basin, it was more 
probably round. 

"S"D Is, 32, 5, and "DD vy. 7, deceitful, 
a deceiver, Vulg. fraudulentus; by 
apheresis for "3723, "222 (r. 532) the 
adj. termination ὅτ blog. added. Syr, 
tia id. The ities perhaps uses the 
form ">> for ">", in allusion to the fol- 
lowing "732. 

mise f, plur. (τ. #22) sledge-ham- 
mers or axes, Ps. 74,6. Syr. eee 
a hammer, axe, mattock. Kindr. is 
Chald. x2>=p club, cudgel. 

ΓΙ f. (τ. BD) pr. a heap, cluster, 
espec. of stars, and hence for the con- 
stellation of the Pleiades, or the Seven 
Stars, consisting of seven large stars 
closely 7g ph aban with other smaller 


ones, Arab. GS abundance, multitude, 


more fully Ls J} Xe the binding to- 
gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades; Syr. 
like Heb. ass.—Am. 5,8. Job 9, 9. 38, 
31, in which latter passage we have the 
dimilar figure 22 ΤΊΣΙΣ Ὁ WPNN didst 
thou bind the bands of the Pleiades? 
See more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh’s 
Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr’s Arabia p. 114 
Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung 
der Sternnamen, p. 146. 


Ὁ53 m. contr. for 032 from r. OPPs like 
vid q. v. for 02D. 

1. a bag purse, for money Bair 1, 
14. Is. 46,6; used also by merchants to 


464 


525 


carry their weights for money and mer- 
chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 6,11; see 
Chardin Voyage T. III. p. 420. ἜΝ 
ὉΠ "258 Prov. 16,11. Syr. and Chald. id. 

2. a cup, i. ᾳ. 01D, Prov. 23,31 Cheth. 
where Keri 01D. Hawes ὍΛ and diD 
are seen to be kindred forms 


"2 only Dual Ὡ 9 (τ. "5D IL) prob. 
a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per- 
haps of pottery, as it could be broken; 
and double, as having places for two 
pots or. more, Ley. 11, 35, where it is 
coupled with "3: oven. So Kimchi. 


Syr. 1422 dD pot-house, hearth, Sept. 
χυτρόποδες pot-feet, supporters. 
ΒΘ see 153. ; 


“W"D m. (τ. 8D) a righter, director, 
sc. of a spindle, i. 6. the whirl or twirl of 
a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for 
the purpose of twirling it; once Prov. 
31,19. So Kimchi. In the East the 
spindle is held in the hand, often per- 
pendicularly ; and is twirled with one 
hand, while the other draws out the 
thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722. 


M22 (Milél) contr. from M2 M2 so so, 
i. 6. so and so, thus and thus, i. q. simpl. 
i>, but stronger. As referring to 
what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8, 
26. 11,15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15; 
also to what follows Ex. 12, 11. 1K. 
1,48. It is found in every age of the 
Hebrew, and stands always absol. be- 
ing never preceded by 2. Hence ΠΞΞῚΝ 
how? q.v.—In Aramean the final 4 
is dropped, leaving the form 32 80; 
whence some have regarded M22 as de- 
rived from 42 with He paragogic. This 
opinion, though false, seems to have 
been followed by the Hebrew gramma- 
rians in placing the tone on the penult. 


"D2 f£, Gen. 13,10. Ex. 29, 23. 2K. 5, 
5, constr. "22, pr. a circle, orb, for "372, 
from τ. 9. ΡΠ. ΞΘ.  Plur. see in no. 
2,3. Inthe occidental languages corre- 
sponding words are circus, circulus, and 
with the r softened κύκλος. Comp. 322. 

1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun- 
try, Neh. 12, 28. So j772 722 the cir- 
cuit or tract of the Jordan, i. e. the tract 
through which the Jordan flows into the 
Dead Sea, Gen, 13, 10. 11. 1 K. 7, 46. 


122 


2 Chr. 4, 17; Sept. 4 περίχορος τοῦ 
"Ιορδάνου, and so Matt, 3, 5, Often also 
xat ἐξοχήν “227 id. Gen. 13, 12. 19, 17. 
25. 2 Sam. 18, 23. Neh, 3, 33. . Now 
pel el-Ghor. 

2. ἘΠῚ 72> lit. a round of bread, a 
round loaf or cake, Ex, 29, 23, 1 Sam. 
2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. om> mina 
Judg. 8, 5. 1 Sam. 10, 3. 

3. a talent, Syr. \pas, a weight equal 
to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap- 
pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how- 
ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. =mt "32 a talent 
of gold 1 K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14; 505 "39 
2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33; mp? Φ Zech. 5, 7. 
Dual 0°7D> two talents, 2 K. 5, 23; 
o> pu2> two talents of silcer: ib. 
where 5722 holds as it were the mid- 
dle place between the stat. absol. 5°22 
and constr. "232; which latter would 
not here mark the dual number. Plur. 
mH ™"2>) constr. “723 f. talents 2 K. 5, 5. 
1 Chr. 22, 14. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26. 


22 Chald. plur. 722 or 77922, a 
talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22. 


55 m. once 51D Jer. 33, 8 Cheth. 
6. Makk. “59, pr. subst. the whole, to- 
tality, from r. 553 to complete. Arab. 


bs. Syr.\3, Samar. 1%; Eth. ὯΔ, 


id. Corresponding are Gr. ὅλος, Lat. 
ullus, Engl. whole. In the occidental 
languages it is mostly to be rendered by 
adjectives. 

1. Where it refers to a single thing 
and includes the idea of oneness, totality, 
whole, all, Lat. totus, Gr. ὅλος ; followed 
by a substantive in the genitive, made 
definite either by the definite article, as 
Gr. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, toute la terre, the whole 
earth ; or by the genit. of a noun or pro- 
noun; unless it be a proper name which 
is in itself definite. E. g. yyyn7>> all 
the eurth, the whole earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 
1; nrm-b> all the people Gen, 19, 4; 
ἼΝΜΙΤΤΕΞ all the flock 31,8; ΘΛ ΓΙ ΓΞ. the 
whole ram Ex. 29, 18; oi-d> all the 
day, the whole day, see 3%" no. 3. g. 8; 
{PI IDD-52 the whole tract of the Jor- 
dan Gen. 13, 10; wD psd all the land 
of Ethiopia Gen. 2,13, comp. 14. 7. 41,8. 
45, 20; "ὩΣ 5 all my people Gen. 41, 
40; quesbs 33 42327522 Deut. 4, 29. 


AG5 9 


2 Sam. 9,,9. “Οφη. 2, 2; ἘΝ yier-d2 all 
Israel, the whole people of Israe!, 1 Chr, 
11,1. But even in this signif. there oc- 
cur certain examples where the subst. is 
without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c,) e.g. 


wWE27>231 33723 with all the heart and 


with all the mind 2 K. 23,3; so Ps. 111, 
1. 119, 2. 34. 69.145. Also SaR7$2 all 
flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but "wa-b> 
6, 12. 13. Is. 40, δ. 49, 26.—With suff. 
22, 22, thou whole, Is. 14, 29. 31. 22, 
1; ‘be all of him Gen, 25, 25. —Rarely 
b> is put in the genit. after ἃ noun, (in 
the manner of the phrase 83> 75 and 
the like,) as b2m maim the whole vision 
or revelation, Is. 29, 11; oftener with a 
suffix, as Τῷ bene pr. Israel all of it, 
i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2,9; mb2 OnE 
for ὩΣ ΤΡ Ἐπ. 29,2; nbs ban Job’ 34, 
13. For the aimnitae usage ‘in the Ara- 


3 

and ee see De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe II. § 68. 

2. Where it refers to several things, 
many individuals, all, every, e. g. : 

a) Absol. α) Without art. 59 ail, i.q. 
they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30,5 89 
x3h all were ashamed. Is. 44, 24 all 
things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8,7. Job 13, 
1. 42,2. 6) With art. 5>n the whole,all, 
i.e. αἱ! men, i. q-DINAW>D. Gen. 16,1249 
S52 his hand against all. Ecc. 9, 2 bon 
bob "xD all things alike to all, i.e: the 
same lot awaits all. Job 24,24 bop ἈΦ 
PREP? they melt away, like all they die. 
Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Ece, 
6,6. So for all things, every thing, Ece. 
1, 2 53m 55h all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15. 
12, 8. Ps, 49, 18. Dan. 11, 2. 

b) Before a plur. subst. made definite, 
comp. Fr. ‘tous les hommes.’ So “>> 
pia all the nations Is, 2, 2. 25,7; “bp 
mibs$n all the nights, every night, 21, 8, 
paswnn}3 all the wicked Ps. 145, 90; 
ΠΡΟ all the falling 145, 14; “53 
O39 all the days, i. e. the whole time, 
see in Bi* no. 2; BIN "797752 all the days: 
of Adam Gen. 5, δ; Ὁ 5 ῸΞ all the 
Levites Ex. 32, 26; ‘bon "30 sn-b5 Is. 18, 
3; 515 sabn-bs 14, 9; ποτ ΞΟ b> all 
thy mighty works Ps. 9,2. Poet. andin 
the later books also without the art. 
ὈΤΤΣΤῸΣ Is. 13, 7, mism>e-b> 28, 8, comp. 
5i, 18. 20; cruise ail the women Ezra 


bic words 


45 466 5 


10, 3. With suff. plur. >> all of us, 
we all, Gen. 42, 11; bobs all of you, ye 
all, Deut. 1, 22; ob they all Is. 14, 10. 
18. 31, 3, sles nbs 2 Sam. 23, 6; ἢ 
ΟΣ Gen. 42, 36, “ranbe 1 K. 7, 37.— 
‘Also. before the relative: Gen. 6, 2 “>> 
sama “ty all (the daughters) whom 
they "chose. 7, 22 Ὁ ΘΠ ΤΡ ΠΩΣ ΟΝ 95 
ὙΒΝΞ all in whose nostrils was the breath 
of life. 39,5 %> wn τοῖν τ all that he 
had ; and ellipt. amine} all that I 
have prepared 1 Chr. 29,3. So too be- 
fore a periphrastic plural, “ay 9anb22 
in all generations Ps. 45, 18; “pirboa 
pin) Esth. 2, 11. 

ὧ Before a noun sing. collective. with 
the article, as DUNN7>D all-men Gen. 7, 
21. Judg. 16, 75. neab2 all Liningi 
things, hnitalis Gen. 8, 1; yan->> all 
sons, every son, Ex. 1, 22... Rarely 
without art. though still definite, as 
tE2->> all the souls Gen. 46, 15. 22. Ex. 
1,5; ΩΣ all this Is. 5, 25, where the 
docactals, pron. does not require the art. 
to make it definite. "ἘΞ they all Is. 1, 23. 

d) Before a noun sing. without the 
art. 53 signifies all, every one, whoever, 
whatever, Fr. tout homme ; 6. g. D37>2 
every people, nation, Esth. 3,8; *is->D 
id. 2 Chr. 32, 15; DIN">D every man Job 
21, 33. 37, 7. Ps. 39, 6; ΓΞ 59 every 
house Is, 24,10 ; UX->D Jer. 48, 37. Am. 
8, 10; sar-be every male Gen. 17, es 
πρϑτῖξξ every year Esth. 9,21; Me->> 
every mouth Is, 9,17; and in the same 
sense c. art. nen-bs 1K. 19,18; jan->> 
every son Ex. 1, 22. 

3. Before a noun not made definite, >5 
is also any one, any thing, as "237>D any 
thing whatever Ruth 4, 7. Num. 35, 22. 
Ez.15,3. With plur. riz >> any of the 
commandments, any commandment, Lev. 
4,2.—Hence with a negat. part. not any, 
no one, none, nothing,e.g. a) Where >> 
stands absol. Deut. 8, 9 m2 5D “onm xb 
thou shalt not lack any thing in it, thou 
shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 30. Ὁ) 
With a genit. sing. Ex. 12, 36 nexbo-be 
ΓΙΌΣ X> no work shall haidone. 20, 4. 
2 Chr. 32, 15. Gen. 3, 1. Lev. 3, 17. rp sts 
12,21, Dan. 11,37. With neg. part. 7°x. 
Jodg. 19, 19 naa-ty “OND ΤᾺ Ree Ὁ 
no want of any thing, nothing wanting. 
Ecce. 1,9; c. 58 Judg. 13.4. ὁ) With 
a plur, Dan. 8, 4 97927 ΒΡ Miem~>s5 and 


no beast could stand before him, pr. none 
of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10.—Different is 
59 with neg. in the passage Ps. 49, 18, 
bd mp ‘ining Nb (where >D has the 
article) dying he takes not this all with 
him, i. e. all these things; and also in 
those passages where 5 before a defi 
nite subst. signifies. the ae totus, as 
1 Sam. 14, 24 om> psnba osm Nb ‘the 
whole people did not taste food. Num. 23, 
13 ANIM NP iD thow shait not see the 
whole sc. of Israel, but only a part. 

A, all, i. 6. of all kinds, of every kind 
and sort, like Gr. πᾶς for παντοῖος, παντο- 
δαπός 1]. 1.5; just.as the Hebrews also 
use the periphrastic plural for things 
of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. ὁ 106. 4; 
comp. in Engl. many for many kinds, 
Germ. Viel for Vielerley. E. g. ΥῈ ἘΞ 
all manner of trees, trees of every kind, 
Ley. 19, 23; "3%7>2 all manner of wares 
Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 29, 2. { 

5. Kav, for πάντως, all, wholly, alioge- 
ther,e.g. a) Before Sobatantivon Ps. 
39, 6 bIN-b> ὉΞΠΠ ΡΞ every man is alto- 
gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q. 
bam G8. 45,14. b) Before other ad- 
verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, as 
ῷ ras-bp wholly as, in all points like 
as, Ece. δ. 15; ‘tiv-b>D all the while yet, 
wholly so loite as, Job 27, 3. Comp. 
Lehrgb. 626. 

Nore. When 59 stands in connection 
with a subst. fem. or plural, the predicate 
usually agrees in gender and number 
with the noun as the more important 
word, 6. g. ὅξπρὸ matin-b> Ps. 150, 6; 
more rarely with SS as the governing 
word, Gen. 9,29. Ex. 12,16. Nah. 3,7.— 
Ouce 5D is found separated from its 
genitive, Hos. 14, 3 }i2 swm-=D; also 
Is. 40, 12 according to some. 


>> Chald. with Makk. ~b3, i. q. Heb. 

1. With the sing. all, the whole, every; 
xmasba-b> the whole kingdom Ezra 6, 
11.12. 7,16. 

2. With the plural, all, every, Dan. 3, 2. 
5.7. ‘With suff. 7in=> all of them, them 
all, Dan. 2, 38. 7,19. Absol. in st: em- 
phat. x5 (Milél, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr. 
ἘΦ, all, i.e. all things (not adverbially), 
Dan. 2,40 x¥> dun grinding small all 
things. 4,9 ma ΝΈΞΡ 7119 food for all 
was in it sc. the tree. v. 25, Ezra 5, 7. 


ndp 


Before the relat. ellipt. Dan, 2, 38 in 
every place where men dwell. 

3. any one, whoever, Dan, 6, 8 mid. 
With x2, no one, Dan. 2, 10, 35. 6, 24. 

4. Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly, 
altogether, before other adverbs. pleo- 
nastically in the diffuse manner of the 
Aramean dialects, which delight in the 
languid accumulation of particles. So 
in the formulas; m337>2p—">2 wholly for 
this cause, sy-bap° 3 wholly because, 
i. q. simpl. because ; see in dap. 


t Ν 59 fut. Nd2" Ps. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43, 
6; but both in pret. and fut. often so 
inflected as to imitate verbs A>, as 
“MNxd> Ps. 109, 101, "35D 1 Sam. 25, 33, 
ἜΣ 1 Sam. 6, 10; rbot Gen. 23, 6. Vice 
versa XbD Dan. 9, 24 is for nba inf. Pi. 
from nbd. 

1. to close, and so to enclose, to shut up 
any one Jer. 32,3. Part. pass. 823 shut 
up v. 2. Ps. 88, 9. Intrans. to be shut up 
Hagg. 1, 10. 

2. to withhold, to restrain, a person 
Num. 11, 28. Is. 43, 6; the wind Ecc. 8, 
8; the lips Ps. 40,10; also 1 Sam. 6, 10, 
With 75. from doing any thing 1 Sam. 
25, 33. Ps. 119,101. With 5 of pers. to 
withhold a thing from any one, to prohi- 
bit in respect to any thing, Gen. 23, 6. 
Ps. 40,12; comp. Hagg. 1,10. Chald. 


Syr. xb>, >, Ethiop. AA to prohibit, 


. 
Arab. XS to guard ; II, to prohibit, to 
constrain. 

3. From the idea of separating con- 
tained in no. 1, seems to come the no- 
tion of diversity in B°%53 q. v. in N>D 
no. 2. si 

Nore. This root is also widely spread 
in the occidental langwages, e. g. in the 
signif. of shutting up, as κλείω, whence 
κλείς, κληΐς, κλαΐς, clavis, claudo, Eng). to 
close ; in the sense of restraining. κωλύω, 
κολούω, comp. also celo, occulo. 

Nipu. to be shut up, restrained, as wa- 
ters Ez. 31, 15; the rain Gen. 8, 2. 
With 12 and inf. to restrain oneself from, 
to cease from doing. Ex 36, 6. 

Deriv. 8353, 8723, nbaa and plur. 
mind270, also 


> m, 6. suff. 85> Jer. 52, 33; plur. 
ponds. R. 833. 
a ashutting ups hence a prison, Jer. 


467 29 


l. 5. 2K. 25, 29; elsewhere more fully 
ΝΡ ΓΙᾺ 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7; 6. art. 
xbin ma 1K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15.18; 
plur. μὴ "m3 Is. 42, 22. 

2. separation ; ; then things separated, 
diverse, see the root no. 3. Found only 
in Dual 09853 two things of diverse 
kinds, heterogeneous, Lev. 19, 19. Deut. 
22, 9.—Corresponding is Eth. SAA, 


two, of two kinds; Arab. Wy doth, see 


De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 156, 
edit. 2. 


2855 (perh. like to his father) Chi- 
leab, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
3,3. 

πὰ dual, see in 852 πο. 2. 


Me 223 obsol, root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
imitating the sound of striking, beat- 
ing, like kindr. 922 q. v. Engl. to clap, 
Germ. klappen, as a door when shut or 
the like ; hence 3353 q. v. Thence 
transferred to the barking of dogs, as if 
a series of pulses or claps; as in Engl. 
also ‘the dog strikes up ;’ comp. Germ, 
klaffen, French clapir, clabauder, Swed, 
glaffa, to bark, Engl. to yelp. Hence 
323 dog, where see, 


‘bp (perh. dog, for 322) Caleb, pr. n. 
a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je- 
phunneh, Num. 13, 6. 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15, 
14. Patronym. °2>3 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri. 
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19, for which 72555 v. 9, 
c) 1 Chr. 2, 50. 


MMADS 322 Caleb-Ephratah, pr. τ. 
ofa place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2, 
24. 

355 τὰ, (τ. 252) plur. 5°3>3 constr. 
"35d, a dog, so called from his bark- 


ing, pr. the barker. Arab. ὡν Cy Syr. 
faSs, Eth. MAN, id. Secondary 


verbs, derived from the nature and ha- 


bits of the dog, are: os to be mad, 


rabid, to pursue enemies, a> to be 
rabid.—Among the Hebrews, dogs were 
kept to guard houses ‘and flocks Is. 56; 
10. Job 30, 1; but throughout the East 
they are inostly without masters, and 
wander half famished and fierce in troops 
around the cities and villages, 1 K. 14) . 


55. 


11. 16, 4. 2 K. 9,10; whence dogs is 
often an appellation for fierce and cruel 
enemies, Ps. 22, 17.21. Further, as the 
dog was te the Hebrews an unclean and 
despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way 
of reproach a person is said to be a dog 
2 K. 8,13; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15. 
2 Sam. 9,8. 16,9; ὦ dog’s head 2 Sam. 
3,8; just as at the present day in the 
East, Christians are called dogs by the 
Muhammedan rabble.—In allusion to 
the lechery of this animal, the name dog 
is also applied to a male prostitute, sod- 
omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it 
is SIP. Comp. κύνες Rev. 22, 15. 


riod fut. 4534, once M2" like verbs 
xd 1K. 17, 145 apoc. bo, be Ἢ Job 33, 
21; inf. constr. ‘bp, 

1. to be complete, perfect, finished ; 
Sept. often συντέλεῖσϑαι. The primary 
idea is pr. to close up, to come to a close, 
kindr. with 85D and 55D, comp. ΘΙ. 
This root is almost peculiar to the He- 
brew, few traces of it being found in the 
kindred dialects—Spoken of any work, 


e.g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38." 


2 Chr. 29,34. Hence a) to become 
ready, to be ready, prepared, sc. for a 
person, to impend over him; e. g. pun- 
ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "BX 72, 
mine anger is prepared, i. 6. is ready to 
be poured out. Prov. 22,8. With ὩΣ, 
ΤΏ, from or by any one, and δὲ for any 
one, Esth. 7,7; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7. 9. 
25,17. b) Ofa prophecy, to be accom- 
plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36,22, Ezra 1, 
1. Dan. 12, 7. 


2. to be finished, ended, past, e. g. a 


Beason or period of time Gen. 41, 53. 
Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24, 13 1°#2 45D ox ashen 
the vinlage is ended. 10, 25 ποτ ribo and 
the indignation will be past, i.e. the 
time of punishment. 16, 4. 32, 10. Jer. 
8, 20. 

᾿ 8. to be ended, spent, consumed, 6. g. 
food 1 K. 17, 16; c. 18 Gen. 21, 15. 
Hence 8) 10 be consumed, destroyed, 
to perish, as by the sword, famine, di- 
vine judgments; Jer. 16,4 3993 a973 
55" they shall be consumed by the sword 
and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71. 13. 90, 7. 
Ts. 1, 28. 29, 20. Mal. 3,6. Ὁ) to waste 
‘anway, to pine away. to fail, asthe flesh, 
eyes, strength, Job 33,21 ia 52> his 


468 


χες 

flesh is wasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ps, 73, 
26. Lam. 2,11 "373 ΤΊΣ ΘῚ3 ab mine eyes 
do fail with’ teare. Pa: 71,9 “nb ribs. 
So espec. in the pitasés : "2°39 55D Ps. 
69, 4. 119, 82. 123; smisds or) Job 19, 
27; "tp? nnbs Ps. 84. 3. 119, 81; nnds 
habia) Ps. 143, 7, i.e. my eyes, reins, soul, 
spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my- 
self pine away, languish, with the hope 
of deliverance so often disappointed ; 
constr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143,7; or 
with > of thing Ps. 84,3. So the eyes, 
as expressive of emotions, are said to 
pine away, fail, from disappointed hope, 
Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17; also of 
beasts Jer. 14,6; comp. Pi. no. 3. b. ὁ) 
to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job 
7,9; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102, 4 : time Job 
7,6. Ps. 31, EF. Jer: 20, 18. 

ΡΙΞΙ, nbp, 1 pers. "MED Ez. 6, 12. 7, 
8, and "n"=> Num. 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, nok 
Ez. 4, 6; Inf. constr. mit>, absol. and 
constr. MED, once NPD Dan. 9, 24; Fut. 
nb2", conv. 5373. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to 
Jinish, to end ; Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev- 
enth day God ended (52.2) his work. 
Ex.5,14 22pm my b> Nd 397 wherefore 
have ye not finished your task? Ruth 3, 
18. Ley. 19,9 ΝΡ τ 7A7y Msp neon xb 
thou shalt not finish reaping the corners 
of thy field, i.e. shalt not wholly reap 
the corners, but leave them for the 
gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth 
2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 suipn Nb2> 10 finish the 
transgression ; see on the whole passage 
Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differs 
little from Mwy to make.—Hence, tomake 
ready, to prepare, sc. evil against any 
one, Proy. 16, 30 he who biteth his lips 
ΠΣ M22 hath prepared evil se. in his 
heart. But 3 (ὉΠ) ips ΤῈ is 10 com- 
plete one’s anger upon any one, to pour 
it out, spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8. 13, 
15. 20, 8. 21. Lam. 4, 11. 

2. Causat. of Kal no, 2, to finish doing 
any thing. i. q. to leave off, to cease ;} Gen: 
44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off 
(mbD) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12: 
With inf. c. >, Gen. 18, 33 as soon as he 
left off speaking (39 M2) with Abras 
ham. 24, 19, 43, 1. 1 Chr. 27, 24 he be- 
gan to number nbs Nd) but ‘finished not, 
sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31, 54. 
Josh. 8, 34. al. 2°Chr. 24, 10 mish “3 


ἌΡ 


until they had finished, done. More 
᾿ varely with 72, Ex. 34, 33. Ley. 16, 20. 
1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23.—Also fo finish, 
i, q. to make an end of, to make cease ; 
Num. 17, 25 [10] omaabm 59 and thou 
shalt make their murmurings to cease ; 
comp. v. 20. 

3, Causat. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to 
spend, e. g. food Is. 27, 10; strength Is, 
49,4; arrows, i. q. to use up, Deut, 32, 
23. Hence ἃ) lo consume, to destroy, 
8. g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the 
Jamine shall consume the land. Often 
of God as destroying a people with fa- 
mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11, Josh, 
24, 20. Jer. 5,3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31. 
Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 "3 
ἘΠῚ onibe even unto the destroying of 
them, until they be destroyed. 22> 73 
id. 2 Chr. 31,1. b) to make pine away, 
to cause to fail, e.g. the eyes Lev. 26, 
16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. cc) to 
cause to pass away, to make vanish, as 
time Ps. 78, 33..90, 9. Job 36, 11. 

Puat ΠῈΣ Ps. 72, 20, fat. 4227 Gen. 2, 
1, to be completed, finished. 

Deriv. n2>D, 23, 923, HYD, 7i7be, 
midog, bom, mbm, and pr. names 
yee, ὙΜῈΣ. 


M22 adj. £ ΡΞ, pining, failing, of 
the eye, Deut. 28, 32. Seer. m>> Kal 
no. 3. b. 


MDD 1. completion; hence ace. m>> 
as adv. completely, wholly, altogether, 
Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also nbz id. 
2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13. 

2. consumption, destruction, Dan. 11, 
16. So >2 ΠῺΣ to make a destruction, 
i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10. 
Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8.9; with 3 Jer. 30, 
11, and δ of pers. Jer. 5, 18. 46, 28. 
Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17.—For ΓΙ ΓΙ) 432 see 
in 772% Niph. 


MDD (τ. δ n0.2) 1. a bride, spouse, 
so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant. 
4, 8 sq. Is. 49, 18. 61,10. Jer.2, 32. 7, 34. 
16, 9. 25,10. Syr. ἴδδνξ, plur. WSS, ia. 

2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 38, 11. 24. 
Lev. 18, 15. Ruth 1,6. 7. 8. 4,15. Comp. 
4. 


B53 τὰ, (τ. NbB) a prison, ig. Nb2 


no. 1, Jer. 37,4 and 52.31 Keri. The 
40 


A69 


md> 


Cheth. has 8°52, which differs only in 
form. 

3153 m, (τ. 352) 1. α bird-cage sc. of 
a fowler, in which he keeps a bird as a 
decoy; furnished with valves or clap- 
pers, which as soon as a bird has entered 
shut to with a clap, q,d. a trap-cage ; 
see the root. Jer. 5,27 as a cage (24>) 
is full of birds, so are their houses full 
of deceit ; comp. v.26, The Greeks have 
the same word adopted from the east, 
κλωβός, κλουβός, κλοβός; see Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 662. IL. p. 90. 

2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage, 
as made of wicker-work; or perhaps as 
having ἃ clap-cover; Am. 8, 1, 2. 

3. Chelub pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr, 4, 11. 
b) 27, 26. 

"2952 see 552 lett. b. 

"95D, Keri "922, Cheluhai, Che- 
luhu, pr. n.m. Ezra 10,35. R. >>. 

mida>> £ plur. denom. from nD, the 
bridal state, the condition of a bride be- 
fore marriage, Jer. 2,2. R. >>. 


* TDD obsol. root, perh. iq. MD to 
be complete, finished ; comp. MOP and 
mip, 78 and ΠΩ, xe and ΠΙΣΒ.-- 
Hence 

M52 m. 1. old age, perh. ἃ good or- 
vigorous old age ; Job 5, 26 Md23 Nism 
“2p ἜΝ thou shalt come to the grave ine 
a good old age, as a shock of corn cometly 
in its season. Job 30,2 spoken of despi-- 
cable persons: even the strength of their: 
hands, whereto is it to me? 72% "2d 
n22 to them old age perisheth, i. δ: they 
are weak and exhausted, so as to have- 
no hope of old age. So Kimehi MPT ὍΣ... 


΄σ- 


—Secondary forms are Arab. AWS to: 


look sullen, peevish, and “Ὁ con-- 


tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some: 
have compared here Syr. woso. ‘inte-- 
gritas, sanitas;’ but this rested on an 
error of Castell in translating-a gloss-of Ὁ 
Bar-Bahlul. 

2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and' province - 
of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12; prob, the 
same which is elsewhere written M2m 
where see; comp. 933 and’ “12h. See: 
Bochart Phaleg 3. 14. Michaelia. Sap-- 


plem. p. 767. 


“35 

"22 m. (r. >>) in pause *>3; Plur. 
pb. (from an obsol. sing. nba) ἜΡΟΝ 
“bo, c. suff. "23; pr. ‘any thing com- 
pleted, prepared, made, (comp. MED 
Gen. 6, 16,) q. d. apparatus, implement, 
equipment, etc. Comp. Germ. Zeug 
from zeugen, Gr. τεύχειν i. ἃ. to make. 
Spec. 

1. Of furniture, utensil, vessel, Gen. 31, 
37. 45,20. ant ab, 503 "2D. ἜΣ of 
gold, Binecls of ‘silver, Germ. Silberzeug, 
Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2: ΡΝ “35 vessels for 
captivity, equipment for exile, Jer. 46, 19. 
Spec. ὦ vase, vessel ; 0720 ἐὸν earthen 
vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19, 11. ma ΒΞ 
mim" the vases, vessels of the temple, 
Ezra 1, 7; Ἢ “bp Is. 52,11; also Num, 
4, 15. Ex. 27, 19. 51. ἢ: 38, 3. 30. 

2. Of clothing, equipment, i. 6. heh 
garments, trappings, Germ. Zeug. "22 
"21 a@ man’s garments Deut. 22,5; of 
bridal ornaments Is. 61,10. Hence βοὴ 
impedimenta, ΠΝ of a person 1 
Sam. 17, 22; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
30, 24. Is. 10,28; adam “2 the bag- 
gage-master 1 Sam. 17,22. Also of the 
harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22. 

3. ἃ vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is. 
18, 2. So σκεῦος. 


4. implement, instrument, tool, Germ. 


Werkzeug. 278 %>> instruments of mu- 
sic 2 Chr. 34, 12. Am. 6,5; 39 "b> in- 
struments of praise 2 Chr. 30, 215 “Sp 
522 pleon. @ harp-instrument Ps. 71, 22. 
Metaph. mint 033 "22 instruments of the 
divine wrath Is. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32, 
7 psn 12D "b> the instruments of the 
deceiver are evil, i. e. the means and de- 
vices which he employs to accomplish 
his purposes. Gen. 49, 5. 

5. implements of war, weapons, arms, 
Germ. Ristzeug, Gen. 27,3; more fully 
manda ">> Judg. 18,11. 16. mens f im- 
plements of death, deadly weapons, Ps. 
7,14. >> x&3 armour-bearer, much 
like the mod. aide- -de-camp, 1 Sam. 14, 
1. 6.7 sq. 31,4.5.6. ἘΠῚ3 rsa house of 
arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug- 
haus, Is. 39, 2. 


"22 see "dD. 
ΓΝ see in RID. 


mab f. only in plur. Mis}3, constr. 
ΣΕ R. 73>. 
1. the reins, ‘kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22. 


470 


ΕΣ 


Job 16, 13. ἘΠΒῪΝ mitte =bm the fat of 
the kidneys of rams ts. 34, 6; comp. Deut. 
32, 14. Chald. τῷ τὴ, Syr. plar. 


jaa25, Arab: Els, rarely and less 
well ity id—As to the etymology, 


Schultens supposes the reins to be so 
called as bes pec in two parts, double, 
comp. ΘΝ ἘΞ, WS; but this is not well 
founded, ETE! o°xb2 signifies rather 
things yy different kinds, and the Arabs 
use this word in the sing. dual, and plu- 
ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart MT it 
from 23 with the idea of desire, long- 
ing, comp. Job 19, 27. Perhaps nba 
may be simply join,./of the noun “b> 
and sa signifies pr. instrument, vlaead 
just as physicians call the veins and 
arteries vessels, vasa. 

2. Meton. reins for the inward part, 
mind, soul, as the seat of the desires, af 
fections, passions, like 3 with which it is 
often coupled ; Jer. 12,20 355 1553 jnz 
(God) trieth the reins and the heart. 
Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10: Job 19, 27 
“nbs %>D my reins gine away within 
me, i. e. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21. 
Prov. 23, 16. 


FPD2 m. constr. εξ, R. nbs: 

1. consumption, destruction, Is. 10, 22. 

2. a pining, wasting away; B°2"3"3 
a pining (failing) of the eyes, i. 6. in 
pining for one’s home and country, 
Deut. 28,65. See 452 no. 3. Ὁ. 


7722 (a pining, τ' mbD) Chilion, prom 
m. Ruth ¥, 2. 4.9. 


2°22 m. (τ. 853) 1. Adj. complete, 
Jinished, perfect, espec. of beauty; Ez. 
28, 12 "Β" 5553 perfect in beauty. 27, 2 
Louk. 2, 15. Ez. 16, 14. 

2. Subst. the whole, Judg. 20, 40 “5459 
“73m the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 bab3 
nbon the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22. 
Num. 4, 6: 

3. i. 4. MP no. 2, @ Aolocaust, whole 
burnt-offering, i. e. which is wholly con- 
sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps. 
51, 21; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 

4, Adv. wholly, Is. 2, 18. Lev. 6, 15 
[22]. 

5592 (perh. sustenance, from >2>3 
Pil. of dxD,) Chatcol, pr. n. of ἃ wise man 


bbe. 


before the age of Foleman, 1K. 5, 11 
[4, 31]. 1 Chr, 2, 6 


Ν 223 1. to complete, to make perfect, 
Ez. 27, ‘4.11. Kinde. with xb> and mb> 
ᾳν. Hence >>, ">>, bbo0, bibaa, 
bbs, pr. ἢ. tbo, 


2. to deck, espec. with a crown, to 


crown. Arab. ats Conj. II, Syr. Ss, 
Ethiop. MAA, id. Hence ΠΕΣ, midsea. 


222 Chald. id. whence Shaph. >>¥ 
to complete, to finish, Ezra 5, 11. 6, 14. 
Inf. 9222) Ezra δ; 3. 9. Pass. Ishtaph. 
boone Ezra4,13. Often in the Tar- 
gums.—Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has bdawe, 
but a form of this sort is elsewhere vi 
known. 


222 (perfection, r. 852) Chelal, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 10, 30. 


"823 in Kal not used, Arab, 
Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. it is 
always referred to threats, reproaches, 
injury, like other words of pricking, 
piercing, cutting, as 3239, 33, etc. 

~ Hien. °53h and psh 1 Sam. 25, 7. 

1. to reproach, to revile, to insult, in 
words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20, 
34, Job 19, 3. 

2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word 
or deed, 1 Sam. 25, 7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth 
2, 15. 

3. to shame, to put to shame, Job 11, 3. 
Prov. 25, 8. 28, 7. Ps. 44, 10. 

Nore. This is a stronger word than 
the synon. Sia, Hiph. S°3ih, comp. Is. 
45, 16. 17. Jer.31,19. See Reimarus de 
Differentiis ve. Heb. Diss, I. p. 67 sq. 

Horn. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
hurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be made 
ashamed, put to shame, i.e. disappointed 
in one’s hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph. 
no. 2. 

Νιρη. 1. to be. insulted, ἀβερτρροί, 
2 Sam. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 19, 5. 

2. to be affected with shame, i. e. a) to 
be ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. Wi2 but 
stronger, Num. 12, 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54, 
4. 2 Chr. 30, 15. With 72 of that of 
‘which one is ashamed, Ez. 16, 27. 54. 
43,10. 11. Ὁ) to be made ashamed, to 


be put to shame, 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11.” 


50, 7. Jer. 31,19. Spoken often of one 


471 


m2 


who suffers disappointment, fails in 

what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4. 40, 15. 

70, 3, 74, 21 let not the oppressed return 

ashamed (2323) i.e. disappointed. With 

2 of cause, Jer. 22, 22; 2 Ps. 69, 7. 
Deriv. nabs, nado. 


1222 Chilmad, pr. ἢ. of a city or 
region, mentioned along with Assyria, 
Ez. 27, 23. Both. the signification of 
this quadriliteral name, if indeed it be 
of Semitic origin, and the situation of 
the place, are unknown. Sept. Χαρμάν. 


02D f. (Ὁ. 853) shame, reproach, 
contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16, 
54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. tab> wad to be 
clothed with shame, i. e. wholly covered 
with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29. 
Plur. mi2>9 Is. 50, 6. Mic. 2, 6. 


M22 f id. Jer. 23, 40, 


222 Gen. 10, 10, 723 Am. 6, 2, 
ib Is. 10, 9, prob. also ΤῈ Ez. 27, 23, 
Calneh. Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large 
city subject to the ‘Assyrians, according 
to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and 
others, i. q. Clesiphon, situated on the 
eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se- 
leucia, and the winter residence of the 
Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312. 
Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. If. . 
p. 774. See Bochart Phaleg. IV. 18. 
Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228.—The m2 
of Ez. 1. c. Michaelis refers to the Kavy 
of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of 
Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already 
been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and mtD is 
here coupled with Haran and Eden, 
cities of Mesopotamia. 


* πἀϑ : 

»\-= a root not in use, onomato- 
poetic, and imitating the sound of beat- 
ing, striking, pulsation, i, q. Engl. to 
clap, Germ. klappen, klopfen ; comp. 
Gr. κολάπτω, whence χόλαφος, colaphus, 
Ital. colpo, Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred 
form are transferred, sometimes to the 
beating of the feet, i.q. to leap or dance, 
Gr. κάλπη, Engl. to gallop ; sometimes 
to hewing or scraping, as >>3, γλύφω, 
sculpo, scalpo; and also to the barking of 
a dog, as if a series of pulses or claps, see 
=b>.—Hence subst. mind-"> hammers, 


ἘΡΙΩ3 to pine after any thing, to 
long for, once Ps. 63,2. Arab. XS to 


m3 


become dark, as the eye, a colour, the 
mind. According to Firazabadi (Ca- 
moos p. 1832) it is used spec. of a person 
who changes or loses colour ; hence pr. 
to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire, 
longing, comp. 502. Similar is Sanscr. 
‘kam to desire, Pers. LS desire ; comp. 
also Gr. κάμω, κάμνω. 
Deriv. pr. ἢ. 077723. 
MHD see ΠΏ Ὁ. 2. 


DMD (pining, longing, τ. 7722) Chim- 
ham, pr. ἢ. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam. 
19, 38. 39. Jer. 41,17; Chethibh pie>. 
‘Called also }432 2 Sam. 19, 41. 


‘12>, ‘0D, the former before simple 
nouns, also before grave suffixes, as 
‘paind, crip; the latter before light 
suffixes, 6. g. ἸΏ as I, 41D, 322, 
‘wind, "5129; a separate particle, used 
ely in poetry, for the 2 of prose; 
instead of which it is likewise almost 
every where employed with suffixes. 
For the force of 12, see in 42 I. 

A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q. 
5 lett. A, like Gr. ὥς, thus, so ; e. g. in 
the difficult passage Ps. 73,15: should I 
say, 722 ΤῸΝ 7 will speak thus, i. 6. as 
the wicked speak. Sept. οὕτως. Others 
here take 123 for 032 as they; but then 
it should read i2>.—Repeated, as—so ; 
qualis, talis; Judg.8,18 ἘΠ ῺΞ FID 
.as thou, so they; also inverted, so—as ; 
talis, qualis; 1K, 22,4 772 "2723, so 
I, as thou, i.e. 1 am as thou. 2 K. 3,7. 
2 Chr. 18, 3. 

B) Prep. implying likeness, similarity, 
.as, such as, like Gr. ὥς. "2122 WN a 
man such as I, like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex. 
15, 5 they sank into the depths {38 "22 
as ἃ stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15. 10, 22 
‘Dek 123 HBS AN a land of darkness 
like thickest darkness. Ex. 15,8. 11. Ps. 
29, 6. 58, 5. 9. al.—Hagg. 2, 3 snin2 NSF 
ἘΞῸΣΣ3 ῬᾺΞ is nota temple like this as 
nothing in your eyes? mbx 12D words 
like these, i. e. such words, Job 12, 3. 
wminD like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18. 

C) Conj. i. 4ᾳ. "URD, before’ whole 
sentence; pr. as that which, like what, 
as how, i. e. 

1. as, like as, Ts. 41,25 ~o79"" Si" 129 
ut as the potter treadeth the clay. 

2. Of time, as, i. 6. hen, after, as soon 
as; with pret. Gen. 19, 15 "nen inp 


_ 472, 


"75 


ΓΟ when (as soon as) the dawn arose. 
Is. 26, 18 19 n7Tb3 ‘2D as we brought 
forth, it was wind, 

Nore. In the kindred dialects corre- 


sponding forms are: Arab. Gs Chald. 
Nod, Syr. ἴλαοΐ, Eth. NO, as. 
FIDD defect. 153 αν. 


W22 m. (perh. subduer, vanquisher, 
τ. 2.23) Chemosh, pr. n. of the national 
god of the Moabites, 1 K. 11, 7. 2 K. 23, 
13. Jer. 48, 7; and of the Canaanites, 
Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which was 
introduced at Jerusalem under Solomon, 
1K.2K. lec. Hence 9 0» people 
of Chemosh, i.e. the Moabites, Num. 21, 
29. Sept. Χαμώς, Vulg. Chamos. 


. ΤῺΞ obsol. root, Arab. 4 
globulate, whence W252 q. v. 


to con- 


"23 obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 
lay up, to hide away; hence "3232 


treasures. Arab. ons Ord id—In 


Syr. also to preserve, 10 season, espec. 
with salt, pr. to lay up in salt; hence 


722 m. cumin, Germ. Kimmel, cumi- 
num sativum Linn. used along with salt 
as a condiment, Is. 28, 25. 27. See Plin. 


S$ as 
H.N.19.8.—Arab. wpe, Chald. x73, 
Syr. Makes, Eth. (0Q7, Gr. χύμινον. 


* D722 to lay up, to hide away, perh. 
i. q- ἘΣΘ, 122. Once part. pass. Deut. 
32, 34 “23 on: Nan RDM is not this laid 
up with me? i.e. their sins for punish- 
ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12, Job 14, 17. 
Cod. Sam. 0°35 in the same sense.— 
Hence pr. ἢ. 092%, 


sip; ΖΞ in Kal not used, kindr. with 
ὙΠ. 

1. to be warm, to grow warm, to 
burn ; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. "5, 
x22, calefactio. 

2. to be burned, scorched, see Niph.; 
no. 2; hence to be dark obscured, comp. 
pan ahd cans also to be gloomy, sad, 
like Syr. peo, Aph. to go about in 
black, i.e. in mourning. Comp. "23, 
sey. 

Nien. 1. to be warm, to burn, 6. g. 
one’s affection, i. 4. to yearn, with 52 


“a5 


1K. 3, 26; dx Gen. 43, 30. So of pity, 
compassion, fo be kindled, moved, Hos. 
11, 8. Comp. Hom. Od, 1.48 μοὶ ἀμφ᾽ 
᾿οδυσῆς δαΐφρονι δαίεται ἤτορ. 

2. to be burned, scorched. Lam. 5, 10 
our skin is scorched as with a furnace 


from the glow of famine. Vulg. exrusta 
est. 


ἘΠῚ. 9 i. g. 132, to plait, to braid, 
to interweave ; whence "339, "232, 
m3, net. 


"70D m. (τ. 122 1) only plur. O22 
idol-priests 2 Κ. 23) 5. Hos. 10, 5. Zeph. 
1,4. Syr. |psocs a priest, in general. 
But this word, as well as other Syriac 
words relating to divine worship, is re- 
stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship ; 
see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58.—As 
to. the etymology, 722, ἴρβοαϑ, is pr. 
blackness, sadness, and concr. ‘one who 
goes about in black, in mourning ;’ hence 


6 5.5. 
anascetic, a priest. Comp. hl, ef, 


gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic, 
monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment. on 
Is. 22, 12. 38, 15. 


p71""s> plur. τὰ. (τ. "9 1) obscu- 
rations, after the form ""7BU, except 
Hirek in the first syllable, as in "Ta. 
Once Job 3,5 Bit 77792 ΠΣ ΤῊ ‘let 
obscurations of the day terrify it se. my 
natal day, i.e. obscurations of the day- 
light or of the sun, eclipses, which 
were anciently supposed to portend evils 
and calamities.—Some ancient versions 
regard > asa prefix before the subst. 
pw772, and then the sense is, the bit- 
ternesses as of the day, i. 6. the greatest 
calamities which ean happen to a day ; 
comp. on this 5 p. 441. no. 4. But the 
first sense is far better adapted to the 
parallelism. 


ἃ 0722 obsol. root, prob. i. gq. 825 to 
subdue, to depress, 3 and % being in- 
terchanged; whence [acsas incubus, 
night-mare, Arab. us 
grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden 
out. Hence Heb. 6103. 


* F722 obsol. root, perh. ig. BMD to 
hide. “νέα mn252 pr. n. 


τες 


40* 


ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. 


473 Ἢ 


+h }2 a particle in frequent use, from 
r. ND. 

A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect ; 
metaph. upright, honest, plur. 5°23 Gen, 
42,11. 19.31. Neut. right Ezra 10, 12. 
With negat. 19 &> nol right, wrong, 
2 K. 17, 9; empty, vain, Is. 16,6 13 5 
‘732 his lies are vain. Prov. 15, 7. Jer. 
23, 10.—Adv. uprightly, right, well ; 
2K. 7,9 BB MY 13 ΝΒ we do nol 
right. Ecc. 8, 10. ‘Ex. 10, 29 ΤΠ 12 
thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num, 27, 
7. 36, 5. 

B) Adv. so, thus, Gr. ws, οὕτως, pr. 
right according to some rule or standard, 
right so, just so. But Gusset, Danz, and 
also Ewald (ΚΙ. Gr. ὁ 455. ed. 2 and 3) 
make 19 so a different word, as if contr. 
from 432 as they, like 42 from 973; but 
comp. j2%, and see Thesaur. p. 650, note. 
With Makkeph τὴ Gen, 44, 10. Josh. 2, 
21. Prov. 33, 7. Almost always 19 re- 
fers to what precedes: Gen. 1,7 13 "7% 
and it was so, as God commanded. v. 9. 
11, 1K, 20, 40 HE AHN ἸΏΒ Ἵ so 
(this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself 
decided. 1 Sam. 23, 17 and also Saul 
my father 227" so knoweth, where there 
is no need of reading 139 as a demonstr. 
pron. this. Jer. 5, 31 j3 335% "> my 
people love it thus, love to have it so. 
Prov. 28, 2 but with prudent and wise 
men, 37°78? {2 30 shall he endure, i.e. the 
prince (comp. the other clause) shall 
prolong his reign; here 19 approximates 
to a sign of the apodosis, comp: οὕτω 
Matthie Gr. Gramm. ὃ 565. 1,2. Ps.61,9. 
63, 3. 90, 12.—Often as corresponding to 
duoki other are j2—2 , as—so, see ind A. 
1; 12-- ΟΝ 9, see “wind no. 1. p. 442. 
More rarely inverted, πὐνϑ-- ἽΞ, so—as 
Gen. 18, 5. 3 Sam. 5, 25; 123 -- Ex. 
10, 14. In other places 5 is omitted in 
the protasis, Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11). 
Judg. 5, 15. 

Further, this adverb may be variously 
rendered, according as it refers to quali- 
a) As 
to quality or character, so, such, so con- 
stituted, ete. Job 9, 35 "12> 7338. j2.8> 
non ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud 
me, Engl. I am not so constituted with 
myself, 1 am not so at heart. 1K. 10,12 
BXRDDN XT 13 ND ND there came afler- 


ἴδ ATA 


wards no such almug-wood. Also so very, 
Nah. 1, 12 07°29 131 0°25 DN alihough 
they be secure and 80 very many ; comp. 
Lat. negat. nun ita mulli, not so very 
many. Jer. 14,10 3523 azn 42 they have 
so loved to wander. Ps, 127, 2. b) As 
to quantity, i. q. so much, so many. Ex. 
10, 14 52D MBN ἼΞ so many locusts as 
these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14 
4D ἘΠῚ NED _ND2 but they found not for 
them so many, i.e. not so many women as 
were needed, not womenenough. c) As 
to time, i. 4. so long. Esth. 2, 12 4857" 19 
FIHAND 72" so long continued the days of 
their purification. Also so often, Hos. 11, 
2 ἘΠΠῸΞ 8 ἼΞ5ΠῚ 15 OM ANI (as often as) 
they called them, so often did they go back 
from them —Further, so soon, straight- 
way, immediately, preceded by 2 of time 
(as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 5D ἘΞῈΞ9 
im& ANN as soon as ye be come...so 
soon ye shall find him, i.e. straightway ; 
comp. Gr. ὡς---ὥς Eurip. Pheniss. 1437. 
Hom. 1]. 1. 512. ib. 14. 294. In poetry 
by astrong ellipsis 9 is sometimes omit- 
ted, Ps, 48. 6 "ΠΣ «ΠῚ IN as they saw, 
so they were astonished, i.e. as soon as, 
immediately. 

Nore. This particle is found also in 
‘the kindr. languages; but so that in its 
‘form or signification it departs more from 
‘its original than in Hebrew. Arab. only 


‘in os: os, see below inc. Syr. 
ve refers to time, and is changed also 
“into Δ 9. Chald. 52, also i822 here, 
"G82> hither, jN22 hence, Zab. be 50. 

As connected with Prepositions : 

a) (2 778, j2772GN, afler so, i. 6. 
ithereafler, after things have so hap- 
pened, afterwards ; see “TN. 

b) j22 in such a state or condition, 
εἶ, e. so, then, therein, Ecc. 8, 10. Esth. 4, 
‘16.—In the Targums very often then, so. 

¢) ΞΡ αὐ) As causal adv. lit. ‘on ac- 
count of so. i. 6. on that account, there- 
fore, Ex. 6,6. Judg. 10,13. 1 Sam. 2 .14, 
Is. 5, 24. Job 32,10. al. Gen. 4, 15 ‘ob 
“Δ SD ΡΝ therefore (lest it be as 
thou fearest) whosoever slayeth Cain, 
ete. Corresponding to each other are 

\2>1— 7D 529 because—therefore 18. 8, 6. 
“7; 135--.15 Is. 29,13.14. Num. 20, 12.— 


- 

Once it is for "88 72> on this account 
that, because, Is. 26,14, where it has the 
force of a conjunction ; comp. 7272 for 
“WR j2°>D. 8) By degrees ' 42> was also 
deflected so as to assume an adversative 
power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta- 
men, comp. 28. So preceded by BN in. 
the protasis, Jer. 5,2 although (ΘᾺ) they 
say, As the Lord liveth ; yet therefore 
(j22 pr. for this very reason) they swear 
falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ‘although ye 
impiously refuse the offerdd sign, yet 
therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him- 
self will give you a sign. Often in the 
prophets, where there is a transition 
from rebukes and threats to consolations 
and promises; as Is, 10, 24 nevertheless, 
thus saith Jehovah of hosts,...fear not, 
etc. Is. 27, 9. 30, 18. Jer. 16, 14. 30, 16. 
Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job 
20, 2, Zophar bégine “pha Esty 135 
itebilibiess my thoughts suggest to me 
an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy 
vaunting ‘and threatening words, I 
have yet something to reply.—Cor- 


responding to this is the Arab. nett, 


os attamen, nevertheless, which is 


prob. derived from the Heb. 32>; but 
see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566.—This 
adversative 139 many regard as another 
word and of a different origin; and so 
I have also formerly taken it, viz. as 
made up from X> (NX>) and 19. This 
view may indeed be supported by the 
authority of the LX X, who have twice 
rendered it οὐχ οὕτως, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7; 
and by the Arabie orthography, where 


it is also written ppte Ν, OS Ν᾽, see 
Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364,412. But 
the adversative use, as we have seen 
above, is really connected with and de- 
pendent on its causal power; and so too 
in the Chaldee particle ΠΡ q. v. 

ἃ) 5D7>2 on that account, therefore, 
i. q. j22, but more frequent both in 
prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9. 11, 
9. Is. 5, 25. 18; 7. 16, 9. Job 6, 3. Ps. 
45, 8. al. sepiss—In the poetic style it 
has also the force ofa causal conjunction, 
for "WX 427>2, on this account that, be- 
cause ; ‘comp. sab Is. 26, 14, and jD-by Ἢ 
p. 462; also the remarks on the ellipsis 


? 475 


of relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636. 
Ps. 45,3 thou art fairer than the children 
of men... D°T2% ABI 4272. because 
that God hath blessed thee for ever. Ps. 
1, 5. 42, 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36. 

6) i272 lit. until so, i.e. until now, as 
yet, hitherto, Neh. 3,10, Here 12 refers 
to time as in Syriac ; see note above. 

f) j27%22 like this, in like manner, 
Is, 51, 6; comp. Engl. such-like. Sept. 
ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg. sicut hec ; and so 
all the ancient versions. But see in 13 
Iil.—R. 


Il. 13 m. (τ. 1)3 1) c. suff. “PD, id. 

1. a stand, base, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31 
W2-MYs2 in the manner of a base, like a 
pedestal. Spec. of the base or foot of 
the laver in the court of the temple, Ex. 
30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the 
base or socket of aship’s mast, Is. 33, 23; 
called in Greek μεσόδμη Od. 15. .290, 
ἰστοδύκη Il. 1. 494, ἰστοπέδη Od. 12. 51. 

2. a stand, station, place, Gen. 40, 13. 
41,13. Dan. 11, 20 123 53 ΤΣῚ and there 
shall rise up in his place, in his stead. v. 
21. 38. So ν᾽ 7 23 A"S78 ZI ἼΩΣῚ 
and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall 
rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place. 
Sept. and Vulg. render 42> by φυτόν ai- 
tov, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom. 
case; see in 73D. 


ΠῚ. ἸΞ m. (r. 923 IL) a gnat, in Sing. 
once Is. 51, 6 3.29 like gnats. Sept. 
frigidly ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg, sicut hec ; 
see in j2 I. B. f. above. 

Prior. 5722 Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31; 
Sept. σκνῖφες, Vulg. sciniphes, a species 
of small gnats, very troublesome from 


their sting, and abounding in the marshy ° 


regions of Egypt ; culex reptans Linn. 
culex molestus Forsk. See Hdot. 1. 95. 
Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man- 
gey. Other ancient and modern testi- 
monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz. 
II. p. 572. Oedmann’s Verm. Sammll. 
aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c.'6.—The 
* Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14. 
3) with little probability explain it by 
lice ; and the Talmudists also use the 
sing. 0:2 for a louse. Comp. 022. 


}2 Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thus, but re- 
ferring always to what follows, where 
the Hebrews use not 13, but FD; so 
Dan. 2,25. 4, 11. 6,7. Ezra 5,3. 6.2.al. 


125 


" PP} in Kal not used, Arab. 
I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by 
another and more honourable name or 
title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz. 
ad Hamas, Schult. p. 320. Teblebi ad 
Harir. Schult, Il. 57. Chald. to address 
one by his proper title. The primary 
idea is perh. to cover, comp. }3.—In 
Heb. only 

Prew fut. 7325 1, to address in a 
soothing manner, to speak kindly to any 
one. Is. 44, 5 ΠΒΞ" bytes ows and 
soothingly names the name of Israel. 
45,4 "2ST? ND} HDR 7 called thee 
kindly. though thou hast not known me. 

2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22. 

Deriy. subst. 23. 


"22 ( (τ. 3221) a plant, shoot, as be- 
ing set, placed; comp. 333, 5nd. Pa. 
80, 16 42787 ΓΙΣῸΣ ἜΝ M221 and (visit, 
protect) the plant which thy right hand 
hath planted. The ancient intpp. as- 
sumed also the masc. {> in the same 
sense Dan. 11,7; see in 19 II. 2.—Others 
here make 33 imper. Kal with He pa- 
ragog. from r. 9:2 in a signif. to cover, to 
protect ; of which however there is no 
other trace. 


BD ἅπ. λεγόμ. Ez. 27, 23, Canneh, pr. 
n. of a city, prob. Ctesiphon, i. q. nibs 
which also is read in one of De Rossi’s 
Mss. Comp. mp? for mp>"; see more 
in 255. 


ΓΞ see m2. 


39 τῇ. (τ. 923) plur. mind 1 K. 10, 
12, c. suff. sminizD Ps. 137, 2, once 
5329. Ez. 26,13; Gr. κιψύρα, κινγύρα, 
a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara, 
[whence the modern word guilar,] a 
stringed instrument of music, celebrated 
for David’s skill in playing upon it, and 
employed both in sacred and profane 
music, in rejoicing and in mourning, 
1 K. 10, 12. Is. 5,12. 23, 12. Gen. 31, 27. 
Job 30,31; usually as an accompaniment 


-to the voice, Ps. 33, 2. 43, 4. 49, 5. 71, 


22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7.12. 3, 
that the κινύρα had ten strings. and was 
struck with a plectrum ; but this is con- 
trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16, 23. 18, _ 
10. 19, 9, from which it appears that this 

instrument was played with the fingers. 


“15 
Corresponding are Arab. ἕ ahr Syr. 


OO 


1:3», Tels, cithara, harp, lyre. The 


etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu- 
lous sound ; comp. r. "22. 


M32 Chald. see m7> Chald. 
WINID pr. n. see porns. 


D> 1. q. o°2D gnats, Ex. 8, 13; comp. 
v. 12.14. It is construed with the femi- 
nine; and seems to be a collective form 
from Sing. 19. Cod. Samar. has plur. 
323. Comp. Lehrg. p. 517. 


N22 Chald. adv. so, thus, in this 
manner, referring mostly to what fol- 
lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11; but also to 
what precedes, 5, 4. 6,13. It seems to 
be compounded fearh > and 89°32, 822, 
which is often negligently used in the 
Talmud for 972"3 , ΝΣ, we say, dropping 
the "; pr. therefore as we say, as is said, 
referring sometimes to what precedes, 
and sometimes to what follows. The 
Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8 
by "8 j> (read "2Nz>), and in 5, 4 by 
“728202 as is said. In like manner Syr. 
FRG namely, is contracted from 2s 
quasi dicas. 


* (22 I. i. ᾳ. 2D, but trans. fo set, 
to place ; comp. 9717323, 37793:2. Hence 
ἽΞ stand, base, 33 plant. 

II. Perh. to nip, to pinch, Gr. κνάω, 
xvi Pa, κνίζω, Germ. kneipen, Engl. to 
nip ; comp. «γιπός, κνιφός, xviy, ἃ nip- 
ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed 
oxviy, σκνίφες, a gnat, gnats. Hence 
j=, 0722, gnats. 

Deriv. {> II, II], 2, and the three 
here following. 


"222 (prob. for 47322, whom Jehovah 
hath set) Chenani, pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4. 


W222. (ἰ4.) Chenaniah, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 15, 22. 26, 29; for which 15, 27 
nye. 

WWI2D (id.) Conaniah, pr. ἢ. of a Le- 
vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35,9 Keri. In 
Cheth. 3779335. 


“ O22 1. to collect, to heap up, as 
stones Ecc. 3, 5; treasures Ecc. 2, 8. 
26; waters Ps. 33,7. Hence 02, 01D. 

2. to gather together persons, to assem- 
ble, Esth. 4, 16, 1 Chr. 22, 2. 


476 


925 


3. to hide, see Hithp. and deriv. 0:22. 
Chald. 03> id. but more freq. trp 
wis, whence NOD Rae Se yy 


nagogue. Arab. to hide one- 
self; but in the deriv. also to collect, 


9 - - ΄, 9 - -, 
as KWLS, Kaas, synagogue, church, 


to collect, Eth. 02% 


to assemble, Ὥ ΖΙῚ church. See more 
in 123. 

Pret i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together, 
to assemble persons, Ez. 22, 21. 39, 28. 
Ps. 147, 2. 

Hirup. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself 

in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is. 

28, 20 dJaNN2 ΠΣ m2e2M1 and the 
covering is narrower than that he can 
wrap himself in it. 

Deriv. 092, 01D, 0:32, MiszoOR. 


*Y=22 in Kal not used, pr. to bend the 
knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with 
312 q.v. This root is widely spread, 
comp. γόνυ, γνυ in γνυπετεῖν, genu, San- 
ser. ganu, Germ. Knie, Engl. knee; γω- 
γία, iyvvu hollow of the knee; Aram. 823, 
ἕ incubuit; also with the third radical 
strengthened, Germ. knicken, einkenick- 
en. In Heb. spec. 

1. to fold together, to lay together, and 
hence fo collect, to bind up, as packages, 
bundles, see M332 ; comp. Arab. «iS to 


contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII. 

2. to be bowed down, to be low, de- 
pressed, as a land, see ἼΣ39 ; and trop. 
of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald. 
and Samar. 323. Arab. «ἀξ Conj. I, 
IV, id. Gre , 

Hien. 3723 to bow down, to bring 
low, to humble any one, Job 40, 12. Ps. 
107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, to 
vanquish, to subdue, 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr. 
17, 10. 18,1. Ps. 81,15; and sometimes 
God is said to ΜΉΝ enemies before 
(355) any one, Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9,3. , 
2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 24. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 3233 1. 10 be brought low, hum- 
bled, subdued, 6. g. a vanquished enemy, 
with ‘p 72 Pm Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42 
"239 Judg. 11, 33; absol. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 
1 Chr. 20, 4. 

2. to humble oneself, to submit, espec. 
before God or a divine messenger, with 


temple; but τὰ 


25 


“85 2 Chr. 34, 27; 7289 1K. 21, 29 
seest thou how Ahab hath humbled him- 
self before me? 2K, 22,193 "3822 2Chr. 
33, 12. 23, 36, 12; phat Lev. 26 41. 
2 Chr, 12, 7, 12. 30, 11. 


FIZID f. (Ὁ. 22D) once δ. suff. 7NS32 Jer, 
10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called 
from folding and binding together. Sept. 
by conject. ὑπόστασις. Targ. wares, 


7222 pr. n. Canaan. R. 322 Kal no. 2. 

1. Canaan, the sonof Ham, and father 
of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18, 22. 25-27. 
10, 6.15. Sept. Χαναάν. 

2. Canaan, the land of the Canaan- 
ites, Ex. 15, 15; fully j322 77% Gen. 
13, 12., 16, 3. 23, 2. 19. 33, 18; pr. low 
tract or nego: froma r. 333 with: the end- 
ing j- as in 72%, opp. to the higher 
land 0938 or Syria, see "3323 no..1.— 
Spec. a) The country on this side 
Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33, 51. 
Josh. 21, 2. 22,9. b) Phenicia, Is. 23, 
11, i. 6. the northern part of Canaan at 
the foot of Lebanon, whose inhabitants 
call themselves 529 on coins; comp. 
Comment. on Is. 1. c. Monumm. Pheenic. 
p. 267. They are called by the Greeks 
Φοίνικες. The Carthaginians, a colony 
of the Phenicians, also retained this an- 
cient name ; as is testified by Augustin 
(Expos. Ep. ad Rom. ὃ 13) as follows: 
“Tnterrogati rustici nostri (i. 6. Hippo- 
nenses), quid sint? Punice respondentes 
Canani, corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus 
solet, una littera, quid aliud respondent, 
quam Chananei?” 6) Philistia, Zeph. 
2, 5 pnw ΥῈΝ 7222.—Hence mira 
(32D Canaanitish women Gen. 28, 1. 6. 
36, ὃ; 5 ΛΞΧΞ the idols of Canaan, wor- 
chipped there, Ps. 106, 38; 1539 MEY the 
language of Canaan, i. e. the Hebrew, 
which was spoken by the Canaanites 
and Hebrews, Is. 19, 18; comp. also Ps. 
135, 11. Judg. 3, 1. 

3. Put for 1529 ᾽ν a Canaanite, Hos. 
12,8; and so for a merchant generally, 
Is, 23, 8 "2332 her merchants ; comp. 
Zeph. 1, 11, and see "3232 no. 2. 


M2222 , fem. of the preced. Chenaanah, 
pr. n.m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 10. b) 1K, 
22, 11. 2 Chr. 18, 10. 


"2222 Gen. 38, 2, fem. M3322 46, 10. 
Ex. 6, 15; Plur. 292322 Neh. 9, 24. Ob. 


, 


477 


ΒΩ 


20, but far more freq. Sing. with art. 
collect. "332351, a gentile noun. 

1. a Canaanite, the Canaanites, i. e. 
a) A single people who inhabited, be- 
fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa- 
lestine on the sea-coast and the Jordan; 
Num, 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the 
sea and by the side of Jordan. Josh. 5,1. 
11, 3. Deut. 11, 30; see the etymology 
in 52 no. 2. ‘Often coupled with the 
names of other tribes; and-the sacred 
writers, while intending to comprise all 
the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some- 
times by synecdoche mention only two, 
the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen. 13, 
7; sometimes three, the Canaanites, 
Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28; or again 
five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, 
Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 55; or six, 
adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8. 17. Josh. 
12, 18; or seven, adding the Girga- 
shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10; or finally 
ten, the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon- 
ites, Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim, Amor- 
ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites, 
Gen. 15, 19-21. In this number are 
several which cannot be reckoned as 
Canaanites, but as other aborigines ; as 
the Rephaim, the Kenites, etc. b) In 
a wider sense put for all the tribes 
dwelling west of the Jordan and in’Phe- 
nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their 
descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15-18) ; 
Gen. 10, 18.19. 12, 6. 50, 11. Josh. 16, 
10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29; also 
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16, 3. 
They are mentioned as Gentiles and 
unclean Zeeh. 14, 21. —Sept. for 1529, 
"13:3, has usually Χαναάν, Χαναναῖος, 
but dometimen also Φοινίκη, Φοίνιξ, Ex. 
6, 15. 16,35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25. 
So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22.—The 
Canaanites were celebrated merchants, 
and hence 

2. Canaanite for merchant, generally, 
Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31,24. So "722 
Chaldean, for astrologer. 


ἥ 729 i. q. Arab. Was to cover, to 
protect ; whence 422 covering, wing. 
Comp. r. 333. Not found in Kal. 

Nien. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30, 
20 Hin “Tid ΤΩΞ ΓΝ no longer shall 
thy teachers hide themselves, i.e. they 
shall come forth openly, and no longer 


122 


be vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid 
and Jarchi; see Comment. on Is. 1. c.— 
Hence 


29 f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12, 
constr. 125 ; Dual ΠΕΣ constr. "32; 
but the same is used for the Plur. as oe 
ὈΠΕ2Ξ Is. 6, 2, D9B2> S298 Ez. 1, 6. 10, 
21. Plur. constr. miEDD ‘fem. Deut. 22, 
12. Is. 11, 12; but masc. in the sipalf 
ho. 2. a. b, ΕΖ. 7,2. R. 522. 

1. ἃ wing, so called as covering, 


protecting. Arab. uy wing, side, 
region, protection. Eth. Ὦ 7.12 wing; 
Chald. 539, Sam. JI, Syr. eis, 
225, id. Comp. 9a Heb. and Chald. 
from kindr. 525; also ΒΝ p. 12.—Is. 


10, 14. Job 39, 13. 1 K. 6, 27. Ez. 1,8 sq. 


al ΡΞ ΡΣ 29 every fowl of wing, every 
winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21; “> ex birds 
of wing Ps. 148, 10; > Sine-bs Deut. 
4,17; “3.89 — Ez. 39, 17 comp. v. 4; 

“3.85 ἜΒΕΤΟΣ every bird of every ‘ding: 
every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez. 
17, 23. So 532 bya Prov. 1, 17, and 
BIpIDM 53 Ecc. 10, 20, ‘cone Keving 
wings,’ poet. for a bind: Poet. Γῆ" "B22 
the wings of the wind Ps. 18,11. 104, 3; 

“rw "22 the wings of the morning 139, 9; 
expressive of the swiftness with which 
the winds and the dawn move onward. 
—Metaph. with the idea of protection, 
defence, Ps. 17, 8 "ΠΌΤ 7722 5x2 
hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings. 
36, 8. 57, 2. 61, 5. 63, 8. 91,4. Ruth 2, 


12. Comp. Arab. As, and 
waiS Schult. ad Job. 472. 
2. an extremity, corner, 6. 8. a) Of 


a garment, a skirt, flap, πτέρυξ, πτερύ- 
γίον, fully ΘῸΣΏΓ 22 the skirt of the 
robe 1 Sam. 24, 5. 12. Num. 15, 38. 
Deut. 22, 12. Hagg. 2, 12; shen the 
name of the garment being omitted, 
Zech, 8, 23 "13772 Wx 922 the skirt of a 
Jew, i. 6. of his upper garment. Ez, 5,3. 
—As the outer garment was used by 
the Orientals to wrap themselves in 
at night, hence 72 is also put for the 
extremity or corner of a bed-covering, 
coverlet, ete. Deut. 23,1522 m2" ἮΝ 
“ax nor shall he uncover his father’s 
coverlet, i. e. he shall not violate his fa- 
ther’s bed. 27,20, comp. Ez. 16,8. Ruth 


A478 


1229 


3, 9 spread now thy covering over thy 
handmaid, i. e. receive me to thy bed ; 
comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and ἐπισκιά- 
few Luke 1, 35. Ὁ) Spoken of a land, 
the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as 
the habitable earth is often compared 
by the ancients to a garment spread out. 
Is, 24, 16 YUN 423 corner, end of the 
earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38, 
13 YIN ΤΙ͂ΣΣΞ the corners of the earth, 
extrema terrarum ; also Is. 11, 12 and 
Ez. 7,2 YUNT MIBID MIB the ‘ford cor- 
ners of the earth or land. 6) Of an ar- 
my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl. whence 
poet. for an army itself, Is. 8, 8. 18, 1. 
Comp. =°B38 p. 12. 4) The highest 
point, batilement, pinnacle of the temple, 
Dan. 9,27. Comp. πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, 
Matt. 4, 5. 


if "Ὦ2 obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
to give forth a tremulous and stridulous 
sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a 
string when struck, Germ. schnarren, 
knarren. Hence 522 harp, lyre, from 
its stridulous sound.—Kindred are Greek 
κίνυρος, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que- 
rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr, xwv- 
ea; also yiyygos, γίγγρα, yiyyeus, Lat. 
gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu- 
Aous querulous tone, and gingritus the 
cackling of geese.—Deriv. "12D, and 


M2) (i. q. “2D lyre) Deut. 3, 17, 
mins? (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, 29 
Josh. 11, 2, Chinnereth, Chinneroth, pr. 
n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ- 
ated on the lake of Galilee, which is 
thence called m7 := 03 Num. 34, 11, 
Josh. 13, 27 ; mina oo Josh. 12, 3. Inthe 
Tatgutne t is found the later name “0255, 
"o"23, whence Gr. Τενγρησάρ 1 Mace. 11, 
67. Jos. Ant. 2. 25. 3,17; and in N. T. 
Τεννησαρέτ Matt. 14, 84. Mark 6, 53. 
Luke 5,1. This beautiful lake is about 
twelve miles long by six broad in its 
widest part, with limpid water and 
abounding in fish. See Reland Palest. 
p. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 
261 sq. 312 sq. 


εν Ὧ:3 Chald. to gather together, to 
assemble, i. q. Heb. 022, Syr. id. Inf. 
Dan. 3, 2. 

Irup. to be gathered together, assem- 
bled, Dan. 3, 3.27. Freq. in the Targg. 


39 


_ B22 m, (τ. 3D) only Plur. ΤὗΣ2; pr. 
@ surname, cognomen, title. Meton. one 
having the same surname or title as an- 
other, i.e. sustaining the same office, 
subject to the same king, i. q. σύνδουλος, 
colleague, associate in office. Correspond- 
ing is Syr. [Mio ραν. (2044, i.e. σύνδου- 
dos, cvvdovhor.—Once Ezra 4, 7 “RDA 
"9122 and the rest of his colleagues ; 

Sept. ot λοιποὲ otvdoviot.—The form 
ΣΦ is for ΝΣ, ΝΣ, and the plural is 
formed in the same manner as ming, 

min22, from ΤΣ, see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 


mp Chald. id. a colleague, σύνδουλος, 
only plur. c. suff. M22 his colleagues, 
Ezra 5, 6; 7170129 their colleagues 4, 9. 
17. 23. 5, 3. 6, 6. 13. Comp. the Heb, 

02 m. un. λεγόμ. in the suspected 
reading Ex. 17,16, commonly held to be 
i.q. 85> throne, which is read in the 
Samaritan codex. But the context and 
the words of v. 15 "©} Mm, demand the 
teading 02 a standard, banner, where 
see. 

* NOD obsol. root, i. q. 593 ἐο cover ; 
whence X02 and 

NO2 Prov. 7, 20, also MOD Ps. 81, 4, 
the full moon, time of the fall moon. Syr. 
tes, according to Isa Bar Ali, is ‘the 
first day of the full moon,’ and also ‘the 
whole time of the full moon;’ so also often 
in Barhebreus and Ephrem Syrus.— 
The etymology is doubtful; unless we 
may say that the moon at her full is whol- 
ly covered with light, from r. HOD, XDD; 
comp. Ps. 104, 2 ΣΡ Wx Nw cover- 
ing thyself with light as with a garment. 
See Thesaur. p. 698, 699. 


NOP m. twice MOD Job 26, 9. 1 K. 10, 
19; c. suff. "NO> (for "NBD), FXOD; phar. 
MINOD for Pino. ΕΒ. 802. 

l.a throne, i. e. an elevated seat with 
ἃ canopy and hangings which cover it ; 


> 
” Arab. sys Aram. 8093, Lawies, id. 
the letter Ἢ being inserted instead of 
doubling the Ὁ, i.e. rs for ss, see under 
lett... The Samaritan has also in the 
root HAG for mMe>.—So WY ΝῸΞ a 
. throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18; noboun ’ Γ᾿ 
the throne of the kingdom, reyal; throne, 
Deut. 17, 18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so "3 


479 


_ Num. 4, δ. 8. 11. 


ΓΟ. 


misban 1 Chr. 22,10. 2 Chr. 7,18, Esth. 
1, 2. 5,1; ΕΝ 531Κ01, 46. Henee 
tor the Popa dignity or authority’; y Gen. 
41, 40 only as to the throne will I be 
greater than thou, i. e. | reserve to my- 
self only the royal dignity. Ps. 45, 7, 
see in ΤΌΝ Ρ. 55, note. So to establish 
one’s throne, i.e. his kingdom, Is. 16, 5. 
Spoken of the throne of God, Ps. 9, 5. 
47, 9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9.—Also 
\2. For the elevated seat or cathedra 
of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4,13; 
the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp. 
Dan. 7,9). Ps. 94,20 mis ‘> tribunal of 
wickedness, i.e. unjust judges. Hence 
for jurisdiction, district, Neh. 3,7. Of 
a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of 
any seat, 6. g. ὦ stool or chair, 2 K. 
4,10. Prov. 9, 14; espec. an honourable 
seat, 1133 NOD 1Sam. 2,8. Metaph. Is. 
22, 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be for a 
seat of glory to his father’s house, i. 8. 
through him shall all his kindred be 
honoured. 


‘302 Chald. a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12; 
elsewhere "TD q. v. 


ἐχ 15} to cover ; kindr. are 86D and 
ve. Bin [ims id. also ‘to put on; 
Arab. LuuS to put on; Chald. ΓῸΞ to 
cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed. 
—In Kal only in particip. 70> Prov. 
12, 16. 23; and pass. constr. "DD Ps. 
32, 1. Far more usual is 

Pix MSD, 1 pers. "MOD, "MOD Ps. 
143, 9, "MoD Ez. 32,7; fut. MO2". apoc. 
ὉΞ". 

1. to cover, c. ace, Ex. 10, 5. Num. 9, 
15. 22,5; or also 53 (like other verbs of 
covering, 6. g. 520, "B2), q. ἃ. fo cover 
over, Num. 16, 33 YAN DMMaP ὈΞΙῚΣ the 
earth covered them over, pr. was a cover- 
ing over them. Job 21, 26 nE2n 271 
mr">2 and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5, 
8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14; ο. > Is. 11, 9. 
—So fo cover a person or thing with any 
thing, e.g. construed: 8) With acc. 
of pers. and 3 of the covering, Lev. 17, 


13 7533 ἘΠΕῚ he shall cover it (the 


blood) with earth. Job 15, 27. Is. 51, 16. 
b) With two acc. Ez. 
16,10. 18,7.16. 9) With >> of pers. 
and 3 of covering, Ps. 44,30. d) With 
ace. of the covering and >3 of the thing 
covered, Ez. 24,7; comp. Job 36, 32.— 


mcs 


Trop. in the phrases: to cover any one 
with shame Mic. 7, 10; confusion Ps. 
44, 16. Jer. 51, 51; terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps. 
55, 6; so God covers the faces of judges, 
makes them blind, Job 9,24. Also to 
cover any one (a wife) with violence, 
heap up injuries upon her, Mal. 2, 16.— 
Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any 
thing, c. 2 Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12; 

Ὁ. acc. Jon. 8, 6 py O21 he covered “i 
self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth, 
Arab. LuuS to put on, ¢. ace. 

2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal, 
comp. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23. 
Job 31, 33; with >» of pers. Deut. 13, 9; 
with acc. of thing and 72 of pers. Gen. 
18,17. Job 23,17 dex-nd> "2B and 
Ἐρώνσνς he hath (not) covered the dark- 
ness from my sight, hath not freed me 
from calamities.—Intrans. pregn. Ps. 
143, 9 "3. 78 unto thee do 1 hide, 1 
flee to thee for covert; Sept. πρὸς σὲ 
κατέφυγον. 

3. Metaph. fo cover sin, i. e. to pardon, 
to forgive, i.g. "BD, c. ace. Ps. 85,3; 59 
Proy. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4,5]. Ps. 32, 1 
MRM "ASD whose sin is covered, i.e. par- 
doned. Comp. “5D. 

Puat ΠῸΞ and M2 Ps. 80, 11. Prov. 
24, 31, fut. FO, part. M22; to be co- 
webed. Gen. 7, 9. 20; with 3 of the 
covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Eee. 6, 4; also 
with acc. Ps. 80, 1 mbx ὉΠ OD the 
mountains were covered with its shade. 
Prov. 24, 31. 

Nira. id. Ez. 24, 8; 6. 3 Jer. 51, 42. 

Hirup. to cover οὐδεν to wrap one- 
self up, with 3 of the covering, Is. 59, 6. 
1 K. 11, 29; once ace, Jon. 3, 8. 

Deriv. "IOD, ΤΌ (and mio), ῬΌΞ, 
mora, ΠΕΈΞΌ. 

MDD see NOD. 

MOD i,q. NED q. v. 

MITIOD Ts. 5, 25, see MMAD. 


“AOD m. only constr. “id "4D a cover- 
ing of skins Num. 4, 6.14. R. ΠΌΞ. 


PAOD ἢ (τ. MOD) 1. a covering, 
cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26, 
6. 31,19. Metaph. 59292 M502 a cover- 
ing of or for the eyes, i.e. a present offer- 
ed as an expiation for some fault, in order 
that one may shut his eyes upon it, connive 
at it; or, a present made in the hope of 


480 


“05 


pardon, an atonement, a penalty. Soin 
the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16 
WAN ΩΝ 55> Hwy moD Wb wen nin 
bs DN} lo, this (the thousand shekels) is 
to thee a penalty for all which has hap- 
pened with thee and before all men. 
Comp. Gen. 32, 21 Mnyz2 ὍΣΣ MIDS 
pr. J will cover is face (appease him) 
with the present. The Sept. though here 
neglected or misunderstood by interpre- 
ters, renders it correctly: ταῦτα ἔσται σοι 
εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ προσώπου Gov, where τιμή 
is a fine, penalty, price, Il. 1. 159, i. q. 
elsewhere tiujuc.—Most interpreters 
understand this covering of the eyes to be 
a veil, and the whole passage they arbi- 
trarily render thus: lo, this shall be to 
thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are 
with thee and to all others, i.e. so it shall 
be manifest to all that thou art a mar- 
ried woman. They add further, that 
only married women were accustomed 
to wear veils; but this is contrary to 
oriental custom, and is incapable of 
proof. 
2. a garment, Deut. 22, 12. 


Σ mcs to cut off a plant, vine, etc. to 
cut down, part. pass, MOD Is. 33,12. Ps. 


80, 17. Kindr, are ΧΡ, ASP, S3p, 
ΥῈΡ, also σὶρ, O33, πὸ, Chald. and 


7 . 
Syr. MOD, wits, to prune vines. 


Ὁ. m. (r.b02) 1. a fool, Ps. 92, 7. 
94, 8. Prov. 1, 32. 10, 1. 18. 13, 19. 20. 
14, 8. 24. 33. 15, 2. 7, and often in Prov. 
and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un- 
godliness, is often implied, Prov. 15, 20. 
19, 1. al. comp. the synon. >" 8, 533, and 
the opp. 3h. 

2. Chesil, as the name of a constella- 
tion, Job 9,9. 38,31. Am. 5,8; according 
to most of the ancient interpreters the 
constellation Orion, which the Orientals 
call JUS {p22 1 i , 8D°B), i. 6. che giant. 
They appear to have conceived of this 
constellation under the figure of an im- 
pious giant (>"0> impious) bound upon 
the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thou" 
loose the bands of Orion ?—Plur. 5°>">> 
Is. 13, 10, q. d. the Orions or giants of 
the sky, i.e. the greater constellations 


similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones, 
Scipiones, i.e. men like Cicero and 


89 


Scipio.—Abulwalid understands ἀφ. 
or Canopus, a bright star in the rudder 
of Argo or the ship, in the southern 
hemisphere. See more in Comment. 
on Is. 13, 10. Michaelis Suppl. p. 1319 
sq. Hyde on Ulugh Beigh’s Tables, p. 
74. Ideler iber Ursprung ἃ. Bedeut. der 
Sternennamen p. 240, 263. 

3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south- 
ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30, 


MAD"OD f. folly, Prov. 9,13. R. do. 


m 203 a root found only once in the 
verb, see no. 2. b; but of various signifi- 
cations in the derivatives. The primary 
idea seems to be: 

1. to be fleshy, fat ; whence >92 loin, 
flank.— Then 

2. As a denom. from 52, in a double 
signification: a) Ina good sense, to be 
strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of 
strength; comp. 129, 7202; metaph. 
to be firm, confident, whence bop, M303, 
confidence, hope. b) In a bad ionne, 
to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab. 


han to be weak. Hence also as a 


kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. 533, 
532,°522; and vice versa compare 
Words signifying strength transferred 
to the idea of virtue, as 59m. Or perh. 
this sense may come by transpos. from 
220 to be foolish.—So once fut. A, 03" 
Jer. 10,8. Hence the deriv. ὉΠῸΞ fool- 
ish, mb-o3, 309, folly. 


302 m. 1. loin, flank, lumbus, Job 15, 
27." Plur. 2202 the loins, pr. the internal 
muscles of the loins near the kidneys, 
to which the fat adheres, wou, ψοῖαι, 
as Symmachus well. Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15. 
4, 9. 7,4. Job 15, 27 503 "55 Mase Ὁ93Ὶ 
and because he maketh fatness upon his 
loins, i. e. the γαστρίδουλος pampers him- 
self. Also for the viscera generally, the 
bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38, 8. Comp. 
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq. 

2. confidence, hope, Ps. 78, 7. Job 8, 14. 
31, 24. Prov. 3, 26. See τ. 503 no. 
2. a. 

3. folly, Ecc. 7,25. See the root no. 

ΜᾺ 


ΤΊΡΌΞ ἢ (rbd) 1. confidence, hope, 
Job. 4, 6. 
2. folly, Ps. 85, 9. 

41 


481 


205 


"20D m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1) Gr. 
Χασελεῦ 1 Mace. 1, 54, Chislev, the ninth 
month of the Hebrews, beginning with 
the new moon of December.—The ety- 
mology is unknown; yet it might per- 
haps be so called from the languor and 
torpor of nature, from r. >> no. 2. Ὁ. 
Or it may be of Persian origin, as would 
appear from a Palmyrene inscription ; 
see Benfey, die Monatsnamen, comp. 
Thesaur. p. 702. 

752 (confidence, hope, τ᾿ >>) Che- 
salon, pr. ἢ. of a place on the border of 
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10; there 
called also B°9397771. 


909 (id.) Chislon, pr. τι. m. Num. 
34, 21. 


miboz (hopes, τ. 0D) Chesulloth, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Issachar, 
Josh. 19, 18; prob. the same with the 
next art. 

sianrnibop (loins or flank of Tabor) 
Chisloth- Tabor, pr. n. of a place near the 
western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor- 
der of Zebulun, Josh. 19,12. [Prob. the 
same as the preced. article, and both 
identical with the mod. Iksal SLuSt, 
Gr. Ξαλώϑ' Jos. B. J. 3.3.1. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 182.—R. 


DN202 plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 
12, Casluhim, pr. n. of a people sprung 
from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo- 
chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31, the Col- 
chians, whom the Greek writers also 
mention as being a colony of the Egyp- 
tians, Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55. 
Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians 
might readily come from the fuller 
m>o>, dropping the s. 


* DED to shear, to poll the head, once 
Ez. 44, 20. Kindred are pra, and other 


verbs beginning with 13; see ΤΙ --α 
Hence 

Mg) f. Ex. 9, 32. Is. 28, 25, plur.. 
p> Ez. 4, 9, a species of grain like: 
wheat, with a smoeoth or bald ear as if” 
shorn, Lat. far, adoreum, Gr. ζέα, ὀλυρά,. 
the modern spelt, ipiticum spelta Linn. 


Arab. Ras, which is in fact the same: 


word as in Hebrew, m and πὶ being inter- 
changed and r inserted. See Oa 
on Is. 1. c. 


ccs 

*COD 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri- 
bute ; kindr. with 7S and other verbs 
beginning with 7p, 0>, 13. Hence 
02% tribute. 

2. to number, to reckon, comp. 722 ; 
once Ex. 12, 4 every man according to 
his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb. 
‘Sept. συναριϑμηϑήσεται, Onk. ἩΣΞΠΏ, 
Syr. galsez. 

Deriv. 03%, 793%, 02, 79%. 


ἜΡῸΞ fut. O22 1. Pr. to be or be- 
come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph. 
no. 1, and 52> silver—Less near are 

and ia deficit sol, hana, ca- 
ligavit oculus, diminutus est. 

2. Trop. to pine or long after any 
thing, to desire greatly, with > of pers. 
Job 14, 15; inf. c. > Ps. 17, 12. 

Nirs. 1. to be pale, to turn pale, from 
shame, since this feeling is indicated not 
only by blushing, but also by turning 
pale; see "19 and Talmudic 3725 to 
make ashamed, comp. Comment. on Is. 
29,22. Hence, to be ashained ; Zeph. 2, 
1 5022 N> ism O nation not ashamed, 
i. 6. without shame, shameless. 

2. i.q. Kal na, 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps. 84, 
3.—Hence 


FD m. c. suff. "ΒῸΞ 1. silver, so 
called from its  paleness, r. FD, as Gr. 
ἄργυρος from ἀργός white, and =n} gold 
from its yellow colour; comp. snx. Syr. 
Samar. id.—Gen. 23, 15 ~>py ΓΝ 5278 
52 four hundred shekels of silver. v. 
16. Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7, 22. Often 
with the πως be omitted, 6. g. 528 
522 a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen. 
20, 16. HOD ὩΣ twenty shekels of 
ilner Gen. 37, 28. ‘Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3, 
2. Metaph. to purify silver, i. e. to 
cleanse a people from their sins, Mal. 3, 
3 comp. v. 2. Is. 1, 25. 

2. money, which anciently consisted 
of bars or pieces of silver weighed out 
and not coined; comp. ἀργύρεον, Fr. ar- 
gent. Gen. 23, 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22, 6. 
Num. 3, 49. 51. Deut. 23, 20. "a> 503 
current money, see in "33 no. 2. Also, 
that which is bought with money, 6. g. a 
slave, Ex. 21, 21 88m 20> "3 for he is 
his money, his purchase; also Gen. 17, 
12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of silver, 
money, Gen. 42, 25. 35. 


482 


ὈΣ5 


$22 Chald. m. id. silver, st. emphat. 
ἘΒῸΞ Dan. 2, 35. 5, 2. 4. 23. Ezra 5, 14, 
6, 5. 7, 17. 18. 


NTDTD Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. ἢ. 
of a place (tip) on the way between 
Babylon and Jerusalem.—To this corre- 
sponds neither the Pyle Caspie@ nor the 
city Kaswin, as held by some. 


MO? f. (r. M02) plur. nint>D cushions, 
pillows, Ez. 13, 18.20. Sept. mgouxe- 
φάλαια, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the 
Rabbins long pillows, bolsters —The 
letter τ, although not radical and mere- 
ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never- 
theless retained also in the plural ; as in 
mo3, Map, comp. Lehrg- p. 474. 


2.3 Is. 59, 18, see dz lett. C. 1. 


j22 Chald. adv. of time, now, at this 
time, Dan. 2, 23. 3, 15. 4,34. 5,12. Ezra 
4,13.al. ἿΣΞ ἪΣ δε now Ezra 5, 16.— 
It j is prob. derived as a prolonged form 
from Heb. 53 so, also now, comp. {2772 
Neh. 2, 16, and art. 52 lett. e. p. 475; 
just as Samar. Ὁ} from Heb. tsp. In- 
deed j32 seems also to have had the 
signif. so; whence the followimg art. 


ΓΑ͂ΣΞ Chald. fem. of the preceding, 
adv. so, thus, i. q. 72, but found only in 
one ἘΠ ΤΩΣΞΤ and so forth, et cetera, 
Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12; contracted M3345 
id. 4, 17. 


ἘῸΣ 3 fat. 0237 1. to be indignant, 
vexed, to take ill, Ecce. 5, 16. 7, 9. Neh. 
3, 33 [4,1]. Ps. 112, 10. 

2. to be angry, Ez. 16, 42; with δὲς 
of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10. 

Pre. 032 to provoke, to irritate, i. q- 
Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6. 

Hira. 0°53. 1. to vex, lo grieve, to 
trouble any one, I Sam. 1, 7. Neh. 4,5 
[3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9. 

2. to make angry, to provoke, often of 
men who provoke Jehovah by their sins, 
espec. by idolatry, c. 3 Deut. 31, 29. 32, 
16. 1 K. 14, 9. 15. 16, 2. 7.13 sq. Ps. 78, 
58. Jer. 8,19. al. More fully o-s3n 
ἌΛΛΟΝ O33 1 K.15, 30. 2K, 23, 26; also 
with the name of God implied, 1 Καὶ. 
21, 22 MOBS WR orEN~by because of 
the anger with which thou hast made 
me angry. 2 K. 21,6. 23, 19. Hos. 12 
15.—Hence 


O25 


02> m. 1. veration, trouble, grief, 
Ecce. 1, 18. 2, 23, 11, 10. Ps. 6,8. Prov. 
17, 25, 21,19 D223 Dra MYX ἃ con- 
tentious and fretful woman. Deut. 32, 27, 

2. anger, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30. 
Ez. 20,28. Plur. 5°02 bursts of anger, 
2 K. 23, 26. 

WP? m. i. q. 022, found only in Job. 

1, vexation, grief, Job 5, 2. 6,2. 17,7. 

2. anger, wrath of God, Job 10, 17. 


PZ? see in mz32. 

52 f. (r. 98D) ὁ. suff. "BD, pr. some- 
thing curved, hollow.—Spec. 

1. ine Rotor of the hand, the palm ; 


Arab. WaS, Syr. ἵδλαξ. Lev. 14, 15 and 
pour (the oil) upon the palm (92 85) of 
the priest’s left hand. v.18. 26. 2 8>2 
map a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12, comp. 
ὮΞ xb Lev. 9, 17. Ps. 129, 7; so Is. 28, 
4.2 K. 18, 31. At other times 52 is 
used like πὸ the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12 
ΒΞ ΤΟΝ ΠΡῚΝ} and thou shalt cut off 
her hand, Often of the hand as that 
with which we lay hold of any thing, 
Ez. 21, 16. 29. 29,7; or with which we 
labour, whence 42" 52 a slack hand 
Prov. 10,4. So espec. in the following 
phrases: a) Ἔ 93% out of the hand of 
any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver- 
ing, like "2, 1 Sam. 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 
16. 19, 10. 22,1. 2K. 16, 7. 20, 6. Ps. 
18, 1. Jer. 5, 21. ἃ]. Ὁ) 59 BD 5. to 
lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack 
him, Job 40, 32 [41, 8]; also > nn 
ὙῈ to lay the hand upon one’s mouth, sc. 
in order to stop it, i. q. to be silent, Job 
29,9. But 59 52 Γι to put the hand 
over any one, i. q. to protect him, Ps. 
139, 5; comp. Ex. 33,22. 6) Judg. 12, 
3 "B23 "WED My oN) J put my life in my 
hand, i. e. exposed myself to great dan- 
ger; since what we thus take in our 
hands is liable to be dropped, or to be 
cast away. 1 Sam. 19. 5. 28, 21; comp. 
Job 13, 14. Ps. 119,109. The same pro- 
verb occurs in Athenzeus Deipnosoph. 
XIII. p. 569. C, ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων. 
So the Danes also say of a man in dan- 
ger of his life: at gaae med Livet i 
Haenderne, i. e. he goes with his life in 
hishands. ἃ) 234,52 575, 92 8, 


to clap the hands, see under these verbs. | 


Ὅσαι 0°82, c. suff. "BD, ἘΞ, both 
? 


483 


rp 


palms, the two hands, the hands, Job 36, 
32. Is. 49,16; very freq. also for the 
plural. Hence, 5782 678 fo spread out 
the hands in prayer, etc, see in 4D no, 
2.6; S°B2 XY? 10 lift up the hands, Lam. 
2, 19. Ps. 63, 5; 329 52 Nb? fo bear 
upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to 
cherish, Ps. 91,12; Ὁ "B22 ὈΌΓῚ violence 
is in the hands of any one, i. e. he has 
done violence, wrong, Job 16, 17. Is. 59, 
6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12, 17. Jon. 3, 8; con- 
tra, 0°82 "Pp? of clean hands, innocent, Ps. 
24,4; 18D ἘΣΘ the work of one’s hunds 
Ps. 9,17; also Ὁ 373" the labour of 
the hands, profit, Gen. 31, 42. Ps, 128, 2. 
—P or. mip> palms, used instead of the 
Dual before 0°77, as 0" 5 the palms of 
the hands Dan. 10,10; twice D3" nipD 
of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4. 
2K. 9, 35; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp. 
in no. 3, 4, 5, 6, below. 

2. 539 52 the sole of the foot, Deut.2,5. 
11,24. So in the phrase "ΣῈ 539 922 
(API) BX from the sole of the foot even 
to the head, i. e. the whole body, Is. 1, 6. 
Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7. 
Deut. 28, 65 4539 925 mina rest for the 
sole of thy foot, i. 6. a quiet habitation, ° 
comp. Gen. 8, 9.—Plur. always mip> 
Josh. 3. 13. 4, 18. Is. δῦ, 14, Ez. 43,7 
“bat nina Dip the place of the soles of 
my feet, i. 6. the ark as the footstool of 
God; comp. in 055. Once with ore 
2 K. 19, 24. 

3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav- 
ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11,27. Sept. 


χεῖρ. So Arab. Was. 

4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer, 
(so Syr. and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26. 
32. 38. al. Plur. mip> Ex. 25, 29. Num. 
7, 84. 86.—Hence 233 52 the hollow or 
dish of a sling 1 Sam. 25,29. 32" 92 
the hollow of the thigh, socket of the hip, 
Gen. 32, 26. 33. 

5. Plur. nin> handles of a bolt or bar 
Cant. 5,5. Comp. nin. 

6. oom Mip> Lev. 23, 40, palms, i.e. 
palm-branches, with green leaves, so 
called from their bent or curved form. 
See M5D, and comp. Lat. palma. 

ὮΞ m. (τ. 522) a rock, pr. hollow or 
arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job 
30,6. Syr. and Chald. tels, xerp, id. 
whence in N. T. Καὶ . Πέτρος 


or Tux 


| UNIVERSITY 


ra.) 


* TIED to bend, to bow, kindr. with 
FD; and hence to tame, to subdue. 
Chald. and Talmud. 85> to bow, to sub- 
due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux- 


. -Ξ 
,torf Lex. p. 1070; Arab. La to turn 
away, to turn aside.—Proyv. 21, 14 jm 
ὩΣ MBS ἼΣῸΞ a sift in secret tameth 
anger. Sept. ἀνατρέπει ὃργάς, and so 
Syr. Contra Symm. σβέσει ὀργήν, ]σ. 
extinguit tras, comp. 732 to extinguish. 


MED f. (τ Ὧ53) 1. a palm, palm- 
ranch, the fem. form being often em- 
‘ployed for things without life, Heb. 
‘Gram. ὃ 105.3. Comp. 52 no. 6. Chald. 
NBM, Syr. |es.—Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15 
“yaaN1 MED the palm-branch and the bul- 
rush, proverbially for the high and the 
low, noble and vulgar. 

2. Genr. branch, bough, Job 15, 32. - 


"MDD m. (r."8D) 1. ἃ cup, goblet, 
‘prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17. 
‘Ezra 1, 10. 8, 27. 

2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the 
ground, Ex. 16, 14. Ps. 147,16. Job 38, 29, 


O"DD un. λεγόμ. Hab. 2, 11, prob. a 
cross-beam, for binding together the 
walls ΟἹ & vuuding, rom Τ. DED to con- 
nect. Sept. xavPagos, i. q. cantherius 
in Vitruv. 4.2. Jerome: “lignum quod 
ad continendos parietes in medio struc- 
ture ponitur. vulgo ἱμάντωσις. Comp. 
Ecclus, 22, 16 [18]. 


HD πὰ. (τ. ἜΞ) 1. 1. ᾳ. "BD, a vil- 
lage, Neh. 6, 2. 

2. a young lion, old enough to roar 
Judg. 14, δ. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer. 
2, 15. Am. 3,4; going forth for prey Is. 
5, 29. Mic. 5, 7. Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10; 
ferocious and bloodthirsty in his youth- 
ful strength Ps. 17, 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6. 
How “22 differs from “13 whelp, ap- 
pears from Ez. 19, 2.3: she (the lion- 
ess) brought up one of her whelps (3n& 
77989), it became a young lion ("7£2), 
it learned to seize the prey, it devoured 
men.—Trop. 8) Of cruel and’ blood- 
thirsty enemies, Ps, 34, 11. 35, 17. 58,7; 
comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 os “BD 
a young lion of the nations, an enemy 
prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh. Ὁ) 
Of the young princes or warriors of a 
state, Ez. 38, 13, comp. Nah. 2, 14.—The 


484 


ἸΞ9 


etymology seems to be from r. "D3 no. 
3, to be shaggy, with special apes 


to the lion’s mane. Comp. Arab. ae, 
jis, hair κε the neck, back of the 


head, jaws; (ab hairy on the neck, face, 
back of the head. 

τ Ὲ9 (i. q. "ΠῈΞ no. 1, village) Che- 
phirah, pr. n. of a city of the Hivites 


assigned to Benjamin, Josh. 9, 17 comp. 
v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7,29. 


* DED 1. to divide equally, to dis- 
tribiite, i. ᾳ. Ethiop. 114,A, whence 


Sy 
"AA part, portion, Arab. JaS por- 
tion, like part, equal, and Dual ys 


ὈΠΕῈΞ two portions, double —Hence 

2. to fold, to double, Ex. 26,6. Part. 
pass. d3»> doubled, double, Ex. 28, 16. 
39, 9.—Chald. bes to double, to ‘fold 
around, Syr. Ethpe.\ao2f to be dou- 
bled, infolded. 

Nipn. fo be doubled, i. 6. repeated, Ez. 
21, 19 [14]. 

Deriv, 4>22, and 


222 m. a doubling, Job 41, 5 20 DED 
the doubling of his jaws, i. e. his double 
row of teeth. 

Dvuat 5°55 1. Pr. two folds, double 
folds. Job 11, 6 mreierd ewbe> 5D for 
double folds hath God's avisdom, i.e. the 
wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli- 
cable. Others doudle, i. 6. manifold, 
infinite, is the wisdom of God. 


2. double, twice as much, Is. 40, 2. 
- ὁ 
Arab. ses 


*\22, Arab. Οὐ to roll up (comp. 
SBD no. 2), to twist, to spin ; whence 
Aram. j£2, «35, to be hungry, 8223, 
ἴλας, hunger, sc. as accompanied by 
a twisting and writhing of the bowels, 
see in M32 no. 2. In Syriac with > it ἰδ) 
also to hunger or thirst for any thing, 
to pine after, see Thes. p. 705. Hence 
Heb. 153 id. once pregn. Ez. 17, 7 lo, 
this vine *>3 Me MED did thirst 
(and bend) "her roots towards him.... 
that he might water it. Vulg. mitiens 
radices suas ad eam.—Hence 


89 


ἼΘ9 m. hunger, famine, Job δ, 23. 30, 3. 


* DED a root of doubtful signif. prob. 
to contract, to draw together, and so to 
connect ; kindr. with YER, '2P, PIR, 
to contract, to compress, to gather one- 
self for leaping; see also yp>. Syr. 
mae according to Castell: to connect, 
to contract, to abbreviate.—Hence 5°52. 


* ὮΞΞ to bend, to curve, to bow. Chald. 
id. Syr. vas to be curved, bent. This 
root with its kindred ones is found ex- 
tensively in the Semitic and western 
languages, both in the sense of bending 
curving, and in that of being hollow, 
arched, vaulted; see BD, 333 no. 1, 


m2 II, =3p, al , to hollow, to vault, 
37 to hollow out, excavate, 32 to bore 
out; and comp. Gr. χκάμπω, κάμπτω, 
γνάμπτω, also κύπτω, κύβη, κύμβη, La- 
con. κύβϑα cask; Pers. pas to bend 
over, to incline, "5 a hollow, a cavern; 
Lat. cubo, cumbo, also cavus ; old Germ. 
Gaff i. e. 52, kippen, umkippen, in the 
sense of folding.—So Is. 58, 5. Intrans. 
to bow oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps. 
57,7. Part. o"B'=D those bowed down, 
depressed, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8. 

Nien. to submit ome to any one, c. 
> Mic. 6, 6. 

Deriv. 52, 92, 75D. 


“ἘΞ 1, Pr. i. ᾳ. Engl. to cover, 
whence “i53 and MIED a cover, lid. 


Arab. κι: I, to cover, to hide; also 


pe to cover.—Spec. 

2. to cover over, to overlay with any 
thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark 
Gen. 6, 14. Comp. “ἘΞ no. 2. 

3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy ; 


see "BD. Arab. κἀξ I, XI to be shag- 
gy, e. g. cloth. 

4. to cover over sins, i. 6. to forgive, 
‘comp. "22 no. 4, and Piel. Arab. 

II to expiate a crime, pit to pardon. 
Chald. "25 id. 

Pret “82, found only with αν "83, 
2 pers. N82, fut. “B>7. 

1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of 
God as the offended party, i. e. to for- 
give, to pardon sin, comp. 72>. With 

41* 


485 


"ES 


acc. Ps. 65, 4.. 78, 38; with d2, like 
other verbs of covering, Jer, 18, 23, Ps, 
79,9; > Deut. 21, 8; also > of pers. Ez. 
16, 63; once 722 2 Chr. 30, 18. 

2. Spoken of the offender or his repre- 
sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to do 
away by some expiatory act, to purge, 
so that he may be pardoned; hence 
a) to expiate an offence, fault, to atone 
for, c. ace. Dan. 9, 24; ἘΣ Lev. δ, 26 
(6, 7]; 323 for Ex. 32, 30; 19 Lev. 4, 
26. Num. 6,11. Ὁ) to make expiation 
or atonement for an offender, to free him 
from guilt, comp. 82M; with dz of pers. 
Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; 333 Lev. 16, 6; 
11. 24. Ez. 45,17; 2 Lev. 17, 11. Spoken 
also of things rithedt life which are 
polluted, c. ace. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20. 
26. Deut. 32, 43; >> Lev. 16, 18. Ex. 
29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full 
construction are: Lev. 5,18 33 7823 
ἼΔΩ ἘΣ yd and the priest shall make 
expiation for him on account of his fault. 
4,26 ἼΓΝΞΙΤΌ joa bs ἼΞΞῚ and the 
priest shall make exrpiation for him from 
his sin. 14,19. Num. 6, 11. 6) to ap- 
pease, to placate the person offended, 
with acc. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16, 
14. So of impending evil, i. e. to avert 
by expiation, Is. 47, 11—The gift or 
sacrifice by which expiation is made, is 
put with 3, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num. 5, 8. 
Lev. 7, 7. 

Poa 1. to be covered, i. 6. done 
away. obliterated, pr. of letters, writ- 
ing, which are covered or erased by 
drawing the stylus over them; Is. 28, 
18 ΞΟ BS) your covenant shall be 
blotted out, i. ᾿ς cancelléd, abolished, | re- 
ferring to the written law. Aram. 5, 
"£2. abstersit, diluit, abolevit. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden, 
expiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7. 
22.14. 27, 9. 

3. Pass. of Piel no. 2. b, to be freed 
from guilt, i.e. an offender, to obtain 
pardon, Ex. 29, 33; c. 5 Num. 35, 33. 

Hirapa. fut. "Bim to be expiated 


‘1 Sam. 3, 14. 


ΝΊΤΗΡΑ. “823 Deut. 21, 8. to be expi- 
ated, forgiven, i. e. an offence. See 
Lehrgeb. p. 249, note. 

Deriv. "®2—n7B9, also “iBD, ED, 
and pr. ἢ. 57752. 


"55 


"ED m. a village, hamlet, so called as 
being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit- 
ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6, 
2. Arab. Kefr id. very frequent. 


“2197 “HP (village of the Ammon- 
ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr. n. ofa place 
in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri 
nish 2. 

“ED τη. (r. ἘΞ) 1. ig. 9D, @ vil- 
lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18. 

2. pitch, as a material for overlaying, 
see the root no. 2. Gen. 6,14. Aram. 


REND, {po02, and Arab. BS ia. 


3. i. gq. Gr. κύπρος, cyprus-flower, el- 
Henna of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree, 
with fragrant whitish flowers growing 


in clusters like grapes, Arab. lis, 
Se 
sis, Lawsonia inermis Linn. So 


called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug- 
gests, because the powder of the leaves 
mixed with water into a paste, is used 
by oriental females to cover or besmear 
‘the nails, in order to produce the reddish 
‘colour which they regard as an orna- 
ment, Cant. 1, 14 “ἘΞ 55tx a cluster 
of el-Henna. Plur. DIED Cant. 4, 13. 
——Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. p- 222. Ro- 
‘senm. Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p. 132. 

4. λύτρον, ransom, price of expiation 
or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 "=> 
‘“WE2 a ransom for his life. Is. 43, 3 
‘F222 thy ransom i.e. for thy redemp- 
tion. Num. 35, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job 
‘33, 24. al. 

BMBS m. plur. (τ. £2) expiations, 
atonement, Ex, 29, 36. 30, 10. Num. 29, 
11, Do Pan of the day of atonement, 
‘Ley. 23, 27.28. 25,9. “st >°x Num. 5, 8. 


ΓΕ f, (r. "BD) a cover, lid, only of 
the lid of the ark with cherubim upon it, 
over which appeared ἡ δόξα τοῦ Κυρίου, 
Ex. 25,17 sq. 30,6. 31.7.41, OM brn ΤῈ 
the holy of holies, where the ark of the 
covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11.— 
Sept. ἱλαστήριον, Vulg. propitiatorium, 
Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Eng\. mercy-seat, as 
if from the signification of appeasing, 
placating ; see “ἘΞ Pi. πο. 2. c. 


*WED ἅπαξ λεγόμ. perh. i. q. i 
do fill up, to cover, sc. with earth, δ. g. a 


486 


n> 


&o 
well, channel; V. to be filled up; rece 


earth with which a well ete. is filled up. 
So in Hiru. Lam, 3, 16 ~Bx2 "737B=n 
he hath covered me with ashes—The 
Talmudists use it to express crowded, 
pressed, heaped measure; also of the 
Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or 
covered with ashes, "P&S mvp>19 Ber. 
Rabba, sect. 75. Chald. depressit me 
in cinerem. But Sept. and Vulg. ἐψώ- 
μισὲ μὲ σποδόν, cibavit me cinere, from 
the context, because verbs of feeding 
precede. 


. NED Chald. to bind, to fetter ; Pret. 
pass. ameD Dan. 3, 21. 

Pa. id. Inf. mme>D Dan. 3, 20; Part. 
pass. ᾿Ξ v. 23. 24, 


“WED and MIMDD Am. 9, 1, a quadri- 
lit. prob. compounded from the triliterals 
"22 to cover, and "m2 tocrown. Hence 

1. a crown, chaplet, circlet. a) Ofa 
column, the capital, Am. 9,1. Zeph. 2, 
14. b) An ornament of the golden 
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq. 
Sept. cpa:emtigs, Vulg. spherule. Jo- 
sephus pomegranates Ant. 3,6.7. Comp, 
Syr. [eas blossom of the pomegranate. 

2. Caphtor, pr. n. of a country on the 
sea Jer. 47,4. Am, 9,7. Plur, ΘΕ 
Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2, 23, the 
inhabitants. These are described as a 
colony of Egyptians and as ancestors 
of the Philistines; so that in Gen. l. ο. 
the words D°MwEE ΠΣ ANZ “HN should 
prob. stand after Dunes, comp. the 
other passages cited. sab ippoet all the 
ancient interpreters understand Cappa- 
docia ; but from Jer. 1. ο. it was clearly 
an island, or at least on the sea-coast, 
ἌΝ; to which indeed the ancient limits 
of Cappadocia are said to have extended 
on the north upon the Euxine. Some 
have thought of Cyprus, and this is fa- 
voured both by the situation of the 
place, and a partial resemblance in the 
name; but on the other hand it is next 
to certain that the Cyprians were called 
p"m>; comp. Michaelis Spieil. T. 1. p. 
292-308. Supplemm. Ρ. 1338. Better, 
the island of Crete, which is favoured 
by the circumstance that the Philistines 
are called "M7> Cretans; see this word. 
The choice therefore would seem to lie 


“9 487 


between Cappadocia and Crete; but 
the weight of ancient testimony is in 
favour of the former. 


“2 m. (γ. Ἴ23) plur. 22 1. @ car- 
riage, litter, so called from running ; 
comp. 7/7798 from 87, 778. Hence 12 
dean Gen. 31, 34, a camel's litter, sad- 
dle, i.e. the small tent or canopy fas- 
tened upon the hack of camels, in which 
females are accustomed to ride, Arab. 

and yy52, also SF id. See Jahn 
$i. Archeol. I. i. § 58. [Engl. § 49.] 
Thesaur. p. 715. 

2. a lamb, so called from its leaping 
and bounding, see the root no. 2; espec. 
as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas- 
tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34,6. Ez. 39, 18; 
also Am. 6,4. 1 Sam. 15,9. 2K. 3, 4. 
Ps, 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. Is. 16, 1 
VPI ΡΟ. r2abw send ye the lambs 
of the lord of the land, i. e. which be- 
long to him, are his due; comp. 2 K. 3, 
4.—Trop. a) abatlering-ram, Gr. κρίος, 
a warlike machine for making a breach 


re 
in the walls of cities (Arab. yas” ), plur. 
Ez. 4, 2. 21,27. Ὁ) pasture for lambs, 
meadow, Is. 30,23. Ps. 65,14 o> 35> 
{83m the pastures are clothed with flocics, 
i. e. adorned. 37,20. This word was also 
adopted by the Ionians in the sense both 
of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Keg... 
πρόβατον. Koga... Ἴωνες τὰ πρόβατα. 
Κάρνος... βόσκημα, πρέβατον. Kagos... 
βόσκημα. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429. 


“2 m. (τ. "92 1) pr. a digger through, 
piercer ; hence a stabber, executioner, 
a kind of body-guard or soldiers attach- 
ed to the person of the king, whose duty 
it was to execute capital punishment, 
not only by beheading ("772, see ™22) 
but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur. 
"92 for Ὁ Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K. 11, 
4. 19 O°s7) "9M the executioners and 
the runners, spoken of the guards of 
Athaliah ; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth. 
"n2pm) "72 of David’s guards; Keri 
*nj2n 131. See more in Thes. p. 671. 


“> m. (τ. "2D no. 1) cor, prop. a 
round vessel, then a measure both of 
things dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
Ez. 45,14; containing ten ephahs or 
baths, i.e. 11} bushels or 88? gallons, 


m5 


ig. "3.—In Aramean “1D, fas, is 
usually put for Heb. 13h. It was also 
adopted by the Hellenists, i. 6, κόρος. 


* R72 Chald, to be pained, to grieve, 
like Syr. fpo. 

Ivar. Dan. 7, 15 "TA MDNR my 

F 5.3 a doubtful root, see 372 fin. 

5 553 quadrilit. i. ᾳ. 522, Pi. 529, 
to gird, to put on, with “ inserted; see 
Lehrg. p. 864. Pass. part. 5292 girded, 
clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in the parall. 
2 Sam. 6, 14 is 1439 .—Hence 


S222 Chald. f. ἃ mantle, pallium, 
plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21. 


κ᾽ Ἢ ΤῈΡ todig ; Chald. 87> and Arab. 
Ws to dig the ground. Kindr. are "9 I, 
“28, also ἪΡ, "p?.—E. g. to dig a well 
Gen. 26, 25; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5. 
Prov. 26, 27. Trop. a) Of plots, de- 
vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps. 
7,16; 6. > Jer. 18, 20. 22. Ps, 119, 85; 
"38> Ps. 57,7. With >> of pers. the 
word for pit being omitted, Job 6, 27 
Bap"I~5y 2M ye dig (a pit) for your 
friend ; and so in the vexed passage, 
Job 40, 30 o™aM 1°53 332" do the com- 
panions (the fishermen in company) dig 
pits, lay snares, for him sc. the croco- 
dile? do they part him among the mer- 
chants? i. e. do they catch him and sell 
him like fish? So by a bold figure 
Prov. 16,27 M99 43D ds"ba ty ἃ wicked 
man diggeth (deviseth) evil. Ὁ) Ps. 40, 
7 "BND ON pr. mine ears hast thou 
digged out, a bold poetical figure for 
the more common "3 M753 41% my ear 
hast thou opened, i.e. thou hast revealed 
(this) to me. 

Nrpu. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13. 

Deriv. 593 I, 5932. 


ale ae) 1, to buy, to purchase, 
Deut. 2,6. Hos. 3,2 47281 c. Dag. euph. 


—Samar. id. Arab. {,STII, IV to lend, 
VI, VIII to hire. 

2. to give a feast, to make a banquet, 
2K. 6,23. For Job 40, 30 see m7 L— 
Arab. 'y to make a feast, espec. at 


the completion of a building; also sf 
to entertain as guest, Ns entertainment, 


mp 


hospitality.—Perhaps splendid and cost- 
ly entertainments are to be understood, 
for which one’s own stores do not suffice, 
so that he must purchase more. 


I. M32 or MID Γ᾿ (τ. ΓΠῸΞ 1) only plur. 
constr. MAD , pits, cisterns, wells ; Zeph. 
2, 6 INS nists moh map mip fields Sull 
of shepherds’ cisterns and folds for flocks. 
In the word m3 lies an allusion to ΘΠ 
v. 5. 


II. 72 αὶ (r. 442 Il) a feast, banquet, 
2 K. 6, 23. 


2972 m. plur. 593999, B°39D 1. Che- 
rub, plur. Cherubim, in ‘the theology of 
the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and 
celestial nature; MI Ez. 1, 5. 14 sq. 
10, 17. 20; ζῶον πετεινόν, μορφὴν δ᾽ ov- 
δενὲ τῶν ὑπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων ἑωραμένων παρα- 
πλήσιον, Joseph. Ant. 8,6. 56. In the ear- 
lier books they are represented as hav- 
ing in great part the human form and 
erect, 1 K. 6, 23-27; with one face Ex. 
25, 20; two wings ib. 1 K. 6, 24; and 
prob. also with hands Gen. 3, 94. Eze- 
kiel on the other hand (c. 1. 10), while 
he ascribes to them the erect human 
figure (Ez. 1, 55375 DIN ΓΗ 23), repre- 
sents them as having four wings, of 
which two covered the body and two 
served for flying, 1, 6. 11. 23; with hu- 
man hands under their wings 1, 8. 10, 
7. 8.21; and four faces (1, 6), viz. of a 
man, a lion, an ox (71 738 1, 10, but "28 
a17277 10, 14), and an eagle; theagh in 
c. 41, 19 only two are mentioned, those 
of a man and a lion; having the soles 
of the feet round like those of a bullock 
1,7; and the whole body full of eyes 
1, 18. 10, 12, comp. Rev. 4,6. Aboda 
Sara fol. 20.2. Most of the attributes 
here assigned to them, go to imply the 
power of looking, walking, flying in any 
direction, without the necessity of turn- 
ing the back. 

The office ascribed to the cherubs is 
twofold. The earliest mentioned is 
where they are set to guard the ap- 
proach to paradise, Gen. 3, 24; comp. 
Ez. 28, 14-16, where the king of Tyre 
guarding his treasures is compared to 
the Cherub which covered with his 
wings and protected radiant gems ("238 
x) in the holy mount of Eden. The 
other consists in bearing the throne of 


488 


PZ is i. α. e 


nD 


God upon their wings through the 
clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 ἘΣ 229" 
Hes] 3IMD he rode upon a Cherub and 
did Sly. Ps. 18, 11. 80,2 o°anan atin 

who sitteth upon the Cherubim, i.e. upon 
a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1 
Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is. 
37,16. These celestial bearers, again, 
were represented by the two wooden 
images of Cherubs overlaid with gold, 
with expanded wings, which stood upon 
the cover of the ark in the holy of holies 
both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex. 
25, 18 sq. 37, 8. 9. 1K. 6,23 sq. 2 Chr. 
3,10sq. Throned upon these Jehovah 
is represented as communing with Mo- 
ses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 7,89. Further, 
the figures of Cherubs were woven into 
the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
1. 31. 36. 8, 35; and were sculptured 
among palinis and flowers upon the walls 
of the temple 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr. 
3,7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with 
the figures of lions and oxen upon the 
bases of the sacred lavers, 1 K. 7,29. 36. 

As to the symbolic meaning of this 
compound figure of the Cherubs, we are 
not informed. Many suppose, the forms 
of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de- 
note valour and wisdom; and that these 
figures are symbols of these virtues. 
More prob. the attributes of the lion, 
the ox, and the eagle are thus added to 
the human figure, to mark partly the 
strength and partly the swiftness of 
these ministers of Deity. 

The etymology is obscure. If the 
word be of Semitic origin, and I may be 
permitted to suggest a new derivation, 
perhaps we may take the root 343 as 
having had a meaning like 597, * 


‘to prohibit from a common use,’ Conj. 
II to consecrate ; Ethiop. ANZ®P to 
forbid, to prohibit; at least Ethiopic 


- 
a sanctuary, 


adytum, comp. in τ. D3 p. 345. Hence 
3392 would be a keeper, warder, guard, 
sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap- 
proach; asense according perfectly with 
their office as above represented.—Or, 
as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Rodi- 
ger, it may be by transpos. 232 for 335, 
and 3393 as if 3459 steed or courser of 


"3 
the sky (Ps. 18, 11) comp. Arab. way 


navis vectoria.—Or, as Hyde supposes 
(de Relig. vett. Persarum, p. 263), 5472 
may be i. q. 5 one near to God, his 
minister, one HHA to his presence ; 
comp. YrS i A hes as 
Eichhorn ‘Binleit ins oe γᾷ T. IIL. p 

ed. 4), think the ®°372 to be the tied 
with the γρύπες griffins of the Persians, 
the guardians of the golden mountains, 
comp. Gen. l.c. In this case the root 
must be sought in the Pers. ως: to 


grasp, to seize, to hold.—See further 
Thesaur. p. 710; also the article of Ro- 
diger in Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclop. 
XVI. art. Cherub. 

2. Cherub, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 
7, 61. 


TIN? Chald. m. emphat. NTIND, α her- 
ald, Dan. 3,4. Syr. lop. R. m2. 


‘ a) Chald. to cry out, to make pro- 
clamation; in the manner of a herald. 
Apu. Dan. 5, 29.—Syr. le Pe. et Aph. 
id. This root is widely diffused in the 
Indo-European languages, e. g. Sanscr. 
krus to cry out, Zend. khresié crying out, 
a herald, Pers. anys, wy nys 
to ery out, Gr. κηρύσσω, also κρέζω, κρά- 
ζω, Germ. kreischen, kreissen, Engl. to 
cry. Comp. δ. Among the Christian 
Arabs 5) is to preach, for χηρύσσειν. 


ὙΠ 2 K. 11, 4. 19, see in 43. 


FAD (a cutting, separation, τ. n>) 
Cherith, pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor- 
dan, 1 K. 17, 3.5. [Perh. the modern 
Wady el-Kelt, halt, near Jericho; 
see Bibl. Res. in Paiest. II. p. 288.—R. 


PAM 2 and MND f. (r. ma) pr. a 
cutting in two of wedlock, separation, 
divorce. M72 "BQ Dill of divorce 
Deut. 24, 1.3. Is. 50, 1. Plur. ὁ, . suff. 
PHN MD “Hd Jer. 3, 8. 


ἘΠ 9 obsol. root, Syr. Je2 to sur- 
round ; also Syr. and Chald. to wrap 
around. It would seem to be a second- 
ary root from "723, "2" to surround 
(whence 52 circuit, circle), one letter 
being dropped. Comp. τ 9 chain, for 
Mes , 52m from ban q. v. 

Detiv. W722" mantle; comp. waD72. 


489 


5"5 


. 227) obsol. quadrilit. Zab. fo sur- 
round, compounded trom 373 to sur- 
round, and 332 to roll up or together, 
Hence 

3292 τη, ὁ. suf, 2392 Ex. 27, 5. 38, 
4, a margin, border, surrounding the 
middle of the altar over the brazen grate 
or lattice, perhaps in order to receive 
what fell from the altar. 

D272 m. crocus, saffron, both the com- 
mon plant, and also crocus Indicus or In- 
dian saffron ; Cant. 4, 14. Sept. κρόκος. 
Chald. B27"D, 8YD3"D crocus, £272 to 
be dyed a crocus or saffron colour. ‘Syr. 


[Sassas, Arab. ΚΕΙ͂ i 


09272 Is. 10,9. Jer. 46, 2. 2 Chr. 
35, 20, Carchemish, pr. n. of a city on 
the Euphrates, doubtless the same with 
the Greek Κιρκήσιον, Lat. Cercusium, 
Arab. Lamas 5. The city is large and 
strong, and is said to be situated on.an 
island formed by the Chaboras at its in- 


flux from the east into the Euphrates. 


—The Heb. name is compounded from 
22, ΝΞ, Syr. Lops, fortress, and the 
proper name 829 i. q. Wix> pr. ἢ, of an 
idol, pr. ‘fortress of Chemosh.’ 


0272 Carcas, pr. τι. of a eunuch of 
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Comp. Sanser. 
karkaga severe ; Benfey p. 199. 


PADD £ ρίαν. (r. 2) dromedaries, 
swift camels, Is. 66, 20. ‘Comp. Hdot. 3. 
103 αἵ γάρ σφι κάμηλοι ἵππων οὐκ ἥσσονες 
és ταχύτητα εἰσι. So called from their 
bounding or heaving motion, from Pil. 
"272 to dance; their speed being also 
sometimes accelerated by musical in- 
struments, according to Sadi Gulist. p. 
190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90. 
On the speed of the dromedary see 
Burckhardt’s Notes on the Bedouins 
II. p. 76 sq. 


*D™2. obsol. root, Arab. ey to be no- 
ble, of a generous nature, x noble, 
generous, men wai of persons and of 
things, as τά SI ‘good and fertile 
soil, ete. © Hace 


D> m. (fem. Is. 27, 2. 3,) 6. suff 
"293; Plur. 5°273, constr. 7273. 


o> 


1. a field or park of the nobler plants 
and trees, cultivated in the manner of a 
garden or orchard. So m%t 6°23 olive- 
yard Judg. 15,5; ἘΠῚ Ἢ. the way to 
gardens and δε, i.e. leading to a 
cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to 
the desert, Job 24, 18. 

2. Spec. a vineyard, Ex. 22, 4. Deut. 
20, 6. 28, 30. al. sep. Fully "er 075 
wine-garden Is. 27,2. In the prophets 
a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the 
people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5, 1 sq. 27,2 
sq. comp. Matt. 20, 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke 
20,9. In Cant. 1,6 the spouse says: 
my own vineyard have I not kept, i. e. 
her beauty ; comp. 8,12. Chald. 8272, 
Syr. hops , id.—Hence 


Dw πὶ. (denom. from 033, as "PS 
from “P2) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, 11. Is, 
61,5. Syr. Lops id. 

0°12 (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr.n. a) 
A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. 
Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6, 
for "7292. Ὁ) Josh. 7, 1. 


aaa) m. crimson, a colour prepared 
from insects inhabiting a species of oak, 
coccus ilicts of Linn. Also crimson stuffs, 
2 Chr. 2,6. 13. 3,14. It is a word of the 
later Hebrew, for the earlier "233, ΤΙΣ ΒΤ ; 
see espec. in "23.—The Hebrews adopt- 
ed the word from the Persians or Arme- 
nians. Among the latter it was called 
karmir, from Pers. , Sanser. krimi 


worm; and Pers. Jas kermiel is ‘the 


and St bright 
red; Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. II. p. 
305. Comp. Arab. 5 a ak also Spy: 


dyed red ; whence fr. cramoist, Germ. 
carmesin, Engl. crimson. In like man- 
ner from vermiculus comes Fr. vermeil, 
Engl. vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714. 


2972 m. c. suff. >2"> 2 K. 19, 23; 
denom. from the noun 073, with ap- 
pended, which perhaps may have a di- 
minutive force ; see in >. 

l. a jail orchard, park, i. e. a 
place cultivated like a garden and 
planted with fruit-trees, herbs, corn, 
ete. (Kimchi: mv mistp ΓΒ ops 
MRI3M,) opp. to the desert, and also to 
the forest. Is. 29, 17 Lebanowshall be 


red of worms,’ from 


490 


m"5 


turned into a garden, and the garden 
shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2,7 
I brought you 32720 INN into a 
land of gardens, that ye should eat the 
Sruit thereof. Is. 10, 18. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 
33. 2 Chr. 36. 10. 2K. 19, 23, of Leba- 
non, 15292 "2" his forest-garden, prob. 
the nursery of his cedars in the deep 
recesses of Lebanon. 

2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits, 
the produce of gardens, as earlier and 
more valued than those of the fields; 
just as with us the finer species of fruits 
and herbs are cultivated in gardens, 
and are superior to those growing in the 
fields. Thus 5992 v7; Lev. 2, 14, 1. 6. 
grits or polenta of early grain, and so, 
by an easy ellipsis in a word so common, 
simply >"> Lev. 23, 14.2 K. 4,42. In 
both the passages in Leviticus ΒΏΡΣΞ ἃ 
is offered on the altar along with the 
first-fruits, with which also it is coupled 
in 2 K. lc. and we may perhaps under- 
stand grits or groats, polenta, ἄλφιτα, 
made from the new and earliest grain, 
i. 6. fresh wheat or barley groats; in 
preparing which as an offering to God, 
the best and earliest ears were selected 
from garden wheat or other grain.—The 
Jewish interpretation therefore is not ab- 
surd, but opens the way to the true sense, 
viz. HMD1 nS" M>aw a young and tender 
ear of grain; not a green ear. 

3. Carmel, pr.n. a) A lofty promon- 
tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean 
on the south-western borders of the tribe 
of Asher, beautiful for its forests and 
flowers; often with art. 5992 Am. 1,2. 
9,3. Jer. 4,26. Cant. 7,6; fully tonsn —_ 
(the ἀπεδοιρο νη 1Κ.18,19. 20; with- 
out art. Is. 33,9. Nah. 1,4. Josh. 19, 26. 
Hence Cant. L. c. bQIDD ἼὯ2Σ FEN thy 
head is like Carmel, i. e. adorned with 
locks, as Carmel with groves of trees. 
See Reland Palest. p. 327. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. III. p. 190. b) A city about 
six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond 
Ziph, Josh. 15,55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25, 5. 40. 


> 
Now Kurmul de ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 193,196 sq. Biblioth. Sacr. 
1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Palest, 
p. 695.—Hence gentile n. "5372 Car- 
melite, 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23, 35; 
fem. ΤΡ Ὁ Carmelitess, | Sam. 27 3. 


9 


1139 Cheran, pr. ἢ. m. Gen. 36, 26. 
Arab. lyri. q. "22 cithara, lyre. 


ἀξ Chald. throne, i. q. Heb. Xv>, 
where see; Dan. 5, 20. With suff. 


ΠΣ Ὸ 2. Dan, 7,9; plur, 71072 ibid. 


*DO TD quadrilit. for D> Piel of 
BOD α΄ v. (see ROWD, and letter 5,) to 
cut down or off, to lay waste, to de- 
vour, as the wild-boar a vineyard Ps. 
80, 14. Jerome vastavit, Syr. ado} 
comedit eam. 


εἰς 2 to bend, to bow, intrans. spoken 
of the knees. Kindr. is 323 q. v. Chald. 
id. Samar. ΔΕ to lie down. In Ara- 
bic only some vestiges of the primary 
signification remain, as ‘to drink stoop- 
ing,’ pr. to stoop down to drink; ‘appe- 
tivit congressum viri,’ pr. to stoop down 
to him. By transpos. is ‘to be bent 
with age, to bow in prayer,’ ete.—Hence 
Is. 45, 23 ἼἼΞ.59 ISM every knee shall 
bow. Job 4, 4. Then of a person, 52 
prD7a-bz fo bow down upon his knees, 
to kneel, Judg. 7, 5. 6. 1K. 8, 54. 2 K. 
1, 13. Ezra 9, 5.—To bend the knee or 
to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is 
also spoken: a) Of those who do reve- 
rence to a king, or who worship God, 2 
Chr. 29, 29; in which sense it is coupled 
with mennsin Ps. 95,6. With > of pers. 
Esth. 3, 2.5. Is. 45, 23; "2b> Ps. 22, 30. 
72,9. Ὁ) Of those: whaal strength ἫΝ 
and their knees become feeble and sink, 
where it is usually followed by 553. Ps. 
20, 9 9552) 1392 they bow down and fall. 
2 K. 9, 24 he sank down in his chariot. 
Is. 10, 4. 46, 1. 2. 65, 12. Judg. 5, 27. 
So of the knees themselves, Job 4, 4 
misq> D1D72 bowing i. 6. feeble knees. 
c) Of those about to lie down for rest, 
Gen. 49, 9 727 573 he bowed himself 
and lay down. Num. 24,9. Or who kneel 
down to drink Judg. 7, 5.6. ὁ) Of wo- 
men in labour, who were delivered kneel- 
‘ing, as is still the custom in Ethiopia 
(see Ludolf: Hist. Athiop. 1.15), 1 Sam. 
4,19; so of the hind Job 39, 4—Rarely 
spoken of those who bow down with the 
whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7, 3 
MAW BX 1393") and they bowed them- 
‘selves their faces to the ground. Hence 
ΤῸΝ 59 372 comprimere feminam Job 


491 


"2 
31, 10; comp. incurvare Martial 11. 44, 
inolinare Juvenal 9, 26, 10. 224. 

Hips, 1. to make bow down, to cast 
down, to prostrate, e. g. enemies Ps, 17, 
13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40, 


2. to bring low, to afflict any one, 
Judg. 11, 35. —Henee 


ὩΠΣ 9 dual fem. (Lev. 11, 21,) the 
legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs 
and hind legs, from the knee to the an- 
kle, so called as being bent under in 
kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev. 
1, 13. 8, 21. 9,14. Am. 3, 12; also of 


locusts Ley. 11,21. Chald. and Syr. 
ἘΠ ΣῈ 
PSTD, NII id. Arab. els: 
CBD m. fine white cotton, cotton stuff, 


oe? 

Esth. 1, 6.—Arab. μον, Pers. (ys 
Gr. κάρπασος, Lat. carbasus, a species 
of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which 
the classic writers describe as produced 
in Spain and in India and the East. 
Sanscr. karpdsa cotton, cotton stuff. See 
Celsii Hierobot. T. If. p. 157. 


i m2 in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go 
or move in a circle. comp. 175 no. 5, and 
the kindred but softened root 853, also 
bya, bam. Hence Ἢ pr. a round vessel, 
i. q. ‘ba, nba, from 533; also 722. 

2. to dance, 56. ina ἰδέ ται νῷ comp. >4n 
no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant oxaiga,) to 
leap, to exult ; whence "2 lamb, from 
its leaping and springing. Also to run, 
as a wheel or carriage; whence "> no. 
2, camel’s litter or riding tent, Min2 >. 
Comp. Lat. curro, currus, carrus, car- 
rum, Engl. car. 

Pitp. "272 to dance around, e. g. the 
ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14. 16; in the parall. 
passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is 1p". 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


τ wrD to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr. 
coup. Hence 
ὯΔ the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called 


from its curved shape, like Germ: Bauch, 
from beugen to bend, and Heb. 7ins from 


r. πὸ. Aram. wp, tes, O79, iq. 
GS, 
yea. Arab. eS ventricle of ruminat- 


ing animals, slit a big-bellied woman. 
5 pr. n. see ΠΑΡᾺ 


Δ 19 49 


NDP Carshena, pr. n. of a prince in 
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1,14. Bohlen 
compares mod. Pers. οὐ belli spo- 
liatio, or spoiler. Benfey suggests Zend 
keresna, Sanscr. krishna, black. 


*MMD, 1 pers. "M23, fut. ma>" ake to 
cut, to cut off ; not Sandi in the kindred 
dinhécta ; comp. Sanser. krit to split. 
So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam. 
24,5. 12; a branch of a tree Num. 13, 23. 
24; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25; the head 
1 Sam. 5, 4. 17,51; to cut down trees 
Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3. 
22, 7. 46, 23, whence psh "NID awood- 
culters 2 Chr. 2,93; to cut or hew down 
idol-images Ex. 84, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26. 
30; ΒΕ ΤῊ to cut in two parts Jer. 
34,18. Part. pass. M92 Lev. 22,24 and 
more fully ΠΣ mim> Deut. 23, 2, pr. 
cut off as to the privy member. 

2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer. 11, 
19. See Niph. and Hiph. 

3. Spec. ma ΤῊΣ, Gr. ὅρκια τέμ- 
ve, τέμνειν σπονδάς, icere fadus, to 
strike a league, to make a covenant, in 
allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice 
and cut in pieces on occasion of entering 
into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 
34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T. 
I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p. 
255. Grotius ad Gen. l.c. Comp. also 
Gr. σπονδή libation, league, whence 
spondere.—Constr. ὁ. 53 wilh any one, 
Ex. 24. 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5,3. 29, 11.1 K. 
8, 9.21; or MN (nN) Gen. 15, 18. Ex. 
84, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer. 11, 10. Ps. 105, 
9. al. Mostly of the covenant of Jeho- 
vah with his people; but transferred also 
to other things, as Is. 28, 15 we have 
made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28 
[23]. Also ὁ. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20. 
—But with >: a) Where the more 
powerful party prescribes the terms of 
the covenant. 2K. 11,4; poet. Job 31,1 
myrp> “ma ΓΞ 7 made a covenant with 
my eyes, i.e. imposed this law upon them, 
comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11,3. Espec. 
where a victor grants to the vanquished 
the benefits of peace and a league, Josh. 
9,6 mea mb AMID ONY make now a 
lecigice swith ia. v. 7 8q. "] Sam. 11, 1. 2. 
Ex. 23, 32, 34, 12. 15, Deut. 7, 2. Hence 
of Jehovah establishing acovenant with 
men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. Is. 55, 3. 61, 8. Jer. 


2 nm 


32,40. Ὁ) Where any thing is solen.a- 
ly promised to God, Ezra 10, 3 al a 
Θ 5 55. xxind amide ΤΛΆΣ ΤΥῚΞ let 
us now make a covenant with our God to 
put away all our wives.—Further, m7 
>3 m2 is to make a league against 
any one Ps. 83, 6.—Instead of n-"3 
we find once [δὰ covenant Neh. 10, i 
[9, 38]; and once "23 word, promise 
Hagg. 2,5. But rsa can also be omit- 
ted, ad 1 Sain, 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18. 
Is. 57, 8 Bn aber prob. and thou 
didst covenant for thyself from them, i. 6. 
to receive from them the price of thy 
whoredom. Vulg. faedus pepigisti cum 
eis, i.e. cum quibusdam ez eis. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cut 
down, as a tree Job 14, 7. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut off, de- 
stroyed, to perish ; spoken of persons, 
Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37, 9. Prov. 2,22. 10, 31. 
Dan. 9, 26. al. sepe. Also of things, as 
a land (people) perishing with famine, 
Gen. 41,36; the name of any one, Ruth 
4,10; adwelling Zeph. 3,7; hope Prov. 
23, 18. 24,14, comp. 738 Job 8,13; with 
72 Joel 1,5. Jer. 7, 28.—Not to be cut off 
is said of those of whom there remains 
a perpetual succession; as Josh. 9, 23 
“33 Ἐ2Ὸ moz7 Nb there shall not be cut 
off from you a servant, i.e. ye shall be 
servants for ever. 2 Sam, 3, 29 let there 
not be cut off from the house of Joab one 
having an issue ora leper, i.e. let there 
never be wanting in the house of Joab 
such a person. 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 25. 9,5. Jer. 
33, 17. 18. 35, 19.—Here too belongs the 
frequent formula of the Mosaic law: 
ΠΡ NMI WE ΠΟ 32) that soul 
(person) shall be cut off ‘from his people, 
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20. 21; "222 Lev. 
17,9; Das, ἸῈΣ ΞΡ Lev. 17, 4, 18, 29. 
20, 18. Num. ad 30; dxniera Ex. 12, 15. 
Sais 19,13; ΞΕ ΠΡΌ, Num. 19, 20; 
denon ΤΣ Ὁ γὼ 12, 19; and siropl. 
cnn WEIN AMIS) Lev. 17, 14. 20, 17; 
where this phrase denotes ‘the panish- 
ment of death in general, without defin- 
ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2. 
Num. 15, 32-36; comp. Tob. 6,12. Heb. 
10, 28. It is never the punishment of 
exile, as is supposed by J. ἢ, Michaelis 
Mos. Recht V. § 237. 

3. to be cut off from one’s city, i. e. to 
be carried into exile, Zech. 14, 2. 


n> 


4. to be consumed, devoured, as food, 
Num. 11, 33. 

5. to be cut asunder, divided, as the 
waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3, 13. 4, 7. 

Puan 32 Judg. 6, 28 and τὸ Ez. 
16,4; to be cut off, as the navel-string, 
Kz. 1. c. to be cut down, as a statue, 
Judg. |. c. 

Hips. ΓΞ, 1 pers. (FID 1. α. 
Καὶ πο. 2, to cut off, to destroy ; 6. g. 
single persons from a people 2> 3 Ὁ 


coon in Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20,” 


3, 6, PTW Is. 9, 13; also whole races 
PE nations Josh. 23, 4. 1 K. 11, 16. 14, 
14. Is. 10,7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Here be- 
long the phrases : “Pa PRY. NIN 
UK. 14, 10. 21, 21; 7999 1.2) "NOs οὐ ‘sm 
Is. 14, 22, comp. Jer. 44, 7. 47,4; 9214 
Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. Seo too of beasts 
Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5,9; and of 
things Zech. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26, 30. 
Mie. 5, 123 cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some- 
times from a place Am. 1, 5.8. See in 
Niph. no. 2. 

_ 2. te cut off, to withdraw, sc. favour, 
kindness, from any one, c. 092 1 Sam. 
20, 15. 

Horn. M729 fo be cut off, to perish, 
Ὁ. 72 Joel 1, 9. 
θην. m3, nim""3 , and the two fol- 
flowing. 


mini f. plur. hewed beams, 1 K. 6, 
936. 7.12. R. ΓΞ. 


ὙΠ m. (τ. 22) 1. am executioner, 
see the root in 1 Sam. 5,4. 17, 51; only 
in the formula "M239) "n12n 2 Sam. 8, 
18. 15,18. 20,7. 23. 1K. 1, 38. 44. 1 Chr. 
18, 16, coll. the executioners and the run- 
ners or couriers, names applied to David’s 
body-guard (σωματοφύλακες Jos. Ant. 7. 
5.4), whose duty it was both to execute 
punishment and to convey the king’s 
commands as speedily as possible to his 
officers; comp. "2, M30, NTN. See 
1 K. 2, 25. 84. 36, comp. Dan. 2, 14. In 
2 Sam. 20, 7 they are sent forth on an 
urgent occasion without the king.— 
Some understand here Cherethites i. 6. 
Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup- 
posed that David would choose his.own 
life-suard from a people at all times so 
hostile and odious to the Hebrews. 

2. Cherethite, a gentile name i..q. Phi- 
listine, 1 Sam. 30, 14; plur. 5°72 Chere- 

42 


493 


72 

thites, Philistines, Ez. 25,16. Zeph. 2,5. 
Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, from 
which and the passages Am.9,7, Jer. 47, 
4. Deut. 2, 33, the conjecture would be 
strong that the Philistines sprang from 
Crete, were it certain that "M22 Caph- 
tor signifies the island Crete; see "FED. 


2W> m. plur. prav>, by transpos. of 
letters i. q. 2329 αν. ΡΤ οι, from the 
first to the third year, Lev. 3, 7. 4, 35. 
7, 23. Gen. 30, 32. 33. 35. al. 


maw> f. by tranpos. for M32 q. v. a 
lamb Lev. 5, 6. 


* TWD obsol. root, of doubtful signif: 
9 - ΄΄- 
Arab. δ to cut in, KS gain. Hence 


"3 Chesed, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
the brother of Abraham, Gen. 22, 22. 
He is perhaps mentioned in order to de- 
rive from him the origin of the Chal- 
deans, 30D. Comp. T2278. 


"702 only in plur. "32 the Chal- 
deans, gentile n. Once 5°72 Ez. 23, 
14 Cheth. 

1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or 
Babylonia ; Ez.23,23 os7y2~d21 523 3. 
where 533 refers only to the city. Often 
also called 533 "30", 2K. 25,4 sq. Is, 
43, 14. 48,14. Jer. "21. 9. 32, 4. 24. 25. 
28. 29. Ez. 23,14. Hab. 1, 6-11; poet.. 
peaw> ma Is. 47, 1. Their country is: 
called DB" YN the land of the Chal- 
dees, Chaldea, often parall. with >23,. 
Jer. 25, 12. 50, 1.8.10. Ez. 12,13. Is. 23, 
13; and ellipt. n°92 f (as Lat. Bruttit;, 
Sasuties, for their district,) Is. 48, 20. 
Jer. 50, 10. 51, 24,35; with 7 loc. ma" y>: 
unto Chaldea Ez. 16, 29. 23, 16. In a 
wider sense the name Chaldea compre-. 
hended also Mesopotamia, which was: 
inhabited more or less by Chaldeans, 
Ez. 1, 3. 11, 24; hence 5°7H> 75x Gen.. 
11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper: 
Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their 
irruptions into Palestine are said to-come 
from the north, (not from the east,): 
through Syria by way of Hamath. and’ 
Riblah, Jer. 1,14. 4,6. 6,1. 39, 5... 52; 9. 
Ez. 26,7; but this cam be matter of” 
difficulty to no one, since they would! 
naturally march around the Arabian: 
desert, elit Xd», nor indeed was: 
there any other way.— Besides the: 


505 
Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek 
writers mention a people of this name 
as dwelling among the Carduchian 
mountains bordering on Armenia ; Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 3. Anab. 4. 3. 4. ib. 
5.5. 9. ib. 7. 8. 14; and also Chaldeans 
adjacent to Colchis and Pontus, Strabo 
12.3.19. Nor is the opinion improbable, 
as held by many, that the primitive seat 
of this people was in that mountainous 
region (now occupied by the Kurds); 
and that under the Assyrian sway a por- 
tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia 
and Babylonia, of which they afterwards 
became the masters; see Is. 23, 13 and 
the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p. 
412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldéer m Ersch 
and Gruber’s Encyelop. Others main- 
tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans, 
as implied in Gen. 22, 22; so Adelung 
Mithridat. I. p. 314 sq. J. Olshausen 
Emend. z. A. T-p.41sq. Comp. Comm. 
on Is. Il. p. 748.—If the former opinion 
be adopted, the forms "03 and Xai- 
deiog may be easily reconciled. The 
primary form was not ΠΣ εν ty "372, 


still preserved in the name ὥς Kurd 
(plur. $551); and from this the He- 


brews made ΠΣ (putting © for %), 
and the Greeks Χαλδαῖος. Gol. ad Al- 
farag. p.17. Rédiger in Zeitschr. ΓᾺΡ 
die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las- 
sen ib. VI. p. 49, 50.—Syr. LegSo. 

2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers, 
magicians, this nation being particularly 
devoted to astrology, Dan. 2,2.4. So 
also in profane writers, Strabo 16. 1. 6. 
Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7.16. Ammian. 23. 
6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment. 
on Is. IL. p. 349 sq. 


"32 Chald. m. emph. 5X32, plur. 
pies emph, X7702. 

1. a Chaldean, Dan. 3, 8. 

2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5. 
10. 4, 4. 5, 7.11. See Heb. no. 2. 


* STD prob. i.g. MOD lo cover ; spec. 
to be covered with fat, to grow fat, comp. 
Job 15, 27 iz5ma 72H ΠῸΞ. Once Dent. 
32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bullock : 
mw> M39 nid thou art waxen fat, 
thou art grown thick, thou art covered 
with fatness—We may compare Arab. 


494, 89 


aS to be stuffed with food, Camoos 
p-31; though here is a ὕστερον πρότερον. 


SBD τὰ. an are, asa felling instru- 
ment, Ps. 74, 6. See τ. 5:53 Hiph— 
Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ. 


x 525 fat. di2" Prov. 4, 16 Cheth. 
Elleewhere fat. Niph. is ‘iene 

1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail, 
Ps. 31, 11; see Niph. Sept. often ἀσϑε- 
γέω, alse ἀδυγατέω, κοπιάω. Corresp. 


is Heb. τι, Arab. ad to be weak, 


feeble, sluggish, pr. weak in the loins, 
from 303 loin. It is one οὗ a elass of 
verbs derived from the names of members 
of the bedy and signifying an injury or 
weakness of those members; 6. g. J 

to be weak in the ankles, to waddle, 


Ὁ 1S 95 : 
from ΞΡ ankle; OS and OS te have 


the liver affected, desi SS vee. Kin- 
dred is 50>. 

2. to faint, to falter, to totter, as being 
ready to fall ; e. g. the knees Ps. 109, 24. 
Is. 35, 3. Oftener of persons who faint 
and falter from weakness, e. g. as arising 
from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27. 
40, 30. Ps. 105, 37. Lam. 5, 13 B33 
sD ΥὯΞ the youth faltered under the 
wood se. which they had to carry; or as 
arising from wounds, followed by 555. 
Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27,2. 
“ins 5Ὲ3 to falter backwards Is. 28, 13- 
Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis- 
heartened, 5tii> Job 4,4; οἵ a city or 
state tottering and falling fs. 3, 8. Hos. 
14, 2.—Hence also 

3. to stumble, as accompanying a faint 
and faltering gait. Is. 59, 10 we stumble 
(25 3} at noonday as in the night. v. 14. 
With 3 of that wpor or against which 
one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 26, 37. Jer- 
6, 21. 46, 12. 

Nieg. 1. i. q. Kal no. ἢ, fo BS βου ὃ 
Part. 582} weak 1 Sam. 2, 4, Zech. 12, 8. 

2. κα. ‘Kal no. 2, to faint, to falter, 
Dan. 11, 19, with 58), Also to falter so 
as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov. 24, 10. 17. 
Ps. 9, 4, with 938. Ez. 33, 12 where it 
is nearly i. q: TaN. Of'a state Flos. 5, 5, 

3. i. ἃ: Kal no. 3, to stuncble, Prov. 4 
12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20, 11. Hos 14. 10. 


| Nah. 2,6; οἱ 3 Nah. 3, & Prov. 4, 19. 


ὦ 

Piet to make falter Ez. 36, 14 Cheth. 
but the Keri is to be preferred, "22m 
thou shalt bereave; comp. v.13: So too 
in v.15; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad ἢ, |. 

Hips. 1. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14. 

2. to cause to fall, to fell, (comp. 5&2), 
to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8, 28, 23. Ps. 64, 9. 
Metaph. to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15. 
Mal. 2, 8. 

Horn. to be made to stumble and fall, 
to be overthrown, Jer. 18, 23. 

Deriv. >°w2, diwa9, M>W29, and 


Tow m. α fall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18. 


*$)LD in Kal not used. Syr. Ethpa. 
.aa52{ to pray, to offer prayers or wor- 
ship, 6. g. Acts 4, 31. 13,2, for Gr. λει- 
τουργεῖν ; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. δέησιν ποιεῖν. 
Like many other Syriac words pertain- 
ing to religious rites (as 553, D°722, 
“39, DOP, q. v.) this word also in the 
Heb. language is limited to idol-worship ; 
whence 

Pret 982 fo practise magic, pr. to use 
magic formulas, incantations, to mut- 
ter, 2 Chr. 33,6. Part. 529 ἃ magi- 
cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7,11. Deut. 18, 10, 
Dan. 2, 2. Mal. 3, 5. Fem. mpwo Ex. 
22,17. Sept. φαρμακός, φαρμακεύεσϑαι, 
Vulg. maleficus, maleficis artibus inser- 
vire. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. }WS8, and the two fol- 
lowing. 

FWD only in plur. o*eth> incantations, 
sorceries, 2 K. 9, 22. Mic. 5, 11. Nah. 3, 
4,.15. 47,12.  Retpth>. 

ae a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9. 

R. 52. 


* "WDD fat. sin? 1. to be right, like 
the kindred roots Wx, "3. Constr. c. 
"2B, Esth. 8,5 929m "222.9397 743) 
and if the thing be right before the king, 
i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the 
king. Chald. id. 

2. to prosper, to succeed ; and hence 
of seed, to sprout, Eec. 11,6. Syr. id. 

Hien. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10. 

Deriv. "itd, ΠῚ 9, and 

TW. m. Syr. fees 1. success, pros- 
perity, Ecc, 2,21. 4,4. See mud. 

2. profit. advantage, Ecc. 5, 10. 

* SND fut. sho, ~3=7, to write, 

Arab. Chald. Syr. Samar. id. Ethiop. 


495 


2n2 


Ὦ ΠΏ letter, book. The primary idea 
is to cut in, to grave, comp. 327, 23m; 
since the earliest writing was probably 
graven on stones. ° 
1, Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 24m2 
ΤΩΝ written with Aramean letters. 
Construed: a) With an acc. of that 
which is written; as words, discourse, 
Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18, 31, 24. 
Jer. 45, 1. Also "2D 379 to write a 
book or record Ex. 32, 32; a letter 2 
Sam. 11, 14; a book or writing of accu- 
sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is 
ἘΣ ΓΟ 302. Further, m39 ‘> to write 
a roll, volume, Jer. 36, 27; though this 
may also be referred to lett.b. Ὁ) The 
material or book upon or in which one 
writes, is often put after 52, as do ‘> 
minbr Ex. 34,1; 980 53 “> Josh. 10, 13. 
1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the 
king .. _. byrael "723 ἘΣ ὈΛΖΗΓΞ Orn Lo, 
they are written in the book entitled the 
Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9. 
Josh. 8, 32. 15. 8, 1; trop. 3> 52 =m> fo 
write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also 
after 5x Jer. 36,2. Ez. 2,10; 3 Josh. 
23, 6. Neh. 7,5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too 
with an accus. to inscribe, q. ἃ. to ΒΕ- 
write any thing. to cover with writing ; 
as part. pass. Ez. 2,10 5°38 ΓΞ ΓΞ NN 
“ins and it was written on before and 
behind. Ex. 32, 15 "289 ma Mind 
ti 1323 tables written upon both sides. 
31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is. 
44, 5 mand i324 he inscribes his 
hand: 1 am Jehovah's, i. e. he writes 
this upon his hand, (Sept. ἐπιγράψει χειρὶ 
αὐτοῦ" tov ϑεοῦ eiué,) in allusion to the 
ancient custom by which servants bore 
the names of their masters, soldiers 
those of their generals, idolaters those 
of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the 
forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16. 
Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. § 135. 1, 
note 3. Others: Ae writes with his hand, 
ete. 6) The instrument, stylus, is put 
with 3 Is, 8,1. Ex. 31,18. For Is. 44, 
5, see in lett.b. 4) He to or for whom 
one writes is put with >>, >x, >; as ‘> 
ἘΝ MED 10 write a letter to any one 2 
Sam. 11, 14. 2 K. 10, 6; >3 “ΒΌ 5 id. 
2 Chr. 30, 1..Ezra 4, 7; but 7£D.'2 
> mam nz to write a bill of divorce for a 
wife Deut. 24, 1.3. So to write any, 


ans 


thing for oneself, i. 6. to write down, to 
note any thing, is put with > of pers. 
Jer. 30, 2. Deut. 31, 19; 5x Judg. 8, 14 
he wrote down for hitm the princes of 
Succoth. 6) To write of or concerning 
any one is >§ 3m Jer. 51, 60 fin. or 2n> 

“by Ps. 40, 8; so Sept. and others, but 
see in no. 6 blow. Also for any one, in 
his behalf or for his benefit, 52 22 
Esth. 8, 8.—Spec. 

2. to write, i. e. to write down, to com- 
mit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14; 
8. g. acts, deeds, 1 K. 11, 41 and the 
:rest of the acts of Solomon ...lo, they are 
‘written in the book of the Acts of Solo- 
mon. 

3. to write up, to inscribe in a regis- 
ter, 6. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers ; Ps. 
‘87,6 Jehovah counteth, when he writeth 
up the people, when he enrols them. Is. 
4,3 p1m> asmzn-b> every one who is 
inscribed unto life, i. e. in the book of 
life, the register of those predestined to 
live. Jer. 22, 30; comp. Is.10,19. Part. 
pass. 0°35"D the inscribed, enrolled, 
Num. 11, 26. 

4. to write about, to describe, e. g. a 
land Josh. 18, 4. 6. 8. 

5. to write or record a sentence, edict, 
i. q. to decree, Is. 65,6; with >? against 


Ss - 
Job 13, 26. Arab. WET i. q- ee ju- 


-dicial sentence, Kor. 4, 104. 

6. to write or record a law, i. 4. to 
prescribe ; with >¥, 2 K. 22, 13 55> 
ΣΌΣ =ANDN according to all that is pre- 
scribed unto us. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with 
the volume of the book ὋΣ 23MD prescrib- 
ed unto me ; where Sept. and others : 
ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ 
‘in the volume of the book it is written of 
me, see above in πο. 1. 6. Also with 58 
‘Esth. 9, 23; 5 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20. 

7. to subscribe, "B03 ‘> Jer. 32, 12. 

Nips. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
‘written Esth. 3, 12. 8, 5.8.9. al. With 
3 of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19. 
2, 23. 9, 32; trop. ΚΝ Ξ =M>) 10 be writ- 
ten in the dust, i, e. given over to obli- 
vion, Jer. 17,13. With dz id. Ps. 139, 
16; > for any one Ps, 102, 19. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be written 
down, committed to writing. Job 19, 23. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed, 
enrolled, Ps. 69, 29. 


496 


"5 
Pre. to write a sentence, edict, to 


decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10, 1. 
Deriv. am>, m3h2, ΞΗΞΏ. 


32 Chald. fat. 3n27, to write, Dan. 
5, 55 with. ace. as.a Jeter Ezra 4, 8; 
with Ὁ of: pers, to whom Dan. 6, 26; 3 
of the book in which Ezra 5, 7. 6, 2. 
Also to write down, to commit to writ- 
ing, Dan. 7, 1. 


219 m. (Kamets impure) a word of 
the later Hebrew for the earlier "50. 
R. an. 

1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19. 
2 Chr. 2,10 snsa ov aN and Hu- 
ram said in writing, by letter. So of 
the kind of writing, the form of the let- 
ters, Ezra 4, 7. Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 8,9. 

2. ἃ prescript, precept, sc. as written, 
2 Chr. 35, 4. 

3. a document, book ; e. g. an edict, 
decree, Esth. 3,14. 8,8. 13; fully man ‘> 
Esth. 4,8; a register of names Ez. 13, 
9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64; a book, nD 
max the book of truth, in which God’s 
decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21.—Syr. 


Lois, Arab. SUS, Ethiop. APN a 
book. 


ΖΞ Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing, 
something written, e. g. an imscription 
Dan. 5, 8. 15. 16. 24. 25. 

2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7, 
22 22 8} "5 without prescription, at will. 

3. a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9. 10. 11. 


nan f. a writing, mark, Lev. 19, 28. 
R. 323. ὦ 


DMD and DMD Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 
6. Is. 23,12 Cheth. a gentile ἢ. plur. 
Kittim, Chittim, Lat. Chittei, viz. 

1. Citienses, Cyprians, i. e. inhabitants 
of the ancient Citium, Κέτιον, Kittior, 
Κήτιον, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of 
Cyprus founded by the Phenicians ; as is 
shown by the thirty-three antique mar- 
bles with inscriptions in the Phenician 
character dug out of the ruins by 5. 
Pococke, and first published by him ; 
and also published and explained in the 
author’s Monumm. Pheenic. p. 124-153 
The sing. "M3 does not occur in the O. T. 
but is found in a bilingual inscription at 
Athens; where the pr. n. ofa man of Citi- 
um buried at Athens is written in Greek 


ὩΣ 


Ἰγουμήνιος Κιτιεύς, and in Phenic. letters 
SMD ὯΝ... WIM 15. 1.6. Ὅς... WIN 2 
Ben-Hodesh (son of the new moon).. 

a man of Citium; see Boeckh erp. 
Inser. Greec. I. p. 523. —Among the He- 
brews the name ΠΩ Chittim seems to 
have comprised all the Cyprians, Gen. 
10, 4. Is. 23, 12; OoMD YW i. 6. Cyprus 
Is. 23,1; ‘> Ὃν the coasts of Cyprus Ἐπ. 
27, 6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below. 
So in Gr. Kertaios, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 
9. 14. 2.—Studer conjectures that "M2 
is for "MM Hittite, and that Citium was 
a colony of this Canaanitish people ; 
B. der Richter p. 44. This is supported 
also by Inser. Citiens. no. 33; see in 
Monumm. Pheenic. p. 152, 153. 

2. In a wider aceeptation this name 
comprehended the islands and coasts of 
the Mediterranean sea, especially the 
northern parts, and therefore stands for 
the islands and coasts of Greece and even 
Italy, (in the same manner as O°, 
which also has a wider sense,) Num. 24, 
24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 o°mMD oS 
ships of Chittim, i.e. Roman ships, Sept. 
Ρωμαῖοι, comp. Polyb. 29.11. App. Syr. 
66. In the like sense also Perseus is 
called Κιττιέων βασιλεύς 1 Mace. 8, 5, 
and Alexander the Great is said to have 
come ἐκ τῆς γῆς Χεττιείμ ib. 1, 1. 

Nore. The truth in regard to this 
twofold signification is thus expressed 
by Josephus, Ant. 1.6. 1, Χέϑιμος δὲ Χε- 
ϑιμὰ τὴν γῆσαν" ἔσχεν" Ning αὕτη νῦν 
καλεῖται. καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς γῆσοΐ Te πᾶσαι καὶ 
τὰ πλείω τῶν παρὰ ϑάλασσαν Χεϑὶμ ὑπὸ 
ἁἙβραίων ὀνομάζεται. μάρτυς δὲ μου τοῦ 
λόγου μὲκ τῶν ἐν Κύπρῳ πολέων ἰσχύσασα 
τὴν προσηγορίαν φυλάξαι. Κίτιος γὰρ 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξελληνισάντων αὐτὴν καλεῖται. 
Also by Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus, a 
native of Palestine and acquainted with 
Hebrew learning, 6. g. adv. Her. 30. 
25, παντὲ δὲ δῆλόν ἐστι, ὅτι Κίτιον ἢ 
Κυπρίων νῆσος καλεῖται" Κίτιοι γὰρ Ku- 
πρίοι καὶ Ῥόδιοι. Hence it appears that 
some included Rhodes as well as Cyprus 
under this name. The Syro-Arabic 
lexicographers mostly understand Greece, 
so Bar-Bahlul; Jerome and many of the 
Heb. intpp. /taly, and so Bochart Pha- 
leg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23,1. But 
the name doubtless included both coun- 
tries. See Thesaur. p. 726. 


» 


45} 


497 


2n> 


PND m. (τ. mMD) beaten; hence 
ΓΛΩΞ 738 beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40, 
Lev. 24, 2, Num. 28, 5. 1K. 5, 25; i. 6. 
according to the Heb. intpp. such as 
flowed from the olives when merely 
pounded in a mortar and not put into a 
press; hence, the purest and finest oil. 
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq. 


* D019 obsol. root, Arab. xin unum 
coégit; also to enclose; ἃ 
pact mass, etc. Hence 


59 m. a wall, c. suff. 22572 Cant. 2,9. 


52 Chald. id. Dan, 5, 5; plur. 82372 
Ezra 5,8. Comp. 938 plur. 82733. 


ton (prob. for ὥς >m> a man’s 
wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the 
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 40. 


τὴ =) 9) in Kal not used; the various 
significations may be thus brought to- 
gether: 

1, i. q. 393, 33, 32M, to cut stones, 
perh. fo cut out or dig ore; hence Bm2 
gold. 

2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write, 
see Niph. and 0M3%3.—Kindr. is Syr. 
sche to make scars, to mark; also to 
spot, to soil. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for 
though thou wash thee with nitre, and 
take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity 
is written before me; Kimchi 2w72.— 
But Sept. κεκηλέδωσαι, Vulg. maculata 
eris, after the Syriac usage. 

Deriv. 093, ἘΞ. 


8 com- 


BMD m. (τ. &&>D) a poetic word, gold, 
Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; “ΠΕΣ “D gold 
of Ophir Is. 13, 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 
10; B58 “D id. Dan. 10, 5; also Lam. 4, 
1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11. 


*4nd obsol. root, Eth. {1.2 to cover, 
to hide, “ὉΠ ΕΖ to clothe oneself, ARF 


tunic. Hence 


mins f. only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex. 
29, 5. Lev. 8, 7; also njh> mostly, as 
constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, ς. suff. 
"MIMD Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. χιτών, 
Engl. coat; pr. a tunic, i. 6. the inner 


- garment next the skin Lev. 16,4; worn 


also by females Cant. 5, 3, 2 Sam. 18. 


pnd 
18; and espec. by the priests and Le- 
vites Ex. 28, 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70. 72; 
commonly with sleeves. and reaching to 
the knees, rarely to the ankles; see D°O8. 
Plur. ΤΣ Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8. 40, 14, also 
ΤΌΣ Ex. 39, 27; constr. MIMD Gen: 3,21; 
c. suff. comin Lev. 10, 5.—The etymo- 
logy is doubtful ; Chald. ind, 59, jn", 


Ss = = os 

Syr. 14x53, Arab. μ QS; ὧδ, OS, is 
6:92) 92 a 
flax, linen; comp. 5.) 5, col- 
ton, cotton cloth ; and the gérment might 
be so named from the material; see 
Jos. Ant. 3.7.2. To the same effect 
Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some- 
thing woven, linen. But it is easier to 
derive m2h2 from the idea of covering, 
slothing see r. jM2. 


* ond f. constr. MD; dual 6. suff. 
spm> Ex. 28, 22; plur. mifmD,; constr. 
ΤΏ. 

1. the shoulder, strictly so called, dif- 
ferent from 02%, where see. Chald. 

So as 

ΠΏΞ, Syr. fens, Arab. χα, RAS, id 
‘whence is derived the denom. verb 
«24S to wound in thé shoulder, ete.— 
‘Burdens are said to be borne upon the 
‘shoulder, MD >> Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6, 
ἜΣΞΞ Num. 7, 9; also infants Is. 49, 22; 
:so of animals, Is. 30,6. Hence metaph. 
‘Neh. 9, 29 Ὁ md ΠῚ and showed 
a Pedellious shoulder, refused to bear the 
‘appointed burden, i. e. they refused to 
obey, comp. Zech: 7,11. ‘"|md 13 be- 
tween his shoulders, i. e. upon his back, 
1 Sam. 17, 6. 

2. Trop. of things, the border, side, 
e. g. of a building 1K. 6,8. 7,39; of the 
sea Num. 34,11; of a city or country 
Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12sq. Hence 
poet. Deut. 33,12 (Benjamin) shall dwell 
‘between his shoulders sc. Jehovah’s, i. e. 
‘between the sacred mountains, Zion and 
Moriah. Is. 11,14 (the enemies) fly upon 
the shoulder of the Philistines, i. 6. rush 
upon their borders, the figure being 
taken from birds of prey. 

Pur. MIEN, constr. ΓΒ 1. shoul- 
der-pieces of the high-priest’s ephod, 
stipe , Ex. 28, 7.12. 39, 4. 7. 18. 20. See 
Braun de vest. Sacerd. p. 467. 

2. sides of a gate, i. e. spaces on each 
wide of a gate, Ez. 41, 2. 26. 


498 


ΓΩ 


3. shoulders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30; 
also v. 34 MEND, as if from the dual. 


Ἢ "nd in Kal not used, pr. to sur- 
round. Kindr. are "B82, "32, "13; "EN, 
mI MB. 

Pie. 1. to surround, ina hostile sense, 
6. ace. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13. 

2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald. 
Job 36,2; prob. from the idea of going 
round and round, comp. 53% no. 6, and 
br. 

Hipw. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1; ina hostile 
sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1,4; but also 
in a good sense, c. 3 Ps. 142, 8. 

2. Intrans. i. q. to crown oneself with 
any thing, to be crowned, see "m2. Prov. 
14,18 MST "ΠΏ TMD the prudent 
are crowned with insight. 

Deriv. M2n>, and 


“2 m. diadem, crown, of the Persian 
king Esth. 6,8; of the queen Esth. 1,11. 
2,17. Gr. xitagic, xidages, comp. Quint. 
Curt. 3. 3. 


ΤΠ plur. ninn>, f. capital, chapiter 
of a column, made of brass, sometimes 
in the form of lilies 1 K. 7, 19; and some- 
times with pomegranates or the like, 
2 K. 25, 17; so 1 K. 7, 16-20. 2 Chr. 4, 
12. R. "2. 


* Un. fut. {M23 to pound in a mor- 
tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. "M2; Prov. 
27, 22.—Chald. wns to pound, also to 
smite, to war. 

Deriv. ©32 a mortar. * 


* PND fut. m9 Deut. 9, 21 ; imper. 
plur. 57>. 

1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4, 
10. Comp. guatio, percutio; kindr. 733 


ὥ “5 
to beat, Lat. cudo, Arab. as to pound 
in a mortar. 

2. to beat in pieces. to break, e.g. a 
vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut. 
9, 21. Part. pass. ΓΞ crushed, i. e. 
emasculated by crushing or bruising the 
testicles, Lev. 22, 24. 

3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps. 
89, 24. 

’ Pre: mm> 1. iq. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4, 3. 
Ts. 2, 4. 

2. iq. Kal no. 2, 2K. 18,4. 2 Chr. 

34, 7. 


nn> 


3. iq. Kal no. 3, to smite a land, i. e. 
to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6. 

Pvat pass. to be dashed upon any 
thing; 2 Chr. 15, 6 they dash themselves 
nation upon nation, and city upon city, 
spoken of civil discord and war. 

Hipu. fut. 4932, to smite an enemy, 


Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30. 
The name, 722, signifies the same as 
“7252 o2-goad, in allusion to the figure 
of this letter in the Phenician alphabet. 

It is interchanged: 1. With the other 
consonants of the class of liquids or semi- 
vowels, of which it is the softest; e. g. 
a) With 3, as yn> and yn} to urge; 
mt? Chald. 175, 8273 sheath; nou 
and ΤΡ cell, chamber; 393 Syr.‘\2u 
to give; in all which examples 2 seems 
to be the primitive form. Vice versa, 


ψαλτήριον, Chald. j79m298; 22%, "12 
image, etc. where 3 seems to come from 
d; comp. Dor. ἦνϑον, βέντιστος, for ἦλϑον, 
Αβτώτος, also the multitude of examples 
from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid 
in Diss. Lugdd. p. 9658. Ὁ) With ἡ, 
mostly so that Ἢ as the harder letter 
is softened into 5, espec. in the later 
books and dialects, e.g. MW chain, 
Chald. and Arab. ποῦν ΕΓ ΗΝ ΤῊ and 
even Kliniw 5 ΤΣ ΝΣ peace with a 


softer pronunciation M2258 Is. 13, 22; 


sy and x Chald. lo! 2p yet 
midst ; comp. λεέριον, Lilium. Yet else- 
where the > sometimes appears to have 
gone over into the harder’, e.g. 32x, 


sy, [3Nsei widow; crxbn Chald. 
NE loins; ΤΥ Job 38, 32 for mibya 
2K. 23,5; pr. n. M230 Arab. hs 

mainbs Sam. mms divinity; see“ also 
the paronomasia in 85> and 62" Mic. 


1, 13. c) Rarely with 2, as ‘Tibia 
Arab. Reason skull. 


~2. Sometimes with 4, as 51x, Chald. 


499 5 


i. q. Kal no. 3; 6. acc. Num. 14, 45, Deut. 
1, 44, 

Hopn. fut. M27, plur. 993", ἐδ be beaten 
in pieces, broken, e. g. of a gate, Is, 24, 
12; idol images, Mic. 1,7; metaph. of 
persons, Job 4, 20. Jer. 46, 5. 

Deriv. ΤΠ, M39, pr. ἢ, ὉΠ. 


bis and ΠΝ, to go away, to depart, q. v. 
comp. the kindr, 847 and >; 32, dD; 
29, 5295 prem SENN, mod. dy 
Irbid, see p. 129. Comp. also ᾿οΟδυσσεύς 
Ulysses ; δάκρυον, lacryma ; odor and 
oleo ; δαήρ Lat. levir; medius, Fr. mi- 
lieu, ete. 

Quadriliterals are occasionally formed 
from triliterals by means of 5, viz. a) 
By inserting > after the first radical, as 
HSI, 921 to glow. Ὁ) By annexing > 
at the end, by which form perhaps the 
Semitic languages may have designat- 
ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin, 
and German; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram. 
δ 102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257. 
Grimm’s Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665. 
Thus 539m to hop, to gallop, Germ. 
huppeln ; bor garden, >o>p ankle, 
Germ. Knochel, knuckle ; ἘΣΣῚ calix 
of a flower, ete. 


- and before fetes acta and ba- 
rytone dissyll. 2 (as 34>, mx3>, Lehrg. 
p- 628) ; 10> see in its ve c. suff. ">; 
42, 72>, in pause and fem. το; ἴδ mb; 
m3; cob f.m22>; em>, mam Jer. 14, 16, 
poet. 2b, f. 97> ; Arab. J, Ethiop. A, 


Syr. 3 a prefix preposition, abbrevi- 
ated from >¥, with which it is in a great 
measure synonymous; but with this 
distinction, that >x is more usual in the 
proper and physical signification, while 


> is more commonly employed in a tro- 


pical and metaphysical sense. 

A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at least 
direction towards any thing, a turning to 
or towards any object. 

1. to, towards, unto, Gr. sis, espec. af- 
ter verbs of going, where it differs from 


ὃ 500 1% 


by in that 5x is put before the person to 
whom one goes, and > before the place ; 
so > 92% and > 53m, see in 725 no. 1. 
p. 253; Nia c. δὲ i pers. Gen. 37, 23. 
Judg. 3, 20, c. > of place 1 Sam. 9, 12. 
2 Chr. 28, 9; = ο. 8 of pers. and > of 
place Ruth 1, 8; and so after 773, =P 
Job 33, 22, 083 1 Sam. 4, 10. ire to be 
led to, as naub Is. 53,7; "22 Job 10, 19; 
Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, “E35 
mn. Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also ὃ NP 
to call to any one, see in δὲ Ἢ. Put also 
before particles of place to intimate 
direction, like Engl. -ward, -wards, as 
ΤΙΝ backwards, me? upwards, τυ} Ὁ 
downwards, ete. So in phrases like the 
following : Ps, 99, 5 7239 EAT MAH 
worship towards his footstool i i.e. turning 
towards it. Is, 51,6 ΒΞ. DMD Nw 
lift up your eyes jeloaicie: the heavens. — 
Trop. of a turning or direction of the 
mind to, towards, upon any person or 
thing; 6. g. > MBN, > NIP to look to, to 
wait for; > στῶ, 3 PINT, to listen to ; 
> 7B? nnbp Ps. ‘84, 3; Ἔ 218 to lie in 
wait for any « one. Opp. is 72, see Gen. 
9, 10. So 1x1—> Neh. 3, 15.—Some- 
times > differs little from 72 unto, even 
unto; 8. g. ΓΞ unto fullness, satiety, 
Ez. 39, 19; ρον even unto their death 
Ps. 73, 4; _ "2 see in ἸῚΞ no. 1. 

2. into, εἰς, pati of a passing into 
another state or condition, e. g. to make 
or change fo or into any thing. Gen. 2,22 
ΝΘ. s>sn-my ody 1 125} and the 
Lord God made the rib... into a woman. 
2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17,12. Hence > ἢ 
to tiahce into; 3402, > nv, > oe 
make or place a person or fiing ‘sito or 
Sor any thing; > 775 to be for any thing, 
to become any thing, see in M7 no. 2. 
a, 2. So by hyperb. for ‘to become as 
any thing,’ 1 Sam. 25, 37 38> ΠῚ NAN} 
and he became as a stone. With 7°45 
impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1, 5 -b5 
sbmd 84 the whole head is for sickness, 
is ‘sick 5 comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 31. 
So put m2 to cut into two parts, Jer: 
34, 18; comp. Lev. 8, 20, 

3. It serves to mark the dative, like 
Engl. to and Fr. ἃ prefixed to nouns, 
where the Greek, Latin, and German 
employ the dative case.—T hus 

a) After verbs of giving, > 109, > nw 
Ex. 4, 11; of rewarding, retributing, 


> bas, > stint; of bringing, > x*sn 
Gen. 27, 31; of forgiving, > κῶν; of 
giving over, Senlvind, > ΣῚΡ Ps, 16, 10, 
> mit Ecce. 2,18; of consulting, > ys, 
etc. So too 43 rs mi>" she bare to him 
a son Gen. 24, 36; b' ra m2 to make 
(grant) @ covenant ‘to any one, see in 
m22 no. 3.a. Ofa person to whom any 
thing is said, > "2% Gen. 27, 31. 34. 
Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, > oe > BD; 
or patwiand with an oath Deut. 6, 23, 
26, 3.15. But for > "ὮΝ to speak of 
any one, see below in no. 11.—Ve 
freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by 5; Ὁ 
if they include the idea of giving, tne 
parting, causing [0 any one, 6. g. > mann 
to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7; nn 
> to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. Th 14,3; 
ΕΣ ΠΡῸΠ 1 K. 19, 20; also Is. 53, ΑΗ 
judg. Ἢ 2. 

b) As marking the person (or thing) 
to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a 
thing is done or serves, Lat. Dat. com- 
modi. Gen. 2,20 ror Adam there was 
not found a help, ete. 24,4 and take a 
wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10. 
Ex. 26,7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12, 7 he built 
an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour. 
Kee. 1, 3. 6, 11. 12. 8,15. So too con- 
tra, as marking the Dat. incommodi, 
Prov. 17, 25 a foolish son is a grief 728> 
to his father. 19, 13.—A reflexive dative 
of this kind is often added after verbs, 
and espec. verbs of motion, e. g. of go- 
ing, as 324, >is, =; of fleeing, as 
ba, m2; signifying strictly that one 
does a thing for his own advantage or 
pleasure, for himself ; although by de- 
grees it passed over into a pleonasm, 
which cannot well be expressed in En- 
glish. Cant. 2, 17 "385 "Ti ἢ ΠῚ 
my beloved, be thiols (for thyself ) like ἃ 
roe. Job 15,25 2 sauin xd coma houses 
which none inhabit (for themselves). 
Ez. 37, 11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12, 1 
"2772 go for thyse if, See Lehrgeb. p, 
736, 737. 

6) As implying an effect, impression, 
influence, to or upon a person or thing. 
Prov. 24, 9 y> δ ΤΣ τ the scorner 
is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3. 
Job 10, 34> aiuM ἐδ it good to thee? se, 
in thine eyes; comp. 7? 20°") Ps. 69, 32. 
So “Ὁ npn profane (be it) tome! far 
be it from me, see in "bm no. 3, Here 


5 501 5 


too belongs Gen. 45, 1 then Jo was 
not able "33 D°3RIn ‘beh PERMA? fo re- 
Srain himsel “uf to (before) all them that 
stood by him, i. e. could not appear firm 
and ἀπίπόνοὰ to those present. 

d) Implying possession, or a dative of 
the possessor, Lat. est mihi; as 5 M55, 
n> ws, 5d 99st, see in Mm, BW, PN. Also 
> “tx what is to any one, wind he has; 
Gen. 31,1 829385 ἜΣ τΡ2 all that was to 
our Vater, i.e. all that was our father’s. 
29, 9. 47,4. See Lehrg. p. 672. "b-m2 
3 what ia there t me and to’ thee? 
what have I to do with thee? see in "9 
A.1.c. So too 9) bi58, 82> oid, peace 
(prosperity) be to thee, to. you, i.e. be 
thine, yours, see 5158. Further: α) 
Of him who comes into the possession 
of any thing, to whom it becomes pro- 
perty, ete. as "> m3M it becomes mine, 
seein no.2.y. 8) Of him to whom 
any thing belongs as a duty. office, etc. 
2 Chr. 26,18 **2PT> ΠῊΣ ΠΡ ND it is 
not unto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to burn 
incense, 20, 17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3, 
1. So perh. “7 byd wh it is permitted 
to the power of my hand ; but see in Ἐκ 
I. 2. p. 50.) Of that to which a per- 
son or thing pertains; 1 K. 15, 27 and 
Baasha, the son of Ahijuh, ἌΞΙΌΝ 7735 
of the house of Issachar, pertaining to 
that tribe. 

e) As marking the cause and author 
of any thing, like the dative in Greek ; 
also the instrument. Job 37, 1 nat 
"23> Tm" for (at) this my heart trem- 
bleth. Ps. 18, 45 "5 sais ἫΝ said at 
the hearing of the ear they obey me, be- 
cause of the report of my fame. Num. 
16, 34. Is. 19, 22 BM> “INS he is entreat- 
ed of (by) them, listens to their prayers. 
Thus put: α) After passive verbs, Ex. 
12, 16 52> ΤΌΣΟ 1935 NIM this only may 
be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1 
bb220> vow it was heard by Sanballat. 
Gen. 14, 19. Ex. 13, 7. Lev. 21, 11. 1 
Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65, 1. So 
Syr. S, Hoffm. Gr. Syr. 8143, 8) 
After other verbs having a passive 
sense ; as > MT to be done by any one, 
Is, 19,15; 5 MM 10 conceive by any one, 
Gen. 38, 18.25. ) In the inscriptions 
of poems, Lamed auctoris so called; 
comp. the J auctoris of the Arabs in 


the titles of books, see Pref. ad Golii 
Lex. So 47> ners psalm of or by Da- 
vid Ps, 3, 1. 4, 1. al. “fora 177 id. 24, 
1; also without the noun, at of or by 
David Ps, 25, 1. 26. 1. 27,1. al. comp. 
Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. ete. The 
same Dat. auctoris stands alone on Phe- 
nician coins ; 6. g. 97> (577x>) of the 
Sidonians, i 6. struck by them; “x> 
of Tyre; in the corresponding Greek 
Σιδονιῶν, Τύρου. 5) In many other 
examples, where often some passive 
verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2, 
12 Mxs“da-d> ΓΒ. BY" §D for the day 
of Jehovah, etc. i. 8. the day of wrath 
and fudgnieut held by Jehovah. 22,5 
mint 25Nd...5992 8D for a day 
of confusion... -sent ‘by the Lord Jeho- 
vah ; Sept. παρὰ Κυρίου. 28, 2. Zech. 
14,1. Ps. 3,9 ΠΙΣΎΘΗΣΙ Mind ‘from (by) 
Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon. 
2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1K. 10,1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez. 
1, 18 ἘΠῚ ANI fear was by them, they 
were terrible. 2 Sam. 3, 2. 3. 5. Hos. 6, 
10.—Also of the instrument, as "ἜΝ 72M 
377) to smite wiru the edge of the sword, 
see in MB no. 3; so ἸΣ5 AN} fo see οὐδ 
the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12,5 s7233 92755 
with (by) our tongue will we ‘prevail, 
conquer. 

f) Often after nouns signifying mas- 
ter. lord, God, or servant, minister, also 
Friend, enemy, and the like, as marking 
those relations to any one; comp. Gr. 
ἄναξ ἄνδρεσσιν 1]. δ. 546, also ἑταῖρος, 
φίλος, ἐχϑρὸς τινέ et τινός. So espec. 
where the first noun is indefinite, as 13 
"> a son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18, contra 
ae5 i2 THE son of Jesse. > 7178 Gen. 45, 
8. 18; > pander Is. 37, 16; > 433 Gen. 
9, 25-27. 40, 12; also Gen. 14, 18. 1K. 
18, 22. 1 Chr. 27, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34. 
> snk 1 K. 5, 15; > 35 Job 30, 29; xo 
Deut. 4, 42; 5 svix Num. 35, 23. ete. 
So the Phidiielénks ; see SMenumin: Phen. 
p. 199, 351. 

g) Sometimes also Hebrew writers, 
especially the later ones. who inclined 


to Chaldaism, employ > (the sign of the 


dative) incorrectly after active verbs 
for the accusative, as in Chaldee, Sy- 
riac, and Ethiopic ; 6. g. > "p> Jer. 40, 
ab boy Lam. 4, 5, ϊ san Job 5,2; comp. 
1 Chr. "16, 37. 25, 1. Ps. 135, 11. ete. 
Once > is thus put before a whole sen- 


- 502 - 


tence, which must be regarded as in 
the accus. Is. 8,1 and write upon it with 
a@ common style (these words), "#125 
τῷ tim 5bu) hasting to the spoil, ete. 
comp. v. 3, where > is omitted; see in 
“19 Pi. no. 1. 

4. Many of the examples above cited 
(no.3.d,ande.yv) would properly be trans- 
lated in Lat. by the Genitive, in Engl. 
by the Gen. or by of with its case ; and 
hence in various other kinds of examples 
also, > maybe taken asa sign of the Gen- 
itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da- 
tive for the genitive by the figure called 
Κολοφώνιον, 6. g. ἡ κεφαλὴ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, 
see Bernhardy’s Greek Syntax, p. 88 ; 
also the Gascon idiom, le fils ἃ Mr. A. 
s'est marié avec la filled Mr. B. for de. 
Spec. a) Where several genitives are 
dependent on one nominative, as "727 
ὋΣ nzbabd noms the chronicles, annals, 
of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15, 31. rpbn 
w2> nw a part of the field of Boaz 
Ruth 2, 3; also Judg. 3. 28. 1 K. 15, 31. 
2 K. 5, 9. Josh, 14, 1. So too where the 
nominative has an adjective, as STN 42 
ΠΡΌΣΤΙΝΘ 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these 
kinds of examples the usual form of the 
construct and absolute could not well be 
applied. Comp. Lehrg. Ρ. 673. b) Af 
ter numerals, Gen. 7, 11 in the six hun- 
dredth year 13 "272 of Noah’s life. So 
bed jitinn the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21; 
ond max one of them Ez. 1, 6; ἼΠΝΞ 
dnb on the first day of the month: Gen. 
8,13. Ez.1,2. c) As marking the genit. 
of the possessor, comp. in no.3.d. Ece, 
5, 11 sis sawn the abundance of the 
rich man. Ps: 37, 16 pred ὉΣῸ the 
little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer. 
12,2. d) Where adverbs with > are 
put before nouns, and thus take the force 
of prepositions ; as > 3°20 prep. also 
> mane ig. ron preposit. So > b30, 
᾿ ying, > DIP, etc. Lehrg. p. 631. 3. 

From the primary signification of di- 
rection or turning to or towards any 
thing, come also the following tropical 
SENSES : 

5. Spoken of time, itdenotes: a) The 
point of time ¢o or until which something 
is done, ete. iq. "2. Am. 4,7 J have 
withholden the rain from you when yet 
three months ""2p> to the harvest. Deut. 
16,4 shall not remain all night "p2> un- 


til the morning. Comp. pdisd εἰς αἰῶνα 
for ever i. ᾳ. Bdi9 42; also mid εἰς uted 
Sor ever i. q. τὰ ἼΣ. Ὁ) The point of 
time for or against which a thing is done; 
Ex. 34, 2 be ready "p2> 707 to-morrow. 
Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves “73> 
against to-morrow. Esth. 5, 12. Is. “41, 
23. Prov. 7, 20. Also of an interval of 
time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon’s 
provision “M& Bi" for one day, every 
day.—Other significations relating to 
time, see below in B. 23. 

6. to, even to, until, usque ad ; comp. 
in no. 1 fin. So ph "535 even to no 
measure, i. 6. without measure, Is. 5, 145 
ΓΝ Nb even to no remnant, until 
none were left, Ezra 9, 14; also 2 Chr. 
20, 25. 1 Chr. 22, 4; comp. 2 Chr. 36, 
16. Judg. 16, 16 vexed mind even unto 
death, comp. Gen. 27,46. Hence a) 
Of a number to which any multitude 
amounts, as Greek εἰς μυρίους, πρὸς μυ- 
gious. 2 Chr. 5,12 ἘΛΛΩΣῚ ΠΝ 9. DTD 
priests to the npnber of a hundred and 
twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in 
no. 13 below. Ὁ) Of ae amount, 
even; Deut. 24, 5 "33 55> 1752 723" RS) 
there shall not pass over ‘(be imposed) 
upon him even any thing, not the slight- 
est charge; comp. ἽΣ in the phrase 
SHIN END. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ece. 9, 
4 5 “2 aio Sno 5535 for even a hoe 
alive is better than a lion dead. 

7. Like ὃς A. 6, it implies an adding, 
superadding to, i. 6. in addition to, wpon, 
besides. Is. 28, 10 "5 1p "32> 1X precept 
upon precept, line upon line. Ece. 7, 27 
rnxd mmx adding one to another. Ps, 
135, 7 he maketh lightnings "2122 to the 
rain, i.e. accompanying the rain in addi- 
tion. Jer. 10,13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls 
that came =z7> in addition to (besides) 
Jacob into Egypt. —In this sense 53 is 
more frequent. 

8. It marks a direction of mind ἰο- 
wards any one, either to, for, or against ; 
e. g. > 40M pious towards God Ps. 4, 4; 
> Ton ΠῺΣ see in SOM no. 1.0; > 51 
good to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra, 
> ΝΠ fo sin against any one, see in 
ROM; "Sb man to be angry against, see in 
mon; b bor to plot against Ps, 37, 12. 

9. ‘Here too it forms a Dat. commodt 
(comp. no. 3. b), for, in behalf of any 
one, for his advantage, on his side, ete. 


τ δ08 ο 


Gen. 31, 42 ἢ» mnt ὈΛΤΘΝ “bad unless 
God had been for me, on my side. Ps. 56, 
10. 118, 6, Is. 6,8 Ἀπ 5: "Ὁ who will 
go forus? Judg. 1, 1. Deut, 30, 12. 13. 
So Judg. 7, 20 the sword for Jehovah 
and for Gideon! comp. v. 18. Job 13, 7 
M213 DIM Sxbdn will ye speak wickedly 
for God? i.e. in his behalf, to defend 
him. Ps. 69, 33. Ὁ p> for one’s life, 
to preserve it, see in no. 2. 6. Also 
> om)? Zo fight for; > ᾿Ξ. to contend 
for; Ὁ “AT to entreat for. 

10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive, 
on account of, because of, for, Lat. prop- 


ter ; comp. Arab. ἴδῃ Y Lam cau- 
sal. So in mad, 2d, wherefore? Gr. 
εἰς τί ; πρὸς th; Germ. wozu? Also 35, 
>, proplerea, therefore. Gen. 4, 33 I 
have slain a man ἊΣ ΧΕ for my avounid 
(because he wounded me), mya) 35) 
yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14, 
9. 15, 15. 36, 9. 60, 9 (comp. 55, 5, where 
it is more fully 1525). Hos. 10,10. Lev. 
19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13. 

11. As marking the object of discourse, 
etc. of, for, about, concerning, Lat. de. 
Lev. 14, 54 323752 HyIMA Mt this is 
the law for (concerning) every kind of 
plague. Ps. 22,31 7433 "5X2 7207 it 
shall be recounted concerning the Lord 
to the coming generation. So after 
verbs of speaking Gen. 20,13. Ps. 3, 3; 
of commanding Ps. 91,11. Esth. 3,2; of 
singing Is. 5, 1. 27,2; of inquiring, as 
> pibwd baw; comp. Gen. 42,9. Hence 
of the subject or argument of an oracle, 
as D12s25 concerning Egypt Jer. 46, 2. 
48, 1. 49, 1. 7. 23. 28. 23, 9. So Arab. 
d Kor. Sur. 3. 162. Sur. 4. 64. 

12. Of the end or final object; as 
ΤΡῚΣ for help, either as sought or giv- 
en, Is. 10, 3. 20, 6. 31,1; pyd, xd, 
Sor nought, in vaing’? $a maag3> Ὧν 
"ada. 

13. Spoken of a norm, rule, ete. ac- 
cording to, after, by, Lat. secundum. 
Gen. 1, 11 32> after its kind. 8, 19. 
10, 5 385 Sony every one according to 
his language. Num. 4, 29 after their 
tribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 
2 Chr. 25,5; ῬῚΣΞ according to right 
and justice, i.e. justly, righteously, Is. 
32, 1. 11,3. 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo- 
᾿ ple came out D*B>ND) ΓΝ 85 by hundreds 


and by thousands. 1 Sam. 29, 2. Is. 27, 
12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41, 46 or¥2p> by 
sheaves.—Hence also the idea of like- 
ness, q. ἃ. like, like as, as if, as though, 
Job 39, 16 [19] > &5> A732 MwpN she 
is cruel towards her young, as though 
not hers; Vulg. quasi non sint sui. Hos. 
9,13 Ephraim ...is planted in a pleas- 
ant place ™8> like Tyre, pr. as though he 
were T'yre. ‘ viarid 83" fo go out (frotn 
servitude) as Sree, j. 6. free; written 
also without > in the same sense, 87 
"WEN, see in “wen. So > 30M ἴο re- 
gard as, see in 2m no. 1. 

14. As denoting reference or relation, 
as to, in respect to, as for, in; and thus 
subjoined: a) After adjectives, to mark 
the nature or quality of an attribute ; 
6. g. M22M24 ὝΩΣ 511} great in (as to) 
riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23; 

n> ὈΘΡῚ older in years Job 32, 4; 
nesa> bing Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lat. 
‘ preestantior ad rationem sollertiamque,’ 
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2.62. Ὁ) Afier verbs, 
Gen. 17,20 ard 5822079 as for Ishmael, 
I have heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7. 
Ps. 12,7. Comp. Lat. ‘ad omnia alia 
wetate sapimus rectius’ Ter. Ad. 5. 3. 45. 
c) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21, 3 and 
their father gave wien great gifts 5035 
ΞΠΙΞῚ in (as to) silver and gold. 16, 8. 
Also before a subst. put absol. at the 
beginning of a clause; as 15. 32,1 B*tw> 
anv ΒΡ and as for princes they 
shall rule justly. Ps. 16, 8 53... Ὁ Τ25 
b2 "S58" as for the saints... αἰ my de- 
light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6. 

Nore. It is affirmed by some (Ewald 
Krit. Gramm. p. 603. Kl. Gramm. ὃ 326), 
and denied by others (Winer in Simonis 
Lex. p. 509, 510), that 9 is also prefixed 
even to the nominative case; and the 
following examples are quoted: 1 Chr. 
3, 2. 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Eee. 
9,4. Ps. 89,19. But it would seem that 
most of these examples may be referred 
to one or another of the acknowledged 


senses and constructions of this parti- 


ele; (although in particular examples I 
would explain it differently from what 
Winer has done;) while nevertheless 
the > in such instances stands before 
what would otherwise have been the 
nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield 
is or the Lord, and or the Holy one of 


> 504 5 


Israel our king. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and 
Ecc. 9, 4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr. 
7,1 and 24, 20,22 we may render: to 
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc. 
belonged, are to be reckoned, those who 
follow. In 1 Chr. 3, 2 prbuinyd se buin 
the third was Absalom, the reading with 
>i is indeed suspected, since it is wanting 
before the names of the other five sons 
v. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of 
Kennicott; yet > stands in the same 
way before the predicate after M77 in 
2 Chr. 16, 8 crvinnds 395 34> donb nn 
they were ( for) a huge host in (as to) 
chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr. 
15, 3, for which see below in B. no. 3. 
B) Less frequently > is spoken: 
1. Of rest or delay at, on, in a place, 
i. 6. the being at a place to which one 
has come ; comp. Lat. ad, also ἐς ϑρό- 
vous ἕζοντο Od. 4.581; Germ. zu Hause, 
zu Leipzig. E. g. Ἔ 472 at one’s side ; 
Ἔ 25 at one’s right hand, see 7727; 
bmx ΠΕΡ at the door of his tent Num. 
11 10; ΝΡ Ἢ at the entrance of the 
city Pak: 8,3; oa" HIM> on the shore of 
the sea Gen. 49,13; Έ nonsb ὁ in i.e. before 
the eyes, in the sight of any one; “3p id. 
This use of > is more extensive in the 
poets and later writers, who sometimes 
put it for the common 3, 6. g. 72M> Ps. 
41,7, and mysm> 2 Chr. 32, 5, ig. yma 
frie; ; ΠΕΣ ὩΣ αἱ Mizpah Hon 5, i; 
ΓΝ in the pit, i.e. in prison, Is. 51, 14. 
2. Trop. of time, and spoken τ a 
point of time fo which an action has ap- 
proached so as to coincide with it; comp. 
inA.no.5. Hence a) Of time when, 
i. e. the moment or point of time at or 
in which any thing is done ; chiefly in 
poetic style and in the later writers who 
imitated this, E. g. R22 inthe morning, 
early, Ps. 30,6. 59,17. Am. 4, 4, for the 
usual "7722; so sind at day-light, dawn, 
Job 24, 14; ayy at evening Gen. 49, 27. 
Ps. 90, 6. Eee. ‘IL, 6, for the usual 2723; 
snp ry> Gen. 8, ll, pit mand Gen, 8, 8, 
weun ἈΞ ry) αἱ the time of sunset Josh. 
10, 27; also conjoined any>) ἜΞΌ 1 Chr. 
16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. b) Of a time with- 
in which any thing i is done, e.g. γι 
£95 within three days Ezra 10, 8. mmx 
rr) >> once in three years 1 K. 10, 
(22. 06) Of a space or interval of time 
after the lapse of which any thing is to 


be done; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐνιαυτόν both 
‘for a year, and ‘afler a year, and so 
Engl. ‘ina year. Gen. 7, 4713 pwnd 
ΤΙΣΣῺ in yel seven days, i.e. after seven 
days. Am. 4,4.099" mb>w after (every) 
three years. 2 Sam. 13, 23 ὉΠ25 EMN> 
after two years. 11, 1. 

3. Also of the state or condition in 
which one is ; where espec. in the later 
writings the partic. > is said to be used 
in nearly the same sense as 3. The 
examples however are doubtful; and 
most of those usually referred hither, ad- 
mit of a different solution. E. g. "21> 
see in A. πο. 2; "82> Ps. 69, 22, see in 
no. 9; "17 bxb Bs ede ἕη τῶ. 87d: 6. So 
“nb apart, separately, may be referred 
to B. no. 1; also Ὁ in security, se- 
curely ; pis justly 3 ‘uxd gently ; for 
Is. 5,14 see in A.6; and so Job 41, 25.— 
Contra; 2 Chr. 15, 3 denon ὉΠ 2 25] 
"Δ ἐδθὴ ΤΙΝ "πὸν ὌΝ and long time 
to Israel (he hath been) without the true 
God, and without a teaching priest, and 
without law ; here it might be difficult 
to say in what 85> differs from N>2; un- 
less we prefer to render it: and fot a 
long time was Israel without the true 
God, ete. see in A. 13. fin. Further, we 
have in 2. Chr. 20,21 ΘῊΡ mat in holy 
ornaments, for SIP ΓΒ id. Ps. 29; 2. 
96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy algo 
serves to pirétiothioa the usual interpre- 
tation of Ps. 45,15 >> dam mine 
in embroidered garments (adorned with 
these) shall she be brought unto the king. 

C) The Jnfinitive with > prefixed has 
in general the nature and signification 
of a noun, or rather of the Engl. infin. 
with to; e. g. Inf. mivy>: 

1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting 
end and purpose, like Engl. fo before the 
infin. Thus Cant. 5,5 J rose wp np> 
to open. M122 ΤῸ atime to bring forth, 
Ecc. 3, 2. pid nap near to flee to; Gen. 
19, 20. mip n what is to be done? 2 
K.4,13, Is. 5,4, op> =a (πη) Bi Tip 
yet this day (he must) remain at Nob, 
Is. 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. 8. 

2, Lat, Jimonibo, for doing, ΤΟΣ Ὁ HN 
to be ready or disposed for doing (to do), 
see N77 no. 3, dd, Hllipt. "7774 {n> mins 
Jehovah is ready lo save mé, i. 8. will 
save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20. 
21,1. 44, 14. So ellipt. and negat, X> 


oe 


mivs> one may not do, Am. 6, 10; or, 
one cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp. 
Josh. 17, 12. 

3. Lat. faciendi, of doing ; Num.1, 1 
tn the second year OMXX> of their coming 
out, i.e. afler their departure from Egypt. 
—In other examples > c. inf. signifies: 

4. even to, until, Is. 7, 15, Comp. 
above in A. 5. a. 

5. on account of, because, Is. 10, 2 init. 
30,1 mite>. Num. 11,1. Comp. in A. 10. 

6. as if, as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20. 
Comp. in A. 13. 

7. ata time, when; 393 MiP? lit. ‘at 
the turning of evening,’ when evening 
drew near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63. 

D) Once > seems to serve as a Con- 
junction, and is apparently prefixed to a 
finite verb, in the sense of that, like 


Arab. J for =; thus 1K. 6,19 in the 


common reading, > that thou mayest 
place. But as this sense is harsh in con- 
nection with the context, we may per- 
haps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213, 
regard jMM as a sort of reduplicated in- 
fin. for 72M, as also in 1K. 17, 14 Cheth. 


Ὁ Chald. prep. i.q. Hebr. 1. fo, into, 
towards, spoken of place, Dan. 2, 17. 4, 
19. 6, 11. 7, 2. 

2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5. 7. 
9. Put often also with the Accusative 
after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24. 25. 
5,4. Also as a sign of the Genitive, 
Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15. 

3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after 
verbs of speaking, commanding, etc. 
Dan. 2, 9. 10. 12. 

Nore. For Chald. 5 as prefixed to the 
forms of the fut. of Mm, 6. g. x3, 


i>, etc. see in MIN pate, B, 247. The- 


saur. p. 734. 
sd and 35 times ri according to 


3 
the Masora, 6. g. Gen. 37, 13; Adv. of 
negation, no, not. Antique forms were 


xb, 0d, whence xb, shad, sbae. Syr. 
v Gnd ἐπὶ Chald. xb, aay. Y. The 
ultimate root is 812 q.v. whence also 


aid, 39>. 

1. Like Gr. ot, οὐκ, it pee ἀπὶ 4 
solute negative, and is put: a) Witha 
Preter, unlike >X q. v. as Gen. 2. δ. 4, 
5. 45, 1. 8. al. b) With Futures, as_ 

43 


505 xd 


Gen, 3, 4 jimeM Mid N> thou shalt not 
surely die. Ps. 16, 10 ΞΊΡ x thou wilt 
not leave. With the 2d pers. it often in- 
terdicts, and thus stands for the negat. 
imperative as Ex. 20,15 =33m &> thou 
shalt not steal. v. 5. Gen. 3, 1.2. 24,37. 
Ley. 19, 4. 25,17. Deut. 25,4; here it 
differs from Ὁ which expresses dissua- 
sion, but comp. Prov. 22,24. With the 
3d pers. Gen. 31, 32 MIM N> he shall not 
live, i.e. let him die. So Arab. Νὶ with 
the Fut. condit. De Sacy Gr. I. § 419. 
Whether &> is put (like 5%) with the 
fut. in clauses marking purpose, may 
justly be doubted; e.g. Ex. 28, 32 8d 
ΘῊΡ" (so) ἐξ shall not be rent, not: ‘that it 
be not rent.’ Is. 41, 7 he fasteneth it with 
nails, 27729 δὰ 5 thus it moveth not, stands 
firm. Job 22,11. 0) Itstands also where 
the substantive verb is omitted; as Ps, 
5, 5 AMS 309 PEM ἘΝ 8) thou art not a 
God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex. 
16, 8. 2 Sam, 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very 
rarely with a Participle, where }°% is 
the usual negative; or with an Infini- 
tive, where "M>2 is comm. employed.— 
As to its place in a clause, 8> is always: 
closely connected with the verb, and 
immediately precedes it; although oc- 
casionally for the sake of emphasis-a 
word may be placed between the two, 
as Gen. 32,9 490 Tid “aN Spo Nd. 

1Sam. 8,7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7. 34, 23. 

The flowing uses of this particle: 
may likewise be noted : 

2. Absol. in answer to a question, 703. 
nay, Zech. 4,5. Job 23.6 will he con- 
tend with me with all his might? No: 
(>), but, ete. Also in declining an in-- 
vitation, Gen. 19, 2 nay, but we will abide: 
in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30, 165: 
comp. Gen. 18, 15. 

3. In neg. interrogations, where: an: 
affirmative answer is implied, (different 
from >x no. 3, ) for 85m is not ? nonne ?' 
like Gr. οὐκ Hom. Il. 10. 165. ib 4. 242. 
Mostly i in clauses coupled with a preced-- 
ing one; Job 14, 16 "nNwN ἘΣ 7AM ND 
dost show not watch over my sin? 2, 10. 
2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49,9. Lam. 3, 36. Ton. 4, 
11; also Jer. 49, 25. 

4 Put for ba with. no, i. 6. 

1 Chr. 2, 30 and Seled died 222 ἫΝ 
without children. Ps, 59,4. 3 Sam. 23, 4. 
Job 84, 34. 11 N> without way: Job 12}. 


nd 506 


24, wits Nd without men, deserted, deso- 
late, Job 38; 26. 

5. i. g. DIY not yet, 2K. 20, 4. Ps. 139, 
16. 
6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them 
a negative or contrary meaning, like 
Engl. wn, in,im. a) Before adjectives, 
ston ND not pious, i. q. ungodly, Ps. 43, 
1; ΤΣ Nd not strong, i. q. infirm, weak, 
Prov. 30,25; D2M NX> unwise Deut. 32, 6. 
b) Before substantives, as dy Nb gq. ἃ. 
non-deus, a no-god, i.e. an idol, Deut. 
32, 21. Jer.5,73 Υ 8? nol wood, spoken 
of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument 
of wood, Is. 10,15; O78 Nd, τὸ ND, 
spoken of God, as not to be brought into 
comparison with mortals, Is. 31,8. But 
the sense is different in phrases like 
m> Nb> Job 26,2 and MB2M N22 ib. ν. 3, 
where there is an ellipsis for: ‘he who 
hath no power, no wisdom ; see below in 
C.2. ¢) For the phrase 55 ἈΞ see under 
Ἐϑ μο. 3. d) With an adverb, as ὩΣ N> 
no little, i. 6. much, Is. 10, 7. 

7. Ba-Nd nol even, see in 53 no. 2; not 
much different is 73—N> Judg. 4,16.— 
Also >—8> Deut. 24,5; see in > A. 6.b. 

8. By pleonasm &> is joined with 778 
1 K. 10,21; with 094 Zeph. 2, 2. 

Norp. Some assign also to X> the 
power of a subst. nothing, but the exam- 
ples adduced are not certain. In Job 
6,21 the reading is doubtfal; and Job 
31, 23 535} ND may be rendered, J could 
not sc. do any such thing. Comp. how- 
ever Chald. xd, m>, Dan. 4, 32. 

With prefixes X> is connected as fol- 
lows: 

A) Xba 1. Prep. varying in signifi- 
cation, according to the different signifi- 
cations of the particle 3. a) mot ia 
certain time, comp. 3 of time, A. 5; i.e. 
out of, beyond a certain time. Lev. 15, 25 
mings Nba beyond the time of her un- 
cleanness. Also before, i. q. S233, Job 
15, 32 iain Nba before his time, comp. 
above &> for B22, no. 5. b) not for 
a certain price, comp. 3 of price, B. 3; 
Is. 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13; also 3 md Is, 45, 13. 
6) not with se. any thing, i. 6. without, 
1 Chr. 12, 33 39) 35 N>2 not with a 
double heart, i. e. with one heart, with 
the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8,11. 
Ez. 22,29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the 
passover ='T22 N23 without (doing) as 


, διὸ 


it was wrilten. In the same sense is said 
3 Xd, as 13 &> without (man’s) hand 
Job 23, 20; £022 8> not with silver, i.e. 
not so as to obtain silver, Is. 48,10. Syr. 
.5 tf without. d) not by or with, comp. 
2 of the instrument and cause, B. 2. ¢; 
Job 30, 28 I walk darkened tan 852 
but not by the sun.—In some instances 
also 53 is put concisely for NS ΟΝ, 
as Is, 55, 2 MPIe> NF3 for (that which) 
satisfieth not. Jer. 2, 11. 

2. Conj. with fut. in that not, i. e. so 
that not. Lam. 4, 14 3333 35359 85x 
ctse3 so that (men) cannot touch 
their garments. 

B) x55 nonne? is not? etc. Gen. 4, 
7. 20,5. Job 1, 10. Num. 23, 26; annon? 
1 K. 1,11; implying an affirmative an- 
swer, and Ἐπὶ is often therefore nearly 
i.g. 7, 725, lo! behold! 1 Sam. 20, 37 
ΠΝ ΣΝ wae CNM NET lo! the arrow is 
beyond thee. 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8. 
Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22, 20. Job 22, 12 
(parall. 787). Hence for 857 in the 
books of the Kings, we find in Chron. 
often mn, 6. g. 2 K. 15, 36 th won 
“gD ἘΞ ὈΊΞΗΣΞ lo! they are written in 
the book, etc. comp. 2 Chr. 27,7; so 2 K. 
20,20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 32. 23, 18. 
etc. Very rarely both particles stand 
together; as tm 8m 2 Chr. 25, 26; 
min xibtt Hab. 2, 13. See Gesch. ἅ. 
Heb. Sprache p. 39. The LXX also 
often render 855 by ἰδού Josh. 1, 9. 2 K. 
15, 21. In Samar. and Rabbinic 857 is 


ἜΣ 
common for m2.—Arab. δῇ, Vs. 

ΟἹ Xbd 1. in not, i. q. without, once 
2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having. 

2. as though not, Job 39, 16, see in 5 
A.13. Elsewhere also for 8> "t82, Is. 
65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3. 

Nore. By a certain laxness of ortho- 
graphy, &> is oceasionally written for 
i> to him, according to the Masorites 
fifteen times in al}, Ex. 21, 8. Lev. 11, 
21, 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3. .2 Sam. 16, 18, 
Ps. 100, 3 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13, 15. 41, 
4. Ezra 4, 2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2. Is. 9, 2. 
63, 9. Vice versa also 5 is put for xd 
1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of 
these examples are doubtful. 


xd. once ΤΡ Dan. 4, 32 Chethibh 
i,q. Heb. 8> 


nd 507 55 


1. not, no, non, Dan. 2, 5, 9. 10. 11. 3, 
12. 14, ‘sb annon? ib. 3, 24, 4, 27. 
2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32. 


"27 N85 (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. ἢ. 
of a town of Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27; writ- 
ten in ὁ. 9, 4.5 537 1. 


"QI N> (not my people) Lo-ammi, 
symb. name of a son of Hosea, Hos, 1, 9. 


my) 85 (not compassionated, τ. 
ἘΠ᾿) Lo-ruhamah, symbolical name of 
a daughter of Hosea, Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 25. 


* IND obsol. root, kindr, with “5, 
3m, to burn, and thence to thirst. 


Arab. Sy mid. Waw, to thirst—Hence 
naixdn thirst. 


2 Nd | in Kal only fut. 535, apoc. 
δ}. 

Ἵ. to be wearied, exhausted, i. q. "17>, 
where see for the origin. Chald. n> 
and mz> id. Syr. ail id. Aph. od hie 
Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come 
upon hes, xbm: and thou faintest. With 
> ς. inf. to ‘labour in vain, not be able, 
Gen. 19, 11. 

2. to be weary of any thing, to take ill, 
Job A, 2. 

Nipu. i. q. Kal, but more usual. 

1. to be weary, exhausted, to faint ; 
Part. fem. 9X52 weary Ps. 68,10. Espec. 
to labour in vain, Is. 16, 12; c. inf. Jer. 
20,9. Also to weary oneself, 56. by vain 
labour, Jer. 9, 4. 

2. 1. ἃ. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any 
thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf. 
Is. 1, 14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf. c. > Prov. 
26, 15 it grieveth him (the slug gard) lo 
δήδα his hand again to his mouth. In- 
tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18. 

Hires. 485m 1. to make weary, Jer. 
12, 5. Ez. 24, ‘12. 

2, to weary out, to tire one’s patience, 
Is. 7, 13. Mic. 6, 3; comp. Job 16, 7. 

Deriv. 428M, also 


a> (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder 
daughter of Laban and wife of Jacob, 
Gen. 29, 16 sq. 30, 9 sq. 34, 1. 


‘4 BND i. q. 09> and &M>, to wrap 
around, to muffle, to cover, 2 Sam. 19, 5. 
Comp. Sanscr. lud, Gr. λάϑω, λανϑάνω, 
Lat. lateo.—For ἘΝ Job 15, 11, see un- 
der ON. 


OND 1, q. &> part. Kal from γ. 84> q. v. 
Lo adv. softly, gently, see OX. 


* ND obsol. root; Arab. oY Conj. 
IV, also Eth. AA, to send a messenger, 
TAG (to be sent), to wait upon. to 
minister, AS) a minister, servant, 
Kindred are 42, 9>>. 

Deriv. 5822, nexba, ΤΑΝ ΡΌ, and pr. 
n. "285%. 


by (of God se. created, comp. Job 
33, 5,) Lael, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Num. 3, 24. 


me DNS obsol. root, of doubtful signifi- 
cation; Arab. “Vi is to agree, to be 
congruent. Perh. ἘΝ 5 may be softened 
from ΠῚ, re) signifying to make a 
noise, whence ΠῚ multitude, and pr. ἢ. 
DITISN ; comp. 37}, 533.—Hence 


Dit me. suff mad, “and Is. 51, 4; 
plur. pred. 

l. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov. 
11, 26. 14, 28; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27, 29. 
Ps. 7, 8. 9, 9. al. 

2. Plur. Leummim, pr. n. of an Arab 
tribe, Gen. 25,3; supposed to be the same 
with the ᾿Δλλουμαιώται of Ptolemy δ. 7. 


35 m. (τ. 332) c. Makk. ~33, c. suf. 
"a>, 42>, plur. mizd; also 

385 m. constr. δ Ἢ 6. suff. "33>, 
62225; plur. misz> 1 Chr. 28, 9, c. suff. 
once wb Nah. 2. 8. 

1, the heart, so called as sr! covered 


with fat; see the root. Arab. Soh Syr. 
taS, Eth. Af), id—2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps. 
45,6. al. As the heart is the central 
point for the blood, and the seat of life, 
it is often put: 

a) i. ᾳ. 82 (Hom. φρένες) anima, life, 
the vital principle, Ps. 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer. 
4, 18, comp. S82 in v. 10. Hence the 
heart is said to live, to recreate itself, Ps. 
22, 27; or to be sick Is. 1,5; and even 
to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23, comp. 8, 


160, Cant. 5,2. Also to stay the heart is 


to refresh oneself with food and drink, 
see "50. Ex. 9, 14 “sad by upon thy 
heart, i.e. upon thee, thyself. 

b) Further, with the Hebrews as in 
Engl. the heart is the seat of the feel- 
ings, affections, and emotions of various 


55 508 =) 


kinds: e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9. 16,15 
thy heart is not with me, i.e. thou lovest 
me not; (contra, fo love with all the 
heart, Deut. 4, 29. 6, 5;) of confidence, 
Proy. 31, 11; contempt, Prov. 5, 12; 
, Joy, Ps. 104, 15; sorrow, Neh. 2,2. Ecce. 
7, 3; contrition, Ps. 109, 16; bitterness, 
Ps. 73, 21; despair, Ecc. 2, 20; security, 
=> 1139 Ps, 57, 8. 108, 2, Poetically 
there is also ductiied to the sorrowful 
a heart sick, wounded, grieved, Prov. 13, 
12. 14, 13. Is. 61,1; to the timid a heart 
‘which melts, Is. 13,7. Deut. 20,8; to the 
inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see 
ΤΩΡ, mm) like a stone Ez. 11, 19. 
36, 26, not circumcised Lev. 26,41. The 
words too by which we utter or express 
those feelings, are poetically ascribed 
to the heart; and thus the heart is said 
to cry out, Hos. 7, 14; to lament, Is. 
15, 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38,9. Also 
to pour out the heart is i. ἃ. to pour out 
one’s feelings in tears, Lam. 2, 19.—Es- 


pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind, 


courage; so taaa% bold. courageous. 
1 Sam. 17, 32 "59 pty 2b bE bx let no 
man’s heart fail, etc. Gen. 42,28 x3™ 
ΞΡ and their heart went forth, their 
courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10. 
Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. Firmness 
of heart is also put for the same, Job 41, 
15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of mind 
‘seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: “na 
ΞΡ ANP? whither doth thy heart carry 
thee away ? 
_ 6) Inreference to the mode of thinking 
and acting, i.e. to disposition and char- 
acter; in which sense there is ascribed 
‘to any one a clean heart, Ps. 51, 12; 
sincere 1 K.3,6; faithful Neh. 9,8; up- 
right 1 K. 9,4; also on the contrary, a 
heart perverse Ps. 101, 4; contumacious, 
froward, Proy. 7, 10; deep, i. 6. hidden, 
crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36, 13; 
also double-minded men are said to 
speak with a double heart or mind, Ps. 
12, 3 99279 359 322; comp. contra, 1Chr, 
12, 33 ab) = ba with one heart, sincere- 
ly. Further, a heart or mind that is 
wide 315 Prov. 21, 4, great 51} Is. 9, 9, 
high ™23 Ez. 28, 5, signifies pride ; but 
the former also denotes joy, Is. 60, 5. 

4) As the seat of will, purpose, deter- 
mination. 1 Sam. 14,7 “Bx7b2 ΠῸΡ 


ἼΞΞ5Ξ do all that is in thy heart, what 
thou wilt or hast determined. te 10, 7 
jan>a ἼΛΩΘΟ to destroy is in his heart. 
Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "22 is in 
my heart, i. e. 1 have. decreed it, will 
bring it to pass. Soa thing is said to be 
"23 ὩΣ in my heart, i.e. I have purposed 
it, 1K. 8, 17. 18. 1 Chr. 22, 7. 28,2. 
2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "2253 i. 6. after my 
own heart, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam. 
13, 14. Ps. 20, 5; so "25> Jer. 3, 15, 
na3b3 1 Sam. 2, 35. Alko sab-by Neh. 
7,5. Ecc. 11, 9 ΕΝ "S772 abn walk in 
the ways of thy heart, follow out your 
own desires, will. 

e) To the heart is also ascribed under- 
standing, intelligence, wisdom, (comp. 


8᾽ 

ῳ» heart, intellect, Lat. cor Cic. Tusc. 
1. 9. Plaut. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda- 
tus 1. 6. discreet, prudent,) and even too 
the faculty of thinking, Is. 10,7. 1 Chr. 
29, 18.—1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of 
Sheba) spake with him all that was im 
her heart, i.e. all she knew. Judg. 16, 
17 he told her all his heart i.e. all he 
knew. Ecc. 7,2. Hence one is said to 
be 22> D2n wise of heart Job 9,4, comp. 
1K. 10, 24; et contra 32 700 void of 
understanding, foolish, Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4. 
3d "te viri cordati, men of snidorstoads 
ing, intelligent, Job 34, 10. 12, 3 δ. 
ἘὈΞῚΩ9 32> I too have understanding as 
well as you. 3> M2 strength of under- 
standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite 
wisdom of God. A Sat heart, i. e. cover- 
ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal- 
lous understanding, Is. 6,10; see in 720. 
—The consciousness of right and wrong 
the Hebrews expressed by: the heart 
knoweth, is conscious to itself, Ecc. 7, 22. 

f) Trop. heart is put for self, like B32 
no 5, in the formulas 1353 "238, 13353" x, 
ΕΝ δ, to say in or to ones heart. 
i.e. oneself; see in 8 no. 2, also in 
"23 Pi. no. 1. f 

2. Metaph. heart, forthe middle, midse, 
inner part, e. g. of the sea, Ex. 15,8; of 
the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14 
mbxn 353 in the midst of the terebinth. 
So χαρδία τῆς γῆς Matt. 12, 40. 


35 and 33 Chald. m. the heart, i. 4. 
mind, intellect, Dan. 4, 13. 7,4; ο. suff. 
"55 7, 28; Ἴ339 2, 30. 5,22; 5 335 4, 18. 
δ, 20. 21. 


nad 


“4 N25 and mad obsol. root, whence 
are derived 8"3>, =>, 835, lion, lioness. 
Prob. onomatopoetic, imitating the sound 
of lowing, roaring, like old Germ. liuwdn, 
leuen, Eng}. to low, whence Germ. Leu, 
Léwe, comp. Gr. λέων, Lat. leo. 


FIN? (lions, see 5) Lebaoth, pr. n. 
of a city of Simeon, Josh. 15, 32; more 
fully mixz> ΤῊΣ 19, 6. 


Γ 229 in Kal not used. prob. to be fat. 
The primary idea lies in the slipperiness, 
lubricity, of fat things; which notion is 
expressed by the syllables 35, 55; see 
35M to be fat, 4bm, Hb, Adv, to be 
smooth, slippery; Sanscr. lip illinere. 
Hence 32, 335, mad, the heart, as 
covered with fat, and therefore called 
also 22M q. v. no.1.b. Also mias> q. v. 

Niu. denom. from 33>, pass. of Pi. no. 
1, to be without heart, i.e. to want under- 
standing. Job 11, 12 3352 3932 "Ὁ 
Ἴδε ST NIB ὙΡῚ but man is hollow 
(empty) and wanteth understanding ; 
yea, man is born like a wild ass’s colt, 
signifying the weakness and dullness 
of human understanding in comparison 
with the divine wisdom. There is a 
paronomasia in the words 2333 and 235%. 
—To this interpretation, which alone 
accords with the context, I have former! y 
objected, that there was no example of 
the privative power of Piel thus transfer- 
red to Niphal; but this objection is re- 


sre 
moved by examples in Arabic, as ous” 


in hepate lwsus est, hepate laboravit, 
Oye in hepate lesus. Others com- 
pare Syr. 2a cordatum fecit, animum 
addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, confortatus 
est; and render thus: but the foolish 
man will become wise, (when) the wild 
ass’s colt is born a man, i. e. never ; 
contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew. 

Piet 23> 1. Denom. from 335, to rob 
one of his heart, i.e. to ravish the heart, 
spoken of a maiden, Cant. 4,9. Comp. 
on this species of denominatives, Heb. 
Gramm. ὃ 51. 2. ¢. 

2. Denom. from mia"2>, to make fat 
cakes, 2 Sam. 13, 6.8. See miar3>. 


i 222 heart, see under 35. 


22> Chald. see in Chald. 55. 
43* 


509 


-α 
-- 


52> alone, see 2. 
mao see r. 82>. 


M22 £ contr. for man> flame, Ex. 3,2; 
as Sup" for dup .—Others derive it 
from r. 32>, 3525 Samar. to shine, to 
give light, kindr. with 30>. 


ΤΩΡ £. (r, 32>) the heart, Ez. 16, 30; 
plur. mi2> Ps. 7, 10. Prov. 15, 11. 

MID? see mad. 

a> and Ὁ39 m. once with fem. 
signif. see no. 3. R, 63>. 

1. ἃ garment, vestment, 1. 4. “23. and 
mostly poet. Job 24, 7. 10. 31, 19. 38,9. 
Ps. 22, 19. 45,14. Prov. 27,6. Jer. 10, 9. 
Spec. a splendid garment, Job 38, 14 
Wand faz ἸΞΝ ΠῚ and (all things) stand 
forth as in splendid attire, i. 6. the 
earth as illumined by the morning sun; 

comp. Esth. 6,9. 10. 11. Is. 63,1. Trop. 
of the skin Job 30,18; of the armature 
or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5. 

2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mal. 2, 16. 
Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2. 183 
wives are your garment, and ye are 
theirs; so the words .c.¢ and wh, 
to put on a garment, and also to lie with 
a woman. See more in Schultens Ani- 

~madv, ad Ps. 65, 14. 


wa23 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan. 
3, 21. 


*wad in Kal not used, Arab. δα! 
to throw upon the ground, to prostrate. 

Nipu. to be thrown down, to fall, to 
perish, Proy. 10, 8. 10. Hos. 4, 14. 


722 m. (τ. 835).@ Lion, not found in 
sing. Plur. τὰ. DN3> lions Ps. 57, 5; 
fem. Minz? lionesses, c. suff. Tmixa> 
Nah. 2, 13; see x72>. 


N22 ἃ lion, pr. a lioness, so called 
from their roaring, see r. 82>; a poetic 
word, Gen. 49,9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33, 
20. Job 4, 11. 38, 39. Is. 5, 29. 30, 6, al 

SB.- Se = Se,- G4 
Arab. εἰ], Saal ᾿ BU, also Fo, ete. 
lioness; Copt. AZOS lion, lioness, and 

also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. L p. 
719. supposes this word to denote, not 
the male lion, but the lioness ; and this 
rests on good grounds, though different 


from those assigned by him, viz. a) It 


nod 510 


is coupled with other nouns denoting a 
lion, where it can hardly be a mere sy- 
nonyme, Gen. |. c. Num. |. c. Nah. 2, 12. 
Is. 30,6. Ὁ) The passages in Job 4,11 
and 38, 39, accord much better with a 
lioness than with a lion. c) In Ez. 19,2 
the letters 8°25 certainly imply a lion- 
ess, and the pointing 8*3> savours of 
grammatical artifice. d) The masc. 
termination is no objection, since there 
are many names of female animals with 
masc. endings; as ]iM& she-ass, 571 ewe, 
tS she-goat. 


sPa> f. Ez. 19, 2 a lioness ; see 8732 
lett. c. 


miara> f. plur. (τ. 535) a species of 
cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob. 
with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind 
of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam. 
13, 6. 7.8.10. Sept. zoddveidsc, Vulg. 
sorbitiuncula. Hence the denom. verb 
Pj. 22> no. 2, q. v. 


Da), see D5, 
: {22 1. to be white, in Kal not used, 


S -¢ 
see 3», 272. Hence Arab. ue milk. 
2. Denom. from 33, to make bricks, 


“Gen. 11,3. Ex. δ, 7.14. Arab. od id. 


Hien. 1. Causat. to make white, me- 
‘taph. to purify, to cleanse from the filth 
-of sin, Dan. 11, 35. 

2. Intrans. to become white, Ps. 51, 9. 
Is, 1, 18. Joel 1,7. On verbs of colour 
in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. § 52. 2. 

Hirup. to purify or cleanse oneself, 
Dan. 12, 10. 

Deriv. j2>2, and the nine here fol- 
lowing (without 43>). 


42> adj. fem. m2) 1. white, Gen. 30, 
35. 37. Ex. 16, 31. Lev. 13, 3 sq. Zech. 
1,8. White raiment was worn on fes- 
tive occasions, Ecc. 9, 8; comp. Hor. 
Sat..2. 2. 60. Ep. 2. 2. 3, 4. 

2. Laban, pr.n. a) The son of Be- 
thuel, an Arameean, the father-in-law of 
Jacob, Gen. 24, 29. 50. c. 29-31. b) A 
place in Arabia Deut. 1, 1. 


722 i. 4. 333 no. 1, white, constr. τ ΞΡ 
Gen. 49, 12. 


722 in the phrase 4nd mid Ps, 9, 1. 
Here some take 42> as a pr. ἢ. Labben, 


335 


of one of David’s enemies ; others regard 
Ὁ as servile and 43 as the pr. ἢ. of a Le- 
vite, as in 1 Chr. 15,18. Some moderns 
suppose 39 ΓΗ to be the name of a mu- 
sical instrument. Better to read mvabz 
i> as in many Mss. with virgins’ voice 
(minbs ἘΣ Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be 
sung by them; 42 being taken as col- 
lective. See j3 no. 3. 


22? (τ, 435) 1. the white, poet. 
for the meen as 2m for the sun, and 


ta 3 moon, from leas to be white. 
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26. 

2. Lebanah, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 45. Neh. 
7, 48. 


M229 f. (r. 425) α brick, a tile, dried 
in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1. 
Plur. 07935 Gen. 1. ο. Ex. 1, 14. 5, γῆ. 
15. 9, 9. al. So called from the white and 
chalky clay of which bricks were made, 
as described by Vitruv. II. 8. Arab. 


on, os ors id. Comp. 4252. 
mem m. (r. 72>) a species of tree or 
shrub, so called from the whitish colour 
of its bark or leaves, Gen. 30, 37. Hos. 
4,13. According to the Sept. aad Arab. 
in Gen. styrax, storax, called in Arab. 


“οὗ 


on ; according to the Sept. in Hos. 
and Vulg. in Gen. λεύίκη, populus alba, 
the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot. 
I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplem. p. 1404. 
Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263. 


M23? f. (r. 135) 1. whiteness, clear- 
ness, transparency, Ex. 24, 10. 

2. Libnah, pr.n. a) A city in the 
plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitish 
king, afterwards assigned to the priests 
and made an asylum, Josh. 10, 29. 12, 
15. 15,42. 2K. 8. 22. ἃ].  b) A station 
of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 
20. 


ΓΞ and mine f. Gr. λέβανος, λιβα- 


γωτός, Arab. oul, Syr. δῶσαν. 

1. frankincense, Ley. 2, 1. 15. 5, 11. 
24,7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60,6. al. So called 
from the white colour which marks the 
purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 14 
or 32. It is found not only in Arabia, Is. 
60, 6. Jer. 6, 20; but also in Palestine 
according to Cant. 4, 6. 14, unless in 


25 


these latter passages the word is to be 
understood of other odoriferous plants. 
Used chiefly for burning incense. See 
Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm. 
Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq. 

2. Lebonah, pr. n. of a city near Shi- 
loh, Judg. 21, 19. Now Lubban, see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL p. 90. 


7225, in prose always with the art. 
yeain 1 K. δ, 6. 9. Ezra 3,75 poet. 
without it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp. 
Ps. 29, 5); but also with it, Is. 29, 17. 
33, 9. Cant. 4, 11. 15; pr. ἢ, Lebanon, 


Libanus, Gr. Aifavog, Arab. wld, 
Syr. <isd, a celebrated mountain on 


the confines of Syria and Palestine, de- 
scribed as abounding in cedars (see 
T38), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds 
of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14, 
7. It consists of two lofty parallel ridg- 
es, of which the western one is called 
καὶ ἐξοχήν, Lebanon, Libanus ; while 
the eastern ridge bears the name of 
Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern 
part, that of Hermon, }ia°" q.v. [The 
whole eastern ridge is called by the 
Arabs Jebel esh-Shirkiyeh ; while its 
southern part or Hermon, as having 
uporrit ice in its ravines for a great part 
of the summer, takes the name of Jebel 
eth-T'helj, snow-mountain ; but more 
commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh. 
The name 41232 Lebanon comes from 
the whitish colour of the limestone rock ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439.—R.] 
—The valley between the two ridges of 
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call- 
ed Kain! el-Bikd’a ; different from 
which is the 712325 mp2 the valley of 
Lebanon Josh. 11,17. 12,7, see in MP3. 
See Reland Palestine: I: p- 311. Burek- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 1 sq. Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439. 
"22> (white) Libni, pr. n. of a son of 
Gershon, Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3,18. Also 
as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58. 


m22>, see 939 TiN. 


“db and 2 Lev. 16, 4, Ps. 98, 
» Be ἊΣ wah. , imper. 83>. 
1. to put ona garment, i. e. upon one- 


self Arab. Gaus), Syr. ww, Ethiop. 


511 wa) 


Affi, id. “With acc. of garment, Lev. 
6, 4, Jon. 3,5 ΒΡ atiabe and they put 
on sackcloth. Gen, 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14,2; 
to wear 2 Sam. 13,18. With 52 of the 
member Lev. 6, 3; once c. 3 Esth. 6, 8, 
as Lat. ‘induit se veste,’ and Arab. 

J c. acc. et . Absol. to clothe 
oneself, Hagg. 1, 6.—Parr. pass. 3932, 
325, clothed, with ace. Ez. 9, 2. 3. Dan. 
10,5. Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. Ἵ7, 5. 
Prov. 31, 21; or with gen. having the 
art. D"327 inab Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2. 6.7. 
Dan. 12, 6. 7. 

2. Trop. in various senses: 8) Ps. 
104, 1 mead wy tin splendour and 
majesty ‘hast thou put.on, sc. as a gar- 
ment. Job 7,537 "Wa 82> my body 
hath put on worms. is clothed or covered 
with worms. Ps. 65, 14 jx83 O72 Ὁ 3 
the pastures are clothed with flocks. 
Ban t3> clothed with slain, i. e. lying 
in a confused heap of the slain, and 
covered by them, Is. 14,19. b) Often, 
to put on or be clothed with shame, i. 6. 
to be covered with it, Job 8, 22. Ps. 
35, 26. 109, 29; cursing Ps. 109, 18; 
righteousness Job 29, 14 ; terror Ez. 26, 
16; astonishment Ez. 7, 27; salvation, 
welfare, 2 Chr. 6,41. Ps. 132,9; strength 
Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. ete. Comp. the Home- 
ric formulas, Svew ἀλκήν Il. 19. 36; ἕννυ- 
σϑαι ἀλκήν 20. 381; ἐπιέννυσϑαι ἀλκήν 
Od. 9. 214. There is a play upon this 
twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14: 
sadabe1 "na> prs 7 put on righteous- 
ness, and it put me on, i.e. without I am 
clothed with righteousness as a gar- 
ment, and within it fills me wholly. In | 
like manner the Spirit of the Lord is 
said to put on any one, i. 6. to fill him, to 
come upon or enter into him, Judg. 6, 34. 
1 Chr, 12, 18. 3 Chr. 24,20; comp. Luke 
24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase Lx 
yo Satan has put thee on, i. 6. has 
entered into thee, Ephrem Opp. Syr. 
If. 504, 505. 

Pua. part. ΘΟ: Ρ Ezra 3, 10, and 
ova owa>a 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9, 
clothed in (royal or priestly) robes. 

Hiren. to put on a garment upon an- 
other, to clothe in or with any thing; 
with two acc. of pers. and garment; 
Gen. 41, 42 we "πὴ ink O2bs and 
Blothed him with vestures of fine linen. 


wad 
Ex. 28,41. 29, 5. 40,13.14. 1 Sam. 17, 38. 
Ez. 16, 10. al, With acc. of garment 
and >> of the member, Gen. 27, 16 the 
skins of the kids "77> 53 mw7a>N she put 
upon his hands. With acc. of pers. only, 
Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4.— 
Trop. Job 39, 19 mez iaxiy wade 
hast thow clothed his neck with shud- 
dering? i.e. with a mane; see in M22". 
Job 10,11. Is. 50,3. So to clothe with 
temporal salvation. prosperity, i.e. to be- 
stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10; 
to clothe (cover) with shame, Ps. 132, 18. 

Deriv. wa>, ΘΗ, NYDN. 


%2> Chald. fut. 827 to put on a gar- 
ment, c. acc. Dan. 5, 7. 16. 

Ἄρη. 7257, after the Heb. form, to 
clothe, with ‘en; of ginal and > of 
pers. Dan. 5, 29. 


w2> see wand 4 


? 


52 m. (τ. 23>) pr. as it would seem, 
‘a deep cavity, basin;? comp. Syr. 
{aS basin, dish, Gr. λάκκος, λάκος, 
Lat. lacus, lacuna. Then as the small- 
est measure of liquids among the He- 
brews, a log, containing according to 
the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin 
(7°), or six eggs; equal to about’3+ 
gills Engl. Lev. 14, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24. 


* 350 obsol. root. Arab. | has for 


one of its meanings, to be~deep, e.g. 


3 
water, the sea; depth of the sea, 


abyss.—Hence Heb. 3>. 


"5 (perh. strife, quarrel, r. 115) pr. 
n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites, 
Neh. 7, 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12. Ezra 2, 
33.—Gr. Avdda, Avddy, Lydda, Acts 9, 
32. 35. 38. 1 Mace. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20. 


-" 3 
6. 2; afterwards Diospolis. Now J 


Ludd. See Reland Palest. p.877. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 49 sq. 


ἘΠῚ obsol. root, in Arab. to strive, 
to quarrel ; hence pr. n. 7>, and 773 
for 172743 son of strife, q. v. 


ΤΊ Chald. nothing, i. ᾳ. 8b, Dan. 4, 
32 Cheth. See in &>. 


T> Deut. 3, 11 Cheth. for Nb not. * 


512 


302 


A om obsol. root, Arab. S05 , Eth. 
AUN, to burn, to flame. The origin 
lies in the notion of licking, lapping, 
gliding over, which is contained in 
roots beginning with the syllables n>, 
m>, >>, and is variously transferred ince 
δος the verb 35>); especially to flame 
which seems like a tongue to lick, 1. 6. 
to be lambent; see ὌΠ, and comp. 
γλῶσσα πυρός Acts 2, 3. 

Deriv. the three following, and 22, 
nando. 


37? τη. plur. D°31> Is. 13, 8, constr. 
ΕΝ Is. 66, 15. 

1. a flame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13. 
Bx snd Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30; 
wR saab Is. 66, 15.—Is. 13, 8 cian "28 
ἘΠῚ “faces of fiame are their ‘faces, 
i. e. red and burning (flushed) with 
anxiety, agitation; comp. Ps. 10, 2. 
39, 4. 

2. flame of a weapon, i. 6. glittering 
brightness, e. g. of a spear Job 39, 23; 
of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr. 
blade of a sword Judg. 3, 22. 


Mam? £ (r. 35>) constr. Pan> Ez. 21, 
3; plur. nian Ps. 105, 32, constr. nish 
Ps. 29, 7. 

A. ἃ flame, i. q. a> but more freq. 
Num. 21, 28. Is. δ, 24. 10,17. 43, 2. 
47,14. Joel 1,19. 2,3. Dan. 11, 23, al. 
tx mand fire of flame, i. e. flaming 
fire, Is. 4,5. Lam. 2,3; misnd Ox id. 
Ps. 105, 32; ON nisnd ‘flames of ire Ps. 
29; ἡ. 

2. i. ᾳ. 392 no. 2, blade of a spear, its 
point or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7. 


D2? m. plor. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Gen. 10, 
13, pr.n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian 
origin, i.g. B°39> Libyans. Comp. on 
the affinity of forms 5 and ΤΡ. under 
let. πὶ p. 238. This is prob. the primi- 
tive form, since the roots 335, ΝΘ, are 
doubtless softened from sb. 


* 302 obsol. root, Arab. pr. to 


be eager, greedy, for any thing ; often 
trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing ; 
to hear or learn diligently ; nearly i. ᾳ. 
Engl. to study. The primary idea is 
that of languishing, ρίας se. from 
exertion; see 77>, m2, ἘΠ, Hence 


ἈΠ 


Aben Ezra well, Ecc. 12, 12; parall. 
with OBO MBP the making of books. 
Sept. μελέτη, Vulg. meditatio, 


7s ΠΡ obsol. root, Arab. dn to press, 


to oppress. Hence. 
2 Lahad, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 


“m2 to be languid, wearied, ex- 
hausted, i. q. P¥>; comp. M82 and HAD. 
The origin seems to lie in the idea of 
fainting from thirst, when the tongue 
is thrust out, and one burns and longs for 
drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with 
md, as 39>, mm>, and see further under 
the root ΜΝ Comp. Lat. langueo, also 
Germ. lechen, whence the frequentat. 
lechzen. Once, Gen. 47,13 yas mdm} 
ὩΣ "2Bo Ooms 2 the land of Egypt 
languished, fainted, because of the fam- 
ine. Chald. 49> often for Heb. mx>. 


“FD ij in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 
mm and ‘sn , pr. to have bursting thirst ; 
hence, as this i is a trait of rabid dogs, to 
be mad, rabid, like a dog; to be enraged, 
frenzied. Thus. 

Hirupavr. part. 329>m2 a madman, 
one insane, Prov. 26,18. Sept. Aldin. 
and Symm. πειρώμενοι tempted, driven, 
sc. by a demon. Venet. ἐξεστώς.---Α 
secondary form, prob. derived from the 


idea of insanity, is the Syriac aXadzf 
obstupuit, horruit. 


*T. OF ΠΡ pr. to lick, to lap, see in 
=> ; then to burn, to flame ; Ps. 104, 4 
urd Ox flaming fire: So nun the 
flaming i i.e. those breathing out fire and 
flames, trop. Ps. 57,5. Syr. Chald. id. 

Pret vd 1, to make burn, to set on 
Jire, c. ace. Ps. 83, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of 
the breath, Job 41, 13 [21]. 

2. to burn up, to consume, c. ace. Joel 
1, 19. 2, 3. Ps. 106, 18. 

Deriv. 2n>. 


ΓΈΝΟΣ ᾳ. vid, ὉΝῸ,, (comp. un- 
der F, p. 238,) pr. to wrap up, to cover ; 
then fo use secret and magic arts ; 
whence D°UM> q. v. 


ὮΣΙ. m. (τ. vm I) pr. flame ; hence 
glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24. 
Comp. 37> no. ἃ 


513 


a> τὴ. study of letters, learning, as 


nid 


pron> m. magic arts, enchantments, 
Ex.7, 11, i. 4. B°93 in v. 29, R. und IL. 


ὭΣ in Kal not used. Arab. ey to 


swallow greedily; whence pe greedy, 


an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is 5m>. 

Hrrar. part. °2m>m2 ‘ things gree- 
dily swallowed,’ dainty morsels, Prov. 
18, 8. 26, 22. 

JF? therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in ὙΠ 1, 
p. 259. 

772 Chald. (7 with >) 1. 1. ᾳ. Heb. 
propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6. 9. 4, 24. 
Hence 

2. As an adversative particle, by a 
transition like that of Heb. 135, see in 
2 p. 474. c. 8, nihilominus, nevertheless, 
i. q. but, Ezra 5,12; and so after a nega- 
tive Dan. 2, 30; i. q. except, Dan. 2, 11. 
3, 23. 6,8.—Some regard this as a dif- 
ferent word, made up from 83 and 94. 


MPM? £ only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob. by 
transposit. for ΠΡ ΠΡ (τ. tnp) an assem- 
bly, company ; comp. the form an>p% 
2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth.—Others make it 
from a doubtful root p>, Eth. AU® 
to grow old; whence A.® presbyter, 
prince; q. d. a senate. 

> twice for Nd not, see Xd note, 
p- 506. col. 2. 


725 1D, see "27 ND p. 507. 
"5, see in NAD. 


ἘΝῚ obsol. and perh. ἃ secondary 
root, to negative, i.q. 892 q.v. Hence 
ND not, also 

N12 1 Sam. 14, 30, Is. 48, 18. 63, 19; 


wd 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere %9; 
see note. 

1. Interject. of wishing, i.gq. Oh if! 
Oh that! would that ! Constr. with fut. 
Gen. 17, 18, Job 6,2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13. 
Preter, Num. 14,2 m2 55 would that 
we had died ! 20,3 33323 >. Josh. 7, 7; 
but with fat. signif. Is. 63, 19 ASIP νῷ 
D728 Oh that thou somuldst rend the hea- 
vens ἢ Also as merely concessive, Gen. 
30, 34 F372 “HIT 5D i. q. let it be accord- 
ing to thy word.—Hence as 

2. Conj. conditional, if; implying that 
the thing supposed does not exist. is not 
true, or at least is very uncertain aad 


od 


9 


ap 


improbable ; comp. ®& C, and Arab. ap 
De Sacy Gr. I. § 885. It is followed, 
according as the sense requires: a) 
By the preter, Deut. 32, 29 1225 "Ὁ 
PR Abin if they were wise (which 
they are not), they would understand 
this. Judg. 13, 23 wn %en>d ™ yen Ὁ 
amr mp> Xd if the Lord were pleased 
to Ieill us, he would not have accepted, 
etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2,11. Ὁ) 
The Future, Ez. 14,15 if J shall send 
evil beasts upon the land (which I do not 
say will take place),...16...these (three 
upright men) alone shall be delivered. 
In v. 13 is "D in the same sense; while 
in vv. 17. 19, the conditional particle is 
wholly omitted. c) A Particip. 2 Sam. 
18,12 FOD Foe "BD ἘΣ Sp “Day 955 
‘ann tt mbuix ND even if I should "have 
weighed out to me a thousand shekels 
(which no one will do), yet would I not 
put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81,14. 4) 
ws, Num. 22, 29.—Comp. xbi>. An 

example of aposiopesis is Gen. 50, 15 "Ὁ 
HOM ἘΣ Δ if now Joseph should per- 
secute us! what then? Sept. well as 
to the sense, μή ποτε. 

Nors. As to the origin, δὴ and "Ὁ are 
prob. i. g. ib, Rb, nun, nonne? sce Mb 
no. 2; which latter was so pronounced 
in interrogation as to express desire, 
and thus passed over into a particle of 
wishing ; 6. g. N27 4> shall he not live? 
i.e. Oh that he might live! ‘55 
nonne sit? i. gq. sit! Comp. Gr. ov in 
entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 οὐκ ἄν μοι 
δόμον ἀνέρος ἡγήσαιο ᾿Αλκινόου. ib. 22. 
132.—This view is confirmed by the 
analogy of the Syriac; in which the 
various significations of the Heb. parti- 
cle are expressed by particular forms ; 
thus the primitive negat. is eX non, 
also nonne? the optative is weS uti- 


nam ; the conditional asf if. 


SAP heal, root, i. α. 28> to thirst ; 
kindr. 35. Arab. id. —Hence 


ὈΠ 39 gentile ἢ, plur. 2 Chr. 12,3. 16, 
8. Nah. 3, 9, also pr? Dan. 11, 43, Liby- 
ans, every where joined with the Egyp- 
tians and Ethiopians. Comp. 0°3m>. 


8 
Arab. (<35J Libyan, strictly, ‘inhabi- 


14 md 


tant of a dry and thirsty land” from r. 
35. Comp. ns. 


ἘΠῚ Τλιά, pr. n. of two nations or Ὁ 
tribes, viz. 

1. A people descended from Shem, 
Gen. 10,22; not improbably the Lydians 
in Asia Minor, according to the opinion 
of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4. 

2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio- 
pia,) sprung from the Egyptians, and 
accustomed to fight with bows and 
arrows, Ez. 27,10. 30, 5. Is. 66,19; also 
plur. 5"455 Ludim Gen. 10,13. Jer. 46, 9. 
See J. D. Michaelis Suppl.1418. Bochart 
Phaleg IV. 26. 


ἘΠῚ fut.52>% 1. to fold, to wreathe, 
to twine, whence mb and m"> a wreath, 
garland. WIP a serpent coiling himself 
in folds; comp. =>. Arab. sy to twist 


a cord, (55. to be distorted, Conj. III to 


coil oneself, as a serpent. 

2. to join oneself to any one, to cleave 
to him; pr. to fold oneself around him. 
Chald. 81>, Syr. Zab. JaX, id. Ece. 8, 
15 it is good for a man to eat and to 
drink and to rejoice, 332323 52339 NIN} 
for this will eleave to him (abide with 
him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se- 
cum aufert de labore suo. Hence 

3. to borrow, q. ἃ. to bind oneself to 
any one, Lat. nexus est, Neh. 5,4. Deut. 
28, 12. Part. m%> a borrower Ps. 37, 31. 
Prov. 22.7. Is. 24,2.—Comp. Lat. nexus, 
i. e. a debtor given up, bound to serve 
his creditor till payment is made, Varro 
Ling. Lat. 6. 5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28. 

Nien. to join oneself to any one, like 
Kal no. 2; either in society and friend- 
ship Is. 14, 1. Dan. 11, 34. Esth. 9, 27; 
or for aid Num. 18, 2. 4; or, in respect 
to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6. 
Jer. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [11].—Constr. e. 
bs Num. 18, 2. 4. al. 5x Gen. 29, 34. 
Is. 56, 3. al. 03 Ps. 83, 9. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor- 
row, i.e. to lend ; with ace. of pers. pr. 
‘to bind to oneself’? Deut. 28. 12. 44, 
Prov. 19, 17 mins my>2 a lender to Jeho- 
vah ; also with acc. of thing Ex. 22, 24. 
Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22,7. Ps. 112, δ. 
Sept. δανείζω, ἐκδανείζω. 

Deriv. m3, jN77>, 47> pl. misd, my> 
and pr. ἢ, ΡΝ 


5 


“79 1. to bend, to bend aside ; Arab. 
jy to bend, to incline. 

2. to turn away, to depart, fut. plur. 
ἘΠῚ c. 8, Prov. 3, 21. 

Nien. part. rib3 perverted, i. e. per- 
verse, wicked, (comp. m3, UP2,) Prov. 
3, 32. Neutr. 1153 perversenees, wicked- 
ness, Is. 30, 12. More fully Prov. 14, 2 
ἜΘ 152 perverse in his ways, and 2, 
15 onibases ΘΛ 715) id. 

Hien. fat. ars inflected in the Chal- 
dee manner (like "2°37 from >), i. q. 
Kal no. 2, to turn away, to depart, Prov. 
4,21. See Heb. Gr. § 71. ἡ. 9. 


ΤῊΣ τὴ, 1. As the name of a tree or 
shrub bearing nuts, Gen. 30, Lad either 


the almond-tree, Arab. iy Fs ap Syr. 
Hes; or the hazel, cia τὰ almond 
or hazel. Interpreters are divided; but 
the former seems the more seibethte:—= 
The etymology is hardly to be looked 
for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to 
be softened from a primitive form, which 
the Armenian has preserved in engies, 
Lat. nux, old Germ. Anuz ; and which 
the Heb. also exhibits in another man- 
ner (dropping 7) in Tax nut. 

2. Luz, pr.n. a) Anancient city of 
the Canaanites, called also 5x ΤῚΣ Beth- 
el as the seat of a sanctuary, see M73 
no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3. Judg. 1, 
23; with © loc. M185 Gen. 35, 6. Josh. 
16, 2. 18,13. b) Another in the dis- 
trict of the Hittites, founded by an in- 
habitant of the preceding, Judg. 1, 26. 


* M9 obsol. root. Arab. - ¥ to shine, 


to glitter ; comp. λευκός, γλαυκός ; λεύσ- 
oo, γλαύσσω ; Lat. lux, Germ. leuchten, 
Engl. to lighten. Hence to be polished, 
smooth. 

Deriv. n>, mom. 


" 

ΤῊΣ m. plur. mins, nind, a tablet, 

° Ses; 

table. Syr. twas, Arab. 245, Ethiop. 
AMV, id. 4) Of stone, on which any 
thing is inscribed or cut in, ἼΞᾺ nh Ex. 
24, 12. 31, 18, and Say MAD 34, My, 4, 
tables of stone ; T7137 “pid Deut. 9, 9. 
15, magn mind Ex. 31, 18, the tables of 


the covenant, of the law. b) Of wood, 
a board ; ning 5122 hollow made with 


515 


"5 


boards Ez. 27,8. 38,7; sculptured 1 K. 
7, 36. So of tablets for writing, covered 
perh, with wax, Is, 30,8. Hab. 2,2. Of 
the valve of a folding-door Cant. 8, 9. 
Dual o1mM> the deck of a ship, which 
seems to have been double, Ez. 27, 5. 
6) Trop. Prov. 8, 3 upon the tablet of thy 
heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and 
the δέλτοι φρενῶν of AEschyl. Hence 


m2, with art. ΠΤ ΘΓ (made of 
boards, prob. having boarded houses,) 
Luhith, pr. ἢ. of a Moabitish city, Is. 14, 
5. Jer. 48, 5. 


WMD, with art. trim (enchanter, r. 
wm>) Lohesh, Hallohesh, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Neh. 
3, 12. 10, 25. 

*oa5 1. i. q. ΝΒ, ΠΕ IT, to wrap 
up, to muffle, to cover; Arab. bY id— 
Part. act. i> covering Is. 25, 5.7; also 
ὯΝ intrans. covered, clandestine, whence 
vba privately, secretly, Ruth 3,7. 1 Sam. 
18, 22. 24,5; once uxba Judg. 4, 21.— 
Part. pass. f. 9235 wrapped up 1 Sam. 
21, 10. 

2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part. 
plur. 2°25 secret arts, magic arts, sor- 
cery, Ex. 7 22. 8, 3.14; for which o"2H5 
TAL See ot} II. 

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 1,1 K. 19, 13. 

Deriv. 3>, oid, pr. n. 215. 

aid τῇ. 1. a covering, veil ; Is. 25, 7 
mwas ba-b9 ΟἿΣΙ witm the covering 
(muffler) which covers all nations, which 
covers their face, makes them sad. 

2. Lot, pr. n. the son of Haran, Abra- 
ham’s brother, Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19, 1 sq. 
the ancestor of the Ammonites and 
Moabites. who are therefore called the 
children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9. 

3. As the name of a fragrant gum ; 
see in &>. 

22 (covering) Lotan, pr. n. of a son 
of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29. 


"12 m. (a joining, τ. 99>) Levi, pr. n. 
of the third son of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 
29, 34. 34, 25. 35, 23; the head of the 
tribe of the Levites, "1> "23. who were 
set apart for the worship of God, and of 
whom the family of Aaron (ὙΠ m"3) 
possessed the right of the priesthood.— 
Also patronym. (for "*1>) a Levite, Deut. 
12, 18. Judg. 17, 9. 11. 18, 3. Plur. eat 
Levites Josh. 21, 1 sq. al. sep. 


“> 


"1 Chald. plur. emphat. x73 the Le- 
viles, Ezra 6,16. 18. 7, 13. 24. 


m2 ἢ (τ. m9) @ wreath, garland, 
Prov. 1, 9. 4, 9. 

wn? (from 71> with adj. ending j=, 
like jnein3 brazen fr. MEM2, FM 2Pz tr. 
mbps.) pr. an animal wreathed, gather- 
ing itself in folds, see r. 972 πο. 1. E. g. 

1. a serpent, espec. a large one Job 3, 
8; see ἴῃ τ. "2 Pil. So Is. 27,1, as the 
symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba- 
bylon. ᾿ 

2. Spec. the crocodile, Job 40, 25 sq. 

3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104, 26. Trop. 
for a cruel enemy. Ps. 74, 14; comp. 
snim Is. 51, 9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2.3. See 
Bochart Hieroz. P. IL. lib. V. cap. 16-18. 


#55 obsol. root, kindr. with >>3, 
i. q. Engl. to roll, Germ. rollen, to wind. 
Hence 52>, 751d, 57>. 

595 m. plur. ona, winding stairs, 1 
K. 6,8. Chald. id. 

"S95 m. (Ὁ. 855) only in plur. minds, 
defect. mix>>, constr, min?? (after the 
form ἘΝ ΠῚ q. v.) loops, corresponding 
to the hooks or taches (8 Ὁ“) in the 
curtains of the tabernacle, Ex. 26, 4 sq. 
36, 11 sq. Sept. ἄγκυλαι, Vulg. ansule. 


bad Gen. 43, 10. Judg. 14, 18. 2 Sam. 
2, 27. Ps. 27, 13; elsewhere always 

"S1>, (comp. from Ὁ if and NX>, >, 
i. q. 8D not,) a conditional conjunct. ne- 
gat. if not, i. e. unless, implying that 
the condition has a real existence, and 
therein differing from &> 08; compare 
also under &8°> no. 2. With Pret. Gen. 
81, 42 “Ὁ mom... 238 TSR 72ND unless 
God....had been for me. Is.1,9. 1 Sam. 
25, 34. 2 Sam. 2,27. With Fut. Deut. 
32,27. With Part. 2K. 3, 14 "yp 35> 
mba ae wErin? unless I regarded. the 
presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With 137 
impl. Ps. 94,17. 119, 92. 124, 1. 2. The 
apodosis sometimes takes '®, “ΠΣ, Ps. 
119, 92. 124, 3; "> Gen. 43, 10. 


"- "Ὁ and 72, pret. 19. Gen. 32, 22. 
2 Sam. 12, 16, fem. 73> for M2 Zech. δ, 
4, 1 plur. 529 Judg. 19, 13; inf. constr. c. 
pref. 75> Gen. 24, 25 et swpe, also 155 
ib. v. 23; Imper. 79> Judg. 19, 6. 9, "27>, 
"> Ruth 3, 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. >, 
nbn, apoc. jdm 2 Sam, 17, 16, }2m Judg. 


516 


Ἢ 


19, 20. Job 17, 2; conv. 7231 Gen. 28, 11. 
32,14. Part. plur. 2°23 Neh. 13, 21. 

1. to pass the night, to remain over 
night, to lodge, kindr. with 573, m2">, 
night, > and ἢ being often interchanged, 
see lett. >. Not found in the kindred 
dialects.—Gen. 19, 2 and often; see the 
examples above quoted. Spoken also 
of things which are kept over night, 
e. g. food, Ex. 23,18. 34, 25. Deut. 16, 4. 
Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling 
shall not remain with thee all night until 
the morning. Poet. Job 29, 19 the dew 
lay all night upon my branches. Cant. 1, 
13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night, 
to turn in; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping 
may come in, but in the morning there 
is joy. 

2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp. 
Arab. ws to pass the night, to continue 
in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life 
abides in good, he enjoys constant pros- 
perity. 49, 13 1155 52 "Pa CIN! yet 
(such a) man in honour abideth not, his 
honour is not permanent. Job 41, 14 in 
his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 2. 19,4 
yea, be it so, that I have erred, {72%} "DS 
anaitin with myself abideth mine error, 
i.e. J have erred, not you, and I alone 
suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31. 

Nipu. to show oneself obstinate, to be 
stubborn, from the idea of remaining and 
persisting, taken in a bad sense; hence 
to murmur, to complain, with >3 against 
any one, asa people against their leader, 
Ex. 15,24. Num. 14, 2. 17, 6. Josh. 9,18 
Keri. 

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 
4, 14 how long wilt thou let thy vain 
thoughts remain with thee? 1. 6. cherish 
them. 

2. i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti- 
nate, to be stubborn, with >3 against any 
one; hence to murmur. Pret. DM3> 
Num. 14, 29; Fut. conv. #2" Ex. 17, 3; 
elsewhere always with the first radical 
doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see 
Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. ὃ 71. n. 9), as 
θὰ, aanbm Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16, 
11 Keri; Part. 052722 Num. 14, 27. 17, 
20. This mode of flexion is found only 
in this signification. 

Hrrspar, iM, i. q- Kal no. 2, Ps 
91, 1. Job 39, 28. 

Deri. 7>2, M239, Hp4>n. 


ab 


5 Eb) to swallow greedily, to suck 
down, Obad. 16. Hence 3> gullet, swal- 
low. Syr. ἊΝ and SS to lick, to suck 
up.—For 42> Job 6. 3, see r. M32. 

Pu. abs) | to suck wp blood, Job 39, 30 
[33], if we read 13535 for Ἰρῦθο; see in 
r. 323. 

Nore. J. D. Michaelis long ago appo- 
sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552, that the 
syllable >> expresses the sound of swal- 
lowing greedily, sucking down ; and this 
signification is found in many Semitic 
roots in which >> constitutes the first or 
primary syllable, e. g. 38. to lick wp, to 
swallow, »2> (Arab. eos) to 
eat eagerly and aye he AY Ethpe. to 


devour greedily, pe greedy, an epicure, 
was, yasd, en, to lick, to eat 
eagerly ; “SS, yas, to eat; Syr. 
bed, bsasod, bsayos, Woes, the 
jaw. A similar power belongs to the 
kindred syllables 55, πρὶ m>, as 035 to 
taste, hd, pd, to lick; 4nd (PRD) 
to μ᾿: DMt> to arene! down, and => to 


eat, > ued, to lick, 


am> and oe to lick, to be lambent as 
flame, i.e. to flame ; comp. Sanscr. lih 
to lick, Gr. dsiza, ibaa: λιχνεύω, Lat. 
LinGo, LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deglu- 
tio, Germ. lecken, Engl. to lick, and with 
a sibilant prefixed Germ. schlucken, 
schlingen. See Pott rahi Forsch. 
I. p. 283. 

To these may be added a large class 
of Semitic roots, beginning with the 
syllables 9>, n>, md, which denote va- 
rious motions of the tongue; e. g. to 
gape, sc. with open mouth and tongue 
thrust oul, as in burning thirst and. mad- 
ness, see ‘nn, mr 373, ny, Germ. 
lechen, ἜΣ comp. aH, =x, ad; 
also to vibrate the tongue dnd hiss, i Ἰὰ the 
manner of serpents or of those speaking 
in a whisper, see 8M>; to stammer, to 
speak barbarously (unintelligibly) and 
inepily, comp. 32> where see more, 73>, 
Lad, tod, wed. The Greeks ai i: 
the ἴθ of eating daintily, and of stam- 
mering or senseless babble, by the syl- 
lables la, lam, lab, lap, lal, comp. λάω 
to. lick, λάβρος, λάμυρος voracious. and 


517 


loquacious, λαμός, λαιμός gullet, λαμέα | 
44 


a 

the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, RJ,é 
Ghalah, see in M5"), dunt, Lapioow. 
Comp. Lat. lambo, labium, Pers. OS 
lip, Germ. Lippe, Engl. lip, also to lap, 
and vulgar Germ. labbern schlabbern, 
schlappen, Engl. to slabber ; also λαλέω, 
Germ. lallen. The signification to de- 
ride, to mock, which comes from the 
idea of stammering (see in r. 32> no. 2), 
was expressed by a transposition, as in 


γελάω, χλεύη. 


κΥ pr. to slammer, to speak unin- 
telligibly, comp. 32>, and the note under 
33>. Hence 

1. to speak in a barbarous or Soreign 
tongue, since those who speak in a for- 
eign language seem to ignorant persons 
merely to chatter unintelligibly. See’ 
Hiph. 

2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by 
imitating his voice or mode of speaking ; 
comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and 353. Corresp. 
is Sanser. lad, Lat. ludere. Gr. hao dn 
derision.— Prov. 9, 12. Parr. 7> a 
mocker, scoffer, scorner, i. e. a frivolous 
and impudent person, who sets at nought 
and scoffs at the most sacred precepts 
and duties of religion, piety, and morals, 
(comp. 1.) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7. 8. 13, 1. 
14, 6. 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. 18 
29, 20." 

Hew, 1. to act as interpreter, to in~ 
terpret, from the idea of speaking a for- 
eign tongue, comp. Kal no. 1. Parr. 
7722 an interpreter Gen. 42, 23. where 
Sept. well ἑρμηνευτής, Onk. yesy. 
Hence also intercessor, internuncius, 
messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31. Is. 43, 27; 
yr W822 Job 33, 23 the titercailsay* 
angel, i. e. interceding with God for 
men, μεσίτης, tutelary, comp. Matt.. 
18, 10. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2; to deride, to mock, 
c. acc. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16,. 
20; 6. dat. Prov. 3, 34. 

Pi: part. plur. pags scorners, for’ 
przxiba, Hos. 7, 5. See Lehrg. p. 316: 

“Birarac ΥΩ to show oneself a@ 
mocker, i. 6. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28}, 
22. 

Deriv. 55>, nba, 

* 1295 pr. to knead with the hands or 
feet; kindr. ti, also B27, ty. Hence | 

1. to knead dough, c. ace. Jer. 7, 18. 


125 
Hos. 7, 4; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 
24. 2 Sam. 13,8. Syr. and Chald. id. 


Ethiop. ΛΌΦΩΙ idi—Hence 
2. to be firm, strong ; whence 373 lion. 


9 ΄- =! - 
—Arab. GJ strength, GY mid. Ye 
ΠῚ, V, to be firm, strong. 


Ὁ Tush, pr. τ τὰ. 2 Sam. 3, 15 
Cheth. See t7> no. 2. ο. 


mo) Chald. (r. mtd, like τε, 
pr. adhesion, connection; but passing 
over into a Preposit. by, wtih, like Byr. 
Za. Ezra 4, 12 y0%> 2 from with 
thee, i. q. Heb. 7432, Fr. de chez toi. 
TD see tbh. 


Ἂ Γ]2 obsol. and doubtful root, i. q. 
195; whence perh. Mar. 


TT? see ΠΡ, 
372 see stbr. 


ΤΡῚΣ f. perverseness, frowardness, 
Prov. 4, 24. R. 735 or ΤῈ q. v. 


M2 adj. (r. mm) ρίαν. o> with Dag. 
forte impl. see Heb. Gram. ὃ 22. 15 pr. 
moist, and hence green, fresh, 6. σ. wood 
Gen. 30, 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes 
Num. 5, 3; spoken also of zew cords or 
ropes, Judg. 16, 7. 8. 

ΤΣ τὰ. (τ. mm>) freshness, vigour, 
Deut. 34, 7. 


ν mine obsol. root. Eth. AghP to be 
fair, beautiful ; prob. pr. to be new, fresh, 
nearly i. q.M>, and spoken of the fresh 
coli of the checkia Hence ὙΠ cheek. 


mn? or BAND τη. (τ. ἘΠῚ) 1. What- 
ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23 
jaamba 229 "UAT and shall rain upon 
them with his food, i. 6. God will send 
upon them what shall be their food, fire 
and brimstone, the divine wrath ; eomp. 
Ps. 11,6. The phrase to rain with food, 
nimda, is here poetic, i.q. to send down 
food in rain, as we also say: It rains 7” 
or with large drops, i! rains large drops. 

2. flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17; where for 
ΘΓ» other Mss, and editt. read oxen 


as if from a form ΠΡ. Arab. pe flesh. 


4 mo obsol. root, to be moist, fresh ; 
Eth. AthAsh to moisten, see Ladolf 
Lex. in Syllab. p, 635; in both editions 


mPa). 


518 


pnd 
of the Lexicon itsel{ this word is omit- 
ted. Chald. mms id. ined, mand, 


monbn> moisture, freshness, Racer. 
Kindr. is nnd —Hence md, nb. 


“mi f. (r. Hm>) in pause “m2, c. suff. 
nm Job 40. 26; Dual pvn> Deut. 18, 3,} 
constr. "51 Is. 30, 28, c. suff, aha Ez. 
29, 4, but ἘΠ 2 Hos. 21, 4. 

1. ‘the cheek, ΒΟ called from its fresh 
colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam. 
1,2. So "> ἘΣ Β ΠΞῚῚ and Έ cond nan, 
to smite one upon the cheek, or to smite 
the cheeks of any one, in chastisement 
or insult, Mie. 4, 14. 1K. 22,24. Job 
16, 10; comp. Lam. 3, 30. Is. 50, 6. 

2. the jaw-bone, Job 40, 26. Ps. 3, 8 
ὙΠ ἽΞΊΝ ΟΞ ΤΙΝ Neh thou hast smitten 
alk mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an 
image drawn from ravenous beasts, 
which are thus rendered harmless. So 
the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15, 15-17. 
Dual Deut. 18,3. Ez. 29, 4. 38, 4— 


΄ S_o 
Arab. at id. Kak beard. 


3. Lehi, pr. ni. of a district om the bor- 
ders of Philistia, Judg:15,9.14.19; fully 
v.17 ΠΡ ΤῸ the height or hill of Lehi 
(the jaw-bone), prob. so called from a- 
chain of steep, craggy rocks; just as 
single recks are called teeth, see 8. 
So jaw-boue for a mountainous tract 
in the Chald. pr. n. 337 51> for Heb. 
ΣΝ ἜΣ, Michaelis Suppl. p. 1453. The 
sacred writer himself (ν. 17) seems to 
refer this name to the throwing away of 
the jaw-bone; as if written "> m2, 
from r. 772" to throw. 


ue ta) inf. πο, i. q. PR, to to lick, 
Germ. lecken. Arab. JL, Syr. yas 


Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an ox 
which gathers the grass with his tongue 
before biting it off, to lick up herbage, 
to feed off, Num, 22, 4. 
Piet 3M> to lick, to feed by licking, 
as the ox, see in- Kal; comp. Arab. 
. to lick up pasture or fodder, as 
cattle.—Num. 22, 4; spoken of fire 1 Καὶ, 
18, 38. “Bd 3M to lick the dust, hyper- 
bol. of one who prostrates himself as a 
suppliant, Ps. 72, 9. Mic.7, 17. Is. 49, 23, 


᾿ pn fut. om>1 1. fo eat, to take 
food, (kind. with ἘΠ and bib to taste, 


ond 


see note under 345,) i. q. Ἐξ, but used 
only in poetic style; with ace. of food 
Prov. 4, 17. 23,6; with 3 to eat of any 
thing, Prov. 9, 5. Ps. 141, 4; absol. of a 
meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume, 
Deut. 32, 24 ἢ ἜΤΙ. devoured by 
pestilence. 

2. to fight, to war; Part. n> one 
Jighting, i. q. an enemy, foe ; with τς 
of pers. with whom Ps. 35, 1; 6. 5. 56, 2. 
3; more usual in Niph. ἐν Ἐν in 
war or battle are hyperbolically said to 
devour their enemies, as Joshua the 
Canaanites, Num. 14, 9 ἘΠ ἸΣΌΤΊ5. they 
shall be our bread ; and the sword 
also is said to devour (535) Ez. 21, 33. 


Is. 1, 20. Arab. 4> to be slain in bat- 


ue, pr. to be consumed; also axe to 


chew, Conj. II to fight, Pers. = poy 
man-eater, spoken of a 4 warrior ; 
also Hom. πτολέμοιο μέγα στόμα 1]. 10.8. 

Nipa. 0753, fut. combs, conv. ombs, inf. 
absol. phbs,, i..q. Kal no. 2, to Fight, to 
wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif. 
like Gr. μάχεσϑαι, Fr. se battre. Absol. 
Judg. 5,19. 1 Sam.17,10.393 mm that 
we may fight together. The pers. with 
whom is put with 3 Ex. 1, 10. Num. 21, 
26. al. sep. ὩΣ 2 K. 13, 12. 14,15; mx 
(MN) 1 K. 20, 23. Is. 37,9; 5x Jer. 1,19. 
15,20; >» Neh. 4,8; also tn the ace, ac- 
eetding to some, nave in part of the exam- 
ples “MX with a noun signifies with, as 
Judg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15, and ΤῊ ΣΟΙ 
Eris is for DR pasTdah: 10, 25. 1K. 20, 25 
comp. v. 23. Onive ὁ, suff. ἜΗΙ they 
war against me.—The pers. for whom 
is put with > Ex. 14, 14. 25. Deut. 1, 30; 
ἘΦ Judg. 9,17. 2K. 10;3.—So too, om 
“33 Judg. 9, 45 and sos ἘΣ to_fight 
against a city, to besiege it, Is. 7, 1. 
2K. 19, 8. Jer. 34, 22. 37, 8; so with 
by Josh: 19, 47. Also name ἘΠῚ) to 
war a war, to. fight a fight or battle, 
1 Sam. 8, 20. 18, 17. al. 

Deriv. on>, ond; ind, membe, and 
pr. n. ἌΏΤΙ5. 


DM verbal of Piel (τ. 2m>) war, siege. 
Judg. Ὁ, 8 HS ὈΠῸὀ IN then was siege 
of their gates, i. 6. their gates, cities, 
were besieged. Segol for Tsere, which 
most Mss. exhibit, is perh. on account 


of the constr. state; though other like 


519 


=a) 


examples are wanting. Or, better, we 
may read with some Mss. ons, with tone 
retracted; comp. M723 nnn Prov, 17, 10. 


ὉΠ of both genders; m. Num. 91, 5. 
f. Gen. 49,20. R. om, 

1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47, 
12; and beasts. Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25. 
Ps. 147, 9. al, seep. omd box to eat food, 
to take a meal, etc. see in Sox no. 1. ο. 
pmb Ὁ ἰῷ fo set on food Gen. 43, 31. ἘΠ} 
prc see in S78 no. 1. ἢ. Poet. Obad. 
7 and for mand "878 those who eat of 
thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see 
in τ, DM> no. 2. 1 Sam. 20, 24, Dory ord 
the food of God, spoken of a sacrifice 
Lev. 21, 6.8.17.21.22, SoJer.11,19 72 
i222 the tree with its food 1. 6. its fruit; 


comp. Arab. jet food, also for fruit. 
—Further: a) provision, sustenance, 
living, Ecc. 9,11. 25% amd Solomon’s 
provision, wapiplice, 1 Κὶ 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
mma ἘΠῚ the provision of the governor, 
his table-allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
b) @ meal, feast, as 57> 52% see in d2x 
no. 1. 6. cmb nos to make a feast Ece. 
10, 19. 


2. Spee. a) bread, as in mod. Arab, 


Sof 
p> spec. flesh; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28, 


20. al. sep. 123 ἘΠῚ bread and water, 
as daily and common food, 1 K. 18, 4. 13. 
Num. 21, δ. Is. 3, 1. ond "22> a cake 
or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when 
there is more than one loaf the word 

min is omitted after the numeral (as 
pba): before D2 and 351), 6. g. "mw 
= two loaves of bread 18am. 21, 4. 17, 
17. ἘΠῚ} ΓΒ see inp. For the Re 
thd Aas ἼΞ see in Me. no. 2. So 
pen cn bread of the presence, Sept. 
ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι, Vulg. panes propositionis, 
Engl. shew-bread. i.e. the twelve loaves 
which were set out every sabbath before 
Jehovah in two rows upon the table in 
the sanctuary, Ex. 25, 30. 35, 13. 39, 36; 
comp. Lev. 24, 5-9. Called in the later 
books M2932 ὉΠ Neh. 10,34. 1 Chr. 
9, 32. Ὁ) wheat, as that from which 
bread i is made, bread-corn, grain ; comp: 


Arab. ela food, spec. wheat, and con- 


tra Gr. σῖτος wheat and also food. Gen. 
41, 54: 47. 13. 15: 17. 8. 5.535 ἘΠῚ Is. 
96. 17; 28,28 Pt ond, we in PPT no. 2. 


pnd 


nM? Chald. food, afeast, Dan. 5, 1. 
BA? see in pam? no. 2. 


“art? a) Gentile n. see "anin na 
Bethlehemite, art. ΤῊΞ no. 12. w. 
b) Lahmi, pr. n. of a man in 1 Chr. 
"20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from 
2 Sdn. 21, 19 Β΄ δ STA NES 5 
“man nsbs ὯΝ ἈΏΤΙΞΓῚ ma Elhanan, son 


of Jaare-Oregim (Rank i is here doubt- | 


ful, see in ""2") the Bethlehemite, slew 
Goliath the Gittite; where, in order to 
remove the supposed discrepancy with 
the account of David’s victory over Go- 
liath, the text in 1 Chr. 1. c. stands thus: 
i oF πρὸ ΠΝ MOMMA 9.13 TEN ΠῚ 
Elhanan, son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the 
‘brother of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa, 
Winer and others suppose the true 
reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and 
the passage in Kings to be corrupted ; 
Realw. ed. 3, art. Goliath.—R. 


DN? Lahmas, pr. n. of a place in 
‘the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40; where 
32 Mss. read Dam>. Vulg. Leheman, 
Engl. Lahmam. 


ἘΠ Chald. ἃ root not used in the 
verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. λά- 
yvos; pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr. 
ΠΡ, om>, and transferred to sexual de- 
sire.—Hence 


Fi2M> Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2. 
3.23. More frequent in the Targums. 


Any) fut. ym>3_ 1. to press, to crowd, 
Pe ϑλίβω. Num. 22, 25 the ass crushed 
(72m) the foot of Balaam against the 
pall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth, 
2 K. 6, 32; a people into the mountains 
Judg. 1, 34; comp. Am. 6, 14. 

2. to oppress, to distress, e. g. persons 
Ps. 56, 2; strangers Ex. 22, 20. 23,9; a 
people Judg. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18. 
2K. 13, 4. 22. Is, 19,10. Jer. 30, 20. 
ye B ym Ex. 3, 9. 

Kindred is m2; also Y>8, 72%, D2. 


Samar. ὙΠῈ),, Arab. yod II, to 


press, to distress; also +> to press, to 
importune. 

Nipn. to press oneself, sc. against a 
wall Num. 22, 25.—Hence 

72 m. oppression, distress, affliction, 
e. g. of persons Job 36,15. Ps. 62,10; of 


520 


wn 

a people Ex. 3, 9. With a genitive of 
the object, bess ΥΒ the oppression of 
Israel, which “he suffers, 2 K. 13,4; ¢. 
suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44, 25. Also; with 
genit. of the subject, 2778 77> Ps. 72, 10. 
ποτ pra, ym pm, bread and water 
of affliction or calamity, one’s food in 
time of distress, 1 K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 
86. Is. 30, 20. 


ο wn in Kal not used, to whisper, 
Gr. ψιϑυρίζειν, Germ. zischeln, all which 
as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ; 
comp. kindr. m2. Syr. 2a to whis- 


per in the ear, Arab. ye the serpent 
vibrates his tongue, hisses; whence 


gaol hissers, i.e. serpents. Ethiop. 


Ashfi id. also to mutter, to speak soft- 
ly, for Gr. γρύζω, λα ΓΙ to whisper 
in the ear, TARP to whisper 
among themselves. 

Piet 61> to whisper, to mutter, spec. 
as magicians or sorcerers their incanta- 
tions; only Part, nm>9 conjurers, en- 
chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps. 


58,6. Syr. sed Pe. to use enchant- 


ment, whence Leow charmer of ser- 
pents. 
- Hirup. to whisper among themselves, 
2 Sam. 12,19; with >> against any one, 
Ps. 41, 8. 

Deriv. pr. n. Omi> and 


t72 m. pr. a whispering ; hence 

1. prayer, uttered in a low voice, Is.’ 
26, 16. 

2, incantation, magic, also the charm- 
ing of serpents, la 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17, Eee. 
10, 11. Comp. ὈΠῸΝ in art. OX .—Hence 

3. Plur. evim> Is. 3,20, pr. charms, 
remedies against enchantment, i. e. amu- 
lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems 
and precious stones, or plates of gold 
and silver, on which certain magic for- 
mulas were inscribed, and which were 
worn suspended from the neck or in the 
ears, by oriental females. According 
to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of- 
ten so worn; and so Luth. and Engl. 
Vers. comp. Gen. 35,4 and the com- 


mentators, also Syr. bape But ear- 


rings had already been mentioned by 
Isaiah in v. 19. 


rap) 621 


02 part. Kal, see i v.28. 


> (in Cod. Samar. and many Heb. 
Mss. fully 21>) m. Gen. 37, 25, 43, 11, 
Lat. ledum, ladanum, Gr. λῆδον, λάδανον, 
a fragrant resinous gum, which is gath- 
ered from the leaves of a shrub growing 
in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Af 
rica, xigtos, Cistus ladanifera, Herod. 
3.112. So called perh. from covering 
over, concealing, from r, 27>; comp. 3 
pitch, from τ. 3. Sept. Vulg, στακτή, 
stacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacia, Saad. 
chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 
280 sq. 


* NOD obsol. root, i. 4. Chala. x2} 


i,q. 05> to hide; or Arab. thi and eel 
terre adhesit. Hence 


ΟΥ̓͂Σ ἘΞ a species of lizard-Lev. 11, 
30. Sept. χαλαβώτης, Valg. stellio. See 
Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. {AX 
lizard. 

Dwi (the hammered, the sharpen- 
ed) Letushim, pr. n. of an Arabian tribe 


descended Rout Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R. 
wud. 


᾿ > fut. Wud" 
forge, Gen. 4, 22. 

2. to sharpen by hammering, e.g. a 
ploughshare 1 Sam. 13,20; a sword Ps. 
7, 13. Metaph. Job 16, 9 > πὴ Winds 
he sharpeneth his eyes against me, be- 
holds me with a stern and threaiening 
look. 

Pua part. 232 sharpened, sharp, 
Ps. 52, 4. 

Deriv. pr. n. ΘΒ. 


m5 for 4713, contr. for ΓΙ (r. mxd) 
α wreath ; only Plur. rind wreaths, fes- 
toons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30. 36. 


272 Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19:Cheth. once 
Db Is. 21, 11 (in pause, as 557 and 5"n), 
constr. bab Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29; 
but far more freq. with He parag. * mos 
(Milél, see note), in pause nds; Plur. 
δα, masc. R. dd, ee 

night ; Arab. aks LS, Syr. 
GAS, ESS, Eth. AAT , id. in all 
which there is a vestige of the He parag. 
as in 73>; see note. This word is by 
many reaanded as primitive; and the 

44* 


1. to hammer, to 


59 


etymology is δὲ least very doubtful. But 
as ἘΠῚ day comes from the idea of heat; 
so >"> night may come from that of cold, 
viz. as causing one 10 roll or wrap him- 
self in his cloak or bed-covering, τ, >4, 
—So mb ἘΣ ΖΝ forty nights Gen. 7, 
4.12. 1K. 19, 8; mids maby) 1 Sam. 
30, 12. Jon. 2, 1; ‘rosb-bon every night 
Ps. 6, 7, but nbtbn-b3 the whole nizht 
Ex. 14, 20.21. Num. 11, 32.al. ἜΤΙΝ ΓΙΡῚΒ3 
in one night Gen. 40, 5. 41, 11. mb-b3 
ann in that night Gen. 32, 4. 22, “Em3 
τ ΣΤ at midnight Ruth 3,8; M72 ji 
see in Vi no. 2. nba no ine from 
day-break even to night, i.e. in one day, 
Is. 38, 12.13, nbab-; 2 see in j3 no. 7. 
md2 yin vision ‘of the night, noctur- 
nal vision, Job 4, 13. 20, 8, 33, 155. Px v2 
m3" id. Gen, 46, 2; nbs ohn habturnal 
dream Gen: 20, 3. mibsb “m2 nocturnal 
terror Ps. 91, 5. ΤΡ night is expressed 
in Heb. by nbs Gen. 14, 15. Ex. 13, 22; 
whence ἤθη, Doi? by day and night 
Ex. 13,21. Lev. 8, 35. Num. 9,21, and so 

pin] ΠΡ. night and day Is. 27, 3, ΓΙΡῚΞ 
pam 34,10. Jer. 14, 17. Poet. bss 
Job 24,14. Ps, 42. 9. 77, 7. 88, 2. 119, 
55, mibs> Ps. 16, 7, mibsbs Cant. 3, L— 
Also with art. nbsbn adv. this night, to- 
night, (like Di this day, to-day,) Gen. 
19, 5. 84. ABSDD as by night Job 5, 14. 

2. Trop. a) For calamity, adversity, 
misery, comp. 38M, Is. 21,11. Job 35, 


G o- 
10. Mic. 3,6. Arab... misfortune, 
Schult. Opp. Min. p. 74. Ὁ) For Sheol, 
Hades, Job 36, 20. 

Nore. The form 45"3 with He parag. 
signifies pr. by night; but by degrees 
came also to stand for ‘the time when it 
is night, and so for night itself; in the 
same manner as 7233, mip, pr. the 
region towards the sponte: tepards the 
north, are then put for the south, the 
north, whence M)ip22, 93323; comp. 
ἘΞ. Indeed the parairogic ending 
became so closely united with this sub- 
stantive, that in Chald. and Syr. it was 
retained as a radical letter, and passed 
over in the stat. emphat. into *.—Hence 


8755 Chald. m. night, Dan. 2,19, 
5, 30. 7, 2. 7. 18, Often in Targg. 


mD">f (from bub, τ. 815) pr. noetur- 


na, a night-spectre, ghost, a creature 
i 


τὴ 


of Jewish superstition, frequenting the 
desert, Is. 34, 14. According to the 
Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele- 
gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil- 
dren by night. Similar are the Greek 
’ and Roman fables respecting the female 
“Eunovoe, the ὀνοκένταυροι, see Aristoph. 
Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod. p. 
267; the Lamia, Striges ; and the Ara- 
bian Ghul, Ghilah, (Sy ah, eas}, ie. 
female monsters dwelling in deserts and 
tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other 
names of spectres, in Heb. 6. g. Mpa>3, 
pen"swy. See more in Bochart Hieroz. 
T. IL p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald. 
Talmud. p. 1140. Also Comment. on Is. 
13, 22. 34, 14. 


ω Ὁ see 155. 


07> m. (τ. 395) 1. Poet. a lion, so 
called from his strength and courage, 
Is. 30, 6. Job 4,11. Prov. 80, 380. Arab. 


E65, Chald, mb, Gr. tip Hom. ἢ. 11. 
239. ib. 15. 275, 

2. Laish, pr.n. a) A place in the 
northern extremity of Palestine, called 
‘also ΘῈ and 43 Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29; 
with 5 loc. Hid ν. 7. Ὁ) Also with π 
loc. M%72 Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana- 
‘thoth, northeast of Jerusalem ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 149. 9) A man, 
1 Sam. 25, 44 and 2 Sam. 3, 15 Keri; in 
‘Cheth. wd, 


9 imper. see 724 init. and no. 7. 


ii 72> fat, 12d" 1. to take, to catch, 
‘sc. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr. 
‘to strike or hit with a net,’ comp. Arab. 
ned percussit,) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3, 5. 
Ps, 35, 8; ina pit, Jer. 18,22; of a lion 
‘seizing his prey Am. 3, 4.—Metaph. Job 
5,13 he taketh (snareth) the wise in their 
own crafliness, Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26. 

2. to take, to seize, to get possession 
of, viz. a) to take captive in war, Num. 
21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg. 8, 12. b) to 
take a city by assault, storm, to capture, 
Deut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10,1. 11, 10. 
6) to take or occupy a land, Josh. 10, 42. 
Dan. 11. 18; also single places, as the 
fords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12,5. So 
Judg.7,24 ovat-my ond saab) and seize 
the waters before them, even Jordan. 
d) Other things, as chariots of war, 


522 


1725 


1 Chr. 18, 4. 1 Sam. 14. 47 Saul took 
(12>) the kingdom over Israel. Some- 
times with 12 of pers. from whom, 1 Chr. 
18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19; comp. > Judg. 7, 24. 

3. to take, to choose any one by lot; 
comp. 38 no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 “x Darn 
mins arb the tribe ‘whitch Jehovah 
taketh, designates by lot. v. 17. 

NiPh, 1. to be taken, caught, with 
snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Ps, 
9, 16.—Trop. Prov. 6, 2. 11, 6. Job 36, 8. 

2. to be taken, captured ; of men Jer 
51, 56; a city 1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10. 
Jer. 13, 28. 50,2. 51, 31. 41. 

3. to be taken by lot, Josh. 7, 15. 16. 18. 
1 Sam. 10, 20.21. 14, 41. 42 [43.44]. 

Hirap. to take hold of one another, to 
hold fast together, to cohere. Arab. dS3 
Conj. V, to be joined together, to have 
the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17] 
wD they hold together, sc. the scales 
of the crocodile. 38,30 122m7 DInn. 2B 
the surface of the deep coheres, i is frozen. 
Comp. 18 no. 4. 

Deriv. n>" and 

22 m. a being taken, capture, Prov. 
3, 26. 

I. AD imper. see in "7271 init. and no. 7. 

Il. mo> for ἢϑ to thee, Gen. 27, 37. 


M22 (a going, journey, for mab") 
Lechah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
Judah, 1 Chr. 4,21. R. 5%. 


>> (either: the smitten, captured ; 
or: the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r 
25) Lachish, pr. τι. of a fortified city 
(Is. 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11, 9) in the plain of 
Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan- 
itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39. 
Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2.. Jer. 
34, 7. Mie. 1,13. Comp. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 389, 393. 


j22 see 12 p. 474. 6. 
‘2 wd obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr, 


Arab. 2S, OS, 3 a) to strike, 


tosmite. 8) to adhere, to be tenacious; 
hence, to be difficult.—Deeriv. pr.n.t2>. 


niin? see "xd, 


᾿ 722 fut. 1259 1, Pr. to beat with 
a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur- 
den; whence 725% an ox-goad. Arab. 
us! iq. eo to strike, to beat with a 


md 


rod. Hence to discipline, to train, to 
teach, sc. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual 
Hos. 10, 11; also troops to war, 1 Chr. 
5, 18 meam>2 "12> trained to war, i. 6. 
practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2. 

2. Intrans. to be trained, taught, i. q 
lo learn, e. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mie. 4, 3. 
With acc. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov. 
30, 3. Jer. 12, 16; with infin. Is, 1, 17; 
infin. ο. > Deut. 14, 23. 17, 19, 18, 9; 
verb. fin. with } Deut. 31, 12; see Heb. 
Gr. ὁ 139. 3.a. Also, to accustom one- 
self, to be wont, c. >& Jer. 10, 2. 

Piet 72> 1. to train, to accustom. 
Jer. 9, 4 they have accustomed their 
tongue lo speak lies. Ps. 18, 35. 

2. to teach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17, 
7. With acc. of pers. to leach one any 
thing, Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2. Jer, 32, 33. 
Part. 3232 a teacher, 6. genit. Ps. 119, 
99. Prov. 5, 13. With two ace. of pers. 
and thing, Deut. 4, 5. 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25, 
4. Jer. 2, 33 IIT MY "ATA? Mis oy 
wickedness hast thou taught thy ways. 
Ecc. 12,9. With acc. of pers. and dat. 
of thing (pr. to train one to any thing) 
Ps, 144, 1; with 3 in any thing, Is. 40, 
14; 12 of. thing Ps, 94, 12; inf ὁ. > Ps. 
143, 10, Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with 
ninnd impl. Jer. 13, 21 arb ον "mI2> 
ὈΠῸΝ thou hast taught them. to be lead- 
ers over thee, accustomed them to exer- 
cise dominion over thee. With dat. of 
pers. Job 21, 22. 

Puat 1. to be trained, accustomed, 
taught, e. g. a heifer well trained, Hos. 
10, 11; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1), 
Cant. 3, 8 manda "aby trained to war, 
i. 6. expert ; comp. 1 Chr. 25,7 “ra>9 
“"w instructed in song. 

2. to be taught, spoken of that in whic’ 
one is instructed; Is. 29, 13 D°W28 ΤῊΣ Ὁ 
m2 a mere human precept “taught, 
inculcated, which they are made to learn. 

Deriv. 772>, Saba, TOM. 


"5 see in ΞΟ, 
πρὸ, m9, A>. see in ma Ὁ. 3, 4. 


TT} 
10> poet. for >) as 103 for 3, 723 for 
5, see 12; four times in the book of 
Job, c. 27, 14. 29, 21. 38, 40. 40, 4. 


D2 (of God sc. created, see dxd) 
Prov. 31, 4, also Ὁ ΩΡ Prov. 31, 1, 
Lemuel, pr. n. of a king ‘otherwise un- 


523 


39 


known, prob, not an Israelite, perh. an 
Arabian, to whom the moral maxims 
Prov. 31, 2-9 are directed. 


7 and 702 adj. 1. accustomed, 
used to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23; 
practised, expert, Is. 50,4 Θ᾿ 1529 1 
the tongue of the practised sc. in speak- 
ing, the eloquent. 

2. one taught, a disciple, follower ; 
mint “3125 the disciples of Jehovah, 
prophets, Is. 50, 4. 54,13; pious men 
8, 16. 


“7720 obsol. root. Arab. JL, to taste; 
but SAS a strong youth. Hence 


72> Lamech, pr.n. 8) A son of Me- 
thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the 
first to misuse the arms invented by 
his son, Gen. 4, 18-24. Ὁ) The son 
of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth, 
Gen. 5, 25-31. 


70> see Hy 8. 
wa on account of, because, see ἼΣ. 


> m. (τ. 515) the swallow, gullet, 
throat, Prov. 23, 3. Chald. ΠΩΣ 


“a9 in Kal not used, Arab. S35 


to play, to sport, to jest ; also to jest at, 
to mock. Kindr. are 33>, 123, see sab 
note. Chald. 3555 tiechery, ‘derision, 
avanx to mock at, to deride any one, 
Syr. «οἰ id. Comp. Gr. λώβη, λω- 
βάομαι. 

Hips. to mock at, to deride, part. ο. 3 
2 Chr. 36, 16. 


* 399 fut. 22>", pr. to stammer, to 


speak anintellgibly, ae HSS; also 
SN, alas , Eth. ADAG 


SS: iS, 3 
and AAA stammering, comp. 12> and 
see 23> note. Hence 

1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign 
tongue, see in Y3>, comp. Niph. By 


transpos. 323, Arab. ek barbare lo- 


quens. 

2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating 
the stammering voice of any one in de- 
rision. Chald. 2533 to mock. Comp. by 
transp. Gr. γελάω, also χλεύη, χλευάξω, 
Goth. hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. .ydhe¥ 


325 


to jest, Germ. lachen, Engl. to laugh.— 
E. g. absol. Job 11,35 oftener with > of 
pers. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17, 5. 2 
K. 19, 21. al. Spec. spoken : a) Of 
those who mock at others in distress, 
Job 9, 23; 9. 3 Prov. 1, 26; 3 of pers. 
Ps. 22, 8. Job 22,19; pies gob-aasbs they 
laugh among Re tlocs Ps. "80, ΡΝ, ἢ, 
Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli- 
gion, Job 11,3; comp. in y3>no.2. ἀ) 
Of one who contemns the threats and ef- 
forts of enemies, Ps. 2,4. 59,9. Is. 37, 22. 

Nipu. to speak in a barbarous or for- 
eign tongue, Is. 33, 19. 

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mock, to de- 
ride, Job 21, 3; 6. b Ps, 22, 8. Neh. 2, 
19; 3 2 Chr. 30, 10; >» Neh. 3, 33 


[4,1] 
Deriv. the two following. 
392 m. 1. mockery, derision, scorn, 


Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32. 36,4. Meton. for 
the cause of derision, Hos. 7, 16. 

2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job 
84, 7; comp. in 73> no. 2. 

492 adj. (r. 23>) 1. speaking a bar- 
barous or foreign tongue; Is. 28, 11 
mew ὭΣΘΞ i.e. as barbarians, foreign- 
ers, sc. the Assyrians. 

2. a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35,16 
xisa "a> pr. cake-jesters, table-buf- 
foons, i. e. parasites ; Gr. ψωμοκόλακες, 
χνισσοκόλακες. So in the Talmud 7iw> 
naz cake-talk, i. 6. jesting, buffoonery. 


“499 obsol. root, Arab. Keil to put 
tn order. Hence the two following: 

ΤῊΣ — Laadah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr. 
4, οἵ. 

1722 (put in order) Laadaa, pr. n. m. 
cas: 7,26. b) 23, 7. 26, 21. 

κε 3) i i. q. Arab. Lad, , to speak 

rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with 


go- 
31> q. v. ¢&J rash discourse.—Once pret. 
3 plur. Job 6, 3 42> "733 3. ῸΣ therefore 
were my monde rash, apd Milél for 53> 
Milra on account of the pause ; like 
mms, in pause NHN. 


ty p to speak in a barbarous or for- 
eign tongue, part. ΣῚΡ Ps. 114, 1. Comp. 
32>, and see 395 note. Syr. JSS to 


speak in a barbarous (spec. the Egyp- 
tian) tongue. 


524, 


δ: 
“ay to eat eagerly, to devour; 3 comp. 


ΣῈ note. Arab. quadril. past id. gasl 


voracity. 

Hipu. to give to eat ; once Gen. 25, 30 
82 ἌΡΤΟΣ ἘΓῚ give me now to eat sc. ea- 
gerly. hastily, to devour ; spoken of one 
hungry and greedy. 


* 950 obsol. root, Arab. ω-" to curse. 
Hence 


m:9> £ wormwood, Jer. 9, 14. 23, 15. 
Prov. 5, 4. It was apparently regarded 
as a noxious or poisonous plant. and 
hence called the accursed; see the root, 
and Deut. 29,17. Rev.8,10.11. Indeed 
bitter herbs were commonly so regard- 
ed by the Hebrews; see Heb. 12, 15. 
Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity, Lam. 3, 
15. 19; bitter injury or injustice Am. 5, 
7. 6, 12. 


ν ED obsol. root, to flame, to shine, 
Gr. λάμπω. The origin lies in lap-ping, 
being lam-bent, which likewise the 
Semitic and Greek tongues express by 
the syllable tab, lap, and apply also to 
flame; 6. g. 3 δ, 39>, dabium, Ed lip, 
see 33> note. 'The common radix there- 
fore of the Hebrew and Greek verb is 
n>, and the third radical Ἢ is added in 
the same manner as in D9, ‘a>, Gr. 
ὅμος, ὅμαδος; a vestige of it appears 
also in the Greek λαμπάς, gen. λαμπάδος. 
From the Semitic 78>, declined in the 
Aramean manner sped, came the Greek 


λάμπω; and from "Bd, Syr. TpasseS, 


Chald. 19%}, the Gr. ἡ τάς, λαμπάδος; ; 
and not vice versa.—Hence 


din! 1 a flame Gen. 15, 17. Ex. 
20, 18. Job 41, 11. Nah. 2, 5. Dan. 10, 
6. al. 


2. Gr. λαμπάς, Lat. lampas, a lamp, 
torch, see r. 1B. Judg. 7. 16. 20. Zech. 
12,6. So according to some, Job 12, 5 
min 98> a torch despised, i. 6. thrown 
aside because it ceases to give light, 
the emblem of a man once in high con- 
sideration, but now vile and contemned ; 
comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment. in loc, 
But it accords better with the parallel- 
ism to make %*8> correspond to “3% 
534 in the other member: for misfortune 
(δ Ἐπ from > and ""®) there is contempt 


>) 


in the thought of him that is at ease ; it 
(contempt) is prepared for those who 
slip with the feet ; see 1B. 


MITE? (torches) Lappidoth, pr. n. 
of the husband of Deborah the prophet- 
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 

"28> adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K. 
6,17. It is formed from 355, as "04D 
from "030, Heb. Gr. §85. 5. Lehrg. p. 
516. See "25> in M38 lett, Ὁ. 


* MED fat. mabs, pr. to bend, to turn 
to fold. Arab. cad to inflect, to turn 
away the face ; V, to look back by turn- 
ing the wend’; VIII, to turn oneself to 
any one; Kor. Sur. 11. 83. Vit. Salad. 
p. 17, 22, 26. Hence, to enfold, to em- 
brace. to clasp; Judg. 16, 29 mb 
‘a1 yaw and Samson clasped the two 
middle pillars ...the one with his right 
hand and the other with his left. Sept. 
στεριέλαβε, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi 
REVI’ i. 6. Fr. embrasser. 

ΝΙΡΗ. to bend oneself, i. e. a) to 
turn oneself around or back, in order 
to see, Ruth 3,8. See Arab. above. 
b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18 
pans Minas anh the wayfarers of their 
way turn aside, i.e. those who travel 
that way, and turn aside to find those 
streams, are disappointed and perish. 


ΧΦ m. (r. Vi>) mocking, derision, 
scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble, 
Prov. 1,22. Hence jix> "w3y i. g. 7x 
mockers, Is. 28, 14, Prov. 29, 8. 


* Vs) to mock, a doubtful root, from 
which some derive Part. plur. Dp" 
mockers, scorners, Hos. 7, 5. But this 
ia rather for ἘΠΣΣ ΘΒ Pil. of t. γῆ q. v. 


Dip? (pr. way-stopper, i. e. a fortified 
place, τ. =p?) Lakkwm, pr. ἢ, of a place 
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33. 


ΠΡ once 3 pret. Mp Ez. 17,5; fut. 
προ, plur. 7p", 47—7; imper, np Ex. 
29, 1, oftener Pp, with He parag. Np 
Gen. 15,9; Inf. absol. mip> Deut. 31, 
26. Jer. 32, 14; constr. TMP, once “pnp 
2 K. 12, 9, with pref. ΠΡ (to be distin- 
guished from MP? 2 fem. pret.) c. suff. 
“ANP. 

st to take, i. q. λαμβάνω. Comp. Arab. 
semen recepit camela; Malt. la- 


525 


mpd 


gach, fut. jylgach to receive as a guest, 
Vassali p.430, Also by transpos. Arab. 

to take hold of each other, to co- 
here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. λάχω, hay- 
yevo.—Pr. to take with the hand, to lay 
hold of ; Gen. 8,9 Noah put forth his 
hand Mp2) and took her sc. the dove. 
Ps, 18, 17. 1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17. 
Job 40, 24. al. sep. With acc. of pers. 
and 3 of member or part, Ez. 8, 3 "ΣΤῚΣ ΝῊ 
“WNT MZ and took me by a fore- 
lock of my head; in Greek it would be 
τῆς κόμης, comp. Hist. of Bel ν. 36. 
Rarely with > of pers. Jer. 40, 2.—Then 
i. q. to take to oneself, with accus. of 
thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah) 
took of all beasts ...and offered burnt- 
offerings. 2,15 and God took Adam and 
put him into the garden. ν. 21 and he 
look one of his ribs. 12, 5. 16, 3. Deut. 
4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8. al. sep. In these 
and similar examples Mp>, like the Ho- 
meric λάβων (see Vigerus ed. Herm. p. 
352), often appears ‘as if pleonastic ; 
though it strictly serves to place the 
action more fully and vividly before the 
eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18 
Maze-ry Ma ioe mpd ΕΝ 
and Absalom had taken a column and 
erected it for himself in his lifetime. 1 
K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou 
shalt reign. But in Jer. 23, 31 they take 
their tongues and pronounce oracles, it 
seems to signify that the false prophets 
misused their tongues. 

To the object is often prefixed 472 par- 
titive, ἐο take of a thing ; e. g. 1a Mp> 
to take of the blood i. e. some blood, 
Ley. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28, 11. 43, 11. 
The accus. of a pronoun is often omit- 
ted, as also after verbs of speaking ; 
Gen. 12, 19 behold thy wife 521 MP take 
her and go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33, 


‘11.—The person or thing from whom 


any thing is taken or received, is put 
with 72 Gen. 23, 13; 3»2 Num. 5, 25. 1 
Sam. 10,4; mx Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2; 
so too the place whence, with 12 Gen. 
45, 19. Josh. 4, 20; >> Is. 6, 6. 
Sometimes also a Dat: commodi is 
added, i5 mp> pr. to take to or for one- 
self ; Gen. 38, 23 > mpm let her take it 
Sor herself. 14.21. Num. 8, 16. More freq. 


. the force of the pronoun is so attenuated 


mpd 


that it is apparently redundant ; Job 2,8 
wort ib mps and he took hima pitehert; 
espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9,2 5. ΠΡ 
bay take thee a calf. 15, 14. 29, Ex. 30, 
23. 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Ez. 4,1. 3.9. 
al. sep. Plur, Ἐξ inp Gen. 45, 19. Ex. 
5, 11. al. 

Spec. a) NWN ΠΕΡ to take a wife, 
Gr. λαμβάνειν γυναῖκα, Gen. 6, 2. 19, 14. 
1 Sam. 25, 43; more fully πὰ Ν i> ΠΡ 
Gen. 4,19. Ex. 21,10; MUN) ΣΕ > ne 
Gen. 12,19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also ΠῈ -ὖ 
255 ΠῈΝ he took a ihe Sor his son, i. e. 
the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34, 
4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. Ellipt. Ex. 34, 16 
235 (Ὁ 9) ὙΣΞῸ Anps. In the 
later books the more usual phrase is 
rey NY? q. ν. 

b) to take, i.q. to take away, sometimes 
with force and violence ("PINS 1 Sam. 
2,16); 1 Sam. 12, 3. Gen. 34, 28. Judg. 
5, 19. Jer. 28,3. al. Hence to take cap- 
tive and carry away, Gen. 14,12. 1 Sam. 
19, 14. 20.—'p E2 ΠΕΡ to take the life 
of any one, Ps. 31,14. 1 Κ 19, 10. 14. 
Prov. 1, 19; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1; 21, 
Gen. 97, 35 thy brother hath taken away 
thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away 
the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5, 
24 r>x ink ΠΡ Ἢ for God had taken 
him away, i.e. nnadeea him to heaven. 
2K. 2, 3.5. 

6) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to 
capture, to seize upon, e. g. a city, hos- 
tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14. 
29, 7. .Metaph. Job 8, 6 that night, let 
᾿ darkness seize upon it. Also to take or 
captivate one by blandishments, wis- 
dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30. 

a) to take a person any where, to any 
place, etc. i.q. to lead, to bring, to con- 
duct, with ace. of pers. and >8 of place. 
Num. 11, 16 and bring (mMP>) them to 
the tabernacle of the congregation. 23, 
27. Job 38, 20. 2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36,17; 
x of pers. to whom, Gen. 48, 9; Ὁ Provi 
24, 11; dc. inf. Ex. 14, 11. 

e) to take and bring to any one, to 
fetch ; with ace. of thing Gen. 18, 5.7.8. 
27, 13. 2Sam. 4,6 nen “np? as if 
felching wheat, as if in order to buy 
wheat. 1 K. 17,11; with ace. of pers. 
2K. 3, 15 43:7 ‘a AMP bring me a min- 
strel, Gen. 42, 16. 43, 13. Judg. 11, 5. 
Am. 9, 2.3. Often to fetch by another, 


526 


mpd 


to let come, 1 Sam. 16,11. Gen. 20, 2. 
Jer. 37, 17.—With ja of place whence, 
Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70. 

2. to take, i. q. δέχομαι, i.e. a) to ac- 
cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as 
gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5, 12; 
food, Ἔ “2 Judg. 13, 3. Also of a 
buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 32; of 
God as accepting prayers Ps. 6,10; of 
a person receiving and following coun- 
sel, Prov. 2,1 "YER MPR ox Wa. 4, 10. 
10, 8. 24,32. Job 22. 22. b) to ‘take in, 
to receive ; Gen.4,11 theearth, which hath 
opened her mouth to receive (rmp>) thy 
brother’s blood. So to receive a person 
under one’s care and protection, Ps. 49, 
16. 73, 34. 0) to receive, i.e. to get, to 
obtain; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received 
(ΠΣ 5) of the Lord’s hand double; ete. 
Prov. 9,7. 22,25. Num. 23,20. So Proy. 
31, 16 she considereth a field and taketh it, 
i.e. gets it, buys it, Sept. ἐπρέατο; comp. 
2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 82. d) to receive, 
to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 12. 

Nipu.m2>2 1. Pass. of Kal no.1.b, to 
be taken away, 1 Sam. 21, 6 [7]; of the 
ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam. 
4, 11. 17. 19. 21. 22; of Elijah-as taken 
up to heaven, 2K.2,9. Also tobe taken 
away from life by violence Ez. 33, 6. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ἃ, ἐο be brought, 
c. b& Esth. 2, 8. 16. 

Puat p> and Fut. Hors. mp"; the 
fut. of Piel and pret. of Hoph. being 
wanting. 

1. Pass: of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with 
72 of that whence, Gen. 2, 23. 3, 19. 23. 
Job 28, 2. Ez. 15,3. Trop. to be taken 
up, repeated, as a curse, Jer, 29, 22. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be taken 
away, of things, with 72 of pers. Is. 49, 
24.25; > Judg. 17,25 of persons 6. g. to 
heaven 2K. 2,10, comp. Is. 53, 8. Also 
to be taken captive, carried away, Is. 52, 
5. Jer. 48, 46. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. e, to be fetched, 
as things Gen. 18,4; to be brought, as 
persons Gen. 12, 15. 

Hopn. fut. see in Pual. 

Hirup. part. ΠΡ Ox Ex. 9, 24 
and Ez, 1, 4, a fire taking hold on itself, 
holding together, continuous, i.e. amass 
of fire. Comp. synon, 725mm. 

Deriv. Mp2, ΠΡ, Mp phe, DNR? , 


y 


and the two following. 


mpd 


Mp? m.c. suff. "mp2 1, taking arts, 
fair speech, by which the mind of any 
one is captivated, Ῥτον. 7, 31; see τ. MP? 
no. 1. ο. 

2. doctrine, learning, knowledge, which 
one receives, perceives, learns, see the 
root no, 2.c,d. Prov. 1, δ. 9, 9. 16, 21. 
Comp. Chald. ἘΞ to receive and to 
learn, >ap cabbala, learning; Gr. πα- 
ραλαμβάνω, Lat. accipio.—Hence so far 
as this is communicated to others: 

3. instruction, discourse of a teacher, 
Prov. 4, 2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4. 


“MIP? (learned) Likhi, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
7,19. Comp. ΡΒ no. 2. 


up? fat. 2p>%, to take up, to gather 
up, to collect, pr. things upon the ground; 
as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6, 
2; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8; 
ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2,8. Poet. 
of animals. gathering up the herbage, 
pasture, etc. Ps. 104,28. Usually with 
accus. but. also abeol, as MIWA ΡΞ fo 
glean in a field Ruth 2,8. —Arab, Loi! 


to take up, ba gleanings, ete. Syr. 
whos id. 

» Pret i. q. Kal, to take up, to gather up ; 
as ears of grain, fo glean, Ruth 2,16 sq. 
Is. 17,5; grapes scattered in a vineyard 
Lev. 19,10; wood Jer. 7, 18; herbs 2 K. 
4, 39; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of 
money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with acc. 
but also absol. as MIwa wp> Ruth 2, 3. 
17; and so Judg. 1,7, comp. Matt. 25, 27. 

Puat to be gathered, as a people dis- 
persed, Is. 27, 12. 

Hirup. to gather themselves together, 
with 58 to any one, Judg. 11, 3. 

Deriv. 25757 and 


Up? m. a gleaning of fields or vine- 
yards, Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22. 

*Dp> obsol. root, Arab. oe to stop 
ae Hence pr. ἢ. DIP? . 

*Pp>, 3 plur. "pp>, fut. pd3, ono- 
matopoet. /o lick, to lap, of dogs lapping 
as they drink, 1 K. 21, 19. 22,38. Judg. 7, 
5. Kindr. is ΠΡ q.v. and see 25> note. 
Armen. hk] lakiel, to sa Arab. 

8 


WJ tongue. 
Pies, id. Judg. 7, 6. 7. 


527 


Ἰὼ 
Ῥ wpd in Kal not used; Syr. waods 
to be late ripe, of fruit. Hence Cipdes 
the latter rain, and ἘΠ after-grass. 
Piet to gather the late Sruita, i. e. to 
glean a vineyard; Job 24, 6 su ΒῚ3 


wp" they glean the dacyard of the 
wicked. But some Mss. read "apd. 


tps m. latter grass, rowen, after-math, 
Am.7,1. R. tp> Kal. 


ἦν 29 obsol. root, Arab. (δ! to lick, 
lo suck ; hence 


5 m.c. suff. "12>, pr. something 
usually licked or sucked, something 
sweet, etc. 

1. juice, sap, as being sucked ; spec. 
vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps. 32, 
4 "32> ἼΒΙ2 my life-blood is changed, 
i.e. is dried up. 

2. a sweet cake. Num. 11,8 youn 385 
a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. ἐγκρὶς 
ἐξ ἐλαίου, Vulg. panis oleatus. Comp. 
mz2 from r. 79. 


pe of both genders, ‘but oftener δυοῖν 
Ps. 12,4. Prov. 6, 24. al. mase. Ps. 22, 
16. Prov. 26, 28; constr. 75, ὁ. onl 
"21>, Ὁ Ex. Ἢ, 7; plur. rind, c. 
suff, ‘pmad Gen. 10, 20. R. 70>. 

1. the tongue, both of men and ani- 
mals, as the instrument of licking, Ex. 
11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41, 


1]. al. Arab. aS hp Ethiop. Atl, 


Aram. 58>, as. Comp. also from 
languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana, 


Armen. yeqm, Copt. A&C, and 


even Gr. γλῶσσα, in which the y is an 
addition, comp. λεύσσω, γλαύσσω; γνό- 
Gos, repos ; χλαῖνα, lana, ἀπά τηδὴγ others. 
—Spoken with few exceptions of the 
human tongue as the instrument of 
speech ; (exceptions are Ex. 11,7. Ps. 
22, 16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57, 4. Job 
20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 2 7723 
“ana ΡΝ Ps. 12, 4. 45, 2.. 39, “4; 
but Ps. 109, 2 “Be yizd anny. they 
speak with a lying tongue, (for which 
accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. ὁ 135,. 
1. n. 3.) Prov. 15,4. 18, 21. Is. 33, 19._ 


. 45, 23. al—The words which one is 


ready to utter, are said to be either upon 


‘the tongue, ‘p 71322 Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4, 


‘p jis ἘΣ 2 Sam. 23, 2. Prov. 31, 265. 


Ἴ5 
or also under the tongue, 'Β ὙΠ 5 NNN Ps. 
10, 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11; which 
phrases seem not greatly to differ in 
meaning ; comp. ‘upon the lips’ Ps. 16, 
4, and ‘under the lips’ Ps. 140, 4.—With 
genit. "pe pied a lying tongue Prov. 6, 
17. (Meton. for a lying person, with 
masc. Prov. 26, 28.) m7 7i0> id. Ps. 
52,6. MiSEnn yi} id. Prov. 10. 31.— 
Also καὶ ἐξοχήν for a spiteful, malignant 
tongue, (or as in Chald. and Zab. ‘lingua 
tertia,’ comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps. 
140, 12 722d tk a man of tongue, i.e. a 
tattler, slanderer. (But qe bya an en- 
chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10, 11.)°. Jer. 18, 
18 come, lel us smite him with the tongue, 
ji. e. as Chald. well, let us bear false 
witness against him. Job 5,21 jit? 37 
the scourge of the tongue, comp. the simi- 
lar figure in Germ. klatschen, Eng). lash, 
Fr. coup de langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up 
sid rp ἘΣ upon the lips of the slan- 
derer’s tongue, i.e. are traduced in men’s 
mouths.—Meton, a) i. q. speech, Job 
15, 5 pvanns jd crafty speeches. Prov. 
16,1. Ὁ) tongue, for language, dia- 
lect. Dan. 1,4 omvD 139. the Chaldee 
tongue. Gen. 10, 5 92055 wR every 
one after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28, 
49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13, 34. Esth. 1, 22. 


ΕΗ - S © 
8,12. 8,9. Arab. .ylod, upd, id. 


Hence 6) a nation, people, having a 
tongue or language of their own. Is. 
66, 18 τοὶ ΠῚ ovaI->2 all nations and 
tongues; see Chald. 72>. 

2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue, 
e.g. a) amt 19 a tongue of gold, i.q. 
bar of gold, Josh.7,21.24. Vulg. regula 
aurea. Ὁ) Gx ὙΠῈΡ a tongue of fire, i.e. 
a flame of fire, Is. 5, 24, so called from 
its shape and motion, whence also it is 
said to lap, to be lambent; see and, 
‘wnd, and Virg. Ain. 2. 684. Comp. γλῶσ- 
σαι ὡσεὶ πυρός Acts 2,3. Arab. yo 


gu, Pers. ἘΠῚ wey zabani dtesh. 
c) ott 19 ἃ tongue of the sea, a bay, 
Josh. 15, 5. 18, 19. Is. 11,15; and simpl. 
ibn Josh. 15,2. In Arabian geogra- 
phers , [ ww. Comp. Engl. 
‘tongue of land, Germ, Erdzunge. 


7 Ὁ obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q. 
"bw, but intransitive, to throw oneself 


528 "5 


down, i. 6. to lie, to lie down. Henve 
perhaps 

MDW> f. with He loc. nM ΞΘ 5 1 Sam. 
9,22; Plur. nistid, constr. mist; a cell, 
chamber, pr. bed-chamber ; spoken esp. 
of the cells or chambers in the courts of 
the temple. mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23, 
11. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10. 
Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which the 
treasure of the temple and every thing 
necessary for the temple-service were 
kept, 1 Chr. 9, 26, 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31, ὅ.. 
11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13, 
5. 9; where the priests, Levites, etc. 
lodged, Ez. 40, 38. 44 sq. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5. 
Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and 
where other persons were rarely admit- 
ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11. 
Jer. 35, 4.5. Once of an eating-room, 
1 Sam. 9, 22; also of the chamber of 
the king’s scribe in the palace Jer. 36, 
12.—Thrice written M22 Neh. 3, 30. 
12, 44. 13. 7. 5. ἀξ 

Nore. The etymology is uncertain. If 
the more common M2W> be the primary 
form, it may come ftom r. 722 as above ; 
and at any rate has no connection with 
Gr. λέσχη, as has been suggested. But 
as n is more readily softened into 7 than 
the contrary, it may be that M2t? is the 
older form; and this Bohlen derives 
from Pers. ,.piw% to sit, to sit down, 
whence might come sind seat, though 
this is not found. Others make it by 
transpos. for 722% dwelling, from τ. j24. 
See Thesaur. p. 762, 763. 


5 pw obsol. root, Arab. Tat to taste, 
pr. to lick ; see in T0.—Hence 


pw m. 1. A species of gem, Ex. 28, 
19. 39,12; Sept. λιγύριον, Vulg. ligu- 
rius, Engl. opal.—The λιγύριον or λὺγ- 
χούριον is described as a species of am- 
ber, and also as a species of hyacinth ; 
see Thesaur. p. 763. 

2, Leshem, pr. τι. of a city, elsewhere 
called "> and 733; see 1. Josh. 19, 47. 


® ΠΡ in Kal not used, prob. to lick, to 
lap, like the kindr. is eer) ’ pou) ᾽ 
comp. Und, yas. : 
Po. 8» denom. from 18>, pr. to 


tongue, i. e. to use the tongue freely, 
and by impl. to slander ; see ὙΠ no. 1. 


rb) 

mid. Part. with > parag. "2859 Ps. 

101, 5; in Keri "73359 for 9282 part. Pi. 
Arab. ,. to slander. 
Hipu. id. Prov. 30, 10. 


78> Chald. m. tongue, and hence a na- 
tion, having a tongue or language of its 
own, see 112 no. 1. c. Dan, 3, 4 87292 
NPD) NBN tribes, nations, and tongues. 
v. 7. 31. 5, 19. 6, 26. 7, 14. al. Comp. 
Rev. 5, 9. 7, 9. 


"Σὰ" obsol. root, Arab. femal 
9 


puncture, to sting, as a scorpion ; 


a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the 
earth, fountains, etc.—Hence 


9&2 Lesha, pr. n. of a place, Gen. 10, 
19; according to Jerome (in Quest.) 
Callirrhoé on the eastern coast of the 
Dead sea, celebrated for its warm 


Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
40. The name 079 probably signifies 
water, i. q. 0772, and the antique forms 
of the letter have a certain resemblance 
to waves ; see Monum. Phen. p. 35, 36. 
Its name accords with Gr. Mi i. e. Phe- 
nic. 12 water ; in Ethiop. also Mai water. 

It is interchanged: a) Often with 
other labials, as 3 and 5, which see; 
rarely with 1, as mn, Chald. mM, to be 
astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly 


Σ Ξ 
Nun, comp. ἘΝ, Syr. <1, Arab. ὧν ΠΕ 
ἯΠΞ,, Arab. eet thumb ; 5°302 pista- 


cios, comp. ; trend Ξ pistacia tere- 
binthus Linn. 757, Arab. ped to be fat; 


ΔΩ, το threshing-sledge, ἸΏ and 


pz to be hostile, =°— and 1"-- plural 
endings. Rarely with Ὁ, see in Sno. 1. 6. 

For Mem dropped at the end of words, 
see Lehrg. p. 138, 524. Comp. the similar 
usage in the language of the Etruscans 
and Umbri, in Ὁ. Miller’s Etrusker * 
I. p. 56. 

45 


529 


INS 


springs; see Plin. H.N. 5.16. Jos. B. J. 
1, 33.5. These springs were visited by 
Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond. 1844, 
Ρ. 144 sq. 


*mn? obsol. root, perh. i. q. MMe, 
Samar. MP3, fo spread out a garment; 
whence Eth. HA a garment, tunic, 
perh. wide. Hence ΠΡ, 


" ἼΠΡ obsol. root, prob. i. q. 4%} to 
be poured out. Hence 


72 m. a measure for grain, Hos. 3, 
2; so called from pouring. Sept. ἡμέ- 
κορος, Vulg. corus dimidius, accommo- 
dated to the context. 


we n> obsol. root, i. 4. 4 


a to strike ; 


also to bite, whence ΤΊΣ ΤΡ biters, teeth. 
—To this root some refer the form 4273 
Job 4,10; but it belongs rather to r. 52. 


4 


“2 prefix, for "2 what? where see 
note. 


“2 prefix, for 12, q. v. 


N72 Chald. i. q. Hebr. 92 what? also 
without interrogation "1 δὰ that which. 
Ezra 6,8. See 2. 


O72 m. (τ. 02N) a store-house;, 
granary, plur. Jer. 50, 26. Sept. ἀπο-- 
ϑήκη. 

“2 m. (τ. TAN no, 3) c. suff. FIs, 
ἽΝ. 

1. Subst. might, vehemence ; Deut. 6, 
5 and thou shalt love Jehovah, thy: God,. 
with all thy heart, with all thy soul; 5>3% 
WIRD and with all thy might. 2K. 23, 
25; comp. Luke 10,27. Is. 47, 9 Massa 
IRD PIII with (notwithstanding) the: 
great abundance of thine enchantments; 
where connect "89 m2x3. Job 35, 15. 
Hence a) 789 7802 with might of” 
might, i.e. mightily, very exceedingly, 
Gen. 17, 2. 6. 20. Ez.9,9. b) ko "> 
even to vehemence, i. e. very’ exceedingly, 
Gen. 27, 33. 1K. 1,4. Dan. 8.8; wiiolly;. 
utterly, Ps. 119, 8; too much, tod caidas 
ingly, Is. 64, 8. ὁ) ἜΝ ΩΙΡῪΣ i. gq. TRETY,. 


mn 


but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16,14; comp. 
2 Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15. 

2. Adv. pr.acc.asadv. a) mightily, 
vehemently, exceedingly, Gen. 4, 5. 7, 
18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with 
adjectives and adverbs, as ἽΝ Ὁ 3D very 


good Gen. 1, 31, “δ Ὁ ΠΕ" 12,14. natn 


INO very inivich Gen. 15, 1. Emphat. 
doubled ἜΝ ἽΝ. Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14, 
7.—Ps. 46, 2 ἽΝ REQ) MIS ATID he 
is found a help in trouble mightily y. i. 6. 
a mighty helper. δ) speedily, quickly, 
as being connected with the exertion 
of one’s strength; 1 Sam. 20, 19 77m 
“Sk. come down quickly; Vulg. festi- 
nus. Comp. Germ. bald from Lat. 
valde ; Low Germ. swieth, Anglo-Sax. 
swithe, i. q. valde, Germ. geschwind, 
Eng). swift. 


*FIN'2 £ constr. ΝΘ; dual cnx 
for ΝΕ ; plur. ΤΙΝ, ney. 


Ss 
1. a hundred; Arab. eae and Rly, 
Ethiop. PAT, Syr. Ils. 


logy be sought, we may compare Pers. 
ma, mah, meh, great, much ; of which 
also some uncertain traces are found in 
the Phenician, see Monum. Phen. p. 
152.—Lev. 26, 8 02% ΓΝ a hundred of 
you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. With substantives it 
is joined variously, and is put: 8.) Be- 
fore substantives in the singular, usually 
such as denote things often spoken of in 
great numbers; as M78 MN a hundred 
years Gen. 17, 17; ΘΝ ΠΝ 1 K. 18, 
13; also Gen. 23, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 K. 
23.33. 1 Chr. 18,4. al. Ὁ) Before sub- 
stantives in the plural, usually those 
denoting things less frequently spoken 
of in great numbers ; as ΠΝ 22 ΓΙῸ a 
hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4; DIOsB "a 
2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26, 
12. c) In the construct in like manner, 
though rarely, before nouns sing. and 
plur. as "22 Γι Ex. 38, 25; ἘΠ) ΝΣ “Ὁ 
v. 27. But, on the other hand, mx 
stands very frequently where the num- 
ber one hundred is combined with others; 


If an etymo- 


as ΤΣ ὈΛΣΞΘῚ Me ΓΝ Ὁ a hundred and | 


seventy years Gen. 25, 7. 17. 35, 28; 
Hyd mxo1 078 we Gen. 5, 6. 18. 25. 
28. 7, 24, 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num. 
33, 39. al. ἃ) Rarely and only in the 
later books is MX put after a noun plur. 


530 ἽΝ 


as ΠΝ 5:29 2 Chr. 3, 16; comp. 4, 8. 
Ezra '2, 69. 8, 26. 

2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov. 17,10; 
constr. PN id. Eee. 8, 12. 

3. the hundredth or one per centum, 
sc. of money or other things, exacted in 
monthly usury; Neh. 5. 11 502m rye 
3279}, Vulg. centesima. For the cente- 


sima or one per cent. of the Romans, 
s 


Ernesti Clav. Cic. sub. v. and for 
sury still common in the East, see 
ney’s Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring’s 
port on Egypt p. 82. 

4, Meah, pr. n. of a tower in Jerusa- 
lem, Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39, 

Dua ὈΡΩ͂Ν two hundred ; put before 
a noun sing. mas) DINK Gen. 11, 23,-1 
Sam. 18, 27; before a plor, p bp ne ‘a2 
Sam. 14, 26; after a plur. 2 py. Gen. 
32, 15. 

Prior. MN 8) hundreds, as Pix) by 
hundreds 2 Sam. 18,4; Pixan “iv ‘the 
captains of hundreds, centurions, Num. 
31, 14. 48. 52. Hence ¢ 2 δῷ six hun- 
did Ex. 12, 37; “a προ eight hundred 
Gen. 5, 7. etc. ) a hundred, q. ἃ. each 
hondred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr. 
25, 9 Cheth. comp. v.6. Keri Px2.—A 
rare form of the plur. is Cheth. ΤΥ Ὁ 
(Ming) 2K. 11, 4.9.10. 15. Comp. the 
Arabic. 


IN Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2. 
Ezra 6, 17. 7,22. Dual ἡ Ezra 6, 
1h 


"1872 m. (Ὁ. ΓΝ 1) desire ; once plur- 
constr. 309 ay ‘the desires of the wick- 
ed, Ps. 140, 9. 


, DANO for ἘΣ Ὁ, usually contr. 047 αν. 
a spot, blemish, Dan. 1,4. Job 31,7. R. 
pen. 


MOAN Milél (prob. for m1 2, or 
perh. for "2 is M2, what or what? 
though the etymology is doubtful.) what- 
ever, something, any thing. Num. 22, 
38 have I now any power at all “33 
Marg fo say any thing? 2 K. δ, 20 
and accept of him ΤΩ Ὁ something.— 
Oftener with a negat. particle, nothing, 
nothing whatever, nothing at all; 6. g. 
with Xd Deut. 1% 18. Gen. 39, 6.9. 1 
Sam. 12.5. With τὰ. 1 K. 18, 43 "x 
maa nothing at all. Judg. 14, 6. Ece. 
δι 13; more fully Gen. 39, 23 7X5 3X 


ἸΝῺ 


“arda-mx not looking to any thing at all. 
With bx, Jer. 39, 12 ΤΗΝ 1b Ben->y 
4. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 


“INQ m. once IN Ex, 25, 6, constr. 
“ixg; plur. Oke Ez, 32,8, and Ὁ 
Gen. 1,16. R. ie. 

1. light, a light, Ps, 90,8. 74,16; also 
a luminary, as the sun and moon, Gen. 
1, 14, 16. Ez. 32,8. How it differs from 
“iM, see inh. v. “xgn-myi29 the sa- 
cred candelabra, Num, 4, 9. 16,—Me- 
taph. 5°92 “iN the light of the eyes, 
i. e. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30. 

2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25,6, 
27, 20. 35, 14. 


MAND fem. of Vix (r. WN) pr. light, 
then light-hole, sc. by which light en- 
ters, and so meton. hole, den of a serpent, 
Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8.—Or it may also 
be taken for ΤΣ, ΠΣ, ὅ ,@ 
cavern, ® and ¥ being PRE, θη 


D°TN2 m. dual (r. 18 11) balances, 
a balance, Arab. oles, Is. 40, 12. 15. 


Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as- 
cend in the balance, sc. for lightness. 
ΤῚΣ “Ἢ a just or even balance Lev. 19, 
36. Job 31, 6; opp. 992 “Ὁ a false bal- 
ance Prov. 11, 1. 20, 23. It differs from 
bp q. ν. 

2278 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 27. 

PMNS, see ΠΝ Plur. fin. 


SOW m. (τ. 535) food, Gen. 2,9. 3, 6. 
6, 21; espec. of grain, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 
ἘΞ ΥῈΣ a tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev. 
19, 23. Deut. 20, 20. Sax iNx flocks 
Jor food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12. 

ΓΟ Γ (Ὁ. dN) plur. mibsx2, a 


knife, as an instrument for eating, Gen. 
22, 6. 10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov. 30,14. Arab. 


hikes) spoon. 


ΓΞ Γ᾽ (τ. 53) food, trop. Is. 9, 4 
tx m>5x2 food for fire, fuel. v.18. 


Σ ὈΝῺ obsol. root, perhaps fo spot, to 
soil ; whence D582, ὉΠ, q. v. 

ΠΧ ΣΝ Ὁ m. plur. (τ. YOR) powers ; 
trop. of wealth, Job 36, 19 m5 *x2x27>D 
all the powers (resources) of wealth. 


‘YN m. (τ. ἸΏΝ) an edict. mandate, 


Tc 


a word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1,15. 


531 


ὈΝῺ 


2, 20. 9, 32. Chald. ΘΝ, RIND, 


ΜΆΘΩ, id. 
"ΘΝ Ὁ Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14. 


ἸΝῺ Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil, 
iq. Hebr. "22, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23. In 


Targg. defect. 12, Syr. Litke. —It seems 
to be for 3X2, from r. MX II, Arab. 


3] IV, to retain; whence Ut vase, "28 
a vessel, ship, q. v. 


" ἸΝ2 in Kal not used, to refuse, see 
adj. 82. Syr. be , every where impers. 
wes DI} wate me; Aph. cessavit, 


destitit. Kindred is 522; comp. in 84). 
Pret ἸΝῺ 10 refuse, to be unwilling, 
(opp. 73%,) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20. 
1 Sam. 28, 23; with inf. Jer. 3, 3. Ps. 
77, 3; inf c. > Ex. 7, 14. 22, 16.1 Sam. 
8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al. 
Deriv. the two following. 


782 adj. unwilling, refusing, used 
with personal pronouns for a finite verb ; 
Ex. 7, 27 mmx jNe7oN if thou refusest. 
9, 2. 10, 4. 


Ἰὰ Ὁ m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per- 
tinaciously refusing, Plur. 5°3x2 Jer. 
13,10. R. 2. 


* OND fut. oxo", inf. c. suff. DON? 
Am. 2, 4. 

1. i,q. 00%, to melt, to melt away, 
to run; see Niph. πο. 1. Comp. Chald. 
OND i. gq. 009, and FRB i. q. 22. 
Spec. of a sore which runs with matter, 
see Job 7,5; comp. Arab. (wie late pa- 
tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being 
fetid and loathsome. 

2. to reject. to refuse, prob. from the 
idea of loathing. comp. M21, (opp. "12 to 
choose.) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41, 9. Job 34, 33. 


- Constr. ὁ. acc. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31,7; 6.3 


Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78, 67; ace. et inf. c. > 
Job 30,1; acc. et 72 c. inf. 1 Sam. 16, 
1; absol. Job 6, 14. 42,6. Chiefly spo- 
ken: 8) Of God, as rejecting a people 
or individuals, Jer. 6, 30. 7, 29. 14, 19. 
Ps. 53, 6. Job 8, 20. al._ Ὁ) Of men re- 
jecting God and his precepts, Num. 11, 
20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2. 4. Job 5, 7. al. 

3. to contemn, to despise, c. ace. Prov. 
15, 32. Job 9, 21; c. 3 Job 19, 18. Judg. 
9, 33; absol. next ὉΞ9 a despiteful, 


SN 


scornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. o&2 
Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt. 
Nipu. 1. to be melted, to melt away ; 
Ps. 58, 8 ΘΛ ΩΓ Ἰ29 HON" let them melt 
away like water, 1. e. ‘let them perish. 
Spec. of a running sore; Job 7, 5 "> 
7 ONS 52 my skin sioteale (omaeka) and 
runs with matter. 
2. Pass. to be rejected, contemned, Is. 
54,6. Part. Ps. 15,4 ON). 


MEN m. (r. MBX) a baking, some- 
thing baked, Lev. 2, 4. 
PEND m. (r. 555) darkness, Josh. 24,7. 


mex f. (for πὸ DEN2, compare 
mesa Cant. 8, 6) dknen of Jeho- 
vah, i. 6. thick aavindes Jer. 2, 31 738 
ambayn land of thick darknitss, spoken 
ofa pathless desert, in which men wan- 
-der as if in darkness. Comp. in v. 6 
‘mye>z YIN, and Job 30, 3. _ 


*"N72 in Kal not used, but prob. 
kindred ‘with “Δ to be bitter, acrid ; 


comp. 0872 and 00%. Arab. ye recru- 
duit vulnus, to excite hatred, we to 


conceive hatred; all which may come 
from the idea of bitterness. 

Hiren. part. "x22 pr. making bitter, 
‘and hence causing bitter pain; Ez. 28, 
24 ΠΝ ἸΣῸ ὦ thorn causing pain, 
i.e. pricking. Fem. τ  ὈΣῸΣ pain- 
ful leprosy, i. 6. fretting, malignant, 
Lev. 13, 51. 52. 14, 44. 


“N'2 see mina. 

278 m. (τ. 32%) ambush, i. 6. place 
of ambush Josh. 8,9. Ps. 10,8. Concer. 
troops in ambush, an ambushment, 2 
‘Chr. 13, 13. 

AN f. (r. 78) constr. MIN, a 
curse, execrution, Prov. 3, 33. Mal. 2, 2. 
Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27. 


FN, compounded of 12 and Mx, pr. 
JSrom with, see next after 12. 

ΓΙῸ £, plur. (τ. 13) separations, 
i.e. separate places; Josh. 16, 9 235 
nibya2n the cities separately assigned. 

830 m. (7. 812) constr. Nina, N29; 
pl. PiNi32, constr. "R159, c. suff. "RII. 

1. an in-coming, entering, Ez. 26, 10. 
33, 31. 

2. an entrance, place of entering ; 


532 


D232 


Judg. 1, 24. 25 "33 Nina the entrance 
of the city, i.e. the gate. Prov. 8,3 Nin 
nonin in the entrance of the gates. 2 K. 
11, 16. Jer. 38, 14. 

8. wu ΝΞ the going down of the 
sun, the ‘west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1. 
104,19. Mal. 1, 11. Ace. towards the 
west, westward, och, 1, 4. 23, 4. 


M2722 f. (τ. HB) perplexity, Is. 22, 5. 
Mic. 7, 4. 


P1212 m. (τ. 33 1, the radical Yod 
being represented by the Daghesh in 3,) 
an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah’s 
flood, Gen. 6,17. 7, 6.7.10. 9,11. 28. 10, 
1.32. So of the floods above the firma- 
ment, Ps. 29, 10; where others: the 
Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i.e. 
did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5. 8. 9. 

ὩΣ 2 Chr. 35, 3 Cheth. for p39 
Keri; if not a mere error in copying, it 
is abstr. wisdom, for coner. wise teach- 
ers. R. 3. 


MOI) (. (τ. 012) a treading down, 
sc. of enemies by the victors; Is. 22, 5. 
18, 2.7 a ρεορίε.... ΓΙΌΣ of treading 
down, i. e. treading their enemies under 
foot. 


3°32 m. (Ὁ. 322) a fountain, Ecce. 12,6. 
Plur. constr. 0% "3222 Is. 35,7. 49, 10. 


S-o- 


Arab. δ. 14. 


MP2 f. (τ. pra) emptiness, Nah. 2, 
11; see Mp5. 


ὙΠ m. choice, 2K. 3,19. 19, 23. 
Β. “π. 


“332 m. (τ. ἽΠ3) constr. “M32. 

1. choice, and hence whatever is 
chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr. 
Is. 22,7 ὭΣ M32 thy choicest valleys. 
37, 24 ὙΘΤῚΞ “ma ils choice cypress- 
trees [or pines]. Jer. 22, 7. Gen. 23, 6. 
Ex. 15,4. Ez. 23, 7. 24, 4. Inverted 
wma Dd the people of his choice, his 
chosen people, Dan. 11, 15. 

2. Mibhar, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 38. 


ὈΞῺ m. (r. 032) expectation, hope, 
Zech. 9, 5. Meton. for the object of 
expectation, Is. 20, 5. 6.— With suffix 
mua for Muze Zech. 1. c. Patah being 
shortened into Seghol, as "M738 for 
“may ; comp. Heb. Gram. ὁ 27. ‘not.2.a. 


b2'5 


8920 τη, (r. 823) something rashly 
uttered, as o"NDw “Ὁ Num. 30, 7. 9. 


ΓΞ m. (τ. ΓΙΌΣ) constr. MBB, ὁ. 
suff. °7239 and "7339, plur. ὈΠΠΏΞΌ, 
Dag. f. impl. inn, 

1. trust, confidence, firm and certain 
hope, Prov. 22,19. Meton. of a person 
or thing in which confidence is placed, 
Ps. 40, 5. 65, 6. 71, 5. 70} 8, 14. Jer. 17, 
7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37. 

2. security, safely ; Job 18, 14 his secu- 
rity shall be torn from his tent, i. e. he 
himself in his too great security. Plur. 
15. 32, 18. 


ΓΑΒ ΓΟ (τ, 22) exhilaration, 
cheerfulness, Jer.8,18. The form is pr. 
denom. from the Hiph. part. 37522 ex- 
hilarans ; see Lehrg. p. 514, where to 
the examples ending in Τὴ this in m— 
may be added. 


320 m. (r. 723) α building, edifice, 
Ez. 40, 2. 


"2279, see "23D. 


229 m. (τ. 9¥3 no. 2) plur. 2-739, 
constr. "34325; once plur. ninx39 Dan. 
11, 15. 

1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is. 
25, 12; then for a fortified city, i. q. "7 
npxa, Is. 17, 3. Hab. 1, 10. The same 
is “33% “9, 6. g. WS rer ἘΣ Josh. 
19, 29, "x "2379 2 Sam. 24, 7, i. e. forti- 
fied Tyre, or Paletyrus, old Tra: comp. 
Comm. on Is. 23, 7.—Plur. Num. 13, 19. 
Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2. 5. Nah. 3, 12, 14. 
al. So “z30 "2 Num. 32, 86. Josh. 
19, 35; or ‘with both words in Plur. "3 
W733 Jer. 5, 17; or the latter only, 
mingzs9 ἋΣ fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15. 
See in art. 531) note. Heb. Gram. § 106. 
3.—Metaph. Jer. 6, 27 7 have set thee as 
a watcher for my people, "%23 a for- 
tress, i. 6. secure from the violence of 
enemies ; comp. 1, 18. 

2. Mibzar, pr. n. of a prince of the 
Edomites, Gen. 36, 42. 


T7129 m. (τ. M22) pr. flight, then as 
concer. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21. 

DWI (sweet odour, τ. SY) Mibsam, 
pr.n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25. 


D2 m. plur. (τ. Bin) pudenda, 
Deut. 25, 11. 
45* 


533 


ἼΣ2 


Pi>wI9 Γ plur. (r. $82) boilers, boil- 
ing-places, pr. part. Piel, Ez. 46, 23, 
comp. 24. Vulg. culine. 


Δ m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name 
for priests and wise men among the 
Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr. 
great, powerful ; see Hyde de relig. vet 
Persarum, p. 372 sq. Compare Pers. 
mogh magus, from x0 mih magnus, 
dux ; Zend. meh, maé, mado; Sanscr. 
mahat, mahd, in which lies the Greek 
root μέγας, Lat. magis, magnus.—So 
43737. in appos. the prince Magus, chief 
of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3. 


85%, see in ἘΝΔ I. no. 3, and 72 no. 
3. g. 

W332 (a gathering, τ. 23) Mag- 
bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to 
others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30. 


mipaa Γ᾿ plur. (τ. 525) cords, i.e. 
wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14; 
see in ΓΞ, 


M2239 ἢ (r. 233) a cap, turban, se. of 
the common priests. so called from its 
round form, differing from the ΤΕΣ Ὁ or 
mitre of the high priest ; Exod. 28, 40. 
29, 9. 39,28. Lev. 8,13. Comp. Jos. Ant. 
3. 7. 3,7.—Syr. oes cap; Eth. PNW 


mitre or cap of the priests and monks. 
ἘΠ23 obsol. root; Arab. ὧξ to be 


honoured, renowned ; Rey nobility, 
honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. 133 (m 


and n interchanged), aS, to be chief, 
to be noble, whence 7722, uss, prince. 
—Hence mi2332 precious things, pr. ἢ. 
ΒΝ ΠΛ, and 


730 τὰ. plur. 2°39, something most 
precious, most excellent ; Deut. 33, 13 
ΘΛ 339 che most precious things of the - 
heavens, i.e. rain, dew, as immediately 
follows. Verse 4 wow minisn 7372 the 
most precious products of the sun. v. 15, 
16. Cant. 4, 13 0-739 “ most precious 
Fruits. v.16; and so without "8, 7,14 
£°32752 all precious or pleasant fraite, 
apples, ete. Vulg. every where poma. 


—Syr. ine fructus aridus. 


i730 see in ἸῺ 


ἼΔΩ 


P1752 and 553° Migdol,pr.n. a) A 
city of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14, 
situated in the northern limits of Egypt, 
Ez. 29, 10. 30, 6; according to the Itin. 
Anton. p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu- 
sium. In Egyptian the name is written 


gEeWTwA (many hills); and the He- 
brews seem to have softened this foreign 
word into 51532 (tower); see Champol- 
lion Egypte sous les Pharaons, II. p.79. 

b) A place near the head of the west- 
ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14,2, Num. 
33,7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 


v3 Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere 1740 
(perhaps place of troops, r. ‘713, 973) 
Megiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of 
Manasseh, situated within the borders 
of the aie of Issachar, and formerly 
a royal city of the Canaanites; Sept. 
Μαγεδδώ, Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21. 
17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9,15; comp. 
1K. 4, 12. 1 Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually 
mentioned along with Taanach ; and ap- 
pears to have been the place afterwards 
called Legio, now Lejjtin ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. Ill. p. 177-180.—R.] Hence 
‘qayormspa the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr. 
35, 22. Zech. 12,11; this was part of 
‘the great plain of Esdraelon, and here 
‘king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30. 
2 Chr. 35, 22. “πλῷ "2 waters of Me- 
.giddo, (prob: the brook with mills, flow- 
ing by Lejjin into the Kishon, Judg. 
5.19; see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p.77.—R. 


ΝΛ (praise of God) Magdiel, pr. 
_m. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 
43. 1 Chr. 1,54. R. 32. 


2737 m. (Ὁ. >45) constr. 533; plur. 
paba33, mibaa2, constr. riba. 

1. a tower, so called from its altitude, 
‘Gen. 11, 4. 5; spoken chiefly of the 
_ towers i fortified cities and fortresses, 

Judg. 8,9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14,6; of a for- 
tress itself, 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10; 
elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17. 
17,9; of the watch-turret of a vineyard, 
Is. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33.—Metaph. of 
proud and powerful men, Is. 30, 25. 2, 15. 

2. an elevated stage, pulpit, βῆμα, Neh. 
‘8,4; comp. 9, 4. 

3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the 
middle; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are...as 
beds of spices, 


534: 


1372 


4, In pr. names, it marks a Δα: for- 
tified by a tower, Migdal, e. 

a) ἘΝ ΞΔ (tower of God) J "Miedal-el, 
a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali, 
Josh. 19, 38; prob. Mayduhu Matth. 15, 
39, now Sodas Mejdel on the western 
coast of the sea of Galilee. not far from 
Tiberias. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL 
p. 298. 

b) 3375332 (tower of Gad) Migdal- 
Gad, a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 37. 

‘) “1375722 (tower of the flock) Mig- 
dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen. 
35, 21; hence put for the city Bethle- 
hem itself and trop. for the royal line 
of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic. 
l. c. a tower so called on Zion; or perh. 
for Zion itself—R. 


ΩΣ , see Β΄). 


ming f. plur. (τ. 3%) precious 
things, Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 1, 6. 2 Chr. 
21, 3. 32, 23. 


43" Magog, pr. n. 
pheth, Gen. 10, 2. 

2. A region and also a great and pow- 
erful people dwelling in the extreme 
recesses of the north, who are to invade 
the Holy Land at a future time; Ez. 38, 
2. 15. 39, 2.6. Nearly the same people 
seem to be intended as were compre- 
hended by the Greeks under the name 
of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Jerome 
ad Ez. 38, 2; ices the Arabs call 


1. Ως of Ja- 


bbls eae Yajij and Maja, 


and have embellished with various fa- 
bles. Their king is called 335, q.v. See 
Kor, Sur. 18. 94-99. ib. 21. 96. Asse- 
mani Biblioth. Orient. T. ΠῚ. P. IL p. 
16,17, 20. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. 
arts. Jagiouge, Magiouge. Edrisi par 
Jaubert II. p. 349. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 
I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are 
joined ure les .. Chin and Ma- 
chin, i. e. the Chines, " On the syllable 
ma in these names, as signifying place, 
region, Frahn has given a learned dis- 
sertation; de Musei Spreviziani num- 
mis Cuficis, p. 95. 

i072 om. (r. "3: 1.2) plaur. pI 
Lam. 2, 22; fear, terror, Ps, 31, 14. Jer. 
6, 25. 20, 3. 10, Is. 31, 9. 


1372 


703 m. (τ. "Δ I. 1) once sing. c. suff. 
By Ps. 55, 16; elsewhere only Plur. 
constr. "71139, c. suff, τ ΠΡΌ. 

1. Plur. journeyings, sojournings, in 
foreign countries ; Gen. 17,8 ae gel 
the land of thy sojournings, in which 
thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36,7. 37, 1. 
Trop. of human life, as a sojourning 
on earth, Gen. 47,9. Ps. 119, 54; comp. 
Ps. 39, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15. 

2. adwelling, Ps.55,16. Pl. Job 18,19. 

TIN f. (τ Δ I. 2) i. g. V2, fear, 
Prov. 10, 24. 

INS f(r. πὸ Τὴ 1. fear, also ob- 
ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps, 34, 5. 

2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19. 


ITI £ an ave, 2 Sam. 12, 31. R. 
ἪΡ no. 2. 


30 m. (τ. 532) @ sickle, Jer. 50, 16. 


Joel 4, 13. Arab. iste, Syr. es, id 


ΤΡ Γ᾽ (τ. 858) ἃ volume, roll, i. e. a 
book, Jer. 36, 14 sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps, 40, 8 
mppcnbse the volume of the book, xat 


ἕν of the roll of the law. Syr. ἴω, 
ἴδιο, Arab. ae id. 


m0 Chald. i. g. Heb. Ezra 6, 2. 

M39 ἢ (τ. 023) α gathering, host, 
once Hab. 1, 9, of the invading Chalde- 
ans: ΓΙῸ ont ΤΩ the gathering of 
their faces i is forwards, i i.e. all their faces 
are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab. 
Se» 


>> ca: band, multitude.—Kimchi 
on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire, 


longing ; comp. Arab. > appetiit, prope 
fuit instititque res. 


*4 572 in Kal not used; Prex 432 to 
deliver over, c. ace. Gen. 14, 20; with 
two acc. of pers. and thing, Prov. 4, 9. 
Also like jm2, ὈΠῸ, to make one any 
thing, to make as, Hos. 11, 8.—It seems 


3 — 
to be kindred with Arab. τορος potuit, 
valuit; II, in potestatem dedit; 5 and ἃ 
being interchanged. 


22 pr. part. Hiph. (τ. 323) comm. 
gend. ( 1 K. 10,17. 2 Chr. 9. 16,) c. suff. 
"23; plur. 07330, Misa 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
constr. "232; a shield, Judg.5,8. 2 Sam. 
1, 21. 22, 31. 36, 2K. 19, 32. al. Arab. 


535 


ay) 


66 
2, us, id—The 432 was of less 


size- and weight than the ΠΡ, see 
1 K. 10, 16.17. 2 Chr. 9, 16. 439 ts 
an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov. 
6, 11. 24,34—Metaph. a) Of God as 
a protector, Gen. 15,1. Deut. 33, 29. Ps, 
3, 4. 18, 3. 31. 144, 2, Ps. 7, 11 “by "19 
mths my shield is upon God, ive. God 
holds as it were my shield, protects me 
with ashield; comp.89,19. b) 7347"239 
shields of the earth or land, poet. for 
princes, chiefs, protecting the people by 
force of arms, Ps, 47,10. Hos.4,18. Once 
of the crocodile’s scales, Job 41, 7 [15]. 


ΓΔ f. (r. 423) @ covering, once Lam. 
3, 65 ΕΣ ΤῊ covering of the heart, 
i. e. obduraey, stubbornness, comp. κά- 
λυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν 2 Cor. 3, 15, and 


$6 5 
Arab. wall Ac Kis) coverings 
over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17, 48. 
Kimchi also properly compares fatness 
of heart, Is. 6,10. But Jos. Kimchi, the 
father, understands failure of mind, fatal 
disease ; comp. Arab. wes) nutlé 


i. e.a veiling of the heart, failure of mind. 


PIII f. (r. 923) rebuke, curse, sc. of 
God, fatal to men, Deut. 28, 20. 


M5372 f. (τ. 932) Tsere impure, constr. 
rena Zech. 14, 15; plur. c. suff. "mb 
Ex. 9, 14. 

1. a plague sent from God, Ex. 9, 14. 
Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal 
diseases, Num. 14, 37. 17, 13. 25,18. 31, 
16. 1 Sam. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 21. 

2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17. 
2 Sam. 17, 9. 


ὌΣ ΒΔ (perh. for 337532 moth-killer, 
r. 932) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21. 


δι. 


* 19'S i. q. 732, “MEM, to cast before, 
to deliver over ; once Part. pass. Ez. 21, 
17 33N7>x 99 cast down before the 
sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in- 
trans. nw to fall. 

Piet 732, to cast down, to overthrow, 
Ps. 89, 45. 

Deriv. pr.n. 1128. - 

“Δ Chald. Pa. "39 id. to cast down, 
to overthrow, Ezra 6. 12. 

M99 Εἰ (τ. 13 no. 2) a saw, 1 K. 7,9. 
2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3. 


arya 


ΤῸ (precipice, τ. 932) Migron, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Benjamin 
not far from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10, 
28. 


ΓΗ͂Σ Δ £ plur. (r. ΣᾺ no. 2) contrac- 
tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges, 
resis, 1 K. 6, 6. 


ΓΒΔ f. (τ. 23) a lump or clod of 
earth, as taken up and turned by a spade 
or like instrument, pr. α spadeful ; Joel 
1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a 
description of excessive drought. So 


een Ezra and Kimchi.—Syr. ἴδε ἕο, 


ssh, spade. 


Ὁ Δ m. (Ὁ. 73) constr. 873; plur. 
constr. "722, once MW Ez. 27, 28. 

1. Inf. afer the Aram. ‘form, to δῶν. 
der, to spoil, Ez. 36,5; see the root no. 2. 

2. A place whither herds are driven 
to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez. 
48,15; see the root no. 4. Spoken es- 
_ pecially of the open country set apart 
for pasture around the Levitical cities, 
Num. 35, 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6, 
40 sq. Hence these cities are called 
pwns "13, 1 Chr. 13, 2. 

3. an open place, area, around a city 
or building, Ez. 27, 28. 45, 2. 48, 17.— 
Plur. once ΤΊ 32° (as if frorh a sing. 

2), but mase. Ez. 27, 28. 


‘Ta τὰ. (τ. 112) ὁ. suff. "72 Ps. 109, 18, 
m2 Job 11,9; Plur, 5°72 Judg. 3, 16, 
once 4" Sides 5, 10, c. suff. 3737 ae, 

13, 25. 
ο΄ Ἵ, ἃ vestment, garment, so called from 
its fulness and width, see the root no. 1; 
Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6,3. Also a carpet on 
which the wealthy sit, plur. "72 Judg. 
5, 10. 

2. a measure, Job 11, 9. Jer. 13, 25 M30 
ἼΠΞ2 the porlion measured out to thee. ' 


M272 Chald. m. emphat. xma72, an 
altar, Ezra 7.17. R.m35. 


“2'72 m. with © loc. ΓΞ 12 Ex. 4, 
27; constr, 939, with 5 loc. once ΓΞ Ὡ 
1K. 19,15. R. "55. 

1. pasture land, open fields, i. e. an 
uninhabited tract or region, untilled, 
and adapted only to pasture, see the 
root no. 2; like Germ. ΤΥ from trei- 


ben. Syr. p53, fpOpho, id. Joel 2, 22 


536 


ταν: 


saya Hig? ING the pastures of the fields 
do flourish. Ps. 65,13 "aT. Mik? ABS 
the pastures of the fields drop, distil, fat- 
ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 23, 10 
ἜΞΩ MN? 13" the pastures of the fields 
are dry. Joel 1, 19.—Is. 42, 11 let them 
exult 1°93) 72°17 the open fields and their 
cities, i.e. the open country together with 
the cities; comp. 1 K. 2, 34.—Often also 

2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re- 
gion, Is. 32, 15, 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3, 2. 4, 
11. al. Also of a region desolated by 
violence, Is, 14,7. 64,9. mony “aT 
Joel 2,3. 4,19. With the art. “3130 
everywhere the great Arabian desert 
towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6. 
16, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13, 18. Deut. 11, 24, of 
which the different parts are distin- 
guished by separate pr. names, see j"0, 
"290, 799. 5B, 77RB. So too M7" ΞΔ 
the desert of Judah, on the west of the 
Dead Sea, Judg.1, 16. Ps. 63,1; see Bibl 
Res. in Palest. IL. p- 202 sq.—Metaph. 
Hos, 2,5 9a'7a2 Mee 7 have made her 
as a destrt, Le. naked, destitute of every 
thing. Jor. 2, 31 byt ἼΣΗΣ 7270, 
have I been a desert to Israel? i. e. have 
I commanded them to worship me for 
naught, have I been barren towards 
them ? 9, 11. Is. 27, 10. 

3. Poet. instrument of speech, the mouth, 
(r. "273 to speak,) Cant. 4, 3 mN2 72D 
thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips— 
Sept. Aadia, Jerome eloquium, and so 
the Rabbins; but the context almost 
necessarily demands some member, as 
A. Schultens justly remarks. 


4 ΠΕΡῚ plur. 3 pers. 1792, twice contr. 
amina Is. 65,7, omit Num. 35, 5; inf. 
77 Zech. 2, 6; fut. 2%, Timm, conv. 
77074, 

1. to stretch, to extend, i. q. Arab. AUT 
see Hithp. and the nouns 72, "72. 

2. to mete, to measure. Correspond- 
ing are Sanscr. mdd, md, to measure, 
Zend. meété, maté, Gr. μέτρον, μέδιμνος, 
Lat. metior, meta ; Goth. mitan, Anglo- 
Sax. metan, Germ. messen, Engl. to 
mete ; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 
194.—Pr. to measure a thing by extend- - 
ing a measuring line upon it, Ez, 40, 5 
sq. 41, 1 sq. Deut. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6, 
Then also of hollow measures, as of 
grain, Ruth 3, 15.—Metaph. Is. 65,7 I 


sa 
will measure their deeds into their bosom, 


i. e. I will bring upon them just retribu-' 


tion. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37. 
33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 

Piet 772, fut. 1725 1. Intrans. and 
intens. to be ‘extended, to be long ; Job 7, 
4 3» ὙΠῸ long is the night! So Saad. 
—Others take ‘172 as a noun; see the 
next art. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure, 
2 Sam. 8, 2. Ps. 60,8 7 will mete out the 
valley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious 
troops, who shall become its inhabitants. 

Po. ὙΠῸ i. q. Piel no. 2; Hab. 3,6 
ΤῊΝ TWO ΤΌΣ God stood and measured 
the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So 
Vulg. Kimchi and others; and this is 
best in accordance with the Hebrew 
usage. But Sept. and Chald. and shook 
the earth, trom r. 372 q. v. and this ac- 
cords best with the parallel clause: ‘he 
beheld and made the nations tremble.’ 
But a root 342 is elsewhere unknown in 
Hebrew. 

Hirupo. 72m to stretch oneself, 1 K. 
17, 21. 

Deriv. 972, 572, 729, pr. ἢ, 7779. 

‘TO m. (r. 732) flight ; Job 7,4 when 
1 lie down, I say, When shall I arise? 
333 77733 and when the flight of the 
night ? poet. for: When will the night 
be gone? But see in "79 Pi. no. 1. 


“ΓΤ ‘zi. q. 19°2, to stretch, to measure, 
a root not in use, "Arab. (SO to extend, 


9 
eae a kind of measure.—Hence the . 


nouns 179 and 779 IL. 


MT ἢ (τ. 779) 1. extension, length. 
M32 US a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23. 
20, 6. Plur. mig "Ix Is. 45, 14, ahd 
nia “tie Nom. 13, 325 comp. for the 
double form of the plug, in compounds, 
Heb. Gram. § 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 ma 
min a large house, of ample extent. 

2. i. 4. V2 no. 1, a vestment, garment, 
plur. mi Ps. 133, 2 

3. measure, Ex. 98, 2. 8. 36, 9. 15. 1 
K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24. al. 99 55m 
@ measuring line Zech. 2,5. M12 mp 
@ measuring reed or rod Ez. 40, 3. δ. 
Also a portion, as measured out, Neh. 3, 
1]. 19. 20. 21. etc.—Metaph. Ps. 39, 5. 

4. From the Chald. tribute, Neh. 5, 4. 


537 


aye) 


13° Chald. m. tribute, as if measured 
out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8. 
Also with Dag. forte resolved, maz" 


Ezra 4, 13. 7,24. Syr. [2ipso. 


ΤΊΞΓΙ ΤΏ ἅπ. λεγόμ. Is. 14, 4. If this 
be the correct orthography, it is a de- 
nom. from Aram. 3973 (q. v.) i. q. 3m 
gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph:. 
fem. pr. gold-maker, i. 6. exactress of 
gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon 
(parall. 35); or else heap or treasury 
of gold, where Ὦ formative implies place, 
comp. {23 dung, 7279 dung-hill, 
Lehrg. p, 512. n. 14. With Kimchi, 
Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for- 
mer.—But most of the ancient versions 
(Syr. Chald. Sept. émonovdacrys, Vulg. 
tributum) give the sense of the Heb. 
M32, oppression, which is also read 
in the edit. Thessalon. 1600, and ought 
perhaps to be restored in the text; comp. 
Is. 3, 5, where the similar verbs 379 and 
32 correspond to each other in parallel 
members. 


179 m. (Ὁ. 72) plur. c. suff. Serra, 
a vestment, garment, 2 Sam.10,4. 1 Chr. 
19, 4. 

ATA m. (τ. M73) disease, sickness, 
Deut. 7, 15. 28, 60. 


OVA. m. plur. seductions, Lam. 2, 
14. R. τη see Hiph. no. 3. 


I. ὙΠ ΤῸ m. (Ὁ. 1.3) plur. Ἐν ΤΩ. 

1. contention, quarrel, strife, Prov. 15, 
18. 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23, 
29. 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object 
of strife, Ps. 80, 7. 

2. Madon, pr. n, of a royal city of the 
Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 


IL. 172 m. (r. 12) extension, tall- 
ness ; 2 Sam. 21, 20 Keri ji72 Sx a 
tall man, i. q. 732 τς 1 Chr. 20, 6. 
The Cheth. is to be read j"3 measures, 
from sing. 2. 


2772 (contr. from 22-72 what is 
known, taught? i.q. for what reason? 
Gr. τέ μαϑών ;) Adv. of interrog. why? 
wherefore? Josh. 17,14. 2 Sam. 19, 42. 
1K. 1,6. Job 3, 12. 18, 3. Jer. 8, 5. al. 
In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3, 3.—In 
Job 21, 4, $352 ἘΝ are not to be closely 


|. joined ; for 8 corresponds to 4 inter- 


rog. in the prior clause, and causes the 


"713 


whole verse to contain a double inter- 
rogation: do I then complain of man? 
“MIT ASPM Nd Sana oxy wherefore then 
should I not be impatient 2 See ds B. 1. 


it Chald. (τ. 585) habitation, Dan. 
4, 22. 29. 5, 21. 


MINT f. (τ. "17) a round pile of fuel, 
i.g. 117 no. 3. Ez. 24, 9. Is. 30, 33. 


ΤΡ see HUI. 


TUTTO m. overthrow, ruin, Prov. 26, 
28. Ran. 


METI f. plur. (τ. $9) pr. ‘ thrust- 
ings, impulses,’ sc. to a fall; hence, over- 
throw, ruin; Ps. 140, 12 mint} to his 
overthrow. Vulg. in interitum. 


"TO f. (Is. 21, 2) Media, a celebrated 
country of Asia, lying on the south and 
west of the Caspian sea, Esth. 1, 3. 2 K. 
17,6. 18,11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 98. Me- 
ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. Is. 13, 17. 21, 
2. Dan. 9,1. Syr. πον Gentile noun 
"172 a Mede, Dan. 11, 1.—The etymo- 
logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid, 
comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply- 
ing that Media is in the middle of Asia, 
or rather of the world; comp. Polyb. V. 
44 ἡ γὰρ ΠΠηδία κεῖται μὲν περὶ μέσην THY 
᾿Ασίαν. 

"72 Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan. 
5, 28. 6,13. Gentile ἢ. emphat. τ "ὦ 
Mede Dan. 6,1 Keri; but in Cheth. 8772. 


ὙΠ (contr. for “37h72) pr. what is 
enough, 2 Chr. 30,3. See ΠΏ, note. 

"32 see "3 no. 2. b. 

ἸῺ m. (τ. "3 Niph.) 1. strife, con- 
tention, only ane p°2"79 Prov. 18, 18. 
19,13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth. 
ΠΥ ΤΩ, see ἼΤΩ ; also Prov. 6, 14 Keri. 

2. Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra- 
ham by Keturah, and of an Arabian 
tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2. 
They would seem to have occupied por- 
tions of the tract of country extending 
from the eastern shore of the Elanitic 
gulf (where Arabian geographers still 
place a town ,.~9¢0) to the region of 
Moab on the one hand, and to the vici- 
nity of Mount Sinai on the other, Ex. 2, 
15. 3, 1. 18,1. Num. ο, 31. Judg. c. 6-8. 
Sometimes the Midianites appear to be 
reckoned among the Ishmaelites, Gen. 


538 


m1 

37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp. 8, 
22.24; elsewhere they are distinguished 
from them, Gen. 25, 2. 4. 12-18. This 
arose prob. from their being nomadic in 
their habits; so that bands of them often 
moved from hice to place.—Hence "733 
i712 the dromedaries of the Midianites 
Is. 60,6. 92979 BY" the day of Midian Is. 
9,3, i.e. the victory gained over Midian, 
see Judg. c. 7.8.—Gentile n, "3°73 Mi- 
dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. ="— Gen. 37, 
28; once contr. 6°79 Gen. 27, 36; f 
τας Num. 25, 15. 


772 (measures) Middin, pr. ἢ. of a 
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61. 
R. 772. 


M3772 f. (τ. $9) a word of the later 
Hebrew, see the Chaldee; pr. judgment, 
jurisdiction ; hence 

1. a province, district, under the juris- 
diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the 
Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth. 
1, 1. 22. 3,12. 14. al. 6. g. Elymais Dan. 
8, 2. math ἈΠ the viceroys, rulers of 
the provinces, Esth. 1,3. 8,9. 9,3. "22 

mova the sons of the provinces, i.e. 
leraclitieh exiles dwelling in the Per- 
sian provinces, Ezra 2, a Neh. 7, 6.— 


Syr. 12s So id. Arab. ev) city. 


2. In a wider sense, land, region, 
country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam.1,1. Ez. 19, 
8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7. 


"72 Chald. f. (τ. 1.3} ἃ province, 
district, Dan. 3, 2.3. So of the province 
of Babylon, 533 2, not the empire, Ezra 
4,15. 7,16. Dan. 2, 48. 49. 3, 1. 12. 30; 
so of Media, Ezra 6, 2; of Judea, Ezra 
5, 8. 

ΓΞ f. (r. 599) α mortar, Num. 11,8. 
Chald, 83979 id. 

ΤΩ ἸῺ (dunghill, r. 125) Madmen, pr. 
n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer. 
48, 2. 

rent f(r 723) 1. 
dunghill, Is. 25, 10. 

2. Madmenah, pr. n. of a town in the 
tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa- 
lem, Is, 10, 31. 

ΤΡ Τ (dunghill, τ. 723) Madmannah, 
pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 31. 


i. g. 727, @ 


7 


179 m. (r. 7.5) 1. contention, strife, 
only in plur. 5°97 Prov. 6, 14, 19. 10, 12. 

2. Medan, pr. n. ‘of a son of Abraham 
and Keturah, the brother of Midian,Gen. 
25, 2. 

D279 Midianites, see in }719 no. 2 fin. 

372 m. also 512 2 Chr. 1, 10, a 
word of the later Hebrew. R, 377, the 
" being represented by Daghesh “forte, 
as in verbs 72. 

1. knowledge, intelligence, 
10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4. 17. 

2. consciousness, thought ; Eec. 10, 20 
cursé not the king even in thy thought. 
Sept. συνείδησις. --- Chald. 3332, Syr. 


Spe, id. 

370, see Στ. 

ΤΡ ΤΩ Γ᾿ ρίαν. constr. (1. Ἴ3) pierc- 
ings, thrusts sc. οἵ a sword, Prov. 12, 18. 

ΤΌ Chald. i. q. 7179, dwelling, Dan. 
2,11. R. 5. 

MITT f. (τ. 299) @ steep mountain, 
precipice, which can be ascended only 
by steps or stairs, Cant. 2,14. Ez. 38, 
20. Comp. κλέμαξ, e.g. xhiuas Τυρίων. 

FIA m. (τ. FI) α treading, i. e. 
space trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut. 
2,5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3. 


W774 m. (Ὁ. ὅπ no. 5) a commentary, 
Arab. ude a 
commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24,27 8277 
ὈΠΞΡΏΠ 75D a commentary on the book 
of the Kings, i.e. an historical comment- 
ary containing a supplement. 13, 22. 
Comp. Cesar’s Commentaries. 

MON or MWA f. (τ. ten) pr. fa 
treading out ;? concer. trodden out, thresh- 
ed, metaph. of a people trodden down 
and oppressed, Is. 21, 10. 

SMO with art. xn, Medatha, 
Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father 
of Haman, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5. 


“4 mr “Sas Vas ma, Tas 2 for 
the difference of which forms see note at 


the end of the article. 
A) Asa Pronoun. 


2 Chr. 1, 


as often in Rabbinic. 


1. Pron. interrog, 


used of things, as "2 of persons, what? 


Gr. τέ; Syr. te, Arab. Le. Ina direct 


539 


ΓΙ 


interrog. Gen, 4, 10 Ὁ ΌΣ ΤῸ what hast 
thou done? Is. 38,15 927% 72 what shall 
Isay? Esth. 5,6, 1 Sam. 4, 16, 2K. 4, 13. 
al. sepiss. In an indirect interrog. after 
verbs of asking, answering. speaking, 
seeing, and the like; 1 K. 14, 3 he shall 
tell thee "232 MINT. what shall be to 
the child. Ex. 2, 4. Neh. 2,12. Job 34, 
33. Num, 13, 18. al. —Put also i in the gen. 
after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 ἘΠῚ» Mrg"™22N the 
wisdom of what thing is in them? or 
vice versa before a subst. which is to be 
taken as a gen. as Ps. 30,10 93" ἸῺ 
what of gain? Is. 40,18 mas" what 
of likeness ? where in Engl. we say what 
gain? what likeness? So with plur. 
Zech. 1,9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 sax mg 
what word bring ye ?—Further : 

a) Where ΤΠ refers to substantives, it 
often expresses inquiry after quality, like 
Lat. qualis, Engl. what, what kind of? 
1 Sam: 28, 14 ἼπΝ ΓΙΓΙΤ what form is he 
of? 2K. 1,7 S°Nm VEO 19 what man- 
ner of man? Num. 13, 18. 16,11. So by 
way of depreciation, Ps. 8, 5 ϑ ΝΠ 
what is man? 144, 3. Job 6, 11. 7, 17. 
1 K. 9,13 ΠΝ omen m2 what are 
thesé cities? Hence also in ‘reproaches, 
Gen. 44,15. Judg. 8,1. Is. 36, 4. Josh. 
22, 16. 

Ὁ) 42°m2 what is to thee? j. 6. what 
wilt thou? Judg. 1, 14. So with 2, 
what is io thee that thou doest so and so? 
i.e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. τό. 
παϑὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖς ; Is. 22,1; with "3 
impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. SU Le, 

Le, Kor. Sur. 57. 8, 10. 

6) 723 °b-r3 what is to me and thee? 
what hast thou to do with me ? Judg. 
11,12. 2 Sam. 16, 10. 19, 23.° 2K. 9, 
18 pidbwba ΣΤ what hast thou to do 
with peace ? Without the copula, Jer. 
2,18 B77" 473> Fama. Hos. 14, 9. 
So with Px, Jer. 23,28 ἼΣΟΝ | ΡΟΝ 
what is to the chaff with the grain? what 
likeness is there between them ?—Comp. 
Syr. yao aS Ls Barhebr. Ρ. 170. 1. 8. 
Arab. x} Loy d Lo, Gr. τέ μάχαισι κἀμοὶ 
Anacr. 17. 4, Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark 
5, 7. John 2, 4. 

2. Pron.indefinite,whatever,something, 
any thing ; more fully 77338 for 7725 na 
q-v. Arab. Le id. Prov. 9, 13 παρ στὴ 
m2 he careth for nothing. 2 Sam. 18, 


ma 


22 MEIN ΓΙᾺ I whatever there is, let 
me run. Job 13,13 MQ "bE NaS anil 
let come upon me whatever will. ν. 14. 
Once put after the noun, as 772 "25 


whatsoever thing Num. 23, 3. aA dao! vr: 


that which (Syr. γ (ke) Ecc. 1, 9. 3, 15. 


22. 6, 10. 7. 24. 8, 7. 10, 14. Or with 
the relat. impl. like Engl. what ; Judg. 9, 
48 "ΔῸΣ cme ΓΠῸ what ye saw that I 
did. Sept. Ὁ εἰδετὲ μὲ ποιοῦντα. Arab. 
Lo id quod. 

B) Adv. ofinterrog. 1. why? where- 
fore? for the fuller προ, as Gr. τέ, Lat. 
quid? Arab. Le. Ex. 14, 15 pssm-me 
"x why criest thou to me? Ps. 42, 12, 
Job 7, 21. 2K. 6, 33. 

2. how, how inuch, in exclamations of 
admiration, as often Arab. Lo. Gen. 28, 
17 FIA pips KWAN how dreadful is 
this place! Ps. 8,2 how glorious is thy 
name! Num. 24,5 4728 sk how 
bedutiful are thy tents! Cant. 7, 2. Ps. 
119, 97 FN TWA "MIAN My how δὼ Tthy 
law ! Ironically, Job 26, 2 mis m9 
md-8b> how hast thou helped the weak ! 
v. 3. 

3. how? in what way? Gen. 44, 16 
presi how shall we justify ourselves? 

4. when? Ps. 39,5 lel me know dun 
ἫΝ when I shall cease to be. 

C) Sometimes 7 of depreciation and 
reproach (see in A. 1. a) approaches 
very nearly to a negative power ; comp. 
Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa? for 
ne multa. So Job16,6 if I speak, my 
grief is not assuaged ; and if I forbear, 
om ἜΣ ΤῊΣ what goeth from me? i. e. 
even so nothing of my pain departs; 
Vulg. non recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24 
joq7 par. ἘΝ and man, how shall 
he know his own way ? i, e. he knows it 

not; Chald. x>. Job 31,1 have made 
a covenant with my eyes, "aby qians ΤῸ 
nzana ey should I look Upon a, maid? 
Sept. ov, Vulg. ne, Syr. ty. Cant. 8, 4 
ΝΟΣ Ms ἡΠΣΏΓΓΡ why 
awake ye....my love? i. e. awake him 
not; comp. 2, 7. 3,5, where ἘΝ stands 
in the same construction. Prov. 31,2.3.— 
Comp. below in 32 Is. 2, 22, ΓΙῸΣ Job 
21, 17, and md lett. b. In Arabic, Le 
Kas by degrees actually adopted this 
negative power, the origin of which we 
here clearly see in the Heb. 


540 


rm 


D) With various prepositions, viz. 

1. M722, M42, pr. in what? wherein? 
Ex. 22, 26; in what thing? whereby? 
Gen. 15,8; with what? 1 Sam. 6, 2; by 
what ? shapeles? Judg. 16,5 latter part. 
—Then according to the various uses 
of 2, viz. at what price? see 3 B. 3. Is. 
2, 22 xin 3eM2 22 αἱ what price shall 
he be estimated? i.e. at an empty price, 
he is nothing. So too on what account 2 
wherefore? 2 Chr. 7,21; see 3 B. 5. 

2. 22, 22, (for the art. after > see 


Ἢ 2, 6.) Arab. aS; 


with what shall it be compared ? "Spo- 
ken: a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2, 
6 MAM 72D how great is the breadth of 
it? Also how long? Ps. 35,17. Job 7,19. 
b) Of number, how many? Gen. 47, 8. 
2 Sam. 19, 35. 1K. 22,16 o-esb naa 
how many times Ὁ how often? So in’an 
exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 0°20} Maz πὶ 
this how many years! Also how often? 
Ps. 78, 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is 
the question of one in doubt, for seldom. 

3. 25 Milél (for 24) also M9 Mil- 
ra, this latter form except in a few ex- 
amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6. 
Jer. 15,18) being used before the letters 
&, 7, 3, and the name Min" (see Nol- 
dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thrice ma 
1 Sam. 1, 8. 

a) wherefore? why? for what cause? 
Gen. 4, 6, 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. 5, 4. Ps. 49, 
6. al. Emphat. nicmb, see in ΠῚ no. 3. 
c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22 ἘῸΝ nici why 
then am I? why do I exist ? the lan- 
guage of an impatient woman. Jer. 6,20. 
Prov. 17, 16. So in an indirect interrog. 
after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6, 3. 
Dan. 10, 20.—Sometimes it expresses 
dehortation, warning, prohibition; as 
Prov. 5, 20 why wilt thou, my son, be 
ravished with a strange woman? i.e. be 
not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 24. 1 Sam. 
19, 17 let me go, why should I kill thee? 
i. e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16, 
Gen. 27, 45.—Hence 

b) In later writers, where it is chiefly — 
used by way of dehortation or prohibi- 
tion, it often passes over into a prohibit- 
ive or negative power of itself, lest, lest 
perhaps; like Syr. Wass, Ha), Chald. 
gd, 89> "7; Bec. 5,5 oondyn Hsp nad 


45 pr.as what? ice. 


m3 


WIP ἘΦ wherefore should God be angry 
at thy voice? for, lest God be angry; 
Sept. well, wa μή, Vulg. ne forte, Syr. 
tad). Ecc. 7, 16. 17. Neh. θ,3.. Τὸ 
the Syriac form [sas> corresponds ex- 
actly πο Cant. 1, 7, Sept. μή more, 
Vulg. ne; as also M92 “G8, which is 
put after a verb of fearing, like 78, as 
Dan. 1, 10 J fear my lord the king "νῶν 
“ΔῚ ANT 72> lest he should see, ete. 
Theod. μή ποτε. 

4. 25 on account of what, on this 
account that, i. 6. because; from > prop- 
ter (see > A. 10) and ΠῸ what? So 
onee, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr, m2Bx7395 
for mx 7a-md because that from the 
beginning, etc. Comp. "72> enough, 
2 Chr. 30, 3. 

δ. marty, Gr. ἐς τὲ IL. δ. 465, till when? 
how long? Ps. 74, 9. 79, 5. 89,47. But 
Num. 24, 22 how long till Asshur shall 
carry thee away caplive? i. e. he will 
carry thee away shortly. 

6, M27>2 pr. upon what? Is. 1,5. Job 
38, 6; then, wherefore, why? Num. 22, 
32. Jer. 9,11. Job 13,14. In an indirect 
interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5. 

Nore.. On the use of the forms of 
this particle, the following may be noted: 
a) The primitive form 9 is found every 
where in pause, and also before δὲ and\, 
Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as 
ΠΡ τ Zech. 1, 9, ὉΠ M2 Judg. 9, 
48. More rarely before Π Josh. 4, 6. 21. 
Num. 13, 19. 20. Deut. 6, 20; πὶ Josh. 
22, 16. Judg. 8,1; π᾿ Gen. 21, 29; 4 
1K. 9, 13; also 3 2 K.8,13; > Gen. 31, 
32. Ὁ) The form “M2 is particularly 
frequent before letters not guttural, with 
Dag. forte conjunctive, as 427m Judg. 
1 14, yowrma Ex. 3, 13, nine 1K. 
14, 3. al. sepiss. Also before the harder 
gutturals, 6. g. πὶ with Dag. forte impl. 
as S072 Num. 16, 11, m2 Num. 
13, 18. Ps. 39,5. But before πὶ it can 
also take Kamets ; see above ina. ὁ) 
Sometimes “M2 with Dag. unites with 
the foll. word into one, as 0252 for “m2 
bo} Is. 3, 15, myo Ex. 4,2, mybma Mal. 
1,13, 335° q. v. So with a foll. guttu- 
ral, ἘΠῚ for ἘΠῚ M2 Ez. 8,6; also the pr. 
names "2323, "27233. ἃ) The form 
ΤῊ is put before the letters 5, 9, M with 
Kamets, according to the known canon, 

46 


541 


aay) 


Heb. Gram. § 27. n. 2. b. Lehrg. § 47. 
1, robe mg, Dime Ps. 39, 5. 89, 48; 
also "212 ΓΙᾺ 1 Sam. 20, 1. Very. fre- 
quently also it stands before letters not 
guttural, chiefly at the beginning of 
sentences, O° ΓΙ ΒΟ ΓΙῸ 5 Καὶ, 1, 7. Ps, 
4, 8. 10, 13. Is. 1, δ, Jer. 11, 15. Still 
more frequently it is found after prefix- 
es, as ΠᾺΡ 1 Sam. 1, 8, mgd 1 K. 22, 16, 
2 Chr. 18, 15. Zech. 7, 3, also m2 Ex. 
22, 26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, 5. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 
29,4. Mal. 1, 7. al. Followed by Dag. 
f. “ptm Judg. 16, δ, 


2 Chald. once ΝὮ q. v. 
rog. what? Dan. 4, 32. 

2. Indef. what, whatever, Dan. 2, 22. 
Ezra 6,9. "1 92 whatever it is which, 
Dan. 2, 28. 29. 

3. With pref a) 22 how! how ex- 
ceedingly! Dan. 3, 33. Ὁ) 73> where- 
fore? in dehortations, and hence i. 4. 
lest, Ezra 4,22. ΓῺ 5 id. 7,23. Comp. 
Heb. 725 in 72 D. 3. Ὁ. " 


᾿ ΓΙ or paiva) in Kal not used, 
prob. to deny, to refuse. Comp. in Ara- 


1. Inter- 


bic the particles KO; Xu » Syr. ous, be- 


ware, desist ; whence to forbid, 
to hinder ; IT, to abstain, to desist; compe 


-“- Oe 


xi.g3 and with the final He softened 
Ls, abegit, prohibuit, interdixit; see 
on negative verbs under 83. Hence 
Hirup. 272MM pr. to refuse, to be 
reluctant ; hence éo delay, to linger, Gen.. 
19, 16. 43, 10. Ex. 12, 39. Judg. 3, 26. 
19, 8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is. 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3. 


MQW ἢ (τ. S45) 1. confusion, con— 
sternation, Is, 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20. 
1 Sam. 5, 9. 11 nya7n2in a deadly con- 
sternation. 

2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 moira man full! 

of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and 
troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16: 
Plur. Τῷ twmults Am. 3, 9. 2 Chr. 
15, 5. ; 
FEA (i. ᾳ. Syr. kosas faithful 
then eunuch, τ. 72%) Mehuman, pr. of a 
eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth., 
1, 10. 

28320 (whom God does good to; 


Chald. for 5x 3°02) Mehetabeel, pr. m 
a) m. Neh. 6,10. Ὁ) f. Gen. 36, 391 


“ΠΩ 


NT m. (τ. ὝΠ 1. 2) quick, hence 
prompt, apt, skilled in business, ete. 
Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7, 


6. Syr. fpeout id. 


* or ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. ᾳ. Chald. 2, 
Heb. >a (comp. under lett. 7), fo cut 
off, to prune ; trop. to adulterate, to spoil 
wine by mixing water with it, Is. 1. 22. 
The Arabs have the like trope with 
verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding, 
killing, which they use for diluted wine, 
etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar- 
tial forbids ‘jugware Falernum,’ Ep. 1. 
28. [In Engl. also one might speak of 
cutting down the wine, diluting it—R. 


F272 m. (r. HBF) 10 way, journey, 
Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3. 4. 


2. a walk, place for walking, Ez. 42, 


4. r But prada Zech. 3,7 is part. Hiph. 
οὔτ. 4%, way-fellows, companions. 


ὑπ m. (τ. 3m Pi.) praise, applause. 
Prov. 22.21 as the crucible to silver.... 
so let a man be to the mouth of his praise, 
i.e. let him try closely the mouth which 
praises him.—Hence 


pr. ne ἊΣ A patriarch deobatived fon 
Seth, Gen. 5,12. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 4. 


nian f. plur. strokes, blows, Prov. 
18, 6. 19, 29. R. nbn. 


ΓΗ ΤΡ f£ plur. (τ. 72h) ὅπ. λεγόμ. 
Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses 
of waters. Comp. wl, many waters, 


whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symm. and 
Jerome understand pits of water. 


MDEM f. (τ. FEM) overthrow, destruc- 
tion, Deut. 29, 22. Jer. 49, 18., Is. 1, 7. 
In the manner of verbals, constr. with 
the case of its verb, e. g. acc. Is. 13, 19 
piormy Eby MaENs2 like God’s over- 
throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4, 11. 


ΓΞΞΓΙῸ f. (τ, HEM) pr. torsion, distor- 
tion ; hence @ wrench, stocks, Lat. ner- 
vus, a wooden frame in which the feet, 
hands, and neck of a person were so 
fastened, that his body was held bent ; 
Jer. 20, 2. 3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 τ 
mse the house of the stocks, the pri- 
son, ‘Comp. "Ὁ. Scheid in Diss. Lugd. 
p. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694. 


542 


ww 


ὡ ἽΠΠΩ 1. to hasten intrans. in 
Kal once, Ps. 16,4 3972 “Mx they haslen 
after other gods.—The primary idea of 
haste lies in the syllable “"; comp. 
High Germ. hurjan to hasten, winds 
Germ. hurtig, Engl. to hurry. 

2. to be quick, prompt, apt, skilled, in 
any art or business. Arab. 


ingeniosus fuit ; see Pi. no. 3 and "7772. 

Piet ὙΠ fut. ὙΠῸ 1. to hasten, to 
make haste, 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer. 
48,16. With 5x of place whither Prov. 
7, 23; with ΓΈ. loc. Gen. 18, 6; impl. 
Nah. 2 6. Inf. absol. in the symbolie¢ 
name, Is, 8,1. 312 tm d2v ὙΠ Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz, i. e. hasting to the spoil 
he speeds to the prey ; the subject is the 
king of Assyria ; comp. in > no. 3. g.— 
Often coupled with another verb, to do 
any thing quickly, where in the occi- 
dental languages we use an adverb, 
hastily, quickly, etc. a) With a finite 
verb and copula; Gen. 45, 9 3535 772 
haste ye and go up, i. e. go up quickly. 
v. 13. 24, 18, 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23, 
27. b) With a fin. verb without copu- 
la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6,10. c} With 
inf. and >, Gen. 18,7 irik mfesd met 
and he heittesd to dress it. 41, 32, Ex. 10, 
16. 12, 33. Prov. 6, 18. 4) With ing. 
simp]. Gen. 27, 20 xx2> mane ny ns 
how is it that thin hast found it so quick- 
ly? Ex. 2,18. Ps 106, 13.—Inf. "Fro as 
adv. hastily, quickly. Ex. 32, 8. Deut. 4, 
26. Judg. 2, 17. 23. Zeph. 1, 14. al. 

2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste, 
of persons Esth. 5. 5. 1 Κα. 22,9; of things 
Gen. 18, 6. So of God, Is. 5, 19. 

3. to be quick, prompt, apt, Is. 32, 4. 

Nieuw, “1122 pr. lo be hurried, preci- 
pitate ; Job 5, 134777122 DM >ME? ΤΩΣ the 
counsel of the cunning is headlong, i i. 6» 
hastily executed and therefore fruit- 
less.—Part. ΤΩΣ hurried, hasty, i. e- 
a) rash, headlong, Is. 32, 4. b) im- 
petuous, rushing on in haste; Hab. 1, 6. 
c) With =>, timid, pr. hasting to flee, 
Is, 35. 4. : 

Deriv. ἜΤ, FR, pr. n. “72. 


solers, 


Ἢ; W372 to buy, expec. a wife for a | 
price ("%2) paid to her parents, Ex. 22, 
15.—Kindred are 192 q. ν. and with τ΄. 
hardened, "73, 72%. Hence 


WTS 


"0 m. price, paid for a bride to her 
parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 


18, 25.—Different from the Arab. “τῷ 
gift, dowry, promised by a bridegroom 
to his future wife; also from Lat. dos, 
Engl. dowry, given by a father to his 
daughter on her marriage. 


ΤΥ £: (τ. ΠΤ 1) haste, speed ; hence 
mama Ecc. 4, 12, Mag Ps. 147, 15, 
and M713 adv. quickly, speedily, Num. 
17, 11. Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19, al. 


ὙΠ (impetuous, see "2 I, Niph.) 
Maharai, pr. n. of one of David’s cap- 
tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27, 
13. 

ra tm 550 9, the symbolical 
name of one of Isaiah’s sons, Is. 8, 1.3; 
see in “#9 I. Pi. no. 1. 


ΓΗΘΌΣΤΟ £. plur. (r. dnt) delusions, Is. 
30, 10. 

ἘΠ, ‘Wa pr. i. ᾳ. πὸ what, Arab. Lo, 
often annexed pleonastically to the pre- 
positions 3, 3, >, so as to form the sepa- 
rate words 123, 123, 12>; as in Arab. 


- for Ὁ" 3 ων“ 


Gfarit. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. § 1037, 
1047, 1048. II. §117. These separate 
forms belong almost exclusively to po- 
etry; except that before suffixes 123 
and 22 are almost always used for >. 
—Hence a2 poet. i.g.3. a) in, Ps. 
11, 2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2. 44, 16. 19. 
b) into, Job 37,8. 6) by, with, i. q. 3 
of instrument, Job 16, 4. 5.—For 12> and 
io> see in their order: 


S, see De Sacy 


IL. “Ὁ for αἴ (7. x2) waler ; once 
Job 9, 30 Cheth. 333 123 with snow-wa- 
ter ; Keri 233 ~93.—Found also in the 
pr. ἢ. ANi aqua (i. 6. semen) patris. for 
which figure see in "2, 099 lett.c. Cor- 
responding is Chald. "72 like the form 
“ia; and Phenic. ma, my, fem. M12 muth, 
found in pr. names, as Mysocarus "pw *72 
aqua mendax, Mutigenna 723 "M72 aqua 
horti, ete. See Monumm. Phen. pp. 
418, 425. Thesaur. p. 774. 


ἘΝ obsol. root, prob. to be fluid, to 
flow ; whence ‘2 for 812 water, and ἸΏ 
for XT (as "3 for N73) plur. B72 wa- 


543 


Ἂς rr errr ae 
Or Tax 


UNI VERSIT’ 


- 8 - 
Arab. gle, ssle, water; and in the 


verb is found 3Le to have water, sc. a 
well; II, topourout water. These roots 
are softened forms from the harder >72, 
372, ele mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid ; 
also 343, "82, 722, PR2, all which 
contain the idea of being fluid, flowing. 


Kindred are also Arab. Lge aqua per- 


fudit, and 33 q. v. Compare in the 
Indo-European languages, Sanscr. mih 
to pour out, to void, Gr. ὀμιχεῖν, Lat. 
mingere, mejere, arid others; see Pott. 
Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283. 


38% (semen patris, see in 12 II) 
Moab, pr. n. a) The founder of the 
Moabitic people, born of incest, Gen. 
19, 37. See vv. 30-38. Also Ὁ) The 
Moabites, descended from Moab, mase. 
Num. 22, 3. 2K. 1,1. Jer. 48, 11. 13; 
fem. Judg. 3. 30. 2 Sam. 8,2. Put also 
for their country, fem. Jer. 48,4. The 
proper territory of the Moabites, more 
fully Ξ 2 HTH the field of Moab Ruth 
yt 2. 6. 2, 6. 4, 3, lay on the east of 
the Dead Sea and Jordan, strictly on the 
south of the torrent Amnon: Num. 21, 13. 
26. Judg. 11,18; but in a wider sense it 
included also the region anciently occu- 
pied by the Amorites over against Jeri- 
cho. called usually 312 Mis the plains 
(desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. 31, 
12. 33, 49. 50. 35, 1. Deut. 34, 1; or 
elsewhere simply =xv2 y28 Deut. 1, δ. 
28,69. 32,49. 34,5; which latter region 
was afterwards assigned to the Reuben- 
ites, but during the captivity was again 
occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15. 
16. Jer. c. 48. This region is now call- 
ed the district of Kerak, from the city 
of that name ; see 3852 "Pp. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IL. p. 569.—Gentile ἢ. "3x70 
Moabite Deut. 23,4. Neh. 13,1. Fem. 
maxi Moabitess 2 Chr. 24, 26; Mayra 
id. Ruth 1, 22. 2,2. 6: 4. 5. 10; plur. 
maxi Ruth 1, 4. 1 Κι. 11, 1. 


O87 j. q. bin, bya, q.v. over against, 
Neh, 12, 38 Cheth. 

Sb) m. for 8i>2 (τ. 812) in-coming, 
entrance, Ez. 43. 11. 2 Sam. 3,25 Keri; 
a word formed contrary to grammatical 


# 


av 


rule in order to correspond to the accom- 
panying word 8¥%2; comp. Lehrg. p. 
374.n. See also in py. 


* 3172 1. to melt, to flow down, see 
Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab. 

Le mid. Ye—Trop. to melt, to be dis- 
solved, with fear and terror, comp, 0072; 
Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5. 

2. Trans. to cause te melt ; trop. to 
cause lo melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6. 

Nipu. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam. 
14,16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter- 
ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9. 24. Ps. 75, 4. 
Is. 14, 31. Jer. 49, 23. ‘Nah. 2% bon 
722 the palace melts with terror, i.e. 
the king and his courtiers; or perhaps 
better: the palace is dissolved, is bro- 
ken down, sinks into ruin. 

Pru. 3312 trans. to cause to flow, to 
soften, e. g. the dry earth with showers, 
Ps, 65, 11 m3332m 072"293.—Metaph. 
Job 30, 22 Keri, ἔνι ἈΣΔΔ ΡΟΝ thou causest 
my health to malt, away ; Cheth. "203727 
τῆ thou causest me to melt, thou terri- 
fiest me. 

Hirurat. to flow down, to melt ; Am. 
9, 13 hyperbol, all the hills shall flow 
down, as if into wine and oil.—Trop. to 
melt with fear and terror, Nah. 1,5. Ps. 
107, 26. 


ἘΠ obsol. root. T. i. q. 72 to 
stretch, to measure. Hence Sn. 

II. Perh. i.q. Arab. Ole mid. Ye, to 
be moved, to be agitated, to shake, e. g. 
ofan earthquake; kindr. 242, 592, 772. 
Pil. 7752 is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he 
stood Υ 72%" and shook the earth ; 
so Sept. and Chald. But see in “ἸῺ Po. 


ΣΤ m. Ruth 2,1 Keri, 97 Prov. 


“ἢ, 4, acquaintance ; concer. an acquaint- 
ance, friend. R.>7°. 


myo f. id. Ruth 3,2. R.st, 


* O73 fut. wx", to waver, to totter, 
to move or be moved ; Chald. et Syr. id. 
Arab. be mid. Ye, to swerve from the 
right, Ethiop. @ PN to incline ; comp. 
Syr. )s to vacillate. Kindr. are 253, 
‘33.—Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46, 3. 
Is. 54, 10; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46, 
7. 60, 4; of persons whose affairs are 
not prosperous, who fail and are ruined, 


ἤλλι 


Da 


Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66,9; in which sense 
also we find ‘B 533 nw2 the foot wavers, 
slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps. 38,17. So Lev. 
25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor M224 
W227 and his hand wavers with thee, 
i.e. if he is threatened with ruin. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 0973, fut. oia7, i. gq. Kal, but 
more freq. to be moved, shaken, i. e. to 
shake, to waver, 6. g. of the foundations 
of the earth Ps. 82,5; also of men, comp. 
in Kal, Ps. 13, 5—With a negat. not to 
waver, not ta be moved, is said: a) Of 
persons or things that stand firm, secure ; 
as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1. 96, 
10; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30; persons 
Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12,3. b) Of 
those who are of firm mind, intrepid, 
fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14.— 
Metaph. Ps. 17,5 app D2 53 let not 
my footsteps waver, slip, sc. from the 
paths of virtue. 

Hipn. to make totter over any one, by 
impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down 
upon, Ps. 55, 4. 140, 11 Cheth. 

Hirnp. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of 
the earth Is. 24, 19. 

Deriv. the two following. 


oid m. 1. a wavering, a being 
moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9. 121, 3. 

2. a staff, pole, bar, for bearing on the 
shoulder, so called from its unsteady 
motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame 
for bearing, Num. 4, 10. 12.—Hence 

3. a yoke, Nah. 1,12. See M317 no. 2. 


moins. (τ. vin) 1. ἢ. ᾳ. Bin no. 2,4 
pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15, 
15. dsm mivia the bars of the yoke, i. e. 
the ox-bows, of the same form as now, 
Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27. 

2. a yoke, Jer. 27,2. 28, 10.12. Ez. 30, 
18.—Metaph. Is. 58, 6. 9. 


WV i. q. 322 lo pine away, trop. 
to wax poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev. 
25, 25. 35. 39.47. Syr. and Chald. id.— 
Some absurdly refer to this root the pr. 
names M52, M39, 37123", which see 
in their places. 


#542 fut. conv. d2%, to cut off, spec, 
the prepuce, to cincumctse, περιτέμνειν. 
Kindred are ΠΏ, 5 II, 523. Constr. 
with acc. of pers. ‘Gen. 21, 4. "Ex. 12, 45. 
Josh. 5, 4.7; ace. of the pudenda Gen. 


17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 rx onbsa 


Sy 


Ἐ5335 ΤΡῚΣ and circumcise the foresicin 
of your hearts, put away impurity from 
your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. περιτομὴν 
καρδίας, Rom. 2, 29. Arab. cir- 
eumcidit, pr. purgavit, since the prepuce 
is held as something unclean and pro- 
ee meer: > Josh. 5, 2. Part. pass. 
dao Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 94. 

Νιρη. ἬΝ by Chaldaism for 5129 
Heb. Gramm. § 71. note 9; fut. bias, 
inf. >in, part. plur. onbi3; to be ct 
cumcised, to circumcise oneself, Gen. 17, 
10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
12, 3. Josh, 5, 8; usually of the person, 
once of the genitals Lev. 1. e—Trop. 
Jer. 4, 4 min> sdam circumcise your- 
selves unto Jehovah, i.e. putting away 
all impurity from your hearts, conse- 
crate yourselves to Jehovah. 

Pit. 512 to cut down ; impers. Ps. 90, 
6 827) bbinn 22> in the evening one 
cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e. 
grass as the emblem of man. 

_ Hiren. to cut off a people, to destroy, 
Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12. 

Hirarat. >>%2MM to be cut off, sc. the 
points of arrows, to be blunted ; Ps. 58, 8 
sbbiams oD san W477 when he fitteth 
his arrows, let them be’ as if cut off, 
blunted ; comp. in ἢ no. 1. Ὁ. 

Deriv. 7372 and 


bya, once 51% Deut. 1, 1, SNA Neh. 
12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. τὸ Num. 39, 5; 
pr. subst. the forepart, front, used always 
as a preposition, before, in front of, etc. 
The etymology is doubtful. In a former 
edition I suggested that perhaps in the 


verb 552 to cut off, there lies the notion | 


of the forepart, i.q. 53%; and then the & 
in >xi2 might be inserted in order to 
lengthen the syllable, as at the end of 
N"P2 for "P23, comp. Germ. hohl, Huhn, 
Eng. foal, seal. But would prefer with 
Redslob, to regard the form 3x49 as by 
transpos. for bine (comp. ism and xin) 
from r. d48; and this is better than the 
etymology proposed by Ewald (Krit. 
Gramm. p. 612),.who derives 5x12 from 
r. bx", as if for xia. See more in 
Thesaur. p. 777.—Hence 


1. before, in the presence of, sc. a per- 


son, Ex. 18, 19 ΠΝ ΤΠ 558 before God. 
Deut. 2, 19. 
2. over against, opposite, e. g. a place 
46* 


545 


βὰν» 


or city, Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46, 11, 30. 
Josh. 19, 46; the desert Josh. 18, 18.— 
The force of a subst. seems to be retain- 
ed in 1K. 7, 5 ΠΙΠΠΌΓΟΝ mime dy the 
Jace of a window to a window, i. 6. win- 
dow over against window. 

3. Preceded by various prepositions : 

a) dxa-be pr. to before, i. e. towards 
any one, alter verbs of motion, 1 Sam. 
17, 30. Ex. 34, 3; also of rest, Josh. 8, 
33 stood O73793 9 ΕΝ towards mount 
Gerizim. 9, 1. Spec. 28 d12->x pr. in 
face or frant of, afver verbs of motion ; ; 
2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye Uriah 729 >127>y 
mon>an in the fore-front of the battle. 
Ex. 26, 9. 28, 25. 97. Lev. 8, 9. Num. 
8, 2. 

b) ἘΝ ΤΏΡ as adv. over against, Neh. 
12, 38. 

c) Ῥυ3Ὸ αν) pr. from before, from the 
front of, i..q. "22, after verbs of mo- 
tion. Lev. 5,8. 2Sam. 5,23 o-N2a 5139 
Srom before the trees called Bacha. Mic. 
2,8 ye strip off the mantle of the traveller 
maby damn pr. from before the robe or 
upper garment, i.e. from over it. β) 
Of rest in a place, 1 K. 7, 39 232 >sa 
i.e. on the south side. Num. 22, 5 and 
they abide "5% over against me. With 
"28 on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27. 
39, 20. 


“ΤΡ (birth, lineage, r. 15%) Mola- 
dah, pr. τι. of a town in the southern part 
of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded 
to the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15, 26. 19, 
2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11,26. Gr. Muia- 
da, Joseph. Ant. 18. 7.2. [Perhaps the 
mod. Milh, nine hours south of Hebron ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 621.—R. 


nyt ¢. (Ὁ. Ἴ55) 1. birth, nativity, 
Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur. nindin naiales, 
nativity, Ez. 16, 3: 4. So mpbio ΤῊΝ 
native country, patria, Gen. 11, 28. 24, 
7; simpl. τ 5 id. Gen. 12, 1. 24, 4. al. 

2. Concer. offspring, progeny, children, 
Gen. 48, 6; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9. 
11. 
- 3. kindred, family, Gen. 31, 3. 43,7; 
race, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6. 


M292 £ circumcision, Ex. 4, 26. 
an. 

ota (genitor, τ. 5") Molid, pr. π, 
m. 1 Chr. 2, 29. 


R. 


Di 


ἘΣ m. (for ΘἸΝΏ, τ. BN2) a spot, 
blemish ; Syr. {Seats id. Arab. 
cula, spec. of the small-pox, Gr. μῶμος. 
—Spoken: a) Physically of any cor- 
poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20. 
24, 19. 20. al. It was essential to per- 
sonal beauty to be without blemish, 
2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4,7. Ὁ) Morally 
Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 31,7. Prov. 9, 7. 


“V2 obsol. root, Arab. uy mid. 


Ye, to tell lies; Ethiop. TO°PZ to be 
wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an 
appearance, to pretend. Hence 472 spe- 
cies, M270M. 


ma- 


* 

30% m. (τ. 3230) circuit, sc. around 
an edifice, Ez. 41, 7. 

“SO m. (r. 70%) only in ρίαν. ΤΟ 
Jer. δι, 26, constr. “ΠΩ, MID. 

he. foundations, 8.8: ‘ofa building, Jer. 
51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24, 
18. Mic. 6,2; of the wort 2 Sain: 22, 16. 
Ps. 18, 16; of heaven, i. e. lofty moun- 
tains on which the sky seems to rest, 
2 Sam. 22,8; of the mountains, i. 6. 
subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32, 
'22.—Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the 
foundations of the earth? i.e. how they 
care laid, etc. 

2. ruins, i. e. buildings of which only 
‘the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12. 


ONO m. ig. TO, a foundation ; Is. 
28, 16 “ora Ox a foundation well 
founded, i. 6. firm, lasting. Comp. r. 
“30% Hoph. 


m0 f. (τ. 30%) 1. foundation, 
plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh 

ΟΠ. 

2. appointment, decree, sc. of God; Is. 
80, 32 MIDI Mun the rod Cibpotntall of 
‘God, sent ‘by him; comp. 70" Kal and 
Pi. no. 2. 

FO" rm. (τ, 20) a covered walk, 
portico, 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth, 
S07. 


“O72 m. for WOX2 (τ. "ὉΝ) only in 
plur. ὉΠ 047 and mine. 

1. bands, bonds, spec. of a yoke, often 
metaph. Ps. 2,3, 107,14. 116, 16. Is. 28, 
22. 52,2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2. Job 39, 5. 

2. As pr. ἢ, Sing. c. 5 loc. moi Mo- 
-serah Deut. 10,6; also Plur. Moseroth 


546 


772 


Num. 33, 30; a station of the Israelites 
in the desert. 


“O72 τὰ. (Ὁ. Ὁ.) 1. correction, chas- 
tisement, of children by parents, of ἃ peo- 
ple by rings of men from God. Prov. 22, 
withhold not chreeatio 2 Fat a child. 
Job 12,18 mmp 625% 70772 he looseth the 
chastisement i. e. ‘discipline, authority, 
of kings ; others here take 7072 as for 
“017, i.e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal- 
teum regum dissolvit. et precingit fune 
renes eorum.—Job 5, 17 "ti “on the 
chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5,2 
Iwill be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10, 

2. discipline, i. 6. warning, admoni-~ 
tion, reproof, such as parents give to 
children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17. 
Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1,8. 4,1. 5, 12. 8, 33. 
So of the reproof of other men, Job 20, 3. 
—Hence example, by which others are 
warned, Ez. 5,15; comp. the verb 23, 48, 

3. instruction, learning, joined usually 
with M33, ΠΏΞΠΙ, Prov. 1,2. 4, 13. 23, 23. 


ἜΣΤΩ τὰ. (r. 721) assembly, poet. for 
troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31; comp, 
ΣΤ Lam. 1, 15. 


“id τὰ. 32 Deut. 31, 10 (r. 92) 6. 
suff. ‘334, 7% Lam. 2,6; plur. oD, 

isi 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. “Is —But 
ΣΤ Job 12, 5 is Part. οὔτ. 437 q. ν. 

1. appointment, of time ; 2 Sam. 24.15 
“dia My the time of dgpatnimant, i.e. ap- 
pointed time. 1 Sam. 13,11 n°371 73% 
the appointment of days i.e. time appoint- 
ed; comp. 73472 047 in lett. b—Hence, ἃ 
f settime, appointed season; spoken: a) 
Of a point of time, set moment, 1 Sam. 
13,8. 2Sam.20,5. Gen. 17,21 537 ἼΣ 39 
MyM mwa about this set time another 
year. 18, 14. 21,2, 2 K. 4, 16. 17. Jer. 
8, 7 the stork msi mz" knoweth her 
seasons, sc. of migration. “Hab. 2,3 ὙΠ 
“31> the vision has respect to a set time, 
sc. more remote. Dan. 8, 19. 11, 27. 35. 
Ps. 75, 3. b) Spec. festival day, festi- 
val, Lam. 1,4. 2,6; more fully 72% 0% 
Hos. 9, 5. 12, 10. myn} "73" the festi- 
vals of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2.4.37. Hence 
meton. spoken of the victims, festive 
offerings, 2 Chr. 30,22; comp. 37 no. 2. 
c) Spoken of a space of time, appointed 


and definite, i. q. 7@?, Gen. 1,14. Poet. 


δὰ» 


in the prophetic style for a year, Dan. 
12,7; comp. Chald. 11} Dan. 7, 25. 

2. a coming together, sc. at a time and 
place appointed, an assembly, congrega- 
tion ; comp. τ. 72% Niph. 

a) Genr. Job 30, 23 595 ἼΣ ΤΩ msg 
the place of assembly for all the living, 
where all convene, i.e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20. 

Nam. 16, 25242 ΣῚΡ those called to the 
assembly, elsewhere M137 "xP. Zeph. 
3,18. Lam. 1,15. “Iz bnik the tent or 
tabernacle of the congregation, spoken of 
the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also 
called the tabernacle of the covenant, 
Ex. 27,21. 28,43. 30,16. 18. 40, 6 sq. Lev. 
1, 1.3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1K. 8, 
4.al.sep. Itis so called, either because 
God there met Moses, Ex. 25,22. Num. 
17,19; or because the assemblies of the 
people were held before it. Sept. σκηνὴ 
τοῦ μαρτυρίου, Vulg. tabernaculum testi- 
monii, both taking 43% as equivalent to 
ΤΣ, i. 6. μαρτύριον, testimony, it being 
elsewhere also called ΤῊ ΣΙ Sa& Num. 
9, 15. 17, 22. 23 [7.8]. 18, 2.—The place 
mentioned in the words of the king of 
Babylon Is. 14, 13, 137"9m the mountain 
of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the 


er yee 


Burj, el-Burz. (comp. Gr. πύργος, Germ. 
Burg,) called by the Hindoos Meru, 
supposed to be situated in the extreme 
north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re- 
garded by the Orientals as the seat of 
the gods ; see Asiat. Researches VI. p. 
448. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig, 
Persar. p. 102. Also Comm. on Is. IL. p. 
910 sq. 

b) Meton. place of assembly, se. as ap- 
pointed, Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 20,35. 33%0 
ETDS the place of God’s assembly, the 
temple, Lam. 2. 6; but Ps. 74, 8 ~b> 
YF ῬΒΤΎΊΣΤΩ all the sacred places of 
assembly in the land, i.e. other places in 
ἃ certain sense sacred, as Ramah, 
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as 
seats of the prophets and as high 
places, "i722; see N23 no. 3. 

3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20, 
38 


MVNA f. (Ὁ. 135) an appointed place 
where fugitives assemble, i.e. an asylum, 
refuge ; Josh. 20, 9 ny33an "> cities of 


Persian mountain 


547 


ΒῚὩ 


refuge. Syr. {so portus ; fae bad 
asylum, perfugium. 
ΤῊΣ ΤΩ pr. n. see MII. 


νι v:=- 


HIN see r. 132. 


272 m. (verbal Hoph. r. 51>) dark- 
ness, Is, 8, 23. 


MELTS f, (r. 732) i. g. ΠΣ, only in 
plur. Miz2%2 counsel’, which one takes 
or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81, 13. Jer. 7, 24. 
Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 20" ὈΠΊΣΣΩ 
let them be satiated with their own coun- 
sels, i. 6. the fruits of them. 


M279 ἢ (verbakHoph. τ. pry) heavy 
burden, Ps. 66, 11. 


PYM Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see ms572. 


MDW m. (τ. ΠΕ) plor. Dinpio, ἘΠΩΣ Ὁ 
Ex.4,21,a miracle, prodigy. The etymo- 
logy was long uncertain, but there is lit- 
tle doubt that it belongs to the root MBs, 
and means a@ great and splendid deed, for 
Pxpia; although, the etymology being 
neglected. the Tsere of the syllable n= 
is dropped in the plur. ‘ Another deri- 
vation see in Thesaur. p. 143. 

Ἵν. Spoken chiefly of miracles, wonders, 
exhibited by God and his messengers, 
Ex. 4, 21. 7, 3.9. 11,9. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 
5.27. Often joined with τσ, as rink 
ὈΛΤΕ 35 signs and wonders Ps. 135, 9. 
Deut. 4, 34, 7, 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34, 11. Jer. 
32,21. BNE Mick 10) he cave signs 
and wonders Deut. 6, 22. Neh. 9, 10. 
Also with the verb ΘῈΣ Jer. 32, 90. 

2. ὦ sign, token. proof, since prodigies 
were accounted as tokens of divine au- 


‘thority ; e. g. of the divine protection, 


Ps. 71, 7; of the divine justice in pun- 
ishing the wicked, Deut. 28,46. Spoken 
often of a sign given by a prophet in con- 
firmation of his prediction or promise. i. 4. 
mix no. 5; 1K.13,3.5. 5 Chr. 32, 24. 31. 
Deut. 13, 2.3; see in mix no.5. Hence 

3. a sign of something future, a por- 
tent, omen, i. q. MIN no. 4. Is. 8, 18 lo 
1 and the children whom Jehovah hath 
given me Brmbiads mink) are for signs 
and portents to Israel, i. e. our signifi- 
cant names shadow forth future things; 
see in MiX no. 4. Is. 20,3. Zech. 3,8 
Mp2 ἜΝ men of omen, who themselves 
shadow forth future things. Ez. 12, 6.11. 
24, 24. 27. 


yin 

“yr 1. to press ; hence Part. yo 

oppressor Is. 16, 4. Kindred is ΠΣ to 

press out. Syr. 3 to suck out. ‘De 
riv. 772. 

2. Prob. in general, to separate out, 


like Arab. τί 2 mid. Ye.—Hence 

Vi Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect. ΤῈ 
m. chaff; separated from the grain by 
winnowing ; Chald. ti2, Rrin, Rrra. 
So. Is. 17, 13. 41, 15. Ps. 35, 5 yee ἜΝ 
ΤΡ ΒΡ they are as chaff before the 
wind, driven, dissipated by the wind ; 
and so Ps. 1, ‘4, Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al. 


NIA m. once NLA Job 38, 27 (τ. 82) 
Kamets impure, plur. constr, "R17, c. 
suff. CONE. 

1. a going out or forth, exit, 2 Sam. 
3, 25; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez, 12,4. xxv 
“211 the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9, 
25, comp. v.23. So for the rising of the 
sun Ps. 19,7, comp. Hos. 6, 3; the ea- 
portation {bringing up) of horses from 
Egypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29. 

2. place of going forth; e. g. Xx 
n° fountain of waters, i.e. spring-head, 
source of a stream, 2 K.2, 21. Is. 41. 18. 
58, 11. Ps. 107, 33; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 
ἘῸΞ Xx vein, mine of silver, Job 28, 1. 
RWI RBI @ plage springing up in grass 
Job 38, '27.—Absol. for the east, whence 
the sun goes forth, Ps. 75,7; and by 
zeugma, Ps. 65, 9 72H 31S} PA *Nxia 
the outgoings on the morning and ‘of 
the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. 6. 
the east and the west. Comp. surgit 
wox Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene- 
bre Senec.—Also a way out, a gate, Ez. 
42, 11. 43, 11. 

3. that wwhich goes forth, as DINEY NS 

‘whatever issues from the lips, i. 6. 
words, language, Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23, 
24; πίων. Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89,35; ἃ 
divine command, Deut. 8, 3. 

4. Moza, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36. 
9, 42. — -b) 2, 46. 

MNT ΓΙ of the preced. only plur. 
ΓΚ ΤΩ, c. suff, ΠΝ ΧΌ, 

ἂ; outwotnge 6. origin, descent, Mic. 
5, 1. 

2. cloace, latrina, sewer, by which 
filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri. 
Comp. πὲς, Axis, and Mark 7, 19 εἰς 
tov ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορούεται 


548 


a= 


pr m. (r. PE?) something JSused, a 
melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the 
rain, which flows together and after- 
wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38; of fused 
metal, α Aang, LK. 7, 37. 


p27 m. in pause pur (verbal Hoph, 
τ. PAX 1) something narrow, strattness, 
opp. 204. Job 37, 10 pyi02 boa smh 
the breadth of the waters becomes nar- 
row, is contracted; comp. 36,16, whence 


it appears that Px. in titis vines can- 


not be referred to PS" to fuse.—Trop. 
straitness, distress, Is. 8,23 P42 without 
pause accent. 


Mp" f. (r. P¥") α tube, tunnel, for 
pouring, Zech. 4, 2. 


Pps f. (r. ps2) a fusion, casting, 6 
suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3. 


* P17 in Kal not used. Arab. , slo 
mid. Waw, to be light, foolish. 

Hipa. p07 pr. ‘to make light of, 
and so to mock, to deride, Ps. 73, 8.— 
Aram. Pa. p72, «αὐτό, id. Comp. μῶ- 
κος, μωκάω, -ἄομαι, μωκίζω, μωκεύω, Fr. 
se moquer, Engl. to mock. 


“pia m. (r. 4p") a burning, confla- 
gration, Is. 33,14. Meton. fuel, faggot, 
Ps. 102, 4. 


ΠΡ f. (r. 12") fuel, upon the altar, 
Lev. 6, 2 [9]. 


Wp τὰ. (τ. tps) ρίαν. orvpin, 
pwn; constr. "opis, "wpa, once 
mivpia Ps. 141, 9. 

1. @ noose, snare, springe, by which 
beasts and birds are taken, Am. 3,5; 
strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by 
which the springe was set. see fully in 
art. MB no. 2.—Once of a ring or hook in 
the nostrils οἵα beast, Job 40, 24; comp. 
min, nn. 

2. Metaph. > ΕΘ Ὁ movi fo lay snares 
for any one, i. e. to plot against him, 
Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9. ΤΏ "WP ID the snares 
of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18,6; so of 
sins as causing destruction Proy. 13, 14. 
14, 27. Also of a person or thing as ὦ 
cause of ruin, destruction to any one, 
1 Sam. 18, 21. Ex. 10, 7. 23, 33. 34, 12, 
Deut. 7, 16. Prov. 18, 7. Job 34, 30. al. 


“0 see "0. 


my) 


* "72 in Kal not used, to change, to 
alter, intrans. i. q. θην, The Syrians 
include in this root the idea of buying ; 
the Arabs in the form ,Le mid. Ye, that 


of selling ; both from the practice of 
barter.—The form "2 is softened from 
“ia IT, q. v. 

Hipx. ὙΠ 1, to change for some- 
thing else, to exchange, c. ace. Lev. 27, 
33. Ez. 48, 14. Mic. 2,4. With 2 of the 
thing for which exchange I is made, Ps. 
106, 20. Jer. 2, 11. Lev. 27, 10; also of 
that into which any thing is changed, 
Hos. 4, 7. 

2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps, 15, 4 
he swears \"2" δι 5) and changes not sc. 
his mind. i. e. does not violate his oath. 
46.3 YIN WITI NIN} we will not fear 
though the earth should change, i. e. pe- 
rish, comp. 102. 27. 

Nipu, "3 (as if from a root 12) to be 
changed, Jer. 48, 11. 

Deriy, τ Ὡς 


N71 m. once N79 Deut. 26,8 R. 
xo. 

1. fear, Gen. 9,2 ὈΞ 72 the fear of 
you. Deut. 11,25. Also reverence, Mal. 
1, 6. 

2. object of fear or reverence, spec. of 
God, comp. 78, Is. 8, 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12. 

3. Meton. a fearful and wonderful 
deed. a miracle, Deut. 26. 8. 34, 12. Jer. 
32. 21. Ps. 9,21 Keri: δ HAs Anse 
Bd set forth, Jehovah, "terrible deeds 
among them ; Cheth. mia. = Plur. 
ΡΝ Deut. 4, 34. 


AY" m. (τ. 379) Is. 41, 15, plur. 
ΛΕ 2 Sam. 24, 22, and with the syl. 
lable prolonged in the later manner 
(comp. Lehrg. p. 145) ΘΛΔ ἸῺ 1 Chr. 
21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat. sheers 


Span. trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab. oo 


a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat- 
ing out grain upon the threshing-floor. 
It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge 
of thick planks, having the bottom fixed 
fall of sharp stones or irons, and drag- 
ged about by oxen over the grain; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The 
other consists of three or four rollers of 
wood, iron, or stone, made rough, and 
joined together in the form of a sledge 


549 


"3 


or dray, drawn in like manner by oxen 
over the grain; see Varro de R. R.1, 
52. Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. T. I. p. 151. 
Of these the former is pr. the Hebrew 
3772; the latter is called M232 Is, 28, 26, 


‘TY πὶ. (r 722) 1. a descent, decli- 
vity, Josh. 7,5. 10, 11. Jer. 48,5. Mic. 1, 4, 

2.1 K. 7, 29 Tin Nese hanging- 
work. : fantoone. 

ΤΥ m. pr. part. Hiph. of τ. my%. 

1. an archer, see 73" Hiph. no. 1. 

2. the early rain, see is Hiph. no. 2; 
also in Vip>a. 

3. teaching, Is. 9, 14. 2K. 17, 28; a 
teacher, Prov. 5, 13; plur. of prophets, 
Is. 30, 20.—Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty 
in his power, Mn inna "72 who is a 
teacher like him ? i. e. wise, and impart- 
ing unto us wisdom ; comp. 35, 11 32B2a 
a3" pen Hiss) 7S miona.. 
Sept. ὃ υγάστης, perhaps from the analo- 
gy of the Aramean x72, fps, lord. 
Others here make M12 i. q. M712 Ps. 9, 
21, and δι], fear, object of fear and re- 
verence. 

4. Moreh, pr. n. a) A Canaanite, 
like Mamre, whence M72 γος Gen. 12; 
6, and Myi2 προς Deut. 11, 30, the oaks 
of Moreh, not far frora Shechem, iso 
called hoes their former owner. 8) 
ΓΤ ΞΓΙΓΏΣΞ3 the hill of Moreh (teacher’s 
hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1. 


I, A710 m. (r. m2) a razor, Judg. 
13, 5. 16,17. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 


IT. 777 Ps. 9, 21 Cheth. i. ᾳ S72, 
fear, terror, which stands in Keri by 
way of gloss, See in 8712 no. 3. 

TPIT see HED, 


DW} τὰ. (τ. Uy") Kamets impure, 
possession, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop. 
Job 17, 11 9235 δ the possessions of 
my heart, i.e. my delights, my pleasing 
hopes, possessed and cherished in my 
heart. 

mon £ (r. U3") possession, Ex. 6, 
8. Deut. 33, 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4. 10. al. 

ma ndyia (possession of Gath, r. 
67°) Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town 
near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of 
Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 423.—Gentile 
n. ὭΣ Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18, 


wr 


*]. Ὁ 4. ἢ give way, to recede, 
fo depart; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10; 
with acc. of place whither, Zech. 14, 4; 
72 of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg. 
6, 18. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 59,21; mee id. Is. 
54, 10; ΦΞΞΏ of pers. Jer. 31, 36.—Not 
found in the kindred dialects. 

2. Causat. to put away, to remove, 
Zech. 3, 9. 

Hien. 1. Trans. to let, remove, to let 
go, e.g. prey, Nah. 3,1; to withdraw 
Srom, ¢. 72, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye 
shall not withdraw your necks. v. 4. 

2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give 
way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex. 
13, 22. Job 23,12; with 47 of place, Ex. 
33,11. Prov. 17,13 Cheth, Ps. 55, 12; 
42 c. inf. Jer. 17, 8 "28 ΟΣ Ὁ wags xy 
and doth not withdraw (cease) “from 
yielding fruit. 


ΠΟ j. q. Sta and 2, 10 feel, 
to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21. 

Hiren. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26 
Keri. 

Deriv. pr..n, "072. 

ae (τ. 3") constr. 20, c. suff. 
“aw ; plur. constr. ΤΊΣ ΤΩ, Suse ΔΩ 
Ez. 34, 13. 

1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29, 
Tf Of tinge as a city, seat, i.e. site, 
situation, 2 K. 2, 19. 

2. a sitting, session, an assembly of 
persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107, 
32. 

3. seat, dwelling, Gen. 27, 39. Num. 
24, 21. 1K. 10, 5. Ps. 132, 13. sWio-m a 
a dwelling-house, Lev. 25,19. 257 ΠΣ 
a city of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107, 4. 
7. Meton. a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40. 
Concer. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9, 
12 Ra"¥ MD Ξ 55. 

WA (prob. for M=d+ felt out by Je- 
hovah, r. 292 IT) Mushi, pr. ἢ. m. Ex. 6, 
19. Num. 3, 20; defect. δ 1 Chr. 6, 4. 
—Patronym. also "812 for πη Num. 
3, 33. 26, 58. 

ΓΦ Γ᾿ plur. (τ. 32) the drawers, 
poet. for cords, bands, with which one is 


9. -- 
bound, Job 38,31. Comp. Arab. KWo 
a fetter, from ὕλαν firmiter tenuit. 


ΓΗ͂Σ ΘΓ, plur. (τ, 2t>) deliverances, 
Ps. 68, 21. 


550 


nv 


. 

"ΤΩ pret. mg, "2, plur. ἡ, 
2m; inf. abs. MV, constr. m2; imper. 
m2; fut. m3, 3 pers. Mam, conv. Mo. 

1. to die, and so in all the Semitic lan- 
guages; Arab. wks mid. Waw, Syr. 
Daido. The middle radical 1, however, 
seems to be softened down from the liquid 
“, comp. 873, 655; so that the primary 
root is probably mrt, comp. Sanscr. mrt 


' to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also 


math, muth, mith, méth, mid, méd, to 
kill; Malay mita to kill and to die; Zend, 
mreté, mereté, Pehlv. murdéh, mard, mor- 
tal, man; Pers. Woy to die, Gr. μορ- 
τός i. q. βροτός, Lat. mors, mortis, Morta 
in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ. 
used not only of killing but also for death, 
Engl. murder.—Spoken of the death of 
men or animals, Ex. 11,5. Ecce. 9,4; 
both natural Gen. 5, 8.11. 14. 17. 20. 27. 
31. al. sepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12. 
15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21,21. Job 
1,19. al. The instrument or cause of 
death i is put usually with 2, Num. 35,17, 

18,23; as a3n3 Jer. 34, 4, 42, 17. Amn. 

9, 10; πον τα ‘11, 21. 22. 21,6. 2.Chr. 21, 

19. al. Josh. 10, 1 more died 37313 "2383 
of the nihetinas than, ete. Judg. 15, 18 
ΝΞ ΓΡῺΝ 7 die of thirst. Ez. 5, 125 
also "287 Jer. 38, 9.—F req. is the phrase 
mia nia dying he shall die, i. 6. he shall 
surely die, Gen: 2,17. 3, 4. 20,7. 1 Sam. 
14, 39. 44, 2 Sam. 12, 14. al. Slightly 
different is the phrase M727" M72 with fut. 
Hoph. he shall surely be put to death, 
used in the Mosaic law to denote punish- 
ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20, 
2.9 sq. 27929. Num. 15, 35. al. Also 
mand mbm to be sick wnto death, 2 K. 20, 
1. 2 Chr. 32, 24; and hyperbol. Judg. 16, 
16 τῆ SWE? MeXp his soul was vexed 
unto death, impatient—Trop. the heart 
of any one is said ἐο die, i. 6. to faint, to 
fail, 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. I 
Gen. 45,27. Judg. 15,19. So the trunk 
of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. 3277; or land 
untilled, Gen. 47, 19 why should we die, 
we and our land, which is afterwards 
explained by SU NX> HAVIN}. Comp. 
Arab. we inculta, sterilis, deserta fuit 
terra, Kor. 2. 159. ib. 25. 51. ib. 29. 
63.—Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 D249 
mgon mim wisdom will die with you— 


nyo 


Parr. "9 a dead person, i.e. one about 
to die, Gen. 20,3; or actually dead, Num. 
19, 11. 13. 16; without distinetion of gen- 
der, like Germ, ein Todter, ein Kranker, 
Gen. 23, 4; comp. Heb. αν. ὁ 105, 1. ἡ. 
—Plur. ΘΔ the dead, spoken of idols as 
opp. to the living God, "πὶ dx, Ps. 106, 
28; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6. 

2. to perish, lo be destroyed, of a state 
or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13,1. See 
Pye. 

ΡΤ to kill, to slay, Ps, 34, 22. 
Judg. 9,54. 1 Sam. 14,13, 2Sam. 1,9 sq. 

Hien. m7}, 2 pers. Hm, | pers. c. 
suff. 17725 1 Sam. 17, 35, PRIN Hos. 
2, 5; fut. m7, conv. Me™"; fo pul to 
death, to kill, to slay, Judg. 16, 30. 2 Sam. 
3, 30. 21,1. Often of death through 
diseases, famine, etc. sent from God, Is, 
65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17,3. Num. 
14, 15. 16,13; and thus opp. to 3535, 
which implies a violent death by the 
hand of man, comp. Is. 14, 30.—Part. 
ὉΠ destroyers, perh. angels of death, 
Job 33, 22. 

Horn. 255 to be put to death, to be 
slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11.—For 
the phrase m5" Mia see in Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. ΤΥ, ΠΡ ὉΠ, and 


M9 m. constr. Miz, with π parag. 
Mmyan Ps. 116, 15; pins constr. "mi 
Ez. 28, 10; c. suf. ὙΠ Is. 53, 9. 


1. death, Arab. ὥς, Syr. [Zaw. 
Spoken of both natural and violent 
death ; so M12 "22 deadly weapons Ps. 
7,14; nyo ΠΝ to sleep the sleep of 
death Ps. 13, 4; mI27j2 1 Sam. 20, 31. 
26, 16, and nia tN, one worthy of death, 
condemned, 1K. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29. 
M73 UH sentence of death, α. ἃ. capital 
crime, Deut. 19,6. 21,22. mya ἜΣ the 
dust of death, the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 16. 
mye "Dan, mia "pa, snares of death, 
with which death ΔΑ in wait for mor- 
tals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13,14; comp. 
the personification of death Ps. 49, 15. 
Cant.8,6. Also Jon. 4,9 nye 33 Ὁ nan, 
comp. Ecclus. 27,2. Matt. 26, 38.—Poet. 
the dead, Is. 38, 18. 

2. place of the dead, Sheol, Hades, the 
grave, Job 28,22. Hence Miy3-"138 the 
gates of death, i. e. of Sheol, of the grave, 
Ps. 9,14; myg-775M the chambers of the 
grave Prov. 7, 27. 


551 


21 


3. deadly disease, plague, pestilence, 
Jer. 15, 2. 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15. 
Comp. ϑάνατος Rev. 6, 8, 18, 8. Chald. 


eri, Syr. Zaks, Arab. "A554, i. 
also Germ. schwarzer Tod, the black 
death, a pestilence which raged in the 
middle ages. 

4. destruction, ruin, opp. ΘΠ ΠῚ prosper- 
ity, happiness ; Prov. 11, 19. 12, 28. Is. 
25, 8. Ex. 10, 17. 


mia Chald. death, Ezra 7, 26. 


“Mid m. (τ. 1) pr. ‘what is over 
and above ;’ hence 

1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, δ. 

2. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3, 
19. 


27 m. (τ, M31) constr. M2, 6. 
suff, ‘7319, yNa39 1 K. 8, 31, ine. 
minaia; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15, 
2 Chr. 30, Fogg al. Sept. Sucinapranihs 


RED Syr. ἴμϑ ἕο. -- το build 


an altar is 2793 Gen. 8, 20. 12,7; “2 ΠΩΣ 
35, 1. 3. 2 Chr. 28, 24; "Ὁ o"pn 1 K. 15, 
32, 2K. 21, 3. Often followed by a geni- 
tive: a) Of the materials, as ΓΙ “a 
Ex. 20, 24; 0328 “2 20, 25. Josh. 8, 31. 
b) Of the divinity to which the altar is 
dedicated, as "3 M2ya Lev. 17, 6. Num, 
12, 27. Deut. 26,4. al. ἘΣΞΙΣ "Ὃ Judg. 6, 
25. 28.30. ὁ) Of the species of sacri- 
fice offered upon it; according to which 
the altars in the sanctuary both of the 
tabernacle and temple were: «) "2 
mdisn the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30, 
28 ; or myn “2 the brazen altar Ex, 
39, 39; this stood in the vestibule. 8) 
map “Ὁ the altar of incense Ex. 30, 27. 
31.8; or ani "2 the golden altar 39, 38. 
40, 5.26. 1 kK. 7, 48; in the outer sanc- 
tuary of the teinple (d5°"2).—Plur. of- 
ten of idol-altars, Is. 17,8. 27, 9. 2K. 21, 
3. 4, 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3. 34, 4. al. 


* 392 obsol. root, i. q. 92 q. v. to 
mingle, spec. to mix wine, to prepare it 
with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and 
comp. Gr. κεράννυμι. Clrald. 312 id. Syr. 


“Ke Pe. and Pa. to mingle; Pa. also for 


Gr. χκαπηλεύω 2 Cor. 2,17. Arab. 54 to 


mingle, spec. wine with water Abulf 
Ann. IV. 468. Kor. 76. 17.—Hence 


at 


ΔΤ m. wine sc. as mixed, i. e. pre- 
pared with spices, spiced wine, Cant. 7, 
3. Pliny mentions (H.N. XIV. 13 v. 15, 
19) a ‘vinum aromatites,’ made with 
myrrh and fragrant cane; and this 
seems to be the kind of wine implied in 
a2, and also in 909, ΟΦ, q. v.— 
Others, from the use of the verb 21 
in the kindr. dialects, understand wine 
tempered with water. See in Thesaur. 


p. 808. 
*PITS obsol. root i. ᾳ. 37, 723, 
q. v. Arab. ¥ , to suck. Hence 


ΓΙ m. verbal adj. intrans. sucked 
out, exhausted ; once plur. Deut. 32, 24 
a7 ΤῸ exhausted with famine. Sept. 
τηκόμενοι λιμῷ, Vulg: consumentur fame. 


ria (fear, τ. 112) Mizzah, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 36, 13. 17. 


WO (for mya, το ot) plur. ΡΤ, 
cells, garners, Ps. 144,13. Sept. ταμεῖα. 


APA £ (τ. ΤΊ no. 2) a door-post, on 
which the door moves on its hinges, Ex. 
21, 6. 1 Sam. 1, 9. Is. 57, 8. Ez. 41, 21. 
al. Plur. mina Deut. 6. 9. 1K. 6, 31. 
Prov. 8, 34; also ‘ait "HY Ex. 12,7. 22.23. 

ἜΤ m. (τ. 151) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2 
Chr. 11, 23. 

7i1'2 Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9. 18. 


I, ΤΩ τὰ. (τ. 3 1) compression, 
binding up, of a wound ; trop. of reme- 
dies applied to the wounds of a state, 
Jer. 30,13. Meton. a wound, sore, sc. to 
be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13. 


II. ΤΏ m. (r. 451 IL. 1) falsehood ; 
then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept. 
Vulg. Chald. Syr. well.—Others, a net, 
snare, from Aram. “172 to spread out. 


τὸ 1772 obsol. root i. q. 00%, Chald. 
rarane to flow down, to melt with fear. 
Hence pr. ἢ, "79. 


‘ ΤΙ obsol. root, perh. to gird; 
whence are usually derived mr and 
mn girdle. This sense of these words 
is indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109,19; 
but the etymology is doubtful. Thus 
ΤῊ and M172 may come from r. M19 (af- 
ter the forms M¥3, M2); and also from 
mnt, mr, in which case ΠΤ would be 


552 


‘ya 


part. Hiph. of mm, and My or ΠῚ 
part. Hiph. of mt. But none οὐ these 
roots, neither M72 nor PMT nor ΓΤ, is 
found in the Semitic languages with the 
requisite signification. Still, we may 
with probability ascribe to the monosyll. 
root M¥, 43, 71, F2, and transp. 1m, the 
signif. to bind, to strengthen ; comp. PIN, 
τ μὰ > to bind, ete. Fen PrN, 


>> (διῶ, Gy) etc. and there is 
nothing to hinder us from assigning the 
same power to the biliterals mm, mst, 
and to the triliteral M12. Simonis, Jahn, 
Hitzig, and others, follow the etymology 
from M12; the other from MM}, mt, ac- 
cords better with the common ‘analogy 


ΓΤ m. a girdle Ps. 109,19. Trop. 
of the bonds οἵ ἃ subject people, Is. 23, 
10. See inr. mia. 


12 m. constr. "19, a girdle, Job 
12,21. See inr. ΠΏ. 


mica £ plur. (see note) constella- 
tions, spec. the twelve signs of the zodi- 
ac, 2 K. 23,5. Sept. μαζουρώϑ, as if 
reading M7172 as in Job 38, 32. Vulg. 
duodecim signa. Targ. Nm>I2, Syr. 
ἴδ οζο .—The same word is aes ἀΑ 
in later Hebrew writers, and also in a 
form slightly changed in Aramean; e. g. 
xrau moma the constellations of heaven 
Targ. Is. 47,13; NTDI2 NON che twelve 
signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7. al. The sense 
signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup- 
ported not only by the context, but also 
by the Aramean usage, as well as by 
the almost constant tradition of ancient 
interpreters. See Thesaur. p. 869. 

Nore. More difficult is it to determine 
the origin and true signification of the 
forms ΤΊ: Ὁ and ΤΟΥΣ, which are justly 
regarded as identical, r and 1 being in- 
terchanged (see in 5); although it is 
uncertain which form is the primary one, 
Taking first the softer, mi>12, these con- 
stellations are held to be so called from 
their influx or influence upon the desti- 
nies of men, from r. 512 to flow (comp. 
Lat. influaus stellarum Firmic.) ; or from 
their going, revolving, from r. 538 q. v. or 
again the signs of the zodiac were re- 
garded as the stations or lodgings of the 


sun in his course; comp. Jie station, 


br 


night-quarter, from r. Ghd to descend, 
dismount ; as the Arabs in like manner 


cull the zodiac 2.5} JUG the circle 


of palaces. More correctly, however, 
the harder ΤΥ ΤῸ Job 38, 32, is assumed 
by others as the earlier and primary 
form, though they have not succeeded 
in pointing out its true origin; for the 
Mini. are not crowns, as if kindred with 
"32 diadem ; nor zones, belts, from r. ἽΝ, 
as implying either the belt of Orion or 
the zone of the zodiac; but, in accord- 
ance with the certain usage of the He- 
brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre- 
monitions, forewarnings, concr. fore- 
warners, presagers, (comp. presaga 
Stat. Theb., 8. 145,) i. 6. constellations 
having a foreknowledge of future events 
and foretokening them to mortals, ac- 
cording to ancient and popular belief; 
see in r. "37 Hiph. no, 1, for the Arabic 
usage. 


32772 m. (x. 351) a fork, flesh-hook, 
with which flesh was drawn out of the 
pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14. 


MIT f(r. 331) a fork, flesh-hook, 
enumerated among the utensils of the 
altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al. 


ΤΥΞΤ f. (τ. 591) with 4 parag. ΓΤ Ὁ 
Jer. 11, ‘15; plur. ΩΤ. 

1. ἰδ ξένον: cogitation, thought; Ps. 
10, 4 Ὁ ΘΙ ΡΞ O-MSN ἸῊΝ there is no 
God ! such are all his thoughts.—Spec. 
counsel, purpose ; Job 42,2 no purpose 
is withholden from thee, i. e. thou dost 
accomplish all thy counsels. Ps. 37, 7 
miata ΤΩΡ who executeth his purposes 
(parall. i277 ΤΡ Χ 2}. i. e. who prospers 
in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense, 
evil counsel, wicked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21, 
12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11; 25. miata 
Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Hence 

2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12, 
2. 14,17. 24, 8.—Also mischief, wicked- 
néss, i. gq. 31, Ps. 139, 20. 

3. ig. Miata ΠΣ (Prov. 8, 12), coun- 
sel, prudence, sagacity, Prov. 1, 4. 3,21; 
plur. 5, 2. 


“WaT τὰ. (τ. 721 ID) a song, psalm, 
Sept. ψαλμός, found only in the inscrip- 
tions of the Psalms, 6. g. Ps. 3. 4. δ. 6. 8. 
9 ete. 34. 47. 48. 68. 98. ete. 

47 


553 


μὲ» 


PVA f. (vr. Vat 1) a pruning-knife, 
pruning-hook, only plur. mina, Is. 2, 
4, 18, 5. Mic. 4,3; ὁ. suff. Joel 4, 10. 


MOMS f. (r. at 1) only plur. τυ ΩΤ, 
Sorceps, snuffers, 1 K. 7, 50. 2 K. 12, 14. 
Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr, 4, 22. 


“ZT m. (τ. 953) smallness, fewness ; 
Is. 16, 14, 24, 6 "312 "Wim few men, 
Of time, "31°29 23% emphat. a very little 
time, Is. 10, 25. 29, 17. 


* "972 obsol. root of uncertain signif 

either i. q. je to be corrupt, foul, 
8.2 

whence ypu rotten, as an egg, and 


filthy, polluted, of a man; or else i. q. 
) 5 (2 and 3 being interchanged) to de- 
spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. "13 to separate 
out, to expel; and Syr. ps0 10 contemn. 
Hence “122 bastard. 


ΓΤ £ plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Job 38, 32; 
i.g. Mi>32, the twelve signs of the zodiac. 
See fully in Mi5y2, and note. R. Ἢ. 


VITO τῇ. (1.1) a winnower, winnow~ 
ing fork or shovel, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7. 


g y 
Arab. (syd, Syr. [ων ρζο, id. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. pp. 277. 371. 
ΓΤ, see pa. 


mI" om. (τ. Mt) the sun-rising, 
only by meton. for the orient, the east,. 
Ps. 103,12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al. 
Zech. 8, Ἴ M712 YAN the land of the east, 
east country. Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4. 
With genit. im) m1 on the east of’ 
Jericho Josh. 4.19. 1 Chr. 4, 39. 6, 68 ;. 
c. > id. 2 Chr. 5,12. 1 Chr. δ. 10 ~bo-by: 
ΣΌΣ τ 728 on all the eastern quar- 
ter of Gilead.—With Prep. 8) mia> 
towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr. 12; 
15; once mrad 2 Chr. 31, 14. b): 
mira. from the east Is. 41, 2. 43, 5. 46, 
11. Dan. 11, 44. Ps. 107, 3; also at or on 
the-east (see i in 2 no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3. 
17, 10. More fully way mize from: 
the east Judg. 11, 18. Is. 41, 25. Ps. 50; - 
1; also on the east Num. 21, 12: Judg:. 
20, 43.—Further: 6) Accus. ΠΤ fo- 
wards the east, eastward, 1 Chr. 9, 24. 
Neh. 12, 37; and Yay m1 Deut. 4,47, 
Josh. 1, 15. 13,5.al. ἃ) With local: 


See 


“ΤΩ 


mma towards the east, eastward, Ex. 
27. 13. 38, 13: Num. 2, 3. 3, 38; mya 
28 id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg. 
21, 19. 


ὈΤ m. plur. (pr. part. Pi. 39, vr. 
m1) lit. the scattering, poet. for the 
north winds, which scatter the clouds 
and bring severe cold, Job 37,9; Vulg. 
Arcturus, Sept. ἀκρωτήρια, perhaps to 
be read ἀρχτῷα or ἀρχτοῦρός. Comp. 
clus!) and why ls dispergentes, of 
winds, Kor. 51. 1.—Others make it the 
same with minz2 Job 38, 31. 


“ΤῺ m. (τ. 221) constr. ΣΤ place 
sown, a field; Is. 19, 7 "82 P71 the 
Sields of the Nile i. 6. watered by the 


Nile. Arab. ΤΣ id 

P27"2 m. (Ὁ. P77) plur. B"psts constr. 
“PI; also Mipya, ὁ. suff. TAPIA; ἃ 
vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled 
the blood of victims, a sacrificial bowl, 
basin, Num. 4, 14. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex. 
38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6, 6. 


ΤΊ m. adj.(r.mm2) 1. fat, marrowy, 
spec. of fat sheep, plur. ΤΩ, Ps. 66,15; 
in some copies ons . 


Arab. δ τῷ 
marrowy, of a fat sheep. aly 


2. Trop. rich, noble, comp. Ws, Is. 5, 
iT. 
iy τα, (r. nme) marrow, Job 21, 24.— 


ane cio 6, Aram. Lwass, nmi 
eee i. q. Aram. ἈΠῸ, Ludo, ὦ 


strike, to smite, in Heb. poet. for the 
common 13%; comp. 72 no, 2. With 
2 i. g. 53 2h (2 K. 11, 12) to clap the 
hands. Ps. 98, 8 ἘΞ ΉΝ ΠΡΌΣ mints let the 
floods clap their hands, in exultation. 
Is. 55, 12. 

Prev id, inf. c. suff. 39 FNM, Ez. 25, 6. 


80 Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan. 
2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums. 
Comp. Gr. μάχομαι, μάχη, Heb. xe, 
mya, 732.—Some refer hither xry2 or 
δ Dan. 5,19; but this is part. Aph. 
from X"3, ‘saving alive.’ 

Pa. ἈΠῸ id. with 793 to smite upon 
one’s hand, i. e. to stay his hand, to re- 
strain. Dan. 4, 32 [35] none can stay 
his (God’s) hand, and say unto him, 


554 


sng 


What doest thou? This phrase is more 
common ia the Targums (comp. Ecc. 8, 
3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to hin- 
der ; and in the same sense the Arabs 
have the formula schy Ac ed Ca- 
moos, 

Irupe. to be affixed, to be fastened up- 
on, sc. by nails, Ezra 6, 11. 


Sars 
32, 2. 


DNA τὰ. plur. (r. N82) hiding. 
places, 1 Sam. 23, 23. 


m3 f. (ro 72m) c. suff. imsra, 
junction, juncture, i. e. the place where 
one thing is joined epon another, 6. g. 
of curtains, Ex. 26, 4. δ ; of the parts of 
the ephod, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20.> 


ΓΎΞΙΤ f. plur. (pr. Part. Pi. τ. "am) 
conjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams, 
braces of wood, for joining and fastening 
a building, 2 Chr..34,11. Ὁ) eramps, 
hooks, of iron for joining, etc. 1 Chr. 
22, 3. 


Ha f. Ez. 4,3 (τ. 2m) contr. for 
rnsma, a pan, frying-pan. Lev. 2, 5. 6, 
14, 7, 9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3. 


nia Γ (τ. 2} a girdle, belt, cine- 
ture, Is. 3, 24. 


ἘΓῺ fat. mr", pr. to stroke, to rub 
over, to wipe. Hence 

1, to wipe off. to wipe away. ay 
Genr. e. g.a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below; 
tears Is. 25,8; the mouth Prov. 30, 20. 
So of letters, writing. to blot out, Ex, 
32, 32. 33. Num, 5,23. Trop. te blot ous 
sins, to forgive them, Ps. 51, 3. 11. Is. 
43, 25. 44,22. Ὁ) So to dlot out, i. q. to 
destroy, as men from the face of the 
earth Gen- 6,7. 7, 4; the name and 
memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9. 
14, 25, 19. Ps. 9,6, 2. Καὶ, 14,27. So 2 
K. 21, 13, where the native power is 
preserved: I will wipe (destroy) Jeru- 
salem as one wipeth a dish, he wipeth 
and lurneth it upside down, 

2. to stroke, i. e. emph. to strike, to 
smite, i,q. 8M; hence ἍΥΤΩ stroke.— 
Trop. ὁ. 53, te strike upon, in a geo- 
graphical sense i. q. to reach wnto, to ea- 


m. (τ. 835) ἃ hiding-place, Is. 


| tend to, as a boundary Num. 34, 11. 


3. to rub over with a fat substance 


mm 


hence intrans. to be fat, marrowy, i. ἃ. 
mma q. v. see below in Pual. 

Nore. From the primary signif. of 
stroking, rubbing over, which is also the 
usual one in this root, have arisen the 
other two ; and these are more common 
in the kindred forms ἈΠῸ and MM} q. v. 
Chald. xr to wipe off, to strike ; “Arab. 
Lae to wipe or wash off, to blot out, to 
destroy. In the Indo-European tongues 
sorresponding in signif. are μάσσω μό- 
μαχα, μύσσω, and with a sibilant σμάω, 
σμύω, σμήχω, σμώχω. 

Pie privat. emedullavit, q. ἃ. to. un- 


marrow, i. q. Arab. τἂν. Conj. II; see 
Kal no. 3. Hence δ: 

Pua pass. emedullatus est ; Is. 25, 6 
pines oa fatness anmnarvibal, i.e. 
drawn out from marrow-bonesand there- 
fore the most delicate. The form is from 
a sing. "M132, for the common 4729, 
and corresponds to the form opps in 
the other clause. 

Hipu. fut. apoc, mm Neh. 13, 14, also 
"Mom masc. Jer. 18, 23 for ΓΤ ; i. q. 
Kal no. 1, to blot out, to destroy. Neh. 13, 
14. Jer. 18, 23.—Prov. 31, 3 42775 
72 ninsd nor give thy ways to the 
astwouine of kings, nirva> for Dirvend ; 
so those who suppose a warlike spirit to 
be here reprehended. Better, to the cor- 
rupters, destroyers of kings, i. e. courte- 
sans; either reading Mini> as part. fem. 
of Kal, or else regarding nina as fem. 
plur. of an adj. oa in an active sense. 

Nips. A793, fut. mma", apoc. ΤΩΣ for 
ma" Ps. 109, 13. Gen. 7, 23. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, fo be wiped 
away, to be blotted out. 6. g. from the 
book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach, 
Prov. 6, 33; of sin Ps, 109, 14. Neh. 3, 
37 ; comp. Ez. 6, 6. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b, fo be destroyed, 
as men Gen. 7, 23; a tribe from Israel 
Judg. 21,17; the name of any one Deut. 
26, 6. Ps. 109, 13. 


ΓΤ adj. fem. 472, see in τ. ΠΤ 
Hiph. 

MZ £f. (τ. 23m) α compass, compass- 
es, for drawing circles, Is. 44, 13. 

Ti m. (τ. 33") pr. a refuge ; hence 


a haven, harbour, Ps. 107,30. So Chald. 
Syr. Vulg. 


555 


27, 26. 


ἽΠΠΩ 


S822 and $F (perh. smitten 
of God, for bx ΓΙΌ, r. m2) Mehujael, 


pr. n. of a patriarch descended from Cain, 
Gen. 4, 18. 


DPS (r. MIM) Mahavites, a gentile 
name 1 Chr, 11, 46, where we should 
expect the sing. "772. Elsewhere un- 
known. 


DIM m. (τ. dM) constr. dima. 

1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle, 
Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer, 31, 4. 13. 
Lam, 5, 15. 

2. Mahol, pr. n. m. 1 K. δ, 11 [4, 31]. 


ΤΙΣ or mdi (τ. bm) a dance, 
i. q. Dim no, 1, Cant. 7, 1; Plur. mig 
Ex. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al. 


MTS τη. (τ. M3) ἃ vision, Gen. 15, 1. 
Num, 24, 4. 16. Ez. 13, 7. 


ΤΙΣΙ f(r. MIM) a window, 1 K.7, 4.5. 


MINTS (visions) Mahazioth, pr. v. 
m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 30. R. myn. 


*T'2 obsol. root, i. q. MME no. 3, 


Arab. 2.2 IV, to be marrowy, of a bone ; 
to be fat, of a sheep; whence 2 mar- 
rowy, ΤΙ 2 marrow.—The primary notion 
lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a 
fatty substance, comp. 713 note. Kindr. 
are M2 and ΓΙ. 


ὙΠ τη. (τ. AM no. 2) a stroke, per- 
cussion. Ez. 26,9 %>2— "112 the stroke 
of what is over against it, i. e. batter- 
ing-rams or the like. See in >ap. 


N39 (perh. junction, τ. 73m Pa. 7M 
to join) pr. n. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52. 
Neh. 7, 54. 


ΓΤ f(r. 7M) 1. preservation of 
life, Gen. 45, 5. 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ezra 9, 
8.9. Meton. means of life, living, suste- 
nance, Judg. 6, 4. 17, 10. 

2. Prob. something live, the quick, a 
raw spot on the body; hence a spot, the 
quick ; Lev. 13, 10 nxwa πὶ “es mos 
and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw 
flesh in the tumour. v.24 and if the spot 
of burning” be a white spot. So Syr. 
Chald. ; 


WH τη. (τ. Ὑπ2) 1. price, for which 
a thing is bought or sold, Prov. 17, 16. 
“M2 αἱ a price, for money, 2 


baa 


Sam. 24, 24. maa > not for price, 
gratis, i.q. Dim, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al. 
2. hire, wages, Mic. 3,11. Deut. 23, 
19. Dan. 11, 39. Plur. oun Ps. 44, 13. 
3. Mehir, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 4, 11. 


~ mena τῇ. (τ. 43M no. 8,) constr. A212, 
sickness, disease, Proy. 18, 14. 2 Chr. 
ai, Lo. 
M2172 (disease, τ. mbm) Mahlah, pr. 
ῃ. a) Fem. Num. 26, 33. 27,1. Josh. 
17,3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex 
15 uncertain. 


ΤΊΡΙΠ Γ΄ αᾳ. Mom, disease, Ex. 15, 
26. 23, 25. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. 

mama £ (r. ddn) α cave, cavern, plur. 
Ts. 2, 19. 


m2 Γ see nbina. 


pon (sickly, from the form m>m2 
and ending ji) pr. n.m. Mahlon, Ruth 
1, 2. 4, 9. 10. 

"2179 (sickly, r. 1m) Mahli, pr.n.m. 
‘a) Ex. 6, 19. Num. 3, 30. b) 1 Chr. 
23, 23. 24, 30. 


Ὁ ΘΓ m. plur. (r. 43% no. 8) dis- 
-eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25. 

spiny) m. (r. 52M) a slaughter-knife, 
with which the victims were killed for 


sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing 
through the flesh; once in Plur, 5°31 


Ezra 1, 9. Syr. tes, Rabb. 9abn 
knife ; hence r. 2s to shave the hair, 
comp. ΓΙ 33h. 

miperna f. plur. (τ. 92m) braids, 
-plaits, of hair, Judg. 16, 13.19; so all the 
‘ancient versions. The idea of braiding 
differs little from that of changing, inter- 
changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph. 
no. 1; and a trace of it is found also in 


9 - 
Arab. wees twisted, convolute. 


mine" £ plur. (Ὁ. 72m) costly or fes- 
tive garments, holiday clothes, which 
are put off at home, Is. 3,22. Zech. 3, 4. 
Comp. Arab. exuit vestem, veste 


solemni donavit; fale a eostly gar- 
ment. 

mpm. f(r. phn) 6. suff. “MPP, 
plur. mip>na. 

1. simoolhness ; hence a slipping away, 


556 


mann 


escape, comp. the root Hiph. no. 2. So 
in pr. n. Mipsran 220 the rock of es- 
capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28. 

2. division, class, course ; spec. of the 
24 classes of the Levites and priests, 
ἐφημερέαι, κλῆροι, 1 Chr. 24,1. 28, 13. 
2 Chr. 8, 14. 31,2. 35,4. al. Also of the 
people of Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12,7. 18, 
10. Ez. 48, 29; of an army 1 Chr. 27, 
1 sq. 


mpl. Chald. id. only plar. 58 
courses of the Levites, Ezra 6, 18. 


roma m. (r. "om πο. 1) 1A string- 
ed instrument, κιϑάρα, cithara, i.e. @ 
lyre, guitar, ecéoulipanied by the voice, 
Ps. 53, 1. 88,1. Comp. Eth. ἢ ΛΟ 
song, also κιϑάρα, see Vers. ZEthiop. 
Gen. 4, 21. 

2. Mahalath, pr.n.f. a) The daugh- 
ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau, Gen. 
28, 9. b) The wife of Rehoboam, 
2 Chr. 11, 18. 


“M2 Meholathite, gent. n. from 
nding 538, see bax II. d..2Sam. 21,8. 


FINO Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken 
as anoun derived from τ 2 Γι curdled 
milk, q.d. milky words, bat against the 
context.—Better, if we take Mik2M as 
for ΓΝ ΤΙ or MINT (as Cod. R. 368), 
Hirek or Tsere being changed to Pa- 
tah on account of the foll. Hateph- 
Patah ; comp. ἜΣ for ἘΝ Judg. 5, 
28, ἌΣΤΛΏΤΤΑ for "27 vom Ps. 51, 7, and the 
like ; and then we may render; smoother 
ἰδών curds of milk ts his mouth. Chald. 
and Symm. also take the Mem here for 
ἸῺ ; and this aecords too with the paral- 
lelism. So Kimchi. 


“ΩΤ Ὁ m. constr. 212; plur. O°7202, 
constr. "32m. R. on, 

1. desire ; then thing desired, a de- 
light, e. g. ΤΣ ὙΠ the desire, de- 
light, of thine eyes, 1 K. 20,6. Ez, 24, 16. 
Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their 
womb, i. e. their dearest offspring. 

2. loveliness, Cant. 5, 16. 

3. something precious, costly, plur. Joel 
4, δ. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam. 
1, 10. . 

D2. m. plur. (Ὁ, 7M) something 
precious, costly, Lam. 1, 7; also fully 
written ΘΠ ΤΙ v. 11 Cheth. 


ΤΩ 


ΘΏΤΙ mh. (Ὁ. ΘΠ) constr. >2m2, pr. 
object of pity, sympathy ; then of love 
and affection, a delight; Ez. 24, 21 
patie: Some the delight of your soul. 
The prophet employs the word in an 
unusual signification, for the sake of 
paronomasia in the nouns 7379 and 


ΌΤΙ ; comp. oH? xte v. 25° in the 


same context. 
MEQ f see τ. yon Hiph. 


ΤΙΣΙ (τ. 427) usually mase. but fem. 
Gen. 32,9. Ps. 27,3; constr. ΤΙΣΙ ; sing. 
ce. suff, ΠΏ Deut. 23, 15. 29, 10; 
ὈΞ2ΠΠ2 Am. 4, 10; commana Num. 5, 3. 
Josh. 10, 5. 11, 4. Judg. 8, 10; perh. also 
1 Sam. 17, 1. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp. 
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9. a), Wwitich last pas- 
sages the ancient interpreters and 
Kimchi take as in the plural; see in 
MR. For the plur. see after no. 2. 

1. an encampment, camp, either of 
troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11. 
12. 1 Sam, 4, 3. 14, 15. 19; or of noma- 
des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14, 19; and so of 
the encampment of the Israelites in the 
desert Ex. 32,19. 26. Lev. 14,18. Num. 
4.5.15. 5,2. 10, 34. 11,9. 30. 31. al. seep. 
—Hence 

2. an army, host ; ‘>x ya) mma Ex. 
14, 19. Josh. 6,18. 1 Sam. '28, 49) Ἴ719 "a 
Judg. 7, 15; ones ‘a 1 Sam. 17, 46. 
28, 5; monby 2 God's host, of οὐρεῖν 
Glen: 32, 3 (elsewhere ΛΣΤ NIS) ; 
perh. also 1 Chr, 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7, 
10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr. 
14, 12, and poet. of locusts as sent of 
God Joel 2,11. So of any troop, com- 
pany, band, Gen. 33, 8. 50, 9. 

P.or. with a threefold form: a) 572%" 
camps, Num. 13,19. But 6. suff. #7202, 
p22, are in the sing. see above. 
b) <a m. whence “2 "2 two camps 
or bands Gen. 32. 8. 11. Nam. 2, 17.32. 
1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4. 2. Zech. 4, 15; 
but Aj? ΓΤ the camps i.e. courts of 
Jehovah, where the priests as it were 
encamped, 2 Chr. 31,2. c) O°, 
from a sing. "2712; comp. 5°73 in pre 
Pual. Cant. 7, 1 Dynan the heavenly 
hosts, as in’ Geil. 32, 3, i. e. angels 
(MINE), to whom the poet here ascribes 
dances, as elsewhere song, Job 38,7; 
comp. the pr. n. 5°27, which some very 
ineptly apply in Cant. 1. ὁ. 

47* 


557 


yna 


TTF. (camp of Dan) Mahaneli- 
Dan, pr. ἢ. of a place near Kirjath-jea- 
rim in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12. 


D?2772 (camps, see 372 Plar. lett. ¢, 
according to Gen. 32,3 ‘camps or hosts 
of angels,) Mahanaim, pr. n. of a town 
beyond Jordan on the confines of the 
tribes of Gad and Manasseh, afterwards 
assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30. 
21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12. 29. 17, 24.. 27. 
1K. 2, 8. 4, 14. {In the same region 
are still the ruins of a place called sist 
Mahneh ; Bibl. Res, in Palest. ΠῚ, App. 
p. 166.—R. 

P2772 m. (τ. P27) a strangling, parall. 
mia, Job 7, 15. 


MiQT2 Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere ΤΟΥΤῚ m. 
(τ. OOF) constr. MOM, c. suff. "or. Ps. 
62, 8 and "0M2 71,7; a refuge, shelter ; 
Is. 25,4 518 ΠΌΓΡ a refuge from the 
storm. Job ‘24, 8. Ps, 104, 18. 15. 4,6. 28, 
15, 17. Often of God, in various con- 
structions, Prov. 14, 96. Joel 4, 16. Ps. 
46, 2. 71,7. 73, 28. 91, 9. 142, 6. 


DCMS m. (τ. bom) a muzzle, fasten- 
ing for the mouth, Ps. 39, 2. 

“i092 and "OT2 m. R.r9n. 

1. want, deficienc Ὑ, SC. of any particu- 
lar thing; "33-52 “ior? PR there is no 
want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19. 
20; comp. Deut. 15, 8. 

2. want, need, poverty, Prov. 6,11. 11, 
24, 14,23. 21,5.17 Morte BN a poor man. 
22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11. 


moma (his refuge is Jehovah, r. 
mon) Mahseiah, pr. ἢ. m. Jer. 32, 12. 
51, 59. 


᾽ 73 fat. ὙΠ 5. 1. to smite through 
and through sc. with a shock, to dash 
in pieces, to crush, e. g. the head of 
any one Ps. 68. 22. 110, 6. Hab, 3, 13; 
the loins Deut. 33, 11; the temples Judg. 
5, 26; enemies Ps. 18.39. 2 Sam. 22, 39; 
absol. Deut. 32. 39. Job 5,18. Trop. Job 
26, 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through 
(crusheth) the pride sc. of the sea, i. 6. 
restrains its proud waves.—Arab. Yas? 
to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp. 

2. to shake, i.e. to move to and fro, ta 
stir, as the foot in blood. dipping it in 
blood, Ps. 68, 24 513 4239 PON jz 
So prob. Num. 24, 8 (Israel as vitae) 


i a 
doth eat up the nations his enemies, he 
doth craunch their bones, Y13" 173) 
(53) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows 
in their blood; comp. Ps. l.c. Some 
ancient interpreters take SM as in- 
strument: and with his arrows he doth 
crush sc. his enemies; Sept. zai ταῖς 
βολίσιν αὐτοῦ βνέμνδ εὐδσο ἐχϑρόν. Vulg. 
et perforabunt sagittis. Others: his 
(the enemy’s) weapons doth Israel crush. 
—Arab. ()4.9 to shake, to agitate, 6. g. 
a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for 
butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling. 
Heb. p. 75. Origg. Heb. I. p. 100. ad Job 
I. 153, 722.—Hence 


7172 τὰ. a contusion, wound, Is. 30, 26. 


SEI72 m. (τ. 34M) a hewing of stones, 
perh. a quarry ; 38FV2 723% hewn stones, 
quarried stones, 2 K. 12,13. 22,6. 2 Chr. 
34, 11. 


maya f. (r. mx) the half, Num. 31, 
36. 43. 


mE f. (τ. ΠΣ) 1. the half, Ex. 
30, 13. Num. 31, 30. 42, 47. al. 
2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3. 


: pa. to smite through, to crush, 
once Judg. 5, 26.—Arab. delevit, 
‘Conj. II, perdidit. Kindred are xm, 
m2. 77. 

ΡΤ m. (r. 9pm) ‘what is known by 
‘searching,’ the inmost depth, the recesses, 
i,q. "RM no..2, Ps, 95, 4. 


“ΠΩ obsol. root, i. q. "2% to buy, to 
sell ; see in “1172 Il.—Hence 7°19 price. 


ὙΠ subst. and adv. 1. to-morrow, 
ithe morrow, Syr. spuadd , Samar.id. Judg. 
‘20, 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22,13. al. bi" 
‘ar id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 27,1. ΡΟ 
for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5, 
12; also to-morrow Ex. 8, 6. 19, comp. 
ἐς bled “ra MSD to-morrow about this 
time, see in ΤΣ no. 1. ὁ ; more fully "79 
px rs2 Josh.11,6. movin ane mrp 
aboul this time to-morrow or the third 
day. 1 Sam, 20, 12, as Vulg. Chald. well; 
-others here join together τ ΘῈ ἜΤΙ, 
‘as if crastinum tertium, the day after to- 
‘morrow, but less well; so Syr. 

2. in time to come, hereafter, Ex. 13, 
14. Josh. 4, 6.21. ὙΠ Ὁ id. Gen, 
:30, 33, Comp. nan. 


558 wr 


Nore. This word seems not to come 
from r. “512, but is rather connected 
closely with r. "78. Not mdeed for 
“rmx as if from Pi, ὍΤΙ Ὁ ; but it comes 
more prob. from "M8 bit, and mara 
from MIAN i, contr. ana, ΓΗ ; as 
in Targ. Jonath. often Sn, Ae, 
see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the 
2 therefore we have a vestige of 54%. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 784. 


AIT! Γ (τ. Nn) cloaca, | a sink, 
privy, 2K. 10, 27 Cheth. 

NWI and NWI f(r. won) 1 
Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting 
instruments, one of which perhaps is the 
plough-share, and the other the coulter. 
The plur. of both is ivan v.21.—For 
the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen 
Ackerbau d. Morgenlander p. 52. Nie- 
buhr’s Descr. of Arabia p. 155 Germ. 
On the Egyptian plough, see Descr. de 
Egypte I. Plates 70, 71. 


ΓΟ f. (see 712 note) constr. MM, 
ὁ. suff mT , the morrow, tomior Few, 
once with Di, vin mama Din the day 
of the morrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32. 
Elsewhere none (comp. "1772>) Jon, 4, 
7, oy IMe> 1 Sam. 30, 17 (the suff. is 
pleon.) ‘and moré fieq: miman, on the 
morrow, the next day, Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 
9, 6. Num. 17, 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg. 
6, 38. al. Mama y even unto the mor- 
row Ley.23,16. With genit. pi moma 
the morrow of that day, the day after, 
1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11.15. 16 Marae 
nan the day after the sabbath. Num. 
33, 3. 1 Sam. 20, 27. 


ΩΤ m. (τ. HWM) @ peeling, decorti- 
cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37, 

mata and MAGN Γ Ex. 35, 33. 
2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. mau, 0. suff. 
ImaUn ; ; plur. nintine , constr. ninen. 
R. sen 

A, wank of art or skill, see the root no. 
1. Ex. 31, 4. 35, 32. 33. 35. 2: Chr, 26, 15. 

2. counsel, purpose. plan, what one 
meditates or has devised, 2 Sam, 14, 14, 
Job 5, 12. Ps. 88.10.11. Prov. 15, 22. al. 
So.of God’s counsels, Ps. 40, 6. 92, 6. Jer. 
29, 11. Mic. 4, 12.—Gen. 6, 5 every ima- 
gination 12> Minti of the purposes of 
his heart, which his heart has medi- 
tated; comp. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 29, 18.—Spee. 


wna 
of wicked counsels, devices, machinations, 
as ὯΝ “Ὁ Prov. 6, 18, Is. 59, 7. Jer. 4, 14; 
ΠΣ Ὁ Ez. 38, 10. Esth. 9, 25; simp. 


Esth. 8, 3.5. For the phrase ‘2 stn 
see in stn no. 3. ¢. 


JOM m. (Ὁ. Wun) darkness 1s. 29, 15. 
Ps. 88, 19 ἼΞΠῸ "2379 my acquaintances 
are in darkness, i. ἃ, are lost from my 
sight.—Plur. ΘΛ ΘΤΙ darknesses, i. 16. 
dark places, Ps. 88, 7. 74,20 YS "DEM. 
the dark places of the earth. Spec: of 
Sheol, Ps. 143, 3. Lam, 3, 6. 


HITS (apoc. for MAND taking, grasp- 
ing, r. OM) Mahath, pr. n. τὴ. 1 Chr. 6, 
20. 2 Chr. 29, 12. 31,13. Seeniony. 


AMM. f. (r. Hmm) plur. Minn. 1. ἃ 
Jire-pan, fire-shovel, censer, in which 
coals were taken up and incense kindled, 
Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16, 
6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al. 

2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays, Ex. 25, 38. 
37, 23; Sept. ὑποϑέματα, Vulg. vasa, 
τοὶ que emuncta sunt, exstinguantur. 
This accords with the context, which 
treats of the lamps. 


MAM f. (τ. Anm) pr. a breaking in 
pieces ; hence 

1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10, 14. 13, 
3. 18, 7. Ps. 89, 41. 

2. conslernation, terror, Prov. 10, 15. 
29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17,17; comp. 
48, 39. 


MINIMA f. (τ. ΠῚ) a breaking in, sc. 
ofa thief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2, 34. 


D2 m. (for mye, τ: ΠῺΣ ἢ as 532 for 
nbs) inclination, depression, a low 
place ; only with He local "22, which 
see below. 


vid see Ui. 


*NO"2 Chald. Dan. 4, 25, 722 7, 
13. 22; comp. Heb. 832, in which hese: 
ever the usus loquendi differs. Freq, in 
the Targg. 

1. to come to any place or person, 6. > 
Dan. 6, 24. 253; 43 7, 13. 

2. to reach to, c. > Dan. 4, 8. 17. 19. 

3. lo come, to come on, as time Dan. 
7, 22; with 53 to come upon any one, to 
happen to him, Dan. 4, 21, 25. 


~NONVA m. a broom, besom, Is. 14, 23; 
see NOND under art. Ὁ. /p. 365. 


559 


mo" 


ΤΟ τα. (r. M32) slaughter, Is. 14, 21. 


M2 m. but f. Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab. 
3,9; constr. B32, c. suff. inwe, Ἡ ; 
plur. mize Num. 1, 16. Josh. 14, 1.2; 
once ὁ. suff. "a2 Hab. 3,14. R. πῶ, 

1. a branch, bough, shoot, Ex. 19, 11 
sq. So called from its stretching or ex- 
tending itself, comp. M23 from twp. 

2. a rod, staff, for walking, supporting 
oneself, Gen. 38, 35 (comp. Hdot. 1. 195). 
Ex. 4, 2. 4.17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq. 
1 Sam. 14, 43; with which grain is 
beaten out Is, 28,27; espec. for chas- 
tisement, Is. 10, 5. 15, 24. 9,3 i250 mee 
the rod of his back, with which he is 
beaten. 14, 5. 30, 32. Ez. 7, 11 02mn 
59) ΠΏ. cp the violence (of the ene- 
my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness, 
i. e. to chastise it. v. 10 πα ps the 
rod hath blossomed, sc. for your chastise- 
ment. Hab.3,9 798 Miva ms3d sworn 
are the rods of his word, i. e. the prom- 
ised chastisements, he hath sworn the 
overthrow of his enemies ; but more in 
accordance with the parallelism the Syr. 
reads miva¥ i.e. sated are the spears 
sc. with blood, asong! Mic. 6,9 322% 
mua hear ye the rod, the chastisement, 
punishment.—Trop. Sn> ΠΟ "35 fo 
break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a 
dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call 
also ‘the strengthener of the heart’ 
(see in 120), pr. therefore i. q. to break 
the staff of life, which bread is, Lev. 26, 
26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5, 16. 14, 13. 
—Spec. for a) a sceptre ofa king Ps. 
110, 2; hence as an emblem of power, 
empire, Jer. 48.17. Ὁ) a spear, lance, 
1 Sam. 14. 27. Hab. 3, 14. 

3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no. 
1,) i. ἃ. 28, Num. 34, 11. 15. 36, 3. 4. 
“> PDD Bait: 1, 49; man “2 Num. 
13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 oa 21, 4; also 
Vsa8 "35 Mo, 12 3 Ὁ, Num. 34 
20. 22, 24 sq. yeah 13, 29. 18, 11. al. 
rina "tN the heads of the tribes 
1K. 8,1; mina miss "ws the heads 
of the fathers (families) “of the tribes, 
Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1. 


MQ (Milél) adv. from Ὁ q. v. with 

π 4 down, downwards, beneath, Deut. 

28, 43. Prov. 15, 24. Opp. ποτ up- 
wards, above. With Prefixes: 

a) nud «) down, downward, Deut. 


ΓΙ 


28, 13. Ez. 1, 27. 8, 2. Eee. 3;31: β) 
below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37. 
1 Chr. 27,23 twenty years old mw2>5 
and under. With ya Ezra 9,13 ΠΡ 89 
8225372 below our guilt, less than our sins 
deserve. 

Ὁ) mu2ba from below, underneath, 
(opp. 7227252 from above, above,) Ex. 
26, 24. 27,5. 28, 27. 36, 29. 38, 4. 39, 
20. 


MOA Γ (τ. ΠῺ2) constr. 72, plur. 
mina; comp. Gr. κλένη from κλέγω. 

1. a bed. genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2. 49, 
33. Ex. 7, 28. al.—So for reclining at 
table, Esth. 1,6. Ez. 23, 41; for ease 
and quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3, 12. 
6, 4. 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7. 8. 
Prov. 26, 14. 

2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7. 

3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam. 
3, 31. 


MQ τὰ. (pr. part. Hoph.r.m92) 1. a 
spreading out, expansion, plur. Niwa Is. 
8, 8. 

2. a stretching, bending, wresting of 
right, i. 6. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez. 9, 9. 


Mv see nuin. 
MIO m. (τ. 42) a spinning, i. 6. 
thing spun, Ex. 35, 25. 


37072 m. a hammered bar, as of iron, 
once Job 40,18. R. >una. 


* 200 to draw out, to make long, 
kindr. with 550; hence to forge, to ham- 
mer sc. iron. Arab. part. Solas ham- 
mered iron. 


Pav. τὰ. (τ. 1520) plur. o°72p2, 
constr. 932072 Is. 45, 3. 

1. Place where any thing is hidden 
under ground, espec. a sublerranean cell, 
slorehouse for grain, Jer. 41,8, Such 
subterranean storehouses for grain are 
still common in Palestine ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385. 

2. hidden stores, hid treasure, sc. wn- 
der ground, Prov. 2, 4. Job 3, 21. Is. 45, 
3. So genr. treasure, Gen. 43, 23. 


ΣΙ m. (τ. 392) constr, 2u72; plur. 
constr. "522 Mic. 1, 6; a planting, plan- 
tation, Ez. 17, 7. 34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21 
Keri: 2122 ὍΣΣ the branch of my plant- 
ing, planted by me. 


560 


"O73 


may0'2 τὰ. plur. (Ὁ. 552) Gen. 27, 
4,and ΓΙ ΏΦΌ Γ᾿ plur. Prov. 23, 3. 6, 
dainties, savoury dishes. A. Schultens 
ad Prov. 1. c. remarks that the Arab. 
9 “9 - 

is used espec. of dishes from the 
flesh of animals taken in hunting, which 
the nomades esteem a great delicacy. 
This accords well with Gen. ].c. Comp. 
his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78. 


ΓΠΒῸ f(r. ΠΕὼ) Ruth 3, 15, plur 
nimgn Is. 3,22, a wide upper garment 
of a woman, a manile, cloak. See 
Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16. 


7 min) in Kal not used, to rain, as’ 
Chald. Syr. Arab. εἶδα. 


Hipu. to rain, i. e. to give or send rain, 
so God, Gen. 2, 5. 7,4. Am. 4. 7; the 
clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully.""22n 
"22); with >> upon any thing, Am. Is. 
l.c.. Trop. of other things which God 
sends down from heaven in the manner 
of rain; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23; lightning 
Ps. 11,6; fire and brimstone Gen. 19, 24. 
Ez. 38, 22; manna Ex, 16, 4. Ps. 78,24. 
Constr. with acc. of the thing rained 
down, and > upon any thing, see the 
passages cited above, Once with 3 of 
the thing rained down, Job 20, 23; see 
in pam. 

Nipn. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. "972 and 


"2". m. constr. "22, plur. constr, 
nino. Job 37.6; rain, Ex. 9. 33. Deut. 
11, 17. al. δά sw ἸῺ fo give or send 
rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12, 
17. 18. 1 K. 8,36. 2 Chr. 6,27. al. Also 
FSIS 29 the rain of thy land, i. e. ne- 
cessary for watering the ground, Deut. 
28, 12. 24. 11,14; and so W271 789 Is. 
30, 23... To the rain is compared pleas- 
ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2 
comp. Job 29, 23; also gentle and be- 
neficent rule Ps. 72, 6. 


ΓΘ (propelling, τ. 122) Matred, pr. 
n. f. Gen. 36, 39, 


MG f£ also NIH Lam. 3, 12 RK 
U2. 

1. place of guard, i.e. a prison, jail, 
Neh. 3, 25. 12, 39, Jer. 32, 2. 8, 33, 1. al. 

2. scope, aim, hence mark to shoot at 


073 


(see the root no. 3; like Gr. σχοπός from 
oxéntount,) 1 Sam. 20, 20. Job 16, 12. 
Lam. 3, 12. 


"IO (for προ, rain of Jehovah) 
pr. π᾿ τὴ, Matri, 1 Sam, 10, 21. 


"2 for N™2 (τ, δὲ 8 where see) a sing. 
not in use, water. The only vestige of 
it is in the pr. ἢ. "24nx& (brother of wa- 
ter), Eth. @B, Zab. ak Norb: Lex. ed. 
119.—Hence 

Piur. 0°, constr. "2 and rarely 
Ἄς, (comp. on such reduplicated forms 
Ewald’s Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) 6. suff. 
Sem], FANG, S49, ODD, with 7 
local | mower Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; walers, 
water, comp. Chald. 83, Syr. fess, 
ae -—Sometimes the absol. 5° is 
found where we should expect the con- 
struct, as ὙΠ ove 1 K. 22, 27. Is. 30, 
20; also 07392 072 waters to the knees 
Ez. 47, 4, comp. 572m 2 waters to the 
loins, which immediately follows ; see 
Heb. Gr. ὁ 114. n. 6.—Joined with ptur. 
adjectives: DB" D2 living water Gen. 
26, 19. Lev. 14, 5. 606. D*tiap Δ con- 
secrated water Num. 5, 17. D729 ἘΔῺ 
Ps. 18,17. With verbs plural, Gen. 7, 
19. 8. δ. Ez. 47,1. So also with verbs 
sing. not only where the verb precedes, 
Gen. 9, 15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7. 33,14. 2 
K. 3, 9; but sometimes where it fol- 
lows, Num. 19, 13. 20. ‘Coupled also 
with a suff. sing. fem. Job 14, 19; see 
Heb. Gr. § 143. 3.—Spoken of the waters 
of the ocean Ps. 18, 6. comp. 2 Sam. 22, 
16; of the waters above the firmament 
Gen. 1,7. Ps. 29, 3. 104, 3. 148, 4; of 
water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps. 
18, 12; of rain Job 5, 10, ete.—Joined 
with the name of a place, it denotes wa- 
ters situated near that place, a fountain, 
stream, torrent, lake, marsh, ete. So 
i329 2 Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki- 
shon or a stream flowing into it; so of 
fountains, 0°72 772 Jer. 48, 34, ΓΞ Ὁ τ, 
ΓΒ ΓΛ, ued 772.72 Josh. 15, Kin ‘of'a 
brook, inv? "Ὦ Josh. 16. 1. 770" "2 Is. 
15, .9. pine "2 (q. v.) of a lake or 
marsh ; comp. DYIS9 "22 the waters 
of Eeypt Ex. 7, 19. 8.2. bere "979Q75D 
2K. 5,12. 13 "Ὁ the waters of Noah, 
the deluge, Is. 54, 9. 

Trop. a) tx. "2 water of poppies, 


561 κ΄ 


i.e. the juice, Jer.8, 14. b) ἘΠ55 999 
water of the feet Is, 36,12 Keri, by « eu- 


phemism for urine, like Syr. 52 ὦ ase 


Talmud. ts" "2"; Pers. wr S, 
Engl. to make water. c) the walter of 
a man is put for the semen virile, i. q. 
23%; comp. Arab. #Le id. Kor. 86. 5. 
Pore. re) wi aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 1 
who have come forth from the waters of 
Judah, are his offspring, Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
68, 27. But not improb. for the word 
‘a2 should here be read "239, comp. 
Gen. 15, 4. 2Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. 

In poetry, waterisanemblem: «) Of 
multitude, abundance, Ps. 79, 3. 88, 18. Is. 
11,9. Hab. 2,14. βὺ) Of great and over- 
whelming dangers, Ps. 18,17 he drew 
me out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3. 
16. Job 27,20. Comp. also many exam- 
ples from the Arabian and Greek poets, 
in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960 sq. 7) Of 
terror, Josh. 7, 5 the heart of the people 
melted Ὁ 85 1175 and became as water. 


Comp. Arab. δῶ water-hearted, timo- 
rous. Opp. is a heart like stone, Job 41, 
16. 5) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22,15 
I am poured out like water. 2) Of lust, 
as likened to boiling water, Gen. 49, 4. 

Further, as found in proper names: 

aa) = %2 (water 1. 6. lustre of gold, 
comp. Arab. Le) pr. n. m. Me-zahab, 
Gen. 36, 39. 

bb) Fp 2 (waters of yellowness) 
Me-jarkon, a town of the Danites, prob. 
so called from a fountain or stream in the 
vicinity, Josh. 19, 46. 

ec) Mmimp3-"2 Waters of Nephtoah 
(opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju- 
dah, south-west of Jerusalem, Josh. 15, 9. 
18,15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 334. 

In other pr. names, "3 with its gen. 
coalesces into one word, as 827°2 q. Vv. 


*"2 a primitive personal pronoun, 
1. Interrog. τὲς ; who? pr. of persons, 
as M2 of things. For the correlatives 
"Ft, 8, 74, "D, see in">D A. In the kin- 
dred languages the Eth. alone has Q 
mi, but in the sense of what? spoken of 


things; Aram. 72, 72, «(ο, Arab. ip 


—Gen. 24, 65 mybn Onn 72 who is this 
man 2 Ruth 3, 9 mx "2 who art thou? 


4 562 


Cant. 6,10. Also where the question 


respects several, (Arab. ὡ» δὴ Gen. 
33,5 Mx 2 who are these? Is. 60, 8; 
here too for the sake of explicitness we 
find "02 "2, Ex. 10,8 2725571 "21" who 
are the going? who shall go? comp. Eth. 
Ph, OP, AFT, quinam vos? 
Lud. Lex. p. 80.—More rarely it refers 
to things, but so that the idea of person 
or persons is included. Gen. 33, 8 42 "2 
My ΓΤ ΓΤ ΡΞ who to thee (what to thee) 
are all these bands? Judg. 9,28 BS "9 
827372 "2 who (what) are the Shechem- 
ites, that we should serve them? 13,17 
525 "2. 1Sam. 18, 18 "1 757258 72. 
Mic. 1,5 93977 nina "704.,.Dp32 SUB "2, 
i.e. who is (the author of ) the transgres- 
sion of Jacob... who (the authors of ) the 
high places of Judah? 

Specially to be noted are the follow- 
ing uses: a) Put in the gen. as "2 73 
the daughter of whom? whose daugh- 
ter? Gen. 24. 23, 47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17, 
55. Jer. 44,28. With prefixes marking 
the other cases: "25 cui? to whom? 
Gen. 32,18. 38,25; for plur. Ex. 32, 24; 
on account of whom? Jon. 1,3. 27FR 
whom? 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28,11; ™2 Ez. 
32,19; "22 1K. 20,14; "5759, etc. b) 
For the Lat. quis dorm? Engl. who of 
or among them? is put ἘΠῚ 72 Is. 48, 
14; or 12, Judg. 21,8 "waa πὸ "Ὁ 
besten what one among the tribes ‘of Is- 
rael? c) Put also in an indirect interro- 
gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen. 
43, 22. Ps. 39,7; of seeing 1 Sam. 14, 
17; of pointing out, 1K. 1,20. d) As 
made intensive, in the phrases ΠῚ 72, 
NAM 72, TTA 2, see 81, HT. 6) Often 
where the question implies a negative 
answer, so that the interrogative form 
assumes almost a negative power. Num. 
23, 10 yqNT ΠΕΣ 722% who can count 
the dust of the earth? i.e. no one, Is. 
53, 1 ἸΌΝΤΙ 7% who hath believed? 1. 6. 
no one, few. 51, 19. Also with fut. Job 
9, 12 "aN 7 soho will say? who would 
say? (comp. tig ἄν with Opt.) for, no one 
will say. Prov. 20,9. Eec. 8,4. 2 Sam. 
16,10. With part. in the formula 575" *%2 
who knoweth? for no one knoweth, Ps, 
90, 11. Ecc. 2, 19, (opp. 277 8> 2 Job 
12, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. nescio an, 
i. e. perhaps, see 3°77 no. 5. aa. ; also un- 


iy 


expectedly, suddenly, see ibid. no. 1. a. 
Put also with a following noun by way 
of disparagement and contempt; Judg. 
9, 28 ΠΞΏΣΞΝ 2 who is Abimelech, that 
we should serve him? Ex. 3, 117238 2 
rivqp-by FEN ἽΞ who am ἢ, that I should 
go unto Pharaoh? for, I am not the 
proper man to go to him. f) With fut. 
it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam. 
15,4 cp “3299 2 who will make me 
judge ? i.e. Oh that I were made judge! 
Is, 27, 4 ἌΣ 2 who will give to me? 
i.e. Oh that I might have! Judg. 9, 29. 
Ps. 53,7. 55,7. Job 29,2. Hence jm2 2 
is a usual formula in wishing, ‘see {M3 
no. 1. i. 

2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who, 
Ex. 24, 14 orbs ὥρη omy bya 72 
whoever has a ‘suit, let him come to them. 
Judg. 7, 3 369 TIT) NTT 2 whoever is 
timid abil fearful, let him return. Prov. 
9,4. Eee. 5,9. Is. 54,15. In Gr. and 
Lat. this may properly be rendered by 
εἴ τις, si quis, Eng. if any one.—2 Sam. 
18, 12 "923 "Ὦ ὙΥΦῸ take care of the 
young man every one of you. With “ON, 
Ex. 32, 33 8OM “US 52 whosoever hath 


sinned. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac 
2 eke. 
Norse. Sometimes "4 is said to be 


put as an adv. for how? in what way? 
like 472 B. 3. But in all the examples 
given, it is better to retain the common 
signification ; Am. 7, 2.5 ΞΔ taps 73 
pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely. for, 
Who is Jacob, that he should stand? se. 
under these calamities. Comp. the for- 
mulas above in no. 1. 6. Is. 51,19 "9 
yes for the fuller ΠΏΣ 72 7558 72. 

Proper names beginning with 72, as 
basta, ΓΞ, M7=72, etc. see below in 
their places. 


N2'7"2 (waters of quiet, r. N23) Me- 
deba, pr. n. of a city of the Reubenites, 
situated on a plain of the same name, 
Num. 21, 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19, 
7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab, 
Is. 15, 3. Gr. ηδαβά, ΠΠηδάβη, Myj- 
Sava, see 1 Mace. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13.1. 
4,9. ib. § 1. Euseb..h. v. Reland Pa- 
lestina p. 893. At the ea day 
ruins, called Médeba, are found in that 
region; Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria, 
etc. p. 365 sq. 


1 


‘3% (love, τ. 772) pr. π᾿ τὰ, Medad, 
Num. 11, 26. 27. 


DI" see in M2. 


302 πὶ. (τ. 32") the good, and with 
genit. the best of any thing, the best part. 
1 Sam. 15, 9.15 jXum ΞΏ the best of 
the flocks. Ex. 22,4 3 81 amy sy 
VorD the best of his own field, and the 
best of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6 
YIN 3072 in the best part of the land. 
v. 11. Sept. é τῇ βελτίστῃ γῇ, Vulg. in 
optimo loco. 


N22 see M7270 lett. b. 


S822 (who like God?) Michael, pr: 
n.m. a) One of the seven archangels, 
the advocate of Israel with God, Dan. 
10, 13.21. 12,1. Gr. Mizand Rev. 12, 7. 
b) 1 Chr. 27,18. Ὁ) 5 Chr. 21,2. ἃ) 
Others, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6, 
25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8. 


M2 (for A272, who like Jehovah ?) 
Micah, Sept. Miyuias, pr.n.m. a) The 
sixth among the twelve minor prophets, 
surnamed ἜΣ 3 q. v. Mic. 1,1. Jer. 
26, 18 Keri, where Cheth. has m7372. 
b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 K. 22, 
12 77372. 6) and 4) see 197372 a, b. 
6) and f) see 1973" a, b. 


WI32 see in #17277 lett. Ὁ. 
20 (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah, 


pr-n.m. a) See ΓΞ" a,b. b) Neh. 
12, 35, i. 4. 829 11, 17. 22. 6) Neh. 
12, 41. 


WwI" (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. a) 
A commander under Jehoshaphat, 2 
Chron. 17, 7. Ὁ) The wife of Reho- 
boam, daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13, 2; 
but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21.22. 1K. 15, 2, 
where the same wife of Rehoboam and 
mother of Abijah is called Maachah, 
M232, the daughter of Absalom. 


WWD" (id.) Micaiah, pr.n.* a) A 
Levite who set up idol-worship in the 


tribe of Dan, Judg. 17, 1.4. Also more’ 
shortly called M372, v. 5.8. 9.10. αἱ. Ὁ) 


A prophet in the age of Jehoshaphat 
and Ahab, the son of Imlah, 1 K. 22, 8. 
2Chr. 18, 7; called also M379 v. 24, 
and 73°29 v. 8 Cheth. 
11. 13. 


563 


c) Jer. 36, 


wn 


1.53% m. (r. 52) α brook ; 2 Sam. 
17, 20 oven 52°29 the brook of water, 
rivulet. Sept. μέκρον τοῦ datos. 

Il. 5279 (contr. for ἘΝ Ξ "3, q. v.) 
Michal, pr. n. of the daughter of Saul, 
the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 14 
sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq. 


D2 constr. 2 waters, see under 2. 


ΤΩΡ (a dextra, unless it is rather 
for 472722,) Mijamin, pr. n.m. a) J 
Chr. 24,9. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10,8. 
12,5; also (79732 Minjamin 12, 17. 41. 

J") m. (τ. 99%) Lat. species, i. 6. form, 
but also kind, sort, Engl. species, comp. 
Gr. ἰδέα, which also denotes form and 
kind. Only with suffixes : Ἴ 29, 972725, 
according lo its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12, 91. 
25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. ΓΙ) τ Gen. 1, 24, 
25. Plur. once ἘΠ 5 Gen. 1,21. Syr. 


[aud family, tribe. 
Mp2" nurse, Part. Hiph. τ. P27 q. ν. 


JO" 2 K. 16,18 Cheth. a very doubt- 
ful orthography for 952 q. v. 

HYD" Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 48, 21, also 
MHS Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. 527, or 
perh. lofty place, hill,) Mephaath, pr. n. 
of a Levitical city in the tribe of Reu- 
ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer. 
l. c. where Cheth. m3572. 


ΤῊ m. (τ. 7%) pressure, Prov. 30, 
33 ter. 


NO (retreat, r. viva) Mesha, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 8, 9. 


ὩΣ Ὁ (who is what God is? from 
"Ὦ, Ὡς, 58, comp. 58372) Mishael, pr. 
nm. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b) 
One of the companions of Daniel, Dan. 
1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called 525". ὁ) 
Neh. 8, 14. 


0" m. and WA Ps. 47,7. R.-ws. 
1, evenness; hence a level region, 


plain, 1 K. 20, 23.25. Is. 40.4. 42, 16. al. 
Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27,11. 143, 10.—With 


the art. Vivian, xar ἐξοχήν, the plain in 


the tribe of Reuben near the city 827", 
Deut. 3, 10. 4, 43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17. 21. 
20, 8. Jer. 48, 21; of the plain of Judah, 
2 Chr. 26,10. So Jerusalem is called, 
“ah ὍΣΣ the rock of the plain Jer. 21,13. 
Trop. peace, concord Mal. 2, 6, where 


oe 


it is coupled with pid; see in "U2 
no. 1. 

2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7. 67, 
5. Is. 11, 4, 


J Chald. pr. n. Meshach, see 
ἘΝ lett. b. Dan. 1, 6. 2,49. 3, 12. 


Pers. sli ~~ guest of the Shah. 


YW" (deliverance, τ. S37) Mesha, 
pr. n. of a king of Moab, 2 K. 3, 4. 


“WA (id.) Meshar, pr. n. of a son of 
Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 


0772 m. (Ὁ. 72) only in plur. sy", 
once 5°02 Prov. 1, 3. 

1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is. 
26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv. 
pwns Prov. 23, 31, and myn) 
Cant. 7, 10, a smoothness, smoothly. 
Trop. for peace, concord ; Dan, 11, 6 
ἘΠ mivr> fo make peace, lit. to 
make things smooth, 

2. equity, uprightness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps. 
17, 2. 99, 4. Brea obey to judge 
uprightly, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3; 
ἘΠ 23 “ὦ id. Ps. 9, 9. 98,9. Also 
uprightness, sincerity, in speaking or 
acting, Prov. 8, 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19. 
Cant. 1, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 17.—R. for the art. 


"WA see “ita. 


“2 m. (Ὁ. Ἢ") i. gq. ὍΔ no. 1, only 
in plur. c. suff. "2M" ; cords of a tent or 
tabernacle, Num. 3, 37. 4,32. Jer. 10, 20. 
Is. 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13. 


DIN and S822 m. (τ. 3x3) plur. 
prsk=2, c. suff. ako0 Ex. 3, 7, also 
nisk22 Is. 53, 8; pain, Job 33, 19. Ps. 
69, 27. 2 Chr. 6,29. Metaph. pain of 
mind, sorrow, grief. arising from adver- 
sity, calamity, Ex. 8, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18. 
Ps. 32, 10. 38, 18. 


"92272 abundance, see r. "32 Hiph. 


M222 (pallium, τ. 1323) Machbenah, 
pr. ἢ. of a place, 1 Chr. 2, 49; see 1133. 


"2223 (i. q. "23372 for "2337772 what 


like my sons?) Machbanai, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 12, 13. 


"ὩΞ m. (τ. "22) coarse cloth, i. 6. of 
a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili- 
cium, 2 K.8, 15.—The idea of κωνωπεῖον, 
fly-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis, 
does not seem adapted to the context. 


564 


{2 


2272 τὴ. (r. "33) constr. "25, net- 
work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4. 35, 16. 
38, 4. 5. 30. 39, 39. 


m2 ἢ (τ. Π52) constr. P22; plur. 
mina, twice 0°22 2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15. 

1. a beating, smiting, the act; Is. 30, 
26 inza ὙΠ. the wound of his smiting. 
with which he is smitten. Esth. 9,5 they 
smote them 277 722 with the smiting of 
the sword, i. e. with the sword. Jer. 30, 
14. Is. 10,26. 14.6.—Spec. a) α beat- 
ing with rods Deut. 25,3. Ὁ) ἃ beating: 
out of grain; so 2 Chr, 2,9 ming ὉΠ 
(in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. 6. 
wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob. 
it should read: 472222 rba2 070M wheat 
as food for thy servants ; as in 1 K.5, 25, 
[11] imns> γε ‘nm. So Sept. εἰς βρώ- 
ματα δέδωκα σῖτον παισί σου, Vulg. ser- 
vis tuis dabo in cibaria tritici, ete. 
Syr. id. 

2. a stroke, blow, either as inflicted by 
a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is. 
14, 6); or by a sword or other iron in- 
strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35. Is. 1, 6. 
Jer. 6,7. Mic. 1, 9. Nah. 3,19. Zeeh. 18, 
6; where it is sometimes trop. for the 
wounds of the state, as Is. ].¢. Spee. 
strokes, i. e. calamities inflicted of God, 
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. Bau 4, 
8. Jer. 10, 19. 49,17. a 

3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10. 14, 
14; so in the phrase M>i73 N22 Ὁ ΓΞ 
to smile with a great slaughter Josh. 10, 
10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15, 8. 1 Sam. 6, 19. 


M2 f. (r. 93) α burning, burnt 
spot on the body, Lev. 13, 24. 25. 28. 


ἸῺ πὶ. (τ. 119) constr. 1122. 1. ὦ. 
foundation, basis, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2. 
Plur. Ps. 104, 5. 

2. Genr. a place, 6. g. the temple Is. 
4,5. Ezra 2,68; espec. in the phrases: 
snacé wi22 the place of thy habitation, 
for thee to dwell in, Ex. 15, 17. 1 K.8, 13; 
πεν jinn id. 1K. 8, 39. 43. 49; i>" 
‘maw Ps. 33,14; and nat beingiomitted, 
spine in my dieelling-place Is, 18, 4 


Dan.8, 11. Arab. KX, BLK, place; 
Eth, PUY che: spec. temple. 
mpd’ and MHD) f(r. n>) ὁ. suff 


ΤΙΣ 9 Ὁ Zech. 5, 1 (Heb. Gr. § 27. 1); 
plur. ΤΡ, nisoa. 


133 


1. α base, stand, for the lavers in 
the court of Solomon’s temple, 1 K. 
7, 27-40. 

2. a place, Zech. δ, 11. Ezra 3, 3; 
comp. 2, 68. 

3. Mekonah, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Judah, Neh. 11, 28, situated 
between Jerusalem and Eleutheropolis 
according to Jerome, Onomast. art. Beth- 
macha. Reland Palest. p. 892. 


MID and MMI f(r. DT) 6. 
suff. on ΠΣ Ez. 29, 14; plur. 72459 
16, 3, FIMAD2 21, 35; nativity, birth, 
pr. a digging out, a mine, whence met- 
als are dug. The metaphor is here 
drawn from metals (comp. Is. 51, 1), 
as the German Abstammung is drawn 
from plants; comp. also in Engl. ‘a 
genealogical tree.’— Ez. 16, 3. 21, 35. 
29, 14 oMTSe PIN ἘΣ to the land of 
their birth.—The Hebrew interpreters 
take it as i. q. 99939 habitation. 


ὙΠ Ὁ (sold, τ. 92%) Machir, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) A son of Manasseh, and father of 
Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1; hence 
poet. for that portion of the tribe’ of 
Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond 
Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5, 14. Ρὰ- 
tronym. %7°22 Machirite Num. 26, 29. 
b) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27. 

* 3272 fut. 322, to tumble down, to fall 
tn ruins ; Chald. and Syr. 527, ab; id. 
Pa. to depress, to humiliate. Kindred 
are 3172, Chald. 782, Arab. Lo to con- 
sume away, to perish. The primary idea 
is that of melting, pining away, comp. 
PR2, 37.—Trop. to be brought low, to 
perish ; Ps. 106, 43 p2iz3 "5251. 

ΝΊΡΗ. fut. 772" to tumble down, to fall 
in ruins, 6. g. a frame, frame-work, Ecc. 
10, 18. 

Horn. plur, 5237 a Chaldaizing form 
for 137257, to be brought low, to perish, 
Job 24, 24. 


eri obsol. root; Arab. IK spoken 
of a well, to have little water, to have 


muddy water ; ites ἡ δ᾽ τ a well of 


this sort; iter: a pool with little water. 
Hence 53~2 I. 


PANDID see in nds9 IL. 


565 


2373 


I, 7220 αὶ (r. M22) completion, per- 
Section, once plur. 2 Chr. 4,21 midaa 
ΞΟ perfections of gold, i. e. the most 
perfect, purest gold. 


II. 72379 m. (for 829, τ᾿ 8b2; like 
τη Ps, 9,21 for x79) a fold, sheep» 
fold, Hab. 3,17. Plur. constr. mixd29 
Ps. 50, 9. 78, 70. 


122%) m. (r. 553) perfection, sc. in 
beauty, splendour. Ez. 23, 12 and 38, 4 
>i5a9 935 clothed in perfection, i. e. 
splendidly, gorgeously. 

2292 m. (r. 55>) perfection, se. of 
beauty, Ps. 50, 2. 


72D" m. plur. (τ. >>>) pr. perfee- 
tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer- 
chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez. 
27, 24; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4, 


M259 £ food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11], 
contr. for M25¥2. R. d2x. 


2"292"2 τη. plur. treasures, once Dan. 
11, 43. R. 722 to hide. 


0929 Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, BaD 
1 Sam. 13, 2. 5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, Bava 
Neh. 11. 31, (something hiddden, r:. 
0%2D,) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of” 
Benjamin situated on the east of Beth 
aven, 1 Sam.13,2.5. Gr. Muyyas 1 Mace:. 
9, 73; Mozya Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 6. Still! 
called uw? Mikhméds, two: miles: 
N. E. of Geba, with a deep and difficult. 
ravine between; see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, 1. 
5 sq. 

ΞΖ m. Is. 51,20,and 422 whence: 
plur. 597372 Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter's: 
net. Talmud. id. R. 23 IL. 


maz Is. 19, 8, 6. suff. Ἴ 55:5 (as: 
if from 7733) Hab. 1, 15.16, a net, fish- 
net. R. “33 1]. 


O22 and WAP, see 0222. 


. POI (perh. hiding-place, τ: 23): 
Michmethath, pr. n. of a town on the. 
confines of Ephraim and Manasseh, 
Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7. 


"23229 (what like the liberal’?) for 
“2723 43) Machnadebai, pr. ἢ: τα. Bure 
10, 40, K-29 


322 566 pi 


023°2 m. (r. 023) only in plur. or dual 
constr. "023%, drawers, Vulg. feminalia, 
worn by the Heb. priests in order to 
hide the parts of shame, Ex, 28, 42. 39, 
28. Lev. 6,3. 16, 4. Ez. 44,18. Josephus 
describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7.1: 
διάζωμα περὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα Santor ἐκ βύσσου 
κλωστῆς εἰργνύμενον, ἐμβαινόντων εἰς αὐτὸ 
τῶν ποδῶν ὦ ὡςπερεὶ ἀναξυρφέδας" ἀποτέμνε- 
ται δὲ ὑ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, καὶ τελευτῆσαν ἄχρι τῆς 
λαγόνος περὶ αὐτὴν ἀποσφίγγεται. Comp. 
Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib. 
II. c. 1. p. 345 sq. 


0272 m. (r. OOD, as "22 from ἼΔΏ.) 6. 
suff. pos, a portion, ‘tribute, paid to 
the Lord, San. 31, 28. 37. 38. 39. 40, 41. 


A 


Sept. τέλος, Vulg. pars.—Syr. [mato, 
9 ο — 
Arab. poo census, tax; whence the 
ἐς = ; > 
new verb wo to collect tribute; also 
denom. noun {mss, εξ, publi- 


can.—Contracted 0% q. v. 


G29 fem. of 022 (r.003) 1. num- 
ber, as of persons Ex. 12, 4. Sept. egi- 
Dos. 

2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23. 

022 m. (r. MED) constr. ΠΟΘ, a 
covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26, 14, 
36, 19. Num. 3, 25. al. of Noah’s ark 
Gen. 8, 13. 


M22 τὴ. (pr. part. Pi. τ᾿ MSD) constr. 
ΓΞ. 

l. a covering, coverlet, stragula, Is. 
14, 11; inaship, perh. an awning Ez. 
27,8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18, 

2. the caul, omentum, which covers the 
intestines, Ley. 9,19; fully πὶ ΞΡ ΤΠ 
ΡΟΣ Ex. 99, 13. 22. 

m>p22 (portion, part, lot, r. BD, like 
Eth. CAAAT) Machpeluh, pr. n. of a 
field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah 
was buried, Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50, 
13; “em ΤΩΣ the cave of Machpelah 
Gen. 23,9. 25, 9.—The ancient versions 
render it as an appellative from r. DED 
no. 3; Sept. τὸ σπήλαιον τὸ διπλοῦν, 
Vulg. ‘epélienicn duplex. 


ΓΤ fat. "2%, fo sell, kindr. with 
ὙΠ, ὙΠ II, perh. Arab. κπὸ IH, IV, to 
sell on interest. The primary reot is 
perh. the syllable "3, asin 5721; San- 


ὧς 


ser. kri.—Constr. with ace. of thing Gen. 
25, 31. 37, 28. 36. 47, 20.22. Lev. 27, 30; 
with 72 partit. Lev. 25, 25. With - 
added of pers. to whom, Bev, 25, 27. Joel 
4, 6; or 3 of price Deut. 21, 14. Ps. 44, 
13. Joel 4, 3. Am. 2, 6; or ace. of'place 
whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7.—Spec. 
a) to sell a daughter, i. 6. to give her in 
marriage for a price, "2, Gen. 31, 15. 
Ex. 21, 7. Syr. pato to give in mar- 
riage. b) Of God, to sell a people. 
i.e. to give them over to the power of 
their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44. 15 

yin 53 ἼῺΣ ἼΞΏΏ thou sellest thy people 
for nought. Jude. 2, 14 3a ΘΠΞΏΣ 
tmea& and he sold them into the hant 
of their enemies. 3,8. 4, 2.9. 10,7. 1 Sam. 
12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25 
πέπρακεν ἡμᾶς Feog εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν.---- 
So of a nation, Nah. 3. 4 the beautiful 
harlot, the sorceress, ΤΥ, OWS ΣᾺΣ ΒΓ 
that selleth the nations through her 
whoredoms, i. e. reduces them to slave- 
ry, makes dhivee of them. 

ΝΊΡΗ. "322 1. 10 be sold Lev. 25.34; 
with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 34, 14. 
3235 923 10 be sold for a servant, slave, 
Ps. 105, 17. Esth. 7,4. Trop. see Kal 
lett. b, Is. 50, 1. 52, 3. 

2. to sell oneself for a stave, Lev. 25, 
39. 47. 

Hitup. 1. to be sold, Deut. 28, 68. 

2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, to 
become a slave to the doing of evil, 1 Καὶ. 
21, 20. 25. 2 K. 17, 17. 

Deriv. "732 , "59, "299, M7222, and 


“22 m. c. suff. "732. 1. ware, any 
thing to be sold, Neh. 13, 16. ) 
2. price, value, Num. 20, 19, 


“32 τὰ. (τ. 52) pr. acquaintance ; 
concr. an acquaintance, friend, 2 K. 12, 
6. 8. 


ΓΦ τη. (τ. M723 1) @ pit, Zeph. 2, 9 
mba ΓΞ Ὁ a salt-pit. 


ΓῺ f. (τ. "9D 1, Tsere impure) 
umak λεγόμ. perh. sword, so called as 
piercing; bence Gr. μάχαιρα. Once 
plur. Gen. 49, 5 cammae 02m 723 weap- 
ons of violence are their swords ; Jerome 
arma eorum. Among the Rabbins this 
interpretation is followed by R. Eliezer 
in Pirke Aboth. ¢. 38, στ π ΓΝ 55. aps 
mz j1wba Jacob cursed their swords 


"23 


(i. e. of Levi and Simeon) in the Greck 
tongue.—Another view deserving atten- 
tion is that of L. de Dieu in Critici Sa- 
eri ad ἢ. 1. and of Ludolf in Lex. A&th. 
p- 87, who translate machinations, wick- 
ed devices, comparing Arab. machi- 


natus est, and 4) Z consultavit. "AC 


consilium. The Tsere impure in this 
case would create no difficulty, comp. 
Lehrg. p. 595. 


ὙΠῸ (for M39 price of Jehovah) 
Michri, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 8, 


ID Mecherathite, gentile n. from 


"29, a place otherwise unknown 1 
Chr. 11, 36. 


Siti m, also S82 Lev. 19, 14 (r. 
bwia) plur. ΟΡ ΟΞ, a stumbling-block ; 
Is. 8, 14 bivisn “1S a stone of stum- 
bling. 57, 14. Trop. a) a cause of 
falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3, 
20 “san 3nd Divian “MN? J lay a stum- 
bling-block before him, and he shall die. 
Ez. 18, 30. 44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165. 
b) In a moral sense, cause of offence, 
enticement, incitement to sin, (comp. 
the root Mal. 2, 8,) Ez.7, 19. 14,3 diva 
ἘΣῚΣ their enticements to iniquity, i. e. 
idol-images. c) 35 “2 offence of mind, 
scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31. 


M2GIO f(r. bvD) 1. ruin, ie. a 
state in ruins, Is. 3, 6. 

2. cause of offence, incitement to sin, 
i. q. 21039 lett. b; plur. mi>wz2 of idols, 
Zeph. 1, 3. 


3729 τη. (τ. 553) 1. writing, Ex. 32, 
16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4. 

2. a writing, thing written; hence 
a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36,22. Ezra 
1,1; ἃ prescript, 2 Chr. 35,4. b) a 
letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21,12. 0) a poem, 
psalm, Is. 38,9. Comp. ®m=%. 


ΓΘ { (τ. ΓΏΞ) fracture, a break- 
ing in pieces, Is. 30, 14. 


DMI m. (τ. ἘΞ Niph.) i.q. 293% no. 
2.¢; 3 and Ὁ being often interchanged. 
comp. in 3 lett.c; @ writing, espec. a 
poem, psalm, song, found only in the in- 
scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56-60, comp. 
Is. 38, 9.—Others translate ἘΣΘ as if 
from om> gold, viz. golden psalm, i. e. 
precious, pre-eminent. 


567 


nda 
ono. m. 


Prov. 27, 22. 
2. Prob. socket of a tooth, Judg. 15, 19; 
Lat. mortariolum, Gr. oluisxos. See 
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202. 
3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near 
Jerusalem, prob. so called from its re 
semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11. 


22 see 542. 


᾿ ND, once ΝΘ trans. Esth. 7,5; 
pret. 1 pers. nabs, rarely wiiboht 
Aleph "M32 Job 32, 18, "5 Ez. 28, 16; 
infin. ΠΕΡῚ Lev. 8, 33, τον Ὁ Job 20, 22; 
fut. 82797. 


1, Trans. to fill, to make full. 


5 
G, Syr. W& id. This root prevails 
widely also in the Indo-european lan- 
guages, where however p is put for m, 
as Sanser. plé to fill, Gr. πλέω (πληρής, 
πέμπλημι), πλέος, perh. μάλα very, pr. 
fully, comp. X32 Jer. 12,6; Lat. plere, 
whence implere, ‘complere, plenus; Goth. 
Sulljan, Germ. fiillen, voll, Eng). full, to 
fill. Further, Polish pilny, Bohem. plny. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
abundance, overflow, Germ. tiberfliessen, 
as we may infer from the kindred words 
πλέω, heim to sail, and also φλέω, φλύω, 
fleo, fluo, pluo.—Spec. a) to fill up or 
out an empty space with one’s own bulk 
or abundance, with acc. of place, Gen. 1, 
22 naa HEM “ry ἸΝΘῸ fill the waters 
in the sea. v. 28. 9,1. Ex. 40, 34 "5 aD 
jDan-rx xd2 the glory of Jehovah 
filled the tabernacle, 1 K, 8,10.11. Ez. 
10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 coabuin sxb% fill out 
the shields sc. with your own bodies, put 
on your shields. Ὁ) to fill a place with 
any thing, with two acc. of place and of 
thing ; Ez. 8, 17 ben PrNtry axda 
they fill the land with violence. 28, 16. 
30, 11. Jer. 16,18. 19,4; rarely with 72 
of thitig: Ex. 16, 32. ey Often with the 
aceus. of thing implied, Ex. 32,29 sxbo 

minn> 0237 fill your hand unto Jehovah, 


(r. Ym>) 1. a mortar, 


Arab. 


an with offerings. Esth. 7,5 who is he 


3 ΤΟΣ iad ixdo ἼΩΝ that hath filled 
his heart (se. with boldness, audacity) ἐσ 
do this? i. e. who has dared, presumed, 
to do it? The suffix in sda 1 is pleonas- 
tic, as in Job 29.3; comp. also Eee. 8, 11. 
Acts 2, 5.—Job 3 22 ss rae 


{IVERSITY 


dia 


and fillest thou up the guilt of the wicked, 
i.e. the measure of a wicked man’s sins; 
comp. Gen. 15, 16. 

2. Intrans. to be full, to be filled, Josh. 
3, 15; with acc. of that with which any 
thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 77S MRD 
oan the earth is filled with violence. 
Judg. 16, 27 the house was full ἘΣΤΙ 
of men. Job 32,18 I am full 2752 of 
words. Ps. 10, 7. 26, 10. 33, 6. 48, 11. 
65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With 72 Is. 2, 6.— 
Spec. a) "We: ΠΝ my soul is filled, 
my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven- 
-geance, Ex. 15,9. Ὁ) Of a space of 
time, to be fulfilled or completed ; Gen. 
25, 24 mib> mv ΝΘ ὩΞῚ and her days 
were fulfilled to bring forth, her time to 
‘be delivered was come. 50,3 48337 42 
‘HUM "7 so were completed the days 
of embalming, i i.e. so many days did the 
time of embalming continue, comp. Esth. 
2,12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4. 
6. Lam. 4,18. Jer. 25, 34. Syr. S&%02] 
often of time; comp. πληροῦσϑαι in N. T. 

Nipu. chiefly in the fat. 822", i. q. Kal 
no. 2, to be filled, to be full ; with acc. of 
thing, Gen. 6, 11 02m YANN ΘΠ and 
the earth was filled with violence. Ex. 1, 
7 ODMR YIN NXbam and the land was 
filled with them. ἜΚ. 7, 14. 2 K. 3, 17. 
Also with 12 of thing Ezra 32, 6. Ecc. 
1,8; > Hab. 2, 14.—Spoken of desire, 
to he filled, satisfied, Ecce. 6,7; of a time 
completed Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So 
‘byez δΕ 5155 10 be filled with tron i.e. with 
armour, ᾳ. ἃ. to be fenced wilh armour, 
to be armed, 2 Sam. 23, 7. 

Pret xba, rarely 822 Jer. 51, 34; inf. 
wba and ninbe ; fut. ἈΕῚ, once nbn 
Job 8, 21 ; to fill, ‘to make full, to fill up 
or out. 

1. Constr. with ace. of the place or 
thing filled, i.g. Kalno.1.c. Thus in 
phrases: a) to fill the hand of any one, 
i. 6. give over the priesthood into his 
hand, Ex. 28. 41. 29, 9. Lev. 21, 10. al. 
b) to fill one’s hand to Jehovah, sc. with 
abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29, 5. 2 Chr. 
13, 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29. 
c) Trop. of time, to fulfil, to complete, 
comp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29, 27 complete 
this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39. 2 [5]. 
Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 36,21. ἃ) to fill 
up, to complete, sc. a number; Ex. 23,26 


568 


nda 


I will complete the number of thy days, 
comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18, 27 David 
brought the fareckins ΠΈΣΗ ΠΝ and 
completed them to the king, i. e. gave 
them in full number. 1 K.1, 14 "nxboa 
WIM and I will complete thy words, 
i.e. supply what may be wanting. e) to 


fulfil, to satisfy, 6. g. one’s desire, hun- 
_ ger, ete. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6, 
_ 80; comp. under ΤΡ subst. no.4. The 


opp. is an empty, famished soul Is. 29,8; 
comp. Kalno.2.a. f) to fulfil a promise 
1K. 8,15; a petition Ps. 20,6; a pro- 
phecy 1K.2,27. g) Joined with ano- 
ther verb it has an adverbial force, fully, 
i. e. strongly, much, ete. Jer. 4, 5 δ 
nba cry fully, “cloud Sortiter, as Vulg. 


walk Comp. Arab. μἑ! eas Mus 


to look fully at any one, MG; Att 
to do fully. So in elliptical construc- 
tions, the other verb being suppressed, 
NYE Xba to fully bend the bow, for 
nent πο nba, Zech. 9, 13; comp. 
o-¢o ἘἜ-.Ξ oa. 
Arab. ον» τ ᾧ Ss, fally ESAT Wut 
ων» Ὁ} 3, Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176, 
355. Syr. [Awd fhe. Also™ “ny Nba, 
for ™ ΠΝ ΞΕ ΝΡ, to ‘follow God 
fully, to yield him fall abediceme, Num. 
14, 24. 32,11. 12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14, 
8. 9. 14. 1 K. 11, 6. al. sep. 

2. With acc. of that with which one 
fills any thing, to fill up, e. g. libations. 
Is. 65, 11 HOO "235 ΝΡ they fill 
up libations to fortune, i.e. they fill the 
goblets with libations in honour of good 
fortune. So 07238 ΝΞ to fill in gems, 
i. 6. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex. 
28, 17. 31, 5. 35,33. Once absol. 1 Chr. 


1 12,15 προ ΣΣ ΕΣ xsn} and (Jor- 


dan) (filled up toall its banks, i.e. ran with 
full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. TL. p- 262. 

3. With two ace. of the thing filled 
and that with which it is filled, see Kal 
no. 1.b. Ex. 35,35 s>-m2at ork Nb he 
hath filled them with wisdom of mind. 
Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is. 33, δ. al. More rare- 
ly with 72 of the thing with which, Ps, 
127, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Lev. 9.17. Also with 
2 in the phrase MOPS ὕπο ΝΕ to fill the 
hand with the bow, i.e. to fully draw the 
bow, 2 K. 9, 24; comp. in no. 1. g. 


nda 


Pua Part. o°x>22 filled, set, with 
gems inserted, c. 3 Cant. δ, 14. Comp. 
Pi. no. 2. 

Ηττηρ. pr. to fill out each other mutu- 
ally, i.e. to stand by each other, and each 
fill out what others lack ; hence with >> 
to stand together against any one, to as- 
sail together, Job 16, 10. 

Deriv. shoots, xibo, mxbo, and 
pr. names nba, nbat. 


85° Chald. to fill, Dan. 2, 35. Irnr. 
pass. Dan. 3, 19. 


N22 m. ΤΙΝ 5 fem. A) Adj. verbal: 

1. Trans. filling, with ace. of place, 
Is, 6, 1 9 ΠΠ OND 7290 his train 
was filling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24. 
Comp. the verb 852 Kal no. J. a. 

2. Intrans. full. filled, as δὲ 5 502 the 
full money, i. 6. fall price, value, Gen. 23, 
9. 1 Chr, 21, 22. 24. With acc. Deut. 6, 
11 3289 ὈΠΝΘῸ OMS houses filled with 
all good things. 34,9. Is. 51, 20; with 
genit. Jer. 6,11 5°92 832 full of days, 
advanced in age. Is. 1,21; once with 
dat. pleonast. #5 ΤΣ Am. 2,13. Soa 
_ fuli wind is strong, vehement ; Jer. 4, 12 
᾿ by xbo mn a wind stronger than for 
these, i.e. ‘than is necessary for winnow- 
ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant, 
Kee. 11, 5. 

B) Subst. fidness, Ps. 73, 10 xda 2 
waters of fulness. i. e. fall, abundant. 

C) Adv. fully, i.e. in full number, 
Nah. 1, 10. Jer. 12,6. Comp. Thesaur. 
p. 788. 


8579 m. also 8192, once 198 Ez. 41, 
8. R.xbo. 

1. fulness, i.e. that which fills, or with 
which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6, 
3 ὙΤῚ29 yb. Nba the fulness of the 
whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole 
earth is full of his glory. 8,8. So m5 

N50" the sea and its fulness Ps. 96, il. 
98, 7. Is. 42,10; mNDda9 PIS the earth 
and ils fulness Ps. 24, 1. Is. 34,1. Jer. 8, 
16. Mic. 1, 2; ΠΝ ΡῸΝ bam Ps. 50, 12. 89, 
12; mds a) Am.6.8.—With a gen. of 
space or measure ; often best expressed 
in English by the eyllable full appended; 
as C3725" Nba your hands (fists) full, 
handfuls, Ἔχ: 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12; ‘sap "2 
his handful Lev.5,12; v2 be an omer- 
full Ex. 16, 33; nara Nba @ censer- 
Suli Lev. 16, 12. So too in measures of 
48* 


569 


nda 


length, το be the fulness of a reed, 
i.e. a full “reed, Ez. 41,8; dann xbe a 
Sfull line 2 Sam. 8,2; invip ube the ful- 
ness of his peer’ at full length, 1 Sam. 


28, 20.—Arab. , eke, fulness, that 
which fills; CaS Su handful ; Syr. 


se th πρὸς ὥραν a moment, Gal. 2, 5. 
—The thing so measured, as after other 
words of measure, is put in the accus. 
Heb. Gr. § 116. 35 50 map ὯΞ δἰ 5 a 
handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12; been εἴθ 
5 ἃ bowl-full of water Inte. 6, 38; so 
Num. 22, 18. But Ecce. 4, 6 better a 
handful with quiet, than both hands 
Suli with travail. 

2. a multitude, company. Ser 48, 19 


pris Nba. Is. 31, 4.—Arab. NG ia. 


mya f. (r. 852) fulness, abundance, 
spoken espec. of that portion of the corn 
and wine which was to be offered to 
Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the 
lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel- 
ites, that such things only were required 
of them as they possessed in abumdance. 
of grain, Ex. 22, 28 AeaT} N22, Sept. 
ἀπαρχὺς ἅλωνος καὶ ληνοῦ. Deut. 22, 9 
DIM Mxtans... SM ΓΙ ΘΙ; see Heb. 
Gr. § 116. 3. “Of vine, Num. 18, 27 
ΞΡ ΓΙ 2. ΤΙΝ ΒῺΞ as the abundance of the 
wine-press, ‘Sept. ἀφαίρεμα ἀπὸ ληνοῦ. 


medi f. filling, i. 6. setting of gems, 
Ex. 28. ἘΠ Plur. mixba v. 20. 39, 13. 
See r. 8b no. 2. 


mx m. plur. also ΝΡ Lev. 7, 
37. 1 Chr. 29,2. ΕΒ. xo. 

1. consecration to the priest’s office, 
pr. the delivering over of the office ; 
Lev. 8, 33. Ex. 29, 22. 26. 27.—Meton. 
the sacrifice of consecration (comp. DXBM 
sin and sacrifice for sim) Lev. 7, 37. 8, 
28. 31. 

2. ig. MNbO a setting of gems, Ex. 


25, 7. 35,9. 1 Chr. 29, 2. 
qe" m. (τ. 78>) constr. 5852, ὁ. 
suff. ΝΒ ; plur. 0°28>2, constr. 


72452. 

1. one sent, a messenger, e. g. from 
private persons Job 1, 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3. 
2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5, 10; also ΑΝ 
a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11. 14,20. 1 
K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al. 


ἈΝ 


2. Spec. a messenger of God, viz. 
a) an angel ; Syr. ἔπ}, Arab. 


Sse 

So, Eth. PAA, id. Fully yxb2 
min? Gen. 16, 9. 10. 11. Ex. 3, 2. Judg. 
2,1. 4. al. more rarely o°7>x Ὁ Gen. 
21, 17. Ex. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 14, 7. al. but 
also κατ ἐξοχήν simply ὭΝΘ an angel, 
38220 the angel, Gen. 48, 16. Ex. 23, 20. 
33, 2. 1 K. 19, 5. 1 Chr. ‘21, 9. Hos. 12, 
5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33, 23 7722 2, 
see inr. γε Hiph. τυ 2 ‘2 the ates 
destroying, sent from God to destroy, 
2 Sam. 24, 16.—To angels there is at- 
tributed, when they appear on earth, a 
human form, Gen. 18, 2. Judg. 13, 15. 
20; but more august and sublime, 2 
Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8. 15. 16. 10, 5. 6; 
without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9, 
21 see in r. 53"); in habiliments like 
the sacerdotal costume, Dan. 10, 5. 12, 
5.6; and of the moral virtues there is 
ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam. 
14, 20. 19, 28; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17; 
clemency 1 Sam. 29,9; integrity, though 
not wholly free from imperfection, Job 
‘4,18. 15,15. The office of angels is to 
-assist God in the government of the 
world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen- 
:gers to execute his will and his decrees. 
By their agency are wrought the phe- 
‘nomena of nature, Ps. 104, 4; it is their 
‘office to protect the righteous from dan- 
‘ger, and save them from destruction, 
‘Gen. 24, 7. 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33, 2. 1 K. 
19, δ. Ps. 34, 8. 91,12; to plead their 
cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33, 23. Dan. 
10, 13. 21. 12. 1; to bear the divine 
commands and revelations to men, Judg. 
13, 3 sq. Dan, 9, 21; and on the other 
‘hand to execute the divine judgments, 
and bring punishment upon the guilty, 
Is. 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps. 35, 5. 6. 78. 
49. See on the angelology of the O. T. 
‘von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq. 
Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq. 
Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth. 
Sacra, 1843, p. 88 sq¢.— Sometimes the 
same divine appearance, which at one 
time is called min" F822, is afterwards 
called simply M357, as Gen. 16, 7 sq. 
comp. v. 13; 22, 11 comp. 12; 31, 11 
‘comp. 16; Ex. 3, 2 comp. 4; Judg. 6, 
14 comp. 22; 13, 18 comp. 22. This is 
ito be so understood, that the angel of 


57 


0 noi 
God is here nothing else than the invi- 
sible deity itself. which thus unveils it- 
self to mortal eyes; see J. H. Michaelis 
de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702, Tholuck 
Comment. zum Ev. Johannis ο. 1, 1. p. 
52. Ed. 6. 1844. Hence oriental trans- 
lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the © 
Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah 
himself is said to appear on earth, al- 
ways put for the name of God the angel 
of God. 

b) α prophet, Hagg. 1, 13. Mal. 3, 1; 
perh. Judg. 2, 1. 

6) a priest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mal. 2, 7. 

d) Once of the people of Israel, as the 
messenger of God and teacher of the 
nations, Is. 42, 19. 


ἸΝ 3 Chald. an angel, c. suff. H2R>2 
Dan. 3, 28. 6, 23, 


MIND f(r. 8), by Syriasm for 
naxba. .) constr. raxba, c. suff. FINI ; 
plur. constr. ΕΣ 1 Chr. 28, 19. 

1. ministry, service, pr. on which one 
is sent ; then work, labour, business ; 
Sept. ἔργον, ἐργασία. Ex. 20, 10 xd 
m2xbQ->2 ΠΈΣΩ thou shalt not do any 
work. 12, 16. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16, 
29. Num. 4, 3. Deut. 5, 14. al. More 
fully Lev. 23, 78> ΠῚΞΣ roxbo-ba 
ἜΣ ye shall dono work of labour, no 
servile work ; Sept. πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν 
ov ποιήσετε. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18. 25. 
26. 29, 1.12. So nin nox59 work of 
the field, tillage, 1Chr. 27, 26. Ps, 107, 23 
pray ὉΤῺΞ ΠΡ ΝΡ "WP they that do bust 
ness on the great waters, i. e. sailors, 
merchants, who follow business on the 
sea.—Spec. a) work. labour of an ar- 
tisan, chiefly of an architect or others 
employed in building, Ex. 31, 3. 5, 14. 
Jer. 18,3; oan ‘2 work of the artificer 
Ex. 35. 35; noNban “b> the doers of 
the work, the workmen, Ex. 36, 8. 2 K. 
12, 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3, 9. Neh. 11, 12; 
comp. Hagg. 1. 14. naxbyn by nex 
the overseer of the works i K. 5,30 [16]. 
"a ma raxb2 work upon the house of 
Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3, 8. Neh. 
10,34. Ὁ) business of the public, of the 
king. ete. m=xbo nes lo do the king’s 
business Dan. 8, 27; ‘an ΤΩΣ one doing 
the public desainiat, expec. a questor, 
procurator in fiscal matters, Esth, 3, 9. 
9, 3. Neh. 2, 16; Vulg. arcarius, So 


nd 


7237 ὈΞΝΡῸ “Ib 1 Chr. 29, 65 comp. 
πρᾶγμα τοῦ βασιλέως 2 Mace. 3,8. Fes- 
selii Adv. Sacra lib. Le. 1. 6) service, 
ministry, of the Levites, 1 Chr. 9, 13. 
28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24,12.  d) work of 
God, e. g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2; 
so of divine judgments, like ™ ny>a, 
Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God’s works Ps. 
73, 28. 

2. work sc. as wrought, thing done 
or made, Ex. 13, 3. 5, "ΣΡ maxba a 
work of skin, made of skin, Lev. 13, 48. 

3. That which is acquired by work, 
labour, business, as goods, substance, 
property, 2 Chr. 17, 13. Spec. house- 
hold goods, stuff, Ex, 22,7. 10; cattle, 
herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 
15.9; comp. ΓΙ. 


PADI, f. constr. MiaNb2, a message, 
Hagg. 1, 13. From 9x32. 


"28212 (apoe. for m2x59 messenger 
of Jehovah, comp. 38 for m=99%,) Ma- 
lachi, pr. n. of the latest prophet of the 
O. T. Mal. 1,1. Sept. Muduzias, Vulg. 
Malachias. . 


ANDO Γ (τ. δ 5) fulness, se. of wa- 
ters; coner. full streams. Cant. 5, 12 
his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa- 
ters, washed with milk, τὰ Ὁ ἘΣ nist 
sitting in fulness, i. e. by full streams. 
Sept. Alex. Ald. ἐπὲ πληρώματα ὑδάτων, 
Vulg. super fluenta plenissima.—Others, 
not unaptly, i. α. ΞΘ, @ setting, bezel 
of a ring, so that the eyes are compared 
to a gem filling the socket of a ring; 
though mi38" cannot so well be refer- 
red to the eyes. 

W722 τὰ. (τ. tad) a garment, vest- 
ment, i. q. 8332, 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13. 
Zeph. 1, 8; collect. raiment Job 27, 16. 
Plur. ΘΗ: 1 K. 10,5. 2 Chr. 9, 4. 
Is. 63, 3. , 

722 m. (denom. fr. 22> brick,) ἃ 
brick-kiln, place where bricks are made, 


Jer. 43, 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously 
written }2>2 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth. 


m0 ἢ (τ. 559) ὁ. suff. "nba; plur. 
ΠΡ. ὙΠ, see below. 

1. a word, i. q. "33, only poetic, 2 
Sam. 23, 2. Ps. 139, 4, Chald. and Syr. 
fads, Zab. |2.1%, word, thing, cause. 
—Often in plur. 5°>9 and more freq. 


571 


Deipnos. IV. 16. 


bye 


wba (Syr. od) words, but excepting 
Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the 
book of Job ; as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 ws ox 
"3370 972 if thou hast words, answer 
me, 36,2 cba ΠΡ Tid there are yet 
words to God, God has yet wherewith 
to answer. 4, 4. 8, 10.'12, 11. al. 

2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13, 
17. 21,2. 24, 25. 29,22. Plur. discourses 
Job 32, 11.—Meton. object of discourse 
or of talk, q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30 
9 ΠΡ» on? ὙΠῸ). 

m2 Chald. f£ Dan. 2, 9; emphat. 
ΩΣ, once ΠΡ Dan. 2,5; Plur. 7°33, 
emphat. 8°29; i. q. Heb. 

1, a word, Dan. 4, 28; spec. command 
Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25. 

2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9, 10. 

3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5. 8. 15. 17. 
Comp. Heb. "33. 


279, N12, see Nba. 
BrN737, see owby. 


sida τη. (r. 85%) a mound, rampart, 
so called as filled in with stones and 
earth; hence fortress, castle. Chald. 
xmt59, NMDA, RMDD, Nd72.—Spec. 

a) A part of the citadel of Jerusalem, 
prob. the rampart, intrenchment, 2 Sam. 
5,9. 1K. 9, 15. 24. 11, 27. 8 Chr. 11, 8. 
2 Chr. 32,5. Sept. thrice ἄκρα. Targ, 
ΝΗΡ, ΝΒ, vallum. See Lightfoot 
Opp. II. p. 189. Hamelsveld Bibl. Geogr. 
II. 46 sq.—The same with 8°52; or a 
part of it, is prob. also δὲ Θ᾽ m3, where 
Joash was killed, 2 K. 12, 21. 

b) A fortress in Shechem ; Judg. 9,6 
xibg mea ba} paw “bea-b> all the men 
of Shechem and all that dwelt in the 
castle ; also v. 20 bis. 


ΤΡ m. (denom. fr. 752 salt,) Gr. 
thos, atripler halimus Linn. orach, 
sea-pursiain, a marine plant, the buds 
and leaves of which were eaten by the 
poor both raw and boiled, Job 30, 4. 
Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Germ. salad, 
salade, Salat, pr. salt-plant.—Athen. 
See Abenbitar in 
Bochart Hieroz. T. 1. p. 873 sq. The- 
saur. p.791. 


Εν, (reigning, r. {22 ; or i. ᾳ. Syr. 
y*% counseilor,) Malluch, pr. n. τὴν 
a) 1 Chr. 6, 29 [44]. Ὁ) Neh. 10 5 


by 


12,2. Called also "3550 Malluchi Neh. 
12, 14 Cheth. where Keri 13952 Melicu. 
9) Ezra 10,29. d) Neh. 10, 28. 


ἀπε" [450 m2 1 Sam. 10, 25 
(r. 5b) a kingdom, i Sam. 10, 16. 11, 
14. 1 K.2,15.22.al. Often in the ant. 
6. g. nstbun "2% the royal diadem Is. 
62, 3; Ma1>aN WD the royal city 2 Sam. 
12, 26; nosban xoD the royal throne 
1K. 1, “46 ; “notban 5. the seed’ royal, 
royal line, Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1,3; mee 
M2559 to dda the Kinirdont: to 
reign, 1 K. 21,7. Of Jehovah’s king- 
dom, Ps. 22, 99. Obad. 21. 


"299% see ΠΡ b. 


7122 m. (τ. 315) pr. place where trav- 
ellers lodge, either in the open air or 
under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara- 
vanserai, Gen. 42, 27. 43, 21. Ex. 4, 24. 
Of an encampment of troops for the 
night, Is. 10, 29. 


mz" fem. of the preced. a lodge, hut, 
of the keeper of a garden or vineyard, 
15. 1.8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock, 
suspended from trees, in which trave!- 
lers and also the keepers of gardens and 
vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts, 
Ts. 24, 20. Arab. and Aram. Jt; 


thes, xbins. See Buxtorf’s cetea 
Chald. h. v. Niebuhr’s yr ig p. 158 
Germ. 


ake nb" prob. i. q. M12 (r being 
softened to 1), to rub in pieces, to pul- 
verize. Once in 
Nipn. to be rubbed small, to vanish in 
dust. Is. 51, 6 3M3%2 253 Ov "D for 
the heavens like smoke shall vanish away, 
be dispelled; parall. "32m 7222 ὙΠ 
the earth like a garment ‘shall waz old. 
Hence it appears that there lies a simi- 
lar power in the two roots ΓΙ and m>3, 
whence =°m>2 (see M23 II) "and obs 
old clothes. But it also marks a distinc- 
tion between the two roots, that M27 is 
here referred to smoke, and M>3 to a 
garment; so that the former seems to 
imply a vanishing away as fine dust, 
Germ. zerstieben, i. e. the being dis- 
pelled as dust or smoke. 


Il. "22 denom. from A>» salt, to salt, 


to season with salt, baa ‘Lev. 2, 13. 
Syr. Arab. Ethiop. id. 


572 


mon 
Pua. pass. Ex. 30, 35. 
Horn. 429%, inf. absol. mba, to be 
salted, i. e. touched or sprinkled with 
salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16,4. Je- 
rome in ἢ. 1. “tenera infantium corpora 
. .solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi, 


ut sicciora sint et restringantur.”” Galen 
de Sanit. I. 7. 


vi ΤΙ, in pause also τ Gen. 14, 
8, salt; Chald. mb, Syr. taSss, Arab. 


ο 


o 


If an etymology be sought, M22 


salt may be something rubbed small, 
pulverized, from r. M>2 1; comp. Syr. 
yr to preserve in salt and spices, with 


ἴξξασο contritum, and r. y? contrivit.— | 
Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. mm Ἐπ the Salt sea, 
i.e. the Dead sea, the waters of which 
are very strongly impregnated with salt, 
and deposit it in the low places along 
the shores, especially in the southern 
part (Ez. 47, 11. Zeph. 2,9); Gen. 14, 
3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3,17. Josh. 3, 16. 
18.19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. 
pp. 223-26. mb 85 the valley of salt, see 
art. 875 lett. d. mbar "ΠΣ the city of salt, 
see in "3 no. 1. aa.—Also m3 na a 
covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, 5, i. 6. a 
league for ever sacred and inviolable, 
whence ἘΡῚΡ mba ma Num, 18, 19. 
This formula arose. from the circum- 
stance, that salt as preserving from de- 
cay is a symbol of duration and perpe- 
tuity, see Philo Opp. IL p. 225; and 
hence the Arabs are said by some to eat 
bread and salt together in making a 
covenant; Steph. Schulz V. p. 246. At 
any rate they have the phrase Luis 

there is salt between us, i. 6. a 


covenant; whence lexicographers ex- 


plain , ἃ , by covenant, oath, 


But see also the conjecture of Lee in 
mena no.1. Hence we may understand 
why the offerings of the Hebrews were 
to be seasoned with salt, asin Lev. 2, 13 
FNM dso FTN MM mba matin ἐδ: 
nor shalt thou let lack the salt of the cove- 
nant of thy God from thy offering, i. 6. 
the offerings are to be seasoned with 
salt, because salt is the symbol of the 
perpetual covenant between God and 
Israel, which he thus daily renews and 


nds 


confirms. With other nations, too, salt 
was a symbol of friendship, and was 
added to their sacrifices; see Syke’s 
Essay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol. 
ad Lev. 2, 13.—Further, Gen. 19, 26 
m2 3°x2 a pillar of salt, i. e. statue of 
fossil salt, bearing the appearance of a 
pillar or cippus; see, for the fossil salt 
at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the 
legends of the Arabs respecting Lot’s 
wife, see ibid. p. 589. 
Deriv. M29 II, MP2, ΠΡ, maby. 


II. 729 only in ρίαν. pmbe, old 
clothes, worn out garments, Jer. 38, 11. 
12. R. ne 1.q.v. 


M2") Chald. salt, Ezra 4, 14. 


M29 Chald. (denom. fr. subst. mb) fo 
eat salt; Ezra 4, 14 because we have eaten 
the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser- 
vants of the king, have our maintenance 
from him. Syr. wa dSoZf to take salt 
with one, to eat at his table. Arab. 

Lc to eat with one. Comp. ‘men of 


thy bread’ Obad. 7. So with the Per- 
sians and Hindoos to eat one’s salt is 
said of servants who are fed by their 
masters; see Rosenm. Morgenl. no. 688. 


no m. @ seaman, mariner, Ez, 27, 


9. 27. 29. Jon. 1,5. Arab. cm. Syr. 


O,° F 


bucsso id.—It is a denom. of the form 

dup, from ΓΒ in the signif. sea, like 

Gr. ἡ wdc, Lat. ‘sal, put poet. for the sea, 

whence ἁλιεύς seaman; comp. Arab. 
i oa salt sea, the ocean. 


ΤΙ f. (denom. fr. m>2) a land of 
sall, and therefore barren, a desert, Job 
39, 6. Ps. 107, 34; fully ΠΡ yw Jer. 
17, 6. Comp. Ecclus. 39,30. So Virg. 
Georg. 2. 238 ‘Salsa tellus—frugibus 
infelix.’ Plin. H. N. 31. 7. 


M222 £ once M92 1 Sam. 13, 
22, ¢. ἀμ; reas plur. ‘Pionba, constr. 
niunbs. = no. 2. 

1. Asa ata noun, warring, fight- 
ing, i.e. the act, Is. 7, 1723 M2223 to 
war against it (the sity), to besiege it. 
Hence fight, battle, Ex. 13, 17. Job 39, 
25. Is. 28,6. Ecc. 9,11. mambo 422 see 


573 


<p) 
8 ς 
in 322 πο. 1. ἃ. Arab. RAS 2 battle, 
overthrow. 

2. war; so Mamba ΓῊΘΣ [0 make war 
Prov. 20, 18; 83 with any one Deut. 20, 
12. 20; MX (MR) id. Gen. 14,2. nom 
3's thete bie ὡὰν ΩΝ 19K: 21, 203 
ΠῚ 372 between—and, 11Κ.14. 30. 15,6.7. 
ramhz> xx see in NX> lett. b. ‘ab πρπ 
id. 1K, 22,4, “2 wap see in O7p Piel 
no. 3.—Hence manda wy, plur. “a We, 
a man of war, warrior, Num. 31, 28. τῳ 
3,2. Joel 2,7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet. of Je- 
hovah Ex. 15,3; comp. “2 "23 of the 
same Ps. 24,8. Also minm>o ox id. 
1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42,13. So with genit. of 
the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 miand9 ON 
“wh. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too "ΩΤ Ὁ m2 
the house of my war, i.e. with which I 
wage war, 2 Chr. 35,21. “2 ἘΦ people 
of war, troops, Josh. 8,11. 11,7; Ὁ ἈΞ 
id. Is. 13,4. Also “2 "32 weapons 
war, see in "5D no. 5; and so poet. 
mand id. Ps. 76, 4, 


᾿ ob πὶ in Kal not used, pr. to smooth, 
to smooth over, as in Arabic ; then in- 
trans. to be smooth, slippery ; and hence 
trop. to slip away, to escape, i.q. 022. 
yt. -ASs%o to smooth over; Arab. tue 


to smooth over a wall with mortar 
(whence 952), to shave the head; Lae 


to be smooth, to be without hair; then 
Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the fetus. 
Kindr. are 77> to be smooth, yale id. 
V, VII, to escape, yao to be smooth, 


jhe to escape, eke to smooth, to 
soften; ie Δ tender, soft, comp. 


Gr. μέλδω, Germ. and Engl. mild ; also 
with the third radical a guttural or pa- 


latal (ge to smooth, pote ΠῚ to ca- 


ress, to flatter, Gr. μαλακός, ἀμέλγω, μέλι, 

Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. The mid. radical 

being hardened, we have 272 q. v. 
Pre. vba Ece. 9, 15, in pause ὩΞΏ, 


fat. cho", to let slip away, i. 6. 


1. to let escape, to save from danger, to 
deliver, with acc. of pers. Job 22. 30. 29,12. 
Jer. 39,18; ace. of thing 2 K. 23, 18. 
Ece. 9, 15. Ts. 46, 2. So’ te: tbe to 
save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19,6. Ps. 
116.4; ip» oda id. 1 Sam. 19. 11. Jer... 
48, 6. Ez. 33, 5. Am. 2, 14.15. Once with 


ob ; 


2 of thing partitively (see 3 A. 2. Ὁ); 
Job 20, 20 uba7 Xb SHaena he shall not 
save πὰ among his delights. Some- 
times with 272 from the hand or power 
of any one Job 6, 23. Ps. 89,49; 22 2 
Sam. 19,10; 12 Ps. 107,20. Absol. Ps. 
33, 17. Is. 46, 4, 

2, to lay eggs, Is. 34, Wis comp. in Kal 


and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. τς fetus. 


Hieg. 1. i.q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de- 
liver, Is. 31, 5. 

2. to bring forth, as a woman, 6. acc. 
Is. 66, 7. Comp. Piel no. 2. 

Nieu. 1. to be delivered from danger, 
to be saved, Ps. 22,6. Job 22, 30. Prov. 
11,21. Ez. 17,15. Oftener reflex. to de- 
liver oneself, to escape ; with 372 1 Sam. 
27,1. Jer. 34, 3. 38,23; sara 1K. 19, 
17; 72 Ecc. 7,26; also with 72 of plade 
whence, 1 Slam 23, 13. 2Sam. 1, 3; acc. 
of place whither ω 37, 38 ; vith τ loc. 
Gen. 19,17. Judg. 3,26. Absol. Ps. 124, 
7. 1 Sam, 30,17. Coupled with ΓΞ to 
flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18. 

2. to hasten away, without the idea 
of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. no. 1; Job 19, 20 
ἘΦ ἜΣΘ nubonss Jam (eodree) escaped 
with the shin of my teeth, proverbially 
for ‘there is no soutidiioge left in all 
my body.” The Arabs have a similar 
proverb, χαυΐ ls he escaped with his 
head, i. 6. just saved his life, Vit. Tim. 1. 
180.—Poet. of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ὭΡῸ m. mortar, cement, from smear- 
ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43, 9; see 
the Arabic usage in r. 032 Kal._—Arab. 


bw, Syr. Ris, id. Comp.also Gr. 
paddy, Lat. maltha, Ital. malta. 
mn. (whom Jehovah delivers) Me- 
latiah, pr. ἡ. m. Neh. 3,7. R. v3. 
12°272 see 77% lett. b. 
nD f. (τ. 52 11} an ear of grain, 


pr. an ear cut off; once Deut. 23, 26. 
Comp. Job 24, 24, ~ 


MEN £ (r. ΥῊΣ) 1. Pr. interpreta- 
tion; meton. what, needs interpretation, 
an enigma, obscure maxim, aphorism, 
Prov. 1,6. Sept. σκοτεινὸς λύγος. 

2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6. 


574 


>a 


. 72", fut. 22", inf. c. suff. i5>2, 

1. to reign, tobe king. Eth. PAN 
id. Arab. SULe to possess, to reign; 
Syr. to consult; Chald. and Samar. to 
consult, to reign. So in other languages 
the words for consulting, judging, and 
reigning, are the same; comp. Lat. con- 
sul, and Germ. rathen, Anglosax. redan 
and Swed. rada to command.—Constr. 
with 2 of persons and people Gen. 37, 
8. 1 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 6,1; or of a land 
2K. 11, 3; rarely with 3 1K. 11, 37. 
2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with 3 of the 
royal seat, or residence, where the king 
dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21. 
Judg. 4, 2. al. sep. With an ace. of 
time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2 K. 
10, 36. 12,2. Absol. as tobe} mynd mwa 
in the piglet year of his reign 2K. 24, 
12. 25, 1. Esth. 1, 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93,1. 
96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah: Ps. Il. ce. 
Ex. 15, 18. Mic. 4, 7. Of the rule of the 
wicked Job 34, 30. 

2. to begin to reign, to be made king, 
2 Sam. 15, 10. 16,8. 1K. 1, 11. 13. 22, 
41. 2K. 9,13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Ishbosheth 
was forty years old 13322 when he began 
to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23. 
29; 2 K. 3, 1. 

Nipn. recipr. to consult, to take coun- 
sel, Neh. 5,7. Comp. the Syriae and 
Chald. usage in Kal above. 

Hipu. to make king, to constitute as 
king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr, 
11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 Καὶ. 
23, 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah 
1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3,7; constr. usually 
with the accus. rarely the dat. ‘to give 
the kingdom to any one,’ 1 Chr. 29, 22. 
Sometimes with 43% pleonast. 1 Sam. 
12, 1. Is. 7,63; ΡῈ. Judg. 9, 6. 1 Sam. 
15,11. With by of the people over whom 
2 Sam. 2,9. 1 Chr. 28,4; 58 2 Sam. 2, 
9; b 1 Sam. 8, 22. Absol. Hos. 8, 4. 

Hora! pass. ol’ Hiph. Dan. 9, 1. 

Deriv. 359, M2>%92, M9354, and the 
nineteen here iMowing (except mi2>2). 


ἸῺ m. in pause also Fez, c.suff. "559 ; 
plur. 5°32, once 77229 Prov. 31, 3, and 
with Sas later lection}s ἘΠΞΝΡῸ, 3 Sam. 


11, 1, constr. "25%. 
1. a king, Arab. AAn, Ms, rarely 


§ - ρ ν 
sha; Syr. beds id. Ethiop. PA, 


abs) 


moderator. Coupled often witha gen. 
of people or country, as myn 732, 
bytes Ὁ, omsd Ὁ, Wty Ὁ, ban 2, 
etc. But “20, s2ba, my or his hide, 
i. 6. Jehovah's king, the king of Israel 
constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2, 6. 18, 51. 
Where the king of any people is spoken 
of κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the article is often prefixed 
2S, ὃ βασιλεύς, 6. g. ἼΞΏΓΙ "M7 long live 
the king ! 1 Sam. 10, 24; also in poetry 
Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6. 12. Cant. 1,4. 3,9; but 
not seldom the art. is omitted in such 
case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K. 
21, 10. 13. Is. 32, 1. Prov. 24,21. Ps. 21, 
2. 45,2. 16. 61,7. In Ps. 72,1 929773 
the son of a king is said by way of honour 
for a king descended from kings, parall. 
with 12% in the preced. clause, opp. to 
one of ignoble birth or without royal 
ancestors; comp. βασιλεὺς ἐκ βασιλέων 
Xen. Agesil. 1.2. Comp. also in the title 
of the modern kings of Persia the phrase 


Labatt ops cyl the Sultan 
son of the Sulian.—As in the East infe- 
rior princes and likewise the viceroys 
and satraps of powerful monarchs were 
often dignified with the title of kings, 
(comp. Is. 10, 8 are not my princes alto- 
gether kings?) so the great sovereigns 
of Asia took loftier titles, viz. «) ΠΣ 
binant the great king, put xat ἐξοχήν for 
the king of Assyria, Is. 36,4. So the 
king of Persia in the arrow-headed in- 
scriptions, see Lassen die Altpers. Keil- 
inschr. 4. 140, 146, 165, 174; and also 
among the Greeks, μέγας βασιλεύς, ὃ Ba- 
σιλεὺς ὃ μέγας, Aristoph, Plut. 170. Plat. 
Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. Ὁ. So 
too the emperor of Germany by Syrian 
writers of the middle ages, Los Lasse 
Barhebr. 334. 8) 07353 533 king of 
kings, so the king of Babylon Ez. 26, 
7, and Chald. x?25% 922 Dan. 2, 87) 
also the king of Persia, Ezra 7,12 Chald. 
So too the king of Persia in the arrow- 
headed inscriptions, Syr. ΤΟ ys 
Barhebr. Gr. βασιλεὺς βασιλέων, see Bris- 
son de regio Persarum prince. §3. See 
also Lassen 1. c. Thesaur. p. 794— 
Plur. Ξ 35 kings is sometimes put for 
foreign and therefore hostile kings, Ps. 
2, 10. 68, 15. 30. 110, 5; i. 4. BNA "539 
Is. 14, 9, 18. 

Trop. the title ofkingis applied: a) 


575 


es 


To Jehovah, as king both of the whole 
nation of Israel (3727 “Ὁ Is. 41, 21,2 
dx7y7 44, 6), and of each individeals 
Deut. 33, 5 723 173 ὑπο} and he 
was king in Jeshurun i.e. Israel. Ps. 
5, 3. 10, 16. 29, 10. 44, δ. 98, 6. 145, 1, 
Is. 33, 22. 43, 15. 1 Sam. 12, 12. al. Bo 
with art. ΠΣ. the king Jer. 46, 18. 48, 
15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epr- 
thets, 51 732 Ps. 48, 3; isan Ὃ 24, 
7-10; τῆν 5 shen Is. 6, 5. So Eth. 
and Arabi of God. b) To idols, in the 
language of their worshippers, Is. 8, 21, 
Am. 5, 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. ἄναξ, 
βασιλεύς, Hom. Il. γί 351. πί 333; ὁ) 
To animals, 6. g. the crocodile Job 41, 
26 [34]; of locusts, Prov. 30,27. Here 
it is put for chief, leader ; since kings 
are often introduced as the chiefs and 
leaders of armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29, 
25. 

2. Melech, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 
41. Also with the art. 323m Jer. 36, 
26. 38, 6. 


329 Chald. m. emphat. xz>2, plur. 
77259 (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2, 21. 
47. al. and by Hebraism 5132 Ezra 4, 
13, emphat. 825% Dan. 2, 44; a king 
Ezra 5, 6. 7. Ὁ. 3. 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46. 4 
15. For the king cat ἐξοχήν, caplet 
x>>n Dan. 2,5 sq. 3.2sq. Also 427 
xt3>2 king of kings, spoken of the king 
of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia 
Ezra 7,12; see akemia't in Heb. 92% 1. β. 
Dan. 4, 34 [37] Nov 7272 the king of 
heaven i. e. Jehovah.—Dan. 7, 17 four 
kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod. 
and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24; so 8, 21, 
comp. v. 20. 22. - 


723 Chald. m. ce. suff. 2b, , counsel, 
Dan. 4, 24. 


28 1 K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art. 
ἜΡΒΠ, ἼΡ35, Lev. 18, 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K. 
11,7. 2 K. 23.10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech, 
pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites, Aqu. 
Symm. Theod. Mohoz, Vulg. Moloch, 


- Sept. appellat. ὃ ἄρχων, βασιλεύς ; called 


also ΞΞ Ὁ Milcom 1%. 11, 5 (comp. v. 
7). 33. 2K. 23, 13; and 52>% Malcam, 
Sept. Melyou, Jer. 49, 1.3. Syr. soaatsSo 
eomp. Zeph. 1, δ. To this idol the He- 
brews from the time of Solomon saeri- 
ficed infants on mina erected im the 


98 


valley of Hinnom ; see M23 no. 4. Ac- 
cording to the Rabbins, its statue was of 
brass, with the members of the human 
body, but the head of an ox; it was 
hollow within, was heated from below, 
and the children to be immolated were 
placed in its arms, while drums were 
beaten to drown their cries ; see Jarchi 
ad Jer: 7, 3. Lund Jad. Heiligthimer p. 
638. Carpzov. Antiq. 87,404. Such a 
tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas- 
sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting 
human sacrifices offered by the Cartha- 
ginians to Kgovog i, 6. Saturn, Diod. Sic. 
20. 14. Hence it has been commonly 
held, that the Molech of the Old Test. 
was also Saturn. and indeed the planet 
Saturn, which the ancients regarded as 
a κακοδαίμων to be appeased with human 
sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. IL. p. 343, 
and comp. in 1553 p. 463.—But from the 
language of Jeremiah, e. g. 32, 35 and 
they buili the high places of Baal which 
are in the valley of the son of Hinnom, 
to cause their sons and their daughters to 
pass through the fire to Molech, comp. 
19.5 they have built also the high places 
of Baal. to burn their sons in the fire for 
burnt-offerings unto Baal. it would seem 
to follow that the idol Molech (331) 
was no other than Baal (5273), to whom 
also in the region of Carthage and Nu- 
midia children were immolated ; see 
three Punic inscriptions, Monumm. Phe- 
nic. pp. 448, 449, 453. It may be sup- 
posed that 722, 0559, cDd2, was an 
epithet of Baal in current use chiefly 
among the Ammonites, as ΠΛ was 
an epithet of the same god among the 
 'Tyrians ; see in 553 no.5. Among the 
Phenicians also a customary epithet of 
Baal was ἘΞ 45% king eternal, and also 
simply 4>2 king ; see Monumm. Phen. 
l.c. The forms 02>2, 2252, may be 
compared with 1123 p. 214; i. 6. the end- 
ings S— and S= may be regarded as di- 
minutive forms of endearment affixed to 
the names of gods; although in these 
syllables there may also lurk a suffix, 
the force of which was by degrees lost, 
as in the names of the gods “ddon«, 
so 5 Baudris, ΛΑΌΣ, Monumm. Phe- 
nic. pi 400; see also art. "25% p. 13 
above Por the apologetic comments 
of the Rabbins see in "22 Hiph. no. 4. 


576 


ba 
82> Chald. f. einige anzde, ὦ 
queen, i. q. Heb. 75%, Dan. 5, 10. 


7229 Γ (v.42) ὁ. suff. iazbe, a 
noose, snare, springe, Job 18, 10. 


M229 f(r. 5272) constr. P25, a queen, 
i.e. the consort of a king Esth. 1, 9 sq. 
7, 1 sq. or as reigning in her own right, 
e. g. the queen of Sheba 1 K. 10, 1. 4. 
10. 18. Plur. mis32 of the wives of 
Solomon who were of royal birth, opp. 
to concubines (a°dsb"B) Cant. 6, 8. 9. 


ΤΡ (id. or Chald. counsel) Milcah, 
pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife 
of Nahor, Gen. 11, 39, 22, 20. 


72279, see t 3359. 


= Chald. f. constr. ΤΗΣ, emphat., 
mind, i. ᾳ. Heb. mazda, a kingdom 
i.e. 

a) dominion, reign, the exercise of 
kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7. 14. al. 
In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy- 
al; as 325272 the royal residence, 
metropolis, Dan. 4, 27; smiz>2 ἘΞ 
the royal palace 4, 26. wim ‘a the 
reign of Darius Ezra 4, 24. 6, 15. Spo- 
ken of the kingdom or dominion of God 
Dan. 3, 33; and of the future reign of 
the saints 7, 18. 22. 27. 

b) realm, a country under kingly rule, 
Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23. Plur. emphat. 
xmisd’ Dan. 2, 44. 7,23. Syr. ead&, 


7_¢ 
fzabdke, Arab. Gog, id. 

mason f. (r. 352) plur. ΤΟΣ Ό, a word 
of the later Hebrew, freq. in ‘the books 
of Chron, Esth. and Daniel, but rare in 
the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1Sam. 
20, 31. Ps. 45, 7. 103, 19..145, 11 sq. 

1. a kingdom, i. e. the royal dignity, 
dominion, reign, Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4. 
Esth. 1,19. >8xv "2 the kingdom (do- 
minion) of Saul 1 Chr. 12, 23. 2 Chr. 
12,1. Often in the following phrase: 
Dan. 1,1 in the third year 2"PvIN7 MA3>2d 
of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2,1. 8,1. 1 
Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10, al. comp. the 
earlier phrase 52377 24> 1 K. 15, 1.9. 
Often in the genit. as adjunct for the 
adj. royal, 6. g. Paadr M72 the royal 
house, palace, (i. 4. ΓΕ ma.) Esth. 1, 9. 
2, 16. 5,1; ΓΙῸ “1 (i. q. 723 =) 
ἃ. royal. mandate, Tiath. 1, 19; ‘a ROD 


y= 


the royal throne 1 Chr. 22, 10. Esth, 1, 2. 
§, lal. . "Ὁ ὉΞ Ps. 45,7; “2 Tim Chr. 
29, 25. Dan. 11, 21; also “2 10 royal 
wine Esth. 1, 7,—Elllipt. Esth. 5, 1 ΞΡ 
masb2 she put on royal apparel. 

2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, a people 
under kingly rule; 6. g. MA Ὁ the 
kinedom of Judah 2 Chr. 11, 17; Ὁ 
BIw>D the kingdom of the Chaldeans 
Dan. 9,1; 075 2 the kingdom of the 
Persians 2 Chr. 36, 20, Dan. 10, 13. ete. 
‘a "4M the half of the kingdom Esth. 5, 
3. 6. 7,2. Plur. m'*259 Dan. 8, 22. 


SN7259 (God's king, i. 6. appointed 
by him, fir. 452,) Malchiel, pr. n. τὰ. 
Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31. 
—Patron. in — Num. 26, 45. 


79239 and 1799598 (Jehovah's king) 
Malchiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. — a) 1 Chr. 9, 12. 
Neh. 11. 12. Jer. 38, 1. 8) Ezra 10, 
31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13... ὁ) Neh. 8, 4. 
10,3.  d) Jer. 38,6. 6) Ezra 10, 25. 


ῬΊΣ 339 (king of righteousness) pr. 
n. Melchizedek, king of Salem (Jerusa- 
lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14, 
18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7. 


DID219 (king of altitude) Malchiram, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18. 


3707292 (king of help) Malchishua, 
pr. n. of a son of Saul, 1 Sam, 14, 49. 31, 
2. Also written separately 5 25 Ὁ 
1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39. 


ὨΞΞῸ (their king) Malcam, pr. n. 
a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon- 
ites, i. gq. 052 and 43%, Jer. 49,1. 3; 
see in 322. ‘But in Zeph. 1,5 and Am. 
1, 15 ἘΣΘ is their king. b) A man, 1 
Chr. 8, Ὁ, 


1222 Milcom, i. q. Molech, an idol of 
the Ammonites, 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 
13, See in 7>2. 


ἸΞΦῸ an error for ἸΞ5 q. v. 


25" fem. of the Chald. form 52, 
(as nab fr. Ἴ32.) @ queen, found only 
in Jer. %, 18. 44, 17. 18. 19.25; in which 
passages ΠΏΣ mado the queen of 
heaven, which the. Hebrew women wor- 
shipped, is either the moon, or Astarie 
(mIMos) i.e. the planet Venus. So 
Sept. in c. 44, and Vulg. everywhere. 
But several Mss. read the word fully 

49 


577 


aby a] 


written ἘΠῚ maxx the service or worship 
of heaven, as also the Syr. renders it 


a7 ¥ 


δον aan cultus cali, i. e. abstr. 
for coner. the gods of heaven. 


ΤΟ Γ᾿ with art. n>>iah (the queen) 
Moleketh, Hammoleketh, Pr n. 1 Chr, 
7, 18. 


ule 222 to speak, mostly poet. for 
the comm. "33. Chald. and Syr. 522, 
16, id. It has something of the ono- 


matopoetic character, like Gr. λαλέω 
Germ. Jallen—In Kal once part. >dia 
Prov. 6, 13. 

Pret 5b, to speak, c. ace. Job 8, 2 
how long wilt thou speak such things? 
33, 3. Ps. 106,6; with dat. of pers. and 
a direct clause ‘following, as Gen. 21, 7 
‘sa OrTaNd ΒΞ Ὁ "2 who would have said 
to Abraham, Sarah shall give children 
suck? Comp. "33 no. 1. ¢. 

Deriv. 732 word, pr. n. "232. 


ue | 2273 iq. 592, ἘΠΠῸ, fo cut off, or 

to be cut off; espec. of grass, herbage. 
ears of grain. Fut. in the Chald. form, 
>a" Job 14, 2. 18, 16, plur. in pause bun 
24,24. Ps, 37, 2, to be cut off ; see Bleek 
on these foxmaa in Rosenm. Repertor- 
1. p. 80.—Job 14, 2 5239 8x7 ΥΣ2 like 
the flower he cometh forth and is cut 
down. 18, 16 beneath, his roots are dry, 
im xp 58 ‘bya above, his branches are 
cut off—Others, as Kimchi and Simonis, 
derive these forms from 523, which 
seems to be supported by the noun 
ΓΙῸΣ ; but the preceding mode is better 
estabtidhed 

Nira. to be circumcised, i. gq. 5.25 or 
dim) from r. 599. Pret. prba: for onda, 
Gen. 17, 11. 

Po. shin, fut. >34%", 10 cut off, Ps. 90, 
6; see bin Pil. 

Deriv. "3739. 

22°2 Chald. Pa. 52, to speak, Dan. 
7, 8.11. 20. 25; 6. ὩΣ with any one Dan, 
6, 22. 

"5379 (eloquent, τ. 552 1) Milalai, pr. 
ἢ. m. Neh. 12, 36. Ξ ᾿ 

"ΟΞ or 795 m. (τ. 725) once in 
constr. Judg. 3, 31 "pan 7252 an ox 
goad, a stout staff with an iron point at 
one end for urging on oxen; see Maun. 


yo 


drell’s Journ. Ap.15. Gr. βουπλήξ Il. 6. 
135, and βούκεντρον. See Schottgen de 
Stimulo boum, Francof. 1774. 


β yo" in Kal. not used, to be smooth, 
i,q. ὉΒΏ q. v. 
* Nips. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (3%5'2) 
to my palate are thy words, i.e. pleasant, 
sweet. 3 


“x9 with art. 95935 Dan. 1,11. 16,a 
name of office in the Babylonian court, 
prob. Pers. master of wine, chief 


butler ; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22. 


- p22 to nip, to nip off, to crack, e. g. 
the neck of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5,8. Sept. 
anoxvigo. Kindr. is ῬῚΒ, the Ἢ being 
softened into >, and D interchanged 
with 2. Syr. and Chald. 22% to pluck. 


ΤΡ m. (r. me>) 1. prey, booty, 
espec. of cattle and animals. Num. 31, 
12 SDeN-PN) ΠῚ ΒΠΙΤΟΝῚ ὙΞΈΓΤΡΝ the 
captives, and the prey, and the spoils ; 
but in y. 11. 27. 32, the captives also are 
included under this word. Is. 49, 24. 25. 

2. Dua ΘΓ ΡΒ the two jaws, with 
which food is taken, Ps. 22, 16. 


tipo. τὴ. (r. p>) the latter rain, 
i.e. the vernal, the showers which fall 
in Palestine in the months of March and 
April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15. 
Zech. 10,1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled 
with 729, W772, the early or autumnal 
rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5,24. Poet. 
of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23.—On 
the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 97. 


ponp>9 m. dual (τ. ΤΡ.) tongs for 
the fire, Is. 6,6, So of small tongs or 
the like, snuffers, for lamps, ete. 1 K. 7, 
49, 2 Chr. 4, 21. With suff. ΠΡ id. 
Ex. 25, 38. 37, 23. Num. 4, 9. 

ΤΡ Γ (r.mnd) a wardrobe, ves- 
try, sc. of the king, 2 K. 10,22. So the 


context demands, and so Vulg. Chald. 
Arab. Kimchi. 


ἜΘ (perh. for. "Mx=2 my fulness, τ. 
xb2) Mallothi, pr. n- τὰ. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 26. 
ΤΥΣΤΟ ¢ plor, (r.2n>) constr. nisms 
Ps. 58,7; also with the letters transp. 


rivdI%2 Job 29, 17. Prov. 30, 14. Joel 
1,63 the biters, the grinders, poet. for the 


578 


bn 


teelh. Comp. Ethiop. PAtMT the 
jaw, pr. that with which one bites; 
Ludolf p. 19. There seems to be no 
reference to a particular class of teeth, 
as the incisors, maxillary, ete. 


m9872 f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur, 
minz22 Joel 1, 17, garners, storehouses, 
places or buildings where grain is laid 
up, ig. τσ. It is a denom. from 
τῆλ Hag. 2,19, with 2 local prefixed; 
comp. miOy72, ritey2, and Lehrgeb. 
§ 122. 1. πο.14, R. "ἨΔ 1. 3. 


2°22 τὰ, plur. (r. 772) measures, sc. 
of the earth, Job 38, δ, 


ἸῺ Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or 
satrap in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1 
14. 16, 21. Also 2212 v. 16 Cheth. 


ΤΟ m. (Ὁ. 972) only in plur. monica, 
deaths, Jer. 16,4. Ez. 28, 8.—In 2 K. ΤΊ, 
2 Cheth. concr. the dead, the slain, where 
Keri ὉΠ". 


"3727 m. (τ. “¥2) fithiness, concr. 
filthy, polluted ; hence 

1. one spurious, a bastard, Deut. 23, 3. 
Sept. ἐκ ποργῆς, Vulg. de scorto natus, 
and so the oriental intpp. as also the 
Rabbins, who use this word of a bas- 
tard. 

2. Metaph. a@ stranger, foreigner, 
Zech. 9, 6 Sept. ἀλλογενής. In like 
manner, foreign nations are often com- 
pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets, 
comp. Is. 23, Ἐ7, 18. 


"30 m. (τ. 92%) 1. sale, Lev. 25, 
27. 29. 50- 

2. Concer. thing sold; Lev. 25, 25 
sm "222 that sold by his brother. v. 
98. 33. Ez. 7,13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8. 

3. something for sale, ware, etc. Lev 
25, 14. Neh. 13, 20. 

ΓΞ Δ Γ (τ. 7272) sale, ὃ selling, i. q- 
"322 no. 1, Lev. 25, 49. 


moby £ (x. 29) constr. M224, c- 
suff, "M3932; plur. miz292, constr. 
ΤΡ 5 iq miz>2, but of an earlier 
age, though also found in the later 
books, as 3 Chr. 11, 1. 14, 4. 17, δ. al. 

1. kingdom, i.e. the royal dignity, do- 
minion, reign, 1K. 11, 11. 24, 8. 1 Sam. 
28, 17. In genit. for the adj. royal, as 
ngbass wy the royal city Josh. 10, 2. 


‘04 


1Sam; 27,5; “02 ma Am. 7, 13; also 
2Chr. 23,20. 2 Καὶ. 11,1. Abstr. for concer. 
1 Sam. 10,18 mis>o2M7>2 i.e. all kings. 

2. a kingdom, i.e. a realm, a people 
under kingly rule; Num. 32,33. 1 Sam. 
24, 21. Ex. 19, 6. 


ma220 £ (r. qbx) only constr, ΓΑ 9 Ὁ 
a kingdom, i. q. nabo9 no. 2; Josh. ‘13, 
12 sq. 1 Sam. 15, 28. 2 Sam. 16, 3. Jer. 


26, 1. 
724, see ἸῺ and 18 init. 


FON m. (τ. 302) mixed wine, spiced 
wine, i. q. ἼΦ 9. q. v. Prov. 23; 830, Is. 65, 
11. See in ar. 


9" m. grief, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25.— 
R. 779; as 039, τ. 00D; Ὁ, τ. 003; 
3m, Γ᾿ "bba, 


ἐδ (pr. fattening, then’ concer. fat, 
r. 819) Mamre, pr. n. of an Amorite who 
made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14, 
13. 24. Hence 8702 "2158 the oaks of 
Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and ‘simpl. 
δ. Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27; the 
name of a grove of oaks not far from 
Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron, 
Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or 
terebinths of Mamre are distinguished 
from Hebron or Mamre itself; Gen. 13, 
18. 18,1. They are placed by a tradi- 
tion older than Josephus at some dis- 
tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ; 
Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. If. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca 
Sacra, 1843, p. 52.—R. 


p°1902 m. plur. (τ. 792, Dag. eu- 
phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18. 


HWI3 m. (τ. M2) expansion ; Ez. 
28, 14 Γι 52. 37D cherub of expansion, 
Vulg. cherub extentus, i.e. with expand- 
ed wings; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20. 


Ὁ opal a m. (τ. >) dominion, rule, 
Dan. 11, 3. δ. Plur. ΠΡ 2 Ὁ concer. 
princes, donds: 1 Chr. 26, 6. 


mown f. (r. 9.9) Mic. 4, 8; constr. 
rbsis3 Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136, 8; 6. suff. 
yAbooe Is. 22,21; Plur. constr. ΓΘ Ὁ Ὁ 
Ps. 136, 9, α. suff winibden Ps. 114, 2; 
déttinion: rule, Mic. 4, 8. Dan. 11, 5: 
also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. Jer. 51. 25, 
34, 1; of Jehovah's dominion Ps. 114, 
2. 145, 13; also the office of a prince of 


579 5 


the court, Is.22,21. Trop. of the rule of 
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 16, Ps. 136, 
8.—Hence concr. a) dominions, juris- 
diction, realm, 2 K. 20,13, Ps. 108, 22. 
b) rulers, princes, chief officers, 2 Chr. 
32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. power, 
army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6. 


pt m. (τ. ptiz) possession ; once 
Zeph. 2, 9 >89n py the possession of 
the bramble, a place overgrown with 
brambles. Comp, Is. 14, 23. 


D°ph2"2 m. plur. (τ. pm) sweetnesses, 
sweet things, Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10. 


ΤΏ m. (τ. 922) 6. suff. 422 Neh. 9, 20, 
but in other Mss. without Dag. manna, 
which some regard as identical with the 
manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar 
to honey, which in Arabia and other 
oriental regions exudes chiefly in July 
and August, before sunrise, from the 
leaves of several species of trees and 
shrubs, but principally from the tama- 
risk genus. Ex. 16, 15-35. Num. 11, 6 
sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps. 78, 24. 
Within the present century English 
naturalists first proved that a certain 
insect, similar to the coccus, is cobpera- 
tive in producing the manna; see Hard- 
wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p. 
182 sq. Frederick in Transact. of the 
Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol. I. 
Ρ. 3951 5ᾳ. This has more recently been 
confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown 
that the manna flows out of the leaf in 
consequence of the punctures of this 
insect.- The tree which produces it at 
Sinai is the Tamarix gallica mannife- 
ra, Arab. 3b Tiixfa ; and the insect 
is called coccus manniparus. See Eh- 
renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829; Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170, 550. Comp. 
Niebuhr’s Deser. of Arab. p. 145. Germ. 
J. E. Fabri Historia Manne in Fabri et 
Reiskii Opuse. med. Arab. p, 121.—Arab. 
oa id. pr. a portion. gift from heaven, 
fally Lat 0. But allusion is made 
to another derivation -Ex. 16, 15. 31; 
comp. Chald. ja. [Of all the charac- 
teristics ascribed in Scripture to the_ 
manna, not one belongs to the present 
manna; nor could there ever have been 
a supply of it sufficient for the consump- 


ἸῺ 580 ya 


tion of a host like that of Israel, contain- 
ing at least two millions of people; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. c.—R. 


ΤΏ Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who? 
what? Ezra 5, 3.9. Dan. 3,15. Also 
in an indirect interrog. Ezra 5, 4. 

2. Indef. "5-72 whoso, whoever, Dan. 
3, 6.11, 4,14. 


2 m.(r. 322) 1. part, portion. The 
proper subst. force of this word does not 
indeed occur in common use in the O. T. 
since the form 5732 Ps. 68, 24, which 
Simonis explains by: the portion of him 
(them), i. e. of the dogs, is more readily 
solved another way, viz. by rendering 
it: that the tongue of thy dogs may lap 
{yton) of it. But the primary subst. 
power is manifest in the forms "339 pr. 
a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl. for 
or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3,17 warn 
them "27272 on my part, from me,) and 
3222 a parte ejus,on his part ; and hence 
the prep. 7 is pr. originally nothing but 
the constr. state sing. of 7a; and "22 Is. 
30, 11 is its constr. plural. 

2. Plur, 2°22 strings of an instrument, 
pr. slender threads, from their being di- 
vided, Ps. 150, 4. Syr. ««αἄξο id. Prob. 
also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9: out 
of ivory palaces ἩΡΓΗΒὉ “272 the strings 
{resounding music) have made thee glad. 
On the plural ending “- for D"—, see 
Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald’s Gram. ὃ 359. 


Va and’ ‘a, before a guttural "2, rarely 
2 (as wana Gen. 14, 23, 9599 2 Sam. 
18, 16, and constantly in the forms yin, 
min), poet. "32 with Yod paragog. as 
annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14. 
Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al. 
onee 2 plur. constr. Is. 20,11; c. suff. 
"p72 (see 2 no. 1), poet. "22 and "13 
(by Syriasm); 7a in pause “5, ἢ 
72%; 32% for N22 from him, poet. 
ἩΓΙΣ Ὦ, ana, f. ΠΡΌ ; plur, 5222 fir 4397372 
from us ; B20; ὉΠ poet. om2, f. ἽΠΏ. 
Syr. «3 ; Arab. Ser usually joined to 
the next word by dropping Nun, as 
with the art. ho for Jf 0 De Sacy 
Gram. I. ὃ 838. Strictly 12. is constr. 
state of the noun 4%, (as 13 constr. 13.) 
pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre- 
position; see 13 no. 1. 


1. Strictly as a Prep. -partitive, (072 
mnzp Mem partitive as the Hebrews 
call it,) denoting ὦ part taken from or 

owt of a whole, which in Gr. and Lat. is 
expressed by the prepositions ἐξ, ἐκ, ex, 
e, and also by ἀπό, ab, a, rarely by de. 

a) Put after numerals; Ruth 4, 2 ten 
men “735 "2P32 of the ite of the cily. 
2 K. 2, 7 fifty men ὌΠ ΞΕ "257 of the 
sons of the prophets. Neh. ἐν 2. "ΤΙΝ Ὁ ΤΙΣ 
one of my brethren. Job 5, 1 πὰ αν ς- "Ὦ 
who of or among the holy ? Jer. 45, 28 
all.... shall know "232 ΠΡ "2 "33 
ὈΠΙ Ἢ whose word shall stand, of me or 
of them, mine or theirs, where 7 refers 
to "2, as in Job |. c.—So after substan- 
tives which denote ἃ part ; 2 Chr. 31,3 
the king’s portion from (72) his sub- 
stance. Is. 21,11 "3a M2 what of the 
night? i. e. what part (time) of the 
night ? 

b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit- 
ted. a) Asreferring to number or mul- 
titude, it implies some out of a whole 
number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee "3p 
‘wr lacey onthe elders of Israel. 16,27 
DSM 52 ΝΕ there went out (some) of 
the “people. ‘Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23, 2 
Sam. 11, 17. Ez. 5, 4, Am. 2, 11. Cant. 
1, 2 ὙπὴΒ Mp we "2Pw" let him kiss me 
(oleh some) of the kisses of his mouth. 
So Arab. rere some of them Kor. 57. 


26; also as c. genit. a part, some; 
Syr. <. Comp. the Fr. indef. art. des 
anciens, des baisers—More rarely it 
marks one out of a number; Gen, 28, 11 
and he took ὈΠΡΏΓΙ ΞΜ one of the 
stones of the place, comp. v. 18. Ex. 6, 
25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters 
of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1,1. Dan. 11, 5 the 
king of the south "70 72" and one of 
his princes, Sept. εἷς ἐκ τῶν δυναστῶν. So 


Arab. Yas), Syr. «ἰο, ofone. βὺ),.Α8 
referring to a whole, something, some of ; 
as D3 (some) of the blood, some blood, 
Ex. 12,7. 29,21. Lev.5,9. (So ase? «ἕο 
Barhebr. 529.) Job 11.6 God will remit 
to thee #2532 (something) of thy guilt. 
Ps. 137, 3. With a negat. part. nothing 

none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 72 mM" 32 iby 
mma and that we destroy none of the 
beasts. 2 K. 10, 10. Deut. 16, 4. Nah. 1, 
14 tiv HOBIA SI ND Chere shall be sown 


73 581 73 


nothing of thy name more, nothing which 
bears thy name. y) Hence is manifest 
the proper force of the Arab. ,.»0 ‘pleo- 
nastic,’ treated of by Agrell, de Variet. 
gen. et num. in Lingg. Orient. p, 142 sq. 
and corresponding to which there are 
similar phrases in Hebrew. In these 


Arabic formulas, alt St xt Smal Lo, 
lit. nothing of God but God, i.e. there is 
no God but God, Kor, Sur. 3, 55. 5, 7 

38, 65 (comp. the same words without 
wpe Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27, 20, 7)5 ols 


dsl nothing of one, not even one, Sur. 
2, 96. 19, 98; Le lit. no- 
thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they 
have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp. 
without ,.» 22, 70. 24, 14); in these and 
many other like instances, 72 is not pleo- 
nastic, but partitive: mot a single part 
of God, i. ᾳ. no god; not a particle of 
one, not even one; not a particle of 
knowledge, ete. In Syriac the corres- 
ponding form is Soose «(ὦ if and contr. 
seodsaso  nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16.— 
Hence in Heb. &) ἼΠ Ὁ lit. any part 
of one, i.e. even one, ullus. Deut. 15, 7 
if there be a poor man among you “T1892 
FNS any one of your brethren. Lev. 4, 
2 and if he doeth τι: τ MAND any one 
of them ; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where πὰ 
seems to be spurious. Dan. 8,9 see in 
mysa. 3) In the negative phrases 
yw, OPN, Is. 40, 17. 41, 24, i. e. (some- 
thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if 
diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no- 
thing. though there is here no compara- 
tive forcein 12. Is. 40,17 all nations be- 
fore him are 7°82 as nothing, and they are 
counted to him 0Bx8'2 less than nothing. 
41, 24 ὈΒ Ὁ pabsps ἩΝῺ OMN ye are 
from (less than) nothing, and your work, 
From (less than) nought; comp. v.12. 29. 
The rendering less than nothing is ra- 
ther mathematical than poetical, though 
it correctly expresses the fact that the 
idea of nothing is diminished by prefix- 
ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe- 
culiar to Isaiah; to it indeed belongs the 
form 7°82 not one, not even one, none, as 
Jer. 10,6" F122 P82 not one is like to 
thee, Jehovah. v.7. So too I would ex- 
plain the phrase 21" j°82 1. α. 1 IH, 
see in Ἴ no. 5. ἃ. p. 43.—But to this 
49* 


idiom do not belong several passages 
in which interpreters have thought they 
discovered the 12 pleonastic ; Storr Ob- 
servatt. p. 450. Thus Gen. 7, 22 all 
in whose nostrils was the breath of life, 


ΩΝ $22 of all that was on the dry land, 


died ; i. 6. all animated beings died. So 
in the anacoluthon Judg. 10, 11. 12. 

e) After verbs of taking or receiving 
of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a 
whole; 6. g. Gen. 2, 22 the rib which 
the Lord took ΙΝ from the man. Ex. 
29, 22 thow shalt take of the ram the fat. 
Job 23, 6. So after verbs of a similar 
sense ; as verbs of eating, ἸῺ 52% Gen. 
25, 20. Job 31,17; of satiating, 72 53 ; 
of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25. 
2K. 10,3. Vice versa also after verbs 
of giving Gen. 25, 30. 30, 14; so too 
after verbs of filling, as 12 X¥2, 12 ΝΡ; 
of leaving Ex. 10. 5. Lev. 6,9; of teach- 
ing Is. 2, 3. Ps. 59,13. In all these ex- 
amples 12 denotes a part, portion, some ; 
which the Greek, French, and German 
express also by the genitive, as ἐσϑέειν 
καὶ πίνειν τινύς, prenez du sang, nimm 
des Blutes. 

2. From the above partitive significa- 
tion comes the notion of proceeding out 
of any thing, i. 6. owt of, of, from, Gr. ἐκ, 
Lat. ex, implying that a thing has been 
in another and made as it were part of 
it. So very freq. in the proper sense 
after verbs signifying to go out 6. g. 
from a people, city, land, gate, and the 
like, see in 8S"; to draw out 50. from 
the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3; to 
draw water out of a well Is. 12,3; to 
deliver or save from the power of any 
one; see the verbs ΧΙ, 702, "ad; 
6. g. SU Ps. 17, 13, mya" 33,19, 23712 
22, 21; also to help (save) from Deut. 
33, 7. Ps. 43,1; to drive out from a land 
Ps. 10,18; to cut off from a land Ez. 14, 
17; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al. 
Further, to take or receive from, see 
ΤΡ ; to cry out from any place Jon. 2, 3. 
Hab. 2, 11. al. Trop. to pass from one 


state to another, e. g. to be turned from 


sorrow to joy, Esth. 9,22 comp. Is. 17,1. 
—Hence spoken : 

a) Of the material out of which any 
thing as it were proceeds, is formed or 
made. Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God 


formed myer merm>2 M2TNT 72 out of 


73 582 ya 


the ground every beast of the field. v. 23, 
Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a litter (pa- 
lanquin) yiaabn x22 of the wood of 
Lebanon, Ps. 16,4. 45. 14. Hos. 13, 2. 

b) Of source or origin, e. g. ye Of 
parents, Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be 7340 
of her. 16,2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 the Lord give 
thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34 
she was his only daughter, 12732 9. 778 
he had no other of himself, of his own 
body. Gen. 35, 11. Ley. 21, 17. Job 14, 
4 δ 7102 7A 72 who will show one 
pure born of the impure! see in 4M2 
no. 1. i. Is. 58,12 42 those from thee, 
thy children, descendants. β) Of a 
people or native place; 1 Sam. 9, 1 
"3 WN a man of Benjamin. Judge. 
13,2 π᾿ 8 wr a man of Zorah. 12, 
8. 17, 7. 2 K. 21, 19. Am. 1, 1. Jer. 1, 1. 
Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things; 
Ps. 80, 14 "329 371M the boar of the for- 
est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps. 80, 9 D729 ἼΞ3 a vine 
of Egypt. Comp. Ps. 72. 16. Trop. Neh. 
6, 8 thou feignest them. 252 out of thine 
own heart. 

c) Of the author or agent from or by 
whom any thing proceeds or is done; 
so Gr. ἀπό i. ᾳ. ὑπό Hoot. 2. 54. Thue. 
3. 36., E. g. v2 “MIA to conceive by any 
one Gen. 19, 36, Hos. 7. 4 an oven M733 
ΠΕΝ heated by the baker. Ps. 9, 14 
ἈΝΣΘῸ ""22 my sorrow from (caused by) 
them that hate me. 31, 12. 62, 2. Judge. 
14, 4. Job 6, 25, Prov..16, 1. 1 Chr. 13,2. 
Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps. 
37,23. Ece. 12, 11.—Often as marking 
the author of a judgment or estimate ; 
Job 4, 17 shall mortal man be accounted 
just of God (271>x72), a man pure of 
his maker ? i. e. can he be just and pure 
in the judgment or sight of God ? Num. 
32,22 nn OP? guiltless before Jeho- 
nh. Zech. 11,13. Contra, Ps, 18,22 8> 
“mya snztn I have not done wickedly 
before my God, he being judge; but 
‘Others take it here as constr. pregn, 1 
have not wickedly departed from my 
God. Jer, 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47.—To the 
same idiom may be referred Gen. 3. 14 
ΤΠΌΓΙΞΓΙ 9 Ὸ MAN WAN, i. 6. “b> "2753 
non, cursed art thou of all beasts, their 
curses follow thee ; Sept. ἀπὸ πάντων 
τῶν κτήνων, i. 6. ἀπό for ὑπό, see above. 
Gen, 4, 11, So on the other hand 3:72 
72 Deut. 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though 


both these passages may be referred to 
no. 5 below. 

d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. after 
active verbs, Is. 6, 4 and the posts of the 
door trembled at (42) the voice. Job 4, 9. 
14, 9. Ps. 6, 8. 73,19. After passive 
verte, Is, 22, 3 MYR AON they are cap- 
tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65. 
Ez. 27, 34. After sitetantives, Hos. ὥς 
5 jr man heat from (by) wine. Job 4, 
13 thoughts from the visions of the night. 
After an adject. Gen. 49, 12 see in"d*don. 

e) Of the inetrument ; comp. Soph. 
Trach. 1133 ἐξ ἐμῆς ϑανεῖν χερὸς. Gen. 
9, 11 neither shall all flesh be cut off any 
more by the waters of a flood, >327271 "372, 
Job 7, 14. Ps. 28,7. So pregn, Lev. 14, 
16 18 ΠΤ... ΣΞΣΝΤΟΝ FD bb) nad 
the priest shall dip and moisten his ‘finger 
with the oil. 

f) Of the remote cause. the ground or 
motive on account of, because of. for 
which any thing is done. Joel 4, 19 [3, 
19] MAM "22 ὉΏΓΙ Ὁ for the violence to 
the children of Judah. 1s. 53,5 ASSES 
Sor (on account of) our transgressions, 
Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24. 
Cant. 3,8. Zech. 8,10, So to rejoice 
(M2) or grieve on account of, at any 
thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16. 
Also where the reason is assigned why 
something is not done, Lat. pre, Engl. 
for ; Gen. 16,10 3572 ΒΘ" NX> it shall 
not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15, 
23 they could not drink of the water for 
bitterness. 6. 9.—Hence “Ux72 because, 
see in WY C. 3. 

g) Of a law, rule, precept, according 
to which, in conformity with or by which, 
any thing is done, comp. Lat. ex more, 
ex lege, ex federe ; NIN "B2 by com- 
mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7. 
Hence genr. according to, after, Lat. 
secundum ; Ez. 7,27 OM& ΠΌΣΝ cDII2 
according to their ways will J do unto 
them. Job 39, 26. "πὸ according to the 
number, as often as; see "3. 

3. Very frequent, though not as is 
usually supposed the primary idea, is 
the notion of receding, departing, of 
motion from a place, e. g. from a place 
hither, from a place away, out from, off 
from, and the like, in any direction 
whatever, whether upwards or down- 
wards; 6. σι D2 from heaven Is. 14, 


ya 


12. Ps. 14, 2. 33, 14; 72 ‘V9 to descend 
from a mountain ; and vice-versa n>> 
772 to ascend from ; 72 B°prt 1 Sam. 2, 8. 
So also of the voice and the senses, as 
exerting themselves or called into exer- 
cise from any place or distance ; comp. 
Judg. 5, 20 the stars fought from heaven. 
Thus of the voice Is. 24, 14. 16. 42, 10; 
_of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25, 30. 33. 
7, 14; of the sight Cant. 2,9 comp. 5, 4. 
—As opposites we find: «) 13— 42, 
and "3}—j2. Lev. 13, 12 "34 cers] 
ba from his head even to his ‘foot. Is. 
1, 6. 1K. 6, 24. 7,9. The same formu- 
la is often used so as: to comprehend 
every thing without distinction, from 
beginning to end, from head to foot, ete. 
Jon. 3,5 S22p 33) ὈΞΎ ΠΡ from the great- 
est to the least, i. 6. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex. 
11, 5. 12,12. 1 Sam. 5, 9. So too for 
whether—or, i. q. both—and, Ex. 9, 25. 
22. 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30,19. With 
a negative particle, neither—nor, Gen. 
14, 23 ἘΣ) ΠΏ ID wang Ox neither 
thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at 
all. 31, 24. 8) x—ya from—to, see 
dbx A. J. Ὁ. 51; Ps. 144, 13 1:8 G49 
from kind to kind, i.e. of every kind. 
So 5—j2 id. Gen. 9,10. v)n-—79 
id. Ez. 25,13 ΤΙΣ --- Pom. from Te- 
man—even unto Dedan. For mis) Fa 
and AxXdm) 739 see in MXdM no. 2.—In 
all these constructions ΤῊΣ is more com- 
mon, for which see below. —Specially 
a) After verbs of going away from a 
place, see 727 ; of coming Gen. 16,8 ; of 
returning, see 33% ; of sending, as M>v; 
of fetching. as Mp> Jer. 13,7. Also after 
verbs of departing, receding, so "30, "43, 
and others of kindred meaning, as 72 728, 
772 732, 72-723, 72 NON pr. to err froma 
law Lev. 4. 2. Further, of removing, 
“705, ΡΤ ; of repulsing, 27 Ps. 44, 
11; of driving out, 73; of withholding, 
322; of restraining, 72" ; of dehorting, 
“it2. So too after verbs of desisting, 
bon; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth. 9, 28, 
and ἸΏ ΤΩΣ Gen. 29, 35; of resting, m3, 
ma; also of forgetting, 12 M20 Ps. 102, 
δ. Here too may be referred 1 K. 12, 
28 mibya 02> 3 enough to you (i. ὁ. 
desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is 
withered away from the sons of men. Ps. 
104, 35. Proy. 25,17. So nivza nd"bn, 
see in Ὁ ὉΠ no. 2. a. 


583 


ya 


b) From the notion of departing, re- 
ceding, comes the use of 72 after verbs 
of fleeing, M22, 093; of hiding oneself, 
"MO, D2, IND; of fearing, x77, 7M; 
of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6, 4. 
Nah. 1,5; of being aware, guarding, "28, 
"202; of defending, protecting, Ps. 
43,1. 107,41. All these verbs take 12 
of the person from whom we flee, hide, 
guard, defend, or of whom we are afraid, 
beware, etc. Comp. κρύπτω ἀπό, καλύπτω 
ἀπό, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19, 42, 
Lat. ‘ custodire v. defendere ab,’ ‘ tutus a 
periculo.’—Similar to these are : 72 "ah 
Sree from a master Job 3,19; 371x2 τσ 
a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11; 
292 5x a shadow from the heat, which 
protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 25, 4. 
Job 21,9. So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not wp 
3370 1 8b) nor moved for him, i. e. for 
fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23. 

6) After words of receiving, 12 mpd, 
322 mpd; of giving, Ecc. 12,11; of 
seeking, OP2; of asking, Ἐπ ; here \2 
marks the person from whom one re- 
ceives, etc. So too after a verb signify- 
ing to take vengeance of or from any 
one, 2 Op? 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is. 
57, 8, see in ΓΞ no. 3. fin. 

d) After verbs of rising or raising up 
from a place, DIP, D°PA, Judg. 3, 20. 
2 Sam. 12,17. So also after verbs of 
consoling, comforting ; Gen. 5, 29 this 
one shall comfort us from (ander) our 
work and the toil of our hands. 

6) Often 79 is prefixed to particles of 
place, (most of them being nouns,) and 
signifies departure from the place de- 
noted by the particle. Thus: αὐ Before 
adverbs, 9in¥82 from behind ; nwa a from 
there, thence ; ΠΝ solkenti ἢ nr, ripe, 
hence ; anidieo 37309, M9050 ; ‘naaba. 
8) Before propositioie, "INNO : from af- 
ter; 333° from amid, from within ; 
"35bn, bane, 7332 from before; τι, 
ps2 s from sbith ἘΣ 2 from above, rane 
from beneath ; 3722 from between, etc. 
Comp. Fr. de chez, d’auprés. 

_ f) Put without a preceding verb, it im- 
plies distance or absence from any place 
or thing, far from, away from, comp. Gr, 
ar “Agyeos far from Argos, φίλης ἀπὸ 
πατρέδος αἴης Il. 2.162. So Prov. 20,3 
Ξ 2 N30 to sit away from strife. Num. 
15,24 MIs" "222 away from the eyes 


a 584 "2 


of the congregation. Is. 14, 19. Hence 
a) i,q. without ; Job 11, 15 for then shalt 
thou lift up thy face B12 without spot. 
Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3,6. Jer. 48, 45.) 
besides, preter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 
29, 3.—Contra 

g) It implies also a connection, a de- 
pendence of one thing from another, so 
as to seem to proceed from or out of it. 
Is. 40, 15 "232 "2 a drop from the bucket, 
Sept. σταγὼν ἀπὸ xadov. Cant. 4, 1. See 
in B>a, and comp. ἐκ δίφροιο καϑήμενος 
Od. 21. 420. Arab. ue So ad prope 


abesse ab aliqua re-—Perh. Ruth. 2, 20 
an a2bxho he is next from our Goel see 


in beg 1. 3. p. 170. ΕῸΡ ΠΣ ΝῸ Dan. 8, . 


9, see in its order. 

h) Often 12 marks the place or region 
in or at which a thing is; as D3>9 from 
the east, 0° from the west, where in 
Engl. we say on the east or eastward, on 
the west or westward. The mind of the 
oriental passes from the place specified 
to himself; we from ourselves to the 
place specified. So Gen. 2,8 and the 
Lord God planted a garden in Eden 
Dip. eastward, i.e. in the eastern part 
of Eden. 12, 8 DIpA "WD DM bana 
Bethel on the west and Ai on the east, i.e. 
those coming from the west would pass 
by Bethel, and those from the east by Ai. 
So ἩΡΞῺ on the north Judg. 7, 1. In 
jike manner the following: 72% on the 
inside, within; 711 on the outside, with- 
out, as Gen. 6,14; 553 from befiine, ive. 
in front ; mmm from beneath, i.e. below. 
So Gr. πρὸς νότου, Lat. a fronte, a tergo ; 
Fr. dessous, dessus, dedans, dehors, der- 
riére for d’arriére.-—When followed by 
a genitive or by >, the following forms 
arise: 722 at the side of any one; 
> jr2~0 at or on the right of any one, 
Saini on the left; > >¥2 above, upon, 
i. 4. by; > mmm beneath, under, i. q. 
AMM ; b wan ig. 7AM, ete. see ind A. 
4. ἃ. p. 502. Thesaur. p- 805. 

i) Any thing at which we look, may 
also be said to look towards us, e. g. 
a place at some distance ; hence in Lat. 
e regione, ex adverso, over against. So 
also in Hebrew, 7329 e regione, over 
against, Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2,2; ΤΊ 
e longinguo, afor off; 1 Sam. 26, 13. 
Comp. ἑστηκέναι waxgd der. 


k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as 
ἘΠ from the east for in the east, ‘and 
pinva from afar for afar off, are even 
put ‘after verbs of motion to mark the 
terminus or place whither; so Is. 22,3 
amma pina they have fled afar off, far 
away. 23,7 her own feet shall carry her 
pinza afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13, 11 
DIpa wid so and Lot journeyed east- 
ward. Such phrases seem to be taken 
as in the accus. of place whither, q. d. 
pimyo-by. 

4. Of time, as marking: a) The ter- 
minus a quo, a time from which onward; 
as RUM myn 7 from that time forth 
Neh. 13,215 τὸν ἢ from times of old ; Mmd"2 
from now, henceforth; o™S?2 from 
childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so 
too “ax ἸΏΞῺ from my mother’s womb, 
from my birth, Judg. 16, 17. Is. 46, 3.— 
When prefieea to a word implying a 
space or period of time, the reckoning is 
always from the beginning and not from 
the end, like the Gr. ag ἡμέρας, ἀπὸ 
νυκτός, Lat. de die, de nocte. Lev. 27, 17 

an riva Vulg. well, statim ab initio 
incipientis jubilet, opp. 53 πὴ anv. 18. 
Is. 38, 12 m>%) 43) Dia from morning. 
till night, i.e. the whole day. ¥79"2 
since thy days, i.e. since the beginning 
of thy life, Job 38,12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 
piva from time on, from the beginning 
of time or of the world, Sept. ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, 
Is. 43, 13. 

b) Of the time im or at which any 
thing takes place, comp. 12 no. 3. ἢ; 
Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25, 28. So ΤΙ on 
the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9,6. ‘pbisg 
a long time ago, i.e. of old, Ts. 42, 14. 
Prov. 8, 23. DIPS, ΟΝ, Ts. 46, 10. 

c) Of the time which nat follows an- 
other, immediately afler, comp. in no. 3. 
g; so Gr. ἐξ ἀρίστου, Lat. ab itinere, ex 
consulatu. Ps. 73, 20 p>pne De? as a 
dream after (when) one awakes. Prov. 
8, 23 vax “27p2 immediately Srom 
(after) the beginnings of the earth ; o%"25" 
after two days Hos. 6, 2; 7p? at the end, 
see YR. Simply after, ἘΣ after a 
time, in process of time: Judg. 11. 4. 14, 
8: ons ba" Josh: 23,1. 0°07 342 Is. 
24, 22; Ὁ ἼΠ when after three months 
Gen. 38, 24. ‘Here too may be referred 

pian 5. beyond (after) the appointed 
item 2 Sam. 20, 5. 


2 585 ya 


5. From the idea of proceeding from 
or out of (see no. 2), in which is included 
the notion of taking or choosing out of, 
comes the use of 12 as a comparative, to 
mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi- 
nent in any way above other things from 
or out of which it is taken. Comp. Lat. 
egregius, eximius ; Gr. ἐκ πάντων. μάλι- 
ore Il. 4. 96; also ἐκ πασέων Il. 18, 431. 
Hebr. 12 “M2 Ps. 84, 11. The same 
usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic. 
—So Deut. 14, 2 a people nazm7>>2 
out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe- 
τίου to them. 1 Sam. 9,2 ὭΣΤ ΒΘ map 
taller than any of the people, pr. in this 
respect eminent out of, above, all the 
people. 10, 23, 522 sp deceitful above 
all things, i. e. the most deceitful of all, 
Jer. 17,9; comp. 1Sam., 18,30. 2 Κα. 10, 3. 
2 Chr. 9,22. Ez. 31,5. Ps. 45, 8. al.—In 
other examples a thing is said to be in 
some way eminent, distinguished, above 
another, to surpass it, e.g. P232 310 
better than Balak, distinguished above 
him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pim2 
Wa sweeter than honey 14, 18; Don 
bers wiser than Daniel Ez. 28, 3. Also 
with a verb implying virtue or vice, 
Judg. 2, 19 omiag2 smmtn they did 
worse than. their fathers. Gen. 19, 9. 29, 
30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3. al. So too the 
phrases: 12 70M to have less than an- 
other Ps. 8, 6; 42 5B2 to fall more than 
another, to yield, Job 12,3; 2 ‘723 to 
stand more than another, not to yield, 
Dan. 11, 8.—Not much different is the 
view of those who refer this comparative 
use of 12 back to the idea of receding ; 
see Thes. p. 806.—The following uses 
may also be noted: a) The terlium com- 
parationis is sometimes omitted, but 
may be easily supplied: Is.10,10 Ἐπ Βο5 
Bbwaa2 their idols surpass those, of Je- 
rusalem sc. in multitude and power. Mic. 
7,4. Ps. 62,10. Job 11,17. Ὁ) A thing 
is said to be above or greater than any 
one, when it surpasses his powers; as 
Deut. 14, 24 3777 F739 MBI the journey 
is greater than thou, i.e. exceeds thy 
powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13. 
18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49,6. Num. 
16, 9. Judg. 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 690. 
c) There is a close connection between 
the comparative use of 2 and its nega- 
tive power (no. 6. b); 6. g. Hos. 6, 6 


nibsa nrnds ὈΣῚ) ΤΊΞΙ 85) “AxEN On 
I delight in goodness, and not sacrifice, 
in the knowledge of God More rHan in 
burnt-offerings. 

6. Before an infinitive, 72 signifies: 
a) on this account that, because ; comp. 
no. 2. f. Deut. 7, 8 523m 72 ΤΞΓΙΝ be- 
cause Jehovah loveth you. Ὁ) Most fre- 
quently, so as not, so that not, lest, with a 
negative sense, from the signification of 
receding (no. 3), after verbs which in 
any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc. 
e. g. verbs of restraining, 87273 Num. 32, 
7; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps. 
39, 2. Gen. 31, 29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11; 
of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up 
Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12; (comp. Gen. 27, 
1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5; 
of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is.49,15. Thus 
Num. 32, 7 wherefore turn ye the heart 
of the children of Israel yRA7>% 7222 
from going over, etc. i.e. so that they go 
not over. Gen. 27, 1 his eyes were dim 
ΤΆ 80 that he could not see. Is. 49,15 
can a woman forget her sucking child 
mQS-j2 OMI so as not to have com- 
passion, etc. So Is. 54,9 J have sworn 
ἘΞ ΝΡ not to be wroth with thee, i.e. 
the oath restrains me from it.—In this 
sense, a noun is often found instead of 
the inf. and then }2 is for the fuller 
nin; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected 
thee ‘abun from ὕδῥάρ king, i.e. so that 
thou art no longer king. Jer. 48,2 we will 
destroy it "i372 so that it shall be no more 
a nation. Is. 52, 14 sng mmda dis- 
JSigured so as to be no man, so as scarce- 
ly to have the appearance of a man. 
Also Is. 17, 1. 23,1. 25,2. Jer. 2, 25. 1 
Κ΄. 15, 13. Job 34,30. c) Of time, e.g. 
from which, since, see no. 4. ἃ. Is. 44,7 
since I created the ancient people. Num, 
24, 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8,8. 2 Chr. 31, 10. 
Also after, when, see no. 4.c. Ps. 73, 20. 

7. Once 12 is found as a Conjunction 


before the future, i. q. Syr. 2 —; Arab. 


Ἐ 
ὧϑ Ser in the sense of lest, comp. no. 


6. b. Deut. 33, 11 jroxpi-72, Sept. μὴ 
ἀναστήσονται, Vale. - non ῥβαξφός.. 
Comp. Lehrg. p. 636. 


PA>, 05, a>, 1 α. bs (which is only 
found in ebttaio forms, as n>s2>2, 
maha, ὈΞΕῺ), and corresponding: ἝΩ. 


ya 


tirely to the Lat. inde for de-in. It is put 
for 72 in the signif. no. 3. a-d, marking 
a terminus @ quo, from; so of place, 
pinye> from afar Job 26, 3. 39, 29; 
also of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 25. 
L Chr. 27, 23 τι mow omer 155 
Srom twenty years sold and under. 1 Chr. 
17, 10. Mal. 3, 7—Most frequently fol- 
outed by 532 or 533, from—to, even to, 
Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg. 
19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jer. 7,7. Also i. q. 
whether—or, 2Chr. 15, 13 Mtg 739 WN? 
whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20; 
and so with a negative particle, neither 
—nor, Ex. 11, 7. 2 Sam. 13, 22.—Here 
however does not belong ΡΞ Num. 
18, 7, nor > Pmma> 1 K. 7, 32, which are 
for m2, b nrima τυ θόϊόν the idea of 
motion toa place; comp. ὙΠ; τις. 


MN i. g. ἘΞ, pr. from with, from 
near by any person or thing, Syr. μεν 
‘Zed, Arab. dis 
from, of a terminus @ quo, 1 K. 6, 33; 
espec. after verbs or nouns of departing 
or sending from any place, Gen. 8, 8. 
26, 31; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of 
buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20; of asking 
from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17; of perform- 
ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this 
shall be to Aaron a perpetual statute 
ὋΣ Ξ ΤᾺ from the children of Israel, 
i.e. to be performed by them. Josh. 11, 
20 HO“ PR from Jehovah is this. 
Ps. 22, 26 ὅτ BM FAN from thee is my 
song, i.e. lowe to thee my deliverance, 
the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15 
“mine is for ἼΩΝ Ὁ v.17; see in PR 11.-- 
In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "Axa is i. gq. Gr. av 
ἐμαυτοῦ John 5, 30, of myself, by my 
own authority, Arab. GOAL |.po, Syr. 
Ss? —, Heb. "ἘΞ Hos. 8,4. Comp. 
on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt. 
I. p. 66. 

ΤῺ Chald. Ezra 6, 14, c. suff. "29, 
TS, ΠΡΌ, MID, TIMID, i. ᾳ. Heb. 

1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state 
of the noun 72. Its partitive power 
is apparent in examples of this sort: 
Dan. 2, 33 as to his feet 217) "1 Ἵ1Π|2 
pon "5 yim: @ part of them was tron 
and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr. 
eommdso— .oonlso 2 Wien. 2,20. Barhebr. 
p- 171, 200. 


; hence genr. 


586 


_ In truth, truly, Dan. 2, 47; 


32 


2. from out of, pr. proceeding out of, 
etc. Hence: a) Of the author, from 
whom as a source any thing proceeds, 
after the passive, Ezra 4,21. Ὁ) Of the 
moving cause, motive, on account of, 
because of, Dan. 5, 19; "17772 because, 
Dan. 3, 392. ὁ) Of a vole or law ae- 
cordinw towhich any thing is done, Ezra 
6, 14. 7,23. Hence ttp 42 of a truth, 
=n" 12 of 
@ certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8. 
Comp. Gr. ἐκ as used in periphrasis for 
adverbs, e. g. ἐξ ἐμφανοῦς i. q. ἐμφανῶς, 
ἐξ ἴσου. 

3. from, with the notion of receding, 
departing, see Heb. 12 no. 3; hence to 
require punishment from any one,Ezra 
7, 26; to be in fear of any one Dan. 
5,19. Of time, from a time onward, 
Dan. 4, 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12.—Often fol- 
lowed by other prepositions, e. g. md 73 
i. ᾳ. Heb, 099, MB, see MI. Dap. ἸΏ 
i. q. Heb. ΘΒ, ΠΕΣ. IN 2 1. q. 

τ Ὁ from then, fron that time, see ΠΣ. 

—Here too beluhige the privative or 
negative signification, on which see in 
Heb. 72 no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 79 23> 
yw? Nwix his heart shall be changed 
from a man’s heart, i. e. so as to be no 
longer the heart of a man. 

4, Comparat. above, more than, Dan. 
2, 30. 


822 Chald. see M72. 
M822 parts, plur. of P22 q. v. 


ΤΣ: Ὁ Γ (Ὁ. 122) i, q. 373 42 no. 3, @ 
song, espec. of derision, @ satire, Lam. 
3, 63. 


7322 Chald. f. tribute, i. ᾳ. Chald. 
M779 q. v. 


9722 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 352, the 
Dag. being resolved in the Chaldee 
manner into?. R. 37, fut. 2227. 

1. knowledge, Dan. 2, "1. 5, 12. 

2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4, 
31, 33. 


* F122 fut. moan, pr. to divide out, to 
measure out ; kindred are 722 and ΤΙΣ. 
Comp. by transpos. Gr. νέμω.--- Kal 

1. to allot, to appoint, c. > Is. 65, 12. 

2. to number out, to count, e. g. money 
2K. 12,11; the stars Ps. 147, 4; the 
dust Gen. 13,16. Num. 23, 10; a people’ 


ΤΣ 


by ἃ census 2 Sam, 24, 1. 1 Chr. 91. 1. 
17. 27,24 (ὁ. 3). 1 K. 20, 25 and number 
thee an army, etc. Part, 4312 the num- 
berer, counter, i. e. inspector of flocks, 
Jer. 33, 13.—Chald. and Syr. [Ase id. 

Nien. pass. of Kal no, 2, to be num- 
bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. δ, 6. Ece. 1, 
15; to be numbered with, ο. Τὰς Is. 53, 12. 

Pie. 722, fut. apoc. 125", imp. apoc. 
j2. Only in the later Heb. 

1. to allot, to appoint, i. e. to divide 
out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with > of 
person, Dan. 1, δ. Job 7, 3. 

2. to appoint, i.e. to constitute, to pre- 
pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6. 8. 
Followed by a finite verb ἀσυνδέτως, Ps. 
61, 8 ΠΧ)" 72 appoint (cause that) 
they may preserve him. With 53, to 
appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11. 

Pua pass, to be appointed, to be set 
over, 1 Chr. 9, 29. 

Deriv. "22, M33, pr. n. ΠΣ ΌΤΙ, and the 
four following. 


MI and N29 Chald. to number ; 
Dan. 5, 26 God hath numbered thy king- 
dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part. 
pass. 8279 v. 25. 26. 

Pa. ἌΡ, to constitute, to appoint to an 
office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7,25; c. >> over 
Dan. 2, 49. 3,12. Imper. "33 Ezra 7, 25. 

Deriv. 7222. 


ΤΙ m. (τ. Mp2) plur. 0°22, pr. part, 
portion, number; spec. maneh, mina, 


Gr. μνᾶ, (Syr. ἴωλζς, Arab. She.) a 
weight of a hundred shekels, as we may 
gather from 1 K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16.— 
Another and somewhat obscure specifi- 
cation is given Ez. 45. 12: twenty shekels, 
twenty-five shekels, fifteen. shekels, shall 
be your mina ; spoken either of a triple 
mina of 20, 25, and 15 shekels; or of a 
single mina of sixty shekels, distributed 
into three parts, 15-+-20-+25. The lat- 
ter is best. 


ΤΙΣ f. (Ὁ. M72) constr. 929, plur. Miz, 
6. suff. Kamets impure "1333 Esth. 2,9. 
.1. a part, portion, Ex. 29, 26. Lev. 7, 
33; mostly of food, 1 Sam. 1, 4. 5. 9, 23. 
Ming M20 to send portions from a feast, 
Neh. 8, 10.12. Esth. 9, 19, 22. 

«3: & lot, i. ᾳ. P2n, Jer. 13,25. Arab. 
fate. 


587 


33 


mpia only in plur. 0°32 parts, i. 8, 
times, Gen. 31, 7.41. R. 73. 


47729 m. the driving of a chariot, 2 K. 
9,20. R. 3m. 


MANO Εἰ (τ. 2 to flow,) a fissure, 
clefl, in mountains or rocks, hollowed 
out by the water; such were used by 
the Israelites in times of distress as 
dens, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2. 


See Thesaur. p. 858.—Arab. pee and 


5. -@ 
ὅγε: Ὁ fossa aque; see Schult. ad Job 
p. 49. 


‘Ti279. m. (τ. 333) a nodding, shaking. 
Ps, 44, 15 UN i290 a shaking of the 
head, i. 6. concr. one at whom men shake 
the head, an object of derision. 


M529 m. (τ. 7255} plur. c. suff. ἌΞΗΓΡΙΣῸ 
Ps. 116, 7. 

1. ἃ resting, a settling down ina fixed 
place ; e. g. of the ark 1Chr. 6, 16 [31]. 
See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1. 

2. rest, quiet ; ΤΥ) ἘΣ Lo find rest 
Gen, 8, 9. Is. 34, 14. Lam. 1, 3; comp. 
Deut. 28, 65. > “2 Upa to seek rest for 
a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1; 
comp. Liv. 3. 45. 

3. Manoah, pr. n. of the father of 
Samson, Judg. 13, 2 sq. 


mI Εἰ also IID Gen. 49, 15 (τ. 
m3) c. suff. ἼΩΝ. imma Is. 11, 10; 
plur. rar Is. 32, 18. 

1. a resting, a settling down for rest 
(comp. ΤΙ} no. 1); hence, * place where 
any thing settles down ;? Zech. 9, 1 the 
oracle of Jehovah is against the land of 
Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting 
thereof, i.e. Damascus is the place where 
it settles down, on which it rests ; comp. 
Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2. 

2. rest, quiet ; "ἃ Ux a man of quiet, 
i. 6. pacific, 1 Chr. 22,9; minasa 2 wa- 
ters of quietness, i. e. still, placid, Ps. 23, 
2.. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult, 
Judg. 20, 43.—Also i. ᾳ. comfort, conso- 
lation, 2 Sam, 14,17. Hence ‘2 ΝΣ ἐσ 
Jind comfort Jer. 45,3; but also of a fe- 
male, to find rest sc. in matrimony, Ruth 
1, 9; comp. 3, 1. 

3. place of rest, resting-place, Num. 
10, 33, Mic. 2,10, Plur. Is. 32, 18.. Spec. 
of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah, 


2 


Ps. 132, 8.14. “a ma 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is. 
66, 1; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the 
Holy Land, in which the people of God 
found rest. Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 56. Ps. 
95, 11 "nM my rest. i. 6. conceded by 
me (God) to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49, 
15.—Jer. 51, 59 mms “Ww, an officer of 
Nebuchadnezzar’s court; according to 
Kimchi, chamberlain, who attended the 
king when he retired to rest; better 
perh. chief of the quarters for the king and 
his army, q. 4. quartermaster-general. 
Comp. Num. 10, 33.. Syr. Ἰδῦμαζο 25 
chief of the camp. 


722 τὰ. (r. 12) a child, offspring. 
Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring- 
eth up his servant delicately from child- 
hood, ὙΠῸ HIT MM MNT he will after- 
wards beas achild. So the Heb. intpp. 
and many early commentators. Others, 
abstr. condition of a child. 


D122 τη. (τ. 093) c. suff. "04279 2 Sam. 
22, 3; see Lehrg. p. 161. 

1. flight, Jer. 46, 5. 

2. refuge, i.e. place of flight or re- 
treat, Ps. 142, 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God 
as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer. 
16, 19. 

Tid") fem. of the preceding, flight 
Lev. 26, 36. Is. 52, 12. 


“20 τὰ. (τ. 5,53) @ yoke, jugum, pr. a 
ploughman’s yoke; hence trop. "ΠΣ 
mais jugum textorium, a weaver’s bea, 
1 Sam. 17, 7. 2 Sam. 21, 19. Syr. 


fd id. Arab. “3 jugum aratorium, 


8. . . 
By jugum textorium. But in this 


latter signif: Syr. and Arab. have more 


commonly a3, 53; Size, with r 
softened. 

ΤΥ) and mE ἢ (τ. 992) @ candle- 
stick, candelabra ; spoken of the great 
chandelier in the tabernacle, Ex. 25, 
31 sq. 30, 27. 37, 17. 40, 4. 24. al. 
Plur. of the candelabras in the temple, 
1 K.7. 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19. 


9, “- 
Arab. δι id. 
D7 y2"9 m. plur. (τ. Ἢ, Dag. euphon.) 
princes, i. ᾳ. ὩΣ, Nah. 3, 17. 


588 


“33 


* T1272 obsol. root, Arab. 25. 21, Il, to 


give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis- 
tribute, kindr. with 722, 122. Hence 


M30 f. constr. PM32, c. suff. "MP2; 
plur. c. suff. 47MIN" Gen. 32, 14. 

1. a gift. present, Gen. 32, 14. 19. 21. 
43, 11. 15. 25.26. al. Espec. of presents 
offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15. 
1 Sam, 10, 23. 2 Chr. 17, 5. 11. Ps. 45, 
13. Is. 39,1. 1 K. 10. 25. 

2. tribute, which was extracted from 
a subject nation under the milder name 
of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1.58. So 2 
Sam. 8, 2:6. 1K. 5,1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17, 
4, Ps. 72, 10. 

3. an offering to God, a sacrifice, Is. 
1,13. 1 Chr. 16,29. Spoken espec. of a 
bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to 
mat a bloody sacrifice ; it consisted of 
flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran- 
kincense, and was burned upon the altar 
either by itself or in connection with the 
bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1. 4. 5. 6. 6, 
7 [14] sq. 7, 9. al. Hence ΠΣ) 35 ΤΙΞῚ 
Ps. 40, 7. Jer. 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27; “M33 
FOr Joel 1, 9.13. 2,14. As offered to 
idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3. 


M29 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan. 2, 
46. Ezra 7, 17. 


M29 see ΓΙ). 


DMM2"2 (consoler, r. ©%3) Menahem, pr. 
ῃ. of a king of Israel, r. 772-761 B.C. 
2 K. 15, 17-22. Sept. Mavayyu, Vulg. 
Manahem. 


m2 (rest, r. 32) Manahath, pr. τι. 
a) Of aman Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) Ofa place 
otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6. 


"22 m. (Ὁ. ΠΡ, see Is. 65, 12,) fate, 
- 5. σ ὥ 
fortune, destiny, Arab. lin, ἄλλα; with 


the art, "234, Meni, as the name of an 
idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor- 
shipped along with Gad (see 13), by 
lectisternia, Is. 65, 11. Probably the 
planet Venus is intended, which, as the 
source of good fortune ( Yt ων 
bona fortuna minor), was regarded by 
the ancient Semitic nations as coupled 
with Gad or the planet Jupiter. It 
seems to be the same as the goddess 
Lie of the heathen Arabs, mentioned 


“33 


in the Koran, Sur. 53. 19, 20. See on 
these points, Comm. on Is. 1]. ¢. 


1. "29 Jer. 51, 27, Minni, pr. n. of an 
Armenian province, coupled with ΠΝ. 
According to Bochart, Phaleg lib. Lc. 
3. p. 19, 20, it is i. ᾳ. Muvas, a region 
of Armenia, Nicol. Damase. ap. Jos. Ant. 
1, 3.6; perh. the region of the Mana- 
vas@i near the centre of Armenia, see 
St. Martin Mém. sur l’Arménie I. p. 
249.—F or Ps. 45, 9, see in 12 no. 2. 


II. "29 poet. for 12 with Yod para- 
gogic. Judg. 5,14. Is. 46,31; see 72 init. 
For the form "22 Is. 30, 11, see 72 no. 1. 

NI, see M79. 

D2, see ἸΏ. 

ΤΏΡ, see ἸΏ. 

re Chald. m. number, Ezra 6, 17. 
Syr. asad. R. 79. 

M32 (τ. 22) Minnith, pr. n. of a 
place in the a of the Ammonites, 


Judg.11, 33. Hence wheat was brought 
to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17. 


7220 m. (τ. 7d2) c. suff. Bd22, once in 
Job 15, 29 Ἐ59 pad ΓῺ" 83 their pos- 
sessions spread not abroad in the land, 
i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but 
the root M53 is very doubtful, see in 
art. 2. —The reading pb, is also 
doubtful, and we ought perhaps (with 
one Ms.) to restore 9322 from M37 i. q. 
ἈΞ, their fold, poet. for their flocks. 


*4272 obsol. root, Arab. oss to di- 
vide out, to allot, kindr. with 32 and 
Hx2.—Hence 72, 72, constr. 12, plur. 
B52, and pr. ἢ. 7373, M32. 


* 229 fut. 222", to keep back, to with- 
hold, to restrain. Arab. id. Chald. 


id. The primary syllable is 52, which 
has a negative power, see r. 833.—Con- 
strued: 4) With ace. of thing and 12 
of pers. to withhold from any one; Gen. 
30,2 ἸῺΞ "5 a0 592 ἼΩΝ who hath 
withheld ‘from thee the fruit of the womb. 
Job 22,7 thou hast withholden (Syam) 
bread Yrom the hungry. 2 Sam. 13, 13. 
1K. 20, 7. Prov. 3, 27. Neh. 9, 20. Aan 
4,7. αἱ. Rarely with > of pers. Ps. 84, 
12; absol. Ps. 21.3. Ὁ) With acc. and 
72 of thing, to restrain or withhold from 
50 


589 


wo 

any thing. Jer. 31, 16 ">29 πὴ "59 
refrain thy voice from weeping. 48, 10 
ὉΠ IDI 322 who keepeth baci his sword 
fram blood. Prov. 1,15. So with 12 
before an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26, 34. “Ox 
WAX SPI 7929; also concisely, Jer. 2, 
25 ΠΣ ah 339 withhold thy foot 
from being unshod, see in j2.no. 6. b.— 
But to withhold a person from a thing 
is the same as fo withhold any thing 
Srom him, as in lett. a. So Num. 24, 11 
71339 "7 4220 the Lord hath kept thee 
back from honour, i.e. hath withheld 
honour from thee. Job 31, 16. Ecc. 2, 10. 
—Absol. Ez. 31, 15 Nin 320% I re- 
strained the floods thereof. ‘Prov. 11, 26. 
Job 20, 13. 

Nipu. to be withheld, restrained ; 6. g. 
the rain Jer. 3, 3; with 72 of pers. Job 
38, 15; 12 c. infin. Num. 22, 16. 

Deriv. pr. n. 522, ΣΤ. 


29922 m. (τ. 899) a bolt, bar, Cant. δ, 
5. Neh. 3, 3. 6. 


222° m. id. Deut. 33, 25. 


n°232"2 m. plur. dainties, delicacies, 
Ps. 141, 4, R. ὩΣ). 


09292 m. plur. (τ. 552) Vulg. sistra, 
2 Sam. 6, 5; a musical instrument or 
rattle, which gave a tinkling sound on 
being shaken ; so Gr. σείστρα, from σεέω. 
The sistrum was used in Egypt in the 
worship of Isis; see the description and 
figures of it in Wilkinson’s Mann. and 
Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq. 


P22 f. (r. ΠΕΣ q. v.) only in plur. 
mi"p29 sacrificial dishes, bowls for liba- 
tion, Ex. 25, 29. 37,16. Num. 4,7.—Syr. 


Oo τὰ 


δα λϑο id. 
ΓΞ for mRI2, see p23 Hiph. 
750 see ΓΝ. 


M2". (who makes forget, r. πῶ I; 
see Gen. 41, 51.) pr. n. Manasseh, Gr. 
Movacoys. a) The son of Joseph, 
adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48,1 sq. For 
the territories of the tribe of Manasseh, 
which were partly beyond and partly 
on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32, 
3954. 34,14. 15. Josh. 13, 29-32. 17,7 sq. 
Patronym. "829 Manassite, Deut. 4, 48. 
b) A king of Judah, τ. 699-644 B.C. 
son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his 


ns 


idolatry, superstition, and cruelty to- 
wards those who worshipped God, 2 K. 
21, 1-18. 2 Chr. 33, 1-20. 6) Judg. 18, 
30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30. 6) v. 33. 


ΓΡῸ [ (for ΓΆΡ, ΓΆΡ, τ᾿ AY2) constr. 
na; plur. ninra Neh. 12, 44, and ΤῊ) 
12, 47. 13, 10, (Kamets ‘nphite.) a part, 
portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63, 
11 B"bYw M72 the ‘portion (prey) of. jc 
Ps. 11, ὃ a scorching wind is COND ΤΩΣ 
the portion of their cup, i.e. is poured 
out to them. 16,5. So of portions of 


food, Neh. 1. c. Syr. {242 id—For the 
form see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 


Ὁ τὴ. one pining, consumed, sc. un- 
der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14. 
R. 007%, see Niph. lett. b. 


Ὁ m. plur. 02, tribute; common- 
ly derived from τ. 002 to pine away, 
because tribute is ‘a consuming of 
strength,’ confectio virium, which is 
hardly tolerable. Better to regard Ὁ 
as contr. from 02% tribete, tax, from r. 
©O> to number, like fem. mo. number, 
for nds. Tnstandes of the letters ks or 
£ at the end of words being softened by 
dropping the k, exist in multitude in 
Greek and Latin, as Ajax, Αἴας ; pistrix, 
pistris, πέστρις ; ὄρνις, Dor. ὄρνιξ; mix- 
tus, mistus; sestertius for sextertius ; 
also of x and ss between two vowels, 
like Heb. micsa, missa ; Ulixes » Ulysses ; 
μαλάσσω, melaxo; further, maximus and 
Ital. massimo ; Alexander and Alessan- 
dro.—Spoken mostly of tribute to be 
rendered in service, tribute-service, fully 
‘133 072 ‘ tribute of one serving’ 1 K. 9, 
21; and concr. of a levy of men as labour- 
ers; 1 K. 5,27[13] and king Solomon 
let come up a levy (0%) out of all Israel, 
and the levy (037) was thirty thousand 
men; comp. 9, 15, 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre- 
quent in the phrases: 02> nn Deut. 
20, 11. Judg. 1, 30. 33. 35. Is. 31, 8, also 
nab o> nah ‘Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10, 
to become subject to tribuleservice. So 
o> ἸῸ) Josh. 17,13 02d crv Judg. 1, 
38, ‘and by on cri Esth. 10, 1, to impose 
tribute-service upon anyone. Also "8X 
oun by ‘the prefect over the tribute- 
service,’ tribute-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
1K. 4,6. 12,18; plur. ΒΘ ὙΠῸ ser- 
vice-masters, task-~masters, Ex. 1, 11. 


590 


ΓΟ 


302 m. (τ. 230) 6. suff. 430%; plur. 
miso, constr. 520%. 

1. Subst. consessus, triclinium, divan 
of the orientals, i. e. a company of per- 
sons seated round about a room, Cant. 
1,12. Comp.r.330 1 Sam 16, 11. 

2. Ady. round about, 1 K. 6, 29. Plur. 
ΓΞ id. Job 37, 12, 

3. Plur, constr. as Prep. round about , 
2K. 23, 5 pewsnn 1202 round about Je- 
rusalem. 


“302 m. (τ. 730) pr. part. Hiph. 
‘shutting up;’ hence 

1. Of a person who shuts up, closes, 
etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 Κι. 24, 
14. 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2. 

2. That which shuts up, @ prison, 
Ps. 142, 8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7. 


AGT ff (τ. 730) ¢. suff. ino, 
plur. nins07. 

1. close places, i. e. strong-holds, poet. 
of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17. 

2. a border, margin, so called as sur- 
rounding and enclosing any thing, Ex. 
25, 25 sq. 37, 14. 

3. 1K. 7, 28. 29. 32. 32, 35. 36. 2K. 
16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands 
or pedestals of the lavers, which appear 
from v. 28. 29. 31, to have been square 
shields decorated with sculptare upon 
the four sides of the stand. 


“ΘῺ m. a foundation, sc. of a build- 
ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. 50", in the manner 
of verbs 48. 

TIO m. (x. 779) ἃ porch, portico, 
so called from the rows of columns 
which inclose it; comp. "IO, M77, 
row. Once Judg. 3, 23, where it is the 
epen gallery or balcony, from which 
there was access to the M732 or private 
apartment. 


x. ric i. q. 0O2 and OND, to melt, 
to flow down. Chald. 803, Syr. bmso 


dissolutus est, computruit ; Eth. PFO 
to melt. 

Hien. fut. apoc. 072m) Ps. 39, 12, to 
cause to flow, to dissolve, to mett ; Ps. 6,7 
Moss "HID Mp2 7S with my tears I make 
my couch to flow. So of ice Ps. 147, 18. 
—Trop. to cause the heart to melt 8c. 
with fear, plur. "03" by Chald. for 
sown Josh. 14, 8, 


mos 


109 f. (r. MD?) constr. AOS, plur. 
nioe. 

1. temptation, trial, e.g. a) Of men 
from God, viz. the mighty works of God 
intended to excite and prove the faith 
of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 29, 2. 
So too when these consist of calamities 
sent upon them ; hence calamity, evil. 
Job 9,23; so πειρασμός ἰπ Ν. Τ, b) On 
the other hand, temptation of Jehovah 
is i. 4. complaint, murmuring against 
him, Ps. 95, 8,—Hence 

2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the 
desert, Ex, 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22. 
33, 8. 


M99 f. (contr. for M32, as 02 for 
022, r. 00D) pr. number ; hence constr. 
M2 us Prep. pr. ‘according to the num- 
ber, i. 6. according as, pro ratione ; 
once Deut. 16, 10 + 13? M37 MOV accord- 
ing as thy hand is able to give; Sept. 
καϑὼς ἢ χείρ σου tozve.—Syr. Danse. 
Chald. no2> for Heb. ὑπ, "2. See in 
on. 

ΓΦ m. (τ. M10) a covering, veil, for 
the face, Ex. 34, 33. 34. 45. So all the 
versions. and so the context seems to 
demand ; and Jarchi remarks that ΠῚ Ὁ 
is used also in the Gemara of a veil. 


M270 f. for MDI, a hedge, thorn- 
hedge, Mic. 7,4. R. WD. 

FiO"2 m. (r. M02) a keeping off, remov- 
ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6. 

ΠΟ m. (τ. M0) trade, traffic, 1K. 
10, 15. 

ἘΠΦ to mix, to mingle, i. 4 3. 


This root is widely spread both in the 
Semitic and Indo-European languages, 


and also in the aa See Arab. 

δ: ἔξ" Er" Ea" ale mid. Ye 
S,- εὐ - ς-“΄υο. 

miscuit, οωμα He ve Engl. 


mishmash ; Aram. μῶν 319, 929; San- 

ser. nwa mig, migr, Pers. wos {, 

ἢ, Gr. μέσγω, Lat. wrisced ‘Po- 

lish mieszam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ. 

mischen, Eng). to mix.—Ps. 102, 10. Is. 

19, 14 ΘΠΣῚΣ Man Ma {PS Foe Tins Je- 

Adal hath mixed in the midst of her 

' (Egypt) a spirit of perverseness, i. 6. Je- 
hovah hath implanted in the Egyptians 


591 


2c 


a perverse disposition.—Spec. to mix 

wine, i.e. to prepare it with spices, Proy, 

9,2.5, Is.5,22. So the Mishna, Maaser 

Sheni 2,1; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808, 
Deriv. 709%, and 


JO m. mixed wine, i. 6. spiced, Ps. 
75,9, Comp. in 333. 

729 m..(r. 720, Kamets impure) 
constr. JO2, a covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
Ps. 105, 39. Spec. of the veil or curtain 
before the entrance of the tabernacle, 
Ex. 26, 36 sq. 39, 38. 40, 5, and of the 
court 35,17. 39, 40; more fully m25a 
FOI 35, 12. 39,34. 40, 21.—Trop. ‘Is. 
22,8 myAN Woe My 525} and he uncovers 
the covering (veil) of Judah, i. e. exposes 
Judah to reproach; the figure being 
taken from a virgin whose veil wanton 
and violent men have torn away. The 
Arabs make use of the same figure, 
Schult. de Defect. § 258. See Thesaur. 
Ρ. 953. 


M200 f. (r. 420) @ covering, that 
with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13. 


I. 730% f. (r. 7031) constr. n202, 
plur. c. suff. M502; @ pouring out, 
effusion.—Hence 

1. fusion of metals; e. g. 202 525 ὦ 
molten calf Ex. 32, 4. 8. 202 "nx 
molten gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4, 
Spec. ὦ molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg. 
17, 3. 4. al. seep. 

2. a truce, league, σπονδή, made with) 
libations, Is. 30, 1. 


Il. M302 f (r. 302 IL) @ covering, 
Is. 25, 7. 28, 20. 


ἸΞΘῺ m. (r. 420 no. 4) poor, needy, 
wretched, Ecc. 4, 13. 9, 15.16. Chald. 


ᾧ = ἃ 9 ot 
id. Syriac Lieamse, Arab. οὐκ, 
crake, Eth. φο Ὦ 2. Hence the 


new verbs Pf'NF to be poor, (202, 
ams, to make poor. Several modern 
languages have adopted this word, prob. 
through the Arabic, as Ital. meschino, 
meschinello, Portug. mesquinho, abstr. 
mesquinhez, Fr. mesquin, abstr. mesqui- 
nerie.. Hence 

PIO f. poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9. 
See the preced. art. 


2073 


mi230% f. plur. stores, magazines, by 
transp. for a form mio?73 from r. 022. 
Ex. 1, 11. 1K. 9,19. 2 Chr. 8, 4. 16, 4. 
17, 12. 32, 28. 


ὨΣΦῺ f. (τ. πὸ IL) thread, the warp, 
-in weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14. 


dO f. (τ. 540) constr. HED%, plur. 
nizoa. 

1. a raised way, causeway, highway, 
for public use, Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 
6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21, al. 

Ps, 84,6 oaaba mibo2 in whose hearis 
care the ways se. to the sanctuary, comp. 
y.7.8. Poet. of the paths of locusts Joel 
2,8; of the courses of the stars Judg. 5, 
:20.—Trop. way of life Prov. 16, 17. 

2. a staircase, stairs, i.q. 020, 2 Chr. 
9, 11; Sept. ἀνάβασις. See Biblioth. 
Sac. 1846, p. 612. 


bsbo%2 m. (Ὁ. bd) α raised way, high- 
σαν, Is. 35, 8. 


“9072 m. (τ. 720) only in_plur. 
ὌΠ Is. 41, 7, ΛΟ Jer. 10, 4, also 
27202 1 Chr. 22, 3, ningo 2 Chr. 3, 


G,-°0 
9, nails ; comp. Arab. jews nail.— 


‘Once written with Ὁ, i.e. ΤΥ Ὁ trop. 
Ece. 12, 11 the words of the wise are... 
nails fastened, i.e. they sink deep into 
the heart. 


ν rey) to melt, to flow down ; in Kal 
once trop. of a person wasting away by 
disease, Is. 10, 18—Chald. 009. Kin- 
dred are M02, O82, also “yale to dis- 
‘solve, to macerate; comp. too r. nin, 
wi. 

Nipn. 023, in pause 02 and 032; 
fat. 022; inf, oan 2 Sam. 17, 10; part. 
͵ὍΏ2 Nah. 2, 11; to melt, e. g. as manna 
Ex. 16, 21; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of 
mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3. 
Sudg. 15, 14 the bands melted from his 
hands, were loosened and fell from his 
hands. Of diseased or mangy cattle 
and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9.—More freq. 
trop. to melt, to faint: a) For fear, 
2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1,4. Ps. 97, 5; often 
of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 
1.al. The primitive force of this con- 
struction is preserved in Josh. 7, 5: the 
heart of the people melted ὉΠ Ὼ I and 
became as water. Ὁ) For grief, sor- 


592 


502 
row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovid 


-ex Ponto 1. 2.57: “sic mea perpetuis 


liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo- 
tis ut nova cera solet.” 


Hien. causat. of Niph. lett. a, to make ὡς: 


faint-hearted, to discourage, Deut. 1, 28.. 
Deriv. 02, Ὁ. ; 


YOR m. (τ. 702) 1. @ stone-quarry, 
see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1K. 6,7 j38 
so Mabe} stones whole (not hewn) from 
the quarry; comp. Heb. Gr. § 112. 1. π᾿ 
Sept. AlGoug ἀκροτόμοις ἀρ οἷς. 

2. a dart, arrow, Job 41,18. Arab. 


GL 
eye id. from ex attraxit s. tendit ar- 


cum, Kor. 79. 1; the letters Ὁ and 1 be- 
ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892. 


YO% m. (τ. 503 no. 2) plur. constr. 
ἜΣΘ, c. suff, "E02, a breaking up, de- 
parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic. 
or other encampment, and also of single 
persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 son 
psi 28> for departing before the peo- 
ple. Num. 10,2 Mima PN sored for the 
breaking up, departure, of the camps.— 
Plur. of the breaking up of different 
tribes or bands successively (Num. 10, 
4.sq. 14 sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6. 12. 
98.—Hence ‘place of breaking up,’ sta- 
tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num. 33, 1,2. 


“IWC m. (τ. ἼΣΌ. @ support, balus- 
trade, 1 K. 10, 12; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11, 


SEC τὰ. (τ. 7BQ) constr. TEQ2, ¢. 
suff. "7207 Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta- 
tion, Gen. 50, 10. Am. 5, 16. 17. al. Sept. 
χοπετὸς. 


NBO m. (τ. REO) fodder for cattle, 
Gen. 24, 25. 32. 42, 27. 43, 24. Ταᾶρ. 
19, 19. 


ὈὨΠΒΟῺ f. i. q. MBO q. v- scurf, scab, 
an eruption not dangerous, Lev. 13, 6. 
7.8. R. MEd. 


Mingo f. plur, (τ. MED) cushions, 
quilts, mattrasses, 80 called from being 
spread, Ez. 13, 18. 21. Symm. ὑπαυχέ- 
για, Vulg. cervicalia. 


ΒΟ τὰ. (τ. 780) constr. "BDY, c. 
suff. D9202; plur. constr. "IBY. 

1. ἃ telling, narration, Judg. 7, 15; 
comp. the root in Pi. : 

2. number, Num. 1, 2. 9, 20. al. sep, 


. 


ἘἙΘῺ 


Freq. in acc. adverbially for: according 
to the number, Ex. 16, 16 ΞΟ ΕΣ "BO? 
according to the number of your persons. 
Job 1,5. Elsewhere, like Gr. ἀρεϑμῷ, 
ἀριϑμόν, used pleonast. with numerals, 
as 2 Sam. 21, 20 "Boy 53ἼΝ) CMOS 
twenty-four in number.—Hence 802 "8 
Gen. 41, 49. Cant. 6,8, "BO2 115. 1 Chr. 
22, 4, and “po2 ἸΝ ΤῚΣ Job 5, 9. 9, 10, 
without number, innumerable. Contra, 
“BOD "ND, WHOS “Wee, men of number, 
i. 6. few, easily numbered, Gen. 34, 30. 
Deut. 4, 27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr: 
16, 19; and by apposit. “ΒΟ B"2" days 
which are a number, which may be 
numbered, few, Num. 9,20. In Deut. 33, 
6 "B02 ὍΣ ὙΠ, a negative particle 
is implied from the preceding clause, so 
as to translate: and let not his men be a 
number, i.e. let them be many, innumer- 
able. Comp. Arab. IOs diee eGl 
dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor. 2. 180. 

3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2; for 
which m7892 Neh, 7, 7. 


ΠΡΟ Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in 
mpd? no. 3. R. ed. 


*"D2 a doubtful root, found only 
twice, Num. 31, 5. 16; prob. i, q. "12 (or 
perh. 712 q. v.) to separate, to separate 
oneself. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16 
ΤΣ ΣΌΝ to fall away treache- 
rously from Jehovah, i. ᾳ. >32 >>> 
which occurs in the parallel passages 
Num. 5,6. 2 Chr, 36, 14. Ez. 4, 13; un- 
less perhaps the same reading is to be 
restored in Num. |. c.—Others: fo ven- 
ture defection from Jehovah. comp. Syr. 
pith ausus est, opus aggressus est.—In 
a different connection is 

Nien. Num. 31, 5 “ "5x2 ὙΠῸ 35) 
ΠΡῸΣ 558 and there were separated (set 
apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a 
thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well 
renders. More freely Onk. and Syr. 
electi sunt. Sept. ἐξηρέϑμησαν, perh. 
from a reading 1729"), or according to 
the Samaritan usage, in which 502 is 
i. q. Heb. 38. 

Nore. In Talm. 902 is tradidit, pro- 
didit ; Syr. Ethp. accusatus est ; nei- 
ther of which is applicable to the pas- 
sages in the O. T. 

50* 


593 


37% 


"G2 i. ᾳ. 40%, admonition, instruc- 


| tion, Job 33,16. R. 07. 


ΓΟ Job 39, 5, see Moin. 


— -ς- 
FO) f. contr. for ΤΌΝ (τ, "O¥) @ 
band, bond, Ez. 20, 37. 


“iPOD τὰ. (τ. "NO) α hiding-place, 
refuge, Is, 4, 6. 


“MOD m. (τ. 7M) plur.c. suff. HO, 
a hiding-place, lurking-place, Ps, 10, 9. 
Hab. 3, 14; elsewhere only plur. ΘΟ, 
Jer. 13. 17, 49, 10. “a "2202 hidden 
treasures Is. 45. 3. Spec. a place for 
lying in wait, Ps. 10,8. 64, 5. Hab. 3, 
14; of the dens of wild beasts Ps. 10, 9. 
17, 12. Lam. 3, 10. 


“IHIO"2 see in r. "MO Hiph. no. 1. 
N22 Chald. see M32. 


“29 Chald. τῇ. (τ. 733) c. suff. 
ὙΠ ΣΡ, work, i.q. Heb. ΠΏΣ, 558, 
Dan. 4, 34. Once by Chaldaism in Heb. 
context, Job 34, 25. 


2322 τῇ. (τ. 432) density, compact- 


ness. 1 K.7, 46 MQ7NM ΠΞΣῺΞ in the 
compact soil, prob. clayey. 


“ΖΚ Ὼ τὴ. (τ. 252) 1. transit, then 
place of passing, viz. 8) a ford of a 
stream, Gen. 32,23. Ὁ) A narrow val- 
ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam. 
13, 23. 

2. a passing over, overwhelming ; Is. 
30, 32 mIO% ΓΙῸ ἼΞΣΘΤΞΞ 80 often as 
the appointed staff shall pass over them, 
i.e. so often as punishment from God 
overwhelms them. 


M390 f. (τ. Ἴ35) plur. Minz3y2, also 
mina>a (from M1337) as absol. Josh. 2, 
7, and as constr. Judg. 3, 28; i. ᾳ. "332 
no. 1, viz. a) a passage, ford, Is. 16, 
2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) ἃ 
mountain-pass, gorge, Is. 10,29. 1 Sam. 
14, 4. 


bE bya) m. (τ. 533) constr. 5332; plur. 
constr. "2322, c. suff. 7722272 Ps. 65, 12, 
oftener 4°M1>332 Ps. 17. 5. al. 

1. a track, rut, in which wheels roll, 
Ps. 65, 12.—Hence,-a way, path, Ps. 
140, 6. Prov. 2, 18. al. Often metaph. 
like 24, way or path of life and con- | 
duct, Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4,11. Ps. 17, 5 
Is. 59, 8. 


mae) 


2. Denom. from 33 wagon, a wagon- 
rampart, a defence or bulwark formed 
of the wagons and other vehicles of 
an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5.7. With 7 loc. 
mb33%2 id. 1 Sam. 17, 20. 


. 132 to waver, to be unsteady, to 
totter ; not found in the kindred dia- 
lects; kindr. are wia, 342, Arab. Le. 
Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps. 


18, 37; of the step Ps. 37, 31; of the’ 


whole man Ps. 26, 1. Job 12, 5 539 "72% 
whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov. 
25, 19 ΤΊΣΙ 539 a wavering foot, un- 
steady, for’ nisin, the i being shortened 
into ἢ, comp. Tht: p. 309. 

Furs. tomake waver, to cause to shake, 
e. g. the loins Ps. 69, 24. 


ΗἼΣ Ὦ see 1340. 


"22 (for M9432 q. ν.) Maadai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 10, 34. 


ΤΣ (for #7432 ornament of Jeho- 
vah, τ. ΠΣ) Maadiah, pr. n.m. Neh. 
12,5; for which in v. 17 M4>%9 (fes- 
tival of Jehovah). The passages are 
‘consistent if we point the former as 
ΤΗΣ. 

I. 7722 m. (τ. 115) only in plur. 
Isa, c. suff. 3432 Jer. 51, 34, also 
mints aie 1 Sam. 15, 32. 

1. “delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, me 
Jer. 51, 34. Lam. 4, 5 

2. delights, PEneiuree, Prov. 29, 17. 
Acc. ΤΊΣΙΣ Ὁ as adv. with delight, cheer- 
fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32. 


1. mit m. by transp. for M523 
(r. 323) bands, ligatures ; Job 38, 31 
ΤΥ 3. ΤΊΣΙΣ the bands of the Pleiades ; 
868 in 272. 

3272 m. (τ. Ἴ15) a weeding-hook, hoe, 
ds. 7, 25. 


* ΓΖ obsol. root. prob. to be soft, 
like Arab. V, to be soft, as the skin, 

Lo soft, tender, as food, from r. ci 
kindr. perh. are ¢le to flow, 312, and 
also sLo; see in r. 872.—Hence 

ΤΊΣ Ὦ m. only plur. 8°99, constr. "32, 
6. suff. 7722, also os (for D2) 
Ez. 7, 19; once rina Is. 48,19. See 


mote. 
1. the boweéls, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10. 


594 


wi 


2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 3, 1. Chald. x32 the 


‘belly, plur. [939, 52. Syr. tas in- 


So- * 
testine. Arab. oe is plur. Leof, 


id. Eth. ΑΘ ΟΣ id—Spec. put for: 
a) the stomach, the receptacle of the 
food, Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7,19, 
comp. Jon. 2, 1. 2. δ) the womb, Gen. 
25, 23. Ruth 1, 11. Is. 49,1. Ps. 71, 6. 
c) As the seat of generative power in 
the father; whence ‘2 "229 Nx" fo 
come forth out of the bowels of any one, 
i. q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4. 2 
Sam. 7, 12. 16,11. 4) Trop. like the 
breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part, as 
the seat of grief, pity, affection, Job 30, 
27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16. 
11. 63, 15; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. ete. 

2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14; 
comp. Dan. 2, 32. 

Nore. The plur. f i> occurs in the 
vexed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would 
explain thus: thy seed shall be as the 
sand, ὙΠΣῺΞ FSR “NEN! and the off- 
spring of thy bowels like the offspring 
of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea 
(v.18). for the fuller "M132 "NERD, i.e. 
like the fishes of the sea generated i in its 
bowels. Plur. Miva is i. ᾳ. ὉΠ. but 
the fem. form implies a figurative use. 
—The ancient versions render "71379 
incorrectly : as the stones thereof, sc. of 
the sand. This is hardly supported by 
referring to the Chald. 832 nunvmulus, 
obolus, perh. lapillus, and Arab. Kucle 
minutim trita res. 


ΤΙΣ or SYA Chald. only in plural 
i. q. Heb. 0°37 no. 2, the belly, i. 6. the. 
exterior, c. suff. "Miz Dan. 2, 32. 


ἸῺ m. (Ὁ. 389) i. α. M32. a round of 
bread, bread-cake, 1 K. 17, 12, comp. v. 
13. Hence Ps. 35, 16 15: "ἢ asd scurre 
placentae, cake-buffoone, Le: ‘parasites ; 3 
see adj. 32>. Gr. ψωμοκόλακες, κγισσο- 
χόλακες. 


ΤΊΣ m. rarely 192 (r. 2) Kamets 
impure, c. suff. 4372, "722, plur. D4TQ, 
constr. "31372 Dan. ἯΙ, 19, ο. suff. are) 
for ΠΣ Is. 23, ll (like rey ‘for 
τὴς see art. ΤΡῚΣ and Thesaur. Ῥ. 
310) ; ; @ strong or ‘fort ified place, for- 
tress, Judg. 6, 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al. 
vise "12 fortified cities Is. 17, 9. 23, 4 


32 
be 199 the fortress of the sea, i. 6. 


Tyre. Ez. 30,15. 57339 mix the god. 


of fortresses Dan. 11, 38, a deity of the 
Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob. 
Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus 
built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20; 
others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Mace. 
6, 2. Liv. l.c. Trop. Ps. 60, 9 Ephraim 
is MUX ΤΊΣ Ὁ the fortress of my head i. e. 
my helmet. Prov. 10,29 @ fortress to 
the upright is the way of God, i. e. reli- 
gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps. 
27,1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwark) 
of my life. 31, 5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4. 
Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7. 


ΤΊΣ (breast-band ? r. 32%) Maoch, 
pr. ἢ. πὶ. 1 Sam. 27,2; comp. "33% no. 
2. a. 


ΤῸ m. (Ὁ. AP) constr. 7199, 6. suff. 
2s; plur. 593439 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. 

1. a habitation. dwelling, e. g. of God, 
the temple, Ps. 26, 8. 2 Chr. 36, 15; 
heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26, 15. al. Of 
men Zeph. 3.7. Also of wild beasts, a 
den, lair, Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10.10, 22. 
51, 37.—Acc. in one’s dwelling, at home, 
like ΤῊ, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32. 

2. a refuge, Ps. 71, 3. 90, 1. 91, 9. 

3. Maon, pr. n. a) A town in the 
tribe of Judah, southeast of Hebron, 
Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 35. 2; in its vicin- 
ity was the ji3977279 1 Sam. 23, 24. 25. 
Now Ma’in Ue, see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p.193sq. b) An Arabian tribe 
coupled Judg. 10,12 with the Amalek- 
ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2 
Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly 
so called ; Plur. "393° 2 Chr. 1. c. and 
1 Chr. 4,41 Keri. At the present day 
there exists a town Ma’dn, ples, with 
a castle, in Arabia Petra to the south 
of the Dead Sea; see Seetzenin Zach’s 
Monatl. Corresp. X VIIL. p. 382. Burek- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, ete. p. 437 sq. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572.—That 
the Minai of Arabia are a different peo- 
ple, has long since been shown by Bo- 
chart. Phaleg. II. 238. ¢) A man,1 Chr. 
2, 45. ὃ 

ἩΣῸ see ἸΣῺ D292 MR, in ΠῪΞ no. 
12. 6. Ῥ. 129. 


MDI and M250 f(r. BP) a habita- 
tion, dwelling, Jer. 21, 13; e. g. of Jeho- 


595 


03'S 


vah, the temple, Ps. 76,3. Also of wild 
heasts, den, lair, Ps. 104, 22. Am. 3, 4. 
Nah, 2. 12, Job 37,8. al. Of an asylum, 
refuge, Deut. 33, 27 


ὩΣ Meunim, pr.n. a) See Fira 
no. 3. Ὁ. Ὁ) Masc. Ezra 2, 50. Neh. 
7, 52. 


“M172 (my dwellings) Meonothai, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ, 1 Chr. 4, 14. 


5" m. (τ. HAP) darkness, 15. 8, 22 
ΠΡῸΣ ΠΙΣΏ. 

19% m. (τ. 49 IL) only plur. pyivn, 
pudenda, Hab. 2, 15. 


M2 see ns. 
19D see rive. 


MFI" and WI (consolation of 


Jehovah, r. ($5 to console) Maaziah, 


pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 24, 18. Neh. 10, 9. Comp. 
in ἘΣΎ, 


"ὭΣ fut. 637 1. i. ᾳ. Arab. bes 
to be smooth, naked ; then, to be polished, 


to be sharp, see 332. Trans, ae pr. 
to scrape, to scrape off, (comp. (yee 
fricuit, also 22, since the letters > and 
Ἢ are kindred). whence 222 pr. a scrap- 
ing, scrap, and then a little. From this 
comes the denom, signif. 

2. to be little, few ; Lev. 25, 16 "5 
D°2u 22 according to the fewness of 
years. Ex. 12,4. Also to be made few, 
to be diminished, to vanish away, Ps. 
107, 39. Is. 21, 17. Prov. 13, 11. al. 

3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32. 

Pre, ὉΡῸ intrans. i. 4. Kal, to become 
Sew, Ecce. 12, 3. 

Hipx. 29325 1, to make small or 
Jew, to diminish, Lev. 25, 16. Num. 26, 
54, 33, 54. Jer. 10, 24 “22 ΏΞΓῚΒ lest 
thou make me (the people) few, bring 
me to nothing. Ez. 29, 15. 

2. to make or do little, i, e. to do any 
thing in a slight degree, to a small 


amount. Num. 11, 32 τ Ὁ ON ὉΠΡΘ ἘΠ 


ὉΡΊΩΙ he who did litile (i. e. gathered 
little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17. 
18. 2 K. 4, 3 borrow empty vessels, ~>% 
(805) “osm and make not scant se. 
to borrow, i. 6. borrow not a few. Spee. 
to give little, few, Num. 35,8. Ex. 30,15. 


ὭΣῺ 


O22, in pause wy Deut. 7, 22. al. 
plur. 5°59, pr. a scraping, scrap, see 
τ. B32 no. 1; hence a little, a few. 

1. Subst. Ὁ) Absol. a little, not much, 
ὀλίγον. Gen. 30, 30 ἪΡ AT -ὖκ bd it 
was little that thou hadst. Ps. 37, 16. 
Prov. 16,8. Hagg.1,9. Opp. to man 
much Ecc. 5,11. Jer. 42,2; 35 Num. 
13,18. Also few, Gen. 47,9 few and evil 
have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam. 
14, 6. Job 10, 20, al. With the art. 
DTH, of ὀλίγοι, c. > pref. Num. 26, 54. 
33, 54. Ὁ) With other nouns, 6. g. be- 
fore a genit. 02 029 a little water Gen. 
18. 4. 24,17. box ὩΣ a little food 43, 2. 
Also put in the gen. after a noun, as 
ur "ΓῺ men of fewness, few men, 
Deut. 26, 5; ὩΣ “I> Little help Dan. 11, 
34, Joined also with nouns by apposi- 
tion, Is. 10, 7 ὩΣ ND DA nations not a 
Sew, i.e. by litot. many. Neh. 2,12. Ecc. 
9, 14. 

2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6; 
of space, 2 Sam. 16,1. Often of time, 
for a little, a little while, Job 10, 20. 24, 
24. Hagg. 2,6. ἢ Uda HD yel a little 
while and, i. e. soon, shortly, Ex. nk ἐξ 
Ps. 87,10. Hos. 1,4. Repeated v9 
ὮΣ Ὦ little by little, Fr. peu a peu, by de- 
grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22.—Spec. 
ὭΣΤ ts it little? is it not enough? Gen. 
30, 15. Num. 16,13; with 12 of pers. 
ὈΞῸ ὈΣῸΠ is it little Sor you? not 
enough ? ‘Num. 16, 9. Job 15,11. Is. 7, 
13. al. > of pers. id. Josh. 22, 17. But 
Ez. 16, 20 ΠΤ ὈΣΌΓΙ was it little 
this of thy whoredoms ? 

3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. Dus"2 
few, Ps. 109, 8. Ecc. 5. 1. 

4. With Prefixes: a) 0393 ina lit- 
tle, i.e. «) nearly, almost, little is 
wanting, Gen. 26, 10, Ps. 73, 2. 119, 87. 
Ὁ ὩΡῸῺΞ litile that, shortly that, for 
scarcely, Cant.3,4. 8) Of time, shortly, 
soon, Ps. 81, 15. 94,17; quickly, sud- 
-denly, Ps. 2,12. Job 32,22. Comp. in 
art. 2 B. 3. fin. y) i. ᾳ. 099 but inten- 
sive, ὅσον ὀλίγον, very little, see art. 3 
B. 4. Proy. 10,20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few 
men, yea, USI very few. Ps, 105, 12; 
of space, a very little, 2 Sam. 19, 37, In 
apposit. Is. 1, 9. κε 20. Ezra 9, 8. 

b) wb (pr: ‘according to the few- 
ness’ comp. 92>) i. g. 022, Hagg. 1, 9. 
2 Chr. 29, 34. 


596 


197 


ud adj. fem. M232 once Ez. 21, 20, 
smooth, bare, and hence polished, sharp, 
of a αὐλόν, i. ᾳ. OI ν. 16.106. R. npn 
no. 1. 


ΓΙΌΣ m. (τ. MBP) constr. nesa, a 
vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3. 


MUI ff (r. ne) a cloak, mantle, 


Is. 3,22. Arab. is das and uibihs id. 
See Schreed. de Vest. mul. Heb. p. 235. 


2D m. (for ἜΣΘ, τ. MIP) a heap of 
rubbish, ruins, i. q. ‘sp, Is. 17,1. The 
prophet here employ’. an Gradual form 
in vy to the preceding ""32. 


22 (perh. σπλαχχνιζόμενος, comp. 
ah "Maai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 36. 


D390 m. (r. 372) an upper garment, 
robe, spec. an exterior tunic, fuller and 
longer than the common one, but with- 
out sleeves; that of kings’ daughters 
was with long sleeves, D°p >"> 2 Sam. 
13,18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam. 
1. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20. 
2,12; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18, 
4, 24, 5.12; by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27. 
28, 14. Ezra 9, 3.5; and especially by 
the high=priedt hider the ephod, whence 
Tinxt ΡΣ Ex. 28, 31. 39,22. Comp 
Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8, 7. See Braun de 
Vest. sacerd. II. p. 436 sq. Schreeder de 
Vest. mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann 
Hebraerin III. p. 312 sq. 


D2 bowels, see ΓΒ. 


7272 m. (denom. from 115} constr. 
252, poet. c. Vav parag. i272 Ps. 114, 
8; 6. suff. ‘3752 Hos. 13, 15; Plur. 
D°27572, constr. “yD; also plur. nis2, 
constr. nie. 

lla place of fountains, watered with 
springs, Ps. 84,7; see more under art. 
N23. 

2. a fountain, i.g. "9, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 
2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8. Joel 4, 18. 2 K. 3, 
25. 8]. Syr. ἴλζος, id.—Metaph. source 


of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss, 
Ps. 87,7; comp. Is. 12, 3. 


my" 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. q. 
ὈΠΡΗΣΏ, see 7132 no. 3. b. 


“* 32 to press, to compress, only 
Part. pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 “M3939 “in-n 


23% 


VI his spear was pressed (i.e. fixed, 
stuck) into the ground. Hence 7122 
spoken of an animal emasculated by 
compressing, bruising the testicles, 
Lev. 22, 24; Sept. éxrePAquuévog, Vulg. 
contrilis testiculis. 

Puat fo be pressed, handled, 6, g. the 
breasts of an immodest woman, Ez. 23, 3. 

Deriv. pr. n. 9592, also 
MIP and M322 Josh. 13, 13 (op- 
pression) Maachah, pr. n. 

1. Of a city and region at the foot of 
Hermon, not far from Geshur a district 
of Syria (see "83 and 03), 2 Sam. 
10, 6. 8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13. 
Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is 
called M332 σὸς Syria of Maachah 
1 Chr. 19, 6. [It prob. stretched from 
Mount Hermon eastwards on the south 
of the plain of Damascus.—R.]—The 
gentile noun is "332 Maachathite, put 
also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 

12, 5. 13,11. 2K. 25, 23.—Comp. ma 
ΓΙΞΡῺ, also M239 M72 bay : 

2, Of several persons, male and fe- 
male. a) A mani K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11, 
43. 27,16; also called 7199 q. v. Ὁ) 
Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtful. 
c) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2.10. 
13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she 
is called 99372. d) A wife of David, 
2 Sam. 3,3. 6) Fem. 1 Chr. 2,48. f) 
Fem. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16. 


«200, fut. 5997 Prov. 16, 10, db 
Lev. 5, 15. 

1. to cover, whence 5"32. 

2. Trop.to act covertly, treacherously, 
to be faithless, Prov. 16, 10. 2 Chr. 26, 
18. 29,6. Neh. 1,8; more fully 592 5y2 
Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13. 
Spec. a) With 3 of pers. to deal trea- 
cherously, faithlessly, with any one, e. g. 
an adulterous woman against her hus- 
band, Num. 5, 12. 27; so too Hina 532 
to deal treacherously with Jehovah, to 
sin against him, Deut. 32, 51. 2 Chr. 12, 
2. 30, 7. Neh. 13, 27. al. 
construction Mima bya S32 1 Chr. 10, 
13. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Ez. 17,20. 8) With 
3 of thing, to take by stealth, to steal any 
thing, Josh. 7, 1. 22,20. 1 Chr. 2, 7.— 
Comp. under the verb 732. Correspond- 


; ing are Arab. Rey to whisper, to back- 


597 


Often in the - 


3% 
9. - -- 
bite, αἰ perfidy, fraud; also hase 


to steal. 
Deriv. 5939 and 


I. 522 m. c. suff. 22, treachery 
against God, transgression, sin, Job 21, 
34. 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33,19. Ezra 9, 2; “a 
mbian Ezra 9,4. 10,6; minca “2 Josh, 
22, 22. Also in the "ΜΩΑ 2 522 522, 
see the examples in r. d32 no, 2. For 
Num. 31, 16 see in "02. 


Il. 532 m. (apoc. for Mbva, τ. Md3) 
pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then 
as Adv. above, over. Found only with. 
prefixes and affixes. 

1. ἘΣΘ from above Is. 45, 8. Job 3, 4; 
also simply above (comp. 772 3. ἢ), Deut. 
5, 8. Am. 2,9. Ps. 78, 23.—With >, i.e. 
> do, 1. ᾳ. > 5272 and simpl. 55 , above, 
upon, (on the upper part of any thing,) 
as Gen. 22,9 2°s9> 5222 upon the wood. 
Dan. 12,6 ΝΠ %272> bya2 upon the 
waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6, 
2 the Seraphs stood ‘> ἘΣΘ, Sept. xv- 
xd αὐτοῦ. Comp. ἘΣ of a multitude 
thronging around a chief or prince, Ex. 
18, 13. 14. Judg. 3, 19; espec. Job 1, 6; 
and see in >2 no. 3. a, Ὁ. 

2. With m loc. 1532 upwards ; opp. 
Γι. Deut. 28, 43 ΠΡΟΣ Ὁ ΤᾺΣ upwards 
upwards, higher and higher. Judg. 1, 
36. Of space, 1 Sam. 9,2 from his shoul- 
der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7, 31.— 
Of time, upwards, above, over; Ex. 30, 
14 from twenty years old and above. 
Num. 1, 3. 18. 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also 
onward, forward; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from 
that day forward. 30, 25. Hagg. 2, 
15. 18. 

3. M>22> a) upwards ; opp. 22>. 
Ex. 25, 20. 37, 9. Is. 8, 21. Ps. 74, 5. 


With verbs 05 x3 10 lift upwards, on 


high, 1 Chr. 14, 2; ‘nad ΤῊΣ to ascend 
upwards Ecc. 3, 21; “2b baa to let grow 
upwards, to παν magnify, 1 Chr. 29, 
25. 2 Chr. 1,1. Judg. 7, 13 and over- 
threw it (the tent) M>22> upwards, i. e. 
by tearing up the tent-pins, etc. Deut. 
28, 13. “ΠΡΌΣ mb20> Ez. 41, 7. Of 
time, upwards, above, over, 1 Chr. 23, 27. 
2 Chr. 31,17. Ὁ) With a subst. fol- 
lowing, aioe, over ; Ezra 9, 6 UNn "25 
over our head. With 12, above, over 
and above, 1 Chr. 29,3. Also 75325 59 
even to the highest point, to the utmost, 


bo 


i.e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12. 17, 12. 
26, 8. 

4. ΤΟΣ 8) from upwards, from 
above; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits M2322 
Srom above, i.e. measured from the sur- 
face of the waters downwards to the 
tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13. 
16. So ΓΙῸΣ ὩΘ Ἢ Sy jn2 10 place wpon 
any thing ‘from above, q. d. above upon 
any thing, Ex. 25, 91. 26, 14. 40, 19; 
comp. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10, 19. b) 
above, on high, i. q. 5329, Jer. 31, 37. 


ὉΣῺ for bs 2, see in >> C. 2. 


2972 Chald. τὰ. (r. >d2 to go in) the 
going down of the sun, plur. constr. "2372 
Dan. 6, 15. 


5942 τη. (apoc. for Moa, Mba, τ΄ 
m2) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8,6. 


ΤΙΣ m. (r. 4d2) constr. Md32, sing. 
ὁ. suff. 1°32, Heb. Gr. § 91. 9.n; comp. 
in TN. 

1. ascent, place of ascent ; Neh. 12, 37 
maind “2 the ascent to the wall With 
suff, ΠΕΡΙ sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of 
(to) it ‘had eight steps. v. 34. 37. 

2. Spoken of any elevated place: a) 
a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh. 
9,4. b) an ascent, acclivity, cliff, Josh. 
10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48,5, 1 Sam. 9, 11 
som 0. Hence the pr. names of ac- 
clivities or hills: 

a) ΠΗ ΓΙΡΣ Ὁ the ascent or mount 
of Olives 2 Sam. 15,30. 

8) Dont “2 the hill of Adummim (the 
red), on the confines of Judah and Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 15,7. 18, 17. 

7) 773" Ὁ the cliff of Ziz (blossoms), 
prob. the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr. 
20, 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33. 2 K. 9, 27. 

5) pra Ips Ὁ (cliff of scorpions) Maa- 
leh-akrabbim, south of the Dead Sea, 
Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 501, 611. 

εἾ ὈΠΠΠῚ “Ὁ (cliff of the sun) Judg, 
8, 13. 


ΤΡ f, (r. mdz) plur. ΤΟΣ 1. ἃ 
going up, ascent, to a higher region, 
e. g. from Babylon, Ezra 7, 9.—Metaph. 
Ez. 11, 5 pam mibge the risings of 
your mind, i. e. the things. thoughts, 
that. arise in your mind; comp. the 
phrase 35 ὉΣ ΓΙῸΣ Ez, 38, 10. 


598 


55 


2. ἃ step, stair, by which one ascends; 
plur. 1 K. 10, 19 mibp2 ww six steps. 
Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15. Ez. 40, 26. al— 
Trop. plur. put for the degrees of a dial, 
2 K. 20, 9-11. Is. 38, 8; hence mide 
mmx the degrees of Ahaz, for the dial of 
Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K. 
20, 11. Is. le. Others here understand 
the steps of a staircase, but less well: 
so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1. 

3. Any elevated place, as an upper 
chamber, i. ᾳ. 122, Am. 9,6. Also in 
the difficult passage 1 Chr. 17,17 and 
hast regarded me M232 INA Vira in 
the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea- 
ven, from heaven; comp. the parall. 2 
Sam. 7,19 DING Moin ΤΟ ΤῚ and this is 
the manner of men, not of God. 

4. The phrase ΤῚΣ ἘΓῚ 770), found in 
the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120- 
134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter- 
pretations proposed may be arranged un- 
der three classes. a) ὦ song of degrees 
or steps, Sept. ὠδαὲ τῶν avuBuduar, Vulg. 
carmina graduum; referred by later 
Hebrew intpp. to the place where they 
were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps 
leading up from the outer to the inher 
court of the temple. b) Others with 
better reason refer this name to the ar- 
gument of these Psalms, viz. a. song of the 
ascents (comp. no. 1), Theod. dopa τῶν 
ἀναβασέων, Symm. Aqu. ὠδὴ εἰς τὰς ἀνα- 
βάσεις. These ascents or ascendings are 
explained ina twofoldmanner: «) As 
referring to the return from the Babylo- 
nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra; 
comp. Ezra 7,9 inno. 1. SoSyr. This 
can mean only that these Psalms were 
composed at or about the time of the 
return, for the contents have no allusion 
to the return itself. 8) As referring to 
the annual journeys of the Israelites up 
to Jerusalem (q. d. pilgrim songs), in 
respect to which M>¥ is used Ex. 34, 24. 
1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122,4; and to which 
Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder, 
Eichhorn, and others. The contents of 
Ps. 124-128 suit well to these journey- 
ings as undertaken after the exile; but 
some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 134, do 
not favour this hypothesis. 6) Others 
again suppose them to be so called 
because of a certain number or rhythm 
which they exhibit. Thus Saadias 


59 


Gaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish 
intpp. regard them as having been sung 
with an elevated voice. But more prob. 
the name refers to that peculiar rhythm 
obvious in some of them, by which the 
sense advances by degrees or steps, 
some words of a preceding clause being 
repeated at the beginning of the suc- 
ceeding one with additions and ampli- 
fication, so that the sense as it were 
ascends. E.g. Ps. 121.1 J will lift up 
mine eyes unto the hills from whence 
cometh MY HELP. 2. My neue cometh 
from the Lord ....3. He will not suffer 
thy foot to be moved ; THY KEBPER WILL 
NoT SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NOT SLUMBER nor 
sleep will Tue KEEPER of Israel. 5. Je- 
. hovah is ray KEEPER. Ps. 122, 2 our 
Seet shall stand within thy gates, O Je- 
RUSALEM! 3. O JerusaLem! builded... 
4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See 
also Ps. 123, 3.4. 124,1-5. 126, 2.3. 129, 
1.2. 130, 5-8. 131, 2. 133, 2.3. To the 
same class belongs the song of Debo- 
rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6. 9. 12. 19. 20. 21. 23. 
24. 27. 30; comp. Is. 26, 5.6. Similar 
in phardeter was the κως or gradatio 
of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians, 
except that this was more artificial. 
That some of these Psalms do not exhibit 
this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however 
it may invalidate the position, does not 
overthrow it; these fifteen Psalms ap- 
pear to have formed a particular collec- 
tion, and may have been so named from 
the peculiarity obvious in most of them. 


S290 i. 4. dd3¥0, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth. 


2290 m. (τ. 555} only in plur, Θ᾿ ΒΡ 5, 
constr. "2522, c. suff. 473522, nsbbsa; 
works, deeds, e. g. of God, “‘facinora ‘Dei, 
Ps. 77, 12. 78,7; of men Prov. 20, 11. 
Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1, 6. 
Jer. 7, 5. 11, 18. 21,14. 3332 395, 
"Ἢ DO, to make one’s deeds good ot 
evil, τὸ do: well or ill, Jer. 35,15. Mic. 3, 4. 


ΩΣ m. (r. 199) station, post, 1 K. 
10, 5. Is. 22, 19. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 2 Chr. 
9, 4. 


“ΩΡ τὰ. (r. 123) a standing-place, 


‘foundation, Ps. 69, 3. Sept. ὑπόστασις. 

MONT f. (τ. bas) burden ; Zech. 12, 
3 Twill make Jerusalem "31 noes. 28 
@ stone of burden to all nations. This 


599 


. eousness or goodness, etc. 


wo 


is finely illustrated by Jerome ad ἢ, |. 
“Mos est in urbibus Palestina, et usque 
hodie per omnem Judwam vetus consue- 
tudo servatur, ut in viculis. oppidis et 
castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra- 
vissimi ponderis, ad quos juvenes exer- 
cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate 
virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii 
usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humeros et 
caput, nonnulli super verticem, rectis 
junctisque manibus, magnitudinem viri- 
um demonstrantes pondus extollant.” 


DPN m. plur. (r. P22) deeps, depthe, 
Is. 51,10. Ps. 69, 3.15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34. 

ἸῺ (for M222 no. 2, τ. ΓΝ L 4) pr. 
subst. ‘counsel, purpose ;’ found only 
with pref. >, i.e. 29>, 6. suff. 22>, 
ΣΌΝ, 53230, and every where as a 
particle. 

A) Prep. propler, on account of, be- 
cause of, for the sake of, e. g. 

1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps, 
48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice...4322 
Wy wae because of thy judgments, 97,8. 
122,8. So God is often said to have 
done something 1733 773 22> because 
of (for the sake of ) David his servant, 
i. 6. because of his memory and the pro- 
mises made to him, Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132, 
10. 2 K. 8,19. 19, 34; inom 422 for 
his mercy’s sake, i. e. because of or ac- 
cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5. 
25, 7. 44,27. (See in the same sense 
WIOMD Ps. 25,7. 51, 3. 109, 26.) 42> 
28 for his name’s sake, according to his 
name or character, i. e. what this au- 
thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer 
observes, is always goodness, mercy), 
Ps. 23, 3. 25,11. 31, 4. This meaning 
of the phrase is apparent from the foll. 
passages: Ps. 109, 21 5225 ἊΝ ΠῸΣ 
FIOM sv ἪΞ HW do thou with me ac- 
cording to thy name, For great is thy 
goodness. 143, 11 "3720" 77 yaw ἸΣῺ5 
“131 AMPIZA for thy name's sake, Jeho- 
vah, preserve me, according to thy right- 
Another use 
of this phrase see in no. 2.—ip7% heb 
(Jehovah) for the sake of, according to, 
his righteousness, Is. 42, 21. 

2. Of the purpose, object, end, at which 
one aims, on account of, for the sake of; 
€. g. 02932> for your sake, for your be- 
nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14, comp. 


ἸΣῺ 


45, 4. 63, 17; "2225 for my own sake, 
i. 6. in order to vindicate my name, Is. 
43,25. 48,11. In this sense we find the 
fuller construction: (43%2>)'— 772 4372 
“mann for my name’s sake—and for 4 
glory’s sake Is. 48,9; comp. 720 53 
Ps. 79, 9, which is isimediatély Scobie 
ed: ΩΣ Tina 723 ἘΣ for the glory of 
‘thy name, and 106, 8 37Vind Few 52> 
imyaa-nx for his name's sake, that he 
might show his power. A different sense 
of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41: the 
stranger who cometh from a distant land 
"ad j22> for thy name’s sake, i. 6. to 
behold thy glory—tIn the Psalms, God 
is often said or besought to do something 
because of his enemies Ps. 8, 3, or because 
of the psalmist’s enemies Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. 
69, 19, i. 6. in order that these may be 
put to shame, q. d. 127 43>.—With 
an infin. in order that, Am. 2, 7. Jer. 
7, 10. 44,8. Deut. 29,18. al. In some 
passages interpreters have preferred to 
understand 43> of the event or result. 
and render it so that, i. e. with such and 
such a result ; which however is to de- 
stroy the force of language. The idea 
of purpose or aim is every where to be 
retained, e. g. Amos ἰ. ὁ. a man and his 
father goin unto the same maid (harlot) 
"Ip oU-rN ἘΣΤῚ ἸΣῸΡ in order to pro- 
Sane my holy name, i. e. with such wan- 
tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they 
purposely provoke the divine punish- 
ment; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with 
such cords of sin do they draw down 
punishment, Is. 5, 18; comp. below in 
Β. [Yet the frequent and undeniable 
ecbatic use of ἵνα and ὅπως in the N. T. 
not improbably arose from their sup- 
posed correspondence to Heb. 1585 ete. 
for which they are put in the Sept. To 
assert for j272> in all cases a ¢elic power 
is equally to destroy the force of lan- 
guage; e.g. πὶ. 1. ο. Jer. 44, 8, ete.— 
R 


B) Conj. "x 1585 Gen. 18, 19. Lev. 
17, 5. Num. 17, 5. Deut. 20, 18. 27, 3. 
Josh. 3, 4. 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply 
422>, to the end that, in order that, with 
a fut. Gen. 27, 25, Ex. 4, 5. Is. 41, 20. al. 
sep. and so in all the éxamplea: yw 
R> that not, lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3.— 
We subjoin here some examples as to 
which interpreters have hesitated ; 


600 


270 


Gen. 18, 19 FAB? WY Seb VAST 1D 
Sor I have chosen him (Abraham, in or- 
der) that he may command, etc. see 373 
no. 1. Ὁ. Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je- 
rusalem....O92W4 IPI" 422> that ye 
may suck, etc. i. e. declare your joyful 
sympathy with Jerusalem, in order that 
ye may partake of her rejoicing and 
abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made 
them idols 72% 4322 that they may be 
cut off, i.e. they rush headlong as it 
were to their own destruction. Ps. 30, 
12 thou hast turned my mourning into 
dancing ...13 to the end that my heart 
may extol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 36, 
12. 44, 9. Jer. 27. 15, where some under- 
stand ἸΣῸΣ of the event ; see at the close 
of A.2. above. Soalso τελικῶς, Ps. 51,6 
against thee only have I sinned.. — 
73728 Pysm that thou mightest be just 
an thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I 
been left to sin, that thy justice might 
be manifest. 

2272 τη. (Ὁ. 933 1, 3) constr. ΠΩΣ. 

1. an answer, response. Prov. 15, 1. 
23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e. 
the hearing and granting of prayer, 
Prov. 16,1. δ) reply, refutation, Job 
32, 3. 5. 

2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. j22, 
Prov. 16,4. Comp. Arab. intendit. 
See r. ney 1. 4, st 

M2272 f. (τ. 922 Il) a furrow ; 1 Sam. 
14, 14 there fell....abowt twenty men 
may Tas M232 ἜΧΠΕΞ in about half the 
furrow of a “yoke of land, i. e. a furrow 


drawn through the length of a yoke of 
land.—Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth. 


222 ἢ id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri. 

ΓΘ f. dwelling, see M2122. 

"23 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Gane, to be 
angry, whence 


722 (anger) Maaz, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
2,27. Comp. y22°hs. 

MAA f. (τ. 315) pain, sorrow, Is. 
50, 11. 


ΠἸΧΣ m. (τ. ἼΣΣ) an ave, adz, Is. 44, 


is Had 


12. Jer.10, 3. Arab. dude id 


ΣΦ m. (1.482) restraint, hindrance, 
1 Sam. 14, 6. 


pe) 


“239 m. (Ὁ. ἼἼΣΣ) restraint, i. e. power 
of restraint, Prov. 25, 38, 

MEZIim. (r. NPY) a ledge, parapet, 
around the flat roof of an oriental 
house to prevent persons from falling 
off, Deut. 22, 8. 


Dwr. m. plor. (1. Bpr) crooked 
ways or places, opp. “1872, Is. 42, 16. 

22 αἰ. (for ΠΣ Ὁ. τ. ΠΣ) 1, naked- 
ness, pudenda, i. ᾳ. M193, Nah. 3, 5. 

2. naked space, empty room. 1 K. 7, 
36 ΘῈΣ 7222 according to the room of 
each border. 

I. 329 m. (r. 399 1) a mercantile 
word. found only in Ez. e. 27 in several 
senses: a) Pr. barter, and so trade, 
traffic, v. 9. 87. Ὁ) Place of barter, 
market, mart, v.12.13.17.19. 0) gain, 
wealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "710 and 
jin no. 2; or perh. precious wares ; v 
27. 34. Plur. v. 33. 

II. ΞΔ Ὁ m. (r. 399 II) the occident, 
the west, place where the sun goes 
down, Ps. 75, 7. 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43, 
5. al. With ® loc. ΠΣ Ὁ westward 1 
Chr. 26, 30; with >, "on the west of, 2 
Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. 


MDI f. ig. 2322 Il, the occident, 
the west, Is. 45,6. R. 2373 IL. 


ΤΣ m. (Ὁ. M32) a naked place, i. 6. 
a field or plain without trees and γνν 


ings, Judg. 20, 33. Comp. Arab. ἜΣ 
the environs of a city, pr. ἃ naked tract 
around it. 


ΠΣ Γ (τς “A> TIL) constr. mya 
Gen. 23, 9. plur. M1933, @ cave, cavern, 
Gen. 19, 30. 1 Sam. 24, 4. I 9. 1 Chr. 


11, 15. Is. 32,14. al. Arab. ὅιᾶ.- τὰ 


Josh. 13. 4 some take it as a fo name, 
Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah. 


nso ᾧ plur. 1 Sam. 17, 23 Cheth. 
prob. an error for the Keri mis 32, 
which is expressed by all the ancient 
interpreters. 


ΤΟΣ τὸ. (τ. HIF) arrangement, dis- 
position. Prov.16, 1 35772932 disposings 
of the mind, counsels.» 

ΓΟ ἢ (r. FI) 1. arrangement, 
disposition, order, e. g. ΓΙΞῸΡ ἘΠῚ Τὴ the 

51 


601 


ὉΣῺ 


lamps set in order sc. upon the sacred 
candelabra, Ex. 39, 37. 

2. Spec. a heap, pile, of wood arranged 
on an altar Judg. 6, 26; comp. the verb 
Gen. 22, 9. 

3. array, i.e, an army in battle-array, 
host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22, 48. 
1 Chr. 12, 38. 


PINS f. (r. FI) plur. nis we, 
constr. Mi3"92. 

1, a row, pile, arranged in order, as of 
the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows 
before Jehovah in the temple, Lev. 24, 6 
bis. Hence M2932 ΠΡ in the later 
books, the shew-bread, pr. ‘the bread of 
arrangement’ Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32. 
23, 29, i.g. DYER ond in the earlier ; 
also without ond 2 Chr. 2,3. So too 
ΠΡ mse 13, 11. ὈΞΡΓΙ πο the 
table of the shew-bread, on which the 
loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18. 

2. Plur. ranks ofan army, array, army 
in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8. 10. 
23, 26. 36. 45. 


D°2779 m. plur. (τ. 02> 1) naked- 


A= 


ness, for concr. the naked, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 
MEI" £. (Ὁ. YI) terror, sudden vio- 


ἜΨΡ = 


lence, Is. 10, 33. 
MI) (i. ᾳ. ΠΡ, τ΄ 1) Maarath, 


pr. n. of a place in the mountains of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 59. 


“WI2 τὰ. (τ. Mv) constr. ΠΏΣ Ὁ, 6. 
suff. ΠΩΣ ; Plur. pwd Gen. 20, 9, 
ὁ. suff. sing Eee. 2, 4. 11, which same. 
form is also sing. Ps. 45, 2 (comp. in 
mea, and Heb. Gr. § 91, 9.n); ἡ ΩΡ: 
plur. Ps. 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23, 12. Ps. 
66, 3; "wa plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing. 
1 Samp 19,4; 9 ὩΣ plur. aleo sing. 
Gen. 47, 3. 

1. work, i.e. labour, business, occupa- 
tion, pr. noun of action of the verb NW. 
Gen, 47, 8 n2"wea7m2 what is your oc- 
copatides? 1 Chr. 23, 28 miss myn: 
pimdan ma the labour (doing) of the 
temple-service. Ex.5,4 why do ye call 
off the people "ὩΣ from their labour?’ 
Ez. 46, 1 ningan “0% the days of labour, 
as opp. to the sabbath.—Hence spokem 
of any general mode of acting, conduct, 
almost i. q. 712; Ex. 23, 24 ΠΏΣ N> 
ἘΠ ΩΣ 29. thou shalt not do according to 
their works, i.e. thou shalt not do as 


ὩΣῺ 


they do, sc. the gentiles. 18,20. Lev. 18, 
3. Mic. 6,16. Ece. 4,3 who hath not seen 
D2un nnn nivs2 “DS Saale) ΓΙΌΣ ΈΠΙΓΤΝ 
the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that 
is done under the sun. Absol. of evil 
works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17. 

2. a work, i.e. a deed, act, something 
done, e.g. a) Of God, Tote: 2,10. Ps. 
86, 8. Ὁ) Of men, deed. action, chiefly 
in a bad sense ; Gen. 44,15 moyen ne 
Emus minx M3 what deed is this that 
ye have done? Plur. Gen. 20,9. 1 Sam. 
8, 8. 2 K. 23,19. Ecce. 1,14. Absol.. of 
an evil deed, 1 Sam, 20, 19 ΠΕΣ Sia in 
the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was 
on the point of killing David ; others, 
working day y, opp. to a festival day. 

3. a work, i.e. something made, creat- 
ed. a) Of God, "2 "39 “yz2 the works 
of his hands, (fingers Ps, 8, 4 ,) which he 
created, e. g. heaven, earth, all living 
things, Ps, 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing. 
mins mies. the work of Jehovah, spec. of 
the judgments of God upon the wicked, 
Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10; alko 
"7-77 Neos id. Is. 5, 12. 29, 23. Ps. 28, 
5. Comp. ὮΣΕ. b) Of men, "3" ΓΙΌΣ 
DIN the work of men’s hands, often said 
of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4. 135, 15. 
Spec. of works of art, as 20M Mey. da- 
mask-work Ex. 26, 1. 31; x38 nivy2 wo- 
ven-work 28,32; ney ΓΕΘ net-work 27, 
4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16, 14 ming rnptss 
poet, ποίημα, , Ps. 45, 2.—Metaph. of the 
Sruit, effect, of any thing, Is. 32,17 ΓΙῸΣ Ὁ 
πῆρ NPIS the work (fruit) of righteous- 
ness is peace. Hab. 3, 17.—Difficult is 
Job 37, 7 snivyn “iy-bs ΤΣῚΣ that ail 
men of his (God's) work may know him, 
i, e. that all men as his creatures may 
know him. But it is better with Reiske 
and A. Schultens to divide the words 
differently: anws p-wrx-dp ΤΡῚΣ that 
all men may know their Maker. 

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour, 
goods, effects, property, i. ᾳ. 92822 no. 3. 
Is. 26, 12 ssrepe~d> all our goods. Jer. 
48,7. Spee. of fruits, produce, Ex. 23, 
16; of cattle 1 Sam, 25, 2. 


"W272 (contr. for ΤΟΣ Ὁ work of Je- 
hovah) Maasai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. 


MOS and WOM (work of Jeho- 
vah) Maaseiah, pr. n. of several men, 


602 5 


Jer. 21, 1 (comp. 37, 3). 29, 21. 35, 4. 
1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 


nw m. (denom. from "Q2 ten) 
constr. ΩΣ ἢ Num. 18, 24, also. “wa 
Lev. 27, 30. 32, 6. cul, nwa ; plur. 
minw2 ‘Neh. 12, 44, c. suff. Ssnhess 
Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits 
and produces of flocks and herds, to be 
paid to the Levites, etc. see hee 27, 
30-33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5. 12: 
also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10, 38. al. 
Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. “ton ΣΡ 
the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Also 
ἜΞΣΈΠΙΓΣΣ the lithe-year, every third 
year, in which the tithes were to be 
applied in giving entertainments at 
home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22-28, 


mipoya Γ plur. (τ. pus) oppressions, 
exactions, Prov. 28, 16. 


52 Moph Hos. 9,6 and 9} Noph Is. 
19, 13, Jer. 2,16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. ἢ. 
Memphis, a very ancient and splendid 
city of Egypt, the rayal seat of four 
dynasties, and from the time of Psam- 
metichus the metropolis of all Egypt; 
surrounded with lofty mounds to guard 
against the inundations of the Nile and 
also against hostile assaults; and em- 
bellished with splendid edifices, among 
which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan 
or λίαν, enlarged and decorated by 
many kings, Hdot. 2. 99, 136, 153. Diod 
Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not far distant are 
the pyramids ; and the long ranges of 
tombs stretching far to the south of these 
were doubtless once the necropolis of the 
ancient city, which lay between them 
and the Nile. After the founding of 
Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay, 
and in Strabo’s time was partly in ruins, 
XVII. p. 807. In the thirteenth cen- 
tury there were still here extensive and 
splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184 
ed, De Sacy. At present the site is 
marked by large mounds and a few 
slight architectural remains. It bears 
the name of the nearest village, Mitra- 
heny, fully xis, ἄλλα Minyet Rahi- 
neh. See Tomard in Descr. de PEgypte 
V. 1 sq. 531 sq. Champollion PEgypte 
sous les Pharaon# I. 336 sq. Comp. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41.—The 
ancient hieroglyphic name is read Ma- 


a5'3 


m-Paran, the place of Phtah or Vulcan; 
and later Ilanov Panour, the tem- 
ple of the good god. From the ancient 
form Ma-m-phiah came the Coptic 


Uesngée, Uessqs, Gr, Μέμφις, Arab. 
wiv Menf, and prob. Heb. 92; while 
from Panouf came Heb. $3. The true 
signif. of the name was known to Plu- 
tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369: τὴν μὲν 
πόλιν Μέμφιν ot μὲν ὅρμον ayadar 
ἑρμηνεύουσιν, ot δὲ ὡς τάφον ᾿Οσίριδος, 
i.e. both these interpretations arose out 
of the proper signif. the place of the good 
god i. 6. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of 
the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre ἃ Ro- 
sellini p.52. See Thesaur. p. 812. 


M359 pr. n. see in nwa"52. 


Ya m. (τ. 338) attack, assault ; 
coner. object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20. 


MB m. (τ. MB3) constr. Job 11, 20 
52 ΠΡ, a breathing out, expiration 
of the soul, i. 6. death. Comp. © 53 mp3 
Jer. 15, 9. Job 31, 39. 


TIB"2 m. (r. M2) the bellows of a forge, 
6 <- 
Jer. 6,29. Arab. cls id. 


MWAH and MVILD (contr. for 
nts ΠΝΒῸ | extermination of idols’ ace. 
to Simonis, r. NB,) Mephibosheth, pr. n. 
m. a) 2Sam.21,8. Ὁ) 2Sam.4,4. 9,6. 


DYED see in ξηρῷ. 


7°22 πι. (pr. part. Hiph. r. yp) α 
mallet, maul, war-club, Prov. 25, 18. 
Comp. 722. 


BY) τα. (r. 582) 1. a falling, i.e. that 
which falls off or away, refuse. Am. 
8. 6 2 58 the refuse of the grain, chaff, 
straw. 

2. Any thing pendulous, a flap ; Job 
41, 15 23 "58 the pendulous parts of 
his flesh, i. 6. on the belly of the croco- 
dile, the flabby parts, flaps—So the 
Latin poets employ cadere of any thing 
pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. Silv. 38. 
Sil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333. 


ΓΝ ΕΓ (τ. NEB) once plur. constr. 
nixda, miracles, wondrous works, Job 
37, 16, i.g. PINdE?. The poet prob. chose 
this unusual form because of the like 
sounding "¥>2 in the other clause. 


603 


we 


ΓΘ f(r. 322) a division, class, 
2 Chr. 35, 12. 


M282 £ Is. 17,1, and M289 Is. 23, 13, 


25, 2 (τ. 583) fallen buildings, ruins, 
Syr. |Dvaaso id. 

DDN m. (r. udp) escape, Ps. 55, 9. 

PElHn f(r. 728) pr. terror ; then 
an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K. 15, 13. 
2 Chr. 15, 16. 

WHA τὰ. (τ. BSD i. gq. DdB) a pois- 
ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16. 

be") f(r. bpp). suff. nba. 

1. fall, ruin, of a man Prov. 29,16; of 
a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16. 

2. a ruin, spoken of a fallen tree, Ez. 
31, 13. 

3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere, 
πτῶμα from πέπτω, Judg. 14, 8. 

5282 m. Prov. 8, 22, and ΤΩΣ Θ £ 
Ps. 46, 9. 66,5, work, se. of God. R. ἘΣ 

MPH see mrp "2. 

VB. τὰ. (r. YB2) a smiting in pieces ; 
Ez. 9,2 γ "59 i. 6. a deadly weapon, 
i. q. mans "bp v. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6. 

722 m. (τ. γ83) a mallet, maul, war- 
club, Jer. 51, 20. Comp. 7752. 

‘E22 m. (τ. 778) 1. a review, num- 
bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9. 
1 Chr. 21, 5. 

2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr. 
31, 13. 

3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21. 

4. Miphkad, pr. n. of a gate of Jeru- 
salem, Neh. 3, 31. 


7229 τὰ. (r. 7B) haven, harbour, pr. 
a rent, opening in the coast, Judg. 5, 17, 


59 - 
—Arab. &S.3 inlet from a river where 
water is drawn up, also an anchorage 
for ships. 
MPD. f (τ. poe) the neck, pr. the 
joints or vertebre of the neck, 1 Sam. 
4, 18; Chald. m*psb, ἈΡῚΒ, id. Syr. 


ἵδοξ 9 vertebra. 


DIHD m. (τ. 5:8) a spreading out 
expansion. Job 36, 29. Ez. 27, 7. 

MPWHD f (τ. see) α step, stride, 
meton. for the upper part of the legs or 
the buttocks 1 Chr. 19,4; by euphemism 
for Mins in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4, 


na 
mompia see mein. 


ΠΏΞ m. (τ. mms) a key, pr. the 
opener, Judg. 3, 25. Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr. 


9,27. Arab. » ike id. 


MMDS m. (τ. Mme) an opening ; Prov. 
8, 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips 
utter. 

JHA m. (r. 128) the sill, threshold, 
1 Sam. 5, 4.5. Ez. 9, 8. 10, 4. 18. al. 

ΤῈ see yin. 

* R272) 1 pers. “MNS, also ΧΩ 
‘Num. 11, 11; fut. 849°, imp. 832, inf. 
‘constr. 8X2, c. suff. "N¥2, but pays 
(for psu) Gen. 32, 20; part. xin, 


-once 82 like verbs fb Ecc. 7, 26, fer. 
‘MRL, maya 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8, 10. 


1. to come to, i. 6. to attain to, to ar- 


‘rive at, to reach any thing, c. 49 Job 11, 
‘7. Chald. and Syr. xv, Las, Eth. 
PRA, id. Arab. to go away, 
kindr, msn to go.—Hence to acquire, 
to get, to receive; with ace. of thing, 
‘Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received 
a hundred measures, i. e. he harvested 
a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20,6 i> 8x2 98 
minga O79 lest he get possession of for- 
tified cities. 

2. to find, to find out, a person or 
‘thing, Sept. εὑρίσκω, and this is the most 
freq. usage of the word; pr. to come 
upon, to fallin with. So of persons Gen. 
.38, 20. 23. Num. 35, 27. Deut. 22, 27. 
1 Sam. 10,2. al. Of things Gen. 36, 24. 
‘2 K. 23, 24; espec. things lost Lev. 5, 
22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search 
‘Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16, 27. al. or 
~without Gen. 11, 2. 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1. 
al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting 
under an oak. 2 K. 19, 8.—Hence in 
‘various senses : 

a) to find, i. q. to attain unto, to get, to 
gain, comp.in no. 1; so in a good sense, 
(like Lat. ‘invenire laudem, cognomen,’) 
6. g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35. 
18. 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see 
in ἼΠ no. 1; wealth Hos. 12,9; a vision 
from God Lam. 2, 9, comp. Ez. 3,1; the 
grave i. 6. death Job 3, 22; rest Jer. 6, 
16. 45, 3. Lam. 1, 3. (But in Ruth 1, 9 
lo find rest is said of a woman in respect 
to marriage, i. q. Bi>% δὲς Ὁ Cant. 8, 10.) 


604 


N22 


Job 33,24 "BS "ὨΝΧ 7 have found a 
ransom, λύτρον, comp. Od. 19. 403 ϑανά- 
tov λύσιν εὑροίμην, also Heb. 19, 12. 
Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 nxxa AIba 1 πὸ 
tidings finding sc. favour, i.e. no grate- 
ful message, none which will bring re- 
ward to the bearer. Also in a bad sense, 
(like Gr. εὑρέσκειν κακόν Od. 21. 304. ib. 
24. 462,) e. g. to find evil, trouble, sor- 
row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity, 
Ps, 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9. 

b) to find out 56. by thinking, men- 
tally, e. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh. 
5, 8. Eec. 3,11. 8,17. (See Eee. ll. ec. 
in ρὲ» B.) So to find out a riddle, to 
solve it, Judg. 14, 12. 

6) The phrase "37 782-777 my hand 
Jindeth any thing, is found in a threefold 
sense: ἃ) to get for oneseif, to acquire, 
i. q. to possess any thing. Ley. 25, 28 
{> τι ὅπ Tt ANY ND ON if he cannot 
get enough to restore it to him. 12,8, 
comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; ο. > Is. 10, 14 
and my hand hath nnd (possessed), as 
a nest, ὈΣΩΣΤΙ ΠΤ the riches of the na- 
tions. £8) Spoken of what happens in- 
cidentally, what comes to hand; e. g. 
1 Sam. 10, 7 FW RTM ATR πὸ np 
do what thy y habe shall find, i.e. act as 
occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33. 
Similar is Ecc. 9,10 whatsoever thy hana. 
Jindeth to do, do tt with thy might, i. e. 
whatever is incumbent upon thee. y) 
Of enemies, to find out, to get into one’s 
power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul 
shall not find thee owt, i. e. shall not get 
thee into his power. With > of pers. 
Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10. 

d) to find or discover a fault or wrong 
of which one is accused; c. 3 of pers. 
1 Sam. 29, 3 ΙΝ 13 ΝΣ Ὁ xd I find 
in him nothing, no fault. Ps. 17, 3; more 
fully Job 19, 28, comp. Luke 6,7. Dif- 
ferent is 2 K. 9, 35 ΕΞ AND ND they found 
nothing of her but the skull, ete. here a 
is partitive, comp. Job 20, 20. 

e) to find God, i. e. to find him propi- 
tious, ready to hear and answer prayer, 
Deut. 4, 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6 
one shall pray unto thee 882 ὍΣ in a 
time of finding thee, i. e. a time when 
thou art propitious; see Niph. 

f) iad-my ἘΣ 10 find one’s heart, to 
take heart, to take courage, 2 Sam. 7, 
27; comp. Ps, 76, 6. 


Sear) 


5) As in Engl. to try to find, to seek ; 
1 Sam. 20, 21 OENMMY ΝΣ TP go, 
Jind (seek) the arrows. v. 36. Job 33, 
10. Ecc. 7,27. So of pleasure, to find 
out, to seek afler, Is, 58, 3. 13. 

3. to come upon any one, to befall, to 
happen to, with ace. of pers. (comp. 813 
6. acc. no. 2. ἃ.) Ex. 18, 8 all the travail 
WIA ὈΣΝΧῸ ὍΝ that had come upon 
(befallen) them in the way. Gen. 44, 34. 
Num. 20, 14. 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Judg: 6, 
13, Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. εὑρίσκω 
τινά Tob. 12, 7. 

4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num. 
11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl. to 
reach, Germ. hinreichen, hinlangen, hin- 
langlich seyn, Gr. ἱκνούμενος, ἱκανός suffi- 
cient, from ἱκρέομαι. 

Nipu. 8892, 2 pers, MX¥0}; fut. ΝΣ 5; 
part. 8292, plur. O°N¥o2 1 Sam. 13, 15, 
in pause O°N¥92 Ezra 8, 25. 

1. Pr. a) Pass. of Hiph. or i.q. Kal 
no. 1, fo come to any one, to be brought. 
Jer. 15, 16 47°37 AXXO? thy words were 
brought sc. tome. Ὁ) Pass. of Kal no, 
1, to be acquired, with > of pers. Deut. 
\ 21, 19 egw svy-b2 all that has been 
acmiiiredl by him, all that he hath. Josh, 
17,16. Pregn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, {782 
RYN whence shall it be acquired 2 

2.'to be found, pass. of Kal. no. 2, 
1 Sam. 10, 2. 16.21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37, 
36. Josh. 10,17. al. So of a thief, to be 
detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7. Deut. 
24, 7. Jer. 2,26. Often with an adjunct 
of place where, Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16. 
17. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 39,2. al_—Spee. a) 
With 72 to be found and selected out of 
a number, i. q. Engl. to be found among, 
Dan. 1,19. Ezra 10,18. Ὁ) Of good 
and evil; 1 K. 14,13 31 "39 3. x22 
there is found in him some good thing. 
1,52 3 8¥am M39 DN. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 
Ez. 28.15; also with ὩΣ 2 Chr. 19. 3; 
Ὁ; 36, 8; > Deut. 22. 20. 06) God is 
said to be found of men. when he is pro- 
pitious, or hears and answers prayer 
ec. > 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 2. 4, 15. Jer. 
29, 14. Is. 55, 6. 65,1. Comp. Rom. 10, 
20 εὑρέϑην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν. 

3. to be found, i. 6. to be, to exist, to be 
present in any place. a) With an ad- 
an of place where; 1 Sam. 13, 19 

Sw 553 Ny Nb don there was no 
smith (found) in all Israel, i. e. none 

51* 


605 


abe 


existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 ΓΒ ΤΗΝ ὉΣΡῚ Far 
thy people which are here present. 2 Chr. 
34, 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13.-Is. 65. 8. al. 
Of things, Gen. 47, 14 all the money that 
was (found) in the land of Egypt. Ὁ) 
Absol. Gen. 19, 15 MixxaI Π3 Ae 
thy two daughters present, opp. to those 
absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22, 3. 1 Sam. 
13, 15.—Dan. 11, 19 and he shall stum- 
ble and fall x3729 8>5 and shall be (found) 
no more, i. q. 983°8). 

Hip. 8°23 1. Causat. of Kal no. 
1, to make come to ; with 973 to deliver 
up or over, 2 Sam. 3, 8. Zech. 11, 6. 
Also to bring to, to present, with >x 
Lev. 9,12. 13. 18, 

2. to let acquire, to let receive, i. e. to 
allot to any one, Job 34, 11. 37, 13. 

N30 see RxtD. 

322 m. (τ. 3.3) constr. 32, a sta- 
tion, i. e. place where one stands, Josh. 
4,3.9; a military post, garrison, 1 Sam. 
13, 23. 14.1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office, 
post, Is, 22, 19. 


3372 m. (part. Hoph. τ. 333) α station 
of troops, post, Is. 29,3. Here too we 
may refer Judg. 9, 6 ατῦς TSN ΞΣῸ ἸΌΝ 
the oak of the garrison which is at She- 
chem, so called prob. from a military 
post established there. Others here 
take 382 in the sense of a monument, 
pillar, i. q. 13272. 

M3372 1 Sam. 14, 12, and “as” 
Zech. 9, 8, i. 4. 222, a military post. R. 
315. 

M323 f. (τ. 353) constr. a plur. 
misz2, constr. ΤΊΣΙΣ, pr. ‘something 
set upright.’ Spec. 

1. @ pillar, cippus, of stone, Gen. 28, 
18. 22. Ex. 24, 4. Is. 19, 19. Jer. 43, 13 
vad ma miska the columns of Beth- 
shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis. 

2. a statue, idol-image. e. g. ὈΞΞ 
bvan the image of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10, 
26. 27. 18, 4. 23,14; genr. Mic. 5, 12. 
Hos. 10, 1. al. 

MILA Mezobaiah, pr. n. of a place 
otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 47. 

ΓΞΧῸ ff (r. 342) 1. ig. ΠΕΣ, ἃ 
monument, cippus, Gen. 35, 14.20, 2 Sam. 
18,18. In this sense it is also found in 
Phenician inscriptions. , 

2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 18. 


7373 


2 m. (Ὁ. 79%) plur. nitza, Kamets 
impure, a fastness, castle, sdrenaheid, on 
a hill or mountain, so called asa place 
of lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr. 
11, 7 and David dwelt “22 in the 
stronghold (castle, citadel) ;. .. therefore 
it was called, the city of Davia. Plur. 
strongholds, fasinesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 
19, 24, 1. Is. 33,16 Θ᾿ΣΞΌ Minxa. Jer. 
48, 41. 51, 30. Coupled ‘with. caverns 
Side. 6, 2, Ez. 33, 37. Chald. xmvx9 


id. Arab. Lax mountain-top; comp. 
Mooadu the name of Herod’s strong 
eastle Jos. B. 7. 7. 8. 2. 


mz, mje, see ΤΙΣ, ΤΉΝ, 


ὙΤΙ͂Ν Ὁ fut. conv. yar Judg. 6, 38. 

1. Pr. 1. ᾳ. Υ5Ώ, ΠΏ, to suck, then to 
suck out, to drink out greedily, to drain. 
Is. 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast 
drunk, thou hast sucked it out. i. e. hast 
drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps, 
75, 9. Ex. 23, 34.—Syr. [eso id. Lagso 
epotatio. 

2. to press or squeeze out moisture, 
with 2 from any thing, Judg. 6, 38. 
‘Chald. Syr. Pa. id. 

Nipo. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73, 
-10. 

2. Pass. of Kal no, 2, Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9. 


1. ΓΙῸ £ (r. V ¥2) pr. sweetness, concr. 
‘sweet, i. e. not fermented, unlecsened, 
,ἄζυμον. Lev. 3, δ᾽ MIN 722 τὲ shall be 
-unleavened. Often in genit. maa ΓΕ 
-an unleavened cake Ley. 8, 26. Num. 6, 
19; ‘2 ΠΡ. Num. 1. 6. In plur. nidn 
‘mine wnleavened cakes Num. 6, 15 (for 
ithe double plur. see in 527" no. 1, note. 
Heb. Gr. § 106. 3); ‘2 "p-p _ tee 2, 4. 
‘7,12; mize miay Ex. 12, 39. Here bs 
ἡδᾶρε also Mixa ‘pm unleavened bread 
‘Ex. 29,2. and simpl. nix id. Gen. 19, 
‘3; also often miz2 53} 10 eat unleavened 
bread Ex. 13, 6. 7. 23, 15. Lev. 6. 9. 
Deut. 16, 3. 8; comp. Lev. 10. 12. 1 
Sam. 28. 24. So mizan an the Sesti- 
val of unleavened bread, the Passover, 
Ex. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21; 
ellipt. Mien id. Gr. τὰ ἄζυμα, Ex. 12, 
17, comp. 23, 15. 


ΠῚ. ΤΙΣ Γ (v.43) contention, quarrel, 
(Prov. 13, 10. 17, 19. Is, 58, 4. 


606 


122 


ΤΊΣ (perh. for Rzi0 fountain) Mo- 


_2zah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Ben- 


jamin, Josh. 18, 26. 


moar f(r. 2M) a neighing, snort- 
ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27. 


Tit m. (r. TAS) constr. T1372, ¢. suff. 
i519 Job 19, 6 ; plur. oti. 

1. capture, i. e. prey, gain, Prov. 12, 
12. 

2. a net, sc. of a hunter, Ecce. 7, 26, 


Job 19,6. Syr. [Zpago, Arab. Muar, 
net. 

3. i. g. 189, @ fortress, bulwark. a 
besieging tower, Ecc. 9,14. Two Mss. 
read 5°95, which accords better with 
the context ; comp. Deut. 20, 20. Ez. 4, 
2. Mic. 4, 14. 


MPN ἢ (Ὁ. WX) i. q. mase. Tis. 

1. a net, sc. of a fisherman, Ecc. 9, 12. 

2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun- 
tain, Is. 29,7. Plur. nits Ez. 19, 9. 


ATPL) f. also WIL Hz. 13, 21 (τ. 
nay) constr. MIS, 6. suf, ἼΛΗΣ. 

1. capture, meu, Ez, 13, 21. 

2. a net, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
20. Ps. 66, 11. 

3. i. g. 189, Miz » a fortress, castle, 
stronghold, "Yoo 39, 28. “Sisx Ὁ the gita- 
del of Zion 2 Sim. 5, 7. 9. 1 Chr. 11,5; 
genr. 1 Sam, 22, 4. 5. 24,23. So with 
art. “ἘΠῚ of a fortress near the plain of 
Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5, 
17, 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16.—Trop. God is 
said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender, 
protector, Ps. 18, 3, 31, 4. 71, 3. 91, 2. 
144, 2; and so Υ̓ΤΗΣ Mz Ps. 31, 3. 


MLD f(r. M3) constr. M182, c. suff. 
“MID; plur. ΤΣ, once Miz Neh. 9, 
14, ¢. suff. "Mixa; a command, precept, 
lawn, Sept. drole Spoken: 48) Of 
human commands, 7230 mix Is. 36, 21. 
Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15. 30,12; also 
Jer. 35, 18. Is. 29,13.  b) Of the ditine 
commande: either singly or of the whole 
divine law, comp. Wyn, ΒΘ. Lev. 
4, 13 one of the commandments of Jeho- 
vah that are not to be done, i.e. a prohi- 
bitory command, interdict. Most freq. 
in plur. "7 ΤῊΣ Ὁ the commandinents of 
Jehovah, often coupled with the synon. 
opr, mip, minin, ἘΡΘΌ, mins; 
Gen. 26, 5. Ex. 16, 28. Deut. 6 2. 1K 


ἊΣ Ὡ 


2, 3. ἃ]. ΒΡ. Collect. the law, Deut. 5, 
28. 6, 1. 8, 1. 17, 20. 27, 1. al. Meton. 
pub Mixa the commandment of the 
Levites, i. e. what was commanded to 
be given to them, Neh. 13, 5. 


Mizz’ 1: Ex, 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps. 88, 
7, also moa f. i,q. M258, a depth, deep 
place, 6. g. of the sea, Jon, 2,4. Mic. 7, 
‘19; trop. Ps. 88,7; ofa river, Zech, 10, 
11; of mire, Ps. 69, 3, R. 53x q,. v. 


ῬΊΎΧΌ m. (τ. ΤῈΣ I) straitness, distress, 
Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28, 53. 
55. 57. “2 Ux one in- distress 1 Sam. 
22, 2. 


ῬΧῸ τὰ. (τ. psx Π. 2) plur. constr. 
“px2, a pillar, column ; Kimchi well, 
“23, T3232. 1 Sam. 2, 8 VIS "Px2 
the pillars of the earth i. q. 77 "3923. 
Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a 
column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag p3¥2 
“a 5a Fipz2 a column on the north over 
against Michmash. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 116.—In the Talmud ΡΣ 
is a high and steep mountain. 


MPL f(r. psx 1) straitness, distress, 
Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1,15. Plur. Ps. 25, 
17. 107, 6. 13. 19. 28. 


I. iz m. constr. “ix, c. suff. 779279 
Ez. 4.8. R. ἜΣ 1. 

1. straitness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq. 
Jer. 19, 9. 

2. siege. Ez. 4, 2.7. Zech. 12,2. sia 
“ix. to be besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24, 
10. 25, 2. al. 

3. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers, 
Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2. 
Hence 

4. a fortification, fortress, Hab. 2, 1. 
“ix “> a fortified city Ps. 31, 22. 60, 
11; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12. 

II. 1X9 pr. n. for Egypt. and appa- 
rently for Lower Egypt; thrice "28? 
“ix the streams or canals of Egypt, the 
branches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2 
K. 19, 24.—Under the name "is there 
seems to lurk the Egyptian S£ETOTPO 
kingdom, as in A348 the word OT PO 
king. But the Hebrews doubtless as- 
cribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as 
signifying a border, limit, (τ. "%2,) 1. ἃ. 


Arab. (ce perh. as sing. of the dual 


607 


ΝῺ 


ὈΠΟΣῸ the two Egypts, q.v. Others, 
e.g. Bochart in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose 
Egypt to be so called as being strong 
and fortified, i.g. 1¥9 1. 4; see Diod. 
Sic. 1. 31. 


ANE β(το πος 1) plur. τὴ ΕΣ, ning. 

lla mound, bulwark, of beniegers;4. q- 
ΣΧ no. 3, Is. 29, 3. 

2. a fortress, ‘fortified city, 2 Chr. 
11,11; more fully ΤΗΣ "Az 14,5; “2 
rinse 11, 10. 11, 23. 12, 4, 21, 3. 


PALA f. (τ. Mx) i. g. M22 II, quarrel, 
strife. Is. 41,12 AN1B2 "Ix thy ad- 
versaries, enemies. 


* MZ a root not in use, perh. to shine, 
i: 4. p32 and 3, COMP. wee to be 


cheerful, and by transp. ue, to shine. 
Hence the two following : 


MZ) m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing for 
the fem.) c. eit, “m2, plur. constr. 
mims2; the forehead, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 
2 Chr. 26, 19. πρὶν MEN ΤΙΣ the (shame- 
less) brow of a harlot Jer. 3, 3. Ez. 3,7 
ΤΙΣ "PIN of an impudent ‘forehead. v.8. 
9." Ig. 48, 4 mOsm) ΠΣ Ὸ thy brow is 
brass, hidxen: Plur. Ez. 9, 4. 


MIL f. a ereave, greaves, armour for 
the legs, q. d. frontilets of the leg, constr. 
ΤΙΣ 1 Sam. 17,6. R. mse. 


Moz f. (τ. dbx 1) only plar. nibza, 
bells, upon horses and camels for orna- 
ment, Zech. 14,20. See in ΓΚ. 


mora f. (r. dd Ir) a shady place, 
shade, Zech. 1, 8. 


nz £ (r. >>x 1) only in dual p1nds2, 
cymbals, for accompanying music, 1 Chr. 
13, 8. Ezra 3,10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So 
in Greek, dual κυμβάλω, -ow. See in 
arto 


PHIL f. (τ. H2%) turban, tiara, of the 
high priest Ex. 28, 4. 39. 29, 6. Lev. 8, 
9. 16,4; of aking Ez. 21,31. For the 
form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd. 
Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. β μα, 3. 7. 3) Bode 
5. 5. 7. 


“ΝῺ m. (τ. 38") a couch, bed, some- 
thing spread down, Is. 28, 20. 

WWI τη. (τ. 13%) plur. constr. "3222, 
step, walk, Ps. 37, 23. Prov. 20, 24 


ΝῺ 


“3303 in his steps, i.e. in his com- 
pany, Dan. 11,43. Comp. nmban2 Judg. 
4, 10. 


TYPE] f. (A yex and 79) pr. ‘ what 
is next to a little,’ i. e. subparvum, par- 
vulum, a litile thing,’2 TAS TIP Dan. 
8,9; see Lehrg. § 123, also art. 2 no. 
3. g.—Better: even a little one, accord- 
ing to the idiom noted in j2 no. 1. a. 7; 
see Thesaur. p. 805. g.* 


“WE'D m. (τ. Ἴ5Χ) constr. "P32. 

1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing 
small, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8,7; of a 
small simile, 2 Chr. 24, 24 αῦος δ 1. 
few men; of a short time, Is. 63, 18 
“3xD> fos a little while. 

2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in 
the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon, 
Ps. 42, 7. 


MBL m. (r. HP) constr. MEX. 

1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a 
lofty place, whence one can see far and 
wide around, whether furnished with a 
watch-tower or not, 2 Chr. 20, 24. 

2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and 
cities, in elevated situations: a) In the 
plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. Ὁ) In Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 18, 26; see MBE9 no.2. ὁ) 
in Moab, 1 Sam. 22,3. d) In Gilead 
Judg. 11, 29, see ΠΏΣ no. 1. This may 
be the same with ney m7" Josh. 13, 
26. e) A valley in the high region of 
Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3. 


MBL (watch-tower, lofty place, r. 
m=z) always with the art. MBs2n, with 
τ loc. ΠΟΙ ΓΙ, Mizpah, pr. n. 

1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10, 
17. 11,11. 34. Hos. 5,1. Some réfer 
hither Judg. 11, 29 ssbirmpsn, but see 
in MBS no. 2. d. For the origi of this 
place, see Gen. 31, 49. 


2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo- 


ple were wont to conyene, Judg. 20, 1. 
3. 1 Sam. 7,5-16. al. It was afterwards 
fortified by Asa to protect the border 
against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K.15, 22. 
2 Chr. 16,6. Later it was the residence 
of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq. 
comp. Neh. 3,7. 15.19. Once written 
mexan Josh, 18,26. [Prob. the high 
point two hours north-west of Jerusa- 
lem, now called Neby Samwil ; see Bib. 
Res. in Palest. II. Ὁ. 143, 144.—R. 


608 


baa] 


DEL) m. plur. (τ. 155) hidden places, 
Obad. 6 


4 ΥῈΞ fut. ya" 1. to suck, to suck 


oul, i. q. E72 and ng. Arab. yan; 
Chald. yx, Syr. ~~ id. all of which 
imitate the sound, as also Gr. μύζω, 
μυζάω, motos. Hoties to draw out with 
relish, to taste, Is. 66,11; comp. P32 v. 
12.—Things sweet and pleasant are 
wont to be sucked out, hence 

2. to be sweet, whence M82 sweet i.e. 
unleavened. Comp. ῬΏΩ, which also 
has both significations. 


P22 see in Psa. 


* 

“S73 obsol. root, which seems to 
have had the same power as the kindr. 
“32, to shut in, to restrain; whence 


Chald. "2, Arab. poe limit, border. 
and Heb. "ΠΧ II, Duy. 


“29 τῇ. (τ. “¥, as =02 from 339) 
straiiness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur. 
D732, constr. "49, Lam. 1, 3. Ps. 
116, 3. 


MZ, see in M32. 


DML dual pr. n. for Egypt, Gen. 46, 
34. 50, 11; often more fully ὩΣ Ὁ P7R 
the lind of Ezy, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47, 
6.13. Also for the people, the Fav 
tians, in prose, and mostly with plur. 
Gen. 45, 2. 47, 15. 20. 50,3. Ex. 1, 14; 
rarely with sing. masc. 14, 25. 31; poet. 
with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8, 
and fem. Hos. 9, 6. Joel 4,19. With 
Mm loc. πο Ὁ Gen. 26, 2. al.—Sing. 
visa Lower Egypt q. v. Hence the 
dual =°2¥%9 seems to have originally 
denoted the two Egypts, i. e. Lower and 
Upper Egypt (the latter pr. 017m) by 
zeugma, as we now say the two Sicilies, 
for Sicily and Naples; although this 
origin being afterwards left out of view, 
the dual 0°4%% is sometimes so employed 
as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt, 
Is. 11,11. Jer. 44,15. Others ineptly refer 
the dual form to the two parts of Egypt 
as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have 


So 
the sing. “23 Misr, Egypt, pr. limit, 
border ; Syr. has the dual, although rare 


"<3 


in this language, —23¢s6.—The gentile 
noun is "x2 an Egyptian Gen. 39, 1; 
f. M949 Gen. 16, 1. Plar. πὶ, Oo x9 
Gen. 12, 12.14; f£ τύνη Ex. 1, 19.— 
_ [Engl. Vers. as pr. ἢ, of pers. Mizraim, 
Gen. 10, 6. 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8.—R. 


FIED m. (τ. 1) @ fining-pot, cruci- 
ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21. 


P2 m. (r. PR?) rottenness, putridity. 
Is, 3, 24 709 pa cia rnin instead of a 
sweet smell there shall be rottenness, i. 6. 
the fetor of putrid ulcers, 5, 24 the root 
shall be as rottenness i. 6, rotten wood. 


MAP f. (τ. 353) α hammer, mallet, 
pr. the pointed hammer of the stone- 
cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12. 
Jer. 10, 4.—Hence prob. the name Max- 
καβαῖος, “3p, the hammerer ; comp. 
the French name Charles Martel. 


Maps f. (r. 353) 1. ig. ΠΞΡΌ, a 
hammer, Judg. 4, 21. 

2. a mine, quarry, broken in the rock, 
Is. 51, 1. 


ΤΡ (place of shepherds, τ. 722) 
Makkedah, pr. n. of a place in the plain 
of Judah, anciently a royal city of the 
Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41. 


WIPA m. (r. SIP) once VIPS Dag. 
euph. Ex. 15,17; c. suff. 163p3, once 
irreg. 12372 Num. 18, 29; plur. ΘΗ, 
constr. "8372. 

1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num. 
18, 29. 

2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the 
sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 
25, 8. Lev. 12,4. 21,12. Num. 10, 21. 
18,1; the temple 1 Chr. 22,19, 2 Chr. 
29, 21. Dan. 11. 31. 4]. Often more fully, 
“1 wIpe Cips ἧς. 60, 13; "2 Bape Ἰ3Ὁ 
Dan. 8, 11. 522 espe the "king's sanc- 
tuary, i.e. set apart and sacred to him- 
self, Am. 7, 13. Plur. 93 ΓΞ ὙΦ Jer. 
51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the 
temple ; bx “SIP Ps. 73, 17 id. But 
barr (spe the sanctuaries of Israel, 
i. e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9. 

3. an asylum, the temple and eacred 
places among the Hebrews having the 
privilege of an asylum, as also among 
the Greeks, Is. 8, 14. Ez. 11, 16; camp. 
1K. 1, 50. 2,28. See 2 Macc. 4, 34. 
Pausan. Corinth. 13. 


609 


‘p73 


DMP. m. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and 
Micmps ἢ plur. Ps. 63,27. R. dap. 

1. assemblies, chiefly of those praising 
God, choirs, Ps. ll. ec. 

2. Makheloth, pr. n. of a station of the 
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 25. 


MPO m. also 8)]P2 2 Chr. 1, 16 
Cheth. once ΠΡ 1 K. 10, 28; constr, 
ΣΡ 2 Chr. 1,16. R. mp. 

1. expectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr. 
29, 15. Ezra 10,2. Also one in whom 
confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8. 
17, 13. 50, 7. 

2. a gathering together, collection, see 
τι Mp Niph. a) Of waters, Gen. 1, 10. 
Ex. 7, 19. Lev. 11, 36. Ὁ) @ band, 
company, of men and animals, e. g. of 
horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10, 
28 sera MIPS INP? ΡΤ Me MYR 
and a company of the king’s merchants 
brought from Egypt a company of horses 
at a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is 
a play of words in the double use of the 
word ΓΙ for a band of merchants and 
a troop of horses. So Piscator and Va- 
tablus; but interpreters have here very 
widely differed; see Bochart Hieroz. T. 
I. 'p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p. 
1271. Mos. Recht III. p. 331. 

MPS (τ πῦρ Niph. ) gathering-place 
for waters, a pool, reservoir, Is. 22, 11. 

DIP, also Dp? Ex. 29, 13 (r. Dxp) 
constr. DIPS, c. suff. ΤΩΡ, m2Ppe Gen. 
29, 8; plur. nivipy, ec. suff. oninp2; 
comm. gend, rarely fem. Gen. 18, 24. 
Job 20, 9, in plur, 2 Sam. 17, 12 Cheth. 

1. place, pr. station, from standing, 


ete. Arab. lis, Eth. POPP, ia. 
Phen. ἘΞ place, town.—Gen. 1, 9. 13, 
3. 14. 22, 3. 28, 11. 17. Ecc. 3, 20. 6, 6. 
al. sep. Gen. 24,23 a place for us to 
lodge in. v. 25.31. “% Dip2 a narrow 
place Num. 22,26; wisp “2 a holy place 
Ex. 29, 31; inv “2 aclean place Lev. 
4,12. 6.4; x22 “2 an unclean place Lev. 


(14,40. ὈΝΪΡΏ 533 in every place, every 


where, Num. 18, 31. Prov. 15, 3. 153 
> Dip to assign a place to any one, 8. g. 
for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling 
Josh. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 27,5; but also to 
give place to any one, i. e. to give way 
to yield, Judg. 20,36. 5 ΘῊΡ 29 to αὉ- 


‘pa 
point a place to any one, sc. as a refuge 
Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7, 
10, 1K. 8,21. With genit. S35 ΡΞ 
the place “ ashes Lev. 1,16; 43p2 “Ὁ a 
place of (for) cattle Num. 32,1; 393 Ὁ 
David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 86. Ὁ: 
Spec. the place of any one,i.e. a) a 
dwelling-place, habitation, home, Gen. 
29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11,19; 
also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18,7. Pro- 
verbially Job 7,10 iaipa tis srq7D2 ND 
his place shall know him no more, i. 6. 
* he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103,16; 
comp. Job 20, 9. Ps. 37,10. Also Job 16, 
18 "mpsr> Dip ὙΤῚ dx let there be no 
abiding-place for my cry, i. e. no delay, 
but let it ascend at once toGod. b) A 
place where any thing is found, finding- 
place, as 3732 “2 Job 28, 1 (parall. 81x72). 
v. 6. Comp. v. 12.23.—The constr. state 
is often found before "Ux, espec. in the 
phrase "EX Dips in ‘the place where, 
Lev. 4, 24. 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam, 15, 21. 1K. 
21, 19. Jer. 22, 12; also *% pipo-by id. 
Ecce. Aids end, wrist ny as relat. Ps. 104, 
8. Reniotinen the absol. is retained, as 
“tx cipe-b2 Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13. 
Ex. 21, 13. al. In the later books pipe 
wx, or ὦ Dipa, the place where, is some- 
times used reduod antly for where (7x3, 
25), wherever ; Ecc. 11,3 58 dips 
RAM OW yon where the tree falleth there 
it shall ‘be. Esth. 4,3. 8,17. Ez.6,13; so 
too Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3.—Adv. ἘΣ genit. 
i.q. tn place of, instead of, Is. 33,21. Hos. 
2, 1 [1, 10]. Ece. 3, 16. Comp. Arab. 
yo, Syr. eo, locus et adv. loco. 

2. a place, i.e. a town, village, Gen. 
18, 24. 19,12. 14. 29, 22. 23,17. “vox 
bipsn the men of the place, the inhabi- 

tants, Judg. 19,16; Soipa “Σῷ Ruth 4.10. 
Αἰδο ἃ region, district , Judyg.18, 10. Dip 
ἘΞῸ the region of Shechem Gen. 12, 6. 


ΠΡΌ m. (τ. “4P) constr. “pa. Lev. 
12,7; ¢. suff. vipa, FIP Lev. 20,17; 
a fountain, pr. opened by digging, Hos. 
13, 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. “ipa 
en 22 a fountain of living waters 
Jer. 2, 13. 17, 13.—Trop. fountain of 
tears, i. 6. the eye, Jer. 8, 23; fountain 
of blood, by euphemism for pudenda mu- 
liebris, Lev. 12,7. 20, 18 (where 0°25 is 
omitted) ; fountain of life or-happiness 
Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10,11. 13, 14. 14, 27: 


610 


2p’ 


16, 22; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4. 
In a difeneit sense, Ps. 68, 27 "ΡΒ 
baw ye from the fountain of Israel, 
i. e. who are the posterity of Israel ; 
comp. D772 Is, 48, 1. 


MP? m. (τ. MP>) a taking, receiving, ) 


of gifts 2 Chr. 19, 7. 


minp'd f plur. (τ. mpd no. 2) wares, 


merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31. 
Talm, MP2 emtio. 


“OP m. (τ. BP 1) incense, Ex. 30, 1. 
MOP! f. (τ. "op 1) ἃ censer, for 
burning incense, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11. 


* 52) obsol: root; prob. i. ἢ, Ethiop. 
NPA and NPA to germinate, to 
sprout, (3 and Ὦ being interchanged,) 


whence MPA a sprout, scion, twig. 


From this again comes the secondary 
verb TNA to punish, pr. obviously, to 
smite with a rod, although Ludolf sepa- 
rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238. 
Comp. also Syr. teas. The Lat. bacu- 
lus is not here to be drawn into compari- 
son; for this comes from fu, and is 
pr. a walking-stick, comp. βακτήριον.--- 
Hence the two following: 


ΦΡῺ m. constr. Ὁ Jer. 1, 11, and 
dpa Gen. 30, 37, c. suff. pe, este; 
plur. ΤΡ; a shoot, rod, Gen. 80, 37 sq. 
Jer. 1,11. Then, a staff (comp. "3h), 
which ane, carries in his hand, Gen. 32, 
11. Ex. 12, 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40. 41; with 
which an animal is beaten Num. 22, 27; 
the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11, 7 sq. 
32 >p2 a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9, 
Chald. ποῦ 3p spiculum, Castell.—Of a 
divining rod, ῥαβδομαντεία, Hos, 4, 12. 


micpa (perh. for mi>p2 staves) Mik- 
loth, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.27,4. Ὁ) 1Chr. 
8, 32. 9, 37. 38. 

ὭΣ m. (τ. &>p no. 2) a refuge, asy- 
lum, Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh, 20, 3. Ὁ 
vba a city of refuge, for homicides to 
flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21, 27. 32. 36; plur. 
ΡΣ “a> Num. 35, 6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 
6, "42. 52. 


ὈΣΞΡῸ £. (vr. sdp IL) sculpture, carved 
work, se. in relief, 1K. 6, 18. Plur, 
nisbpn, constr. mixdpa, 1 K. 6, 29. 32, 
7, 31. 


4 


ppx 


DPS see in vie. 

ΤΡ m. (r. MIP) once fem. Ex. 34, 
19; constr. ΤΩ, c. suff. ΠΣ, "ΠΡΌ, 
$2279; also sing. with rad. Yodh re- 
tained (see under ΠΏΣ, MR, Heb. 
Gr. § 91.9. n), as "27% my flock Num. 20, 
19, ΠΣ 9 thy flock Is. 30, 23; but plur. 
where the suff. is plur. and refers to more 
than one, as 52"2—% your flocks 2 K. 3, 
17. Josh. 1,14; 07299 their flocks Gen. 
36, 7. 46, 6. 47, 17. Jer. 49, 32. 

l. a purchase, i. e. things bought, 
Gen. 49, 32. 

2. possessions, riches, wealth, but al- 
ways of cattle, in which alone the wealth 
of nomadic tribes consists; comp. Gr. 
κτῆνος, pr. i. 4. κτῆμα, possession; dig 
i. q. Lat. ovis and ops (whence opilio), 


plur. opes ; Arab. δω: Syr. «“ς2, 
opes et oves; comp. also Germ. das Gut 
used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on 
Virg. Ecl. 10. 19.—So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29, 
7, Ex. 9, 4. 6. Is. 30, 23. al. sep. "Wx 
ΓΙῸ men of cattle, herdsmen, shep- 
Roran Gen. 46, 32. 34. ΠΕΡ PIN a 
land for cattle, adapted for pasturage, 
Num, 82,1. 4. The word 73p2 is strict- 
ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat 
cattle, ("P25 jNX,) excluding beasts of 
burden; Gen. 26, 14 πε 2) ΝΣ FPA 
"R23. 47, 17 and Joseph gave them 
bread “PSM MPSS [NLM ΠΣ} 23} D*DIwa 
pwonas. Ecc. 2,7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen. 
36, 6. Num. 31,9. More rarely asses 
and camels are alee comprehended, e. g. 
Job 1, 3. 


ΤΡ fem. of 2p 1. purchase Lev. 
27, 22; ΡΠ "Bd a bill of purchase 
Jer. 32,11 sq. Coner. thing purchased, 
as O02 ΤΩΡ purchase of money, a slave 
bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13. 23. 
Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase, 
Lev. 25, 16. 51. 

2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18. 


W932 (possession of Jehovah) Mik- 
_neiah, pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21, 


212 m. (r. OR) divination, Ez. 12, 
24. 13, 7. 


TP (end, τ᾿ 77, like 362 from 529) 
Makaz, pr. n. of a place in Dan or Ju- 
dah 1 K. 4, 9. 


611 


ee De 


or Tue 


UNIVFRS 


Ψ ΧΡ m. also PLP Ez. is, 21 (r. 
332) plur. MS¥P2, constr. "isp, ¢. 
suff. *HIssP2; an angle, corner, Ex. 
26, 24. 36, 29. Neh. 3, 19. 20. 24, 25. 
Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21.22, 
Neh, 3, 24. 


ΤΙΣ ΧΡῺ f. (τ. SXP) a chisel, carving- 
tool, with which wooden images were 
carved out; Plur. missp2 Is. 44, 13, 
Targ. 5218 a knife, cutter. 


MEPS, see in MSP no. 2. 


. P's in Kal not used, to melt, to pine 
away, comp. kindr. 332, 3%, 372, q. v. 
Chald. id. Comp. among occidental 
roots maceo, macer. 

Nipu. ΤῺ) fut. spd 1. to be melted, 
to melt. Is. 34, 4 DXQUn-Nax-52 ἩΡῸ3 
and all the stare of heaven shall melt, be 
melted, sc. like wax candles, to which 
the poet thus compares them; so Vi- 
tringa well explains this image. Hence 
to flow, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 3p22 
“maaan my sores run sc. with matter. 

"2. to pine away, to consume away, of 
the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14, 12; of 
men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10. 

Hipx. p23 causat. to cause to pine 
away, Zech. 14, 12, 

Deriv. pa. 


“P'} see in “ipa. 


N79 m. (τ. 7p) plor. constr. "81P2, 

1. ἃ calling together, convocation ; 
Num. 10, 2 73375 x7p2> for convoking 
the assembly. Hence 8) aconvocation, 
assembly, sc. of the people for worship 
and for the performance of the sacred 
rites, movnyvgic, Is. 1,13. Often ΠΡ 
wap Ley. 23, 3. 7. 8.24. 27. Num. 28, 
25.386. Ὁ) place of convocation, plur. 
holy places, Is. 4, 5. 

2. @ reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8, 
8 they gave attention to the reading. 


WIPO m. (τ. HP) 1. hap, chance, 
accident, 1 Sam. 6, 9. 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3. 
_ 2. lot, fortune, event, which happens 
to any one. Ecc. 2, 14 πρὶ INN APs 
DES"My the same event happens to them 
all. v.15. 3, 19. 9, 2. 3. 


‘VIPS m. (r. 3p) pr. part. Pi. frame, 
frame-work of beams, joists, etc. Hoy 
10, 18. 


“pia 


TMP £. (τ. SIP) α cooling, refreshing, 
Judg. 3, 20. 24. 

WPA see wipin. 

ΤΩΡ m. (r. Hep II) pr. turned work, 
opus tornatum, i. q. fem. MYR. Once, 
Is. 3, 24 ΠΕ ΠΏΣ turned work, lit. 
‘work of turned work,’ ironically of the 
hair dressed in artificial curls. Other 
interpretations see in Thesaur. p. 1243. 


I. MUP ἢ of the preced. turned work, 
opus tornatum, both of wood Ex. 25, 18, 
and of gold and silver Ex. 25,31. So 
of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36, 
37, 17.22. Num. 8,4; of the silver trump- 
ets, Num. 10,2; ofa column, Jer. 10,5; 
of the suarsihion, Ex, 25, 18 ΠΏΣ ΠΡ 
BM with turned work shalt thou make 
them, sc. the cherubs. These were of 
oleaster-wood covered with gold, as 
appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. ν. 28; 
hence the signification of solid, beaten 


gold. assigned by some to ΠΣ, as 


if from τ. NYP no. I, is false. 


IL. MOP m. (for πὸ, denom. from 
Rup cucumber) a field ‘of beioumbers: Is. 


ΘῈ. ὦ 


1,8. Arab. sige. 


"2 τὰ. (r.2792) A) From the root 
no. 1, subst. a drop, Is. 40, 15. 

B) From the root no.2. 1. Adj. with 
fem. M772, bitter, Is. 5, 20. Prov. 27, 7 ; 
of brackish water, bitter, acrid, Ex. 15, 
23.—Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez. 
8, 14; often of the mind Job 21, 25; "a 
wE3 bitter ὁ in spirit, sad at heart 1 Suita: 
1, 10. 22, 2. Job 8, 20. Prov. 31,6. 8) 
bitter, of a cry, of grief, etc. i. e. vehe- 
ment ; ys mba npsys a great and 
Vitiewery. Gen. '27, 34. Esth. 4,1. Ez. 27, 
8152 “Hd bitter lamentation i.e. vohie: 
ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate, 
Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5,4. Am. 8,10. c) 
For fierce, vehement, raging, i. q. Arab. 

, (whence also we see how 13 


strong can stand in antithesis to sweet 
Judg. 14, 14,) Hab. 1, 6; ΘΒ) “2 id. 
Judg. 18,25. 2Sam.17,8.  d) deadly, 
destruction Ps, 64, 4. Jor. 2, 19, Ecce. 7, 
26 ; comp. in no, 2. 6. 

2. Subst. a) bitterness, as of death 
1 Sam. 15,32. b) "82 2 the bitter- 
ness of my soul, sadness, Job'7, 11. 10,1. 
Is. 38, 15. cc) bitter lot, calamity, Is. 


612 


nn 


38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction, 
Num. 5, 24. 27; 673 9 the deadly 
waters v. 18. 19. 24, 

3. Ady. bitterly ; so "2 Is. 33,7. Zeph. 
1, 14; M39 Ez. 27, 30. 


“ia m. fully ‘Wi Cant. 4, 6. 5,5, 6. 
Makk, τὴ Ex. 30, 235 myrrh, so called 
from its flowing, distilling, see r. YY 


ὃ 
no. 1, Arab. P 


a fem. M2) also σμύρνα ; a substance 
which distils in tears from a tree grow- 
ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian 
thorn according to Dioscor.1.17. These 
tears then harden into a bitter aromatic 
gum, which was highly prized, and used 
in incense Ex. 30, 23; in perfumes Ps. 
45, 9. Prov. 7,17. Cant. 3,6; in unguents 
Ksth. 2, 12. Cant. 5,5; and among the 
Greeks for strengthening wine, Mark 15, 
23. 36. The best kind. was called 73 
“a> Cant. 5, 5, and "i943 92 Ex. 30, 23, 
as distilling of itself from the tree, and 
therefore most highly prized, σμύρνα 
στακτή, Sept. σμύρνα ἐκλεκτή. So "ΝΣ 
“van a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake 
of its perfume (as 52 ΓΞ Is. 3,20) sus- 
pended from the neck of a female, Cant. 
1,13. (Others understand here a bun- 
dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh, 
against the common usage of the words.) 
Of the tree, however, which produces 
the myrrh, we have had until recently 
no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis- 
covered it in Arabia, and has fully de- » 
scribedit. The name is balsamodendron 
myrrha ; see Nees v. Esenbeck Plant. 
Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioscor. 1. c. 
with Sprengel’s commentary. Celsii 
Hierobot. T. I. p. 520, 


Gr. μύῤῥα (as if from 


ὙΠΟ ἈΎΘῚια πη, «e581 to lash 
to whip, e. g. a horse into a more rapid 
course ; see Hiph. 

2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part. fem. 
mya, i. α. M72, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1. 

Hien. once of the ostrich rising from 
her nest, and by the flapping of her 
wings lashing herself up into her course. 
Job 39, 18 x" Ven S'982 MTD yet now 
she lashes herself up on high. Comp. 
wad and wid.—All the ancient intpp. 
to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if 82 
were by transp. for ΘΝ, DA. 


NS 


5ἤξ; ND or ΔΎΩ, a root not 
found in ἊΣ verb, to hs well fed, to be 


fat. Arab. te and Ios bene profecit 
s. bene cessit cibus, ἢ Se fortis Or pin- 


guis), virilis fuit, whence Rie , Chald. 


879,aman. Kindred are X32 Hiph. to 
feed, to fatten, 8°73 fat, which we have 
referred (see 872) to the idea of cutting 
up, and so of eating. But perhaps this 
signif. may come rather from the notion 
of filling, since 872, 82, approach near 
to δ q. v. Comp. the Sanser. pri, pri, 
to fill, nourish, sustain.—Hence "79 
fat. O87 crop. of a bird, and pr. n. 
RIO. 


N19 (1. q. Ava sad) Mara, pr. ἡ. ἢ 
Ruth 1, 20 Cheth. See in my II. 2. Ὁ. 


N72 Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan. 
2,47. 4, 16.21. 5,23. Syr. Lepso, Arab. 
Bye, id. pr.man. R. X79 II. 

N70 see NID. 

JINN Merodach, see 712. 

FIND TINT (Merodach i. 6. Mars 
his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers. 
glo Soyo vir laudatus, but less 


well.) Merodach-Baladan, pr. n. of a 
king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to 
Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm. 
ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43), a viceroy 
“οὕ the king of Assyria, who rebelled and 
seized the kingdom of Babylon for him- 
self; see Comm. on Isa. 1. c. Hitzig 
supposes the Merodach-Baladan of Be- 
rosus to have been a different person.— 
He is also called 71¥>2 ΝΞ q. v. the 
2 being exchanged for 3. 


ONT τὰ. (τ. 483) constr. ANID, ὁ. 
suff, FN 72 Cant. 2,5, ἼΝ P2 2, 14, aN 
Lev. 13, 34, ΠΝ v. 4.20; more fre- 
quently with suffix forms apparently 
plural, but of which the Yod is never- 
theless radical (see ΓΙΌΣ Ὁ, M29, and 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 91. 9. ἢ), as 73872 Cant. 2, 
14, PR Job 41.1, and ΠΝ, Fw IA, 
which ure construed with the sing. Gen. 
41, 21. Ley. 14, 37. Dan. 1, 15; but 
sg92 Dan. 1,13 constr. with a plur. 
verb. Plur. constr. "N72 Ecc. 11, 9 
Cheth. in Keri 7x72. 

52 


613 


ay) 


1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking 
upon, Gen. 41, 2. Cant. 2, 14. al. sep. 


Sm. 
Arab. §} yo id.—Lev. 13, 12 τι ον 


WDM ΟΣ according to all the viewing 
of the priest, i. e. so far as the priest can 
see. Deut. 28, 34 97292 NX what thine 
eyes behold. v. 67. Is. 11, 3. Ez. 23, 16. 
Ece. 11, 9. 

2. appearance, form, Eng). looks, Ex. 
24, 17. Ez. 1,16. 28. Often in the gen. 
after an adj. ΓΙ MB Gen. 12, 11. 29, 
17, AX V2 Nib 24, 16. 26,7, i.e. of a fair 
appearance, fine form ; ‘and so. with ἣν 
as MNI22 ἼΩΓ) of a ἜΜ τς appear. 
ance, ‘form, Gen. 2,9; ΠΝ 35 511} Josh, 
2, 10; hence put pn for comeliness, 
haga Is. 53, 2.—In the prophetic style, 


‘the form of a thing is something like 


that thing, comp. in 77273 no. 3.. Dan. 
10, 18 DIX ΓΝ 29. ἼΞ 2351 there touched 
me something like the form of a man, 
i.e. having the semblance of a man. 
Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 HR }22 M927. 

3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3. 
Ez. 8, 4. 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16. 


ANN Γ (Ὁ. ΠΝ) 1. ἃ vision, Num. 
12, 6. 1 Sam. 3,15. Dan. 10, 7. & 16. 
mbtba τὰν nocturnal visions Gen. 
46,2. BWP Mix visions from God 
Ez. 1, 1. 8,3. 40,2. 

2. a mirror, i. 6. a polished plate of 
metal, i. ᾳ. "8", plur. Ex. 38, 8.—Arab. 


οἷν 


81, id. 


ΤΣ f. (r. 872 no. ΠῚ the crop, 


ΡΣ 
craw, of birds, Lev. 1,16. Arab. 
id. ᾿] " > sy" 

MONT Josh. 15, 44, (1. ᾳ. HUNT, 
q: d. on the top ofa hill, denom. fr. SX"): 
contr, MW 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 11, 8. 


14, 8.9. Mic.1,15; Mareshah, pr.n. a) 
A fortified éity oy the plains of Judah;. 
Josh. Chr. ll. ce. Gr. Magyoe Jos. Ant.. 
8. 10. 1; Magueoe 12.8.6. Euseb. and 
Jerome place its ruins “in secundo la- 
pide Eleutheropoleos,” Onomast. art.. 
Μαρησά; and the remains of an ancient: 
site are still visible ona hill about a 
Roman mile and a half southeast from: 
Beit Jibrin, the ancient Eleutheropolis;. 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. p. 422, comp.. 
Ρ. 397. b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 


δὰ 


MON" f. (denom. fr. Bk) pr. αἱ the 
head, what is at the head, comp. n> a" 
at the feet. Plur. τῶν πῷ id. and 
poet. the head itself; Jer. 13, 18 39 
fee shall ὁ come ma the crown of your 
glory; here ‘V1? is followed by the acc. 
of that from which, like ἀπὸ, m>2. 
Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to have read 
ὈΞ ΤΟΝ 2 from at your heads, with the 
same vowels as "*MUN72 1 Sam. 26, 12, 
which is also well. See the next art. 


MINTS £. plur. (denom. fr. O87) i. qe” 


MOx2, pr. place at the head, as 1 Sam. 
19, 16; opp. mi>a772. Put in the accus. 
as Adv. at the head of any one; c. suff. 
ἜΘ 2 αἱ his head 1 K.19, 6. 1 Sam. 
26, 7.11.16; also underthe head of any 
one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Geii.28 
With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 “he took 
the spear... NG "MOY. from αἰ the 
head of Saul, where 2 seems to imply 
removal, diff. from v. 11 ὧς ΠΤ ΩΝ 
Δ: and we must suppose, either that 
snes is here for "MOR at, ene 2 
being dropped ; or that sniden is here 
put for "7x79. For the double plur. 
comp. “mina p. 139, note. 


279 (increase, τ. 23%, as 202 from 
=20) Merab, pr.n. of a daughter of Saul, 
1 Sam. 14, 49. 18, 17. 19. 

m°32' m. plur. (3 without Dag.) co- 
verings, coverlets, as spread upon beds, 
Prov. 7, 16. 31, 22. R. 735. 

ma m. (τ. 734) 
increase, Is. 9, 6. 

2. greatness, abundance. Is. 33, 8 
maya ἘΡῸ a great spoil. 


maa f. (τ. ΓΞ.) largeness, ampli- 
tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32. 

mad f. (r.022) 1. greatness, mul- 
titude, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 30,18. With suff. 
cma 72 the multitude of them, i. 6. the 
greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29. 

2. increase of a family, offspring, 1 
Sam, 2, 33. 

3. increase on money, tnierest, usury, 
Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. τόκος from 
τίκτω, Lat. fenus from feo i.e. fero, pa- 


1. enlargement, 


rio, whence fetus, feeundus; see Gellius | 


18.13. Arab. Ὁ fenus, ἘΝ IV fenera- 
vit. Syr. aod. ἡ 


614 


11.28. * 


772 


Vaya τὰ. (τ. 732) crouching-place, 
lair, of animals Zeph. 2, 15; of flocks, 
constr. y279 Ez. 25,5. See Lehrg. 
p- 578. , 

p22 m. (τ. P23) stall, stable, in 
which cattle are tied, Am. 6,4. “2 bay 
a stalled calf, fatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer. 
46, 21. Mal. 3, 20. 

Δ A773 obsol. root, prob. i. q. 373, Arab. 


quadril, iar so far as can be gath- 


ered from the derivatives, viz. 

1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whence 
32% threshing-roller or uidage ; unless 
perhaps 22 in this noun is i. q. "73, 
p22, to rub, to rub in pieces. 

2. to talk rapidly, pr. ‘to roll out dis- 
course,’as babblers, tale-bearers, whence 


GS-6 
5, 1292, a whisperer, tale-bearer. 


ΡΝ m. (τ. 52) rest, place of rest, . 
Jer. 6 16. 

ΤΟΣ £. plur. (denom. fr. 533) place 
at the feet of any one, opp. MIWR72 q. v- 
Ruth 3, 4.7. Dan. 10,6. Ace. as adv. 
at the feet of any one, Ruth 3, 8. 14. 


MA Ε (τ. £32) a heap of stones ; 


Arab. Sek heap of stones to mark a 
grave, tumulus. Prov. 26, 8 j38 ἜΠΣΞ. 
m2a722 as a bag of gems ina heap of 
stones, a proverbial expression similar 
to that in Matt. 7, 6.—Sept. a sling, as 
if from r. 535 to thtow stones ; hence 
the version: ὃς ἀποδεσμεύει λῖϑον ἐν 
ope Dory. 

MIN" f. (τ. 55} rest, quiet, Is. 28, 12. 


x TD fat. t42" to be disobedient, 
perverse, “το rebel, to fall away from one’s 
allegiance ; absol. Gen. 14, 4. Neh. 6,6; 
with 3 of pers. against whine 2 K. 18, 7. 
20. 24, 1. 20. Is. 36, 5. Jer. 52, 3; by 
Neh. 2,19. 2 Chr. 13, 6; rarely with 
ace. (comp. M72) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24, 
13 “inv rebels against the light, 
enemies of the light. mina ‘12 fo rebel 
against (fall away from ) Jehovah, by 
idolatry, Josh. 22, 16 sq. Ez. 2, 3. Dan. 


9, 9.—Syr. 9,80 id. Arab. Ope pervi- 
eax, contumax fuit. Kindred is "73. 


Deriv. the four following, and pr. ἢ. 
si7723. 


v3 


‘I72 Chald. m. rebellion, i. q. Heb. 
‘yo, Ezra 4, 19. 


‘12 Chald. adj. rebellious, f. 8TV2, 
emphat. 8772, Ezra 4, 12. 15. 


‘T7779 m. (τ. 15,2) 1. rebellion, defec- 
tion, Josh. 22, 22. 
2. Mered, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 17. 18. 


MTN ἢ (τ. 12) rebelliousness, con- 
tumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30. 


7149 Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of 
an idol of the Babylonians, prob. the 
planet Mars, to which, as the god of 
blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa- 
turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered 
human sacrifices ; see on this worship 
among the ancient Arabs, Comm, on Is. 
II. p.344sq. The name which this divi- 
nity has among the Arabs and Zabians, 


2 ὁ γ᾽ ᾿ς 3, seems to have come 


from the Heb. or Aramean (Mirrikh 
from Mirdich), and the origin of this 
latter comports well with the god of war 
and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the 
general root Mord, Mort, which in old 
Germ. signifies both death and murder 
(see in M472 no. 1), and the formative syl- 
lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian 
and Chaldean names, comp. 122, Fi, 
702. So too Mars, Mavors, mors, 
seem to have a kindred orizin.—Othere, 
as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come 
from Pers. Jd, man, pr. little man, 
manikin, used in endearment; see in 
jia3 .—Of the worship of this idol by the 
Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the 
passage of Jeremiah above cited, we 
have testimony in the proper names of 
the kings of Assyria and Babylonia, 
which are often compounded with this 
name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 381.) as 
WIV SW and 7INb3 FIN, q. v. also 


Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus. 
"272 (Pers. ee 


manikin, or else, worshipper of Mars, fr. 
WI q. v.) Mordecai, pr.n. a) A Jew 
of the tribe of Benjamin, living in the 
metropolis of Persia, the foster-father 
of Esther, and afterwards chief minis- 
ter of state, Esth. 2,5 sq. Sept. Mag- 
δοχαῖος. b) It is uncertain, whether 
the Mordecai who returned with Ze- 


little man, 


615 


m3 


rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 2, 2. 
Neh. 7, 7. 


S772 m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. part. Hoph. of 
r. 1) subst. persecution. So, if the 
orthography is correct; but there is lit- 
tle doubt that with Doderlein we ought 
for 19 to replace ΓΤ. dominion, from 
τ. ποῦ, See Comm. on Is. |. 6. 


ΓΟ 1. pr.ieg. 879 1, Arab. «5 
to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to 
lash, as 872; or the skin with a razor, 
whence ΤΠ razor, see Schultens ad 
Harir. Cons. I. p. 24. De defect. ling. 
Hebr. p. 117. Kindred is 9 to rub, to 
rub over, ete.—Hence 

2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel ; 
pr. to resist, to repel by striking and 
fighting with the hands and feet. Arab. 
(Sy* to refuse one’s duty, Conj. ΠῚ to 


dispute.—Constr. with 3 of pers. against 
whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14,1. Also with 
ace. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17. 
Ps. 105, 28. Often in the formula m2 
mins ἜΤΟΣ to rebel against (resist) the 
divine command, Num. 30, 24, 27, 14. 
1 Sam. 12,15. Possibly this may have 
been taken originally in its proper sense, 
‘to strike or smite upon the mouth of 
any one,’ i.e. to refuse to hear his words, 
to treat him with contempt; comp. 
r. δ Chald. Piel—Absol. Deut. 21, 
18. 20 mya WD 42 a stubborn and 
rebellious son. Ps, 78.8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1, 
20. 50, 1. Lam. 3,42. Metaph. 2 K. 14, 
26 INS ΠῚ SR Iw ὋΣ the affliction of 
Israel was very perverse, i. e. stubborn, 
incurable. The ancient versions render 
it bitter; either reading M712 (for M72) 
as adj. or assigning this sense to the 
verb M72. 

Hier. Tye, faut. MVS2, apoc. 271 
Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kel.no, 2, jecrinidt, to op- 
pose, to rebel. Job 17,2 bm oninana 
“2°3 pr. on their contradiction rests mine 
eye, i. 6. they surround me with contra- 
diction and reproach in their mouths.— 
Also freq. of those who rebel against 
God; constr. a) With 3 against, Ps. 
106, 43. Ez. 20, 8. 13.21; once wants 
ia Ex. 23, 21 for monty. see ἴῃ τ. "72 
Hiph. note. Ὁ) With o> Deut. 9, 7. 
24, pr. to contend wilh any one. 37, 24. 
6) With accus. as in Kal, Ps. 78, 17. 40. 


: “ΠΩ 616 


δῦ. 107, 11. Ez. 5,6. Often in the for- 
mula Mim7 "B-my MN for which see 
in Kal, Deut. 1, 26. 43. Josh. 1, 18; and 
in the same sense ‘© ΠΝ ΓΙ ΓΙ Ps. 
106, 33, also 73.5252 Πα. d. to provoke 
_ the eyes of Jehovah Is. 3, 8. 

Deriv. m1 I, M Tia, "79, and pr. n. 

Myo, ΠΏ, Ming, ora, ΓΙᾺ ΤΩ, ΓΙᾺ. 


I. 779 £ (Ὁ m2) only dual, Jer. 50, 
21 nom YIN land of double rebellion 
or contumacy, i. e. Babylonia, in which 
first the Assyrians and then the Baby- 
lonians detained and afflicted the people 
of God. Others Merathaim, as a sym- 
bolic pr. name. 


Il. 79 ἢ (τ. 38) 1. Adj. fem. of 
“9, bitter ; hence as subst. bitterness, 
ii. e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26. 
Adv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30. 

2. Marah, pr. n. a) A bitter or 
‘brackish fountain in the peninsula of 
Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most 
probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the 
same which is now called δ] pa 
"Ain Hawdrah ; not the ’Ayiin Misa 
SP? Jeet» 28 Pococke and Niebuhr 
thought. See Burckh. Trav. in Syria, 
etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96 
sq. b) A name assumed by Naomi, 
Ruth 1, 20 Keri. 


ΓΙ (mérrah) f. bitterness, grief, 
Prov. 14,10. R.779. 

MIO f id. Gen. 26, 35 mn MI grief 
of mind. R. 772. 

ΥΩ m. (τ. 335) c. suff. “992, plur. 
ἜΠΗ, pr. a wandering, the condition 
of a person driven from home and 
wandering about destitute and afflicted. 
Lam. 1,7. 3, 19.—Concr. one wandering, 
fhaving no home; Is. 58,7 to deal thy 
ibread to the hungry, and to bring home 
ΡΠ 2 OID the needy wanderers. Sept. 
well ἄστεγοι, Vulg. vagi. 

TIN) (prob. for tinx2, Arab. le 
refuge, τ᾿ 12%) Meroz, pr. n. of a place 
in the northern part of Palestine, Judg. 
5, 23. 

MIND τὰ. (τ. ΠΛ) pr. one bruised, 
crushed ; Lev. 21, 20 788 Hina crushed 
as to his testicles, i, e. emasculated by 
crushing, Gr. ϑλαδίας, ϑλασίας. But 
Sept. μόνορχις. Vulg. herniosus. 


ΤῊ 


pind m. (τ. B99) constr. pine, plur. 
panna. 

1. height, altitude, elevation, e. g. of a 
mountain, hill, Is. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16. 
Put in the gen. after nouns; Din9 “13 
beret the high mount of Israel, i. 6. 
Zion, Ez. 17, 23. 20, 40. 34, 14: vivax 
on high Job 39, 18, and bia in ace. id. 
Is, 37, 23 2». DIN NBM and liftest 
up thine eyes on high. Concer. the Most 
High, excelsus, of God Ps. 92, 9; and 
collect. the high, i. e. princes, Is. 24, 4. 
Poetically, height, a high thing, said 
of what is far above; Ps. 10, 5 nina 
πη} yaEeA high above him are thy 
judgments. 

2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9; 
mp ἼΤΩ the high places of the city 
Prov. 9, 3. 14; NY Ὁ Judg. 5,18. Ace. 
in a high place Is. 22,16. Spec. of 
heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26. 
57, 15. 58, 4. Jer. 25, 30; plur. p "Qin 
id. Job 16,19. Of the lofty seat of Je- 
hovah in Zion, Ps. 7,8; of an inacces- 
sible fortress Is. 26,5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8 
they speak vin loftily ; also of high 
condition Job 5, 11; plur. id. Eee. 10, 6. 

3. elation of mind, pride; as adv. 
proudly, Ps. 56, 3. 

pine (height, high place, τ. 647) 
pina. the waters of Merom Josh. 11, 
5. 7, pr. ἢ. of the upper or highest lake 
on the Jordan; Gr. Σεμεχωνῖτις Jos. Ant. 
5. 5. 1. Arab, gs el-Hileh. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq. 


yi τὰ. (r. y™) α race, running, 
Eee. 9, 11. 

I. mz £ (r. ys) ig. IN, α 
running, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10. 


11. ΤΣ f. (for MBN, τ᾿ Yq) ορ- 
pression, Jer. 22, ΤΊ. 


Dp τὰ. plur. (r. Pe) purifica- 
tions, Esth. 2, 12. : 


mina (bitterness, bitter fountains) 
Maroth, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
Judah, once Mic. 1, 12. Β. 9. 


MT Jer. 16, 5, constr. M172 comp. 
Lehrg. p. 578; an outery, either for joy, 
shouting. Am. 6,7; or also in sorrow, 
wailing, Jer. 1.c. Comp. bbs and 39, 
used both of joy and sorrow. R.A). 


m3 


> ma 1. to rub, to bruise, to crush 
by rubbing, see ming. Kindred are 
PT2, M79, and with 9 ‘softened mde Il. 


Arab. he a tree from which fire is kin- 


dled by rubbing. 
2. i. ᾳ. Arab. to rub over, to 


anoint, 6. g. the body with oil; IV. to 
soften. Kindred is M22, the Ἢ being 
changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once 
of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a 
sore; Is, 38, 21 Isaiah had said, let 
them take dried Jigs, PENN >s ANI" 
pregn. and lay them softened upon the 


ulcer. Sept. καὶ τρέψον καὶ κατάπλασαι. 


37") m. (τ. 311) wide place, breadth, 
plur. constr. 728 "ste Hab. 1,6. Often 
metaph. of freedom and dali vévancs, opp. 
to straitness. straits. "% 5 see in r. so. 
Ps. 18, 20 Ξπ 55. ὌΝΟΣ ἸῚ he brought 
me out into a lurge place. delivered me 
out of straits. 31, 9. 118,15. Once in 
a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 am93 6323 as 
a lamb in a wide place, where it can 
easily wander from the flock. 


p32 m. (τ. pt) plur. ΡΤ Ὁ and 
ΠΡ Is. 33, 17. Jer. 8, 19; farness, 
remoteness, distant place, e.g. P12 VS 
a distant land Is. 13, 6. Plur. o°pm79 
Zech. 10, 9, ΡΤ PIS Is. 33, 17. Jer. 
8, 19, γ ΒΤ Is. 8, 9. far countries, 
distant lands.—Also prvaa a) from 
afar Ps. 138, 6; after verbs of coming 
Is. 10, 3. 30,27. b) afar off Jer. 31, 
10; comp. 12 no. 3. ἢ. 6) i. ᾳ. PINT, 
see in Pins aa. 8; Is. 17,13 prvaa O29 
and they shall flee from afar, i. e. while 
yet afar off. 


MUM f(r. wim) a pot, kettle, for 
boiling, Lev. 2, 7. 7, 9. 


Ἐ ὩΣ Ὁ kindr. with vd2 q. v. pr. to 
make smooth ; hence 

1. to polish, to sharpen, e. g. a sword, 
Ez. 21, 14. 33. 

2. to make smooth the head of any 
one, to make bald, i. e. to tear out the 
hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement 
Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50, 6 (where 
ba are those who pluck the beard) ; 
in grief Ezra 9, 3.—Ez. 29, 18 ὭΣΞ 59 
mp2 every shoulder is made bald, i.e. 
by bearing heavy burdens. 

52* 


617 


5 


Nipu. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. 41. 

Puat 1. to be polished, of metal 1 K. 
7, 45. 

2. to be sharpened, i. e. to be sharp, of 
a sword; Part. fem. MB 72 for Nyye9 
(Dag. euphon.) Ez, 21, 15. 16. 

3. Is. 18, 2. 7 Bias Fee ἘΣ (for 
9.2) a people drawn out and smooth, 
i.e, tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians. 
Others sharp, fierce, as 197 Hab. 1, 8. 


ὍΣ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck ; 
pret. pass. to be plucked, e. g. wings 
Dan. 7, 4. 


MO see in τ. Ὁ Pu. no. 2. 


"79 m. (Ὁ. M3) in pause "772, 6. suff. 
772 Deut. 31, 27, o3979 Neh. 9, 17. 

1. contradiction, outcry, as the ex- 
pression of discontent and indignation, 
q. d. protest ; Job 23.2 "MY "9 BINT Da 
even now is my speech outcry, i.e. I ean- © 
not but ery out or complain of injustice. 
Others: even now doth my complaint 
seem rebellion? Or: even now is my 
complaint bitterness ; so Targ. ""772, as 
if r. M72 were i. q. W792. Neither is 
appropriate, much less necessary. 

2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc. 
against God, Deut. 31, 27. 1 Sam. 15, 
23. So 79 ΓΞ a rebellious house, i. e. 
people, Ez. 2, 5. 8. 3. 9. 26. 27. 12, 2. 3. 
9; "9°23 rebels Num. 17, 25 [10]; 
"79 02 Is. 30,9. Also concer. "9 rebel- 
lious Prov. 17,11; for plur. Ez. 2, 7. 
44, 6.—Hence 


S92 "2 Meri-Baal, pr. n. of a son 
of Jonathan, 1 Chr. 9, 40; just before 
called 553 3. Merib-Baal (contender 
against Baal), which seems to be the 
correct form. 


"79 m. adj. (τ. Sy) fat, fatted, Ez. 
39, 18. Subst. a fatling, spec. a fatted 
calf, wooxog σιτευτός ; often coupled with 
the words "i5 and 772, 2 Sam. 6, 13. 1 
K. 1, 9. 19. 25, Is. 11,6. Plur. ὩΣ 
Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22. 


_ ΤΠ f. (τ, 9) 1. quarrel, strife. 
Gen. 13, 8. Ex. 17, 7. Num. 27, 14. 

2. Meribah, pr. n. » a) A fountain 
flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin 
on the western gulf of the Red Sea, Ex. 
17, 1-7. Ὁ) ma ™2 72 waters of strife, 
another fountain of the same kind in the 
desert of Zin at Kadesh, Num. 20, 13. 


κι... 


24. Deut. 33, 8. Ps. 81, 8. 106, 32; fully 
wap mia. 2 Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32, 
51. Ez. 47,19. Simpl. Ps, 95, 8. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 581 sq. 


592 Ὑ see next after "72. 


ΤΩ (rebellion against Jehovah, τ. 
12) Meraiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 12. 


m2 Gen. 22, 2 and ΠΡ 2 Chr. 
3, 1, Moriah, pr. n. of one of the hills of 
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the 
temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from 
which it was separated by the valley 
Tyropeon, Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9. Β. J. 5. 5.1. 
Most commonly the name Zion embra- 
ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the 
latter name seldom occurs, not even 1 
K.6,1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. pp. 393, 413, 416.—Gen. 22, 2 778 
ΠΡ the land of Moriah, i. e. the re- 
gion around that mount, its vicinity, α. ἃ. 
the fields of Moriah, comp. "27 728 Josh. 
8, 1.—As to the etymology of the word, 
the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22, 
8. 14, 2 Chr. 1. c.) refer it to the root 
m1, and this is confirmed by regarding 
#292 as for ΠΤ) the chosen of Jeho- 
wah, an appropriate name for a place of 
sacrifice or sanctuary. But so far as 
the form is concerned, 772 may be 
‘part. fem. from r. “V2 pr. the resisting, 
ii. 6. a fortress, castle. 

ΓΗ (rebellions, r. M12) Meraioth, 
pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6,37. Ezra 
7,3. b)1Chr. 9,11. Neh. 11,11. ¢) 
‘Neh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for 

i277 in v. 3, the letters ° and 2 in the 
ancient character being similar. 


ὩΣ (rebellion, i. 4. "772 with the 
formative syll.b—, asin obo, cba) pr.n. 
{, Miriam, Gr. Μαριάμ, Magia. a) The 
sister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20. 
‘Num. 12,18q. Mic.6,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,17. 

MANA ἢ (τ. Ἴ22) bitterness, bitter 
grief, Ez. 21, 11 [6]. 

ὙΠ πὶ. adj. (r.7"2) bitter, then poi- 
sonous, Deut. 32, 24. Comp. in 75% no. 2. 

p71" , see in B23. 

ἸΏ τὰ. (τ. 23, as “2.2 from ya) 
pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear, Lev. 
26,36: Sept. δειλέα, Vulg. pavor.—The 
Rabbinic 770M) mollescere, is a secon- 
dary form, derived from this noun. 


618 


bap 


32°79 m.(r.23) 1. a chariol, 1K. 
5, 6. 

2. a seat in a chariot or other vehicle, 
Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9. 


MAD f. (r. 335) 2 Sam. 15, 1. 1 K. 
7, 33; estr. maa%2 Gen. 41, 43; 6. suff.’ 


irate Gen. 46, ‘29. 1 Sam. 8,11; Plur. 


nisD7 Zech. 6,1. Joel 2. 5; constr, 
nisp72 Ex. 15, 4; ¢. suff. 4773272 Mic. 
5,9; a chariot, ja for war, Ex. 14, 
25. Josh. 11, ἃ 9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10, 
29; or as used by persons of high rank. 
ete. Gen. 41, 43. 46,29. 1 Sam. 8, 11. al. 
Sing. collect. Hagg. 2, 22. 


MEN f(r. 524) a market, mart, Ez. 
27, 24. 


Ma ᾧ (τ ΠΡ Pi.) 1. deceit, fraud, 
Gen. 27, 35. 34, 13. Prov. 12. 5. 17. 20. 
14, 8. 24, 24. Ps. 36,4.al. Toe OR a 
deceitful man Ps, 5,7. ΓΙ “238 Salse 
weights Mic. 6, 11. Πρ) spite a false 
balance Prov. 11, 1. So to work or frame 
deceit Dan. 11, 23. Ps. 50, 19; to speak 
deceit Ps. 34, 4; comp. also Ps, 17, 1. 52, 
6. 109, 2. So sto: sear ΓΙ deceit- 
Sully, falsely, Ps, 24, 4. Meton. wealth 
got by fraud Jer.5,27. Plur. nia72 Ps. 
10, 7. 35, 20. 

2. Mirmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. 


may. (heights, τ. 855) Meremoth, 
pr.n.m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4.21. 
10, 6, 12,3; for which Mim ν. 156. Ὁ) 
Ezra 10, 36. 


Ὁ m. (r. 02%) a treading down, 
something trodden under foot, Is. 5, 5. 
7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al. 


"M2572 n. Meronothite, a gentile name 
elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 80, Neh. 
3,7. 


ὉΠ Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince, 
Esth. 1, 14. Comp. Sanscr. méarsha 
dignus, from r. mrish, Zend. meresh ; so 
Benfey p. 200. 


20°" Marsena, pr. n. of a Persian 
prince, Esth. 1, 14. Comp. in 09%; 
Sanscr. mdrsha, with the ending nd, 
Zend. nominat. nar, man; so Benfey 
Lc, 

72 m. (apoe. for ΠΣ, τ. MZ" no. 5, 
as 29 for M2) pr. friendship, then concer. 
i. gq. 29. @ friend, companion ; always 
c. suff. F279 Judg. 15, 2, ΠΣ 14, 20 


oa 


15, 6. Gen. 26, 26.al. Plur. 5°29 Judg. 
14, 11; ο. suff. 1M279 for Im Prov. 
19, 7. 


ΤΣ m. (r. M39) c. suff. 1392 Job 
39, 8, ὈΞΊΣ Ὁ Ez. 34, 18, pasture, i. 6. 
place of pasture Is. 32, 14; also pasture, 
feed for cattle, Joel 1, 18, Gen..47, 4. 1 
Chr. 4, 39 sq. 310 nse Ez. 34, 18. 
yo Ὁ v.14. Of wild beasts, a Seeding. 


ως haunt, Nah. 23,13. Arab. eae ? 


δι, id. 
mwa Γ (r. ΠῚ) 1. a pasturing, 
feeding, Hos. 13,6; "7°32 jX¥ sheep 
of my pasturing, which I tend, Jer. 23, 
1. Ps, 74, 1. 79, 13. 100, 3.  im*s43 ὍΣ 
the people whom he (God) feeds Ps. 95,7. 
2. a flock, Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36. 


T2272 (trembling, perh. earthquake, 


τ. 53") Maralah, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11. 


NB m. once TB Jer. 8,15. R. 
RB" to heal. 

1. healing, cure of diseases, 2 Chr. 21, 
18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19; remedy, means 
of cure, Jer. 33,6.—Hence a) refresh- 
ment, health, Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18, 13,17. 
16, 24. Ὁ) remedy, help, deliverance, 
sc, from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. 
Mal. 3, 20. 

2. tranquillity, placidness of mind ; 
see Γ᾿ 8B} no. 3. Prov. 14, 30 δ 82 =} 
a placid mind. 15, 4 yb NB quiet- 
ness of tongue, i. e. gentle and quiet 
speech. Ecc. 10, 4 for quietness hinder- 
eth many offences. 


UBD m. (r. YI, OE) pr. a tread- 
ing ; concer. water made foul by treading, 
Ez. 34, 19. 

*vno =, in Kal not used, and of doubt- 
ful signification, Kimehi, to be strong, 
; forcible, vehement, and this is not ill. 
Better. with Cocceius and Simonis, to 
- be sharp, active, vehement ; comp. Arab. 
transp. to be acrid, sour. 


Hien. ‘to make vehement,’ i. e. to 
provoke, toirritate. Job 16,3 Fs" e372 
what so provoketh thee ? 

Nipnu. to be strong, vehement, sore. 
Job 6, 25 nths—“"90N ASTON how Sorci- 
Beare tight words! ‘1K. 2, 8 mbbp 


619 


"3 


ΤΣ 29 a vehement curse. Mic. 2, 10 537 
7792 sore destruction. 


aty9 m. (τ, 3%9) an awl, for boring, 
piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17. 


PEIN f. (r. H¥9) a pavement, paved 
floor, 2 K. 16, 17. 


ἘΡΎΔ pr. to rub, comp. kindr. ΠΏ, 
and Gr. ἀμέργω, ὀμοργνύω. Hence 

1. to polish, to scour, as metal; 2 Chr. 
4, 16 pina MYM} polished brass. Imper. 
Jer. 46, 4 oomng7n spy furbish the 
spears. 

2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing, 
anointing, comp. S°pamen. Syr. pbo 
abstersit. 

Pua 7% pass. of no. 1, to be scoured, 
Lev. 6, 21. 

Deriv. ΘΗ, Pan, P73H. 


P22 τὰ. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20. 

LT Qs 
Is. 65,4 oth Arab. Gy and iy id. 
—The native form of the word is p78 


q.v. from the root P75, the letters B 
and % being interchanged. 


HPV. m. (τ. mps) plur. aromatic 
herbs, Cant. 5, 13. 


MILI f(r. mp) 1. ἃ spicing, sea- 
soning, Ez. 24, 10. 

2. unguent-ketile, for preparing oint- 
ment, Job 41, 23. 

MMP. f. (τ mp3) 1. ointment, un- 
guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30. 

P ihignenb kettle i. ᾳ. ΠΡ no. 2, 
Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16,14; comp. Job 
41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but 
lees well. 


ε 72 pret. "2, 3 fem. M72; fut. 
"a" Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n. 3. 

1. to flow, to distil, whence "2 a drop, 
sia bike and prob. ἀξ τὰς bile. Arab. 


- 


oat to make flow, Byars frequent 


rain, ~acanal. The trilit. Pr often 


‘has the sense of going, passing away, 


which in many roots is connected with 
that of flowing; see ἼΞΓ no. 4, 533, 


Sy* to run, to flow, Aram. &77 to run, 
whence 572!79 canals. δ 
2. to be bitter. Arab. r fut. A, id. 


and so in all the kindred languages ; 


ay) 


eomp. Lat. amarus, likewise mereo. 
How this signification connects itself 
with the preceding is not clear. Per- 
haps it is denom. from "% myrrh, and 
mae bile, as the most bitter things.— 
Fut. A, "2 Is. 24, 9, see above. Trop. 
1 Sam. 30, 6 oyn->> ΘῈΣ ΠῚ the soul 
of all the people was bitter, i. e. grieved. 
2K. 4,27. Impers. "> "2 it grieves me 
Lam. 1, 4; also ἐξ goes bitterly with me, 
I am afflicted, c. 72 Ruth. 1, 13. 

NipH. "22, see r. “7. 

Piex fut. "997 1. to make bitter, to 
imbitter any thing, Ex. 1,14. Also to 
act bitterly in any thing, as Is. 22, 4 
"222 7798 J will weep bitterly. 

2. to imbitler any one, i. e. to irri- 
tate, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49, 
23. 

Hira. ΠῚ, inf ΠΤ 1. to make bitter, 
to imbitter life, Job 27,2. With > to deal 
bitterly with any one, to cause him great 
sorrow; Ruth 1, 20 789 "78 τ ἼΏΓΙ the 
Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with 
me. Comp. > 37 v. 21. 

2. Intrans. to be in billerness, to grieve, 
to mourn, c. >» Zech. 12, 10. 

Nore. The form ἜΤΟΣ Ex. 23, 21, 
although apparently a fut. Chald. of 
"2, does not belong to this root, but to 
τ. M2 to disobey, to rebel ; Sept. μὴ 
ἀπείϑει αὐτῷ. The ancient intpp. all 
read it as belonging to M719, prob. for 
“2m, see in τ, 072 Hiph. a. 

Hirapare. “727207 to be imbittered, 
exasperated, with >x of pers. Dan. 8, 7; 


-absol. Dan. 11, 11.—Syr. pogo exacer- 


bavit, lacessivit, Arab. 72..5 iratus fait. 

Deriv. "2, 2, ΠΛ Ul, M72, AI, 
FID, PAID, VED, ΘΟ Ὁ, OMNIA, 
pr. pn. 897, Ming, and the four which 
here follow. 


ITO f. (τ. WY) bile, gall, so called 

from flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13. 
δι δ, Ἁ i 
Arab. Se, Sly, Syr. Beso, (2450, id. 

ΤῊ Ὁ f. (τ. YY) constr. N7i79 ; plur. 
naing, mint. 

1. bitterness, acridness ; Deut. 32, 32 
minha mibawe clusters of bitterness, i. e. 
bitter clusters. Metaph. bitter things, 
severe punishments, Job 13, 26 3mm) 72 
minha by that thou writest (layest) bit- 


620 nwa 


ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy 
punishment. 

2. bile, gall, Job 20,25. Also m5 
pp the gall of vipers v. 14, for the 
poison of vipers, which the ancients sup- 
posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11.. 
37 or 62); although in other forms also 
of this root the notion of bitlerness is 
connected with that of venom; see 
“992, Syr. [2pss, Zab. 87772, venom; 
bita πικρίας Heb. 12, 15, i.e. poisonous 
Comp. 7233, O87 no. 5. 


no m. plur. bitter herbs, Ex. 12,8. 
Num. 9, 11; Sept. πικρέδες, Vulg. lactu- 
ce agrestes.—Trop. bitier lot, Lam. 3, 
15, where in the other member is 232 
wormwood. R. 772. 


172 (bitter, unhappy, τ. "72) Mera- 
ri, pr. ἢ. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11... 
Ex. 6,16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57, 


MW, see MUNI. 


nywye f. (r. 3239) wickedness ; concr. 
a wicked woman, as scelus for scelesta, 2 
Chr. 24, 7. 


“AW, see in ma ΠΩ. 


Sb m. pr. infin. of r. v2, after the 
Chald. manner; c. suff. inw. 

1. a lifting up, elevating, from the 
signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz. 

a) Of the voice, see 82 no. 1. e, f; 
hence song, singing ; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27 
xian “wn the master of the song, leader 
of the choir. Sept. cod. Vatic. ἄρχων 
τῶν δῶν. 

b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering, 
something uttered; 6. g. a saying, pro- 
verb, Prov. 30,1; collect. 31,1 "Wx NB 
jax ‘ime the sayings which his mother 
taught him.—Spec. effatum divinum, an 
oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration, 
2K. 9, 25. Is. 14,28 in the year that king 
Ahaz died niyn swan O° was this ora- 
cle. Hab. 1, 1‘n mm “Wy Kwa che ora- 
cle revealed to Habakkuk. Fully 73% 
Jer. 23, 33. 34. 38; "9 927% Zech. 9, 1. 
12,1. Mal.1,1. Sometimes followed bya 
gen. of the object, as 933 NW the oracle 
i.e. prophecy, declaration, against Ba- 
bylon Is. 13,1; ὋΣ "2 23,1; also 15, 1. 
17, 1. 19, 1. 90, 6. Nah. 1,1. al. With 
2 of object Zech. 9, 1. Is. 21, 13; by 
Zech. 12,1; ἘΝ Mal. 1,1. As Rw is 


NW 
often found in the inscriptions of threat- 
ening oracles or denunciations, Jerome, 
Luther, the Engl. Version, and others, 
have rendered it, even in the above 
cases, burden (see no. 2. ¢), meaning a 
prophecy which is burdensome or threat- 
ening; see Jerome Prol. ad Habac. et 
ad Jes. 13,1. But it is used also in re- 
ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mal. 1, 1. 
Allusion is made to both the significa- 
tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq. 
Ez. 12, 10. 

c) Ob? Nw the lifting up of the soul, 
i.e. that which the soul desires, longs 
for, Ez. 24, 25; see r. XW} no. 1. g. 

2. From the signif. to bear, r. δ 93 ΠΟ. 
4. a) Inf. to bear; Num. 4, 24 733% 
xinads to serve and to bear, for serving 
and for bearing sc. burdens, as porters. 
2 Chr. 20, 25; comp. 35, 3. Ὁ) Subst. 
a bearing, the act or service of bearing 
burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31. 
32. 47. c) What is borne, a burden, 
load, 2 K. 5,17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22, 
25. Jer. 17, 21 sq. 2K. 8,9. δ 85 mon 
49 ἦσ δὲ ἃ burden to any ore, 2 Sam. 15, 
33. Job 7, 20; with 5x 2 Sam. 19, 86, 
Metaph. of heavy eare, Num. 11, 11. 

' 3. @ gift, see NW? Pi. no. 2,3; hence 
tribute, i. q. M2 no. 2. 2 Chr. 17, 11. 

4, Massa, pr. n. of a son of Ishmael, 

Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30. 


802 (pron. mass) τὰ. 2 Chr. 19, 7 
ὉΠ NW respect of persons, partiality ; 
see r. NY? no. 3. Ὁ. 

AN f. (Ὁ. ΝῸ9) a burning, confla- 
gration, so called from the rising of the 
smoke, Is. 30,27. Comp. MX no. 1. Ὁ. 


ΓΝ f. plur. Ps. 74, 3 in some edi- 
tions ; see MINIT. 


mya f. (for ΝΘ, τ᾿ 822) constr. 


ὌΝ Gen. 43. 34; plur. ΝΘ. 

1. a lifting up, 6. 9. a) Of the hands 
Ps. 141,2. b) α rising, ascending, as 
of smoke in burning, Judg. 20, 38. 40; 
comp. ΠΝ 2. 6) Coner. a sign, sig- 
nal, which is elevated, i. q. 02, Jer. 6, 1. 
Perh. a signal given by fire ; comp. also 
the Talmudic ΤΟΝ ὙΦ of signals by fire 
given at the time of the new moon; 
see Mishn. Rosh hashana 2. § 3.. d) i-q. 
Nw no. 1. b, effatum, oracle, Lam. 2, 14. 
e) Zeph. 3, 18 Ma In ΓΝ) a lifting up 


621 


“ὯΔ 


of reproach, concr. for ‘those on whom 
reproach is lifted up or cast,’ i. 6. the 
objects of reproach. 

2. a gifl, present, i. q. δἰ. no. 3, 
Esth. 2, 18, Jer. 40,5. Am.5,11. Spee, 
a portion of food presented to a guest 
(Hom. γέρας) Gen. 43, 34, 2 Sam. 11, 8, 
Also tribute, 2 Chr. 24, 6. 9. Ez. 20, 40. 

Nore, mixwe Ez. 17,9 is infin. Aram. 
of Kal, for 8&2, ending irregularly in 
mi like inf. Pi. mixt2 for 8b2; see in 
δ Ὁ) Kal no. 2. 


33072 τὰ. (τ. 338) constr. 2309, ὁ. 
suff. "an. 

1. height, altitude, as of walls, Is. 25,12. 

2. a height, rock, crag, affording se- 
curity and refuge, and hence absol. ὦ 
refuge, Is, 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10. 
18, 3. 48, 4. 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al. 

3. With the art. Misgab, pr. n. of a 
town (on a height) in Moab, Jer. 48, 1. 


M2709 f. (τ. 72) Prov. 15, 19, also 
Mw" Is. 5, 5 in some editions, a hedge 
thorn-hedge. The latter form would be 
from στ. 728. 

ὙΠῸ m. α saw, Is. 10,15. R. wr. 


MV f measure, sc. of liquids, Lev. 
19, 35. Ez. 4,11. 16. 1 Chr. 23,9. R. 
"wv. 

DIO m. (τ. WY) constr. wiv, joy, 
rejoicing, Is. 24, 8. 32, 13, 66, 10. Me- 
ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48, 
3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 bite 
i393 the joy of his way, i. 6. his joyful 
lot.—Poetically Is. 8, 6, subst. for the 
finite verb. 

POUCA m. (τ. pmb) derision, meton. 
the object of it, Hab. 1, 10. 


MANU f. (r.ou) 1. asnare, trap, 
for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. ΓΒ, 
Hos. 9,8. Hence 

2. destruction, Hos. 9,7; comp. Spia. 


200 m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. 53) 
subst. a poem, song, Ps. 47,8; and so in 
the titles of Psalms 32. 42. 44. 45. 52. 53. 
54. 55. 74. 78. 88. 89. 142. Here > ua 
prob. implies a poem or song enforcing 
intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root 
Hiph. no. 3, 5,) which is true of all these 
Psalms; not excepting Ps. 45, in which 
every thing is referred to the goodness 
of God, v. 3. 7. 8. 


20a 

mow f. (rns) 1. an imag., fig- 
ure; Ez. 8, 12 ΤΌΘ "IN chambers 
of imagery, i. e. of images, chambers of 
which the walls are painted with the 
figures of idols, comp. v. 10. 11. 438 
m"s02 ἃ stone or cippus with the image 
of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like, 
Lev. 26,1; and so plur. ΤΊ ἢ Num. 
33, 52. Rive. 25, 11 ΤΣ ΘΣΞ ant “Than 
502 apples of gold with figures of silver. 
Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to 
m2 this signification as if from 720 
to braid. 

2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11. 
Plur. Ps. 73, 7. 

NW ἢ (τ. 3) wages, Gen. 29, 15. 
31, 7.41; reward Ruth 2, 12. 

mm. f. plur. nails, Ecce. 12, 11. 
See "202. R. Ὁ i.g. 220. 

MW m. a shedding of blood, blood- 
shed, Is. 5,7. R. ΠΕ 1. ᾳ. MEQ. 


‘ “2 obsol. root, of doubttul signif. 


perhaps i. q. Arab. “3.2 II, to divide. 
Hence 77302. 


MWD £ dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5. 6. 
R. nov no. 2. 


MDW £ (τ. ΕΣ 1) only plur. constr. 
nipiy.. 

1. burnings, e. g. of spices at funerals 
Jer. 34, 5, see in στ. τ no. 1. b; of lime 
ina kiln Is. 33, 12. 

2. ὉΠ mip ws Misrephoth-maim, pr. 
n. of a place or district near Sidon. Josh. 
1» 8. 13, 6.—The name signifies pr. 
‘burnings of water, which Kimchi un- 
derstands of warm baths. More prob. it 
means ‘burnings by the water.’ either 
lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated 
near water. 

MPIW2 (vineyard of noble vines, see 
52) Masrekah. pr. n. of a place appa- 
rently in Jdumea, Gen. 36, 36. 1Chr. 1.47. 

ἔχει 1. a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 9, 
Chald. ΤΟ, NMOS, RN MOT, id. 
The etymology. is uncertain, and it is 
even doubtful whether ™ is radical or 
servile. But prob. it is servile, and then 
the root. may be MW or AWW ig. Ss 
to shine, to glilter ; whence then 7°70 
or ji, and mw a metal pan, so called 
from being kept bright. See r. πῶ. 


622 


repel 


2 Mash, pr. n. of a people (and re- 
gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore 
to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia, 
Gen. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow- 
ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand 
the inhabitants of Mount Masius, Arab, 
($—>, which lies north of Nesibis, 
and forms part of the chain of Taurus 
separating Mesopotamia from Media, 
Josephus confounds this name with 
kw, Ant. 1. 6. 4. 


S02 m. (r. 882 IT) 
5, 7. 10. 

2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q. 
mwa. Neh. 10, 82 “n-bD RvD the debt 
of every hand, i. e. every "debt, perh. so 
called either because the debtor prom- 
ised to pay by giving his right hand, 
or because the hand is the instrument 
and emblem of deposit, trust. Some 
editions read here x2 burden, which 
is less well. 


1. usury, Neh. 


SW Mesha, pr. τι. of a place men- 
tioned in describing that part of Arabia 
inhabited by the descendants of Joktan ; 
Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was nwa 
ΠΡ am mao ΠΞΝΞ from Mesha even 
unto Sephar (and beyond even unto) 
the mountains of Arabia. Here Mesha 
might be taken as Motce or Ποῦζα, a 
celebrated city and harbour on the 
western coast of Arabia, not far from 
Mocha, where now lies δὴ» " Miza’a, 
or perhaps 
bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would 
then constitute the western limit of the 
Joktanide. Sephar is the city eb, 
the chief place of the district Shehr in 
the province of Hadramaut; see in art. 
“po. The mountains of Arabia are 
prob. the chain running across the mid- 
dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca 
and Medina to the Persian gulf, called 


S90 Misij, Niebuhr Ara- 


at the present day Re Nejd, highlands ; 
see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Nedjd 
ou lArabie centrale, Paris 1823. 8vo.— 
But as the Arabic names above given, 
Masa’a, or Masij, cannot well be com- 
pared with Mesha, it may be better, 
with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Spi- 
cileg. Π. 214), to understand Mesene 


Nw 623 


( eee: lone Meisan), situated 
among a mouths of che Pasitigris, 
where this river empties into the Per- 
sian gulf. The sacred writer would 
then begin with the eastern limit of the 
Joktanidw, and end with the western 
and northern; so that "25 must be 
sought between them. See “ED. 


280 m. (Ὁ. 288) only plur. ΠΊΕ, 
troughs, watering-troughs, into which 
water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11. 


mwa f (Ὁ. xv IL) debt, loan, money: 


lent, i. ᾳ. 82 no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov. 
22, 26. 

TING m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov. 
26, 26. Β.. xd? 1, 


ΓΝ Ps. 74, 3, see iN. 


2802 (entreaty, τ. dev) Mishal, 
pr. ἢ. of a Levitical city in the tribe 
of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr. 
θυ Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from 
byw. 


ryt f. (r. S8B) a@ petition, request, 
Ps, 20, 6. 37, 4. 


MIND Γ (Ὁ Ne) a kneading-trough, 
in which also the dough is leavened 
and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28, 
5. 17. 


MID, see na. 


mixaw ἢ plur. (r. 72¥) 1. textures, 
and with 33, textures of gold, i.e. stuffs 
inwrought with gold, in which threads 
of gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 45, 
14; see the root in Piel. 

2. settings, bezels, in which gems are 
set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16. 
See the root in Pual. 


"209 m. Is. 37, 3. 2 K. 19, 3, constr. 
satin Hos. 13, 13, pr. ‘place of break- 
ing,’ i. e. of breaking forth, spoken of the 
mouth of the womb, which the fetus 
breaks open at birth. R. "20. 


"ata m. (τ. 738) only in plor. 


. B22, waves which break upon the 
shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 88, 8. 
Jon. 2,4. praia billows of the sea 
Ps, 93, 4. ny ‘a 2 Sam. 22,4. Comp. 


Gr. κύματος ᾿ἀγή from ἀγνύω, ἄγνυμι, to 
break. 
52*—11 


mw 


nawn m. only in plur.c. suff, HA2w2, 
destructions, calamities, Lam.1,7. Comp. 
τ. M3U Hiph. no. 2. 


mt τῇ. (τ. M38 ) an error, oversight, 
Gen, 43, 12. 


"ἃ; rw 1. to draw, to draw out, 
6. g. from the water, Ex. 2,10. Syr. 
[ase id. Arab. Kindr. is 722. 
Hipn. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps. 


18, 17. 
Deriv. "82, pr. n. HY, "2. 


ἐἈῚ 2 ΓΘ obsol. root, Arab, Laws 


vesperi fecit, whence the subst. 63x 
evening, yesternight, q. v. 


non pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus 
ἹΜωῦσῆς, the great leader, lawgiver, and 
prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am- 
ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi, 
Ex. 6,20. The narrative of his life and 
actions occupies the four last books of 
the Pentateuch. A common appellation 
is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh. 
1, 1. 2. 15. 1K. 8, 63. 56. 2Chr.1, 3. 
Dan. 9,11; once in Pentat. Deut. 34,5; 
also the man of God Ps. 90,1. His law is 
called: Mga mim the law of Moses Ezra 
3, 2. 7,6. 2 Chr. 23,18; nwa min "Bd 
the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6. 
2 K. 14, 6. Neh. 8,1; also simply "2o 
mw 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13,1. (Chald. 
na "DO Ezra 6, 18.) πῶ minsd the 
tables of the Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9.—Is. 
63, 11 he remembered the days of old, 
ins ΓΙ Moses, his people, i.e. Moses 
and his people. 

As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the 
name M2 is expressly derived froim the 
idea of his being drawn out of the water. 
But the form of the name is aetive, dravw- 
ing out ; not pass. drawn owt ; and fur- 
ther, it is hardly probable that the 
daughter of Pharaoh would have given 
him a name derived from the Hebrew 
language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews 
assigned to the name Mwiojs an Egyp- 
tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz. 


$2, μῶ, water, and OFA or 


| OFRES, ὑσῆς, saved, i. 6. water-saved, 


saved from the water; so Joseph. Ant. 
2. 9. 6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T. IL. p. 
83 Mang. Some such derivation may 


mwa 


also lie in the Heb. form mwa. Other 
etymologies proposed,-see in Thesaur. 
p. 824. 


TE m. (τ. He I) a debt, loan, 
Deut. 15,2. See in NW no. 2. 


ΓΙ f. (r. NIB) 1. g. HNIG with 
which it is every where coupled, desola- 
tion Zeph. 1,15. Concer. desolate places, 
wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27. 


MN f. plur. desolations, ruins, Ps. 
73, 18. 74,3. The etymology is doubt- 
ful, and hence the orthography varies; 
e.g Ps. 74,3 in some editions, as that 
of Athias, reads mix with Sin. Most 
prob. mixsta is merely a Chaldaizing or 
Rabbinic form for Mixite (see nNive, 
τι, 81H); comp. the futures Ἴλ8π for pbs, 
m3 for 1757, and subst. atta ig. witha; 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 71. note 9.—The forma nine 
(with Sin) would be from N®2 in the 
sense lo destroy, as Job 32, 22. Gen. 18, 
24; see in NW? no, 2. 


ΞΘ (returned, r. 35%) Meshobab, 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 84. 


rian, M20, f. (τ. sath) ὁ. suff. 
“NDIA, a Pe hg away, defection, apos- 
tasy. Prov. 1, 32 Cone Mae the turn- 
ing away of “foals from wisdom. Spec. 
defection from Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5. Hos. 
11,7 "M218. defection ‘from me. Plur. 
nina Jer. 2, 19.—Coner. bev maw 
apostatizing lavas! Jer. 3, 6. 8. 11. 12. 


M0 f. c. suff. "masa, error, Job 
19,4. R. 3. 

Wiw Ez. 27, 29, and VIWN ib. v. 6, 
an oar. For the Dagesh in itn see in 
miniwe. R. ow. 


TOW 15. 42, 24 Cheth. for movin, 
a spoiling, plundering. 


* M02 fut, mein, inf absol. mivia, 
constr. MQ, once MNH2 Ex. 29, 29, pr. 
to stroke, to draw the hand over any thing. 


Arab. φῦ 


hand; to stroke the face, to strike with a 
sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic 
roots are: #2 whence OO, and na 
whence ΠΤ, ΝΠ, to stroke, to wipe 
off, to strike—Hence . 

1. to spread over with any thing, to 


id. also to wipe off with the 


624 mon 


smear, 6. g. with colours, to paint, c. 3 
of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec. to rub over 
with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab. ; 


Syr. ane, id.) e. g. cakes Ex. 29, 2. 
Lev. 2, 4. 7, 12; so too a shield, to ren- 
der the leather more tough and less 
penetrable by weapons, Is. 21,5. 2 Sam. 
1, 21.—Mostly fo anoint, as a sacred 
rite, to consecrate by unction to any of- 
fice or use, 6. g. a priest Ex. 28, 41. 40, 
15; a prophet 1 K. 19,16. Is. 61,1; a 
king 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 1K. 1, 34. 
Also a stone or column as consecrated 
to God Gen. 31, 13; an altar Ex. 29, 36. 
Lev. 8, 11; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40, 
9. Dan. 9,24; vases and utensils conse- 
crated to God Num. 7,1. The full con- 
struction is 22> Ὁ Mit to anoint (i.e. 
consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15. 
1 Sam. 9, 16. 1K. 19, 15. 2K. 9, 3; 
with dy, Judg. 9, 8. 2 Sam. 19, 11 Absa- 
lom by WMH. "Wx whom we anointed 
(constituted king) over us. Is. 61, 1 be- 
cause Jehovah hath anointed (i. e. con- 
secrated, appointed) me “32> to. an- 
nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7.—That with which 
one is anointed, as oil, ointment, etc. is 
is put with 2 Ex, 29, 2. Ps. 89, 21; ac- 
cus. Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6. 

2. to spread out, to expand, by rub- 
bing or smoothing with the hand, see 
nwo. Hence also fo measure, 6. g. 
things long or broad, as cloth by mov- 


ing the hand over it. Syr. mana, 


Chald. m9, Arab. Hence 
myo, nnn. 

en. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be anotrtt: 
ed, i.e. to be consecrated by unction, 
Lew, 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84. 88. 1 Chr. 
14, 8. 

Deriv. M2, mn, and the three 
here following. 


MW Chald. m. oil, Ezra 6, 9. 7, 22. 
Often in'the Targums. Syr. ἴωλζο. 


ΓΦ f(r. MB.) 1. an anointing, 
unction ; Mma 720 the anointing-oil 
Ex. 25, δ. 29, 7.21. al. Bap πα 728 
an oil of sacred unction, holy anointing- 
oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31; comp. Lev. 10, 7. 
21, 12. 

2. a part, portion, as measured out, 
Ley. 7, 35; see the root no. 2. 


mwa 
MMOD Lf 1. Inf of the root Mw. to 


anoint: see above. 
2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num. 


18, 8; see MMH no. 2. 


ΓΟ pr. part. Hiph. (r. mm) plur. 
p"nmde, destroying, which destroys ; 
hence Subst. 

1. destruction, Ex. 12,13. Ez. 5, 16. 
21, 36 Ὁ "HN artificers of destruc- 
tion. 25, 15. 

2. a snare, trap, Jer.5, 26, comp. Opi. 
Hence, an ambush, i.e. troops in am- 
bush, 1 Sam. 14, 15. Also ΘΓ "5 
the mount of destruction, or the snare- 
mountain ; spoken of mount Olivet, on 
account of the idols there worshipped, 
a snare and destruction to the people; 
also of Babylon, for the same reason, 
Jer. 51, 25. 


WIV m. i. ᾳ. “Md, the dawn, aurora, 
Ps, 110, 3. R. m8 IL. 


mint ig. ΠΣ no. 1, destruction, 
Ez.9,1. R.mmw. | 


rrjtia πὶ. (τ. mm) constr. pnva, 
destruction, defucement ; for coner. de- 
stroyed, disfigured, Is. 52, 14. 


Mw. m. (r. nm) ὁ. suff. pnw, 
destruction, i. e. something destroyed or 
disfigured, i. q. ridin blemish, Lev. 
22, 25. 


nowa m. (τ. MBB) Ez. 47, 10, constr. 
mows (or from a form nthe) Ez. 26, 5. 
14, a spreading, i. e. place for spread: 
ing. 

“OW m. c. suff. ἸΏ Ὁ, dominion, 
empire. Job 38, 33 ‘nya Ὁ ON 
Y282 dost thou assign the dominion 
(of the heavens) over the earth? R. 
\ πῶ. 


"09 m. Ez. 16, 13, in pause "7 ν. 10, 
according to the Heb. intpp. silk, a gar- 
ment of silk, Sept. τρίχαπτον i. 6. ac- 
cording to Hesychins τὸ βομβύκινον 
ὕφασμα. Jerome, ‘a garment so fine as 
to seem equal to the finest hair.’ From 
the root ("2 to draw) we can derive 
no other sense than ‘something finely 
drawn,’ e. g. a fine thread, stuff com- 
posed of fine threads. 


"0, see "DAD. 
53 


625 


yw 
ΤῸ (delivered of God, τ. 338 


Chald.) Meshezabeel, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 3, 4. 
10, 22. 11, 24. 


TI") mm. (τ. M2) constr. Δ, 6. 
suff. anda, 

1. Adj. verbal pass. χριστός, ointed, 
anointed, of a shield 2Sam. 1,21; πο Ὁ 
"32 the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus, 
Dan. 9, 25; Man WDM the anointed 
priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16. 
6, 15. 

2, Subst. 6 Χριστός, the Messiah, the 
anointed, the prince consecrated by unc- 
tion, Dan. 9, 26.—More fully "5. mrt 
the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. ὃ Χριστὸς 
Κυρίου, a name of honour given to the 
Jewish kings, as being consecrated by 
anointing, and therefore most sacred, 1 
Sam. 2, 10. 35. 12, 3. 5. 16, 6. 24, 7. 11. 
26, 9. 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16, 19, 22. 
23, 1. Ps. 18,51. 20, 7. 28, 8. al. Once 
of Cyrus king of Persia Is. 45,1. Not 
used of the great Deliverer predicted 
by the prophets; although his usual 
name (X42 ὁ Μεσσίας) among the 
later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn 
from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9, 26; 
comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxtorf. Lex. 
Chald. art. ἐπ Ὁ, [Yet Ps. 2, 2is refer- 
red directly to the Saviour in Acts 4, 26 
sq.—R.] Plur. the anointed of Jehovah, 
spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105, 15. 
1-Chr. 16, 22. 


“2, fat. 3822; imper. qd, 
plur. 522 Ex. 12, 21, and 15% Ez. 
22, 20. 

1. to draw, to drag, Arab. Giumo id 
see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96; in 
Golius and Freytag this signification is 
wanting. Kindred is "%2.—With an 
ace. of pers. to draw any one to a person 
or place, with 3 or >8 of place, Judg. 4, 
7. Ps. 10,9; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra, 
to draw out of a pit, of the water, with 
j2 Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13. 
Absol. to draw to oneself, to draw down 
upon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11,4. So 
with 2 of manner, to draw in the yoke, 
Deut. 21, 3.—Spec. 

a) MOp2 32 fo draw the bow, 1 K. 
22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 33. Is. 66, 19 MOP "202. 
Eth. Pri'DL id. 

b) 2231 72 ¢o draw out the seed, 
i. e. to scatter it regularly along the 


70 


furrows, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in 
Ἴ9 no. 1. 

c) bait qua Ex. 19, 13, and 72 
dain TR Josh. 6, 5, to raw out the 
trumpet, i. 6. to sound, i. ᾳ. MIATA SPA 
in Josh. 6, 4. 8. 9, 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5; 
pr. to draw out the breath (to lewd 
with force into the horn or trumpet of 
jubilee ; comp. Germ. heftig losziehen. 
In both places it is spoken of a signal 
given with the trumpet of jubilee or re- 
joicing ; see in 951} no. 1. Compare 
Arab. ως. traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV 
clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa- 
vit. 

ἃ) Hos. 7,5 p°sx>-ny ὕπο 782 he 
draws out his hand with scorners, spoken 
contemptuously of intercourse with im- 
pious men; comp. in Engl. to give the 
hand, to join hands with. 

6) to draw out, i. 6. to protract, to con- 
tinue, to prolong, Ps. 36, 11 ποτ 98 
Wyte prolong thy loving-kindness unto 
them that know thee, thy worshippers. 
85, 6. 109, 12. Jer. 31, 379 FTMIWA 7 
have prolonged loving-kindness towards 
thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr. 
pal to draw, whence subst. ae long 
continuance. 

f) wa 382 to prolong the body, i. e. 
to make it durable, robust, firm; to 
strengthen. Ecc. 2,3 "Wa" 1.53 Ὁ 
to strengthen(cherish) my body with wine. 


Syr. yas arefecit. 

g) Intrans. like Engl. to draw on, to 
draw towards, i. 6. to move, to march, to 
advance, Germ. ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go 
and draw towards mount Tabor ; Sept. 
ἀπελεύση εἰς ὅρος Θαβώρ. 20, 37 the am- 
bush drew out, advanced. Prob. also 
Job 21, 33. Ex. 12, 21. 


2. to lay hold of, to take, to hold, c. a 


Judg.5, 14. Arab. W Suwo id.—Intens. 
to take away, i. e. to remove, to destroy, 
Job 24, 22. Ps. 28, 3. Ez. 32, 20. 


Nipu. to be protracted, delayed, defer-° 


red, 15. 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28. 

Pua 1. i. q. Niph. spoken of hope de- 
Serred, Prov. 13, 12. 

2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is. 18, 
2.7, qe "3 a people drawn out, extend- 
ed, i.e. tall of stature, a quality ‘cactibed 
to them in Is. 45, 14. Hdot, 3. 20, 114.— 


626 


hye) 


Arab. @Xsm0 X, to be firm, robust, is 
also spoken of the body, but in a differ- 
ent sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420. 

Deriv. misbiv and 


JU τὰ. (r. Ww) 1. a drawing ; Ps. 
126, 6 2235 ὭΣ the drawing out of seed, 
i.e. the scattering it regularly along 
the furrows; see in 32 no. 1.b. Comp. 
Am. 9, 13. 

2. possession, from the signification 
of holding, Job 28, 18; see the root 
no. 2. ἢ 

3. Meshech, pr.n. prob. the Moschi, a 
barbarous people inhabiting the Moschi- 
an mountains between Iberia, Armenia, 
and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XI. p. 
344, 378,) usually coupled with the 
neighbouring Tibareni (>3m, 5351) Gen. 
10, 2. Ez. 27, 13. 32, 26. 38, 3. 3. 39, 1. 
So too Herodotus, 3. 94 and 7. 78, 
Mooyor καὶ Τιβαρηνοί. The Sam. Cod. 
exhibits a pronunciation approaching 
nearer to the Greek form, ἸΏ, Fo12, 
Sept. Mosey, Vulg. Mosoch. 


320 m. (τ. 22%) constr. 23%, c. 
suff. "22102 ; plur. constr. "230%, c. suff. 
pnisnin. 

‘La lying down, reclining, e. g. for 
sleep, 2 Sam. 4, 5 DMEM 33H sleep 
at noon ; also oF a sick person Ps. 41, 4. 
—Spec. a lying with, concubitus ; Lev. 
18, 22 thou shalt not lie with a man 
τ ΞΘ the lying with a woman, i.e. 
as with a woman. Lev. 20, 13. Num. 
31, 17. 18. 35. 

2. a couch, bed, 2 Sam. 17, 28. Gen. 
49, 4.—For the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr. 
16, 14. Is. 57, 2. 


ΞΘ Chald. τὰ. a couch, bed, i. q. 
Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2. 7. 10. 
7,1. R. 330. 

MDW, see miswin. 

202 m. (r. 728) constr. 7282, ec. suff. 
"220 ; plur. constr. "2302 ; often plur. 
mist, constr. nisawa ; ‘constraed 6, 
fem. Ps. 84, 2. 

l. a habitation, dwelling, as of men 
Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2, Once of man’s 
long home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22, 
16; comp. 14, 18. Of animals, a haunt, 
lair, Job 39,6. Plur. of God, i. 6. the 
temple, Ps. 46, 5. 84, 3, 132, 5. 


202 

2. Spec. a tent, tabernacle, Cant. 1, 8. 
Often of the sacred tabernacle of the 
Israelites, Ex. 25, 9. 26, 1 sq. 40, 9 sq. 
Fully hp 29 Ὁ the tabernacle of the 
law Ex. 38, 21. Num. 1, δ0, 53. 10, 11. 
For the distinction i in the descriptions of 
the tabernacle between }202 and >nk, 
see in MX; hence 73% ink wha the 
framework of the sacred tent, over which 


the covering of skins was spread, Ex. 39, 
32. 40, 2. 6. 29. 


7209 Chald. ele of God, the 
temple, Ezra 7,15. R.j20. 


“S00 fat. >ido9 
pa ae not found in the other Semi- 
tic dialects, except Phenic. > prince, 
Monumm, Pheen. p. 448. Corresponding 
is Gr. Baoth-evg.—Constr. a) Absol. 
of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3. 
4.5; of God Ps, 66,7; with an adjunct 
of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2; 
ὁ. dat. comm. Is. 40,10, Ὁ) With 3, to 
rule over any one, as a king over his 
people Deut. 15, 6. Judg. 8, 22. 23. 2 Sam. 
23, 3. Is. 3, 4. 12; or over a land or king- 
dom Josh. 12, 5, 1K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9, 
26; also of a viceroy or prefect Gen. 
45, 8.26; a man over his wife Gen. 3, 
16; a servant set over household affairs 
Gen. 24, 2. Ps. 105, 21; of a people over 
another people Judg. 14, 4. 15, 11; and 
of God who rules over all things Ps, 
103,19. 1 Chr, 29, 12. Ps. 89,10. Spoken 
also of rule over incorporeal things, as 
one’s own spirit Prov. 16, 32; sin Gen. 
4,7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to 
the sup-and moon, Gen. 1, 18 nia 5985 
mbnba1; comp. Plin. 2.4. Cic. Tuseul, 
1. 68 ‘ eanuiiign moderator et dux sol.’ 
6) Rarely with 53 over Prov. 28,15. ᾿ ἃ) 
With inf. c.> to have power to do any 
thing, Ex. 21,8 73722 dita? Nb 433 Dyd 
unto a erates nation he shall have no 
power to sell her.—Parr. >8i2 a ruler, 
prince, Prov. 6, 7. 23, 1. 28, 15. Eee. 9, 
17. Jer. 51, 46. Ez. 19,115 also Is. 16, 1. 
Ps. 105, 20; of the Messiah Mie. 5,1; 
of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad 
sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 17. 
52, 5; comp. 9373 Is, 13, 2. 

Il. to liken, to make like ; intrans. to 
be like ; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns 


>t, dun; Arab. his to be like, -to 
53* 


627 


I. to rule, to have 


wn 

7 - 
make like, ibe likeness, simile, (ite 
like. Ethiop. PA to deem, to seem 
to any one, GFLA, likeness, Aram, 
Ἄλλο id.—The various senses of this 
verb in Kal are connected with the 
noun >t, viz. 

1. to propose a parable, with >x to 
any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3. 

2. to use a proverb Ez. 18,2; with d¥ 
concerning any one Ez. 16, 44. 

3. to use a by-word or song of derision, 
Ez. 12, 23; with 3 Joel 2, 17, 

4. Part. plur. 5°52 poets, as using 
the diction of parables, proverbs, etc. 
Num. 21, 27. ; 

Nore. Various attempts have been 
made to show the point of connection 
between the two significations, to rule 
and to liken; see Schultens ad Prov. 
1, 1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Saer. Poesi 
p. 41. Simonis Lex. ete. Two conjec- 
tures formerly proposed by me, see in 
Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably 
two roots of different origin have coa- 
lesced under this form ; one, correspond- 
ing to the verbs hin, \ise, to liken; 
the other, in Arabic hus, having perh. 
the signif. to be strong, valiant, which is 
— found in. duu fortis, strenuus fuit, 


ju vir strenuus, in Gr. βασιελ-εύς. 


Nipu. pr. to be made like ; hence to be 
like, to be similar to any thing, c. dx Is. 
14,10; 3 Ps. 49, 13. 21; o> Ps, 28, 1. 
143, i. 

Pre i 1.q. Kal no, II. 1, to use parables, 
Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49]. 

Hrs, I. to cause to rule, to give do- 
minion to, with acc. of pers. and 3 of 
thing, Ps. 8, 7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf. subst. 
boon dominion Job 25, 2. 

Il. to compare, [ὦ dat, Is. 46, 5. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. to become like, ο. 3 
Job 30, 19. 

Deriv. >t, n>vina, and the three 
following. 


᾿ξ >t m. (τ. 5%) c. suff. eR 


plur. 8°57 , constr. "tia .—Arab. , 
tas, Chald. nbn. 
la similitude, parable Ez. 17, 2, 24, 


6- 


? 


07 
3.—See too Judg. 9, 7-sq. 2 Sam. 12,1 
aq. 2K. 14, 9. 

"2. a sentence, γνώμη, a sententious say- 
ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in- 
genious comparison of two things, senti- 
ments, etc. see in Prov. 25, 3. 11, 12. 13 
aq. 26, 1.2. 3.6. 7. 8.9.41. ΔΤ Wear 
E. g. Prov. 1, 1. 6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26, 7. 9. 
Ecce. 12, 9. Job 13, 12. 1 Κ. δ, 12.—As 
this sort of sayings often pass into pro- 
verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence >t is 
also 

3. a proverb, παροιμία, e.g. 1 Sam. 
10, 12. Ez. 12,22. 18,2.3. Comp. παρα- 
Body Luke 4, 23. 

4, Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem- 
bers of which, by the laws of parallelism, 
consisted of two hemistichs similar in 
form and sense. Spec. of prophecy 
Num. 23, 7. 18. 24, 3.15. 20sq. ofa di- 
dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29, 
1. Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2; often of a satirical 
poem, song of derision, Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2, 
4. Hab. 2,6. So Πρ 395) dt)... Zo 
become a song and a by-word, Deut. 28, 
37. 1K. 9, 7. Jer. 24, 9. Ps. 69, 12; also 
Ps, 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20; comp. Ez. 14, 


8.—Arab. his parable, fable, sentence, 
§ =.= 
plur. JLicf fables, verses. 

II. St pr. n. see baba. 

D2 m. (τ. 56 2) 1. rule, dominion, 
Zech. 9, 10. 

Il. likeness, similitude, for concer. like, 
Job 41, 25. 

WA inf. as subst. i. ᾳ. ῬΦ no. 4, song 
of derision, Job 17, 6. 

mot m. (τ. mw) only in constr. 
nda. 

1. a sending forth, i.e. place to which 
any thing is sent. Is. 7,25 "i n>wa 
i. 6. a place to which cattle are driven. 

2. With 79 or 63" ‘that to which the 
hand is put,’ business, Deut. 12, 7.18. 15, 
10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20. 

moto, mw, m. (r. mH) 1. α 
sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22. 

2. With πὰ, ‘that on which hand is 
laid, prey, booty, Is. 11, 14. 

mM>t fem. of the preceding. 

1. a sending, i. 6. a troop, host, of an- 
gele, Ps. 78, 49. 


628 


mw 


2. a sending away, discharge, from 
war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8. 


pot (friend sc. of God, τ. 2% Pu. 
no. 3) Meshullam, pr. n. of several per- 
sons, Ezra 8, 16, 10, 15.29. Neh, 3, 4.6. 
30. al. 


niadwa (for midbtia retribuentes, 
τ. Bd Pi.) Meshillemoth, pr.n.m. 8) 
2 Chr. 28,12. δ) Neh.1J,13; for which 
makin 1 Chr. 9, 12, and this is the 
more probable orthography. 


malta (for mbt, whom Jeho- 
*vah repays, or whom Jehovah treats as 
a friend, τ. 53% Pi.) Meshelemiah, pr.n. 
m. 1 Chr. 9, 21, 26, 1. 29; for which 
anna3t} 26, 14. 


M2200, see in ΤΩΣ. 


rapt (friend sc. of God, r. nd} Pu.) 
Meshullemeth, pr. n. of the wife of king 
Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 


WW for wduin, see WY. 


mata f. (τ. pa) plur. niate. 

1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5, 15. 

2. desolation, Ez. 6, 14. 33, 28, 35, 3, 
Plur. Is. 15, 6. Jer. 48, 34. 

yawn τα. (τ. 7720) fatness ; Is. 17, 4 
inva joa the fatness of his fiesh, his 
body. — Plur. p73 8) fat places, 
fertile fields, Dan. 11,24. Ὁ) Concer. fat 
ones, i.e. stout, robust warriors, λιπαροέ, 
Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10, 16. 


maw (fatness, r. 72%) Mishman- 
nah, pr. n.m, 1 Chr. 12, 10. 


pnw τὰ. plur, (r. 72%) fatnesses, 
i.e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies, 
tid-bits, Neh. 8, 10. 


yaw m. (Ὁ. 599) 1. a hearing,i.e. 
the thing heard, Is. 11, 3. 

2. Mishma, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 25, 14. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25. 


nyqw f. (r. yah) 1. a hearing, 
audience, i. 6. admission to the private 
hearing of a king. 1 Sam, 22, 14 19} 
aAsavia~by and hath access to thy pri- 
vate audience. 2 Sam. 23,23. 1 Chr. 
11, 25. 

2. obedience, for coner. obedient, sub- 
ject, Is. 11, 14. ' 


m0" 

202 τὰ. (τ. V2) constr. "av; 
plur. c. suff. "7202. 

1. watch, guard, i. e. station of a 
watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12. 
Coner. the watch or κὐδρᾶν themselves, 
Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12. 

2. ward, prison, imprisonment, Gen. 
40, 3sq. 42, 17. 

3. Meton. what is guarded, kept ; Prov. 
4,23 keep thy heart ""7%9">2% above all 
that is kept, above all things else. 

4. observance, what is observed or 
kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Concer. 


one who is observed, treated with respect 


and reverence, spoken of a prince, Ez. 
38, 7. 

M90, fem. of the preceding, c 
suff. anya ; ; plur. minava, constr. 
ninada. 

1. watch, guard, custody, i. e. 8) 
The act of guarding, 2 K. 11,5.6. 5) 
Place of a watch, station, post, Is. 
21,8. Hab..2,1. Concer. of the watch, 
guards, themselves, Neh. 7, 3. 12, 9. 
13, 30. 

2. a keeping, preservation, Ex. 12, 6. 
16, 32. 33. 34. Concr. an object kept, 
preserved in safety, 1 Sam. 22, 23. 

3. a keeping, observance, performance 
of a duty, office, charge. Num. 4, 27.31 
ἘΝ ΓΘ MNt this is the observance 
(charge) of their porterage, this is what 
they have to bear. 3,31 ]i8 OAIewa 
their charge was the ark. Hence. sa} 
2035 m2 Num. 1, 53. 31, 30. 47, or 
wip "Ὁ 3, 28. 32. 38, or AM "2 ΩΝ 8, 
35, to keep the charge of the tabernacle, 
etc. i.e. to perform the service in the 
sacred tabernacle. 

4. The object of observance, a charge, 
law, usage, rite, Gen, 26, 5. Lev. 18, 30. 
Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2,3. Zech. 3,7. Mal. 3, 
14. al. 

5. ‘p ΛΘ 72 pr. to observe the 
observance of any one, i, 6. to keep one’s 
duty to him, to follow the party of any 
one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 Bab omraqe 
DING ma nate , Vulg. magna pars 
eorum adhuc seguebiaticr domum Saul. 


ΤΙΣ m. (r. M3) constr. m9, 6. 

suff. aragt2 

1. second rank, second place, in order, 
dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen. 
after a noun, as M72 WD the second 


629 


bh spa 


priest, who stands next to the high 
priest (WX yD) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer, 52 
24; Plur. mzuer "2D the priests of 
the seconil order, 2 K. 23, 4. So 3299 
mpWrI the second chariot in order Gen. 
41, 43. ΓΟ ἜΣΤΙ the second part of 
the city Neh. 11, 9, and simpl. 43% id. 
2 K. 22, 14. Zeph. 1, 10. 

2. Coner. the second, one who holds 
the second place, c. gen. of the person 
to whom he thus stands next, ‘he nezt, 
e.g. 23M ΠΡ the next to the king 
2 Chr. 28, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth. 
10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec. the second or 
next brother, 1 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Sam. 8, 2; 
fully M72 AMM Ais second or next 
brother 2 Chr. 31, 12. -- Plur, BAIx 
Db their younger brethren, opp. to 
the first-born 1 Chr. 15,18. ὨῸΞ "153 
ὈΠῸΣ silver cups of a second. “quality 
Ezra 1, 10. So 1 Sam. 15, 9 Den 
cattle of a second quality, (opp. 22°2,) 
or perhaps lambs of the second birth, 
i. 6. autumnal lambs, and therefore 
weaker and less valuable. 

3. twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16, 
22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12. 
ὩΌΞ ΤΣ the double in money, double 
money, Gen. 43,15. But ΠΡ Hee v. 
12 is a second money, i. q. ame "> other 
money V. 22. 

4. a duplicate, copy, of an original, 
Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32. 


Mow fF. (r. DO ) plur. Mies, plun- 
der, prey, booty; nowin> mn Jen 30, 
16. 2K. 21,14. πρῶ yp Is. 42, 24 
Keri. 


ἘΣΘ obsol. root, 294m i. q. ae, 


(comp. tt, Arab. ue abstersit,) to 
make clean, » cleanse, 6. g. cotton by 
picking ; then also to pour out clean, to 
milk clean, to eat off clean (from a plate); 
also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate, 
comp. Mp} Is. 3,26. Not found in the 
Heb. verb; but adduced by Abulwalid 
and many intpp. as the root of "52 q.v. 
See Thesaur. p. 829. 


at m. (τ. 3%) a narrow path, 
hollow way. Num. 22, 24 29273 bistia 
a narrow way between two vineyards, 


0 & ax. λεγόμ. Ez. 16, 4 ΝΠ 8d 


νὰ. 
ΤΕΝ of ἃ new-born ‘infant. ere 


wn 


"3 is referred by Abulwalid and many 
others to r. 982 q. y. as if a cleansing, 
ᾳ. d. nor wast thou washed to cleansing 
i.e. clean, the form ">¥2 being taken 
for ΤΣ. But no such form can be 
derived from >%2; and I would there- 
fore rather refer it to r. HS Zo look, i.e. 
ἜΣΘ i.g. ΠΣ Ώ, Yod radical being pre- 
served, comp. 0™°2m2 2 Chr. 24,25; and 
then the sense would be: nor wast thou 
washed for looking upon, i. e. for pre- 
senting to thy parents and others, which 
is not done until after the infant is wash- 
ed and swathed. 


Dy (their cleansing, or their be- 
holding, see "3%2) Misham, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 8, 12. 


yun m. (r. #8) constr. jSH2, a 
stay, support, prop, Is. 3,1. Trop. Ps. 
18, 19. 


pwn m. id. Is. 3, 1 MppHas 4302 stay 
and support, i. e. support of every kind, 
as immediately explained, e. g. food 
and drink v. 1, comp. 330; also the 
chief persons of the nation on whom 
the people lean, v. 2. 3; comp. 38. 
For this use of the masc. and fem, in 
connection to express universality, see 
Comm. on Is. l. ὁ. 


M2902 fem. of the preced. stay, sup- 
port, Is. 3,1; see in j>02. 


my Γ 8 K. 4, 31, constr. id. 18, 21, 
6. suff, "M2309; plur. c. suff. Crash ; 
a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 6, 21. 
Ez. 29,6. R. j30. 


ΠΏ, f. (vr. MDD) constr. MMB, 
ὁ. suff, "AME. ; plur. ninpos Ps. 107, 
41, constr. Mingd.. 

1. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19 ; 
also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3. 

2. gens, i. e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10, 18. 
20. 31. 32. 12,3. Also of a whole peo- 
ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9. 
Mic. 2, 3. 

3. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew 
people,.spec. a family, several of which 
were comprehended in one tribe (03), 
as on the other hand one family con- 
tained several households, fathers’ houses, 
(mink 72, see M72 no. 11,) Ex. 6, 14 sq. 
Num. 1, 2. 20 sq. 26,5 sq. Deut. 29, 17. 


630 


Bw 

Josh. 7,14 sq. 21,5sq. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
arb mE Ὁ ΓΙΞῚ we have a family (subdi- 
vision) sacrifice.— Used rarely and laxly 
for tribe, 22%, as Josh. 7, 17 ὈΠΒΘ 
myn, for AT V3 in v, 16. 


DEW τὴ. (r. VEY) constr. vBw, c. 
suff. "282; plur. O°OBY2, constr. 
"ERD 

1. judgment, i.e. a) The act of 
judging, Levy. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus- 
tice wBYIa in judgment. Deut. 1, 17 
Ran prbsb wea "2 for to God be- 
longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 >3 2%" 
wEt2n who sitteth in judgment. Ez. 21, 
32 vata ib mug RAD until he shall 
come to whom judgment belongeth. δ) 
The place of judgment, i.q. bawan ipa 
Eee. 3,16. So 59 ΒΘ :Ξ NID 10 go into 
judgment with, to summon before a 
judge, Job.9, 32. 22,4. Ps. 143,2; comp. 
Job 14, 3. Eee. 11,9. 6) the sentence 
of a judge, 1 K. 3, 28. 20, 40. Ps. 17, 2. 
Plur. Hj “HE the judgments of Jeho- 
vah Ps. 19,10. 119,'75.137. Espec. ofa 
sentence by which punishment is inflict- 
ed, 6. g. M2 DED sentence of death, 
Deut. 21, 22. Jer. 26,11. D°opw2 735 
(ΘΝ) ἜΓΩΝ to pronounce severe judg- 
ments upon any one, to impose punish- 
ment upon him, Jer. 1, 16. 4, 12. 39, 5. 
52,9. 2K.25,6; comp. the same phrase 
below in no. 2. a. Hence for punish- 
ment itself, Is. 53, 8. 

2. That on which judgment is passed, 
what is brought before a judge: a)a 
cause, suit, before a judge, Num. 27, 5. 
upto WI 10 order or set forth a cause, 
Job 13, 18. 23.4. Ἔ ὈΒΦ (OEY) ΠῺΣ 
to carry on (judge) the cause of any 
one, to be his patron, Deut. 10, 18. Ps. 
9,5. (Comp. 113 and 3°94.) o*ypwe 734 
ms to litigate or contend with any one, 
Jer. 12, 1. ‘opti bya my opponent, 
adversary, pr. who has a suit with me, 
Is. 50,8. δ) guilt, crime, for which 
one is judged, Jer. 51,9. Day DEYN a 
capital crime Ez. 7, 23; comp. Deut. 
21, 22. 

3. right, rectitude, justice, what is just, 
lawful, conformable to law. So Ayn 
vEwa fo wrest justice Deut. 16, 19. 27, 
19. 1 Sam, 8,3. ΠΧ vBwe ΓΙῸΣ to 
do right and justice Jer. 22, 15. 23, δ, 
33, 15. Deut. 32,4 wate 7277°>2 all 


Bw 


his ways are rectitude i. 6. right, just. 
wpe ΤΟΝ Ὁ a just balance Prov. 16, 11. 
Also wpt2> according to justice, justly, 
Is. 32, 1; or according to right, as is 
right, Jer. 46, 28; and so the opp. 8>3 
ΒΦ without right Jer. 22, 13.—Spec. 
a) @ law, statue, as a rule of judging, 
i,q. PM, Ex. 21, 1. 24,3; often "Ὁ Ὁ 
™ of the divine laws, Lev. 18, 4, 5. 26. 
19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4, 1. 7, 11,12. So 
collect. the law, the body of laws, as we 
say: ‘the Mosaic law, ‘the common 
law; 6. g. ™ opts Is. 51, 4. 58, 2, 
and simply BW. 42, 1. 3. 4, the divine 
law, (i.q. 7M ,) the religion of Jehovah. 
b) That which belongs to any one by 
law, a right, privilege, due, 6. g. DBA 
Mbx3n the right of redemption Jer. 32,7; 
misan “Ὁ the right of primogeniture 
Deut. 21, 17. Collect. 724m ὈΒ Ὁ the 
royal privilege, i. e. the rights and pre- 
rogatives of the king, 1 Sam. 8, 9.11. 10, 
25. Spec. what one receives by right; 
DT MND OID VE the priests’ due 
Srom the people Deut. 18,3. 1 Sam. 2, 
18. 0) Since laws proceed not only 
from the will of the lawgiver, but often 
also from the manners and customs of a 
people, hence 080% is also manner, cus- 
tom, prescriplion ; as 2K. 11,14 and lo! 
the king stood upon a stand ὩΒ ΏΞ3 ac- 
cording to custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen. 
40, 13 ji wphsaD in the former 


manner. Comp. Arab. cre and Gr. 


δίκη. Hence 4d) manner, i. e. fashion, 
sort, kind. 2K. 1, 7 O° ὉΒ na 
what was the fashion of the man? what 


sort of a man was he? Judg. 13, 12 “M2- 


ἽΠΩΣ ὯΝ WPT ΒΘ In? what will be 
the manner of the child (i.e. what sort of 
achild will he be) and what will he do? 
Ex. 26, 30. Jer. 30, 18; also manner, 
way, Ecc. 8, 5. 6. 


D'MSw dual, Gen. 49, 14. Ταᾶσ. 5, 
16,1. ᾳ. ΘΒ Ps. 68, 14, folds, enclos- 
ures, open above, often made of hurdles, 
in which during the summer months the 
flocks are kept by night; from the root 
MBS to place, as stabula from stare 
(comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 228, with the 
note of Voss), i.g. MIW7a, MIkd22, The 
Hebrews seem to have used the dual 
form on account of the folds of this kind 


631 


pwn 

being divided into two parts for the dif- 
ferent kinds of flocks; comp. D°min78 
Josh. 15, 36. To lie down among the 
folds, 11. ce. seems to be spoken proverb- 
ially of shepherds and husbandmen liy- 
ing in leisure and quiet.—The significa- 
tion adopted by many interpreters, after 
J. D. Michaelis, viz. drinking-troughs, 
watering-troughs, from wrtw to drink, 
has been refuted by N. G. Schroeder 
(Muntinghe ad Ps. |. c.) who shows that 
this root is not used of every kind of 
drink, but only of such as is hurtful, 
which does not quench thirst but aug- 
ments it. The true view was long since 
given by Ludolf in his Lex. A&thiop. 
p. 76. 


: PDD obsol. root, prob. i. q. ys to 
hold, and then to possess, > and αὶ being 
interchanged ; comp. ΠΏ. --- Hence 
p22 possession, and 


PUA un. λεγόμ. possession, Gen. 15, 2, 
i. q. 9 8. The interpretation of this 
vexed passage may then be thus pre- 
sented: "3398 pow N*M 2 ῬῸ Ὁ 3} 
and the-son of possession (i. e. the pos- 
sessor) of my house or of my domestic 
property will be Eliezer of Damascus. 
The sacred writer seems to have chosen 
this less frequent form pa, in order 
to form an assonance with the word 
p23; a kind of play upon words not 
unknown even to the prose writers of 
the O. T.see in Mp2 no. 2, For alike 
reason he puts simply pw23 for “ja 
p23 a Damascene ; comp. 1523 no. 3.— 
Others derive P%2 from the root ppd 
to run, (as "22 from ""72,) and trans- 
late : filius discursitationis, i. q. house- 
steward. But in this connection there 
would be little force in the words: I 
am childless and the steward of my 
house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer 
of Damascus. See more in Thesaur. 
Ῥ. 829. 


PB τὰ. constr. pea, a running about, 
from τ. Ppw formed in the Chaldee 
manner, Is. 33,4. - 


mpd τη: (r. MPO) constr. MP2, ὁ. 
suff. "7H sing. 1 K. 10,5, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 91, 9; plur. 2. 

1. Part. Hiph. a cup-bearer, see the 
root. : 


pun 

2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21. 
Lev. 11, 34. 1K. 10, 5. 21 ποθ "32 
εἰ ηξιξαδνοιιδὲ 


3. ἃ well-watered region, Gen. 13, 10. 
Ez. 45, 15. 


>ipwa τὰ. (r. 5p) weight, Ez. 4, 10. 


Sp τὰ. (r. Apt) a lintel, the 
upper part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7. 
22. 23. 

>pun m. (τ: >p) constr. >pwa. 

1. α weighing, act of weighing ; 
2 K. 25, 16 τοῦτον dptia non ND there 
was no weighing of the brass, i. e. it 
could not be weighed for abundance. 
1 Chr. 22, 3 >ptha 75x so that there was 
no weighing it. v. 14. 

2. weight, Lev. 19, 35. 26, 26. 


ΠΡ Is. 28, 17, and rept 2 K. 
21, 13, f. α plumb-line, plummet, used in 
levelling; so called from its poising. 
R. >pv. 

ΣΡ Ὼ τὰ. (r. Spt) constr. spt, 
‘place into which waters have settled,’ 
a settling-place, Ez. 34, 18. 


102, see nw". 


ΓΛ f. (r. ΠῚ ἢ 1) maceration, steep- 
ing. Num. 6, 3 penis the steep- 
ing of grapes, i.e. a drink prepared from 
macerated grapes. 


NEP Chald. m. (τ. pw) a 
pipe, syrinz, Dan. 3, δ. 7. 10. 15. 


“YU Mishraite, gentile n. from 
3782 Mishra, a town or district else- 
where unknown; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53. 
The latter name might signify, ‘slippery 
place,’ i. q. Chald. sin. 


- WWD fat. Ὁ 25 to touch, to feel, c. 
acc. Gen. 27, 12. 22; prob. also WOON v. 
21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is 
commonly referred to r. 52. -- Chald. 


tin, tatia, Zab. ah, Arab. (ue, 


Ethiop. with “ inserted, PCr id. 
Gr. μάσσω. Kindr. are © ΠΠ| bys, 
4. Vv. 

Piet Own, to feel in the dark, to grope, 
Deut. 28, 29. Job 5, 14; c. acc. to feel 
oul, to explore with the hand, Gen. 31, 
34. 37. Job 12, 25 Fwm www" they feel 
out the darkness. 

Hipn. id. c. acc. Ex. 10, 21. 


632 


ann 


MNO m. (r. ANY) constr. Ava, c. 
suff. wnt Dan. 1, 5. 8, and pints γ. 
16 (both in sing. Heb. Gr. § 91. 9), 
plur. c. suff. ΞΘ  ν. 10. ° 

l. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4. 7, 2. So 
72377 ΠΏ Ὁ M2 the chamber of dr inking 
wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth.7,8; 1.5 
moe the wine of his drinking, i. 6. 
which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5. 8. 
16. 

2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. Ezra 3, 7. 

3. a banquet, feast, συμπόσιον, Esth. 1. 
3. 2, 18. 8, 17. ‘Is. 5, 12. 


ΓΙ Chald. m. emphat. snd, id. 
Dan. 5,10 “2 mB the banqueting-hall ; 
see in Heb. WHOA no. 1. © 


ΓῺ in sing. not used, a man, Lat. 
mas, commonly referred to the root 
mn, pr. extended, grown up, adult, see 
Ewald’s Gram. ὃ 382; comp. 172 U7". 
Eth. CT vir, spec. maritus ; comp. Lat. 
mas. In the Hebrew itself there are 
traces of the singular number in the pr. 
names >Sxwimg, ΤΙ ΓΙ, (4m2 being a 
construct form, like, 38 Chald. constr. 
AS; DY, vow, whence ὈΝ τοῦ ; p28 in 
sing. donait: ΘΒ, whence by208,,) as also 
in Punic words e. g. Metuastartus "m2 
monw> i. 6. a man or worshipper of 
Astarte, Methymatnus m2 ΓΛ i. 6. a 
gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus. 
See Thesaur. p. 830. 


Pur. ΘΠ m. twice defective 6N2 
Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. 6. males, opp. 
to women and children, Deut. 2, 34 om 
BT Bw) the men and women and 
children. 3, 6. Job 11,3. Is. 3,25. Often 


ὅδ, genit. "BO2 "M9 a few men Gen. 34, 30; 


δ ΠΏ men of Salsehood Ps. 26, 4; 
sbrIN “m2 my tent-companions Job 31, 
31. ete.—In Is. 41, 14 the words ὋΞ 
bane? are well rendered by Sept. ὀλι: 
γοστὸς ᾿Ισραήλ, Luther du armer Haufe 
Israel; though this notion of fewness 
and misery lies not in the word "ΠΏ, 
but comes from the preceding nsbin. 
—For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. oh2; 
and for the phrase ὉΠ. WS see in "9 
I. 1. b. 


ΓῺ dead, part. of τ. Τὴ, where see. 


j202 m. (from subst. 73m) collect. 
straw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10. 


an 


*3n" obsol. root, perh. either to 
stretch, to extend, comp. kindr, Mma, 
mm2; or else i. q. 72, to drgw, to 
drag. —Hence 


_ af" m.c. suff. "32, a bit, curd, 2 K. 
19, 28. Is. 37, 29. Ps. 32, 9. Prov. 26, 
3. Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1; see in Max 
no, 3. 


ἘΓΏ obsol. root, prob. i. 4. io: 


ἴω, and ix, to stretch, to extend, 6. g. 
a cord. Kindred is ΠΏ, also 772, 
my. 

Deriv. m2 (2), "ΔΘ, pr. ἢ. ΒΝ ΘΓ, 
ΠΡΌ. 


Pind m. adj. (r. pn) fem. npina , 
plur. ΘΗ, see Heb. Gr. § 27. ἢ. 1; 
sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19,11. Prov. 24, 
13. 27, re Cant. 2, 13. Neut. sweet, 
sweetness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14.—Me- 
taph. pleasant, Ece. 5, 11. 11, 7. 


3 Ὁ (man οἵ God, comp. from 
ima man, see in M2, ὦ i. gq. WR, and 
bx) Methushael, pr. τ. of one of the 
patriarchs, dessendsd from Cain, Gen. 
4, 18. 


ΤΙΣ ΘΓ (man of the dart, see pre- 
ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a 
patriarch before the flood, the son of 
Enoch and grandfather of Noah, who 
died at the age of 969 years, Gen. 5, 
21 sq. 


nf nn fut. Mr", to stretch, to ex- 
tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40, 
22.—Syr. Chald. id. Eth. P@ mh for 
PO® th induit, velavit; whence de- 
rivatives signifying pallium. Kindred 
roots are ΠΡ, Sam. ΠΩΣ, to expand; 
also 52, «xo provectus fuit dies. 


Deriv. MAM38 a sack. 


"2 pr. subst. extension, space of 
time ; then as an re adverb, 


when? Arab. εἰν, Syr. wise}, Chald. 
"na" .— Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8, 
119, 82. 84. Am. 8, 5. al. Without inter- 
rogation (Syr. Ὁ iso} ) Prov. 23, 35 
7"PX "M2 when I awake. Ps. 101, 2. 
With prefixes: a) "29> i. ᾳ. "Me 
(see > B. 2. a), at what time, when, 


633 


ph aya) 


without interrog. Ex. 8, 5 [9]. 
πότε. 

b) "Mg~42 until when? i.e. how long? 
1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3. 7. Ps. 80, 5. 
Jer. 4, 14. 21. al. Poet. in aposiope- 
sis: Ps. 6,4 and thou Jehovah, "ma 
how long? sc. wilt thou delay to help. 
90, 13; comp. Is. 6, 11. 

6) "m2 "IMs after how long? i. e. 
when? Jer. 13, 27. 


ὉΠ plur. of m2 q. v. 


HSMN f. (τ. 72h) 6. suff. imped, 
measure, Ez. 45, 11; a daily task, ‘ale, 
Ex. 5, 8, comp. j2h v. 18. Ex. 30, 32 
‘mann according to its measure, i. e. 
the proportion of the parts of which it is 
composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt 
the house of God inz2m2 ἘΣ according to 
its former measure. 

ΤΊΝΙ Mal. 1, 13 for MRAM ; see 
ΓΙ note, lett. c. p. 541. 


niyona f. plur. by transposition for 
nisndy, biters, teeth, only constr. Job 29, 
17. Joel 1, 6. See ΤΣ ΩΡ Ὁ. 


nha τη. (τ. 02M) wholeness, sound- 
ness, 6. g. of body, Ps. 38, 4. 8. Is. 1, 6.— 
In Judg. 20, 48 instead of tha is to be 
read ἘΓΏ men, as found in several Mss. 
See in ma. 


Sept. 


*1n2 obsol. root, Arab. , to be 


strong, firm ; comp. kindr. 8 fi. BES 
ΩΝ, DMM. 


ἸΏ τὰ. (τ. 173) constr. jr, Kamets 
impure, Prov. 18, 16. 

1. a@ gift, Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11. 
Prov. 18, 16. jm U8 a liberal man 
Prov. 19, 6. 

2. Mattan, pr. n. a) A priest of 
Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17. b) 
Jer. 38, 1. 


N22 Chald. f. i. ᾳ. Hebr. nna, a 


3 > 


gift, plur. j2F72 Dan. 2, 6. 48. 5, 17. 

ΤΙΣΙ f. (τ. 103) constr. m2m2; plur. 
nina, constr. nin. 

Ἢ a gift, present, Esth. 9, 22. 2 Chr. 
21, 3. Gen. 25, 6; spec. a. bribe, i. ᾳ. 
sm, Ecc.7,7. Alsoagift offered to God 
Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18, 6. 7. 
29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20, 31. 39. 

2. Mattanah, pr. n. of a place between 


Εν» 


the desert and the borders of Moab, 
Num. 21, 18. 19. 

"212 (apoc. for M73m2) Mattenai, pr. 
ἢ. τῇ. a) Neh. 12,19. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 33. 
c) Ezra 10, 37. 


"20 Mithnite, a gentile name else- 
where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43. 

MIM and WIND (gift of Jeho- 
vah, τ. 1.2) Mattaniah, pr. n. of se- 
veral men, 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 
25, 4. 16. 2 Chr. 20,14. 29,13. Ezra 
10, 26. 27. 30. 37. Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25. 
13, 13. 


0°22 τη. dual, (τ. 122) the loins, the 
lower part of the back, 80 called as the 
seat of strength, Gr. ὀσφύς, to be distin- 
guished from 7}? the thigh, see in ἢ.) 
no. 1.—1 K. 12, 10. 8922 "72 waters to 
the loins, sonchibe thus ‘far, Ez. 47, 4. 
Spec. the loins are that part of the body 
around which the girdle is worn 2 K. 
1, 8. 9,1. Is. 11, 5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37, 
34; on which burdens are sustained Ps. 
66, 11; in which is the seat of the pains 
of travail Is, 21, 3. Nah. 2,11. Also the 
seat of strength, (see above and comp. 
Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,) 
whence ‘5 "272 7119 10 shatter the loins 
of any one, i. 6. to crush him wholly, 
Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11; to cause 
the loins to waver, shake, of one verging 
to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab. 


ylixs and τα ἴδάδλζο id. more rarely 
5.9 


also sing. Ὁ one side of the loins or 
lower comes of the back protuberant 
with flesh and muscles. 


᾿ Poe fat, pm 1. to suck, i. q. 
Syr. whso to suck as a child; hence to 
feed upon with relish, comp. Ὑ 58. Job 
24, 20 ΓΒ ‘pm when the worm feeds 
sweetly on him. 

2. to be or become sweet, sweet things 
being wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17. 


634 


nr 


Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 spma 
brava i> sweet to him are the clods 
of they valley, the earth is light upon 
him. 

Hien. 1. to make sweet or pleasant. 
Metaph. Ps. 55, 15 pma2 13h" “tix 
‘Tid (we) who made sweet together our 
familiar discourse, i. e. who as fami- 
liar friends held sweet discourse i 
ther. 

2. Intrans. to be sweet, (pr. to cause 
sweetness, see Heb. Giam, § 52. 2. n,) 
Job 20, 12. 

Deriv. Pima, dpm, and the three 
here following. 


PMO τη, sweetness, trop. pleasantness, 
Proy. 16, 21. 27, 9. 


Pra m. sweetness Judg. 9, 11. 


“M2 (sweetness, τ. pra; prob. 
sweet fountain, opp. π’ 2) Mithkah, pr. 
n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia 
Petrea, Num. 33, 28. 29. 


ΠΩ Persian pr. n. Mithredath, 
Gr. Mitgadctns, Mvdeidutns, Mithrida- 
tes, i.e. a Mithra datus, Mithra being 
the genius of the sun. a) A treasurer 
of Cyrus the king, Ezral,8. Ὁ) An 
officer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra 
4, 7.—See more in Thesaur. p. 832. 


Mma f. (contr. for Mima, τ. 129) a 
gift, present, 1 K. 13, 7. Prov: 25, 14. 
Kee. 3,13. 5, 18. ὅπ mr the gift ofthis 
hand, :. e. as much as he is able to give, 
Ez. 46, 5.11. Only in the constr. 


TINH (contr. for ΠΛ) Mattathah, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra 10, 33. Gr. Martoda 
Luke 3, 31. 

Monn. and WHHL (gift of Jeho- 
vah, τ. 393) pr.n. Mattithiah, a frequent 
name after the exile: a) Ezra 10, 43. 
b) Neh. 8,4. c¢) 1 Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18. 
21. 16,5.—Gr. Mattadias 1 Mace. 2, 1; 
Matdiag Acts 1, 23. 26; also Mardatos 
the evangelist. 


2 635 δὰ) 


Nun, the fourteenth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
50. The name 49) signifies in Syriac, 
Chaldee, and Arabic, a fish, which seems 
to have been represented by the primi- 
’ tive form of this letter; see Monumm. 
Phen. p. 37 sq. 

It is interchanged: a) With other 
liquids, as Lamed, see lett.5; Mem, see 
lett. 2; more rarely Resh, as ἼΝ3 1312) 
and “28772952; My, Chald. M23, the 
sun is risen; 5939, Aram. 7" two ; 


Arab. κὰ ys and Ὁ. purple. Ὁ) 
As the weakest of the liquids it is often 
softened into Yod, so that very many 
verbs 5 and “Bb exist side by side with 
the same signification, as MX? and "NX? 
to be beautiful, =¥2 and 3° to set, OP? 
and tp? to lay snares, comp. Lehrg. 

112. 2. a; and for the affinity of verbs 
2 with ether biliterals, as Yy, 33, ΤΠ, 
see ibid. no. 2.3. The primary πόθο: 
syllabic root of verbs 7B, and also of 
verbs "2, is often the last syllable, 
whence 57} i. 4. 735 to roar; M72 i. q. 
mss, 7; 302 and 38D to depart; ΠΕ) 
and mE to hows 323 and 33} to curse ; 
δὼ) and δῷ, ete. 

Nun is very often dropped at the be- 
ginning and in the middle of words ; also 
sometimes at the end. Ontheother hand, 
in Chaldee, Arabic, and Ethiopie, in- 


stead of doubling a letter, Nun is fre- 


quently inserted before the letter which 
would otherwise be doubled, e. g. 7228 
for FX, see 3X; 3372 for 272; also 


mba, Arab. ehche: ear of grain; 
rad, Eth. M70‘, etc. see Thesaur. 
Ῥ. "833. 


I. 82 a particle of incitement and also 


of request, entreaty, Engl. now, often - 


rendered J pray thee, Lat. queso, Gr. 
δή, Germ. doch.—Syr. 1, 43, id. al- 
though rarely used and sometimes mis- 
understood by the Syrians themselves ; 


Sam. xi. ΠῚ In Ethiopic the cor- 
responding word is ZU go to, come, 


(}) 


usually declined like an imperative, ἢ 
4%, νον, 40+, 7%; comp. FU», ΖΦ, 
2P, Jo! Amhar. A. The whole verb 
is prob. preserved in the Egyptian δ ἃ, 


tocome. See Thesaur. p. 833.—The 
particle δὲ2 is joined 

1. With the Imperative, both simple, 
as 82°MP Gen. 22, 2; and paragogic or 
intensive, as 82772> Judg. 19, 11. Num. 
22, 6. It thus expresses : a) Incite- 
ment, as 15 ΝΟ put forth now thy 
hand Job 1,11. 2,5. Ὁ) Command, but 
gently and mildly, as we say : ‘do now,’ 
‘do now this or that.’ Gen. 24, 2 put now 
(x27"0"D) thy hand under my thigh. 13, 
14. Num, 22, 6. Job 4, 7 837931 remem- 
ber now. 12,7 ἊΣ “33 ask now. 33, 1. 
So in the language of God ; Gen. 22, 2 
Fa" NIM take now thy son. Is. 7, 3. 
Ex. 11, 2. ὁ) Admonition, and even 
rebuke and threat; Num. 16. 26 depart 
now (83-5790) from the tents of these 
wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (%37332%), 


_ye rebels, Ps. 50,22. d) Entreaty, very 


often; Gen. 27, 19 M38 ΠΕΡ arise 
now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I 
pray thee. 12,13. 13,9. 32, 30. 37, 16. 
50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. sep. With a 
certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12 
FTI ΝΟΥ ΤΩΣ persist now in thine en- 
chantments. 

2. With the Future. 8) In the first 
person often together with ΠῚ paragog. 
which has a like power ; here it serves 
chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5,24 82 8772 
si-mag let us now fear Jehovah. So sing. 
also of oneself, Gen. 18, 21 xz-n 778 7 
will go down now, i. q. come, I will go 


down. Ex. 3, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3, 


2. 1 Chr. 22,5. The same form is used 
by those who speak with others and ask 


their leave ; 1 Sam. 20,29 x3 ΓΙΩΡῸΝ let 


me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20, 
17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is. δ, 1.1 
Ruth 2,2. Once 82 is found separated 
from its verb, or rather the verb is to be 
repeated before it, 82....0DE% Ps. 116, 
14. b) In the third person. and here 


δὰ} 


it expresses: «) Incitement, provoca- 
tion; Jer. 17,15 where is the word of 
the Lord? δ 8123 let it come now, at 
last ; comp. Is. 5,19. β) Wish and en- 
treaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servanis dwell 
now (X273207), i. e. suffer us to dwell. 
Ps. 124, 1. 129, 1. Cant. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 9. 
y) Asking leave ; Gen. 18. 4 R2-Mp? let 
there be brought now, permit me to bring. 
44, 18. 

3. Once with the Preter ; Gen. 40, 14 
SOM “Tes NPM es) and show kindness, 
I pray thee, unto me, deal now kindly 
with me, where 82 gives to the Preter 
the force of the Optative ; comp. in 5% "3 
B. 3. p. 462. 

4. With Interjections: a) 277:N 
behold now! lo now! Gen. 12, 11. 16, 
2. Job 40, 15.16. al. Ὁ) 827-778 wo now! 
Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5,16. 6) From 
NITMR comes contr. RIN and TR ah 
now ! see p. 70. 

5. With an interrog. Adverb, ee 
ahere now ? Ps. 115, 2. 

6. With Conjunctions: a) 877>X nay 
now; not, I pray thee; with fut. and 
implying a wish or asking leave that 
something may not take place. So with 
the first pers. Job 32, 21 728 NID N27PN 
wine let me not. I pray, accept any man’s 
person, i.e. let me now remain impar- 
tial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3 
“SIM NI7>N pass not away, I pray thee. 
19, 7. Num. 10,31. Also with the third 
pers. Gen. 18, 32 72582 ὍΤΙ) ποτ. Ab- 
sol. 827>% not so now, Oh not so! Gen. 
19, 18. 

Ὁ) x270N if now, if indeed, Gr. εἴ ποτε, 
ἐὰν ποτε, used by those who modestly 
and timidly presuppose any thing. So 
in the phrase 772753 ΠῚ ΝΣ RON 
if now 1 have found favour in thine eyes, 
which I hope rather than venture to 
assume, Gen. 18. 3 (Sept. εἰ ἄρα). 33, 
10. 47, 29. 50,4. Ex. 33,13. 34,9. In 
Gen. 30, 27 the apodosis is wanting after 
this phrase, q. ἃ. ‘tarry, I will do all that 
thou requirest.—Once &} is separated 
from the conjunct. Gen. 24, 42 ΘΠ ΓΝ 
p73 ΠΡΌ δ if now thou do prosper 
my way. 

Nore. In the language of courtesy 
and submission this particle is often used 
repeatedly 5 6. g. Gen, 18, 3. 19,7, 8. 18. 
19. 50, 17. 2K. 20, 3, Is, 38, 3. 


636 


- 


INS 


IL. 83 m. adj. (τ. 82) raw, half- 
cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12,9. Arab. 


Sia. 

M2 Ez. 30, 14. 15. 16. Jer. 46, 25, fully 
ἸΏΝ ΝΣ Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, pr. 
n. for the Egyptian Thebes or Diospo- 
lis, the ancient and splendid metropolis 
of Upper Egypt, called by Homer éxa- 
τύμπυλος 1]. 9. 383, one hundred and 
forty stadia in circuit, situated on both 
sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the 
multitude and splendour of its temples, 
obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1. 
45-50. Strabo 17. 1. 45. p. 816 Casaub, 
In the time of the prophet Nahum (l.c.) 
it was already destroyed, before Nine- 
veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20, 
4; it was afterwards in part restored by 
the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its 
splendid ruins, which are named after 
the modern villages Medinet Abu, Luk- 
sor, Karnak, are depicted in the great 
work: Deser. de Egypte T. II. II. 
Wilkinson’s Topography of Thebes, ete. 
Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 28 sq.—Sept. in Ez. 1. 6. ΖΔιόσπολις, 
in Nahum lL. ὁ. μερὲς ᾿μμών, which last 
is a literal interpretation of the suppos- 
ed Egyptian form No-Ammon, viz. 2, 
Egypt. IOC or SJLOVC, i. 6. σχοῖνος, a 
measuring line, then part, portion mea- 
sured, and i238 &2LOTM (Jupiter) 
Ammon, see ἸΏΝ IIL; whence 778 No 
the portion of Ammon, i.e. the possession 
of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of 
his worship; see Jablonski Opuscula 
ed. te Water, T. 1. p. 163-168. But, 
the ancient Egyptian form was more: 


probably S12.-2.2LO VSL quod Ammonis 
est, or better RMA-2LLOTIL the place 


of Ammon, since m and n were often. 
interchanged, as in Moph and Noph. 


° TN? obsol. root ; either i. q. Arab. 
,8. 
SL to give forth water, i. 6. the earth, 


ξ., 
whence δῷ ἃ land yielding water ; or 
better i. q.792, to be shaken, agitated.— 
Hence 
M2 m. also TN) for ‘TiN? Judg. 4, 19; 
plur. mika, a bottle, i. e. a skin or lea-. 
thern sack, for milk Judg. 4,19; for wine, 


ΓΝ 


1 Sam. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4.13. The skins 
for preserving wine were suspended in 
the smoke, Ps. 119, 83.—So called either 
as being used for liquids ; or better, from 
being shaken in order to make butter 
from milk; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 180, 440. 


*FIND in Kal not used, i. 4. 72, fo 
sit, to dwell, comp. Gr. γαίω, ναός. The 
primary notion seems to be that of rest, 
quiet, see Hab. 2,5, comp. Eth. Ὁ} 
Tespiravit, requievit; and it therefore 
has affinity with ™2.—Hence M3, plur. 
constr. MIN}. 

Pit. 7382 Ps. 93, 5 (comp. ANY Hith- 
pal. moma), plur. contr. 4183 for ἘΝ. 

1. With >, to be proper, suitable, be- 
coming to any one ; pr. ‘to sit well’ on 
any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam 
bene humeris tuis sederet imperium, the 
metaphor being drawn from a garment. 
So in Engl. and also Germ. jemandem 
gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest 
sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others 
take M382 as Niph. of the verb 738, pr. 
to be desired, and hence to be agreeable, 
decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 ΓΝ AN I> 
witp holiness becometh thine house. Comp. 
adj. ΓΝ. 

2, Absol. to be decorous, becoming, i.e. 
to be comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is. 
52, 7.—Hence Ms). 


PIN? f(r. 3) i. g. M32, M32, only in 
plur. constr. Mix2, a poetic word seats, 
dwellings, haBitations, viz. a) Ofmen 
or of God, as SPS" mix? Lam. 2,2; mix? 
doen Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps, 74, 20. 
prnbdy min? 83, 13. Ὁ) Of flocks and 
herds, pastures, in which they remain, 
lie down, rest; see the root x2. Jer. 
25, 37. Am. 1, 2. "379 Ming a 
of the desert Ps, 65, "13. Jer. 9 9, 9. al. 
RWI MIN: green pastures Ps, 23, 2. 


MIN adj. (for 282, τ, 782) fem. 5782. 

1. becoming, μέν ΤῈ proper, ©. Η Ps. 
33, 1 nbn HIN? Od praise becometh 
the upright, i.e. praise to God. 147, 1. 
Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26, 1. 

2. comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, δ. 2, 14. 
4, 3. 6, 4. 


* DN i. g. om, 724, Gr. μύω, to 
murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak 
54 


637 


ὮΝ 


" 

in a low voice; Arab. οἱ id. Spec. of 
the supernatural voice which was sup- 
posed to whisper oracles in the ear of a 
prophet; see ®X2. and comp. 31% >a p. 
192.—Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31 
DN? ANI they mutter (false) oracles, - 
Hence 


DN? m. (τ. 0X2, after the form 5538) 
effatum, a declaration, revelation, oracle. 
a) Of God ; once in st. absol. Jer, 23, 31. 
Very freq. in the phrases: ΓΗ ἘΝ), 
TINIE 77 ON2, (80 is) the oracle of Jeho- 
vah, so is it revealed from Jehovah ; 
usually inserted in the words of the 
prophets themselves, as in Engl. saith 
Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6, 8.14. 9; 
12. 13. al. or else added at_the end of a 
sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3. 5. 8-11. Is. 3, 
15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel, 
e. g. 5, 11, 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16. 
18. 20. 15, 8. 16,8; constantly in Jere- 
miah, e. g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah 
less frequently, 6. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23, 
More rarely found at the beginning of a 
sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis, Is. 1, 24. Ps. 
110,1. On this and similar phrases see 
Kleinert ab. die Echtheit der Jes. Weis~ 
sagungen T.I.p, 246. Ὁ) Rarely spok- 
en of men, 6. g. Num. 24, 3 De>a Oke 
the saying (oracle) of Balaam. v. 4. 15.. 
16. So of poets, a saying, song, poem,. 
2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps, 36, 2 ONE 
ΞῸΒ a song of naichedness; i i. e. concern~ 
ing “the wicked. Or perh. in such in- 
stances this genit. may be taken pas- 
sively, e. g. α revelation to Balaam, 
which he received by inspiration. 


ἘΝ fut. F827, and Prev x3, part. 
F822, 0 commit adultery, spoken both 
of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14. 
Deut. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 2.13.14. Part. 5x3 
Job 24, 15 and 822 an adulterer Is. 57, 
3. Ps. 50, 18; fem. max Ez. 16, 38 and 
ΕΝ) an adulteress Prov. 30,20. With 
acc. to commit adultery with a woman, 
Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23. 
Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop. 
Jer. 3, 9 see below.—Like 7:21 it is often 
transferred to the apostasy of Israel 
from the true God to idolatry ; Jer. 3, 8 
PNW? Hwy Max? Ww because rebel- 
lious Israel commits adultery. 5, 7. 9, 
11. 23, 14, With acc. Jer. 3, 9 FRAT 


EN 


PUTO FANT and commits adultery 
with stone and wood. Ex. 23, 37. 
Deriv. the two following. 


DDN? m. plur. adulteries Jer. 13, 27. 
Ez. 23,43. R. 52. 


D"DADNI m. plur. (r. 4X3) adulteries ; 
Hos. 2, 4 7°38 ΛΞ M7HAwNI.... 70M let 
her put away her edudigriae from. be- 
tween, her breasts. Here the open bosom 
of an immodest woman stands for the 
seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ; 
as elsewhere the collum resupinum is 
the seat of pride Ps. 73, 6, and the neck 
the seat of strength Job 41, 14. 


᾿ VS? fat. VRi2, to deride, to despise, 
to reject with derision and contempt, as 
instruction, admonition, 6. ace. Jer. 33, 
24. Prov. 1, 30. 5, 12. 15,5; the divine 
counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as 
rejecting men Deut. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6; 
absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not, for thy name’s 
sake! Comp. 73> and 0x72. 

Piet 72, fat. yo? 1. i. ᾳ. Kal to 
despise, to contemn, Is. 60, 14; chiefly 
God Ps. 10, 3. 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4. 5, 24. 
Num. 14, 23. 16, 30. al. 

2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give 
occasion for calumny or blasphemy, 2 
Sam. 12, 14. 

Hien. fut. yx (by Syriasm for 77.225) 
intrans. to excite disgust, to be spurned ; 
Eee. 12, 5 "pv ΥΝΔ the almond is 
spurned, rejected, by an old and toothless 
man; comp. Ip no. 2.—Sept. Vulg. 
Syr. to flourish, as if from 7732, but against 
the context. 

Hirupo. part. yrta for yin Is. 52, 
5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to 
contempt, one who must put up with 
contempt. 

Deriv. the two following: 

MEN? f. reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3, 
2K. 19,3. R. 7x3. 

MEN? f. (verbal of Pi. r. 72) plur. 
MizN2, reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18, 
26 ; ΗΜ ‘suff, τ WMIsN2 Ez. 35, 12. 


* pes onomatopoet. i. 4. kindr. pox 

4. v. to groan, to cry out from pain and 
anguish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24, 12.—Hence 
“PN? f. constr. PPX2, a groaning, out- 
cry of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5. 
Judg. 2,18. Plar. constr. mipx2 Ez. 30, 


638 


ΝΖ 
* “2 in Kal not used; kindr. with 


"a8 to curse. Arab. \G mid. Waw 
abhorruit ab aliqua re, refugit. ως ad- 
versatus est, restitit, noluit. 

Pret ἜΝ, to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2, 
7. Ps. 89, 40. 


23 (perh. for 725 a height, hill, r. 33) 
Nob, pr. n. of a city helotiing: to the 
cies in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 4 
Sam. 22, 11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. Is. 10, 32, 
With. He parag. 23 (for 1133) senna 
Nob, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22,9. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IT. p. 149, 150. 


? N33 in Kal not used, pr. i. q. 223, 
the > being softened into δὲ, to boil up, 
to boil forth, as a fountain ; hence to pour 
Sorth words, like those who speak with 
fervour of mind or under divine inspira- 


-ν 
tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. ls 
I, I, indicavit, nunciavit, ἃν q. AS 4 
Conj. I, spec. of a prophet who an- 
nounces, reveals, to men the words of 
God. It is a wrong etymology to make 
the primary notion that of extolling, ce- 
lebrating. 

Nips. 833, 2 pers. 7822 and once "33 
(like verbs 745) Jer. 26, 9; part. 833, 
plur. 5°82}. also 5°33 Jor. 14, 14. 16, 
as if from sing. N33 after the analogy of 
verbs 15 ; which is also followed by the 
infin. ¢. ant iPR24 Zech. 13, 4. 

1. to speak under a divine influence, 
as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. προφη- 
τεύω. The Hebrews used the passive 
forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, be- 
cause they regarded the prophets as 
moved and affected by a higher influ- 
ence, rather than by their own powers. 
The same class of notions the Remans 
also expressed by deponent verbs; see 
Ramshorn De verbis deponentibus La- 
tinor. p. 24; comp. also the Lat. verbs 


| of speaking passively expressed, as lo- 


qui, fari, vociferari, concionari, vaticinar?, 
etc. Ramshorn I. ὁ. p. 26.—This is the 
usual word for the utterance of the pro- 
phets, whether as reproving the wicked, 
or as predicting future events, or as an- 
nouncing the commands of God. Con- 
strued: a) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 "M727 xd 
sea? ἘΠῚ ἘΠΡΝ 7 have not spoken to 


(comm anded) them, yet do they prophesy. 


N23 


Am. 3,8 if the lion roars, who doth not 
fear ? if Jehovah speaks, 8327 8> "2 who 


shall not prophesy ? Joel 3,1, Ez. 11, 13% 


37,7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer. 19,14. Ὁ) With 
the name of the people or country to 
which the prophecy refers, ¢. > Jer. 14, 
16. 20, 6. 23, 16. 27, 16. 37, 19. With 
by often, in a hostile sense, of threats, 
Jer. 25, 13. 26,20. Ez. 4, 7. 11, 4. 13, 
17. 25, 2. 29, 2. 34,2. 35, 2. 39, 1; also 
in a good sense where the prophecy 
holds out consolation and hope of fiiture 
good, Ez. 37, 4. With >x in a bad 
sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13, 
2. 16. 21,2; in a good sense Ez. 36, 1. 
37,9. ὁ) With acc. of that which the 
prophet utters, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28,6; 
6. g. "RY ΝΞ) fo prophesy lies Jer. 14, 
14. 23, 25. 26. 27, 10. 14; “PY mivdn 5 
Jer. 23, 32; and with 2, as "Pwa pr. to 
prophesy with a@ lie, as ἃ false prophet, 
Jer. 5, 31. 29, 9. The words of the pro- 
phet are often given after "2x> Jer. 32, 
3, or VON) Ez. 21, 33. 30,2. ἃ) With 
3 of the source whence the prophet is 
inspired ; hence the prophets of God are 
said to prophesy "3 HWa Jer. 11, 21. 14, 
15. 23, 25, 26,9. 27, 15. 29,21; and the 
prophets of Baal, byna Jer 2 8. e) 
With Ὁ referring to the abject of the 
prophecy (as in lett. 6) Jer. 28,9; also 
to the time to which the prophecy re- 
lates Ez. 12, 27. 

2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, to 
praise God, sc. while under a divine 
influence, 1 Sam. 10, 11. 19, 20. 1 Chr. 
25, 2. 3; comp. Luke 1, 67. 

Hirapa. 822m, also xaim Jer. 23, 
13. Ez. 27, 10; 2 pers. once Mann 1 
Sam. 10, 6, also infin. nisin 1 Sam. 
10, 13, both imitating verbs Hb, Syr. 
wai}, Eth. TZ0P. 

1, i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy. absol. 
Num. 11, 25-27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37,10; 
with acc. of thing and ἘΣ of pers. 1 K. 
22, 8. 18; ἘΣ of pers. Jer. 14, 14. 2 Chr. 
20, 37 boas ΞΘ lo prophesy by au- 
thority of Baal Jer. 23,13; indo 'π to 
prophesy out of one’s own heart, without 
inspiration, Ez. 13, 17. 

2. to. chant, to sing, to praise God, 
while under a divine influence ; spoken 
of the sons of the prophets and of Saul 
1 Sam. 10. 6. 10. 13, comp. 1 Sam. 19, 


639 


423 


20-24. Of the frantic ravings of the 
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29; comp. v. 
28.—Hence 

3. to rave, Gr. μαίνεσθαι, to be or be- 
come mad, 1 Sam. 18,10. The pro- 
phets, when under the power of inspira- 
tion, appear to have been greatly agi- 
tated and to have exhibited writhings 
and spasmodic affections of the body 
like delirious persons; hence the true 
prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn 
insane, a madman; and in Jer. 29, 26 
the two ideas are conjoined, 822435 3509 
raving and prophesying, spoken of a 
pretended prophet. For a like reason 
the Greeks and Latins apply words con- 
nected with raving. as μάντις from pal- 
vous, furor, furere, to the frenzied man- 
ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc. 

Deriy. 8°32, 78733, ΓΙΝΉΣ3, also 433 
no. 1, and its compounds. 


822 Chald. Irmpa. "225% to prophesy 
Ezra 5, 1. 


232 to bore through, to make hollow, 
i. q. thn. Only Part. pass. 3333 hollow 
Ex. 27, 8. 38, 7. Jer. 52, 91. Metaph. 


hollow, empty, foolish, Job 11, 12 where 


see under 335 Niph. 
Deriv. 3a for 5333 gate, pupil of the 
eye. Others refer both forms to r. 242. 


BE obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
to le prominent, high. Hence pr. 
n. 23 for 33, ΤΊ), perb. 1=3 no. 2. 


mona2 f. see in τ᾿ Ἐπ Niph. no. 4. 


22 Nebo, pr.n. 1. The planet Mer- 
cury, (Syr. and Zab. o23,) which the 


Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs 
worshipped as the celestial scribe or 
writer ; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344, 
866. The etymology of the name ac- 
cords well with the office of Mercury, 
viz. 123 for 8132 i. q. 8°32 interpreter of 
the gods, from the root 833. The divine 
worship paid to Mercury by the Chal- 
deans and Assyrians is attested by the 
many compound proper names of which 
this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez- 
zar, Nebuzaradaun, Nebushazban, see 
below ; and others mentioned in classic 
writers, Nabonedus, Nahonassar, Nabu- 
rianus, Nabonabus, Nabopolassar, ete, 
2. Of places, e.g. a) A mountain 


423 


in the confines of Moab, Deut. 32, 49. 
34,1; and of a town near it, Num. 32, 
3. 38. Is. 15, 2. al. Prob. not the Jebel 
*Attdrtts of Burckhardt and others; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 306. b) A 
town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29. 
'10, 48; more fully, in order to distin- 
gifsh it from the preceding, "58 123 
Neh. 7, 33.—Both this and the preced- 
ing plate may have been so called from 
the worship of Mereury ; or better, the 
mame may here come from r. 33 to be 
thigh. 

ΤΙΝ 22 f. (τ. 832) a prophecy Neh. 6, 
12. 2 Chr. 15,8. Also of a prophetic 
‘writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 


MND) Chald. id. Ezra 6, 14. 


FINA? Chald. pr. n. Nebuzaradan, 
(Mercurii dux dominus, i. 6. chief whom 
Mercury favours; from 453, Ἢ i. q. "YW 
‘prince, and 778 i. gq. 78 ‘lord comp. 
Sardanapalus, i. e. princeps dominus 
magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez- 
zar’s army 2 K, 25, 8. Jer. 39, 9 sq. 40, 
1. 41, 10. al. 


AENIIDIA2 Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25, 
22, 2 Chr. 36, 6. 7.10. Ezra 2,1; rarely 
“AENTIND) Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1. 
1 43, 10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king 
of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem 
and carried the Jews into exile. Other 
less usual forms are: defect. "#827233 
Ὁ K. 24, 1.10; with δὰ dropped "2732533 
‘Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 18; also twice 
ΣΝ 2122 Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra 
8.1 ‘Sept. NuBoiyoborsvso, but IVa- 
᾿δδυβοδονόσορος in Beros. ap. Jos. 6. 
Ap. 1. 20, 21, ᾿Ιγαβοκοδρόσορος Strabo 
Ve 1. Ὁ: Vulgate Nabuchodonosor ; 

οὗ 
Arab. contr. “ais >.—The significa- 
‘tion of the name seems to be: Mercurti 
‘rex princeps, compounded of 133; khod- 
na or khoddén gods, in plur. τάδ] ὼς: like 
Pers. OSs {X&; and zar prince; comp. 
the οἶδεν names beginning with Nebuw. 
Lorsbach explains it: ‘ yl ~ 
Nebo deorum princeps, Senne’ fiir mor- 
genland. Litteratur II. p. 247; Bohlen 
ol Δ 2. oh Nebo deus ignis. See 
Thesaur. p. 840. [In the cuneiform in- 
scription at Behistun this name is writ- 


640 


R23 


ten Nabukhadrachara ; Rawlinson in 
Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp. 
v. xxxix.—R. 

ἸΞΤΘ 29 Nebushazban (comp. of 433 
and Pers. cy nce chespan, adherentof 
Mprcmy;) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad- 
neZzZar’s eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13. 

Mia (fruit, produce, τ. 242) Naboth, 
pr. n. of a Jezreelite put to death by 
the arts of Ahab, 1 K. 21, 1sq. 2K. 9, 
21. 25. 26. 

Mata Chald.f. @ gift, present, lar- 
gess ; Dan. 2, 6 Mara ὍΠ gifts and 
largess, Theod. δύματα καὶ δωρεάν, 
Vulg. premia et dona, Syr. and Heb. 
intpp. ‘gifts and riches.’ Plur. ¢. suff. 
Dan. 5, 17 4Q737934 ον. FOI thy gifts 

. and thy largesses.—There can be 
little doubt, but that the ancient intpp. 
have rightly referred this word to the 
root 112, Chald. Pilp. 1212 to make great 
expense, to squander, see in 733 p. 1215 
hence pr. expense, largess, in honour of 
apy one. For the Nun formative, comp. 
FBR i gq. Java; Sim and Pomuso; 
and for the omission of the second Τ in 
the last syllable, comp. S78 chain for 
ποτ; m23>3, Γολγοθᾶ, Arab. RAs, 
Syr. [Bagong 5 ΘΟ ΣῚΣ for DNS, ete.— 
There is then no need of appealing to 
the Persian; much less to the Greek 
γόμισμα. 

Ἐ1732 to bark, as a dog, onomato- 
poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab. 


Syr. ᾿ξ, id. The primary syllable is 
ma, which (like J2, ΡΞ) expresses the. 
idea of striking, pulsation ; comp. 33>, 
=52. So Sanser. bukh, Engl. to bark.— 
Hence 


M23 (a barking, τ. M22) Nobah, pr. n. 
of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the 
city Kenath (P27) also received the 
same name, Judg. 8,11. See m=}. 


11122 Nibhaz, pr. n. of an idol of the 
Avites 2K. 17, 31, to which the Hebrew 
interpreters have chosen to assign the 
figure of a dog, prob. deriving it by 
conjecture from r. 33 to bark, although 
there are no traces of any idol with this 
figure anciently worshipped in Syria ; 
see Iken Dissert. de idolo Nibchas, in 


O33 


his Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143 
sq.—In the Zabian books ya (i. 6. 1832) 
is the name of an evil demon, who sits 
on a throne upon the earth, while his 
feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus; 
but it is doubtful whether this is the 
same name with 73); see Norberg 
Onomast. Cod. Nasar. p. 100. 


*D22 in Kal not used, and not 
known in its Heb. signif. in the kin- 
dred dialects. 

Piri ©22 to look, once c. > to look 
upon, Is. 5, 30. 

Hiren, ©7327 to look, to behold, to look 
at. It differs from AN to see, as “BI to 
speak from "28 to say. 1 Sam. 17, 42 
and the Philistine looked (2253), and 
saw (AN) David. Lam. 5,1 "e725 
WASIINML Mx look now, and see our 
reproach, 1, 12.4 Ps. 22,18. Is. 42, 18; 
contra, Lam. 1, 11) mg7an) 93 AR. 
Rarely it is so used as not to differ 
from 782; as Num. 23, 21 738 2 Π ND, 
ap2"3, "eral: my Nb. 1 Sam. . 88... 
Construed : α) Absol. Is. 42,18 "31 
mint look, that ye may see. 63, 5 BBN 
“13 77x) I looked (about), but there was 
no helper. Is. 18,4. 8) With acc. some- 
times with © local appended, to look at, 
to look towards; Job 35,5 ov van 
mw look unto the heavens and see! Ps. 
142, 5. Gen. 15, 5 Movavi R-oaN look 
now towards the heavens. y) With 3, 
to look upon with pleasure Ps. 92, 12, 
comp. 3 Β. 4. 8. 4) With 5x Ex. 3, 
6. Num. 21,9; > Ps. 104, 32; by of the 
place towards or οὐ which one looks 
Hab. 2,15. 8) With ja of the place 
whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is. 
63, 15. ὃ With "m8 Zo look after 
any one departing, to follow with the 
eyes, Ex. 33,8; but ms to look be- 
hind oneself, i. e. to look back, 1 Sam. 
24,9. Gen. 19,17. With "5x2, Gen. 
19, 26 IND ims vant and his 
(Lot's) wife looked ‘from behind him ; 
Vulg. well, post se. She was directed 
to follow fer husband and not to look 
back, and ought therefore to have look- 
ed ever forwards and kept her eyes 
upon her husband; so that 7 0N2 is 
here equivalent to M°7nX. 

Trop. a) to look upon, i.e. to re- 
gard, to have respect to, to care for a 

54* 


641 


"22 


person or thing, c. ace. 6, g. God for 
men Ps, 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo- 
ple Is. 64, 8; sacrifices Am. 5, 22; a 
man for laws: Ps, 119, 15. With by id. 
1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66, 2. "Ps. 
119, 6; > Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps, 13, 4. 
b) to look to any one ‘sc. with hope, to 
hope in, c. >% Ps, 34, 6. Is. 22, 11. 51, 
1. 2; absol. Job 6,19. 6)) to look upon 
with indifference, q. d. to suffer patient- 
ly, 6. g. wickedness, c. ace. Hab. 1, 3. 13 
bis.. Absol. Is. 18, 4.—But, contra, in 
Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not 
overlook it, i. e. to punish it. 
Deriv. 022, also 


023 Nebat, pr. n. of the father of 
Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26, 12, 2. 15. al. 

S832 m. (Ὁ. 832) 6. suff. 7N"32; plur. 
D°N"33, constr. "8733; a prophet, vates, 
one who impelled by a divine influence _ 
or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings 
and nations, and predicts future events. 
Arab. eS for ous, Syr. oa, Eth, 
20.4, id—Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8. 1 
Sam. 9, 9. 1K. 22, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. 2 Chr. 
28,9. al. sep. Found often with a ge- 
nitive: a) Of the divinity in whose 
name the prophet speaks, as Ἢ "8732 
1 K. 18, 4, 13. al. seep. bean Ὁ 1K. 
18, 19. 40. 2K. 10,19; πόδ > 1K. 
18,19. In Sing. often c. dat. as τῆι ’3 

1K. 18, 22. 22, 7. 2K. 3, 11. al. sep. 
ἢ Of the people. and country where 
the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of 
Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14; 
of Israel Ez. 13,2; your prophets Jer. 
27, 9. 16. 29,8. al. y) Of the king un- 
der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K. 
8, 13.—Num. 12, 6 His? ἘΞΝ 322 FT oN 
if your prophet (i. e. a prophet among 
you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron 
and Miriam; Vulg. si quis vestrum fue- 
rit propheta Domini.—Sing. as collect. 
prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under- 
stand also Deut. 18,15.18; which pas- 
sage however is referred to the Messiah 
in Acts 3, 22. 7, 37. 

With the idea of a prophet there 
was also primarily connected the idea 
that he spoke not his own thoughts, but 
what he received from God. (comp. Philo 
ΤΟΙ͂Ν. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. προφήτης yao ἴδιον 
μὲν οὐδὲν ἀποφϑέγγεται, ἀλλότρια δὲ πάν- 


‘a 


Ta ὑπηχοῦντος ἑτέρου. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 21,) 
and that he was the ambassador and 
interpreter of God; as is evident from 
the passage, in this respect classic, Ex. 
7, 1, where God says to Moses: ΠΣ 
58023 52 ΠΤ Spry pis. riste> onby 
I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and 
Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet, 
i.e. in your intercourse with Pharaoh, 
thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were 
the part of God, and suggest to thy bro- 
ther what to say; while thy brother, as 
more fluent of speech, shall be to thee 
as a prophet, and utter what he receives 
from thee. In the same sense it is said 
Ex. 4, 16 ΠῈΞ 42 HN NAF he shall be to 
thee for amouth, comp. Jer. 15,19. Those 
who were educated for the prophetic of- 
fice were called 5°N°327 "23 dhe sons of 
the prophets, i. 6. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20, 
35, 2K. 2, 3. 5.7. 15. 4, 1. 38. 5, 22. 6, 1. 
9,1. Comp. Pers. ‘the sons i.e. disciples of 
the Magi.’—There were also frequently 
among the Israelites false prophets, who 
pretending to have inspiration from God 
‘flattered the ears of the people with 
‘bland promises, and were therefore se- 
~verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g. 
MIs. 28,7-13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9 sq. 28, 10. 
sq. For these too is often put &"2) sim- 
yply Hos. 4, 5. 9, 7. 8. Zech. 13, 2 comp. 
Ὑ. 3.4.—The idea of a prophet is also 
‘frequently taken in a wider sense, so as 
‘to include any friend of God to whom 
‘God makes known his will; so of Abra- 
‘ham Gen. 20,7; of the patriarchs Ps. 
1105, 15. 

N32 Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1. 6,14. 


FIND? ( (τ. 822) 1. a prophetess, 
Judg. 4, 4. 2K. 22,14. 2 Chr. 34, 22. 
Neh. 6,14. So of α poetess, female min- 
-strel, 6. g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20; who was 
not in the strict sense a prophetess, see 
Num. 12, 1-6. 

2. a prophet’s wife, Is. 8,3. So Lat. 
-episcopa, presbylera, are used for the 
‘wife of a bishop or presbyter. 

FMA) (heights, r. m22) Nebaioth, 
‘pr.n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael, 
the brother of Kedar; Gen. 25, 13. 28, 
‘9. 36, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 29. Ὁ) A people, 
Nabathei, Nabatheans, descended from 
‘Nebaioth the son of Ishmael, inhabiting 
morthern Arabia and Arabia Petrea, 


642 


ὑπ 


abounding in flocks, Is. 60,7; and living 
otherwise by traffic and plunder, Diod. 


Sic. 2.48. ib. 3. 42. ib. 19. 94.—Arab. 
9 


4 ile 
4645 and Lax43, where the b comes 


from the Ὁ servile of the Hebrew. See 
Reland Palestina p. 90 sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 558, 573. 


a 32 obsol. root, i. 4. 332 and 


Chald. 332, to spring, to gush forth, asa 
fountain.—Hence 


722) once in plur. Job 38, 16 ἘΞ 559 
the springs of the sea. Sept. πηγὴ ϑα. 


λάσσης. 


= Is, 40,7, fut. 2, inf. constr. dad. 

1. to wilt, to wither, to fade and 
fall away ; bic: with 32, 528, also 
88). Spoken of leaves and ἄμα wi- 
thering and falling, Ps. 1, 3. 37, 2. Is. 1, 
30. 28, 1. 40, 7.8. Ez. 47,12. Poet. of 
the stars, Is. 34,4 and all their hosts 
shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine. 

2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to 
fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18. 
Of a land Is. 24,4; of a mountain Job 
14, 18 din" bein the mountain which 
Salleth, Saileth, comes to nought, cannot 
rise again, like one dead: Comp. the 
deriv. 7>22 corpse, carcass. 

3, to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked- 
ly. Prov. 30, 32; see >=2. The idea of 
withering and pri is here transferred 
to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere 
that of strength and vigour to μον 


nae piety; comp. Arab. ak uae 
dol, all which have the RES 


of flaccidity and imbecility, transferred 
also to dulness, stupidity. 

Prev >33, fo lightly esteem, to despise, 
Deut. 32,15. Mic. 7,6. Comp. Arab. 
(Se> stultus fuit; VII, vilis, abjectus 
fuit. 

2. to disgrace, to treat wilh contumely, 
Nah. 3,6 Jer. 14,21 77152 NOD >a2A- 
do not disgrace the throne of thy glory. 
Comp. τ 932. 

Hien. see in 855 Hiph. p. 136. 

Derive the six here following. 

522 adj. fem. m>32. 1. stupid, foolish, 
Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer. 17, 11. al. 


532 


2. As among the Hebrews the idea 
of wisdom included also virtue and piety 
(see in 02%, M921), so a foolish person 
is often put to express the idea of one 
wicked, abandoned, impious, (comp. 
5.) 1Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33. 
13, 13. Job 30, 8. Is. 32, 5. 6. al. Spec. 
impious, “ungodly, Job 2, 10. Ps. 14, 

1. 53, 2 ome 7x 15} 83) ὮΝ 
the wngodly hath said in his heart, 
There is no God. 39, 9. 74, 18. 22. 

3. Nabal, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 25, 3 sq. 


232 and 3232 m. (r. 533} plur. 53), 
constr. "222, c. suff. ὈΓΙ 539 Jer. 48, i2. 

la bottle, i.e. askin, leathern sack, so 
called perh. from its flaccidity, see the 
root 53) ; Sept. twice ἀσκός 1 Sam. 10, 
3. Jer. 13, 12. Used for wine 1 Sam. 
1,24. 10, 3,25, 18, 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job 
38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds, 
a metaphor common among the Arabs. 

2. As bottles of skin were used for 
water, milk, wine, hence 532 is trop. put 
for any vessel for liquids, of whatever 
material, 6. g. genr.a vessel, pitcher, flask, 
water-pot, etc. Is. 30,14 p 7x5 522 a 
potter's vessel. Lam. 4, 2 wan sb33 
earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12. 
More fully obs "22 utensils of bottles 
Is, 22, 24, opp. Tina bp basins. 

3. ‘An instrument of music, Greek 
γάβλα (1533), vavda, Lat. nablium, a 
species of harp, or lyre; see Strabo X. 
Ρ. 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca- 
saub. Ovid. A. A. 3.327. Often joined 
with the "23, Ps. 57,9. 81,3. 92, 4. 
108, 3. Is. 5, 12. Am. 5, 23. 6, δ ; pleon. 
533 95> Ps. 71, 22, plor, Ἐπ5:9 ">> 
1 Chr. 16, δι ρον describes this 
instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having 
twelve strings, and as played with the 
fingers and not with a plectrum; but 
the Hebrew words “it 522 Ps. 33, 2. 
144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru- 
ment with ¢en strings, Jerome says its 
figure was triangular, resembling an in- 
verted Delta, 7, which also was the form 


of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6.1; and | 


harps of this form are often found upon 
Egyptian monuments; see Wilkinson 
Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians 
II. pp. 280, 282, 287. 


M23) f(r. 539) 1. Adj. fem. foolish, 
Job 2, 10. 


643 


933 


2. Subst. folly, with the notion of im- 
probity, wickedness, see in 533 no. 2; 
Is. 32,6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence a) 
a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest, 
Judg. 19, 23, 24, 2 Sam. 13,12. The 
usual formula is 5xy73 7232 Mv? Gen. 
34,7. Deut. 22, 21. Judg. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 
23; more fully Δ ΡΝ M232 M1 My, 
Judg. 20,6. Ὁ) Meton. punishment of 
folly and wickedness, comp. })3 ; hence 
ἘΣ m>22 Mw? pr. to do punishment with 
any one, i.e. to inflict upon him the 
punishment of his folly, Job 42,8; comp. 
D> OM Mw? in art. Ton. 


722) Γ (τ. 533) constr. md29, ὁ. suff. 
“nbs Is. 26, 19, elsewhere qnbsa, ἾΓΙ53) ; 
a corpse, carcass, (see r. 532 no. 2, comp. 
m>p from r. >22,) 6. g. of men Deut. 21, 
23. 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2; of beasts, 
Lev. 5, 2. 7, 24. Deut. 14,21. al. Trop. 
of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp. 
"32 Lev. 26, 30. Collect. for carcasses, 
corpses, Jer. 7, 23. 16,4. 19,7. Is. 26, 19; 


of beasts, Lev. 11, 11. 24.—Arab. ils 
id. 


mda; f, disgrace, shame ; hence parts 
of shame, Hos. 2,12[9]. See the root 
533 Pi. no. 2, and Chald. 5322 obscene- 
ness. 


022 (perh. for wd 539) Neballat, pr. 
n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, 
Neh. 11, 34. 


* 923 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow, 
as a fountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4 933 >m3 
a gushing stream.—Syr. %2), Arab. 
5 id. The primitive syllable 


es and 

is 32, 4 viecadale like P3 the sound 
or murmur of boiling, bubbling; comp. 
392, D2. 

Hipu. 5°25, fut. 272" 1, to gush out 
with, to pour forth copiously, e. g. praise 
to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 m="ax 
aman 033 Twill pour out upon you my 
spirit. Esspec. words, 15, 2.28 2°28" "B 
Mis D722 the mouth of the wicked belch- 
eth out wickedness... Hence absol. to 
belch out wicked words, Ps. 59,8. 94, 4. 

2. to give out;to-exhale ; Ecc. 10,1 
dead flies 9°37 "N83" cause the ointment 
to stink, to give out a bad smell. 

3. to utter, to publish, to declare, Ps. 


"22 


19, 3. 78, 2. 145, 7. Comp. 832 which 
has sprung from, this root, > being soft- 


ened into 8 ; also }2.—Syr. “22 Aph. 
vulgavit, Arab. #43 id. 
Deriv. 352%. é& 


22 Chald. f. emph. α candlestick, 
§S μου 

candelabra, Dan. 5,5. Arab. ulys: 

Syr. ἴδω οὖ, Rabb. nvq2, id. Itisa 


quadrilit. formed apparently from "23 
i. q. ἊΣ to shine, and x fire. 


O22 (light soil, r. 73) Nibshan, pr. 
n. of a town in the desert of the tribe of 
Judah, Josh. 15, 62. 


* 352 obsol. root, Syr. Chald. and 
Sam. to be dry, to be dried up. Hence 


332 m. in pause also 332, the south, 
the southern quarter, so called from its 
dryness ; Ex. 27, 9. Is. 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4. 
al, 232 5533 the μάνδραν border Josh. 
15, 4. 18, 19; 332 "2 the southern gale 
Ez. 46, 9. ete. With genit. mam 332 
the south of Judah, southern part, 2 Sam. 
24, 7. 1 Sam. 27,10. 30, 14; in accus. 
south of, as maby 2 south of Jerusa- 
dem Zech. 14, 10. Josh. 11,2. So 73S 
2225 a south land Josh. 15, 19 ; spec. 
the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24, 
62. Num. 13,29. Also 3337 id. Gen. τ 
1. Num. 21, 1. Deut. 34, 3; and 322 
Sam. 30, 1. 3225 "3 the Gittes Fas 
south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. 
Obad. 20. Poet. 333 and 3329 the pont 
put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan, 11, 5-40. 
With 5 parag. 7333 southward Gen. 13, 
14, 28, 14. Ex. 40, 24. al. and so with 
a, as "AN 12 7332 southward from the 
hill Josh. 18,14. With prefixes: M3322 
in the southward region Josh 15, 21; 
mazz2 1 Chr. 26, 17. 


#9 in Kal not used, pr. to be in 


front (7722 , 732), to be in sight ; hence 
to be clear, manifest. Arab. ne to be 
9 oF 


clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight ; = 
high land, conspicuous ; Syr. ra to go 
in front, to be a leader. Comp. in "3. 

Hiren. 77325 pr. to bring to light ; so 
Job 21, 31 23 2B ἘΣ 752 2 who 
shall bring to light his way to his face. ? 
i. e. the life and ways of the prosperous 


644 


"22 


wicked man, so as to reprove them.— 
Hence 

1. to show, to exhibit before any one, 
with two acc. Ez. 43,10 “Marry 735 
minions ox pw" show this house to the 
house of Israel. Also to show openly, 
pre se ferre, Is. 3, 9. 

2. Freq. to shane, to declare, to tell, to 
announce, Sept. ἀναγγέλλω, ἀπαγγέλλω. 
That which is made known is put: 8) 
In the ace. Gen. 32, 30 FOU NETS 
tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2, 10. 
20. Job 26,4. Ὁ) With >>, to tell of 
any thing, 1 Sam. 27, 11. Esth. 6, 2. 
Job 36, 33 is. "by En Ais noise (thun- 
der) showeth concerning him sc. God, 
and then follows: M>iz 52 58 ΠΣ yea 
to the herds concerning him who goeth up 
on high, i.e. the thunder proclaims God 
even to the herds as he ascends in the 
tempest. ὁ) With 7x} and its clause; 
1 Sam. 25, 14 “ax Smy 752 THN a 
young man told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31. 
Lev. 14, 35; alee with "Gx that Esth. 
3,4; "3 that Gen. 3, 11. 31, 20. 1 Sam. 
10, 16, 2 Sam. 7,11; π πὶ whether Gen. 
24,23. 43,6; ΠΏ tomar Judg. 16, 6. Mic. 
6, 8; FEN where Gen. 37, 16. d) 
Where a thing before spoken of is im- 
plied and would be expressed by the 
pron. if, or the like, this is omitted ; 
comp. in "28 no. 1, and so after Engl. 
he told. Gen. 9, 22 ἜΝ 77 TEN and 
he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49. 
1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam, 17, 17. 2 K. 4 27. 
Job 1,15 sq. Different are: Job 38, 4 
m3"3 not DN “IM, where M273 is pr. the 
object of the first vet, Φ d. ἐκ ΓΞ 735 
ms37; and Job 42, 3 5 ἼΩΝ ἫΝ ἌΝ, 
i. ᾳ. 13» ND WY | T have uttered 
what I understood not—The person to 
whom any thing is told, is put often with 
4, and then the verb is mostly construed 
with the.acc. of thing and dat. of pers. 
Judg. 13; 6 "Ὁ Tah ND ἸΌΘΤΟΝ he told 
me not his name. 14, 6. Gen. 41, 25. 1 
Sam. 9,8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33, 
23. al. More rarely with double ace. 
of pers. and thing, as in no. 1; Job 31, 
37 ἘΣΤῚΝ MITE “BoD the fettnber of my 
steps ‘will I declare unto him sc. God, i. e. 
tell him all my steps. Job 36,33 see above 
in lett. b. So ace. of pers. 2 Sam. 15, 
31 “and T7EM IT} and one told David, 
saying. But in Job 26,4 "2°M§ is not 


“52 


to whom, but with or by whom ? by whose 
spirit, ete.—Sometimes 3 of place where 
is added Jer. 5, 20. 1 Sam. 4, 13, 2 Sam. 
1,10. Mic. 1, 10.—Parr. 1"3°2 @ messen- 
ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31. 

Spec. aa) to denounce, to inform 
against, t@ betray ; with ace. of pers. 
Jer. 20, Prey ἘΠῚ denounce and 
we will denounce him, i. e. we will ac- 
cuse him, inform against him. With 
ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17, 5 
ΠΣ 739 pnd who betrayeth friends 
to the spoil, i. 6. spoilers, see in P2M no. 
2. With acc. of thing to betray a mat- 
ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Eee. 10, 20; acc. 
impl. Prov. 29, 34... bb) Of a prophet, 
to show, i.e. to foretell future events, 
found chiefly in the latter part of Isai- 
ah, Is. 41, 22. 23. 26. 42, 9. 43, 9. 44, 7. 
8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12, Dan. 
11,2. cc) ἐο tell a riddle, i. q. to solve, 
Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14.19. 1 Καὶ. 10,3. Also 
of a dream, i. q. to interpret, Gen. 41, 24. 
Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one’s sins, 
i. q. to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps. 
142, 3. Is. 3,9 in no. 1. ee) Emphat. 
to declare, i. q. to proclaim, to praise ; 
with acc. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22, 
32. 51,17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. sep. 
Acc. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10. 

Hora. 735, fut. 89, inf. absol. 35 
Josh. 9, 24. Ruth 2, 11, pass. of Hiph. 
no. 2, to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen. 
22, 20. 27. 42. Is. 7, 3. 21, 2. al. seep. 

* Deriv. ‘3733, 733. 


"22 Chald. to flow Dan. 7, 10. 


ΓΔ m. (Ὁ. Ἴ22) in pause also 732, ὁ. 
suff. "722, F522, 132; with Π parag. 
ma. Ps. 116,14; pr. sdbit: the front, the 
front part, next to the spectator. Used 
in the accus asa Preposition. 

A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence 
of, in the sight of, i. q. "28>, as “>> 732 
ΤῊΣ before all thy people Ex. 34, 10; 733 
min before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3; 2 
satn before the sun, i. e. so Ida as the 
sun is above the horizon, Num. 25, 4 
(comp. S23 "22> Ps. 72,17). Am. 4,3 
and ye shall go forth W721 MEX each one 
before herself, each her own way, comp. 
Josh. 6, 5. 20. and "28> tax Jer. 49, 5. 
And as things which are before us and 
afford us delight become the objects of 
our regard and care, hence Is. 49, 16 


645 


“22 


thy walls are continually "133 before me, 
are objects of my constant regard and 
care, Ps, 38, 10; comp. "7 35> Ps. 19, 
15. Gen. 10, 9. 

2. in front of, over against ; Ex. 19,2 
“iIT} 32 over against the mountain. Josh. 
3, 16. 6, 5. 20. And as things to be 
compared are set over against each 
other, hence Is. 40,17 all nations are 
as nothing 4732 over against him, in com 
parison with him ; comp. 7333. 

B) With Prepositions: 1. 7333 pr. 
as over against ; and as things to be 
compared are set over against each 
other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre- 
sponding to or like each other, counter- 
parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 7 will make for 
him (man) a helper %3332 corresponding 
lo him, his counterpart. v. 20. Sept. 
well in v. 18 κατ᾽ αὐτόν, v. 20 ὅμοιος ai- 
τῷ, comp. 3332 Neh. 12,9. By the Rab- 
bins 3325 is often used of things corre- 
sponding to one another; see Lud. de 
Dieu ad. ἢ. 1. Comp. Pers. rip e re- 
gione, similis, conveniens. 

2. 33>, c. suff. "732d, I>, etc. a) 
ign: in the presence “Of i 4. 733 no. 1. 
2K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3; ‘B29 "33 2 
Sam. 22, 25. Job4,16. Ὁ) over against 
Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr. 5,11. Hence against, 
contra, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10, 13. 
Pregn. Neh. 3, 37 [4,5] for they have 
provoked God to anger 0°22 ἼΩ set- 
ting themselves against the builders. c) 
like, instar, (comp. 7332,) Neh. 12, 9 
D722 OMY their brethren like them- 
selves. “d) “for, over, i. e. before ; Neh. 
11, 22 the prefect of the Levites.... for 
or over (733>) the service of the house of 
God. 

3. 3332 a) pr. from before, i. e. away 
from before, e. g. after verbs of remov- 
ing, Is. 1,16 put away your evil doings 
"2" 332 from before mine eyes. Jon. 2, 
53 (also with a noun of remoteness Ps. 
10, 5;) of averting Cant. 6,5; of cast- 
ἰὴ away Judg. 9,17; of hiding Jer. 16, 


17. Am. 9.3; of departing Prov. 14,7 


(3 733), etc. So 5 72:2 Judg. 20, 34. 
—The construction in Judg. 9, 17 is un- 
usual: he cast his life away (7339 for 
the fuller i322) from him, or as we 
might say, he cast it off instead of from 
him ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13. 

b) from over against, ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, 


“2. 


Adv. 2 K. 2,15 and the sons of the pro- 
phets at Jericho saw him "252 from over 
agains, i. e. from the opposite side. 
Deut. 32,52. Thenalso over against, 
opposite, since a place at some distance 
may be regarded as likewise looking to- 
wards us from that distance; see pimya 
in 1 no. 3.i.k. Lat. e regione, ex adverso, 
Gr. ἐξ ἐνωντέας. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo- 
abiles saw ἼΔΕ over against them water 
red like blood.—And as whatever is over 
against, is necessarily at a certain dis- 
tance, hence 339 takes also the sense, 
at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21, 
16 and she went and sat down 7332 
pin fer over against (afar off), about 
a bow-shot ; Sept. μακρόϑεν. 2 K. 2, 7. 
4, 25 and when the man of God saw 
her 7332 afar off. Num. 2, 2.—With 
genit. as Prep. over against any place or 
thing ; Neh. 3, 19. 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20 
mint 729 7322 over against the face of 
Jehovah, i. e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12 
my friends stand "332 332 over against 
my plague, i.e. aloof from me, as above ; 
parall. piny2. Deut. 28, 66 and thy life 
shall hang in doubt 73372 Ἢ before thee, 
pr. to thee over against. 

c) Ina hostile sense, over against, op- 
posite, on the enemy’s side, Ob. 11.2 
Sam. 18,13. Comp. ὃ ἐξ ἐναντίας, Tit. 
2, 8. 

“22 Chald. prep. over against, oppo- 
site ; Dan. 6,11 over against Jerusalem, 
i. e. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so 
that Jerusalem was over against him. 


* ΓΙ͂Δ2 fut. mx", to shine, to give light, 
Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1—Syr. id. 

Hires. 1. to cause to shine, e. g. one’s 
light, Is. 13, 10. 

2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18, 
29. 2 Sam. 22, 29. 

Deriv. the three following. 


93 f, Hab. 3,4, 6. suff. ἘΠῚ) la 
shining, brightness, e.g. of fire Is. 4, 5. 
Ez. 1, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5, 
20; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the 
rising sun Prov. 4, 18; of the moon Is. 
60, 19; of the stars Joel 2, 10; of a 
sword Hab. 3, 11; also the light and 
glory by which God is surrounded (7532 
nin) Ez. 10, 4, Hab. 3, 4. Ps. 18, 13. 

2. Nogah, pr. n. of a son of David, 
1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 


646 


"39 


F132 Chald. emphat. 833, the morn- 
ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 6, 20. 
So Targ. Esth. 10, 3. Is. 14,12. Syr. 


Re 2: 


ned, ἴσι- ἡ, the earliest dawn. 
mm; f. brightness, splendour, plur. 
Is. 59,9. R. 2). 


* TA) fat. ma to thrust or push with 
the horns, spoken of horned animals, 
Ex. 21, 28. 31. 32.—This is one of the 
onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik- 
ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the 


_ syllable 23, 33, comp. 222, 5132, 122, 223), 


23, and ‘also in the other which ends 
in, comp. M22 to bark, pr. to strike, 
(see M22 and 353.) ΠῚ) and 3 to 
push with the horns. 

Piet id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4.—Trop. 
of a conqueror prostrating nations be- 
fore him Deut. 33, 17. 1K. 22,11. Ps. 
44,6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq. 

Hirupa. to push at, i. e. to wage war 
with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp. 
Chald. πὴ Mss c. OF to wage war 
with. Arab. 5 Conj. ΠῚ, id—Hence 


M32 m. adj. apt to push with the 
horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36. 

O32 m. (Ὁ. 732) constr. "53, 733 1 Chr. 
9,11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. 5°73), constr. 
"3722; pr. the foremost; hence a leader, 
prefect, prince, etc. See the root, and 
comp. Syr. rd preivit Ephr. 1. 114, 
also Germ. Furst i.q. Engl. first. Chald. . 


Ψ * : 
5732, Tiaz, id. Arab. Qas prince, also 


brave, valiant, whence = to be 
brave, magnanimous, noble. Spoken 
1. Of any prefect, overseer, 6. g. of the 
treasury 1 Chr, 26, 24, 2 Chr. 31, 12; 
of the temple 1 Chr. 9,11. 2 Chr. 31, 
13; of the priests 1 Chr. 12, 27; of the 
palace 2 Chr. 28, 7; of military affairs, 


‘a leader, chief, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27,4. 2 Chr. 


32,21. 

2. Absol. prince of a people, a general 
word comprehending also the royal dig- 
nity, 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10, 1. 13, 14. 2 Sam. 
6, 21. 7,8 1K. 1, 35. 14, 7. al. mw 
732 the anointed prince i. 6. Messiah 
Dan. 9, 25. mya 7°22 the prince of 
the covenant, 1.e. confederate, Dan. 11, 
22, Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps, 76,13 
—Hence 


"δὴ 647 


3. noble, honourable, in general; Plur. 
neutr. nobilia, noble things, Prov. 8, 6. 
Comp. the Arabic usage above. 

MD f. (r. 132) constr. 2°32; plur. 
mis". 

1. music of stringed instruments, Lam. 
5, 14. Isv88, 20. 

2. a stringed instrument, in the titles 
_ of the Psalms, Poss. 4. 6. 54. 55. 61. 67. 76. 
Hab. 3, 19. 

3. a song, psalm, to be sung with the 
accompaniment of stringed instruments, 
Ps. 77,7. Spec. a song of derision, sa- 
tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30, 9. Ps. 
69, 13. 


+539 obsol. root, Arab. hs, pr. fo 
cut, to pierce with a spear.—Hence 532 
eibkle. 


ἘἼ22 prob. pr. to strike in pulses, to 
beat, kindr. with ΤΏ), 332, 22, see in 
M32 .—Hence 

1. to strike the strings, to play on a 
stringed instrument ; Part. 0°333 players 
on instruments Ps. 68, 26. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Arab. with πὶ softened, 
to beat, to pound, 
treads cloth; in Heb. to tread grapes, to 
press; whence ΤῊ for M33. 

Prev 532 10 strike the strings, to play 
on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16, 16. 
17.18.23. 2K. 3,15. Ps. 33,3. Is. 23, 16. 
38, 20. al. Chald.id. Sept. ψάλλω, δύ. 

‘ οἶζω. 
Deriv. 93°32, F972, M2, MMS, DIM. 


“922 fut. 935; inf sh, c. suff. i233, 
232; also ΣᾺ 2 Sam. 14, 10. Ez. 17, 
10; imper. ΣᾺ. 

1. to strike, to smite; kindr. are 839, 
M32, also M32, 333, 922. The primary 
syllable i is 32, 53, which seems to have 
had the ἡ μὴξ of striking, beating in 
pulses, smiting, see in 732; comp. Piel, 
Niph. and 233. So Lat. tango, r. tag, 
comes from Gr. téy-0, ϑέγεω, pr. pul- 
sare.— With 3, q. ἃ. tosmite upon; Gen. 
32, 6.133" 523 3375 and -he smote the 
hollow of Jacob's thigh, which in conse- 
quence was dislocated. v. 33. Job 1, 19 
a great wind from the desert smote upon 
the four corners of the house ; Syr. con- 
cussit. Hence of God, to smite with 
plagues, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21. 
So Part. pass. 3922 smitten sc. with a 


‘ate’ a fuller beats or ὁ 


522 


plague from God, Is. 53, 4, Ps. 73, 14.--- 
Trop. of the wind, to smite, to blast, e. g. 
a plant Ez. 17,10. Arab. 


2. to touch, Sept. ἅπτεσϑαι, construed 
very often with 2, q.d. to touch upon; 
Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6,11. 11, 24sq. Dan. 
8, δ. al. With >» Is, 6,7; 5% Num. 4, 
15. Hag. 2,12; "2, Job 4, 5 it toucheth 
thee, pr. unto thee. Also c. acc. Is. 52, 
11, Job 6,7. Lam. 4, 15.—Spec. a) to 
touch any one, i.e. to do him harm or 
violence, Gen, 26, 11 mam O° x2 32in 
IMORS§ whoever toucheth (injures) this 
man or his wife. v.29. Josh. 9, 19. al. 
b) to touch a woman, to Jie with her, ¢ ὃ, 
2 Prov. 6, 29; >x Gen. 20, 6. So an- 
ἐεσϑαὶ γυναικός 1 Cor. 7,1. c¢) to touch 
the heart, i.e. to move, to affect the 
mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26. 

3. In a local sense, to touch upon, to 
come in contact with, to reach to any 
thing, c. 3 1 K. 6,27. Hos.4,2; 13 Mic. 
1, 9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4. 10; 5% 51,9; dy 
Judg. 20, 34. 41.—Hence 

4; to reach to, to come to any person 
or thing, ὁ. 2 2 Sam. 5, 8; δὲ Jon. 3, 6. 
‘Dan. 9, 21. Absol. to awe come, of 
time, Ezra 3,1. Neh. 7, 79 [8,1]. Comp. 
D757 no. 5. 

Nien. fut. 2223, Pass. of Kal no. 1, to 
be smitten, to be beaten, of an army, or 
rather to feign oneself beaten Josh. 8, 15; 
comp. Minny, ὝΕΣΤΥΤ. 

Piet i.q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spoken 
chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17. 
2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20. 

Pua pass. of Pi. Ps. 73, 5. 

Hipx, 3°35, fut. 2°29, apoc. 53" Is. 
6, 7. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
touch ; Is. 6,7 "8 >> 5351 and he let (the 
coal) touch my mouth. 5,8 727572 "in 
maa M3 wo to those who join house to 
house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses 
unjustly. Often in the phrases: 3735} 
VINTON Ez. 13,14, y383 τ Lam. 2, 3, 


ΩΣ ‘rn Is. 26, 5, also ΒΨ ΤΣ yrs‘ τ 


ib. 25, 12, to cause to touch the ground, 
the dust, i. 6. to raze to the foundations, 
as buildings, a city, etc. 

2. to touch, iq. Kal no. 2; c.> Ex. 
4, 25. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12; by Ex. 12, 22; 
by Jer. 1, 9. 

3. ig. Kal no. 3, to reach to any place 


5.22 


or thing, fo touch ; with 43, Is. 8,8 “> 
D727 ἜΝΗΣ (the water) shall reach Soto 
unto the neck. With >> 2 Chr. 28, 9; 
Job 20, 6; accus. c. m loc. Gen. 28, 12. 
Trop. ef nrosperity or calamity, to hap- 
pen to, to come upon, Ece. 8,14; with >x 
Esth. 9, 26. 

4. to reach or come to a place, q. d. to 
draw near to, to arrive at a place; with 
52, Ps. 107,18 τυ τ Ὁ ΤΣ ss7a"1 and 
they draw near to the gates of death, 
are exposed to death. With δὲς 1 Sam. 
14,9; > Ps. 88,4; acc. Is. 30,4. Esth. 4. 
3. 8, 17. Hence i. gq. to attain unto, to 
obtain, c. > Esth. 4, 14; inf. ο. > Esth. 
9,1. Also in the phrase 2 "ΔΩ my 
hand atiains to any thing, i.e. Iam able 
to get it, Lev. 5,7; comp. in 89 no. 2. c. 

5. Absol. to come, to be present, 6. g. 
men, Esth.6, 14; oftener of time, Ez. 7, 
12 ΝΠ πὶ ΘΠ Ten NB the time is come, 
the day is present. Eee. 12, 1. Cant. 2, 
12. Esth. 2, 12. 15. 

Deriv. the following. 


232 m. in pause 233, 
plur. 67532, "332. 

lla singles blow, Deut. 17; 8. 21, 5. 
2Sam.7, 14; collect: Prov. 6, 33. Spas: 
of strokes, : e. judgments, galnnrides, 
which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17. 
Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10, al. 

2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin, 
whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev. 
13, 3 (comp. v. 2). 5. 6,29. 30.42; hence 
PMI 522 a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. 333 
ΣΆΝΕ the spot of leprosy v. 3. 9. 20. 25, 
and without mS7¥ v. 22 id. Also of the 
leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47; and 
of walls 14, 34 sq.—Meton. for a person 
affected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4, 12. 
13.17; hence prs 232 one affected with 
spots, scall, v. 31; comp. v. 33. Also of 
‘a leprous garment, y. 50. 


ἘΔ fut. i2 1. to smite, usually 
of Jehovah as inflicting judgments upon 
men, to plague, Ex. 7, 27 [8, 2], mostly 
with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12, 
23 sq. Josh. 24,5. 1 Sam. 25,38. 2Sam. 
12, 15. Ps. 89, 24. 2 Chr. 21, 18. In an- 
other sense God is said to smite a peo- 
ple before their enemies, i.e. to give 
them up to defeat and slaughter ; 1 Sam. 
4,3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitien us 
to-day before the Philistines? Judg. 20, 


ce. suff. 4533, 


648 


1022 


35. 5. ΟΕ, 13, 15. 20. 14, 11. 
Niph. 

2. to thrust, to push, 6. g. as a horned 
animal Ex. 21, 35; of a man 21, 22. 
Gomp. M33. 

3. to strike against with the foot, to 
stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12. 

Nipu. 932, ¢o be emitten, defeated, of 
an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4,10. Of 
ten with 7285, to be smitten (and flee) 
before the enemy Lev. 26, 17. Deut. 28, 
25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam. 
2,17. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19. al. 

Hirup. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against, 
to stumble, with the foot, Jer. 13, 16. 

Deriv. 753%, and 


Comp. 


ἘΔ9 m. in pause 933. 1. a plague, a 
divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis- 
ease sent from God. Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12. 
Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12. 

2. a striking of the foot, stumbling, 
Is. 8,14 5232 73%; comp. Honk 9,. 33. 
1 Pet. 2, te 


e “22 in Kal not used, pr. to flow, i. q. 
Heb. "32 and Chald. "23 ; comp. Arab. 
(Sy> to flow, also Heb. "73. 


Nipu. "3)_ 1. to be poured out, to flow 
out ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14; of the eye 
Lam. 3, 49. 

2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand 
in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For mina) Job 
20, 28 see 3 Niph. 

Hipx. "35 1. 10 pour out, Ps. 75, 9. 
Hence also to pour down, to thrust down, 
as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6. 

2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ; 
comp. M737 to pour out, deliver, Is. 53, 
12. Soin the phrase : 2971 "77759 Ἔ “7a 
to deliver one into the hands (power) of 
the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 63, 
11. See in 3° no. 1. ee—The common 
rendering is wrong: ‘to shed by the 
hands of the sword.’ 

Horn. 353 to be poured down, to be 
precipitated, ‘spoken of water, Mic. 1, 4. 


i way fut. a, once a7 Is. 58, 3. 

1. to urge, to impel, to drive ; kindr. 
perh. with ym, ym>. Arab. Gis to 
drive up se. animals for hunting ; to urge 
on camels; intrans. to be driven, hurried. 
—So of labourers urged to their work 
Is. 58,3; but see inno. 2. Hence Part. 


1222 
wris a task-master, ἐργοδιώκτης, Ex. 3, 7. 
5, 6. 10. 13. 14. Job 3, 18; also with 3 
ag 2 wad Is. 9,3. Of α driver of ani- 
mals, an ass-driver, Job 39, 7. 

2. to urge a debtor, to exact a debt, 
with acc. of pers. Deut. 15, 2.3; to exact 
tribute, with two acc. 2 K. 23, 35; here 
too best, Is. 58,3 ye exact all your la- 
bours ; see inno. 1. Part. 6313 an exactor 
of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zech. 9, 8. 

3. to rule, to have dominion, and Part, 
ὯΔ a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12.14, 2. 60, 17. 
Zech. 10,4. Ethiop. 21] id. whence 
FEW or ZIUL king, FW: Ὁ 
king of kings, the title of the king of 
Ethiopia. 

Nipu. &22 1. to be pressed, harassed, 
1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53,7. Recipr. to vez, 
harass, one another, Is. 3, 5. 

2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied, 
distressed, spoken of an army, 1 Sam. 
14, 24. 


8 Ὧ22 pret. Kal not used, but instead 
of it pret. Niph. 63) Gen. 33, 7. Ex. 
22, 21. al. Fut. Kal 9; imp. wa, 
also “0a Gen. 19,9, fem. "Ha Ruth 2, 14, 
plur. 30. Josh. 3, 9, 6. 7 parag. da 
Gen. 27, 21; inf. nis, c. suff. inva. 

1. to touch, to join; with 3, Job 41, 
8 [17] they join one upon dnether. sc. 
the scales of the crocodile. Am. 9, 
13.—The primary idea seems to be that 
of impinging, rubbing upon ; comp. 
kindr. Chald. wp}, also 828. The sig- 
nif. of joining is found also by transp. 
m pw. 

2. to near, i.e. to come or draw near, 
to approach, with ΘῈΣ to any person or 
thing Gen. 27, 22. 44,18. Num. 8, 19. 
Josh. 14, 6. Jer. 30, 21; 2 Is. 65, 6; > 
Judg. 20, 23; 32 Gen. 33, 8; ὃν Ez. 44, 
133 acc. Num. 4, 19 wapsny pndsa 
BwIPA when they approach unto the 
holy of holies. 1 Sam. 9,18; absol. Gen. 
27, 21. 26. 29, 10. 2 K. 5, 13.—Spec. a) 
to approach one’s wife, in conjugal inter- 
course (comp. 3), 6. 5% Ex. 19, 15. 
b) to come near, to draw near to Teho- 


vah, spoken of the priests who approach. 


his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the 
pious who approach him with prayer 
and obedience, Is. 29,13. Jer. 30, 21. 
6) to draw near to an enemy for attack, 
1 Sam. 17, 40. 2 Sam. 10, 13. 

55 


649 


ND 


3, lo near away, i. 6. to approach some 
other place or object and so recede from 
us; hence lo recede, to stand back ; Gen. 
19, 9 ποτ stand back ; Sept. well 
ἀπόστα ἐκεῖ, Vulg. recede illuc. 18. 49,20 
“bons give place to me, Sept. solgoti 
μοι τόπον, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In 
many languages, ancient as well as mo- 
dern, there is a want of accuracy in the 
use of words signifying approach and 
departure, so that they are often used 
of the contrary motion, 6. g. 2p for re- 
ceding, "80 and Arab. of ap- 


proaching; comp. also Germ. herab, 
herum, used by the best writers for hinab, 
hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad- 
missible. 

Hips. 67am, fut. O95, apoc. Bas. 

1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring 
near, Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. >8 Gen. 
48, 10. 18. Ex. 21,6. Lev. 2,8.al. Of 
things, with > of pers. 1 Sam. 30,7. 3 Sam. 
17,29; bx of pers. 2Sam. 13,11. 2K.4,6; 
m2) 1 Sam. 28, 25; ace. ipl. Gen. 27, 
25; ¢. dat. ΠΕ 1 Sam. 23,9. Also to 
bring forth, to produce, as arguments 
Is. 41, 21; persons impl. 45, 21. Hence: 
to offer, to present, Job 40, 19; espec.. 
sacrifices to God, c. > Am. 5, 25. Mab. 
2,12; 891, 7. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am. 
9, 10. 

Hopu. 835 pass. of Hiph. to be brought 
near, i.e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34; 
to be offered, c. 5 Mal. 1, 11. 

Hirapa. i. q. Kal no. 2, to draw near, 
Is. 45, 20. 


“2 m. (τ. 493) a heap, mound ; so called 
perhaps from the waving and trembling 
motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab. 


4 a high mound, hill.—Only poetically 
of the waves of the sea heaped up like 
mounds, Ps. 33,7 ἘΠῚ 2 32D 023 who 
heaped together as a mound the waters 
of the sea; and so Josh. 3, 13.16 the 
waters rose (flowing backwards) 7418 72 
in one heap. Ps. 78,13. Ex. 15.8; comp. 
Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec- ἡ 
tion is MBM a wall. Perh. Is. 17, 11, 
but see in 743 no. 2. Comp. Virg. Geor 
4, 316. 


ND, see in 11 1. 


273 


* 273 fut. 339 1. i. q. Arab. 


S05 to impel, to incite to any thing, 
kindr. with ἢ. <A. Schultens finds the 
primary idea of this root in humidity, 
flowing moisture ; which is often trans- 
ferred by the Orientals to express libe- 
rality, munificence ; comp. {dd to be 
humid, moist, also to be liberal; 606 
Cra having moist hands, i. e. libe- 
ral, opp. to dry, avaricious ; Schult. ad 
Hamas. p. 309-11, et ad Menken. Ep. I. 
p. 31 sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb. 
p. 19-23. But all this is doubtful— 
Found only in the phrase "UX 74752 
ib «2239 whomsoever his heart impels, 
i.e. who acts willingly, of his own ac- 
cord, Ex. 25, 2. 35,21.29. , 

2. Intrans. like Arab. (τὰ to impel 
oneself ; and hence 10 be willing, liberal, 
generous ; see 3773 and Hithpa. 

Hirupa. 1. to ‘impel oneself, to show 
oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with 
inf. c. > Neh. 11, 2. 1 Chr. 29,5.6. Spec. 
of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2. 9, 
comp. Ps. 110,3; so of those who volun- 
teered for the sacred military service 
2 Chr. 17, 16. Comp. for the same 
usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham. 
p- 308. 

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta- 
neously, 6. g. gifts to Jehovah, ὦ. acc. 
1 Chr. 29, 9. 14.17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68. 
3, 5. 

Deriv. M233, 3°72, 43°72, and the 
ΡΥ. Ὦ. 22, 373, MA. 


372 Chald. Irup. i. ᾳ. Heb. 1. to be 
willing, ready, for any thing, c. > Ezra 
7, 13. 

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta- 
neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf. by Syriasm 
miazNN subst. free-will offering, v. 16. 


2.2 (spontaneous, liberal) Nadab, pr. 
n. a) Α βοὴ of Jeroboam I, king of the 
ten tribes 954-952 B.C. 1K. 14, 20. 
15, 25.31. b) The eldest son of Aaron, 
Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1. 9. 28,1. Num. 3, 2. 4. 


26, 60.62. ¢)1Chr. 2,28. d)1 Chr. 
8, 30. 9, 36. 
M272 { (τ, 512) constr. M372; plur. 


mint, constr. Mint. 
1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta- 
neousness ; whence 13732 Num. 15, 3. 


650 


“2 
Ps. 54, 8, and ace. 


with a willing mind. 

2. a voluntary gift, Ex. 35,29. Ezra 
1, 4, comp. v.73 chiefly a free-will offer- 
ing, voluntary sacrifice, opp. to a sacri- 
fice in consequence of a vow (772), Lev. 
22, 23 ink ΠΏΣ ΠΙΞῚ as a free-will 
offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5. 
8, 28. Ez. 46,12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14. 
Lev. 23, 38. Am.4,5. Metaph. Ps. 119, 
108, [Ps. 110, 3 mist: ἨῺΣ thy people 
are free-will offerings, i. e. they present 
themselves a voluntary offering to God 
for the war.—R. 

3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps. 
68, 10 ΤῚΣ £3 plentiful rain, abundant 
showers. 


M372 Deut. 23, 24. 
Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily, 


ΤΊΣ (whom Jehovah impels, r. 272) | 


Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8. 


332 Chald. m. {verbal Niph. τ. =D 
a layer of stones, trom the idea of join- 
ing; or ὦ wall, i.e. the side of a room 
or house, once Ezra 6, 4. 
of these significations in the Targums, 
as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10. 


ΤᾺ pret. not contr. M773 Is. 10, 
31, 1773 22, 2. 33,3; inf. 53; fut. Aram. 
"ἶσα Nah. 3, εν and 7 Gen. 1, 40. 


1. Trans. to move up and dowk to and 


It has both . 


fro, e. g. to flap, as a bird its wings, — 


Is. 10, 14.—Kindr. are 73, M73, 093; 


comp. also Sanser. nat to move, to be . 


moved. 


2. Intrans. to move oneself ; hence to’ 


wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is. 


16, 2; of men Hos. 9,17. Job 15, 23. 
Part. ὙΠΤῚ a wanderer, fugitive, Is. 16,3. 
21, 14. Jer. 49, δ. 


3. to flee, to flee away, Ps. 55, 8. 68,. 


13. Is. 10, 31. 22, 3; 6. 12, to flee from 
any one Nah. 3,7. Ps. 31, 12. Hos. 7,13; 
"3679 Is. 21, 15. 
Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen, 


Ge 
31, 40. Esth. 6, 1.—Arab. dS fagit, 
aufegit. 
4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.) 


i. 6. to remove, to put away; and hence 


by Syriasm te abominate, to abhor, see 
maz. Syr. εὖ Pe. et Aph. abominatus 
est. 

Poat ‘13, to flee away, to fly away 
Nah. 3, 17. 


΄- 


Of a bird, to fly ατραν, ἢ 


1 


Hien. "ἜΣ 0 cause to flee, to chase 
away, Job 18, 18. 

Horn. pass. of Hiph. to be put to flight, 
to be chased away, fut, 13" (7933) Job 20, 
8. Also to be thrust away, part. 122 by 
Chaldaism for 7352, 2 Sam, 23, 6; but 
others read 72% from r. 742. 

Hirapo. to flee, Ps. 64,9. See also in 
r. ‘TAQ. 

Deriv. 0°73 , M32 (777°), perh. 772. 


732 Chald. to flee, pret. 22 Dan. 6, 
19. So in the Targums, but rarely. 


D's) m. plur. wneasy motions, toss- 
ings, of a sleepless person on his bed, 
Job 7,4. R. 2. 


mene ΧΡ in Kal not used, i. q. 172, to 
flee, to recede. Syr. et Sam. id. © 

Piet "33, to remove, to put away, c. 
> Am. 6, 3; 10 thrust out, to cast out, Is. 
66, 5.—With the Rabbins "572 signifies 
excommunication. 

Hira, to drive away, to seduce, 2 K. 
17, 21 Cheth. 83™ for M37; in Keri 
mast. 


oats m3 obsol. root, i. ἃ. Arab. 
{Xs mid. Kesri, to be humid, moist ; 
then to be liberal; see in στ. 322.— 
Hence 773 II, also 


M32 τὰ, @ liberal gift, as the wages 
of prostitution, Ez. 16, 33. 


ΤῊ f. (τ. 772 no. 4) pr. abomination, 
i.e. uncleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1. 
ΠΈΣ Num. 19, 9. 13. 20. 21, the water 
of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the 
unclean were purified, 31, 23.—Spec. 
a) filth, uncleanness, of the female men- 
ses Lev. 12, 2. 15,19. 20; and hence of 
the menstrual discharge Lev. 15, 24. 25. 
33. Ez. 22, 10. 36,17. Concr. m3) ΠΙῺΝ 
a menstrous woman, Ez. 18,6. b) any 
unclean thing, an abomination, e. g. of 
idols or things pertaining to them, Ez. 
7,19. 20. 2 Chr. 29,5. Ezra 9,11. Lam. 
1,17. c) an abomination, abominable 
crime, e. g. incest Lev. 20, 21. 


*T72, fut. mm, pr. to thrust, to im- 
pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp. 
kindr. "13 and what is there said. 

_ 1. to thrust out, to expel, c. 7 2 Sam. 
14,14. See Hiph. 
2. to thrust forth, to impel, sc. an axe 


651 


"13 


into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree, 
c. 99 Deut. 20, 19. 

Hires. ΤΉ ΤΙ, fut. apoc. ma" 1, to 
to thrust down, to cast down, Ps.5,11; 6. 
12 62, 5. 

2. to thrust out, to drive out, to expel, 
i. q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13,9. So God the 
Israelites into other Jands, Deut. 30, 1. 
Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3. 8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46, 
28. Ez. 4,13. Also to disperse a flock 
Jer. 23, 2. 50, 17. 

3. to impel any one away, to seduce, 
absol. Deut. 13,14. Prov. 7, 21; with 
72 to seduce or draw away from any 
thing, Deut. 13, 6; mint 522 v. 11. 

4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring 
upon, ὁ. ἘΣ 2 Sam. 15, 14; comp. Kal 
no. 2. 

Nips. 132; part. M3, c. suff. ins, 
WIR, BQ. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth 
or out ; Deut. 19,5 if a man go with his 
neighbour into the forest to cut wood, 
ΤῈΣ Maze We Ty TR and his 
hand be thrust out with the ace (i. 6. 
make a stroke with the axe) 10 cut down 
the tree. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be expelled, 
driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43,5. 49,5; ofa 
beast gone astray and wandering, Deut. 
22,1. Parr. ΤΠ one expelled, an out- 
cast, Is. 16, 3. 4. 27,13. Jer. 49,36; fem. 
30,17. Collect. masc. Deut. 30, 4. Neh. 
1, 9, and fem. m3 Mic. 4, 6. Zeph. 3, 
19, outcasts, fugitives. With suff. m3 
his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam, 
14, 13. Also fem. M33 of a flock dis- 
persed and driven away, Ez. 34, 4. 
16.—Trop. Job 6, 13 "229 HMI) ΡΒ 
deliverance is driven from me. Arab. 

dS FV, id. 

. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, fo be impelled, 
seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17. 

Puat, to be driven forth, to be thrust 
out ; Is. 8, 22 M332 ΓΙΡῸΝ thrust forth to 
darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12. 

Hopn. part. τι Ὁ driven up and down, 
chased, Is. 13, 14. 

Deriv. D°m577. 


2°72 τι. (r. 272) 1. willing, volunta- 
ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 28, 21; more 
fally i25 2°72 of a willing mind Ex. 35, 
5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51,14 as ΠΙΝῚ 
awilling spirit. See 332 Kal and Hithp 


"7 


2. giving willingly, of one’s own ac- 
cord, i. e. liberal, Prov. 19,6. Hence 

3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which 
in the mind of an Oriental is closely 
connected with liberality in giving; 
Spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32. 
‘5. 8. Prov. 17, 7. 26. Cant. 7,2 3.2 ΓΞ 
daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no- 
ble, generous, comp. in j2 no. 8. Plur. 
nian generous, noble things, Is. 32, 8. 


de 
Arab. dS to be generous, beautiful. 

4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst. 
a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113, 8. 
118, 9. Prov. 25,7. 1 Sam. 2, 8, Plur. 
Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47, 
18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job 
21, 28. Is. 13,2. Comp. 57502. 

Nors. In most of its significations 
‘this word accords with the synonymous 
“122, but the order is different. The 
‘one, 2°72, sets out from the idea of a 
‘willing and liberal mind, and is tropical- 
ly used for nobility of birth ; the other, 
“1932, is primarily spoken of a leader 
‘and prince, and tropically of those good 
‘qualities which belong to his station. 

MAT. f. (Ὁ. 3332) nobility ; trop. ele- 
‘vated and happy state, excellency, Job 
190, 15. 

I. 32 m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr. 
21, 27. The etymology is uncertain ; 
see in 373 note. 


Il. 7732 m. (r. M2) i. ᾳ. AR, liberal 
gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur. 
“6. suff, 72272 Ez. 16, 33.—Cod. Ross. 409 
thas 972 for 972273. 

73°32 Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the 
Ibody. as the sheath or envelope of the 

mind, Dan. 7,15 my spirit was grieved 
‘M7 23 in the sheath i. e. in my body. 
The same metaphor is used by Pliny, 
Ἢ. Ν. 7. 52 or 53: “donec cremato eo 
inimici remeanti anime velut vaginam 
ademerint.” So too a certain philoso- 
pher, who was slighted by Alexander 
the Great on account of his ugly face, is 
said to have replied: “corpus hominis 
nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima 
reconditur ;” see d’Herbelot Biblioth. 
Orientale p. 642. The word σκεῦος is 
used in the same way, A%lian H. An. 
17. 11. 

Nore. The etymology both of 4372 


652 


"2 


and 72 I, is doubtful. I have formerly 
referred them to a root 2 as if i. q. 
Arab. ,.,J to be soft, flexible, as lea- 
ther; but this is hardly tenable. With 
First, we might assume a reot 973, 77>, 
to be hollow, deep, if this could but have 
a better foundation than Talm. 833 cask, 
Pers. ωἷὸ vase, Fr. tonneau. 


ες 512 fut. 553? Ps. 68, 3, and 537 Ps. 
1, 4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter, 
as the wind scatters chaff, straw, smoke, 
Ps. 1, 4. 68,3; to put to flight an enemy, 
i.e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32, 13.— 
The primary idea is fo thrust, to push ; 
kindr. with 939, ΠΕΡ, q-v. Arab. 3d3 
to urge on an animal. Eth. 272A, to 
strike, to push. 

Nipu. 572 pass. to be driven away, 
scattered, Is. 41, 2. Ps. 68,3. 32 ΠῈΣ ἃ 
leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26. 36. Job 
13, 25. Inf. constr. 524 Ps. 68, 3. 


* 7. 173 fut. sm, conv. "3" Gen. 28, 
20. al. once "Sr 1 Sam. 1, 11; to vow, 
i. 6. to promise voluntarily to give or do 
something; opp. “δ to bind oneself 
not to do, etc. In Phenician is found the 
frequent formula: 77) UX i. 6. 972 BN 
one vowing, i. 6. devoting or consecrat- 
ing a cippus, see Monumm. Pheen. Melit. 


1, 1. Carth. 1, 2. 2, 8. 8]. Syr. st id. 


Chald. Sam. id. Arab. 55 id. The 


primary idea is that of setling apart, 
consecrating, which is expressed in Heb. 
by the kindr. "1. Arab. y3 includes 
both. Sept. evzouos.—Constr. with aec. 
of thing, Num. 6, 21. “2 "72 to vew @ 
vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg. 11, 39. 2 Chr. 
15, 8. Jon. 1, 16; acc. impl. Num. 30, 11. 
Ecc. 5,4. With dat. added, Gen. 31, 
13. Deut. 23, 24; mind Num. 21, 2. 30, 
4, Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words 
of the vow are subjoined, with ΝΘ 
Gen. 28, 20, 2 Sam. 15, 8; with 738"3 
Num, 21, 2. 

ἘΠῚ. 733 i. q. Arab. 5, to fall out, 
to drop down, as the grain from the win- 
nowing-fork upon the threshing-floor, 
Hence Chald. "38 threshing-floor. 

2 and ὙΠ m. in pause also "72, c. 
suff. "772; plur. ΘΛ ΤΣ, constr "772. R. 
Ὑ 1. 


m3 653 7 


1. a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6, 
21. 30, 10. 14.al. ἘΠῚ "2 fo vow vows, 
seein v.93 1. Dey chy) Ps, 22, 25, and 
py Movs Judg. 11, 39, to pay or per- 
form vows. 

2. a thing vowed, votive offering or 
sacrifice, Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18, 21. Deut. 
12, 6.—Opp. "32 free-will offering. 


712 τὴ, (τ. 5359) something eminent, or- 
namental, splendid ; once Ez. 7, 11 δ) 
BMS 5 nor shall aught splendid remain 
among them, i. e. all will be spoiled and 
plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod. 
Alex. οὐδὲ ὡραϊσμὸς ἐν avtotg—Accord- 
ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation, 
wailing, for 77> from r. 72 (form like 
wp); but not suitably to the context. 


* ind fut. 4339 1. to lead, to drive, 
to conduct, Lat. ago; Sept. ἄγω, ἀπάγω, 
ἐπάγω, εἰσάγω, ἀνάγω. Arab. > to 

δ 2 
go, ie way; Rabb. 37: to Teall to 


conduct, 33 way, habit. Correspond- 
ing in the Indo-European tongues are 


Gr. ἄγω, ἡγέομαι, Lat. ago, Pers. ..»xsf. 
—Spec. a) to lead out or drive a flock, 
c. acc. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1. 1 Sam. 
23, 5. 30, 20; 6. 3 Is. 11,6. Comp. Ps. 
80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock. Ὁ) 
to drive, to urge on, e. g. horses or other 
dnimals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4, 


24 323 342 drive on, and go forward. 9, | 


20 35339 σι "> for he driveth like a 
madman, furiously. Also 433 35) to 
drive @ wagon or cart 2 Sam. 6, 3,¢. 3 
1 Chr. 13, 7; comp. Is. 11, 6. ¢) to 
drive off, to carry away, as beasts by 
violence Job 24,3; to lead away cap- 
tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20, 4; and so Is. 
60,11. d) tolead forth an army 1 Chr. 
20, 1. 2 Chr. 25,11. 6) to lead one to 
a person or place Cant. 8, 2. Lam. 3, 2; 
ace. impl. 1 Sam. 30, 22. 

2. Intrans. to lead on, i. q. to act, 
to conduct oneself ; comp. Arab. 


to go, Germ. sich auffiihren. So of a 
way of life, conduct; Ece. 2, 3 "2b 
masa 32 and my εν acted in wis- 
dom, “wisely ; the clause being paren- 
thetic. 

Prev 32, fut. a2" 1. ig. Kal: a) 
to drive a ‘ebexiot Ex. 14, 25. Ὁ) to 

55* 


lead a person, as God his people, Is. 49, 
10. 63, 14. Ps. 78, 52; men Ps. 48, 15; 
with an adjunct of place whither Deut. 
4, 27. 28, 37. 0) lo bring, to cause to 
come, 6. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78, 26. 
d) to lead off; to carry away, Gen. 31, 26. 

2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan ; 
Arab, 3 to pant from exhaustion by 


running. Syr. au id.—Nah, 2, 8 and 
her maidens moan as the voice of doves ; 
comp. Is. 38, 14. 59, 11. Ez. 7, 16. 

Nore. Some refer the significations 
to lead or drive, and to pant, to different 
roots. But they stand nearly related, 
since driving and panting go together. 
Comp. 7377; also mm, Syr. ἴσια, Eth. 
4UP, to sigh; further pz, px2, Eth. 
2UN1, to be anxious, solicitous. 

Deriv. 3733. 


* "1812 a root not in use ; Arab. nS 
to swell, 6. g. the female breasts ; mid. 
Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as 


ὌΦΙΣ: 
a horse, comp. Zech. 10, 3; des swell- 
ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something 
high.—Hence ‘71m q. v. 


ε: ri3 to wail, to lament, (pr. to cry 
mT, nox,) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 5, 4 "12 ΤΙΣ 
to wail a wailing, i.e. to ΠΕΣ lamenta- 
tion. Syr. Ethiop. id. 

2. locry, aloud, to proclaim ; whence 

Nipu. pr. to be convoked, to come to- 
gether, to assemble, like Chald. "TIAN. 
Comp. pst Niph. to assemble. 1 Sam. 
7,2 all the house of Israel assembled 
theineclves afler Jehovah, pregn. for ‘they 
all with one mind followed after Jeho- 
vah,” comp. "7 "3% 727, also "24 xba 
“1. So the Targ. ἢ. 1. comp. the same 
formula Targ. Jer. 3,17. 30,21. Hos. 2, 
16. 3, 3.5. 

Deriv. "72, 7; comp, "2, 4742 


“IA? Chald. m. light, emphat. 87in} 
Dan. 2, 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal- 
dee. The Chethibh has δὰ , as in 


Syr. ἴμωσιῦ. R. sn IL. 


Wi2 m. (τ. 92) in-pause 773, @ ἴα- 
ment, elegy, song of wailing, Tet. 9,17 
sq. 31, 9. 15. Am. 5, 16. Mic. 2, 4. 


ΓΤ f. part. Niph. from r. M1, Mie. 
2,4. Prov. 13,19. See m2 Niph. no 


"ΓΙ 


2.—Others here make it fem. of preced. 
art. lamentation ; but less well. 


IW), see τ΄. iM). 

yw Chald. f. (Ὁ. “2 11) wWumina- 
tion, wisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14, Syr. 
ἴδομωσιᾶ id. 

᾿ pia not used in Kal, prob. to flow, 


to go, like kindr. ὙΠ) I. Comp. >m2 
brook.—Hence 
Prec ὉΠ2, fut. arb 1. to lead, to 


conduct, Ex. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 28, 15 maby 
pana and conducted them upon asses. 
Ps. 23, 2 "25m" Mima w2"by he leadeth 
me by or to still waters. 31, 4. Is. 49, 
10.—With the notion of care and pro- 
tection Is. 51, 18; and hence 

2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp. 
ΤΠ 1 Chr. 22, 18); to provide for, to 
sustain, Gen, 47,17, comp. 5252 in v. 12. 

Hirup. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33, 
14.—Hence 


32m) τὴ, 1. pasture, whither flocks 
are led forth, Is. 7,19. So "272 from 
“23. 

2. Nahalol, pr.n. of a city in Zebulun 
-Judg. 1, 30; which in Josh. 19, 15 is 
‘called 5392 Nahalal. - 


*DNT2 fut. nhy, to growl, to snarl, 
‘the usual word applied to the noise of 
ithe young lion (773) Prov. 19, 12. 20, 
‘2; distinguished from roaring (8%), 
‘although sometimes also attributed to 
‘the full-grown lion, Prov. 28, 15.—Trop. 
‘of the roaring of the sea Is. 5,30; of the 
sery, groaning, of those who mourn 
(comp. 72m), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11. 
—The root is onomatopoetic. Arab. 
sand Syr. id. See under 725. 

Deriv. the two following. 

D2 m. a growling, snarling, of a 
‘young lion, Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2. 


MM f. constr. Mth? , roaring of the 


sea, 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted, 
Ps. 38, 9. R. tin. 

‘ ΡΠ: fut. pm", to bray, spoken of 
the ass when hungry Job 6, 5; trop. to 
cry out, as wretched and famished per- 
sons, Job 30, 7.—Chald. and Arab, id. 
Kindred roots are PX?, P28, M28. 

*T. S22 fat. sme, to flow, to flow 
‘together, Arab. re id. hence Ἢ) river. 


654 73 


The verb is used in Heb. only trop. of 
a confluence of nations; Is, 2, 2 7733) 
prvis->> 28 and all nations ‘shal ‘flow 
unto it. Jer. 31, 12. 51, 44: ¢. b> Mic. 
4, 1. 

Deriv. "72, 2, 47520. 


ὦ | 2 to shine, to be bright ; 
Chald. Syr. Samar. id. The same is 
ἜΣ, Arab. ,l3, q. v. comp. in lett. 7 
p- 238, —In Heb. only trop. to brighten 
up, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a 
bright and cheerfal countenance (comp. 
“ix lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, δ. 

Deriv. 9373, 7172, 39772. 


“Wi? m. (r. 572 1) constr. "72; plur. 
pan , constr. "32 ; ; also plur. ΤΠ ΠΣ (m. 
Ps. $3, 3), constr. nnn. 

1. a stream, current, flood ; Jon. 2, 4 
"2330" “M21 and the floods (of the sea) 
surrounded me; comp. ὠχεαγοῦ ῥέε- 
Soa Il. §, 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17 
ΤΣ Ὁ ΠῚ ΕΣ bra ἌΓ) ihe streams of the 
milk-and-honey brooks. 

2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. 14. Job 

S-- Sor 
15,11. 22,16. 40,23.al. Arab. 23, 25, 
Syr. $0.3, id—With gen. of region, as 
DT]32 “i the river of Egypt, the Nile, 
Gen. 15,18; 5353 9723 the river of Gozan, 
the Chaboras, 2 K. 17,6; &1> "972 the 
rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras, 
Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; 533 ΤΊΣ the 
rivers of Babylon, the Huphrhtes. with 
its canals, Ps. 137, 1; Poss min 2 K. 
5, 12. Also with ‘the pr. n. of the river 
in the genit. as M28 “HM the river Eu- 
phrates Gen. 15, 18; "33 “m2 the river 
Chebar Ez. 1, 1. 3. ‘With the art. “rt 
the river κατ ἐξοχήν so called, i. 6. the 
Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31; 
more fully ΤΑ "3 binan shin Gen. 15, 
18. Deut. 1, 7. Josh. ie 4; comp. 1 Chr. 
5,9. Deut. 11, 24; algo poet. without 
the art. Is. 7, 90. vo, 2,18. Mic. 7, 12. 
Zech. 9,10. Ps. 72,8. Once the con- 
text requires "M2 to be taken as the 
Nile, Is.19,5. In Ps. 46, 5 many under- 
stand Siloam, and not unaptly, since 
“2 is also used of smaller streams, as 
of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12, 
espec. Job 28,11. <A ziver is put as the 
emblem of abundance and prosperity, 
Is. 48, 18, 66, 12, 


"73 
Wom. (Ὁ. "2 1) α river, iq. “2, 
Arab. 3. Hence dual Dyn? the two 


rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence 
BM? ON Syria of the two rivers, i.e. 
Mesopotamia ; see BIR. 

"W32 Chald. m. emph. 833, mm, a 
river, Dan. 7,10; also κατ᾽ dark, the 
| Euphrates, Ezra ‘4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3. 
6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25. 


MIMD f. (r. 3H IL) light, day-light, 
Job 3, 4. Arab. gs. 


* N12 in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7 
Cheth. see Hiph. no. 2; pr. to say no, 
to negative, like many other roots whose 
primary syllable is 83, 53, 72, as also the 
kindred 82, 772, 8d, a τας ἢ ἽΝ; e.g. 


ὕδω and kag to nae tohinder; Lgs 
id. to repel ; xe, oudo beware ; 


2772 to deny, etc. transp. Ἰ"δὲ and ἡ", 
whence 778, TR, etc. Hence too τ. nib 
to negative, and part. X> not, by chang- 
ing liq.2 intod. Ifa Semitic etymo- 
logy be sought, we may find it perh. in 
r. 382 to nod, to shake the head, as a 
sign forno. But the syllables, ne, na, an, 
in, un, have the same force in the Indo- 
European tongues; see in }iX p. 23. 
Thesaur. p. 859. 

Hiek. 8251. to deny, to refuse ; 
fut. with 8 dropped "23 Ps. 141,5; where 
36 Mss. read in full 8"3°. 

2. to disallow, to hinder ; Num. 30, 6 
AMR MIN KWo if her father held 
her back. v. 9.12. With 7 to hinder 
from, to avert, to dissuade from any 
thing, Num. 32, 7; "M335 v. 9. 

3. to bring to nought, ‘to render vain, 
Ps. 33, 10. 

Deriv. M5277. 


* 35 fat. 3525 10 sprout, to germinate. 
The primary idea is that of gushing 
forth, boiling up, a power contained in 
the syllable 32 and in the roots springing 
from it, as 522, 203, 243, LoS, 23; 
and trop. either in the notion of sprout- 
ing, as Li3, x43; or in that of uttering, 
as 832, Eth. 332, Arab. (yaad, QQns; 
or also in that of rising above, being 
higher, as 33, X43 Conj. VIII emi- 


655 


713 


nuit, extulit, accrevit.—In Kal only 
trop. a) Of men as flourishing ina 
green old age, Ps. 92,15. b) Of wealth, 
to grow, to increase, Ps. 62,11. ο) of 
the mouth, as sprouting with, putting 
Sorth words, etc. Prov. 10, 31. 

Pit. 3353, to cause to sprout, to pro- 
duce, Zech. 9, 17. . 

Deriv. 352, 393m, and pr. ἢ. "3"3, 
mis. 


Δ Is. 57, 19 Cheth i. q. 3"2 q. v. 


* TA fat. sa" 1. Engl. to nod, i. 6. 
to move up and down, to and fro, to be 
shaken ; comp. kindr. 773. Arab. OG 
mid. Waw id. Syr. rn to be moved, 
shaken, terrified. Sanscr. nud to agi- 
tate—Of a reed shaken by the wind 
1 K. 14, 15. 

2. to be driven about, to wander, to be 
a fugitive, e.g. a bird Prov. 26,2; a 
person, Jer. 4,1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps, 56, 
9. Also to flee Ps. 11,1. Jer. 49, 30.— 
Trop. Is. 17, 11 “"sp 53 the harvest 
fleeth ; here 72 is 3 pers. pret. like ΤῈ ; 
but see 73 subst. 

2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate, 
as signified by the motion of the head, 
comp. Job 16, 4.5. Hence a) to com- 
fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 69, 21; 
with > of pers. Job 2, 11. 42, 11. Is. 51, 
19. Jer. 16,5. Nah. 3,7.al. Ὁ) lo de- 
plore, to bemoan the dead, Jer. 22, 10. 
Syr. {2,3 sorrow. 

Hies. ἢ Π' 1, Causat. to cause to 
wander, to drive out, 2 K.21,8. Ps. 36, 12. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Kal to move, to shake, to nod 
with the head (S872) in scorn, Jer. 18, 16. 

Horu. part. 339 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaken 
out, thrust out. But R. Ben Asher has 
332, from r. 773 q. v. 

Hirapan. ὙΠ. 1. to’ be moved to 
and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20; 
to shake oneself, i. e. one’s head in scorn 
Jer. 48, 27. 

2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18. 

Deriv. 93, 73, ΤΣ, Ti. 

‘Ti3 Chald. to flee, Dan. 4, 11. 

"ΤῸ m. (r.%) 1. flight, wandering, 
Ps. 56, 9. 


2. Nod, pr. n. of the region to which 
Cain fled, Gen. 4, 16. 


ma? 


ΣΤῚΣ (nobility) Nodab, pr. n. of a son 
of Ishmael, 1 Chr. 5,19. R. 37). 


ἘΠ. obsol. root, Arab. sls to be 
high, lofty, tali, as an edifice, the neck 
and head of a camel, a plant, or the like. 
Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high- 
minded ; see examples from the Arab. in 

Thesaur. p. 860.—Hence 73. 


ἘΠῚ i.g. O82 1. to sit, to rest, to 
remain "tranquil ; Hab. 2, 5 77 ΒΔ 
MINDY the proud man, he resteth not, 
he cannot live in peace and quiet, but 
- seeks tumult and war. Also ἐο dwell, 
see M2, M2. 

2. to be decorous, becoming, for the 
connection of which with the idea of 
sitting, see under mN3 Pil. 

Hien. to decorate with praises, to cele- 
brate. Ex. 15, 2 πῆ, Sept. δοξάσω αὖ- 
τόν, Vulg. slorificabo eum. 

Deriv. the two following and m3. 

ΤῊΣ m. constr. M33, 6. suff. 432, 3722, 
pi. R. m3. 

A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fem. 
M3, cstr. M2. Ps. 68, 13 ΤῊΞ M2 the 
dweller in the house, i. e. a matron ‘who 
remains at home, οἐκοῦρος Tit. 2, δ. 

2. becoming, i. econ f. 753 Jer. 6, 2. 

B) Subst. seat,only poet. 1. a dwell- 
tng, habitation, home, e. g.of men Is. 27, 
10. 33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50, 44; of 
God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25, 
30. Ofanimals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7. 

2. ἃ pasture, where flocks and herds 
remain, lie down, and rest ; once in prose, 
1 Sam. 7.8; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9, 
13. Job 5, 24; with genit. jRz m2 Is. 
65, 10; orbs τὴ} Ez. 25, 5; 93" ΤῊ) 
Jer. 33, 12. Plur. Jer. 23, 3. For plur. 
constr. the form mix} is used, see in 
nD. 


ΤῊΣ f. (r. m2) A) Adj. f. inhabiting, 
comely, see 2 A. 

B) Subst. i. q. 32 B, seat, dwelling, 
home, of men Job 8, 6; of flocks and 
herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6. 


"ΤῚΣ fut. mast, conv. mist Ex. 10, 14. 
1. to rest, i. 6. to set oneself down, to 
settle down in any place for rest. The 
primary idea is to breathe, to take 
breath, M47 "Gr, comp. kindr. Arab. 
ch I, II, IV, X, requievit, quievit. pr. 


656 


m3 


to draw breath. From the same primary 
idea comes Germ. ruhen (ruchen), and 
from the same root also riechen (Low 
Germ. ruken, riiken, comp. ruahen to 
desire). Arab. sl spec. to kneel down, 
- Live place 
for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and 
Chald.i.q. Heb. Eth. ΖΡ to respire, 
to rest, comp. under 33.—Spoken 6. g. 
of the sole of one’s foot Josh. 3, 13; of 
an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21, 10 (Arab. 

(3 IV to encamp); of a flight of ἰο- 


custs or flies Ex. 10, 14. Is. 7, 19. Also 
of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4; 
of the ark of the covenant Num. 10, 36. 
Constr. absol. Num. 1. c. with 3 Ex. lie. 
ἘΣ of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7,2. Metaph. 
of the divine Spirit denendivg and rest- 
ing upon any one,c. 53 Num. 11, 25. 26; 
comp. no. 2. ¢. 

2. lo rest, to be at rest ; absol. of men 
and beasts Ex. 23,-12. Deut. 5, 14. Job 
3, 26. Is. 57, 2; of God Ex. 20, 11; the 
earth Is. 14, 7. So of the rest of death 
Prov. 21, 16. Job 3,17. Dan. 12,13. Im- 
pers. "> m3" there is rest to me, i.e. I 
rest, I have rest, Job 3, 13. Is. 23, 12. 
Neh. 9, 28. —Spec. a) to rest from la- 
bour, i. ᾳ. Mati, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut. 
5,14. b) Also from vexation and cala- 
mities Is. 14, 7. Job 3, 26; c. 12 Esth. 9, 
22. 0) i. q. lo reside, to abide ; Ecc. 
7,9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom 
of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 195, 8 the 
sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon 
the lot of the righteous. So of the di- 
vine Spirit, which rests or abides on any 
one, c. >> 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11,2; of God’s 
hand Is. 25,10. ἃ) to be quiet, silent, 
i.e. to rest or cease from speaking, 1 
Sam. 25,9; with 2 q. d. to bear in si- 
lence, to lodk on, Hab. 3, 16. 

Hips. has a twofold Sv and signifi- 
cation. 

A) ποτὶ fut. "2" 1. to set down, to 
put down one in any place, with acc. 
and 3, 5x, Ez. 37,1. 40,2; to let down 
the hand Ex. 17, Ἢ; ; to Tet fall upon, to 
lay upon any one sc. blows, a scourge, 
Is. 30,32; also δὲ MBSR NIN Ez. 44, 
30. Metaph. 3 inen nn to allay ones 
anger, i. 6. to satiate it, on any one Ez. 
δ. 13. 16, 42, 24, 13. Zech. 6, 8. 


of a camel, Conj. IV causat. 


τ 


2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest 
to any one Is. 28, 12. 14,3, Often of 
Jehovah, who is said to give his peofile 
rest, i. e. the quiet possession of the pro- 
mised land, Ex. 33, 14. Josh. 1, 13. 15. 
Deut. 3,20. 12,10 52°39&7529 52> MT 
3°30% and he shall give you rest from all 
your enemies round about, 25, 19. Josh. 
21, 44. al, Comp. in N. T, καταπαύω, 
κατάπαυσις. 

Horus. ™2:7 impers. rest is given, c. 
dat. Lam. 5, 5; pass. of Hiph. no. 2. 

B) mm, fut. m-23, apoc, M233; part. 
m3; like ΘΠ from MIO, 7253 from 47>, 
and the noun D182 i. g. BIwD from IU ; 
see Heb. Gr. § 71, note 9. 

1. to set or put down, to lay down, to 
deposit in any place, with 5% or 3 of 
place, 6. g. stones Josh. 4, 3. 8; a corpse 
in the grave 1 K. 13, 29-31. Spec. to 
lay up for safe-keeping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez. 
42,14. 44,19; before Jehovah Ex. 16, 
33. 34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4. 10. 1 K. 
8,9. Also to place, to set, as an image 
Is. 46, 7. 2 K. 17, 29; a table 2 Chr. 4, 
8; a people or troops in another land, 
to transfer, Is. 14. 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr. 
1,14. “902 MEH 10 pul in ward, cus- 
tody, Lev. 24, 12. Num. 15, 34. Also 
stronger, fo cast or throw down, Num. 
19, 9. Is. 28, 2 393 YRd ΤΌ he casteth 
it to the reine with might. Am. 5, 7. 
Ez. 22, 20. 

2. to cause to rest, to quiet, to pacify. 
Ecc. 10, 4 gentleness ‘pdt DINO Mm 
quieteth (hinders) great offences. "Hence 
a) to give rest lo any one, i. 6. to let rest, 
to leave in quiet, to let alone, c. acc. 
“mk Om let me alone that, i. e. suffer 
me, Judg. 16, 26. Esth. 3,8. Often c. 
dat. "> nm2 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17; 
also with sc. fut. Ex, 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16, 
11 d$p1 i amen let hem alone that he 
may curse, let him curse. b) With ace. 
of pers. and inf. c. >, to permit or suffer 
‘one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone 
that he may do it, Ps. 105, 14; with dat. 
of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 jit) Ἴ mrp stag 
doth not suffer him to sleep. pr. does not 
leave him in quiet so as tosleep. 1 Chr. 
16,21. Comp. the verbs 8&2 and 972 in 
the sense of conceding, permitting, con- 
strued in the same manner. 

3. to let, to leave, Sept. ἀφίημι, xata- 
λείπω, in various senses: a) i. q. fo let 


657 


Ὠ"2 


remain, to leave behind in any place, 
Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh. 6, 23; 
e. g. @ people in a land Judg. 3, 1. 2 
Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11; of a 
thing Gen. 39, 16. Ὁ) to leave remain- 
ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7,15. With ace. 
of thing and dat. of pers. to leave behind 
to any one, to bequeath to one’s heirs, 
Ps. 17, 14. Eee. 2, 18; so Is. 65,15. 6) 
to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119, 
121. d) to let leave off; as 72 I 
to let the hand rest, i. e. to withdraw it 
from any thing, Ecc. 7,18. 11,6. 6) 
i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9. 
Eee. 10, 4. 

Hors. m2 to be set down, placed, 
Zech. 5, 11 (comp. the Chald. Som apn 
Dan. 7, 4). Part. ΤΙ} something left 
vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41, 9. 11. 

Deriv. O33. M129, ΓΙ), OM, An, 
and the pr. names ΤΣ, M137, M23, ΤΙΣ. 
Also the two following : 

2 m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9, 16. 17. 


18; 6. suff. τη 2 Chr. 6, 41. 
2. Noah, pr. n. see M2. 


TT) (rest, r. τ) Nohkah, pr. n. of a 
son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2. 

* DA) to be moved, to quake, i. q. B17, 
once Ps. 99,1; Sept. σαλευϑήτω ἡ γῆ, 
Vulg. moveatur terra ; and so Syr. and 
Chald. Kindr. is Arab. wl vacillavit 
in incessu. 

ΤΡῚΣ (τ. 933) in Cheth. for pr. ἢ. ni 
Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22. 
23. 20, 1. 


Ψ 52 Chald. Pa. 533, i. q. 533, to soil 
to foul. Hence 

9292 Chald. ἢ Ezra 6, 11, and 

"592 Dan. 2,5. 3,29; a dunghill. Dan. 


2,5 and your houses shall become dung- 
hills, i.e. sinks. cloace ; comp. 2 K. 10, 27. 


ἜΒΗ to slumber, to fall asleep from 
weariness and lassitude, and thus differ- 
ing from 19 to sleep. The primary 


-idea seems to be that of nodding, like 


Gr. νυστάζω, which the LX X put for it, 
—Of watchmen, guards, Ps. 121, 3. 4. 
Is. 5,27. Trop. of inactive and slothfal 
leaders, prophets, Nah. 8. 18, Is. 56, 10, 
Ps. 76, 6 32203 102 they sleep their sleep, 


are fallen asleep, perish.—Syr. sel id. 


2 


Contra Arab. 3G signifies to sleep, and 
os to slumber. 


Deriv. 732m, pr. n. past, and 


ΓΔ f. slumber, light sleep, Prov. 
23, 21. 


2 not found in Kal; Hien. fut. 
7723, to sprout, to put forth, subolescere. 
Ps. 72, 17 Cheth. Τοῦ 7722 ΡΒ so 
long as the sun endures shall his name 
flourish. In Keri, Nien. 7329 shall be 
spread abroad. Sept. διαμενεῖ, Hence 
772, 729, also 


7°) pr. Syr. and Chald. a_fish, so called 
from its prolificness, see the root. In 
Heb. Nun, pr. n. of the father of Joshua, 
Ex. 33, 11. Num. 11, 28, and so con- 
stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept. 
everywhere Navy, obviously from an 
error of the earliest copyists (MATH 
for ΝΑΥ͂Ν). From the forms Nufy and 
Nui found in some Mss. (see Holmes,) 
we may gather that later transcribers 
supposed this New to be the pronuncia- 
tion, according to Jtacism, of the Hebrew 
°22.—Once 112 id. 1 Chr. 7, 27. 


ΟἽ fut. O82, conv. 03°; inf. con- 
str. 0423, 02>. 

1. to hohe swifily, to haste, to fly; 
the radical idea being that of Jing, 
(comp. to fly and to flee,) although 
this again is itself secondary, coming 
from the idea of radiating, glittering ; 
see under 33, and comp. Schroeder 
Origg. Heb. p. 150.—Spoken of the ra- 
pid course, flight, of a horse and his 
rider ; Is. 30, 16 DIO~“>¥ "2 ND AMON} 
pou ἸΞΓῸΣ 0827 but ye say, ‘No, for 
we will ‘fly on horses "ἢ therefore shall ye 
flee ; parall. 3292 >p->2. There is here 
a paronomasia arising from the double 
meaning of the verb 05). 

2. to flee, similar to synon. M33 with 
which it is often coupled ; though some- 
times put absol. to flee away, to escape, 
as Am. 9,12 0M> D1 ND. Jer. 46, 6. 
Spoken of single’ persons, and also of 
nations, armies, Judg. 7, 22; also of 
things which flee away, 6. g. waves Ps. 
104, 7. 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51,11; 
vigour Deut. 34, 7. So Cant. 2, 17 and 
4,6 in describing the evening: 50} 
prbban the shadows flee, i.e. become 


658 


δὰ; 


lengthened, as it were flee from us and 
are lost. Once %> 02, Fr. il s’enfuit, Is. 
31,8; see in > A. 3. b.—The pers. or 
fhing from which or through fear of 
which one flees, is put after "35% Ex. 4, 
3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. 18 Is. 
24,18. Ps. 104, 7; "265 Deut. 28, 25. 
Josh. 7,4. 1 San. 4,17; once Nini. 
16, 34, comp. in > Α. 3.6. The place 
wikither one flees is put with >x Deut. 
19,5. 1K. 2,28; > 2K.8,21. Jer. 15,16; 
acc. with © δὲ. Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2K. 14, 
19; acc. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With ὃ. af 
pers. to flee to any one for help, Is. 10, 3. 

Pit. 00% to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a 
confined stream 53 MOO3 MIN M9 which 
the wind of Jehovah drives onward. 

Hipw. 0°21. Causat. of Kal no. 2, 
to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20; to put to 
flight, Deut. 32, 30. 

2. to place in safety, to secure, with 
ace. of thing, Judg. 6, 11. 

Hirupa. 009205 to betake oneself to 
flight, to flee, Ps. ‘60, 6; so the ancient 
versions, but see in 002 TL. 

Deriv. 0°2, 042%, none, pr. ἢ. D535. 


* $12). also 5 12 as inf. absol. Is. 24, 
20. Ps. 109, 10, but also constr. Is. 7, 2. 
1. to nod, to waver, to reel, to move to 
and fro unsteadily, Gr. revo, Germ. nick- 
én. Chald. id. but rarely; Arab. ¢ 


mid. Waw, to be moved; II. to move to 
and fro, to make wave, as the wind a 
bough, ete—Spoken: a) Of drunken 
persons, to reel, to stagger, Is. 29,9. Ps. 
107, 27; and hence of the earth Is. 24, 
20; of the blind, Lam. 4,14; one’s paths 
Prov. 5,6. Ὁ) Of a tremulous motion, 
to tremble, e.g. as leaves agitated by 
the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or 
things moved with fear, to quake, Is. 6, 
4. 19,1. Ex. 20,18. 6) Of the tremu- 
lous motion of any thing suspended in 
the air, to vibrate, to wave, to sway to 
and fro, as of miners suspended in the 
pits, Job 28, 4 533 Wie "by they hang 
down far from the dwellings of men, 
and ‘swing to and fro. So of a tree, to 
wave over other trees, metaph. for to 
rule over them. Judg. 9,9. 11.138. 4) 
Ofthe lips of a person speaking softly, 
to move, to vibrate, 1 Sam. 1, 13. 

2. to wander about, comp. 192 and 3 ; 
Am. 4,8. 8, 12. Lam. 4, 14. 15. Jer. 14 


5} 


10. Ps, 109,10, Gen, 4, 12 93} 59 α wan- 
‘derer and a fugitive. —Causat. to cause 
to wander to and fro, 2 Sam. 15, 20 Cheth. 

Nien. pass. of Hiph. ta δὲ shaken, as 
a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah. 
3, 12 ; in a sieve, fo be sifted, Am. 9, 9. 

Hiren. 2725 1, to move to and fro, to 
shake, 6. g. in a sieve, to sift, Am, 9, 9; 
the hand, as a gesture of scorn, fo wave, 
Zeph. 2, 15. More frequent in this 
sense is the phrase BX 972M fo move the 
head to and fro, to nod or wag the head, 
Sept. κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλήν, Vulg. movere 
caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con- 
tumely ; prob. not the shaking of the 
head, the usual token of denial, refusal ; 
but a continued nodding fo or at any one, 
which, although a usual sign of assent 
and approval, may also imply assent and 
joy in one’s adversity and calamity ; 
just as the clapping of hands implies not 
only assent and approbation, but also 
scorn; comp. Lakemacher Observy. VII. 
p- 56 sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22,8 all 
they that see me laugh me to scorn, they 
gape with the lips, OX 33727 they nod the 
head. 109, 25; with 53 of pers. Lam. 2, 
15; "778 Is. 37, 22. 2 K. 19, 21. ies 
too some refer WRI joa ΣΤ to nod 
with the head, 3 (23) ‘here marking 
the instrument, Job 16, 4; but it seems 
here rather to imply pity. Yet ὙΠ 
N72 implies insult, Jer, 18, 16; comp. 
48, 27. Ps. 44,15, Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt. 
27, 39.—Also to move, i. q. to disturb, to 
disquiet, 6. g. one’s bones, 2 K. 23, 18. 

2. Causat. of Kal no, 1. a. b, to cause 
to reel or stagger ; Dan. 10,10 lo! ahand 
touched me "37 MiB} spya-be "2972" 
and made me reel (stand reeling and 
trembling) upon my knees and the palms 
of my hands. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
wander about, πλάζω, Num. 32, 13. Ps. 
59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri. 

Deriv. °32322 and pr. n. M33. 


“FIT (with whom Jehovah con- 
venes, r. 2") Noadiah, pr.n. a) τὰ. 
- Ezra 8, 33. b) f. Neh. 6, 14. 

χ 52 1. to lift up, to elevate, see 913, 
mp2. Arab. a I, IV, intrans. to be 


high, lofty ; SS the highest i of a 
camel's hump. Hence - 


659 


ba 


2. to lift up the hand repeatedly, to 
move or wave the hand up and down, 
see Hiph. Spec. to sprinkle, which is 
done by such a motion, with two acc, 
Prov. 7,17 "2 "3383 "M2 J have 
sprinkled my bed with myrrh. Comp. 
Hiph. no. 3, and ™}3.—More freq. is 

Hien. $7273, inf 33, once by Chald. 
Mp2 Is. 30, 28, 

1. to lift up repeatedly, to move or 
wave up and down, Sept. αἴρω, énaiga, 
Spec. a) Ἢ ὉΠ to wave the hand, as 
one beckoning Is. 13,2; to shake the 
hand or fist, 6. g. in threatening Is. 11, 
15. 19, 16. Zech. 2,13 (c. 52); for 
punishment, c. 59 Job 31, 21. So of 
the hand as applied for soothing, heal- 
ing, 6. 582K. 5,11. Comp. κατασεέω 
τὴν χεῖρα, Syr. Ves) aaa} Acts 13, 16. 19, 
33; comp. 12,17. Ὁ) to lift up and 
shake, or wave, 6. g. an iron tool, a sickle, 
upon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron 
tool, sickle, to any thing, Sept. ἐπιβάλλω, 
c. 59 Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5. 
Josh. 8, 31. 

2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave; 
spoken of a motion not necessarily up 
and down, but also from side to side, e. g. 
οὔ saw Is. 10, 15; a sieve, do sift, Is. 30, 
28. Chald. τ and πρὸ, Eth. 7AP, 
to sift.—Spec. of a sertit ceremony in 
sacrifices, by which portions of the vic- 
tims or offerings, before being placed 
upon the altar, were waved to and fro, 
as if to show and present them on every 
side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breast 
shall he bring, and the breast shall be 
ἈΠ ΣΒΡ MEN ink Hb for waving τί 
with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27.29. 
9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24. 23, 11. 13. 20, 
Ex. 29, 24. 26. Num. 5, 25. 6, 20. 
Joined also with the rite of elevating, or 
the heave-offering, τη ΘΠ, Ex. 29, 
27. Lev. 7,34; between which rites the 
Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz. 
that the heave-offering is presented with 
a motion up and down, and the wave- 


offering with a motion from side to side ;. 


see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In 
the case of living victims and in the con- 
secration of the Levites, the waving 
would seem to have consisted in lead- 
ing them about to and fro, Num. 8, 
11-21. Saadias renders well, in re 


mn 
spect to. offerings, by KS os 
agitando agitavit ; 


tims and persons by es SS circum- 


and, of living “ἢ 


duzit circumducendo. Among the Ro- 
mans the porreclio was a similar rite ; 
as also the elevation of the host (mon- 
stratio) in the Latin church.—Rarely of 
offering in general, Ex. 35, 22. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat- 
ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68, 10. 

Hopu. 4255 pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ex. 
29, 27. 

Pix. 242 i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the 
hand or fist αὐ any one, as a gesture of 
threatening, c. acc. Is. 10, 32. 


Deriv. M53, ΓῈΣ, 752, pM, and 


D2 m. elevation, height, see r. 532. 
Ps. 48, 3 beautiful for elevation is mount 
Zion, i. e. it rises gracefully —But 3 
Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q. v. 


5 if Ἴ2 1. Pr. tosend out rays, to spar- 


kle, to glitter, as Arab. ye mid. Waw; 
comp. 7? and γ᾽.) a spark. Hence 

2. Trop. to flourish, see Hiph. 

3. Trop. to fly, to flee, as in kindr, 052. 
The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft- 
en transferred to other kinds of swift 
tremulous motion ; comp. 87 "22 sons 
of the lightning, i. e. swift birds of prey ; 
also "77 no. 2,3; Lat. micare, emicare ; 
see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144.—So 
perh. Lam. 4, 15 552 53 ἼΧ2 they flee 
away and wander ; but see in 73 no. 1. 

Hira. 724 to flourish, Cant. 6, 11. 7, 
13. In Targg. 7728 id. 

Nore. The nouns 72, ΓΝ), 332 are 
derived from the kindred verb yx? 
q. ν. 

MEW Εἰ (τ, M32) a wing-feather, pin- 
ton, Ez. 17, 3.7. Job 39, 13.—For the 
form M5 Lev. 1, 16 see below in its or- 
der. 


* P12 a doubtful root, prob. i. q. P25 to 
suck ; whence fut. Hiph. ἘΠ and 
she suckled him, Ex. 2,9. But a very 
slight change of the vowels gives 
872M), from P23. 


* 1) obsol. root, to shine, i.q. "13 II. 
“~~ 2, σ 9’ 
Arab. 3b mid. Waw, id. ys fire, yy 


660 


"73 


Guz, Ons 
and ys light. Syr. {503 fire, Sam. 
7 τὸ id 

Deriv. "2, "3, ὙΠ, τη), pr. ἢ. 
m7). 


"3 Chald. f. emphat. x43, fire, Dan. 
3, 6. 11. 15, 17. 27. 7,9. als ‘. 


ἘΔ. ᾳ. ἜΝ ,, to be sick, ill at ease, 
once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21. Syr. 
wad id. Gr. γόσος, νοῦσος. 


ω rT) fat. My, apoc. 13 Is. 63, 3, conv 
™2 K. 9, 33. 

1. to leap for joy, to exult, to spring. 
The primary idea is that of sparkling, 
Jlying out, so that 33 with the sibilant 
softened is kindr. with ΤΣ, 7¥2, pV. 
Arab. {45 to leap, to spring. ‘lems a wide 
usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868. 

2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spout, to 
spirt, to be sprinkled, with ἘΣ, dx, on, 
upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [27]. 2K. 9, 
33 ; also Is. 63, 3. 

ive min, fat my}, conv. 11, 1. to 
cause to leap for joy, io cause to exult, to 
make rejoice, with acc. and >2 in or be- 
cause of any thing; Is. 52, 15 mys 13 
™23 Day Ova so shall he cause many 
nations to rejoice in himself ; 3; comp. 
Minna bea. Sept. οὕτω ϑαυμάσονται 
ἔϑνη πολλὰ ἐπ᾽ uvtg.—Gr. Syr. Vulg. 
Luth. Engl. so shall he sprinkle many 
nations, see no. 2, i.e. my servant the 
Messiah shall make expiation for them; 
but this accords less well with the 
parallel verb Daw. 

2. to sprinkle, e. g. water, blood, also 
oil Lev. 8,11; ¢. 59 Ex. 29, 21. Lev. 5,9. 
8, 30. Num. 8, 73 by towards Lev. 14, 
51; ὍΒ 55 Lev. 16, 14; "28> ib. et ν. 
15; "IDFR Lev. 4, 6. 17. “Ace. impl. 
Nom. 19, 18. 19. 

Deriv. 7537 pr. ἢ. 


‘TT m. see in τ. 141 Niph. p. 274. 


ὙἿΡ χῃ. (Ὁ. 512) constr. 1°12, one con- 
secrated, devoted, spoken of persons. 

1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetics 
among the Hebrews, who bound them- 
selves by a vow to abstain from certain 
things (see the law Num, 6, 2 sq.) Am. 
2, 11. 12; more fully BYT>x 12) conse- 
crated to God, Judg. 13, 5.7. 16,17. So 
"12 13 the vow of a Nazarite Num. 6, 


75 


2—From the Nazarite, who left his 
locks unshorn, the word was transferred 
to the vine, which every seventh and 
also every fiftieth year was left unprun- 
ed, Lev. 25, 5. 11. Comp. Talmudic 
maps ΓΡῚΣΞ virginitas sycomori, a syca- 
more not yet pruned. 

2. a prince, as consecrated to God, 
Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7. 
Comp. ΠΡ Ὁ. 


κ 819 fat. d33 1. to flow, to run, kindr, 
bar, bb; e. g. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
147, 18. Part. plur, 0°77 the flowing, 
an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14; hence 
poet. for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is. 
44,3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5, 15. Metaph. 
of language, Deut. 32,2 my speech shall 
flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant 
odours distilling and flowing through 
the air, Cant. 4, 16.—In poetry also to 
flow with any thing is put to express 
abundance, with acc. (see in 924 no. 3,) 
Jer. 9,17 ora7ady3 82"BS_2" and our eye- 
lids flow with waters. Is. ‘45, 8. Job 36, 
28. 

Nore. The form %>13 Judg. 5, 5 is for 
τ) Niph. of >> q. v. 

Hien. >", causat. of no. 1, to cause 
to flow Is. 48, 21.—The same form is 
found in >>t. 

Deriv. mibra ᾳ. ν. 


. By obsol. root, either i. q. Arab. 

25 to perforate, to string pearls,whence 
C65 a string of pearls; or better, i. q. 
Chald. 52% to muzzle, whence Syr. 
tek] nose-ring, and Ethiop. HAP 
a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed, 
i. q. ".—Hence 


DY? m. c. suff. 212, plur. 5°219, estr. 
"aI2, a ring, i.e. a) ἃ nose-ring, a fe- 
male ornament common in the East; 
Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3, 21. Prov. 1i, 22. Ez. 
16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12. 
Hartmann’s Hebraerinn II. 166. ΠῚ. 
205 sq. b) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4. 
Ex. 32, 2.—Genr. and without specifica- 
tion, Judg. 8, 24. 25. Job 42, 11. Proy. 
25, 12. Hos. 2, 15. 


*PI2 Chald. to suffer loss or detri- 
ment, Part. Py; Dan. 6, 8. Freq. in 
Targg. 

56 


661 


ar 


Apa. ΤΠ to bring loss upon, to en- 
damage, Ez. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence 


PT? m. loss, damage, Esth. 7, 4. 


*"T2 in Kal not used, Arab. sh 
to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thus 
embrace in this one word what the He- 
brews express by the two kindred verbs 
"32 and 12, The primary idea is that 
of separating. 

Nip. 1. to separate oneself from any 
one, 8. g. Mim? “MN? i. 6. 10 fall away 
Srom the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7. 

2. to abstain from any thing, with 2 
Lev. 22, 2; absol. spoken of abstinence 
from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v. 
5.—Syr. Ethpe. id. 

3. to consecrate or devote oneself to 
any thing, e. g. τῆ πὴ. Hos. 9, 10. 

Hips. "37 1. to separate one from 
any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad- 
monish against. Lev. 15, 31 τ SHIN 
ἘῸΝ Ὁ: Sx ὙΠ Ἴ23. cause ye the ‘children 
of. Israel to separate themselves from their 
uncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to 
make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab. 


f pos IV to premonish, to admonish, 


2. Trans. to consecrate, c. > Num. 6, 
12. 

3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstain, 
ce. 72 Num. 6, 3. 

4. 1. ᾳ. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de- 
vote oneself, min"> Num. 6, 2. 5. 6. 

Deriv. "32, ὩΣ, and 


“T2 m. 6. suff. int? 1. consecration: 
of a priest Lev. 21, 12; spec. of a Naza- 
rite (see ""72) Num. 6, 4.5.9 3912 UR 
his consecrated head. v.12. Hence me- 
ton. consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite, 
Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary idea 
being dropped, unshorn hair, long hair, 
e. g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29. 

2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con 
secration, e. g. by the high priest, whose 
diadem was called Ὁ ΠΡ “2, Ex. 29, 6. 
39, 30. Lev. 8, 9; a king 2 Sam. 1, 10. 
2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23,11. al. "32 "358 
the gems of a diadem, put for any thing 
precious, Zech. 9, 16. 


13 Noah pr. n. Gr. Νῶε, Nw8, (i. qe 


ta rest, r. m92,) the son of Lamech, 


preserved from the deluge for his right- 
eousness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. c. 6-9. 10, 1. 32. 
1 Chr. 1, 4. 9, 2. Ez. 14, 14. 20. So yp 


=n 
mi the waters of Noah, the deluge, Is. 
54, 9.—On the etymology see Thesaur. 
Ῥ. 862. 


ὭΠ2 (hidden, verbal of Niph. r. 737) 
Nahbi, pr. n. τὰ. Num. 13, 14. 


HM iar in Kal pret. 72, imper. 773, 
and in Hips. nmin, fut. nz, inf. 
nina. 

1. to lead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr. 
are 392, >n2. Sept. often, ὁδηγέω, καϑη- 
γέω, sometimes ἄγω, éxuyo.—Constr. c. 
>& to any one, Ex. 32, 34; 3 Ps. 60, 
11; "28-MN 1 Sam. 22, 4; nip Proy. 18, 
16; also with ἡ of mai whence Num. 
23, 7; absol. Job 38, 32.—Often of God 
as onding or ry a people or per- 
sons ; Gen. 24, 27 "HR ΓΞ. ἢ 732 513 
"25% the Lord hath led me in. the way to 
the house of my master’s brethren. ν. 48. 
Ex. 13, 17.21. Neh. 9,12. Ps. 78,14; 
with by Ps. 107, 30; 3 Ex. 15, 13. Deut. 
32,12. Ps. 31, 4. 139, 10. Is. 57, 18. al. 
Trop, God is said to lead any one ina 
way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3; in the 
old way, the religion of the forefathers, 
Ps. 139,24; in his counsel 73,24; eomp. 
also Ps. 5,9. 27, 11. 

2. to lead out or away, to carry away 
to any place. 1K. 10, 26 “>a on™ 
=2°5 and brought them out into ‘the cities 
for chariots. So to lead or carry away 

a people into exile, coupled with 235, 
2 K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeth the 
nations and (again) leadeth them away 
into captivity. 


Bar) Neh. 7, 7, see 5179 lett. c 


DAM (consolation, τ. 23) Nahum, pr. 
n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1. 


D272 m. plur. (τ. 63) 1. consola- 
tions Is. 57,18. Zech. 1,13 where many 
Mss. and editions have bran2, but 
ld analogy. 

2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8, 


Ἢ (snorting, snoring,) Nahor, pr. n. 
a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22. 
b) A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 27. 


Ὄ ΤΊΣ τὰ. adj. (denom. from mun) 
brazen, trop. Job 6,12. Also 


MBM? pr. fem. of the preced. a) 
brazen, as ‘3 FOR a bow of brass, bra- 
zen, Ps. 18, 35. Job 20,24. b) Neut. any 


662 ΤΩ 


thing made of brass, a brazen thing, 
Ley. 26, 19. Joh 41, 19. Is, 48, 4. Mic. 
4,13. Hence poet. for brass, i.q, MYM3, 
Job 28, 2. Is. 45,2 mang mindy + wna 
of brass, brazen doors. Job 40. 18 "ἘΣ 
mein cubes of brass. 


ibn f. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument 
of music, prob. tibie, pipes, flutes, i. q. 
bbs. It is for mibr2 the perforated, pr. 
part. Niph. ofr. bb. 


D"F32 dual (τ. "52) the nostrils, from 
snoring, Job 41, ae : Syr. sing. 


[pau nose, Arab. re 2 nostril. 


* m9 fut. 539 1. to take, to get as 

ὦ possession, to possess, nearly i.g. O73. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
leading, drawing ; so that 5112 is of like 
signif. with 5m3. From the idea of 
leading, comes, on the one hand, that 
of flowing, whence bm stream; and, on 
the other, that of taking, receiving, as 
we also say, ‘to draw money, to draw 
profit, ete. for ‘to get, take, receive’— 
Spoken: a) Often of the Israelites as 
acquiring and enjoying possession of 
Canaan, c. acc. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1. 
Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37. al.. Without acc. 
to take possession, to have possession, to 
possess, Josh. 16, 4. Num. 32, 19; with 
3 of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14. 
Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6. 190,9. Ὁ) 
Of God who takes Israel as his own pos- 
session, and therefore proteets and de- 
fends them; Ex. 34,9. Zech. 2, 16 [12]; 
with 3 of place Ps. 82,8. c) Genr. fo 
get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession, 
e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10; 
also folly 14,18; the wind 11, 29. So 
Jer. 16,19 our fathers "τ "PY have 
possessed lies, i. 6. idols for worship. 
Ps. 119, 111 thy precepts have I taken 
as a possession for ever. d) With acc. 
of pers. to take possession of any one, 
i.e. to seize upon his possession, to drive 
out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2,9. Comp. 
ὅπ no. 1. Ὁ. 

2. to get by inheritance, to inherit, with 
2 of place, Judg. 11, 2 "33 bmn xd 
DSN thou shalt not ther it in our Sa- 
ther’s house—The LXX render by 
xijgovousm also many passages cited 
under no. 1; but the specific idea of 
inheritance in this verb is rare. 


bay 


3, Causat. i. q. Pi. to give to be pos- 
sessed, to distribute any thing, with ace. 
of thing and > of pers. Num. 34, 17 
YIT Ny 02> ΡΤ τ τς who shall distri- 
bute the land unto you, v. 18. Josh. 19, 49. 

Piet dm to give to be possessed, to 
distribute, Josh. 13, 32; with two acc. 
of pers. and thing Josh. 14,1. Num. 34, 
29; > of pers. Josh. 19, 51. 

Hira. 5°n3n, fut. 59m 1. to give as 
@ possession, to cause to possess, often 
with two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam. 
2,8. Zech. 8, 12; often spoken of the 
distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut. 
1, 38. 3, 28, 19, 3. 31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12,14. 
Josh. 1, 6. With aec. of thing impl. 
Deut. 32,8 ors jib bmyMa when the 
Most High gave (divided out) to the na- 
tions their possession. Prov. 8, 21. Ace. 
of pers. impl. Is. 49, 8, 

2. to cause to inherit, i.e. a) to leave 
as heir Prov. 13, 22. Ὁ) to leave as 
an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Chr. 
28,8. 6) to distribute an inheritance, 
with two ace. Deut. 21, 16. 

Hopn. to be made to possess, i. 6. to 
have allotted or appointed as one’s por- 
tion, although by compulsion and un- 
willingly; hence with acc. (Heb. Gr. 
$140. 1. a,) Job 7,3 δ τοῦτ} 93 "MSN 
I have been allotted ‘months of misery, 
such are appointed as my portion. 

Hirap. i. q. Kal, to receive as one’s 
own, to possess oneself of, c. acc. Num. 
32, 18. Is. 14, 2. With dat. of pers. to 
possess Sor oneself and for one’s heirs, 
i.e. so as to transmit to one’s heirs ; 
Lev. 25,46 53°78 ἘΞ 235 OM& ὈΤΙ ΤΙΣ ΓΓΤῚ 
and ye shall’ possess them for yourselves 
and for your sons after you ; so all the 
ancient versions. In the same manner 
are to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34, 13. 
Ez. 47,13. Comp. Ewald’s Krit. Gramm. 
p. 204. 

Deriv. ">t and the four following. 


> 


ΓΙ) τὰ. with He local Num. 34,5, and 
poet. moni Ps. 124, 4; dual otbm3 Ez. 
47,9: plur. n->m2, constr. “bra, c. suff. 
mbm. 

1. a stream, brook, torrent, so called 
from its flowing, see r. 5m) Kal no. 1. 
Lev. 11, 9.10. Deut. 8, 7. 10,7. 1 Sam: 
17, 40. 2 Sam. 17, 13. Ts. 11, 15. Ps. 78, 
20. al. =p. IN bm a perennial brook; 


663 


bry 


see in {N°% no. 1. His dm2 an overflow- 
ing stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12. Jer. 47, 2. 
prem x stones of the brooks Job 22, 24, 
comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is. 57,6. So "392 
bm willows of the brook Lev. 23,40, Job 
40,22; and hence 2°332m 51) the brook 
of willows Is, 15, 7, as pr. ἢ. of a stream 
on the east of the Dead Sea, perh. the 
present Wady el-Ahsy, »)) Sly, 
which descends from the eastern moun- 
tains and enters the south end of the 
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. 
Ρ. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa- 
lestine are torrents flowing only in win- 
ter, χεέμαῤῥοι, and such an one is meant 
in Job 6, 15: my brethren are deceitful 
like the torrent, which dries up unex- 
pectedly and so‘disappoints the traveller. 
The torrents (0°5m2) of Palestine named 
in the O. T. are: et ‘9, “ivan “5, 
par 2, called also 735 5 2 ‘Sam. 24, 5, 
m-1D >, yp "2, yid"p 5, ΠΡ}. 9, see 
under these Word. —atther; maqen 3 
the brook of the desert i.e. of the Arabah, 
put perh. for the Kidron, which falls into 
the northern part of the Dead Sea, 
comp. 2 K. 14, 25. ov1¥2 57) the brook 
or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of 
Egypt and Palestine, later “Pwoxdgouga, 
now Wady el-Arish, {, Num. 
34, 5. Josh. 15, 4. 47; comp. 1 K. 8, 65. 
2 K. 24,7. Is. 27,12; called also κατ 
ἐξοχήν simply ΠῚ Ez. 47,19. 48, 28. 
But the river of Egypt, 5°249 “2, is 
the Nile, Gen. 15, 18. —Poet. ΠΕ bry 
a torrent of ΓΟΑΓΕΝ Is, 30, 33 ; streams 
of honey Job 20, 17; streams of oil Mic. 
6, 7; 59253 "ΒΓ torrents of destruction 
Ps. 18, 5. 

2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook 
or torrent, Arab. sol, Wady, Syr. 1) 
for Gr. φάραγξ Luke 3, 5.—Gen. 26, 19. 
Num. 24,6. 2K.3,16. Ps. 104,10. Cant. 
6, 11. al. The vallies enumerated of 
this kind are; Sduix ‘3, priv 2, oat 3, 
T3t'3, and) 2, see ἀπε these ea 


Since bn ‘signifies both a brook and the 


valley i in which it flows, the same ex- 
pression may be understood of either ; 


_as ‘3712 of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14, 


and of the valley Num. 21, 12; and in 
some examples it may be doubtfal which 
is meant, as Josh. 15, 7. 19,14, comp 
11. See Thesaur. p. 873. 


ὉΠ 


3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job 
28,4 5m2 γ8 they break (pierce) a shaft. 


m2M3 Milél Ps. 124, 4; see in ἘΠ) 
init. 


TMD f. (r. on) constr. M22, c. suff. 
anbra ; plur..mi>m3 Is. 49, 8. 

1. a taking possession, occupation ; 
Is. 17, 11 M22 Dita in the day of occu- 
pation, i. e. of gathering the harvest. 
But on account of the following 385 
Wass, it is better to read H>M2 a deadly 
ἀν; Σ see inr. Mdm Niph. 

2. a possession, estate, property, that 
‘which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 J will give 
thee the heathen as thy possession, 77>. 
So of wealih Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7, 21; 
oftener of a possession of land, real es- 
tate, Num. 16, 14. 36, 7. 8. 9. Ruth 4, 5. 
6. 10. Josh. 19, 49.—Spec. a) Of the 
territory assigned by lot to each tribe, 
Josh. 23, 23. 28 ; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1. 
8. 9. 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the 
Levites it is said, Num. 18, 23 among 
the children of Israel they shall have no 
possession. v.24. 26,62. Josh. 13, 14. 33. 
14,3. Ὁ) Of the whole land of Pales- 
tine, given as a possession to the Israel- 
ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15,4. 19, 10. 20, 16. 
21, 23. 24,4. 26,1. spss nbm3 Is. 58, 
14. al. c) mint ΓΒ the possession of 
Jehovah, his ‘property, i, 6. the children 
of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and 
‘protects as his own cherished people, 
Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26.29. 1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 
Sam. 14, 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2,17. Jer. 
12, 7-9. Ps. 28, 9. 106, 40. al. But in 
Ps. 127, 3" τὸ πὸ is a possession from 
the Lord, bestowed by him. ἃ) For 
the phrase ὩΣ M>m21 pe "> ws, see in 

Pen no. 2. a. 

3, Spec. an inheritance, patrimony, 
Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov. 
19, 14; also Prov. 17, 2. 

4. a portion, lot, assigned of God, i. q. 
‘pdm no. 2. ἃ. Job 27, 13. Is. 54, 17. Job 
20, 29 ΝῺ 2 mbm? che lot appointed 
unto him “from God. With genit. id. 
Job 31, 2; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. c. 


S892M2 (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr. 
n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
desert, Num. 21, 19. 

"052 Nehelamite, patronym. other- 
wise unknown, Jer. 29, 94, 31. 32. 


664 


om 


mom? £ ig. mbm, @ possession, por- 
tton, lot, with the less frequent feminine 
termination M-, Ps. 16,6. BR. dm. 


: star in Kal not used, pr. onoma- 
topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to 


pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. — 


Kindred roots are 5133, 9273, DP2, q. v. 

Nips. 0933, fat. 5739, conv. ὉΠΞ 5, 

1. to lanvend: to dele ; for the use of 
the passive and middle in verbs of emo- 
tion, comp. M282, ὀδύρομαι, contrisiari, 
also 833 Niph. Spoken: a) In regard 
to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have 
compassion, absol. Jer. 15,6 OM "°N>3 
Iam-weary of having compassion ; ¢.>3 
Ps. 90,13; 5% Judg. 21, 6; dv. 15; ΤᾺ 
Judg. 2, 18. b) In siaerd to ‘ane 
own doings, to grieve ; hence to repent, 
(comp. Germ. rewen which in Switzer- 
land means to grieve, Eng]. to rue,) Ex. 
13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4; with "3 
Gen. 6, 6.7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of 
one who repents, grieves, for the evil he 
has brought upon another, Ps. 106, 45. 
Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3, 9. Joel 2. 14; c. 2 
Ex. 32, 12. 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8. 10; δ 2 
Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3. 

2. Reflex. of Piel, to console oneself, to 
be comforted Gen. 38, 12; with 52 con- 
cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39; with 
“3m i.e. for the loss of any one Gen. 
24, 67.—Hence 

3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance, 
since, touse the wordsof Aristotle, Rhet. 
IL. 2, τῇ ὀργῇ ἕπεται ἡδονὴ τις ἀπὸ τῆς 
ἐλπίδος τοῦ τιμωρήσααϑαι. With 7a Is. 
1, 24; comp. Ez. 5, 12. 31, 16. 32, 31. 
See Hithp. no. 3. 

Pin 93, fut. &M2%, ἐὰ console, te com- 
fort, pr. to express grief, compassion ; 
Job, 16, 2. Ecc. 4, 1 ἘΠ o> ὯΝ they 
had no comforter. Lam. 1, 2. 9. 16. 17. 
With ace, of pers. Gen. 37,35. 50, 21. 
Ruth 2, 13. al. With ἘΣ of things can- 
cerning which, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16, 7. 
22, 4. Biz. 14, 22. Job 42, 22. So God is 
said 10 comfort any one by restoring to 
him his favour, Is, 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31, 
13. Zech. 1, 17. Ps. 23, 4. al. 

Puat ἘΠ, to be consoled, comforted , 
Part. ΓΤ: for meme Is. 54, 11. 

Hrrnup. ἘΠ: nn, "once omin Bz. 5, 13, 
i. q. Niph. but leas frequent. 


ἘΠ 


1. to lament, to grieve: a) For ano- 
ther, i. 6. to pity, to have compassion, ὃ 
ὃ» Deut. 32, 36. Ps. 185,14. Ὁ) fo re- 
pent, Num, 23, 19, 

2. to console oneself, to be comforted, 
Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52. 

3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance ; 
Gen. 27, 42 9 ὉΠ ANN es men 
qe lo, Esau thy brother will avenge 
himself by slaying thee. 

Deriv. D°9'n}, DDIM, ΤΟΥΤῚ ny, 
the pr. names cons, D2, nen, and 
the five here following. 


D2 (consolation) Naham, pr. ἢ. τη. 
1 Chr. 4, 19. 


DM), plur. 5°73, see in D°D9M}. 
DM m. repentance, Hos. 13, 14. 


OM) f. (r. 02) Kamets impure, con- 
solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50. 


TIO") (whom Jehovah comforts) Ne- 
hemiah, pr.n. a) The son of Hacha- 
liah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes 
Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1. 8, 9. 10, 2. 12, 
26. Sept. Weeules. Comp. 8nvon.— 
Differentare Ὁ) Neh.3,16. c) Ezra 
2, 2. Neh. 7, 7. 

"272732 (compassionate, r. M2) Naha- 
mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7. 

72 i. g. 82728, we, found only Gen. 
42, 11. Ex. 16,7. 8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 
17, 12. Lam. 3, 42. 

OM? i. q. Chald. m2 brass, see in 
one. 


H V "2 i. q. yb, to urge, to press, see 
under the letter >. Part. pass. 7731) 
urged, i. e. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21, 
9.—Arab. yas id. 

¥ “2 onomatopoetic root, Arab. 


Syr. a, to breathe hard through the 
nose, to snort, to snore, comp. Eth. 7Z, 
to snore, Gr. ὑέγχω, ῥόχχος. --- Hence 
pes"M, pr. n. 172, also the two follow- 
ing. ὦ 

"M32 τὰ. Job 39, 20, and ΓΤ f. Jer. 


ro 


8, 16, a snorting, 6. g. of a horse. - 


W732 2 Sam. 23, 37, and "732 1 Chr. 
11, 37 (snorer, r. "32) Naharai, pr. n. τη. 


* 7. OM) in Kal not used, an onoma- 
topoetic root, i q. n>, expressing a low 
56* 


665 


79 

hissing sound, to hiss, 10 whisper, espec. 
of the whispering or muttering of sorce- 
rers, see Um> Pi. Ps. 58,6. Comp. Zab. 
ws to-whisper, see Cod, Nas. III. p. 88, 
line 16.18. Syr. “aud to practise en- 
chantments. 

Pret ὍΤΙΣ, fut. Sm, to take auguries, 
to practise divination, to divine, Lev. 
19, 26. Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21, 6. 
—Some here understand ogiuarteia or 
divination by serpents, as if denom. from 
wm; see Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 21.— 
Hence 

2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog- 
nosticate, to augur, i. e. to feel a pre- 
sage ; Gen. 30, 27 HN 323534 "MBN 
ποθι 7 augur that Jehovah blesseth me 
Sor thy sake. 44,15 know ye not wr Ἢ 
"yind WR WN m3 that such an one as 
7 could certainly divine such things? v. 
5 whereby indeed he divineth ? i. e. the 
cup, κυλικομαντεία. 1 K. 20, 33 DRT 
naumo" and the men took as a good omen 
sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See 
more in Thesaur. p. 875. 

Deriv. 6m2, m3, pr. n. FOr. 


==) 


"Ἢ, wn? a root assumed to furnish 
an etymology for M&m3z brass; perh. to 
be bright, corresponding to ὅπ. But 
the Semitic languages afford no trace 
of such a usage. 


O32 m. (r. tim I) 1. incantation, en- 
chaniment, Num. 23, 23. 

2. augury, omen, which one takes, 
Num. 24, 1; comp. 23, 3. 15. 


OM) m. (τ. m1) 1. a serpent, so 
called from its hissing, Gen. 49, 17. Ex. 
4, 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al. 
Frequent mention is made of its deadly 
bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5,19. 9,3. Ecc. 
10, 11. Prov. 23, 22; also of its cunning, 
Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo- 
chart Hieroz. III. p.246 Lips.—Put forthe 
constellation of the serpent or dragon in 
the northern quarter of the heavens, Job 


8 
26,13. Arab. KS. - 

2. Nahash. pr.n. a) A place other- 
wise unknown 1 Chr. 4,12. b) A king 
of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2 Sam. 
10,2. c) 2Sam. 17, 27. d) 2 Sam. 
17, 25. 


om 


U2 Chald. m. brass, copper, Dan. 2, 


32. 45. 4,20.al. Syr. faai, Heb. nim. 


yin (enchanter, τ. &™ 1) Nahshon, 


pr. n. of a son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23. 


Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20. 


HUM (r. tn: I) comm. gend. τη. 
Ez. 1,7. Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8; ¢. 
suff. nem Ez. 16, 36, "AYN Lew: 3, 75 
dual pint. 

1. brass, yodnos, pr. copper, mostly as 
hardened and tempered, and so used for 
arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22. 
Ex. 26, 11. 37. al. sepe. Metaph. Jer. 
6, 28 brass and iron are they all, 1. 6. 
base, vile, of less precious metal.—Syr. 
and Chald. id. 

2. Any thing made of brass or cop- 
per, e.g. a) money, brass or copper 
coin, Ez. 16, 36 ἼΘΙ BLN 2, Vulg. 
quia effusum est es tuum. Ὁ) a chain, 
fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3,7. So 
dual ΒΘ ΤΙΣ felters Judg. 16, 21. 2Sam. 
3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11. 


sno (brass) Nehushta, pr. n. ἢ 
of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K. 
24, 8. 


JHON2 m. (from Mm) and the end- 
‘fing 1- Nehushtan, i. 6. the brazen ser- 
pent, erected by Moses, and broken in 
‘pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel- 
ites made of it an idol and worshipped 
sit under this name, 2 K. 18, 4. 


* 132 fat. nav Ps, 38,3, and mn 
Prov. 17, 10, to go or come down, to de- 
.scend, a root common in Aramean, i. q. 
Heb. 79"; so Chald. m3 fut. man}, Syr. 
Dod fut. 2eud. In O. T. only poetic ; 
perhaps denom. from the noun mM) (r. 
4343), the ™ passing over into ἃ radical.— 
Jer. 21, 13 82952 ὈΓΙ 2 who will come 
down against us? sc. to attack us. Ps. 
38,8 477722 MMM} and thy hand cometh 
down upon me in chastisement. Plur. 
amr Job 21, 13, for στα, Dag. euphon. 
comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17,10 
ὙΞῺ3 ΠῸΣ MMH reproof goeth down 
(sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise, 
vomp. 18, 8, 26,22. The form mmm is 
penacute, comp. Lehrg. § 51. 1. n. 1. 

Nips. ΤΙΣ i. q. Kal, Ps. 38, 3: ΣΤ 
"3 m2 for thine arrows come down 
‘upon me, pierce me. 


666 


m0) 


Pret 12 to press down, e. g. a bow, 
i. 6. to bend, Ps. 18, 35; furrows, i. e. to 
level, spoken of rain Ps. 65, 11. 

Hipu. to lead down, i.g. 11N. [πὰ- 
per. Joel 4, 11 777133" MM Me thi- 
ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors ; 
comp. v. 2. Others: prostrate, but con- 
trary to the parallelism. 

Deriv, O°AM}. 


PM? Chald. to come down, to descend, 
part. nm Dan. 4, 10..20. 

Apa. fut. Mr, imp. MS, part. mI. 

1. to bring down or away, Ezra 5, 15. 

2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe 
keeping, Engl. to lay up, Ezra 6, 1. 5. 

Horns. ΠΣ after the Heb. to be 
brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20. 


O32 f(r. m3) as mad from mv. 

1. a letting down, e. g. of the arm for 
punishment, Is. 30, 30, comp. v. 32. 
Concr. that which is let down, set on 
upon a table; Job 36, 16 43m>0 mn 
the food of thy table. 

2. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. Job 17, 16. 
Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6, 5. Acc. as adv. 
Eee, 4, 6 mma 2 852 a handful with 
quietness. 

3. Nahath, pr. τι. see Min. 


DMN adj. plur. (r. mm2) coming down, 
descending, Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9. 


*F703 fut. nu, apoc. v3, BA, conv. 
om, c. Mak, “054. 

1. to stretch out, to extend, Arab. Lb 
extendit fila. Kindred roots are mn, 
nna, nnb, q.v.—Spec. a) to stretch 
out, to extend, e.g. the hand Ex. 8, 2. 
13. 10, 12. 21; the hand with a spear 
Josh. 8, 26, and ellipt. v.18; often of the 
hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez. 
6, 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; or of man as 
if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea- 
suring line, 6. δ᾽, to stretch the line 
upon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13. 
Lam. 2,8. Also to stretch out in length, 
to elongate ; Is. 3, 16 113 MIMD} see in 
yin. Ps. 102, 12 "909 bs a lengthened 
shadow, i.e. lengthened i in the declining 
sun, at the approach of evening ; comp. 
109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out, to 
expand, e.g. a tent Gen. 12. 8. 26, 25; 
the heavens Is. 40, 22 cad ῬῊΞ nyirn 
who spreadeth out the heavens as a cur 


mo 


tain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51,15. 
Job 9,8. Metaph. 53 M3) ΠῺΣ to spread 
out evil against any one, a metaphor 
drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12.—1 Chr. 21, 
10 ΠῈΣ med Ὃν Wide J spread out three 
things before thee (i. e. I propose to 
thee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12, 
where for ΠΡ is >wis.—Intrans, to 
_ spread oneself out, 6. g. as flocks in the 
" Tand, Job 15, 29. 

2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend 
downwards; e. g. the shoulder for bear- 
ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fall Ps. 
17, 11 (comp. 73, 2); the mind Ps. 119, 
112; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18, 
10. Part. pass. Ps. 62,4 "9&3 ΠΡ α wall 
inclining, leaning,ready to fall.—Intrans. 
of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73, 2; the 
declining day Judg. 19,8; the shadow 
on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10. 

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, i. 6. 
to make tend to one side; Is. 66, 12 lo, I 
will turn peace upon her like a river, i.e. 
as a stream is turned in its course. Gen. 
39,21 JOM ἸΌΝ O™ and éurned upon him 
favour, i.e. conciliated favour towards 
him.—Oftener intrans. to turn away, to 
decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26.33; with 
ὌΝ to any one Gen. 38, 16; with 72 and 
ὩΣ from any one, from a way, Ps. 44, 
19. 119, 51. 157. Job 31,7. 1K. 11,9; 
with "278 to turn away after i.e. to the 
party of any one Ex. 23,2. Judg. 9, 3. 
1K. 2, 28; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 3.—Hence 

4. to go away, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be stretched, 
extended, as a measuring line Zech. 1, 
16; of a stream, to spread itself out Num. 
24, 6; of evening shadows, fo be length- 
ened, Jer. 6,4; comp. Virg. Ecl. 1. 84. 

Hips. 727, fut. 729, apoc. 1 pers. ON 
Hos. 11, 4, in pause δ Job 23, 11, ox 
Jer. 15.6; 2 pers. OH Ps. 27, 9. 141, 4; 
3d pers. ὉΞῚ 2 Sam. 19, 15; imp. apoc. 
unm Ps. 17, 6. 

1. i.q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to 
stretch out, toextend: a) E.g. the hand 
Is. 31, 3. Jer. 6, 12. 15, 6; the limbs upon 
a couch or bed Am. 2,8. Ὁ) Asa tent 
2 Sam. 16, 22. Is. 54,2; sackcloth 2 Sam. 
21, 10. 

2. to incline downwards, to bow, to de- 
press, Gen. 24,14; the heavens, spoken 

of God, Ps. 144,5. Spec. the ear in or- 
der to listen, Jer. 7, 24. 26. 11, 8; with 


667 


"03 


> to any one Ps. 17, 6. 116, 2. Prov. 4, 
20. 5, 1. al. 

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, se. 
towards one side, i. q. Kal no. 3. Num. 
22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18 
a great ransom cannot turn thee away, 
sc. from the divine punishment, so as to 
avoid it.—Spec. 

a) Ἔ 3 NBN fo turn the heart of any 
one, 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; with 52 éo any thing 
Prov. 21,1; 5% Ps. 119, 37; > 141, 4; 
same 1K. 11, 2.3.4. In a bad sense, 
to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7, 
21. 15, 44, 20.—Also 5x 125 ΓΏΓΙ 10 in- 
cline one’s heart to, Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8, 
58; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2. 

b) Ἔ 53 40M MeN to turn favour upon 
any one, to procure favour for him, Ezra 
7, 28. 9,9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21. 

6) vata Hen 1 Sam. 8, 3, to turn 
aside right, to pervert justice, right being 
compared to a straight path from which 
it is wrong to turn away on either side. 
Hence, to pervert the ways of justice 
Prov. 17,23. With genit. ‘> bata non 
to pervert or wrest the right of any one, 
spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27, 
19. Lam. 3,35; and, in the same sense, 
to pervert the way i.e. the right of any 
one, Am. 2,7. Acc. impl. Ex. 23, 2. 

d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from 
a way, Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out 
of the way. Hence metaph. of the way 
of right and justice (comp. in lett. ¢.) 
Is. 10, 2; and so without mention of a 
way; Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5. 

e) to turn away any thing from a per- 
son, fo avert, 6. g. good Jer. 5, 25. 

f) to turn away a suppliant, to repulse, 
Ps, 27, 9. ὃ 

5) Intrans. to turn aside, to decline 
from a way, to swerve, c. 2 Is. 30, 11. 
Job 23,11. With acc. of place whither, 
Ps. 125, 5. ; 

Deriv. 98 (Π22), Hes, ΠΡ, ΠΡ Ὁ or 
ΣΡ, and pr. ἢ. We. 


1°" m. verbal adj. (τ. >22) laden, 


-Zeph. 1, 11. 


yr). see ONS]. . 


ΓΞ £ plur. (τ. 522) drops, pen- 
dants for the ears, ear-drops, especially 
of pearls, Judg. 8, 26. Is. 3,19. Arab. 


9.σ. 
Kal3 id. Comp. Gr. σταλάγμιον ἃ kind 


"D3 
of ear-pendant, from σταλάζω to drop, 
distil. 


min: ¢ plur. tendrils, twigs, Is. 18, 
5. Jer. 5, 10. 48, 32, R. tw, see Niph. 
Is. 16, 8. 


3 203 fat. ius 1. to take up, to lift 
up. Chald. id. Syr.\ju to be heavy, 
from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots 
are 55m, Mm; comp. Sanser. tul, i. q. 
Lat. tollere.—Is. 40, 15 di" PID DMR he 
taketh up the isles as dust, as an atom. 

2. to lay upon, to impose upon any 
one, c. 53, 2 Sam. 24, 12 το "shy why 
W722 three things I lay upon thee, i. e. 
propose to thee ; comp. the parallel pas- 
sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is MMi, 
and in the same sense "28> 4M2 Jer. 21, 

8.—Lam. 3, 28 "3 53 "2 for God hath 
laid upon him sc. ‘calamity. 

Pizx i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9. 

Deriv. 5°02, 05. 


20? Chald. to lift up, Dan. 4,31. Pret. 
pass. Dan. 7, 4. 


303 τῇ. (τ. 52) @ burden, load, Prov. 
27, 3. 


: ya fut. 32", inf. 3) and PPL, pr. 
to set upright, to fix in the ground. Kindr. 
are 3X7 9 to set, 149 Hiph. 3°35 id. 
also 383, 343. Comp. Sanser. dhd, Gr. 
tiFnut.—S pec. 

1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard, 
Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24, 
6.al. So God is said to plant the forest- 
trees Num. 24, 6. Ps. 104,16. The place 
where is put with 2 Jer. 32,41; 59 Am. 
9,15; in acc. tg plant a field, ete. Ez. 
36, 36. Hence with two acc. to plant a 
garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5, 2. Jer. 
2,21.—Trop. a) to plant a people, i. 6. 
to assign them a fixed and permanent 
residence ; comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a 
colony ; Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 7 will 
plant them, I will not pluck them up. 32, 
41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al. 
Comp. opp. M3, also Στ. and 5m" Ezra 
9,8. Ὁ) Ps. 94,9 God who planted the 
ear, i. e. created, formed it. 

2. to fix, to fasten, asa nail, Ecc. 12, 
11. Comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a nail.’ 

3. to plant, i.e. to pitch a tent, Dan. 
11, 45, and so of the tent of the heavens 


668 


ΡΝ 

Is. 51, 16 ; fo set up an image Deut. 16, 
21. 

Nipu. to be planted, metaph. Is. 40, 24. 
Deriv. 3% and the two following. 


90? m. in pause 202, constr. 283 Is. 5, 
Py Ge suff, "302; plur. 930}, "202. 

la planting, 4 i. e. what i " planted, Is. 
1..λ1; 

2, a plant, sc. recently planted, Job 
19,9. Sept. well γεόφυτον. 

3. a plantation, place planted, Is. 5, 7. 
17, 10. 1 Chr, 4, 23. 


D°P0) τῇ. plur. (τ. 222) plants, Ps. 144, 
12. 


᾿ po fut. 523, to drop, to fall in 
drops, to distil. Aram. and Arab. Cala3 
id. Eth. 2M stillavit, and MA, per- 
colavit, which comes from the idea séil- 
lare. The primary syllable 52 is ono- 
matopoetic, as in Engl. and Germ. with 
r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of 
discourse ; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled 
upon them, was grateful to them as the 
rain.—Often trans. like Engl. to drop, 
with acc. to drop or distil any thing, to 
let fall in drops, comp. >13 no. 1, 425 
no. 3. Joel 4, 18 Ὀ"ῸΣ Dinh st 5 the 
mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5, 
5. 13. Judg. 5,4; acc. impl. Ps. 68, 9. 
Trop. Cant. 4, 11 Fimirey men mpd 
thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3.—In a 
similar manner the Arabs transfer the 
idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing 
and pleasing discourse ; comp. Sy) and 
other synonymous verbs. 

Hipu. to let fall in drops, to drop, c. ace. 
Am. 9, 13. Spec. of discourse, and the 
accus. being omitted, simply to speak, to 
prophesy, Mic. 2,6. 11. Ez. 21, 2. 7 [20, 
46. 21, 2]. Am. 7,16. Comp. 533, 833. 

Deriv. ΓΒ ΩΣ, pr..n, Mav, and the 
two following. 


ΠῺ2 m. 1. a drop, Job 36, 27. 

2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for 
incense, so called from its flowing out in 
drops, distilling, Ex. 30,34. Sept. ora- 
x17 (from στάζω). i. 6. either myrrh flow- 
ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74; or 
the resin of styraa: (M72>) used for in- 
cense, Salmas. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat- 
ter is here to be understood. Engl. 
Vers. stacte, 


ΞῸ: 


MDD? (distillation, r. me) Netophah, 
pr. n. ofa place not far from Bethlehem 
in Judea, Ezra 2,22. Neh. 7, 26.—Hence 
the gentile n. "MBit? Netophathite 2 
Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al. 


OD fut. rio, viet, and 29" Jer.3, 5, 
to guard, to keep, i. q. 932 and also "28, 
but usually poetic. Syr. Chald. and 
Arab. ps id.—E. g. to keep a vine- 
yard, Cant. 1, 6. 8, 11. 12. 

2. Spec. to keep anger, to continue 
one’s anger, the acc. being implied. Ps. 
103, 9 vit? Edi>> ND he will not keep his 
anger forever. Jer. 3, δ. 12; with > of 
pers. Nah. 1,2; mx Lev. 19, 18. Comp. 
saw Jer. 3, δ. Job 10, 14. 

q. Arab. px to keep watch, 
drawn from the’ notion of guarding ; 
whence 70% no. 2. 


“2 Chald. to keep, to preserve, 82>3 
in one’s mind Dan. 7, 28; comp. Luke 
2, 19. 


* wo? fut. Bw, Bios. 1. Pr. to 
pound, to beat, to smite ; espec. to beat 
small, to break in pieces ; whence also 
to thrust out, to cast off, to reject. This 
primary force of the syllable wo is 
found in the monosyllable 5 to pound, 
comp. Engl. to dash ; and in the dissyl- 
lables unl, to break, to break in pie- 


ces, 82> to hammer, Chald. to scatter, 


Lente to pound, to break in pieces, ub, 
to smite, S27 Heb. and Chald. to break 
In pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to 
leave, to abandon, and Heb. 832. Sept. 
ῥάσσω, ἀποτινάσσω, ῥήγνυμι, etc. Most 
lexicographers take the sense fo leave 
as primitive ; but against the analogy. 
Hence 

a) to smite, in battle, comp. M22. 1 
Sam. 4, 2 nandan wom and the battle 
smote, i. e. the warriors on each side 
smote or thrust each other. Chald. 
well 8237p "ΣΝ 1S] IMNN ‘the men of 
war smote each other;’? Vulg. more 
freely, but rightly as to the sense, inito 
certamine. | 

b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to 
scatter. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 735 
VW. 39 ῸΣ ona lo, they were scat- 
tered upon the ground. Sept. διακεχυμέ- 
vor, Theodot. ἐσκορπισμένοι. See Niph. 


669 


wes 

c) to cast or thrust down, to let fail. 
Num, 11, 31 a wind from the Lord 
brought quails from the sea and let them 
Jali (cast them down) by the camp; Sept. 
ἐπέβαλεν. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree: stran- 
gers....have cut it off and cast it down ; 
Sept. κατέβαλον. Ez. 29, δ, 32, 4. Hos. 
12, 14 wins m2 1°27 God will cast his 
(Ephraim’s) blood upon him. 

ἃ) to thrust out, lo cast off, to reject. 
a) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but 
now Jehovah hath rejected us (23002) 
and delivered us into the hands of the 
Midianites ; Sept. ἐξέῤῥιψεν, Theod. ἀπώ- 
σατο. 1 Sam, 12, 22, 1 K. 8, 57. 2 Κ. 
21, 14. Ps. 27, 9. 94, 14. Is. 2, 6. Jer. 7, 
29. 12,7. 23,33. Once a sanctuary Ps. 
78, 60; Sept. ἀπώσατο. ) Manis said 
to reject God; Deut. 32,15 he rejected 
God his Creator. Jer. 15,6. Also to re- 
ject the precepts of a parent; Prov. 1, 
8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept. 
μὴ ἀπώσῃ. 6, 20. y) to cst off care, 
business ; 1 Sam. 10, 2 thy father hath 
cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept. 
well, ὁ πατήρ σου ἀποτετίνακται τὸ gio 
τῶν ὄνων.---ἶη former editions I have 
given in the examples here cited in lett, 
d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ; 
which is adopted by most modern inter- 
preters, and is indeed in itself appropri- 
ate, and is sometimes admitted by the 
Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept. 
But the stronger sense to cast off, to re- 
ject, is here admitted if not demanded, 
not only by the primary force of the 
root, and by the authority of the ancient 
versions ; but also by passages like Jer. 
7, 29, where 83 corresponds to 77> ; 
and Jer. 23, 39, where the words #33 
"28 532 do not admit the sense to for- 
sake. 

e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ; 
part. pass. rine ; Is. 21,15 from the 
drawn sword and ' from the bent bow. So 
Targ. 8273 8237. 

f) With b3, to cast upon any one, i.e. 
to commit to any one ; 1 Sam. 17, 20 ‘and 


committed (9:5) the “flock to a keeper ; 


Sept. ἀφῆκε τὰ πρόβατα φύλακι. 1 Sam, 
17, 22. 28. 

2. to let, to leave, from the sense of 
casting off; e.g. 2) to leave, to let lie, 
as a field untilled Ex. 23, 11. Neh. 10, 
32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of debt, 


ae 670 


to remit, Neh.l.c. Ὁ) With acc. of 
pers. and inf. ¢. 3, to leave to do any 
thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer ; Gen. 31, 
28 and hast not suffered me to kiss (> 
pwizd "2mvL2) my sons and my daughters. 

Nien. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack- 
lings are broken in pieces (8122), they 
strengthen not the mast ; Sept. ἐῤῥάγη- 
σαν, Symm. ἐξεῤῥίφη. 

2. Pass. of Kal πο. 1. b, to δὲ dis- 
persed, scattered ; hence of a multitude, 
to spread themselves ; so the branches 
of a vine Is. 16,8; an army Judg. 15, 
9 where Sept. ἐξεῤῥίφησαν. 2 Sam. 5, 
18. 22. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. c, to be cast down 
to be prostrated ; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of 
Israel... is cast down prostrate upon her 
land ; Vulg. projecta est in terram suam. 

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, fo be cast 
down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14.—Others, to 
be forsaken’; see in Kal 1. d. 

Deriv. ΩΣ, 

"2 a word of doubtful authority, which 
the Heb. intpp. regard as for "2 (r. 
mm), Ez. 27, 32 5r"23 in their watling, 
according to the Masora. But 11 Mss. 
and several printed editions, Sept. (and 
Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the 
reading 013723 their sons, which is bet- 
ter; comp. Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam. 1, 18. 


*N"D obsol. root, Arab. sl3 mid. Ye, 
to be raw, uncooked, as flesh; Il, IV, to 


Ξ 
be not well cooked ; ἘΞ raw, half-cook- 
ed, Hence δ IL 


2") τη. (τ. 332) produce, fruit, Mal. 1, 
12. Metaph. τ 22 the fruit of the 
lips Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre- 
sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv- 
ings; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and καρπὸς χει- 
λέων Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in Is. lL. 6. 
has 33, comp. Chald. 35 fruit. 

2") (perh. fruit-bearer, r. 352) Nebat, 
pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20. 

"2 m. (r. 132) consolation, comfort ; 
once Job 16, 5 "MB 72 my Lip-condo- 
lence, i. 6. empty, insincere ; see MEY. 

M72 ἢ (τ. TR, for 2, see Lehrg. 
p. 145) abomination, uncleanness, Lam. 
1, 8, 1. 4ᾳ. πὸ v. 17.—Others a wander- 
ing, from the root "2, 


Ὁ" 
m2, also Cheth. minty (habitations) 


Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramah, 
1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.23. 20,1. R. mn. 


T3772 m. (Ὁ. 42) pr. rest, acquiescence, 
5 o- ΄σ,- = S82 
as Arab. Kigard from r. elo ’ eons 
from r. we De Sacy Gram. Arabe, I. 
p. 561. Then, sweetness, pleasantness, 
delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali- 
qua re for delectari, Syr. 2 and LZ} 
delectatus est aliqua re, Barhebr. p. 221, 
just delicie, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. xm" 
“> placetne tibi?—Found only in the 
phrase An" mM" an odour of delight, 
i. e. pleasant odour, sweet savour ; Gen. 
8, 21 Nhe meapy Him ms and God 
smelled the pleasant odour. Lev. 2, 12. 
26, 31. Ez. 6, 13. 20,41. To the Mo- 
saic precepts concerning sacrifices is 
very often added the phrase ΤΊΣ ΤῊ 
minn> a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1, 9 
13.17. 2,2.9. 3,5. 6, 14. Num. 15,7 sq. 
28,8; also mins> nv nny m2 Num. 
28, 6. 13. 29,6. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28.— 
Hence 


77") Chald. m. plur. from the Heb. 
usage in the preceding article, omitting 
mn, sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46. 
Ezra 6, 10. 

72 m. (τ. 52) progeny, offspring, al- 
ways coupled with 733, Gen. 21, 23. 
Job 18, 19. Is. 14, 22. 


T3292 pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi- 
tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern 
bank of the Tigris opposite to where 
Mosul now stands upon the western 
bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37, 37. Nah. 2, 
9. Jon. 1,2. 3, 3. al. By the Greeks 
and Romans it was usually called Nivos, 
Ninus. after the name of its founder, 
Hdot. 1. 193. ib. 2.101. Diod. Sic. 2.3. 
In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6. 


In respect to its site, see the discussion 
of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4. cap. 20; also 
Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p. 353, 368, 


and Tab. 46. C.J. Rich Residence in 
Koordistan, and on the site of ancient 
Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq. 
ὍΣΣ Jer. 48, 44 Cheth, i. q. Ὁ) in Keri 
fleeing, i. e. pass. made to flee, fugitive, 
{2.2 m. Nisan, the first month of the 
Hebrews, Neh. 2,1. Esth. 3,7; called 


=") 


in the Pentateuch 29349 83M q.v. Syr. 
Chald. and Arab. id—The name 3072, 
if Semitic, would seem to be for 7272, 
382, i.e. month of flowers, from 72 a 
flower. But Benfey with probability 
refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend. 
navagan new day ; made up of nav new, 
and agan i.q. Sanser. ahan day; die 
Monathsnamen p, 131 sq. 


ΤΊΧ τὰ. a spark, once Is. 1, 31. 
Talmud. id. R. 7x3, after the form 
“inp. 

"3, see “2. 


* "2 to break up with the plough, to 
till, Hos. 10,12. Jer.4,3. This root has 
prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb 793, 
comp. Ewald’s Gramm. § 235; and sig- 
nifies pr. to make glisten. 

Deriv. 772 II, 7522. 


I.) m. once "3 Prov. 21, 4 (τ. 753) 
i. q. "2, @ light, lamp, only metaph. 
6. g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 4325 
ΩΓ 99 "3247195 ποτοῦσα that there 
may be a light to David my servant Sor- 
ever, i.e. that his posterity may conti- 
nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19. 
2Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the 
wicked, that in which they glory, Prov. 
21, 4; comp. in "2 no. 1. Ὁ. 


ΠῚ. Ὁ m. (τ. 172) fallow ground, a 
field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23. 
Jer. 4, 3. Hos. 10, 12. 


*N22 to beat, to smite, i. q. 423. 
Arab. aX id. 

Nipu. ¢o be beaten; Job 30,8 12 AND} 
YIN they are eaten from: the land, 
driven out with blows. 

Deriv. the three following. 


83) m. plur. O°%22 smitten, trop. af- 
flicted, Is. 16, 7. 

82) adj. (r. 822) afflicted ; fem. nm 
ΓΙΝΞ) a smitien spirit, afflicted mind, 
Prov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18,14. Comp. 533. 

PND? £ (for mxd2, τ᾿ 823) Gen, 37, 25. 
43,11, strictly infin. after the form ΤΡ, 
MNP, mx20 ; pr. contusion, a breaking 
in pieces. Hence aromatic powder, and 
then this general name seems to have 
been transferred to some certain kind 
of spice or aromatic substanee. Sept. 
ϑυμίαμα, Aqu. στύραξ, Vulg. styraz. 


671 


23 


SE 6_- 

Arab. sls is i. qe &RKS gum, gum 
tragacanth.—Here seems also to belong 
the phrase ΓΞ) ma 2 K. 20,13. 18. 
39, 2, which literally perhaps may be ren- 
dered his spicery-house, as Aqu. Symm. 
Vulg. but more correctly as to the sense, 
treasury, slore-house, as Chald. Syr. 
Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (also Is. |. c. for 
Gr. γεχωϑᾷ.) In this house there seems 
to have been laid up, as is said imme- 
diately after, “silver, and gold, and spices, 
and precious ointments ;” so that it took 
its name from the latter rather than 
from the former. Less probable is the 
suggestion of Lorsbach, that ™52 is a 
Persian word from ,, apetke deponere, 
sl custodia ; ildtahic Lit. Zeit. 
1815, no. 59. 


*"T22 obsol. root, whence 


22 τὰ. progenies, as the Vulg. cor- 
rectly renders it, ive. progeny, always 
coupled with the synon. 2 q. ν. Simi- 
lar is Ethiop. 722" genus, cognatio, tri- 
bus, > and ἃ being interchanged ; comp. 
“33 for 353 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam.—in 
Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 733 
is read for the πο ar "22, and might 


then be i. q. Arab. KS calamity ; but 
the common reading is preferable. 


x" =P) in Kal not used, to strike, to 
smite. Arab. and Ethiop. So ; 


ΖῺΏΡ, , id. but rarely used and chiefly 
with the idea of harm. Syr. to: Pe. 
and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verbs 
beginning with 33, as ™22, 433, 523; 
comp. Lat. mec-o, noc-eo, Engl. to 
knock. 

Nipx. pass. of Hiph. to be smitten, 
slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15. 

Piet does not occur, since what some 
have regarded as the infin. of Piel, viz. 
the form 23 Num. 22, 6, is there as 
elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. fat. Hiph. 
thus: 532/938) ia-mD2 5258 7218 perhaps 


I may be ‘able that we smite him (Israel) 


and I drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3. 
The verb 55" is here construed with a 
finite verb, ἀσυνδέτως, comp. in Esth. 8. 6. 
Puat pass. to be smitien, 6. g. grain 
Ex. 9, 31. 32. But Hoph. is far more 
usual, q. v. ᾿ 


riod 672 


Hips. 425, 2 pers. nr. but 1 pers. 
am Dn and vith suff. τ 7s 1 Sam. 17, 
46, 7M7an Is. 60, 10; infin, nish, whe 
το, ΓΞ Deut. 13,16; imp. nan Ez. 6, 
11, apoc. 77; fut. conv. M2"). oftener 77. 

1. to strike, to smite, Gr. πλήσσω, e. g. 
a) With blows, as with a rod, with acc. 
of pers. and 3 of instrum. Num. 22, 23. 
27; with the fist or a stone in the hand 
Ex. 21, 18; instrum. impl. Ex. 2, 11. 13. 
1 K. 20, 35. 37. Deut. 25, 3 forty times he 
may strike him, i. e. give him forty 
blows or stripes ; hence to chastise Jer. 
2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the 
cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic. 
4,14. 1 Κα. 22, 24; a rock, ace. Ps. 78, 
20; with 3 to smite upon the rock Ex. 
17, 6; to smite the water with a cloak 
2K.2,8. With ἸΏ, 3°29, to smite out 
of one’s hand Ez. 39,33; ὁ. ace. to smite 
out an eye Ex. 21, 26. 

b) With any thing sharp or pointed, 
to smite, to thrust, 6. g. with the horn 
Dan. 8, 7; a flesh-hook 1 Sam. 2, 14; a 
spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6. 20, 10, c. acc. 
2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, fo 
smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon. 
4, 7; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl. 
stroke of the sun, with acc. of pers. Is. 
49, 10; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e. 
to the moon is ascribed the effect of the 
nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 31, 40, Hos. 
9,16. So Arab. >< to smite, to sting 


as a scorpion ; also mid. Kesri to be cold, 
chilled. 

c) With any thing thrown, fo smite, 
to hit ; as with a stone froma sling 1 
Sam. 17, 49. 50, comp. 2 K. 3,25; or an 
arrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24. 

The following phrases are to be noted: 

aa) 220 to strike the hand 2 K. 
11, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and 23 2h 10 strike 
with the hand Ez. 6, 11, fully τὸν m2 724 
ἘΞ to smite hand upon hand Ez. 21, 19. 
22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g. 
either in exultation, to clap the hands, 
2 K. 1. c. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or 
in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19. 

bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 ink S1975> 55 and 
David's heart smote him, i. e. as in com- 
mon Engl. ‘ beat against his ribs.’ 2 Sam. 
24,10. Comp. Aisch, Prom. 887 κραδία 
φύβῳ φρένα λακτίζει. 

cc) Often of Jehovah or his messen- 


m3 


gers, who are said to smite a person or 
people or land with disease or plagues, 
i. 6. to inflict a plague upon them, comp. 
522, 922. E. g. S°702 ΓΙΞΙῚ to smite 
with blindness Gen. 19, 11. Ὁ Κ. 6, 18; 
pestilence Num. 14, 12; hemorrhoids 
1 Sam. 5, 6; comp. ek. 12,4, Am. 4,, 
9. Hagg. 2,17. Also to smite a land 
with destruction, with two acc. Mal. 3, 
24; and impl. Is. 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after 
Jehovah had smitten the river, i. e. had 
turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So 
Ex. 8, 18. Zech. 10, 11. 15. 11, 15. 

dd) 9 m2n to strike roots into 
the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos. 
14,6. Comp. “ὦ mbv Jer. 17, 8. 

2. In a stronger sense: a) 10 smite 
in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9,25 and the 
hail smote all that was in the field. Ps. 
3, 8 thou hast smitten all my enemies as 
to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild 
beasts. So houses, Am. 3, 15; two acc. 
Am. 6, 11. 

b) to smite or thrust through, comp. 
no. 1. b; 6. g. with a spear 1 Sam. 19, 
10. 18, 11. 26, 8. 

c) to smite down, to overturn, to over- 
throw, as a tent Judg.7, 13. 1 Chr. 4, 
41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Pomk Zech. 9, 4 

mr ἘΞ MDM he doth overturn har teamee 
part into the sea. 

ἃ) to smite fatally, to kill, to slay, ας. 
ace. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Josh. 20, 5. 
1 Sam. 17, 36. al. sep. With o9m3 
Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23 ; oftener 294 “pd 
Josh. 8, ‘24. 10, 39. γῶν 1, 25. 2K. 10, 
25. al. Coupled with mr, and then 
man refers to the deadly blow, and the 
former to the actual death, 1 K. 16, 10. 
2 Sam. 18, 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10, 
26; also 2 K. 25, 25. With we? εἶδα, 
we: Ἔ M3M to smile one as to “his life, 
i. e. so as to touch his life, fatally, Gen. 
37, 21. Deut. 19, 6. 11. 27, 25. Jer. 40, 
14.15; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God 
as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51. 
105, 36; of the angel of God 2 Κὶ. 19, 
35.— Where only a part of a whole num- 
ber are slain, this is marked by 12, Judg. 
14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7,5; or by 3 parti- 
tive, 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, 5. 
Judg. 15, 15. So without an acc. of 
number, D°3"83 M2M fo smite of the ene- 
mies 2 Sam. 23, 10. 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 
17. Num. 22, 6; and so 1 Sam. 18, 7434 


m5 


wba dard. 21, 12. 29, 5.—Spoken also 
of wild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces, 
1K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6—Trop. to smite 
with the tongue, to bring into reproach 
and punishment by slanders, Jer. 18, 18. 

3. In a weaker sense, to smile enemies 
is often simply to overcome them in bat- 
tle, to vanquish, to put to flight, fully 
“ing mn Ps. 78, 66. So Gen. 14, 15 
he smote them and pursued them unto 
Hobah. v. 5. 7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel. 
Josh. 13, 12, Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4, 2 
Sam. 8, 1, 2.3.10. al. With an adjunct 
of distance, Gen. 14, 15, 2. Sam. 5, 25. 
Josh. 10, 10. 41; of time how long 1 
Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10; of numbers 
Judg. 1, 4. 3, 31. 1 Sam. 4, 2, Ps. 60, 2. 
Also to smite a city, to take it by storm, 
Josh. 7, 3. 10, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 1. 1K. 15, 
20. 2K. 3, 19. al. But 299 ἜΣ ὋΣ nen 
is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg. 
20, 37 ; comp. no. 2. d. 

Hora. 725 and man Ps, 102, 5. 

1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be smitten, 
i.e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14. 16. Num. 
25,14. Ὁ) to be smitten of God, with a 
plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4. 
Hos. 9, 16.—Ps. 102, 5 way ΞῸΣ9 n> 
“zd my heart (vital strength) is smitten 
and drieth up like the herbage. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit- 
ten, slain, Num, 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18, 
21. b) Of a city, to be smitien, to be 
taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1. 

Deriv. 722, and the two following. 


2? adj. smitten, only in constr. 723 
pxbss smitten in the feet, lame, 2 Sam. 
4, 4. 9,3; MI" M22 smitten in spirit, af- 
flicted, contrite, Is. ‘66, 2. 

32 τη. (τ. 32) only plur. "52 Ps. 35, 
15, smifing sc. with the tongue, i. 6. rail- 
ers, slanderers ; comp. Jer. 18, 18. 

M52 and 15} pr. ἢ. Necho, king of 
Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23, 
29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2. 


According to Manetho in his book of - 


dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec- 


ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne-- 


cho II, to distinguish him from his 
grandfather of the like name; see Jul. 
Affic. in Routh’s Reliq. Sacr. Η. Ρ. 147. 
Herodotus calls him Ἱγεκώς, 2. 158, 159. 


ib. 4.42. Sept. Neyew. The etymology 


is unknown, but is doubtless to be sought 
57 


673 


$95 


in the ancient Egyptian; see Thesaur. 
Ρ. 885. 


TiD2 (prepared, r. 2) Nachon, pr. n. 
of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6,6. Inthe 
parall, passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is 72. 


* M22 obsol. root, pr. i. 4. M27 to be in 
Front, before the eyes, over against, (see 
M23,) to go straight forward.—Hence 
mo3, m2), M32. 


ΤΊΞ2 m. adj. in front, straight, right, pr. 
of one who goes straight ahead. Is. 57, 
2 ΓΞ) 32h who walketh straight before 
him, goes straight ahead, i. 6. an upright 
man. With >, right, just to any one, 
Prov. 8, 9.—Fem. ΓΞ} as subst. right, 
justice, ‘Am. 3, 10. Is. 69, 14; plur. mins3 
id. Is. 26, 10. 30, 10. 


M22 pr. subst. (τ. M22) ‘the front, what 
is before the eyes; but used only asa 
Preposition. 

1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26, 
35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 Καὶ. 20, 29, al. 


> m2) id. Josh. 15, 7. 


2. before, in presence of ; MIN? ΓΙᾺ 
ig. τῆλ "22>, before Jehovah, i. δ. δο- 
ceptable. to him Judg. 18, 6. "38 M33 
mint before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19; me- 
taph. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and so 
Prov. 5, 31. "28 M22 DAY 10 set before 
one’s own face, i. e. to regard with fa- 
vour, to delight in, Ez. 14,7; comp. v- 
3 where for D&W is Ἴ2. 

3. With Prefixes: a) m23->x pr. 
‘towards the front’ of any thing, i. 6. 
towards Num. 19, 4. 

b) M335 «) Ady. ‘to the front, i. e. 
straight forwards, Prov. 4,25. 8) in 
Front of, before Gen. 30, 38; whence 
7) on account of, for, after a verb of 
interceding, Gen. 25, 21; Sept. περί. 
Comp. Germ. vor and fir, the last of 
which has also a local sense. 

c) M23 ἪΡ unto the front of, i. 6. to 
the place over against, Judg. 19, 10. 20, 
43. Ez. 47, 20. 


TD) c. suff. ins) the front; adv. in 
Front of, over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez, 
46,9. R.mz3. ᾿ 


ἤ 223 to deceive, to deal fraudulently, 
part. 53) Mal..1,14. Syr. Chald. Sam. id. 
Pret id. with % of pers. Num. 25, 18. 

Hirup.. id. c. 3 Ps. 105, 25, andso 


b>5 


with ace. to act deceitfully with any one 
Gen. 37, 18. 
. Deriv. "273, "2D, also 

23 m. plur. ὁ. suff. 0m7">22, deceit, 
wiles, Num. 25, 18. 


τ Ὁ32 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 023, 723, ἃ. ν΄. 
to collect, to accumulate. Hence 


022 τὰ. plur. 5°O23 goods, riches, 
wealth, a word of the later Hebrew, 
2.Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh. 


22,8. Syr. qamal id. 

022 Chald. m. plur. 1033 id. goods, 
wealth; Ezra 6,8. 7,26 77033 ΘῈΣ mulct 
of goods. 

*932 in Kal not used. Arab. “3 


a) to be of acute intellect; contra Ὁ) 
not to know, not to understand, and 
hence to disallow, to reprobate ; Conj. 
IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See 
Thesaur. p. 886. 

-Hrexg. "25 is most in use, and is of 
like signif. with 377. 

1. Pr. to look wpon, to behold ; Gen. 
31, 32 "ey ΓΙῸ HoT Sehold for thy- 
self what is with me. 37, 32. 38, 25. 26. 
Neh. 6, 12. Jer. 24,5.—Spec. a) 7727 
ἘΠ do look wpon the person of any one, 
to have respect of persons, to show par- 
tiality, i. q. ΒΞ 8W2 in Rvp no. 3. b. β; 
spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19. 
Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21; comp. Is. 3,9. Ὁ) 
to look upon with kindness and favour, 
i.e. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10.19. Ps. 142, 
5; also to reverence asa god, to worship, 
Dan. 11, 39. 

2. to know by sight, to recognise a 
person or thing, Gen. 27, 23. 37, 33. 42, 
7.8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg. 18,3. 1 Sam. 26, 
17. Job: 2,12.al. Also to acknowledge ; 
Deut. 21,17 he shall acknowledge the 
son of the hated as the first-born. 33,19; 
with "2 Is, 61, 9; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36. 

3. to know, i. €. to be acquainted with, 
i,q. ST? no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not 
its form, i. 6. was unacquainted with it. 
7,10. 24, 13. 17. 34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is. 
63, 16. 

4. to know, ¢. 6. to have a knowledge of, 
i,q. 273 no. 5, but rare and only in the 
later books; inf. c. 5, Neh. 13, 24 they 
knew not how to speak the Jews’ lan- 
guage. Ezra 3, 13. 


674 


"23 


Piet 1. i. q. Hiph. no. 1. a, to look 
upon, to regard with partiality ; Job 34, 
19 nor regardeth the rich more than the 
poor.—But contra 

2. not to know, to be ignorant_of, Arab. 

3 Conj. 1, comp. above in Kal, and 
see note below. Job 21,29 ask them that 
pass by the way, 9922" N> oni and 
their signs thou shalt not fail to know, 
i. e. the signs, tokens, which they give. 
—Hence 

3. to feign not to know, to deny ; Arab. 
Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32, 
27 “sai a°IZ 1932797748 lest their enemies 
should deny, and say, etc. 

4. not to know, i. 6. to reject ; Arab. 
Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken 
me (315) and have rejected (3722) 
this place. Pregn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God 
hath rejected (and delivered) him unto 
my hand. 

Νιρη. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
known, recognised, Lam. 4, 8. 

2. iq. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis- 
semble, Prov. 26, 24. 

Hirer. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
known, recognised, Prov. 20, 11. 

2. not to let oneself be known, to feign, 
to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5. 6. 

Nore. Many attempts have been 
made to find some point or idea common 
to the two significations apparently so 
contrary as to know and not te know. 
Perh. the following order may afford 
light, viz. "23 a} lo look upon intently 
Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know, 
Hiph. no. 2-4. But as things unknown, 
new, unheard of, cause us to look intent- 
ly upon them, to wonder, and admire, 


| hence b) not to know, to be ignorant, 


Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth, 47NZ, to 
admire, to wonder. Hence 933 strange- 
ness, "123 strange.—Again, as things 
known and familiar are pleasing, while 
those unknown and strange are dis- 
pleasing and irksome, hence c) to 
be disagreeable, irksome ; whence “23, 


9, 
“23, calamity, Arab. 5S id. 
Deriv, 17724, 12%, and the three here 
following. 
"23 m. constr. "22 Deut. 31, 16, 


strangeness, foreignness, e. g. strange 
worship Neh. 13,30. "22 ΡΝ astrange 


"53 


land, foreign country, Ps. 137, 4. >x 
"23 @ strange god, foreign, Deut. 32, 
12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. 123 "7% id. Gen. 
35, 2. Josh. 24, 20. 23; strange altars, 
dedicated to foreign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2.— 
Also 393 α stranger, foreigner, Gen, 
17, 12. 27. Ex. 12, 43. Levi 22,255 
plur. "32 "22 Ps. 18, 45, 46. 15. 60, 10, 
Neh. 9, 2. 


"22 Job 31, 3, also 29 Ob. 12, a 
strange fate, calamity; see in r. "23 


Se, 5, 
note lett. c. Arab. ps 3G, id. 


"123 adj. (from "33 with the ending 
"—) f. M2952, plur. 5°32; unknown, 
strange, foreign ; Chald. 232, 772352, 
Syr. pod . Spoken: a) Ofone from 
another land and people, "732 ΘΝ a 
stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra 
10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1K. 8, 41, 43; of 
a people Ex. 21,8; a land Ex. 2,22; a 
city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 2,21; a 
garment Zeph. 1,8. 8) Of one from 
another family, a stranger, not of one’s 
own household, Gen. 31, 15. Prov. 20, 16; 
"122 Wx opp. to a son and legal heir 
Ecce. 6, 2. Fem. 2932 @ strange wo- 
man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in 
respect to illicit intercourse, and hence 
i. q. an adulteress, harlot, comp. 1, 
Prov, 5, 20. 7, 5. 23,27; hence 1129 
m=722 ἃ strange tongue, i.e. the tongue 
of a strange woman, Prov. 6, 24. Of 
another’s house Prov. 5, 10. With dat. 
Ps. 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 15. 6) another, 
not oneself, Prov. 27,2. d) strange, un- 
heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21. 


MS}, see MX23. 


© m2) a root found once in the Ma- 
soretic text, but doubtful, viz. 

Hien. Is. 33,1 3H THO Fo nD 
ἼΞ wast Thad ANbrD in thy ceasing to 
spoil, thou shalt be spoiled ; in thy per- 
fecting (finishing) to plunder, thou shalt 
be plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by 
conjecture from the parallelism; taking 
m>:2 as inf. Hiph. for m>292, Dag. eu- 
phon. comp. Lelrg. p. 87.—A. Schultens 
compares Arab. Js mid. Ye, to get, to 
acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad 
_ Job 15, 29; see examples in Thesaur. 

p. 888. But this idea does not suit the 
parallelism, which obviously demands 


675 


"3 


the sense of perfecting, finishing. It is 
better, therefore, with L. Cappell, Lowth, 
Doederlein, and others, to read 4m>32, 
from τ. 1>2; which verb elsewhere also 
corresponds to ΘΠ, Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16, 4, 
—Another trace of this root is supposed 
to exist in the noun 22% q. v. Job 15, 
29; but the reading is there equally 
doubtful. 


2") 1 Sam. 15, 9, the vile, the bad, 
spoken of flocks, i.q. M132. Sept. ἠτιμω- 
μένον, Vulg. vile. The form is wholly 
anomalous; and arose perhaps out of 
the two readings M132 abstr. for coner. 
and 133 which savours of a gloss; see 
Lehrg. p. 462, 463. 


8770 (perh, for bana day of God) 
Nemuel, pr.n.m, Num. 26,9. Patronym. 
in ‘~ ib, v.12. See also 54721. 


ΠῺΣ a spurious root, whence some 
derive the forms 727, 123, which be- 
long to the root 722. 


. 522 a root doubtful in the verb it- 
self, since all the forms assigned to it 
may be, not to say ought to be, referred 
to 55% and 52. From r. >> II, to cut 
off, to be cut off, comes the fut. 537, 3572", 
see this root; and to Niph. of the same 
may be referred 0F>%2 (for DM>22) ye 
shall be cut off i. e. circumcised Gen. 17, 
11. which is commonly taken as pret. 
Kal of this root 523 to be circumcised — 
To the root 5:8 undoubtedly belong 
pret. Niph. 5152 i. q. 5122 to be circum- 
cised Gen. 17, 26. 27, part. %>'a2 34, 22. 
Comp. S12 and vise, minwe for MRC, 
and see the remarks under mixsti2.— 
Still from a root of this form comes the 
noun 


M2" £ an ant, Prov. 6, 6, plur. 573722 


S27 o- 
ants Proy. 30, 25. Arab. ἅλῳ. Per- 


haps so called from its cropping off i. e. 
consuming ; or also from creeping, since 
Arab. 43 seems to have had this sense. 


ν Ve3 obsol; root. I. i. 4. Arab. 
to be spotted, speckled ; Syr. εἰοὐ to va- 
riegate. Hence “23 leopard. 

Hl. i. q. Arab, 5 to be limpid, pure, 


as water; IV to find limpid and sweet 
water ; see M22. 


“a3 


9 τὰ. (τ. 02) a panther, leopard, 
so called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5, 
6. 13, 23. Hos. 13,7; plur. 5722 Hab. 
1, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the 
tiger was also comprised under this 
,name ; as the Hebrews had no specific 
name for thatanimal. Syr. f,s03 » Arab, 
5 pe Eth. 2@C, Amhar. ΖΏς, 
id. 

22 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 6. 

22. pr. n. Nimrod, son. of Cush, 
founder of the kingdom of Babylon and 
of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10, 8-12. Perh. 
identical with that ancient king whom 
the Greeks call Ninus, and make the 
founder of Nineveh. 74573 YR i. 6. 
Babylonia, Mic. 5, 5.—If the etymology 
be Semitic, this name may come from 
“72 to rebel, pr. ‘a rebel.’ 


7792 and O22 (r. 722 ΠῚ) Nimrah, 
Nimrim, pr. n. see 23 "3 in art. m3 
no. 12. ec. 

"D2 (drawn out, saved, i. q. mun) 
Nimshi, pr. n. of the erendéether of Jehu 
2 K. 9,25; comp. 1 K. 19, 16. 


m. (τ. 002 IT) c. suff. "©3, pr. some- 
tine lified up, a lofty atonal. Syr. 
‘Test ἃ εἴσῃ, standard. Spec. 


1. a column or high pole, Num. 21, 
8. 9. 

2. standard or flag of a ship, Ez. 27, 
7. Is. 33, 23, 

3. a standard, signal, planted on a 
bigh mountain, chiefly on the irruption 
of an enemy, in order to point out to the 
‘people a place of rendezvous, Is. 5, 26. 
11, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps. 
60,6. Comp. Px no. 1. c. Curt. V. 2. 

4. Metaph. a@ sign, token, sc. of admo- 
mition, Num. 26, 10. 


203 f. (τ. 220) pr. part. Niph. a turn, 
course of things, from God, 2 Chr. 10, 15. 


ὰ 202 see 450, note. 


“ rer in Kal not used, pr. i.q. Arab. 
Lit.d to smell, then to try by the smell, to 
try. It differs therefore in its primary 
idea from {M2 to examine by the touch, 
to try by the touch-stone. 

Pret M02, fut. M923, imp. 52 Dan. 1, 
12. 


676 


703 

1. to try, to prove any one, to put him 
to the test ; 1 K. 10, 1 the queen of She- 
ba came ΤΡ ΠΤῚΞ ines} to prove him with 
hard questions, i.e. to try the wisdom 
of Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecc. 2, 1. Dan. 
1,12. 14. Spec. a) God is said to try 
or prove men, i. 6. their virtue Ps, 26,2; 
piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe- 
dience Ex. 15, 25. 20,17 [20]. 2 Chr. 
32, 31. This is done by wonderful works 
Ex. 20,17; by commands difficult to be 
executed Gen. 22, 1, comp. Ex. 16, 4; 
and by the infliction of calamities Deut. 
8, 2. 16. 33, 8. Judg. 2,22. 3,1.4. Comp. 
sigh tier inN.T. Vice versa Ὁ) Men 
are said to prove or tempt God, by doubt- 
ing, not confiding in his power and aid, 
Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18. 41. 56. 
Is. 7, 12 1 will not ask, neither will I 
tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5, 9. 15, 10. 
Chald. Syr. Sam. id. 

2. to try, i. 6. to make trial, to attempt, 
to prove ; with acc. of thing, Job 4, 2 
ΠΡ WX WT Mow can one try a-word 
with thee ? wilt thou take it ill? Ece. 7, 
23. With inf. Deut. 4. 34. 28, 56. Ab- 
sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 "9 δὲ τ fr Thave 
not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39. 

Deriv. 722. 


ρ mo fat. Md", to pluck out, to tear 
away. Kindr. ΣΌΣ. E.g. a person from 
his dwelling Ps. 52,7; from his country 
i. e. to drive into exile Prov. 2,22. Also 
a house, i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25. 
Like plants, men and houses are said to 
be planted and plucked up; comp. 303 
and wm). 

Nipu. to be plucked up, i. e. driven out 
from a land, Deut. 28, 63. 

Deriv. ΠΡ. 


MO? Chald. i. gq. Heb. Irups. to be 
plucked out, Ezra 6, 11. 

FO) m.(r. 7021) 1. alidation, drink- 
offering, Deut. 32, 38. 
2. a molten image, i. ᾳ. 5292, Dan. 
ἐν δὲ a 

3. one anointed, i. e. a prince conse- 
crated by anointing, i. q. M"t2, but 
more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps. 
83, 12. Ez. 32, 30. Mie. 5, 4. 


Ὁ]. 302 fat. plur, 2%, 320%, 10 pour, 
to pour out, Is. 29, 10. Kindr. is }30.— 
Spec. 


"D0 


1. Inhonour of the deity, to make liba- 
tion, σπένδειν, Ex. 30,9. Hos. 9,4. Hence 
Is. 30, 1 M202 902, σπένδεσθαι σπονδήν, 
to pour out a@ libation, i. e. to make a 
league, which the ancients accompanied 
with libations. Comp. Gr. σπονδή liba- 
tion and league, Lat. spondeo. 

2. Of metal, to cast, to found, Is. 40, 
19. 44, 10. 

3. to anoint a king Ps. 2,6. Comp. 
702 no. 3. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal πο. 3, to be anointed 
Prov. 8, 23. 

Pret j. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation 
1 Chr. 11,18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa- 
rallel passage 2 Sam. 23, 16 is Hiph. 

Hiren. id. to pour out libations, to make 
libation, Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7, 
18. Ps. 16, 4. al. 

Horn. pass. fo be poured out ; impers. 
libation is made, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16. 

Deriv. 739% I, 9702, 93. 


ΠΤ, ἼΩ2 ἷ. ᾳ. Κη, ΠΞῸ 1. to inter- 
twine, to weave, to hedge sc. with woven 
work, i. q. Arab. 3. Hence ΞΘ 
the warp. € 

2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of 
surrounding with a hedge, Is, 25, 7; 
comp. 307 II. 


102 Chald. to pour out, to make liba- 


tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2, 46, where 
by zeugmait refers also to M22. Comp. 
Arab. GXw.5 to sacrifice. 

702 Chald. plur. c. suff. pin"202, liba- 
tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7, 17. 

TO? and FO2 m. (γ. 199 1) in pause 
O2, 0. suff. "202; plur. 5°593, constr. 
"203. 

1. a libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35, 
14. Jer. 7, 18. αἱ. 5023 "M20 the meat- 
offering and the drink-offering Joel 1, 9. 
13. 2, 14. Num. 15, 24. 

2. a molten image, i. q. 9202, Is. 41, 
29. 48, 5. Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. 

ὙΌΣ, see r. 20 Niph. 

*]. O03 i. g. 002, to pine away, to 

y Ξ ox 
be sick. Syr. «Ὁ Ethpa. id. booms 
sick. Comp. Heb. #52, 28 .—Is. 10,18 
Dd} ODn> as the sick man pineth away. 


ἘΠῚ. 5D3 in Kal not used, prob. i. ἃ. 
Arab. yas to lift up on high, so as to 
57* 


677 


pos 
make conspicuous; VIII to be high, 


erect; ues a lofty throne.—Hence oy, 

Hirapo. Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as 
ἸΡΌΤΙΝΤΞΣ Midge Ἢ -723% the stones 
of a diadem lifting themselves up in his 
land. [Ps. 60,6 D0%3M> for lifting up, to 
be lifled up ; others from r. ὉΠ) q. v.—R. 


* 202 fat. 207, inf ΣΌΣ, 6. suff. Dz 
Gen. 11, 2; imp. plur. 25. 

1. Pr. i. q. Arab. &} 2 to pull up, to 
pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. ">3,) 
e.g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg. 
16, 14; the posts of a gate v. 3; oftener 
the tent-pins or stakes in order to take 
down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20. 
Hence : 

2. to break up a camp, or as in vulgar 
Engl. to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove, 
espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen. 
33, 12. 35,21. 46,1. Often with an ad- 
junet of place whence, c. 7 Gen. 20, 1. 
35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10, 12; also of 
place whither, acc. and 7 local, Num. 11, 
85. Deut. 2, 1. 10,7. Said also of an 
army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4, 
7; and trop. of the angel of God and 
pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19; the sacred 
tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2,17; the ark 
10, 35; the wind 11, 31.—Hence also 

3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi- 
grate, Gen. 12. 9. Num. 10, 33. With 
dat. pleon. 52> 820 Num. 14, 25. Deut. 
1,7. Of nomadic wanderings Jer. 31, 
24. Zech. 10, 2. 

4. to bend a bow, Arab. £45; see 302 
no. 2. ἐν 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be torn away, 6. g. the cords 
ofa tent Job 4, 21, see under "7. Of 
a tent itself} Is. 38, 12. 

Ηιϊρη. 270m, fut. 9°93. 1. Causat. 
of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to 
make remove, Ex. 15, 22. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de- 
part. to cause to go forth, to lead out, Ps. 
78, 52; poet. of a wind v. 26. Also of 
things, to put away, to set aside, 2 K. 4,4. 

3. to pluck up, to tear up, asa tree 


Job 19, 10; a vine Ps. 80,9. Soto get 


out stones, to quarry, Ecc. 10, 9. 1 K. 5, 
31 [17]. 

Deriv. 309, 502. 

*PO3 fut. por once Ps. 139, 8, to.go 
up, to ascend. This root, so far as it can 


pos 
be called one, is very common in Syriac 
and Chaldee, butonly in fut. imp. inf, Kal, 
vom, wan, wand, and Aph. on} ; ; 
in the other forms, pret. and part. Pe. 
and conj. Ethp. the verb GSw is used, 
so that in fact the first radical Nun no- 
where appears. Indeed such a root 45 
would seem never to have existed ; and 
Castell was probably correct in his re- 
mark, (though censured for it by J. D. 
Michaelis, Lex. Syr. p. 600,) that 72", 
on), and θὰ, ou) , are contracted 
from phos, peox. See too Roediger 
in Zeitschr. far d. Kunde des Morgenl. 
II. p. 91. Other examples of words 
contracted, so that of two consonants 
the first is doubled, are ΠΏ, HAN; 


po , vulg. AY: , see Caussin de Perc. 


Gramm. Arabe vulg. p. 12.al. In strict- 
ness, therefore, this root P02 should be 
banished from the Lexicons. 


pO? Chald. id. (see Heb. Po2,) Aph. 
p°on, inf. MPO, to cause to ascend, to 
take up out of a place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24. 

Hopn. after the Heb. form pon, to be 
taken up, Dan. 6, 24. 


J702 Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of the 
‘Ninevites, 2 K. 19, 37, Is. 37, 38, perh. pr. 


λῶν. 
‘eagle, from the Semit. "22 pene and 


ithe syllable,éch, ach, which in Persian is 
‘intensive ; whence Nisr-och great eagle. 
‘On the worship of the eagle by the 
sheathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. ye 
Jurieu Hist. des Dogmes IV. 4. c. 11.— 
‘Bohlen proposes several derivations 
from the Sanser. and Zend; see The- 
‘saur. p. 892. 


*Mo2 a spurious root; the forms 
m8H2, md, which might seem to be- 
Jong here, see under mid. 

“22 (motion, perh. earthquake, r. 95>) 
Neah, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun Josh. 
19, 13. 

“Y2 (motion, τ. 282) Noah, pr. n. f. 
Num. 26, 33, 

"92 m. plur. (denom. fr. 922) child- 
hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. 8) 
Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. ‘1729 
Srom my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 


678 


ΕΣ 


12; sys Gen. 46, 84, "95220 8, 21. 
b) Of youth: m™AS3 bos the husband of 
her youth Joel i, 8; FTAs PORN the wife 
of thy youth, Prov: 5, 18. Is. 54, 6. Mal. 
2, 14.15; BmAS2 "2a the children of 
one’s σι, born to one in youth, Ps. 
127, 4.—Metaph. of the youth of the 
Israelitich people Jer. 2, 2. 8, 4: Ez. 
16, 22. 60. Comp. 5°2p1. 


miw3 f. plur. (fr. n. 933) id. youth, 
Jer. 32, 30. 

ἘΣ (perh. i.g. D¥"D7, ἘΜ595) Netel, 
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27. 


O°? m. adj. (τ. 853) sweet, pleasant, 
Ps. 133, 1; of song 147, 1; a singer, 
minal DD2 sweet in songs 2 Sima 23,1; 
a lyre Ps. 81,3; one beloved Cant. 1, 16. 
Plur. 5779"53 aalehin pleasures, Job 36, 
11, and nin sy id. Ps. 16, 11. So of 
place, pleasant, delightful ; plur. 5°73} 
pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a 
person, pleasant, and so ‘of God, benign, 
gracious, Ps. 135, 3. 


5 233 1. to bolt a door, to fasten 
with a bolt or bar, ὁ. acc. 2 Sam. 13, 17. 
18. Judg. 3,23. 24. ΘῈΣ) 33 a garden 
barred, shut up, also 5552 >: ᾳ fountain 
shut up, Cant. 4, 12. 

2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. ke3, 
which is done by confining, shutting in 
the foot with thongs. With two acc. Ez. 
16,10 erm 423281 7 shod thee with seal- 
skin, i. e. gave thee shoes of seal-skin. 

Hiren. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 

Deriv. 53572, 593, and 


232 £. Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. 15D35 plur. 
Bwds3, ΤΌΣ; dual ΕἼΣΣΣ; ; a shoe, sandal, 
Josh. 5, 15. TK. 2, 15.al. To put oniome’s 
shoe is πδγη5 ἴδ τῷ Ez. 24,17; to put 
off one’s shoe is 39 33 yon Deut. 
25, 9. Is.>20, 2; abd Ruth 4, 7. 8; δ) 


Josh. 5,15. Ex.3,5. Arab. diss shee or 
sandal, Syr. tis id.—In transferring a 


possession or domain, it was customary 
to deliver one’s shoe (Ruth 4,7), as in the 
middle ages a glove; hence the action 
of throwing down a shoe upon a region 
or territory was a symbol of occupancy. 
Ps. 60, 10 upon the land of Edom do I 
cast my shoe, i. e. I take possession, oc- 
cupy it as my own; see Rosenm. Altes 
und neues Morgenland no, 483. Ps. 108, 


Ὠ22 


10.—According to Deut. 25, 9, 10, a 
husband’s brother who refused to fulfil 
his duty by marrying the widow, was 
to have his shoe plucked off by the lat- 
ter, implying that he gave up a sacred 
obligation; hence he was to be called 
ἘΣ) ys>m.—Elsewhere. α shoe-latchet, 
thong, 222-772 Gen. 14, 23, or @ pair 
of shoes, dual 5552 Am: 2, 6. 8, 6, is 
' put for any thing of little value, worth- 
less.—Plur. 0°53) Is. 11, 15; once Mi>33 
Josh. 9, 5. 


* D2) fut. 523" 1. to be sweet ; Prov. 
9, 17 e377 puIn9 cm>. Comp. 0°2322. 
Kindred are ‘em, ‘pd, bad, to taste ; 
pr. to lick, to sucks whenee “the notion 
of sweet taste; see 7X9. 

2. Trop. to be sweet, pleasant, lovely, 
of one beloved Cant. 7, 7; a friend 2 
Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, ο. dat. Prov. 2, 10; 
spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers. 
Prov. 24, 25 33" O° 125 fo those who 
punish (to judges) shall be delight, i. 6. it 
shall be well with them; comp. "> 30", 


nb 312, it is well with me.—Arab. as ᾽ 


Ais 


sage 
3, id. vite bonis abundavit. 


Deriv. the seven here following; 
also D°53, DWD22. 


O22 (pleasantness) Naa, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 4, 15. 


By m. 1. sweetness, pleasaniness, 
Prov. 3, 17. ἘΣ ὍΝ pleasant words, 
i.e. aaitablé, becoming, 15, 26. 16, 24. 

2. beauty, splendour; min cy the 
beauty (glory) of Jehovah Ps. 27, 4; 
comp. M7 338 ν. 13. Ex. 33, 19. 

3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech. 11, 
7. Comp. χάρις, Germ. Huld from hold, 
and Engl. grace. 


M222 (pleasant, r.032) Naamah, pr. n. 

1. Of two females; a) The daughter 
of Lamech Gen. 4,22. Ὁ) The mother 
of Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31. 2 Chr. 
12, 13. 

2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh. 
15, 41; comp. "92. 


222 Naamite, patronym. from pr. ἢ. 
ΤΩΣ no. 2, Num. 26, 40; pr. for "3233 
‘which is read in the Cod. Sam. 


”a¥2 (my pleasantness, fr. 523) Nao- 


679 


“22 


mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of Ruth, 
Ruth 1, 2 sq. 


7222 1. pleasantness, amenity, of 
place. Is, 17, 10 Θ᾿ ὍΣ) "242 pleasant 
plantations. R. >} 

2. Naaman, pr.n. a) A son of Ben- 
jamin Gen. 46,21. Ὁ) Num. 26,40. ¢) 
A Syrian warrior and captain, 2 K. 5, 1. 


“M22 Naamathite, gentile n. from 
M232, a place elsewhere unknown, but 
different from that above mentioned in 
F952 no. 2. Job 2, 11. 11, 1. 


i V2? obsol. root, Chald. 723 to punc- 


ture, to prick, to stick ; whence CaaS 
(732) a species of thorn, perhaps lotus 
spinosa, see Celsii Hierob. 11. p. 191, 
and Comm. on Is. 7, 19.—Hence 


77X22 τὰ. a thorn-hedge, thicket of 
thorns, vepretum, Is. 7, 19. 55, 13. 


κ᾿ “22 to roar, 6. σ. the young lion, 
Jer. 51, 38. Syr. oJ id. This root 


would seem to be onomatopoetic, like 
the kindred "73. 


ΕΣ 22 to shake; spec. 1. to shake 
out, Neh. 5,13; the hand so as not to 
hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15. 

2. to shake off; Is. 33, 9 103 “33 
do 2) Bashan and Carmel shake off 
i. e. cast off their foliage. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 1, Pass. of Pi. to be shaken 
out, i. 6. Geist out from a land, Job 38, 13. 
Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Arab. (y483 quassit, 
excussit, VIII expulsus est, (»4.25 expul- 
sio. 

2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. e. 
to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20. 

Pret to shake out, Neh. 5,13. Pregn. 
Ex. 14, 27 Jina Dvaeorry jn 33271 
ot anil Jehovah shook out the ‘Egyp- 
fians into the midst of the sea, i.e. he 
drove them from the shore and cast them 
into the sea, Ps. 136, 15. 

Hirap. to shake oneself fromany thing, 
ὁ. 772 Is. 52, 2. 

Deriv. “23 II, 332. 


ἜΣ 1. α΄ δον ; prob. primi- 


tive, and found in the Indo-European 


tongues for man, 6. g- Sanscr. nri and 
nara man, f.nari and néri woman, Zend. 


naere, Pers. yb ’ “: Gr. ἀνήρ.---ϑροκοπ 


"22 


both of an infant just born Ex. 2,6. Judg. 
13, 5. 7. 1 Sam. 4, 21; of a boy not yet 
full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7, 
16. 8,4; and of a youth nearly twenty 
years old Gen. 34, 19. 41, 12 (comp. 37, 
2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5. 29. 
Spec. a) Often emphat. to express a 
tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl. boy, 
child, youth, e. g. in various ways: 1 
Sam. 1, 24 932 "3271, Vulg. et puer erat 
adhuc infantulus. 30,17 “8° MIN? F278 
“22 four hundred young men, youths. 
Jer. 1,6 Icannot speak, for 1am a child. 
v. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4, Eee. 10, 16. 
Is. 65, 20. More fully 325 “32 young 
and lender 1 Chr. 22, 4. ie 3, 5. Ps. 37, 
25. Lam. 2, 21. Sept. γέος, catnlias γεα- 
νίσκος. Ὁ} In other passages "33 seems 
rather a name of condition and denotes 
servant, like the Greek παῖς, Germ. 
Bursche, Junge, Engl. boy ; Gen. 37, 2 
“32 850 he was servant with the sons of 
Bilhah, i. e. he was herdsman’s boy, 
shepherd’s boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8,4. 
Ex. 33,11. al. Also of common soldiers, 
Germ. die Burschen, Engl. boys, lads ; 
1 K. 20, 15. 17. 19. 2K. 19,6. With 
genit. or suff. the servant of any one, 
Judg. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al. 
But in Job 29, 5 "232 my sons. Spoken 
of the people of Israel in its youth, Hos. 
11,1. Comp. 5433. 

2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the 
books, or rather by archaism, the form 
“2 as in Greek ἡ παῖς, is used as if of 
the comm. gend. for “732 girl, maiden, 
and construed with a fem. verb, Gen. 
24, 14. 16, 28. 55. 34, 3.12. Deut. 22, 15 
sq. although M33 is everywhere read 
in the margin; comp. in 815 no. 1, In 
the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two 
times, and I would also refer hither the 
plur. 5°922 used of maidens in Ruth 2, 
21, comp. v. 8..22. 23, (Sept. κοράσεα,) 
‘and of youths and maidens Job 1,19. In 
a similar manner, the Arabs in the more 
elegant style employ masculine nouns 
also for the other sex, and abstain from 
the feminine τῷ a used in the 


vulgar language; as Use ah 
I- 


and bride, which latter is vulg. coe 
Daal an old om vulg. yal ; cémp. 
; Ἷ: for vulg. Her mistress, PS) for 


680 


52 


9 - C- 
Ko} wife, like Germ. Gemahl for Ge- 
mahlin, Gatte for Gattin. 

Deriv. 933, M733, BANI2, Minas2, pr. 
ἢ. ἼΣΞ, WIS. 


Il. "22 m. (τ. ἼΞ) Il) α casting out, 
expulsion, concer. cast out, driven out, of 
a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept. 
ἐσκορπισμένον, Vulg. dispersum. ; 


3 m. (denom. from “231) boyhood, 
youth, i. q. B°932, poet. Job 33, 25. 36, 
14. Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21.—In Job 36, 
14 and Ps, ]. c. some have adopted the 
sense of expulsion, from r. "32 II, but 
without necessity. 


M22 f. (denom. fr. "32 1) plur. niny3. 

1. a girl, e. g. a) a female child, 
Job 40, 29 [41,5]. Ὁ) a maiden, oi 
sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg. 
19, 3 sq. Am. 2,7. mE? M932 ἃ fair 
matden ὦ K. 1,3. 4. ΩΣ Ν 2 ἃ young 
virgin 1 Κ' 1, 2. Esth. 2.3. Also of one 
not long married, γεόγαμος, Ruth 2, 6. 
4,12; comp. Ὶ nbn no. 2. 

2. a handmaid, servant, Proy. 9, 3. 
31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. Sh 

3. Naarah, pr.n. a) A town on the 
borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 7; called 
1 Chr. 7,28 7933. b) f. 1. Chr. 4, δ. 


"22, see “I38. 


79? (servant of Jehovah) Neariah, 
pr.n. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22.23. b) 1 Chr. 
4, 42. 


7122 (boyish, juvenile) Naaran, pr. n. 
see M32 no, 3. a. 
PIS? ἢ (Ὁ. “23 II) tow, as being shak- 


en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9. 
Is. 1, 31. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, Arab. (jax to 
Sec 
take up, to lift ; whence > barrow, 


bier, also constellation of the bear, Ursa 
major and minor.—Hence 82 II, for ΟΣ. 


oh pr. n. Memphis, see 52. 


* 352 obsol. root, Arab. 4.83 to go or 


come forth ; kindred are Chald. P) to 
go out, 432 to sprout. Hence 


35) (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n.m. a) 
Ex. 6,21. b)2Sam. 5,15. 1 Chr.3.7 
14, 6. 


me? 


MDI (Ὁ. 9) 1. high place, height, 
comp. 512; hence 2 Mp3, “is Min}, 
the Height or Heights of Dor, Josh. 11, 2. 
12, 23. 1 K. 4, 11; see “3 no. 3. 

2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30, 
28; comp. 552 Hiph. no. 2. 


ΠΟ Ξ2 (expansions, r. 082) Nephu- 
sim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 Keri. But 
Cheth. has 5°0"5), and Neh. 7, 52 has 
B°0U"52, which last is doubtless a false 
orthography made up from 50"? and 
B%O"b3. 


* MEI fut. mex, inf mp Ez. 22, 20, 
i. q. ΠῚ, to puff, to blow, to breathe, an 
onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl. to 
puff, Arab. 2.25 and 5 to blow; 


while 53 and 2.3 express the harsher 


sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. ad, 
Eth. 242%, to blow, to breathe, to fill 
the cheeks.—Gen. 2, 7 and breathed 
(MB"") into his nostrils the breath of life. 
—Spec. 

1. to blow upon any one, as the wind, 
6. 3 Ez. 37, 9. 

2. Uxa mp? to blow up a fire, to kindle 
up, Is. 54, 16. Ex. 22,21; and without 
Sv. 20. mp2 795 @ blown pot, i.e. a 
pot under which one blows the fire, Job 
41, 12. Jer. 1, 13. 

3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon, 
c. 3 Hagg. 1, 9. 

4. With t22, to breathe out, to give 
up the ghost, Jer. 15, 9. 

Puat to be blown up, as a fire, Job 20, 
26. 
Hien. 1. With 2, to cause to 
breathe oul, to cause to expire, Job 31, 
39; hyperbolically for to extort sighs, 
to torment. 

2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. q. 
to esteem lightly, to contemn, Mal. 1, 13. 

Deriv. "53, 83, MBH, and 


MD2 (blast, perh. windy place) No- 
phah, pr. n. of a town of the Moabites 
Num. 21, 30, supposed to be the same 
with M23 q. v. 


3°22 m. only in plur. 0°>°B> giants, 
Gen. 6, 4. Num. 13, 33. So all the an- 
cient Versions. Chald. 8322 the celes- 
tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion ; 
plur. Orions, the larger constellations. 


681 


bp) 


The etymology is uncertain. Some 
αἰ" 04 ve 
have compared cs Rus, which 


Giggeius and Castell render magnus, 
corpore magno ; but wrongly, for it means 
excellens, generosus, sollers. Better to 
rest in r. 52; yet not so that 9.585 
may be those causing men to fall from 
fear (Kimchi); but so that 5952 may be 
i. q. 52219 one falling upon the enemy, 
violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and 
see r. 889 Kal no. 3. ἃ. So Aquil. ἐπι- 
πίπτοντες, Symm. βιαῖοι. Ὁ 


D°D"D) Nephisim, see ΘΒ). 


WP? (recreated, r. 8B?) Naphish, pr. 
n. of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15; also 
of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19. 


DOWD}, see ὉΠΌ3:3. 


ls ἼΞ2 obsol. root, of uncertain signi- 
fication, comp. 332 ; whence 


352 m. a gem, precious stone, of an 
uncertain kind, Ex, 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 
27, 16. 28,13. Sept. thrice ἄνϑραξ i.e. 
carbuncle. Doubtful. 


? 983 fut. dB, inf. din, 6. suff. 1522 
2 Sam. 1, 10 and 155) 1 Sam. 29, 3; imp. 
plur. 5>®2. 

1. to fall, Syr. Chald. S23, dB, id. 
The primary syllable >5 fal occurs also 
in this sense in Germ. fallen, Engl. to 
fall. The Gr. and Lat. fallo, σφάλλω is 
pr. to cause to fall. to supplant.—Spoken 
of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37, 
24; or from a horse or seat Gen. 49, 17. 
1 Sam. 4,18; into a pit, ὉΠ Ξ Ps. 7,16; 
into a snare Am. 3, 5. Is. 24,18. Also 
of things, as of buildings falling down 
Judg. 7,13. Is. 9,9. Am. 9,11; ofa 
mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from 
heaven, c. 18 Job 1,16; the dew 2 Sam. 
17,12. The place into or upon which 
one falls is put mostly with 7 loc. as 
MZ; or with 59 Lev. 11, 32,3, >, also 
rom Ps. 45,6; the place whence with 
ya, bd .—Part. 555 falling, Job 12, 3. 14, 


18; aspreet. fallen, lying prostrate ; Judg. 


3, 25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31, 8. Deut. 21,1; as 
fut. ready to fall, Is. 30,13. So of a pro- 
phet who sees visions sent from God in 
his sleep; Num. 24, 4 who seeth the vi- 
sion of the Almighty 072°3 mabaa 889 lying 
in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind. ἢ 


bp) 


Spec. 889 to fall is also further said 
of persons and things, as follows: 

a) Of those who fall in battle or else- 
where, i. q. to be slain, like πίπτω, ca- 
dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44. 46. 1 Sam. 
4, 10. 2Sam.1, 4. 2, 23. 3, 38. Is. 10, 4, 
Ps. 82, 7. al. Often with an adjunct, as 
ana ‘> by the sword Num. 14, 43. 2 
Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25. al. sep. Ἔ 3 2 
by the hand of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2 
Sam. 21, 22. 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam. 1, 7; 
"28> bey to fall before any one, espec. 
in great numbers, 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam. 
3, 34. 

b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber 
malade. Ex. 21, 18 aatied >=: 10 fall 
sick upon one’s bed, to take to one’s bed. 
So Syr. LoS NEG Ἃ 271 Mace. 1, 5; 
Gr. πίπτειν ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην Sadith 8, 3. 

c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or 
cast, i.e. to be born, Is. 26, 18. Comp, 
Il. 19.110 ὅς κεν ἐπ᾿ ἤματι τῷδε πέσῃ μετὰ 
ποσσὶ γυναικός, where Schol. πέσῃ, yev- 
νήϑῃ. So καταπίπτω ὙΥ ἰδ. 7, 8; cadere 
de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab. 
dosu, not In Chaldee >) spec. 
of abortion, Whence Heb. >=) q. v. 

d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall 
away, to become emaciated, Num. 5, 
21. 27. 

e) Of the countenance of one in sor- 
row, anger, to fall, Gen. 4, 5.6. Opp. is 
"2D x2. Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d. 

f) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to 
fail, 1 Sam. 17, 32. So Gr, πίπτει ϑυ- 
μός, Lat. eadere animis Cic. Fam. 6. 
1, 4. 

g) Of those who fall into calamity, 
adversity, Prov, 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10. 
2K. 14,10. Prov. 24, 16. 

h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall, 
are overthrown, Is. 21, 9. Jer. 51, 8. 
Am. 5, 2. 2 K. 14, 10. 

i) Of the lot, as cast upon or concern- 
ing any pers. or thing, c. >> Ez. 24, 6, 
Jon. 1, 7. 1 Chr. 26,14. Hence ec. >, 
to fall to any one by lot, Gr. πέπτειν 
τινί, Num. 34, 2. Judg. 18,1. Ez. 47, 
14. 22. Genr. Ps. 16, 6, comp. Josh. 
17,5, Hiph. πο. 1. 6. So Lat. cadere of 
the lot, Ter. Ad. 4.7. 22. Sil. Ital. 7. 368, 

k) Also /o descend from heaven, spo- 
ken of divine revelations, Is. 9,7; comp. 
Chald. Dan. 4, 28, and Arab. J53 to de- 


682 


253 


scend, spoken of revelations. Hence the 
Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fall, 
to descend upon any one, Ez, 8, 1. 11, 5. 

1) b> 552 to fall upon any one, e. g. 
deep sleep Gen. 15, 12. Job 4,13; terror 
Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9. Ps. 55, 5. Job 13, 
11; calamity Is. 47,11. Ecc. 9,12; re- 
proaches Ps. 69, 10. 

τη) Of events, to fall out, to happen; 
Ruth 3,18 "33 >B3 3°8 how the thing 
will fall out, will end. Comp. Chald. 
Ezra 7, 20. Cic. Brut. 40. 

n) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec. 
empty promises Josh. 21, 43. 23, 14, 
Fully ngs 58} 2K.10,10; Gr. arate. 
εἷς γῆν, ἔραζε. Comp. χαμαιπετὲς ἔπος 
Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65. Plato 
Eutyphr. 17. Also to fall away, not be 
counted, to be lost, Num. 6, 12. 

0) to fall from one’s counsel, purpose, 
i.e. to fail in, c. 12, Ps. 5, 11 let them 
fall from (fail in) their counsels. Comp. 
Ovid Metam. 2. 308. 

p) With 72 compar. to fall more 
than, i. e. below another, to be inferior, 
to yield to any one Job 12,3. 13,2. Also 
with "28> id. Esth. 6, 13. 

2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur- 
pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down, 
to rush on; comp. Syr. \.23, which is 


put in N. T. for πέπτειν and βάλλεσϑαι. 
Spec. 

a) to fall down, to prostrate oneself. 
2 Sam. 1,298 >b™ he fell prostrate 
to the earth. Job 1, 20. Often with 
np 59 Gen. 17,3. 17. Num. 16, 4. Josh. 
Zi "6; mex 9 2 Sam. 14,4; mx ay ὙΒΝΒ 
1 ἄμ 20, 41; also 'B n2E Gen. 44, 14; 
Εν ἘΞ Esth, 8, 3. 

b) B Ἴδης ἘΣ bey to fall upon one’s 
neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33, 
4, 45, 14. 46, 29. 

6) iaqm-dy dp» to fall upon one’s 
sword, 1 Sam. 31, 4.5. 1 Chr. 10,4. Of 
the locusts Joel 9, 8; see in 593 πο. 1. b. 

d) to fall upon as an enemy, to al- 
tack, Job 1, 153; ο. 3 Josh. 11, 7. 

6) to descend from a beast, chariot, to 
alight, c. >> Gen, 24, 64. 2 K. 5, 21. 

f) do settle down, i. e. to encamp, of 
an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadic 
people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. Sept. 
κατῴκησε, 

8)΄ Β ΣΕ ΠΣ ΓΙΡῈΣ my supplication 


ὉΞ) 


falls (is laid down) before any one, viz. 
in a twofold sense: «) is presented, I 
make supplication, Jer. 36, 7. 8) is 
accepted, my prayer is heard and an- 
swered, Jer. 37, 20. 42,2; pr. the person 
supplicated permits my petition to be 
laid down before him, receives it, im- 
plying a disposition to give a favourable 
answer. 

h) to fall away, to desert, to go over 
to another party, Gr. πέπτειν, διαπίπτειν, 
1 Sam. 29, 3; c. ἘΣ 1 Chr. 12, 19. 20. 
2 Chr, 15, 9. Jer. 21, 9. 37,14. 39,9. Is. 
54, 15; ἘΝ do any one Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19. 
52, 15. 

Hira. 5°9m, fut. 5°83, apoc. 5851; 
rarely without, eontraction, as inf. PBI? 
Num. 5, 22. 

1. to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen. 
2,21, Jer. 15,8. Ez. 30, 22. Ps. 73, 18. 
78, 28; by the sword Is. 37,7. Jer. 19, 7, 
ellipt. Dan. 11,12, Ez. 6,4; by the hand 
of any one 1 Sam. 18, 25, ete.—Spec. 

a) tothrow, to cast, e. g. wood upon the 
fire Jer. 22, 7 ; to throw down, to prostrate 
any one Deut. 25, 2; to throw down a 
wall 2 Sam. 20,15; to cast down stars 
from heaven Dan. 8, 10; do fell trees 
2 K. 3, 19. 25. 6, 5. 

b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear, 
to bring forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is, 26, 
19 the earth shall bring forth the decd, 
i. e. cast from her. 

6) to cause to fall away, e. g. a limb, 
to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5, 
22; see Kal no. 1. d. 

d) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast 
down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or 
in anger, with 2 of pers, ‘to be angry 
at any one? Jer. 3,12. Also Ὁ "28 5.8 
to cause the countenance of any one to 
Sall, i.e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See 
Kal no. 1. e. 

e) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Prov. 1, 14. 
1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth. 3,7. Jon. 1,7; also 
without 531: 1 Sam. 14, 43, Job 6, 27. 
Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to 
any one, with acc. of thing and > of 
,pers. Josh. 13, 6. 23,4. Ez. 45, 1. 47, "22; 
without dat. Ps. 78, 55. See Kal no. 1. i. 

f) to lay down a petition, supplication, 
before any one, i. 6. to ask asa sup- 
pliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9. 
Dan. 9, 18. 20. See Kal no. 2. g. - 

2. to let fall, 6. g. a stone Num. 35, 23. 


683. 


re 


Hence a) M498 >7Bh fo let fall to the 
ground, 6. g. a word, promise, not to ful- 
fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without ΠΣ Esth. 
6,10. See Kal πο. 1. π, b) τὸ let fall, 
to desist from any thing, c. 12 Judg. 
2, 19. 

Hrrup. 1. tolet oneself fall, to fall down 
prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1. 

2. With >2 to fall upon, to attack, 
Gen. 43, 18. 

Pit. 5583 10 fall, once in Ezekiel, who 
abounds in unusual forms, c. 28, 23; i. q. 
585 which stands in the same connection 
30, 4. 32, 20. 

Deriv. £3, >"), 52, Mp2, Mbps. 

58) Chald. fut, 8? (comp. Syr, 
‘33, in Targg. freq. 58"), i. q. Hebr. 

1. to fall, i.e. a) to fall down, Dan. 
7, 20. 4, 28 583 Ἀπ Ὁ "Ὁ >p a voice fell 
from heaven i.e. came from heaven, 
comp. Is.9,7. Ὁ) to fall owt, to happen, 


Ezra 7, 20. 

2. to fall down, i.e. to be cast down, 
Dan. 3, 23. Syr. S43 to be cast into 
prison.. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6. 
7. 10. 11; "MipX->y Dan. 2, 46. 


pp) τῇ. (r. 853) in pause $33 Ece. 6,3; 


an abortion, which falls from the womb, 


Job 3, 16. Ps. 58,9. Ecce. 6, 3. Comp. 
r. Ἢ as spoken ofibirth ὁ in Kal. no. 1. ¢. 
Hiph. no. 1.b. So 58) is used of prema- 
ture birth in the Talmud; also ἌΝ, 


Sogn to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab. ink, 


abortion. 
555), see 555 Pil. 


* CEI obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. 
582 loerpand. Hence 57055}. 


“V2 only in pret. and inf. absol. 
y%b2 Judg. 7, 19, part. pass. 755? Jer. 22, 
28. Imper. and fut. are from the kindr. 
Υ. 

1. to break, to dash in pieces, 6. σ. at 
earthen vessel Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28. 
Hence 

2. to disperse, to scatter, as a flock, a 
people, Is. 11, 12. “ 

3. Reflex. of a people, io disperse 
themselves, i. ἃ. to be dispersed, scat- 
tered, 1 Sam. 13, 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen. 9, 
19 γηνπτὴβ ΓΙΧΕΣ ΠΙΕΝ 3 from these the 
whole earth dispersed itself, i i. e. all the 


V2) 


nations of the earth, comp. 10, 5.—Eth. 
24,8 to be scattered as chaff. Aram. 
ΥΞ3 a) excursit, dispersit, effudit. 

Pret 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to break or 
dash in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel 
Ps. 2, 9; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9; 
to break up rafis of timber 1 K. 5,23 [9]. 

2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer. 
13, 14, 51, 23. Inf. 782 subst. dispersion 
of a people, Dan. 12, 7. 

Puat part. broken in pieces, e. g. 
stones Is, 27, 9. 

Deriv. 782, 72, and 

V2? m. violent rain, inundation, storm, 
Is. 30, 30; from Aram. Y=} to pour out, 
kindred to which is Arab. ls mid. Ye 
redundavit; see in r. £2 no. 3.—Others, 
dispersion, scaitering, but not so well. 


* PE: Chald. fem. ΓΞ} by Syriasm 
for MPE? Dan. 2, 13, to go out, to go forth, 
Dan. 2, 14, 3, 96. 5,5; fan edict, Dan. 
2, 18 ΓΞ) NNT, comp. Luke 2, 1 ἐξῆλϑε 
+ al Imp. ‘phar: app Dan. 3, 26.—In 
Targg. often for 82. Syr. 253, Sam. 
PII, ia. 

Haru, Pett, plur. sp 874, to bring 


out or forth Dan. 5,2. 3. Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 
Hence 


N22 Chald. f. emphat. RMPE?, ex- 
penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid 
out, Ezra 6,4.8. Syr. fi2 id. Comp. 
RSs p. 415, lett. τη. 


. WED in Kal not used, to breathe, to 


respire. Arab. pans V, to breathe, to 
take breath, to be refreshed. 

Nipn. to take breath, to be refreshed, 
after fatigue, Ex. 23, 12, 31, 17. 2 Sam. 
16, 14. Arab. con). II recreavit aliquem. 

Deni. pr. ἢ. ΘῈΣ, and 


TP} in pause ΘῈΣ, 6. suff. "pss; plur. 
rive , once D7t5? "Ez. 13, 20, ¢. suff. 
ane? ; comm. geri but more usually 


fem.—Arab. ‘gud, Syr. Casi, Ethiop. 


241. 

1. breath, Job 41, 13. mm UE? breath 
of life Gen. 1, 20.30. Hence also odour, 
perfume, which any thing breathes, ex- 
hales, Prov. 27,9; ΘΒ) "M2 perfume- 
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, 20 


684, 


breathed out, see 


ws) 

2. The vital spirit, ψυχή, anima, 
through which the body lives, i. e. the 
principle of life manifested in the breath, 
comp. 1", Lat. anima, also Gr. ἄνεμος. 
Hence life, ‘vital principle, animal spirit ; 

Gen. 35, 18 MYE2 MXZ2 as her spirit was 
departing, as she gave up the ghost. , 
1 K. 17, 21 “53 man abehn-eiey ΝΠ ΞΕ 
‘ap let: now the spirit of this child return 
intohimagain, Ex. 21,23. 822 ὉΠ E3 
life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps, 69, 9: comp. 
124, 4 and Jer. 4,10. This li é, spirit, 
antind, itself is also said to live Gen. 12, 
13. Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30; 
to be poured out, as if along with the 
blood, Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12; to be 
in ΠΈΣ. So also in 
phrases, as ‘» 2) wpa to seek the life of 
any one, see in wpa no 2; 2 Mp> to take 
life, see MPP no. 1. Ὁ. ; to put one’s life in 
his hand, see in 52 no 1. ¢.; ἘΞ2 Ἔ HEM 
see in M32 Hiph. no. 2.d. Hence it is 
very frequent in phrases which have re- 
spect to the losing or preserving of life: 
a) ἼΘΕΣΤΘΝΣ for one’s life, i.e. in order to 
save one’s life, 1K.19,3.2K.7,7. Comp. 
Gr. τρέχειν περὶ ψυχῆς Od. 9. 423. Valk. 
ad Hdot. 7, 56. 9, 36; and so (of a hare) 
aes κρεῶν, But in Jer. 44, 7, it is against 
one’s life, in detriment of life. Ὁ) 522 
with danger of life, in jeopardy of life, 
2 Sam. 23,17. 18,13 Keri. 1 K. 2, 23 
Mi ἜΒΈΓΙΓΤΙΣ snsSy sat iep22 with 
jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah said 
this. Jer. 42, 20. Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23; 

comp. smgiNta 1 Chr. 12, 19. Also for 
life taken away, i. e. on account of the 
death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14, 
7. 6) 5)» for one’s life, i. 6. for the 
good of one’s life, its support, preserva- 
tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Josh. 
23, 11. 

Further also, to the vital spirit, anima, 
is ascribed whatever has respect to the 
sustenance of life by food and drink, and 
theontrary. [Here the Engl. version 
often renders it by soul, but improperly. ] 
Thus the spirit, anima, is said to be 
satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27, 
7. Is. 55,2; to be made fat Prov. 11, 95. ὃ 
13,4; also to fill i. 6. to satisfy one’s 
spirit’ Prov. 6, 30. So the opposite ; my 
spirit hungers Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7 ; thirsis 
Prov. 25, 25; pines Ps. 31, 10; fasts Ps. 
69, 11; abstains from certain kinds of 


25) 


food, Lev. 30,3; ts polluted by. them 
Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary, 
loathes, Num. 21, 5. Job 6,7. 10, 1. Zech. 
11,8; is empty i. 6. hungry Is. 29, 8; 
is dried up i. 6. thirsty Nam, 11, 6. 
Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as 
hungry and wide open, Is, 5, 14. Hab, 
2, 5.—Trop, 23 is also put for that 
which supports life, aliment, Is. 58, 10, 
comp. Deut, 24, 6. 

Sometimes 23 and [7 are opposed, 
so that 623 is ascribed to brutes, and Γῆ" 
to men, Job 12, 10; but πη is also 
ascribed to beasts Ecc, 3,21. Once &22 
is put for the anima, as separate from 
the body, umbra, manes, Job 14,22. As 
the Hebrews held the seat of life to be 
in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which 
cause the eating of blood was forbidden 
Gen. 9, 4. 5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu- 
ral when the blood was shed, to say also 
that the life was shed, poured out, as 
above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12. Such 
too was the notion of the Greek 
poets, philosophers, and physicians; see 
Sprengel Beitrage zur Gesch. d. Arz- 
neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So too in 
Engl. to pour out one’s life, i. e. his life- 
blood; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur. 
p. 901. 

3. The rational soul, mind, animus, 
as the seat of the feelings, affections, 
emotions of various kinds, comp. 33 no. 1, 
b, with which it is often coupled, e. g. 
Deut. 4, 29, 30,10. To it are ascribed 
love Is. 42,1. Cant. 1,7. 3, 1-4. Gen. 
34,3; joy Ps. 86,4; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps. 
6,4; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4. 104, 
1, 143, 8; confidence Ps. 57,2; desire 
Ps, 42, 3. 63, 2; longing or appetite, 
e. g. for food Prov, 6, 30, 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1. 
Deut..12, 20..21; Chesca BE? by, a 
greedy man Prov. 23, 23) or for venery 
Jer. 2,24. Ex. 23, 18; oralso for revenge 
and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22. 
Ex. 15, 9, comp. Proy. 21,10. So too 
hatred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17,9; contempt. 
36, 5. Is. 49,7; vengeance Jer. 5, 9; sor- 
row Job 27, 2. 30,25. As the seat of 


warlike valour, in poetic exclamation, 


Judg. 5, 21 15 "ἜΞ2 “379M tread down, 
my soul, the strong. Jer. 4, 19 “Bis Sip 2 
“WH? "MAW because thou hast heard, O 
my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken 
of the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9 
58 


685 


152 


“BT VEN OMI" ye know the feelings 
of a stranger, how a stranger and for- 
eigner feels. Job 16,4. 1 Sam. 1, 15 J 
have poured out my soul before Jehovah, 
i, e. have laid open to him my inmost 
feelings. Prov. 12, 10. 

Words also which themselves express 
feelings of the mind or soul, are often 
thus used in connection with 652; thus 
the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28; to 
be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to ery 
for vengeance 24, 12; and also to invoke 
blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely 
things are attributed to the soul, mind, 
which belong: a) Τὸ the mode of feel- 
ing and acting, as pride, £3 37 Prov. 
28,25; patience and impatience, ΠΌΣΟ 
we? Job 6, 11. 283 MIP, see in "EP, 
πον. b) To the ‘will or purpose, Gen. 
23,8 ὈΞ ΕΣΤΩΝ Wrox if it be in your 
mind, i.e. if ye purpose, have deter- 
mined in your minds. 2 K. 9,15. 1 Chr.’ 
28,9 H¥EM E22 with a willing mind. 
6) To the understanding or faculty of 
thinking ; Ps. 139, 14 my soul knoweth 
right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4 
whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4,9 
keep thy soul well, lest thou forget. Lam. 
3, 20.—In all these constructions the use 


of 2> is more common, see >> no. 1. ον, 


d, 6. 

4, Coner. living thing, animal, tm 
which is the 852, anima, life. Josh. 10, 
28 werd every living creature. v. 30. : 
32. 35. 87. Often more fully ποτὶ ΘῈΣ, 
Gen. 1,24. 9, 7. 10, and with the arti-. 
cle mena ΦῈ2 1, 21. 9, 10, pr. the ani- 
mal of life i. e. endued with life, liv- 
ing animal, or as more comm. in Engl. 
living soul, living being, Gen. 2,7; and: 
very often collect. for living things, liv- 
ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9. 10. 12.. 
15. Lev. 11, 10; man being not included, 
except Gen. 9. 16. In this formula it is- 
to be noted that m7 is genit. of the 
subst. πρὶ life, and not fem. of the adj.. 
ἽΠ living; so that 457 G52, like 3 it- 
self, may be of either dendér; and can 
be construed with the masculine. This 
serves to illustrate the disputed passage; 
Gen. 2, 19 Ga). DIN 1 Nop? WNbby 
jog sn ANN and whatsoever Adam call- 
ed them, the living creatures, that was 
their name, where i> and!i28 refer te - 
ms we, which is pleonastic after ἴδιο. 


WE) 


Spec. put for a man, person, mostly in 
certain fixed phrases, where also in 
Engl. we may use soul, 6. g. 522 325 10 
steal a man Deut. 24,7; comp. Germ. 
Seelenverkaufer. 1252 >2% Ez. 22, 25. 
Soalso: a) In laws, Lev. 4,2 τ D2 
xonn if a soul (any oan) shall sin. Lev. 
5, 1. 2. 4. 15. 17. Comp. the phrase 
W432 NI Ce Π3), under ΓΞ 
Niph. πο. 3. Ὁ) Ina pa of a peo- 
ple, as UB) O°23U seventy souls, persons, 
Ex. 1, 5. ‘16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut. 
10, 22, al, (So i in Greek ψυχαί Acts 2, 
41. 1 Peter 3,20.) Fully 538 v3 Nam. 
31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21; comp. Gen. 14, 21. 
6) Of slaves, Gen, 12,5 "2277ER BET 
ὙΠ the slaves they had acqui ired in Ha- 
ran, Ez. 27,13. Comp. ψυχαὶ ἀνϑρώπων 
Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Mace. 10, 38. d) EP] 
m2, wherg ΤΙ is genit. (comp. the phrase 
m= 852 above,) one dead, a dead body, 
corpse. Num. 6,6 832 δὲ m9 WEI>z Let 
him not come near to a dead body. Lev. 
21, 11. So too m2 being omitted, as in 
the formulas ΤῊ x22 Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 
7, 10, and 822 nov Lev. 22, 4. Hagy. 2, 
13, i. 6. one defiled by touching a decd 
body. Comp. Num. 19, 13. 

5. With suff. "252, 7052, etc. it is put 
very frequently for: I myself, thou thy- 


self, etc. Comp. Arab. ial Sanser. 


dtman soul, self; and Germ. selb, selber, 
Swed. sjel, Engi. self, all from the same 
root with Germ. Seele, Engl. soul, see 
Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47.—Hos. 9, 4 
nuwip2d oxn> their food is for themselves, 
is consumed by themselves. Is. 46, 2. 
Also reflex. "52 myself, i. e. me myself, 
Job 9, 21.—Interpreters also note that 
ἌΦΕΣ, WW!?, are often put for the pers. 
pron. "28, “ms ; but most of the exam- 
ples πονῇ they adduce are readily ex- 
plained by what we have said above in 
nos. 2,3. This idiom is most frequent 
in passages where life is said or implied 
to be in danger; e. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say 
of me ("382>), there remains no help for 
him. 11,1 why say ye to me (8835), flee 
to the mountains. Is. 3, 9 pup "IN wo 
to them ! pr. to their life. Ps. ἢ) 8: 35, 3. 
7. 120,6. Here too belongs ἐν 51, 23, 
who. say to thee (3533), prostrate thy- 
self that we may pass over, and the like. 
Once “52 and "M5" approach so nearly 


686 y2 


to the. nature of a pronoun, as even to 
be construed with a verb in the first 
person, Is. 26, 9. Comp. 4232 with 1 
pers. Gen. 44, 32. 


MQ? f. (τ. $92) 1. ᾳ. MER, a high place, 
height, only Josh. 17, Ἢ ΤΕΣ ΤΩ, 
Targ. tres regiones. This appellation, 
q. d. Tricollis, Tremont, seems to refer 
to the three places just before mentioned, 
Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which 
all lay elevated above the plain ; comp. 
Decapolis. 


PD? αὶ (r. 932) a sprinkling, dropping ; 
whence ΘΠΒῚΣ m=) the dropping of the 
honey-combs, i. e. honey dropping from 
the combs, i. q. "37 q. v. Ps. 19, 11. 
Also without o"p5x id. Cant. 4, 11. Prov- 
5, 3. 24,13 A2M->e pina red honey 
droppings which are sweet to thy pa- 
late ; where the predicate Pin? is not 
inflected ; comp. Gen. 49, 15. 


MRD) (opening, τ. MMB), see ming? "2 
under art. "2 cc. p. 561. 


DAM? m. plar. (Ὁ. bmp Niph.) wrest- 
lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8. 


DIME] Naphiuhim, pr. ἢ. of an 
Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 
11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, com- 
pares the name of the Egyptian goddess 
Negus, the wife of Typhon, to whom 
with her husband were consecrated 
those parts of Egypt that border on the 
Red Sea; and the name Ἰγέφϑυς itself 
signified, according to Plutarch (de 
Isid. p. 355 exur.) the extreme border of 
the land, washed by the sea; comp- 


Egypt. MHEG awy terminalis. The 
Naphtukim then were a border-people, 
dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See 
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. FE. p. 269. 
Jablonski Opuse. ed te Water T. 1. Ρ- 
161. 


"22 (my wrestling, r. dng, see Gen. 
pr. n. Naphtali, the sixth son of 
Jacob, born of Bilhah, and patriarch of 
the tribe of Naphtali, the limits of which 
are described Josh. 19, 32-39.—Gen. 49, 
21. Num. I, 42. 43. al. Sept. Nepda- 
Aséu. 
ΥΞ τὰ. (τ. 7332) 1. @ flower, blossom, 
Gen. 40, 10; i. q- 722. See the root 
no. 2, 


N32 


2. An unclean bird, prob. a hawk, see 
the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. 
Job 39, 26. Sept. ἱέραξ, Vulg. acetpiter. 
Comp. Bochart. Hieroz. 'T. LL. p. 266. 


N22, see in ME? no. 1. 


τι" 

* 332 not used in Kal, to set, to put, 
tetplace;i 4. 343. q.v. Arab. (wad id. 

Nipu. 28) 1. 0 be set, c. d¥ to be set 
over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5. 6. 
Part. 322 a prefect, director, 1 K. 4, 5. 7. 
5, 30. 9, 23. al. 

2. to place or station oneself, to take 

one’s stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17,93 ¢. > to or 
before any one, ΕΚ. 34, 2 τῷ > font ty) 
and present thyself to me there. Also, 
to take one’s stand, e. g. of God rising 
up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1. 

3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18, 2. 
24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps. 45, 
10; of sheaves Gen. 37, 7; of waters 
Ex. 15,8. With >> to stand upon any 
thing Is. 21,8; to stand with or by a 
pers. or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20. 
19, 20, 22,7. 17. Spec. to stand Jirmly, 
Ps, 39, 6 3%) DIN-bD 531 ἃ breath is 
every man though he stand Sirmly. 119, 
89. Zech. 11, 16 ὦ shepherd....723:7 
Bho" Nb who doth hot Hourieh that which 
standeth Jirm, i.e. the healthy part of 


his flock ; Sept. τὸ ὁλόκληρον, Vulg. id . 


quod stat. But perhaps it would accord 
better with the context to render: who 
relieveth not that which slandeth still in 
the way, i. e. which lags behind from 
weariness or disease, i. q. to be weak, 


sick, comp. Arab. S03 lassus fuit, la- 


boravit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from 
inability to go further. 

Hiren. 2°85, fut. 3°25, apoc. 327. 

1. to cause to stand Ps. 78, 13. Hence 
a) to set up, to erect, as a column Gen. 
35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10; an 
altar Gen. 33, 20; a heap of stones 2 
Sam. 18, 17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18, set 
up (establish) his dominion unto er 
Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21 
2777 ΞΊΝΠ for setting the goads, i. 6. 
sharpening them when the point was 
bent, ete. Comp. in Engl. ‘to set a 
saw,’ ‘to set an edge.’ _b) to fix, to.es- 
blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32, 
8. Prov. 15,25. ε)) to set, to place, Gen. 
21, 28. 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12; so 


687 


mz 


gates Josh. 6,26. 1 K. 16, 34; a trapor 
snare Jer. 5, 26. 

Hopu. 335 1, to be set, placed, Gen. 
28,12. For Jade. 9, 6 see art. 229. 

2. to be fixed, settled, determined. So 
commonly in Nah. 2, Snnbsh ΡΣ} Sart) 
it is fived ! she is led away captive | ! i.e. 
Nineveh. But 327) may also be joined 
to the preceding verse and referred to 
the root 33%, where see. 

Deriv. 332, 3°}, 282, Nzan, mae 
ΤΩΣ, 389, and pr. n. MBS, XB. 

332 m. (pr. part. Niph. r. 342) @ han- 
dle, haft of a dagger, Judg. 3,22 ; so call- 
ed from being fiaed in, comp. the root 
Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. Sept. λαβή, 


Vulg.capulus. Arab. Glas haft, han- 


dle of a sword, knife, ete—But part. 322 
a prefect, see in 312 Niph. no. 1. 


8222 Chald. f. emphat. ΣΧ), firm- 
ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41. 
Gr. Venet. χραταιότης. Aben Ezra 
ΤΞ "25 SMS¥3. , 


ἌΧ, see r. 33". 
τ: τἀ δ" 


ν ΓΝ: fut. ΠῚ 1. Pr. to fly, to flee, 
ig. 772 no. 3, 782 no. 3. Twice: Jer. 
48, 9 give wings to Moab, for 8%m ΝΣ 
Slying she shall go forth ; here &3> is 
for MS} in order to correspond with REM; 
observe too the paronomasia 77%, N32, 
sum. Lam. 4,15 55} ὯΔ 482 “2 when they 
flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and 
others, and this is better than to refer 
"2 tor. 732 as on p. 660.—Hence ΤῚΣ 
pinion of birds, and Arab. Ruel fea- 
thers, plume of birds, also locks of hair 
hanging over the brehead, q. ἃ. flying 
locks. From this noun thén comes 


Kes 2 

2. Arab. Las and Lad to seize by 
the locks, and Conj. ILI, recipr. to seize 
each other by the hair. Hence in He- 
brew (fo strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr. 
and Chald. 1,3, 832, i. ᾳ. Heb. 3°, 


also Arab. Las Conj. VI, id. See Hiph. 


and Niph.—Hence 


3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr. 
to tear in pieces houses, to pull down, 
In Kal intrans. or pass. fo be laid waste, 
to be desolate ; Jer. 4, 7 ΤΣ ΠΕΤΙ ΤῚΣ thy 
cities shall be laid waste... Sept. χαϑαι 
ρεϑήσονται. ᾿ 


ΓΝ 


Hiex. "35 to strive, to contend, see 
Kal no. 2. Num. 26, 9 "75> onizna 
when they strove against Jehovah. Hence 
to wage war; Ps. 60,2 DIRTTR ἼΓΊΣΤΙΞ 
mn? when he wats war with Méesopo- 
tamia. 

Nie. 1. 8) to strive one with ano- 
ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 %%27 "> 
Va} ΘΝ if men strive one with ano- 
ther. Ex. 2, 13, 21, 22. Lev. 24,10. 2 
Sam. 14, 6. 

2. to be laid waste, desolate ; Is. 37, 
26 7x2 Dba desolate ruins. 2 K. 19, 25. 

Deriv. Hsia, ΓΝ, nw. 


n 


MZ? f. (τ. 7X2) i. 4. YZ no. 1, a flower, 
blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, δ. 


me ΓΟ Liq. mis, a wing-feather, 
pinion, Job 39,13. R. 2. 

Il. i. ᾳ. ΠῚ). part. Niph. of RY, 
ΜΡ πον. cast out, excrement in the 
-crop of a bird, Lev. 1,16. Comp. πὰς 
cand ARIZ. 


ms) f. (r. 982, after the form 
ma%ba) watch, ward, guard ; whence 
in the vexed passage Is. 1,8 MSD AWAD 
a tower of watch, i. e. a tower for a watch 
or guard in the desert, i.g. D°782 5432 
2K. 17, 9. For "2 as pr. a watch- 
tower, or perh. the small hamlet spring- 


ing up around it, see belowin "9. See 
also Thesaur. p. 908, 
ret Maa in Kal not used. 1. Pr. 


prob. to shine, to be bright, which is the 
‘signif. of the syllable MZ, as in ΠΗ͂Σ, 
‘perh. ΠΣ Ὁ, 3; and sles 72, as in 


72, 7. 
‘pr. to shine ; whence Passed illustrious. 
‘Hence x3 no. 1, pr. n. ΤΣ). 

2. Trop. to do splendid deeds, to act 
splendidly, gloriously ; hence to excel, 
to overcome, to prevail, as in Chald. and 
Syr. See also Piel. 

3. Trop. to be clear, pure, faithful, 
true; Ethiop. 28th, Arab. ex: , id. 
Hence M2) no. 2. 

4. Trop. to be firm, enduring, perpetu- 
al; whence M%} no. 3. This may come 
from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or 
of fidelity in no. 3. 

Piew ΤᾺ) only inf, ΠΣ and Part. 
ΤΙΣ). 


Syr. wd to conquer, but 


688 


mx3 


1. to be over any thing, to be chief, to 
superintend, 6. g. the temple-service, 
with >» and > 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3,3. 9. 
Part. M272 a prefect, overseer, 2) Chr. 2, 
1.17. 34, 13; for which in the books of 
Kings is 32). 

2. Spec. to lead in music. 1 Chr: 15, 
21 and Mattithiah.. played on harps 
in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nel 
basso), 12> to lead the song, i.e. 
to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp. 
are v. 19 ΦΩΤΊ. to sing or sound ona 
clear (high) tone ; and v. 20 mindy by 
on the virgin mye treble, nel soprario.) 
Hence maze, which is found in the 
titles of 53 Pucks and Hab. 3, 19, is to 
be rendered according to Kimchi, Rashi, 
Aben Ezra, and many others: for the 
leader, precentor, chief musician ; i. e. 
the Psalm is to be performed under his 
direction, which also is the sense of the 
Targ. "30> ad canendum. And this 
interpretation is to be preferred. Some- 
times put absolutely, with only the name 


‘of the author, as Ἢ m20> Ps. 11, 13. 


14. 18-21. 31. 36. 40. 41. 42. 44. 47. 49. 
51. 52. 64-66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140; 
sometimes with the name of the instra- 
ment, as Mi2°323 Ps. 4. 6. 54. 55. 67. 76, 
meni ἘΣ 8. 81. 84, ἘΠΕ τὺ by Ps. 54.69. 
80, τότε στὸν Ps. 5, nbn hy Ps. 53; 
or with the first words of the song or 
melody in which the Psalm is to be sung, 
see Ps. 22. 56-59. 75; or finally with a 
word marking the tone or key, whether 
lower or higher, mindy by Ps. 46, >> 
msn Ps, 12. Twice then οἴομαι 
pean ‘by Ps. 62, 1. 77, 1, once amr) 
39, 1, where we may henilet: tothe chief 
musician of the Jeduthunites ; unless 
vines" in this connection is also to be 
taken as an instrument or as a musical 
key or mode. This inscription is wholly 
wanting in all the Psalms of a later age, 
composed after the destruction of the 
te ind its worship; and its signifi. 
cati as already lost in the time of the 
LXX.—Others make ™229 not a par- 
ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriac 
form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12; but this 
is not admissible, on account of the arti- 
cle implied in mg39> for ΤΟ ΌΤΙ, 

Nipa. to be perpetual ; Jer. 8, 5 nq 
rma a perpetual backsliding, apos- 
tasy. 


mz3 


* 11. M3 obsol. root, Arab. oe 
and eh to sprinkle, to seatlerye. g. 
Eth. 7 Hh id. Hence m3 I. 


M2 Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur- 
pass, to excel, ο. >> Dan. θ, 4. Syr. id. 
See in τ. ΠΧ) 1. 2, 


I, MX) rarely M2 τὰ, (τ. M¥21) 6: 

suff. "7x2, plur. ὈΡΤΙΧΣ. 

1. splendour; glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11. 

2. sincerity, truth. Hab. 1, 4 8¥2 8d 
wpa M422 judgment is not given ac- 
cording to truth, not in sincerity ; comp. 
Is, 42,3. Hence confidence, sc. in one’s 
truth and fidelity ; Lam. 3, 18 "M2 728 
my confidence is perished. Trop. object 
of confidence, as God 1 Sam. 15, 29. 

3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast- 
ing ; see the root no. 4. So ΓΚ) 33 Ps. 
49, 20, and M¥32> , adv. for ever, to everlast- 
ing, 2 Sam. 3, 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9,7. 
103, 9. Is. 13, 20. al. sep. More rarely 
ace. M2 id. Ps. 16,11. Am. 1, 11. Jer. 
15, 18. Sept. εἰς τέλος, Vulg. in finem.— 
Is. 34, 10 O°? M¥2> for ever and ever. 
Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is 
modified, i. q. long time, long, Ps. 49, 10. 
Job 34, 36; comp. D>i>>. 

4. Some assume also the signif. per- 
fection, completeness ; hence accus. M32, 
and ΤΩΡ, as adverbs, wholly, entirely ; 
comp. Germ. lauter, Engl. clear, both 
of which mean purely and also wholly ; 
so Ps. 13,2 M¥2 72MNDUM MIA NIN IZ how 
long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly forget 
me? Ps. 74,10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34, 
36; genit, Ps, 74, 3 ΠΣ Pinte total 
desolations, i. e. places wholly desolate 
and destroyed.—But in all these and 
like passages the idea of perpetuity may 
better be retained, as in no. 3. 


II. MX) m. (τ. m2 ΠῚ) c. suff. ΠΝ, 
juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt- 
ed from grapes when trodden, Is. 63,3. 6. 


a°X2 τὴ, (τ. 382) pr. set, placed ; 

1. one set over, i.e. a prefect, overseer, 
officer, i. q. 382, 1 K. 4, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10 
Cheth. 

2. a military station, post, garrison, 
ig. 322, 382, 1 Sam. 10, 5, 13, 3, 4, 
2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. al. 

3. a statue, pier, cippus, i.q. 222, 

S o- 


Arab. a2; S85, statue, idol. Gen, 
58* 


wate 


« 


689 


ὌΧ 


19:26 M39 3. Χὴ a stalue of salt, i. 6. fossil 
salt, of which great quantities are found 
in the vicinity of the Dead Sea; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp. 
in ΤΡ p. 573. 

4. Nezib, p. n. of a place in the tribe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 43. Now Beit Nesib, 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. ILL p. 12, 13. IL. 
p. 399. 


TMX) (illustrious, τ. ΠΧ) 1) Neziah, 
pr. ἢ. πὶ. Ezra 2, 54, Neh. 7, 56. 


"2 Is. 49, 6 Cheth. preserved, de- 
livered, from τ. "%2 I.—Keri "522. 


Ῥ 512 in Kal not used, pr. to draw 
out, to lake away, to snatch away ; kin- 
dred are δῦ), bd. Arab. jad and 


(μὰ id. Eth, 78 A avellit. 

Prex >32, fut. 229 1. to take away, 
to strip off, 2 Chr. 20,25. With acc.of 
pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36. 

2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to 
preserve, Ez. 14,14. See Hiph. no. 3. 

Hips. "3m, fut. 923, apoc. >2™9. 

1, to pull away, c. {92 to pull apart ; 2 
Sam. 14, 6 the boys strove together in the 
field 0t37272 5°22 FR) and there was 
none to tear them apart, i. e. no one parted 
them. 

2. lo take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9]; 6. σ. 
booty, spoil, i. q. to spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22. 
With 32 Gen. 31, 9. 16. Ps. 119, 43. 
Also, to turn away any one from an evil 
way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12.16. Unu- 
sual is 2 Sam. 20,6 32272 5°21 and take 
(turn) away our eye, i.e. elude our sight, 
escape us; like 3> 393 α. ν. ἴῃ 323. Sept. 
σκιάζειν τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς. 

3. to snatch from danger, to deliver, 
to preserve, to save, acc. of pers. Ex. 12, 
27. 1 Sam. 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72, 12. 
al. Once'c. dat. Jon. 4,6. Often in the 
phrase 5°82 ΤΣ (there is) none deliver- 
ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 3 
50, 22. 71,11. Is. 5,29. Hos.5,14. >-8m 
7522 10 preserve one’s life, to save alive, 


Josh. 2, 13. Is. 44, 20. 47. 14. Ez. 3. 19. 


21. 33,9. Often with 12 of the pers, 
from whose power one is delivered, Ps. 
7, 2. 18, 18. 49. 35, 10. 59, 2. 3. Mic. 5, 
5; also 72 of thing, as from waters Ps. 
14, 7; the mire 69, 15; a snare 91, 35 
straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Pa, 34, 18; fron 
death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14. 86, 


by 


13. al. Often "Ὁ 272 ἘΣΤῚ Gen. 32, 12: 
Ex. 2, 19, 1 Sam. 17, 37; 329 2 Sam. 
19, 10. Ps. 18, 1, Is, 38, 6. 

Hora. ἘΞ Π to be snatched or plucked 
out, as a brand from the fire, Am. 4, 11. 
Zech. 3, 2. 

Niu. to be delivered, preserved, saved, 
i. q. to escape, 2. K. 19, 11. Ps. 33, 16. 
Jer. 7,10. With ja, 9, 529, Ps.69, 
15. Hab. 2, 9. Prov. 6, 5; 7289 Is. 20, 6. 
With ἘΣ and Dx, pregn. to be uelberedd 
from any one to another, i. q. to escape 
from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16. 

Hiruap. to strip oneself of aby, thing, ¢. 


acc. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm. 


§ 53. 3. ¢. 
Deriv. ΤΡ ΝΙΤ, 


S22-Chald. Harn. dh to deliver, i. q. 
Heb. >*2F no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. nbxn, 
6. suff. maban Dan. 3, 29, 6, 15. 


782 m.a flower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R. 
72 


ΧΩ, seer. 37. 


4 ΥΞ: i. α. ΥὍ3, ΓΙΞΣ 1. to glitter, to 
sparkle, only part. plur. nsx) Ez. 1, 7, 
Sam. id.—Hence viz") spark. 

2. to flower, to blossom, to flourish, as 
‘in Chald. whence 73, 72}, j8:, a flower, 
‘blossom. Verbs signifying splendour 
are often transferred to express the ideas 
of verdure and bloom ; see in τ ἴδ p. 27, 
mnt, t.—The notion of blossoming was 
also transferred to the shooting feathers 
and pinions of birds (comp. 8) ; hence 

3. to fly, whence 72 ahawk. So kindr. 


72 and. Arab. yas. 
sprout, Syr. to fly. 
p=, see τ΄ PS". 

*7. ΠΣ), fut. nk" (but 7 7BN Is. 42, 
6. 49, 8 is from 737), rarely "x3" Deut. 
33, 9. Ὁ]. Imper. 733, ο. πὶ parag. N72) 
Ps, 141, 3, 6. suff. 7722 Prov. 4, 13, both 
with Dag. euphon. 

1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. q. "22 
Arab. 23 to guard 6. g. a vineyard; 
comp. kindr. 
like the Lat. éwert and intueri, also 
tuitus est, defendit, liberavit.—E. g. a 
vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27,3; a tree 


Prov. 27,18. Part. plur. Ox) watch- 
men, keepers, guards, Jer. 31, ‘6. 3372 


Comp. ΓΒ to 


adspexit, intuitus est, 


690 


ier δ] 


ns) the tower of the watch or guard, 
watch-tower, 2 K. 17,9. 18,8. With dy 
Ps. 141, 3 "nee ds by ms? qd. keep 
thou watch over the door of my lips,i.e. my 
mouth, lest I utter rash words; the form 
m2 with Dag. euphon. pee 20, 28. 
13, 6. Is. 49, 6 dete 198) the kept (pre- 
served)iof ferad. With 0 Ps. 34, 14.— 
Spec. 

a) to guard from dangers, to a to 
defend, to preserve, as God does men, 
Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22, 12. 
With 99, Ps. 32.7 "228m ἜΣ from trou- 
ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8. 64, 2: 
140, 2. 

b) to keep, i. q. to watch closely, to Bi 
serve diligently, Prov. 4, 23. 13,3 178 "5 
he who keepeth his mouth. 16,17. 24,12. 
Ina bad sense: ἃ) to watch closely a 
city, i. q. to besiege ; Part. n™x3 watch- 
ers, besiegers, Jer. 4,16 comp. 17 ; comp. 
also "9% 2 Sam. 11, 16. Is. 1,8 “93D 
mux like a city besieged ; so common- 
ly, but see in art. M3. 8) Jehovah 
is addressed as INA nx the observer 
of men, as if on the ‘watch to detect them 
in wrong doing. Job 7, 20.—Hence 

2. to keep, to obserne, as a covenant 
Deut. 33, 9. Ps. 25, 10; a law Prov. 28, 
7; the ways of righteousness Proy. 2, 
8; a father’s commands 6, 20; the com- 
mandments of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45. 
119, 2. 22. 33. 34. 100. 129; good coun- 
sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire 
modum, regulam, precepta, ete. With 
dat. Ex. 34,7 keeping mercy for thou- 
sands. Is.26,3 ἰδ αἴθ "BM FD ES 
the man of firm mind, for him thou wilt 
keep perfect peace, supply >, 

3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to 
conceal. Is. 48,6 DAPI δὲ Ὶ Minas hid- 
den things which thou hast not known. 
65, 4 "5 55 oMAEra they lodge in secret 
places, perh. the recesses of heathen 
temples, or with the Sept. sepulchral 
c is, parall. with sepulchres. Prov. 
7, woman ΞΘ ΤΥ sublile of heart. 

Deriv. 7753). 


ἘΠῚ. "2 obsol. root, Arab. 1&3 to 
shine, to be in full verdure, whence 7%. 
Nore. The significations of guarding 
and of being verdant, which are also 
found conjoined in the root "xn, I have 
placed separately, although not impro- 


“22 


bably there is a common origin of both, 
viz. the idea of shining, being splendid, 
ΩΣ ; in which is implied also the no- 

ion of beholding, 3, (comp. 519, Gr. 


φάος δέδορκε, also Germ. Blick and Engl. 
glance, signifying both splendour and 
the act of looking.) and hence the signi- 
fication of observing, guarding. 


22 m. (Ὁ. "82 ΠῚ 1. @ shoot, sprout, 
Is. 60, 21. Metaph. of offspring Is. 11, 
1. Dan. 11, 7. 

2. a branch, Is. 14, 19. 


MZ2, see r. MS". 


NP? Chald. adj. pure, Dan, 7, 9. R. 
RP? 1. α. ΠΕΣ. 


* 222 fut. 32, once p27 Job 40, 24, 
c. suff. 123p7 Is. 62,2; imper. c. 7 parag. 
map2; pr. to hollow out, to excavate, like 
the kindr. zap, 3p, also 32 or HYD, ὭΒΞ, 
where see more. Hence 

1. to bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10; c. ace. 
to bore through, to perforate, Job 40, 24. 
26 [40, 24. 41, 2]. 2K. 18, 21. Is, 36, 6. 
Hagzg. 1,6 2"P2 ΤΊΣ a purse with holes. 
Also to pierce, to strike through with a 
spear; Hab. 3, 14 18 YX7 H3P2 thou 
didst strike through the heads of their 
leaders. Arab. Aid, Syr. 252, Chald. 
Sam. sp. id. 

2. to separate, to distinguish ; and 
hence to declare distinctly. to specify, to 
call by name ; comp. 873 no. 1, 2. Gen. 
30, 28 "bv 329. ΞΡ. name me thy 
wages. Is. 62, 2. Part. pass. D°3P) the 
named Am. 6, 1, i. e. the renowned, the 
noble, q. ἃ. Mi2¥ "328, opp. the ignoble 
populace, 2% "52 Job 30, 8. Comp. 
1 Chr. 12, 31. Arab. ᾿ς ΩΣ leader, 
prince. : 

3. i. q. 22 no. 2, to curse, pr. to pierce 


with words, to cut, like Arab. apie to 
cut, to perforate, metaph. to cu g. 
the name of God, to blaspheme, 24, 
11. 16 nam Min OY 3p he that blas- 
phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely 
be put to death ; from which passage the 
Jews derive the superstition which for- 
bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name 
of Jehovah; see Mim. Also Num. 23, 
8. 25. Job 3,8. 5,3. Prov. 11, 26. 24, 24. 
ΠΟ Nips. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be called 


691 


ἽΡ) 


G- 
by name, comp. Arab. 2.8) to name, 3 
and Ὁ being interchanged. Num. 1, 17 
these men M233 13P? VOX who are ex- 
pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41. 
2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19. 

Deriv. from the primary 1dea of exca- 
vating. 322 bezel, M3p"3 a stone-quarry ; 
from that of perforating. "322, MSP ; 
from that of piercing, striking through, 
ΓΙΞΙΡΏ, M3P2, a pointed hammer. 


v=) 


202 m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which 
a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gem- 
marum, Ez. 28, 13. Comp. 5h. Others, 
a pipe, as if from 3132 in the sense to 
bore, like bsbm from 55m; but this does 
not accord with the context. 

2. a cavern ; whence c. art. ΞΡ: Ne- 
keb, pr. n. of a place in Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 33. 


MP? £ (r. 3.22) a female, whether of 
man or beast. so called from the form 
of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2. 
Lev. 12, 5. 27,4. Num. 5,3; of beasts 
Gen. 6,19. Lev. 3, 1. 6. 4, 28. 32, 5, 6. 


Syr. baad, Chald. 837%, id. 


*"D2 obsol. root, 1. to prick, to 
point, to mark with points. Chald. id. 
whence Rabb. 432 one who points a 


“7 


manuscript, punctator, Arab. (\23 pu- 
pugit serpens, but ἀρ. 55 punctis notavit. 

2. to mark, i.e. to select, to separate 
out what is of a better quality than the 
rest, which is done by marking it with 
points, etc. Arab. (85. Hence aed 
(see Camoos p. 424) a species of sheep 
and goats, short-legged and deformed, 
but distinguished for the length of their 


Ge 
wool and hair, διὰ the shepherd of 
such a flock. See Ip} below. 
Deriv. ΠΡ, pr. ἢ. 8752, and the 
four following. 


‘TP? m. plur. 5°32, pr. ‘marked with 
points” speckled, spotted, of sheep and 


‘goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq. 


A 5, %- 
SP? pr. i. q. Arab. Ola a shepherd 


ὺς 
of flocks called (89 from the excellence 
of their wool, see in τ. 722 no.2. Then 


in a wider sense of the keeper of any 
cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1,1; 


sp? 


a sheep-owner, catile-breeder, 2 K. 3, 4, 
spoken of the king of the Moabites. See 
Bochart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The- 
saur. p. 909. 


MP2 f. a point, stud, e. g. of silver, 
with which any thing is ornamented, 
Cant. 1,11. Β. Ἴ3. 


DTP? m. plur. (τ. 322) 1. crumbs 
of bread, Josh. 9, 5. 12. 

2. A kind of cake, which prob. crum- 
bled easily, 1K. 14,3. Sept. κολλυρές, 
Vulg. crustula, Engl. cracknel, crumb- 
cake. 


* Sips, inf. absol. Mp2, tobe clean, pure, 
° 
Arab. & id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri- 


fication (pr.to cleanse), to pour out a 
libation, to sacrifice; hence ™"p32 a 
sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer. 
49,12 mp2 inf. pleon. joined with a form 
of Niph. 

Nipu. πρὸ, fut. MPI «1. to be clean 
in a moral sense, to be pure, innocent, 
Jer. 2,35. With 72 to be free froma 
fault, blame, Ps. 19. 14. Num. 5, 31. 
With 72 of pers. Judg. 15, 3 "ΠΡ 
prmi>es 1 am blameless towards the 
Philistines, i,e. it is not my fault, but 
their own, if I attack the Philistines.— 
Hence often: a) to be free from punish- 
ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex. 
21, 19. Prov. 6, 29 ma ΣΑΣ 9. MPI ND 
whosoever toucheth her shall not £0 un- 
punished. 11, 21. 16,5. Jer. 29, 1. 49, 
12; c. 72 Num. 5,19. Ὁ) 10 be clean, 
Sree, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen. 
24, 8. 41. 

2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty, 
desolate, as a city, Is. 3,26. So Arab. 

3 X.—Also of men who are destroy- 
ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3. 

Piet Mp2, fut. p22 1. to pronounce 
innocent, lo acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28; 
c. 2 Ps. 19,13. Job 10,14. Joel 4, 21 
see in no. 2.—Hence 

2. to let go unpunished, to forgive, 
with acc. of pers. Ex. 20,7. 1K. 2,9, 
Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7 
who forgiveth iniquity and transgression 
and sin, Tp" δὲ MPP but will by no 
means always leave unpunished. Num. 
14,18. Nah, 1, 3.—In Joel 4,21 [3, 21] the 
words; "Mp2 XD B97 ")"P2} are usually 


492 


‘Dp: 

rendered: J will cleanse (declare inno- 
cent) their blood that I have not cleansed, 
i.e. 1 will avenge the blood of Israel 
which I have long left unavenged. Bet- 
ter perh. to read: “r7p) N> O24 “eR, 
and render like Sept. and Syr. καὶ extn. 
τήσω TO αἷμα αὐτῶν καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀϑωώσω, 
Iwill avenge their blood, nor will I let 
it go unpunished, unavenged ; comp. 
Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9,7..Thesaur. p.910. 
Deriv. "P2, ΝΣ, ὙΠ), MPI. 


NTP? (distinguished, r. 47 £2) Nekoda, 
pr.n. m. Ezra 2, 48. 60. Neh. 7, 50. 62. 


ΤΊΣ, see τ. Mp>. 


"2 ig. UID, PAP, to be weary of, 
to loathe, once in pret. c. 3 Job 10, 1. 
The future and other forms come ftom 
the root ὩΡ. 


"Pp? adj. (r. MP2) plur. op? 1. pure, 
metaph. innocent, free from blame, Ex. 
23,7. Job 4,7. 9,23. 17,8. Ps.10,8. Jer. 
2, 34; c. 7a 2 Sam. 3, 28. ob Ba “po 
of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24, 4. 
2 OF and "2 81 innocent blood, see D3. 

8. clear, pias quit, from an eblignsians, 
oath, c. 72 Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22; 
exempt from military service Deut. 24, 
5. 1 K. 15, 22; from a charge, Gen. 44, 
10. Ex. 21, 28. 


N72 i. q. 9 with δὰ added, Joel 4, 10. 
Jon. 1, 14 Cheth. 


TMP? m. (r. 42) constr. 173, clean- 
ness, 6. g. of the teeth i.e. famine Am. 
4,6; of the hands i. e. innocence Gen. 
20, 5. Ps. 26, 6. 72,13; and so without 
ἘΠ Ξ3 id. Hos. 8, 5. 

PP? m. (r. PR2) only in constr. Jer. 


13,4 sdom pp? the cleft of the rock. 
Plur. 0°5>04 "p"7P) Is. 7, 19. Jer. 16,16. 


* DP?, fut. Dip", inf. ἘΠῚ, Zo avenge, 
to take vengeance ; Arab. prs Conj. 
VIL, vindicavit se ab aliquo, penam 
sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. yond 


<< id. Chald. id, _Kindr, 8%2.—Con- 
strued a) Absol. Lev. 19,18, b) With 
ace. of pers. or thing whom one avenges, 
Deut. 32, 43; once ὁ. >¥ Ps. 99,8. In 
the same sense is said, Lev. 26, 85 2 
ma ἘΠῚ Map? a sword that shall avenge 
my covenant. 9) The pers. of or from 


pp? 


whom vengeance is taken is put with 
72 1 Sam. 24, 13; pxe Num, 31, 2; 5 
Nah. 1,2. Ez. 25, 12; ace. Josh. 10, 13. 
Both constructions (b, c) are βορὰ 
in 1 Sam. |. ο. 99 AIM "yoR? let Teho- 
vah avenge me of thee. Num. 81, 2 
moran ma byt 93a ΠΡ. BP. 

Nips. 1. to be “punished, Ex. 21, 20. 
Comp. Lat. ulcisci for punire. 

2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged, 
paral]. oma Is. 1,24. Ez. 25, 15 op) ὙΏΡ3". 
With 5 of pers. on whom vengeance 1s 
taken Judg. 15, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 25; with 
j2 in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24. 
Esth. 8, 13. Is. 1, 24; with ja of pers. 
from whom and also of thing for which 
vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28. 

Piet i. q. Kal, 2K. 9, 7 "27 “M32 

SIN ἸΡῸ ον ON AW NIBP that I may 
avenge the blood of my servants the pro- 
phets ...at the hand of Jezebel. Jer. 
51, 36. : 

Horn. fut. ops 1. to be punished, 
Ex. 21, 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth 
Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold ; 
others: it shall be avenged, as in no. 2. 
See in Niph. no. 1. 

2. to be avenged; Gen. 4, 24. 

Hirup. to avenge oneself, as in Niph. 
Jer. 5, 9. 29.9, 8, Part. sp2m9 @ self- 
avenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8, 3. 
44, 17. 

Deriv. Of2, ΠΏ. 


DP? m. vengeance, Deut. 32, 35. ἘΠ᾿ 
DP? the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is. 
34, 8. 61, 2. 63, 4. Ὁ) P23 to avenge 
vengeance, to take vengeance, Kz. 25,15; 
> op? 36M to render vengeance to any 
one, i. 6. to take vengeance upon him, 
Deut. 32, 41.43; ἘΠ) Mp> to take ven- 
geance \s. 47,3; PR DP? Mwy id. Mic. 
4, 14, 


ΤΩΡ. f. (τ. SP2) constr. M22, ¢. suff. 
“mp2, plur. mip. 

1. vengeance, i. ᾳ. OR2; so me 
Jer. 46, 10; > rp 51, 6. ΤΩ ke 
God of vengeance, the avenging God. Ps, 
94,1. With genit. the vengeance of Je- 
hovah is that which Jehovah takes, Jer. 
50, 15. 28. 51,11; thy vengeance, which 
thou takest, Jer. 11, 20. 20, 12. Also 
with genit. of that for which vengeance 
is taken, as 03 ‘3 vengeance for blood 
Ps. 79,10; 122° 52) Jer. 50, 28. 51, 11. 


693 


| Phrases are: 


SP 
a) 3 ΤΙ ΓΙΌΣ lo lake 
vengeance upon, Ps. 149, 7.. Ez. 25, 17, 
b) 2 ἼΡΌΡ9 39? fo give or put one’s ven- 
geance upon, Ez,.25, 14; comp. Num. 31, 
3. 0) Ὁ ΓΙΌ iN? Ps. 18, 48, also niga 
> nic? Judg. 11, 36, to give or do ven- 
geance for any one, to satisfy his desire 
of vengeance. , 

2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveness, 
Lam. 3, 60, p23 ΠῺΣ to act vindic- 
tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15. 


" 22, i. ᾳ. 59, to be rent away, me- 
taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28, 
Found only in the preter. 


*E\P2 fut. per 1. to strike, to cut 
by blows with an instrument, see Piel 
and 573. Chald. R22 to strike ‘an ox 
for slaughter, to fell; Arab. .a25 I, III, 
to smite, e.g. the head so as to break 
it, to strike through i.e. to percolate. 
Kindr. is 933, Eth. ANNA, to touch. 
The idea of striking lies in the syllables 
32, 33, P2, see 33; also in }P, comp. 
χύπτω, ¢ npApr. 

2. to fasten together by driving ΔΑΝ 
to join together, comp. Germ. zusammen- 
schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ; 


Syr. and Sam. cf, Sr XX, to join on; 
Pe. «5.22 to adhere. to cohere—Hence 


prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job 
19, 6); espec. so as to return upon itself 
and form a circle ; comp. 3s band, 
arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and M372. 
Hence 

3. to move in a circle ; 1s. 29, 1 ἘΠῚ π 
‘E37 let the festivals run their circle, 
i.e. the circle of the annual festivals 
being completed. 

Pip. 42 1. to cut down, to fell, 6. g. 
a wood, Is, 10, 34. 

2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy, 

like m2>. Job 19,26 after they shall 
have destroyed my skin (body), this se. 
shall be or happen, viz. that which pre- 
cedes in v. 25, the advent of God. See 
Lehrg. p. 798. 
Hips. 1. to fold or cast around any 
one, Germ. wmschlagen, see in Kal no. 
2. With acc. and 52 of pers. Job 19, 6 
pop be ixs he hath folded (cast) 
his net around me. Metaph. Lam. 3, 5, 
where supply ">> .—Hence 

2. to lead around, to let go round ina 


rp. 
circle ; Job 1,5 Awan "25 SE *pH “Dd 
when thas} (the sons of Job) had let the 
days of feasting go round, after they had 
gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27 
DQUN7 MND DPN ND lit. ye shall not 
round the extremity of your head sc. in 
cutting the hair, i.e. ye shall not cut 
off the outer part of the hair in a circle 
around the head; Symm. οὐ περιξυρήσετε 
κύχλῳ τὴν πρόσοψιν τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν. 
This would seem to refer to a custom of 
the ancient Arabs, who.cut off the hair 
round the outer part of the head, but left 
that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 8. 8, 
ib. 4.175.—Inf. absol. ΡΠ Josh. 6, 3, 
and 9pm v. 11, pr. going around, as 
adv. round about. 

3. to surround, to encircle, c. acc. 1 K. 
7, 24. Ps. 22,17; ὃ; 2K. 6, 14. Ps. 17, 
9. 88, 18. 

Deriv. the two following. 


yp m. @ beating or shaking off of 
olives, Is. 17,6. 24,13. Chald. 55-73 id. 


MBP? f. (τ. Π23 no. 2) ἃ rope, cord, 
bound around a female slave or captive 
instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 8, 24. 
Sept. σχοινίον, Vulg. funiculus. 


a PE? obsol. root. prob. i. q. 32 and 

, to bore, to pierce ; whence. ΡΣ 

ἘΝ of a rock. A vestige of this root 

exists in the Samar. see  ASédot. Ori- 
ental. p. 88. 


᾿ Ἵ2 fut. "ps, to bore, to pierce; 
_ spoken of the eye, fo bore out, to put out, 
1 Sam. 11, 2. Prov. 30,17 the ravens of 
the valley shall pick it out sc. the eye.— 
Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. 2PZ 


to be blind of one eye, 7PA evulsit. 
The radical syllable is ">, which like 
"> has the signif. of boring, digging ; 
see ἜΡ, MPS, LT, "2, WPF; also 752, 
MTD, TSN, etc. 

Piet “P?, fut. ἜΣ, to bore or put 
out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21. 
Metaph. Job 30,17 "3 azz Md") the 
night pierces my bones, i.e. by night 
my bones are pierced with pain; comp. 
3, 3. 

Puat, to be dug out; Is. 51, 1 the 
quarry whence BRP? ye were digged, 
metaph. of the ancestors or founders of a 
nation.—Hence 


694, "3 


MIP? or MP2, a cavern, fissure, only 
constr. "A8iI Mp? the cleft of the rock 
Ex. 33, 32. Plur. pa Min? Is. 2, 21. 


3 wp3 i. q. Up? and wip, but intrans. 
to be snared, caught in a snare; Ps, 9, 
17 38> WHia HD dsba in the work of 
his own hands the wicked is snared. 

Nipu. to be snared, caught in a snare, 
Deut. 12, 30. , 

Piet trans. to lay snares, absol. Ps. 38, 
13; with > to lay snares for, to cast a 
snare over any one, Ps. 109, 11 wp" 

Ἴρτ ΠΡ Ξ Ὁ. Mejia let the extortioner cast 
@ snare upon all that he hath, i. 6. let 
him seize upon all his property. 

Hirup. to lay a snare for any one, 
trop. 6. 3.1 Sam. 28, 9. 


᾿ WP) Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock; 

so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. wooa 
id. also to clap the hands, to strike a 
bell, etc, Arab. (p83 to strike a bell 
or board.—Dan. 5,6 and his knees 83 
J2R2 NTP smote one against the other. 


“2 m. (τ. 92) once 172 2 Sam. 22. 29, 
ὁ. suff. "92; plur. Min}, 6. suff. ΠΡ. 


1. α light, lamp, Syr. Pepa Yes) id. 
Zeph. 1,12. "3 “48 the light of the lamp, 
Jer. 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goeth 
not out by night, she labours diligently 
all the night. Often of the lights of the 
sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8 
40, 4. 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, 9. 1K. 7, 
49, al. Once of the candelabra itself the 
lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3.—Trop. in va- 
rious senses,e. g. a) Put for welfare, 
prosperity, happiness, comp. "8 lett. € ; 
yet so that the image of a light is re- 
tained; Ps. 18, 29 "2 "Nm APS thou 
(God) wilt light my lamp, make my way 
prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29,3. Contra, 
Prov. 13, 9 the light of the righteous re- 
joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shall 
be put out, comp. Job 21, 17; also Prov. 
20, 20. Job 18, 5. 0) Put for glory, as 
the light of Israel, spoken of David 2 
Sam. 21,17. So of Barhebreus, Asse- 
man. II, p. 266. c) Of divine instruc- 
tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, 105; comp. 
Prov. 20, 27 a lamp of the Lord is the 
spirit of man, i. e. lighted of God. 
Comp. also φῶς John 1, 4. 5. 8. 9. 

2. Ner, pr. n. of the grandfather of 
Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50, 51. 26,5. 1 Chr. 8,33. 


" 695 


“3, see in "73. 


* 472 obsol. root, i. qe 322, to roll, to 
revolve rapidly; then, to talk. rapidly 
and much, of babblers and tale-bearers, 


to slander. Arab. quadrilit. or to 
roll or revolve quickly, both of ΡΝ 


' or 
Gamensne Heb. 3732 q. v. and 
Bo. 


and speech, to slander; whence 


one turning quickly, a slanderer, 


+ il πδένο 72. 
33°92 Nergal, pr. n. of un idol of the 
Cuthites, 2 Καὶ. 17, 30. According to 
Norberg, 53792 is 1. ᾳ. Zab. rs) the 
planet Mars, corresponding to Arab. 
gid. The >is then the mark of a 


diminutive, for the use of which in the 
names of the gods see in }ia3. Better, 
according to Bohlen, 53} i. q. Sanser. 
Nrigal. man-devourer, spoken of a fierce 
warrior, and corresponding to 777. 
See Thesaur. p. 913.—Hence 

MINI 2372 Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n. 
a) A military chieftain under Nebuchad- 
nezzar Jer. 39. 3. Ὁ) One of the chief 
Magi under the same king Jer. 39, 13.— 
See the name "4879 Sharezer in its 
order. The same compound name is 
eouyhicoug, Neriglissar. 

j292 m. talkative, then a tattler, tale- 
bearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18, 
8. 26, 20. 22. R. 253, after ‘the ἜΑ 
1955 

373 m.c. suff. "792, plur. 8°79}, nard, 
Indian spikenard, Sanser. narda, very 
fragrant and precious, Cant. 1, 12. 4, 
13. 14. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p.1 
sq. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of 
the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol. 
IV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914. 

FP") (lamp of Jehovah, r. "%2) Ne- 
riah, pr. ἢ. m. 8) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4. 
b) 51, 59. 

* NW) fat. kw, inf. absol. Nid} Jer. 
10, 5. Hos. 1,6; inf constr. 8&3 Is. 1, 14, 
nit Ps. 89, 10, c. suff. "RQ? Ps, 28, 2; 
but far more freq. PRY, c. pref. ΤΙΝΌΣ 
Ex. 27, 7, mxv> often, ¢. suff. “Nv, 


ind ; imp. 83 (once Mb3 Ps. 4.1) διὰ 


Nw? 
xo Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40; part. pass. 


ΜΉΘ, once 3 like verbs ri Ps. 32, 1. 
But i in Ps. 139, 20 δι) is for 13, IRI 


by Arabism, like tis. 

1, to take up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept. 
αἴρω, ἐξαίρω, étuigo. Kindred is Eth. 
ZWA sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; also 


» 
Arab. Lid elatus est, crevit, accrevit; 
but in the sense of taking up, bearing, 
taking to oneself, the Arabs use other 
roots, as » de>-—Gen, 7, 17 the 


waters increased and lifted up the ark. 
Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9,48. 2 Sam. 2, 32. al. 
D2 ΝῸΣ fo lift up (erect) a standard 
Jer. 4,6. 50, 2 51, 12. 27. With 55 
pregn. to lift up upon, to place upon 
any thing, Gen. 31, 17. Trop. nitz 
nom "52 10 take up (bring) sin upon one- 
self. Lev. 22.9. Num. 18, 32; 6. 3 2 Chr. 
6, 33. Intrans. to lift up enapelf, to heave, 
as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10. 
Nah. 1,5; trop. Hab. 1, 3.—Specially to 
be noted are the following phrases : 

a) 7 Nt, also F2 Nv, to lift up the 
hand, as in taking an oath Deut. 32,40; 
comp. 77 0° Gen. 14, 22. Dan. 12, 7. 
Virg. ZEn. 12.195. Hence i. q. to swear, 
with dat. of pers. and inf. ¢. >, Ez. 20,6 

pxtsind ond 12 Nk. 47, 4. Ex. 6, 
8. Num. 14, 30. Ps. 106, 26. Neh. 9, 15. 
Also in order to do violence, 6. 3 2 Sam. 
20, 21; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer 
and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63, 5. 134, 2 
(comp. Lam. 3, 41); as beckoning Is. 
13, 2. 49, 22 c. by. 

b) 1881 NL Zo lift up one’s head, spo- 
ken: «) Of one who is cheerful and 
happy Job 10,15. Zech.2,4. ) Ofone 
who increases in wealth, power, pros- 
perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83,3. Comp. 
Lat. ‘caput extollere in civitate.’ But 
7) 833 0722 Ὁ ONT Nv? Zo Lift up the 
head of any one out of prison, is to bring 
him up out of prison, these being usual- 
ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27; and so 
without the words ‘> M722 Gen. 40, 18, 
20. Another sense of this phrase see 
below in no. 2. 3 

6) 138 Nw? fo lift up one’s countenance, 
spoken of one conscious of rectitade and 
therefore cheerful and full of confidence, 
Job 11,15. Ellipt. Gen. 4,7 if thou doest 
well, τ Ὁ lifting up of the countenance 


ND: 696 


will be to thee, ise. thou wilt weara 
cheerful countenance. «Opp. 1725 5522 
v.5.6,° With ἘΝ tolook up towards any 
thing 2K. 9,32; to\look with confidence 
to or upon any one Job 22, 26. 2 Sam. 
2, 22; also of God beholding men in 
kindness, Num. 6, 26. Pass. 0722 812} 
see in no. 3. Ὁ. a. 

d) D22"> Nw2 Zo lift up the eyes, often 
before verbs of looking, beholding, see- 
ing, by a species of pleonasm common 
to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp. 
to lift up the feet Gen. 29, 1; to lift up 
the voice, in lett. e, below; and see un- 
der ΠΡ no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted 
up his eyes and beheld. v. 14. 18, 2. 31, 
10. 33, 1. 5. 43, 39. With >x and > to 
lift up the eyes upon, to cast eyes upon 
any person or thing, i.e. in love, desire, 
longing, Gen. 39,°7. Ps. 121, 1. Trop. 
of longing towards God and confidence 
in him Ps. 123.1; towards idols Ez. 18, 
12. 23,27. Deut. 4,19. Comp. in lett. g. 

6) DIP Nd fo Lift up the voice (comp. 
in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail- 
ing, Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4. 
1 Sam. 24,17. 30, 4; of calling out 
Judg. 9,7; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14. 
Also with >‘p implied (Germ. anheben), 
Is. 3, 7; hence absol. in the sense ¢o 
call aloud, i. q. to rejoice, to shout, Job 
21, 12 they lift up the voice (they shout) 
to the timbrel and harp. Is. 42,11. Ibid. 
v. 2 sito Nd nor lift up his voice, i. e. 
nor ery aloud, i. q. P2¥7 85.—Hence 

f) to lift up any thing with the voice, 
to take up, i.e. to ulter, 6. g. a song 
Num. 23, 7. Job 27,1. Ps. 81, 3; prayer 
Is. 37,4; reproaches Ps. 15,3; the name 
of God Ez. 20,7: a false report 23, 1; 
a wailing Jer. 9, 9 [10]. Here too be- 
Tongs Ps. 139, 20 δ" 5 Niez, for Nie 
RIED FH, see above init. 

g) ἘΝ ΘῈ) N22 10 Lift up the soul unto 
any thing, like Engl. to set the heart 
upon, i. q. to desire, to long for any thing, 
(Arab. ellipt. so Jt he>,) Deut. 24, 
15. Hos. 4, 8. Prov. 19,18; c. > Ps. 24, 
4; often Mim? 5x i.e. to long earnestly 
for help from God Ps. 25, 1. 86, 4. 143, 8. 

h) "2 5x 39 sta 10 lift up the heart 
unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation, 
Lam. 3, 14.. But 25. ix? his heart 
lifts him up, viz. — a) it incites him to any 


Nid? 


thing. stirs him up, i.e. makes him ready 
and willing to do any thing, Ex. 35, 21. 
26. 36,2. 9) Also spoken of pride, 2 K. 
14,10 53> ΝῸ3 thy heart hath lifted 
thee up i. e. thou art proud. Comp. 
‘tollere animos’ Plaut. ‘ animi sublati? 
i.e. proud, Ter. 


i 
i) to lift up, to raise, sc. inthe balance, 


ive. to weigh, Job 6, 3. Comp. Lat. 
pendo and Heb. so. 

2. to take, to take away, which is mostly 
done by taking up ; so Lat. tollere, ὃ me- 
dio tollere, freq. for auferre. 1 Sam. 17, 
34 and took a lamb from the flock. 
Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and Darid 
and his men took them away, sc. the idols. 
1 K. 15, 22. 2 K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they took 
away my veil from me. Ecc. 5, 14. Jer. 
52, 17. Mic. 2,2. al. So ‘a tip xt? to 
take away one’s life 2Sam. 14,14. Gen. 
40,19 yet within three days shall Pha- 
raoh 433 FEXsrR Nw take away 
thy head from off thee, i.e. take away 
thy life (comp. v. 22), there being here 
a play of words as compared with the 
contrary signif. of “> GX7 ΝΣ in no. 1. 
b. 7, above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11, 20 
init. “adolescentem (Octavianum) ‘tol- 
lendum,” which may mean either to be 
exalted, promoted, or to be put out of the 
way.—Hence in a stronger sense: to 
take away a person, as the wind, to carry 
away, 2 K. 2,16. Job 27,215; or as God, 
i. q. do destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, see 
below in b; spoken of a tree, to pluck 
up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where nix®e 
is inf’ Aram. Kal for x2, ending in 
mi in the manner of verbs ΤΡ, comp. 
mixba.—Spec. to take away the sin, 
guilt, ofany one, ("2 753, SOB, ΠΝ ΌΤΙ ΝῈ3,) 
i.e. a) to expiate, to make atonement 
for, as a priest, Lev. 10, 17. Ὁ) 10 for- 
give sin, to pardon, spoken of men Gen. 
50,17. Ex. 10,17; of God Gen. 4, 13. 
Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21. Ps. 
32,5. al. Also mum> xb2 to forgive 
sin Ex. 23, 21. Josh. 24,19. Ps. 25, 18. 
With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardon 
any one Gen. 18, 24. 26. Num. 14, 19. 
Is. 2,9. Hos. 1,6 for J will no more have 
mercy upon the house of Israel xiv. "> 
ἘΠῚ} NWR “hat 1 should altogether pardon 
them. [Better: but I will utterly take 
them away, destroy them.—R.] Part. 


pass. 12 NIL2 forgiven of iniquity, whose 


NWI 
sin is τ φυαβῃναν: Is. 33, 24; 2B rv? id. 
Ps. 32, 1—Comp. in N. T. αἴρω τὴν 
dpagalen for ο expiate as in lett. a, John 
1, 29.—F rom the idea of taking away 
comes the sense 

3. to take simply, i. ᾳ. "Pd; Gen. 27, 
3 take now thy weapons,..and go out. 
Josh. 6, 4. 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26, Is. 38, 21. 
Am. 6, 10. Ps. 139, 9. Gen. 45, 19 take 
your father and come. In such passages 
x2 gives more fulness and vividness, 
see in Mp> no. 1. Hence also i. q. to 
get, to receive, to obtain, Eee. 5, 18 mxiv> 
‘Perry. Ps. 24, δ. 116, 13; so Tor ‘3, 
ἽΠ 2, to obtain ‘favour Esth. 2,9. 15. 17. 
5,2. So to take a thing offered, to ac- 
cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24, comp. v. 23.—Spec. 

a) MWR Xv? to take a wife, in the later 
writers instead of mux mpd Ruth 1, 4. 
2 Chr. 11, 21. 13, 21. Ezra 10, 44. Billipt. 
Ezra 9, 2 they took wives of their daugh- 
ters for themselves and for their sons. 
v. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24, 3. 

b) Ῥ "22 NW ἐο take i.e. to accept the 
person of any one, pr. spoken of a king 
or judge who receives or admits those 
who visit him with salutations and pre- 
sents, and favours their cause; opp. 
B32 3" to turn away i.e. not to re- 
ceive the salutations of any one. Gen. 
32, 21 [20] "2p Rw “bax peradven- 
ture he will accept me, will receive me 
kindly. Mal.1,8. Hence «) Ina good 
sense, to accept any one, to admit him as 
a suppliant, to hear and grant his re- 
quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, [have accepted thee 
(heard thy prayer) concerning this thing 
also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2K. 3,14. Job 42, 
8. Trop. of a ransom Prov. 6, 35. Also’ 
to respect the dignity of any one, fo re- 
vere, Lam. 4, 16; once > ὩΣ NX? id. 
Deut. 28, 50. Hetil part. pass. sein 
Ὁ one respected, a man of influence, 
2K. 5,1. Job 22, 8. Is. 3,3.9,14. Δ) 
In a bad sense, ¢o be partial, as a judge 
unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes. 
Lev. 19, 15 chow shalt not respect the per- 
son of the poor, nor honour the 
the great. Job 32,21. 34, 19. Ps. 82, 2. 
Prov. 18, 5. Without genit. Deut. 10, 17 
who respecteth not persons, nor taketh re- 
ward ; comp. 2 Chr. 19; 7: Job 13, 10 
PRA Ov! NSS ON if ye secretly accept 
persons, are unjustly partial. Mal. 2,9 
myima Omg ONw? partial in the law. 

59 


697 δ 22 


In Ν. T. πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν. See more 
in Thesaur. p. 916. 

c) BX Nw? to take the sum of any 
thing, to number, Ex. 30, 12. Num. 1, 2. 
49. 4,2. 22. 26,2. 31, 26.49. Also ΩΣ 
"202 Num. 3, 40. 1 Chr. 27, 23. 

4. to take upon oneself, to bear, to 
carry, Ex. 12, 34. 25, 14. 27. 37, 14. Ps. 
126, 6. Is. 52,11. al. So of burdens on 
the back, as a beast Gen. 45, 23. Is. 30,6; 
a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31. 
Is. 46, 3; garments, to wear, 1 Sam. 2, 
28. 14,3; a shield 2 Chr. 14,7. Soa 
tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8. 
Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2,19; the earth its 
products, whence trop. Ps. 72,3 let the 
mountains bring forth peace (prosperity) 
to the people.—S pec. 

a) to take up and bring, to bring ; Ex. 
10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo- 
custs. 1 K. 10, 11 the ships of Hiram 
which brought gold from Ophir. 1 Sam. 
4,4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8— 
Opp. to take away, see no. 2. 

b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor- 
row Is. 53,4; reproach Ps. 69, 8. Ez. 16, 
52; also Is, 1, 14. Jer. 44, 22. Mic. 7, 9. 
Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 80, 91. With 3 parti- 
tive (see in 3 A. 2, b), Job 7, 13 κῶν 
ΞΘ "M3 my couch shall Beit 
tion of my complaint, i.e. will help me 
to bear it.—Hence, to bear, i. q. to per- 
mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13, 6. Job 21,3 
"ZNY suffer me that I may speak. 

c) ‘to bear up under any thing, to take 
charge of, e. g. the burden of a public 
office ; Num. 11, 14 J am not able to bear- 
all this people alone. v.17. Deut. 1. 9. 12.. 

d) Β (115) NOM NWI, to bear the sin 
or guilt of any one, i. e. take upon one~ 
self and bear the punishment of sin, Is.. 
53, 12. Ez. 4, 5. 14,10;  ἮΣΞ id. Ez 
18, 19.20; ixor, iy ΝΣ, to bear one’s 
own sin, i. e. to “saline its mppiebeoe 
Lev. 5, 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19. 24, 15. Num. 
5, 31. 9, 13. 14, 34, 30, 16. So yyy Rw. 
to suffer the punishment of one’s whoredom 


Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23,35. Absol. to bear 
- punishment, to be punished ; Job 34, 31 
Dany Nb ΝῺ J have borne chastisel 


ment, [will offend no more. For another 
sense of this phrase, see above in no, 3." 
a, ὃ. , 

Nira. 882 1. to be lifted up, elevated 
exalted, pass. of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 47>3 


NW) 
RON every valley shall be exalted, 
i. e. filled up. 52,13. Part. nwo lifted 
up, elevated, lofty, Is. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1. 
30, 25. 57, 7. 15. Jer. 51, 9.—Reflex. to 
lift up oneself, Ez. 1, 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift 
up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth. 
7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12. 

2. to be borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is. 
49, 22; to be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17. 

Pret x 2 Sam. 5, 12, and xw2 1 K. 
9, 11. 

1. to lift up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12. 
Esth. 3,1. 5, 11. Hence > WE? Nw i. q. 
Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer. 
22, 27. 44, 14. 

2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ‘ to give 
one a lift,’ Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8, 
36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 3 
1K. 9, 11. Ezra 1,4. Hence 

3. to make or offer gifts, c.> 2 Sam- 
19, 43. : 

4. to take or carry away, 
2, Am. 4, 2. 

Hips. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4. 
ἃ, to cause to bear sin, guilt, i. 6. to let 
bear the punishment of one’s sin, Lev. 
22, 16. 

2. With >x to put upon, to apply to, 
8. Κ΄. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13. 

Hrrap. XWINA and Ken Nom. 24, 7. 

1. to be elevated, exalted, c. > abows 
any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11. 

2. to lift up or οὐδὲ oneself, i.e. a) 
to rise up. in strength Num. 23, 24. 24, 
7.1K.1,5. Ὁ) to be proud Ez. 17, 14. 
Proy. 30, 32. With >> to exalt oneself 
above any thing, Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15. 

Deriy. 872, MRD, MRW2, Nwe, xa, 
my, γα, xtb, mee, mv, pr. ἢ 
"ἰδ. 


i. q- Kal no. 


nv? Chald. 1. to take or carry away, 


as the wind Dan. 2, 35. 

2. to take, Ezra 5, 15. 

_Trupa. to lift up oneself, to rise up 
against any one, c. >> Ezra 4, 19. 


mew f. pr. part. Niph. of 82 (comp. 
Pi. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43. 


* 3102 in Kal not used. Hien. wT, 
fut. 5°", apoc. 2B. 

1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake, 
pr. spoken of one pursuing another, 
Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1 
Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6 Jer. 52,8. al. So 
of the sword of the purser 1 Chr. 21, 


698 


pied 

12. Jer. 42, 16; of waves and terrors 
Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing and 
cursing Deut. 28, 2. 15. 45; the conse- 
quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine 
anger 69,25; divine threatenings Zech- 
1, 6; contra, of good Is. 59,9. Also of 
time, to reach unto, to attain unto any 
time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev. 26, 5.—So to at- 
tain unto, i. q. to obtain, e. σ. joy Is. 35, 
10. 51, 11; the ways of life, opp. Sheol, 
Proy. 2,19. Spec. my hand attains un- 
to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get, to ac- 
quire; to have, i. 4. "27 "77 MRBD, see 
in r. &¥% no, 2. c. Lev. 14. 23. 22. 30. 31 
sq. 25, '26. Ez. 46, 7; c. Ὁ id. Lev.5, 115 
absol. id. Lev. 25, 47. 

2. Causat. to reach forth towards or 
upon any thing, lo epply, to put to or 
upon, 8. g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam- 
14, 26. With two acc. Job’41, 18 [26} 
if one lay at him with the sword. 

Norse. The form 3°wn Job 24, 2 is 
for "OF to remove ; see r. 510. 


mew f. (r. 8&2) ‘what is borne,’ ἃ 
burden Is. 46, 1. 


8°U2 m. adj. verbal, pass. of NW2, one 
elevated, exalied. Spec. 

1. a prinee. as a general term, spoken 
not only of kings (comp. 3°32), 1 K. 11, 
34. Ez. 12. 10. 45, 7 sq. 46,2 sq. but 
also of the heads, chiefs, of single tribes, 
a phylarch, e. g. of the Israelites Num. 
7, 10 sq. 34, 18 sq. fully Sx p> “NTs 
Neots 1, 44, MISA RE. 4, 34. 31, 13. 
32,2; of the Ishmaelites Gen: 17, 20, 
ete. ‘Alen of the chiefs of families, Nom. 
3, 24 "3U7B2 BN MT Nw. v. 30. 355 
plur. issn “grt? 1 K. 8, 1. 2 Chr. 5, 2, 
for minsn ms ‘3; see in M72 no. 11. 
Hence the ie chief, of the whole 
tribe of Levi is called "72 "wrth? Nw? 
Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. 7, 40. So 
nvt>y ΝΎ) prince or chief constituted 
of God, spoken of Abraham Gen. 23, 6. 

2. Plor. D°N7Wa pr. risings, i.e. vapours 
rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16. 
Ps. 135, 7. Henee clouds, Prov. 25, 14.— 


—Arab. L435 and £)45 clouds just 
formed. 

4 pd? i in Kal not used. Hips. ΡΠ, 
fut. Pw, to set on fire. to kindle, Is. 44, 
15. Ez. 39, 9.—Chald. p7os id. 

Nien. to be kindled, Ps. 78, 21. 


“ws 699 


* "D2 obsol. root, i. 4. Chald. "5, 
to saw, “Onomatopoetle, Arab. rs id. 


Like a saw; Syr. pa to saw; Eth. 
Suis and ΘΖ. Hence i¥2 a saw. 


3 ἢ NW) in Kal not used, prob. pr. 
to remove from a place, i. q. 302, acd; 


whence also ‘to put out, to dislocate a 
limb, tendon,’ see in M%33,—Hence 

Hips. 87h, fut. R72 1. to seduce, 
to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16. 

2. to deceive, to impose upon any one, 
c. dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29,8; acc. 2 Καὶ, 
19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer. 37, 9 3xtm->y 
ἘΞ nites deceive not yourselves. With 
by pregn. Ps. 55, 16 Keri 12°33 nya Nw 
let death deceive them i. e. surprise and 
destroy them suddenly ; in Cheth. "3. 

Nipu. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13. 

Deriv. ἡ. 

ἘΠ. 82 ἢ q. πὸ TL, to loan on 
usury, Ο. 3 10 any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24, 
2 3 NY2 WRD ΠῈΣΞΞ as the loaner (bor- 
rower), so he that loaneth to him, the 
creditor. So part. absol. RW: (for M2) 
1 Sam. 22, 2 a creditor. 

Hien. to exact, trop. to vex, as a cre- 
ditor, with 3 of pers. Ps. 89, 23. 

Deriv. 882, HRW. 


᾽ 2) to breathe, to blow, of the wind, 
c. 5 upon any thing Is. 40, 7.—It is ono- 
matopoetic like the wiridr: Ae, pw, 
FRG, where see. Syr. 24), Chala. 
303, id. 

‘Hips. 1. to cause to blow, 6. g. a 
wind, Ps. 147, 18. 

2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11. 


*L 02 1. iS to dry up, to fail, as 


welers comp. uns to be dry, as bread, 


35 to fail, as water ina pool. Hence 
trop. of strength. Jer. 51.30 om 53} AMS? 
their might faileth ; also of the tongue 
parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 epi 
MME] NoLa, where Dag. is either eu- 
phon. or is to be dropped ; comp. in r. 
mvi3.—The notion of drying up, failing, 
is then transferred to torpor of the mem- 
bers, Gr. νάρκη, γαρκάω, comp. M2 and 
Sept. in Gen. 32, 32; and also to failure 
of memory, forgetfulness. Hence 


mes 


2. to forget a thing, Lam. 3, 17; a 
person, to desert, lo neglect, Jer. 23, 39. 
Inf. absol. 8&2 for M3, ib,—Syr. ζω 


id. Arab. o> Eth. quadril. τ Ρ 


with πὶ inserted, id. 

Nipu. fo be forgotten, to be given over 
to oblivion ; Is. 44, 21 "202m &> thou 
shalt not be forgotten of me, for "> md2n. 
Kimchi "329 "tim. But Targ. and 
Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then 
we may translate be not forgetful of me ; 
but not so well. 

Piew. to cause to forget, with two 
acc. Gen. 41, 51 ":%2 for "2% to corre- 
spond with the pr. n. M2. 

Hipu. Men i. q. Piel ; Job 39, 17 God 
hath caused. her (the catrich) to forget 
wisdom. 11, 6 know mi>x ἢ» mys-> 
2°22 that God for thee hath caused to 
be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i.e. 
has remitted a part of thy guilt. 

Deriv. 7%}, M702, and pr. n. M829. 


* 1. mw? to loan, on interest, usury, 
spoken like the Engl. both of borrowing 
and lending, i. q. 82 IT. 

1. to lend to any ‘one money or other 
things, often on a pledge, c. 2 Deut. 24, 
11; and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The 
primitive idea may be that of delay, 


giving time; Arab. ae to defer, to de- 
lay.—With ace. of thing and 3 of pers. 
Neh. 5, 10 J likewise and my brethren 
and my servants 537] 92 oma Dw 
have lent them money and corn. Ace. 
impl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer. 15, 10 "M72 Xd 
wa tio Nb: 1 have neither borrowed nor 
have men lent to me.—But 3 MND ΓΙῸΣ 10 
lend at one per centum to any one, sc. in 
monthly usury, see in H82 no. 3. Neh. 
5, 11 the hundredth of the money and of 
the corn... 02 D2 DAN ΩΝ which ye 
exact of them ; comp. 3 882 ΝῺ v. 7.-- 
Part. MO) a usurer, creditor, money- 
lender, Ex. 22, 24. 2K. 4,1. Ps. 109,11. 
Is. 50, 1. 

2. to borrow, like Lat. fenero. feneror, 
absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part. 
mz a borrower, debtor, Is. 24, 2. 

Nore. The verb 77> is distinguished 
from U2, XO, in that the two latter 
include the idea of interest, which the 
former does not. 


δ 700 


Hirn. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, with 3 of pers. 
to lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2. 
24, 10. 

Dery "03, U2, pr. n. ANE. 


mw m. Gen. 32, 33, i. q. Arab. wey 
prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or 
tendon extending through the thigh and 
leg to the ankles. R. πῶ 1. 1; see 
Thesaur. p. 921 sq. 


"2 m. debt, 2K. 4, 7. BR. τῶν ΤΙ, 


2 Ὁ, forgetfulness, oblivion, Ps. 88, 
18. R. nw 1, 


0? plur. f women, see sing. ri 


MP W Γ (r. pw) a kiss, Cant. 1, 2. 
Prov. 27, 6. 


* 1s “2, fut. 79 Ecc. 10, 11, and We" 
Prov. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen. 
49,17. Nas. 21, 8. 9. Am. 5,19; a man 
Mic. 3,5. Eth, 2£1'M id. Syr. by transp. 
2.22 —Metaph. a) to vez, to oppress, 
Hab. 2,7. b) to lend on usury, Deut. 
23, 20; since not only the lending on 
usury, but even the taking of interest, 
was regarded as sordid and oppressive. 
Comp. Aram. M2}, a2, to bite, whence 
nna) usury; Arab. ὁ 6,5 to gnaw, 
Conj. III to lend on usury; Gr. duxve- 
σϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν χρεῶν Aristoph. Nub. 1.12; 
Lat. ‘usura vorax’ Lucan. 1. 171. 

Prez i. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21,6. Jer. 
8, 17. 

Hien. ἘΠ caus. of Kal lett. Ὁ. to take 
usury of any one, to exact interest, with 
dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21.—Hence 


702 m. in pause 72 Ex. 22, 24, 
‘usury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps, 15, 5. 
Ez. 18, 8. 13. 52 422 ἘΔ to impose 
‘usury upon any one, to exact it from 
him, Ex. 22, 24; c. > Deut. 23, 30, mp? 
72 Ἴ) 10 take usury from any one Lev. 
25, 36. Ez. 18, 17. 22, 12. 


MDW? a cell, see ΓΞ and note. 


* 5, fut, 58" intrans. in no. 2. b; 
imper. > Ex, 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15. 

1. Trans. a) to draw out or off, to 
put off, 6. g. a shoe Ex. 3,5. Josh. 5, 15. 
b) to cast out, to eject a people from a 
land Deut. 7, 1. 22.—Kindr. are >>), 
mbvi, b>. Arab. (μὴ to draw out, 


pris 


as meat from a pot; kid to put offa 
breastplate, to draw out arrows froma 
quiver. 

2. Intrans. a) to slip off or away; 
Deut. 19, 5 psn-ya S492 509] and if 
the iron slippeth from the helve. b) το 
fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive 
Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A, Correspond- 
ing is Arab. chuwd to fall off, as hair, 
wool, feathers. 

Piet i. q. Kal no. 1. b, to cast out, to 
drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6. 


*DW2 to breathe; Chald. Syr. id. 
Arab. a..3 to blow gently, as the wind; 
V, tobreathe. Kindred roots are 383, 
ΩΣ, by transp. 822, comp. Arab. 
anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit.—Not 
found in the verb; since fut. DWR Is. 42, 
14, as siaahiine fut. ows, belongs to 
the root B20. 

Deriv. ΟΦ and 


T7302 £ constr. ΩΣ, c. suff. "M23, 
plur. “prnais , 

1. breath, spirit, spoken of the breath 
of God, i.e. a) the wind, i.g. "2 55, 
Job 37, 10. b) the breath, breathing, of 
his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. 
c) the spirit of God, imparting life and 
wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4; comp. 26, 4. 

2. breath, life, of man and beasts ; 
Gen. 2, 7 and breathed into his nostrils 
on or the breath of life ; more fully 
ἘΠῚ ΠῚ man τρῶν Gen. 7, 32. Simpl. 7203 
id. Job 27, 3. Is. 42,5. Dan. 10,17. As 
something vain and fleeting . 2, 22.— 
Hence, anima, the vital spirit, ψυχή, iq. 
ΘῈ} no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16. 

3. the mind, intellect, i. ἃ. D532 no. 3, 
Prov. 20, 27. 

4. Coner. i. q. Ὁ 8} ne. 4, living thing, 
animal ; 6. g. rat2"ba every thing that 
hath breath, Deut. 20, 16. Josh. 10, 40. 
11, 11. 14. 1 K. 15, 29. 17; 1, Ps. 150, 6, 


NOU} Chald. f. breath, life, Dan. 
5, 23, 


. 22 to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10; 
6. 3 to blow upon, Is. 40, 24. —Kindred 
are 302, cti2, also oXU, by transp. ΠΡῚΝ 
Arab. τάν to winnow. 

Deriv. 53¢37 and 

2/02 m. in pause Ὡν Job 7,4; ὁ. suff. 
ἴθ) Job 3, 9. 


pws 


1. Pr. ‘a breathing ;’ hence the even- 
ing twilight, when cooling breezes blow 
(ei MH" Gen. 3, 8), Job 24, 15. Prov. 
7,9. 2K. 7, 5.7, comp. v. 9. 12. Sept. 
σκότος. Put for the evening Is. 5, 11. 
21,4; darkness, night, Jer. 13,17. Is. 
59, 10.—Also 

2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3, 
9, 7,4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Ps. 119, 147. 


* 1. Pl? fut. pws, once piss Cant. 8, 
1, whence MPEX or ΠΡῸΝ 1 K. 19, 20, 
to kiss; Syr. «δ id. Sam. id. For the 
origin see note under pw? Il.—With 
dat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29, 11. 48, 10. 
50, 1. Ex. 4,7. Ruth 1,9. 14. 1K. 19, 
20; more rarely c. acc. 1 Sam, 20, 41. 
Gen. 33, 4. 1 Sam. 10,1. Cant. 8,1. So 
too πρῶ Ὁ pez, whence Cant. 1, 2 
AmB MIP WIN "WP, see in 12 no. 1. b. 
a. p. 580, Prov. 24, 26 he kisseth the 
lips who answereth right words. Job 31, 
27 ἜΞ Ὑπὸ PEN! or my hand hath kissed 
my mouth, referring to a species of ado- 
ration in which they kissed the hand 
and waved the kisses towards the idol, 
Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. 85, 11 right- 
eousness and peace (happiness ®%>v)) 
kiss each other, i. e. they are mu- 
tually connected, happiness follows 
upon righteousness.—Among the He- 
brews the kiss was likewise the symbol 
of veneration, fidelity, homage, e. g. 
a) To aking from his subjects 1 Sam. 
10, 1; and also from vanquished princes 
Ps. 2,12. Ὁ) To idols from their wor- 
shippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp. 
Job 31. 27—This rite, both in a civil 
and religious sense, was common among 
many nations ; and was applied to va- 
rious parts of the body, as the mouth, 
the shoulder, the hand, the knees, the 
feet, etc. comp. the adoration of saints 
in the ancient church, the kissing of the 
black stone in the Kaaba at Mecca; 
Cic. Verr. 4. 43. Comm. on Is. 49. 23. 
Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the 
_ Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41, 40. 
where Pharaoh says to Joseph : 478 >> 
ἜΣ ἘΞ Pw? upon thy mouth shall all my 
people kiss, i. e. all my people shall 
render to thee homage and obedience. 
Of all the interpretations yet given of 
this passage, this seems to be the best. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 923. 
59* 


701 


a=) 


Piet i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen, 31, 28; 
as a pledge of homage and fidelity 
from the vanquished to a monarch, Ps, 
2, 12. 

Hien. id., Ez. 3,13 the wings of the 
living creatures MMINY~>& HEX Mip we 
which mutually kissed each other, i.e. 
of which one reached to and touched 
another, i. ᾳ. MNINX~>x MUX ΤΠ ΣΤ 1, 9. 
Comp. Ps. 85, 11. 

Deriv. MP3. 


ἘΠῚ. Pd to bend a bow; Eth. OF1P 
id. Kindred are ὥρ", OP2, Bip to set a 
springe, whence MYR bow.—1 Chr. 12,2 
ὍΘ "pe Complut. ἐντείνοντες τόξον, 
Vulg. tendentes arcum, 2 Chr. 17, 17 
23" MEP ἜΣ) bending the bow and 
shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78,9 the chil- 
dren of Ephraim NOP ai "Pi bend- 
ing and shooting the bow; Sept. ἐντεί- 
γοντὲς καὶ βάλλοντες τόξον, Vulg. inten- 
dentes et mittentes arcum. 

Deriv. Pt. 

' Nore. The signif. commonly assigned 
to pte II, is that of arming oneself, and 
then this is connected with that of kiss- 
ing by an assumed primitive notion of | 
Jiving, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3,13. But 
the context requires the meaning above 


‘given; and all the ancient versions and 


the etymology confirm it. The signif. 
of kissing is therefore plainly different 
from Pw: Il; and is perhaps onoma- 
topoetic, like the words for kissing in 
many other languages, as Germ. kiissen, 
Engl. to kiss, Gr. κύω (in Hom. κύσσω, 
κύσσα, κύσσαι) ; Pers. (wee, Germ. and 
Swed. Puss, Engl. buss, comp. Lat. 
basium, Ital. bacio; Germ. Schmaiz, 
Engl. smack. See Thesaur. p. 924. 


pw. m. also PW? Ez. 39, 9. 10; in 
pause P32. R. pw; Il. 

1. a weapon, collect. weapons, Job 20, 
24. 39, 21. Ps. 140, 8. In a wider sense, 
arms. weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25. 
(2 Chr. 9, 24.) 2 K. 10,2. Ez. 39, 10. 
In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with 
various kinds of weapons and armour. 

2. an armoury, arsenal, Neh. 3, 19; 
see in "3" no. 2. 


μα} obsol. root, Arab. 3, to tear 
in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey; 


"δ 


9 - GS -o 
pane ἢ ως: beak of a bird of prey. 
Hence 


702 τὰ. in pause "2; plur. Dy >, 


Ἢ 


9 
an eagle; Arab. a 


Syr. {-a3, Ethiop. 22C, id. So Ex. 
- 4, Deut. 32,11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job 

9, 26, al. As there are many species 
of poplen: the "%:, when distinguished 
from others, seems to have denoted the 
chief species, the golden eagle, χρυσαΐ- 
étos, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14,12. The 
word however seems to have had a 
broader acceptation, and, like the Gr. 
ἀετός and Arab. (see Bochart 


Hieroz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com- 
prehends also a species of vulture, espe- 
cially i in those passages where the 72 
is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16, and to feed 
on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17. 
(Matth. 24, 28.) The former wenld 
seem to mark the vultur barbatus Linn. 
—To the eagle itself, which often sheds 
its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to 
be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so 
that thy youth is renewed like the eagle’s. 
But the same fact is not alluded to in Is, 
‘40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. |. c. with 
Rosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq. 

‘W2 Chald. plur. }77%2 , an eagle, Dan. 
A, 30. 7, 4. 


constr. ""1W), 


3 nw to dry up, to fail, as the tongue 
from thirst Is. 41, 17; trop. of the 
strength Jer. 51,30. So Kimchi, who 
assumes this root for these two exam- 
ples and Niphal. But these two pas- 
sages are better referred to r. Mt 1.1, 
where see. 

Nien. id. to be dried up, as water, by 
transpos. i. ᾳ. ἘΠ) Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5 
ὌΞΠ ἘΠ AME. "This form might also 
be referred to a root nny .—Ethiop. 


2WT destruxit, delevit. 


ἜΤ m. Hebr. and Chald. an epistle, 
letter, Ezra 4,7. 18. 23. 5, 5. 7, 11. Its 
origin seems to be from the Persian 
Ὁ σα nebishten, urrttss newishten, 


ων newisten, to write; the sibilant 
and labial being transposed. 


*on3 obsol. root, prob. to tread, to 
trample, like Gr. στείβω, whence 3°} a 


702 


7p 


beaten path, On the primary syllables 
tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the 
sound of treading, see above in 013, 
337, ὥΞ2. 


DAM i.g. B93"? , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth. 


ΠῺΣ only in Ριει, ΠΣ to cut im 
pieces, 6. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29, 
17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8,20; a dead body 
Judg. 20, 6.—Hence 


M2 m. plur. 2°03, a piece of flesh 
Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 ὧν. Judg. 19, 29. 
Ez. 24, 4. 


2°P2 m. and M22 f plur. ony 
and mia"m2. R. sm. 

1. Adj. trodden, see in 32, e. g. τ 
ΓΞ a trodden way, beaten ‘path, Prov. 
12, 28. 

2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic 
word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps. 
78, 50. 142, 4. al. Plur. form. inna ΣΤ 
the paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58, 
12. Prov. 3, 17. al. 


ὩΣ m. plur. (τ. 102) Nethinim, 
i.e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of 
the Hebrew ἱερόδουλοι or servants of the 
temple, temple-slaves, who were under 
the Levites in the ministry of the tem- 
ple, 1 Chr. 9,2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8, 20. 
Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60, 73. 11, 3. 21. ete. 
For the origin of the name, comp. Num. 
8,19. The Nethinim would seem to 
have been partly Canaanites reduced to 
servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly 
perhaps captives taken in war; they 
were instituted or at least regulated by 
David, Ezra 8, 20.—Cheth. once 5°34F3 
Ezra 8, 17. 


PIM) Chald.id. Nethinim, Ezra 7,24. 


ἘΞΠῸΣ ας only in fut. 4m, kindr. with 
02, to pour intrans. i. 6. to be poured 
out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24; 
elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job 
l.c. of anger,c. 3 2 Chr. 12, 7. 34, 25, 
Jer. 44, 6; ἘΣ 42, 18; of curses Dan. 9, 
11, divine punishment ib. v. 27. 

Nipp. 392 only in Pret. 1. i. q. Kal, 
to be poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9, 
33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of anger 
2 Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7, 20. Nah. 1, 6. 

2. to be made to flow, to be melted 
Ez. 22, 21. 24, 11, 


bm 


Hips. ὙΠ, fut. 7°77 
Ez. 22, 20. 

1. to pour out or forth Job 10, 10; 
money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17. 

2. to make flow, to melt, Ez. 22, 20. 

Horn. 48" pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ez. 
22, 22. 


Deriv. 275. 


“ong obsol. root, Aram. Nh i. α. 
Heb. m2 , to give-—Hence pr. n. Ἰρ τι. 


, inf once FPR 


*n), 1 and 2 pers. ΩΣ, FIN? (once 
nnn 2 Sam. 22, 41, as 1 for πὴ Judg. 
19, 11), plur. 22, DAM. Int. absol, 
7iM2; constr. twice 13, =m Num. 20, 
21. Gen. 38, 9; usually mn, with pref. 
ΤΏΡ, and with tone retracted > ΤΏΡ 
Gen. 15,7; ¢. suff. "AM, IAM. Imper. in, 
“in, Gen. 14, 21:0. Ηὸ parag. 137} often 
emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa, Fut. 
j=", “1, 1 pers. plo. “jn2 Judg. 16, 5. 

1. to give; Chald. Sam. id. Syr. ἋΣ 
only ἴῃ fut. The primary idea seems to 
be that of reaching out the hand, present- 
ing, from the radical syllable tan, whence 
2M to extend, Ἰ to prolong, 27 to 
give. The same is found in the Indo- 
European tongues, with ¢ softened to d, 
and the final x mostly dropped, although 
vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g. 
Sanser. da to give, Gr. doo, δίδωμι; Lat. 
da-re, but with πὶ preserved donwm, dono, 
earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv. 


Comp. too Egypt. τ, " ὁ...» TES: 


THIS; TO; TOS, to give, which in 
hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a 
hand extended and presenting some- 
thing.—Construed pr. with acc. of thing 
and > of pers. Gen. 24, 35 (8¥ 5 ἸΩ5Ὶ 
“P2". 29, 28. 33. 30, 6. al. seepiss. With 
by of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11; 
rarely acc. of pers. Josh. 15,19 p38 "2 
"mm? 32:5 for thou hast wines me a 
south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1. 
Is. 27, 4. Also with ace, and 59, i. 6. to 
. give to be with me, to give as a com- 
panion, Gen. 3, 12; ace. of thing and 3 
of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to 


give, i. e. to be liberal, mruniiebat; Prov. 


21, 26. Ps. 37, 21.—Spec. in phrases : 

a) 72 jm2 to give the hand sc. to the 
vietor, see ‘77 no. 1. lett.e ; but3 197 jm2 
see ib. lett. b. 


703 


3 


b) ‘B ‘722 ἸῺ) to give into the hand of 
any one, to deliver into his power, see in 
Ἢ lett. jaa. 8. Sept. παραδίδωμι εἰς χεῖ- 
ρας τινός. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2. 3, 34, 
Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different is 
Ἔ "20> 10) fo give up, to deliver over, in 
the presence of any one, Sept. παραδί- 
δωμι ἐνώπιον τινός, the former phrase 
being used more of persons, and this of 
things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21. 
2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9.1 K. 8, 46. al. So 
too simpl. {m2 ¢. dat. to give up, to de- 
liver over, e. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14 ; 
to slaughter Is. 34,2; to death Ps. 118, 
18 ; to wasting Mic. 6, 16 ; one’s back to 
the smiters Is. 50, 6.—But “B 7 >> 129 is 
to commit to any one in charge, see "5 
no. 1. 66; and so too >> 12 to deliver 
the kingdom (fo any one, Dan. 11, 21. 

c) Y2W22 iM? to give in ward, to put 
in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen. 
40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14. 

d) "8 M2 to give fruit, i. e. to yield, 
as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25, 19. Ps. 1,3. 
Ez. 34, 27; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20. 

6) ΠΡ 172 to give i. 6. turn the back, 
see in 1. Contra, 3 5°28 7M? 10 give 
i. 6. set the face against, see in M38 
(2°38) no. 1. f. But >x Ἔ 5 9 to 
turn the face of any one towards any 
thing, Gen. 30, 40; see in 728 no. 1. 6. 

f) WR ΩΣ fo give favour, to grant 
grace, Ps. 84, 12; with > of pers. Prov. 
3, 34.. But Ὁ "7722 ‘> iM jm? 10 give 
one favour in the eyes of any one, see in 
ἽΠ no. 1.b. The same constructions are 
found with 0°21 ‘2.—Job 36,3 p3= ἸῺΝ 
"35> I will give right to my Maker, do 
justice to him, show that he is right; 
comp. SBY2 13 in v. 6. 

g) > (13) siz2 jM2 to give honour, 
praise, to any one, Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16; 
affection, love, Cant. 7, 13. Also, to 
give, grant, to any one his wish, desire, 
hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 90. 5. 140, 9. 
Job 6,8. Ina bad sense to give (cause) 
pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10. 

h) Impers. jm, jm71, Germ. es gibi, 


es gab, put for there is, there appears, 


there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it 
came to pass when Tamar trarailed , jE" 
33 lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10 
from the breath of the Lord rR there 
is(ariseth) frost, ice. Prov. 13,10 wy. 


| MBs [Nt through pride there is contention. 


3 


i) The phrase jm" 2 has a twofold 
use: «) Who will give me or show me 
this or that? i.e. no one will or can 
give or show me, implying a negative ; 
see in "2 no. l.e. Job 31, 31 jm 79 
dain? ND inwan who will show me (i. 6. 
where is) one who is not satisfied with 
his meat? i. 6. who is driven from his 
door hungry. Job 14,4 Sez Tine jAn 7 
who will show me (where is) one pure 
born of the impure? 8) Who will give? 
implying wish, i. q. Oh, that one would 
give! Oh that I might have! Oh that, 
would that ; see in 4 no. 1. f. Deut. 28, 
67 333 jm 72 would it were evening ! 
Judg. 9,29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh that the salva- 
tion of Israel were come out of Zion! 2 
Sam. 19, 1 would I had died for thee ! 
Hence "2-777" Oh that I had! Ps. 
55,7. Sometimes there follows an acc. 
end infin. Job 11,5 723 πος 125 7 Oh 
that God would seaks ! Or with infin. 
13,5 "3 jm 79; fut. Job 6,8. 14,13; 
pret. 23,3; preet.and fut. with Vav, Deut. 
5, 26.—But here those passages are to 
be distinguished, where [M7 "2 is: who 
will make me so and so? (see no. 3 be- 
low,) i. e. Oh that Iwere! Jer. 8, 23 [9, 
1] ὉΠ δ AT 72 Oh that my head 
were waters ! Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29. 

Further, {03 10 give or grant is also 
put in various senses: 

aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, se. 
to do any thing, Germ. zugeben ; like 
Gr. δίδωμι, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and 
Arab. ens, hs. 


pers. and infin. ο. >, pr. to admit one to 
the doing of any thing ; comp. the same 
consecution in the synon. 972m from Maa. 
Gen. 20, 6 m7by Shab HAN? Nb 7 suffer- 
ed thee not to touch ἐς 31, 7. Judg. 1, 
94. 1 Sam. 18, 2. Job 31. 30. Ps. 16, 10. 
Ece. 5,5; without the > Job 9, 18. Num. 
20,21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10. 
Ps, 55, 93. 

bb) to give forth, to utter, as a voice, 
see Sip; words Gen. 49, 21 ; slander Ps. 
50, 20 ; impious words Job 1, 22; odour 
Cant. 1, 12. 2,133 a miracle; i. e. to 
show, to work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. διδόναι 
σημεῖα Matt. 24,24. A bolder figure is 
mM jn? 10 give forth a sound by striking 
the timbrel, i. e. to strike the timbrel 
Ps. 81, 3. 


So with acc. of 


704 


qn3 


ec) to give for a price, 1. e. to sell, Gr. 
ἀποδίδομαι, Prov. 31,24. Opp. πον to 
buy, see MP> no. 2. a, ὁ 

dd) to teach, comp. πρὸ no. 3. Prov. 
9,9 giveloa swise man (instruction), and 
he will be yet wiser. 

ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps. 
10, 14 ΤΌΣ ΤΡ to requite it with thy 
hand ; or, retribution is in thy hand, 
power. 

ff) With acc. of pers. fo give up or 
over, 1 K. 14, 16. 

2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to 
place, Sept. τέϑημι. Gen. 1, 17 and 
God set them (DM jE") in the firma- 
ment of heaven. 9,13 I have set ("7m2) 
my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2 
Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up 
or out, as a statue Dan. 11, 31; a table 
Ex. 26, 35. 30,6, or other sacred vessels 
v. 18. 40, 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38; the ark upon 
a cart 1 Sam. 6,8; a monument Ez. 26, 
8; and genr. of things put, placed, laid 
up in any way, e. g. a stumbling-block 
Ez. 3, 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26,1. Ps. 119,110; 
corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things 
sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30, 6. Lev. 2, 
1; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18. 
Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17; comp. Ex. 12, 
7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to 
put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut. 
15, 17.—Construed according to the 
place where a thing is put: a) With 
3 ina place, as Ez. |. c. Deut. 1. 6. b) 
With 58 into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24] 
ἸΏ ND bebe thou shalt put none into 
thy sack. Num. 4,10. Ex. 25, 21. So 
too Ex. 28, 30 thou shalt put into the 
breast-plate the Urim and Thummim. 
Lev. 8,8; see in "ὮΝ p. 26. c) With 
>> on or upon a place, as fire upon the 
the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 16, 18; a mi- 
tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1 
Sam. 17, 38. ete. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 34, 33. 
Num. 4, 6. 2 Chr. 10,9. Metaph. God 
is said to put his spirit upon any one Is. 
42,1. Also to put upon, i. q. to apply, 
as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42. 
Ez. 16, 11; the rings of the ark Ex. 25, 
26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15, 38; blood 
upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4,7. 18, 
or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14. 

Further, to put, to set, in special senses: 

aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the 
branch of a tree Ez. 17, 22; a people 


ino 
and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the 
wicked desireth the prey of evil men, 
jh? Hpras wd: but the root of the 
righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v. 
3. Here belongs the vexed passage Ps. 
8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy 
name in all the earth ! ἘΣ 471M MA VX 
pen which glory of thine set thou also 
above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory, 
thus manifested here on earth (v. 3), 
be also acknowledged and celebrated 
throughout the whole universe. The 
form 73m is here as elsewhere imper. c. 
He parag. 

bb) With ace. of pers. and 52 of pers. 
or thing, to set one over any pers. or 
thing, Gen. 41, 31, 43. Deut. 17, 15. But 
with acc. of thing and 53 of pers. to lay 
upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay 
on him its punishment; Jon. 1, 14 lay 
not upon us (ὩΣ yAmM->k) innocent 
blood, i. e. the death of Jonah, comp. 
Deut. 21. 8, Ez. 7,3 and 1 will lay upon 
thee all thy abominations, cause them to 
return upon thy own head; comp. v. 4. 
8. 9. 

cc) "28> 4M? fo set before any one, e. g. 
laws 1 K. 9,6; judgment to be exer- 
cised Ez. 23, 24. 

dd) > 23> 2) to set one’s mind upon, to 
give heed to any thing, i. 
Ecc. 7, 21. Also stronger, to set one 
mind wpon doing any thing, to apply 
oneself to doing, Ecc. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16. 
Dan. 10, 12. 

ee) Β 32°58 "37 7M} fo put a thing 
into one’s heart, spoken of God, Neh. 2, 
12. 7,5. Also ia>-bx 103. ἐν φρεσὶ 9 εἴ- 
vat, to lay to heart, to consider, Ecc. 7, 2. 
9, 1 

3. to make, like ΒΩ, n°, Arab. λας». 
Lev. 19, 28 pa waa nn Nb Iw ye 
shall make no incision in your ‘flesh. 
Also 3 592 503 fo make or cause a blem- 
ish in, to injure any one Ley. 24, 20.— 
Spec. 

a) to make i.e. to constitute one as 
any thing, with two acc. Gen, 17,5 38 
WAM? Ova 712m the father of many na- 
tions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1, 
13. Ps. 69, 12. 89, 28; ace. and > of the 
predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is. 42, 6. 
Jer. 20, 4. 

b) 3 "33 1795 to make a thing as some- 
thing else, like, similar fo any thing. 


q. 53 32 paw,. 


705 2 


15.41.2 2 ὍΒΣ9 JM he will make their 
sword as dust. Ez. 16,7. Hence to 
hold as,to regard and treat as or like 
something else; 1 K, 10,27 027M ἼΠΙΝῚ 
D°23R2 and he made silver as stones. 21, 
22. Gen. 42, 30 ΠΡ) 123 Mk fA he 
held us, treated us, as spies. (Comp. 
‘habere pro hoste’ Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28, 
2,6. With "38> of judgment merely, to 
regard or count as such an one, to judge 
to be such, ete. 1 Sam. 1, 16 count me 
not as a wicked woman, Comp. Gr. 
τίϑεσθϑαι for νομίζειν, ἡγεῖσϑαι, Passow 
ἢ, v. A. πο. 5, 

Nipu. jM2 pass. of Kal. 1. to be given 
to any one, c. > Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16. 
Is. 9, 5. 35,2. Often to be given up, to 
be delivered over, c. 193 Job 9, 24. Jer. 
32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46,24.al. Soofa 
law, to be given, Esth. 3, 14. 

2. to be set, placed, Ecc. 10, 6. 

3. to be made, c. 2 Lev. 24, 20; as 
anything, Is. 51, 12. 

Horn. only fut. 55. 1. i. ᾳ. Niph. 
no. 1, to bn alee, 2 K.5, 17. Job 28, 
15. 

2. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed. 
2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus- 
pended) between the heaven and the 
earth. Lev. 11, 38. 

Deriv. 5°3°M3, JAD, M2m2, ὉΠ, also 
the proper names "2772 A, nina, 
ΠΏ, and the four here following. 


J©2 Chald. found only in the fut. 7724, 

πα, inf. ime, i. gq. Heb. to give, Ezra 
4, 13. 7,20; 6. > Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22. 
29. The other tenses are taken from 
the verb 3773.—Hence 8372. 


ἼΩ9 (given se. of God) Nathan, pr. n. 
a) A prophet in the time of David 
2 Sam. 7,2. 12,1. 1K. 1,8. Ps. 51, 2. 
b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5,14. 6) 2 
Sam. 23,36. d)and e) 1K.4,5. f) 
1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39. 


J2277N2 (placed i. 6. appointed by 
the king) Nathan-melech, pr. n. of a 
court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11. 


28202 (given of God) Nethaneel, pr. 
n. Gr. γαϑαναήλ, Nathanael. a) Num. 
1,8. 2,5. b) Several other persons, 
only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr. 
2,14. 15. 24. 24, 6. 26, 4. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 35, 
9. Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36. 


2 


ΤΣ and WIN) (given of Jeho- 
vah) Nethaniah, pr.n.m. a) The son 
of Asaph 1 Chr. 35, 13. b) 2K. 25, 23. 
25. Jer. 40,8.14. ὁ) Jer. 36,14. d)2 
Chr. 17, 8. 


αι on? to tear up the ground, to break 
up, proscindere terram ; kindred with 
7"? and tm. Once Job 30.13 50m2 
“nam they tear up my path, mar and 
destroy it. Four Mss. read here, by a 
gloss, 1x7). 


* 302 i. ᾳ. 7M2, to break out the 
teeth ; the 7 being changed into > in the 
Aramzan manner. 

Nips. pass. Στ Job 4,10. The an- 
cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r. 
5ῸΡ q. ν. 


> V D3 fut. VP" to tear or break down, 
to destroy, e. g. houses, buildings, Lev. 
14, 45. Judg. 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22, 
10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city 
Judg. 9, 45; a statue 2 K. 10, 27; an 
altar Deut. 7,5. etc. Also to break out 
the teeth Ps. 58, 7.—Trop. of persons, 
to destroy, Job 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7. 

Nipu. pass. fo be thrown down, broken 
down, destroyed, Jer. 4,26. Ez. 16, 39; 
rocks Nah. 1, 6. 

Prez i. q. Kal, Deut. 12,3; elsewhere 
enly in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31,1. 33, 3. 
34, 4. 7. 36, 19. 

Puat i. q. Niph. once pret. Judg. 6, 28. 

Horn. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fit. 
Lev. 11, 35. 


° pds to tear away, to pluck off, 6. g. 
a ring from the finger Jer. 22,24. Trop. 
in a military sense, to draw away, to cut 
off sc. from a place, ο. 12 Judg. 20, 32; 
see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass. p37} 
castrated Lev. 22,24. Arab. (SS to 
strip off the skin; @XxS to tear out the 
locks; ZX» to tear or break out a tooth, 


to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea ' 


of tearing seems to belong to the sylla- 
ble τὸ. Hence Pm. 

Piet to tear up or off, 6. g. bands, to 
break, burst, Judg. 16, 9. Ps. 2,3. 107, 
14. Jer. 2, 20. 5,5; 6. ἘΣ Judg. 16, 12; 
a yoke Is. 58, 6; to tear the breasts, fo 
wound, Ez. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez. 
17, 9. 


706 


"τὸ 


Hipn. trop. to cut off from a place, 
see in Kal, Josh. 8,6. Also c. > to 
pluck out, to separate, for any thing, 
Jer. 12, 3. ὃ 

Hors. ῬΏΣΠ i. ᾳ. Niph. πο. 3, Judg. 
20, 31. 

Nips. Pm, fut. Pm29 1. to be torn off; 
broken, 6. g. of a string, cord, Is. 5, 27. 
Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16,9. Ecc. 4, 12. Is. 
33,20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun- 
sels, purposes, are broken off, i. e. ren- 
dered vain. 

2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a 
tent Job 18,14. Pregn. Josh. 4, 18 and 
when the soles of the feet of the priests 
were plucked up from the muddy chan- 
nel and placed upon the dry land. 

3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6, 
29. Ina military sense, to be cut off 
From, c. 52 Josh. 8, 16. 

Deriv. from Kal is 


PH? m. in pause FM2, a@ scall, mange, 
scab, in the head and beard, Lev. 13, 30 
sq. Concer. ῬΏΣΠ 323 v. 31 and pm? v. 
33 one affected with the scall; comp. 
522 no. 2. 


ὃ “n2 fut."m1 1. to tremble, e. g. the 
heart, to palpitate Job 37,1. Onomato- 
poetic, like τρέω, τρέμω, tremo. 


2. iq. Arab, “5 to fall with a sound 


or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat- 
tling of dry leaves in falling; whence 
Chald. and Syr. "m3, $2.4 to fall, as 
leaves, fruit, ete. See Chald. and Hiph. 
no. 2. 

Pre. to spring up and down, to leap, 
i.e. to move by leaps. spoken of the 
locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs’ of 
trembling are also transferred to the 
idea of leaping; see 39%, zn. 

Hiren, fut. apoc. "m2, imp. "Mn. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem- 
ble Hab. 3, 6. 

2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. to shake off the 
foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a 
yoke Is. 58, 6. Also πο 70x ὙΠ to 
shake off the yoke of captives i. e. to 
loose, to set free captives Ps. 105, 20, 
146.7. Poet. Job 6,9 "328379 197 “AD 
Oh that God would let loose his hand 
and cut me off; here the hand of God, 
when not exerted, is figuratively re- 
garded as bound, and when extended, 


"ὮΣ 


as set free.—For "m™ 2 Sam. 22, 33, see 
the root ἌΝ, 

“WM? Chald. and Syr. fo fall off, as the 
foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb. 
no. 2. 

Apu. to shake off leaves, Dan. 4, 11.— 
Hence 

“M2 τὰ. nitre, Lat. nitrum, Gr. vitgor, 
λίτρον, pr. the natron of the moderns or 
Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather- 
ed from the celebrated natron lakes, 
(different from m"73 vegetable alkali,) 
which mingled with oil is still used as 
soap, Jer. 2,22. With an acid it effer- 
vesces, and loses its strength; hence 
Prov. 25, 20.—Prob. so called, because 
it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel- 
quist’s Reise p. 548 Germ. J. D. Michae- 
lis de Nitro § 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt 
and Thebes, I. p. 382 sa. Lond. 1843. 


“TON? fat. sims, inf. Wire, pr. fo tear 


Samech, the fifteenth letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot- 
ing 60. The name 729 denotes fulcrum, 
support, which accords well with the 
Phenician form of this letter; see Mo- 
numm. Phen. p. 39. 

As to the sound of Ὁ, it seems to have 
been pronounced anciently as a softer 
sibilant than ®, which latter before the 
introduction of the diacritical points 
was not distinguished from ὥ, see 
Lehrg. p. 17, 18. Hence it comes, that 
very many roots are constantly written 
in one and the same manner, either with 
Ὁ, as 230, 0; or with Ὁ, as Mob, 
ὈΞῸ ; and also that others when written 
with Ὁ differ entirely from the similar 
ones written with ©, as 520 to be fool- 
ish, >>¥ to view, to understand ; "30 to 
shut up, “2¥ to hire; 099 and B24; 
“io and "πῶ; MEO and MEW. By de- 
grees however this distinction in the 
pronunciation was lost, so that the later 
Hebrew not unfrequently puts Ὁ for Ὁ 
and vice versa; e. g. ὉΣΞ and Wd vex- 
ation; 2° once for ἈΠ Job 24, 2; 
ὙΠῸ and ΠΛ ; 720 for "2 Ezra 4, 5; 


707 5 


up, to pluck up a plant, see Hoph. Arab. 

43 to pull up 6. g. thorns; Syr. obs 
to tear up, also in pieces. Hence a) 
Trop. to root out,i. e. to drive out, to eapel, 
sc. a people from a land (opp. 722) Deut. 
29,27. 1K.14,15. So in the phrase 
Bing Nb} coms3 J will plant them and 
not pluck them up, i.e. I will give them 
a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them 
out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6 42, 10. 45, 4. 
al. Ὁ) to root ort, i. e. to tear down, to 
destroy, e.g. cities Ps. 9,7; idols Mic. 
5, 13. 

Nipu. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ex- 
pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9, 
15; to be overthrown, as a kingdom, 
Dass 11, 4. 

2. ig. M82 (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up, 
spoken of water Jer. 18, 14. 

Hopn. to be torn up, plucked up, Ez. 
19, 12, 


mado for mibau folly Ecc. 1,17; 38 
and 34%; 078 and 88; ob" and ta". 
The Syriac employs only the letter 
Samech () ; the Arabic only Sin (( w)s 
the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often 
substitutes Ὁ for the Hebrew &, as “kB 
Chald. xd leaven, 938 Chald. "20 to 
expect. 

For the Heb. © the Arabs usually put 
οὖν while for Ὁ they put mostly (ων, as 
730 Af to adore, “ὌΝ rl to bind, 


"03 nik sour grapes, Moz LS to 
cover; more rarely ἵν, as "ND Boia 
winter, 729 Js. εῇ fie 

In the Hebrew itself, and in Arame- 
an, Ὁ is frequently interchanged : a) 
With the thicker 6, as j7i"70 and 
718 coat of mail, 025 Aram. 33 to 
odileck, mpd and nes to pour, etc. comp. 
bb0, “wo, and the like. That the 
Ephraimites pronounced ὦ like Samech, 
we know from Judg. 12,6. δ) With? 
and ¥ ; see under these letters. ¢) With 
dentals ; as 1 Chald. 12 mire; καρ» τ ξ΄. 
tale] and yen, >bo and 55m. 


rind 


Y TID obsol. root. 


extend, to expand ; 
measure, comp. TT. 


ORO f plur. od. 1. a Seah, a cer- 
tain measure for grain, according to the 
Rabbins the third part of an ephah, 
MEN: i, e. nearly 13 peck English ; 
according to Jerome on Matt. 13, 33, a 
modius and a half. Gen, 18,6. 1 Sam. 
25, 18. Dual D°MNd for DINNd 2 K. 7, 
1. 16, contracted in the Syriac manner, 
like D°NN9, OINN?. Chald. id. From 
the Αὐαὰ, form {2L@ has sprung the 
Gr. σάτον, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose- 
phus. 

2. Genr. measure ; so Chald. δι Ὁ 
often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod. 
Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult 
word MOXA Is. 27, 8, contr. from 
WRENS (Dag. fort. conjunct. as 
babs for ἘΞ ΠΏ), by measure and mea- 
sure, according to measure, i. e. with 
moderation; comp. 08022 Jer. 10, 24, 
and vEex2 Jer. 30, 11. 46, 38. ἴω 
prob. is a solution lately proposed, that 
MRONDA is put for MIS (τ. 551) in 
agitating or lerrifying her. 


Arab. as to 


then perhaps to 
Hence 


TIRD m. (r. #80) @ shoe, spec. the 
high and hollow shoe, caliga, ὑπόδημα 
κοῖλον, bound on with thongs, such as 
rustic travellers and soldiers were ac- 
customed to wear as a protection against 
the mud; Chald. x2"0; Syr. Lacle. Is, 
9, 4, ἸΝῸ ἩἸΧΌΤΕΣ lit. every shoe of the 
shod, omnis caliga caligati, i. e. of the 
soldier, warrior. 


*ANO 1. Pr. as it would seem, to 

be clay, yey, miry, comp. Chald. j&9, 779, 
Syr. ἴλλω, Heb. "Ὁ mire, clay, kindr. 
with the subst. 772 clay. Hence 7ixo 
-ashoe, as a defence against the mud 
and mire. Thence 

2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with 
shoes, calceare, like Syr. a. Part. 
5X0 intrans. shod, Is.9,4; see in jixo. 

MONO Is. 27, 8, see in MNO no. 2. 


*N29 10 drink to excess, to tope. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
sucking up, absorbing, which is express- 
ed by onomatopoetic words, as ῳγῶ, 


708 


sald 


sorbere ; with 1 inserted Germ. schliirfen ; 
with ἢ dropped Anglosax. supan, Germ. 
saufen, Engl. sip, sup; and in Greek, 
the sibilant being dropped, gopéw. Also 
32 would seem to be from the same 
source.—Is. 56, 12. Part. Nad ὦ toper, 
drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20.21. 
Ez, 23, 42 Cheth. Part. pass. x20 
drunken ; ; [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven 
like to thorns, "133 poy7=0 ἘΝΞΌΞ" and 
drunken as with their wine, they yet 
shall be devoured as stubble, i. e. march- 
ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel- 
ing ; see in 01D no. 1.—R. 
Deriv. the two following. 


R20 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part. x2i® 
Cheth. plur. 5°830 drunkards. 


NI5 m.c. suff. FRSC 1, wine Is. 1, 
22. Nah. 1, 10 see nr. 830. 
2. a drinking-bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18. 


820, plur. BNO, (perh. i. q. Ethiop. 
M1 man, comp. mm3D, M2M30,) 
Seba, the Sabeans, pr. n. of a people de- 
scended from Cush, Gen. 10, 7; i.e. a 
people and country of Ethiopia flourish- 
ing in traffic and wealth, Is. 43, 3. 45, 
14. Ps. 72,10; and distinguished for the 
tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14, 
Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus, 
Ant. 2. 10.2, it would seem to have been 
Meroé, a province of Ethiopia distin- 
guished for its wealth and commerce, 
lying between the Nile and the Astabo- 
ras (Tacazzé), and called by the an- 
cients an island; with a metropolis of 
the same name, of which the ruins are 
still found not far from the town of 
Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia 
p. 275. Riappell’s Reisen in Nubien und 
dem petraischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5. 
Hoskins’ Travels in Ethiopia etc. Lond. 
1835.—For plur. 5°§30 Ez. 23, 42, see 
in 830. 


*320 pret. both fully and defect. 
1230, 1b, prind ; inf. 30, once 230 
Num. 21, ὧν imper. 30 ; fat. no" and 
313", ΑΝ conv. 30°). 

1. to fuse oneself, ‘i. e. to turn intrans. 
e. g. Prov. 26, 14 the door turneth 9 
mys upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27 
ΤΕ ΘΝ so and Samuel turned to 
go away. The person or place to which 
one turns is put with by Ecc. 1, 6. 


= OC, 


1Sam. 14, 24; > 1K. 2,15. Ps.114,3.5; 
be Hab. 2, 16. ‘9 Chron. 18, 31. That 

m which one turns is put with 7, 
$2, "209; 1 Sam. 17, 30 exe so 
“πὸ; bro-by and he turned from him 
toward another. 18, 11. Gen. 42, 24. 
With “2m87>y to turn back after any 
one, so as to follow him, 2 Κα, 9, 18. 19; 
and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps. 
71, 21; inf. c. > to turn oneself to do any 
thing, Ecc. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also absol, to 
turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 
18. 2 Sam. 18, 15.30, Spoken of things, 
to turn to any place, i, 6..ὄ to be brought, 
carried, transferred, to that place or 
person; 1 Sam. δ, 8 207 ma let the ark 
turn about to Gath, be carried thither. 
Num. 36, 7. Hab. 2,16; comp. 1 K. 2, 15. 

2. to go about ina place, which in- 
cludes the idea of turning oneself con- 
tinually, to go over a place, as a city, 
cities, 6. 3 Cant. 3, 3. δ, 7. 2 Chr. 17, 9. 
23; 23 also 6. acc. Is. 23, 16 "3 720 go 
ddout! the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went 
over the cities Bethel an Gilgal and 
Mizpeh. 2K. 3,9 and they went about 
mw? ΓΡΞῸ WI a way of seven days, 
where the words" “#5 constitute an 
accusative.—Also to go round about a 
place, to compass, c. acc. Deut. 2, 1. 3. 
Josh. 6, 3. 4. 7. Ps. 48, 13; in order to 
avoid it Num. 21,4. Judg. 11, 18. 

3. to encompass, to surround, ce. acc. 
Gen. 2, 11. 13. 1K.7, 24. 2K. 6,15. 
Ps. 18, 6. 22,17; in a hostile sense 
Ecce. 9, 14. Also c. > 2 K. 8, 21; 
by Job 16,13. Judg. 20,5. Gen. 37,7 
ΣῈ inner pscniaby M3"30N ΓΙΣΙΤῚ 
and lo your sheaves surrounded m ‘sheaf 
and did obeisance to it, i. 6. stood round 
about it,ete. Absol.to surround a table 
i. e. to come around it, to sit down or re- 
cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 302 5 we 
will not sit down ; comp. in ΞΘ. 

4. Trop. to turn, i.e. to alter, to change ; 
with 2 to become like any thing, Zech. 
14, 10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. πο. 3. 

5. Trop. fo go about any thing, to 
bring about, i.e. to τ the cause of any 


- Ge 


thing. Comp. Arab. naa cause, Aw 
to cause ; Talmud. ™30 cause, pr. the 


thing or occasion on which any thing 


depends; Engl. circumstance, Germ. 
Umstand, from the signification of sur- 
60 


709 


225 


rounding, comp. ΤΥ τίς, 1 Sam. 22, 22 
WSN MPD ΘΕ) 533. ἼὯΖ2Θ 835% Jam the 
cause to all the persons of thy family, 
i.e. Ihave brought about, occasioned, 
their death; Vulg. ego sum reus omnium 
animarum. 

Nips. 303 and 302 Ez. 26, 2; fem. 
M302 for 4202 Ez. 41, 7, see Lehrg. p. 
372. Heb. Gr. § 66. ἡ. 11; fut. 30°, 5205. 

1. i.q. Kal no. 1, to turn oneself, to 
turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often 
of a boundary Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 
3.al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any 
one, c. >, Jer. 6, 12 D°INN> ἘΠῚ 3 1202 
their houses shall be turned over (trans- 
Serred) to others ; comp. in Kal Num.36,7. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, fo surround, Judg. 
19, 22; with >>, in a hostile sense, Gen. 
19, 4. Josh. 7, 9. 

Prev 330 i. q. Kal no. 4, to turn, i. 6. to 
change, 2 Sam. 14, 20. 

Po. 3350 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to go 
about in a place, c. 3 Cant. 3, 2; ¢. acc. 
to go about or over a place i. 6. in it Ps. 
59, 7. 15; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6; 
with 5», in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur~ 
round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7,8; with two 
ace. of pers. and thing with which Ps. 
32, 7.10. Espec. in order to protect 
and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22 
"35 ΞΟ | ΓΞ} @ woman protects a 
man. Comp. Il. 1.37 ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέ-. 
βηκας. 

Hie. 30%, fut. 3Ὸ" and 385. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
turn Ex. 13,18. Trans. to turn, 1 K. 8, 
14 7B°My aM 5951 and the king turn- 
ed his face. 21,4. 2 K.20,2. "273 5ΌΠ᾽ 
72 to turn away the eyes from any one - 
Cant. 6,5. Trop. >9 Ἔ 35 30% fo turn. 
the heart or mind of any one towards a. 
person or thing Ezra 6, 22, comp. 1 K. 
18, 37 ; and so without 35, 2 Sam. 3, 12’ 
bye bony WN BOM 10 turn all Is- 
rael unto thee. Hence also to transfer, 
with > of pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14 

wr nasban-ry sem and transferred 

the "kingdom to David. With bx of 
place, i. e. to or into any place, 1 Sam! 
5, 8. 9. 10; ace. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12, 

2. Caveat. of Kal no. 2, ‘to cause to 
go about,’ i. e. to lead about, around, 
e. g. a man Ez. 47, 2; an army Ex. 13, 
18; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6 


rad 


3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, 1. 6. 
to change; 2 K. 23,..34 Ἰοῦσ τὰς 395} 
ΠΡ πο and changed (turned) his name 
to Jehoiakim. 24, 17. 

4, Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn 
oneself 2 Sam. 5,23. Ὁ) i. q. Kal no. 2, 
to go about in a piace, c. acc. Josh. 6, 11. 
c) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in a hos- 
tile sense, Ps. 140, 10. 

Hopu. 2057, fut. 203" 1. to be turned, 
to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its 
hinges Ez. 41,24; the rollerof a thresh- 
ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27. 

2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28, 11. 39, 6. 
13. 

3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32, 
38. 

Deriv. M30, 7303, 3730, 303, 305. 


mad ( (τ. 330) α turn, course of 
things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15; i. q. 
202 2 Chr. 10, 15. 


230 m. (r.320). 1. Sing. as subst. 
a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence 27352 
from or in ἃ circuit, round about, on 
every side, Job 1, 10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh. 
21, 42. al. sep. Sept. κύκλοϑεν. So 
> anse2 from round about any person 
or thing Num. 16, 24. 27. Accus. 2°30 
as adv. round about, circum, Gen. 23, 17. 
Ps. 3, 7. 12, 9. Job 10. 8. 18, 7. al. sep. 
and so after verbs of motion Is. 49, 18. 
60, 4, 3°30 3°30 ctrcumcirca, round 
ghoul, Ez. 40, 5 sq. > 3°30 as prep. 
round about, eieund any thing, e. g. 
j2ti2> a3 ‘Tound. about. the tabernacle 
Ex. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c. 
genit. VINA 3°39 round about the land 
Am. 3, 11. 

2. Plur. πὶ. 8"3"30 48). Of persons, 
those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48, 
17.39. Ὁ) Of place, places round about, 
circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13 
ἘΞΌΝ 139202 in the environs of Jeru- 
salem. Ps. 76, 12. 89. 8. 97,2. 06) As 
prep. c. suff. rownd about, around any 
one ; Ps, 50, 3 3k9 ΠΟΣΌΝ Ἴ32Ὸ it is 
very tempestuous round about him, Jer. 
46, 14. Lam, 1, 17. 

3, Plur. ἃ, ninnap a) circuits, circles, 
orbits, which one runs through. Ecc. 
1,6 minh 33 ΟΞ ΞῸ 99} and the wind 
returneth upon ils ctreuils, begins anew 
the circuit of its courses. _ b) i. ᾳ. 5°23730 
no, 2, places round about, circumjacent, 


710 


5:0. 


the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16. 
Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79,4. c) In st. 
constr. as a prep. reund about, around ; 
Nom. 11, 24 598 Min"30 round sihont 
the tabernacle. Ez. 6, 5. Ps. 79,3. Often 
ce. suff, "i3739 round about. me Job 
29,5; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10. 
Ez. 5,12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35, 5. 2 K. 
17; 15. 


Ἢ yao to interweave, to interlace, e.g. 
branches, part. pass. Nah. 1, 10, see in 
τ. 830. Comp. 328. Arab. Sis II, id. 
Kindr. are 72, πὲ. From this root 
with 3 softened comes the verb ‘3 qui- 
escent Tw. 

Pua. pass. of roots interwoven, Job 8, 
ἘΣ 

Deriv. the five following. 


720 m. (Kamets impure) branches 
interwoven, a thicket. Gen. 22,13. Here 
also belongs the phrase 7277203 Ps. 
74, 5, taking ~as Kamets long, although 
Metheg is wanting in the editions. A 
similar instance is "P>I-M73 Ps. 16, 5, 
which all copies write without Metheg, 
although it is doubtless to be read m*ndth, 
comp. 11,6. A few Mas. have 3293, 
see 720. 

329 id. a thicket, whence plur. constr. 
“353 "350 Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimehi 
and some Mss. read "330, "330, "3305 
see Lebrg. p. 77. 

729 c. suff. i230 or 1220 (Dag. ev 
phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4, 7. R. ἼΞΌ. 


8330 Chald. f Dan. 3, 5, and N22Y 
ν. 7. 10. 15, sambuca, Gr. σαμβύχη, cope. 
βύκης, σύμβυξ, Cop Sixy, a stringed instru- 
ment of music, having four strings. simi- 
lar to the nablium or 533 q. v. no. 3, i.e 
to the harp or lyre. See Athen. IV. p. 
175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 471 
Casaub. Vitruy. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22.—Strabo 
affirms, 1. ὁ. that the Greek word σαμ- 
βύκη is of barbarian i. e. oriental origin; 
and if so, the name might perhaps have 
allusion to the interweaving of the strings, 
from τ. 730. 

"320 (for m3 430 thicket of Jehovah, 
i.e. crowd of God’s people, comp. 50,) 
Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under 
David, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 1 Chr, 11, 29 (for 
which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly "339). 
20, 4. 27, Ll. 


530 
#530, fut. 520%, to bear, to carry, 
sc. heavy burdens, Syr. Chald.. id. 
Kindr. are 538, >9.—Is. 46, 4. 7. Gen. 
49,15. Trop. to bear the sorrows, sins 
of any one, i. 6. to sufler the punishment 
which another has merited, Is, 53, 4, 11. 
Lam. 5, 7. 
Puat part. plur, 099207 , laden sc, with 
young ; hence gravid, big with young, of 
kine Ps. 144,14. Comp. Arab. dels 


portans, in utero gestans, ἀκ gravis 
fuit, in utero gestavit. Syr. pussy la- 
den, gravid. 

Hrrap. damon to become a burden 
Eee. 12, 5. 

Deriv. 530, 590, 530, M330. 


229 Chald: i. q. Heb. also ‘to lift or 
raise up, to erect. Comp. δ Ὁ. 

Poa pass. to be erected, built, Ezra 
6, 3 Ὑ ΡΞ Ο Ὁ ἜΤ ΣΝ and its foundations 
be set up, built—Chald. and Samar. id. 


520 m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2 
Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4,4.—1 K. 
5, 29 (15) by apposition 530 δῷ). ΒΕ. 
dad. 


529 m. a burden Neh. 4, 11. Ps. 81,7; 
trop. 1 K. 11, 28.. R. 530. 


220 m. (r. 830) 6. suff. tao Dag. eu- 
phon. α burden Is. 10, 27. 14, 25. > 
ΡΞῸ the yoke of his burden; his burden- 
some yoke, Is. 9, 3.—For the Dag. ἢ 
euphon. in ἼΞΌ see Lehrg. p.87. The 
form is not to be derived either from 
ἘΞῸ or 520. 

ΤΌ or M230 £ only in plur. constr. 
nibzo burdens, tasks imposed, heavy 
and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11. 
5, 4. 5. 6, 6.7, R. 229. 


mba in the dialect of the Ephraim- 
ites i. q. M230, ear of grain, Judg. 12, 6. 


_* 30 Chald. (in Heb. 722) a root 
in frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac, 
the significations of which may be ar- 
ranged as follows ; see Thesaur. p. 1319. 
Buxt. Lex. col. 1424-30. 
ΠῚ, to cut, to divide ; whence Po. "350 
to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V. 

2. to look at, to discern, to inspect, 
which is implied in dividing and distin- 


711 


30 


guishing, as in r. 153 ; see Heb. "20.— 
Arab. κὰν to examine a wound. 

3. to look for, to await ; also to hope, 
to trust ; see Buxt. no. II. Often in the 
Targums for Heb. πῆ, Mea. Syr. paw 
Pa. to hope.—Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25 
mazen> 20%) and he hopeth, trusteth, to 
change, ete. ‘Sept. Alex. πὐοοδέβεας 

4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt. 
no. III. Syr. Pe. Aph. id. 

5. to understand, Buxt. no. IV. 

Deriv. from no, 3 is 

DISD (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr. 
n. of a Syrian city between Damascus 
and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez. 
47, 16. 

MMAS Gen. 10, 7 (21 Mss. xnav) and 
RIO 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sablah pr. n. of a peo- 


ple and region ‘of the Cushites; see in 
ΘῈ no 2. There is little doubt that it 
corresponds to the Ethiopian city Safar, 
Σαβά, Σαβαΐ, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770 
Casaub. Ptolem.1V.10,) situated on the 
S. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from 
the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of 
which the Ptolemies hunted elephants. 
Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona- 
than gives it by "720 , for which read 
sx720 i. 6. Sembrite, whom Strabo 1. ¢. 


‘p. 786 places in the same region. Jose- 


phus, Ant. 1. 6. 2, understands those who 
dwelt upon the Astaboras. 


NIMIO Gen. 10,7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab- 
teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the 
Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the 
preceding; see in WD. Targ. "x327 
Zingitani, in the eastern parts of Ethio- 
pia. On Egyptian monuments the word 
SBTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr. 
name of the Ethiopians ; so that 82M30 
can hardly be sought for elsewhere. 
See Thesaur. p. 940. Rosellini Monum. 
Storici IL. p. 108 sq. 120, 121. 


52 plur. 5°30, see 370. 
ἘΠ Ο 


=? 3 


fut. 3507, to fall down in ado- 


ration, to prostrate oneself, spoken of 


idol worship, c. > Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46, 
6. It is a word of the later Hebrew 
and Chaldee ; see the following article. 


739 Chald. Dan. 2, 46, fat. 130%, i. ἃ. 


Heb. to fall down in adoration of idols, 
ὁ. > Dan. 3, 5.6, 10-12. 14. 15. 285 in 


"20 
homage of a man 2, 46.—Syr. ne to 


Arab. Kes id. whence dss 


adore. 
mosk. 


“30 m. (r.930). 1. @ shutting up, en- 
. closure. Hos, 13, 8 p22 “7150 the caul 
of their heart, i. e. the parts around the 
heart, πε νὴ 

2. Job 28, 15 i. q. eg at , see “39 
Kal part. pass. 

3. Ps. 35, 3 see in “2d Kal, lett. c. 


*550 obsol. root, Chald. 53" (for 
DBO) to get, to acquire; comp. XM>3D 
‘property. Kindr. is "30 .—Hence 


M230 f. property, wealth, private pro- 
‘perty, 1 Chr. 29,3. Ecc. 2,8. Often of 
the people of lérael, nin ‘ho (comp. 
ibm) Ex. 19, 5. Deut. 7, 6. 14, 2: 26, 
18. al. 


729 or 19 m. only in plur, 57330 , a 
prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) Of 
‘Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the 
‘provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28. 57. Ez. 23, 
6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. 
‘Chald. Ὁ) Of the chiefs and rulers of 
the people of Jerusalem in the time of 
Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9, 2. Neh. 2, 
16. 4, 8. 13. 5, 7. 17. ‘7, 5. 12, 40. 13, 11. 


-—Corresponding in mod. Pers. is xis 
pretor, satrap; whence Arab. uid, Syr. 


σιά μα, satrap, prefect. A trace of the 
‘same from the anc. Pers. seems to exist 
‘in [228 q. v. ediet of a prince ; also in 
‘Gr. ζωγάνης Athen. XIV. p. 639. C. 
_Benfey compares Sanscr. gangha, or ra- 
‘ther ¢dsana, command, Monatsn. p. 193 
sq. Boblen better Sanscr. sagana 
(ζωγάνης) q. ἃ. εὐγενής, noble. Sept. 
«στρατηγύς, ἄρχων. 

PS m. Chald. a prefect, governor of a 
‘province, Dan. 3, 2. 27. 6,8. But Dan. 
2, 48 97230 37 the chief of the prefects, sc. 
over the Magi. 


᾿ “20 fat. 30% , ἐο shut, to close. Kindr. 
is sto. but less frequent comp. also 530. 
The primary syllable is "3, comp. Ἔτι. 
Ethiop. AW7Z to shut up ina net, to 
take in a net.—Constr. c. ace. as a 
door Gen. 19, 10, Mal. 1, 10; a gate 
Josh. 2,7. Ez. 46, 12; the womb, so as 


712 


See the 


2s | is unnecessary. 


"30 


to render barren, 1Sam. 1,5. Job 3, 10, 
a breach in a wall 1 K. 11, 27; trop. 
one’s own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. I 
John 3, 17. Also TINE sion "30 to 
shut the door after oneself on ‘entering a 
house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener 34m “30 
3a id. 2K. 4, 33. Is. 26, 21; ellipt. 
STON "20 id. Judg. 9, 51. So too 
Έ ἯΣΞ nbs "30 to shut the door after 
(around) any one, fo shut him in, 2 K. 
4,4.5; and without M>3n Gen. 7, 16. 
For all these constructions with 732, 

and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in "32 ab 
1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21 
npnnn sa “ho Gnd God closed up the 
flesh instead thereof, i.e. in place of the 
rib.—Instead of the ace. we find other 
constructions: a) With 322 around, 
round about; see in "92 πο. 1. ἃ. Ὁ) 
With ἘΣ Ex. 14, 35202 pnmds “370 the 
desert hath shut them in, lit. hath closed 
upon them. Job 12, 14 ϑυν τὸν "3D" he 
shutteth up over a man sc. a subterra- 
nean prison. c) With τ Ὁ pregn. 
Ps. 35, 8 draw out the spear DRIP> 7304 
214 and shut the way against my 
pursuers; here many interpreters 
take "30 or "530 as subst. i. ᾳ. Gr. 
σάγαρις a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp. 
Arab. Le a wooden spear; but this 
d) Absol. Is. 22, 22. 
Josh. 6, 1 m72078 730 in" and Jeri- 
cho had shut its gates and was Sast shut 
up, where Kal seems to refer to the 
closing of the gates, and Pual as intens. 
to their being fastened with bolts and 
bars; Vulg. Jeriche autem clausa erat 
atque munita; Chald. ‘et Jericho erat 
clausa foribus ferreis et rohorata_vecti- 
bus eneis.’—Part. pass. "330 shut up, 
closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2. 46, 1. Hence also 
precious, whence “339 ἘΠῚ precious 
gold, i. 6. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6, 
90. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 3. Chr. 4, 90. 22. 
9, 20. Vulg. evrum purum. Chald. 
aurum bonum. Others less well, awrum 
dendroides, from ,& tree, i. 6. native 


gold, shooting out in the form of a tree, 
Nipn., pass. of Kal to be shut, of doors 
or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11; shat up, of 
persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam, 23, 7. 
Reflex. to shut oneself up, Ez. 3, 24. 
Piet "30 i. gq. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver 
sc. into the power of any one, pr. ‘to 


“Ὁ 


shut up in the power of? any one; c. 
23 1 Sam. 17, 46. 24, 19. 26 8: absol. 
2 Sam. 18, 28. Comp. συγκλείω Rom. 
11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19. 

Puat to be shut up, 8. g. a city Josh. 
6, 1 see above in Kal lett. d. Is. 24, 10. 
Jer. 13, 19. 

Hien. "30" 1. fo shut up 6. goa 
house Lev. 14, 38; a person Lev. 13, 4, 
5. 11, 21. 26. al, 

2. to let shut up, to deliver over 6. g. to 
the keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and 
genr. to deliver into the power of any 
one, 6. 723 Josh. 20, 5. 1 Sam, 23, 12. 
20. Ps. 31, 9. Lam. 2,7; >§ Deut..23, 
16. Job 16, 11; > Am. 1,6. 9; absol. Ob. 
14. Also stronger, to deliver over, to 
give over to the power and discretion 
of any one; c. > Ps. 78, 48. 50. 62 ; with- 
out dat. to give up, q. d. to forsake, to 
abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8. 

Deriv. "iad, "320, BORD, MBO. 


"30 Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6, 
23, Syr. pew id. 

"730 m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27, 
16. Chald. 87730, Syr. [j-gz, Samar. 
78 X, id.—Some refer this noun to 


to Arab. .* to fill with water, to pour 
out water into the gutter. Better from r. 


"Δ “5 to sweep away, to bear off; 
Arab. spec. to wash away the earth, as 
a torrent; p> torrent; hence by 
prefixing the sibilant Ὁ. Comp. 
Chald. >as0 i: q. >8b8; lpi i. q. 
"22 ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862. 


‘IO m. (τ. 770) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. q. 
ΤΙΞΏΓΤ q. v. a wooden frame or block in 
which the feet of a person were shut 
up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11.—Syr. [p”, Chald. 
Non id, , 


a 
> TD obsol. root, Arab. dua, fo stop, 
to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence 70. 


PIO m. (Ὁ. 119) @ shirt, shift,a wide 
under-garment of linen worn next 
the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23. 
Prov. 31, 34. Sept. owdew.—Chald. id, 
Syr. (29,2 in the Peshito for Gr. covda- 
φιον Luke 19, 20, for λέντιον John 13, 4. 

60* 


713 


Axeb,... 


“πο 


"ΒΦ obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. BIg, 
τ, Chald. to burn, to consume with 
fire... Hence 


BO Sodom, Gr. Σόδομα, pr. n. of a 
city in the vale of Siddim near the south 
end of the Dead Sea, which with three 
others was destroyed in the time of 
Abraham and submerged in the Dead 
Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13, 10, 18, 20. 19, 15, 
Is. 1,9.al. Hence vines of Sodom, which 
were probably degenerated and inferior, 
(comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4. 
8.4,) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem 
of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21. 
Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and 
corrupt judges, [s. 1, 10— The name 
may signify burning, conflagration, (τ. 
Dd ,) as being built on a bituminous soil 
and therefore perhaps exposed to fre- 
quent fires; comp. the name Κατακεκαῦ- 
μένη given to a part of Phrygia, Or it 
may be i. q. MET field, vineyard, q. v.— 
On the site and catastrophe of Sodom, 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 601 sq. 


ἼΘ᾽ Arab. yd ig. Sd 
(see lett. >) o loosen, to let one’s garment 


9 - 9 . - 
hang loose ; whence \.y»2 dw; plow, 


5.- Ὁ 
Wow, a sail, wide garment.—Deriv. 


PR. 


* "79 obsol. root, Chald. "30 often 
in Targ. for Heb. 379, 10 set in a row, 
to arrange in order. Hence “7738, 
W702, and 

172 τὰ. order, plur, 2°70 Job 10, 
22.—Chald. id. Syr. {sp id. 


i “WIQ obsol. root, prob. to go round 
in a circle, to be round ; kindred with 
"37, "9, q. v. Samar. i. g. "M9 to sur- 
round. Talmud. “0 a wall, fence. 
—Hence 990, Dd, ONT. 

WI2 m. roundness; once Cant. 7, 3. 
“mom ἫΝ a basin of roundness i. e. 
a round basin or goblet.—Syr. liad 


ο 
%, the moon, so called from 
its round form ; comp: ΘΙ ΤΩ. 
“M0 m. a tower i.e. a round tower, 
ρ ρ 
castle, fortress ; Syr. |Z; arx, pala- 
tium. Hence “75m ma the tower- 


AWD 


house, house of the fortress, spoken of a 
fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5. 


N10 So, pr. n. of an Egyptian. king 
contemporary with Hoshea king of Israel 
2K. 17,4; Sept. wa, Yovu, Σοβά, Σω- 
Bu, Σουβά, Vulg. Sua; the Sevechus of 
Manetho, the second king of the Ethio- 
pian (X XV) dynasty in Upper Egypt, 
successor of Sabaco and predecessor of 
Tirhakah, HPAI. According to Eu- 
seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name 
SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo- 
numents is regarded by Rosellini as 
Ethiopic; corresponding to which is 
Egyptian Sevech and Seve (Ὁ, 81D). 
According to Champollion the name 
Sevech denotes an Egyptian deity repre- 
sented under the form of a crocodile, the 
Χρόνος (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan- 
théon de l’Egypte no. 21, 22. On the 
accordance of sacred history with that 
of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is. 
I. p. 596. 

J. 550, twice 35D 2 Sam. 1, 22. 
Job 24,2; fut. 209 Mic. 2,6 like verbs 
‘$3, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to 
draw back, to depart, espec. from God, 
«6, 72 Ps. 80,19; absol. 53,4. Part. pass. 
“Prov. 14, 14 35 330 drawn back in heart 
‘from God, a backslider; comp. Ps. 44, 
19. 

Nipu. 3502, once 3582 2 Sam. 1, 22, 
‘fut. 315", inf. absol. 3502, to draw back, 
“pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn- 
ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy, 
often with “ims added, Ps. 35, 4 530° 
Amer) Tine let them be dirhed bavk and 
put to shame. 40, 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer. 
46, 5; of others Is. 42,17. 50, 5. Once 
‘of a weapon, 2 Sam. 1, 22 nee, With 
‘nin “yx Ὁ 10 draw back from Jehovah, 


*to make defection from him, i. q. Kal, | 


Zeph. 1,6. Is. 59,13; and so without 
these words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57. 

Hips. 22m, in the Rabb. manner 
for 2°27 (comp. in ΤΗΣ, m5D, 45>), once 
fut, 125 Job 24, 2, apoc. 307; 10 remove, 
io put away ; Mie. 6, 14 eben δὲ sen 
thou shalt put away thy goods, but ‘shalt 
not save them, i.e. shalt put them away 
for safety. Spec. to remove a landmark, 
‘border, ‘Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, 10. 
Prov. 22, 28. 233, 10: Job 24, 2 "λυ". 
-also Hos. 5, 10 in some Mss, 


714 


me 


Horn. 387, i. q. Niph. to be turned 
away, turned back, with “ims, trop. Is. 
59, 14. 

Nore. Most Jostinagenshihes assume 
also a root 303, to which. they refer 
Hiph. and Hoph. 3°87, 307; inf. Niph. 
3302 ; also fut. Kal 50%. But this is un- 
necessary. 

Deriv. 330, δ᾽, 37. 


* 11.555 to hedge about, to enclose, 
ig. Heb. $89, Syr. 4, Chald. 350. 
Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3. 

A710 Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. "Ὁ scoria. 


"ΠΟ πὶ. (τ. 929) pr. prison; then 
cage of alion Ez. 19,9. Sept. κημός, 
Vulg. cavea. 

TIO m. for Tid1(r.109) 1. consessus, 
divan, a circle of persons sitting toge- 
ther, an assembly ; either of friends in 
familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17; 
or of judges in consuliation, a council, 
and hence of God consulting with those 
above Ps. 89, 8. Job 15, 8.. Jer. 23, 18; 
also of wicked men plotting together 
Ps. 64, 3. 111, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9. 

2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti- 
macy, Ps. 55,15. Job 19, 19 "Tid "τιν 
confidants, familiar friends. mim πῆρ 
converse with Jehovah, i. 6. his favour. 
Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4.—Syr. 
fax, Arab. Olpw, id. 

3. deliberation, Aa peaaibibiila ; Prov. 15, 
22 Tid ΝΞ. without deliberation, opp. 
ΠΥΡῚ 34a. Ps, 83, 4. 

4. a secret, whence “45 (mba) ma to 
reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. 25, 9. 
Am. 3,7. 

ὙΠῸ (jor MTD confidant of Jehovah) 
ai pr. ἢ. m. Num. 13, 10. ‘From ‘i. 


*y me obsol. root, perh. to veil one- 


ώ.1 
self; comp. Mt ἘΣ to hide, sy to 
ὃ 
clothe oneself, (9) Westure, external ‘ap- 


pearance. Hence MO, Mid. 


* TAD i. q. MNO to wipe away, to 
sweep away. Hence pr. n. jim and 
the two here following. 

TO Suah, pr. n. m.'1 Chr. 7, 36. 

MITA Γ (τ: MND) i. q. "ND. sweepings, 
filth, dung. Is. 5, 25 mmc, Sept. ὡς 


DD 


κοπρία, Vulg. quasi stercus, Targ. 

ΔΓ ΤΙΌ 3 .---Κ πολι here regards the let- 
ter > as radical, so that ΓΙΌ would be 
from τ. MOD to sweep out. But 


3 ofcompar. could here hardly be omitted. 


"DIO (for "wi, x. mye) Sotai, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 57. 


"ἡ Ὁ ΠῚ to anoint, spoken only of anoint- 
mg the body after washing or bathing, 
and thus differing from M9, which is 
used only of anointing for consecration ; 
kindr. with 302 I. Perhaps the primary 
idea of 70 may have been that of wip- 
ing, rubbing; comp. πιο, Gr. σώχειν.--- 
With acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and 3 
of the oil Ez. 16,9. Intrans, to anoint 
oneself, Ruth 3,3. Dan. 10,3; ace. of 
ointment (comp, M%2 Am. 6, 6), Deut. 
28, 40 FIOM NS yot) but with oil thou 
shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2Sam. 
14, 2. Sept. χρέω, ἀλείφω. 

Hires. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
—But Part. 7°02 Judg. 3, 24 is i. ᾳ. 502 
covering, from 520. 

Deriv. F358. 

ΓΘ Ὁ Chald. ἢ Dan. 3, δ. 10. 15, 
and Mem being dropped 73357 v. 10 
Cheth. Syr. Latasr, prob. a double pipe 
with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek 
word συμφωνία (see Polyb. ap. Athen. 
X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. Isidor. Orig. 
Ill. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee 
tongue, just as at the present day the 
like instrument is called in Italy sam- 
pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya. 
The Heb. intpp. well 3359. See the 
tract on Hebrew musical instruments 
entitled ΞΔ "od in Ugolini Thes. 
Vol. XXXII. p. 39-42. Thesaur, Heb. 
p- 941. 

M219 pr. n. Syene, a city in the south- 
ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile, 
situated directly under the tropic of 
Cancer. Copt. CO¥AM, which Cham- 
pollion ("Egypte sous les Phar. I. 164) 


explains opening, key, se. of Egypt, from 


OES to open, and C& a participial 


} -@ Ἐ 

formative. Arab. col! Aswdan.—Ez. 
29, 10. 30, 6, in both places in ace. to 
Syene. The ΤΠ is prob. only for 7 local; 


but was not so taken by the punctators. 


715 


mo 


* DAD obsol. root, to leap, to bound, 
i. q. 9%; in Zabian spoken of the 
leaping and springing of horses ; Nor- 
berg. ILI. p. 298. 3.—Hence 


ὉΠ m. 1. a horse, so called from his 
leaping; Aram. 8990, ἴμως id, Gen. 
49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18, al. 
Sing. often collect. horses, war-horses, 
cavalry, Ex. 14, 9. 23. Deut. 17,16. 1 K. 
18, 5. al. The Egyptians excelled in 
their cavalry, Ex. ὁ. 14. 15; also the 
Canaanites Josh. 11, 4. Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq. 
5, 22. 28; the Assyrians and Chaldeans 
Jer. 6, 23. 8, 16. 50, 37. Hab. 1, 8 sq. 
But the Hebrews appear to have had 
little taste for cavalry, Is. 30, 16. 36, 8 ; 
notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon 
1K. 4, 16. 9, 19. 10,26; and therefore 
placed the more confidence in Egypt, 
Is. 31, 1. 36,9. Jer. 4,13. The war-horse 
is described Job 39, 19 sq.—Meton, a 
horseman Zech. 1, 8. 

2. a swallow, so called from its swift 
and cheerful flight, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχάλλεσϑαι 
πτερύγεσσιν (comp. Il. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14 
and Jer. 8.7 Cheth. where Keri 5°. 
So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins 
render it a crane. See Bochart Hieroz. 
T. IL. p. 602 sq. 


MOO f. a mare, the female horse, 
Cant. 1, 9; Sept. ἢ ἵππος, which the 
Vulg. renders as a collective, equitatum. 
But the comparison of a bride to cavalry 
could hardly be elegant. 


"OND (horseman) Susi, pr. ἢ. τὴ. Num. 
13, U1. 


*ZAD obsol. root, Chald. Σ᾿ ΠῸΝ to 
come together, to convene. Hence 8370. 


3 Hd fut. ὩΠῸ" 1. Pr. to sweep or 
snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with 
Hos andmpo. Hence MEA. 

2. to make an end of, to destroy, see 
Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end, 
to perish, Is. 66, 17. Esth. 9,28. Here 
too we may refer 350 Ps. 73, 19 Mileél, 

and *£0) Am. 8, 15 Milra on account of 
Vay conversive. —Syr. and Chald. id. 

Hien. to sweep away, to make an end 
of, to destroy ; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 FOX FOX 
I will utterly sweep away; also Jer. 8, 
18 DE ON FON, J will utterly sweep them 
away; where the infin. absol. pleo- 


“Ὁ 


nastic in both passages is from the kind- 
red verb 508 no. 5, Comp. Is. 28, 28. 

Deriy. 10, BIO. 

"Ὁ Chald. id. to have an end, i. 6. to 
be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30. 
Comp. 132 no. 1 fin. 

Apu. to make an end of any thing 
Dan. 2, 44. 


51D m. (r. 980) end, a word of the 
later Hebrew, already verging towards 
Aramaism, i. ᾳ. YP, Ecc. 3, 11. 7, 2. 12, 
13. 2 Chr. 20, 16. Of the rear of an 
army Joel 2, 20. 

$10 Chald. πὶ. (τ. 9") emphat. xBio, 
end, Dan. 4, 8. 19, 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ. 
for YR. 

FO m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially: 
a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence 
pO 22 the sea of sedge, i.e. the Arabian 
Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea- 
weed, Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num. 
14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7. 9. 22. 136, 
13. al. Simpl. 530 id. Deut. 1,15; see in 


ΠΙΞῸΣ. Called also in Egyptian (SOLX 


πῶ ΔῸΣ i.e. theseaofweeds. See Mi- 
chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusc. 
ed. te Water T. I. p. 3266. b) rushes, 
bulrushes. growing in the Nile, Ex. 2, 3.5. 
Is. 19,6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. §45.— 


The ‘etymology is oro perh. pr. 


sword, like Arab. gael and so trans- 
ferred to coarse grass, q. d. sword-grass, 


as Copt. ΟΗ 6. CHGE, sword and 
also reed. In the Indo-European tongues 
we may compare also Lat. scirpus, sir- 
pus, old High Germ. sciluf, Germ. Schilf, 
Dan. sif, séf. the letter r being softened 
by degrees into /, and even into a vowel. 


MB f. (r. 520) a whirlwind, hurri- 
cane, tempest, which sweeps away all 
before it, Job 21, 18. 27, 20. 37, 9. Prov. 
10, 25, Is. 17,13. With πὶ parag. mmEID 
Hos. 8,7. Plur. mipsd Is. 21, 1. 


ἘΠ once ὙΠ Hos. 9, 12, fut. "90%, 
conv. "0"! Ex. 8, 27. Judg. 4, 18, which 
same form is found also in Hiph. 

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to 
depart, c. V2, 532,032. ΤΠ Ὁ. ΕἸ g. 

a) From a piace: Is. 52, “LL an ππθῸ 
twa wns depart, depart, get ye out from 
thence. Lam. 4,15. Num. 12,10. Espec. 


716 


ND 


from a way 1 Sam. 6,12; metaph. Deut. 
2, 27. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 34.2; also Ex. 
32, 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30,11. al. So too 
from work, service, 2 Chr. 35,15; from 
calamity, i. e. to escape from it, Job 15, 
30. Prov. 13, 14. 

b) From a person, Ex. 8, 7, 25. Ps. 6, 
9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini- 
quity, let me alone. 119, 115. 139, 19. 
Job 21, 14. 22,17. With "x72 lo turn 
aside from afler any one, to desist from 
following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21-23; c. ΠΏ 
to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, 6; ο. 
ἘΣ to depart from the alliance of any 
one, Is. 7, 17.—Often of things which 
depart from any one, leave him, e. g. 
leprosy Lev. 13, 58; a yoke, c. 532 Is. 
10, 27; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10; the 
divine anger Ez. 16, 42; the punitive 
hand of God 1 Sam. 6, 3; an evil spirit 
from God 1 Sam. 16, 23; folly Prov. 27, 
22; defence Num. 14, 9; the sceptre 
i.e. empire Gen. 49,10. So Proy. 11, 
22 a fair woman 022.020 who depart- 
eth from discretion, i. e. who is without 
discretion.—Spec. 

aa) to turn away from God, to depart, 
i.e. to fall away from his worship, to 
apostatize, c. 12 Is.17,5; ΤΙΝ Ὁ 1 Sam. 
12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; > Jer. 
32, 40. Ez. 6,9; once c. 3, Hos. 7, 14 
Δ ὙΌΣ, like 2 pop. 

bb) to ‘depart from the law or the di- 
vine precepts, as from the right way 
(comp. Is. 30, 11); ο. 72. Deut. 7, 20. 
Josh. 23, 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102; 
ἘΣῺ 2K. 10,31; once 6. ace. 2 Chr. 8,15 
F237 ΤΙΧῸ 490 ND they departed not 
Srom the commandment of the king ; but 
3 Mss, read ΤΊΣ. Contra, not to de- 


part from sin, i. q. not to leave it, ¢. 77a 


2K. 3, 3. 13, 2.6.11; ds 10, 31. 15, 18; 
"70N2 10, 29. 

00) 72 "Ὁ to depart from evil, to 
avoid it by doing right, often joined with 
puToR NI, Ps. 34, 15. 37, 27. Prov. 3, 
7. Job 1, 1. 8. Is. 59, 15. al. 

dd) God is said to depart from men, 
when he forsakes them, withholds his 
aid and favour, Ὁ. 092 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18, 
12; ὉΣ 28, 15, 16. Judg. 16, 20. 

Absol. in various senses, e. 5. —@) to 
turn away from God, to apostatize, comp. 
above in lett. aa; Deut. 11, 16. Ps. 14, 
3. Jer. 5, 23, Dan. 9, 11, 8) ¢o depart 


me 
i. 6. to pass away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the dit- 
terness of death is past. Hos, 4, 18. So 
of clamour Am. 6, 7; the guilt of sin Is. 
6,7; envy 11, 13. μ᾽ to be Laken away, 
removed: | K. 15, 14 and the high places 
were nol taken away, 22, 44. 2 = 12, ba 
14, 4, 15, 4. Job 15, 30. 

2. Witha preposition inp yi sition 
away into a place, to turn aside toa place 
or person, sc. from the way. So with 
dx of pers. Gen. 19, 3 1% MOBY and 
they turned in unto him. Judg. 4, 18; of 
place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 3403 > 
"722 ΣΤΟΝ we will not turn aside into 
the city of a slranger. 1 Sam. 22, 14 who 
turneth in unto (hath access to) thy pri- 
vate audience. With M— local, as “0 
mas fo turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15; 
nit "10 Prov. 9, 4. 16; with adv. "80 
ἘΞ “‘Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. ‘With dy (0 turn 
aside towards any one, 6, g. to fight with 
him 1 K. 22, 32. Absol. to turn aside and 
go toany place; Ex. 3, 308 3g) RITTION 
Iwill turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg. 
14, 8. Ruth 4, 1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 13, δ. 

Hiew. “"0n, fut. conv. 90" which 
ean be distinguished from the like fut. 
of Kal only by the context, Gen. 8, 13. 
80, 35. al. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de- 
part, to remove, to put away, in any man- 
ner, with acc. and often 92, 532 ; 6. g. by 
driving Gen. 30, 32; by exile 2 K. 17, 
18; by uncovering Gen. 8, 13; by cut- 
ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 3, 4. 10. 15. 
Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand 
from one’s head, S81 532 Gen. 48, 17; 
a ring from the finger Gen. 41, 42; gar- 
ments from any one Zech. 3, 4. Gen. 38, 
14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19,9; 
the head from any one, to behead, 1 Sam. 
17, 46. 2 Sam. 4,7. 16,9. 2K. 6,32; 
a hedge Is. 5,5; idols, idol-worship from 
a land 1 K. 15, 12, 2 Κι. 3,2. 2 Chr. 14, 
2. Is. 36, 7; innocent blood 1 K. 2, 31, 
etc. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 
26; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27,5. 2 Sam. 7, 
15. More rarely of men to remove, to 
pul away from a land, i. e. to expel, 1 
Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17,18; also from a 
station. power, 2 Chr. 15, 16. Is. 10, 13 
I have removed the bounds of the people, 


i. 6. have moved them forwards, extend-— 


ed them.—Spec. to remove is a) i. q. 
to take away, comp. in Kal no. 1. 7; es- 


77 


mic 


pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34, 
5; 6. > Job 12, 20. b) to turn away 
from the worship of God, c. "79% Deut. 
7,4. Prov. 28,9. Job 33, 17 ἘῸΝ ΌΤΙ 
nes, where it should probably read 
nmysz22; comp. Sept. c) to take back, 
lo retract a promise Is.31,2. ἃ) toturn 
away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66, 
20. 6) toturnor put aside, i. 6. to leave 
undone, to neglect, Josh, 11, 15. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, lo cause to 
turn aside to any one, c. 72% 2 Sam, 6, 
10. 

Hopu. "057 to be removed Lev. 4, 31. 
35. 1 Sam. 21, 7. Dan. 12, 11. Is. 17, 1 
"372 "Ova p21 Damascus shall be re- 
moved (taken away) from among the 
cities, i. e. destroyed. 

Pin. ὙΠ Ὁ i. ᾳ. Hiph. to turn asidea 
way, to cause to deflect from the true 
course, and so to lead into calamity, 
Lam, 3, 11; comp. ν. 9. 

Deriv. 7720, 7903, pr. n. 730, and 

"ΠΟ πὶ. 1. Part. pass. i. ᾳ. "0" re- 
moved, i. e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28, 
3.) Is. 49, 21 ΠῚ bk an exile and 
driven out. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "0 those re- 
moved from me, i.e. who have departed. 

2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp. 
the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2,21 "50 
M2733 7230 degenerate shoots of a strange 
vine. 

3. Sur, pr. ἢ. of a gate of the temple, 
only 2 K. 11,6. In the paral]. passage 
2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called Tio ἜΣΘ the 
foundation gate; and this is preferable. 


* EVID or MD in Kal not used, to 
stimulate, to incite. This root is want- 
ing in all the kindred dialects, and is 
perhaps secondary, derived from το a 
thorn, goad, stimulus. 

Hips. m700 and men Jer. 38, 22, fut. 


ΤΌΣ and mp" Is. 36, 18, conv. ΓῸΞ 2 


Sam. 24,1; part. Ὁ 2 Chr. 32, 11; to 
incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad 
sense ; followed by.an acc. and inf. c. 5, 
1 Chr. 21, 1 and (Satan) moved (PO™) 
David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18, 2. 
Acc. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 Καὶ. 
21, 25 Ahab... whom Jezebel his wife 
ΤΌΣ incited, seduced; where MMOM is 
for HNO, following the analogy of 
verbs 33, ite if from a root mo. Jer. 
38, 22. ἴω; 36, 18 lest Hezekiah ‘seduce 


mid 


you. 2K. 18, 32. 2 Chr. 32,11. 15. So 
of a thing indifferent, Josh. 15, 18. Judg. 
1, 14.—With acc. of pers. and 5 to incite, 
to slir up, to provoke, against any one, 
1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3. 
Jer. 43,3. With 72, to incite, or entice 
away from a pers. or place, to move to 
depart ; 2 Chr. 18, 31 and God ὨΤῸΣ 
"22 incited them from him, moved 
them to leave him. Job 36, 16 and even 
THEE would he have led away out of the 
strait.—Difficult is Job 36, 18 ΤΏΙ ΓΞ 
FEIT ON ἼΕΞΓΞἪ pHws FN77- 7B, usually 
thus rendered: if there be anger (from 
God, if God be angry), beware lest he 
drive thee forth with chastisement ; then 
great ransom cannot turn thee away sc. 
from punishment. But such a meaning 
of ΠΌΤ is not elsewhere found, and is 
not accordant with its usual ascertained 
signification. Others: beware lest one 
seduce thee with abundance ; and let not 
great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ; 
here pe may indeed be abundance, i. q. 
ῬΞῸ Job 20. 22; and 4m"O7-j8 may be 
taken manenmanattys 3 but "B273" can 
hardly be put for wealth in general, and 
gm is not accounted for. See Thesaur. 
Ρ. 945, 946. 

MO m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Gen. 49, 11, a gar- 
ment, clothing, usually regarded as by 
apheresis for M303 (Ὁ, M02), which the 
Sam. Cod. gives in full; see the author’s 
Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and 
Lehrg. p. 136.—Better to take it as con- 
tracted from M0 (r. MIO, as MOD from r. 
Moz) a garment ; comp. moe veil. So 
Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941. 


*OMO 1.1. q. Arab. ww, to drag, 
to draw along upon the ground, 6. g.a 
dead body 2 Sam. 17, 13. Jer. 15, 3 
Iwill send . .. 20> prsbon-ny the dogs 
to drag them about. 22, 19. 49, 20. 

2. to pull or tear in pieces ; whence 

MANO f. a tearing in pieces, Jer. 38, 
11.12 miaren "153 old torn clothes, rags, 
clouts. 


*TIMD to sweep away, to wipe off. 


only in Pre "N° Ez. 26, 4.—Arab. 2 
id. Syr. (Leute a broom, brush, Chald. 


mmo to wash. Kindred roots are 3Md 
(whence "Mo, Aro) and Mo .—Hence 


718 


“nd 


"TID τη. sweepings, offscouring, trop. 
for any thing worthless, Lam. 3, 45. 
Comp. Gr. περέψημα id. 1 Cor. 4, 13.— 
Chald. 8m" dung. 


WMD ἅπ. λεγόμ. 2 K. 19, 29, for which 
in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found 
omy , that which grows of itself the third — 
year after sowing ; on which compare 
Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp. 
mpo. Sept. 2K. 1c. τὰ ἀνατέλλοντα, 
Vulg. que sponte nascuntur. The ety- 
mology see under O"FT3. 


ἜΡΓΟ 1. pr. to scrape, i. q. Ἐπ; 
also stronger, to scrape away, to sweep 
away with violence, as rain which 
sweeps all before it, 1M 22 Prov. 28, 
3.—Arab. Was to scrape i. 6. shave 


the head ; le and Ie a violent 
sweeping rain, torrent. 

2. to bear down, to cast down, to the 
ground. Syr. ou id. Hence 

Nien. to be prostrated, overthrown, 
Jer. 46,15. Others: to be swept away, 
from Kal no. 1. 


ΠΤ fut. amb. 1. to go about, to 
travel around in a land, to migrate as 
nomades, with acc. of country Gen. 34, 
10. 21. With >x to go about or migrate 
into a land, Jer. 14, 18.—Kindred is "1B 
q. v. Chald. "m9 very freq. in the Tar- 
gums for Heb.320. Syr.spec. to travel 
about as a mendicant. In the Arab, 
verbs and the notion of going 


about is very doubtful, and is not sup- 
ported by the usus loquendi. 

2. Spec. to travel around, to traverse 
countries as a merchant, in order to buy 
or sell; hence to trade, to traffic, ἐμπο-- 
ρεύομαι. Gen. 43,34 ΠΌΤ γ ΑΝ ΓΙ ΓΝ 
and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy 
grain, to traffic in it. Part =m a trader, 
merchant, ἔμπορος, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28. 
Ez. 27, 21.36. ἸΘῈΠ "2M the king’s tra- 
ders, who made journeys in order to pur- 
chase wares for him, 1 K. 10,28. 2 Chr. 
1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov. 
31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38, 13... Fem. 
mano a female trader, merchant, Ez. 27, 
12. 16.18. Metaph. to have commerce, 
intercourse, with any one, Is. 47, 15.—In 
Aramean and Arabiethe idea of traffick- 


“ΠΟ 
ing is expressed by the kindred verbs 


mY A 

Pitp. ὝΠΟ to move about rapidly, 
e. g. of the heart, i. 6. to palpitate strong- 
ly, Ps. 38, 11. 

Deriv. ὙΠῸ Ὁ and the five following. 


"WP m. constr.779 1, @ mart, em- 
porium, Is. 23, 3. 

2. What is gained from traffic, profit, 
soealth, Is. 45, 14. 


"ΤΠ m. profit, gain, from merchandise 
Is. 23,18. Hence of any gain, profit, 
Prov. 3, 14 5O2-"Nee MIND 313. for 
her (wisdom’ s) gain is better than that 
of silver, i. 6. to gain her is better than 
to gain silver. 31, 18. 


ΤΥ f. (Ὁ. SMO) traffic, merchandise, 
for concer. merchants, Ez. 27,15 nano 

13, ig. FI2 TMD v. 21, ie. merchants 
at thy hand, ready at hand. 


TIM ἢ a shield, so called from sur- 
rounding and protecting a person, Ps. 
91,4. Comp. Chald. "79 to surround ; 
Syr. {Zao tower, castle. R. md. 


MIMS fin pause MN a kind of 
costly stone used in tesselated pave- 
ments, Esth. 1, 6, It is either a species 
of black marble, comp. Syr. {25m 
lapis niger tinctorius (Ὁ and ὦ being in- 
terchanged) ; or, better, marble marked 
with round spots like shields, spotted or 
shielded marble, comp. M770. Hart- 
mann (Hebrdaerin IIL. -p. 363) supposes 
"Ὃ to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it 
were of shields, comp. M7M0; but this 
would hardly be interspersed in a pave- 
ment with various kinds of marble. 

"QO see "uid. 


DOO plur. i. q. ory. pr. deviations 
from the right way, i.e. transgressions, 
Ps. 101, 3. R. vw. 


47D m. (τ. 350) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che- 
thibh 390), and ρίαν. 0°3°O, pr. what 
goes off from metal, recedanea, i. e. 8) 
, Scori@, dross, Prov. 25,4 992% Ὁ" Ὁ an 
. Separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23 

ἘΠ Ὁ 50D dross-silver i. 6. not yet.re- 
fined. b) base metal, originally mixed 
with the finer and separated from it by 
smelting, see 5772. Ez. 22, 18. 19. Is. 1, 
22. 25. , 


719 


"Ὁ 


Nore. For ΘΠ. we find in several 
Mss, and printed editions 2730 Is. 1, 22. 
25. Ez. 22, 18. 19; comp. Lehrg. p. 145, 
The former is preferable. 


17 Ὁ m. Sivan, Esth. 8, 9, the third 
month of the Hebrew year, from the new 
moon of June to the new moon of July. 
The form admits a Heb. etymology, 6. g. 
from a root iD i.q. 1, ἸΝΌ ; or from 
PO i. g. 1, 3 q.v. Better, with Ben- 
fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like 
the other names of months ; the name of 
the corresponding Persian month being 
Sefend-armez do} Kidul, Zend. 
gpenti drmaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad. 
Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq. 

ΤΠ Ὁ (sweeping away, i. 6. a warrior 
sweeping all before him, r. ΠῚ) Sihon, 
pr. n. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh- 
bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. al, 
Hence the city of Sihon i. e. Heshbon, 
Num. 21, 28. In Jer. 48, 45 ἡ 7°33 
is prob. for ἡ M22 from the house 
(city) of Sihon ; comp. Num. 21, 28. 

Ἢ yo obsol. root, prob. to be miry, 
kindr. with j80; whence Chald. 729 ; 
Syr. ἴλλω mire, iq. Chald. γ12, Syr- 


bau, Arab. cpa. 


TO (mire) Sin, pr.n. 1. Pelusium,a 
city situated among marshes at the 
north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a 
tract now entirely covered by the sea, 
Ez. 30, 15.16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p. 
802. In Arabic it is called Rink i.e. 
marsh; and also Keys Farameh ; which 


latter is from the Egyptian PEposss 
i. e. miry place, from q art. masc. €p to 
be, and O8&J mire; see Champollion 
PEgypte II. p.82sq. Sept. Sais, cod. 
Alex. Tavis. 

2. The desert of Sin, westward of 
Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus 
Herodpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16, 
1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in 


- Palest. I. p. 106. 


2D pr. n. Sinai, Gr. Σινά, Σινᾶ, a 
mountain or rather mountainous tract in 
the Arabian peninsula lying between 
the two σα! of the Red Sea, and cele- 
brated as the place where the Mosaic 


"Ὁ 


law was given; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33,16. 
Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18. 
Fally 2 Ὁ Ἐπ Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24,16. 34, 
4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26, 46. 27, 34. 
al, [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge 
between two deep and very narrow val- 
leys; the northern end impends perpen- 
dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah ; 
the soutkern rises into a higher summit, 
the modern Jebel Masa. In the S. W. 
beyond the deep valley is another ridge, 
on which is the summit St. Catharine. 
The place of the giving of the law was 
prob. the north end of the first ridge. 
The Arabic name for the whole moun- 
tain is now Jebel et-Tiur, lat. See 
a full description of Sinai with a Map in 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq. 
148 sq. 157 sq. 175sq.—R.] The desert 
around the mountain was called “27% 
"J"0, Ex. 19, 1.2. Lev. 7, 38.. Num. 1, 
1. 19. 9,1. al—The etymology is un- 
known. 


"370 pr. n. the Sinite, a people prob. 
near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10,17. 1 Chr. 
1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna, 
XVI. 2.18. p. 756 Casaub. Jerome also. 
Quest. Heb. in Gen. ad h.1. speaks ofa 
place Sini not far from Area. 


ὩΣ Ὁ, whence 27270 YS land of the 
Sinim Is. 49, 12, where the context im- 
plies a remote country situated in the 
eastern or southern extremity of the 
earth ; prob. the Sinenses, Chinese, whose 
country is Sina, China. This very an- 
cient and celebrated people was known to 
the Arabians and Syrians by the name 
δ᾽ <3: ΕΝ Sin, Tsini ; anda 
Hebrew writer might well have heard 
of them, especially ifsojourning in Baby- 
lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia. 
This name appears to have been given 
to the Chinese by the other Asiatics ; for 
the Chinese themselves, though not un- 
acquainted with it, do not employ it; 
either adopting the names of the reign- 
ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming 
high-sounding titles, e. g. Tchung-kue 
‘central empire, ete. But when this 
name was thus given them by other na- 
tions, and whence it was derived, is mat- 
ter of question. Not improbably the 
opinion of those writers is correct, who 


720 


"ὃ 


suppose the name B°3°0, Sinenses, to 
come irom the fourth dynasty, called 
Tshin, which held the throne from 249 
to 206 B. C. see Du Halde Deser. de la 
Chine Τ΄ 1. ὃ 1, and p. 306. Abel Rému- 
sat Nouveaux Mélanges Asiatiques II. 
Ρ. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people 
called Tshinas and spoken of in the laws 
of Menu, the name of this dynasty may 
have become widely known among for- 
eign nations long before it acquired the 
sovereign power over all China. See 
more in Thesaur. p. 949, 950.—Others, 
who reject this application of the name 
to the Chinese, understand the inhabi- 
tants of Pelusium (comp. 7"), and by 
synecd. the Egyptians ; so Bochart Pha- 
leg 4. 27; or the inhabilants of Syene, 
comp. 7330. Sept. γῆ Περσῶν. 


O° a swallow, Jer. 8,7 Keri for 03 
no. 2. q. Vv. 


NO" (battle-array, comp. Syriac 
[2psra ; perh. for 8M7050, from τ. ὙΠῸ 
i. q. ye to spring upon, to make an on- 
set) Siserd, pr.n.m. a) A military 
commander under Jabin king of the Ca- 


naanites, Judg. 4,2 sq. Ps. 88, 10, Ὁ) 
Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 


82" (congregation, as in Syr. and 
Chald. r.. 380) Sia, pr. n.m. Neh. 7, 
47; for which 8M>"0 Siaha Ezra 2, 44, 
which latter seems to be a corruption 
made up from the two forms ΝΣ Ὁ and 
moo. Comp. 0°00"8?. 


m225"D Dan. 3, 10 Cheth. for Mbai> 
q. ν. 


*%"D mid. Yod, to boil up, to effers 


vesce, comp. Arab. yh to spring up, to 
effervesce as wine ; Ἂς rage, as anger, ἃ 
fever; Heb. “xv and “x to ferment, 
"7a to boil up, to ferment.—Hence 


ὙΠῸ m. Jer. 1,13; fem. Ez. 24, 6. 

1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr. 
2K. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32, Ez. 11, 3. 7. 
24, 3. 6. al: “tary Ὁ Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1, 
13 MAB) “"O see in στ. MD3 no. 2. Ps. 60, 
10 "ΠῚ Ὁ ΔΝ ΤῸ Moab shall be my pot 
(basin) of washing, i. 6. my wash-pot, 
wash-basin, in contempt for ‘I will use 
her as the meanest vessel.’ Plur. niv"9 
pots Ex. 38, 3. 1K.7, 45. 2K. 25, 14. al. 


md 


2. Plur. oO and mind Ps. 58, 10. 
Am. 4,2. a) thorns, briars, so ealled 
from the idea of springing up, efferves- 
cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and 
redundant growth of wild plants; comp. 
τ. "37 and art. "23 no, 2. Is, 34, 13. 
Hos. 2,8. So in the paronomasia Ece. 
7,6; VOM MAN ΛΠ SIPD as the crack- 
ling of thorns under a pot. Poet. a thicket 
of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick- 
edness; Nah. 1, 10 59335 BO" inler- 
woven like to har ns, see inr. 830, also 7D 
B. 2. c; comp. Mic. 7,4. Ez. 2,6. Diffi- 
cult is Ps. 58, 10 Ἐξ τ Ὁ 49733 ONG 
‘IX before men marked your thorns, loa 
thorn-bush ! i.e. swiftly and unexpected: 
ly the wicked grew up; but, whether 
quick or burning, God will storm it away, 
i.e. God will destroy them with the 
same swiftness. Others here take Ὁ 
as pots, i. 6. before your pots can feel the 
thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7, 6) God 
will sweep it away; the figure being 
taken from travellers in the desert, who 
builda fire which the wind sweeps away. 
b) hooks for fishing, from their resem- 
blance to thorns, Am. 4,2; comp. Min. 

Nore. In former dditions 1 have re- 
ferred n°" thorns to the root "70, as 
denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or 
wild parts of a shrub, comp. 78357 "50 
Jer. 2, 21. But it is better to refer 
both significations of “Ὁ to the same 
origin. 

PN" see τ. MAD. 


JO m. ἅπ. deyou. α multitude of peo- 
ple, Ps. 42,5. So all the versions and 
intpp. and so the context requires, al- 
though in assigning the etymology there 
is a great diversity. There can be little 
doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a 
thick wood, here poet. fora dense crowd 
of men, from r. 420; comp. ἢ no. 2. 
Comp. also ἜΣ" οἵα hostile troop, Is. 10, 
18. 19. 34. 


JO τι. (τ. 7120) ὁ. suff. 135, once iD 
Ps. 76, 3 in some editions, 

1. a booth, hut, Ps. 27,5. Poet. fora 
tabernacle, dwelling. Ps. 76, 3. 


2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild 


beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38. 


*FT29 obsol. root, i. q. ΠΡ Ὁ τὸ ἰοοῖς 
upon. Hence pr. ἢ. 5207. 
61 


721 


"30 
M20 f. (r. 39) constr. m2Q, plur. 


mind. ; 
1. a booth, hut, made of green boughs 
and branches interwoven, as a shelter 
from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, δ, Is. 
4,6; or for a watchman in a garden or 
vineyard, Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18; or for the 
Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42. 
Nah. 8, 15-17; whence the festival it- 
self is called miner an che festival of the 
booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23, 
34. Deut. 16,13. al. Once by way of 
contempt of a small ruined house, Engl. 
hut, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents 
for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 Καὶ, 20, 12. 
16. Poet. of the dwelling of God Ps. 18, 
12. Job 36, 29.—2 K. 17, 30 m2a mi2p 
the booths of the daughters, usually ta- 
ken for booths in which the maidens 
prostituted themselves in the Babylo- 
nian manner; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art. 
mbip. Perhaps it should read nis 
mina the booths in high places, conse- 
crated to idols; see in 22 no. 3. 

2. a covert, as the lair of the lion, 
Job 38, 40. 


ΓΘ (booths) Succoth, pr. ἢ. 1. A 
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27 ; 
on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1 
Κ. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33, 
17. MID Pe Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley 
of Succoth, in which the town stood, 
perh. part of the valley of the Jordan, 
el-Ghor. 

2. The first station of the Israelites 
in the desert, on the Egyptian side of 
the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num. 
33, 5. 

3. Suecoth-benoth, see in 139 no. 1. 


ΓΗ͂Σ f. (r. 329) i. q. M20, a tent, ta- 
bernacle, which the idolatrous Israelites: 
constructed in the desert in honour of 
an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove~ 
nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26 3 
see on this passage in art. 1553. Comp. 
the σκηνὴ ἱερά of the Carthaginians, 


Diod. Sic. 20. 65. 


5°30 (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim, 
pr. n. of an African people mentioned 
along with the Libyans and Ethiopians, 


2 Chr. 12,3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes, 
who dwelt along the coast of Ethiopie 


and also in Arabia. 


20 


a 729, once 3 Ex. 33, 22; fut. 
er. 

1. to interweave, to weave, lo interlace, 
espec. boughs and branches as a screen 
or to form a booth or hut, M20; hence 
to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. ‘Kindred 
roots are πῶ, 320 HH, 502 Tl. In Kal 
poet. Ps, 139, 13 "aX 7223 7220R thou 
hast woven me in my mother’s womb, 
comp. Job 10, 11.—Since booths as well 
as hedges were built for the protection 
and security of men, and also of gardens 
and vineyards, hence 729 is 

2. to cover,i.e. a) to shelter, to pro- 
tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as 
boughs and trees, with two acc. Job 40, 
22 [17] iby ΘΛ ΝΣ ἩΓΙΣΌ the lotus-trees 
cover him with their shade. With > Ps. 
140,8. Ὁ) Genr. to cover, with acc. of 
covering and >3, to cover over, Ex. 40, 
3. 33, 22; acc. ‘impl. 1 K. 8, 7 3207 
yng pes 21 and the cherubim cov- 
ered the ark, lit. they covered over the 
ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18. 
Absol. Ez. 28,14. 16. Intrans. to cover 
oneself, to hide, Lam. 3, 44 3353 M120. 
v. 43.—Parr. 320 pr. covering ; hence 
a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging 
cities, Nah. 2, 6. 

Hips. 70%, fut. conv. ἼΦ51, i. q. Kal. 

1. to hedge in, to fence around, Job 38, 
8; c. ἽΣΞ 3, 23. 

2, to cover, c. 5 Ex. 40,21. Also to 
protect, c. ἘΣ Ps. 5, 12, 5 Ps. 91,4. 705 
ymb39 1 Sam. 24,4 and Judg. 3, 24, to 
cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease 
oneself, to satisfy a call of nature; so 
correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13, 4, the 
Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472, 
and so Sept. παρασχευάσασϑαι i. q. ἀπο- 
σχευάσασϑαι, ἀνασκευάσασϑαι. At beast, 
in accordance with Kimchi’s opinion, it 
is to void urine, which among Asiatic 
nations the men also do in a sitting pos- 
ture, covering themselves with the folds 
of their wide garments.—Others: ¢o lie 
down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. |. e. and 
also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4. 
2; but in that case no such circumlocu- 
Gon was necessary. See Muntinghe in 
Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160, J. D. Michaelis 
Supplem. p. 1743. 

Piip. 3020 to inflame, to incite, to 
arouse ; Is. 9, 10 39309 "33kPR} and 


7122 


ἸΡῸ 

his (Ephraim’s) enemies God will arouse. 
19,2 ἘΣ 23 S239 "M5020 Jwill arouse 
the Egyplians against the Egyptians. So 
Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well 
illustrated from the Talmudic usage by 
Abulwalid; see Thesaur. p. 951.— Others 
with Schultens, fo cover with arms, to 


arm; comparing Arab. Se id. 
Deriv. 7937 He (: Ve), 720, B5720, miso, 
7272, 292, W972, pr. ἢ. mid, Azzb. 


725, see τ. 429 no. 2, Part. | 


2329 (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a 
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 
61. 


5 230 in Kal not used, to be foolish σ᾿ 
well to be distinguished from the verb 
>2u to look at, which has nearly the 
same sound. Corresponding are ΘῸΞ 


no. 2.b. Syr. Aph. \2xf to act fool- 
ishly, impiously, Chald. 525 id, 

Piet to make foolish, i. 6. vain, fruit- 
less, to frustrate, e.g. counsel 2 Sam- 
15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. 5515. 

Hien. to act foglishly, with tw Gen. 
31, 28; simpl. 1 Sam. 26, 21.—Aram. 
Aph. id. 

Nipg, I. fo act foolishly, pr. to show 
oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr. 
16, 9. 

2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam. 24, 10. 1 Chr. 
21,8. Comp. 5"03, 533, etc. 

Deriv. the three Slowing: 


229 m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Eee. 
2, 19. 7, 17.—Syr. flaw id. 


239 m. folly, concr. fools Bcc. 10, 6. 


MADDO [ (τ. d20) folly, found only in 
Ecclesiastes, ὃ. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10, 1- 
13. Once m>zt id. Ecc. 1, 17.—Syr. id. 


q. (2 


, to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom, 
2. to be familiar with any one, to as- 
sociale with, from the idea of dwelling, 
together in the same tent or house. 
Hence Part. j20 an associate, compan- 
ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15. 
Fem. P23 a@ female friend, attendant, 1. 
1 dh Me 4. Comp. Hiph.—Hence 
3. With > and 59 of pers. to do kind- 


“ee fat: ἴον 1. Pr i. 


- 


| ness to any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2. 35, 


arte) 


3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to profit, Job 
34, 9. 4 

4. iq. Arab. pS Conj. I, IV, V, 
to be poor, needy, see Pual and 720%, 
mapoa. Many have despaired of find- 
ing an accordance between this signifi- 
cation and the others; bat it probably 
comes from the notion of being seated, 
which is kindred with that of dwelling. 
The idea of being seated is closely con- 
nected with that of sitting down, of sink- 
ing from languor and debility ; comp. 
(λα to sit, Conj. 1V pass. to be com- 


OuL 
pelled to sit, to be lame; a3 weak- 
i 
ness in the camel’s foot ; ene a 
weak, feeble man ; also sedére and sidére. 


2 
Arab. ope and Heb. ἸΞῸ therefore 
are pr. to be sunk in one’s affairs, to be 
rained, comp. 7", 32. 

Nien. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be endan- 
gered. Ecc. 10,9 whoso cleaveth wood 
is endangered thereby. This significa- 
tion is foreign from the other meanings 
of the verb; but it may be perhaps a 
denominative from 7°24 knife, axe, q. v. 
and hence fo cut oneself, to be wounded, 
as Vulg. vulnerabilur. 

Put part. j20% impoverished, see Kal 
no. 4. Is. 40, 20 τι "ἢ 7207371 he that is 
impoverished by an oblation, i. e. who 
has little to offer. 

Hien. 720 1. to acquaint oneself 
with any one, 6. 03 Job 22,21. Also 
with any thing, and hence to know, c. 
acc. Ps. 139, 3 ΠΗ ΞΌΓΙ ἼΞΎΤΓ59 all my 
ways thou knowest, art acquainted with. 

2. to be accustomed, to be wont, c. inf. 
et > Num. 22, 30. 

Deriv. (209, T2202. 


ὦ Ὁ “20 in Kal not used, i. q. to shut 
up, to close.—Chald. id. Syr. Arab. -52, 


Sow, id. 

Nips. to be shut up, stopped, Gen. 8, 
2. Ps. 63, 12. 

Pier i. q. 720 and “EM, fo deliver 
up or over, c. 773 Is. 19, 4. 

II, "29 i. g. 22 q. v. to hire, Ezra 
4, 5. 

* M29 in Kal not used, to be silent, 


kindred with ΡῈ torest. Arab. ἘΠῚ ΟΝ 
Conj. I, IV, id. Samar. to attend. ~ 


723 


rho 


Hipu. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9 
Sept. σιώπα, Vulg. attende. 


"Ὁ πὶ. (r. 540) pr. a slender rod, e. g. 
of willow, osier, from which baskets were 
woven; hence a wicker-basket, bread- 
basket, Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num. 
6, 15. al. Plur. nbd Gen. 40, 16. 18. 
Comp. κάνεον, xaviug, κάναστρον, canis- 
trum, pr.a basket woven from reeds, from 
κάνη canna, areed. Chald. xd0, XN20, 


Syr. tla, Arab. ZL id. Jun a basket- 


maker. 


N50 (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a 
town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21. 


ἕ ND pr. i. q. 950, 520 no. 1, to lift 
up ; spec. to suspend a balance, comp. 
xiv? Job 6, 2, and hence 0 weigh ; comp. 
Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in 

Pua pass. to be weighed ; Lam. 4, 2 
183 NO who are weighed with fine 
gold, i. e. are comparable to pure gold. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 8350, NAO, "2d. 


#50 ἅπαξ λεγόμ. in Pret 320 to 
spring up, to leap up, to eault, Arab. 
Lo ‘the horse so leaps that the 
stones give forth sparks.’ Job 6, 10 this 
is still my comfort, &> H2°N32 NON? 
benz and I exult even under pain which 
doth not spare, that I have not denied 
the words of the Holy One. Sept. for 
miboy has ἡλλόμην, Targ. 2538} I exult. 
So Schultens Comm. in loc.—Others, as 
Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare 
the Chald. "30 to burn, to roast, and 
then make the second clause concessive 
or parenthetic: and though I burn (am 
tormented, comp. 72%) with pain which 
doth not spare ; other explanations see 
in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of 
the Sept. and Targ. as the oldest, may 
well be received as having most author- 
ity.—Hence 


2D (exultation) Seled, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 2, 30. 


fH ἀρ" i. q. NED and 50, pr. to lift 
up, to raise. Hence 

1. to suspend a balance, to weigh, see 
Pual. Comp. in 8>0. 

2. to make light of, to contemn, like 
Lat. elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl. 
light and weighty as applied to things 


5d 


trifling or important.—Chald. and Syr. 
id. 

Piet i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15. 

Puau pass. of Kal no. 1. Job 28, 16 
wisdom 77518 533 N2Or > cannot be 
_weighed with gold of Ophir, cannot be 
purchased with gold. 


“HI. rgd perhaps i. ᾳ. M>% (Ὁ and 
ὦ being interchanged), to rest, to be 
quiet ; Syr. {La to cease, to rest, Chald. id. 


M20 always in panse, a musical 
word, found 73 times in the Psalms; 
elsewhere only in Hab. 3, 3.9.13. It is 
pr. imper. 720 from r. ΠΡΌ IL, with n> 
parag. ΠΡΌ, in pause ΠΡΌ, q. ἃ, rest, 
pause! Its use seems to have been, in 
chanting the words of the Psalm, to di- 
‘rect the singer ¢o rest, to pause a little, 
while the instruments played an inter- 
lude or symphony. It is a sign of pause. 
This use and interpretation is supported: 
a) By the authority of the Sept. which 
everywhere renders 130 by διόψαλμα, 
“4. ἃ, interlude, symphony, sc. by instru- 
mental music. b) By the position which 
m0 occupies in the Psalm. It stands 
usually in the middle of a Psalm, at the 
close of a certain section or strophe. 
Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once, 
Ps. 7, 6. 20,4. 21,3; in others twice, Ps. 
4,3. 5. 9, 17.21; in others three times, 
Ps. 3, 3.5.9. 32, 4. 5.7. 66, 4. 7. 15. 68, 8. 
‘20.33; and is even four times repeated, 
‘89, 5. 38. 46.49; frequently also it stands 
ταῦ the end of a Psalm, Ps. 3.9.24. Thus 
it serves to divide a Psalm into several 
.strophes. Very rarely it is found in the 
middle of a verse, Ps. 55, 20. 57,4. Hab. 
3,3.9. 6) From Ps. 19.17, where for 
the simple > we find the fuller ἽΝ 
mo, which by apposition may be ren- 
dered : instrumental music, pause, i. 6. 
let the instruments strike upa symphony, 
and the singer pause.—In a similar sense 
some derive ΠΡΌ from r. M>9 I, to lift 
up, and understand by it a raising of the 
voice sc. in response to the instruments, 
comp. δὲ Ὁ} no. 1. 6, and Job 21,12. Others, 
deriving it from the same root, render 
it: suspend the voice, i.e. rest, pause, 
as above. But the former etymology 
is preferable. 

Many have supposed, but without 
good reason, that M22 is an abbrevia- 


724, 


nbo 


tion, composed of the initial letters of 
three words. Such abbreviations are 
indeed common among the Arabians 
and later Jews, (as "i> Rashi for "27 
“πη ΠΡ Rabbi Solomon Jarchi,) but 
it cannot be shown that they were known 
to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed 
abbreviation has been explained in vari- 
ous ways, 6. g. WM 23723 2d redi sur- 
sum cantor, i.g. da capo, or M283 72"O 
dipn the sign for a change of voice or key 5 
but all these fall away of course with the 
hypothesis itself. For more on this topic 
see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen- 
miller Comment. in Ps. T. 1. p. LXVIL 
ed.2. Noldii Concord. Particul. Heb. p. 
940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl. 
Litteratur V. p.542sq. Forkel’s Gesch. 
der Musik, 1. p. 144. See Thesaur. p. 
955 sq. 


"DO (weighed, r. 85) Sallw, pr. n,m 
Neh. 12, 7; for which v. 20 720 Sallai. 


NSO (id.) Sallu, pr.n. m. 1 Chr. 9,75 
for which Neh. 11, 7 829. 


Ὁ (id.) Salu, pr. π. τὰ. Num, 25, 14. 


wdd Ez. 2,6, and 720 Ez. 28, 94, α 
thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on 
the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree; 
from Ὁ twig and 71, see in r. 22 no. 3. 
Metaph. of wicked men Ez, 2, 6. Sept. 
oxohoy.—Chald. 8150, xmo"0, Arab. 


ADee thorns of the palm-tree. 


; mod fut. MeO", once M208 Jer. ὃ, 
7 Cheth. to forgive, te pardon. Chald, 
and Zab. id. Eth. by transpos. TUJUA 
to be clement, propitious, to pardon, 
comp. Arab. hguw facilem se prebuit. 
Samar. to expiate. The primary idea 
seems to be that of lifling up, taking 
away, as in 89, M>9.—So of God, with 
dat. either of sin Ex. 34, 9. Num. 14,19. 
1 K. 8, 34. 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; or 
of pers. Num. 30, 6. 9. 13. Deut. 29, 
19. 1 K. 8,50. 2Chr. 6,39; absol. Num. 
14,20. 2 K. 24,4, Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3, 42. 
Sept. ἱλάσκομαι, ἀφίημι, ete. 

Nipu. to be forgiven, pardoned, 6. g. 
sin, c. dat. pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26. 35. 5,13, 
16. 18. Num. 15, 25. 26. 28. al. 

Deriv. MP0, MM*ED. 


M30 m. forgiving Ps. 86, 5. 


an 


53D (basket-maker? denom. from Ὁ) 
Sallai, pr.n. m. a) Neh. 11, 8, b) 12, 
20, see "dd. 


TI1°50 f. forgiveness Ps. 130, 4; plur. 
Neh. 9, 17. Dan. 9,9. R. προ. 


* 320 obsol. root, Arab. SUL to 
move along, to move about, to go, whence 


ds way, tract.—Hence 


M220 (without Dag. in >, and there- 
fore for M220) Salchah, pr. ἢ. of a town 
of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5, 11; in the 
eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan, 


now called XHXS Salkhad, and by 


the Arabian geographers λέν Sar- 
khad. abounding in vineyards; see 
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, ete. p. 99 
sq. or I. p. 180 Germ. and note p. 507. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 160.— 
Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 11. 1 Chr. 
5, 11. 


#590 fut. 0% to lift up, to raise ; 
like the kindred roots 850, M50, comp. 
Mbd, 320, ped, also 52m, Mom, ΏΣ, 
tollo. See Pilp. 

1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26. 
Spec. to cast up earth into a causeway, 
i.e. to prepare a way (comp. 09" Is. 49, 
11), Is. 57, 14. 62, 10. Prov. 15, 19. Jer. 
18,15. Job 19, 12 Daa "bp sbO™ and 
cast up (prepare) their way unto me. 
30, 12. Without 773 Ps. 68, 5 55d cast 
up, prepare, sc. the way. 

2. From the idea of being elevated, 
high, comes the signif. to move to and 
Sro, to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender, 
flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen- 
dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of 
willows and the palm-tree, which are 
used for weaving baskets and bound 
into brooms; comp. 533, 553, J; 


b 
whence 55153 shoots, tendrils; also 52m 
no. 1, 2, whence nrbnn Hence 0°50 


Ss 

and mibodd (Arab. sing. &L..) baskets, 
i. e. of wicker-work, woven from slender 
twigs; comp. the lengthened forms 
ὈΠῸΣ (> being changed for 3) the 
pendulous shoots of the palm, from 
which brooms are made, (whence the 
Syr. and Chaldee verb 72> to sweep 

61* 


725 


35d 


with brooms,) and 72%3% basket, as also 
kindr. 839 basket, Chald. x3 id. Arab. 
ὺ to weave baskets. — Further, 
as the branches of the palm-tree, be- 
fore they put forth, are covered with 
thorns or prickles, these are designated 


by nouns from the same rool, as jy 


and DM thorns growing upon the 
branches of the palm, and Heb. 7>0, 
ybo a thorn or prickle growing upon a 
branch or twig, from > (pr. twig) and 
the formative syllable ji. The Arab. 


84.5 
Flows a large needle, is so called from 


its resemblance to a thorn or prickle. 

Pip. i. q. Kal no. 1, metaph. Prov. 4,8 
mb0bd exalt her. se. wisdom, with praises. 

Hirupo. d>imon (denom. fr. Πρ Ὁ) 
to oppose oneself as a mound or dam, 
to resist, c. 3 Ex. 9, 17 >>5nda ἼΤῚΡ 
"as2 as yet opposest thou thyself against 
my people ? ᾿ 

Deriv. mibo, tho, mbow, ΡΟ. 
From no. 2, 50, 7120 and 7120, M2020, 
and pr. n. 8BD, "BD. 


M250 Γ (τ. 550) a mound, rampart, 
especially a mound thrown up by be- 
siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Ez. 
4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24. 33, 4. al. 


bo τη. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28, 


12, i. q. Arab. oy R. 5d. 

mido2O f plur. (τ. 40 no. 2) i. 4. 
ΠΡΌ. wicker-baskets, so called from the 
slender twigs from which they are 
woven, Jer. 6, 9. Sept. Vulg. κάρταλλος, 
cartallus. 


* 959 obsol. root, pr. to be elevated, 
high, like 830 , 920, 50, p20. Hence 


bps) m. in pause 35D, c. suff. "250, 
plur. ὩΣ Ό. 

1. a rock; not found in the kindred 
dialects; but comp. Sanscr. ¢ild rock, 
Lat. silec-s silex. Num. 20, 8. 10. 11. 
24, 21. Judg. 6, 20. Job 39, 1. 28. Ps. 137, 
9. ἼΞΞ Ὅ a great rock Is. 32, 2. ΣΡ ΠῚ 
a tooth (sharp crag) of a rock 1 Sam. 
14,4. Sometimes of a fortress situated 
upon a high rock, in which there is 
security from enemies, Is. 31, 9. 33, 16. 
Hence metaph. of God as a refuge, 
Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 40, 3. 42, 10. 


350 


2. Sela, 1. 6. Petra, pr. n. of the an- 
cient capital city of the Idumeans, 
situated between the Dead Sea and the 
Elanitic Gulf in a valley shut in by 
lofty rocks. Written with the article 
pben Judg. 1,36. 2K. 14,7. Poet. with- 
out the art. Is. 16,1; perh. Is. 42, 11. 
Gr. μέτρα, later αἵ Πέτραι ; in the mid- 
dle ages Vallis Mosis, whence the mo- 
dern name oy Sols Wady Misa. 


The city was subdued by the Romans 
under Trajan, and restored by Adrian. 
Its remains still exist, consisting of 
splendid sepulchres and temples exca- 
vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc. 
They were first visited by Burckhardt 
in 1812. See Burckh. Tray. in Syr. p. 
421. Irby and Mangles’ Travels, p. 415 
sq. Laborde Voyage del’Arabie Pétrée, 
fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 514 sq. 
573 sq. 


*py>d obsol, quadril. root, to swal- 
low down, to consume, as in Chald. 
Hence 


ὩΣΞῸ m. a species of locust, winged 


-and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept. ἀττάκης, 
‘Vulg. atiacus. 


4 ΠΡΌ in Kal not used. Some mod- 
ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea 
‘of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab. 

ὁ to oint, to smear, also to slip 
‘away, to pass away, Germ. schliipfen, 
Engl. to slip, and kindr. p> i. q. Gr. 
«ἀλείφω ; whence in Piel to make slippery 
«a way (Proy. 19,3), and then fo cause to 
fall, e. g. a cause, σφάλλειν δίκην (Ex. 
‘23, 8); so A. Schultens ad Proy. p. 
:203. Fasiin Jahn’s Neue philol. Jahrbb. 
TV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by 
‘any exegetical tradition, either of the 
sancient versions or of the Rabbins. 
.All these give the idea to pervert, to 
“wrest, and then to subvert, to overthrow, 
i. 4. FO, MAY, either directly or indi- 
‘rectly; Gr. nine Vulg. subvertere. 
So too the Chald. though not freq. as 
ΠΛΡΠΌΝ to be distorted, wry, as the 
mouth, Targ.Esth. 6, 10 ; 72d perverse 
‘of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is saler 
‘therefore to rest in this view. 

Pres 92D, fut. ΠΡΌΣ, part. Hoe. 

1. to pervert, to wrest, e.g. a) The 
rwords of any one (comp. 98h Jer. 23, 


726 


‘TRd 


36) ; Ex. 23, 8 for a gift (bribe) blindeth 
those that see, and perverteth (920%) the 
words of the righteous ; Vulg. subvertit, 
Sept. λυμαένεται. Deut. 16,19. Prov. 22, 
12. Ὁ) The way or conduct of any 
one, i. q. to make perverse, Prov. 19, 3; 
comp. Lev. 3, 9. 

2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy 
persons (comp. 527 Prov. 12, 7); Job 
12, 19 ὭΣ BIN N1 and overthroweth 
the mighty; Sept. κατέστρεψε. Prov. 
21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepeth the 
upright in the way, DRUM OOM HywA 
but wickedness overthroweth sin i. e. 
concer. sinners. Hence 


po m. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4. 


" pao or poo Chald. to go up. to as- 
cend, Dan. 7,3. 8.20. Plur. 30 Dan, 
2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pe" see in συ. 
Po?.—In Targg. often for Heb. m>3. 
Syr. Sam. id. 


*M20 obsol. root, Arab. wuhlw to 
rub off; to strip off husks, etc. whence 


are Oo pearl-barley, grits. Talm, 2 
to cut chips of wood, 7"m?9 chips ; 
Chald. m3io, NAb , fine seal flour.— 
Hence 


m2d f£ (but with m. Ex. 29, 40,) 6. 
suff, ANd Lev. 2, 2; fine meal flour, the 
finest and purest, Sept. σεμέδαλις, Lev. 2, 
1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2, 
1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. mb 
Don spheaten flour Ex. 29,2. By ap- 
posit. M30 Map Gen. 18, 6. Chald. id. 
see inr. mbo. 


DO see bd. 


132 ΒΩ Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a 
Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39, 
3. Perh. ‘sword of Nebo,’ i. 6. of Mer- 


cury; from Pers. χοῦ sword, and 


133 q. v. 

"7720 m. quadrilit. vine-blossom, oi- 
γάνϑη. "Cant. 7,13 MAB JEN AM oN 
“1300 whether the vine puls forth, “and 
its blossom opens, 2,13 "7% DEIN the 
vines are in blossom, vy. 15 t-\-) 237073 
our vineyards are in blossom (comp. Ex. 
9, 31 553} mwa). Symm. οἰνάνϑη. 
Sept. κυρπίζω, κυπρισμός.--- ΟΠ 14, id. 
in Targ. for Heb, "22 Is. 18,5. Syr. 
phew id. see Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Zab. 


Ἴ30 
also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see 
Norberg Lexid. p. 159—Some of the 
Rabbins understand by this word not 
the blossom but the young grapes just 
out of the blossom, see Surenhusii 
Mishna T. I. p. 309; so the Vulgate Cant. 
7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former 
sense isto be preferred onaccountof Cant. 
2, 13 and 7, 13.—This quadril. is formed 
apparently from ©0 aroma, fragrance, 
and ὙΠ yw to burst forth as a blos- 


som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959, 


960. 


ἘΠ fut. 072 1. to place or lay 
upon any thing, to impose, so as to rest 
or be supported upon any thing. Chald. 
3729 id. to lean upon, be supported ; Ithp. 
to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at 
table. Ethiop. MN to recline upon, 
to lean upon. Kindr. is 772m .—Spec. 
d9 Ἢ 20 to lay the hand upon any 
thing, pr. so as to lean upon it, Ex. 29, 
10. 15. 19. Lev. 1, 4. 3,2. 8. 14. So too 
Lev. 24, 14. Num. 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9. 
But Am. 5, 19 1"pA7>y im? ΟῚ and 
leans his hand upon the wall.—Intrans. 
to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88,8 
FMB M220 722 thy wrath lieth heavy 
upon me. 

2. to uphold, to sustain, to support, pr. 
to let lean upon c. ace. Ps, 37, 17. 24. 54, 
6. Ex. 30,6 0712 7290 they that up- 
held Egypt, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59, 
16. 63,5; c. > Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass. 
3729 upheld, propped, i. e. firm, un- 
moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3.. With two 
acc. to sustain one with any thing, i. 6. 
to bestow upon him, to give bountifully ; 
Gen. 27, 37 M22 WM} 1251 corn and 
new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps. 
51, 14. 

3. to draw near, to approach, c. >8 
Ez. 24,2. Syr. id.—This signification 
connects itself with that of leaning up- 
on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb. 
‘20 to hang together, be connected, 
near, 770 near. 

Nipu. to be supported, upheld, c. >2 
Judg. 16, 29; to stay oneself, to rest upon, 
Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr. 
32, 8. Ps. 71,6. Is. 48,2. ᾿ 

Pin. [0 stay, i. e. to refresh, c. 3 Cant. 
2, 5. 

Deriv. 52°38, pr. n. #92320" and 


vers? 


727 


RID 


Ὁ (Jehovah sustains him) Se- 
machiah, pr. Ὁ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 7. 


"580 obsol. root, of which the sig- 
nif. is not known. In Heb. we may 
compare r. 5&2 II to make like, to be 
like; also 0>% image ; and in the Indo- 
European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr. 
omochog.—Hence 


5990 and 290 m. in pause 530, a like- 
ness, image, Ez. 8, 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2 
Chr. 33, 7 >20n DOB a statue of likeness, 
i. e. a sculptured likeness, carved image. 
v. 15. 


sate) obsol. root, Arab. μὸ to smell ; 


eet any thing fragrant.—Hence 
ἘΠ τη. ρίαν. aromatics, spices, Ex. 


30, 34. bd MDP fragrant incense 
Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev. 4,7. 16, 12. Num. 


4,16.al. Syr. [hat aroma, φάρμακον. 


νν vad in Kal not used, (comp. kindr. 
7at,) to mark off, to designate, Talmud. 
y20, whence 77270 mark, sign. It is 
sometimes improperly compared with 
the Gr. σημαίνω, in which y does not be- 
long to the root. 

ΝΊΡΗ. part. 37202 marked off, designat- 
ed, 6. g. a place. Is. 28, 25 120) MISH 
and (sows) the barley in the appointed 
place i.e. in the field marked off. So 
Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre- 
tation is to be preferred —Others, fat 
barley, from the root ,. i. q. 729 to 
be fat; but this is repugnant both to the 
laws of syntax and to the context; see 
Comm. on Is. in loc. The signification 
millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is 
merely conjectural. 


ἘΠῚ Ὁ to stand erect, to bristle, φρίσ- 
σειν. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and "29 ; 
hence of a person in terror, to shudder, 
Ps. 119, 120 "wa 2D, Symm. og Forgt- 
ze. Ὁ) ΟΥ̓ bristling points; whence 
720% any thing pointed, a nail, and 
Fea Chald. "20, to fasten with nails. 

Pret id. to stand erect, 6. g. the hair 
Job 4,15—Hence - 


20 m. bristling, 6996995, Jer. 51, 27, 
an epithet of the insect P27 


. N20 obsol. root, perh. i. q. M30 tobe . 


NO 


thorny, brisiling ; kindr. are 82, Syr. 
ta», to hate.—Hence MR and 


RIO (thorny) Senaah, pr. ἢ. of a 
town of Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38. 
With the art. Neh. 3, 3. 


22229 pr. n. Sanballat, the satrap of 
the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2, 
10. 4, 1. 6, 1.2. 12. 14. 13,28. He was 
a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of 
Moab. The name appears to be of Per- 
sianorigin. Bohlen comparés odoin 
‘lauded by the army,’ and Sanscr. send- 

balat ‘ giving strength to the army.’ 

γ:Ὁ obsol. root, prob. to be thorny, 
bristling ; kindr. with 820, and perh. 
with 32% to be pointed.—Hence 

ΓΘ m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble, 
Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut. 33, 16.—Syr. ἴμλῷ id. 


Arab. i and hs senna, folia senne. 
Chald. and Talmud. 8530 id. 

2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock 
(Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in 


pause ΓΙῸ (as 20 in pause 392) 1 


Sam. 14, 4. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 116. 


M20, perh. palm-branch, i. ᾳ. 72039 ; 
see in MIO"NIP, art. MMP lett.e. R. 
"Ὁ. 

ΤΊΣ Ὡς c. art. men (the bristling, r. 
RID) "Senuah, pr. n. "Neh. 11, 9, prob. fem. 


g ed Chald. quadril. to blind ; de- 
rived according to C. B. Michaelis from 
the trilit. ,|Ls to shine, with Ὁ prefixed, 
see Lehrg. p. 862; or according to Si- 
monis compounded from Liw to glitter 
and “ἘΣ to blind.—Hence 


D729 m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11. 
2 K. 6, 18. 

3°20 pr. ἢ. Sanherib, Sennacherib, 
Sept. Σεννυχηρίμ, Σενναχηρεὶμ, Hot. 
Σαναχάριβος, king of Assyria from 714 
to 696 Β. Ο. when he was slain in the 
temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K. 
18, 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1. 37, 21. 37. 
See further concerning him Hdot. 2. 141. 
Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Chron. 
Armen. ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43.— 
Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr. 
sendgrib ‘ conqueror of armies,’ to which 


corresponds mod. Pers. way co 


728 


ὩΣῸ 


ὦ 129 obsol. root, in Chald. and Syr. 
to sweep with a broom made of branches ; 
but this is secondary, see in 549 no. 2.— 
Hence 30 and the two following. 

2020 (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr. 
n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh. 
15, 31. 

D"020 m. plur. i. q. prbrr, prbndn, 
palin-branches, i. e. the pendulous twigs 
and boughs, Cant. 7, 9. See more in 
>d0 no. 2. R. 320. 


* "E20 quadrilit. fin of fishes, Lev. 
11,9. Deut. 14,9. The origin is uncer- 
tain. Perh. from (43, to hasten, and 

3 to flee. to hasten, Pi. to propel. 


0D τη. (r. 030) ἃ moth, in clothing Is. 
51, 8; so called from its leaping. aa 


fmm, Chald. xd, id. Arab. uy 
moth, weevil, louse. Gr. σής. 


MD Cant. 1, 9, see MOI. 
200 Sisemai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40. 


*TZ0 fat. 120%, to prop, to uphold, 
to support. Chald. and Arab. Qiaw id. 
With ace. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov. 20, 
28. Then to sustain, to aid, to strength- 
en, Ps. 20, 3. 41,4. 94,18. Spec. ΞΡ 430 
to stay (strengthen) the heart, i. e. to 
refresh oneself with food, see => no. 1. a. 
Gen. 18, 5 225 30 strengthen your 
heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps. 
104, 15. With two acc. Judg. 19, 5.8; 
ace. impl. 1K. 13,7 M330 refresh thyself. 

Deriv. 330%. 

“ZO Chald. to aid, to help, c. > Ezra 
5, 2. 

* PTLD ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. q. Arab. 
to run, to rush, spoken also of tempests ; 
see Thesaur. p. 962.—Ps. 55, 9 ΠΙΣῸ mM 
a rushing wind. 

59D τῇ. (τ. 30) 1. a cleft, fissure ; 
s>OM Hs the cleft of the rock Judg. 15, 
8. 11. Plur. mobo ἽΒ 5 Is. 2, 21. 
57, 5. 

2. a branch, bough, Is. 17, 6. 27, 10. 
See mes0.—Both these significations 
are also united in Arab. Kana. 

“SLO to divide, ig. Arab. md, 
the letters ) and 3 being interchanged. 
Hence 5°), MRED, MBSD. 


D0 


Pre. >>> as denom. from 5°29 no. 2, 
to disbranch, to lop the boughs of a. tree, 
Is. 10, 33. 

Deriv, the three in Kal, o°B2Y , MBZ70, 
and 

FPO adj. verbal (of the form wp) di- 
vided, i. e. a man of divided mind, who 
has no sure faith in regard to divine 
things, but is driven hither and thither, 
a doubler, skeptic, σκεπτικός, plur, ΠΕΣ Ό 
Ps. 119, 113. Sept. παράνομοι, Vulg. 
iniqui. 

MBP f. (Ὁ. ὩΣΌ) i. q. HO, and only 
in plur. Misz branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8 
Comp. M8270. 


MBPS f. (τ. ὩΣ) plur. o"sd , divided 
opinions, parties ; 1 K. 18, 21 “m2 ἼΣ 


Beso ἜΣΣ ΘΒ DRS, Vulg. use _ 


quequo claudicatis in duas partes, i. e. 
how long do ye hesitate between the two opi- 
nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal? 


ΠΣ fat. "207, kindr. with ἜΣΘ and 
“3U q. Vv. 

1. to be violently agitated, sented, 8. g. 
the sea by tempests Jon. 1,11.13. Trop. 
of adversity Is. 54,11. Comp. Pi. 

2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken 
of a foe Hab. 3, 14. 

Niu. to be agitated, disquieted, of the 
heart, 2 K. 6, 11. 

Pre. “20 fo toss about, to scatter, 6. g. 
a people, Zech. 7, 14. 

Po. intrans. to be driven, scattered, by 
a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3. 

Deriv. the two following. 


"ZO m. a storm, tempest, Am. 1, 14. 
Jon. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al. 


TIVO £. a storm, tempest, Is. 29, 6. 40, 
24. 41, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps. 
107, 29. al. Also M320 M7 Ps. 107, 25, 
miss mn Ez. 13, 11. 13, a storm-wind. 
Once 7755 in many Mss. 2 K. 3,1. 


5D m. (τ. HED) plur, OB, also nino, 
miso; c. suff. "Bd. 

1. sill, threshold, Judg. 19, 27. 2 K. 
12, 10. al. sep.—Chald. and Sam. id. 
Syr. ἔξ atrium. 

2. a dish, basin, bowl, Ex. 12, 22. Zech. 
12,2. Plur. oo Jer. 52, 19, mind 2 
Sam. 17. 28, nipd 1 K. 7, 50. al.’ 

3. Saph, pr. ἢ. m, 2 Sam. 21, 18; for 
which 1 Chr, 20, 4 "BO Sippat. 


729 


med 


* SES obsol. root, Talmud. in Pe. and 
Aph. to feed an infant, to give to eat. 
Hence 180%. 


* 59 fut. BO" fo smile the breast, 
as a gesture of mourning; hence to 
mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead, 
with Ὁ of the dead for whom one mourns, 
1 K. 14, 13. Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2; ἘΣ 2 
Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; spb 2 Sam. 
8,31; pean Jer. 4, 8. 16, 5. ‘Eee. 12,5; 
for a ‘pubile calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. 52). 
Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1.8, Zech, 7, 5. 
It is often 80 applied as to include the 
voice of mourners, i. q. to wail, Mic. 1,8 
mipox 7 will wail.... 1 will make a 
wailing (780%) like the jackals. Jer. 22, 
18 they shall not lament for him, saying, 
Ah my brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary 
signification seems to be that of beat- 
ing, i.q. Lat. plangere, and not excla- 
mation ; asin the Gr. σφαδ. ἄξω, and this 
the Sept. expresses in several passages 
by χκόπτεσϑαι, as Is. 32,12 O°IHD BTID 
they smite upon the breasts se. the wo- 
men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat. 
plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here 
no difficulty in referring the particip. 
mv1mD to the women, since they are 
expressly mentioned, though at a consi- 
derable distance previously, viz. in the 
beginning of v.11, ΤΊΣ 9 770; see 
Heb. Gramm. § 144. n. 1. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be mourned for, lamented, 
Jer. 16, 4. 25, 33. 

Deriv. 780%. 


*F15Q fut. mec 1. to scrape, to 
scrape off. Kindr. are HAD, HOR, Fo. 
Arab. Law to sweep away, as the wind 


dust; W3L& a scattering wind. Spoken 


es 
of the beard, to shave, Is. 7, 20.—Hence 
a) to take away life Ps. 40, 15; or per- 
sons from life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23. 
24. Deut. 29,18. Ὁ) Intrans. to be taken 
away, to perish, Jer. 12, 4. 

2. i. q. ΠΟ Ὁ α. v. to add, only in imperat. 
350 Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7.91. and inf. mpd Is. 
30, 1. Also, to add to any thing, to aug- 
ment, (see FO" no. 2.) c. ὧν Num. 32, 14. 

Nipx. 1. fo be taken away, to be de- 
stroyed, to perish, Gen. 19. 15.17. Num. 
16,26. Prov. 13.23; espec. in war, 1 Sam. 
12, 25. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12. 


12D 


2. Pass. of Hiph. to be scraped toge- 
ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be 
thrust through, 29M2 991 ΓΙΒΌΞΙ 59) 
and every one scraped together (seized, 
caught) shall fall by the sword ; Sept. 
οἵτινες συνηγμένοι εἰσί. 

Hip. to scrape together, to heap up, 
c. ἘΣ wpon any one, as calamities Deut. 
32, 23. Sept. συνάξω. 

PES m. (r. £0) pr. a covering with 
boards, wainscot, ceiling, of the temple, 
1 K. 6, 15. 


* MEO and mew, see Piel and me. 
1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. 


to pour out, as blood, water, tears.—In 
the derivatives it includes the shedding 
of blood, MB&2 ; the inundation of wa- 
ter, 7°50 no. 1; the falling of seed, M"BD 
no. 2; the falling off of hair, Pi. mBy, 
PMBO, mygoR. 

2. to anoint sc. by pouring oil upon a 
person; comp. 302, Syr. wx to pour, 
Aph. to anoint as bishop.—1 Sam. 2, 36 
MAEIDT ΓΝ ΤῸΝ N2 "IMO anoint me (put 
me), 7 pray thee, into one of the priests’ 
offices. Hence 

3. to spread out, as water poured out 
is spread; Ethiop. f1<h to expand, to 
spread. See Pu. and art. mingo2 cush- 
ions. 

4, With 53 to pour upon, i.e. to add, 
to adjoin ; see Niph. and Hithp. In this 
way the signif. of adding together or ad- 
joining found in these conjugations, is 


readily reconciled with the certain one ° 


of pouring. 

Nipu. to adjoin oneself to another, c. 
ἘΦ; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14,1 ὃν ἩΓΙΒΌ 3" 
— ma and shall adjoin ἐόν lo 
the house of Jacob, add themselves to it. 
Parall. my>3. Sept. προστεϑήσεται. 

Piet ΠΒῸ and πρῶ 1. to pour out 
strong drink; Hab. 2, 15 Fmen neo 
who pourest out thy glow, sc. of wine as 
heating and intoxicating. Targ. pdt. 

2. to make flow out or fall off sc. the 
hair by disease, scab. ete. hence i. q. to 
make bald the head Is. 3,17; comp. in 
Kal no. 1. 

Puat tobe poured out, i.e. to lie pros- 
trate ; so of the poor of the people, Job 
30, 7 3MgO7 baIM MMM under the thorn- 
bushes the y lie prostrate, stretched out. 


730 


{BO 

Hirup. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph. 
ὁ. 3, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have driven me 
out this day ™" rbma mene from ad- 
joining myself to the inheritance of Je- 
hovah, from abiding in it. Targ. and 
Vulg. habitare. 

Deriv. see in Kal πο. 1. 


MIB f. scurf, scab, mange, so called 
from the flowing or falling off of the ‘ 
hair, Lev. 13,2. 14,56. Comp. Piel ney 
in r. MED. 

"ED Sippai, see 40 no. 3. 

FIDO τη. (r. MDD) pr. ‘what is poured 
out,’ effusum. Hence 

1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14 
19. 

2. the self-sown, what grows of itself, 
i.e. grain produced spontaneously from 
the self-sown kernels of the former year, 
without new seed, Lev. 25, 5.11. 2 K. 
19, 29. Is. 37, 30. Comp. wend. Sept. 


τὰ αὐτόματα. 


MIMD f. (τ. ἸΞῸ) α ship, spec. with a 
deck, once Jon. 1,5. Syr. and Arab. id. 


“PEO m. (τ. "BO) sapphire, a species 
of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10. 
Ez. 1, 26. 10,1), so called from its beauty 
and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39,11. Job 
28, 6.16. Plur. o™"pd Cant. 4. 14. 15. 


54, 11.—Syr. Ham, Chald. "80, 12 50," 
Gr. σάπφειρος. 


. 25D obsol. root, prob. i. q. haw, 
bp. to be low, depressed. Hence 

22D m. a dish, bowl, found only in 
Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. Ὡς no. 2, id, 
Chald. Talmud. id. 


ε Ἐ SEO fut. BD", once jEU Deut. 33, 
19; pr. 10 cover, comp. the kindred 2x. 
Hence 

1. 10 cover with beams or rafters, to 
roof, with two acc. 1 K. 6, 9. 

2. to cover with boards, to wainscot, to 
ceil, 1K. 7,3. 7. Jer. 22,14. Hagg. 1, 4. 

3. to cover over, i.e. to hide, to pre- 
serve ; only Part. pass. {50 hidden, pre- 
served ; Deut. 33, 19 bin! ΔΩ ΒΩ, 
566 ἴῃ τὶ 720 Καὶ. Deut. 33,91 “1p Sa 

FEO PRD mpor ow he saw. . that 
there the portion of (assigned by) the 
lawgiver was preserved ; here j*8O does 
not agree in gender with mpSN to which 


peo 


it belongs, comp. Gen. 49, 15; see Lehrg. 
p. 721. 
Deriv. BD, "278d. 


: ὮΞΟ a root of uncertain signif. 
whence 92 threshhold, dish. 

Hirupo. Eine denom. from 9, fo 
stand or wait on the threshold, Ps.84, 11. 


+1. P29, rarely pbw see Hiph. and 
Pew; fut. PbO; το strike, to smite with 
the hand so as to make a noise, to clap ; 
comp. Engl. to spank. Arab. ς §iw 
and , διάκο id.—Spec. a) 7. 9 Ὁ lo 
smite upon the thigh, a gesture of self- 
reproach, Jer. 31, 19; ἼΣΟΝ Ez. 21, 17. 
Comp. II. 12. 162. ib. 15. 397. Od, 13. 
198. Ὁ) o1B2d-Mx PEd ἰ0 smite the palins 
together, to clap the hands, in indigna- 
tion Num. 24, 10; in derision. c. ἘΣ Lam. 
2,15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have 
Ὁ instead of ©. Also without 0°22 Job 
34, 37. 0) to smile in chastisement, 
spoken of God, Job 34, 26. 

Hiew. prsen ον, 3, to strike hands 
with any one, Is. 2,6. This may refer 
to covenants, or to traffic and other in- 
tercourse. 

Deriv. pBe. 

*]1. PED and pW 1K. 20, 10. 

1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26. 
’ Syr. Pa. id. 

2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10. 
Chald. peo, Syr. 2a, id—The pri- 
mary idea, whence have arisen both 


significations, seems to be that of abun- 
dance, redundancy. Hence 


PPS m.c. suff’ ἸΡΞΌ, sufficiency, abun- 
dance, Job 20, 22. 


* BD) fut. abo" 1. Pr. to scratch, to 
scrape. Chald. "80 to scrape, to shave ; 
Syr. Pa. pan id. Ethpa. to be shaven, 


shorn; "2D ἵρβο a barber; Arab. yim 


to scrape, to sweep, whence pies a rasp. 
—From the idea of scraping may come 
i that of polishing, and hence of sparkling, 
‘see ""BO, "DY ; but this is not certain. 
2. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in 
letters ; comp. γράφω to write, also ΞΩΞ, 
tn>, which all come from the idea of 
cutting in, graving. It is less usual than 
ΓΞ, and is found only in Parr. "BD a 


731 


“ΞΟ 


writer, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36,3; MOP 
spon a writer’s ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3 
Spec. a) 4230 78d the king’s scribe, 
secretary, an officer of state who wrote 
the royal edicts, etc. 2K. 12,11, 2 Chr, 
24,11; so xur ἐξοχήν “BOM the scribe 
2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. J Chr. 24, 


6. Is. 36, 3. 37,2; also without art. "BD 


2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16. 
Sometimes several scribes are mention- 
ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9; comp. 
Jer. 36, 33. b) α mililary scribe or tri- 
bune, who had charge of the conscription 
and muster-rolls, muster-master, 2 K. 25, 
19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18. 
So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge 
of the public prison. Genr. of a mili- 
tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab. 


OS 
eas: to levy a conscription, Rar an 


army so levied. c) In the later books, a 
scribe, γραμματεύς, one skilled ia the sa- 
cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32. 
Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7,6 Ezra was a scribe 
(7B NIM) skilled in the law of Moses. 
So as a title of Ezra, Neh. 8, 1 sq. 12, 
26. 36. Ezra 7,11. Syr. } am, Arab. 
S38, ia. 

3. Fut. 920", fo count, to number, perh, 
by marking down or checking each one ; 
Gen. 15,5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut. 
16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139,18. So to number 
one’s steps, i. e. diligently to observe’ 
him, Job 14, 16. 31,4; to number a peo- 
ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6. 

Nien. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be num- 
bered 1 Chr. 23,3. Often 257 "Bd" ND 
it shall not be numbered for multitude, 
i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32, 
13. 1K. 3, 8. 8,5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 

Piet "8d, fut. Bo" 1. i. q. Kal no. 
3, to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6. 
Job 38, 37. 

2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de- 
clare, Job 15, 17. Jer. 23. 28. With ace. 
of thing and > of pers. Gen. 24, 66. 29, 


13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6, 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job 


12,8. al. δ of pers. Gen. 37, 10; "2382 
Ex, 10,2 ; 5 of pers. and 53 of thing Joel 
1, 8; Ἐκ of thing, Ps. 2, 7 PA->R MTBON 
I will declare concerning the decree. 69, 
27. Often spec. to recount with praise, 


|. to celebrate, e. g. the name of God Ex. 


EO 


9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (Ὁ of pers.) 102,22; also 
his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21; 
his glory Ps. 19, 2. 96,3; his works and 
deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145, 6; his 
wondrous acts Ps. 9, 2. 26,7. 75, 2.— 
Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare 
ἐξ sc. wisdom in and through his works. 

3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak. to 
discourse ; Is. 43, 26 P3xM ἸΣῺ9. "BD 
speak, that thou mayest be justified. Ps. 
64, 6. 73, 15. 

Pua pass. of Piel no. 2, to be recount- 
ed, told, Hab. 1,5; > of pers. Is. 52, 15. 
Job 37,20; > of pers: and thing Ps. 22. 31. 

Deriv. MED, MBO, mgd, ὙΒΌ, 
"Bo, and the four Sows: ἜΡΛΛΑΣΒΑ 


"BO Chald.m. 1. a scribe, secretary, 
who accompanied the satrap or govern- 
or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23. 
See Hoot. 3. 128. 

2. a scribe, γραμματεύς, skilled in the 
sacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12. 
21. See r. 920 Kal no, 2. ο. 


"PO m. (r. 7ED) c. suff. “2d, plur. 
pw5D, constr. EO. 

1. writing, Syr. (pan, i.e. a) The 
art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11, 12 
MEO Στ acquainted with writing, able 
toreadand write. Ὁ) Kindof writing; 
Dan. 1, 4 Diep 1555) "RO the writing 
(letters) and language of the Chaldeans. 
v. 17. 

2. a writing, whatever is written, as 
a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq. 
a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31, 
35; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1.3; es- 
pec. an epistle, letter, 2 Sam, 11, 14. 2 
K. 10, 6. Plur. 5°80 letters, epistles, 
1K. 21, 8. 2 K. 10,1. Esth. 1, 22; also 
as in Engl. letters for a single epistle, 2 
Κ, 19, 14. Is. 37, 14. 39, 1. So Syr. 
[gem for sing. τὸ βίβλιον Heb. 9, 19. 

3. a book, as written; Syr. ἴρβῶ, 


§° 
Arab. ype id. Ex.17,14. Deut. 28, 58. 


29, 20. 26. 1 Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al. 
Books were anciently written on rolls, 
comp. Is. 34,4; hence more fully mbx9 
“ED roll of’ book Jer. 36,2. 4. Ez. 2, 9. 
Often with genit. of the contents, as "BD 
rvinn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8, 
34. 2 K. 22, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 34, 14; “Po 
mar} the book of the covenant Ex. 24, 7. 


732 


“ἘΟ 


2 K. 23, 2.21; m°2bam Hd the book of 
the kings 2 Chr. 16, 11. 24, 27; "BD 
nv 253 the book of chronicles, an- 
nals, see 33 no. 2; Mabe} "735 7BD the 
book of the acts of ‘Solomon 1K. 11, 41; 

sim Ὁ the book of the upright, see in 
ach no. 3. Also nty minbim "BO the 
book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5, 
1; o%M Ὃ the book of the living, i. 6. of 
eee destined to life, the book of life 
which is with God, Ps, 69, 29, comp. 
Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15; called also 
the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139, 
16.—But "9 "Bd the book of Jehovah Is. 
34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection 
of sacred books, oracles: and so too 
m™por Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred 
books, scriptures, into which the writings 
of Jeremiah had already been received. 
lished "ED xat ἐξοχήν Is, 29, 18, and 


"gd M239 Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law; 


like Arab. SLIT the Scriptures, Kor. 
2.50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also the 
Koran. 

“BO Chald. m. plur. j°750, a book, 
i. q. Heb. "89, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15. 


“5D m. 1. a numbering, census, 2 
Chr. 2,16. R,. 7&0. 

2. Sephar, pr. n. of an Arabian city 
coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30; for 
which passage see in SW. There can 
be little doubt, that "£0 is the earlier 
jab Dhafar or Zafar, Bochart Geogr. 
Sacer. II. 6. 30; now called by the natives 
Isfar, ject, plants an ancient mari- 
time city, the seat of the Himyaritic 
kings, situated in Hadramaut not far 
from the port of Mirbat ; where its ex- 
tensive ruins are still seen. See ἘΠ, 
Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. T. 
V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236, 
Plin. H. Ν. VI. 23 or 26. 


‘T7159 Sepharad, pr. n. of a region to 


-7 3 


which exiles were carried from Jerusa- 
lem, Obad, 20. Syr. Chald. and the 
Rabbins, by conjecture, Spain. Jerome 
says: 


rum sic vocari; et quasi Judeus, ista, 
inquit, est regio, ad quam Hadrianus 
captivos transtulit.’ That the district 
Sepharad is indeed to be sought some- 


where in the region of the Bosphorus, 


“Nos autem ab Hebreo, qui nos, 
in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus Bospho-’ 


“ES 


has recently been confirmed by a paleo- 
graphic discovery. In the celebrated 
cuneiform inscription containing a list 
of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31 
lett. I), after Assyria, Gordyene, Arme 
nia, Cappadocia, and before Jonia or 
Greece, is found the name CPaRDa, as 
read both by Burnouf and Lassen, and 
this was recognised also by De Sacy 
as the ΠΡΌ of Obad. 20; see Burnouf 
Mémoire sur deux Inscr. cunéiformes, 
1836. p. 147. It was therefore a district 
and people of western Asia Minor, or at 
least near toit. [In his later researches 
Lassen identifies it with Sardis ; Zeit- 
sehr. ἢ ἃ. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson 
reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p. 
i—R. 


MIED ἢ (Ὁ. 92D) a book, i. g. "BO, Ps. 
56, 9. 


MIDS Γ (τ. NED) number, plur. minkd 
Ps. 71, 15. 


Ὁ ΣΌ 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 
36, 19. 37, 13, Sepharvaim, pr. n. of a 
city of the Assyrian empire, whence 
colonists were brought into the territory 
of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo- 
tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east 
bank of the Euphrates above Babylon. 
The gentile noun plur. is 5°80 Se- 
pharvites 1 K. 17, 31. 


MHD (scribe, τ. 959, with a fem. end- 
ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p. 
468,) Sophereth, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 7, 57; 
and with the art. Ezra 2, 55. 


* PD to stone, to pelt with stones, a 
species of capital punishment among the 
Hebrews, as to which see the decisions 
of the Rabbins in C. B. Michaelis Dis- 
sert. de judiciis peenisque capitalibus 
ὃ δ, in Pott Syll. IV. p. 185. The signi- 
fication of stoning, however, would seem 
hardly to be the primary one, especially 
since in Piel it has also the sense to free 
Srom stones. The origin seems to lie 


79° 

in the root >pwi, ad, to be weighty, 
heavy, whence the obsol. form 55Ὁ 
stone, so called from its weight, and 
from this the denom. verb >p> to stone, 
Piel id. and to free from stones.—Conatr. 
with acc. of pers. Ex. 19,13.21,28. 1Sam. 
30,6. 1 K.21 10. al. Often with the 

62 


733 


“Ὁ 


word 5383 added, Deut. 13, 11. 17, 5. 
22, 24. al. “Comp. syn. 03°. 

Nira. pass. to be stoned, Ex. 19, 13. 
21, 28 sq. 

Piet 1. i. q. Kal ἐο stone, to pelt with 
stones, 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13. 

2. Priv. like Engl. to stone, i. e. to free 
Srom stones, to gather out the stones from 
a field, Is. 5,2; with jax added 62, 10, 
Comp. Heb. Gramm. § 51. 2. c. 

Puat pass. to be stoned, 1K. 21, 14. 15. 


"Ὁ m. adj. (τ. 50) fA. 1. refrac- 
tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. "Ὁ 
no. 1. 

2. evil, spoken of the countenance, i. 6. 
sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 5. 
See the root no. 2, 


A 270 obsol. root, Chald. 290 to be 
refractory, rebellious ; whence 


279 m. (for 250, of the form dup) 
refractory, rebellious ; Eiz.2,6 ΘΖ 52 
six O72bO} chough they be rebels and 
thorns toward thee ; Targ. (93703, ὅν. 
ee) .—Some of the Rabbins have 
rendered 0°3"0 briers, and Castell im 
Heptagl. nettles, (comp. 20 to singe, 
to burn,) but the common interpretation 
is properly defended by Celsius in Hie- 
rob. II. p. 222. 


4 2270 Chald. quadrilit. to cover, as: 
with a garment, flesh, fat,see Buxtorf. col. 
1548. Derived perh. from Chald. 52m 
to bear, as 5292 from >3>.—Hence 


"2270 Chald. m. plur.(Kamets im~ 
pure) sarabala, a kind of garment; ei- 
ther long and wide trowsers, such as are: 
still worn by the Orientals ; or cloaks; 
mantles ; Dan. 3, 21. 27.—The former 
meaning, trowsers, is supported by Dan.. 


8 ο ? --— 
11. cox: “Arab. ὌΝ plar. dasha» 
Pers. by transpos. ply id. whence Gr.. 


σαράβαρα, σαράβαλλα, Lat. sarabara, 
saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span. zara- 
guelles, Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal- 
wary, Pol. scharmvari ; see Frahnad Ibn 
Foszlan p. 112sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch. 
I. Ὁ. Ixxx.—The other meaning, mantles, 
is supported by the usage of the Gemara, 
ip which 53°09 is often put for cloak ; by 


the Arabic form Sip, witich is de= 


37d 


fined in the Camoos to be a long shirt, 
or coat of mail,.or any other garment; 
and by the Syr. eee which is ex- 
plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks, 
mantles.—T here can be little doubt that 
‘aro, Jw, jic;s, are Semitic 
words, from r. 5370; and altogether 
different from Zend. sdravdro, Pers. 
lye, Gr. caguSuga, Arab. Storm, 
i.e. Persian trowsers. Hence, while the 
context affords no clue to determine the 
meaning, the orthography with 3 fa- 
vours the latter, cloaks, mantles. 


PAI (perh. Pers. δ395΄ prince 
of the sun) Sargon, pr. n. of a king 
of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib, 
716-714 B.C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18, 
7. Jer. 37, 38. 


_¢ 
* JD obsol. root, Syr. 25” to fear, 
to tremble ; hence 


‘TIO (fear) Sered, pr.n. m. Gen. 46, 14. 
Patronym. "379 Sardite Num. 26, 26. 


MID f(r. 0) pr. a going off, turn- 
ing away. Hence 

1. defection trom Jehovah, apostasy, 
Deut. 13, 6. Is. 1,5, 31,6. 59, 13. Jer. 
28, 16. 29, 32. 

2. transgression of law, fault, crime, 
Dent. 19, 16. 

3. cessation, remission, of chastise- 
ment, Is. 14, 6. 


MD (recessio, r. “30) Sirah, pr. ἢ. of 
a cistern 2 Sam. 3, 26. 


Ὁ ΓΦ 1. to pour forth, to diffuse, 
to spread, i. q. Arab. , see Diss, 


Lugdd. p. 700 sq.—Part. pass. [0 
poured forth, trop. extended, stretched, 
upon a couch, Am. 6,4.7. Arab. om 


VIL, id.—Intrans. part. fem. Ez. 17, 6 
ὉΠ Ὁ ΞΔ a spreading vine. 

2. to hang over, spoken of a curtain Ex. 
26, 12. Part. pass. M970 hung over, hang- 
ing over, v. 13. Ez. 23, 15 Ὁ "3 "m7 
hanging down with turbans, wearing long 
turbans hanging down from the head. — 

Nipu. to be poured out ; metaph. Jer. 
49, 7 omesn ΠῚ δ is their wisdom 
poured out? i.e. spilled, lost; comp. Is. 
19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7.—Hence 


734 


qo 


TIO τῇ. superfiuity, redundance ; 
concer. superfluous part, remainder, Ex. 
26, 12. 


ΤῸ ig. 119, α coat of mail, Jer. 
46, 4. 51, 3. 


OMS τὰ. (τ. ὉΠ) constr. O°; plur. ἡ 
D'O™"D, constr. "O70, once "0775 Gen. 
40,7; c. suff. "OS Gen. 40,2; a eunuch, 
one castrated, Is. 56, 8. 4. Syr. [opm 


Such persons oriental monarchs were 
accustomed to set over their harems, 
Esth. 2, 3. 14. 15. 4,5; and also to em- 
ploy them in various offices of the court, 
Esth. 1, 10. 15. 2,21. 6, 2. 7,9; comp. 
Gen. 40,2 7. 2K. 20,18. Is.39,7. Dan. 
1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So 
peo" 39 Dan. 1, 3, ΘΟ AW v. 7 
sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, whe 
had charge of the king’s sons, as at the 
present day in Turkey the Hislar Aga 
or chief of the eunuchs has charge of 
the Sultan's children, called Jishoglan. 
—Hence according to some, genr. a mi- 
nister of court, court officer, though not 
castrated, Gen. 37, 36. 39,1. But these 
passages determine nothing; because 
many eunuchs are not wholly impotent, 
and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter. 
Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin 
Voy. III. p. 397. Of'the other passages 
of the O. T. there are not a few where 
the proper sense is obviously to be re- 
tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41, 16. 1 Sam. 8, 
15. 2K. 24, 12, 15. Is. 39,7. On the 
other hand, there is no passage where 
the proper sense is not appropriate, as 
1K, 22, 9. 2K. 8, 6, 9, 32. 20,18. 23.11. 
25,19. 1 Chr. 28,2. Jer. 34, 19. 52, 25. 
Sept. constantly εὐνοῦχος! twice σπάδων, 
Vulg. ewnuchus. See more in Thesaur-. 
p- 973. 


JI or x20 Chald. only in plur.. 
77270, a high officer of the Persian court, 
a minister, president, spoken of the three 
highest ministers, Dan. 6, 3, 4. 5. 7. 8. 
In Targg. 8290, 3279, plur. 77279, 
is put for the Heb. "2 prefect, magis- 
trate, as Gen, 41, 41. Esth, 2, 13.—The 
etymology is uncertain, but seems to 
come from Zend sara (gara) head, 
and suff. ka; as Sanser. sirastha chief: 
prefect, from siras head i-q. sara; Ben- 
fey Monathsnamen p. 193. 


Ἢ 735 


- $99 only in plur. 5°99, constr. "279. 

1. azles, 1 K. 7, 30. Syr. (ap id, 

ΤΕ x70 wheel. The etymology is 
uncertain. 

2. Metaph. princes, lords, a word pe- 
culiar to the five chiefs of the Philistines, 
Josh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16, 5 sq. 1 Sam. 
5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. al.—Comp. Arab. 


> 
bs axis, pole; metaph. prince, q. d. 
the axis round which a people revolve. 
i d79 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr. 
δ (denom. from 87) to root out, to 
extirpate, spec. the testicles, and hence, 
to castrate, Syr. and Chald. mh 


D720, to castrate. Hence 0°70 nen 


one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu- 
nuch; and also the secondary verb 


eye impotens ad Venerem fuit. 


—-FIBPIO £ (τ. HED) α bough, branch, 
i. q. ABD, the letter " being inserted, 
Ez. 31,5. Syr. woh germinavit. 


*¢0 in Kal not used, i. q. 928 
to burn, to consume with fire. Syr. 
ar 

Piex part. 970% lit. the burner sc. of 
the dead, he who kindled the funeral 
pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done 
by the nearest of blood; comp. Gen. 25, 
9. 35, 29. Judg. 16, 31.—But 23 codd. 
Kennic. and several of De Rossi ex- 
hibit ΠΏ. 


“IBNO m. Is. 55, 13, a species of plant 
growing in the desert, Engl. vers. brier, 
Sept. Theodot. κόνυζα, Vulg. urtica, i.e. 
nettle. This last, the netlle, accords 
well with the etymology, whether we 
regard “870 as from r. ᾿ΒῸ to smite, 
with Ἢ inserted; or, better, as made up 
from 520 to burn, and 420 to smite, to 
sting—Simonis compares Syr. {am 
white mustard; and this has recently 
been again brought forward by Ewald 
in his Heb. Grammar. But this is from 
the Pers. saw white, and cannot well 
be regarded as contracted from 7570. 


 * "ND once Hos. 4, 16; elsewhere 
only in the participle. 
1. to be refractory, rebellious, intract- 


“Ind 


able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani- 
mals; kindr. with "80. Parr. “710, 
f. md, My, refractory, stubborn, 
perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos, 
4, 16; of a disobedient son Deut. 21, 
18, 20. Is. 30, 1; of a lewd woman 
casting off all restraint Prov. 7, 11; of 
men disobedient towards God, Hos. 4, 
16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65,2. Plur. S*y7%0 
the rebellious, spec. of gentile nations, 
who reject God, Ps, 66,7. 68,7.19. As- 
cribed also to the heart Jer. 5, 23; to 
the shoulder, see in }M2 no. 1. Parono- 
masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer. 
6, 28 EID "IO rebellious of the rebel- 
osu, i.e. most rebellious. 

2. to be bad, evil, i. q. Arab, ais. 
Hence "0 no. 2. 

Deriv. "0. 


ἜΤ obsol. root, Arab. Led, Syr. 
Aph. ὥδουΐ, fo winter, though these per- 
haps are denominatives.—Hence 

IHD m. (form like 22) winter, Cant. 
2, 11, where Keri "mo is probably a 
corrupted form after the analogy of the 
suff. m—. Chald.1mo, smd. Syr. fone, 


~- Soe 
Arab. 2% plur. Spies, id. 
“PO (hidden, r."Md) Sethur, pr. n. 


of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
Asher, Num. 13, 13. 


* DMO, once ONY Lam. 3, 9; fut. 
pho” , imper. bho. 

¥ to stop up, to ‘obstruct, as fountains 2 
K. 3. 19. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph. 
Lam. 8. 9 ἼΣΘΙ ony he stops my prayer, 
shuts it out.—Chald. ΤῸ to shut up, 
Arab. id. The primary syllable 
is OM, OY, whence Chald. D320, 5D, 


bose, Syr. Arab. yoke, . 5, to stop 
a well, Heb. t2m to close up, to finish ; 
and with a guttural prefixed ΘΝ, SO, 
enn, oon. 

2. to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8, 


- 26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass. °7O hidden, 


kept secret, Ez. 28, 3. Ps. 51, 8. 

Nipn. to be stopped, repaired, e..g. the 
breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 

Piet. i. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26, 15, 18. 


* “Ὧν fat. θα, fo cover, to veil, see 
Hiph. no. 1, and 72 no.1; then 10 hide 


“nd 


to conceal. Chald. "n> id. Syr. sie 
to protect, 1s veil, hiding-place, se- 
cret. Arab. * rapt ΡΝ 


ΠῚ, to hide ; pu and aw veil, , ia 


* shield. —In Kal once imtrans. to hide one- 
self, fat. "MO" Prov. 22, 3 Cheth. where 
Keri "m3. 

Nien. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3, 
£23 to a man ΤΠ i07 ὩΣ to whom 
his way is hid, who knows not how to 
escape from calamities, With 12 (xa- 
«λύπτεσϑαι ἀπό τινος, comp. 72 πο. 3. b) 
to be hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40, 
‘27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid 
_from one another, when we shall be far 
distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job 
28,21. With 72°22, Hos. 13, 14 repent- 
-ance is hidden from mine eyes, i. e. is 
unknown to me. Is. 65, 16; "252 (Lat. 
-eccultari a conspectu alic. Plaut.) Deut. 
"7, 20; “3ΕΒῸ Jer. 16, 17; 1322 Am. 9, 3. 
Piwe: plur. f, minnoa hidden things, se- 
-crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; ; spec. hidden sins, 
i. €. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19, 
13.—Followed by another verb, it may 
be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like 
Gr. λανϑάνω ; Num. 5,13 τὰ 231 MIMO? 
-and she be secretly defiled. 

2. Reflex. to cover oneself ; Is. 28. 15 
“pw. 129Md) we have covered ourselves 
up in lies, wrapped ourselves in them. 
Hence, to hide oneself, Jer. 36,19. Zeph. 
:2,3; with 3 of place, or 83, 1 Sam. 20, 
5. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22; 18 Ps, 
.55, 13; "2872 Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of 
‘God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. q. 
"2 “"MoM ; see Hiph. no. 1. Ὁ. 

τ Pret to hide a person for protection, 

‘Is. 16, 3. 

Pua part. fem. M302 hidden, secret, 
‘Prov. 27, 5. 

Hien. 1. to cover, to veil, espec. the 
face, Ex. 3,6. With 32 from any per- 
‘son or thing; Is. 50,6 7 covered not my 
face from reproach and spitting. Is. 53, 
3 523% ἘΔ “MDVD. as one covering his 
face from us, se. for shame, as affected 
with an evil disease ; "M072 part. of the 
Chald. form for ἜΤΙ Ὁ. which is read in 
4Mss. Others: as one from whom men 
hide their faces, taking the part. as im- 
personal ; this gives a good sense, but 
the construction is less easy.— Spec. 


736 


nod 


Jehovah is said to cover or veil his face, 
"28 "MoM, also Ὁ. WHOM Is. 5Y, 2, 
comp. Job 34, 29; e.g. a) Where he 
is said not to febard human affairs Ps, 
10, 11; ο. 72, Ps. 51,11 cover (“mon, q.d. 
turn away) thy face from my sins, i. 6. 

regard them not, forgive them. δ) In 
token of displeasure opp. 722 “"NM see 
p- 25, and’ "28 δἰ 59 p. 695. With ja 
Deut. 31, 17. 32, 20. Ps. 13, 2 how long 
wilt thou veil thy face foo me? 22, 25 
he doth not veil his face from him sc. the 
afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9. 
102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33, 5. Ez. 39,23 sq. 
al. sep. So without 2 Deut. 31, 18. 
Ps. 30, 8. 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13, 24 
34, 29 when he veileth his fuce, who can 
behold him? i. e. if he be displeased, 
who can be admitted to his presence ? 
the figure being drawn from the custom 
of kings and princes, who admit only 
those whom they favour. So with 528 
impl. Is. 57, 17 I smote him (the people) 
covering my face, and I was wroth— 
Once the sins of men are said to veil the 
face of God, i. 6. to avert his favour, Is. 
59, 2. 

2. to hide, to conceal a pers. or thing, 
Job 14, 13. Prov. 25,2. Spec. a) For 
protection and safety from persecutors, 
etc. Jer. 36, 26. 2 Chr. 22, 12; with 5 
of place Ps. 17, 8. Is. 49. 2 Ps, 31, 91. - 
27,5; with jo, "282. 2 K. 11, 2. Ps. 64, 
3. Is. 50,6. b) tohidea thing froin any 
one, not to let him know it, with 3% of 
pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 28, 15. Ps. 119/19; 
c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any 
one, i. 6. to avert it; Job 3, 10 "moO 

"3°52 523; comp. Niph. Is. 65, 16 and 
ne>Job 33, 17. 

Hrrwpa. “mor to hide oneself 1 Sam. 
23, 19. 26, 1. Ps. 54,2. Is. 45, 15 truly 
thou art "HNO? θὲς a God hiding thyself, 
whose secret counsels none can compre- 
hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the 
prudent shall hide itself, i. e. shall van- 
ish away, disappear. 

Deriv. "MO, MINS, “MOB, Who, 
pr. ἢ. “APO, TMD. 

"MO Chald. Pa. 1. fo hide. Part. 
pass. plur. f sp9mMo3 hidden things, se- 
crels, Dan, 2, 22. 

2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide 
away, to remove out of sight, comp. 7MD 
ands9n2n. In Targ. often. Syr. Pe. id 


“mo 


“HO m. (Ὁ. 9) in pause "MD Deut. 
27, 15. 24; c. suff. "Ho. plur. SN. 

1. a covering, veil ; Syr. Arab. id. see 
in τ. 0 Kal, Job 22, 14535 15 Sng 8.25 
thick clouds are a covering to him, 80 
that he seeth not. 24, 15 9°07 5°38 “τῷ 
he maketh his face a veil, i. e. veils his 
face. Ps. 81,8 52 "MOB in the veil of 
thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12. 

2. acovert, shelter ; Ps. 27,5 >A "NO 
the covert of his tabernacle. 61, 5. Is. 32, 
2. Trop. protection, defence, Is. 16, 4. 
28, 17. Ps. 31, 21. 91,1. Hence God is 
said to be-a covert, sheller, protection, 
Ps. 32, 7. 119, 114. 


Ain, ὋΣ eye, the sixteenth letter of 
the Hebrew alphabet. as a numeral de- 
noting 70. Compare its figure © in the 
Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek 
Omicron. 

While the Hebrew was a living lan- 
guage, this letter, which is peculiar to 
the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi- 
cult for our organs to pronounce, seems 
to have had, like M, a twofold pronunci- 
ation, which the Arabians distinguish by 
adiacritical point, ¢ Ain, ᾧ Ghain. The 
one apparently was only a guttural im- 
pulse of the breath, like the letter &, but 
more forcible, so as to resemble the 
sound of a in father, or short e when ut- 
tered furtively or as if abruptly ejected 
from the throat. Hence the Greek inter- 
preters have sometimes represented it 
by the smooth and rough breathings.and 
sometimes also by expressing the furtive 
vowels, as P22> “μαλήκ, 2D “Hii, 739 
“EBoaios, swin Move, D255 Τελβουέ, ἊΣ 
sig, see Orig. ad Gen. 28, 19, in Montf. 
Hexapl. II. p. 397. On the other hand 
the harder Ain, which the Arabs call 


Ghain, was a harsh sound uttered from | 


the bottom of the throat, accompanied 
by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as 
nearly to resemble the letter 7 when 
uttered abruptly with a strong rolling. 
This the Seventy have apa repre- 


sented by the letter 7, as ΓΗ͂Σ τὲ τ Pat, 


737 9 


3. a hiding ; then a hiding-place, 
place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25. 20; so 
"Moa in a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2, 
Ps. 139, 15.—Also, something hidden, a 
secret, secrecy ; Judg. 3,19 "NO "34 a 
secret message. Prov. 9, 17 πον ἘΠῚ 
bread of secrecies, to be eaten in ‘secret. 
Often "mea in secret. secretly, Sept. 
χρυφῆ, Deut. 13,7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job 
13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al. 


MIMO f. (τ. MNO) i. ᾳ. Ἴ no. 2, pro- 
tection, Deut. 32, 38, 


VINO (for προ protection of Jeho- 
vah, τ. Ὁ) Sithri, pr. ἢ, m. Ex. 6, 22. 


Mrvy Γόμοῤῥα, “ΣῚΣ r Σόγορα, "> Γαΐ, 
bard Τεβάλ. See De Sacy Gr. Arabe 
I. § 45,46. Hence it happens, tliat seve- 
ral Hebrew roots comprise what are 
strictly two roots of different significa- 
tion; one of which is written in Arabic 
with the letter & and the other with & 


a 
as >>> (ke to drink a second time, to 


Gee 
glean, and 555 (\é to insert, to enter; 
also "A9, D>d, boy, ΠΩΣ, 329. In 
other instances, the various powers of 
one and the same root are distinguished 
by the Arabs in the manner of pro- 


nouncing; 6. g. V2 i. q. re to bind 
closely together, and also i. q. ye to 
serve, to worship; see in "o>. 

The softer pronunciation of > seems to 
have been the most frequent among the 


Hebrews; as also among the Arabs the 
letter ¢ is far more frequent than é 


For this reason > is very often inier- 
changed with &, or, to speak more accu- 
rately, > is often softened into &, see p. 
1; also in the middle of words, when 
preceded by a Sheva. > is often dropped, 
like δὲ and τ, as >z2 contr. 53, "32 
contr. "2; to which” we may also ‘refer 
πρῶ for nspu2 Am. 8, 8, and 12> for 
tes Ps. 28, 8.—On the outiet hand the 
harder > was kindred in sound: a) To 
the guttural M, as ὨΣΊ, P2d; WSF, ἜΣΘ, 


aa 


ay 738 


"32. Also to the letter 5, 7, by which 
indeed many express the Arabic Ghain, 
as 03% and 629 to polish. Ὁ) To the 
palatal letters, as 4, 2, ἢ. which see 
respectively, and compare "ὩΣ and "ND 
to surround ; 533 (833) and 533, 432, to 
boil up; Chald. 8398 and NPN earth; 
ΞῸΦ ὅπὰ paw. c) The letter > is also 
very frequently interchanged with 7, in 
such a way that for the Hebrew 7 we 
find in Aramean 3, i. 6. the sibilant 
being dropped, and nothing but a guttu- 
ral impulse of breath remaining, as jNS 


wl LS flock; ΥῈΣ δ) εἴ NTN 


earth; "2% {po wool. 
nature and cause of this permutation, 
Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33. 


I. 39 τὰ. (τ. 232) a term of architec- 
ture, a threshold, slep, i. e. a projection 
or offset, perh. collective, forming the 
ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7,6. Ez. 41, 
25. Plur. 0°23 v. 26, as if from a sing. 
a>. Targ. well in 1K. 7, 6 NMBIPO 
thresholds. Vulg. episty lisse: architrave, 
‘against the context in both places; al- 
‘though such is the poverty of the He- 
‘brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb. 
“32 may perhaps have comprehended 
the epistyle. This is also favoured by 
ithe etymology from 332 10 cover, q. v. 


II. 59 comm. gend. (m. Is. 19, 1. Ecce. 
41,3; ΕΓ 1K. 18, 44.) constr. 3> Prov. 
16, 15. Is. 18, 4, once 32 Ex. 19, 9; plur. 
ὌΠ ΞΡ, constr. "=3, twice miz> 2 Sam. 
23, 4. Ps. 77,18. R. 33>. 

1. darkness, chiefly of clouds, Ex. 19, 
‘9 925m 3:3 in the darkness of a cloud. 
‘Ps. 18, 12 o"pMd 722 darkness of clouds. 
-—Hence 

2. a cloud, Is. 19,1. 25,5. al. > 55 
-a cloud of dew 1s. 18,4. Prov. 16, 15. 
‘Often collect. clouds Job 20, 6. 36,29. Is. 
‘14,14. Plur. Judg. 5,4. 1K. 18,45. Ps. 
104, 3. al. A cloud is put as an emblem 
‘of swift motion Is. 60,8 (comp. 19, 1); 
‘also of things evanescent Job 30, 15. Is. 
‘M4, 22. 

\ 3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. 5°33 
Jer. 4,29, Chald. Syr. id. 


ἈΦ see in ὉΨ 1. 
* 322 obsol. r. prob. to cover, to hide, 
ii. q. ot, xin, man. Hence 5 I. 


See on the 


729 


* 522 fut. 4522 1. tolabour, to work, 
to do work. Aram. ras, ἼΣΣ,, to make, 


i. ᾳ. Heb. ΠῸΣ ; Arab. Ruts to serve 
God, see no. 3, but Conj. Il to reduce to 


servitude, 4 servant; see Hiph. no. 

2. A. Schultens holds the primary idea 
to be that of subduing, depressing, ad 
Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly.—Ab- 
sol. Ex. 20,9 729m D727 rw six days 
shalt thou labour, opp. to M38. 34, 21, 
Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5,11. With acc. of 
land, etc. to work, e. g. to till the ground 
Gen. 2, 5. 3, 23. 4,2; a vineyard Deut. 
28, 39; a garden Gen. 2,15. So of'arti- 
sans, Is, 19, 9 ΘΒ “ISD the workers 
in linen. Ez. 48, 18 ἜΣΠΠ ΣΡ the work- 
men or labourer of the city. v.19. Ac- 
cus. impl. Deut. 15, 19 thou shalt not till - 
the ground with Θ the firstling of thy 
bullock. 

2. to work for another, to serve, Num. 
4, 37; 3 of price, Gen. 29, 20.25. Hos. 
12, 13. Ez. 29,20. Often with ace. of 
pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30, 
26. 31,6. 41. Ex. 21,6. Mal. 3,17; poet. 
of a beast Job 39,9; tS with any one 
Gen. 29, 25, 30. Lev. 25,40; "25> 2 Sam. 
16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp. 
nse 72>. With two acc. Gen. 30, 29 

WA ISS sox MX HSI" thou knowest what 
(how) Thave served thee. —Spoken not 
only of single persons, but also of na- 
tions, who serve their kings and princes 
Judg. 9, 28. 38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5,1. 
12,4. Ps. 18,44. Jer. 27, 7.9; or who 
are subject to other nations Gen. 15,14. 
25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (6. 3). 
2 Sam. 10, 19. Jer. 40, 9; also of kings 
who are tributary to others Gen, 14, 4. 
2K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13 
DMR AS DMIs and they (the lorbek 
ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians), 
and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians 
shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and 
object being changed. So too 723 02 
1K. 9, 21, see in 03.—Once fo serve any 
one is for simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7. 

3. to serve in a religious sense, i. e. to 
worship, to yield reverence and obedi- 
ence to, 6. g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. 7, 
16. 26. Josh. 24, 15, 18. Ps. 22, 31. Job 
21, 15. al. sep. Also idols Deut. 4,19. 
8, 19. 13, 7. 14. Judg. 10,10. 1K. 16, 31. 


49 


2K. 10, 18. al. So of asingle sacrifice 
or act of worship Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. Constr. 
with acc. rarely with > Judg. 2, 13, Jer. 
44,3. Acc. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36,11. 
Is. 19, 23. With two ace. to serve God 
with any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice, 
Ex. 10, 26; hence, the name of God 
being omitted, 234 M33 733 fo offer 
_ sacrifice and oblation, i.e. to serve (God) 
‘ with such offerings, Is. 19, 21. 

4. Causat. 2-732 i.g. T2331, to make 
serve, to impose service upon any one. 
Ley. 25, 39 332 ΓῚΞΡ iz TayMN"N> thou 
shalt not make him serve the service of a 
bondman. v. 46. Ex. 1, 14. Jer. 22, 13. 
34, 9.10. So of nations Jer, 25, 14. 27, 
7. 30,8. Ez. 34, 27. 

Νιρη. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a 
field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36, 9, 84. 

2. to be served, [ profited, as a king by 
his land, Ecc. 5, 8.—R. 

Ρυλω 1.i.q. Niph.no. 1, Deut. 21, 3; 
comp. 15, 19. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 4, Is. 14,3 the heavy 
service 32 722 “Xx which was imposed 
upon thee. For 722 we might expect 
mya>; but see Heb. Gram. § 140. 1. b. 

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
cause to work, to compel to labour, ο. ace. 
Ex. 1,13. 6,5. 2 Chr. 2,17.—Hence to 
weary with severe labour, to fatigue ; Is. 
43,23 Ihave not wearied thee with offering 
sacrifices ....24 ΛΩΝ ΌΓΙΞ AIBA FN 
but thou Nast wearied me with thy. sins. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
serve, Ez. 29, 18; to fecduce to servitude 
sc. a people Jer. 17, 4. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33. 

Horn. 72395 to be made to serve i. 6. 
to worship. Ex. 20,5 0322m 8> nor be 
made (led, driven) to serve them i.e. 
false gods. 23,24. Deut. 5,9. Hence 
to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of 
others, Deut. 13, 3. 

Deriv. 7332, and the doventeds here 
following. 


"22 Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb. 
mw no. 2, for which it is usually put in 
the Targums. Spec. a) fo make an 
amage Dan. 3,1. ΒΒ) to make, i. 6. to 
create the heavens and the earth Jer. 10, 

ll. 0) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1. 
a) to keep a festival Ezra 6,16. e) to 
make war Dan. 7,21. f) to do a law, 


739 


Ia? 


i.e. to keep it, Ezra 7,26; comp. migz 
no, 2.1, Also to do or perform miracles 
Dan. 3, 32. 6,28; to do or commit wrong 
Dan, 6, 23; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15. 
g) Genr. to do any thing, comp. NY no. 
3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32 [35] 
M132 99 what doest thou? spoken in in- 
vective. h) 3 132 todo with any one, 
sc. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35]; to do 
with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7, 
18; c. ἘΞ id. Ezra 6. 8. 

Irupe. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4, 
19. 7, 26. With a noun following, Dan. 
3,29 7357 [23M let him be made pieces, 
be cut in pieces, see in 539. Dan. 2, 5. 
Ezra 6,11. Absol. to be done, spoken of 
something before mentioned, Ezra 5, 8. 
6, 12. 7, 21. 23.—Deriv. δα ΠΡ, 


‘332 m. (r. 732) in pause 723; c. suff. 
"332; plur. B32, constr. "139; a 


Sor ΨΥ 

servant, Arab. (λας, Syr. {pad 

1. Genr. a servant, who among the 
Hebrews was also a slave, Gen. 12, 16. 
17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21, 2; 
whether born in the house, verna, (7734 
ΤῊΞ q. v.) or bought with money (08 
02) Gen. 17,12. 23, 753 N77 servile 
work Lev. 25, 39. πον 332 a “servant 
Sor ever, see in D213 no. 3. a. D°T3E 437 
a servant of servants, the lowest menial, 
Gen. 9,25. 7133 ΓΞ the house of serv- 
ants, House of bondage, prison-house, i.e. 
Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14. 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14. 
13, 6. 11. Emphat. Jer. 2, 14 is Israel a 
servant? is he a home-born slave? why 
is he a spoil? Often followed by > in- 
stead of a genit. a servant to any one, 
see > no. 3.f. Gen. 41, 12. 1 Sam. 30, 13. 
17, 8 dangd. ἘΣῚΞΣ cAN1. (But 77129 
base) are the ministers and courtiers of 
Saul; see below in lett. b.) 2Sam.9 12. 
1K. 11,26. Hence > 132 ΓΤ to become 
servant to any one Gen. 9, 25-27. 44, 9. 
10. 17. 33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut. 6, 
21; > 7225 mn id. 1 Sam. 8, 17. 17, 9; 
(cori Η a335 mp> 2 K. 4,1, > 7395 757 
Is. 44, 21. 49, 5;) once i. q. to ‘obey. ‘to be 


. obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7.—Spec. the name 


servants isapplied: a) To common sol- 
diers, who are called the servants of their 
general or prince, 2 Sam. 2, 12. 13. 15. 
30. 31. 3,92. 8,7. Ὁ) To the servants of 
a king, i. 6. his ministers and court offi- 
cers, 6: g. H39B "32 Gen. 40, 20. 41, 10. 


ay 


87. 38. 50, 7. Ex. 5, 21. al. band “I 
1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28,7; "bun "125 
1 K. 1, 47. 9,27. 2K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3. 
Is. 37, 5. 4]. Soof military commanders 
1 Sam. 29,3. 1K. 11, 26. 2K. 25, 8. 
c) To whole nations, which are subject 
. or tributary to others, Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37. 
Deut. 5,15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 
6. 14. 1 Chr. 18, 2.6.13. d) Trop. of 
beasts Job 40, 28; also of things Gen. 
47, 19, comp. Judith 3, 4. 

In addressing superiors the Hebrews 
from modesty or humility were accus- 
tomed to call themselves servants, and 
those whom they addressed, lords; see 
in 78. Gen. 18, 3 pass not away from 


thy servant, i.e. from me. 19, 19. 33, 5. 


44, 18. 24. 33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34. 38. 20, 
8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. 2, 4. al. So in con- 
verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 
9. 10; and in prayers to him, Ps. 19, 12. 
14. 27, 9. 69, 18. 119, 17. Neh. 1, 6. 8. 
Hence 7132 thy servant is in this way 
put for "258, so that the suffix of the 
first person Ἂ referred to it, 6. g. Gen. 
44, 32 for thy servant (I) became surety 
Sor the lad unto my father—The term 
servants is applied also to absent per- 
sons, whom one wishes to commend to 
the favour of a patron; as Gen. 44, 27 
thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32, 
5. 20. 21. 

2. MIM" I>, servant of Jehovah, used 
tropically in various senses, viz. 8) 
For a worshipper of God; Neh. 1, 10 5h 
HIS" FH ISS they (the Israelites) are thy 
edits ‘and thy people ; comp. Chald. 
Ezra 5, 11 we are the servants of the God 
of heaven. we worship the God of heaven. 
Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv- 
ing God, i. e. who dost worship the liv- 
ing God. In this sense it is used asa 
laudatory epithet or title applied to the 
pious worshippers of God, e. g. to Abra- 
ham, Ps. 105, 6. 42 ; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29. 
Judg. 2, 8; Job, Job 1, 8. 2,3. 42, 8; 
David Ps, 18, 1. 36, 1. 78, 70. 89, 4. 21. 
Jer. 33, 21 sq. Ez. 34, 23; Eliakim Is. 
22, 20; Zerubbabel Hag. 2, 24. Also 
in plur. 4379 "332 is often said of pious 
men, Ps. 34, 23. 69, 37. 113, 1. 134, 1. 
135, 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65, 8. 
9. 13-15. Ὁ) For a minister or ambas- 
sador of God, called of God and sent to 
perform any service. Is.49,6 9M" Ὁ} 


740 


a9 


‘sar Denis ΠΟΘ ΘΝ opr Tay "Ὁ. it 19 
not enough that thou shouldst be my ser- 
vant (i.e. my ambassador and instru- 
ment) fo raise up the tribes of Israel... . 
Iwill also make thee a light to the Gen- 
tiles. v.5. In this sense it is applied 
directly to the Messiah Zech. 3, 8; also 
to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, 
whom God used as his instrument in 
chastising the people, Jer. 25, 9. 27, 6. 
43,10. Often also there is connected 
with the term the idea of a familiar 
servant, standing in a more intimate re- 
lation, chosen and beloved of God for his 
piety and approved fidelity, and sent to 
perform his service, 6. g. thus spoken of 
angels (in the other hemistich 2°28>2) 
Job 4,18; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer. 
7, 25. 25,4. 26,5. 29,19. 35,15. 44, 4, 
Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11; spec. of Moses 
Deut. 34, 5. Josh. 1,1. 13. 15. Ps. 105, 
26; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the 
two ideas of a pious worshipper of God 
and of an ambassador sent from God 
appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the 
passages which relate to Abraham and 
Moses, and particularly in those where 
Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel, 
is addressed by this honourable and en- 
dearing appellation, as Is. 41, 8. 9. 42, 
19. 44, 1. 2. 21. 45, 4. 48, 20. Jer. 30, 10. 
46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25; comp. 
Hos. 11,1. Still it is the pious Israelites 
who are here especially meant, i. e. those 
truly worthy of the name, ἀληϑινοὶ 1σ- 
ραηλῖται, 15. 43, 10. 49, 3 where see the 
author’s note at the end of his Germ. 
version edit. 2. Among these again 
the prophets particularly are so named, 
Is. 44, 26. This same Jacob who is 
thus termed the servant of Jehovah. is 
called in the other hemistich sometimes 
the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41, 8. 45, 4; 
sometimes ambassador and friend 42, 
19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44, 
26. But in all the passages respecting 
the servant of God in the chapters of the 
last part of Isaiah, (42, 1-7. 49, 1-9. 50, 
4-10. 52, 13—53, 12,) he is represented 
as the intimate friend and ambassador 
of God, as aided by the divine spirit, and 
as about to restore the tribes of Israel 
and become the teacher of other na- 
tions. [Such was to be the character 
of the Messiah, to whom these pas- 


139 


sages are expressly referred in the N. 
T—R. 

3. Ebed, (servant sc. of God,) pr. n. 
m. a) Judg. 9, 26.28. δ) Ezra 8, 6. 


“22 Chald. i. q. Heb. 333 servant ; 
e. g. servant of the king, i. e. a minister, 
prefect, Ezra 4,11; so those who ad- 
dress the king call themaclves his ser- 
vants, Dan. 2, 4.7. 842% 732 the ser- 
vant of God, i. 6. worshipper, Dan. 3, 26. 
6, 21. Ezra 5, 11. 


‘Jaz m. (Kamets impure) work, deed, 
once Ecc. 9,1. Syr. {pos. 
Sa see T3213. 


N32 (servant sc. of God, after the 
Chaldee form) Abda, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 
4,6. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr. 
9, 16 Γπη 139. 


DAINTY (serving Edom) Obed-edom, 
pr. n. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr. 
16, 38. 


NII (servant of God) Abdeel, pr. n. 
m. Jer. 36, 26. 


MIST Γ᾿ (τ. 129) 1. work, labour ; 
Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work 
and to his labour (in7322) until the 
evening. Lev. 25, 39 532 ΓΞ. servile 
labour. 23, 7. 8. 21. 35. 36. Num. 28, 18. 
25. 29, 1. 12. 35.—Ex. 39, 32 miss-bp 
brik java all the work of the tabernacle, 
all the labour expended upon it. 36, 3. 5. 
Hence a) work, business, i. q. masbn, 
Num. 4, 47 ‘a1 may MTS mayb io 
work the work of the ministry and the 
work of bearing in the tabernacle of the 
congregation, i. q. to do the work or 
business; for which in 1 Chr. 9, 19 
ΞΡ moxbo. Is. 28, 21 intas ἀξ" 
to work his work, i. 6. divine judgments 
upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. bob, 
nbsp, Chald. 8332 i. α. nyre. b) 
Spec. “bork of the field, tillage, ‘agricul- 
ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38. 

2. labour of a servant ἐς his master, 
service, ministry. Gen. 30, 26 thou know- 


est my service (*M75277y), which I have 


done thee. ἘΣ ΤῚΞΣ 732 fo serve a ser- 
vice with any one, to be his servant, Gen. 
29, 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their 
life bitter (MBP MIST2) with hard ser- 
vice tn mortar, etc. and 50 nop mas =3 of 
hard service rendered by a people toa 


141 


329 


king or to another people, Deut. 26, 6. 
1 K. 12, 4. Neh. δ, 18. Is. 14, 3. Lam. 1, 
3; of military service Ez. 29,18. Also 
of the service or ministry of the king 
1 Chr. 26, 30. 2 Chr. 12, 8.—Hence 
a) service, i. e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14 
and herb for the service of man, Nam. 
3, 26. Ὁ) service, i.e. furniture, imple- 
ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Engl. 
a service of plate. 

3. service of the tabernacle and tem- 
ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and 
Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8. al. Fully 
ἜΣΤΩ baka ΓΡῚΞ5 Num. 4, 23. 35; m152 
‘9 bn Ex. 30, 17. Num. 18, 6; (>on 3 
Num. 3, 7. 8. 16, 9; "2 ΤῸ MISS 1 Chr. 
9, 13. 23, 28; wp "pias Num. 7 93 
nin? ΤΩΣ Num. 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27; 
κατ ἐξοχήν mraz 2 Chr. 35, 10. So 
map 122 ΓΞ " the’ service of the sons of 
Kohath se. in ‘the tabernacle, Num. 4, 4; 
comp. v. 24.27.28. m72371753 the vessels. 
of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28. 
28, 14. ΞΕ NIE the service-host, the 
host of ministering priests and Levites, 
Num. 8, 25. v. 26 7597 8> M752 he 
shall do no service, shall take no part 
in it. Spoken also of a particular rite 
or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5. 


MIAZ f. (Ὁ. 722) service, for concr. ser- 
vants, familia, Gen. 26, 14. Job 1, 3. 
Comp. Gr. ϑεραπεία Matt. 24, 45. 

IAP (servile) Abdon, pr.n. 1A 
Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
21, 30. 1 Chr. 6,59. The same name 
according to 20 Codd. should be read 
Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual 7532. 

2. Of several men: a) A judge of 
Israel, Judg. 12, 13. 15; called 773 1 
Sam. 12. 11; see in 113. b) 1 Chr. 8, 
23. c) ib. 8,30. 9,36. d)2 Chr. 34, 20. 


MIT [ (denom. from 732) servi- 
tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8.9. Neh. 9, 17. 


Syr. ἴ2ο ας. id. 

"329 (for M2732 servant of Jehovah) 
Abdi, pr. n. m. ‘a) 1 Chr. 6,29. b)2 
Chr. 29.12. c) Ezra 10, 26. 


SN7F32 (servant of God) Abdiel, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 5, 15. - 


way and τ m. (worshipper 
of Jehovah) Oba« diah, pr. n. of several 
persons, of whom the most distinguished 
was a prophet of this name contem- 


Tay 


porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1.—1 K. 
18,3. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 7, 3. 8, 38. 9, 16 
(comp. Neh. 11,17). v. 44. 12, 9. 27, 19. 
2 Chr. 17,7. 34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6. 
Sept. ᾿4βδίας, which properly comes 
from 33> . 

ἸΡῸ Ὁ (servant of the king, Arab. 
SUL duc Abd el-Malek), Ebed-me- 
lech, pr. n. of an Ethiopian at the court 
of Zedekiah, Jer. 38, 7. 39, 16. 


Δ Tay (perh. i. q. 122 322 worship- 
per of Mercury, see 133) Dan. 1, 7. 2,49. 
3 12, also δ 733 v. 29, Αἰδιόρων a 
Chaldee pr. n. given in Babylon to Aza- 


riah one of Daniel’s companions. 


ὙΓΞΣ 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32, 
15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp. the noun "33. 

2. to be dense, compact ; whence "33, 
ΓΙΞΣῸ .—Syr. 2k to be fat, hard, as 


the heart; Eth. Uf}P to be large, to 
grow; Arab. sot to be thick, dense. 


ΩΣ τὰ. a pledge, pawn, Deut. 24, 
10. 11.12. R. waz. 


SY m. (τ. 72D) constr. PANT “ASD 
produce of the earth, grain, corn, Josh. 
5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from 
heaven. Syr. (sans, Chald. 1923, id— 
Comp. 5535 from r. 535, Hiph. es to 
bring ; ANISH from Ni. 


“BY (τ. "a2, after the form >*35, 
328) pr. a passing over, transit ; found 


only with prefix M322 , and so used as 
a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre- 
sponding nearly to Gr. ὑπέρ with a geni- 
tive, Engl. over, marking that over or 
above which any thing passes or moves ; 
see Passow Lex. art. ὑπέρ A; comp. ἘΣ 


no. 2. d. e. Found only in tropical 
senses. 
A)Prep. 1. over. i.e. for, in behalf of, 


for the sake of,in the sense of protec- 
tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. ὑπέρ τινος 
Passow in ὑπέρ A. no. 4. Gen. 12, 13 
that it may be well with me 37°32 for 
thy sake. 2 Sam. 9, 1.7. Gen. 26, 24 for 
my servant Abraham’s sake. 18, 26, 29. 
31. 32. Ps 132,10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 
δ, 12. 6, 12. 12. 25.—Hence 

2. for, because of, marking the cause 
on account of which any thing is done ; 
comp. ἘΦ no. 2. ἃ. 2 Sam. 13, 2 he fell 


742 


"29 


sick “2m “8322 for his sister Tamar, 
because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer. 
14, 4. Gen. 3, 17 cursed be the ground 
because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10. 
2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2. 
Mic. 2, 10.—Also 

3. for, spoken of price; comp. ὑπέρ 
for i. q. instead of, Passow 1. c. no. 5. 
Am. 2, 6. 8, 6. 

4, With infin. for, i. e. for this cause, 
that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have 
raised thee up "M2-M¥ AMR ἬΠΣΦΞ for 
to (that I may) show thee my power. 
1 Sam. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. 18, 18.—Soe 
too snaps} ce. infin. id. Ex. 20, 20. 2 
Sam. 14, 20. 17, 14—Hence 

B) Conj. that, in order that, marking 
end and purpose; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30 
miz> "> nnn ἬΠΩΣΞ that they may be 
to me a testimony. 27, 4. 19. 31. 46, 84. 
Ex. 9, 14. 19, 9. 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45; 
fully “vi, “A332 Gen. 27, 10. 


May see nog. 


*D2? fut. vhs 
exchange, see Piel. 
interweave. 

2. to give a pledge for any thing bor- 
rowed, which lies in the idea of ex- 
change; Deut. 24, 10 iway vasd in 
order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order 
that he (thy brother) may do so.— 
Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge 
given, Deut. 15, 6 DaEm > MMR} but 
thou shalt not borrow. 

Pret to change for another. Joel 2, 7 
they change not their ways, i. e. nothing 
turns them out of their course. 

Hiren. to lend upon a pledge, with ace. 
of person fo whom, Deut. 15, 6; with 
two acc. of pers. and thing v. 8. 

Deriv. ΘῚΣΣ and 

ὍΛΩΣ τὴ. (τ. Laz) pr. a pledging of 
goods; concer. things taken in pledge. 
Hab. 2, 6 wo to him who enlargeth what 
is not his own! how long? to him who 
ladeth himself with goods taken in 
pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap- 
propriated to his own use; the figure 
being taken from a heartless extortioner. 


1. to change, to 
Kindr. is ΤΩΣ to 


"22 m. (Ὁ. M32) denseness, compact- 
ness, e. g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Chr. 
4,17 men ara in the compact soil 
prob. clayey ; ; Vulg. in terra argillosa, 


ἊΣ 


"29 m. (τ. ΓΙΞΣ) c. suff. 1932 , (hickness 1 
K. 7, 26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 5. 

ΤΣ) Chald. ἢ (τ. 732) 1. work, 
labour, Ezra 4, 24. 5, 8, 6, 7, 18, 

2. business, e. g. administration of af- 
fairs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. M2x29 
Neh. 2, 16. 


. 529 obsol. root, Arab. has to strip 
a ἐποδ᾽ of its leaves, sus a white stone, 


Aves a mountain whose rocks are 
white.—Hence pr. n. 5349, 52°2. 


*7 27 obsol. root, i. q. 383 to be in 
pain, according to 1 Chr. 4, 9. 10.— 
Hence pr. n. 7337. 


*"2> fut. "he2, 2 p. fem. "azn 
Ruth 2, 8, see Lehrg. p, 306. Heb. Gr. 
§ 47. ἡ. 1. 


1. to pass over. Arab. to pass over 


a river, Sa to pass away, depart, die ; 
9 

A S; es bank of a stream, shore; 
ne to pass away, depart. Aram. "32 


pod i. ᾳ. Heb. The same root is widely 


found in the Indo-European tongues, . 


6. g. Sanscr. upari, Pers. ait Wa and 
δ) super, supra, Gr. ὑπέρ, πέρα, πέραν, 


περάω, Lat. super, Goth. ufar, afar, 
Germ. δεν, Engl. over.—Pr. to pass over 
a river, sea, c. acc. Gen. 31, 21 "327 
ἜΡΟΝ. Is, 23,2 53 93>. Deut. 3; 27. 
4, ‘21. Josh. 4, 22. 24, ll; 6. 3 Josh. 3, 
11. 2 Sam, 15, 23, Zech. 10, 11; Fina 
Num. 33, 8. Ασουβ. impl. to pass over 
ac. a river Josh, 2, 23. 2 K. 2,9; and 
with acc. of place to which one passes 


_ over, Jer. 2, 10 OM "8 3732 pass over ἢ 


(the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim. 
Is. 23, 6. 12. Am. 6, 2; c. δὲ Num. 32, 7. 
—Spoken also of other impediments 
which one passes over; as a deep val- 
ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 116; a wall or fence Job 
19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23; a bound Ps. 104, 
9. Hence metaph. fo pass over, to trans- 
gress, Sept. παραβαίνω, 6. g. the com- 
mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13. 
1 Sam. 15, 24. Hab. 1, 11; or of the king 
Esth. 3,3; a covenant Deut. 17, 3. Josh. 


%, 11, 15, 23, 16. Jer. 34,18; a law Is, 


743 


"239 


24,5. Dan.9,11. So Syr. ES to trans- 
gress a law, Chald. 83°32 transgression. 
With >x, to pass over the border to any 
pers, or thing, 1 Sam. 14, 1. 27,2. Trop. 
also of a razor passing over one’s head, 
c. ἘΦ Num. 6, 5; of the wind passing 
over upon any pers. or thing, c. 3 Ps, 
103, 16. Comp. no. 4. 

2. to pass over, to pass through, to ga 
through, sc. a region, city, field, etc. with 
ace. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 72275 
‘sg. I5>a7Px and he passed over through- 
out Gilead and Manasseh, Ofien c. 3 
in. through, Gen. 12,6 573% VIRB 73373. 
Ps. 42,5 ἼΞΞ 222% 7D for 1 had passed 
on among the crowd. Gen. 30. 32. 41, 46. 
Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 18, 9. 1 
Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2,6; 113 be- 
tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34, 
19; Wirz Job 15, 19. Bz. 9,4; sips 
Josh. 1, 11. Am, 5, 17; absol. 2 K. 4, 8. 
—So of things, Ps. 18, 13 993 4933 32 
wx "3m there passed through his clouds 
(ace.) hail and burning couls ; but see 
in no. 4. d. 1 K. 22. 36 and there went 
a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol. 
Lam. 3, 44 thou hast covered thyself with 
clouds MbEr 7332 so that our prayer 
should. not pass through.—So 733 502 
2 K. 12,5 and “M02 72y 402 Gen. 23, 
16, money passing among the merchants, 
current money, i. 6. which passes cur- 
rent; prob. pieces of silver on which 
the weight was marked, as among the 
Chinese ; since coined money can hardly 
have existed in the days of Abraham. 
Vulg. probata moneta. 

3. to pass over, i. e. to pass beyond, to 
pass by, to pass along or away ; with 
acc. of pers. or place by which one pass- 
es, Judg. 3, 26 Θ᾿ ΒΓ TBD NAN} 
and he passed on beyond the quarries. 
Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 τῦρ 73325 
ὝΕΣ and he passed by Cushi, outran 
him. Is.31, 97332 8 i530 from Sear 
he shall pass.on (flee) beyond his for-. 
tress. With >> pr. over. beyond, Gen. 
18,5.02339 59 DAZE 3.25 "> > for there 


: fore do ye pass by your ἀς hae i. 6. pass 


this way. Judg. 9,25 orbs "ArT ΟΝ ΤΌΣ 
W272 all that passed along by them that. 
way. 1 K. 9,8. 2K. 4, 9. Prov. 24, 30. 
Pop 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6.8; >22 Gen. 18, 

; τὴν Ex. 34, 6; 3 2 K. 4, 313. 
ms weir rnin 132 to pase along under 


“29 


the crook of a shepherd numbering his 
flock, i. e. to be numbered, Lev. 37, 32. 
Absol. Gen. 37, 28 there passed by Midi- 
aniles, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4, 
1.—Parr. D°73> passers by Ps. 129, 8. 
Is. 51, 23; with genit. of way, F727 “73> 
passers Bich the way, they that pass by 
the way, Ps. 80,'13. 89, 42. Job 21, 29.— 
Spec. 

a) Of time as passing away. e. g. the 
day Ps. 90.4; the days of one’s life Job 
17,11; mid-day 1 K. 18,29; the seasons 
Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2,11; the harvest Jer. 
8, 20. So of welfare, anger, mourning, 
i. 6. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc. 
Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50, 
4. 2 Sam. 11, 27. 

b) Of things that pass stwiflly away 
and ranish ; e. g. chaff driven by the 
wind, ΞΡ 72, 72> Up, Is. 29, 5. Jer. 
13, 24. Ps. 48,5; a cloud Job 30,15; a 
shadow Ps. 144, 4; waters drying up 
Job 6, 15. 11, 16.—Hence 

6) to pass away, to perish, 6. g. men 
Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by 
a weapon, M2%2 Job 33, 18. 36, 12; of 
things, q. d. to be forgotten, Esth. 9, 28. 

d) Trop. ste7>> 72> to pass over 
transgression. i. e. to forgive, to pardon, 
Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11; and so without 
SUB, c. dat. to forgive any one, Am.7, 8. 
8, 2. 

4. to pass over from one place to an- 
other, i. 6. to pass on, to pass, to go fur- 
ther ; ΠΣ Ὁ ΟΣ "22 to pass from city 
to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18,5 “mx 
warn afterwards ye shall pass on. Neh. 
2,14 no place for the beast under me to 
pass sc. further. 2 Sam. 18,9 the mule 
that was under him passed on, went 
away. 16,1. Mic. 1,11. Josh. 6,7. 8. 2 
Sam. 16,9 let me pass on and take off 
his head. 33 “22 to pass on and re- 
turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to 
go to and fro, Ex. 32, 27. Ez. 35, 7. 
Zech. 7, 14. 9,8. With 3 or >» of the 
way ; Prov. 4, 15 pass not (3) init. 2 
K. 6, 26 the king was passing (52) upon 
the wall. v. 30.—Hence 

a) to pass on toa place, to go to it; 
ce. ace. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5.5 and pass not 
to Beersheba ; c. 5% 1K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4, 
8. Often of a boundary, which passes on 
to any point, acc. ¢. Π loc. Num. 34 4. 
Josh. 15, 3 sq. 18. 13, 18. 19. 19, 13. 


744 


"29 


b) With 3 to pass in, to go in, to en- 
ter; Judg. 9, 26 0233 5732" and they 
entered into Shechem. Lev. 26,6. Ez. 14, 
17; c. ace. to pass in at a gate Mic. 2, 
13. Is. 62, 10. Here belong also the 
phrases "733 "33 10 enter into a cove- 
nant Deut. 29, 11; mmva “32 to pass 
inio the pit of death Job 33, 28. 

c) With 28>, to pass on before, to go 
before, so that others follow afterwards, 
Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh. 
4,5. 12. 6,7. Also to pass on first. to go 
Jirst, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19, 
2 K. 4, 31.—Contra, c. "298, to pass on 
after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13. 

4) With 72, 782, to pass from any 
person or thing, 10 go away, to depart, 
Ruth 2,8 ΠῚ “22m Nb pass not from 
hence. Cant. 3,4. 1K. 22,24; of things, 
Ps. 81, 7. [Ps. 18, 13 "ὩΣ i522 maia 
Py Fitna the brightness before him 
passed (went) forth his clouds, hail and 
burning coals, i. 6. the hail and light- 
ning were in the thunder-clouds which 
were gathered around his glory.—R.] 
Trop. Deut. 26, 13 J have not departed 
Srom thy commandments. have not trans- 
gressed them. Is. 40, 27 "uEta "ndyx2 
“as? my righteous cause hath passed 
away from my God, he neglects it, no 
longer cares for it.—Abeol. id. Cant. 5, 
6. Esth. 4, 17. 

6) With 53, to pass over to another 
owner, Is. 45, 14. Ez. 48, 14 Cheth. Comp. 
Lam. 4, 21 013 ἌΞΕΙ 47>y ἘΝ wnto thee 
also shall the cup pass on or over.—But 
Deut. 24, 5 53 723 to pass over upon is 
i. q. to be laid upon, as a burden, charge. 

5. From the primary signif. of pass- 
ing over comes the frequent use of this 
verb in respect to waters which are said 
to pass over their banks, to overflow, to 
overwhelm ; c. ace. Jer. 5,22: absol. Is. 
8, 8 933) HUY he shall overflow and over- 
whelm. Nah. 1. 8 “giv Hews. Hab. 3, 
10. Often c. d3 Is. 54,9. Ps. 42,8 all 
thy waves and thy billows have passed 
over me (23), have overwhelmed me. 
Jon. 2, 4. Ps. 124, 4.—Hence, Is. 23, 1 
“ND FLW ὍΣΣ overflow thy land like 
the Nile, i. 6. spread thyself abroad in 
thy land now free from the bonds of the 
oppressor.—Hence 

a) Trop. of an inundating host, fo 
overwhelm ; Dan. 11, 10, 40 (coupled 


~ ΣΡ 


with moe). Nah. 2, 1 [1, 16] the de- 
stroyer shall no more overwhelm thee. 
Is, 28, 18. Mic. δ, 7.—So too of wine, c. 
ace. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. 733, 029); ἃ 
multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5; the wrath 
of God Ps. 88. 17. Absol. Ps, 73, 7 733 
335 ΤΡ ΘΟ she imaginations of the heart 
overflow, their proud thoughts are con- 
spicuous in their leoks and actions.— 
Hence 

b) to rush upon any one, to assail ; 
c. ἘΦ, Job 9, 11 ἊΣ 2227 4, se. God. 
13, 13. Hos. 10, 11. Nah. 3,19 whom 
hath not thy wickedness assailed ? 


6) Also of tears, fo overflow, comp. in 


Engl. ‘to run over ;’ Arab. re the eye 
overflows, ors Part. "33" 
overflowing myrrh, i. 6. distilling of itself, 
dropping in tears, Cant. 5, 5. 13. 

Nien. fut. "25%, to be passed over, 
8. g. a river Ez. 47, 5. 

Piet “32, fut. "22%, to make pass over, 
e.g. a) A bar, bolt; hence fo shut up 
or close with bolis; ὁ. "28>, 1 K.6, 21 
©9355 72> any mipina ἘΝ and’ he 
closed up with golden chains (instead 
of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies. 
b) A female is said to let pass, to trans- 
mit the male seed, etc. and thence to 
conceive, to breed. Job 21,10 a> hid 
his cow breedeth, becomes big with 
_young. Chald. "23> Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id. 
see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux- 
torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn. 
M32 to pass. over, Pa. Aph. to be made 
gravid, in Targg. for 734, pr. to trans- 
mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p. 
984. 

Hiren. 335, fut. 1337, apoc. “3551. 


= = 


a tear. 


1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, {ocihetapask: 


over, to transport across a river, 6. ga 
people, flocks, etc. with two acc. of pers. 
and stream, Gen. 32, 24. Num. 32, 5. 
Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam.'19, 16; ace. of obj. 
and 3 of the stream Ps. 136,14. This 
word is employed whether the passing 
of a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. I. c. 
or by swimming, as in the case of a 
flock, or by wading through at a ford, 
Gen. Josh. |. c.—Further: 
a razor to pass over any one, i. q. to 


shave, c. >> Num. 8, 7. Ez.5, 13 comp.” 


Kal no. 1 fin. ὃ) to cause to pass, to 


63 


745, 


“a) to cause 


nav 


transfer from one place to another. Gen. 
47, 21 and he transferred the people 
D> fo other cities, out of some cities 
into others, i.e. made them exchange 
habitations; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal 
no.4. 6) to cause an inheritance to 
pass to any one, 6. > Num. 27, 7.8; 
comp. Kal no. 4. 6. | d) to cause to pass 
over, i.e. to make transgress a law, 1 
Sam. 2, 24; comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or let 
pass through, e.g. a land Deut. 2, 30; 
to cause to pass throughout or overrun, 
as wild beasts a land Ez, 14,15. Spec. 
3 dip 733M to cause to be proclaimed, 
to make proclamation in i. e. through- 
out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1. 
10,7. 2Chr. 380,5. Also "Bi 39327 pr. 
to cause the trumpet to pass through 
a land, i.e. to blow the trumpet, Lev. 
25, 9. 

3. Causat. of Kal no, 3, to make or let 
pass by er beyond; 1 Sam. 16, 9. 10. 20, 
36 he shot an arrow 377232 to make tt 
pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me- 
taph. ΠΝ ἼΣΘΙ to let a sin pass by, 
i.e. to remit, to forgive, comp. Kal no. » 
3.d. 2 Sam. 12,13. 24,10. Job 7, 91. 

4, Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. ᾳ. ἈΞ, to» 
cause to pass, to cause to go or come ; 
also 1.6. to bring, spec. to offer as im sa~ 
crifice, to consecrate, ¢. Hi") Ex. 13, 12. 
—Often also in the phrase D°22 ΣΦΙ 
"28> to offer children to Molech Ser. 32, 
35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23. 37; also 
with ΝΞ added 2 K. 23, 10; and with- 
out dat. ORs VAT ΟΝ IS Deut. 18, 10. 
2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20, 
31. That children thus offered to Mo- 
loch were really burned, the following 
passages hardly leave a doubt: 2 K.17, 
31. Jer. 7, 31. 19,5. 2 Chr. 28,3. Ez. 
23, 37; comp. Diod. 20.14. Euseb. Prep. 
4.16. The Rabbins however, desiring 
to free their ancestors from the oppro- 
brium ofa superstition so atrocious, have: 
feigned that the children were only 
made to pass through the fire as a rite 


‘of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatus® 


Antiq. 5. Cod. p. 483. Spencer de Legib. 
ritual. p. 363-370. The same sentiment 
is also expressed by the Seventy, 2K... 
16, 8. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985... 
5. Causat. of Kal no: 4, viz. a) OF 


Kal no. 4. b, to cause to pass in, to make 


"=? 


enter, c. 2, as R222 WPT to make enter 
the brick-kilh 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of 
Kal no. 4. d, to lead away, 2 Chr. 35, 
23; to take away, to put away, to re- 
move, 6. g. a garment Jon. 3,6; a ring 
Esth. 8, 2; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr. 
15, 8. Zech. 13,2; to put away, to avert 
evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39. 
Ecce. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so 
as not to see, Ps. 119, 37. 

Hirupa. pr. i. 4. Kal no. 5, of waters, 
to pass over banks, to overflow ; hence 
trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to be 
wroth, Ps. 78, 21.59; ¢. 3 v. 623. Deut. 
3,26; ἘΦ Ps. 89, 39; b> Prov. 26, 17; 
6: ῥα: Prov. 20,2 ina2m2 for 15 “Ὦ iwhowo 
poureth forth srtithe against him se. the 
king. Comp. ΓΞ. no. 1. Arab. ye 
i. q. "32, to transgress, to be proud, to 
be wroth. δ) Of pride, zo overflow with 
pride, to be haughty, ὑβρίζειν, Prov. 14, 
16. Comp. 5733 πο. 2. 

Deriv. "533, “32, "2372, 72352, 
the eight here fallotwiag. 


and 


22 τὰ. ὃ. suff. 32; 
constr. "73>. 

1. the region or country beyond, on the 
other side of a river or sea which one 
must pass; as ji7X 7352 beyond the 
Arnon Judg. 11, 18. out "323 in the 
region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec. 
JIT 72D, τὸ πέραν τοῦ ἐὐωδύν the 
country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales- 
tine lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50, 
10. 11. Deut. 1, 1.5. Josh. 1, 14. 9, 10. 
Judg. 5, 17; 33972 7232 id. Num. 35, 14. 
Josh. 14, 3. 17, 5. Judg. 7, 25; comp. 
Num. 22,1. In some passages, how- 
ever, this expression is applied to the 
country west of the Jordan; as Deut. 3, 
20,25. 1 Sam.31,7; comp. Josh. 5,1. 12, 
7. 22,7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7. 
1 Chr. 26, 30; espec. Num. 32, 19. 
Simitar is also the phrase “ih “aD the 
country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra- 
tes, Josh. 24, 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10,16. 1 Chr. 
19, 16; which is used also of provinces 
on the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5, 4 
[4, 24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2, 7.9. 3,7; 
comp. Chald, Ezra 4, 10.16. All these 
were probably written by persons who 
had resided on the east of the Euphra- 
tes.—Plur. "3 "39 id. Is. 7, 20. 

2. ὦ region opposite, the other or op- 


plur. ==>, 


746 


"ay 4 


posile side, a valley or other space 
being interposed; 1 Sam. 14, 1. 26, 13 
“32m Jy3 ἼΞΡ5 and David passed over 
to the other side sc. of the valley, to the 
opposite mountain. Hence in antith. 

ΓΙῸ ὝΣΣΙΙ Ὁ---ἰ 1 Ὦ 73913 on this side—on 
that side 1 Sam. 14, "4; also ame ἜΣΘ 
—"ny 72D) id. v. 40. Plur. m5SD τῦϑὰ 
from all. his. sides, on every side, 1K. 

5,4. Jer. 49, 32; BFNISE "282 on both | 
ther sides Ex. 32, 15. 

3. With prefixes it often becomes a 
preposition, viz. 

a) 7237>& pr. to the region beyondy 
i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30,13; in the 
region opposite, i. 6. over against, Josh. 
22,11; towards the region, i. e. towards, 
Ex, 28, 26. More fully "28 “2275s. io- 
wards the region opposite one’s face, 
straight before oneself, i. e. forwards, 
straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 10, 22: 
‘pna> dd id. Ex. 25, 37. 

b) ‘tnayd i. q. inas-by, straight for- 
wards, i. e. one’s own way, Is, 47, 15. 

6) “339% with genit. or peiffix:; also 
> may tc) from the other side, fren be= 
yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20, 
2. Job 1,19. Josh. 24, 3. Zeph. 3. 10. 
8) on the other side, beyond, 6. g. "3973 
ΞΡ beyond the sea Deut. 30, 13; 73373 
23 ~7m2> beyond the streams of ‘Bthio- 
pia Is. 18, 1, 1 K. 14, 15. 

4. Eber, Heber, pr.n. a) The founder 
of the Hebrew race, Gen. 10, 24, 25. 
11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this 
point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift 
Ρ. 11. Hence 732 "22 Gen. 10, 21, and 
poet. "22 collect. Num. 24, 24, i. q. oy 
Hebrews. For the deBiaction between 
Hebrews and Israelites see under "39+ 
b) Neh. 12, 230. c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d) 8, 
22....e) 5, 13. 


“22 Chald. 1. ᾳ. Heb. "33 no. 1, the 
region beyond ; hence 8773 “a3 the 
country beyond the river Euphrates, i. e- 
in the Persian mode of speaking, the 
country west of the Euphrates. Ezra 4, 
10. 11. 16, 20. 5, 3. 6, 6. 8. 13. 7, 21. 25. 


M22 Γ (τ. 339) 1. @ ferry-boat for 
passing a stream 2 Sam. 19,19. Chald. 
MSP, RNIII2, contr. 8722, id. 

2.2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth. where Keri 
ΤΡ deserl-places, as the context re+ 
quires. 


"33 


MSI ἢ (τ. M32) constr. M939, c. suff, 
ΖΞ ; plur. MiNZD, constr. mina Job 
40, Ul, also ΤΩΡ Ps. 7, 7. 

1. an outpouring, overflowing of wrath, 
comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hithpa. 
Job 40, 11 Fax MINS the outpourings of 
thy wrath.—Hence for wrath itself, i. 6. 
outburst of wrath; so of the king’s 
wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7,7. 
Spec. of God’s wrath Is. 9, 18. 13, 9. 13. 
Hos. 13, 11, Am. 1, 11. Ps. 85,4; so wx 
"73> the fire of my wrath Ez, 21, 36 
[81]. 22, 21. 38, 19; "M233 02 the people 
of my wrath, against whom I am wroth, 
Is. 10,6; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8, 
Lam. 3,1. 32 1" the day of God's 
wrath Prov. 11, 4, Zeph. 1, 15, 18, Ez. 
7, 19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23 
m3 core MPM the expectation of the 
wicked is wrath sc. from God. Coupled 
with synon. 2% Ps. 78, 49. 

2. i. ᾳ. ὕβρις, pride, haughtiness, inso- 
lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. b. Is. 
16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 


ΓΙΡΎ ΖΦ (passage sc. of the sea, r. 122) 
Ebronah, pr. n. of a station of the Israel- 
ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic 
gulf, Num. 33, 34. 35. 


“129 m. plur. O39, O39 Ex, 3, 
18; f. ΡΣ Σ., plur. riva3) gentile n. 
Hebrew, Hebrews, Gr. “EBgatos. As to 
the origin of this name, it is derived in 
the O. T. from the name 733 no. 4, q. v. 
but would seem primarily to have been 
an appellative from that word (732), im- 
plying the land or country beyond the 
Euphrates; whence "33 pr. one from 
beyond the river, Gen. 14, 13; where 
Sept. well ὃ περάτης. The name Ae- 
brews differs from the term Israelites 
(Sx 34 533) in this respect, viz. that the 
latter, as a patronymic derived from the 
founder of the nation, was in use only 
among the people themselves; while 
the former, as an appellative applied by 
the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat- 
ing from beyond the Euphrates into 
Canaan, was the current name among 
foreign nations. (Comp. "3333 and 
Φοίνικες; Chemt, C7982, Αἴγυπτος.) 
Hence Greek and Roman writers use 
only the name Hebrevs, orin later times 
Jews ; e.g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6. 
Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. δ. 1. 


747 


(ug to dry up: 


nay 


Josephus passim. The writers of the 
O. T. apply to the Israelites the term 
Hebrews, either where foreigners are in- 
troduced as speaking, Gen. 39, 14, 17. 
41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 4,6, 9. 
13, 19. 14, 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites 
are represented as speaking of them- 
selves to foreigners ; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1, 
19. 3, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 16. 9, 1. 13. Jon. 
1, 9; or where they are opposed to 
other nations, Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2, 
11. 13. 21, 2. Deut. 15, 12 (comp. Jer. 
34, 9. 14). 1 Sam. 13, 3.7 where there 
is a play of words in 8933 B"95>. 14,21. 
The opinion of some that the ferm Ts- 
raelites was a sacred name, and Hebrews 
the common appellation, is without foun- 
dation. See more on this topic in Gesch. 
d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrift, p. 9-12. 


B32 (regions beyond, from™32) Aba- 
rim, pr.n. Jer. 22,20. Fully o-a2A-an 
Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and "5 
p-1327 Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains 
of Abarim,a range of mountains beyond 
Jordan over against Jericho, in which 
was Mount Nebo; see 133 no. 2. The 
name Abarim was apparently some- 
times so extended, as to include all the 
mountainous tract on the east of the 
Dead Sea.—For 633 "5 Num. 2], 
11. 33, 44. 45, see in art. "> no. 2. b. 


ΤΣ , See in i722 no. 1. 


* WAP ἅπ. λεγέμ. Joel 1, 17, to die, 
spoken of seed which loses its germinat- 
ing power and dies in the ground from 
the effects of too great heat, estu va- 
nescit, to use the words of Pliny on this 
very point H. N. 14. 24; Germ. verdum- 
men. Kindred is Chald. S23 pr. to rot, 
spec of the kernels perishing in the 
ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642. 
Bochart. Hieroz.II.471. That the word 
for fo rot may be so extended as to apply 
to seed stu vanescens, is shown by the 
Gr. πύϑομαι, Hesiod. Scut. Herc. 153.— 
Abulwalid compares Arab. (Ac i. q. 
so that here "39 
would be i. q. 723". : 


ἘΞ. in Kal not used, to be inter- 
woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots 
bay, mid. 

Prat to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3. 

Deriv. the two following. 


nay 


MSP adj. fem. MMI , interwoven, inter- 
laced, spoken of trees with thick foliage 
Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh. 8, 


15.—Syr. with Tet (pins id 


may 2, plur. ΣΙ and ninay , subst. of 
Moth genders (f. Judg. 16, 14), any 
thing inéerwoven, interlaced. R.m32.— 
Hence 

1, @ cord Judg, 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18. 
Job 39, 10, Ps. 118, 27. Plur. cords, i. e. 
bands, bonds, fetters, Ps, 2,3. Ez. 3, 25. 
4,8. Trop. bands of love Hos. 11, 4. 

2.a braid, wreath, of small rods or 
‘wires woven gether Ex. 28, 24 γί; Ὁ 
ΞΡ braided or wreathed work Ex. 28, 
14. "22. 39,155 ninasn nw wreath. 
en chains 28, 14. 

3. a neon with thick foliage, thick- 
leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11. 31, 3. 10. 14, 


* ie fut. 332" 1. Pr. to breathe, to 
‘blow, i. q. kindr. 258 no. 1; whence 3339 
a wind-instrument of music. This idea 
is then transferred to emotions of the 
“soul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence 

2. to love inordinately, to dote on, i. q. 
338% Pi. spoken of impure Jove, lust, 6 
by Ez. 23, 5. 9. 16. 20; δὰ v. 125 ace. y. 
7, Part, 5°33 lovers den 4, 30.—Comp. 
AY UTC. Arab. ass IV placuit alicui 
res ; V accendit amore. 

Bony. the two following, also 2253. 


329 see a>. 


2322 f. c. suff. ΞΡ, inordinate bore 
‘excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. Β.. 5 


D°AI2 m. plur. (Ὁ: 3322) loves ; Ez. ~ 
-32 ΒΞ ἢ a song of loves, i.e. an ero- 
‘tic song pleasing to the people. Then 
i. q. TOM, lore for men; Ez. 33, 31 
ὍΣ man ἘΠῈΞ ὈΠΞΩΣ ΤΣ for with their 
mouth they make love,i.e. theyshow much 
iloveand kindness, opp. but their heart ‘fol- 


easier Comp. Arab. Ree id. 


MY f. (τ. 255) also MIP 1 K. 17, 13. 
Hos. %, 8;constr. P23 1 K. 19, 6. Ez.4, 12; 
plur. 82 , a cake, round-cake of bread, 
baked nada hot ashes, such as are com- 
monly prepared among the Orientals at 
the present day when in haste or ona 
journey ; S°BS) PEP a cake baked upon 
hot stones 1 K. 19, 8. nize ΓΝ τὰς ag 


ened cakes Ex. 19, 39, Arab. ase egg- 


748 


525 


fritter, omelet. See Bibl. .Res:-in 
Palest. Il. p. 496. II. Ὁ. 76.—The or- 
thography varies in Mss. and editions; 
in most it is written without Dagesh ; 
see J. H. Michaelis in Il. ce. 


VAP τὴν (τ. 32) a verbal adj. of pas: 
sive form but active signif. chattering, 
twittering ; hence: a) As an epithet 
of the swallow, Is. 38, 14 sax» D502 as 
the twittering swallow ; the LXX. omit 
“33>; Syr. ‘the chattering swallow;’ see 
the references under r. "32. ΡΒ) Poet. 
for a species of the swallow itself; Jer. 8, 
7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo- 
chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. IE. 
68 sq. that the word "A29 signifies the 
crane ; but his arguments are not valid. 
The passage in Is. |. c. is particularly 
against this position. 


a9 m. (τ. 5335} a ring, spec. ear-ring, 
Num. 31, 50. Plur. "532 Ez. 16, 12. 


* 559 obsol. root, i. gq. 5>3 to roll, to 
newolee;' Syr. Pa. id. Comp. ‘Arab. Aes 
to hasten, to hurry.—Hence 539, boa, 
and the five here following. 


259 adj. fem. MED , round, rounded, 
1K. 7, 23. 31. 35. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4,2. 


ΔΨ m. (τ. 532) ο. suff. "232, plur. 
prbsp , constr. “bey, a calf, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 
11. 6. ΡΟΣ 4. he 9, 8. al. Also a 
young. bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 18 8> Dap 
125 as ἃ steer untrained, unsubdued 
to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7.—d32 
mw-ja a calf of a year old Lev. 9, 3. 
Mie. 6, 6. pate 532 a fatted calf 1 Sain, 
28, 24. More fully ἜἼΡΞΓῚΞ δὴ9 a calf of 
the herd, of neat cattle, Ley. %, 2; inas- 
much as >32 was used also for the young 
of other animals, see the Ethiopic usage 
below. Often of the images of a calf 
set up and worshipped by the Israelites 
at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samaria; 
M202 53 a molten calf Ex. 32, 4,8; "239 

=n golden calves 1 K. 12, 28, 2 K. 10, 
29 ; yin2d dy the calf of Samaria Hos. 
8, 6, comp. 13, 2. Metaph. Ps. 68, 31 the 
multitude of the bulls 022 "2323 with the 
calves of the people, i.e. the hostile lead- 
ers with their peante' compared to herds, 


—Arab. ἀπε ἣ sey Syr. ns f. 
hod, Chald. bazjxbaz, id. Eth 


ba 


ARA fetus, embryo, infant just born, 
also the young of animals, whelp ; 4A 


young of animals, calves, lambs; ΔΎΔΤ 
a she-calf, heifer. The etymology is 
doubtful. Simonis and others refer it to 
the idea of a leaping and bounding 
course ; but perhaps the primary signif. 
lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. 5829 
DAA may denote, like 0b’, something 
rolled or wrapped together, an unformed 
mass; and hence embryo, fetus, and 
also the young as just born and still un- 
shapen. On the verbs >3a, 023, and 
other kindred roots, see in r. 588 note. 


MAY fem. of ἘΦ 1. ἃ calf, heifer- 
calf, or rather heifer, i. ᾳ. 778, Deut. 21, 
4. 6. Jer. 46,20; more fully 733 ΤΕ a 
heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 
Is. 7, 21; see "P2772 539 in 53>. So of 
a heifer acteained to the yoke Hos. 10, 
11; giving milk Is. 7, 21; as ploughing 
Judg. 14, 18 ; (reading out grain Jer. 50, 
‘11; of three years old Gen. 15,9. So 
too prob. Maundy ΤΡ a heifer of the 
third year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an 
emblem of Moab, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 34; 
so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images 
Hos. 10, 5.—Arab. Syr. etc. see in 53>. 

2. Eelah, pr. n. of a wife of David, 
2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 


ΤΊΣΙΣ Γ (τ. d39) 6. suff. Inds, plur. 
nida>, constr. M932 Num. 7, 3, a wain, 
car, any wheeled carriage, 6. g.a wagon 
Gen. 45, 19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8; an ox-cart 
1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 6, 3. Is. 5, 18. 
Am. 2,13; α threshing-dray or sledge 
(see ay) Is. 28, 27. 28; α war-chariot 
- ἊΨ 

Ps. AS, A Apel xm>33, Syr. FES 
Arab. nhs, id. 

ΤΊΣ (ᾳ. d. vituline, from 535) Eglon, 
pr.n. a) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12. 
b) A city in the plains of Judah, for- 
merly a royal city of the Canaanites, 
Josh. 10,3. 12,12. 15,39. A-tract of ruins 
still bears the name ’Aj/dn, rs ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 392. 


* DAZ to be sad, to grieve, c. > for 
any one, Job 30, 25. See in 538 no. 3. 


E 132 only in Nips. from the Chald. 

to shut oneself up, to remain shut up. 

Ruth 1, 13 mas ἼΘΙ would ye there- 
63* 


749 "9 


fore remain shut up? i.e. 80 as not to 
marry; for 22327) or 232m; comp, in 
Is. 60,4. Sept. κατασχεϑήσεσϑε,---ΟΠ)α]4, 
7732 one detained, shut up, espec. in pri- 
son; whence 7332 ΓΞ prison. According 
to Kimchi Talmud. 2°99 is a woman 
who shuts herself up at home and lives 
without a husband. 


Y "ἋΣ obsol. root, prob. onomatopo- 
etic, by transpos. i. q. "53 4. v. locry out ; 
Eth. 102 and 102 to cry out from 
pain, to groan like one sick or dying; 
Gr. γηρύω, γαρύω; Lat. garrio, pr. of 
the chirping or twittering of certain 
birds, nearly i. q. }¥5%; whence hirun- 
do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307; cicada 
garrula Pheedr. 3. 16.10; luscinie gar- 
rulentes Avuleiva.-Hence “32. 


‘WW, also 32 after a prefix with Ka- 
mets; pr. subst. m. from r. 772 i,q. "39. 

A) Subst. 1. pr. a passing. progress, 
in space ; also duration in time. Hence 
perpetual time, eternity, everlasting, i.q. 
odis; so Eth. 2 time, from je to 
pass; comp. fem. ΤΡ time, for M13. So 
525 for ever, i. q. pbs, Ps. 9,19. 19,10. 
21, 7. 22, 27. al. “3 ἐὰν to everlantnd, 
for ever, Ps. 83, 18. 92, 8. 132, 12. 14. 
Is, 65, 18; 755 chish ἫΝ ever and ever 
Ps, 9, 6. 119, 4. 145, 2. Mic. 4, 5; bis 
531 id. Ps. 10,16, 21,5. 52, 10; ~abis τῷ 
“> id. Is, 45, 17. 39 "37 ‘from of old, i. q- 
cbis, Job 20,4. Also ἪΡ 53% everlast- 
ing father Is. 9,5; 99 “in, 79 795N, 
everlasling mountains Gen. 49, 26. Hab. 
3,6; 32 520 inhabiting eternity, sitting 
enthroned for ever, Is. 57, 15. 

2. prey, booty, see the root no. 2. Gen. 
49, 27. Zeph. 3,8. Is. 33, 23. Chald. 
RID, AD, ANID, RN, id. 

Ἔ) Prep. “>, and poet. plur. constr. 
"31> Job 7, 4. Ps, 83,18; ὁ. suff. "3, 
FID, MID, also DID with Kamets Job 
32, 12; once tn-"> for ὈΠῸΣ 2K. 9, 
18. Comp. Syr. Re dum, donec ; Samar. 


TV id. 


1. during a certain time, so long as, 
while. Job 20,5 332 "12 during (for) 
@ moment. VK. 18, 45 n> 33) MD ND 
during so and so, in the mean while ; 
prob. accompanied by some gesture of 
the hand. 2 K. 9, 22 Dark san2twTD 
during the whoredoms of Jezebel, so 


ἼΣ 750 ἘΝ 


long as these continue.—With infin. 
Judg. 3,26 targienn “2 during their 
tarrying, while ‘they delayed. Jon. 4, 2. 
2. to, unto, even to a certain term or 
limit, viz. 1 
a) Of space, as Sita “nin 53> unto 
the great river Deut. 1,7; YIN NSF ID 
unto the end of the earth Ps. 46,10; 1» 
even unto Dan Gen, 14, 14. thn ἪΡ, 
Min 4D, hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7 
18. 1 Sam. 7, 12. So after the verbs 533 
Job 4,5, 882 11, 7, 822 Judg. 9,52. Opp. 
are 12—j2 from—to, and %3}—j2 from 
—even to, see in 2 no. 3. a. p. 583; 
also where there are several terms and 
a progression from one to another, 
“>}—2— 2 Gen. 7, 23, and so 12 being 
omitted 1 Sam. 17,52. Jer. 31, 40.—Cou- 
pled with other prepositions: aa) > 5 
which does not differ from 5%, and be- 
longs to the later writers, 6. g. “mand 4D 
even to the camp 1 Chr. 12, 22; pirnnd “3 
even to afar, afar off, 2Chr. 96, 15. Ezra 
3, 13; comp. ‘2 72 Is..57, 9. With infin. 
see Siow; in b. bb) ΠΝ ἪΡ even unto 
them 2 K. 9, 20. _ cc) “BD 43 even to 
.before, e.g. the king’s gate Esth. 4, 2; 
‘so 23 ID Neh. 3, 26, 23 53 Judg. 19, 
10. 90, 44, 
b) of time, unto, until, as TDI ID 
ceven unto this day, i. 6. this day, still, 
‘Gen. 26, 33. 32,33. Deut. 34,6; "Ran 42 
‘until the morning, i. 6. belts outer, 
.Judg. 6, 31; 2229 43 until the evening 
Ley. 15, 5. Poet. 33> "ID Ps. 104, 23; 
“33. “12 unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26, 
4, comp. Joel 2, 2. Rarely > ἪΡ Ezra 9, 
‘4—Often with an adv. of time: TINT, 
MoS, “MIF, Lill when? how long? 
-see in M2X, ΓΙᾺ, "M2; also M3472 contr. 
ΓΙΞῚΣ, ΣΤ Σ, 3-4, RRD“D, until now, 
hitherto. see these wart — With infin. 
until ; ΤΣ ΤΣ until he came near Gen. 
33,3; 43 Ξῆῦ τος until thou come again 
-Judg. 6, 18; προ ΠΣ until he had 
. destroyed him 2 K. 10,17; FRI“ until 
thou come Gen, 19, 22, see in 843 no. 2. 
b. Ex. 22,25 [26]. Ps. 18, 38. Jer. 9, 15. 
‘Dan, 10,3. In the later Hebrew also 
“bay id. as NiDd4z Judg. 3,3. 1 Chr. 5,9. 
13,5; so Ezra 10, 14. 1 K. 18, 29. 1 Chr. 
: 28, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 10. 29, 30.—Sometinies 
the idea of the infin. harks in a particle 
‘(originally a noun), e.g. JS 7B pr. until 
:none, i. 6. until there be none, as R772 


“p02 until there be no number, i.e. 
innumerable, Ps. 40.13; "6A RTE Job 
9, 10; ΝΘ ΤΆΞΙΣ 2 Chr. 36, 16; 
pipa OBR 33 1. 5, 8; 153 4D, “nbz “3, 
until failure, i.e. so lous as, ἰδ in ἘΞ 
no. 4. d, "M23 no. 4. c. 

c) As marking the degree of excel- 
lence or pre-eminence éo or unto which 
a person or thing has arrived; 2 Sam. 
23, 19 82 ND Mode ws but unto the 
three he did not attain. Job 11,753 ἘΝ 
ἈΝΤΙ "IY mom canst thou altain unto 
the perfection of the Almighty? Hence 
in comparisons: 1 Chr. 4, 27 nor did all 
their family multiply M77 "73 “> even 
unto the children of Judah, i.. to equal 
the children of Judah, like to them. Nah. 
1, 10 59333 BN"D ἜΣ interwoven like to 
thorns, i. 6. so as to be like thorns entan- 
gled together, seeinr.820. So ko59, 
shod 49, ‘even unto yehemence,’ ine. 
sahernonitlin exceedingly ; M7372 52 ‘even 
to (great) speed,’ speedily, very swiftly ;. 
mbs2> 52 ‘even to the highest point, 
exceedingly, see in 592 II. 3.b. Here 
too might be referred several examples 
quoted above in lett. Ὁ, as "BO2 74ND. 
—Also, even to some extreme limit, e. g. 
32k 4D even to destruction Num. 24, 20; 
of some extreme thing, the last even to 
which an action or quality might be 
expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 5 5» 
ΠΣΞῸ ΓΒ MIP she, even the barren, 
hath borne seven, i.e. even she, the bar- 
ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and 
unto the flowers thereof, it (the candela- 
bra) was turned work. With a negat. 
Hag. 2,19. Job 25,5. So tmam43...85 
mot even one Ex. 14, 28. Judg. 4, 16. 
2 Sam. 17, 22. 

3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i..q. 
>&, but marking the passing over, tran- 
sit “siroagh the intervening space, rather 
than the arrival at the point or limit; 
comp. the root. Gen. 38,1 "ἢ > os 

“aby and he turned in unto an Adul- 

lamite ; so TD 927 1 Sam. 9,9; 5d Nia, 
52 S8W, see Nia, 350; Ales of a ieee 
tion of the mind to any one, > wiann 
Job 32, 12. 38,18; "2 7138 Num, 23, 
18. Once m5 “23 nD towards i. e. as 
to this matter Ezra’ 10, 14. 

C) Conjunet. 1. awhile, comp. in B.1. 
With pret. 1 Sam. 14,19; fut. Job 8, 
21; particip, Job 1; 18 comp. vv. 16, 17. 


“1 751 


»More fully “ὃ ἪΡ id. Cant. Ly 12.—8>-42 
Prov: 8, 26, and δ “wx Ww Eee. 12, 1. 
2.6, while not, while as yet not, i.g. BIO2 
before, Syr. es Matt. 1, 18 for Gr. 
πρὶν ἢ. 

2. until, so long as until, apis of a 

* term or limit of time, comp: in Β, 2. Ὁ. 
With pret. Josh. 2, 22 ΠΕΣ 138 ἜΣ 
until the pursuers have returned. Ez. 
39,15. 2 K. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11. 

Hos. 10, 12. Prov. 7, 23. Job 27,5. Is. 
22,14. More fully "8x ἫΣ until that, 
with pret. Deut. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24; fut. 
Num. 11, 20. Hos. 5, 15. “8 Ἵν Cant. 
3,4. Judg. 5, 7. "3 "9 id. with pret. 

. Gen, 26, 13. 2 Sam. 23, 10; fat. Gen. 
49,10. ox 3D Gen. 24,19. Is. 30,17, 
and BX "Wx ἪΡ Gen, 28, 15. Num. 32, 
17. Is. 6,1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the term 
or limit of time itself is signified, not the 
space or interval up to that limit, e. g. 
1 Sam. 1, 22) "mk am} M2 dog7 ID 
until the child be weaned, then will J 
bring him, for when he shall be weaned ; 
comp. Chald. VIN I, and the Ἰδϊοια 
of southern and western Germany: 
‘bis Montag reise ich, i.e. I set off on 
Monday next. There is here strictly 

~an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out : 
until the child be weaned (let him remain 
with me), then will 1 bring him.—It has 
moreover been often observed, (comp. 
Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad 
Ps. 110, 1; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt. 
Ῥ. 853 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695,) that the 
particle "2 sometimes includes also the 
time beyond its term or limit ; but this is 
manifestly without foundation, so far as 
it is ascribed to this particle as arising 
from any special usus loguendi of the 
Hebrew language. Still it is not the 

less certain, that the sacred writers 
have not ih all places assigned the ex- 
treme limit, but a nearer one, without 
intending however to exclude at all the 
time beyond. When a person setting 
off on a journey says toa friend: fare- 
. well till we meet again! he now thinks 


indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al-- 


_ though he also wishes his friend to fare 
well in like manner after his return. 
These remarks apply to passages like 
Ps. 110, 1. 112, 8. Dan. 1, 21. Gen. 28, 
- 15. 1 Tim. 4, 13. Comp. Hengetehbetg 
_ Authentie des Daniel p. 66, 67. 


Ἢ» 


3. even to such a degree, i. 6, so that, 
even so that, comp. in B. 2. 6. Comp. 
Arab. donec, also ut c. fut. Eth. 


BMD. donec, ut.—Is. 47,7 thou saidst, 
I shall rule forever, 55 N>x το Ὁ 5 32 
32> so that (even to such a degree of 
insolence, tliat) thou didst not lay these 
things to heart. Job 14,6. More fully 
“Wx 12 Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3 


“Y Chald. i. q. Heb. where see. 

A) Prep. 1. during, within ; "3 
yon 270 within thirty days, Dan. 6, 
8. 13. 

2. until, even until, of time, 6. g. 73 
{2D even until now Ezra 5, 16. But “9 
V"INS until the last, i. q. till at the last, 
at last, Dan, 4, 5. 

3. to, for, of purpose, end ; "F MBI 
to the intent that, to the end that, Dan. 
4, 14, 1. 4. "Ξ MIB ἘΣ 2, 30. 

B) "3 33 Conjunct. 1. until that, 
ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached 
the bottom of the pit, i. 6. the persons 
thrown in.ere("13)the lions seized them. 

2. until, till that, with pret. Dan. 2, 34. 
5, 21. 7, 4. 9. 11. 225 fut. Dan. 2; 9. 4, 
20. 22.29. 


“2 τὰ. (τ. 382) Tsere impure, plur. 
"49, constr. "32, once "PP Ps. 27, 12 
in some copies. 

1. a witness, Deut. 17,6. 19, 15. Ruth ° 
4, 9. 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5. 9. al.. Also 
of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20, Job 
16, 8. 

2. witness borne, testimony ; 3 73 23 
to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20, 
16. Deut. 5, 17. 

3. a prince, chief, pr.a preceptor, law- 
giver, Is. 55,4. See the root in Hiph. 
2. 


19, see ‘Tid yet. 
832 Chald. see after τ. 73>. 
a 


᾿ TI? obsol. root, Arab. Aes to num- 
ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Conj. 


IV to determine, to fix, sc. a time. This 


would seem to be a secondary verb, de- 
rived from the noun “2 éime. like the verb 
53°, with which it-is kindred. Hence 


oun p>» to keep a festival, as fes- 


~ tival day i. q. 1272.—The form Hid see 
under r. 759. 


Deriv. M39, j25, pr. n. 159, ΤΙΣ. 


ae ol 


my 


*sTI2 fat. mae7, conv. Ww; i. ἢ. 
“D3, Chald. Syr. 18: Ava. fe for 
ΜΗ Eth. URQ, id. 

1. to pass, to pass over or by, Job 28, 
8 Hence ἪΡ A. 1, B. C. 

2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile 


> 
manner, whence Arab. we an enemy ; 
comp. the synon. "32 ho. 5. b. Hence 
“> A. 2, prey. 

3. Causat. ‘to cause to pass over up- 
en, i. 6. fo put on ornaments, to adorn 
or to deck oneself with any thing, c. acc. 
like 82>. (Chald. id.) Job 40, 10 "ΠΣ 
Vina xz deck now thyself with splendour. 
“~S ms to deck with ornaments, to put 
on, Ez. 23, 40. Jer. 4. 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer. 
31, 4 FIan SA thou shalt deck thyself 
with thy tabrets, which as being drawn 
over the hands were an ornament of 
dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13; 
with two acc. to adorn, to deck a person 
with any thing, Ez. 16, 11. 

Hiew. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re- 
move, to put off or away a garment 
Prov. 25, 20, i. q. 9°297 Jon. 3, 6. 

Deriv. ἜΣ, "73, MD for MID (AMD, "MD), 
also the pr. names τῆς, bans, nv, 
BINT, AVI, ὙΣΏ, πλΊϑ. 

72 or NID Chald. fut. πῆρα, 
i.q. Heb. Syr. 1, id. 

1. to pass over i. 6. away, and hence, 
of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7,14; ofa 
law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9. 13. 

2. to go or come, c. 3 to or upon any 
thing Dan. 3, 27; c. 72 to go from, to 
depart, Dan. 4. 28. 

Apu. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take 
away Dan. 5, 20. 7, 26; of kings, to re- 
move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21. 


NI, 
alt 


#179 (ornament, beauty, τ. M72 no. 3) 
Adah, pr-n.f. a) The wife of Lamech, 
Gen. “4, 19. Ὁ) The wife of Esau, Gen. 
36, 2.4; comp. 26, 34. 


I. M32 f. (for mID7, σ᾿ D2) constr. 
ΤῊΣ. plur. ΤῚΣ, an appointed meeting, 
assembly. Spec. 

1. an assembly, congregation, of the 
Israelites ; fully Sx uw ΤῚΣ Ex. 12, 3.6. 
47. Lev. 4, 13; dyno "02 ΤῊΣ Ex. 16, 
1. 2.9. 17,1. 35, 4; nin ris the con- 
gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31, 
16; also xat ἐξοχήν IDM Lev. 4, 15. 8, 


752 


ony 


3. 4. 5. Num. 13. 26.14, L. al. Sept. 
ovvayey7.—But 28 ΤῚΣ Ps. 82, 1 is the 
assembly (council) of the angels con- 
voked of God. 

2. A domestic or private company, 
sate household, Job 16, 7. 15, Ἢ 
ΤΌΤ M12, parall. snti-bhy. 

3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1,5 
ΡΣ MID the congregation of the 
righteous. 7,8. Often in a bad sense, 
troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps. 
86, 14. 22, 17. 16, 5. 11. 26, 9. 27, 3. 

4. Of beasts, as ΘΖ MID the mul- 
titude (herd) of the bulls Ps. 68, 31. Of 
bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8. 


Il. ΤῊΣ f. (τ. 39) Tsere impure, plur. 
ning. 

1. a witness, any thing which testifies, 
Gen. 31, 52. 

‘2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30. 

3. a precept of God, ordinance, only 
plur. Deut. 6, 20; 6. suff. Ps. 119, 22. 24. 
59. 79. 138. 146. 168. 

ΤῊΣ f. (r. 72) only in plur. D799, prea 


reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. ὅλα; 


spec. the monthly courses of women; Is. 
64, 5 on 332 vestis menstruis polluta. 


So Arab. διῶ conj. VIII menstruata est 
mulier. 


ITD and NAY (timely) Jddo, pr. n,m. 
a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15. 
13,22. Ὁ) The grandfather of Zecha- 
riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 
1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4. 16. 


MAT and MT f. (τ. 78>) plur. c. suff. 
MID; ig. ΠΣ IL 3. 

1. a precept of God ; Ps. 19,8 "3 ΗΘ 
M2282, parall. Mo "on hin. "78, 5. 
81, 6 (parall. pn, ede). 122.4 whither 
the tribes goup....by the precept to Is- 
rael. Plur. ec. suff nD Neh. 9, 34; 
Δεν 1K. 2,3. 9 Κ΄ 17. 15. al. Tn all 
these passages the LXX. have μαρτύ- 
ριον, μαρτύρια, according to the common 
etymology, but against the context; 
comp. r. 3 Hiph. no. 2. 6. 

2. Collect. precepts, law, spec. the de- 
calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thou 
shalt put the law, the decalogue. v. 26. 
mann yins the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22. 
26, 33. 34; men bk the tabernacle 
of the ἰάῳ Nosy. "9, 15. 17, 23. 18,2; 


wry 
amrwn mind the tables of the law Ex. 31, 
18. 34, 29,2 K. 11; 12. 2 Chr, 23, 11. 
3. a revelation, and hence a song or 
psalm revealed, inthe inscriptions Ps. 60, 
1.80, 1; comp. Ps. 60, 8-10. Others a 
lyric song, to be sung to ΜῈ lyre, as if 


derived from 73 i.q. Arab, nes lute, lyre. 


“32 m. (τ. 772) in pause "2, δ. suff. 
“$99, plur. O72. 

1. ‘orviatinent “and collect. ornaments, 
see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4. 6. Jer. 4, 
30. o°TIS “Is splendid ornaments Ez. 
16, 7. 

2. Perh. time of life, age, comp. 79 A. 
1, and P29 no. 3. Spec. youth, as Ps. 32, 9 
be not as the horse and as the mule. 
pidad i> 10) 3192 wilh bit and bit: 
dle must their youth (vigour, fierceness ) 
be muzzled. Others: with bit and bri- 
dle, even their trappings, must they be 
muzzled, Ps, 103, 5 WITS siwa 9 23:Π 
who satisfieth thy years with good, parall. 


ps2. See Thesaur. p. 993. 

Yaa (ornament of God) Adiel, pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 36. b) 9 12. ¢) 
27, 25. 


ΤῊΣ (whom Jehovah adorns, τ. 73>) 
Adaiah, pr.n.m. a) The grandfather 
of king Josiah, 2 K. 22,1. b) 1 Chr.9, 
12. Neh. 11,12. 6) 1Chr.8,21. ἃ) 
Ezra 10, 29. 6) 10, 39. Neh. 11, 5; for 
which 3779 id. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 


PWD adj. (τ. 115) delicate, effeminate, 
voluptuous, Is. 47, 8.—Very difficult and 
perhaps corrupted is the passage in 
2 Sam. 23, 8 Cheth, 249 PMD Rn 
(Keri 28277) for which the author of 
Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11, 11 "314 
ἡ Ν V2 he lifted up his spear. 
Simonis renders in 2 Sam. L.c. percussio 
ejus hasta sud (fuit) in octingentos, etc. 
comp. ware Conj. II, to smite with a 
ee weapon; see below in 139. 
Better to render 19 vibration i. 6. the 
brandishing of a spear, r. 77> to be soft, 


pliant, flexible. Perh. however the read- - 


ing is here corrupted for 33325 IDI NAN 
he brandished it, his spear, with suff. 
pleonast. 12527 for the sake of parono- 
masia with ΧΦ; comp. Ez. 10, 3. 
1 Sam. 21, 14. 

2. Adin, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 15. Neh. 7, 20. 


753 


_ Eden, Ez: 31, 9. 16. 18. 


΄ ΤΣ 
δὲς ἼΦ (slender, pliant,) Adina, pr. n. 
of a military commander under David 
1 Chr. 11,42. R. 119. 
DN (double prey, see 12 A. 2) 
Adithaim, pr. n. of a town in the tribe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. 


+19 obsol. root, Arab. Jide to be 
just, equitable, generous.—Hence the 
two following. 


"S52 (for MIM justice of God) Ad- 
lai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 29. 


Dw (justice of the people, for 559 
ED; according to Simonis for 529 72, comp. 


ie latibulum, and 2 to hide,) Adul- 


lam, pr. n. of a city in the plains of 
Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca- 
naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam, 
Josh. 12,15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1, 
15. Neh. 11, 30. Sept. ᾿θΘδολλάμ, In its 
vicinity was the cave of Adullam, 7192 
ὈΣῚΡ, 1 Sam. 22, 1. 25am. 23, 13. —Gen- 
tilen. abts Adullamite Gen. 38, 1. 12.20. 


ἘΣ ~ in Kal not used, prob. to be soft, 
lax, pliant ; Arab. γνῶ V to be flexi- 


$-< 

ble, to waver, to vibrate; «γι soft- 
Θ᾽, τς 

ness, laxness, languor, wilt a cane 


or reed; a long pole (pr. vibrating in the 
air); comp. above in 19 no. 1. The 
Gr. ἀδινός, which Simonis here com- 
pares, is obviously not connected with 
this root. 

Hirnap. pr. to give oneself up to soft- 
ness, i. 6. to live delicately, sumptuously, 
voluptuously, Neh. 9, 25. 

Deriy. 779, 722, 7772, PID, S272, 
and the pr. names RTD, ΤΡῚΣ, R772. 


ΤΙΣ τὰ. (Ὁ. 732), plur. 27272, c. suff. 
yviyP. 

1. delight, pleasure, Gr. ἡδονή, only in 
plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 51, 34, 
See the root in Hithp. 

2. Eden, pr. n. of a pleasant region in 
Asia, the situation of which is described 
Gen. 2, 10-14; in which was placed 
the garden of our first parents. Gen. 2, 
8.10. 4,16. Is. 51,3; hence 715778 the 
garden of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24. 
Joel 2,3. Ez. 36,35; 712 "ἘΞ the trees of 
The place in 


>) 


Hopu. “257 to be testified, declared, 
made known, c. 3 Ex. 21, 29. 

Pitet "39 (improperly referred by some 
to the root "I>) 10 set up again, to re- 
store, to relieve, Ps. 146, 9. 147, 6. 

Hirupot. to right oneself again, to re- 
store oneself, plur. 1 pers. T7ism1 Ps. 
20,9. Sept. ἀνορϑώϑημεν. 

oe Μὲ 7D, N72, MD, ASH, pr. ἢ. 
“Ti>, also 


‘TY, rarely 2 (according to the Ma- 
sora twelve times, e. g. Gen. 8, 22. Jer. 
13, 27. etc.) c. suff. ὙΤῚΣ and "ΣΤῚΣ (see 
in‘no. 4). pr. repetition, continuance, du- 
ration, from r. 733 no. 2; but always as 
Ady. Not found in the kindred Jan- 
guages, except the Chald. See below. 

1. again, yet again; comp. Aram. ΞΔ, 
«552, again, also from the idea of return- 
ing, repeating, Gen. 4, 25. 24. 20. 37, 9. 
Hos. 1, 6. al. sepiss. Otten after a verb 
denoting repetition, as ‘tiv ΞΘ Jer. 3, 
1; 35> 50° Gen. 18, 29. With a negat. 
“iz Nb not again Gen. 9, 11. 15. Is. 54, 
9; and so "ΠΡ Ξ Nb Job 7, 10. 119 HOW NS 
Gen. 8, 21. 

2. repeatedly, i. e. continuedly, contin- 
ually, without interruption ; Gen. 46, 29 
‘is sass 5D Ta" and wept upon his 
neck continuedly, uninterruptedly. Ruth 
1, 14. Ps. 84.5 happy they who dwell in 
thy house, 47>>%7 71> continually do they 
praise thee—Hence 

3. yet, yet more, further, longer, pr. of 
. Continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10 
and he waited 5°27 M238 Tid yet seven 
days longer. 29, 27. 30. 7,4 i> orn 
ΤΊΣΞῸ for in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ecc. 
3, δ. Witha negat. no more, no longer, 
Gen. 17, 5. 32, 29. Is. 2, 4. 30, 20. Job 
24, 20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac- 
tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37, 
5 ink Now Tip pO and they hated him 
yet the more. Prov. 9, 9.—So too i. q. 
more than this. besides, where to per- 
sons or things already mentioned some- 
thing further is added ; Gen. 43, 6 "isn 
mx D2> whether ye had yet a brother, 
i. 6. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is, 1, 5. 

4, Most freq. of a time or action con- 
tinued either up to the present moment, 
or to the occurrence of another act, yet, 
as yet, still. Gen. 45, 3° "ay ‘Tish doth 
my father yet live? 31, 14. Is. 5, 25 his 


756 


Νὰ} 


hand is stretched out still. Ps. 78, 30 
while their meat was yet in their mouths. 
Is, 65, 24. Dan. 9, 20.21 lo, it is yet high 
day. So ὩΣ TD yet a little while and 
this or that will be done. Is. 10, 25. 29, 

17. Ex. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10. —Where the 
subject is a ae | pronoun, this is 
appends to Ti? as a suffix (comp. also 
Θὰ PR), thus: "P32 as yet ἴ, Josh. 14, 
11. 1 Sam. 20, 14; "S19 see in no. 5. a3 
WTS yet thou Gen. 46, 30, f. ΤῚΣ 1K. 1, 

14; 35955 Gen. 18, 22 ; nmivis 1 K. 1, 

22; cris Ex. 4, 18, once cn “id Is. 65, 

24. etc. Like Ὁ" and TN, so ὙΦ sits 
includes the idea of the substantive verb, 
and is then construed with a participle ; 
e. g. Gen. 18, 22 "2 "2b 495 A279 ἠδ᾽ 
stood yet before Jehovah ; or with a ver- 
bal adj. as "1 5275 he is yet alive Gen, 
43, 28. Sometimes 71> 6. suff. is sub- 
joined to a substantive, as Num. 11. 33 

CAPES Wa ἼΣΗΣ “wan while the flesh 
was yet between their leeth. 1 Sam. 13,7. 
2 Chr. 34,3; here the suffix (as elegs 
where δεῆσαι, 7h) has the foree of the 
subst. verb.—Once c. suff. plur. Lam. 4, 
17 Keri: "3°2°3 HINDI ἸΣΥ ΤῚΣ as yel our 
eyes languish, pr. ‘by anacoluthon as yet 
we languish, our eyes languish. But the 
true reading is preserved in Chethibh 
mo" T3, apparently a poetic form for 
itis (as Ya" poet. for ty"), i. e. as 
yet they languish, even our eyes, the suf- 
fix being redundant, as above, but with 
a finite verb inateadl of a participle. 

5. With Prefixes: a) i335 pr. ‘in 
the being yet, i.e. a) while, while yet, 
opp. DIwa. 2 Sam. 12, 22 *n 7b8n tiva 
while the child was yet alive. Job 29, Be 
Proy. 31,15. Jer. 15, 9 631" 13a awhile 
yet day. With noun suff. Ps. 146, 2 
“Tiva while I yet exist ; but with verbat 
suff. Gen. 25,6 "M122 while he yet: 
lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in “tisa the 
siz is construed as a noun, pr. i my con- 
tinuance, existence, being ; but in 327933 
the ‘iD is an adverb, and there is an el- 
lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet lived, 
32— being the nominative. ) in yet, 
within yet this or that space of time, 
Gen. 40, 13 B93 ΓΘ ΡΞ within yet, 
three days. Is. 7, 8. 21, 16. Jer. 28, 3. 11, 
Comp. 3 A. 5. 

b) iD” from as yet, ea quo, i. 6. ever 
since. Gen. 48, 15 "D2 ever since I 


nN 


am, ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30 
Myr Dist TD ΤΡ Ὁ ever since thou wast, 
even unto this day. 

iD Chald. yet, i. q. Heb. no. 4, Dan. 
4, 28. 

ITF (for THPe setting up again, 
erecting, τ. 789) Oded, pr.n. 8) The 
father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr. 


15, 1. 8. Ὁ) Another prophet, 2 Chr. 
28, 9. 
*FRP 1. i. gq. Arab. (556. to bend, 


to curve ; also to make crooked, to dis- 
tort, kindr. with 718%. See Niph, Pi. Hiph. 

2. to act perversely, to sin, (comp. 5311 
Il. 3.) Dan. 9,5; with 52 of pers. Esth. 
1, 16.—Arab. (¢¢ erravit, seductus est. 

Nien. 1. to be distorted, to writhe, 
with pains and spasms, like a woman in 
travail. Is. 21, 3 saw "MIT 7 writhe 
so that Icannot hear. Also to be bent, 
bowed down, depressed, with calamities, 
Ps. 38, 7. 

2. to be perverse ; part. ΤΟΣ. perverse. 
Prov. 12,8 39 M132 perverse of heart. 
1 Sam. 20, 30 mayen ΓΟΣΣΓῚΞ the son of 
perverse rebelliousness, i. 6. of a perverse 
and obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8. 

Prex 32 to subvert, to overturn, to turn 
upside down, i.e. to destroy ; Is. 24, 1 433 
mp and turneth the face of it (the 
earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 *712°N3 
mp he turneth up (breaks up) my ways. 
Comp. 721. ! 

Hien. 7335 to make crooked, to per- 
vert, e.g. to pervert or wrest right, Job 
33, 27; to pervert one’s way or conduct, 
i.e. to act perversely, Jer. 3,21. Also 
with 373 impl. to act perversely 2 Sam. 
7,14. 24,17. 1 K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6. Jer. 
9, 4; 6. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 20. 

Deriv. πῆρ, PR, BBP, 3, 82, 
Chald. 8113, also the pr. names "52, 
md, TIME, ἢ, OND, TD. 

ΤῊΣ £. an overturning, overthrow, Ez. 
21,32. R. ΠῚΣ Pi. 


ΤῊΣ 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also 
NAY 2 K. 17, 24, (i. q. M32 overturning, 
ruin, unless perhaps it is to be so read,) 
Teah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under 
the Assyrian dominion, whence colo- 
nists were brought to Samaria. Some 
compare here a Phenician city Avatha, 

64 


157 


Ry. 


ἪΝ 


see Relandi Palestina p. 232, 233; but 
it must rather be sought in Mesopota- 
mia.—Gentile n. plur. ΒΡ Avites 2 Κα. 
17, 31, see below under "42. 


THY iniquity, see Pre. 
TI strength, see 19. 


*TIY or ΤΊΣ to flee for refuge to 
any pers. or place; Arab. Sle mid. 
Waw id. c. Ws; Il, to cause to flee for 

8... 3 .-»ν» 
refuge, Opt; Olas, refuge. Either 
kindr. with verbs of hasting, Wan, ar; 
or perh. denom. from subst. 152 refuge, 
asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2. 

Hipu. causat. pr. ‘ to cause to flee for 
refuge ;’ hence to save by flight, to place 
in safety, spoken of one fleeing with his 
effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 σῦς 12h 
Π2ΡΏ. Acc. impl. id. 15, 10,31. Jer. 4, 
6. 6, 1. 


* DAP perh. i. q. Arab. blé mid. 
Waw to sink in any thing, as the foot 
in the sand ; II, to sink, to dig a well; 
IV, to plunge, to immerse ; hence usually 
ὭΣ stylus. But the notion of digging, 
graving, is not certain in this root ; andit 
is better to refer UD to the idea of hard- 
ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Stift from steif,) 
which belongs to the kindred syllable 
72, see in P33, 759, TZ; so that it 
would then be related to V2 wood, 
whether the root be Bid i. q. P39, or 
mw» i. α. ΠΣ as is more probable. 


“AY, plur. ἘΣ, Avite, Avi, i. 6. 

1. Gentile ἢ. from the name M55, 853,. 
2 K. 17, 31; see in m4. ‘ 

2. Namesof the aborigines of the coun- 
try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh.. 
13, 3. 

3. "9 (the ruins, or Avites’-town): 
a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23. 

RD or 87M7Y Chald. Εἰ perverseness, 
sin, often in the Targums; but in O. T.. 
only plur. }™13, or in some copies (al-- 
ways in the Targums) 15», Dan. 4, 24. 


tron?) 


1. D4 m. adj. (215) wicked, ungodly,’ 
Job 16, 11. 

IL. 5-9 m. (τ. 535) @ child; pr. a 
suckling, i. ᾳ. >39, Job 21, 11, parall 
nrt>; perh. 19, 18. 


ἪΡ 


PY (ruins, τ᾿ m2) Avith, pr. n. of a 
town in the territory of the Edomites, 
Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Chr. 1, 46 where 
Cheth. ma". 


᾿ξ in Kal not used, to turn away, 
to distort, comp. >*%, 2m; hence to be 
wrong, perverse, wic shed. Arab. Sle 
mid. Waw quiesc. to turn aside sc. 
from right, to be unjust. 

Ὁ Prez fut. 5322 to do wrong, to act 
wickedly, Ps.71, 4. Is. 26, 10.—Syr. Aph. 
Nast id. 

 Deriv. D3p, d39, ΠῚ» (ΠῚ, 1359), 
and 5713 1, 


5° m. (r. 5.9) a eee one 
wicked, Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17% al. 
Syr. es. 


279 m. (τ. 522) once in constr. 12 Ez. 
28, 18, 6. suff. 2, wrong, wickedness, 
tniquity, Job 34, 10. Ps, 53, 2. Jer. 2,5; so 
in a judge Lev. 19,15. Ps. 82,2; in a 
merchant Ez. 28,18. ΞῚ» ΓΙῸΣ to Je evil 
Ez. 3, 20. 18, 24. 26, 33, 13; “bap ἜΣΒ id. 
Job 34, 32. bry tox α wicked man unjust, 
Prov. 29, 27. Coner. for unjust gain Ps. 


7,4. Syr. flak, Chald. 8519, x79, id. 


“O13 to give milk, to suckle, of ani- 
mals, only part. fem. ΓΞ. mine milch- 
kine 1 Sam. 6,7. 10. Gen. 33,13. Also 
without subst. part. mi>y the milk-giv- 
ing, milch, poet. for the ewes, Ps. 78,71. 
Is. 40, 11.—Kindr. by transp. is >%, 
where see note. Arab. Jlé mid. Ye, 
gravida fuit et lactavit. 

Deriy. "12 II, and 


299 m. a child, pr. a sucking-child, 
suckling, Is. 49,15. 65,20.—Arab. dole 
boy, Syr. aS, Chald. $33, ὅπ, id. 


md f. (τ. 532) once contr. ry Is. 
61, 8; with He poet. demonstr. “andy 
Ps, 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3, contr. mm>> Job 5, 
16; once transp. ἢ maby Hos. 19, 9; plur, 
τήθης Ps, 58, 8, 64, 7; i. q. 519, wrong, 
wickedness, iniquity, Job 6,29. 30. 11, 14, 
Proy. 22,8. Is, 59,3, al. M312 ivy to do 
wrong, to act wickedly, Zeph. 3, 5. 13; 
ΠΡ 29 Job 13, 7. 24,7. ΓΙΒῚΣ 3. the 
son of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps. 89, 
23; ΤΙΡΊΣ ΣΆ. the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34, 
7,10. Abstr. for coner. wickedness for 


758 


ΘῊΡ 


the wicked Job 5, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107, 42. 
Sept. ἀδικέα, ἀνομία. 


M4 evil, see in ΤΡῚΣ; also a burnt- 
offering, see mp. 


22459 m. (see note) ρίαν. on5>i> and 
πρὸ as from a form bbip ; constr. 
sbbip Lam. 2.20; with light suff. 77>>ip 
Ps. 187, 9.1 nabbty Lam. 1,5; with grave 
suff. abbr ; a boy, child, infant, e. g. 
of tender age 1. 13, 16. Hos. 14,1. 2 Κ. 
8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 137, 9; carried in 
the arms, lam. 2, 20; slaving in the 
streets Jer. 6,11. 9,20; asking for bread 
Lam. 4,4; carried away captive Lam. 
1,5; once of the unborn feetus Job 3. 16. 
Sometimes coupled with 727 suckling 
Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47,7. Lam. 2, 
11; from which however it is expressly 
distinguished 1 Sam, 22,19. 15, 3 ΒΒ 
p2it πρὶ. The same is >>%>9 Is. 3, 12, 
Plur. ὁ. suff. their children Ps. 17, 14. 

Nore. The form comes from Poel or 
Polel 53%; prob. from r. 59 to vex, 
and so referring to the petulance of chil- 
dren; or it may come from τ. δὴν to 
suckle, though the sense would here be 
passive, while the form is active. See 
in >>» I. 2, and Po. no. 3. Thesaur. p. 
1033, 1034, 


MIDS and MISSY f plar. (τ. 855 1) 
constr. M7553, gleanings, Mic. 7,1. Is. 
24, 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5. Twice cou- 
pled with a preceding masc. sing. Judg. 
8, 2. Is. 17, 6; see Heb. Gram. ὃ 144. 


ὈΡῚΣ m. rarely D2 Gen. 3, 22. 6, 3. 
al. plur. vad. R. odo 1. 

A) Pr. ‘hidden,’ spee. hidden time, i.e. 
obscure and long. of which the begin- 
ning or end is uncertain or mdefinite, 
duration, everlasting, eternity, spoken: 

1. Of time long past, gray antiquity, 
of old, everlasting, as in the following 
phrases and examples: 0319 "27 Am. 
9,11. Mic. 7, 14. Is. 63, 9, and τὸν nina 
Deut. 32, 7, the days of old, ancient times. 
ὈΡῚΡ of old, from ancient times, Gen. 6, 
4. 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2, 20. 5, 
15. Ps, 25, 6; and so of time before the 
world, from everlasting, Prov. 8, 23; 
with a negative, nol from any time, 
never, Is, 63, 19, 64, 3; elsewhere of a 
long time, long, Is. 42, 14 referring to 
the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11; 


bi 


ἘΡ 8132} an ancient landmark, set up 
by the forefathers, Prov. 22, 28. 23, 
10; c>i> “ne ancient gates, Ps, 24, 7. 
pbs "m2 the dead of old, those long 
dead, Ps. 143, 3. Lam. 3,6; 8359 ἘΦ the 
people of old time, long dead, ΕΖ. 26, 20. 
—Since to men of ancient times were 
attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted 
morals, hence =>i3 ἢ. Ps. 139, 94, τὴν 
Bdid Job 22, 15, “pbiv nian? Jer. 6, 16, 
pbis "b730 Jer. 18, "15, are all put for the 
true piety of the filhere of old ; comp. 
ἘΠΩΡῚΡ PIX the righteousness of oli, for- 
mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24.—That 
not always the remotest antiquity is 
implied, is manifest from the phrase 
ἘΡῚΡ misnn Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in 
[prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je- 
rusalem at the close of the Babylonian 
exile. Jer. 25,9 and 49, 13 do not belong 
here, ‘> there referring to time future. 

2. Often also of future time, ever, for 
ever, evermore, in such a way that the 
terminus ad quem is to be determined 
from the nature of the subject. Thus 
where human things are spoken of: 

a) Spec. in the affairs of single per- 
sons, D>4> is sometimes put for the whole 
period of life, all the days of one’s life, 
as D>iv TD ὦ servant for ever. i. 6. not 
to be set free i in all his life, Deut. 15, 17. 
Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12; poet. of an 
animal: Job 40, 28 [41,4]. ndis-3> for 
ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1, 
22. 20,15. 2Sam. 3, 28. odis “bd ever 
secure. ever prosperous, so long as they 
live, Ps. 73, 12. 30,13 Jehovah, my God, 
FTN odivd for ever will I praise thee, 
i.e. while I live. 5, 12. 31, 2. 37, 27, 28. 
49, 9. 52, 11. 71, 1. 86, 12. Sometimes 
put for very long life; Ps. 21, 5 he (the 
king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him 
52] 0b19 D7 WIN length of days for 
ever and ever, i. 6. a long. long life—A 
still narrower application of τὴν is im- 
plied in Is. 35, 10 Dgsamby δὴν Nmap 
perpetual joy shall be upon their heads, 
j. 6. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun- 


tenances, they shall be ever cheerful and . 


rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126, 2). Is. 51, 11. 
61,7. In Is. 32, 14 the limit of this long 
time is specified: Aill and watch-tower 
shall become caverns ΞΘ ΤΣ evermore 
eee 15 ΤΣ ΤΣ until the Spirit shall be 
poured out, ete. 


759 


Ὧ9 


b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy- 
nasty. or people, and including the whole 
time of their existence until their de- 
struction. 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shall 
serve me D>127~72 for ever, i. 6. 80 long as 
it endures. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 Chr. 
17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18,51 he will show 
mercy to David and to his seed ὩΣ, 
So the covenant of God with the Israel- 
ites is called θὴρ m2 Gen. 17,7. Lev. 
24, 8; the laws given to them are 
bio mpm, πρὶν pn, Ex. 12, 14. 17. 27, 
21. 28, 43. 30, 21, Lev. 3, 17.6, 11; the 
possession of the Holy Land is 0359 many 
Gen. 17, 8. 48, 4. 

c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion 
of eternity, or at least to an eternity 
without end, approach those examples 
in which ©>%> is attributed to the earth 
and to the universe. Ecc. 1,4 bul the 
earth standeth or abideth 02°2> for ever. 
Ps. 104, 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved 
for ever. 78, 69. ‘> mi>33 everlasting 
hills, created of old, and to endure for 
ever, Gen. 49, 26. Deut, 33,15; ‘> ΓῺ 
everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too 
of human things which refer to a period 
after death, e. g. O2°> τυ everlasting 
sleep, for death Jer. 51, 39.57 ; yobid ma 
his everlasting house, long heme e. the 
grave Ece. 12,5; 0599 7m everlasting 
life after the resurrection Dan. 12, 2. 

d) The true and full idea of eternity 
is expressed by θ᾽ in those passages 
where it is spoken of the nature and ex- 
istence of God, who is called 2>i> 5x the 
eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21, 
33. Is. 40, 28; DdiDA ἍΤ the ever ΣῊΜ 
Dan. 12, 7. (Coup. pbisd man to live 
for ever, to be immortal like God, Gen. 
3, 22. Job 7,16.) To him are attributed 

Ὁ» ΤΡ everlasting arms Deut. 33, 
97; and of him it is said Ps. 90, 2 nbive 
bx ΠΡ Db D1 “from everlasting to 
everlasting thow art God. 103,17; comp. 
Ps. 9, 8. 10, 16. 29, 10. 93, 2. 

e) Of a peraline kind are those pas- 
sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole 
ascribe eternity in the metaphysical sense 
to human things, chiefly in the expres- 
sion of good wishes: Here belongs the 
customary form of salutation towards 
kings: S>id> 7>eh 725% 7M let my lord 
the king ‘live Yor erer, 1 K. 1, 31. Neh. 
2,3. Comp. Dan. 2, 4. 3,9. Judith 12, 


v9 


4, Zélian. V. H. 1. 32. So in poetical 
invocations of good upon kings and royal 
lines, e. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit 
upon his throne before God ; comp. v. 7 
let his years be "7 95 122 as many ge- 
nerations. 45, '7 thy throne of God [pr. 
0 God] ἪΣῚ phish i is for ever and ever ; 
see in ponds note, p. 55. Ps. 89, 37 his 
i{David’s) seed shall endure Sor ever. 
-How much this last expression implies 
tis apparent from the words which imme- 
-diately follow it: his throne (shall stand) 
.as the sun before me, 38 like the moon 
shall it be established for ever ; and from 
Ps, 72,5 they shall fear thee, (O king,) 
.80 long as the sun and moon endure, 
throughout all generations ; ib. v. 17 his 
-name shall endure &2%> for ever, so long 
-as the sun shall his name flourish. That 
‘is, by this figure of hyperbole there is 
invoked for the king and his royal pos- 
terity, a dominion not less enduring 
than the universe itself—Also Ps. 48, 9 

‘God will establish it (Jerusalem) for 
-ever. Jer. 7,7 the land which I gave to 
your flithere dip Ib} DdID yob. 25, 5. 

Por. pindiy, q. d. ages, everlasting 

ages, like Gr. ΡΘΕ i.e. a) ages of 

‘antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan. 
‘9, 24. Eee. 1,10. b) future ages, the 
iremotest future, Ps. 61, 5. 77,6. 145, 13. 
Is. 26, 4. 45, 17. 

B) the world, mundus, from the Chald. 
‘and Rabb. usage (Buxtorf col. 1620), like 
‘Gr. αἰών ; hence love of worldly things, 
worldly-mindedness, i. q. more fully ἀγά- 
‘an τοῦ κόσμου 1 John 2, 15, αἰών τοῦ 
κόσμου τούτου Eph. 2, 2, and Arab. 


o>) 

‘Uso the world, worldly things and the 
love of them, as destructive to the know- 
ledge of divine things. So Ecc. 3, 11 
‘God hath made every thing beautiful in 
its lime, "23% 0352 472 ὈΞΞΤΙ ΤΣ ps 

“ΔῈ ΠΝ RET" xb six although he 
(God) hath set the love of worldly things 
in their heart, so that man understandeth 
not the arta of God ; i. 6. ἘΞ for "2 D3, 
see Dino. 4, For the sense comp. Ecc. 
8, 17.—Another form is Bi>>2. 


, 5 obsol. root, to rest, to dwell ; 
kindr. 52%. Arab. ot to live quietly, 


comfortably ; ae quiet, comfort. — 


760 


my 


Hence Πρ, 92, M7199, pr. n. DoD 
anbina. 


TP for #22, see the root ἢ 


> m. (τ. 2) twice ja: 2K. 7, 9. 
Ps. 51, 7; constr. v2, ἩῚΣ 1 Chr. 21,8; 
plur. edmel. and constr, ΓΙ, ¢. enff. 
mhz, #7212, oftener "mdiy ns, etc. 
pr. wrong, perverseness ; "hence concer. 
wrong action, iniquity, sin, erime, Gen, 
4,13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5. 28, 38. al. sep. 
Hess 10, 10 see in 99 no. 1, note. Sept. 
ἁμαρτία, ἁμάρτημα, ἀδμω Often cou- 
pled with synon. ΝΣ Ex. 34, 9, Deut. 
19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of 
hi who commits the sin, as ΤΊΣΙΣ ὭΣ 
Ex. 20,5. 34, 7 ; or of the place where one 
sins, as ΡΒ Ὁ Josh. 22, 17, wipe Ὁ 
Num. 18, 1; or also of the punishment 
to be adsaeed for the sin, as 277 ning 
iniquities for the sword, to be punished 
by it Job 19, 29, and 7p 752 iniguity of 
the end, wihiok Andina destruction, Ez. 
21, 30; comp. 5°5"5p 342 a crime for the 

judas, to be punished by them, Job 31, 
11. To express the pardon or expiation 
of sins the verbs used are M3, "397, 
"BD, Xv? no. 2. b; for its punishment, 
“DP ; for the suffering of its punishment, 
or no. 4, d.—By synecd. a) wrong, 
iniquity, guill, contracted by sinning, as 
"TON FD the iniquity of the Amorites 
Gen. 15, 16; °Mxen ἫΣ the iniquity of 
my sin Ps. 32,5. Soa jv vw there is 
iniquity in any one, he is guilty, 1 Sam. 
20, 8. 25, 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32: with > 2 
Sasi 14,9; > Job 33, 9; also 1 Sam. 
28, 10. 2 K. 7, 9. b) Νήρ ded gain ; 
Hos. 12, 9 [8] in all my gains they shall 
Jind no 82 MGR FAD wrong that is sin, 
c) the punishment of sin Is. 5,18; hence 
calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11. 

MP f(r. $99) @ living together, co- 
habitation in the conjugal sense, Ex. 21, 
10. Talmud. id—For min? Hos. 10, 
10 Keri, see in 372 no. 1, note. 


O° 12 τὴ, plur. perversities, i. e. per- 
verseness, Is. 19, 14 ; for B"1372, from the 
root M2. Vulg. vertigo, not unaptly. 


* OD fat. ΘᾺ, with Vav conv. F279, 
1. 10 cover, spec. with the wings, fea- 
thers, i. q. 522; from which perhaps 
this root has been formed by softening 
the letters, comp. P22, P% ; 728, DN 


ahd 


yx, and many others; see the roots 
wan, FIM, etc.—Is. 31, 5 Mipp MELD as 
birds cover (their young with their 
wings) 924977 ἘΣ ΠΣ "7 422 72 so will 
Jehovah of hosts protect Jerusalem.— 
Hence 59, pr. i. q. 522 wing, then col- 
lect. birds, fowl; and hence again the 
verb as denominative : 

2. to fly, pr. of birds Job 5, 7. Prov. 23, 
5. 26, 9. Deut.4, 17 ; also of locusts Nah. 
3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6,6; of 
God as sitting upon his throne and borne 
by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11; of a flying roll 
Zech. 5, 1.2. Trop. of an army flying 
(rushing) to battle Hab. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14 
(c. 3); of a fleet Is. 60, 8; an arrow 
Ps. 91,5. So to fly away, to vanish, as 
sleep Job 20.8; human life Ps. 90, 10. 
Once transit. like Hiph. Prov.23, 5 Cheth. 
—Arab. Wsle mid. Waw and Ye, to 
hover in the air as a bird, c. As; 
8. 

Kars flight. 

3. to cover over, to wrap, Syr. vo in- 
volvit, for ἑλέσσω Heb. 1,12. Hence in- 
trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark- 
ness ; Job 11, 17 πῆ “pa ΓΒΣΤῚ now 
covered with dablenass (calamity), soon 
thou shalt be as the morning. Better 
perhaps with 3 Mss. to read mpisn, 
darkness shall become as the morning. 
—Also 

4. to be overcome with darkness, to 
Saint, to faint away ; so fut. 5321 1 Sam. 
14, 28. Judg. 4, 21; this form being 
chosen to distinguish it from ὩΣ Ὶ to fly. 
—See ΩΣ, ὭΣ, and Arab. 

Syr. καξ to become weak, Ethp. to faint 
away. Kindred are ΤΣ and ὭΣ" to be- 
come weak, weary. 

Pit. FBS 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no 2, to fly. 
to fly about, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6,2. Part. 
REIS flying, Is. 14, 29. 30, 6. 

2. to brandish, q. d. to make fly about, 
e. g. a sword Ez. 32, 10. 

Hirn. to make fly away Prov. 23, 5 
Keri. 

Hirspat. to fly away, to vanish, Hos. 
9, il. 

Deriy. from no. 1, 2, i2, DIBDED ; 
from no. 3, ΠΕΡ, 4452, oe nein. 


ΠΣ τὰ. (. may) pr. wing; collect. 
birds, fowl, i. e. the winged oi 


761 


ἫΣ 


sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25. Ez. 31, 
6. 13; oftener with sing. verb Gen. 1, 
21. 30, Lev. 17, 13, Ps. 50, 11. al, sep, 
Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10,—Syr, 
{eed bird, but not frequent. Eth. O-% 
id, 

ἘΣ Chald. birds, fowl, i. q. Heb. 
Dan. 2, 38. 7, 6. 

"DID Jer. 40, 8 Cheth. see in "Ὁ. 


"3 ἮΝ to consult, to take counsel, 
i.q. 737 where see ; only in imp. 5X2 
Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10.—Hence yo 
pr. ἢ. 


vhf: Ὑ9 perh. i. q. ble, ole, to 


impress itself, lo sink, e. g. the fot in the 

g- 
sand, comp. r. 832; whence Kbgé 
sandy soil and fertile. Hence 


ΤΌ Uz, Ausitis, fully 73> yx the 
land of Uz Job 1, 1. Lam. 4, 21; 738 
77277 Jer. 25, 20; Sept. Αὐσῖτις, ἀὐνπὰξ 
pr. n. οἵα region and tribe in the northt 
eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between 
Idumea, Palestine, and the Euphrates, 
adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates ; 
called by Ptolemy (V. 19) Aivtras, un- 
less the reading Avvita is to be restored. 
For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10, 
23. 36, 28; comp. 22, 21. See the dis- 
cussions respecting the situation of the 
land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8. 
J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm. 
Schol. in Job. Prolegom. § 5. See also 
Thesaur. p. 1003. 


ἘΡῚΣ in Kal not used, Syr. and Chald. 
to be pressed, to be straitened, i. ᾳ. Heb. 
Pax. 

Hipu. fo press, c. mM pr. to press 
down, καταϑλίβω. Am. 2, 13 lo, I will 
press you down (ὩΞ ΤΙ. P72), as a 
cart full of sheaves presseth down sc. 
what is under it, i. e. I will press you 
down and crush you as a wain loaded 
with sheaves. 

Deriv. HPP, ΠΡ. 


z ny whence Piel “> to blind, see in 
a> IIL. Ξ 

WY adj. (r. 55> IIT) plur. ΘΛ and 
minty Is. 42, 7; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 
14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind, 
the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29, 18. 
42, 18. 19. 43. 8. 


E light 


> 


* TAP fat. ΠΡ, imper. parag. M59. 

1. to wake, to be awake ; Chald. Pal. 
and Aph. 7713, "28, to awake, to arouse, 
“Dmx to be «ἰθεξοῖ, awake ; Syr. a 
to ‘awake, to arouse; Aph. to excite. 
Comp. ἐγείρω, Sanser. gri. Perh. kindr. 
with τ. "> .—Cant. δ᾽ 2. Mal. 2,.12 
M23) ἜΣ the waking and the answering, 
ie. every one living, a proverbial ex- 
pression (like 2515) "432) drawn perhaps 
from the Levites keeping watch in the 
temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains 
awake and betes and the other answers. 
In the same sense the Arabs say: no 
caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive, 
Vit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome: 
magister et discipulus, and so the Engl. 
Vers. ‘ the master and the scholar.’ 

2. to awake trom sleep, intrans. only 
in imper. MP9. Ps. 44, 24 mad ms 
"258 UN awake! why sleepest ‘thou, O 
Lord? Ps. 57, 9. 59, 5. 108, 3; ὁ. by 
‘Ps. 7,7. Fem. "ἜΣ Jedi. 5, 12. Cant. 
4, 16. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19. 

3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep, 
‘i. q. Hiph. So fut. 1957 Job 41, 2 Keri. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 7523, fut. WR pass of Piel and 
-Hiph. 

1. to be awaked, to be roused from 
‘sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1. 

2. Trop. to be raised up, lo arise, e. g. 
:a wind Jer. 25, 32; a people Jer. 6, 22. 
Joel 4, 12 [3, 17]; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17 
[13] —For Hab. 3, 9, see in Το ἫΣ IL. 

Prx. 1753 , comp. Gr. 09m, ὄρνυμι, pret. 
«ὄρωρα. 

1. toawaken, to rouse out ofsleep, trans. 
‘Cant. 2, 7. 3,5. 8, 4; to excite or call 
‘forth serpents from their lurking-places 
Job 3,8. Trop. to excite, to stir up quar- 
rels, strife, Prov. 10,12; love Cant. 8,5; 
commotion Is. 14,9; ο. 52 against any 
‘one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one’s 
:strength, Ps. 80, 3. 

2. to raise up, to lift up and brandish 
‘a spear 2 Sam. 23,18. 1 Chr. 11, 11.20; 
-a scourge Is. 10, 26.—But Is. 23, 13 see 
wander r. 77> Pil. 

Pip. 9252 , to raise up, tolift up acry ; 
thence Is. 15, 5 9239 "BU MPDT they 
shall lift up a ery of destruction ; here 
ΡΞ (in many Mss, 99>") js for 
ISD, the syll. "2 being softened into 
D3 5 Comp. Ewald Krit. Gr. p. 479. Μο- 


762 


ΖΦ 


numm. Phen. p. 431, 432. Or pern. τῇ 
should read 17392" ,whence 7555" might 
easily arise, and then defect. 4923) .— 
See also in "72. 

Hips. 2795, fat. 59, inf 2, with 
pref. ΣΆ Ps. 73, 20, ὶ. q. Piel. 

1. Causat. to awaken, to arouse any one 
from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2. 7. 3, δ. 
8, 4. Ps. 57,9 4H max 7 will awake 
the dawn. 108, 3. 73,20 "22. 

2. to rouse up, to excite. to stir up, 
Job 41, 1 [10] none so bold 33755 "D that 
he will stir him up sc. leviathan. ive. pro- 
voke him. Deut. 32, 11 ἢ 7757 "23 
as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro- 
yokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan- 
dum. So to rouse up, to excite to any 
thing, 6. g. warriors to battle Joel 4, 9; 
a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2. 25. 
45, 13; ¢. 59 against any one Is. 13, 17. 
51, 1. Ez. 23,22. So to rouse up, to ex- 
cite the ear Is. 50,4; the mind, spirit, 
Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 26. 
Ezra 1, 1.5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour 
Is. 42, 13; valour Dan. 11, 25. 

3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake, 
i a ἘῈ» with which it is coupled Ps. 

3. (73 20); 6. 5% for any one Job 
4 6. 

Hirupat. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise, 
Is. 51, 17. 64, 6; ο. b> against any one 
Job 17, 8. 

2. lo rejoice, to exult, vulg. Engl. to be 
wide awake, Job 31, 29. 

Deriv. 29, ΠΡ city, Chald. ""> watch- 
er, pr. ἢ, 12,779, FPZ, RPI, AMS, MS, 
“753. 


ἘΠ. i. g. mp and 779 to be 
8, —- 
naked, to be made naked. Arab. yt 


ees nakedness, verenda. Hence "32 
.v. 

Nien. Hab. 3, 9 FBP WH] AM with 
nakedness was thy bow made naked, i. e. 
wholly drawn forth from its sheath; 
comp. Is. 22, 6. 

Pix. "719, see r. "19. 

Deriv. "i> , “D2. 

* TIT. AP 5. g. san, to dig, to ex- 
cavate. Hence ΠΣ cavern; Arab. 
ye, Slee, id. 

Prep “89 (as 199 Pi. 82) to blind, to 
make blind, pr. ‘to dig out’ the eye, 


™""D 


comp. "p?. 2K. 25,7. Jer. 39,7. 52, 11. 
Metaph. fo blind a judge with presents, 
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19.—Aram. ΡΣ, 
$04, id. Eth. URC to be blind; Arab. 


ΧΕ and δ» to be blind of one eye. 


Deriv. “32, yins>,, MD ; Chald. "ὮΝ 
chaff. 


"9 Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr. 

BM - 9 - . 
fies id. Arab, aye n= a bit of 
chaff or the like which flies into the eye 
and hurts or blinds it. R. ΡΣ no ΠῚ. 


9 m. (r. AY IL) c. suff. “>, plur. 
nid. 

1. the skin of a man, so called perhaps 
from nudity; Ex. 34, 29. Lev. 13,2. Job 
7,5. al. sep. "2 92 with the skin of 
my teeth Job 19, 20, i. e. with nothing left, 
with the loss of all; others understand 
the skin of the gums; see in τ. 23% 
Hithp. where another view is given. 
Poet. for the body, Job 19, 26 see under 
He? Pi. no. 2. Job 18,13 the parts of 
his skin, i.e. the members of his body. 
2,4 nip Iva AD skin for skin, i. e. like 
for like 5 [what he holds dear as life 
(his wealth) will he give for his life.—R. 

2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40, 31[41, 
7]; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8. 
Gen. 3, 21. 27,6; also as prepared and 
wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq. 
Num. 31,20. mm i> seal-skin Num. 
4,8. 11, 12. Plur. minis Ex. 26, 14. 
39, 34. 


"9 see on p. 761. 

AN see 39. 

ΤῸΝ m. blindness Deut. 28, 28. Zech. 
12,4. R. 93 IIL 


DN (read Erne) Is. 30, 6 Cheth. 
for D777 asses ; see in "73. 


MV f. blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr. 
{2o,208. R. ὋΣ ΠΙ. 


* WD aa. λεγόμ. Joel 4, 11, where 


Sept. Targ. Syr. render ‘to assemble, to 


come together” Better, to hasten, to make 
haste, like the kindred roots Ban, m3, 


perh. ys ΠῚ to hasten; IV, to urge 
on in haste. 
Deriv. 62, U1, pr. n. WAdt, Bir. 


763 ἼΣ 


‘ nig in Kal not used, to be curved, 
crooked, bent, kindr. with P32, 03>. 

Prien ma>, fut. yz", to bend, to make 
crooked, Ecc. 7, 13, Metaph. to pervert, 
to wrest, 6. σ. justice Job 8, 3. 34, 12; 
comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with acc. of pers. 
to subvert, i.e. to wrest or pervert the 
cause of any one, Lam. 3, 36. Job 19, 6. 
Ps. 119, 78. Ὁ 24 MAD to subvert the way 
of any one, i.e. to thrust him down to 
destruction, Ps. 146, 9.—Chald. id. Syr. 
Loos deceit, fraud. 

Puat part. 9329 crooked Ecc. 1, 15. 

Hirup. to bend oneself, to bow down, 


Ecce. 12, 3. 
Deriv. πῆρ, 


“TVS ἅπ. λεγόμ. a root of the same 
origin and signification with 65>, pr. to 
hasten, to hasten up se. for help, Engl. 
‘to run up; hence to succour, to help. 
Arab. GLé pr. to run; IV, to succour, 
to help.—Construed with two acc. (like 
5353 Gen. 47, 12. 1 K. 18, 4.13;) Is. 50, 
4 “33 FEM ΤῊΣ to help the weary 
with a word, i, 6. to speak comfort to 
him, raise δέτε up. Aqu. ὑποστηρίσαι, 
Vulg. sustentare.—Hence 


“EY (for MMA, MIN, whom Jeho- 
vah succours) Uthai, pr.n. a) 1 Chr. 
9,4. Ὁ) Ezra 8, 14. 


mms f. (verbal Pi. r. mY) a bending 
or bowing down of any one, i. e. oppres- 
sion, Lam. 3, 59; comp. the verb v. 36. 


TY adj. (τ. 19) f. xD, plur. τὰ. By, 
constr. 1D. 

1. strong, vehement, fierce, e. g. a lion 
Judg. 14,18 comp. 14; an enemy Ps. 
18, 18; a wind Ex. 14, 21; waves Is. 43, 
16. Neh. 9, 11; anger Gen. 49, 7. Prov. 
21, 14; hunger Is. 56, 11 Ὁ 52 “ID strong 
of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love 
Cant. 8,6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps. 
59,4. Am. 5,9; so a people Num. 13, 
28. Is. 25,3; a king Is. 19, 4.—Neut. 
strength Gen. 49, 3. 

2. strong, i. e. fortified, guarded, Num. 
21, 24. ‘ 

3. harsh, hard, stern; plur. f. MD 
harsh words Prov. 18,23. 0728 τῷ hard 
of face, i. e. impudent, shameless, Deut. 
28, 50. Dan. 8, 23. 


1D 764, 


ΤΣ f. (τ. 112) plur. B39 1. a she-goat, 


° 

Syr. hs. Arab. 3" , Phenic. af Steph. 
Byzant. The Indo-European tongues 
have the same word, as Sanscr. aga he- 
goat, agd@ she-goat, Goth. gditsa, Anglo- 
Sax. gét, Engl. goat, Germ. Geis and 
with a harder form Gems the chamois, 
Gr. ait, αἰγός, comp. Grimm. Deutsche 
Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a 
good etymology in τ. 12; comp. δὲ, 
dex .—Gen. 15, 9. 30, 35. "31, 38. 32, 16, 
Num. 15, 27. ete. [But in the great 
majority of instances the word is gene- 
ral, a goat, goats, as Lev. 1, 10. 17, 3. 
Num. 18,17. Ex. 12, 5. ete. So ΟΣ Ὁ 
Du> a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28. 
Num. 28, 15. 30; p> "77x id. 2 Chr. 
29, 21; n> "Δα kid of the goats Gen. 
27,9; OM ni a goat i.e. the goat, an 
tadividuel for the species, Deut. 14, 4. 
—T. 

2. Plur. ellipt. 5°72 goats’ hair Ex. 26, 
7. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 


ΤΣ Chald, f. i.q. Heb. πο. 1, a she-goat, 
Ezra 6, 17. 


TY τὰ. (Ὁ. 12) rarely TY Prov. 24, 5. 
31, 17.25; c. Makk. “1D, ὁ. suff. ἪΡ, 
τὴς, ἜΣ, rarely "33 Ex. 15, 2, ΤΙΣ Ex. 
15, 13, die Ἔ21ῊΣ Ps. 81, 2. 

1. sthingthi, “might, power, of God Job 
12, 16. 26, 2. al. of men Ps. 29, 11. Prov. 
24,5, 31,17; of animals Job 41,14. Also 
vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6; 
thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11. 
5.533 with all ον might 2 Sam. 6,14. 
Concr. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5, 
21; comp. Is. 43, 17. 

2, strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi- 
cation, 12 422 ὦ strong lower, fortified, 
Judg. 9,51. Ps. 61,4; 12 => Is. 26,1; 
 mmp Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thow hast 
confirmed strengih unio my mountain, 
hast made me secure.—Hence trop. de- 
Sence, refuge, protection, Ps. 28, 8 min 
jab 12 Jehovah is their defence. 46, 2. 
62, 8, 84, 6, 140, 8. Is. 49,5. Jer. 16, 19. 
Ez. 26, 11—In a bad sense, 298 15 
strength (hardness) of countenance, i. 6. 
boldness, impudence, Ecc. 8,1. x9 ἽΝ ἢ 
her pride of strength, her shameless 
pride, Ez. 30, 6.18, 33,28. Concer. Ez. 
24, 21 ὈΞῚΣ Nh your strong pride, that 
in which you proudly trust. 


NTS 
3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the 
usual concomitants of might and power, 
i. q. T3122 with which it is often coupled, 
Hab. 3,4. Ps. 96,6 ΤῊΝ ΕΣ 15 splendour 
and majesty. Is. 51, 9. 52,1. Prov. 31,25. 
Ps. 132, 8 39 178 the ark (seat) of thy 
majesty, i. 6. the ark of the covenant (i.q. 
mine waa 11} 2 Chr. 6,41; for which 
poet. 12 alone Ps. 78, 61; comp. 1 Sam. 


8 
4, 21. 22.—Arab. Υξ glory. 


4. glory, praise, laud, Ps. 8, 3. 29, 1. 
68, 35. 99, 4. Ex. 15,2. 2Chr. 30, 21 
ἸΞ 29 instruments of praise i. e. used in 
praising God. 


NIP (strength) Uzza, pr. n.m. a) 
2 Sam. 6, 3, for which v. 6.7 M39 Uzzah. 
b)1Chr. 8,7. ὁ) Ezra 2,49. Neh. 7,51: 


DINTY Azazel, a word found only in 
the law respecting the day of atonement 
Lev. 16, 8. 10. 26, and vexed with the 
numerous conjectures of interpreters. 
Most prob. the averter, expiator, Aver- 
runcus, ‘Adttixaxos, Sept. ᾿ἀποπομπαῖος, 
i.e. ἜΤΝΤΕ for ΤΡῚΣ, from the root 519, 
dh , to remove, to separate; comp. 
Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to 
be understood originally some idol that 
was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn 
and Mars, see 322; but afterwards, as 
the names of idols were often transferred 
to demons (Spencer de Legg. Hebreeo- 
rum ritualibus III. Diss. VIII. p. 1039- 
1085), it seems to denote an evil demon 
dwelling in the desert and to be placat- 
ed with victims, in accordance with this 
very ancient and also gentile rite. The 
name Azazel dash is also used by 


the Arabs for an evi! demon, see Reland. 
de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski 
h.v. The etymology above proposed 
was expressed of old by the LXX, al- 
though neglected or misunderstood by 
most interpreters. Thus they render 
binipd in v. 8 τῷ “Anonounaiy i. 6. ᾽4πο- 
τροπαίῳ; ᾿λεξικάκῳ, Averrunco ; v. 10 
εἰς τὴν ἀποπομπήν, ad averruncandum ; 
v. 26 εἰς ἄφεσιν. Comp. for the use of 
the Greek word ᾿ἡποπομπαῖος, what is 
said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 651, 
Suicer Thes. Eccl. 1. p. 468.—The ec- 
clesiastical fathers have referred this 
"Anonounetog to the goat itself, q. ἃ, 


212 


scape-goat, although obviously in v. 8 
the antithesis lies between >yx12> and 
mins. So too the Vulg. caper emissa- 
rius, Symm. ἀπερχόμενος, Aquil, ἀπολε- 
λυμένος, as if the name were compounded 
of t? goat and 51% to depart. Bochart 
himself (I. c.) understands the place 


whither the goat was to be sent away, 
and supposes ἘΝῚ: duytpe to be a plu- 
ralis fractus from r. Spe pr. separa- 
tions, and then desert places. But there 
is no trace of the pluralis fractus in 
the Hebrew language, and the place 
whither the goat was to be sent away 
is specified by the words M7272n v. 10. 
21, and M718 ὙΕΤῸΝ vy. 22. See more 
in Thesaur. Ῥ. 1012. 


ἘΖΤΣ fat. ΞΊΣΣ,., 1. Pr. to cut loose, to 
loosen the bands or cords by which any 
thing is bound or fastened; and thus to 
let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g. 
a beast of burden, i.g.MmB. Arab. Ws; 


to let loose camels that they may wan- 
der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd. 
Ρ. 930, 9381. The primary idea seems 
to be that of cudting loose ; so that 31D 
is kindr. with ΣῈ, 3", to cut.—So in 
the difficult passage, Ex. 23, 5 when thou 
seest the ass of thine enemy lying down 
under his burden, 339 1> 3132 H>IM} 
{a> 312m beware that thou leave him nol, 
but thou shalt surely loosen (the bands 
of the ass) with him, i. e. thou shalt help 
the owner to loosen the fastenings of 
the load ; comp. Deut. 22,4. There is 
here a paronomasia in the double use 
of the verb 312, first in its more usual 
sense to leave, to desert, and then in the 
sense of loosening. See more in The- 
saur. p. 1007.—Spec. 

a) Ofa slave set free, whence the pro- 
verbial expression 231 "982 the shut up 
and the let go free, i.e. the bond and 
the free, i. q. all, every one, Deut. 32. 36. 
1 K. 14, 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9,8. 14, 26. 
Comp. 7335 "> Mal. 2, 12, see in r. "5D 
I. 1;.also the similar Arabic phrases, 
ἫΝ τισι Ρ. 1008, 

b) to let go ἃ thing. i.g. MD%; opp. to 
keep, to hold fast. Job 20,13 he spares 
it (the morsel in his mouth) and lets it 
~ no.go. Metaph. Job 10,1 J will let go 
my complaint, no longer restrain it. 9, 27. 


765 


212 


Ez. 30, 8, Ps. 37, 8 let go wrath, keep it 
not, cease from it. 

6) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh. 
5, 10. 

ἃ) to let go, i. 6. to leave off, 6. g. 
whoredoms Ez. 23, 8; inf. c. > Hos. 4, 
10.—But Ὁ 092 Ἵπο 31> to leave off 
one’s kindness, to withdraw one’s favour 
from any one, Gen. 24, 27; mx i7on x19 
id. Ruth 2, 20 

6) to let go, to let be, i. 6. to permit, 
i. gq. 997 ; opp. to keep back, to hinder ; 
Ruth 2, 16 mopd) ἘΡΙΞΙΣῚ and suffer that 
she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh. 
3, 34 [4, 2] DMD ἸΞῚΡ ΓΙ will they (one) 
suffer them sc. to build the walls ? i. e. 
shall we permit them? Clericus: will 
the governors permit them? 

2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. to 
leave, to quit, e. g. 

a) With acc. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44, 
22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2,11; with an 
adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15, 
16. 2. Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let 
remain, Judg. 2,21. Often i. q. to for- 
sake, to desert, e. g. those who need 
help Deut. 12, 19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31. 
Job 20, 19. al. Part pass. fem. "31> one 
forsaken Is. 62, 4.—So God is said to 
forsake any one, i. 6. to withdraw his 
help from him, Gén. 28, 15. Josh. 1, 5. 
Ps. 27, 9. 71, 9.11; a people Ps. 9, 11. 
22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7; a land Ez. 8, 12. 
9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake 
God, to fall away from him, Deut. 31, 16. 
Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19. 
al. seep. 

b) Of place, to leave, to forsake, Jer. 
25, 38. Ez. 8,12; a way, metaph. the 
way of the wicked Is. 55, 7: the right 
way Proy. 2, 13. 15, 10.—Also to forsake, 
to abandon, to desert. houses or cities, so 
that they lie deserted and fall into ruins; 
comp. Arab. Ww wre to be deserted, deso- 
late, asa land. “ Is. 17,2 “ΡΣ "ΠΣ ΤΊΣΙΣ 
the cities of ruins are deserted. Jer. ‘4s, 
29. Zeph. 2,4. Hence Parr. pass. fem. 
MD deserted, a desolation, i. e. houses 
deserted of the inhabitants, ruins, rub- 
bish ; Is. 6,12 ΝΠ ΞῚΞ ΓΙΞΉΣΙ ABN 
und great be the desolation ‘(ruins) in 
the land. 17, 9 his strong cities shall 
be SIM ΤΊΞΕΙΣΞ as ruins in the forests 
and in the summits of Palestine. which 
the Canaanites have left deserted before 


212 


Israel, i. 6. as they fled before Israel in 
the time of Joshua. 

c) With acc. of thing, to leave, to for- 
sake, as a bird her eggs Is. 10, 14. Josh. 
8,17 they left the city open. With an 

. adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8. 39, 
15. 18; Ἔ 13 Gen. 39, 12. 13. Pregn. 
Is. 10, 3 whither will you (carry away 
and) leave your wealth? Metaph. to 
forsake a \aw Is. 58, 2; a covenant 
Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the 
precepts of God Ps. 119, 87; wisdom 
Prov. 4, 6; piety Job 6, 14; also sin 
Prov. 28, 13. 

ἃ) Ἔ 322 312 to leave im the hand of 
any one, 0 commit or entrust to any one 
Gen. 39, 6; comp. in lett. 6. Also to 
leave at one’s disposal, to give up to his 
pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh. 
10, 28; c.> id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14; x 
v. 11; >3 Ps. 10, 14. 

6) to leave to or for any one, with ace. 
of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10. 
23, 22. So of one dying Ps. 49, 11; of 
a destroyer leaving nothing behind him 
Mal. 3, 19 [4, 1]. 

Nien. fo be left, to be forsaken, de- 
serted, Neh. 13, 11; often of a land left 
deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43 
(c. 72). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4; of cities Is. 
27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36,4. With >, tobe 
left, given over, to any one Is. 18, 6. 

Pua 339 i. q. Niph. to beleft. forsaken, 
a city Jer. 49, 25; poet. of the tumult of 
a city Is. 32, 14. 

Deriv. M3", and 


P339 m. only in plur. o°2'=32, prob. a 
technical word signifying traffic, com- 
merce ; from the root =%> 10 leave or let 
go for a price, i. 6. to sell. Hence 

1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez. 
27, 19 Dan and Javan 4722193 ΘΗΝ Ὦ 
rm? set out spun-work in thy fairs, i. 6. 
brought it to thy fairs. In the similar 
passages v. 12. 22, with the same gene- 
ral sense we find 2 prefixed to the wares, 
with sitcer, iron, etc. do they set out thy 
Sairs ; in v. 1623 is put twice, i. e. be- 
fore both the wares and the place ; and 
in v. 14 3 is omitted before both. Per- 
haps all these constructions were com- 
mon among merchants, and therefore 
adopted by the prophet. 

2. gains, earnings, profits accruing 
from traffic, Ez. 27, 27. 33. Comp. "70. 


766 


ΤΙΣ 


PAT (from 19 and pid, strong de- 
vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 16. 


“TD (from Τ᾿ and 4%, strong in for- 
tune) Azgad, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 12. 8, 12. 
Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16. 


᾿ mi 2 obsol. root, Arab. φρο con- 
sole; whence pr. n. PR437, HFS, Hd, 


ΤῊΣ (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr. 
n. Azzah Deut. 2, 23, i. e. Gaza, Sept. 
Γάζα, one of the five cities of the Philis- 
tines. Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21.1 
Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7. 
Zeph. 2, 4. al. It was a royal city 
Zech. 9, 5, situated near the southern 
border of Palestine Gen. 10,19. 1 K. 4, 
24; was subdued by the Hebrews in 
the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but 
soon afterwards recovered by the Philis- 
tines. It is often mentioned in Greek 
writers; Plutarch calls it the largest 
city of Syria; and Arrian says it isa 
great city situated in a high and strong 
position. The ancient name is still re- 
tained, 8 & Ghizzeh. Its history is 
copiously narrated by Reland, Palesti- 
na p. 788-800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p. 372-383.—Gentile ἢ. "M39 
Gazite Judg. 16, 2. 

MY Uzzah, see δὲν lett. a. 

MITT f. (r. 21d) 1. ruins, rubbish, 
see the root no. 2. b. 

2. Azubah, pr. ἢ. ἢ 
of Jehoshaphat 1 K. 22, 42. 
wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19. 

TY τὴ. (τ. τῷ) adj. strong, mighty, 
of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect. the strong 
ones, warriors, Is. 43, 17. 

TTD τη. (τ. 11D) strength, might, as of 
war Is. 42, 25; of God Ps. 78, 4. 145, 6. 

VAD, see ἜΣ, 


a) The mother 
b) The 


r ΤΙΣ fut. 1", conv, 1935, inf. constr. 
ΤῊΣ and τὴν. 

1. To strengthen, to make strong and 
firm. Arab. 2 fat. O id. fat. J and 
A, to be potent, also to be vehement, 
violent ; Eth. VHH to strengthen, also 
to be strong. Syr. ‘ i. ᾳ. Heb.—Con- 


atr.c. > to give strength to any one, to 
make secure, to protect ; Ecc. 7, 19 


TH 


ΔᾺΝ pamb thn mean wisdom strength- 
eneth the wise more than ten chiefs, i. 6. 
protects him more and better than ten 
leaders ; comp. 13 no. 2, and 173. This 
active signification appears also in the 
name 47173. 

2. Intrans. to become strong, to be 
made strong. Dan. 11, 12 ΤΊΣ 85) but 
he shall not be made strong. Ps. 9, 20. 
Of waters, Prov. 8, 28 cinm ΤΙΣ ΤΊΣ 
when the fountains of the deep waxed 
strong, i. 6. flowed with violence ; comp. 
ὉῚΣ ὉΠ Neh. 9, 11. 18.48.10. With 
b> against or over any one, to prevail 
over, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2.—Syr. Ἐ Ethpa. 
infremuit, efferbuit, put for Gr. ἐμβϑρι- 
μάομαι John 11, 33. 38.—Also i. q. to 
have protection, to be protected, safe, se- 
cure; Is. 30,2 ΤΡ ἪΒ ΤΊΦΌΞ TD. 

3. to be strong, mighty, powerful, Ps. 


89, 14. 52, 9; to show oneself strong 
€8, 29. 
Hips. 129 12, to strengthen one’s 


countenance, i.e. to put on an impudent, 
shameless face, Prov. 7, 13; ¢. 3 21, 29. 
Comp. 13 no. 3, 13 no. 2. 

Deriv. 13, 1D, 13, THD, IND, 19, 
RID, MID, perh. M3213, and the nine here 
following. 


ΤΙΣ (strong) Azaz, pr. n. m.1 Chr. 5, 8. 


ATTY (whom Jehovah strengthens, 
τ. 119) Azaziah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 
20. Ὃ) 15,21. 6) 2 Chr, 31, 13. 


ἊΣ (apoc. for m3) Uzzi, pr. n. m. 
a) 1Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 7,2. ©) 9, 8. d) 7, 7. ’e) Neh. 
11, 99. f) 12, 19. 42. 


ΣΡ see dRUDS. 


SNIP (might of God, from 19) Uz- 
ziel, pr.n.m. 8) Ex. 6,18. Num. 3,19. 
b) 1 Chr. 4. 49. δ) 7, 7. . 4) 25,4. 6) 
2 Chr. 29, 14. f) Neh. 3, 8. 


“ON Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro- 
nym. from >x753 lett. a. 


NY and my (might of Jehovah, 

; fr. ἫΝ Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. “Otters. 
a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B. 
C. 2K. 15, 13. 20. 32.34. 15.1.1. 6,1. 
7,1. Hos. 1,1. Am.1,1. In2 K. 14,21. 
15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23. 27, he is also-called 
ΤΡῚΣ and sa, which however is 


“erst 


prob. not another name of the same 


767 


"2 


king, but would seem to have arisen 
from an error of the copyists, M2 and 
my being similar; see Thesaur. p. 
1011. Comp. inc. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 27, 25. 
6) 1 Chr. 6, 9, for which ν. 21 mv. 
d) Ezra 10,21. e) Neh. 11, 4. 


RMT (strong, r. 119) Aziza, pr. ἢ. m. 
Ezra 10, 27. 


ΓΛΌΤΣ (strong as death? from ty 
and m2) Azmaveth, pr.n.m. a) One 


of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. Ὁ) 


1 Chr. 27, 35. c) MY9t2 M2 see in M73 
no. 12. 66. 

#559 obsol. root, Arab. ue to re- 
move, to separate, to set apart; see the 


kinase: ἘΤΝ no. 2. Hence dINTD. 


mPITF f. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12, a 
species of eagle, Sept. ἁλιαέετος, Vulg. 
aquila marina ; but Gr. Venet. χύψ by 
conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also 
Bochart (Hieroz. [1.774 Lips.) hold the 
Nun not to be radical, and refer the 
form to r. 13D, for M32 1, 6. the strong, 
Onk. 8712, Samar. Vers. HY. This 
is well; comp. from the same root 
"2129 for 74999 Is. 23, 11. 


ν ΡῚΣ only in Ῥιει, ΤΡ, to loosen with 
a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc. 
the ground, Is. 5, 2.—Arab. eS id. 


whence pe a spade, mattock. — 


From the kindred signif. to dig in, to 
engrave, comes 


NPT Chald. f. a signet-ring, Dan. 6, 
18.—Syr. fasys id. 

PTY (dug over, broken up, τ. Pt?) 
Azekah, pr. ἢ. of a city in the plain of 
Judah, Josh. 10, 10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 
1, Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34,7. See Relandi 
Palestina p. 603. 


7 “ΣΦ fut. “795 plur. yes 1. to sur- 
round, to enclose with a wall or fence ; 
to protect. Kindr. are “34 no. 1, "32, 


_ also ""33.—Hence 4712 court. 


2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab, 

, Syr. $, id. not 3} as Simonis 
and Winer have it.—Absol. Is. 30, 7; 
ace. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9. 109, 26. 
118, 13. al. 5 2Sam.8, 5. 21, 17; espee: 
in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21,17. 


“ID 


2 Chr. 19, 2. 26, 13. 28,16. Job 26, 2; 
t> (comp. Engl. ‘to stand by) 1 Chr. 
12,21; "my, 1K. 1,7 AS MANS AIS" 
they nidid “following the party of Adoni- 
jah. Also with 5 of thing, to help to or 
Jor a thing ; Zech. 1. 15 ΠΣ Amy. 
2 Chr. 20, 23.—Parr. "13 a helper, often 
in the phrases: > “a> m7 Ps. 30, - 
id mad os 2K. 14, 26. Ps. 72, 125 7135 
Ps. 22, 12. Is. 63, 5; so an pat 
ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20, 
16. Part. pass. "13 Is. 31, 3. 

Nipu. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7 ; 
espec. from God 2 Chr. 26, 15. 1 Chr. ὃ, 
20 cmrb> ayes and they were helped 
against them, i.e. God gave them the 
victory. Dan. 11,34. The Arabs say 
in like manner, x3} to be helped se. 
from God, i. e. to conquer. 

Hipn. i.q. Kal. Part. after the Ara- 

mean form, plur. 8322 2 Chr. 28, 23; 
inf. c. snk 11> 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. ἜΣ, and the twelve here 
following. 


“WZ τὰ. ὁ. suff. "9 1. help, Is. 30, 5. 
With genit. the help of any one is the 
help afforded fo him; as ὍΣ Ps. 121, 1. 
2; 52ND 124, 8; HNP Deut. 33, 26; Ps. 
20, 3; AID j2°2 the shield of thy help 
(0 Israel), i. e. God, Deut. 33, 29. Often 
concr. for a helper, Ps, 33, 20. 70, 6. 115, 
9; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20. 

2. Ezer,pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 4, for 


which M719 v.17. Ὁ) 12,9. c) Neh. 3, 
19. 
ΠΣ (help) Ezer, pr.n.m. 8) Neh. 


12, 42. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 21. 


“WZ and VAP (helper) Azzur, pr. n. 
m. a) Jer.28,1. Ὁ) Ez.11,1. c) Neh. 
10, 18. 


RIP (help, τ. ">) Ezra, pr. ἢ. πὶ. 
a) A priest and scribe, γραμματεύς, who 
in the seventh year of Artaxerxes Longi- 
manus, 458 B. C. led up a colony of Jews 
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra ec. 7- 
10. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line- 
age see Ezra7,1-5. Ὁ) One of the first 
colonists, under Zerubbabel, Neh. 12, 1. 
13; some suppose him to be the same 
as the preceding. 6) Neh. 12,33 comp. 
36. 


8712 (whom God helps, Germ. Gott- 


768 


NOD 
helf,) Azareel, pr. n. 


b) 25,18. 6) 27, 22. 
12, 36. 6) Ezra 10, 41. 


MTZ f (τ. ἼΣ) 1. help, M2> for 
help Jer. 37,7. Is. 10, 3. 31,1. With 
genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5, 
23. Job 6,13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also 
of him who gives it Is. 31,2. Concr. a 
helper Ps. 27,9. 40, 18; helpers Nah. 3, 
9. With He parag. ΠῚ; Ps. 44, 27. 

2. Ezrah, pr. ἢ. see “33 no. 2. a. 


MTP f. (ΟἸΣ no. 1) 1. A word of the 
later Hebrew for the more ancient "34 
atrium, court, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4, 
9. 6,13; from τ. "12 in the sense of en- 
closing i.q. ΣΦ, "2%.—Often in the 


a) 1 Chr. 12, 6. 
d) Neh. 11, 13. 


-~@e 


9 
Targums, Arab. transp. Heys id. 


2. a ledge around the altar, formed by 
drawing in or diminishing the part 
above, an offset, terrace, Ez. 43, 14. 17. 
20. 45, 19. 


“WP (for H=12, help of Jehovah) 
Exzri, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 ‘Chr. 27, 26. 


SN"ITS (help of God, comp. the Pu- 
nie pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. 333 i712 help 
of Baal) Azriel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 
24. b) 27,19. c) Jer. 36, 26. 


MTZ and WIT (whom Jehovah 
pers) pr.n. m. Azariah: a) A king of 
udah called also mary q.v. Ὁ) See 
mtd lett.c. 6) One ‘of the companions 
of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6.7.11. 4) Of many” 
others: 1 K. 4,2. 5. 1 Chr. 2, 8. 38. 39. 
3,12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2 
Ezra 7, 1.3. Neh. 3, 23. 24. etc. ete. 

See Thesaur. 1014, 


DP TY (help against the enemy) 
Azrikam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,23. b) 
8, 38. 9, 44. ©) 9, 14. d) 2 Chr. 28, 7. 


ITD f. (τ 7B) help, 1. ᾳ. TN, Ps. 
60, 13. 108, 13. 


“MY, see in M39 fin. 


OP m. (see in τ. B49) constr. YY, stylus, 
a style, i.e. a writer’s style, reed, cala- 
mus, Jer, 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2; also of iron for 
inscribing letters upon stone or metal, 
Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1. 


ROP Chald. (τ. 87) iq. Heb. παρ. 
counsel, i. e. prudence, discretion, Dan. 
2, 14. 


muy 


3 rma? fut. MY", MVEA. conv. ὍΘ, 

1. to cover; Arab. Lad, Syr. LAs, 
id. Kindred is 5&9, and perh. mo2.— 
Constr. with 52, like M2 and other 
verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13, 
45. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7, 

2. to cover oneself with any thing, to 
put on a garment, lo clothe oneself or be 
clothed with, c. acc. 5°32 MB clothed in 
arobe 1 Sam. 28, 14. Metaph. Ps, 104, 2 
mebwe vik ΠῺΣ clothing thyself with 
light as with a garment ; so with zeal 
Is. 59, 17; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29; 
cursing Ps. 109, 19. Comp. 82>.—Jer. 
43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar: and he shall 
put on (M2) the land of Egypt, as a 
shepherd putteth on (M2>") his garment, 
i.e. he shall get possession of it speedily 
and easily.—Part. fem. M203 covered, 
i. e. vetled ; Cant. 1, 7 why should I be 
MIO5D_ as one veiled by the flocks of thy 
companions ? i, 6. let me not wander in 
search of thee among the shepherds like 
a harlot ; comp. Gen, 38, 15. Sept. πε- 

ριβαλλομένη. 

3. to wrap up, to fold up, Is. 22, 17 
HBP FLD he will wholly wrap thee up, sc 
as a ball; 3 comp. v. 18. 

Hira. Mor, fut. Hed", to cover, with 
two ace. Ps. 84, ae nya QD) Misya"ca 
yea, with blessings the autumnal’ rain 
doth cover it. With > of the thing co- 
vered Ps. 89, 46.—For the forms D7, 
ὭΣ, 1 Sam. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the rodt 
BD. 

Deriv. ΠΡ Ὦ. 


PCD m. (τ. 129) a place where catile 
and flocks lie down, e. g. around water, 
etc. Job 21, 24 35m 8x59 ὙΦ ΩΣ the rest- 
ing-places of his herds are ‘full of milk, 
abound with it; so at least Abulwalid, 
Aben Ezra, and many later interpreters. 
—Better, perhaps, if we take ὩΣ as 
iq. Chald. 8232, Syr. Baad, the thigh, 
side, (m and n pena interchanged, see 
Ῥ. 529,) Chald. and Zab. δὰ ΣΝ ; and 
then the sense will be: Ais sides (sine) 
are full of fat, a5n for 33m; so Sept. 
ἔγκατα, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sides: But 
this interpretation also is by no means 
certain. | 

MDOP m. a sneezing Job 41,10. R. 
wey. 

65 


769 


: 0. 4, 922. 


“Oy 


ΠΡῸΣ m. a bat, Lev. 11, 19. Is. 2, 20, 
Compounded from boy comp. Arab. 
Abs to be dark, and 92 flying. —Chald. 
id. Pheniec. in fem. ὀϑολαβάδ, see Mon- 
um. Phen. p. 391. 


* ΩΣ obsol. root, Arab. to lie 
down around water, as camels ; whence 


9 »»» 9 ΄ 
ωβε and plane place near water 


where cattle and flocks lie down. Hence 
pos. 


“SO? fat. ΠΟΣῚ and ney 1, to 
cover as with a garment, fo clothe, i. q. 
ΠΩΣ, for which it is often put in the Tar- 
gums. Arab. Wake ΠΟΥ͂, to put ona gar- 


ment, Syr. 2} to be clothed. Kindr. 
and synon. is M2?.—Constr. with >, Ps. 
73,6 12> Den τ» the garment of 
violence doth cover them, i. e. they are 
wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a 
garment. Comp. 82>. 

2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered, 
clothed with ; c.acc. Ps.65,14 12>" D "pas 
"2 the valleys are coveretl over ‘(clothed) 
with corn. Job 23,9 j727 5 ΠΏΣ" (if) he 
put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself 
in the south, as in a garment. 

3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. tom 
languish, to faint, comp. the synon. 983" 
So of the mind or soul Ps.. 
61,3. 102, 1. Is. 57,16. Part. pass. p9wy 
longus, faint, Lem. 2,19; weak. , feeble, 
of lambs, kids, plur. aii 30, 42. 

Nipu. i. 4. Kal no. 3, Lam: 2; 11. 

Hien. to act feebly, to show languor, 
Gen. 30, 42; comp. Kal no. 3. 

Hirup. to be overcome, to languish, to: 
Saint, i. q. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 12’; of the: 
mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4. 143, 4.. 
Jon. 2, 8. 

Deriv. Mpvs2. 


᾿ “ὩΣ, fut. c. suff. "2qU9M, fo sur 
round, to encompass, either for a hostile 
purpose, 6. 5x 1 Sam. 23, 26; or for pro- 
tection, c. dupl. ace. Ps, 5; 13.—Kindr. 
is “MD q. v. i 

Pret "2 to encircle with a crown, to 
crown, with > of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me- 
taph. Ps. 65, 12; ¢. dupl. acc. Ps. 8, 6. 
103, 4. 

Hiren. i. q. Piel, only part. fem. Is. 23, 
8 my HSE MS Tyre the crowning, ἐν. 6.. 


"ὮΦ 7 


bestowing crowns or diadems; since 
the power and title of king in the Phe- 
nician colonies were dependent on the 
senate of Tyre.—Hence the two follow- 
ing. 

ΤΩΣ f. (Ὁ. 922) constr. M782, plur. 
mings. 

1. a crown, 6. g. convivial, with which 
guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1; also 
royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12, 30. Ps. 21, 
4, Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23, 42. 4]. Figura- 
tively crown is used for every thing 
which serves for ornament and dignity ; 
Job 19, 9 he hath torn the crown from my 
head. Prov. 12,4 a virtuous woman is 
a crown to her husband. 14, 24. 16, 3. 
17, 6. 

2. Atarah, pr. n. ἢ 1 Chr. 2, 26. 


nip (crowns, r. "22) Ataroth, pr. n. 
a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num. 32, 
3. 84. Ὁ) Another in Ephraim Josh. 
16,7; which is also called “3N"ninD> 
Gamite of Addar) 16, δ. 18, 13. 0) 
ΔΤ ΓΞ Minny (owns of the house of 
Joab) a city in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 
2, 54, d) jp ΓΙῸΣ a city of Gad, 
Num. 32, 35. 


* uy obsol. root, Arab. . to 
sneeze. Chald. Bezid. Hence ΠΩΣ. 


"DY (for ἊΣ i. q. "> heap of ruins) AZ, 
with art. "27 Engl. Hai, pr. ἢ. of a royal 
city of the Canaanites, eastward from 
Bethel in the northern part of the terri- 
tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12, 
8. 13, 3. Josh. 7,2 sq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28. 
Sept. ‘Ayyui, Vulg. Hai. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 119, 312 sq.—Other forms 
of the same name in the fem. gender 
are: x°> Aija Neh. 11, 31; 5° Aiah 1 
Chr. 7, 28 in some editions; and mtv 
Aiath 15. 10, 28. 


ἪΣ m. (for "13, r. M32) pr. ‘subversion, 
overthrow ;’ hence 

1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6; for Job 
30, 24 see art. "52. Plur. o> ruins, 
rudera, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26,18. Ps, 
79, 1; also 1.9 Mic. 3, 12. 

2. Plur. ὉΠ Jim or Jjim, pr. n. 4) 
A town of Judah Josh. 15,29. Ὁ) "> 
pw asn Ije-Abarim (ruins at or on Aba- 
rim) Num. 21, 11. 33,44, also simply 
o> Jim 33, 45, a town near the desert 
on the southern quarter of Moab, so 


0 uy 


called prob. to distinguish it from the 
Tim of Judah ; see in 5°33. 


NPY, see in Ἢ. 
29, see r. ΞΡ. : 


22° (stone, see r. 559) Ebal, pr. ἢ. 
a) A mountain in the northern part of 
Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim 
(5°35) on the northern side of the val- 
ley of Shechem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4. 13. 
Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. Ταιβάλ, Vulg. 
Hebal. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 


96,101. b) A various reading for 555 
Obal, where see. c) An Edomite Gen. 
26, 33. 


MY, see in . 


ΤῊΝ (a ruin, τ. my) Jjon, pr. n. of a 
fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali 
1K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4. 


ΓΗ͂Σ f. Aijuth, 1 Chr. 1,46 Cheth. for 
ΤῊΣ q. ν΄. 


*oy fat. apoc. Ud*5 and Ud", to 
rush upon, to fly wpon any person or 
thing ; Syr. «δαὶ Ζῖ to be indignant, to 
storm or rush upon any one, Ted indig- 
nation, anger. Arab. JeLé to be indig 
naut, be heat, anger.—Constr, c. 3, , 
1 Sam, 25, 14 ἘΠῚΞ >" he flew upon 
them, i. e. stormed, ‘railed at them. With 
bx, 1 Sam. 15, 19 ΕΝ DPM) where- 
Fomine ..didst thou fy upon the spoil? 
14, 32 Bez, which is the true reading,’ 
bbuin-by myn wy= the people rushed up- 
on. the spoil. As to the form in both 
these passages, there is little doubt but 
that D5" is the same with wp 25, 14; 
just like Umm) Job 31,5 for wmm to 
hasten, and 432 Prov, 27, 17 for 39%, 
‘73, in which forms perhaps there is a 
Daghesh forte implied after the Chal- 
daic manner. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ὯΣΦ τὴ. 1. aravenous beast, i.e. rush- 
ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9.—Spec. 

2. a ravenous bird, ἀετός, Job 28, 7 ; 
as emblem of a warlike king Is. 46, 11. 
Collect. for birds of prey Gen. 15, 11. 
Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4. 


Do"Y (place of ravenous beasts, see 
Ὧ"5) Etam, pr.n. a) A city in Judah 
1 Chr. 4, 3. 32. 2 Chr. 11,6. [Situated 
perhaps not far south of Bethlehem ; see 


"9 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 515. IL p. 168. 
—R. b) A rock, apparently in or near 
the plain of Judah, not far from Samson’s 
residence, Judg. 15, 8, 11. 


Dw, OMIA "2D, see in " no. 2. 


Din τὰ. (r. b> I) elernity, ever ; 
2 Chr. 33,7 ἴδοις * for ever, i. q. D259 
A, 2. ὁ. 


"S99 (i. q. Chald. "ἘΦ supreme, r 
ΡΣ) Jlai, pr. n. of one of David’s war- 
riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called in 2 Sam. 23, 
28 jiady. 


DOW £ Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, Elam, 
Elymais, pr. ἢ. of a province of Persia in 
which was the capital Susa, Ezra 4, 9. 
Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymais 
is the province adjacent to Susiana and 
Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo 
XVI. p. 744); in Daniel |. c. Elam seems 
to include Susiana. Saadias renders it 
by Khazistan, with which it appears to 
have accorded; the name 0>*P corre- 
sponding to the Pehlv. Airjama i.e. 
yam See Thesaur. p. 1016, 


1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. IT. p. 686. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.— 
In Gen. 10, 22, the origin of the Ela- 
mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is. 
ΤΙΣ 11. 21, 2. 22,6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34 
sq. Ez. 32, 24. 


D2 once Is. 11, 15 imam ὈΠΡΞ., Sept. 
ἐν πνεύματι βιαίῳ, Vulg. in fortitudine 
spiritus sui, Syr. m5? Lpwolo, Engl. 
with his mighty wind, and so the Heb. 
intpp. by conjecture from the context, 
without philological grounds. Perhaps 
it should read ἘΣ: (955) strength, force, 
which gives the sense expressed by 
Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange of 
Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an- 
cient alphabets. 


ΤΣ 1. i. ᾳ. Arab. we mid. Ye, 
to flow, to flow out, as water, tears; 
whence }"3 eye, fountain, unless this be 
regarded as the radical word and the verb 
as secondary. 

2. Denom. from 372, Part. 7753 eyeing 
askance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 met in 


Cheth. is 9. Arab. Ht, Ors: 
id, Comp. Heb. }22 ΠΣ, in 712 no. 1. 


771 


7 

ὭΣ f. (very rarely masc. Cant. 4, 9 
Cheth. perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zech, 3, 9,) 
constr. "2 , ὁ. suff, 9299, 1299, c. He loc. 
τ» Gen. 24, 16.45; Dual 072°2, put 
also for plur. Zech. 3, 9. Ez. 1,18. 10, 12; 
constr. 92° , once "33 in some copies Is. 
3, 8; Plur. in signif: no. 2, Mie 2 Chr. 
32, 3, constr. Mins Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33, 
9. 

1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitie 
dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20. al. seep. 
W123 12 eye to eye Num. 14, 14. Is. 52, 
18. 02292 ME fair of eyes, having fine 
eyes, 1 Sam. 16, 12; opp. 9 ΠΡ 
weak eyes, blear, Gen. 29, 17.—To the 
eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam. 
1, 16. 3, 48. 49. 51; also various affec- 
tions and emotions, which are manifest- 
ed through the eyes, as pride, humility, 
anger, pity, joy, envy, contempt, etc. as 
mi 21299 lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28; 
ὈΠῸΣ Mb low of eyes, humble, Job 22, 29; 
"2°23 NI anger is kindled in the eyes 
Gen. 45, 5, see ἴῃ ΓΤ no 1.6 ; 5293 NON 
b> my eye hath pity upon, see in B35; Ps. 
6, 8 mine eye pineth away for grief, i. 6.1 
ping, am wasted by disappointed hope. 
31, 10, comp. Job 17,7 and in2, 283. 
Also ἘΣ "NF to enlighten the eyes, 
i. 6. to gladden, see in "iN Hiph, “he 
nw"3 pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look 
upon evil, Hab. 1, 13; 3 "Σ N29 mine 
eye is evil towards any one, i. e. envious, 
I envy him, Deut. 15, 9; comp. ΣΦ no. 
2. f. Tob. 4, 7 μὴ φϑονησάτω cov ὃ 
ὑφϑαλμός. So of scorn and contempt, 
as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mocketh at 
his father, and scorneth to obey his mo- 
ther, the ravens shall pick it out, etc. 
Trop. of the eyesof the mind, 53272 "5>3 
having the eyes open, spoken of a pro- 
phet in vision, Num. 24, 4. 16.—Spec. to 
be noted are the following phrases: 

a) Β 72°3> before the eyes of any one, 
i.e. before him, in his presence, Gen. 23, 
11.18. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9, 8. 19, 11. al. 
seepiss. 
~ b) Έ ΠΣ in the eyes of any one, i.e. 


_ in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by 


which the Heb. expresses the sense of 
the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14 
ὙΦΌΓΙ Wa pMsss Ποὺ and he was as 
one that mocked in the eyes of his sons- 
in-law, i, e. he seemed to them as a 
mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10,3 573 33280 


Lid 
WATS FPAN“PR thinkest thou that David 
doth havent thy father? Hence 310 
"2°33 it is good in my sight, i.e. it seems 
good to me, pleases me, see r. 352, 205; 
also "2°22 (>) Σ᾿, it displeases me, see 
33,3333 comp. under the root sw. So 
W329S2 OSM wise in his own eyes, self- 
conceited, Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1. 
Also Έ "2°53 ἹΠῚ 8¥2, see in ἽΠ no 1. 
ete, 
c) ‘B "2532 away from the eyes of any 
one, i. 6. without his knowledge, Num. 
15, 24; also after verbs of hiding Job 3, 
10. Is. 65, 16. 
ἃ) D72"p 153 between the eyes, i. 6. upon 
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9.16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut. 
14,1 
δ) ἘΣ PD nw fo set an eye upon any 
‘one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to 
look with favour upon any one, prospi- 
.cere alicui, like Arab. Ac Lis δ" 


wy. Opp. is ἘΦ eB Erb, which 


every where implies disfavour.—E. g. 
‘Gen. 44,21 "33 "255 MawRN? that I may 
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to 
him, Sept. ἐκιμελοῦμαι αὐτοῦ, Jer. 39, 
12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5,5; c. by 
Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; 5 Deut. 11, 12; 
comp. also Zech. 12, 4.1K. 8, 29, 52. 
-More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of 
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else- 
‘where 5°28), Am. 9,4 where to avoid 
ambiguity is added naivt Ndi mynd. v. 
-8¢. 3. Once with nated Jer. 24, 6; 
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12. —Simply, "3 937 
thine eyes are upon me, i. 6. thou lookest 
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea 
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1 
byere ὭΞ boy ore ὙΣ ninnd oD for 
Jehovah's eye is upon men and upon all 
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with 
favour, and upon all other nations with 
disfavour. [More in accordance with 
the grammatical construction, is the ren- 
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be 
the eye of man and of all the tribes of 
Israel ; so Engl. Vers. nearly.—R. 

f) ὈΠῸΣ ΝΟΣ, see in Xb? no. 1. ἃ, 

Trop. also in various senses : 

aa) Of one who is eye for another, 
i.e. in the place of eyes, who sees for 
him, shows him the way; whether to 
one blind Job 39, 15, or to one ignorant 


772 


vy? 


of the way Num. 10, 31.—So among the 
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors 
of the provinees were called the king’s 
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr. 


8. 2.7. Comp. Arab. ὧλε a scout. 

bb) Of any thing resembling the eye, 
6. g. the eye of wine, its bead, Prov. 23, 
31, 

cc) Meton. α look, glance of the eyes; 
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth, 912932 ἼΠΝΞ ὌΣΙΞΞΒ 
thou hast ravished my heart with one of 
thy glances ; Keri DMN3 , see above init. 
Comp. Job 16, Un Hlence 

dd) look, aspect, appearance ofa thing ; 
Num. 11, 7 its appearance was as the 
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13, 5. 55. 
Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10,6. Spec. the 
Sace, surface, as as PINT 72 the surface 
of the ground, i. q. ‘7 "28, Ex. 10, 5. 15. 
Num. 22, 5. 11. 

ee) Reino otiines referred to the εἰναι 
face ; but incorrectly, since in all the 
passages cited for this signif. the eye it- 
self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17. 
1 Sam. 16, 12; also 7292 119. Num. 14, 
14. Is, 52, 8; and Ps. 6, 8, 31, 10; see 
above under no. 1. 

Nore. In Manuscripts 15 (772) eye is 
sometimes confounded with 115 (712) sin, 
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis- 
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10,10 Cheth. 
briny omd> oon , Keri nny; here 
many prefer the jatter: and render: be- 
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two 
golden calves ; but perh. we may better 
rest in Cheth. in binding them (making 
them captives) before their two eyes, em- 
phat. for om2"2> Judg. 16, 28; comp, 
Gen. 42, 24 ἘΠ Ὁ in& “dN. So 
Zech. 5, 6 γον πη το: py rst is ren- 
dered by some : this ephah i is their image 
in all the earth; but incorrectly, since 
\"> may indeed signify the external ap- 
pearance, but never the image of a 
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept. 
and Syr. to read iy MNt this is their 
sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false 
measure. See also Ps. 73, 7. 

2. a fountain ; whether so called from 
its resemblance to the eye, or, vice versa, 
the eye from its resemblance to a foun- 
tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers, 


nce eye, Xpirc> fountain, Chinese 
ian eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. πηγή 


y? 
fountain, corner of the eye.—Gen. 16, 7. 
24,29. 30. 42; BM 1Ὲ5 v. 13.43; MgMDv. 16. 
45. Plur. f. mind, constr. M292, Deut.8,7. 


Ex. 15, 27. Prov. 8, 28. On this use of 
the plur. fem. for inanimate objects, see 


Lehrg. Ρ. 539, 540.—Arab. spas id. 

Many cities and places in Palestine 
were named from fountains in their vi- 
cinity, thus: 

a) “14 72 (fountain of the kid) En- 
gedi, a city i in the desert of Judah on the 
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En- 
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5.17). Josh. 15, 62. 
1 Sam. 24,1. Ez. 47,10. Cant. 1, 14. 
Anciently ὙΠ ΣΤ q.v. [Still called 
Sr> uns *Ain Jidy, with a beauti- 
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 209, 214.—R. 

b) ὈΠΣ5 ΤῚΣ (fountain of gardens) 
En-gannim,acity: «) In the plains of 
Judah, Josh. 15,34. Δ} Of the Levites 
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
21, 29; [perh. ig Twaia of Josephus, 
now Jenin ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. III. p. 155, 156.—R. 

c) "NI 592 Ps. 83, 11 and “15 "> 
(fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17, 
11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas- 
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount 
Tabor; now pot Endér. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225. 

d) Fan PS (swift fountain) En-had- 
dah, a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 

6) ism PS, En-hazor, a city of 
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37. 

f) Jinn PP, see TN. 

g) v2 7S (fountain of judgment) 
En-mishpat, i. q. SIR q. v. Gen. 14, 7; 
comp. Num. 20, 13. 

h) bad 19 (fountain of two calves, 
unless perh. ‘pis for 07338 two pools) 
En-eglaim, a city on the ‘northern part 
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10. 

i) 2 simply: α) A city of the Le- 
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh. 
15, 32. 19, 7. 21,16. 1 Chr. 4,32. ) 


A place in the north-eastern part of - 


Palestine, Num. 34, 11. 

Sometimes fountains themselves are 
designated by proper names: 

aa) Sao Ὁ» (fountain of the sun) 
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah 


and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh. 


65* 


773 


Pe] 


15, 7. 18,17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 493, 

bb) ἘΔ 9°2 (fountain of the scout; 
Targ. fuller’s fountain) En-rogel, in the 
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru- 
salem, on the border between Judah and 
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam, 
17, 17. 1K. 1, 9. Josephus says it was 
in the king’s gardens, Ant.7.14.4. Now 
a deep well, called Bir Eyib, the well 
of Job; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
490 sq. 

cc). ὉΨΩ͂ PD (fountain of jackals, 
comm. isetetbeiais) near Jerusalem 
Neh, 2, 13. 

dd) maen-p 2s En-Tappuah, a fountain 
of the city mam Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8. 

Denom. are 29, 539, Ἴ52, and the 
two following. 

D""Y (two fountains) Enajim, Gen. 
38, 21, and 52° (on which form of the 


dual see Lehrg. p.536) Enam, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 


j2°2 (having eyes) Enan, pr. n,m. 
Num. 1, 15. 2,29. Comp. 125 929 un- 
der "5. 


*O"2 to languish, to faint, to fail, 
comp. the kindr. roots ὩΣ, 33; once 
Jer. 4, 31.—Hence 59, pr. ἢ. "573. 


BI adj. (τ. O22) f mE, languid, 
faint, weary, of one fatigued with travel 
or labour and oppressed also with thirst, 
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7 
where =2" stands in the other hemi- 
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25,25 cold waters 
for the fainting i.e. thirsty soul. Jer. 
31, 25 Iwill give drink to the thirsty. 
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden 
Is. 46, 1, where ΠΡῸΣ is neut. fessum, 
i.e. wearied beasts, i.g. MBID 7:7; of 
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6. Is. 32, 2. 


MEY f(r. 255) 1. darkness. Am. 
4,13 πὴ “πὸ MoS he maketh the 
morning darkness. With He parag. 
ABD Job 10, 22. 

2. Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and 
region of the Midianites, Gen. 25, 4. Is. 
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, os hrs: Tope ἴω Le. 


perh. i. q. Arab. Sia, which the Ca- 
moos explains to be ‘a place near Pelu- 
sium.’ b) A man 1 Chr. 2,47. ec)A 
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


Lind 
PTI FARM thinkest thou that David 
doth honour thy father? Hence 310 
"2°93 it is good in my sight, i.e. it seems 
good to me, pleases me, see r. 370, 205; 
also "2°22 (37) 3°37, it displeases me, see 
32, 372; comp. under the root "87, So 
WSS ODM wise in his own eyes, self- 
conceited, Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1. 
Also Ἔ "2°33 ΠῚ ΝΧΏ, see in JM no 1. 
etc, 

c) Ἔ ὭΣ away from the eyes of any 
‘one, i. 6. without his knowledge, Num. 
15, 24; also after verbs of hiding Job 3, 
10. Is. 65, 16. 

d) ΠΣ 153 between the eyes, i. 6. upon 
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9.16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut. 
14, 1. 

e) 52 > Dw Zo set an eye upon any 
‘one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to 
look with favour upon any one, prospi- 
.cere alicui, like Arab. As lus heats) 
wi. Opp. is 53. 25. ἘΠ, which 
every where implies disfavour.—E. g. 
‘Gen. 44, 21 "ΠΣ "399 MONI that I may 
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to 
him, Sept. ἐπιμελοῦμαι αὐτοῦ. Jer. 39, 
12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23, Ezra 5,5; c. dx 
Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; 5 Deut. 11, 12; 
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52. 
-More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of 
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else- 
where 0°28), Am. 9,4 where to avoid 
ambiguity is added mai} Ndi mynd. v. 
.ι8 6. 3. Once with ma‘vd Jer. 24, 6; 
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12.—Simply, "3 #372 
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest 
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea 
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1 
pane? wad 55) ΕΝ ΤῈΣ Mind ἊΣ for 
Jehovah's eye is upon men and upon all 
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with 
favour, and upon all other nations with 
disfavour. [More in accordance with 
the grammatical construction, is the ren- 
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be 
the eye of man and of all the tribes of 
Israel ; so Engl. Vers. nearly.—R. 

f) ΠΡῸΣ ΔΌΣ, see in Xb? no. 1. ἃ, 

Trop. also in various senses : 

aa) Of one who is eye for another, 
i.e. in the place of eyes, who sees for 
him, shows him the way; whether to 
one blind Job 39, 15, or to one ignorant 


772 


Libs 


of the way Num. 10, 31.—So among the 
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors 
of the provinees were called the king’s 
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114, Xen. Cyr. 


8. 2.7. Comp. Arab. ὧλε a scout. 


bb) Of any thing resembling the eye, 
e. g. the eye of wine, its bead, Prov. 23, 
31. 


cc) Meton. a look, glance of the eyes ; 
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth, 312722 WINS ὍΩΞΞΒ 
thou hast ravished my heart with one of 
thy glances ; Keri DmN3 , see above init. 
Comp. Job 16, 9.—Hence 

dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing ; 
Num. 11, 7 its appearance was as the 
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13, 5. 55. 
Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10,6. Spec. the 
Jace, surface, as YANN 9 the surface 
of the ground, i. q. “τι 28, Ex. 10, 5. 15. 
Num. 22, 5. 11. 

ee) Sometimes referred to the human 
face ; but incorrectly, since in all the 
passages cited for this signif. the eye it- 
self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17. 
1 Sam. 16, 12; also 7192 57> Num. 14, 
14. Is, 52, 8; and Ps, 6, 8. 31,10; see 
above under no. 1. 

Nore. In Manuscripts 15 (159) eye is 
sometimes confounded with Ὁ} (79) sin, 
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis- 
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10,10 Cheth. 
pminy "Mh> cvoNS, Keri minty; here 
many prefer the latter, and render: be- 
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two 
golden calves ; but perh. we may better 
rest in Cheth. in binding them (making 
them captives) before their two eyes, em- 
phat. for ἘΠ 95. Judg. 16, 28; comp, 
Gen. 42, 24 emg{z> mk “ON. So 
Zech. 5,6 yyxnn7>23 oy rat is ren- 
dered by some : this ephahis their image 
in all the earth; but incorrectly, since 
9 may indeed signify the external ap- 
pearance, but never the image of a 
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept. 
and Syr. to read δὴν ΤΙΝῚ this is their 
sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false 
measure. See also Ps. 73, 7. 

2. a fountain ; whether so called from 
its resemblance to the eye, or, vice versa, 
the eye from its resemblance to a foun- 
tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers, 
he eye, Xie fountain, Chinese 
tan eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. πηγή 


y? 
fountain, corner of the eye.—Gen. 16, 7. 
24,29. 30.42; D2 ὙῈΣ v. 13.43; MIP v. 16. 
45. Plur. f. Τ᾿, constr. M293, Deut.8,7. 


Ex. 15, 27. Prov. 8, 28. On this use of 
the plur. fem. for inanimate objects, see 


Lehrg. Ρ. 539, 540.—Arab. «pas id. 

Many cities and places in Palestine 
were named from fountains in their vi- 
cinity, thus: 

a) “14 15 (fountain of the kid) En- 
gedi, a city i in the desert of Judah on the 
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En- 
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5.17). Josh. 15, 62. 
1 Sam. 24,1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1, 14. 
Anciently Van-yissn q.v. [Still called 
Sci> use *Ain Jidy, with a heauti- 
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. Il. p. 209, 214.—R. 

b) ὈΠΣΔΥΣ (fountain of gardens) 
En-gannim,acity: αν) In the plains of 
Judah, Josh. 15,34. 8) Of the Levites 
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
21, 29; [perh. ἮΝ Twaia of Josephus, 
now Jenin ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. III. p. 155, 156.—R. 

c) "83-72 Ps. 83, 11 and “15 >>> 
(fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17, 
11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas- 
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount 
Tabor; now SI Endér. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225. 

d) Han ΤΣ (swift fountain) En-had- 
dah, a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 

6) “ism pS, En-hazor, a city of 
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37. 

f) Tin 77D, see TIN. 

g) weve re (fountain of judgment) 
En-mishpat, i. q. CIP q. v. Gen. 14, 7; 
comp. Num. 20, 13. 

h) 5bay 47D (fountain of two calves, 
unless perh. ‘> is for m">38 two pools) 
En-eglaim, a city on the ‘northern part 
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10. 

i) 72 simply: «@) A city of the Le- 
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh. 
15, 32. 19, 7. 21,16. 1 Chr. 4, 39. 8) 


A place in the north-eastern part of - 


Palestine, Num. 34, 11. 
Sometimes fountains themselves are 
designated by proper names: 
aa) 28 ὙΣ (fountain of the sun) 
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah 
and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh. 
65* 


773 


ae] 


15, 7. 18,17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 493, 

bb) dah ἼΣ (fountain of the scout; 
Targ. fuller’s fountain) En-rogel, in the 
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru- 
salem, on the border between Judah and 
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9. Joarphils says it was 
in the king’s gardens, Ant.7.14.4. Now 
a deep well, called Bir Eyib, the well 
of Job; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
490 sq. 

cc) ὈΨΩ͂ iD (fountain of jackals, 
comm. dreecicioantaia) near Jerusalem 
Neh, 2, 13. 

dd) mapa En-Tappuah, a fountain 
of the city mam Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8. 

Denom. are 5°23, 523, ]73%, and the 
two following. 

ὩΣ (two fountains) Enajim, Gen. 
38, 21, and ὩΣ (on which form of the 


dual see Lehrg. p.536) Enam, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 


}2°2 (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m. 
Num. 1, 15. 2,29. Comp. 3272 927 un- 
der ἽΧΠ. 


ἜΤΟΣ to languish, to faint, to fail, 
comp. the kindr. roots ὩΣ, 932; once 
Jer. 4, 31—Hence "5, pr. ἢ. "573. 

ΤΟΣ adj. (τ. 529) f πεῖ, languid, 
faint, weary, of one fatigued with travel 
or labour and oppressed also with thirst, 
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22,7 
where =2" stands in the other hemi- 
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25,25 cold waters 
for the fainting i.e. thirsty soul. Jer. 
31, 25 Iwill give drink to the thirsty. 
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden 
Is. 46, 1, where ΠΕΡῚ is neut. fessum, 
i. 6. wearied beasts, i.g. M29 727; of 
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6. Is. 32, 2. 


MEY Γ (τ. 2559) 1. darkness. Am. 
4, 13 ME > “no mos he maketh the 
morning darkness. With He parag. 
mes Job 10, 22. 

2. Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and 
region of the Midianites, Gen. 25, 4. Is, 
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, ys tas τ Taupe ths Le. 


perh. i. q. Arab. aad which the Ca- 
moos explains to be ‘a place near Pelu- 
sium.’ Ὁ) A man 1 Chr. 2,47. e)A 
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


ΒΦ 


"BY (weary, languid, r. Ὁ59) Ephai, 
pr. n. m. Jer. 40,8 Keri, where Cheth. 
“pid. 

‘WY m. (τ. 72) c. suff. Fa"d Gen. 49, 
11, plur. ΘΛ, ἃ young ass, ass’s colt, 
foal ; Job 11, 12 838-9 wild ass’s colt. 
Sometimes also of a young ass, full 
grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding 
Judg. 10,4, 12,14. Zech. 9,9; for bear- 
ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ie αν Is. 30, 


24. Comp. Gen. 32, 16. Arab.» an ass, 
either wild or domestic. “Strictly it 
would seem to signify a wild ass or colt, 
so called from its swift running, see the 
root “"P lett. a; just as 878 wild ass, 
from 878 to run. 


*""2 to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab. 

Lé mid. Waw, to be hot, e. g. the day 
at noon. Also causat. for "251, to make 
hot, to heat, asa baker his oven; Hos. 
7,4 a1 92 mbt he ceaseth from 
heating after the kneading until it be 
leavened.—This idea of heat, being hot, 
is then often metaphorically applied: 

a) To the heat of running, to run 
hotly i. 6. swiftly; whence “5 an ass. 
Arab. οἱ IV to run swiftly, of a horse; 

Le mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse 
‘when the reins break, comp. P>5 no. 2. 

b) To the heat of anger, an ardent 
‘il. 6. impetuous hostile attack ; comp. 
Arab. jLé Conj. I, II], IV, to rush upon 
‘the efemy, and ,lé mid. Ye, to be hot 
‘with jealousy. Hence ""> II, and “> 
‘an enemy. 

6) To heat of mind, i. 6. anxiety, ter- 
ror; see 17> Π Ὁ. 


I. 9 Γ (r. 38> I) mase. perh. in the 
‘phrase "53 "9, also Num. 35, 2. 3. 
Deut. 3,6; plur. once 5°72 for the sake 
of paronomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere 
ΩΨ, constr. “>, as if fom, a sing. "9. 

1. α city; town, Sept. πόλις; not found 
in the kindred dialects. The signif. is 
of wide extent, embracing not only the 
idea of an encampment, but also that of 
small fortifications, as walch-posts, watch- 
towers ; thus Num. 13, 19 and what the 
cities (3" 9M) they dwell in, S72TV2aN 
Dp za3a OX whether in camps or in 
strong-holds. 2 K. 17, 9 they built them 
high-places ont y-ba3 i in all their cities, 


774 


ny 


"xq0 7D TB ὈΛΣΣ baw from the 
tower of the watchmen to the Senced city. 
Is. 1, 87942 4D a tower of watch, i. ᾳ- 
τὰν} ὉΠ, 2K. 1. c. see in m7x2. 
Gen. 4, 17 prob. a nomadic encampment 
defended by a ditch or wall against wild 
beasts. This usage leaves no doubtas . 
to the etymology ; and "ΠΡ is pr. ‘ 
place of watch or guard, built with a 
wall or tower as a refuge for the keep- 
ers of the flocks, comp. "3% 573% Gen. 
35, 2, also the ὉΠ ΘΠ) built by Uzziah i in 
the desert 2 Chr. 26, 10; then, ‘a place, 
enclosure, surtpunded by a mound or 
wall, to protect the nomades and their 
flocks from enemies _or wild beasts, a 
nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town, 
city, often not large, as may be gathered 
from the fact that in the land of Canaan 
there were 31 royal cities, while in the 
one tribe of Judah there are enumerated 
124 towns, 5"), Josh. c. 15.—With the 
pr. ἢ. of the city in appos. UY 93h the 
city Shushan Esth, 3, 15. 8, 15; 03% 9 
Gen. 33,18. Often with the genit. in 
various senses: M2iM ‘D a walled city 
Lev. 25, 29; "x7 >, "E50 Da fenced 
city, fortified, see ‘six, S839; eRe 'y 
a city of refine see up: punt ya 
city of the priests 1 Sam. 22, 19; nathan’ > 
a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26 ; naan" "9 
1 K. 12,17; also 2 K. 23,19. Judg. 12,75 
p23 9 city of blood, slatighter, Nah. 3, 
1. Bo wip wy the holy city, Jevusa- 
lem, Neh. 1, 1. Is. 52, 1. Dan. 9, 24, 
comp. πόλις ἁγία Matt. 27, 53; allao ‘9 
mint Is. 60, 14, ΘΟ "Ὁ Ps. 66, 3, 87,3, 
and xut ἐξοχήν "3 Ez. 7, 23, 19 Is. 
60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is. 32, 
19 ἜΘ ΠῚ stands for Nineveh, the metro- 
polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers. 
the city of any one is either the capital of 
a king, as ἡ. ὍΣ aim Num. 21, 26, 
comp. Josh. 8,1; or oftener one’s pater 
nal city, or that in which he dwells, as ἢ 
“ima the city of Nahor i.e. Haran, where 
he dwelt Gen. 24, 10; the city of David 
i.e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam, 20,6; and so 
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19-21. Josh. 21, 6.1 
Sam. 8, 22. 28, 3. 1 K. 22, 36. Comp. 
Gr. πόλις Aufid i. e. Bethlehem, Luke 
2,4; πόλις αὑτῶν i, 6. of Jesus’ parents, 
Nazareth, Luke 2. 39, comp. John 11, 1. 
Judith 8,3, With genit. of another city 
"72 is put for the smaller towns and vil- 


ἊΣ 


lages around that city, elsewhere M23 
ὙΠ; as DUT 4 Josh. 13,17. Jer. 34, Ἢ 
But>yng "7 Is, 17, 2, see in "2192 no. 1. 
—Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of 
the foolish wearieth him, because he 
knoweth not »*27>% 02> to go to the city, 
i. e. cannot find his way ‘to the city ; the 
figure being taken from an awkward 
,Tustic who loses his way on the most 
beaten road ; comp. Germ. ‘ er weiss sich 
nicht zu finden.’ In Ps. 73, 20 ὙΦ is 
for “7272 inf. Hiph. of τ. ἊΣ I.—Spec. 
"> is also put : 

a) For a part of a larger city, espec. 
as fortified by a separate wall; like Gr. 
πόλις see Passow, Engl. Old city, New 
city. So 313 ΡΣ the city of David, i.e. 
the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem, 
ἡ ἄνω πόλις, 2 Sam. δ, 7. 9. 6, 10. 12. 
[Later the name city of David seems to 
have sometimes included the whole of 
Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 
97 sq. ib. 1846, p. 633 sq.—R.] "9h 
ΤΣ ΤῊ the middle city, the middle part 
of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20. 4 Cheth. where 
Keri has "29. So Dam "> the water- 
city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12, 
27; dvan ma ἪΡ the city of the house 
of Baal, a part of Samaria so called 
from the temple of Baal, prob. the enclo- 
sure of the temple, τέμενος. 2 Καὶ, 10, 25. 

b) As in Engl. the city for its inhabi- 
tants, the people of a city ; 1 Sam. 4, 13 
ssorim>> Prim all the city cried out. Is. 
14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase 
pr D the city of men, i. e. the multi- 
tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6. 
Job 20, 48. (24, 12); also Judg. 20, 48 
where read ὉΓ for ἘΓΏ. See Thesaur. 
p- 830, and "9 II. Ὁ. 

9) With genit. of a people or country, 
the chief city, metropolis ; as MTN AND 
the city of Judah, i. 6. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 
25, 28; Peay > 1 Sam. 15,5; sxin “Ὁ 
Num. 22, 36. 

Proper names of cities are: aa) 2 
mbm the City of Salt in the desert of 
Judah, near the Dead Sea, Josh. 15, 62. 

bb) wm 772 (city of serpents) Jr-na- 
hash, the site of which is unknown, 1 
Chr. 4, 12. 

ec) Wy ὋΣ (city of the sun) Jr-she- 
mesh, in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19, 
51. Prob. the same with Beth-shemesh ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 19. 


775 


wy 


dd) SPRAY the City of palm-trees, 
i. ᾳ. in Jericho, so called from the 
multitude of palm-trees growing there, 
see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6. 
Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15. 

ee) For 077m "> see under 0773. 

2. Ir, pr. ἢν of a man 1 Chr. 7, 12; for 
which in v. 7 "9. 


II. ἫΝ m. (Ὁ. 1) heat, i.e. a) an- 
ger, wrath ; Hos. 11, 9 723 Niax > 7 
will not come in werate ’b) of rind, 
anxiety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18 
midband pkne mb ΡΠ, Sept. 
ἐπέῤῥιψα ἐπ αὐτὴν ἐξαίφνης τρόμον καὶ 
σπουδήν. Here too we may refer Job 
24, 12 ΡΝ)" OTN WDD, if with Syr. for 
ὉΠ men we read on the dying, i.e. 
from anguish do the dying groan. 


"2 Chald. τὰ. (τ. 315) @ watcher, a 
name for angels in the later Hebrew, as 
keeping watch over the aflairs of men, 
Dan. 4, 10. 14. 20.—In the Syrian litur- 
gies it is also used for the archangels, 
as of Gabriel; elsewhere espe and 
Gr. ἐγρήγοροι of evil angels. In Lib. 
Henoch. Eth. '}Y% watchers, is spok- 
en of good angels 12, 2.4. 92, 16; of 
fallen angels 10, 13. 12, 5. al. Suicer _ 
Thes. Eccl. art. ἐγρήγορος. Castelli 
Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649. 


"9 see before τ. "9, p. 774. 


STD (wakeful, r. 199 1) Jra, pr. n. m. 
a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26. 
b) Two of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 
26. 28. 


TM" pr. n. m. Irad, an antediluvian 
patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson 
of Cain, Gen. 4, 18. 


AVY (fr. 2) Fru, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 
15. 


°F (urbanus) Jri, pr.n. see “79 I. 2. 


D9 (urbanus) Jram, pr. n. of a phy- 
larch or head of a tribe among the Edom- 
ites, Gen. 36, 43, 


DWP and OA m. (r. ony 1) ρίαν. 
ΒΚ, nakedness, Deut. 28, 48, Ez. 16, 
7 es DAY ΤΙΝῚ but thou shalt be naked- 
ness and need. i. 6. most naked and with- 
out help. v. 22. 39. 23,29. Concer. naked, 
Gen. 3,10. 11. Ez. 18,7. 16; and so plur. 
Dwan> naked Gen. 3, 7.—The form is 


wy 
like pibsy i. gq. Obi with Dag. in the 
third radicals “᾿ς 
ὍΣΣ Ursa major, see in Bd. 
MY pr. ἢ. see in Ὁ. 


i222 (i. q. "322 mouse) Achbor, pr. 
n.m. a) An Idumean, Gen. 36,38. Ὁ) 
A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer. 
26, 22. 36, 12. 


W227 m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5. 


9 ΄-͵ 
Arab. Gs, Chald. δῆ. It 
seems to be compounded from 3325 


ο 
ah ws agile, swift, and Arab. 
to weave (as a spider), q. d. swift weaver. 
So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also 
Gr. ἀράχνη, comp. Semit. 338 to weave. 


“222 m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse, 

1 Sam. 6, 4. 5. 11.18; but an esculent 

species of dormouse seems to be meant 

Ley. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the 
GS x0- 


9. γι 
Arab. re is iq. exp jerboa, mus 
jaculus Linn. See Bochart in Hieroz. 
T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be 
compounded of the Chald. 523 to de- 
vour and "2 field, the / being elided ; 


better from 32> ee: agile, swift, and 
“28, “ES, to dig, pr. swift digger. 


: 8s 

"22 (heated sand, Arab. KXE, r. 422) 
pr.n. Accho,a maritime city in the terri- 
tory of Asher, Judg. 1,31; perh. Mice. 1, 
10, where 33 seems to be for "353. On 
Phenician-Greek coins >> is to be read 
=>, see Monumm. Phen. p. 269, 270. . In 
Greek ἄκη, Strabo 16. 2. 25; more fre- 


quently Ptolemais ; now Ke * Akka, 
also Fr. St. Jean d’Acre. See Reland 
Palestina p. 534-542. 


D2 (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26) 
Achor, pr. τι. of a valley near Jericho, 
Josh. 15,7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2,17. R. 
“23. 


G 

ἘΤΞ2 obsol. root, Arab. gX¢ pr. to 
strike, to smite ; fut. J, to be hot, spoken 
of the day, pr. to be struck by the sun ; 
comp. 3? Hiph, no, 1. b. Hence pr. n. 
ize. 

5 ἸΞ2 obsol, root, prob. i. 4. "29 to 
trouble ; comp. Josh. 7, 1 sq.—Hence pr. 
n. 1355 and 


776 


“9 


j22 pr. n. (troubler) Achan, an Israel- 
ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat — 
upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20; in 
1 Chr. 2, 7 written "> Achar id. 


* O22 in Kal not used, Arab. yaKe ) 


ae 
to bind back ; lke a cord, halter, by 


which the mouth of the camel is bound 
to his fore foot. Hence 0>> fetter, 
anklet ; and from this again: 

Pret denom. to put on anklets as an 
ornament ; or rather to make a tinkling 
with them, like females desirous of at- 
tracting notice, Is. 3, 16. See 03> lett. 
b.—Hence 


27 τη. a fetter, ankle-band, see the 
root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he 
goeth after her suddenly (the young man 
after the adultress) as the ox goeth to 
the slaughter-house, "1% ΠΟ οὶ ὈΞ Ξὴ 
and as fetters for the punishment of the 
wicked. Or we may here take 02> for 
ΞΡ ΠΝ as one bound in Setters (goeth) 
to the punishment of the fool, i. e. of folly 
or crime, as also in Engl. ‘a criminal to 
the punishment of his folly.’ Ὁ) As an 
ornament of showy females, fastened 
upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe- 
riscelis, περισφύριον, plur. 8°02 Is. 3, 18. 
Comp. 022 Pi. This ornament wascom- 
mon among ancient nations, as also now 
in the east ; comp. Schroeder de Vestitu 


p. 1 sq. 

M27 (anklet, from r. 02>) Achsah, pr. 
n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16. 
17. Judg. 1, 12. 


* "22 1. pr. i. q. Arab. ps to 
trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb. 
Hence trop. 

2. to trouble, i.e. a) to disturb, to 
put in confusion; Prov. 11, 29 inva "33 
he that troubleth his house, i. 6. lets his af- 
fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15,6. 
b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11, 35; often 
more strongly, i. q. to bring evil upon 
any one, Gen. 34, 30. Josh. 6, 18. 7, 25. 
1 Sam. 14, 29 γα ΟΝ "BN ΞΡ my 
father hath brought evil on the land, 
1K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 1], 17 9x0 "29 
"3128 the cruel man afflicteth his own 
Slesh. 

Nipu. to be troubled, to be moved with 


"59 


grief Ps. 39,3. Part. fem. the being trou- 
bled, i.e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15,6. 
Deriv. i232 and the two following. 


“29 (troubler, r. 92%) Achar, pr. n.m. 
1 Chr. 2, 7; see in 139. 


129 (afflicted, τ. 929) Ochran, pr. n. 
m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. 


aW27 m, quadril. an asp, adder, Ps. 
140, 4 Derived perh. from. r. way 
yaks to bend back, and 372% to lie in 
wait, i. e. an animal coiling itself up and 
lying in wail. 

59 m. (nd>. like 12 from M42, 92 from 
N72) with disjunct. accent 59. 

1. Subst. height, summit; then for 
concr. high, most high ; so of God Hos. 
11, 7AMN IP b2~>¥ they call them unto 
the Most Hi ‘ch (i. e. the prophets the peo- 
ple), but not one willexalt him. Witha 
hegat. partic. by Xd the not-high, non- 
summus, i. q. orbs δ 5. no-god, δυλίοσξ, 
no-gods, idols, or i. q. borba wortlilese- 
ness ; so Hos. 7, 16 >> Nb aaewis they turn 
Whniseloes to ne pods i. 6. to idols, or to 
wickedness. 

2. Adv. on high, highly ; 2 Sam. 23, 1 
ἘΣ OPM who was highly exalted, élevated. 
With pref. >> from on high, from above, 
Gen. 27, 39. “49, 25; also simply above 
Ps. 50, 4, see 472 no. 3. ἢ. 


>3 pr. constr. of the preced. article ; 
Plur. constr. "22 (a form peculiar to the 
poets like "bg, "32), ὁ. suff. "by, ΠΕΡ, 
andy, maby, sandy, “pends, ene, poet. 
fobs Ps. 5, 12. Job 20, 23. 

A) Prep. very frequent and of wide 
extent, corresponding to the Greek ἐπέ 
(ἀνά) and ὑπέρ. Lat, super and in, Germ. 
auf and wiber, Engl. upon, over. Chald. 
by, Syr. \S, id.—Its various uses and 
applications may be reduced to four 
classes. 

1. ig. ἐπέ, super, auf, upon, where 
one thing is placed upon the upper part of 
another. so as to stand, rest, incline upon 
it, have it for a substratum, ete. 

a) Of a state of rest, 6. σ. ROD">D bs 
to sit wpon a throne; snbe 7233 to 
stand upon a mountain ; herby, ἘΦ 
to stand upon his feet Zech: 14,125 to 
lie irwan-b> upon his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7; 
=°m2 "by on or in the way Job 18, 10. Ps. 


Thus:- 


777 by 


131, 2 fax "> ΒῸΣ2 as a weaned child 
upon his mother, ie. upon her lap. Cor- 
rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth 
not 26-32 upon his tongue, where 
strictly speech arises; and so ἢ Β ΒΡ 
upon thy mouth, where we say ‘upon 
thy lips,’ 6. g. Ex. 23,13 ἼΠΒ ΤΡ saws 
nor let the name of their idols be heard 
upon thy lips. Ecce. 5,1. Ps. 50, 16. 
Comp. Gr. ἀνὰ στόμα tzew.—Here be- 
longs too the phrase ™ 27> on or ina 
house, of which the following examples 
may be noted: Is. 32, 13 briers and 
thorns grow ‘wiva "M27>2->2_ upon all 
the houses of joy, i. ΟἹ upon their 
ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringed 
instruments... ΤΆΣ in the temple 
of Jehovah, or as in Engl. up in the tem- 
ple, this being on a lofty site; comp. 
Germ. auf der Stube, auf dew Saale, 
for wp in the room, ete. Polish po izbie, 
on the parlour, this being higher than 
the ground floor. Similar is "2>~>> on 
the dust, not only upon the surface of the 
ground, but also in the sepulchre, where 


‘the dead repose not only on or in the 


dust, but mingle with it, Job 20, 11. 21, 
26. See "2>.—We may perhaps refer 
to lett. b, and to no. 4 below, the follow- 
ing examples in which motion is implied: 
Hos. 11, 11 J will cause them to dwelt 
ὈΓΙ Ξ ΒΡ in their houses ; Is. 24, 22 the 
captives are gathered into the dungeon 
and are shut up in the prison.—Spec. 

a) Ma1N-b2 upon a land, where we 
say in a land, in a country, Am. 7, 17; 
so 722 M24N Ὁ. in a foreign land Ps. 
137, 4; also 49, 12. 110,6. Is. 9, 6. 14,2; 
peey-by i in Ephraim, in his land, ik 7, 
2. Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23, 8. Ez. 
28, 25. 37, 25. 

8) It designates clothing which one 
wears, has on him. Gen. 37, 23 the tunic 
7722 "OX which was on him, which he 
wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22,5. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 
Is. 9,5. Ruth 3,3.15. 1 K.11, 30. Thus 
we may explain the passage Job 24. 9: 
sbars ss3"by (stig) what is upon the 
poor (i.e. his clothes, rags) they take asa 
pledge. Comp. 89 nbs for WSR7PR bs 
by Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22, under art. ΓΕΒ. no, 
2. In like manner the Arabs thns em- 
ploy their As, see Schult. ad Job 24, 
21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46. 
Comp. Gr. χειρέδες ἐπὶ χερσί Od. 24. 229. 


by 778 ὃ; 


7) With words implying to be heavy 
upon any one, i. 6. to be a burden, trou- 
ble to him; Job 7,20 J am a burden 
"bY upon myself. Is. 1, 14 τυ. bn 
they are a burden upon me, i.e. a trouble 
tome. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where δὰ 
for >>. Hence 59 723, see r. 722 no. 1. 
Here too we may refer Gen. 48,7 "29 "m9 
brim Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me. 
Ecc. 6, 1. 

δὴ) Hence of any duty or obligation 
resting upon any one as a burden, comp. 
Comm. on Is. 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11 
ΤΡ "ΒΦ it lay on me to give, i. e. was my 
duty. Prov. 7.14 "29 ποθῶ "31 thank- 
offerings were upon me, i. e. were due 
from me. Gen. 34,12 "ia Tk 7b? ADIN 
ΠῺΣ lay upon me never so much of dow- 
ry and gifts, etc. 1 K. 4,7. Ps. 56, 13. 


Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13,13. So Arab. ‘AS 
jee μά ΠῚ owe a thousand dinars, 
and jz wall Sule x thou owest 
me a thousand dinars; see De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe I. § 1062. ed. 2. 

ε) b> mn, Gr. ζῆν ἐπὶ τινος, to live 
upon, e.g. 22752 on bread Deut. 8, 3, 
ΠΤ ΡΣ upon or by one’s sword Gen. 27, 
40. The idea is here that of a founda- 
tion, support, by which life is sustained. 
Comp. Is. 38, 16. 

£) Trop. and rarely of time when, as 
the basis on which τὰ πραχϑέντα as it 
were rest, or as a way on or in which 
they have their course. Prov. 25, 11 
N"QBN>D on’ i. e. at tls proper time, 


timely, see BX. So Arab. pers Ac 


in its time, Gr. én ἤματι Od. 2. 284, ἐπὶ 
νυκτί, ἐπὶ πολεμοῦ, Germ. auf den Tag, 
Engl. wpon the day, upon a time. 

η) Of the norm, rule, standard, which 
is followed or imitated; since things 
measured or to be conformed to any 
model are laid upon the rule or pattern. 
Comp. the Greek ἐπὶ ϑηρός ‘in the man- 
ner of beasts,’ Lat. ‘hune in modum,’ 
Germ. ‘auf die Art? ‘auf Englisch,’ i.e. 
in the English manner. Ps. 110,4 τὸ 
‘a ‘mst after the manner of Melchize- 
dek; ΘΓ ῸΣ in this manner Esth. 9, 26; 
ἘΦ δ, καλεῖσϑαι ἐπί τινος, to be called 
afler any one, see δὲ", Often of the 
instrument after whose modulations a 
song is to be sung, Ps. 8, 1. 45, 1. 53, 1. 


60, 1. 69,1. Also of a song the mea- 
sure of which is followed in other poems, 
Ps. 56, 1. Comp. the similar use of the 
Syr. “8, Eichhorn Pref. ad Jones de 
Poesi Asiat. p. xxxm; also Russian po 
tact, after the time, measure. 

Ὁ) Of motion upon or over the upper 
part or surface of any thing; either from 
a higher place downwards, down upon, 
over, or from a lower place upwards, wp 
upon, over.—Hence 

a) upon, i. e. down upon, as ἘΣ 4D? to 
put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; 53 s>>uin 
to cast upon or over any thing Ps, 60,10; 
to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26; 59 
ninen>y to inscribe wpon tablets Ex. 34, 
1; ἼΣΟΣ ἸΏ), ὙΠΠΤῸΡ ἸῺ) to give over 
upon i. 6. into the hands of any one, see 
in "Δ no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or— 
calamity coming wpon any one, as "On 
7722 my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5; 
WN22R 22 27, 13; so 38, 29. 42, 36; 
comp. >2 "in Ez. 13, 3; >» iz to come 
upon, i.e. to happen fo any one, see in 
xia. So after verbs of presenting, giving 
in charge, Engl. to give over to any one; 
as 52 “pb, 59 mix, dy am>, see these 
verbs; comp. σημαΐνειν ἐπὶ δμωῇῆσι Od. 
22.427 ; and also after verbs of speaking 
or deciding wpon, i. 6. against any one, 
as Ὁ 59 "35, see in a4 lett. g; dv aN 
Ez. 26, 2.—To this general sense we 
may refer Judg. 15, 8 “bY pis onk ys 
ΠῚ Ae smote them leg upon thigh, Engl. 
‘hip and thigh ; also Am. 3,15 and I 
will smite the winter-palace upon (59) 
the summer-palace. Here the idea is to 
smite them limb upon limb, i. e. so that 
the scattered limbs fall one upon ano- 
ther; and in like manner palace upon 
palace, so that the ruins of one over- 
whelm and destroy another. 

8) upon, i. e. up upon, up into; as 
i 52 mb» to go up upon or into a moun- 
tain Is. 40,9, 14,8. 14; Mad ΕΓ ΤΟΣ nbyq 
to cause to come up into a chariot 1 Καὶ, 
20, 33; yor>y mbm to hang upon a tree 
Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4,12; and so m9 
ΞΡ ῸΦ 10 cume up upon or into the heart 
or mind, see in {ΠῈΣ no. 1 fin. 

7) Trop. it marks something super- 
added ; comp. Gr, μῆλος ἐπὲ μήλῳ Od. 7. 
120, ἐπὲ τοῖσι, Lat. vulnus super vulnus, 
Engl. wound upon wound. So >> pos 


by 779 b9 


to add upon or to any thing. see 40°; 

ἋΣ 30 to be reckoned upon or to any 
thing 2 Sam. 4, 2;  38-b2 733 ruin 
upon ruin Jer. 4, 20, comp. Ez. 7, 26. Job 
6, 16. Is. 32, 10 m3"w>D O29 days upon 
years, or as in Engl. a year and a day, 
for an indefinite period of time, Gen, 28, 
9 he took Mahalath....."3">2 upon 
i. 6. in addition to his other wives. 31,50. 

5) Where any thing is subjoined, 
which might be an obstacle or hin- 
drance, 52 is equivalent to even upon, 
i.e. notwithstanding ; Job 34,6 "Ὁ Ὁ 
notwithstanding my right. Also c, infin, 
although, Job 10, 7 4H2I7>2. alihough 
thou knowest, See below in B. no. 1. 

2. The second class comprises those 
significations and phrases in which is 
contained the idea of impending, suspen- 
sion, being above or over any thing, yet 
so as not to be in contact with it, i. q. 
Gr. ὑπέρ, Germ. aber, Engl. above, over, 
upon. Spoken of rest in a place, e. g. 
Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over 
(around) my head. Ps. 29,3 the voice of 
the Lord is heard upon (over) the wa- 
ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen, 
19, 23 the sun was risen ¥ 87> upon 
(over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31, 21. 
Spec. 

a) Of power, dominion over men, as 
dy 7b, bv dua, bo ΤΊΣΙ to set over, 
mran-s2 “UN the prefect of the palace, 
marshal, see ma no. 3. Comp. Gr. ὃ ἐπὸ 
τῶν φρένες one over affairs, a super- 
visor, prefect. 

b) After verbs signifying to cover, to 
protect, i.e. pr. to cover over any one, 
see the verbs 123, MOD, 720, MY, and 
Lehrg. p. 818 ; though the cover or veil 
may not be over or above the thing co- 
vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27, 
21 the curtain which is over i. e. before 
the law. 1 Sam, 25,16 52°32 995 nin 
they were a wall over us, i. e. before us, 
they protected us. Ez. 13,5. Zech. 12, 
2. After verbs signifying to protect, and 
also those implying to defend, to inter- 


, cede, it may be rendered for, Lat. pro, 


(comp. Gr. ἀμύνειν ὑπέρ, ϑύειν ὑπέρ,) as 
by ὈΠῚ32 to fight for any one Judg. 9, 17; 
by τῶν id. Dan. 12, 1; >2 182 10 make 
expiation for any one; >2 bbenn to in- 
tercede for any one, in order to avert 
punishment. 


9) Often it expresses the idea of sur- 
passing, going beyond in any thing, comp, 
Lat, super omnes, supra modum, Engl. 
over, above. Ps, 89, 8 terrible above all 
them that are round about him. Job 23, 
2 ΓΝ ΟΣ NIBP 72 my hand (i. 6, the 
hand of God upon me) is heavier than 
my groaning. Eee, 1, 16. Ps. 137,.6. 
Gen, 49, 26. Comp. Arab. Kor, 37, 153 
‘I have preferred the daughters As 
upset adove the sons.’ Also Gen. 48, 


22 1 give thee a portion of land 3>rx7>2 
above thy brethren, i. e. a portion larger 
than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over 
and above, besides, beyond, Ps. 16, 2 "ὩΞῚ 
W722 d2 all my pood is nothing besides 
thee, i.e. 1 prefer thee to all other good. 
So of time, over, beyond, Lev. 15, 25 if 
the menstrual flux continue M732">2 be- 
yond the time of her uncleanness. 

d) Trop. of the cause for, on account 
of, because of which any thing is done, 
Gr. ὑπὲρ ov. Ps. 44, 23 for thee (7722), 
for thy sake, we are slaughtered. Job 
34, 36. Ruth 1,19. Hence πὶ >> Lam. 
5, 17, pxt >> Jer. 4, 28, and 13 ὃ» (see 
13), “δ this cause, on this account ; ἘΦ 
“23 (propter rem), mitix > torches 
causas), on account of, because of ; ΤῊΣ 39 
on what account? i. e. wherefore 7 With 
inf. ἼΩΝ 59 because of thy saying, be- 
cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2, 
Often also of the cause (ca. the founda 
tion) both of joy and sorrow, see naw, 
32207, ἼΒΌ ; of laughing and weeping, 
see pny, 33; of anger Job 19, 11; of 
compassion Ps, 103, 13, ete. etc. ᾿ 

6) As marking the object of discourse, 
upon, concerning, of ; Judg. 9,3 7237 
>> Tay "MN and his mother’s brethren 
spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen. 
41, 15 4729 "ὭΡὩΘ 7 have heard con 
cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5, 
22; of confession Ps. 32, 5; of a pro- 
phecy 1 K. 22, 8. Is. 1, 1; of strife Gen. 
26, 21; comp. >> 33" to know concern- 
ing any thing Job 37, 16. 

3. The third class consists of those 
examples in which >» after verbs of rest 
implies proximity and contiguity, Lat.ad, 
apud, Germ. an, bey. Engl. at, by, near ; 
yet so that this notion springs out of the 


primary idea of being upon, over β- 
thing. So espec. 


by 780 by 


a) Where a thing actually impends 
over another, e. g. when one stands by 
a fountain or well, 72575, over which 
one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16, 
7; av >> by the waters, as being lower 
than the surface of the ground, Num. 24, 
6; 05 >> by the sea Ex. 14, 2.9; 79 53 

nk at or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19, 
7, "82 5D at the river Ex. 2, 5, comp. 
Gr. ἐπὲ ποταμοῦ, Lat. super fluvium Liv. 
i. 6. Engl. upon the river, Dutch Keulen 
op den Rhyn, Russ. pomorski superma- 
rinus, i. e. maritime ; D°>251 =D by the 
camels sc. lying down, so ‘that a man 
standing was above them, Gen. 24, 30; 
sont b> Prov. 23, 30; 0938 52 at or over 
the crib Job 39, 9; ἐπὲπ ἣν at meat, at 
table, 1 Sam. 20, 24; DB yar > tania 
ment, pr. at the table of the judges, Is, 
28,6; in all which cases the head is 
above the place named. Comp. éai τῷ 
δείπνῳ Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super ceenam, 
ἐπὶ ἔργῳ, ‘ to sit over one’s books.’—Here 
too belongs ἘΣ 723, 52 32, fo sland at 
or by a person, e. g. lying down 1 Sam, 
4, 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9.10. 20, 11 ; or sitting 
on the ground, Gen. 18,8; or on a seat, 
as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, ora king Judg. 
3,19. 1 Sam. 22, 6.7.17. Also to stand 
at or by an altar, sacrifice, 5 282 Num. 
23, 3.6.15. 1K. 13,1. Here too some 
refer the phrase "2 5D 22 and the like ; 
but these belong rather to lett. b, c, be- 
low.—So where one inclines or leans 
upon or over a person or thing; Gen. 
45, 15 he kissed all his brethren 3373 
‘ pnts and wept upon them, bending 

over them. Judg. 14, 16. Gen. 45, 14. Is. 
60, 14. 

b) Different is it with phrases like: 
"2b >> at the face, in front of a person or 
thing, i. 6. before him, see in 738 (728); : 

352, 77 5D, at or on the side, i i. 6. by, 
mear, see in πὸ πο. 5; 7795 52 on the 
right, at the right of any one, see in 
7729 no. 1; ΓΝ Ὁ at the rear of it, 
behind it, Ez. 41, 15; comp. Gr. én? 
δεξιά, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, Il, 7, 238. 12, 240; 
Engl. on the side, ete. The superficies 
of a thing is not only its upper surface, 
but every other external part; and by 
the same figure we speak of what is on 
the side, for at or by the side. Hence 
by simply is put for 13 52, i. q. at, by, 
near, 6. g. b2 3%), >2 28, to stand by 


or near, even where a person so stand- 
ing is in no way higher than the other, 
as 1 Sam. 22,9. Zech. 4, 14. Here be- 
long the phrases: "7 59 38°mh Job 1, 6. 
2, 1. Zech. 6, δ, 99 ἘΦ Tgp 1 K. 22, 19, 
apoken of angels: and other attendants 
of Jehovah, who stand before him seated 
upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1. 
Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by 
the bushes, i. e. around and under them. 
31,9 mmp >> at the door. Ez. 46,2 >9 
“stn mira by the post of the gate. Job 
29,7 naps by the city. Comp. below 
in 9 mk 2. 

c) Sometimes the idea at, by, near, at 
the side of, is extended so as to include 
several or all sides, and becomes thus 
i. q. round about, around, like 993. Ex. 
14, 3 sayan cinbs "x0 the desert hath 
ἱδρεά ‘around them, hath shut them 
in; comp. 393 "39 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is. 35, 
10 everlasting joy DU ΒΘ upon their 


head, i. e. circumfused around their 
head. Job 13, 27 see in r. AEM Hithp, 


So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer 
these to the idea of covering over; see 
above in no. 2. b. 

d) Kindred is the idea of accompani- 
ment, with, together with ; comp. also the 
sense of adding, no. 1.b. y. So of men 
and beasts; Ex. 35, 22 the men with (>>) 
the women. Gen. 32, 12 B"22 5D ἘΝ the 
mother with the children. Job 38, 32. 
Of things, Num. 9, 11 "1 Mize b> with 
unleavened bread and bitter herbs shall 
they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12, 
8. 9. Deut. 16,3. So or 59 ἘΞ 10 eat 
flesh with the blood 1 Sam. 14, 32. Lev. 
19, 26; comp. => 528% Deut. 12, 23. Of 
attendant circumstances, as May ">> with 
sacrifice Ps. 50, 5; 533 "ἘΦ with the lyre 
Ps. 92,4; “ik “by with sunshine Is. 18, 

4.—For Indy: 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see 
above in no, 1. b. a, fin. 

e) Hence arise various phrases, in 
which 59 with refers to that which one 
has with or within himself; so that in the 
same connection it might be 3 or 27p3. 
So espec. in phrases pertaining to the 
heart, soul, spirit, (ΞΡ, 683, ΤΡ.) or 
their affections or changes, etc. Jer. 8, 
18 "93 "2b "bY my heart within me is sick. 
Hos. 11, 8 52d τὸν RM? my heart ἐϑ 
turned within me (comp. "DIF 3 72> ΒΓ 
id. Lam. 1, 20). Neh. 5, 7. Ps. 131, 2 


57 181 Ὁ9 


stip? "ὩΣ ῬΏ}2᾽, Lam. 3,20. Ps.42.6 why 
art thou cast down, O my soul, %22 ὍΣΤΙΣ 
and why disquieted within me? v.7. 12. 
43,5. Ps. 143,4 “5 552 ΠΏΡΩΤΞ. 143, 
4. Jon. 2,8; comp. Ps, 107. 5.—Here too 
we may refer Ps, 42, 5 "22 "ΒΞ ΠΙΞΘΩΝ 
7 pour out my soul within me sc. in tears. 
Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sam. 4, 19 "3 Ὲ ΠΣ 2 
ms >> for her pains turned theme 
selves within her, i. e. began to cause 
writhings within her. Dan. 10, 16. 

f) With abstract nouns >> forms a 
periphrase for adverbs, as "PY 52 with 
falsehood, i. 6. falsely, Lev. 5, 22; 907 52 
abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; by 
Mbp? lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14, 8, 11; 
Vix >> with acceptance, acceptably sc. 
before God Is. 60,7, iq. 7387 56,7. Jer. 
6, 20. Comp. δὲ leu. ᾳ. ἴσως, ἐπὶ μέγα, 
ἐπὶ πολύ, Arab. ,, wy Ac evidently. — 
But these shahoke may also be referred 
to 5> no. 1. a. ἡ. 

4. Under the fourth class are included 
those significations and those examples 
in which 52 implies motion and espe- 
cially rapid motion upon i. 6. towards 
any place or object, and thus approaches 
to the force of the particle >x, for which 


indeed ‘“S is everywhere put in Sy- 


riac and Chaldee, they being without 
dx. This springs out of the signification 
of rushing down upon any thing (see in 
no, 1. b. «), downward motion being 
usually more rapid, and is expressed in 
Greek by ἐπέ or κατά, down upon, espe- 
cially in compounds as χαϑίημε; Lat. in, 
ad ; Germ. auf etwas hin, auf etwas 
los ; Engl. upon, to, towards, ete. So 
Job 27, 22 1°29 ΡΣ to cast upon him 
sc. arrows, to shoot αὐ him. Also "79 d9 
to his face (elsewhere 1738 5, see 9.99) 
Job 21,31; tapa d¥ to his place Ex. 18, 
23; 9703 by to the right hand Gen. 24, 
49; inp ἘΦ for JB 4P ἘΝ into his inward 
parts, i. e. into him, 1 K. 17, 21. Hence 
b> m>0 and 5x nbyi in the'eame verse 
Is. 36, 12; ὃ» bp) (also dx 583) to fall 
away to any one; >> an 2 (also ‘by an>) 
to write to any one 2Chr. 30,1; 53 Ώ3 
Is, 29, 12 i. q. dx 1.9 ν΄ 11. So after 
verbs of going to 2 Sam. 15, 20; of 
coming to ib. v. 4; of fleeing ἐο Is. 10,3; 
of sending to Neh. 6, 3; of putting forth 
the hand éo Is. 11, 8; of inclining oneself 
66 


to or towards, 59 MyNMBN Lev. 26,1; of 
speaking, as Έ => by - "2 to speale to the 
heart i, 6. kindly, to comfort, see in "3% 
lett. e; of announcing Is. 53, 1; 35 oa] 
by, see in DW no. 4.c; of love (see 339) 
and desire Cant. 7,11; and also 2 Sam. 
14, 1 ofdtax by bem 30 the king’s 
heart was upon (towards) Absalom, i.e. 
he loved him.—Spec. 

a) In a hostile sense, wpon, against, 
contra ; Judg. 16, 12 4759 DrNw>H the 
Philistines are upon thee, i. e. assail 
thee. Ez. 5,8 3722 722m lo, Jam against 
thee i.e. will assail thee (elsewhere 
ΝΣ Π). Job 16, 4.9.10. 19, 12. 21, 27. 
30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9,20. Also >2 ΝΡ to 
rise up against any one; ὙΦ 52 72M to 
encamp against a city, to besiege it; 
>> 220 to surround any one sc. in a 
hostile manner ; 52 3M to take counsel 
against any one, etc. 


« δ) More rarely in a sense of iene, 


10; towards, e.g. 2 TOM Nive 1 Sam. 20,8. 

ο) In writers of the silver age of the 
Hebrew (see 5 Chald.) it is not unfre- 
quently used for >¥ and >, as marking 
the dative, 6. g. Esth. 3,9 aban by DM 
ai~ if it seem good to the king, if it 
please him, comp. Ezra 5,17. So not 
rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 ὧπ om 
"2d i. g. 5. ὅπ ON ὑ there be to him, if 
he have, etc. 22,2 inp 7207 "D even 
when he is profitable to "himself. 6, 27. 
19, 5. 30, 2. 33, 27. 38, 10; comp. Ez. 27, 
5. Prov. 29, δι 

d) Ina few examples 52 approaches 
to the force of 42, with which it is some- 
times interchanged in Mss. as Is. 10, 25 
pmbam >> even to their destruction ; 
here 2 Mss. have "3. Ps. 19, 7 and his 
circuit OMixP >2 unto the ends of them, 
where 18 Mss. read ">. Job 37, 3. 

Nore. Less correctly are referred to 
this class such phrases as 072% 5D 
toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, 777 dy Is. 17, 
7, (7%) 52 "πὸ Mic. 4, 1, and others of 
the like kind; all of which belong rather 
to no. 1. b. β. 
. B) Conjunet. for "8x 9 1. although, 
comp. A. 1. b. δ. Job 16, 17 097 Nd dst 
"B23 although there is not injustice in my 
hands. Is, 53, 9.—Arab. Ac id. see 
Thesaur. p. 1028. 

2. on account that, because, see in A. 
2. ἃ; c. pret. Gen. 31, 20. Ps. 119. 136. 


29 782 
Ezra 3,11. More fully "Gx >2 Deut. 
29, 24. 2 Sam. 3, 30; 3 > Deut. 31, 17. 
Ps, 139, 14. 


C) With other Prepositions : 

I, 532 pr. as according to, as is fitting, 
comp. in >> A. 1. a. 4. As prep. ac- 
cording to, Is, 63, 7; repeated, Is. 59, 18 
pbO7 dea mibay 522 according to their 
deeds, accordingly (for ἼΠΛ553) will he 
repay. Comp. 2 Chr. 30, 18.—Far more 
frequent is 

II. 593, Arab. Ac uy, although 
not frequent in Arabic, e. g. 1 K. 13, 15 
Vers. Arab. 

1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken 
of what is removed froin the place upon, 
above, over which it was, Germ. von 
oben weg ; whether it falls or is borne 
downwards, or is removed in any other 
manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted 
boat S22 from the camel ; so to et 
from a seat, NDDM ὉΦῺ 1 Sam, 4,18; 
shoot from the wall, 2inn bon 2 mail 
11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards, 
ΝΠ [yo Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he 
removed his hand δ >y are his 
head, on which he had laidit. x7 x2 
Έ ὉΣ to take off the head of any one 
Gen. 40,19. Am. 7,11. Judg. 16, 20 Je- 
hovah was departed 17232 from him, i.e. 
the spirit of God which had rested upon 
him. Spec. a) Of those who put off 
or lay aside a garment (comp. 55 A. no. 
1.8. 8) Gen. 38, 14.19. Is. 20,2; a shoe, 
sandal, Josh. 5, 15; a ring from the fin- 
ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4. 29, 4; 
hence of the skin, Job 30, 30 "mB 71> 
"22 my skin turns black and falls off 
from me. v.17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his 
strength went from him, i.e. in which he 
was clothed, see w3>. b) So of those 
who are relieved from any cause of dis- 
quiet, any burden upon them, comp. >» 
A. no. 1. 7. Ex. 10, 28 "ἘΦ 3> depart 
from me, as being a vexation and burden 
upon me. Gen. 13, 11. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 19, 
10 he (David) is fled out of the land 
nibwiae 522 from Absalom, to whom he 
had become a burden. c) Of those who 
read from upon the page of a book, out 
of a book, Jer. 36, 11. Is. 34, 16. 

2. from at, from by, from near any 
person or thing, comp. >2 πο, 3. Gen, 
17,22 and Jehovah went wp BYI3N 59 Ὁ 
from twith Abraham. 35, 13, Num, 16,26, 


ndy 


Hence after verbs of passing by or away 
Gen. 18,3; of removing Jer. 2,5. Job 19, 
13; of turning onself away Is.7,17. Jer. 
32, 40. Hos. 9, 1. 

3. > 592 nearly i. α. ἘΣ (comp. > mmma 
i. q. MMM) above Neh. 12, 37; above, over, 
any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6. 
2 Chr. 13, 4. Neh. 12, 31. So too at, by, 
near, by the side of, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Also 
> being omitted (as mma for > mmm) 
above Neh. 3, 28. Ece. δ, 7 92 ring "> 
sab miss for one high above the high 
watcheth, i.e. above the most powerful 
there is still a higher power which 
watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3,1; at, 
by, near, Jer. 36, 21. 


25) Chald. c. suff. 7159, x~by, yinnby, 
i. q. Heb. 

1. upon, Dan. 2, 10. 29. 46. 48, 49. 3, 
12. al. 

2. i.q. Heb. no. 2, ὑπέρ, above, over, 
Dan. 5, 23. 6,4; espec. in the sense of 
surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop. for, on 
account of, because of, hence 23 85 
therefore Ezra 4,15; also of the object 
of discourse, upon, concerning, Dan. 6, 
13. 7, 16. 19. 

3. Often i. q. 58, to, unto any person 
or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach- 
ing Dan. 7, 16; of entering 2, 24 ; of re- 
turning 4,31; of sending Ezra 4, 11.17, 
18 ; beeing: 4,7. Alsoi.q. > as mark 
of the dative, Dan. 6, 19 sleep fled “mb 
to him, i. e. his sleep fled ; hence also 
by 30 Ezra 5,17. 7, 18, and >¥ “By 
Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i.e. 
pleases hima: Ina hostile sense, against, 
Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19. 


>Y m. (τ. dd3 ΠῚ} once 259 Jer. δ, δ; 6. 
suff. ὩΣ, a yoke, the curved piece of 
wood upon the neck of draught animals, 
by which they are fastened to the pole 
or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3.1 
Sam. 6,7. Often trop. as the emblem of 
servitude 1 K. 12, 4. 9-11. Is, 9,3. 10, 27. 
14, 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5; hence to break 
the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer. 
2, 20. al. An iron yoke is the emblem 
of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28, 
14. Put also for paietnit yy suffering, 


Lam, 1, 14, 3, 237. Arab. \é id, 


N22 Chald. abore, over, followed by 
2 Dan, 6, 3. 


Rod 
N59 (yoke) Ulla, pr. nm. 1 Chr. 7, 
39. 


ΤΙΝ Ὁ Chald. emphat. see "3. 


#259 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Arab. wht, 


to be strong, to prevail, Hence pr. n. 
jin>3-"38 p. 5. 


*322 obsol. root, i. q. 293, ἐδ stam 
mer ; hence 


339 m. adj. Monearing stuttering, 
Is. 32, 4. Arab. 


*T1D9 fat. MSD", apoc. b¥4, inf constr. 
το». 

1. to go or come up, to ascend, to mount, 
opp. 733. Sept. ἀναβαίνω. Arab. He 
to ascerid, also to be high, XXé to grow 
up high, as a plant, to be high sc. in 
price; Syr. Pa. wef to lift up, Ethpa. 
to be lifted up, to go up; Chald. Pa. to 
exalt, to praise, Ithpa. to be exalted. 
Comp. Lat. alo to bring wp, whence al- 
esco, altus—Constr. a) Absol. Gen, 
44,17. 46, 29. al. b) With 12 of place 
whence Toah: 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2; 
ΛΟ Ὁ of pers. spoken of God Gen. 35, 
13. ὁ) Place whither is put with >> τὸ 
14, 14. Josh. 3, 8; d% Ex. 24, 13. 15. 18. 
34, 4. Deut. 17, 8. 1 Sam. 15, 34; 5 Is. 
22,1; 3 Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7, 
9; acc. Gen. 49, 4 τ WSN Serr miby «2 
fo thou didst ascend the bed "of thy 
Sather. Prov. 21,22. Num. 13,17. Judg. 
9, 48. Prov. 30, 4; ¢. ™ loc. Josh. 15, 3. 
d) The pers. to what is put with by 
Ex. 19,3; 59 Josh. 2,8. But 59 oftener 
marks the pers. against whom one goes 
up, 2 K. 17, 3. 18,25. Joel 1, 6. 6) In- 
fin. c. >, for doing something Is. 57, 7. 

Poetically, like other verbs of going, 
flowing, (see "τ, 931 ,) it takes an ace. 
of thing implying abundance, sc. that 
of which a great quantity springs up 
e. g. upon a certain spot of ground, so 
that every thing seems changed into it. 
So a vineyard, Is. 5, 6 ΤΑῚ “has ΓΙΒΡῚ 
and it grew up to thorns and prickles, 
i.e. was wholly changed into them, as 
a burning house goes up in flame and 
smoke (comp. Judg. 20, 40. Jer. 48, 15). 


¢ barbarian. 


Is. 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo, it was all 


grown up to thorns. So Am. 8,8. 9,5 


783 


més 


Mbp “&12 ΠΡ 9 and it (the land) shall 
go up wholly like the Nile, se. in inunda- 
tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed. 
Persons are said to go up, to ascend, 
not only upon a mountain, wall, roof, 
bed; but also in other less obvious re- 
lations, e.g. α) From a lower region 
to a higher, comp. in 17? no. 1. a-d; so 
of God ascending into heaven Gen, 35, 
13. Job 36, 33 see in r. 733 Hiph. no. 2. Ὁ. 
Josh. 4, 17. 19. 10, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2. 
3. 16. 2; 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph 
goes from the capital near the Nile to 
the land of Goshen. Spec. of those who 
go up to Palestine, e.g. from Egypt Gen. 
13, 1. 44, 34. 50,5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23, 
29; from Assyria 2 K. 17, 3. Is. 36,1. 10; 
from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2, 1. 7, 
6. Neh. 7,6. 12, 1; out of all lands Hos. 
1, 11. Zech. 14, 16.17. But as to Assy- 
ria the usage is not constant, and in 
Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go vp to Assy- 
ria (coisip: mon 2K. 17, 4), just as the 
Greeks used ᾿ἀναβαίν ey of a journey to 
the interior of Asia, whence the “4va- 
βασις or expedition of the younger Cy- 
rus; and this physically speaking is 
perhaps correct. 3) Of those who go 
into deserts, since these are often high 
regions, Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1. 
Matt. 4, 1. So too those who go up to 
a sanctuary, since these were usually on 
hills and mountains, see in 923 no. 3,4; 
Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3. 18. 31. 21, 5. 8. 
19. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4 ; comp. 
Ex. 34, 24. Syr. wad to go up to a 
convent. Also to a place of judgment 
Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4. 
Ruth 4,1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and 
place of judgment were regarded as 
heights also in a sacred and moral 
sense; which would accord better with 
some passages, as Num. |. c. Ruth 1. c. 
So too where Joseph is said to go up to 
the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31; comp. 
wos, ἀναβαίνω, of those who go to the 
metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68. 


-Raphel. Obss. ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90. 


7) To goup against is said also of those 
who go to attack or besiege a city, per- 
son, land; since cities and fortresses 
Were situated on heights, Mic. 2, 13. 
Nah. 2. 2. Joel 1, 6. 1 K. 15, 17. 20, 22, 
Is. 7, 1.6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25: 


ΓΙῸΣ 


Spoken of beasts, 6. g. the males of 
cattle in gendering Gen. 31, 10-12. Al- 
so of things, 6. g. a plant, to shoot up, to 
grow up, Gen. 40, 10. 41, 22. Deut. 29, 
22. Is. 55, 13; grass Am. 7,1; so of a 
born Dan. 8,3; and even of a person 
who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a 

stream going up, rising over its banks 
Is. 8,7; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13, 
15 ; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19, 
28; vapour Gen. 2,6; the dawn, to rise, 
‘Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2, 
20. So of a way leading up Judg. 20, 
31; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18,12; a 
rising tract of country Josh. 16,1; the 
lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16, 
‘9. 10. Josh. 18, 11; anger, which is often 
compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21. 
31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing 
fiercer 1 K. 22, 35; of tumult, clamour, 
_ Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour 
going up to the ears of Jehovah 2 K. 19, 
28; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2.—Metaph. 
‘p bY ΠΡ to go up above any one, i. 4. 
to surpass, to excel, Prov. 31, 293; in 
wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also 
ΞΡ bY ΓΒΡ to come up to mind, i. e. to 
be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17. 
Jer. 3,16. 7, 31. 19, 5. 32,35; so ava- 
βαίνειν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν Acts 7, 23. Hiph. 
Ez. 14, 3.4. 

2. As intrans. ΓΙῸ to go or come up is 
also used for various passive senses: a) 
i.q. to be taken up, e. g. from the ground. 
Am. 3, 5. Prov. 26,9 “idv 773 nbs nina 
thorn that i is taken up in the hand of a 
drunkard. Job5, 26 in2a Ὁ 1} mibya as 
a shock of corn is taken up in its season se. 
and carried to the garner. 36, 20 long not 
Sor the night oy ΤΣ Ὁ whither the 
nations are taken away. b) to be put 
or laid upon, 6. g. a yoke upon an animal 
Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice 
wpon the altar 1 K. 18, 36; so of ban- 
‘dages applied to a wound, see iInM2°5y. 
6) to be put on, worn, as a garment, 
Lev. 19, 19, comp. in by no. 1a. 8. So 
of flesh and sinews made to grow and 
cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in 
Hiph. no. 2.e. Of a razor, to be drawn 
over or applied to one’s head Judg. 16, 
17. d) to be put upon record, to be re- 
gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24; comp. 
bY sm2, and see Hiph. no. 2. f. 

Niu. mbp2, fut. M299 1, to be made 


784 


πὸ» 


to go up, i.e. to be led or brought up 
Ezra 1, 11. 

2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, to go up 
in departing, etc. So the cloud of the 
divine presence Num. 9, 17, 21. 32. Ez. 
9,3; an army, i. q. to break up, Jer. 37, 
δ. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2,27. With 12 ta 
get oneself up or away from a place 
Num. 16, 24, 27. 

* to be ecoulted, of God, Ps. 47, 10; 

by above others Ps. 97, 9. 

Bien. me, once M33 Hab. 1, 15 
with Vav conj. 9°53") Deut. 27, 6; fat. 
m3, conv. byes, which can ke dintia 
gaia from Kal only by the context. 

1. As referring to men and beasts, to 
make go or come up, to cause to ascend, 
to lead or bring up, Sept. ἀναβιβάζω, 
ἀνάγω. KE. g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6; 
into a chariot 1 K. 20, 33. 2K. 10, 15; 
out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer. 
38, 3; from Sheol Ps. 30, 4; also to 
evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So 
from a lower to a higher region of coun- 
try 2 Sam. 2, 3. 2 K. 25,6; from Egypt 
into the desert and into Palestine Gen, 
50, 24, Judg. 6, 8. 1 Sam. 12,6. 2 K. 17, 
36. al. into Palestine as mountainous 
from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27, 
22; comp. 39, 5. Sean enemy, comp. 
in Kal no. 1. y; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre ; 
Jer. 50, 9. 51, 27 against Babylon; ora 
crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23.46. Also to 
bring up a young lion Ez. 19, 3; comp. 
Kal Gen. 49,9. Further, to take up and 
away, to take away by death, Ps. 102, 25 
"27 "xm ὭΣ by take me not away in 
the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah. 3, 3 
mbz2 wie the horseman causing (his 
horse) ¢o rear, i. e. showing off his horse 
hy causing him to rear and prance. 

2. As referring to things, and to what- 
ever may be regarded as things, e. g. 
sacrifices, even if human, to make go or 
come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken 
of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to 
raise up, 6. acc, et > Ez. 26,3. Hence 

a) to bring up, to draw up, as fishes 
from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32, 3; 
the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11, 
4. 5. 

b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19, 
Neh. 10, 39; and so of things carried or 
brought up from a lower to a higher 
tract of country, 2 Sam, 21, 13; c. 8 


1 


of pers. 1 Sam. 2, 19; so the ark 1 Sam. 
6, 21. 7,1. 2 Sam. 6, 12. 15; the tribute 
carried or sent to Assyria 2 K. 17, 4, see 
in Kal no. 1. α. Hos. 8, 9: 

6) to put or lay upon, e. g. the lights 
upon the candelabra, Sept. ἐπιτέϑημι, 
Ex. 25, 37. 40.4. So a sacrifice upon 
the altar, i. q. to offer, to sacrifice; Is. 
57, 6 myo mbyN. 66, 3. Espec. of 
burnt-offerings, holocausts, which are 
hence called M3413 impositum ; as M297 
Mb» to offer a burnt-offering Lev. 14, 20. 
Job 1, 5. al. sep. Sept. ἀναφέρω, προσ- 
φέρω. ΤΊΞΙῺΞ m>> που Gen. 8, 20. 
Num. 23, 2.14; maran by ‘> τι Ex. 40, 
29, 2 Chr."L. 6. ibs) ὁ 5 'n to offer any 
thing as a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2.13; 
mb> ‘sm id. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 97. 
mins mbpn fo sacrifice to Jehovah se. as 
a “burnt-offering Judg. 13,19; Ἢ "28? 
2 Sam. 6, 17.—Further, 0% nbon to im- 
pose a tribute, q. ἃ. to raise a ievy, 1K. 
5, 27 [13]. 9, 15; to lay on or apply ban- 
dages toa wound: seeinmsx. Ellipt. 
2 Chr. 32,5 mibazan >> $259 and raised 
up upon the towers, i. e. made them 
higher, repaired the towers the tops of 
which were broken down. Comp. the 
same ellipsis in 53 907, see 407 no. 2. 

d) to put or cast upon, 6. g. dust upon 
the head, c. 52> Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30. 
Metaph. ¢o send disease upon any one, 
Deut. 28, 61. 

e) to bring up, i.e. to put or lay on, 
e. g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause 
him to wear it, Am. 8, 10; fo overlay 
with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three 
mine of gold did he overlay each shield. 
Also to bring up flesh upon the bones, 
cause it to grow and cover them, Ez. 
37, 6; to put or fasten wpon, as orna- 
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 14. 

f) to put upon record, to register, to 
enrol, 1 K. 9, 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8. 

g) 2> ἘΣ 52h to bring up to mind, 
to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g. 
idols, idol-worship, Ez. 14, 3.4. Comp. 
Kal no. 1 fin. 

Horn. 4>3h for md3, to be made to 
go up,i.e. a) to be led away, comp. 
Niph. no. 2. Nah. 2,8 πῆ nbs. b) 
to be offered, as sacrifice; comp. ‘Hiph. 
no. 3.6. Judg. 6, 28. d) to be put upon 
record, to be youmiléed) registered, comp. 
Hiph. no. 2. f. 2 Chr. 20, 34. 

66* 


785 


Hrrup. to lift up oneself, to be elated, 
Jer. 51, 3.—Chald. Ithp. id, 

Dariv. 22 subst. 52 prep. mbp, md3, 
nbo, by, maby, yimbe, bea, dvd, nba, 
nye, nben ; pr. ἢ, ‘rbpby, sy, “by, 
ὗν; Chald. mz, ΤῊΣ ΟΣ, “by. 


M2 m. constr. nbz, ¢. suff. ἡ Ps, 
1, 3, ‘plur. constr. "b> Neh. 8, 15, a leaf, 
Gen: 8, 11. Lev. 26, 36. Josh, 13, 25. A 
leaf, green and flourishing, is the erable 
of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. 17, 8. 
Collect. leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3. Is. 34, 4, 
Gen. 3.7.—R. 532 in the sense of spring- 
ing up, growing up. 

ΤΣ Chald. £ (Ὁ, 555) a cause, occa- 
sion, pretext, Dan. 6, 5.6. Syr. (ASS, 


Arab. Ke, id. Arab. he Conj. II, to 


be a cause, to effect as a cause; V, to 

give a cause or pretext; VIII, to seek 
a7 

a cause or pretext. Syr. “Ss iq. Arab, 


II; Ethpa. i.q. Arab. V. Bar Heb. p. 
416. 


Mey and “2D f(r. mb) ρίαν. niby, 
pr. ‘what goes up;’ hence 

1. an ascent, i.e. steps, a stair-way, 1 K. 
10,5; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr. 
9,4. See Biblioth. Sacer. 1846. p. 612. 

2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri- 
fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex. 
29, 18, and 5"5> no. 3 ; so called as being 
carried up and laid upon the altar; see 
the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. ¢. 
Sept. ὁλοκαύτωμα, δλοκαύτωσις, Vulg. 
holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see 
Lev. 1. 3-17. 6, 9-13. The usual for- 
mula is ΠΡ Ὁ mdyn, ΓΙῸΣ τῶν, Lev. 5, 10. 
Judg. 13, 16. Ez. 45, 23. The patriarchs 
seem also to have offered holocausts, 
Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3.6; and human victims 
were likewise so offered, see Gen. l. c. 
Judg. 11, 31; comp. Monumm. Phen. 
p. 446, 453.—Often coupled with other 
kinds of sacrifices, 6. g. with M31 which 
included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18, 
12. Num. 15, 3.8. 2 K. 5, 17. 10, 24. Is. 
56, 7. al. mun Ps. 40,7; 03% Ez. 46, 
12. 

Note. For ΠΕΡ, 
mdi. 


τὸς Chald:f. emphat. xn», holocaust, 
burnt-offering, plur. 7223 Ezra 6, 9. 


mdi> evil, see in 


spb] 


my 1. By transpos. for ΓΙ ῚΣ which 
is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness, 
iniquity, Hos. 10, 9. Comp. Eth. VA® 
i. ἃ. δὴ». 

2. Alvah, pr. n. of an Edomitic tribe 
Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where 
Cheth. has 5752. 


D227 τὰ. plur. (denom. fr. 5b, 
my, after the form =°2p, 5555) 
youth, youthful age, Ps. 89, 46. Job 33, 
25. Poet. for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11 
yraads anda TmiexD although his bones 
are full of youth, i.e. youthful strength, 
as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the 
youth of a people Is. 54, 4.—Chald. 


a ΚΞ 
mana? , Arab. Reg, id. 


ΤΩΣ (i. q. wl: tall, thick) Alvan, 
pr. n. of an Fiomite Gen. 36, 23; also 
written j7>2 1 Chr. 1, 40. R. πῦρ. 


ΤΩΣ f. (r. P22) am, λεγόμ. Prov. 30, 
15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly 
given by Sept. Vulg: Gr. Venet. Kimchi; 


and so Arab. gle, Syr. απ, Chald. 
NP>D, NPI>E; but spoken also of an 
imaginary female spectre which sucks 
fhuman blood and is insatiable, like 
Syst, est, el-Ghileh of Arabian 
‘superstition in the Thousand and One 
‘Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa- 
‘bles; thus { is rendered in the 
‘Camoos by this very word Jez! el-Ghal, 
which Bochart, Hieroz. II. 801, and A. 
Schultens ad Prov. |. 6. have wrongly 
‘interpreted fate. Hence in Prov. 1. c. 
the leech hath two daughters crying, 
Give, give, i. e. insatiable-—On the su- 
‘perstitions of the Hebrews and other 
-oriental nations concerning spectres, see 
our remarks in Comment. on Is. 34, 14. 


5 122 i. 4. O22 and 7722, to exull, to 
triumph, (prob. primarily of a ery or 
shout of exultation, like ἀλαλάζω, 42% ; 
and not of leaping and dancing, like the 
‘synon. 5.8.) 2 Sam, 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5; ὁ. 
3 in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18. 
‘Trop. of the heart Ps. 28,7; the reins 
Prov. 23, 16; also inanimate things, Ps. 
‘96, 12, Sometimes in a bad sense, of 
insolent and wicked men, Ps. 94, 3. Is. 
‘23, 12, comp. 5, 14, Jer. 50, 11. 

Deriv. 1*>2, also 


786 


ἢ» 


ΤΣ m. one exulting, rejoicing, Is. 5, 
14. 


ἘΘΣΣ obsol. root, Arab. δλξ to be 


thick, dense ; and with the letters trans- 
posed Lbs to be dark; whence 


mudy £ darkness, evening twilight, 
Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7. 12. 


"by m. ὦ pestle Prov. 27, 22; from σαὶ 
nbd in the sense to be lifted, comp. M39 
no. 2. a. 


"oy (ascent, summit, coner. the high- 
est, r. MDD) pr. n. Eli, a hjgh priest, 
predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. c. 1-4. 
14,3. Sept. “Hii, Vulg. Heli. 


"29 Chald. ad}. emph. MNb>, supreme, 
most high ; MRED NAS God the Most 
High, Dan. 3, 26. 32. 5, 18. 21; and simpl. 

ΤΙΝΕΣ the Most High 4, 14, 91. 7, 25, of 
the one only supreme God. In Cheth. 


everywhere x59, after the analogy of 


Syr. GSS. R. nb. 


"by adj. only in fem. m"bY, higher, 
upper, Judg. 1, 15; plur. mi*22 Josh. 15, 
19. R. >>, after the form >up. 


my and poy see mids and be. 


T3779 


my Ff. (r. M39) 1. an upper cham- 


5 
ber, loft, ὑπερῷον, Arab. ἄλλρ, ἄλλο, 


Chald. ™™59 q. v. So of the upper 
chambers of an edifice or private house, 
1 K. 17, 19, 23. 2 K. 4, 10; or of a palace 
Judg. 3, 20-25. 2K. 1, 2. Jer. 22, 13. 14; 
of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3,9; 
sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19,1; 
or built upon the flat roof, 2 K. 23, 12. 
Poet. for the heavens Ps. 104, 3. 13. 

2. ascent, i.e. stairs or way up to the 
temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5. 
See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612. 


TSE m. adj. f mpi*d3, plur. nivindy. 
R. m9. 

1. high, higher, upper, Gen. 40, 17; 
opp. Fimmm, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 2 Chr. 8, 5. 
mebyen ΓΙΞΌΞΙΙ the upper pool, i.e. situ- 
ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18, 17; also 
Ez. 42, 5. Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1.—Once of 
a thing exposed in an elevated place as 
an example of punishment, correspond- 
ing to the Greek παραδειγματέζεσϑαι, 


Sows 


sy 


1 K..9, 8 γὴν He ny Mya, Vulg. 
et domus hec erit in exemplum. 

2. most high, supreme, of God, as >8 
yinbe Gen. 14, 18, 7752 Mint Ps. 7, 18, 
ἜΣ ody 57, 3, and simpl. 71733 9, 3. 
21,8. al. sep.—The Phenicians and Car- 
thaginians used the same word also for 
the gods, 6. g. HAtody i.g. ὕψιστος, Philo 
,Bybl. apud Euseb. Prep. Evang. 1. 10; 
also Alonim valonuth [miinds1 D922) 
gods and goddesses, pr. superi supere- 
que Plaut. Pen, V. 1. 1; comp. also pr. 
n. Abdalonimus, 8921753 23, servant 
i.e. worshipper of the gods. 


72 Chald. id. only in plur. majest. 
y27i7b> the Most High God Dan. 7, 18. 
22. 25. 27. 


TSP m. (Ὁ. 129} one exulting, rejoic- 
ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly 
exulting, insolently triumphing, Is, 22, 2. 
23, 7. 24,8. 32,13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13,3 
sma "bd my proudly exulting war- 
riors. Zeph. 3, 11. 


S99 m. dim. Asyou. Ps. 12, 7 work- 
shop, officina. Others, crucible ; so Chald. 
—R. 55> 1. 3. 


midvby f(r. bY 1.3) Ps. 14, 1. 66, 5, 
plur. nib"b3, work, deed, doing, 6. g. 
a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps. 
9, 12. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4. 
b) Of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3; 
espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds, 
Zeph. 3, 7 oni" 55 sm=mtn they per- 
vert all their doings, i. e. act perversely 
altogether. Ps. 141, 4. Ez. 14, 22. 20, 
43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut, 22, 14. 17. 


m7 f(r. BoE I) ig. m>">> no. 1, 
work, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19. 


PANY f(r. 785) exultation, rejoic- 
ing, Hab. 3,14. 


m>¥ Chald. f. an upper chamber, loft, 
i. q. Heb. m>2, Dan. 6, 11. 


G 

3 229 i. q. Arab. AS, pr. to drink 
again after a first draught (for which the 
Arabs use the verb hes), in order fully 
to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drink again 
and again, also to drink deep. This 
primary signification is carried over into 
various tropical applications implying 
completion ; 6. g. to the gleaning of 
fields or vineyards; to the second blow 


787 


bby 


by which one already struck is cut 
down and killed; to a stripping or after- 
milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubadi 
in Alb. Schult. Origg. Hebr. I. c.6, where 
this root is copiously treated of. In He- 
brew >>> has the following significa- 
tions : 

1. to glean, like Se Conj. IL; see 
Poel no. 1, and mi>>i>. 

2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see 
Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify 
one’s desire, to indulge oneself in vexing, 
abusing, deriding any one ; and hence 
to be petulant, saucy, mischievous, comp. 
Po. no. 2, >349, 53139, a petulant boy, 
abstr. 552m. 

3. to perform a work, to accomplish, to 
execute ; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa. 
no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns 5737, 
ngree, 9232. 

Po. 1. to glean a vineyard Lev. 19, 
10. Deut. 24,21. Trop. of a people, to 
be utterly cut off, Jer. 6, 9. 

2. to ver, to do evil to any one, with > 
of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2,20 ria m>>iv "Ὦ5 
whom thou hast thus vexed. 3,51 “5 
wp> M2>i> mine eye vexeth me, i. e. 
pains me sc. from weeping. Pass. Lam. 
1, 12 like unto my sorrow, "> >>> "OS 
which is brought upon me, with which I 
am pained, vexed.—For Job 16, 15 see 
in >>3 II. Po. 

3. to vez, to tease, to be petulant, sau- 
cy; hence Part. >>i92 α boy, child, i. q. 
dbiv, Is. 8, 12. 

Hirapa. >39nn 1. pr. to quench 
thirst, trop. of lust, 6. 3 upon any one, 
Judg. 19,25. Also to gratify or indulge 
oneself in vexing, abusing, deriding any 
one, to mock, Sept. well ἐμπαέζω, Vulg. 
illudo, 1 Sam. 31, 4. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num. 
22, 29. Jer. 38, 19. 

2. to exert one’s might, to do wonders, 
c. 2 Ex. 10,2. 1 Sam. 6, 6. 

Hirupo. to doa deed, to work, 6. ace. 
Ps. 141, 4. 

Deriv. ddis, ndis, nidbis, by, βοὸς 
ΠΡΡῸΣ, ΡΟΣ, PIPED. 

Ge 

*11. 553 iq. Arab. he 1. to put 

in, to thrust in, and intrans. to go in, to 


enter, like Chald. 555 q. v. 
2. to bind on, to bind fast, whence 89 


> 
δ yoke, like Lat. jugum a jungendo, 
Gr. ξυγόν from fevyrvw. 


253 
Po. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job 


16, 15 "9p ἼἜΞΞ “Nddiv 7 have thrust 
my horn into the dust, i. e. my head. 


52% Chald. i. q. Heb. >b3 IL. 

L. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spee. of 
one who is admitted to the private au- 
dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Pret. >» 
Dan. 1. c. fem. m3, Cheth. ΤῈΣ 5, 10. 
Part. plur. 7732 4, 4, 5. 8, Cheth. “pbb. 

2. Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan. 
6, 15. Comp. Heb. 813. 

Apu. lo bring in, to introduce any one, 
¢. acc. pers. Dan. 2, 24. 6,19; > 2, 25. 
5,7. Pret. 3311 (with 3 jnperted) Dan. 
2,25. 6,19. Imp. >on 2, 34. Inf. ΠΌΣΗ 
5, 7, and moo 4, 3. 

Horn. bon like the Heb..to. be»intro- 
duced, Dan, δ, 13. 15. 

Deriv. nby, bon. ! 


Midd} see mibdis. 


gs poy to hide, to conceal ; in Kal 
found only i in Part. pass. 6°2>3 hidden, 
secret, e.g. sins, Ps. 90,8.—Kindr. is WED. 
The primitive ideais path. that of wrap- 
ping up, comp. b>. 

Nipu, 0292 (not bby) to be hidden, to 
lie hid, with 77 of pers. from whom, Lev. 
2, 2-4. 1K. 10, 3. 2Chr. 9, 2; 39 
Lex 4, 13. Num: 5, 13. Job 28, 21.— 
Part. nbd) hidden Ece. 12, 14; plur. 
nrabys hidden men, i.e. drafty, dissem- 
blers, Ps. 26,4. Fem. mabs2 hidden, co- 
vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11. 

Hips. 07557, rarely with comp. Sheva 
as Vo7>sn Ez. 22, 26. 

1. to hide, to conceal, c. ἸΏ from any 
one, 2K. 4,27. Spec. a) 3» ὈΠΡΣΤ 
σ. ἸΏ to hide the eyes from any one, i. 6. 
to turn away from him, a gesture im- 
plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of 
help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or 
also connivance Lev. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 12, 
8.6. 3. Ὁ) Ἰδ ONbEr 10 hide the ear, so 
as not to hear, Lam. 3, 56. c) Intrans. 
to hide (oneself) Ps. 10,1; comp. Hiph. 
of jbs. 

2. to hide, to cover over with words, 
i. 6, to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight- 
en i. e. to praise,) Job 42,3; comp. 38, 2. 

Hirup. to hide oneself ; of a stream, 
Job 6, 16 sdws-cbsm 2752 in which the 
snow hideth itself, lies hid, i.e. the melt- 
ing snow in spring, >>. here implying ap- 


788 


maby 


proach, see >2 no. 1. b. y. With 2 to 
hide oneself from any person or thing, 
to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1. 3. 4. Ps. 
55, 2 "Mh. cbyrm-be hide not thyself 
from my supplication, i. e. turn not 
away. Is. 58, 7. 

Deriv. Bhi, pide, mobsm, Chald. 
nbd, pr. ἢ. jabs, mds. ἣν 


Ἢ, Ὡ2» or ny obsol. root, i. 4. 
Arab. κλὲ pubes fuit et coéundi cupidus, 


spoken of young persons and of animals, 
Syr. ον δ id. The primitive idea 
seems to be that of fatness, fulness, so 


that 02% is kindr. with bn q. v.—Hence 
nbs and maby , omy. 


τὸν Chald. m. emph. x72bd; plur. 
wake, emph. 8259 ; i. q. Heb. Ἐξ ,Te- 
mote time, eternity, coltabting, oie of 
time past Ezra 4, 15; of time firtuire 
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 7,27; whence Dan. 2, 
20 San weber i) 9 fron everlasting to 
everlasting. So whe "nm who liveth for 
ever sc. God Dan. 4, 31 [34].—For the 
Heb. pbisd, msabisd, for ever, is put 
77> πώς 2, 44. 6, OF; as also in the 
elves “ni qraby> sabe O king, live 
Sor ever, Dan. 2,4. 8,9. 5, 10. 6, 7. 22: 
So too x22 2, 44, once ΠΝ by ἼΣ 
7, 18 ; comp. in N. T. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
αἰώνων Rev. 1, 6. 18, Gal. 1, 5. 


DS? m.(r. b> IL) a youth, young man, 
of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17, 56. 20, 
22, for which "D2 inv. 21. Sept. veasi- 


Si 2 Sur? 
σκος. Arab. ede, pats > id 
DY) see in pdis. 


ma>y fem. of bby, a girl, maiden, 
young woman,” 8, of pieregenple 
ae 


age, like Arab. Rohs, , Syr. 
[aseaS, Chald. NNDED , i. q. ΠΌΣΟ, and 


like Gr. νεᾶνις by which the Heb. 2>2 
is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68, 26, and Aqu. 
Symm. Theod. 15. 7, 14.—Gen. 24, 43. 
Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. minb2 Ps. 
68, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6,8: Spoken of a 
bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently 
married, Is. 7, 14, comp. 524M Joel 1, 8; 
see in art. "Π no. 2. e. pi 239, The pri- 
mary idea in this word is not that of 
unspotted virginity, for which the He+ 


Pap] 


brews have the special word M>473, see 
Cant. 6,8 and Prov. |. ὁ. so that in Sept. 
Is. 1. c. it is incorrectly rendered παρϑέ- 
γὸς ; nor does it primarily signify the un- 
married state, as Hengstenberg con- 
tends, Christol. des A. T. IL. p. 69; but 
simply the being of marriageable age, 
the age of puberty. So too Gr. παρϑὲ- 
γος Il. 2, 514; κοράσιον Judith 16, 12; 
Lat. puella Virg. Geor. 4. 458 ; and even 
Heb. m>3ma Joel 1,8. See Comment: 
οὐ ἴα. 1. ¢.—Hence minty 59 after the 
manner of maidens, see ὋΣ ho. 1. a. ἢ; 
i. e. with the female voice, i. q. our treble, 
soprano, opp. to the deeper voice of 
men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see 
under the root m3 I. Pi.) Ps. 46, 1. 
Forkel in his Gesch. der Musik I. p. 142, 
understands virgin measures, like the 
Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister- 
singer; but against the context in 1 
Chr. 1. c. 


pinoy (hidden, τ. tb>) Almon, pr. ἢ. 
a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18; 
ealled in 1 Chr. 6, 45 [60] m> ‘Alle- 
meth. Ὁ) nennbay job> Num. 33, 46, 
a station of the ferselites in the desert 
south-east of the Dead Sea. 

mney a word found twice, but of 
doubtful authority. a) In Ps. 9, 1 it 
seems to be the same with mia>> >» Ps. 
46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un- 
derm25>. Perhapsit should be so read. 
b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to 
be i. q. B>1> eternity, i.q. for ever and 
ever, Sept. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, Vulg. in 
secula, as if they had read it nind>. 
—Many Mss. and editions have it ΤΉ ΩΤ 
even unto death, which in both cases is 
foreign to the context. 


"222 Chald. gentile n. from 5*¥ q. v. 


Elamite, Plur. 87252 Elamites, Ezra 
4, 9. 


M929 (covering, τ. 89) Alemeth, pr. 
nm. a) 1Chr.7,8. Ὁ) 8, 36. 9, 42. 


m9 see 712052 lett. a. 


*DDP fat. oby4 iq. τὸϑ and pbs, to 
exult, to refoice, Job 20 18. 

Nira. d>z2 id. Job 39, 13 ΡΣ ΠΡ 
Mobs the wing of the ostrich exulls, i. 6. 
moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp. 
Hom. 1]. 2. 462 ἀγαλλόμεναι πτερύγεσσι. 


789 = 


Hrrur. to make oneself joyful, to enjoy 
oneself, Prov. 7, 18. 


* 929 a very doubtful root, which 
some suppose to be i. q. 24> 10 sip up, to 
suck up, and thence derive fut, Pi.1252% 
they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it 
ought to read ΘΗ (changing * into 
>, a letter of the same form but larger) 
i. 6. 93223 or 43533 they sip up eagerly, 
pret. Pilel from ‘ga, a form often used 
of rapid and eager motion, See in 39>. 


ΣῸΣ Chald. f. iq. Heb. τὸς, α rib, 
plur. abe Dan. 7, 5. 


*poy in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to 


wrap up; Arab. Wah to lay up in a 
chest, casket, etc. Gr. καλύπτω. Comp. 
ΞῊΣ no 1. 

Puat 522 1.to be covered over, Cant. 
5, 14. 

2. to be overcome, to be languid, to 
faint, see the synon. MUD , 52> , Is. 51,20. 
So of trees Ez. 31, 15, whete “nabs i is for 
npdy and refers to MWh "SP by the rule 
in Heb. Gr. § 143. 3. 

Hirup. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14. 

2. i. q. Pu. no. 2, to be overcome, to be- 
come languid, to faint, e. g. from heat 
Jon. 4, 8; from thirst Am. 8, 13. 


ma>y see in 5:3 Pu. no. 2. 


, ΥῈΣ fat. γ555, i. g. THY and ὉΒΡ, to 
exult, to rejoice, to be joyful, Prov. 11, 
10. 28, 12. So nina 722 to rejoice in 
Jehovah Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,1; 
"2 "28> id. Ps. 68,4. With > to exulé 
over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2. 
Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32. 

Deriv. ΤῊΣ ΕΘ. 


ἘΡῸΣ obsol. root, Arab. Ge, to 
adhere, to be affixed, spec. of leeches ; 
Syr. taSS viscous. Hence Mp2 leech, 


q. ν. 
mN2Y see in mdr , 


Dy in st. absol. with conj. acc. and in 


constr. but ὩΣ with disj. acc. and with 
art. 27; c. suff. "29, 12>; Plur. o>, 
constr. 29; rarely O02 Neh. 9, 22, 
constr. "27> 9, 24. ΠΩΣ Judg. 5, 14, in 
the Aramean manner (see below in 


ὮΣ 


Chald. =>); mase. rarely fem. (collect.) 
Ex. 5,16. Judg. 18,7. Jer.8,5. R.o>. 

1. a people, nation, so called as being 
congregated together, or from their com- 
mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com- 
monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id. 


Arab. ΜῈ to be in common, Kel the 
common people, plebs ; see in r. > .— 
Constr. with sing. and also as collect. 
with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5, 
5. Judg. 2, 4. 7. 3,18. 9,37. 2 K. 14, 21. 
21, 24. Is. 9,1. 8. 65,3. Often of a peo- 
ple, properly so called, “caetum juris con- 
sensu et utilitatis communione socia- 
ki Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2.21; 
6. g. the people of Israel 370" DY 2 Sam. 
18,7; called also mint =) Ex. 15, 16. 
Num. 11, 29. Judg. 5, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24; 
mean ἘΡ Judg. 30, 2; "Δ rbm3 ep 
Deut. 4, 20; wipn o> Is. 62, 12; also 
genr. of any other people, as 553 ἘΦ, 
BS) ἘΦ΄, every people Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 
8, 9. Neh. 13, 24; to become one people 
Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28 
a people greater and taller than we. 2, 
10. 21. 20,1. So YN ἘΦ the people of 
the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23, 
12. 13. Num. 14,9; the Egyptians Gen. 
42,6; wind ἘΣ the people of Chemosh, 
i. e. Moab, Num. 21,29. Jer. 48.46. So 
too plur. 5°%> nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps. 
45,6. 18. 47,4. Is. 2,3. 10,13. 14,6. 17, 
12. al. γι ἜΣ Deut. 28, 10; nIs3NH "2d 
Ezra 3, 3.—Sometimes ἘΦ stands in a 
narrower sense, for any number or mul- 
titude of persons, even not associated, 
like Engl. people, some people, comp. 


Seo 
Arab. y 


Num. 21,6 5x Ὁ: 39 cD man and there 
died much people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9, 
24 I have invited the people, i. e. the 
guests, thirty persons, v. 22. Judg. 3, 18. 
Ps. 18,28 "29 π᾿ /he afflicted ones ; comp. 
ΤΟΣ "2 Gen. 20,4. See belowin lett. c. 

With a genit. in various ways, e. g. 
the people of a king, who are ruled by 
him, Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah, 
of Chemosh, who worship them, see 
above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26, 12. 
Deut. 27, 9. al. So of private persons, 
e. g. my people, among whom I belong, 
am a citizen, Lev. 17. 10. 23,30. Num. 
5, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the 


Sa people, also some people. 


790 


[58 


people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, 6. 
Hence 29 "33 the children of my people, 
my countrymen, my fellow-citizens, Gen. 
23, 11; poet "32 M2 id. see in ΓΞ no. 5, 
Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3.6; comp. pox 
no. 3.—Also the people of a city, its 
inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4. 47, 21; D>tan" cy 
2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, 1 ~9n 
ἘΦ "man the city full of people, thronged 
with inhabitants. So ΧΙ ἘΣ the peo- 
ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11, 
18-20. 15, 5. 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some- 
times for the common people in distine- 
tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27. 
Hence the Rabbinic 778 &> for a ple- 
beian, boor, opp. to one learned.—Once 
ΣΤ a non-people, i.e. not God’s people, 
gentiles, barbarous enemies, Deut. 32, 
21; parall. 532) “a. 

Spec. ἘΞ is used in a narrower and 
also wider sense : 

a) Of a single tribe, race, 6. g. ἘΦ 
ἼΝΡΗΞΙ Judg. δ, 18; though here it may 
be taken as_ men. soldiers, see in lett. b. 
Plur. 2°22 often of the tribes of Israel, 
Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8. 33, 3. 19. Is. 3, 
13. Hos. 10, 14. Ps. 47,2. 10. Comp. the 
Athenian dju0r.—Also of one’s family, 


kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 "333 "29 Fira 


mau" I dwell among mine own family ; 
and espec. plur. ‘5 "29 one’s kindred, 
friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21,1. 4. Soin the 
phrases wap-by HON? to be gathered to 
his kindred, i. q- ποῖα by ’ 3, see in FON 
Niph. no. 1; also ‘99 rinse to be cut 
off from his people kindred, Gen. 17, 14. 
Lev. 7, 20. 21; see in M72 Niph. no. 2. 


Comp. Arab. pes uncle, and the proper 
names DR 2d, TMD, 31D. 

b) Of common soldiers, men, Hom. 
λαός, opp. to the leaders, chiefs; Judg. 8, 

5 "2372 "EN Cem the people (soldiers) 
dal follow me. 5, 2. 9, 36.37. Fully ἘΦ 
ἘΞ ΝΠ Num. 31, 32; nenbsn ἘΦ Josh. 8, 
13. 10,7. 11, 7. 

°) of attendants, servants, i,q." ΣΝ 
one’s men, one’s people ; Gen. 32,8 525 
JAN TEN his servants, 33,15. 1K. 19, 
21. 3. Κ. 4, 41. Also of the attendants, 
followers, train of a prince, ete. Judg. 3, 
18, Eee. 4, 16. Cant. 6, 12 > ΓΊΣΞ 
52 the chariots of a princely train ; the 
᾿ς is here not suffix, but paragogic on 
the constr. state. 


τ 


ὨΣ 


d) Ina wider sense for the human race, 
all manicind, q. d. the people of the earth. 
Is. 42,5 mv cod mova 109 that giveth 
breath to the people upon it se. the earth. 
40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 o> "9"G2 the richest of 
people, i.e.the Tyrians. So inirony, Job 
12,2 o> OMX "D ὈΦῸΝ no doubt but ye 
are all the ‘world, and wisdom will die 
with you. 

2. Poet. of animals, a race, troop, flock, 
Prov. 30, 25. 26. Ps. 74, 14; comp. "a 


ΓΝ 
πο. 3. So Arab. Sof and Gr. δῆμος, 


ὮΣ Chald. m. a people, Dan, 2, 44. 3, 
29; emphat. X2> Ez. 7, 13. 16.25; mao 
5,12. Plur. emphat. x92 Dan. 3, 4.7. 


31. 5, 19. 6, 26. 7, 14.—Syr. [sos, ρίαν. 
feud. 


DY pr. conjunction, communion, from 
the root 0%, but used only as a parti- 
cle, viz. 

A) Adv. therewith, therewithal, at the 


same time, Gr. σύν, μετά, Arab. Las. 
1 Sam. 17,42 for he was red-haired 7B" ἘΦ 
maya and withal comely of aspect. 16, 
12.— Usually 

B) Prep. c. suff. "22 (for which also 
"12> is used, see 29), 739 (in pause 
and fem. 159), ΠΥ 9, ὈΞΏΦ, oa 
Gen. 18, 16, and om Nam. 22, 12. Syr. 


sa, Arab. by transp. «2, 

1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has 
the same origin, see in 0%>), pr. of ac- 
companiment, attendance, society ; Gen. 
13, 1 ἴβ9 vib and Lot with him. 18, 
16. 1 Sam. 9, 24. 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12. 
Hence spec. 

a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 andy 
"22 God is with thee i. 6. aids thee. 
1 Sam. 14, 45; hence after verbs of 
helping, as "32 1 Chr. 12, 21, pInnn 
q- ν. etc. 

b) Of mutual and joint action, as P2n 
EY to divide with any one Prov, 29, 24; 
to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10; to 
make a covenant with any one, see 13 ; 
also BY 723 (see 733) to talk with any 
one, and hence ἘΦ "33 a word spoken 
with any one Job 15, 11. 2 Chr. 1,9; 
BY 32 to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32 
sq. 30, 15, 

6) Ina hostile sense with, for against 


“<< 


791 


Ὁ 


as 62 ΞΠῚ3) to fight or make war with 
any one ; 52 73} to wrestle with ; 35} 
ἘΦ to strive wilh any one; also Ps. 55, 
19 "329 IF S373 92 for with many al- 
lies are they with me, i. e. do they come 
against me. 94, 16 who will help me o> 
ΠΡ contending with the wicked ? Job 
9, 14. 10,17. 16, 21. 17, 3. 

d) With verbs of doing, i. e. to do 
with any one well or ill, to do him good 
or evil, to treat him well or ill, as ΩΨ 
BY 31, o> TOM ΓΙῺΣ Josh. 2, 12, Ps. 119, 
65; 52 >on to do good io any one 
Gen. 32, 10; Φ M7 to be on good 
terms with any one Ps. 50, 18; also s"=n 
BY 18, 24; od obw, sce obi; i= 323 
Ps. 78, 37. 

e) From the idea of accompanying, 
proceeds also that of a common lot, 
event, etc. Gen. 18, 23 wilt thou destroy 
the righteous with the wicked? i. e. as 
the wicked. v. 25, Job 3, 14. 15. 21, 8. 
Ps. 73, 5. Ecc. 2, 16 the wise dieth with 
the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot 
falls to both.—Hence 

f) As referred to any kind of equality, 
likeness, etc. Job 40,15 lo! behemoth 
(the hippopotamus) whom 1 have created 
29 equally with thee, as well as thee. 
9, 26. Ps. 73, 25 ΥῊΝΞ "AHN ND Wav so 
as with thee I delight in nothing upon 
earth. Coupled with verbs of likeness, 
n> 5.22 to be compared with, i. 6. to be 
like to any thing Ps. 143, 7. 

g) Of likeness in respect to time ; Ps. 

5 Way od FANN they shall reve- 
rence thee with the sun i. e. so long as 
the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33; 
also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, “cum sole et 
luna semper Aratus erit.” 

2. with, i. q. at, by, near, spoken of 
nearness, vicinity, etc. ΝΞ D> at or by 
the well Gen. 25, 11 ; 53% ὩΣ by or near 
Shechem (the cig) 35, 4; mint o> by 
i. 6. before Jehovah, at st sanctuary 
1 Sam. 2, 21; "28 ἘΦ αἱ i.e. before the 
face of any one Job 1,12. Hence, ‘to 
dwell with any one,’ i. e. in his house or 


- family, Gen. 27, 44; in or among his 


people 23,4; ‘to serve with any one,’ 


i. 6. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30.— 


Spec. ‘with or by any one’ is said: 

a) For in the house of any one, chez 
quelqwun ; see the above examples, and 
also Gen, 24,25 straw and provender 


BY 792 ὩΣ 


enough is 5722 with us, in our house. In 
the later Hebrew fully written ‘2 ΤΟ t> 
1 Chr. 13, 14. 

b) For in one’s body ; Job 6. 4 the ar- 
rows of the Almighty are "12> , Sept. ἐν 
τῷ σώματί μου. Oftener 

6) For in one’s mind ; Job 27, 11 "38 
WIS Nd wa Dy what is with the Al- 

mighty will I not conceal, i. e. what is in 
his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 > 
ΞΡ "238 j2 not so am J with πλοῦν, 
i. e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I 
should fear. Num. 14, 24. Also of pur- 
pose, intention ; Job 10,13 PRT "3 "FIT" 
ae J know that this is with thee, that 
such is thy purpose. 23,14. Of that 
which one knows, is acquainted with ; 
Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are ‘bith 
me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ; 
parall. "moa. Job 15, Σ Of one’s opin- 
jon, judgment, e. g. ἘΝ ED PIS to be 
just with God, i. e. in the view ‘of God, 
Job 9,2. 25,4; comp. Lat. “apud me 
multum valet hec opinio,” Arab. gdic 
‘with me’ i.e. in my opinion.—In the 
later Hebrew more fully written sad cy, 
sazb cd, like the Gr. μετὰ φρεσίν, Lat. 
apud animum statuere, proponere ; Ecc. 
1,16 ᾿Ξ ἘΞ ΞΕ Tcommuned with my 
heart, thought within myself Deut. 8. 5. 
Ps. 77, 7. 2 Chr. 1, 11; so of purpose 1 
Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7.8. 24, 4. 
29, 10; of that which one knows Josh. 
14,7. 1K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1. 

d) Also with men is often said for 
among them, in the midst of them, 
as Gr. wed ἑταίρων, pet ἀνδράσι, Lat. 
apud exercitum, for in exercitu; comp. 
Germ. mit, which comes from the same 
root with Mitte and Gr. μετά, also Engl. 
mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38, 11 "30" Ὁ» 
ban with (amid) the inhabitants of the 
world. 2 Sam. 13, 23 DNIHX OD in the 


midst of Ephraim. 
e) Metaph. notwithstanding, comp. 
2 in B. πο. 3.6. Arab. ao De Sacy 


Gr. Arabe I. ὃ 1094. ed.2. So Mt Cd i. q. 
in Engl. with this, for all this, i. e. not- 
withstanding, Neh. 5, 18. 

Nore. In many of its significations t> 
accords with F& IL; and hence Ewald 
proposes to derive the latter from ὩΣ, i.e. 
ΤΩΣ, contr. m2, which is then changed 
to rit, Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But 


that both their origin and primary 
force are different, is sufficiently shown 
above. 

3. With ja prefixed, tra (Arab. 
dis we): spoken of those who go 
froma person or place ‘with, at, by whom 
or which they previously were, Fr. 
d@avec. Similar is ΤΌΝ p. 586.—Spec, 

a) from with, from one’s vicinity, 
neighbourhood, after verbs of going 
away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16; of 
dismissing Deut. 15,12. al. Maran ὩΣ 
from near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut. 
23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4. 

b) fromone? 8 house, de chez quelqu’un, 
comp. t? no. 3. ἃ. sip coe from the 
house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25. 26. 9, 33. 
10, 6. 18. 

¢) from one’s power, i.e. from any one, 
after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam. 
3, 15; of demanding Ex. 22, 13; of buy- 
ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God, from 
whom as the author and cause any 
thing proceeds; Ps. 121, 2 my help com- 
eth mins try from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18 
we are signs and wonders to Israel 8373 
mins from Jehovah, i. e. sent by him for 
this intent. 7,11. 29,6. 1 K.2,33. 2 Chr. 
10,15. Arab. OAs (po ex jussu, ex 
voluntate alic. 

ἃ) from one’s mind, heart, etc. 1 Sam. 
16, 14 the spirit of the Lord departed 
danw ps2 from with Saul, from his mind _ 
and heart. Hence of a judgment or 
opinion proceeding from any one, Job 
34, 33 doth God retribule 97392 according 
to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose 
or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33. 

6) from among, comp. ἘΦ no. 2. ἃ. 
sy ὩΣ Ruth 4, 10. 


DY Chald. i.q. Heb. with, cum, of ac- 
companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 32, 7, 
13 one like the Son of Man came ὌΦ 
Ne 33 ᾿ with the clouds of heaven ; 
comp. μετὰ πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο Od. 2, 148. 
In a hostile sense, with i. 6. against 
Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. ἘΣ no. 1. c.—Of 
time during which any thing is done, 
comp. the Heb. no. 1. g; N72") ἘΦ 
Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2; so Arab, 
SUT dis. Also ὙΠ) 3 52 with all 
generations, i, 6. 80 long as the genera- 
tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33. 
4, 31. 


‘a2 


ν Ι, W292 fut. ἼΩΣ.,. 1. fo stand ; 
Chald. and Talm. to stand up, see in 


8. 
no. 4. Arab, and Eth. more freq. OWS 


Ὁ φ9 a column; whence in the verb 
ec Conj. I, ΠΤ, IV, and VPF to 
make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col- 
umn, etc. In the Syriac church pos 
is ‘to baptize,’ perh. because the per- 
son to be baptized stood in the water ; 
but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis 
sub v.—Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30. 31. 
41, 17. al. sep. of beasts Gen. 41, 3; of 
things Deut. 31, 15. Josh. 3, 16. 11, 13. 
It implies not only that one already 
stands in a place, but also that he comes 
to stand there, ᾳ. ἃ. to take a stand, to 
place oneself; as 1 K. 20, 38 23> 72259 
wbx and he stood to meet the king 
on the way. 1 Sam. 17,51 he ran and 
stood by the Philistine. Hab. 3, 11 the 
sun and the moon stood in (hetook them- 
selves into) their dwelling ; so 783 "ὩΣ 
to stand in the breach, see in y28. The 
place in or upon which one stands is 
put with 3 Ps. 1, 1; oftener with 59 
Hab. 2,1. Jer. 6,16. Ez. 11,23. 2Chr. 
30, 16; also "239 5B "ΠῺΣ fo stand upon 
one’s feet Ez. 2,1. Zech. 12,12. But 
b> ‘map is further fo stand near any 
one (see ἘΚ A. 3. a), i. 6. to come near, 
2 Sam. 1, 9.10; and then trop. «) to 
stand by or for, i.e. to succour, to de- 
fend, comp. δ᾽ A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1. 
Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. > tap Ps. 94, 
16. ) to stand over, i. e. to be set over, 
Num. 7,2. 7) to stand upon, i. 6. to 
confide in, Ez. 33,26; so Syr, δ 5. 
Also with "283, once "287M 1 K. 12, 6 
where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "283, to stand hefore 
any one Gen. 18, 22; usually i. q. to 
serve, to minister unto him, e.g. to a 
king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28. 
10, 8. Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12; comp. "22 
"bart 2°12 fo stand in the king’s palace 
Dan. 1,4. So to stand before Jehovah, 
to act as his servant and minister, e. g. 
of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8. 
Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1; the pro- 
phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18,15. 2 K. δ, 16. Jer. 
15,19. Also i.q. to enter upon a ser- 
vice or ministry, Gen. 41, 46.—Once "729 
"28> of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23. 
67 


793 


‘Tad 


2. to sland, i, 6. to stand firm, to per- 
sist, to endure, opp. to fall, to perish, 
Ecce. 1, 4 mod ὈΡῚΣΡ. yuxn the earth 
standeth for ever. Ps, 102, 27 they (the 
heavens) shall perish, but thou endurest. 
Ps. 33, 11 the decree of Jehovah stand- 
eth for ever. 19, 10. 111, 3. Ex. 18, 23, 
Am. 2, 15. Hos. 10,9. Hence, to con- 
tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22; of things; 
not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also ‘22 
rariba2 fo stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5. 
With "28> to stand before any one, i.e. to 
bear up against him, to resist him, Ps, 
76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more 
rarely 6. "383 Josh, 21, 44. 23, 9; 732 
Ecce. 4, 13; 12 Dan. 11, 8; simply Dan. 
11, 25. 32. With 3 fo persist, to perse- 
vere in any thing, Is. 47, 12. Ecc. 8, 3. 
2 K. 23, 3; once ec. ace. Ez. 17, 14 to 
keep the covenant and M722 to stand to 
it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai’s 
matters would stand, i. e. whether he 
would persist in that course. 

3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop, 
opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38 
haste, 22m Ὁ stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45, 
9. Jer.4,6. Of things, as the sun stand- 
ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3; oil πὸ 
longer flowing 2 K.4,6; the sea becom~ 
ing calm Jon. 1,15. Hence a) tostay 
to remain in a place, c. 3 2 K. 15, 20; 
mx, >> of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20,11; 
absol. Ez. 9, 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17. 
Jer. 48, 11. Ecc. 2,9. Often to remain 
in any state, condition, c. 3 Lev. 13, 5. 
37. Ὁ) With 7 to stop from doing any 
thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29,35, 
ΤΣ ἼΣΩΣ and left bearing. 30, 9. 

4. to stand, i.e. to stand up, to rise up, 
to arise, i.g. ΘΠ; Sept. ἀνέστημι. Lev. 
19, 16 #39 OF Ὁ» TaDN Xd nor shalt thou 
rise up against the blood of thy neighbour. 
Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e.g. of 
one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5. 
24, 20; or for help Is. 47,13. Dan. 12, 15 
of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11, 
2. 3. 20. Ece. 4,15; of one who rises from 
the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to 


arise, 6. g. deliverance Esth. 4,14; war 


1 Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31—With 5», 
to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25. 
11, 14. 1 Chr. 21,1. 2 Chr. 20, 23; comp, 
Ezra 10, 15.—Once, to stand forth, i. 6. 
to exist, to be; Ps. 33, 9 72>™1 7S WIN 


| he (God) commanded, and it stood forth. 


‘Ta? 


5. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be set, con- 
stituled, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 "733" 
320 Nz lel now our rulers be appointed. 

Hips. ‘2973, fut. 227 1. Causat. 
of Kal no. 1, to make stand, to set, to 
place, e.g. a person (or thing Ex. 24, 
11) inany place, with 3, >>, "25>. dtoofd: 
ing to the nature of the Gilde ; Gen. 47, 
7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 11. Num. 3, 
6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21,6. Ps. 31, 9. al. 
Hence fo set up, e.g. statues, idols, 2 
Chr. 33,19; a house, to build up, 2 Chr. 
24, 13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1. 
7,1.—Trop. to set up, to constitute, to 
appoint,e.g. a) To any office, to set 
over any charge, 1 K. 12, 32. 1 Chr. 15, 
16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31,2. Esth. 4, 
5. ἃ]. b) to appoint, to establish, c. acc. 
2 Chr. 30.5; ace. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 
38, 8 (in 2 K. 21, 8 113). Ps. 30, 8. 105, 
10; >» of pers. Neh. 10, 33. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ἐο make stand 
firm, i.e. to establish, to maintain, to 
preserve, 1 K. 15,4. 2 Chr. 9,8. Prov. 
29, 4; to preserve alive Ex.9,16. Trop. 
to confirm, i.q. ΞΡ, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan. 
11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the 
event. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make stand 
still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features, 
2K.8,11. Also to set oneself, to stand, 
to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in 
1 K. 22, 35 is Hoph. 

4, Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
arise, to raise up, Job 34, 24; a prophet 
Neh. 6,7; an army Dan. 11, 11.13; a 
wind Ps, 107, 25. 

Horn. to be set, placed, Lev. 16, 10; 
to remain 1 K. 22, 35. 

Deriv. 33, M333, 


9223. 


* |]. TOP ἅπ. λεγόμ. in Hira. but of 
doubtful authority ; Ez. 29, 7 ΠΡ ΠΥ 
Bismg7>2 o>, which is manifestly for 
“λ ΠΊΡΏΠΣ ‘and thou madest all their 
loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24. 
Syr. id. Sept. συνέχλασας. But whether 
the letters are thus transposed by some 
special usage of the language, or merely 
by a corruption in this one passage, is 
uncertain. In any case this form is pro- 
bably to be reckoned among the many 
licences or barbarisms in the language 
of Ezekiel. 


ἜΣ, 


"7223 , 


794 


‘TOY prep. i. q. ἘΞ, found only with 
suff. of 1 pers, "73> i, q. "2D with me 
Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; by or with me, in 
my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19.27. Other 
examples see under 29 .—This form has 
no connection with the root 72> to stand, 
but belongs rather to an obsol. root 
729 i. q. 739 to bind, to connect, and 


-@ 
corresponds to the Arab. dis. 
in ὮΝ no. 1. 


"ὩΣ τὰ. (τ. 74D) only 6. suff. "799, 
a word of the later Heb. i. ᾳ. DIP2, a 
stand, i. 6. place where one stands, Dan. 
8,17. 18, 10,11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, 11 
2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10. 


TAY , see in TD. 


ΤΩΣ £. a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11. 
R. ΣΡ. 


*STS2 obsol. root, with the idea of 
society, companionship, communion, like 
r.08>. Deriv. m2. 


MOP f. (τ. Oey) 1. Pr. subst. a ga- 
thering, conjunction. communion ; found 
only in constr. ™a> Ecc. 5, 15, elsewhere 
nave, 6. suff. "22>; once ‘ningd Ez. 
45, 7; always as Prep. iq. 52, viz. 

ὃ lagethar with, i. e. by, at, wecir, Ex. 
25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Ley. 3, 9 

b) Spec. of persons or things which 
move along parall. to and near each 
other, so as to be over against each 
other; 2 Sam. 16,13 and Shimet went 
along on the hills side itme>> over 
agains! him (the king), and threw stones 
iraz> over against him, i.e. he kept 
along by the side of the king’ s train, and 
threw stones and east dust, not directly 
at the king, comp. v. 6. Ez. 40, 18. 42, 7. 
—Also of things which take place at the 
same time; Ez. 1, 20 and the wheels 
were lifted up or22> logether with them, 
i. 6. at the same time with them. v. 31. 
3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. ἘΦ no. 1. g. 
Hence 

c) equally with, like, even as; 1 Chr. 
24, 31 these cast lots DIPMY Md even 
as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12, 
24. Ecc. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15 
ΤΩΣ 99 altogether as, in all points like 
as; comp. Tis*bz Job 17, 3 

ἃ) along with, i. e. besides, Ez. 45, 6 
comp. ν΄. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21. 


See 


Ya? 


. 2, Ummah, pr. n. of a town in Asher, 
Tosh, 19, 30, 


“WEY m. (7.122) plur, OMY, ΘΛ Ων, 
constr. "7722 . 

l. a column, pillar, Judg. 16, 25. 26. 
1K. 7,2 sq. 4327) 722 the column of 
cloud Ex. 33,9. 10, and Oxm a> the 
column of fire 13, 22, The pillars of 
heaven, i. 6. lofty mountains, Job 26, 11; 
of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps, 75, 4. 


2. a stand, platform, elevated place 
for standing, 2 Καὶ, 11, 14, 23, 3. 


POP j.q. "ΒΡ 3. (comp. Gen. 19, 38, 
viz. son of my kindred, i.e. born οἵ in- 
cest ; from ἘΦ no. 1. a, with the syllable 
yi added, as 12 from DIR, 887 from 
δ) Ammon, pr. ἢ. of the son of Lot 
by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30 
sq. Also for the Ammonites descended 
from: him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan 
in the tract of country between the 
streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11, 
11; oftener 13)» "33 Num. 21, 24. Deut. 
2, 37. 3,16. al. For their country see 
Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. In 
Ez. 25, 2-5 ia9-"22 is put for "23 YIN 
jia>, like the Lat. ‘in Bruttios, Sam- 
nites, profectus est,’ i. e. into their terri- 
tory. See Reland Palestina p. 103. 
Ersch and Gruber’s Encycl. art. Am- 
mon, Vol. III. p. 371.—The gentile n. is 
ΩΣ, ἢ ΤΩΡ, Ammonite Deut. 23, 4. 
1 Sam. 11, 1.2. 1K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24, 
26; plur. f. mitzi2> 1 K. 11, 1. Neh. 13, 
23, where Keri has ni*722. 


DAP (borne up, sustained, r. D2) 
Amos, pr.n. ofa prophet, Am. 1, 1. 7, 8 sq. 
, 2. 
ῬΊΩΣ (deep, τ. PY) Amok, pr. n. τὰ, 
Neh. 12, 7. 20. 


S82 (servant of God, see in ἘΦ no. 
1. c) Ammiel, pr. n. τὰ. a) Num. 13, 
12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4. 5. 17, 27. ΡΟΣ ἃ 
Chr. 26,5. d) 1 Chr. 3,5; for which 
2 Sam. 11, 3 o27bx. 


ὩΣ (one of the tribe of Judah, 
for 7377 "2>) Ammihud, pr.n.m. a). 
2 Sam. 13, 37 Keri. Ὁ) Num. 1, 10. 2, 
18. 1 Chr. 7, 26. οὐ Num. 34,20. d) 
ib. v. 28. e) 1 Chr. 9, 4. 

ἼΖΤΟ ὩΣ (kindred of the giver, i. e. 
Jehovah, comp. 5x22, "3N"2s) Ammi- 
zabad, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr, 27, 6. 


795 


"Ὁ 


“IEP (kindred of nobles) Ammi- 
hur, pr.n.m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for 
ΓΙ ὩΣ lett. a. 


232°) (kindred of the prince) Am- 

minadab, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 6,23. Num, 

i, 7. Ruth 4,19. 1 Chr. 2,10, b) 15, 10, 
c) 1 Chr. 6, 7. 


P22 Chald. adj. (r. P22) deep, pro- 
found ; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan. 
2, 22, 


"22 τῇ. (r. 22) 1. pr. a handful of 
grain as cut down, before it is gathered 
into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22. 

2. a sheaf, i. ᾳ. 29, Am. 2, 13. Mie. 
4, 12. Zech. 12, 6.—Chald, 82999 id. 


"30 By (kindred i. e. servant of the 
Almighty, comp. 5x22) Ammishaddai, 
pr. ἢ. m. Num, 1, 12. 2, 25. 


ΓΟῺΩΣ f.(r. 22) 1. society, compa- 
nionship; Zech. 13, 7 ΩΡ "33 the 
man of my fellowship, i.e. my compa- 
nion. 

2. Coner. i. ᾳ. 23, 6 πλησίον, neigh- 
bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19, 
11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14. 15. 17. In this 
signif. it is also joined (ad sensum) with 
a masc. Lev. 19, 17. 


‘ m9 fat. 522", to labour, with the 
idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil, 
Ece. 5, 15; ὁ. > to labour for any one, 
Prov. 16, 26; 6. 3 to labour in or upon 
any thing, Joo. 4.10. Ecc. 2,21. Ps. 127, 
1.—Ece. 1, 3 diadre} sbuy-bsz of all the 
labour wherewith ‘he toileth. 2, 19. 20. 


δ, 17. Arab. Aves to labour, to make. 


Syr. \&s to labour, to be fatigued. 
Deriv. the two following. 


ΞῸΣ m. (once f. Eee. 10, 15.) 1. la- 
bour, toil, i.e. a) pr. Ece. 1,3 2, 11. 
3, 13. 4,85 trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 10." 
Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105, 44. Eee. 
2,19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi- 
sery, including the idea of wearisome 
and painful effort, Sept. πόνος, μόχϑος, 
κόπος, Gen, 41, 52. Deut. 26,7. Job 3, 
10. 4, 8. 7, 3. Ps. 7,-15. 73, 5. Often 
coupled with synonymous words, as 
ΝΣ bed Ps. 10, 7. 90,10; 599) ὯΝ Ps. 
55, 11; BED be3 Ps. 10, 14, ete. Joh 
16, 2 bes "2105 mdeenable comforters. 


buy 


Is. 53, 11 Ὁ 53) 5220 from the travail i.e. 
sorrow of his soul—In Num. 23, 21. Is. 
10, 1, it is sometimes rendered iniquity, 
fault, ig. Ἰδὲ; but the signification, 
sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in 
both. 

2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 


rab m, adj. (τ. d29) plur. 0°>99. 

1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef- 
fort and exhaustion; often put with 
‘personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ecc. 
2, 22. 4, 8. 9, 9. Hence a labourer, 
-workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26. 

2. sorrowful, wretched, Job 3, 20. 20, 
722. 


p20 Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama- 
Jlekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7. 
‘Num. 24, 20, who inhabited the regions 
on the south of Palestine between Idu- 
mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16. 
‘Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7; also to the 
eastward of the Dead Sea and Mount 
‘Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33 ; 
and who appear likewise to have settled 
down here and there in Palestine itself, 
‘whence the mount of the Amalekites in 
‘the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15; 
comp. 5, 14. They often waged war with 
the Israelites; the latest mentionof them 
is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr. 
4, 43.—In the genealogical traditions of 


[ ies 
the Arabians, the (ὅχλες; (ὅς > 


‘are reckoned among the aborigines of 
that country. See Reland Palestina p. 
‘78-82. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. p. 
214. 1. Ὁ. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. 
Hebr. ext. T. 1. p. 170-177. Ejusd. 
‘Supplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber’s 
Enceycl. art. Amalek, Vol. II. p. 301.— 
‘The gentile n. is "R222 Amalekite, with 
ithe art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15. 

2. A grandson of Esau, the founder of 
‘an Arab tribe, Gen. 36, 16 ; comp. v. 12. 


* Diy 1. pr. to bring together, to 
congregate, to conjoin; whence ἘΦ a 
people, ἘΦ with, by, %22 conjunction. 


Arab. «= to be common, to be in com- 
mon, | This root is very widely spread 
both in the Semitic and Indo-European 
languages. In the former comp. 023 to 
collect, whence ἘΣ, 7239; ΣῈ to cumu- 
late ; and preserving the guttural 28, 


796 


ony 


m3, ch kinsman, father-in-law. In the 
latter comp. Lat. cum, con, cumulus, 
cunctus, (from cungo i. 4. jungo,) Gr. 
κοινός (κυνός), γάμος, and with the pala- 
tal Jetter either softened inte an aspirate 
or changed to a sibilant Sanser. sam, 
Pers. _, Gr. ἅμα, ὃμός, ὁμοῦ, (with ὦ 
or 1 subjoined as a third radical ὅμιλος, 
ὅμαδος, comp. Heb. 39, Lat. simul,) 
σύν, ξυνός, Meesogoth. sama, saman, Fr. 
ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. samod 
with, Germ. sammt, zusammen, sammeln. 
Comp. also, for the Slavie languages, 
Dorn ἄρον die Verwandtschaft des Per- 
sischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes p. 
183. 

2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hide, ta 
conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass, 
Ez. 31,8. Impers. Ez. 28, 3 nxmo7>> 
7222 NX> no secret thing can they hide 
as to thee, i. 6. nothing can be hid from 
thee; see Heb. Gr. § 134. 3. b.—Arab. 


΄σ 


ἃ to cover; to obstruct, to shut up; 


Pass. to be hidden, veiled with clouds, 
sc. the heavens. Chald. =2%> to ob- 
scure; Ithp. ΘΏΣΩΝ to be obscured, to 
grow dark, as the eyes, etc. 

Horn. 0257 to be obscured, to become 
dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1. 

Deriv. 52, =D, M39, also pr. n. jim, 
bead, etc. 

D022 plur. and Chald. P22, na- 
tions, tribes, see in SD. 


D729 (God with us) Immanuel, the 
symbolical and prophetic name of a 
child, Is. 7, 14. 8,8. Sept. ᾿Εμμανουήλ. 


τ 0729, once wey Neh. 4, 11, fut. 
diaz", 10 Lake up, to lift up, e. g. a stone 
Zech. 12,3; to bear, to carry, Is. 46, 3. 
Spee. to take up and place upon a beast 
of burden, to load, absol. Is, 46, 1. Neh. 
4, 11 [17]; with >> of beast, the ace. of 
burden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 ὈΏΣ 
jniam~by wes lit. each one lifted the load 
upon his ass, i. 6. loaded his ass. Neh. 
13,15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 Ἰ»ϑ τ ΟΣ" if one 
lift (lay) a burden upon vs, God is our 
deliverer. 

Hiren. 0°29 fo lift up a load upon any 
one, to load, c. 9 1 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr. 
10, 11. 

Deriv. M0329, and the pr. ἢ. 0429, 
Moss, Neer, “yes, “EYEE. 


O72 


ΤΟΣ (whom Jehovah bears, comp. 
Is, 46, 3) Amasiah, pr. n. τὰ, 2 Chr. 17 
16. : 


ΣΌΣ (people of duration) Amad, pr. 
ἢ. of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 


19, 26. 


* Pa to be deep, metaph. to be un- 
searchable, Ps. 92,6. Comp. Gr. βαϑύ- 
gor, βάϑος... σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ϑεοῦ 


Rom. 11, 33.—Arab. Bas, more rarely 
by transpos. Se; Aram. waSes, Eth. 
UP®, id. 

Frew pan, to make deep, often fol- 
lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7, 11 porn 
πρν make deep, ask, i. 6. demand that 
a wonder shall come from the deep, 
from below. Also with inf. c. >, so as 
to be taken in an adverbial sense, Jer. 
49, 8, 30 mad spyorn make deep to 
dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell 
in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9, 9. Is. 
29, 15 "MOD ὈΡὩΣ ΘΓ who hide deep. 
Things are also said to be deep which 
extend to a great length from the eye 
of the spectator, as Gr. βαϑὺς τόπος a 
deep tract i.e. of great length, βαϑεία 
αὐλή a deep court Il. 9. 142; as we also 
speak of the depth of a house from front 
to rear, comp. P22. So Is. 30, 33 ΩΣ Π 
mMmya aM deep and broail do they 
make the pile thereof. Metaph. pra 
m0 to turn deeply i. 6. far away, to 
depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos, 5, 2. 

Deriv. Pad, P22, POP, PR, PS, 
D "pers, pr. n. pisd. 


P22 adj. deep, profound, only in plur. 
constr. ΠΡ "Pe a people deep of lip, 
i. 6. of obscure speech, using a foreign 
language which cannot be understood, 
Is. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. 


PO? adj. (τ. Ped) L Pe, plur. p"pey, 
mipes. 

1. ‘deep, 6. g. waters Prov. 18,4. 20,5; 
a pit 22, 14. 23,27; the plague of lep- 
rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3 
sq. Plur. f. mipes or ΓΙῸΣ deep things 
Job 12, 22.. 

2. Metaph. unsearchable, not to be 
found out, Ps. 64,7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8. 


PO? m. (τ. ped) c. suff. "pod, plur. 
E "pes, a valley, pr. a long low plain, 
67* 


797 


pay 


βαϑὺς τόπος, (see the root in Hiph.) 
adapted to the culture of grain Job 39, 
10. Ps. 65, 14. Cant. 2,1; and also con- 
venient for battles Job 39,21. So Num, 
14, 35. Josh. 8, 13. Judg. 7,1 sq. 1K. 
20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. poon 
once poet. for Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13; 
elsewhere of a valley or plain before 
mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5, 15. 7, 1. 8, 
12. Plur. S°P2F seems once to be put 
for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12, 
15 they put to flight 2°p2377">2 all (them 
of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may 
read ΠΡΟΣ 59 all the Anakim, just as 
in Jer. 47, 5 “for BPs? τ it is better 
with Sept. to read ἘΓῺΣ mys (Aske- 
lon) the remnant of the Anakim. comp. 
v. 4; see also Josh. 11, 21.—It differs in 
usage from the words of kindred mean- 
ing ΠΡῸΣ, δ. ἘΠῚ, in that each of these 
words is applied only to certain particu- 
lar valleys or plains. So too P%® is 
used of the following valleys : 

a) Mbxn pe? the Valley of Elah, i. 6. 
of Terebinths, south-west of Jerusalem, 
leading out from among the hills to the 
great plain, the scene of David’s triumph 
over Goliath, 1 Sam. 17,2. 19.21,10. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. p. 349, 350. 

b) 822 p> the Valley of Baca, i. e. 
of Weeping, see in 823 no. 1. 

6) M223 pe? the Valley of Berachah, 
i. e. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem, 
2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikit, 
wp 3; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. 
p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43. 

d) 323m pre the King’s Dale, perh. 
towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2 
Sam. 18, 18. 

6) S°N_Y pee che Plain of Rephaim, 
i.e. of the Giants, beginning near the 
valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je- 
rusalem, and stretching off as a plain 
south-west on the right of the road to 
Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
5, 18. 22. Josh. 17,5. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 323, 324. 

f) new p> the Vale of Siddim, see 
in DIY. , 

5) PSP Prey the Vale of Keziz, pr. n. 
of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21. 

Other valleys take their names from 
adjacent towns, as }i3253 P22 near Gi- 
beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh. 10, 11; nizg'> 


pos 


Ps. 60,8; dxAT “5, see p. 393; jinan’> 
Gen. 37, 14; ; ΠΝ Σ the Vale of Ajalon, 
near that city, Josh. 10,12; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p.63. Also from per- 
sons, as DEwin® ΠΣ the Valley of Jehosha- 
phat, Joel "4, 2. 12; see p. 386. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 396. 


PQ m. (r. psy) depth, Prov. 25, 3. 
Chald. δ ΡΣ, Syr. [osoak, id. 
» "2 in Kal not used. Arab. 


to overwhelm with water ; Conj. II, III, 
to rush upon, to assault vehemently ; 
Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed, 


submerged. Hence to Heb. "22, so far’ 


as we can judge from the verb and its 
derivatives, may be ascribed he follow- 
ing significations : 

1. to heap together, to serie tes! 
kindr. with "2m no. 3. Hence "33, 
ΠΩΣ, Pi. "a>. 

2. to overwhelm any one, to rush upon, 
vas Arab. Conj. II, HI. See Hithpa. 

3. fo overwhelm any thing, to sub- 
merge; comp. "2%. Hence pr. ἢ. 
ὩΣ. 

Piet denom. from "723, to heap toge- 
ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut. 
‘Ps. 129, 7 wherewith the mower filleth 
snot his hand, ""22°3 324™) nor the gath- 
serer his arm. 

Hirapa. “22mm, to rush upon any 
‘one, to lay hands upon violently. c. 2; 
‘comp. >B2NM and S>isnh c. >> Gen. 43, 
18. So of a female slave who has been 
iher master’s concubine, Deut. 21, 14 
thou shalt not sell her... ΠΏΣ ΤΙ Oy 
#2 nor shalt thou lay hands upon her se. 
tochastise her. Ofaslave stolen, Deut. 
24,7 if one steal a man of Israel “ΩΣ ΌΤΙΝ 
ng 12 and lay hands on him and sell 
him ; comp. Gen. 1. c.—Others by con- 
ject. to make merchandise of any one. 

Deriv. 13>, 172, pr. ἢ. MSZ, 792. 


ὩΣ Chald. m. wool, i. q. Heb. “2%, 
‘Dan. 7, 9. 


109 m. (τ. "9) 1. a handful of 
grain, a sheaf, Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24, 
19. Job 24,10. Plur. 5° 2> Ruth 2, 7. 
15. Sept. δράγμα, Targ. ΝῊΡ id. 

2. an omer, a measure of things dry, 
-equal ‘to the tenth part of an ephah, or 
‘34 quarts (see Ex. 16, 36); Ex. 16, 16. 
18, 22. 32, 33.—Noet ‘to be confounded 


798 


2.5) 


with the "2h, which contained ten 
ephahs. 


ΤῊ ὩΣ (prob. submersion, τ᾿ ΠΡ, comp. 
pho conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept. 
Τόμοῤῥα, pr. n. of one of the four towns 
in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the 
Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated, 
Gomorrah is put second, Gen. 10, 19. 
14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22; but oftener only 
two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor- 
rah, Gen. 13, 10, 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10. 
Jer. 23, 14. 50,40. Zeph. 2, 9. al. 


"NOY i. q. ME7E2 perh. pupil of Je- 


So? 

untaught, in- 
experienced) Omri, pr.n. a) A king 
of Israel, r. 929-918 B. C. the founder of 
Samaria, 1 K. 18, 16 sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic. 
6, 16. Sept. “4ufg Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 8. 
c) 9,4. d) 27, 18. 

DIY (kindred of the Lofty One i. 6. of 
God) Amram, pr. ἢ. τη. a) The father 
of Moses Ex. 6, 18. 20. Num. 3, 19; 
whence patronym. "2933 Ami amite, 
Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26, 23. b) Ezra 10, 
34. 

WAY, see in do>. 


NWP (burden, τ. Wet) Amasa, pr. 
n.m. a) 2 Sam. 17, 25. 19, 14. 1 Chr. 
2,17. b) 2 Chr. 28, 12. 

“WY (burdensome, τ. 085) Amasai, 
pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10.230. b) 45, 
24, ¢) 2 Chr. 29, 12. 

"ΟΣ pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob. 
a wrong orthography arising out of 
the two forms "ws and "02>. Comp. 
ΠΟΘ Ἔ9 and NAE"O. 


hovah, comp. Arab. 


222 obsol. root of uncertain signif. 
Talmud. fo conjoin, whence Simonis de- 
rives 223 cluster; but as 722 signifies 
rather berry. this etymology is unapt. 
Better therefore 223 to roll up or toge- 
ther, to become globular, like 332 whence 
3252 (globule) star; comp. also ΤῸΝ to 
roll up, % and > beltg interchanged. -- 
Hence pr. n. 323 , and the two following. 

339 (q. d. grape-town) Anab, pr. ἢ. of 
a town on the mountains of Judah south 
of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some 
edit. 229). 15, 50. Still called ’Andb, 
Wwlies; see Bibl. Res. in Palest, II. p. 
194, 195. 


229 


332 m. (τ. 322) Deut. 32, 14, 6. suff. 
{2322 v. 32, elsewhere only plur. 0°22, 
constr. "23> (Dag. euphon.) Lev. 25, 5; 
a grape, plur. grapes, i. 6. the berries, not 
the clusters ; 5°33 being distinguished 
from 599 ΝΣ cluster, as Gen, 40, 10 "5 5.) 
B27 ΠΟ ΩΝ, see in ὑρῶς no. 1. 
Num. 13, 23 ‘pings ddwx clusters of 
‘grapes. ‘Hence a) os Deut. 32, 14, and 
ὈΠΞ2» ἘΠ the blood of grapes i. 6. whic 
Gen. 49, 11; so Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23, 
25. Hos. 3,1. Gen. 40, 11. Num. 6, 3. 


al. Chald. 323 id. Arab. Reet grapes, 
9. 
Sis ἃ grape. 

*322 in Kal not used, fo live deli- 
cately and effeminately; Arab. Se to 


- 


delight, to entice, spoken of females who 
draw attention by ogling and other co- 
quettish gestures. 

Puat to be delicate, tender, part. fem. 
220 Jer. 6, 2. 

irap. 1.1. q. Pu. Deut. 28, 56. 

2. to delight oneself, to rejoice in any 
thing, espec. " 52 Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4. 
Job 22, 26. 27, 10; c. ya Is. 66, 11; 
also to enjoy oneself, c. > Ps. 37,11; 3 
Is. 55, 2. 

3. In a bad sense, to sport over any 
one, i. 6. to mock, to deride, c. ἘΣ Is. 57, 4. 

Deriv. 3123" and the two following. 


332 adj. ἢ ΠΡΟΣ, delicate, oft effemi- 
nate, Deut. 28, “bd. 56. Is. 41, 1 


439 m. delight, pleasure, Is. 13, 22. 
58,13. R. 223. 


ἘΠ to bind on, only twice in the 


verb, Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence 
σο 
subst. ΤΣ Σ 9. Kindred are ic with, 


by, and Heb. 725. 


* 7722 fat. mass, conv. 32"; pr. a 
verb ‘> i. q. Arab. 
1. to chant, to sing ; Arab. tt Conj. 


II, V, id. elie song. Syr. Pa. wid to 


sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. ysl 
to sing, to call, to read; old Germ. han 
to sing, whence Hahn cock. 

a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang 
unto them ; Vulg. precinebat. 1 Sam. 


799 


rp 


18, 7. Ezra 3,11. With > to sing of any 
one, to celebrate i in song, ‘1 Sam. 21, 12. 
29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Ps. 147, 7. In all 
these passages the LXX have ἐξάρχω, 
implying to strike wp, to begin to sing. 
Comp. Piel. 

b) i. q. to ery aloud, to shout, which is 
often expressed by words implying sing- 
ing, as Lat. ‘actor canit, cantat, i.e. de- 
claims, cries aloud ; ‘ gallus canit,’ comp. 
Engl. chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a 
shout of battle in the camp,... δ Ὁ ΤῈ 
ΤΡ Sip myadr misg dip px nr nisy 
Sow "25N not the shout of victory, not the 
outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing 
do I hear; hence it appears that the 
signif. to sing belongs more to Piel. Of 
the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51, 
14; of the wailing ery of jackals Is. 13, 
22. 

2. to strike up with the voice, to begin 
to speak, to speak, which approaches 
nearly to M22 i. 6. ἐξάρχω, in no. 1. a. 
Deut. 21,7998 533" and they shall speak 
and say. 26, 5. 27, 14. Job 3,2 315 531 
“7aN"1 then spake Job and said. Cant. 
2, 10. Is. 14, 10. Zech. 3, 4. al. sep. 
comp. Gen. 31, 36. With acc. of pers. 
to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11.—So 
Chald. "32 very freq. in the book of 
Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T. 
ἀποκρίνομαι id. Matt. 11,25. 22, 1. 28, 5. 
al. see the Lexicons. 

3. More freq. to answer, to respond ; 
pr. of one who answers to another calling 
(ἈΠ), q. ἃ. ‘ to call back, which the He- 
brews did by the word "225. So Job 19, 
16 M3237 ND} *MNIP "IIT> 1 called to my 
servant, but he answereth not. 5, 1. Prov. 
1,28. Hence of men who answer when 
God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60,4. 66, 12. Jer. 7, 
13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering 
the cries and invocations of men, after 
ΤΣ, P31, Job 35, 12. Is. 46,7. Mic. 3,4; 
330 Job 30,20; NIP Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3. 
Ps. 22, 3. 91, 15. al. So the phrase "2 
M353, see in “AY I. 1; also ΝΞ 733 to 
answer with fire 1K. 18, 24.—Mostly 
simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak- 
ing; construed: «) Absol. Prov. 15, 28. 
26, 5; very often in the formula: j2™ 
ON] OMAN and Abraham answered 
and said Gen. 18, 27. 31, 36. 43. 40, 18; 
or with ἸΏΝ Gen. 41,16. 42, 22. al. 8) 
With acc. of pers. ἀμεϊβυῤαι τινά, Job 


m9 


1, 7. Gen. 23,5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al. 
y) Acc. of thing with which one answers, 
Job 15, 2. 32,17. Prov. 18, 23; or to 
which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God 
ΠΡΌΣ let him answer this. Hence δ) 
With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 
Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer. 
23, 37; comp. Job 9, 3. 

Spec. to answer is also said: 

a) Of those who respond to the re- 
quests or entreaties of any one, who 
hear and grant his requests; hence often 
of God as listening to the prayers of 
men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9, 
17. Ps. 3,5. 4, 2. 13, 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34, 
5. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. sep. comp. above 
inno. 3. Sept. εὐσακούω, ἐπακούω. With 
an adjunct of place whence one hears 
and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 ‘awa anao5 
1p he will hear (and help) him from 
his holy heavens. So of the place whence 
one calls, Ps. 22,22 "3n"22 DX] "9p 
hear me gallina from ‘the horns of ‘the 
wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3; com- 
monly taken as constr. pregn. hear 
(and deliver) me from the horns of 
the buffaloes. [The parallelism here 
requires the latter interpretation. R.] 
On this animal see Bibl, Res. in Palest. 
ΠῚ. p. 206.—With acc. of pers. and 3 
of thing, fo answer with any thing, Ps. 
65, 6. Also with ace. of thing, Ece. 
10, 19 S2a-mx AID? HOM money an- 
swereth with all things, i i. 6. imparts all, 
procures all. Hos. 2, 23. 24. 

b) Of God as answering by an oracle, 
to give response, to announce future 
things ; so after NIP Jer. 33, 3; dew 
1 Sam. 14, 37. 28,6. So genr. Jer. 23, 
35. 42,4. Gen. 41,16 “my 7299 oondy 
ΤΊΣ. Β pty God responds. the peace of 
Pharaoh, i.e, announces to him pros- 
perity ; comp. Deut. 20, 11. 1 Sam. 9, 
17.—Trop. Job 20, 3 "2337 "M2" ΓΗ 
my spirit from my understanding re- 
sponds to me, i.e. my spirit, in which is 
wisdom, suggests to me what to say. 

c) In a forensic sense, 10 answer, i. 6. 
«) Of a judge giving his response or sen- 
tence, Ex. 23,2. 8) Of a witness an- 
swering the inquiries of the judge ; hence 
to bear witness, to testify, Deut. 19, 16. 
31, 21. Job 16,8; 6. 3 concerning any 
one, i. e. either for any one Gen. 30, 33. 
1 Sam. 12,3; or also against any one 


600 


ΤῺ 


2 Sam. 1, 16, Ex. 30, 16. Num. 35,30. 
Deut. 19, 18. Is. 3,9. Jer. 14,7. Job 15, 
6. Ruth 1, 21. al. sep. comp. 2 "ΣΙ, 
More fally 272 m2> Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5, 
18.—With ace. of that mhiol one testi- 
fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18, 

d) Further, to answer is likewise i. q. 
to contradict, Sept. ἀνταποχρίνομαι, Job 
16, 3; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15, 32; to 
refute, Job 31, 35 behold my words | "73 
"3222 may the Almighty answer me, i.e. 
refute my accusation ; acc. of thing Job 
32,12. Also to give account, with acc. 
of thing Job 33, 13; comp. 9, 3. 

4. i. q. Arab. ert to signify, to intend, 
to aim at; hence 322, 52%, also 9" 
pr. purpose, intent, aim. 

Nipu. 1. to be answered,i.e. a) to 
be heard and answered Job 19,7. Prov. 
21,13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, to answer, c. > Ez. 
14, 4. 7. 

Piex to chant, to sing, i. q. Kal no. 1, 
where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1. 
Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2. 

Deriv. 723%, ἸΏ, 195, and pr. ἢ. 
me, PPB, Pingy, MINH. 


+44. ree for "22, a verb 4>; comp. 
the derivatives, 5, M22. 

1. to bestow labour upon, to exercise 
oneself in any thing, 6. 2 Eee. 1, 13. 3, 


10.—Syr. vo Pas, Arab. ot cure ha- 


S lassus fuit.—Spec. perh. 
to till the ground, subegit terram, whence 
ΓΘ, m°2>72, furrow. 

2. to labour, i. 6. lo suffer, to be afflict- 
ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps, 116, 10. 119, 
67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5 

ΤΣ EMD wat the song of the tyrants 
shail be brought low, suppressed. With 
2, 31,4 ΠΕΣ ND cron and will not - 
be depressed at their ‘multitudes, will not 
lose courage. 5 

Nipu. 1. to be afflicted, Ps. 119, 107. 

2. Reflex. to humble oneself before any 
one, to submit to him, c. "282 Ex. 10, 3, 
where mi22> is for may. 

Pir. ΠΣ», , fat. 7ED9 sto.oppress, to afflict, 
to humble, Sept. ταπεινόω, xaxow. So of 
single persons as oppressed and afflicted, 
Gen. 16,6, 31,50, Ex. 22, 22. Ps, 89, 23. 


buit rem; 


rp 


119, 75. Job 30, 11; also whole nations 
Gen, 15, 13. Ex. 1, 11, 12. Num. 24, 24. 
Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. Ps. 90, 15. Is. 
60, 14. Nah. 1, 12. al. Referred to the 
body, Judg. 16,5.19; to the mind, Deut. 
8,2. So Ps. 105, 18 139 5323 5D they 
afflict his feet with fetters. 102, 24 God 
afflicted (weakened) my strength in the 
way, mid-way of my life. 88, 8 thou 
hast afflicted (overwhelmed) me with 
all thy waves. Job 37,23 M339 8> he 
will not afflict ; so the common reading, 
but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg. 
Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi &> 
ΤΩΣ he will not respond, i. 6. will not 
give account; see in 739 I. 3. d—Spec. 
a) MEX ΠΕΣ to humble a woman, i. 8. 
to have carnal intercourse with her, 
often by force; Gen. 34, 2. Deut. 22, 24. 
29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. 
Ez. 22,10.11. Lam.5,11. Ὁ) ite2 mz 
to afflict one’s soul by fasting, i. q. to 
fast, Lev. 16, 29. 31. 23, 27.32. Num. 29, 
7. 30,14. Is. 58,3. 5.10; more fully m3> 
pina ie: Ps. 35, 13. Sept. ταπειγόω 
τὴν ψυχήν, and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17. 
Judith 4, 9. 

Puat 1. to be made to labour, to la- 
bour and toil, i.q. Kal no. 1. Inf. inks 
his labour, toil, Ps. 132, 1. 

2. to be oppressed, afflicted, Ps. 119,71. 
Is. 53, 4. 

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ, 
to busy; Ecc. 5,19 he shall not much 
remember the days of his life (i. 6. its 
shortness), because God occupieth him 
with the joy of his heart. Others: be- 
cause God will (hear and) answer him 
with joy of his heart. 

2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. q. 
Piel, 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55, 20. 

Hirup. ΠΕΡ 1. Pass. to be afflicted, 
to suffer, 1 K. 2. 26. Ps. 107, 17. 

2. Reflex. to humble oneself, to submit 
oneself, Gen. 16, 9; 55 "38> Dan. 10, 12. 
Ezra 8, 21. 

Deriv. ἘΣ, MIE, ΠΏΣ, MY, 2B, 2B, 


We, ΓΕΡῸ, MS, MIM, also pr. ἢ. ᾿ 


ΓῺΣ 


ro? 
Ι ΤΩΣ or 832 Chald. plur. 42> ; part. 
mod, plur. (723, i. q. Heb. 25 1. 
1. to begin to speak, to speak, mostly 
with "28, as V2N) 5x27 M22 Daniel 


AEF 
" 


801 


39 


spake and said Dan. 2, 20. 3, 9. 14. 24. 
28. 4, 16. 27. 5,7. 10. 13. 6,17. al. Bo 
with > of pers. Dan. 2, 15. 3,9; DIP 6, 
14; also "28 being omitted c. > 2, 47. 

2. lo answer, after a question, 6, g. M22 
2x} Dan. 2, 5.7. 8. 26, 3, 16. 25. 6, 13. 
14; ο. BR 2, 10. 27. 


II. 722 Chald. to be oppressed. afftict- 
ed, i. q. Heb. 739 II. 2. Part. 732, plur. 
722 the afflicted Dan. 4, 24. 


ΤῊΣ Anah (τ. ΓῺΣ Lor Il),pr.n. a) A 
son of Seir, and also an Edomitish tribe 
descended from him, Gen. 36, 20. 29. 
b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of 
Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14. 24.—In vs. 2, 14, 
Anah is called the daughter of Seir; but 
from v. 24 it obviously should read 3 
son, with the Samar. and Sept. 


22 τη. adj. (τ. 439 11) sing. Num. 12, 
3 where Keri "22; plur. 5°22, constr, 
32 . 

1. oppressed, afflicted, wretched, but 
everywhere with the accessory idea of 
humility, meekness, i. e. the humble, the 
meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather 
than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9. 
37, 11. 69, 33; and who therefore enjoy 
God’s favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34, 3. 
147, 6. Is. 29,19. Am. 2,7. al. PUR “3D 
Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. Chald. 
V3, N33, Syr. Laas, id—Hence 

2. Simpl. meek, once Num. 12, 3. 
Sept. πραῦς. 

Nore. In five passages Keri has 
ὉΣῺΣ for Cheth 522, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12. 
Prov. 3, 34. 14,21. 16,19. Vice versa, 
twice Keri has 5°22 for Cheth. 5733, 
Ps. 9, 19, ‘Is. 32, 7. 


3°22 (bound together, r. 322) Anub, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 


M22 pr. fem. of "39, used as abstr. 

1. humility, modesty, Prov. 15, 33. 18, 
12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. 

2. As attributed to God, mildness, 
clemency, Ps. 18, 36. 


M22 f. ig. 7:9 no. 2, mildness, clem- 
ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5. 
P22, see in pry no. 2. 
PMY f(r. m9 IL) affiction; Ps. 22, 
25 "32> mp the affliction of the afflicted. 
Others, following Sept. Vulg. Chald, 


“7 


render it the cry of the afflicted, comp. 
‘iss in the other member; but 29 is 
never used for the wailing cry of the 
miserable, see the root no. 1. b. 

"29 m. adj. (Ὁ. πὸϑ 11) ἢ my Is. 10, 
30, plur. O°*33 , constr. ""23 , afflicted, dis- 
tressed, wretched, from whatever cause: 
whether poverty, see below in lett. a; 
the oppression of the wicked, persecu- 
tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job 
36, 6. Ps. 12,6; solitude, abandonment, 
as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10. 
23, 22. Is. 58,7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10; 
or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is. 
14, 32. It sometimes takes also the ac- 
cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps. 
22, 25. 34,7. 35,10; and sometimes that 
of meekness, 6. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18, 
28, or as coupled with M4" M3) Is. 66, 2; 
but this idea belongs more to "Ὁ. 
Hence spec. a) poor, needy, Deut. 24, 
12. 14. 15. Job 24,9. Prov. 31,20. Ὁ) 
humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9,9. Sept. 
agavc.—Put often with synonymes, as 
PSNI Ἢ Ps. 37, 14. 40. 18. al. ay ὋΣ 
Ps, 82, 3: 33} "22 Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is. 
26, 6 ; "354 nm Ps, 25, 16; "33 ἊΣ Lev. 
19, 10. 23, 22; ΞΝΞῚ “39 Ps. 69, 30; 5 
ἘΠ Is. 58, 7.—Sing. as collec Ps. 
10, 2. 9. 14, 6. With genit. DS ἼΔΩ 
Ps. 72, 4. Is. 10, 2. 14, 32; ‘5S "ὩΣ the 
poor of any one, i. 6. his ‘aor brethren, 
fellow-citizens, Deut. 15,11; Δ ""23 the 
poor of Jehovah. whose hope and help i is 
God, Ps. 74,19. Is. 49,13. Sept. usually 
Aharde: πῇ ηὐ; sometimes ταπεινός, πραΐς. 
—Chald. "ὩΣ, 87>, id—See in ὋΦ note. 


"22m. (τ. 732 IT) in pause "23, c. suff. 
"2D , affliction, distress, misery, of what- 
ever kind ; so both of persons and of na- 
tions Ex, 3,7. 17. 4, 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 
44, 25; whether from the oppression of 
enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11. 
31, 42, Ps. 9, 14; or from calamities in- 
flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36, 
8; or from any other cause, 1 Sam. 1, 
11.—Ps. 25, 18. 31,8, 107, 41. 119, 50. 
92. 153. Lam. 1, 7.9. 3,19. al. 22 "33 
i,q. 0°25 Prov. 31,5. °23 ἘΠῸ bread 
of affliction, i. e. the unleavened bread 
eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3. 


"22 (for ΠΕΡῸ depressed, r. 73> II) 
Unni, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. Neh. 
12, 9. 


802 


229 


ΤΊΣ (whom Jehovah answers, τ. MDD 
1) Anaiah, pr. n. τὴ. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23. 


22 Num. 12, 3 Keri for 13D q. v. 


D°2Y (contr. for ®"7"2 fountains) Anim, 
pr. n. of ἃ town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50. 
Perh. the mod. { el-Ghuwein, di- 
min. ‘little untae? ; it being coupled 
in Josh. I. c. with Anab and Eshtemoh; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 625. 


Te? m. (r. 939 IL) a word found only 
in Ecclesiastes. 

1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3,10. Hence bu- 
siness, employment, comp. > II. no. 1, 
Kee. 2, 26. 1,13 99 5229 an evil business, 
profitless, i in which there i is little good. 

2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ecc. 4,8 
3) 1229 an evil thing, 5, 2 (329 35 much 
ado ; in the other pee ὦ is DN35 55 
many words. 5, 13 39 97393 by some evil 
event, untoward accident. 2, 23 ὭΣΘ. ODD 
veration is his affair, his portion. 8, 16. 


*‘22 obsol. root, Arab. @Xis to be 
deep and hard to pass, 6. g. sand; also 
I, V, to shut a gate; KAS gate. 
ER. 


Hence 


022 (two fountains, for the dual in t= 
see Lehrg. p. 536) Anem, pr. ἢ. of a city 
of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73]; for which 
in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21, 
21, 29, is B°57;"> fountain of gardens, 
see p. 773. b. 


ὈΠῸΣ Σ Gen. 10,13. 1 Chr. 1,11, Ana- 
mim, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian tribe which 
cannot be made out; see Bochart Pha- 
leg. [V. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 160. The- 
saur. p. 1052. 


Ja: Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol 
of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K. 
17,31. The name seems to be made up 
from 032 i. q. image, statue, > and 
¥ being interchanged, and 7232 king; 
or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per- 
sarum p. 131, from we herd, and 22, 
i.e. the group or constellation Cepheus, 


which the Orientals call pit IS 


stars of the flock, and wal, tly 
the shepherd and his flock.—The first 
part of this name occurs also in the name 


᾿Βνεμεσσάρ, Tob. 1, 2. 13. 15. 16. 


ΓΙ 

"423 in Kal not used, pr. prob. to 
cover, like the kindr. 422, 2. Hence 
432 cloud. 

Pia denom, from 432, to cloud, i.e. to 
make or gather clouds, Gen. 9,14; where 
ἌΣ is for "2223, see Heb. Gr. § 10. ἢ, 

Port 4253, fut. 9245" Lev. 19, 26, part. 
42559, plur. 092339 Deut. 18, 10. 14, with- 
out the Ὁ also 9°3219 Is. 2, 6. Jer..27, 9; 
once f. M333 for 793529 (though it can 
also be Kal), to act covertly, to use covert 
arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19, 
26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 


33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5, 


11. Several of the ancient versions 
understand by it some special kind of 
divination, 6. g. Sept. κληδονίζομαι ; 
Vulg. observans somnia, also augurans, 
divinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans 
oculis, as ‘if ΣΡ were derived from 19. 
But it seems rather to imply some kind 
of divination connected with idolatry.— 
Comp. the roots 21>, 27> II. See The- 
saur. p. 1053. 
Deriv. the five following. 


722 τὰ. (Ὁ. 922) constr, 423, plur. "223. 
1. a cloud, collect. clouds, so called as 


tinue 4 the heavens; Arab. gus 


clouds, ἅτε acloud. Gen. 9, 13. 14.16. 
Job, 7, 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al. 
ΒΕ ΣῚ, 422 0%" a day of clouds and dark- 
ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12. 
322 ΩΣ a pillar of cloud, see in 72>. 
Once plur. 07233 clouds Jer. 4,13. A 
numerous army is compared to a cloud 
Ez. 30, 18. 38,9; @ morning cloud is 
the embless of transientness, Hos. 6, 4; 
comp. Job 7, 9. 
2. Anan, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 27. 


722 Chald. a cloud, plur. constr. "233 
Dan. 7, 13. 


ΤΊΣ f. (τ. 722) noun of unity corres- 
ponding to collect. 129, a cloud Job 3, 5. 
Theod. well συγνεφέα, Comp. ΤΡ, 


"222 (apoc. for 7322) Anani, pr. n. m. 


1 Chr. 3, 24. 


5222 (whom Jehovah covers i. e. 
protects, r. 72>) Ananiah, pr.n. a) A 
man Neh. 3, 23. Gr. Ἀνανίας. b) A 
-town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 11, 
CR mers: ; 


803 


pay 


ts pi2 obsol. root, prob. to cover, like 
M22, comp. #22, H97, espec. ME2.— 
Hence the four following. 


ΣΦ m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17,8. 23. 
31, 3. Mal. 3,19, Constr. y> 5322 Lev. 
23.40. Plur.c. suff. "B77 Ps. 80, 11. Syr. 


fois branch, {oa mane. 


322 Chald. id. c. suff. i522 Dan. 4, 
18. 


522 (τ. 922) a branch, bough, once c. 
suff, 52829 Ez. 36, 8, 


322 m. full of branches Ez. 19, 10. R. 
mid. 


ἜΡΩΣ to adorn with a necklace or 
collar, from the primary idea of choking, 
throttling, which is expressed by the 
kindr. roots P28, P2, where see. Arab. 

IV to ornament a dog with a col- 


ο 

lar, ast neck, Germ. Nacken, Upper 
Germ. die Anke, Engl. neck.—Once trop. 
Ps. 73,6 ΓΝ ‘ONP22 pride surroundeth 
them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their 
neck, the collum resupinum being to the 
poet the seat of pride.—Hence p22. 

Hip. p27 prob. to lay upon the 
neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut. 
15, 14 of a manumitted slave, P7237 
‘sa Fake. i> PEM thou shalt lade him 
liberally out of thy flock, etc. Sept. Vulg. 
dabis viaticum. Others apply here the 
signif. of giving, as if pr. to adorn with 
a neck-chain and so with gifts. 


p22 τὰ. 1. a collar, neck-chain. neck- 
lace, Cant. 4, 9; plur. 2" and mi Prov. 
1, 9. Judg. 8, 26. 

2. ῬῺΣ Anak Josh. 15, 13, once ῚΣ Σ 
Josh. 21, 11, (pr. ners, a giant, 


comp. Arab. gist long-necked,) pr. n. 
of a son of Arba (339%), the progenitor 
of a race of Canaanites celebrated for 
their great stature, called P23 "23 the 
sons of Anak Num. 13, 33, also P2327] "23 
Josh. 15, 14; ΚΣΤ ee Num. 13, 22. 
Josh. 15, 14; ΠΡΟΣ 22a Deut. 9, 2; 

Eps Anakim Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh. 
11, 21. 22. 14,12. 15. The seat of the 
tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews 
was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11, 
21. They were nearly extirpated by 
the Hebrews, so that only a few re- 


"9 


mained afterwards in the cities of the 
Philistines. Compare the interpreters 
and critics on Jer. 47, 5. 

“ZY (i..q. "22, ἀνήρ 9) Aner,pr.n. 8) 
A Canaanite, Gen. 14,13.24. Ὁ) A Le- 
vitical city in Manasseh, elsewhere ὭΣΤ, 
1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; where prob. also it 
should read 522" or 923. 


*W27 fat. woes. to impose a fine, to 
amerce ; found elsewhere only in the 
Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea 
seems to be that of imposing, comp. the 
kindr. 032, w2>; or better that of wr- 
ging, comp. oN —With > Prov. 17, 26 ; 
with two acc. ‘to amerce one in money 
Deut. 22,19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is 
money exacted by war; in wine Am. 2, 
8. Impers. Prov. 21, 11 y>"t233 when 
they amerce the scorner, sc. the judges. 

Nipu. to be amerced, Ex. 21,22; genr. 
to be punished Proy. 22, 3. 27, 12.. 

Deriv. is 833. 

O22 Chald. m. a fine, mulct, Ezra 7, 
26. 


ὍΣΣ m. a_fine, mulct, exacted from 
any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19. 


M22 (an answer sc. to prayer, from r. 
mz>, like 72> from r. 732) Anath, pr. n. 
m. Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. 


P22, see MEDD p. 482. 


Minzy (answers sc. to prayers, M ser- 
vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528) 
Anathoth, pr.n. a) Acity of the priests 
in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26. 
1Chr.6,45. Neh. 11, 32 ; the birth-place 
of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1,1. 11, 21. 
23. 32,7. 9; three Roman miles from 
Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je- 
rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10, 
7. 3. Now Gls ’Andia; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 109. Gentile ἢ. 
*mhid Anethothite 2 Sam. 23,27. Ὁ) Of 
men: a) 1 Chr. 7,8. ) Neh. 10, 20. 


mMh22 (answers from Jehovah) An- 
thothijah, pr. τ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 34. ᾿ 


D°OF m. (Ὁ. Ὀ59} pr. ‘what is trodden 
out,” and so put for new wine, the pro- 
duct of the same year, like new wheat, 
Joel 1, 5. 4, 18. Am. 9, 13; intoxicating 
Is. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates 
Cant. 8, 2. 


804 


bpp 


* CD93 totread down, to tread in picces, 
Mal. 3, 21—Chald. 892, Pa. inf. MRey 
to tread grapes. 


“JY a fictitious root, whence some de- 
rive "ἜΣΘ Is. 15,5; but see r. "49 no. I 
Pilp. 


D NEY see in art. "£2. 


᾿ rib? obsol. root, Arab. Lis to cover 
the earth with herbage; Syr. Las to 
flourish. Comp. 59,523. Hence "ἘΦ 
Heb. and Chald. 


MEY, see in ME"D. 


"BY m. plur, O°ND2, for HEY (comp. 
Lehrg. p. 575, Heb. Gr. § 91. 6. 6), 
boughs, foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12. 


"EY Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18.—Syr. 
feod branch, top of a tree, vers 
foliage. 


" pb] in Kal not used, pr. to swell, 
to become tumid, whence >£> tumulus, 


hill. Arab. ers to have a tumor or 
hernia. 

Puat to be tumid ; metaph. to be in- 
flated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4; see in 
art, “" no. 1. 

Hipu. to act ttumidly, i. e. proudly, 
presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ἸΡ"ΒΣΞῚ 
“san mibyd they acted presumphuously 
in going up, i. e. they went up presump- 
tuously, neglecting God’s warning. 
The same is expressed in Deut. 1, 43 
thus: Mn sym Mym1.—Hence 


SEY m. a hill, 2K. 5, 24. Mic. 4,8 
ΣΝ ma ded the hill of the daughter of 
Zion, i. e. Mount Zion. Is. 32,14. Spec. 
with the art. 5525 Ophel, pr. ἢ. of a hill 
or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur- 
rounded and fortified by a separate wall 
2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27. 11, 
21. Josephus ᾿Οφλᾶ B. J. 6. 6.3. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 394. 

2. Plur. 5%>bd (m°>BY) tumors, he- 
morrhoids, in Cheth. Deut. 28, 27.1 Sam. 


5,6sq. Arab. jaz tumor in ano viro- 
rum vel in pudendis mulierum; see 
Schroeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55. 
H. A. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov. p. 
23.—Keri has instead of it ΘΛ ΠΏ q. v 


122 


‘ \E2 obsol. root, Arab. and Syr. to 
become mouldy ; hence 


"252 gentile n. Ophni, Ophnite, once 
Josh. 18, 24, where "262" (83) is a town 
of Benjamin, 


DTEYED m. dual, (τ. ΠῈΣ, Pilp. ὭΡΌΡ, 
Heb. Gr. § 54. n. 4,) only constr. "B2B2, 
ec. suff. BSED, the eye-lashes, pr. the 
flying, the fluttering, Job 16, 16. Like 
the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep 
Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6,4; weeping Jer. 9, 
17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride 
Prov. 30, 13; beauty 6, 25.—Poet. "B>B> 
"MO the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the 
rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10. 
Comp. ἁμέρας βλέφαρον Soph. Antig. 
103, 104. The Arab poets compare the 
sun to an eye, to which they ascribe 
eye-lashes, meal wo ; see 
Schult. ad Job p. 61. [Better, o9p5> 
for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a 
whole, like Lat. palpebre ; hence, as 
closing or revealing the eyes and giv- 
ing to them expression, they are put for 
- the eyes themselves in parallelism; as 
in all the passages above cited, except 
Job. 3, 9. 41,10. In these the poetic 
allusion is specially to the eyelashes, as 
a figure to represent the first rays of 
dawn; so too the Arabic.—R. 


. “59 in Kal not used, prob. a verb 
of colour, i. q. Arab. ct to be whitish, 
light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ; 


S-- 
hence “BD εἰς dust, earth, from the 


colour (as M278 from 578), "23 a fawn, 
> lead, also from its whitish colour. 

Piet ΒΡ denom. from "52, to dust, 
to throw dust at, 2 Sam. 16, 13. 

Deriv, “BY, “BD, ΠΕ, and pr.n. "ἘΞ, 
MQBY, MR, TIER. 

“52 m. (r. "BY) constr. “BY, 6. suff. 
inp2, plur. M753, constr. ΤῈ, 

1. dust, dry earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15. 


Arab. ΠΝ id. Put also for clay, mire, 


with which walls are cemented or built 
Lev. 14, 42. 45; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps. 
102, 15; fine dust as driven by the wind, 
i.q. Pax, Ps. 18, 43; and which mourn- 
‘ers cast upon their heads Josh. 7,6. Job 
2,12. Lam. 2,10. Ez. 27,30; 7 NT "Bs 
68 


805 


a] 


the dust of the earth Ex. 8, 12, 13. Is. 40, 
12, Am.2,7. Hence £2 >> upon the dust 
or sand, where the ostrich leaves her 
eggs for warmth, Job 39, 14; then upon 
the earth, in orbe terrarum, Job 19, 25. 
41.25; upon the ground 22,24. Is. 47,1; 
or also in the grave, sepulchre, Job 20, 11. 
21,26; for which is also said “p> 7, 21. 
“b> ὙΠ to go down into the dust, i.e. into 
the sepulchre, Ps, 22,30. ΒΨ "338 those 
who dwell in the dust, the dead, Is, 26, 19; 
“BF MoT 720° id. Dan. 12, 2; Aye ser 
the dust of death, i. e. the grave, Ps. 
22,16. “B2->x 3%) fo return to dust 
Gen. 3, 19. Ps. 104, 29; “p> 9 id, 
Job 34, 15. Hence “52 put for the 
dead as dissolving into dust, Ps. 30, 
10. Ece. 12, 8. Also "BD 52% to eat 
dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14 
comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy- 
perbol. of those who prostrate them- 
selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop. 
Lam. 3, 29 ἐο put the mouth in the dust, 
is to bow in silence and await God’s 
help. "583 ΠΕΣ dust and ashes, a pro- 
verbial expression for the lowness and’ 
frailty of human nature, Gen. 18, 27, 
comp. Ps. 103, 14.—Spoken also of a 
multitude, Num. 23, 10 aP27 “By the dust 
of Jacob, i. e. a people like the dust. f* 
the earth innumerable, comp. Gen. 18). 
16.—Plur. Pines lumps, clods of earth ; 
Prov. 8, 26 52m Mina? UNM the first clod 
of the earth. Job 28, 6 371 MimHz lumps 
of gold in mines. 


ΠΝ 

“DP (i. q. εἰξ a calf, young animal) 
Epher, pr.n.m. a) A son of Midian 
Gen. 25,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,17. ©) 5, 24. 

“PP τὰ. (r. "ἜΞ) a fawn, i. e. a young 
deer, roe, gazelle, Cant. 2, 9.17. 4,5. 7,4. 

S - o> 

8, 14.—Arab. fom and pe young of” 
the wild goat, Steinbock. 


MY (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. ni. 
a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin 
Josh. 18. 23. 1 Sam. 13, 17; fully Mie. 


1,10 mp5 m3 (house of the fawn). 


[Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see’ Bibl. Res: 
in Palest. II. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845. 
Ρ. 398 sq. Prob. i.g. 189 2 Chr. 13, 
19, where see.—R. b) A town in Ma- 
nasseh Judg. 6, 11. 8,27. 9,5. c) A 
man 1 Chr. 4, 14. 7 


“Ee? 


PLZ (fawn-like) Ephron, pr. n. ἃ) 
A city on the border of Benjamin 2 Chr. 
13, 19, where Keri ΕΣ. [It was the 
“Loui of John 11, 54, and prob. identi- 
cal with 553 lett. a, where see more. 
Biblioth. Sac. 1845, p. 398.—R. b) A 
mountain on the confines of the tribes of 
Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 15,9. c¢) A 
descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23, 
8,.25,,9, 


77222 (the two fawns) see 7i7B3 lett. a. 


MID f(r. 383) in pause MES Num. 
31. 22. lead, so called from its whitish 
διδοῖ, comp. ὩΌΞ, Ξπὶ|. Ex. 15, 10. 
Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12. Zech. 57. "Al. 
PABST ἸΞΝ the pias weight Zech. 5, 8. 

MNEZ Job 10, 22, see in 7572. 

72 τὰ. (r. 78>) c. suff. ΧΦ; plur. 
ΠΕΡ, constr. "$2, c. suff. M2. 

1. ἃ tree, Eth. ‘oY id) “Arab. Lae 
a staff, rod, also a bone; comp. Gr. ὕζος 
branch, detsor, Sanser. asthi, Lat. hasta, 
Germ. Ast. For the idea woed the Arabs 


often employ the kindred form ὦ é 
Chald. Σὰ and δὲ id—E. g. 00 y3 
the tree of life (see "π|. Gen. 2,9. 3,1. 18, 
4, 8. Ps. 1, 3. al. sep. Often collect, 
trees ; "8 73 fruit-irees, Gen. 1, 11. Is. 
10, 19. Ps. 74,5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19, 
8 sq. 1 K. 5. 13. Ps. 104, 16. al. 

2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19. 
7281 72 wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. > 
τὴς cedar-wood Lev. 14, 4 sq. Y27>2 
all wood i. e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp. 
Jer. 2, 27. Spec. a wooden post, a 
stake, gibbet, cross, Gen. 40, 19. Deut. 
21, 22. Josh. 10, 26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14. 
Plur. 2°22 wood i. 6. sticks of wood, 
as prepared for fuel, Gen. 22, 3.9. Lev. 
1, 7. 4, 12; of materials for building, 
wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10, 
12. Is. 60,17. Comp. art. ΠῈΣ 1. 


᾿ 332 1. to work, to form, to fash- 
ion, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea 
lies perhaps in culling, carving, both 
wood and stone, comp. 337, SUN, SEP; 
hence also the idea of cutting, δε δ 
giving pain, ete. In the kindred lan- 
guages there are secondary: significa- 
tions, as Arab. = to be angry.— 
Hence =3> and 3%2 a carved image, 
idol, $2 earthen vessel. 


806 pep hd 


2. tosuffer pain, lo be afflicted, as with 
painful toil ; see 339, 349,322, jiaxD. 
Also in mind, in Kal trans. to pain. to 
afflict, to grieve, 1 K, 1,6. 1 Chr. 4, 10. 
Part. pass. f. Is. 54, 6. 

Nip. 2322, to be pained: a) In bo- 
dy. fo hurt Séiteet. with 2 of instrum. 
Ecc. 10,9. 8) In mind, to be affticted, 
grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 3; c. dx 
1 Sam. 20, 34; 59 2 Sam. 19, 3. 

Piet. 1. to form, to ifttshion; comp. 
Kal no. 1, Job 10,8. Sept. ἔπλασάν pe. 

2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp. 
Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6. 

Hien. 1.1.8. Kal no. 1, tolabour ; and 
thence fo serve an idol, te worship. like 
synon. 732; Jer. 44, 19 mI" ΣΣΤΙΣ to wor- 
ship her sc. the queen of heaven; Vulg. 
ad colendum eam. Others to fashion 
her i. e. her image ; comp. Kal no. 1. 

_ 2. i. gq. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. e. to 
provoke to anger sc. God, Ps. 78, 40. 

Hirup. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6, 6. 

2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34,7. See 
Hiph. no. 2. 

Deriv. 283—M32> and Naxs3. 

222 Chald. part. pass. 2°82 grieved 
afflicted, Dan. 6, 21. 

Geis m. (r. 2% no. 1) only in plur, 

SS2, constr. ἌΦΕΣ, images, idols, J 
tas 31, 9. 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8, 
4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1, 7. ab. 


SEY m. (τ. 282) 1. an earthen ves- 
sel, vas fictile, Jer. 22,28. See the root 
in Kal no. 1. 

2. labour, hard and painful, totl, tra- 
vail, Proy. 10, 22.—Plur. 0°38 labours ; 
p"sxsm ὉΠ the bread of labours i. 6. 
obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr. 
what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10. 
With suff. t2"382 your labours, i. 6. 
those which you exact from your ser- 
vants, Is. 58, 3; see in &33. 

3. pain, e. g. of a woman in travail 
Gen. 3,16; comp. Engl. labour id. Also 
pain of mind, anger ; Prov. 15,1 725 
232 a word of anger, i. e. spoken in an- 
ger, bitter, harsh. 

239 m. (τ. 3585} ὁ. suff. "REZ 1. an 
image, idol, i. q. 382, Is. 48,5. Ps. 139, 
24 3X3 573 idol-way, i.e. idol-worship, 
idolatry. 

2. labour, sorrow, Is. 14, 33; pain of a 
woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9 


329 


ΖΚ m. (r. 282) constr. i2R. 

1. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra- 
vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29. 

2. pain, sorrow; Gen. 3, 16 727382 
7257) thy sorrow and thy pregnancy; 
Hendiadys for ‘the sorrow of thy preg- 
nancy.’ 


MALY f. (r. 519) in pause M322, con- 
str. M282 as if from a form M322 ; plur. 
constr. MI3#>, c. suff. crises. 

1, an idol, plur. ὈΊΞΕΡ i. q. DDE ; 
Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But 
as ΤΊΣΙΣ elsewhere signifies only sor- 
rows, it is better so to take it here, as 
Engl. Vers. many are their sorrows, etc. 
—R. 

2. pain, as of body Job 9, 28; of mind 
Ps. 147, 3 omiasy> wane he bindeth up 
their sorrows, i. e. heals the wounds of 
their minds. Prov. 10,10. With 35 15, 13. 


, TS2 ‘obsol: root, to cut. to cut down ; 
Arab. Quads to cut, to cut down a tree. 
Hence 783% axe. 


2 ΓΝ 1. to make fast, firm ; and 
hence to close, to shut, e. g. the eyes, 
Prov. 16, 30. Arab. Laé IV, id. Eth. 
U&O to shut a door. 

2. Intrans. to be hard, firm; Arab. 

fut. J, to be obstinate, stubborn ; 
Conj. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp. 
in 723. 

Deriv. 73, Ms2 I, ΠΕΡ, and pr. ἢ. 
ΤΩΣ. 

MEP m. (Ὁ. MED) Lev. 3, 9, the back- 
bone, spine, according to Onkelos and 
Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa- 
dias and Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497, 


os coccygis, Arab. ἀκα", i. e. the 


lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In 
either case so called from its hardness 


and firmness; see the root. Arab. Las 
is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of 
birds. 

I, AX fem. of y>, collect. wood, i. q. 
ΠΕΡ, spoken of building materials, tim- 
ber, Jer. 6,6; of fragrant wood, S22 ΣΦ 
Prov. 27, 9. 

IL. MEP f. (for m5, τ᾿ 722) constr. 
mss, c. suff. "M35 plur. see in no. 4; 
counsel, i. e. 


807 


“S9 


1. purpose, plan, Is. 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer. 
18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21,16, Ps. 
14, 6. 33,10, 11. al. ΠᾺΡ ΓῸΡ 10 execute 
counsel, to carry out a purpose, Is. 30, 1. 
Spec. of the divine counsels, purposes, 
sa ΤΩΣ Is. 5,19. 14, 26. 19, 17. Jer. 49, 
20. Ps. 107, 11. Is. 46,11 "M£z UN the 
man of my counsel, whom I use as an 
instrument for executing my purposes. 
Also emphat. πὰ id. Job 38, 2. 42, 3. 

2. counsel which one gives or takes, 
advice. 2 Sam. 16, 20. 1 Καὶ, 1, 12. al. Ps, 
119, 24 "N¥P WX my counsellors. 72M 
Ἔ mxz2 lo walk inthe counsel of any one, 
to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1. 
2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warnings, 
predictions, Is. 44, 26 ; comp. 41, 28 and 
727 no. 2. Ὁ. 

3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e. 
deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec. 
of God Is. 11, 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer. 
32, 19 πε ΡΤ 558 the great in counsel, i.e. 
of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 nda 
upon advisement, advisedly. 

4, Plur. mis2, once 6. suff. 72N2 Is. 
47, 13; counsels Deut. 32, 38, Is. 25. 1; 
deliberations Is. 47,13; anzious cares” 
Ps. 13, 3. 


DALY m. adj. (τ. 559) plur. O°s532, 
DISD. 

1. strong, mighty, powerful, ofa people 
Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Dent. 9, 14. 
26, 5. Joel 2,2; of kings Ps. 135, 10; of 
waters Is.8,7. Plur. 577°S2 the strong, 
the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov. 
18, 18. Is. 53, 12; once the strong mem- 
bers of a lion, i. e. the claws, teeth, Ps. 
10, 10 s»xsbm wAsza 552 the unhappy 
fall into his mighty fangs ; but others 
understand the whelps of the lion.—Arab. 


cs 
aloe great. 


2. strong in number, numerous, Num. 
32, 1. Ps. 35,18. Am. 5, 12. See the 
root, Kal no. 3. 

"23 FPLP (back-bone of a man, r. 
ms>) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea-port of 


_Tdumea on the Elanitic gulf of the Red 


Sea, not far from Elath (see m5"), 
Num. 33, 35. Deut. 2,8; whence the 
ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9, 
26. 2 Chr. 8,17; and where the fleet of 
Jehoshaphat was lost 1 Καὶ, 22,49. 2 Chr. 
20, 36. The Greek name was Begerixy 


buy 


Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic 
Wyoe Asyhn, [A sitnilar name still 
exists in connection with a small Wady 
northof’Akabuh, py vast el-Ghidydan; 
but no traces of the city have yet been 
found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511. 
—R. 


* ὍΣΣ in Kal not used, Arab. Khe 
I, V, to be at leisure, idle ; Con). Il, to 
leave, to neglect. The primary idea 
‘seems to be that of laxness, languor, 
comp. b3n, bs, also 553. 

Nipn. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9. 

Deriv. the three following. 


SES m. adj. verbal, one slothfu. a 
luggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19. 
20,4. al. R. dx9. 

rosy f. (τ bz3) sloth, indolence, Prov. 
19, 15. Dual ΠΕΡ double slothful- 
ness, i. 6. great, excessive, Ecce. 10, 18; 
referring perhaps to the languor aod 
‘sloth of both hands. 

MISD f£. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27. 
R. ὃν». 


*DES 1. pr. to bind up, to bind fast, 
to tie up, 6. g. the eyes, Is. 33, 15; see 
‘Piel. Arab. IV, to tie up a leather 
bottle or skin; more commonly was 


‘tobind up. Kindr. are D2, 2 , (T2%), 
also SON, OM.—From the idea of bind- 
ing up (see 723, "8P), comes 

2. Intrans. (once mid. E, *2s> Ps. 38, 
20,) to be strong, mighty, powerful, Gen. 
.26, 16. Ps. 38, 20; to become strong, etc. 
Ex. 1,7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23.— 

> 
Arab. wae to be great, of great mo- 
ment, plas greatness, pale great. 

‘3. to be strong in number, to be nume- 
rous, many, Ps. 38, 20. 40, 6. 13. 69, 5. 
139, 17. Is. 31,1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. 15. 
See 55> no. 2. 

Pre. ΞΡ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to shut 
up the eyes of any one, Is, 29, 10. 

2. Denom. from B¥2, 10 gnaw or 
craunch the bones, Jer. 50,17. Comp. 
pa. 

Hien. to make strong Ps. 105, 24. 

Deriv. axe, mivgsm, and the five 
here following 


808 


ΣΦ 


Dry f. but with mase. Ez, 24, 10. Ps. 
22, 18; in pause DE, c. suff. "2x2; plur. 
mas, constr. "233, c. suff. "332 ; also 
plural minx, condte, ΤΩΣ, ὁ. suff. 
“miox>. R. oxy. 

1. a bone, so called from its hardness 
and strength, comp. the root no.2; Arab. 


*tas. Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9, 


12. Job 30, 30," H35 73> my bone and 
my flesh, see in “va no. 4. Plur. bab Ὁ} 
constr. "232 Ps. 6, "3. 31, 11. 32,3; once 
of the bones of the dead Am. 6,10. Of 
tener plur. mixz, Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11. 
51, 10. Is. 38,13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14, 30; 
mostly of the bones of one dead (comp. 
τας mind), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 
Sam. 21, 12.13.14. 2 Καὶ. 23, 14.18. 20. ἃ]. 

2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7. 

3. With genit. it is used instead of 
the pronoun self, self-same, ipse, comp. 
synon. 635 no. 3, and Arab. ..»ae eye; 
ipse, self; but only of ΡῸς 6. g. OXI 
min Dien in the self-same day, that very 
day, Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21. 
28. al. Ex. 24,10 DY2tm Bx¥D> as the 
heaven itself. the very heaven. Job 21, 
23 Yam CxS in his very wholeness, in the 
midst of health and prosperity. 

4. Azem, pr. ἢ. of a city in the tribe 
of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4; 
29. 


DLY τὰ. (τ. esd) ὁ. suff. "OND. 

1. strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30, 21. 

2. Collect. the bones, body, i. ᾳ. S39 
no. 2, Ps. 139, 15. 


Mary f. (τ. OY) constr. MOE. 
1. strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9. 
2. number, multitude, Nah. 3, 9. 


TMP (strong, τ. 0x9) Azmon, pr. ἢ. 
of a place on the southern border of Pa- 
lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4. 


nioxy Γ᾿ plur. (τ, xz) strong de- 
fences, bulwarks, trop. of arguments with 
which disputants defend their cause, 
Is. 41, 213 comp. Job 13, 12.—Talmud. 
TESMS to dispute, to contend with argu- 


5. ο 
ments; Arab. Kye defence, guard, 


εἰ ΣΦ obsol. root. prob. ofa like force 
with DxD, ΠΧ», to be hard, firm, strong. 
—Hence 


\s? 
ΣΦ ἅπ. λεγόμ. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prob. a 


6 οὗ 
spear; comp. Arab. ,. branch. See 
this passage in full under art. "72. 


ΩΣ fut. "S27, more rarely “327 
1 K. 18, 44. 2 K. 4, 24. 

1. to shut up, to close. The primary 
idea lies in surrounding, enclosing, with 
a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots 
“SM, WR, WN, and the remarks there 
made. Arab. to prohibit, to re- 


fuse ; to hold back, to restrain, 


like the Heb. no. 2.—E. g. to shut up the 
heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deut. 11, 
17. 2 Chr. 7, 13; the womb, so as not to 
bear, Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con- 
strued with 322 q. v. no. 1), comp. Is. 66, 
9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20,9; 
espec. in prison 2 K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, 1. 36, 
5. 39,15. With289, 1 Chr. 12, 1 ΣΡ 
baw "2B shut owt ‘faa the presence of 
Saul, not permitted to see Saul’s face ; 
others: shut up at home because of Saul, 
through fear of him, comp. IV to 
keep oneself at home.—For the phrase 
=D) ΣΦ, see in 31D no. 1. ἃ. 

2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a 
person anywhere, 1 Καὶ. 18, 44. Judg. 13, 
16; ©. >2K. 4, 24; c. 3 Job 12, 15 827 
"52 he holdeth ack, ‘ withholdeth, the 
waters, 4,2 57b22 "X> to withhold swords 
29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 sabres MEN wo- 
men have been kept from us.—A pecu- 
liar formula not unfrequent in the later 
Hebrew is MD "32, fo retain strength, to 
be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr. 
13, 20; ¢. > to have strength for any 
thing; to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 
δ. 22. 9; and so MD being omitted 2 Chr. 
20, 37. 14, 10. 

3. coércuit imperio, i. e. to rule, to 
reign, c. 2 1 Sam. 9, 17. 

4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. ΣΝ q. v. 
hence “%> wealth; to assemble persons, 
see Niph. no. 3, and 7732. 

Nipu. 1. to be shut up, 6. g. the hea- 
vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. 

2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed, 
Num. 17, 13. 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24, 
21. 25. Ps. 106, 30. 

3. to be assembled (from the idea of 
constraining, compelling, see M72), 
espec. to a festival, 77s>. 1 Sam. 21, 

68* 


809 


=p? 


8 mint Reb "422 assembled before Je- 
hovah. 

Deriv. the three following, and "£23 
750. 

SP m. (τ. SD) treasures laid up, 
wealth, riches, i. q. τς, Judg. 18,7 
ἜΧΣ WI"... |X no possessor of wealth ; 
comp. “Z2 no. 4; Vulg. magnarum 
opum ; Sept. Vatic. κληρονόμος ἐχκπιέζων 
Pysavyots.—Several ancient intpp. give 
it by dominion. rule, see “Z2 no. 3. But 
the expression refers to a people, and 
not to a ruler. 


ἜΣΘ m. (r. 142) 1. ἃ shutting up, 
closure. Prov. 30,16 =r "E> the shut- 
ting up of the womb, i.e. a barren womb, 

᾿ 2. constraint, oppression, NH: Ps. 
107, 39. Is, 53, 8. 

MIS f. (τ. 782 πο. 4) 2K. 10, 20. Is. 
1, 13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere M22, in 
pause ΓῊΣΣ 2 Chr. 7, 9; plur. c. suff, 
Da "NiZs; az assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2] 
p38 nase an assembly of wicked men, 
Usually, the assembly, congregation of 
the people for celebrating public rites, 
πανήγυρις, Joel 1,14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am. 
5, 21. Is. 1,13; espec. as held on the 
seventh day of the passover, and on the 
eighth day of the festival of taberna- 
cles, i. q. OTP NIP2, Lev. 23, 36. Num. 
29, 35. Deut. 16, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8, 


S_ 
18. Comp. Arab. Keg assembly, more 


fully Keach | ex day of assembly, i. e. 
Friday, as a festival or holyday of the 
Muhammedans.—Iken and Michaelis 
find the primary idea in restraint from 
labour ; see Iken Diss. philol. theol. p. 
49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. h. v. 
The phen a is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [2]. 


=p2 fat. 3p27 Jer. 9, 3; c. suff. 
“23p3? ok 27, 36. 

1. Prob, to be high, like a vault, 
mound, or the like; kindr. with ΞΞΡ 
323. Hence 3p2 hill, 32 heel. 

2. Denom. from 272, to take, or seize 
by the heel; Hos. 12 4 “M8 3p3 7233 
wm in the womb he took his brother by 
the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Arab. 


5” on 
Ss has meaningsborrowed from wis 


heel, 6. g. to hit in the heel.—Spee. in 
order to trip or throw one down; hence 


spp 

3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to 
defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9,3. Chald. 
=P to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at 
one’s heels, to track. Comp. 373 no. 3, 
Pz no 2, Naps. 

Pret to leave behind, pr. at one’s heels, 
e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders 
Job 37,4. Arab. .%¢ to leave behind, 
to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. 333 to 
delay. 

Deriv. =22—N3p3, and pr. ἢ. =p2, 
Spe", naps. 

=22 τὰ. (τ. ΞῈΣ no. 1) constr. aa 
Gen. 25, 26; aie ‘ns SEP, constr. "ap 
Cant. 1, 8, "3p Dag. euph. Gen. 49, > 
and ΕΙΣ Ps. 77, 20; 6. suff. "SPS, 
WNi=ps. 

1. the heel of the foot; Arab. ᾧκξ, 


Syr. food ,id. Chald. 8372 id. also end 
ofa thing. a) Of men Gen. 3, 15. 25, 26. 
Ps. 41,10. Job 18, 9.—Meton. steps, foot- 
steps ; Ps. 56,7 "209 “3ps they watch 
my heels, i.e. my steps; so Cant. 1, 8, 
and mine Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they hive 
reproached the footsteps (nisps) of thine 
anointed. Comp. ΞΡ no. 3.—To make 
dare the heels of a woman, to show her 
disgrace, the heels of a modest woman 
being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22. 
Ὁ) Of a horse, the hoof, Gen. 49, 17. 
Judg. 5, 22. 

2. Metaph. the rear of an army, Josh. 
8, 13. Gen. 49, 19. 

3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a 
lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6. 


2p? m. (r. =P Σ no. 1) fem. mapy. 
1. @ hill, acclivity, Is. 40, 4. Arab. 


Rass, ’Akabah, a steep pass. 
GP, 

2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, 6. g. the 
‘heart. Jer. 17, 9. 

3. Adj. denom. from 39 no. 1. a. 
‘Hos. 6, 8 ἘΞ2 Maps tracked ‘with blood, 
‘i. 8. fall of bloody footsteps, the traces 
-of blood.—This adj. 3p3, f. Maps, imi- 
tates those which mark colours and the 
like, 6. g. DN, IP2, “Ps. 


372 m. (τ. 22) 1. the end, the last 


5° 
-of any'thing; Arab. Ake, Chald. ἈΞ, 
‘Hence as adv. even to the end, ever, for 
ever, Ps, 119, 33. 112. 


Ethiop. 


810 


spy 


2. recompense, reward, wages, as the 
end and result of labour; comp. dor- 
σϑήϊα reward, from λοῖσϑος last. Ps. 19, 
12. Prov. 22, 4.—Hence 272-5» Ps. 40, 
17. 70, 4, and app Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr. 
in reward of, i.e. on account of, because 
of, propter. Also with a relat. particle 
as Conjunct. e. g. ΝΣ ΞΕῈΣ Gen. 22, 18. 
26,5, and "3 sp> Am. 4, 12, proplerea 
quod, because ; and so simpl. =32 Num. 
14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20. 


MIPy f. or better MPP ἢ fraud, craft, 
subtilty, ὃ Κα. 10,19. R. ΞΕ» no. 3. 


MP2 see in =p?. 


* IP? fut, 4py, to bind, Gen. 22, 9. 
Chald. id. Arab. ae nexuit, nodavit. 
Kindred roots are 738, 728, q. v. Hence 


“py adj. plur. Deape, banded, i.e. 
marked with bands or stripes, striped 
ring-streaked, comp. "2" no. 3; espec. 
on the feet, pied-footed, swhite-footed, 
Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10.12. Symm. 


ὩΣ 


Saad. XLS” white-footed, 


Sol 
from A= band, fetter. 


eZ see ΠΡ IPD MB in art. Ma 
no. 12. ii. 


με mips obsol. root, Arab. Lae to re- 
tain, to detain. The primary idea seems 
to lie in compressing ; see Pi>, Pix. 
Hence mp>2. 


MP2 f. oppression Ps. 55,4. R. Pr. 


ΞῚΡΦ (insidious i. q. Pd") Akkub, pr. 
n,m. a)1 Chr. 3,24. b) 9,17. Ezra 
2,42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11,19 12, 25. 
c) Ezra 2, 45. 


λευχόποδες. 


᾿ p> in Kal not used, to twist, to 
wrest, to pervert. Chald. >p> to per- 


vert; Syr. NaS part. perverse. Arab. 


(kus to bind together se. the feet. 
Puat part. >p29 perverted, Hab. 1, 4. 
Deriv. the two following. 


“pope m. adj. (τ. 559) winding, 
crooked, only plur. Judg. 5, 6 Minas 
mbpbry winding ways, i.e. devious and 
unfrequented, by-paths. So without 
subst. mibp>ps id. Ps, 125, 86. Syr. 


NSS id. 


"ΡΣ 


TIMDPY adj. (from a lost subst, M2PY 
and adj. ending 11) winding, tortuous, 
epithet of a serpent Is, 27, 1. R. >p2. 


* D2 obsol. root, perh. i. q. SR and 
Aram. 022, fo twist, to wrest. Hence 


12 Akan, pr. n,m. Gen. 36, 27; for 
which {R22 Jaakan, 1 Chr, 1,42. See 
also 59. 3 MIND p. 110, 


*"P> 1. to pluck up, to root out, 
8. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2.—Syr. and Chald. 
id. ‘The primary syllable is "Pp with the 
idea of digging, digging oul ; comp. the 
kindr, roots "4p, "P3; also “2, ΓΞ, 
"28.—Hence _ . 

2. i. q. Arab. “is and ΑΖ, to be ste- 
rile, used both of male and female, but 
pr. to have the testicles extirpated, 
comp. under the root 570. 

Nipu. to be rooted up. destroyed, e. g. 
a city Zeph. 2, 4. 

Piet to hamstring, to hough, 6. g. a 
horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind 
feet, by which the animal is rendered 
wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh. 
11, 6.9. 2Sam., 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18,4; of a 
bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. vevgoxonsiv. 
This was often and is still done in war 
by the victors, when unable to carry off 
with them the horses captured.—Arab. 
aS id. 

Deriv. the six following. 

ΓΦ Chald. fo pluck up, to root out. 
Irupe. pass. Dan. 7, 8. 

“RP m. adj. (τ. Ἴ35) £ 7IPB, MIRE, 
sterile, spoken of both male and female ; 
for the primary idea see the root no. 2. 
Of a male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen. 
11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al.— 
Syr. and Arab. id. 


“Pp? τα. (τ. 5) 1. pr. a rooting up, 
concr. a plant rooted up and transplant- 
ed to another soil. Hence metaph. of a 
person sprung froma foreign family re- 
sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev. 
25, 47. 

2. Eker, pr. τ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 2, 27. 


“Pp? Chald. m. @ stump, trunk of a 


tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 
2772 τὰ. plur. o"29p2 1. @ scor- 


$e. 
pion Ez. 2,6. Arab. a id. Syr. 


811 


wpe 

Lopod id. Comp. Gr. σκορπίος, the 

guttural being changed to a sibilant, 

as in >p2 σκόλιος. As a quadriliteral 

it seems to be compounded from "Pp? 
to wound, and 3p> heel.—See also 

Dra IPH "dy p. 598. 

2. a scourge, armed with knots, points, 
etc. 1K. 12, 11. 14. 2 Chr. 10, 11. 14. So 
Lat. scorpio according to Isidorus, Origg. 
δ. 27, i.e. ‘ virga nodosa et aculeata.’ 

TPZ (eradication, τ. “P2; comp. 
Zeph. 2,4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the 
five chief cities of the Philistines, situ- 
ated in the northern part of their terri- 
tory, Josh. 13, 3; assigned first to the 
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to 
Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei- 
ther.—Josh. 15, 11. 19, 43. Judg. 1, 18. 
1 Sam. 5, 10. 2K.1, 2. al. Sept. ‘Axxa- 
ρών, ᾿ἀκαρών. Now ,3le ’Akir, a large 
village; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIT. p. 
23.—Gentile n. ΠΣ Ekronite Josh. 
13, 3. 1 Sam. δ, 10. ΄ 


x wp? not used in Kal, to twist, to 
pervert, to wrest. Arab. (gis and pase 
id. This signif. of twisting or bending 
1165 both in the syll. p>, as Las to bend 
or twist back, 97>, Ae. pooS nexuit, 
de>, op? τοδί, Wate ; and also in the 
syll. Up,as Bip, Bp. 

Pret to pervert, Mic. 3, 9. So to per- 
vert one’s ways, i. q. to act perversely, 
Is. 59, 8. Prov. 10, 9. 

Hien. to declare perverse, 1. e. guilty, 
parall. with >-S7n. Job 9, 20 though 
I be perfect, "287971 he will declare me 
perverse, guilty; here "28p>"1 is for 
ἌΡΗΙ, Heb. Gr. § 52. ἡ. 4. 

Nips. pass. to be perverted, perverse. 
Part. D°37% Op22 whose ways are per- 
verse, Prov. 28, 18. 

Deriv. Spo, rAdps, OW PI. 

wp? m. adj. (τ. Op>) plur. Dope, 
constr. "Sp>. 

1. perverse ; Ops ΞΡ a perverse mind 
Ps. 101, 4; and vice versa ΞΞ5 ἘΚ a 
man of perverse mind Prov. 11, 20. 17, 
20. wmpy Op> one perverse of lips i. e. 
speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol. 
false, deceitful, Deut. 32, 5. Ps. 18, 27. 
Prov. 8, 8. 

2. Ikkesh, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26. 


wp» 
PAWPD f(r. p>) with MB, perverse- 


ness of mouth, i. e. false speech, deceit- 
ful words, Prov. 4, 24. 6,12; comp. 19,1. 


I. 79 τὰ. (Ὁ. 931) acity, spec. as forti- 
fied, whence plur. 5™S used as plural 
of ἊΣ q.v. In sing. only as pr.n. "3 
Ar, Num. 21, 15. Deut. 2, 29; fully "> 
ΣΝ Ar Moab Num. 21, 28. Is. 15,1; 
also S812 77D city of Moab, Num. 22, 36, 
i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated 
on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr. 
᾿Αρεύπολις (which some neglecting the 
etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar- 
tis), Abulfeda Wolo and > Sf; still 
called Rabba. See Reland Palestina 
p- 577. Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria, p. 
374, 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569. 
—Twice put for the country of Moab, 
Deut. 2, 9. 18. 


TI. ἊΣ m. (r. 7B) an enemy; c. suff. 
ΠΣ 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. o> Is. 14, 21. 
Ps, 139, 20. 


ΓΦ Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. II, an enemy, 
Dan. 4, 16. 


ΓΦ (waking, τ. ἜΣ 1) Er, pr.n. a) A 
son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46,12. b) 1 
Chr. 4,21.—Another “3.see in r. ἊΣ I. 1. 


af, = 1. Pr. a) to interweave, 
to braid ; comp. 358 to knot, to braid, 
Egypt. op& constringere ; hence 333 
woof. δ) to miz, to mingle, as Syr. 
«εξ, Chald. 222 ; see Hithp. no, 1, 232 
no. 2. 

2. to exchange commodities, to barter, 
to traffic, by exchange of merchandise, 
Ez. 27, 9.27. Hence 23722. 

3. to become surety for any one, with 
ace. of pers. pr. 10 exchange with him, to 
stand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam. 
id. E.g. a) to be surety for one’s 
life, to pledge oneself for the life of an- 
other, Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. 
other’s debt, to give security for the 
payment, Prov. 11, 15. 20, 16. 27, 13; 
c. > Prov. 6, 1; "282 17,18. Poet. Job 
17, 3 782 "2392 be surety for me with 
thee, i. e. in the cause which I have with 
thee. Is, 38, 14 "332 be surety for me, 
O Lord! i.e. take me under thy protec- 
tion. Ps, 119, 122.—Deriy. hay, Na 72n. 

4. to pledge, to give in pledge, with 
acc. of thing; Arab, Wye Conj. II, IV, 


612 


b) For an- 


οὖν 


to give a pledge. Neh. 5,3. Metaph. 
ja>-my 375 lo pledge his life. i. 6. to ex- 
pose it to pressing danger, Jer. 30, 21. 
Deriv. 129. 

Hirup. 1. to mingle onself, to inter- 
meddle, with 3 of thing, Prov. 14, 10. 

2. to intermingle in social life, to have 
intercourse with any one, spec. to be 
familiar with, c. 3 pers. Ps. 106, 35; 5 
Prov. 20,19; BD 24, 21; by marriage, 
c. 3 Ezra 9, 2. Also to make an en- 
gagement, c. PX with any one, sc. by 
way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36, 8, 

Deriv. 392, M2IZ, Fis, aw 1, 
nawn. 


ὦ 1 a2? 1. to be black; Arab. 


Ὁ χγὲ id. Saye jet-black, crow-black. 


Hence 355 raven. 

2. Trop. to be or grow dark, to draw 
towards sunset or evening, Judg. 19, 9. 
Metaph. Is. 24,11 ΠΟΘ. none all 


joy is darkened, gone down. Syr. ets 
the sun sets, Leys sunset; Eth. UZN 
the sun sets; Arab. wy id. whence 


Sor S-°%- 
« » ῷ 
Hiru. to do at evening ; Inf. 2735 
‘doing at evening,’ as adv. evening, at 
evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. tawn 
in the morning. 
Deriv. 229, 329, 235, 2992 II, nq. 
ἘΠῚ. 322 or S32, ig. 327, to be 


arid, sterile. Eth. by transp UNZ id. 
Hence 3"2, and pr. ἢ. 393 Arabia. 


F iY, Ξ fut. 3952 1, Intrans. to 
be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered, 
well mixed? comp. no. I. 1. b,) with > of 
pers. e. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31, 26; 
a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19; 
sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4. 
Mal. 3, 4; c. 59 Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37 

ὈΠῸΣ MID ἼΩΝ fo ὀπτὰ thou hist been, 
pleasant. “Comp. adj. 359 sweet. 

2. From the notion of sweetness is 
derived perhaps the signif. of sucking, 
comp. 7%, M82. Hence 35> gad-fly, 
as sucking the blood of men and beasts ; 
comp. Arab. τα which in the Camoos, 
p. 125. 1. 11, is explained by Aef 


comedit. 
Deriv, 239, 359. 


, the occident, west. 


a"9 


ΦᾺΣ Chald. Pa. to mix, to mingle. 
Part. pass. 2229 mized, Dan. 2, 43. 
Irupa. pass. Dan. 2, 48, 


I m. adj. (τ. 239 IV) sweet, plea- 
sant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14. 


259 m. (r. 5:9 IV) a species of fly, 
gad-fly, exceedingly troublesome to man 
and beast, so called from its sucking the 
blood; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17. 
18, 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29.31]. Ps. 78, 
45. 105, 31. Sept. κυνόμυια dog-fly, 
which Philo describes as so named from 
its impudence, Phil. de vita Mosis, T. IL. 
p. 101 ed. Mangey.—The Rabbins al- 
most unanimously interpret it of a miz- 
ture, conflux of noxious insects, as if 
from 272 I, to mix; and so Aqu. πάμ- 
puea, Jerome omne genus muscarum, 
Engl. divers sorts of flies Ps. \l.cc. But 
that ΞΡ denotes some certain species 
of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21. 
32]. Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II. 
p- 150) understands by it the blatia ori- 
entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke, 
Engl. cockroach, which however devours 
things rather than stings men, contrary 
to the express words in Ex. 8, 17. 


AF 2 Chr. 9,14. Jer. 25,24, and 17% 
Is. 21,13. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia, 


9 .-»-.- 
ῳγε, so called from being arid and 


sterile; see τ, 329 III. The gentile n. 
is "392 Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer. 
3, 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages; 
also "399 Neh. 2, 19. 6,1; Plur. e759 
Arabs, Arabians, 2 Chr. 91,16. 22,1, and 
ἘΠ ΞῸ 2 Chr. 17, 11. —The name ara: 
bia among the Hetiews did not include 
the vast peninsula to which geographers 
have given this name, but only a tract 
of country not very extensive, on the 
east and south of Palestine as far as to 
the Red Sea; perh. the same assigned 
by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites, 
see in προσ, Hence in Jer. 25, 24 
this name is coupled with other Arabian 
tribes. So too Eusebius, of the Midi- 
anites: κεῖται éxéxewvee τῆς “AguBiag πρὸς 
γότον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τῶν Σαρακήνων τῆς 
ἐρυϑρᾶς ϑαλάσσας ἐπ᾿ ἀνατολάς. The 
Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur- 
ther, Gal. 1,17. 4,25. See Comm. on 
fs. 21, 13. 


813 


="9 


39 m. (τ. 392 T) also 299 see in no. 2, 

1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13, 
48-59. See the root no. 1. a. 

2. Simpl. 29> Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3, 
elsewhere c. art. 232", pr. mixture, see 
the root no.1.b; hence concer. a mixed 
multitude, mingled mass, of strangers 
and foreigners who follow a migrating 
people or an army. So of strangers 
who joined themselves to the Israelites 
Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3; of Solomon’s 
foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15 
27277 "259; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5. 
Jer. 25, 20. 24 where a79n "32 and 
359 πϑῦ are coupled ; also those of the 
Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. ἐπέμικτος, 
σύμμικτος. Vulg. promiscuum vulgus, 
Tar Chald. j73"399 id. Comp. also 


Arab. aye stranger; though this per- 
tains to τ, 399 II. 


372 τη. (τ. 322 ΠῚ but f 1 Sam. 20,55 
in pause 27> Gen. 24, 63; plur. D372; 
constr. “359° see in no. 2; also nia 
Jer. 5, 6. Dual see below. —For 997 
6. art. mixture, see in 399 no. 2. 

I. evening, even-tide, see the root no. 
2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 32. 
al, 393 MMs the evening sacrifice Dan. 
9; 21. Ezra 9,4. At evening, in the 
evening, is 3792 Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23. Ex. 
12, 18. al. Poet. a> Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 
59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4, 20; and 6 in the 
lates books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 
Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11,6; acc. 329 Ex. 16, 
6; 339 mz> Gen. 8, 11. 24, 11. Zech. 
4, 7; τὰ =p evening of the day, at 
evening, Prov. 7, 93 5» ΓΒ» at the 
turning of evening, towards evening, 
Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12.—Also "383 
a2 evening wolves, see in 3X1; and so 
Plur. once ΤΣ sxt Jer. 5,6. 7972 33 
evening and morning, γυχϑήμερον, ἃ day 
and night, i. 6. the civil day of 24 hours, 
Dan. 8, 14. 

Duat 25° the two evenings, only in 
the formula Sha! ὙΔΞ between the two 
evenings Ex. 16, 12. 30, 8, as marking 
the interval of time during which the 
paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12, 6. 
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3. 5, and the even- 
ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39.41. Nam. 
28, 4. This, according to the opinion 
of the Karaites and Samaritans, as also 


a3 


Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured 
by Deut. 16,6), was the interval between 
sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and 
Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6.9.3) held 
the first evening to commence with the 
declining sun, Gr. δεέλη πρωΐα, and the 
second evening with the setting sun, 
Gr. δείλη ὀψία ; hence according to them 
the paschal lamb was to be killed from 
the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. l.c. 
A third opinion is that of Jarchi and 
Kimchi, who hold the two evenings to be 
the time before and after sunset, so that 
‘the sunset divides them. Of all these 
the first is best supported. The Arabs 
have the like expression ; and also the 
Syrian church; see Thesaur. p. 1065. 
II. Only in plar. ὈΠῸΣ, constr. "292, 
willows, osiers, perh. so called from their 


ash-coloured leaves. Comp. em one 


having white eyelashes, ar $= white- 
ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil- 
low. Syr. fao;S, plur. LoS, id.—lIs. 
44, 4. Job 40, 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the 
saliz Babylonica Linn. is to be under- 
steed, with pendulous boughs, the em- 
blem of grief and mourning, Engl.,weep- 
ing-willow. Is.15,7 B°3797) M2 the Brook 
of Willows (comp. Job 40, 22) in Moab, 
i. 6. YI sol, Wady el-Ahsy, 
which forms the boundary between the 
district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je- 
bal or Idumea; see Burckhardt’s Tra- 
vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. IL. p. 488, 555.—The more an- 
cient name was 771 Zered, q. v. 

329 m. (τ. 53> II) ρίαν. o1349. 

1. ἃ raven, so called from its black 
colour. Chald. 82989, Syr. Lesas, 


’ 

Arab. ΟἹ «δ. Corresponding in sound 
are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat. 
corvus, old Germ. hraban, whence Rabe, 
Engl. raven.—Gen. 8,7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6. 
Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147, 9. al. Sometimes it 
would seem to have a wider sense and 
to comprehend kindred species of birds, 
espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut. 
14, 14. 

2. Oreb, pr. ἢ. of a prince of the Midi- 
anites, Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3, Ps. 83,12. From 
him the name was transferred to a rock 
beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26. 


814 


= 


MDW f(r. 399 IIT) δ. πὶ loc. HmaI2 ; 
plur. nia, constr. ning. 

1. an ἀνὰ tract, sterile region, desert, 
Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1. 6. 40,3. 
41,19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17, 6. 50,12. 51, 
43. Sept. ἔρημος, also ἄβατος, ἄπειρος, 
γῆ διψῶσα.---Ὑ 11 the art. M33Sh the 
Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract 
or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea, 
shut in by mountains, and extending from 
the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf; 
see Josh. 12, 3. 99 BID ABW. 
Deut. 1, 1 920 5:2 ΠΙΞΌΣΞ in the Arabah 
over against the Red ‘Sea, i.e. at the 
opposite end or part. 2,8. So Deut. 1, 
7. 3,17. 4,49. 11,30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8. 
8,14. 11, 2.8.16. 15,2. 2 Sam. 2, 39. 
4,7. 2 K. 25,4: Jer. 39,4. 52,7. Ez. 
47,8. Hence the Dead Sea is called 
the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. 
Josh. 3, 16. 12,3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The 
Greek name for this tract was ««ὐλών, 
described by Eusebius as extending 
from Lebanon to the desert of Paran; 
Onomast. art. Avie. Abulfeda speaks 
of it under the name el-Ghér rou and 
says correctly that it stretches between 
the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or ’Aka- 
bah. At the present day the name el- 
Ghér is applied to the northern part, 
from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or 
line of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea; 
while the southern part, quite to the 
Red Sea, is called Wady el-~Arabah 

|, the ancient Hebrew name. The 


extension of this valley to the Dead Sea 
appears to have been unknown to the 
early geographers; and in modern times 
was first discovered by Burckhardt ; see 
his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 594-600.—At Jericho 
the valley is broader; and is called in 
plur, iny3 mia Josh. 5, 10, 2 K. 25,55 
also, east of the Jordan, ΝΟ Misty, 
Vulg. campestria Moab, Num. 22. 1. 26, 
3. al, mapzm >m2 the brook of the Ara- 
bah, see in M2 no. 1, p. 663.—R. 

2. Arabah, pr. ἢ. of a town in Benja-: 
min; fully M293" MB, see M72 no. 12. kk. 


MSW fF 1. surety, security, Prov. 17, 
18. Roy 3. 

2.a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 “Px 
mpm crass and bring from them a 
pledge, token. R. 373 no. I. 4, 


"9 


ΤῊΣ 
@ 202 

Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20. Arab. G38, 
9 .«-.- > , 
wry id. Hence ἀῤῥαβών, arrhabo, 
i. δ. a pledge, earnest, a mercantile term 
which the Greeks and Romans appear 
to have adopted from the Phenicians as 
the founders of commerce. 


"272, "272, an Arab, Arabian, see 
in 372. 

“MIW Arbathite, gentile name from 
Mays no. 2. 2 Sam, 23, 31. 


ἘΔῸΣ fat. ne 1. to rise, to ascend, 


Arab. id. 

eit or 
staircase, ladder. Ethiop. UC id. See 
MATS. 

"2. With $2 and dx to look up towards 
any thing, to long for, Gr. ὀρέγω ; comp. 
b> wn? xt. Arab. Conj. II, institit, 
intentus fuit rei. Ps. 42. 2. Joel 1, 90... 
The assertion of the Hebrew interpret- 
ers, that 379 is strictly used for the cry 
of the stag and is transferred to domestic 
animals in Joel |. c. (the Syriac version 
also having hy in both passages,) is 
not supported by the usage of the kin- 
dred languages ; although one might 
compare the Gr. onomatop. ὠρύω, ὠρυγή. 
See too the deriv. M372. More also 
is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p. 
883. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, Arab. dee to flee ; 


comp. kindr. 17%. Hence tin2, Chald. 
‘32, wild ass, onager. 


ἜΣ Arad, pr.n. a) A Canaanitish 
city in the southern part of Palestine, so 
called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21, 
1. 33,40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is 
still preserved in Tell *Ardd of 


hill far south of Hebron adjacent to the 
desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 
473, 622. Ὁ) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15. 


m. (r. 392 1.4) apledge, earnest, 


place of ascent, 


TH Chald. m. i. q. sind, a digees 


onager, Dan..5, 21. 
*TINZ to be naked, in Kal not used. 


Arab. St id. The primary idea of 


the root seems to lie in plucking out 
(comp. 778), 6. g. plants, hair, etc. hence 


815 


"9 


to be bald. bare, naked, of plants, trees, 
ete, comp. ΠΣ, "2h. Kindr. is Bo 
and perhaps 922 II. 

Pie. 192, fut. conv. ἜΡΤΗΙ, imper. plur. 
479. 

1. 10 make naked, to uncover, e.g. the 
pudenda Is. 3,17; a shield se. from its 
covering 22, 6, Zeph. 2, 14 ΤῊΣ ΠΡῚΝ 
the cedat-work they have ‘uncoveeed, ive. 
they have torn off the wainscotings of 
cedar and laid the walls bare. 

2. to lay naked, bare, as*the founda- 
tion of an edifice, i.e. to demolish, to 
rase, Ps. 137,7. Inf. min> Hab. 3, 13. 
Comp. 73, nbs, Ez. 13, 14. Mic. 1,6.— 
Hence 

3. to empty a vessel, to pour out, in 
doing which its bottom is laid bare, 
uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11. 
Ps. 141, 8 "p32 "DE~>y do not empty out 
my life, i. e. let not my blood be shed. 
Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

Hips. 7725 1. to make naked, to un- 
cover, e. g. the pudenda, Lev, 20, 18. 19, 

2. to pour out, comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53, 

12 Wp? Mya> MDM he poured out his li ife 
unto death, or in death, gave himself up 


Gs <- & 
to death. Arab. Kana SLA! animam 
suam effudit, h. 6. tradidit. Syr. i» 
oasi, Gr. παραβάλλεσϑαι, whence pa- 
rabolanus. 

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured 
out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15. 

Hirue. 1. 0 make oneself naked 
Lam. 4, 31. 

2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread 
oneself abroad, of a flourishing wide- 
spreading tree, Ps. 37, 35. 

Deriv. O52, ANB, ATP, ΠΡΟΣ, We, 
“2H, and pr. ἢ. ΤΊΣ. 


My f(r. 29) plur. τοῖο» Is. 19, 7, 
naked places, without trees (see "D2, 
ΤΣ), here of the meadows or grassy 
places on the banks. of the Nile. Arab. 


re, ale, open place. 

ΓΙΑ £ (τ. 3559) Cant. 5, 13. 6, 2, 
Ez. ‘i, 7. 10, areola, bed, of a garden 
or vineyard, raised in the middle. So 


the ancient versions.—Others a ladder, 
trellis, a frame for training plants up- 


s or »» 
wards; comp. Arab. er ladder. 


> 


TID τὰ. (r. >) a wild ass, onager, 
Job 39,5. Chald. id. in Targg. for Heb. 


5 ο. 
ΝΒ. Syr. id. Arab. a ass. 


ΤΟΣ Γ (rw) 1. nakedness, Ez. 
16, 8. Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. 7292 
YIN the nakedness of the land, i. e. the 
exposed part, where it is unfortified, 
easy of access, Gen. 42, 9. 12. Arab. 
Bye. τεῖχος ἐγυμνώϑη Hom. Il. 12. 399. 

2. pudenda, espec. as exposed, naked- 
ness, Gen. 9, 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20, 
17. Ez. 16, 37. 23,29. Lam. 1, 8. nbs 
‘p ΓῊΣ fo uncover the ieifiniincen of. a 
woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3; or 
for carnal intercourse with her, see in 
mds Pino. 1. 8. SR PITS the naked- 
ness of his father, i.e. of his father’s 
wife, see in 73 Pi.no.1.a. m9 "2 
the flesh of nakedness, the privy-member, 
Ex. 28, 42. 

3. shame, uncleanness, filthiness, T1792 
"23 any filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 
23,15; a foul blemish found in a wo- 
man, 24,1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068.— 
Hence ignominy, disgrace; Is. 20, 4 
prts2 Mine the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam. 
20, 30. 


ΤῊΣ Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ; 
hence damage, detriment. sc. of the king, 
Ezra 4,14. See Heb. 772 Pi. no. 3. 


DIA m. adj. (Ὁ. p22 1) also O° 1 Sam. 
19, 24. Job 1, 21. Is. 58, 7, fem. ΓΙῸΣ, 
plor. mwains ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ece. 5, 
14. Mic. 1, 8. Am. 2, 16. Adv. naked, 
without clothing, Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4. 
But naked is also put: a) i. q. poorly 
clad, ragged, Job 32. 6. Is. 58,7; comp. 
Gr. γυμνός James 2, 15, Lat. nudus Se- 
neca de Benef. 5.13. Arab. 5 haw 


undressed, ill-clothed. b) Of one who 
has laid aside his outer garment and 
goes about in his tunic (732), 1 Sam. 
19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7. 
Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss’s note. 
Aurel. Vict. ο. 17. 


Dw πὰ, adj. (r. 0791.2) 1. crafty, 
cunning, subtle, Gen. 3, 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5. 

2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent, 
wise, Prov. 12, 16. 33, 13, 16. 14, 8. 15. 
18. al. 


DIN, see BI". 


816 


τ 


"> 
ΤΥ, also way Is. 17, 2, from r. 


">, like pip from bbp. 


1. ruins. rudera, see the root Po. Pilp. 
and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2—Vulg. 
in Jer. 1. c. myrica ; others junipers comp. 
Arab. ΩΣ juniper ; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 


lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. ο. "Bad “4D is 
usually rendered cities of Aroer ; but 
Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it 
suit the context. 

2. Aroer, pr. ἢ. a) A city on the 
northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut. 
2, 36. 3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12,2. 13, 9.16; 
subject to Moab Jer. 48, 19; and witha 
different form ΣΡ Judg. 11, 26. Its 
ruins still bear the ancient name, 


*Arw@ir ; see Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. App. p. 170. δ) Another city situ- 
ated further north over against Rab- 
bath-Ammon Josh. 13, 25, on the brook 
Gad i. 6. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam. 
24,5; founded by the Gadites Num. 32, 
34. Judg. 11. 38. 6) A city of the south 
of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still 
bears the name ’Ar’érah syle 3 see 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618.—Gentile 
n, "D452 Aroerite 1 Chr. 11, 44. 


ΥῊΝ τὰ. (τ 72%, after the form bazt) 
in other Mss. PU" after the form Nba, 
terror, horror. Job 30, 6 Β΄ 572 yz 
in a horror of valleys, i. e. in horrid val- 
leys, chasms. 

ΤῊΣ f. (Ὁ. AD) een i. ᾳ. MIND 
Hab. 3,9 thy bow “ΠΣ ΤΆ MD with naked- 
ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked, 
the verbal noun being put for the inf. 
absol. Elsewhere concr. Ez. 16,7 τ 
mm} CHD thou wast naked and naked- 
ness, “utterly naked, bare. ν. 22. 39. 23, 
29. Mic. 1, 11. 

"2 (for M292 watching i. 6. worship- 
ping Jehovah, τ. "89 1) Eri, pr. ἢ. of a 
son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16. 

MOM f. (τ. OW) only in plur. ΓΙΌΣ 
Num. 15, 20. 21. Neh. 10, 38. Ez. 44, 
30, groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana, 
Talmud. {222 ptisana of barley, bar- 
ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drink 
made. from it. Syr. [a2if id —Sept. 
Vulg. in Num. φύραμα, pulmentum ; in 
Neh. and Ez. σῖτος, cibus. 


= 
BHD m. plur. (τ: HIV 1) pr. ‘the 
distilling” Poet. for éhe clouds, and me- 


ton. the heavens, Is. 5, 30.—Syr. and 
Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. 5272. 


772 τὰ. adj. (r. ye , Kamets impure 
for 739} plur. ΘΊΧ ΩΣ, constr. 9Z 79 ; 
pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence 

1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20, 11; 
of powerful nations Is, 25, 3. 

2. In a bad sense, violent, fierce, law- 
less, a tyrant, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25, 
4. δ. Job 6, 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al—Ez. 
28,7 OM "47D the violent of the nations. 
30, 11, 31, 12. 32, 12. 


"XZ m. adj. (τ. 122) plur. oD, 
destitute, forlorn; hence childless, Gen. 
15, 2. Jer. 22, 30; plur. a2 Lev. 20, 
20.21. Sept. ἄτεκνος. 


"ἼΣΩΣ fut. Σ᾽ to place i in a row, to 
set in orden, to arrange, Gr. τάσσω, τάτ- 
τω. Comp. kindr. 72% to extend in ἃ 
straight line, and in the Indo-European 
tongues: Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege). 
rethen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not 
for reago, as some suppose), regula, rec- 
tus, also 7igeo to be stiff, rigor right 
line.—E. g. wood upon the altar Gen. 
22, 9. Lev. 1,6; bread upon the sacred 
table 24, 8, comp. M3732 no. 1. Also to 
put in order, to prepare, e. g. a table for 
a banquet, fo spread, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, δ. 
65, 11; an altar Num. 23,4; the sacred 
candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4; 
arms for battle Jer. 46,3. Also Is. 30,33 
nman peony We "D> for the place of 
burning is already long arr.nged, pre- 
pared. 2 Sam. 23,5533 ΓΞ" odis ma 
an everlasting covenant ‘ordered in all 
things, i.e. confirmed in all ways.—Spec. 
in phrases: 

a) ΓΤ. ἪΡ [0 set the battle in ar- 
ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20, 20. 
22; with Mx and ΝΡ against any one 
1 Sam. 17, 2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. "359 
mone τ Chr. 12, 33.35; bull mane + τ 
Joel 2, 5, arated Sor battle, in ‘battle ar- 
ray. So without mana id. Judg. 20, 
30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. ‘17, 21; c, 59. 5. 
mx p> against any one, 2 Sam: 10, 9, 10. 
17. Jer. 50, 9.14. Part. pass. 97> ar- 
rayed sc. for battle, Jer. 6,23. 50, 42.— 
With ace. Job 6,4 "22393" they set them- 
selves in array against me. 

69 


817 


τυ 


Ὁ) ΘΠ ΣΘ FD ὦ set in order words, i. 6, 
to utter words, ὁ. 5¥ against any one 
Job 32, 14; also without ΡΞ, Job 37, 
19 ποθ WIP?2 NX> we cannot eet*in 
order (words) by reason of darkness, i. 6. 
ignorance. 33, 5. With >, to direct 
words to any one Is. 44, 7, and ellipt. Ps. 
5, 4 H"HISN ἼΠΞ in the morning 1 will 
direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer. 

6) ΒΘ AID 10 set in order a cause 
before a ‘judge, to array it before him, 
Job 13, 18; c. "98> 23, 4, comp. Ps. 50, 21, 

2. With >, to place together with any 
thing, aloe’ side of it, to compare. ἴδ, 
40, 18 ""ΞἼΡ ΤΙ ΓΝ ΌΠΓΤΙ what likeness 
will ye compare unto ‘him? Ps. 89,7. 40, 
6 FPN WAV jx nothing can be compared 
to thee. Job 28, 17.19, where in both 
verses M2- is dative for 7>, 

3. to estimate by comparing with mo- 
ney, i. 6. to value, to esteem ; comp. WT. 
Job 36,19 A399 FAS will he set value 
on thy riches? i. 6. will he regard them? 

Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 3, fo estimate, to 
value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35. 

Deriv. ὭΣΘ, 72733, M372, and 


72 m. c. suff. 2272 
of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23. 


2. preparation, equipment, pr. a put= 


ting in order, a suit, espec. of clothes, 
arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 O°732 FID equip- 
ment of clothing. i.e. all necessary cloth- 
ing. Sept. Vat. well, στολὴ ἱματέων, 
since στολή is the word appropriate to 
this idea, comp. Lat. stola ; Alex. ζεῦγος 
iuatioy, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem, 
which L. de Dieu ad ἢ. 1. seeks to de- 
fend —Of the armature (qs. stola) of 
the crocodile Job 41, 4. 

3. estimation, valuation ; 3.53 ac- 
cording to thy estimation Bev. 5, 15. 18. 
25. 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12, 
5. Gen 27, 12 ἼΠΞΙῚ FDIS necording to 
thy estimation, of the priest I mean ; and 
so also the formula is to be taken in v.2, 
mynd mips 72792 according to thy (the 


‘ priest’s) estimation shall the persons be 


to Jehovah; comp. on this passage De 
Wette and Dettinger; in Theol. Studien 
u. Kritiken 1831, p. 303. 1832, p. 395. 


.396.— Hence, estimate, price at which a 


thing is estimated, Lev. 27, 3 thy esti- 
mate (price) shall be fifly shekels. v. 4-7. 
13. 15. 19. 25.—Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14 


1. a row, pile. 


bay 


"DID TX a man after mine own price, 
i.e. whom I equal to myself, my own 
equal. 


*o09 
adj. 25>. 


1. to be uncircumcised ; see 
Arab. ὑγὲ id 

2. Denom. from ΠΡ, q. ἃ. to fore- 
skin, i. 6. to remove as foreskin, as an 
unclean thing, spoken of the first fruits 
of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to show oneself uncircumcised, 
to show one’s foreskin, Hab. 2, 16; 
spoken of a drunken heathen, who 
shamelessly uncovers his nakedness. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ΦᾺΣ m. adj. constr. b=» Ez. 44, 9, and 
bas Ex. 6, 12, plur. buhay; uncireum- 
cised, Gen. 17, 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often 
spoken of other nations in contempt, 
and with the idea of uncleanness, pro- 
faneness ; as the Philistines, Judg. 15, 
18. 1 Sam. 14, 6. 17, 26. 36. 31, 4 ; of 
other gentiles Is. 52, 1. Ez. 28, 10. 31, 
18. 32, 19.21.24sq. Metaph. ΣΕ bas 
uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech, 
(550 “7p? Onk.) stammering, one 
whose lips still have as it were the fore- 
skin, and are therefore too thick and 
large to bring out words easily and 
fluently, Ex. 6,12.30. So likewise Jer. 
6, 10 ON mbay their ear is uncircum- 
toied, shut up by a foreskin; also 5335 
boon their uncircumeised Abort to which 
the precepts of religion and piety cannot 
penetrate, Lev. 26,41. Ez. 44,9. Comp. 
Acts 7, 51. 


mW f. (τ. 53D) constr. nd >, plur. 
nib-y, constr. nibs 1 Sam. 18, 25, 

1, the foreskin, prepuce, Sept. axgo- 

θ΄. a » 

βυστία. Arab. ae, Syr. fzeXses, 
1Sam. 18, 25. 2Sam.3,14. non “wa 
membrum preputiatum Gen. 17, 11. 24. 
Lev. 12,3. Metaph. >>-m2"2 the fore- 
skin of the heart, see in bay ult. Deut, 
10,16. Jer. 4,4. Comp. Kor. Sur. 2, 82. 
4, 154, 

2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the 
fruit of the first three years, which by 
the law was to be regarded as unclean, 
Ley. 19, 23. Comp. τ, 522 no. 2. 

3. Plur, mibsem ὈΣΞἢ “Foreskins-hill, 
pr. ἢ, of a place near Gilgal, Josh. 5, 3. 


818 


79 


*J7.003 or DT 4. to make ta- 
ked ; hence BAY (915), BID, naked, 
pva722. Kindr, are 372, ΤῊΣ II, perh. 


+r? 
maz. Arab. eye to make naked; also 


to bark a tree. Intrans. aye to be 


shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one’s 
malignity naked before him. 

2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf. absol. 
pins 1 Sam. 23, 22.—Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe. 
id. λα ,ζ, Chald. xevy, cunning. 
This signif. either connects itself with 


Arab. ey to be malignant, see above; 


or comes from the primary idea of 
smoothness, baldness. 

Hiren. 1. to make crafty. Ps. 83, 4 
Tid 32°73" they make crafly their cown- 
sel, i.e. they take crafty counsel. 

2. to act eunningly, craftily, 1 Sam. 23, 
22. In a good sense to act prudently, 
discreetly, Prov. 15, 5. 19, 25. 

Deriy, CIT, DID, EHD, OID, ANY, 
pa 32, perh. 7272. 


ua ἡ ἢ pny in Kal not used, kindr. 
with the verbs πὰ, 02, ἘΝ, oO”, 
027, lo be high. Syr. Pa. to heap up. 
‘heals ὌΝ V, to be heaped up, Saad. 


Ex. 15,8; Key 
threshing-floor. 
Nipu. to be heaped up, as waters Ex. 
15, 8. 
Deriv. "7322. 


DAY naked. see DMD, 
DAY, see in das. 


DY το crafiinese, cunning, Job δ, 13. 
R. 57 1. 


mond f. (τ oa 1 1. eraftiness, 
guile, Ex. 21, 14. Josh. 9, 4. 
2. prudence, Prov. 1, 4. 8, 5. 12. 


Moy f. (τ. O29 11) constr. mans 
Tsere impure, plur. Min, once D277 
Jer. 50,26; a heap, 6. g. of rabbish Neh, 
3, 34; of grain Cant. 7,3; of sheaves 
Ruth 3, 7. Neh. 13, 15. σαν. 2, 16. 
2 Chr. 36, 6 sq. 

PAZ m. the plane-tree, platanus ori- 
entalis, perh. so called from shedding its 


= heap of grain on the 


bark; comp. Arab. eye in τ. DD 1, 


ΤΡ» 


Gen. 30,37. ΕΖ. 31,8, See Celsii Hie- 
robot. T. I. p. 513. 


ΤῊΣ (q. ἃ. Vigilantius, i. q. "2 with an 
adj. ending) Eran, pr. n. m, Num. 26, 
36. Patron. "299 Eranite, ib. R. 49 1 


, OF obsol. root, i.g. O73, to break 
into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely. 
Hence Talmud. 0" 3, mioi3, pounded 
beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats. 
See the deriv. HO™>. 


WIZ Judg. 11, 26, see in ἜΘ ΤΡ no. 
2. a. 

WW πὰ. adj. (τ. 9) 1. Pr. naked, 
bare ; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102, 18, 
Perh. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the 
desert, where there is none to help. 
But see in no. 2. 

2. ruins, Jer. 17, 6; like “Bind Jer. 48, 
6. Others as in no, 1. 


WAP and ΣῪ, see in "DinY. 


* T.5)52 fut. save, i. q. 924, to drop, 
to distil, (comp. 9/23, =b4,) Deut. 33, 28; 
metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2. 

Deriv. B°D"72. 


4}. ΩΣ 1, Prob. primarily to pull, 
to pluck, which is the force of the pri- 
mary syllable 47,35, comp. 8B3, 457, 
a7", and with the palatal or guttural 


9.0» 
prefixed 473, 92m, 529. Hence arn 


mane of a horse (something to be pulled 


out), τ ἃ to pull out a horse’s fore- 


lock ; also Heb. 3 neck, prob. so called 
from the mane. In the Indo-European 
tongues comp. Lat. rapio, carpo, Germ. 
raffen, raufen. The signif. of mane and 
top, vertex, is found also in Gr. λόφος, 
mane, then neck, back or ridge, κορυφή, 
κόρυμβος, κοούμβη vertex. 

2. Denom. from 573. to break the neck 
of an animal Ex. 13, 13. 34, 20. Deut. 
21,4. 6. Is. 66, 3. Trop. of altars, to 
break down, to destroy, Hos. 10, 2. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ay m. neck, nape, the back of the 
neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5,8; Arab, 


5 
wii mane. So of a man Gen. 49,8. 
Job 16, 12. al. sep. Inphrases: a) 9m) 
HS to present or turn the nape or back, 


the back of the neck being thus put 


819 


γν 

genr. for the back, 2 Chr. 29, 6; also 
DR“ MIB lo turn the back to any one, 
i.e. to turn away from him, Jer. 2, 27. 
32, 33, comp. 18, 17. Ὁ) 999 τὸ Josh. 
7, 12, #99 ΓΙΒΕΓῚ Jer. 48, 39, and 97> Fen 
Josh. 7, 8, to turn the nape or back se. in 
flight, to flee, Syr. l= sie, and Pers. 
ὡϑίο Ὡς. Here belongs Ex, 23, 
27 5 F7e ΠΕ ΑΔ] "AM2)} and J 
will give thee all thine enemies, their back, 
i.e. I will make them turn their backs, 
put them to flight. Ps. 18,41. ¢) mp 
ΠΡ stiff-necked, i. 6. atubhorn, obsti- 
nate, see MYp ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat. 
‘tantis cervicibus est,’ Cic. Verr. III. 95. 


ΠΡ (mane, forelock, or ace. to Si- 


monis i.q. M355 fawn) Orpah, pr. π, f. 
Ruth 1, 4. 14. R. ὩΣ IL. 


SPAY m. quadrilit. thick clouds, dark- 
ness, gloom, Ex. 20,21. 1K. 8, 12. Ps. 
18, 10. Job 22,13. Is. 60,2. al. Often 
coupled with a synon. word, as 59 8 
Deut. 4, 11. 5,19; ‘53 2 ov Joel 2, 2. 
Zeph. 1, 15.—Syr. ἤ2,: id. \o,S2f to 
be dark. It seems to be made up from 
the triliterals ΠΣ cloud, and 55x to be 
dark. Comp. dggr0g obscure, dark, 
ὄρφνη darkness espec. of the night. 


᾿ς κα 


Υ ΠΣ fut. yas 1. to terrify, to 
Srighten, to inspire terror and trem- 
bling. Arab. U7 Conj. VIII, the skin 


trembles, is tremulous. voles a quiver- 


ing lance. Greek perh. dgacow.—ls, 2, 
19. 21. Job 13, 25, Is. 47, 12 ΣΌΣ 7ba8 
perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine 
enemies, make them afraid; the ancient 
versions render: ‘thou mayest be strong, 
mayest prevail.’ “With 12 of place 
whence; Ps. 10,18 that man may no 
more terrify them out of the land. 

2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to 
tremble, Deut. 1, 29; c. "28 before any 
one Deut. 7,21. 20,3. 31,6; ὁ. acc. Job 


31, 34. 


Nira. part. 7222 terrible, fearful, i. q. 
nasa, Pe. 89, 8. 

Hira. 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to 
make afraid, = bert c. suff, ἘΞ ΠΣ 
Is. 8, 13. : 

2. to fear, c. acc. Is. 8, 12. 29, 23. 

Deriv. 7373, V7, NSIZ2. 


py 


ΡΟΣ to gnaw; Arab. sre LY, 

to gnaw a bone. Syr. wo; id.—Job 30, 
3 for want and famine Bay nex DIN 
‘sa ANI they gnaw the dry land, the 

darkness of desolate wastes ; Vulg. rode- 
bant in solitudine. This expresses hy- 
perbolically the deepest misery ; comp. 
‘to embrace the rock’ Job 24,8, ‘to em- 
brace dunghills’ Lam. 4, 5, also ‘to lick 
‘the dust’ see in ΠΡ Pi. Job 30, 17 RB? 
72287 Nb my enawers take no rest, i. 6. 

my gnawing pains; Vulg. qui me come- 
‘dunt, non dormiunt.—But Chald. p22 is 
to flee, often in Targg. for Heb. 052 and 


22; and so Syr. wis, Arab. Gy 
and (ὃ Ἐν to go away, to depart through 


aregion. This signif: most ancient intpp. 
apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they flee inlo a 
dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept. 
PEVYOVTES ἄνυδρον, Targ. ROTNS ΤΡῚΣ» 
NX; see in ΘΝ no. 2. In Job 30, 17 
‘they render with “Sept. τὰ γευρά μου, OF 
rather: my arteries take no rest, cease 
S$ 99 


not to throb; comp. CS a nerves, 


‘veins, SP "> ligament. But neither of 


‘these suits the context. 


"P12 gentile n. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17. 
1 Chr. 1, 15,i. e. an inhabitant of the 
city Arka or Arke, Gr. “Agxy, in Phenicia, 
the ruins of which are still found to the 
northward of Tripolis, and are called 
lsc and x3,¢ °Arka, ’Arkeh. See 


-Burekhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. τ App. p. 
183. 


le, i. 4. “> II and M52, to make 
oneself bare, to be naked; in Kal once 
‘imper. with He parag. 97> make thyself 
‘bare, Is. 32,11. Hence trop. fo be desti- 
tule, forlorn, forsaken, whence “3>3, 
"772. 

Po. “752 to lay bare. 6. g. the founda- 
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to 
"ase, Is. 23, 13. 

Pir. “29> and Hirapaup. “25920n 
Jer. 51, 58, ‘to be laid bare, e. g. the 
walls of a city, i.e. to be utterly de- 
molished, rased. Comp. ΤᾺΣ Ps. 137, 7. 
Hab. 3, 13.—Hence "3459. 

Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp. 


820 


aw 
* wry obsol. root, Arab, ye to 
erect a house or tent; II to roof, to’arch ; 


= roof, vault, throne with a 
.—Hence 


So 
whence ὦ 
canopy ; comp. ROD 


Wry £ Cant. 1, 16, in pause YT Am. 
3, 12, c. suff, "YD; plur. constr. ning 
Aa 6,4; α bed or couch, (pr. with a 
canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1]. ¢.) 
Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for 
sleeping Prov. 7, 16; for sickness Ps. 
6,7. 41,4. Job 7,13; or for reclining, 
a couch, divan, Am. ll. ec. — Syriac 
[e,-S, Chald. ROW, ROM, id. Arab. 


Hye ‘husband’ is secondary, q. d. bed- 
fellow, see ix. 

* wy obsol. root, Syr. κα. to make 
fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. H75739. 


. au? obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be 
bright ; then to be green as a plant. 
Kindred is 338 whence 271"8 hyssop; 
also by transp. 293, 29%. Arab. λάκα 
seems to be denom. e. g. Conj. Π ΤΥ, 
to yield green pasture, XII to be cov- 
ered with green herbage, sc. the earth. 
—Hence 

AWY τη. ς. suff. paw Is. 42, 15, plur. 
constr, ΤΊΣ ὩΣ (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25, 
green herb, plant, collect. green herbs, 
growing in the fields 77m 3d Gen. 2, 
5. 3,18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12.15; pay Ὁ 
Job 5, 25; and on mountains Is. 42, 15. 
Prox, 27, 25; growing up and setting 
seed Gen. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as 
food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3,18. Ps. 104, 
14; and for beast Deut. 11, 15. Ps. 106, 
20. Jer. 14,6; comprehending therefore 
vegelables, greens, and sometimes all 
green herbage Am. 7,2 comp. v. 1; in- 
cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12.15. Men 
are said to flourish as a green herb Ps. 
72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5, 25; also to wither 
ΞῺῸΣΞ Ps. 102, 5.12. Hence too those 
seized with fear and turning pale, zAwgod, 
are compared to the herb of the field 
which grows yellow and withers, 2 K. 
19, 26. Is. 37, 27. Sept. χύρτος, βοτάνη. 
Chald. navy, Syr. Hams, id. Arab, 


6 ¢ 9 
uit green fodder, nc a field 
green with herbage. 


aw 821 


302 Chald. m. Dan, 4, 12 [15], emph. 
Nabe, green herb, herbage, as the food of 
cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29, 30 (25, 32. 33]. 5,21. 


eh. moe fut. MWD", apoc. BD", conv. 
woe, rarely ΓΙΌΣ 1 K. 16, 25. al. ΠΌΣΙΣ 
1K. 14, 9. 17, 15. al. πϑϑϑ Bz. 20, 14. 
Dan. 8, 27; but never in Pentat. Inf, 
constr. MW, absol. 1Hd Jer. 22, 4, 

1. to work, to labour, to do. The pri- 
mary idea lies prob. in forming, shaping, 
culling ; so that MO, 12, is perhaps 
formed by softening the letters from 342, 
comp. SA¥ and Ay, 2¥p and Msp, sab 
and πρῶ. Of the same origin may also 


be Arab. nt to be apt, convenient, pr. 


to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob. 
a fingendo ; comp. Germ. machen, Engl. 
to make, with μηχανή, Lat. machina, ma- 
chinari.—Prov. 31,13 ΠΕ ΚΕΙ͂Σ won} 
and she worketh with willing hands. Ruth 
2,19 MB nN} and where hast thou 
wrought? 1 K. 20, 40 ΠΣ yas Ὑπὸ) 
Mp) ΠΣ and thy servant was busy (had 
to do) here and there. So of God Job 
23,9. With 3 of that in or on which 
one works, Ex. 5, 9. Neh. 4,15; soofa 
material, as }0235 S433 niby Ex. 31, 4. 
5. 2 Chr. 2, 13. 

2. to make, to do, to produce by labour. 
Spec. 

a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct, 
to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4 
sq. 27, 1 sq. 28,2 sq. So of the ark of 
Noah Gen. 6, 14. 8,6; an altar 13, 4. 
2 K. 16, 11; bricks Ex. 5,16; garments 
Gen. 3, 7.21. 37,3; idols Deut. 4, 16 ; arms 
1 Sam. 8, 12; gardens and pools Ece. 2, 
5. 6, comp. Aw N372N the made pool 
as opp. to natural, Neh. 3,16. Soi. q. 
to build or erect booths Gen. 33,17; a 
gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7,9; cities 2 Chr. 
32, 29; a house for any one, trop. 2 Sam. 
7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept. 
τίϑημι. With ἘΣ and 5, to make upon 
or unto, Ex. 25, 11. 24-96. Also Mu> 
M2x52 fo do work, to do labour, opp. to 
rest, Ex. 20, 9. Deut. 5, 13. πεῖ τα “tis 
the duers of the work, i. e. the workmen, 
labourers, 2 K. 12, 12. 22,5. 9. Neh. 11, 
12. al.— Where the material is indicated, 
of which a thing is made, a double 
accusative is employed; Ex. 30, 25 
WIP nwa 125 ink Md) and thow shalt 

69* 


ris 


make them (the spices, i.e. of them) an 
oil of holy unction. 15, 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4. 
So too even where the acc. of material is 
put last (comp. 32 , "9, Lehrg. p. 813), 
Ex. 38, 3 mdm) ΓΙῸΣ >D-b2 all its ves- 
sels he made of brass, 25, 39. 30, 25. 36, 
14, 37,24. Sometimes the thing thus 
made out of any material is put with >, 

e. g. Is. 44, 17 ΠΏΣ SR ἸγηΝ ὦ the rest 
of it he makes into an idol, i. 6. of the 
rest he makes an idol. In the same 
way Ex. 27,3 nena ΠΌΣΗ 22-599 all 
its vessels shalt thou make of brass. v. 
19.—Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 op 
Mammy ΠΌΣΩ chambers shalt thou 
make the ark, i.e. in the ark, thou shalt 
divide it up into rooms. 

b) Of God, i. q. io create, as the hea- 
vens, earth, men, Gen. 1, 7. 16. 2, 2. 3, 
1. 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96,5. 104,19. Hence 
part. πῶς as subst. creator. c. suff. "> 
my creator, Job 35,10; Ἀπ ὩΣ his crealor 
4,17. Is. 17, 7. 27, 11. Hos. 8, 14. So 
also Mix>23 nis to do wonders, wonder- 
ful works, ‘Ps. 78, 4, 12. 98,1. Neh. 9,17; 
xb Φ id. Is. 25, ' nibh ' 5 id. Ps. 71, 
19; > nix nize fo nae i. ἐν show a sign 
to any one, Judg. 6, 17. 

‘c) to make is aldo put i. q. to produce 
out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of 
animals, e. g. to make milk, i.e. to yield 
milk, of a cow Is. 7, 22; to make fut Βα. 
upon the loins, spoken of a man grow- 
ing fat Job 15, 27; comp. ‘ corpus facere’ 
Justin; Ital. far corpo; Gr. μεγάλην 
ἐπιγουνίδα ϑέσθαι Od. 17. 225; τρίχας 
γεννᾷν, ‘sodolem facere’ i. 6. procreare, 
Plin. In like manner trees are said to 
make fruit, i. e. to bear, to yield, (comp. 
Gr. ποιεῖν xvgnov,) Gen. 1, 11. 12. 2 K. 
19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17. 23; branches 
(comp. ‘ caulem facere’ Colum.) Job 14, 
9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as 
yielding meal Hos. 8,7; of the earthas 
yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen. 
41, 47. Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10—The 
Hebrews often express the same idea by 
the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm. 
§ 52. 2, note. 

ἃ) to make, i.e. to get by labour, to 
acquire; as in Engl. to make money, 
Lat. pecuniam facere, Gr. ποιεῖν Bior to 
make a living. Εἰ. g. property, wealth, 
Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11; 
wages Is. 19, 10 "3% "ὮΡ those making 


nw 


wages, i, 6. hired labourers.—So Gen. 12, 
5 the slaves which they had got, acquired, 
bought Ece. 2,8. Also to make or get 
Sor oneself a name, renown, Gen. 11, 4; 
a new heart Ez. 18, 31. 
e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress 
e. g. food (comp. Engl. ‘a made dish’) 
Gen. 18, 7.8. 27, 17. Judg. 13,15. 1 
Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4, 13, 10; so a 
feast, banquet, Gen. 19, 3. 21,8. Esth. 5, 
12.—Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim 
and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat. 
*‘facere barbam’ Lamprid. Fr. ‘faire la 
barbe,’) 2 Sam. 19, 25 ; to dress the feet, 
i.e. to wash and anoint them, ibid. fo 
trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12. 
Trop. 18 MY fo prepare iniquity, spoken 
of the heart Is. 32,6. Also of God as 
making ready future things Is. 37, 26. 
f) to dress or prepare a victim or 
sacrifice to be offered to God; hence to 
sacrifice, to offer; Ps. 66, 15, Ex. 29, 36 
mMysm Mxwni 7B thou shalt offer a bul- 
lock as a sin-offering. v. 38. 39. 41. Lev. 
9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 K. 18, 
23. Hos. 2,10 5535 sD Ξπὶ gold which 
they offered to Baal. So the acc. of the 
sacrifice being omitted, Min> mie 10 
-offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah, Ex. 10, 25; 
‘comp. 2 K. 17, 32 nnd ovis ans who 
- sacrificed Sor them. Comp. Gr. ἱερὰ 
:ἔρδειν, ἱερὰ ῥέζειν, and without acc. ῥέζειν 
Feo Il. 2. 400. ib. 8, 250. Od. 14. 251. 
5) to make one any thing, i.e. to make 
‘into, to cause to become any thing; c 
dupl. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make 
his father’s house Sree in Israel. With 
‘ace. and 5, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and 19 
no. 3.) Gen, 12, 2 511} 725 ποθ 7 will 
make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10. 
Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16.—Hence i. q. to con- 
stitute, to appoint, to an office, etc. 1 Sam, 
12,6 Jehovah MY=->x Mey “2K who ap- 
pointed Moses, 02> nisp to appoint 
priests 1 K. 12, 31. 2 Chr. 13, 9; rae 
2K. 21,6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. With >, 
appoint lo or over any thing, Jer. 37, is 
1 Sam. 8, 16. 
h) ΌΤΙ ΓΙῸΣ to make war with any 
one, Gr. πόλεμον ποιεῖσϑαι, Ἐπ. ‘faire la 
guerre,’ Gen. 14, 2, Deut. 20, 12. Josh. 
11,18. Also > αἰδῶ nie fo make peace 
with, to grant it to any one, εἰρήνη» ποι- 
εεἴσϑαί τινί, 18. 27,5, where Schnurrer’s 
‘view is to be preferred; see Comment. 


822 


mw 


on Is. in loc. So to make a covenant 
with any one Is. 28, 15. 

i) Emphat. to effect, to execute, to ac- 
complish a thing proposed, a purpose ; 
hence M89 MLD 10 execute counsel Is. 30, 
1. Job 5, 12; ΒΛ ΠῺΣ to accomplish 
vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg. 
11, 39; 3 ΒΩ Nv to execute judg- 
ments (gunibtameabe) upon any one, Ez. 
5, 8.10. 11, 9. 30, 14.19; jinn Ὁ to exe- 
cule anger 1 a 28, 18. Ecc. 2, 2 and 
of joy I said ney msm what doth it 
effect 2 i.e. what good.—Often without 
ace. Dan. 8, 24 Mey} mb) and he shall 
prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11, 
17. 28. 30. Is. 10,13. So of God Ps. 22, 
32. 37, 5. 52, 11. 

k) i. q. to keep any stated day, to hold, 
to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas- 
chal festival, Ex. 12,48. Num. 9, 10. 14, 
Deut. 5,15. Also to pass or epend time 
Kee. 6, 12; comp. ποιεῖν χρόνον Acts 15, 
33. So with ady. 310 Mey io spend one’s 
life well, εὖ πράττειν, Engl. to do well 
Kec. 3, 12. 

1) to do i. 6. to perform the laws of 
God, his precepts, will, ete. Lev. 20, 22. 
Deut. 15,5. Ps. 103, 20.21; also to do 
i.e. to practise right, justice, wpa 9 
ΠΡΊΝ ἢ Gen. 18, 19. 25. Ps. 9, 17. ‘Is. 58, 
2. Jer. 22, 15, 23, 5. 33,15; (but nine 
Ῥ DB is Lo maintain oad tight Ps, 9, 

5;) virtue Num. 24, 18; good Ps. 37, 3. 
Contra, to do or commit wrong, 03m, 
5)», Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20, 18, 26. 33,18; 
wickedness, mb32 Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22, 
21; fraud Dan. 1, 23; falschood 2 Sam. 
18,13; rapine Ez. 22,13. Also sium ‘9 
Ἔ ΣΞ (7W) lo dowhatiegood (right) 
in one’s eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is. 
38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38; contra, comp. Ps. 51, 
6. Absol. in a bad sense, fo do or com- 
mit any thing wrong, Gen. 40,15. With 
>, 5D, 28, of pers. to whois one fees 
bindaaen or wrong; e.g. ἘΦ WOM ney 
to do kindness with or to any one, see 
in TOM no. 1; PX ADV He Jer. 33, 9; 
cD, % ny nes Ps, 15. 8. Judg. 15, 3. So 
Num. 5, 30 Pan myn ba-ry mb Tes) 
and shall do unto her all this lai, i. e. 
whatever this law requires.—Sometimes 
that which one has thus done to another 
is omitted, and can be gathered only 
from the context; whether evil Gen. 27, 
45. Ex. 14.31; or good Gen. 30, 30, Ex, 


min 823 


13,8. Deut. 11,7. Often it is taken only 
in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
these men "21 \WEH.>x do ye nothing, do 
them no harm. 22, 12. Ps. 56,5. So 
Ἵ mens mime why hast thou done this 
unto me? Gen. 12, 18, 20, 9. 26, 10. 29, 
25. Ex. 14, 11. Judg. 15, 11; nbs n> 
FAO ΓΙΞῚ 75%, see in HD no. Ἰ. Instead 
of > is found also b> Ruth 2, 19, mx v. 
11, and accus. Is. 42, 16. 

m) 3 ΠῺΣ to do with any one, to 
deal with him, according to one’s own 
pleasure ; (fully iis92 Dan, 8, 4. 11, 3. 
36;) Jer. 18, 23 ἘΠΞ Mes FER mvs in 
the time of thine anger deal thou with 
them sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan. 
11, 7: 

n) Once Πρ Mv 1 Chr. 4, 10, pr. 
to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to 
abstain from evil. Others less well, to 
do me from evil, i.e. to keep me from 
harm. 

3. Often MVP is so put as to express 
the simple idea of a verb of action, to do, 
to act, rendered definite only by the con- 
text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13 
mrw> τα τσ why hast thou done this ? 
v. 14 mkt Mw? D because thou hast 
done this. Gen. 6, 22 τῶνδ 553 md ὩΣ) 
5 Ν ink max and Noah did according 
to all that God commanded him. Ps. 
115, 3 he doeth whatsoever he will. Gen. 
8, 21. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5. 6. 10. 21, 
26. 22, 16. 27, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 43. Ps. 7, 
4. 50, 21. al. sep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 mms 
“Moa ΤΩΣ thou didst it in secret, i. 6. 
didst act secretly. Is. 46,4 "ΩΡ "28 
nivg "281 7 have done it, pie Iwill bear, 
i.e.as I have borne, τὰν tll bear. Comp. 
the Attic use of ποιεῖν, see Passow ἢ. v. 
no. 2. f. So of a way of acting, Prov. 
13, 16 ΓΡῚΞ ΠΏΣ" ΘΛΣ 99 every prudent 
man acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8. 
—Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted 
before another verb, by way of emphasis. 
Gen. 31,26 why hast thou done (this) and 
deceived me? (Mark 11,5 τέ ποιεῖτε λύ- 
οντες :) Gen. 41, 34 TREN Fis 7D HYD let 


’ 


Pharaoh do (this let him follow mycoun- | 


sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32.—With 
> of thing, to do to or with a thing, to 
deal with it; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do 
with the bullock as he did with the bul- 
lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh. 
8, 2. Is. 5,4. 10,11. Dan. 11, 39; also 


mir 


ὁ. Bid. Is. 5, 4; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp. 
v. 14, 

4. to work over, in an immodest sense, 
Ez. 23, 21; see in Piel. 

Νιρη. O53, f. ΠΩΣ, part. m2, 
fut. MYD2 (once rings c. matr. lect. 
against all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc. Vom 
Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be done, Num. 
15,24. Esth. 4, 1. Ece. 1, 9.13. 4,3. 8,9.9, 
3.6, al. Fut. of what ought not to be done, 
Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17. 
Impers. in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7 
ΠΏΣ Nd 423 and thus it ought not to be 
done. Also impers. it must not be so 
done, i. 6. according to custom, Gen, 29, 
26.—Spec. pass. of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to 
be made 1 K. 10, 20; of lett. b, to be cre- 
ated Ps, 33,6; of lett. e, to be made ready, 
prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5, 18; 
of lett. {| to be dressed and offered, as a 
sacrifice Lev. 7, 9; of lett. i, to be done, 
execuled, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23, pun- 
ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k, to be kept, 
celebrated, asa festival 2 Καὶ, 23, 23. Esth. 
9, 28; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed, 
as wickedness Deut. 13, 15. 17, 4. Mal. 
2, 11.—With dat. > ny: to be done to 
any one, to happen to ‘him ; Ex. 2,4 to 
see 5 Nive M2 what would be done unto 
him. Lev. 24, 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15, 
11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam. 17, 26. 27. Esth. 
6, 9. Is. 3, 11. 

Piet MW> to work over, i.e. to handle, 
to squeeze the breasts of an immodest 
woman, i. q. 422, Ez. 23, 3.8; and so 
in Kal ν. 21. So Gr. ποιεῖν and Lat. 
Sacere, perficere, conficere mulierem, are 
put by euphemism for sexual intercourse, 
Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29. 

Pua to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15. 

Deriv. ΠΏΣ, and the pr. names, 
mreya, esr, bytes", “bea, Nive, 
bynes, bye =>, nabs. 


*ik mwy obsol. root, to be hairy, 
<oF . Se 
rough, shaggy, Arab. iets! hairy, ie 


hairiness. Hence pr. ἢ. 19. 


synivy (whom God created, consti- 
tuted, r. Moz) Asahel, pr.n.m. a) 2 
Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. 1-Chr. 27,7; and in 
separate words 1 Chr. 3. 16. b) 2 Chr. 
17, 8. 31,13. c) Ezra 10, 15.—For the 
letter ™ quiescent in the middle of a 
word, see Lehrg. p. 48. 


Sy 824, 


WP pr. n. (i. e. hairy, rough, Gen. 
25, 25, τ. ΠῺΣ IL) Esau, the son of Isaac 
and twin-brother of Jasob’; also called 
cox, which name ldwéver is used 
more of his posterity than of himself. 
On the other hand, "w> 323 Deut. 2, 4 
sq. 1w> ma Obad. 18, and wD Jer. 49, 
8. 10. Obad. 6, spoken of the Esauites 
i.e. the Tdarnesins, is mostly poetic. "Π 
"B® the mountain of Esau, i.e. of the 
Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad. 8. 9. 19. 21. 


ὙΌΣ τὰ. (denom. from "%>) a ten, a 
decad, e.g. 8) Of days, like θῶ a 
se’nnight, Gen. 24, 55, Also for the 
last day of the ten, M e. the tenth day sc. 
of the month, Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16, 29. Num. 
29, 7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4.12. al. Comp. 
Gr. δεκάς, ἐννεάς, τετράς, for the tenth, 
ninth, fourth day of the month; also 
Ethiop. UUFC, σα, for the tenth, 
fifth day, etc. See Ludolf’s Gramm. p. 
100. Ὁ) Of the cords or strings of an 
instrument; hence for a ten-stringed 
instrument, decachord, Ps. 92, 4; fully, 
by appos. "it? 532 @ ten-stringed lyre 
33, 2. 144,9. Sept. dexazogdor. 


PS LT (created of Wag Asiel, pr. τι. 
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 


LP (whom Jehovah created, con- 
stituted) Asaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 K. 22, 
12. 14. 2 Chr. 34,20. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
8) ὁ, 15. 15, 6.11. d)9, 5. 


"WY adj. ordinal (from "¥) the tenth 
Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7, 66. al. sep. Ellipt. 
for the tenth month, i.e. Tebeth, Gen. 8, 
5. Jer. 52, 4. al. comp. Biodunbies —Fem. 
ΠΡΌΣ Is. 6,13 and MOS the tenth 
part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev. 5, 11. al. 


‘a pwr in Kal not used, Chald. and 


Talmud. PO ἰο have to do with any per- | 


son or thing, to strive with. 
Hirap. to strive, to quarrel, once c. &> 
Gen. 26, 20.—Hence 


POP (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well 
near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20. 


"7 f. in pause “&> Josh. 21,5; 
masc. mpg, constr. PgR ten, a cardi- 


gor? 


9, oe 
nal number. Arab. pie f. and ae 
m. Syr. κῶς f. and ἵμεξ m. Etymolo- 
gists agree in deriving this form from 


sw 


the continue of the ten fingers ; comp. 
Arab. to be joined together, asso- 
ciated; also ΧΡ, “ON, “IN, and by 
transp. uy) all which contain the 
idea of conjunction.—LEvery where 
coupled only with a noun plural ; in 
1 Sam. 17, 17 B42 Mw the word ninza 
is omitted. Εἰ. g. ’a) Fem, "3 nv 
2 Sam. 15, 16; Mish “> Gen. 45, 23 ; 9 
τῶ; Ex. 26, 16; and with the βέγοστον, 
after, ὩΣ OD tore 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6, 
46. b) Mase. Gen. 18, 32. B"752 MIB 
1 Sam. 25,5; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh. 
5, 18. Deut. 4, 13; with the num. after, 
nas DB Gen. 32, 16.—Sometimes ten 
is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7. 
Job 19, 3. 

Pur. ΤΩΣ tens, decads ; hence "7B 
minws rulers “of tens Ex. 18, 21. Deut. a 
15. Sept. δεκάδαρχοι, ener Arab. 


es es tens.—Plur. H"e> see in “WY. 
Derivy. “td, “ivy, "ws, jw, 

“ts, the denom. verb “Yd. Other 

forms of the cardinal itself here follow. 


VW? m.and WW f.id. 1. ten, Engl. 
teen, used only in those numbers which 
are compounded with ten; as masc. 
“ud my eleven, “YD ΓΙΣΞΝ fourteen, 
“> mvc sixteen ; also as ordinals, 
eleventh, fourteenth, siateenth ; with art. 
“edr1 0720 the twelve Josh. 4, 4. Fem. 
nies nny eleven. nye Wy sizteen ; 
also ord. eleventh, sixteenth, etc. 

2. Prur. ow (from sing. Π Ὁ) 
a) Card. twenty, of both genders, used 
with nouns sing. and plur. and either 
before or after them, Gen. 31, 41. Lev. 
27,5. al. Ὁ) Ord. the twentieth, Num. 
10, 11. 1K. 15, 9. 16, 10. 


“ey Chald. f. and mine m. ten, Dan. 


7,7. 20, 24. "> "Mm twelve Dan. 4, 
26. Ezra 6, 17. Plur. ἸΣΣ twenty 
Dan. 6, 2. 


“WY fat. Sev (denom. from "89} ὁ. 
ace. to take the tenth part of any thing, 
to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15.17. 

Piet to give the tenth part, to pay tithes. 
Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our fields 
(must we bring) to the Levites 0™)F arty 
nieoan for they, the Levites, must (in, 
turn) pay tithes. ‘With ace. of that of 
which the tithe is paid, Deut. 14, 22; 


“wp 825 


dat. of him to whom it is paid, Gen. 28, 
22, 

Hipn. like Piel. to give tithes, inf. with 
pref. "w>2, "we>, Neh, 10, 39. Deut. 
26, 12. 

ΤΌΣ, cee ey. 


ve) 


ΟΣ, see ΩΡ. 


ΤΌΣ m. (denom. from we) plur. 
pes, a tenth, tenth part, a measure 
of things dry, spec. for grain and meal, 
Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23,13. 17.al.sep. Sept. 
δέχατον, more fully Num. 15, 4 δέκατον 
τοῦ oipi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi, the 
tenth part ofan ephah, or about 34 quarts, 
i.q.2>; and this appears to be correct, 
comp. Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28, 
5; et ibi Sept. 


I. BP τὰ. a moth, Job 4, 19. 13, 28. 


ga 

15. 50, 9. Hos.5, 12. al. Arab. ἀλά. 
Β. ϑῶν. 

II. BY m. (Ὁ. BE?) Job 9, 9, and WY 
f. Job 38, 32, the constellation which we 
call the Great Bear, Ursa Major, the 
Wain, from the Greeks and Romans. 
In Job 38, 32 23 {18 sons are the 
three stars in the tail of the bear. The 
word > does not itself signify a bear, 
but is made by apheresis from t>2, Arab. 

Sor: 

i423 a barrow, bearer, (from r. (yard 
to take up, to bear,) the Arabic name 
of this constellation. -The same three 
stars in the tail are also called wlis 
25, i 6. daughters of the Bearer. 
See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 114. Niebuhr 
Arabien p. 115.—Alb. Schultens ad Job. 
l.c. regards the Heb. 82 asi. q. Arab. 


ole night-watcher, from r. οἱξ and 


an to go about by night, and supposes 
this constellation to be so called because 
it never sets. But the former etymolo- 
gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis 
Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur. 
p. 895 sq. : 

PiUy m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3, i. 4. 
pois 21,12. R. pes. 

ὉΡΊΩΝ m. plur. (r. ps) oppressions, 
injuries, acts of violence, Ecc. 4, 1. Am. 
3, 9. Job 35,9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer. 
50, 33. it is part. pass. plur. ‘he oppressed. 


yw 


PW m. adj. (τ. may) bright ; Ez. 
27, 19 mite 5192 bright iron, perh. pol- 
ished steel; others, wrought iron, from 
the root no. 2. Sept. σέδηρος εἰργασμέ- 
vos, Vulg. fabrefactum, 


POI Ashvath, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 


OH? m. (Ὁ. WP) plur. ΒΥ ΣΡ, constr. 
“Wy ; rich, viz. 

1. Adj. ὩΣ BN a rich man 2 Sam. 
12, 4. 

2. Subst. one rich, a rich man ; plur. 
crys the rich ; Prov. 10, 15. 14, 20, 
18, 11. Jer. 9, 22. Eee. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3. 
45, 13 ἘΞ “)°8s the richest of people.— 
Spec. a) Ina good sense, honourable, 
noble, Ecc. 10, 6; opp. 520. b)Ina 
bad sense, proud, impious, ungodly, since 
riches are the source of pride, and pride 
to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi- 
ety ; so Is. 53,9 and they put with the 
wicked (ὉΠ ΓΓᾺ) his sepulchre, and 
with the ungodly (ΣΤ) his tumulus; 
here the parallelism demands that ""82 
and ΠΡ be synonymous. See also 
msd$in (in bn no. 3), "39 and "32; comp. 
Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23. 


' jwr fut. 78>" plur. in pause wD 
Ps. 104, 32; to smoke, as mountains Ex. 


19, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 6. Arab. τις 
id. Kindr, is }2", whence jim8 furnace. 
In the Indo-European tongues compare 
Sanscr. dtman mind (pr. breath, spirit); 
Gr. ἀτμός vapour, smoke, ἀτμή. ἀτμίς; 
Goth. athma, breath, Germ. Athem.— 
Metaph. spoken of the divine wrath 
Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5. 

Deriv. the two following. 

ΤΩΣ τὰ. (r. 782) constr. jw Josh. 8, 
20. 21, also ἸῺ as if from jad Ex. 19, 
18; c. suff. mW. 

1. smoke, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4. 
Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10, 26. }2> 72> a col- 
umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40; ‘> ΤΙΝΆ id. 
Is. 9, 17; “> mina id. Cant. 3,6. A 
people suddenly dispersed is compared 


to smoke driven away Hos. 13, 3. Ps. 68, 


3. Is. 51, 6.—Poet. smoke is also put: 
a) For vapour caused-by the breathing 
and snorting of an enraged animal, Job 
41, 12 [20]; comp. ‘fumantem nasum 
viri ursi’? Martial 6. 64. 28. Hence of 
the divine wrath, Ps, 18, 9 ΘΝ 5. 72> 2d 
there went up a smoke out of his nostrils 


qa 826 may 


Is. 65, 5. b) For a cloud of dust, as 
indicating the approach of a hostile ar- 
my, Is. 14, 31; comp. ‘fumantes pulvere 
campos’ Virg. Ain. 11. 909. 

2. Ashan, pr. n. of a city in Simeon, 
Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44. 
Called also 1:9 “i> q. v. 


JOD m. adj. (r. 189.) ρίαν. ones, 
smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4. 


ΡΩΝ fut. pO" 1. to oppress, to 
treat with violence and injustice ; Arab. 
(Smt I, V, to urge, to press, Bink 
injustice, violence.—E. g. the poor and 
needy, Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer. 
7,6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16, 28, 3. Ecce. 4, 
1; aking his subjects 1 Sam. 12, ὃ, 4; 
a victor the vanquished Is. 52, 4. Jer. 50, 
33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5,11; God a man 
Job 10,3. More fully pus Ἔ pos Ez. 
18, 18. 22,29. Part. act. ΘΙ an op- 
. pressor Ps. 72,4; pass. PX oppressed 

Deut. 28, 29. 33. Often coupled with 
D135 q. v.—Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 PAd? OFS 
wpr-o 1a a man oppressed with ‘life's 
blood se. shed by him, i. e. sinking under 
the burden of this guilt: 

2. to defraud any one, to extort from 
him by fraud and violence, with ace. of 
pers. Lev. 19, 13: Deut. 24,14; also ace. 

of thing Mal. 3, 5 "st “2% “pus who 
arest his wages from the hireling. Absol. 
Hos. 12, 8.—Both senses (no. 1 and 2) 
occur together in Mic. 2, 2 "33 Spry 
inst they oppress a man and (wrest 
away) his house sc. by fraud and vio- 
lence; comp. >13. 

3. to be proud, insolent, trop. of a river 
overflowing its banks, Job 40, 18 [23]. 
Comp. synon. Las. : 


Ῥυλι, part. fem. ΓΞ Ὁ violated, e. g. 
a virgin, metaph. of” a captured city Is. 
23, 12. 

Deriv, PiIbS, EPI, Py, NPs, 
mipton, pr. n. pus. 


PUP (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 8, 39. 


ῬῸΣ m. 1. violence, injury, violent 
act, Is. 59, 13. Spec. oppression of the 
poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil- 
lage, Ez. 22. 7. 12. Ps. 73,8. Jer. 6, 6. 
22,17. With genit. of the oppressor 
Ps. 119, 134; of the oppressed Ecc. 5, 7. 


2. Any thing extorted, got by fraud 
and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 11; 
genr. unjust gain Ecc. ΤΣ 

3. distress, straits, i. 4. ΤΡΩ͂Ν, Is. 54, 
14. 

MPP f. (τ. pws) oppression which 
one suffers; hence distress, straits ; Is. 
38, 14 ᾿Ξ ΠΡῸΣ distress is upon me ; read 
oshkal-li notwithstanding the Metheg, 
as in DF", "298, see Lehrg. p. 43. 


“WP fat. "WD" to be rich, Job 15, 29. 
Hos. 12, 9. Arems “n>, sD, id.—The 
primary idea seems that of being right, 
straight, so as to be kindr. with "8s, 
“ws, td; hence the idea of λώῤῥιηδῦν; 
and then of riches. 

Piet to build, pr. to erect, from the 
primary force of the root ; once 1 K. 22, 
49. Cheth. γῆθο TD Devin: Jehosar 
phat built ships ; Keri ripe , and thus 
2 Chr. 20, 36. 37. 

Hien. "057, fut. c. suff. wyh>3 1 
Sam. 17, 25. 

1. to make rich, to enrich, c. acc. pers. 
Gen. 14, 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65, 
10 MEWWsH M27 thou dost abundantly 
enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious 
gifts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1 
Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov. 
10, 4. 22. 

2. Intrans. to enrich oneself, to become 
rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr, 
§ 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 17. 
With ace. of that with which one is en- 
riched, Dan. 11, 2. 

Hirnp. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 13,7. 

Deriv. 1", also 


“WY m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1K. 3, 
11. 13. Ecce. 4, 8. Prov. 22,1. al. sepe. 


ΕἸΣ i. q. M22, to fall in, to fall 
away, e.g. a) Of garments falling in 
pieces from use or from being moth- 


8a, 

eaten; comp. 82, Ric moth. b) Of the 
countenance falling away, pining, wast- 
ing, from disease or care, Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10. 


a - 
11. Arab. (© to fall away, to pine. 


ἘΘῺΣ 1. to shine, to be bright, 
smooth. Jer. 5,28 3MtD 230 they are 
waren fat, they shine, i. 6. their skin 
shines with fatness. Hence mits. 

2. to make shining, i. e. smooth ; hence 


ney 

to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. ΠΩ͂Σ. 
Comp. P2q.—Hence 

3, Trop. of the mind, which forms, 
fashions, moulds any thing by revolving 
it, see ΩΣ, MMV; also 

Hirnp. fo bethink oneself, recogiiare as 
Valg. well; ¢.> Jon. 1, 6, Chald. ng2nx 
to excogitate. 


Mwy, MDP, Chald. to think, to have 
in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et > Dan. 6, 
4. See Heb. mv no. 3, and Hithpa. 


MUP £ (r. mvz) something wrought, 
artificial work, Cant. 5,14. The fem. 
gender comes prob. from regarding the 
mas amere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474. 
—Plur. "732 see in its order. 


ΓΉΡΩΣ f. (r. MBP no. 3) thought, 
opinion ; Job 12,5 3388 τῆ ΩΣ 5. in the 
thought of one at ease, i. q. "2°23. 
Some Mss. and printed editions read 
minds> plur. constr. of mde, which 
however ought then to be minws; but 
the more accurate exhibit Shurek. 


ὝΌΩΣ a word of doubtful origin, which 
joined with a number denoting ten, i.e. 
ΩΣ ἼΦΣ m. and ΠΩΣ ἼΣΩΣ ἢ signifies 
eleven, 8. g. masc, Num. 7, 12,29, 20; 
fem. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15, 
with sing. 2 Καὶ. 25, 2. ier. 1,3. al. Also 
as an ordinal the ἜΝ mase, Deut. 1,3. 
Zech. 1,7; fem. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26, 1. 
Simonis explains it, after Kimchi, as if 
plur. constr. of MBS, thus; “ cogitaliones 
ulira decem, i. e. numerus cogitatione 
sive mente concipiendus, cum preceden- 
tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur.” 
This is unsatisfactory enough, though a 
better solution is still wanting. 


MiMwy £. plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps. 
146, 4. Chald. id. R. nwy. 


ΓΉΡΩΣ £1 K. 11,5. 38. 2 K. 23, 13, 


Ashtoreth, elsewhere ρίαν. ΠΥ ΟΣ Ash- 
taroth, i. e. Astarte, ἡ “dotagty, pr. 0. of 
a female divinity worshipped by the 
Sidonians 1 and 2 K. ll.ce. by the Philis- 
\tines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex- 
‘ample by the Hebrews in the days of 
the Judges and Solomon, Judg. 2, 13: 
10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12, 10. 1 and 2K. 
11. 66. with great observance and in con- 
nection with Baal, Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12, 
10. The plur. ninngsn which is thrice 


827 


nur 


coupled with 5°23 Judg. 10,6. 1 Sam. 
7, 4. 12, 10, seems to denote statues 
of Astarle, comp. Drees, mints, Gr. 
‘Equal; and so too in 1 Sam, 31, 10 
ΤΥ ΣΡ ma the temple of Astartes (since 
there may have been several images in 
the same temple), and Judg. 2,13 525 
ninndz>1. Batsome explain these pas- 
sages as instances of the ‘pluralis excel- 
lentie.’ Sept.’Aoragry, plur. ‘Aoragras 
and ’Aotagw.—The extent of this wor- 
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
ginians is shown by the frequent occur- 
rence of this name in the pr. names both 
of men and women; as ΠΩΣ 739 serv- 
ant of Astarte, Gr. “4Sductagtos, Lat. 
Bodostor, Bostor ; n=mw> 55 served of 
Astarte, Deleastarlus, ete.—Greek and 
Roman writers compare this name partly 
with their Juno, as August. Quest. ad 
Jud. 7, 16 ‘Juno sine dubitatione a Puni- 
cis Astarte vocatur;? more commonly 
with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea 
Syr. ‘Aorogtyy δ᾽ ἐγὼ δοκέω “ΣΣεληναίην ἕ ἐμ- 
μεναι. Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. {10 τὴν δὲ 
᾿Αστάρτην Φοινίκης τὴν “Apooditny εἶναι 
λέγουσι. Οἷς. Nat. 3, 38. “αυατία [Venus] 
Syria Tyroque concepta, que Astarte vo- 
catur” The latter is the more correct; 
for as DDD was sometimes held to be the 
god of the sun (see jam 5>a in 522 no. 
5), though usuaily the planet Jupiter and 
god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes 
represented the moon, and again Venus, 
i.e. the planet Venus, the goddess of 
love and fortune, who in a like respect is 
called likewise W7OX and "34 q.v. See 
also Mover’s Pheenizien p. 601 sq.—As 
to the figure of this idol it can only be 
affirmed that it was horned ; since the 
city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named 
from the worship of Astarte, is once 
called DIP ΠΩΣ Gen. 14, 5; and 
these horns accord well both with the 
goddess of the moon, and also with the 
mythus respecting Astarte in Philo Bybl. 
ap. Euseb. |. c. and Sanchun. Fragm. 
ed. Orelli p. 34: “Asragey δὲ ἢ μεγίστη 
καὶ Ζεὺς Ζημαροῦς καὶ “Adwdo; (7777) 
βασιλεὺς ϑεῶν ἐβασίλευον τῆς χώρας, ; 
Κρόνου γνώμῃ. Ἢ δὲ ᾿Αστάρτη ἐπέϑηκε 
τῇ ἰδίᾳ κεφαλῇ βασιλείας παράσημον κεφα- 
λὴν ταύρου" περινοστοῦσαι δὲ τὴν οἰκου- 
μένην, εὗρεν ἀεροπετῆ ἀστέρα, ὃν καὶ ave 
λομένη ἐν Τύρῳ τῇ ἁγίᾳ νήσῳ ἀφιέρωσε. 


ny 


See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3—As to the 
etymology of the name, so long sought 
for in vain, it would seem that MIM 29 is 
for "RON Pers. 8 ἔχων βίαν, xut ἐξοχήν 
the star of Venus, like Syr. ἴλωςς:; 866 
art. “RDN p.76. Hence the name "AvTQO- 
ἄρχη, by which Astarte is called, Hero- 
dian 5. 6. 10, gives the etymology well. 
—See more in Thesaur, p. 1082 sq. 

Pior. ninmw2, constr. ninnes 1. As- 
tartes, images of Astarte; see above. 

2, ΝΣ minmws Asiartes of the flock, 
Venuses, prob. for females, ewes, as pro- 
pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. 18. 
51. Kimchi jxsm map, Gr. Venet. 
well diss ewes. 

3. Plur. Ashtaroth, pr. n. of a city of 
Bashan, Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12; 4. 
13, 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Once πῶ 
ΠΡ Ashteroth-karnain, i. e. horned, 
Gen. 14, 5; so called from the horned 
images of Astarte, with which the city 
prob. abounded; see in no. 1. The an- 
cient full name seems to have been M73 
minrw> (house of Astartes), whence by 
contraction ΠΉΩΣΞ Josh. 21, 27; see 
this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to 
Manasseh, and then to the Levites, Josh. 
13, 31. 1 Chr. 6,56, Often coupled with 
"23x Edrei, from which according to 
Eusebius it was six Roman miles dis- 
tant. The Καρναΐν of 1 Mace. 5, 48 
seems to be the same. [A large mound 
or acropolis, called Tell ’Ashtereh, now 
marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the 
midst of a vast plain, 74 miles 8S. 8. W. 
of Nowa towards Mezareib, from which 
it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6 
miles distant from Der’a the ancient 
Edrei. See Newbold in Journ. of Lond. 
Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa- 
lest. p. 598.—R. 


MY pr. for ΓΤ fem. of 4D (r. M3) as 
mb for M72, MX for MIX; ὁ. Makk. ὭΣ, 
c. suff, "ὮΝ ; usually fem. asin 8°44 Mya, 
but sometimes masc. Ez. 7, 7.12. Cant. 
2,12, since the origin of the word ap- 
pears to have been overlooked; see 
Lebrg. p. 474. Plur. 5°79 fem. Ez. 12, 
27. Neh. 13, 31; oftener masc. 2 Chr. 
15, 5. Dan. 11,14. Ezra 10, 14. Neh. 
10, 35, 

1. time, in general; with genit. M2 
mon the time of evening, even-tide, Josh. 


828 


mn 


8, 29; ἜΠΗ MD pruning-time Cant. 2, 
12; ΠΡ ΤΣ dime of evil, of calamity, Ps. 
37,19; Jer. 51,6. Hagg. 1,2. With inf. 
mab ΤΡ time of bearing Job 39,1. 2; Jer. 
8,7. So before a clause, Mic. 5, 2 ΓΦ 
τυ MIB" the time when she that tra- 
vuileth bringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut. - 
32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28,22. Also ny 
rp (72) 5% from time to time 1 Chr. 9 

25. Ez. 4, 10. 11.—With prepositions: 

a) TA, ὁ. art. MDB, in or af a time ; 
nin mp2 at that time Gen. 21, 22. 38, 
1. Num. 22, 4, and so always in the Pent. 
see in 835; in the other books RN" Mza. 
So “xp ὯΣΞ in the time of harvest Jer. 
50, 16; mmI> mya Gen. 38, 27; no-bs3 
at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62, 
9. al. sep. 

Ὁ) ὩΣ ata time, espec. of the time 
of day, of life, ete. 279 m2> Gen. 8,11. 
24,11. 2Sam.11,2.al. ween xia mz 
Josh. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; "271 mp3 in 
the time of old age 1K. 11, 4. 15, 23, 
ping civmsd, ig. 5199 O°, day by day. 
1 Chr. 12, 22, . 

c) ὯΞΞ ahout or at a time, see in 3 B. 
3; as 2 mma MPD αἱ the lime of the 
evening oblation Dan. 9,21. With the 
art. MDD (for MSAD) at this time, now, 
Num. 23, 23. Judg. 13, 23, 21, 22. Job 
39,18. “m2 M22 about this time to-mor- 
row, Ex. 9,18. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 20,12. 1 K. 
19, 2. al. more fully M&W M2 71772 Josh. 
11,6. mn ὭΣΞ, see in "Π no. 3. p. 309. 

4) Accus. mY, at or in the time; Ps. 
4, 8 “sa D2a3 ΤΣ more than in the time 
when their corn and their wine were 
abundant. Absol. at the time, now, i. ἃ. 
mms, Ez. 27, 34. Sept. νῦν, Vulg. nune. 
—Spec. 

2. time of the year, season, Gr. ὥρα ; 
Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50,16, see above in no. 
1, πῆ MPD, see above in no. 1. 6. 
Ezra 10, 13 pews Men the season of 
rains, i.e. the rainy season; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 97. 

3. time or season of life, espec. youth, 
spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16, 
8 owt np GMD ΠΕΡῚ Lo, thy time was the 
time of love. So Ps. 81, 16 their youth 
should have endured for ever. Comp. Gr. 
ὥρα, 6. g. ἐς γάμον ὥρην ἀπίχεσϑαι Hdot. 
6, 61; εἰς ἀνδρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα κόρη Plat. 

4, a fit time, proper season, like Gr. 
καιρός ; often with suff. as Inga “YQ the 


nm 


rain in ils season, i. 6. at the proper 
time, Deut. 11, 14. 28,12; of fruit Ps. 1, 
3; so Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15, 
23. Bec. 7, 17. 10,17. Acc. me &> not 
in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22, 
16; and so ὩΣ in time, betimes, Hos. 13, 
13 he is a foolish son ‘131 ‘WaD2 Rd ὩΣ 7D 
Sor he standeth not betimes in the matrix, 
i. 6. doth not break forth from the womb 
at the right time, while there is yet 
strength to bear; comp. Is. 37, 3. 

5. the time of any one, i. q. day of any 
one, see in ΠῚ no. 1. Ὁ; i. 6. the time of 
the end, the last and fatal day, time of 
destruction, Is. 13,22. Jer. 27,9. Ez. 22, 
3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9,12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11. 

6. a set time, a certain period, which 
will have an end, opp. 0>%9. Ecc. 3, 1 
yes ΤΣ to every thing there is a 
time, i. e. it endures but for a time, is not 
permanent ; comp.8,6. So > 53 fora 
time, i. 6. a fixed period, which will come 
to an end, Dan. 11, 24. 

Pior. O°MD, Mim>, see above init. 
times ; i.e. a) As computed by those 
learned in such matters; e.g. O°MD ἋΣ ἪΝ 
Esth. 1, 13, and ΘΛ 373 "ΘΠ 1 Chr. 
12, 32, knowing of times, i. 8. astrologers. 
b) As connected with the vicissitudes of 
men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9, 
26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i. q. destiny, lot, 
Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of 
divine wrath, Job 24, 1; comp. in no. 5. 
6) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28 
mina o> many times, repeatedly ; 
comp. Chald. 721 no. 2. 

Denom. Mm, "ὭΣ, perh. pr. n. "md. 


P2P MY (time of the judge) withn 
local ‘Pp mm>, Ittah-kazin, pr. n. of a city 
in Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13. 


ὃ "ὭΣ in Kal not used; Chald. Pa. 
“mz to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa. 
to set oneself, to stand, i. q. S275. 
Syr. Pe. and Pa. to set, to arrange. Arab. 


wee 
cis to be prepared, ready ; II, IV, to 
prepare, toarrange. Kindr. are 307, τῶ. 
Piet to make ready, prepare, Prov. 
24, 27. 
Hirup. to be ready, destined, for any 
thing, c. > Job 15, 28. 
Deriv. Ny, AMD, TAM. 


MAY adv. (from m> time, with ΤΠ para- 
_ gog. demonstr.) in pause MMP Milél Gen. 
70 


829 


ἊΣ 


32, 5, like MAX, MX; pr. at the time. 
Hence. 

1. at this time, now, as opp. both to 
time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos. 
2,10. Is. 48,7; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29, 
32. Job 3,13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20,7. al. 
sep. Also now, already, Job 6,3; and 
poet. i. q. presently, shortly, Job 7, 21. 
8, 6, Ddis ἼΣΊ ΠΡ Ὁ from this time even 
for ever, Is. 9,6. MRD 73 until this time, 
until now, Gen. 32, δ. 46, 34. ny ΠῺΣ 
just now, this moment, see in ny no. 3. 
b. ΠῺΣ CA yea now, see 53 no. 3 ult. 
mn 8S not now, no more, Is. 29, 22. 
Freq. is ΠΏΣ} and now, therefore, Gen. 
3, 22. 4, 11. 21,23. 41, 23. Neh. 5, δ. al. 

2. Sometimes the notion of time is 
dropped, and then like Gr. viv, νύν, it is 
used by way of emphasis, incitement, 
now, come now, mostly with imperat. 
Gen. 31, 13. Is. 30,8. Mic. 4, 14; πὴ 
mm 1 K.1,18. 2K.18,21. Also with 
interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom 
dost thou trust? v.10 and now (mY) 
have I then come up without Jehovah? 


? 
“ΠΩΣ m. a he-goat ; Arab. Sek 
young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect. 


85. 

age, robust; comp. (λὰξ a horse rendy 
for the course ; others, robust, of perfect 
stature.—Only plur. OHMS, ORD, 
Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7,17. Ps. 50, 9. 
13. Prov. 27, 6. Is.1,11. ἃ]. Put for the 
leaders of the flock Jer. 50,8. Poet. of 
the leader of a people, a prince, Is. 14 9. 
Zech. 10, 3. 


‘TY m. (τ. 29) ig. TMD, viz. 8) 
ready, prepared, Esth.8,13 Cheth. b) 
Plur. ΤΥ things prepared, i. 6. ac- 
quired, treasure, Is. 10, 13 Keri. 


“EY (perh. i. q. "M2 opportune) At- 
tai, pr.n.m,. 8) 1 Chr. 2, 35. 36. 8) 
12, 11. 9) 2 Chr. 11, 20. 


"FY m. adj. (from m2) timely, fit, ορ-- 
portune, Lev. 16, 21. 


‘THY m. adj. (τ. me) 1. ready, pre- 
pared, c. > Esth. 3, 14. 8,13. Job 15,24. 
Syr.and Arab. id. - 

2. practised, skilful, c. inf Job 3, 8. 
Comp. dis Conj. V, artis peritissimus. 
fuit ; see Schult. ad 1. ec. 

3. Plur. mit"n> 8) things prepared: 
Sor any one, i. e. things impending, 468-- 


“nm? 


tined, Deut. 32, 35. Ὁ) things prepared 
i. 6. acquired, lreasures, riches, τὰ ὑπάρ- 
gorta, Is. 10, 13 Cheth. 

‘THY Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15. 


MNP (perh. i. g. MYT) Athaiah, pr. 
ἃς τὰ. Neh. 11, 4. 

PMY τη. adj. (τ. PMY) splendid, spoken 
of garments, Is, 23, 18 ΡΣ M29, 
Targ. "271202. It is here the splen- 
dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed 
down from antiquity and preserved with 
the highest care and wapcrations see 
in τ. PMD no. 4.—Arab. δίς old, an- 
tique, put for that which is anperentel- 
lent, of ancient name and honour. 

pm? m.adj.(r.pmy) 1. taken away, 
taken off, sc. from the mother’s breast, 
weaned, Is. 28, 9. 

2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4,22. See the 
root, no. 2. 


p°ry Chald. m. adj. ancient, senez, 


Dan. 7, 9. 13. 32. Syr. fords id See 
ῬΩΣ no. 2. 


eames obsol. root, Arab. Sis to 
turn in, to take lodging. Hence 


JHY (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of 
a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam. 
30, 30. 


Ἷ ony obsol. root, Arab. hic to treat 


with violence. Hence the two following. 


“SM (for nibnz q. v.) Athlai, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 10, 28. 


ΤΩΣ (whom Jehovah afflicts, τ. 
bm>) Athaliah, pr. τι. 

1. Mase. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26. 
8, 7. 

_ 2. Fem. a queen of Judah, the daugh- 
ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C. 
2K. 11, 1; elsewhere sntbns id. 2 K.8, 
26. 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2. 23, 21, 24, 7. 


b) Ezra 


"ΒῸΣ a root ἅπ. λεγύμ. in ΝΊΡΗ. Is. 
9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah H>3 

ἜΝ the land is consumed, burned ; pa- 
rall. ‘the people are food for fire.’ Sept. 
συγκέκαυται. Cod, Alex, συγκαυϑήσεται. 
Targ. ΓΞ is burned, This sense is 
required by the Peatents and is con- 


firmed by Arab. pik suffocating heat, 
and Eth, CYTP angry, heated with 


830 


pny 


anger.—The Rabbins render it, the land 
is darkened, comp. Arab. to be 
darkened ; but against the context. 


*IDZ obsol. root, kindr. with ΩΣ, 
i. ᾳ. Arab. .pA to treat with violence. 


da 
Comp. wy i lion. Hence the two fol- 


lowing. 

"2h (for ΠΌΤ lion of Jehovah) 
Othni, pr. nem. 1 Chr. 26, 7. 

SNIMY (lion of God) Othniel, pr. π, 
of one of the judges of Israel, Josh. 15, 


17. Judg. 1, 13. 3,9. 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr. 
Τοϑονιήλ Judith 6,15. R. jn>. 


ἜΡΩΣ fut. pmo? 1. to be taken 
away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See 
ΤΩΣ no 1, and Hiph. 

2. to be advanced in years, to grow 
old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye groweth 


Arab. ( $46 to 
be antique, old. Syr. “oS to grow old. 
Chald. id. See P"m> no. 2. 

3. to be set free, manumitted, from the 
idea of taking away; comp. Is. 28, 9. 


old ; comp. Lam. 3, 4. 


Arab. (§é fut. J; 55:5 manumit- 
ted, free, (gis freedom. Henee Heb. 


pry in a bad sense, licentious, impudent. 

4, From the idea of age in no. 2, comes 
the signif. to be antique, and thus to be 
venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner 
of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit- 
ted from one’s ancestors and preserved 
untouched; see Schult. ad Prov. 8, 18. 
Hence pr>, "n>. 

Hiren. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to take 
away, to remove, Job 9,5. Spec. a) 
Of tents, to break up, to remove, e. g. a 
nomadic camp, Gen. 12, 8. 26, 22. b)te 
transfer, to transcribe, from one book inte 
another, hence i. q. to collect proverbs, 
Prov. 25, 1. Sept. ἐξεγράψαντο, Vulg. 
transtulerunt. Talmud. to copy, to 
translate. c) to take away from any 
one. Job 32, 15 ὉΠ DM =p MDM they 
took from them words, impers. for ὁ words 
were taken from them,’ they could say 

nothing. 

Deriv. pds PRYy PMY, PRY. 

PH? m. adj. pr. ‘free, licentious,’ i. 6. 
bold, impudent, wicked, see the root no 


pn? 


3, ῬῸΣ 533 fo speak impudently, i: 6. 
arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19. 75, 6. 
94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 


PRY m. adj. (τ. PME no. 4) splendid ; 
Prov. 8, 18 pm> 71m, Vulg. opes superbe. 


ri. "A? fut. “rds 1. i. q. "UR, to 
burn incense to a divinity ; Syr. 5» to 
smoke with perfume, [aS fume, in- 
cense; Arab. 


Hence "m2 no. 1. 

2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate 
God; the prayers of the righteous 
being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5, 
8, and μνημόσυνον τῆς προσευχῆς Tob. 
12, 12. Acts 10,4. With > and 5x Gen. 
25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10,18. Judg. 13, 8. 
Job 33, 26. 

Nien. to let oneself be entreated by 
any one, 6. dat. i. e. to hear and answer 
prayer; Gen. 25, 21 nin? i> nse and 
Jehovah heard Ries. 2 Sam. οἷ, 14. Is. 
19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf. 
absol. ἜΣ 1 Chr. 5, 20, 

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to pray, to suppli- 
cate, c. ὃ Ex. 8, 4. 25. 9,28. Job 22, 


to breathe odours. 


N5 the seventeenth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
80. The name δὲ probably signifies 
mouth, i. q.™ 8. It was pronounced like 
φ, ph ; but with Dag. lene ® also as 2, 
ps; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter- 
changed chiefly with the other labials 
3 and 2, where see 


NB adv. here, see HB. 

*FINB a root not used in Kal, to 
breathe, to blow; like the kindr, ΠΡ 
(AAe), also 83B , HB, 58, all which are 
onomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of 


one blowing from his lips——Hence em. 


λεγόμ. 

Hips. Deut. 32, 96 crrxex J will 
blow them away, i. e. scatter them like 
the wind. Sept. διασπερῶ avtovs.—Si- 


EL . 
monis compares here Arab. {3 which 
has the signif. of splitting, separating, 


831 


ΓΝΞ 


27; 5 Ἔχ. 10,17: With > and ἼΦΞ to 
entreat for, i.e. in behalf of any one, Ex. 
8, 5. 24. 

Deriv. "53. 


yi “NY in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
"m2 and Heb, "> , to be rich, abundant, 

Nien. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the 
kisses of an enemy; opp. faithful are 
the wounds of a friend. 

Hipu. to make abundant, to multiply ; 
Ez. 35, 13 ὈΞ 3 723 OR TATM ye mul- 
tiply your words against me sc. impi- 
ously. Comp, 511} no. 2. 

Deriv. ΤΩΣ and pr. n. "MY. 


HY m. (Ὁ. "M2 1) constr. "M3, plur. 
ὁ. suff. "M3. 

1. incense, fragrant smoke, Ez. 8, 11. 
So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr.—Others 
render it abundance ; comp. τ. "M3 IL. 

2. a suppliant, worshipper of God, 
Zeph. 3, 10. 


“2 (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a 
place in Simeon, Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 


FIN ἢ abundance, riches, Jer. 33, 6. 
R. 1n> IL. 


and so of wounding, dispersing ; but Jess 
well. See more in Thesaur. p. 1086. 

Deriv. OxB, 7B, MB, MivH eB, and 
words compounded with "2. 


ANB f (from masc. ARB, MB, r. ONB) 
constr. PX, plur. rks. 

1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like 
Lat. os. Syr. {zis id. Like other femi- 
nines it is everywhere transferred to 
inanimate objects, i. q. side ; hence 

a) Of the side or quarter of the hea- 
vens ; as Ὁ" PNB the west side, the west, 
Ex. 27, 12. Josh. 18, 14; VDE ΤᾺ the 
north side Ex. 26, 20. 27, 115; 333 ΤΝΒ 
the south side Ex. 27, 9. Num. 34, 33 
DIP PNB the east side Ez. 48, 2. Often 
with > local, as ma" PNB the side west- 
ward, to the west, Ez. 48, 16; PRB 
mpiey Josh. 15, 5; 7332 ΓᾺΒ Foul: 18, 
15; ΠΣ ΠΞ PRB the south side 


ΓΙΝΞ 


southward Ex. 26,18; a7 mys Num. 
35,5; ΠῚ ABI ὉΝῸ the east side 
eaatpand "Ex. 38, 13. At or on the side 
of is ΒΡ in Ex. and Josh. Il. ce. but 
ΓΝΒ in Ez. 45, 7. 48, 2 sq. 

b) Genr. side, quarter, parts ; Lev. 13, 
AL if any one have lost his hair 1773 7X8" 
from the side towards his face, i. e. from 
his forehead, in front. Neh. 9, 22 op>nm 
ΓΝ and didst distribute them (the Is- 
raelites) into various quarters, i.e. dis- 
itricts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45 
‘NTS ΓΝΒ the parts of Moab. Paral. in 
Num. 24, 17 is dual constr. Sia ἼΩΝ 
q. ἃ. the two sides of Moab, the whole 
Tegion; comp. D929, ©7937, all bor- 
rowed from the human ody ana trans- 
ferred to tracts of country. Symm. xAé- 
_pata.—Hence 

2. the extreme part, extremily. corner, 
-e. g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23,22; of the 
-sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a 
-couch or divan, the place of honour, Am. 
3, 12.—Lev. 19, 27 D208 MRE ἼΒΡΙ NS 
ye shall not round off (cut in a circle) 
the extremity of your head of hair; and 
‘then is subjoined: PNB My AMMON ND} 
ὝΠῚ nor shalt thou mar the extremity 
(corner) of thy beard ; and this again is 
thus expressed in bev. 21,5 CIP MRB 
smba7 N> nor shall they shave off the 
extremity (corner) of their beard. Here 
the ©X" mxs doubtless refers to the 
extremities of the hair or locks along 
the forehead, temples, and behind the 
ears, which are not to be rounded off in 
cutting. By the same analogy Pin MxB 
is put for the extremities or corners of 
the beard running up from the musta- 
‘chios and beard towards the ears; these 
the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off; 
\[and in this same respect, at the present 
‘day, the Jews in the East are distin- 
guished from the Muhammedans, who 
trim this part of the beard.—R.] To 
the extremities of the hair or locks, mx 
trim, is also to be referred the phrase 
MRE IEP clipped as to the locks, hav- 
ing the locks elipped, rounded off, Jer. 
9, 25. 25, 23. 49, 32. This is said with 
a sort of contempt of the Arabs of the 
desert, who are described by Herodotus 
as wearing their hair cut in this man- 
ner, Hdot. 3.8. The Jewish intpp. here 
render MX2 parts, as in no, 2. 


832 


ΝΞ 


*DN® obsol. root. 1. to fill the 
mouth with food, to swallow with effort. 


Arab. , id. also to satiate oneself. 


Eth. T'-4® to have in the mouth a 
morsel, lump, etc. FOP morsel. It 
is one of the roots ending in m which 
express sounds made with the lips clos- 
ed. Kindred is aie intellexit, pr. im- 


butus est.—Hence ἘΠ for DANS mouth. 


2. Arab. ee to be fat; apparently 


of the same family with Sanser. pina 
fat, πιμελής, πιμελή, opimus, pinguis.— 
Hence "8 fat. 


ἃ " “NB in Kal not used. 1. to be 
beautiful, adorned ; 3; See "2B, MINE, 
MIND, TINE. Kindr. is ito ez to 
excel in glory, to glory. ; 

2. i. q. Arab. JU mi mid. Rad! to boil, 


[0 be hot, to glow ; ὃν» fervid heat, 


ne foam of a boiling pot; kindr. "33 


to burn? Hence "3988, “ΝΒ. 

Nore. These two significations have 
perh. no mutual connection; that of 
beauty belonging properly to this root 
with mid. 8, and the other being prob. 
borrowed froin a root "2. 

Pirt “858 to adorn, to beautify, te 
honour, e. g. the sanctuary, Is. 60,7. 13; 
the people of God Is. 55, 5, Ezra 5, 27; 
the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; comp. 
ornare beneficiis. 

2. Denom. from M488, to bough, to go 
over the boughs sc. in order to glean, 
Deut. 24, 20. 

Hirup. 1. to be adorned, honoured, 
e.g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21. 
61, 3; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in 
bestowing favours on his people, c. 2 
Is. 44, 23. 49, 3. 

2. to vaunt oneself, to glory, c. >> 
against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15. 

Deriv. "8B, MIND, FIRB, “ANB 
(98), PIYER, NPMER. 


“TI, “NB to dig, to bore, espec. in 


Pe S- 
the earth ; kindr, with "83. Arab. iG to 
dig down and hide in the earth. Hence 


ei. 
m8 for M82 (Arab. δ) ὁ) a mole or rat, 


“NBD 
and pr. n. 288. To this root also we 
may refer 
Hirara. ἌΝ fo explain or de- 


clare oneself ; compare similar tropical 
significations under “%3 no, 2, and 322 
no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] 191 "73> 723 ARENA 
declare unto me when, etc. where the 
particle >» by a delicate idiom implies 
command; Sept. well τάξαι πρός we, Vulg. 
constitue mihi, quando, etc.—The Rab- 
bins and many moderns render: Glory 
over me, when shall I entreat for thee? 
i. e. as they explain it, thou shalt have 
from me this honour, viz. to appoint a 
day when, etc. But this is far-fetched 
and arbitrary. 


“SB m. (Ὁ. ἜΝΘ 1) c. suff. FN; plur. 
p°7xN8, constr. ΝΒ Ex, 39, 28, but 
ὈΞῚΝΒ Ez. 24, 23; ἃ head-dress, tire, 
turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20; 
priests, M5330 "7NB, Ex. 39, 28. Ez. 44, 
18; a bridegroom, Is. 61, 10; by others 
in gala dress, Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23. 


MIND ££ (by Syr. for make, το "NB 1) 
only plur. minXs Ez. 17, 6, c. suff. 
wmaxe Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp. 
wmNab v. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo- 
liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. Il. 


ec. Comp. in Syr. (LS fruit. 


MISE f. (by Syr. for 79NB, r. 1B 1) 
a bough, branch, adorned with foliage, 
Is. 10, 338. Several Mss, read 7759. 


“WINE m. (for WB, τ᾿ "NE 1) heat, 
glow, and hence a pol, see ma7B. Then 
glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6 
“ATNE ASAP O72B7>2 all faces gather a 
glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2, 
11. Comp. for the same thing Is, 13, 8 
pimp on=> "28; also Ps. 10, 2. 39, 4— 
Others: ail ‘faces withdraw their ruddi- 
ness, i.e. grow pale with fear; comp. 
Joel 2,10 and 4,15 032 5BON ὈΠ33Ὶ3 
the stars withdraw their brightness. But 
then it should be 07998B; and “ANB 
without suff. implies a quality not natu- 
ral to the countenance. 


JSD (prob. region with caverns, r. 
“xp IL) Paran, pr. n. of a desert region 
inhabited by nomadic tribes 1 K. 11, 18; 
lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine, 

and Idumea. So ΔΒ "272 Gen. 21, 
21. Num. 10, 12. 13, 3. 26. Deut. 1, 1. 


1 Sam. 25,1. In the north-eastern part, © 


70* 


833 


223 


next to the ’Arabah, there is a broad 
tract of mountains, ἸΝΘ "7 Hab. 3, 3. 
Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. 
Ρ. 275. IL. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen. 
14, 6 MB YAAT FY WW FIRB ON the oak or 
terebinth of Paran which is by the desert, 
Sept. τερέβινϑος τῆς Duguy, prob. a noted 
tree on the borders of Edom. The de- 
sert of Paran in its widest sense included 
also that of Zin in the Ghér and ’Ara- 
bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26, 
comp. 20,1; and was also not far dis- 
tant from Carmel and Maon, 1 Sam. 25, 
1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan, 
apparently towards Idumea, with many 
caverns, B. J. 4.9, 4.—This Paran has of 
course no connection with the Pharan 
of Easebius, three days east of Alana, 
Onomast. art. Φαράν; nor with the Fa- 
ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai; 
though it has often been confounded with 
them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
186, 552. 

42 m. plur. 2°38 unripe figs, which 
hang on the tree over winter, grossi, 
grossuli, Cant. 2, 13. Sept. ὄλυνϑοι. 
R. 338. 

*358 Arab. 53 VII to be unripe, 
6. g. fruit; Syr. Ls unripe, sour. The 
primary idea seems to be that of cold, 
transferred to late fruits; comp. kindr. 
aD. 

D735 m. (τ. d38) filth, uncleanness, 
abomination, i. ᾳ. VRB; so 5518 WZ 
meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14; 
plur. onan p19 broth of unclean meats 
Is. 65, 4. Concer. for abominable, un- 
clean, Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7. 


ἐς 525 obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make 
stink, to render fetid ; Hithp. to be fetid, 
to stink. Arab. and Eth. (3 and πὶ being 
interchanged) (ἀπὸ the food stinks, 

AMA to be unclean —Hence d128. 

“232 fut. 2357, imp. 528. 

_ 1. 10 strike upon or against, to impinge, 
Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which 
is a root of the same family. Comp. 
also the kindr. pax for pacs, paciscor, 


| Gr. ay yvia, Germ. pochen, and the 


kindr. bocken, Bock, from striking, push- 
ing, Engl. buck. Kindr. in termination 
is the root 532; comp. S32 and 22.— 


“23 


With 3 to strike wpon any person or 
thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either 
with purpose or accidentally, either with 
violence or gently; e.g. a) Ina hos- 
tile sense, to fall upon, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 
18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25; espec. in 
order to kill, hence to kill, to slay, Judg. 
8, 21. 15, 12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25. 
29. 31 5ᾳ. Once with acc. of pers. and 
3 of thing, Ex. 5, 3 "272 52535777 lest 
he fall upon us with pestilence. b) Ina 
kind sense, to assail with petitions, to 
urge, to entreat any one, 6. 3 Ruth 1, 16. 
Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with 
>of him for whom one asks or inter- 
cedes, Gen. 23, 8. 0) to light upon, to 
meet with any one, 6. 3 Gen. 32,1 [2]. 
Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11. 
Also ec. ace. Ex. 23, 4. 1 Sam. 10, 5. vt: 
5,19. d) to reach: unto, to δορά upon, 
6. 2 Josh. 16, 7. 17,10. 19, 11.22. 26.27. 
34; c. 5% Josh. 19, 11. 

2. to strike a league with any one, to 
make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see 
above), c. M& with; pr. ‘to strike hands 
with,’ in ratifying a covenant; see PEO 
I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah, 
which have been variously explained by 
jinterpreters, Is. 64, 4 nO2) wy-ny ΤῺ 
{PIS thou makest peace with him who re- 
_joiceth to do justice, i.e. with the just 
:and upright man thou art in league, thou 
‘delightest in him, he is 7m™3 oy, WAN 
‘oi>S. With mx impl. Is. 47, 3 Twill 
itake vengeance DIN 23BN Nd} and I will 
mot make peace with man, i. e. will make 
jpeace with none before all are destroyed. 

Hip. 27387, fut. 2725". 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, to cause to 
fall upon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53, 6 
ἜΣ 72 rx is b7nBn he hath laid on 
-him the iniquity of us all. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to cause to 
-supplicate. Jer. 15,11 τ... Fa MDREN 
sstkn 7 will cause the enemy to come as a 
_suppliant tothee. So Chald. L. de Dieu, 
‘Rosenm. 

3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to 
fall upon. Part. 27352 an assailant, 
enemy, Job 36,32. Ὁ) 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 1.b, 
.to assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup- 

plicate, c. 2 Jer. 36,25; ¢. > of him for 
‘whom one intercedes Is, 53, 12. Part. 
:2"35 an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16. 

Deriv. 3352, also the two following. 


834 


ΓΞ 


238 m. ‘what lights upon any one,’ 
incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9,11; with 
san evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4]. 


S738 (event of God) Pagiel, pr. n. 
of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher, 
Num. 1, 13. 2,27. R. 3538. 


ἘΠ2Ξ in Kal not used. Piru to be 
faint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10. 
21.—Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy. 


Syr. oat (Aand 5 being interchanged) 
to be. attenuated, weak.—Hence 


738 m. in pause 732; plur. ‘3p, 
constr. "233, a corpse, carcass, of man 
Is. 14, 19. 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5. 
43,7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With 
ma added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37, 36. Comp. 
Syr. Teo, also of a living body. —Sing. 
collect. 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8. 3. Metaph. 


D275; "738 the carcasses (ruins, frag- 
ments) of your idols, Lev. 26, 30. 


ἘΏ25 fut. ὥξβη, to strike against, to 
light upon, kindr. ‘prith ΣῈ and 2, 
comp. in py. a) Ina hostile sense, to 
fall upon, to attack any one, 6. acc. Ex. 
4, 24. Hos. 13,8. b) By chance, to fall 
in with, to meet, c. acc. Gen. 32, 18. 33, 
8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 Sam. 25, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 
13. Is. 34, 14; c. 3 Prov. 17, 12. 

Nipu. recipr. to meet together, i.e. one 
another, Ps. 85, 11. Prov. 22, 2. 29, 13. 

Preu i.q. Kal. lett. Ὁ, 1ο light upon any 
thing, to meet with, poet. Job 5, 14. 


ἘΠῚΞ fut. m5" 1. Pr. to cut, lo 
cut in two or in pieces; Arab. (cd id. 
Hence mtp.—Spec. ‘to cut loose; 
whence 

2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13, 13. 15. 
34, 20. Lev. 27,27. With 2 of price, as 
Ex. 34, 20 nina ΠΉΒ ΤΙ Aion “wp the first- 
ling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a 
lamb. Poet. to redeem from death, Ps. 
49, 8. 

3. With 42, to let go free, to set free, 
e. g. God his people from servitude 
Deut. 7, 8. 13,6. Mic. 6,4. Ps. 130, 8; 
any one from straits 2 Sam. 4,9. 1 K.1 
29. Ps. 25,22; from death Job 5, 20 
from the hand (792, 2%) of enemies 
the wicked, Jer. 15,21. 31,11. Job 6,23 
from the power of Sheol Hos. 13, 14 
ἸΏ c. inf. Job 33, 28; absol. ' BH? MIR 


ΓΞ 


to preserve the life of any one Ps. 34, 23. 
71, 23. Sometimes retaining the figure 
of a redemption, it is put for the deliver- 
ance of Israel out of Egypt, 2 Sam. 7, 
23. 1 Chr. 17, 21; and from Babylon Is. 
35, 10. 51, 11. 

4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a 
firstling, Num, 18, 15. 17. 

Nips. pass. of no. 2, Lev. 19, 20. 27, 
'29; of no. 3, Is. 1, 27. 

Hira. nen , causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex, 
21, 8. 

Horn. pass. inf. absol. 3 Lev. 19, 
20. 

Deriv. ἘΝ ΓΤ ΤΏ ---ὈἸΥΊ8.. 


SNTIIE (whom God delivers) Peda- 
hel, pr. ἢ. m. Num. 34, 28. R.m3p, 


“ZI (whom the rock i. 6. God de- 
livers) Pedahzur, pr.n. τὰ. Num. 1, 10. 
2,20. R. mB. 

"778 m. (Ὁ. 9) only in plur. cB, 
price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3,46 
sq. 18. 16.—Elsewhere 5°75 as part. 
pass. plur. the delivered, rescued, Is. 35, 
10. 51,11. See the root no. 3 fin. 


pp (deliverance, r. 13) Padon, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, 47. 


PATE Γ (τ. mp) 1. division, distinc- 
tion, Ex. 8, 19 [23]. Sept. διαστολή, 
Valg. divisio, Aben Ezra w7pm. Comp. 
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154. 

2. deliverance, Ps. 111, 9. 130, 7. Is. 
50, 2. 

"3B (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe- 
daiah, pr.n.m. a) The father-in-law 
of king Josiah 2 K. 23, 36. b) 1 Chr, 3, 
18. 6) Neh.3,25. d)11,7. 6) 8, 4. 
13, 13. 


ἼΓΙἽΞ (id.) Pedaiah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 
27, 20. 


pins m. Num. 3, 49, and >= Ex. 


21, 30. Ps. 49, 9, price of redemption, 
ransom, hinges, R. 773. 


* 7D obsol. root of uncertain prima- 
ry signification. From it have come: 


Ge 
ithe Arab. Cyd to build high; hence 
was a high tower; see Heb. ἮΝ. 


2. Arab. ids and διὰ a yoke of 
oxen, a plough, a measure of land, Fed- 


835 


ΓΞ 


dan; also Syr. 65, Chald. 738, id. 
But Syr. Lipss a valley, plain, deprese- 
ed region; a signif. not obviously allied 
to the preceding.—Hence 

JIB Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. Upis, a 
plain, low region, fully 57% 118 the plain 
of Syria, Padan-Aram, i.e. Mesopotamia 
with the desert on the west of the 
Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re- 
gion along the Mediterranean ; Gen. 25, 
20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9. 46,15. With 
τι local 53% 4738 Gen. 28, 2.5.6.7. In 
Hos. 12, 13 πὴ MW id. whence it ap- 
pears that 732 is nearly equivalent to 
my. 

* IID i. q. mB to deliver ; once Job 
33, 24 MN mye wp deliver him 
from going down to the pit; comp. in v. 
28 778 in a like connection. In other 
roots too the forms $> and > are kin- 
dred and stand side by side; comp. 333 
and 737, ΣῈ" and ΓΒ, Five Mss. here 
read 37398 loose or dismiss him; but 
less adapted to the context, while the 7 
is also sustained by the parall. ν, 28. 


, VIS obsol. root, prob. to nourish, to 


Ge 
fatten ; comp. Arab. <)cd3 to fatten an- 
imals, r and x being interchanged ; and 


more pie! G09 to become fat, 


thick, os fat, fatness. In the Indo- 
Rinepeen tongues comp. Germ. Futter, 
Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ; 
also ο fett, Engl. fat, Icel. feitr from the 
root foeden to nourish. The primary 
radical syllable is fad, which in many 
forms takes r, comp. pila, pater ; pigeo, 
piger, "32.—Hence 

ΓΘ m. in pause W738, c. suff. 772, fat, 
grease, Lev. 1, 8.12. 8,20. Sept. στέαρ. 


M2 m. (τ. 583; for ΝΒ, as 7 for 
nyt). constr. -Ξ for “NB 5 c. suff. ἽΒ 


Arab. 3 778, fi 7B; MB and MB, f, 


MB; 9B; Dap; one Deut. 21, 5, 
poet. 25 Ps. 17, 10; plur. in sige no. 
3578 1 Sam. 13, 21, = mitp Prov. 5,4. 

1. the mouth, so called from breathing 
and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135, 
17, comp. 178 τ Ps. 33, 6; like 5X nose 


6° 9 8,- 5- 
from 538%. Arab. B93, Kad, sls, x5, 


ΓΞ 


constr. 95, 3; Ls, id—Spoken of the 
mouth of man and beast, e. g. of the lion 
Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16 
“x "ΒῸ from the mouth i.e. jaws of the 
enemy) ; of the crocodile Job 41, 11.13; 
and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is. 
10,14. As the instrument of speech 
Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam’s 
ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1, 
20. al. sep. So of eating or devouring 
Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10, 
3; of tasting Gen. 25, 28; of esd 
Cant. 1, 2; of lndghter Job 8, 21; of 
breathing, seeabove. Sop 735 hoary 
mouthed, i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10; 

p2n me a smooth mouth i. e. flattering 
Prov. 26, 28; M22 "B a mouth of deceit 
Ps. 109, 2.—As "phrases may be noted: 

a) To speak with any one προς ΠΕ 
mouth to mouth, i.e. in person, ‘without 
mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8; 

comp. "8 ἘΦ "8 Jer. 32,4; FB "MN ANB 
34,3; also "53 1K. 8,15. Ὁ) nx mB 
with one mouth, with one voice or accord 
Josh. 9, 2. 1K. 22, 13. 2 Chr. 18, 12. 
Syr. seas re -". 6) Job 19, 16 J en- 
treat him "» 723 with my whole mouth, 
i. e. with all my strength of voice; and 
so "D2 Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30; also in acc. Ps. 
06, 17 ὙΠ ΒΞ MSR cry unto him with 
my whole mouth ; see for this ace. Heb. 
Gr. § 135.1. n.3. 4) Ἔ "Ba Bmw fo put 
in one’s mouth sc. words, to suggest what 
one shall say, Ex. 4,15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 
5.12. 2Sam. 14,19. Is. 59,21; "pa yo 
id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9. 
Also i.q. Deut. 31,19. Further. to be 
Ἔ "BD in one’s mouth, i. 6. so as to be of- 
ten spoken of, as a law Ex. 13,9; comp. 
Ps. 5,10. 38,15. Diff. is 2 Sam. 17, 5 let 
us hear "22772 what is in his mouth, i.e. 
what he has to say. 6) MB->D upon the 
mouth, Gr. ἀνὰ στόμα, ἐπὶ στόμα, where 
we say in or into the mouth; Nah. 8,12 
they (the figs) fall >> “pods into the 
mouth of the eater. Mic. 3,5. So that 
which is spoken is said to be MB">> upon 
the mouth, where we say upon the lips, 
see in > A.1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 "p-ds 
mg" Mmm cibWsy upon the lips of Ab- 
salom hath this been purposed, i. e. he 
has often spoken of it, has not concealed 
it. But me-by 35 ps to lay the hand 
upon the mouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg. 


836 


ΓΞ 

18,19. Job 21, 5. 40, 4. Mic. 7,16; comp, 
nz ‘37 Prov. 30, 32. f) ‘> "89 =m2 to 
write from the vist of any one, at his 
dictation, Jer. 36, 4. 27,32. 45,1. g) man 
"7 "B the breath of the mouth of Jehovah, 
for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power- 
ful and creative word or command, fiat, 
Ps. 33, 6. 

Further, the mouth is also put by 
meton. aa) For a speaker, spokesman, 
Ex. 4, 16 ΠΕΡ τ|9. MIN NIM, comp. 7, 1 
where it is e723. Jer. 15, 19. bb) For . 
voice, sound, Am. 6,5 bain “B7>y tothe 
sound of the lyre. cc) For speech, dis- 
course ; Ps. 49, 14 their followers cnBa 
asv" delight in their sayings. dd) For 
command, precept, order ; "Β "ΒΞ ac- 
cording to the command of any one, by 
order of, Gen. 45, 21. Ex. 17,1. Lev. 24, 
12. Num. 3,16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27; 
more rarely sp7>x Josh. 15, 13. 17, 4. 21, 
3; ἜΞ 1 Chr. 12, 23. Also Έ "Β -πῷ 
to keep the commandnient of any one 
Ecc. 8, 2; contra, "BMX (M79) ΠΏ 
to rebel against a command, see in 772, 
In like manner Δ "Β “22 10 transgress 
the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41. 
22, 18. 24,13. 1 Sam. 15, 24. Prov. 8, 29. 
So perh. Ps: 17, 3 "p79=d2 ἘΞ "ΩΤ, 
see in art. Mat. ee) For counsel, opi- 
nion, decision, 6. σ. of a judge Deut. 21, 
5. Soin the phrase ‘B "ΒΝ ΝῺ to 
ask the opinion or counsel of any one 
Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30,2. Also 
of testimony, as DIY B72 ἼΒΤῸΡ at the 
mouth of two witnesses, i.e. by their tes- 
timony, Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; Ὁ “E> 
Num. 35, 30. 

2. a mouth, i.e. an aperture, orifice, 
entrance ; e. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43, 
12. 21. 44,1; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3. 83 
of an ephah Zech. 5, 8; of the laver 
1 K. 7, 31; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22, 
27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141, 7. Is. 5, 
14; also of any garment which sur- 
rounds the neck, Ex. 39, 23. Job 30, 18. 
Ps. 133, 2; S89 Ἢ id. Ex. 28, 32. So 
ofa city, Lat. ostiwm, Prov. 8,3. Hence 
mpd mp entrance to entrance, i.e. from 
one end to the other, 2 Καὶ. 10, 21. 21, 16; 
mp->y ΓΙΒῸ id. Ezra 9, 11.—So Arab. 


> 
“; Ethiop. As, Gr. στόμα, id. 


3. mouth of the sword, i. e. the edge, 
as biting and devouring like the mouth, 


ΓΞ 


comp. r. 528 no. 3, Syr. Lopa? boas, 
Ethiop. A, edge of the sword.—So in 
the phrases: 2373 "85 ΓΙΞΙ͂ [0 smile with 
the edge of the sword, see in 33 
Hiph. no. 2. d, and > no. 3. 6. fin. "ἘΞ 7 
277 Gen. 34, 27; =n “p> Ὁ ΠΠ Josh. 
6, 21. 11, 11. 1 Sam: "15, 85 an "spb non 
to discomsit with the edge of the sword, 
Judg. 4, 15; ay ed Wn id. Ex. 17,13; 
also 29" ἘΞ bE) Josh. 8, 34. Judg. 4, 16. 
Here =n spd mM etc. does not differ 
from 2773 mn Josh. 11, 10, except as 
being more vivid. Sept. πατάσσω ἐν 
στόματι τῆς goupaiac.—Plur. O°B edges 
of cutting instruments 1 Sam. 13, 21; 
mite id. Prov. 5, 4. 

4. @ portion, part, pr. a mouthful, 
morsel, comp. 7 no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 99 
D128 the portion of two, i. e. a double 
portion. 2 K. 2, 9; also two parts of 
three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8; comp. 77 
], ο. 

5. i. q. fem. ΠΝ Β., the side or extremily 
of any thing. Is. 19, 7 ART ἼΒ ΤΡ on the 
side of the Nile, not ‘at the mouth of the 
Nile.’ 

6. With prepositions it assumes almost 
the nature οἵ ἃ particle : 

a) 9 «) according to the command 
of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. 8) according to the 
mention or notation of, i.e. in proportion 
to, according to, Ex. 16, 21. Lev. 25, 52 
"920 "DD according to his years. Num.6, 
οἵ, ἢ, 5.8. 85,8. 7) ig. 3, 10D, as, like ; 
Job 33, 6 by τ FED T an, as thou, of 
‘God sec. created. 5) "OX "BD Conj. 
according as, even as, Mal. 2, 9; and 
without 13x ellipt. so as, so that, Zech. 
2, 4. 

b) 75>, i.g. "BD, see > no. 13. a) by 
or according to the command of, i. q. 
simpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 "8 
τι according to the number of the 
children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26, 
54. Prov. 12,8. Hos. 10,12 sow ye in 
justice, 79 p> INSP and reap accord- 
ing to your piety. 8) With infin. ac- 
cording to, Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4; also 
when, i. 4. Sc. inf. Num. 9, 17. ler. 29, 
10; see in Ὃ ett. C. no. 7. 

¢) "p->> «) upon the mouth, where 
we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1, 
e. £8) on the side, see no. 5. y) at the 
sound of, see no. 1. bb ; according to the 
command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd; 


837 


mid 


by the testimony of, see no. 1.66, Hence 
5) i. q. ΒΞ, "83, according to, Num. 26, 
56. Lev. 27, 18. Deut, 17,10. Ex. 34, 27. 
Gen. 43,7 FPN ὈΛΊΞΠΠ “D~by accord- 
ing to these things, as things were, truly, 
“wy "p72 according as, Lev. 27, 8. 


MP or IB, once XP Job 38, 11, (perh. 
contr. from 5378 i. q. 492 in this or that 
sc. place, like ΓΞ for ἘΠ) Adv. of place. 

1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22, 
5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8, al. sepe. Mp2, 
‘ipa, from here, hence, Ez. 40, 21. 26. 34. 
37. ripa—rpa hence—hence, on this 
side—on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12. 21. 41, 
2. For ΠΞ"δς see in its place. 

2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Ezra 4, 2, 


9 ᾽ 
ΤΙΝ ἼΘ (perh. Arab. &S_5 mouth) Puah, 
pr.n.m. a) A sonof Issachar 1 Chr. 
7,1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num. 
26, 23 m3 Puvah. Ὁ) Judg. 10, 1. 


* 3B fat. 335", with Vav conv. 3554. 

1. to be cold, without vital warmth. 
Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea 
is that of breathing, blowing, cooling, 
see Heb. mp, the palatal and guttural, 
being interchanged. —Gen. 45, 26 3533 
ἾΞ5 but his heart was cold, did not warm 
with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be 
torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab. 
1, 4 friget lex. 

Nipu. to be torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9. 

Deriv. 345m and 


“NB f. remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18. 
‘TB, see r. 7D. 
nie see in NAB. 


*TAD fut. npn, i. gq. ΠῈΣ 4. v. to 
puff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. cb 


and , [5 to breathe odours, to be fra- 
grant. Syr. ue to blow, Pa. to refresh, 
to cool, sc. the air by a breeze.—Cant. 
2,17 D753 ΓΗΒ ἫΣ until the day breathes, 
i.e. until the breeze comes and the heat 
remits, until evening. Cant. 4,6. Comp. 
TA no. 2, and 218. 

Hiren. 1. With acc. do blow upon, as 
a wind Cant. 4, 16. 

2. to breathe out words, to utter, e. g. 
falsehood Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9; 
also in a good sense, to speak the truth. 
12. 17. ὦ 


ὩῈῚΞ 


3. to pant, i.e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3. 
Comp. 588 Ecce. 1, 5. 

4. With 3 to blow into a flame, to 
kindle up a fire, Ez. 21,36. Trop. c. 
acc. Prov. 29,8 to kindle up a city, i. e. 
to excite sedition. 

δ. to puff at, i. q. to rail at any one, c 
3 Ps. 10, 5; ᾿ Ps. 12,6 i> πι8" (ts) 
whom they puffed at, i. e. the oppressed. 

Deriv. "5. 


* DAD obsol. root, Syr. Aph. to de- 
spise, to afflict. See >x7uD. 

DB Phut, pr. n. of a warlike African 
people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6. 
Jer. 46,9. Ez. 27,10. 30,5. 38,5. Nah. 
3,9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya, 
with which also Josephus agrees, Ant. 
1.6.2. Phut then prob. comprised the 
Libyans next to Egypt, while 5.33» 
was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9. 
See Thesaur. p. 1093. 


DN OAB (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr. 
n. m. Ex. 6, 25. 

ΒΞ “OIE Egyptian pr. n. Potiphera, 
the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest 
of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20, 
Sept. Metepoi, Πεντεφρῆ, i. q. METE- 
& H qui Solis est, Soli proprius; see 
Champollion Précis du Systéme Hié- 
roglyphique, Tableau général, p. 23. PI. 
12. Found in various forms on Egyp- 


tian monuments; see Rosellini Monum. 
Storici L. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094, 


"ΒΒ (contr. for 292 "2. 8) Poti- 
phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh’s 
body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 


"7b obsol, root, uncert. but perh. 
i.q. Talmud. Pa. M72, to paint, to lay on 
colours.—Hence 


FB m. i. ᾳ. Gr. φῦκος, Lat. fucus, i.e. 
paint, dye, with which the Hebrew 
women tinged their eye-lashes; prepared 
from antimony (stibium) or minium; see 
ἴῃ τ, md. Sept. στιμμέ, Vulg. stibium. 
2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n. 
Fos wR. Is. 54, 11 with eye-paint 
(stibium) will I lay thy stones, i.e. Το will 
use it as cement in laying thy walls. 
1 Chr. 29, 2 3E""35% sfones of paint, 
used in building the temple; prob. a 
more costly kind of stones, or species of 


838 


215 


marble, used for ornamenting and as it 
were painting the walls or pavements, 


DID τὰ. (τ. 555) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28. 
Ez. 4,9. Mod. Arab. Je, aes, id 
The etymology is to be referred to the 
idea of rolling, from its round form ; comp, 
Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, paul, 
chick-pea, bolle onion. 


ΘῈ Pul, pr.n. 1. A people and re- 
gion in Africa as: yet unknown, Is. 66, 
19; where it is coupled with 13>. Vulg. 
Africa: Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26, 
with little probability understands Phila, 
a large island of the Nile between Egypt 
and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians 
WWAZK i. 6. border, far country, see 
Champollion ’Egypte I. p. 158. See 
Thesaur. p. 1094. 

2. A king of Assyria who preceded 
Tiglath-pileser, about 774-759 B. Ὁ. 
2K. 15,19. 1 Chr, 5, 26—The name 
may signify elephant, i. q. Sanser. pil, 
Pers. daa or better lord, king, i. q. 
Sanser. pala, Pers. YL, lofty, highest, 
The same syllable is ‘found in Nabo- 
polasar. 


DAB and OB Chald. m. c. suff. maEa 
Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da- 
ghesh; contracted for D5NB , BAND, Tr. ORB, 
as B92 for DAND; i. q. Heb. ne, moutlh 
Dan. 4, 28. 6, 23. 7, 5. 8. 20; an aper- 


ture, entrance, Dan. 6,18. Syr. [eas 


ἢ“ § gS? 
id. Arab. a3, aS: μϑ: 
“ye perh. i. q. Arab. cpl or hf, 
comp. DEN. 

1. to set, spoken of the sun, to become 
dark, see ἦε. 

2. to be perplexed, distracted. Once 
fut. Ps. 88, 16 M3EN, Sept. ἐξηπορήϑην, 
Vulg. conturbatus sum. 

Deriv. pr. n. "29D, 29D. 


MIB spoken of a gate of Jerusalem 
2 Chr. 25, 23; see in r. 22 B. no. 2. fin, 


“278 Punite, patronym. from a pr.n. 
55, a person unknown, Num. 26, 23. 


7298 (darkness, τ. 1:8} Punon, pr. ἢ. 
of a station of the Israelites in the desert 
after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42, 
43. Prob. Gr. Φαίνω, Lat. Phenon, cele- 
brated according to Jerome for its mines 


δ." 


jn which convicts were sentenced to la- 
bour, between Petra and Zoar; de Locis 
Heb. See Relandi Palestina p, 952. 
The same is }2"2. 


8.9 
TPAD (i. gq. MND, Arab. K_s mouth, 
or according to Simonis for M23b7 splen- 
did) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15. 


? ΥΞ only in fut. 7353, imper. plur. 
4X5, once part. pass. 6. suff. "455 Zeph. 
3, 10, i. q. YB? 4. ν. 

1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pil. 
Hithp. 

2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18 
that they scaller not my people every man 
from his possession, i. e. expel them. 
Part. pass. 798 dispersed ; Zeph. 3, 10 
“9D ΓΞ the daughter (congregation) of 
my dispersed.—Elsewhere only intrans. 
to be scattered, to disperse themselves, 
e.g. a flock Ez. 34,5. Zech. 13,7; a 
people Gen. 11, 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam. 
11, 11. 14, 34, 2 Sam. 20, 22. Ps. 68, 2. 

3. to overflow, to be superabundant, of 
fountains Prov. 5, 16; metaph. of pros- 
perity, 2122, Zech. 1, 17. 

Nipu. 7152 pass. to be scattered, dis- 
persed, e.g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52, 
8; a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 34. 41. 28, 
25. 34,12. So of voluntary dispersion, 
to disperse themselves, to be scattered, as 
a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1K. 22, 
17; a people by removing to various 
regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18, 8 for the 
battle was scattered over the face of all 
the country, extended itself.—Niph. does 
not differ from Kal in signification; but 
in Niph. only pret. and part. are used ; 
in Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp. 
Ez. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph. 

Pit. 73'8 fo break in pieces, a rock 
with a hammer Jer. 23, 29. 

Pivp. y2%2 10 break in pieces, a man 
by dashing him upon the ground or 
against a rock, Job 16, 12. 

Hien. 1. Trans. a) ¢o scatter seed 
Is. 28, 356. b) to scatter, to disperse, as 
the wind a cloud Job 37,11; inhabitants 
Is. 24, 1; an army, fo discomfil, to rout, 
Hab. 3,14. Ps. 18,15. 144,6. Jer. 13, 24. 
18, 17. Often with adjunct of place 
whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30, 
3. Jer. 30,11; c. 3 Deut. 4, 27. 28, 64. 
Neh. 1, 8. Jer. 9, 15. al. comp. Gen. 49, 7. 
Also to let be scattered, as a shepherd his 


839 


"5 


flock Jer. 23, 1.2. Part. γ5 8 a disperser, 
devastator, Nah. 2,2 [1]. 9) to put to 
flight a single person Job 18,11. d) to 
let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph, of 
anger Job 40, 11. 

2. Intrans. fo disperse oneself, spread 
oneself abroad, 6. g. the east wind over 
the earth Job 38,24; a people Ex. 5, 12. 
1 Sam. 13, 8. 

Hirnpan. yxipmn to be broken in 
pieces, to be scattered as dust, e. g. moun- 
tains Hab. 3, 5 [6]. 

Nore. An example of the form Tiphel 
(see Heb. Gramm. § 54.5. Lehrg. p. 254) 
occurs in the common reading Jer. 25, 
34 ἘΞ MisiEM J will scatter you. Other 
Mss. and editions read S3°MiS15N your 
dispersions, which is also expressed by 
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet- 
ter suited to the context. 

Deriv. 775% a mallet. 


ἡ ἃ ῬῚΞ to move to and fro, to waver, 
to be unsteady, Is. 28, 7.—Kindr. is Arab. 


GE to become poor, comp. in 43%. 
Of the same stock perh. is Germ. wank- 
en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken, 
(old Germ. wagen), diminut. vacillo, 
wackeln, Engl. towag. Comp. 372. 

Hien. id. Jer. 10,4 pa? 851 and it 
moveth not. 

Deriv. 5333, ΡΒ. 


ἘΠ]. PAD to go out, i. ᾳ. Chald. pes. 

Hiew. 1. to give out, to furnish, to 
supply, Ps. 144, 13; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see 
in ©3 no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685. 

2. To cause to go out from any one, to 
cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain, 
from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35. 
18, 22. Sept. λαμβάνω. 

3. to bring out fully, to further, to let 
succeed, Ps. 140, 9. 


TPB ἢ (τ. ps1) an obstacle in the 
way, which causes one to stagger, a 
stumbling-block, i. q. 51332, 1 Sam. 25, 
31. 

* AB i,q. 172, to break, to break in 
pieces. Hence 

Hips. 3757 id. i.g. "8, trop. to frus- 
trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19. 

Deriv. 32 wine-press.. 

“AB m.a lot, die, a Persian word, i.q. 
daa by which it is explained Esth. 3,7. 


ἪΞ 


It corresponds to Pers. ae péreh part, 
portion, whence we ὃς to part, and 
> behre part, lot. Of the same fam- 


ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. τ. 
"ap and "78.—Plur. 5°18 lois Esth.9, 24. 
Also 575573 "D7 v.31, and simply =" 
v. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i.e. of lots, 
celebrated by the Jews in memory of 
the events recorded in the book of Esther, 
on the 14th and 15th days of the month 


Adar. Arab. 72 

MVD Εἰ a wine-press, Is. 63, 8. Hagg. 
2,16.. R. “bd. 

ROME Poratha, Pers. pr. n. of one of 
the sons of Haman, Esth. 9,8. Sept. 
Vat. Φαραδαϑά, Alex. Βαρδαϑά or Pag- 
Sadu. Hence perh. 8758 is contr. for 
RMINS sorle datus ; comp. N37 . 


9 
ὁ festival of Purim. 


* DAB fat. wren 1. to be scatlered, 
dispersed, kindr. with 738; see Niph. 
Chald.id. Also tospread oneself, to over- 
flow, as a stream; see ji8"».—Hence 

2. to be proud, to show off proudly, 
from the idea of a stream proudly over- 
flowing. comp. pty no. 3. Arab.  3ls 
mid. Ye, I, III, id. So of a horseman 


prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves — 


leaping and sporting, 2 pers. ὩΣ ΒΒ Mal. 
3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50,11. Sept. σκιρτάω, 
ΝΊΡΗ. to be scattered, dispersed, Nah. 
3, 18. 
Deriv. pr. ἢ. jit". 


*DVAD obsol. root, Arab οἱ mid. 
Waw, to be apart, to be separated one 
from another, to have an interval be- 
tween two things. Kindr. is mm, also 
93, interval between the ie 
Hence mb. 

“1B Puthite, patronym. once 1 Chr. 
2, 53. 
᾿ ΤῺ m. (τ. 118 I) pr. ad). purified, pure, 
an epithet of gold Cant. 5, 11; then itself 
for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam. 
4,2. Is. 13, 12. al. Distinguished from 
ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov. 
8, 19.—Rosenmiiller prefers to render it 
solid or massive gold, comparing ἴἘ2}5 
solid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful 
{ would not desert the authority of the 
book of Chronicles; see in 112 Hoph. 
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49. 


840 


mp 


*]. 178 in Kal not used, i. q. Arab. 


Ge 
(λῶν to separate, to distinguish ; comp. 
the roots beginning with the letters x5 
under 38. Spec. as it would seem, to 
separate and purify corre from the 


scoria by fire ; whence (43 silver, comp. 


5°32 stannum, tin, from 532, and Eth. 
NZ silver, ACT brags, from the root 
"72 to purify. —Hence *8 pure gold, and 

Hopn. part. 1232 ΠῚ 1 K. 10, 18, 
which ‘in 2 Chr. ‘9, 17 is expressed by 
“ind amt pure gold. 


*IL.FI8 to be hard, firm, strong ; 
Syr. ete hard, solid, robust, see above 
in. Once in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow 
abode in strength, 7°77 ἜΣ IE and 
the arms of his hands were firm, strong, 
i.e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi 
wPinnm"; also Abulw.—Others, as Saad. 
the arms of sie epg were active ; com- 


paring Arab. 3 to leap up, asa manele, 


to be agile, light; also the kindr. ἃ if, 
539, p23, Talm. 12x to leap, to dance. 


So at least Heb. 115 in 

Piet, 2 Sam. 6, 16 "27235 1322 leaping 
and dancing ; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29 
is expressed by pmws; 7PI9 dancing 
and playing. So too Sept. ὀρχούμενος 
καὶ ἀνακρουόμενος, Vulg. subsiliens et 
saltans. Targ.mav25 7—79 —But Kim- 
chi and Abulw. who explain 112 by pin, 
render here: strengthened, i. e. girded, 
accinctus. 


᾿ “IB to scatter, to disperse, i. q."123, 
“12; in Kal only part. pass. fem. 7718 
Jer. 50, 17. 

Pie. "38, fut. "759 1, i. q. Kal, to 
scatler, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, Ps. 
147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Israel 
among the nations, D"152 Joel 4, 2; the 
bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 13 
ἜΞΉΤῸΝ “eM and hast scattered thy 
ways i. e. hast roved about. 

2. to distribute largely, to be liberal, 
bountiful, Ps. 112, 9. Prov. 11, 24. 

Nipu. Ps. 141, 7, and Puat Esth. 3, 8, 
pass. fo be dispersed. 


I. ΠΒ τὰ. (τ. mp) plur. oD Dag 
fort. impl. like 5°75 constr. "Tp. 


nm 


1. a plate, lamina, see the root in 
Kal; plur. o°m2 Num, 17,3. 39m Je 
the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3. 

2. a nel, snare, trap-nel, Sept. παγίς; 
espec. of a fowler Am, 3, 5, see below. 
Prov. 7, 23. Ecce. 9, 12; Bip? mp Hos. 
9,8. Ps. 91, 3; o°pit ma Ps. 124, 7, 
Also such an one as seizes and holds 
beasts or men by the foot; Job 18, 9 
Mg 3553 WIN the tra epeter take him by 
the heel. Jer. 18,22 "32> Ὁ OND. It 
was set in the path, Prov. 7, "23. 22, 5; 
and hidden on or in the expand, whenen 
> mp jon Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4. Jer. 18, 225 
also > me 72 id. Ps. 119, 110; ma pn 
> Ps. ‘141, 9.—The form of thie springe 
or trap-net appears from two passages, 
Am. 3, 5 and Ps. 69, 23; it was in two 
parts, which when set were spread out 
upon the ground and slightly fastened 
with a stick (trap-stick); so that as 
soon as a bird or heast touched the stick, 
the parts flew up and inclosed the bird 
in the net, or caught the foot of the ani- 
mal, Job 18,9. Thus Am. 3, 5 5ἴηπ 
“Mot AD PR Opis PNA np->y nibs 
vi3dt xd 35) τ ΝΠ“ 72 MB doth a bird 
fall inlo α net upon the ground when 
there is no trap-stick for her ? doth the 
net spring up from the ground and take 
nothing αἱ all? i. 6. does any thing hap- 
pen without a cause? Ps. 69, 23 "πὶ 
ΤΕ DARD Ope let their table before 
them become a net ; here the i729 is the 
oriental cloth or leather ΤΡ upon 


the ground like a net, Arab. ὅ ἔ: ὡς see 


in {72> and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p. 
372.—Metaph. put for any cause of de- 
struction Josh. 23, 13. Is. 8, 14. Hos. 5,1; 
comp. Ps. 69,23. Job 22,10. For the pa- 
ronomasia Mb} NP IMB), see in IMB .— 
Here is usually referred Ps. 11, 6 "22" 
‘sar ΠῚ oopdin-by upon the wicked God 
shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone. 
But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago 
perceived that ΘΠ might here be re- 
ferred to the root =M2, whence ἘΠ a 
coal, burning coal, and ‘then lightning, 
comp. SX ἼΒΤΙΣ Ps, 18, 13. 14. There 
is therefore no need with Olshausen to 


replace OMS pads since DNS ee 


means the same thing; see 5°M® in its 
order. Still the signif. nets, snares, may 
71 


841. 


“ΓΞ 


here well be retained, as an emblem of 
destruction to the wicked, 


IL. ΠΡ i. q. HMR 4. v. ἃ prefect or gov- 
ernor of a province; once c. suff. ΠῚ 
Neh. 5,14. But the suffix is here suspi- 
cious, not being required by the context, 
and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and 
Syr. though expressed by Sept. Alex. 
Perh, it should read 579. 


ἘΠἼΠΒ fut, 1718" fo tremble, to be in 
trepidation; Chald. id. but rare. The 
primary idea seems to be that of leap- 


ing, springing, comp. 172 , 12M, also 113, 
. 5, δῇ, Thus: 


a) For fear, i. q. to fear, to be afraid, 
Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33,14. 44,8.11; hence 
“M2 N> not to be afraid, i. q. to be of 
good courage, intrepid, coupled some- 
times with ΠΏΞ, Is. 12, 2. Jer, 36, 24. 
Ps, 78, 53. Prov. 3, 24. “ΤΠ 718 to fear 
a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53, 6. Job 3, 25. With 
Ἴ2 of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27, 
1 Ἴπϑ 722 of whom shall I be afraid? 
Mic. 7,19. Job 23, 15; "389 Is. 19, 16, 
17. Ascribed to the heart, Deut. 28, 67. 
Ps.119, 161. With >3 to turn trembling 
to any one, either as expressing fear;, 
Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28); or to 
implore help, Hos. 3, 5... b) For joy, Is. 
60, 5 33» anv Imes and thy heart 
shall tremble (leap, throb) and be en- 
larged. Jer. 33,9. See also r. 573 spo- 
ken both of joy and terror. 

Prev i. q. Kal, but intensive, to fear 
continually, to be in terror, c. "2372 Is. 
51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum- 
spect, Prov. 28, 14. 

Hien. to make tremble or shake, c. 
acc. Job 4, 14. 

Deriv. ΠΗ ΓΒ. and 

IB m. c. suff. he, plur. ony. 

1. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14. 
13, 11. 22, 10. al. sep. Job 25, 2 buon 
jad ἽΠΙΞῚ dominion and fear are with 
him, i. 6. "they proceed from him. si>w 
ἽΠΘ secure from fear, without fear, 
Job 21, 9; "Mp "ba id. 39, 16. 59> Ihe 
terror by nipht, nocturnal terror, Ps. 91, 
5, comp. Cant. 3,8. Bkms IMB tullide 
terror, Prov. 3, 25, 33> SMa fear of 
heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa- 
ronomasia is ™75} 772 Lam, 3, 47, and. 
Mp} ὨΠΕῚ wp fear, and the pit, and ax 


$25; see in td IL. 


sme 


snare Is. 24,17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any 
kind of terror and destruction, and ap- 
parently a proverb drawn from birds or 
other game, which by some object of 
fright were driven into a pil or snare ; 
comp. Lat. formido Virg. Georg. 3. 372, 
‘and Heyne’s note.—Often with genit. 
of pers. who inspires fear; as "7 7B 
the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires, 
1 Sam. 11, 7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17, 10.. Is. 
2, 10. 19; comp. 775 1 Chr. 14,17. Job 
13, 11; alec pbs sms Ps. 36,2; 798 
a8 Ps, 64, 2; ἘΔΩ͂ “ne Esth. 8,17. 
9,3; 77M Deut. 2, 85; ἘΞῚΠΒ 11, 25; 

and in like manner M37 ἬΠΒ the Ἂν of 
evil, calamity, Prov. 1, "33.—Put for an 
object of fear or terror ; Prov. 1, 26 823 
ἘΞ ΓΙΞ when your fear cometh, i. 6. that 
which you fear. ν. 27 (comp. Job 3, 25). 
Ps. 31, 12. Hence for the deity of any 
one, as Gen. 31, 42 PAE? IMB the Sear 
of Isaac, the God whom Isaac fears, i. e. 
Jehovah, comp. v. 53.—Plur. o%nB 
fears, terrors, Job 15, 21. 

2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs ; Job 40, 
17 [12] sa7w? Ma m3 che sinews of 
his thighs are wrapped together. Targ. 
ὙΤΙΓΙΞἪ xt2m, Pesh. meio pw? “pa 


of. 
Arab. sola} sy: the same word 
in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr-. 
|,»os is explained in Lex. Adl. by ‘ets 


the jugular vein in a horse; but the Ara- 
bic translator, who follows the Syriac, 


, 9. - 
gives it by SLs thighs, from Ax? 


thigh ; and this is most appropriate to 
the context in Job 1. 6. See more in 
Bochart Hieroz. Ill. 716 Lips.—But 
Chald. 77778 is testicles Lev. 21, 20; 
and so Vulg. testiculi Jobl.c. In this 
case the signif. thigh is transferred 
to the pudenda virilia ; comp. in 37" 
and also Lat. femur.—The primary idea 
is doubtful. If the signif thigh be the 
original one, then it may come from the 
idea of leaping (see in r. MD), as prs 
leg, from the signification of running. 
Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then 
the idea of shame may be derived from 
that of bil 


ΤῊ f. (r. eae te i. 4 
MRT, Jer. 2, 19. 


842 


rf 


ΓΞ (for mm Dag. forte impl.) 
constr. PMB, 6. suff. yHmM_y Mal. 1, 8; 
plur. mimp 1 K. 10, 15, constr. nine 
Neh. 2, 7, c. suff. πο Jer. 51, 28. 57; 
a prefect! or governor of a provinee tea 
than a satrapy (see in ΒΒ ΤΩ ΤΙΝ) e.g. 
in the Assyrian empire 2 Κὶ, 18, 24. Is. 
36,9; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez. 
23, 6.23; the Median Jer. 51, 28; espec. 
the Persian Esth. 8, 9. 9,3. So of the 
Persian prefect or governor on this side 
the Euphrates Neh. 3,7; of whom seve- 
ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7. 9. Ezra 8, 
36; also of the governor of Judea Hag. 
1, 1.14. 2,2. 21. Mal. 1,8. This office 
was held by Zerubbabel, Hag. ἢ. ec. 
and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of 
Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10, 
15. 2 Chr. 9,14; and of Syria in the 
days of Benhadad, 1 K. 20, 24.—The 
fem. ending appears in this word in 
common with many other names of office 
(see Lehrg. p. 468, 878); though np 
being of Persian origin, the ending may 
arise from another source. Several ety- 
mologies have been proposed; the best 
perh. is by Benfey (Monathsn. p. 195), 
who compares Sanscr. paksha compa- 
nion, fried, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee 
prob. pakha, applied to the prefeets of 
provinces as the associates and (quasi) 
adjutants of the king. Of the same ori- 
gin is prob. Lely) Lil, Basha, Pasha, 


coming from the same Sanser. form. 


“MD Chald. constr. [hp, plur. em- 
phat. 8HINB, a prefect, governor, i. q- 
Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6,7. Dan. 3, 2. 8. 
27. 6, 8. 


" iat to leap, to spring, as in Chald. 
So of water boiling over, comp. 178 Gen. 
49. 4, Hence trop. 

1. to be proud, vain-glorious, like Arab. 

; comp. ‘™. Part. plur. oe, 
se of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4. 

2. to be light, wanton, lewd ; Part. 
ΘΠ ΠῚΒ Jadg. 9,4. Se Syr. p2, comp. 
Gr. ζέω. 

Deriv. the two following. 

1® τῇ. pr. ὦ boiling up, ebullition, as 
of boiling water. Gen. 49, 4 Reuben, 
thou my first born. . - ou In α boil- 
ing up as of water art thou, i.e. thov 


Imp 


didst boil up like water with lust and 
passion, referring to his incest. Symm. 
ὑπερζέσας, Vulg. effusus es. Comp. r. 
18 no. 2. 


MME Γ vain-glory, boasting, Jer. 23, 
32, R. tmp. 


᾿ nme in Kal not used, pr. to strike 
upon, to pound, to smite, onomatopoetic 
and kindr. with ΣΡ. 03), ΠΞΒ, 778, 
P28, and others in which the syllables 
3D, 3B, PP, also 33, Pp, have the force 
of striking upon, smiting ; comp, Gr. 
πήγω (xyyviw), Lat, pago (pango), paco 
(pax, paciscor).—Hence ΓΒ plate of me- 
tal, from beating; also net, snare, from 
setting, making fast by pegs, etc. 

Hieu. mem denom. from mp, to snare ; 
Is. 42, 22 ΠῚ BMANS MPN snaring one 
snares them all in holes, i. e. binds them 
fast with fetters in prison-houses. 


DTD m. (r. 8B) i. g. OMB, @ coal, col- 
lect. coals, like Arab. ΜΈ: 3. and so, ac- 


cording to some, put for lightning Ps. 
11,6; comp. Ps. 18,13. 14. Seein ms 
I. 2, fin. 


* Dns obsol. root, Chald. #1) and 


Arab. =: to be black, like coal ; comp. 
pin. 

Deriv. B°mB and 

DM m. (for oma Dag. forte impl.) a 
coal, collect. coals, charcoal, Prov. 26, 
21; also coal as kindled, burning coal 


GS-7 Gos 


Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. =. = 
id. Eth. ihe a coal, live coal. 

* "TD obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. pus] 
to form, to be a potter. Hence 


"38 Chald. τὰ. (for “π Dag. forte 

impl.) a potter, Dan. 2,41. Syr. las, 
5 

Arab. 3, id. 

* TIM obsol. root, Syr. Pa. dd fo 
dig, to excavate. Hence 

MM τὰ. 2 Sam. 18, 17, plur. OonnE 
f. 2 Sam. 17,9; @ pit, often as the em- 
blem of destruction Lam. 3, 47. Is, 24, 


17 MQ) ΓΙΒῚ Mp, see in 37 no. 1. Jer. 
48, 43. 


843 


“ὯΞ 


ayiannp (prefect of Moab, see 
nme) Pahath-Moab, pr. ἢ, τὰ, Ezra 2, 
6. 8, 4, 10,30. Neh. 3, 11 7, 11. 10/15. 


PNM (fem. of mp) a hollow, low 
spot, in garments infected with leprosy, 
Lev. 13,55. R. mone. 


MIO f. a species of gem Ex. 28, 17. 
39, 10. Ez. 28,13; found in Cush Job 
28, 19; according to most of the ancient 
versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem 
found on an island in the Red Sea, Plin. 
H. N. 37.8. See more in Braun de Vest. 
Sacerd. p. 508.—Bohlen (in Abhand- 
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu 
Konigsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin 
of the word in the Sanser. language, 
where pita is yellowish, pale; and the 
Greek name τοπάζιον might itself seem 
to come by transposition from M705, 
MIDO. 

“WOH m. (r. 222) pr. something cleft ; 
hence a bursting bud, opening blossom ; 
pps "TSB opening flower-buds, 1 K. 6, 
18, 29. 32, 35. 

QS τὰ. adj. (τ. 28) free, 1 Chr. 9, 
33 Cheth. In Keri "128 part. pass. see 
the root no, 3. 

WOE m. (τ. Oop) a hammer, Is. 41, 
7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is 
called the hammer (desolator) of the 
whole earth, Jer. 50,23. Chald.id. Arab. 


males id. 


"OE Chald. m. ρίαν. c. suff. Dan. 3, 
21 Cheth, jin"3"uB their tunica, under- 
garments. So Syr. Lever) from 
Lads tunic; Heb. iste. mans. In 
Keri is PnBey from Sop id. R. toe 
no. 2. 


“SOB , fut. 925" only in no, 3. 

1. to cleave, to burst open ; see "528. 
Arab. id. and intrans. to break 
forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is "M3 q. v. 
᾿ 2. Transit. to cause to break forth 6. g. 


water, to let out, Prov. 17, 14.—Hence 


3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like 
Chald. 25; 2 Chr: 23, 8. 1 Chr. 9; 33 
p28 the dismissed, the free, i. 8. ex- 
empt from public duty, where Cheth; 
ne .—Intrans. fo break or slip away 
to get out of the way or place, fat. "25" 


"O85 


1Sam. 19,10. Syr. ;je id: Chald. Pe. 
and Ithpe. 
Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst 
open; hence togape. So ΒΞ LEN 
to gape with the lips, i. e. to open wide 
,the mouth, to stretch the mouth, as a 
»gesture of scorn, Ps. 22,8; comp. 35, 21. 
Job 16, 10. 
Deriv. "UB, OD, MI1Ge , and 


“QB m. a fissure, concr. that which 
first breaks forth; hence orf "0B the 
Jirst-born, ‘firatling, which first opens the 
vwomb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num. 
Ὁ, 12, al. Also without or Ex. 13, 12. 
13..ὄ 34, 20. 


MOE f. id. Num. 8, 16. Β΄. "ἸΏΒ. 


"ΦῸΞ 1, to beat, to pound, to ham- 
mer, Gr. θὰ whence "2p ham- 
mer. Arab. $ to hammer out iron. 
This root is onomatopoetic; kindr. are 
‘Wos, tod, ton, wi. The same idea 
-of beating lies also in the syllable UB 
pat ; comp. late Lat. battuere, Fr. battre, 
Belg. bot, Engl. to beat ; and with the 
second ¢ changed to a sibilant, Germ. 
_patschen, Swed. baisch, blow. 

2. to spread out, to expand, for which 
moreusually vy. Hence Chald. wun. 


"B constr. state of the noun Mp mouth, 
q. v. 


FoI" Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss. 
MO3"B in one word, which is better, Pi- 
beseth, pr. n. of a city in lower Egypt on 
‘the east side of the Pelusian branch of 
the Nile, Gr. Βουβαστὸς and Βούβαστις, 
Bubastis, Hdot. 2.59. Strabo XVII. p. 
805. It was so called from a temple of 
Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians, 
whom Herodotus compares with Diana, 
‘2. 137, 156. The name was written in 
Egyptian [lorRaerf, which Steph. 
Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name 
for cat. But the Egyptian name of 
Diana was ΠΟΤ. and not improb. 
mo3""p was formed by prefixing the 
masc. art. Fy, as in OA. The ruins 
of the ancient city, now called Tell Bas- 
tah, Kim Bastah, were discovered and 
are described by Malus in Descr. de 
Egypte, Etat moderne, livr. IIL p. 
307. Comp. Quatremére Mémoires sur 


844, 


ΞῚΞ 


Egypte I. p. 98. Wilkinson Mod. 
Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond. 1843. 


¥ TS obsol. root, Arab. δι: mid. 
Waw and Ye, to die, i. ᾳ. «οἱ (kindr. 
with M2, we) IV, to destroy. Sanscr. 
pid to make sad, to afflict.—Hence 


‘TE m. calamity, misfortune, Job 30, 
24, 31, 29. Prov. 24, 22. Here also be- 
longs Job 12,5 13 "E> to misfortune 
(i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt ; 
see in "5d. 


MiB m. (for MB, τ, NB) mouth, i. 8. 
edge of a sword ; plur. Nip "203 Judg. 3, 
16. Comp. ΠΕ no, 3. 

FVTVIMD Pi-hahiroth, pr. n. of a 
place near the northern end of the Gulf 
of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon, Ex. 
14, 2. 9. Num. 33,7; also without "B v. 
8. According to the Hebrew it would be 
the mouth of the caverns; but it is doubt- 


lessan Egyptian name. NY-2.35-pwy 
place where grass or sedge grows. See 
Jablonski Opusc. ed. Te Water I. p. 447. 
Il. p. 159. 


TB m. (τ, M58) ashes, cinders, easily 
blown away, Ex. 9, 8, 10. 


22"B (mouth of all, i. 6. all-command- 
ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of 
Abimelech’s troops, Gen. 21. 22. 32, 
26, 26. 


DIMB ἃ concubine, see in ὍΣΣ. 


ΓΞ f. (τ. ΘΝ) fat, fatness, Job 15, 
ale 


cmp (mouth of brass, from Ἢ and 
om) ‘fie np i. g. NUM) Phinehas, pr. ἢ. 
a) The son and successor of the bigh- 
priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7. 
Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35. 
9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. Ὁ) Ason of Eli, 1 
Sam. 1, 3. 2,34. 4,4sq. 14,3. c) Ezra 
8, 33. 

2 (iq. 1558) Pinon, pr. n. of an 
Idumean city, Gen. 36, 41. 1 Chr. 1, 52; 
see PID. R. je. 

ΓΗ f£ plur. (by redupl. from "9, 
mp) edges, i. e. two or more, 35h 
mrey a two-edged sword, δίστομος, Ps, 
149, 6. In Is. 41, 15 of a threshing- 
dray, τ ἢ V2 having edgesyii e. teeth, 
points. 


p's 


PB m. a wavering, tottering, of the 
knees Nah. 2,11. R. px. 


ΤῺ (overflowing, τ. rp) Pishon, 
pr. n. of a river issuing from the garden 
of Eden and flowing around the land of 
Haviiah or India (see 72" no. 3) Gen. 
2, 11, comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un- 
derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 3; but 
with Schulthess and others I would 
prefer the Jndus, which actually flows 
around India on the west, and was 
nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as 
Reland (de situ Paradisi § 3), Rosen- 
miller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194), under- 
stand the Phasis, and take 37m for 
Colchis ; but the Heb. name for the 
Colchians was 5°71302. The Samari- 
tan translator and others hold Pishon to 
mean the Nile, and employ the Heb. 
word in this sense; see Castell Annot. 
Sam. ad Ex. 2, 8. See more in J. Ὁ. 
Michaelis Supplem. p. 2008. Rosen- 
miller 1. c. 


IMB Pithon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 
9, 41. The etymology is unknown. 


JE πὶ. (τ. ΠΞΒ) a flask, bottle, 1 Sam. 
10, 1. 2K. 9, 1.3. 


ψ mB in Kal not used, kindr. with 
m23, to drop, to distil. 

Piet tu flow out in drops, to flow, Ez. 
47, 2. 

Deriv. 32 - 


*"2© obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to 
fetter; Pa.to entangle, to hinder. Hence 

DIE MIB (snaring the roes; 
or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e. 
getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth- 
Zebaim, pr. n. of a man Ezra 2, 57. 
Neh. 7, 59. 


*NOD in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
separate, to distinguish, i.g. 128; see 
Pi. and Niph. no. 1.—The primary bili- 
teral root is 55. which like "5 implies 
separation; as Chald. "3B to cleave, to 
cut in two, Pa. tosever, separate, remove ; 


Syr. lls to search out; Arab. NG de 
lacte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots 
nbp , 2B, 728, Sanser. phal to separate. 
2. to make distinguished, extraordi- 
nary, wonderful, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2, 
and pr. ἢ. M7828. 
71* 


845 


ndp 


Niea. 8}, fut. xbB2 1, to be distin- 
guished, i. e. great, extraordinary, 6. g. 
of strong affection, 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan. 
11, 36 mixdp2 7279 shall speak great 
things i, e. impious words, atrocious 
blasphemy against God. Comp. in >i73 
no. 2. 

2. to be great, i. e. to be hard, difficult, 
arduous, with "3"22 in the eyes of any 
one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8,6; with 12 
too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18, 14. Deut. 
30, 11. Jer. 32, 17. 27. Also to be hard 
to accomplish Ps. 131, 1; Aard to under- 
stand Prov. 30, 18. Job 42,3; hard to 
judge Deut. 17, 8.—Hence 

3. to be wonderful, marvellous, Ps. 118, 
23. 139,14. Part. plur. fem. mix>p2 as 
subst. wonderful works, marvellous deeds, 
miracles, of God, both in creating and 
sustaining the world Job 5, 9. 37, 14. 
Ps. 72, 18; and also in preserving and 
aiding his people and pious worshippers 
6. g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10. 
Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6, 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9, 
2. 26,7. 106, 22. al. sep. It also takes 
an adjective, as mid43 mixded Ps. 136, 4. 
Adv. mixbe3 wonderfully, wut bellously, 
Job 37, 5. ‘Dan. 8, 24. 

Piet, to separate, to set apart, ἀφορί- 
ζειν, i. e. lo consecrate, 6. g. an offering 
in fulfilment of a vow, only in the phrase 
mjnnb 12 xbe 10 accomplish, pay, a vow 
to Jehovah, Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3.8. | 

Hien. x7>Bn, twice xb2h like verbs 
rib Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29. 

1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow, i. 8. an 
offering vowed, Lev. 27,2; and soina 
different construction Num. 6,2 87257 7D 
"12 972-7535 ifone consecrate any thing 
for vowing the vow of a Nazarite. 

2. to make distinguished i. 6. great, 
extraordinary, 6. g. kindness, to show 
great kindness, with > of pers. Ps. 31, 
22; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf. xben 
adv: eminently, very, 2 Chr. 2, 8. 

3. to make wonderful. ἀδηνξρα διὰ 6. g. 
counsel [5. 28,29; with mx to do marvel- 
lously, to deal wonderfully with any one, 


‘in a sense of disfavour Is. 29, 14; but 


D> "bpd ΓΙῸΣ id. ina good sense Joel 
2,26. With > c. inf ΠΊΣΤΙΝ. N75BnM to be 
wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26,15; eben 
Mivs> to do or act wonitrondly Judg. 13, 
19. 

Hirupa. to show oneself distinguished, 


ndp 


ji. e. to show oneself strong, mighty, c. 3 
towards, against any one, in oppressing 
him, Job 10, 16. 

Deriy. 82>}, "8>B, NDB, MND, and 
the pr. names seb, msde, mabe. 


NP m. in pause ΝΒ, c. suff. °N>B, 
a wonder, marvel, wipack, of God Fix. 
15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is. 
25, 1. Plur. o°N>B adv. wonderfully 
Lain 1, 9; but plur. mixde wonders 
Dan. 12, 6.—-Coner. the Wonderful, spo- 
ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5. 


"SOB m. adj. (¥>8 with adj. ending) 
wonderful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken 
of something gapernatoral. In Keri is 
“be, which is only a contracted form.— 
The fem. of "X>B_is M™N>D (73822) Ps. 
139, 6 Cheth. where Keri mx75 is fem. 
of a form 87>B. 


ΤΡ 25 (whom Jehovah makes distin- 
guished, τ. 822) Pelaiah, pr. τι. τὰ. Neh. 
8, 7. 10, 11. 


. 325 in Kal not used, Aram. and 
Arab. AS to cleave, to divide ; comp. 


on the-primary root >» under 8>8.— 
Hence 

Nrpeu. to be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 
1, 19. 

Prez to divide, 6. g. water-courses Job 
138, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their 
tongue, i. e. cause dissension among 
them. 

Deriv. 359 —n3>B, 73252. 


28 Chald, id. Part. pass. 2°58 Dan. 
‘2, 41, 


328 m. Arab. 
89.  B<- 


ἐ" ἐ" id. Ethiop. A,A® river, 
large stream. Commonly taken as a 
channel, canal. from the idea of divid- 
ing, comp. the verb 522 Job 38,25. Not 
improbably, however, the root ΔῈ may 
have also included the idea of fiowing, 

_fluctuating, boiling up, comp. the words 
flu, fluc-si, fluc-tus, phi-, pluo, Sanser. 
plu, Blaw to flow, also πέλαγος ; Eth. 
AAmh to boil, to boil up; see Pott Ety- 
mol. Forsch. I, Ὁ. 212.—Ps. 65, 10 388 
‘et>y the brook or collect. the brooks, 
streams, of God, i. 6. watering and ferti- 
lizing the land with God’s blessings. 
(Plur, 0°2>p Is. 30, 25, constr. "2p, as 


1. a brook, rivulet ; 


846 


ΓΞ 


pm "2>b Ps. 1, 3. Prov. δ, 16. 91,1. Of 
ΝΗ .- tears Ps, 119, 136. Lam. 3, 48; 


$id. yoy ΒΒ brooks of oil 


Job 99, ¢ 6. For Ps. 46,5 see in "32 no. 2. 

2. Peleg, (division, part.) pr. ἢ. of a 
patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25. 
1 Chr. 1, 19. 

328 Chald. a half, Dan. 7, 25. 

X28 or 2B only in plur. misbp 
brooks, streams, Judg. 5, 13. 16. Job 20, 
17. R. 3p. 

malp f. @ division, class of the priests, 
i. ἃ. ME>M, 2 Chr. 35, 5, R. xb. 


mabe or ἘΝ Chald. id. Ezra 6, 18, 


tabs, oftener ΛΟ, 6. suff. iwa>"p ; 
plur. ποῦ: ἘΡ and mitaben , estr. "abe, 

1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. RAP} E, 
NmpP>EB. id. comp. Gr. πάλλαξ, atchinade, 
παλλακή, Lat. pellex. The etymology 
is obscure ; the word seems not to be of 
Semitic erates but may come from Gr. 
πάλλαξ, or perh. from the Persian.—Spo- 
ken usually of a female slave, who was 
also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24, 35, 
22. Judg. 19, 2 sq. al. sepe. Fully MUN 
wao"» Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, Ἔ. 
Opp. to wives pe higher rank 1 K. 11, 3. 
Cant. 6, 8. 9. 

2. Mase. i. q. 0 πάλλαξ, a paramour, 
aN2, Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5. 


*455 obsol. root, Arab. Awe to cut 
up ; comp. in 828.—Hence 


ἌΡ. f. tron, steel ; Syr. fess, Arab. 


9 a“ 
SIG, a finer kind of iron, stee].—Plur. 


misbB irons, perh. hooks or scythes on 
chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 nittp wuz 
2225 with the flashing of irons are the 
chariots, i. 6. with polished scythes or 
armature. 


WISH Pildash, pr. n. τὰ. Gen. 22, 22. 
The etymology is unknown. 


> ΓΒ in Kal not used, i. q. 55, to 
separate, to distinguish. 

Nipu. to be separated, distinguished, 
c. 2 Ex. 33, 16. Ps. 139, 14 7 will praise 
thee "m7>B minvia Ἢ. for [am wonder- 
Sully distinguished. 

Hips. 1. to separate, to distinguish, 
Ex. 8, 18 [22]; ο. 792 to distinguish be- 
tween, ib. 9, 4. 11, 7. 


comp. 


"bp 


2. to distinguish, i. e. to make distin- 
guished, to make great, Ps. 4, 4. 17,7. 

Deriv. *i>8. 

sdb (distinguished, τ᾿ x>p) Pallu, 
pr. ἢ, of a son of Reuben Gen. 46, 9, Ex. 
6, 14.—Patronym. "x32 Palluite, Num. 
26, 5. 


’ μ ΤΩΞ to cleave, espec. to plough, to 
Jurrow the ground, Ps, 141, 7. Arab. 


id. SMG a husbandman. Syr. 


Ethp. to be ploughed, Pa. to grave, to 
write. Comp. the Chald. 

Piet 1. 10 cleave, e. g. an arrow the 
liver Prov. 7, 23. Job 16, 13; to cut up, 
to slice, e. g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39. 

2. to let break forth from the womb, 
to bring forth young, Job 39, 3. Comp. 
5823 Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4. 

Deriv. 732, pr. πὶ NR. 


M28 Chald. to labour, to serve, often 
in the Targums ; spec. fo serve or wor- 
ship God, comp. 732; with acc. and > 
Dan. 3, 12 sq. 7 14. 27. 

Deriv. 1Π|58. 

M2B Γ᾿ Job 41, 16 (τ. nde) 1..a piece, 
slice, part cut off, e. g. of an apple, fig, 
Cant. 4, 3. 1 Sam. 30, 12. 

2. a mill-stone, so called from the cut 
side which fits to the other stone, i. e. 
the lower side of the upper stone, and 
the upper side of the lower one. Arab. 
᾿ re . The upper stone is also called 
in full 233 ΓΘ i. 6. the rider Judg. 9, 53. 
2 Sam. 11. 21, and simpl. 327; the lower 
one is M"ANA Mp Job 41, 16. 


NT2B (a slice, τ. MB) Pitha, pr. ἢ. m. 
Neh. 10, 25. 


7728 Chald. m. service of God, wor- 
ship, Ezra 7,19. R. m5. 


5 ὯΞΞ pr. to be smooth, slippery, i. q. 
wba q.v. Hence to slip away, to escape, 
Ez. 7, 16; also to let escape. to deliver, 
comp. pr.n. 722>8. Arab. LAs IV, to 
deliver; yas II, IV id. V, VII to be 
delivered, to escape. Syr. Se Pe. 
and Pa. id. 

Pret 1. i.q. Kal, butintens. to escape 
wholly, to be fully delivered, 6. 2 Job 
23, 7. 


847 


bp 


2. 10 let escape, viz. a) From danger, 
to deliver, Ps. 18,3. 40,18. al. sep. With 
79 Ps. 17, 13. 18,49; Ἢν 71, 4, b) A 
fetus from the womb, i. 6. fo bring forth, 
Job 21,10. Comp. 252 Pi. no. 2. 

Hiru. to deliver from danger Mic. 6, 
14; to place in safety Is. 5, 29. 

Deriv. v23—an7ubp, or>p—nonbe, 
ὈΡΘΏ. ᾿ 


ops) adj. escaped by flight, i.q. *p; 
only plur. 5°2>p Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28. 51, 
50. R. ube. 


nbe inf. Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps. 
32, 7. 56,8. ΒΕ. ode. 


vp (deliverance, τ. &>8) Pelet, pr. n. 
m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 47. b) 12,3. 


mubp see mp7 5p . 


ae | 
“OSB (for mzbe deliverance of Jeho- 
vah, τ. 232) Pailti, pr.n.m. a) Num. 
13,9. b) 1 Sam. 25, 445 fuller y7z>p 
Paltiel, 2 Sam. 3, 15. 


"> (apoe. from nee) Piltai, pr. n. 


m, Neh. 12, 17. R. bp. 
$022 see in "2p lett. b. | 


028 (whom Jehovah delivers, r. 
wy) Pelatiah, pr. n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 
21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42, 


WOE (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n.m. Ez. 
11,1. 8. 

"2B, in pause "52. see in "dp. 

NB, see in "NDD. 


mp (i. ᾳ. 288, whom Jehovah 
makes distinguished, r. x5) Pelaiah, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 3, 24, 


DB m. adj. verbal (τ. 5B), one 
escaped by flight, espec. from battle, 
slaughter, i.g. 55, 2K. 9, 15. Am. 9, 
1; often coupled with 177), Josh. 8, 22. 
Jer. 42,17. Lam. 2,22. With the art. 
oben collect. the escaped Gen. 14, 13. 
Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. With geniit. 
BNIB wWNbp the escaped of Ephraim 


Sudg. 12,5; but 24m 707d those escaped 


Srom the sword Jer. 44, 28. Ez. 6, 8. 
TPB m. (τ. ube) ig. 558, only in 
plur. 0°="5p the escaped Num. 21, 29. 
Is. 66, 19. . 
TB thrice ΓΘ Ex. 10,5. 1 Chr. 
4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (x. ὯΞΒ) pr. escape, de- 


"58 


liverance, Joel 3,5. Obad. 17. 1 ND 
> ΠΌΡΕ pr. there is no deliverance to 
any one, i. e. none shall escape or be de- 
livered, 2 Sam. 15,14. Jer. 50, 29; 798 
Ὁ nants id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14. 
Dan. 11, 42 munbed mn ND shall not 
be delivered, shall not escape. —Meton. 
that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3. 
Is. 10, 20. Espec. concer. collect. i. ἃ. 
prubp, ove"ba, the escaped, the deliver- 
ed froin danger or destruction, Gen. 32, 
9. 45,7. 2 Chr. 30,6. Ezra 9, 13. So 
the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the 
people of Israel diminished by repeated 
slaughter, Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3; comp. 
Neh. 1, 2. 

5955 τη. (Ὁ. 858) a judge, only in plur. 
pebsbp Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31, 
11 ΠΌΤ ἪΣ a crime for the judges i.e. 
for them to punish; comp. 2. 28. For 
the stat. absol. instead of the constr. see 
Heb. Gram. ὃ 114 n. 8; but many Mss. 
read here 75728 as in v. 28. 


mos f. judgment, right, i. 6. justice 
Is. 16,3. R. dp. 


"3958 adj. (from 5.58} pr. judicial, 
i.e. pertaining io the judges, Job 31, 28, 
comp. v. 11.—Fem. m?3755 judgment, 
act of judging, Is. 28,7. 


“i 2Ξ obsol. root, prob. to be round, 
globular ; Arab. gis to have the 
breasts round and plump, spoken of a 
maiden ; II, to be round and plump, spo- 


vv ΄σ 
ken ὕπο breasts ; IV, to be round; @XAs 
the round part of any thing, a mound, 
wave of the sea, celestial orb—Hence 


Π2Ξ m. in pause 728, c. suff. izdp. 

1. acirele, circuit, district, i. q. "32, 
(Chald. 18 id. ) Neh. 3,9sq. pabtians ate 
the circuit or district round Jerusalem 
Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al. 

2. the whirl of a spindle. and hence for 
the spindle itself, Prov. 31,19. See in 


Ω .- 
sitiea, Arab, XLS id. Talmud. >be, 


nabp, mode, id. whence 722 
Hence 

3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29. 
Sept. σκυτάλη. 


3 228 in Kal not used. In Piel and 
in the derivatives it has the signif. to 


to spin.— 


848 


55 


judge, which is usually referred to the 
primary idea of cutting, separating, tak- 
ing away, comp. XB, ΠΡΌ, ΓΒΕ, and 


a - 
others beginning with 5B; but (\3 isi.g. 
"75 to break. I would rather refer the. 


primary meaning of 558 to the idea of 
rolling, revolving, comp. “dip, 2b, Fe eB, 
Wp, Syr. XESS to roll in any thing, 
to tinge, to dye; then, to make even by 
rolling, ἐο level with a roller, comp, 022 
to roll; whence to lay even a cause, to 
adjust a difference, toact as umpire. So 
in Germ. the words richten and schlichten, 
used for judging, deciding, strictly signi- 
fy ‘to make even.’ 

Piet 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2,25. Also 
to execute judgment, by punishing Ps. 
106, 30 [33], comp. Num. 25, 7. But 
Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal.— 
With 5, to adjudge to any one Ez. 16, 
52. 

2. to think, to. suppose, Gen. 48, 11. 

Hirupa. 1. to intercede for, to sup- 
plicate for any one, pr. ‘ to interpose as 
umpire, mediator,” c. 323 Gen. 20, 7. 
Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7,5; ὃ Job 42,8; 
1 Sam! 2, 25 id. With ἘΝ of him ith 
whom one intercedes and supplicates 
Gen. 20,17. Num.11,2. See both con- 
structions in Jer. 29, 7. 42, 2. 20. 

2. Genr. to supplictrte: lo pray, espec. 
to God, c. 58 Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 26. 
2 Sam. 7, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. > Dan. 9, 
4; by 1 Sam. 1, 10; spb 1K. 8, 28. 
Neh. 1, 4. 6; ΚΝ 1 Sam. ee Chr. 
7,14. That for which one prays to God 
is put with 5x 1 Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21. 
So too pipes SENN to pray towards 
a place, sanctuary, 1 Καὶ. 8, 30. 33. 35, 
comp. v. 44, 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38.—Rarely 
to pray to idols, 6. >& Is. 44, 17. 45, 20; 
also once to supplicate men Is. 45, 14. 

Deriv. from the signif: of rolling Dip; 
of judging prep, Mop, "D°=n ; of suppli- 
cating, MEEn ; "also the pr. names >be, 
me5bp, bhex. 


ΔῈ (judge) Palal, pr. π. m. Neh. 3, 
25. 


ΠΆΡΟΣ (whom Jehovah judges i. 6. 


whose cause he protects, τ. 558) Pela- 
liah, pr. n, m. Neh, 11, 12. 


"oio>b, see next art, no, 1, ult. 


355 
si τη. (τ. 3p) 1. re ac 


tain one, Gr. ὃ δεῖνα, Arab. ,, os, Syr. 
vhs, pr. one distinct, definite, whom 


one points out as with the finger and not 
by name ; prob. from an obsol. noun 1758 
a distinghishing. Every where joined 
with the synon. "22> pr. one concealed, 
nameless. So of persons in the voc. 
Ruth 4, 1 "58 syn ΓΒ ΤΙΣΙΝ sit down 
here, thow such an one Gr. ὦ οὗτος, Arab. 


IGG. iS, i. fis l. Of things, 
1 Sam, 21, 3 "7254 ΡΒ Bipaédy [0 such 
and such a place, i. q. to a certain place 
which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8.— 
From the junction of these two words 
comes the form "}%2>b Dan. 8, 13. 

2. Pelonite, a gentile n. from a place 
yb , elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27. 
36. 


Σ ὉΞΞ in Kal not used; prob. to roll, 
and then to roll smooth, to level by roll- 
ing. Kindr. is 588 where. see. 

Pret 1. to make level, even, plain, sc 
away, i. e. to make or prepare a way, 
Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26, 5, 6. Ps. 78; 50 he 
made a way for his anger, i. ὁ. let it 
have free course. 

2. to weigh, which is done by making 
the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps. 
58, 3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider, 
Prox. 5, 21. 

Deriv. bp and 


obp m. @ balance, so called from being 
even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40,12. In 
both passages it is ebupted with ὈΠΣΤΣ Ὁ 
scales, and would seem therefore to be 


pr. a steel-yard, Arab. yaaa. 


“ V 2D in Kal not used, prob. of a like 
signif. with 778, to break, to rend. 
Hirupa. do tremble, to be shaken, of 
the columns of the earth Job 9,6; pr. to 
be broken, rent, comp. sp32 1 K. 1, 40. 
Deriv. nsben, mx>en, an 


PAZDQ f trembling, horror, Job 21, 6. 
Ps. 55, 6. Is, 21, 4. Ez. 7, 18. 


* DOD i. q. 028, whence wba. 


*1. 2B. ohsol. root; pr. to roll, to 
make revolee, like kindr. D>, 558. So 


849 


wD 


Simonis correctly in ed. 1-3,and Kimchi 
dabann., 

Hirupa. to roll oneself, to wallow, 
6. g. in ashes, "2X2, Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27, 
30; in the dust, "£2, Mic, 1, 10; absol. 
id. Jer. 25, 34.—In former editions I have 
assigned to this root the sense of strew- 
ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg. 
but the former sense is preferable, as 
springing from the nature of the root. 


ἘΠῚ ΘΒ (prob. kindr. with obs, 
nbs) Eth. AAP to migrate, to emi- 
grate; T-ALi to rove about without 
certain dwelling; AA. a rover, so- 
journer, stranger.—Hence 


MO Is. 14, 29. 31. Ps. 60, 10, 83, 8. 
87, 4. 108, 10; in pause mde Ex. 15, 
14; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ‘land of 
strangers, sojourners, see r. >p_LII, 
and "Mvp. It comprised the southern 
portion of the coast and plain of Canaan, 
along the Mediterranean (hence called 
p"nd>p o7 Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to 
the border of Egypt ; though at certain 
times the Philistines had also in posses- 
sion large portions of the interior; see 
1 Sam. 31, 8. 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15.—Hence 
the Gr. name 7]αλαιστίνη, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 
2. ib. 2. 15. 2; which name was applied 
by most ancient writers to the whole 
land of the Israelites, as also by Josephus 
himself, Ant. 8. 10. 3. See Reland Pa- 
lest. p. 38 sq. 


5.2): gent. n. (from Mt>8) a Phi- 
listine, 1 ‘Sam. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3. 21, 
9. 22, 10. al. Plor. p'md5p the Philis- 
tines Gen. 26, 1. Judg. 10, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
5, 1. al. sep. rarely pnts Am. 9, 7. 
They were of Egyptian. origin, and 
emigrated to the coast of Canaan from 
Caphtor, see in ΕΞ and Gen. 10, 14. 
Am. 9,7. Sept. Φυλιστιείμ i in Pent. but 
elsewhere usually 4ddopulor. Josephus 
Παλαιστίνοι Ant. 5.1.18. Comp. Reland 
Palest. p.42. The Philistines were the 
indomitable enemies of the Hebrews; 
and continued to harass them until after 
the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus. 
50, 26); when by degrees they appear 
to have amalgamated with the other 
inhabitants of Palestine into one peo- 


ple. 


ὯΞΞ 

*mop obsol. root, Arab. cals to 

> 

flee, to escape, i. ᾳ. Heb. 02 ; τῶν 


swift, ως a swift horse, runner.— 
Hence the two following. 


noe (swiftness) Peleth, pr. n.m. a) 
Num. 160,1. b) 1 Chr. 2, 33. 

ἼΩΣΒ m. (τ. nbz) @ public runner, cou- 
rter, with art. collect. the public runners, 
couriers, everywhere coupled with "N73 
q. v. 2 Sam. 8, 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23. 2 K. 
11, 4.19. Some without οοδᾶ reason 
hold both "M2 and 7M>8 to be Philis- 
tines, and regard the latter form as put 
by paronomasia for "M%>B , but against 
the analogy of the fieseon language ; 
so Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in 
2s 

I. jB m. i. q. fem. "28 which is more 
usual, a corner, 6. suff. 2p Prov. 7, 8. 
Plur. 5°:p Zech. 14,10. R. 138. 


11. 8 conj. (for 422 , τ. Mp Pi. no. 1) 
pr. ὦ removing, laking away ; used only 
in the constr. state with Makk. “JB, as a 
Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder- 
ing, i. q. μή, that not, lest. Thus: 

1. Where an action precedes, that 
serves to hinder or prohibit something 
which one fears and wishes to remove 
or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a 
city... Y3527}8 lest we be scattered. 19, 
15 arise... MBOM7h lest thou perish. 3, 
3 eat not of it. MONT ® lest ye die.— 
Then, after λίνα of fearing, like Gr. 
δείδω μή, Lat. vereor ne, Gen. 31, 31, 
comp. 26, 9; of caution, comp. Gr. Bey 
μή, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23; also 
of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. ὀμνύω μή 
Il. 23. 585. In examples of this kind dx 
is never used. 

2. At the beginning of a sentence, 
where it implies: a) Prohibition or dis- 
suasion, like 5&. Job 32, 13 ἡπ Ὁ ΓΤ 
say not, i. 6. beware lest ye say. ‘Is. 36, 
18 Ἐπ ἘΞΌΝ ΤΌΣ ΓΒ beware lest 
Hezekiah deceive you. Ὁ) Fear, appre- 
hension, as Gen. 3, 22 157 nbsp mans 
‘05 and now (1 fear) lest he put for th 
his hand. ete. 44, 34 39 593 MR IN 5p 
(I fear) lest I see the evil, ete. 31, 31. 38, 
11, 42, 4. Ex. 13, 17 Num. 16, 34. 
1 Sam. 13, 19. With pret. where one 
Sars lest something has already taken 


850 


MDD 


place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 R274 lest he may 
have found. 2 K. 2,16 Aint m5 ἽΝ Ὁ 2.8 
(we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath 
taken him up.—Once it approaches to 
the power of a negative adverb, i.g.8>, 
Prov. 5, 6 ὈΞΒ ΓΞ OM MIR the way of 
life she prepareth not for herself, sc. the 
adulteress, i.e. she walks not in the way 
of life. But'the full sentence is: ‘(see) 
lest she walk in the way of life.’ 


ADB ἅπ. λεγόμ. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a 
kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ. 
renders it 8°2iP, i.e. Gr. κολέα, a kind 
of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar 
32) DMD is pastry-work. Other opinions 
are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot. 
II. p. 73. Sept. κασέα, Vulg. balsamum. 
—The etymology is wholly uncertain. 


ἘΓΩΒ fut. 357, apoc. and οοην. 
i>", j£™1, in the other persons jE), 
JEM, 7221; imper. 738; to turn, trans, in 
one phrase: 579 mip to turn the back 
Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2, 27. 30, 33.—Else- 
where always intrans. to turn, to turn 
oneself, i. 6. 

1. In order to go anywhere, to go 
away; Ex. 7,23 Ram ΓΠΡἊΒ jp". 10, 6. 
32, 15. Gen. 18, 22. Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5. 
16, 7. al. Sometiuies with dae plea, 
Deuti 1,'40.° 2, 3. 1K. 17, 3) Hence 
a) to turn to or towards any place, to 
betake oneself in any direction, c. >¥ 
Gen. 24, 49; 58 1 Sam. 13, 17; Ὁ Is, 53, 
6. 56, 11; acc. 1 Sam. 13, 18: 14, 47 
MBI WX 553. whithersoever he turned 
himself ; with He parag. 1K. 17,3. Deut. 
2,3. Cant. 6,1. Also with θὰ of pews io 
turn unto any one, to go to him for re- 
sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22 ; 
angels Job.5, 1; idols Lev. 19, 4. Deut. 
31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps, 40, 5; di- 
viners Liev 20,6; with >x of thing, to 
turn unto 6. g. iniquity Job 36,21. 
‘pINN Mp 10 turn after any one, to in- 
cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16. 
b) to turn away from any one, ¢. ὩΣ 
Deut. 29, 17 mentally ; absol. 30, 17 if 
thy heart turn away from God, and thou 
do not obey, etc. ὁ) Trop. of time,e. g. 
αν to turn away, i. 6. to pass away. Jer. 
6,4 oisn mip the day turns, declines; 
also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days turn 
away, pass away. 8) to turn in ap- 
proaching, e. g. in the phrases: ΒΡ 


ΓΞ 


"Pan at the turning of the morning, at 
the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg. 
19, 26. Ps. 46, 6; 339 miaE> at the turn- 
ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63. 
Deut. 23, 12. 

2. In order to look at any thing, 2 K. 
23, 16. Ece. 4, 12 gam MIND ὋΝ IND 
I turned myself to behold wisdom. Ex. 
2, 12 xo Fis) ΓΞ jE" and he turned 
himself (his eyes) hither and thither and 
looked. Hence i. q. to turn the eyes, to 
look at any thing, c. 5% Ex. 16, 10. 
Num. 17, 7. Job 21, 5; 3 6, 28. Red. 2, 
11; απὸ behind ἀκοῦν Judgs 20, 40. 
2 Sam. 1,7. 2,20; m>s2> upwards Is. 8, 
21 [29]. Metaph. by ΠῚ to look upon, 
i. 6. to regard, to have respect to any 
person or thing, Deut. 9, 27; espec. of 
God as hearing and regarding men with 
favour, Ps. 25, 16 7237) 728 M2B . 69, 17. 
86. 16; also nbpr-be mp Ps. 102, 18. 
1 K. 8, 28; ring aI-by Num. 16, 15. Mal. 
2; 13. of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8.—Of 
things, to turn or look towards any 
quarter, Ez. 8, 3 mips mb “re the 
gate looking ἰσθαῤὰ the north. 11, 1. 44, 
1. 46, 12. 47,2; simpl. Hye “eM 2 
Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Of a 
boundary Josh. 15, 2. 7. 

Pret pr. to cause lo turn and go away, 
see Kal. no. 1. b; hence to clear away 
any thing, 6. ace. Zeph. 3, 15; absol. 
Ps. 80, 10 "38> mp thou didst clear 
away before it, i.e. didst make room and 
prepare the ground.—Also to clear out 
sc. from things thrown hither and thither, 
impediments, to put in order, to prepare, 
6. g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36; 
a way Is. 40, 3. 57, 14. 62, 10. Mal. 3, 1. 

Hien. fut. conv. ἼΞΞῚ 1. Trans. to 
turn, Judg. 15, 4; espec. the back in 
departing, flight, 1 Sam. 10, 9. Jer. 48, 
39. Hence 

2. Intrans. with 59> impl. to turn the 
back, to flee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to 
look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5. 
Nah. 2,9. With 5% to turn oneself to 
any one Jer. 47, 3. 

Horn. to be turned back, i. q. to turn 
back Jer. 49, 8; to be turned, i. q. to look 
towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2 
fin. Ez. 9, 2. 

Deriv. 18 (18), 728 plur. 5°28, whence 
Tow, ἸΏ, "20D; and the pr. names 
mp, “bys, “bene. 


851 


m5 


ΤῊ not used in sing. (though under 
another form "22, 928, it appears in the 
pr. names >¥72, >x*2,) plur. DB, 
constr. "35, m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21. 

1. the face, countenance, pr. the part 
turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3, 


from τ. 733; comp. Arab. a5 face, 
from x>, V, to turn oneself in any di- 
rection. “ For the use of the plor. comp. 
Gr. τὰ πρόσωπα in Homer.—Gen. 38, 15. 
50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. sepe. Also of the 
face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 41, 6. 
Constr. with a verb or adj. plar. Job 38, 
30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21, 
21; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14. 
Also asa real ρίαν. faces, e. g. M9298 
pp Ez. 1, 6. 10, 21. 41, 18; Ὁ 9. 99 
all faces 106] 2. 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2, 11. 
Spec. o3BM ἘΠῚ the bread of the face, 
presence, the shew-bread, see in S73 no. 
2; also ΠΡ O72BM che table of the shew- 
bread, on which these loaves were set 
out, Num. 4,7. ‘29752 583 to fall upon 
one’s face, see dB? no. 2. a. Ὁ "25 ΤΙΣΤῚ fo 
smooth the face of any one, see in ‘nbn 
Piel no. 1. 

Spec. to be noted are the following 
phrases : 

a) ΘΒ ΘΝ O*=B face to face Gen. 32, 
31. Deut. 34, 10. al. id. Also 0°25 5°28 
id. Ez. 5, 4; 0728> 0°29 id. Prov. ‘27, 19. 

b) To say or do any thing ’ 5 Ὥ5 ὉΣ ίο 
one’s face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also 
often impudently, insolently, in scorn and 
defiance ; comp. French dire dans la 
barbe, Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job 
1, 11 3393S) ΠΡ he will curse thee to 
thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke 

me “38759 to my face, i. 6. in scorn and 
pot Μὴ In the same sense is said τὸς 
D723 Job 2, 5. 13,15. Deut. 7, 10 17257>x 
ib-obW" he will repay him to his face sc. 
God an enemy, i. e. openly and speedily, 
Vulg. statim ; the other member has 83 
“FIN. Here belongs also "353 73 fo 
answer one to his face, i.e. to refute him 
strongly, freely, openly ; Job 16, 8 "wma 
ΤΣ "2BI my leanness refutes me to my 
face i i. e. testifies openly and strongly 
against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10. 

6) d9 ETB DAD Zo set the face upon 
any one; for good, 1 K. 2,15 upon me 
did all Israel set their faves, that I 
should reign ; or for evil, to set the face’ 


ΓΞ 


against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35, 2. 
Also > 1723 BA¥-in the same sense Ez. 
13, 17. 21,7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with n 
parag. Ez. 21, ge atiae i is ὃς 3B MD 
to set (turn) one’s face towards a place 
Num. 24, 1. Also in“@ hostile sense 
bx B75 772m to direct the face against 
any thing Ez. 4, 3.7; > o22 ain id. 
Dan. 11, 18. 19. —Absol. 2K. 8, 11 79>" 
pipe 120 and he fixed his countenance 
and set it, i.e. beheld him with a fixed 
look. 

ἃ.) "73 ἘΠῚ c. ace. ito set one’s unt 
towards any quarter, i.e. to direct one’s 
course thither, to go, Gen. 31, 21; with 
inf. c. > fo intend, to purpose doing any 
thing, but still with special reference to 
going or departing, Jer. 42, 15. 17. 44, 
12. 2 K. 12, 18. Dan. 11, 17. In N. T. 
comp. Luke 9, 53. Syr. in the same 


ΧΩ ρ F 
sense has ὡσιαϑὶ sew to set his face, 


mo ρ εἶ 
σι; SoM to fix his look. 

6) 1722 172 to set one’s face, q. ἃ. to 
cast the eyes, 6. g. NIN upon the ground 
Dan. 10, 15; c. >8 towards any one, as 
God Dan. 9,3. With inf. c. > to set 
one’s face to do any thing, i.e. to pur- 

se, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But 

NB 722 100 [0 set the face of any one 
towards, i.e. to cause him to look to- 
wards any thing, Gen. 30, 40.—Further 

f) Ina hostile sense, 3 1728 1D /o set 
one’s face upon 1. e. against any one in 
anger, to behold him in anger; so of 
God Lev. 20, 5. Ez. 15,7; more fully 
maied xh ne} Jer. 21,10, πιϑ 5 44,10. 
Also 27728 3 ‘id. my 17, 10. 20, ἃ, 6. 
26, 17. Ez. 14,8. 15,7. Soo too without 
a verb, Ps. 34, 17 52 "O53 72 "22, comp. 
opp. v. 16. 

g) 17122 ΝΏΣ fo lift up one’s counte- 
nance, see in 8&2 no. 1.c. But in2 Sam. 
2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather fo look 
with confidence upon any one. So too 
dy DB OI Ezra 9, 7. 

‘b) ΎῬ "28 ΠΝ fo see the face of any 
one, i. 6. to see him in person, as present, 
Gen. 32,21 7 will appease him (Esau) 
with the present ;...afterwards Iwill see 
his face;meet him in person. 46, 30. 


48,11. Also i. q. to be admitted to the 
presence of any one of high rank, as a 
prince, king, Gen. 43) 3.5. 44, 23. 26. 


2 Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24. 28. Ex. 10, 28, 29; 


852 


ΓΞ 


or lo have access to the king, as his ser 
vants and ministers 2 K. 25,19. Jer. 52, 
25. Esth. 1,14. Hence io see God’s face, 
to have access to him, to find him propi- 
tious, Job 33, 26. Is. 1, 12 (if we read 
728 mind). Gen. 33,10; also 7°35 nn 
Ps. 17, 15. In other passages ‘it is said 
that no mortal can see God’s face and 
live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16, 
13. 32, 30. Judg. 6, 22. 13, 22. Is. 6,5). 
Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow- 
ing passages: Dan. 31,11 8 Ὧδ Mannd, 

Is. 1, 12 "23 MIND, Ex. 23,15 138 xb 
ΡΠ "2B, 84, 15. Ps. 42, 3 ΒΞ ΠΝ 
obey, bine given to the verbs the pas- 
sive punctuation(nixs>, ANTI, NWN) al 
ter the analogy of Ex. 34, 23 seek 1 Sam. 
1, 22 72 ΒΝ AQ ; ‘and the sense 
thes is: to appear ‘befort God. But 
perh. the active construction is favoured 
by the fact that 28 stands thrice without 
rx; and also mxn> twice without τ, so 
that it cannot without apparent violesre 


‘ be pointed nixy>.—Is. 63,9 138 ΝΒ 


the angel of his (God’s) face, presence, 
who beholds his face, is his minister. 

i) As to see the face of any one, is to 
be admitted to his presence (see lett. h); 
and to seek the face of any one, is to seek 
admittance to him (see Spa Pi. no. 1, 
comp. Prov. 7, 15); so Ἔ "2 NwW2 to re- 
ceive the face (person) of any one, is to 
grant him admittance (see 8&2 no. 3.b)5 
and opp. 'B "28 3 Π do turn away the face 
of any one, is not to admit, to repulse 
him (see 35% Hiph. no. 1). So too "0m 
772 1723 10 turn away one’s face from any 
one 2 Chr, 30, 9; 727322 "HON, see in 
“mo Hiph. 

k) The face of any one is often put for 
one’s presence, person, self. Ex. 33,14 
13b9 "2B my presence shall go, i. 6. 1 my- 
self will go. v.15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 4728 
a1pa o7abh that thy presence (thyself) 
go to the battle. Lam. 4,16. Ps. 21, 10 


7728 ΤΣ in the time of thy presence, 


when thou art present to fight against 
them. 80,17. Also Ps, 31,21 thow shalt 
hide them ἢ "123 in the covert of 
thy presence. 89, 15.—So0. Ps. 42, 6 Tix 
‘sai cade op ΤΊΣ θη, ἡ τ 1 shall yet 
praise him, for the deliverance of his 
presence, even my God, i. e. him whose 
presence brings deliverance. But in v: 
12 and 43, 5 the same words are differ~: 


ΓΞ 


ently divided: J shall yet praise him, 
sry>x} "22 mizad the deliverance of my 
presence and my God, i. e. with De 
Wette. ‘the deliverer of my person.’ 
But prob. we should here divide mi>55" 
"A>x 172B, as in v. 5. 6; see Thesaur. 
p. 1110. 

1) The face, countenance, is also often 
put for the look, mien, air of a person, as 
expressing the affections and emotions 
of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 and Jacob saw 
the countenance of Laban, and lo, it was 
not toward him as before. v.5. Hence 
ἘΞ 1 of hardened looks, impudent, 
Deut. 28, 50, comp. Is. 50,7; 5°22 “is 
see in “ἮΝ lett. g. So 5°39 O° an evil 
countenance, sad looks, Gen. 40,7. Ecc. 
7, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. 5729 id. 
1 Sam. 1, 18, comp. v. 8. Job 9,27. For 
the same is said ΘΒ 4552 (see 589 no. 1. 
a, and Hiph. πο. 1.d); and of a cheerful 
countenance, 5°32 NW}, see NW? no. 1. ὁ. 
—So too shame is expressed in the coun- 
tenance, either by blushing or turning 
pale, whence 0729 mwa Ps. 44, 6. Jer. 7, 
19; and so Ps. 69, 8. 88, 17. Jer. 51, 5]. 
Alo loathing is expressed by averted 
looks, Ez. 6, 9. 20, 43. 36, 31. To the 
expression of anger in the looks we may 
refer Gen. 32,21: I will appease (1722) 
his countenance with the present. 

m) 57728 732 before their own face Is. 
5, 21, ig. ohne, of 2"P2, in their own 
eyes or opinion; see in "> no. 1. b. 

2. Trop. of things, the face, surface 
of any thing, e. g. of the earth Gen. 1, 
29. 2,6. Is. 14, 21. 24,1; of a field Is. 
28, 25; of water Gen. 1, 2. Job 38, 30. 
ete. Comm: ἜΘ ΤῸΝ no. 2. spy no. 1, 2.— 
Less obvious is Job 41,5 iwsad "22 nbs "2 
who shall uncover the sirface of his (the 
crocodile’s) garment ? i. e. prob. for the 
garment itself, the surface or upper 
part of his body, the scales, covering the 
rest; comp. >¥ no. 1. a. 8. So also 
nid "25 the surface of the veil, put for the 
veil itself as a covering, Is. 25, 7.— 
Hence a) aspect, view, Job 26,9. Ὁ) 
external appearance, state, condition of 
a thing, Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23 look 
well to the state, appearance, of thy flock. 
c) a way, manner, as with the aie a 


see below in "22> Ὁ. 3. Comp. KS 


face, manner. 
72 


853: 35 


3. the forepart, front of any thing, 
Arab, 29 id. Jer. 1,13 τρίς "99 19RY 


and the front thereof (of the pot) is 
before (towards) the north. So the front, 
van, of an army, Gr. πρόσωπον, Joel 2, 
20.—Adverbially: a) Ὁ in front, 
before, (opp. iN& ,) Ez. 2,10. 1 Chr. 19, 
10. 2 Chr. 13,14. Ὁ) 25» forwards 
Jer. 7, 24; of time, before, of old, Deut. 
2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. al. ὁ) 
p2B22 from of old, from ancient times, 
Is. 41, 26. d) 07289 in front, before, 
2 Sam. 10,9. Comp. below in "28> D. 
2.—The face or front of a sword is 
its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] mitd2 7722 ΓΝ 
whither is thine edge directed? Ecc. 10, 
10.—Further, 5°32 is also used for the 
inner wall of a house opposite the door 
as one enters, Hom. τὰ ἐνώπια, whence 
with He parag. 92778 q. v. also 072B}2 
id. 

With prepositions 6°22 assumes very 
frequently the nature of a particle: 

A) "28758 1. into or in the presence 
of, before. a) Of place whither, after 
verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, δ.. 
Num. 17, 8 [16,43]. Ὁ) Of place where 
Ex. 23, 17. 

2. upon the face, surface, of any thing, 
e. g. Ww ἬΘΤΌΝ Lev. 14, 53. Ez. 16, 5. 
—Another meaning of this phrase see 
above in no. 1. b. 

B) “2BTNY pr. with (in) the presence of’ 
any one, in his sight, before any one ;: 
e. g. shen ὌὭΒΤΩΝ Esth. 1, 10. ὌὭΒ ΡΝ: 
"> before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27. Ps. 
16, 11. Also for public worship in: 
the phrase " “287M ΓΝ to appear: 
before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34, 
23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we: 
find also "5 ὅσα ‘> Ex. 23, 17; also: 
poet. "3 "2B ‘) Is. 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see 
above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in: 
Sront of, 6. g. Στ "2B-TN before the 
city Gen. 33, 18, shen “Bor before: 
the veil Dai 4, 6.—After verbs of mo-- 
tion, into the presence of, before any one, 
1 Sam. 22, 4. al. "25 mx from the pre- 
sence of any one Gen. 27, 30; Srom.be- 
Sore, from the front of any thing, 2 K. 
16, 14. 

C) 353, i. q. "28>, in front of, before, 
more espec. in the later writers, Ez. 42, 
12; often in the phrase "253 W2e te 


ΓΞ 


stand before any one, i. 6. to resist him, 
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25. Josh. 10, 8, 21, 44. 
23, 9. Esth. 9,2.—The proper force of 
the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra 
6,9 cnes ἘΠ they show loathing in 
their countenances ; see above in no. 1. |. 
D) "383, c. suff. "28>, 772B>, 7122>, 
D2"25>, cried. 

Ἵ. in the presence of any one, in his 
sight, under his eyes, he being present 
and beholding, before any one. Num. 
8, 22 the Leviles went in to do their min- 
istry ...1722 7285) jimmy 72> in the pre- 
sence of Aaron and his sons, under their 
inspection. 2K. 4, 38. Zech. 3, 8... "Ro 
ww before the sun, i. e. so lose as the 
sun Clee boelt ES to the eye, 
and ἜΜΕΝ the cart, Ps, 72, 17; comp. 
mas BD v.5. (But Job 8, 16 wae 252 
in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. “y733 
in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his 
mind, feelings, judgment, 6. g. 707 
5 oan) favour and kindness with 
any one, Dan. 1, 9. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 
46; =e 3H" i. g. "29S2 5, see AQ. 
es apd bina great i, 6. having great 
influence with his lord, 2 K. 5, 1; comp. 
Prov. 4, 3. 14, 12. 

Spec. to νὰ noted. js the phrase "25> 
mins or OWATPR "2D, i. 6. 

"a) Pr. in the prerence of i. e. before 
Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16, 
9. Ps. 95, 6. 96, 13. 98,9. 1 Sam. 1, 12. 
15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he 
being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7. 
1 Sam. 23,18. Since Jehovah was re- 
garded as dwelling in his sanctuary, 
hence before Jehovah is i.q. αν in the 
tabernacle, usually not in the holy of 
holies, Ex. 27, 21, 34,34. 40, 25. Lev. 
4, 6.7. 8,26. Once inthe holy of holies, 
Ex. 28, 35, 8) αἱ the door of the taber- 
nacle, where stood the altar of burnt- 
offering, Ex. 29, 11. 42. Ley. 3, 1 comp. 
v. 2. 14, 11.12. 17,4. 4]. y) in the tem- 
ple, Is, 37,14; in its halls or courts, 2 
K, 16, 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez: 460, 3,9. ὃ) 
before the ark of the covenant, on which 
the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4, 
13; comp. 6, 7. 

b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah 
being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina- 
tion before Jehovah. Josh. 6,26 cursed 
before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam, 26, 19. 


854 rsd 


Ex. 28, 38 favour before Jehovah. Deut. 
24, 13 righteousness before Jehovah. 
Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je- 
hovah assenting and approving, i. q. well 
pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before 
the eyes only such things as are pleas- 
ing; so "7 "3E> F2nM to walk before 
Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in 
72 Hithp. no. 2. Gen. 10,9 a mighty 
hunter "2728 before ἌΝ with whom 
God is well pleased. Ps. 19,15. What 
is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so 
Gen..6, 13 the end of all flesh "222 83 
is come before me, is decreed by me. 

The rarer form 5°>x5 "22> has the 
like significations: a) before God, i. e. 
in his sanctuary Ex, 18, 12. Josh. 24, 1. 
Judg.. 21, 2; on the throne of God’s 
appointment Ps. 61, 8. Ὁ) God being. 
judge; Gen. 6,11 the earth was corrupt 
before God. So B-m>y 72> aio good 
before God, in his sight, well pleasing 
to him, Kec. 2, 26. 7, 26. 

Harther sue may note the use of "35> 
in the bellows phrases: 

aa) ὭΞῸΠ "282 T2P to stand before 
the i to await his ‘mandates, i. e. to 
minister unto him, see 72>; comp. 729 
"25> 2 Sam. 16, 19. 

bb). To adore or worship before a di- 
vinity, see MINNA ἴῃ τ ΠΣ. 1K. 12, 
30 the people “went to worship Sn “pd 
before the one sc. of the calves. ‘I Chr. 
21, 30. 

cc) To be smitten, put to flight before 
an enemy, see 432 Niph. and hence 
after verbs of scattering, discomfiting, 
and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam. 14, 13. 
90, 1. 2 Sam, 5, 20. Jer. 1,17. 49, 37. 
Couut below in "38%. 

dd) Β "38> 19 10 set before any one, 
e. g. food 2 K. 4, 43; trop. for choice, te 
propose Deut. 1, 26 ; a law to be ob- 
served, to impose Deut. 4, 8. 1 Καὶ. 9, 6. 
Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23,24. Also i..q. 
to give into one’s power, to deliver over 
to any one (i. ᾳ. Β 72), Josh. 10, 12. 
Deut. 2, 33. 36. Judg. 11,9. 1K. 8. 46. 
Is, 41,2. So without the verb of giving 
Gen. 24, 51 lo! Rebecca 4732> before 
thee, i. e. is given up to thee, 34, 10 the 
land is before you, lies ready before you 
and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14, 6. 

2. before, in front of, comp. 5°28 no. 3. 

a) Of place, ἼΣ "2 Sk 7282 before the 


ΓΞ 


tabernacle of the congregation 1 Chr. 6, 
17 [32] ; hence eastward of, Gen. 23, 17. 
25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader 
who goes before his army, 566 835 837 
bem ΒΡ under art. xia no. 1. ἃ ; of a 
king who stands before, at the head of, 
his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there was no end 
to all the people ὌΓΡ ΒΡ Mm “wR 55> 
to all whom he was over. Further of 
captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep- 
herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor 
drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4. 
Lam. 1, 5. 6. 

b) Of time before, 6. g. tom "3H 
before the earthquake Am. 1, 1; "28> 
"sp before the harvest Is. 18,5. Gen. 
13, 10, 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10. 
—Gen. 30, 30 "22> before me, i. 6. before 
I came to thee. Jer. 28, 8 Ὁ "28> be- 
fore now Neh. 13,4. With inf. before 
that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1. 
1 Sam. 9, 15. 

c) Of worth, preference, before, above, 
like Lat. ante, pre. Job 34, 19 he re- 
gardeth not the rich 51 "28> above the 

γι 

d) After verbs of motion, lit. to one’s 
Front, obviam, implying motion to meet 
any one, 6. g. 'Β "28> MIP Gen. 24, 12; 
also often in a hostile sense, against, 
Gr. ati, pr. to one’s face, front, 6. g. 
"25> DIP to rise up against any one 
Num. 16, 2; "38> 8¥3 to go out against 
1 Chr. 14, 8. 2 Chr. 14, 9. Also ‘12> 
"2B2 (see VO), 2H SEIN to stand 
against any one, i. 6. to stand out, resist. 

3. tn the manner of, like, see above in 
mp no. 2. 6. Job 4,19 lit. they crush 
them ὋΣ "28> like the moth, impers. for: 
they are crushed as by the moth, as if 
moth-eaten ; Vulg. sicut a tinea. Sept. 
σητὸς τρόπον. Comp. Lat. ad faciem 
Plaut. Cist. 1.1.73. So 28> 7} 10 re- 
gard as or for any one (comp. 3 13) 
1 Sam. 1, 16.—From "25> comes the adj. 
form 28> anterior, q. v. 

Nore. The following significations 
sometimes ascribed to "35> are doubtful: 
«) for, comp. 733 and Germ. vor and fiir ; 
e.g. in the phrase "255 393 to become 
surety for any one, Prov. 17,18; but the 
surety doubtless gave his pledge before, 
in the presence of, his friend. 8) on ac- 
count of, propter, like "2552, "2225 so 
in "25> 52D to mourn on account of any 


855 


ΓΞ 


one 2 Sam. 3, 31; better pr. before him, 
since in the funeral procession the 
mourners preceded the bier; Geier de 
luctu Hebrworum c. 5. § 15-19. 

EB) 25b2 1. from before, from the 
presence of any one, implying that the 
person or thing spoken of was before the 
other and goes away from that place. 
E. g. to go out "7 97239 Lev. 9, 24; "25h 
iss Gen. 41, 46; also Gen. 23, 4. 8. 
Hence after verbs of fleeing (comp. 7a 
no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19, 
18. 2 Chr. 20,7; of fearing and causing 
fear 1 Sam. 18,12. Ps. 97,5. 114,7. Ecce. 
8,13. Esth. 7, 6; also of erying for help 
(usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam. 
8, 18; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29. 
2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12. 

2. Of time, before, iq. "28> no. 2. Ὁ. 
Ece. 1, 10. Comp. 12 no. 4. b. 

3. Trop. of a cause, on account of, be- 
cause of, i. q. "23°, 74, 6. g. to shout or 
rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33. 

F) "292 1. from the face, presence, 
Sront, of any person or thing, from be- 
fore, 68. σ. Ex. 14, 19 and the column went 
ὈΓΣΒ from before them, andstood be- 
hind them. Hence very often after verbs 
of departing, Hos. 11, 2; of fleeing 
(comp. 7 no. 3, a, from which it differs 
in that "38% is for the most part used be- 
fore persons, 12 before things, see "nn 
Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16,8. Is. 20,6 comp. 
Ps. 61,4; of crying for help Is. 19, 20. 
26, 17; of fearing (see 837, MOM Niph.) ; 
of reverencing, humbling oneself, 2 K. 
22,19. Lev. 19,32; of hiding Job 23,17; 
and other verbs of similar significations. 
Thus the idea of flight and fear is im- 
plied in Judg. 9, 21, and he dwelt there 
WIN FIER "Hd (after he had fled) 
from the presence of Abimelech his bro- 
ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratris 
suit. 1 Chr. 12,1 see in r. "¥2 no. 1. 
Is. 17, 9 as ruins ....723 7289 1312 ἼΩΝ 
Seb which the Canaanites left deserted 
Srom before Israel i. e. fleeing from be- 
fore them ; see in r. 332 no. 2. b. 

2. Of the author and efficient cause, 
from which any thing -proceeds, i. q. 7% 
no. 2.c. Gen. 6,13 the earth is filled with 
violence br8282 from them, i. 6. of which 
they are the cause, Sept. well ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 
47, 13. Ex. 8, 20. Judg. 6, 6. Jer. 15. 17. 
Ez. 14, 15. Also of the remoter cause 


195 


because of, on account of ; Is. 10, 27 the 
yoke shall break 722 72372 because of the 
fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28,20. Hos. 
10, 15. Jer. 9,6. So where the reason 
is given on account of which something 
is not done, Lat. pre, Job 37, 19. 1K. 8, 
‘1 With "8& it is ewatyslent to a 
'Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18. 
Jer. 44, 23. 

Nore: Winer has needlessly added 
the two following meanings, Lex. p.779: 
a) before, citing Lev. 19, 32, where B4p 
“"2p2 to rise up in one’s presence, is the 
part of modesty and reverence towards 
old age, comp. above inno. 1. 3) to- 
wards, as if for "27>8, Jer. 1, 13; for 
which see above in ἘΠ: no. 8. 

G) *257>2 has various meanings ac- 
cording to the different power both of 
‘the noun and particle. 

1. From the signif. face and front, no. 
1, 3, arise the following: 

a) at or before the face of any one, be- 
fore, i. q. "22 no. 1 (comp. >¥ no. 3. b), 
Gen. 32, 22. Lev. 10,3. Ps, 9, 20. 2 K. 
13, 14. Joh 4,15; in the sight of any 
‘one, under his inspection, Num. 3, 4.— 
Job 6, 28 2138 ON HB72HW>D it is before 
your eyes (will be manifest), whether I 
ie. "23 5972 i. q. 9285 Gen. 23, 3. 

b) in 1 front of any thing, before; 2 Chr. 
3,17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust before the wind, 
driven by the wind. Here belong also 
the following: 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it 
(of the porch) ΓΞ. m5 72875 before 
the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in 
front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr. 
3, 8. Hence: «) In a geographical 
sense, before, i. 6. to the east, eastward 
of, Gen. 16, 12 and he shall dwell on the 
east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18. 
1K. 11,7 in the mount which is on the 


east of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives, 


comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32,49 mount 
Abarim....which is on the east of Jeri- 
cho. 1 Sam, 15, 6. Still, as the more 
general signif. before, over against, might 
here be applied, the quarter of the hea- 
vens is sometimes added to remove the 
ambiguity; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of 
Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the 
east. Num. 21,11. Josh. 15, 8 the top of 
the hill which is before the valley of Hin- 
nom westward, 18, 14 the hill which is 
before Beth-horon southward. Where 


856 


ΓΞ 


there is no such adjunct, the direetion 
must be determined by the circum- 
stances, and is sometimes uncertain, as 
1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25. 17, 7 
comp. 16,6. β) Of time, before, Gen. 
11, 28. γ) Of preference, before, rather 
than, Deut. 21, 16. 

c) to the face or front of any thing, 
see in > no. 4; henee, towards, in the 
direction of, Gen. 18, 16 and the men. 
looked BAD 778759 towinye:Sodan: 19, 
28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16, 
3 towards Hebrohs 3; see Bibl. Rea in 
Palest. If. p. 8377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3; 
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.— 
Hence in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 
21, 13. Nah. 2, 2. 

2. From the signif. surface, mapob3 ἢ is: 
a) upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the 
earth Gen. 1, 29. 6,1; of the heavens. 
Gen. 1,20; of the waters Gen. 1,2; of a 
valley Ez. 37,2. Hence "28 5972 from 
upon the face of the earth, spoken of 
what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20, 15. Am. 
9,8. δ) After verbs implying motion, 
upon the face 1. 6. surface, 6. g. of the 
earth Job 5, 10. Am. 5, 8; of the fields 
Lev. 14, 7. Ez. 32,4. ©) owt upon or 
over the surface, ete. Gen. 11,8. Lev. 16, 
14. 15. 15.18, 3. 4) Trop. of something 
added, i. q. >¥ no. 1. b. α, above, besides, 
ἐπί, Ex. 20.3 thou shalt have no other 
gods ἜΣ ΒΡ over and above me, i. e. be- 
sides me; Sept. well πλὴν ἐμοῦ, Targ. 
"32 "2. ‘Te 16, 14. 


2B f(r. 115) 1. a pinnacle, mural 
turret, q.d. a ‘branch’ or ‘shoot’ spring- 
ing up out of the wall; see the root. 
2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3,6.—Hence 

2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a 
house Job 1, 19; of a street Prov. 7,8. 
Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9. 25, 
24; of a court Ez. 43, 20; of a city 
2 Chr, 28,24. M28 j28 a corner-stone Job 
38, 6. Is. 28, 16; phe so MB simpl. Jer. 
51, 26. mEp tn the head ‘of the corner, 
i.e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22 ; 
see in ONT no. 4. MIB ἜΣΘ che cor- 
ner-gate, one of the gates of Jerusa- 
lem, 2 K. 14, 13, 2 Chr, 26, 9. Jer. 
31, 38. 

3. Metaph. a prince, the chief of a 
people, on whom as acorner-stone the 
burden of the state rests, comp. Ps. 118, 


135 


22. Is. 28,16. So Is. 19,13. Zech. 10, 
4. 1 Sam. 14, 38. Judg. 20, 2. 


ἘΣΘ (face of God. from obsol. sing. 
328 i. gq. 0°22, comp. ἢ plur. ΘΛ) 
Penuel, pr. n. a) A place beyond 
Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is 
narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once 5x28 id. 
Gen. 32,31. Ὁ) Ofmen: a) 1 Chr. 
8, 25, Keri 5x". =) 1 Chr. 4, 4. 

N72 see the preced. art. lett. a, and 
lett. Ὁ. α. 

D728 see in 072728. 

DB face, see art. M72. 

B28 in oHbg 1 K. 6, 29; see in 
ΓΙᾺ 25 lett. a. 

9°28 Milél, from 0°29 no. 3, with 
He local (once without 5 1 K.6, 29, see 
below ina); for the plur. ending retain- 
ed comp. M27", and ΠΌΡΟΣ Ex. 15, 27. 
Num. 33, 9; pr. at or by the inner wall 
of a house, room, court, i.e. opposite to 
or in front of the door and of those en- 
tering, ἐν τοῖς ἐνωπίοις, where the throne 
is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all clonoye 
sits the king’s daughter (the queen) 
70729 by the wall, i. e. upon the throne. 
—Also on the i inner wall, like Gr. ἐνώπια, 
1K. 6, 18; within, in the house, 2 Κα. 7, 
aly inviard; into the house, 2 Chr. 29, 18. 

With prefixes: a) m0725> ial. 
within, 1 K. 6, 30; inward Ez. 41, 3. 
> named inwardly to, inside. of any 
thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also 5°2559 (without 
τι loc.) from ean. i.e. on the inside, 
1K. 6,29. Ὁ) M2289 on the inside, 
within, 1 K. 6, 19. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4— 
Hence 

0°25 m. adj. (2 being treated as radi- 
cal and therefore retained,) fem. τ 328, 
plur. 00728 1 Chr. 28, 11, f Moe 2 
Chr. 4, 22; interior, inner, (opp. i" 
exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40, 
15 sq. 41, 15. al. 

O°"28 m. only in plur. (sing. is the 
pr. n. M28, ) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8, 11. 20, 
15. 31, 10. Lam, 4, 7. Job 28, 18, once 
D2 Prov. 3,15 Cheth. according to 
many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr. πέννα, 
and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. l. V. c. 6, 7. 
Against this is the passage in Lam. L g. 
bq1"282 OS 37N, which cannot be 
rendered with Bochart : they are more 

79* 


857 


cp 


shining in body than pearls, see ἴῃ τ, DIN. 
Better therefore is the opinion of J, Ὁ, 
Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others, 
who understand red corals ; which is 
also favoured by the etymology, pr. 
‘branches, branching trees, from τὶ 128 
q.v. To this it is not an objection, 
that corals are called by another name, 
ΤΩΝ; the same is also the case in 
respect to pearls, see ΤΙΡ 3. --- Others 
understand red gems, as the sardius, 
pyrops ; but this word is never enume- 
rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq. 


. 125 obsol. root, Arab. ὧΞ Conj. Il, 
to divide up, τ mena to distribute 


into classes ; ; os a species, or _ 


branches ; oi a branch; eo] a 


thick branch ; us a branching tree.— 
Hence 78 I, 723, 573728, pr. ἢ. 7233. 


328 (coral, i. q. 93728 which is found 
in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. n. of the 
wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2. 4. 


* P25 in Kal not used, Arab. 
to treat and train delicately ; TV, to live 
delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight one- 
self. Comp. 9.5. 

Pret to bring up delicately, to spoil by 
tenderness, 6. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21. 


OB m. (τ. 008) end, extremity, only 
in the phrase 0°02 MND Gen. 37, 3. 23. 
32. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 19, α tunic reaching 
to the D°SB, i. 6. to the palms of the 
hands and soles of the feet; see the 
root. It was therefore the long tunic 
with sleeves, worn by young men and 
maidens of the better class ; so Jos. Ant. 
7.8. 1, ἐφόρουν γὰρ αἵ τῶν ἀρχαίων παρ- 
ϑένοι χειροδέτους ἄχρι τῶν σφυρῶν πρὸς 
τὸ μηδὲ βλέπεσϑαι χιτῶνας, which is well 
explained and defined by Hartmann, 
Hebraerin IIL. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. καρ- 
motos. Symm. χειριδωτός. Aqu. Gen. 
ἀστραγάλειος (talaris).—Others: α tunic 


_of many colours, i. e. of pieces of various 


colours sewed together, from Chald. 03 
palm of the hand, also a piece, ete. So 
Sept. in Gen. χιτὼν ποικέλος, Vulg. poly- 
mita. 

cB Chald. m. c. genit. N77 OB palm 
of the hand, Dan. 5, 5, 24, See τ. DOB 


oc» 
D°2T CB, see ἘΠῚ ON. 


᾿ at in Kal not used, Chald. 308 to 
cut up, to divide, i. q. P&B which is 
more usual, 

Prez once Ps. 48, 14 BNIB HB 
divide ye up her palaces, i. e. walk 
through and survey them ; or perh. con- 
sider them accurately, since verbs of di- 
viding are thus used metaphorically ; 
comp. r. }"2.—Hence 


M3OB (Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr. 
n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the 
southern border of the kingdom of Si- 
hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3, 27. 
Josh. 12, 3. al. In it was Mount Nebo, 
Deut. 34, 1. 


MOD f. (τ. 00) pr. expansion, diffu- 
ston, comp. r. ΓΙῸ and Chald. 71°08; 
then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16 
ΥῊΝΞ 7D MOD WI" let there be abundance 
of corn in the land.—Others take it as 
fem. of 02, whence a handful, sheaf, 
Kimchi }2 8°23; but not suited to the 
context. 
Piel. 
‘1115. 

2. Spec. to leap over, to pass over, e. g. 
‘a stream, river, whence pr. ἢ. ΠΌΞΩ 
Thapsacus, pr. passage of the Euphra- 
‘tes:— With 59, i. g. 53 "a>; Ex. 12, 23 
‘a nme 59 7 MoD and Jehovah will 
‘pass over the door, and will not suffer 
the destroyer to come in. v. 13. 27. Sept. 

“v.23 παρέρχομαι, Vulg. transibo.—Hence 
1. q. to spare, Is. 31, 5. 

3. to halt, to limp, to be lame, from the 
irregular and leaping gait: see Niph. 
and mep. Trop. 1 K. 18,21 how long 
ΠΟ cms do ye halt between two opi- 
nions ? i. 6. hesitate between Jehovah 


and Baal. 


‘Chrysost. περὶ τὴν πίστιν χωλεύειν. 

Ῥιει, 10 leap, to dance ; so the priests 
of Baal, 1 Καὶ, 18, 26 they danced at 
(around) the allar which was made ; 
Sept. διέτρεχον, Targ. joo insani- 
ebant, which Kimehi explains, ‘they 
‘danced after their manner. Dancing 
was customary at some sacrifices ; sce 
2 Sam. 6,16, 


1. pr. to leap, to dance, see 
See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114, 


So Arab. is pr. to limp ; 


858 


72 


Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 3, to become or 
be made lame, 2 Sam. 4, 4. 

Deriv. ΤῸ --- 88. 

FICE (lame) Paseah, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 4,12. Ὁ) Neh. 3, 6. 
2, 49. Neh. 7, 51. 


MOP τὰ. (Ὁ. MOB) in pause Mop, plur. 
D'NOD ; pr. a passing over, sparing, de- 
liverance from punishmentand calamity. 
Hence 

1. The sacrifice instituted on account 
of the immunity of the Israelites, the 
passover, the paschal lamb described 
Ex. 12,27 nog "Wy Minnd am ΓΙΌΣ Mt 
n™1z03 bynim smanby the sacrifice 
of sparing (pr. passing over) is this to 
Jehovah, who passed over the houses of 
the Ieradtite’s in Egypt, when he smote 
the Egyptians, etc. Hence noen ony 
to kill the passover i. e. the paschal lamb 
Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35, 1.63 
mos mar Deut. 16, 2sq. mon bax lo 
eat the passover 2 Chr. 30,18. MOB τῶν 
to prepare the passover, i. 6. to keep the 
festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 5α: Josh. 
5, 11. al. Plur. o°n0_ paschal lambs 
2 Chr. 30, 17. 35, 7-9. 

2. the festival of the passover, the pas- 
chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the 
month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5; which was 
followed by the seven days’ festival of 
unleavened bread, ib. v. 6. Ez. 45, 21. 
Fully mopn an Ex. 34, 25. Hence 
Mop mama the morrow of the passover, 
i. e. the fifteenth day of Nisan, Josh. 5, 
11. Num. 33, 3. 

MOD m. adj. (r. MOB) lame Lev. 21,18. 
Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6. al. Plur. O°70R 
(without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6. 8. Is. 33, 23. 

DS "OP m. plur. (r. don) 1. carved 
images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Is. 42, 8. 
Jer. 50, 38. Hon, 11, 3.. 81. 7BO> — 
your carved imaies of silver Is. 30, 22. 
Syr. Yume cut, hewn, as stone. 

2, Pesilim. pr. Ὁ. of a place not far 
pois Gilgal, Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ. 

ἘΣΤΙ quarries ; but it is safer to rest 
in the common signif. ‘images,’ perh. 


‘hewn stones,’ i, q. Syr. casaita. 


*3TE obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cut 
up or off, i. q. 308 and poy. Hence 


JOB Pasach, pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 


a) 


c) Ezra 


Sop 


*bop fut. 50% 10 cut, to carve, to form 
by culting 3 ¢@. g. stones. lo hew, Ex. 34, 
1.4. Deut. 10, 1.3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18]; an 
idol, Hab. 2,18. Syr, Chald. id. Kindr. 
is xp. 

Deriv. 8°>°® and 

905 m. in pause 5ΌΒ, 6. suff ἼΡΌΒ, a 
carved image of an idol, Ex. 20, 4. Deut. 
'4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20. 
Spoken also of a molten image, which is 
properly called M302, Is. 40, 19. 44, 10. 
Jer. 10, 14, 51, 17.—For the plur. 5°" 
is used, q. v. 


PIB Dan. 3, 7, and PIAIOP Dan. 
3, 5. 10, 15, the Greek word ψαλτήριον, 
psaltery, lyre, (which the Sept. transla- 
tors often put for 533, 7%22,) adopted 
into the Chaldee, > and 5 being inter- 
changed. It is of the singular number ; 
since it is coupled with other names of 
musical instruments in the singular ; 
and does not correspond to the Greek 
ψαλτήρ which signifies harper, lyrist, 
but to ψαλτήριον, the Greek ending ἐὸν 
among the Orientals usually becoming 
ae jas συνέδριον 4°7320, κοινόβιον 


ens ures Kanobin. —The same 


word may be recognised in the mod. 


Arabic pith , and other like 


forms, the name of a species of psaltery 
or harp; see Villoteau in Deser. de 
PEgypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the 
other hand Hengstenberg Authentie 
des Daniel p. 15. Havernick ad Dan. 
lc. 


*CO® to expand, to diffuse, to dis- 
perse, kindr. with mg, Chald. nop 
whence 7°05 diffasion. » "ate Chald. 
RT} 0B expansion i. 6. palm of the 
ΓΑ Syr. Teal {ams id. μ.37 {ams 
sole of the foot ; j°2 boards; Heb. nop 
diffusion, atrindance. Wore we may 
refer Ps. 12,2: DIN "7259 D778 DD Lhe 
faithful disperse “(are scattered) from 
among the children of men, comp. Ps. 
11, 1.2; parall. "23. But the ancient 
versions, Jarchi, and many moderns, 
give to 008 in this passage the signif. 
of DEN, to cease, to fail; like parall. 
"723. 


MIBOD Pispah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 
the etymology is unknown 


859 


ΣΕ 


ἘΠΣΞ onomatopoet. 1, to cry out, 
to scream, once of a woman in travail, 
fut. 1 p. M2BX Is. 42, 14.—Syr. and Chald. 
to, ἈΣΒ,, to bleat, to bellow, as flocks 
and herds ; comp. Gr. Bow, whence βοῦς 
bos. Similar ἢ is M22 youw, q. v.—Hence 
pr. ἢ. 532. 

2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper, 
kindr. with MxB q. v. Hence MSDN 
viper. 

VB (a bleating, lowing) Pau, pr. n. 
of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call- 
ed also "58 Pai, 1 Chr. 1,50. R. ΓΣΒ. 


VB (hiatus, cleft, τ. Ἴ55) Peor, pr. 
ἢ. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28, 
Hence “iz8 522 Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3. 
5, and simply ΣΕ 23, 28. 31, 16, Josh. 
22, 17, an idol of the Moabites, i in whose 
worship females prostituted themselves. 
Comp. "132 ΓΞ in art. ΓΞ no. 12. mm. 

"YB see in 3B. 


> 555 fut. 598"; once 555" c. Makk. 
“bsp J Job 35, 6, ig. Mw, to make, to do, 
but only i in poetic style. Sue. and Talm. 


part. S>2‘p WSs a workman. Arab. 


ches to do, to work, but not freq.—Job 
11, 8 ΞΘ what. canst thou. do? 
Ps. 11, 3 ἜΣΘ ΤΩ py1x what can the 
High teous do? Deut. 32, 27 558 nin xb 
mxi-b> Jehovah hath not done all this. 
Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13.—Spec. a) to 
make, to form, 6. g. an idol Is. 44, 15; 
a pit, i.e. to dig, Ps. 7,16. Absol. Is. 
44, 12 onmpa bop he worketh (forgeth) 
in the coals. b) to produce. to create, 
Ps. 74,12; whence "228 my Creator Job 
36, 8. 6) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the 
place thou hast prepared to dwell in. 
Hence to attempt, to undertake any 
thing (opp. ΠῺΣ to effect, to accom- 
plish), Is. 41,4 Aye) b9p 72 who hath 
attempted and done it? (comp. 43, 7 
TWP HN VAI.) Mic. 2,1. Ps. 58, 
3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So mos 
is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37, 


26. d) todo, i.e. to practise, e.g. right- 


eousness Ps. 15,2; iniquity, crime, Job 
34, 32. 36, 23. Prov. 30, 20. 718 "598 
evil-doers, wicked men, Ps. 5,6. 6,9. 14, 
4.al.sep. 6) With acc. and > of thing, 
Ps, 7, 14 ἘΣΒῚ O°7>45> EN he maketh his 
arrows burning, lit. into or for burning 


DvD 
things. f) With > of pers. to do fo or 
for any one, either good Job 22, 17. Ps. 
31, 20; or evil Job 7,20; with 2 id. 35, 6. 

Deriv. sb, nbsp, >3B2, nbspe, 
and pr. n. anion. 

ὌΣΞ m.c. Ἀν: ἾΣΒ,, 228 (pddlcha), 
rarely i>3E Is. 1, 31. Jer. 22,13; plur. 
prbsp 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. g. ΠΏΣ, 
but, with few exceptions, only poetic. 

1. work, i. 6. labour, business, Ps. 104, 
23; comp. Job 24,°5. 

2. a work, i. a. a deed, act, , facinus ; 3 of 
God’s mighty deeds, espec. in preserv- 
ing and defending his people, Ps. 44, 2. 
64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32,4. Also of 
man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12.29. Spec. 
a great died, mighty act, 2 — 23, 20; 


G-Ls 


an evil deed, Job 36, 9. Arab. Χλαϑ id. 

3. a work, i. e. something made, the 
product of labour, etc. 7} 3B the work 
of my hands, i.e. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is. 
45,9. 11. Spec. of the divine judg- 
ments, Is. 5,12. Hab. 1, 5. 3,25; comp. 
nv. no. 3. a. Of the divine aid, Ps. 
90, 16. 

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour, 
acquisition Prov. 21,6; wages Job 7, 2. 
Jer. 22, 13. Comp. ΠΕΣ no. 2, and 


3» 


ξργον Rev. 14, 13. 

ΠῈΣ ἢ (Ὁ. 558) constr. 33 1. As 
abstr. noun of action, i. q. ΠΏΣ πο. 1, 
labour, business, occupation, i. e. the 
doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18. 
Is. 65,7. Jer. 31, 16. Plural nbsp of 
the deeds or conduct of men, Ps, 17, 4; 
of God’s works, Ps. 28, 5. 

2. wages of shone, 4 q. >3B no. 4. Lev. 
19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4. 61, 
8. 62, 11. 

ὌΣΣΕ (for "5 M28 wages of Jeho- 
vah) Peulthai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 5. 


8 DL 1. to strike, to beat, to pound ; 
whence t2p anvil, and ji2rp a bell.— 
Also to strike upon with the foot, to 
tread ; whence ἘΘΒ step, pace, foot. 

2. Metaph. to impel, to urge, to move, 
e. g. the Spirit of God a person Judg. 
13, 25. 

Nien. to be moved, agitated, troubled, 
Gen. 41, 8. Dan. 2, 3. Ps. 77, δ. 

Hirupa. i. q. Niph. Dan. 2, 1. 

Deriv. see in Kal no, 1, and the two 
following. 


860 


ΓΧΞ 


DYE f. but masc. Judg. 16, 28. 2 Sam. 
23,8 Cheth. Plur. 5°38 and mi=sy. 

1. an anvil, Is. 41,7. Ὁ 

2. tread of the foot, hence: a) step, 
footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop. 
Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots, 
b) the foot itself, with which one treads, 
Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7, 2. 
Is. 26,6. Plur. mize feet, i. e. artifi- 
cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1K. 7, 30. 

3. Trop. MIX ἘΣῈ pr. one tread, i. 8. 
one time, once, Josh. 6, 3. 11. 14. 1 Sam. 
26, 8; also at one time, at once, Is. 66, 8. 

Se oe 


Se) $5 

Comp. Arab. &230, ὅν , BebS, id— 
Dual D258 twice Gen. 27, 36. 41, 32. 
43,10. Plur. B°2ry wbe three times, 
thee, Ex. 23, 17. al. ὈΠΏΣΕ mad how 
many times? how often? 1K. 22, 16. 
nina ὉΛΩΣΒ many times Ecc. 7, 22 [281]. 
Ps. 106, 43. Also Bam os once and 
again Neh. 13, 20.—In phrases: a) 
With the art. 0955, this time, in this 
thing, Ex. 9,27; hence SD8n 58 only 
this time, only ‘bis once, Gen. 18, 32. 
Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28; now 
Gen. 46, 30; now indeed Gen. 2, 23. 30, 
20. eden nm> 29,34. Ὁ) mein ὉΣΌΞ 
at this time, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9.14. 0) 
DSHN-OSED one time as another, now as 
before, Num. 24,1. Judg. 16, 20. 1 Sam. 
20,25. d) ἘΣΞ-ὩΣΒ, now—now, Prov. 
7, 12. 


OVE τὰ. (τ. 58) a bell, so called 
from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25. 
26 ; comp. 28, 34. 


TIDE, see NITE"MIHL. 


Φ Ξ to open wide, to gape, constr. 
only with mB, once MES Job 16, 10; 
spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16, 10; of 
longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131. 
Poet. of Sheol, Is. δ, 14—Syr. ἐνῇ 


Arab. ἴω id—Hencee pr. n. "ΣΕ, and 


“SB Paarai, pr. n. of one of David’s 
military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written 
more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 "32 
Naarat. 


be nsb fut.n¥b9 1. pr. to tear apart, 
to rend; comp. the kindr. verbs 558, 
mxp, 5%, OB, which all have the pri- 
mary signification of tearing apart, 
breaking in pieces; as is also the case 


nad ' 


with roots beginning with the syllable 

5, 12.—Hence to open wide the mouth, 
Ez. 2,8. Is. 10, 14; ¢. 52 to gape upon, 
6. 5. in threat, as ravenous beasts, Ps. 
22,14; in scorn Lam. 2, 16, 3, 46; as 
uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66, 
14. Judg. 11, 35. 36. Trop. the earth 
also is said fo open her mouth, Gen. 4, 11. 
Num. 16, 30. Deut. 11, 6. 

2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144, 
7. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab. 


om Conj. II, IV. 

*MED fut. plur.smee7 1. to break 
in pieces; Arab. ee id. comp. & 
to break, to cleave ; See Pi. 

2. MP3 M¥B, Lat. erwmpere jubila, i.e. 
to break forth into joy, rejoicing, shout- 
ing, Is. 14, 7. 44,23. 49, 13. 54, 1. 55, 12; 
twice 327) MB id. 52,9, Ps. 98,4.—Syr. 

ry δ 5 
᾿ς 92] to break forth sc. into joy, for 
Gr. ῥήγνυμι id. Gal. 4,27. Comp. Lat. 
‘erumpere gaudium’ Ter. Eun. 8. 5. 2; 
‘erumpere stomachum’ Οἷς. Att. 16. 3. 

Piet to break in pieces, e. g. bones 
Mic. 3, 3. 

MPP m. (τ. 1B) dulness, bluntness, 
pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting 

-? 
instruments, 1 Sam. 13, 21. Arab. Lbs 
a sword notched, dull. 


ἘΣΘ only in Pret >88, fo lear or 
strip off bark, to peel, Gen. 30, 37. 38, 
Comp. kindr. '¥a, Arab. dues, Syr. 
Ngo, to cut in pieces.—Hence 


MDZB Γ᾽ plur. peeled spots or streaks 
on green rods, Gen, 30, 37. 


*DS5 to rend e. g. the earth, to 
cause to yawn, Ps. 60, 4. Arab. 
to break, to rend, Eth. AAP to break 
off, to finish, Kindr. is ΧΡ. 4 


ἜΣ 35 pr. to cut, to cleave, comp. 
kindr. >a. Chald. id. Hence fo wound, 
Cant. 5, 7. 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2.— 
Hence 

Y=5 m. in pause ΣΧΒ, c. suff. "3¥B, 
plur. 9°52, constr. ὥσθ, ‘a won; Gen. 
4, 23. Ex. 21, 25. Is. 1, 6. Prov. 20, 30. 
Plur. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Job 9, 17. 


“Vs2 obsol. root, i. q. 738 to dis- 
perse; whence. 


861 


"pp 


TRB (dispersion) Pizzez, pr. n. τιν 
σ. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15. 


. * "3B fat. "29, pr.tohack, to notch ; 
and hence fo beat, to blunt, to make dull, 
i. ᾳ. Arab, see Schult. Opp. min, p. 


168. Hence ΠΧ q. v.—Trop. tourge, 
topress any one, with 2 of pers. a) 
With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun- 
dere precibus, Gen. 19, 3. 33, 11. Judg. 
19, 7. 2K.2,17. 5,16. Ὁ) Ina hostile 
manner Gen. 19,9, Comp. kindr. 3 7718. 

Hiren. obtundere animum, and hence 
to be obluse, dull, stubborn. Inf. ἜΣΕΙ 
as noun, stubborness, wilfulness, 1 Sam. 
15, 23, parall. with "72. 

Deriv. H7"E8. 


ΡΞ fat. 9P®4, infin. ἀπά imper. ἼΡΒ, 
prob. pr. to strike upon or against any 
person or thing, to light upon. Kindr. 
are 338, 635, q. v.—Hence 

1. In a kind sense, to go to any one, 
e.g. a) to go to see, to visit; 1 Sam. 
17, 18 and go see thy brethren 0'>3> how 
they do ; comp. Gen. 37,14. Unwillingly, 
2K.9,34. With 3 of the present which 
a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1. 
b) to visit, sc. in order to examine, to 
prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7,18. ¢) 
For the sake of inspecting, reviewing, 
and hence to review, to muster, to number, 
e. g. a people, army, Num. 1, 44 sq. 3,39 
sq. 1 K. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24. 
Part. pass. O“APB the mustered, the 
numbered, Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4 βαᾳ. Ex. 
30, 14. 38,26. Comp. Hothpa. and the 
noun 3p53. Also fo miss a person or 
thing in reviewing, numbering, 1 Sam. 


20, 6. 25, 15. Is. 34,16. Eth. APF to 
review, to number. 4) As caring for 
any person or thing, fo visit with kind- 
ness, to look after, to take care of, asa 
shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2; as God 
men Gen. 21, 2. 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31. 
1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al. 
Sometimes to visit again, to look after 
anew, Is. 23, 17; to revisit mentally, to 
call to mind, Ez. 23,21. Also to look to 
any one expecting help, Is. 26, 16. 

2. In a hostile sense, fo go io any one, 
i. 6. to come or fall upon, to attack, comp. 
232 no.1.a. With 5» of pers. to punish, 
to visit with punishment, Jer. 9, 24. 25, 
44,13; >x 46,25; 39,8; acc, Ps. 59, 


ἽΡΞ 


6; absol. Is. 26, 14. Job 31, 14. 35, 15. 
The sin to be punished is put in the 
accus. 1 Sam. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8, 
13. Lam. 4, 22; often with >> of pers. 
Ex. 20,5 8523 53 miax PP IPB visiting 
(punishing) the iniquity of the fathers 
upon the children. 32, 34. 34,7. Num. 
14,18. Is. 13,11. Hos. 1,4. 2, 15. 4, 9. 
Am. 3, 14. 

3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. pr. ‘to cause 
to look after’ sc. persons or things, to 
let care for them, etc. i.e. a) to set 
over, to give the oversight of, to appoint, 
with acc. of pers. and 52, Num. 4, 27. 
27,16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15, 3 J 
will set over them four kinds, i. e. will 
send upon them four kinds of calamities. 
With >x Jer. 49,19. Absol. Num. 3, 10. 
Deut. 20, 9. Part. pass. ὉΠ ΡΕ prefects, 
officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. 
Niph. Hiph. and ἢ. ΡΒ. With τὰ (AN) 
to set with, to join to any one a com- 
panion, attendant, Gen. 40, 4. b) to 
charge with, to enjoin upon the care of 
any one; Aram. Pe. and Pa. to charge, 
tocommand. With >» of pers. 2 Chr. 
36, 23, Ezra 1,2. Job 36, 23 723 Ip "Ὦ 
i273 who hath enjoined upon him his 
way ? 34, 13 ΓΙΚῸΝ "3D IPP 72 who hath 
charged him with the earth? i.e. com- 
mitted the earth to his care and charge. 
Comp. ΡΒ mandate. c) to deposit 
anywhere, fo lay up, i. e. commit to the 
care of another, 2 K. 5,24. Comp. ji4¢8 
deposit, store. 

Nipw. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be 
mustered, Ez. 38,8 ; to be missed, to lack, 
Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7. 
21. al. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be visited with 
punishment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22. 
29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over, 
appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44. 

‘Pret i. q. Kal no. 1. ὁ, to muster, Is. 
13, 4. 

Puau 1. to be mustered, numbered, 
Ex. 38, 21. 

2. to be missed; Is. 38,10 7 shall be 
missed the residue of my years, friends 
will seek me in vain among the living. 

Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 3. 1. to set over, 
to make overseer of any thing, to appoint, 
with ace. of pers. and 55 of thing, Gen. 
39, 5. 41, 34. Num. 1,50. Jer. 1, 10. 40, 


862 


Ips 
11; 51K. 11,28; 3 Jer. 40 5. 41, 18; 
absol. 2 Καὶ, 25, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16; 
comp. Jer. 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a. 

2. to charge with, to commit to the 
care of any one, 6. Ἴ 59 2 Chr. 12, 10; 
722 Ps. 31, 6; c. OX pr. to vommit or 
entrust with any one, q. d. to deposit with 
him, Jer. 40, 7. 41,10. Absol. 37, 21. 

3. to deposit, to lay up anywhere, Is, 
10, 28. Jer. 36, 20. 

Hopw: “PEN, part. plur. ας 1, to 
be visited, i.e. punished, Jer. 6, 6 

2. to Sa sel over, to have the aerdight 
of, 2 K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12. 

3. to be deposited with any one, c. MX 
Lev. 5, 23. 

Hirded. fut. IpPem° for IPE", pass. 
of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be mustered, numbered, 
Judg.'20, 15. 17. 21, 9. 

Horard. plur. “pend for Mpanh, 
id. Num. 1, 47. 2, 33. 26, 62. 1K. 20, 27. 
Deriv. nopR—ouepe, "Pb, IPH. 

MPD f. (τ. ΒΒ) 1. ἃ muster, enume- 
ration, 1 Chr. 23, 11. 2 Chr. 17. 14. 26, 
11. See the root no. 1. 6. 

2. care, providence, Job 10, 12; see 
the root no. 1. d.—Spec. custody, ward, 
i, q. ΩΦ, M2, and concer. ΑΛ 
2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. "93, 18. Ez. 44, 11. 
minPen ma the howe of ward, i. e. 
the prison, Jer. 52,11; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

3. oversight, office, charge, see the 
root no. 3; Num. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19. 
26, 30. Ps. 109, 8. Coner. officers, 2 Chr. 
24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32. 

4, Something laid up, i.e. stores, sub- 
slance, wealth, Is. 15, 7. 

5. visitation, i.e. punishment, see the 
root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9, 
7. Mic. 7, 4, Plur. Ez. 9, 1. 

PUPP m. (τ. PB no. 3. 6) something 
laid up, deposited, with any one ; a depo- 
sit, store, Gen. 41, 36. Lev. 5, 21. 23. 

MATPE f. (r. WB) oversight, office, Jer. 
37, 18, 

TPE m. (Ὁ. PB) 1. visitation, pun- 
ishment, put allegorically as a name for 
Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50, 21. 

2. office, charge, see the root no. 3. a. 
Coner. a prefect, officer, Ez. 23, 23. 

DTP! m. plur. (Ὁ. $22) mandates, 
precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 9. 103, 18, 
111, 7; elsewhere only in Ps, 119, 6, g. 
v. 4. 15. 27. 40, 45. al. seep. 


mpp 


ΡΞ fut. MP2, to open the eyes ; 
once spoken of the ears Is. 42,20. A 
wider signif. occurs in MIPMAR q. v. 
Chald. id. Arab. g.i3 the whelp first 


opens his eyes, the rose opens itself. 
Kind. is "mg, like PMY and MPs; also 
spp.—Hence a) "2°29 MPP to open 
one’s eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see, 2 
K. 19, 16. Dan. 9, 18. Job 27, 19. Also 
to have the eyes open, to be wide awake, 
watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful, 
Prov. 20, 13. With >2 to open the eyes 
upon a pers. or thing, i. 6. in order to 
attend to, to observe. Jer. 32, 19; or to 
look after, to care for, Zech. 12, 4; also 
in a bad sense, to observe closely, to 
watch, Job 14,3. Ὁ) God is said to open 
the eyes of any one, i. 6, αν to give or 
restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20. 
Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. 8) To 
enable one to see what he had not seen 
of himself, Gen. 21.19; comp. Niph. 
ΝΊΡΗ. to be opened, se. the eyes: 8) 
Of the blind, to be restored to sight, Is. 
35, 5. Ὁ) So as to see what was not be- 
fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5. 
Deriv. hPB—Nip-npe . 


TPB (open-eyed, or ellipt. for m°nPS 
q: v.) Pekah, pr.n. of a king of Samaria 
in the time of Isaiah. B. C. 759-739. 2K. 
15, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1. 


TIPE τὰ. (τ. MPB) open-eyed, seeing, 
opp. to blind, Ex. 4,11. Plur. trop. Ex. 
23, 8. 

ΓΞ (Jehovah has opened his eyes) 
Pekahiah, pr. n. of a king of Samaria, 
B. C. 761-759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26. 


MP NPS, or better with many Mss. 
in one word ΠΡ, (τ, mpp, like 
bron ,) an opening of the prison, deli- 
verance, Is. 61, 1; comp. mmp Is. 14,17. 
—In Arabic also MPR, kindr. with np, 
is not exclusively used of the eyes and 
ears ; see inr, MpB. 


‘PPB m. (τ. Ἴ58Β) 1. @ prefect, over- 
seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14. 22. 12, 42. TPB 
ἜΣ the chief overseer, head prefect, in 
the temple, Jer. 20, 1. 2. 

2. an officer, magistrate, Gen. 41, 34. 
Esth. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28. 
2 Chr. 24,11. Also of military officers, 
2 K. 25. 19. Jer. 52, 25. 


663 


ΝΞ 


* SPB, Syr. 3.29, i. q. ΣΏΞ, to split, 
to burst, Arab. ais crepitavit.—Hence 
the two following. 


PPB Εἰ plur. wild cucumbers, cucu- 
meres asinini, which are egg-shaped, bit- 
ter, and burst on being touched and secat- 
ter their seeds, 2 K.4,39. See Celsius 
Hierob. I. p. 393 sq.—Others ; colocyn- 
thides, and so Vulg. but these do not 
thus burst. 


DPB m. plur. (r. 9B) id. wild cu- 
cumbers, as an architectural ornament, 
1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24. 


“® and “8 m. (τ. "7B IL) the latter in 

pause and with distinct. accents; c. art. 
“em, ΒΞ, 7B>, plur. om, a bull, bul- 
lock, espec. a young bullock, juvencus, 
a steer; hence often with the adjunct 
ΡΞ 3 Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3. 14. Num. 7, 
15 sq. 8, 8. Ez. 43, 19. 23. 45, 18. 46, 6. 
Once a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6, 
25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32 "2 "iW q.d.a 
bullock-or ; contra "38M “b Judg. 1. 6. 
Coupled with another name for bulls, Is. 
34,7 ΞΎΛΩΝ BP OMB the bullocks with 
the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps, 
22, 13, it is spoken only of bullocks for 
sacrifice ; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] mabdza 
AMEY op so will we pay as bullocks 
our lips, i.e. we will offer our praise as 
victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning 
of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50, 
27.—Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Farse, 
Anglo-Sax. fear, Gr. πόρτις, perh. Arab. 
$,-2 $20? 
)| and young of a sheep, goat, 
deer, etc. It follows the analogy of "12, 
and might come from the idea of break- 
ing forth into ferocious anger; see "72 
I. But it is better referred to r. "75 II, 
to be borne ; the bullock being so called 
from bearing the yoke, drawing the 
cart, etc. Comp. 8:9, Germ. /ahr and 
Sahren. 

* NIB not used in Kal, i. q. kindr. 
MB q. v. 

1. to bear, spec. fruit, see Hiph. 

2. to be borne swifily. to run swiftly ; 
hence 838, Talm. 88 to run. Ethiop. 
ACU to flee in fear; comp. Arab. lam 


and Ἵ to flee. 
Hien. to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15. 


RMD 


NIB, once MIB Jer. 2, 24 (r. 8D) 
comm. gend. (m. Ps. 104, 11, f. Jer. 2,24.) 
a wild ass, onager, so called from his 
swift running, being fleeter than the 
fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29; 
taller and better formed than the domes- 
tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un- 
tameable, living in troops in the deserts, 
Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32,14. Jer. 2,24. Hos.8, 9. 


ees fad 


animal was formerly found in the de- 
serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly 
rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per- 
sia, and Tartary; see Pallas in Acta 
Acad. scient. Petrop. A. Ὁ. 1777. R. K. 
Porter’s Travels I. p. 459, where also an 
engraving is given.—Hence 

BSTB (q.d. j8t8 wild-ass-like, 1. 6. 
indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan- 
itish king, Josh. 10, 3. 

PNB ἢ plur. branches, boughs, see in 
ΝΒ. 

"275 1 Chr. 26,18, and "5 plur. 
pene 2K. 23,11, prob. the open porti- 
cos surrounding the courts of the temple, 
from which was the entrance to the cells 
or chambers, nists q. v. The form 


“175 corresponds to Pers. 1553; δ). 
ΡΟΣ ; δ)ογὰ 5 also Jtyys ᾽ ὌΡΝΙΣ which 


all signify a swmmer-house, or rather an 
apartment open on all sides to the light 
and air, Inthe Targ. and Talm. j-7178 
and 77>" are the suburbs or places 
adjacent to a city. 


, 775 1. to break off, to break in 
pieces, to separate by breaking ; comp. 
Engl. to part. This is the primary force 
of the biliteral "2, comp. "78, O45, HB, 
728,778, 572; hence also tropically in 
various senses, e. g. of dispersing, strew- 
ing, 27, 772; of letting go, 272; of 
breaking or bursting forth, M7» ; of ex- 
panding 772, H2p. 1D; also of deciding, 
judging, 2. Comp. the similar power 
of the syllable "3, under the verb x73. 


Arab. 333 I, IV, V, VIL, to be separated, 
alone; II, X, to separate oneself from 
others; Syr. 29-2 to separate, to put 


apart; Chald. "7p to separate, to dis- 
join. 


864 


ne 


2. to expand, to spread out, e. g. the 
wings Ez. 1,11. Hence Syr. 22 to fly, 
to flee away. Comp. 775 

3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ΘΒ; whence 
ΤΤΤῚΒ q. v- 

Nien. 1. ¢o separate oneself, plur. to 
be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. 1, 
23 in their death 17252 XD they were not 
divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2, 
10. With 32 from any one, Judg. 4, 11. 
Prov. 19, 4; 5>2 id. Gen. 13, 9. 11. 14. 
Pregn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations 77972 
i73p7 proceeding from thy bowels shall 
separate themselves. Part. 1722 one se- 
paraling himself from others, a misan- 
thrope, Prov. 18, 1; comp. Hos. 8, 9. 

2. to be divided out, dispersed, to dis- 
perse themselves, Neh. 4,13 [19]; of na- 
tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. ν. 5. 

Pie intrans. to go aside with a har- 


lot, Hos. 4,14. Arab. δ. to go aside 
for devotion. 

Puat part. "82 separated, singular, 
Esth. 3, 8: comp. Niph. Prov. 18, 1. 

Hipu. 1. to separate, c. acc. Gen. 30, 
40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; c. ΤΞ (comp. 
ya >°73m) Ruth 1,17, 2K. 2,11. Prov. 
18, 18. 

2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8. 

Hirupa. 1. to separate oneself, to be 
sundered, Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 15. 

2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4, 11. 
Ps. 92, 10. 

Deriv. 173—ni798, and pr. ἢ. 8T7B. 


‘TID τὰ. (r. 779) c. suff. "TB, a mule, 
so called from his quick pace, or from 
bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see 
above under “8. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18, 9. 
1 K. 10, 25. 2K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. Is. 66, 
20. al.—Comp. Lat. veredus Germ. 
Pferd. 


MID ἢ a she-mule 1 K. 1, 33. 38. 44. 
See 8. 

HTT f. plur. (τ. 128) grains, kernels 
of grain scattered in the earth as seed, 
Joel 1,17. Syr. [235 kernel. Talm. 
‘8 grain of a pomegranate. 

OTB m. a park, pleasure-grounds, 
a place planted with trees, Cant. 4, 13. 
Neh. 2,8. Plur. Ecc. 2,5, It corresponds 
to the Gr. παράδεισος, a word applied 
to the pleasure-gardens and parks with 


ΓΞ 


wild animals around the residence of 
the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen, Οὔ, 
4, 13. Cyr. 1. 3.14. Sturz Lex. Xen. 
sub ἢ. v. It seems however to originate 
neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews, 
but in the languages of eastern Asia; 
comp. Sanser. paradéga, a region of sur- 
passing beauty ; Armen. pardes, ἃ gar- 
den or park μὰ τῳ the house; Syr. 


aes ; Arab. "5678 see Camoos I. 
Ρ 


ἘΓΠΞ rately NB α. ν. fut. m8; 
part. 7B, fem. MB, also Mb for Mb 
Gen. 49, 22. 

1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the 
Semitic dialects this root is also widely 
found in the Indo-European tongues, 
6. g. Sansct. bhri to bear, Pers. ye 


burden, wy? to bear, Armen. Dieril, 


Gr. φέρω, βάρος, βαρύς, Lat. το, porto, 
Goth. bairan. Engl. to bear, causat. to 
burden, old Germ. béren. Other forms 
see below in b.—Hence a) to bear 
fruit, as a tree, plant, Is. 11, 1. Metaph. 
Is. 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, ἢ Ure 
WR a root bearing poison. Fem. ipa 
mb a fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12. 
Ez. 19, 10; ellipt. m=B _fruit-bearing 
tree Is, 17,6; MB for’ mip id. Gen. 49, 
22. b) to ear young, to "bring forth, of 
men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26, 
22. Ex. 23, 30; often coupled with 73%, 
as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8, 17. Ex. 1,7. Jer. 3, 
16. Ez. 36,11.al. Comp. Pers. ls fruit, 
Goth. bairan to bring forth, barn fetus, 
Scotch bairn.. But this signif. is in 
part expressed in the Indo-European 
languages by peculiar forms. as Lat. 
pario, both of young πᾶ fruit, frwor, 
Sruges, fructus, Germ. Borde fertile re- 
gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. [89 
to be fruitful, Lege progeny; Eth. ACP 
to bear fruit, &Z, fruit. 

2. to be borne along, to run, of a car- 
riage, Germ. fahren, Chald. 878 to run. 
Hence 717788 sedan, litter. Comp. 8p, 
eR. 

Hiren. fut. apoc. "2" to make fruitful 


in offspring, Gen. 17, 6. 20. 41, 52, 48,4. 


Lev. 26, 9. al. 
Deriv. "3, ji77BR. 
73 


865 


TAD - 


MB fem. of "Β q. v. plur. ming. 

1. a heifer, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19, 2 sq. 
Also of a heifer or young cow in milk 
Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 7-12; as bearing 
the yoke Hos. 4,16. Metaph. heifers 
of Bashan, put for the voluptuous fe- 
males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1. 

2. With the art, M985 (heifer-town) 
Parah, pr. ἢ. of a place in Benjamin, 
Josh. 18, 23. 


MIB f. (for HIND, τ. WD IL) a mole or 
rat, so called from its burrowing ; Arab, 


9 - 
ὅν. Hence ρίαν. nip moles or rats 
Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa- 
rately, as is usually done. But see in 
nqpyen. 

MIB, see NID. 

mp (i. ᾳ. ΠΝ Β bough) Purah, pr.n. 
m. Judg. 7, 10. 11. 

NIM (kernel, τ. 718) Peruda, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 2, 55; for which 83"p Perida 
Neh. 7, 57. 


‘778 plur. ΘΒ Esth. 9, 19 Cheth. 
i. q. Keri 5°19; see in "775. 

TI (blossoming, τ. 7p) Paruah, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 4, 17. 

O° Parvaim, pr. ἢ. of a regiom 
producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart 
regards it as the same with Ophir ; Can. 
I. 46. More probably oriental regions, 
from Sanser. pirva prior, anterior, ori- 
ental; so Wilford in Asiat. Res. VIII. p. 
276. For the form, comp. 597789. 


78 see in 1348. 
IB m. (for "NB, τ᾿ "NB 1) pr. 


heat, then ἃ pot for boiling Num. 11, 8. 
Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14. 


7 TAB obsol. root, Arab. 4.3 to sepa- 
rate out, to set apart ; Con). III, IV, id. 
But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine, 
to decide. It is therefore of like origin 
with 778, ΘΒ, ye ; the idea of culting 
and taking away being transferred to 
the sense of judging. To this comes 
also the sense of expanding, spreading, 
in AYI® , "YR; comp. Hy. 

Deriv. 178, 729, HIB, "TIS, "TB. 

TIB m. a leader, chief, commander 


of troops, pr. i. q. wpe » PRA, (see r 
ἨΔῈ.) Hab. 3, 14. 


TD 


“IB ἢ (τ. m9) only ρίαν. mir 
country reg sane open country, as opp. to 


cities ; Arab. 3 id. Ez. 38, 11 ΤῊΣ 
mitse a lund of open country ; as imme- 
diately follows : without walls and having 
neither bars nor gates. Esth. 9,19 "71> 
mime the country-lowns, opp. to the 
metropolis v.18. Zech. 2,8 [4] Jerusa- 
lem 3m ΤῦτηΒ shall be inhabite as the 
open country, i. e. because of the multi- 
tude of her inhabitants no wall can be 
built around her. 


FIT m. (r. 2B) ὁ. suff. 132179 , rule, 
dominion ; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they 
rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah, 
berina iim mips the righteous acis 
of his rule in Israel—Concr. for rulers, 
leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7 
danbra pire 153M the rulers ceased in 
Israel sc. to act, remained inactive. 
Sept. Vat. δυνατοί, 

"TI τὰ. (from My32) a countryman, 
rustic, dwelling in the country; collect. 
Deut. 3, 5 "28m 722. country-towns. ἢ 
Sam. 6, 18 "IER “BD a country-village. 
Plur. Esth. 9, 19 Keri. 

“TB (i. q. "78 a countryman, rustic) 
Perizzi, Perizzite, Sept. Φερεζαῖος, col- 
lect. the Perizzites, a Canaanitish tribe 
living in the mountain regions, which 
they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim- 
ites and other Jews, Josh. 11, 3. 17, 15. 
Judg. 1, 4.5; kindred to the Canaanites 
strictly so called, Ex. 23, 23. Judg. 1. ὁ. 
Sometimes Canaanites and Perizzites 
are put for all the tribes of Canaan, 
Gen. 13, 7. 34,30; elsewhere the Periz- 
zites are enumerated with various other 
tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20, 
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 7, 1. al. sep. 


Sn Chald. πὶ, emphat. 83172, i. q. 
Heb. b¥93, iron, Dan. 2, 33-45. 4, 20. 5, 
4. 23. 7, 7, 19. 


ἜΤῚΞΒ fut. me 1 to break out or 
forth, e. g. 8) From the womb ; Arab. 
ey Conj. Il, a bird brings forth 


(hatches) young; IV, id. nal young 
"6 7 


of birds, ete. b)toput forth buds, leaves, 
blossoms, to flourish, to blossom, as a 
tree Hab. 3, 17; a vine Gen. 40, 10, 
Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Num, 17, 20. 23; 


866 


"75 


the desert Is. 35, 2... Arab. é δὰ id. 
Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper 
ous state of a person or people, Hos. 14, 
6. 8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. €6, 14. Ps. 92, 8. 
13; and without a comparison Ps, 72, 7. 
Is. 27,6; contra, Hos. 10,4 punishment 
shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez. 
7, 10. c) to break out, as an ulcer, the 
leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex. 
9. 9. 10, 

2. lo fly,asin Chald.. 80 Part. fem. plur. 
min B the flying, i. 6. birds; Ez. 13, 20 
ἜΣ like birds ; see ind no. 13, ult. 
—For the connection of this signif. with 
that of sprouting, see under the synon. 
V3? no. 2, 3. 

Hien. 1. to.cause to flourish, to make 
blossom, Is. 17, 11, Ez. 17, 24, 

2. Intrans. to put forth buds, leaves, 
flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13. 
Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11. 

Deriv, 528, 0078, MBN, pr. ἢ, Te. 


MB m. in pause Map Ex. 25, 33, ὦ 
flower, blossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 243 
also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20. 
Num. 8,4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah. 
1, 4. 

FITS m. progeny of beasts, contemp- 
tuously for low and wicked men, brood, 
Job 30,12. R. mw. 


*DO"B pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr. 
with 738, op; then to scalier words, 
i. 6. to boast, to prate ; comp. Arab. bys 


to be insolent in word or deed ; also ro 


to scatter, whence ro a garrulous per- 


son.—Am. 6, 5 b320 "7b DO OIE they 
chatter Gire garrulous) to the sound 
of the lyre, spoken contemptuously.— 
Hence 

DIB m. a scattering, coner. any thing 
scatlered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10 57292 298 
the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i.e. 
those fallen off of themselves; as Syr. 
Chald. Vulg. correctly.—In the Talmud 
also of the scattered grains of the pome- 
granate, 

"IB m. (τ. 779) in pause ™B, c. soff.” 
“19 , iB, but FIB, C2778 Hos. 14, 9. 
Ez, 36, 8, and ths, Ὑπ 18 Am. 9, 35. 
Jer. 29, 28. 

1. fruit, both of the earth and fields 


ΞΕ. 


produce, Gen. 4, 8, Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 16. 
107, 34. al. hence Δ YIN ἃ fruitful 
land Ps. 107, 34; also of trees Gen. 1, 
12. 29, whence "78 > fruit-tree Gen. 1, 
ll. A tree or field producing fruit is 
said "9B HYD, see in MBP no. 2.c; Rw? 
"7B, see in NY) no. 4; ὙἼΒ ἸΏ); see in 
{M2 no. 1. d—Metaph. of the result, con- 
sequences of an action or endeavour, the 
figure being often preserved ; Is. 3, 10 
they shall eat the fruit of their doings, 
experience the consequences. Prov. 1, 
31. Jer. 6, 19.17, 10. Ps. 104, 13 with 
the fruit of thy works (of God) is the 
earth satisfied, i. e. is watered with rain, 
which is the fruit of the skies or clouds, 
Proy. 31,16 5183 "98 the fruit of the 
hands, i. 6. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. "72 
259 bh the fruit of a proud heave ive. 
boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one’s 
mouth, discourse. 13, 2. “18, 21. al. 

2. 42 “2 fruit of the womb, see in 
ἾΞΞ no. 2; and so simpl. ™p i. q. S41, 
of men Ps. 21,11; of beasts Is. 14, 29. 
So. "2 ΠῺΣ of persons 2 K. 19, 30. Hos. 
9,16. Jer. 12, 2. 

RP WB, see NIB. 


7728 m. (r. 729 no. 3) constr. yp 
Is. 35,9; but plur. 5°47 B, "X75. (with 
Dag. impl. for 792) one violent, rapa- 
cious ; an oppressor, a tyrant, Ps. 17, 4. 
Ez. 7, 22. 18,10. Jer. 7,11. Dan. 11,14. 
—Is. 35,9 NP YB q. de a ravenous 
beast. 


. 25 obsol. τοοί. 1. to break, to 
break down, to crush; Talm. Pp» to 
break or crack nuts; comp. kindr. ΡῚΒ. 
Hence 722. 

2. to separate, like Arab. , ys. 
Hence m25B. uP 

FIB m. (τ. 7:8) oppression, rigour, 
from the idea.of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14. 
Lev. 25, 43. 53. Ez. 34, 4. 


PAB f(r. 328) @ vail, curtain, se. of 
separation, which separated the holy of 
holies from the outer sanctuary in the 
tabernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16, 2. 12. 
Num. 18, 7. al. sep. 


*D"75 fat. 0557. to rend garments 
Lev. 10, 6. 13,45. 21,10. Freq. in Tal- 


mud. Syr. sop2 to cleave. See under 
TH 


867 


oa) 


δ ΟΡ (Sanser. parameshta supe- 
rior) Parmashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha- 
man, Esth. 9, 9, 


3278 (prob. either from Chald. 328 to 
leap up, to run swiftly; or from Heb. 
p22 to live delicately) Parnak, pr. ἢ. 


m. Num. 34, 25. 


* O78 to break, in Kal only in the 
phrase > M3 O7p to break bread to 
persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it, 
Is. 58,7; also without ὉΠ Jer. 16, 7, 
comp. Ez. 24, 17.22. Comp. 78 no. 1. 

Hien. to cleave, to divide. Lev. 11, 4 
DED NN Mow but divideth not the 
hoof, i.e. has not the hoof wholly cloven. 
Elsewhere 0737 0755 pr. to cleave 
the hoof, i.e. to have acloven foot, to 
part the hoof, Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26. 
Deut. 14,7. 8. So too Ps. 69, 32 “Ὦ 
ὈΠΠΕ ἢ AP? a bullock having horns 
and cloven hoofs. 

Deriv. 03_, HO"D. 


OB Chald. to divide, part. act. ρίαν. 
128 Dan. 5,25, Part. pass. 078 v. 28. 


O72 in pause 059, pr. n. Heb. and 
Chald. Persia, the Persians, 2 Chr. 36, 
20. 22. Ezra 1, 1. 4, 3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5, 
28. 6, 9. 13, al. Pers. bey a, 


uy?) Fars. Some Pas it from Zend 


Pars pure, splendid ; others from 37s 


5.1 : 4 . 
ω» ὁ horse, since Persia abounds in 


horses.—Hence gentile n, "075 Parsi, 
a Persian, Neh. 12, 22 ; and Chald. em- 
phat. 87078 Dan. 6, 29 Keri. 


O18 m. (τ. 078) 1... ᾳ. NON, a 
cloven foot, claw, plur. ὁ. suff. ἸΠῚ ΘΒ 
Zech. 11, 16. 

2. Acapecias of ἡ μῆς Sept. yevy, Vulg. 

eryphus, Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. Ac- 
cording to Boskart, Hieroz. II, 185, the 
sea-eagle, ossifrage, Arab. pt the 
breaker. 

MOIW ff (τ. 02») pr. cleft, for cloven 
Foot, hoof, see the root ; Ex. 10, 26. Ez. 
32,11. Mie. 4,13. Then also of a horse’s 
hoof, not cloven, Is. 5; 28. Jer. 47, 3.— 
In Chald. it is put also for the sole of 
the human foot, i. ᾳ. 53 2 in Deut. 28, 
35. Josh. 3, 13. 


"DIE a Persian, see n. Ὁ58. 


25 


* STB fut. swt 1. to let go loose, to 
dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald. 
328, Syr. Spo, id. Comp. the roots 
beginning with “® under art. "Β.-- 
Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez. 
°24,14. Ὁ) to let go loose, unbridled, un- 
checked, and part. pass. 3498 unbridled, 
unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. ὁ) to refuse, 
to reject, Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15, 
32 ; to avoid Prov. 1, 25. 

2. to make naked. to uncover, by loos- 
ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head 
‘Num. δ, 18; spec. by cutting off the 
hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part. pass. 3498 
naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45.—Chald. and 
Talm. id. 

3. to begin, ἄρχομαι, from the idea of 
breaking loose, opening, comp. in >2n 
Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ; 
Arab. $ to be highest, to surpass 
others. Judg. 5,2 δ Ὁ Mirza D4Ba, 
for which correctly Sept. Alex. and 
Theod. ἐν τῷ ἄρξασϑαι ἀρχηγούς x. τ. λ. 
in the leading on of the leaders in Israel, 
i. 6. in that the princes of Israel took the 
lead as leaders, put themselves at the 
‘head. Opp. 535 232mm the people wil- 
lingly followed, volunteered. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be un- 
bridled, unruly, Prov. 29, 18. 

Hires. 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to dismiss 
from labour, to let rest or cease, c. 2 
Ex. 5, 4.—Arab. ἃ «ὁ V, to be free from 
labour. oO 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make 
‘unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19. 


318 m. 1. hair, locks, as being 
‘shorn, see r. 528 no. 2. Num. 6, 5. Ez. 
44, 20.—Arab. 5: id. 

2. a leader of an army or people, a 
prince, see r.378 no. 3. Plur. missy, 
-constr. ΤΊΣ ἽἼΒ, Deut. 32, 42. Judg. 5, 2; 
comp. for the gender of nouns of office 
Lehrg. p. 468, 878.—Arab. δ)" prince, 
head of a family. 

MAB , Gr. Φαράω, Pharaoh. the com- 
mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings 
in the Old Test. and found only there 
and in writers who have drawn from 
this source.—It often stands simply, like 
a proper name, Gen. 12, 15, 37, 36. 40, 
2 sq. 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta- 


868 


515 


teuch, as also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1, 
9, al. More rarely other words are add> 
ed, as DY789 923 1 Κ 3,1. 2K. 17,7. 
18, 21; sometimes also a more specific 
name, as 23 W278 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp. 
v. 29. soem ΠΣῚΒ Jer. 44, 30—The 
word originally signifies the king in the” 
Egyptian language, as Josephus has re-" 
marked, Ant. 8. 6.2; and was written in 


the dialect of Memphis Orpo, Theb. 


pppoe: eppo, Basm. Pps: Eppa.» 


and with masc. art. norpo, nppo> 


TIpp4., see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150, 
181. Jablonski Opuse. I. p. 374. Kosegar- 
ten de prisca Egyptior. Lit. p. 17.—The 
idea has been started more recently, that 


mz" corresponds to the Egypt. -pH 
the sun, which is written as a hierogly- 
phic symbol over the titles of kings; so 
Rosellini Monumm. storici I. p. 117. 
Lepsius Lettre ἃ Rosellini p. 25. But- 


more prob. the Egypt. nppo was so 
inflected by the Hebrews as to appear 
in a Semitic form, i. q. 578 prince, and 
then the termination Fi i. q. ji was added. 
See in Thesaur. p. 1129. 


ἘΣ Β obsol. quadrilit. i. q. Ethiop. 
444,CUB to leap, to spring. Hence 
UB m. 1. ἃ flea, so called from its 


9. Jo 
leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15.—Arab. Wet 3 
2 v a» 
Syr. transp. PAszZjes. 
2. Parosh, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2,3. 10, 25. 
Neh. 3, 25. 


PMP IB (perh. chief, from 2p , ΠΣ ΔΒ} 
Pirathon, pr. n. of a city of Ephraim 
Judg. 12,15. Gr. Φαραϑών 1 Mace. 9, 
50.—Gentile n. is "23% Pirathonite, 
Judg. 12, 13. 15. 


“BID (prob. swift, τ᾿ V8 TI, Arab. 
$23 to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar, 
one of the two rivers of the territory of 
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was 
the Amanah (M228) corresponding to the 
present el-Barada, coming from Anti- 
Lebanon and now divided on the plain 
into several streams to water the city 
and fields. The Pharpar has been re- 
ferred: a) To one of the channels of 
the Barada. This is hardly probable; 


- 


ys 


since two distinct rivers are apparently 
intended. Ὁ) To the fountain and 
stream el-Fijeh RsVast, high upon the 
eastern slope of Anti-Lebanon. This 
stream joins the Barada about twenty- 
five rods from its source ; its volume of 
water being twice as great as the other. 
Hence it is regarded as the main source 
of the Barada, and not as a distinct river. 
Abulfede Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Koh- 
ler. O. v. Richter p. 157. 6) To the 
Awaj, the next largest river of the Da- 
mascus territory after the Barada. It 
rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and 
flows S.°W. to Sa’sa’; and then north- 
easterly through the plain to the lake 
el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and 
pretty stream ; and may well be regard- 
ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by 
Abulfeda ; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burekh. 
or Β ἐν 312. Schubert’s Reise ΠῚ. p. 


Ἔ “5 fut. 7"5" to break, to rend, to 
out or forth, Gen. 38, 29. —This 


primary power lies not only in the let- 
ters "D, see under 778, but also in the 
syllable 77>, ῥήσσω, reissen ; comp. in r. 
wpe, θῶ. Analogous to this root, with 
a syllable prefixed, are Goth. spreitan, 
Germ. spreitzen, Engl. to spread. The 
middle radical being softened to a semi- 
vowel, there arises the root y5B. Arab. 
yey to cut, to rend, to tear; Ue 
to cut in, trop. to define. Chald. 1.4. 
Heb.—Spec. 

1. to break or tear down, to demolish, 
e. g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24,7; a 
wall, ete. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13. 
Kce. 3, 3. 10,8. Neh. 2, 13. 4,1. 2K. 
14,13 mine 2a48.. ΠΟ ταν maina yaa) 
max and brake down in the wall of Jeru- 
salem.. . four hundred cubits. 7373 772 
a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are 
demolished, Prov. 25, 28. 

2. lo break or rend asunder, i.e. to 
disperse, to scatter, e. g. hostile forces 
2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20,27. Ps. 60,3. 
—Intrans. to disperse oneself, to spread 
abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to 
increase in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54, 
3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit 
ahoridond. 4x45" δὲ) but do not increase 
in number. Gen. 30, ‘30. Job 1,10. Also 
of a person whose substaince increases, 

73* 


869 


y= 

Gen. 30,43; of a rumour diffusing itself, 
2 Chr. 31,5. Metaph. to be redundant 
with any thing, ¢. acc. like other verbs 
of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 #737 Win 
ΠῚ thy wine-vats shall overflow with 
new wine. Others less well : ‘thy presses 
shall burst with new wine ;’ for neither 
the wine-press nor wine-vat can be said 
to burst from the quantity of wine made, 
the figure applying only to a cask or 
wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2 
mm mx ip? let us disperse and send, 
i.e. let us send in every direction, every 
where. 

3. lo break forth upon, to. break in 
upon, to rush wpon, Mic. 2,13; with 3 of 
person Ex. 19, 22,24. 2Sam. 6,8. 1 Chr. 
15, 13; 6. ace. Job 16,14. Also to form 
by breaking through or into ; Job 28, 4 
ἘΠῚ) 7728 he breaks a shaft through, i. e. 
sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through 
the ground.—Further: a) In a bad 
sense, to break out, to act with violence, 
Hos. 4,2. Hence y""3. b) In kind- | 
ness, fo press upon, to urge with entrea- 
ties, c. 3 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25. 
27. 2K. 5, 23. 

Nip. pass. of Kal no. 2, part. 7953 
spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1 

Puat pass. of Kal no. 1, to be broken 
down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3. 

Hrrapa. to break away from any one, 
i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10. 

Deriv. 7°78, 7752, and 


ΤῊ m. in pause 778 Neh. 6, 1; plur. 
poste Am.4, 3, miste Ez. 13, 15, c. suff. 
rss. 

1. a breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11, 
27. Is. 30,13. Am. 4, 3. 9, 11. Job 30, 
14 ῶν" ITD yD, Vulg. well, quasi 
rupto muro irruerunt, the figure being 
taken from besiegers, who rush with 
great force into a city through a breach 
made in the walls. From the same 
source comes also the phrase 7782 22 
to stand in the breach sc. against an 
enemy rushing in, and this is the station 
of the bravest and most devoted troops, 
as being most exposed to danger, Ez. 
22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23. 

2. breach, i.e. a breaking up, disper- 
sion. a) Of enemies, defeat, Judg. 21, 
15. Ps. 144,14. Ὁ) breach of waters, a 
breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam. 5, 20 


pS 


3. breach, i. 6. a breaking in upon, 
assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he rusheth 
upon me ¥2277287>2 YB breach upon 
breach, assault upon assault. 

4. Perez (Engl. Vers. sometimes 
Pharez), pr.n. a) A son of Judah by 
Tamar ; see Gen. 38, 29. 46,12. Patro- 
nym. "S72 Perezite (Pharezite) Num. 
26,20. Ὁ) Perez-Uzza (839 728 defeat 
of Uzza), pr. ἢ. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8. 
1 Chr. 13,11... c) Plur. 5°78 "7 (mount 
of defeats) Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21. 


* PID to break ; Syr. and Chald. id. 
Arab. , sy to separate, to distinguish. 
This is An onomatopoetic root, found 
widely also in the same signif. in the 
Indo-European languages, as Sanscr. 
prah, Lat. frango, Goth. prikan, prichan, 
Germ. brechen, brocken, Engl. to break. 
Ina softer form it appears as 773 to 
break i. e. bend the knee; and with the 
labial dropped 677 vuus. Spec. 

1. to break off, 6. g. a yoke, c. 532 
Gen. 27, 40. 

2. to break or crush e. g. bones, limbs, 
as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3. 

3. to let break away, i. 6. to deliver, 
Ps. 136, 24. Lam. 5, 8.—Syr. we; id. 

Piex 1. to break or tear off, Ex. 32,2. 
‘Zech. 11, 16. 

2. to break or rend in pieces, e. g. 
‘mountains, 1 K. 19, 11. 

Hirup. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez. 
119, 12. 

2. to break or tear off from oneself, c. 
aec. Ex. 32, 3.24. Comp. Heb. Gram. 
§ 53. 3. a. 

Deriv. P28, PIB, MP2. 

P2® Chald. pr. to break off, see the 


"Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan. 
4, 24, 

ῬῚΞ m. (τ, P22) constr. ΡΒ, broth, 
soup, Is..65, 4 Cheth. so called from the 
Sragments or crumbs of bread over which 
the broth is poured. Comp. Arab. 
Bey a0 a dish made of crumbs of bread 
with hot oil poured overthem. Another 
‘form is 9. q. Vv. 

PIB m. (τ. PB) 1. violence, rapine, 
‘from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah. 
9, 1, 

.2. Place where two ways separate, a 


870 


wD 
fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Arab. GY to 


separate, μα δος 5 τὰ the fork of 
the rate, ratte) wr 

Ἐ]. 975 ὦ break, to break in pieces, 
comp. "2 I; see the roots beginnin 
with "B in τ. 778.—In Kal once inf 
absol. “ip Is. 24,19; although it may 
also be referred to r. "32 1. 

Hipx. “57, in pause “Br Gen. 17, 
14; inf. "Bm, c. suff. BS Bm Lev. 26, 15; 
fut. "B3, conv. "ΒΞ; to break, always 
trop. 

1. m2 Τῇ to break a covenant, to vio- 
late, Is. 33, 8. Ez.17, 15.16; so of those 
who break their covenant with God 
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 26,15. Deut. 31, 16. 20. 
Is. 24, 5. al. So of God Ley. 26, 44. 
Judg. 2, 1. Jer. 14,21. Also to breaka 
law, Ps. 119, 126; God’s precepts Num. 
15, 31. Ezra 9, 14. 

2. to make vain, bring to nought, to 
Srustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps. 
33, 10; comp. Job 5,12. Prov. 15, 22. Is. 
44, 25; to declare void, e. g. a vow 
Num. 30, 9. 13.—Intrans. to be in vain, 
to fail, Ece. 12, 5. 

3. to annul, to abolish, e. g. piety Job 
15, 4; one’s right 40, 8. Ps. 85,5 "5m 
A372 ODD annul thine anger towards us, 
i. 6. avert it, cause it to cease. 

Hora. “2m to be made vain, to come 
lo nought, Is. 8, 10. Jer. 33, 21. 

Po. "7" to cleawe, to rend, 6. g. the 
Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 

Hirupo. “718m to be broken, rent, 
by concussion, as the earth Is. 24, 19. 

Pixp. fut. "78%, to shake violently, Job 


16, 12, comp. Is. 24,19. Arab. “343 to 
break. on 


* TT. 978 i,q. se, 998, to be borne 


an 
swiftly, to run. Arab. Δ to flee. Hence 
7B, 98, TB. 


* WD fut. ΕΣ 1. 1. ᾳ. Ob to 
break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 3. 
> ἘΠῚ} wp /o break (distribute) bread to 
persons, Lam. 4, 4. 

2. to spread out or abroad, to expand, 
pr. from the idea of breaking apart and 
arranging, comp. 728 no. 3. Chald. id. 
Syr. .w,2 id. Arab. uty to spread 
upon the ground.—E, g. a cloth or cover- 


wD 871 


ing Num. 4, 6.8; a sail or flag Is. 33, 
23; a tent Ex. 40,19; a letter rolled 
up Is. 37, 14; light (c. "32 around him- 
self) Job 36, 30; a cloud Ps. 105, 39; 
pass. part. 99 of the dawn spreading 
itself Joel 2, 2.—Spec. a) mg wD to 
spread a net Hos. 5, 1. Ps. 140, 6; ¢. > 
for any one Lam. 1, 13; 53 (for >, bx) 
Prov. 29, 5. Hos. 7, 12. Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
20. 32,3; but in toe. 5, 1. Is. 19, 8, by 
refers to place. Ὁ) 0522 Wp fo spread 
the wings, as a bird, cherub, Deut. 32, 11. 
1K. 8,7. 2 Chr. 5,8; δ᾽: 52, 5%, > of 
place, ‘to spread the wings in order to 
fly to any place,’ Jer. 48, 40. 49,22. Job 
39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in 533 no. 2. 
c) 8772 ip, oB2 8:8, fo spread out 
the hands, either in prayer and adora- 
tion, c. >¥ to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33. 
1 K.-8, 22. 38, 54. Ezra 9, 5. Job 11, 13; 
2 Ps. 44, 21; or for bounty, 6. > Prov, 
31, 20; or fox spoil, with >» of thing 
Lani. L 10.—Metaph. Proy. 13, 16 a fool 
spreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears 
it before him. 

_ 3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2; hence 

Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez. 
17, 21. 

Piet. bp Is. 25, 11, fut. vB, inf. 
c. suff, ὈΞΌΒΞ , to spread out, to expand, 
e. g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1, 
15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual 
is "772 Nw to spread forth with the 
hands, ‘id. Lam. 1,17. Comp. 5°38 pin 
also D120a. Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3. 

2. to disperse, to scatier, Ps. 68, 15. 
Zech. 2, 10. 

Deriv. 752. 


‘ wD pr. to cleave, to divide, see 
Hiph. Hence 

1. to separate, to distinguish, i. q. 
Chald. and Syr. whence a7p bases, 
a Pharisee, i. e. one separated. 

2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev. 
24, 12. Comp. 322 no. 2.—Syr. wee 
for Gr. δρέζω Acts 17, 26. 31. 

3. to spread out, to stretch apart, spec. 
the feet in riding, see 538. Comp. the 
quadrilit. wp and τῶ 8. 

Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez. 
34,12; where however several Mua. and 
Cdilions read miv 53, which is more ac- 
cording to the usus loquendi; see τ, Wp. 


_horses. 


wp 


Puat pass. of Kal no. 2, to be distinetly 
declared, to be specified, Num. 15, 34, 
Part. as adv. Neh. 8,8 and they read 
in the book of the law of God Ὁ "9 dis- 
tinctly (so Vulg. i.e. word for word, Syr. 
faithfully), and gave the sense and ex- 
plained what they read ; comp. Ezra 4, 
18.—Others, as also Hengstenberg Au- 
thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with 
explanation i. e. translation sc. into 
Chaldee ; but see Thesaur. p. 1132. 
Compare also the use of the noun ΓΒ, 

Hipu. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23, 
32.—Syr. wae}, Arab. Sys id. Lupo 
goad. 

Deriv, B32, Bg, Mv. 


O18 Chald. id. Pa. part. pass. O92, 
as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for 
word, Ezra4,18. Vulg. manifeste, Syr. 
faithfully. See Heb. 673 Pu. 


DID m. (τ. Sa, after the form dup) 
constr. 2 Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac- 
cent; plur. oe ὁ. suff. O5p, with 


Kamets retained. Ate 
1. ahorseman, rider, eques, Syr. bps 


Arab. yl, pr. so called as riding upon 
a horse, and not on an ass (Arab. 54S) 


or camel (Sh). Jer. 4,29. Nah. 3, 


8. Plur. ΘΠ Gen. 50,9. Ex. 14, 9 sq. 
1 Sam. 8, 11. al. sep. Is. 21, 7 ἫΝ 
p12 pairs of horsemen; horsemen 
and their steeds in pairs. v. 9. Opp. 
ἸΏ 329, > 33 riders on asses and 
camels. 

2. a horse for riding, a steed, which 
the Romans also called eques, according 
to Gell. 18.5. Macrob. Sat.6.9. Comp. 
equitare, of a horse running with a rider, 
Lucil. ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to 
be distinguished from 57070 i. 6. com- 
mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5, 6 
[4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand 
pairs of horses (2°03) for his chariots, 
and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle- 
Ez. 27, 14 from Armenia they 
brought to thy fairs O°7753 ONDA O"OID 
horses (common), and steeds for riding, 
and mules. Joel 2,4. Ὁ 7522 2Sam. 
1,6 horsemen. Once Is. 28, 28 of horses 
treading out grain, but still with riders. 


Arab. rete Ethiop. A,Zf1 a horse. 


O75 


Nore. It may seem strange to derive 
the word for horse from that signifying 
horseman ; but for this there are the fol- 
lowing reasons: a) The authority of 
the vowel-points, since in the signif. 
horses it is also read D°0"B not Ὁ 38. 
b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo- 
quendi. c) The etymology, which can 
be probably explained only in this way ; 
i. 6. UD a rider, is readily derived from 
tp to separate or spread out the feet, 
which in Arabic is more fully given by 
Outs ys and iy 

UB m. (r. O2p) c. suff. itp 

1. excrement, dung, feces, in the belly, 
so called as being separated and thrown 
off; Ex. 29, 14. ἀν με ed 8,7. Num. 


19, 5. Mal. 2,3. Arab. ess, , Syr: ἴΖ, 9, 
Chald. xn7, id. 
2. Peresh, πε n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16: 


j2078 Heb. and Chald. a transcript, 
copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5,6. 
7,11. In Targ. id. Syr. eaps. The 
etymology is obscure; though the word 
is prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or 
old Persian; comp. in 720. Thesaur. p. 
1133, 1134. ἐλ ον Κῶν form of the same 
noun is ene Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8. 


¥ TO 5 quadril. not used in the verb, 


Arab. Oty and ἰοῦ... to separate or 
spread out the feet, to’ straddle ; com- 
pounded from 715 (see no. 3, also tp) 


and 372 .—Hence 


PIO ἅπ. λεγόμ. Judg. 3, 22, accord- 
ing to the Targ. Vulg. Luth. Engl. dung, 
dirt, (comp. 875 ) hence Π TIOIS RTs 
and the dirt (feces) came out from the 
wound. But the He paragog. implies 
rather the place fo which a thing comes 
out; perh. therefore better to render: 
and (the blade, 39>) came out between 
his legs, i.e. in vulgar Engl. ‘into his 
crotch ;’ comp. the root and no78 .—Sept. 
Vat. καὶ ἐξῆλϑεν (‘Awd) τὴν ᾿προστάδα, 
as if M278 5en were i. q. ΤΣ ὙΠῸ ὉΠ in v. 
23; but such a repetition would be fri- 
gid: and ν. 23 is manifestly a transition 
to another topic. 


mw Γ (r. O99, for Mnp verbal of 
Piel) distinct declaration, exposition, 
Esth. 4, 7. 10, 2 


872 


pre 


5 ΤΩΣΞ quadril. to spread out, to ex- 
pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded from 345 
no. 3, and 128 to spread; comp. ΓΤ. 
Kiudr. with 8.8 q- ν. 

NOT Parshandatha, Pers. pr.n, 
of one of Haman’s sons, Esth. 9,7.—The 
form savours of Chaldaism, and might 
so denote an interpreter of the law ; but 
the name is more prob..of Persian origin 
inflected in the Chaldee manner. 


* TAD obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 


break, i. q. 82; but Arab. G3 to be 


sweel, spoken of water.—Hence 

MD pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river 
of Syria, which, rising in the mountains 
of Armenia and uniting below Babylon 
with the Tigris, empties itself into the 


. Persian Gulf, Gen. 2,14. 15, 18. Deut, 


1,7. Jer. 13, 4-7 where some erroneously 
understand Ephrata. 46, 2.6. 10. al. seep, 
Comp. 772 no. 2. Gr. Liggarys from 


> 
a form ΤΣ, Arab. heel fa , which also 
signifies ‘sweet water; comp. Jer. 2, 18. 

MB f. a fruit-tree, see the root mp 
no. 1. a. 

DMI m. plur. nobles, princes, 
among the Persians Esth. 1, 3. 6, 9; 
among the Jews Dan.1,3._ It is of Per- 
sian origin, i. q. Pehlvi pardom the first, 
see Ang. du Perron Zend-Avesta IL. 
Ρ. 468. Comp. Zend frathemé, Sanscr. 
prathama, the first; kindr. are Gr. 
πρῶτος, Lat. primus, 


* SIZE to spread, as the leprosy, Lev. 
13,7sq. Arab. Las V, to be propaga- 
ted, 6. g. disease. Aram. 8B id.—The 
primary idea is that of going apart and 
spreading out, a signification common to 
verbs beginning with the syllables 05, 
wp, wp (TB), and often expressed in 
Latin by the particles dis, di. 

* PUB to stride, togo; c. 2 to rush 
upon, Is. 27,4. Chald. 0p id—The pri- 
mary idea is that of throwing apart the 
legs, see in M&_ and PLE. 

Deriv. ΠΣ ΘΒ and 

DWE m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3 


3 pre to dispart the lips, to open 
wide, Prov. 13, 3.—Kindr. with >b8. 
Piet id. of the feet, Ez. 16, 25 


wa. 


WP ἅπ. λεγόμ. Job 35, 15, which, in 
entire accordance with the context, the 
Sept. and Vulg. render παράπτωμα, 
scelus, i. 6. trangression, as if i. q. 302 ; 
hence 2 is prob. put for >On, ΘΒ, the 
final > being dropped, like "8 Job 15, 31 
Cheth, for 818. Others, after the Rab- 
bins, multitude sc. of transgressions; 
but this and other explanations are 
foreed. See Thesaur, p. 1136. 


*mOp only in Pre. fut. to tear in 
pieces Lam. 3,11. Aram. id. 


ΤΩ Pashur,pr.n.m. a) A priest 
contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1. 
2.3. Allusion is made to the signif. of 
the name, i. e. prosperity round about, 
compounded from ms Arab. to be 


wide, ample, and "im> round about. 
Opp. 393029522. Ὁ) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1. 
c) Ezra 2, 38. 10,22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4. 


*DUD fat, 21, imp.c. M parag. 
mabe Is. 32, 11. 

1, ἐο spread out, to expand, Syr.Quas, 
Arab. fos; kindr. wo no. 1, 2. 
Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself 
out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9. 13; of 
swarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16; with >> 
of a land or people, to invade for the 
purpose of carrying off booty, Job 1, 17. 
Judg. 9, 33. 44; 58 1 Sam. 27,8; 3 2 
Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18; aceus. 1 Sam. 80, 
14; absol. 1 Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1. 

2. to put off a garment, do lay off; 
which implies the opening and unfold- 
ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge- 
ther in putting it on; c. ace. Lev. 6, 4. 
16, 23. Cant. 5, 3. al. Absol. imper. 
nebe put off thy garments, Is. 32, 11. 

Pret fo strip, to plunder, e. g. the slain 
1 Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8. 

Hipu. to cause to put off one’s gar- 
ments, i. e. a) With ace. of pers. to 
strip any one Hos, 2,5. b) With ace. 
of garment lo strip off, 1 Sam. 31, 9. 
Job 22,6; comp. Mic. 2, 8. ¢) With 
two acc. do strip one of any thing, Gen. 
37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 38 ; or acc. of thing 
and 59 of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9. 

2. to flay victims for sacrifice Lev. 1,6, 
2 Chr. 29, 34. 35, 11; comp. Mic. 3, 3. 

Hirtup, to strip oneself 1 Sam. 18, 4, 


873 


WWD 


"WD fut. seipr 10 Pr. to break with 
any one, i. e. one’s covenant, allegiance ; 
hence to fall away, to revolt, to rebel, 6. 
2.2K. 1, 1. 3, 5.7; ¢. ὉΠ 2 K. 8, 20. 
22. Comp. Arab. (gu to revolt, also 
Aram. ahs, Poe, to break.—Spee. 
min" Sen lo rebel against Jehovah, to 
apostatize from him, Is. 1, 2, Jer. 2, 29, 
3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. sep. Absol. id, 
Am. 4, 4. Lam. 3, 42.—Hence 

2. Genr. to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28, 
21; 6. 52 against Hos. 8, 1.—Part. dup 
one who makes defection from God, a 
transgressor, Is, 48, 8; plur. o7>tB 
transgressors, i. e. who rebel against 
God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8. 66, 24. al. 

ΝΊΡΗ. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19 
pein? mx brethren breaking with one 
another, offended, discordant. 

Deriv. tp and 


SUP τὴ. in pause THe, c. suff. "ΣΘΒ ; 
plur. 2°98 , constr. ΘΒ, 

1. defection, rebellion, of a people 
Prov. 28, 2. 

2. a trespass, fault, Gen. 31, 36, 50, 
17. Ex. 22,8. Espec. transgression, sin 
against God Job 7, 21. 13, 23. 14, 17. 31, 
33. Ps. 32,5. 51,3. al. It would seem 
to be stronger than MXUN , Job 34, 37. 
Plur. Prov. 10, 12. Am. 1, 3. 6.—Meton. 
a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 34. b) i. q. 
sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7. 

*"D5 Chald. i. q. Heb. "np, to ex 
plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams, 
Dan. 8, 16.—In Targg. often for Heb. 
“mp. Syr. pas, Arab. psd ide 

Pa. id. Dan. 5, 12. 

Deriv. the two following. 

“WE Chald. m. emphat. x79 and 
mds, c. suff. mI, plar. 7785; e2- 
planation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 
4, 3. 4.15 sq. 5, 7. 8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16. 

“WB Heb. id. Ecc. 8,1. R. 2p. 


ee Ge 
* Ud obsol. root; Arab. us Il, 


to dissolve, to separate into its parts; 


spec. to shake up, to card cotton, Ayvi- 
cenna cited by Castell. Syr. [amos 
a carding, Chald. S8%_ to examine 
closely, to scrutinize, from the same idea 
of separating, etc. 

Deriv. the two following. 


nwp 874 


ME f. only c. suff. "nve Hos. 2, 7. 
11, and plur. ΘΒ (f Is. 19, 9), flaz, 
linen, i. 6. the material Is. 1. c. Deut. 22, 
11. Proy. 31,13. nrmtz >"ne a line of 
flax Ex. 40, 3, and so Ὁ: Β Judg. 14,4. 
Also as wrought, linen, linen- cloth, Lev. 
13, 48. 52 o°mte 32 a linen garment. 
v. 47. 59. Ez. 44, 17.—So Josh. 2,6 "nue 
727 the tree- faz, i i. e. the stalks of “flax ; r 
Vulg. stipule lini, Sept. λινοκαλάμη. But 
Arab. Vers. stalks of cotton. 

Nore. This word is usually referred 
to a root Mts, whence is then derived a 
form Mme. But there exists no trace 
of such a root in the kindred dialects ; 
and a form mee is never found. I pre- 
fer therefore to assume, as above, a root 
tvip , whence tp, fem. Mbp and nds, 
plur. p"mte, see Lehrg. p. 575, 576. 
The nm, though servile, is then treated 
as a radical, as in Mik, Mink; nop, 
ninwp, ete. 


MMP ἢ (see Mp note) 1. flax, the 
plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31. 

2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42, 3. 
43, 17. 


MB f. Prov. 17, 1. (r. mmp) c. suff. 
‘mp, plur. o°me, a bit, crumb, morsel, 
6. g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5. 
1 Sam. 2. 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov. 
28, 21; also without ἘΠῚ id. Ruth 2, 14. 
2 Bain. 12, 3. Job 31, 17. Prov. 23, 8. 
Plur. 5°mB crumbs “es 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps. 
147, 17 he sendeth forth his ice O°ME2 as 
morsels, i. e. the hail. 


MB m.(r. mp) 6. suff. jone Is. 3, 17, 
plur. mime, an inlerstice, space between ; 


Arab. ὧν id. It follows partly the 
analogy of verbs ¥> Spec. of the space 
between the feet, i. e. pudenda muliebra, 
Ital. potta, Is. 3,17. Trop. mind female 
hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes, 
1 K. 7, 50. 


DXre » 566 “re . 


DSMB adv. (for cmp from orp mo- 
ment, with the ending S—, and > changed 
into & ,) in a moment, suddenly, Josh. 10, 
9. 11,7. Job 5, 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64, 5. 8. al. 
In the genit. after a noun, as ἘΝ Mp 
sudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often inten- 
sively after 3MB, as GRMD SMES very 
suddenly Num, 6, 9; pine ned Is. 29 


mins 


5; also transp. sneb pkMb 30,13. With 
prefix S&m23 2 Chr. 29, 36. 


ἌΞΩΒΞ m. constr. 32nb , delicate food, 
dainties of the king’s table, Dan. 1, 5.8. 
13.15. 11,26. Syr. neue in Barhebr. 
and Ephr. id. The word is of Persian 


origin; from 32, Pers. sls, sl, ce 


Sood, see p. 111; and Sanser. paiti domi- 
nus; q. d. lordly food, delicate; so Ben- 
fey, Monathsn. p. 194. 


Dan Chald. m. emphat. R2snp, 
word, i. 4. "33; whence Xoznp Shy 
i. q. Heb. 935 Sin to return ‘word, ie. 
to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3,16. πρῷ 
ἘΣ ΔΤ tosend word, ie. a ΕΝ letter, 
etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5,7; comp. Heb. Prov. 
26,6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree, 
of a king Ezra 6, 11; a decree of Jehovah 
Dan. 4, 14 [24]. itp the Targg. often 
for Heb. "33. Syr. Δ id. Prob. 
of Persian origin, i. q. Pehlv. peddm, 
Pers. peighdm, elias: μ᾿ δ: ela, 
word, also an edict sent by letter or by 
amessenger. The Chald..tany would 
seem to come from an antique form, in 
which both the ¢ and g were preserved. 


DAMS m. (Kamets impure, see Syr. 
and Pers. above,) word, later Heb. i. q. 
preced.Chald. Spec. a rescript, decreee 
of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen- 
tence, Ecc. 8, 11. 


*FIN® fut. mms, apoc, Mw Job 31, 
27. 

1. Pr. to open, to expand. Kindr. are 
mms, 5Mp; and in the Indo-europ. dia- 
lects comp. Sanscr. pad to expand, Gr. 
πετάω, πετάννυμι, Lat. pateo.—Prov. 20, 
19 "NEY MMB who openeth his lips, 
spoken of a garrulous person who al- 
ways has his mouth open. Also to dilate, 
to make broad and large; see Hiph. 
Chald. xB Aph. id. Syr. [Re to be 
broad; Pa. and Aph. to make broad. 


Sam. ὙΧ5 to be broad. 


2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the 
mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children 
and youl, comp. Arab. Ls to be inge- 
nuous, youthful ; hence in a bad sense, 
to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut. 
11, 16 02325 ME Ng lest your heart be 


ms 


enticed. Job 31,27. Part. πῶ simple, 
foolish, Job 5,2; fem. MB Hos. 7, 11. 

Nipu. fo let oneself be persuaded Jer. 
20,7; to let oneself be enticed, seduced, 
6. ἘΚ fo any thing, Job 31, 9. 

Pier mp1. to persuade any one, 
comp. msi%m, soJer. 20, 7. Hos. 2, 16 
[14]; espec. to evil 1 K. 22,20 sq. Judg. 
14, 15. 16,5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence fo 
entice, to seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10. 
16, 29. 

2. to deceive, to delude with words, 
Gr. ἀπατάω, Ps. 78, 36. Prov. 24, 28 
WM|wAa Mmp wilt thou deceive with 
thy lips? i. 6. deceive not, see in ΠΤ no. 
1. ἃ, 

Puat i. q. Niph. to let oneself be per- 
suaded Prov. 25, 15; to let oneself be 
deceived, Ez. 14, 9. Jer. 20, 10. 

Hiren. fut. apoc. 53, to dilate, tomake 
broad and large, i. q. 3°77, comp. Kal 
no. 1; e. dat. fo enlarge for any one, 
to give him ample room; Gen. 9, 27 
ΠΕΡ ody Mp lit. may God witthe lane 
for Japheth, i, 6. give him wide room. 
The paronomasia is to be noted. 

Deriv. "mB, m"M_, Chald. "mp, and 
pr. n. ΓΒ", 

ΠΟΥ (prob. for ΝΠ man of God) 
Pethuel, pr. n. τὰ. Joel 1, 1. 

THAME m. (r. πῶ Pi. no. 4) plur. 
Drm. constr. "MMB, engraving, sculp- 
ture, carved work, 2 Chr. 2,13. Zech. 
3, 9; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74.6. "m5mp 
tnin engravings of a ring or signet, on 
gems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39,6. 14. 30. 
Sept. γλυφή, γλύμμα. 

IMB (perh. i. q. Chald. 8379 a table) 
Pethor, pr. n. of a place on the Euphra- 
tes where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5. 
Deut. 23,5. 

PMD i. gq. m2, ἃ bit, morsel, Ez. 13, 
19. R. omg. 


*MN2 fat. nae, inf. c. suff. "7B, 


1. to open, Syr. swe, Arab. es 
4,T fh id. Kindred are mmp , smeTalso 
ΓΒ q. v.—E. g. to open a door Judg. 3, 
25. 2K. 9,3; a gate Is. 26, 2. Ez. 46, 
12; the doors of heaven Ps. 78,23; a 
witidow Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13,17; 2 sepa 
chre Ez. 27,12. 13; treasures Deut. 28, 
12; a rock, i.e. a fountain in a rock Ps. 
105, 41; a sack Gen. 43.21; the eyes 


875 


mins 


1K. 8,21. Without ace. to open 86. a 
door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13, 19; c. dat. to 
open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2. δ, 6. 
Also intrans. fo upen, of the earth Ps. 
106, 17. Part, pass. ΓΒ open, not cov- 
ered, Num. 19, 15.—Spec. in phrases: 
a) YBTOR MAB 10 open one’s mouth, 
either for eating Ez. 3,2; or in song 
Ps; 78; 2; or for erying out Ez. 21, 27 
[22]; or for speaking, mostly after aterm 
of silence, Job 3, 1. 33,2; henee /o speak, 
to utier words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109, 2. 
So the opp. not to open the mouth, i. e. 
to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53,7. Prov. 
24, 7. Also to open the lips, i. e. to 
speak, Job 11,5. Ὁ) Ina different sense 
God is said to open the mouth of any one 
i.e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22,: 
28; or to make one speak fluently, Ez. 3, 
27. 33,22. 6) to open the ear of any 
one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so 
of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48,8. ἃ) to open 
the hand unto any one, c. >, i. 6. to deal 
liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8. 11, 
e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of 
cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11. 
2K. 15,16. -f) Preegn. toopen the grain, 
a somewhat bold figure for: ‘to open 
the granaries and expose the grain for 
sale, Am. 8,5. Also to opena sword, 
to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14. 
Ez. 21, 38. [28]; to open prisoners, i.e. 
to let them go free, Is. 14, 17. 

2. to open, i.e. to’ begin, to lead off 
e. g. a song Ps. 49, 5.—Arab. id. 

Nip. 1. to be opened Gen. 7, 11. Is. 
35, 5. Ez. 1,1. al. Trop. Jer. 1, 14. 

2. to be loosed, 6. g. a girdle Is. 5, 27; 
to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14. 

Pret 1. to open i. q. Kal, Job 41, 6, 
Intrans. fo open itself, of a flower Cant. 
7,13; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 85 
of gates 60, 11. 

2. to loosen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is: 
58, 6. Job 38, 31. 39,5. Ps. 116,16; a 
rein Job 30, 11; sackcloth Ps. 30, 12. Is. 
20, 2. ete. With acc. of pers. Jer. 40, 4 
I will loose thee from the chains, etc. 


‘Ps: 102, 21, 106, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45, 


1. Part, mp2 one who ungirds himself, 
spoken of a warrior putting off his ar- 
mour after a battle, 1 K. 20, 11. 

3. to open or furrow the ground with 
a plough, Is. 23, 24,—Hence in the simi- 
lar sense: cA onan ¥ 
‘MIVERSITY; 


= hl ial aa he 


ΓῺΞ 


4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture, 
6. g. wood 1 K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3,7; gems 
Ex. 28, 9. 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6.13; also archi- 
tectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9. 

Pvuat pass. of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved, 
Ex. 39, 6. 

Hrrupa. to loose oneself from bonds, 
c. ace. Is. 52, 2. 

Deriv. ΠΩΞ- ΡΠ Β, MPR, ONE, 
ΠΏΞΌ, mea, and ‘the pr. names RAB", 
Hine, Donne. 


HS Chald. to open, i.q. Heb. Dan. 6, 
11. Pret. pass. Dan. 7, 10.—Often in 
Targg. 


MMP τὰ. (Ὁ. mma) in pause MND, 6. suff. 


‘nme. plur. ΘΒ, constr. “ane. 

1. an opening, entrante, door-way, or 
in a looser sense door, e. g. of ἃ house 
1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen. 
18, 3; of Nozh’s es oe Ὁ 6, 16; of a 
chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31; of a city Gen. 
88, 14. al. It Saas on mba, oI, 
which signify the door or valves by whieh 
the mn door-way is closed. Hence 
mines in the entrance Gen. 38, 14. Jer. 
26, 10. 43,9. Ez. 11,1; ‘a nneb, ming 
at ‘the entrance or δύδι Prov. 9, 14. Gen. 
4,7; Mme->> id. Job 31,9. Most. freq. 
εἴτι: mmp as acc. of place where, ὁ. 
genit. bain mnmp at the door of the tent 
Gen. 18, 1.10. Ex. 33, 8. 9; “yi ἘΠῚΝ Ἔ 
Ex. 29, 11. 32. 42; m-an ‘b Gen. 19, 11. 
2K. 5,9; “sun Ἔ at the entrance of the 
gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16. 
17, 2 Sam. 8, 8; comp. 9, 35.44; ἜΣΤΗ Ἔ 
Num. 3, 26. 4,26. After verbs of motion, 
nb->y to or towards the door Lev. 1, 3. 
4,4. Deut. 22,21. Josh. 8,29; also nnneH 
Gen. 19, 6. 

2. Poet. for gate, i. ᾳ. "2B, Is. 3, 26. 
13,2. Mic. 5,5. Ps. 24, 7. 9 bis “rind 
the sseplasting gates. Metaph. 72 “nine 
Mic. 7, 5. 


FMS m. (r. τ) opening, insight, in- 
struction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119, 
130.—Syr. [oZes an opening, explana- 
tion. Arab. X, to explain the 
Koran. 

TINTS m. (r. MOB) constr. jinMD , open- 
ing of the mouth, Ez, 16, 63, 29, 21.. 


ΤΌΤ (whom Jehovah sets free, r 


nm) Pethahiah, pr.n.m, a) 1 Chr, 24. 


876 


dnp 


16. b) Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 9,5. 
11, 24. 

“FB τῇ. (τ. HMB) in pause "MB, also 
out of pause Prov. 9, 4. 16. 14, 15; plur. 
pv7np Prov. 22, 3, BIT Prov. 1, 22. 32, 
and ΠΆΡΕ 8, 5. 9. Ὁ, al. simplicity, folly, 
Prov. 1, 22; see 1. MMB no. 2. Coner. 
simple, brooks: easily enticed and se- 
duced, Prov. 7,7. 22, 3. 27, 12. Ps. 116, 
6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15; 
inexperienced Ps, 19, 8. 


“ME Chald. m. breadth, ο. suff. r2NB 
Dan. 3,1. Ezra6,3. Syr. bebe id. fen 
r. AB no. 1, 

ane un. λεγόμ. 15. 3, 24, a kind of 
costly raiment, perhaps an embroidered 
festive garment, compounded from 778 


baa id. comp. Syr. oe an embroidered 


c) Neh. 


and variegated garment, yis to varie- 
gate; and 85} exultation, rejoicing, as 
on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur. p. 
1137. 


MMB f. simplicity, folly ; concer. sim- 
ple, foolish, of a female Proy. 9,18. R. 
nme. 


ΤῺ f. plur. ninne drawn swords, 
Ps. 55, 22. R. Mm_ no. 2. 

DMB m. (r. 555) @ thread, line, cord, 
Num. 19, 15. Judg.16, 9. Ex. 28, 28. 37; 
of the cord or string by which the signet- 
ring was suspended in the bosom, Gen. 
38, 18. 25; of a measuring-line Ez. 40,3. 


$ - 
—Arab. acs a cord. 


* 5B in Kal not used ; Chald. Syr. 
Arab. and Ethiop. to twist, to twine, to 
spin. Hence 5.8. 

Nipu. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to be 
crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. 5922 Prov. 
8, 8. Job 5, 13. 

2. to wrestle, which implies a mutual 
twisting and intertwining of the limbs 
Gen. 30,8. See p»>bsmp2. 

Hrrupa. lo show oneself crooked, craf- 
ty, perverse, to act thus ; fut. brenn Ps, 
18, 27. The form benn 2 Sam. 22, 27, 
seems to have arisen by transposing 
bmennm into Samm, and then contract- 
ing into Ἐῶ. 

Deriv. "mB, ΘΊΡΗΡΩΣ, pr. n. "2FB3, 
also 


dnp 


SOME m. crooked, crafty, perverse, 
Deut. 32,5. R. dn. 

BMP Pithom, pr. ἢ. of a city of Goshen 
in lower Egypt, on the eastern bank of 
the Nile, Ex. 1, 11. Gr. άτουμος He- 
rodot. 2, 158. Steph. Byz. Also Θοῦμ, 
dropping the syllable pa which ex- 
presses the Egyptian art, Itin, Anton, 
Ρ. 163 Wessel. Egyptian @O2%, and 
with art. WJ-@ORR the narrow place ; 
see Champollion Egypte sous les Pha- 
raons, I. 172. IL. p. 58 sq. 


? 

5 He obsol. root. I. i. q. 2, ope 
to be strong, to be firm; whence Ἴ28 Ὁ 
threshold. 

II. Prob. i. q. my, to twist, to twine. 
Hence 


JP m. in pause jmp, plur. ὉΠ an 
asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is. 11, 
8. Ps. 58, 5. 91, 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20, 
14.16. On the deafness of the adder, 
Ps. 58, 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 156, 


161 sq. Lips.—Chald. 108, Syr. this, 
9 -΄ 
Arab. (.p9, id. 


"Ὁ obsol. root, Samar. i. q. MMB 
to open. Hence 


3B pr. opening of the eyes, a wink, 
twinkling ; then ἃ moment, like Gr. ῥιπὴ 
ὀφϑαλμοῦ. Hence as adv. in a moment, 
suddenly, Prov. 6, 15, 29,1. Hab. 2, 7. 
mp3 Num. 35, 22 wnexpectedly, i. 6. acci- 
denally. Other examples see under 
ΝΒ, which comes from this. 


Tsade, "3%, the eighteenth letter of 
the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de- 
noting 90. The name signifies perh. @ 
reaping-hook or scythe, from τ. 57% no. 
I; so called from the ancient figure of 
the letter; see Thesaur. p. 1148... 

In the Arabic alphabet there are two 
letters corresponding to ¥, viz. \ 0 Sad, 
asharp sibilant, ἀπά, 6 Dad equiv. to 
d ort pronounced with a slight sibilant 
or lisping sound ; to this latter approach- 

74 


877 = 


"ΒΞ fut. “hp” fo interpret a dream 
Gen. 40, 8. 16.22. 41,8. 12.13.15. The 
Chaldee, which is usually averse to sibi- 
lants, has in this signif." q.v. Ethiop 
4,11Z,.—Hence pr. n. ving and 


yan m. interpretation of a dream, 
Gen. 40, 5. 12. 18. 41, 11. Plur. Gen. 
40, 8. 


OMME Pathros, the domestic pr. ἢ. 
for Upper Egypt, distinguished from 
“iz9, 57923, which denote in their 
more limited sense Lower Egypt; see 
these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15. 
Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the 
native land of the Egyptians. 30, 14. 
Gentile noun plur. B°07m_ Pathrusim 
Gen. 10, 14. The name in Egyptian is 


N-€T-PHC the region of the south; in 
later Coptic called also ΔΑ ΡΗΟ 


southern region. See Jablonski Opuse. 
ed. te Water I. p. 198. Quatremére 
Mém. sur l’Egypte II. 30. De Sacy ad 
Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The- 
saur. p. 1141.—Sept. 17ePovgys, but Cod. 
Vat. in Ez. Φαϑωρῆς, both from Theb. 


Wé.TOT PHC pr. the south wind, south 


quarter ; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182, 
OMB, see in 1298. 
: NOS to break. to break in pieces;, 


Lev. 2,6. Arab. cad id. Eth. Att 
to break bread. 
Deriv. mB, ning. 


es also 4 Dha i.e. ¢ uttered’ from the 
bottom of the palate near the throat, 
which we might call with Sanscrit gram- 
marians cerebral. Thus ΡῚΣ sr<o, 
but jXx whe sheep; also δὲ ὋΣ grb to 
thirst, D>x Hence 
in several Hebrew roots there is a differ- 
ence of signification, according as.they 
are written in Arabic with (50 or \ 46 or 
4b.,, see e. g. >>%:; but still roots of ‘this 


atl to be obscure. 


FISs 


sort often have the same etymology, 
and are united by a very close affinity, 


comp. ΝΣ “2 and 23,333 
45.—The LXX usually drop the den- 


ναὶ sound, and express the T'sade by the 
simple sibilant s ; as MINAS Σαβαώϑ. 

Kindred lettersare: 8) ὥ, which in 
Aramean is often put for the Heb. ¥; 
comp. in the Hebrew language itself 
the roots "%) and “22, "N¥ and “9, 
328 and 532, etc. _b) More rarely 7; 
comp. 33% and 334, ἸΞΞ ype: etc, 6) 
The sibilants 1, Ὁ, Ὁ comp. 723, 122, 
obs; 773, Om; ΡΠῚΣ, Poy.  Ἃ) >, for 
which see p. 737. 6) The palatals 4, 
5. Ὁ. This is a singular affinity, but 
it is proved by many examples, and is 
to be explained perhaps in the same 
way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g, k, 
pass over into the palatals dsh, ish, i. 6. 
Engl. 7, ch. Examples are: pny yy 
καχάζω; 32% and 332 to be depressed ; 
"2x and 23 to screak, to creak; “3% 
χάνϑαρος cantharus, i. 6. tube ; “3¥ and 
"2p to heap up, to form a mound, and 
so to bury, ete. : 


> and 


MRE f. Tsere impure (for MRx¥?, τ᾿ 


NZ") constr. PRY, c. suff. FMNX; excre- 
ment, ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut. 
23, 14. Comp. ΠΝ 2 no. 2, BIZ, MRS. 


MN, see τες. 
“RS obsol. root. Arab. Js to be 


thin, slender ; but with mid, Ye ἧι 
denotes the lotus silvestris, prickly lotus, 
perh. kindr. with r. j2%.—Hence 

DONT m. plur. Job 40, 21. 22, rendered 
by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others, 


loti silvestres, lotus trees, Rhamnus Lo- - 


tus Linn, Arab. Sidr yd, also Νὰ 

$43. This tree is common in Egypt 
and Syria; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. 
p, 210, 284.—Others regard =°>s as an 
Aramean form for =°2>% shades, i. e. 
shady trees; as 322, Aram. ἸΝῺ ; 50%, 
Aram.0x9. So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra. 
See Thesaur, p. 1144, 


* 8% obsol. root,anddoubtful. Arab. 
ws to be rich in sheep and goats ; 
but it is a denominatiye from jx¥ νὰ Z 


878 


jks 
flock. Perh. i. q. {2% to wander, to mi- 


grate, like nomades; hence jR¥ nomadic 
flock. 


JS2Z, once PRY Ps, 144, 13 Cheth, 
comm, gend. see below, in no, 1.6; 8 
collective noun. —__ 

1. a flock, flocks, i.e. staall cattle, 


sheep and goats ; Arab. plur. a, } 


Ee 
ἰώ, woolly flock, opp. to goats; but 
still pees wyatt denotes the wild 
goat. For sheep and goats, i. e. jR3%, 
&- 
a frequent Arabic word is gi&. Chald. 
Nz, Syr. DS, id Gen. 29, 10, 30, 36; 
40. 32, 6. 37, 12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1.. ἃ]. sep. 
Often with 772 herd, as "p2" Ἰὰς 
flocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20, 
14. 21,27, 24, 35.. 1 Sam. 14, 32val. 
ws ΠΣ a keeper of flocks, shepherd, 
Gen, 4, 2. 46, 32. 84. Spec. it may be 
noted: a) That 5j&%% comprehended 
both sheep and goats, usvally intermin- 
gled in the same flock, as at the present 
day ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 169. 
So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 J will.send thee ἃ 
kid from the flock ; comp. 27, 9, Levy. 1, 
10. 5,6: 22,21. 2 Chr. 35,7. But καῖ 
ἐξοχήν sheep alone are implied 1 Sam. 
25, 2. Ὁ) As a collect, it takes nume- 
rals, which are put sometimes before it, 
as ΝΞ "HY two sheep Is. 7, 21; Wan 
ΝΣ 1 Sam. 25, 18; comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Jeb 
1, 3. 42, 12; and sometimes after it, as 
Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63. 
al. The corresponding noun of unity is 
mY a sheep or goat, one out of a flock ; 
Ex. 21, 37 [22,1] if a man steal....a 
sheep or goat (Τ᾽), he shall restore.... 
ἸΝΣ ΣΞῸΝΝ four sheep or goats. Ez. 45, 
15. So in Arabic sls as noun of unity 


corresponds to τ. c) As to gender, 
ἸΝΣ is put with the masc. where rams 
and he-goats are to be understood ; Gen. 
30, 39 kum sem? and the rams and 
bucks rutied. With the fem. where 
ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid. 
yian ptm and the flocks brought forth. 
v. 38. 41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17,28. Put 
also for females xar ἐξοχήν, as usually 
constituting the flocks, Gen. 31, 8. 11. 12. 

2. Spec. a flock, drove, i. ᾳ. 072 (comp. 
j8s "72 Gen. 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7) ; so Ps. 


Bh ed 


44, 12. 95, 7. Jer. 23, 1. Trop. of Israel 
Mic: 7, 14. ΠΝ ἸδΣ a flock (troop) of 
men Ex. 36, 37. 38. 


PRX (place of flocks) Zaanan, pr. n. 
of a place in the tribe of Judah, Mie. 1, 
11; perh. i. q. 2% Josh. 15, 37, R. pee. 


D'SISF τὰ, plur. (τι ΣᾺ) constr. 
"NERyE Is. 48, 19; 6. suff. OD NEN Is. 
61, 9. 

1. issues, what comes out from the 
earth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8. 
Is, 22, 24, 34, 1. 42,5. 

2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children, 
Is. 61, 9. 65, 23. Job 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14. 
Fully 4°23 "8SR¥ the offspring f issue) 


of thy bowels Is. 48, 19.—Arab. sous 
stock, family. 

32 τὰ. (Ὁ. 331} 1. alitter, sedan, palan- 
quin, as being lightly and gently borne; 
comp. r. 33%. also Germ. Sénfle id. 
from sanft softly. Plur. D°2x Is. 66, 20; 
Sept. λαμπήνη. Num. 7, 8 35 9529 litter- 
wagons, i. e. covered and commodious 
like litters; Sept. ἅμαξαι λαμπηνικαί,--- 
Chald. 82%, 83°, id. 

2. A species of lizard, Arab. αὐ Ἢ 
lacerta Libyca, living in ΕΟ, and so 
called from its sluggish motion, Lev. 11, 
29. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63. 


. Nis fut. R27 lo go forth to war, 
asa eoldier, to. make war, 6. >3 against 
any one, Num. 31; 7. Is. 29, 7. 8. 31, 4. 
Zech. 14, 12; ἔχοι ως 31, 42... Τὰ 
Arabic the corresponding word has a 


wider use, ow to go or come forth, e. g. 
a star, a tooth, a soldier against the 
enemy. Ethiop. OMA to make war, 
B04 war. Comp. 724.—Trop. of 
the temple service, a sort of ‘ militia sa- 
cra,’ to serve in the temple, Num. 4, 23. 
8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex. 
38, 8. 

. Hien. to cause to go forth to war, i.e. 
to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 
25. 


Deriv. 832. 


Rak Chald. fut. Rak", to will, to 
please, pr. to be inclined, prone, i. q. 
Heb. M3% no. 4. Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 32. 
5, 19. 21. 7, 19. Syr. id. 

Deriv. 533. 


879 


Riz 
SIZ m. constr. N3¥, c. suff. iS, plur. 
MINSZ, constr. MNIy, MNINDE, but 


VRZE Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. Twice con- 
strued with a verb fer. Is. 40, 2. Dan. 
8,12. R.X3%. 

1. war, warfare, military service ; so 
N3E "Χο armed for war, see in 72M 
no. 3; S83 R71 fo go out lo war Num. 
31, 36. Deut. 24, 5; &22> δέχ id. Num. 
31, 27. 28 ; RSE RE id. Num. 1, 3s8q. So 
off the sacred service of the Levites: 
Num. 4, 23; 8325 ΝΞ coming into the 
service, qualified for it, Num, 4, 3. 30. 
35. 39.—In the later writers trop. war- 
fare for hard service, time of affliction 
and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp. 
10, 17; of the Babylonish exile Is. 40, 2.° 
Dan. 10,1 and true is the decree 8331 
>i53 and great the warfare, i. 6. heavy 
will be the calamity. 

2. an army. host ; Sept. often στρατιά, 


᾿δύναμις. Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7. 


al. Plur. Ex. 7, 4. Ps. 44. 10. al. seep. 
ἘΣΣῚ “W the captain of a host, general, 
Sept. ἀρχιστράτηγος, Gen. 21, 22. 32, 
2 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 16, 16. al. “tho 
8237 dhe men of the host, soldiers, Nam. 
31, 53. 1 Chr. 12,8; 8220 ὩΣ id. Num. 
31, 32.—Spee. 

a) DUT NIE the host of heaven, i.e. 
«) The host of angels which stand 
around the throne of God (στρατιὰ ov- 
ράνιος Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2-Chr. 
18, 18, Plur. Ps, 103, 21. 148, 2. So too 
"2 Nas" the captain of Jehovah's host, 
i.e: one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14. 
15. 8) Of the sun, moon, and stars, 
δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 24, 29; re- 
garded as inhabited by angels aod ἄρνας 
tial beings, comp. Job 38,7. 25,5, also 
4,18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. 111 ‘Sidera, 
constabat sed tamen esse deos.’ Me- 
tam. 1. 73. So Is, 34, 4, 40, 26. 45, 12. 
Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8, 10. Often where 
the worship of the heavenly bodies is 
spoken of, Deut. 4, 19. 17, 3. 2 K. 17, 
16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1.5; where some- 
times a special mention of the sun and 
moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2), 
and also of the stars (Deut. 4,19. Dan. 
8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined 
as more general, and as if comprehend-. 
ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan. 
4,32), q. d. all the celestial divinities ; 
comp. Matt. 24, 29. In Is. 24, 21 ‘the 


Raz 


host of heaven (Diam N3¥) is put in 
antith, with the kings of the earth.— 
Once by a bolder figure 83% in zeugma 
is made to refer to the inhabitants of the 
earth, or rather to all the earth contains, 
i. g. ὙΠ ΕΒ, including even animals 
and plants: din 2, 1 Dretn saben 

DN2E7>3) YIN), which is expressed 
without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6 
bd ἼΩΝ 53) PING ogaEnb2] ose; 
comp. Ex. 20 11 > ee TD πὲ π 
Dax Hence 

b) A very frequent epithet of Jehovah 
jis: MINDY WSN TInt Ps. 89, 9. Jer. 5, 14. 
88,17. 44; 7, ‘THRE "πῶς nin? Hos. 
12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely nint 
“MINDS ON Ps. 59, 6. 80, 5, also “Ss Dod 
Ps, 80, 8. 15, and MiNZe M37 Is. 2, 12. 
3,1. jeu 49, 7. Mic. 4, 4. Neh..3:5. 
Hab. 2, 13, etc. Jehovah (God) of hosts, 
i. 6. of the celestial armies. This isa 
very usual appellation for the Most High 
God in some of the prophetical and 
other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere- 
miah, Zechariah, and Malachi; but 
-does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the 
books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze- 
‘kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon.— 
_As to the grammatical construction of 
“‘MINBE Hin , some suppose it to be by 
-ellipsis for ἃ "8 Ἢν but this is not 
necessary, and the ‘Arabs too subjoin in 
like manner a genitive of attribute to the 


pr. names of persons, as ΩΣ spe 
Antara equitum, q. ἃ. Antara dus equi- 


.tum. So too in the construction D°7>x 
“MINSE, the word MIN3¥ may be taken 
as an attribute which could be put ia 
apposition with the names of God ; 
‘comp. ΤΊΝΕΣ ΝΣ Is. 10, 16, κύριος σα- 
Baad Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See 
‘Comm. on Is, 1, 9.—The hosts thus sig- 
nified in nixsy mins can hardly be 
doubtful, if we compare the expressions 
"Δ RIS Josh. 5, 14. 15, plur. Ἢ "83% the 
hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2; 
which again do not differ from ΝΣ 
ὈΠΩῈΠ the host of heaven, embracing 
both angels Gen, 32, 2. 3, and the sun, 
moon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10. 11. 
The phrase mix3ze "ἢ therefore differs 
little from the later form ὈΠῸΣ “by, 
xP Mb, God of heaven; see in Din. 


DIE and MINIS, plur. of 73% roe. 


880 


m2 


Doxa (i. q- "83S roes, or i. q. OE=Sz 
hyenas) Hos. 11, 8, also by, pvar 
Gen. 10, 19. 14,2. Deut. 29, 22, χέδοιας 
pr. ἢ. of a city in the vale of ΠΗ de- 
siroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and 
covered by the Dead Sea. 


4 323 in Kal not used; kindr. with 
255. 
1. to move genily, to go slowly ; see 3¥. 


2. to flow ; Arab. ud to flow, to 


trickle, of water, eee to pour.—To this 
root I would refer 

Hopu. 23h after the Chaldee manner, 
in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where 
the words may be thus joined: 53 ΠΕ 
2877) 3122 the palace is dissolved and 
made to flow down, i. e. the palaces of 
Ninevah inundated and undermined by 
the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see 
Diod. Sic. 2. 26.—Usually referred to 
τ. 332) Hoph. no. 2, where see. 

Deriv. 3%, and 


MIE, c. art. ΞΕ (the slow- 
moving) Zobebah, pr. ἢ. f.-1 Chr. 4, 8. 


ΠΣ 1. i. gq. 82%, 10 go forth to 
war, to make war; Part. c. acc. Is. 29, 7 
ΤΩΝ warring against her. 


2. i. gq. Arab. bw prodiit stella, to go 
forth, to appear, asa star, and so to shine, 
to be splendid ; hence "2% splendour. 

3. to project, to be prominent ; Arab. 
Luo Conj. I, and Lud Conj. If, immi- 
nuit in vem. Hence toswell, of the belly 
Num. 5, 37. Also 

4. Trop. to be propense, inclined, dis- 
posed, to will ; comp. YER and N32 .— 
Arab. Luo id. Chald. x2¥q.v. Syr. 
oy id. 

Hipn. causat. of Kal no. 3, to eause to 
swell, Num. 5, 22. 

Deriv. M38, 73%, MP3, and pr. n. 
73, MIDS, OWES. 


MAX in the word ΓΒ Zech. 9, 8, is 
held by some to be i. q. 823 hos/, which 
is also read in some Mss. and in Keri. 
But 422% is here i. q. 7322 q. v. 


eo 


MIF τη. adj. (τ. 93%) fem. M23, swell- 
ing, swollen, Num. 5, 21. 


mas 
- M32, see in maiz. 
ἼΞΣ Chald. m. (Ὁ, 83%) pr. will, pleas- 
ure; then thing, matler, affair, Syr. 
a>,, Dan. 6,18. Comp. ὙΠ no. 3. 
ΦΊΔΣ m. (r. 93% IT) once Jer. 12, 9, 


9» <- “ 
α hyena, i. ᾳ. Arab. ‘ Sept. vawa, 


Others genr. a beast of prey, comp. 
Talmud. 0°D'3E ravenous beasts. See 


Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 829. 


*Das fut, wax" pr. to lay hold of, 


to grasp, to take with the hand, like 
Arab. fon8, Eth. GAM. Kindr. is 
Maz. Hence c. dat. to reach out to any 
one, once Ruth 2, 14. 


"2 m. in pause "3% Dan. 8, 9; plur. 
ἘΠῚ Σ, OWNIY, MINDS, ‘constr. minay Jer. 
3, i9. R. nos no. 2. 
wh splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. ᾳ. 
ind, MINEM; corresponding is Syr. 
ren decus. Is. 4, 2. 23, 9. 24,16. Ez.7, 


20. 26,20; ΤΉΝΕ "Sx Is. 28,1, 4. "ay 
nisbe2 the glory of Kingdome, i.e. Ba- 
bylon, Is. 13,19. So ἜΣ Π ΚῊΝ the land 
of beauty, i- 6. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16. 41; 
ΤῊΝ "3% the glory of the earth, id. Ez. 
25,9; mis 397535 "23 id. Ez. 20, 6. 15; 
and with art. 33n the beauty 80. of 
lands, id. Dan,8,9; so often in the Rab- 
bins. —Plur. constr. Mixaz; Jer. 3, 19 
ἘΠ migas "as nm) a possession of 
beauty of beauties among the nations, 
i.e. a possession most beautiful, most 
glorious. So Targ. Kimchi, ete. 

2. a roe, antelope, Gr. Yopei, so called 
from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab. 


yet" , -Chald. 823%, Syr. fang. It is 
very timid Is. 13, 14; and fleet 2 Sam. 
2, 18. 1 Chr. 12, 8. Rese 6, 5, comp. Ec- 
clus. 27, 22 or 20; and the flesh was and 
is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15. 
22. 14,5. 15, 22. 1 K. 4, 23 [5, 3]. See 
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or 
II. p. 304 Lips. where he shows that 
"3x is to be referred to the whole genus 
of the roe and antelope, and not to a par- 
‘ticular species. Their fleetness is re- 
ferred to in Cant. 2,9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam. 
1,19 d4n Forni by Sew? ἜΣ Σ thy an- 
telope, Ὁ Tsrael, slain upon thy heights! 
i. 6. Jonathan, as being swift of foot, 


‘comp. v.25. 2.18. The roe or antelope, 
74* 


881 


32 


and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized 
by the orientals for its elegance, and 
they even obtest by it; Cant. 2,7 7 ad- 
jure you; Ὁ détughtera of Jerusalem, 
Mw MvSIND IX Missa by the roes and 
by the hinds of the “field. 3, 5.—Plur. 
ὍΠΩΣ 2 Sam. 2,18; ΠΝΕΣ 1 Chr. 12; 8; 

fem. MRI Cant. 2,7. 3, δ. 


ΩΣ (roe, fr. °2%) Zibia, pr. n. f. 
1 Chr. 8, 9. 

MAY (roe, fr. "2%) Zibiah, pr. n. of 
the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 12, 2. 
2 Chr. 24, 1.—Hence the Aramean 
ΓΞ Tabitha, Gr. δορκάς Dorcas, 
Acts 9, 36. 


P22 fem. of "3x, a roe or female 
antelope, Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4. 

DST, see obey. 

1.2 2s obsol. root, i.g. λα to dip 
in, to immerse ; hence to tinge, to dye; 


kindr. 322, where see.—Hence 32%, 
dasN, and μὲ: n. ἩΣΩΣ. 


*TI. 9333. ἃ. 


to raven as a wild bandits hence 393% 
beast of prey, hyena, and pr. ἢ. ὈΊΣΞΣ. 
90. 5». 


Arab. δ»: , lion. 


to seize as prey; 


232 Chald. to dip in, to immerse ; 
Pa. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4,22. Irupa. 
ΣΞΌΣΝ fo be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12. 
20. 5, 21.—TIn the Targums often, ‘to 
dye, to colour.’ 


3% τῇ, (r. 228 1) a dying ; coner. 
something dyed, dyed garments, Judg. 
5, 30. 

yivaz (dyed, τ. 23% 1) Zibeon, pr. n. 
of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the 
Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20. 24. 29. 

myax (hyenas, see 332%) Zeboim, 
pr. n. of a valley and town in the tribe 


of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 18. Neh. 11,34. 
R. 33% II. 


Ὁ ἊΣ fut, "27 fo heap up, to store 


up as grain Gen, 41, 35; treasures Job 


27, 16. Ps. 39,7. Zech. 9,3; a mound 
Hab, 1, 10.—Chald. "23% and Arab. 
id. Kindr, is 922 q. v.—Hence 


B32 m. plur. — of heads 2 Καὶ, 
10, 8. 


nox 


9 nos obsol. root, prob. to grasp with 
the hand ; hence 


ΓΞ τὰ. only in plur. aay, hand- 
fuls, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well mani- 
| puli.—Talmud, id. 


‘TS m. (τ. TIS) c. suff. "13 plur. O53, 
constr. "3S, c. suff. 9s. 

1. the side of any thing; ἼΣΞ in the 
side 6. g. of the ark Gen. 6, 16; of'a man 
2 Sam. 2,16; with the side Ez. 34, 21. 
‘x2 at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2, 
14. 1 Sam. 20, 25. Ps. 91,7 (opp. to the 
right side); of a thing Deut. 31, 26; 
spec. of a place, Josh. 12, 9 Ἐπ TO. 
1 Sam. 6, 8. 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So 
to carry a child “%%7>9 upon the side, 
where we say, ‘in the arms,’ Is. 60, 4. 
66,12. With πὶ parag. ΠΗ͂Σ 1 Sam. 20, 
20. Plur. ὩΣ Ex. 26, 13. 30,4. 37,27. 

2. Plur. ov Judg. 2, 3, adversaries, 
enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150. 
Vulg. hostes ; Targ. ΡΣ oppressors ; 
Sept. ovrozai. But all these versions 
seem to have expressed the sense of 
Heb. B's, which perh. should be read; 
ccomp. Num. 33, 55 S3Mx 771. 


‘IZ Chald. m. i.q. Heb. no. 1, side ; 
“27 on the side or part of, in respect to, 
‘Dan. 6,5. %%> at or against the part 
cof, i. 6. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7,25. 


SJL Chald. τὰ. (r. ΠΣ IL) purpose, 
wlesign. Dan. 3,14 874M is it on pur- 
pose? ete. 


* ne Ἂν 
TIS obsol. root; Arab. QUS to 


‘turn oneself away; IV, to turn away, 
ῳ- 


to avert; 6 to turn away, to avert ; 
“Talm. 77% to turn one’s side to any one. 
But all these seem to be denominatives 
from “¥ side, pr. to turn one’s side, to 
‘turn away from any one. See Buxtorf 
‘Lex.’Chald. ἢ. v. 

‘Deriv. 7%, pr. ἢ. SE and τς, 


TIX or TIX, with πὶ loc. MTT, pr. 
n. Zedad, a town in the northern extre- 
mity of Palestine, Num. 34,8. Ez. 47,15. 
Now a large village, still called OQUe 
Sidid, in the desert east of the great 
‘road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa ; 
.see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461. App. 
\p. 171, 173,174. 


882 


“1S 


#4. ΓΝ 1. pr. to cut down, to mow 
or reap ; whence the name of the letter 
“3x T'sade, reaping-hook, or scythe ; see 
p. 877. Eth. BPP harvest, harvest- 
time, summer. The primary root is ἜΣ, 
whence 7X4 Chald. Syr. Sam. also 
Wua> to harvest; 182 q.v. duds, to 
cut down branches of a tree, whence 
ἽἼΣΣ an axe. Comp. Lat. cedo.—Comp. 
in RTE If. no. 1. 

2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or 
city; comp. Is. 7, 20. Chald. 83¥ often 
in Targ. for Heb. 024; see Buxtorf 
Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. Ὧι, and 19, 
devastation, desolation. 

Nipu. do be desolated, destroyed, razed, 
as cities Zeph. 3, 6; parall. vawa. 


ide} ΓΝ 1. pr. to fix the eyes upon 
any thing, to look at. So Syr. In» 


whence Ὧι a fixing of the eyes, toy 
Mesa ΜΝ etc.—The primary idea 
is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes, 
keenness of sight; so that this signif. 
coalesces with that of oubtines in no. L— 
Hence 

2. Trop. to fix the mind or purpose 
upon, i. e. to search, to lie in wait, to 
hunt after ; c. ace. 1 Sam. 24,12 773 OAR 
‘sai "WEIN thou huntest aftér my life 
to take it; Vulg. insidiaris vite mee. 
Absol. Ex. 21,13; comp. v. 14. 


MIX, see NS. 


pix (just, τ. PIS) Zadok, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) The father-in-law of king Uzziah 


2K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27,1. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 8, 
17. 15, 34. c) 1 Chr. 5,38. d) Neh. 
3,4. 10,22. e) Neh. 3, 29. 13,13. ἢ) 
11, 11. 


ΤΡῚΣ ἢ purpose, design ; hence M232 
by design, purposely, Num. 35, 20. 22. 
τὸ 7% IT. 


OZ, ὁ. art. pv (the sides) Zid- 
dim, pr. n. of a town in Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 35. 


PTE m. adj. (r. PIS) ρίαν, OP. 

1. just, righteous, i.e. doing justice, 
spoken of a judge or king who dispenses 
justice and defends the right, 2 Sam. 
23, 3; Sept. usually δίκαιος, Hence 
very often of God as a righteous judge, 
Deut. 32,4. Job 34,17. Jer. 12,1. Ps. 


ἪΣ 


11,7. 119, 137; now in punishing 2 Chr. 
12,6. Ezra 9, 15. Lam. 1, 18. Dan. 9, 
14; now in rewarding Ps. 112, 6. 129, 4. 
145,17. Is. 24, 16, where God κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν 
is called p42; now as fulfilling his 
promises, Neh, 9,8 ἢ ΛΞ ΤΟΝ OPA 
MAX ΡΣ and hast fulfilled thy words, 
Sor thou art righteous, ν. 33. Is. 45, 21 
a righteous God and a deliverer. 

2. just in one’s cause, right, i. e. in 
the right, not in the wrong. 8) Ina 
forensic. sense, opp. 28}. Ex. 9, 27 
DOI ὙΣΣῚ NI PBI "2 Jehovah is 
in the right, and I and my people are in 
the wrong. 23,8. Prov. 18,17. Ὁ) In 
assertion, of one who speaks what is 
right and true, whence adv. right, truly, 
Is. 41, 26; comp. 43, 9, where in the 
same context it is ΓΝ .—Hence 

3. Of a private person, just toward 
other men (Proy. 29, 7), obedient to 
divine laws; hence righteous, upright, 
virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities 
Cicero also comprehends under the term 
justitia, 6. g. Offic. 2. 10 ‘justitia, ex qua 
una virtute boni viri appellantur.’ De 
Fin. 5. 23 ‘justitia...cui adjuncta sunt 
pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas, 
comitas, queque sunt generis ejusdem,’ 
Partit. 22 extr. ‘ justitia erga deos religio, 
erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni- 
tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione 
animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene- 
volentia nominatur.’—Gen. 6, 9. 7, 1. Ps. 
5, 13. 11, 3, 31,19. 34, 20. 37, 25. 72,7. 
Job 12, 4. 17, 9. Often coupled with 
pan Job 12,4; "p2 Ex. 23,7; and as 
often put in opposition with 20> Prov. 
10, 3. 6. 7, 11. 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al.— 
To the just and upright man the He- 
brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at- 
tributed also kindness and liberality Ps. 
37, 21. Prov. 12, 10. 21, 26; temperance 
and moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25, 
and in speaking 15, 28; love of truth 
13, 5; wisdom 9, 9.—Emphat. of inno- 
cence from faults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20 
there is not a just man on earth, that 
doeth good and sinneth not. Just before, 
in v. 16, the words: be not righteous over- 
much....lest thou destroy thyself, are 
apparently to be understood of a self- 
complacent admirer of his own virtue ; 
comp. 72°53 p77 Job 32, 1.—In Is. 49, 
24, A. Schultens renders ΡΣ bellator 


pie 


strenuus, as if i. gq. ὙΌΣ in v. 25; but 
p 7% "30 is here the captives of the 
righteous, i. e. taken from among them. 


Dts, MPT, see in ss. 


ΡΣ fut. P37 pr. to δὲ right, 
straight, i.q. "0"; as if spoken of a way, 
comp. ῬῚΣ Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15. 
Arab. gov to be true, sincere. Syr. 
«οἷς to τ right, just—Hence 


1, to be just, righteous, in dispensing 
justice ; of God Ps, 51, 6; of his laws 
Ps. 19, 10. 

2. to have a just cause, to be in the 
right. a) Ina forensic sense, Gen. 38,26 
"F22 ΠΡῸΣ she (Tamar) is more in the 
right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10,15. 13, 
18. 84,5. Opp. > to have an un- 
just cause, to be in the wrong. b) Of 
disputants, to be right, to speak the truth, 
Job 33,12. 0) to gain one’s cause, to 
be justified, Job 11, 2. 40, 8. Is. 43, 9. 26. 
45, 25. Ez. 16, 52. 

3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in 
p77 no. 3. Job 15, 14. 22,3. 35,7; with 
22> Ps, 143,2; δὲ ΣΦ Job 9, 2. 25, 4; 
ΠΥΡῚ 4, 17, i.e. τὰν ΔΑ ΗΑ, δὰ 

Nira. pr. to be declared just, i. e. to 
be justified, vindicated sc. from violence 
and injury ; Dan. 8, 14 ὅπ ΡΞ τὴ. Vulg. 
not unaptly mundabitur. 

Pie. pix, inf. ΤΡῚΣ Ez. 16, 52. 

1. to make righteous, upright, inno- 
cent, eccl. Lat. justificare, to justify. Ez. 
16, 51 thou hast justified thy sisters 
through thine abominations, i. e. hast 
caused them to appear comparatively 
innocent. So likewise Jer. 3, 11 πες 
‘sar ya DTT... τῶ Ξ9 Israel hath made 
herself more righteous than Judah. i. e. 
appears so in comparison. 

2. to pronounce just, righteous, inno- 
cent, a person Job 33, 32 ; c. 1822 oneself 
Job 32, 2. 

Hirw. 1. to make righteous, upright, 
pious, by one’s example, teaching, ete. 


Ὁ. 866. Dan. 12, 3; > Is. 53. 11. 


2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right, 
just, innocent. a) Ina forensic sense, 
of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23, 
7. Deut. 25,1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5, 23. 
Also to make one gain his cause, to do 
justice to, Ps. 82, 3. Is. 50,8. b) Ina 
disputation, to pronounce right, to allow 


to be in the right, to assent to his opi- 

nion, Job 27,5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b. 
Hirupa. to justify oneself, to clear 

oneself from suspicion, Gen. 44, 16. 
Deriv. P1I¥—T PIS, PTS, pix. 


p72 m. in pause PIE Ps. 4, 6; c. suff. 
PR. 

1, Ina physical sense, righiness, 
straightness, i,q. YW". Ps. 28, 3 "2832 
Pix straight paths. See τ. PTS. 

2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right, 
righteousness, ‘what is right and just, 
such as it should be, comp. "8" no. 2. a. 
Ps. 15,2 pre ἘΣΒ doing rig cht, acting 


rightly; comp. PI¥ NLP Is. 64, 4. Ps. ἢ 


45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36, 3 pis rial “bse to 
my Maker I will ascribe righteousness, 
i. 6. will vindicate his justice. Hence 


PIS LEY fo judge the right, i.e. right- ὦ 


eously, justly, Jer. 11,20; ΕἼΣ ΒΘ 
righteous judgment Is. 58, 2 ; τὴς “IND, 


PIE "258, a just Beaded just sora: 


Lev. 19, 36. Job 31, 6. Ez. 45,10; "75% 
ῬῚΣ righ iful sacrifices, 1. Ὁ: gue as are 
right, due, proper, Deut. 33,19. Ps. 4, 
6. 51, 21. 
one, fie just cause; Ps. 7,9 judge me 
“piz> according to my right, my right- 
eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6,29; comp. 
Ps. 17, 1. Often joined, Sato: pix, 
right and justice, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2.— 
Also of what is spoken, the right, the 
truth, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45,19; comp. 48, 1. 

3. justice, i. ᾳ. MEI, 6. g. of a judge 
Lev? 19, 15; of a kiag Is. 11, 4. 5. 16, 5. 
32,1; of God Ps. 9, 9. 35, 24. 28. 50, 6. 
72, 2. 96, 13.—Hence righteousness, up- 
rightness, integrity, sce in PI no. 3. 
Js. 1, 21. 51,1. 7. 59,4. Ps.17,15. Hos. 
2, 21. 

4, deliverance from wrong or evil, 
prosperity, happiness, as the conse- 
quence and reward of righteousness, 
see Is. 32, 17; or also as resulting from 
Jehovah’s retributive justice and equity. 
So often where the other member has 
σῶν, now, Is. 41, 2. 45, 8. 51, 5. Dan. 
9, 24. Ps, 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the 
servant of Jehovah, Is. 42, 6 "MRP 
piss 7 have called thee with deliverance, 
i.e. that thou mayest come with deli- 
verance, mayest bring prosperity and 
happiness; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the 
same sense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 "3x 


| 24,5. 36, 11. 
With suff. the right of any | 


pris 
pigs amen 1 have raised him up 
that with deliverance he may come. 
Also i. q. 7273, Is. 61, 8 P38 7D the 
terebinths of blessing, benediction, on 
which God’s blessing rests, blessed or ~ 
happy terebinths, as we also say a 
blessed land.—Frequently also the word 
HPI q. v. is used in the same manner ; 
and it isin vain to deny this significa- 
tion; see NPIS no. 4. 

ti: (r. = constr. PATE, ὁ. suff. 

ΠΣ, plur. MIpIs, constr. Pipys. 

a ‘yecitude, right, what is right and 
just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies 
in the phrase Mp ἼΘΙ Is. 33, 15.) 
2 Sam. 19, 29 what right have I mare? 
Neh. 2, 20. Joel 2,23 HpIx> ΠΤ the 
early rain according to right, i. e. in 
right measure, according as the earth 
requires. 

2. justice, e. g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32, 
16. 17. 60,17; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17, 
both as exhibited in punishing the wick- 
ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering, 
avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps. 
Plur. acts of justice, i. 6. 
benignant or gracious deeds, Ps. 11, 7. 
103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 ἴθ ὈΤΡῚΣ the 
righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. e. 
the aid which he gave them, the triumph, 
victory, which he bestowed on them. 

3. In private persons, righteousness, 
integrity, virtue, piety, 15. 5,7. 28, 17. 46, 
12. 54, 14. 59,14. APIe MB Ps. 56, 1. 58, 
2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for 
righteousness, held it as a proof of his 
upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25. 
Plur. ΓΊΡῚΣ righteous acts Is. 64, 5. 
nin ΤΡ = a righteousness well pleasing 
to God Ps. 5, 9.—Sometimes espec. for 
kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11, 4. 
Ps. 24,5; liberality, beneficence, Prov. 
10, 2. Mic. 6,5. Sept. often ἐλεημοσύνη, 
Deut. 6, 25. 24, 13: 

4. deliverance, prosperily, i. q. ΤῚΣ no. 
4 where see ; parall. MW", npawn, Is. 
45, 8. 46, 13. 48, 18. 51, 6.8. 54, 17. 56, 
1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10. 11. Ps. 24, 5, 
parall, S393. 

ΤΡῚΣ Chald. ἢ liberality, beneficence, 
Dan. 4, 24. So often in the Talmud 
and Rabbins, Comp. Samar. Mp5 of 


SL “- n~ 
alms, Atab. 3Quo, Syr. 19}. Comp. 
pty no. 3 fin. 


p3s 


APP IT (justice of Jehovah, τ. P72) 
Zedekiah, pr.n. a) A king of Judah, 
τ. 600-588 B.C. to whom this name was 
given by Nebuchadnezzar instead of his 
former one ΤΆΣ), 2 K. 24, 17. Jer. 1, 3. 
c. 37-39. He was the son of Josiah, 
and uncle of Jehoiachin his piédieddesér, 
Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24,17. 1 Chr. 3,15. In 
2 Chr. 36, 10 he is called the brother of 
Jehoiachin, prob. in the general sense 
of relative. Ὁ) A false prophet under 
Ahab 1 K. 22, 24. 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23; 
also mepI¥ 1 K. 22,11. 0) Jer. 29, 21. 
22. ἃ) 1 Chr. 3, 16. 6) Jer. 36, 12. 


tg ss to glitter, to shine, as gold; 
Talm. id. Arab. Ugo owitter, also 
to be reddish or yellowish, like the hu- 
man hair. For the origin see in ΤΙΣ, 

Hopru. Part. 349 polished, glittering, 
like gold, Ezra 8, 27.—Hence 


ὩΓῚΣ m. gold-coloured, yellow, of hair, 
Lev. 13, 30. 32. 36. 


“Ts obsol. root, fo be sunny, and 
so to become dry, arid; kindr. with 
ΠΣ, mx, where see. Syr. and Chald. 
NAS to be thirsty. With the mid. rad. 5 
sitened the Arabs have sre: lye , to 
become dry; and the Hebrews 474 q. v. 

*ony 1. to shine, to be bright, see 
Hiphil, i. q. "4%, "91; see under Mx. 
- 2. Trop. of a clear shrill tone or voice ; 
hence to neigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8. 50, 
11. Arab. igo, Syr. Nay. Also of 
persons, to shout, to sing, to cry aloud for 
joy, Is. 12, 6. 54, 1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8, 
15; c. 3 for i, 6. on account of any 
thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex- 
torted by terror: Is. 10,30 πϑὶρ “bn 
ery aloud with thy voice ; where for the 
acc. of instr. see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. n. 3. 

Hien. causat. of Kal. no. 1, to cause to 
shine, Ps. 104, 15. 

Deriv. M282. 


ἘΠΗ͂Ν to shine, to glitter, like the 
kindr. “MY, "1, see under τ. ANS 
Arab. > to appear, to come forth, to 
be manifest; IV, to manifest. Hence 
“is light, and 37 oil. 

Hien. denom. from "71%", to make or 
press out oil, with a press, from olives, 
etc. Job 24. 11.—Chald. id. 


885 


wis 


WIE ΓΟ. pr. light, a light ; collect. 
Gen.'6, 16 ΠΩ MYzn “Ns light shalt 
thou make for the ark, i. e. windows, Gr. 
φῶτες, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it 19 
construed with the fem. whence Max7dy 
m2bon of a cubit long shalt thou make 
them, the windows. 

2. Ὅσαι, SYIN¥ noon, pr. double light, 
i. e. the strongest, brightest, Gen. 43, 16. 
25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4, 5. 1 K. 18, 
26.27. 29. al. ρου ar ho, Hw, Syr. 


find, Arab. Sagb ia pb to do at 


noon.—Jer. 6,4 STIMBS Md2> let us go 
up at noon sc. against the enemy, i.e. at 
once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an 
attack was seldom made at that hour, 
because of the heat. 20, 16. Comp. 
Kor. 9, 82.—Metaph. of high prosperity, 
happiness, Job 11, 17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10. 


WZ and 1% τῇ, (τ, ΤῚΣ, as 1p, °M, from 
mp, πῦρ.) α commandment, precept. 
Hos. 5, 11 %¥ "258 42% to follow the 
Cominasidmest unless we prefer to read 
ὙΦ for 870; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28, 
10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru- 
lers: 1¥> 1% > 1% precept upon precept, 
precept upon precept, i. 6. precept is 
added to precept, law to law, by priests 
and prophets, we are daily wearied with 
new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa- 
ronomasia: manda, remanda, manda, 
remanda. 


NX τη. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech. 
8. 3.4. R.&¥7, comp. ΤΣ, 


MNT or MRT f(r. RZ) excrement, 
ordure, i. q. ΤΣ, Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27 
Keri.—Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4. 28,8 
MNS NP filthy vomit. Metaph. of the 
pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4. 
—Chald. Syr. Talm. id. 


“NAT τὰ, (Ὁ. WE IT) constr. "x72 Jer. 
28, 10. 12. ¢. suff. "NIE, once D754 Neh, 
3, 5; plur. constr. "283%, c. suff. "7NIS, 
once BANS Mic. 2, 3; the neck, Gr. 
τράχηλος, pr. the nape of the neck, the 


τ | back part at and above the shoulders, so 


called from bearing, see the root. Thus 
upon the neck are borne burdens, the 
yoke, etc. Gen. 27, 40. Deut. 28, 48. Is, 
10, 27. Jer. 27, 2. 8. 11. 28, 10. 11, 12, 14. 
Hos. 10, 11; also garments, ornaments, 
Judg. 5.30; upon the neck (the nape) of 


ΔῚΣ 


the vanquished the victors put their foot 
Josh. 10, 24. So of the neck of a horse 
Job 39, 19; of the crocodile, as the seat 
of his strength, Job 41, 14 [22]. Also 
“NIZ2 with nape erect, stiff, i. 6. proudly, 
obstinately, Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6; comp. 
Gr. τραχηλιάω to walk with nape erect, 
to be proud, τραχαλᾶς an epithet of Con- 
stantine the Great.—Elsewhere the neck 
genr. is understood, the nape included ; 
Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck with strings 
of pearls. 4,4. 7,5. Gen. 27, 16, 41, 42. 
[So “xix 42 even to the neck, spoken of 
floods of deep waters, Is. 8, 8. 30, 28; 
trop. and poet. of the deep bottom, depth, 
of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13.—R.] 
Also "x33 neck is perh. put for the head- 
less trunk, body, Ez. 21, 34 [29].—Puor. 
necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10, 
24, Judg. 8, 21. 26; oftener for the 
sing. like Gr. ta τράχηλα, Lat. cervices, 
Gen. 27, 16; so 'Ἔ ἌΝΙΣΌΣ 52 10 fall 
upon one’s neck, to embrace him, Gen, 
33, 4. 45,14; Ἔ “x ἘΚ m22 Gen. 45, 14. 
46, 29. 


“NIZ Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5, 
7. 16. 


MY, rarely MIE 2 Sam. 23, 36, 82 
10, 6, (for M35%2 station, τ. 513.) Zobah, 
pr. ἢ. of a Syrian kingdom, fully ΘΠ ΝΣ 
maiz Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 6.8; whose 
king made war with Saul 1 Sam. 14, 47, 
with David 2 Sam. 8, 3. 10,6. 1 Chr. 
18,5. 9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3. 
It was on the north of Damascus, and 
seems to have comprehended Hamath, 
(see M9M , hence called N3ix ren 2 Chr. 
8, 3,) and to have extended as far as to 
the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23. 
—The Syriac translators understand by 
it Nisibis in Mesopotamia, ane si, and 
they are followed by J. D. Michaelis, 
Supplem. p. 2073, But the former opi- 
nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad 
Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60, and Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249. 


ΠΣ fut. se pr. to lie in wait; 
kindr. with M7% , and of the same origin; 
comp. OB? mie 1 Sam. 24,12 and 7x 
tp Prov. 6, 26. Spee. a) fo hunt wild 
animals, Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33, Jer. 16, 16. 
Poet. ascribed to beasts of prey, as the 
lion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph. 


886 


nike. 


ΓῚΣ 


Ps. 140, 19. Ὁ) to catch birds, to lay 
snares, Lev. 17,13. Trop. of snares laid 
for men, Lam. 3, 52. 4, 18. Prov. 6, 26. 
Mic. 7, 2.—Arab. OLe mid. Ye, to hunt, 


to fish, slie hunter, fisher, a lion; 
Chald. πῆ, Syr. 25 ,0f hunting, fowling, 
fishing. 

Pi. i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Ez. 13, , 
18. 20. 

Hirap. 3255 denom. from 77% no. 3, 
to provide oneself with food for a journey, 
Josh. 9,12. Aram. T7318 id. 

Detiv. TIS, TS, APS, IO, ize, 
ΤΣ, MLA, pr. ἢ. FMS. 


ἥ ms Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
to put, to place ; kindr. with 3; hence 


(78% cippus. Syr. fox, 6. g. ho, ἴοι 
to set up a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pesh. 


Arab. 50 cippus. The primary sylla- 
ble ἫΣ corresponds to 3¥ in 3471, 32. 

Pret 5x, fut. apoc. 1¥7, 173; imp. 
max Ps. 44, 5, apoc. 1%. Α 

1. to constitute, to αρροϊηΐ, to confirm ; 
Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar 

Lemay ΡΝ mmx) and constitute 
han in their sight. The primary force 
of ΤῊΣ i. q. 9253 is found perh. in Ex. 18, 
23 if thou shalt do this thing, Dry FIST. 
323 ΡΞ" then God will confirm (estab- 
lish) ‘thee, and thow shalt be able to en- 
dure; Sept. κατισχύσει σε ὃ Fe0g.— 
Hence a) fo set over any thing, to ap- 
point, with acc. of pers. and >> of thing, 
1 Sam. 13, 14. 25, 30. 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7, 
11. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7, 2. Is. 45, 
11 "318m Ὑπὸ ἘΣΘ ΒΣῚ s2a-by pr. set me 
over my sons and over the work of my 
hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to 
me the care of all that I have created, 
b) to appoint, to institute, with ace. of 
thing ; Ps. 7,7 ὍΛΗΣ wen institute thou a 
judgment, trial. 68, 29. 111, 9. Is. 45, 12 
all the host of heaven have I appointed, 
i. 6. constituted, created. Is. 48, 5parall. 
Also to appoint, to ordain, to de- 
cree, Ps. 44, 5. 71, 3. 105, 8. 

2. to command, to charge ; absol. Ps. 
33, 9 Taps ΤῊΣ RIM. With ace. of pers. 
(Lat. ‘jubere aliquem,’) Gen. 26, 11. 44, 
1. Num. 36, 2. al. sep. More rarely 6. 
ὃ; Gen. 2, 16. 28,6. 5 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 2, 
12. Nah. 1, 14; 5 Gen, 50, 16. Ex. 16,34. 


ms 


Num, 15, 23; > Ex, 1,22. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
al. So with the express words of com- 
mand after sand Gen. 2, 16. 26, 11. 32, 5. 
50, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. sep.—Further, that 
which one commands to be done is put: 
a) In the ace. Gen, 47, 11 ΠΣ ΒΒ mag ΘΝ 
according to what (as) Pharaoh had 
commanded. Ex. 7, 10. 20; with two 
acc. of pers. and thing, Gen. 6, 22. 7, 9. 16. 
21, 4. Ex. 7,6. 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22,13. Neh. 
8,1. Soalso to command a thing, precept, 
statute, law, i. q. to give a command, to 
make a law, ete. Ex. 16, 16 "yx 237 ΠῚ 
sims. 35, 4. Num. 30, 2. 1 K. 13, 21 
το ἃ τῆς TS Ms. Num. 30, 17 O"pr 
"ἃ ΤῊΣ max. ‘Josh. 1,77 ΤΙΣ "ὡς min 
προ. Also ec. dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4. 
Neh. 9, 14. Ps. 119, 4. b) Inthe ine >, 
Gen. 50, 2 and Jooeph commanded . 
the phystctiins MAY"MY BIMd fo imbalm 
his father. Ex. 35, 1. 29. 36,5. Lev. 7, 
36, 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26, 8. Where one 
is commanded not to te a thing, i.e. 
where any thing is forbidden, it is put 
With 12 c. infin. Is. 5, 6 ΠΗ͂Σ ΘΊΖΣΤΙ 99) 
“9y2m2; or with "535 c. inf. Gen. 3, 
11. Jer. 35, 8. 8} In the fut. with “UN 
that ; Esth. 2, 10 for Mordecai had 
ead! her 175 δὲ WW that she should 
not tell it; and so with "ὧς impl. Lam. 
1, 10. Oftener with Vay, as Gen. 42, 25 
aban) ὙΣ and he commanded and they 
filled, i. e. he commanded them to fill. 
Ex. 36, 6. 1K. 5, 31. 

3. With an acc. of pers. without men- 
‘tion of the thing commanded, fo give 
charge to any one, to send with com- 
mands, to command to go, Jer. 23, 32 I 
have not sent them B71)" 8b} nor given 
them charge, i. 6. have not commanded 
them to go to you. 14,14. The pers. 
to whom one is thus sent is put with ἘΣ 
Esth, 4, 5. Ezra 8,17. 1 Chr. 22, 12, Is. 
10, 6; >8 Jer. 27,4. Esth. 4, 10.—The 
pers. or thing concerning which charge 
is given is put with >2 Gen. 12, 20. 
2 Sam. 14,8; 58 Ex. 6, 13. 25, 22, Is. 
23, 11. Jer. 47, 7; > Ps, 91, 11.—Not sel- 


, dom God is oa poy to pea NE As or send © 


“things; e. g. his blessing Lev. 25, 21. 
Deut. 28, 8. Ps, 133,35; his favour Ps. 
42,9. 44,5; the jared Am. 9, 4; the 
“dawn, Job 33, 12. So Job 36, 32 πὴ) 
p7abe3 πρὶν and commanded it (the 
Tight, lightning) against the enemy.— 


887 


8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9, 1. 


rs 


The person upon whom the command 
is laid is put with 52 Gen. 2, 16. Job 
36, 32; with 9, as ima> max (0 give 
charge to one’s household, i. e. to declare 
one’s last will, to set one’s house in order, 
2K. 20,1, 15. 38,1; also inra~>y may 
id. 2 Sam. 17, 23. Comp. Rabb. mygx 
testament, 

Puat Mx to be commanded, Gen. 45, 
19. Lev. 8, 86 "9% 123 so 1 am com- 
manded, this charge is given me. Ez. 
12, 7 "ΠΣ ὝΣΝΞ as 7 was commanded. 
24, 18. 37, 7. With 3 of him by whom 
the command j is given, Num. 36, 2. 

Deriv, 1%, ἜΣ, jP%, MX9. 


ms to cry out, to shout for joy, Is. 
42,11. Chald. id. The Arabs use a 


contracted form, mid. quiese. Lo for 
Both Heb, and Arab. are prob. 


softer forms from Mx, ey , comp. Is. 
42, 11. 13.—Hence 


TUS Εἰ outcry, 6. g. of joy, shouting, 
Is. 24, 11; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144, 
14; 6. suff WOM thy ery, i. 6. caused 
by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46, 12; comp. 
Gen. 18, 20. 


* 59% obsol. root, prob. i. q. >>% III, 
to be sunk, ievareedl hence nbixa, 
mp2; and 


n> f. depth of the sea, abyss, Is. 
44:27. ᾿ 


*DAS fut. ps1, conv. ἘΣΣῚ, ἐο fast ; 


Arab. αἰ and Aram. id. The primary 
idea lies in keeping the mouth shut, comp. 
the remarks on roots ending in = under 
art. 223 note.—Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. 7, 
6. 2 Sam. 1, 12. 1 K. 21, 27. Is. 58, 3. 
Jer. 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 "mee cisn 
did ye at all fast unto me? where the 
suffix is to be taken in the dative— 
Hence 


DiS m. plur. minis Esth. 9, 31; a fast, 
fasting, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Is. 58, 5.6, Zeeh. 
Bix NIP to 
proclaim a fast 1 K. 21, 9. 12. Ezra 8, 
21. voix wap to consecrate a fast, insti- 
tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14, 2, 15. 
Ps. 69, 11 ᾿:ΦΞ2 ΕἾΧΞ in fasting is my 
soul, i. e. I fast, comp. 83 no, 2, 


v1 


* SAS obsol. root; Arab. gle to 
form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a 
goldsmith. Hence ὈΛΣΧΣΣ sculptured 
work. 


“7X (smallness, r. ΣῈ) Zuar, pr. n. 
m. Num. 1, 8. 2, 5. 


“ΣῚΣ see "33 : 


ἢ yx to flow, to overflow, c. >> Lam. 
8, 54.—Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr. 
κοῦ, Chald. 92, to overflow, to float, to 
swim. 

Hiru. 1. to make overflow or over- 
whelm, c. acc. et 59 Deut. 11, 4. 

2. to cause to float or swim, 2 K. 6, 6. 

Deriv. MEX , NESEY, and 


Xm. 1. comb, honey-comb, so called 
because the honey flows out from it; 
Prov. 16, 24 023 πον 21 HA pleasant 
words are as the hone y-comb ; Sept. κη- 
οἷον μέλιτος, Vulg. favus mellis. ῬΊαν. 
Ὁ ΕῚΣ rp: Ps. 19, 11, see in MB). 

2. Zuph, pr. ἢ. of an ancestor of Elka- 
nah 1Sam. 1,1. 1 Chr. 6,20 where Keri 
has ΠΕ; also "Bix 1 Chr. 6, 11. 


MD (a crusé, τ. MEX) Zophah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 86. 


"pix , see in subst. FAX no, 2, 


“pi and "DE (perh. i. q. 7iDy spar- 
row) Zophar, pr. n. of one of Job’s three 
friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1. 
20, 1. 42, 9. 


eV AS i. q- 732 and Y%3, comp. 151. 

1. to glitler, see Hiph. 

2. to flower, to flourish. Pret. y% Ez. 
7, 10, metaph. 

Ηιρη. fut. y°33, 

%2 Cant. 2, 9. 

1. to glitter, lo sparkle, pr. to emit 
splendour, comp. "NT. Ps, 132, 18. 
Hence to glance forth, i. 6. to look by 
stealth; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ; 
Cant. 2, 9 D°DINA 2 ὙΣ glancing 
Liem the lattice. Talm. Ὑ ΠῚ id. Arab. 


Yass and Ups to look by stealth, 


e. g. a female through a hole in her 
veil. 

2. to bloom, tu blossom, pr. to produce 
blossoms, Num. 17,23 [8]. Ps. 90, 6. 103, 
15. Metaph. Ps. 72, 16. 92, 8. Is. 27, 6. 

Deriv. py", MX", MEME. 


cony. YS), part. 


888 


"ἜΣ 


ἘΠῚ PAX to be narrow, straitened,com- ἢἢ 
pressed, Arab. sé mid. Ye. Eth. 
MP to straiten, to compress ; ARUP 
to be strait, narrow; IV, to straiten. 
Kindr. is ΤῊΣ, also 29, PN, and the 
like. [Hence perh. to press close upon, 
to cleave to any one, Ps. 41,9; but see 
in P¥? no. 1. ἃ.-- ΠΕ, 

Hien. p°x 1. to straiten, to press, 
upon, lo distress any one, c. dat. Deut. 
28, 53 sq. Jer. 19,95 spec. a city by a 
siege, Ὁ. dat. Is. 29, 2. 7. Part. p°x2 an 
oppressor Is, 51, 13. 

2. to press, to urge, with entreaties, 
prayers, 6. ace. Judg. 14, 17; c. dat. 
16, 16.—Also Job 32, 18 MAN ΡΣ 
"203 the spirit within me presseth (con- 
straineth) me. 

Deriv. pix, 
mpax. 


ΤΡῚΣ, Pea, piza, 


“TT. PAS fut. prs; kindr. px, 30, 
0). 

1. i. ᾳ. P¥" to pour out, Job 29, 6. 28, 
2 MYM? PAS? ἸΞΝῚ and slone pours out 
brass, i. 6. ore is ‘molten into brass. Me- 
taph. Is. 26,16 Wm> WP they pour out 
prayer ; where 9}? Milra is pret. Kal 
with Nun paragogic, for 4px. 

2. i.g. P°R4 (Hiph. of r. ps") to set 
up, to place ; hence ΚΣ 2 column, 


pix m. distress, trouble of the times 
Dan. 9, 25. R. pax I. 


ΤΡῚΣ f(r. prs 1) id. Prov. 1, 27. Is. 
8, 22. 30, 6. 


*J. AS fat. see", apoc. 93" (like 
kindr. ""), to straiten, to press upon, to 
compress ; comp. “1 I. Hence 

1. to bind up or together, sc. into a roll 
or package, i.q. ἊΣ no. 1. Pret. MI¥ 
Deut. 14, 25; fut. 4" 2 Κι. 12, ἢ, 
ἜΧΗ 5, 93, 

2. to press, 6. g. a) Ina hostile 
sense, to press upon, to beset, to assail ; 
ὁ. acc. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9.19; 6. 59 
2K. 16,5; > 2 Chr. 28, 30. Part. plur. 
Dn assailanis, persecutors, Esth. 8, 
11. b) Of acity, to press with siege, 
to besiege, with acc. of city 1 Chr. 20,1; 
often c. 59 Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 11, 1. 
1 K. 15, 27. 2K. 6, 24. Jer. 21,4. Ez. 
4,3; c. 8 Deut. 20, 19; absol. Is. 21, 
2. Also with > of a pers. besieged in a 


ἪΣ 


city 2 Sam. 20, 15; δὲ 1 Sam, 23, 8, 
Metaph, Ps. 139, 5 IE DIP} VIN dhow 
besetlest me behind and before, so that I 
cannot escape thee. c) With ace. and 
by, to press one thing upon another ; to 
push forward upon ; Is. 29, 34722 "AN 
suo J will push forward posts (of 
troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant. 
8,9. Judg. 9,31 lo, they urge on (excite) 
the city againe thee. 

3. to cut, to carve. a) Pr. by press- 
ing upon with a knife, comp. 773 no. 1, 
2; hence ἫΝ an edge, sharp rock. Ὁ) 
to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. "3" 


no. 2. Syr. Ἢ to form; Arab, Jeo. id. 
Found only in fut. 9%") Ex. 32, 4. 1 K. 
7,15; sR Jer.1,5 Cheth. The other 
tenses are from ἜΣ, 

Deriv, 1%, MV, WS, WED, pr. ἢ. 
siz, "¥, NTs, WAS. 

ἘΠῚ. AS or “is to bear, to carry ; 
Ethiop. ARC id. IV. to load; BC 
a load; APA a porter. Kindr. perh. 
with Aram. "39, oon, to bear.— 
Hence “85% nape, ΩΣ 

“AZ m. (Ὁ. ¥ 1.3) plur. Ox, once 
minis Job 28, 10. 

_ 1. ἃ rock. a) Genr. sharp and pre- 
cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. Ain. 
8, 233 ‘stabat acuta silex, preecisis undi- 
que saxis.’ Sept. πέτρα. Chald. x30, 
Syr. (se, a mountain; and so Arab. 


pre as Liaw pre Mount Sinai — 
Ex. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6,21. Job 
14,18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48, 
21. al—Metaph. of a place where one 
is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5 
s722977 “ASB he hath set me high upon 
a tock. 61, 3. Hence a refuge, shelter ; 
espec. of God, as affording refuge and 
‘protection to ‘Toenell Deut. 32, 37 "ἜΣ 
faxon. So "ore “x Ps. 94, 22, ΤΊΣ Ὁ ‘s 
a rock of refuge Is. 17,10. Ps. 31,3; 
ἌΡ "s Deut. 32, 15, "yu “x 2 Sam. 
22.47. Ps, 89, 27; 559 ‘s Ps. 73, 26; 
Byres’ % 2 Sam. 23, 3. Is. 30, 39; eau, 
πος my rock, Ps. 18, 3. 47. 19, 15. 38,1; 
c. art. "25 Deut. 32,4. Of any tute 
lary divinity, Deut. 32, 31. 1 Sam: 2, 2. 
—By another metaphor, drawn froma 
quarry, “1% is put for the founder of a 
people, Is. 51, 1. stich 
75 


889 


"1% 


b) a stone, pebble ; Is. 8,14 divin 8S 
a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 "1% 
ὉΛΡ ΤΣ pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb. 
Gr. ὁ 106, 3. ο. 

2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Ps. 
89,44 sam “ax the edge of the sword ; 
according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2.3 
px mis are sharp knives; comp. 
ἊΣ Ex. 4, 25, and so Targ. But Sept. 
Vulg. Syr. Arab. understand knives of 
stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient 
Orientals were accustomed to use for 
castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2.86. 
Plin. 35. 46; and this interpretation is 
favoured by the words of the Alex. 
translator inserted after Josh. 24, 30, ἐκεῖ 
ἔϑηκαν εἰς τὸ μνῆμα εἰς ὃ ἔϑαψαν αὐτὸν 
(Joshua) ἐκεῖ τὰς μαχαίρας τὰς πετρίνας, 
ἐν αἷς περιέτεμε τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραήλ... καὶ 
ἐκεῖ εἰσιν ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας. This is 
a circumstance worthy of remark; and 
goes to show at least, that knives of stone 
were found in the sepulchres of Pales- 
tine, as well as in those of north-western 
Europe.—Hence 

3. form, shape, Ps. 49,15 Keri; pr. 
cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler; see 
"ax no. 3. Ὁ. 

4, Zur, pr.n.m. a) A’phylarch cr 
chief of the Midianites, Num. 25, 15. 
31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 
9, 36. 


ὋΣ and Ἢ (a rock, i. g. "ΠΣ, comp.. 
Rochelle) pr. n. ἢ Tyre, Gr. Tigos, from: 
an Aramean form 872, |504, the cele- 


brated and opulent emporium of Phe- 
nicia, of which the most ancient and 
strongly fortified part, afterwards called 
Paletyrus ("% “233 2 Sam. 24,7, 12 
“XS "3% Josh. 19, 29), was situated up- 
on the continent, and the more modern 
part upon an island over against the 
former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27, 4. 25. Is. 23, 
4. Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant. 
9. 14. 2. ib. 8.2.7. For the history of 
the city see Comment. on Is. 1. p. 707 sq.. 
Thesaur. p. 1160. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 


IIL, p.401-8.—The domestic name ἊΝ is 


found in Ο. T. 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 15. 
7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. sep. and 
also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins 
struck in the time of the Seleucide, ei- 
ther simply "¥> (72) Τύρου, or more 
fally 525% ON "E> (075%. nN 18>), ‘of 


"1S 


Tyre the metropolis of the Zidonians ;’ 
see Monumm. Phen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6. 
34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T. 
V. pl. 23, 24.—At the present day its 
ruins, called Sir, lie upon a penin- 
sula, Alexander the Great having join- 
ed the island to the continent by a 
mole; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394 
sq.—Gentile n. ""% q. v. 
“WE see ANIL neck. 


ΤῊΣ f. (r. ΝΣ 1.3) constr. ΤῊΣ, plur. 
ΠΩΣ, form, Ez. 43, 11 bis. 

pms only in plur, 0°258% necks Cant. 
4,9, for neck. The ending ji is dimin. 
and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13. 
Others a collar. 

DNAX (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr. 
n. τῇ. Num. 3, 35. 

“TON (my rock is the Almighty) 
Zurishaddai, pr. τι. τὰ. Num. 1, 6, 2, 12. 


*rik , Hips. ΤΊΣΙ to set on fire, to 


kindle, i. ᾳ. M"B, once Is. 27,4. See 


ne). 

MZ m. adj. (r. mM) 
white, bright, Cant. 5, 10. 

2. Spec. sunny, bright, clear ; Is. 18, 
4 τὰς ἘΠῚ clear heat. Jer. 4,11 πὶ ΠῚ" 
‘a serene wind, i, e. warm and dry. 

3. Trop. clear, plain, ef words Is. 32, 


1. dazzling 


+ on, te 
4, Arab. 4° to be clear, manifest. 


RMT and SIS (dry, thirsty, τ. mm) 
Ziha, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46. 
11, 21. 


᾿ mins obsol. root, i. ᾳ. MM¥, to be 
bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram. 
Mz to be thirsty—Hence mn, pr. ἢ. 
RY. 

MZ adj. (τ. MM, after the form dup) 
dry, from thirst, Is. 5, 13. 


ΤΣ 1. to be bright, to be of a 
dazzling white, Lam. 4, 7. 

2. to be sunny, i. e. exposed to the 
light and heat of the sun; whence Mx, 


5 
ΠΣ, png, minans. Arab. a2 
sunny plain, also the sun; Syr. s 


to shine, to be serene, ἕω, warm ; 
Chald. πΎ ΤΣ to make shine, to polish. 


890 


any 

—This idea of brightness and splendour 
belongs very extensively to roots from 
the biliteral stock ΤῊΣ, as also to those 
beginning with the softer letters My, 
mi, and with the sibilant dropped nu, 
MO; comp. ANY, Wit, OIL, M22; Any, 
amy, Wt, ONS; ANY, sh, hy; oe, 
“ΠΏ. 

Deriv. MY, minsmy, and the three 


| here following. 


TPZ m. adj. sunny, hence dry, parch- 
ed, Fiz. 24,7. 8. 26, 4.14. R. nny. 


MME ἢ a dry and parched land, Ps. 
68,7. R. nny. 


PIS id. plur. 2°*— Neh. 4, 7 Cheth. 


ΠΣ obsol. root, Syr. «οι to be 
filthy, foul; also to be impudent. 
Chald. jx id. The primary idea is _ 
that of stinking ; comp. M3} and ἅτ 
to stink.—Hence ik 


MINIT f. stench Joel 2, 20. 


minzny £ plur. droughts, Is. 58, 11. 
R. mz no. 2. 


ἜΡΩΣ fot. post to laugh; Arab. 
Iss, Syr. and Zab. ya. Chald. also 


7m id. All these are onomatopoetic, 
and correspond with Sanscr. kakh to 
laugh, Gr. καχάζω, καγχάζω, Lat. cachin- 
nor, Germ. gackern, kichern, Engl. to 
giggle. With the exception of Judg. 16, 
25, Ez. 23, 32, this verb is found only in 
the Pentateuch; while the later writers 
and the poets use instead of it the softer 
form pny. Comp. Pp3%.—Gen. 17, 17. 18, 
12, 13.15; ὁ. 5 at any one Gen. 21, 6. 

Pix to play, to sport, to jest,.pr. as 
iterat. ‘to laugh repeatedly ; Gen. 19,14. 
Spec. a) With singing, leaping, danc- 
ing, Ex. 32,6. Judg. 16,25. Gen. 21, 9; 
comp. Matt. 14, 6. Ὁ) With females, 
io toy, to caress, like παέζειν, Lat. ludere, 
Gen. 26, 8; c..3 Gen. 39, 14, 17. 

Deriv. pr. n. PMS", and 

po m. laughter, scorn; Gen. 21,6 
God hath prepared laughter for me, ive. 
against me. Ez. 23, 32. 


3 WS obsol. root, Arab. = Conj. 
XI, to be dazzling white Ν᾽ kindr. is 
“nz, see under Mm .—Hence the three 
following. 


“nd 


: "MZ m. whiteness of wool Ez. 27, 18. 


“MZ adj. white, 6. g. she-asses Judg. 
5, 10; prob. those of a light reddish 
colour, since asses entirely white are 
rarely if ever found, A light colour 
is highly prized by the Orientals in 
asses, camels, and ret angey Vulg. 

we 
nitens ; Syr. whitish. Arab. — pr. 

white, but also spoken of an ass of a 
light reddish shade, R. πε. 


WIZ (whiteness) Zohar, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6, 
15; called also may Num. 26, 18. b) 
Gen. 23, 8: 25,9. 6) 1 Chr. 4,7 Keri; 
in Cheth. "7x". 


I. "%, i. q. nx dryness, see in DY. 


ΠΣ m. (for "¥, τ. ΠῚ Σ) a ship, so 
called as being set up, built; comp. 
mypo. Is. 33,21. Plor, ov Num. 24, 
24, Ez. 30,9; also oY Dan. 11, 30.— 


9. -- 
Castell adduces Arab. %3{,.0 a small 
vessel; but this word is not found in 
Arabic lexicographers. 


RIF (for 3x) statue, r. 352) Ziba, 
pr. n. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sam. 9, 2. 
16, 1. 


"ΠΣ m. (τ. 8X) 1. hunting, the chase, 
Gen. 10, 9. 25, 27. 

2. game taken in hunting, venison, ete. 
Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 25. 38. Prov. 12, 27. 
Also prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39, 3 
[38, 41]. 

3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps. 
132, 15. Spec. provision for a journey 
Josh. 9,5.14. Comp. mx. 


‘2X m. (r. 3¥) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16. 


IPT or WIT Lf. (τ. TAX) i. gq. WE hg 


3, food ; spec. provision for a journey 
Gen. 42, 25. 45,21. Ex. 12, 39, Josh, 9, 
11. Judg. 7,8. 20, 10. 1 Sam. 22, 10. Ps, 


8 
78, 25.—Arab. Oly, Aram. ἈΠῸ, 1221, 
id. 

PVT and TTS Gen. 10, 15 (fish- 
ing, fishery, r. ἜΣ) Zidon, pr. ἢ. of a 
very ancient and opulent city of Pheni- 
cia, fully M29 ji" great Zidon, or 
Zidon the metropolis, Josh. 11, 8. 19, 28, 
The name is fem. where the city is 
spoken of, Josh. 11, 8. 19, 28; and mase. 


891 


where the people is meant, as Gen. 10, 
15. Often coupled with Tyre, Joel 4, 4. 
Jer. 25, 22, 27, 3, Zech. 9,2. al. Gen- 
tile ἢ. °25°% Zidonian, see in its order.— 
The name Zidon, Zidonians, is often 
applied to all the inhabitants of the 
northern. parts of Canaan, dwelling 
around the skirts of Mount Lebanon, 
and called by the Greeks Phenicians, 
comprehending also the Tyrians; so Is. 
23, 2. 4. 12. Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 32, 30. Josh. 
13, 6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5. 33, 2 K. 23, 13. 
Comp. 2Wormoe Hom. Il. 6. 290. ib. 23. 
743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name 
has the same extent. Hence it is appa- 
rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see 
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also 
called king of the Zidonians i. e. of 
Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31; and why on 
Tyrian coins (see “ix) we read "%> 
pox ox of Tyre the metropolis of the 
Zidonians. See more in Comment. 
on Is. 23,2. On the coins of Zidon itself 
the inscription is j7%>, 027¥>,i.e 72>, 
p21x>, of Zidon, of the Zidonians. At 
the present day a town of importance 
still occupies the same site, called fdwo 
Saida ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p- 
415-428. Reland Palest. p. 1010. 


ITS gentile n. a Zidonian, Judg. 3, 3. 
Ez. 32, 30, Plur. ΒΤ, ΘΝ 1 Chr. 
22, 4. Ezra 3. 7; p28 1 K. 11, 33 
Fem, plur. ΤΙΣῚΝ 1 K. 11,1; in other 
Mss. ΤΊΣ ΣΟΥ mints, 


ἐλ! obsol. root, i. q. πῖς q. v. to 
be sunny, dry.—Hence ne, ΠΣ, ΤῊΣ, 
pws. 

ΓΝ f dryness, drought, Job 24, 19; 
whence M*¥ YS a dry land, desert, Ps. 
63, 2. Is. 41, 18. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5. 
Joel 2, 20.al. So with 77s impl. id. Ps. 
78, 17. Is. 35,1. Jer. 50,12. Zeph. 2, 13. 
Plor. "x Ps, 105, 41. R. myx. 


THX m. dryness, concr. a dry place, 
desert, Is. 25, 5. 32,2. R. mee. 


ΤῊΣ (sunny place, sunny mount, r. 


‘Msx) Zion, pr. n. f. the southwestern- 


most and highest of the hills on which 
Jerusalem was built; Sept. Σιών, It in- 
cluded especially the most ancient part 
of the city, with the citadel and temple, 
(mount Moriah on which the temple 
was built being reckoned to Zion,) and 


ed 


was also called the City of David, 2 
Chr. 5, 2. By the poets and prophets it 
is very often put for Jerusalem itself, Is. 
8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in- 
habitants, fem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 2. 
_Ps. 97,8. Zeph. 3,16. The inhabitants 
‘are also poetically called 7i*3 ἘΦ Is. 30, 
19, PE "2a Ps. 49, 2, ἸΣ Ma the daugh- 
der of Zion 15. 52, 2. 62,11. Ps. 9, 15. al. 
and jit maui Is. 12, 6. So ΡΝ m2 is 
also put for the inhabitants even in exile 
‘Zech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 9; once 
for the city itself Is. 1, 8; see ti m2 no. 
5. But jie ΤῊΣ the daughters of Zion 
are the females of Jerusalem, Is. 3, 16. 
17. 4,3. Once ec. genit. Is. 60, 14 ji 
ΡΝ wip Zion of the Holy One of 
Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to- 
pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 


.388 sq. comp. p. 413.—Arab. ur: 
Syr. oa, as if from ΠΣ. 


ΤΟΣ τὰ. (τ. ΠΣ) a pillar, cippus, a 
‘short column, as being set up ; either 
-sepulchral 2 Κα. 23,17. Ez. 39, 15; or as 
a way-mark, guide, Plur. 5°2°¥ Jer. 31, 


ρρ 5 
21.—Chald. id. Syr. [42,, Arab. 840, 
id. 
NIMS, see in SNE. 


DX τὴ. plur. (from a form ἊΣ i. 4. 
% dryness, with the ending "-) inha- 
.bitants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. 6. 
nomades, Ps. 72, 9; and so according to 
‘some Is, 23, 13. b) Animals, i. e. jack- 
cals, ostriches, wild beasts, Is. 13, 21. 23, 
13. 34, 14. Jer. 50, 39. Ps. 74, 14. 


ΤῊ see jz. 


pPx m. (r. p2t) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and 
‘Vulg. a prison ; better stocks, as confin- 
iing the hands and feet ; so Symm. and 


‘the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. BB 
ifetter. 


ΦῸΣ (smallness, τ᾿ FY) Zior, pr. ἢ. 
‘of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 54. 


52 see in art. H9X no. 2. 


7°= m. (τ. y28) 1, @ brightness, i. 6. 
a burnished plate of gold on the fore- 
head of the high priest, Ex. 28, 36-38. 
39, 30. Lev. 8,9. Comp. Ps, 132, 18. 

2. a flower, Job 14, 2. Ps. 108, 15. Is. 


892 


a" 


28, 1. 40, 6-S. Plur. D°8% for oO Es 
1 K. 6, 18. 29. 32; see Lehrg. ὁ 37. ἢ; 1. 
3. a wing ; seein ΥῈΣ no. 2, 3. Jer. 48, 
9.—Chald. 7"* wing, also a fin. 
4. Ziz, pr. u. of a place or pass, once 
2 Chr. 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 215. 


mes f(r. pas) a flower ; Is. 28, 4 
bab nym a flower of fading, i. 6. a fading 
flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it should 
read 235] y"t with the same sense. 


MI f. (for ms") pr. flower-like, or 
wing-like, from ΚΣ with the adj. fem. 
ending m"-=. Hence 

1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3. 
Comp. under M3} no. 1. 

2. fringe, tassel, worn by the Israelites 
on the corners of their garments Num. 
15, 38. 39. Comp. Matt. 23, 5. 


ΔΩΡῚΣ 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere 
ΞΡ, in pause δος, Ziklag, pr. n. of a 
city of Simeon, at times subject to the 
Philistines, Josh. 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam. 
27, 6. 30, 1. 14.26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
4, 30; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo- 
logy is obscure. Simonis derives it 
from >3 pS? outpouring of a fountain ; 
but this has little probability. 


ω me a root doubtful m the verb it- 
self, signifying according to the deriva- 
tives: 

1. to goin a eircle, to revolve, kindr. 
with "32, 71H, 95. Henee ΠΣ hinge, 
writhing. 

2. to go, Arab. οἴω mid. Ye, to go, 
to arrive; comp. "©. Hence "¥ a 
messenger.—Hence also 

Hirapa. fut. 22¥"1 225% Josh. 9,4 
could be: they went and belook themselves 
io the way, they set off. But since no 
other trace of this farm or signification 
exists in Hebrew or in Aramean, it is 
better to read with six Mss. TDS they 
provided themselves with food for the 
journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex- 
pressed by the ancient versions. 

I. 3 m. (τ. 47%) plur. O°" , constr. 
"7S. 

1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald. 
Syr. Arab. wo id. 

2. Plur. ΘΟ; i. gq. B">3N writhings, 
throes, pains, of a woman in travail, Is. 


ἊΣ 


13, 8. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 4, 19. Metaph. of 
terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com- 
pared with the pains and trembling of 
childbirth. Comp. Arab. ys V, to 
writhe with pain. 

3. a messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13. 
Jer. 49, 14, Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57, 
9. Seer. ¥ no. 2. 


IT. VS m. (re 1. 3) 1. form, 
shape, i. e. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth, 
2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16. 


SE τὰ. (r. dd¥ IT) c. suff. "Ἐς ; once 
fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is. 38, 8, where mI 
can only refer to be , comp. ΠΕΣ ; shade, 


shadow ; Arab. de, Syr. WS3 id. So 


Judg. 9, 36. Ps. 80, 11. Cant. 2. 31. Ez. 
17,.23. 31, 6. Hos. 14,8. al. 902 ὃΣ ἃ 
lengthened shadow, i. e. lengthening 
with the declining day, Ps. 102, 12, 
comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6, 4. Job 17,7 all my 
members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted, 
thin, so that only a shadow of me re- 
mains.—Metaph. a) Put for any thing 
fleeting and transient, Job 8, 9. Ps. 102, 
12. Ece, 6, 12. 8, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15.. So 
“ais ἘΣ a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4. 
b) Coner. a shade, i. 6. as affording shel- 
ter, protection, the figure being preserv- 
ed, as Gen. 19,8 "ΠΡ 582 under the 
shadow of my roof, the protection of my 
house. So in or under the shadow of thy 
wings Ps. 17,8. 36,8. 57,2. Is. 25,4 
thou, Jehovah, art a@ shadow (shelter) 
from the heat. 16,13. Also the figure 
being neglected, e. g. in the shadow of 
his hand, i. e. under his protection, Is. 
49, 2. 51, 16; in the shadow of God, Ps. 
91, 1. Lam. 4, 20; of Egypt Is. 30, 2; 

of, Heshbon Jer. 43, 45. Ece. 7, 12 tea 


HOI bea MV2NHM in the shadow of wis- 


dom we are in the shadow of wealth, i.e. 
wisdom protects men not less than 
wealth. So Ps. 121, 5. Num. 14, 9.— 
Once ἘΣ may be referred to the ap- 
proach of evening, as in Engl. the shades 
of evening, the end of the day’s labours, 
Job 7, 2. 


* NOX Chald. to incline, to decline, 
often in Targg. for Heb. M22. Spee. to 
incline the ear, to listen, Targg. Ps. 40, 
2. Prov. 5,13. Syr. Ἢ id—Hence in 


Oy T 
75* 


893 


nbz 


Pa. to pray, to implore, pr. ‘to cause 
to listen ;’ Dan. 6, 11], Ezra 6, 10.—Often 


τς Arab. Sle, Eth. 


in Targg. Syr. GS 
BAP. id. 


ΓΝ 10 roast, 1 Sam. 2, 15. Is. 44, 


16.19. Arab. SLs and Ao id.— Hence 
"Ἐς ᾿ 

ΤΣ (shade) Zillah, pr. n. of a wife 
of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23. 


Dk, in Keri ὍΣ, pr. κολλύρα, a 
round cake ; so called from rolling, from 
τ. >> III. Comp. 122. Once Judg: 7, 
13 BraSiy od (5555) baby, where Sept. 
and Chald. well, a cake of barley-bread. 


ΡΟΣ and ΤΙΝ Jer. 12, 1, fat 
mbx7, pr. to cleave, to cut, to break 
through. Chald. to cleave wood; Syr. 
id. Aph. to break through, whence 
beds, rupture, hernia. Kindr. is n>n. 
—Hence spec. » 

1. to go over or through, to pass over 
a river, to ford, c. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 18. 

2. to come upon. to fall suddenly upon ; 
mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon 
men, c. 59 Judg. 14, 19. 15, 14. 1 Sam. 
10, 6. 11, δ; c. d¥ 16,13. 18,10. OF 
fire and of God himself breaking forth 
upon men. poet. 6. acc. Am. 5,6. Comp. 
853 no. 2. d. 

3. to go on well, to prosper, to succeed, 
comp. "3x, WD; e. g. of a business Is, 
53, 10. 54,17. Jer. 12, 1. ΕΖ. 17, 15; of 
a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17, 9. 
10; of a person in any matter, business, 
ete. Ps. 45, 5. Jer. 22, 30. With >, pr. 
to prosper for any thing, i. e. to be good 
or fit for any thing, Jer. 13,7. 10. Ez. 


δ᾽ 
15, 4. 16,13. Arab. 


Hiew. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 3. 8) 
to give success, to prosper, spoken of God 
as prospering e. g. the business of any 
one Gen. 24, 21. 56. 39, 3.23; alsoa 
person, with ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 26,5; 5 
Neh. 1, 11. 2.20; absol. Ps. 118,25. 8) 
to accomplish prosperously, to finish hap- 
pily, 2 Chr. 7,11. Ps. 1, 3. Dan. 8, 25. 
Is. 55,11. Spec. with the nouns 5393, 
"277, pr. to make one’s way or counsel 
prosper, i. 6. to prosper in one’s ways, to 
be successful, Deut. 28, 29. Ps.37,7 1722 


2 aptus fuit. 


ny 


i273 who prospereth in his way, who is 
successful in all things. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 
48, 15. 

2. Intrans. to have success, to be suc- 
cessful, e. g. an undertaking Judg. 18, 5; 
a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22, 12. 
15. 1 Chr. 22, 18. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14. 
Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. > of thing. 


μὴ ἢ ΤΟΝ j i. ᾳ. Chald. m>1, to flow, 
to be poured out. Syr. wna] to pour out 


into any thing, to sprinkle —Hence ΠΕΣ, 
menbs , rnbx, dish. 


ΤΩΣ Chald. i. q. Heb. md¥ I, Aru. 
ΤΕ after the Heb. form. 

1. Trans. to cause one to go on well, to 
promote rapidly sc. to public offices and 
honours, Dan. 3, 30; to accomplish any 
thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14. 

2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be 
promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29; 
of a thing, fo be prosperously accom- 
plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8. 


ΤΟΣ Γ (τ. πὸς IL) only plur. mindy 
2 Chr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which 
ac are poured. Chald. xpomby, 


yr. ἔμᾶξο, id. Arab. 23 large plat- 
es, 
MT>z ἢ a dish. 2 K. 2,20. Β.. πὸς 
HII. 


mindz £ a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19, 


24.°26,15. R. nbs Il. 


ἊΣ m. constr. "> ἘΣ, roast, roasted, Is, 
Ad, 16. tym dy Ex. ‘12, 8.9. R. nbs, 


‘Sy, see δῆδιε, 


: 'ς ; ‘ 

8B ΣΌΣ to tinkle, onomatopoetic ; as 
‘metal, comp. deby no. 1; also of the 
tinkling stridulous sound of insects, see 


ΣΝ no. 2. Arab. aoe, Syr. Si, id. 
‘Comp. Germ. schallen, Schelle, and with- 
‘out the sibilant, gellen, hallen, comp. 


‘bbm. Also l being changed to π, » 
i. q. Lat. tinnire—Trop. a) Of the 
ears, fo tingle with astonishment, terror, 
fut. 3 pers, whe Ae ΤΌΝ, 2K. 21, 12. 


Jer. 19, 3, Arab. © plo id. b) Of the 
lips (and teeth) as rapidly striking each 


other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16. 


΄- 


894 


pbx 


Hien. i. q. Kal lett. a, fut, ny"b37y 1 
Sam. 8,11. 
Deriv. ¥>¥, ΓΙΡΣῸ, ΤΟΣ. 


“iT; τς to be shaded, darkened, e. g. 
by shadows, or twilight; see Hiph. In 
the kindred dialects also the signif. both 
of shade and of darkness is prevalent } 


Arab. «Ὁ Π to shade, IV to be shaded, 
g 
dark, e.g. the day; (ΜΡ shade, also 


morning twilight. Eth. AAA to shade, 
IV to seek the shade; but AAA, dark- 
ness, Aram. >>¥ id. Kindr. is D>t.— 
Once Neh. 13,19 and it came to pass 
when the gates ‘of Jerusalem began to be 
dark (bbz) before the sabbath, i. e. on 
the eve before the sabbath, when the 
holy time began ; comp. Lev. 23, 32. 

Hien. part. ἘΣ Ὁ shading, giving shade, 
Ez. 31, 3. 

Deriy. ba, ῬῸΣ, Mbsg, miadz, and 
pr.n. mdz, "nex, ΣΌΣ, πεῖς, “apiabbs, 
ἘΝΌΝΞ. 


ἘΠῚ. bees to roll or tumble down of 
oneself, to be rolled down ; kindr. with 
dba, the letters 3 and ¥ being inter- 
changed. Once, of the Egyptians in 
the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 myp>> xb 
BIN ODD they rolled down like lead 
in the mighty waters, i. 6. tumbled to the 
bottom, sank; Sept. ἔδυσαν, Vulg. sub- 
mersi sunt. 

Deriv. Da>¥, πον, 

DEX m. (Ὁ. ἘΣ I) c. suff. bbz; plur. 
prbby, constr. Sbbe ; ; shade, πλάναι, 
Cant. 2, 17. 4,6. Job 40, 22; 333 "δὸς 
the shadee of evening Jer. 6, 4; comp. 
Ps. 102, 12. 109, 23. 

ἜΣ ἼΒΘΟΣ (shade looking upon me) 
Zelelponi, pr. n. m. with the art. Haze- 
lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


* DDE obsol. root, kindr. with >b¢ IT; 
Arab. ΚΑΙ 1, 1V, to be shady, dark, . g. 


os 
the night ; : , darkness, Eth. 
BAG to be obscure, dark. 
Deriv. the four following. 
Dt m. c. suff. inde; plur. δ. suff. 


made | constr. "2>%. 
1. shade, shadow ; 3; metaph. of any 


nbz 


thing empty and vain, Ps. 39, 7; an 
illusion, Ps. 73, 20.—Hence 

2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth 
any thing, comp. Gr, σκέα, σκέασμα, σκια- 
γραφέω. Gen. 1, 26. 37. 5,3. 9,6. Plur. 
images of thisge 1 Sam. 6, 5.11; of men 
Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14; spec. idols Num. 33, 
52. 2 K. 11, 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26,— 
. Syr. and Chald. Bod. aby, id. Arab. 
aka image, the letters 2 and > being 


interchanged. 


pbY and 02% Chald. m. emphat. 
nab, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3, 
1. 2. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al. 


Pi>¥ (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr.n. 
a) A mountain in Samaria near She- 
chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this 
to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps. 68, 
15: when the Almighty scattered kings 
in it (the land), there was snow (impers.) 
on Zalmon, i.e. the fields were whit- 
ened with the bones of the slain. [But 
the only high mountains around She- 
chem are Gerizim and Ebal, and these 
would be first covered with snow.—R. } 
Others here take yore as an appella- 
tive, shade, darkness, i. e. 02%, and ren- 
der: there was snow in the darkitess, 
i.e. light arose in the darkness, cala- 
mity; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi. Ὁ) 
One of David’s military chiefs 2 Sam. 
23, 28; called in 1 Chr. 11, 29 "5°. 


M232 (shady) Zalmonah, pr. n. of 
a station of the Israelites in the desert 
Num. 33, 41. 


ΤΌΣ Γ᾽ only poet. death-shade, sha- 
dow or darkness of death, i. e. such as is 
in the place of the dead or Sheol; com- 
pounded of 5¥ shadow, darkness, and my2 
q.v.no.2. Hence thickest darkness. pr. 
that of Sheol Job 10, 21.22. 12,22. 28, 3. 
38,17; and then genr.i.q. τι butstrong- 
er,Job 3,5. 24,17. 34,22. Ps. 23,4. Am. 
5, 8. Jer. 13, 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10. 
14.—Metaph. of great evil and calamity 
Ps. 44, 20. Is. 9,1; of great distress Job 
16, 16. The desert, as being pathless, 
is also called “s 78 Jer. 2, 6. 


9222E (perh. for 3329 ἘΣ shelter is 
denied him) Zalmunna, pr. n. of a prince 
of the Midianites, Judg. 8,5. Ps. 83, 12. 


895 


> 


3 bp 1. pr. prob. to be prominent ; 
Arab. id. of a tooth. Henee >> 


9 
rib, Arab. cle rib, also a large tooth. 


2. Denom. from >> no. 2, pr. ‘ to lean 
on one side ;’ hence to halt, to limp, Gen. 
32, 32. Part. fem. ΓΙ ΕΓ collect. the halt, 
the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat 
and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4, 


6.7. Zeph. 3, 19.—Arab. atl and aL2 
igen εν πεῖς, 


| Deriv. >>, >>%. 


ΣῸΣ m. constr. 2>x Ex. 26, 26 sq. once 
sb. 2 Sam. 16, 13; ὁ, suff. "zt Jer. 20, 
10; plur. pasby m. 1 K. 6, 34 in signif. 
no. 2; elsewhere nisdy fem. Ex. 25, 
12. al. 


1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. 


Chald. s52, Syr. Sf, id-—Plur. ribs, 
i.e. beams, joists of a building, 1 K. 6, 
15. 16. 7,3. Comp. in Engl. ribs of a 
ship. 

2. the side,e.g. a) Of a man Job 18, 
12. Jer. 20, 10 "25% "79 the keepers of 
my side, who do not leave my side, my 
fniliar companions. Comp. Arab. 

{ protector of the side ; Lat: ‘te- 
gere latus, Hor. b) Of siete as of a 
mountain 2 Sam. 16,13; of the taberna- 
cle Ex. 26, 26. 27; of an altar 27, 7. 38, 
7; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37,3. So of 
a side or quarter of the heavens Ex. 
26, 35. Plur. 035% m. sides or leaves 
of a double door 1 K, 6, 34. 

3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K. 
6, 5. Ez. 41,6. Of these there were 
thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2), or thirty-three 
according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the 
temple on three sides, and divided into 
three stories; see 35X71 no. 2. Collect. 
a@ side-story or range of these chambers 
1 K. 6, 8; and put also, like 25°, for this 
whole part of the edifice, Ez. 41, 5.9.11. 
Also miz>¢ ΓΔ Ez. 41, 9, i.e. the space 
between the wall of the γαός and the 
external wall, in which these chambers 
were erected. See espec. Josephus l. c. 

4. Zelah, pr. τι. of a city in Benjamin 
where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28. 


2 Sam. 21, 14. 


bP m. ὦ halting, and hence a fan 
Ps. 35, 15. 38,18. R. τὸς. 


px 


* 55% obsol. root, Syr. to break, to 
wound.—Hence the two following. 


2% (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 3, 30. 


“IM>¥ (first fracture, perh. first-born, 
comp. ΕΝ Zelophehad, pr. n. m. Num. 
. 26, 33. 27, 1. 36,2. Josh. 17,3. R. Ὥς. 


“MET (shade from the sun, from ἘΣ 


ὃ 
shade and M¥ i. ᾳ. “- ὁ sun) Zelzah, 


pr. n. of'a place on the border of Benja- 
min, 1 Sam. 10, 2. 


oxox m. (τ. >d% I) in pause bubs 
Deut. 28, 42, constr. bx>x Job 40, "31. 
Is. 18,1; plur. B7>3>%, constr. sbuby, 
see in no. 1. b. 

1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang- 
ing instrument, e.g. a) a fish-spear, 
harpoon, Job 40, 31 [41,7]; used by the 
ancient Egyptians for hunting the hippo- 
potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson’s 
Mann. and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians 
Ill. p. 72,73. Ὁ) Plur. ox>z>x 2 Sam. 
6, 5, constr. "b¥5% Ps. 150, 5, cymbals, 
which are struck together and produce 
a loud clanging sound ; comp. Joseph. 
Ant. 7. 12. 3. 

2. Put for a stridulous insect, which 
gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound; 
8. g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42. 
—Sept. and Valg. not well, rubigo. 

3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of 
wings; Is. 18,1 012 >¥>¥ ον, lit. the 
land of the whirring of wings, i. e. ‘land 
of the clangour of armies,’ full of armies 
(wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio- 
pia. Wings are here put for armies, see 
522 no. 1; and this double meaning of 
p22 and bubs gives room for an inge- 
nious play of words.—For a review of 
other interpretations, see Comm. on Is. 
l.c. Thesaur. p. 1167. 


᾿ pos obsol. root, Chald. to cleave, to 
split, i. q. 2% 1—Hence 


ῬῸΣ (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of 
David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37. 
1 Chr. 11, 39. 


ἼΣΣ (contr. for A Mb¥ shadow i. 6. 
protection of Jehovah) Zillethai, pr.n.m. 
a) 1 Chr, 8,20. b) 12, 20. 


896 


Tas 


* NDS pret. (without) 1 pers. "M28 
Judg. 4, 19, 2 pers. f. Mox% Ruth 2, 9; fut. 
ROE; to thirst, Ex. 17, 3. Judg. 15, 18. Is. 
48, 21. 49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. ΡΣ 
mvtbxd to thirst after God, to long for 
his worship, Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2. Comp. 


διψάω Matt, 5,6. Arab. eb, iste 
BPA, id. 

Deriv. the four following. 

NOE m. thirst, Neh. 9,15. 20. Ps. 69, 22. 
104,11. al. c. > Am. 8,11. With prep. 
2 it usually takes the art. as Naza ΤῊ 
Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50,2; oxa mv Ex. 
17, 3. Hos. 2,5. al. but without art. 
Deut. 28, 48, 2 Chr. 32, 11.—Once ΠῺΣ 
Is. 5, 13 in some editions. 

NOY τὴ, adj. (τ. 82S) fem. Noe, 
thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is. 21, 14. 55, 1. al. 
Spec. a thirsty land i. e. dry, desert, Is. 
44, 3.—Fem. Deut. 29, 18 to take away 
ΠΝΏΝΠΙΤΟΝ HIN the full with the thirsty, 
i. e. one and all. Comp. in r. 319 no. 1.8. 

ΓΙ ΩΣ f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire 
Jer. 2,25. R. ox. 


PINAL m. (Ὁ. NV) a thirsty land, i.e. 


dry, parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 35,7. Ps. 


107, 33. 


ἘΠΙῺΝ in Kal not used. 1. to bind, 
to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with 
D2; comp. Soy and 42>. Arab. dee 
to bind up, 6. g. a wound. Syr. rigs 
Chald. “2%, id.—Spec. ‘ to bind to the 
yoke ;? hence 

2. to subject to the yoke, i. e. to rule and 
discipline, to subdue ; and in the pass. 
conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So 
Ethiop. ΘΟΕ to subdue to the yoke; 
TUPE to serve, spec. of divine wor- 
ship; BPR and VAR a servant, 
spec. of God.—Hence 

ΝΊΡΗ. >32> “19%? 10 serve Baal, to wor- 
ship Baal, Num. 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28. 

Puat to be bound, fastened, 6. g. ἃ 
sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8. 

Hien. with 727, trop. nectere dolos, 
i. 6. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19. 

Deriv. "2%, and 

"ΤΣ m. c. suff. "72%, plur. OY, 
constr. "72%. 

l. a pair, yoke, 6. g. of oxen 1 Sam. 
11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19.21; of asses Judg, 19 


Moy 


10. 2K. 9, 25 ogee ὈΛΞΞῚ riding in 
pairs, pair-wise, two and two. Collect. 
Is.21,7 5°98 ὙΌΣ pairs of horsemen. v.9. 

2. yoke, as a measure of land, i. e. as 
much as a yoke of oxen can plough in a 
day, comp. Lat. jugerum; 1 Sam. 14, 14. 
Is. 5,10. So Arab. lds feddan. 


TVOE Is. 5, 18.866 in ΝῸΣ fin. 


TOL f. a veil, Cant. 4, 1.3. 6, 7. Is. 
47,2. R, 09% no. 2. 


ῬΎΩΣ τὰ. (τ. Pox) only plur. o*pray 
or ΘΝ, dried grapes, raisins, bunches 
of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25, 
18. 30, 12, 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40. 
Diff. from MBSE q. v. 


" mas fut. M2", to sprout, to spring 
up, as plants Gen. 2,5. 41, 6. Ex. 10,5; 
hair Lev. 13, 37. Trans. once Ece. 2, 
6 OSD ΠΣ WD the grove shooting forth 
trees, i. 6. producing trees. Metaph. 
a) Of men as likened to plants, Job 8, 
19. Is. 44, 4. Zech. 6, 12. Ὁ) Of cala- 
mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps. 85, 12; new 
events Is. 42, 9. 43, 19. 58, 8.—The pri- 
mary root MX see in MMs. Syr. υἷος, 
to be bright. 

Piet i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16,7. 
Judg. 16, 22; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5. 
1 Chr. 19, 5. 

Hien. to cause to sprout or spring up, 
to make grow, e. g. God the plants Gen. 
2, 9. Ps. 104, 14. Job 38, 27; the earth 
plants, fo bring forth, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 61, 
11, and so with ace. impl. Deut. 29, 22. 
With two acc. Ps. 147, 8 BD" Nox 
“"2m who maketh the mountains to bring 
forth grass ; impl. Is. 55,10. Metaph. 
God is said: 3 12 23M fo cause the 
horn of any one to put forth, i. e. to en- 
large his power and authority, Ez. 29, 21. 
Ps. 132,17. Also ΠΡῸΣ M237 fo cause 
deliverance to spring up, i. 6. ‘to appear, 
Is, 45, 8. 61, 11.—Hence 


ΤΩΣ m. in pause ΠῺΣ Zech. 3, 8, 6; 
suff. "M2. 

1. a sprouting, springing up; Ez. 17, 
9 ππος WDD. v. 10. 

2. “a sprout, shoot, only collect. growth, 
increase, i. e. ‘what springs from the 
earth, its fruits, productions, Gen. 19, 
25. Hos. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 7. Ps. 65, 11. 
Hence nim mex Is. 4, 2, the increase of 


897 


Dos 


Jehovah, i.e. the produce of the Holy 
Land us consecrated to God, i. q. "8 
Y 287 in the other hemistich; comp. 
Gen. 4, 3, 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26, 2. 10. 
28, 30. etc. The whole passage I inter- 
pret thus: T'he increase of Jehovah shall 
be splendid and glorious, and the fruit of 
the earth excellent and beautiful, for 
those escuped of Israel, i. e. the land 
shall flourish in beauty and with abun- 
dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of 
those who shall escape the slaughter. 
All other interpretations of this passage 
fail to accord with the context and with 
the parallelism of the words ; and among 
them, that which regards "3 M2¥ as the 
sprout, i. e. offspring of God, viz. the 
Messiah, which the expression 72877 "73 
in the other hemistich forbids.—But the 
Messiah is undoubtedly to be understood 
in Jer. 23, 5. 33, 15, where there is 
promised to David ΤῚΣ ΠΣ, ΠΡῚΣ Mey, 
a sprout or branch of righteousness, a 
righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8. 
6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically 
called ΠῺΣ the Branch, offspring, se. of 
David. 

‘TE τῇ. (τ. 12k) 1. abracelet, Num. 
31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30.47. Ez. 
16, 11. 23, 42. 

2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ‘made 
fast’ upon it, Num. 19, 15. 

D GZ m. sing. (τ. De¥ , after the form 
p'3x) a snare, noose, Job 18, 9; comp. 
vv. 8.10. Metaph. destruction, Job 5, 5 
od" ow ΝΘ. and destruction panteth 
after their substance ; where destruction 
is aptly represented by a snare which 
lies in wait gaping for its prey. The 
ancient versions here render 0°2% the 
thirsty, as if i. gq. O°N2E; but against 
the laws of the language. 

ΓΟΛΩΣ Εἰ (τ mek) pr. destruction, 
extinction ; ; hence nnvoy}, mn2zd, 
until extinction, i. 6. so iba asa thingy 
endures, i. q. DDis>, for ever, in perpe- 


tuity, Lev. 25, 23. 30. 


ΩΣ obsol. root. 1. to braid, to 
bind ; kindr. with £2}. Arab, ἐμῷ to 


join two things, to conjoin.—Hence 
ὉΠ ἘΣ snare. 

2. i. q. Chald. Dx, ὉΣῸΝΣ, to cover, to 
veil, Targ. Gen. 24, 65.—Hence mk. 


pay 
ΡΩΝ to dry up, to be dry, of the 


9 - 
breasts, Hos. 9,14. Arab. gale dry, 
- thirsty—Hence p12. 


ΠΩΣ obsol. root, perh. i. q. "23 and 
Arab. transp. ° >, to cut off—Hence 


“OZ m. in pause "ὩΣ, c. suff. “To¥ 
Hos. 2, 7. 11, wool, perh. so called as 
being shorn; comp. 14 fleece, from 113. 
Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4. 
Prov. 31,13. Is. 1,18. 51,8. 8]. "ὮΣ ΓΙᾺ 
a fleece of wool Judg. 6,37. Of woollen 
garments Ez. 34, 3. 44, 17—Eth. d@C 
wool, a fleece ; Chald. 81=9 , Syr. Fpsed 
id. 

"VO Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarite, pr. 
n, of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the 
inhabitants of Simyra, a Phenician city 
near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI. 
p. 753 Causab. ([Cellarii Not. Orbis 
ant. If. 445. Ruins are mentioned here 
by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p. 
269, 270); the latter says they are five 
miles west of Arca, and bear the name 
of Sumra, prob. Lw Semar. But 
neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt 


has this name.—Another (usm jew 
Semér Jebeil lies near the coast north 
of Jebeil; and a site of ruins called 
Zemrah. exists north of Tortosa the 
ancient Antaradus.—R. 


BSL Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city 
in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22. 
Hence would seem to be derived the 
name ὩΣ “11 Mount Zemaraim, in 
the mountains of Ephraim, which ex- 
tended to or into the territory of Benja- 
man, 2 Chr, 13, 4. 


met f. (r. 92%) c. suff. immey, 
foliage, q. ἃ. fleece or locks of the trees, 
Gr. λάχνη, Lat. ‘coma arborum,’ as trans- 
ferred from animals to plants ; comp. 
bon note, MIB, PAI, Gr. οἰὸς ἄωτον 
Hom. Od. 1, 443,.—Ez. 17, 3. 22. 31, 3. 
10. 14. Others, topmost bough ; comp. 
ΣΊΤΟΥ. 

"ΩΝ pr. to be silent, like Arab. 
wrwo; of the same family with tz, 
pas, to, and many others ending in®, 
see in 51 note.—Trans. pr. to make 
silent, and hence to cut off, to destroy, 


898 


mx 


Lam. 3, 53. So Eth. AXOT to ex- 
tirpate. 

Nipu. to be cul off, to become extinct, 
as torrents Job 6, 17; a person Job 23, 17. 

Piet i. q. Kal, Ps. 119, 139. 

Hiren. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69,5. 
83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5. 8. 143, 12. 

Pix. Hee id. Ps. 88, 17, uiiire ἜΡΟΝ 
is read for “ΡΩΝ whieh no one seems 
to have explained. "Prob. Kibbuts is put 
for the movable Sheva because of the 
following 5; see Lehrg. p. 68,69. Monum. 
Phen. p. 436. ‘ 

Deriv. ὉΔΌΣ. 


ἼΣ, see Dry. 


ἼΣ Zin (also PX in some Mss.) pr. ἢ. 
of a desert on the south of Palestine and 
westward from Idumea, in which was 
situated the city 2292 SIP Kadesh-Bar- 
nea, Num. 13, 21. 20, 1. 27,14. With 
He parag. 72% Num, 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3. 
It was therefore in the western part of 
the ’Arabah, south of the Dead Sea; 
see in 8IP.—Talm. js a low palm- 
tree. 


"ROS and ΓΝ obsol. root, i. 4 


imx, Arab. (us IV, to have large flocks. 
—Hence 


N2E comm. gend. c. suff. ἘΞ Num. 
32, 24, also ΤΊΣΙΣ Ps. 8, 8, i. q. NY, flocks, 
small cattle, espec. sheep. 


mt ΓΙ. Pr. @ thorn, from r. px 1; 
plur. miss trop. hooks, for fishing Am. 4, 
2. Comp. in mim. 

Il. a shield, buckler, from 42% I, i. 6. 
of the ΡΟΝ size covering the whole 
body, ϑυρεός, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17.—Ps. 
35, 2. Ez. 23, 24. 38,4. 1 Sam. 17, 7. 41. 
al. Metaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4. 

III. cold, Prov. 25,13. R. 42% TIL. 


ΤΡΣ, see NIE. 
FAL i, q. ΝΣ, Is. 62, 3 Cheth. R. 


J 
ius 
i 


“sm. (τ. 928) @ cataract, water- 
fall, so called from its rushing sound, 
Ps. 42.8; a water-course 2 Sam. 5, 8.— 
Chald. id, 


*m2= fut. msm to let oneself down, 
to descend, e. g. from an ass, to alight, 
Judg. 1, 14. Josh. 15, 18. Once of things, 


ἊΝ 


Judg. 4, 21 she smote the tent-pin through 
his temples, YI82 23M) and it went 
down (penetrated) into the ground.— 
Kindred is 3% q. v. also so to incline 


oneself, see in & lett. e. p. 878. 


ΣΝ m. plur. thorns, prickles, Prov. 
22,5; so of a thorn-hedge Job 5,5. R. 
ἜΣ. 


D"22E m. plur. thorns, prickles, Num, 
33, 55, Josh. 33,13, ΒΕ. 32 I. 


ΠΣ m. (τ. 92%) ἃ tiara, turban, as 
‘wound around’ the head, e. g. of men 
Job 29, 14; of women Is. 3, 23; of the 
high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62,3 
Keri. 


᾿ DS pr. to be hard, as in Samari- 
tan ; comp. Syr. Freic,, Chald. 822°, 


a stone.—Part. pass, 033% dry, barren, of 
ears of grain Gen. 41, 23. Comp. ΡῈ 


> ree I. 1. ᾳ. 1:9, tosharpen; Pass. 


to be sharp, to be pointed, to prick. 
Hence 3%, 0°F¥, 5°3"2%, thorn, thorns. 

IL. i: q. 328, to cover, to protect ; for 
the affinity of the letters 4 and ¥ see 
under ¥ lett. e. Arab. .,JLo mid. Waw, 
to keep, to preserve.—Hence Mix Il, a 
shield, also 242%. 

Ill. to be cold, whence 73% III. So 
Talm. j328 to cool, to become cold. 
Chald. δοῦν cold. 


ὭΣ, see PRs. 


*325 to depress ; Part. pass. 352% 
‘depressed,’ then submissive, humble, 
modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. 372% id. 
Kindr. are 523, τὸς, 


Hiren. c. 92>, to act or live humbly, 
modestly, Mic. 6, 8. 


* 2S fut. mx, to roll or wind 
around, to wrap around, 6. g. the tiara 
or turban, Lev. 16, 4.—Is. 22, 18 Diz 
ME FHS? lit. rolling he will roll thee 
together as a roll, or with a rolling. 

Deriv. 572%, ὭΣ, ΓΒ, and 


Mz f. a roll, ball, 15. 22, 18; others, 
a rolling. 


HITT f(r. x 11) α vase, vessel, for 
keeping, preserving; spoken of the ves- 


899 


13% 


sel in which manna was laid up, Ex. 
16, 33. 


*P2% obsol. root, kindr. with px I, 
to be narrow, straitened ; comp. P24.— 
Samar. to shut up, Arab. Gis to be 
narrow. Hence ps. 


ω "3 obsol. root, prob. onomatopoe- 
tic and kindr. with the verb "22, (for 
the affinity of & with the palatals, see 
lett. ¥ ult.) pr. to screak, Germ. schnar- 
ren, (as "32 to creak, Germ. knarren.) 
or rather to whirr, to whizz, especially 
of the rushing sound of falling water, as 
in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence “it¥. 


“ERE Γ plur. nism: , canthari, canals, 
tubes, through which the oil passes from 
the olive-branches into the reservoir 
(45s) of the candelabra in Zechariah’s 
vision, Zech. 4, 12; comp. v. 2.—Chald. 
yn id. The same word is χάνϑαρος, 
cantharus, £ and 3 being interchanged. 
This quadriliteral seems to come from 
“2% and to have nearly the same power. 


ἘῊῚΣΧ fat. 323°, inf. c. suff. ἩΊΖΕΞ, 
to step, to go by stepe, spoken both of as- 
cending, as in no. 1, and of descending, 


as in Hiph.—Arab. (kao to ascend by 
steps; II, IV, toascend a mountain, also 
to descend into a valley. Correspond- 
ing is Lat. seando with n inserted ; perh. 
Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and 
down.—Hence 

1. to go up, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree 
or vine, Gen. 49, 22 "πῶ "by ΓΣΣ nis 
her daughters (branches) mount upon 
the wall, se. by the aid of supports, trel- 
lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well: 
jilie discurrerunt super murum. For 
the verb sing. see Heb. Gr. § 143. 3. 

2. to step, to move slowly in a regular 
stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn 
procession 2 Sam. 6, 13. Jer. 10,5; hence 
of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68, 8; of the 
sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8. 
With ace. to pass or march through a 


and, Hab. 3, 12. 


‘Hien. to cause to descend, to drive 
down. Job 18, 14 ninba τὴ ὙΠ ΤΊΘΕΙ 
impers. one Brives him down to the king 


of terrors, i. 6. death, who reigns in 


Sheol. 
Deriv. "922, 333%, and the two fol- 
lowing. ‘i 


ἽΝ 


“OX τὰ. c. suff. ΣῈ; plur. Bs, 
constr. "“IZ% ; a step, pace, 2 Sam. 6, 13. 
Prov. 5,5. Job 34,21. Ps. 18, 37, Jer. 
10, 23. al. sep. 17Ὁ number one’s steps, 
to watch him closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4; 
to hunt one’s steps, Lam. 4, 18. 


MIZE f. 1. a going, marching, of 
God, 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15. 


2. Plur, mitz¢ step-chains, Arab. 
διά,α», i. 6. short chains which orien- 


tal females wore attached to the ankle- 
band (522) of each foot, so as to compel 
them to take short and mincing steps, 
to walk mincingly (FY), 15. 3, 30; 
comp. in M332N. 


ἘΓΙΣ 1. to turn on one side, to in- 
cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48, 
12. Arab, Lee IV, id Eth. NUO 
to pour out, > and ¥ being interchanged; 
see lett. ¥ ult. 

2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of 
a captive in bonds, Is. 51,14. Also to 
bow oneself ad concubitum, xatuxdive- 
σϑαι, Jer. 2, 20. 

3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e. 
to be proud, Is. 63, 1. 

Pret i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12. 


“DE for ΣΣ Jer. 14, 3. 48, 4 Cheth. 


SPIE m. (τ. 2%) α veil, Gen. 24, 65. 
38, 14. 19. 

IE τη. (τ. WY) 6. suff. id, plur. 
Hs "Ss, constr. "5S. Fem. Aas. 

1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab. 


oe. Σ 
poke: a) Innumber, few, 1 Sam. 9, 21. 


Mice. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6,15. b) In 
age, younger, minor natu, Gen. 19, 31. 
43, 33. 48, 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34; 
with 27> Job 30,1. 6) In estimation 
and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3 
opp. “ΠΝ ; contemned, despised, Ps. 119, 
141} worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20. 

2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21; 
in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9 is "= ty. 

MDE f. (τ. WX) minority in age, 
youth, Gen. 43, 33, 

» 2 fut. 72%", pr. fo load up beasts 
of burden, i. q. 159 ΠῚ; hence to remove, 
to migrate, as nomades, Is. 33,20. Arab. 
upeb id. 

Deriv. pr. n. ®°223%. 


900 


pry. 


WE pr. n. Zoan, i.e. Tanis, an an- 
cient city of lower Egypt, situated on 
the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of 
the Nile, called in Egyptian 22S1H 
and ΔΙῚ ‘low region,’ whence both 
the Hebrew and Greek forms are 
derived; as also the Arabic yo 
San, by which name the site is still 
known. See Comment. on Is. 19, 11. 
Wilkinson Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq. 
Lond. 1843.—Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11.13. 
30, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 43. 


D222X (removals, τ. 73%) Zaanannim, 
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali occupied 
by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4, 11. 
In Judg. 1. c. Cheth. ὩΣ» Zaanaim. 


" pes obsol. root, prob. i. q. e> to 
cover, to veil. Hence 53% veil. 

DPX m. plur. sculptured work, 
Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3,10. R. 
ΘῈΣ q. Vv. 


: pes fut. P27, i. q. P23 where see, 
to cry out, Is. 42,2; espec. from pain, 
sorrow, Gen. 27,34. 2K. 4,40. Is. 33,7; 
in complaint and for help Deut. 22, 24. 
27. Ps. 34,18. Job 35, 12. With >x of 
pers. to cry to any one, to implore, as 
God Ex. 8,8. 14,15. Lam. 2,18; idols Is. 
46, 7; a king, prophet, Gen. 41,55. 1K. 
20, 39. 2K. 4, 1; ¢. > 2 Chr, 13, 14. 
With acc. of thing of which one com- 
plains, Job 19,7. Trop. ascribed to the 
heart, Lam. 2, 18; to blood unavenged 
Gen. 4, 10.—Arab. ($20 to cry out for 


terror ; Z outcry, clamour. More 
usual are the forms with 1, see in Pt. 

Piet to cry out, to exclaim, 2 K, 2, 12. 

Hien. to call together, to convoke, like 
ptt, 1 Sam. 10, 17. 

Nien. pass. of Hiph. to be called to- 
gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24. 
10, 17. 12, 1. 1 Sam. 13,4. 2 K. 3, 21.— 
Hence 

Mpyz f. constr. mpSE, ὁ. suff. "Mprt 
cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34; tor 
help Is. 5, 7. Zeph. 1, 10. With genit. 
of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34, 
28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With genit. of object, 
i.e. of thove against whom the cry is 
raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19,13. Also ΣΎ 
“a4 a great and bitter cry, Jer. 48, 5; 
see in "38 no. 1. a. 


ΣΝ 

ΤῊΣ fut. "33° to be small, i. q. “31 

, .»» “9. 

q.v. Arab. gre and sive Motaph. 


to be low and despised, to be brought low, 
opp. 722, Jer. 30, 19. Job 14, 21. Zech. 


, 
13,7. Arab. 7&0 id. Syr. εἶ to con- 
temn, to dishonour ; Chald. Pa. id. 
Deriv. WOE, Vide, MPSS, WI, 
the pr. names apt, εἶς, ‘leo’ 


“9%, fully WIE Gen. 19, 22. 30, 
(smallness, comp. Gen. 19,20,) Zoar, pr. 
ἢ. of a place near the southern extremity 
οἵ the Dead Sea, on the eastern shore; 
Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2. 8. 19, 22.30. Is. 15, 
5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called 
dba. Sept. Σηγώρ, Ζόγορα, Arab. «Ὁ 
Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis- 
covered by Irby and Mangles ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p, 480, 648.—R. 


“IDS kindr. with ‘Vax, to adhere 
Jirmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4,8. Arab. 
<Xio to bind together. 


ri rigs fut. apoc. 5)", fo look about, 
to view from a distance. The primary 
idea is that of inclining, bending for- 
ward, in order to behold, comp. in 
FPS, Hype. Similar are σκέπω, oxé- 
πτομαι, σκοπέω, and also by transp. Lat. 
specio, specto, specula, etc.—Part. ΠΕῚΣ 
speculator, a watchman stationed on a 
tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34. 18, 
24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like 
watchmen announce future things as re- 
vealed to them in vision, Jer, 6, 17. Ez. 
3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52,8; comp. Hab. 2, 1. 
In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10. Once 
οἵ things Cant. 7, 5.—Hence spec. a) 
to look out for any thing, to await ; Hos. 
9,8 oN πες Ephraim awaiteth sc. 
response, help; comp. Lam. 4, 17. Ps.5, 
4. δ) lo watch, to observe closely, ὁ 
ace. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; 3 Ps. 66,7; 6. 
#72 to observe and judge between, Gen. 
31,49. 6) to lie in wait, c. > Ps. 37, 32. 
ἃ) With >x ¢o look out for, i. e. to select, 
i. ᾳ. O87; Job 15, 22 2377 "DR NAN ADE Ae 
is. selected (destined) for the sword, 
where 5D is for "DX. 

Pret i. q. Kal, to look about, to watch, 
‘1 Sam. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2,1; ¢. 
acc. Nah. 2,2. Part. ΠΕΣ speculator, 
@ watchman, 15. 21, 6; metaph. of a 

76 


901 


1DS 


prophet, Mic. 7,4. With >x of that for 
which one looks about, which he ex- 
pects, 6. g. help Lam. 4, 17; 3 Mic. 7,7. 
Absol. Ps. 5,4 522% 7 will await sc. the 
divine help, I will look unto God. 

Deriv, M°B¥ , MBS, |X, and the pr. 
names MEY, MHPX, WW, "By, ΠΩΣ, 
meso. 


᾿ Il. mas in Kal not used, prob. to 
be broad, expanded, spread ; kinder. with 
Mex, comp. Heb. Gr. § 74. init. n.— 
Hence 

Pie. ΠΣ to overlay with metal, wood, 
stones, c. dupl. acc. Ex. 25, 11. 13. 1 K. 
6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 10. al. 
Rarely with 3 of the material 1 K. 6, 
15; 6. ace. id. ibid. 

Puat pass. of Piel, to be overlaid ; 
part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23. 

Deriv. "B¥, MES. 


MDL f. (r. H3%) inundation ; Ez. 32,6 
NPS YTS thy land inundated by the 
Nile. Others, a floating, swimming. 


PE (watch-tower,_r. mex 1) Zepho, 
pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36; 11. 
15; called also "ἜΣ 1 Chr. 1, 36. 


“BY m. (τ. MEX IL) an overlaying,, 
thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38,17. 18. 
Num. 17, 3. 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 2% 


PSX comm. gend. but [ Is. 43, 6. Cant: 
4,16; with M loc, ΠΕ. R. ips. 

1, the north, the northern quarterof the 
heavens; pr. ‘the hidden, the dark,’ since 
the ancients regarded the north as the 
seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to 
the bright and sunny south ; see imD373. 
—Ex. 26, 20. 35. 27, 11. Num. 34; 7: al sep. 
PES YS the land of the north, i. 6. As- 
syria Jer. 3,18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6]; 
Babylonia Jer. 6,22. 10, 22. 31, 8. 50, 3. 
Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11. 6, 6.8. In the 
book of Daniel the king of the north is 
the king of Syria, 11, 6-15. 40; opp. the 
king of the south i. e. Egypt.—Poetically 
also for the north wind (755% 1177) Cant. 


4,16; also for the northern heavens or 


hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent, 
to the heavens generally, since the south-: 
ern hemisphere is for the most part hid- 
den to the inhabitants of Palestine, Job 
26,7. > jips on the north of any place 
Josh..8; 11. 13; ; and without > ΤΊ, 2.— 
With mr loc. ΠΡΌΣ northward Gen. 18. 


EX 


14; also οἵ ἃ region situated éowards the 
north, MYX M342 the kingdoms of the 
north Jer. 1,15; and with prepositions, 
moipanm-dy Ez. 8, 14, ayisx> 1 Chr. 26, 
17, towards the north, northwa:d ; ΓΒ Ὦ 
on the north, on the north side, Josh. 15, 
10; > n2BX2 on the northward of, Judg. 
21, 19; nyiDy "252 from towards the 
north Jer. a. 13. ‘Comp. 332, 7533. 

2. Zaphon, pr. ἢ. ofa city. in the tribe 
of Gad, Josh. 13, 27. 


ΤΩΣ, see ἼΤΕ ΣΧ, also FES by2 p. 147. 


ἌΦΕΣ m. (fr. FBX) 1. Adj. northern 
Joel 2,20; spoken of the army of locusts 
approaching from the north. 

2. Patronym. of the name j15X, ji"Ds 
q. v. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15. 


5S Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. i. q. ΣΒΣ. 


"BZ comm. gend. (τ. "BS 1) τῇ. Ps. 
102, 8; f Lev. 14, 4. Is. 31,53 plur. 
ὈΠΠΕΣ, as if from a form ΓΞ, which 
occurs in the Talmud. 

1. a bird, i. 6. ἃ small bird,so called from 
its chirping, twittering, see the root; 


? o- 
spec. a sparrow, (Arab. phat with 
prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4. 102, 8. 
Prov. 26, 2. 27,8. Job 40, 29. al. Ece. 
12, 6 iay bipd at the voice of the spar- 
row, i. e. at early dawn. Also of other 
sinall birds of the sparrow genus, or simi- 
lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17. 
124, 7; as caught by the fowler Prov. 6, 


o os 


5. 7,23. Am. 3,5.al. So Arab. spud 
Syr. i2;. 

2. a bird of any kind, sing. as collect. 
Fowl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4-53. 
Deut. 4, 17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds 
of prey Ez. 39,4. With genit. 522->> 
of every wing or kind Ez. 17, 23. 39,17. 
Gen. 7, 14; without >> Ps. 148, 10. 

3. Zippor, pr. n. of the father of Ba- 
lak king of Moab, Num, 22, 2. 10. Josh. 
24, 9. al. 


ΠΕΣ obsol. root, kindr. with maz. 
Arab. I, II, to draw out, to spread 
out, to expand, as metal into plates, to 
overlay, comp. Mex I. Eth. f-tuh 


id. £1A expansion, breadth.—Hence 
ΛΠ, pr. ἢ, ΠΕΣ, and 


902 


ἜΣ 


mmst ἢ acruse, flask, perh. of iron 
plates; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 Καὶ. 
19,6; for oil 1 K.17, 12. Chald. mse 


id. Syr. hens dish, platter; Arab. by 


transp. Zi25 id. 

"BE , see ἴξαε. 

ΠΡῸΣ f. (Ὁ. MBX 1) a watch-tower, i. q. 
mex, Lam. 4, 17. 

TMDE (a looking out, τ᾿ Max 1) Ziph- 
ion, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16 ; for which 7B 
Zephon Num, 26, 15. 


MPES f. a flat cake, so called from 
its spreading out, comp. πλάξ, πλακόεις, 
Ex. 16, 31. R. mes. 


PSs Ps. 17, 14 Cheth. for Sz; see 
{PX no. 2. 


ΣΦ ῸΣ only plur. constr. "¥"BX excre- 
ments of animals, dung, Ez. 4,15. Arab. 
99. 

Q R. 55% q. v. 

MAP EL f. (r. sx) only plor. nisexy 
shools of a tree, but only such as are 
worthless, q.d. excrescences; trop. spoken 
of humbler offspring, in antith. Is. 22,24 
MISEMT ONSELN the offshoots and the 
erorescences, the noble and the ignoble. 


“DE m. a he-goat, Dan. 8, 5.21; fully 
pyr WES Dan. 8, 5. 8. Plur. Ezra 8, 
35. 2 Chr. 29, 21. So called from leap- 
ing,see the root "BS no. 2. It isa word 
of the later Heb. and Chald. for the 
earlier ""2¥; see the Chald. 


ὝΕΣ Chald. plur. }4"bY, ἃ he-goat, 
Ez. 6,17. Syr. ΤῊΝ 


ΤΥ ῸΣ f. (Ὁ. tex 1.3) once WDE Ez. 
7, 10; constr. nv Es. 

1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Ts. 28, 5. 

2. a circle, cycle, put for the vicis- 
situde or turn of human things, which 
return in the same succession, as if in ἃ 
circle, comp. ΤῸ Ecc. 1,6. Se Ez. 
7% ΠΝ my mR3 the circle comes 
to thee, thy” turn has come; Abulwalid 


aptly: Salt yt eel Ez. 7, 10. 


ΓΡῸΣ f. (r. ΠῈΣ 1) @ watch, watching, 
guard. Is. 21,5 M°ERM HES they watch 
the watch, i. e. they keep a watch ὍΡΟΝ 
the towers. Other interpretations see 
in Thesaur. p. 1179. 


3 


* BS fut. oss, kind. with 72% q. v. 

1. to hide, to conceal, Ex. 2,2. Ps. 31,21. 
Espec. in order to protect and defend any 
one Josh. 2, 4. Ps, 27,5. Part. pass. Ps. 
83,4 MINT EY those protected of Jeho- 
vah; also as neut. yes hidden, i. 6. 
secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22.— 
Intrans. to conceal oneself, to lurk in am- 
bush, c.> Prov, 1, 11,18, Ps. 10,8; absol. 
56, 7 Keri. 

2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard, 
Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10,14. With > to lay 

up for any one, Cant. 7, 14. Ps. ‘81, 20. 
Proy. 2,7. 13, 22. Job 21,19. Trop. ἸΒΣ 
ἾΔΒΞ to lay up in one’s mind Pe. 119, 11. 
Job 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; ims ἼΒΣ id. 
Prov. 2,1. 7, 1.—Part. pass. plur. °255S 
hoarde, treasures, wealth, Job 20, 26. Ps. 
17, 14 Keri. 

3. to keep back, to hold back, to re- 
strain, Prov. 27, 16; ¢. 72 i. q. to deny to 
any one, Job. 17, 4. 

Nieuw. 1. to be hidden from any one, 
i.e. to be unknown to him, c. 12 Job 24,1. 
Jer. 16, 17. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for 
any one, i. e. destined, appointed to him, 
> Job 15, 20. 

Hipn. i. ᾳ. Kal no, 1, to hide, Ex. 2, 
3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in 
ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth. 

Deriv. jid¥ (721EE), 72249, the pr. n. 
ὙΞΣ and 


ΣΌΣ (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n. 
Sept. Zopoviag, Vulg. Sophonias, i. e. 
Zephaniah, for 128%. a) A prophet, 
the ninth in order of the twelve minor 
prophets, Zeph. 1,1. Ὁ) A priest Jer. 
21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also 
wet 37,3. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. d) 
1 Chr. 6, 21. 


ΤΩΣ MEL, Zaphnath-paaneah, an 
Egyptian pr. n. given by Pharaoh to Jo- 
seph in reference to his public office, Gen. 
41,45. The Sept. translator seems to 
have preserved more nearly the genuine 
Egyptian form of the word, which he 
gives by ψονϑομφανήχ, in which both 
Jablonski and Rosellini (Opusce. I. p. 
207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog- 


nise the Egyptian HCwT Memes 
the salvation or saviour of the age, from 
Marticle, Cte σώζειν, σωτήρ, σωτηρία, 


903 


"zz 
and {πες αἰών, Jerome: salvator 


mundi, Better perhaps Π- ΟΠ -λλ- 
q- θπες sustentator 8. vindexr seculi. 
This in Hebrew letters would be pro- 
perly expressed by M22» m2xB; but the 
letters %B are transposed in "oedex to 
bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology. 
For the Egyptian root SNT' sustentare, 
tueri, see Champollion Gramm, p. 380, 
386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207. 


* T, ΣΕ obsol. root, pr. to thrust out, 
to protrude, kindr. with eased to thrust, 
to push, to impel. Spec of any thing 
ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements ; 
comp. Arab. to discharge the bow- 
els, to break wind, and 5°3"B¥ excre- 
ments. Also of worthless shoots, ex- 
crescences of a tree, see ΠΣ ἜΣ. 


1.3 5S obsol. root, onomatopoetic, 
to hiss as a serpent, basilisk ; comp. the 
kindr. ὭΞΕ and MzB to blow, to hiss, 
whence M35X viper.—Hence the two 
following. 

DDL m. Is. 14, 29, and "22 τη, Is. 11, 
8. 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. 5°2>5% Jer. 
8,17; @ viper, so called from its hiss- 
ing; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi- 
liscus, regulus, a small serpent of Africa 
exceedingly venomous, which also was 
called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4. 


"95x see in 35x. 


: see only in Pinp. ὭΣΞΙΣ, an onoma- 
topoetic verb, fo peep, to chirp, as a small 


ο 

bird Is. 10,14, 38,14. Arab. Krave 
S ,°0 
peeping of a sparrow ; Wide a spar- 
row. Gr. πιπέζω, τιτέζω, τρίζω, Germ. 
zirpen.—Like the Greek tgifw, it is 
transferred to the voice of the manes or 
ghosts, which the wizards professed to 
imitate, Is. 8, 19. To the same the 
Latin poets apply the epithet stridor ; 
see the Lexicons. 


MHLOE Γ (τ. ΦΧ) according to the 


 Rabbins a willow, salix, Ez. 16,5; so 


called as growing in places overflowed 
Arab. Lake id 
*]. “EX το to twitter, to chirp, as 


small birds. Arab. id. Hence 
“ex, Chald. 923%, also pr. n. "55S. 


by water. 


"52 


2. to dance in a circle, also genr. to 
dance, to leap, to spring ; comp. 273, 551 


and >im2. 
ΠῈΣ he-goat. 

3. to go in a circle, to revolve, see 

maps. Hence, to turn oneself round, 
to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is 
timid and ones fe “Bx Sb let him 
turn back and return. 

*11. 75% i. q. 
‘with nails and claws; comp. 
"EO —Hence ἼΞΣ. 

SBE Chald. (f Dan. 4, 18 and 4, 9 
Keri, but Cheth. m.) @ bird, i. q. Syr. 
ἥξϑι; Sing. Targ. Gen. 7,14. Deut. 4, 
17. . Plur. ΤῈΣ, constr. "78% Dan. 4, 9. 
11. 18. 30. 

"DE, see “εἰς. 


Arab. ps id.—H ence 


> to scratch, sc. 
"BO and 


motes m. a frog ; sing. twice collect. 
frogs Ex. 8,2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is 
coupled with a fem. in the manner of 


8, 1-9. Ps. 405, 80. —This onimonetinenn! 
is compounded from the verb 7»¥ I. no. 


2, to leap, to spring, and B19, marsh, 


q. d. marsh-leaper ; and not, as Ewald 
suggests, from the root “®¥ I. no. 1, since 
the twittering and chirping of birds can- 
not properly be ascribed to frogs. From 
this fuller form, the Arabic and Sy- 
riac have the contracted quadriliterals 


10-8 ° » 

δ Δι and 1.256] frog. 

ΤΎΛΩΣ (little bird, see EX) Zipporah, 
‘pr. ἢ, of the wife of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4, 
25. 18, 2. 

TIES τὰ. (r. "ἜΣ IT) 1. nail of the 
‘finger, aes 6. suff. ΡΣ ΕΣ Deut. 21, 12. 


Arab. 2alb, Chald. 23, Ethiop. &42C, 


id. Ctbeipitdteny in form are Gr. περόνη, 
Germ. Sporn, Engl. spur. 
2. point of the stylus, which was 
“tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer. 
17, 1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15. 
PL f. (r, Mex 11) chapiter, capital of 
a column, i. q. MIMD, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr. 
Too, ornament. 


PE (watch-tower, r. MBI) Zephath, 
pr. n. of a Canaanitish city, afterwards 


904 


“x 


called προσ, Judg. 1,17. [This ancient 
name is perh. retained in the modern 
Sufah, slaw, the name of a difficult 
pass leading up from the ’Arabah to the 
south of Judah ; see Bib!. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 592, 616.—R. 


MMPS (id.) Zephathah, pr. n. of a 
valley at Mareshah in the tribe of Judah 
2 Chr. 14,9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 365, 


MSE, see ΤΌΣ no. 2. 


*>ps obsol. root, perh. i. q. >p¥, 
hic, to bind together, to tie. Hence 
Re. 

32P%, see Pr. 


POPE m. (r. DPE) a sack, bag, scrip, 
from being drawn together and tied; once 
2K. 4, 42.—Talmud. >p2 a sack for 
straining; comp. also Gr. dvdaxes sack. 


ἊΣ om. (τ. 72) also "¥ with distinct. 
ace. and with art. "3m, δ. suff. "3; 
plur. ἘΣ, constr. "22, c. suff. ™32.— 
Fem. 7% see in its order. 

A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up, Num. 
22,26. "xX DMM a seal closely pressed, 
Job 41,7 [15]. ἊΣ "M2 a stream pent 
up, as between rocks and therefore vio- 
lent, Is. 59, 9. Trop. Prov. 24,10 ἽΣ 
mans straitened will be thy strength i ag δὲ 
limited, small. 

B) Subst. 1. an ieee enemy, 
ji. q. 38, Gen, 14, 20. Num. 10,9. 
2 Sam. 24, 13; elsewhere only poetic, 
as Num. 24, 8. Ps. 3, 2. 44, 6. 89, 24. 
Is, 1, 24. 63, 18. al. sepe; and in the 
later books, Esth. 7,4. 6. Neh. 4, 5. 9,27. 

2. straitness, narrowness of place 3 
1 Sam. 2, 32 jis2 "8. Trop. straits, 
distress, affliction, Ps. 4, 2. 44, 11, 78,42. 
MPAs ἊΣ distress and affliction Job 15, 
24. Ps. 119, 143. Ὃς DMD bread of aflic- 
tion Is. 30,20. ἊΣ ὉΣ ἃ time of distress 
Job 38, 23. With prep. "23 Is. 26, 16; 
“za Ps. 32,7. 60,13. Also with 3, as 
ΚΒ ἜΧΞ in my distress, Ps. 18,7. 66, 14. 
106, 44. 102, 3 "Ὁ ἽΣ Dia in the time of 
my distress. 69, 17. 

3. a stone, pebble, fink, i,q. ἊΣ and ἜΣ 


no. 1, Is. 5, 28.—Arab. oe id. 


ἊΣ (flint, i. q. 7) Zer, pr. n. of ἃ 


place in Naphtali, Josh. 19,35. R. “9x. 


“x 


"Z see ὋΣ. 


“Z m. (τ. 12") 1. @ rock, i. q. ἋΣ 
no. 1. Ez. 3, 9. 

2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4,25. Comp. 
"AZ no. 2. 

3. ig. 1% Tyre, q. ν. 

* 37% in Kal not used, to burn, to 
scorch ; kindr. with 9720, my, also 379. 
—Chald. 837% a burning. 

Niu. to be burned, scorched, Ez, 21, 
3 [20, 47]. 

Deriv. the two following. 

ΦΣ adj. (for 22%) f. Pat, burning, 
scorching, as M33 xX Prov. 16, 27. 


PII f. (τ. 22k) a scar, cicatriz, as 
Sept. Vulg. Chald. well; whether from 
a burn Lev. 13, 28 ; or as left by a sore, 
v. 23.——-Others derive it from Arab. 
a mad to smite ; as 333 from 523. 


M 733 obsol. and doubtful root, Arab. 
oye to Conk; to be cool. Hence 


MII (cooling) Zeredah, pr. ἢ. of a 
city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K. 
‘11, 26. 2 Chr. 4,17. For the same we 
find ΠΣ Judg. 7,22; where M7°¥ is to 
‘be restored. The same is also prob. in- 
tended by ἸΠῸΣ Josh. 3, 16. 1 K. 7, 46; 


c. © parag. ΠΩΣ 1 K. 4, 12. 


r mas obsol. root. 1. i. q. Syr. and 
Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then 

2. ig. Arab. Syd to flow, to run, as 
a wound ; hence ""¥ and pr. n. W772. 

MIF ἢ of masc. ὍΣ, constr. MIS, c. suff. 
mney, plur. ming. R. Ws. 

A) Adj. fem. strait, narrow, e. g. a 
well, pit, Prov. 23, 27. 

B) Subst. 1. @ female adversary ; 
spec. a rival, 6. g. another wife, 1 Sam. 
1,6, See the root no. 2. a, Ὁ. 

2. straits, distress, affliction, Gen, 42, 
21. Prov. 11, 8. 12, 13. 17, 17. al. sep. 
Often, ΠΣ Bia in. time of distress Ps. 
50, 15. Prov. 24,10; ΠῸΣ ὉΣΞ id. Ps. 37, 
39; Maza MIMD times when one is in 
distress Ps. 9,10. 10,1. With synon. 
nprx} ΠΣ Is. 30,6. Prov. 1,27; ΠΡΊΝ 5 “α 
Zeph.1,15; comp, Is. 8, 22. 37,3. With 
suff. "πον piva Ps. 77, 3. 86, 7; also c. 
dat. comp. in "¥ B. 2, Jon. 2,3 οὖ ΓΞ. 
Ps. 120, 1.—Plur. mins Job 5,19. Ps, 85, 
22. 34, 7. 18. al. 

76* 


905 


ἊΣ 


3. anguish, Lat. angor, see the root 
πο. 2. c.f. Jer. 6,24 anguish hath taken 
hold of us. 49, 24. 50,43; of a woman 
in travail Jer. 4,31. ΘῈ) ΓΙῸΣ anguish 
of soul Gen. 42, 21. 

MMAX (cleft, wounded, r. M34) Ze 
ruiah, pr. n. of a daughter of Jesse, sis- 
ter of David 1 Chr. 2,16; and mother of 
Joab, Abishai, and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18. 
3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. al. 


MPN (leprous, r. 22%) Zeruah, pr. 
n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26. 


7i7E τὰ. Prov. 26, 8 (τ. 12%) plur. 
ninns Gen. 42, 35. 

1. a bundle Cant. 1,13. Spec. a bun- 
dle of money, and so for a purse, bag, 
Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17. 
Prov. 26, 8 see in M229. Metaph. 
1 Sam. 25, 29, see in 7% no. 1. 

2. i. q. "8% no. 1. Ὁ, a small stone, peb- 
ble, 2 Sam. 17, 18. Hence apparently 
a grain, kernel, Am. 9, 9. 

3. Zeror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 


ΤΩΣ obsol. root. 1. i. ᾳ. Arab. 


ξ mee ps to be clear, manifest ; 
ae ἐν Χ 


land; ὦ, 2 high building, tower ; Heb. 


mz. Kindr. are "M¥, Wk. 

2. Trop. of the voice, φἐκή br πο. 2, 
to cry aloud, i.e. with a clear and loud 
voice, Zeph. 1,14. Arab. , Eth. 


&CF and MCA id. Kindr. is mr. 
Hien. to lift wp a cry, to shout, for 
battle, Is. 42, 13. 


high ground, elevated 


“ZX a Tyrian, gentile n. from ἊΣ 
Tyre, 1K. 7,14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur. 
ms Tyrians 1 Chr. 22,41. Ezra 3, 7. 
Neh. 13, 16. 


“IE τὰ. (r. mz) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8, 
22. 46,11. 51,8; in pause "ΝΣ Ez. 27,17, 
once with Vay. copul. "785 Gen. 37, 25; 
opobalsamum, balsam of ‘Gilead, distil- 
ling from a tree or shrub growing in 
Gilead, and used for healing wounds. 
So the Talmudists and Rabbins well. 
This balsam was always reckoned as 
one of the precious gifts of Palestine, 
Gen. 43, 11; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
Tacit. Hist. 5.6. Plin. H. N. XTL 25 or 


“ae 


54. In the times of the N. T. and Jose- 
phus, the balsam which anciently be- 
longed to Gilead was cultivated largely 
in the gardens of Jericho ; Jos. Ant. 14.4. 
1. ib. 15. 4. 2. B.J.1.6.6.—See Bochart 
Hieroz. T. 1. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot. 
II. 180-185. 


“12 pr. n. for ἜΣ, see in “7 no. 3. 


TIE m. a high building, which may 
be seen far and wide, 6. g. @ tower or 
castle Judg. 9, 46. 49; a watch-tower, 
plur. 1 Sam. 13,6. R. ΤΣ no. 1. 


* ‘> obsol. root, Talmud. and Syr. 
Ithpe. fo need, to be needy, poor. Hence 


ΤῊΣ m. need, c. suff. ΠΞῸΣ thy need, 
2 Chr. 2, 15.—Chald. and Rabb. id. 


ἜΣ μὲ to smite heavily, to strike ; 
Arab. ὃν" to strike down, to prostrate ; 


whence ey? a scourge, also scourged. 


—Hence part. pass. 379% Lev. 13, 44. 
22,4. al. also Pua Part. sas S rons . 
2K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit- 
ten, scourged of God, since the leprosy 
was regarded as a special divine inflic- 
‘tion; comp. the words 333, 233, 2). 
Deriv. ΤΡῚΣ, pr. ἢ. ΠΣῸΣ, and 


MIE f. Ex. 23,28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh. 
24, 12, according to the ancient versions 
-and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect. 
‘hornets, wasps, so called from their strik- 
“ing as they sting; comp. M33, wp .— 
‘But these passages are not to be’under- 
«stood of hornets literally ; they are put 
metaph. as a symbol of the éerror, 

panic, sent from God upon the enemy 


(ETS rmn Gen. 35,5), by which they” 


are agitated and put to flight as if stung 
‘to madness; see Ex. 23, 27 comp. 28 ; 
-also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the 
mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added: 
he shall discomfit them with a great dis- 
comfiture, until they be destroyed. In 
antithesis to this is the promise, that 
‘God would send his angel before the 
Israelites, to aid and guard them, and 
help them on their way; see Ex. 23, 20. 
23. 32, 34. 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7. 40. 


“MINT (for ‘x m2 q. d. hornet’s town) 
Zorah, pr. ἡ. of a town reckoned to the 
\plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit- 


906 


a 


ed by Danites 19, 41; not far from Esh- 
taol, and celebrated as the birth-place 
of Samson, Judg. 13, 2. 25. 18, 3. 8. 11; 
comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29, Now 
xe wo Sir’ah, situated on a spur of the 
mountains running out into the plain, 
on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III. 18. 
—Gentile n. "29% Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54; 
"nz x Zorathite 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2. 


Py ἢ (τ. yy) leprosy, e. g. of per- 
sons, i.e. the white leprosy, 2282, see 
Ex. 4, 6. Num. 12,10. So Lev. 13, 2 sq. 
2 K. 5, 3. 6..7. 27.2 Chr. 26,19. The 
black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see 
"175 — Also of garments, prob. mouldi- 
ness, spots contracted from lying shut 
up; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni- 
trous scab or crust on the walls; Lev. 
13, 47-59. 14, 34-57. 


Ι pas fut. 3937 1. to melt, to smelt 
metals, spec. gold and silver; to refine, 
to purify with fire and thus separate 
from scoria, Ps, 12,7. Is. 1,25. Zech. 
13,9. Metaph. Judg. 7,4. Part. pass. 
metaph. pure, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119, 
140. Prov. 30, 5.—Part. 2S a smelter, 
refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17,4. Is.40, 19. 
Prov. 25, 4. al. 

2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one, 
δοκιμάζειν, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2. 66, 10. 105, 
19. Is. 48, 10. Dan. 11, 35. 

Nipu. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10. 

Pie part. ΠΧ Ὁ ὦ refiner, goldsmith, 
Mal. 3, 2. 3. 

Deriv. the two following. 

“BIS (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. n. m. 
(c. art.) Neh. 3, 31. 

MEI (perh. smelting-house, τ. FY) 
Zarephath, with © parag. NHS, pr. τι. 
of a Phenician town between Tyre and 
Sidon, 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad. 20. Gr. 
Σάρεπτα Sarepta, Luke 4, 26. Now 
KiKi Sirafend ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. IIL. p. 413, 414. 

ἘΠΩ͂Ν 10 press, to compress, kindr. 
with ἜΣ]. Hence - 

1. to bind up, to bind together ; comp. 
siz I. Arab. -1o.—With 3 to bind or 


roll up in a cloth, bundle, ete. Ex. 12, 34, 
Job 26, 8. Is. 8, 16. Prov. 30,4. Me- 


ἊΣ 


taph. 1 Sam. 25, 29 the life of my lord 
shall be bound up in the bundle of lives 
with God, i. e. will be under God’s pro- 
tection. But in a different sense, Hos. 
13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound 
up, is reserved against the day of ven- 
geance ; comp. Job 14, 17.—Spee. 8) 
Hos. 4, 19 the wind hath bound her up 


(seized her) in tts wings. Ὀ) to shut 
up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3. 
2. to press upon, i.e. a) to persecute, 


to be hostile to, Arab. “ὁ id. With 
ace. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13; with dat. 
Num. 25, 18.—Parr, "7% i. q. ἊΣ, an 


adversary. enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps. 6, 8. 


7, 5. 23, 5. Is. 11, 13. al. 
b) to rival, to be jealous of, spoken 
espec. of two wives, Lev. 18,18. Arab. 


a- 


oS Intrans. to be pressed, straitened, 
distressed ; in which sense is chiefly 
used the monosyll. pret. "¥ (fully ΠΣ 
Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K. 
6,1; £ mx Is. 28, 20.—Often Impers. 
nb x lit. ‘it is strait tome, i.e. a) 7 
am in a strait, in trouble, Ps. 31,10. 69, 
18. Judg. 11,7. 8) Iam in distress, in 
anguish, 1 Sam. 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14. 


Koph, the nineteenth letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 


ὃ» 

100. The name Sp, ip, Arab. Was, 
signifies occiput, the back of the head. 
Hence two letters, Koph and Resh, take 
their names from the head ; just as two 
others, Yod and Caph, from the hand. 
Koph corresponds to Lat. Q. _ Its pro- 
nunciation differs from > with or without 
Dag. lene, in that the sound of P is pro- 
duced from the back part of the palate 
near the throat, and with a stronger 
effort, in the same manner as ©, where 
see. So Arab. ὃ. 

Koph is interchanged with the other 
palatals ἃ, >, see those letters ; and also 
passes over into the gutturals, so that 


907 


mxp 


7) With >2, wo is me for any one, 7 
grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26.—In the 
same connection is also used fut. "> 733, 
see r. "$7 no. 1. 

Puat part, "73% bownd up, Josh. 9, 4. 

Hips. 7571, inf. 92m, fut. ἜἼΧῚ 1K. 8, 
37, plur. 93%3 Neh. 9, 27. 

1. to press upon, to straiten, Jer. 10, 
18; with siege, fo besiege, Deut. 28, 52. 
1 K. 8, 37; to distress, to harass, to vex, 
Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17. 
2 Chr. 28, 22 i> ἜΣΤΙ ὯΣΞ in the time of 
(their) distressing him. 33, 12. 

2. ΤΣ MEX a woman in her pains, 
throes, i. 6. pr. pressing upon the fetus, 
or else intrans. pressed with anguish, 
Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22. 

Deriv. ἜΣ, ΠΣ, WS, WX, V2, pr-n. 
a> 


“Mz see in Tins. 

MIF, see NTS. 

MIS (for minx splendour, τ. TF) 
Zereth, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 7. 


ὝΠΟ MIX (splendour of the dawn) 
Zereth-shahar, pr. ἢ. of a city in Reu- 
ben, Josh. 13, 19. ; 


ey, see NTS. 


we find as kindr. roots 6. g. "2p, Chald. 
"zz, to burn incense; see in M and >. 


. Besides this, in the primary elements 


of the language at least, the sound of Α' 
appears to have passed over into that 
of ¢, just as children often substitute for 
k the sound of ¢, as being more easily 
pronounced ; and in this way has arisen 
the affinity of the roots MP2 and MNS to 
open, MPS and MN to drink, "72 Eth. 


-55P to interpret ; comp. κόπτω and τύ- 


πτω, quatuor and τέτταρες, quis and τές. 
NP m. (Ὁ. Sip) vomit, Prov. 26, 1k: 
PSP f. (r. vip) 6. art. τρια Lev. ΤΊ, 

18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. MNP, pr. the 


vomiter, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut. 
1. c.) inhabiting also desert places Is. 34, 


. 


=p 

‘11. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7; according 

to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ. 
°° ὦ 

δι), Syr. bes, Arab. (553. Sept. 

athexav. So called from its vomiting 


the shells and other things which it has 
voraciously swallowed. 


ΞΡ m. (r. 53.) pr. a hollow or concave 
vessel,comp. Lat.cupa, Engl.cup. Then, 
a measure for things dry, cab, 2 K. 6, 
25 ; according to the Rabbins the sixth 
part of a seah (M&O), or nearly two 
quarts. Comp. Gr. κάβος i. 6. χοῖνιξ. 


ΖΞ} kindr. with 233, m2 II, to 
curve, to make convex or concave ; hence 

1. i. ᾳ. 323, to hollow out, and also to 
arch, to vault ; comp. 333, "12 i. q. MD. 
Arab. {3 Conj. IL, Chald. 33p, id.— 
Hence 32, 73p. 

2. Metaph. i. q. 322 no. 3 (q. v.) to 
curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perfo- 
rate. The forms found are: Pret. 3p 
c. suff. Num. 23, 8. 27; Inf. constr. ΞΡ v. 
11, and as absol. v. 25; Imper. c. ΠῚ pa- 
rag. "="nap Num. 22, 11. 17; with suff. 
and Nun epenth. i23— Num. 23, 13. 


MIP f. (for ΠΞΙ3, τ. 3123) the maw, 
ventricle, i.e. the rough prickly stomach 
of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut. 


Ss 8. 
18, 3.—Arab. a3 and X43 id. 


MSP ἢ (for M3P3, τ. 33) c. suff. 
ANSP, once Num. 25, 8, genitalia mulie- 
bra, comp. 322; so Sept. and Vulg. 
correctly. 


MP f. (τ. 2p) α tent, high and round- 
ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent, 
devoted to the impure worship of Baal- 
peor or Priapus, Num. 25, 8.—Syr. 


Ss? 
jrocs, Arab. ἄλϑ, id. Hence with the 
Arabie art. Span. alcova alcove ; comp. 


later Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Eng]. 
cupola. 


V2? τὰ. (τ. 72P) a gathering, throng ; 
Is. 57, 13 ὭΠΧΤΣΡ thy throngs of idols. 
Comp. v. 9. 


MVSP f(r. 92h) 1. sepudture, burial, 
Jer. 22, 19. Kee. 6, 3. 

2. a sepulchre, i. q. "3B, Gen. 35, 20. 
47, 30. Deut, 34,6. 1Sam. 10,2. 2K. 
21, 26. Is, 14, 20, 


908 


>=p 
*dap in Kal not used, pr. to be be- 
fore, in front, over against. Arab. jas 


front, hs before.— Hence ‘to come 
from an opposite direction,’ to meet any 


Sar 


one, Arab. 

Pret bap, found only in the later Heb. 
pr. ‘to let come to oneself, i.e. a) Of 
persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12, 
18. b) Of things, to receive. to take 
any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth.4, 4. 
1 Chr. 21, 11. Job 2, 10. So to receive, 
to admit a precept, law, i i. e. to observe 
it, Esth. 9, 23. 27; instruction Prov. 19, 
20. Simpl. to take, i. ᾳ. ΤΙ, 2 Chr. 29, 
16. 22. 

Hiren. intrans. to stand over against 
each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36, 
12. Arab. Conj. IIT id. 

Deriv. 53p,, 53°. 

>2P Chald. only in Pa. to receive, 
Dan. 2, 6. 6, 1. 7, 18. 


ae prep. (τ. >3p, after the form 
ἪΡ.) or according to other copies ΞΡ 
ἈΠ} before, i. ᾳ. Chald. 537 no. 1, a. 


2K. 15, 10 ey 53} before the people. 
ΞΡ and bap | Chala. (r. 2p) pr. the 
Sront ; hence 


1. bap? Prep. c. suff. 323—> 8) over 
against Dan. 5,5; before, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 
3. 5,1. Ὁ) on account of, because of, 
propter, i. q. "289 no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra 
4,16. Before "3 it becomes a conjunc- 
tion, because, propterea quod, Ezra 6, 13. 

2. Oftener, in the diffuse Chaldee 
manner of expressing particles, more 
fully and pleonastically “ἢ >3p->2. a) 
Pr. ‘and all because that,’ forasmuch as, 
Germ. alldieweil, for the simple because, 
since, Dan. 2, 8. 41. 45, 3, 29. 4, 15. 
5, 12. 22. 6, 4.5.23. Ezra 4, 14, 7, 14. 
With relat. for which cause, wherefore, 
Dan.2,10. Ὁ) in the manner that, i.e. 
as, Dan. 2, 40 Sept. ov τρόπον. 6, 11 
Sept. καϑώς. 

3.33 Sap->2 for this cause, Dan. 2, 
12. 24. 3, 7.8. 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7,17. See 
Chald. b> no. 4, . 


ap m. (τ. >2p) pr. the front, what 
0? 
is over against, Arab. ; so Ez, 26, 


9 Pap “19 the stroke of what is in front 
of it, i. 6. a battering-ram for battering 


sap 


down walls.—Other copies read %3p 
kdbédllo, which is also admissible, see 
{2P; but the form ἴϑ3 5, found in J. H. 
Michaelis and Van der Hooght, is con- 
trary to the laws of grammar. 


453} fut. 32p? 1. i.g. 53}, 932, to 


be high and rounded off, like a mound, 
hump, the head; Arab. «3 gibbosus 


fuit. Hence ΣΞῚΡ helmet, ‘heap cup. 
Comp. Gr. xvfj.—From these nouns, 
which all designate things serving to 
cover, comes the signification : 

2. to cover, to hide, Arab. «αὖ to hide, 


e. g. the head in one’s garment, or of a 
flower hiding itself in its calyx.—Hence 
trop. to defraud, to rob any one covertly, 
comp. 733, Mal. 3, 8.9; ο. dupl. ace. fo 
rob one of any thing, to despoil, Prov. 
22, 23. 

Deriy. see in no. 1. 


ΓΣΞ f. (r. Sap) uP, calyx, pr. of a 


flower, κάλυξ, Arab. Bas ; then also for 
drinking, κύλιξ, goblet, nhnees Is. 51, 17. 
22 DID M2zpP pleonast. the goblet-cup. 


V=R fut. Yap? pr. fo take or grasp 
in the hand. Arab. Yass to take with 
the fingers; (asd to grasp with the 
hand ; 4o43 id. Kindr. are Aram. 720, 
52s, to compress; also Heb. yp, 
YER. Hence 

1. to gather, to collect things, 6. σ. 
grain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13, 
17 (with x of place); wealth Prov. 13, 
11;c. Ὁ for any one Proy. 28,8. Metaph. 
Ps. 41, 7 his heart 5 938 Yap" gathereth 
iniquity for itself. i. e. my adversary in 
visiting me gathers new matter for 
hatred and slander. 

2. to gather together persons, to as- 
semble, Judg. 12,4. 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam. 
2, 30. 1 K. 18, 20. al. sep. With 5x of 
pers. fo whom 1 K. 18,19. 2 Sam. 3, 21; 
ὌΝ of place αἱ which Ezra 8, 15; ‘Sip 


κεν 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2, 5 5 by id. 
1K. 11, 24. 
Nien. 1. to be gathered, collected, 


e. g. corpses Ez. 29, 5. 

2. to be gathered together, to be as- 
sembled, of persons ; also to gather them- 
selves together ; Gen. 49, 2. 1 Sam. 7, 
6, 25, 1. Esth. 2, 8. 19. Is. 43,9. al. Of 


909. 


“Sp 


beasts Is. 34,15. With 5x of pers. Josh. 
10, 6. Ezra 10, 14 $2 2 Chr. 13, 7. 

Piet 1. to take or fold in the arms, 
as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40, 11. 
Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7. 
Opp. is 312. 

2. to gather, to collect things, e. g. 
grapes in the vintage Is. 62,9; sheaves 
to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters 
into a pool Is. 22, 9; idols, to get logether 
Mic. 1, 7.—Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see 
in ἌΝ, 

3. to gather together, to assemble, e. g. 
beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may 
not be destroyed, Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of 
persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is. 
66, 18. Ez. 20, 34. 41. 36, 24. al. as dis- 
persed Is. 11, 12. 56,8. Very often of 
God, as gathering together the Israelites 
when dispersed, with Ὁ of place 
whence; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6; 
from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27. 
Ps. 107, 3; out of the nations Deut. 30, 
3. Ez. 11,17. With >» fo any one Is. 
56, 8; against Ez. 16, 37. 

Puau part. f. N¥ap9 gathered, assem- 
bled, Ez. 38, 8. 

ήσαν, plan to gather themselves to- 
gether, to assemble, Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9, 
47. 1 Sam. 7,7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44, 
11. al. 

Deriv. yi2P, and the three here fol- 
lowing. 


SNTAP , see DNEIP*. 


“ZAP £. a gathering, heap, hoard, Ez. 
22,20. R. 7ap. 


DIZIP (two heaps, r. y3p) Kibzaim, 
pr. n. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22. 
See in S3¢p3. 


*"2P fat. “apt, to bury, 6. 5. one 
person Gén. 23, 4. 19. 25, 9. 50, 14. 
Judg. 2, 9. 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. sep. 
Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12.— 
Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary 
idea is that of heaping up a tumulus, 


see Syr. p20 to heap up, for Gr. σωρεύω 


Rom. 12, 20. Kindr. is "3%. The bili- 
teral root is =? , comp. the verbs 33p, 
323. 

Nipu. pass. to be buried, 6. g. one per- 
son Gen. 15, 15. 35, 8. 19. Judg. 12, 7sq. 
Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer. 8, 2. 16, 4. 6. 


nap 


Piet to bury, 6. g. several (comp. 
bop) Num. 33,4. 1K. 11, 15. Jer. 14, 
16. Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6. 

Puat pass. Gen. 25, 10. 

Deriv. ΞΡ and 


ΒΡ m. in pause “3p, c. suff. “3p ; 
plur. O™|SP, constr. "I3p ; and MSP, 
constr. MiN3P; pr. ‘a burial-place” a 
sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23, 9. Ex. 14, 11. 
Num. 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23. 
al.—Job 17, 1 "2 B™3p the sepulchres 
are ready for me, i. ᾳ. Engl. the grave- 
yard awaits me. 


TIRATNMIP (the graves of long- 
ing, see "2—) Kibroth-hattaavah, pr. ἢ. 
of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num. 
11, 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9, #8. 


a TIP i. q- Arab. Od, to divide, to 
cleave ; kindr. with "2, 18, and the 
like, see 774; comp. also xeduw, κεδά- 
ζω, σκεδάζω. Hence ΠΗ cassia, and 
“Pip vertex. 


we lt TIP to bow down, to bow the knee, 
to incline oneself in honour and reve- 
rence ; found only in fut. of the Chaldee 
form, "27, 7>™)1, plur. 1p". Followed 
always by monmein , which is stronger ; 
Gen. 24, 26 mind anmins wenn Ip and 
the man bowed down and ‘prostrated 
himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27. 
Num. 22,31. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9. 
2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept. 
usually zvzt@.—Kindr. is Syr. poo to 
incline oneself, to bend the knee ; comp. 
Arab. X25 to sit down; also Chald. 5p» 
to bend the knee, Samar. 4p> id.—This 
signif. cannot well be conciliated with 
that of no. I, by assuming it to be a 
denom. from “7p pr. ‘ to bow the head.’ 

"TTP obsol. root, Syr. apo to pos- 
sess. Hence pr. n. ἘΣ" (possessed 
by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp. 
CI2P}, Os2p?, from r. Map, mp. 


MIP f. (Ὁ. MPT) Ex. 30, 24. Ez. 27, 
19, aecording to the Syr. Chald. Vulg. 
cassia, a species of aromatic bark re- 
sembling cinnamon, but less fragrant 
and less valuable ; so called from its rolls 
being split. See Dioscor. 1.12. Theo- 
phr. Hist. Plant.9. 5. Celsii Hierob. II, 
186. 350 sq. Comp. ΠΡΌ, 


910 


“IP 


D4? m. plur. (r. ἘΞ) i. q. SYP no. 

3; aforetime, ancient days ; once Thay. 
5, 21 oxap ἘΠ ἃ stream of ancient 
days. Sept. Vatic. χειμάῤῥους ἀρχαίων, 
Targ. ‘rivus in quo facta sunt Israéli 
signa et fortia facta ab antiquis..—The 
form is like 5°23, 5°52, which also 
designate time. 


WIP and op adj. (τ. WIP). constr. 
Sip, c.suff. 7p; plur. wisp, orp, 
see at the end of the article ; holy, sacred, 
sanctus, ἅγιος, ἁγνός, pr. pure, clean, free 
from the defilement of vice, idolatry, and 
other impure and profane things; opp. 
is $27 impure, profane. In fixing the 
primitive signification of this word, the 
following are classical passages: Lev. 
11, 43 sq. where after the law respect- 
ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shall 
not pollute yourselves with these, that yé 
should be defiled therewith, 44 .. . OR") 
ὋΝ ΟΡ "> sep por be ye holy 
(sanctus, pure), for I am holy. v. 45. 
So 19, 2, and 20,26, where the same 
formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, is 
placed at the beginning and end of a 
section (c. 19. 20) containing various 
laws against fornication, adultery, in- 
cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. In 
Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov- 
ing human filth out of the camp, it is 
added : for Jehovah thy God walketh in 
the midst of thy camp... . 5°32 M37} 
winp wherefore let thy camp be holy 
(sanctus, cleau), that he (God) behold no 
unclean thing in thee, and turn away 
JSrom thee.—In a sense somewhat varied 
it is applied: a) To God as abhorring 
every kind of impurity both physical and 
moral; see Lev. Il. cc. Also as the 
avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4 
comp. v. 2. 3. Is. 6, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as 
the object of fear and reverence to men 
Ps. 99, 3. 9. 111, 9 where it is coupled 
with δ. Sometimes God is χατ᾽ 
ἐξοχήν called Sinp Holy, the Holy One, 
Job 6, 10. Is. 40,25. Hab. 3,3; and more 
frequently also Ἐδῶ wisp the Holy 
One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as Is. 1, 
4. 5,19. 24. 10, 17, 20. 12; 6. 17, 7. 43, 
3. 14, 45, 11, 47, 4. 48, 17. al. Else- 
where rarely, as Ps. 78, 41. 89,19. Ὁ) 
To angels, who xur ἐξοχήν are called 
holy, Dan. 8, 13; see below in Plur, c) 


mp 


To priests, with dat. of the divinity, as 
Lev. 21, 6 ory y>xb wT ΘΎΘῚΡ Let them 
be holy (pure, clean) unto their God, in 
his sight, and not profane, ete. v.7. Ps. 
106, 16 and Aaron MIM ΘΥῚΡ holy unto 


Jehovah. Also with dat. of other men, " 


unto whom the priest should be holy, 
Lev. 21,8. Of a Nazarite Num. 6, 5. 
d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure 
and clean from the defilement of guilt 
and sin, so fur as is possible for erring 
mortals, Is. 4, 3; then of the people of 
Israel, who were bound to abstain from 
and avoid every kind of impurity, Lev. 
11, 43-45. 19,2 see above. Deut, 7, 6 
comp. v. 5; with dat. holy to Jehovah 
14, 2. 21. 26,19. 46) Of places conse- 
crated, holy, Ex. 29, 31. Lev. 6,9. 19. al. 
Of days consecrated to God, before 
ptbxd Neh. 8, 10. 11.—Hence wip a 
holy place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46, 
5 jibe “2289 Wisp the holiest of the 
dwellings of the Most High. 

Prur. WIP, ΒΡ 1. As plur. 
majest. for the sing. the Most Holy, for 
Jehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov. 
9, 10. 30, 3. 

2. Pr. holy ones, i.e. a) angels, es- 
pec. in the later books (see in S"3p), 
Job 5, 1. 15,15. Zech. 14.5. Ps. 89, 6. 
8; perh. Deut. 33, 8. Ὁ) the pious wor- 
shippers of God, saints, Ps. 16, 3. 34, 10. 
Deut. 33, 3; spec. the Jewish people 
(see ©"7—) Dan. 8, 24. 


᾿ mR 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4. 
Is. 50, 11. 64,1. Syr. Aph. id. Arab. 
5 to strike fire. 


2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to 
burn, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14. 
Deriv. M3pX and 


PTI? Γ᾿ burning fever, Lev. 26, 16. 
Deut. 28, 22. 


EP m. (τ. SIP) with 7 loc. Hap. 

1. the front, the part or region over 
against any one. Hab. 1,9 πο ΠΡ for- 
wards. 

2. the east, the eastern quarter of the 
heavens, i. q. 532; see in “IMR no. 2. 
Often in Ezekiel, as OP MxB Ez. 47, 18. 
48, 2. 6-8. 16; in ace. eastward 43,17. 
44,1. 46, 1. 12. 47,2; and so M3™p 11, 
1.—Hence poet. "TP M4, OP MN, 


911 


the east wind, Ex. 10,13. 14,21. Ps. 49,8. 
Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. oR id the 
most vehement of all winds in western 
Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27,21. Is. 
27, 8. Jer. 18, 17. Ez. 27,26; as scorching 
and withering plants and herbage, Gen. 
41, 6, 23. Ez. 17, 10. 19, 12. Jon. 4, 8, 
But the east wind is perh. put for any 
violent wind between the east and south; 
{so the Arabs at the present day call the 
violent south wind of the desert Shir- 
kiyeh i. 6. east wind; and hence the 
Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em- 
ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287, 
289.—R.] Metaph. i. q. 7, of any 
thing vain and empty, Hos. 12,2. Job 
15, 2. 


wp Chald. adj. i q. Heb. wimp, 
holy, sanctus; spoken a) Of God and 
also of false deities; 1 "7p θα the holy 
gods, Dan. 4, 5. 6. 5, 11. b) Of angels; 
Dan. 4, 10 3p) “"> a watcher (angel) 
even a holy one. Plur. OP Aoly ones, 
i.e. angels, 4, 14 [17]. See 8i77 Plur. 
no.2.a. 6) Ofthe Jews, Dan.7, 21; fully 
My WHIP the holy ones (saints) of 
the Most High, Dan, 7,18. 22.25; comp. 
Esdr. 8, 70 τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἅχιον. 


"ΠΡ in Kal not used; Arab. ολθ 
to go before, to precede; mid. Damm. to 
precede in time, to be of old. The pri- 
mary idea seems to be that of being 
sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. 7p for 
pap a sharp instrument, axe; hence pr. 
to be or go in front, at the point, head, 
Germ. an der Spitze stehen. 

Pre. ΠΡ 1. to go before, to precede, 
Ps. 68, 26; with acc. of pers. Ps. 89, 15. 

2. to come or get before any one, 
to anticipate, φϑάνειν. Syr. Sop id. 
With acc. Ps. 17,13 "28 ΠΏ. 119, 
148 MimaBR WT DIP my eyes antici- 
pate the night-watches, i. 6.1 wake ere 
the night-watches are cried out.—With 
inf. to do hastily, speedily, i i. 6. earlyin 
the morning, as Syr. sop, Eth. PRE, 
Chald. pap for Heb. o72u". SoJon. 
4, 2 therefore "12> "F27P T made haste 
to flee. Absol. Ps. 119, 147 7022 “ATP 
1 rise early with the dawn. 

3. to go to meet any one, to meet, to 
encounter, with acc. of pers. Ps, 88, 14. 


Op 
Spec. a) With help, i.q.tosuccowr, Ps. 
59, 11. 79, 8. Job 3,12. Ὁ) With 2 to 


meet one with any thing, in order to pre- 
sent it, q. ἃ. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5. 
Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13,2; genr. Mic. 6, 6. 
With two ace. Ps. 21, 4; 3 of thing Ps. 
95, 2. c) Ina hostile sense, 4. d. to as- 
sail ; Is. 37, 33 532 MPQIP Nd no shield 
shall come up against her, the city, i. e. 
shall net be raised against her. Job 30, 
27. Ps. 18, 6. 19. 

Hiex. 1. to come before, to antici- 
pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing 
a favour on any one, so as to make 


him a — Job 41, 8. Arab. cond 
IV, id. PAE a kindness, kind office ; 


see Schult. ad Job. p. 1183. 

2. i.q. Pi. no. 3. 6, to meet as an ene- 
my; to fall upon, as calamity, c. 192 
Am. 9, 10. 

Deriv. DIpP—22IpP, BaP, Bp, 
thnp. 

DIP m. in pause DIP Gen. 10, 30; also 
OJP only with 7 paragog. no7p. Plur. 
constr. "27P see in no. 3. » 

1. Pr. the front, what is before ; hence 
as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. ὉΠ id. Is. 
9, 11.—Hence 

2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in 
"IMX no. 2. Job 23,8. ἘΠῚ from the 
east, after a verb of motion Gen. It, 2. 
13, 11; also at the east, eastward, Gen. 
2,8. > ΠΡ Prep. at the east of, east- 
ward of, Gen. 3, 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh. 
7, 2. Judg. 8,11. With ™ paragog. 
M27P towards the east, eastward, Gen. 
13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al. 
Sometimes is added pleonast. ΓΙ ΤῺ 
Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; down mn 
Josh. 19, 12, But ΠΡ is also ‘what 
is fowarde the east” and i. q. Op, 
(comp. 7233, H7iY,) hence M23p raed 
on the east side Ex. 27,13. 38, 13; mapa 
ΓΘ id. Ez. 45, 7.—Further, cup "23 
the sons of the east, the inhabitants of the 
Arabian desert, which lies eastward of 
Palestine, and extends to the Euphrates, 
now eLatt Ku desert of Syria; Job 
1,3. Is. 11,14. Jer, 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4. 
1K. 5,10. Judg. 6, 3. 33,7. 12. Also 
BIR VS Gen. 25,6, and Bap 23 γᾺΝΣ 
29, 1, the Syrian desert ineluding Meso- 
potamia; and so ἘΠ ὙΠ of the moun- 


912 


ap 


tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23,7. But 
ΞΡ ΠῚ Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain of 
Arabia, see in art. NO.—Is. 2, 6 "ΝΒ 
Dp they are filled full from the east, 
i. e. with superstitions and sorceries 
brought from the east or Babylon. But 
perh. it should read type. 

3. Of time, former times, aforetime, 
ancient days, poet. i.q. 249 no.1. Arab. 


° J olden time, Lode aforetime, of old. 


So Ps. 78, 2. Job 29, 2. Also D3p% from 
ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77,6. 12. 
Is. 45,213 DIP "22 kings of old, ancient 
kings, Is. 19, 11; DIP "7" times of old 
Ps. 44,2; Bap wa" Is. 23, 7. Mic.7,20. 
Lam. 1, 7. Spoken also of eternity, at 
least that which is without beginning, 
e.g. DIP x Deut. 33,27; ΠΡ ses 
who sitteth upon his thrones frets ever- 
lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 15. 
Ps. 68, 34.—Put also a) Adverbially 
for aforetime, of old, Ps.'74, 2. Jer. 30,20. 
Lam. 5, 21, i. q. cuss, pub. b) As 
a prep. δίνη; Prov. 8, 29 —Plur. constr. 
“27P primordia, δε tin ing’: Prov. 8, 23. 


DIP, Chald. prep. once SFP (in 
"m27F") Dan. 7, 13; c. suff. plur. 777277,, 
“Mmntp. πο, Dan. 7, 7, jins3Ip, 
before, ante, coram, i. q. er seb. So 
to speak before any one, i. e. to him, 
Dan. 2, 9. 36. 4, 5. 6, 13. 14; also after 
a verb signitying to answer Dan, 2, 
10. 27; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to read 
Ezra 4, 18. 23. "2p, "BY it was good 
before me, i. ἃ. “755 nin, Dan. 3, 32 
[4, 2]. 6, 2. After ‘carha of motion, 
Dan. 2, 94. 25. 3,13. 4, 3. 5, 13.—Also 
DIP, j2 i. q. Heb. "289, 53% “from, after 
verbs of receiving Dan. 2, 6; of asking 
2, 18; of commanding 6, 97; of sending 
Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of fearing Dan. 
5, 19. 6, 27. 

MIP ἢ (r. 810) oldness, antiquity. 
Is. 23,7 ΠΟ DIP 702 whose (Tyre’s) 
antiquily is from ancient days. Also 
former state, Ez. 16,55. Plur. Ez. 36, 
11.—In the construct state ΓΘ, it be- 
comes a preposition, and with "x impl. 
a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6. 

ΤΡ Chald. former time; hence 
my ΤΟ 12 Dan. 6, 11, XpI-M2IPA 
Ezra 5, 11, in former times, aforelime 
formerly. 


7p 


MOP (eastward) Kedemah, pr. n. of 
a son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15.—Another 
MIP see in ὉΠ no. 1. 


ΤΩΡ i. q. SIP no. 2, only in constr. 
ΤΡ, on the east of, eastward of a place, 
Gen. 2, 14, comp. WR. 4, 16. 1 Sam. 
13, 5. Ez. 39, 11. 


TiO 3P adj. (fr. Op) fem. προ, 
eastern, Ez. 47, 8. 


ΤΟΎ, see "227P. 


MVOIP (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr. 
ἢ, of acity in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21, 
37. 1 Chr. 6, 64. An adjacent desert 
bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26. 


“27P Chald. first, plur. 8727p Dan. 
7,24. Fem. st. emphat, ΟἽ 7, 4; 
plur: RMD IP 7, 8. 


vvre 


SNP (one before God, i. e. minis- 
ter of God, τ. 03) Kadmiel, pr. un. m. 
Ezra 2, 40. 3,9. Neh. 7,43. 9, 4. 10, 10. 
12, 8. 


ἜΣ ΔῚΡ or “9 ΩΡ adj. f. ΤΟΣ ΟῚ; plur. 
ΠΣ ῚΡ, ΓΘ ΟἿΣ ; comp. ἩΩῚΡ. R. ΘΠ. 

1. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. Ὡ5Π 
“2i27—M the eastern sea, i.e. the Dead 
Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter- 
ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech. 
14, 8. 

2. former, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mal. 
3, 4. Plur. Ὡ 22 older persons, the 
aged, Job 18, 20. Sing. collect. 1 Sam. 
24, 14 "2.27PM Dua the proverb of the 
ancients. Plur. f. m1°227p former things, 
things of old, Is. 43, 18. 

4. Kadmonite, collect. pr. n. of a Ca- 
naanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the 
eastern part of the country, Gen. 15, 19. 
Bochart conjectures them to be the 
same with the Hivites; Canaan I. 19. 


PIP m. (τ. 717 1) c. suff. HPP, 
others PIP, Job 5, 7. Ps. 7, 17, vertex, 
top, crown of the head, so called because 
the hair there divides itself; comp. 
Germ. Scheitel, die Haare scheiteln. 
Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. 20. Is. 3, 17. 
Jer. 2,16. 48, 45. al. Fully “Ὁ “p3p 


the crown of hair (pr. the dividing of 
8 


the hair) Ps. 68, 22. Arab. Quis is the 
part of the head from the vertex to the 
neck behind. 

77 


913 


wp 


*""P 1. to be dirty, foul ; spoken 
of a turbid torrent, Job 6,16. Hence, to 
go about in dirty garments, like mourn- 
ers, i. q. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2. 
Part. "ΡΟ a@ mourner Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. 


42, 10. 43,2. Job 5, Ll. Arab. 535, :d3 


to be squalid, of garments; Chald. “Ip 
id. comp. "72. 

2. to be of a dirty or dusky colour, to 
be dark coloured, 6. g. the skin as 
scorched by the sun Job 30, 28; to be 
darkened, to become dark, as the day, the 
sun, the moon, Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel 
2, 10. 4, 15. 

Hires. 1. to cause to mourn, Ez. 31, 15. 

2. to darken, to obscure, 6. g. the sun, 
stars, Ez. 32, 7. 8. 

ΗΙΤΗΡ. to be darkened, overcast, 6. g. 
the heavens 1 K. 18, 45. 

Deriv. ὙΠ ΠΡ. 

ΠΡ (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. n. ofa 
son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. Also of an 
Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant. 
1,5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is jained 
with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28. 
Ez. 27, 21; more fully "77 "23 Is. 21,17. 
Ps. 120, 5 Rode and Meshech, put for 
berharons tribes. The Kedar are the 
Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na- 
batheans, Hist. V. 11; comp. Reland 
Palest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all 
the Arabs by this name; whence 8 8. 
“ΠΡ the Arabic tongue. 


PVP (the turbid, τ. "3p, comp. Jot 
6, 16) Kidron, pr. ἢ. of the brook or tor- 
rent flowing in winter through the valley; 
of like name between Jerusalem and the 
Mount of Olives, and emptying itself into. 
the Dead Sea; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 2, 37.. 
15,13. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40. Hence: 
χείμαῤῥος τοῦ Κεδρῶν John 18,1. See- 
a full description in Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
[. p. 396-402. 


MNP ἢ (r. TIP) darkness, obscurity: 
of the heavens, Is. 50, 3. 


ΤΡ adv. in mourning, nor nine 
Mal. 3, 14. R. “4p. 


*OIp and DIP Num..17, 2, fut. 
WIP. 

1, to be pure, clean, pre of physieah 
purity and cleanness; see Hithpa. now1j. 
and adj. isp. Kinde. is perh..WIm, off 


wip 
which the primary idea is ‘to be bright.’ 
—Hence 

2. to be holy, sacred, sanctus ; so in all 
the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa. 
a) Of a person who consecrates himself 
to God, and so regards himself as holier 
‘than the profane vulgar ; Is. 65,5 ΠΡ 
1 am holy unto thee, for 42 "H2IR; or of 
those who are consecrated by touching 
sacred things, Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6, 
11.20. Ὁ) Of things destined for the sa- 
cred worship Num. 17, 2. 3. Ex. 29, 21; 
or which are consecrated by the contact 
of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2, 
12; or which are devoted to the sacred 
treasury, Deut. 22, 9. 

Nien. 1. to be regarded and treated 
as holy, to be hallowed, sanctified, se. 
God, c. 3 Lev. 10, 3. 22,32, Also to 
show oneself holy, glorious, in any one, 
either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41. 
28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27; or by. in- 
flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20, 
13; comp. Is. 5, 16. 

2. to be consecrated, e. g. the sacred 
tabernacle Ex. 29, 43. 

Pret ap to make holy, to sanctify, to 
hallow, i. e. 

1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat 
as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51; a priest 
Lev. 21, 8; the sabbath, fo keep holy, 
Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 
17, 22. 24. 27. Ez. 20, 20. 

2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e. g. 
the sabbath Gen. 2, 3; a people Lev. 20, 
8. 21,8. Also to institute any holy thing, 
to appoint, e. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15 
(parall. with 87P) ; a festival 2 K. 10, 20. 

3. to consecrate, e. g. a priest Ex. 28, 
41. 29, 1.1 Sam. 7, 1; analtar, the tem- 
ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1 
K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13, 2; the 
people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7, 
13; a building when completed, Neh. 3, 
1; a mountain, as separate and distin- 
guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23.— 
Hence to consecrate or sanctify with 
solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa- 
erifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1,5; troops for 
battle, Jer. 51,27. Comp.Hiph. Also 
mands wap to consecrate or inaugurate 
a war, battle, (i. e. with sacred rites, 
comp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 10,) q. d. 
to prepare, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4. 
Trop. Mice. 3, δ, 


914 


wIp 


Puac part, VIP , consecrated, spoken 
of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, 11. 
2 Chr. 26,18. 31, 6—Is. 13, 3 "Wap my 
consecrated ones, i. e. soldiers whom I 
have consecrated to war; comp. Jer. 51, 
27. 

Hien. 1. i. ᾳ. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13. 29, 
23. Num. 20, 12. 

2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to 
sanctify, Jer. 1, 5. 

3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God 
Lev. 27, 14 sq. Judg. 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8,11. 
1 Chr. 26, 37. Also of God, to sanctify, 
to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-born 
Num. 3, 13. 8, 17; the temple 1 K. 9, 
3.7. 

Hirap. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself, 
by sacred ‘ablutions and observances. 
2 Sam. 11, 4 ΠΝ ὉΤΟ ΤΌΣ gw for 
δὲ had; purified herself front her unclean- 
ness. Is. 66, 17 coupled with πῶσ, 
Often of the priests and Levites, as puri- 
fying themselves for the holy service, 
Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 32. 14. 2 Chr. 5, 
11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. to show oneself holy, i.e. pure from 
guilt, to sanctify oneself, Lev. 11, 44. 20, 
7; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez. 
38, 23. 

3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a festi- 
val, Is. 30, 29. 

Deriv. Ip, VIP, DIP, 3p, Shp, 
wspr. 


UP m. pr. sacred, consecrated. Hence 

1. Spec. a male prostitute, a catamite, 
sodomite, κίναιδος, so called as conse- 
crated to the service of Astarte or Venus; 
Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 15, 12. 22, 47. 
2. K. 23, 7. Job 36,14. These wretched 
beings were priests or rather temple- 
servants (i90dovios) of Astarte at Hiera- 
polis in Syria ; and having been emaseu- 
lated and wearing a female dress, they 
wandered about through the cities 
and villages begging and bearing with 
them an image of the goddess. They 
were courted by females, and gave them- 
selves up to unnatural Tusts. See espee. 
Lucian. Luc. § 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syra, 
§ 27,51. Jerome ad Hos. 4,14. Spencer 
de Legg. rit. II. 35. Movers Pheenizier 
I. p. 678. 

2. Kadesh, pr. π. Gen. 14, 7. 16, 14. 
20,1. Num. 13, 27. al. also 3372 WIR 


wp 915 


Kadesh-barnea Num. 32,8. 34, 4. Deut. 
1,2. 19. 2, 14. Josh. 10, 41. al. a city in 
the south-eastern extremity of Judah, 
adjacent to Idumea, whither the children 
of Israel came under Moses, sent spies 
into Palestine, and then turned back to 
Mount Hor, ete. Gen. 20, 1. Nam, 13,27. 
20, 14.16.22. 33, 36. 37. Judg. 11, 16. 17. 
There was here a fountain called ἢ 
vein Gen. 14,7; afterwards ΓΞ Ὁ 72 
Deut. 32, 51; the adjacent desert was 
called also UIP "279 Ps. 29, 8. [All 
these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh 
in the western part of the ’Arabah south 
of the Dead Sea, perh. not far from the 
fountain ?Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre- 
quented watering-place in all that re- 
gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Καδδὴς 
Βαρνή. Jerome Quest. Heb. in Gen. 
14, 7: “ Cades...significat locum apud 
Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur.” 
Reland Palest. p.114. Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p.582,620.—R.] The term 3272 
Simonis regards as from "3 open coun- 
try, desert, and 32 wandering, from r. 333. 


UIP (sanctuary) in pause Ἐπ Judg. 
4,11, Kedesh, pr.n. a) A city in the 
southern part of Judah, Josh. 15,293, b) 
Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 
37. 21, 32. Judg. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 61. 
With He parag. πῶ Judg. 4,9; and 
ΠῚ 4,10. This city, Kedesh of Naph- 
tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper 
.ake of the Jordan, el-Hileh; and still 
exists under the same name, Arab. 

λὰξ Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Ht. p. 355. Biblioth. Sacr. I, p. 11 and 
Map. c) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 
57, also called }i°OP Josh. 19, 20. 21, 28. 


DIP m. once VTP Dan. 11, 30, ¢. 
suff. ἜΘ ; plur, ΒΡ (kodashim), with 
art. and pref. ρα, ΘΟ ΡΞ Lev. 22, 
4, τ Neh. 10, 34; but c. suff. "Ip 
Ez. 22, "8, “wimp 2 Chr. 15, 18 pia 
Ewald’s Krit. Gramm. Ρ. 335), and "Ip, 
Num. 5, 10. 

1. holiness, sanctity ; so Arab. φν θάμ! 
el-Kuds, coner. ‘the holy,’ pr. ἢ. ΓΑ Jeru- 
salem, ΕῸΙ τς» the Holy Spirit ; 


Syr. Larac [wes id.—Most. freq. in the 
genit. after another noun, instead of an 
adjective, as 3p M28 holy ground Ex. 
3,5; SIpM ΘῚΡῸ the holy place Lev. 10, 


wp 

17. 14,13. So ec. suff. ἜΦΗ ὙΠ my moun- 
tain of holiness, i. e. my holy mountain, 
Ps. 2,6; θὴρ M7 thy Holy Spirit Ps. 
51, 13; rarely with ody added, as 1 
Chr. 22, 19 oT>N Btp "b> the holy ves- 
sels of God. Ascribed also to all those 
things which in any way pertain to God 
or to his worship, as "¥7P ὈΦ my holy 
name Lev. 20, 3. 22,2; ἡ maw thy 
holy sabbath Neh. 9,14; BIPM WP the 
Holy City, Jerusalem, Is. 48,2. Neh. 11, 
1; 7OIR dorm thy holy temple Ps. 138, 2; 
wip om hallowed bread, the shew- 
bread, 1 Sam. 21,5; wip "123 holy vest- 
πρώ 2-0 28, 2. de wip "298 the sacred 
jewels, trop. for the nobles of the people, 
Lam. 4, 1; SIP MY the sacred princes, 
i.e. the priests of higher rank, 1 Chr. 24, 
5. Is. 43, 28; SIP ov a holy people, Is- 
rael, Dan. 12,7; 83p m2 a holy cove- 
nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, ete. ete.—Rarely 
only, and in doubtful examples, is it to be 
rendered as abstr. holiness, Am. 4,2. Ps. 
60, 8. 108, 8; in which places “S1p3, 
ships, is usual y translated: by my (his) 
holiness } perh, more correctly: in my 
(his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. ll. ce. ἐν 
τῷ ἁγίῳ avtov.—The notion of purity, 
physical or moral, is referred to in Ex. 
22, 30. 2 Chr. 31,18. Is. 6,13; see in 
art. Wisp init. 

2. Coner. a holy thing, something sa- 
cred, consecrated to God, opp. ἘΠῚ pro- 
fane; Lev. 10,10. Ex. 29, 33.34. Num. 
18, 17. Prov. 20, 25. al. sep. With dat. 
added, mind Sip Lev. 27, 10. 14. 21. 
Jer. 2, 3. Ezra 8,28; ΠΝ Ὁ wip Lev. 
21, 7. 23,20; jn=> san SIP Num. 6, 20. 
18, 10; rarelye: genit. "8p id. Lev. 19, 

δέοΡυ δά. ΘΛ ΦΊΡΙ the consecrated things 
Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3. 6. 7.12. ἘΡΡΠ ADD 
the silver dedicated to the temple 1 Chr. 
26, 20. 26. 28,12. With genit. of the 
person conseécrating, as 1K. 15, 15 "τῷ 
man. Lev. 22,15. Num. 5,9; also of 
him to whom they are consecrated, 
ἊΣ "Op Lev. 5, 15. 

3. ὦ holy place, sanctuary, as the ta- 


-bernacle Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 35, 19. 39, 


1; the temple Ps. 20, 3. Dan. 8, 14. al. 
Spec. of the temple itself, as distinguish- 
ed from its courts, etc. i.e. the 53°75, 
ὃ ναός, 1 K. 8. 8. 2 Chr. 29,7. Once.of 
the inner sanctuary, for 5°S3p Op Ez. 
41, 23. 


wp 


4. Intens, Θ᾿ wap holiness of holi- 
nesses, something most holy,e.g. a) Of 
things, as the sacred incense Ex. 30, 36; 
the sacred utensils v. 29 ; the altar 29, 37. 
30, 10. 40, 10; the part of the sacrifices 
_ which only the priests might eat, Lev. 
2, 3. 10. 6, 10. Nom. 18,9. Ez. 48, 12. ἃ]. 

So of things devoted with a curse Lev. 
27,28. Plar. τ τρ τι "HIP the most holy 
things; of offerings destined for the priests 
alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Chr. 31,14. Ez. 42, 
13. 44, 13. b) Of men, as Aaron; 1 Chr. 
23,13. 6) Of places, a most holy place, 
Num. 18,10. Spec. the inner sanctuary, 
adyltum, "733, in the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
33. 34. Num. “4, 4.19; and in the temple 
1K. 6, 16. 8,6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4. al. 
Fully οὐρα wsp ma 2 Chr. 3, 8. 10. 


MU IP fem. of subst. BIp no. 1, a fe- 
male prostitute, harlot, pr. one conse- 
crated like the ©73p to the worship of 
Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti- 
tution went into the treasury of the 
temple of that goddess ; Gen. 38, 21. 22. 
Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4,14. Comp. Num. 
25, 1. Jerome |. c. Hdot. I. 199. Lucian 
de Dea Syra ὃ 6. Id. Heter. 7, 1. 14, 3. 


Tac. Hist. 2. 3. Similar are the Hindu 


Bayadeéres. 


*FWIP, kindr. with AmB, to become 
dull, to be blunted, 6. g. the teeth Jer. 31, 
29.30. Ez. 18,2. Syr.id. Chald. xp id. 

Pie, “AP id. intrans. of iron Ecce. 10, 
10. 


ἘΠ in Kal not used, prob. fo call, 
to convoke, kindr. with στ. dip. 

Hipn. to call together, to convoke, e. g. 
ἃ people Num. 8,9, 10,7. 20,8. Deut. 4, 
10. al. With >» against any one, Num. 
16, 19; acc. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11, 
10. 

Nipn, to be convoked, to assemble, 6. g. 
a people Esth. 9, 2. 15. 16. 18. 8, 11; ς. 
by Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16,3, 17,7; by 1K. 
8,2. Jer. 26,9; also with by of place 
Lev. 8, 4. Voller. 20, 1; Ὁ 2 Chr. 20, 26; 
ace. of place Josh. 18, 1. ‘22, 12. ᾿ 

Deriv. 5°>np2, MIPNP_2, and the four 
here following. 


SFP m. constr. bap, 6. suff. obnp. 

1. a coming together, an assembling, 
the act, Deut. 9,10 apm ira. 10, 4. 
18, 16, 


916. 


snp 


2. an assembly, congregation, convoca- 
tion. a) Spee. of the assembly or con- 
vocation of the people of Israel, for any 
cause Judg. 22, 8. ? Chr. 29,3. 2 Chr. 
23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28; mostly for re- 
Ligiéus purposes, ig. 7737, fally Sap 
byt Lev. 16, 17. Deut. 31, 30; sy bap 
Num. 16, 3. Deut 23, 2; oben inp 
Neh. t3, 1; also 6. art. bapn κατ ἐξοχήν 
Ex. 16, 3. Lev 4, 13.14. ‘Num. 10,7. ale 
sep. So 22 5p Ps. 35, 18. 22,26; np 
5112 1 K.8,65. b) In a wider sense, of 
any assembly or multitude of men, Jer. 
31, 8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. 47. 32, 22; of 
troops Ez. 17, 17. 38, 4.15; of nations 
Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50, 9; of 
the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49, 65 
of the righteous Ps. 149,1; of holy ones 
i.e. angels Ps. 89, 6. 8; of the dead 
Prov. 21, 16. 


MMP (convocation) Kehelah, pr. ῃ- 
of astation of the Israelites in the desert, 
c. 5 parag. Num. 33, 22. 23. 


MDdMP £ (r. ἘΠῚ) an assembly, congre- 
gation, Deut. 33, 4. Neh. 5, 7 


MoMP Koheleth, pr. n. by which Solo- 
mon is denoted in the book thus in- 
scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes. 
It is usually of the mase. gend. and 
without the article, Ecc. 1, 1. 2. 12, 9. 
10; once ο. art. 12, 8, see Lehrg. p. 656, 
657; once with verb fem, Ecce. 7, 27 
monp max, where perh. it cheutd be 
read nbnipn oo as in 12, 8.—The fem. 
termination is not ibtcauent in words 
denoting office, station, etc. (see MB, 


9. - 
m2, KatS i.e. Khalif}) and also in 


later Hebrew even in proper names of 
men, see MDD, M335; Lehrg. p. 468, 
878.—As to the signification, the only 
true one seems to be that given by the 
earliest versions, 6. g. Sept. and Vulg. 
᾿Εχκλησιαστής, Ecclesiastes, i. 6. a preach- 
er, one addressing a public assembly and 
discoursing of homen things, i. ἃ. 93 
MBOX 12, 11, pr. ‘a convoker’; unless 
one chooses to derive the signif. of 
preacher or orator from the primary 
notion of calling and speaking, SMP i. q. 
dip, dls. For other explanations, see 
Knobel Comm. p. 2, 3. Thesaur. p. 
1199, 1200. 


nmap 


*DIP a root of doubtful authority, 
found once in Cod. Samar. Gen, 49, 10 
pres innps 151, for Heb. 2°22 MAP? 19), 
i. e. from the Chald. to him shall the na- 
tions be gathered together. It seems 
therefore to have been i.q. Chald. SAP, 
Heb. bmp, to assemble. Hence pr. ἢ. 
mapm and 

MIP (assembly) Kehath, pr. ἢ. of a 
son of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6, 16. Josh. 
21,5. Written also MAP Kohath Num. 
4,14. 15. Hence patronym. "fpr the 
Kohathite Num. 3, 27. 4, 18. 37. 


‘2 and IP m. (τ. ΠῚ) the latter absol. 
Is, 28, 10. 13, but constr. 2 Καὶ. 21, 13. Is. 
34, 11; c. suff. ἢ Ps. 19, 5. 


85? 

1. acord, line, Arab. 843. Spec. a) 
a measuring line, Is. 34, 17. Ez. 47, 3. 
53 ἽΡ ΠῺΣ fo stretch a line upon any 
thing, in order to measure it; which is 
done where any thing is to be made Is. 
44,13; or built Job 38,5. Zech. 1, 16 
Keri ; or also to be destroyed and made 
even with the ground so that the line 
may be drawn over the levelled spot, 
2K. 21, 13. Lam. 2, 8. Is. 34,11. Ὁ) 
Metaph. a line, i. e. a rule, law, norm, Is. 
28, 17, and so vv. 10. 13 δ %p 2 "Pp 
Pv upon line, line upon line, see in art. 
ἊΣ 6) the margin, rim of a laver, resem- 
bling a cord, 1 K. 7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4, 2. 
d) a string of a lyre or other musical in- 
strument ; hence sound, α. ἃ. accord, Ps. 
19,5; Sept. ὃ φϑόγγος, and so Rom. 10, 
18, Symi. ὁ ἦχος, Vulg. sonus. But 
perh. instead of ἘΠῚ it should here 
read ἘΞῚΡ or D>p, as in v. 4; Bray: 
Erbe. 

2. strength, might, Arab. δ: , seer. 
mip no. 2. Is. 18,8 "ΠῚ "43 a nation 
most mighty. The repetition is inten- 
sive. 

*R'IP to spue out, to vomit forth. 
Arab. εἰ mid. Ye, Eth. PRA id. It 
would seem to have been formed by 
softening the final letter of the onomato- 
poetic Yip, 8p, and perhaps also pri- 
marily the form >*p; comp. under the 
letter > p. 738.—Metaph. Lev. 18, 28 
that the land spue you not out, reject you. 
Once Imper. plur. 3"p3 and spue ye 
Jer. 25, 27, as if from a root δὲ drop- 
ping &; see Arab. and Eth. above. 

77* 


917 


vip 


Hipu. id. Prov. 23, 8. 25, 16. Jon. 2, 11. 
Trop. Ley. 18, 25. 28. Job 20,15; where 
comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ‘devoratam pecu- 
niam evomere.’ 

Deriv. δ, PRP, XP. 

¥2"P (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. 3 
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38, ἃ helmet, i. q. 
>2i>. On the form and tone of this 


word, see in 3343, note. R. >3p. 
DTP, see in ὥτρ, 
Ὁ rip 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to 


wind; whence MP, ἪΡ no. 1, MPH. 
Hence 

2. to be strong, robust, the notion of 
binding fast, girding being tropically re- 
ferred to strength; see >4n , PIM no. 3, 
Comp. Germ. Strange i. e. tid strenge, 
(whence Engl. strength, strong), also 
anstrengen, all which come from the no- 
tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere. 


Hence ‘Pp no. 2.—Arab. se to ae 


strong. robust ; II, to strengthen. ss 
strength. 

3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying 
firmness and constancy of mind, comp. 
worm. So of trust in God, Part. "ip 
nim "Ps. 37, 9. Is. 40, 31; 6. suff. "ip 
Ps. 49, 23; ΠΡ 25, 3. 69, 7. Nip Lam. 
3, 25. See Piel. 

Piet πὴ i. gq. Kal no. 3, to hope far, 
to wait for, to expect any thing, c. acc. 
Job 7, 2. 17, 13. 30, 26; > Jer. 8, 15. 14, 
10; int ἡ Ὁ Is, 5.2 Ps, 69. 21. Spee. 
a) nyncny Τ map Ps. 25, 5. 39, 8. 40, 2. 
minsd ‘> Prov. 20, 22, ss by Ps. 27, 14. 
37, 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. e. for 
his help, to rest one’s hope on him. δ) 
to lie in wait for any one, c. dat. Ps. 119, 
95; 6. acc. UB? Ps. 56, 7. 

Nips. to gather themselves together, 
to assemble, (pr. perh. ‘to be wound to- 
gether, see Kal no. 1.) spoken of na- 
tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9. 

Deriv. 32, ΠΡ, MPA, MPM, and 

MIP or MP i. gq. 1p, a rope, cord, in 
Cheth. thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16; 
constr. perh. MP Jer. 31, 39. 


MiP Is. 61, 1, see MPTP p. 863. 


* DAP i. q. ΥῈΡ and 922, to loathe, to 
nauseate, trop. Pret. 3} Ez. 16, 47, where 
however both the reading and the inter- 
pretation are doubtful; all the ancient 


ΒῚΡ 


versions omit 0p. Others make it i. q. 
Arab. a3 only, duntarat ; see Thesaur. 
p- 1202.—Fut. DIpx c. 3 Ps. 95, 10. 
But vip? Job 8, 14, see ἴῃ τ. DUP. 

Nipu. id. c. 2583 Ez. 20, 43. 36, 31. 
Once 322 in some copies for 122 Ez. 
6, 9. 

Hirsray. ὉΡΩ͂ id. Ps. 119, 158; ὁ. 
3 139, 21. 


δ}; obsol. root, to call, to cry out ; 


Arab. J\G to speak, to say. Correspond- 
ing roots are Sanscr. gal to call aloud, 
Gr. καλέω, Lat. calo, whence calende, 
Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa- 
rently bap gq. v. and Chald. >23p.— 
Hence 


ΘῚΡ m. also >p Ex. 19, 16,6. suff. "ip ; 
plur. nibip, mibp, the voice ; Eth. PA 


voice, word, sound. Arab. ἧς > dictum, 
saying. Syr. [2 voice ; Chald. >p id. 


Spoken. 

a) Of the voice of men, e. g. as speak- 
ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6. 14; singing 
Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18; wailing Ps. 6, 9. 
Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102, 6; re- 
“joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118,15. Jer. 7, 34; so 
‘of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1 
iK. 1,41. Dan. 10,6. Of the voice of 
‘God as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18, 
116. al. So Gen. 27, 22 spz1 dip dipn 
.the voice is Jacob’s voice. Judg. 18, 3. 
1 Κ' 19, 13.—Also 511 ΒῚΡΞ with a loud 
‘voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is. 
“36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in ace. 5173 δὴ id. 
Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 5. al. 
by dip id. Deut. 27, 14; hx dip with 
-one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13; "dip with my full 


woice Ps, 3, 5. 142, 2, and so ΠῚ Is. 10, 


‘30 see in 5%. Pleonast. the voice of 
words Deut. 1, 34. 5,25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. 
Job 33, 8; the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2. 
‘6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9. 
Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice! the 
voice ! Cant. 2,8 "tin dip the voice of 
my beloved! se. 1 hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4. 
52, 8. 66. 6. Jer. 50, 28; comp. Job 39, 
24.—Metaph. ascribed to blood una- 
venged, Gen. 4,10. Put also meton. for 
speech, discourse, Eee. 5, 2. 5 [3.6]; for 
rumour, report, ‘Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3, 9. 
Ez. 26. 15. 

b) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g. 


918 


ΒῚΡ 
the bleating of flocks and lowing of 
herds 1 Sam. 15, 14, comp. Jer. 9, 9; the 
neighing of horses Jer. 8, 16; the roar- 
ing of lions Job 4, 10. Zech. 11,3. Also 
of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4; of the 
turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah. 2,8. 

c) Of the sound and noise of inanimate 
things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19. 19. 20,18. 
Josh. 6,5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. Job 
21,12; a bell Ex. 28, 35; thunder Ps, 
104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24. 43, 2, 
Ps. 42,8; rain 1 K. 18, 41; of chariots 
and horses, a ratiling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2,5; 
of fire,ibid. of burning thorns, crackling, 
Ecc. 7, 6; of a mill Eee. 12, 4; of a 
whip, cracking, Nah. 3, 2; also of the 
sound of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1K. 14, 6. 
2 K. 6, 32, and prob. Gen. 3, 8; of wings 
in motion Ez. 1, 24. 3,13; of a falling 
leaf, rustling, Bex: 26, 36. din bipa 
with great noise Is. 29, 6.—So nin dip 
κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν for ἐλμάσως Ps. 90, 3 sq. Is, 
30, 30. 31. Job 37, 2. 4. 5. 1 Sam. 7, 10. 
Plur. mibip thecndere Ex. 9, 23. 99. 33. 
34, 1 Sam. 12, 17; fully ποσὸν ‘p Ex. 
9,28. nibp min thunder- -flash, lightning, 
Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 

Rpec, may be noted the following 
phrases: 

aa) dip nto to lift up the voice, see in 
Nz no. 1. 6; also Sip oN id. see in 
nam Hiph. 

bb) ip jm2 a) to give forth one’s 
voice, of persons, e. g. in weeping Gen, 
45, 2. Num. 14,1; in outery Lam. 2, 7; 
in elias Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 20; 
c. 2 i. g. to call to any one Prov. 2, 3; 
ΥῊΝΞ dip 4n2 to proclaim in the land 
2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing Ps. 
104, 12; ofthe lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of 
the sea Hab. 3, 10; of the noise of a 
multitude Jer. 48, 34; of thunder-clouds 
Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering Ps. 
18, 14. Am. 1, 2. Joel 2,11. 4, 21. Jer. 
25, 30. 8) i>ipa ἸῺ) to give forth (to 
utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr. 
§ 135. 1. n. 8. So of a lion roaring, c 
>” against, Jer. 12,8; of God as thun- 
dering Ps. 46, 7. 68, 34. 

cc) ‘® dip 22% αν to hear the voice 
of any one, i.e. to listen to him, Gen. 4 
23. Is. 28,23. Of God as hearing and 
answering a suppliant Num, 20,16. Deut. 
26, 7. Ps. 5,4. 27,7. 55, 18. 64, 2. Jon. 
2,3. So bip yin id. Job 9, 16. Ps. 141, 1. 


bop 


8) Ὁ dipa 22% to hearken to the voice 
of any one, i. 6, fo listen and obey, Gen. 
27,8. 13.43. Ex. 18,19. Deut. 21, 18, al. 
Spec. fo obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5. 
Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sam. 12, 15. 15, 19. 20, 22. 
al. Of God as listening to a suppliant 
Gen. 30, 6. Judg. 13, 9. Ps. 130, 3, 7) 
Έ ΕΝ ΣῸΘ to hearken to the voice of 
any one, fo listen and obey, Gen, 3, 17. 
16, 2. Ex. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25; to obey 
God Ex. 15, 26. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 81, 12. 
δ) Ἔ ΡΟΝ Σ᾿ Lo listen to the voice of 
a suppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17. 

dd) 3 >ip ὝΣΤΙ to cause to be pro- 
claimed in a land, see in "33 Hiph. no. 2. 


m>ip (i. ᾳ. ππλϑὴρ, voice of Jehovah) 
Kolaiah, pr.n.m. a) Jer. 39,31. Ὁ) 
Neh. 11, 7. 


*DAp fut. DIP3, apoc. ἘΠ Gen. 27, 
31, 92 OP? Job 22, 28; conv. Spe, SPM, 
but 1 pers, CAPRI Neh. 2, 12, DPN) 1 K. 
3, 21; Imper. Dp, cp Tosh. 7 10, ο. Π 
parag. M25p; Pret. once ἘΝ Hos. 10, 
14, like Arab. eb. 
1. to rise up; Arab. el id. also to 
stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth. 


®RF to stand.—E. g. from the ground, 
or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32,23, Cant. 
5,5; 6. ἸΏ 1 Sam. 28, 23; 5 2 Sam. 
11,2. So of one who rises in the morn- 
ing Ps, 127, 2; or who had fallen down 
Prov. 24, 16. Mic. 7, 8; or was upon his 
knees 1 K. 8, 54; or was sitting, e. g. on 
a seat c. bsp ode: 3, 20, or at table c. 
ὩΣ 1 Sam. 20, 34. So ΓΙΌΣ orp to 
rise up from ‘fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in 
fasting, as connected with mourning, 
they sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4. 
2 Sam. 12, 16. Job 2, 13. .Imper. with 
dat. pleon. 9 “29p Cant. 2, 10.—Spec. 

a) to rise up to or before any one in 
eee of respect, reverence, Is. 49, 7; 

. "28 Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; mxp 
Gen. 19,1. 1 K. 2, 19. 

b) Very often it stands before verbs 
of going, departing, and the like; Gen. 


22,3 4251 ἘΡ5Ὶ and he rose up and went. | 


28,2 52 orp. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13. 
Num. 16, 25. Judg. 19,5. al. seepiss, 1 Sam. 
21, 11 2331 3 Ops. 26,2 TI ope. 
Gen. 21, 32 ἘΝ «Ρ"). Deut. 17,8 
m>3), ΤΏ", ete. Also, these being 


919 


Dip 


omitted, Dp itself is i.q. to rise up and 
80, to set off, Gen. 31, 17. Josh. 8, 19. 
1 Sam. 17,48; with 72 of place whence 
Gen. 23, 3. 46, 5, 1 Shm, 20, 41.—Some- 
times ΘῊΡ marks the doing or undertak- 
ing of any thing with impetus ; 2 Sam. 
23, 10 he arose and smote (32) ἘΡ AN) 
the Philistines until his hand was weary. 
Judg. 8, 21. 2K. 11,1. 2 Sam. 13, 31 
then the king arose and tore his gar- 
ments, Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21, Jer. 1, 17. 
Proy. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24,5. Sometimes 
it implies a doing again, after an inter- 
val; Josh. 6, 26 that riseth up and build- 
eth this city Jericho. Deut. 31,16. Ina 
few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver- 
bose style; Num. 11, 32 and the people 
rose up all that day...and gathered the 


quails. Ex. 2, 17.—Arab. οἱ c. fut. 


to undertake, to begin.—Hence Imper. 
Dap rise up! arise! as a word of incite- 
ment; either to go, as > πὴ Gen. 28, 
2; R¥ CAP 31, 13; MED orp 35, 1, etc. or 
to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 359 sap 
prin. v.21. 1K.21,15. Withn parag. 
intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah 
that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 ™ map 
mS wWin. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74, 22, 82,8. 
132, 8. al. 

6) to rise up against any one, ina 
hostile sense ; c. 52 Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14, 


22. Am. 7,9. al. 5x Gen. 4, 8. 1 Sam. 
22, 13. 24,8; 2 Mic. 7, 6; spb Num. 
16, 2; with nenbub Ob. 1. Also asa 


witness, fo rise upagainst Ps. 35, 11 ; 6. 
2 Deut. 19, 15..16, Ps. 27, 12. Job 16, 8. 
Part, ΓΞ DIP those rising up against 
me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12; 
ali "b3 Drnipn id. 2 K. 16,7; shtaner 
c. suff. "2p id. Ps. 18, 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62, 
sap Ps. 44, 6, ΠΡ Ex. 15, 7, etc. 
Arab. As eb id.—Trop. Ps. 27, 3 
though war should rise wp against me. 
Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22. 

ἃ) to arise, to come forth, to appear; 
e.g. a new king after his predecessor 
Ex. 1, 8. 1K. 3.12. 2 K. 23, 25; a leader 
Judg 5,7; a prophet Deut. 13,2. 34,10; 
anew generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2, 
10. Ps. 78,6. With mmm in place of, 


Num. 32,14. 1K. 8,20. Syr. so often 
ofaking. Arab. (λα. e& id. 
e) Trop. to rise up ye of calamity 


Dip 


Jer. 51,64. Also to vise in prosperity, 
wealth, q.d. ‘to rise in the world,’ Prov. 
28, 12. 

f) Of God as rising up for judgment, 
wetia>, Ps. 76,10; to punish the wicked 
Is. 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31, 14. 

g) to rise up, to rise again, as the 
dead returning to life, Job 14, 12. Ps. 88, 
11. Is. 26, 14.19. Also to arise out of 
sleep Prov. 6,9; to vise up from sick- 
ness Ps. 41, 9. 

h) to sit down and rise up, put for the 
general course of life and conduct, Ps. 
139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id. 
Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19. 

i) to rise, as the light Job 25, 3; the 
noon-day light Job 11, 17. 

2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. 23 ; see 
the Arab. and Ethiop. usage above. 2K. 
13, 21 ""baa~>y Opt and stood upon his 
feet. Job 19, 25. 30, 12; Ὁ. 2 Ps. 24, 3. 
Of waters heaped up, Well 8, 16; with 
neg. of idols, i. q. to be cast abtrn! Is. 27, 
9.—Trop. a) to stand firm, to be esta- 
blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24, 
21; of a king 2 Chr. 21.4. Hence to 
stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15, 
29. Am. 7, 2.5. Nah. 1,6. Ps. 1,5; ¢. 
25> 10 stand out before, to withstand any 
one, Josh. 7,12. 13. Of things Job 41, 18 
[26]. δ) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40, 
8; c. > to any one, Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19. 
With by, Is. 32, 8 DAP? ΤΩΣ μος. xm 
and he remaineth ceieanen): in liberal 
things. Arab. Ac " to persist in. 
6) With > of pers. to stand up for any 
one, in his behalf, to stand by him, Ps. 
94,16. Arab. xJ elSid. d) Trop. to 
to be confirmed, established, 6. g. a pur- 
chase Gen. 23, 17. 20; counsel or pur- 
pose Is. 8, 10, 14, 24. Prov. 19,21; once 
c. 2, to be established to any one, i. e. 
to be successful, Job 22. 28; of a pre- 
diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. 885. So to be 
valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony 
Deut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq. 
6) ‘B pwndy ἘΞΡ to stand upon (in) the 
name of any one, i.e. in the public regis- 
ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc- 
ceed to the name and estate of any one, 
Deut. 25,6. f) ΣΦ "ῺΡ 1K. 14,4 
comp. 1 Sam, 4, 15, his eyes were set, 
fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with 
a disease of the eye, in which the pupil 


920 


Dip 


becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract 


and dilate. Arab. past} cuols id. 
3. Like Samar. ὩΣ, Zo live ; see Pi. 
no. 2, and the nouns Dip3, ΝΟΌΣ 


(ppt) the people. 

Piet OP, chiefly i in the later books ; 
like Aram. ὩΞ, sano. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various 
connections: a) to confirm, to establish, 
Ruth 4,7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Ofa 
prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez. 
13, 6.. b) With d2 to enjoin any thing 
upon any one, pr. fo cause to be imposed 
upon any one, Esth. 9, 21.31 mid. comp. 
Chald. 59 ΤῈ to bind by an oath. 
Hence 1732 arp to take upon oneself, pr. 
‘to enjoin upon oneself?” Esth. 9, 27. 
31 fin. c) to make stand good, i, 6. to 
perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106. 

2.° Trans. of Kal no. 3, to preserve 
alive, Ps. 119,28. Frequent in the Tar- 
gums. 

Pit. ΒΘ 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, 
to raise up, to build up, e. g. ruins, Is. 
44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4. 

2. Intrans. fo rise up; Mic. 2, 8 long 
since hath my people S2'p 328) risen 
up as an enemy; Vulg. consurrexit. 
Others, long since hath my people set 
(me) up as an enemy ; but this is far- 
fetched. 

Hiew. ὉΠ, fut. Op, 
conv. DP33. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to 
lift or help up, e.g. one lying down 2 
Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8; one fallen 
Deut. 22,4; the afflicted Job 4,4. Ps. 
41,11. Spec. a) to raise up,i. 6. to 
excite a hostile people Hab. 1, 6; an 
adversary (jww) 1 K. 11, 14; δ. >3 
against Am. 6,14. Mic. 5,4. Also to 
rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num. 
24,9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity, 
against (55) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11. 
Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11, 16; >x id. 1 Sam. 
3,12. Ὁ) to raise up, i.e. lo cause to 
arise or appear, 6. g. judges Judg. 2, 18; 
a prophet Jer. 29,15; a priest 1 Sam. 
2,34; a king in place of another. c. NAMA 
2 Sam. 7,12; a new generation Josh. 5, 
7; a plant, to make grow up, Ez. 34, 29. 
Bpec, > pt ΡΠ Deut. 25, 7. Ruth 4, 5. 
10, and > Σ DPN Gen. 38, 8, to raise 


apoc. EP", 


Dip 


up to any one a@ name, seed, or offspring, 
1.e. by marrying his widow to raise up 
children that shall succeed to his name 
and inheritance. c) to set up, to rear up, 
to erect, 6. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30; a sta- 
tue Deut. 16, 22; an altar 1 K, 16, 32; 
towers Is, 23,13. Also to set up again, 
to restore, 6. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9, 
11; hence P28 OPM, Sew 630 ‘n, 

to restore the land, the tribes of Terael, 
Is. 49,6. 8. So M72 OPT lo set up 
(make) a covenant Gen, 6, 18. 9,11. 17, 
7. αἱ. d) tolift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8. 
6) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2; 
comp. Jer. 30,9. See Kal no. 1. g. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
stand, Ps. 40,3. Hence: a) to set, to 
set up, to constitute, 6. g. a king Deut. 
28, 36. 1K. 14,14; a watch Judg. 7, 19. 
Jer. 51,12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6, 
17; shepherds 23, 4; God, a people for 
himself Deut. 28,9; a boundary Prov. 
30,4. Ὁ) to make stand firm, to con- 
Jirm, to establish, 6. g. a throne, kingdom, 
2 Sam. 3, 10, 1 K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18. 
Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15; a pro- 
phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26; and so a pro- 
mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5. 
1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6,12. Jer. 29, 10, Ps. 
109, 38; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jer. 11, 5; 
a covenant Jer. 34,18. So to perform, 
to execute a command 1 Sam. 15, 11. 
Jer. 35, 16; a purpose Jer. 23, 20; a 
vow Jer. 44, 25. 0)) to make stand still, 
to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29. 

Hops. 5237, once 027 for Oph in 
some copies 2 Marat 23, 1. 

1. to be raised up, erected, e. g. the 
tabernacle Ex. 40, 17. 

2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam. 
23, 1. 

3. to be established, performed, e. g. a 
rule, command, Jer. 35, 14. 

Hrrupat. S2ipnn. ἴο rise up, in a 
hostile sense Ps. 17, 7; ¢. > wpon or 
against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c. 
suff. "2B°PAe my adversary, enemy, 
Ps. 59, 2. Job 27, δι 

Deriv. "2p, ΤῊΝ Dips, ὈΡΘΌΝ, 
Dip2, oP, AVP, ABP, ΠΌΡΡΩ, 
p2ipm, and the pr. names O°p7, Pap. 


DAP Chald. fat. 2°p3, part. ox. 
1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20; before 
verbs of doing, undertaking, etc. as in 


921 


ἪΡ 

Heb. no. 1. b, Dan. 7, 5. Ezra 5, 2; to 
arise, i.e. to come forth, to exist, 6. g. 
a king, kingdom, Dan. 2,39. 7, 17. 24. 

2. to stand, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 16; 
also to endure, to remain, 2, 44. 

Pa. ΞΡ to raise up, to set up; hence 
ΠΡ op fo make a decree, to give com- 
mand, Dan. 6, 8. 

Aru. 3° Dan, 3, 2, c. suff. ma"pn 
5, 11, once ΠΌΡΟΝ 3, 1; 2 pers. Ha "PA 
3, 18, ΤΏΙ 3, 14; fut. DP" 2, 44, also 
Spt? 5, 21; part. D*prm 2, 21. 

1. to set up, to erect, 6. g. a statue 

Dan. 3, 1 sq. 
' 2. to set up, to constitute, 6. g. a king 
Dan. 2, 21; ἃ prefect 5, 11; priests 
Ezra 6, 18; c. ἘΣ to set over Dan. 4, 14. 
6, 2. 4. 

3. to cause to arise, to set up, 6. g.a 
kingdom, Dan. 2, 44. 

4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9.16. 

Hors. ΣΡ, fem. ma", to be made 
to stand, Dan. 7, 4. 

Deriv. 5°p, 3}. 


MP f. (τ. Dp) 1. ‘stature ; Eth. 
PEP Syr. ἵδεοοο, id. a) Ofa person, 
Cant. 7, 8. 1Sam. 16, 7. 28, 20.859 
imzip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 =) 
maip every stature, i.e. men of every 
stature. Ὁ) Ofa tree, plant; MiP m3a 
tall of stature Ez. 31,3; Mp nopy low 
of stature Ez. 17, 6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5. 
10. 14. Is, 10,38. TIN MBP the sta-. 
ture {tallness) of his cedars, his tall 
cedars, Is. 37, 24. 

2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25, 
10. 23. 27, 1. 1K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2K. 25, 
17. al. 


ΤΗΝ ΔΘῚΡ f. (r. ΒῈΡ Pil.) pr. upright- 
ness ; as adv. upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13. 


ἽΡ or TP in Kal not used; prob. 

1. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with 433. 
Arab. ,«νἱ 5 mid. Ye, to forge iron. Syr. 
Lalo, Chald. "2">, a worker in iron, 
asmith. Hence ἢ no. 1. 

2. to strike the strings of a musical 


‘instrument, to play; also to sing, to 


chant in accompaniment; see Pil. and 
mp. Syr. 1a a musical’ sound. 


Sy on 
Arab. Xia a maid, also according to 
some a female minstrel. ; 


> 
Pru. 2p, fut. 3 plur. mi2ipm Ez. 32, 
16; spec. to chant a mournful song, to 
lament, fully ΤΡ 425P 2 Sam. 1, 17. 
Ez. 32, 16; c. ἘΣ over or upon any per- 
son or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32; 
dx 2 Sam. 3,33. Part. f plur. miazipa 
female wailere, hired mourners, Jer. 9, 
16. 
Deriv. 12, ΠΡ, pr. a. "2"P, Ἴ Ὁ. 


* DAP obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to 
scrape, i.q. "AP; see in lett.". Hence 
2. i,q. Arab. cls mid. Waw, Conj. I, 
VII, to mount. to cover, spoken of the 
camel in copulation, from the idea of 
digging, piercing; see in r. “33 no. 1. 
Deriv. >p=P and 


D'P m. once Ez. 23,23, pr.a he-camel, 
stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the 
Vulg. and Rabbins correctly, This me- 
taphor is common among the Hebrews 
and Arabians, comp. 4M, also Arab. 


Jp=: ey? ᾽ Fach ad all which denote a 
he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler 
race, and likewise a prince. In parono- 
masia with ΣῪ wealthy. 


"κ᾿ ‘ 
ΤΡ obsol. root, iq. 239 no. 3, to 
move in a circle ; hence MEAPM circuit. 


PP m. plur. ose'p, an ape 1 K. 10,22. 
2Chr. 9,21. Sanser. and Malabar kapi, 
ape, (pr. swift, agile,) a word of Indian 
origin; whence also Gr. κῆπος, κῆβος, 
κεῖβος, which are used of various species 
of apes and monkeys. 


* VIP see in γὴρ IIL 


“2. V Pp fut. 73P3, conv. PR. 

1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor 
. any thing. Corresponding are wp, 
Eth. PADM to loathe ; comp. Chald. 
wip. The primary idea is prob. to feel 
nausea, to vomil, as a sort of onomato- 
poetic verb, comp. in 8'p.—With 3 
Gen. 27, 46. Lev. 20,23. Num. 21, 5. 
1 K. 11, 25. Prov. 3, 11. 

2. to fear, to be anxious, c. “23° Ex. 
1,12. Num, 22, 3, Is. 7, 16. —The idea 
of loathing in several otber verbs is also 
transferred to that of fear, as Chald, 2p 


to loathe, Syr. is to fear greatly ; 
so Arab. >: jis comp. also Germ. 


922 


Pp 
‘ Grauen haben vor etwas, Engl. ‘to 
feel horror.’ 

Hires. 7"P4, causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
pul in fear, 6. g. a city, region, to terrify 
it with invasion, siege, Is. 7,6. Comp. 


Arab. > Conj. III, timorem injecit, 
oppugnavit. 
ΡΣ, Υ̓ ἽΡ only in Hips. ὙΠ in- 


trans. fo awake from sleep, i. q. 7723, but 
except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic, Ps. 3, 6. 
17, 15. 73, 20. 139, 18, Is. 29, 8. Pray; 
6, 22; pre duaniem sleep Joel 1, 15, 
Trop. a) Of God, ΠΕΡΙ awake! sc. 
for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44, 24. 59,6. Hab, 
2,19. Ὁ) From the sleep of death 2K. 
4 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26,19. Dan. 12, 2. 
μ᾿ Ez. 7, 6 τοῖν 7°R VPM ΝΞ the end 
cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against 
thee, whats note the paronomasia. 


“TIL. ΥῊΡ and VIR 1.1.9. y3p. to 
cut, to cul up or off; comp. ΤΙΣ, 
ffence ΤΡ thorn, so called from cut- 
ting, wounding ; also yp pr. the cut- 
ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer. 
—From the noun 7"P then comes 

2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6; opp. 
25 no. 2 to winter. Arab. bE mid. 
Ye, id. 

ΥΡ τῇ. (τ. Υγὴ} IIL) plur. Ὀο ΧΡ, ἘΠΣΡ 
Ex. 22. 5. 

1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect. thorns, 
a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18, Is. 32, 
13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3. Is. 33, 12. Judg. 
8,7. ᾿ 

2. Koz,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.4,8. Ὁ) 
With art. ὙΠ Ezra 2,61. Neh. 3, 4.21. 
7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10. 


mizip f. plur. (τ. 1p) locks of hair, 
forelocks, so called from being cut, shorn, 


Cant. 5, 2.11. Syr. [2jas or ὠς id. 


Sg? 
Arab. Kas forelocks. Comp. Schul- 
tens Opp. min. p. 246. 


*AD to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is. 
37, 25. Arab. ye mid. Waw, excidit e 


medio; 93 to have one eye dug out. 


The biliteral root “p to dig occurs also 

in “P3, "PM, “pP2; WS; comp. "δῶ, 

MID, ἼΞΝ Ὁ “AD IT, sm .—Deriv. ip. 
Hien. 2 pret. f mph, inf. “PA, to 


ἪΡ 


let flow forth, as a fountain its waters 
Jer. 6, 7. 

Pite."p7pR 110 dig under, to under- 
mine a wall, asin Talmud. So in paro- 
nomasia, Is. 22, 5 Ἢ "p7p9 (a day) un- 
dermining the walls, when all shall be 
overthrown. Talmud. ὙΠ 87"p%p de- 
struction of the wall.—Hence 

2. to destroy persons; Num. 24, 17 
mv ὌΞΟΣ “PIP? and destroy all the 
sons of pride; Sept. προνομεύσει, Vulg. 
vastabil. 

Deriv. "P, “PIR, ΣΡ, VPs. 

MP m. (τ. OP) 6. suff. "MP; plur. 
ΤΡ ; a beam, joist, pr. a cross-beam, 2 
K. 6, 2. 5; plur. 3 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17. 
By synecd. ὦ roof, like Gr. μέλαϑρον, 
Gen. 19, 8—Syr. | 2550 id. 

QD" })P m. plur. fine threads, webs, i. e. 


spiders’ webs, Is. 59, 5: 6: “Arab. » 
thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. καῖρος the 
cross threads in weaving, whence καιρύω, 
καίρωσις. The etymology is obscure. 


*WIP aa. q: Arab. ny to be 


curved, bent, as a bow, the back; II, 
to curve, to bend, as a bow; compare 


‘Gr. γαῦσος curved. Hence np bh (as, 
bow, NYP, and pr. n. 1 Ὁ. 
2. iq. Up, olay snares ; once in fut. 
Is. 29, 21 YP, in other Mss. jOips. 
_ Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. n. Bp, 
“wiphy , and 
ANDap (bow of Jehovah, i. e. rain- 
bow) Kushaiah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17; 
‘called in 6, 29 [44] "2p Kishi. 
ΤΡ see τ. Mp> and Index. 
UP Ez. 16, 47, see zap. 


*20P obsol. root, Chald. and Arab. 


wb to cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy. 
Kindred verbs are SEP 327,50. The 
biliteral root Ὁ has this sense of cutting, 
cutting off, like the kindred 7p , 7M; see 


;the verbs bop, ἸΏ, Awp, Arab. ὃ: , 
ees; and comp. under 72R, 73M, 123, 
33 .—Hence sup, ΞΏΡ. 

AQP m. in pause 3Up 1. @ cutting 
off, destruction ; Is. 28,2 237 920 a de- 
stroying storm. 


923 


ἸῸΡ 


2. Spec. contagion, pestilence, Deut. 
32, 24. Ps. 91, 6. 


ΔῸΡ m. 6. suff. ἬΞΌΡ id. spec. conta- 
gion, pestilence, Hos. 13,14, R. sap. 


ΤΥ ΩΡ f. (r. "2P 1) incense, Deut. 33, 
10. 


MOP (incense) Keturah, pr. n. of 
the wife whom Abraham took after the 
death of Sarah, Gen, 25, 1. 1 Chr. 1,32. 


*Sop fat. 58", to kill, to slay, a 
poetic verb, Ps. 139,19. Job 13, 15. 24, 
14. Syr. and Chald. id. Arab. his, 
Ethiop. @TA. The primary idea is 
that of cutting, see in 322. Comp. the 
Gr. KTNw.—Hence 2p. 


SYP Chald. to kill; Part. act. 3p Dan. 
5,19. Part. pass. "=p Dan. 5, 30. 7,11. 
Pa. 2p intens. to kill many, more than 


-Ge 
one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab. (is. Dan. 
2, 14. 3, 22, 
Irupe. and Irupa. Dan. 2, 13, pass. 


SUP m. in pause dup , slaughter, Ob.9. 


ἸΏ, fut. yp, to be little, small, 
opp. >73. The primary idea seems to be 
that of cutting off, and so making short- 
er and smaller, pr. ‘to be docked;’ see 
in 332. Syr. qajo, Ethiop. PM, 
fine, subtle—2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was 
yet small in thy sight, did not suffice. 
1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. ¢. 72 to be un- 
worthy of, Gen. 32, 11. 

Hipu. to make small, Am. 8, 5. 

Deriv. j2R, HP, ¥P, and pr. n. Mp, 
Re 

TPP and ἸΏ, constr. once j2P 2 Chr. 
21, 17; but 6. suff. ΩΡ, plur. ΤΩΡ 
2 K. 2, 23, constr. "ΞΡ, and fem. nop, 
plur. ΠΡΌ Zech. 4, 10, all from Ἴ2} . 

1. Adj. little, small, opp. 518. a) Of 
persons, as not grown up. >173 73) j2p2 
from small to great, i. e. all, Gen. 19, 11. 
1 Sam. 5, 9. 30,2. Jer. 8, 10. al. Θ Δ 
JEP 33) id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20. 


WP ἸΞ α litile son 2 Sam. 9,12; ἼὩ 933 


1 Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2, 
23. IVP Min a little sister Cant. 8, 8. 
2 K. 5, 2. Hence of age, c. art. ΡΠ, 
oP, young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24, 27, 
15. 42. 44,2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 17,14. Ὁ) 
Of beasts 2 Sam. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. ὁ) 


yep 
Of things, as jopN ἬΝ Gen. 1, 16; 
mvp ἋΣ Ecce. 9, 14; so 1 Sam. 20, 2. 
22,15. 1 K. 2, 20. abate. smallness, 
whence j2PO “bs vessels of smtliadie, 
he. pS vessels, Is. 22, 24.  Plur. 
misop ov the day of sinall things, Zech. 
4, 10. 
2.Trop. a) Ofasmall number 1 Sam. 
9, 21. Is. 60,22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7. 
6) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5; 
comp. Is, 36, 9. 
3. j2p Aatan, pr. Ὁ. τῇ. c. art. Hakka- 
tan, Ezra 8, 12. 


JOP τὰ. (r. 1212) smallness, then the 
little finger ; whence ὁ. suff. "233 kol?’nt 
‘my litle finger’ 1 K. 12,10, 2 Chr. 10, 
10. Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. I. ο. "222 
kolonni, from a form 129 with Dag. 
impl. in 1, the moveable Sheva being 
changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H. 
Michaelis ad ἢ. 1. But it would seem 
inadmissible to read with Van der 
Hooght "2p in1K.1.c. Comp. >3p. 


*F OP fut. HER, to pluck off, to break 
, e. g. ears of grain, foliage, ete. Deut. 
23,26. Job 30, 4. ΕΖ. 17, 4. 22—Arab. 


was, Syr. eho, to pluck grapes. 
Kindr. are 520, ὭΣΤ. 
Nipu. pass. Job 8, 12. 


sit “Op in Kal not used, i. q. "2 no. 
1, to smoke, see “'2"P. Spec. of fra- 
grant smoke, perfume, incense; Arab. 

5 II, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to 
perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ; 
5,9 ἢ 7 
pe and re odorous wood burned as 
perfume, aloe-wood. 

Prev 3 plur. Bp, fut. "BPs, to burn 
incense, chiefly to idols,c. dat, 6. g. 52> 
2 K. 23,5. Jer. 7,9; the queen of heaven 
Jer. 4 17-19. 95 ; the brazen serpent 
2 K. 18,4; the host of heaven Jer. 19, 
13; to ‘other gods’ Jer. 1,16. 19,4. 44, 
8.15. Absol. or with adjunct of place 
1 K. 22, 44. 2K. 12,4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7. 
Jer. 44,21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1,16. Rarely 
like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to 
God, c. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of 
which went up as incense, 1 Sam. 2, 16; 
comp. Am. 4, 5.—Part. fem. plur. ΤΥ ΩΤ 
altars of incense, on which incense was 
burned, pr. ‘diffusing odours, 2 Chr. 30, 
14 


924, 


ΠΡ 


Puat part. f. ΟΡ incense Cant. 3,6, 

Hiren. 1. i. ἢ. Piel, to burn incense to 
idols, c. dat. 1 K. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos. 
2, 15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2. 2 Chr. 28, 
3.—Oftener 

2. to burn upon the altar, c. ace. e. g. 
incense, ΞΡ, Ex. 30, 7. 8, 40,27. 2 Chr. 
29, 7; the fat of victims and the victim 
itself} Lev. 1, 9.17. 3, 11.16. 4, 10. 8,21. 
Ez. 29,18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering 
or memorial, Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6, 8. Jer. 33, 
18. With dat. of the divinity, as "=Rh 
mise 97> 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp. Ex. 30, οὐ; 
without ace. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with "3 “Eb 
1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absol. 1 K. 
13,1. 12, 33. 1K. 6, 84. 

Hops. ἼΏΡΠ pass. of Hiph. πο. 2, Lev. 
6, 15. Part. "2p2 incense Mal. 1, 11. 

Deriv. πορ, NIBP, EP, Wep, 
“ὩΣ, MISP2, and pr. n. yup. 


* I]. ΣΡ i,q. Aram. "YP who and 
Heb. "Pp, to bind, to tie; and hence fo 
shut, to close. Comp. Ethiop. RAZ to 
bind, ®TZ to shut, to watch a door. 
—Part. Pass. f Ez. 46, 22 rinup ninsn 
closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall 
and closed with doors; referring to the 
smaller courts in the four corners of the 
great court, which served as kitchens, v. 
24.—Hence pr. ἢ. ἸΏ" and 

“OP Chald. m. only in plur. ep, 
knots, i. e. a) vertebre, joints of the 
back, Dan. 5, 6; see in pI. Syr. 
12,20 joint of the hand, wrist. Ὁ) 
Trop. knotty questions, hard problems, 
Dan. 5, 12. 16. 

POP (knotty, i. ᾳ. Chald. FP, r 
“vp IL) Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu- 
lon, Judg.1, 30. Some hold it to be i. q. 
nep Josh. 19,15; but without reason. 


ΓᾺΡ ἢ (r. “op I) c. suff. ΠΌΡ, in- 
cense Ex. 30, 35. Lev. 10,1. Is. 1,13. 
Prov, 27, 9. al. sep.—Ps, 66, 15 Mbp 
p>" incense of rams, i.e. the fat as 
burned in sacrifice. 

MUP (for mep small, r. 2p) Kattath, 
pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15. 

NP m. vomit, Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer. 
48, 26, R.xip. 


“FP, Imper. %*p Jer. 25, 27, see in 
r. RIP 


mp 


DP Chald. m. i. q. Heb. y7R, sum- 
mer, Dan. 2, 35. 


ὙΩΡ m, (τ. 2221) 1. smoke, Gen, 
19, 28. Ps. 119, $3. 
2. vapour, a cloud, Ps. 148, 8. 


Ὁ m. (τ. 2°) @ rising up against 
any one, see the root πο. I, c; hence 
concr. Job 22, 20 523"P our adversaries, 
enemies, i. q. 272. 


ὩΣ Chald. m. @ statute, edict, Dan. 6, 
8. In Targ. often for Heb. pr, m3. 


Syr. Pheeo. R. Ὁ. 
D®P Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan. 
4,23. Syr.fous id. R. Bx, 


MO"? f. (τ. Cap) a rising up, Lam. 
3, 63. 


Wisp, see inp. 

TP see in τ. HP. 

TP m. (r. PP) 1. a lance, spear, c. 
suff. 3 2 Sam. 21, 16. 

2. Cain, pr.n. a) The eldest son of 
Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel, 
Gen. 4,1sq. Among his posterity were 
the inventors of arts and arms. The 
name comes from r. }}P, perh. lance, as 
a murderous weapon; though in Gen. 
4, 1 the etymology is explained as if r. 
FP were i.g. MP no. 1, viz. she bore 
Cain and said: Ihave gotten (borne) a 
man with the help of the.Lord. Ὁ) 
The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22. 
Judg. 4, 11; see "Pp. c) A townin 
the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57. 


TD" £.(r. Pp) plur. MispP, once B°2"p 
Ez, 2, 10. 

1. song, Syr. {zaxo musical sound, 
song. Spec: a song of mourning, lamen- 
tation, Jer. 9,9, Am. 5,1. 8, 10. Ez. 2, 
10. 19, 14. al. | 

2. Kinah, pr. n. of a town in Judah 
Josh. 15, 22. 


"JP Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4,11. 17. 1 
Sam. 30, 29, also ἢ 2 Sam. 27, 10 "3"? 
1 Chr. 2, 55, gentile n. Kenite, collect. 
the Kenites, a Canaanitish tribe dwell- 
ing among the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 15; 
6, comp. Num. 24, 20, 391. Hobab. the 
father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of 
one of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. 
The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt 

78 


925 


PP 

in Naphtali, Judg. 4,11. See too 7p 
no. 2. b.—-Syr. bulas id. pr. ‘a smith, 
and this is prob. the signif. of Heb. "2p, 
from r. ἪΡ. 


PP (smith, perh. lancer, r. 7p) Ke- 
nan ot Cainan, pr. ἢ. of an antediluvian 
patriarch descended from Seth, Gen. 5, 
9. 1 Chr. 1, 2. 


TP m. (Ὁ p*P IIL) ο. suff. ὭΣ, har 
vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain 
which is “"2P; pr. the cutting off of 
fruit. Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48, 32. Spec. 
Jig-harvest, which in Palestine takes 
place in August; although early figs 
(9,33) ripen at the summer solstice ; 
Is. 28, 4 as the early fig before the har- 
vest. Mic. 7, 1.—Hence 

a) the harvest-time of figs, i. e. sum- 
mer, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea- 

Ὁ“ $ o- 

son; Arab. ἴων or bys mid-summer. 
Chald. θὴρ, Syr. ἔμ, id—Ps. 32, 4 
7% wa INA into the droughts of sum- 
mer. Prov. 6, 8, 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35, 
77pm ma the summer-house Am. 3, 15, 
Sometimes it seems to include the spring, 
as 97h also includes autumn and win- 
ter; see in ΠΤ. 

b) fruit, spec. figs, as harvested, Am. 
8, 1.2; comp. Jer. 24, 1 sq. Jerome po- 
ma, which is a general word including 
Jigs ; see the.lexicons.. 2 Sam. 16,1 7x2 
7p, ellipt. for γὴΡ M527 πρὶ Ὁ, a hun- 
dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl. the 
harvest for the grain harvested. 

PX" m. adj. (r. YEP, for ΠΡ, after 
the analogy of }is"m from y3n, Dag. 
om. after "—) the last, the extreme, only 
in f. m2ix"p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17. 


TPP τὰ. Jon. 4, 6-10, according to 
Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp. 
the ricinus, palma Christi, Arab. ξ) >} 
el-khert#’a, Egyptian x¢x:, χούκι, Diod.. 
Sic. 1. 34, a tall biennial plant still culti-- 
vated in gardens, of an elegant appear- 


ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or 
τ trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes 


a considerable tree; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. II. 
p- 293, 623. Celsii Hierobot. 1. p. 273 
sq. Thesaur. p. 1214.—According to 
Sept. and Peshito, a gourd. 


P°P 
POPP m. (r. d$p) ig. Pp, ignominy, 


shame, once Hab. 2,16.—Vulg. vomitus 
ignominia, shameful vomit, as if com- 
pounded from ἊΡ for 8"P vomit, and ;i>p 
ignominy, in whieh sense also nine Mss. 
write it in separate words, 7753 "Pp .— 
Perhaps for ji5p2p, comp. mipoig from 
#2. But not improb. the letters "p 
are not genuine, and have crept in by 
an error of the copyists: 


‘YP m. once ἪΡ Is. 22, 5 (where seve- 
ral Mss. “"p), plur. ΠΡ. R. 4p. 

1. a wall, Sept. τεῖχος, 6. g. of a city 
Num, 35, 4. Is. 22,5. 7p "tian workmen 
tn walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp. 
2Sam.5,11, "°p2 38 Hab. 2,11. Lev. 
14,37. "02 “"P a leaning wall, ready 
to fall, Ps. 62,4; bps s"p Ez. 13, 12. 14. 
15.—Spec. a) wall of a house, e. g. ex- 
terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8, 8, 12, 5. Am. 5, 
19; also the inside wall, often ornament- 
ed with panels and pictures, 1K. 6, 15. 
Ez. 8, 10, 23,14. 1 Sam. 19, 10. 2 K. 20, 
2, "prt 372 the wall-seat, by the wall, 
1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides) 
of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9; trop. of 
the heart Jer. 4,19. Ὁ) wall of a gar- 
den, park, etc. Num. 22, 25. 1K. 5, 13. 
“Pp ou a wall-storm i. e. destroying 
walls Is. 25,4. c) wall-side,as™25N0 7"p 
Per 2, 15; and so prob. 2 K. 4,10 ~ms53 

2=P “Pp a little wall-chamber, built 
Bai the side of the house ; here Mp 
agrees with m52.—Prob. the primary 
idea of ""P may have been a mound, 
rampart, Lat. vallum, so called ion 
digging, r.""p; hence a wall ; just as 
Engl. wall comes from Lat. vallum. 

2. a walled place, like Gr. τεῖχος (He- 
rod. Xen.) @ fortress, citadel ; whence 
skin Pp Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab, 
Chald. 33 5 8372) Kir Moab, pr. n. of 
a fortified city in the territory of Moab, 
now called Kerak, which name is also 
applied in a wider sense to the whole 
district. The same is called in Is. 16, 
11, Jer. 48,21. 36 WIN MP (brick for- 
tress) Kir-heres ; and in Is. 16, 7. 2 K.3, 
25 ΣΙ “"p Kir-hareseth, id. For the 
present Kerak, see Burckh. Travels in 
Syria p. 377-390. Irby and Mangles 
p. 361 sq. [110 sq.] Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 569. 

3. Kir, pr. n. of a people and region 


926 


wie 


subject to the Assyrian empire, Is! 22, 6. 
2K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the 
tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Κῦρος and 
Κύῤῥος) between the Euxine and Cas- 
pian seas, called at the present day in 
Armenian, Aur. 

DP (Chald. a weaver’s comb) Kiros, 
pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47; for which ΠΡ Ke- 
ros, Ezra 2, 44. t 


DP (perh. i. q. Last mup a bew) 
Kish, pr-n.m, 8) The father of king 
Saul 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. 1 Chr. 8, 33. 
b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9, 986 ¢) 1 Chr. 23, 21. 
22. 24,29... d) 2 Chr. 29, 12. 6) Esth. 
2,5. R. wip. 

PP (curved, winding, τ. wp) Ki- 
shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter 
rises near Mount Tabor and empties 
itself into the bay of ’Akka, Judg. 4, 7. 
5, 21. 1K. 18, 40. Ps 83,10. In sum- 
mer itis dry in the plain. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. IIL p. 228-233. 

"DP, see snp. 

DAMP Chald.i. q. Gr. χέϑαρις, cithard, 
a lyre, harp, Dan.3,5.7.10 Cheth.. In 
Syriac also the Greek ending ἐς is com~ 
monly changed to 0s.—Keri O°MP q. ve 

OP τα. adj. (τ. bp) f προ, plor. wine 

1. light, Job 24, 18.—Hence 

πὸ ewift with lightness, Is. 19, 13 of 
one ronning. Am. 2,14. Jer. 46,6. Lam. 
4,19; fully "2392 5p 2 Sam. 2,18. Am. 
2, 15. Poet. spec. a fleet horse Is. 30, 16. 
Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 26.—Aram 
dbp , fLNo, light, swift. 

DP Chald. m. i. ᾳ. Heb. dip, voice, 
Dan. 4, 28. 6,21. 7,11; sownd of a trum- 
pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 

dp, see Dip, also in r. 5570 no. 4. 


“Mop whence fut. Niph. sn>p™ 2 
Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri 
saps. 


*T Mop to raast, to Pa as ears 
of grain, etc. Part. pass. ">P Ley. 2, 14. 
Josh. 5,11. Also a person, asa species of 


torture, Jer. 29, 22:—Arab. AS and AS, 
Eth. PAQ® , Chald. x>p, id. Kindr. is 
nbz, see whider = p. 878. 
‘Nien. Part. Mp2 scorched, burned ; 
hence burning) inflammation, Ps. 38, 8. 
Deriv. "=p. 


m>p- 


ΛΊΠΟΣ i. qe dbp to be lights in 
Kal not used. 

Nipu. to be made light of, to be con- 
temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised, 
despicable, Deut. 25, 3. Part. ΤῸ) de- 
spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3, 
δ. Prov. 12, 9. 

Hien. to make light of, to lightly es- 
teem, Deut. 27, 16.—Hence 


ΤΡ m. 1. contempt, shame, disho- 
nour, Prov. 3, 35, 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46, 
12. Job 10,15. Coner, Is. 22, 18,—Hence 
a) shame, i.e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18, 
3. Hos. 4, 18. Ὁ) shame, reproach, in 
words Prov. 22,10. c) shame, i. 6. the 
parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5, Jer. 13, 26. 


᾿ mop obsol. root; Talmud. to flow, 
to flow out; Pi. to pour out. Kindr. is 
mb ΠῚ, to flow, to be poured out; whence 
nnby a dish.—Hence 


MDP £ verbal of Pi. α pot, ketile, from 
pouring, 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3,3., Comp. 
Lat. futum (Varr.) and futile, vessel, 
from fundo, 


Ξ wp 1. to contract, to draw in, to 
shrink, i. gq. Arab, uals. Part. pass. 
ὌΝ contracted, shrunk; then any 
thing of dimtfnished stature, dwarf, 
spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab. 


- 5 - 9 .» 
LG small stature, gs, 4X5, small, 


dwarf; see Camoos p. 965.—Hence 
prem. MoNSP. 

2. to take in unto oneself, to receive a 
fugitive, i. ᾳ. Chald. BaP Hence ¥>p9 
an asylum. 


“OP m. (τ. nbp 1), once δὲ ἢ with x 
in otio (as "P?, X"p2) 1 Sam. 17, 17, 
roasted or parched grain, i. e. whest or 
barley roasted in the ears and then 
rubbed out, as is still common among 
the Bedawin Arabs; see Legh in Mac- 
miehael’s Journey p.235. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 394.—Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2, 
14. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 28 where: 
"Sp is twice read: once of grain and 
again of pulse. Comp. Lev. 2, 14. 

"2P (perh. for mE, Mbp. the swift 
messenger of Jehovah) Kallat, pr. n,m. 
Neh. 12, 20. 


MOP Kelaiah, pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra 
10, 23; called also 


927 


bbp 


RSP (dwarf, τ. udp) Kelita, pr. ἢ. 
το; Ezra.10,23: Neh. 8,7 10, 11. 


*55p fut. p32, "po Gen. 16, 4, δ, 1 
Sam. 2, 30, 

1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph. 
Eth. PAA id. BAA light. ΘΒ γι. ὦ to 
be light, swift, lightly esteemed.—Hence 

2. lo be swift, fleet; comp. κοῦφος 
light, swift, ἐλαφρός and ἔλαφος, Lat. 
‘levis cervus,’ Engl. light-footed ; also 
adj. $2. So 2Sam. 1, 23 sp oven 
they were swifter than eagles. Hab. 1, 8. 
Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25. 

3. to be or become few, small, to be 


diminished ; Arab. ἧς to be few. Gen. 
8,11 and Noah saw Ὑ 73h Ὁ Ὁ bya bP 2 
that the waters were diminished from off 
the earth. v. 8. 

4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es- 
teemed, to be insignificant, vile ; opp. τ. 
732 no. 6. With."3722 Gen. 16, 4. 5. Job 
40, 4. Nuh. 1, 14 ΠΡ "2 for thou art 
become small, thy power is broken, O 
Assyria. Sometimes intens. to’ δὲ de- 
spised, contemned, opp. 7233, 1 Sama2, 
30. Comp. m>p TL. 2 Hgabe! according 
to some, >> inf. as noun, lightness, i. e. 
shame. reproach, Jer. 3,9; better i. 4. 
δὴ voice, rumour. 

Nipw. 552 2 K. 3, 18, >ps 1 K. 16, 31; 
fut. dp". 

1. to be light; Part. fem. m>p3 53 
lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8,11. Also 
to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat. 
of pers. to any one Prov. 14, 6. 

2. to be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16. 

8. Trop. of things. to be light, small, 
trifling ; ¢. "2°93'1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K. 
3, 18.—Impers. 1 K. 16, 31; and so with 
79 with inf Is. 49,6 323 75 ΠΟΤ bp? if 
is too light a thing that thou shouldst be 
my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8, 
17. But Hitzig has well remarked on 
Is. |. c. that this construction is not ac- 
cordant with the laws of thought or lan- 
guage, but we should rather expect 7a 
of person, thus 333 "> AMI ἜΣΞῸ Spay 


“The writer confounds the two construc- 


tions, and puts before the infin. the 7a 
which should have stood before the 
person. ; 

4. Trop. of persons; to be lightly es- 
teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6,22) 


2°p 


Piru bp fo vilify, to curse, pr. to make 
vile, contemptible ; Syr. Sf to lightly 
esteem, to vilify. Spee. a) to revile, 
to abuse with reproachfal words, Lev. 19, 
14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. 11. 
13. Ὁ) Intens. to curse, to utter impre- 
cations, i. q. "28, and opp. 772. Ps. 62, 
5. 109, 28; with acc. as parents Lev. 
20, 9. Prov. 20, 20; God, i. q. to blas- 
pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also 
one’s natal day Job 3,1; 6. 2, as the 
king and God Is. 8, 21; so ny ova 2 
IK. 2, 24, vbs2l Sam. 17,43. A curse 
Sallinwed by immediate destruction ἰ5 
ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24. 
Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9; espec. to God 
‘Gen. 8, 21.—Reflex. % bbp to curse one- 
.self, i. 6. to bring a curse upon oneself; 
1 Sam. 3, 13 because he knew 0°22p2 72 
"22 ἘΠῚ that his sons were bringing a 
curse upon themselves. 

Puat fut. 5p", part, [pa , to be ac- 


cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, 18; soi. q. to’ 


perish under a curse, Is, 63, 20. 
, imper. 


Hips. >pn, fat. >ps, inf. Spr 
ben. 
1. to make light, to lighten. a) With 


acc. of thing and ἘΣ of pers. to lighten 
any thing from off any one, to take it 
away, 1 K. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 
10,10, b) Acc. πρὶ. Ex. 18, 22 pn 
os lighten from off thee sc. the bur- 
den, business, make thy business lighter. 
Jon. 1, 5. c) With 3 of burden, to 
lighten or remil something from a bur- 
den; 1K. 12,4 #738 mIay0 5pm Lighten 
(something) from the service of thy fa- 
ther, i.e. remit something of the service 
‘which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9. 

2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam. 
19, 44. Ez, 22,7; to make despised, to 
‘bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23. 

Pir. >p>p. 1. to shake, to move 
quickly to and fro, from Kal no. 2; 


Arab. ἀκ ϑ id. Eth. AFPAPA to be 
moved, shaken.—Ez. 21, 26 [21] >p>p 
pana he shaketh (waveth) the arrows, 
a species of divination. 

2. to make smooth, to polish, and hence 
to sharpen Ece. 10, 10.—The notion of 
smoothness exists also in the adj. >>p. 

Hirupacp. to be moved, shaken, Jer. 
4, 24. 


928. 


ΣΝ 


Deriv. >, 222, 722R, SRP, TEP, 
pr. ἢ. "=P. 

Sp m. adj. smooth, polished, of brass 
Dan. 10,6. Ez. 1,7. . Vulg. @s eandens, 
See r. 52) Pilp. no. 2.. Thesaur. p. 1217. 


mop f. (r. >2p Pi.) constr. n>>p, οἱ 
suff. ΠΌΡΕ, plur. mi>>p; maledietion, 
i.e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam, 16, 
12. Prov. 27, 14. b) ἃ curse, impreca- 
tion, Gen. 27, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1. 
19. al. Gen. 27,13 4M>>p thay curse, pass. 
i. e. which lights on thee. Coner. one 
accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18, 
al. Plur. mi>p curses Deut. 28, 15. 45, 


. D>p in Kal not used, Pret to scoff 
at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou 
art not as a harlot, 529% 02p> who scoff- 
eth at her hire, in order to get more. 
Vulg. well, fastidio augens pretium.— 
Chald. 05p to praise, also to mock. 

Hirnp. id. ὁ. 3 2K. 2, 23. Ez. 22, 5. 
Hab. 1, 10. 

Deriv. the two following. 


DSP m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer. 
20, 8. 


MODP f id. Ez. 22,4. R. obp, 


wih ΣΡ to sling, to throw with @ 
sling. Part. 3>P aslinger, Judg. 20, 16, 
Trop. to sling out, i. e. to eject a people 
from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and 
Syr. id—The primary idea is perhaps 
that of moving up and down, shaking; 
comp. Arab. «ἀξ id. Hence >2p no. 2. 

Pre i. q. Kal, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29. 

Deriv. >>p, stp. 


mH 5ὉΡ to carve wood, etc, 1 K. 6, 
29, 32. 35. Eth. ASU to impress, 
mark, stamp money; ALO an image 
on coin.—Hence m2>p2. 


DOP τὰ. (r. 2p 1) in pause 55}, ο. 
suff. i>>p ; plur. mesh, constr. ">p. 

la sling 1 Sam. 17, 40. 50. 25, 29. 
Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14. Chald. 


xv>p, Arab. elie, id. 


2. a curtain, hanging, Ex. 27, 9 sq. 
35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al—Chald. id. Arab. 


ok sail of a ship; 63 TV, to sail, to 


navigate. Eth. PAU the sail is (αν! οᾶ, 


550 
This signification perh. comes from the 
idea of moving up and down; see the 
root. 

3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for ΣΡ, we ought 
prob. to read Ὁ leaves of the door, 
which stands in the first clause and in 
cod. Kennic, no. 150, 

D>P a slinger 2 K. 3, 25. R.s>pl. 

SPP adj. (r. S$, as “242 from 93) 
light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5. 


op obsol. root. perh. i, q. S2P to 
prick ; then, to be sharp. Chald. wbp 
to be thin, lean.—Hence 

Tiwdsp m. @ sharp point, prong ; 1 
Sam. 13,21 γ᾽» dd a three-pronged 
fork, with which hay, straw, and the 
like are gathered up, pr. ‘a triad of 
prongs.’—Spoken of a pointed instru- 
ment Ecce. 12, 11 Targ. 

ete obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab. 

5 to heap logether, to collect. ene 
the pr. names >NiDP, ΓΛ, S23, 
pyapr. 

MAP f. (τ. DIP) constr. Mp, plur. 
nizp; pr. a stalk of grain, collect. 
stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5. 
Deut. 16, 9. 23. 26. αἰ. Plur. Judg. 15, 
5.—Chald. id. also a statue. 

DNP (assembly of God? τ. Mp) 
Kemuel, pr.n.m. a) Α βοὴ of Nahor 
Gen. 22, 21. b) Num. 34, 24. c) 
1 Chr. 27, 17. 

JOP (perh. full of stalks or grain, see 
mp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead 
Judg. 10, 5. 

Disp m. Is, 34,13, DIOP Hos. 9, 6, 
and plur. Θ᾿ 2p Prov. 24, 31, a prickly 
weed, e.g. nettle, thistle; see Celsii 
Hierob. T. IL. p. 206. Kimchi thorns. 
ΒΕ. Sap. 

“TR obsol. root, prob. to be fat, 
marrowy ; comp. Gs to be fat, and ΠΤ 
to be marrowy.—Hence 


Prop m. in pause 2p, meal. flour 
pr. marrow, μυελὸς ἀνδρῶν. Judg. 6, 19. 
1 Sam. 1, 24. 28, 24. 1 K. 5, κι a sep. 


—Chald. ἈΠῸ id. Arab. 


wheat. Eth. ®@éh pulse fro 
meal is made. 


Ε 


grain, 
m which 


8: 


929 


RIP 
* DOR to lay fast hold of, Job 16, 8. 
—Chald. id. Arab. ἰδ to bind. 


Kindr. are Y2P, VER. 
Pua pass. Job 22, 16. 


* SP Is. 33, 9, and y=) >] 19, 6, to 


pine away and die, of a tree, plant. 


Kindr. is 59%. Arab. ἄμ pr. to be 


thick set with insects, lice, and so to 
languish, of a plant. Syr.‘S.seo to lan- 
guish, of persons. 


¥i ΥΞΡ pr. to press together, to_com- 
press, comp. kindr. YEP; then to take 
with the hand or fist, e. g. d handful Lev. 
2, 2. 5, 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence 


ΤῺΡ τὰ. c. suff. izop, a handful, of 
meal etc. as an offering, Ley. 2,2. 5, 12. 
6,8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu- 
lus, as laid down by the reapers, but not 
yet hound into sheaves; Gen. 41, 47 
D"xep> by handfuls, i. “δ. abundantly: 


S69? 


Arab. al 

ν wap obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. Sp, 
to prick. to sting, as a nettle—Hence 
wiap (winrp). 

ἼΡ m. constr. “jp Deut. 22, 6, c. suff. 
2p, plur.0 Pp. R. PP. 

1. a nest 15. 10, 14. Ps. 84,4. Prov. 
27, 8. Meton: a nest of young birds, 
nestlings, Deut. 32, 11. Is, 16, 2.—Syr. 
112 id. 

2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built 
upon a lofty rock like an eagle’s nest 
(comp. Job 39, 27), Num. 24, 21. Jer. 
49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2.9; or as being 
pleasant and comfortable, Job 29, 18; 
comp. ‘nidum servas’ Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6. 
—Plur. =":p cells, chambers in the ark, 
Gen. 6, 14. 

Sie 


* NIP in Kal not used, Arab, lis 
to become very red. Hence 

Piet ΣΡ 1. to be jealous, from the 
redness or flush with which the face is 
suffused ; with acc. of one’s wife Num. 


δ. 143 with 3 ofa female rival Gen. 30, 


j—Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea- 
lousy, with 3 by or with any thing, ὌΨΟΝ 
82.,21..1 Κ. 14, 22. 

2. to envy any one, with 2 of pers. 
Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prove 23, 


Nop 


17. 24,1.19; acc. Gen. 26, 14. Is. 11, 
13. Ez. 31,9; > Ps, 106, 16. 

3. to be zealous towards any person 
or thing, lo burn with zeal, ζηλόω. 8) 
With > to be zealous for any one, for 
his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21, 2. 
1K. 19, 10. al. ‘b) fo emulate any one, 
c..3 Proy, 3, 31. 

Hipu. causat. to provoke to jealousy, 
see Piel no. 1; c. 3 Deut. 32, 16. 21. Ps. 
78, 58.—For part. ἢ maps Ez. 8, 3, see in 
τ. ΓῺ Hiph. 

Deriv. 822, 8127, HRP. 

N:P Chald. to buy, i. ᾳ. Heb. 22 no. 
3. Ezra 7, 17. 


NPP τη. (τ. 82P) jealous, spoken of God 
as permitting no rival, and the severe 
avenger of defection from himself, Ex. 
20, 5. 34, 14. Deut. 4, 24. 5, 9. 6, 15. 
—Chald. 822 and jX9P id. 


MNP f. (τ. 82P) constr. MIP, c. suff. 
ἜΝΙ Ὁ plur. mix2p. 

1. jealousy, e. g. ina husband Prov. 
6, 34. 27,4; of God Ez. 8, 3; of rival 
nations Is. 11, 13. Plur. nissp Num. 5, 
15. 18. 25. 29.—Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6; 
meton. object of envy Ecce. 4, 4. 

2. zeal, ardour towards any one, ζῆλος, 
re. g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6; of God for his 
ypeople Zech. 1,14. Is. 9,6 Fin? ΓᾺΡ 
Minas the bis of Jehovah of hosts, in 
Tbehalf of his people. With genit. of 
cobject, ΕΣ ΓΝ the zeal (of God) towards 
.the people Is. 26, 11; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps. 
‘69, 10. 

3. heat, anger, indignation, coupled 
with mon Ez. 5, 13. al. ΠΣ» Ez. 38, 
19; ὲ 35, 11. To it is ascribed fire, 
ἐδ Gx Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph, 
1, 18. 3,8, smoking Deut. 29,19; comp. 
‘Ps. 79. 5. Spoken of the indignation of 
-God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17; 
"οὔ men Ps. 119, 139. Job 5, 2. 


7 rep fut. πὸ, conv. Ἰ 1. pr. 10. set 
upright, to erect, i... ὙΠ ; kindr. with 
VP. 7D; see MIP, MQ, canna.—Hence 

1. to found. to create, e.g. the heavens 
and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22; mankind 
‘Deut. 32,.6. Ps, 139, 13. Date, 8, 22 
\where Sept. ἔκτισέ με, Targ. and Peshito 


ID, 2: Arab. Us ing. ι5.5. God 


‘created, see(Camoos p. 1937. 
2. to get. to gain, to obtain, to acquire ; 


930 


sip 

Syr. fae, Arab. LS and 45, id. Eg. 
a woman to wife Ruth 4,9. 10; wisdom, 
understanding, Prov, 4,7. 15,32. 16,16. 
17, 16. 19, 8; God his holy mountain by 
conquest, Ps. 78, 54; the people of Is- 
rael as his own, Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2. 
Gen. 4, 1 τον UN WMP Lhave gatten 
a man with the help of Jehovah, have 
borne a son; see in }°P no. 2, a. 

3. Spec. to get by purchase, to buy, 
Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex, 21, 
2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1. 4. Is. 43, 24. 
al. sep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov. 
23, 23. Part. Πρ ἃ buyer Prov. 20, 14. 
Ez. 7, 12; opp. 72% Is. 24,2. Also fo 
buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut. 
28, 68. Neh. 5, 8. Is. 11, 11.—Comp, 
Lat. conciliare for emere Ter. Eun. 4. 4. 
21.—Hence 

4. to own, to possess. Part. 3p an 
owner, possessor, master, 6. g. of a house 
Lev. 25, 30; a flock Zech. 11,5; an ox 
Is. 1.3. Comp. ™3p2.—Syr. fio id. Eth, 
ZP to possess, to be master; Arab, 

x3} to possess. 

Nipu. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15. 43. 

Hien. pr. ‘to let buy or be bought, 
i.e. to sell; Zech, 13, 5 "RPAH Ce 
man sold me as a slave ; comp, Kal in 
Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2,7. Verbs of buying 
often take in the causative conjug. the 
signif. of selling ; comp. 131 <=] to buy, 
31 <5] to sell.—Part. πὸ, Ez. 8, 3 
mpan map Seo ayia Ow" where 
was the seat of the image of wrath (i.e. 
the idol provoking God’s wrath) which 
selleth sc. Israel to his enemies, i, e. 
which delivers Israel even as a slave 
into the power of his enemies ; note the 
paronomasia. Others refer ΠΣ ΒΓ to 
r. 2p, and render: which provoketh to 
wrath. 

Deriv. MR, INP, MRPB, MRR, and 
pr. π, ΓΤ», MIR. 


MP τὰ. (τ. πρὶ init.) constr. 2p, ὁ 
suff. m3p ; plur. ὩΣ], constr. "2p, c. suff. 
ENR ; a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr. 
κάνη, κάνγη, κάννα, id, Ghd mp, RP, 


Syr. fis, tare, id. Arab, δι ἀξ id, alec 
spear.—Of a reed or cane growing in 


wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job 
40, 21. Is. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps. 68,33 2p ΤΠ 


rap 


the beast of the reeds, i. e. the crocodile. 
[At the present day the banks of the 
Jordan and the upper part of the lake 
Haleh are full of tall reeds or cane ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. p. 255. ΠῚ. p. 
340.—R.] Spoken also of the sweet cane, 
sweet flag, acorus calamus Linn. calamus 
odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XIL 
12 or 48), Is. 43, 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4, 
14; fully SO3 τὸ Ex. 30, 23, ster ΓΝ 
Jer. 6, 20.—Also the cultivated cane, 
arundo sativa, arundo donax Linn. 
growing very tall, and used as a staff 
for walking, M3P ΤΟΣ Ez. 29, 6. Is. 
36, 6, comp. y2s7 ΤῺ Ez. 42, 3; and 
for measuring rods. 
cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq. 
—Hence 

a) a measuring reed or rod, fully 3p 
mayan Ez. 40, 3.5. 42, 16-19; this was a 
measure of six larger cubits (MB) 72x, 
see in M2), i. 6. six cubits and six 
palms, Ez. 40, 5-8. 41, 8; plur. Ez. 42, 
16-19.—So Gr. κάλαμος was a measure 
of 632 cubits. 

b) α stalk of grain, Gr. κάλαμος, κά- 
λαμη, Gen. 41, 5, 22. 

c) the upper bone of the arm, Job 31, 
22. Comp. Germ. Armrdhre; Arab. 


wad reed, also a marrow-bone. 

ἃ) the rod or beam of a balance; 
hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6. 
Gr. κανών. 

e) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred 
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 

f) Plur. 0°22 arms, branches, tubes, 
bearing the lights of the sacred cande- 
labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18; c. suff. 


s a 
Ὁ» Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22.—Arab. sis 
channel, trough. 


MP (place of reeds) Kanah, pr. n. 
a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim 
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17,9. b) 
A city in Asher Josh. 19, 28. [Nowa 
village about three hours south of east 
from Tyre, still called Kana GL; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384.—R. 


NEP m. (r. NIP) i. q. NIP, jealous, 
spoken of God, Josh. 24, 19; also angry 
against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2. 


ΤΩ obsol. root, perh. i. 4. Yard fo 


hunt.—Hence 


931 


See on these spe- | 


woh ais Καπαιράϊ. 


Bop 


ΤΙ (a hunt) Kenaz, pr.n. a) An 
Edomite, descended from Esau; also 
a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen, 
36, 11. 15. 42. Ὁ) The father or ra- 
ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro- 
ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13, 
1 Chr. 4,13. See 2p. c¢) A grand- 
son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15. 


ἪΡ (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. a) 
A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing 
further is known, Gen. 15,19. Ὁ) Pa- 
tronym. of the name 12P lett. Ὁ, Num. 
32, 12. Josh. 14, 6. 

TP m. (τ. AIP) constr. 12}, c. suff. 
3p. . 

1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. κτί- 
σις. Chald. 923p id. 

2. a getting, acquisition, purchase, 
Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22. 11. 

3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen, 
34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38, 12. 13, 


* D2P obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to 
set up, toerect, ἔκ ΤΣ», ἢ, ἢ. Hence 
ἼΤΩΞΡ cinnamon, after the form 7731, 
pr. i. 4, ΤΣ» cane, since the rolls of cin- 
namon resemble a cane or tube. 

723? m. constr. ~}22P Ex. 30, 23, cin- 
namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr. 
κίνναμον, κιννάμωμον, according to Hdot. 
3. 111 a word of Phenician origin. For 
the etymology see in r. D2p. 


: 12R in Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
to build ; kindr. with "3p, ἪΡ, also B2p. 
Hence jp nest; and from this: 

Piet 32p denom. to nest, to build a 
nest, as a bird Ps. 104, 17. Jer. 48, 28. 
Ez. 31,6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr. 
«οἱ id. 

Pua to have a nest built, to nestle, Part. 
f. "M229 Jer. 22, 23. 


“X2P Job 18, 2, see in 7p. 

ΤῺ (possession, τ. 422) Kenath, pr. 
n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in 
Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north 
from Bostra, Num. 32, 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23. 
Gr. Κανάϑα, Kavoda. Now called 
See Reland Palest. 
p- 631. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria 
p. 83. 

*DOP fat. tops, 2 pers. pl. πϑ ΘΟΕ 
Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divina- 
tion, used in the verb only of false pro- " 


nop 


phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut. 
18, 10. 14. Mic. 3, 6. 7.11; of necro- 
mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8; of foreign pro- 
phets, as of the Philistines 1 Sam. 6, 2, 
of Balaam Josh. 13, 22. Classic for the 
three kinds of divination common among 
the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en- 
trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21]. 
Constr. with acc. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7. 
Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28; dat. of pers. 1 
Sam. 28,8; acc. and dat. Ez. 21, 34. 
22,28. Part. cop a diviner, one who 
foretells, 1 Sam. 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25. 
Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept. 
usually μάντις, μαντεύω.--- ΤῊ 6 primary 
idea is prob. that of dividing, dividing 
out ; comp. Arab. 5 to divide out. 
As this was often done by lot, hence 
top pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab. 
3; and then for any species of lot or 
divination. Chald. 20p, Syr. ee id. 
Deriv. 0079 and 


DOP m. 1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22]; see 
the root. 

2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sam. 
15, 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13,6. 23. Plur. 
p-nop Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. Me- 
ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7. 
Comp. miss. 

3. In a ‘good sense, anv oracle, divine 
sentence, Prov. 16, 10. 


P dcp in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q. 
ΥΞΏ. 

Po. dip to cut off fruit, Ez. 17, 9. 

Mop f. (τ. mvp) any vessel, a dish, 
cup, so called from its rounded form, i. q. 
mp q.v. Hence "por Mop a writer’s 
vessel, i. 6. an ink-horn, ink-stand, worn 
in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11 —Eth. 
ΦΙΓ a water-vessel, water-pot. 


8 o- 

MIP (prob. i. q. καὶξ arx) Keilah, 
pr.n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44. 
1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17. 
18. See Reland Palest. p. 698. 

ΦῬΦΡ m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt 
in, Lev. 19,28. R, ΣῈΡ no, 1.—Talmud. 
Spsp to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also 
to cut in a mark. 


*"ZP obsol. root, Arab. ἀξ to be 


deep ; pr. to dig, kindr. with “§p, "2, 
also "pn, “P3.—Hence 


932 


TEP 


MIP f. constr. MEP, plur. constr, 
minsp, c.suff. "NiNSP , a deep dish, bowl, 
charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. et wl 


29. 37,16. Sept. τρύβλιον. Arab. νὴ κι΄ 
8 deep dish. - yet 


* NEP to draw in oneself, to contract. 
Kindr. are YP. ἸΒῈ, WP, and softened 


Ge 
823; also Arab. a3 to be wrinkled, 
shrunk, as cloth after washing. 

1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the 
feet drawn under, in the oriental man- 
ner, Zeph. 1, 12; comp. Jer. 48, 11. 

2. to concrete, to coagulate, as milk, 
see Hiph. Poet. of the sea, Engl.Vers, 
to congeal, Ex. 15, 8. 

Nipu. to be drawn in, contracted, Zech. 
14,6 Cheth, jAXBP~2 MiP, see in AP? 
no. 4. p. 420. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to outs 
coagulate, to curdle milk, Jeb. 10, 10.— 
Hence 

PREP m. congelation, ice ; Zech. 14, 
6 Keri ἸἸΝΒΡῚ MinPI, Sept. καὶ ψύχος 
καὶ nuyos, Vulg. sed frigus et gelu. Bet- 
ter is Chethibh, see in r. ΞΡ Niph. and 
“Pp? no. 4. 


*EP to draw oneself together, to 

shrink, to roll oneself up; like kindr. 
, 

1B, VRE, Syr. wmS0, also REP, Was. 
Hence ap ἀν ΔΕᾺς 

Prex id. Is. 38, 12 9 3382 ΒΡ I 
have rolled tobether, like a weaver, my 
life; or intrans. my life is rolled toge- 
ther, as by a weaver; i. e. in either 
case, my life is finished, like the piece 
of cloth which the weaver, when com- 
pleted, rolls together. The latter is 
pevh. preferable. Intrans. also in Targ. 
and Pesh. 

Deriv. the two following. 


SEP m. also TEP Is. 34, 11 (τ. 9BP) ἃ 
hedgehog, so called from rolling himself 
up; Is. 14,23. 34,11. “ον 2, 14.—Arab. 


$ 909 


resolving the Dag. Rese: and (has, 
Syr. {eco id. Eth. q$40H porcu- 
sve 

SDP f. Milél (r. 4BP) Ez. 7, 25 "EP 
x2 Haid in cometh, ‘according to the 
Targg. and Heb. intpp- Better, horror, 
terror, from the primary signif. of the 


BP 


root, i. e. ‘to shrink, to start back.’ 
Comp. Syr. po.—The n- is not para- 
gogic, and the tone is retracted prob. 
only by an error of the punctators ; see 
Heb. Gr. § 79, note 2. e. 


IEP, see in bp, 


THBP m. (r. ΤῈ) i. g. Arab. us, ser- 


pens jaculus, q.d. arraw-snake, so called 
from its darting, springing, in the man- 
ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34,15. See 
Bochart Hieroz. Il. p. 408. 


*TEP obsol. root, pr. ἱ. 4. SER, YER, 
(comp. Y2R, Y2R,) to draw oneself 
together, to contract, espec. in order to 
make a spring, in the manner of a cat, 
lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arab. yas 
and Chald. yp to leap, to spring upon. 


Syr. |_se0 locust, grasshopper; comp. 
r. yoR.—Hence risp. 


3 VER fut. YBP?, to draw together, 
to contract, to shut, kindr. with BP , BP, 


also y2P. Chald. id. Arab. Y@ai con- 
strinxit—E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16. 
Ps. 107, 42; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal, 
niggardly, Deut. 15, 7; trop. one’s com- 
passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10. 

Nipu. to draw or gather oneself up, to 
compose the body and limbs as in death, 
i. q. to die; Job 24, 24 peep" dbo; 


comp. Gen. 49, 33. Arab. τὰ and yaad 
to die. i” 

Piet to leap, to spring, comp. ἸΞΡ, 
Cant. 2,8. Chald. γξὃ} id. 


Te m. (r. psp) c. suff. "Sp; plur. 
constr. "S2P once Job 18, 2 see in Plur. 
below, where also see other forms; an 
end, i. e. 

1. Of place, end, extremity. 2 K. 19, 
23 rixp 115 his extreme lodzing-place, 
i.e. the highest. Jer. 50, 26 ve? i.e. 
[ Le the extremity of the earth ;’ or, 

‘all from the extremity,’ i. q. ΤΙΣΙ, see 
in Mzp. So > YR SAY 10 put, set, an 
end (limit) fo any thing, Josh. 28, 3. 

2. Of time, end, 6. g. of the year 2 Chr. 
21,19; of words Job 16, 3;.0f war Dan. 
9, 26; of wonders. Dan. 12,6. So ἫΝ 
> yp there is no end to a thing, i. e. it is 
infinite, Is. 9, 6. Bec. 4,8; or innume- 


933 


sp 


rable Ecc. 4,16. With dom. Ece. 12,12 
YVR PRMD ONO Mivy to the making 
of many books thereis noend. Also yp 
with genit. of time, at the end of (comp, 
y2 no. 4. c), i. 6. after, 6. g. Gen. 8, 6 
afler forty days. 4, 3, 16,3. 41,1. Ex. 
12,41, Is. 23, 15. 17. al. sep. Later 
writers use YP? id. 2 Chr, 18,2. Neh. 
13, 6. Dan. 11, 6. 13. 12, 13. 

Spec. a) the end of a person, i. q. 
destruction, death, Ps. 39,5. Dan. 9, 26. 
14, 45. Job 6, 11; of nations, destruction, 
Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3.6. Am. 8, 25 of 
mankind Gen. 6,13, Also yp 752 ini- 
quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21, 
30, 34 [25. 29]. 35,5. Ὁ). event, fulfil- 
ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2,3. c) pp my 
the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35. 40. 
12, 4, also PR 3212 id. 8, 19, DO YR 
the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. yp id. 
11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of 
calamity immediately preceding the 
coming of Jehovah and the Messiah. 

Piur. once in the constr. state, Job 
18, 2, where "3p is for ΣΡ the Daghesh 
being resolved in the Chaldee manner, 
see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223. 
The words: are: "3:p Pawn ΓΝ ἼΘ 
7225 how long (i.e. when) will ye put 
an end to words ?—Elsewhere for plur. 
absol. is used the form MiP, see MEP 5 
for the constr. and e. suff. "3p, ΩΣ, 
from ἼΣΡ, A¥P.—Denom. is ἩΧῚΡ, for 


TSR. 
YP see yp. 


"ΦΧ fat. ssp 1. to cut, to cut off, 
e. 5. wood, a stick, 2 K, 6, 6.—Arab. 
a5 to cutoff, tocut in pieces. Kindr. 
is S2P, also 3¥M, ΞΏπ. But all verbs 
beginning with the letters xp have the 
notion of cutting, cutting off, e. g. YP, 
ASP, WP, SSP; comp. 135, PSN, also 
73, which are all of the same family. 

2. Spec. to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2. 


9 ΄ 
Arab, Gas a shorn sheep.—Hence 


em. 1. cut, i. 6. form, shape, 
comp. Fr. taille, Germ. Zuschnitt, 1 Καὶ. 
6, 25. 7, 37. 

2. Plur. constr. O° "axp Jon. 2,7, 
cullings off (i. e. extremities, founda- 
tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths 
ofthe sea. Vulg. extrema montium. 


nzp 


Ἀν. ΓΝ 1. Pr. to cut off spec. the end 
or extremity, ¢o curtail, and so differing 
from MM to cut in the middle ; see P 


Kindr. are VR, 38R, 4. v. Arab. Cas 
I, 1.—Then 
wath to end, to finish ; Arab. uel, 


oss, extremity. Hence ΠΕΡ, ΠΕΡ, 


msp, end. 

3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf. 

Hab. 2, 10 oan DYas-misp. Arab. 
5 IV to exterminate. 

4. to decide, to judge, Arab. si 
hence 7"XP judge. 

Prez i. q. Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 mapa 
B7539 who cuileth off the feet i. e. whose 
feet are cut off. The whole verse is to 
be rendered thus: he cutteth off hisown 
feet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage, 
who sendeth a message by the hand of 
@ fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger. 
—2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began mixp> 
bern to cut off in Israel, i.e. to re- 
move one part after another. 

Hien. to scrape off or away, i. q. SEP, 
Lev. 14, 41. 43. 

Deriv. mzp—isp, ἸῊΡ, ΧΡ. 


ΤΡ f. (τ. ΠΕΡ) pr. fem. of ΠΡ. an 
end, extremity. Sing. only in the form 
ΓΙΧΡῺ at the extremity Ex. 25, 19. 26, 4. 
36, 11. 37, 8—Elsewhere only in plur. 
constr. ΤΊΣ, c. suff. ΣΡ, i. 6. 

1. ends, extremities, e. g. of a vine- 
stock Ez. 15,4; of wings 1 K. 6,24; of 
a breastplate Ex. 28,23sq. VINA ΓΊΧΡ 
the ends of the earth, the remotest regions 
and nations, Is. 40, 28. 41, 9.29. Job 28, 
24. BIDEN mixp sae the four ends 
(quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36; 
comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 14 
ZIT Msp the ends of his ways, i. e. the 
extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di- 
vine operations. 

2. the ends of a thing, i.e. the whole, 
to the very end, to the uttermost; see 
in MEP no. 33 so the whole number, Judg. 
18, 2 they sent of their family five men 
emis. oul of their whole number. 1K. 
12, 31. 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32. 


MEP m. (r. MEP) constr. MEP, ὁ. suff. 
"zp; but also cm*xp sing. Ez. 33, 2, 
see in MR72 and Heb. Gr. ὁ 91. 9, ἢ. an 
end, i. 6. 


934, 


Wp 


1. Of place, the end, extremity of a 
thing; e. g. inlength, as of a staff Judg. 
6,21; a spear 1 Sam, 14, 27; the Jordan 
as it enters the Dead Sea Josh. 15, δ. 
Also of length and breadth, as of a cur- 
tain Ex. 26,5; a field Gen. 23,9; the 
desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27; 
the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num. 34, 
3. Josh. 15, 2. etc. “I MEP the extremity 
of the mountain, i.e. its foot, Ex. 19, 125 
nyaat'p id. 1 Sen 14, 2. Dvn ΠῚΡ 
the extremity of the water, water’s edge, 
Josh. 3, 15. 5823 MEP the extreme bor- 
der of ailand Gen. 47, 21. Num. 20, 16. 
22, 36. ‘in™ Mare MEPS in the ex- 
treme east of Jericho, i. e. on the eastern 
border of its territory. So puxn ΠῚΡ 
the end of the earth, the remotest parts 
and regions, Ps. 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42, 10. 
48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and’so Diu nxp 
the end of the sheavenie; i ive. the remotest 
parts of the world; Is..13,5. Deut. 4, 32, 
Is. 7, 18 ὩΣ "NPA in the utlermost 
streams of Eeypt, in its remotest parts, 
—Peculiar is Gen. 19, 4 all the people 
ΤΙΣ even from the extremity, i. e. from 
the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city 
is taken MP2 from its extremity, at all 
ends, wholly. So ΓΙ ΧΙΡῸ Is. 56, 11. Ez. 
25, 9.—Arab. Last ab extremo, 
i.e. omnes. Comp. in no. 8. 


2. Of time, end; often in the con- 
nection: 61" Το xp» at the end of 
three days, i. e. after three days Josh. 3, 
2; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam. 
24,8. 1K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. all. 

3. the end of a thing, i. e. the whole, 
ᾳ. ἃ. to the very end, to the uttermost. 
E. g. the whole number, Gen. 47, 2 Hp" 
sm from the whole number of his breth- 
ren. Ez. 33, 2. So Num, 22,41 he saw 
Ds mxp the uttermost of the people, i.e. 
the whole people even to the extremi- 
ties. See in no. 1. fin. 


MXP m. (τ. ΠΧ) end, only in the for- 
mula: > ASP ἸῸΝ there is no end to a 
thing, i. 6. it is infinite, innumerable, Is. 
2,7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3, 9. ‘ 


WEP or “XP m. (Ὁ. MEP) only in plur. 
constr. YIN "Xp the ends of the earth, 
Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15. 


mixp plur. see in ΣΡ. 


msp 
© * TEP obsol. root. “Arab. 


sprinkle onion-seed and other condiments 


is ‘to 


Se ᾿ 
upon food in a pot ;? 3 ‘onion-seed 


and other condiments.’ The primary 
idea seems to be; 0 sprinkle, to strew. 
—Hence 


MIP m. Is. 28, 25. 27. aceording to 
Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella, 
melanthium, i.e. black cumin. See Cel- 
sii Hierobot. P. IL. p. 70. 


T2P m. (r. MEP no. 4) constr. ἩἼΣΡ, 
plur. constr. "2"xP. 
1. a judge, magistrate, Is. 1, 10. 3, 6.7. 


Mic. 3, 1.9. Arab. wa kady, ἃ judge. 


2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24. 
Judg. 11, 6. 11. Is. 22, 3. Dan. 11, 18. 
Comp. ved. 

3. a prince, Prov. 6, 7. 25, 15. 


ΤΣ ΣΡ f(r.2¥P) 1. cassia, Gr. κασία, 
daurus cassia Linn. a bark resembling 
cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called 
from being stripped off; plur. Miz"sp 
Ps. 45,9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 
360... Arab. Xanas id. Castell. 

2. Keziah, pr. n. of one of Job’s daugh- 
ters, Job 42, 14. 


VXP m. (τ: ἊΣ.) constr. "EP, c. suff. 
"SP. 

1. reaping, harvest of grain; diff. from 
"Pp harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In 
Palestine the barley-harvest precedes 
the wheat-harvest about two weeks. 
At Jericho, in the depressed valley of 


the Jordan, the former takes place in . 


the last half of April, and the latter in 
the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15. 
On the plain along the coast, the har- 
vest is usually a fortnight later; and on 
the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron 
still later by another fortnight ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 99,100.—R.] The 
harvest is described as beginning with 
the barley 5°A3@ "sp 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10. 
. Ruth 2, 23; and ending with the wheat, 
‘psar “xp Gen. 30, 14. Ex. 34, 22, and 
with the festival of Pentecost, ""sprm 3n 
Ex. 23, 16. Harvest-time is "3p mp 
Jer. 5, 16, "XP 27 Gen. 30,14, "zp om 
Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. ""sP Prov. 6, 8. 
10, 5. 26,1. Coupled "x71 371 Gen. 


935 


ΣΡ 


8, 22; sR) Bron Gen. 45, 6. Ex, 34, 
21.—Meton. harvest is put: a) For the 
grain, crop, either to be harvested Ley. 
19, 9, Joel 1, 11. 4,13; or as already 
harvested, Jer. 5,17. Job 5, 5. "81 "sp 
the harvest of the Nile 15. 23,3. Ὁ) Poet. 
for ΧΡ "O28 Aarvesi-men Is. 17, 5.— 
Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a 
people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11. 

2. a bough; collect. boughs, foliage, 
ofa tree Job 14, 9. 18, 16. 29, 19. Is. 27 
11; ofa vine Ps. 80,12. So called, it is 
usually said, from the notion of cutting 
off. Better perh. to refer it to r. 93M 
no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the 
roots "$2 and "ZF are closely kindred. 


* ΧΡ in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to 
cut off or out ; comp. YEP, MEP, and see 
in 33p. Arab. alas to cut off—Hence 
nzisp2 chisel. 

2. to scrape, to strip off bark; see 
Hiph. and ΠΡ ΧΡ. 

3. to break, i. q. Syr. 152; see Pual, 

Puav Part. plur. ΤΊΣ. Ex. 26, 23. 
36, 28, and Hops. Part. plur. ΤΣ ΤΏ 
Ez. 46, 22, pr. ‘parts broken in, bent,’ 
i. e. angles, corners, internal angles, i. q. 
ΤΗΣ ΒΡΌ. 

Hien. to scrape off, i. 4 ns Hiph. 
Lev. 14, 41. 

Horn. see in Pual. 

Deriv. ΠΣ, ΣΊΧΡΏ, MPTP. 


*SSP fut. ΣΟῚ 1. to break, to 
break in pieces, as wood, see ΠΣ no. 1, 


and M%p.—Arab. Wis the wind 
dashes in pieces a ship; mid. Kesr. to 
be broken, as a tooth, spear.— Hence 

2. Metaph. fo break out or forth in 
anger, Gr. ῥήχνυμι; and so to be angry, 
wroth, 2K. δ, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is. 57, 16. 
64, 8; with >» of pers. Gen. 40, 2. 41, 10. 
Ex. 16, 20. al. 5x Josh. 22, 18.—Syr. 


leno rivalry, envy. 


Hipu. to provoke to anger, 6. g. Jeho- 
vah Deut. 9, 7. 8. 22. Ps. 106,32. Zech. 


“8, 14. 


Hirup. iq. Kal πο. 2, to fret oneself, 
15. 8, or. “ὦ 
Deriv. ΣΡ, ΠΕΕΡ. ᾿ 


ΤΙΣ Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 3,18, 


—Hence 


«ὦ. 
at 


pep 
ἘΙΧΡ Chald. m. anger, wrath, Ezra 7, 23. 


SP m. (r. ἘΣ) in pause FXP, c. suff. 
ἈΒΥΡ. 

1. Collect. chips, splinters, comp. the 
root no. 1, Hos. 10,7. Sept. φρύγανον. 
Others, ‘foam. 

2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2, 
Ecc. 5, 16. Spec. of Jehovah, Num. |, 
53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34,2. 2 Chr. 19, 10. 
24, 18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alierca- 
tion, Esth. 1, 18. 

MEP f. (τ. ὮΚῸ) a breaking, a broken 
thing, spec. of toliage, boughs, a tree, 
Joel 1,7. Sept. συγκλασμός. 


=P to cut off, 6. g. the hand Deut. 
25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25.* 25, 23, 


see in NB no. 2. Arab. yas to trim 
the nails and locks. See under 3¥p. 

Piet ΥῈΡ and ΥῈ 1. to cut off, e.g. 
a cord Ps. 129,4; the hand, the thumbs, 
Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps. 46, 
10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16. 

2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3; 
into pieces, fo cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13. 

Puat part. ὩΣ ΣΙ. pass. of Pi. no. 1. 
Judg. 1, 7. 

Deriv. yP , whence the denom. jix"p ; 
pr. ἢ. YP2. 

V2? Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11. 


*"SP and “SR 1. Mid. A, fat. 
“Sp, to cut off or down; spec. grain, 
whence to reap, to harvest, 6. ace. Is. 17, 
5. Lev. 19,9. 25, 5. al. Part. "ΣΡ a 
reaper, mower, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3 
sq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 9, 21. Am. 9, 13. Ps. 
129,7. Part. pass. 
of cells Ez. 42, 5.—Metaph. Job 4, 8 
they that sow trouble reap the same. 
Prov. 22,8. Comp. 37 no. 2. a. 

2. Mid. E (comp. adj. "¥p), fat. "sp", 
once “SP? Prov. 10,27, intrans. to be cut 
off ; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28, 


20. Arab. ὦ as 


“hr ΠΧ my hand is shortened, i. e. I 
have no power, am weak, feeble, Num. 
11, 23. Is. 50, 2, 59, 4. Comp. Arab. 


~ Ls ‘short-handed, and 
{ ‘short-armed,’ spokenof a person 


ie strength or power; vice versa 
a oO ‘a long hand, for strength, 


to be short.—Spec. a) 


936 


ἮΣ cut off, shorter, . 


ΧΡ 


power ; see more in Comm. on Is. 50, 2. 
b) "£52 (πῆ) IAP my soul, spirit, is 
shortened, i. e. 1am impatient, grieved, 
vexed, Num, 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. Job 21, 
4. Mic. 2,7; with 3 for, on account of, 
any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. 11, 8. 
Comp. S788 FI under WAN. 

Piet to cut off, to shorten, one’s days 
Ps. 102, 24. 

Hiru. 1. to harvest, to reap, Job 24, 
6 Cheth. 

2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46. 

Deriv. "xp, “3p, "XP. 


“EP m. adj. (τ. "¥Q) constr. ἜΣ , plar. 
constr. "TP, short; BY) AXP short of 
days, short-lived, Job 14. Ϊ. Spec. a) 3p 
9 short-handed, i.e. weak, feeble, 2 K. 19, 
26. Is. 37,27, Ὁ) man "EP Boor, 14, 29, 
and S"BR "EP v. 17, short of spirit, of 
anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger. , 


“EP m. (τ. ἜΣΘ) only m4 ἜΣ short- 
ness of spirit, i. 6. impatience, Ex. 6, 9. 


ΓᾺΡ f (for PREP, τ. MP; like m9 
fr. ΓΙ) a Chaldaizing form. 

1. end, extremity, always with pref. 
jo, i.e. Mp2 for ΓΕΡῸ, at the end of, 
after. Dan. 1, 15 ΠΩΣ Dv ΤΙΣ at 
the end of ten days. v. 5. 18 bva7m ΤΙΣ 
at the end of the days, see 72> p. 585. 
Comp. xp for MEP2, see in MEP no. 
2,3.—Piur. nigp (for mHEp , as n23, plur. 
τὴ.) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, δ δ. 
art. the ends sc. of the earth Ps, 65, 9 
comp. v. 6. With suff. iniigp Ex. 37,8 
and 39,4 Cheth. where Keri has "nizp 
from ΤΊΣ. 

2. the sum, the whole number, i. q. ΠΕΡ 
no. 3. Dan. 1,2 ἘΥΡΝΓΙ mg "b> mype 
some of the whale number of the sacred 
vessels ; here M%P is used partitively, 
like 2 no. 1. Neh. 7, 70 "Ox ΧΡ 
ΤΊΣΝΤΙ some of the number of the phiy- 
larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribes. 
Comp. "mx ΤΙΣ Gen. 47, 2.—Some of 
these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Neh. 
1. c. are referred by commentators toa 
noun of the form ΣΡ, to which they 
give the signification of part. But the 
Chaldee, which is of special authority in 
all these examples, isclearly destitute of 
any such form, (since the passage in the 
Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charae- 
ter with those above cited,) and we 


nsp 


cannot therefore doubt but that ΤΥ, 
wherever it occurs, is to be explained in 
one and the same manner. 


MIP Chald. πὶ, constr. ΠᾺΡ 1. end, 
Dan. 4,31 τοῖν MEp> αἱ the end. of the 
days. 

2. the sum, the whole. Dan. 2, 42 77a 
ΑΘ Mp a part of the whole king- 
dom, i ie.a part of the kingdom. Parall. 
is ΠΣ a part of it. 


“P m. adj. (τ. 2) plur. SP, cold, 
cool, Prov. 25, 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop. 
cool, quiet, Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. ™" 9p 
of a quiet spirit. Keri see in 5 no. 1. 


“Pp, see in “Pp. 
“Pp m. (r. Δ) cold, Gen. 8, 22, 


ἘΠ NOR, 3 fem, mx yp for mp Is, 
7, 14; inf xP, once mip Judg. 8,1 
like verbs M>, c. suff. "NIP; fut. SIP, 
c. suff. ip Jer. 23, 6; ; imper. 8", 
piur. f. Ἰ ΠΡ Ex. 2, 20, jx3p Ruth 1, 20. 

1. to cry out, to call out, ᾿κράζειν. It i is 
an onomatopoetic verb comprising also 
inarticulate sounds, see art. RIP; like 
Syr. ἤπερ to call, also to sound as a trum- 
pet, to crow asa cock. Comp. Gr. κράζω 
(xoay), κηρύσσω (xngvy); in the Germa- 
nic tongues charen to cry out, charo cla- 
mour, wailing; often of the cry of ani- 
mals, as Germ. kraéhen, Engl. to crow, 
French crier, Engl. to cry ; with a sibi- 
lant prefixed skreian, Swed. skria, Germ. 
schreien, Engl. to scream; and with a 
sibilant added at the end kreischen, 123 
q. v.—Spoken absol. of any cry or cla- 
mour, even inarticulate, like P>¥; Gen. 
39,14 5πὸ ipa NPN} and I cried with 


a loud voice, Sept. ἐβόησα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ.. 


v.15 89p8} ip ΠΩ ΟΠ. Often follow- 
ed by the words thus uttered with a loud 
cry, i.q. either immediately, Gen. 45, 1 
‘aI AN"sin NxIpM and Joseph cried, 
Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45. 
Judg. 7,20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 11, 14. 
Esth. 6, 9.11; or also with a word inter- 
posed, as ἜΝ Ez. 9,1; 98" 2 Sam. 
18, 28; comp. 3. Κ. 18, 28 Sips ps 
sans) ἼΞΤΙ MTA bin3 and he cried 
with a loud voice in the Jewish tongue, 
and spake and said.—Spec. 

. 18) With 5x of pers. to cry out to any 
one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg..18, 

79 


937 


Np 


23; and with the words uttered, pre- 
ceded by “2x3 1 Sam. 26, 14, ek" 
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 17, 8. 1 K. 17, 11, 
Also with 52 of pers, Is. 34, 14 the safyrs ἢ 
shall cry to each other. With 77% of 
pers. to cry afler any one, i. e. as he 
departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9. 

b) Often i. q. tocry for help, to implore 
aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2 
"22 "RIP2 when I cry, hear thou me. 
22, 3. 34, ie 69,4; with Mindy Ps. 4, 4, 
28, 1. 30, 9. 55, 17. 61, 3. Judg. 15, 18, 
2 K. 20, 11. Hos. 1,73 pars Ps. 67, 3; 
acc. Ps. 14, 4. Is. 43, 22; ο. suff. Ps. 17, 
6. 88, 10. 91, 15. Also with >» of pers. 
on account of or against whom one cries 
to God for help, Deut. 15, 9. 

c) i. q. κηρύσσειν, which ‘the LXX 
often put for it, 10 ery, to proclaim, in the 
manner of a herald or prophet. Absol. 
Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the publie- 
places. 8,1; c. acc. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 ihe 
voice said, Cry. And he suid, What shall 
I cry? 58,1. Zech. 1,14. 17; with 55 of 
the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by 
the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5. 
Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51,61; or as coupled 
with an ace. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7. Joek 
4,9 35 MNT NIP proclaim ye thie 
among the Gentiles ; or with "> Is. 40, 2. 
> ἜΝ NIP to proclaim or announce lib- 
erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17.. 
Is. 61,1. ΟἿΣ RIP to proclaim a fast se.. 
to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5.— 
From the sense of proclaiming comes: 
the signif. of reading aloud, reciting, see’ 


in no. 4, 


2. to call, ih ge καλεῖν, very often.—- 
Spec. 

a) to call any one to oneself, i. e. to: 
bid him come, to call or send for, c. aces. 
Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16: 
Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; > Gen. 20, 92. 
Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11, 1; 5x Gen. 3, 9. 
Ex. 3, 4. 1Sam. 3, 4. "5887p lo call to: 
oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prov: 18,6 
his mouth calleth for blows, i.e. deserves 
and invites them. Ruth 4, 11 τῶ. Ro 
cmb-msa i. e. call thee (get thee). a 
name in Bethlehem, become thou famous.) 

b) As referring to several or many, to 
call together, to convoke, ¢. acc. Gen.. 
41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39, 14. Josh.. 
23, 2. 24,1; Ἐκ 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24. 
Hence 7x ΝΡ to call a solemn-assem~- 


N™P 


bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1, 
13; a festival or holy convocation Lev. 
23, 2.4. MIE "WIMP those called, con- 
voked, to an assembly, Num. 1, 16. 


c) to call, i. 6. to invite, to bid, to a 


repast, banquet, comp. καλεῖν ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, 
1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9. 10. 41. 49. 
Part. ὉΠ ΠΡ guests Prov. 9,18. Trop. 
bx nideib ΝῊΡ fo invile to peace, to pro- 
pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp. 
Judg. 21, 13. 

d) to call, to summon before a judge, 
χαλεῖν, καλεῖν εἰς δίκην, Job 13, 22. 14, 15; 
comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. ΘΒ. 

e) to call out or forth, as warriors 
Is. 13,3; also God the generations of 
men Is. 41, 4. 

f) to call.any one to an office, i. q. "72 
to choose; c. acc. Is. 42, 6, 49, 1. 51, 2; 
> 22, 20. In the same sense, but 
stronger, is ‘D OYI NIP Lo call one by his 
name, i. 6. to the name and character 
which he now bears. Is. 43, 1. 45, 3, 4. 
Comp. Ex. 31,2. Part. S°x°7p the call- 
ed, renowned, Ez. 23, 23, 

g) POS ΝῊΡ ἰο call upon the name 
of any one, lit. ‘to call with the name, 
i.e. pronouncing the name; hence to 
praise, to laud, e. g. «) Men, as Ps. 
49, 12 ominws AR Pp they laud their 
names i. e. of the rich, Prov, 20, 6 
iFM Ww NIP? they praise every one his 
own goodness. A somewhat different 
turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 my 
BPE? SH NIP? another lauds the name 
of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the 
side or party of Jacob. ) "7 ΒΦΞ NTP 
to call upon the name of God, to invoke 
his name, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, to 
worship God. Gen, 4, 26. 12, 8. Ps. 79, 
6. 105, 1. 15. 64, 6. Jer. 10,25. Zeph, 3, 
9. Comp. ἢ Οὐ "2In. Without 3, 
we find ™ St NP id Deut. 32, 3. Ps. 
99, 6. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call 
upon the name of ἃ divinity, is to implore 
his aid, 1 K. 18, 24 sq.—A diflerent sense 
occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him- 
selfsays: 47222 Γῆ} WZ "NNTP? and 1] 
will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho- 
rah! sc. as present, i. 6. in order that 
thou mayest know that God indeed is 
here, I will myself be the herald to an- 
nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43, 

3. to call, i, e. to name, fally,> ΒΘ RP 
to call (give) a name to any one, Gr, 


938 


RP 


χαλεῖν τινὰ τι 1]. 5. 306. Od. 8. 550. So 
Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147, 4. 
Construed: a) With ace. of name and 
dat. of that to which the name is given, 
Gen. 1,5 Di ANd OER NIP. v. 8. 10. 
31, 47. 1 Sam. 4, 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. 15. 
47, 1. al. seepe. Ὁ) With two acc. Num. 
32, 41. Is. 60, 18. 6) Oftener as follows: 
Gen. 4, 25 md Ἰοῦστος xaIpM and she 
called ‘his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29. 
11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34. 

4, to read aloud before an assembly, 
etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification 
of crying or calling out, see no. 1. fin... 
with acc. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34. 
35./2 K. 23, 2; also "BO3 NIP to read in 
a book, i. e. what is written in it, (comp. 
3m to drink what is in a vessel,) Neh. 
8,8. 18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2. 
Often with the adjanet’ B "2182 Ex. |.c. 
Josh. 1, c. 22 Deut. 31, i —Hence 
genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2K. 5, 7. 19; 


14. 22, 8. Is. 29, 11.—Arab, 13, Syr. Tpoy, 
to read. 

Nips. 8762 1. to be called, i. 6. bid 
to come, to he called together, convoked, 
Esth. 3, 12. 8,9,  ὈΦ sp? the name 
of any one. is. celebrated, becomes fa-. 
mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14, 

2. to be called, i. e. named, Construed:, 
a) With dat. of pers. or thing. to which 
the name is given; Gen. 2, 23 mxt>, 
nex xP? this shall be called Woman. 
1 Sam, 9, 9 Is, 1, 26, 32, 5. 62, 4, 12. 
Ὁ) With a double nominat. Zech. 8, 3, 
Mann wp orbwan3 NP?) and Jerusalem 
shall be called the city of truth, Is. 54, 5.. 
56,7, ¢) With D3 added, Gen, 17,5 >. 
DISN FILITMN Tis NTP? no longer. ‘shall. 
thy name be called Abram. 35,10. Deut. 
25,10. Dan. 10, 1. For this threefold, 
construction comp. in ΚΑΙ πο. 3. 

The following phrases are also to be 
noted: a) B DwA NTP? to. be. called by 
ithe name of any one, i.e. to be reckoned» 
to his family, tribe, ete. Is. 43, 7. 48, 15. 
c. 2 Gen. 21, 12; and in like manner >2 
pe, 48, 6 NYP? OMI OY Ὁ» they shall 
be called after the name of their breth-. 
ren, i. e. shall be epokaneds as belonging 
to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct, 
tribes, nor as sons of Jacob. Deut. 3, 4. 
Also with 72, Is. 48,2 38972 DIP 3a 
i. e. they call themselves from the holy,, 


ΝΡ 


city, inhabitants of it. β)ὺ) "38 ἈΠῸ 
Ὁ my name is called upon any thing, 
i.e. my name is given to it, it is called 
mine, implying property, relation, etc. 
Is. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12,28. So of the people 
of Israel, to whom the name of God is 
given, i. e. who are called the people of 
God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19% Jer, 14, 9. 
Am. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7, 14; of the temple 
1 K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10, 11. 14. 30, 34, 15; 
of Jerusalem Dan. 9, 18.19 ; of prophets 
Jer. 15, 16. Also with 3 id. Gen. 48, 16. 
7) Further, to be called is often i, q. to 
be, since men and things are called that 
which they are, or at least seem to be; 
é. g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shalt be 
called the city of righteousness, i. e. this 
will be thy name because thou wilt be 
so in reality. 9, 5. 30, 7. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5. 
48, 8. 56,7; comp. 4, 3. 19, 18. See 
Comm. on Isaiah, ΠῚ. p. 29. So Gr. 
κεκλῆσϑαι 1]. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Monk ad 
Eurip. Hippolyt.2. Porson ad Pheeniss. 
576. 

3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6, 1; 
¢e. 3 in a book Neh. 13, 1. 

Pua 8p, Part. c. suff. "83p2. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2. δὶ to be called, 
chosen, Is. 48, 12. 

2. to be called, named, Is. 65,1; often 
Ὁ erp 48, 8. 58, 12. 61,3. 62, 2. Ez. 10, 
13. But see in Niph. no. 2. y. 

Deriv. 82, RP, ARP, pr. 


ἘΠ ΝΡ fut. spt το encownter, to 
. meet any one, i.qg. N72. The primary 
idea is to strike upon, to impinge or hit 
against, comp. 332 ; like Gr. τυγχάνω pr. 
to hita mark. Its stronger signif. ap- 
pearsin =p a hostile encounter. Kindr. 
roots are 22P, Ὁ whence 1, Gr. xv- 


ρέω. Comp. Arab. is and 1,3.—Only 


trop. 6. acc. to-encounter, to assail any 
one, as terror Job 4, 14; to befall, to 
happen to any one, as evil, harm, Gen. 
42, 4. 38. Lev. 10,19. Is. 51,19. Jer. 18, 


22; genr.Gen. 49,1. Once without ace. ἢ 


Ex. 1, 10. 

Nieuw. to be encountered, to be met 
with, to be found; e. g. by chance, i. q. 
to happen to be, 2 Sam. 1,6. 20,1. With 
"25> to be found before any one, e. g. of 
things Deut. 22,6; of persons to meet, 
to come to meet, 2 Sam. 18,9; with bs 


939 


="p 


id. Ex. 5,3. Trop. to come to pass, to 
happen, Jer. 4, 20. 

Hiren. to cause to happen or befall, 
e. g. evil to any one, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 
32, 23. 


RIP Chald. fut. 82p7, once MIP? 
Dan. 5,7; part. pass. "7p Ezra 4, 18. 23, 

1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Dan. 
3, 4. 4, 11. 5, 7. 

2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18. 
23; to read Dan. 5, 8. 16. 17. 


NP see NP. 


Np m. (τ. 8p 1) 1. a partridge, 
pr. ‘ the crier, caller;? so in German it 
is said of the partridge, ‘das Rebhuhn 
ruft;’ comp. γᾶ from krahen, and the 
Arab. Lbs Kiva, i.e. a species of part- 
ridge so called from its cry, see Burck- 
hardt’s Travelsin Syria p. 406.—1 Sam. 
26, 20. Jer. 17, 11, in which last passage 
there is an allusion to the fable of an- 
cient naturalists, that the partridge 
steals the eggs of other birds and sits 
upon them; Epiphan. Physiol. 9.. 

2. Sane ae ἢ, Τῇ. 1 Ghy, 9,19. 2Chr. 
31, 14. 


AN IP ἢ (τ ΝῊΡ IL) pr. noun οἵ ac- 
tion, encounter, meeting ; found only with 
> prefixed, constr. τὰ contr. for 
PeIp>. δ. suff. ἈΝΉΡ, oneip, also 
psmxip>, and only as Preposition. ὰ 

1. Pr. for encountering, Sor meeting, 
i.e. to meet, towards, obviam, after verbs 
of motion, as 927, 8¥2, dD; either in 
a hostile sense Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 7, 24. 
1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 3. al. 
spe; or genr. Gen. 14,17. 18, 2. 29, 
13. 46, 29. Ex. 4, 27. 18, 7. al. sepe. 
Pregn. after a verb of rest, where 
however a verb of motion is implied ; 
Gen. 19, 1 SNIPS Oph and he rose up 
and went fo meet them. Judg. 19, 3 
JANI? Mes he joyfully went to meet 
him. 1 Sam, 16, 4. 21,2. Am. 4, 12. 
Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14, 9. Josh. 11, 20. 

2. over against, opposite to, Gen. 15, 


10; in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21. 


is =_ and 4» Zeph. 3, 2; inf 
=P, c. suff. b2s7p Deut. 20, 2, fem. 
maip Ex. 36, 2; fat. 2277, to draw 
near, to come near, fo approach. Arab, 


ΠΟΣῚ and Os id. Syr. sp., Eth. 


ΞΡ 


Cf id. The primary idea seems to 
be that of striking upon, touching, reach- 
ing to, comp. 333, 033; kindr. therefore 
with x= II, τον .—Constr. with ἘΝ οἵ 
pers. Gen. 37, 18. 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1, 
6; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut. 
3, 37. Prov. 5,8. More rarely with 53 
2 K. 16, 12; 5 Job 33, 22; 3 of place 
Judg. 19,13. Ps. 91, 10. Also accord- 
ing to the context, c. 12 2 Sam. 20, 16; 
PRIP? 1 Sam. 17, 48; "35> Josh. 17, 4; 
S32 Deut. 2, 19, ete. ’ Absol. Deut. 38, 
11, Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, 1.—Strictly only of 
‘animated beings; but trop. also of time 
Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23. 
Lam. 4, 18; inf. ὁ. 5 Gen. 47, 29. 
Deut. 31, 14. 1 K. 2,1.—Spec. a) In 
‘a hostile sense, to draw near for battle, 
Ex. 14,20; with ΠΌΤ ὍΣΟΝ and mand) 
Deut. 20, 2; ἜΑΣΟΝ Deut. 20, ‘10. 
Josh. 8,5. ‘B ὃΣ Ps. 27, 2; "comp. Ps. 
119, 150. See 39p. b) Vice versa, in 
kindness and good-will; 1 K. 2,7 425 
"by ἸΞῚΡ for so they came in kindness to 
me. $So God is said to draw near to 
imen, in affording help to the afflicted, 
Ps. 69, 19. Lam. 3, 57. c) lo draw 
near to God, "7 δὲ; also before God, 
"1 "p>, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev. 
16, 1. 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40, 46; the 
priests in their ministry Ez. 44, 15; 
-all those who come with pious hope and 
‘confidence, Ps. 32, 9. Zeph. 3, 2; comp. 
Ps. 119, 169. Often of those who take 
part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21, 
17. 18, 22,3. Num. 17, 5. 2K. 16, 12. 
-d) πεν τον DIP to approach a woman 
in conjugal intercourse, Gen. 20,4. Lev. 
18, 14. Deut, 22, 14. Is. 8, 3. Ez. 18, 6; 
‘absol. Lev. 18, 6.19. But~> m2qp 
nena is said of a woman lying down to 


(ἃ beast, Lev. 20,16. Arab. a Eth. 


“‘TPZN id. Gr. πλησιάζω, also πελάζω. 
e) Is, 65,5 4728 2p come near to thy- 
self, sc. and not to me, i. e. stand back, 
approach me not; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

Nien. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to 
_ approach, Josh. 7, 14. 

2. to be brought, pass. of Hiph. Ex. 
22, 7. 

Piet ΞΡ 1. Causat. to bring near 
or forth, to cause lo approach, Hos. 7, 6. 
Is. 41, 21. 46, 13; to oneself, i. 6. to ad- 
mit, to receive, Ps. 65, 5. Job 31, 37; to 


940 


="p 


bring near to one another, to join toe- 
gether, Ez. 37, 17, where 35} is imper. 
for ΞΡ. 

2. Intrans. and intensive, to be very 
near, c. 2 et infin. Ez. 36, 8. 

Hira. 1. to bring near, to cause or 
command to approach, e. g. persons, 
with > do any one Ex. 28, 1, 29, 4. 
Num. 8, 9. 10; times, fo Sates on Ex. 
22,4; to admit to oneself, to give ac- 
cess, Jer. 30, 21; of things, to bring to- 
gether two things, to join, Is. 5, 8.— 
Hence 

2. to bring, to offer a gift Judg. 3, 18. 
5, 25. Ps. 72, 10. Mal. 1, 8; espec. a sa- 
crifice of any kind Ex. 29, 3.10. Lev. 1, 
13. 14, 3,3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. sepiss. 
dametmes there is added m3 925d Lev. 
3, 12, 12,7; minn> 2 Chr. 35, 12. Ez. 
44, 15. Lay om to bring a cause before a 
judge Deut. 1, 17.—Arab. a ad II, to 
offer. ; 

3. With infin. and Ὁ to draw near to 
doing any thing, to be near or about to 
do, 6. M33} Is, 26, 17; sind Gen, 12, 11; 


ver 


absol. id. Ex. 14, 10 —Arab. wl wybsia. 
With 72, to bring away from one 

place ¢o another, to remove, 2 K. 16, 14 

ΓΞ "3B ὨΝῸ BPs and he removed 

the brazen altar from the front of the 

temple. Comp. 833 no. 3, where add 

Sanscr. dgam to approach and recede. 
Deriv. 23P—j27P, ΞΡ. 


Sac =P obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 


Ss (r and J being interchanged) te 
turn, to turn about ; mid. E, to turn in- 


- 


side out, to invert, 6. g. as the lip; ds 
the interior, inner part.—Hence 2p. 

37)? Chald. plur. "ΞΡ, to draw near, 
to approach, Dan. 3, 26, 6,13; ¢. 52 to 
any one Dan. 7, 16; 3 6, 21. 

Pa. to bring, to offer, Ezra 7, 17. 

Apu. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13. 

2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17. 

="? m. (r. 32p I) Kamets impure, 
encounter, battle, war, i. q. M2m>2, 
2 Sam. 17, 11; elsewhere only in poetic 
style, Ps. 55, 19, 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38, 
23. Eee. 9, 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. ΒΡ 


Ps. 68, 31. Syr. [apo id. 


=? Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In 
Targg. often for Heb, Men>a. 


37? m. adj. verbal (r. ΞῚ 1) plur. 
Es1p, drawing nigh, approaching, 
Deut. 20, 3. 1 Sam. 17, 41. 1 Καὶ, 5, 7. 

2? m. (Ὁ, 30} IL) in pause 39p , c. suff. 
ia7p, plur. c. suff. 3 once Ps. 103, 1. 

1. the midst, middle, inner part ; hence 
with Prep. a) 33 in the midst of, 
itself almost a preposition, like 7iM3 ; 
68. g. PINT ΡΞ in the midst of the 
land, i, 6. in the land Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 8, 
18. Is. 7, 22. 10,23; Mim SIPS in the 
middle of the streets Is. 5, 25. 5.3 
"22227 among the Canaanites Judg. 1, 
22. osn ‘2 Gen, 24, 3, ny ‘2 Deut. 18, 

2, sad” 3 Ps. 36, 2. ete. Also after verbs 
at motion, as Mynban ΞΞ into the 
midst of the battle 1 K. 20, 39; to pass 
Ma BRB through the midat of the 
camp Josh. 1,11. Of time, 0°28 2973 
in the midst of (within) the years Hab. 
3, 2. Ὁ) ΞΡ from the midst, atter 
verbs of taking away, removing, etc. 
6. σ. NOT, MID, "92, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 
17, 4. 10. Deut. 13, 6. Mic. 5, 9. al. seep. 

2. Spec. the interior of the body: a) 
the bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex. 
29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13.9, 14. al. Also the 
belly or stomach Gen. 41, 21; the womb 
Gen. 25, 32. b) the inner part of a per- 
son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and 
of the mind Ps, 39,4, "a9p2 within me 
51, 12. 55, 5. Is. 16,11. 26,9. al. Hence 
for the mind, heart, as the seat of 
thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K. 
3, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33. 

2, see in 3}. 

ΞΡ f. (Ὁ. 22P 1) constr. ΠΡ, a 
drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 28. Is. 
58, 2. 

212 τὰ. (r. ΞΡ 1) c. art. in pause 
i202 Ez. 40, 43 (comp. (2977 1 Sam. 
13, 21), constr. j29P, c. suff. 1239? ; plur. 
c. suff. once Sm72a7p Lev. 7, 38 (in other 
copies 0327p), an offering, oblation, 
sacrifice, either bloody or without blood, 
either to be wholly burned or only in 
part ; so Ez. 20, 28. 40. 43, but elsewhere 
only in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g. 
Lev. 1, 2. 3. 10. 14. 2,1. 4. 3, 1.2. 7,13. 
22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7,17 sq. 15, 4. 31, 
50. al. See r. 3} Hiph. no. 2. Comp. 
xogSav Mark 7, 11.—Chald. j29p, ΞΡ, 


Bey. tisias ‘Arh ΧΩ 
yr. ao, Arab. ,.yL5, id. 
ali 79* 


941 


mp 


27 m. an offering, oblation, Neb. 
10, 35. 13, 31.—R. ΞΡ no. 1. 


DTP m. an axe, c. suff. 2779p 1 Sam. 
13, 20. Plur, ΘΠ v.21, and nizt Pp 
Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also nee with- 


te 
out Dag. Judg. 9, 48. Arab. pgs: 
Talmud. 1777p, id.—But Heb. πὰρ 


prob. comes from the verbal Pi. Dap, 


ae 
aes (the letter ἡ being inserted,) 


from r. 3p in the primary signif. to 
sharpen, to be sharp, comp. 013, SOP. 
Another and softer form of the same 
word would seem to be j373, where see, 
and comp. the Arabic forms there quot- 
ed. 


Ἴ "ΠΡ fat. ΠΣ, once ΠΡ" as if xd 
Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. "7273 ; i. q. 
xp IL. 

1. to meet, to go or come to meet any 
one, in a hostile sense, c. acc. Deut. 25, 


_18. See Niph. and ". 


2. to befall, to happen to any one, as 
good or evil, Is. 41,22; with acc. of pers. 
Gen, 42, 29. 1 Sam. 28, 10. Esth. 4, 7. 
6,13. Ece. 2, 14. 9, 11; c. Ὁ Dan. 10, 
14. So Ruth 2, 3 npn mF 2 pt 
wad ΠΌΤ lit. and her hap y Be 
upon a ‘part of the field belonging to 
Boaz; Engl. Vers. well, her hap was to 
light upon, ete. 

Niew. 1. to meet, to fall in with, ¢. ς 
>3, like Engl. to light upon any one, 
Ex. 3, 18, comp. 5, 3; >% Num. 23, 4. 16; 

mxap> v. 3; absol. Num. 23, 15. 

2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam. 
1,6. Comp. 837 II. Niph. 

Piet. 7p to lay beams or joists, con- 
tignare, pr. to make them meet and fit 
into each other, (comp. ΠΡ a beam,) 
2 Chr. 34, 11. Neh. 2,8. 3,3.6. Hence 
to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3. 

Hipr. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap- 
pen to any one, c. "25> Gen. 27, 20. 24, 
12 Dist ΒΡ. NI-AIPT let happen to me 
this day sc. ‘what I seek, send me good 


speed. 


2. to make convenient, ready of access, 
e. g. cities of refuge convenient to flee 
to, Num. 35, 11. 

Deriv. "2p, πρὶ MP, HP, AIP, 
MIR2, ΠΡΌ, and the pr. names ΓΙ, 
WIR, MMP. 


mip 942 


ΤῊ Chald. see τ. 8p. 


MIP ἢ (τ. Mp) cold, Ps. 147, 17. Job 
24, 7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17. 


MP m. (τ. MIP) hap, chance, acci- 
dent. Deut. 23,11 9393 mp2 by rea- 
son of accident by night, an euphemism 
for nocturnal pollution. Soin Talmudic 
the noun “Pp. 


TP see mip. 


IP m. adj. also ΞΡ Ex. 12, 4. al. 
(τ. 222.1) c. suff a45p, plur. D°75p, c. 
suff. "5p; fem. HII, np Deut. 21, 
3, plur. ᾿ miznp Ez. 22,5; near, nigh, 
spoken : 

a) Of place ; with >x of pers. Gen. 45, 

10 "bx ΞῖτῬρ MN thou shalt be near unto 
me. Ex. 12, 4, Deut. 13,18. Josh. 9, 16; 
with >s8 1 K. 21, 2. =p ἸΞῸ ἃ near 
neighbour Ῥτον. 27,10. Trop. near in 
dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations 
2 Sam. 19,43. Spec. God is said to be 
near to men, when he affords them help, 
Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18; 
-and vice versa the people of God, the 
righteous, the priests, are said to be near 
‘to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where i3'-p is i. q. 
2). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42,13. 43, 19; 
‘comp. 1 K. 8, 59.—Diff. is Jer. 12, 2 
“tag DH OAR 3B7pP near art thou in 
itheir mouth, but Sar from their heart, 
ii. 6. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2. 

b) Of kindred, affinity; with 5x Lev. 
:21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27,11. Deut. 21, 6; 
δ᾽ Ruth 2, 20. Neh. 13, 4; 12 of com- 
parison, Ruth 3, 12 "34 3i9p nearer 
ΑΘ With suf. ΞΡ i. q. “Ὁ ΞΡ 
fone near to him, his kinsman, Ex. 32, 
‘27. Ps. 14, 3; plur. c. suff. "2i9p my 
kinsmen Ps. 38, 12. Job 19, 14. Also 


_Sriends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, 5. 123, 


see r. 5} Kal lett. ἃ. 

6) Of time, i.e. ἃ) near to come, im- 
‘pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6. 
Joel 1, 15. 4, 14; deliverance Is. 51, 5. 
Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully 
‘wIS3 Simp Is. 13, 22. 56,1. Jer. 48, 16. 
Here too belongs Job 17, 12 319 7x 
“jen 22 the light is not far from 
darkness, will soon be merged in it; 
comp. Lat. prope absum. Hence ΞΡ 
in a near time, soon ; Ez. 11,3 51" sd 
"ΩΣ ΤΟΣ is it not near, the building of 
‘houses? i.e. soon we shall rebuild the 


map 


houses ruined in the siege. So sispa 
after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7, 8.. 
Jer. 23, 23 (see in Pim); also Job 20, 5 
the triumphing of the wicked is ΞΡ 
short, i. e. bale shortly come to an end. 


Arab. ς λα γϑ (.p# soon, shortly. 8) Of 
time just past ; hence 3172 in recent 
times, newly, lately, Deut. 32, 17. 


* rp fut. plur. Sm 5p", imper. f, 
“MIR: pr. 10 make smooth, see ΤΣ ice; 
spec. to make bald, to make a bald 
place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16.—Hence by 
softening the letters, comes the root M23 
q.v. Syr. ore having no horns; Arab. 


S 
Ψι ὸὼ Ὁ“ 


Ke 53 baldness. 

Nipu. to be made bald, c. > for any 
one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6. 

Hipn. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31. 

Horn. pass. Mp2 thank bald, shorn, 
Ez. 29, 18. 

Deriy. TMmp—rmp. 


TTP (bald-head) Kareah, pr. n. τῇ. 
2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. 


TP m. (τ. Mp) a bald-head, having 
a bald spot on the crown or hinder part 
of the head, different from m2: q. v. Lev. 
13, 40. 2 K. 2, 23. Chald. m-p id. 


TT? m. (τ. M72) in pause Mp. 

1. ice, so called from its smoothness, 
Job 6, 16. 37, 10. 38, 29. Hence cold, 
Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30. 

2. crystal, like Gr. κρύσταλλος, as re- - 
sembling ice, Ez. 1,22. Chald. NMP id. 


MP m. (τ. MIP) 1. 1. ᾳ. MIP no. 1, 
ice; poet. for hail, Ps. 147, 17. 

2. Korah, pr.n. a) A son of Esau 
Gen. 36, 5. 14. b) A son of Eliphaz, 
also an Edomitish tribe descended from 
him, ib. ν. 16. 0) A Levite, cousin of 
Moses and Aaron, who conspired against 
Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num. 16, 1 sq. 26, 
9-11. Of thesame stock are thé map "22 
the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a family 
of Levites and singers in the time of 
David (see "772), to whom ten of the 
Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42-49, 84. 85. 
87. 88. d) 1 Chr. 2, 43. 


ΓΤ f(r. MIP) once NTP Ez, 27, 
31, baldness, a bald place. ἐμ On the 
crown or hinder part of the head, Lev. 
21,5; as shorn in token of mourning 


mp 


Is. 3, 24. 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5. 48, 37. Ez. 7, 
18. al. b) On the front part of the 
head, i. q. MM2a, Deut. 14, 1. 


‘TIP Korahite, patronym. from MP 
no. 2. c. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Chr. 
12,6. 26, 1. Plur. ΒΤ 1 Chr. 9, 19. 


PMP ἢ (ν. MIP) ο. suff. inp, i. 4. 
ΠΤ», baldness, bald spot on the crown 
or hinder part of the head, Lev. 13, 42. 
43. Trop. bareness, a thread-bare spot 
on the wrong side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. 


“IP m. (r. ΠῚ) in pause “Pp , hostile 
encounter Lev. 26, 28; and so in the 
phrase ὩΣ "IP 72M fo go into encounter 
with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to 
him, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21. 
23. “P32 id. v. 24. 27. 40. 41. 


NP m. (τ. NIP 1) called, chosen, se- 
lect, Num. 16,2; also Num. 1, 16 Cheth. 

ANP a public crying, proclamation, 
Jon. 3,2. R. xpi. 


PIP ἢ (Ὁ. FIR) α city, town, ig", 
comp. M22; so called perh. from the 
signif. ‘ to frame, to build, see the root in 
Piel ; better perh. ‘a fortified place, as 
resisting enemies, comp. in "Pp. With 
a few exceptions (Deut. 2, 36. 1 K.1, 41. 
45), found only in the poetic style, Num. 
21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22,2. 25, 2. 26, 5. 
32, 13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. ἃ]. 

a Od ws SU e- Sie? 
Syr. 1po. kS,0, Arab. B35, ἀρ, city, 
also village. 

Hence the following pr. names of 
cities; 

a) S298 MIP Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15, 
54. 20,7; 6. art. 329Nn MMP Neh. 11, 
26; Kirjath-Arba, i. e. the city of Arba, 
oneof the Anakim (see 3398), theancient 
name of Hebron, but still used in the 
time of Nehemiah, Neh. |. c. 

b) 522 mp (city of Baal) Kirjath- 
Baal, the same city which is more usu- 
ally called o°99" MMP (see in lett. d), 
Josh. 15, 60. 18, 14. 

ο) Misn-n 4p (city of streets) Kirjath- 
huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22, 39. 

4) ΒΡ τ ΣΡ (city of forests) Kir- 
jath-jearim, on the confines of Judah 
and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18; 15. Judg. 
18, 12. 1 Sam. 6,21; δ. art. ΒΡ Ρ 
Jer. 26, 20; contracted Ὁ στ Ezra 
2, 25, and simpl. M29P Josh. 18, 28 ; else- 


943 


yP 
where also 22-n™p see in lett. Ὁ, 
Eusebius places it at nine Rom. miles 


‘from Jerusalem towards Diospolis or 


Lydda. Prob. the modern Kuryet el- 
?Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq. 

e)M20-N4p(palm-city.comp.5"2020) 
Kirjath-sannah Josh. 15, 49, also called 
spo" Pp (book-town) Kirjath-sepher, 
in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15, 16. 
Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was 
likewise called "33 q.v. Josh. 15, 15. 
49, 

f) 5.9 MIP , see in lett. ἃ. 

g) "mp (double city) Kirjathaim: 
«) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32, 
37. Josh. 13, 19; afterwards subject to 
Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25,9. Euse- 
bius and Jerome speak of a place Ka- 
ριάδα (Καριάϑα) Koreiatha, ten Roman 
miles west of Medaba. §) In the tribe 
of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76]; else- 
where jp. 

TOP and 87) Chald. a city, Ezra 
4, 10 sq. 

MPP (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two 
cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24. 
41. Am. 2, 2. 


HP, see in 4794p lett. d. 


*DP to overlay, to cover; Syr. and 
Chald. to overlay with metal. With 
by, like other verbs of covering; Ez. 
37,6 vis p2"v "MAIR I will cover you 
with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut. 
Bap, v. 8. 


> Ἴ 1. pr. prob. to strike, to push, 
kindr. with δ ΠῚ ΠΡ, ΞΡ ; whence 
WIR horn, as the instrument of striking, 
pushing. Eth. ῬΖΖ to push with the 


horn, also to assail; PC% horn. The 
primary syllable is 9p; comp. Sanser. 
garnis, carfiigan, horn, sharp point, giris 
sharp point, all from gar to bore. 

2. Denom. from 1 lett. 6, 10 emit 
rays, to shine, e. g. the face of Moses 
Ex. 34, 29. 30.35; Sept. δεδόξασταε τὸ 
πρόσωπον avtov.—Aquil. and Vulg. ab-. 
surdly, κερατώδης ἦν, cornuta erat. Hence 
painters and sculptors often represent 
Moses with horns. 

Hipu. to have horns, pr. ‘ to shoot out 


horns,’ Ps. 69, 32.—Hence 


yP 

TP ἢ in pause ὙΠ, c. suff. 4p; Du- 
al ΠΣ, also OUP (as if from PP) 
Dan. 8, 3. 6. 20, constr. "25> used also 
for plural ; Plur. ΤΙΣ, constr. Τὴ) Ps. 
75, 11 mostly in lett. ¢; a horn, as of an 
ox, ram, see in r. Ἴ no. 1. Gen. 22, 13. 
Deut. 33, 17. Ps. 22, 22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9. 
al. sep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22, 
11. Zech. 2, 1. 2. 4 [1, 18. 19. 21]. Meton. 
for a flask, vessel, made of horn, comp. 
Engl. drinking-Aorn, powder-horn, 1 


9 - 
Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39—Arab. ων» 


horn, also point of a sword; Eth. PC2, 
Syr. Ὡς», Chald. 8392, horn. Sanscr. 
see in r. ἢ. Comp. Gr. κέρας, also 
πέραυνος thunder-bolt, Lat. cornu, Goth. 
haurns, whence Germ. and Engl. horn. 

Metaph. a horn is put as the symbol 


of strength, might, power, the image — 


being drawn from the bull and other 
animals which push with their horns. 
Jer. 48,25 the horn of Moab is broken, 
i.e. her strength, might, is broken, 
comp. Lam. 2, 3. Ps. 75,11. So Godis 
said ‘B F2P O° to lift up, ewalt, the horn 
of any one, i. 6. to strengthen him, to in- 
crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18. 
92,11. 148, 14. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam, 2, 
17. Contra, to exalt the horn of God, i. q. 
to praise, to laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5. 
Hence "292 N27 my horn is lifted up, 
exalled, i. 6. my strength is augmented, 
Lacquire new courage and spirit, Ps. 89, 
25. 112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same 
sense, Am. 6,13 D729 522 ΒΡ we have 
taken to us horns. Vice versa, in a bad 
sense “9p O77 fo lift up one’s horn, i.e. 
to be proud, Ps. 75, 5.6. Comp. Lat. 
cornua sumere, of those who place too 
much confidence in their own strength 
and thus become overbearing; also Hor. 
Od. 3. 21. 18 “addis cornua pauperi.” 
A similar metaphor is in Job 16,15, J 
have thrust my horn into the dust, where 
we should naturally say ‘my head.’ In 
Ps. 18, 3 David calls God "387 ἸῺ Ρ the 
horn of my deliverance, i. 6. the instru- 
ment, means of deliverance, the image 
being drawn from animals which use 
their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17 
there (in Zion) will I make the horn of 
David to sprout, i, e. will cause the 
kingdom of David to flourish in power ; 


944, 


PP 


_ or rather, I will raise up to the house of 
David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21. 


Hence in prophetic vision, horns are put 
trop. for kings, powerful princes, Dan. 
7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21—The same general 
metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabic; 
see Bar Hebreus p. 516. Hariri Con- 
sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the 
Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great, 


ἜΣΣΩ > i.e. bicornis, Kor. 18,85 


sq. doubtless as the symbol of power, 
might; so both Alexander and the Se- 
leucide are represented on coins with 
horns, Curt.4.7. 5 

From the resemblance toa horn came 
also the following uses of 727. 

a) a horn, as a wind instrument, cor- 
net, trumpet, like Lat. cornu, Josh. 6, 5. 
See da" no. 1. 

b) ἸΦ mip horns of ivory, for ele- 
phants’ teeth, by a common error, Ex. 
27,15. So Plin. H. N. 18. 1 ‘eornua’ 
elephanti et uri.’ Eth. id. 

6) Mayan MiP the horns of the altar, 
i.e. the projecting points or risings, like 
horns, on the four corners of an altar, 
γωνίαι κερατοειδεῖς Jos. B. J. δ. δ. 6; 
which were to be smeared with the blood 
of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4. 7; and 
which malefactors laid hold of as an 
asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2,28. So Ex. 27, 2. 
30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118, 27. 
Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1. al. Similar orna- 
ments are found upon the altars of the 
Greeks and Egyptians. 

d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or 
mountain, Is. 5, 1. So Gr. κέρας, Lat. 
cornu, Arab. Lg as in Karn Surtubeh, 
Καρῶν Hattin, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Il. p. 257. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ. 
Horn in the names of Swiss mountains, 
as Schreckhorn, Wetterhorn. Aarhorn. 

6) Ὅσαι, DIP, i. q. rays of light, 
splendour, Hab. 3,4. So Arabian poets 
compare the first rays of the rising sun 
to horns ; and hence call the sun itself the 


gazelle tat ; comp. in MP2s p. 42. 


ΤΡ Chald. αὶ emphat. xp; Dual 
yp Dan. 7, 7, emph. 8729p 7, 8. 

1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21. 

2. A wind-instrument, horn, cornet, 
Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15, 7,7. 8 


7p 


7B TIP (the paint-horn) Keren-hap- 
puch, pr. ἢ. of one of Job’s daughters, 
Job 42, 14. 


* OTD to bend, to bow down, hence to 
sink together, to collapse, i. q. 322 in the 
other member, Is. 46,1. Sept. συνετρέβη, 
Vulg. contritus est.—Hence 02. S03R. 


CIP m. ρίαν. ὉΠ, constr. "O7P, 
pr. a curve, joint, comp. 507; hence a 
hook, tache, to which a loop or eye is 
fitted, Ex. 26,6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18. 
39, 33, 

DAP, see OP. 


SO°P pr. diminut. from ΘῈ (see in 
lett. > p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec. 
the ankle, which also the Germans ex- 
press by the diminutive Andéchel, comp. 
Engl. knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37 
"BOI ΥἹΣῸ ND my ankles do not waver, 
i.e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22, 
87. Vulg. fali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3. 


Syr. 1,300.—From this word, by con- 
tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral 
form, is derived the Arab. J,3 to walk 
unsteadily, to waddle, as if gy weak 


sation: comm. to limp; ds sf a person 
so walking, one weak in the ankles and 
legs. 

re "Pp fut. Sp" 1. to rend, to rend 
asunder ; kindr. with 72R, Arab. Sy5 
to cut.—E. g. the garments in grief, 
Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 
12. 2 K. 5,8. Ezra 9,3. Jer. 36, 24. Job 
1,20; cushions Ez. 13, 21; a roll or book 
with a knife Jer. 36, 23; to rend in pieces, 
as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God, to 
rend the heavens Is. 63, 19. Also Σ 
m sap to rend in pieces 1 K. 11, 30; 
nastp> ‘p id. 2K. 2, 12. FIED OZ SIP 
to rend. the eyes with paint, i. 6. to dis- 
tend the eyes and make them appear 
large by painting them thickly with sti- 
bium; see in MD, 998. So Jer. 22. 14 
n2ibm i> ΣῚΡ he rendeth himself windows 
in the palace, i. e. he makes many and 
large windows; the "— in "215m being a 
plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523. 

2. to tear off or away, to rend away, 
c. 7a Lev. 13, 56; 522 Ez. 13,20. Trop. 
c. $32, 1 Sam. 15, 28 Jehovah hath rent 
the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K. 


945 


ΡῬ 
11,11; "8 ν. 12, 1 Sam. 28, 17; 18 
1K. 14,8. Reflex. to rend oneself away 
2 K. 17, 21. 

3. Metaph.’ verbis proscindere, as in 
Engl. to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to 
backbite, Ps. 35,15. Arab. δ 5. Il, in- 
erepuit, corripuit. Comp. 393 no. 3. 

Nipu. pass. to be rent, torn, of gar- 
ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15,27; 
of an altar torn down 1 K. 13, 3. 5.— 
Hence 


D°7P m. plur. torn pieces of cloth 
1K. 11, 30. 31. 2K. 2,12; rags Prov. 
23, 21. 


“VOR fat. plur..2"5p" 1. totearor cut 
asunder, nearly i. q. ‘kindr. 2 ; hence 
to cut off, to destroy, whence YR de- 
struction, and Chald. 72 piece.—Arab. 
(ey? to tear, to tear off; 3 yey5 id. II, 
to cut, to gnaw. 

2. Spec. ‘to cut with the teeth,’ to bite, 
e.g.in the phrases: a) D°MBY YIP lo 
bite the lips, said of one plotting mis- 
chief, Prov. 16, 30. Ὁ) ἢ Ῥ Prov. 
10, 10. Ps. 35, 19, and 592923 Prov. 6, 13, 
lit. to bite or pinch the eyes, i.e. to press 
together the eyelids (in the manher of 
biting the lips), to wink behind one’s 
back; also a gesture of malice and mis- 
chief-—Arab. 75 to pinch, to. nip off. 
Comp. Nazar. 50 to pinch together the 
eyelids. 

Puat ΥῊΡ to be torn or broken off, to 
be nipped. Job 33,6 ὌΝΟΣ "ASIP Veta 
I also am nipped from the ‘clay, the 
image being drawn from a potter, who 
pinches off a portion of clay from the 
mass in order to form a vessel. 

ΥῊΡ m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R. 
YI no. 1. 

TIP Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. Yee, 
see r. YP no. 1. Only in the phrase 
"I "SP 528 10 eat the pieces of any one, 
q.d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. for 


to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform 
against ; as also in Lat. mordere, dente 


carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3, 8. 6, 25. 


= -& “ 
Syr. ye Sf id. Arab. ye ee re 
to eat one’s flesh, to slander. 


SPP τὰ. (r. sp Pilp.) 1. a founda- 
tion, bottom, i. q. Talm. "277 id. from 


ῬῚΡ 
the idea of digging, see the root Pilp. 
and for the ἢ gro into 9, see lett. . 


Comp. Arab. 3 level Sround. Spo- 


ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am. 
9,3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple, 
floor, pavement, Num. δ, 17. 1K. 6, 15. 16. 
30. 7,7 ΣΡ 3D Sprpne from floor 
to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i.e. 
the walls or sides of the room from bot- 
tem to top; not, as De Wette, ‘over the 
whole floor.’ 

2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the 
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3. 


Ἵ (foundation, r. ἜΡ Pilp. Arab. 


ete level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a 


place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10. 


οὶ κα" obsol. root, to be cold, cool. 
Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr. 


a- ν᾽ 
id. Arab. ,5 id. Comp. κρύος. 
Deriv. "2, ἽΡ, ΠΡ, TIP. 


; wp obsol. root, kindr. with On, 
fo cut, to cut up or in pieces. So Arab. 
te according to the Camoos p. 823, 

5 .—Hence 


ees: in pause WIP, c. suff. FO Ip 
Ez. 27, 6; plur. poop, Donate, "OP ; 
a board, plank, Ex. 26,15 sq. 35, 11. 
36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect. 
Benches, banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6. 


MP ἢ (r. 3p, as MOD from 492) in 
pause MP, a city, i.g. HP, but less 
frequent, Job 29,7. Prov. 8, 3. 9, 3. 14. 
11, 11. Chald. ΠΡ id. Tiswotdiewas 
preserved i inthe names of Carthaginian 
and Syrian cities, as Cirta (55), Ti- 
granocerta, etc. and on the Phenician- 
Sicilian coins struck at Panormus; see 
Monumm. Pheen. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38. 

MEP (city, τ. Ap) Kartah, pr. ἢ. of 
a place in Zebulun, Josh. 21, 34, 

JEP (double city, old dual form from 
Mp) Kartan, pr. n. of acity in Naphtali, 
Josh. 21,32; elsewhere o3N™"pP, see in 
mp lett. g. β. 


“nivp obsol. root, perh. i. q. mop 
II, and Arab. Lind, to take off the bark 
by turning ; then 10 turn, and genr. to 
round off, to bring into a round form. 
Hence mop, also 


946 wp 


MOP and MIP, only plur. mip Ex. 
37, 16, cstr. YP Num. 4,7, c. suff. mnie 
Ex. 95, 29, δοιοῖδ, cups, for libations ; 3 
Sept. εἰκόνδιμδι Chald. MIOP, MIOp, id. 


- OwP obsol. root, prob. to weigh, to 
weigh out ; whence the notion of equity, 
justice, asinkindr.w8p. Arab. Lau to 
be just, pr. to μὲς out justly, with even | 


scales ; whence fats a measure, a por- 
tion measured out, a “balance.—Hence 


MO WP f. Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 32, 
Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out ; 
hence as the name of a certain weight, 
Kesitah, (comp. δρῶ, ΓΙῸ.) espec. of 
gold and silver, by ‘which, as also by the 
shekel, money was estimated in the time 
of the patriarchs. It was heavier than 
the shekel, and contained indeed about 
four shekels, as appears from a compari- 
son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23, 
16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a 
later age a certain coin in Africa was 
called Kesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana 
c. 3. fol. 26. a.—Most of the ancient intpp. 
understand by it a lamb, a sense which 
has no support either from etymology 
or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in 
accordance with the patriarchal usages; 
since in their age merchandise was no 
longer usually exchanged, but actual 
sales were common for money either by 
weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47, 
16; see Bochart’s triumphant remarks 
(Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span- 
heim in Hist. Jobi, Opp. III. p. 84.—The 
coin bearing the figure of a lamb, in 
which Minter thought he had found the 
Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita, 
Copen. 1824,) is undoubtedly a coin of 
Cyprus, the money of which bore that 
image. See Thesaur. p. 1241. 

nvpwp f. (r. wep) plur. ppp 
1 Sam. 17,5, ὁ. suff. #>mepepP Ez. 29, 4; 
a scale, το 11, 9. 10. 12. Deut. 4, 9, 
10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 oiepep jms a hadi 
ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, eon- 
sisting of small plates like scales. 


; wwp obsol. root, prob. fo strip off 
bark, scales, ete. to scale off; like Arab. 
Ling, comp. Heb. mvp and mop IL. 


Sve 
Comp. also Arab. re: whence me 


bark, a scale. 


wp 


DP m. (τ. tsp) straw, the dry halm 
of grain, partly as left standing in the 
fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then 
were sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7. 
Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2,5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob. 
18 ; and partly as broken up in treading 
out the grain and so separated by venti- 
lation, chaff, e. g. 72 WP Is. 41,2; Bp 
sni> Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 20 
[28]. Is. 40, 24. Ps. 83, 24. 


Ἂ NOP obsol. root, to be hard, heavy, 
difficult, like "2p 1—Hence 


NUP, only in plur. ΘΕ, cucum- 
-9. “7 
bers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. Lis, 2Li5, 


Chald. "3p, Syr. ὧδ, Lape; whence 
cucumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr. 
σικυύς, σικύα. The Talmudists rightly 
refer the origin of the name to its hard- 
ness and difficulty of digestion, from r. 
xup; comp. Plin. H. N. 19.5. On the 
cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed. 
De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal Flora 
ZEgypt. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249. 
Denom. "Bp II. 


*2U0p fut. 347 to attend to any 
thing, e. g. of the ear, to listen, to heark- 
en, once in Kal, Is. 32, 3—The primary 
idea seems to be that of sharpening, so 
that 38p may be nearly i.q. > ; comp. 
in Engl. to point or prick up the ears, a 
figure drawn from animals ; comp. under 
U8 I. p. 29. 

Hien. with jj&, 6. g. 278 BZWPN pr. 
‘to point one’s ear, i. e. to attend, to 
hearken, Ps. 10, 17, Prov. 2,2. Without 
‘ate id. c. δὲ Ps, 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34; ὃ; 
Prov. 17, 4. 29, 12; b Ps. 5, 8. Is. 48, 
18; 2 Ps, 66,19; ace. “Job. 13, 6. Ps. 61, 
2; absol. Is. 10, 30, 28, 23. al. sep. of 
God, i, q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3. 
17, 1. 61,2; of man also, i. q. to hear and 
obey, 1 Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48, 18. Jer. 23, 18. 

Deriv. the three following. 


AvP adj. only fem. M3¥P, aftentive, of 
the.ear, Neh, 1, 6. 11. 


ae adj. id. only plur. fem. ΓΘ, of 
the ears Ps. 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15. 


IOP τὰ, (τ. stp) in pause adp, at- 


tention, heed, Is. 21, 7 “3238p a*tipn. 
ΞΡ ‘he hearkened heedfally with much, 


947 


πῦρ 


heed,’ i. 6, with the greatest possible at- 
tention. 1 Κ 18, 29. 2K. 4, 31. 


eh. MDP fut. MBP". conv, BP. 

1. to be hard, harsh, e.g, of words 
2 Sam. 19, 44. Arab. Ls id. Syr. 
a. to harden. 

2. to’ be hard, severe, vehement, of 
punishment from God 1 Sam. 5, 7; of 
wrath Gen. 49, 7. 

3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 1, 17. 
15, 18. 


Νιρη. part. πῶρϑ, hard bestead, 


harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp. 
βαρούμενοι, 2 Cor, 5, 4. 
Piet fut. conv. Spmi. Gen. 35, 16 


mnt>a wpm) she had hard labour, it 
went hard with her in the birth. Inv. 
17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase. 

Hira. πῦρ, fut. πῶσ, conv. Sp™. 

1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a) 
The neck, 72, i. e. to be stiff-necked, 
stubborn, Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2Chr. 
30, 8. Neh. 9, 29. Sor. 7, 26. Prov. 29,1; 
without Ὁ» id. Job 9, 4. b) With 35, 
lo.harden the heart of any one, i. 6. to 
make him obdurate, wilful, perverse, Ex. 
7, 3. Deut. 2, 30; 12> “πὶ to harden one’s 
own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14. 

2. to make heavy, burdensome, 6. g. ἃ 
yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 

3. to make hard, difficult. 2K. 2,10 
dingd mip thou hast made hard in 
asking, i. 6. thou hast asked a hard thing. 
Ex. 13, 15 2mbw> How ΠΌΤΕ 73 when 
Pharaoh made it hard to let us go, would 
hardly dismiss us. 

Deriv. "8p , "YP, and the pr. n. ji*wp. 


ἘΠ WP i. g. Arab. Lag, to strip. 
off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to 
turn, to bring into a round form; comp. 
nop. 

Deriv. πῶ, ΠΡ. 

OP m. adj. (r. τῶν 1) constr. τς, 
plur. ὉΠ ; fem. mR, constr, MWpP,, 
plur. τώρ. 

1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond- 
age Ex. 1, 14. 6,9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh 
words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1Sam. 20, 10. 1K. 
12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard; churlish, 
stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 19, 4—Spec. 
a), Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti-, 
nate, Deut. 31, 27. Hence 52> mvp 
stiff-necked, i. 6. stubborn, rebellious, Ex.. 


“up 
82, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; 23 πὸ 
hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7; np 
2°22 Aard-faced, i. e. shameless, impu- 
dent, Ez. 2,4; simpl. Mp id. stubborn, 
obstinale, 15. 48, 4. MYP HII a stubborn 
way, obstinate life, Judg. 2,19. b) Of 
a hard and adverse lot, Ps. 60, 5. Job 30, 
25 dit πῈΡ whose day is hard, i. 6. his 
life or Jot. Is. 21, 2 Mop mum a hard 
vision, i.e. announcing adverse things. 
6) In a good sense, firm, fixed, once of 
love Cant. 8, 6. 

2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is. 
27, 1—Spec. a) mm muUp severe in 
spirit, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1,16. Ὁ) 
severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27, 
8; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. c) hard, 
i. e. strong, in authority and power, 2 
Sam. 3, 39. 

3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26. 

DIP Chald. m. truth, i. g. Heb. ur'p, 
Dan, 4, 34. wtp-ja of a truth, i. 6. 
truly, Dan. 2, 47. 


. mop in Kal not used, Arab. sad, 


ig. MYR 1, Las, to be hard. Comp. 
mex Il, i. g. ΠῈΣ. 
Hipn. 1. toharden the heart Is. 63, 17. 
2. to treat harshly, as the ostrich her 
young, Job 39, 16. 


f DOP obsol. root, i. q. bE, Arab. 
dou5, pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to 
be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root 
takes the sense of truth ; that of justice 
being expressed by p3¥.—Hence 

DUP τὰ. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald. 
Bit q. v. Rotap, Syr. {duce id, the 
letters Ὁ and nm being interchanged. 

DUP τὰ. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ps. 60, 6, α bow, 
i. q. Chald. θὴρ for xnvp, Heb. 
mtip; see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3. 
So Sept. Symm. Peshito. For this 
change of M into Ὁ, see in mvp. 
[Others truth, i. q. BYP, and this is 
vreferable.—R. 

DUP, see vivp. 

“OP m. (Ὁ. πῦρ 1) hardness of heart, 
stubbornness, Deut. 9, 27. 

JPOP (hardness, τ. MPT) Kishion, 
pr. n. of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 
21, 28; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 Sp q., v. 
lett. c. 


948 “tp 


° “Wp fut."Sp3 1. to bind, to tie ; 
corresponding is Aram. re, “QP, see 


in "2 Il; Eth. PAZ to bind with 
cords.—Constr. with ace. and ἘΣ, to bind 
or tie one thing upon another, Gen. 38, 
28. Prov. 3,3. 6,21. 7, 3; acc. and a Job: 
39. 10 [13]. Josh. 2,18. With dat. add- 
ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy 
maidens? i. 6. that they may play with 
him. Metaph. ὁ. 3, Prov. 22, 5. Gen. 
44, 30 it523 mawp itf2 his soul is 
bound to his (the child’s) soul, i. e. the 
father is bound to the child by the strong- 
est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1. 

2. to conspire, pr. ‘to bind oneself to- 
gether with others,” Neh. 4, 2; with 
ἘΣ against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8, 1K. 
15, 27. 16, 9. 16. 2 K. 10,9. al. Fully 
"tR “tp, see in Wp. Part. plur. 
ΛΘ conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K. 
21, 24. 

3. Part. pass. "1p, bound, hence 
compact and firm, strong, robust, Gen. 
30, 42.—T his transition from the idea of 
binding to that of strength, see also in 
Pn no. 3, ΠῚ no. 5. 

Nipx. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, metaph. 
1 Sam. 18, 1; comp. Gen. 44, 80. 

2. to be bound or fastened together, 
e. g. the portions of a wall, and hence 
to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. 

Piet 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to bind, Job 
38, 31. 

2.10 bind upon oneself, in the manner 
of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 ΒΕ ΡΩ 
M22 thou shalt bind them on thee as a 
bride bindeth on her girdle; in the 
other member it is: thou shalt put them 
on as an ornament, 

Pua part. minipy the strong cattle 
Geh. 30, 41; see Kal no. 3. 

Hirup. i. q. Kal no. 2, ο. δὴ 2 K. 9,14. 
2 Chr. 24, 25. 26. 

Deriv. "Wp, DP. 


“EP m. (r. "8p no. 2) in pause “wp, 
ὁ. suff. IMP, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14. 
Is. 8,12. 55 “vip “wp to make a con- 
spiracy against any one 2 K. 12, 21. 14, 
19. 15, 30, 


D'IWP m. plur. girdles, belts, asa fe- 
male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp. 
Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3,20. Comp. 
“WP no. 2, 


wwUp 
*wWUp 1. to be dry, as a plant. 


Arab. οὐδ id. Kindr. is 63).—Hence 
wp stubble. 

2. Denom. from Bp, to gather straw 
er stubble, see Po. Hence genr. 10 col- 
lect, to gather, imperat. Zeph. 2, 1; see 
Hithpo. 

Po. wp to collect, to gather straw or 
stubble, Ex. 5, 7.12; wood Num. 15, 32. 
33. 1 K. 17, 10. 12. 

Hrruro. metaph. fo collect oneself, i.e. 
to collect one’s thoughts, to look into 
one’s own mind, to prove oneself; Zeph. 
2, 1 wip? Awwipmn collect (examine) 
your own selves and be ye collected. Kal 
and Hithpo. are here coupled for em- 
phasis ; comp. Is. 29, 9. 

Deriv. Sp. 


MOP (τ. wip, as mer from 531, AMD 
from 152) in pause MYp, c. suff. "HYP; 
plur. τῆ, constr. ninvp, oninep 
Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fem. 
Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but, the etymo- 
logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam. 

Gor 
1, 22. Ez. 1,28; a bow, Arab. ures 
Eth. iF, Syr. ἴδααϑ, id. But the 
origin of the Τὸ servile being by degrees 
neglected, it was regarded as a radical 

- ᾽ 
and changed to ©; as Arab. caw, 
bow ; Syr. ways to shoot with a bow, 
Chald. οϑ id. kewsp bow.—E. g. 

a) a bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21, 
16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. sepe. “52 


Resh, the twentieth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
200. The name 8™ i. q. Chald. 8x7 
and Heb. δεν, denotes head, and refers 
to the figure of this letter in the Pheni- 
cian alphabet (Q), from which by in- 
verting its head is derived the figure of 
the Greek ‘Pe. See Monumm. Phen. 
p- 44. 

This letter has affinity: a) With 

the other liquids, and as being the hard- 

est of the liquids, it is sometimes inter- 
80 


949 Ἴ 


mwp the son of a bow, i.e. an arrow, Job 
41, 20. To bend a bow is expressed by 
the verbs 722, PY2, ΠΣ, espec. WII 
q-v. To shoot with a bow, see the verbs 
m™23, 73 Kal and Hiph. Meton. the 
word bow is put: «) For bowmen, 
archers, NOQ-2 77, Is. 21, 17. 22, 3. Ps. 
78, 57 where 7725 "YP are deceitful 
archers, who feign flight in order to de- 
ceive. Comp. ΣΡ οἵ reapers. 3) the 
song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i.e, the 
lament of David over Saul and Jona- 
than, in which there is mention of a bow 
in v. 22. On this mode of inscribing 
poems and books, so common among 
oriental writers, see Jones de Poési 
Asiat. p. 269. Comment. on Is. 22, 1.— 
Metaph. a bow is also the symbol of 
strength and power ; hence fo break the 
bow of any one, i. q. to take away his 
strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1, 
5. Jer. 49, 35; also vice versa, Job 29, 
20 my bow is strengthened in my hand, 
i. e. 1 wax stronger and stronger. Gen. 
49, 24. 

Ὁ) a rainbow, iris, Gr. τόξον, Gen: 9. 
13. 14, 16. Ez. 1, 28. 

FWP m. (denom. fr. ΓΘ) a bowman, 
an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. 45 id. 

iy rminp obsol. root; Arab. Lis to serve, 
to be a domestic. Hence pr. ἢ. >3nP2. 


OM Chald. m. everywhere in Keri 
for ὉΠ cithara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan. 
3, 5.7.10. This latter is the more usual 
form in the Targurs. 


changed with > and 3, see p. 499, 635:. 
b) With the guttural >, as being partly 
pronounced in the throat, p. 738. ὁ) It 
is interchanged with the sibilants, espec. 
t, comp. P22 and pt to emit rays; Arab. 


5 and ey>: also δ) and ¢).to-muz- 


zle, = and >= to be proud ; also ὉΤῈ 
and ten. See also the paronomasia in 
the words ὙΠ and 7514 Ez. 7, 13. 

It is further to be noted, that, instead: 


ΓΝ 


of doubling a letter, the simple letter is 
sometimes written with ἢ inserted be- 
fore it, especially in Aramean and the 
later Hebrew. Thus 80>. Chald. xo72, 
throne ; py, in Chr. puss; Daine 
«CUS 5 ba33 quadrilit. from Pi. ba> to 
bind ; also bow, DIP, ΘΈΣΙ. In the 
same way are to be explained : psa 
‘sceptre 1. q. 39. Chald. 83%273 cubit 
i. q. ‘124, arising from such forms as 
wad, 372, although these forms are 
not bldewhive extant. 


*T85 inf. absol. 582, 489 Gen. 26, 
28 ; inf. constr. ΠΝ Gen. 48, 11, once 
FINI (like N77) Ez. 28,..17, ρει 
ΟΝ fat. MNT, apoc. NP, convers. 
RI, rarely Τὰς 13} 1 Sam, 17, 42. 2 K. 
5, 21; in the other persons 87h, ΠῚ, 
RIN). 
‘1. to see, to look, generally ; Arab. - ) 


id. Τὸ corresponds to Gr. δράω, as 577 
to Gr. ado, Lat. video. Constr. with 
ace. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64, 
6; and with two acc. Gen. 7, 1 ἼΩΝ 
PS "MK chee have 1 seen righteous ; 
with "3 before a whole sentence, e.g. 
Gen. 6, 5 DIN MPD ΓΙΞῚ 72 HiT NT. 
28, 6. 29, 31. 38, 14; also by antiphone- 
sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 Orde a 
aio 1D SNAP. 6, 2. Ex. 2; 23 with 7 
interrogative, wheithes, Ex. 4, 18. Also 
with 73 thus: Gen.8, 13 ΠΟΥ ΓΙΒΙΒῚ 8771 
and he looked, and behold { 18, 2. 19, 
28. Lev. 13, 20.. 14, 3. al With ace. 
impl. Ps. 40, 13 my bes Οῆθιρ τὸς «δὲν 
mint “nbsn I cannot see them all, i. e. 
cannot take in the multitude of them at 
a view. 40, 4 ἸΝ55) 5722 ANT many 
saw (my deliverance) and feared ; comp. 


the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6, - 


21. Often ascribed to the eye, Job 13, 
1, 28, 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al—Spec. 

a) to see the face of any one, 6. g. of 
God, see jn 0°78 no. 1. h. 

b) Absol. fo see is put for to enjoy the 
light, to live, Gr. Biéxey; more fully to 
see the sun Eee. 7,11, to see light Ps. 
49,20; comp. Gr. ζώειν καὶ δρᾷν φάος 
“Weliowo Hom. Τὰ Vater writers simpl. 
ὁρᾷν. In the same sense, fo see Jehovah 
in the land of the living 15: 38,11. Thus 
also is to be understood the difficult 
passage in Gen. 16,13, ΡΜ. ndm oi 
"xa "INR do J then here'see (i. e. live) 


950 


ΒᾺΝ 


after the vision of God, i. ἃ. aftar having 
seen God ? 

c) to see in vision, i. e. fo be taught 
of God in visions, as the prophets, Is. 30, 
10; comp. 29,10. Heitce part. ΤΙΝ q.v. 
a seer, prophet, M¥72 vision. Comp. 
Hin no. 2. 

"2. to see. i. 6. to look at, to view, to be- 
hold, with intention, purposely, c. ace. 
Gen. 11, 5 and Jehovah came down PRS 
ssmmy. Lev. 13, 3.5.17. 1K. 9, 12. 
With 5 Gen. 34, 1 PISA ΤΟΘΞΞ nist 
to see the ΓΝ of the land. Jude. 
16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] 7333 ANA Zo in- 


spect the fiver. Eice. 11, 4 ba53" TN he 


that vieweth the clos. 3,22. Cant. 6, 
11.—But Ecc. 12, 3 MIDINS Mik is, 
those looking out at the windows. Jer. 
18,17 I will look upon them with the back 
and not with the-face, i. e. will turn my 
back upon them. With. 3 and inf. Is. 
18, 3. behold ye, how he lifteth up an en- 
sign on the mountains.—S pec. 

a) tolook upon with delight, togaze at, 
to gloat EON 4 ROT Engl. ‘ to feast the 
eyes upon.’ Proy. 23, 31 look nol wpon 
the wine when it blushes. Is. 5%, 2. Ece. 
7,13. Usually with 3, (comp. 2 B. 4. 

a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Ps. 106,5, 


_ very often of the j joy felt at the destruc- 


tion of one’s enemies, Ps. 54, 9 "25RD 
"293 FAM] mine eye hath looked (with 
delight) upon mine enemies, i.e. on their 
destruction. 22,18. 37, 34.112, 8. 118 
7. Obad. 12. Conteatiwise 4 

b) to look upon with pain, to behold any 
thing painful or afflictive ; c. 3, Gen. 
21, 16 733 mina my bN let me not 
look upon the death of the child. 44, 34. 
Ex. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6. 

6) to look upon with disdain, q. d. to 
look down upon any one, comp. καταφρο- 
véw to contemn; Job 41, 26 mi237>2 MN 
mR He looketh (down) tépon ail high 
things, with contempt, as if he himself 
were higher than “all. Comp. Cant. 
1, 6 MAN WS sy MRI Took not 
(disdainfully) upon me because Iam 
dark. 

wal to behold, to vei to have venue 

3 Is. 26, 10 Finy Pag HRW Nd he 
aaa not the ‘majesty of "Jehovah 
Espec. of God as looking upon affliction 
and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 “Mx ANID 
D723 that he had looked upon their afflic- 


ΓΝ 


tion, Ps. 9, 14, 25, 18. 31,8. 2 K.44, 
26; also c. > Gen. 29, 32. 1 Sam, 1.11, 
Ps. 106, 44. ‘Followed by a clause Ecc. 
7, 14 in the day of adversity Τὶ consi- 
dar this: God hath set, etc. 

e) to see to any thing, to look afler, to 
take care of, i. q. ΣῪ no. 1. Ὁ. 1K. 12,16 
WNT AND MN see to thine own house, 
David! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the 
prison saw to nothing that was under 
Joseph’s hand. 1s, 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37 
“27 MN see to uprightness, i. 6. take 
care to practise it. 

f) i> MN to look out any thing for one- 
self, i. e. to provide, to choose out. Gen. 
22,8 God will provide for himself a lamb 
for a burnt-offering ; v.14 and Abraham 
called the name of that place (Moriah), 
myT πύστο ὧἱ will provide, i. α. 
MRI, contr. me q. v. comp. Niph. no. 
3. Deut. 33, οἱ ἵν mvwien NIN he chose 
out the first for himself, i.e. the best. 
1 Sam. 16,1.17. Dat. omitted, Gen. 41, 
33. Deut. 12, 13. Part. "83 chosen, 
selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. Tob. 12, 1 
ὅρα, τέκνον, μισϑὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. 

g) to go to see, to visit any one, in order 
to pay one’s respects and _ salutations, 
2 Sam. 13, 5. 2K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6. 
More fully in the construction “MX. ART 
‘p pide} Gen. 37, 14; comp. > pibw baw. 

h) With >x to look unto any one, as ex- 
pecting help from him, Is. 17,7; with 
d9 to look upon any one, as about to-con- 
sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21. 

i) With 2, to look upon as, to regard 
as any thing; Judg. 9. 36 thow lookest 
upon the shadow of the mountains as men. 

k) With 7 of pers. praegn. α. ἃ. to.see 
and learn from ; Judg, 7,17 389m 7232 
see and learn from me, do as ye see me do. 

1) Trop. to look at any thing, i.e. fo 
have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10 
what hadst thou in view, that thou 
shouldst do this thing ? 

3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like 
the Greeks and others, employ the word 
to see (τι) of things which we per- 
ceive, not by the eyes, but in some other 
way, Viz. 

a) By the other senses, e. g. by the 
hearing, Gen. 2, 19 7>"87p77m2 Pix 
to see what he ‘would call them. 42, Ἰ. 
Jer. 33,24; by the touch Is. 44, 16 "ΠΣ 
"ὮΝ 7 perceive the fire, feel the heat. 


951 


ay 


So Gr. ὁράω, see Brunck ad Soph. (2d, 
Col. 138. Lat. video, Virg. Aun. 4. 49. 
Hor. Sat. 2. 8. 77. 

Ὁ) Of what. we perceive, experience, 
enjoy, through the medium of the vital 
principle, the animal spirit, life, anima, 
Heb. a3 q.v. no. 2 E.-g. to see life 
Ecc. 9, 9; to see death Ps, 89, 49, comp. 
ἰδεῖν Suvutoy Heb. 11, 5; and in the 
same sense 10 see thepit, the grave, Ps. 16, 
10, 49,10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16, 
comp. Terent, Heautontim. 3. 1. 825 to 
see famine Jer. 5, 12; to see, good; bona 
videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the 
good things of life, Ps. 34,13. Ecc. 3,13. 
6, 6; also 3103 MN Jer. 29,32. Mic, 7, 
9. Ece. 2, 1. Vice versa to see affliction 
Lam, 3, 1; to. see evil’ Proy. 27, 12. Jer. 
44,17; nie P73 AX Obad. 13. Comp. 
δρᾷν κινδύνους Tob. 4, 4. 

c) Of what we perceive with the mind, 
rational soul, animus, 223; hence i. 4, to 
perceive, to understand, to hone to know, 
Gen, 3, 6. Eee. 1, 16 F2an Faw AN ad 
my heart hath learned great wisdom. 
2,12. Jer. 2, 31.20, 12. 1Sam. 24, 12. 
1K.10,4. Often spoken of those things 
which we learn by the experience of 
life; Is. 40,5 all flesh shall see (under- 
stand, know) that Jehovah hath spoken. 
Job 4, 8 97987 WRDas [have seen, ex- 
perienced. Ecc. 7, 15. 773, 48° to dis- 
cern. between, to, distinguish, Mal. 3, 18. 

_Nieg, ΠΣ; fut, ΓΝ Δ, apoc. 87>. 

αἴ to be seen, Judg. 5, 8, 19,30, 1 K. 6, 

. Prov. 27, 25. 

oe to let oneself be seen, to show oneself, 
to appear, Gen. 1. 9. 9, 14; of men and 
things Gen. 8, 5, Ley..14. 35. 2 Sam. 
17, 17; ¢. Ἐξ, fo show oneself to, any. one 
Ley. 13, 7. 19. 1K. 18, 1. 32 RBTOR ANU 
to appear before Jehovah, at his sane- 
tuary, see 0728 πο..1. h, Ῥ. 852. Often 
of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to 
men, Ex. 16, 10,1 Sam. 3, 21; with > 
of pers. Gen. 12, 7. 17, 1.18, 1. al. > Jer. 
31, 3. 2 Chr. 3, 1. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 2. f, το be provided 
for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 nin" 72 
MN in the mount of the Lord it is pro- 
vided, i. e. in mount Moriah God provides 
for menand brings them help. as formerly 
to Abraham (v. 8) so now. This would 
seem to be a proverbial expression, sig- 
nifying that God will ever care for and 


ΓΝ 


aid those who worship in his temple ; 
alluding at the same time to the etymo- 
logy of the name ‘nny, q. ν. 

Puat to be seen ; \plor. axa Job 33, 21, 
with Dag. forte impl. or beiter Mappik 
in the letter 8, see Lehrg. p. 97. 

α Hips. Ayan and ONT, fut. ANT, 
conv. 875 like fut. Kal, "2 K. 11, 4. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to inake one 
see, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4, 36. 
2 Sam. 15,25. Hence with acc. of thing, 
to show, Is. 30,30; with two acc. of pers. 
-and thing, 10 show one any thing, Ex. 
25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2. 4. Nah. 3, 5. 
al. Spee. in sleep Gen. 41, 28; in vision 
2K. 8,13. Jer. 24,1. Am. 7, 1. 4.7. 8, 
1. Zech. 2, 2. 3,1; with "3 2K. 8, 10. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cause to 
look upon with pleasure, c. 3 Ps. 59, 11. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. b, to cause one 
to see i.e. to experience evil, c. dupl. acc. 
Hab. 1, 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20; to let one see 
i.e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85, 
8; with acc. of pers. and 2 of thing Ps. 
50, 23. 91, 16. 

Hors. 58595, Part. mx, pr. ‘to be 
made to see any thing,’ i. 6. to be shown 
any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according to the 
pattern “M12 MY. MAX WRX which thou 
~wast shown in the mount. 26, 30. Deut. 
4, 35. Lev. 13, 49, Ἰπξπτος ART and 
it shall be thon to the priest. 

Hirupa. recipr. to look at one another, 
e.g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt 
and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1. 
b) In a hostile sense, to look one an- 
other in the face, i.e. to fight hand to 
hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8. 11. 
2 Chr. 25, 17. 21; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com- 
pare the old German proverb: “sich 
die Kopfe besehn, sich das Weisse im 
Auge besehn.” 

Deriv. M87, ΠΝ, ARS, PAN, ON 
ΝΠ, PINT, κ 9, MNT, Chala. ™, 
perh. ae (bx). and "the pr. namie 
FIN, TR, ms, PERI, mesa. 


? 


TN) Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa- 
cious bird,.so called on account of its 
keen sight; but in the parall. passage 
Levy. 11, 14 it is 9¥3 wullure, which per- 
haps should be restored in Deut. |. c. 

FIN adj. verbal, seeing ; constr. Job 


10, 15 "329 MN seeing (experiencing) 
my affliction. See τ΄ mx no. 3. Ὁ, 


952 


"Ro 

me pr. Part. Kal τ. 5&3. 1. Act. 
seeing visions, i. e. a seer, prophet, comp. 

τ. ΓΝ no, 1. c; the more ancient name 
for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9,9; and 
attributed κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν to Samuel, 1 then: 
9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29, 29; to 
another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7. 10. Plur. 
prs Is. 30, 10. 

2, Abstr. i. q. "87, @ vision, in which 
sense perhaps the accent is to be placed 
upon the penult, in the manner of Sego- . 
lates. Is. 28,7 MRAZ "Δ they reel even 
in their visions. Comp. ny no, 2. 


ἼΞ Δ (pr. see ye, a son! but the 
sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it 
as for "333 (7982) 583 \speovided in my 
afiliction,’ seer. ΓΝ Ἢ no. 2. e,) Reuben, 
pr. n. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah, 
Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived 
of his birth-right Gen. 49, 3.4; and head 
of the tribe of like name. For the loca- 
tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see 
Num, 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13,15 sq.—Patro- 

nym. "22587 (δὲ in otio) Reubenite 1 Chr. 
11, 42; ‘collect. Reubenites Deut. 3, 12. 
4, 43, Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al. 


MIN inf fem. Kal οὔτ. 8, q. v. 


“AN selected, chosen, see in τ. TN 
no. 2. ἢ 


MIQAN (raised, high) Rewmah, pr. τι. 
f. of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24. 
R. Bx". 


MAN’) f. (r. ON) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 
10 Keri. In Cheth. ms . 


ἌΣ m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. q. 
meve no. 2. Job 37,18. R.mN7. 


"N71 m. in pause "84. R. my. 

1. a vision, sight, Gen. 16, 13; for 
which see in r. 587 no. 1. Ὁ. 

2. 1. ᾳ. HRV, _ sight, view, 1 Sam. 16, 
12. Job 33, 21 his flesh is vanished "872 
From the sight: 

3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, παρά- 
δειγμα, Nah. 3, 6. 


TPN (whom Jehovah cares for, Fr 
mx) "Reaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4,2; 
for which in 2, 52 mg4q. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 5 
δ. ὁ) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50. 

DPS], see ON. 


FIV, see Fier. 


“7 


TYNE. sight, seeing, Ece. 5, 10 Cheth. 
R, Ax. 


"ἘΝ" obsol. root, perh. ἵν q. 53°25 
hence ΠΡ ΠΏ. 


ἘΌΝ to be high Zech. 14, 10; iq. 
pan, O18, O39.—Hence pr. n. ΠΝ, 
niaxy, also 


DN m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17, 


MND Ps. 92, 11, OM) Job 39, 9. 10; 
Plur. pox Ps. 29,6. Is. 34,7, also 5°99 
Ps, 22, 22; a wild and fetadlons animal, 
bearing a like relation to the ox as the 
wild ass does to the domestic one, Job 
39. 9. 10. Deut. 33,17. Is. 34, 7. Ps. 
29, 6 (where 53> calf is parallel with 
ἘΛΩΝ 13); horiled and destroying men 
with his horns Ps. 22, 22. 92,11; comp. 
Deut. |. c. The species of animal here 
meant is somewhat doubtful; but we 
need not hesitate to understand, with A. 
Schultens ad Job. |. c. and De Wette on 
Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental 
buffalo, The Pei Arabic 


word indeed, ny: denotes the ory, a 


large and fierce species of antelope, 
Oppian. Cyneget. Π. 445 ; and this sense 
has therefore been also given to the 
Hebrew word by Bochart; Hieroz. L. p. 
948 sq. by Rosenmiller, and others. 
But whatever may be said, no one will 
deny that the buffalo of the east is 
much more aptly compared with the ox, 
than the andelope could be. The Arabic 
usage in this word, therefore, though 
similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not 
identical; and in Arabic the larger 
antelopes appear to have received the 
appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek 
they are called βούβαλος, βουβαλίς, and 
just as in Arabic Fata of gene deer 
genus are termed { wild 
oxen.—Sept. has μονόκερως; Laat uni- 
corn, an animal described by Pliny H. N. 
8. 21, which for a long time natural his- 
torians, espec. since Buffon, have held to 
be fabulous, but which a few. years since _ 


was said to have been discovered inthe : 


deserts of .Thibet; see Rosenmiller 
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 192. Quar- 
terly Review No. 47, Oct. 1820. But 
this sense is also inadmissible ; since the 
80* 


953 


OR 
unicorn, as described, resembles the 
horse much more than it does the ox, 
and is in any case an extremely rare 
animal ; while the 5X5, as appears from 
all the passages, was an animal frequent 
and well known in Palestine and the 
adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is _ 
known there at the present day ; though 
ptob. at that time not as now domesti- 
cated; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. ILL. p. 
305, 306. 


ΩΝ f. plur. (τ. 85) ig. mis. 

1. high things, heights, trop, sublime 
or difficult things, Prov. 24, 7. 

2.high-priced or prsciops things; ac- 
cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job 
28, 18. Ez. 27, 16. 

3. Ramoth, pr.n.ofacity: a) In Gi- 
lead, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 1 Chr. 6, 
65; called also MiD7, MELD NV, q. v. 
b) In the tribe of Issachar, L Chr. 6, 58 
[73]; perh..i. q. 22 Josh. 19, 21, and 
ΤᾺΣ 21, 29. 

333) FON) (southern height) Ra- 
math-negeb, pr. n. of a city in Simeon 


.| Josh. 19,8; for which 333 M10" 1 Sam. 


30, 27, q. v.— Others, 333 M2". 


* OS obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. 27, to 


ba ιρυξὰ, shaken ; Arab. ω"5)» UAL), 
to tremble, espec. of the head; whence 


x7 head of any thing, as of a mast or 
tree, which is shaken. 


WS poor, see in τ. Bm. 


TNT m. i. g. B, poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 
30, 8. R. 35: 

UN) Chald. i.g. Heb. tn, c. suff. 
MOQ, plur. PORT, PX. 

1. the head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20. 
JENIN visions of thy head, presented 
to thy mind or imagination, Dan. 4, 2. 7. 
10. 7, 15. 

2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1, 
Plur. PPWN3 v. 6; c. suff. cHgN7 Ezra 
5, 10. 


1. 6S τὰ. (for Ox4, τ UN) c. suff. 
O89, plur. ΒΝ δε DWN, once c. 


suff. MENA Is. 15,2. ~ 


1. the head. Arab. wt. Chal. 8x9 
4: ν- Syr. bass, Ethiop CAdi; Arab. 


‘ 55. 
denom. ον ) t be head, prince, ete.— 


UNI 
Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3, 15. 28, 
18. 40, 16. al. seepiss. So in phrases: 
ἘΌΝ MID, see in M73; Ok ΣΉ, 
* gee in 555; BN ΝΣ, see in NW? no. 1. b; 
Ox own fo lift up ‘the head Ps. 110, 7, 
and with genit. to lift up the head of any 
one, to exalt him, Ps. 8, 4. So 10 return 
(fall back) upon ones: own head, i. e. 
to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17. 
comp. Joel 4, 4. ‘B WNIB 109 10 give 
(back) upon one’s head, i. e. to recom- 
pense, to requite ; 6. g. evil Ez. 9, 10. 
11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31. —Meton. 
a) Like rbibs 4. v. itis used in enume- 


rating espec. soldiers, for one person, 


individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30 
"33 UN7b to the head of a man, i. e. to 
one man, each one. ane Arabs often 


employ the word nt head in like 
manner, espec. in enumerating flocks 
and herds, see Schult. Opp. mio. p. 206. 
b) For life, Dan. 1,10. So 2°Ox 73 with 
our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives, 
1 Chr. 12, 19; comp. 853 no. 2. b. See 
liad 4. 162. ib. 17. 242, 

2. Trop. head for what is highest, up- 
spermost, e.g. a) the top, summit, of a 
mountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9. 10. 19, 20. 
Am. 1, 2; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a 
column 1 K. 7,19; of a throne 10, 19; 
of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2; of an ear of 
grain Job 24,24, °335D ON the sum- 
mit of the stars, the highest heaven, Job 
22,12. ryt) NA WN the head of the 
fat valley, i.e. impending over it, Is. 
28,1. 4. mean wR the head of the bed, 
where the head lies, Gen. 47, 81. b) 
head, i.e. chief, prince of a people or 
state, Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10,18. 11, 8 
Nd 2b MMT. 1 Sam. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 
23, 8. 18. Ps. 18, 440™5 δ prince of 
the nations, Is. 7, 8. 9. al. 331) TR see 
in 333. Ofa family, a head, chief, patri- 
arch, as PI2% PD OX" Ex. 6, 14. Num. 
7,2. 1 Chr. 5, 24. 7,9.40; aleo Tis & x 
id. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8. 6. al. 
Nb mM 10 become the head, to be the 
victor, Lam. 1,5; comp. Deut. 28, 44. 
Job 29, 25 ka ΞῸΝ J sal as prince, held 
the chief place. So Arab. ust head, 
prince. c) head, for the highest place 
or rank, the chief ; so'OR7T GID the high- 
priest 2 Chr. 19, 11; also simpl. ὥστ 
id. 2 Chr. 24,6. Spee. of a head city, 


954 


the metropolis, capital, Josh, 11, 10. Is. 
7,8. So Arab. uty of Mecca. 4) 


Metaph. of that which is highest, chief, 
best; as D722 "OKI the chief spices, 
most costly, Cant. 4, 14. Ez. 27,22; 
nnaw ON the chief joy, highest joy, Ps, 
137, 6; DIP "WH WN the best gifts of 
the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15.— 
Hence 

3. the sum, amount, pr. ‘the whole 
number,’ which is also the highest, Lev. 
5, 24. Ps. 119, 160. 139,17. Hence xa 
tix lo take the sum, to number, see 8Y3 
no. 3.6. Trop. a body, band, company, 
espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9, 34. 
37.43. 1Sam. 11,11. Job 1,17. Ps. 140, 10. 

4. head, for what is first, foremost, i. 6. 
the beginning, first part, front ; Deut. 
20, 9 ob WRB at the head of the peo- 
ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31,7: Mic. 
2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the mountain 
of the Lord’s house shall be established 
pwn OND at the head of the moun- 
tains, “and shall be higher than the hills, 
i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun- 
tains. Also 327 WX" the head of the 
way, where ways branch off, Ez. 16, 25. 
21, 24. mixam tn the head of the 
streels, corner, id. Lam. 2,19. Is. 51, 20. 
Hence we may explain the phrase M3258 
p-x5 four heads of rivers, i. e. four 
streams into which the river divided 
itself, Engl. branches, Gen. 2, 10. Sept. 
and Gr. Venet. ἀρχαί. Comp. Lat. ca- 
put, Engl head, for source, fountain.— 
Ecc. 8, 11 the works of God 7337 Ux 
nid from the beginning to the end, from 
first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 Hip WRN 
the head of the corner, Gr. κεφαλὴ τῆς 
γωνίας Matt. 21, 42, i. 6. the foremost or 
chief corner-stone, the leader as it were 
of all, i. q. λέϑος ἀκρογωνιαῖος 1 Pet. 2, 
6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It is made a ques- 
tion, whether this chief corner-stone is 
the highest, forming the top or coping 
of the corner; or the lowest, which 
forms the foundation of the building. 
The latter seems preferable; for OX" 
here refers not to the highest place, but 
to the head or point where two walls 
meet.—Often of time, as MIM WN the 
beginning of the year Ez. 40, 1; Ux 
ns wan the beginning of months, the 
first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. 7, 19. 


US 
νη from the beginning, Is, 40, 21. 41, 
26. 48,16. Syr. 5? «ὦ id.—Prov. 8, 
26 dam minpy wn the first clod of the 
earth, i. 68. first created. 

5. wat, once for distinction in Deut. 
32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant 
Deut, 29, 17, growing quickly and luxu- 
riantly ten, 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps, 69, 
22. Lam. 3, 5, sad therefore coupled with 
woriawiod Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19. 
Hence it would seem to be, not the len 
lock, cicula, with Celsius in Hierob. II. 
46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd 
with Gdmann, Verm. Samm. IV. p. 63; 
nor lolium, darnel, Michaelis Supplem. 
p. 2220; but the poppy, so called from its 
heads, Livy 1.54. Thus 8&7 9 juice 
of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9, 
14, 23,15. Hence for poison genr. Deut. 
32, 32; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20, 
16.—Chald. 31971 "7 the poison of ser- 
pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19. 

Denom, MYX I—N7GK4, FHS, MONT, 
MIO, and pr. n. HERI. 

II. O87 Rosh, pr. n. of a northern 
nation mentioned along with Tubal and 
Meshech, Ex. 38, 2.3. 39, 1, Prob. i. q. 
the Russians, who are described by the 
Byzantine writers of the tenth century, 
under the name οὗ ‘Pais, as inhabiting 
the northern parts of Taurus ; and also 
by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian clases of 
the same period, under the name U9) 
Ris, as dwelling upon the river Wolga. 
See Ibn Foszlan’s Bericht tber die Rus- 
sen alterer Zeit, von Frahn, Petersb. 
1823, espec. p. 28 sq. Comp. Von Ham- 
mer Origines Russes, Petersb. 1827, who 


- 


also here compares the nation , yw), men- 
tioned in the Koran, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12. 

TON f. (denom. from BX, by Syri- 
asm for MUN) beginning, plur. c. suff. 
ΞΘ Ez. 36, 11. 

MON f. (from δ) beginning, first 
part, , front ; hence MWX7 [384 Zech. 
4,7, by appos. the stone the ‘hecconae 
i. 6. the first corner-stone, i. ᾳ. 122 O87; 
see in UN no. 4. 

ΤΟΝ τὸ. adj. (from wk; by Syri- 
asm for ΠΝ Ἢ , which is fovindi in Cheth. 


Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once TW 100 
8,6; fem. AIBN; plar. EWU, MoS. 


955 


UN" 

1. Pr. head, highest, chief ; Syr. κῶν 
head-men, magistrates. Yet this pri- 
mary signif. is found only in the later 
Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; as 
ebay ob chief princes Dan. 10, 13. 
1 Chr. 18, 17. Fem. ποῦν adv. in 
the chief place, highest rank, Esth. 1, 
14. 

2. first,i. 6. a) In place and order, 
the first, foremost, Gen. 32, 18. Hence 
ΓΝ Ἢ adv. in the first place or rank, in 
front, ‘foremost, Gen. 32, 2; m2xx2 id. 
Is. 60,9. b) More freq. of time, the first, 
former, earliest ; WOR wohn the first 
month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; eltipt. 
ΝΞ in the first month Ge 8, 13. 
Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45, 18. 21. “rq οἷν the 
ἤτοι δὰν Ex. 12, 15. 16; ΒῚ ΝΣ FN the 
Jirst man Job 15, 75 yon Way thy 
first father Is. 43, 27. Plur. ΘΛ ΘΠ 
the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 
21, 9.—In antithesis: «) With ordinals 
following, as second, third, seventh, Gen. 
32,18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan.§8, 21. 2 Chr. 
29,3. 8) With the last, jmKn, Ex. 4, 
8. Jin] [Ns the first and the last, " 
God Is. 44,6. 48,12. y) With the later, 
following! posterior; e. g. the first or 
former husband Deut. 24, 4; former 
time, at first, Is. 8, 23 [9,1]. Plur. first 
and later acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 16, 11. 20, 34. 
δ) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp. 
to the present time; e.g. a former king 
Num. 21, 26; the first temple Ezra 3, 12. 
Hagg. 2, 3.9; the former manner Gen. 
40, 13, etc. Plur. OBR the first ta- 
bles Ex. 34, 1; the former governors 
Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89, 
50, comp. Is. 65, 7; former days or time 
Deut. 4, 32. 10, 10. p°2R7 O7N7S2 for- 
mer prophets Zech. 1,4.7,7.12. Absol. 
ΟΝ Ἢ ancients, ancestors, Lev. 26, 45. 
Deut. 19, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 nina 
Dw the ruins of the ancients, which 
have laindesolate from formerdays. Plur. 
fem. ΓΝ ἼΠ the former things, events 
long passed, ‘Is. 43, 18. 46,9; also long 
since predicted Is. 42, 9. 43, 9. 48, 3. ε) 
Spoken of the time which is yet first to 
come, opp. to a more remote future 
time. Joel 2,23 7x72 in the first time, 
i.e. immediately, presently ; comp. Engl. 
‘at the first moment.’ See also M2272 
Zech. 12, 7, below in C, a. 


wN7 

Fem. ni$x> A) Adj. fem. first, for- 
mer, Jer. 16, 18... Plur. mista former 
things Is, 63, 17. 

B) Ady. a) in the highest place, see 
above in no. 1. ὃ) in front, foremost, 
see no. 3. ἃ. 6) Of time, first, earliest, 
Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2, 9. 1K. 18, 25; αἱ 
Jirst, the first time, Das. 11, 29. 

C) With prefixes: a) manna, spo- 
ken of place and order Is. 60, ὃ; see 
above in no. 2.a.—Of time, first, Πα νὰ 
something else, 2 Sam. 20, 18. 1 K. 17, 
13. Zech. 12, 7; andso of pers. first, be- 
fore others in time, Num. 10, 13, 14. 
Deut. 13, 10. 17,7. 1 Chr. 11,6. Neh.7, 
5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2 
Sam. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Is, 1, 26. Jer. 
7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first 
time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp. 
12, 8). Josh. 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1 Καὶ. 
20, 9. πο ἘΞ as αἱ the first, as for- 
werly, Is. 1, 26; m3x7229, contr. for 
misran} 1 Chr. 15, 13. 

b) m2BNr2 as at the firel, as formerly, 
Deut. 9, 18. Dan. 11, 29. 

c) ποῦν το αἱ ‘heal, formerly, i. q. 
modes, Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29. 

“Plar. ΡΟΝ see above in no. 2, b. 0. 


"SON adj. (from BX) fem. mx, 
γι, i. q. VER", Jer. 25, 1. 
PION, see τοῖόν. 


‘YON f once MW) Deut. 11, 12; 
denom. from UX"; pr. abstr. ‘the being 
head ;? hence concr. 

1, the topmost, the highest; trop. the 
chief. best, most excellent ; as DON 
ΠΡΌ the most precious ointments Am. 
6,6. ovis ΣΝ fhe chief of the na- 
tions Am. 6,1. Num. 24, 20. Dan. 11,41 
the chief of the children of Ammon, their 
princes ; also 1 Sam. 15, 21. Jer. 49, 35. 
Ps. 111, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the 
chief of the ways of God, his most won- 
derful work, sc. the hippopotamus. 

2. beginning, comp. GX no. 4. Syr. 
liiess.—E. g. the beginning, as opp. 
to the end, τσ, Ecce. 7,8; of strife 
Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1. 
49, 34; of sin for coner. the beginner, 
author, Mic. 1,13. 1m539%9 “Ὁ the begin- 
ning of his (Nimrod’s) kingdom, the 
territory of which it was at first com- 
posed, Gen. 10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 as the 


956 


early fig in the fig-treeMI"ON722 in its 
beginning, i. e. when the tree first begins 
to bear. —Absol. of the beginning of all 
things, Gen. 1, 1; comp. ἐν ἀρχῇ John 1 
1. Gr. ἐξ ἀρχῆς Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. ἃ 
principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12. 

3. former time, times of old, opp. 
nvm , Is.46,10. Also first state, for- 
mer condition, Job 8, 7. 42, 12. . 

4. Coner. the first in its kind, Jrst- 
fruits, firstlings ; often of the first pro- 
ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut. 
18, 4; or of fruits 26, 10; of wool 18, 4; 
or ps. ac Prov. 3, 9. These were of- 
fered to Jehovah, and hence δ jap 
an oblation of the first Sruiis Lev. 2,12. 
But Dp "NTA MW is the first of the first 
fruits Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. Ez. 44, 80. 
JiR MIN the firstling of one’s sirength, 
poet. for the first-born, Gen. 49, 3. Deut, 
21, 17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36... i293 “Ἢ the 
firstling of his way, the first created of 
God, i. e.. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov. 
8, 22; comp. ἀρχὴ τῆς κτέσεως τοῦ ϑεοῦ 
Rev. 3, 14, Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 δὴ 
{> ποθ he chose for himself the first- 
Sruits of the land, i. e. the first portion 
of which the Israelites took possession. 


2) m. adj. in pause 27, plur. 0°23; 
fem. 733, constr. M2, with Yod parag. 
ΩΣ" Lam. 1,1, plur. ΤΠ. Β. 235. 

1. mullus, i.e. either as one continuous 
whole, Engl. much, as 32 331 much gold 
1K. 10,2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut. 
28, 38; or as a collective whole ‘which 
contains many parts or individuals, Engl. 
many, numerous, aS SI OY much or many 
people i.e. numerous, Josh. 17,14; 37 ow 
many men Job 36, 28 (here ot sails ὶ 
M22 ΓΙῊΞΖΣ a numerous family Gen. 26, 
14; 3973-2 numerous flocks and te 
much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11; 4 
Hence c. plur. 5°29 ἘΣ many days, a 
long time, Gen. 21, 34; D927 ΠΩΣ many. 
nations Ps. 89,51. With genit. M243" 33 
a man of much (great) understanding 
Prov. 14, 29; 0°22 ΓΞ a woman having 
many children 1 “Sam. 2,5; with Yod 
parag. &3 "M22 numerous in people, fall 
of people, i i.e. a city, Lam. 1,1. Often 
as neut. 23 much, i.e. collect. many, Ex. 
19,21 3 Ange bp and there fall (perish) 
of them much people, many. 1 Sam. 
14, 6. Gen, 33, 9; hence adverbially, 


=" 


even with subst. plur. Ps, 18, 1539 S°p 33 
» and lightnings much, i.e. many, in great 
number. Kec. 6, 3 720 "97 VND 5 
although the days of his years be much, 
many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough, 
Gen, 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3; chiefly in the 
formula (comp. 822) AR 37 enough 
now ! i.e. desist! 2Sam. 24,16. 1 K. 19, 
4; more fully 7722 Deut. 3, 26, 535727 
Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16, 3, enough for thee, 
for you, \et it suffice thee, ete. With infin. 
Deut. 1,6.93%3 £25735 ye have dwelt long 
enough. 2,3; before 72, Ez. 44,6 25°29 
ἘΞ ΞΕ 92 enough for you of all 
your abominations! i. 6. desist from 
them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex. 9,28.—Also fem. 
mar is often put adverbially for much, 
enuugh, Ps. 62, 3. 89,8; oftener in the 
constr. M2" id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4. 
129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. 255 
often. . 

2. large, great, vast, comp. πολύς in 
Passow no. 1.b; spoken of a vast space 
Gen. 7, 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way, 
πολλὴ 000g 1 K. 19, 7; of a great battle 
and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11, 
33; of heinous sin Ps, 19, 14; of the 
multiplied goodness and mercy of God 
Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp. 
πολλὴ σιγή) Is. 21, 7. Spec. ἃ) i. q. 
mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1. 
Plur, 0°32" the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53, 
19. b) major natu, elder, Gen. 25, 23. 
Plur. 5°35" great in age, the aged, Job 
32,9. c) Subst. a great man, chief, a 
leader, i. q. "2. chiefly in the later He- 
brew, 6. g. E°M20 39 chief of the body- 
guard 2K. 25,8; 2.070 39 chief of 
the eunuchs Dan. 1, 3. Esth, 1, 8. Neut. 
abstr. greatness, Ps. 145,7. Is. 63,7. d) 
Subst. @ master, one great or skilled in 
any art, Prov. 26,10; comp. the Tal- 
mudic 3% doctor, teacher, learned man. 


v v 8 ΄ 
Syr. 25, 155, id. Arab. «-) lord, mas- 
ter, owner. 


3. In Job 16, 13 1°27 is rendered by 
all the ancient versions his (God’s) ar- 


rows, from 329 no. 2. Others, Ais arch-_ 


ers. We may however well retain the 
sense, his many hosts, warriors. 


39 Chald. m. emphat. 837; fem. 
emph. 8737; plur. redupl. 793937, fem. 
3737, emph. 893937. 


957 


235 


1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10, 31. 35. 7, 2. 
Plur. 2, 48. 3, 33. 7, 3 864. 133 522 to 
speak great things i. e. to speak proud- 
ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8. 20; comp. 513 
no. 2. 

2. Subst. a chief, leader, prince, Dan. 
2, 14. 48, 4, 6. 


27, see in r. 30. 
3), see subst. 2". 


35 m. (τ. 339) also in the later books 


fally 277 Job 35,9. Esth. 10,3; c. Makk. 
way, ὁ. suff. 039; multitude, abundance ; 
with plur. 5°2%3 35 multitude of years 
Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1,11; with sing. collect. 
warn} 733 35 Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is. 
37,24. Often also where in Engl. abun- 
dance, greatness, much, as M2373) 
much wisdom Ecc. 1,18; i> 3 Ps. 
37, 11. 72,7; ind a4 Is. 63,1; ΠῚ 5 
the greatness of the way, the long journey, 
Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57, 10. Adv. 35> in mul- 
titude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 40, 22, 3.4. 
Gen. 48, 16 ; often also in comparison 
with things implying a vast multitude, as 
with the stars, 353 D12wh "33123 5335 
Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22. 28, 62; so with the 
sand on the sea-shore Josh. 11,4. 1 Sam. 
13, 5. 2 Sam. 17, 11; with locusts Judg. 
6,5. Also 352 from (for) multitude, 
Gen. 16, 10. 32,13. 1K. 8, 5.—Poet. 29= 
is put for a whole multitude, and so 
hardly differs from 59, as Job 4, 14 
which made all (35) my bones to shake. 
33, 21; comp. Jer. 23,9 and Schult. ad 
Job 1. c.—Plur. constr. "29 Hos. 8,12 Keri. 


* 327 1. to become much or many, 
to mulliply, Gen. 6, 1; to be much or 
many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sam. 
25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69,5. 104, 24. Is. 59, 12. 
al. sepe. Found only in pret. "27, and 
once inf. 35 Gen. 6, 1; the other forms are 
taken from the kindred root "3>.—Arab. 


SS to be great, mighty ; also to in- 
crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp. 
2505 for p55 to magnify. 

2. Mid. O, pret. 5253 Gen. 49, 23, 
according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet. 


prob. to shoot. i. e. they have shot ; the 
signif. being drawn from-the multitude 


Θ᾽ - 
of arrows, comp. ©°23°37; also mL, 


multitude of arrows, Cam. Hence some 


23" 


derive 23 no. 3, an arrow. But 5255 
can also be referred to the subst. 35 by 
a slight change of vowels: they provok- 
ed him with their multitude, ete —Some 
refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 33 ΒΞ. he 
shot out lightnings, but see in 25 no. 1. 

Puat, denom. from 33%, part. plur. 
min3y2 multiplied by myriads, by. ten 
thousands, Ps. 144, 13. 

Deriv. 39, 29, 34,339, 125, Piss, 
073739, and the pr.names. 5223, ΠΡ 3", 
ἘΣΞ πο, 


tis 

M227 £ (r. 329) a myriad, ten thou- 
sand, Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32, 30. Judg. 20, 
10; often for any great indefinite num- 
ber Gen. 24,60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7. 
Ez. 10, 7. Plur. mia34, constr. mia 
and mi334, len thoueaedea Sam. 18, 7. 
8; often ὧς any great and indefinite 
ἥζω. Ps. 3, 7. Deut. 33, 2. 17. 

2237 Chald. f. ten thousand, whence 
plur. 7227 Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald. 
ia". 


* 727) I. i. q. 354, to spread a bed, 
sternere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence 
61392, Beth without Dag. 

Il. i..q. Arab. fey to bind, whence 
3735 collar. 


"ΓΞ. plur. "37; fut. ma", apoc. 
“7 and ' 33°; imp. ἢΞ , plur. 539; part. 
nah. Pret. and inf. are feritied from 
335 q. ν. 

1. to become much or many, to multi- 
ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. Ex. 1, 
10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al. 
Often coupled with M8, e. g, Gen. 1, 22 
AS98 5.8 be fruitful and multiply. v. 28. 
8,17. 9, 1.7. 47,27. Jer. 3,16. Ez. 36, 11. 
With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10.— 
Hence to be multiplied, many, numerous, 
1 Chr. 5, 9, 23. Ps. 16, 4. 139, 18. 

2. to δ great, to increase, Deut. 
30,16. Hence lo grow up, Job 27, 14. 
39,4. Ez. 16,7. Gen. 21, 20 m5 7 
rep and he grew up an dncher: —Also 
to be great Gen. 43, 34; of a way, to be 
long, Deut. 14, 24, 19, 6; comp. in 35 
and 33 no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow- 
erful, mighty, Job 33, 12; to be great, 
abundant, of wealth Ps. 49, 17 ; of wis- 
dom 1 K. δ, 10 [4, 30].—Chald. id. see 
below. Syr. = to iricrease in number 


and magnitude. Pa. to bring up. 


958 


27 


Piet 739, imp. 4321. to multiply, 
to increase, trans. c. acc. Judg. 9, 29. 
Absol. to make much, i. e. to get much, 
to increase one’s substance, comp. Hiph. 
no. 1. a, and MW2 no. 2. a. Ps. 44, 13 

pe q922 M724 ND thou hast not made 
much by their price, i. e. thou hast sold 
them for a small price; or, thou hast not 
increased thy wealth; comp. Prov. 22,16. 
2. to let grow up, to bring up, Biz. 19, 2. 


Lam. 2, 22. Syr. 253, Arab. is)’ id. 


Hira: 1395, fut. M202, apoc. 27; 
imp. apoc. =n; inf. ἰῷ ΓΞ and 
maw (the latter always adverbially), 
constr. niaw. 

1. to make or do much, to multiply, to 
increase any thing, c. acc. Gen. 3, 16. 
16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16, 
24. Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. ΑἹ rarely c. 5 
Hos. 10, 1. Followed by > with the 
infin. of a verb, it often expresses the 
adverbial idea much, greatly; e. g. 
bdxb mann i. q. fo devour much 2 Sam. 
18, 8; S$ borin m2I to pray much 
1 Sam. 1, 12; Ps. 78, 38. 2 K. 21, 6. 
2Chr. 36, 14. Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7, 
Also too much Ex. 36,5; and so ἘΠ. 
a finite verb 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps, 51, 4.—Put 
likewise: a) With acc. of thing and 
dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos. 
2, 10 [8]; and so with dat. impl. Ex. 
30,15, But % “1 m35n reflex. to mulli- 
ply lo oneself, i. 6. to get or take much 
or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22. 
b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many, 
see Heb. Gr. §52. 2. Ley. 11, 42 maya 
ban having many feet. Job 29, 18 I 
multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days 
are many as the sand. Nah. 3, 16. 1 Chr. 
7,4. 8,40. 23,11; ace. om. 1 Chr. 4, 
27. ) With ἘΣ, to make i. 6. to im- 
pose much upon any one, for the fuller 
dy ὈΝῸΡ mann, Gen. 34, 12—Inrin. 
ABSOL. mat, ‘rarely nison Am, 4, 9. 
Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing 
much, always as Ady. aa) much, great- 
ly, like 30°n well; coupled: αὐ) With 
a verb, as 7357 Ἴδε to serve much, dili- 
gently, 2K. 10,18; Ike ΤΙ ng to 
err very greatly 1 Sam. "26, 21. Kee. 7, 
17. βὺ) With a subst. plur. 6. g. ost 
M23 iq. many words Ece. 5, 6 [7]; 
MW BBO many books 12, 12, 1K. 10. 
11; also with sing. mostly callect. 2 Sam, 


mas 
12; 2 Ske ΠΣ “ps1 jN¥. 8, 8.2 Chr. 
32, 27. 14, 12. Gen. 41, 49. As predi- 
cate Gen. 15, 1. Rarely put before the 
subst. Ecc. 1,16; and #0 separated from 
it, Ps. 130, 7. 7) Absol. 2 Sam. 1, 4 
Bsn 18 bp man much (many) of the 
people are "fallen ; comp. 629. 2 Chr. 
25,9. Ecc. 5, 11, Soman id. 2Chr. 16, 
8. Neh. 5,8. bb) too much, Ece. 7, 16. 
2. to make great, lo enlarge, Ps. 18, 36. 
1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large 
his words against God, i. ὁ. he talks 
largely, impiously ; see in 39 Chald. 
Deriv. Mans, May2, Hay, M3272, 
ῬΆΙΩ, mann. 


37 Chald. to,become great, to grow, 
as a tree Dan. 4, 8, 19. 

Pa. to make great, to exalt, Dan, 2, 48. 

Deriv. 329. 


a) 1. Adj. fem, of 33, much, many; 
see in 35. 

2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis, 
Syr. {x95; and then pr. ἡ. Rabbah. 

a) The capital of the Ammonites, 
2 Sam: 11, 1. 12. 27. Josh. 13, 25. 1 Chr. 
20,1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110,.6,) fully 
jad "2a N37 Deut 3, 11. Gr. Ῥαβαϑά- 
pave Polyb. 5.7.43 usually Philadel- 
phia ; in Abulfeda dnd at the present 


day ss *Ammadan, Tab. Syriz p. 91. 
See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in 
Zach’s monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429 ; 
Burckhardt Travels in Syria, p..356 sq. 

b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 60. : 

SB ¢ (for niz4 q.v. Ὁ being dropped, 
Syr. 225) Jon. 4,11. 1 Chr. 29,7; also 
NID with & added (Heb. Gr. § 23. 2. n. 
3) Ezra 2, 64, Neh. 7, 66; a myriad, 
ten thousand, i. ἃ. 7334, but found only 
in the later writers. Dual Wap! (from 
min.) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18. 
Plur. also mika Dan. 14, 12, contr. PND" 
Ezra 2, 69. 


ΟἾΔ Chald. fem, ρίαν. 723 like Syr. 


; és (Keri 7225) id. 339.129 a myriad 
¥ myriads, ten thousand times ten thou- 
sand, Dan. 7, 10. 


32°) Chald. f (r. 29) emphat. RMAS5, 
greatness, majesty, Dan. 4,19. 33 (22. 36]. 
6, 18. 7:57. 0.1 


959 


77 


rin} £ (r. 335) ἃ myriad, ten thou- 
sand ; Neh. 7, 71 Min3 "Md twice tén 
thousand.—Hence 127 by dropping ἅν 

D393" m. plur. (τ. 33) rain, a shower, 
from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32, 2. 
Ps. 65, 11. 72, 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic. 


9 σε 
5,6. Arab. 9) Aqua copiosa. 


‘M3 τῇ. (τ. 127 IL) a collar, chain, 
for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42. 

"973" ord. adj. (fr. card. 539, 227%, 
four) plur. 8°3°395 fem. M3739 and 
m3"37 ; fourth, Gen: 1, 19. 2, 14. 15, 16. 
al. sep. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the 
month 1 K. 27, 7; the fourth month Ez. 
1, 1. Zech. 8, 19. h°3739 722 children 
of the fourth generation, i. e. the children 
of great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10, 30. 15, 
12.—Fem. ™7373" ellipt. a fourth, the 
fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13. 
Num. 15, 5. al. 


"9°37 Chald.m. emphat. 873739, Keri 
mesa, id. fourth, Dan. 2, “40. "1. 23. 
Fem. emphat. ἘΠΊΣΞ. id. Dan. 1; 19. 23. 


M3") (multitude, τ. 237) Rabbith, pr. 
n. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 


ἘΠΞ to mingle, to dip into a fluid, 
6. g. bread in oil; only Hors. Part. f 
mate Lev. 6, 14. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23,29. 
Ab ἃ Wy id. 


"531 obsol. root, Arab. chyy to be 
much, fertile, abundant.—Hencé 


m227 (fertility) Riblah, pr. n. of a 
town in the northern borders of Pales- 
tine, in the district of Hamath, through 
which the Babylonians both in their 
irruptions and departures were accus- 
tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant 
in the place Ribleh xls situated some 


30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the 
Orontes ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847. p. 404, 
408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. Ill. p. 461. 
App. p. 176.—Num. 34, 11. 2 K. 23, 33. 
25, 6. Jer. 39,5. 52, 10. 


* 9D) obsol. card. four ; hence 24% 


‘with & prosthetic ; denom. 533 II; also 


339, 335,535, 95°39. 
33, 339, 325, 9373) 


*[..327 1. i. q 773, lo couch, to 


_ lie down, > "and x hone interchanged 5 


see 239 1. ¥ 


52 


2. to couch down to, to lie with, with 
acc. spoken of bestiality Lev. 18, 23. 
20,16.—Arab. as ) IV,id.ofmen. Chald. 


and Talm. id. often of bestiality. 
Hipu. to cause to cover, to let gender, 
of beasts Lev. 19, 19. 


II. 922 denom. verb from obsol, 537 
i. ᾳ. 5298 four; Part. pass. 3337 guad- 
rated, i. 6. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 28, 
16. 30, 2. 37, 25. 38, 1. 1 K.7, 5. Ez. 
41, 21. 

Pua Part. 5379 id. 1 K.7,31. Ez. 40, 
47. 45,2. Arab. id. 

I. 929 m. c. suff. "235, a lying down, 
Ps, 139, 3. R. 539 T 

II. 927 m. from 234, 23798, four. 

1. a fourth part, i. q. >, “Ex. 29, 40. 
1 Sam. 9, 8.—Hence 

2a aide i. e. one of four sides, Ez. 
43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17. 

3. Reba, pr. n. of a king of the Midi- 
anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. 

337 m. (from 23) a fourth, fourth 
part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num. 23, 10 who can 
number even the fourth part of Israel ? 
Comp. τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, TO τρίτον τῆς 


γῆς, Rev. 6, 8. 8,7. Arab. 23) id. Syr. 


{205 quadrans,—The Heb. intpp. ren- 
der it concubitus, see 339 1.2 ; and hence 
offspring. 

227) m. (from 53%) only in pl. 5°24, 
descendants of the fourth generation, i. e. 
children of great-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 
6. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. 


r) v2? fut. 72", to couch, to lie down, 
pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the 
breast with the limbs gathered under 
them ; spoken of flocks and herds Gen. 
29, 2. Is. 11, 7. 17, 2. Zeph. 2, 14. 
Ez. 34, 14; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9. 
14. Is. 11, 6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19,2; of 
the ass Ex. 23, 5. Num. 22, 27; also of a 
dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3; ofa 
bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6. 
Arab, aad) id—Spec. a) Ofabeast of 
prey lying‘in wait, to crouch, Arab. U4) 


id. ls the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet. 
for the lion, Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not 
well (but givest way to secret hate) 
ΥΞ ΤΌΤ mned sin coucheth (lurk- 


960 


25° 


eth) at thy oor, i.e. sin lieth in wait 
for thee as a wild beast crouching at 
thy door. Here 73> is put substan- 
tively and ἐπικοένως, not agreeing in 
gender with TRwM, comp. Heb. Gr. 
ὁ 144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps. 
37, 8. 1 Pet. 5, 8. ὃ) Trop. of men 
dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49, 
14, Job 11, 19. Is, 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 13; 
of waters reposing in the bosom of the 
earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of a 
curse which rests upon any one Deut. 
29, 19. 

Hipu. 1. to cause to lie down, 6. g. a 
flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, 20; 
persons Ps. 23, 2. Ez. 34, 15. 

2. to lay stones in cement, Is. 54, 11. 

Deriv. 7372 ,-and 

727 m. c. suff. "¥39. 1. α couching- 
place, resting-place, of flocks, etc. Is. 35, 
7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6. 

2. resting-place, quiet dwelling, of 


So 
men, Prov. 24, 15.—Arab. e ) resting- 
place, any dwelling. 


* P27 obsol. root, Arab. 8» to tie 
Jirmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle. 
—Hence P3772 , and 


ΓΡΞ (a cord with a noose, not un- 
aptly of a maiden who ensnares by her 
beauty,) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac, 
Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept. 
“Ῥεβέκκα Rebecca. 


ΖΔ, see art. 35 Chald. 


J2737 Chald. m. only in plur. 72273, 
magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4, 33. 5, 
1 sq. 6,18. Freq. in Targg. R. 33% 

ΡΞ (Aram. [ee .=5 chief cup- 
bearer) Rabshakeh, pr. n. of a military 
chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19. 
26. 28. 37. 19, 4. 8. Is, 36, 2. 4. 12. 13. 22. 
37, 4,8. R. 33 and πρῷ. 


M2 see in 3% no. 1, fin. 


: 237 obsol. root, kindr. with 5325, 10 
heap together stones, to throw stones, 
perh. also lumps, clods, ete. Hence pr. 
ἢ, 3398, also 


33) m. plur. 5°39, constr. "339, a 
clod, lump of earth. Job 21, 33 sweet 
unto him are the clods of the valley, i. 6. 
the earth is light upon him. 38, 38 


Ta" 


spay? 07327) and (if) the clods cleave 
fast together. 


*T27 fut. 199%, co be moved, disturbed, 
to be thrown into commotion, 2 Sam. 7, 10. 
1 Chr. 17, 9; with > of cause Is. 14, 9.— 
The same signification is found under 
various tropical forms in the primary syl- 
lables 35, 39, and also M7; comp. 337, 
22. 339; 20, bit? ; and see below un- 
der 339. It corresponds to the Sanser. 
rag to move oneself, to go, and trop, 
raga, Gr. ὀργή anger, grief ῥήσσω (ῥήγω), 
Germ. regen, Engl. to rage, and with 
another letter prefixed frango ({regi, 
fragor), krachen, ete. To the root 139, 
of which the last letter is a sibilant, 
approach nearest the roots 837, W>5, 
where see.—Spec. 

I. to be moved with anger, to be angry, 
wroth, Prov. 29,9. Is. 28,21; with > to- 
wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43. 
Comp. Hithp. Syr. }@ id. 

2. to be moved with grief, to be grieved, 
affected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1]. 

3. to be moved with fear, to tremble, to 
quake, Arab. (hy. Gen. 45,24 be ye 
not timid by the way; but Sept. and 
Vulg. against the context, μὴ ὀργέξεσϑε, 
ne trascimini. 1 Sam. 14, 15. Ps. 4, 5. 
Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16; with 
"28% before, because of any person or 
thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64,1 [3]. Also 
of things, Joel 2, 10. Is. 5,25. Ps. 18, 8. 
Mie. 7, 17 omnowe ata they tremble 
Srom their strongholds, i. e. they come 
out trembling from their strongholds 
and surrender to the victors. 

4. te be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer. 
33, 9. 

Hien. 1. to move, to disquiet, c. acc. 
1 Sam. 28, 15; ¢. > Jer. 50, 34. 

2. to provoke to anger, Job 12, 6. 

3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear, 
Is. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13; 
pregn. Job 9, 6. 

Hirup.torage,torave, with >¥ against 
any one, Is. 37, 28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28. 

Deriv. 139 , 135, ΠῚ, TH7N. 

ΤΑῚ Chald. to be angry. Ἄρη. to pro- 
voke to anger, Ezra 5, 12. 

737 Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 13. 

731 sm. adj. trembling, palpitating, 
Deut. 28, 65. R. tay no. 3. 

81 


961 


Ὁ} 


137 m. (r. 139) ὁ. suff. in pause Wa}, 
commotion ; hence 

1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult, Job: 3y 
17; of a horse Job 39, 24; noise, of 
thunder Job 37,2. Arab. and 
of thunder. ad ) ΟΝ 

2. disquiet, trouble, Job 3, 26. 14, 1. 
Is. 14, 3. 

3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2. 


MN) ἢ trembling, trepidation, Ez. 12, 
18. R. 137. 


᾿ 52 to tread, to walk, to go; kindr. 
is 53. The idea of moving lies also im 
Sanser. rag to go; see in 133 .—Spec. 

1. to go about tattling and tale-bear- 
ing; hence to slander, to backbite, Ps. 
15, 3. 

2. to tread garments in washing, 
cleansing; hence >35 a washer, fuller. 
See the pr. names 535 77> and 07534. 

Pist i. q. Kal, togo about, i.e. a) As 
a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19, 
28, c. 3 pers. b) For the sake of re~ 
connoitering, to search, to spy out, c. 
ace. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14. 17, 2 
Sam. 10, 3. al. Part. 552 a scout, spy, 
Gen. 42, 9.sq. Josh. 6,22: 1 Sam. 26, 4. ale 

Tren. 3997 i. g. Syr. Spe, to teaches 
to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by the: 
hand, Hos. 11, 3. 

Deriv. ἔν (55), πῆρα, a5, par ni. 
pra5. 


S09 f. in pause 535, c. suff. "537; dual! 
(also of more than two Ley. 11, 23; 42): 
7537 , constr. "39, comm. gend:. (m. 
Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. ἔχον 13, 16); plur. 
p73" Γ in signif. 2. 

1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez: 1, 


7. 29, 11. Arab. dé, Syr. na idi— 
So "597 3D) twa from his head even 
to his “feet Lev. 13, 12, and 733 533.529 
“PIp from the sole of the foot even to the 
crown of the head Deut. 28, 35. Is. 1, 6. 
Job 2, 7; comp. Gr. εἰς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς 


Hom. Il. 18. 353; ἐκ ποδῶν εἰς κεφαλή» 


Arist. For ΔΊ ΣΞΕΝ toe of the foot, see 
in Dax; for Ὧν ἼΠΞ see in 773; for 
psbay co see in 870; for 553 ΤΞΣ 
see in 23; for pnbat* ΛΩΝ urine, see in 
piab. So on "ϑῷ the hainof the feet, 
ie. of the pudenda, Is:.7, 20 ; but by 


is not put by euphemism for pudénda,es, 


554 


some suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6.2. For 
the phrase ©7532 ἼΘΙ, see in 729. 

Also ™ "539 ΕἸΡ the place of Jeho- 
vah’s feet, ‘where he sets his feet, i. e. 
‘Le temple Is. 60, 13, comp. Ez. 43, 7; 

for 17339 DUA ina like sense, see in ὉΠ. 

—Often that is ascribed to the feet, 
which strictly pertains toa person walk- 
ing or journeying on foot; 1 Sam. 23, 22 
the place where his foot cometh. 2 K. 21. 
8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52,7 how beautiful 
upon the mountains are the feet of him 
that bringeth glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1.— 
Deut. 11, 10 Ὁ) MPSA fo water with the 
foot, i. e. to irrigate land by raising 
water with a small tread-wheel, turned 
with the feet and hands; such as were 
anciently and are stil] sometimes used in 
Egypt for watering gardens, and also in 
Palestine for raising water from wells; 
in Gr. ἕλιξ, See Philo de Contis. Ling. 
I. p. 410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr. 
I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 542. Il. p. 351. HI. p. 21. 

2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the 
foot ; only in plur. 25537 beats, for dimes, 
these being counted by beating with the 
foot; comp. ἘΣΞ no. 3. Num. 22, 28 
ὉΠ 53 ὥϑῷ πὶ Man thou hast beaten 
me these three times. v. 32. 33, Ex. 23, 
14. Ὁ) foot-step, step, pace; as >5p 
27>37 the sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14, 6. 2 
K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 ΠΡ ΘΠ band ac- 
cording to the pace of the flocks, as they 
are able to travel. ὁ) foot-step, track ; 
so in Ὁ "2392, ‘B "2273, see in no. 3. 
a, b. 

3. With Prepositions: 8} 523 on 
foot Ps. 66, 6; 175273 on his feet, on foot, 
Judg. 4, 16. 17. 7 D372 >p swift of foot 
2 Sam, 2, 18. Am. 2, 16. Also to be 
Έ "51:2 at the feet of any one, in his 
foot-steps, i. 6. to follow any one, Ex. 11, 
8, Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2 
Sam. 15, 17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2K. 3,9. al. 
Comp. Gr. κατὰ πόδας τινός. 

b) Ὁ 52,5, to be at the foot of any one, 
in his foot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, 
1Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jehovah hath 
blessed thee in my foot-steps, has caused 
prosperity to follow me into thy dwell- 
ing. So of Cyrus, Is. 41, 2 3585p" prs 
5.5» prosperity encounters him (and fol- 
lows) in his foot-steps ; unless perh. we 
render simply: at every step.  Plur. 


962 ba" 


‘p Ρλ55 id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3,5. Syr. 
: es and 9 eo at one’s feet, after 


him. See also in lett. ς. β. 

c) &t539 ἘΣ upon or at the feet, e. g. 
a) 17237 bz 7% fo stand upon one’s feet 
Ez. 2, 1. Zech. 14, 12; also 19379 5D ΣΡ 
2 K. 13, 21, Carag: Dan. 7, 4. 8) 535 
‘p 537 by to fall at the feet of any one. 
1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same 
sense, 5 bn 28> Esth. 8, 3, and 25 
53:5 wae Deut. 33, 3. 

d) 5 “$39 enn under one’s feet, as an: 
emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39. 
Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4. 

e) 5:55 ΤΞ δοίηδόθῃ the feet Judg. 5, 
27. The phrase 534 7729 see in 772 
no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 28, 57. 


23) and 939 Chald. m. the foot, opp. P&, 
Dan. 2, 33. Dual 47337 the feet, spoken 
also of quadrupeds, Dan. 7,4. Emphat. 
x237 Dan. 2, 41. 42; c. suff. 2, 33. 34. 
Wag bs 


Δ m. (τ. 525) a fuller ; see in D735, 
and 535 573 in j92 no. 2. bb. 


ἜΘ m. (Ὁ. 39) a foot-man, i.e. one on 
foot, only in a military sense, foot, foot- 
soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam. 
4,10. 15, 4. 2 Sam.10,6. al. With tx 
added Judg. 20,2. 1 Chr. 18, 4, μῳ 18. 


Plor. 5°37 Jer. 12,5. Arab. des, deh ) 
id. Syn HAG. 

me535 (fullers’ place, τ. 537) ἈΔΆΡ: 
pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27. 
19, 32. 


“4 Da 1. to heap or pile up, to accu- 
mulate ; Arab. and VIII to be 


accumulated, heaped up: kindr. with the 
biliteral roots ΘΔ, 02, 89, for which see 
under 535, 0D. Hence 235 heap, 
crowd. 

2. Spec. to heap up stones upon any 
one, see 1723972; hence fo throw stones 
at any one, to stone. Arab. Ἂ to heap 
up stones upon a grave; also to cover 
with stones, tostone. Syr. dong’ to stone. 
Chald. BF to cast stones, arrows, etc.— 
Construed: a) With 53 of pers. to stone 
to death, prob. so as to form a pile of 
stones over the dead body; Ez. 23, 47 
ἼΞΝ obs yawny and they shall stone 


oa" 


them with stones. Ὁ) With 3 of pers. 
Lev. 24, 16; and with 73% added 1 K. 
12,18. c) With ace, of pers. Lev. 24, 
14; often with 7382 added, Lev. 20, 2. 
27. Ez. 16,40, 0°32%23 Num. 14, 10, or 
728 Lev. 24, 23. Josh. 7, 25. —Hence 

3. to throw or lay on colours; to bedaub 
any thing, i. 6. to colour, to paint, kindr. 
with =p; pr. from the idea of throwing, 
as we speak of throwing any thing upon 
paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ. 
Entwurf sketch. Hence 72278 a costly 
colour, purple. 

4. From the signif. of throwing comes 
also Chald. quadrilit. 529" pr. ¢rajicere, 
to set one over a river; and hence to 
translate from one language into an- 
other, to interpret. 

Deriv. 539, 237, 92279, ἸΏΝ, SETA. 


DI (i. q. wey friend sc. of God) Re- 
gem, pr. n. τὰ, 1 Chr. 2, 47. 


729 ὍΔ. 


+) (friend of the king) Regem- 
melech, pr. τι. τὰ. Zech. 7, 2. 


957 f. a heap, then a throng, band, 
Ps. 68, 28. R.ca. 


Ἐ12. to murmur, to rebel, kindr. with 
ΣΉ, ἘΠῚ, see in 129; Part. Is. 29, 24. 


The kindred dialects tm not this root. 


Nipu. id. with 3 of pers. Deut. 1, 27. 
Ps. 106, 25. 


Σ 37 1. pr. to make tremble, comp. 
in 339, O29. Arab. transp. e to 


tremble, see in no. 8, Hence éo lerrify, 
to make afraid, espec. by threats, up- 
braiding, Is. 51,15 53 Yan™ ONT sah 
who maketh the sea afraid. and its waves 
do roar, i.e. are agitated. thrown into 
commotion as by fears; Sept. well ta- 
ράσσων. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer, 
31, 35. Job 26, 12 arm 339 ἼΠΞ3 by his 
power he maketh ihe sea afraid, parall. 
by his wisdom he smileth through its 
pride. Comp. "23 Ps, 106. 9. Nah. 1, 4. 
2, Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to 
shrink together for fear; hence to be 
still, quiet; comp. Eth. 42U to con- 
tract, to be coagulated as milk; and for 
the sense comp. 138, MND, 8BP.—Job 7.5 
ΝΘ 329 "9 my skin contracts i.e. 
shrivels (and cracks), and runs with mat- 
ter.—Syr. to be contracted, of the skin. 


963 


7 


Ὁ 
3. iq. Arab. 


be terrified; hence of the tremulous 
motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph. 
no, 3, and 334. 

Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to 
rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6. 

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to rest, to give quiet to a people, 
Jer. 31, 2. 50,34, Also for fo set, to found, 
to eatablish, Is, 51, 4 ὉΠ ὩΣ nixd "DBwD 
37378 [will set (establish firmly) my law 
as ἃ light for the nations. 

2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell. quietly, 
Deut, 28, 65. Is. 34, 14. 

3. to wink with the eyes, to give a 
wink, see Kal πο. 3. Jer. 49, 19 "3 
age ΠΣ ΣΝ J will wink, J will cause 
him to run, i.e. at my wink he shall run. 
50, 44. Prov. 12,19 ΠΡ ΤΣ while 1 
wink, i. e. for a moment ; opp. 73> for 
ever. 

Deriv. 339, 537, 


+) to tremble, pr. to 


dis, ΠΣΆΏ. 
pe, ΕΒ ie 


337 m, adj. still, quiet, see r. 339 Kal 
no. 2. Plur. constr. 72% "337 Ps. 35, 20. 


337 m. (τ. 534) in pause 335; plur. 
Ὁ). 

1. a wink of the eye; then a moment 
of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick, also 
momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7 
ἼΞΡ 3273 ina little moment. Ex. 33, 5. 
—With Prepositions : a) 5293 in a 
moment, suddenly, speedily, Job 21, 13. 
b) 521 ἊΣ for a moment, Job 20,5. ὁ) 
3322 as in a moment, suddenly, un- 
expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73, 
19; 334 723 id. Lam. 4, 6. Stronger is 
S37 ὉΣῸ9 fora little moment Is. 26, 20. 
Ezra 9, 8, d) Ace. 323, for a moment 
Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30.6; in a moment, sud- 
denly, at once, Jer. 4, 20. Ps. 6, 11. Job 
34,20. 6) Plur. pasind in all moments, 
every moment, Job 7, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ez. 
26, 16. 32, 10. 

2. one time ; repeated, once—again, 
like Chald. 7731, Arab. ads. Jer. 18,7 
once (337) I speak to a people....9 and 
again (3373) 1 speak to a people. See 
Chald. 731 no. 2. 


* wa kindr. with S25, to rage, to 
make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2,1. 
In Targg. for Heb. "35, 639.—Hence 
bay, Fes. 


ὍΔ 964 


3) Chald. i.g. Heb. Harn. 87374, 
to run together with tumult, c. 52 Dan. 
6, 7. 12. 16. 

D3) m. Ps. 55, 15, and M09 £, Ps, 64, 
3, pr. ‘a noisy crowd, hence genr. a 


_crowd, multitude. 


*"7'1" pr. to tread down or in pieces, 
to break in ror by treading, kindr. 
with 737 1 δ᾽ comp. mm. Ps, 144, 2 


“AMM ὩΣ TIT who treadeth down the 
‘mations under me; 33 for 0°22 which 


is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly : 


εὑποτάσσων τὸν λαύν μου, and so Vulg. 


iPesh. qui subdidit, δ. Targ. τος 


tains 7779 .—Is. 45, 1 ὉΔῚ 173B> 772 to 
tread down before him the nations ; + ἢ 
inf. for the usual 34.—Hence 

Hues. to spread out, to expand, as if by 
treading. stamping; then /o overlay, i. q. 
ΞΡ, 6. g. with gold 1 K, 6, 32. 

Deriv. 7°79, pr. ἢ, "7. 


ἘΠῚ; 


ἘΠῚ fut. APP}, conv. kindr. 
with 735. Arab. (959): 

1. totread, to trample down or in pieces, 
to break in pieces by treading; Arab. 

ὦ) I, IV, id.—E. g. the wine-press, 
i.e.”the grapes in it, with acc. impl. 
Joel 4,13 [3,13]; with 3, Ps. 49, 15 
pe ἘΞ Ὑπὸ" the upright shall tread 
“upon (over) them, i.e. walk upon their 
graves, Is, 14,6 D713 ΝΞ 4 tramp- 


ding down in anger the nations. 


2. to tread, i. 6. to walk, to go; Syr. 


ἢγ5 id. L495 a going, journey. So Jer. 5, 


31 the prophets prophesy falsely, pnb 
‘BATT? SB ant? and the priests walk at 
their side, i. 6. are their companions and 
helpers, see in >>% no. 3, ἃ. Targ. well 


“‘GinnJs bE ἸΣ ΞΟ they help at their side. 
‘Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3.—Of 


fire, 40 run or pass through, c, acc. Lam. 
1, 13 God hath sent fire into my bones, 
ΠΣ and it runneth through them all. 
Syr. 125 of fire, Bar. Heb. 216. 

3. to have dominion, to rule, to bear 
rule, c. 3 over any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
Lev. 25, 43.46. 1K. 5, 4. 30. Is. 14, 2. 
Ez. 29,15. al. With δος, id. Lev 25, 53. 
Ez. 34,4. Ps. 68, 28; absol. Num. 24, 
19. Ps. 72,8. 110,2. Sept. χυριεύω, ἄρχω, 
etc.—Chald. id. but rare. 


25 


4. From the idea of breaking comes 
the sense io break off, to tear off, and so 
to take out or away, as honey from a 
hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. 14, 
9 mBD->R ANTI} and he broke it it off 
(tore or took it out) in his hands. ... but 
he told them not HTD WAYS reise "3 
ws that out of the carcass of the lion 
he had broken (taken) the honey ; Sept. 

ἐξεῖλεν, Vulg. sumsit. In Talm. 777 is 
used of bread or cakes which adhere to 
the oven and are torn away. 

Piet i. q. Kal, to tread or break in 
pieces ; fat. apoc. 777 for 37 Judg. 5, 
13 bis. So Abulwalid; but the usual 
and better interpretation takes 77" as 
imper. of 72", where see. 

Hiru. causat. of Kal no. 1, Is, 41, 2. 

Deriv. perh. M772, seein $372 p. 615. 


"77 (treading down, τ. 573) Raddai; 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14, 


“ΤΊ τὰ. (τ. 739) ὁ. suff. “>, plur. 
c"3"75; pr. ‘something expanded :ἢ 
hence of a wide and thin female gar- 
ment, a veil, Is. 3,23. Cant. 5,7.—Chald. 
RTT] for Heb. HS veil Gen. 24, 65. 


38, 14, Syr. fp395, Arab. #10), id. 


"ΔΆ D7" in Kal not used, pr. to snore, 
to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic. 
Comp. Gr. δαρϑάνω, δέρϑω (sterto), and 
transp. Lat. dormio. 

- Nipn. 0392 1. to lie in deep sleep, 
pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10, 
5, Jon. 1, 5. 6. 

2. to sink down stuptfied, senseless, to 
be stunned, Dan. 8, 18, 10, 9. Judg. 4, 21. 
Ps, 76, 7. 

Deriv, 275M. 


D277 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in 
Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text 
has B31) Rodanim, pr. n. of a Grecian 
people descended from Javan, and men- 
tioned along with the Cyprians, 5°m>. 
Most probably the Rhedians are to be - 
understood, whom Epiphanius, himself 
a Cyprian, describes as being of the 
same origin with the Cyprians, and as 
included with them under the name 
Κίτιοι Chillim ; Epiph. adv. Heret. 30, 
§ 25.—But the reading 0°775 Dardani 
has the greater authority; see that art. 
p. 215. 


τὰ 


4 57 fut. F597, once 957° Ps. 7, 6 
in some editions (a false orthography 
from the two forms 9577 and ΤΥ ΤΣ after 
the analogy of 7bnm Ps. 73, 9; see 
Lehrg. p. 462); pr. to run after, to follow 
eagerly, to pursue. Chald. and Syr. id. 
Arab. less strongly, to follow, to be after. 
The primary idea is that of treading, 
going, running, which lies in the sylla- 
ble 7 in 779, ΠΤ ; also that of thrust- 
ing, urging, in the syll. 7, see 937, 
M72, MBI, comp. in τ. Up>.—Judg. 3, 28 
"IAN aD run ye after me, follow me 
closely. ‘2K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6.—Spec. 
a) Ina hostile sense, to pursue after, to 
chase, c. "78% Gen. 31, 23. 35, 5. Judg. 
4, 16. 1 Sam. 23, 25. 28. 2Sam. 17, Lal. 
sep. With acc. and this oftener in poetic 
style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6. 
Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, 11. al. 
Rarely c.>% Judg. 7, 25, > Job 19, 28; 
absol. Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part. 
DDT pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2,7. 16. 
22; ἰδ. suff. "B17, FET, Ps. 7, 2. 35, 3. 
3 Bain. 24, 13. b) Trop. to follow after 
any thing, fo pursue as an object of de- 
sire, with acc. 6. g. strong drink Is.5, 11; 
bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. vain 
things Hos. 12,2; the right Deut. 16, 
20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51,1; wrong Ps. 
119, 150; peace Ps. 34,15; ο. inf et > 
Hos. 6,3. ὁ) to chase away, to put to 
flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15. 

Nip. pass. of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5. 
Part. 9372 Ecc. 3, 15, pr. ‘chased away, 
put to flight, i. e. the past. 

Prex i. q. Kal, but only in poetical 
style. 

1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah. 
1, 8. Prov. 13, 21. 

2. to follow, to run after any one Hos. 
2, 9. Prov. 12, 11. 28,19. Trop. to fol- 
low after righteousness Prov. 15, 9; evil 
11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words, 
i. e. the poor man catches at the words 
of friends and trusts in them. 

Puat lo be chased, driven away, Is. 17, 
13. . 

Hien. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43. 

Deriv. 5372. 

* 3577 fat. plur. 333" 1. do rage, to 
be outrageous, violent, c. 3 against any 
one. Is, 3, 5.—Syr. 205 to make noise 


anduproar. Kindr. with the verbs 07, 
81* 


965 


cry out ; hence 


rity 


625, and others beginning with M5, 35, 
a, see under 1329 .—Hence 

2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with 
ace. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 4°22 35 be 
urgent with thy friend.—Found also Is. 
60,5 in some Mss. for 3137 ; but less well. 

Hien. 1. 10 make fierce, courageous, 
to embolden, Ps. 138, 3. 

2. lo press greatly, to overcome, trop. 
Cant. 6, 5. 


Deriv. 3772, 275, 53772, and 


aT) m. adj. violent,  prowd, plur. 0°37 
Ps. 40, 5. 


37) m. 1. violence, insolence, pride, 
Job 9,13 333 "213 proud helpers ; comp. 
Is. 30, 7 in no. 2. b. 

2. Poet. 8) ἃ sea-monster, a ferocious 
aquatic animal, as τὸ χῆτος, the croco- 
dile, and so differing little from 43m 
and jn7)>. Job 27. 12 by his power he 
maketh the sea afraid, and by his under- 
standing 319 yt2 he smiteth the sea- 
monsters ; Sept. τὸ χῆτος. Here the sea 
and its monsters are then in parallelism. 
Is. 51, 9 art thou not it, (Ὁ arm of Jeho- 
vah,) [2A ΓΘ 3 NaxNeN that 
hast cut off the sea-monster, that hast 
wounded the dragon? i.e. Egypt, which 
elsewhere also is represented under the 
image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as 
smitten in the Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 14; 
so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps: 
68. 31; also Babylon under the like 
image Is. 27, 1.—Hence 

b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel- 
lative for Egypt, Ps. 87,4. 89,11. Perh. 
Is. 51, 9, see above.—Allusion is made to 
the origin of the name in Is. 30,7: Egypt 
helpeth in vain... therefore I call her: 
nao ἘΠῚ am violence (i. 6. the violent) 
they sit still, i.e. boasting and blustering 
they are yet cowards; prob. a prover- 
bial expression. 


29 m. pride, meton. that of which 
one is proud, c. suff. 537 Ps. 90, 10. 


art obsol. root, Arab oe to 
—fT . ἢ . >)? 


MBI) (outcry) Rohgah, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 7, 34 Keri; for which Cheth. 
natin. 


7) a spurious root Is. 44,8; seer. 
mI. 


Tai 


* OFT obsol. root, Aram. 335, a3, 
i,q. 77 "to run, to flow, as water ; comp. 
under lett. ™.—Hence the two follow- 
ing. 

OM τῇ. plur. 5°39 1. watering- 
troughs, Gen. 30, 38. 41. Ex. 2, 16. 
Chald. 8'27, Syr. Las, Lad, id. 

2. locks, curls, so called from their 
flowing down, Cant. 7, 6. 


DVI m. (τ. BA) carved or fretted 
ceiling, so called from the hollows in it 
resembling troughs or channels; comp. 
Sept. φάτνωμα from. φάτνη manger. 
Cant. 1,17 Keri 23°09, in a few Mss. 
plur. som, Vulg. laquearea. In 
Cheth. D°2"779, see art. OD". 


Ἢ ὉΠ obsol. root, prob. to make a 
noise, (umull, like the kindr, 027, 377, 
andalsoman,o2n. Hence o95,Arab. 


79 τ 2 
Ls). multitude, in the pr. ἢ. S73x. 


From this lost form come also, as it 
would seem, by softening Ae «latte 


both the form DR, and Arab. pe mul- 
ititude. 


ὙΠ Chald. (for "87, 7.583) aspect, form, 
Dan. 2, 31. 3, 25. 


377, see art. 34. 


377 i. q. 2%, to contend, to quarrel. 
“Fraces of a root with mid. Vav are 
say, ; MYST; 


-also in Cheth. smn Prov. ἢ 3 “30, 


* 77) i, q. Arab. df. to wander about, 
to ramble, spec. of animals which have 
broken loose ; Conj. ΠῚ, 1V, to inquire 
-afler, to seek, sc. by running up and 
down; to desire, to wish.—Hence trop. 
of a people who have as it were broken 
loose from God’s yoke and run wildly 
abont, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12] 
Seroy 3) TS HPT? Judah yet runs wild 
towards "God. 

Hien. fot. 7, i. q. Kal, Gen. 27, 40 
ὌΝ ἘΣ ibe ΠΡ TAM WRI OT 
and it.shall be, when thou shalt rove at 
large, that thou shalt break his yoke 
Srom off thy neck. Of one driven hither 
and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55, 
3 mes Wx 7 wander about in my 
complaining. 

Deriv. 7993, and pr. ἢ, 798. 


966 


mn 


ἘΓ to drink to the full, to be 
sated with drink, drenched, as 332 to 
be sated with food; once with fatness, 
which is sucked or drunk in rather than 
eaten, Ps. 36,9. With }2 of thing Ps. 36, 
9. Jer. 45, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of 
the sword as drinking up blood Jer. 
l.c. also of persons sated with forbidden 


pleasures, Prov.7,18.—Arab. S9) Eth. 


ΖΦ to be sated with drink, to be wa- 
tered. Aram. 815, tc}, stronger, to be 
drunken; see Piel no. 1. b. 

Piet 1. to satiate, to drench oneself; 
hence i, q. Kal, butintens. 8) tobe fully 
saled, drenched, i. 6. wet, soaked, of the 
earth, c. 72 Is. 34,7. Ὁ) to be drunk, 
poet. of the sword, Is. 34,5; comp. Syr. 

2. Causat. to make drink in, to water, 
e.g. fields Ps. 65,11; c. dupl. ace. Is. 
16, 9 ὭΣ: BIW I will water thee 
with my dears ; the form ΛΝ being by 
transpos. for 77728, see Lehrg. p. 143, 
Also to satiate any one, e. g. with fat- 
ness, 6. dupl. acc. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of 
conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19. 

Hipu. to give to drink, to water, Jer. 
31,25; afield Jer.55,10; todrench Lam, 
3,15. Also losatiate Jer.31, 25; with fat- 
ness Is. 43,24, comp. Ps. 36, 9. Jer. 31, 14. 

Deriy. 5395, "7, and 


MY) m. adj. fem. 579, sated with drink, 
Deut. 29, 18; well watered, of a garden, 
Is, 58, 11. Jer. 31, 12. Ἐ. πῆ. 

TIT, see in man. 

* TA" obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con- 
ceal ; Syr. 19 to make secret ; Aph. 15] 
to hide counsel.—Hence Chald. Ὁ. 


om fut. mmm", to breathe, kindr. 
with mn; ; to breathe Sreely, by which 
the breast is enlarged, dilated, refreshed 
(see Is. 60,5) ; hence intrans. to be large, 
ample, spacious. Impers, "> ΤῊ it is 
enlarged to me, I have room to breathe, 
Iam refreshed: 1 Sam. 16, 23. Job 32, 
20. Opp. “Ὁ "x.—Chald. ny, Syr. 
we 05, id. 

Puat part. 399 aired, airy, spacious, 
Jer, 22, 14. 

Deriv, mm and 


My} m. 1. enlargement, relief, sc. 
from straits Esth. 4, 14, 


nin 
95 _ Space, width, Gen. 32,17. Arab. 


oD i 

"ΤΥ in Kal not used, to breathe, to 
blow, espec. through the nostrils. The 
word is onomatopoetic, like the kindr. 
TH. to blow with the mouth, and 3 to 


cs I) the wind 
blows; IV, to rest, to be quiet, pr. to 
take breath. 

Hips. mn, fut. 1, conv. MI, 
to smell, by snuffing or breathing the air 
in and out through the nostrils; Arab. 


" I I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the 


breathe, to respire. Arab. 


smell; II, to make odorous; Syr. us | 


to smell. Comp. Germ. riechen to smell, 
also Rauch smoke.—With acc. Gen. 8, 
21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps. 
115,6. Deut. 4,28. Metaph. to perceive 
by the smell, e. g. fire brought near 
Judg. 16,9; to scent, to snuff, as a horse 
the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to 
acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25.—With 3 
to smell at any thing i. e. with plea- 
sure, fo enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex. 
30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to 
enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11,3 
“ANN Inn his delight shall be in 
the fear of the Lord. The signification 
of sweet odour is often transferred to any 
thing which delights, pleases; see under 
xa, owa, NAD. 

Deriy. πῇ, pr. ἢ. in"; and espe- 
cially 


ΤῊ f. rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 51, 12. 
Job 4, 15. al. Plur. minan, mim Jer. 
49, 36. 

1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e. 

a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing, 
snorting, Job 4, 9. Ps. 18. 16. Hence 
anger (comp. 5% from 28 to breathe) 
Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25, 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8. 
Prov. 16, 32. 29, 11; also pride Ps. 76, 13. 

b) breath of the mouth, fully "_ mm 
Ps. 33, 6, here spoken of the creative 
word of God ; ΘΒ mn Is. 11,4, Ξῦπ 
man to draw breath, to take breath, Job 
9,18. Often of the vital breath, breath 
of life, fully D&M mm" Gen. 6, 17. 7, 15. 
22; comp. inno. 2. As an emblem of 
any thing transient, like the synon. >2r}, 
Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39. 


967 


mm 


c) breath of air, air in motion, i, 6. 
αὐ Lat. aér, aura, a breath of air, a slight 
breeze, Job 4,15. 28, 25. 41,8 [16]. Axe 
m7 to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2,24. 14,6. 
pint mm the breeze of the day, i.e. the 
evening, when the cool breeze springs 
up, Gen, 3,8, comp, Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. 
Plin. H. N. 2. 47 ‘sub crepusculo com- 
motior aura spirare solet.’? Sept. τὸ de 


λινόν. Arab. I, todo at evening. ) 


Oftener wind, i. e. a strong wind, Gen, 
8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1,4. 18, 43. 35, 
5. Job 21, 18. al. sep. Also a tempest, 
hurricane, Job 1, 19. 30, 15. Is. 27, 8. 
Jon. 1, 4. 1 K. 19,11. The air was sup-- 
posed to be put in motion by the breath 
of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15, 30; hence 
the wind is also called nin m7 the 
breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7. 
Hos. 13, 15. (Not Gen. 1, 2, see no. 4.) 
Poet. the wind is said to have wings, 
Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4,19. Comp. 
Ovid. Met. 1. 264. 

Further, 5, wind, is also put: 

aa) For a side or quarter of the hea- 
vens, 6. g. D™IP ΠῚ the eastern quar- 
ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18. 
19. mimi 237% the four winds or quar- 
ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42, 20. 1 
Chr. 9, 24. Zech. 2, 10. 

bb) For any thing empty, vain, Is. 26, 
18. 41,29. Mic. 2, 11. Mm "735 vain 
words Job 16, 3. Tm M33 vain know- 
ledge 15,2. M97 (PAS) PSI vain de- 
sire, see MSI, ΠΣ. So to sow the 
wind Hos. 8,7; lo inherit the wind Prov. 
11, 29; m59> for wind, for nought, in 
vain, Eee, 5, 15. Jer. 5,13. Job 6,26 mere 
wind are the words of one desperate ! 
comp. Gr. εἰς ἀέρα λαλεῖν 1 Cor. 14. 9.— 
Trop. @ wind or tempest is put for an in- 
vading army, Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. v. 10.13. 

2. iq. ΘῈΣ no. 2, ψυχή, anima, i.e. the 
vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of 
life as embodied and manifested in the 
breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in 
no. 1.b; spoken both of men and beasts, 
Ece. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12,7. Job 12, 10. 


. ama PR there was no breath in him, 


spoken of the dead, Ez. 37,8; also of 
things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51,17. Hab. 
2,19; metaph. of one overcome with 
surprise and astonishment, 1 K. 10, 5; 
comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said 


ni 


amin em the life of my spirit, i. e. my 
life, Is. 38, 16; "749 AMIN Gen. 45, 27 
and "M7 M38 my spirit, life, revives, re- 
turns, Judg. 15,19. 1Sam. 30, 12, i. e. to 
revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows, 
the poison of which drinketh up my life. 
10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31,6. Poet. "38 TAT 
the breath of our nostrils i.e. our life, 
meton. for an object dear as life, Lam. 
4, 20.—Once the human spirit or life is 
called also MI>8 MAT Job 27, 3, as being 
breathed into man from God and again 
returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ece. 12, 7. 
Ps. 104. 29 ; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which 
see in r. j33.—Twice in the description 
. of prophetic visions the term spirit, life, 
is used of a certain divine and miracu- 
lous power, by which things otherwise 
inanimate are animated and moved, Ez. 
10, 17. Zech. 5, 9. 

3. 1. ᾳ. BB2 no. 3, animus, the rational 
soul, mind, spirit. 

a) As the seat of the affections, emo- 
tions, and passions of various kinds. Prov. 
25, 28 one not ruling Iman his own spirit 
i.e. his passions, affections. 29,11. Gen. 
41,8 his mind was agitated, troubled. 
Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed 
patience M7 ΝΣ Ecc. 7, 8, impatience, 
M7 WEP q. v. pride M97 #24 q. v. quiet- 
ness, lowliness of mind,see Ἢ and ὅθ; 
grief of mind Gen. 26, 35. Ps. 34, 19. 

b) In reference to the disposition, the 
mode of feeling and acting ; in which 
sense one is said to have firmness of 
mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51, 12; a manly 
spirit Prov. 18,14; a new and better 
spirit Ez. 11,19. 18, 31. etc. Sometimes 
also of a spirit or disposition common to 
many, as 573921 ΤῊ" dhe spirit of whore- 
dom Hos. 4,12; ὉΠΡΦ man Is. 19, 14; 
ASW 9 29, 10; ΠΣ m9 Num. 5, 14, 
etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour- 
ed out on men from on high, to be im- 
parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11,2. 
32,15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is. 
28, 6 Jehovah will be 3853 wera mand 
ὈΒΌΏΓΙΓῸΣ for a spirit of justice to those 
who sit for judgment, i.e. he will fill all 
judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22, 
22. 

6) Of will, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12 
whither the mind (purpose) was tu go, they 
went. Hence’b ΓΙ ΎΓΌΝ ὝΣΤΙ Lo stir up the 
mind, spirit, purpose of any one to any 


968 


mn 


thing, 1 Chr. 5, 26, 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36, 22. 
Ezra 1, 1; and in asense nearly similar 
man ia jm2 10 suggest a purpose to any 
one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19,7. Is. 
37,7. ink ian ΓΙΞῚΣ WR whose mind (will) 
impels him Ex. 35, 21, whence 03°73 Man 
Ps. 51,14. Som dz mdz i. g. 32 53 ΓΙῸΣ 
to come up into the mind, e. g. a purpose, 
Ez. 20, 32.—1 Chr. 28, 12 the pattern of 
all "ὩΣ ΤΙΣ 1 VER that he had in his 
mind, which he purposed to make. 

d) More rarely of the understanding 
intellect, 422m “ἢ Ex. 28, 3. Deut. 34, 9. 
Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13. 

Absol. πῆ aa) spirit, courage, Num. 
27, 18. Josh. 2,11. 5,1. Hab. 1,11. bb) 


spirit, genius, by which man is as it 


were inspired to be wise, eloquent, etc. 
Job 20. 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3. 

4. DUPONT Man, mint πη, the Spirit 
of God, of Jehovah ; poet. 58 πὴ Job 
33, 4, MISR “ἢ Job 27,3; rarely SIP mm 
the Holy Spirit of God, and then always 
ce. suff. FLIP m7 Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10. 
11; also κατ΄ ἐξοχήν M7 Hos. 9,7; the 
divine Spirit or power, which like the 
wind and the breath cannot be seen, but 
which pervades the universe, Ps. 139,7sq. 
animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1,2. 
Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104, 29. 30; 
through which God governs and pro- 
tects the world and also mankind, Is. 40, 
13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20; and invites to a 
life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13, 14. 
143, 10. 

Especially the O. T. refers to this 
divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and 
powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex. 
31, 3. 35, 31; of the prophet Num. 24, 2. 
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10, Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 3, 
8. al. whence M77 8% the prophet Hos. 
9,7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen. 
41, 38; of warlike valour in a chief 
Judg. 3, 10. 6,34. 11, 29. 13, 25; also of 
royal virtues Is, 11, 2 sq. This same 
spirit is given to some and taken away 
from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14; is trans- 
ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17. 
2 K. 2,15; but in the glorious reign of 
the Messiah will be poured out upon all 
men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21. 

Spoken also of an evil spirit from God, 
which entered Saul and made him mo- 
rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16. 
23. 18, 10; also an unclean spirit, false 


7m 


and deceitful, which inspired false pro- | 
phets, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 sq. 

Sometimes it is put in antith. with 
“bx flesh, Is. 31,3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6, 
35 see WB no. 2, 


TM" Chald. i.g. Heb. 1. wind, Dan. 
2, 35. Plur. constr. Dan. 7, 2. 

2. spirit, mind, animus; Dan. 5, 20.7, 15. 

3. a spirit from God in man, Dan. 4, 5. 
G. 15. 5, 12. 14. 6,4. 


ΤΙΤῚ Ἢ Γ (v.99) a breathing, Lam.3, 56 ; 


a breathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15]. 
HII) ἢ abundant drink, abundance, 
Ps, 23, 5. 66, 12. R. my. 


*DA fut. om, apoc. δ΄}, conv. 
pI, once ow) Ex. 16, 20. Part. o> 
see after Kal. 

1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to be lifted 
or raised up; Chald.id. Syr. Aph. to 
sustain. Samar.444} to be high. Kindr. 
reots are B22, DIS, OW, O19. A 
trace of transitive power seems to exist 
in the pr. ἢ. S379 ‘whom Jehovah sus- 
tains.’—Spoken of persons and things ; 
e. g. of Noah’s ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory 
in the sanctuary Ez. 10,4. Hence to 
rise up, to arise, Is, 30, 18 see in M37 Piel 
(where others less well: to be afar off ). 
Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Prov. 
11, 11; once i. q. to grow, of worms Ex. 
16,20.—Metaph. a) 350% the heart is 
lifted up, is elated with pride, Deut. 8, 
14. 17, 20. al. pp Ὑ2 Lhe eyes are 
lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30, 13. 
Ps. 131, 1. Ὁ) ¢o exalt oneself, to show 
oneself powerful, Ps, 21, 14. 57, 6; with 
>3 to triumph over any one Ps. 13, 3. 
c) to extol oneself, i. e. to glory, to boast, 
in a good sense, Ps. 89, 17. 

2. to be raised up, to be made high ; 
e. g. of ahighway that is cast up, Is. 49, 
11 (comp. 550, πξ 8). Metaph. to be 
extolled with praises Ps, 18, 47; also to 
be eralied in power, might, dignity, to 
become powerful, Ps. 140, 9. Num. 24, 7. 
15. 52. 13; ascribed to the hand Deut, 
32, 27. Ps. 89,14; to the head Ps. 27,6; 
to the horn 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 89, 18, 25. 
112,9; comp. in Ρ. 

3. to be high, lofty, Job 22, 12. Me- 
taph. of those conspicuous in power and 
glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11. 


969 


1 Sam. 2,8. Ps. 113, 7. 


Mic. 5, 8. 


ΤΠ 


Part. ὉΠ, f.mo 3 1. πε up, high, 
6. g.of the threatening hand of God Is. 
26,11. 19°) 792 with uplifted hand, i.e. 
openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14, 
8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and 31% 
m2 Job 38, 15. 

2. high, lofty, e. g. a mountain, tree, 
Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13. 17, 
22. 20, 28. 34,6; a seat, throne Is. 6, 1; 
a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of 
stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9,2; 
comp. Is. 10,33. Of God as dwelling 
on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. 5°99 
the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78, 
69.—Metaph. a) a highi.e. loud voice 
Deut. 27, 14. b) powerful, mighty, 
whence ΠῚ τ mighty hand Deut. 32, 
27. c) mic n oy lofty eyes, i. 6. 
proud looks Ps. 18,28. Prov. 6, 17. 4d) 
high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov. 
24, 7, where it is written in the Arabic 
manner ΤΙΝ q. v. Comp. 330. 

Nips. see under r. 525. 

Pit, Dai fo lift up, to raise, to make 
high, Ps. 107, 25; hence to build a house 
Ezra 9,9; to make grow 6. σ. ἃ plant 
with water Ez. 31,4; to bring up chil- 
dren, Is. 1, 2. 23,4.—Metaph. a) to set 
one on high, i. 6. in a high and secure 
place, to place in safety (see 37307) Ps. 
27, 5; ¢. jo 18, 49. 9,14. b) to lift up, 
to exalt, 6. g. in honour and prosperity, 
1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34 
Job 17, 4. ὁ) to exalt with praises, to 
extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99, 
5. 9. 107, 32. 145, 1. Is. 25, 1. al. 

PoLaL 225° to be exalted in honour, 
power, Ps. 75, 11. Part. 2272 exalted, 
glorious, Neh. 9, 5. 

Hips. 075, fat. 2°77, apoc.t5, conv. 
py; inf. 9; imp. O34, also ἢ9 ΘΠ 
Milél 2 K. 6, 7. 

1. Causat. of Kal: a) to make high, 
e. g. a throne Is. 14, 13; a nest Job 39, 
27. Trop. of pers. to exalt any one, opp. 
dsptin, Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low 
condition to honour and prosperity, c. 
yo 1K. 14, 7. 16,2. Ps. 89, 20; comp. 
In a like sense, 
to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4; 
the right hand Ps. 89, 43; the horn of 
any one, i.e. to increase his strength 
and power. 1 Sam. 2. 10. Ps. 89. 18 Cheth. 
Ps. 92, 11. 148, 14. But 9p ΛΠ 


to lift up one’s own horn, i.q. to be proud, 


pi 


insolent, Ps. 75,6. Ὁ) to set up, to erect, 
a monument Gen. 31,45; a standard Is. 
49, 22. 62, 10. 

2. to lift up, to raise up, 6. g. any thing 
from the ground 2 K. 2, 13; a rod or 
staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; aba with 3 
of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr. 
§ 135. 1. ἡ. 3.—Spec. a) to lift up the 
hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num. 
20, 11; in an oath, with "7 θὲ Gen. 14, 
22. Dan. 12,7; or to do violence, ὁ. 3 
1K. 11, 26.27. Comp. 77 83 in τ᾿ ΝΕῸΣ 
no. l.a. δ) to lift up the feet, i. 6. to go, 
Ps. 74,3. But to lift up one’s hand or 
foot, i,q. to move, to do any thing, Gen. 
41,44. c) lo lift up the fuce to any one, 
i. 6. to look upon him unabashed, c. 58 
Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head, 
spoken of one who recovers sirengith 
and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps. 
110, 7. d) dip 5°71 Zo Lift up the voice 
or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40, 
9. 58, 1; with ΠΣ ΛΩΞ added to shout 
aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 31, 27; ¢. > to 
any one Is. 13,2. Job 38, 34; c. by against 
2K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of 
a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 >ip ὉΠ 
mingsna when they lifted up a voice 
with trumpets, i.e. when they sounded 
the trumpets; also elliptically 1 ὉΠ 
to lift up the horn or trumpet, in the same 
sense, 1 Chr. 25,5, Also >ipa om 1 
Chr. 15,16; comp. in lett.a. 6) loraise 
a tax or tribute, to levy, Num. 31, 28. 

3. to take up and put before any one, 
6. g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24. 
Hence /o offer, to present, 6. g. gifts to 
God, to the temple or the priests, Ex. 35, 
24. Num. 15,19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra 
8, 25. Ez. 45, 1. 13 ; distributions of flesh 
to the people 2 Chr. 30,24. 35,7.8.9.— 
Prov. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth 
his folly, presents it to public notice. 

4. to take up and away, 6. g. a stone 
Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57,14 ¢. 72. With dat. 
42 070 take it up to thyself 2 K. 6, 7. 
Trop. "Prov. 3, 35 Top 5.8 παν": 
Sools take up and bear shame.—Hence 
simpl. to lake, Lev. 2, 9. 4,8. 6,8. Num. 
17, 2. 18, 30. 32; of a crown, to take away, 
to remove, Ez. 21, 31. Dan, 8, 11 Cheth. 

Horn. 0797 pass. of Hiph. no. 3, Ex. 
29, 27; pass. of no. 4, Lev. 4, 10, Dan. 
8, 11 Keri. 

Hirupan. to lift up oneself, to rise up, 


970 


ΩΝ 


Is. 33, 10 Β Το for BRINN. Also fo 
lift up oneself in pride and insolence, 
Dan. 11, 36. 

Deriv. DI— Pagina, ΠΏ, mia, 
ping, mgm, ΠΡΌ, and the pr. 
names 09, O99, Ming, 22 micd, 
“Ip ΠΟ, Pen, mints, pine. 

DA" Chald. id. Pret. pass. 05 to be 
lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20. 

Pat. Daim to exalt with praises, to 
extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass. to 
lift up oneself, to rise up, c. >> against 
any one Dan. 5, 23. 

Apu. to lift up, to exalt to honours 
Dan. 5, 19. 


DAM m. 1. height, elevation, Prov. 25, 3. 

2. elation of mind, pride; D722 DAN 
Prov. 21, 4. Is. 10, 12; 35 = Jer. 48, 29; 
also simpl. 599 Is. 2, 11. 17. 


DA Chald. m. height, Dan. 3,1. 4,17. 
Ezra 6, 3. 


DIN m.i. q. tm, height, elevation ; 
hence ace. as adv. on high Hab. 3, 10. 


M7977 (lofty, r. B19) Rumah, pr. n. of 
a place 2 K. 23,36, Perh.i. ᾳ. 7978 q. v. 


ma ἢ (τ. 03") elevation, adv. with 
uplifted head, elatedly, haughtily, Mic. 
2, 3. 

DO m. (τ. B99) exaltation, praise, 
Ps. 66, 17. Plur. constr. minain Ps. 
149, 6. 


maa f. (τ. pas) pr. inf. Pil. after 
the Syriac form, a lifting up, c. suff. 
ΞΘ Is. 33, 3. 


ἘΠῚ, Arab. wy! mid. Ye, to over- 
come, to get the wpper hand, c. As; 
perhaps kindr. with ts. In Kal not 
used, since fut. 155, Prov. 29, 6 belongs 
to 2. . 

Hrrupat. Ps. 78, 65 155 4pinM2 339 
asa mighty man overcome with wine, 
i.e. as Vulg. crapulatus a vino. Comp. 
the Arabic phrase 45 1 xrte est) 
wine overcame him, i. e. he became 
drunk. 


* 217 ig. ΣΣῚ 1. Pr. to make a loud 
noise. see Hiph. Arab. Léy id. 

2. to be evil, see Niph. 

Nore. The formsof Kal 93, 35.353, 
and of Hiph. 225, 224, which are com- 


τὰ 


monly referred to this root, belong to the 
verb 339; see Ewald’s Krit. Gr. p. 472. 

Nipu. fat. 9799 1. to suffer evil, to 
come off ill, Prov. 11,15. Here the noun 
3” is intensive, in the manner of an in- 
fin. absol. 

2. to become evil, to be made worse, 
(opp. to become wise,) Prov. 13, 20, 

Hira, 2°75, plur. once 12977 1 Sam. 
17, 20, pr. to make a loud noise ; hence 

1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout, 
Josh. 6, 20; c. 52 Job 30,5. Spec. a) 
to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. _Judg. 
15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10, 24; in jubilee 
Zech. 9, 9. Is. 44, 23. Zeph. 3, 14. Job 
38,7; c. > over a vanquished enemy 
Ps, 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any 
one Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100.1. Ὁ) Of 
warlike shouts, outcries {ΠΡ 2), Josh. 
6, 16. 1 Sam. 17,20. 2Chr. 13, 15. Is. 
42,13; c. 52 against any one Jer. 50, 
15. c) More rarely of a mourning cry, 
Mice. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5, 8. 

2. to sound a trumpet, Num. 10, 9 
mingsma ὈΓΊΣ ΤΙ sound ye with trum- 
pets. Joel 2, i. Spec. to sound an alarm, 
sc. by blowing loud and long upon the 
trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an 
encampment, Num. 10,7, i.q. [339m SPH 
10, 5.6; different from 22m, which sig- 
nifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to 
convoke an assembly. Comp. 551) no. 1. 

Porat fut. 3357 to be shouted joyfully 
Is. 16, 10. 

Hirupa. 925m to shout for joy Ps. 
60, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10.—The same form 
is found from the verb 534 q. v. 

Deriv. 39, 7339". 


bs mn not used in Kal, Engl. to rub, 
Germ. reiben, i.e. to rub or pound in 
pieces; hence min", also MBIMM ἃ. v. 

PoLa 951 fo be moved as by a stroke 
or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken 
Job 26, 11. 


ie Se fat. YA", conv. 73"; also 
ΤΩΣ Prov. 23, 26 Cheth. to run, Eth. 
LO.8, Aram. 37 , 3a, id. see under 
the lett.5. Fut. once 6. suff. 54958 trans. 
Jer. 50,44 Cheth. seein Hiph. See also 
note at the end of the article.—Spoken of 
men Num. 11,27. 1 Sam. 20,36. 2 Sam. 18, 
19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. sep. Of horses 
Joel 2, 4. Am. 6, 12; of locusts Joel 2, 


971 


an 


9. With 5x of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 29. 
Is. 55, 5, and of place Gen. 24, 20; 
mxip> Gen. 18, 2. 24, 17. 33, 4. 2K. 4, 
26 ; πὸ 2 K.5, 20; 5, as ΣῚΡ ἪὋ to run 
to evil Is. 59,7. Prov. 1,16; Px with, 
i.e. ina race Jer. 12,5. With acc. of 
place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; acc. of way 
Ps. 19, 6.—Trop. Jer. 23,21 7 have not 
sent these prophets, yet they run, i. e. 
with a false zeal they act as prophets. 
Ps. 119, 32 7 will run the way of thy com- 
mandments, will studiously walk in them. 
Hab. 2, 2 so that the reader may run, i. e. 
may read currently, fluently. Spoken of 
things, Ps. 147,15, Spec. a) to run 
or rush upon any one, in a hostile sense, 
with 5% and 52 Job 15, 26. 16, 14; ace. 
Ps. 18, 30. Ὁ) With 3 to run to any 
one, for refuge Proy. 18, 10. 

Part. 72 ἃ runner, courier, Jer. 51, 
31. Job 9,25. Plur, 5°47 and 77x79 2 K. 
11, 13, runners, couriers,i.e. a) The 
servants who ran before the chariot of 
a prince, q.d. running footmen, 2 Sam. 
15,1. 1 Κα. 1,5. So Lat. cursores Suet. 
Ner. 30. 8) The body-guard and royal 
messengers of the Hebrews in the time 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 22,17; and of the kings 
after David 2 K, 10, 25. 11, 6 sq. 2 Chr. 
12, 10. 11. 23, 12. 30,6. 10. Prob. the same 
who under David are called "738 q. v. 
Comp. 1 K. 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 Sam. 15, 1. 
6) The mounted couriers of the Persians, 
who carried the royal edicts to the pro- 
vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14. 

Nipa. γ73, see τ. ΥΧ.. 

Pi. ΥΧΥ i. q. Kal, to run, e.g. ἃ 
chariot Nah. 2, 5. 

Hipa. fut. yet, imp. ὙΠ, to cause 
to run up, Jer. 49,19; hence to lead up 
hastily. to bring quickly, Gen. 41. 14. 1 
Sam. 17, 17; to let make haste, Ps. 68, 
32 pods WII γ 1D Ethiopia shall 
let her hands make haste unto God, i. e. 
shall hasten to stretch them forth unto 
him in adoration or with oblations.— 
With 532 to cause to run away from ; 
Jer. 50,44 Keri 7 will make them flee 


away from her, i. 6. the Babylonians 


from Babylon. ‘Chethib: psn in Kal. 

Deriv. viva, x97. 

Nore. Several forms of the verb 7™, 
is fat. yan? Niph. Υῦ 2, and the noun 
mia no. 2, have their signification 
from the verb 72°, q. v. 


pw 


* PAM in Kal not used, pr. fo pour 
itself out, to be poured out, also to be 
emplied ; whence Pp" and p™ empty, 
4. ν. It seems to be kindred with the 
verbs PP2, PY, Gr. ἐρεύγομαι, which 
the poets use of rivers emptying them- 
selves, Lat. ructo, eructo. 

Hien. pun, fat. P ΡΤ, conv. ΓΝ. 

1. to pour out, 6. ace. Ps. 18, 43. Eee. 
11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mal. 3, 10. Chald. 
and Samar. Px, Arab. hl ia. Trop. 
for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to 
draw and use the sword, Ex. 15, 9. Lev. 
26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14; the spear 
Ps. 35, 3. Ὁ) to draw out, to lead out, as 
troops fo war Gen. 14, 14. For the 
Heb. p21 the Cod. Samar. here has 
PIM (pI) to muster, from the Aram. 
root P33, and the same is expressed by 
the Sept. and Vulg. 

2. to empty, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42, 
35. Jer. 48, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Also, to 
leave emply, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. ©B} 
no. 2. par. 2. 

Hopu. pass. of Hiph. no. 1, Jer. 48,11. 
Cant. 1, 3 Fy PYM 129 ointment is 
poured out even thy name, or, as oint- 
ment is thy name poured forth, the sense 
in both cases being the same: Thy name 
diffuses fragrance (comp. D&2, N23), 
i. 6. is grateful and acceptable to all. In 
the former construction, 72% is here 
coupled with a feminine; and in the 
latter, πῶ. The latter is to be preferred. 

Deriv. P™, P"2 (P2); SR. 


ἜΠΗ to. spit out, with acc, to emit 
saliva or any like fluid, to run-with; so 
of the privy member Lev. 15, 3.—Arab. 
τὼ saliva of infants, Jt mid. Ye to 


spit, to pule, as an iba Chald. Syr. 
"5, f03, saliva. 
Deriv. 9". 


WM poppy, see in UX no. 5. 


* WA to be poor, tosuffer want ; the 
same as 02 Niph. of O77 q. v. to be 
dispossessed, to come to poverty. Pret. 
once 40’ Ps. 34, 11.—Part. Ὁ: poor, 
needy, Prov. 14, 20; 18; 23: 19, 1. 7. 22. 
29, 13. Ps. 82,3. 1 Sam 18, 23; fully 
wx 2 Sam. 12, 1. 4. Prov. 10, 4. Plur. 
Bw Prov. 22, 7; own? 13, 23, 

Pou. UUs, see in Bw. 


972 


15 


Hirupat. to feign oneself poor; part. 
wine Prov. 13, 7. 


Deriv. w7, ἢ, Uwe 

ΤΥ (i. g. Past female friend, in Pe- 
shito 2035, τ. 3") Ruth, pr. ἢ. of a fe- 
male among the ancestry of David, 
whose history is given in the book which 
bears her name. 

ΤῊ Chald. m. emphat. 817, Πρ, a se- 
cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19.30.47; plur. 11, 
emph. 51 2, 29.47. Syr. nt a secret, 
R. 79. 

ἘΠῚ pr. to make thin and lean; 
hence to make waste away, to suai, 


# destroy, Zeph. 2,11. Arab. ἾΣ 7) and 


5)) to diminish any thing. The pri- 


mary idea perh. is that of abrading ; see 
Ars, Pm, and Niph. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to become lean, to waste away, 
Is. 17, 4. 

Deriv. "¥7, 7379 I, and 

ΤῊ τη. adj. lean, in flesh Ez. 34, 20; 
of the soil Num. 13, 20. 


I. 77 m. (Ὁ. AY) leanness, and then 
consumption, pining, Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106, 
15.—Mic. 6, 10 "τ ΓΕ ΝΣ a lean ephalh, 
i. 6. scanty measure, too small. 

IL. PTT τὰ. (r. 115) 1..αἅ. ὄγ1Θ ἃ prince, 
Prov. 14, 28; parall. is 723. The form 
is like pws i. ᾳ, PWS.. 

PPI (prince, i. q. 11.) Rezon, pr. n. of 
the founder of the kingdom of Damas- 
cus, 1 K. 11, 23. 


: nn obsol. root, to cry out with a 
clear (loud) voice, kindr. with Mix. 
Hence ΠΤ. 4. v. 

ἜΤ m. (Ὁ: MI) consumption, destruc- 
tion ; Ts. 24, 16> 57 1 am consumed, 
like sb "x; parall. is "> 758 wo to me! 


*Di to wink with the eyes, a gesture 
of pride and. insolence, once fut. plur. 
jrar Job 15, 12. Seein YR πο, 2— 


So by transp. Aram. 1727, Ἐπ), Arab. 
xy: id. 


28s 
ba el 3: dang Arab:. 23 to be heavy, 
weighty ; hence to be reputed, honoured. 
Part. 315 pr. weighty, august, poet. fora 


an" 


prince, king, parall. with 933, SBd; 
Plur. 0°31" Judg, δ, 3. Ps. 2, 2. Prov. 8, 
15, 31, 4. Is. 40, 23, Habs 1, 10. 

Deriv. 791} I, and pr. n. 719. 


» 21. to be or become wide, large, 


spacious. Arab. eS): oS}: Ethiop. 
CahQ, id. The primary root is. m7, 
whence ΓΛ to be large, spacious, Sa- 
mar. Ma transp. 299.—Spoken pr. of 
chambers which are made wide, large, 
Ez. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide 
1 Sam. 2, 1; metaph. of the heart, to 
dilate, swell with joy, Is. 60, 5. 

Nieu. part. 3°72, large, spacious, e. g. 
pastures Is, 30, 23. 

Hips. 39794, fut. a3, to make 
wide, broad, Is. 54,2; a bed Is, 57,8; 
a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e. 
long) Is. 30, 33; one’s steps Ps. 18, 37. 
Also to make large, i. 6. long and broad, 
to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1, 16; the 
borders or boundaries of a kingdom, Ex. 
34, 24, Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1, 13; 
and so with ace. of pers. Deut. 33, 20 
a a"r2 who enlargeth Gad i.e. the 
borders of this tribe——Spec. 4) With 
> of pers. to make wide for any one, i. e. 
to make room for him Gen. 26, 22; 
to give him entrance Prov. 18, 16; or 
also to give him enlargement, deliver- 
ance, from straits Ps. 4,2. Comp. 333 
and opp. Ἄχ. Ὁ) ΠΒ aM fo open 
wide the mouth Ps. 81,11; 6. ἘΞ upon or 
against any one, in scorn and mockery 
Ps, 35, 21. Is. 57,4. In a similar sense : 
c) Sep ‘n to open wide the life, i. e. the 
jaws, throat, comp. 53 no. 2. par. 2 fin. 
Is. 5,14. Hab. 2,5. 4) ΞὉ ’n to open 
wide the heart, mind, of any one, so as 
to receive instruction, Ps, 119,32. Comp. 
nd sm4.—In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the 
common 22 3 ΓΙ 7335 ming it is 
better to read "85 rn % enlarge 
the straits of my heart, and—. Others 
here render it intrans. 

Deriv. S37 — 033M, S79. 

am) m. adj. constr. 399; fem. 7319 
constr. MSM. 

1. wide, broad, large, Job 30, 14; - 
the sea (opp. long) Job 11,9; ofa wall; 
referring to its thickness, Jer: 51, 58. 
Neh. 3,8. 12.38. Also, long and broad, 
large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh. 

82 


973 


on" 


9, 35; of a cup large in circumference 
Ez. 23, 32. More fully 67> 3m>, fem. 
ὉΔῚ Mam, broud-sided, i. e. widely ex- 
tended, as of a land Gen, 34, 91. Judg. 
18, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 40. Is. 22; 18; of u city 
Neh. 7, 4; of the sea Ps. 104, 25; 
streams, canals, Is. 33,21. Neut.7373 
at large, unrestrained, Ps. 119, 45.—Me- 
taph. Ps, 119, 96 thy commandment is 
exceeding broad, i.e. thy law is compre- 
hensive and without limit ; also => 379 
Ps. 101, 5, 8p2 3m Prov. 28, 25, of a tu- 
mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud, 
arrogant. Also 35 3117 as subst. pride, 
arrogance, Prov. 21, 4. 

2. 39% Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot in 
Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17. 


aT) m. breadth, wide place, Job 36, 
16. Plur. constr. yyN7"30T2 the breadthsa 
of the earth Job 38, 18. 


377 m. c. suff. i219, breadth Gen. 6, 
15. 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10. Deut. 3,11. 1K. 
6, 6. 7, 27. Ez. 40,6 sq. Metaph. 3m5 
35 breadth of mind, great understand- 
ing, 1 K. 5, 9 [4,39]. 


3A f also DIT) Dan. 9, 25; plur. 
nish m. Zech. 8, 5. R. an}. 

1. ἃ street, so called from its breadth, 
pr. a wide street, like Gr. πλατεῖα, Gen. 
19, 2. Judg. 19, 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant. 
3, 2; collect. streets of a city, Esth. 6, 9. 
11. Plur. misiy siveets Prov. 1, 20. 5, 
16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al. 

2. a place, i.e. a) @ market-place, 
forum, a broad open place at the gate 
of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16]; 
where public trials were held Is. 59, 14. 
Ps. 55, 12; and where the inhabitants 
were wont to assemble, Job 29, 7. Neh. 
8, 1. 3. 16. 2 Sam. 21,12. Ὁ) an area, 
court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4. 
Ezra 10,9; before the gate of the palace 
Esth. 4, 6.—Ethiop. Cf) platea, 
vicus. 

3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities: a) 
One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 38. 
30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 81. b) iq. ma 
=m, see in ΓΞ no. 12. pp.—R. 


MISH (wide places, see Gen. 26,22; 
or, δείξει; comp. Platea in Beeotia'; bi 
3%) Rehoboth, pr. ἢ. 

1. Of a well, Gen. 26, 22, 

2. ὙΣ nian Rehoboth-city, a city of 


ann" 


Assyria, Gen. 10, 11, of which nothing 
definite is known. 

3. 1 Miz} Rehoboth of the river, 
a city on the Euphrates, as it would 
seem ; prob. Xa> { er-Rahabeh, on the 
west bank between Circesium and Anah. 
Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281. 

MPI and WHAT) (whom Jehovah 
enlarges, i. 6. makes tree and happy, r. 
51) Rehabiah, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 23, 17. 
24, 21. 26, 25. 

DIT (he enlarges the people. comp. 
Ex. 34, 24, τ. m7; ᾳ. d. δὐρύδημος) 
Rehoboam, pr. n. of the son and succes- 
sor of Solomon, who reigned in Judah 
Β. Ὁ. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12,1 sq. 14, 
21. 2 Chr. 11,5 sq. Sept. “PoSoup. 


*FIM7 obsol. root, prob. to rub, to 


pound, tocrush ; comp. Arab. rs ) to rub 


or pound, to tread ; as also the syllable 
min the kindred verbs M38 to tread a 
path, mya, ym. The Arab. Lyy to 


construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a 
secondary verb derived from the noun 


ὡς .—Hence 


- TIT) m. a.mill-stone, so called as rub- 
bing and crushing the grain; found only 
in dual ΘΠ pr. ‘the two millstones,’ 
a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11,5. Num, 11,8. 
Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab. 


(ἧς, dual οἱ κξ τ id. Seeinnbds, 32). 
BI, see in 3111. 


DAM) m. adj. (r. 53) merciful, com- 
passionate, used only of God, and often 
coupled with }32%, Deut. 4, 31. 78, 38, 
Ps. 86, 15. 103, 8. 111, 4. Joel 2, 13. al. 


DAM (compassionate, r.0m7) Rehum, 
pr. ἢ. τ. a) A Persian governor in 
Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. Ὁ) Neh. 3, 17. 
ce) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26; for which 
Neh. 7, 7 53M}, prob. by an error of the 
transcriber. d) Neh. 12, 3, for which 
pan v. 15. 


PIN} m. adj. (rpm), also PT) Deut. 
30, 11, plur, ΘΌΡΙΤῚ ; fem. APIND, APM, 
plar. rip ; far off, distant, remote. 

a) Of place; as countries Deut. 29, 21. 
Ps. 65, 6. Is. 66,19; a journey Num, 9, 


974 


am 


10; a people Joel 4, 8, Josh. 9, 22; mx 
pina a brother living far off Prov. 27, 
10. With 7 , far off from any one, Deut. 
13, 8. Neh. 4, 13... Trop. one is said to be 
far from wisdom Ecc. 7, 23; from de- 
liverance Is. 46, 12; vice versa, deliver- 
ance is far from any one Ps. 119, 155; 
God is far off from men when he with- 
holds his help, Ps. 22, 2, comp. Prov. 
15,29. So 72 pins farther off than, i.e. 
beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov. 
31, 10.—Subst. pina, @ distance, space, 
Josh. 3, 4. See also piny2, pinys, 
below. 

b) Of time, far distant, either future 
or past. ἃ) Future. as =°pinn ons 
times far off Ez. 12,27. Jer. 23,23 am I 
a God of things near (31722)... .. and 
not a God of things far off (pin)? 
i. e.am 1 acquainted only with things at 
band? so pimya> for a long time to come 
2 Sam. 7, 19. 1 Chr. 17, 17. βὺ) Past; 
pinza long ago Is. 22, 11. 25,1; also 
piny2> id. Is. 37, 26. 

c) far off, i. 6. strange, foreign to one’s 
mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11. 

With Prepositions: aa) Ppinva, Syr. 
Lawes <S, i.e. a) from afar, afar off, 
Gen. 22, 4. 37.18. Deut. 28, 49. Is. 43, 6. 
al. Also piny2 722 to stand afar off 
(comp. 12 no. 3.1), like Gr. ἑστηκόναν 
μακρόϑεν, Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2K. 2,7. Ps. 
38, 12. Is. 59, 14; comp. Jer. 51,50. Of 
time, see above in lett. b. 48) After 
verbs of motion, far away, to a distance, 
Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22, 3. 23,7; comp. 72 no. 
3.k. Pima ἫΣ id, Is. 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43. 

bb) pina2> «) from afar Job 36, 3. 
39, 29; of time past, from long ago Is. 
37, 26. 8) for a long time to come, 2 
Sam. 7, 19; see above in lett. Ὁ. a. 
pinze> ἫΣ to far away, far ubroad, 2 
Chr. 26, 15, Ezra 3, 13, 

ec) pina 3D to a distance, far away, 
Mice. 4, 3. 

dd) pis at a distance, afar off, once 
ΓΔ ‘122 Ps. 10, 1. 


OF) m. plur. 2°23 Cant. 1,17 Cheth. 
i. q. 0 in Keri, carved or fretted ceil- 
ing, either from an error in the tran- 
scriber, or because ™ in this word was 
sometimes pronounced harder, like 7; as 
among the Samaritans, in whose Penta- 
teuch instead of 5°0N7 is read D"eN7.— 


"4 


Ewald on Cant. |. c. supposes 6°) to 
be put by a transpos. of letters for 27771, 
boyy, turned work; but this is less 


probable. 
DTT dual, a hand-mill, see in HY}. 


pT Chald. adj. plur. PNT, far of, 
distant, Ezra 6,6, R. PM. 


. 571 obsol. root, Arab. dS), to mi- 


grate, to journey, espec. with pene 
Hence perh. 5710 a sheep ; comp. (kx .— 
A secondary and denom, verb is Arab. 
de) Conj. V, to own lambs. 


77 £ plur. pb) 1. anewe, a sheep, 
Gen. 31, 38. 32, 15. Is, 53, 7, Cant. 6, 6. 


Arab. hess . is, , lamb. 


2. Rachel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob 
Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and 
Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35, 16 ; who died 
near Bethlehem, ‘where her sepulchre 
is still shown Gen. 35, 19. 1 Sam. 10,2; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. IL p. 
157.—For Jer. 31, 15 see in 97 no. 2. a. 


ἘΏΠ 1. pr. to be soft; then to 
soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of, 
to cherish; kindr. with A. Arab. 

to soothe, to cherish, as a mother 


her infant; to brood, as a bird her eggs. 
—Hence 5m, 0177, belly, womb. Also 
2. Fut.O, civ? , το love, Ps. 18,2. Syr. 


saws id. Arab. >) to pity, also to love. 


Prec om, inform, fut. orm, to have 
mercy, compassion, upon any one, to 
pity ; from the idea of fondness, cherish- 
ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion 
towards the needy and helpless, as wi- 
dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13,18; also of 
parents towards their infant children as 
helpless Ps. 103, 13. Is. 49,15; espec. of 
God as pitying his afflicted people Deut. 
13, 18. Is. 14, 1. 30,18. 60, 10. Jer. 12, 
15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as 
towards things Jer. 30, 18.—Constr. 
with acc. usually; rarely with >> Ps. 
103, 13; absol. Lam. 3, 32. 

Pai. nm to be pitied, to find mercy, 
Prov. 28, 13. Hos. 14,4. Part. fem. non 
for shiv Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25. 

Deriv. Dn --τ ΤΙΣ, pant, also the 
pr. names=3", ents Seen, ney ΔΝ 


97 


~ 


o mn" 


OM m. Lev. 11, 18, and SM) ἢ 
(Milé!) Deut. 14, 17, a smaller species of 
vulture, white, with black wings, feeding 
on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, vul- 
tur percnopterus Linn. The Heb. name 
comes from its tenderness to its young, 


owe La 
like 3"0M stork. Arab. Sy and Kee: 
See Bochart Hieroz. IL p. 297-322. 
Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo IT. p. 295. 


OMI f(r. cM) in pause o>. Plur, 
ΩΤ see below in its order. 

1. i. gq. OFT womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 46, 
3. Ez. 20, 26. Prov. 30, 16. 

2. Poet. for a female, maiden, from 
the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg. 
5, 30, Comp. 7277. 

3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 2, 44. 


OM} comm. gend. (τη. Job 24, 20; f 
Jer. 20,17) in pause DF, 6. suff. mer, 
the belly, spec. the womb, Num. 12, 12. 
Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hos. 9, 14; in 
beasts Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15; trop. Job 38, 8. 
Ps. 110,3. To shut up the womb see in 
"29, “%2; lo open the womb see in MMB. 
ont Frnhs the womb, from one’s birth, 
Ps. 22, 11. 58, 4. Jer. is 5; at birth Job 


3, 11.—Arab. rey: ey: id. R. om. 

MITT f(r. ἘΠῚ) i. 4. BM no. 2, a 
maiden, damsel; Dual Dimgn2 Judg. 
5, 30. 


MOT), see in r. Om Pual. 


D377 pr. plur. of subst. om, like 
p"nb> , pape ; see Lehrg. Ρ. 570. 
a ‘the inwards, bowels, τὰ σπλάγχνα, 
r. yr. -ἀδαυῦ; ; so called from their soft- 
= seer. 0m. Spec. as the seat of 
affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10. 
So τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Luke 1,78. Arab. 


: pity. Samar. id—Hence 


2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards 
one’s kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26; 
pity, compassion, mercy, towards the 
needy, helpless, afflicted, Gen. 43. 14. 

Am. 1,11. Is. 47,6. Zech. 7,9; espec. 
of God towards men as helpless, wretch- 
ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment, 
Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51, 3. 69,17. 79, 8:. ἃ]. 
DeaNt TOM Hos. 2. 21. Ps. 103, 4.403 
Ὁ mvarn fo give or show mercy towards 
any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42, 12; nu 


4 


ans 


> pyemt id. Is. 47,6; see in xd no. 6. 
re) ‘pb EVID iO} fo give one mercy 
before any one, to procure him favour, 
Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 
46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9. 


yO) Chald. plur. id. mercy, compas- 


_sion, Dan, 2,18. Freq. in the Targg. 


“27277 τη, adj. (τ. ὉΠ.) merciful, com- 
passionate, fem. plur, M3352 Lam. 
9) “οσ 
4,10, Arab. we) id. 
aia obsol. root of doubtful signifi- 
cation, Arab. to bend, to incline. Hence 
pr. π΄ M3777. 


" 573 pr. to be soft, kindr. with ἘΠῚ 
q.v. Arab. a, id. Hence to be or 
become flaccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q. 
men. Jer. 23, 9 my heart is broken, 
sminx>->> ἸΒΙΤῚ all my bones are re- 
laxed, from terror. The ancient ver- 
sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere 
conjecture. 

Piet fut. 51779 to cherish one’s young, 
to brood or hover over, (comp. in r. ἘΠῚ.) 
as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11. 
Trop. of the Spirit of God as thus tread: 
ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass 
of the earth, part. fem. MEM. Gen. 1, 2. 
—Syr. 25 is far more common, and is 
used of birds which brood over their 
young, Ephr. II. p. 552; of a mother 
cherishing her infant ibid. p. 419; of 
Elisha cherishing the dead body of the 
child, Ephr. IT. p. 529; also of a voice 
descending from heaven and hovering 
in the air, Ephr. Ill. p. 143; also to pity, 
ἦν. Heb. Ἐπ’. 


ΠΎΠῚ fat. yap, inf. ὙΠ and gm 
Ex. 30, 18. 

1, to wash, to lave, c. acc. 6. g. the 
human body or its parts, Gen. 18, 4. 48, 
31. Lev, 14, 9. 15, 13. 16, 4; meats Ex. 
29, 17. Ley. 1, 9.13. Metaph. to wash 
away the pollution of sin from man Is. 
4,4. To wash the hands in innocency 
is to declare oneself innocent Ps. 26, 6. 
73, 13; comp. the symbolical action 
Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24.—It differs 
from 022 to wash clothes. Arab. Ce) 
to wash the body and also clothes. 

2. to wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 2, 5. 
Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11,2. 2K. 5, 10. 13. 


976 


pm 


With 2 of that in which one bathes, 
Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6; acc. of water 
Ex. 30, 20; 12 of vessel Ex. 40, 81. 

Puat ὙΠ to be washed, cleansed, 
Prov. 30, 12. Ez. 16, 4. 

Hrrap. to wash oneself, Job 9, 30. 

Deriy. yO2, O30. 

77) Chald. Ithpa. to trust, c. 9 on or 
in any one, Dan. 3, 28. 

TT) m. @ washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 10. 

MIM] f. washing of sheep, washing- 
place, Cant. 4,2. 6,6. R. ym. 

* PO? fat. pow, inf npn Ez. 8, 6. 

1. to go far away, to recede from any 
one, 6. 2 Ecce. 3,5. Job 30,10. Prov. 
19, 7. Chald. and Syr. id. But the 
primary signification seems to have 
been transitive, to thrust away, to repel, 
i.g. PM3.—With ἘΦ Ez. 8, 6; trop. to 
go far away from God, min" ΒΝ Jer. 
2,5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10; from the law, 
murine Ps. 119, 150; fein sin Ex. 23, 7. 
Is. 54, 14. Chald. pr id. 

2. to be far off, distant, remote ; in 
place Deut. 12, 21. 14, 24. Ps. 103, 12; 
in time Mic, 7, 11. Often of God as 
being far from affording aid, i. e. as re- 
fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12.20. 35, 22. 38, 
22. 71,12. Of men as far from safety 
Job 5, 4; and vice versa, deliverance, 
judgment, as far from men, Is. 46, 13. 
59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18. 

Nipu. to be put far away, removed, 
Kee. 12, 6 Cheth. 

Piet pr to put far away, to remove, 
Is. 6, 12. 29,13; to spread far and wide, 
Is. 26, 15. 

Hips. 1. Trans. i. q. Piel, to put fur 
away, to remove, c. ace. Job 11, 14; with 
2 οἵ pers. or place added Ps, 88, 19, 
Job 22, 23; with 522 of pers. Job 13, 21, 
19, 13. Prov. 5, 8; of place Joel 4, 6 
(comp. 2, 20). Jer. 27, 10; once with 3 
of place Ez. 11, 106. Metaph. Prov. 4, 
24. 30,8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove 
our sins from us, i.e. he forgives us our 
sins.— With inf. (753 Ps. 55, 8) or inf. ο. 
>. it is taken adverbially, 72> pon 
to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28].—Hence 

2. to go far away, pr. with ΤΩΡ imp). 
Gen. 44, 4. Josh. 8,4, Judg. 18,22. Inf. 
absol. prow adv. far away, far off, Gen, 
21, 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16. 

Deriv. Pim}, ΠΏ, and 


pm 


pM Chald. i. q. Heb. pa}. Hence 
adj. pm. 

PT) τὰ. adj. verbal, going far away, 
departing ; plur. c. suff, Ps. 73,27 FRM 
who go far from thee. 

PP adj. f. πρπη, 

+ om to boil up or over, as a foun- 
tain or boiling water; Syr. wows Pe. 
and Aph. id. The primary idea seems 
to lie in the noise of water boiling or 
bubbling, comp. 833.—Metaph. c. ace. 
Ps. 45,2 312 93 72> Un) my heart boils 
up with goodly song. 

Deriv. mone. 

DT) £. α winnowing-fork or shovel, a 
fan, 1s. 30,24, R.mn, after the form rm. 

ῖ 20" fut. 2277 to be wet, moistened, 
with rain Job 24,8; also with sap. see 
sty. Arab. Urb, and Eth. ZMN ia. 
espec. of the moisture or juiciness of 
plants in full verdure.—Hence 

2D m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16. 
Chald. sia, 3704, id. 

107) a spurious root, see 27". 


see in pins. 


: oD obsol. root i.q. MM" to trem- 
ble, to be terrified. Chald. id—Hence 


DU’) m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24. 


᾿ vcr quadril. pass. Job 33, 25, to 
grow green again, to grow young again, 
to revive, prob. compounded from 32" to 
be juicy, green, and 8Dw to be thick, fat. 
Arab. transp. (yadylo according to the 
Camoos to recover, to revive after ste- 
rility. 


Δ 1Ξ in Kal not used, to smite, 
break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with 6u2, 


tod, WiD; Arab. ub). "Ὁ. 

Pizx fut. S279 to dash in pieces, spec. 
children against the stones, 2 K. 8, 12, 
ig. YB? in Ps. 137, 9. Comp. Pual. 
Also to dash to the ground, with arrows 
Is. 13, 18. 

Poa U2, fut. S275, fo be dashed in 
pieces against stones Is. 13, 16. Hos. 10, 
_ 14, 14,1. Nah. 3, 10. 


™) m, (for “17, τ᾿ M99; as Ἢ for MP, 
"x for "I8) @ watering, rain, Job 37,11; 


8 
see fully ἴῃ 19. Arab. S) id. 
- 82: 


9177 = 


ΚΦ. and 355, pret. 39, 937, also 
mia; inf. absol. 35 Judg. 11, 25. Job 
40, 2; fut, 2-3, apoc. 339 Hos. 4, 5, 
before a monosyll. 15 >> Judg. 6, 31. 32, 
conv. 37°) Gen. 31,36. But 39™ 1 Sam. 
15, 5 is from r. 398. 


1. fo contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr. 
«αὐ to strive. Arab. VI) mid. Ye is 
to doubt, to hesitate , a secondary sense 
derived from the idea of contending and 
quarrelling. The primary idea of 2" is 
‘to seize each other by the hair, like the 
synon. 73 ; and this root belongs to the 
same family with rapio, Goth. raupjan 
to pull or pluck, Germ. raufen, rupfen, 
see more under the verb 853.—Spoken: 
a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend 
by blows ete. Deut, 33,7 1 33 1°37 with 
his hands let him contend for himself ; 
here 1°73 is the instrument, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 135. 1. n. 3. b) Oftener of those who 
strive in words, Ps, 103, 9; c. 02 Gen. 
26, 20. Job 9,3. 40,2; PR with Is. 45, 9. 
Judg. 8,1; Ἐκ Judg, 21, 22. Job 33,13; 
3 Gen. 31, 36; also with acc. of him 
with whom one contends Job 10, 2, Is. 
27. 8. With > of him for whom one 
contends Jndg. 6, 31. Job 13,8; ὃ; of 
that about which one strives Gen. 26,21. 

2. Spec. to contend before a judge, to 
manage or plead a cause, with ace. of 
the person whose cause one sustains, Is. 
1, 17. 51, 22; fully Ἔ Ξ ΎῸΝ 30 1 Sam. 
24, 16. Lam. 3,58. Jer. 50,34. 51, 36.— 
Pregn. 1 Sam. 25, 39 blessed be Jehovah 
53) 729 “NEI 5 τὲ 3 WE who hath 
pleaded (maintained) the cause of my 
reproach from Nabal, i. e. who hath 
taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps. 
43, 1 TOM Nd 7599 737 43 maintain my 
cause (and deliver me) from a merciless 
people. Ps. 119, 154. Prov. 22,23. Part. 
37 a defender Is. 19,20. God is also 
said to plead his cause, when he rebukes 
or punishes the wicked, Is. 3, 13. Am. 
7. 4. Ps. 103, 9. 

Hien. i. ᾳ. Kal, found only in part. 


3772 1 Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4, 4. 


Deriv. 273, 3°72, 739, the pr. 
names "377", “2, "beans, ΕΝ also 

Δ m. and 27 Job 29, 16; plur. 
ἘΠ. and mia4, constr. "2. 

1. contention, strife, quarrel, Gen. 13, 
7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 68, 4. Prov. 20, 8. αἱ. 


= 


aan wes my adversary, Is. 41,11. Trop. 
Job 33,19. Plur. ed "2" Ps. 18, 44. 

2. a cause. suit, before a judge, Ex. 23, 
2. Deut. 21,5. Is. 1,23. 41,21. 50 ON 
one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12, 2. 
2 Sam. 15, 2.4; "2 Os my adversary, 
opponent, Job 31, 35. Plur. "mew ΓΞ 
the pleadings of my lips Job 13, 6. 


"279 (i. gq. "2", HIN, for whom 
Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. τη. 2 Sam. 
23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31. 


ΤΡ τὰ. (τ. 9) scent, odour, which 
any thing exhales, emits, Cant. 1, 12. 2, 
13. 7, 14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job 
14, 9, comp. Judg. 16,9. Often in the 
connection MM" M4, see na. 


ΤΠ Chald. m. odour Dan. 
comp. Job 14, 9. 


Dn, see ON buffalo. 
371, c. suff. 02379, see in art. 39 II. 


mip" £ plur. (τ. 99) pounded corn 
or grain, grits, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
‘Prov. 27, 22. 


ΓΞ Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a 
‘region and people sprang from Gomer, 
i. 6. from the Cimmerians. Most. intpp. 
-compare the Riphean mountains, in the 
:remotest northern regions. 


p77 m. (τ. pm) 1. Adj. empty, as 
spy) ">> Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness, 
‘trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2,1. 4, 3. 

2. Adv. in vain, to no purpose, Ps. 73, 
13. Is. 30,7. More fully py id. Lev. 
26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; 55 Job 39, 16. 

Is. 49,4; p%) "33 id. Hab. 2,13. Jer. 
“61, 58. 


p72 m. adj. (τ. py) also PT Gen. 38, 
24; fem. HPI; plur. O°P 7, also Ὁ 
2 Sam. 6,20; empty, Chald. p», {P77 
‘Syr. #2555. So of an empty vessel 
Judg. 7,16. 2K.4,3; a pot Ez. 24,11; 
a cistern Gen. 37, 24; ears of grain with- 
-out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ‘ vane 
ariste’ Virg. Georg. 1. 226. So of an 
‘empty spirit, i.e. hungry, Is. 29,8, comp. 
.32,6 ἀπά ΘῈΣ no. 2; also of empty hands, 
i. e. impoverished, needy, Neh. 5, 13; 
‘comp, in op"}.—Metaph. a) empty, 
vain, of words Deut. 32, 47. Ὁ) worth- 


3, 27; 


978 


less, wicked, Judg. 9, 4. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 6, 
20. 2 Chr. 13, 7. Prov. 12, 11.. 28,19. 


DP") adv. (+. 7955) q. ἃ. emptily, i. e. 
a) with empty vessels, Jer: 14,3; emply- 
handed, i. 6. poor, needy; Ruth 1, 21; 
also without a gift Ruth 3,17. Hence 
mpy ‘p ΠΕ to send one away empty, 
without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Deut. 
15, 13. Job 22, 9, comp. 1 Sam. 6, ὃ; 
Dp) 725 to go away empty, id. Ex. 
3, 21. Deut. 16, 16 they shall not appear 
before Jehovah ΡΛ empty, without an 
offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34,20. Ὁ) vainly, 
void, to no purpose, without effect ; 
2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul returned 
not empty, i.e. not without slaughter and 
victory. Jer. 50,9; of God’s word Is. 55, 
11. So Ps. 25, 3 ep oar 35" Tet 
them be ashamed that transgress in vain, 
i.e. whose wicked counsels are frustrated. 
c) for naught, undeservedly, without 
ground or cause, i. ᾳ. ©37 no. 3; Ps. 7,5, 
comp. Ps. 69, 5. 


ὙΠ m. (τ. 9") spittle, slaver, slime, 
1 Sam. 21, 14. For mvabn 177 Job 6, 6, 
see in maabn. 


WI m. (τ. 8955) poverty, Prov. 10, 15. 
13, 18. 24, 34. 


ὍΛ m. (r. 894) poverty, Prov. 28, 19. 
31, 7. 


TIO, see in FUR. 


ΤΊ m. adj. (τ. 329) plur. 0°24; fem. 
m27, plur. nid. 

1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17, 22; 
children and youth of tender age, Gen. 
33, 18. Prov. 4,3. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 29,1; 
the young of flocks and herds and their 
meat, Gen. 18, 7. 

2. soft, not hard, 6. g. the tongue Prov. 
25, 15.—Trop. soft, i.e. a) gentle, bland, 
Prov. 15,1. mid3 soft words Job 40,27; 
comp. μαλακὰ ἔπη, μαλακοὶ λέγοι, Hom. 
b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut. 
28, 54. 56. 

3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. 3, 39. 872"2 
ΤΊ weak or dull eyes Gen. 29, 17, 
which were esteemed a defect, comp. 
1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. l’ppi, blear, Sept. 
dodeveic.—Trop. 32> 31 faint-hearted, 
timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2 Chr. 13, 7. 


77 m. (τ. 52%) softness, delicateness, 
Deut. 28, 56. 


35" 


2 227 fut, 3277, ἐο ride, whether on 
an animal or in a vehicle, Lat. vehi. 


Arab. or Syr. 1253 and 233, 


Chald. Sam. 335, id. The primary 
idea seems to be to bend the knee, so 
that 329 is pr. i.g. 492; hence Chald. 


9, 9) 
DAS}, NBD, NBDIN, ἄλλ ΖΞ3.., knee. 


1. fo ride upon a beast, as a horse, 
ass, camel; with >> of beast Gen. 24, 61. 
Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. sep. 
3 Neh. 2, 12. Jer. 17, 25, 22, 4. With 
ace. B10 325 a rider, Aovectiion, 2K. 18, 
19. Am. 2,15; comp. Ex. 15,1. 7335 
mins J ody. 5, 10. 

2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, vectus 
est; comp. old Germ. ri/an, Anglosax. 
ridan, Engl. to ride ; whence reita, reiti, 
carriage, rheda Ces.—With 3 of the 
vehicle Jer. 17, 25, 22,4; acc. Hagg. 2, 
22; absol. 1K. 18,45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, 5. 
Poet. of Jehovah who is borne, rides, 
upon the cherubim Ps, 18, 11; upon the 
clouds Is. 19,1 comp. Ps. 104, 3; upon 
the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34. 

Hira. 3°395, fut. apoc, 32%). 

1. to cause to ride, to let ride, on an 
animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 K. 1, 33. Ps. 66, 12. 

2. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. acc. 
pers. Gen. 41, 43; to convey 2 K. 23, 30. 
2 Chr, 35, 24. Metaph. to cause to ride, 
to be borne, upon the wings of the wind, 
Job 30,22. Here belongs the expres- 
sion PIN“ NI2-52 BDI, see in M32 
no. 2.—Spoken of things, to set or place 
upon a vehicle, 2 Sam. 6,3; also simpl. 
to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g. 
the hand, c. ἘΣ 2 Κ. 13,16. Arab. 5) 
II, to impose or insert one thing 
another. Syr. Aph. id. Chald. Aph. id. 

3. 10 fasten or yoke to a vehicle, 6. g. 
as a draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11. 

Deriv.333—033%, 3339, 33°73, 73372. 


32) m. in pause 327, c. suff. "325; 
plur. constr. "257; constr. once with 
plur. f. Nah. 2,53; pr. ‘a riding,’ concer. 
‘rider’ Hence 

1. Collect. riders, troops, Is. 21,7; so 
v. 9 ὃν 237 man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6. 


Arab. WS riding-camels, 
2. vane chariot, i. q.7337"3, either 


wT: 


for war or serving for luxury and pomp, 


979 


25" 


Judg. 5, 28, 1 K. 1, 5, 22, 35. 2K, 2,11. 
2Chr. 35,24. Often collect. war-chariots; 
6. 5. BIBI 339 chariols and horsemen 
1K. 10, 26. Is. 22,7. 31,1; Jer. 51,2) 339 
i225) the chariots and those that ride 
therein ; also with numerals, 2 Καὶ, 7, 14 
339 Ὁ. Ez. 14,7. Judg. 4,2. 1 Sam, 13, 
5. al. With a verb plur. fem. Nah. 2, δ᾽; 
only once itself plur.379 "337 Cants 1, 9. 
ΓΞ 33} chariots of % iron, either odviered 
with iron plates, or armed with hooks, 
scythes, Josh. 17,18. Judg. 1,19. 3397 "2 
the chariot-cities, where war-chariots 
were stationed, 1 K. 9,19. 10, 26. 2 Chr. 
1, 14. 8, 6. 9, 25. 3295 "TY captains 
over chariots 1 K. 22, 31.33. 2K. 8, 21. 
—Often 2237, like ἅρμα in Homer, refers 
chiefly to the horses, and also to the 
warriors who sit upon the chariots, e. g. 
2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the 
chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18 
and David slew of the Syrians seven 
hundred chariots i. 6. the warriors of 
so many chariots. 2 Κὶ. 7, 14 333728 
B"0%> two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20. 
But not infreq. 33 and 5°D9D are joined, 
and so distinguished from each other, 
Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20, 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer. 
17, 25. Ps. 20,8.—Like the Hebrews, the - 
Canaanites also used war-chariots Josh. 
17, 18 ; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14, 
9. Is. 31, 1; see the sculpture on Egyp- 
tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor. 
Tab. 46-49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann. 
and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p. 
338 sq.—Poet. chariols are also ascribed 
to the celestial hests, Ps. 68, 18; comp. 
Hab. 3, 8. 


a2]. m. (r. 329) c. suff. 33) 1.ἃ 
rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17. 

2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer, 
1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 33.. 


Ἢ (i. q. Arab. oS, a band of riders 


on camels) Rechab, pr. n. a) The 
founder of the tribe of Rechahites, who 
were bound by a vow ever to follow the 
nomadic life, 2 K. 10, 15. 23. Jer. 35, 2sq. 
1 Chr. 2, 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19, 94. 
Gentile n. plur. 2°23 Rechabites, Jer. 
35, 2.3.5.18. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 4,2. c) Neh. 


3, 14. 
M227 ᾧ (τ. 229) vectura, a riding or 
driving, Ez. 27, 20. 


m4 


MD) (for M295 q. v.) Rechah, pr. n. of 
a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12. 


3757) m. a chariot, Ps. 104, 3. R. 33". 


DDI m. defect. U2) Gen. 14, 11.16. 
21. 15, 14; ο. suff. aati ἼὩ3 Gen. 31, 
18; pr. ‘ what one has,’ possessions, pro- 
perty, substance ; Sept. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, ἢ 
ὑπάρξις. Thus: 

a) In the most general sense, as fields, 
gardens, vineyards, grain; hence "7¥ 
Wea W279 overseers of the king’s sub- 
stance 1 Chr. 27, 31; comp. v. 25-31. 
Flocks and herds are also mentioned as 
part of the king’s substance, 2 Chr. 21, 
14. 35, 7. 

b) Ina sense less general, moveable 
property, such as can be transported or 
driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil- 
ver, household stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where 
slaves are excepted. 13, 6. 14, 12. 16, 
15, 14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21,17. Ezra 
8, 21. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes 
flocks and herds are not included, Gen. 
31, 18. 46,6. Num. 35,3. 1 Chr. 28,1; 
also grain Gen. 14, 11. 

c) In the strictest sense, household 
goods, baggage, not including precious 
things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4. 6. 


5°27 m. (r. 524) tale-bearing, detrac- 
tion ; hence 553 WIN tale-bearers, slan- 
derers, Biz. 22,9. 925 2h to go about 
for tale-bearing, as a tale-bearer, Lev. 
19, 16. Prov. 11,13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28. 9,3. 


"33. +, pret. 7, fut. 2. see in no. 8. 
1. fo be tender ; see ἢ adj. Arab. 


a 
J;. Kindr. is ppt I. 

2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten- 
derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of 
words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps. 55, 22. 

3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the 
mind, 23>, to become faint, timid; so 
pret. Δ 2 K. 22, 19; fut. 55 (like 72, 
Ἐπ) Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7,4. Jer. 51, 46. 

Puat 927 to be softened, mollified, as 
a wound with ointment, Is. 1, 6. 

Hieu. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16. 

Deriv. 72, 77; 7. 

att q. 525, pr. to go about, i. e. 

a) For traffic, | as a trader, i. q. "M0, 
hence to trade, to traffic. Part. ἊΝ 
a trader, merchant, Cant. 3, 6; plur. 
pyboh Ez. 27, 13. 15. 17 sq. al. Fem. 


980 


4 


nish a female trader, Ez, 27, 3.20. 23. 
Syr. 1155 is spec. a perfumer, apothecary. 
—Hence 4323, 2379. 

b) For tale-bearing, slander; whence 
925 tale-bearing. 

Deriv. the two following and m3572. 

327 (traffic) Rachal, pr. n. of a city in 
Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29. 

M227 f. trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28, 
5. 16. ‘18. R. 83". 


ἘΌΞ fat. plur. 303°", to bind on or 
to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab. 
id. e. g. cattle in stalls—Hence 

the two following. 

C2), only in plur. D°©25 bound-up 
places, i. e. rough, rugged, difficult to 
pass, Is.40, 4. Jarchi: mountain ranges, 
chains of mountains. 

O25 m. (r. 027) once Ps. 31, 21 "935 
Dx, either: a) snares of men, their 


plots, Arab. uf a cord, noose; orb) 


ei roam of men, as M738 from 
TAN 5 c) leagues of men, conspira- 
eine? eae “tp from r. "ep. 


Ἐν 1. i. q. Arab. LAS pr. to 


hit with the foot, to kick; spec. ny urge 
on a horse with the feet ; and hence of a 
horse, to be urged on, to run. like Arab. 


- > or ον 
VAS) ; also VAS) I, VIII, to run 
swiftly, to flee.—Hence 824. 

2. to gather, to acquire, to get proper- 
ty; pr. ‘to drive or bring together; 
Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6. 

T2) m. (r. 629) in pause ὥὅξω, a 
horse of a nobler and fleeter race, a 
steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4, 
28]; distinguished from B*O30 Esth. 8, 
10.14. Syr. Laos horse. See Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 95. 

WI), see art. BAD, 


D1. Part. of the verb 2, high, see 
r. £49 Kal, 

2. Ram.pr.n. a) A family or clan of 
the Buzites Job 32,2; the same, as some 
think, with DIS Gen. 22, 21. b) Ruth 
4,19, 1 Chr. 2, 9; for which® ‘Aocu Matt. 
1, 3. Luke 3, 33. c) 1 Chr. 2,25. 27. 


ὉΠ buffalo, see DY. 


m7 


" m2" 1. to cast, to throw, ΘΝ into 
the sea, Ex. 15, 1. 91. 

2. to shoot with a bow; ΠΌΤ a 
bow-shooter, archer, Jer. 4,29; plur. "27 
mup Ps. 78, 9... Arab. , Ethiop. 


ZEP, Syr. and Chald. t5 id. “Comp. 
Gr. ῥέπτω. 

Piet M29 fo deceive; pr. ‘to cast 
down, to make fall? like Gr. σφάλλω, 
whence Lat. fallo ; 6. ace. Prov. 26, 
19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19, 
27. Josh. 9, 22. Pregn. 1 Chr. 12, 17 
syzd "2nd 10 deceive (and betray) me 
to my enemies. 

Deriv. AIS], προ, ABI, ΓΘ ΊΣ, 
msn, and pr. ἢ. HS), A747. 


M27, NO, Chald. 1. to cast, to 
throw, Dan. 3, 20. 21.24. 6,17. 

2. to set, to place, e. g. thrones, Dan. 
7.9. Comp. Rev. 4, 2 ϑρόνος ἔκειτο, and 
My no. 2. 

3. to impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24. 

Irupe. to be cast, thrown, into a fur- 
nace Dan. 3, 6. 15. . 


ΓΘ ἢ (τ. 515) constr. M2), Kamets 
impure ; plur, m2. 

1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6; 
espec. as consecrated to the worship of 
idols, Ez. 16, 24. 25. 39. Comp. 723. 

2. Ramah, pr. n. of several towns situ- 
ated on heights. Gentile n. "29 Rama- 
thite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27. 

a) With art. 9395, except Neh. ΤΊ, 
33, and 9793 Jer. 31, 15, a town of 
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25; in the vicinity of 
Gibeah and Geba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10, 29. 
Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2,26. Neh. 7, 30. 11, 33; 
on the way from Jerusalem to Bethel 
Judg. 4,5; and not far from the confines 
of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22; 
mentioned also Jer. 31, 15. 40,1. Je- 
rome places it six Roman miles north of 


Jerusalem. Now er-Ram el 1, asmall 


village on a hill two hours from Jerusa- 
lem on the east of the great northern 
road ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 315- 
317. Josephus calls it ὩῬαμαϑών Ant. 8. 
12. 3.—[Jer. 31, 15 ἃ voice was heard in 
Ramah ... Rachel weeping for her chil- 
dren ; here the context refers to the ex- 
iles carried away captive by Nebuzara- 
dan to Babylon. who passed by way of 
Ramah which was prob. their rendez- 


981 


m7 


vous, see Jer. 40,1. As Ramah was in 
Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rachel 
the mother of that tribe as bewailing the 
captivity of her descendants.—R. 

Ὁ) Ramah of Samuel, so called, where 
that prophet lived and was buried,1 Sam, 
1, 19. 2, 1k. 7, 17. 8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19, 
18, 19. 22, 23. 25, 1. 28,3; always with 


' the art. and either He tan or 3 pref. as 


mo72 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23. 25, 1. 38, 3. 
The same, as usually supposed, is ὈΩ Ὡ ΓΙ 
p"pis Ramathaim-Zophim in the moun- 
tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19; 
but this is less certain, since the native 
town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ- 
ent from the Ramah in which he resided, 
v. 10. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to 
go up from his city (9 8) to worship, 
which can only refer to the preceding 
Ramathaim of v. 1; and in v. 19 he and 
his wife return to their house in Ramah 
(MND oM|abN), obviously the same 
place.—R.] The position of this Ra- 
mah was early lost sight of by tradition; 
and a variety of opinions has prevailed 
ever since Eusebius and Jerome. Its 
site has been fixed: a) At the Ramah 
of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was 
less than an hour distant from Gibeah 
where Saul resided and in full view of 
it; comp. 1 Sam.c. 9. 10. So Pococke, 
Raumer, Winer. £) Eusebius and Je- 
rome regard it as the Arimathea of the 
N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a 
Ramah anciently existed. Hence some 
have held it to be the same with the 
present Ramleh ; which however is a 
modern town. 7) At the present Neby 
Samwil, a high point two hours north- 
west. of Jerusalem. But this is irre- 
concileable with the mention of Rachel’s 
sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10,2. 6) Another 
suggestion places Ramathaim-Zophim 
and Ramah at the modern Séba west 
of Jerusalem ; where however the like 
difficulty presses, though in a less de- 
gree; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL p. 
330-334; comp. in ὩΣ. «) If then we 


allow weight to the mention of Rachel’s 


sepulchre, we can only seek for this Ra- 
mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse- 
hius speaks of a Ramah: ἐστὲ δὲ καὶ 
Ῥαμὰ tov Βενιαμὶν περὲ τὴν Βηϑλεέμ. 
Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel 
Fureidis or the Frank Mountain, theau- 


ΓΙ 


cient fortress and city of Herod called 
Herodium ; and if we fix there the site 
of Ramah, all the circumstances men- 
tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex- 
plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo- 
phim of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a 
different place. [This last supposition, 
as we have seen above, is inadmissible. 
Besides, no one who had ever seen the 
Frank Mountain could suppose for a 
moment that a cityever lay upon it. It 
was indeed occupied by Herod’s fortress, 
but the city Herodium lay atits foot ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 171-173. Euse- 
bius, as above cited, places the Ramah 
of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously 
in order to help outa wrong interpreta- 
tion of Matt. 2,18. ζ) A recent hypo- 
thesis places this Ramah at a site of 
ruins now called er-Radmeh two miles 
north of Hebron. This also makes Ra- 
mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro- 
phet’s birth, to be different from the Ra- 
mah of his residence and burial; against 
the express testimony of Josephus, Ant. 
6. 4. 6. ib. 13.5. See Biblioth. Sacra, 
1843, p.46-51. See generally Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IT. p. 141-143. p. 330-334.—In 
this uncertainty interpreters may yet be 
driven to the position, that the city where 
Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9.10) was 
not Ramah his home.—R. 

6) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36; 
perh. the same mentioned v. 29; see Re- 
land Palest. p. 963. 

d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8, 29; fully 
MBs27 ΓῺ Josh. 13, 26. 

e) “mb ron, see in ΠΡ no. 3. 


MO) Γ (τ. 89 1) a worm, collect. 
worms, as bred from putridity, Ex. 16, 24. 
Job 7,5. 17, 14. 21, 26. 24, 10. Is. 14, 11. 


Once trop. of man Job 25,6. Arab. Ἢ 
patridity, worms. 

712" m. also FO", c. suff. "24; plur. 
ἘΠῚ 3, constr. 39125, 

I. ἃ pomegranate, spoken of the tree, 
Num, 20, 5. Deut. 8,8. 1 Sam. 14, 12. 
Joel 1, 12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3. 
6, 7. 8, 2; also artificial, as an atthitec: 
tural ornament, Ex, 28, 33. 34. 2 K. 25, 


17. Arab. sy id. Byr) id. The 
etymology is uncertain ; since it is hard- 
ly possible, as some have supposed, that 


982 


man 


pomegranates should have this name 
from the worms (12) with which they 
are infested. Better to interpret eal as 


8 
the marrowy, from δ) marrow. PS IV 


the bone is full of marrow. The pome- 
granate tree is still found in Syria, Pa- 
lestine, and Egypt ; see Celsius Hierob. 
I, p. 272 sq.—F rom their abounding in 
pomegranates, several places received 
the pr. name 7129 Rimmon, viz. 

a) A city of the tribe of Simeon in 
the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 15, 
32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10, 

b) A town on a high conical rock or 
peak north-east of Geba and Michmash, 
near the desert, Judg. 20, 45. 47. 21, 13. 


Now Rimmén ory} see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 113, 122.—Here too some 
refer 1 Sam. 14, 2. 

6) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 135 
where "x2 does not belong to the 
proper name, see under “xm Pual.— 
The same is 12125 1 Chr. 6, 62. 

4) 7728 7127 a station of the Israelites 
after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19. 

6) 7129 MA, see in Ma no. 4. 

Il. Rimmon, pr.n.m. a) A Syrian 
idol, 2 K. 5, 18; comp. pr. ἢ. 712732 and 
pat ; perh. the exalted. from r, D2} 
ie Hesych. “Ραμάς: ὕψιστος ϑεός. b) 
A man 2 Sam. 4, 2. 

NO) (heights, plur. of m2) Ra- 
moth, pr.n. a) A city in Gilead, else- 
where Mian, Josh. 21, 36 [38]. 1K. 4, 
13. b) = nin, i,q. 323°M2N7 q. v. 
1 Sam. 30, 27. 

Mma Εἰ (τ. 855) a heap, mound, of 
corpses Ez. 32,5. Better, with J. D. 
Michaelis, to write "M2" or perhaps 
427, thy worms, from 737. 


; M72) obsol. root, Arab. e lo 


pierce with a lance, to lance-—Hence 
ΤΩ τὰ. plur. 597195, c. suff. o>"795, 
a lance, spear, used by heavy-armed 
troops Num. 25, 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4, 7. 
10.15; coupled with Mix 1 Chr. 12, 8. 24, 
2 Chr. 11, 12. 14, 7. 25.5. Sometimes 
the iron point, lance-head, Jer. 46, 4. Joel 
4,10, 1K. 18,28,—Aram. 89399, budoos, 


id Arab! es (ἃ; 


72" 


"2 m. plur.c. art. 2°27 2Chr. 22, 5, 
ig. D°2287, Syrians ; comp.2K. 8, 25. 
For the apheresis of the letter δὲ see p. 
1, also art. "278. 

τ (whom Jehovah hath set, comp. 
Chald. M2" no. 2) Ramiah, pr. n. τῇ, 
Ezra 10, 25. 

MMII Γ (Ὁ. ΠῚ Pi.) 1. @ letting fall 
of the hands, i. 6. remissness, sloth ; GE} 
Aé25 ἃ slothful soul, person, Prov. 19, 15. 
Coner. one slothful, Prov. 12, 34. 27. 
may H2 ΓΙῸΣ to labour with a slack 
hand, slothful, 10,4; see Heb. Gr. § 135, 
1. η. 3. Adv. δννίδοῖν, slothfully, Jer. 
48, 10.—This notion of the root ap- 
proaches near to the kindr. "59. Arab. 
*” VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego- 
tium. 

2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12. 
Job 13, 7. 229 71> a deceitful tongue 
Ps, 120, 2. 3, ma MYR a@ deceitful 
bow, which sends the arrows wide of the 
mark, Hos. 7,16. Poet. for treacherous 
bowmen, who feign flight in order to 
deceive, Ps. 78, 57. ᾿ 


2 £. amare, once Esth. 8,10. Arab. 


9. - oY. 
KM, id. Syr. bases herd of horses and 
mares, also of other animals ; prob. from 


Pers. ey flock, herd, troop. 


Ἔ 9 obsol. root, Arab. hue, to deck 
with gems, to stain with blood. Hence 


ἜΣ ΟἽ (whom Jehovah decks) Re- 
maliah, pr. n. of the father of Pekah 
king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25; prob. a man 
of low birth and standing, whence his 
son is called in contempt "7529772 Is. 


7, 4.5. 8, 6. 


ἮΙ. DO" jg. em, to be high, to be 
lifted up, exalted. Preet. 13° Job 22, 12 
where many Mss. and editions have 125 ; 
also "2" Job 24,24 where other copies 
have 5279. Part. fem. 7221" uplifted, 
exalted, Ps, 118, 16. 

Nipa. imp. plur, 2255 Num. 17, 10 
[16, 45], and fat. #252 Ez. 10, 15. 17. 19, 
to lift up oneself,to rise up. In both the 
forms a few Mss. _— the Dagesh. 


Th. D7 Arab. δ) to rot, to be ca- 


rious, of a bone; also to be marrowy. 
Hence ΠῚ, 119. 


983 


wr" 


ἜΣ ΘΟ (1 have exalted his help, 
τ. 297) Romamti-ezer, pr. ἢ. τῇ, 1 Chr. 
25, 4. 31. 


727, see 7125. 


"Ὁ ΘΠ fat. oo"; kindr. is OB. 

1. to tread with the feet, 6. g. a potter 
the clay, ὁ. ace. Is, 41, 25; 3 Neh, 3, 
14; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence to tread 
upon, i. e. to walk over any thing, Ps. 
91, 13. 

2. to tread down, to trample under foot, 
2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26, 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10; also 
persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17. 
20. 9, 33; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7. 
Trop. Is. 63. 3. Ps. 7,6. Part. 025 a 
treader down, oppressor, Is. 16,4. As- 
scribed to the foot Is. 26,6; comp. Ez. 
34,18. Further, otread down, to trample 
streets with horses’ hoofs Ez. 26, 11. 
Also Is. 1, 12 "73m 0%" fo trample my 
courts i.e. to profane them ; comp. Rev. 
11, 2. 1 Mace. 3, 45. 

Nipn. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 3. 

Deriv. 0972. 


* WD) fat. Bans 1. tocreep, to crawl, 
the appropriate verb for the motion of 
the smaller animals which creep along 
the ground; both those which have four 
feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and 
this is the proper signification, comp. 
027.) and also those without feet, which 
glide or drag themselves upon the 
ground, as worms and serpents. Gen. 
1, 26, after the mention of quadrupeds 
both domestie and wild, of birds, and 
fishes: YRS ΘΠ ΟΠ 99 all the 
creeping things (reptiles) that creep 
upon the earth. v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17. 
19. Lev. 11,44. Sometimes the earth 
is said to creep with creeping things, c. 
acc. (comp. 327 no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 533 
Rew Goon ws upon all wih which 
the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which 
creep upon the earth. 

2. In a wider sense spoken of aquatic 
or amphibious reptiles ; 3 Gen. 1,21 reat 


‘ pean Ἔχ “ὡς nay the creeping 


animals with which the waters swarm. 
Ley. 11, 46. Ps. 69, 35. So of all land 
Snimele whatever, Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps. 
104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep 
forth, sc. by night from their dens.— 
Hence 


[2 ῸΞ 


2) m. a creeping thing, reptile, col- 
lect. reptiles, Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6, 7. 7, 14. 
23; often ΓΝ ΓΙ we whatever creeps 
upon the earth Gen. 1, 25. 6, 20. Hos. 2, 
20 [18]; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of 
aquatic animals Ps, 104, 25, So of all 
land animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3. 


Hd) (height. i. q. 2) Remeth, pr.n. 
ofa city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 

aa) ΓΙῸΣ 
532 nar. 


mpiz DMS, see in 727 no. 2. Ὁ. 


«ἰδ 2 


in some editions, see in 


ὙΠ m. (pr. inf. of r. 422) @ shouting, 
rejoicing ; Plur. constr. oben shouts 
of deliverance Ps. 32, 7. 


* F727 fat. mays, i. g. 15, to give forth 
a tremulous and ΡΟΣ ἈΠ sound ; once 
of the whizzing of the arrow as shot from 
the bow Job 39, 23, where MBYN quiver 
is put poet. for arrows. Arab. Ss) and 


I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the 
bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo- 
chart Hieroz. L. p. 134. Alb. Schultens 
ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11. 


ΤΣ f. (r. 122) 1. shout of joy, re- 
joicing, Ps. 30,6, 42, 5. 47. 2. Is. 35, 
10. 51, 11. al. 1K. 22, 36 mann sas’ 
‘OWRD... andthere went thej joy- 
ful cry throughout the camp... Home ! 

2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing, 
Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106, 44. Jer. 14, 
12. al. 

3. Rinnah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 


"12. inf. and imp. 34; fut. 45", twice 
msn Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3, once 5 Prov. 
29, 6; pr. to give forth a tremulous and 
stridulaus sound, Spec. 

1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi- 
ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole 
vibrating in the wind ; hence j78, 77". 
Also of the noise, roaring of a tor- 


rent, see ἼἼ5 1}. 
a bow, to whizz. 
2. to give forth the voice in vibrations, 
to shake or trill the voice; hence a) to 
utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with 
an articulate voice, Lev. 9,24; elsewhere 
poetic Job 38,7. Is. 12,6, 42, 11. 54, 1. 
al. Ascribed also to the human tongue 
Is. 35, 6; to inanimate things Is. 44, 23. 


Arab. ὡ» to twang as 


984, 


yo" 

49,13. With acc. to shout one’s praise, 
to praise with rejoicing, Is. 61,7 see P>M 
no. 2.c. With 2 id. Is. 24,14; on ac- 
count of, Jer. 31,7. Ὁ) Of mournful 
cries, 10 cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 19. 

Piet 329 i. q. Kal no, 2, to shout for 
joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132, 16. Is. 28, ᾿ 
19, 52,9; with 3 im or over any person 
or thing, Ps. 33, 1, 89, 13. 92, 5; with 
ἘΣ over the destruction of any one Jer. 
51, 48. But with ace. of pers, or thing, 
to shout aloud one’s praise, i.e. to praise 
with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; ο. δὲ 
Ps. 84, 3; > 95, 1. Inf. as noun el 
shouting i. 35, 2, Ascribed to things 
Ps. 96, 12. 

Puat fut. 9297, pass. Is. 16, 10. 

Hien. (7291. Trans. to cause to 
shout for joy, to make rejoice, Ps. 65, 9. 
Job 29, 13. 

2. Intrand! to shout for joy, to rejoice, 
Deut. 32, 43. Ps. 32,11; δἰ > Ps. 81, 2. 

Deriv. see Kal no. 1; lbs 74, 725, and 

337 f. constr. 7229 1. a cry of joy, 
shout, Ps. 100. 2. Job 3, 7. 20,5. Plur. 
min Ps. 63, 6. 

2. Plur, 67229 Job 39, 13 [16] sq. fe- 
male ostriches, poet. for the comm. M132 
m3"; so called from their wailing cry, 
see 429 Lam. 2,19 and in M232. Comp. 
Arab. οἷον female ostrich, from her ery. 
Vulg. ‘strithio. See Bochart Hieroz. II. 
p. 24. 

MO (a ruin, τ. 00%) Rissah, pr. n. of 
a station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 33, 21. 22. 

ὉΠ Ὁ m. plur. constr. "970%. 

1. breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R. 0d" 
no. 1. 

2. drops, dew-drops, Cant. 5,2.. Ri 00" 
no. 2. 


we) obsol., root, Arab. » to 
bind, e. g. with a cord, halter, curb, 
Henee 
ἼΦ m. c. suff. 904 1. ἃ curb, halter, 
pr. which goes over a horse’s nose Is. 
30, 28; hence genr. a rein, bridle, Ps. 
82, 9. Job 30, 11 smb “292 10 they cast 
off the bridle before me, i. 6. they take 
unbridled liberties; comp. the Arabic 
phrase xoLe: (gb ‘he throws off his 
bridle” said’ of an unbridled person.— 
Hence 


oo" 


2. the mouth, i. e. the interior where 
the bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like 
Gr. χαλινοί. Job 41,5 [13] 204 bee, 
i. e. the jaws, the double row of teeth in 
the crocodile. 

3. Resen, pr. n. of an ancient city in 
Assyria, Gen. 10, 12. 


* DD inf ord 1. to break in pieces, 
kindr. with #7 and O77 q. v. Chald. 
69" to pound, to crush; Zab. 25 to 


break bones. Hence Θ᾿ Ὁ“ no, 1, and 
pr. ἢ. 04. 

2. to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14. 
Hence 07070" no. 2. Chald. 00%, 


GL . *. 
Arab. ἘΝ id. This connects itself with 


the signif. no. 1, since what is broken in 
pieces or crushed small, is easily scat- 
tered, sprinkled. 

ΣᾺ m. (r. 23) in pause and after 
distinct. ace. 39; with art, 279 and 
377; with Vav copul. 53}, but with dis- 
tinct. ace. 72); plur. 5°37. 

A) Adj. with fem. πρὸ, plur. Mis. 

1. bad, evil, worthless, in quality or es- 
sence; opp. 21%. Εἰ. g. merchandise 
Prev. 20, 14; water, unwholesome, 2 K. 
2,19; cattle Lev. 27,10; figs Jer. 24, 2; 
sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut. 
15, 21. 350 IN 39 735 fo speak bad or 
good, i.e. any thing at all, Gen. 24, 50, 
comp. 31, 24.—Spec. tll-favoured, of bad 
appearance, Gen, 41, 3.4.19. 21, 33.733 
Jilthy thing, éxerement, Deut. 23, 10 [9]. 
—Trop. ' "2°32 39 evil in the mht of 
any one, displeasing to him, Gen. 28, 8. 
38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the 
phrase "2 "2°23 SUT MY to do evil in 
the sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing 
to him, spoken of idolaters and trans- 
gressors, Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25. 
Judg. 2,11. 1 Sam. 15, 19. 1K. 11, 6. 
2 K. 3,2. al.sep. For "3°23 is put also 
ΒΝ in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1; 
also ἘΣ Eee. 2, 17. 

2. bad, evil, i. e. causing evil, hurtful, 
harmful. _a) Physically, e.g. a raven- 
ous beast Gen. 37, 20.33; malignant dis- 
ease Deut. 28,59; 53 Ὑπῷ a malignant 
ulcer v. 35; 33 "33 an evil thing, poi- 


sonous, 2 K. 4,41; ΤΣ 37 evil-eyed, i. e. 


envious, miserly, Prov. 23, 6. 28, 22. 

Is. 32, 7 ΠΣ 95D "2 the weapons of 

the deceiver are hurtful, destructive to 
83 


985 74 


others. Ὁ) Morally bad, evil, wicked ; 
of persons 1 Sam. 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140, 
2. Job 21, 30, Prov. 11, 21. Esth. 7,6; 
plur. 5°29 the wicked Proy. 4, 14, 14, 19. 
So 994 “32, see in “23 Piel no. 3. Of 
a wicked people Jer. 13, 10; or genera- 


tion Deut. 1, 35. Then also of things, 


as 3 "33 α wicked thing, crime, Deut. 
17,5; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8, 
13. 28,10. Jer. 23, 22; 34 35 an evil 
heart Jer, 7,24. 11, 8. Prov: 26, 23; "%9 
Σ΄ an evil imagination, thought, ‘Gen. 
6, 5. 8,21. So ΠΡῚ ΠῚ an evil spirit 
fron God upon Saul 1 Sam. 16, 15; but 
in Judg. 9, 23 ΠΣ MAM is an evil spirit 
of discord. 

3. ill, evil, i. 6. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the 
countenance, Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2; the 
heart Prov. 25, 20. 

4, ill, evil, i. 6. unprosperous, unhappy, 
Is. 3, 11 comp. ν. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For 
22> 275 see below in B. 1. Ὁ. 

B) Subst.97 . 1. ill, evil,i.e. a) evil 
which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7. 
37 ΠῺΣ fo do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7.. 2 Chr. 
33, 9. Neh. 9, 28; 37. "Ὡν ewil-doers Ps, 
34, 17; 9 ΞΘ id. Mic. 2,1. 22 nee 
'p o> to do evil with or to any one Gen. 
31, 29; 6. > id. Jer. 39, 12. D2 523 tor 
recompense evil Ps. 7,5. Ὁ) evil which 
happens to any one, adversity, calamity, 
Gen. 44, 84. Job 2,10. 5,19. 30, 26. Ps. 
121, 7., Prov. 5, 14. Is. 31, 2. 4]. 33 815 
day of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6, 
3; 32 727 Ps. 49,6, 02> 22d for evil 
unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful- 
ler phrase 52> 39 nis, Jer.7,6. 25,7. 
Ecc. 8,9. So to prophesy evil, calamity, 
1 K. 22,8. 18. Plur) 0°39 ἼΞ ΝΒ angels 
of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity, 


Ps. 78, 49. 


2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, 
depravity ; 3772 “Ὁ departing from evil, 
doing right, Job 1,1; comp. Prov. 8, 13. 
Also ill-will, malice, Ps, 7,10; 272 with 
malice, wickedly, Ps. 73, 8—Sometimes 
in genit. expressing quality, as 37 "DIN 


«wicked men Prov. 28,5; 22 M8 a wicked 


woman Prov. 6,24; 5 ΤῈΣ wicked coun- 
sel Ez. 11, 25 comp. -Eee. 4, 8.—Sept. 
πονηρός, κακός. 

“TL 33 m. (τ. 359) c. suff. 19, outery, 
noise, e.g. in joy, @ shoul, Ex. 32, 17; 
in grief Mic. 4,9. So Ὅλ 5 for the thun- 


3 986 


der ; Job 36, 33 55 72 3737 his thunder 
showeth concerning him, God; see in 733 
Hiph. no. 2. 


IL. 33 m, (for 434, τ. M35 no. 3) ὁ. 
suff, "37, 9, Jer..6, 21, but far oftener 
wm>4, once fully ἘΞ: Job 6, 27;, Plur, 
ps4, c. suff. "33, Ἢ152, "35 Job 32, 3, 
also ΓΙ" for — Job 42, 10. 1 Sam. 
30, 26, DFS) Ps. 28, 3. 

La friend, companion, acquaintance, 
with whom one lives, has friendly inter- 
course, Gen. 38, 12..20. 2 Sam. 13, 3. 
Job 2,11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25, 17; 
but implying lege than ams Prov. 18, 24. 
With dat. like Gr. ὃ ἐμοὶ φίλος, Job 30, 
29 ΤΩΣ Miz3> 29 a companion (i.e. like) 
to ostriches. The epithet 57, friend, 
companion, is also put for: a) a lover, 
one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5, 16, Jer. 
3, 1.20. Hos. 3,1. Comp. 7737. b) 
any one, any other member of the ho- 
man family, 6 πλησίον, neighbour, fellow, 
Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 
5, 18. Prov. 3. 29. al. ο) Preceded by 
wx, one—another ; Judg. 6, 29 INT 
anst-by wx they satd each man to his 
fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3. 
1 Sam. 10, 11. 2 Κι. 3, 23. Ex. 18, 7. 
2 Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49, Also of 
things Gen. 15, 10, see in Ss no. 4. 
Comp. πὶ no. 7. Rarely without 7x 
preceding, Is. 34, 14 NIPT AMD TWN TSW 
the satyr shall cry to his fellow, i i.e. one 
satyr to another. 

2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald. 
mags, 77, Ps. 139, 2.17.—Chald. 739 


to will also Syr. [39 Ethpa. to think. 


Dm. (pr. inf. of r 55.) 1. badness, 
bad quality, Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8. 29,17. Also 
ugliness, deformity, Gen. 41, 19. 

2, In a moral sense, evil, wickedness, 
18.1.10. Jer. 4, 4. 21, 12, 23, 2, 26, 3. 

3. sadness of the heart, countenance, 
Neh. 2, 2. Kec. 7, 3. 


"22. fut. 227. to hunger, to be 
hungry. 


capacious ; ot) id. i) wide-bel- 
lied. The primary idea seems to be 
that of having a, wide,and empty sto- 
mach; comp. kindr, 51 and Ethiop. 
C#N to hunger.—Spoken of individu- 


Arab. οἷς τ be ample and 


me 


als Is. 8. 21. 49; 10. Ps. 34, 11. 50, 12; 
of a whole country, lo be famished, to 
suffer famine, Gen. 41,55. With > to 
hunger for any thing, Jer. 42; 14. 

Hiren. fo cause to hunger Dent. 8, 35. 
to let famish Prov. 10; 3. 

Deriv. 329, 139, and 

22 m. hunger, famine, of single 
persons Lam. 5; 10. Deut: 32, 24. Jer. 
11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole countries. 
i. e. famine, scarcity of grain, Gen. 12, 
10. 26,1. 45, 11. Ruth 1,1. Job 5, 20. ae 


327) m. adj. plur. 9239, fem. 72D", 
hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. Jabs 5; 5. Is. 29, 
8.al. hunger-bitten. famished, Job 18, 12. 

i325 m. (τ. 222) constr. i294, famine 
Ps. 37, 19. Gen. 42, 19, 33. 


ΠΣ fat. 1997 to tremble, to quake, 
e. gi the earth Ps. 104, 32,—Arab. ke 
Conj. IV, VII, id.) Eth. COR id, Kindr. 
are 539, ὭΣ. 

Hien. intrans, 10° tremble, to shake, of 
persons, part. 32 Dan. 10, 11. Ezra 
10, 9. 

Deriv. the two following. 


27 τὰ. a trembling, Ez. 15, 15. Ps. 
55, 6. 


TIP Γ᾿ (Ὁ. 1B) α trembling, Ps. 2, 11. 
48, 7. Is. 33, 14. Job 4, 14, 


" riz τε fut. 5397, apoe. 395 Job 20, 26. 

1. Trans. fo feed a flock, to pasture, 
Lat, pascere. Arab. id. and trop. 
to tend, te guard, to govern. Ethiop. 
CUP id. Syr. Chald, Samar. id— 
Constr. with ace. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 30, 
36, Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23, 4. Cant. 
1,8. al. 3 Gen. 37,2, 1 Sam. 16, 11.. 
17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13: Num. 
14, 33. Cant. 1; 7% al.—Parr. ΠΡ Ἢ subst. 
a shepherd, herdsman, Gen, 46, 34, Ex. 
2, 17. Is. 13, 20. Jer. 43,12; with genit~. 
of flock or herd Gen. 13,7; and of the 
owner, as PY) 7 Gen. 26, 20; Fem. 


πρὸ Gen. 29, 9. Arab. fia. 


Trop. to feed: 4} i. q. to lead, to 
rule, to care for, the figure being often, 
preserved, e.g. αὐ) Of a prince or king,. 
like Gr, ποιμὴν λαῶν. 2 Sam. 5, 2 chow 
shalt feed my people Israel. 7,7. Jer. 23,: 
2 sq. Mic. 5,3. 7, 145 c. 3 Ps. 78, 71. 


ΠΣ ΠῚ 


Hence M34.a shepherd, spoken ofaprince 
or king, Jer. 2,8. 3 15, 22,22. Ez. 34, 2sq. 
Is, 44,28, βὺ) Of God, Ps. 23, 1 Jehovah is 
my shepherd, I shall not want, 28,9. 80, 
2. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp. Hos, 4, 16. 
7) Of teacher of virtue and wisdom, 
Prov. 10, 21. Hence m3" a master or 
teacher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of 
prophets Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others 
understand princes. δὴ Ps. 49, 15 m9 
Bo death feedeth (pastureth) them: 4. 6. 
in Sheol, like a lock; see the preceding 
clause. 

b) to nourish, to afford sustenance ; 
Hos. 9, 2 the threshing-floor and wine- 
press shall not feed them, i.e. shall be 
cut off, fail. 

2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas- 
ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17. 
11,7. 65, 25; with 59 of place added Is. 
45,9; 3 Gen. 41, 2. With ace. of the 
pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50, 
19, Ez. 34, 14.18.19, Mic. 7,14. ‘Trop. 
to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 they 
shall feed down the land of Assyria with 
the sword. Job 20, 26 hxa Ww Ὁ 
(the fire) shall devour what is left in his 
tent. Jer. 22, 22. 2,16 IPIP WAST they 
Seed off the crown of thy head ; comp. Is. 
7, 20. Job 24, 21 A pz πρὸ who feedeth 
down (oppresseth) the barren woman ; 
Chald. confringens.—Also trop. to feed 
in quiet, is fo live or dwell in security Is. 
14, 30. [So Ps. 37,3 may AD and 
feed in faith, trusting in “God, i. _q. 
Min? ΓΟ Ν 5. Hab. 2, 4; see the pre- 
ceding clause.—R. 

3. Metaph. to feed upon any thing, 
i. e. to feast upon, to delight in any per- 
son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: ‘his 
ego rebus pascor, his delector” Chald. 
my" id. comp. Heb. m=3, "13, YEN. 
Kindr. is πα, Arab. ἰός. Construed: 
a) With ace. of pers. to’delight in any 
one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20. 
28, 7. 29, 3. b) With acc. of thing, 
Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools M238 ΓΙ 


delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks 


after it. min ΠΡ to feed upon the wind, 
i. e. to strive or grasp after something 
vain. inania sectari, Hos. 12,2; comp. Is. 
44,20. Comp. π᾿ ΤῊΣ and Man 593. 
Pie, “37 denom. from ΠΣ and 33 
a friend, to treat as a friend, to make the 
companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20. 


987 


ΓΙ 


Hipu. fut. c. suff. oe), to feed, iq. 
Kal no. 1, Ps. 78, 72. 

ΗΙΤΉΡ. to make friendship, to hold 
intercourse, ο. ΤῊΣ with any one ‘Prov. 
22, 24. 

Deriv. M39, 59 ΤΙ, ΠΡ, 94, 934, 
MAI, MIDI γον, ΡΝ D0, Parte, 
and ‘the | proper names 35, bey, ΡΝ 
mn. 


f. (τ. 595) A) Adj. fem. evil, bad, 
see in masc. Σ᾽. 

B) Subst. ill, evil, Eec. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10, 
5. ΠΣ for evil, i.e. with bad intent or 
purpose, e. g. to set one’s face upon any 
one ΓΙΒῚ5 δὲ 51 ΓΙΣ ἪΡ for evil and not for 
good Jer. 21; 10. 39, 16. 44, 11; comp. 
Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 2, 15. 2 
Sam. 18, 32.—Hence 

1. ill, evil.i.e. a) evil which one does 
to others; thus Ἐ M27 MY 10 do evil to 
any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6, 2; c. 53 Gen. 
26, 29. Judg. 15, 3; MX Judg. 11, 27. 
ΓΞ Ann mz ΞΘ to reward evil for 
good Gen. 44,4; also Is. 7, 5. Ps, 21, 12. 
Plur. miz Ps. 140, 3. With genit. ND" 
722738 the evil of Abimelech, which he 
did to others, Judg. 9, 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25, 
39. Ὁ) evil which happens to any one, 
calamily,i.e. αν hurt, mischief, destruc- 
tion, Gen. 19,19. Ex. 32,12. Jer. 2,3.°4, 
6. 5,12. 11, 11. al. ὭΣ WPre they 
that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps. 71, 
13. 24; comp. Ps. 35,4. β) affliction, 
trouble: adversity ; 7372 in or with af- 
fliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 8. Gen. 44, 29. 
m3 Psa in time of edi, i. e. of afitic- 
tion, distress, Ps. 37,19. 41,2. Jer. 2.28. 
11, 12. Plur. mid evils, calamities, Deut. 
31, 21. Ps. 34, 20. 

2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, 
depravity ; so x32 ΠΣ M7D22 that 
we may put away ‘evil (coner. evil per- 
sons) out of Israel Judg. 20, 13 ; see in 
“>a Pi. no. 3. Also Wicked deed sin, 
Gen. 39,9. Hence of active wickedness, 
deliberate mischief, malevolence, malite, 
Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47,10. Job 22, 5. 
Hos. 10,15 02ns2 m27 the evil of your 
evil, your great wickedness. 


MPI τη. (τ. ΠΣ 3) constr. πὶ, c. suff. 
722 Prov. 6, 3 (like mp2, ἐκ ἐν δα 
friend, acquaintance, companion, i. α. 37 
which is more usual, 2 Sam. 15, oe 16, 
16. 1 K. 4,5 ἢ, 


mo 


MY) fem. of ΠΣ, plur. ΤΡ female 
companions, Ps. 45, 15. Judg. 11, 37 
Keri. 

ms inf. of r. 33, where see. 


Wl (friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. τι. m 
: Gen. Ἵ1, 18.. Gr. ἹΡαγαῦ Luke 3, 35.— 
‘Strictly i i. g. O23, like "3D i. q.mb3. R. 
ry}: 

SNA) (friend of God) Reuel, Sept. 
“Ῥαγουήλ, pr.n.m. a) A son of Esau 
‘Gen. 36, 4.10. Ὁ) The father of Jethro, 
Ex.2,18. Num. 10,29. ¢)1Chr.9,8. ἃ) 
In Num. 2, 14 should be read instead of 
it bxss3 ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10, 20. 


ΤΑΣ pr. fem. of 992 gq. v. R. ap. 

1. a female friend, companion, plur. 
mp7 Judg. 11, 37 Cheth.. Hence a) 
another, any other, Esth. 1, 19, comp. 
1 Sam. 15, 28.- b) Prevaded by πὸνπ 
one—another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9, 19. Zech. 
11, 9; of birds Is. 34, 15.16. Comp. in 
Ἢ no. 1. ο. 

2. desire, a striving, grasping after 
any thing. 7 M39 a striving of 
wind, q. d. windy striving, vain endea- 
vour, Ece. 1, 14. 2, 11.17.26. 4, 4. 6. 6, 
9. Comp. πῆ 43) Hos. 12, 2, and 
Chald. n>. 


MAD) Chald. f. will, pleasure, Ezra 5, 
17. 7,18. Ἔ. ΠῚ no. 8. 

"2") m. pasture, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. 
τῷ. 

"5 (friendly, social, denom. from 9) 
Rei, pr. n. m. 1 K. 1, 8. 


"27 adj. denom. from n34, of a shep- 
herd, pastoral, 1s. 38, 12. Subst, a shep- 
herd, Zech. 11, 17. 


MIT Τ (r. M3) a female friend, com- 
panion, plur, ὃ. suff. ὙΠ» Judg. 11, 37 
Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of 
endearment, Fr. mon amie, Cant. 1,9. 15. 
2, 2, 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. 5 no. 1. a. 


PPP) m. iq. PAIN no. 2, desire, 
striving. Eec. 2, 22 iad VST the striv- 
ving of his heart. 199 4°99 a striving 

" of wind, windy striving, vain effort, Ecc. 
1,17. 4,10. R. 35 no. 3. 

TF) Chald. m. thought, cogitation, 

Dan, 4, 16. 5, 6.10. 7, 28; spoken of 


nectiifng! visions Dan. 2, 29.30. R. nz 
to think. 


988 


ms" 


* S971 wy νων» A Gade wa 
495. Chald. and Syr. id. Found only in 

Hopn. to be made to tremble or quiver, 
e. g. a spear, to be brandished, Nah. 2, 4. 

Deriv. 539, 229m, and the pr. names 
ΤΟΣ, τος, 


bya m. 1. ἃ reeling from intoxica- 
tion, Zech, 12, 2. 

2. Plur. Γῆ ΡΣ veils, as a female orna~ 
ment, so called from their tremulous or 


fluttering motion, Is. 3,19. Arab. Js). 


mea} (whom Jehovah makes trem- 
ble, i. e. who fears Jehovah) Reelaiah, 
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2,2; for which Neh. 7, T 
ΓΙΛΩΣ Ἢ. 


ἜὮΣ" fut. Dds" 1. ay δ υνν agi- 
tated, to tremble, kindr. with 595, ἼΣΑΣ 
Ez. 27, 35. Spec. of the sea, $0 be trou 
bled, Tees to rage, Ps. 96, 11. 98, 7. 
1 Chr. 16, 32. 

2. to thunder, see Hiph.ando>3. Syr. 
seSs id. [SeS$ thunder. Chald. pone 
to murmur, to roar. 

3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. no. 2. 
Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. ΠῚ, V, id. 


Hirx. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps. 
18, 14. 29,3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 10. 
7, 10. 

2. to prevoke to anger, to bk τ 
1 Sam. 1, 6. 

Deriv. the two following. 


DY) m. ec. suff. HOI, thunder, Ps. 77, 
19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 29,6. Hence for 
a voice of thunder, as of warlike leaders 
shouting their orders, Job 39,25. Me- 
taph. Job 26, 14 513. "Ὦ INDIR ἘΞ 
the thunder of his power who can under- 
stand? i.e. the whele compass of the 
divine power, all the mighty deeds 
which can be predicated of God. 


VOT ἢ {r. B39). 1. a@trembling, qui- 
vering, shueldersieg, poetically for the 
mane of a horse, prob. as erect from 
excitement, and waving or streaming 
in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22] trabnn 
ΤΌΣ ὙΝῊΣ hast thou clothed his neck 
with shuddering? i.e. with a waving 
mane ; comp. Gr. φόβη mane, from φόβος. 
—Other interpretations are reviewed by 
Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 118 sq. and Alb 
Schult. ad. ἢ. 1. 


Ba 


2. Raamah, pr. ἃ. of a son of Cush, 
who with his sons Sheba and Dedan 
founded families or tribes in south-east- 
ern Arabia, which afterwards had com- 
merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7. 
1 Chr. 1,9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts. 
waD R38, 71. Sept. in Gen. |. c. ren- 
dies it Péypa, i.e. a city on the Persian 
Gulf. mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph. 
Byz. See Bochart Phaleg IV. 5. 


MOI" see in mrd34. 


tr 


007227) Gen. 47,11. Ex. 12,37, Num. 
33, 3.5, and O02) Ex. 1, 11, Rameses, 
or Raamses, pr. n.of an Egyptian city in 
the land of Goshen, built or at least for- 
tified by the labour of the Israelites. Ex. 
1,11. The name of this city seems some- 
times to have been given to the whole 
province, {see Gen. 1. c.) from which it 
would appear to have been the chief 
city of the district. It was prob. situated 
near the water-shed between the Bitter 
Lakes and the Valley of the Seven 
Wells, not far from Herodpolis, but not 
identical with that city; see Thesaur. p. 
1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Biicher Mose u. 
Agypten p.48 sq. [Engl.p.47 sq.] Comp. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest.L. p. 79 sq. 547-530. 
—The name accords with that of sevé- 


ral kings of Egypt, Ramses, Preece 
i.e. son of the sun; one of whom pro- 
bably founded the city and gave it his 
own name. 


ἘΣ in Kal not used. Syr. (4Sc5 


is the plant mallows; prob. so called 
from its greenness. 

Pru. 4229 to put forth leaves, to be 
green, 3 pers. f. 2329 Job 15, 32. Cant. 
1,16. But both these examples can be 
referred to the following adjective.— 
Hence 


}227 τὰ. adj. plur. o°2227 Ps. 92, 15; 
fem. M2231; green, 6. g. leaves, faliege, 
Jer. 17, 8; of trees which are vigorous 
and flourishing, Deut. 12, 2. 2 K. 16, 4. 
al. A green tree is then the emblem of 
prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37,35; 
in the righteous 52, 10. 92, 15. al. Also 
green oil, i.e. fresh, new, Ps. 92, 11. 

72271 Chald. m. id. green ; metaph. of 
a person flourishing in prosperity, Dan. 
4,1 [4]. 

83* 


3S “-- 


5. 


᾿ 2.5 1. lo break, to break in pieces, 

i,q. 722, 722. Also intrans. as in Engl. 
to break, i.e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr. 
id. Pret, 429 are broken, Jer. 11, 16, 
Inf. fem. M35 in breaking. pleonast, Is. 
24,19; as subst..a breaking, e. g. ΤΙΣ Ἢ γῶ 
a broken tooth Prov. 25,19. Fut, 257 
Jer. 15, 12. Job 34,24; c. suff. opm Ps. 
2;,9. 
_ 2. Intrans. tobe evil, bad, from the idea 
of breaking, being broken, and so made 
worthless; opp. of 52m to be whole, 
sound, good. Pret, 53, ἢ πρὸ Deut. 15, 
9. 2 Sam. 19,8; inf. 25 Ecc. 7,35; imp. 
plur. 5 be ye evil, i.e. though ye are 
evil, angry, though ye rage, Is. 8,9; 
fut. 522, sometimes wrongly referred to 
>7°.—-T hefollowing constructions, mostly 
impers. may be noted; comp. in 21% and 
ae. 4) Pret. 2°93 57 tf was evil in 
my sight, it displeased me, Num, 22, 34. 
Josh. 24,15. Jer. 40,4; fem. of a woman 
Ex. 21, 8 Fut, "2722 579 (57351) id. 
Gen. 21, 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8,6. 2Sam, 
11, 25. al. Later writers for "2°23 put 
"ὃ, Neh. 18. 8, 2. 10. Jon. 4,1. ‘Also 
Gen. 21, 12 ΜΠ ΡΣ Ara ΣΌΣ ΘΝ Lele 
not be evil in thy δι (not grieve thee) 
on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7; 
comp. 2Sam. 19,43. _b) %> D772 it is evil 
to me. i.e. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32. 
c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte- 
nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam.1,8: 
comp. Deut. 15, 10.. d) Of the eye, to 
be evil, i. 6. to be envious, ὁ. 3 Deut. 28, 
54; comp. 15, 9. 

Nrpu. fut. 9199, see in r. 539. 

Hira. 297 and 950; inf. 925, in pause 
ΘΠ; fut. 237, conv. 9921; part. 972, 
plur. 5°72. 

1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps. 
44, 3. 74, 3. Jer. 31, 28. 

2. todoill, i.e. a) to make evil se. 
what one does; comp. opp. 272". Gen. 
44,5 pn we Gx ΣΡ ye have done 
evil what ye have done, i.e. in so doing. 
To do good or to do evil is sometimes 


- put genr. i. q. ‘to do something or other’ 


any thing, Zeph. 1, 12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4, 
22. Lev. 5,4 if one sivear unadvisedly to 
do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what- 
ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15, 
4 ὩΣ Ndi 52> 322 if he sweareth 
(unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil, 
he changeth not ; 3373 being here put for 


2 


the fuller s92"T>4 S99, ie. if he swear 
to do any thing, and it turn out evil to 
himself or others, he yet performs his 
oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31. 
Others here render it neighbour, friend, 
as if for 229> from 3); so Sept. Symm. 
Pesh. De Wette salech ΒΡ for 22, 
and understands a wicked person. —Also 
mive> ΣΤ pr. ‘to make evil in doing,’ 
to do evil, 1 K. 14,9. Jer. 16,12; Mic. 
3, 4 erpbboa ant they make evil their 
doings, they work evil.—Hence 

b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly, 
Gen. 19, 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam. 12, 25. 
Is. 1,16. Jer. 4,22. Ps. 37,8. Prov. 4, 16. 
al.—Part. 12 Prov. 17, 4, in pause 5772 
Is. 9, 16, plur. ΠΡ, an ‘evil-doer, evil- 
dere; Pa: 22,17. 36, 5, 27, 2. Is. 1, 4. 14, 
20. 31, 2. al. 

c) to do evil to any one, to deal ill with, 
to afflict; c. > Gen. 19, 9. 43, 6. Ex. 5, 
2, 23. Num. 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21. 
Zech. 8, 14. Ps. 105, 15; 6. acc. Num. 
16, 15.. Deut. 26,6; >¥ 1 K. 17, 20; ἘΣ 
Gen. 31, 7; 3 1 Chr. 16, 22. ‘Of God 
as diickiriag men, 6. > Ruth 1, 21. Jer. 
25, 6. 

Hirupo. 2359 1. to be broken in 
pieces, from concussion, Is. 24,19. Hence 
» 2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov. 
18, 24. 

Deriv. 59, πρὸ, 35. 


92) Chald. to break in pieces, fut. 
‘i955 after the form ps3, Dan. 2, 40. 
ΤᾺ id. ibid. 


D2) fat. 5277, to drop, to distil, 
6, acc. Prov: 3, 20 the clouds distil the 
dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab, 
‘i, id. Comp. by transp. 929 1. 
Hien. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as 
the heavens, c. ace, Is. 45, 8. 


* V2) fat. 727M, iq. 7X2 and 235, 
to break or dash in pieces, Ex. 15, 6. 
Metaph. to hafass, to oppress a people, 
Judg. 10, 8. 


* OP fat. W277, totremble, to quake ; 
comp. Engl. to rustle. Arab. ume) and 
ty id. Kindr. are 533, 23, 039.— 
Spec. for fear, terror; Ez. 38, 20; the 
‘earth Judg. 5, 4, Is, 13, 13; the bisavens 
Joel 2, 10. 4,16; mountains Jer. 4, 24. 
Nah. 1, 5; islands Ez. 26, 15; the foun- 


~~ 


R=" 


dations of the earth Is. 24, 185 walls, 
door-posts, Ez. 26, 10. Am. 9,1. With 
Δ of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49, 
21; "222 Ez. 38, 20.—Once of the mo- 
tion of grain as agitated and rustling in 
the wind, Ps. 72, 16, 

Nipu. i. 4. Kal, to be moved, shaken, 
to quake, 6. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46. 

Hiren. 1. to cause to tremble, to shake, 
6. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60, 
4. Hagg. 2, 6.7; kingdoms Is. 14, 16; 
the nations Ez. 31, 16. 

2. Spec. to cause to leap, as a horse, a 
locust; verhs signifying to tremble, to 
move to and fro, being often transferred 
to the idea of leaping, springing, comp. 
ἘΠ} Pi. ἈΠ, 5290, also 3p}. Job. 39, 
20 of the horse: ΠΡῚΝ yD dost 
thou make him leap like the locust ?— 
Hence 


UPI m. 1. ἃ trembling, shaking, as 
of a spear Job 41, 21 [29]; of persons 
Ez. 12, 18; of the earth, an earthquake, 
1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29, 6. Ez. 37, 7. 38, 
19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, 5. 

2. a leaping, bounding, see the root 
Hiph. no. 2; e. g. of a horse in running 
Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet. of war- 
chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; comp. 
p. 
3. tumult, uproar, as of battle Is, 9, 4. 
Jer. 10,22. Perh. thunder Ez. 3,12. 13; 
comp. 729 to tremble, XS, to thunder. 


* NB" fut. RB; see also r. M59 II. 

1. Pr. to sew together, to mend, to re- 
pair. Arab. ly, Eth. LEA, id. It 
corresponds. to dhe Gr. ῥάπτω. These 
roots all have their origin in a common 
stock, the primary and onomatopoetic 
syllable 4", which has the force of Lat. 
rapere and carpere, Germ. raffen, rup- 
fen, comp. 928, 424, 28. The pre- 
sent verb imitates the sound of a person 
sewing rapidly.—See Niph. and Pi. no. 1. 

2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a 
wounded person, which is often done by 
sewing up the wound, Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30, 
17. Job 5, 18. Ecce. 3, 3; also one sick, 
6. acc. Gen, 20.17. Ps. 6, 3. 30. 3. 41, 
5. With dat. of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2K. 
20, 5.8. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease 
Ps. 103, 3. Part. xB4 @ physician Jer. 8, 
22. 2 Chr. 16, 12. Gen. 50, 2; metaph. 
of God, Ex. 15, 26.—Comp. Gr. ἀκεῖσϑὰν 


85" 


i. 6. to mend and to cure; also Arab. 
πὸ id. 

Metaph. a) God is said to heala per- 
son, a people, a land, i. 6. to restore to 
former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr. 
7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7, 1. 11, 3. Is. 19, 22. 
30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14; as vice 
versa God is said to wound by inflicting 
calamities, see Deut. 32, 39. Is. 19, 22. 
al. b) As further this restoration is con- 
nected with and depends on the remis- 
sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2 sq. Mark 4, 
12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6, 10, 53, 5), 
hence fo heal isi. q. to pardon, to forgive, 
2 Chr. 30,20. Jer. 3,22. Hos. 14, δ. Is. 
6,10 lest... . they be converted, and God 
heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them. 
Comp. Ps. 103, 8. ¢) Also to comfort, to 
console ; Job 13, 4 θα "8B empty com- 
Sorters, comp. Ps. 147, 3; unless we re- 
turn to the primary meaning of the verb, 
and render: putchers up of vanities, 
i. gq. "29 722 in the first hemistich. So 
the verb solor, consolor, seems also to 
have the primary sense of to heal, tomake 
whole, from solus, ὅλος ; comp. also Arab. 


Lat to cure, and to console. 
3. to allay, to quiet, i.q. Arab. &,4 d. 


to heal atumult.. See D°XB" (85>) and 
RB no. 2. 

Nips. 8872, see also in r. 457 11. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be repaired, 
Jer. 19, 11. 

2. to be healed, cured, either a disease 
Lev. 13, 18. 37. 14, 3. 48; or a sick per- 
son Deut. 28,27. 1 Sam. 6,3. Jer. 17. 14. 
51,8. With dat. is. 53, 5 12> B72 there 
was healing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven 
us. So bitter and unwholesome water 
is said fo be healed, when it is rendered 
wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47, 8. 9. 

Piet 827; but part. δὲ 8 Δ Jet. 38, 4 
is for 7979, see in τ. M59 1, Pi. 

1. to mend, to repair, 6. g. an altar 
broken down 1 K. 18, 30. 

2. to heal, to cure, 8. g.a wound Jer. 6, 
14; the wounded or sick Jer. 5,9. Zech. 
11, 16. Ez. 34,4. Also to render whole- 
some e. g. bad water 2 K. 2,21. Metaph. 
to comfort, to console, Jer. 8, 11. 

3. Trans. to cause to be healed, i.e. to 
bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19. 
Inf. pleon. 81873 Ex. 1. c. 


Ὶ 


991 


“ΕἼ 


Hirup. to let oneself be healed, 2 K.8, 
29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6. 

Deriv. §BJ, MRED, TART, RBI, 
and the pr. names ‘SNB4, byD, NIDD, 
dye. 


RD) τῇ. 1. Plur. O's" pr. ‘ the quiet, 
the silent,’ i. e. the shades, manes, dwell- 
ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup- 

to be destitute of blood and ani- 
mal life (683), but yet not wholly with- 
out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11. 
Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9. 26 
14. 19; c. art. Job 26, 5. 

2. Rapha, pr.n. a) The founder ofa 
race or family among the Philistines 
celebrated for their tall stature, c. art. 
RB 1 Chr. 20, 4.6.8; bute 77 2 Sam. 
οἱ, "{8. 20. 22, His sons or posterity, 
ΠΡ "3755, in the time of David, were 
distinguished for their great stature and 
bravery, 2Sam.21, 16.—Perh.&57, 753, 


signified also to be high, tall ; from 


to be high, lofty. Comp.5°82) in "887. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 13, ¢.) ib. 8, 2. 


ARS) £ (r. ΒΞ.) only plur. nine? 
medicines for wounds, medicaments, Jer. 
30, 13, 46, 11. Ez. 30, 21. 


PANS Γ a healing, health, Prov. 3, 8. 
R. NB. 


"S257, only plur. o°x5>, a. gentile 
name Rephaim, Rephailes, an ancient 
Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan, 
celebrated for their gigantic stature, 
Gen. 14, 5. 15, 20. Josh. 17, 15. Ina 
wider sense, this name appears to have 
comprehended all the gigantic races of 
the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum- 
mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20. 
Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of 
Bashan was the last. Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 
12, 4. 13, 12. From the Rephaim on 
this side Jordan was named the Valley 
of Rephaim, see in, pat lett. 6. Giants 
of like name are mentioned in the time 
of David among the Philistines ; see in 
NB" no. 2. a. 


SND (whom God heals, r. NB") Re- 


phael, pr. n. 1 Chr. 26,7. Gr. Papaya 
as the name of an angel, Tob. 9, 5. 


+ 737) fut. 18°97 to strew, to spread, 
Job 41, 22 [20]. Kindr, 33. 


men 


Piet 1. to spread a bed, sternere 
dectum, Job 17, 13. 

2. to stay up, to support, pr. with 
cushions, pillows; Arab. (3) pr. to sup- 


pert, then to help; comp. Heb. 330.— 
Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant. 
2, 5. 

_ Deriv. M3"D7, and the geogr. names 
ΤῸ, WIR. 


“7.7587 fat. nen, conv. yy Ex. 
4, 26; to ‘be relaxed, slisckened, to sink 
diva. Syr. Pa. and Aph. to relax, 
to slacken; Chald. id. Kindr. perh. is 
ms" epee! a) Of the hands. fo be 
slack. to hang down listlessly ; 2 Chr. 15, 
Tes se wbx Let not your hands be 
slackened, ‘become weak, i. e. be not 
slothfal in your work. Frequently also 
hands hanging down, i.e. relaxed, feeble, 
are ascribed to those who are discour- 
aged, faint-hearted ; 2 Sam. 4, 1 5855) 
1°" his hands were feeble, he became 
discouraged. Is. 13, 7. Jer. 6,24. 50, 43. 
Ez. 7,17. 21. 12. Zeph. 3,16. With ja 
JSrom any thing. i. q. to desist from Neh. 
6,9. Ὁ) Of persons ; Jer. 49, 24 Ana 
ren Damascus is slackened, waxed 
feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged, 
weakened. With 2 of pers. to desist 


Srom, to let go, Ex. 4,26. Of anger | 


Judg. 8, 3. c) Of other things; Is. 5, 
24 ΠΕ Mad tem and us the flaming 
grass sinks down, i.e. in the flame. Of 
the day as declining Judg. 19, 9. 

Nipn. to be slack, i. 6. remiss, idle, Ex. 
5, 8. 17. 

Prev 85, part. xe Jer. 38, 4, as if 
from &>; 
down, ey. the wings Ez. 1, 24. 25; ἃ 
girdle, to relax, to loosen, Job 12, δι. 
Spec. the hands of any one, to make 
hang down, to relax or weaken, i. 6. to 
discouraye, Jer. 38, 4. Ezra 4, 4. 

Hipn. h894, imp. apoc. 4715, fut. apoc. 
and conv. ἤδη, 

1. to slacken one’s hand, to desist. 
2 Sam. 24, 16 427 HI slacken thine 
hand, i.e. destat from smiting. With 12, 
i. q. to desert or forsake any one, Josh. 
10,6. So Syr.—Without 7, to slacken 
the hand, i. 6, to desist ἦτε, any person 
or thing, c. 72; Ps. 37,8 5x0 a 
desist (cease) from anger. Deut. 9 
ΘΟ On desist from me, i, 6. Ἄδα 


alone. 


to slacken, to let fall, to let | 


82. ΠΕΣ 


Judg. 11, 37. let me alone two 
months, i.e. give me two months, Hence 
also with > of pers. to let alone or allow 
to any one 1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 4, 27. ir 
sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46, 11, 

2. lo let go, to dismisa a person or 
thing (opp. to hold fast), ¢. ace. Cant. 3, 
4. Job 7, 19. 27,6. Prov. 4, 13, 

3. to let drome to leawe off, e.g. a work 
begun Neh. 6, 3: ἃ person, i. e. to cast 
off, to forsake pesca ᾳ. 31>, Deut. 4, 31. 
31, 6..8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138, 8. 

Hrrup. to show oneself slack, remiss, 
i.e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3. Proy. 
18, 9. b) to be discouraged, to faint, 
κα, 24, 10. 

Deriy. 729, 118. 


ἈΦ ΓΙ, put sometimes for XD 
to heal ; eo tii xP Hi, i: q. Ip. in 
this sense occurs imper. M29 for ἈΞ Ps. 
60, 4 ; fut. Hy-B9M Job 5, 18. 

Niewt ΠΡῸΣ, Jer. 51,9; inf ΠΕΡΙ 19, 
11; fut. npn 2 K. 2, 22. 
Dustv: mp7 and 


MB) (for ΒΡ) Raphah, pr. n. a) 
With art. MEIN, a Philistine, whose sons 
(mann aba) were giants; see in art. 
KET no. 9. ἃ... Ὁ) A man 1 Chr. 8,37; 
for which in 9, 43 735 q. v. 

MB) πὶ. adj. (τ, 991) fem. ΠΕ, plur. 
mips. 

1, slack, remiss, espec. with pws" add- 
ed, slack- ΡΨ 2 Sam. 17, 2. mS Ὁ. 
slack hands, as implying discourage- 
ment, faint-heartedness, Job 4, 3. Is, 
35, 3. 

2. weak, feeble, Num. 13, 18. 


SD (healed, τ. xp) Ruphu, pr. n. 


m. Num. 13, 9. 
ἴ ma" obsol. root, Arab. OQ to be 
rich ; hence 
ME" (riches) Rephah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 
7, 25. 
MT!) f. support, stay, railing, on 
the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3, 10. 


Sept. ἀνάκλιτον, Vulg. reclinatorium. 
R, 78" Pi. no. 2. 


Ὁ ἘΠ (refreshments, τ. 4) Rephi- 
dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites 
before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17,1. 19, 2. 
Num. 33, 14. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I, p. 178. 


τὰ 


MEI ( whom Jehovah μϑαϊοᾶ, τ. ΠΡ 17) 
Rephaiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. a) 1 Chr. 3, 21. 
Ὁ) 4,42. ©) 7,2. d) 9, 43, comp. ΠΕ“ 
lett. Ὁ. 6) Neh, 3, 9. 

TPB? πὶ. (r. ΠΡ 1) only constr. 7°54, 
slackness, remissness, with 577" added ; 
trop. for discouragement, faintness of 
heart, Jer. 47, 3. 


* OE" and WE) used without any 
distinction ; fut, Spy Ez. 34, 18. 32, 25 
to tread with the feet, to trample upon ; 
espec. to trouble water, to make turbid 
by treading. Kindr. 039. Syr. mes 
id. Arab. (yas, to kick. 

Nipu. part. Prov. 25, 26 B42 9 a 
troubled fountain. 

Hirup. 02707 pr. ‘to let oneself be 
trampled under foot,’ i. 6. to. prostrate 
oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps. 
68, 31 FO2 "BIS OBIM collect. pros- 
trating themselves with pieces of silver, 
i.e. submissively offering them as tribute. 

Deriv. B72. 

D5) Chald. to trample down, to stamp 
upon, Dan. 7, 7. 

ΤΥ ΟΞ Ὁ, plur. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2, 
15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it 
would seem, for mina 1 K. δ, 23. It 


is obviously kindred with Arab. ay, 
Eth. 2M a raft; and is perh. com- 
pounded from D5" i. q. 4s) and synon. 
Talm. 83085 or, according to others, 
from 0®> to tread and 78% to strew. 


*]E7 obsol. root, which prob. had 
the primary signif. to pull out or off, to 
pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. REQ no. 1 ; 
and to this may be reduced several of 
the many glosses so confusedly exhibit- 
ed by Arabian lexicographers under the 


word ws , 6. g. suxit ubera, edit olera, 
assuit (comp. 85"), corripuit aliquem 
febris. Hence is derived 4) sheep- 


cote, flock of sheep; and to this doubt- 
less corresponds in the Mishnah the word 
TET (PEI, as M59 from 553, 75d from 
$0) stall, Baba bathra 2. ὁ 8, and 6. $4, 
pr. a rack from which hay or straw is 
pulled, like Germ. Raufe ; comp. 7778 
and 0938. Hence also the biblical 


993 


ΓΝ 


pomp stalls, q. v. inart. P23. The form 
pin Job 26, 11, see under r. 5. 


Σ pe? in Kal not used; Arab. 
VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop. 
LAP to recline at table. 


Hiren. to lean oneself, c. 52 upon any 
one, Cant. 8, 5. 


TPN, see τ. DE. 


ΚΞ. obsol. root, kindr. with ΘΒ 
and 05%, to tread with the feet, as ren- 


=) 


dering water turbid. Hence 


TDI m. mud, mire, i. q. wD, Is. 57, 
20. In the Talmud, id. 


MP}, only in plur. o°me > Hab. 3, 17, 
stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor- 
rectly give it. See the etymology and 
the Talmudic usage under r. 559. The 
mofthe sing. isservile, although retained 
in the plural, comp. POP, τσ. Comp. 
&, Sa, 99) 8-3 

Arab. Sy BS, rey, also wr», straw, 
fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the 
rack. Sept. Vulg. presepia. 


ΤΊ m. (τ. 789) a fragment, piece, e.g. 
of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31. 


772 τα. a runner, see in τ. 735. 


ἘΝῚ Lig. 77 to run ; Inf. absol. 
wis Ez. 1, 14. 

II. i. gq. M8" to delight in ; whence at 
least "M827 for ΠΣ Ez. 43, 27. 


* 2) in Kal not used, Arab. 0» 


to watch closely, spec. to lie in wait for. 
Piet to watch insidiously, to look 

askance at, Ps. 68,17. See Schultens 

Animady. in loc. Thesaur. Ῥ. 1305. 


“T7127 | fat. ΤΣ, apoc. YI; see 
also in r, 835 IL. 
1. to delight in any person or thing, to 


take pleasure in. Arab. =) to like, 


to choose. a) Of persons, c. acc. i. 4. to 
love; Prov. 3,12 M477 ἸΞΤῸΝ SND asa 
Sather delighteth in his son, loves him. 
With 3 1 Chr. .28, 4: impl. Is. 42, 1. 
With ἘΦ pregn. to delight in intercourse 
with any one, to be on good terms with 
him, Ps. 50, 18. Job 34, 9. Part. pass. 
ἌΣ delighted in, acceptable, c. > to 
any one Esth. 10, 3; poet. c. genit. ac- 


ms 


cepted of any one Deut. 33,934. b) Of 
things, 6. ace. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants 
take pleasure in her stones, i.e. the ruins 
of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight, 
as a hireling, in his day, sc. as past, in 
the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5. 
Of God as taking pleasure in things, 
1 Chr. 29, 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16,7. Eee. 


9,7. With 2 Ps. 49, 14. 147,10. 1.Chr. | 
| 22,20. 21. 

2. to be kind; favourable, gracious, to- | 
wards any one; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7. | 
Mostly of God, with ace. of pers. Ps. 44, © 


29, 3. Mic. 6, 7. Hagg. 1, 8. 
4, 147, 11. Jer. 14,10. Hos. 8, 13; ace. 


Am. 5, 22.—Spec. to receive graciously 
one bringing a present, Gen. 33, 10. 
Mal. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra- 
ciously those who approach him with 
sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20, 
41. 43, 27. Jer. 14,12. 2 Sam. 24, 23; 
with acc. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119, 
108. 

3. to satisfy a debt, i.e. to pay it off; 
pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him 
favourable, Lev. 26,34. 41. 43. 2 Chr. 
36, 21. 

‘Nips. 1. to be graciously received or 
accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa- 
crifice, see Kal no. 2. Ley, 7, 18. 19, 7. 
22, 23. 27; also Lev. 1, 4. 22, 25, in 
which passages there is added ἃ dat. 
commodi 15, 02>. In the same sense 
ὙΠῸ a7 ack. 22, 20. 


2. Dass. of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. to be 
satisfied, i.e. paid off, discharged, Is. 
40, 2. 

Piet fo render well pleased, i. 6. to 
seek lo please any one, to seek his favour. 
Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour 
of the poor, or what comes to the same 
thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by 
restoring the goods extorted from them; 


comp. Arab. Ly II conciliavit. 


Hira, to satisfy, i.e. to pay off. i. q. 
Kal no. 3. Lev. 26, 34 then shall the 
land rest and pay off her sabbaths, viz. 
those which she atill owes. 

Hirue. to make oneself pleasing. ac- 
ceptable, to get the favour of any one, 
c. 5 1 Sam. 29, 4, 

Deriv. pr. ἢ, 8735, P32, MAM; also 


994 


m=" 
722 m. constr. Vis, ὁ. suff. 7524. 
1. delight, acceptance, approbation, 
Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, δ. jis7> mn Is, 
56, 7. Jer. 6, 20, did yer bs Is. "60, 7, 
to be acceptable, grateful to God, to te 
approved.—Ex. 28, 38 "35> cmb yxy 
nim 1 for acceptance to them before Jeho- 
vah, i. e. that they may be graciously 
accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 16, Lev. 
With suff. Lev. 1, 3. 19,5 
πο πο that ye may be accepted, i. 6. 
that. your sacrifice be acceptable. 22, 
19. 29, 23, 11.—Coner. ἃ delight, that 


| in which one delights, Proy. 11, 1. 20, 
of thing Deut. 33,11; 3 Ps, 149,4. Also — 
i. q. to reccive into favour, a land Ps. 85, | 
2; δ. inf. Ps: 40,14; absol. Ps. 77, 8... 


12, 22. 15, 8. 16,13; spec. what is accept- 
able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mal. 2, 13, 

2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a 
king Prov. 16, 15. 19,12; espec. of God, 
Ps. 5, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51, 20. 
Is, 49, 8 ΣΝ ὉΣΞ in a time of grace, 
when the way is open to my favour, 
Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps, 
145, 16. Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18, 22. 

3. will, pleanire: t. ᾳ. Chald. mas5, pr. 
‘what pleades any one,’ his pleasure, Fr. 
‘tel est mon plaisir ;’ Ps. 40, 9. 103, 21. 
143,10. 145, 19. 2 Chr. 15,15. Ἴ 5 ΠῺΣ 
to do according to his pleasure Esth, 1, 
8. Dan. 8,4. 11, 3,16; with 3 of pers 
to treat a person παν to one’s plea- 
sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth. 
9,5. In the sense of wicked pleasure, 
wantonness, Gen. 49, 6. 


᾿- ΤΙΣ fut. ME7" 1. to break or crush 
in pieces; kindr. with ΥῈΣ. Arab. 
᾽ δ᾽ id. See Pi. no. 1, and ms. 


2, to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35, 
30, Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20,13. Deut. 
5,17. 1K. 21,19. Jer. 7,9. Hos. 4, 2: 
wb? Ὁ nx Deut. 22, 26, comp. 5 ΓΙΞΙῚ 
BB), under m3 Hiph. no. 2. d.—Part. 
ns" a slayer, thurderer, Num. 35, 16 sq. 
Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24,14. al. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no, 2, Judg. 20, 4, 
Prov. 22, 13. 

Piet to break or dash in pieces, Ps. 
62, 4. \ 
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like 
dup, to kill many, to be a murderer, 
Hos, 6, 9. Ps. 94,6, Part. ΤΙΣ ἃ mur- 
derer 2 K. 6, 32. Is. 1, 21. 


MZ) m. (tr. ΠΧ) 1. a breaking in 
pieces, crushing. Ps, 42,11 with a crush- 


27 


ing of my bones, i.e. causing me the 
severest pain. 

2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla- 
mour, comp. r. M¥B; Ez. 21, 27, where 
it is coupled with ΠΣ ΠΏ, 


NI (delight) Rizia, pr. ἢ. τὰ, 1 Chr. 
7,39. R. nx. 


P27 Rezin, pr. n. 8) The last king 
of Damascus, slain by the Assyrians, 
2 Κ. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7, 1. 4. 8. 8, 6. 
9,10. Ὁ} A man, Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 
50.—The etymology is uncertain. It 
may come from r. ΤΣ after the form 
ὙΣΡ, by Syriasm for j°%7; or from 


Arab. oes) firm, stable; or perh. it is 


kindr. with 75> prince, also pr. π᾿ of the 
founder of the kingdom of Damascus. 


ἘΣ = to pierce, to bore, e. g. the ear 
Ex. 21, 6.. Arab. I, IV, id. Chald. 
στ id. 9 

Deriv. 5372. 


5 Sal to range stones artificially, to 
inlay ἃ pavement of other work, to 
checker ; part. pass. ὭΣ checkered, tes- 


selated, inlaid, Cant.3,10: Arab. Wis} 
id. 
Deriv. 933, MBE, ΤΕΣ. 


ὮΧ m. 1. a stune which is heated in 
order to roast meat or bake bread upon 
it. 1 K. 19,6 ΘΈΣΗ mak a cake baked 


on hot stones. Arab. mss id. The 
Rabbins understand @ coal ; comp. 737. 

2. Rezeph, pr. ἢ. of a eity subdued by 
the Assyrians, Is. 37,12. Prob. the ‘Py- 
σάφα of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene, 
Arab. k&Lo). “See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15. 


MBIT (( 555}. 1.1. ᾳ. HEI, a hot 
stone, Is.6,6. Vulg. calculus, Sept. and 
the Rabbins a coal. 

2. a lesselated pavement, Esth. 1, 6. 
2 Chr. 7, 3: Ez. 40, 17.18. 42,3. 2Chr. 
7; 3. 

_ 3. Rizpah, pr. τι. of a concubine of 
Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 10. 11. 


VE) tat. pnp for yon 18. 4234, 9795 


Kee. 12,6. But 227% Jer. 50,44 Cheth. 
also ΘΚ ΠΝ ib. Keri, belong tor. pan. 

1. to break, to crush or shatter; i. 6. 
60 as to make a flawor crack, but not en- 


995 Pp. 


e 
tirely off. Arab. ys kindr. v2) and 
537.—Is. 42, 3 347 MIP a broken reed 
shall he not break off (733); Vulg. 
quassalum. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21.—Intrans. 
to break, to be broken, crushed, Bec. 12, 
6; trop. Is. 42, 4. 

2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op- 
press. often joined with Pw, Deut. 28, 
33. 1 Sam. 12, 3.4. Am.41. Is. 58, 6 
Hos. 5, 11. 

Nira. 773 fut. yin (as if from τ. 745), 
pass. of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29,7. Ecce. 12, 6. 

Piet Y22_ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but 
stronger, to break in pieces, Ps. 74, 14. 

2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job.20, 
19. 2 Chr. 16, 10. 

Po. 7317, 10 oppress, to ves, i. q. Kal 
no. 2 and Pi. πο: 2; Judg. 10, 8, But 
7x7 Nah. 2, 5 belongs to r. 773, 

Hiru, fut. conv. 771 (so as to differ 
from 77H) to make run), to break in 
pieces, Judg. 9, 53. 

Hirupo. 731707 to dash one another, 
to struggle, Gen. 25, 22. 

Deriv. y'2, ΠΚῚ 2.1. 


Pim. (τ. pei) 1. Adj. fem. ΠΡ, 
plur. mip., thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41, 
19. 20. 27. 

2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only, 
alone. Job 1, 15 7333 ὋΣ PD only T 
alone. Gen. 47, 22 only the land of the 
priests bought he not.-14, 24. 41, 40.-50, 
8. Ex. 10,17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5; ‘A, Aut, 
3, 2. al. sepe. Also of exception,.only, 
except, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
these men do nothing. 24,8. Num. 20,19. 
Deut. 3,11. Josh. 1, 7.18. Is. 4,1 we 
will eat our own bread, ... only let us be 
called by thy name. Once emphat. P5 
τὸ only indeed Num. 12,2. Spec. a) 
After a negation, only, i. e. save, besides 3 
2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the ark 
mind 2 “3 ΤᾺ save or besides the two 
tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of 
the Anakim left mys Pt only, except, in 
Gaza. 1K. 15, δ. Ὁ) Put before ad- 
jectives as an intensive, in the same 


manner as ἼΝ no. 2. a, b,c; thus 339 $4 


only good, nothing but good, Gen. 26,29; 
35 5 only evil, nothing but evil, Gen. 6, 
5. 1 K. 14,8 θη Pp only right, nothin 


| but what is right. Deut.4,6. Also wit 


an adverb Deut. 28, 13; with a verb 
Judg.14,16. So before 77M there ts not, 


pn 996 


intensively, as ὉΝ Τ surely there is not, 
i.e. it is only so that there is not; Gen. 
20, 11 Fi DIpwa SR PEI 1 PT 
eurely the fear of God is not in this 
place.—At the beginning of a clause, 
Pp. refers sometimes not to the next 
word, but to one more remote ; Is, 28, 19 
As PI Ast Pr wt is a terror only 
to hear the rumour. Pa. 32,6 9e> PD 
$9749 ND WSN O734 O72 in the ‘flood of 
great waters, only to him (the righteous) 
shall they not come near., Prov. 13, 10. 
Deut. 4, 6..Gen. 24, 8. 


P. empty, see P™. 
Pp m. (τ. pew IT) e: suff. iP), spittle, 
Job 7, 19. 30, 10. Is. 50, 6. 


*2p, fut. op", to be carious, 
worm-eaten, rotten, as wood, Is. 40, 20. 
Metaph. Prov. 10, 7; comp. the Rab- 
binic phrase: 
men alicujus.—Not found in the other 
dialects. The primary idea seems to 
be that of hollowing out, excavating ; 
comp. 227, =27, 323, also in 357. 

Deriy. the two Sallserina, 


aP) m. constr. ΞΡ, caries, rottenness. 
a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30; 
metaph, of terror striking through all 
one’s bones Hab. 3,16. Ὁ) Of wood, 
Job 13, 28. Hos, 5, 12. 


JDP m. (Ὁ. 33) rottenness of wood 
Job 41, 19. 


Ξ' ἽΡ fat. plur. wp 3H , ἐο leap, to skip, 
e. g. for joy, to dance Ecc. 3,4. Poet. also 
things are said (o leap or skip from fear, 
i. q. lo start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6. 
Comp. Hiph. and 7m) Pi. also ὅσ. Syr. 
Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the 
breast. The primary idea seems to lie 
in beating or stamping the ground, see 
in ΣΡ. 

Piet, to leap, to spring, to dance, 
1 Chr. 15, 29. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11. 
Poet. of a chariot driven rapidly and 
bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2. 
Joel 2, 5. 

Hien. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g. 
mountains, i. 6. to cause to tremble or 
start, to shake, Ps. 29,6. Comp. Kal, 
also B29 and "9. 


MP) £ (τ. per) 6. suff. imps, pr. 
thinness, something thin; hence 


‘ascendit putredo in no- . 


"Ds 


1. the temple, temples, a part of the 
head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26. 


2. Poet. for the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6,7. 
Comp. tempora id. Prop. 2. 24. 3. 


TP (thinness, r. PR] 1) Rakkon, pr. 
n. of a city in Dan lying on the sea- 
coast, Josh. 19, 46. 


Τ ΠΡ᾿ fut. MP" to season, to spice, 
e.g. oil for making ointments, to per- 
Sume, Ex. 30, 33; also wine, see MPI; 
and flesh, see Hiph. Part. Mp season- 
tog, spicing) t Chr. 9, 30; subst. a maker 
of unguents, petfiimer, Eee. 10, 1. Ex. 
30, 35. 37, 29.—The primary idea is 
prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. i. q. 
mins, the letters p and m being inter- 
olisibgedt see in lett. p. 

Puat pass. of Kal, 2 Chr. 16, 14. 

Hiru. to season flesh, lo spice, Ez. 
24, 10. 

Derive mp y—SnPe, δι παν ἢ 
rin}. 


TZ) m. spice ; MP} 772 spiced wine, 
i. q. 702 q. v. Cant. 8, 2. 


MP’ τὰ. ointment, perfume, Ex. 30, 
25. 35. 


Tp) m. (τ. MP) plur. DAPI, a maker 
of ointments, per rfumer, pigmentarius, 
Neh. 3,8. Fem. Amp, plur. minp id. 


1 Sam. 8, 13. 
PT f. see preced. art. 


DMP) m. plur. (τ. Mp4) iC 
perfumes, c. suff. Is. 57, 9. 


2°?) m. (Ὁ. SP) constr. Θ᾽, pr. ἃ 
solid expanse; see the root no. 2.— 
Hence 

1. the firmament of heaven, Gen. 1, 6. 
7. 8, Ps. 19, 2; fully Seat SB Gen. 
1, 14. 15, 17. 20.. The Hebrews sup- 
posed the firmament to be spread out 
like a solid hemispheric arch over the 
earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire 
Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12,3; in it were 
fixed the stars, Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above 
it was the celestial ocean with windows 
in the firmament through which the wa- 
ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1, 7. 
7, 11. Ps. 104, 3. 148, 4; this latter being 
the common notion, although the true 
state of the case was not unknown to 
them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 38. 
Sept. oregémua, Vulg. firmamentum. So 


“ps 
Hom. οὐρανὸς πολύχαλκος Il. δ. 504. Od. 
3.2; ove. σιδήρεος Od. 15, 328.—Arab. 


ΨΩ 
δ᾽ the heavens. Syr. Chald. X3°p> 


the firmament. 

2. a pavement, foot-pavement, beneath 
a throne, i. q. ΣΦ; ps. a foundation, 
from stamping, founding, see the Syriac 
usage in r. 3P7 no. 2. So of the pave- 
ment borne by cherubs, above which 
was the throne of Jehovah, Ez. 1, 22. 23. 
25. 26. 10, 1. 


PP) m. (τ. PP) plur. constr. 2p, 
a thin cake, wafer, Ex. 29, 2, 23. Lev. 2, 
4. Num. 6, 15, 19. al. 


" Dp to deck with colours, to make 
versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of 
the colours in the eagle’s pinions, and 
of variegated marble, see Mp7; but 
chiefly of variegated cloths and gar- 
ments.—Chald. in Targ. of the spots 
and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23. 


Arab. res II, to make striped, as cloth 5 


also to write ; 43) “ἢ νη δα From 


the Arabic comes Span. recamare, Ital. 
ricamar, to embroider with the neddle. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
laying on colours, as in kindr, 535 no. 3, 
where see.—Spec. to variegate a gar- 
ment, to embroider with coloured figures, 
Lat. opere plumario ; which seems to 
have been done by ueedle-work in 
figures of various colours, as blue or 
purple, upon a white ground or byssus ; 
the figures having the form sometimes 
of feathers or scales, and sometimes of 
little shields or tessele. Hence Parr. 
Eps plumarius, a worker in colours, em- 
broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36, 
37. 38,18. 39,29. The work of the ΒΡ 
differed from the work of the 33m, in 
that the former was stitched with the 
needle or sewed upon the cloth, while 
the latter was woven into it; see in 
aun no. 3. The LXX also understand 
needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23; and so 
the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur. 
p. 1310 sq. 

Pvat pass. to be curiously, elaborately, 
wrought or shaped, of the formation of 
the feetus in the womb, Ps. 139, 15. 
~ Deriv. D2}, ΤΌ. 

84 


997 


Pp 


2 werlegatinn, flower-gardening, 


rors ae: >») Rekem, pr. n. 


1. Ofa city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27. 

2. Of several men: a) A king of the 
Midianites Num. 31,8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 2, 43. ὁ) 7, 16. 


MPT Γ (τ. ἘΠ) ὁ. suff. cmap, plur. 
mine , dual o°N3p>. 

1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play 
of colours, e. g. in the eagle’s wings Ez. 
17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29, 
2, comp. in 72. 

2. work in colours, embroidery, also 
cloth embroidered with colours, see in r. 
cps. Ez. 16, 10.13. 27,16. mep 3 "33 
embroidered garments, decked with co- 
lours, as worn by princes, Eiz. 16, 18. 26, 
16. Plur. ΤΩ id. Ps. 45, 15. Dual 
Judg. 5, 30 ΘΠ 23% dyed garments 
of double embroidery. i. e. embroidered 
on both sides, or so that the work and 
figures on both sides correspond. 


* SP) fut. 6. suff. cep 3, inf. 6. suff. 
TERI 

1. to beat, to smite the earth with the 
feet, to stamp, either in indignation Ez. 
6, 11; or in exultation Ez, 25,6. Kindr. 
with pp3.—Hence fo tread down ene- 
mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43. 

2. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or 
expand by beating, see Piel; hence 
simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God 
the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24.— 
Syr. ‘55 to make firm, stable ; Aph. to. 
found, pr. by beating and stamping in 
order to make asolid foundation. Arab. 

3, to make firm. 


Pre 1. to beat out, i. 6. to spread out 
or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex. 
39, 3. Num. 17,4. Hence 

2. to overspread, to overlay with plates 
of metal Is. 40, 19. 

Puat part. 597% , fo be beaten or spread 
into plates Jer. 10, 9. 

Hipn. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the 


heavens fut. ΣΡ ἢ Job 37, 18. 


t 
. 


Deriv. 3", also 
Dp) πὸ. plur. plates, lamine, Num. 
17, 3. 


*].PP2 obsol. root, pr. to beat, to 
pound, spec. to spread out by beating, t fo 


PP 


beat thin. Arab. intrans. , §) to be thin. 
It is onomatopoetic, like the kindred roots 
PRI, A272, comp. "R}, ΣῈ. 

Deriv. 72, ΠΡ, P"P2, and pr. names 
mp1, ΤΡ. 


ἐδ Ὁ Pe? ig. PT Lo spit, to spit out, 
an onomatopoetic root, like kindr. 74>, 
comp. Lat. screo, Fr. cracher. Fut. p77 
6. 3 to spit upon any one Ley. 15, 8. For 
the Pret. P72 is used, q. v. 

Deriv. p>. 

Mp7 (pr. shore, Chald. ἀρ, Arab. 


[7 
ἜΝ Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the 
tribe of Naphtali, situated according to 
the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu- 
pied by Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 266. 


D7 poor, see in τ. ws. 


’ m0 obsol. root, Chald. δὲ 9 Zo be 
able, to have leave, m7 leave, permis- 
sion.—Hence 

TW m. lave, a permit to do any 
thing, Ezra 3, 7. 

mo , see in MGR. 


*D0" to write down, to record, part. 
pass. βιὸς Dan. 10.21. Arab. oy id. 


ὈΠ Chald. fut. ptin3, fo write, Dan. 
5, 24. 25; also to pubacciibe to sign an 
edict, Dap. 6, 9 sq. 


"22. fut. 389" 1. Pr. as it would 
seem, 10 make noise and tumult, to cause 
disturbance, see the adj. 93 Job 3, 17. 
Ie. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34, 29. Syr. 


S25 Aph. to disturb, to agitate, [25 


disturbance, commotion, also λα Ζί to 


be disturbed. Comp. by transp. 625 
no. 3.—Hence 

2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp. 
ῬῚΣ ; since wicked men are usually noisy 
and boisterous in doing injury, while 
good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8, 
47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17. 

3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty, 
opp. ΤῚΣ ; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With 
Drbx2, to be held guilty of God, before 
God, Ps. 18, 22. 

Hirn, 2°, fut. 2892 _ 1, to dis- 
turd, to stir up tumult ; see in Kal no. 1. 
Job 34, 29 99 "ὮΝ SIP? Kn he 


998 


yo" 
(God) giveth quietness, and who shall 
stir up tumult 2 — 

2. 10 pronounce guilty, i. e. to condemn 
any one, as a judge, opp. ΠΧ; Ex. 22, 
8, Deut. 25,1. Job 32,3. Prov. 12, 2. 17, 
16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50, 9. al. So too one . 
who gains his cause, Is. 54,17. Hence 
simply to gain one’s cause, to be victorious, 
6. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and whither- 
soever he lurned himself, 2°87 he gained 
his cause, i. e. was victorious; victory 
being accounted the reward of a just 
cause, defeat the punishment of unright- 
eousness ; comp. ΤῚΣ no. 4, PIS no. 4; 
so Heb. “31 to be innocent, Sir. iy 
to conquer. Sept. ἐσώξετο, Vulg. super- 
abat. Others here as in no. 1, he caused 
disquiet, Engl. Vers. he vexed them, i. δ. 
his enemies. 

3. Intrans. to do evil, to act wickedly, 
fully rivy> pwn 2 Chr. 20, 35; ellipt. 
id. (like 29353, DA ,) 2 Chr. 22, 3. Neh. 
9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part. c. 
genit. Dan. 11, 32 m3 "27812 who do 
wickedly against the covenant, i. 6. who 
impiously break it. 

Deriv. 509, SU3, ASHI, roe. 


0) m. adj. and subst. plur. o-Dd4, 
constr. "309. Fem. 78" twice Ez, 3, 
18. 19. 4 

1. unjust, faulty, guilty, having an un- 
just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. ΤῸ ΤΣ inno- 
cent. So 5&3 p33 0 acquit the guilty 
Ex. 23, 7. Is. 5,23; 583 2°77 to con- 
demn the guilty Deut. 25,1. 1 K. 8, 32, 
‘Also Ex. 2,13 983 728" and he said 
unto the wrong-doer, Num. 35, 31 389 
mand faulty to dying, guilty of death, 
worthy to die. 

2. wicked, ungodly, impious; with 
subst. 339 ἘῸΝ ἃ wicked man (opp. PTs 
no. 3) Job 20, 29. 37, 13. Prov. 11, 7. 
Oftener as subst. a wicked person, evil- 
doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9, 6. 17. 10, 
2. 3.4. 37, 10. 22. 21.32.35. 55,4. Plur. 
D°D0 the wicked Job_3, 17. 8, 22. 10, 3. 
Ps. 1, 1. 5, 6. 3,8. 12, 9. 28,3. al. seepiss. 
espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi- 
viduals who plot against the good and 
vex them, and also of public heathen 
enemies, Is, 13, 11. 24, 5. 

yO τὰ. (τ DU) im pause 2H, e 
suff. "S04. 

1. injustice, unrighteousness, Job 34, 


307 
10. Mic. 6, 10, >> MINZIR treasures got 
by wickedness Mic. 6, 10. 939 ΤῸ 
unjust balances, i. e. false, v. 11. "Hence 
spec. fraud, falsehood, opp. "3x, Prov. 
8, 7. 

2. wickedness, ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5; 
opp. PTE Ps. 45,8. 96 ΓῺΣ to dowick- 
edness Prov. 16, 12. oo “O28 wicked 
men Job 34, 8; comp. Ps. 84, 11. Plur. 
pes wicked deeds Job 34, 26, 


MW fem. of 98 q. v. 


AIW £. (r. Sed) constr. MDB, c. suff. 
snd. 

i. ‘injustice, and hence fraud, false- 
hood, Prov. 13, 6; spec. of the fraud of 
those who give scant measure Zech. 5, 
8, comp. Mic. 6, 11. 

2. wickedness, ungodliness, Is. 9, 17. 
Mal. 3, 15; α wicked deed Deut. 25, 2. 


DINI, see onsets ἸΟΝΣ. 


δ 1 ἃ obsol. root, to inflame, lo kin- 
dle ; kindr. ἢ, 320. Samar. id. trop. 
—Heuce 


0) m. plur. o°£%9, constr. "Bt and 
spy. 

1. ‘flame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald. 

Ps. 78, 48 Targ. 
- ἢ lightning, Ps. 78, 48.. Poet. a) Ps. 
76, 4 MOP "Bw the lightnings of the bow 
i.e. the arrows. δ) Job 5,7 505 "323 
the sons of lightning, i. e. birds of prey 
which fly swift as the lightning. Others, 
arrows ; others, sparks. 

3. Sever, burning plague, with which 
the body i is inflamed, comp. 773% heat 
and poison. Deut. 32,24 τ" "ἘΠῸ con- 
sumed with burning pestilence. Hab. 3, 
5, parall. "33 plague. 

4. Resheph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25. 


e DD" to break down or in pieces, to 
destroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with 
72}: 

Port fut. Bz", id. Jer. 5, 17. 

Pua plur. 1 pare. 32, pass. of Kal, 
Mal. 1, 4. 

ea pr. n. S49n. , 

nw") f. (τ. 4) in pause Mt, c. suff. 
amv; a net, Ps. 57, 7. 9, 16. SL, ὃς 
Lam. 1,13. ἘΣ ΤΡ 908 fo spread or 
cast a net over any one, Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
20. 19, 8. 32, 3.. mea ΓΙΌΣ nel-work 
Ex. 27, 4, and so simpl. mq v. 5. 


999 


pm 


PR) m. (τ. pms) @ chain, Ez. 7, 23. 
Plur. ΟἿ 1 Κα, 6, 21 Keri, where in 
Cheth. miprm id. Pla: mip see in 
its order. 


*MD" to boil, to be hot, in Kal not 
used. Syr. and Chald. id. 

Piru (fo make boil 6. g. a pot, imp. MA 
Ez. 24, 5. 

Puat to be made to boil, i. q. to boil, 
spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com- 
motion of mind Job 30,27. Comp. ζέων 
ἐν πνεύματι Rom, 12, 11. 

Hipu. like Pi. Job 41, 23.—Hence 


Mim m. a boiling, only plur. c. suff. 
monn Ez, 24, 5. 


p'M') 1 K. 6,21 Cheth. see in art. 
pin. 


*DN) to bind on, to make fast, e. g. 
horses to a chariot, imper. 5 Mie. 1, 
13. Comp. "0% no. 4, Arab. -) IV, 


to bind a thread upon the finger.—Hence 
the two following. 


Dn m. 1 K. 19.4 (but fein. in Cheth.) 
plur. Svan3 1 K. 19, 4. 5. Job 30, 4. Ps. 


$_- δ 

120, 4, i. ᾳ. Arab. ΟΣ collect. 45}: ge- 
nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn. a 
shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia, 
with whitish flowers and bitter roots, 
which the Arabs regard as yielding the 
best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 299. Burekh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483. 
This illustrates Job 30, 4 and Ps. 120, 4. 
—Prob. so called from the notion of 
binding, as juncus a jungendo, Germ. 
Binsen from the verb binden. See Cel- 
sius Hierobot. T. L p. 246 sq. Oedmann 
Verm. Sammlungen Fase. 2. c.8.—The 
Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the 
juniper, but on no good grounds; see 
Celsius |. ¢. 


MoM (genista) Rithmah, pr. n. of a 


᾿ station of the Israelites in the desert, 


Num. 33, 18.19. R. om. 
*PD in Kal not used, to bind, to 


τ 
put in fellers. Arab- SS) clausit, con- 
suit. 

Nien. Ecc. 12, 6 Keri; before the sil- 
ver cord 7N 7 be loosed, unbound ; in ἃ 
signif. directly contrary to Kal. Prob. 
it should read 7727 to be broken, from r. 


pm 


pm? q. v. in Niph. πο. 1.—Frigid is 
Cheth. prry: to be removed. 
Pua. pm fo be bound, Nah. 3, 10. 
Deriv. ἢ and 


mip αὶ plur. chains Is. 40, 19. 


The letter Ὁ originally, and before the 
‘invention of diacritical signs, served to 
express both the simple sound of s, and 
also the thicker sound sh. In like man- 
ner the Irish language has only one 
sign, s, for these two sounds, e.g. solé 
solace, and se (she) he, si (shit) she. At 
(ἃ later period a distinction was made by 
the Grammarians, so that the simple 
‘sound of s came to be indicated by a 
point over the left horn, and the thicker 
-sound sh by one over the right. 

For the Heb. Ὦ the Chaldee often 
‘and the Syriac always (as being desti- 
tute of the letter Sin) substitute Ὁ ; see 
in lett. Ὁ, p. 707. The Arabic, from a 
‘peculiarity of the Janguage, in almost all 
these words has ιῷ ; as NY ls, “2u 

ὦ, d2v (ΑΚ ὦ, etc. much as the 
‘people of Wirtemberg give a thicker 
sound to the German 8, pronouncing ist 
like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic 
Tetain (w, as M20 (< quail. 

In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters 
‘are: a) The other sibilants, as ὦ, Ὁ, 
%, 7, see p. 707; comp. also j2¥, ἸΞΏ, 
2D; PNY, PNY; PRY, PPI to strain ; 
"gw and "XO to ferment. Ὁ) Some- 
times the aspirates, almost like Gr. ὕς 
Lat. sus, ὕλη sylva ; comp. M30 i. α. TIN 
to extend; 720 Wkly i. ᾳ. 455 to go; 
270 i. q. 398 to plait, to weave. Some- 
times also, in the formation of roots, a 
sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite- 
ral syllable, as 338 i. q. 333 to be high, 
ἈΦ i. 4. ΠᾺΡ, ete. Comp. γράφω scribo, 
γλύφω sculpo, τρίζω strideo, tego στέγω, 
fallo σφάλλω, and many others. 


: MNT obsol. root, see in My. 


1000 Saw 


i nn. obsol. root, i. q. 00 and Aram. 
nn, 25 , lo terrify; hence 


Pry] m. terror Hos. 13, 1. 
ann id. 


Chald. 


* "NW obsol. root, kindr. with the 
verbs "8B, 3" q. v. to become hot, to 
ferment ; comp. Arab. s\3 to boil up, to 
break out, as an ulcer.” In the western 
languages we find from the same stock, 
Germ. in Ottfr. suar, Anglosax. sur, 
Germ. sauer, Engl. sour.—Hence 


“SW m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15. 19. 13,7. 
Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4, Chald. "ἰδ id. 


ΓΙῸ pr. inf. fem. of the verb δ (for. 
PRwv), c. suff. "MARY, once contr. inv Job 
41, 17, where other Mss. have 77NW. Ὁ 

1. a lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25]; so of 
the countenance, elation, cheerfulness, 
Gen. 4,7. See the root 82 no. 1. c. 

2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence 
genr. a spot, Lev. 13, 2. 10. 19. 28. 43. 
14, 56; so too where more than skin 
deep, comp. Lev. 13, 2 with v. 3. 4. 

3. exaltation, dignity, majesty, Gen. 
49, 3. Ps. 62,5; of God Job 13, 11. 31, 
23. Here too we may refer Hab. 1, 7 
Srom himself go forth his law and his 
dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no law 
and no dignity but his own. 


2 an old man, see in τ. 3". 

“22 το interweave, to braid, i. q. 
20. Hence 924, n23¥, eH. 

ΞῸ m. only plur. 6°33 lattices, ba- 
lusters, around the capitals of columns, 
1K. 7,17. See in 7335. 


N2AW sambuca, see N30. 

MDIW (: (τ. ἢΞ2) 1. a net Job 18, 8. 

2. lattice, lattice-work, balustrade, es- 
pec. upon or around the capitals of col 
umns, 1K. 7,18. 20, 42. 2K. 25,17. Jer. 
52, 22,23; ρίαν. missy bK. 7.41. 42. 
2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a window 
or balcony, 2 K. 1, 2. ! 


paw 


> pao obsol. root; Arab. καλῷ to be 
cold. Simonis assigns to it the signif. of 
the verb twa to be fragrant.—Hence 


DID (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam 
Num. 32, 3, and 930 (id.) Num, 32, 38, 
Sibmah, pr. ἢ. of a city in the tribe of 
Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh. 
13, 19, Is, 16, 8.9. Jer. 48, 32. Jerome 
places it near Heshbon. 


*32W also Z2W Deut. 14, 29. 26, 
12. Is. 9,19; fut. 5321. 
1. to be or become satisfied, satiated, 


filled ; Avab. ave id. Chald. 30, Syr. 


Von, id. The primary idea is that of 


abundance, superabundance ; comp. Prov. 
25, 16. Kindr. is 326.—Of one sated 
with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2, 14. Is. 
44, 16. al. More rarely with drink, i. q. 
mya, Am. 4,8. Jer. 46, 10; hence also 
of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16. 
Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37,19. Hos. 4, 
10; hence 32} 52x to eat and be filled, 
satisfied, i. 6. to eat one’s fill, Deut. 6,11. 
8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26. 
Ps. 22, 27; so 3341 p27 Is. 66, 11; also 
bbe) Nb to be insatiable Ez. 16, 98, 29. 
Prov. 27,20. Ascribed to the belly Prov. 
18, 20; to the spirit (see 53 no. 2) 
Ecc. 6,3; and metaph. to the eye as 
not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8, 
comp. Is. 53,11. Ps. 17,15; to the sword 
Jer. 46, 10.—Constr. with ace. of thing, 
as ond 3a to be filled with bread Ex. 
16, 12. Job 27, 14, Prov. 12,11; with 7 
Prov. 14,44. 18, 20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps. 
65,5. 88,4; > c. inf. Ece. 1, 8.—Metaph. 
to be entinied with wealth, Ecc. 5, 9; 
to be filled with reproach, Lam. 3, 30. 
Hab. 2, 16; with contempt Ps. 123, 3; 
with calamity Ps. 88,4; with poverty 
Prov. 28, 19; with one’s own devices, 
i.e. to reap the full reward of them, 
Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20. 

2. to be sated, glutted, tired of any 
thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1,11. Job 7, 4. 
D2" 520 fo be sated with life 1 Chr. 23, 
1. 2 Chr. 24, 15.—Also it comes from a 
feeling of satiety and fulness, that the 
heart is proud and estranged from God; 
Prov. 30, 9 lest Ibe full and deny God. 
Hos. 13, 6. 

ΟΡ ει, to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7,19; 
84: 


1001 


Ni 
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 90, 
14. 

Hien, to satisfy, to satiate, with acc. 
of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. 58, 11. Job 38,27; 
with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 132, 
15. 147, 14; with 7 of thing Ez. 32, 4. 
Ps. 81, 17; 3 of thing Ps. 103, 5, Lam. 
3, 15. Once with > of pers. and nce, of 
ehilng Ps. 145, 16 yis7 m-53> Sabo 
and satisfiest every living thing with 
benefits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16. 

Deriv. the five following. 


IW m. satiety; hence abundance, 
plenty, 6. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov. 
3, 10. 


av τὰ. adj. (τ. 53:2) constr. 23. 
plur. ὩΛΣΞΏ, satisfied, satiated, full, 
Prov. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 2,5. Metaph. a) 
In a good sense, abundant, rich in any 
thing, 6. g. 189 230 rich in favour se. 
with God Deut. 33, 93. Ὁ) In an ill 
sense, saled with sorrows, i. e. abounding 
in them Job 14, 1. 10, 15. Hence with 
the notion of weariness superadded, 
pv" sav sated with life Gen. 35, 29. 
Job 42, 17; and simpl. 328 id. Gen. 25, 8. 


320 m. 1. satiety, fulness ; 92t> to 
the full Ex. 16, 3; hence 23% box Ex. 
16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25, 

2. ΠΥ τῆςς Ps. 16, 11. 


ΤΡ f(r. yaw) c. suff. qovaw, sa- 
tiety. fulness, Is. 56, 11; M3305 to the 
full Is. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19. 


ΤΙΣ ΞΖ Ὁ f(r. 53) constr. Mav, satiety, 
Sulness, Ezra 16, 49. 


*"2D to look ; with 3 to look upon, 
to inspect, to view, Neh. 2,13. Some 
editions have here "38 for "a0, but less 
well. Chald. "30, where see in full. 
Arab. to examine a wound. 


Piet 1. to look Sor, i. e. to expect, to 
wait for; comp. ΠΕΣ Pi. no. 2. Ruth 1, 
13. 

2. to hope, c. >% Ps. 104, 27. 145, 15; 


4 Ps. 119, 166. Is. "38, 18; > c. inf Esth. 


9, 1. Aram. Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat. 
snieb-saklence 

"2 m. c. suff. "38, expectation, 
hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5. 


: Niw not found in Kal (the form 
ΓΙῸ being used), to be or become great, 


N50 
to grow. Chald. 830, 930, to be multi- 
plied, many; Syr. he id. also to grow, 
to be increased. Kindr. with ON}, the 
sibilant being prefixed, see under Ὁ, 
p- 1000. 

Hien. 1. to make great, c. Ὁ Job 12, 23. 
2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24. 
Deriv. 8730. 

Siw Chald. id. to be or become great, 


Ezra 4, 22. Fut. Dan. 3,31 sav? i232 


may your peace be great, i. 8. be multi- 
plied unto you; a form of salutation. 
6, 26. In Targg. always 839. 


22 1. to be high, 6. σ. of a city, 
to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2, 36; 
elsewhere only in poetry. Not found 
in the other dialects. Kindr. perh. with 
323, the sibilant being prefixed; see 
under lett. Ὁ. 

2. to be exalled, to be raised up, e. g. 
to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11. 
Comp. 3302. 

Niu. to be high, as a city, a wall, Is. 
26, 5. 30,13. Prov. 18,11. Trop. a) to 
-be ‘evalted, supreme, fi God Ps. 148, 13. 
Is. 2, 11.17. Ὁ) to be set ina high and 
secure place; hence to be safe, to be 
protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. =302. 
.6) to be high, i.e. difficult to compre- 
ihend, Ps. 139, 6. 

Piex to set up on high, to exalt any 
‘one; only metaph. a) to make power- 
ful, to strengthen, Is. 9,10. Ὁ) to set 
com high i. 6. in safety, to protect, to 
defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69, 30. 91, 14; ο. 12 
from an enemy (comp. 72 no. 3. a) Ps. 
59, 2. 107, 41. 

Pua. pass. of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25. 

Hipn. to exalt oneself, to show oneself 
exalted, Job 36, 22. 

Deriv. 334, and pr. ἢ. 253. 


Δ Ὁ a spurious root, see 39% IT. 


ΣΡ fat. maw, i. gq. 830 , to become 
great, to grow, Job 8,7. 11. Ps. 92, 13. 

Hiru. to cause to grow, to increase, 
Ps. 73, .12. 


2 (elevated, τ. 338) Segub, pr. ἢ. 
m. a) 1-Chr. 2, 21.22. b) 1K. 16, 
‘34 Cheth. for which Keri 3°38 Segib. 


wD τη, δα]. (Ὁ, 830) great, of God 
Job 36, 26. 37, 23. 


1002 


we Chald.m. (r.x38) 1. Adj: great, 
Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. Also much, many, 
Dan. 4, 9.18. Plur. f. 387s many Dan. 
2, 48. Ezra 5, 11. ὶ 

2. Adv. much, greatly, very, Dan. 2, 
12. 5, 9.6, 15. 24. 7, 28. 


2°30 see in 3:59 lett. b. 


. & 

* "1D in Kal not used. Arab. duw 
has two different significations, traces of 
which remain in Hebrew, viz. 

1. to be straight, even, level, comp, 
ἜΣ no. 1,2; conj. I, to make straight ; 
VIIL, to be straight, made straight. See 
Piel. 

2. to stop, to shut up a way, door, etc. 
comp. 770; and this seems to come 
sees the idea ὃ binding, comp. τῷ 


roy Hence at and hoki something 
intervening between two points and 
stopping the passage, spec. a mountain ; 


τ gt. 
plur. $3oduy a valley full of rocks and 


stones, where the rain-water stands. 
Hence pr. ἢ. D130. 

Pret to harrow, i. 6. to level a field, Is. 
28, 24. Job 39, 10. Hos. 10, 11. 


ἘΠ obsol. root; Arab. ἴδω to 
extend the hand (comp. 73M, 777), to 
tend towards any thing, to go with large 
and free steps; IV, to be let go free. 
The primary idea therefore is that of 
wide, free, ample space.—Hence 


M30 m. constr. NI; c. suff. “bh, 
Wie. nsw; plur. minty, constr. “yp 
Ruth 1, 1. 2, also nin} "Neh. 12, 29, δ. 
suff. ornity , ποτῷ ; a Field, the open 


fields, the ΗΝ ying unenclosed and 


without fences or hedges, as is still the 
case throughout the East. Not found in 
the kindr. dialects, except in the Punic; 
see Monumm. Pheen. p. 394. Often opp. 
to cities, villages, camps, Gen. 4, 8.24, 63. 
65, 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20, 5.11; 
also to vineyards, these being enclosed 
by a wall (comp. Is. 5, 2. δ. Num. 22, 
24), Ex. 22, δ. Lev. 25,3. 4. Num. 16, 14, 
20,17. It embraces both tilled fields 
and pastures Gen, 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9,3. 
Ruth 2, 2.3; also mountainous land and 
fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32 
comp. v. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25. 2 Sam. 1,21; 
likewise the houses of the peasants not 


“Tim 1003 


surrounded by a wall were reckoned to 
the open field, Lev. 25, 31. Hence 8% 
mye a man of the field, i.e. Esau asa 
hunter and living in the open air, Gen. 
25, 27; ΤΡ ΩΓ nen collect. the beasts of 
the field, wild beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3,14. 
MIWA yr the herbs or plants of the field, 
wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 18. 

~ Spec. a) @ field as ploughed and 
tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev. 
19,19. Often for MJY ΡῈ Π part of a 
“Ποιά, i. 6. a portion of the open field be- 
longing to one owner and tilled by him 
(comp. Gen. 33, 19. Rath 2, 3. 4, 3), 
Gen, 23, 13. 17, 49, 30, 32. Ruth 4, 5. 
Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5,8. [Meton. for the 
prottice of the fields, parall. ys yom, 
Ecce. 5,8.—R.] Once κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν for wild 
plants, pasturage, Ex. 32, 5. 

b) Στ MT the field of a city, i. 6. its 
territory, the open country round about, 
Gen. 41, 48. Neh. 12, 29. Ps. 78, 12. 43. 
miwn ΤΣ the country-towns, opp. the 
metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5. 

6) So the field or country ofa people is 
their territory, Gen. 14, 7. 32, 41 1 Sam. 
6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1,6. 4, 3. Plur. as 
in Engl. territories ; Ruth 1,1 sxia"3. 
v. 2. 22. 2.6. Spec. ofa level country, 
as BAN IY Hos. 12, 13, for ΘΝ 118 ; 
see in 133. 
᾿ς ἃ) Asopp. to the sea, i. q. the land, 
terra firma, Ez. 26, 6. 8. 


~ "TO τη. i. g. TID, field, country, but 
only poetic, Ps.8, 8. 50,11. 80, 14. Deut. 
32, 13. al—That "— is the proper and 
primitive sing. form, and common in 
Arabic for the Hebrew 4-, from verbs 
n>, is shown Lehrg. p. 158. _ Simonis 
and others incorrectly hold “70 as plur. 
i. ᾳ. O°IW; but see Ps. 96, 12. 


OD m. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence 
btw ΡῺΣ the Valley or Plain of Siddim, 
the plain of the cities Sodom and Go- 
morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea, 
Gen. 14, 3. 8, 10.—Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans- 
late ‘ Valley of the fields’ (rye): But 


mene is prob. i. q. Arab. Qua, plur. 
8. - 
SOcdkw, ‘a depression (Wady) full of 


rocks and stones,’ and therefore difficult 
to pass. see in ὙἸ no. 2; hence ‘aplain 
‘cut up by stony channels.’ 


1 
ΤΥ f(r. πο, with & ford) ἃ τοῖσ, 


= 5 


rank of soldiers 2 K. 11, 8. 15 ; of stories, 
chambers, 1 K. 6, 9. 


MW, constr. MY Deut. 14, 4, c. suff. 
τῷ Deut, 22, 1 and ἡπι Ὁ 1 Sam. 14, 34, 
comm. gend. (m, Ex. 12, 5; f£ Jer. 50,17. 
Ez. 34, 20,) one of .a.,flock, i e. a sheep 
or goat, a noun of unity corresponding 
to the collect. j8¥ q. v. a flock of sheep 
or goats; Gen. 22,7.8. 30,32. Ex. 12, 5. 
Deut, 14, 4 5¥2 MB) cabs Mb one of 
the sheep and one of the goats, i.e, a 
sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26. 
1 Sam. 15, 3. 22, 19. Judg. 6, 4; comp. 
“it and “p2. It admits of no plural; 
but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23. 


8. - =~ 
Arab. LS, plur. 2L%, id.—The etymo- 
logy is doubtful ; though the word seems 
derived from a verb MR, as ΓΒ from 
ΤΝΒ ; and this prob. had ‘the same signi- 


fication with Arab. Cals to drive sheep 
by uttering the sound Lis Ls repeat- 
edly ; comp. in Engl. the sound sh, 
sh. Nor is it strange that a sheep 
should be so named from this call or 
sound of the shepherd; just as in the 
language of German children a horse is 
called Hotlo from the word holt! used 
by coachmen. 


5 mini”) obsol. root, i. q. Aram. 9oum, 


a0, Arab. Agu, to testify, pr. to be 


an eye-witness; Conj. III, coram spec- 
tavit.—Hence the two following. 

“7 m. c. suff. “In Kamets impure, 
like part. Peal in the Aramean dialects ; : 
a witness, once Job 16, 19. 

SOUT f£ (νυ. Th) an Aramean 
word in stat. emphat. used by Laban the 
Syrian, testimony, a testimonial, Gen. 
31,47. Targ. πη Ex. 20,6. Syr. 
{Zorn . 

Dw m. plur. (r. "0, with Ὁ ford) 


- dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an 


ornament on the necks of men, women, 
and camels, Judg. 8, 21. 26. Is. 3, 18. 
Sept. μηνέσκοι, Vulg. lunule. 

BAY to be gray-haired, see τ. 358. 


JIID i. q. G2, thick branches, thick- 
et, 2 Sam. 18,9, Ru ἨΞΏ. 


“Ὁ 

* 1. 23 ὁ go off from, to draw back, 
i,q. 290 1, where see. So ΝΊρη. 2702 2 
Sam. 1, 22, where however many Mes. 


and editions have Ὁ. Hipu. 33% Job 
24, 2, see in τ. 530 Hiph. 


ἘΠῚ. AND j. gq. 90 Il, to hedge about, 
to enclose, in Kal not used. — 

Pine. 302 to hedge about, 6. g. a vine- 
yard. Is. 17, 11 "aesem ἼΣΩΝ OND in 
the day thou plantedst it, ‘thou didst also 
hedge it in.—Kimchi and Aben Ezra 
render it by "53am hou didst cause it to 
grow, as if from a i. q. 820, Mav; but 
the former is to be ‘preferred. 


“AW to plaster with lime, see τ. 7". 


ἘΠΊ once Gen. 24, 63 Isaac had 
gone out HYWR M2, Vulg. ad meditan- 
dum in agro, i. e. to meditate, so that 
mai would be i. α. H°W 1. lett.c. So too 
most of the ancient versions; for both 
Sept. ἀδολεσχῆσαι, and Aqu. ὁμιλῆσαι, 
are to be understood of pious meditation 
and discourse. The Syriac alone has it: 
ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and 
this is almost demanded by the nature 
of the context. But not improb. it 
should read mwa L483 to go to and fro 
in the field, in order to muster his flocks 
and shepherds. This is the sense of the 
phrase y2NS ὯΝ Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 24, 
2.8; comp. Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9. 
Jer. 5, 1. 


* DAD j. ᾳ. ΠΡ, fo go or turn away, 
to turn aside to any thing, part. plur. 
513 "Dd Ps. 40, δ. 

Deriv. o°G , D°Dd. 


. Ww to hedge, to hedge in or about. 
Arab. YL& mid. Waw, to hedge with 


ee oe 
thorns, Ji, Se thorn. See the 
kindred verbs 24% II, 390 II, 320 and 


722, also 72 and 430, which seem 
to have come from AM , HA , by strength- 
ening the middle radical. Compare also 
Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. cle , a leaf, bough. 


—Metaph. Job 1, 10 133 M3 thou hast 
made a hedge about him, i. e. dost pro- 
tect him. But the same phrase is also 
used in a sense of disfavour, for to shut 
up one’s way, i. e. to shut in, to straiten, 
Hos. 2, 8; comp. Job 3, 23. 


1004 


nw 
Pot. 325 to inlertwine, io weave ; 
trop. Job 10, 11 "325m O°") massa 
with bones and sinews hast thou woven 
me ; comp. Ps. 139, 13. 
Deriv. M2303 and M2102, also the 
three following. 


ΤῸ τὰ. Judg. 9, 49, and ΓΙΞῚ Ὁ Ff, y, 
48, a bough. Chald. ἢ] and 12, Syr. 
Loon, id. 

121 (for 31} branches, see jib) 
Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also M21 ib. Cheth. 
Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1, Socho, Sochoh, 
pr. ἢ. of two towns of Judah: a) One 
in the mountains near Anab and Eshta- 
moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 195. Ὁ) The other in the 
plain, Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17,1; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. ibid. p. 349.—The 
modern Arabic name of both is Shuwei- 


keh Kops ,dimin. from Shaukeh αϑι ὦ; 


ὔ 


comp. the Yoyza οἵ Euseb. 


"MDW Sucathite, patronym. from a pr. 
n. M250 elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 2, 
55. 


* DAD and BW, fat. orb, apoc, 
tib2, cony. pit, once Div? Ex.4, 11; 
imp. 0°, m2"; inf absol. OI” , constr. 
ond. rarely n° Job 20, 4; part. pass. ἃ 
maw 2 Sam. 13, 2 Kerk many Cheth. 


genr. to put, to set, to place; Syr. Sea, 


Ethiop. WR, ULP, id. Less fre- 
quent is Arab. plw mid. Ye, to set, to 


constitute, e. g. a price. 
Dox, cb Hence 

1. to put, to set, lo place, where the 
person or thing thus put stands erect, or 
is regarded as standing rather than as 
lying down, Gr. ἵστημι. So of persons, 
to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehw sla- 
tioned (%> tw) in the street fourscore 
men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8, 11; troops 
in garrison 2 Sam, 8, 6. 14,or in ambush 
Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, 36; hence also 
to set or put the foot upon the neck of 
any one Josh. 10, 24. Of things, which 
stand or seem to stand; as an idol, to set 
up, Deut. 27, 15; a monument, cippus, 
Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam.7, 12; a table Ex. 
26,35; an altar Ex. 40, 26, 29; the ark 
Ex. 40,3; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38; 
a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp. 


Kindr. are 


pv 
Job 38, 10; a tent Ps. 19,5. So too the 
boards of the sacred tabernacle, which 
stood upon bases, Ex. 40, 185 the court 
before the same, by setting up the co- 
lumns feom which the curtains were sus- 
pended, Ex. 40,8; also to put up the 
curtains, i. q. 4o hang them upon the co- 
lumns, Ex. 40, 5.—Spec. 

a) fo sel troops, i. 6. to draw up, to 
array, c. ace. | Sam. 11, 11 Savi set 
(9253) the people in three companies. 
Job 1,17. Acc. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez. 
23, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 4733 15 ow he 
set himself for him in the way, i. e. 
against him. 

b) fo set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint, 
(τιϑέναι Acts 20, 18,) 6. g. a king Deut. 
17, 15; ἃ prince Hos. 2, 2; judges 1 Sam. 
8,1; c. dupl. acc. 1 Sam. 1. ὁ. Ps. 105, 
21; acc. and > Gen. 45, 9. Ex. 2, 14; 
ace. and >>, (ὁ set over, i. 6. ἃ person 
over others Ex. 1, 11. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 18, 
5. So Bxra ox fo put at the head of, 
to set over, Deut. 1, 13; comp. in OX 
no. 4. 

6) to set a plant,i. e. to plant, Is. 28, 
25. Ez. 17, 4.5. Is. 41,19. So Lat. * po- 
nere arborem’; Arab. Uwas. 

d) to set up, to erect, to build, e. σ. ἃ 
sepulchral monument Nah. 1, 14; a nest 
in a rock Num. 24, 21; a mound against 
a city Mic. 4, 14—Metaph. fo eslablisha 
covenant, i. 4. M72 BPA, c. > 2 Sam. 
23, 5. 

6) πὴ ow, Gr. νόμον τιϑέναι, to set 
a law, i. 6. to establish, lo appoint, to 
make a law, Ps. 78, 5. 81, 6. Gen. 47, 26. 
Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30, 25, 
Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33. 
Jer. 33, 25. So lo set or appoint a term, 
limit, Ps. 104, 9. Prov. 8, 29; a place Ex, 
21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10. 

2. to set, to put, to place, pr. a person, 
so that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or 
in any way existin a place; Gr. τεϑέναι, 
which also ie used in several of the 
senses under no. 1. 2 Καὶ. 10, 3 omst) 
say NOD~d3 and set him (cause him to 
sit) upon the throne of his father, τὸ 
822 ΓΞ 5 fo put one in prison 2 Chr. 
18, 26, Gen. 40. 15, Gen. 2, 8 and there 
(in the garden) he put the man, caused 
him to dwell there. Job 20,4. With> 
of place Job 5,11; ace. Cant. 6, 12.— 
Also of things: 


1005 pip 


a) With 52, to put upon any thing, as 
upon the head Ex. 29,6. Also to fasten 
or fiar upon, Ex. 28, 12. 26. 37, 38. 39, 7; 
a sword upon one’s thigh Ex. 32, 27. 

b) With 3, to put in, to insert, e. goa 
hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29. Job 
40,26 [34]. Gen. 24,47. 113 cx fo 
put in the staves into the rings Num, 4, 
6. 8, 11,14. 

c) With 372, to put between, Judg. 15, 4. 

d) i. q. to found, to establish, e. g. the 
world Job 34, 13; metaph. a people Is, 
44,7; the divine law 42,4. Here be- 
longs the expression, where God is said 
to set his name anywhere, i. 6. to estab- 
lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12, δ. 
21. 14, 24. 1K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2K. 21,4; 
i. q. 108 129 Deut. 12, 11. 26, 2. 

3. lo put, to place, to lay things (rarely 
persons), so that they may remain in a 
recumbent posture. Gen. 22, 9 and laid 
him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24, 2. 9. 28, 
21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With >> of pers, 
to put or lay upon any one for bearing, 
Gen. 21, 14. 22, 6. Ex. 3,22; >» of thing 
Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23. Ex. 29, 29. ose 
mp ὉΣ 37 to lay the hand upon the mouth, 
as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18, 
19. Job 21,5; MB~>x “W id. 1 Sam. 19, 
13; ΠΕΡ Job 29, 9; mpriad 40, 4. With 
3 to put or lay in any ‘place, Gen. 30, 41. 
31, 34. 44, 1. 50, 26. Ex. 2, 3. Job 13. 27; 
rarely to lay upon, i. q. by ow, Ps. 66, 
11. With "25>, to set before any one, 
e. g. food 1 Sam. 9, 24. 2 K. 6, 22 (also 
Ὁ ὉΠ ose 2 Sam. 12, 20; comp. Gen. 
43, 31); a law, to set befare; to propose, 
Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4,44. With acc. of 
place ; ‘Gen. 28,11 and he took a stone 
TNO obs) and put it at (under) his 
head. v.18. 1 Sam. 19, 13.—Spee. 

a) to put or set to any thing, to apply; 
6. g. OX DID lo pul fire to or under, 1 K. 
18, 23. 25; oD DAY to apply batter- 
ing-rams, ὁ. >> Ez. 4, 2. 21,27. Also 
to put a knife to one’s throat Prov. 23, 23 
to apply a measure to a building Job 38, 


-5.—So a cb to lay hand upon any. 


pers. or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in 
order to afflict or punish, Ez. 39, 2), 
comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. 89, 26 ἢ 
will put his hand upon the sea, i. e. 1, Je- 
hovah, will cause his dominion to extend 
to the sea. 

b) to put on a garment, ornaments 


iw 


etc. c. D9 Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen. 
41, 42. Lev. 8, 8. 1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27. 
So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30, 
21; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1. 
With 3 Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17. 

c)' Ὕ ἼΞ Dx to put into one’s hand, 
8. g. a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra in73 Dab 
to put into one’s own hand, i. e. to take in 
one’s hand ; 6. g. a hammer Judg. 4,215 
goods, 1 K. 20,6. ‘p23 152 DAW to put 
or take one’s life in one’s hand, see in 52 
lett. c. 1 Sam. 19,5. 28,21. See also in 
lett. d, here following. 

d) Ἔ ἜΞ 9535 DIY 10 put words in 
the mouth of any one, to suggest them to 
him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16. 
2 Sam. 4, 3. Is. 51, 16. all. So to put 
wonders in the hands of any one, to give 
him the power of working miracles, Ex. 
4, 21; to put any thing in the ears of any 
one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14. 

6) to put or lay upon any one, to im- 

pose, e.g. any thing to be done, wits by 
of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22,24; or to be suf- 
fered, c. 3 Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also 
to impute to any one sc. guilt, with 
b> Judg. 9,24; > Deut. 22,8. 14 [17]; 
3 1 Sam. 22, 15. Job 4, 18. 
ἘΠ) > τῷ oad fo put i.e. give a name 
to any one, (ὕνομα ϑεῖναἑ τινε Od. 19. 
403, ὄνομα ϑέσϑαι 19. 406,) Dan. 1, 7; 
and with a somewhat different dinate uc- 
tion, Judg. 8, 31 9>3°S8 Wann com 
and he sel i.e. called his name Abimelech. 
2 K. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan. 
5, 12; comp. Num. 6, 7. 

g) ‘ions px fo set before oneself, be- 
fore one’s eyes, spoken of that for which 
one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14. 

h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a 
pledge, Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. ees 


Conj. LIL, i. q. yl C95 Gr. τέϑεσϑαι 


Passow, A. no. 8. 

i) With 5x ¢o lay before any one, i. 6. 
to propound, to explain, Job 5,8. Also 
absol. 52 ox fo explain the sense Neh. 
8, 8. 
k) to lay up, as if in store; Job 36, 13 
the wicked τὰς "2" lay up wrath sc. in 
their heart i.e. they treasure up their 
wrath, indulge in anger and hatred 
against God, and do not humbly turn to 
him; so Umbreit correctly. Usually 
they lay up i.e. heap up divine wrath 


1006 


piw 


against themselves, i. q. ϑησαυρίζουσὶ 
ἑαυτοῖς ϑυμόν Rom. 2, δ. 

1) Similar is 2573 D5 to lay to heart, 
Gr. ϑέσϑαι evi: φρεσί, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1.11. 
Jer. 12,11. Also 2375x nat 2 Sam. 19, 
20. nba ‘w 1 Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 22. © 
With inf. and > Mal. 2, 2, also sb muy 
(that not) Dan. 1,8, to care, to take care 
sc. to do or not to do any thing. Ellipt. 
Ps. 50, 23 373 Sw who layeth to heart 
his way i. e. his walk, life, who takes 
care to. live aright, 

m) i. q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stones 
and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12. 

n) Spoken of liquids, to poxr, to pour 
out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, 5. 
With 2 to pour into Judg. 6,19. 1 Sam. 
17, 54. Ps. 56,9. With >» to pour upon, 
as ‘blood Ez. 24,7; oil Lev. 5,11. Trop. 
to put (pour oat) the Spirit upon any 
one, Num. 11, 17; ΒΞ Is. 63, 11. 

4. to put, to set, i. 6. to direct, to turn 
in any direction; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah 
sel (turned) every man’s sword against 
his fellow—Spec. a) >¥ 77> ὉΠ to set 
eyes upon, seein 729 no. 1. 6. b) pw 
"22 to set one’s face upon or towards, in 
various senses, see in M28 no. 1. ¢, ἃ, ἢ 
6) ind wr to set one’s mind upon, animum 
advertere, to attend to, to consider, Is. 41, 
22. Hagg. 2, 15.18; and without ΞΡ id. 
Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23.:37, 15. Judg. 19, 
30. Conip: mb jm and 773m id. With 
ἘΦ upon or towards any thing Job 1, 8; 
by Ex. 9, 21; > Deut. 32, 46. “Ez. 40, 45 
with 3 de sb impl.) Job 23, 6. But 
1 Sam. 9, 20 b ad orb is ἐὸ set the heart 
upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear. 

5. to set as any thing, to put into any 
state or condition, i. q. to make, to ren- 
der ; comp. Gr. τιϑέναι i. α. ποιεῖσθαι, 
see Passow in τέϑημι B. Ex. 4,119 
pbx orbs who maketh the dumb? Ez. 
11, 7. 19,5. With two acc. Ps. 39, 9 
make me not (set me not as) the reproach 
of the wicked, i. e. the object of their re- 
proach, 40, 5. 91,9. 105,21. Job 31, 24; 
ace, and > Gen. 21, 13. 18. Job 24, 25. 
Is. 5, 20. 23,13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14 
[12]. With ace. and 2, to make one 
as or like any thing, Gen. 32, 12 [13] 
T will make thy seed as the sand of the 
sea. 48, 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14,17. The 
two constructions are mingled in Is. 25, 
2 dad ὍΣΣ Ὁ Mab thou hast made of a city 


piw 
ruins, lit. ‘ thou hast turned from a city 
into ruins ;’ for dpb 19 or 88 ΠΡ. 

6. lo set or put, i. q. to make, to prepare, 
to produce, todo; Gr. τιϑέναι. So od 
ΤΡ fo make dakinces i i.e. a bald spot 
Deut. 14, 1. "2722 WIT od to make a 
way in the desert Is. 43, 19; and so Job 
19, 8. Ps. 46,9. mim& nx to do signs 
or wonders, to work miracles, c. 3 in or 
among, Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27. 
Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24, 23; but axe 
4 mix to set (give) a sign to any one 
Gen. 4,15. oa od to beget children 
Ezra 10, 44, comp. ϑέσϑαι παῖδα ὑπὸ 
ζώνῃ Hyma. Ven. 256, 283, >> nz ow 
to do evil to any one Ps. 109, 5.—Often 
with dat. of pers. ‘ to do this or that to 
or for any one.’ 1 K. 20, 34 make thou 
streets for thyself in Damascus, as my 
father made in Samaria. Ex. 8, 8 [12] 
the frogs s> τῷὸ "ὮΝ which he had 
brought upon Pharaoh. So > ΥἹΈ Erb Lo 
put an end to, to make an end of any 
thing, Job 28,3; comp. 18,2. With %, 
as i> ἘΦ orb 10 make oneself a name, to 
get renown, 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 21. 
Sometimes éo set or make for any one is 
i. q. to give, to grant ; ‘e.g. > 371 OND to 
give seed (offspring) to any one 1 Sam. 
2,20; > OND cr to make survivors to 
any one, i.e. to give or preserve a pos- 
terity, Gen. 45, 7. 2 Sam. 14, 7. τῷ 
} 2737 fo give place to any one, to make 
room, 2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23, 15; see in 
73 no. 6. So psbd i. q. nn Is. 61, 3. 
Also > pibw orb to give peace ἀβτιάβον. 
ity) to any one Num. 6, 26; > Tisd os 
to give honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19. 
Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2; 3 Svan HID 
to give or show mercy to, is 47,6. Comp. 
Gr. ϑεῖναι τινὶ ἄλγεα, πᾶόνϑος, see Passow 
in τέϑημει B. no. 2. 

Hiren. i.q. Kal. Imper. ὉΠ either 
attend, see Kal no. 4. c; or set in array 
sc. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a; Ez. 21, 
21 [16]. Part. a2 attending, regard- 
ing, Job 4, 20. 

Horn. fut. πηι, to be put, set, once 
Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See ob. 

Deriv. masdr, and pr. ἢ. Sxarw. 

DAW Chald. pret. δῷ ; pret. pass, ob, 
f, τ Dan. 6,18, also 5" 3. 29; imper. 
plur. το ἢ Ezra 4, 21; i. q. Heb. to put, 
to place, to set. Spec. 


1007 wiv 


1. to set over, i. e. to constitute, lo ap- 
point, Ezra 5, 14. 

2. mow cv to make one’s name any 
thing, fo name, Dan. 5, 12. 

3. > ἘΔ ὈΝῸ to set the heart on any 
thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en- 
deavour, Dan. 6, 15. 

4, oxy oIb fo set forth an edict, i.e. 
to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13. 
6, 1. 3. 12. Dan. 3, 10; c. dat. Ezra 5, 3. 
9. Impers. ὩΣ 5° "23 from me is set 
forth the decree, i. 6. | have made a de- 
cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4, 19. 6, 8. 
11; "257, 12 ad. Dan. 6, 27 [26]. 

δ. ἘΣ ory crv 10 make account of, to 
regard, Dan. 3, 12. 

Irupe. fut. SYA? 1, 10 be put, c. 3 to 
be put in, inserted, Ezra 5, 8. 

2. to be made, c. dupl. ace. Dan. 2, 5. 

3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21. 


* 7.790 fut. sos, ig. ore, Hb, 
where see. 

1. to contend, to strive, c. 5% with or 
against Hos. 12, 5. 

2. to be prince, to have dominion, to 
reign, Judg. 9, 22. 

Hiru. "0M to make princes, Hos. 8, 4. 

ἘΠ. onomatopoetic, i. q. “%3 
to saw, fut. "w™1 1 Chr. 20, 3. 

* TIT. "9D once for "10, lo go away, 
to depart, inf. α. suff. "7"2 Hos. 9, 12; 
see r. "9D. 

MND f(r, mab) a row, range ; Arab. 


. 
Is. 28, 25 AUN civ’! 
ny and sets (plants) the wheat in rows ; 
the accus. τ being put adverbially ; 
Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat 
is often thus sown or dropped in rows 3 
see Niebuhr Arabien p. 157. 


PTW, see pad. 

*WAW and WD, fut. bw, once 
bib? Is. 35, 1; imp. 6"; inf. absol. 
wid, constr. bib ; fo exit, to be glad, 


oom ᾽ 
ὅ))," row of stones. 


to rejoice. The primary idea is that of 


leaping, springing, comp. 0°0. Kindr. 
is ola to leap, as the fetus = the 
womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; ahr 
pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. sas to 
leap, sasa a hare.—With 59 of that at 
which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph. 


no 1008 


8, 17. Jer. 32,41. Is. 62, 5. Ps. 119, 162; 
with 3 Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 9. Is. 65, 19; 
spec. mina bab Ps. 40, 17. 70,5. Is. 
ΟἹ, 10; ace. once Is. 35,1; > 6. inf Pe. 
19, 6; "D Job 3, 22. anh i; 21; also 
Vav Is. 64, Pe the vexed and rob. 
corrupted passage: Ez. 21, 15 [10] that 
to it {the sword) there may be lightning, 
it is sharpened POND "22 ὍΞῸ bh? ix 
ΥΣΞΣ, where it should prob. read dN 
xb: against the prince of the tribe of 
my son (Judah), which despiseth all wood, 
i.e. since the king and people of Judah 
contemn all the wooden rods with which 
I have hitherto scourged them, there- 
fore I will now bring against them a 
sharp sword. In this way 397 and 72 
are in antithesis; the LXX express 
dx for ἽΝ ; and 870} is usual in this con- 
nection. 

Deriv. jivd, vive. 

MW m. (τ. mv) meditation, thought, 
Am. 4, 13. 


+h mo to swim, inf. τὴ, part. τισι, 
both " 25, 11. Chald. smo, Syr. ἴων, 


to wash, also to swim. 
Hipu. to make swim, i. e. to inundate, 
Ps. 6, 7.—Hence 


"MW f£ (Mill, for mb) a swimming 
Ezra 47, 5. 


PIND, see ph. 


7 one to press, to press out, 6. g. 
» grapes, fut. SMD Gen. 40,11. Chald. 
wero id. 


* PND fut. pre" fo laugh, i. q. POS 
q. ν. but more usual in the later Hebrew; 
Eth. WA, WM, to laugh; Zab. 
“fut? to rejoice.—Abso]. Prov. 29, 9. 
Ecc. 3,4. With >x to laugh or smile 
upon Job 29, 24; ο. ἘΣ to laugh at, to de- 
vide, Ps. 52,8. Job 30,1. With > id. 
but espec. in contempt, to laugh at in 
scorn, to scorn, espec. powerless threats, 
Job 5, 22. 39,7. 18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31, 
25; absol. id. Ps. 2,4. With 3 to mock, 
to rejoice in others’ calamities, Prov. 1, 
26; 6. >> id. Lam. 1, 7. 

Pret pmv, fut. pmgy 1, to jest, to 
sport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being 
iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15,17. Also 
fo rejoice Prov. 8, 80, 31. 


π15... 


2. to sport, to play, 6. σ. children Zech. 
8,5; sea auimals Ps. 104, 26, comp. Job 
40, 20.29; also of the play or mock-fight 
of armies or armed men, to skirmish, 
2 Sam. 2, 14. 

3. to dance, always as accompanied 
with song and instrumental music, comp, 
Engl. to play on an instrument ; Judg. 
16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. 2 Sam. 6, δ. 21. 
1 Chr. 13, 8. 15, 29. Jer. 30, 19 dip 
pepnvs the voice (song) 0 of dancers 
and singers. 31, 4 onpmae dinza in 
the chorus of deiner: 

Hipn. to laugh at in scorn, to deride, 
c. ἘΣ 2 Chr. 30, 10. 

Deriv. PM, pr. ἢ. 
also 


PHY and PNW m. 1. laughter Ecc. 
2, 2. 7,3. 6.7. Job 8, 21. Ps. 126, 2. 

2. derision, scorn, meton. for the object 
of it, Job 12,4. Jer. 20, 7. 48, 39. Lam. 
3, 14. 

3. jest, sport, Prov. 10, 23; dancing 
to music, Judg. 16, 27. 


UW see prot. 


pris ig. PH, 


"ΠΟ fat, πρῶ" ,apoc. & vin, to turn 
aside from a way, lo deviate ; lend. with 
wb, Aram. δὲ Ὁ , Lae, id—With ἘΣ 
W273 from the way Prow: 4,15; ‘p727975R 
7,25. Spec. of adulterous feutales Num. 
δ, 12; with Sean nnn (i. ᾳ. ὉΠ) 5, 
19, 20. 29. Comp. 531 no. 1, in Hos. 4, 
12 and Ez. 23, 5. 

Deriv. "250 for "wit. 


DOW τὰ. plur. (r. ws) deviations from 
right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. Also 
ἘΠῸ Ὁ q.v. id. Ps. 101, 3. The form is 
like 8p from τ. ΝῊΡ, bm or ΠῚ from r. 
bam .—Others concr. apostales, revolters. 

* DOWD fut. cb vo lie in wait for 
any one, to persecute him, c. acc. Gen. 
27, 41. 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16, 9. 30, 21. 
Ps. 55, 4.—The primary signif. is to set 
a trap, comp. Syr. $e; whence the 
deriv, M202. 


* OW ig. out 1. to lie in wait, to 
be an adversary, to persecute, c. acc. Ps. 
71, 13 "OH: ow i,q. "WEI "HPI9. 33, 
21. 109, 4. "2% my adversaries, perse- 
cutors, Ps. 109, 20. 29. 

2. to oppose, to resist, in the foram, 


ἸῺ 
inf. c. suff. i33%> Zech. 3, 1,—Chald. 
Foc. bid, Arab. ομδαν to resist. 

Deriv. the two following. 


JOU m. 1. anadversary, ὃ. g. in war, 
an enemy, 1 K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23, 25. 
1 Sam. 29,4; in the forum Ps. 109, 6, 
comp. Zech, 3, 1. 2; also of one who in 
any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19, 23. 
Num. 22, 22 the angel of Jehovah stood 
in the way > j2&> to oppose him. v. 32. 
—Chald. 72x, 729, 4729, id. 

2. With the art. ἡ the adversary 
wat ἐξοχήν, it assumes the nature of a 
proper name (Heb. Gramm. ὃ 107, 2), 
i. e. Satan, ὃ διάβολος, the Devil, the 
evil spirit in the theology of the Jews, 
who seduces men to evil 1 Chr, 21, 1 
(where alone the article is wanting, 
comp. 2 Sam. 24,1), and accuses and 
calumniates them before God, Zech. 3, 
1. 2. Job 1, 6-9. 2, 1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12, 
10 ὁ κατήγωρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, ὃ κατη- 
γορῶν αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμῶν 
ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. Syr. Re, Arab. 
ὡδ, Eth, HEM, id—The 
hypothesis of A, Schultens, Herder, 
Eichhorn, and others, is now univer- 
sally exploded: these writers held the 
Satan of the book of Job to be differ- 
ent from the Satan of the other books, 
regarding him as a good angel appoint- 
ed to try the characters of men; and 
hence they proposed in the prologue of 
this book everywhere to read [HWA i.e. 
περιοδεύτης, from the root BIB. 

MOD f(r. je) 1. accusation, let- 
ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6. 

2. Sitnah, pr. n. of a well, so called 
from the opposition and strife of the 
Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21. 


“OD Chald. see in πρῶ. 


NW m. (for xb2, τ. xb2) elevation, 
eminency, i. q. PRY, Job 20, 6. 


Twoew (for jix"}2 elevated) Sion, pr. 
n. of the mountain usually called Her- 
mon, prob. nothing more than an epi- 
thet, ‘ the lofty” Deut. 4, 48. R. x2. 


a 2. to be gray, hoary, i. 6. gray- 
headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam, 12,2. 
Part. 20 gray-headed, an old man, se- 
nex, Job 15, 10.—Chald. 3°90, ὅτ. ho, 

85 


1009 mw 


Arab. whi mid. Ye, id—Hence 3°, 
πῶ. 


Ὁ Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat. 
830, constr. "28, old men, elders, Ezra 
5, 5. 9. 


2°D m. se. suff. ja"b , grayness of the 
hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4. 


M3 Γ᾿ (τ. 5... constr. May, c. suff. 
ina"w , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos. 
7, 9. Job 41,24. Meton. a) Of a per- 
son who has gray hairs, one gray-head- 
ed, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15. 
1 K. 2, 6. 9; espec. Lev. 19, 32; fully 
maw oon Deut. 32,25. b) For old age, 
Ps. 71, 18. 92,15. Maiev may a good 
old age, i. 6. ἂς advanced, Gen. 15, 15. 
25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28. 


xD m. (τ. 380 or a0 1) α withdraw- 
ing; 1K. 18, 27 %) a he has with- 
drawn himself, sc. into his private apart- 
ments. 


*'I°S to cover with lime, to plaster, 
Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. οἰ ὦ mid. Ye, 
Chald. 130, id—But this is prob. rather 
a denom. signif. from ἢ. 3" lime ; which 
itself may come from the idea of boiling, 
τ᾿. ig. Ὑ. 


TD m. lime, see in r. 7B ult, Deut. 
27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, “1.—Arab. 


O25, Syr. 1} ra, Chald. x70, id. 
m0, see the suff. forms in no. 


ἘΠ fat. mb" to speak, to talk, to 
converse ; Talm. M30 id. but not found 
in the kindr. dialects. With >, Job 12,8 
yr rin speak to the earth, i.e. to the 
reptiles. With 3 ἐο talk of any one Ps.. 
69, 13; 6. ace. to ‘talk with, to converse 
with, Prov. 6,22.—Hence_ a) to speak 
or uller a song, to sing, i. q. "273 no. 1. 
6. p. 211; absol. Judg. 5, 10; c. ace. to 
sing of, to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5; 
c. Did. Ps. 105, 2. _b) to utler complaints, 
to complain, Ps. 55,18. Job 7,11. Comp. 
subst. mw I. 3. ake faba 75 to 
talk with oneself, i. e. to meditate, espec. 
on divine things, Ps. 77, 4. 7. "333702 
ππῶνΝ. With 3 of thing v. 13. 119,15. 
23: 27. etc. 

Pou. fut. Mmivs, ig. Kal lett.c, to 
meditate, c. 3 Ps. 143, 5. Also to think,. 


nD 


to consider, Is. 53,8; see Comment. on 
Is.l.c. Thesaur. p. 1328. 
Deriv. nd, mb 1 ow. 


I. m. (r. πρῶ) c. suff. "Hb. 

1. speech, discourse, 1K. 9, 11. So 
perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18,27 1.4") 
he is talking with some one; or perh. 
he is meditating, is in a brown study, so 
that he does not hear; see the root lett. 
6. The first is more certain. 

2. song, Ps. 104, 34; see the root lett. a. 

3. complaint, complaining, 1 Sam. 1,16. 
Job 7, 13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3. 64, 2. 
102, 1. Prov. 23, 29. 

II. τὸ Ὁ m. plur. Sw", a shrub. bush; 
collect. shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2,5. Job 
30,4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7.— 
Comp. we shrub, from wow to sprout, 
to grow. Perh. of the same origin with 
τῶ, 728. 

amy f. (τ. πρῶ) meditation, espec. 
pious, in respect to divine things, Ps. 
119, 97. 99. Job 15, 4 58 "25> HN me- 
ditation before God, i. e. devotion, Germ. 
Andacht. 


DY το put, to place, see DAD. 
JO τὰ. (r. 20) plur. 0°22, thorns, 


C5 
prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab. ἀῶ 
thorn. 

JO m. (r. 428 1. ᾳ. 920) c. suff. iz, 
a booth, hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ; 
Lam. 2, 6 jab j2D cM God hath torn 
away his dwelling as the hut of a gar- 
den, i. 6. the temple, comp. 729.—Others 
less well, a hedge, enclosure. 


*FI2 obsol. root, i. q. Chala. R=O 
to look at,to view, Syr. vets , Samar. M50, 
to look for, to long for, Samar. “120 
eye. Kindred is M24. The’ primary 
idea seems to have been that of cutting, 
separating, discerning, comp. in 32; 
whence 2 knife. 

Deriv. ἸϑὉ ---Ἴ 2, m-zh. 


TDW f, (τ. ἼΞΏ ig. WY) @ pointed 
weapon, dart, pr. a thorn, Job 40, 31. 
8 - « - 
Arab. = a thorn, sharp weapon. 


72D (watch-tower, τ᾿ ΓΞ) Sechu, pr. 
n. of a region near Ramah, 1 Sam. 19, 
22. 


1010 


5 


“120 m. (r. Mz) intelligence, comp. 
mezba and r. 52 no. 2; meton. the 
seat of it, the inind, heart, Job 38, 36; 
for this passage see in art. ming. 
Others, phenomenon, meteor, but against 
the context. 


MID f. (r.m2v) the flag of a ship, 
a standard, seen asa signal from afar ; 
Samar. med signal, standard. Plur. 
Is. 2,16 upon all the ships of Tarshish 234 
AIT Msh-$3 and upon all their gay 
flags ; comp. the parallelism v. 13-16. 
Sept. correctly as to sense, ἐπὲ πᾶσαν 
ϑέαν πλοίων χάλλους. The Phenician 
and Egyptian vessels had their flags 
and sails of purple and other splendid 
colours ; see Ez. 27, 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. 
Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of Anc. 
Egypt. IL p. 211. 


y2U m. (r. nav) a knife, Prov. 23, 21 


9 ν»͵ 
Chald. 7720, Arab. ὠχάζων, id. 


720 τὰ. (τ. 22) one hired, a hire- 
ling. hired labourer, Ex. 22, 14. Ley. 19, 
13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, 18. Joh 7, 1. al. Is. 
16. 14 in three years 7"3% "283 accord- 
ing lo the years of a hireling, i. e. it will 
happen at this exact time, will not be de- 
ferred longer, just as the hired labourer 
does not continue his work beyond the 
stated hour. 


ΤΣ £ (r. 9b) a hiring ; Is. 7,20 
τ ὉΠ on the hired razor. 


᾿ ἼΞὩ 1. i. ᾳ. ΞΌ, to interweave ; 
also to cover, Ez. 33. 22. Hence 7. 
2, i. q. 7, to hedge, spec. to hedge 


9 ὃ - 
with thorns ; hence Spat thorn, pointed 


weapon, LE to be armed. 
Deriv. FY, 72, M20 and maven. 


ἘΣΘ 1. Pr. to look at, to behold, to 
view ; Chald. and Samar. 530 Ithpa. id- 
See Hiph. no. 1, Oftener 

2. Trop, to be prudent, vireumspect, to 
act prudently, wisely, pr. ‘to look well 
to any thing’, 1 Sam, 18, 30. 

Piex causat. of Kal] no. 2. Gen. 48, 14 
myrrs bab he laid his hands circum- 
speetly, i. 6. placed them purposely thus. 
—But all the ancient versions give the 
sense, he laid his hands cross-wise, Sept: 


ΡῈ 


ἐναλλὰξ τὰς χεῖρας, Valg. commutans ma- 
nus. 

Hien. 1. to look at, to behold; Gen. 
3,6 >»2intd pn TeN2 and pleasant was 
the tree to behold; Vulg. aspectu delec- 
tubile, and so the other ancient versions. 
Others refer it to no. 5. 

2. Trop. to look at with the mind, to 
consider, to altend to, absol. Dan. 9, 25; 
ὁ. acc. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 64, 10; ὃ» 
Prov. 16, 20; by Neh. 8, 13. Ps. 41, 2 
dab beng ‘aio considereth the poor, 
i. e. careth for him; e. > Prov. 21, 12; 
3 Dan. 9, 13; "2 Is. 41, 20. 

3. to be or become intelligent, prudent, 
wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8; c. 3 Dan. 1, 4, 
comp. v. 17; lo act prudently, wisely, 
Jer. 20, 11. 23, 5.—Parr. 5°22 one in- 
telligent, prudent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov. 
10, 5. 14, 35, Am. 5, 13; also upright, 
righteous, godly, Ps. 14,2. Dan. 11, 33. 
35. 12,3; comp. 03%, Mean. But 
subst. ΤΣ a poem, see in its order, p- 
621.—Inf. bspbn Jer. 3, 15 and bain 
Prov. 1, 3. 21, 16, subst. dntelbigence. un- 

derstanding, wisdom. 

4. 1. ᾳ. "53h to have success, to pros- 
per, in any undertaking or business, 
Josh. 1, 7.8. 2 K. 18,7. Is. 52, 13. Jer. 
10, 21. Prov. 17,8. Also 

5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach, 
to instruct, c. acc. Ps. 32,8. Prov. 16, 
23’; ¢. dupl. acc. Dan. 9, 22; ὁ. > pers. 
Biv. 21, 11. 

6. fo give success, lo cause to prosper, 
1K. 2,3. Deut. 29, 8. 

Deriv. dad and boty, also S422. 


230 Chald. Irupa. c. 3 to attend to 
any thing, to consider, Dan. 7, 8.—Hence 
Ἰδλοϑῶ, 


bow m. 1 Chr. 22, 13, aleo $3, in 
pause 520, c. suff. $28. R. d2d. 

1. intelligence, understanding, wisdom, 
1 Chr. 22, 12. 26, 14. Prov. 12.8, S32 
212 good understanding Prov. 13, 15. Ps, 
111, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 53% cs to gire 
the understanding. of any thing, i. e. to 
cause to understand it, Neh. 8, 8.—In a 
bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25. 

2. prosperous success, prosperity, Prov. 
3, 4. 

midair f. Ece. 1, 17 folly, i. ᾳ. ma>s0 
which is found in many Mss. and edi- 
tions. 


1011 


bh 
"ISB Chal. f. (r.b20) intelligence, 
understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12, 
ΓΞ Ὁ fut. db, το hire; Arab. 
ὦ to reward, to thank, Talm. i. q. 
Heb.—With acc. of pers. Gen. 30, 16. 


Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2 
Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46,6; troops 2 Sam. 10, 


6. 2K. 7,6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6; 


a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense 
i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh. 
13, 2. 

Nipu. to hire oneself out, to be hired, 
1 Sam. 2, δ. 

Hirup. to hire oneself out, to earn wa- 


ges, Hag. 1, 6. 
Deriv. "3%, "2%, “3b, mob, 
mn >b2, pr. ἢ. “Du, 


720 m. constr. “2c. suff. 2h. R. 
a3, 

Ἢ hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30, 
28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech. 
8,10. Mal. 3, 5; of a nurse Ex. 2, 9; 
fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3; also 
hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; stipend of the 
priests Num. 18, 31. 

2. reward, espec. from God, either for 
virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31, 
16. Ps. 127, 3; or for labours and suffer- 
ings Is. 40, 10. 62; 11. Ez. 29, 18. 19. 

3. Sacar, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 4. 
b) 1 Chr. 11, 35, for which in the parall. 
passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 110. 


"Ὁ m. (Ὁ. 520) hire, wages, Prov. 11, 
18. Is. 19, 10 sob “is thee maiag wa- . 
ges, hired labourers ; comp. mb> no. 2. ἃ. 


* To obsol. root, i,q. Arab. dw; 
pr. to be quiet, i, q: M333; then to be fat, 
iq. Arab. du, VIIL—Hence 

WU m. (Keri 5b) a quail, so called 


from its fatness, comp. Arab. slew 
thrice collect. quails, Ex. 16, 13 where 
it is joined with a fem. in the manner of 
collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40.— 
Pxor. 9°75 Num. 11, 31, as from a sing. 


“i 


m=5, corresponding to Arab. δῶν 
and Samar. "5d, which the Cod. He- 
breo-Sam.alsohas. Sept. ὀρτυγομήτρα, 
Vulg. coturnix. See Bochart Hieroz. 
II. p. 92.—Not the bird now called kata 
εἰς, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. Ρ.. 
620. 


“Sv 
20 Keri, see "0. 


Noo (garment, see 1220) Salma, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 
51. 54. Ὁ) See in Mad no. 2. 


rraSW £ by transpos. for 7228 q. v. 

1. a garment Ex. 22, 8. Mic. 2, 8. 

2. Salmah, pr. n. of the father of 
Boaz, Ruth 4, 20; for which nab 1 
Chr. 2, 11, and 725% Ruth 4, 21. 


ΠΩΣ (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m. 
see 7250 no. 2. 


“O20 Salmai, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48; 
for which Ezra 2, 46 Keri 72>. 


dyna a quadrilit. root not used in 
Kal, denom. from >8=8. 

Hips. xcwn, fut. deb? Gen. 13, 
9; inf, and imp. >»32h 2 Sam. 14, 19, 
*bunivn Ez. 21, 21; part. plur. ὈΠΡΝ Ὁ 
1 Chr. 12,2. 

1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 
21. Ez. 21, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in 725. 

2. to use the left hand, to be left-hand- 
ed, 1 Chr. 12,2. 


ἜΑ, more fully Naw which 
ought perh. to be pronounced ding, 


§ εἰ - 
Arab. JIGS. 

1. the left hand, opp. 47> the right 
hand. Gen. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4, 
11. Cant. 2,6. 8,3. Accus. Ὁ and 
bkcvn (Gen. 13, 9) to the left hand, 
towards the left; often in the phrase 
ΝΟΌΣ 7.25 WO NP πού lo turn lo the right 
hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (comp. 
Num. 20, 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1,7. 23, 6. 
1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22,2. 5x22 on or 
at the left hand 1 K.7, 49; ὁ. genit. of 
any one Gen. 48, 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 1K. 
22,19. 2 Chr. 4, 8. ἘΝ ΟΌΤΌΣ on the left 
hand 2K. 23,8; to the left hand, towards 
the left, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19. 

2. the left, i.e. the left side, quarter. 
part ; hence 5δε οἰ the left hand, Judg. 
3, 21. Ez. 39, 3. 

3. the north, the northern quarter, see 
in "ing no, 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15 
Pies bx on the north of Damas- 


cus, Corresponding in Arabic is hives 
the left hand, the left, the north. 


Nore. As to the origin of this quadri- 


literal, some regard it as from DRY els 


1012 


mia 

and >, the latter either as added, or as 
borrowed from 517, i.e. 5X2 from BRB 
and >. Others, as Simonis, make it 
from a root D2w hyd to wrap oneself 
in a garment; as if >%2¥ the left hand 
were so called as being usually enveloped 


in the mantle or outer garment. 
Deriy. denom. 838 Hiph. and 


“xv adj. left, on the left, app. “325 
right; 1 Κι 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4. Fem. 
many Lev. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K 
11, ἢ ΤῊ 


* 7772 and TSW Neh. 12,43. Zech. 
10,7; imp. Mw, fut. M27; to rejoice, 
to be joyful, to be glad. The primary 
idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheer- 
ful, merry countenance, comp. M3 
lett. a, b; and hence Arab. to be 


cheerful, gentle, liberal—Judg. 9, 19. 
1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 Κ. 5, 21, Ece. 3, 22. al. 
Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make 
merry, spoken of persons feasting and 
indulging themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Ecce. 
8,15; comp. Zech. 10,7. Hence May 
Ἀπ "25> Lo rejoice before Jehovah, spoken 
of the sacred festivities held in the courts 
of the sanctuary, Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12, 
7. 12. 18. 14, 26, 16, 11. Neh. 12, 43; 
comp. Is. 9,2. Also of those singing 
and dancing, Job 21,12. So too nay 
jaba Ex. 4, 14; elsewhere ascribed to 
the heart itself Ps. 16, 9. 33, 21. Prov. 
23, 15; and to inanimate things, as the 
heavens Ps. 96, 11. 1 Chr. 16, 31; 
Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light, 
Prov. 13. 9 the candle of the righteous 
ma rejoiceth, i. e. shines with a cheer- 
ful light.—With 3 of that in or at which 
one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2. 104, 
3}. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often nev 
nina to rejoice in Jehovah i, e. in his 
favour and protection Ps. 9, 3. 32, 11. 85, 
ἡ. 97,12, Joel 2,23. With >> id. Is. 9, 
16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 29,9; rarely 
c. 2 Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have 
3). Ece. 2,10; ο. > et inf as mind nog 
1 Sam. 6, 13, comp. Judg. 19,3; 72 Ps. 
58. 11. Job 31, 25. For the idea of re- 
joicing over the calamities or destruc- 
tion of any one is put > M2 Ps. 35, 19. 
24. 88, 17. Is. 14, 8, Mic. 7, 8 Ob. 12; 
rarely 3 M2 Prov. 24, 17. Jab 31, 29. 
Pint m2, fut. maw, to make rejaice, 


mao 

to gladden, to cheer, c. acc. Deut. 24, δ, 
Prov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104, 
15. al. of a rejoicing over the cala- 
mities of others, c. > Ps. 30,2; 5% Lam. 
2, 17; 722 Chr. 20, 27. 

Hipu. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43. 

Deriv. the two following. 


M20 m. adj. verbal, fem. mre’, joy- 
Sul, glad, rejoicing, Deut. 16, 15; 6. 12 
because of or in any thing Eee. 2, 10; 
plur.c.> et inf. Prov. 2, 14 niws> ome 
ΣᾺ who rejoice to do evil, Plur. constr. 
once "20 Ps. 35, 26, once ὙΠ Ὁ Is. 
24, 7. 


MMW £ (τ. now) constr. new, c. 
suff. sare, plur. nine ; 3 joy, παροὺ 
rejoicing, Ps, 4, 8. 45, 16, τ Ὁ nob 
ΤΡ to rejoice with great joy, i. 6. ex- 
ceedingly, 1 K. 1, 40. Jon. 4, 6. Spec. 
a) The loud expression of joy, as songs 
of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen, 31, 27. 
Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 30. Ὁ) 
festivity, i. e. festive banquets, plea- 
sures, Judg. 16, 23. Prov. 21, 17 =m 
mee loving pleasures. nny ΤῊΣ 
Neh. 8, 12. 12,27. 2 Chr. 30, 23. ma 
mma Ece. 7, 4. 


HIND ᾧ (Ὁ. Ἴ90, Ὁ for Ὁ) a carpet, 
quilt, malttrass, Judg.4, 18; where some 
Mss. read 73°25. Comp. [akan bed, 


couch. 
+2 obsol. root; Arab. chars to 


cover with a garment; Conj. IV, éo 


δ". 2 
wrap oneself. Hence ΠΡ, as, 
garment. 

Hien. >°20M, see r. Sead. 


maw f(r. 59) constr. "22, c. suff. 
inde ; plar. midst. c. suff. narnia; 
@ garment, both of men and women 
Deut. 22,5; espec. the wide ouler gar- 
ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25. 
Prov. 30,4; in which a person wrapped 
himself at night, Deut. 22, 17; the sol- 
diers’ cloak, Is. 9, 4. Also genr. rai- 
ment, as nba ἘΠῚ food and raiment 
Deut. 10, 18. Is. 3,7. 4.1. Plur. mibay 
garmenis Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22. al.— 
From this primary form comes by trans- 
pos. M25 q. v. 


προ (garment) Samlah. pr. n. of a 
king of Edom, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1, 47. 
85* 


1013 


NID 


*paw obsol. root, Arab. cw t0 poi- 
son ; whence po Samim (Simoom) 
a poisonous wind. 


mond (in some Mss. τ 29:2) a spe- 
cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30, 28 ; 
Sept. καλαβώτης, Vulg. stellio. Arab. 


8..,0Σὲ 
Li is a poisonous lizard spotted like a 
leopard. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1084. 


αν 1" i. 4: 7.70; hence Γῆ Ὁ 
nails ; comp. in "20%. 


* RID, fut. λίθος inf. abs. sy, con- 
str. Soi ἡ οὐ τας Prov. 8, 13, to ἡ οἷν 


Syr. ja», Arab. lid, id. but Arab. also 


a- 
intrans. to be ugly, deformed, iq. wis 
In this idea of ugliness. deformity, seems 
to lie the primary meaning of the root ; 
comp. Engl. ugly, pr. in a physical sense, 
but also provincially of temper and dis- 
position.—Constr. with acc. of pers. Gen. 
26, 27. Deut. 22. 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ρ5. δ, 
6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with acc. of thing, 
6. g. falsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128. 163; 
wickedness Ps. 45,8; also 50, 17. Prov. 
5, 12. Kee. 2, 17. Ps. 120.6. al. Rarely 
with > of pers. Deut. 19,11. Ascribed 
to the soul (22) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5. 
Opp. 548 Deut. 21, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 7.— 
Part. 820, 8250, subst. a hater, an ene- 
my, either personal Ex. 23. δ. Job 8, 22. 
Prov, 25, 21. Ps. 35,19; or public Gen. 
24, 60. Ex. 1,10. Ps. 21,9. With suff. 
ixz” Deut. 7. 10; but also % ssw id. 
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20, 5; 
comp. Gr. ἐχϑρός τινι. Heb. Gr. § 113. 2. 
Fem. ρίαν. ΓΝ Ὁ Ez. 16,27. Part. pass. 
hateful, odious, fem. Prov. 30, 23. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20. 
Piet only in Part. sw a hater, an 
enemy, either personal Job 31, 29; or 
public Deut. 33, 11. Ps. 18,41. 44, 11. 
68, 2. 89,24. Only in poetic style. 
Deriv. 8°28, ΓΝ. 


3 nv Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. Part. 820 ἃ 
hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19]. 


MND f(r. 82”) constr. MND, e. suff. 
ἜΧΩ, 

1. Pr. inf. of the verb 82% Deut. 1, 27. 

2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, δ, 
Ecc. 9,1. mx in hatred Num, 35,20. 


"5D 1014 


min, MN xv fo hate with great ha- 
tred, i. e. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15. 

N20 m. (r. x2) adj. verbal, only 
fem. TRY, hated, Deut. 21, 15. 

2D (r. "2, coat of mail, i. q. rie) 
q. ν. no. 2; or, cataract, i. ᾳ. “2%, from 
the noise of waters) Senir, pr.n. of 
Mount Hermon among the Amorites 
Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27,5; in a narrower 
sense for a part of Hermon, Cant. 4. 8. 
1 Chr. 5, 23. According to Abulfeda 
the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da- 
mascus is called ~~Aiw Senir ; Abulfed. 
ed. Kohler p. 164; ed. Paris p. 68.— 
Written also ""34 in some copies Deut. 
3, 9. Cant. 4, 8. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, prob. i. 4. "2% te 
make a noise, to clatter, 6. g. as arms, 


Sa-- : 
whence armature, coat of mail. 


Hence see pr. n. 738. 
MSW, plur, o-yisv, see in ISD. 


“PW m. (r. “ZY) constr. ἜΣΘ ; plur. 
ps, constr. "773w. 

1, hairy, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11. 
‘23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. 730, Syr. 
Δα , Arab. pe id. 

2. @ he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircus i. q. 
thirtus, hirsutus, hairy,) Lev. 4, 24. 16, 9 
sq. Fully 53> ΠΣ a buck of the goats, 
;goat-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16,5. 
‘Num. 7, 16 sq. 28, 30, 29, 11. al. ΣῸ 
‘PRON the goat of the sin-offering Ley. 
ἰθ,. 3.18. 10, 16. 16, 15.27. For the wor- 
‘ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews, 
after the example of the Egyptians, see 


‘Lev. 17,7. 2 Chr. 11, 15. Fem. HyPsb 


a she-goat, see in its order—Plur. 
ΤΣ he-goats for satyrs, wood-demons, 
supposed to resemble he-goats, and to 
live in deserts Is. 13, 21. 34, 14. Sept. 
"δαιμόνια, Seeon these popular supersti- 
tions, Comment. on Isa. ll. cc. Bochart. 
Hieroz. IL. p. 844. 

3. Plur.t° "38, showers, Deut. 32, 2; 
‘comp. r. ὋΣ 9 to shudder. 

2D (hairy, shaggy, τ᾿ "2v) Seir, 
pr. n. 

a) A phylarch.or chief of the Horites, 
‘Gen, 36, 20-30. 

b) The mountainous country of the 


"5D 


Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea 
to the Elanitic Gulf; the northern part of 
which is now called Jebdal (see >=), and 
the southern esh-Sherah, δία; see 
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 401, 
410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 11. p. 552. 
This region (ΠΣ Ὁ ἘΠ Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 
1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the 
Horites, "iM Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12; 
then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33, 14. 16, and 
his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2, 4 sq. 
2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous 
country may possibly have derived its 
name from the Horite Seir, see above 
in lett.a; but it is better to render "ἜΣΘ 
as an apellative: the shaggy mountains, 
i. 6. clothed and as it were bristling with 
trees and forests ; comp. Gr. λάσιος, and 
Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. 

c) A mountain on the northern border 
of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10. 


nye f. (τ. ἘΣ) constr. Pty 

1. a she-goat, comp. in “"2, Lev. 4, 
28. 5, 6. 

2. Seirah, pr. n. of a place or tract in 
the mountains of Ephraim, ο. 7 loc. 
ΠΡ ἜΣ ΘΠ Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27. 


‘D'SPO m. plur. (τ. 530, Ὁ for Ὁ) 
thoughts, cogitations, which divide and 
distract the mind; Job 20, 2. 4, 13 in 
thoughts from the visions of the night, 
i. e. nocturnal dreams which distract 
and agitate the mind; comp. Dan. 2, 1. 


"ΣΦ fut. ssiv to shudder, to shiver ; 
Germ. schauern, schaudern. 

1. Like "30, spoken of the sudden 
commotion and raging of a storm or 
tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph. 
Comp. Lat. ‘dies horruit imbre’ Val. 
Flacce. ‘ tempestas horrescit nimbis’ Sil. 
1. 133; Germ. Regenschawer, Engl. 
shower.—With acc. to sweep away in 
storm, Ps. 58, 10. Hence “3 no. 1, 
mash, mets (7°38 no. 3). 

"2. Of the convulsive motion and shrink- 
ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud- 
der, to shiver, Gr. φρίσσω, φρίττω. Ez. 
27, 35 "zw sms ὈΠΞΡῸ their kings 
shall greatly shudder, i. e. be seized 
with great and sudden terror. Jer. 2,12; 
with >> of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With 
ace. like Gr. φρίσσω τινά, to shudder at, 
i.e, to feel a sacred awe before a divi- 


babe) Ὁ 


nity, to fear, Deut. 32, 17.—Hence "20 
no. 2. 

3. Of the hair, to stand on end, to bris- 
tle, as the effect of the sudden shudder 
of the skin; comp. φρέσσω Sept. Job 4, 
15; φρίσσουσι τρίχες Hesiod Op. 540; 
Lat. ‘capilli horrent’ Tib. 2. 3, 23. 
Hence in the derivatives is found the 
signif. of standing on end, bristling, 
saggy, hairy; as "3B, VY, a hair, 
collect. hair, comp. Germ. Haar, Lat. 
hirtus, hirsutus. hircus; χήρ, her, heres 
(eres) i. e. hedgehog ; also M3 hor- 
gleum, barley, so called from its bristling 
ears ; and "> hirsutus, shaggy, a goat; 
Arab. 2.4 to be shaggy, hairy. 


Nipu. impers. it storms, is tempestuous, 
a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3. 

Pret to sweep away in storm, c. 2 
Job 27, 21. 

Hirup. to rush on like a tempest, c. >9 
Dan, 11, 40; comp. "90 Hab. 3, 14. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 3. 


“30 m. (r. 93%) 1. ig. "30, a tem- 
pest, storm, Is. 28, 2. 

2. a shuddering, horror, Job 18, 20. 
Ez. 27, 35., 32, 10. 

3. Once as constr. of "3B q. v. 


“ZW τὰ. (r. 22) constr. “3U, once 
“3v Is. 7, 20. c. suff. 3B , hair, so called 
from standing out or erect, bristling; 
Arab. “x, Syr. 
igs, 12,5, id— Spoken: a) Of 
the hair of the head, with SX" added 
Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9, 
3; without SX Cant. 4,1. Ps. 68, 22. 
b) OF hair on other parts of the body, 
Lev. 13, 3.sq. 07529 73 the hair of 
the feet, i. e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20; 
and so xut ἐξοχήν »ῃ the hair of puberty, 


Ez. 16,7. Arab. ee id. c) Perh. 


the shag of coarse woollen cloth; so 
“3% mT a hairy rants i. e. made 


ae), or of 


- 


see r. “SB no. 3. 


either of hair or far (Arab. Ἰ 


shaggy woollen cloth, Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 
14,4. Hence "> 523 ΘΝ a man clad 
in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8. 


“30 Chald. m. hair, with OX added 
Dan. 3, 27. 7,9. In Targg. id. 


1015 


mew 


ΓΛ Ὁ fi. 4. ΤΣ @ tempest, storm, 
Job 9, 17. Nah, 1,3. R. -Σῷ, 

MID fF. (r. "3%) constr. ΩΣ, c. suff. 
ΡΟΣ Ὁ, plur. constr. ΤΊΣ, n. unit, of 


θ,ὃ “ 

"3, a hair, Arab. Send id, Judg. 20, 
16 MzwM->x fo a hair, proverbially of 
slingefs who could hit a mark without 
varying a hair’s breadth. Elsewhere 
collect. hair, 8. g.of the head 1 Sam. 14, 
45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. 1 K. 1, 52; or genr. 
of the body Job 4,15. Plur. *OX> ming 
the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5. 


MTD f. also APD Joel 1, 11 (τ. "VB 
no. 3) plur. ps, out ; barley, so 
called from the bearded aiid bristling 
ears of this grain ; like Lat. hordeum a 
horrendo, and vice versa M02 spelt 
(q. v.) from its smooth and shorn ears. 


Syr. 12,0, ce NAITO, Pus, 
δε a 
pPrs® ; Arab. pee barley, Se a 


barley-corn.—Sing. only of barley in 
growth, Job 31, 40. Joel 1,11. Ex. 9, 31. 
Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28, 935. Plur. os of 
the grain after threshing (comp. MzZn, 
nan) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 K.5, 18. Jer. 41, 

8. Ez. 4,9. ἃ]. omsb "ah a homer of 
barley hex 27, 16. padi map barley- 
meal Num. 5, 15; ὦ pnd barley-bread 
Judg. 7, 13, comp. Ez. “4, 12: So too 
ὈΡῸ ΣΡ barléy-harvest, the gather- 
ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23. 
2 Sam. 21, 9. 


=e) (barley) Seorim, pr. n. τῇ. 
1 Chr. 24, 8. 


ἜΠΞῸ obsol. root, which seems to 
have had the signif. to swek or lick up 
greedily, to absorb, like kindr. 839 q. v. 
The same idea is expressed in other 
families of languages (inserting the let- 
ters Lor r) by the roots slab, srab, comp. 
Wy to drink, .2; to absorb, Lat. sor- 


bere, Germ. vulg. schlappen. Dropping 


-Lthere arises Lat. sapio to taste ; or cast- 


ing off the sibilant, Pers. τ; Lat. la- 
bium, Engl. to lap. ~ 
Deriv. mab, ceb. 


MDW £ dual ΠΡ, constr. ΒΩ, 6. 
suff. Senet ; plur. conatr: mired as from 
ἃ form mew. R. πε. 

1. a a tip, dual the lips. Chald. 85d 


RED, 


maw 
$-- 


smbd, NRBY, Syr.Jhaw, Arab. Kas, id. 
—Is. 37, 29. Cant. 4, 3. 11. 5, 13. Prov. 
24,28. mea THEN Ps. 22, 8, see in 
“ve Hiph. Often put: a) As an organ 
of speech; e. g. to open the lips, to begin 
to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also fo open 
the lips of any one, to cause him to 
speak, Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to 
keep silence, Ps. 40,10. Prov. 10,19. So 
speech or discourse is said to be upon 
the lips Prov. 16,10. Ps. 16,4; once un- 
der the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3, 
for which see in 75> no. 1. p. 528. Job 
2, 10 he did not sin with his lips. 12, 20. 
Ps. 45,3. cine 523 of uncircumcised 
lips, i. e. not of ready speech, Ex. 6, 12. 
—Hence Ὁ) Of the manner of speech, 
e.g. «@) In nations, i. q. speech, dialect, 
Gen. 11, 1. 6.7. 9. Is. 19,18 1529 rev the 
dialect of Canaan. 33,19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. 
8) Ino individuals whose manner of 
speech varies according to th eir disposi- 
tion and habits; 6. g. "PY raw lip of 
deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18, 
comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120,2; 78 Maw id. 
Prov. 17, 4. Max ΡΒ lip of truth, vera- 
city, Prov. 12,19. ="pos anne burn- 
ing lips, ardent professions, Prov. 26, 23. 
pine pre sweetness of the lips, plea- 
sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22; so Zeph. 3, 
9, Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4.—Also the word of 
one’s lips, 6. g. of Jehovah, a divine pre- 
cept, Ps. 17,4; comp. Prov. 23, 16. Else- 
where in a bad sense, of what one utters 
with his lips, but without consideration 
and without meaning what he says 
(comp. Is. 29, 13); hence lip-talk, i. e. 
empty words, vain and foolish discourse, 
Is. 36,5. Prov. 14,23; and so D°NSh Hs 
a man of talk, an empty talker, Job 11, 
2; mined bx a prating fool Prov. 10, 
8; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33.—Ps. 81, 
6 ΝΣ "ASTD ND ΓΕ 7 heard a lan- 
guage (manner of speech) that 7 had 
not known, i. e. the divine communica- 
tions.—Arab. κα uw Rad wala, 
the son or daughter of the lip, i.e. speech. 

2. a lip, ice. the edge, border, margin, 
as of a cup 1 K.7, 26; of a garment 
Ex. 28, 32; of a curtain 26, 4. 36, 11; 
of the sea, the shore Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14, 
30. Josh. 11, 4; of a river, the bank Gen. 
41, 3. 17. Ex. 23, 3. 2 K. 2, 13. ree 
iT the bank of the Jordan; and so 


1016 


“pa 
Judg. 7, 22 n>%r bax MEL the bank of 
(the stream at) Abel-meholah. - 


*TDW whence Pi.mpy and n. naw, 
seein r. MBO. 


DET m. (from nw lip, and =~, comp. 
ἘΞΌ, obi) c. suff. Tey, pr. lip-beard, 
ihe mustuchios ; 6. g. DEW HLS to trim 
the mustachios or beard 2 Sam. 19, 25; 
Sept. ποιεῖν μύστακα. Also DB ΘΓ το. Nee 
to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth 
and the beard over it, in token of leprosy 
or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. Ez. 
24, 17. 22. Sept. στόμα, χείλη. Gree, 
Venet. in Liv. μύσταξ. 


ww, see inr. ἸΞΌ. 
PW, see in r. PED. 


ῬΘΦ m. (τ. PED 1, ὦ for Ὁ) a smiting, 
chastisement, from God, Job 36, 18. 
Comp. P20 Job 34, 26. 


pw τὰ. (τ. Pew) c. suff. ipY; plur. 
ppb , 6. suff. crm ph. 

1. sacking, sackcloth, a coarse cloth, 
espec. as made of hair, used for sieves 
and strainers (see the root); also for 
sacks to hold grain and for mourning 


garments. Comp. Eth. {0 sackcloth, 
also the garments of monks and pilgrims; 
WW lattice; Gr. σάκος, σάκκος, 
sackcloth, Lat. saccus, which Jerome 
uses likewise for the garment of pilgrims; 
also σάγος, sagum,i.e. the coarse mantle 
or blanket of soldiers. Chald. PO, ἈΡΌ, 
Copt. COK, CHK, id.—Is. 3, 24 ny5rpa 
pw a girdle of sackcloth. Then 

2. a suck for grain Gen, 42, 25. 27. 35. 
Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4. 

3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning- 
garment, fully PY 535 Esth. 4, 2; pr. 
a close and rough garment of sackcloth 
(Is. 3,34. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6, 12) 
worn upon the naked body 1 K. 21, 27. 
2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; and not laid aside 
at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1,13. Also 
sex) pe wad to put on sackcloth and 
ashes, as a mourner Esth. 4, 1; comp. 
Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garment of 
ascetics and prophets ; Is. 20,2 loose the 
sackcloth from off thy loins. 


TP, once in Nips. Lam. 1, 14, ac- 
cording to Kimchi to be bound, made 
fast, sc.a yoke. It would seem to stand 


pp 


in affinity with IpY, I2%, YX, the as- 
piratesand sibilants being often kindred ; 
see under Ὁ p. 1000, Targ. aggravatum 
est.—Several Mss. have ἼΡΘΣ, which is 
also expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but 
against the sense of the context, 


* pp obsol. root, prob. i. q. PRY 
q- v. fo strain ; Gr. σακκίζω, Lat. sacca- 
vit. Hence pe. 


*"PW in Kal not used, i. q. Chald, 
"PS, to look, to behold. 

Pret pr. to let (the eyes) look about, 
i. e. to look about, to ogle, in the manner 
of wanton and shameless females, Is. 
3, 16. Sept. ἐν γεύμασιν ὀφϑαλμῶν.--- 
Others fucantes oculos, comp. "PO to 
stain, to paint; but against the context. 


WW m. (τ. "7Y) ο. suff. ἘΞ ; plur. 
pes, c. suff. "90, constr. Δ. 

1. a prefect, leader, master, chief ; 
not found in the kindred dialects. 1 
Sam. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 19. With genit. 
p pyan wD the chief of the cup-bearers 
Gen. 40,2 sq. 41,9. o°DNA AD the chicf 
of the bakers ibid, o7O"7ON AY the 
chief of the eunuchs Dan. 1, 7. ἜΣΠ ὦ 
the prefect of the city Judg. 9, 30. 1 K. 
22,26. 728m "ὦ the chief of the dis- 
trict Neh. 3, 14 sq. =°=2 "7% masters 
over the tribute-service, task-masters, Ex. 
1, 11. «ΤΡ ™Y masters over the cattle, 
chief herdsmen, head-shepherds, Gen. 
47, 6. Espec. of military chiefs and 
leaders, @ commander, captain, Ex. 18, 
21. 2 K. 1, 9 sq. Is. 3,3. Deut. 1, 15. 1 
Sam. 18, 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21, 
22. 2 Sam. 12, 9 o"Ma2F Ἢ the captain 
of the body-guard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41, 
10. Jer. 40,1 sq. Also absol. of ἃ mili- 
tary commander, 2 K. 19, 9; plur. Num. 
21, 18. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31,9. 2 Chr. 
32, 21. 

2.a prince, noble, chief, e.g. a) Of 
one who holds the power over a whole 
people, although less than a king, i. q. 
ΠῺΣ no. 2; so OTS] “Id the princes of 
the Philistines 1 Sam. 29,3; perh. Job 3, 
14. Is.49,7.al. Ὁ) Of the chief menina 
state, Job 29, 9. 34.19; on whom rest 
authority and power, chief officers, min- 
islers, the companions and friends of 

- the king, plur. oD 2 Sam. 18,5. 1K. 4, 
2. Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. al. 


1017 


MD 


ris "I Gen. 12, 15; 428 "ΔΩ Is. 19, 
11. 13. pent abe Hos. 13, 10. Is. 49, 
38; comp. Hos. 7, 3. 8, 10. Is. 23,8 Tyre 

. By mad ὑῶν ‘whose merchants 
are princes, i.e. like princes in wealth 
and power.—So in sacred things: α) 
wip τῷ sacred princes, i. 6. the priests, 
Is. 43, 27. 8) In the book of Daniel, 
the princes of the angels, i. e. the seven 
archangels (οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἐνώπιον 
τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἑστήκασι Rev. 8, 2) who act as 
the patrons and advocates of particular 
nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21. 
12,1. Hence y) own 7b theprince 
of princes, i. e. God, Dan. 8, 25. 


* 37D in Kal not used, to interweare, 
to braid. Chald. and Syr. 320, 4G 
id. Kindr. are the roots 77%, pr, 
prob. 338 to weave, comp. under letter 
Ὁ; also 7 , 330 , the mid. radical being 
softened. 

Pvat fut. plur. "29" 10 be woven toge- 
ther, interwoven, Job 40, 17. 

Hrrep. fat. plur. "29M" to interweave 
themselves, to be woven together, trop. of 
transgressions Lam. 1, 14. 

Deriv. 5°39", and pr. ἢ. 370. 


aa 190 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. oo 
to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with Ὁ ; 
9 - 

whence Og pw 


Then, to sew together, espec. things hard, 
as leather with wire and an awl; also fo 
interweave, to net, in the manner of a 


an awl, Heb. 2 stylus. 


work, as a coat of mail, whence Sy 


a coat of mail woven from iron wire or 
rings; see 778 δ 


“re “Ὁ to Ae to escape, Josh. 10, 
20. Arab. ὅς. 


ble, to flee in trepidation. 
ΤΣ, perh, 335. 
Deriv. M7. 


‘TID m. (r. 15: 1) pr. a coat of mail ; 
then a species of cloth or stuff resembling 
mail or network, wrought of threads by 
means of needles, of which the curtains 
of the tabernacle were made; comp. 
ΥΞΘ; hence 7 "aa Ex. 31, 10. 35, 
19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. ὙΠ cur- 
tains, hangings, so called from the kind 


% id, Syr. 2 to trem- 
Kindr. is 


wiv 
of stuff from which they were made, 
δ ΤῸ sieve. Sept. incorrectly, στολαὶ 
dettovgyixal, as if for mw 730, which 
the Samar. actually exhibits; but the 
sense requires curtains, tapestry, and 
not garments. 


ἜΘ m. Te. 4,13,1 4, Arab, day 


an awl, or rather ὦ stylus, graver, with 
which the artist sketches the outlines 
of the figure to be sculptured. 


“ΠΡ Ὸ 1. to set in a τοιῦ, ἰο range 
in Sten, i. q. Arab. λ- mid. Waw. 
Hence “758 a row, range, q. v. 

2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q. 
“sit I. no. 2, and “9; from the notion 
of arranging and drawing up troops. 


Phage .9.» bs 
aan sy and 5)" to be noble, liberal, 
se a prince, noble. 

3. to contend, to strive with any one, 
c. ἘΞ Gen. 32, 29; m& Hos. 12,4. Arab. 


S ‘ Conj. ΠῚ, id—Fut. "*" comes 


from “5 I. 
Deriv. πῶ; MwA, and the pr. 
names "IY, N79 , xh. 


MW fem. of subst." (τ. 152) la 
princess, noble lady, Jadg. 5, 29. Esth. 
1,18. Spec. of the king’s wives of noble 
birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different 
from his concubines, comp. Cant. 6, 8. 
Metaph. Lam. 1, 1 Γῆ) 123 "MY princess 
among the provinces. 

2. Sarah, pr.n. a) The wife of Abra- 
ham, at first called "0 q. v. Gen. 18, 6 
sq. 20,2 sq. 21, 1sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2. 
al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 26, 
46. 


a0 (shoot. branch) Serug,»pr. n. m. 
Gen. 11, 20. R. a5. 


FIW m. (τ. 22) a latchet, thong, 
which fastens a shoe or sandal, so call- 
ed from lacing and binding together, 
Is. 5, 27. Proverbially for any thing 
of little value Gen. 14, 23; see in win 


9 - 
p. 399, Arab. wee id. 
Ep Ό, see in PAW no, 2. 


MID (abundanee, i: 4. M70) Serah, 
pr. ἢ, £ Gen. 46, 17, 1 Chr. 7, 30. 


1018 


"510 


ἘὨΠΦ to cut, to gash oneself, to 
make incisions in the flesh, as was cus- 
tomary in mourning, ΔΗ, ΡΝ sw7h? 
Lev. 21,5. Arab. by 

Nipu. to be lacerated, i. 6. to be hurt, | 
crushed, in lifting too great a burden, 
Zech. 12, 3.—Hence 


DW τὰ, Lev. 19, 28, MYT Ff. Lev. 
21, 5, an incision, gash. 


“IW Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Abra- 
ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5. 11 sq. 16, 1 sq. 
afterwards called MM" q. v. Gen. 17, 25 
sq. The LXX write the first name 
Suga, pronouncing “-- like a, in the Ara- 
bic manner, comp. "3°09 2wa; the latter 
they write Σάῤῥα, because 7 is in 
reality for the form M72.—The etymo- 
ΜΞ of "28 is obscure. Some compare 


Sri colocynth, Michael. Orient. Bib- 


5 - 


lioth. IX. 188; others ἘΝ 


rous, Iken. Diss. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ewald 
explains it, ‘contentious, quarrelsome,’ 
from r. MW no. 3; Gram, § 324. This 
is prob. best. 


DID m. plur. (r. 2:8, Kamets im- 
pure) c. suff. πολ, shoots, branches, 
of a vine, Gen. 40, 10. 12. Joel 1, 7. 
Kindr. are i dae Exe ΒΤ, a shoot, 


vine; Arab. Raps), oxy id 

TY πὰ. (r. Taw ΠῚ ρίαν. eI, 
constr. ΠΛ Ως 

1. one left, one escaped from a slaugh- 
ter. a survivor, i. q. 2722, whence 777 
onde Jer. 42, 17. 44, 14. Lam. 2, 22. 
Often in the phraad Ξ a3 πῶσ ND 
there was not left to him a survivor, one 
remaining, i. e. there was none left alive. 
Num, 21, 35. Deut. 3,3. Josh. 10, 28. 37. 
11,8; also Num. 24,19. Deut. 2, 84, al, 
Collect. the survivors, those who remain 
alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1,9. Of things 
left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26.—Plur. 
Josh, 10, 20. Joel 3,5. 34m ἸῺ those 
left of the sword, who escaped it, Jer. 
31, 2. 

2. Sarid, pr. ἢ. of a town in Zebulun, 
Josh, 19, 10, 12, 


TID and AW (warrior of Jeho- 
vah) Seraiah, pr.n.m. a) The scribe 
or secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17; in 


noble, gene- 


al 1019 


other places corrupted, 6, g. into X79 
2Sam. 20, 25, sow 1K. 4, 3, 9} 
1 Chr. 18, 16. 
the priest, Ezra 7, 1. 6) Of several 
other persons, see 2 K. 25, 18. 23. Jer. 


36, 26. 40,8. 51,59. 61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14. 


35. 5,40. Ezra 2,2. Neh. 10,3, 11, 11. 
12, 1. 12. 


ΤῸ, see yin. 


PND adj. (r. PY 1) plur, £ Pip, 
hackled, hatcheled, as flax Is. 19,9. An- 
cient combs, for this purpose, see in Wil- 
kinson’s Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 140. 


nf FLD i. q. 278, in Kal not used, to 
interweave, to lay crosswise, to entangle. 
Chald. 7720 id. spec. to entangle one’s 


path ; Arab. ToS i. ᾳ. Heb. 


Pie, Jer. 2,23 the swift camel ΓΞ 
"373 entangling her ways, i. 6. ranning 
about wild in her season of heat. 

Deriv. 717%. 

DO NW Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief 
of the eunuchs in the army of Nebu- 
chadnezzar, Jer. 39,3. Perh. "3Ὁ (plur. 
b°2D) is sectus, ersectus, i. q. O70, from 
r.722. whence also 772 knife. 


» ow to stretch out, to make long or 
large; Arab. cy id. Part. pass, san 
stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any 
member too long or large, and so being 
deformed, e. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18; 
of cattle Lev. 22, 23. 

Hipu. to stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20. 


ὈΕΣ Ὁ m. plur. thoughts Ps 94, 19. 
139, 23, i. q. att ᾳ. Vv. with the letter 
Ἢ inserted; see under ", p- 949, 950. 
+1. FD, fat. paw 1. to burn up, 
to consume with fire. Syr.id. but rarely. 
Zab. 23) id. Syr. «οἴ is also ‘to suck 


up, to absorb,’ see Middledorpf Cure 
hexapl. in Job p.15. Comp. also 278 heat. 
—Construed: a) With acc. to burn, 
e.g. wood Is. 44,16; garments Ley. 13, 
52; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice Lev. 
4, f2. 21. 8,7. 16,27; a city Judg. 18, 
27. Is. 1, 73; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8; 
wooden idols Deut. 12, 3. 1K. 15, 13; 
reeds forming stockades Jer. 51, 32, see in 
©38 ; also children in honour of an idol, 
2K. 17,31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. Deut. 12, 


b) The father of Ezra _ 


yw 

31. In many of these examples Bxz 
with fire is added. Ὁ) > Πρ HI to 
burn a burning for any one, to make a 
burning, i. e. to institute a solemn pub- 
lic funeral for any one, during which 
precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16, 
14. 21, 19. Jer. 34,5. Comp. Jos. B. J. 
1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod, 
it is said there followed πέντακόσιοι τῶν 
οἰκετῶν καὶ ἀπελευϑέρων ἀφοματοφύροι. 
Geier de Luctu Hebreor. 6. 3. But 
this custom had no connection with the 
burning of the body. c) to burn or bake 
bricks, Gen. 11, 3. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal, to be burned, e. g. 
in punishment Gen. 38, 24; genr. Lev. 
4, 12. 6,23. Josh. 7,15. Jer. 38,17. Mic. 
1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al. 

Pie. see in 579. 
Puat i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16. 
Deriv. 972, MEW, ME IY. 


ἪΠ. Ὁ . 555, Ges 
<9 τὶ ἐλδεγεσεηῆν. ου νέαις φονς 
iy 

1. to be high, lofty, prominent ; whence 
ri i elevation, loftiness, Sal high, 
prominent.—Hence 

2. to be eminent, noble, to excel in no- 


9, ΄ 
bility and glory ; whence Sym noble- 
$s 


ness, glory, Was, noble in rank, a 


prince.—Hence ἘΠ ἢ q. v. 


FY om. (r. HI 1), plor. cee; 
see also the next article. 

1. Pr. Adj. burning, fiery; then poi- 
sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute 
of a serpent, from the burning inflam- 
mation caused by its bite; comp. 735 
I, heat and poison; also Gr. πρηστήρ, 
καῦσος. So Num, 21, 6 and Jehovah 
sent D*BIWA own fiery (poison- 
ous) serpents among the people ; Sept. 
τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς ϑανατοῦντας, Vulg. ig- 
nitos serpentes. Deut. 8, 15 97% ὉΠ 


ΞΡ ΣῚ poisonous serpents and scorpions ; 


Sept. ὄφις δάκνων, Vulg. serpens flatu 
adurens,—Also as Subst. without tm3 
id. Num. 21, 8 92% 59 πῶρ. Is. 
14, 29 ὩΞῚΡ9 Hb a venomous flying 
serpent ; ascribed also to the Arabian 
desert, Is. 30,6 FEisa Hb) MPa the 
viper and the venomous flying serpent. 


Pil 
It is now known that no species of fly- 
ing serpent exists; but this ancient opi- 
nion probably rested upon a species of 
flying lizard, draco volans Linn. found 
in Africa and Asia, which in its general 
appearance resembles a serpent but is 
not venomous. See Comm. on Is. 14, 29. 
—Corresponding in sound is Sanscr. 
sarpa serpent from srip, serpere, ἕρπειν, 
to creep; but this seems to have no 
relation to 328, which signifies not ser- 
pent, but venomous. 

2. Saraph, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 


DDI m. plur. (r. Hw IL) Seraphim, 
Seraphs, Is. 6, 2.6; an order of angels 
and ministers of God, who stand around 
his throne, each having six wings, also 
hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God 
with their veice. They were therefore 
of human form, and furnished with wings 
as the swift messengers of God, like the 
Cherubim (see 3372); though by no 
means identical with these, as some 
have supposed. They are so called as 
being of elevated rank, princes ; as in 
Daniel the archangels are also called 
ext princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25. 
Other proposed etymologies, see in 
Thesaur. p. 1341 sq. 


min Iw f. (r. Ὁ I, Tsere impure) 
constr. ΓΕ, a burning with fire Gen. 
11,3; a burning, a fire, Lev. 10,6. Num. 
19, 6.17; espec. a burning of spices at a 
funeral (see in r. 30 1), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21, 
19; conflagration Deut. 29, 22 [23]. Am. 
4,11. mp3 “4 a mount of burning, i.e. 
to be burned up, Jer. 51,25. ne tb> awn 
to be for burning, i. e. destined to be 
burned up, Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11]. 


2 i P22 to comb e. g. flax, to hackle. 
Zab. wo id. Talm. pro id. also to 
curry a horse, ete. Hence adj. prt 
q: ν. 

“II, paw or p12 to be reddish, 
fox-coloured ; spoken of a horse, see 
adj. p> ; also of cerulean purple grapes, 
yielding red wine. Arab. id id. of 


horses and camels, the hair, etc. 


Deriv. the two following, and pr. n. 
Mp s&s . 


4π5: 


1020 


“rip 


PAW m. (r. prw 1) 1. reddish, bay, 
fox-coloured, of horses, plur. opt 
3.“ οΈ 
Zech. 1, 8. Arab. by transp, pel a 
reddish horse, with the mane‘and tail 
also red, Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured. 

2. a vine bearing cerulean or purple 
grapes, plur. B°piny Is. 16, 8 See 
more in p7w. 

p1D m. Is. 5, 2, ΡΥ Jer. 2, 21, also 
MP2 Γ Gen. 49, 11. R. paw IL. 

1. a vine of a finer and nobler kind, 
prob, so called from its cerulean or pur- 
ple grapes. According to Abulwalid it 
grows in Syria; it is called in Arab. 

3 and. ΩΣ sae: also at the 
present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pers. 
wwe Kishmish, and is still cele- 
brated in Arabia and Persia ; the grapes 
are small, partially round, dark-coloured, 
with the stones soft and scarcely percep- 
tible. See Niebuhr’s Arabien p. 147. 
Oedmann’s Verm. Sammlungen aus der 
Naturkunde VL p. 98 sq. 

2. Sorek, pr. ἢ. of a valley, prob. so 
called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 4. 
[Eusebius and Jerome place it north of 
Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Ono- 
mast. art. Sorech.—R. 


ΤῸ i. α. mv no. 2, and “I, to 
have dominion, to rule, to be a prince. 
Part. "3% Esth. 1,22. Fut. i" Is, 32, 
1. Prov. 8, 16. 

Hirup. “7RwN, to make oneself a 
prince, c. >> Num. 16, 13. 

Deriv. WY, A. 

PID τὰ. (r. tA) constr, ivy Kamets 
being dropped, as if from a root πῶ ; 
joy, gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12, 3. Jer. 31, 
13. 51, 14. 119, 111; often coupled with 
riniy Is, 22, 13, 35, 10. 51, 3.11. 78 
yi oil of joy, i.e. oil used in anoint- 
ing the guests at festive banquets, οἷς. 
Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3. 


MW , see mx. 

ἧς Ὁ, see in BND. 
* "NW to split, to burst, Arab. pe , 
Nipn. to be burst forth, protruded, to 


break forth, of hemorrhoids, fut. plur. 
mnw? 1 Sam. 5,9. Comp. 53 Nivh. 
no. 3. : : 


we 1021 bs 


Shin, forming together with Sin the 
twenty-first letter of the Hebrew alpha- 
bet, as a numeral denoting 300. The 
name of this letter, Ἰνὼ i. q. 72, signifies 
a tooth, in allusion to its figure, which is 
nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha- 
bets. It is pronounced like the Engl. sh, 
Germ. sck, a sound which was wanting 
to the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric 
Sur, Hdot. 1.139, is to be so pronounced. 
Hence the L.XX, in order to give some 
approximation to its sound, for ὅτ, Ἰώ, 
write Pyzs, Χσέν, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4. 

To the letter 8, which is far more 
frequent than &, there are in Arabic 
three corresponding letters, viz. a) In 
much the greater number of cases, ue 


as δῷ neh daw aa eff. b) Far 


less ee Ue: as sau (ies the sun, 
=) to write eg In roots of 
both these kinds, the Aramean pre- 
serves ὦν. 0) Sometimes ey». in words 


where the Aramwan has M, as 732% 


ws, Bez oven eight 5.329 

a. ἵν 65 «Ὁ, 62 

Lo 2m snow ; ἘΞ po and eo 738, 
jan. Rarely in such examples bas the 
Arabic ὡ for ¥,as "29 μὰ 727 to 
break, at WLS =m to return, to turn 
about.’ 4) The Arabic sometimes also 
admits different ways of writing the same 
word, and thus apparently divides one 
Hebrew root into two Arabic ones, as 


304 unt) and URS) 5 πῦρ il and 
Las; dpe Wis and has; pts. 
phos and gute body. 

In the Heb. itself ὦ is interchanged: 
a) With ®,see p. 1000, Ὁ) With nm, as 
Ban and ΤΉ, like χαράσσω, χαράττω; 
wing and ning pine; comp. Ξ Ὁ, Aram. 
am, Arab. ob; “28, {Pei ἜΞΩ, 
Ken po ¢) With othe sibilants i is 


the dialects, as 1, ὙΦ 6. gs δῷ &S 
train; 824 YAS} to gallop; seh, Rab- 


bin. ΕΣ ΓΙ the groin; BP>, Yee and’ 
86 


yaks. d) With dentals,as"%p, Aram. 
pho ἼΩΡ ; Wn and sn? to lie. 

In those Semitic roots which have 
been adopted into the occidental lan- 
guages, chiefly the Greek, ὃ is ex- 
pressed sometimes by a simple a, s, as 
Mw σειρά, σκηνή from 420; 550) συλάω; 
sometimes by ox and az, as bbs σκυλάω, 
D*NW σκυτάλη, 3d σκῆπτον, σχῆσετρον, 
σχολή from πρῶ, Sometimes it passes 
into ¢ (d); as "18, Aram. {o2, Gr. 
Tavgos; 123 eraeabh wr Tartessus; 
ἸῺ ὁδούς dens; though in these the 
Aramean form seems often to have in- 
tervened. 


“0, rarely “2 Judg. δ, 7. Cant. Ld 
Job 19, 29, before gutt. © Judg. 6, 17, 
and © Eee. 2, 22. 3, 18,i. e. the prefix 
Shin, i. q "WX; the αὶ being dropped by 
apheresis, and the Ἢ either assimilated 
and inserted as Daghesh in the next. 
letter, or (in the form Ὁ) also dropped.. 
Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6,17. 
7, 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only i in 
the liter Hebrew: 


A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what ;, 
that. Judg. 7, 12. 8,26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Ps:. 
122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 160. 
Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecce, 1, 3, 9. 14. 2, 9. 
11. 21. 22. al. sep. Without a demonstr.. 
i. q. he who, Kee. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17.3, 3. 
—Besides in the Heb. O. T. this form of” 
pronoun is found widely in the Phenician 
dialect, where it was pronounced si; 
sy, 86; sometimes followed by a létter 
doubled; see Monumm. Phen. p. 356, 
438. Perhaps also in the same dialect 
the fuller form Wx is found; see The- 
saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects 


comp. Amhar. fl when, prefixed to a 
verb.—Spec. like "Ox a) As a mere 
sign of relation, 6. g.-c%— whither. 
Ece: 1,7; we Ps. 122, 4: b) With >, 

i.e. be so frequent among the Rabbins, 
used like > "WER to express the genitive 
of ἃ possessor ; Cant. 3,7 ΡΟΣ Ὁ ἢ ἿΡΩ 
the litter of him, ϑοίοηιοτι, pr. which ‘is 
to Solomon. Cant. 1,6 emphat.">8 “2p 


aN 


nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. § 119, 3. 
note. 

B) Relat. Conjunct. i. q. "88, ">. 

1. that after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2, 
,13. 3, 18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2,14. 
9,5; of thinking Ecc. 2,15; of giving 
a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a)* what 
is—that, ‘this is—that, Ecc. 2, 12. 5, 
15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9 
me ani besides that he was, etc. 6, 3 
38 5" we 32 so that many be the 
days of his years. Ὁ ὉΣ23 scarcely that 
Cant. 3,4. Ὁ 3 till ihat, until, Judg. 
Ὁ, 7. Cant. 217.) ᾧ ney to make 
or cause that Ecc. 3, 14. 

2. because that, because, Cant. 1.6 bis. 
5, 2. Ece. 2, 18; fully τ manabs Ece. 7, 
14. Also for ; Cant. 1 Tbe for why? 

3. when, Ecc. 5, 10. Coitip. “Ox B.. 5. 

4, With Prefixes: a) M2 1. ᾳ: "WRB 
lett, c, because that, Eee. 2, 16. b) ἘΞ 
i. q. “OND, pr. according to what, i. 6. as, 
Eee. 5, 14. 12, 7. Also; as, when, Ecc. 
9, 12. 10, 3. 


“Nw fut, 38" Ὁ draw water. 
Chald. ἢ Arab. hd Be and Shes to 


slake one’s thirst by drawing water. 
Comp. Goth. skephan, Germ. schépfen.— 
Construed either with acc. 012 Gen. 24, 
13. Deut. 29, 10., Josh. 9, 21. 23. 1 Sam. 
7, 6.9.11; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20. 
With dat. of instr. Gen. 1. c. Nah. 3, 14; 
12 of fountain 2 Sam. 23, 16. 
Deriv. D"axb2. 


ΓΝ 
*INU fut. 38> 10 roar; Arab. ce 


to bellow, to bleat, also toroar. Spoken 
pr. of the lion, Judg. 14,5. Ps, 22,14. Hos. 
10,11 2-6, > Ps. 104, 21. Trop. of thun- 
der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4, 
16; of caging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also 
of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to 
groan, Ps, 38,9. Hence 


TRB Ε΄ constr. ΤΣ, c. suff. “END, 


plur, c, suff. "Max; routing of a lion Is. 
5, 29. Job 4,10. Zech.11,3. Trop. out- 
cry, groaning, of @ person in great pain 
Job 3, 24. Ps. 22, 2,32, 3. 


~ 1. AND i, g- R10. 1. to make a 
noise, to rage, to roar, of floods, a tumult 
of people, see jin, my II, 


1022 


my vineyard, even mine; for the pleo- 


Nw 


2. to crash, to fall with a crash, e. g. 
a house, ete. hence to be laid waste, Is. 
6, 11 init. 

Nieuw. 1. lo make a noise, to rush, to 
roar, e. g. of floods and nations, Is. 17, 
12, 13. 

2. to be laid waste, of a land Is. 6, 11, 

Ηιρη. to lay waste, inf. ΤΙΝ ΘΓ Is. 37 
26; and so δὶ being dropped mir 2K. 
19, 25. 

Deriv. PONS, FING, FONG, mew, ny. 


Ὁ} TINT not used i in Kal, i. q. now, 
to look at, to behold with attention. 
Hirur. πρῶτ id. Gen. 24, 21, ὁ. >. 
Sept. καταμανϑάνω, Vulg. contemplor. 


TN, see TNW. 
mst Prov. 1,27 Cheth. see in yi. 


DIN and DSW comm. gend. (m. Job 
26, 6; f£ Is. 5, 14, 19, 93) Sheol, Hades, 
Gira the under world, Sept. drei 
ἄδης, once ϑάνατος 2 Sang: 22,6; a vast 
subterranean place Job 11, 8. Deut. 32, 
22; full of thickest darkness Job 10, 21. 
22 (but see Is. 14, 9 sq.) where dwell the 
shades of the Saad {°NB7 q. v.) Ps. 30. 
4. 86, 13. 89, 49. Prov. 23, 14; to which 
are poetically ascribed valleys Prov. 9, 
18, and also gates and bars Is. 38, 10. 
Job 17,16. The dying are said to go 
down to Sheol, ix 727 Nom. 16; 30. 
Ez. 31, 15. 17; poet. bee anh Job 7, 9, 
Ps. 55, 16; comp. M>ixg ΠΗ ΠῚ to bring 
dorbri τὸ Sheol Gen. ‘42, 38. 1'Sam. 2, 6. 
1 K. 2, 9. -Those who save the 8 οὕ 
any one are said do deliver him >ix¥ 772 
Srom the hand ( power) of Sheol Hos. 13, 
14, Ps. 49,16. Elsewhere Sheol is said 
to devour all Proy. 1, 12; to be insatiable 
Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5,14; to be stern and 
cruel Cant. 8, 7.. To it by prosopopeia 
are ascribed snares, witb which it lies 
in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6; 
and those who escape death are said to 
have made acovenant with Sheol, Is. 28, 
15.18. Poet. and by meton. Sheol is 
put for its inhabitants: or rather is per- 
sonified, Is. 14, 9. 38, 18, comp. Ps. 6, 6, 
See espec. Num. 16, 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq. 
Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 sq. Chald. and 
Talmud. δ’ 14. Syr. κα». Ethiop. 
LAA —As. to. the etymology, dinw 
comes from r. 88 1, andiis i, q. 2134) a 
cavity, a hollow sublerranean place; just 


IND 


as the Germ. Holle hell, is originally the 
same with Hvhle a hollow, cavern, and 
Lat. celum is from Gr. κοῖλος hollow. 
The usual derivation has been from the 
notion of asking, demanding, τ. 58 no. 
IL; since Orcus lays claim unsparingly 
to all alike, whence the epithet orcus 
rapax Catull. 2, 28, 29. 

PINT (asked for, desired, r. XY IL) 
Shaul, Saul, pron. a) The first king 
of the Israelites, from the tribe of Ben- 
jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9, 3 5ᾳ. 6.15. b)A 
king of the Edomites, Gen. 35,37. ¢) A 
son of Simeon, Gen. 46,10. d) 1 Chr. 
6,9, see in >xi* lett. c.—From lett. c. 
comes the patronymic "4x8 Shaulite 
Num. 26, 13. 


FIND τὰ. (r. MNO 1) constr. find, c. 
suff, AZINS. 

1. noise, “raging, tumult, e. g. of wa- 
ters Ps. 65, 8, Is, 17, 12. 13; of a crowd 
or multitude of men, Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24, 
8. 25, 5. 66,6; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos, 
10, 14; of outcry, clamour, Ps. 74, 23. 
Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 jiNY "23 sons of up- 
roar, i. 6. tumultuous warriors. 

2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40,3 "3 
ΝΘ the pit of destruction. Jer. 46, 17. 


᾿ ONY obsol. root, i. q. ὦ IT, to con- 
temn, to despise. The BEDIALY, idea is 


prob. to boar comp. LG and hosi 


to stink, ΑΕ stinking mud.—Hence 


ὌΝΘ᾽ m. (Kamets impure) c. suff, 
ἜΝ Ez. 25, 6; contempt, i. e. pride, 
arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5. 


TPND ἢ ruins, Is. 24,12. R. nxvl 


j INU fat. v2 101.ᾳ. $90, to dig, 
to excavate, to hollow out ; hence ding 
Hades, pr. a hollow place ander ground. 
—From the idea of digging comes rea- 
dily that of searching out, inquiring, 
comp. "Pi, “P3 no. 3, “BM no. 2; also 
percontari, to search, to explore with a 
κόντος stick, probe, etc. Engl. ‘ to dig, 
to grub.’—Hence 

IL. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either 
by way of demand or entreaty. 

1. to ask, to inquire of, to interrogate ; 


Chald. id. Syr.‘\L& to interrogate, to 
οἷδε for. Arab. ju to interrogate, to 


1023 


Sew 


ask; V, tobeg. Eth. MHA and MAA to 
demand, to ask, to beg.—Constr. absol. 
Deut. 13,15; with ace. of pers. Gen. 24, 
47. 32,18. 44,19 "ἴον ἜΣΘ ΤΟΝ ἘΝ ἜΣ 
my lord askeil his servants , saying. Deut. 
32,7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40,7; rarely with 
b of pers. 2 K. 8,6. Job 8,6. That of or 
about whicly one asks is put with >, Gen. 
32, 30. 43,7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer. 6, 16; by 
Neh, 1,2. Eee. 7, 10; ace. Jer. 50,5: hehds 
with fwo ace. of pers. and thing Jer, 38, 
14. Ts. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg. 2,11. Ps. 35, 
11.—Spec. a) ἐ0 consult an oracle, to 
inquire of, e.g. 21% >xv Deut. 18, 11; 

oftener ¢. 3, as ΓΗΒ Say) to itequtre 
of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, 1. 18, 5. 20, 8. 
1 Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez. 
21, 26. With > for any one 1 Sam. 22, 
10, 13. 15, Num. 27, 31. b) ‘eS bye) 
mibuib 10 ask one as to his health, wel- 
fare, etc. to ask how one does; henve 
to salute, to greet, Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18,7. 
Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17, 22. 2Sam. 
8, 10; and to Jef. 15, 555 pid ΕΝ 

Poet. ’Ps. 122, 6 prbyan piby cant wish 
prosperity to Jerusalem, i i. e. salute her. 
[Others, perhaps better, pray for the 
welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2.—R.]} 
Without the idea of salatation, 2 Sam. 
11, 7 David inquired after the, welfare 


of Joab and of the army, etc. Syr. Ne 


? [edad id. to salute. 

2. to ask for, i.e. a) to require, to 
demand, abso]. 1 K. 3,5. 2 K. 2,9. Is. 
7, 11. 12. Mic. 7,3; with ace. of thing 
1 Sam. 12, 13. ile 4, 4 τ mrbbis 
tnd. Ps. 40,7; 6. ja Ps. 2, 8; myo 
1 Sam. 8, 10. With two ace. αἰτεῖν 
τινὰ τι, Deut. 14, 26. 15.58.2. Ps. 137.3. 
With dat. > 58% to ask (demand) for 
oneself, 1 Sam. 12,17.19. Ascribed to 
the mind, 822, Deut. 14, 26; to the eyes 
Eee. 2, 10.. née. Jon. 4,8 “mx dev. 
mand ses he required of his soul to die, 
i.e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K. 
19, 4. Job 31, 31 132 nbxa DOD by 
requiring his ti ife with curses, Ϊ,.8. pray- 
ing for his (my enemy’s) death. So 
ἀσυνδέτως Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10, 

b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, to 
beg, with acc. of thing Judg. 5, 25. 1K. 
3,10 sq. 10, 13; also with ἢ of pers. 
from whom, Judg. 8,24. 1 Sam. 1. 20. 
Ps. 21, 5; ὉΝῸ 2Sati.-3, 13) 1K) 2! 


.a beggar. 


ΡΠ Ύ ΣΝ 1024 


20. Ps. 27,4; ts Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16. 
With dat. of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22. 
i> bad to ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11.— 
Spec. «) to ask as a loan, to borrow 
from any one Εἰχ. 8, 22. 11, 2, 12, 35. 


_ Part. pass. 538 borrowed 1 Sam. 1, 28. 
2K. 6, δ: With > prob. fo lend i. q. 


Hiph. 1 Sam. 2, 20. Syr. Aph. to lend; 
Ettaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic often. 
8) to ask alms, to beg, i. q- Pi. no. 2, 


Prov. 20,4. Arab. Conj. V, id. AG 
Ethiop. id. 
Nips. 10 ask for oneself, to ask leave, 


‘like Gr. αἰτοῦμαΐ ve τοῦτο, see Heb. Gr. 
(δ 50.2. With 7 of pers. and > with 


inf. of that which one asks leave to do, 
1 Sam. 20, 6. y. 28, where the inf. is omit- 
ted. So with a finite verb Neh, 13, 6.— 


‘Others, ‘to obtain liberty or leave from 
‘a master by entreaty.’ 


Pret >xd, fut. δ». 
interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18. 
2. to beg, i. q. Kal 2. b. 8. Ps. 109, 10. 
Hien. to loan, to lend, Ex. 12, 36. 
1 Sam. 1, 28; comp. Kal no. 2. b. α. 
Deriv. ‘Gorn no. J, >ixt}; from no. II, 
MOND, πρῶ, nevi, and "tlhe pr. names 


1, to ask, to 


‘byt, bases, ‘byonbyy, ΣΟ 


58 Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate, 
with ϊ of pers. Ezra 5,9; also with acc. 
of that about which one inquires, v. 10. 
Dan. 2, 10. 27. 

2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace. 
Ezra 7, 21.—Hence 4>x8 Chald. and 


Seo (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 10, 29. 


SRO , see Dind. 


beg f(r. bx) c. suff. *MbxY , πο ὃ 
Ps. 106, 15, and contr. tal i Sam. 1, 17. 

1. an asking, request, pelition. So 
τ Ὁ dx to ask a petition, i.e. to ask 
a thing of any one, to make a request, 
Judg. 8,24. 1K. 2, 16,20. “ὃ 155 to grant 
a petition Esth. 5, 6, 8. 7, 3. 9,12. m3 
πριν ὦ the petition is granted Job 6, 8. 

2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
Comp. the root δ ὦ no. 2. Ὁ, «. 


TxD Chald. f. emphat. xM>bXv, pr. 
a question, i. e. a subject of inquiry, a 
cause in law, and hence αὶ decree; Dan. 
4,14 προ ὦ pw NP Ὕ2Ν the mandale 


-- - .ὕ.ὕ 


: 
| 


ἢν, 
of the Holy ones ts this decree. Arab. 


af C- 4 . 
Pa Oew question, cause in law, matter. 


SN MOND (I have asked him of God) 
Shealtiel, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 3,17. Ezra 3, 
2. Neh. 12, 1; i..g. δῷ Hage. 1, 12. 
14. 2, 2. 


ἜΝ to rest, to be quiet, in Kal not 
used ; kindr. with [2 to rest or lean 
upon any thing, for repose and quiet. 
Syr. Pa. «ὦ placavit. 

Pit. ὭΝΘ to be quiet, tranquil, to live 
in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. Job 3, 18. 
Prov. 1, 33—Hence ΠΠ 

NU m. adj. plur. ΡΝ 1, quiet, 
tranquil, of a dwelling Is. 33,20; of one 
dwelling in quiet Zech. 1, 15. Job 12,55 
comp. }28>8 Job 21, 23. 

2, Ina bad sense, living at ease, care- 
less, proud (secundis rebus ferox, Sal- 
lust. Jug. 94,) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6,1. Is. 
32, 9.11.18. Comp. M22 no. 2. ἢ bv, 
nibs, and SéHultens Aninad¥. δὰ Job. 
26, 5.—Subst. pride, arrogance, Is. 37, 
29. 2 K. 19, 28. 


ONW, see r. Dow. 


ἘΝ fat. gavin 1. to breathe hard, 
to pant, to blow, 6. σ. of an angry per- 
son, to snort, Is. 42, 14; of one in haste, 
hence to hasten Ecce. 1,5. Comp. 3 
Hiph. no. 3.—Of the same stock are the 
roots O20, 93, 32, ΞΞ 1; and kindr. 
to these is the syllable 29, ἪΝ, which 
has the signif. of breathing and desir- 
ing. In the Indo-european tongues we 
have, with a sibilant, schnauden, schnap- 
pen, to snuff. 

2. to pant after, sc. with open nostrils, 
mouth, ete. 6. g. the air, wind, fe snuff 
up Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2; 
night i. e. death Job 36, 20; absol. Ps. 
119, 131. Poetically ascribed to a snare 
or trap Jaid for any one, Job 5,5; see 
pay. With >», Am. 2,7 they pant for 
the dust of the earth on the head of the 
poor, hyperb, expressing the sordid 
avarice of the rich, as envying the poor 
even the slightest possession and etriv- 
ing to deprive them of it.—Elsewhere 
to pant afler any one, is to thirst for his 
blood, the metaphor being taken from 
wild beasts, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am. 8, 4. 
Ez. 36, 3. 


, att) 


*"NWD 1. to become full and turgid, 
to swell up or out ; spoken of fulness or 
roundness of flesh in the human body, 
espec. in youth, whence "XW flesh ; also 
of the rising or swelling of fermentation, 
whence M882 kneading-trough. Kin- 
dred roots are "XW whence “XB leaven; 
also “Ὁ to swell, to boil ; Arab. ω id. 


ps id. also of swellings on the body, 
2. to be abundant, redundant; hence 
to be left, to Heat, Chald. and Sam. 


id. Arab. mes to let remain ; pn to 


be left.—In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, 11. 

Nipn. pass.of Hiph. 1. to be left over, 
to remain; Gen, 7, 23 τ 48 WNW and 
Noah only was left. 42, 38. 47,18. Ruth 
1, 3. δ. al. sep. Ex, 8, 27 [31] "x82 85 
Ime there remained not one; so 14, 28. 
Judg. 4,16. Josh. 8,17. 2K. 10,21. With 
dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9, 7; 
6: 3 in any place Is. 17, 6. Dan. 10, 8; 
¢, 72.Neh. 1,2. Part. ἀκ one left, a 
survivor, Gen, 32, 9. Is. 4, 3; plur. Gen. 
14,10. Fem. Is, 37, 31. 

2. to remain any where, to remain be- 
hind, Ex. 8, 5. 7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21, 
34 Ὁ Ώταν ὈΞΊΏΞΗ your answers 
remain treachery, i. e. being examined 
there remains of them only treachery. 

Nore. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is 
found the anomalous form "38 ὌΝΟΝ ; 
which has doubtless arisen from the 
mingling of two readings, "82 part. and 
“XEN. Some Mss. also are ‘without the 
8, and others without the 2; see De 
Rossi. 

Hipu. 1. to leave, to let remain, 6. g. 
after eating Deut. 28,51; after the har- 
vest Ob. 5; espec. after a slaughter, Xd 
MID WROM he left none remaining, no 
survivor, Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39.40; ο. dat. 
to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8. 
1K. 16,11; and so after a public de- 
portation 2 Κα. 25, 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10.— 
So to leave behind, spoken of one depart- 
ing, Joel 2, 14. 

2. Intrans. %> “WNC to be left to any 
‘one, there remains to him; Josh. 8, 22 
and they smote them 812 "Kon “nba ῚΣ 
wb until there was not left to them one 
remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. 
2K. 13,7. Without dat. to have left, to 
retain; Am. 5,3 the city that went out 

86* 


1025 


"2358 "IND n>. 


Www 


a@ thousand τι Ὁ “XOM hath a hundred 
left, ete. 

Deriv. "x9, "xd (MIND), MND, 
PING, and pr. names FIND, 255 “yo. 


80 m. (Kamets impure) remainder, 
remnant, residue, the rest, a word of the 
later Hebrew for the earlier m7 xd. 
Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. αἱ. With genit. ay 
ΩΣ the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11; 
so 10, 21. Zeph, 1, 4; also the remaining 
part, the rest, as opp. to something pre- 
ceding, Is. 17,3 Damascus 27% 7x03 
and the rest of Syria. 2 Chr. 9, 29. 


“SW Chald. m. constr. πῶ, once 
“νῷ Ezra 7, 18; remainder, reatihie) 
Dan. 7, 7.19; We rest, as opp. to some- 
thing precedirig, Bara 4,9. 10. 17. 6, 16. 
7, 18. 20. 


ΔἸ Nv (the remnant shall return, 
be converted) Shear-jashub, symbolical 
pr. n. of a son of Isaiah, Is. 7, 3; comp, 
10, 21. 22. 


“SW m. constr. "Xb Lev. 18, 12. 13, 
c. suff. 9X, flesh, so called as swelling 
out in fulness and roundness in the well 
fed body, see in τ. “8B no. 1. Ps. 73, 26 
Prov. 5, 11 miboa 
ayRwa 7.3 when thy flesh and thy ful- 
ness (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17. 
Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op- 
press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3; see 
in 528 no. 1. g. Also Tee. 51, 35 “oan 
baa-by "INO my injury and my flesh 
(devoured by the Chaldeans) be upon 
Babylon.—Hence 

a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78, 
20. 27; also genr. meat, food, of any 
kind, Ex. 21, 10. 

b) the flesh of any one, put for his 
blood-kindred. blood-relatives, comp. "v2 
no. 4; Lev. 18, 12. 13. 17. 21, 2. Num. 
27, 11; more fully inva "Nw (where the 
primary idea of ny is already lost) 


Lev. 18, 6. 25,49. Comp. Arab. pe 


avenger of blood, which signif. seems to 
have come from Heb. 288. 


IND f. (denom. from “¥8%) blood- 


relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins- 
woman, Lev. 18, 17. 


MIND aig Sherah, pr. n. f. roe 
7, 24, ; 


“Nw 


MIND ἢ (το 989) once contr. NL 
1 Chr. 12, 38, part remaining, remain- 
der, residue, the rest, Is. 44,7. Jer, 39,3. 
Neh. 7,72; espec. the remnant, the sur- 
vivors, after great slaughter, as ΤΥ Ὁ 
ma the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15. 
42.15. 44,28; and so Jer. 24, 8, Ez. 9, 
8. 11, 13. Am. 1,8. al. Of a total de- 
struction it is said, > το Ὁ nT ND 
there is no remnant to any one, none 
(nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26; 
contra 5 Ὁ ἸΠ to grant a remnant to 
any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40,11; 
> ΄ᾧ win id. Jer. 44,7; > Ὁ nib Gen. 
45, 7, comp. 2 Sam. 14, 7:—Ps. 76, 11 
Sor the wrath of man doth praise thee, 
“AND Mian MN the remainder of thy 
wrath thou dost gird on, i.e. dost exert 
thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut, 32, 
23. The remainder of wrath is here 
God’s extreme wrath, reserved for ex- 
treme cases, opp. to the less degree of 
wrath manifested on less aggravated 
occasions. 


PND κα (for PRB, τ. NY) desolation, 
devastation, Lam. 3, 47. 


xiv Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop. 
ΤῊ man. 


1, Three men in the genealogical ta- 
bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders 
of families or tribes in Arabia. a) A son 
-of Raamah and grandson of Cush, also 
‘brother of Dedan, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 
‘9% Ὁ) A son of Joktan, and brother of 
‘Uzal, Ophir, ete. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 
22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris. c) A 
sen of Jokshan and grandson of Abra- 
ham and Keturah, also. brother of a 
Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 82, Comp. 
in no, 2 fin. 

2. Sheba, the Sabeans, a region and 
people in Arabia Felix, abounding in 
‘frankincense, spices, gold, and precious 
stones, 1 K. 10, 1 aq, Is. 60, 6. Jer. 6,20. 
\Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also 
‘for their greatitraffic Ez. |. ο. Ps. 72, 10. 
Joel 4, 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15 
driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz 
or Ausitis. With all this accords what 
Greek and Arab writers say of the Sa- 
beans (Σαβαῖοι), whose chief city they 
-eall Saba and Mariaba (Παριάβα, now 
ey Mareb), three or four days’ jour- 


imey distant from Sana’a; see Strabo 


1026 


δῦ . 


XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p. 
64. Diod. Sic. 3..38,.46. Plin. VI. 32. 
Abulfeda p. 96 Par... Edrisi'I. p.53, 147, 
ed. Jaubert.. See Thesaur. p. 1351.— 
Comparing now the three names in 
Genesis (no. 1. a, b,c), it appears that 
the Sabzeans of Arabia Felix adjacent to 
Sana’a are descendants of Joktan, Gen. 
10, 28 (lett. b). Nor is it less evident 
that the other two passages, Gen. 10:7 
and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the 
same people, although a different origin 
is assigned; since in both, Sheba is 
coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We 
may therefore assume two tribes of Sa- 
beans; one of which (b), the more 
powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix; 
while the other (a,c) dwelt towards the 
Persian Gulf, not far from the mouths of 
the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not 
mentioned except in Genesis I. c. 


eh 20 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 


lh ὦ to kindle ¥ kindr. is Syr. 2% to 
inflame. ‘The primary idea is perh. 
‘to blow into a flame,’ to kindle by 
blowing, comp. 383, ΩΣ. Hence 333 
flame. 


ΜῊΝ 220 i. q. Chald. 33% to break, 
whence 82% fragment. Hence 


D220 m. plur, fragments, Hos. 8; 6. 


Σ maw fut. conv. 3%", to make pri- 
soner, to take or lead captive, to carry 
off ; Arab. ἴλαν, Chald. 823, Syr. tow, 
id.—E. g. either persons Gen. 34, 29. 
1K. 8, 48. Is. 14, 2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43, 
12. al. or cattle, flocks, 1 Chr. 5, 21. 
2 Chr, 14, 14; or wealth, substance, 
Obad. 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17.—So of ἃ. con- 
queror leading his captives in triumph, 
Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19; also to hold cap- 
tive Ps. 137, 3.—Part. pass. D728 cap- 
tives Is, 61,1; fem. Gen, 31, 26 δ ηϑ 
2") captives of the sword i. 6. taken in 
war, like Gr. αἰχμάλωται, δορυάλωται, 
comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3. 

Nipn. pass. of Kal, Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 
22,9. 1 Sam. 30, 3.5. Jer. 13, 17, Ez. 6, 9.. 

Deriv. MIay, "33. M73, maw, and 
pr. names ΡΟ , a, 85, ‘ann. 


120 ma species of precious stone, 
Sept. Vulg. ἀχάτης, agate, Ex. 28, 19. 
39, 12. See Braun de Vest. sac. II. 15 


{20 


ΦΉΣ (captive of God) Shebuel, pr. 
nm. a) | Chr. 23, 16, 26, 24; called in 
24, 20 BNA Shubael. b) 1 Chr. 25,4; 
called in v. 20 Ἐεβηῶ, 


ΦΉΣ Jer. 18, 15 Cheth. for "3 q. v. 


37120 m. (denom. from 23%) seven) 
constr, 229 Gen, 29, 27. 28; dual pissy 
_ Lev. 12,5; plur. nay m. Dan, 9, 25, 
10, 2. 3, and τσ, constr. Mavaw, c. 
suff, 3 EET Num. 28, 26; a seven, a 
sennight, ‘Bdouds, i.e.@ eal —In the 
phrase M81 239 Gen. 29, 27, 33% is not 
fem. but is st. constr. before mst, ive. the 
week of this daughter. 

1, Pr. a week of days, seven days, 
Gen. 29, 27. 38, Dan, 10, 2 τῷ Nwow 
57727 for three weeks, where 07727 is nota 
genitive, see under 0% Plur. πο: 2. b.— 
mivay am the festival of (seven) weeks, 
Pentecost, so called from the seven 
weeks which were reckoned from the 
passover to this festival, Ex. 34, 22. 
Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1 
ἁγία ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων. But in Ez. 45, 21 
ὉΠ. misad an the festival of sevens of 
days, is the passover, as being celebrated 
each time during seven whole days. 

2. a week of years, seven years, Dan. 
9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum 
Gell. N. A. 3. 10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris- 
tot. Polit. 7. 16. 


ΤΙΣ Δ and myaw f. (r. 23) constr. 
ὌΣΞΩ,, c. suff. sADat 5 plur. risa ; a 
swearing, an oath, Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 21, 5. 
1 Sam. 14, 26. Ecc. 9, 2. al: mpg >a); 
to swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9,20. 
“RY ὌΣΞΘ a false oath, perjury, Zech. 
8, 17. τσ M230 an oath by Jehovah 
Ex. 22, 10. Ece. 8, 2; also with gen. of 
the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of 
him fo whom one swears, as “nos the 
oath fo me, sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8. 
For Hab, 3,9 "ee mis3¥, see in Hea 
no. 3. p. 559.—Spee. a) Anoath sworn 
in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant 
confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21, 7. 
}nzisy "592 joined in a sworn league 
with any one, Sept. ἔνορκοι, Neh. 6, 18. 
b) An oath of cursing, an imprecation, 
curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is, 65, 15; fully mpsaw 
nbs Num. 5, 21. 


MAID and MAW ἢ (τ. mae) the first 
form being sometimes in Cheth. where 


1027 


ὥλλϑ to be stable, firm. 


δῦ 


Keri has "34, as Ps. 85,9, 196, 4; but 
oftener in Keri where Cheth. has m"38, 
as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. captivity, 
Nom. 21, 29; also coner. for captives, as 
‘pmasy 398 fo bring back the captives of 
a people, Deut. 30, 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez. 29, 
14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 3, 20. Ps. 14, 7. 
53,7. al. Ὁ mssW awn id. Jer. 33,7. 
11. 49,6. Ez. 39,25. Trop. to restoreto 
one’s former state and prosperity ; Job 
42,10 319% MIawemy 3.9 IN" and Jeho- 
vah restored Job to his former prosperity. 
Ez. 16, 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11. 


"πὸ in Kal not used, fo stroke, to 
soothe ; Arab. , to swim, pr. to 


stroke the water” Hence 

Pret 1. to soothe, to still, to restrain, 
e. g. billows Ps. 89,10 (comp. mulcere 
fluctus Virg. ZEn. 1. 70); anger Prov. 
29, 11. Comp. mn Piel. 

2. to praise, to laud, pr. to soothe with 
praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab. 


, Ethiop. fim, 14.) Ecc. 8,15; 


espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4. 117, 1. 
147, 12; ¢. dat. 145, 4. 

3. to pronounce happy Eec. 4, 2; 
where M28 is for part. ma%9. Comp. 
Chald. 

Hien. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to still, to restrain, 
e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8. 

Hirup. ὁ. 3 lo laud oneself, to glory 
in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35. 

Deriv. pr. n. M20". 


naw Chald. Pa. 3% to praise} to 
laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34; idols 
5, 4. 23. 


. Dav obsol. root, which with its kin- 
dred forms seems to have had the signif. 
to stand, to make stand, and then to be 
stable, fixed, firm. Kindred are the fol- 
lowing three classes: a) DEW to set up, 
to decree, to judge ; mDw q. v. to set up, 
to fix in the ground. b) 028 whence 
3; M38 to rest, to stand still; Arab. 
c) 293 to lash, 
to row; MB or MW to set, to place. 

DIY and 03Y m. once fem. Ez. 21, 
15; in pause Daw, c. suff. "220 ;plur. 
δορτῦ, constr. "Wad. ΒΕ, ost, 

l. a "stick, rod, ‘staff. Chald. Roa 


id. Syr. iow a staff, rod, tribe. Not. 


bau 


improb. the primary signif. of 23% may 
have been ὦ shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod 
growing up from the root, see Γι no. 
1, also no.:2 below.—Corresponding 
forms are Gr. σκήπτων, σκήπτρον, σκηπέων, 
σκίμπων, Lat. scipio, scapus; Sanscr. 
skabh, to make firm; Germ. Schaft, 
Engl. shaft.—Spee. 

a) α rod or staff for chastising, Ex. 21, 
10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. 15. 10, 15, 24. Mic. 4, 
14. Prov. 10, 13. al. sep. Hence 238 
70% the rod of correction Prov. 22, 15. 
Dx vse the rod of God, with which 
he corrects men Job 9, 34, 21, 9. 37, 13. 
Is. 10,5 "BX ὉΞῸ the rod of my anger. 
11, 4 he doth smite the earth "3 238 
with the rod of his mouth, i.e. hissevere 
sentence, stern decree.—Also for beat- 
ing out pulse, Is. 28, 27. 

b) @ staff on which one leans, Ps. 
23, 4. 

6) the crook of a shepherd, Lev. 27, 32 ; 
see in "23 no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37. 
Mic. 7, 14. 

a) the staff of office, 6. g. of a leader, 
chief, Judg. 5.14. Hence the sceptre of 
a king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24, 17. Zech. 
10,11. Am. 1, 5. 8 23% Fah, σκηπτοῦχος, 
q. d. a sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop. 


for rule, administration; Ps. 45,7 a@| . ων “338, Ex. 12, 29. Fem, 73% id, 


sceptre of equily is the sceptre of thy 
kingdom. Also of unjust rule, 238 
SOF Ps. 125,8; but 513. ca an iron 
sceptre, a stern and inflexible authority, 
Ps, 2. 9. 

_€) ὦ spear, lance, as composed of a 
staff or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8, 
14, Comp. 22 no. 2. Ὁ. 

2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is- 


5 
rael; Arab. iw id. The expression 


is metaphorical, and is derived from a 
plant, from whose root there spring up 
several sprouts, shoots, slems ; thus the 
founder of a whole race is compared to 
a root (Is. 11, 1), while the ancestors of 
the several subdivisions or tribes are 
called stems (Gen, 49, 28), as also the 
tribes themselves, comp, ΓΟ no. 3. So 
1K. 11, 13. 36. mane oat) the tribe of 
Judah Josh. 7, 16; ab ὦ Deut. 18, 1. 
BIH M&S ὦ the twelve tribes Fix. 28, 21. 
byte ‘ost ‘the tribes of Israel Ex. 24,4. 
Deut. 29, 20, Judg. 18, 1. al. Called aleo 
M7 C30 the tribes of Jehovah Ps. 122, 4. 


1028 


"20 


—It differs from ΒΘ Ὁ. family, which 
is strictly part of a tribe (Deut. 29, 17. 
Judg. 18, 19. 21,24); yet ὌΞΩ is some- 
times used i in a narrower sense for the 
JSamilies of a tribe, 6. g. of the Kohath- 
ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 18, 1 
comp. 2; of Benjamin, Judg. 20, 12, 
1 Sam. 9,21. Vice versa it is also put 
for the veholé people of Israel, called 
Δ MBM? U3 a tribe (race) the possession 
of Jehovah, his own peculiar people, 
Jer. 10,16. δ. 19. Ps. 74,2; comp. plur. 
Is. 63, 17. ὁδοῦ of the Respian tribes 
Is. 19, 13.—2 Sam. 7, 7 spake Ia word 
wilh one of the tribes of Israel (πὶ 
τ ἈΏ3 Ὁ), whom 1 commanded to Seed 
my people ? Here for "23% should doubt- 
less be read "ὭΞ ἢ judges, as in the parall. 
1 Chr. 17, 6. 


Daw Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr. 
"wa Ezra 6, 17. 


DIU Shebat, the eleventh month of 
the Hebrew year, from the new moon of 
February to the new moon of March, 


; Bre. 
| Zech, 1, 7.. Syr. "λον, Arab. bln. 
᾿ θεν 

and ἰοί χὺ, id. See Thesaur. p. 1358. 


"a0 m. (r. M38) 1. Adj. captive, 
Is. 52, 2. 

% Subst, abstr. in pause "2%, c. suff, 
PIO, FISW, oasw ; ; captivity, Deut. 21, 


18, 2 Chr. 39,9. Ezra 3,8. 9,°7. Neh. 8, 


17. B38 γὴν the land of their captivity 
Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27, "ΞῈΞ 32h 10 go into 
captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, ‘22, 30, 16. 46, 2. 
Ez. 12, 11. Am. 9,4; once "5ῷ 723 id. 
Lam. 1,5; also "38a ΠΡ to take away 
into capttoity Jer. 48, 46; "awd m2 to 
deliver into captivity Ps. 78, 61. "30 
mbisn the captivity of the exiles Ezra 2, 
1. Neh.7 ,6.—Spec. a) Concr. captives, 
"3 M38 to take captive captives, i. e. to 
lead away captives, Num. 21,1. Judg. 
5,12. Ps. 68, 19. ᾿Ξ HON to gather cap- 
tives Hab. 1, 9. psa "20 the captives 
of Egypt Is. 20, 4. Jer, 52, 2. mipba 
"at the prey of captives Num. 31, 26. 
b) Put for booty of cattle, etc. Am. 6, 10. Is. 
49,24 ΔῚΣ "20 lawful booty. v. 25 "a0 
“ina the booty of the warrior, comp. v. 24. 


"20 (i. q. M30 taking captive) Shobai, 
pr. ἢ. τ. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 


#38 


"ad (id.) Shobi, pr. n. τὰν 2'Sam. 17, 
27. 

2°30 τῇ, flame, constr, 3°38 Job 18, 
5; Sept. φλόξ, R. 330 1. 


3°30 Chald, emphat. x373%, flame 
Dan. 3, 22... Plur. Dan. 7, 9. 

MW f(r. MBB) captivity, Neh. 3, 36. 
Jer. 48, 46. Meton. captives, Deut. 21, 
11. 32, 42. 2 Chr. 28, δ. 11. 13.14. 15. 


m30 f. see in "3% 


5°20 τὰ, (γ. 52%) only plur. constr, 
nbray, c. suff. F>"3W, a way, path, Ps. 
77,20. Jer. 18,15; where Cheth. >42¥ id. 


—Chald. 5°38, Syr. Yow, Arab, 


ἀμ way, 


DO" πὶ. plur. (τ. O2B) nettings, 
cauls, caps of net-work, reticula Varro 
de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna- 
ment for the head among the Hebrews, 
Is. 3, 18. Sept. τὰ ἐμπλόκια. So the 
Talmudists and Rabbins.—Schroeder, 
de Vest. mul. Hebr.c, 2, gompates Arab. 
Rawrgee (diminut. from ὦ sun), and 
understands Little suns, or studs resem- 
bling suns worn upon the neck; this 
would also seem to be supported by the 
mention of ΘΛ» ΤΙΣ little moons, imme- 
diately after. 

"DAW ordin. adj. the seventh, Gen. 2, 2. 
3. 8.4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al. Fem. oe 
Ex. 21, 2. 23, 11. al—Denom. from 328 
seven. 


ΓΔ, see mixt). 


2 obsol. root, Arab. Shiw to pour, 
i, q- 328 .—Hence pr. n. ἡ. 


+520 nearly i. q. 333, a root πού. 


used in the verb. 
1. to go, whence ΘΠ way. Arab. 


jax way ; haw IV, to be travelled, 


as a way ; Syr.Vha to show the way. 
2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab. 


haw Conj. IV, and quadril. ἡ ὧν δε to 


produce ears. See P23, m>30 no. 1. 
3. to flow, espec. largely, copiously. 
Arab. Conj. he the heavens pour down 


rain; hence ῥα rain. Deriv. 53%, 
nbaui no. 2; perh. pr. n. >3iv. 


1029 


vs 


baw τη, the skirt or train of a tobe, 
Is. 47, 2. Comp. kindr. 593. Arab, 


9.,» 
ἀλλο, id. R. 53 πο. 3. 


230 or, oad τη. @ snail, espec. 
without the shell, so called from its 
slime and moisture, (like Gr. λεέμαξ from 
λείβω,) from conj. Shaphal of the verb 
553. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: Let 
them melt away .... 3277 Ogn >I>sy Ἴ22 
as the snail which melteth as it goeth, 
i.e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes, 
and thus wastes away more and more 
the further it advances. See Bochart, 
Hieroz. II. 646. 


ΞΟ f(r, b2¥ no. 2) a twig, branch, 
with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of 
grain; plur. constr. Zech. 4, 12 "22 "my 
ann the two olive-branches.—It is 
sometimes written "232% (from m>3%), 
but against the Masora. 


ΓΞ f (τ. bavi πο. 2) plur, onda. 
R. 538 no. 2. 

1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24; plur. 
Gen. 41, 5 sq, Ruth 2, 2. Is. 17, 5.— 


Chald. sbi, Syr. ow, Ado, id. 


Arab. cae ἔχ ἀρ, and with 


Daghesh resolved ὌΝ Ethiop. 
mNA id. 

2. a stream, flood, see the root no. 3, 
Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3. 16. Is. 27,12. Syr. 
jANc# channel of a river. 


i a obsol. root, perh. fo increase, 
to grow up, i. q. 3% no. 2, and Arab. 


hud ; comp. Arab. Ge to be tender, 
delicate, as a youth.—Hence the two 
following. 


8220 and 7238 (perh. youth) Sheb- 
na, pr. n. of the prefect of the palace, 
Is. 22,15. After this office was given 
to Eliakim (Is. 22,15), he became scribe 


_ or secretary to the reigning king Heze- 


kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 26. 37. 19, 2. 


M320 (whom Jehovah has made 
grow up?) Shebaniah, pr. τ. τὴ. a) 
1 Chr. 15,34. b) Neh. 9,4.5. 6} Neh. 
10, 11.13. ἃ) Neh. 10,5. 12,145 for 
which 12, 3 47320, and 1 Chr. 24, 11 
myst. 


ὈΞ 


* D0 obsol. root, ἰ:ᾳ. γϑῦ, to mingle, 
to interweave ; Chald. 838 id. Hence 
p°o"s. 


92 to swear, denom. from 33% seven, 
since seven was a sacred number, and 
oaths were confirmed either by seven 
victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 28 
sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges, 
see Hdot. 3.8. Hom. Il. 19. 243. In Eth. 


PrNOPF are enchanters, Lib. Hen. 
ms. c.8,3 (comp. 7,10 ed. Oxon.) because 
the sacred number seven was also em- 
ployed in magic rites.—In Kalonly Part. 
pass. Ez. 21, 28 σῷ 330) lit. those 
sworn with oathe, i. δι who have sworn 
oaths. For Hab. 3,9 mina misat, see 
in MBP no. 3. p. 559. 

Nip. 2282 to swear, [lit. ‘to seven 
oneself,’ i. e. to take an oath confirmed 
by seven victims or before seven wit- 
nesses.—R.] Construed: a) Absol. 
Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. "Med save 
- to swear to a falsehood i, 6. falsely, 
Lev. δ, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mal. 
3, 5. al. non 5 7 Ps. 24,4. b) Fol- 
lowed by the words of the oath, after 
ΔΏΝΘΥ 1 Sam. 20,3; \2x> Num. 32. 10. 
Deut. 1, 34. Josh: 14, 9; without an in- 
tervening verb 1 Sati: 19, 6. Ps. 110, 4. 
Hos, 4, 15. c) That which one swears 
to do is put with "3 Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 
19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49, 13; or with infin. Lev. 
4,4. Deut. 1,35. What one swears not 
to do i is put with 18 Judg. 15, 12; 12 ὁ. 
inf. Is. 54,9; "mMba> c. inf. pie: 4, 21. 
Judg.21,7. ἃ) With 3 of that by which 
one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21, 23. 
31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. by 
an idol Jer. 12, 16; also "Δ nwa sate 
Lev. 19, 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is 
said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is. 
45,23. Am.6,8. 8,7; by his right hand 
Is. 42.8; but in 1643 Sat2 the 3 seems 
to refer to place, see in SIP no, 1 fin. 
Further, fo swear by Jehovah is some- 
timee i. 4. to worship him, since one 
swears by the divinity he worships, 
Deut. 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Ps. 
63,7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14. 
But lo swear by one afflicted, wretched. is 
to imprecate upon myself the same evils 
if L prove false, Ps. 102,95) comp. Is..65, 
15. Jer. 29, 22. 9) With > of pers. to 
swear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. al. 


1030 


53 


Also with ace. of thing, to promise with 
an oath, to swear a thing to any one, 
Gen. 50, 24, Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al. 95} 
ὈΠΡΝΘ 10 swear allegiance unto God, 
2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19,18. Zeph. 1, 
5, where πῆς ὁμόδιϑι 3. f) With by 
of that about which one swears, Lev. 5, 
24 [6, 5].—Sometimes 3 is taken ina 
bad sense, i. q. fo swear rashly. falsely, 
Ecce, 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4. 

Hien. 1. to cause to swear, tu bind 
with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 
Followed by the words of him who im- 
poses the oath, with “xd Gen. 50, 5: 
Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also with 
> and inf. Neh. 5, 12; 8% Gen. 24,3. 
1 K. 22, 16. 

2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, ον σον 
Cant. 2, 7. 3,5, 1 Sam, 20, 17. Jer. 5,7. 

Deriv. nas, 238 II. 


ων ἢ ΣΞ ὦ f. constr. 32%), πα} naw 
m. constr. nyati , SEVEN, ἃ ἀβνβ οὶ nume- 


ral, Syr. Vow, Samar. var , Arab, 


2 5 Ethiop. ἢ and MO. Si- 
milar is ancient Egypt. cqy, Theb. 
οὐ; and in the Indo-European 
tongues Sanscr. saptan, Zend. hapta, 
Pers. wa, Gr. ἑπτά, Lat. septem, all 
with the letter ¢, which both in the Se- 
mitic and Teutonic languages is drop- 
ped, as Goth. sibun, Germ. steben, Engl. 
seven.—T he absol. form usually precedes 
a noun, as 0°30) 3st} Gen. 5,7, mine 228 
41,18, OD A930 Num. 23, 1. 29; more 
rarely it follows, espec. in the hades He- 
brew, as 52 mibsa Ez. 40, 22, ov 
mosth-2 Chr. 13; 9. 29; 21. (Num. 29, 32.) 
Ifthe preceding noun be in the construct 
state, 72 expresses the ordinal, as 729 
sat the seventh year 2 K. 12, 1. The 
construct form always precedes a noun, 
but is found only in certain formulas, 
as ὉΠ 2" MP3 a seven of days, a week, 
Gen. 8. 10. 19.31.93. al. sep. mix 238 
seven hundred Gen. δ, 306. Also πρϑῷ 
ΤΣΞΘ seven seven, i.e. by sevens, Gen, 
7, 2. With suff. omzs® those seven 
2 Sam, 21, 9.—Seventeen is sb nsw 
m. and πο say f Gen, 37, 2.1 Chr. 
7, 11.—The number sever among the 
Hebrews, as in other oriental nations, 
was also used: a) Asa sacred number! 


230 


very common in sacred things; the 
origin of which may be referred to the 
seven plunets and the early worship of 
them among the Egyptians and Semitic 
vations; see Von Hammer Encyclop. 
Cebersicht der Wissenschaften des Or. 
». 322. Jablonski Pantheon A2gypt. Pro- 
ag. § 24. 25. Winer Realw. II. art. 
Zahlen ; comp.in 82m. So Gen. 21,28. 
50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17. 
Num. 12, 14. Josh. 6,4. 8. 1 Sam. 31, 13. 
Job 42, 8. Zech. 3, 9. al. sep.—Hence 
b) As a lesser round number; comp. 
BSD in F278 no. 1, also Engl. ‘a 
dozen; Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7. 
1 Sam. 11, 8. 2K. 8, 1. Prov. 9, 1. Is. 
11, 15. al. seep. 

The form>2¥ isalso: aa) Adv.seven 
times, Lev. 26, 18. 21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov. 
24, 16. 

bb) Sheba, pr. n. m. 
8) 1 Chr. 5, 13. 

cc) Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of 
a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 320 "ΝΞ 
933 Beer-sheba and Sheba; but prob. 
330 is here the name of the well (like 
ΠΙΣΞῸ Gen. 26, 33) and we may render: 
Beer-sheba with the well Sheba. Other- 
wise the number of cities is fourteen 
instead of thirteen; comp. v. 6. 

dd) Fem. "33% Shebah, pr. n. of a 
well, Gen. 26, 33. 

Dua ΣΙ seven-fold Gen. 4, 15. 
24. Ps, 12,7. 2 Sam. 21,9 Cheth. 

Piur. 8°52 seventy, often as a larger 
round number, Gen. 50, 3. Ex. 15, 27. 
24,1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9, 2. 5. 
2 K. 10, 1. 6. 7. Comp. Kor. Sur, 9, 8. 
Hence seventy years, often in predictions 
Is. 23, 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12, 29, 10. Dan. 
9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7,5. A230) opaw 
seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24 ; comp. 
Matt. 18, 22. 

Deriv. 538 {πη 9), ϑῆξῷ, sh, 
roy 

II. 928 m. an oath, i. ἢ. ΤΙΣ, ac- 
cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in 
33% "83. Hence also the pr. names 
sao tx, d3t-ra. 


32D seein Σηϑῷ .. 


ya? , 

nyaw Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13. 
20. 22. 29; constr. M938 Ezra 7, 4. For 
the phiraie nau mt Dan. 3, 19, 566 vie 
“Mp. 296. 


«) 2 Sam. 20, 1. 


1031 


920 


ΤΣ, see in neszd, 
MIPIW im. iq. ΤΙΣ, seven, ion. λεγόμ. 


Job 42, 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending 
M3 see Lehrg. p. 612. 


"739 in Kal not used, i. α, πῶ, fo 


ΓΙ 2, lo 
mingle, . interweave. Syr. oe to 
mingle; Arab. Yaad Conj. V, to be 
interwoven, entangled, of atree. Chald, 
W2D to entangle ;, Part. Pu. confused, 

Piet to weave in checker-work, Ex. 28, 
39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) may be 
figured, tesselated, woven in squares or 
bezels; comp. Pual. For this kind of 
texture, see Braun de Vest. Sacerd. p. 
293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas. ad 
Scriptt. Hist. August. p.507,512, The- 
saur. p. 1356. 

Pua to be sel, enchased, q. ἃ. in- 
woven, as gems in gold, Ex, 28, 20. 

Deriv. misaw2, Y20m, and 

ΥΞὉ τὰ. once c. art. 2 Sam, 1, 9, pr. 


‘ perplexity, confusion of mind,’ i. e. ver- 
tigo, giddiness. 


* Pa Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20, 
23. Syr. id. 

Irupe. to be left, Dan. 2, 44. 

Deriv. pr. ἢν Heb. pai, paw. 


ΤΗΣ fut.nbus I. tobreak, to break 
Ethiop. and Amhar. MZ, 
id. Arab. tio to break, rs to destroy, 


see below in lett. c. Chald. "27m, Syr. 


1:22, Samar, WQX%, id—E. g.a staff 
Is. 14, 5, comp. OM>"Nwe Nav in mw 
no. 1; bars Am. 1, 5; a door Gen. 19,9; 
ἃ yoke Jer. 2, 20. 28, 2.13; the arm of 
any one, i.q. to break his power, Ps. 50, 
15. Ez. 30, 21. 22. 24, comp. in 73 no. 
25 the bow of any one, id. see in MYR; 
an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30,14 
Jer. 19,10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25, 
15. Diff. from 737, see in Is. 42,3. ΟΥ̓ 
a tempest as breaking trees and ships 


in pieces. 


Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27,26. Pregn. Hos. 2,20 


the bow and the sword and the armour of 
battle will I break and cast out from the 
land. 

Spec. a) to break in pieces, to rend, 
as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26.28. Lat, 
frangere of ἃ lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10. 

b) Part. pass. "12 broken, spec. of 
one having a limb’ or member broken, 


935 


Lev. 22, 322. Ethiop. MAZ to break 
any one, spec. his leg; MMC one 
whose leg is broken, Comp. Niph. 
lett. a. 

c) to break a people “as a potter’s 
vessel,” i. e. to break down, to destroy, 
Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the 
comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1, 15. Also 
of single persons, to destroy, Dan. 11,26. 
Jer. 17, 18.—Arab. και to destroy; in- 
trans. to perish. 

d) to break one’s thirst, i. q. 10 quench, 
Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. ‘frangit se 
calor,’ Cic. Varr. 

e) to break the pride of any one, Lev. 
26,19. Also to break the heart (22) of 
any one, i.e. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69, 
21; 24 "72% the broken-hearted Ps. 
147, 3. Comp, Niph. lett. ὁ, and Hoph. 
—So Syr. fos pend id. Gr. xute- 
κλάσϑη μοι φίλον ἦτορ Hom. animo fran- 
gi Cic. Att. 7. 12, 

{) to break off sc. a portion, an allow- 
ance; hence trop. to apportion, to ap- 
point ; comp. in 7t4. 700 38, 10 72x7 
"pr 1722 when 1 appointed ior it (the 
sea) my limit, Cocceius well supposes, 
that the expression PM ἜΞΩ is borrowed 
from the breaking off of a daily allow- 
ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet- 
ically transferred to the space assigned 
to the sea, PM signifying both an allow- 
ance anda limit; comp. in ph. 

II, Denom. from "3%. no. ΠῚ, grain, 
i.e. a) to buy grain, with "2 Ξῷ added 
Gen. 47, 14; S& Gen. 42,7. 10. 43, 4. 
20. 22. Deut. 2,6; 72 Gen. 42,3; absol. 
Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2, 5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell 
grain Gen. 41, 56; comp. Hiph, II. 


Comp: Arab. we straw, (p45 to sell 
straw. 

Nirn. pass. of Kal no. I, 10 be broken, 
as a staff, wood, vessel, bone, Lev. 6,15. 
21. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48,17. ΕΖ. 6, 6. 
Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34, 21. Job 24, 20. al. Of 
a springe or snare, MD, Ps. 124.7; to 
be wrecked, of ships, 2 Chr. 20, 37. 
Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4.—Spec. ἃ) to 
be broken, i. q. to break one’s own limbs, 
Is. 8, 15. 28, 135 of animals Ex. 22, 9. 
13 [10.14]. Part. fem. ΠΣ Θ ΣΙ the bro- 
ken, the hurt, i.e. an animal having its 
limbs broken, Ez. 34, 4. 15. Zech. 11, 16. 


1032 


bs bl} 


See Kal no. I. Β. Ὁ) Of an army, to be 
broken down, i.e. to be overthrown, de- 
stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8. 32, 28, 
Dan. 11, 22; so of a people, kingdom, 
Jer. 48, 4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city Is. 
24, 11. Of persons, i. q. to perish, Dan. 8, 
25. Prov. 6, 15. 29,1. Comp. Kal no. 
I. c. 6) Of the heart, to be broken, spo- 
ken of a penitent and contrite mind, Ps, 
51, 19 [17]. Hence 33 "3%: the broken- 
hearted Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23, 9. Ps. 34,19. 
d) In Ez. 6, 9, Mpi07 ὈΣ τὰς “HDT? WR 
is manifestly i. 4. 09 "MISH WWE, when 
1 shall break their whorish heart ; comp. 
Ps. 51,19 [17]. Here 722 is i. ἃ: to 
break for oneself, like byw to ask for 
oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. § 50. 2:03 ies 
God will so break and change the heart 
of the people, that they will turn again 
unto him. 

Piet 720 i. q. Kal, but intens. to break 
in pieces, to shiver, e. g. tables of stone 
Ex. 34,1; teeth Ps. 3; 8; bones Is. 38, 
13; ships, as the wind Ps. 48, 8; trees, 
as the hail Ex. 9, 25; rocks, as a tem- 
pest 1 K..19, 11; idols and their altars 
Ex. 23, 24. Deut..7,5. 2K.18,4. 2Chr. 
14, 2. Is. 21, 9. al. 

Hien. I. to cause to break, to burst 
the womb, as the fetus at birth. Is. 66, 
9 ambix Nb} ΣΝ ΝΠ shall J cause to 
break (the womb), and not cause to 
bring forth? Comp. subst. 922. Syr. 
j;o* a boy, infant, who has just broken 
the womb. 

II. Denom. from “3% no. II, grain, 
i. q. Kal no. II. Ὁ, to sell grain, Gen. 42, 
6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. ‘6. 

Hopn. to be broken, 6. g. the heart Jer. 
8, 21; see Kal no. I. e. Niph. lett. a. ὁ 

Deriv. "38, ἸῺ, ἜΣΘ, Tae, 
and pr. n. os. 


"2 τὰ. Is. 30, 14, oftener Δ, ἴῃ 
pause "30, c. suff. "738; plur. ΘΒ. 
ὁ. suff..47738 ; also plur. as pr. ἢ; see 
in its order. . 

la breaking, breach, fracture ; 6. 5. 
of a wall, i. q. ruin, destruction, Is. 30, 
30. 14; so metaph. Prov. 16, 18 ἼΞ 9385 
vine pride goeth before destruction: 18, 
21, : Of'a limb, member, Lev. 21 19°24, 
20.—Trop. a) abreaking down, breach, 
preserving the figure of a wound, hurt; 
Lam, 2, 13 F338 o> diy thy breach 


sa 


(hurt) is great like the sea. ὅτι "33 
Jer. 4, 6. 6, 1. 48,3. Nah. 3,19. HAD PR 
ΠΈΣΩ no healing Sor thy breach, hurt. 
Jer. 30, 12., Ps. 60; 4 A738 mB heal 
thou its wounds, The figure being ne- 
glected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e. g. of a 
people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer, 6, 14. 8, 
11. 21. Lam. 2, 11, Ez. 82,9; of the 
wicked Is. 1,28. "3%) 7% is intens. Is. 
59, 7. 60, 18. Jer. 51,19. 738 Mpst a 
cry as of destruction, a loud and bitter 
ery, Is. 15, 5; comp. Jer. 30, 156, Ὁ) 
FAN ASU a breaking of the spirit, i, 6. 
bitterness, anguish of mind, Is, 65, 14 ; 
also mina 73% id. Prov. 15, 4. ὁ α 
breaking of the mind brows fear, etc. 
comp. r. ὍΤΙ no. 2; hence ¢error, plur. 
ΛΞ derrors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp. 
Chald. 87°23" for IMB Ex. 15, 16 Targ. 
Jon. d) a breaking, i.e. solution, inter- 
pretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15. 

II. grain, corn, commonly said to be 
so called as being broken or ground in 
the mill, or because it breaks hunger. 
But τ. "28 is never used of a mill, nor of 
hunger; and the signif: of grain must be 
sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to 
compare Arab. a — tree bears fruit,’ 
whence τῇ 3 fruit, ὅν. 3 tree; and what 
the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a 
tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits, 
produce of the field. A vestige of the 


δι τ 
same remains also in Arab. ἃ .-- 


Gen. 42, 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2. 47, 14, 
Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5.--Hence denom. 
"20 in Kal no. Il, Hiph. no. IL. 


Pe m. (τ. 13%) constr. paw. 

1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11 
pein. ὙΠ a breaking of. the loins, 
broken loins, put for the sharpest pains, 
as of a woman in travail ; comp. Is. 21, 
3. Nah. 2, 11. 

2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18. 


D3 (breaches, ruins, as of walls, 


Is. 30, 13. 14, plur. of "3%) Shebarim, 


pr. ἢ. of a place between Ai and Jeri- 
cho; 6. art. Josh: 7, 5 they chased them 
before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so 
Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Perh. even ante 
the ruins. 


*2W Chald. a verb not ‘used “in 


Kal ; ‘kindr. with 729, osu. 
87 


1033 


naw 


Pa. lo perplea, to disturb, to trouble ; 
hence 
Irnpa, pass. Dan. 5, 9. 


* DW fat. ravis, also navy Lev. 
26, 34. 

1, to rest from labour, to lie by, to 
keep holyday. Arab. crnw IV to take 
rest. The primary idea seems to be 
that of standing or sitting still, kindred 
on the one hand with 38%, inf. maw, 
and on the other with mA and naw ; see 
in 228.—Spoken of persons, in opp. to 
labour, Ex. 23, 12. 34,21; of land not 
tilled Lev. 26, 34, 35, comp. 25,2. With 
2 lo rest from labour, Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 
31, 17.—Is. 33, 8 MI& Tad rou the way- 
farer resteth, lies by, abstains from j jour- 
neying. 14, 4. Lam. ὅ, 14 the elders rest 
from the gate, do not go to the public 
place or forum. 

2. to cease, to desist, with 42 c. inf. 
(pr. to rest from doing any thing,) Job 
32, 1. Hos. 7, 4.. Absol. to cease to be, 
to have an end, Gen. 8, 22. Is. 24, 8. 
Lam. 5, 15. Gy 

3. With ace. Maw, to keep or celebrate 
the Sabbath, Lev. 23, 32. 

Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 2, pr. pass. of Hiph. 
to cease, lo have an end, Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 
6. 30, 18,. 33, 28, 

Hip. 1. to make rest, with ja from 
labour; Ex. 5, 5; or of a work, to let 
rest, to intermit, 2 Chr. 16,5; of an ene- 
my, to make rest, i.e. to ἐμοί ἀδῆς to still, 
Ps. 8, 3. 

2. to cause to cease, to make desist. 
a) A person, with 12 ¢. infin. Ez. 34, 10; 
"M232 Josh. 22,25. b) A thing, i. 6: 
to put an end to, 6. g. war Ps. 46, 10; 
contention Proy. 18, 18; exultation Is. 
16, 10. . With > Jer. 48, 35. Ruth 4, 14 
bys 9b main xd "2s who hath not let 
a ransomer be wanting to thee. Levy. 2, 
13. , Also i. 4. fo.sdeatroy, c. > Am. 8,4, 

3. to put or take away, to remove, mith 
12 from any person or place, i. q. 2707. 
Ex. 12, 15, Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 34, 95..15.30, 
41. Jer. 7, 34. Ps. 119, 119. al. 

Deriv. ΞΟ I, nav, ina’, naw, 
navn. 


L MID f(r. Mw) α. suff. "ASU. 
loa sitting still, a doing nothi 
activity, Is. 30,7. Hence inéer7 
of labour, loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. ~ ti 


- 


naw 


2. a ceasing, cessation, Prov. 20, 3; 
comp. 18, 18. 22, 10. 


II. maw f. pr. inf of 335, to sit, to 
dwell, q. v. As subst. a sitling, seat, 
1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3; also place, 2 Sam. 
pe ἢ 


nav m. (r. M2%) constr. naw, c. suff. 
nat, plur. minad, constr. Mina; of 
both genders, Ex. 31, 14 comp. Lev. 
25, 4. 

1. the Sabbath, day of rest, the seventh 
day of the week. Ex. 16, 25 new naw 
minn> this day is the Sabbath of Jeho- 
vah. nav maw Sabbath by Sabbath, 
every Sabbath, 1 Chr. 9, 32. "3 maw 
the Sabbath-year, every seventh year, 
in which the land was not tilled, Lev. 
25, 4. 8. 

2. Perh. a week, as in Syr. and Greek 
(Matt. 28, 1), Lev. 23, 15; comp. Deut. 
16, 9. 

7iN2W τὰ. id. but intensive, a great 
. Sabbath, holy, solemn, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 
23,24. . Espec. in the connection naw 
yinst Ex. 31, 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16, 31. 


“Ma (sabbath-born, comp. Paschal 
i.e. passover-born) Shabbethai, pr. n.m. 
Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16. 


* NAW ig. πρὸ ἢ hence HN and 


δ δ (erring) Shage, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 
11, 34. 


* 33D j. q. kindr. M33 and 298, i. 6. 

1. to wander, to go astray ; hence 

2. to err, to do wrong, through igno- 
rance or inadvertence, to transgress, Ps. 
119, 67. Num. 15, 28. 330 a2 Lev. 5, 
18. Here Uelongs also Gen. 6, 3 pith 
because of their transgression, where’ "ὦ 
is infin. after the form 3 Jer. 5, 26. 
maw 39 Job 12, 16 the erring and the 
causing to err, the seduced and the se- 
ducer, i. e. a proverbial expression for 
men of every kind; comp. similar ex- 
pressions in Mal. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36.— 
Hence 


M30 f. c. suff. in3y8, an error, mis- 
take, transgression through ignorance 
or inadvertence, Ecc. 5, 5. nazwa ROM 
Lev. 4, 2. 27. Num. 15, 27. 


Λ1. ΤΙΣ, fut. mas, iq. kinder. δ; 
and 398. 


1034 


Saul 


1. to wander, to go astray, Ez. 34, 6- 
Syr. Ku id. Trop. to err, to trans- 
gress, through ignorance or inadver- 
tence, 1 Sam. 26,21. So with 72, to 
wander from a way, and trop. from the 
divine precepts, Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119, 
21. 118.—Also to be led astray by wine 
(comp. MM) Is. 28, 7. Prov. 20,1. Ofa 
person led away, ravished with love, 
Prov. 5, 19. 20. 

2. to perish, Prov. 5,23. Comp. 738 
no. 2. 

Hien. to ae wander, e. g. a blind 
person from the way, Deut. 27, 18. 
Trop. to cause to err, e. g. from the di- 
vine precepts, c. 8 Ps. 119, 10; 10 se- 
duce Job 12, 16. a 

Deriv. mata ; comp. also 3503, 
ANB. ; 

ἘΠ. AW, perh. i. ἃ. 88B, AI, Zo 
be great, the letters 8 and © being inter- 
changed, comp. "XB and “xv. Hence 

Pret, not used, to magnify, to extol 


with praises, i. q. Syr. ae to praise, to 


celebrate in song, jaa ow song, hymn. 
Hence the Piel subst. }175%) hymn, q. v. 


Ἢ maw in Kal not used, to look, to 
gaze, poetic ; kindr. with 520, πρῷ. 
On the affinity of verbs > and ΕΝ as 
NB and nne, Hep and ΠΡ, see Heb. 
Gr. $74, third paragr. 

Hira. πρῶτ, fut. M24, to look, to 
view, with ty at any thing Is. 14, 16; 
with "a from any place Ps. 33, 14. But 
Cant. 2, 9 misbmin 12 mnt looking in 
Srom (at) the windows.—Chald. metaph. 
to provide, 7383 providence. 


TOW f(r. wav) error, transgression 
through ignorance or inadvertence, Ps. 
19, 13. 


730 τὰ. Ps.7, 1, and plur. ni353e Hab. 
3, 1, a song, peal, hymn, i. q. nbnn. 
For the etymology see in 438 II. 


* 230 fut. 3%", to lie with a woman, 
Ὁ. ace. Deut. 28, 30. —Arab. \* pr. to 
pour out water, to draw water with a 
bucket, trop. of sexual intercourse ; see 
Diss. Lugd. p. 168, The Masorites re- 
gard this word as obscene, and substi- 
tute for it every where in Keri 338. 


bau 


Nipu. to be lain with, ravished, as a 
woman Is, 13, 16. Zech, 14, 2. 
Puat id. Jer. 3, 2.—Hence 


230 £ α king’s consort, queen, Ps. 45, 
10, Neh, 2, 6. 


S30 Chald. f id. Plur. the king’s 
wives Dan. 5, 2. 3.23; from whom are 
distinguished the a> concubines. 


*330 in Kal not pi. Arab. 
ἊΣ ἐξ 


to be vigorous, brave ; one vigorous, 


brave, also fierce, of ἃ ‘camel ; so the 
Camoos. The primary idea seems to 
be that of any impetuous excitement. 
Puat Part. 3389 1. one raving, fren- 
zied, furious, as “if inspired, spoken of 
false prophets Jer. 29, 26. Hos. 9,7; also 
of true prophets in contempt 2 K. Ὁ, 11. 
2. a madman, one insane, 1 Sam. 21, 
16: Deut. 28, 34. 
_Hrrar. to be insane, to play the mad- 
man, 1 Sam, 21, 15. 16.—Hence 


7iD30 m. madness Deut. 28, 28. 2 K. 
9, 20. 


. “2 ὦ obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cast 
forth, to eject. Hence 
“a0 m. Ex. 13, 12, constr. 73%) Deut. 


7, 13. 28, 4, a fetus, which is cast forth 
at birth (comp. >2? no. 1. Ὁ), i. 6. young, 
offspring. 

IW τὰ. Lam. 4, 3, Dual 0°, constr. 
“a Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast, 
pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8,1; 
and in animals Gen. 49, 25. Comp. 


τὸ Θ.9.- 
2. Aram. 7h, (2, -Arab. sor, Gr. 
τίτϑη, τιτϑή, Engl. teat, id. R. perh. 
nr. 
I only in plur. 5°78, idols, pr: lords 
(comp. 0°233), Deut. 32,17. Ps. 106, 37. 


Θ 2 Jie 
R. 73% to rule, whence dolw, daw, 
dominus, lord, Syr. Ἣν demon. Sept. 
Vulg. δαιμόνια, demonia, demons, since 
the Jews regarded idols as demons 


which let themselves be worshipped of 
men. 


I. 5 m. i.g. 708, the breast, pap, Job 
24,9. Is. 60, 16. 66,11. R. perh, MW. 


II. 4% m. once fally Ti Job 5, 21. 
R, 770. 


1035 


ΕΣ 
ΓΙῸ 


1, violence, oppression, act. Prov, 21, 
7, 24, 2; pass, Ps, 12, 6 m2 τῶ op- 
pression of the poor. Meton. wealth 
gotten by violence, Am. 3, 10. 

2. devastation, desolation, destruction, 
Job 5,22. Is. 51,19. 59,7. Jer. 48, 3. 
Hab, 2, 17 ninma 5B the ravage of wild 
beasts. Spec. a desolating tempest, Is. 
13,6 Nias ὑπ HD like a whirlwind 
shall it suddenly come from the Almighty. 
Joel 1,15. In an imprecation, Hos. 7, 
13 pms "τῶ destruction unto them! 


μ TID, kindr. with 74%, pr. to be strong, 
powerful ; Arab. dod strong, vehe- 
ment, hardened. Hence Heb. "38, m7. 
In the verb itself only in a bad sense: 

1. to practice violence, to treat with 
violence, and hence to oppress, to destroy 
any one, Ps. 17, 9. Prov. 11, 3. Is. 33,1; 
e. g. a people Jer. 5, 6. 47, 4. 48, 1. 49, 
28; espec. through hostile invasion Is. 
15, 1. 33,1. Part. ΠΡ. "Md night- 
robbers Obad. 5. Part. pass. 35) de- 


Ge 
stroyed, dead, Judg. 5, 27.—Arab. Ws” 
to bind, to strengthen, also to rush upon 
an enemy; V, to be strengthened, to 
grow strong. 

2. to lay waste, to desolate, as a land, 
cities, Ps. 137, 8. Jer. 25, 36. 48, 8. 18. 
51, 55. 56, 

Note. The forms of 78 are some- 
times contracted and sometimes not, as 
pret. 1770, ο. suff. "2950 ; fut. TW (as 
if from 790) Ps. 91,6; c. suff. oH" Jer. 
5, 6, and p3t" Prov. 11, 3. 

Nien. to be laid waste, devastated, 
Mic. 2, 4. 

Prec i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 
15. 

Puat 730 and "3% Nah. 3, 7, to be 
laid waste, is. 15, 1. 23, 1. Jer. 4, 13. 

Po. de Bi. Hos.:10, 2. 

Horn. 35m pass. of Kal no. 1. Is. 33, 
1. Hos. 10, 14. 

Deriv. 3% Il, πῶ, 
TION. 

χει" obsol. root, Chald. 3% to 
cast, to shoot, to pour out; Arab. (dad 
and {,\3 to moisten, to irrigate; hence 
many derive 78 and 7 I, breast. Also 
πρῶ 

ΓΙ f pr. domina, mistress, and 
thence wife, fem. of the noun "Ἠῶ lord, 


“30, and pr. n. 


bat) 


but formed as if from a root 39, since 
the verb 778 also has the notion 
of power, dominion, see 78 init. and 
the subst. "7%. Corresponding is 


OS ots 
Arab. Sdtw mistress; comp. the root 


Rie Conj. V, to marry. Nor need we 
regard those who consider the appella- 
tion domina, mistress, as inappropriate 
to oriental marriages; since the Arabs 
themselves give to a wife the name of 


S-o. 


‘Ass i.e. mistress. Found only once, 
Ecc. 2, 8 7 got me....the delights 
(nine) of the sons of ene nines mI 
a wife and wives, where the sing. may 
be referred to the queen, and the plur. 
to the king’s other wives: and concu- 
bines.—In the Talmud 530, M370, de- 
notes a woman’s camel-saddle, pilen- 
tum; comp. in Germ, Frauenzimmer, 
pr. ‘woman’s apartment,” gyneceum, 
but also woman; and in Arabian poets 
pilenta (pr. camel-saddles) are likewise 
‘women, see Hamasa ed. Schultens, p. 
232. Other conjectures and fancies of 
interpreters, as Syr. and Sept. οἰνοχόος 
χαὶ oivoyou, Targ. therme et balnea, 
Vulg. scyphi et urcei, have no support 
either in the etymology or in the con- 
text. Better than the rest, perhaps, is 
that of Aben Ezra, who suggests that 
m3 woman may be derived from 7 
breast. Comp. ἘΠῚ Judg. 5, 30. 


"ID m. (r. 13%) Almighty, Omnipo- 
tent, as an epithet of Jehovah, sometimes 
preceded by δὰ Gen. 17, 1. 28, 3. Ex. 6, 
3; or also absol. Job 5,17. 6,4. 8,3. 13, 
and often in this book. Gen. 49, 25. Ruth 
1, 20. 21. al. It is strictly a pluralis ex- 
cellentiz, from a sing. 18 mighty, pow- 

9 


erful, (comp. Arab. eds powerful, 


strong, under στ, ‘T78,) with the plural 
ending "—, Lehrg. p. 523. Sept. often 
παντοχράτωρ. WVulg. in Pentat. Omni- 
potens. 


ANID (darting of fire, r. 7B) She- 
deur, pr. ἢ, τὰ. Num. 1, δ, 2,10. 


TTB Job 19, 29, prob. not a simple 
word, but compounded of the prefix ὦ 
(72%) and 977, i. q. that [there is] a 
judgment, Keri "πῶ, id. 


1036 


ὈΠῸ 


εἰ πὸ obsol. root of uncertain signi- 
fication, ‘whence 


ΤΡΘ ΤΣ f£. I. a blasting, blight, Is. 37, 
27, 1. q. new 2K. 19, 26, the letters 2 
and Ξ being interchanged! see under 3. 

11. Plur. nva78, constr. ΓΘ, fields 
Jer. 31, 40. 2K. 23, 4; espec. fields of 
grain Hab. 3, 17; or of vines, vineyards, 
Deut. 32, 32. iPwise Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3, 
17, it is joined with a verb singular.— 
This signification of the word, although 
no vestige of it exists in the kindred dia- 
lects, is sufficiently established by the 
context and by the authority of ancient 
versions. It is sometimes unaptly ren- 
dered vines. 


F ya to scorch, to blast, as the east 
wind grain, Gen. 41,23. 27. Chald. "τῷ 


ai of > 
to burn, Arab. Vicdtuwl black, Ciduw 
Conj. IV, to grow dark.—Hence 


MDW £ 2K. 19, 26, also 


PL\IU τὰ. a blasting, blight, e. g. of 
grain by the east wind (Gen. 41, 6 sq.) 
1K. 8, 37. Am. 4,9. Deut, 28, 22. R. 
pit. 


; "30 Chald. Irupa. to exert onese if, 
to strive to do any thing, ὁ. > Dan. 6, 15. 
Elsewhere, both in Chaldee and Rab- 
binic, it is written 55, the ἡ being 
softened ; see in > lett. b. 


71 Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given 
to Hananiah, one of Daniel’s companions 
at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49. 
3, 12. _ According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers, 
stole rejoicing in the way ; accord- 
ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa- 
thra and suff.ka; Monathsnamen p. 201, 


ἐσ Οὔ50]. root, Arab. wre to 
be pale ; pao arrow.—Hence 


DM m. 1. A species of gem, ac- 
cording to many sardonyz or onyx, so 
called from its resemblance to the human 
nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 28, 9.20. 35,9. 27. 
Job 28, 16. Ez. 28,13. See Braun de 
Vestitu sacerd. Hebr. 2. 18.—J. D. Mi- 
chaelis supposes it to be the onyx. with 


᾿ αὶ Ρ ! θῶ.» 
whitish stripes, comp. Arab. 


striped garment ; Supplem. p. 2289. 
2, Shoham, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr, 24, 27. 


τῷ 
Ὑδ Job 16, 31 Cheth. i, 4: 8B. 


*RIU ἀν ᾳ. ONY, to make a noise, 
to crash; also to be laid waste, destroy- 
ed; hence 810, HRW, HY), nixon. 


2. i. gq. Arab. αἰῶ mid. Waw, to be 
evil, bud ; hence 830 .—The same sig- 
nifications are found united in the verbs 
335, 54, ἃ. v. 


NTO τὰ. plur. c. suff. oA ND, destrue- 
tion, ruin, Ps. 35,17. See fem, Mxiw. 
R, δ no. 1. 


SY m. (pron. shav’) pr. a subst. of 
the segolate form, but without the fur- 
tive Segol, like bOp. R. xiv no. 2. 


Arab. Byiv, Bqaw. 

1. evil, i.e. a) evil done, iniquity, 
wtekecitioe; RIO "Ne wicked men Job 
11, 11. Is. 5, 18 Noun ‘aban the cords of 
eigicity. b) evil suffered, calamity, de- 
struction, Job 7,3. Is. 30,28 NYO Mb} the 
San of destruction.—Both these signifi- 
cations (a,b) are found together in Job 
15, 31, let him not trust in evil (i. e. men 
of evil), he ts deceived; for evil (cala- 
mity) shall be his recompense. 

2. Spec. falsehood, a lie, (as on the 
other hand ΠΣ denotes also truth,) Ps. 
12, 3. 41, 7. Job 31,5. NO 228 a false 
report Ex. 23,1. S810 ἫΣ false witness 
Deut. 5,17. Ex. 20, 7 πῶσ awn NX> 
RIE MIN" thou shalt not utter the name 
of Jehovah unto a falsehood, i. 6. thou 
shalt not swear falsely, comp. Ps. 24, 4. 
Is. 1, 13 NYS mm a lying sacrifice, 
false oblation, i.e. offered by a hypocrite 
without any pious feeling —Hence 

3. emptiness, vanity, nothingness, spo- 
ken of that which deceives the hopes, 
Job 15, 31. 833 "ban vain idols Ps. 31, 
7. Mal. 3, 14 ponds TAP NID it is vain, 
useless, to serve God. Hence RTe> in 
vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29. 


NID Sheva, pr. n, m. 2 Sam, 20,26 


Keri, for 8%) Cheth. See in mb. 


AN W Γ (τ. Ni) constr. τῶ Prov. 
3, 25. 

1. a storm, tempest, so called from its 
noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27 
where Cheth, πῆ, Ez. 38, 9. 

2. desolation, often coupled in parono- 
masia with the synon. MRiW2, Zeph. 1, 

87* 


1037 


aw 


15. Hence desolate places, ruins, Job 
30, 3.14. 38, 27. 

3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and 
unexpected ; Ps. 63, 10 "®p2> πρῶ 
ὝΕΣ they lie in wait for my life to de- 
stroy it. Is. 10, 3. 47, 11. Ps, 35, 8. 


* 21D infin, absol. 3%, fut. 2a, 
apoc. and convers. 3%", 335, 
1. to turn about, to turn back, to re- 


turn. Syr. and Chald. 202, =n, id. 


Arab. wh metaph. to turn oneself, be 
converted, 6. g. a sinner.—Absol. Judg. 
14, 8. 19,7. 2Sam. 6,20; with 72 from, 
out of any place Ruth 1, 52: with ΠΤ Ὁ 
from after a person σαν one has fol- 
lowed or pursued, Ruth 1, 16. 2 Sam. 2, 
26..30; with 5% to a person Gen. 8, 12. 
es 19. 57, 30, or to ἃ place 37,29. Ecce. 1, 
v3 though the place is oftener put with 
> Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33,16. Num. 24, 25; 
also with ace. of place, either with τς 
added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply 
Is. 52, 8 7i=¥ "7 awa when Jehovah shall 
return to Zion ; others, ‘when Jehovah 
shall bring again Zion.’ >) > ρα88- 
ing on and returning, i.e. going and 
coming, passing hither and thither, Ez. 
35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9,8. Part. pass. "298 
77211372 those returned from war Mic. 2, 8. 
Followed by another verb, 6. g. to 
return and do, or, to return to the doing 
of any thing, it is i. q. to do again, to do 
a second time. The latter verb is then 
put: «) Ina finite tense with the copu- 
lative 1, as 2K. 1, 11.13 mde sos 
and he sent again. 20,5. Gen. 26, 18. 
Somewhat different is Hos. 2, 11 250s 
“ANP?) [will return and take away. i.e. 
what I have given I will take back again. 
β) Without 3, Gen. 30, 31 5394 NaN 


Iwill again ifead, etc. y) With inf. οἱ 
2, Job 7, 7. 
Trop. a) to turn, to return to any 


person or thing, i. 6. to convert, be con- 
verted, 6. g. to Jehovah, with >¥ and 5, 
1K. 8, 33. Ps. 22, 28; with ἘΣ 2Chr. 30, 
9; 3D Is. 19, 22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4, 6 at, 
2 Hos. 12,7. Absol. Jer. 3, 12. 14. 22. 
2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 "3 her con- 
verts, i.e. of Zion. 2387 δῷ a remnant 
shall return, be converted, Is. 10, 21. 
b) With 32, to turn from, i. 6. to cease 
Srom, to leave off, 6. g. an evil way 1 K. 
13, 33. Zech. 1, 4; sin, evil, Ez. 3, 19. 


a0 


14, 6. 33, 14. Job 36, 10; anger Ex. 32, 
12; justice Ez. 18, 24. 9) With 5 aiid 
"782 to turn away from any one, espec. 
from Jehovah Josh. 22, 16.23.29. 1 Sam. 
15,11; absol. Josh. 23,12.  prbsbsr 532 
from idols, idolatry, Ez. 14,6. .d) to re- 
turn into the possession of any. thing, 
i.e. to recover it, c. >§ Ez. 7, 13. Lev. 
25, 10; > Is. 23,17. 6) Genr. to turn 
oneself any whither, even where one 
has not been before, Ps. 13, 10. 

2. Often of things: a) to return to 
a former owner, i. e. to be returned, 
restored, c. Ὁ Lev. 27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 
1 Sam. 7, 14. 1K. 12,26. b) to return 
toa firmer state, to be restored, renewed, 
Hos. 14, 8; of cities Ez. 35, 9 Keri. 
1 Sam. 7, 14, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a 
diseased member of the body 1 K. 13, 6. 
2K. 5, 10.14. Ex. 4,7. 6) In the con- 
trary sense "BPX ΞΔ 10 return to dust, 
be changed to dust again, Gen. 3, 29. 
Ece. 3, 10; comp. Is. 29,17.  d) to be 
recalled, revoked, to be made void, as a 
decree, prophecy, (opp. 812,) Is. 45, 23. 
55,11. Ez.7,13. 6) So anger is said to 
return, to turn back, when it is calmed, 
Gen. 27, 44. Is. 5, 25; also c. 72 to turn 
back from any one, i. 6. to cease as 
against him, Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12,12. 

3. Causat.i.g. Hiph. a) ¢o cause to 
return, i. 6. to lead or bring back, Num. 
10, 36. Ps. 85,5; espec. in the phrase 
— aw to bring back captives, see 
many. b) to restore to a former state, 
Nah. 2, 3.—Not unfrequently in Che- 
thibh Ξοῦ is to be taken as causative, 
where the Masorites without necessity 
have substituted Hiphil, as Job 39, 12. 
Ps. 54, 7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer. 33, 26. 49, 
39. Joel 4, 1. 

Pit, 3378 causat. of Kal. 1. to cause 
to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19; 
metaph. to God, to convert, Is, 49, 5. 
See Kal no. 1. a. 

2. to restore, to renew, Is. 58, 12; ο. > 
Ps. 60, 3. With ΘῈΣ to refresh Ps, 23, 
3; comp, Ξ ὉΠ, 

3, to turn away, i. ὃ. to take away, 
Mic. 2,4. Metaph. to turn one away 
from Jehovah, Is: 47,10; see Kal no. 
1, ο, 

Put. 3350, part. ἢ, m3zive brought 
back, i.e. resemed from the power of the 
enemy, Ez, 38, 8. 


1038 


310 


Hien. 270, fut, 28", apoc. aw, 
conv. ats. 

1. to cause to return, to lead or bring 
back, e. g. captives Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 
49, 6.39; to draw back, to tithes the 
hand, Ps. 74,11. Lam. 2,3; also to turn 
back, to repulse, Is. 28, 6 mene nari 
who turn back the baitle, i. ὃ. repulse 
the enemy. 36, 9. 14, 27 523"43 "2 who 
shall turn him back? i i.e. hinder. 43,13. 
Job 9, 12. 11,10. 23, 13. Spec. “ a) 
‘pb aw toturdi away the face of any 
one, i. e. to repulse him, deny him ac- 
cess, not grant his petition, (opp. NW 
p°2b,) 1 K. 2, 16.17. 20. 2 Chr. 6, 42. 
b) 82 aU to restore life to any one, to 
revive, to refresh, Ruth 4, 15. Lam. 1, 11. 
16,19. Trop. Ps. 19, 8...To.the weary 
and faint, life has vanished as it were ; 
refreshment brings it back; comp. 1 Sam. 
30, 12. Judg. 15, 19.. But ina ΞΕ is 
todrawinthe breath Job9,18. 6) 20H 
Mam, HX aw, to withdraw i.e. to ap- 
pease anger, to calm it, Job 9,13. Ps. 78, 
38, 106,23; with 72 from any one Prov. 
24, 18. Δὰν 72 AN Mn. Ξ ΘΓ fo turn 
away (avert) the anger of Jehovah from 
any one, Num. 25,11. Ezra 10,14. But 
in Is. 66, 15 it is spoken of anger which 
is allayed by being wholly poured out. 

2. to return a thing to-any one, to 
render back, to restore, see Kal no. 2. a. 
With ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Ex. 
22, 25. Deut. 22,2; so of any thing pur- 
loined Ley. 5, 23. Num. 5,7. Hence 
a) to reward, to recompense, Prov. 17, 13; - 
ὁ. dat. of pers. Ps.18,21, 116,12; >» 
of pers. Ps. 94,23; acc. of thing and dat. 
of pers. Gen. 50,15, b) 723 aM Lo 
return word, i.e. lo answer, c. acc. of 
pers. (like 23) 1 K. 12, 6. 9.16; also do 
bring back word, asa messenger, Num. 
22, 8. 13,26, 2Sam. 24,13, In this sense 
of answering 15 also, said; BARD 
Prov. 22, 21, 9722 ‘Mh Job 35,4); .and 
simpl. Sn 2 Chr. 10, 16. Job 35, δ. 20, 
2 "71390" “Bev mi own thoughts answer 
me, i. 6: suggest what I shall answer. 

3. to. restore to a former state, lo re- 
new, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20. Is. 1, 26. Dan, 9, 25. 
Comp. Kal no. 2. b.. With 93, to turn 
again into, Ps, 90, 3. 

4. to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth. 
8, 5. 8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1,3. for 
the many transgressions of Damascus 


310 


ΣΌΝ NX> 1 will not recall that which I 
have decreed against her; eomp. v. 4. 5, 
and Num. 23, 80, So of a benediction 
Num. 23, 20. 

5. to return a thing, in the sense to 
bring again and again, to offer repeat- 
edly, to render as tribute, 2 K. 3,4. 17, 3. 
2 Chr. 27, 5, Ps. 72, 10; sacrifice Num. 
18,9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre Virg. 
Georg. I. 339, Ain, 5. 598, 603, 

6. With 772 and Ὁ, to turn away, to 
.avert from any thing, e. g. 5372 "28h 
pwbaba 00 turn away one’s face from idols 
Ez. 14,6; also without 0°28 ibid. and 
Ez. 18, 30. 32. 

7. With >x, >3, to turn to, towards, 
upon any one, dé g. a) ἘΚ ΤΠ to 
turn one’s hand upon or against any one, 
Is. 1, 25. Am. 1,8. Ps. 81,15; with 3 id. 
2 Sam. 8, 8. 0) > 9B ΞΎΦΡΙ to turn 
one’s face to or upon any one, Dan. 11, 
18. 19. 0) 35.» WN to recall to 
mind, to lay to heart, Deut. 4, 39. 30,1; 
2d ἘΣ Is. 46, 8. Homie to repent 1 K. 8, 
47. 
ες Hops. 3355 
Ex. 10, 8. 

2. to be returned, restored, Gen. 42, 28. 
43, 12. Num. 5,8. 

Deriv. 3318, s2iw, maw, ma, 
ΠΗ, Maw, and pr. names 31", 
Bete, TOT aun, apiha. 

ONIN, see DRIIY 

S210 m. (τ. 393) 1. Adj. turning 
_ away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14. 22. 
Is. 57, 17. 

2. Shobab, pr. n. m. a) A son of 
David, 2 Sam. 5, 14. 1 Chr. 3, δ. 14, 4. 
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18: 

32310 m. adj. (r. 398) apostate, rebel- 
lious, Jer. 31, 22. 49, 4. 

MAW f(r, 24%). return; metaph. con- 
version, Is. 30, 15, 

ΣῪ (r. yak) Shobach, pr. n. of a 
general of Hadarezer king of Zobah, 
2 Sam. 10, 16. 18; for which 1 Chr. 19, 
16.18 4518 Shophach. 

5210 (perh. flowing, or a shoot, τ. 
dati) Shobal, pr. n.m. a) A son of 
Seir, Gen. 36, 20, 23. 29. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 2, 
50. 4, 1. een et x: 
| paw. (forsaking) Shobek, pr. nm. τὴ. 
Neh.:10, 25.0 Re pa®.on) οὐ of wa 


1. to be brought back 


1039 mie 


"δὴ i. q. 33% and 38; hence 
maw. 
‘Ti, see Mi desolation. 


TW pr. i. q. 718 to be strong, pow- 
erful; hence 

1. to treat with violence, to lay waste ; 
fut. 19 Ps, 91, 6. 

2. i. q. Arab. oly to rule ; hence πῷ 
dominus, lord. 


τῳ ἢ ΓῺ fat, ΠῚ τ, pr. kindr. with 
mx to set, to place; see. Piel no, 2. 
Theh 

1. to be or be made even, level, see 
Piel.—Hence 

2. to be equal, like in value, to equal 
any thing, c.3 Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11; also 
to countervail, to be equivalent, as Esth. 
7,4. 923 P13 Maw ἜΜ PR the enemy 
cannot countervail the king’s damage, 
i. e. cannot make it good. Esth. 5, 13 
"> my s2"~ ΠΣ all this is not an 
equivalent to me, i. 6. does not suffice me, 
isnot enough. Impers."> Mi} it is made 
even to me, i. e. made good, Job 33, 27. 

3. 0 be fit, proper, suitable, c. > to any 
one, Esth. 3, 8. 

4. to be like, to resemble, c. > Prov. 26, 
4, Is. 40, 25. 

Ῥεῖ, 1. to make even or level, e. g. a 
field, Is. 28,25. Metaph. of the mind, to 
compose or calm the mind Ps. 131, 2; 
ellipt. Is. 38, 13 "pb Id "ἢ 7 quieted 
[my mind, myself] until the morning 
Vulg. and Jerome sperabam usque ad 
mane. In this rendering the word "4X2 
is referred to the following clause. But 
others make it causat. of Kal no. 4, J 
have made me like the lion sc. in roar- 
ing ; Targ. ‘rugiebam, ut leo.’ 

2. to put, to set, to place, i. q. Ὁ, MB, 
often inthe Targums; Ps. 16,8. 119, 30. 
"IB Γῆ lo pul forth fruit, to yield, Hos. 
10, 1. With ἘΣ to put, lay, bestow, upon 
any one, e.\g. honour, help, Ps. 21, 6. 89, 
20." With ace. and 2, to place or make 
one like any thing, Ps, 18, 84. 

Hiren. éo liken, to compare, Lam. 2, 13; 
 Deriv: nyo, m783, "78. 


~* TL. ΠῚ to fear, as in Chald. Irup. 
Here seem to belong the two Claas 
‘examples in the O. T. 

© Prev Job 30, 22 Cheth. πΊ ~ayion 
(read mM) thou makest me to melt (be 


πιὸ 


faint-hearted), thou terrifiest me. 
ΓΆΡ. 

"Nera. frequent among the Rabbins, 
see Lehrg. p. 249. Heb. Gr. ὃ 64. 9. Prov. 
27, 15 a dropping of the eaves in a rainy 
day MIND? D72772 NBR! and a conten- 
tious woman are to be feared. Others 
compare M7 I. 4, and render M3mW3 are 
alike ; so Vulg. comparantur, Gr. Venet. 
ἰσοῦται. But in proverbs, things to be 
compared are never connected by so fri- 
gid a word of comparison. Targ. ‘a 
contentious woman, who quarrels, and 
this might be supported by comparing 
imo winter, and the Gr. χειμασϑῆναι 
ἀπειλαῖς, χεχείμανται φρένες, pr. there- 
fore, to be wintry, stormy. But the first 
solution is to be preferred. 


730 or N10 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1. 

Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 2, to put, to set, 
to make ; c. 02, to set with, i. e. to make 
like any thing, Dan. 5,21. Comp. ἘΦ 
no. 1. ἢ 

Irupa. to be made, rendered into any 
thing, Dan. 3, 29. 


M0 (plain) Shaveh, pr. n. of a valley 
near Jerusalem, called also ‘the king’s 
dale,” Gen. 14, 17; comp. 2 Sam. 18, 18. 
—Bat snmp ΠῚ Shaveh-Kirjathaim 
Gen. 14, 5, is a plain near the city Kir- 
jathaim in the tribe of Reuben; see art. 
mrp lett. g. 


Keri 


᾿ maw fut. πῆ. 1. to sink down, 
to settle down. Arab. “κίων mid. Waw, 


to sink inthe mud. Kindr. with nnw, 
nd .—Prov. 2, 18 AM a nyo->y nnd 
her house sinks down into death, i. 6. into 
Sheol, Hades; so Vulg. But as ma 
is elsewhere alveags masc. Aben Ezra 
refers nnw to the woman herself: she 
sinks down into death (Sheol), her future 
house. 

2. Metaph. to be bowed down, depress- 
ed, 6. g. the mind, soul. Ps. 44, 26 nny 
522 “>> our soul is bowed down to the 
dust, Lam. 3, 20 Keri. 

Hien. i.q. Kal no. 2, Lam, 3,20 Cheth. 

Deriv, Hm, MA, MMB, and pr. 
names MO, OFw , Mei. 


MD (pit) Shuah, pr. ἢ. of a son of 
Abraham and Keturah, and also of an 
Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen. 


1040 


Sow 


25,2. Hence the patronymic and gen- 
tile n. "798 Shuhite Job 2,11. 8,1. 25,1. 
The country of the Shuhites was not 
improbably the same with the Σακκαΐα 
of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanea. 


ΠῚ f(r.) 1. a pit Jer. 2, 6. 
18, 20. Prov. 22, 14. 

2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11; for 
which ν. 4 an, 


pnw (perh. pit-digger, τ. πη) Shu- 
ham, pr: n. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42; 
called in Gen. 46, 23 >On. 


*T. OA fat. pl. swt" 1. Pr. to whip 
to scourge, to lash, i. q. Arab. bw. 
Kindr. is 028 q. v. Hence vi, bya, 
2", a whip, scourge. 

2. to row, q. ἃ. to lash the sea with 
oars. Part. D°2 rowers Ez. 27, 8. 26. 
—Deriv. 078 no, 2, vibe. 

3. to run up and down, to go to and 
Sro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so 
as to lash the air with one’s arms as 
with oars; comp. Lat. remi used of the 
arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid. 
18 fin. and also more frequently of the 
wings of birds.—Num. 11,8. p28. πῶ 
to go over the earth or a land, to travel 
through it, espec. in order to visit and 
inspect it, Job 1, 7. 2,2. 2 Sam. 24, 2.8. 

Pit, voit i, g. Kal no. 3, Jer. 5, 1. 
Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10 the eyes of Jehovah 
yrsibes Sani run to and fro in 
the whole earth. 2 Chr. 16, 9. Metaph. 
to run through or over a book, i. 6. to 
examine it thoroughly, Dan. 12, 4. 

Hrrapat. i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3. 


ἘΠῚ. Ὁ, Aram. Que i. q. DNB, to 
contemn, to despise. Part. oxt Ez. 16, 
57. 28, 24, 26. See ox. 


* 5 - 
Dit} τὰ. Arab. bg , ἃ whip, scourge, 


Prov. 26, 3. 1 K. 12,11. ἨΔ wid the 
scourge of the (slanderous) tongue Job 5, 
21. Trop. the scourge of God, i. 6. cala- 
mities, plagues, which God sends upon 
men, Is. 10, 26. Job 9, 23. Few vit 
an overwhelming scourge, i. e. calamity 
rushing upon one, spec. a hostile army, 
Is. 28, 15. 18. Comp. Kor. Sur. 88, 12, 
ib. 89, 33, 


"δὴ obsol. root, Arab. TLS mid. 
Waw, to be loose, pendulous, e. g. the 


byw 


belly ; kindr. with J{ to drag the train 
of one’s robe, also with >38 by soften- 
ing 3.—Hence 


250 ταν, plur. constr. "53 1, a train, 
the flowing skirts of a robe, i. q. dt, Is. 
6,1. orbdaed mba fo uncover the skirts'ér 
trains i. 6. to expose to the deepest dis- 
grace, Jer. 13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5. 

2. the hem of a garment, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 


D250 m. (τ. dd) 1. stripped, either 
of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e. 
barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri. 
Comp. >t3 no. 1, to put off a shoe. 

2. a captive, prisoner, Job 12, 17. 18. 19. 


maw shulammith, pr.n. ofa maid- 
en celebrated in the book of Canticles, 
Cant. 7,1; Vulg. pacifica. But the form 
mrnbiwn may also be taken as a gentile 
name, the Shulamite, i. q. 250 Shu- 
namite ; since according to Eusebius 
the place Shunem was also called Su- 
lem; and this seems preferable, on ac- 
count of the article. 


DW m. garlic, only plur. Dx Num. 
11,5; ΡΞ Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 53. 


9 
Arab. #93, Syr. ἴδοδΖ, Eth. OF, id. 
It would seem to have its name from thie 
ἜΣ odour orks it exhales; comp. 


pee to smell, ΕΝ res odorata ; also 
Dw. 


“97 obsol. root, perh. i. q. JN to be 
quiet.—Hence the two following. 


"290 (quiet) Shuni; pr. ἢ. of ἃ βοὴ of 
Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patronym. 
Shunite (for 9399) Num. 26, 15. R. Ἠῶ. 


DW (perh. two, resting-places, for 
pA, r. ἢ; comp. O22 for 07257) 
Shunem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K. 
4,8; prob. the Sulem of Eusebius (s. v. 
Σουβήμ) five Roman miles south of 


Mount Tabor: Now Sdlaim pleas, see | 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠΙ. p- 169, 170.— 
Gentile ἢ. "aw, f m-, a Shunamite, 
1K. 1,3. 2,17. 2K. 4, 12. 


" iw and 5 in Kal not need’ 
1. i.g. 3", to be broad, ample ; hence 


2. to be rich, opulent, powerful ; see 


S10, D1 no. 1. 


1041 5} 


3. to be set free, delivered out of straits 
and danger; comp. in >. 

Piet 230 to cry for help, to implore 
aid, Ps. 18, 42. Job 35, 9. 36, 135 ¢. > 
Ps. 30, 3. 72, 12. 88, 14. 

Heri: ΕΟ 

YIU τὰ. a ery for help, supplication, 
Ps. 5, 3. 

Di adj. (τ. 258) 
Job 34, 19. Ez. 23, 23. 

2. liberal, noble, Is. 32, 5. Comp. 
Arab. femme, Conj. VIII, X, liberalis, no- 
bilis fuit. 

3, Subst. i. q. 299, α cry for help, 
supplication, Is. 22, 5. 

I. ΣῊ m. (τ. 39%) 1. riches, wealth, 
Job 36,19. ᾿ 

2. ery for help, supplication, Job 30,24. 

3. Shua, pr. n. m. Gen. 38, 2. 12. 

II. 930 an oath, i. ᾳ. 22% (2 being 
softened into 1. see in 3 lett. Ὁ, p. 105), 
whence pr. n. 380 ma Bath-shua 1 Chr. 
3, δ, i. ᾳ. 22% Ma q.v. p. 167. Ὁ, 

NW (riches, r. 388) Shua, pr. n. f. 
1 Chr. 7, 32. 

My ( acry for help, i. q. 318, Ps. 
18, 7. 39,18. 102, 2... R, 358. 


2990 τὰ. plur. ΒΡ πη, ovdeb. La 
‘fox, Cant. 2, 15. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4. 


Neh. 3, 35. Arab. sles, but oftener 


ἐμάν ex; with Ws added; comp. pr. n. 


piadsd, also Ὁ σῷ. As to the origin 
of the word, Bochart supposes the fox 
to be so called from a word signifying to 
cough, which he refers to its yelp, comp. 


haw tocough.. But more probably the 
animal has this name from its burrowing 
under ground, from τ. ἘΣ Ὁ, so that >3aw 
denotes pr..a digger, burrower, comp. 
ἘΝ II... But under the general name 
of foxes the Hebrews and other Ori- 
entals appear in common usage to have 
comprehended also_ jackals, Pers. haus 
Shaghal; see Niebuhr’s Arabia p. 166. 


1. rich, opulent, 


Germ. | Thus jackals seem to be meant 


in Judg. 15, 4, since the fox is with great 
difficulty taken alive; and also in Ps. 
63, 11, inasmuch as foxes do not feed on 
dead bodies, which area favourite repast 
for the jackal. See Bochart Hieroz. T. 


1D 


II. p. 190 sq. ed. Lips. Faber’s Archeol. 
I. p. 140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. 
p. 154. 

2. Shual, pr.n. a) 5338 yr, a dis- 
trict in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 
17: b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 


Wit m. (denom. from “2% ) gate- 
keeper, porter, 2 K. 7, 10, 11. 2 Chr. 31, 
14. 


, yaw 1. Pr. i, g. ANY, to pant af- 
ler ; hence 

2. to altack, to fall upon suddenly, un- 
expectedly. Job 9,17 who assaileth me 
in tempest. Gen, 3,15 UX" FW" NAN 
SPS EWN oN, he shall attack thy 
head, and thou shall attack his heel, 
i. e. he shall crush thy head and thou 
shalt bite his heel. Metaph. Ps. 139, 11 
ἜΒΗ. Fun darkness shall fall wpon me, 
overwhelm me. 

FEW, see 2. 

ἜΞΩ Shuphamite, patronym. from 
BEN q. v. Num. 26, 39. 


FEU Num. 32,35; see in ΤΩΣ lett. ἃ. 


“DID m. (r. "BU no. 2) ρίαν, minpits, 
constr. MIMD, a trumpet, horn, cornet, 


lituus, Arab. : : ~, (diff. from mzisn,) 
so called from its clear and shrill sound, 
comp. Engl. clarion; either made of a 
horn or similar to a horn, i.q. 73 (Josh. 
6, 5, comp. 4. 6. 8. 13), Ex. 19, 16,° Lev. 
25, 9. Job 39,25. Jerome says, on Hos. 
5,8, “buccina pastoralis est et cornu re- 
curvo efficitur, unde et proprie Hebraice 
Sophar, Grece κερατίνη, appellatur.” 
Sept. σάλπιγξ, κερατίνη.--- ΤῸ blow the 
trumpet is “BID DPM q. v. 


* PAW in Kal not used 1, to run, 
like kindr. pp&. Hence pit leg, and 
p»e street. 

2. to run afler any thing, to desire, to 
long for; hence Mpiwnm desire.—Arab. 
Gls to excite desire; V, to manifest 
desire ; ae desire, 

Hien. to let run over, to pour over, to 
overflow, c. ace. of thing with which; 
Joel 2, 24 Bian "API Ap ary the vats 
overflow with wine, Absol. Joel 4, 13. 

Pit. PRW causat. to cause to overflow 
with plenty, e. g. the earth Ps. 65, 10. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


1042 


εἰ. 
PID f. (r. paw no. 1,) dual o "pd Prov. 


26,7, constr. "pi®; the leg, from the 


knee to the foot, as that with which one 


walks or runs. Arab. pies Chald. 
pw, id—Spoken of persons Is. 47, 2. 
Cant. 5, 15; of animals, where perhaps 
the thigh is included, Ex. 29, 22. 27. 
Lev. 7, 32. 33. Num. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 9, 
24.—Poet. of foot-soldiers, infantry, as 
opp. to cavalry; Ps. 147, 10 "piviarsd 
MEI? WNT he taketh no pleasure in the 
legs of men, i. e. infantry. A proverbial 
phrase occurs in Judg. 15, 8 ΒΝ Π5Ὶ 
ΠΡ. pi and he (Samson) smote 
them leg upon thigh, Engl. Vers. hip and 
thigh, i.e. he cut them in pieces, so that 
their limbs, their legs and thighs, were 
scattered one upon another, q. d. he to- 
tally destroyed them; see in >» no. 1. b. 
a. Comp. the Germ. hyperbole: er hieb 
den Feind in die Pfanne; also: er hieb 
thn in Kochstticken; Engl. ‘he made 
mince-meat of his enemies.’ 


PY m. a street Prov. 7,8. Ece. 12, 
4, δ. Plur. apy Cant. 3, 2; comp. 
p17 from 75. R, pr. 


Ἴ Ἂν. obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. 
Pe. and Pa. to leap or spring upon any 
one; also to be strong, robust. Arab. 


γι to leap upon, to assault.—Hence 


“iW m. plur. ned Hos. 12, 12, an oz, 
bullock, so called from its strength and 


boldness; comp. "B. Arab. et bull, 
Chald. xyin, Syr. 1662, id. whence Gr. 
and Lat. ταῦρος, taurus, Germ. Stier, 
see Grimm’s Gramm. III. p. 325. It isa 
general word, denoting an animal of the 
ox kind, without respect to sex or age ; 
comp. Ley. 22, 27 where a calf is to be 
understood ; and Job 21, 10 where it isa 
cow, although joined ἐπικοένως with a 
verb masc.—Ex. 21, 37. Lev. 22, 23. 98, 
27, 26. Num, 18,17. Deut. 14, 4, Its 
kindred collective is “P2 oxen, cattle, a 
herd q.v. Once, Gen. 32, 6, "0 itself 
is put as a collective, like the other 
nouns of unity in the same verse, viz. 
332, MAMBO, “iM, the noun jX¥ being 
an exception; prob. also Gen, 49, 6. 


ἘΠῚ Ὁ fut. savin 1. i. 4. 09m, fo go 
round or about, to travel about, espec. as 


snd 


a merchant, for traffic, Ez. 27,25; comp. 
Chald. Once c. 3 to go with any thing, 
i. 6. to offer it in traffic, Is. 57,9. Arab. 
Lu mid. Ye, to go, to journey ; Chald. 

8775 a company of travellers or mer- 
chants, a caravan; also in Palmyrene 
Inscr. see Tychsen Element. Syr. p. 76. 

2. to look around or about ; the idea 
of looking and of going in any direction 
being often expressed by the same verb, 
see M28, ΡΠ. a) Of one looking 
around from a height, c. 82 Cant. 4, 8. 
b) Of one lying in wait, to look after, to 
watch for, Jer. 5, 26. Hos. 13,7; 6. ace. 
Num. 23,9. 6) In the sense ο consi- 
der, to regard, i.e. to look upon or after, 
c. acc. Job 24, 15 15 "278M Nd no eye 
looketh after me, observes me. 35, 5 "ἢ 
e"pmd look upon the clouds, consider 
them. 35, 13 mpy2 Nd ὑπ the Al- 
mighty doth not regard it. ἃ) Simpl. 
to look upon, to behold, Job 7, 8. 

Pit. "718 , see "πῶ. 

Deriy. "38 I, HH. 

ἘΠῚ saw i. q. ὦ fo sing, q. v. 

ἘΠῚ. sau) i. g. sw and my, to 
place in a row, to lay in order, e. g. 


stones; whence "%5 a wall, also "ὦ, 
Comp. πρῶ. 


I. "98 ἃ lier-in-wait, enemy, Ps. 92, 
12. Comp. 1%, and the root "4 I. 2. Ὁ. 


ΤΠ. "58 m. (r. 795 TL) 1. ig. Arab. 


8 
er a wall, Gen. 49, 22. Ps. 18, 30. 


Plur. mins, Job 24, 11 omins® >a be- 
tween (within) their walls, i. 6. the rich 
in their own houses. 

2. Shur, pr. n. of a city on the confines 
of Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20, 
1, 25, 18..1 Sam. 15, 7. 27,8. Josephus 
understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6.7. 3, 
comp. 1 Sam. 15,7; but this city was 
called in Hebrew, Ὁ. More prob. "νῷ 
was somewhere in the vicinity of the 


modern Suez. The desert extending | 


from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is 
called in Ex, 15, 22 "9% "2772 the desert 
of Shur ; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called 
Bm"s 12°39 the desert of Etham. 


“70 Chald. m. a wall Ezra 4, 13. 16. 


* BW obsol. root, prob. to be white. 
Hence ©°8 white marble, 8% id. and 


1043 


Bid 


byssus, Ἰϑνῶ, pHi, πρῶ, lily. Kindr. 
is BO" to be gray. 


NOI, see HY lett, a. 


JOW πὰ. (r. ὅν) 1, ἃ Lily, espec, 
white, see the root. ἡ ΣΌΣ Lily- 
work, i. €. ornamental work imitating 
lilies, 1 K. 7, 19. Arab. and Syr. 
ἔζων, ἀκ, ἵδλλλς, id. Comp. 
Gr. σοῦσον Diosc. 3. 106 or 116. Athen. 
12.1. See Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 383 sq. 

2. mas> jwaw Ps. 60, 1, a musical in- 
strument, prob. so called from its resem- 
blance to a lily. To the common lily 
several kinds of trumpets may be said 
to have a resemblance ; but to the mar- 
tagon lily, or Turk’s cap, the cymbal 
approaches nearest, and indeed the name 
of cymbal was at a later period some- 
times given to this flower ; comp. 7810 
no. 2. Hence ΤΡῚΣ 7050 I would ren- 
der cymbal or trumpet of song ; see ΓΝ 
no. 3. 

3. Shushan, pr. name, i. e. Susa, the 
capital of Susiana (and of all Persia), in 
which the Persian monarchs held their 
winter residence, Dan. 8, 2. Neh. 1, 1. 
Esth, 1, 2.5. It was situated on the 
Euleus or Choaspes, prob. on the spot — 
now occupied by the village Shush ; see 
Kinneir’s Memoir p. 99. Ker Porter’s 
Travels II. p. 411. Ritter’s Erdkunde, 
Asien, IX. p. 294. Berl. 1840. According 
to others its site is now occupied by the 
village Suster ; see Von Hammer in the 
Trans, of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris, Vol. 
II. p. 320 sq. 333 sq. [According to 
Lassen, the name 385 has an etymolo- 
gical affinity or identity with the mod. 
yiwig Khiizistan ; Zeitschr. δ d. 
Morgenl. VI. p. 47.—R. 


JOW m. (r,s) 1. alily; only ρίαν. 
pri Cant. 2,16. 4,5. 5,13. 6,2.3. 7,3. 
Of artificial lilies 1 K. 7, 22. 26. 

2. An instrument of music resembling 
the lily, see 785% no. 3, Plur. awit 
Ps, 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1. 


MEOW f(r. Bmw) a lily, 2 Chr. 4, 5. 
Hos. 14, 6. Cant. 2, 1. 2. 


8232090 Chald. gentile ἢ. plur, Shue 
shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of 
the city Susa, Ezra4,9, See Ὁ no, 8, 


δὴ 
pww 1K. 14, 25 Cheth. where Keri 
po q. ν. 
MAW to put, to place, see MD. 


mond (for mbmaxd ‘noise of break- 
ing, see HYY and M24) Shuthelah, pr. 0. 
m. a) Asonof Ephraim Num. 26, 35. 
86. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21.—From the former 
comes the patronym. "72m Shuthal- 
hite Num. 26, 35. 


τῇ τῷ Chald. found only in the rare 
Conj. of , 

PEIL, 31" , ΞΘ, to set Sree, to deliver. 
Fut. 27772, inf. na7"4, Dan. 3, 1517. 
28. 6,17. 28. Frequent in the Targums. 
Syr. joe id. 

Deriv. pr. n. S831". 


γ giv pr. i. ᾳ. 928, Chald. Fw, to 
scorch, to burn; espec. of the sun, Cant. 
1, 6 Varin ΒΤ for the sun hath 
scorched. me, made me swarthy. Poet- 
ically of the eye, (which is often com- 


20, 9. 28, 7. 


ν "τὸ i.q. Arab. ον, fo twist ἃ. thread 


from right to left, or back-handed, to 
twine several threads together. Hence 

Horn. Part. "102 OY twined byssus, 
i.e. of several threads twisted together, 
double or three-threaded, etc. Ex, 26, 1. 
31, 36. 27, 9. 18. 28, 6. 8. 15.sq. 


MW mm. adj. (r. mm) depressed, cast 
down. Job 22, 29 O13") no with down- 
cast eyes, one depressed. 


* IMD fat. 2 fem. “Inidm, to give, to 
make a present, espec. in order to be 
free from punishment, Job 6, 922, With 
ace. of pers, Ez. 16, 33, Syr. pia to 
give once, Pa, to give often, both in a 
good and bad sense, Hence 


“MW m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19; 
espec. in order to be freed from punish- 
ment, 2 K, 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35 5 comp. Job 
6, 22. Also in order to.corrupt a judge, 
a bribe, Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 10, 17. πρὸ 
sm to take a reward, bribe, Ps. 15, 5. 
26, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 3.—Prov. 17, 8 4m 738 
233 "2°72 WNW like a precious stone 


1044 


mm 


is a gift in the eyes of its possessor, i. 6. 
of him who receives it ; comp. 553 no. 4. 


᾿ ΠΩ, comp. πὴ and nny. 

1. to bow down, to incline oneself, Is. 
51, 23. Chald. id. and more frequent. 

2. to sink down, to be depressed ; comp. 
the deriv. πῶ, MN. 

Hipx. “Mh to make bow down, to de- 
press, metaph. the mind Prov. 12, 25. 

Hirupan. HIGMH, the third radical 
being doubled (like S382, 7383, from r. 
m2), fut. FINA", apoc. INH, in pause 
anAw me 

1. to bow down, to prostrate oneself 
before any one in order to do him honour 
and reverence, i. q. προσκυνεῖν, with dof 
pers. Gen. 23, 7. 37,7. 9. 105 less often 
nzp> 23, 12; ἘΣ Lev. 26,1. This mode 
of salutation consisted in falling upon 
the knees and then touching the fore- 
head to the ground ; hence there is often 
added ΠΣ BBS Gen. 19, 1. 42. 6. 48, 
12. This honour was paid not only to 
superiors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam. 
9,8; but also to equals Gen. 23, 7. 33, 
3. 6. 37, 7. 9. 10.—Hence 

2. Spec. to bow down before God, to 
worship, to pay adoration, Gen. 22, 5. 
1 Sam. 1,3; even without prostration, 
Gen. 47, 31. 1 K. 1, 47. 

3. to do homage, to, yield allegiance, 
Ps. 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord, 
> immin do thou homage unto him. 
Inf. Chald. mummwn 2 K. δ, 18. For 
pnnmtia see Index. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 2. 


“iN, see in “int, 
“IN, see vin. 
“iY m. (τ. aM) blackness, Lam. 4, 8. 


manw f. (r. HM no. 2) a pit Prov. 28, 
10. Comp. m5. 


* TOW jg. ποῦ and my, kinder. with 
πΞϑ; pret. "ind, plur.md and anny; 
fut. md». 

1. to bow down, to incline oneself ; as 
animals lurking for prey, to crouch, Job 
38, 40 [39, 2]. 

2. to be bowed down, to sink down, 
e. g. the hills Hab. 3,6, Trop. to be 
brought low, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 
39. Is. 2, 11.17; spec. with grief} sor- 
row, Ps. 35, 14, 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. 


onw 


' 


Also to submit, to humble oneself ; 18. 60, 
14 mim ΘΝ 1D>M shall come to sub- 
mit themselves to thee, Job 9, 13. Prov. 
14, 19. 

Nien. to be bowed down, brought low, 
Is, 2, 9. 5, 15. Of a low and muffled 
voice or sound, Ecc, 12,4. Pregn. Is. 
29, 4 FNIN MEM ~ps2 and thy voice 
shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low 
and feeble as heard from the dust. 

Hipnu. to bring low, to cast down, Is. 
25, 12. 26, 5. 

Hirapo. to be brought low, cast down, 
trop. of the soul, Ps, 42, 7. 12. 43, 5. 

Deriv. mv. 


“OND fut, ones, inf mum. 

1. to kill animals, to slaughter, Arab., 
4S, Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13; espe. 
victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 5.11. Hos. 
5,2 sp"asm copy ΠΌΠ in the slaugh- 
tering (of victims) they make deep their 
transgressions. Also a human victim 
Gen. 22, 10. Is. 57, 56... 

2. to kill persons, to slay, 2 K. 25, 7. 
Jer. 39, 6. Ὁπῶ ym a deadly arrow 
Jer. 9,7. where Keri has »4n& in a si- 
milar sense, pr. made to kill. 

3, wind} ant 1 K. 10, 16.17. 2Chr.9, 
15. 16, prob. mixed gold, alloyed with 
some other metal; comp. Arab. kh 
to dilute wine with water, and see more 
in Comment. on Is, 1, 22.—Sept. beaten 
gold, i. e. drawn out into plates; comp. 
π to spread out, to expand, the letters 
being transposed. 

Nipn. pass. of Kal no. 1, Lev. 6, 25. 
Num, 11, 22.—Hence 


MOND £ a killing, slaughter of vic- 
tims, 2 Chr. 30,17, R. wm, 


PND πὶ. (τ. Md) a burning sore, in- 
flamed ulcer, a boil, botch, Ex. 9, 9. 11. 
Lev. 13, 18-20. ΟΣ |" the botch of 
Egypt Deut. 28, 27.35, and >5 PRs a 
sore botch Job 2,7,aspecies of the black 
leprosy endemic in Egypt, called by 
physicians elephantiasis, from the dark 
scales with which the skin is covered, 
and the swelling of the legs. Comp. Plin. 
H.N. 26.5. Schilling de lepra p. 184. 


Ὁ m. (r. OMY) i. q. Wr, that 
which grows of itself the third year after 
sowing, Is. 37, 30.—This would seem to 

88 


1045 


stay 


be the primitive form, and to signify pr. 
sprout, shoot ; see the root. 


EPID πὶ. (τ. $8) only constr. ΠΥ, 
a board, as made thin by hewing, plan- 
ing, ete. Ez. 41, 16, 

mong f. (r. HMB no. 2) ἃ pit, plur. 
mins Ps. 107, 20. Lam. 4,20. Then 
is not radical, but is nevertheless pre- 
served in flexion; see Lehrg. p. 527. 


nnn Chald. part. f see r. mm. 


he blak obsol. root, Arab. h& to 
peel, to shell, to scale; hence γρητῶ, 
Comp. in the Indo-European tongues, 
Gr. σκῦλον, Germ. Schale, schilen, Engl. 
to shell, scale, to scale. 


ἜΤΙ. onw prob. to roar, as a lion; 
comp. Arab. A to bray, as an ass, 


> > 
Ne ‘vox in pectore reciprocata,’ the 
braying of an ass, Jauh. and Camoos. 
Kindr. with the roots 55, 55%, Germ. 
halien, gellen, schallen, skellen. Hence 


250 m. a Lion, (pr. a roaring, the 
roarer,) as a poetic epithet, Job 4, 10. 
10, 16.. 28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov. 26, 13. 
Hos. 5, 14. 18,7. Bochart in Hieroz. 
I. 717, understands the swarthy lion of 
Syria; Plin. H.N. 8.17. Comp. "mg 
black ; the letters > and Ἢ being inter- 


changed. 


Mw. £ (r. dm 1) pr. @ shell, or ac- 
cording to the Heb. intpp. ὄνυξ, unguis 
odoratus, the blatta Byzantina of the 
shops, Germ. Teufelsklaue ; Ex. 30, 34. 
It consists of the shell or cover of a spe- 
cies of muscle, found in the lakes of In- 
dia where the nard grows; when burned 
it emits a musky odour. See Dioscorid. 
2. 10, and the Arabian writers cited by 
Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 803 sq. Comp. 
Rabb. 82m78 the shell or pod of dates. 


᾿ rat) obsol. root, Arab. oS to be 


. hot, inflamed ; Syr. — Pa. to ulcerate. 


Hence "Nn. 


*Onw obsol. root, perh. to sprout, 


to grow ; comp. Arab. yasus to lift or 
raise oneself up; also ym. Hence 


pind. 3 


1. ig. AMO, and by transp. 


| FON, ΌΤΙ, which see; to bark, to hew, 


ν᾽ 


gnu 


to chip off, i. e. by hewing, planing, etc. 
See Ὡσππῶ. 

2. to become thin, lean, to consume 
away, i. q. Arab. aS. Hence nem 
and 


HN m. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac- 
cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew, 
sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic bird, so 
called from its leanness. See Bochart 
Hieroz. II. lib. 2. c. 18. R. 5m. 


mend f. (r. 5M) consumption, Lev. 
26, 10. Deut. 28, 22. 


“you obsol. root, Arab. ose to 
lift up or raise oneself; to rise; comp. 
ont) .—Hence the two following. 


ynw m. elation of mind, pride ; Arab. 


yesré, Talmud. ym, id. Job 28, 8. 
41, 26 ymd 722, Vulg. filii superbie, 
the sons of pride, i. e. the larger beasts 
of prey. as the lion, so called from their 
proud gait. The Chaldee renders it 
lions, in c. 28,8; but the other passage 
requires it to be taken in a wider sense. 
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 718. 


DANY (heights) Shahazim, pr. n. of 
a place i in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19, 
22 Keri. In Cheth. nizn® —R. yn. 


* PNW fat. pres 
pieces, to pound fine, i. q. Arab. 
Ex. 30,36. Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43. 
2. to rub or wear away; Job 14, 19 
D2 ΡΤ ὉΠ waters wear away the 
stones. So Arab. (§* to wear out, as 
a garment.—Hence 


PND τὰ. 1. dust, fine dust, Is. 40, 15. 


2. acloud, Arab. (Ex a thin cloud, pr. 
as it would seem, a cloud of dust, or the 
like. Mostly in plur. 5°pO clouds Job 
38, 37; to which is ascribed rain Job 36, 
28. Ps. 78, 23. Prov. 3, 20, and thunder 
Ps. 77, 18.—Meton. for the firmament, 
the heavens, the sky, i. q. 820 and "ps, 
comp. in Engl. the clouds. Job 37,18 
hast thou like him spread out the sky 
(ΘΡ πῶ), which is firm like a molten 
looking-glass? Ps. 18, 12 BXPMw “ay 
darkness of clouds, Prov. 8, 28. Job 37, 
21. Often as the dwelling ‘of Jehovah, 
parall. with Ὁ, Deut. 32, 26. Job 35, 
5. Ps. 68, 35. So too the Sing. Ps. 89, 


1046 


1. to rub or beat in: 


nw 


7.38. Comp. Samar. ΠΡ for S120 
Gen. 7, 19. 


a δ “nw to be or become black ; 
Aram. τω; sm, id. Preegn. Job 80, 
30 ">3 “MY “19 my skin is black from 
off me, i.e. turns black and peels off. 

Deriv. "hd, Vind, shane, and pr. n. 
sine , minhe 


+ALL, “TD 1. Pr. as it would seem 
to break, to break forth, as the light, 
dawn; hence “MW aurora. 

2. to break in, to pry into, and hence 
to seek, comp. "P23 no. 2,3. In Kal only 
once Prov. 11, 27. See Piel. 

Pint "M0 10. seek, only poetic, c. acc. 
Job 7,21. Prov. 7, 15. 8,17; also > c. inf. 
Job 24, 5. Prov. 13, 24 "0% nm} snk 
he that loveth hint (his son) seeketh for 
him. chastisement, q. ἃ. prepares it for 
him, does not let him go without it. The 
suffix is to be taken as a dative.—To 
seek Godis: a) to long after him Is. 26, 
9. Ps. 63,2. Ὁ) to turn unto him, Hos. 
Bild, Ps, 78, 34; ο. δὴ Job 8, 5. 

Deriv. rant}, ὙΠ Ὁ, pron. OTN. 
pie, and 


“WIM τὰ. aurora, the dawn, morning ; 


8 0 
Arab. 3 id. Gen. 19, 15. Josh. 6, 15. 


Poetically there are ascribed to it eye- 
lashes. see D°BSDY ; and wings Ps. 139, 9. 
“mw-ja the son of the morning, i. e. the 
morning star, Lucifer, Is. 14, 12; see in 
do". Hos. 6, 3 ixxia 159) Ὑπὸ his 
going forth is sure as the dawn, i.e. the 
coming of Jehovah; but 10, 15 like the 
morning dawn he perishes, i. e. suddenly. 
Adv. at dawn, early, soon, Ps. 57,9. 108, 
3; so "MWa Hos. 10, 15. Metaph. of 
prosperity, as again dawning upon the 
afflicted, Is. 8, 20 (see in "8x B. no. 8). 
47,11. 58,8. The same metaph. occurs 
in the use of the words "73 Job 11, 17, 


8 
τῶν Jer. 13, 16, and Arab. et An- 
wari Soheili: ‘in calamitate est spes, 
nam finis noctis opacee, est aurora.’ 
“WW and ὙΠ m. adj. black, 6. g. 
hair Lev. 13, 31.37; a horse Zech. 6, 2. 


6; of a dark or swarthy countenance 
Cant. 1,5, R. “πὸ 1. 


“NW, see “inn. 


nw 


mend ¢ (r. "MB 11) dawn; trop. 
youth, Ece. 11, 10. 

“HAN m. adj. (r. “πῷ ΠΣ MAN, 
dark, swarthy, spoken of complexion 
Cant. 1, 6. For diminutive adjectives 
of colour ‘after the form ΠΝ, are 
see Lehrg. p. 497. Heb. Gram. § 54. 3 
ᾧ 83. no. 23. 


MII (Jehovah seeks him, τ. 778 
II) Shehariah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 26. 


Dyn (the two dawns, comp. 07253, 
pms) Shaharaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 


* PTD in Kal not used, Arab, x 
to destroy. 

Pre, mm 1. Trans. fo destroy, to 
ruin, to lay in ruins ; either by laying 
waste, as a land, district, field, Gen. 9, 
11. 19, 13. Josh. 22, 33. 2 Sam. 24, 16. 
Jer. 12, 10; or by breaking down, over- 
throwing, as walls, a city, Gen. 13, 10. 
Ez. 26, 4; or by wounding Ex. 21, 26; 
or by killing, putting to death, e. g. sin- 
gle persons 2 Sam. 1, 14, and also whole 
nations ae 6, 17. 9, 15. Num. 32, 15. 


19. 14; 206 -- Metuph: Am: 1, 11 mrs - 


1772197 he destroyed (i.e. ouppiiuesd) his 
pity. Ez. 28, 17 AAETPS ANI HY 
thou hast dastvoyed thy wisdom in be- 
half of thy beauty, i.e. thou art so taken 
with the latter, as to neglect the former. 
Also to waste, to lose, Prov. 28, 8. 

2. Intrans. to act wickedly, for the 
fuller "377 MMB, Ex. 32; 7. Deut. 9, 12. 
32, 5. Comp. Hiph. πο. 2. 

Hira. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to destroy, to 
ruin, either by laying waste and break- 
ing down, as a land, kingdom, Jer. 36, 
29. 51,20; a city Gen. 19, 14. 2 K. 18, 
25; or by killing, as a single person 
1 Sam. 26, 15, enemies 2 Sam. 11,1; or 
by injuring in whatever way Prov. 11, 
9. So mnvan WNban the destroying 
angel 2 Sam. 24, 16, and simpl. m-nwan 
the destroyer Ex. 12, 23, i.e. the angel 


of God who inflicts calamities and death - 


upon men.—The phrase MMAR (de- 
stroy not) in the titlesof Pss. 57, 58. 59. 
75, seems to be the first words or name 
of a song, to the melody of which these 
Psalms were to be sung. 


2. ipqa m>ndn Gen. 6, 12, sind "by 1 7 


Zeph. 3, 7, to destroy one’s way, i. 6. to 


corrupt or pervert it, and hence {0 act ἢ 


1047 


nnw 


wickedly. With the ace. suppressed, id. 
Deut. 4, 16, 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1, 4. 
Comp. 234 Bat in the expressions 
noni wx Prov. 28, 24,and ΓΤ Ὁ ἘΣ 
18, 9, the form mona appears to be a 
substantive (see monde no. 1), i. q. man 
of destruction, i.e. in ο. 28, 24 act. a 
destroyer, desolator, but in ὁ. 18, 9 pass. 
one who brings destruction on himself, 
a waster, prodigal. 

Horn. ὭΣΤ, to be destroyed, i. 6. to be 
corrupted, spoiled, Prov. 25, 26. Mal. 1,14. 

Nips. 1. to be destroyed, corrupted, 
e. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7; morally 
Gen. 6, 11. 12. 

2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20. 

Deriv. ΠΗ, MIVA, nwa, Mw. 


MMW Chald. to destroy, to corrupt ; 
Part. pass. f. Dan. 2,9 HEMI MII Nba 
lying and corrupt words. Neut, ANNs 
a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6, 5. 


mn ¢ (r. 98, as MM? from Md) c. 
suff. OAM Ez. 19, 4. 8, a pit,e.g. 58) 
In which traps are laid for wild beasts, 
a pit-fall ; trop. for plots, treachery, Ps. 
7, 16. 9, 16.35, 7: 94,13. Prov. 26, 27. 
ΕΖ. 1. 6.  b) α cistern, having mire at 
the bottom, Job 9, 31. 6) a subterra- 
nean prison Is. 51, 14. d) Spec. a 
sepulchre, the grave, Ps. 30, 10. Job 17, 
14. 33, 18. 30. mm 49> fo go down to 
the pit or grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 55, 24. 
mmwa a> to perish in the grave, sepul- 
chre, Job 33, 28. MMU mx 10 see the 
grave, i.e. to die and be buried; Ps. 16, 
10. 49, 10.—The LXX_ often render 
MNS by διαφϑορά, as if from τ, MY dua- 
φϑείρω to corrupt ; not however in the 
sense of corruption, putridily, but of de- 
struction; see the examples in the Con- 
cord. of Kircher or Trommius. The 
Greek word is indeed taken by Luke 
in the sense of corruption in Acts 2, 27. 
13, 35 sq. but it would be difficult to 
show that the Heb. nm has this sense 
evenin a single passage, as derived from 
τ. πῶ, The appeal is indeed made to 


_Job 17, 14, where the other hemistich 


has 25, and nn is called father, 


which seems to accord only with a 


masculine noun; but in such cases the 
sacred writers often neglect both the 
etymology and gender of words ; comp. 
Ἢ na jids Ps. 17, 8. 


moe 


Mew ἢ (for mex, Arab. cae Siint) 
acacia, the spina ‘Eeyptiaca of the 
ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn. Is. 41, 
19. It isa large tree growing in Egypt 
and Arabia, from which the Gum Ara- 
bic is obtained; its bark is covered with 
large black thorns; the wood is exceed- 
ingly hard, and when old resembles 
ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I. p. 
499. Jablonsky Opuse. ed. te Water I. 
p. 260. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 349. 

Piour. 2°28 1. acacias, whence 732 
Ἐῶ acacia-wood Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. 26, 
26. 27, 1. 6. 

2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valley in Moab 
on the borders of Palestine, Num. 25, 1. 
Josh. 2, 1. 3, 1. Mic. 6, 5; fully na 
p'wen (the valley of acacias) 7061 4,18 
[3, 18]. 


*MOD fut. muwn, to spread out, to 
expand ; Syr. as Arab. en 
Eth. UPA, id. Job 12,23 5135 not 
he spreadeth out the nations, i. e. gives 
them ample territories. Espec. to spread 
any thing upon the ground, e. g. bones 
Jer. 8, 2; quails Num. 11, 32; ground 
corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 

Piet 0 spread out, to stretch out, 6. g 
the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10. 

Deriv. Nowa, Mowe. 


DOW m. (τ. 258 Pil.) a scourge, Josh. 
23, 13; i. g. BID q. v. 


pow fat. ew" 1. to gush or pour 
out, to flow abundantly, Ps. 78, 20. mwa 
τοῦ a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 99. 

2. to overflow, to Overishelin, asa stream 
Is. 30, 28. 66, 12; metaph. of an army 
Dan. 11, 10.26.40. So with acc. a) fo 
overflow or inundate any thing Jer. 47, 
2; also stronger, to overwhelin and swal- 
low up, Ps. 69, 3 ΠΡ M330 the floods 
overwhelm me, swallow me up. v. 16. 
124, 4. Is. 43,2. Cant.8,7. Ὁ) 10 sweep 
away as with a flood, to wash away, Is. 
28, 17. Job 14, 19 the flood sweepeth 
away the dust of the earth. Ez. 16, 19.— 
Vice versa cc) to bring in as with a 
flood ; Is. 10, 22 MPIx Hew yarn 29 
destruction is decreed, bringing in jus- 
tice like a flood, i. 6. overwhelming the 
wicked with merited punishment, ΠΡῚΝ 
being an accus. governed by HUB. ἃ) to 


1048 


ow 
wash, to rinse, i.e. copiously, Lev. 15, 11. 
1 K. 22, 38. 

3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as 
a horse, Jer. 8,6. Comp. no. 1. 

Nien. 1. to be overflowed, overwhelm- ὦ 
ed, trop. of a hostile army Dan. 11, 22. 

2. to be washed, rinsed, Lev. 15, 12. 

Pua i. q. Niph. no. 2, Lev. 6, 21.— 
Hence 

ΠΏΣ and FOU τὰ. 1. a gushing, out- 
pouring, e.g. of rain Job 38, 25; of a 
torrent, whence metaph. Prov. 27, 4 
FX oY anger is an outpouring, i.e. is 
outrageous. 

2. an overflowing, inundation, flood, 
Ps. 32,6. Nah. 1,8. Dan. 9,26 ὩΩΘῸῈΞ ‘isp 
his end cometh as a flood, i.e. suddenly ; ; 
comp. “πῶ Hos. 10, 15, and see 3 lett. 
C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 22. 


*900, Arab. po to write ; 
whence Part. "v8 pr. a writer, scribe, 
Sept. yooupurets, γραμματοεισαγχωχγεύς, 
Peshito fpam. Then, as writing was 
anciently employed chiefly in the admi- 
nistration of justice (comp. 3M> no. 5, 6, 
Arab. U3US scribe and judge, Οἵ. γρά- 
ge, yougerdat), a magistrate, prefect, 


leader of the people; comp. Arab. a 


64, oc 
to be over any thing, c. Asc; ; eae 


a prefect. Targ. 320, j270, Vulg. ma- 
gister, dux, exactor.—Spec. the Bad 
were: 8) the leaders, officers of the 
Israelites in Egypt, Ex. 5,6-19; and in 
the desert, i. q. the seventy elders, Num. 
11, 16. Deut. 20,9. 29,9. 31,28. Josh. 1, 
10. 3, 2. 8, 33. 23,2. 34,1. b) magis- 
trates in the cities and towns of Pales- 
tine, Deut. 16,18. 1 Chr. 23, 4. 26, 29. 
2 Chr. 19, 11. 34,13. Spoken of supe- 
rior magistrates or officers Prov. 6, 7; 
also 2 Chr. 26, 11, where it is not neces- 
sary to understand a military officer, 
since the census of the troops could be 
taken by a civil magistrate. Ecc. 6, 7. 

Deriv. pr. n, "90. 

“OW Chald. m. (or rather "2b, as is 
read in 26 Mss. and editions, and this 
is also supported by 11 others which 
have "2Q) the side, Dan. 7,5. In the 


Targums "20, 870, Syr. rats Arab. 


δυο; 
pedi id 


Ow 


ὙΠῸ (γραμματικός, τ, 2%) Shitrai, 
pr. ἢ, τῇ, 1 Chr. 27,29 Cheth. In Keri 
"BID. 

Ἢ τι. (τ. Nig, for 878, as "2 for 872, 
1 for NIB) a "gift, prbeent, as heing 
brought; so in the phrase "8 >°3in to 
bring presents Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18,7. 


νοῦ or RX" obsol. root, Arab. 


iF ὦ to will, to desire ; Conj. II, to lead 
or bring to any one, to impel. Hence 
"8 for N10. 

NU pr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Cheth. see 
in AD. 

71ND (destruction, τ. ΝΥ) Shion, pr. 
n. of a city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 
19, 19. 

I. M270 f(r. a9) return, and coner. 
those returning Ps. 126, 1. 


II. FID f. (for Haws, τ, 5:95) dwell- 


ing, stay, 2 Sam. 19, 33 [32]. 


πὴ a doubtful root, to which is 
apparently to be referred fut. apoc. "On, 
after the form "31, Deut. 32, 18; Sept. 
ἐγκατέλιπες, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou 
hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has 
navn) thou hast forgotten. The root 
my then would seem to have signified 
the same as nny, ἰφω, to forget, to 


neglect, whence pa negligence ; the 
letter when interposed between two 
vowels being changed into ἢ, as is often 
done ; comp. Hhx and HX, FAB and 


m8, Tt and τ to deck, i; and Us 
to be raw, 6. τ flesh, alas a0 for 
="BI3 ; and comp. the like change of 
& in ANZ, 455, vulture, soko, [Sano.— 
Or "tm may be derived from the root 
nmy itself} regarding it as contracted 
from “AGH (for HAM, comp. M27 Jer. 
18, 23 for MFM), like Ἢ for Ht. 

*7°D obsol. root, Arab. to love impa- 
tiently. Hence 


NIU Shiza, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42. 
ΔΤ τὸ deliver, see in τ. 318. 
MPO Εἰ (Ὁ. md) i. gq. HMA, ἃ pit, Ps, 
119, 85. 57, 7 Cheth. 
sinew, TN, WW, pr. black, tur- 
bid, from r. "178; hence Shihor as the 
88* 


1049 


Pht 


Heb. pr. name for the Nile, δ being 
the Egyptian name, so called from its 
muddy and turbid waters ; (whence also 
Lat. Melo i. q. μέλας, according to Festus 
and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4. 291. An. 
1, 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is, 23, 3 "hw 51 
Sk? WEP the produce of Shihor, the har- 
vest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer. 2, 18.— 
In two passages, Josh. 13, 3. 1 Chr. 13, 5, 
Shihor is put as the south-western limit 
of Palestine, where one might expect the 
torrent of Egypt, 0°82 >n2, see dm3; 
but in the similar passage Gen. 15, 18, 
the Nile, 579% "N33, is also mentioned. 


M232 ὝΤ Shihor-libnath Josh. 19, 
26, pr. n. of a small stream or river, 
which empties itself into the sea, in the 
territory of Asher; according to J. D. 
Michaelis Glass river (comp. 22> no. 1), 
i. e. the Belus, from the sands of which 
the first glass was made by the Pheni- 
cians. 

OW τὰ. (τ. wr) 1. 
scourge, Is. 28, 15 Cheth. 
"2. an oar, i. ᾳ. Bit, Is. 33, 21. 


ΤΙ Ὁ τὰ. (τ. mbes) afler the form 
nip, 7672, or also like >a from mba. 

1. rest, quiet, tranquillity ; such seems 
to be the meaning of the word in the 
difficult passage Gen. 49, 10, the sceptre 
shall not depart from Judah...7"3 43 
brad inp? 15) Now) δ 125 until rest shall 
come and the nations obey him (Judah) ; 
then shall he bind, etc. etc. That is, 
Judah shall not lay aside the sceptre of 
a leader, until he shall have subdued 
his enemies and obtained dominion over 
many nations ; referring to the expected 
kingdom of the Messiah, who was to 
spring from the tribe of Judah. Others, 
whom I formerly followed, take n>7 
here as concrete, i. e. pacificator, prince 
of peace, understanding either the Mes- 
siah, comp. bi>w} “wv Is. 9,5; or Solo- 
mon, comp. ΩΣ 1 Chr. 22, 9; so the 


i. 4ᾳ. BIW, a 


Samaritan, see Repert. f. bibl. wna mor- 


genland. Litt. XVI. 168. The ancient 
versions take M>o (3%) as compounded 
of “Bi. ᾳ. "Bx, and md i. q. ἴ5 fo him, in 
this sense : ‘unkil he shall come to whom 
it belongs, sc. the sceptre, dominion, i. e. 
the Messiah ; comp. Ez. 21, 32 3 Ὁ 
Dewan ix ; Sept. ᾧ καϑήκει. Sept. 
in several Mss. τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ which 


δ" 


arelaid up forhim ; in others(c.Symm.) 
ᾧ ἀπόκειται for whom it is laid up. Syr. 
Saad. is cujus est. Targ. Onk. Messias, 
cujus est regnum. —The variety of the 
readings here, viz. ΡΣ in most Mss. 
and editions, 71> in 28 Jewish Mss. and 
all the Samaritan, Ἴβ or > in a few 
Mss. is of little moment, since the same 
threefold orthography is found also in 
the proper name, no. 2. This only fol- 
lows from it, that Hebrew critics and 
copyists regarded Πρ as a simple 
word and not a compound, as in the 
ancient versions. The views of theolo- 
gians on this passage have been col- 
lected by Hengstenberg, Christologie 
d. A. T. I. p. 89 5α. 

2. Shiloh (place of rest), pr. n. of a 
city in the tribe of Ephraim, situated 
among the hills to the north of Bethel, 
eastward of the great northern road ; 
where the sacred tabernacle remained 
for a long time, Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 4,3; 
comp. Ps. 78, 60. It is written various- 
ly: >" Judg. 21, 21. Jer. 7, 12; idw 
Judg. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 24. 3, 21; mdw 
Josh. 18, 1.8. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 9. 1 Καὶ. 2.27. 
The full form would be pr. #5" , whence 
the gentile noun "35% q. y. and also 
the present Arabic name ,.yeAnw Sei- 
lan, Joseph. Σιλοῦν. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. III. p. 86-9. [Comp. the forms 
of the pr. ἢ. abv, jin>, Ruth 4, 20. 
21.—R. 

22° Mic. 1, 8 Cheth. i, q. δ no. 1, 
where see. 


5J>°W gentile n. Shilonite : a) From 
πὸτῷ no. 2, where see ; 1 K. 11, 29. 12, 
15. Neh. 1, 5. Comp. mba auld abr. 
b) For “by from M>%, 1 Chr. 9, 5. 


Faw (for ὙΠ 95 desert) Shimon, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 

vib w obsol. root, i. q. Ethiop. ὉΠΡΖ 
and Syr. e4 mingere ; comp. 4m, 
Hence 

PU or PU τὰ. only plur, £93", urine, 
in Cheth, Is, 36, 12, 2 K. 18, 27. 


ἘΣῪ Chald. to finish; see in r. δὲ ΧὉ 
Chald. 


*""W, rarely “9 Cheth. 1 Sam, 
18, 6; fut. "9, apoc. once “®> Job 23, 


1050 


salad) 


37, conv. 5) Judg. δ, 13 to sing. 
(Part. plur. nin Ez. 27, 25, see in sa) 
I.) Not found in the other Semitic dia- 
lects, but in Sanser. comp. shar to sing. 
—Judg. 5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Constr. a) 
With acc. of the song Ps. 7, 1. 137, 4; 
also with acc. of the pers. or thing cele- 
brated, Ps. 21, 14. 59,17. 89,2. b) With 
Ὁ to sing sto any one in ies honour, to 
celebrate in song, Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33,3; 
also to sing of or concerning any thing 
Is. 5,1. 6) With 3 do sing of, Ps. 138, 
5; comp.2 "33. d) With >> of him 
whom one addresses in song, before 
whom one sings; Job 33, 27 dy nts 
D2 he singeth before men, chants 
unto them. Prov. 25, 20 b> Θ᾿: sw 
D172) he who singeth songs to a heavy 
heart, i.e. to one afflicted.—But to sing 


_is leo pammetiaian put for to declaim, to 


recite with a loud voice, comp. 722 no. 
1; see the examples above cited, Is. 5, 
1: Job 33, 27. 

Pit. “7i8 to sing habitually, Zeph. 2, 
14, Job 36, 24 DYWIN ANH mw hich sien 
do sing, eelebrata: Part. “nib a singer 
1 Chr. 9, 33. 15, 16. Neh. 12, 28 sq. 13,5. 

Hopn. pass. to be sung, as a song ia 
26, 1. 

Deriv. "8, HH. 

YW m. plur. o-45t) and pw, c. suff. 
yd Am. 5, 23. 

1. song, singing ; 2 Chr. 29, 28 "ὩΣ 
DSS NZS Miwa the song 
sang and the trumpets sounded, i. e. the 
song struck up and the trumpets began 
to sound ; which is expressed in v. 27 by 
nin "τῷ >in the song of Jehovah began, 
i.e. in his praise. Kimchi here need- 
lessly explains ""8 as if for." 59a 
singer ; better would be "8 "522 chotr 
of singers.—Also singing i. e. music of 
instruments, 6. g. 1") "23 musical in- 
struments 1 Chr. 16, 42. Ὁ Chr. 7, 66. 
34,12. Am. 6,5. Neh. 12, 27 Danse ot 
with music of cymbals. 

2. a song, hymn, e. g. sacred, a psalm, 
Ps. 33, 3. 40, 4, al. seepiss., Also not sa- 
cred Is, 23, 16, 24,9. Ecc. 7, 5. Ez. 33, 
323; espec. a song of joy Am. 8, 3. 10, 
opp. πὴ». So omnwraw Cant. 1, 1, 
Vulg. canticum canticorum, the song of 
songs, i. 6, the most beautiful of songs ; 
comp. the phrases D172 "73 ‘the most 
beautiful ornament’ Ez. 16, 7, ‘at 


oo 


prawn ‘the highest heaven’ 1 K. 8, 27. 
As the title of a book, (which however 
could hardly proceed from the author,) 
this epithet contains an encomium simi- 
lar to MIT? WW Ps. 45, 1. 


TY £ constr. NM, i. q. YY, ἃ 
song Deut. 31, 19 sq. Ps. 18, 1. Is. 23, 
15; also of a parable written in rhythm, 
Is. 5,1. Plur. ὦ Am. 8, 3. 


OD τὰ. Syr. Laos, white marble, 
alabaster, 1 Chr. 29,2. Comp. ὥ no. 
1. Β. διῶ, 


NOW, see πλῷ ᾿ 


PU Shishak, pr. n. of a king of 
Egypt cotemporary with Jeroboam, 1 K. 
11, 40. 14, 25 (Cheth. pw). 2 Chr. 12, 
5. He is prob. the same with Sesonchis, 
the first king in the 22d dynasty of Ma- 
netho. 


* TW, fat. mews, apoc. nus, min 
Ex. 23, 1, conv. nvm; inf. absol. nv Is. 
22.7; to set, to put, to place, i. ᾳ. cad, 
τιϑέναι, but less frequent. Kindred He- 
brew roots see in 02. The other Se- 
mitic dialects do not contain this verb; 
but it is widely diffused in the Indo- 
European tongues, both in the signif to 
set, and also to seat, e. g. Sanscr. sad to 
sit, Gr. ἕζομαι fut. ἑδοῦμαι (root ἐδ). Lat. 
sedere, Goth. satjan to set, to constitute, 
Anglosax. satian, Engl. to seat, to set, 
Germ. setzen, comp. the Greek. Trans- 
posing the vowel, there arises the kin- 
dred root std, in otd-w, ἵστημι, sta-re. 

1. to set, to place, to put, where it re- 
fers to persons or things which stand 
erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132, 11), or 
are regarded as erect rather than as 
lying down, e. g. to set a watch, guards, 
Ps. 141. 8 ; any one upon a throne, X9>>, 
“Ps. 132; 11; UN> mw mw to sei 3 
crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4. Metaph. 
Gen. 3,15 J will pul enmity between thee 


and the woman. Ῥβ. 73, 28 "7583 “Hd. 


"ὍΤΙ in the Lord have I put my trust.— 
Spec. a) to set in array as an army, 
the ace. ΓΤ being every where implied 
(comp. Josh. 8, 2. 13), i: 6. 10 set oneself 
in array, Is. 22,7. Ps. 3,7 "γ 3°30 WR 
"b3 who set themseloea th array against 
me round about. b) 10 set, i. 6. to consti- 
tute, to appoint, 6. g. any one as prince, 


1051 


nw 


with two acc. 1 Κὶ 11, 34; acc. and > 
Ps. 45, 17; ἘΚ of thing, to set one over 
any thing: Gen. 41, 33, ¢) to set i. q. 
to found ; 1 Sam. 2, 8 and he hath set, 
founded, the world upon them i. e. the 
columns. 4) 2 mw fo'set or lay 
snares, springes, i.e. to lay plots, to plot 
against, Ps. 140,06. 6) to set a bound 
Ex. 23, 21; of a term of time, PR, to set, 
to appoint, Job 14,13. Ellipt. and im- 
pers. Job 38, 11 arb jixsa mods rips 
and here let one set (bounds) to thy proud 
waves, i.e. here let thy proud waves be 
stayed. f) With acc. of pers. and 3 
of place, to set or put one in any place ; 
Ps. 88,7 ΤΏ W335 "2S thou hast 
put me in the lowest pit, i.e. hast cast 
meintoit. Once with > of pers. and 3 of 
place, Ps. 73, 18 70> τ mip>na thou 
hast set them in slippery places ; 3; comp. 
Ps. 12, 6 5. π΄ Ὲ1 Sura MN J will place 
in safety him at whom one puffs, i.e. the 
oppressed. Nearly similar is 3 ‘5 πῶ 
to set or put one in a certain class or 
number, to reckon him to that number ; 
2 Sam. 19, 29 thow didst set me among 
them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19 
Daa WN GX WN how have I set thee 
among my children! i. e. in what hon- 
our. g)sWith >> to put to any thing, 
to add to, Gen. 30,40. ἢ) o>‘ τῶ 
to set with another person or thing, i. e. 
to compare, to make equal, Job 30, 1. 

2. to put, to place, to lay any person or 
thing, so that they may remain ina re- - 
cumbent posture. Ps. 8,7 man mm >> 
ἼΛ5λ thou hast put all things under his 
feet, hast subjected them to him. Ruth 
4,16 and Naomi took the child, *7N° 3m 
mp ns and laid it in her bosom. Ps. 84, 
4 a nest where she (the sparrow) may lay 
her young.—Spec. a) 5 Ὑπὸ τῷ to lay 
one’s hand upon any one Gen. 48, 17; in 
protection Ps. 139, 5; or as an arbiter, 
mediator, who lays a hand upon each of 
the disputants, Job 9, 33. Also to lay the 
hand upon the eyes, of a dead person, 
i. 6. to close his eyes, the last act of filial 
affection, Gen. 46,4. On the contrary, 
BS i535 Mw, to put or lay one’s hand with 
any one, i.e. to join hands with him in do- 
ing any thing, Ex. 23,1. Ellipt.Job 10,20 
ΡΒ MN, sc. 7", put from me thy hand, 
let me allel b) With 2, to put or lay 
in any place; Job 38, 36 who hath put 


nw 


wisdom in thy reins? Ps. 13, 3 how long 
shall I put (have) cares in my ,soul? 
Prov. 26, 24 M7299 MW IaIPA he putteth 
deceit within him, i. e. has it, cherishes it 
within him. .c) "3 ἸΔῈΣ MB fo put on 
one’s ornaments Ex. 33, 4. Comp. the 
subst. n°. 4) With acc. of thing and 
b> of pers. to lay wpon any one, either 
something to be endured Is. 15, 9, with 
> of pers. Ps. 9, 21; or to be performed, 
paid, Ex. 21, 22; also to impule to any 
one a fault, sin, Num. 12,11. 6) mw 
39325 to set or lay before oneself, before 
one’s eyes, sc. that for which one cares, 
either to punish Ps. 90,8; or to cherish 
101, 3, [Ὁ Sometimes from.the nature 
of the case it is i. q. to pour, 6. g. grain 
into the bosom of one’s garment Ruth 3, 
15; to cast, Job 22, 24 "¥2 ἼΒΣ Ὁ» NW 
cast upon the earth the precious ore. 

3. to set, to put, i. 6. to direct, to turn in 
any definite position or direction, e. g. 
a) ἘΝ ὙΣ8 ΤῊ do set or turn ones face 
any whither, Num. 24,1. Ὁ) Ὁ» Ὁ 
with inf.c. >, to set one’ es eyes upon ‘doing 
any thing, ts, attempt something, Ps. 17, 
11. 6) ΞὉ τῷ animum advertere, to 
turn the mind, i. 6. to regard, 1 Sam. 4, 
20. Ps. 62,11. Prov. 24,32. With >x to 
any thing, to set the heart upon, to attend 
to, Job 7,17; > Ex. 7,23. 2 Sam. 13, 20. 
Ps, 48, 14. Prov. 22,17. 27,23. Jer. 31,21. 

4. to set as any thing, i. e. to make, to 
render, comp. the sense to constiiute in 
no. 1. ". With two ace. Is. 5, 6. 26, 1. 
Jer, 22, 6. Ps. 21, 7. 84, 7. 88, 9. 110, 1; 
ace. and > Jer. 2,15. 13,16; acc. and 
3 to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos. 
2, 5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12.14. Rarely 
simpl. 10 make, to do, i. q. NWP, as MW 
mink to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10.— 
Hence 

5. With dat. to make or prepare for 
any one, i. 4. to give, Gen. 4, 25. Im- 
pers. Hos. 6,11 92 TSR MO πη os 
also for thee, Judah, a harvest of evils 
is prepared. 

Hopn. pass. c. 53, to be laid upon, 
imposed, Ex. 21, 30. 

Deriv. MY, mW, pr. ἢ. MY. 

PPD τη, c. suff. ind, a thorn, collect. 
thorns, Is. 5, 6. 7, 23-25, 9, 17. 10, 17. 
27,4.—The etymology is doubtful ; but 
prob. M7 is for ΤΡ, the middle sailical 
2 being softened, (as M72 for M32, εἷς for 


1052 . 


29} 


ἕνς, εἰς for évc,) from r. 428, whence jo 
fem. M3; comp. M23 from 551, ὨΒῚ 
from Dp. Others understand a shorn. 
hedge, as being set around gardens and 
vineyards, from mM"); but the word does 
not signify a hedge of thorns, but thorns 
as growing spontaneously in the fields 
and among ruins. 


nw m. (τ. n°) something put on, 
i. e. attire, dress, Prov. 7,10. Ps. 73, 6. 
Comp. τ. M8 no. 2. 6. 


τῷ, see ἼΞΩ 


*220, fut. 3DW"; inf. 320, c. suff. 
mas Gen: 19, 33, aay (from =53) Deut. 
6, 7; ‘imperat. 330, c. He parag. 523% ; 
to lie down, to lie; iy Chald. and Eth. 


ἤιϊ Ώ Ω, id. but Arab. iw to pour out, 


by iotitng a vessel. ‘The primary root 
is 55, >, which has the signification 
ot etesitan inclining oneself, see in $52, 

Gr. and Lat. κύπτω, cubo, Δ ΥΥ For 
the sibilant prefixed to hitteral roots in 
order to make them triliteral, see under 
Ὡς p. 1000.—Ps. 68, 14 when ye shall lie 
among the stalls, i.e. the shepherds in 
order to take rest. Is. 50, 11 ye shall lie 
down in sorrow. 1K. 3, 19 she (the 
woman) had lain upon it, the child, and 
so had smothered it. Also to lay oneself 
in a particular posture ; Ez. 4, 6 lay thy- 
self upon thy right side—Spec. a) Of 
persons lying down to sleep, Gen. 19, 4. 
28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5.6.9. Ps. 3,6. 4, 9. 
1 K. 19, 5. Job 7, 4. Prov. 3, 24; and as 
lying in bed, sleeping, 1 Sam. 3, 2. 
2 Sam. 11, 9. 26,7. 1K. 21, 27. Also 
to lie down for rest, comp. Ps. 68, 14; 
hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23 
even at night his heart taketh no rest. 
Job 11, 18 see in "BN II. p. 335. Job 30, 
17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest. Ὁ) 
Of sick persons 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K. 9, 16. 
c) Of mourners as lying upon the ground 
2Sam. 12,16. 4) Of persons dying, to 
lay oneself down, very often in the phrase 
respecting the death of kings, 53 32" 
MIs 1K. 2,10. 11, 43. 14, 20. 31. 15, 
8. 24. 16, 6. 28; also of the dead, Is. 14 

8 M320 INQ since thou art lain down, 
liest dead. v.18, 43,17. Job 3,13. 20,11. 
21, 26. "aR "a5 chose lying in the 
grave Ps, 88,6. 6) With 09, tolie with 
8 woman, Gen. 26, 10, 30, 15. 16. 34, 2. 


350 1053 


39, 7.12. Ex. 22,18. Deut. 22, 23 sq. 
2 Sam. 12, 11; also PR Gen. 35, 22. 
1 Sam, 2, 22; c. suff. "δ, AMX, Gen. 
34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24; also c. ace. Deut. 
28, 30 in Keri, where Cheth. 53. Usu- 
ally spoken of men; once of a woman 
Gen. 19, 32. 

Nipu. to be lain with, ravished, of a 
woman, Is, 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. 

Puat id. Jer. 3, 2 Keri. 

Hips. 1. to make lie down, to pros- 
trate any one, 2 Sam. 8, 2; to lay down 
1K. 17, 19; to cause to rest Hos, 2, 20. 

2. to lay down or incline a vessel; and 
hence to pour out, to empty a vessel, Job 
38, 37. So ἀράν. Kw to pour out. 
For the connection of this meaning, see 
above in Kal init. 

Horn. 3287, part. 322, to be laid, 
to lie, 2 K. 4, 32. Ez. 32,19. 32, ᾿ 

Deriy. 4320, 7350, satin. 

M320 ἢ (τ. 32%) constr. hast, effu- 
sion ; see τ. 320 Hiph. no. 2, and comp. 
in Kal init. E.g. 8) Of dew Ex. 16, 
13.14. Ὁ) Of seed in concubitu, emis- 
sion, Lev. 15, 16.17.18. 32. 19,20. 22, 4. 
Num. 5, 13. 

ΓΙῸ εἴα. M328 lett. b; hence ἼΠ5 
ΠῸΝ3 ππϑ ὩΣ i. 4. to lie ‘with a wo- 
man, ‘Lev. 18, 23. 20, 15. Num. 5,20; also 
nuin-by oat Ἰρπϑῦτος 772 Lev. 18, 20. 


: mow a doubtfal root, according to 
some i.g. πλῷ, Eth. LPP, to wander, 
to roam.—Hence. 

Hien. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in 
lust) ἘΠ ΞΘ do they roam about ; 
comp. Jer. 2, 23. Prov. 7, 11, and nis 
no. 1.—But it is perhaps batter, with the 
Hebrew interpreters, to take 5°22 here 
as part. Hiph. of the verb 528, put ad- 
verbially in the sing. instead of ΒΡ ΞΘ; 
the sense then would be, they are like 
Jed horses in the morning, i.e. early in- 
flamed with lust; comp. Is. 5, 11. 

Deriv. pr. n. 733% ; see also FUN. 

>in τη. (τ. 55%) 1. bereavement, 
loss of children, metaph. Is. 47, 8. 9. 

2. the being forsaken, abandoned by 
all, Ps. 35, 12. 

oe πὶ. (τ. dou) £ πδϑῶ, plur. riba. 

1. bereaved of children Jer. 18, 21; 
robbed of whelps, as a bear, 2 Sam. 17,8. 
Hos. 13, 8. 


δ 


2. without young, barren, Cant. 4, 2. 
6, 6. 

50, “SY, m. (r. 42%) drunk, in- 
toxicated, 1 Sam. 25, 36. 1 K. 16, 9. 20, 
16. Fem. n> 1 Sam. 1, 13. 


MW and ΓΞ Ὁ Is. 49, 14. Prov. 2, 
17; fut. maw; to forget, perh. kindr. 
with M30, Gen. 27, 45; c. ace. Gen. 
40, 23. Ps. 9,13; ἸΏ ὁ. inf. Ps. 102, 5. 
Also to leave a thing from forgetfulness, 
Deut. 24, 19.—Often men are said fo 
Sorget God, Deut. 6, 12. 32, 18. Judg. 3, 
7; or the divine law, Hos. 4,6. Vice 
versa, God is said to forget men, i. 6. not 
to care for them, Ps. 10, 12. Is. 49, 14; 
or to forget his kindness, i. e. not to con- 
tinue it, Ps. 77, 10. 

Nipu. to be forgotten, to fall into ob- 
livion, Gen. 41, 30. Ps. 31, 13. Job 28, 4 
ban "30 mnsw2 forgotten of the foot, i. 6. 
not supported by the feet. Pregn. Deut. 
31, 21 >t "Ha Maun N> the song shall 
not be forgotten out of the mouth of their 
seed, i. e. shall not be forgotten and cease. 


Pret to cause to forget Lam. 2, 6. 
Hiren. id. Jor. 22, 27. 


Hirap. i. q. Niph. Ecc. 8, 10.—Hence 
MU τὰ. forgetting, forgetful, Is. 65, 


-—“" τ 


11. Plur. constr. "M3 Ps. 9, 18. 


MQW Chald. to find. Hrrure. n2ndn 
to be found Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 6, 2. 

Harn. M2tn 1. to find Dan. 2, 25. 
6, 6. 12. 

2. to get, lo obtain, Ezra 7, 16. 

ΤΟΣ (perh. roaming, r. M20) Sha- 
chiah, pr. τι. τη. 1 Chr. 8,10. Most edi- 
tions have ΠΡ in Cheth. 

“720, fat. 303, imper. ἢ, inf. 7B; 
kindr. with Mm. 
. 1. to incline oneself, to stoop, as one 
who sets snares Jer. 5, 26. 

2. to subside, as water Gen. 8, 1; of 
anger, to be appeased Esth. 2, 1. 7, 10. 

Hira. to cause to subside, to still a 
sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5]. 


#250, fut. 5287, to be bereaved of 
children, to become childless, Arab. LG, 


Aram. ἘΞ, \22.—With ace. Gen. 27, 


45 ἘΞ os SDUx ΠΡ why should Ibe 
bereaved of you both? 43, 14 ΝΞ 7383 


ΡΞ Ὁ "ρθῶ and 4 " be bereaved, I 
Li 
> Bra 


bow 


am bereaved, the expression of a person 
who calmly bears up under what ap- 
pears inevitable, comp. Esth. 4, 16. 
1 Sam. 15, 33. Part. pass. m>3>% be- 
reaved of children, childless, Is. 49, 21. 

Pret 528 1. to bereave, to make child- 
less, Gen. 42,36. 1 Sam. 15, 33. Spoken 
a) Of wild beasts which devour chil- 
dren; Lev. 26, 22 J will send wild beasts 
among you, which shall make you child- 
less. Ez. 5,17. 14,15; comp. Hos. 9, 12. 
b) Of the sword as destroying young 
men; Deut. 32, 25 ΞΠ ΡΞ pina 
abroad (in battle) the sword shall make 
childless, i. e. destroy your sons. Lam. 
1, 20. Jer. 15,7. Ez. 36, 13-15. 

2. to cause abortion in women, flocks, 
etc. spoken of an unhealthy soil 2 K. 2, 
19.—Intrans. to make i. e. to suffer abor- 
tion, to miscarry, e. g. of a woman Ex. 
23, 26; sheep and goats Gen. 31, 38. 
Hence of a vine, to be barren, unfruitful, 
Mal. 3,11. Part. m22t09°barren, of land 
2 K. 2, 19. 21. 

Hiex. 1. i. ᾳ. Pi. no. 1. b, to destroy 
young men in war Jer. 50, 9, where 
bareie is to be read, Vulg. interfeetar ; 
not 5°22 with Sept. Syr. and some 
editions. 

2. lo miscarry Hos. 9,14, See Pi. no. 2. 

Deriy. >i>8, 5320, and 


D0 m. plur. bereavement, childless 
state, Is. 49, 20. 


2220, see Chald. r. 22D. 


B2Y denom. in Kal. not used; only in 
Hirn. D°22, fut. apoc. o>w.. 

1. to rise early in the morning, either 
¢. "p22 Gen. 19, 27. 20,8. 28, 18. 32,1; 
or simpl. Gen. 19, 2. Ex. 32, 6. Josh. 8, 
14. The primary signif. is prob. to load 
up camels and other beasts of burden, 
which among the nomades is done very 
early in the morning, i. e. denom. from 


62% shoulder; like Eth. Γι᾿ to lay 


a burden on one’s shoulders Matt. 23,4; 


comp. Chald. 838, καταλύω.--- With to 
get up early to any place, to go early, 
Cant. 7,13. Coupled with another verb 
it is equivalent to an adverb, early ; 
Hos. 6,4 7h ort bu the dew early 
vanishing. 13, 3. Hence inf. absol. 
S227 adv. early, Prov, 27, 14. 

2. Trop. to do with earnestness, to 
urge earnestly. Jer. 7, 13 ἘΞ Ν ἜΣ" 


1054 


pos 


nat) open 7 have spoken unto you 
with earnest zeal. 11,7 "1593H ἜΣΤΙ 1D 
szmi... 050 for I have...most ear- 
nestly admonished, ete. 7, 25. 25, 3. 26, 
5. 32, 33. 85, 14.15. 44,4. 2 Chr. 36, 15. 
Zeph. 3, 7 omio ey sme sanDwn but 
they were in earnest to act wickedly. 
Once infin. of the Chaldee form po Dwx 
for o°DwWI Jer. 25, 3.—For Jer. 5, 8 see 
in 38. 


Χ pow m. in pause 62% Ps. 21, 13, 
c. suff, 38. 

1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has 
well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e. 
the part where these approach each 
other behind, the upper part of the back 
next beneath the neck, called in Engl. 
indifferently the shoulders or the back. 
Hence found only in the singular, and 
different from m3; as Job 31, 22 ἜΠΞ 
>iBM ΠΌΞ Ὁ let my shoulder fall Srom 
us shoulder-blade, i. 6. from the back to 
which it is joined. Here the ending 
n—, although without Mappik, is to be 
taken as in the printed Masora for a 
suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is 
not necessary to assume a new fem. 
M220 i. gq. 02.—The word D2 seems 
to be primitive, like the names of seve- 
ral other members of the body ; aud the 
verb 0°2W7 is derived from it. ; 

Spec. a) As the part on which bur- 
dens are carried, Job 31, 36. Is. 5, 9 the 
dominion shall be upon his shoulder, like 
a burden laid upon him and borne by 
him. 22, 22 the key of the house of David 
will I lay upon his shoulder, i. e. commit 
to hischarge ; comp. the formula "3 53, 
in art... Zeph.3, 9 to serve the Lord 
INN B20 with one shoulder, i.e, with one 
mind, ὁμοϑυμαδόν, the metaphor being 
taken from those that bear a burden or 
yoke together; comp. Syr. Leds τ" 
jointly. 

b) As the part on which blows are 
inflicted. Is. 9,3 123% mw the staff of 
his shoulder, i. e. with which he was 
beaten. 

6) In the phrase Ὀξῷ m2BM fo turn 
the shoulder, i. e. to turn the back, said of 
one going away, 1 Sam. 10, 9; comp. 
m9 m2p Josh. 7, 12 and Jer, 48, 39. 
Hence may be explained Ps. 21, 13 "> 
p20 innwn, Vulg. quoniam pones eos 


“8 }. 


dorsum, i. 6. thou wilt make them turn 
their backs ; comp. ®3> jh} Ps. 18, 41. 
Sept. ore ϑήσεις αὐτοὺς νῶτον. 

2. Metaph. a tract or portion of land, 
Gen. 48, 22; pr.a ridge or hill, as Arab. 


wks shoulder, also tract of land. 


3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A 
city among the mountains of Ephraim, 
situated in the narrow valley between 
Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, after- 
wards called by the Romans Flavia 
Neapolis, whence the modern yobs 
Nabulus ; Gen. 12,6. 33,18. 34,2. Josh. 
20, 7. 21, 20. 21. Ps, 60, 8. 1 K, 12, 25. 
Sept. Συχέμ, comp. Act. 7, 16. Vulg. 
Sichem. With He local "33% to She- 
chem Hos. 6,9. See Relandi Palestina 
p- 1004 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
96sq. 119sq. 00) A Canaanite, Gen. 
23, 19. 34, 2.sq. 

Deriv. Hiph. ΘΠ (see 520), and 


ἘΞ (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. m. 
a) A son of Gilead, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 
17,2. _b) 1 Chr. 7, 19.—Patronym. of 
lett. a, is "220 a Shechemite, Num. 1. c. 


220 according to some i. q. 020 Job 
31, 22; but see above in 538 no. 1. 


*92U, JOU, fut. yds, 1. to let 
oneself down, to settle down, 6. g. the 
column of fire and cloud, Num. 9, 17. 92, 
10, 12. Ex. 24, 16. 

2. lo lay oneself down, to lie down, e. g. 
for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20; of a 
people lying in tents, to encamp, Num. 
24,2; of clouds resting heavily upon the 
day: ὁ. ἘΣ Job 3,5. Hence to rest, to take 
rest, Judg. 5,17. Prov. 7, 11 xb An 32 
aba Dw" her feet rest not in her house. 

3. to abide, to dwell, Arab, pu id. 
With 3 of place Gen. 9, 27. 14, 13. 26, 2. 
Judg. 8,11; ace. of place Deut. 22, 5. Is. 
33, 16. Ps. 68,7. A frequent formula is 


ΥῊΝ ἸΞῸ to dwell in or inhabit the land, 


to possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30. 
Ps. 37, 29; and so without 78 Ps. 102, 
29, to dwell, i. q. to abide, like 23° in v. 
13. (Comp. the similar ellipsis Is. 57, 
15 God “3 j2© who abideth for ever.) 
2 Sam. 7, 10 “HAR ἸΞΦῚ that they (the 
people) may dwell in a place of their 
own. Deut. 33, 16 πρὸ "22% the dweller 
in the bush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2. 


1055 


350 


With a pleonastie dat. Ps. 120, 6 m338 
m> hath dwelt for itself. —Part. pass. 
ye as act. dwelling, like the Fr. logé, 
Judg. 8, 11.—Once metaph. to dwell in 
any thing, i. e. to be familiar, intimate 
with it; see {20 no. 2, and Arab. ,. 

to be familiar. Prov. 8, 12 7 wisdom 
mgs "M220 dwell in prudence, am inti- 
mately united with her. 

4. Pass. to be dwelt in, inhabited, 6. g. 
a place, i. 4: 38" no. 4. Jer. 50, 39. 33, 
16. 46, 26. Is. 13, 20; of ἃ tent, to be 
pitched, set up, Josh. 22, 19. 

Piet to cause to dwell Jer. 7,7. Num. 
14,30. Of Jehovah it is sometimes said, 
jn 420 to make his name dwell any- 
where, i. 6. to fix his abode there, Deut. 
12, 11. 14, 23. 16, 6. 11. 26,2; i. q. Ba 
{28 see in S48 no.2.d. From this ex- 
pression is derived the Talmudic word 
3°20 the divine presence, Shechinah.— 
Also to pitch a tent, Ps. 78, 60 720 dink 
DNS the tent (which) he pitched among 
men ; comp. in Kal no. 4, and Hiph. 
Comp. also in 3%" no. 1. i, and Piel. 

Hiph. 1. to cause to dwell, of a person 
Gen. 3, 24. Job 11,14; to set up or pitch 
a tent Josh. 18,1; comp. Kal Josh. 22, 19. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2; Ps. 7,6 "1133 
7207 7|22 let him lay mine honour in 
the dust, i.e. let him prostrate me in 
the dust ; see in Ti33 no. 2. ce. 

Deriv. j2— 59738 , Ἰ99 Ὁ. 


724 Chald. fut. fem. plur. 333 
dwell Dan. 4, 18. 
Pa. j28 to cause to dwell, Ezra 6, 12. 


Ἰ3Ὁ m. constr. {2 Hos. 10,5; fem. 
ὁ. suff. mHISW Ex. 3, 22, plur. mis¥ 
Ruth 4, 17. 

1. ἃ dweller, inhabitant, Is. 33, 24. 
Hos. I. ὁ. 

2. one who dwells near, a neighbour, 
Prov. 27, 10; spoken of nations Ps. 44, 
14. 79, 12. ἊΝ 49, 18; of places Deut. 
1,7. Fem. a female neighbour, Ex. 3, 
22. Ruth 4, 17. 


ἸΞῸ m. c. suff. 4220, a dwelling, once 
Deut. 12,5. R. 3. 


7192 (familiar with Jehovah, r. 73% 
no. 3 fin.) Shecaniah,pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 
3,21. Ὁ) Neh. 3,29. 6) 6,18. d) 
Ezral0,2. 6) 8,3. [) 8,6. g) Neh. 
12, 3, see ΠΆΩ. ; 


τος to 


330 


amin Ὁ (id.) Shecaniah, pr. n. τῇ. 
2 Chr. 31, 15; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in 
nyse. 


ἘΠ. ΞΘ, fat. πϑῦν, Arab. po 


1. to drink to the full, i. gq. 19, Hag. 
1, 6; to drink to hilarity, to be merry, 
Cant. 5, 1. Gen. 43, 34.—Oftener 

2. to drink deeply, to be drunken, in- 
toxicated, Gen. 9,21; with ace, of the 
drink, Is. 29, 4. 49, 26 ; ya Is. 51, 21. 
Metaph. in the prophets the wicked are 
said to be drunken, since they rush bya 
sort of madness into their own destruc- 
tion, Is. 29, 9. 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21. Nah. 
3, 11; see in 012, 237m. Part. pass. 
τη ὦ drunken, ΤΣ Is. 51, 21. 

‘Pie. to make drunk 2 Sam. il, 13. 
Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63,6; see in Kal 
no. 2. 

Hipn. id. to make drunk trop. 6. g. 
arrows with blood Deut. 32, 42; nations, 
see Kal no. 2, and Pi. Jer. 51, 57. 

Hirup. 92en to make oneself drunk, 
to get drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14. 

Deriy. 72%, Vid, ji9DY, pr. n. 19 Ὁ. 


ἘΠῚ: "2 kindr. with “2v, to hire, to 
reward ; whence “DUN. 


“ΘῈ τὰ. (τ. 72% 1) temetum, strong 
drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether 
wine Num. 28, 7; or an intoxicating 
drink resembling wine prepared or dis- 
tilled from barley (Herod. 2. 77. Diod. 
1. 20, 34), from honey, or from dates ; 
see Hieron. Opp. ed. Martian. T. IV. p. 


9 - 
364, Arab. wine prepared from 


dried grapes and dates. It is then often 
distinguished from wine, as Lev. 10, 9. 
Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13, 4.7; and the poets 
often use in one member "3 and in the 
other 155, as Is, 5, 11. 24, 9. 28, 7. 29,9. 
56, 12, Proy. 20, L 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11.—In 
Is, 5, 22 a wine mingled with spices 
seems to be intended, i. q. 702, 339. 


"DU, see “iD. 
TIDW £ (r. πϑῦ Τὴ fullness of drink, 


satiety, Hag. 1,6. Others take it as inf. 
constr. c. N= parag.—R, 


ΤῊ ΦῸ m. drunkenness Ez. 23, 33. 39, 
19. R. 930 1. 


9 8 (drunkenness, τὶ "20 I) Shic- 


1056 


Ξοῦ 
ron, pr. n. of a place on the northern 
border of Judah, Josh. 15, 11. 


50 m. error, fault, 2 Sam. 6, 7. R. 
n> II. 


οὗ a particle of the later Hebrew, 
made up of the prefix Ὁ 1. gq. TUN, and 
Ὁ hence i.g. > 7S utiionmingll “wR 
A. no. So Cant. 3,7 πρῶ inwa. 
Cant. 1,6; comp.1,1.. It occurs most 
frequently. with a μὸν "μὴ 

1. da ὁπ account of, because of, i. ἃ. 
Savina p.99. Jon. 1,7 "ebuia because 
of whom, on whose account, for which v. 
8 has 90> “WRB. v.12 “3 on my ac- 
count. It corresponds to the Aram. 273, 
compounded of 3, "7 i. g. "88, and >. 

2. "ws >A, pr. eo ipso quod. in what- 
soever ; Ecc. 8, 17 DIND Fast Wy 503 
RE07 N54 in whatsoever a man labours, 
yet ‘shall he not Jind iz. It is emphat. 
for "2X2 eo quod, in what, (comp. Syr. 
9 de? ejus ipsius, see Agrell Synt. 
Syr. p. 195,) and so is equivalent to “723 
“U8 in all whatsoever, i.e. how much 
soever. The text needs no correction. 

3. s2bui9 "2 who of those to us? 1. 6. 
who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11. 


New m. adj. tranquil, dwelling at 
ease, Job 21, 23. It is either made up 
from two synonymes πρῶ and 4288; or 
comes from the latter alone by inserting 
>, as ΙΣΤ. α. ST to be hot. 


a 220i in Kal not used; Arab. ws 
is i. q. μὰ to break notches e. g. in the 


edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald. 
abv Pa. to join theether, to connect ; 
whence 72>, aby, steps or rounds 
of a ladder, so called as joining together 
the two sides.—In Hebrew this word 
seems to have signified /o notch into 
each other, to join by tenon and mortise. 

Pua part. Ex. 26, 17 two tenons to 
each board, mning-by mux miabwa 
joined one to another, perhaps by trans- 
verse pieces of wood under the sockets, 
v. 19; or fitted (corresponding) one to 
another. But Sept. ἀντιπίπτοντας ἕτε- 
gov τῷ ἑτέρῳ, opposite one to another.— 
Hence 


Ὁποῦ m. plur. pr. joinings, joints, 
e. g. at the corners of a base or pedestal ; 


550 


then ledges or borders covering these 
joints, 1 K. 7, 28. 29. 


* 35, 10 be white, bright; Arab. 


“τ 
es —Hence 33% snow, and 
—Hirn. 3°50, denom. from subst. 328, 
lo snow, i. 6. to be white as snow, to be 
of a snow-white colour; so Syr. Arab. 
Comp. for the use of Hiph. in desig- 
nating colours, under ΘΝ, 130, Ps. 68, 
15 when the Almighty scattered kings in 
it (the land), }i25¥2 35m it was snow- 
white (like snow) on Mount Zalmon, sc. 
with the bones of the slain ; comp. Virg. 
7En. 5. 865: ib. 12. 36, campi ossibus al- 
bent. Others differently, as Kimchi: 
nivis instar lucet in tenebris ; Schnurrer: 
recreabitur in umbra, comp. SIV 


to enliven, pr. to make white, bright. 
320 m. snow Job 24, 19. Ps. 147, 16. 


Arab. 2 3, Aram. 83>". 


uf 5 a and ‘Dw to be secure, tran- 
quil, at rest, espec. of one who enjoys 
quiet prosperity, Job 3, 26. 12,6. Ps. 122, 
6. Pret. "7128 Job lc. Fut. 130" 


Ps. 1. c.—Arab. YG to be tranquil and 
serene in mind. Kindred roots are "30 
and nb ; and from the same stock there 
are also branches in the Indo-European 
languages expressing the idea of quiet 
and silence, and also of security, as 
σχόλη rest, leisure, Lat. sileo i. ᾳ. M>d, 
and salv-us, salu-s, 

Deriv. 138 or 173, 12%, m5, τιριῶ, 


“Tf. mow i. ᾳ. Chald. to go astray, 
to sin from ignorance or inadvertenee. 

Nip. id. 2 Chr. 29, 11. 

Hiru. to lead astray, to deceive, 2 K. 
4, 28. 

Deriv. 58, "5%, s>t) (madt), πρῶ, 


* TIL. ΤΡῚΣ jg. bbe, bua, το draw 
out. Hence is commonly derived fut. 
apoc. 28" for Mbw7; Job 27, 8 dw. “2 
wp? miby when God shall draw out his 
spirit sc. from his body as a sheath 
(comp. 373), i. e. shall take away his 
soul. So Chald. and Syr. and in this 
sense we may acquiesce. Still, the con- 
jecture of Schnurrer is not to be slighted, 
who supposes >t" to be contracted for 

89 


1057 


Dw 


2 - 
dx" shall demand, comp. Arab. AbsA 


2 - 
for - ; though it would then seem 
necessary to read >t-. 
Deriv. πρῶ, 


M2 Chald. to be secure, to be at rest, 
Dan. 4, 1. 


ΤΊ Ὁ Chald. ἢ (r.nt3 11) error, wrong, 
any thing amiss, i.g. 15%, mi>®, Dan. 3, 
29 Cheth. 


MBL 1g. πρῶ, petition, ὁ. suff. 
nb 1 Sam. 1,17.’ See in πρῶ, 

2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah, 
Gen. 38, δ. 46, 12. Patronym, 723% 
Shelanite, Num. 26, 20, 


TW, see πρῶ. 


Maro ( (τ. snd, whence Chald. and 
Syr. Shaph. πρῶ, wud») flame, 
ΞΡ mad intens. a flame of flame, 
Ez. 20, 47 Ὧι, 3]; of a burning wind 
Job 15, 30. Cant. 8, 6 ποτ the 
flame of Jehovah, i.e. lightning ; where 
others read mansnbdy in one word, or 
without Mappik “PRAT bot-ia ‘the 
same sense. 


"20 m. once 20 Job 21, 23, also 
vot Jer. 49, 315; fem. >t; plur. 
constr, "yo. R. md no. 1. 

1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr. 4, 
40; espec. of one living in tranquil secu- 
Stee enjoying quiet prosperity, Job 16, 
12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12. Jer. 49, 31. Neut. 
security, quiet, Job 20, 20. 

2. In a bad sense, at ease, careless ; 
hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp. 
7288 no. 2. 


120 m. tranquillity, security, Ps. 30,7. 
R. 730 no. 1. 


30. see mabw. 


v7 


D0 pr. n. see nb". 


το f. (τ. πρῶ 1) constr. my>w, 
tranquillity, security, Prov. 17, 1. Ps. 
122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. Plur. snide in 
thy living at ease, while thou wast in 
prosperity, Jer. 22, 21. ΡΟΣ. in the 
midst of security Dan. 8, 25. 11, 21, 
(comp. Job 15, 21,) i. 6. unexpectedly, 
suddenly, like Chald. and Syr, πηρῶξ, 
mab 72, we <x. Comp. Dan. 11, 
24, 


ow 


2. In a bad sense, careless security, 
wickedness, Prov. 1, 32. See 1>%. 


m2 Chald. f. security, safely, quiet, 
Dan. 4, 24. 

DSU m. ρίαν. (τ. m8) a sending 
away, e.g. a) Of a wife, divorce Ex. 
18,2; then bill of divorce, metaph. Mic. 
1.14. b) Of a daughter, dolation, mar- 


riage-present, 1K. 9, 16. Comp. πρῶ 


Judg. 12, 9. 


pie, ποῦ, m. (r. 5d) constr. pid. 

A) Adj. whole, sound, safe, 6. g. 

1. Of the body, sound, well, in health, 
Gen. 43, 27 D3"38 pibuin is your fies 
well? 1 Sam. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 17,3. 20, 9. 
Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 "233 ΒΕ ἸΝ 
there is nothing sound (no health) in 
my bones. 1s. 26, 3. 

2. Of number, whole, in full number, 
Jer. 13, 19. 

3. secure, tranquil, Job 21, 9. Plur. 
the careless. i. e. the wicked, Ps. 69, 23. 
—Hence 

4, friendly, allied, Ps. 55, 21. 

B) Subst. 1. wholeness, soundness, 
i. 6. health, weal, welfare, prosperity, 


good of every kind, Arab. pes Deut. 
29, 18. 1 Sam. 16, 4 "Nin C>Y comest 
thou for good? and the answer is Du>W. 
1K. 2, 13: 2 K.'5, 21. 9,19. 17. 22. Ps. 
37, 11.—Particularly in the following 
constructions and phrases: 

a) > cidwin, once without He > vide 
2 Sam. 18, 29, lit. is health to him? i. e. 
is he well? is it well with him? in ask- 
ing after the welfare of an absent per- 
son, Gen. 29,6. 2K. 4,26. The answer is 
pide, Gen. 1. c. comp. 43, 28.—Hence 

b) ‘cibeib ‘p> Ἐδὼ to ask one after his 
welfare, i. 8. to salute any one, see in 
ἘΝ Ὁ no. 1.b; comp. 2 Sam. 11,7 xv 
nonban pbuh πο and David asked, 
how the war prospered. Also “my ΠΝ Ἢ 
‘p Ὁρῶ fo see afler the health, welfare, of 
any one, to see how he does, Gen. 37,14; 
with 33° Esth. 2, 11; with 3p_ 1 Sam, 
17,18. Ellipt. 2 Κ΄. 10,13 we go down 
(to see) after the welfare of the king’s 
children, i. e. to salute and visit them. 

6) pi>w> (5235) 2 1 Sam, 1, 17. 20, 
42, and pibein Gb 2 Sam. 15, 9, a form 
of wishing well to one departing, go 
peace, i. e. may every good befall are 


1058 


> 


now 


Gr. ὕπαγε εἰς. εἰρήνην Mark 5, 34, and 
πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Luke 7, 50. 

d) On the other hand, psd, ἢ5 ἱδρῶ, 
welfare to thee, may it be welll with thee, 
Judg. 6, 23. 19, 20. Dan. 10, 19. Gen. 43, 
23, a form of address when one would en- 
courage a timid person and assure him of 
safety, i. q. ‘thou hast [ye have] nothing 
to fear, thou art in safety ;’? hence we 
thrice find added RV*A7>R, WPAN, 
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 Ἢ nib "> for then 
allis well with thee, thou art in safety, thy 
matter is prosperous. v.7. Comp. also 
2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of 
good tidings exclaims 51>, q.d. all is 
well! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18.—Among the 
Arabs dks edhud es-saldm ‘aletka, 
and among the Syrians eased ἴον, 
are forms of βαϊαίατοη to persons ap- 
proaching or passing by; but in this 
sense the above Heb. phrase is not 
found in the O. Test. 

2. peace, opp. to war, since in a time 
of peace one’s affairs are in safety and 
prosperity, Lev. 26,6. 1K. 2,5. Judg. 
4,17. Ὁ ni>w> ΝῸΡ to invite any one to 
peace, i.e. to offer peace, Deut. 20, 10. 
Judg. 21, 13; mx ΟἸΡΩ ΠῺΣ to answer 
peace, i, 6. to accept offered peace, Deut. 
20,11. > pibt) ΠῺΣ to make or grant 
peace to any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 8. 
pitty ix a man of peace, peaceful, Ps, 
37, 37. Dib "7253 words of peace, paci- 
fic, Deut. 22, 26.—Hence 

3. concord, friendship, "27> Ὅτ my 
friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 10. 
38,22. Obad. 7. bid "935 speaking 
Friendship Ps. 28, 3; comp. Esth, 9, 30. 


Dd, see bbw. 

ὩΣ retribution, see bt. 

220 (prob. corrupted for ἘΞ) Shal- 
lun, Shallum, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 15. 

WW three, see wdw. 


ΣΡ or 1M Chald. Γ᾽ error, wrong, 
something amiss, Dan, 6, 5. Ezra 4, 22. 
R. πϑῦ 11. 


«nba fut. mbvin, inf. absol. >t, 
constr. rt, once ποῦ Is. 68, 9; imper. 
mde. Fat. 2 p. plur. ΠΝ for sing. 
Ob. 13. Judg. 5,26; see Lehrg. p-800, 801. 

1. to send, Sept. ἀποστέλλω, é&ano- 
στέλλω. Constr. a) Absol. Gen. 38,17. 


mow 


b) With ace. of pers. Gen. 43. 8. 45, 5. 
Is. 6,8; with a dat. pleonast. added, πὸ 
9 send for thyself Num. 13, 2; once in 
later Hebrew c. > of pers. 2 Chr, 17, 7. 
c) With 5x of him to whom one sends 
Gen. 37, 13. Ex. 3, 10. 7, 16; rarely as 
in Chald. c. 6D Neh. 6, 3, Jer 29, 31; 
also with > e. inf. 10 send to do any thing 
Num. 14, 36. Is. 61,1. d) With ace. 
of thing and 5x of pers. fo send any thing 
to a person, as letters Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 
9, 20. 30; 6. > of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 
23. e) Often the aceus. of the person 
sent is suppressed ; Gen. 31, 4 and he 
sent and called Rachel, i.e. he sent a per- 
son to call her. 41,8. 14. Or the person 
sent is construed with 72, 1 K. 2, 25 
AMID ID Yo Mowe and ‘the king sent 
by the hand of Benaiah, i.e. he deputed 
Benaiah. Ex. 4, 13 πρό τσ το noone 
send now by whomsoever thou will send. 
f) Pregn. 2 Sam. 15, 12 oidvay mde 
ΓΔ ins bphon ΩΝ and Absalom 
sent [and called, i.e. sent for] Ahithophel 
from his city, from Giloh. g) Zech. 2, 
12 [8] "2Mbw TisD “nx after glory doth 
he send me, i. 6. to show torth his glory. 

Spec. of things: 
one, i. 6. fo send word, to send a messen- 
ger tohim. Prov. 26, 6 37a 0°73 πρῶ 
2°02 whoso sendeth a message ‘by the 
hand of a fool, i. e. whoever makes use 
of a fool as his messenger. Gen. 38, 25 
“OND ΠΌΤΟΝ Mbt she sent to her fa- 
ther-in-law, saying, i. e. she sent him 
this word. 1 K. 20,5. 2K. 5,8; without 
“ioxd 1 Sam. 20,21. With ace. of the 
thing thus sent by a messenger, 1 K. 5, 
23 "28 Metimeay pips unio the 
place which thou shalt send word. to me, 
i.e. shall point out. 20, 9. 21, 11. Jer. 
42, 5. 21. 43,1; ¢. dupl. ace. to ‘send one 
with or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and 
he told David air i> ~gy-bo-ny all 
that for which Joab had sent him. 1K. 
14,6. Is.55,11. bb) God is said tosend 
calamition, plagues, Josh. 24,12; or help 
Ps. 20,33; his word, oracles, Is. 9, 7. Ps. 
107, 20. But see Piel. 

2. to send away, i. 6. to let go, i. ἃ. Pi. 
no. 2. Ps. 50, 19 HSI2 HMNDY 08 thou 
lettest go thy mouth to evil, as if unbri- 
dled. Preegn. 72 ὅτ ΙΒ to let go one’s 
hand from any thing, i i. δι to en 
it, 1 K. 13, 4. Cant. 5, 4. 


1059 


1K. 13, 4. 


aa) 10 send to any 


now 


3. to send out or forth, i.e. to put forth, 
to stretch out, to extend, 6. g. the finger, 
as in scorn, Is. 58,9; a rod, staff, Ps. 
110, 2. 1 Sam. 14, 27; a sickle into the 
harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14, 15. 18. 
—Espec. to send out or put forth the 
hand, (Hom. χεῖρας ἰάλλω Od. 9. 388. ib. 
10. 376,) Gen. 3, 22. 8, 9. 19, 10. 48, 14. 
Job 1,11. 4) With >> upon any thing 
1 Chr. 13,10; ina hostile sense, against, 
~-b) With 3 ¢o or upon any 
thing Job 28, 9; also to put forth or 
stretch oul the hand upon or against any 
one, to lay hands on him, Gen. 37, 22. 
1 Sam. 26, 9. Esth. 8, 7; and to put 
forth the hand to any thing, i. q. to pur- 
loin it, Ex. 22, 7. Esth. 9, 10. Ps. 125, 3. 
Dan. 11,42. 6) 58 i> Mb to put forth 
one’s hand upon, to lay hands upon, Gen. 
22, 12. Ex. 24, 11.—Occasionally 115 
is omitted, Ps. 18. 17 Dinwa πρῶ he 
stretched forth (his hand) from on high ; 
c. δὲ 2 Sam. 6, 6; 3 Obad. 13.—Part. 
pass. mad stretched out, i. 6. slender in 
growth, of a hind Gen. 49, 21; comp. 
Pi. no. 4. 


Nipu. to be sent, inf. absol. πρῶ 
Esth. 3, 13. 
Piet mb 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, fo send, 


e. g. to a place Is. 43, 14; with acc. of 
pers. Gen. 19, 13. 28, 6. Is. 10, 6, and of 
the thing sent 1 Sam. 6, 3; with >> of 
him to whom one sends 2 Chr. 32, 31. 
But in this signif. Kal is far more fre- 
quent; while Piel is more usual in the 
sense to send upon any one, as God 
sends calamities, plagues, see Kal no. 1. 
bb; c. 3 Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2 K. 17, 
25. Ps. 78, 45; by Ez. 14, 19; by 5, 17. 
ἡ πῷ πιὸ zo seed strife, i. e. to excite or 
occasion it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28. 

2. i. g. Kal no. 2, to send away, to let 
80, to dismiss, e. g. one about to depart, 
Gen. 32, 27. Ex. 8, 28. Lev. 14,7; a 
captive Zech, 9, 11. 1 K. 20, 42; comp. 


_ 1 Sam. 20, 22; 10 set free a slave, see 


"OEM ; 10 set out a daughter, to give her 
in siiviage, more fully Axim ΠΣ Judg. 


| 12,19. Also fo accompany one depart- 


ide, to send him on his way, προπέμπειν, 
Gen. 18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 comp. 
19; with 3 and 123 10 deliver up to the 
power of any one, to leave in his power, 
Job 8, 4. Ps. 81, 13.—Further, to let down 
any one into a subterranean prison Jer. 


mbit 


38, 6.11 to let hang down or grow long, 
e. g. the hair Ez. 44, 20. 

3. to send forth, in a stronger sense, 
i. e. to cast, to throw, to shoot, 6. 5. 8) 
Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20, 20; fire 
into a city Am. 1, 4sq. Hos. 8, 14; 
which is also expressed by ὧδ 7 πρὸ 
to give to the fire, to set on fire, Fr. met- 
tre & feu, Judg. 1, 8. 20, 48. 2 K. 8, 12. 
Ps,74,7. Ὁ) tocast forth, to cast down, 
Ece. 11, 1. Job 30, 11 they cast off before 
me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridled 
manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their pains, 
i. e. they bring forth the fetus with pain. 
c) to cast out, to eject, to expel any one, 
Gen. 3, 23. 1 K. 9, 7. Is. 50, 1; spec. to 
send away a wife, to divorce, Deut. 21, 
14, 22, 19. 29. Jer. 3,8, comp. D158. 
Job 30, 12 »mbw 7229 they thrust away 
my feet. Also to send forth or spread 
strife, Prov. 16, 28. 

4, i.g. Kal no.3, to put forth or stretch 
oul, to extend, e. g. the hand Prov. 31, 
19.20. Soa tree its branches Jer. 17, 
8. Ez. 17, 6. 7. 31, 5. Ps. 80,12; Goda 
people Ps. 44, 3. : 

Ῥυλι, 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1, and of 
Kal no. 1, ἐο be sent, Prov. 17, 11. 

2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis- 
missed, Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50,1; hence to be 
left, forsaken, Is. 27, 10. Prov. 29, 15 
ΤΙΣ Ὁ “32 a neglected child. 

3. to be cast out, expelled ; Is. 16, 2 
ΤΣ ip nestlings driven out, see in jp. 
So to be cast anywhere, to fall into any 
place, ὁ. 3 Job 18, 8. 

4. Reflex. to send or throw oneself, to 
rush, as troops Judg. 5, 15. 

Hipn. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to send plagues, 
calamities, wpon any one, c. 2 Lev. 26, 
22. Am. 8, 11. 

Deriv. πρῶ πρῶ, τηρῶ, ΠΡ, 
mba, ΤΡ. 


M20 Chald. fat. πρῶ 1, to send 
Dan. 3, 2; c. ace. of thing Ezra 4,17; 
with >> of him to whom one sends, Ezra 
4, 11. 18. 5, 7. 17. 

2. With 8%, to put forth or stretch out 
the hand, Dan. 5,24; ¢. Ὁ to attempt any 
thing, Ezra 6, 12. 


τό m. in pause nde, c. suff. 
indy. 

1. a missile weapon, as sent against an 
enemy, e. g. a dart, javelin, spear, etc. 


1060 


now 
Arab. a and » Yu collect. arms, 
SS-- 


spec. a sword ; an armed man; 


KZ Conj. V, to arm oneself—2 Chr. 


82. 5. 23, 10. ΠΡῸΞ 22 to perish by 
the weapon sc. of death, Job 33, 18. 36, 
12; for Joel 2, 8 see in 733 no. 1. Ὁ. 
Here belongs prob. the difficult passage, 
Neh. 4, 17 [23] Bran inde ow every 
man his weapon for water, i. e. every 
man went for water with his weapon in 
his hand; comp. 2 Chr. 23, 10. See 
Maurer. 

2. a shoot, sprout, Cant. 4,13. Comp. 
τ. M>t Pi. no. 4. 

3. Shelah, Salah, pr.n..._ a) A son of 
Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11,19, Ὁ) An 
aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap- 
parently the same with m>w q. v. Neh. 
3,15. Vulg. Siloe. 


20 m. (τ. md) for πρῶ as in 
Chaldee, after the form “iB"p, “iD ; 
pr. a@ sending of water, i. e. a conduit, 
aqueduct, comp. τ. M>W Ps. 104, 10, and 
Gr. ἱέναι ῥόον 1]. 12. 25.—With the art. 
πρῶτ Shiloah, Siloah, Siloam, pr. τι. of 
an aqueduct at the foot of Zion on the 
south-eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8, 6. 
See Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. δ. 12. 2. ib. 6. 
7.2. ib. 6. 8.5. It is apparently the 
same with that called m>t} in Neh. 3, 15. 
The LXX. and Josephus (I. 6.) write 
the name Σιλωάμ, and so John 9, 7, 
where it is explained by 6 ἀπεσταλμένος, 
abstr. for concr. [This refers probably 
to the long subterranean passage or 
aqueduct with which it is connected. 
For a full description of this ancient 
fountain, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 
493-498, 500 sq. By a misapprehension 
of the language of Josephus, several 
writers have formerly sought for Siloam 
on the south-west of Zion; Reland 
Palest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 7, 
3.—R. 


ὴ mined f, plur. (r. 2%) shoots, sprouts, 
Is, 16, 8. 


"12% (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20,31. R. πρῶ. 


DN (armed men, r. ΠΡ) Shilhim, 
pr. ἢ, of a city in the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 32. 


ποῦ 


Ἰπρῷ m. (τ. ΤΙ) constr. Ἰπρῷ ; plur. 
Mio>wW , constr. rome ; ; atable, 50 called 
from its being extended, spread out, see 
the root no. 3, and τανύειν τράπεζαν Od. 
10. 370.—Ex. 25, 23 sq. 958 71 to 
spread or prepare a table Ps. 23,5. Prov. 
9,2. on2gM 4Mbw Num. 4, 7, and in the 
later Hebrew noqs2n re 1 Chr. 28, 
16. 2 Chr. 29, 18, the table of shew-bread ; 
see Lev. 24, 6 atid DM> no. 2; also Idd 
Ant. 3.6.6, mijn: ποῦ the table of Jeho- 
vah, i.e. his altar, Mal, 1,7. HMw mdok 
those who eat at thy table 2 Sam. 19, 29. 
1K, 2,7, i.g. ΤΙ Ὁ ΟΣ D°D2R 2 Sam. 9,11. 


: by , fut. Bei9, a verb of the later 
Hebrew: a) to rule, to have dominion 
over any one, 6. 3 Ecc. 8,9; ὃ; Neh. 
5, 16... 8) to obtain power over any one, 
to get the mastery, c. 3 Esth. 9, 1. Ece. 


2, 19.——Arab. bhi to be hard, vehe- 
ment, imperious; whence wadw) no. 1, 
vb. The sense of dominion appears 


only in the derivatives, as gible sul- 
tan, power, whence concr. the Sultan. 
It corresponds to Germ. schalten. 

Hipu. 1. to let have dominion over 
any one Ps. 119, 133. 

2. to give power to do any thing, to 
permit, Ecc. δ, 18. 6, 2. Comp. dt 
Ex. 21, 8. 

Deriv. 0%, "ἰὼ, wrbe. 


vow Chald. fut. vet" 1. to rule, to 
have dominion, ὦ. Din or over any thing 
Dan. 2, 39. 5, 7. 16; to have power over 
any thing , 80 as to affect it, Dan. 3, 27. 

2. With 3, to get the mastery of, i. e. 
to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25. 

ἌΡΗ. to let bear rule, to make ruler or 
lord over ahy one, c. 3 Dan. 2, 38, 48. 

Deriv. Chald. pede , 7220, σρῦ. 


020 m. (r. 25%) a shield, only plur. 
prude, constry sb shields, apparently 
80 called from being hard or perh: tough ; 
see the signif. of the Arabic root under 
25%, and comp. the adj. τοῦθ. 2 Sam. 
8, 7 aI "Bd the shields of gold. 2 K. 
11, 10. 2 Chr. 23,9. Cant. 4, 4. Ez, 27, 
11, in which passages shields are spoken 
of as suspended for ornament upon the 
walls. Jer. 51,11 sharpen the arrows, 
probe ἸΝΡῸ 5 fill out the shields, i. e. put 
them on, see in τ. 82 no. 1. a.—Interpre- 

89* 


1061 


"5 


ters have long hesitated as to the signi- 
fication of this word; and some have even 
rendered it by quivers, as (after Jarchi) 
Jahn Archeeol. II. ii. p.428; or also darts, 


comp. ‘bt arrow. The signification 
here given has been adopted by most 
commentators from Kimchi onwards, 
and is supported by probable etymology, 
by the context of all the passages, and 
by the authority of the ancient versions. 
Thus the Targums and Syriac version 
often retain the same word, as being 
common in Aramzan ; but the Chaldee 
translator of the Chronicles gives it in 
two places by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7. 
2 Chr, 23, 9; and the translator of Jere- 
miah, 6. 13, 23, uses the words "Ὡρῷ 
ὑπ] 7 to denote the spots of the leo- 
pard, as resembling the figure of a 
shield. Among the later Syrians this 
word appears to have become obsolete ; 
for Bar Bahlal, in Lex. Oxon. Ms. under 
Lit», himself fluctuates between the 
various opinions of Syrian interpreters, 
the most of whom however understand 
by it quivers. 

FILLY m. (r. vbw) powerful, potent, 
Ece. 8, 4; with 2 having power over 
any thing, v. 8. 

i058 Chald. (τ. Lb ) one in power, 
a ruler, magistrate, Dan. 3, 2. 


J22U. Chald. m. constr. yet , donitn- 
ton, power, empire, Dan. 3, 33. 4, 19. 7, 6. 
14. 6,27 "MAIDb0 jobeboa in every. doe 
minion of my kingdom, i. e. throughout 
my whole empire. Plur. empires, king- 


- @ 
doms, Dan. 7, 57. Arab. be do- 
minion, and concer. dominus, rex, Sultan. 

MOD £ see wrbw no. 1. 

“20 om. (r. ΠΡ 1) in pause “5, 
quiet, stillness ; 2 Sam. 37, 27 “bua, in 
quiet, i. e. privately. 

MOD Ε (τ. mde III) the after-birth, 
the membrane which envelopes the fe- 
tus and follows the birth, Deut. 28, 57. 


Arab. XG membrane enveloping the 


foetus, a hee Conj. II, to extract this 
membrane ; Talmud. xmbo, πρῶ, af- 
ter-birth. 


| 120 and T20, see in "by. 


"δῷ 


WW m. adj. (r. Ὁ5 Ὁ). fem. ΩΣ for 
nubw, the "— being dropped in the femi- 
nine flexion. 

1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of 
an imperious woman, impudent, Ez. 16, 


ee ALAR 
30. Arab. babu, ko. 


2. powerful, mighty, i. e. having power 
over any thing, c. 3 Ecc. 8,8. Subst. 
one having power, a ruler, magistrate, 
Ece. 7, 19. 10, 5. Gen. 42, 6. 


ὌΣΣ Ὁ Chald. (τ. ΤΡ Ὁ.) 1. powerful, 
mighty, Dan. 2,10. 4,23; having power 
in or over any thing, bearing rule over, 
c. 3, Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. δ, 21. Subst. 
a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra 
4, 20. 

2. With > c. inf. there is power to do 
any thing, ie. it is permitted, licet, 
Ezra 7, 24. 


wt and τὸ τὰ. (from de ), plur. 
πρῶ, Kamets impure. 

1. a third, Is. 40, 12; i. e. a measure 
for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah 
(see MBN) i.g. MNO, μέτρον, since Sept. 
often renders M5"x by τρία μέτρα. Comp. 
Gr. 4 τετάρτη, Engl. quart.—Genr. for 
any measure; acc. as ady. Ps. 80, 6 
orb nists jopwm thow givest them 
tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great 
quantity, abundantly. Sept. ἐν μέτρῳ, 
Vulg. in mensura. 

2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of 
music struck in concert with drums, as 
in modern military music. Plur. 1 Sam. 
18, 6. 

3. Prob. athird man, i.e. one of three, 
Gr. τριστάτης, a higher class of soldiers, 
who fought from chariots, chariot-war- 
riors, ἀναβάται, παραβάται. Ex. 14,7 he 
took all the chariots of Egypt, poibey 
tb2->2 and three warrvors upon each of 
them: 15, 4. 1K.9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25. 
They served also as the body-guard of 
kings 1 Καὶ. 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11, 
11, 12,18. Sept. τριστάται, i. 6. accord- 
ing to Origen in Catenis, (although 
the Greek Glossarists decide otherwise, 
see Schleusner Thes. in voc.) ‘soldiers 
fighting from chariots,’ and so called 
because each chariot contained three 
soldiers, one of whom managed the 
horses while the other two fought; 
comp. τριτοστάτης, one of the three per- 


1062 


pu 

sons who constituted a row or subdivi- 
sion in the Greek tragic chorus.—The 
leader or chief of these troops is called 
θα, UN 2 Sam, 23, 8, and with the 
fuller form prutbuis NA 1 Chr. 12, 18: 

and the same person seems to be rid 
noted by w>uin, κατ ἐξοχήν, as applied 
to one of the nearest attendants of the 
king, 2 K. 7, 2.17.19. 9, 25. 15, 25.— 
Hence plur. θῶ Prov: 22, 20 Keri, 
perh. principalia, i. e. things honoura- 
ble, princely ; comp. 8, 6. 


“i750 τὰ. ord. adj. (from wes) ἢ 
πο, τηρῶ ; plur. Ὁρῶ ; third, 
the hind. Gen. 2, 14, Num. 2, 94. Is. 19, 
24. Job 42, 14. al. sepe. Plur. βυθοῦ 
subst. coils, or chambers of the third 
story Gen. 6, 16.—Fem. spec. as subst. 
a) a third, the third part, Num. 15, 6. 
7. 2Sam. 18,2. Ὁ) With He parag. 
mm adv. the third time, Ez. 21, 19. 
c) the third day, the day after to-mor- 
row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 ΡῈ ane ΣΞ 
about this time to-morrow or the day 
after. ἃ) the third year, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 
48, 34, see in M233 no. 2. Coin: in 
Engl. “the third of queen Victoria.’ 


ἘΞ in Kal not used, kindr. with 
πρῶ, 

Hien. 77b0n, fat. Yew? 1. 10 cast, 
to throw, Gen. 21, 15. Num, 35, 20. 22; 
to cast off ot away 2K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 8. 
Ecc. 3, 6 opp. "28 to hain to scatter 
by casting, as stones Ecce. 3, 5, opp. 022 
to gather. Constr. with 5 of the place 
into which any thing is cast, as into a 
pit, water, the fire, Gen. 37, 22. Num. 19, 
6. Deut. 9, 21. Jer. 36, 23; also c. 3 
Gen. 37, 20. Ex. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 19; 
with >> of him at or upon whom any 
thing is cast, Judg. 9, 53. Job 27, 22 
s"b3 720 he castelh upon him sc. ar- 
rows, he shooteth at him; with > 10 cast 
a thing ¢o the dogs Ex. 22, 30; Ὁ. ἼὩ of 
place, to cast out a person or thing from 
a place, Neh. 13,8. Deut, 29,27. Job 29, 
17 F2Y Wows pw from his very teeth 
1 cast (plucked) out the spoil ; with 
nya, M232, to cast away from oneself, 
to ‘throw off; to lay aside, Ps. 2,3. Ez. 
18, 31. Also, to cast oneself, Am. 4, 3; 
others here read Hophal.—Trop. in the 
following’ phrases: 8) 89 ΠΡΌ Π 
132 he cast his life from him, i, 2 @X- 


pu 


posed it to great danger, Judg. 9, 17; 
see in 732 no 3. c. a, and comp. Gr. ma- 
ραβάλλεσϑσι τὴν ψυχήν 1]. 9. 322, whence 
Lat. parabolanus. Ὁ} 18 37M Ps. 
50, 17, and 32 ΠΣ “πὶ to cast behind 
one, behind one’s back, i. e. to neglect, to 
contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh. 9, 26. Is. 38, 17. 
Ez. 23,35. The Arabs have the same 
expression, see Comment. on Is. l.c. . ¢) 
ἘΣ 77>tM 10 cast upon Jehovah one’s 
burden, i. e. to commit any thing to his 
care, Ps. 55, 23; comp. Ps. 37,5, 4) Ὁ 
m8 bee Ὁ WN Jehovah casts one 
from his presence, i. e. rejects him from 
his favour, 2 K. 13, 23. 17, 20. 24, 20, 
2 Chr. 7, 20. Jer. 7, 15. 

2. to cast down, to overthrow, as a 
house Jer. 9,18; to destroy, as a locust 
the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7 
iM¥z ANB") and his own counsel shall 
cast him down. 

Hors. 320% and 72% 1. to be cast 
out or Sorth, to be thrown, Is. 14, 19, 
where it is not to be rendered: thou art 
cast out of thy sepulchre, but thou,art cast 
forth without thy sepulchre, i. 6. without 
the burial-due to thee. With 3 and >x 
of place 2 Sam. 20, 21. Jer. 14, 16. Ez. 
16, 5; ὁ. > to be cast forth to any one, to 
be uiven up to him, Jer. 36,30. Metaph. 
Ps, 22, 11 orrya ἈΞ 2H ΠΩΣ 7 was cast 
upon thee from the womb, i. 6.1 have 
committed myself to thee. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no, 2. Dan, 8, 11. 

Deriv. the two following. 


J2U τὰ. Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 17, a 
sea-fowl, Sept. καταράκτης or καταῤῥά- 
κτῆς, i. 6. a species of pelican which casts 
itself from high rocks into the water after 
fish, prob. the gannet, Pelicanus Bassa- 
nus Linn. Vulg. mergulus. Syr. and 
Chald. ‘ fish-catcher... Comp. Bochart 
Hieroz. P. 11. lib. 2. c. 21. Oedmann 
Verm. Sammlungen aus der Natur- 
kunde, III. p. 68. 


M230 f(r. πῶ) 1. a casting down 


or felling of a tree, Is. 6, 13. 


2. Shaliecheth, pr. n. of a gate of the 
temple 1 Chr. 26, 16. 


“550 sometimes with the regular 
form, and sometimes with that of verbs 
33,as DoD, sdb, snibw; inf, δρῶ and 
ἐῶ; fut. bits, ἃ. auf spbes Hab. 2, 8. 


1063 


ndw 


1. i. q. Arab. (iv, fo draw or pull 
out, Ruth 2, 16; comp. >%2 and πρῷ 
ΠῚ. 

2. to strip off, to plunder, to spoil ; 
comp. Gr. σῦλον, σκῦλον, σκύλον, spoli- 
um, spoil, and συλάω, συλεύω, σκυλεύω, 
spolior, to spoil, also σκύλλω to strip off 
the skin, σέλλον in Hesych. a cord.— 
Constr. 6. acc. of thing, Ez, 26, 12; or 
of the person plundered 39, 10. "Hab. 2, 
8. Zech. 2, 12, de bby to spoil the 
spoil, to seine the spoil, Is, 10, 6. Ez. 
29, 19. 

Hrrapo. Ὁ ρας Aram. for >>imtn fo 
be spoiled, plundered, Ps. 70, 6. Is. 59, 15. 

Deriv. >>4 and 


220 m. constr. >>, spoil, plunder, 
booty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex. 15, 19. al. seepe. 
Of flocks and herds driven off; 1 Sam. 
15, 19 973 55%) David's booty, i. e. driven 
off by him. ib. 30, 20. bbw) pbn to divide 
the spoil, to distribute the booty, Gen. 
49, 27. Ps. 68, 13. Jer. 21, 91> nH 
bbb i852 his life shall be τὸ him for 
booty, i. e. he shall be preserved alive. 
Prov. 31, 11. Jer. 38, 2. 39,18. Once for 
bd tex a spoiler, warrior, Judg. 5, 30. 


* poo fut. bt 1. to be whole, 


sound, safe ; Arab. whe id. Kindr. are 


1bY, πρῶ .- 00 9,4 who hath set him- 
self against him 026% and remained in 
safety? 22, 21. 

2. to be completed, finished, ended, 
e. g.a building 1 K. 7, 51. Neb. 6, 15; 
of time Is. 60, 20. 

3. Denom. from 21>, to be at peace, 
in friendship with any one. Part. 23% 
Ps. 7,5 my friend, ally, i. q. 29> της 
Ps. 41, 10. Part. pass. Ὀἢ δ 1 Sam. 20, 
19. See Pu. no. 3. 

Pre, 050 ἃ πα παρ 1. to make secure, 
to preserve in safety i. e. safe and sound, 
Job 8, 6. 

2. to complete, to finish, 6. g. a build- 
ing 1 K. 9, 25. 

3. to make whole, to make good, e. g. 
to restore any thing stolen Ex. 21, 36; to 
repay a debt Ps. 37,21. 2K. 4,7. Also 
to pay or perform one’s vows Ps. 50, 14; 
sacrifices Hos. 14,3. Trop. to restore or 
impart comfort Is. 57, 18. 

4. to requile, to recompense, with dat. 
of pers. Judg. 1, 7. 2 K..9, 26. Ps. 62,13; 


εὐ 


with acc. of thing Jer. 16, 18. 32,18; with 
- and dat. as 3 ibaa chu, see bas no. 

1; also "M322 'B> obey 10. requite any 
one according to his deeds, Ps. 62, 13. Jer. 
50,29. Rarely also c. ace. of pers. to 
whom any thing is requited, Ps. 31, 24. 
Prov. 13, 21 βίο: OPEN but 
good requiteth the upright, i. e. happi- 
ness isthe reward of the righteous, Ps. 
35, 12: 

Puat 1. Pass. of Pi. no. 3, to be paid, 
performed, as a vow, Ps. 65, 2, 

2. to be requited, recompensed, Jer. 18, 
20. Prov. 11, 31 obo? PINs py 14 lo, 
the Hehteons is recompensed upon earth, 
much more the wicked and the sinner. 
13, 13. 

3 to be at peace with any one, to live 
in friendship, i. ᾳ. Kal. no 3. Part, ob 
a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. 6. Israel, is. 


42.19; parall. with nin 722. Comp. 
Hiph. no 2. 
Hien. 1. to complete, to perform, to 


execule, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26. 28; to 
make an end of any thing, Is. 38, 12. 13. 
2. lo make peace with any one, to seek 


and cherish peace; Arab. ela id. With 
my Josh. 10, 1.4; 59 Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 
22,45. But with by, to. submit oneself 
in peace to any one, i. e. by a treaty of 
peace, Josh. 11, 19. Comp. Arab. 


Conj. IV, to submit oneself to the domi- 
nion of any one, spec. to commit one’s 


9 ο 
affairs to God, ¢. α. dt, whence eat 


Islam, i.e. obedience to God and Muham- 
med, the true religion, Muhammedanism. 

3. Causat. to make a friend of any 
one Prov. 16, 7. 

Horn. to become the friend of any 
one, ὃ. > Job 5, 23. 

Deriv. eb—mands}, Ὁρῶ, Οἱρῶ, 
orb, and pr. ἢ, “δ, ᾿τυβονῶ, ‘ebda, 
προ, mini, nrabin. 


now Chald. to complete, to finish a 


work. Part. pass, 0° finished Ezra 
5, 16. 

Apu. 1. to finish, to make an end of, 
Dan. 5, 26, : 


2. to restore Ezra 7, 19. 


B20 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. ὈΐΡῶ, pros- 
perity, peace, Ezra 5,7. Dan. 3, 31. 6, 26. 


1064 


δὼ 


=) m. adj. (r. Dt) f. mab ; ; plur. 
ponds, πρῶ. 

1. sohole; sound, perfect,i.e. a) Of 
full and just weight and measure, as 
nbw ἼΞᾺ a full weight, perfect, Deut. 25, 


15; comp. Gen. 15, 16 where it is spoken 


of the: full snetistire’eFlohb's sins. mada 
maby the whole number of the cuptives 
Am. 1, 6.9. b) whole, safe, unharmed, 
Gen. 33, 18; of an army Nah. 1, 12. 
ΤΩΡ πὲ whole stones, i. 6. now town 
Deut. 27, 6. 1K. ey 

2. completed, finished, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 

3. living in peuce and friendship, 
peaceful, friendly, see the root in Pu. 
Hiph. Hoph. Gen. 34, 21 ἘΠ᾿ nab 
TIM. hey y live in peace with us. Spec. 
nin b> ὦ at peace with God, devoted 
to him, 1K. 8,61. 11, 4. 15, 3. 14; and 
so by implic. 2 2 K. 20, 3. 1 ‘Chr. 28, 9. 
2 Chr, 15, 17. Comp, Hiph. no. 2; algo 


pbaune Muslim, devoted to God and 


Muhammed, a Muliammedan. 

4. Salem, pr. n. i. q. BewATT Jerusa- 
lem, for the etymology of ‘which, see in 
its plied; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, axl Joa! 
Ant. 1. 10. 2 τὴν μέντοι Doki ὕστερον 
ἐκάλεσαν Ἱεροσόλυμα. See Relandi Pa- 


lestina p. 976. Arab. pis, ws, ia. 


Ὡρ m. (r. DD) plur. D125, constr. 
"δῶ, 

1. Pr. requital, see the root Pi. πο. 4; 
hence thanks, thanksgiving. Plur. m3} 
prabwia thank-offering, asacrifice offered 
in thanksgiving, Lev. 3, 1 5α. 7, 11 sq. 
Num. 7, 17 sq. 17220 nin mat Lev. 
7, 13. 15, a sacrifice offered to God with 
praise αὐ thanksgiving.—Hence 

2. a thank-offering Am. 5, 22; plur. 
pra) id. Lev. 7, 20. 9,4. Also ina 
wider sense, for sncrifiess offered in a 
time of distress, Judg. 20, 6. 21, 4. 

D2O m. (r. Db) 1. requital, recom- 
pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25. 

2. Shillem, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 
Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which 
1 Chr. 7, 13 osbv}.—Patron. "bd a Shil- 
lemite Num. |. ο. 


DW, see Ὁρῶ, 

pw and DISD τη, (Ὁ. 05%) requital, 
retribution, Hos. 9, 7. Mic. 7, 3; plur. Is. 
34, 8, 


pw 


=) (retribution, r. 05%) Shallum, 
pr. ἢ: a) A king of Israel, 773, 772 
B. C. 2 K. 15, 10 sq. 58) ‘A king of 
Judah, son of Josiah and younger bro- 
ther of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. 
the same with #781" no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. 
See Rosenm.adh.|. ¢) The husband 
of Huldah the prophetess 2 K. 22, 14. 
d) Ofseveral other men, Ezra 2, 42. 7, 
2, 10, 24.42. Neh. 8, 12. 7,45. 1 Chr. 
2, 40. etc. 


madd f, i. q. ORY, retribution, punish- 
ment, Ps. 91, 8. R. ‘bbe. 


ric (pacific, from ἰδ with the 
syll. 4 i. gq. i, ji, comp. 1 Chr, 22, 9) 
pr. n. Solomon, the tenth son of David, 
1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3, 5; born of 
Bathsheba ; the successor of his father, 
and the third king of the Hebrew na- 
tion, τ. 1005-975 B. C. and celebrated 
throughout the world for his wealth, 
splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K, ο. 2-11. 
1 Chr. c. 23. 2.Chr. ο. 1-9. Prov. 1, 1. 
Cant. 1, 1. Sept. “Σαλωμών, in N. T. 
“ΣΣολομών, and so Josephus. 


κι}. (my thanks, r. 03%) Shalmai, 
pr. ἢ, m. Ezra 2, 46 Keri. © 


"9° (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. m. 
Num. 34, 27. 

SND (friend of God) Shelumiel, 
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12. 

A720 (i, α. mada) Shelemiah, 
pr..n.m. 1 Chr. 26, 14. 


"020 (pacific, abstr. ‘love of peace’) 
Shelomith, pr. n. R. Ἐδῶ. 


1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, 11. 8) 1 Chr. 
3, 19. 
2. Masc. a) A son of Rehoboam 


2Chr. 11,20. δ) Ezra§8s, 10. 
1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25. 

ΩΣ Hos. 10, 14; fully TONP22B 
2 K. 17,3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane- 


ο,4, 6) 


ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Αβδυτία,. 


733-716 B. C. by whom the ten tribes 
were carried into exile, B.C. 722. Vulg. 
Salmanassar. — Comp. Pers. yy 


d{ verecundus erga ignem. 


mined m. plur. (τ. 5%) rewards, 
gifts, by which any one is corrupted, Is. 
1, 23. 


1065 wa 


Ὶ pow fat. >t" Θ6Σ1; to draw out, to 
pluck out ; Chald. id. Eth. SAM) to strip, 
to spoil; kindr. with >>, mw IT, dtp. 
—E. g. a weapon from a wound Job 20, 
25; a sword from its sheath, to draw the 
post Num. 22, 23. 31. τοῖν 5,13. ΡΝ 
377 Abt a thousand drawing the sword, 
i. e. armed warriors, Judg. 8, 10. 20, 2. 
15. 17. 46. 2 Sam. 24, 9. 

2. to draw or pull off one’s shoe, Ruth 
4,78. 

3. to pull or pluck up, 6. g. grass Ps. 
129, 6. 


ΟΡ Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara- 
bia Felix, Gen. 10,26. 1 Chr. 1,20; perh. 
the Suhannvol, whom Ptolemy (VI. 7) 
reckons among the tribes of the interior. 


nd rab} and δ Ὁ ( constr. 658, ς. 


Mak. wt. Ex. 91, 11; also aide 
m. constr. rude. ihe 

1. three, Arab. edd ᾿ 113 m. ° 
Aram. Pom, 8mm. In the Indo-Euro- 
pean tongues the primary form seems to - 
have been preserved in the Zend teshro, 
whence ΒΥ transp. Aram. telat, Gr. and 
Lat. τρεῖς, tres. The Sanscrit has the 
abridged form tri.—E. g. θῶ wd 
three years Gen. 11,13; rarely afier the 
noun, as ὥϑ b> three cities Josh. 21, 
32, 5773 πόθ three sons Gen. 6, 10; 
psn riydy) three months ; ; δῷ εν 
psn wbiin> about three months afler 
Gen, 38, 24, where 2 is prefix for dun, 
not formative, see 12 no. 4. 6. -τοῦξ 
wide in the third year, pr. in the year 
three, 2 K. 18, 1.—So maw ὥρῷ ἢ thir- 
teen Josh. 19, 6. 21, 4, and ‘Sins nude m. 
id. Num. 29, 13. With cuff. ᾿ἐξεύθ ye 
three, προ they three, Num. 12, 4. 

2. thrice, Job 33, 29. 

Piur. 5°8>% comm. gend. thirty Gen. 
5, 16 ; also, the thirtieth 1 K. 16, 23. 29. 

Deriv. ibe) —nivide), ode, abe. 


py) (triad) Shelesh, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
7, 35. 


TW, see wrd8. 


O50 Piet denom. from Bd. 

1. to divide into three parts Deut. 
19, 3. 

2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 34. 

3. to do on the third day ; 1 Sam. 20, 


wow 
19 τῷ MY>H3 and on the third day thou 
shalt go down. 
Puat part. 83 1, threefold, triple, 
Ece. 4, 12. Ez. 42, 6. 
2. three years old Gen. 15, 9. 


md τὰ. ρίαν. (from dws) descend- 
ants of the third generation, great-grand- 
children, Ex. 20, 5. 34,7. θῶ "22 
Gen. 50, 23 children of great grand- 
children, i. q. 0°32" the fourth genera- 
tion. Some have wrongly taken owt 
for the grand-children themselves ; but 
their name is 0°23 "25, and in Ex. 34,7 
they are expressly distinguished from 
the p~dbu}. In Ex. 20, 5 the grand- 
children, i. 6. 2°23 "23, seem to be omit- 
ted. 

MDW Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in 
the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim, 
1 Sam. 9,4; in which appears to have 
been situated the city MW>26->sa Baal- 
‘shalishah, 2 K. 4,42. This city Euse- 
bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it 
was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios- 
polis, towards the north. 

Meo (triad) ger pr. n,m. 
1 Chr. 7, 37. R. dv. 

ὉΠ and nie) adv. (comp. from 
Bbw i. gq. Ode and Dir) three days ago, 
the day before yesterday, i. e. before, 
Prov. 22, 20 Cheth. opp. Di v. 19. 
Elsewhere always coupled with dian, 
as DOSY Siam yesterday and the day δὲς 
fore Ex. 5,8; also DIOS ba diony pa 
id. 2 Sam. 5, 2; i.e. heretofore, former- 
ly. piv>yd diam> as before, as formerly, 
Gen. 31, 2. 2K. 13, 5. piwdy dione 
before, in time past, Deut. 19, 6. Josh. 
20, 5. 

SNR, see ἘΝ ΩΡ 


ἊΨ aay, there, ΠΑΝ Arab. " 


δ then; Chald. 0m, Syr. ww. 
There is a vestige of another form tt 


there, » 


> 

i. q. «3 extant in the pr. π, SO a Ez. 2, 
22, for which see in its place. In the 
Indo-European languages kindred forms 
are Gr. τῆμος then, Lat. twm, (func, comp. 
num, nunc,) Anglosax. thenne, whence 
Engl. then, Germ. dann, all of which 
have been transferred to time ; see no. 
2.—Spoken 


1066 


pt 


1. Of place, there, i. e. 8) in thal 
place, ἐκεῖ, Gen. 2, 8.12. 11,2. 31. 12, 
7. 8,10. 13, 4. 18. al. seepiss. With the 
sign of relation prefixed, 0 "WX where 
Ex. 20,18; often with one or more words 
interfaced, pw... x Gen. 13,3. 2 Sam. 
15, 21. -oW.. oe here.. sthaife Is. 28, 10. 
b) After verbs of motion i. q. 8% thither, 
as ἐκεῖ for ἐκεῖσε, Gen. 2,8. 1 Sam. 2, 14. 
2 K. 19, 32; whence OW... 788 whither 
1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14. 

2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr. 
ἐχεῖ, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14,5. 132, 17. 
Judg. 5,11. Comp. the remarks above 
on the affinity of other languages. 

3. therein, in that thing; Hos. 6, 7 
they have transgressed the covenant ; 
therein (i.e. in doing this) they have been 
treacherous towards me. 

4. With He parag. 12%, pron. sham- 
mah. a) thither Gen. 19, 20. 23, 13. 
Is. 34,15 where render: thither shall she 
place her nest ; comp. Ps. 122, 5. Ex. 29, 
42, b) i.g. DW, there, so that H— hasa 
merely demonstrative power, Jer. 18, 2. 
Ecc. 3, 16.—With the relative, "av “UK 
whither Gen. 20, 13. Deut. 11, 10. Jer. 
29,7; rarely where 2 K. 23, 8. 

6. With pref. 72, i. 6. own From there, 


i. 6. thence. a) Of ἘΠ᾿ Gen. 2, 10. 
11,8.9. 1Sam.4,4. pwn... ΣΝ whence 
pane 9, 28. b) OF time Hos. 9.47. 


c) i. ᾳ. from that thing, thereof, thence ; 
Gen. 3,23 totill the ground DYa MP> WN 
whence (from which) he was taken. Mic. 
2,3. 1K 17, 13 ΠῈΣ pve 52 “we make 
me thence (therefrom) acake. Ez. 5y3. 
Pleonastically Gen. 49, 24 jax m34 pw 
Pew" from thence, from the shepherd, 
the rock of Israel, come, ete. 


᾿ nw m. constr. BU, c. Makk, τοῦ ; 
c. suff, wad, yaw, band; plur. ninw, 
constr. mia ; once fem. Cant. 1, 3, see 
in pa Hoph. 

1. name, Arab. μα, less freq. ms 
Eth. £1, but Chald. ow, id. It would 
seem to be primitive, and to signify pr. 
σῆμα, signum,sign; although a kindr. root 


exists in Arab. py t to set a mark upon ; 


8 
err a sign, name, 6 a sign, mark, 


which one receives. From this noun 
vy 
are then derived Cone Conj. Il, asam, 


nw 


wahaw, to name. Some hold pw to be 
an abridged form for 328, the > being 
dropped; comp. the Sept. translator, who 
not unfrequently renders 32% by ὄνομα, 
—E. g.‘B ows in the name of any one, 
by his authority, Ex. 5, 23. Esth. 3, 12; 
"3 OW in the name of Jehovah, by divine 
authority, Jer. 11, 21. 26,9. Εὖ by 
name Ex. 33,12; mina by their names, 
by name, 1 Chr. 12, 31. Ezra 10, 16. 
For the formulas 08 8p, 582 NIP, 
etc. see NIP no. 2. ᾧ g, and Niph. no. 2. 
—Spec. SW is: a) agreat name, fame, 
renown, like ὄνομα and nomen, 1 K. 5, 
11. τῷ i> mw Gen. 11, 4. Jer. 32, 20, 
and ti ib ety 2 Sam. 7, 23,.to make 
oneself u name, to gain renown. So 
DW WN the men of renown Gen. 6, 4; 
also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16, 2; 
mind, ἜΩϑ id, 1 Chr. 5, 24; and vice 
versa Dw mba "23 sons of: no name, of low 
parentage, i. ‘e. themselves ignoble, base- 
Hei Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 ΒΦ “baa in 

tenis of renown, Same: Zeph. ᾿Ξ, 19 
pws nnd ΛΠ) and Iwill set them 
for α praise and ‘ fame, i.e. will make 
them celebrated, renowned. v.20. Deut. 
26,19. b)agoodname, good reputation, 
Ecce. 7, 1. Prov. 22, 1. Where it stands 
for a bad name, bad reputation, >> is 
always added, as Deut. 22, 14. 19. Neh. 
6,13. c) name after death, memory, as 
in the phrases to destroy or blot out one’s 
name, i.e. utterly to destroy a people 
or city, so that their name and memory 
shall perish, Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22. 
2 K. 14, 27. Ps. 9,6. Zech. 13, 2; also 
Ece, 6, 4 ils name is covered with dark- 
ness, spoken ofanabortion.—Hence 4) 
@ monument, in memory of any person 
or event, 2 Sam. 8, 13. Is. 55, 13. 

2. Mins ἘΦ the name of Jehovah, i. e. 
a) the honour or good name of God, his 
estimation among mankind, the sum 
total of his attributes; as in the phrase 
Wot) 42°29 for his name’s sake, i.e. as vin- 


dicating his good name, in accordance © 


with his name and character, or with 
all that is known of him; see in 4372 A.2. 
Hence also put forthe glory of God, 93725 
"2 for my name’s sake, i.e. that the 
glory and honour of the divine name 
be not obscured, Is. 48, 9. 1 K. 8, 41. 
Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20, 44. Ps. 138, 2 
qti-ba-bs above all thy name, i. 6. above 


1067 


320 


all the glory and praise which can be 
rendered unto thee. Ὁ) As pronounced 
in rendering invocation, adoration,praise, 
to Jehovah ; e. g. Mjin* B83 NIP vo call 
upon the name of Jehovah, i. 6. to wor- 
ship him, see in ΝΡ no. 2. g. Ps. 5, 12 
20 "3M those who love thy name, i. 6. 
who delight in thy praise. Ps. 9, 11. 
6) For the deity, Godhead, as present 
to mortals, nearly i.q. Min "29. Ex. 23, 
21 ἼΔἼ3 OY 52 for my name (divinity) 
is in him, i in the angel. 1K. 8,29 09" 

bw "2 my name (divinity) shall be there 
sc. in the temple. 2 K. 23, 27. 1K. 3,2 
there was yet no house built unto the 
name of the Lord. 8,17. 20. So pav 
jt (720), said of Jehovah, to place or 
cause his name to dwell any where, i. e. 
to fix his abode there, see in Div and 
j20. Often spoken of the aid which the 
present deity vouchsafes to men; Ps. 
54, 3 O God, "23"UiN FRA save me by 
thy name, by thy presence and aid. 44,6. 
124, 8. 89, 25. 20,2. Is. 30, 27. Also 
DY, tn, absol. for nin? ov, Lev. 24, 
11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. 

3. Shem, Sem, pr. ἢ. of the eldest son 
of Noah, Gen. 5, 32; from whom (Gen. 
10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na- 
tions, i. 6. the nations of Western Asia, 
the Persians, Assyrians, Arameans, He- 
brews, and part of the Arabs. Comp. 
Gesch. der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6. 

Compound pr. names with ὦ are: 
ον mine. 


py Chald. m. 6. suff. 73% (from 0%), 
constr. plur. nab, a name, Dan. 2, 
20. 26. 4, 5. 5, 12. Bera 5 1.14 53°75 
πρῶ santa and they were delivered 
to Sheshbazzar by his name, i. e. to one 
whose name was Sheshbazzar. Plur. 
constr. Ezra 5, 4. 10. 


sad (desolation, τ. 52%) Shamma, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 


73830 (for "2x28 lofty flight, from 


Dw 1. g. ποῦ height, and 7ax) Shemeber, 
pr. ἢ. of a king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2. 


MND (perh. i. q. Myx fame) Shi- 
meah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 32; for which 
in 9, 38 ὈΝ Ὁ Shimeam. 


"320 Shamgar, pr. ἢ. of one of the 


‘judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5,6. The 


etymology is unknown. Comp. "330. 


Pah) 


ἜΤ in Kal not used, prob. to 
smite ; kindr. with D2 , ἼΒΌ, DIY (03) 
where see. 

Hien. 7728 to destroy, i. e. a) to 
lay waste, e. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26, 30. 
Num. 33, 52. Ὁ) Oftener to cut off 
persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12. 
91. 22. 23. Ez. 25,7. Esth. 3, 6. Inf. 
320M subst. destruction Is. 14, 23. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be destroyed, i.e. 8) to 
be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8; high- 
places Hos. 10,8. b) 10 be cut off, to 
perish, of nations Deut. 4, 26. 28,20; of 
single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38. 


20 Chald. Apu. to destroy, Dan. 
7, 26. 


vs maw obsol. root, Arab. Lyw to be 
high ; hence 028 the heavens. 


MAD. see in εὖ. 


MAD £ (τ. Det) 1. a laying waste, 
desolation, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 2, 15. Ps. 73, 19. 

2. astonishment, Jer. 8, 21. Meton. 
object of astonishment, Deut. 28, 37. 
Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 18. 51, 37. 

3. Shammah, pr.n.m. a) A son of 
Reuel Gen. 36, 13.17. b) A son of 
Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 9. 
17, 13; elsewhere written M328 Shi- 
meah 2 Sam. 13, 3. 32, and 838 1 Chr. 
2,13. c)2Sam.23,11. d) 2 Sam. 23, 
33. 6) ib. v.25; for which ni28 Sham- 
moth 1 Chr. 11,27, and πῶ Sham- 
huth 1 Chr. 27, 8. ; 


MAMA, see rm no. 3. 6. 


sr" 
ΓΝ 


see DD, 


SNA Samuel, pr.n.m. according to 
1 Sam. 1, 20, i.g. >¥2928 a Deo exraudi- 
tus; unless perhaps it may be nomen 
Dei, so that "2 may be sing. constr. 
1,4. ΒΡ ; comp. 39 and 435, M2 and 5n2; 
1B, "28, ig. Mypface. a) The great 
judge and prophet of the Hebrews, the 
son of Elkanah, of the tribe of Ephraim, 
1 Sam. 1,18q. Ὁ) Another person, also 
the son of an Elkanah, and grandfather 
of Heman the singer, 1 Chr. 6, 13. 18, 
where he is mentioned among the Le- 
vites and singers. c) Num. 34,24. d) 
1 Chr. 7, 2. 


QD, see NID% lett. a. 


Chald. plur. constr. names ; 


1068 


"ΔΩ 


ΤΙΣ ΔΩ and MPAW £ (τ. 92% ) constr. 
mse, pr. ‘what is heard ;’ hence 

1, tidings, a message, news, 1 Sam. 4, 
19; whether of good Prov. 15, 30. 25, 
25, or of evil Jer. 49, 23. Ῥβ. 112, 7. Jer. 
10,22. Espec. a message sent from God, 
Is. 53, 1.. Jer. 49, 14.—Hence 

2. i. q. instruction, teaching, Is. 28, 9. 

3. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 


“WA, see TW. 
Min, see in Ha no. 3. 6. 


ΩΦ fut. pl swewn 1. Pr. ig. 
728, to smite, to strike ; also to thrust, 
to cast, to throw down; comp. Arab. 
(e+ to strike, to smite, also to urge 
on a beast violently. Corresponding to 
it are the Germ. vulg. schmeissen to 
strike and to cast, Anglosax. smitan, 
Eng]. to smite, and dropping the sibilant 
Lat. mittere—Hence a) 2 Sam. 6, 6 
“Pat we "2 for the oxen kicked, were 
restive; Vulg. calcitrabant. Other in- 
terpretations of this passage see review- 
ed in Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 372. Ὁ) 
to cast or throw down, e. g. a person 
from a window into the street, 2 K. 9, 33. 

2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field 
untilled Ex. 23, 11; a debt, to remit, to 
release, Deut. 15, 2. With 72, to desist 
from any thing, to discontinue, Jer. 17, 4. 

ΝΙΡΗ. pass. of Kal. no. 1. Ὁ, to be cast 
down, e. g. from a rock Ps. 141, 6. 

Nipu. i.q. Kal no. 2, to remit, to re- 
lease, Deut. 15, 3—Hence 


MAW ἢ remission, release, Deut. 15. 
1.2. Mugu mit the year of release, 
i.e. the year of jubilee, in which all debts 
were to be remitted, Deut. 15, 9, 31, 10. 


“AY (desolated, r. Bath) Shammai, 
pr.n.m. a)1Chr.2,28. b) ibid. v.44. 
c) 4, 17. 

5» ῺΦ (fame of wisdom) Shemida, 
pr.n. of a son of Gilead, Num, 26, 32. 
Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19. Patronym. 
ἜΣ a Shemidaite, Num. 1. c. 


ὉΠ m. plur. (τ. M2) constr. "28, 
the skies, the heavens, heaven, from an 


obsol. sing, "2%, Arab. 244., Ethiop. 
MAP, the high; i.e. the firmament, 
2"p2, which seems spread out, like an 


arch above the earth, and is represented 


"20 


as supported on foundations and columns, 
2 Sam. 22, 8. Job 26, 11; hence the rain 
is said to descend through its gates or 
windows, Ps. 78, 23, comp. Gen. 28, 17 
and mia x; and above j is supposed to be 
the abode ‘of God and the angels, Ps. 2 

4. Gen. 28, 17. Deut. 33, 26. O»awn nis 
the fowl of the heavens, of the air, Gen. 1, 
26. 28. 30. With He loc. mayen ἐο- 
wards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5. 
28, 12; so the accus, in the same sense 
Diy, own, 1 Sam. δ, 12. Ps .139, 8, 
also ΒΘ ΓΙῸΣ Ex. 9, 22, 23) 10, 21. 22. 
piatn mom under the heavens, i. 6. on 
earth, Ece. 1, 13, 2, 3. 3,1; comp.>om 
ποθητὸ “aden the phale heanem i.e. 
in the whole earth, Gen..7, 19, Deut. 2, 
25. Job 28, 24. 37, 3. 41, 3. Dam. 9, 13. 
SMBH NWA OLN the heavens and hea- 
ven of heavens, i. e. all the extent and 
regions of heaven, however vast and 
infinite, Deut. 10, 14. 1 K.8, 27. pyaun 
YVINN) the heavens and the earth, i. 6. 
the universe, Gen. 1, 1. 2,1. 14, 19. 22. 
In the later books Jehovah is often called 
ΒΥ ΕΠ "nby the God of heaven, (see the 


Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh. 


1, 4. 5. 2,4. 20. Ps. 136, 26. Jon, 139; 
comp. Dvaun ἜΝ mint Gen. 24, 7. 
Meton. for the inhabitants of heaven, 
Job 15, 15; parall. the saints. 


77720 Chald. m. emphat. 8728 , the heu- 
vens, heaven, Dan. 4,8. 10. 7,2. Some- 
times for the inhabitants of heaven, i. e. 
God with the angels, who govern the 
world, Dan, 4, 23; comp. on this usage 
in the Jewish writings and also in the 
classic authors, Fesselii Advers. Sac. p. 
349. Wetstein ad Matt. 21, 25.—m>x 
N20 the God of heaven, see Heb. above, 
Dan. 2,18. 37. Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6, 9. 10. 
Comp. Tob. 10, 12. Rev. 11, 13. 


"20 m. adj. ordin. fem. mon8 
(from nye) the eighth, Ex, 22, 29. Lev. 
gpa ἢ al.—Fem. m"2728 an octave in 
music, a word denoting ‘the lowest and 
' gravest notes of the scale, sung by men, 
the modern bass, basso, opp. to ni2>3 
(ᾳ. ν.) 1 Chr. 15, 21; also Ps. 6, 1. 12, 
1, where some wrongly understand a 
musical instrument, 


NT m. (r. “728 II) c. suff. sent}. 


1. a sharp point ; “hence thorn, collect. 
thorns, Is.5,6. 7,23. 24.25. 9,17. 32,13. 
90 


1069 


= 75}. 
Metaph. of enemies Is. 10, 17. 27, 4. 


9, »- | ς 
Arab, ὃ is the Egyp- 


tian thorn, a thorn-tree. 

23. τα diamond, so called from its per- 
forating and cutting other substances; 
6. g, the point of the stylus was of dia- 
mond, Jer. 17, 1. In poetical compari- 
sons, adamant, Ez. 3, 9. Zech. 7, 12. 


8 
collect. 


Arab. syicl id, Perhaps we may com- 


pare Gr. σμῖρις, σμῦρος, i. 6. diamond- 
dust used for polishing. Boblen sng- 
gests an Indian origin of the word, and 
compares asmira, stone which eats, lapis 
rodens, spoken of gems, iron, ete. 

3. Shamir, pr.n. a) A city in Judah 
Josh. 15, 48. b) A city in the moun- 
tains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1.2. ¢)A 
man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where Cheth. 
πῶ, 


ΓΔ ΔΙῸ (name most high, or hea- 
ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira- 
moth, pr.n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 
2 Chr. 17, 8. 


"Ὁ Shamlai, pr. n. m, Ezra 2, 46 
Cheth. see "2? 


* DW, fut. ois, ρίαν. matty; fut. A 
ἘΠ see undér the root Dw". 

1. to be astonished, amazed, pr. to be 
struck dumb, since the primary idea is 
that of silence ; comp. the kindr. roots 
Ὁ and 045, and see the note under 
nea. 1K. 9, 8. Jer. 18, 16; ce. ὃΨ at 
at any one Is. 52, 14. Jer. 2,12. So2Chr. 
7, 21, see under Ὁ A. 6.b. Hence to be 
confounded, Ps, 40, 16. 

2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate, 
since desolate places are silent and quiet, 
in contrast to the noise and turmoil of 
inhabitants; Ez. 33,28. 35,12. 15. Part. 
Dai desolate, Lam. 1, 4. 3, 11; of per- 
sons, wasted, pertahing, Laid, 1, 13. 16, 
also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20. Is. 54, 1. 
Plur. ἢ ni228 desolate pleco ruins, Is. 


61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26. 


3, Trans. to lay waste, to make deso- 
late ; Ez. 36, 30208 FRO) Nia ἸΣῚΞ 155 
because they ‘make you desolate and pant 
after you, where M428 is pr. averbal noun 
plur. put here for the infin. Is. 42,14 long 
time have I held my peace, I have ae 
still and refrained myself ; τισι Γῆ 

THT ANOS) DEX now as a woman ae 


pnw 


rail will I cry, 1 will destroy and snort 
together, i. e. my wrath, long restrained, 
I will now let break forth. Part. nie 
a desolator, prob. Antiochus Epiphanes, 
Dan. 9, 27. πρὶ sen for “wn »Β 
Dan. 8, 13 the transgression of the desola- 
tor, and Dad ye the abomination of the 
desolator 12, 11, i. q. βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως 
1 Mace. 1, 54. 6, 7, (comp. Matt. 24, 15,) 
i. 6. either an altar, or an idol hich An- 
tiochus caused to be erected over the 
altar in the temple of Jerusalem. 

Nips. DY: 1. 1. 4. Kal no. 1, ¢o be as- 
tonished, Jer. 4,9; 6. 59 Job 18, 20. 

2. i.q. Kal no. 2, to be laid waste, 
made desolate, Jer. 12, 11. Ps. 69, 26; to 
be wasted, to perish, of persons Lam. 4, 
5; to be desolate, solitary, of a way 
Lev. 26, 22. Is. 33, 8. 

Po. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be astonish- 
ed Ezra 9, 3. 

2 Part. ΞΘ a desolator Dan. 9, 27. 
11, 31. 

Hips. On, fut. ows, inf. oavn, 
part. D7". 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make asto- 
nished Fiz. 32, 10. Ian, to be asto- 
mished Ez. 3, 15; c. 53 Mic. 6, 13. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, to lay waste, to make 
desolate, 6. g. a land Lev. 26, 31. 32. Ez. 
30, 12. 14. 

Hors. ttn (pron. Adsham) for ven 
which is found in some copies, plur. 1a07. 

1. to be astonished, Job 21, 5. 

2. to be laid waste, made desolate, 
Lev. 26, 34. 35. 43. 

Hirupo. oeinen; fut. once Ὁ 
Ecc. 7, 16. 

1. to be astonished Is. 59, 16. 63,5; to 
be confounded, Dan. 8, 27 ; of a person, to 
be wasted, faint, discouraged, Ps. 143, 4. 

2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc. 
7, 16. 

Deriv, D2b—jinwd, nad, nav, 
and the pr. names Naw, "2. 

DY Chald. Hrrupo. oxindy to be 
astonished, Dan. 4, 16. 


DMD m. adj. laid waste, desolate, Dan. 
9,17. Fem. M908 Jer. 12, 11. 


ΤΩ Ὁ f. (τ. Θ99) plur. constr. M230. 

1, astonishment, Ez. 7, 27. 

2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is. 1, 7. 
ΤΟ “219 a desolate waste, Jer. 12, 10. 


ΤΥ ῸΝ Nyy a desert and desolation, a 


1070 


22 


complete desert, an utter waste, Ez. 33, 
28. 29. 35, 3. 

mand f. (for πρβῶ, τ. 00) ρίαν. 
constr. Mia20, a desolation, waste, Ez. 
35, 7. 9. 

ΤΟ, m. (τ. Bd) astonishment, 
amazement, Eiz. 4, 16. 12, 19. 

man, see in ΠΩ. 


ἘΔ or yaw, fut. yawn, to be or 

become fat, Deut. 32, 15. Jer.5,28. Arab. 
id. 

Hien. 1. to make fat, to cover over 
with fat, metaph. the heart, as enveloped 
in fat, and thus made dull and callous to 
the words of the prophet, Is. 6, 10. 

2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro- 
duce fat from oneself, Neh. 9, 25. 

Deriv. 72¥—D73728, DION, ID, 
m2, and pr. n. nega. 

ΤῺ τὰ. adj. (r. pow) f. 228, fat, Is. 
30, 23; of a strong, lusty, robust man, 
Judg. 3, 29, see 7202; of a land, fertile, 
Num. 13, 20; of bread Gen. 9, 20. 

ΤΩ τὰ. (r. 18) c. suff. 9298, plur. 


Ὁρῶ. 


1. fatness, Ps. 109, 24, o°220 ΠΏ 
a banquet of fatness, i. 6; sumptuous, 
splendid, Is. 25, 6. 10, 27 "252 >9 Dan} 
Ἰὼ and the wake (of Israel) is broken 
from fatness, the figure being taken from 
a fat ox which breaks and casts off his 
yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4, 16. 
Also fertility of the earth, e. g. D°720 N72 

valley of fatness, i.e. most fertile, Is. 28, 1. 

2. oil, Gen. 28, 18. 12} 72 oil-tree, i.e. 
δι μηβέ τον wild olive, (different from 73 
the olive,) Neh. 8, 15. 1 K. 6, 23. 

3. spiced oil, i. e. ointment, unguent, 
Ps. 133, 2. Prov. 21, 17. Is. 1, 6. 

ΠΡ m. plur. (τ. 72%) fatness of 
the earth, i. e. fat fields, fertile regions. 
Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee YINH "ow 
fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the 
other hemistich has ‘M 52 of the dew of 
heaven, But v. 39 MIN) yp INH "Owe 
"22 without the fatness of the earth | 
shall be thy dwelling, parall. ‘mb>wa. In 
both places D°p2t9 is for Daw; but 
there is a play of words arising from the 
twofold use of 72, which in v. 28 is taken 
in the partitive sense, see 72 no. 1; and 
in v. 39 in its privative sense, see 7} 
no. 3. f 


"Ὁ 
x maw f. and maw τῇ. constr. 


ot SL ot 
mov, eight; Arab. ys, m3l3, 
Eth. (12, id. Judg. 3,3. Num. 29, 


29. 2, 24.—Plur. 5°20 comm. eighty, 
Gen. 5, 25. 26. 28. al. 
Deriv. "2°20. 


t »Ὡ Ὁ and bp) fut. 32", imper. 
daw, Mow. 
1. to hear; Syr. Chald. id. 


, Eth. F1G°U, to hear, to obey. 


Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6, 9; ¢. acc. of thing 
Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52. Ex. 2,15; ¢. ace. of 
pers. speaking Gen. 37, 17. ‘jem, 17, 
28; with "> before a clause or sentence 
Gen. 42,2. 2Sam. 11, 26. Spec. a) 
to hearken, to listen to any one, to give 
attention, ὁ. acc. Gen. 23, 8. 11. 15. Ecce. 
7,5; ὃς Gen. 49, 2. 1K. 12, 15. Is. 46, 
3. 12; > Job 31, 35. Ps. 58, 6; c. 2 Job 
37, 2. Deut. 1, 45. Βυΐ 3 Sth is like- 
wise often fo hear any thing, ‘to be an 
ear-wilness, testis auritus fuit Plaut. 
Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8. 26, 14; also to 
hear with pleasure 2 Sam. 19, 36. Ps. 
92,12. b) Of God, to hear and accept 
prayer, to hear and answer, c. acc. Gen. 
17, 20. Ps. 10,17. 54,4; ο. δὲ Gen. 16, 
11. 30, 22; Ῥ dip Deut: 33, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 
18, 7. 27, 7. 28, 2. 64, 2. Lam. 3, 56; 
’D hips Gen. 30, 6. Deut. 1, 45; bip-bx 
Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes aldo with bof 
the abject Gen. 17, 30. ὁ) to hearken 
to, to hear and obey, Ex. 24,7. Is. 1,19; c. 
bx Gen. 28, 7. 39,10. Deut. 18, 19. Josh. 
1, 17; > Num. 14, 27; Ἔ Sips Gen. 27, 
13. Ex. 18, 19. Deut. 26, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 
18; ‘p dipd Gen. 3, 17. Tada: 2, 20. Ps. 
58, 6. 

2. to hear distinctly, to understand, 
Gen. 11, 7. 42, 23. dx 2d an under- 
standing heart 1 K. 3,9. But Σ᾿ Ox 
Prov. 21, 28, the man that hath heard sc. 
the thing to be established by testimo- 
ny, i. 6. a true witness, in opp. to a false 
witness. 

Nien. 1. to be heard 1 Sam. 1, 135 
c. > by any one Neh. 6, 1. 7. Αἰβο ᾳ. 
to be regarded, Ecc. 9,16; to be heard 


Arab. 


and accepted Dan. 10, 12, comp. 2 Chr. 


30, 27. 


2. to show oneself obedient, to obey, Ps. 
18, 45. 


1071 


fame. 


»Ὡ Σ᾽ 


3. to be understood Ps. 19, 4. 

Piet pr. ‘to make hear,’ i. e. to call, 
to summon, i. q. Hiph. no. 3; ¢. ace. of 
pers. and > of the thing ¢o which one 
is called, 1 Sam. 15, 4. 23,8 and Saul 
called all the people to war. 

Hien. 1. 10 cause to hear, to let hear, 
e. g. one’s voice Judg. 18, 25. Cant. 2, 
14; (to cause to hear with acceptance 
Is. 58, 4;) a ery Jer. 48. 4; c. dupl. ace. 
of pers. and thing, to cause one to hear 
any thing 2 K. 7, 6. Ps. 143, 8; ο. δὲ of 
pers. Ez. 36, 15. Without bip absol. to 
let oneself be heard, to utter aloud, and 
so with i>ip3 Ps. 26,7. Ez. 27, 30, comp. 
‘ipa ἸῺ) in dip bb. Specs to sing 
with the voice Neh. 12, 42 3 also to sound 
with instruments 1 Chr. 15, 28. 16, 5; 
espec. of loud music 1 Chr. 15, 19, comp. 


9. ο 
mz2. Comp. Arab. πριν songstress, 
plow music. 

2. to announce, to declare, c. acc. of 
thing Is. 45, 21; acc. of pers. Is. 44, 8. 
48,5; 6. dupl. acc. of pers. and thing 
Is. 48, 6. 

3. to call, to summon, i. q. Pi. 1 Καὶ, 15, 
22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27. 

Deriv. >2%—nz2B, also msn, 


ΤΑΣ ΘΓ, saa, renin, and the pr. 
names ΕΝ ΤῊΝ ΤῸΝ 


Σ᾽ Chald. to hear, c. ὮΣ of or con- 
cerning any one, Dan. 5, 14. 16. 

Irupe. to show oneself obedient, to obey, 
Dan. 7, 27. 


»ὉὉ (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 11, 44. 


yw τὰ. (Ὁ. 33) c. suff. "220. 

1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight, 
Job 42, 45. Ps. 18, 45 "> ἘΣ Ὅν ik srw 
at the hearing of the ear they obey me, 
i.e. my mandate is obeyed as soon as 
heard. 

2. Something heard, report, rumour, 
37 3720 an evil report Ex. 23, 1. 
With gen. of pers. of whom the report 
is spread, as nic>w) >a) the fame of So- 
lomon 1 K. 10, 1; "8 2% the report 


| concerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23,5; 


apt ΣΦ the report of the coming of 
Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66, 19. Hos. 7, 12 
ἘΣ ΣῈΩΞ as the report (hath con) 
to their cong) egation. 


yar 


3. sound, music. Ps. 150, 5 372) "bzdz 
loud cymbals. 

32 (rumour) Shema, pr. n.m. a) 
1 Chr. 2,43.44. b)5,8. c) Neh. 8, 4. 
d) 1 Chr. 8, 13. 

yaw (id.) Shema, pr. n. of a city in 
the south of Judah, Josh. 15, 26. 

De τὰ. (r. 3a) ο. suff. sad, fame, 
rumour, Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9. 

N92 (rumour, τ. 32%) Shimea, pr. 
n.m. a) A son of David 1 Chr. 3, 5, 
for which is read 3920 Shammua 2 Sar: 
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14. 4. b) 1 Chr. 6, 15. 
c) ib. v. 24. d) A son of Jesse, dies 
‘where M20 q. v. no. 3. b. 


nyov (id.) Shimeah, 2 Sam. 13, 3. 22; 
see rat no. 3.b. Patronym. is ans 
a Shimeathile 1 Chr. 2, 55. 

ΠΡῸΣ Shemaah, pr. n. m. c. art. 
1 Chr. 12, 3. 

MPAW, see nsw. 


PIN (a hearkening, r. 52%) pr. n. m. 
Simeon, Gr. Συμεών. a) The second 
son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33, 
the progenitor of the tribe of the same 
name. The cities of this tribe were 
within the territory of Judah, and are 
enumerated Josh. 19, 1-9. Ὁ) Ezra 2, 
31.—Patronym. is "3928 a Simeonite, 
Num. 25, 14. 

2D (renowned, r. 2B) Shimei, 
Shimi, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 6,17. Num. 3, 
18. b)2Sam. 16,5. c)1K.1,8. 4, 
18. d) Esth. 2, 5. Also of several 
other persons of less note.—Patronym. 
"929 a Shimite for "272% Num. 3, 21. 

MIND and WII (Jehovah hear- 
eth him) Shemaiah, pr. ἢ. m. a) A 
prophet in the time of Rehoboam 1 K. 
12, 22. Ὁ) Another in the time of Jere- 
miah, Jer. 29,31. 6) Of several other 
persons of less note, see Simonis Onom. 
Ῥ. 546, 

PPV (i. q. Daw, MIB) Shimeath, 
pr. n. f. 2 K, 12, 22. 2 Chr. 24, 26. 


ν 4 ou obsol. root, kindr. with baw 


qv. Arab. Yass to thrust forward, 
to push, to strike. 

1. to thrust, to cast, to throw, espec. in 
fugam conjicere, Engi. to put to flight 
anenemy. Hence meow, 


1072 


“10 


2. to hasten, pr. to urge on, espec. 
in speaking, to speak rapidly, comp. 


6/52" S-- 
ol haste, Yass rapid speaking. 
Hence 

you m. a transient sound, a whisper, 
rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away, 
Job 4, 12. 26, 14. Symm. ψιϑυρισμύς, 
Vulg. susurrus. In the Talmud you 
is a little, which the Targum and Syr- 
have expressed in the above passages ; 
but this use of the word not improbably 
sprang at first from these passages of 
Job. 


ΤΙΣ ΩΣ Γ (τ. ya) a rout, overthrow of 
enemies, Ex. 32, 25. The Hebrew and 
other ancient interpreters render ill 
fame, reproach, comp. 328; the letters 
x and > being interchanged. But the’ 
former sense is the only correct one. 


“the ἼΔΩ fut. "001, 2 m. 6. suff. 
pian. 3 fc. suff. πονοῦσι Prov. 14, 3; 
inf. c. suff. ivaw> yaw. 

1. to keep, to ‘watch; to guard, e.g. 
a) In the narrower sense, as a garden 
Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24; a flock 30, 31; a house 
Ecc. 12,3. Part. 128 subst. a keeper, 
watchman, Cant. 3,3; of a flock i. 6. a 
shepherd 1 Sam. 17,20. Trop. of pro- 
phets Is. 21, 11. 62, 6; comp. D°BS. 
b) In a wider sense, to keep safe, to pro- 
tect, to preserve, c. ace. Job 2, 6. Prov. 
ee 3; 3 2 Sam. 18, 12; 58 1'Saia 26,. 

; bp v. 16. Prov. 6, 22. Often of God 
as sa she and protecting men, ὁ. acc. 
Gen. 28, 15. 20. Ps. 12, 8. 16, 1. 25, 20; 
c. 2 to protect from any thing, Ps. 121, 
7. 140, 5. 141, 9. 

2. to keep, to retain, to reserve, Ex. 
22,6; also trop. e. g. kindness Dan. 9, 4. 
Neh. 9, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 ‘im73> 
mx2 nye and he (Edom) keeps his 
wrath for. ever, does not cease from it; 
where 1728 with these vowels and the 
accent on the penult is masc. ¢. M parag. 
or suff. So with 4932 or 58 impl. (like 
"02 no. 2), Jer. 3, 5 mez iauir-on will he 
keep his anger γῶν ever? Spec. to keep in 
mind or memory, Gr. φυλάττεσϑαί τι, 
Gen. 37, 11, Ps. 130, 3.—With ace. impl. 
and with suff. of pers. Job 10, 14 "224 
then thou dost reserve for me sc. punish- 
ment, thou keepest it in mind for me. 

3. to keep in view, i. e. to observe, to 


yaks) 


mark, c. ace. 1 Sam. 1, 12. Ps. 17,4 7 
have marked the ways of the violent, sc. 
in order to avoid them; (but in another 
sense Prov. 2, 20;) c. acc. impl. Is. 42, 
20; c. de Job 14, 16; dx Ps. 59, 10. 
Sometimes in a bad sense, fo watch nar- 
rowly, to spy out, ὁ. acc. Job 13, 27. 33, 
11. Ps. 56, 7. 71,10. "3 "20 lo watch 
a city, i. 6. to besiege it, 2 Sam. 11, 16; 
comp. 9%) no. I. 1. b. Also to watch at 
a door, Prov. 8, 34. 

4. to keep, to observe, i. e. not to break, 
6. g. a covenant Gen. 17, 9. 10; the pre- 
cepts of God 1 K. 11,10; the sabbath Is. 
56, 2.6; a promise 1 Καὶ. 3,6. 8,34. With 
inf.c. >, to observe to do any thing, to take 
heed to do it, Num. 23,12. 2K. 10, 31. 

5. to regard, to honour one’s master 
Prov. 27, 18; to worship God Hos. 4, 10; 
idols Ps. 31,7. Comp. Virg. Georg. 4.212 
‘observant regem non sic Aigyptus,’ etc. 

6. Reflex. i. q. Niph. no. 2, and "ow 
ΘΕ) Dent. 4, 9, to keep oneself from any 
thing, 6. 2 Josh. 6, 18. 

Nipa. 1. Pass. to be kept, preserved, 
Ps. 37, 28. 

2. Reflex. to keep oneself from any 
thing, c. 7a Deut. 23,10. Judg. 13, 13. 
1 Sam. 21,5. Comp. Kal no. 6. 

3. to take heed to oneself, to beware 
of any thing, Is. 7,4; c. ja Jer. 9, 3; 
"289 Ex. 23,21; 2 2Sam. 20, 10; c. inf. 
Ex. 19, 12 take heed to yourselves not to 
go up into the mount ; also with 4 lest, 
before a clause, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. 29. 
Deut. 4, 15. 16; the'pleonastic pron. ἢ5 
being sometimes added after an impera- 
tive, as Gen. Ex. ll. ec. Occasionally in 
a strong prohibition, there is added to 
the verb of caution the formula 73523, 
ΣΕ, by thy life, as thou lovest thy 
life, which however is not dependent on 
the verb "2%3. Deut. 4, 15.16 omyae3 
PONV GD .. ΠῚ sia take good 
heed therefore, as ye value your lives . 
lest ye act wickedly, etc. Jer. 17, 21 
xo sxmcbe} catia sawn take 
heed to yourselves. for your lives, and bear 
no burden, etc. Josh. 23,11. Once with 
inf. c. 5, to take heed to do any thing, 


not to omit it; Deut. 24,8 aw>....2un 
mivs>) 2 lake heed... to observe dili- 


genily and do, ete. 
Piet i. ἃ. Kal no. 5, to worship idols 
Jon. 2, 9. 
90* 


1073 


"20 


Hirnpa. 1. i. q. Kal no. 4, to keep, to 
observe, pr. for oneself; Mic. 6, 16. 

2. to take heed to oneself, c. 72 Ps. 18, 
24, 

Deriv. βοῶ, MOURN, ἼΘΘ, 
ΤΌΣΩ, and pr. n. ‘synths, 


ἘΠ. V8 ig. ρου, πρῶ, Chald. Pa. 
"20, fo fix or fasten with nails ; whence 
"7°20 a sharp point.—Is it perhaps the 
point of accord between the two signifi- 
cations, no. I, II, that the sense of keep- 
ing, guarding, is derived from that of 
shulling up, making fast with nails ? 


‘VQ τὰ, (Ὁ, 92% I) only plur. ot), 
lees of wine, so called because wine is 
kept, preserved, in strength and colour 
by letting it stand upon the lees. Ὁρῶ 
wyotb~>y (NEP) Jer. 48, 11. Zeph. 1, 12, 
to rest upon one’s lees, i. 6. to live a life 
of quiet indifference, the figure being 
drawn from wine. Is. 26, 6 ΒΡ OM Dw 
lees racked off or fined, i. 6. generous old 
wine purified from the lees. 

2. Shemer, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 16, 24 
b) 1 Chr. 6,31. c) 8,12. 4d) 7, 34, 
for which v. 32 "2 q. v. 

‘QU (keeper, r. "72% ) Shomer, pr. ἢ. 
a) Mase. 1 Chr. 7, 32; comp. "3% no. 


2. ἃ. b) Fem. 2 K. 12, 22, for which 
2 Chr. 24, 26 nau Shimrith. 


τῷ m. (r. 728) only plur. Ὁ, 
observance, celebration of a festival, ἜΣ, 
12, 42. 


ΤΥ f. (r. etd) plur. πρῶ, eye- 
lids, Ps. 77,5. Others, watching, wake- 
Sul. 

MAW ᾧ (τ. 92) watch, guard, Ps. 
141, 3. 

ΤῊ (watch, guard, τ. 2%) Shim- 
ron, pr. ἢ. of a son of Issachar, Gen. 
46,13. Patronym. "228 a Shimronite 
Num. 26, 24. 


TW ἢ (watch-post, watch-height) 


 Shomeron, Samaria, pr. n. 


a) A hill and city built upon it by 
Omri, in the territory of Manasseh, and 
named by him after Shemer the former 
owner of the soil; afterwards the capi- 
tal of the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 16, 24. 
Am. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2K. 8, 1. 13, 1. 18,9.10 
Is. 7. 9. Ez. 16, 46. Chald. πῶ, 
whence Gr. Σαμάρεια, Lat. Samaria, 


“0 


called also by Herod the Great Σεβάστη 
in honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15.7.7. 
It is now a small village called Sebis- 
tieh ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 
138 sq. 

b) In a wider sense, the kingdom of 
Samaria, i. 6. of the ten tribes, of which 
Samaria was the metropolis. 7i72 "713 
the cities of Samaria, i.e. of the king- 
dom, 2 K. 17, 26. 23,19. ‘So said also 
by prolepsis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 
13, 32. fine "Ih Jer. 31, 5; Ὁ bas the 
calf of Samaria, i. e. the calf at Bethel 
Hos. 8, 5. 6.—Geatile n. is "2528 ἃ Sho- 
meronite, Samaritan, 2 K. 17, 29. 


"0 (watchful, τ. 28 I) Shimzi, 
pr.n.m. a)1Chr. 4, 387. b) 11, ‘eit 
6) 26,10. 4) 2 Chr. 29, 13. 


727720 (whom Jehovah keeps) She- 
mariah, pr.n.m. 8) Asonof Reho- 
boam, 2 Chr. 11,19. 8) Ezra 10, 32. 
c) ib. v. 41. 


ἜΣ ΟΣ (id.) Shemariah, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 12, 5. 


ΤΩ Chald. Samaria, the city, 
Ezra 4, 10. 17, i. ᾳ. Hebr. 19. 


mine f. (watchful, τ. 72%) Shim- 
rith, 2 Chr. 24,26; see in Ὁ Ὁ. 


Ma (watch, guard, τ. “%2t)) Shim- 
rath, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 


* OO Chald. Pa. tha}, to minister, 
to wait upon, Dan. 7, 10. Syr. id. 


᾿ξ ww comm. (m. Ps. 104,19, f. Gen. 
15, 17,) ὁ. suff. "war. 


1. the sun, Arab. | yap, Syr. Lesa, 

a primitive word, found with the radi- 
eal letters sm, sr, sn, sl, in very many 
languages; comp. old German Summi 
(whence Summer, Sommer), Sanscr. 
sura, surya, Germ. Sunne, Sonne, Eng]. 
sun, Lat. sol; and with a breathing in- 
stead of the sibilant, Pehlv. har, Pers. 
, Gr. ἥλιος, see Merian Etude com- 
parative des Langues, p. 66, 67.—nnn 
wown under the sun, i. e. on earth, an 
expression frequent in the book of Ec- 
clesiastes, as 1, 3.9. 14. 2,11. 18, 19. 22. 
4, 1.3.7. 15. al, Gt} “20d before the 
sun, i.e. in the sunshine, Job 8, 16; but 
for Ps. 72, 17 see "28> no. 1. p. 854. "293> 


1074 


she 

oun in the sight of the sun, i.e. the sun 
being as it were present and looking on, 
2 Sam. 12,11. The rising of the sun 
is expressed by the verbs R37, N73; its 
setting by the verb Sia. _Metaph. God 
is called the sun of any one, the emblem 
of prosperity and blessings, Ps. 84, 12. 

2. Plur. ΓΘ notched battlements, 
q. d. suns, rays of the sun, Is. 54, 12. 
Sept. ἐπάλξεις, 

Deriv. the two following. 

WW (sun-like, denom. from 673% ) 
Shimshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of 
Israel celebrated for his strength, Judg. 
13, 34 sq. Sept. Σαμψών, which Jose- 
phi (Ant. 5. 8. 4) explains by ἰσχυρός, 
but against the etymology; see Gesch. 
der Heb. Spr. p. 81, 82. 

WW (sunny, from 28).Shimshat, 
pr. n. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17. 

"IW Shamsherai, pr. n. m. 1Chr. 
8, 26. It seems to have sprung from a 
double orthography, "7728 and θῶ. 


“mad Shumathite, patronym. from 
no ‘(garlic 2) 1 Chr. 2, 53; elsewhere 
unknown. 


ἘΔ, with Makk. “ji, ὁ. suff. 2, 
comm. gender; masc. in signif. no. 2, 
1 Sam. 14,5; fem. Prov. 25,19. Dual 
pest), constr. "20. g 

1. a tooth, Arab. we id. This word 


in Hebrew may indeed be referred to 
the root 720; but still I would prefer to 
regard it as primitive, since tooth in very 
many languages is expressed by the syl- 
lable den (dent), zen, as Sanscr. danta, 
Zend. dentano, Pers. widso , Gr. ὁδούς, 
for ὀδόνς, Liat. den-s, Goth. tunthus, Fris. 
tan.—Ex. 21, 24.27. Spec. elephant’s 
tooth, i. 6. ivory, (fully ὈΛΞ Σ᾽ gq. v.) 
1 K. 10, 18. Cant. 5,14. 38 "ma ivory 
palaces, i i.e. with Walls inlaid or covered 
with ivory, Am. 3, 15; and so 7 "32°5 
Ps. 45, 9.—Dual cunt teeth, pr. two rows 
of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Am. 4, 6; also for 
plur. co: > three teeth 1 Sani. 2, 13. 
Job 13, 14 “703 “wa ΝῸΝ 7 take my 
flesh (life) in my teeth, i. δ. expose my- 
self to danger ; inkettideh as what one 
carries in his teeth is apt to be dropped. 
Comp. the similar proverbial expression 
in Judg. 12,3, explained under 2 no. 
1. c. 


NIW 


2. a peak or hill, so called as resem- 
bling a tooth, 1 Sam. 14, 4. Job 39, 28. 
Comp. Ὁ lett. ἃ. Syr. (Rie cliffs, 
crags. 

2. Shen, pr. n. of a place, prob. a rock 
or peak, 1 Sam. 7, 12. 


N20, see nw. 


S70 Chald. fut. 8739 1. Intrans. ‘to 
change, to be changed, Dan. 6, 18. 3, 27. 
Espec. for the worse, to be allered, as 
the countenance, Dan. 5, 6. 9. 

2. to be different, diverse, c. 72 Dan. 
7; 3. 19. 23. 24. 

Pa. 726 1. Trans. fo change, to alter ; 
Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im- 
pers. for let it be changed.—Patt. pass. 
different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7. 

2. to transgress a law, royal mandate, 
decree, Dan, 3, 28. Syr. id. 

Irupa. "28, to be changed Dan. 2, 
9; espec. for the worse, to be altered, 
disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28. 

Apu. "0x, fat. 820777 1. 10 change, 
to alter, Dan. 2, 21; a royal mandate, 
Dan. 6, 9. 16. 

2. to transgress a statute, ordinance, 
Ezra 6, 11. 12. 


S20 Chald. f c. suff. ANY, see in 
ΓΙῸ II. 


‘so see in mw. 


re) 


aN30 (father’s tooth) Shinab, pr. n. of 


a Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2. 

ἸΝΣ m. (for jr, τ. M79) repetition ; 
Ps, 68, 18 5828 "B28 thousands of repeti- 
tion, i. e. thousands upon thousands. 

ΣΝ Shenazzar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
3, 18. 

“ 320 obsol. root, Arab. Ui fo be 


cool, spoken of the day; see Schult. ad 
Prov. 7,6. Hence 3308 q. v. 


* ; : ν 
T. +720 fat, nazis, once 930 Lam. 
4,1. Denom. from 572% two. 


1. to do the second time or again, to- 


repeat, Arab. , Syr. 2. Neh. 13; 
21 am ἘΝ if ye do it again. 1 K. 18, 
34. With >, 1 Sam. 25,8 once will I 
static Wines MI Nd and will not re- 
peat it to him, i.e. there shall be noneed 
of smiting him twice. 2 Sam. 20, 12. 
With 3 Prov. 26, 11 a fool ΠΝ m3 
who repeateth (persists in) his folly. 17, 


1075 


Tw 


99373 730 who repeateth a matter, i. 6. 
rakes up anew unpleasant things which 
should be forgotten. 

2. Intrans. to be different, diverse from 
any thing, ο. 12 Esth. 1, 7. 3,8. ~ 

3. to be changed, altered, espec. for 
the worse, Lam. 4, 1. Ps. 77, 11; of the 
mind, Mal. 3,6 7 Jehovah change not. 
Part. plur. 0°28 changing sc. the mind, 
changeable, fickle, spoken of discontent- 
ed persons, turncoats, who change from 
party to party, Proy. 14, 21; comp. Jer. 
2, 36. 

Nien. to be repeated, e. g. a dream 
Gen. 41, 32. 

Pre, 3, once X30 by Chaldaism 
2 K. 25, 29. 

1. to change, to alter, 6. g. garments 
2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52,33; a promise Ps. 
89, 35; right, justice, i. 6. fo pervert, 
Prov. 31, 5. Also to change often, to 
vary, 6. 5. a way Jer. 2, 36; to change 
the countenance of any one, i. e. to cause 
it to change to sadness, Job 14, 20. 

2. to transfer to another place Esth. 
2, 9. 

8. ἸΏΞΌΤΟΝ πρῶ, to change i. 6. disfi- 
gure one’s understanding, to feign one- 
self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21, 
14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. ἰδοῦ. welds apd 
ellipt. [La, to be mad. 

Puat to be changed for the better, Ecc. 
8, 1, where 829 is for mew. 

Hirup. to change oneself, i. e. one’s 
garments, to disguise oneself, 1 K. 14, 2. 

Deriv. (833, πο, ΡΣ. ὦ 


+1. me i. q. Arab. 
lo be bright ; hence "23. 


to shine, 


mew f. (r. m8 1) constr. 28; plur. 
ὉΠ, constr. "2; poet. plur. Γῆ, 
constr. Γῆ a year, pr. repetition se. 
of the course of the sun, or of the sea- 
sons, as spring, harvest, winter, ete. 
comp. Lat. annus, pr. i. q. annulus, a 


Ψ "% 
rink, circle, Gr. ἐνιαυτός, Arab. Jos 
orbit, year—28 τῷ Deut. 14, 22, τς 
Mts 15, 20, 773 479 772 1 Sam. 7, 
16, i. 6. every year, from year to year. 
ὈΠῸΣ mw the second year 2 K. 14, 1. 
=anyd ΣΞῸΝ M2 the fourth year of Ahab 
1K. 22, 41. Sometimes 20 is pleon. 
repeated, as πο Ming WY M293 in the 


3m 


six hundredth year Gen. 7, 11, pr. in the 
(last) year of six hundred years. Plur. 
pd indef. some years, 2 Chr. 18, 2; 
comp. 5°27 some days. Trop. year ὃν 
the produce of the year Joel 2, 25. 

σαι, 07028 two years, biennium, Gen. 
11, 10; also 0°97 07038 pr. dwo years 
of time, see 527 no. 1. b, under art. 51" 
Plur. 

ΤΩ Γ᾽ (for προ, τ. 791) once N20 
by Chaldaism Ps. 127, 2, constr. M2¥, 
. suff. "md, plur. ΤῊΣ ; sleep, Arab. 


iw, Gen. 31, 40. Prov. 3, 24. 6, 4. 9. 
20, 13. al. 
a little sleep. 24, 33.—Spoken of any 
thing transient, Ps. 90,5 πὸ 720 they 
are (as) a sleep ; others here ὦ dream, 
but without good reason. 


mz Chald. £ 1. ig. Heb. ποῦ a 
year, plar. 772% Dan. 6, 1. 

IL. i. 4ᾳ. ποῦ ‘sleep, ο. suff. προ: Dan. 
6, 19. 

Dan m. plur. ivory 1 K. 10, 22. 
2 Chr. 9,21. Sept. ὀδόντες ἐλεφάντινοι, 
Targ. 555: elephant’s tooth. It is 
compounded from 7% tooth, and (as was 
first shown by A. Benary in the Berliner 
litt. Jahrbiicher 1831, no. 96) D°aNn 
contr. 5°25, from Sanscr. ibha-s ele- 
phant, (whence with the Arabic article 
Gr. é)-égac.) because the Hebrews were 
unable distinctly to pronounce M38 or 
X28 (plur. 5°38) with the article. Egypt. 
also C8, E80 , elephant. 

DIY, see nee. 

"20 τὰ, (τ. 2%) IL) crimson, rose col- 
our, the colour obtained from a certain 
insect, Arab. (ywy3 Kermes, Coccus 
Ilicis Lion. which adheres with its eggs 
to the twigs of a species of oak, and is 
related to the cochineal or coccus cacti, 
see Comm. on a 1,18. Rosenm. Alter- 
thumsk. IV. ii. p. 447. From Arab. 
Kermes comes ΩΣ cremesino, Engl. 
crimson.—Gen. 38, 28, 30. Jer. 4, 30; 
fully "25 ὩΣ pr. crimson-worm Ex. 
25,4, and MZ>5M "2% worm-crimson Lev. 
14, 4. Plur. 0°28 crimson cloths, gar- 
ments, ἴα, 1, 18. Prov. 31,21. It signi- 
fies, pr. ‘a bright colour,’ from τ, M28 II; 
comp. Aram, ‘m1, [do sem}, coccus, 
from “M1 to be bright; also ὙΠ no, 2. 


1076 


Plur. Prov. 6,10 maw ὩΣ τ 


zwey, Gr. and Lat. δύο, duo. 


"20 


—Others suppose "2% to be pr. i. ᾳ. δίβα- 
gor, twice dyed, from r. M281; but only 
purple cloths or garments were dyed 
twice, never those dyed with coccus. 
See Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq. 
Boch. Hieroz. III. p. 527 sq. ed. Lips. 


20 m. (r. med I) τηρῶ £ adj. ordi- 
nal, the second, Gen. 1, 8, Ex. 1, 15. al. 
Arab. οἵδ, £ &4315, Chald. y7, Syr. 
°° @ Si 
13232.—Fem. ΤΣ also as adv. a se- 
cond lime, again, Gen. 22, 15. 41, 5. 
Plur, 07°28 the second Num. 2, 16 ; sled 


for'cells or chambers of the SEY sto- 
ry, Gen. 6, 16. 


*p2U m. dual, constr. "30, two, 


Arab. dt, Aram. ese} y72n, which 


two latter vary more from the primary 
form. Kindred with this numeral is 
the verb M38 I, te do a second time, 
but the verb is probably derived from 
the noun, which, like most of the nume- 
rals, corresponds with those of the Indo- 
European tongues ; although the varie- 
ties of form are here particularly great. 
The primary form of this numeral seems 
to have been "2M, from which soflened 
come Sanser. dwi, dual dwdu, comp. 
twa other, different, Goth. twa, twa, 
twai, whence Engl. and Germ. two, zwo, 
The high 
German, like the Hebrew, has a sibi- 
lant, zwo, zwey.— B"H ΘΔ two and two 
Gen: 7, Ὁ ΓΤ" suff, a Ὁ they two, 
both of them, Gen. 2, 25. Ἔα. 4,3. In 
1 K. 17, 12 two, and Is. 17, 6 two or three, 
for a few. 


Feo. pony by syne. for D°n20, (Arab. 
ysst.) Dag. lene being put irregu- 


larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph 
were prefixed (S°MU8), constr. "MY; c. 
pref. "πῶ Gen. 31, 41, πῶ Ex. 26, 19; 
but "Mea Judg. 16, 28, contra ioe) 
mvs Jon. 4,11. 

1. two, 6. οἷς FRY they two, both of 
bs Ex. 23, 13. 

2. of two kinde, two-fold, Is, 51, 195 
comp. >> of all kinds. 

3. a second lime, again, Neh. 13, 20. 
ὉΠ id. Job 33, 14, 

Nore, The form for twelve and twelfth 


"I 


is masc, "WS Ὁ Ὁ Ex. 24,4. 1K. 19, 
19; fem, MTZ OMY Gen. 14, 4: Ley. 
24, 5. 

MD ΓΟ (Ὁ. 333) a sharp or pointed 
saying, and hence mockery, derision. 
ΓΘ. Mn fo be for mockery, an object 
of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7. 

30, see 7. 


τη) to sharpen; Chald. id. Arab. 


ere Εἰ. g. a sword Deut. 32,41; me- 


taph. the tongue, i. e. to utler sharp or 
pointed sayings against any one, Ps. 64, 
4. 140,4. Part. pass, 928 sharp, of a 
weapon Ps. 45, 6. Is. 5, 28. 

Piet, to sharpen in, Germ. einschiir- 
fen, i.e. to inculcate, c. ace. of thing and 
dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7. 

Hirupo. to be pricked, pierced, e. g. 
with pain Ps. 73, 21. 

Deriv. nv for τ, 2°20; comp. 
also 18. 


* O20 in Kal not used, perh. to force 
or bind together, to compress, kindred 
with 028, the breathing and sibilant 
being interchanged. Chaid. 728, 720, 
sandal-thong, shoe-latchet. Different is 
Arab. yaid implexus est, adhesit. 

Pret 030 fo gird up the loins 1 K. 18, 
46. So all the ancient versions, and the 
context demands it. 


20 Shinar, pr. n. of the country 
around Babylon, Gen. 11, 2. 14,1. Is. 11, 
11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1,2. For its ex- 
tent see Gen. 10, 10. Comp. Bochart 
Phaleg 1.5. J. D. Michelis Spicileg. 
Geogr. I.p.231. Syr. εὐλῷ of the coun- 
try around Bagdad; see Barhebr. p. 
256. The derivation is unknown. 

PIU f(r. 751) i. ᾳ. MND, sleep, Ps. 
132, 4. 


* Tow fut. nods, kindr. with dow, 


SO, to plunder, to spoil, Ps. 44,11; c. 


ace. of pers, 1 Sam. 14, 48; and oF tthe 
plur. Hos. 13, 15. Part. ced spoilers, 
plunderers, Jude. 2, 14. 1 Sam. 23. 1. 


Po. Med, for MO which is read in 


some Mss. to plunder, to spoil, c. acc. of 
thing Is. 10, 13. 


᾿ oou fut. 0°, to plunder, to spoil: 
i.g. HOW, c. ace. of thing Judg. 2, 14. 


1077 


a0 


1 Sam. 17, 53. Ps. 89, 42. Part. plur. c. 
suff. ἸΌΝ by Syriasm for ΠΟ Jer. 
30, 16 Cheth. comp. κὸν part. ws}9. 
Nipu. to be plundered, spoiled, 18. 13. 
16. Zech. 14, 2. 
Deriv. Noun. 


+S cw to cleave, to split, to divide. 
Kindred roots are 513, 333, >; com- 
pare also Sancr. chid to cleave, Gr. 
σχίζω, Lat. scindere, Germ. scheiden.— 
mow 208 so Lev. 11, 7, and Ὁ ὦ 
mio v. 3. Deut. 14, 16, fo cleave the 
cleft of the hoof or ΠΑΡ i.e. to have the 
hoof entirely parted. Comp. 0™5F. 

Pieu ΞΘ 1. to cleave, Lev. 1, 17. 

2. to rend, to tear in pieces a lion 
Judg. 14, 16. 

3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to 
chide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8.—Hence 


yOu cleft, fissure, see τ. SOU in Kal. 


*pow in Kal not used, fo cut in 
pieces ; kindr. with SP, 3}, comp. in 
sou. 

Prew fut. FEW", to cut or hew in pieces 
1 Sam. 15, 33. Sept. ἔσφαξε, Vulg. in 
Srustra concidit. 


*T. S73 fat. πριν, apoc. stim, to 
look, kindr. with H3¥, m3, where see ; 
hence absol. to look around for help, ᾿ 
2 Sam. 22,42. Spec. a) With 5 ἕο 
look upon with favour, to, have respect 
to the prayers of any one, Gen. 4, 4. 5. 
b) to look to any one, expecting help, ec. 
δὲὲ Is. 17, 8; by 17, 7. 31); 2 Ex. 5,9. 
c) With 52 ‘and by to oak away γι." 
lo turn away the eyes from any person 
or thing to let alone, Job 7,19. 14, 6. 
Is. 22, 4, 

Hien. i. ἃ. Kal lett. c, with 72 Ps. 39, 
14 "32% SUM look away from me, spare 
me. The form >Wn is here imper. apoc. 
for nsun, whence sun, and, the first 
a ‘being made long, sen, like 

7, 332; ΠΠΞῚ, 737. There is then 
no need of deriving this form from a’ 
toot 59, nor of changing the vowels. 
Another 2&7 see in 556 Hiph. 

Hrrup. Hzn277, fut. apoc. smu. 
look around for help Is. 41, 10. 

2. to look upon each other, 56. with 
astonishmeut, to be amazed, Is, 41, 23. 

Deriv. Chald. 530, perh. "st. 


1. to 


rw 
"Ἢ: mw i. q. Syr. isa, Heb. 23%, 


to be smeared together with viscous mat- 
ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blinded, 
Is. 32, 3. 


MIU Chald. αὶ emphat. xno, παρ, 

a moment of time, pr. a look, glance of 
ρ ? 

the eye, Germ. Augenblick, Syr. (As 


ῷ 

and Arab. ἀξί moment, also hour; 
comp. Dutch Stondt, which signifies 
both. ΣΤΡ in that moment, i. 6. 
instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6. 15. 4, 
30. 5,5; but 4, 16 83m ΠΣῚῸΞ for a mo- 
ment, i. e. for a short time. 


* Dru obsol. verb, prob. to beat, to 
pound, to stamp. Arab. 855 Il, to 


stamp, to pound in pieces.—Hence 

ΓΙΌΣ f. constr. MV, a stamping, 
6. g. of horses advancing in warlike ar- 
ray, Jer. 47, 3. 


7202W a kind of cloth or garment 
made of different threads, linen and 
woollen, woven together, Lev. 19, 19, 
where it is coupled with D°8>>. Deut. 
22, 11 thou shalt not wear Shaatnez, wool- 
len and linen together, Sept. κίβδηλον, 
i. e. adulterated, not genuine.— The 
etymology is very obscure. That pro- 
posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406, and 
that of Buxtorf; Lex. Chald. 2483, both 
of whom seek its origin in the Semitic 
languages, haye little probability. Nor 
is that entirely satisfactoty which is 
suggested by Jablonsky, Opusc. ed. te 
Water 1. p. 294, and by Forster, de 
Bysso Antiquorum p. 92, who refer «it 


back to the Coptic word WONTIEC 
Shontnes, i. 6. byssus fimbriatus. 


: 230 obsol. root, prob. to be hollow, 
as appears from the derivatives, ds 
hollow of the hand, >>w2 hollow way, 
boa the fox, i.e. the burrower. Kin- 
dred is ΝΘ II, whence >ixd Sheol, 
Orcus ; and comp. in the Indo-European 
tongues κοῖλος, celum, Germ. holl. 


230 τὰ. c. suff. bey, plur, 5°>>0, 
' constr. "228. Syr. tiscu id. 


1. the hollow of the hand, the palm, 
Is, 40, 12. 


2, a handful 1 K. 20,10. Ez. 13, 19. 
220, see Ῥξηῶ, 


1078 


230 


maby Judg. 1, 35. 1K. 4, 9, and 
PDIIW Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes, for 


the fuller “ὦ ΤΊΣ, comp. Arab. Rs δα. 
i. q. 394d fox,) Shaalbim, Shaalabbin, 
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Dan, see 
Reland Palest. p. 988.—Gentile noun 
-szabsu) (asiffrom 7122) a Shaalbonite, 
2 Sam. 23, 32. 1 Chr. 11,33. 


DSW (foxes? region) Shaalim, pr. n. 
of a district 1 Sam. 9,4; prob. in the 
territory of the city ΠΕΣ q. ν. 


ἩΣῚ in Kal not used; found only in 
ΝΙΡΗ. 1. fo lean upon, to rest upon, 
e.g. a spear, c. 59 2Sam.1,6. Ἰϑῶ9 
Ἔ πὸ b> to lean upon the hand of any 
one, said of kings who lean upon their 
high officers and attendants in public, 
2K. 5, 18. 7, 2. 17. Metaph. to rely 
upon, to trust in any person or thing, ὁ. 
dy Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15. 2 Chr. 13, 
18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3,11; & Prov. 3, 
5; 2 Is. 50, 10; absol. Job 94, 23. 

2. taidean against e. g. προλπάνς c. bY 
Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be adja- 
cent, to savin ὁ. > Num. 21, 15. 

3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon 
the elbow, Gen. 18, 4. 

Deriv. ees, ΤΣ, ue, and pr. 
n. jSWN. 


*> yu, imper. plur. 538, pr. fo stroke, 
also to overspread, to smear, Chald. 
and Syr. 338 and 358; comp. ΠΣ IL— 
In Kal once intrans. lo be smeared toge- 
ther, e. g. the eyes, to be blinded, Is. 
29, 9; see in Hithp. 

Fite, Imp. 28 to smear, i. 6. to blind 
the eyes, Is. 6, 10. 

Pite. SU3Y 1. Trans. to delight, to 
rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe, Ps. 94, 19. 

2. Intrans. to delight oneself, to be de- 
lighted, Is. 11, 8; ¢. ace. in or with any 
thing, Ps. 119, 70. 

Potr. 3828 to be soothed, to be ca- 
ressed, dandled on the knees, Is. 66, 12. 

Hirahaur, susmen to delight oneself, 
to take one’s pleasure ; Is. 29, 9 ASYSHON 
1x1 delight yourselves and be ye blind- 
ed, i. e. indulge, if ye will, in your de- 
lights and pleasures; but soon ye shall 
be blinded with astonishment at the 
things which shall happen. For this 
use of two imperatives, of which the 
first is permissive while the second as- 


ὩΡῸ 


serts and threatens, see Heb. Gram. 
ὁ 127.2. With 2 in or with any thing 
Ps. 119, 16. 47. 

Deriv. σφ, 

sha obsol. root, prob. i. q. ὩΣΌ, to 
divide. Hence 

ὭΣ (division) Shaaph, pr. nm. m. 
a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) ib. v. 49. 

*I. Ὁ 1. to cleave, to split, to di- 
vide. Arab. intrans. pe to be cleft, to 


Gor 

open in fissures, .2#5 cleft, aperture ; 
Eth. MUZ to let go, to set free, from 
the idea of opening; see L. de Dieu ad 
Gen. 23,10. Hence "28 gate. 

2. to estimate, to fix the value of any 
thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving, 
dividing, readily pass over to the idea 


of deciding, Judging. Arab. pee Ul, II, to 


fix a price, pe price of grain, Chald. 


"3 id—Hence ἜΣ no. 2, and pr. n. 
mas. 


2 ZO i. q. "DW q. v. to shudder, 
not in use in the verb; but hence the 
deriv. "3B, πη, MAIY. 

"Ὁ comm. gend. but [ Is. 14,31, comp. 
Neh. 13, 16; plur. 5™S8, constr. ΠΣ Ως 

1. ἃ gate, Syr. and Chald. by trans- 
pos. 577, 32. E. g. of acamp. Ex. 
32, 26. 27; of a city Gen. 23. 18. Josh. 
2,7; of the temple Ez. 8, 5. 10, 19; of 
a palace Esth. 2, 19.21, whence “Dui for 
the palace itself (comp. the Porte) Esth. 


4, 2.6; comp. 52m. Nah. 2, 7 "φῶ. 


minnie the river-gates, those next the 
river. So 734 "120 the gates of the land 
are the passes into a country, where the 
enemy can have entrance, Jer. 15, 7. 
Nah. 3,13. 4903 within thy gates, i.e. 
in thy cities, Deut. 12, 12. 14,27; and so 
77H INN in one of thy cities 17, 2, 
comp. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hee 


WD AWD ΤῊΣ WI to possess the country ἢ 


or cities of one’s enemies, Gen. 22, 17. 
At the gates of cities was the market- 
place, forum, 357, (comp. espec. Neh. 8, 
16,) where trials” were held, and where 
the inhabitants came together either for 
business, or to sit and converse with 
each other, Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4, 11. Prov. 
31, 23. Lam. 1,4. Hence "283 in the 


1079 


“»Ὁ 


gate, often for in court, before the tribu- 
nal, Deut. 25, 7. Job 5,4. 31, 21. Prov. 
22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10. 12. 15; 
“ZW "30" those sitting in the gale, i. 6. 
idlers, Ps. 69,13; Ps. 127, 5 see in 933 
note, p. 212. Ruth 3, 11 "22 ἜΣΘ 52 all 
the gate (i. e. concourse, assembly) of 
my people. 

The gates in the walls of Jerusalem 
bore the following names: a) 71975 "3B 
the fountain-gate, so called from the foun- 
tain of Siloam, on the southeastern part 
of the city, Neh. 2,14. 3,15. 12,37. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 473.—On the 
southern and western sides of the city 
there followed: Ὁ) ΓΒ ΝΠ ἜΣ the dung- 
gale Neh. 2, 13. 3,14. 12, 31; contracted 
niptn ὦ 3, 13. Foecpiruk calls it the 
gate of the Besenes: B. J. 5. 4.2. Bibl. 
Res. l.c. 6) 8725 "90 the valley-gate 
Neh. 2, 13. 15. 3, 13. 2 Chr. 33,14. This 
was prob on the western ide: near the 
valley of Gihon, the upper part of Hin- 
nom; Bibl. Res. 1.c.—On the north side 
of the city there followed: d) Minn ἜΘ Ὲ 
Jer. 31, 38. 2 Chr. 26, 9, and D°2Bn “σῷ 
Zech. 14, 10, the corner-gate. This was 
prob, near the northwest corner of the 
city. 6) DEN the gate of Ephraim 
Neh. 8, 16, which is also called pov. ὦ 
the gale of Benjamin Jer. 37, 13. 38, T. 
Zech. 14, 10, as leading out to the ter- 
ritory of both these tribes; here was 
also a market-place or forum, Neh. 8, 
16.—Other gates mentioned are: f) 
M303 “WO the old gate Neh. 3, 6. 12, 39, 
prob. the same called jiWN77 7B Zech. 
14,10. g) 0729 ὦ the fish-gate, prob. 
as being the place where fish were sold, 
Neh. 3, 3. 12,39. Zeph. 1, 10. h) ὦ 
i825 the sheep-gate Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39, 
near the temple, so called from the sheep 
which were here sold for the sacrifices of 
the temple. 1) "PHan ὦ, Vulg. porta 
judicialis, Neh. 3, 31; this gate others 
refer to the temple. k) the horse-gate 
Neh. 3, 28. Jer. 31, 40. 1) the water- 
gate Neh. 3, 26. 12, 37; this some sup- . 
pose to be the same with the following: 
m)MAO WI “DO the pottery-gate Jer. 19, 
2, which led to the valley of Hinnom, and 
is doubtless to be sought on the south- 
east part of the city; comp. ὃ ἀγρὸς τοῦ 
κεραμέως the potter’s field Matt. 27, 10. 
n) the inner or middle gate, 30n ὃ, Jer. 


i Owe 


“0 


39, 3, which seems to have led from the 
upper to the lower,city. See on the whole 
subject, Bachiene Beschr. von Palestina 
Il. ὃ 94-107. J. E. Faber Archaologie 
der Hebraer I. p. 336 sq. Rosenm. Al- 
terthumskunde 11. ii. p. 216 sq. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 471 sq—Some of 
these gates, as well as others mentioned, 
were perhaps not in the walls of the 
city, but in the external wall of the 
temple, or in the wall between Zion and 
the lower city ; see “30, M2bY. 

2. a measure, see r. ἜΣΘ πο. 1. 2, Gen. 
26, 12 ΞΣΦ ΠΝ a hundred measures, 
i. 86. ἕκατον πλασίως, a hundred fold. 


"Ὁ adj. horrid, i. 6. bad, foul, loath- 
some, of figs, Jer. 29,17. R. "28 IL. 


WAV adj. (r. "8 IL) horrible; fem. 
something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14. 


“A id. Jer. 18, 13; fem. W293 
Hos. 6, 10. 

7219 (whom Jehovah estimates, r. 
ἜΣΘ 1) Sheariah, pr. ἢ, τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 
9, 44. 

DPT (two gates) Shaaraim, pr. n. 
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31. 


TOIT Shaashgaz, pr. ἢ. of a Persian. 


eunuch, the keeper of the women in the 
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14.—Pers. 


Lu. beauty’s servant. 


Dery plur. delight, pleasure, Prov. 
8, 30. Ps. 119, 24. Jer. 31, 20. R. 330 
Pilp. 


* γΓΙΞῸ in Kal. not used. 1. Pr. to 
scratch, to scrape, then to scrape or 
pare off. Aram. Los to file, pr. to make 
smooth, bald; Jlscoe file, {dace a 
filing, paring. 

2. i. q. Syr. Pa, to cleanse from dregs, 
to purify; comp. Talmud. MDW to filter. 
Hence nee. 

Nien. Part. πρῶ, bare, bald, naked, 
of a mountain Is. 13, 3, Sept. ὄρος 
πεδινόν. 

Ρύλι,, Job 33, 21 Keri 12x32 "Bw his 


bones are: made bare, are stripped of 


flesh. 
Deriy. 


ἐπὴν πρῶ, "BO, and pr, ἢ, iby, 


υ- 


1080 


pew 

MDW or πρῶ, (r. 75%) only in plur. 
2.Sam. 17, 29 "22 MiBY, according to 
Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses 
of kine, so called as filtered from. the 
whey, dregs, etc. seer. no, 2. Abul- 
walid renders it by 329 ἪΝ ὙΠ ‘slices of 
curd.’ 

‘PW (nakedness, τ᾿ HB) Shepho, pr. 
n. m. Gen. 36,23; for which "BY Shephi 
1 Chr. 1, 40. 

DIDW τὰ. (r. VEY) judgment, punish- 
ment, 2 Chr. 20, 9, Plur. ΘΛ (Ἷ 
shortened to 5) Ez. 23, 10. 

DENY (i. ᾳ. jip*pt) serpent?) She- 
phupham, Engl. Vers. Shupham, pr. 
n. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39. 
In Gen. 45, 21 written 5°92. 

jy (id.) δὐν ἑόδίως, pr. ἢ,» τῇ. 
1 Chr. 8, 5. 

nid Neh, 3 


*mEU obsol. root, prob. i. q. npy, 


Eth. Fi<Gih to spread out; comp. M38, 
>p.—Hence ΠΙΒ 8 family, and also 


ΤΌ f constr. nny, plur. minds , 
famula,§ one of the family? a family dere 
vant, i. e. maid-servant, handmaid, Gen. 
16, 1. 29, 24.—For the diifforodee be- 
tween it and MN, see 1 Sam. 25, 41 
mm=eo> ΠΝ mt lo thy handmaid is 
as a servant, slave, housemaid. 


* DED. fat, 


, 18, see in rBON. 


wbS", imper. parag. 
1. to judge; not found in the. other 
Semitic dialects. The primary idea 
seems to be to set upright, to erect, like 
the Germ. richien ; comp. the kindr. 
rev, and see espec. in 028. Traces 
of this root are perhaps found in the 
Indo-European languages, as Germ, 
scheffen to judge, in Gloss. Mons. ge- 
schefft testament, Schdppe, judge.—Ab- 
sol. Job 22, 13. Ez. 44, 24; ο. ace. of pers. 
whose cause is judged, Ex. 18, 22. 26, 
Deut. 16, 18. Is, 11, 4. P22, bB8 Prov. 
31,9, and p71 ὦ Ps. 75, 3, to judge 
justly, uprightly, todo justice, equity. Ez. 
16, 38 MBI "BAYH? PMV J will judge 
thee (according ‘to) the ΝΟ ΜΟΝΝ of 
adulleresses. 4731 992 ὦ to judge be- 
tween i. 6. to be arbiter, umpire, Gen, 
16, 5, 31, 53. Part, 2B subst. a ajudge 
Deut: 16, 18, 


US 


Spec. lo judge any one, like r. ὙΠ no. 
2, is: a) i,q. to condemn, to punish 
the guilty, κατακρένω, 1 Sam. 3,13. Obad. 
21. Ps.109,31. Comp.tiat. Ὁ) todo 
justice to any one, to defend or vindicate 
his cause, espec. the poor and oppress- 
ed; Is. 1,17 Sims ἸΏΒ Ὁ defend the cause 
of the fatherless. Ps. 10, 18. 26, 1. 82, 3. 
‘p opwe “Jer. 5,28. Lam. 3,59, With 
ἸΏ and 7° preegn. to defend one’s cause 
and deliver him from his enemies, 1 Sam. 
24, 16. 2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1. 

2. to govern, to rule, as connected with 
the power of judging, since to dispense 
justice was the part of kings and chief 
magistrates ; comp. 1 Sam. 8,20. 2 Chr. 
1, 10, and see 3 no. 1,2. So Judg. 16, 
31. Hence Part. opi, vad, a judge, 
for a ruler, prince, chief, Ps. 2,10. Am. 2, 
3. Spec. of the leaders and chief magis- 


trates of the Israelites from Joshua to 


Samuel, who led out the people to war 
against their enemies, and, after having 
delivered them from the oppression of 
the neighbouring nations, exercised dur- 
ing peace the office of chief ruler and 
judge, (comp. Judg. 4, 5,) Judg. 2, 16. 
18. Ruth 1.1. 2K. 23,22. al—The same 
name, suffes, plur. suffetes, was borne by 
the chief magistrates of the Carthagi- 
nians. 

Nipu. 1. to be judged Ps. 37, 33. 

2. Recipr. to go to law, to plead’ to 
contend before a judge, with any one, 
Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26; with ἘΣ of pers. 
. Joel 4, 2 [3,2]; mx (nx) Ez. 17, 20. 20, 
35.36; > Jer.25,31 see below; acc. and 
d3 of thing Jer. 2,35; also acc. of thing 
about which one contends 1 Sam. 12, 7. 
Ez. 17, 20; ὁ. 3 with truth Is. 59, 4. 
Where Jehovah is thus said to plead 
or contend with men, it has sometimes 
the sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. 
66, 16 ; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8. 

Po. part. bbb i. ᾳ. DEI, Job 9, 15. 

Deriv. DbYy—juEy, view, vpwa. 

CPD Chald. part. wav a judge, Ezra 
7, 25. This is a Hebraismg, since the 
verb itself is wanting in Chaldee. 

DEW (judge) Shaphat, pr.n.m. a) 
Num. 13,5. b) 1Chr.3,22. 6) 1K, 
19,16. ἃ) 1Chr. 27,29. 6) 5, 12. 


DEW m. only plur. ΡΒ, judgments, 
punishments, Ex. 6,6. 3 pound δ 


1081 


JEU 


do judgment upon, to inflict punishment, 
Ex. 12, 12. Num. 33,4. ΒΕ. ow. 


ΓΞ (whom Jehovah defends i. e. 
his cause) Shephatiah, pr.n.m. a) A 
son of David, 2 Sam. 3,4. Ὁ) Jer. 38, 1. 
c) Neh. 11,4. 4d) Ezra 2,4. 57. e) 


Ezra 8, 8. Neh. 7, 9. 59. 


WL_B (id.) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. 
a) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2. 
b) 1 Chr. 12,5. 6) 27, 16. 


OED (judicial, τ. wed) Shiphtan, pr. 
n. m. Num. 34, 24. 

“Dt m. (τ. ΒΞ) plur. "28 and o*Dw. 

1. bareness, nakedness, Job 33, 21 
Cheth. where the subst. is poetically 
put for the finite verb. Keri has in the 
same sense 15%; see the root in Pual. 

2. a naked hill, i. e. bare, destitute of 
trees, (comp. ΓΒ 3 "7 Is. 13, 2,) Jer. 12, 
12 "222 O1BY hills in the desert. 3, 2. 
21. 4, 11. 7, 29. 14,6. Is. 41, 18. 49, 9. 
Num. 23, 3 "Dw ΩΝ he went upon a 
hill. 

3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see 15W. 


DEW (serpents ? r. HE) Shuppim, 

pr.n.m. a)1Chr.7,12.15. Ὁ) 26,16. 

iD! only Gen. 49, 17, a species of 

serpent, from r. 92. Syr. to creep, to 
ὃ 


glide. Arab. aw a kind of speckled 


serpent with black and white spots; 
see Bochart Hieroz. I.yp. 416 sq. 


DD (fair, τ. 2%) Shaphir, pr. n. of 
a place in Judea, Mic. 1,11. [Accord- 
ing to Eusebius, it lay between Eleu- 
theropolis and ro ; prob. the mo- 
dern Sawéfir, poly gw see Bibl. Res. 


in Palest. IT. p.“370.—R. 
EO Chald: adj. fair, beautiful, Dan. 
4,9.18. R. mp. 


ΠΞῸ fut. 3239 1. 10 pour out, to 
shed; Arab. Siw id. Ethiop. WON 
to pour out metals; kindr. with mo, 

.—E. g. a libation Is. 57,6, 03 Fat 


to shed blood, i. e. to kill any one, Gen. 
9, 6. 37, 22, Ez. 14,19. Metaph. ὭδῈ 
ΘῈ» Ps. 42. 5, and ia “ὃ Lam. 2, 19, to 
pour out one’s soul sc. in tears and com- 
plaints ; with "7 ΒΡ 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ps. 
62,9; comp. Lam. l.c. by wnen ἯΞϑ to 


ϑῦ 


pour out one’s anger, wrath, upon any 
one, Ez. 14, 19. 22, 22. Lam. 2, 4. 

2. Of dry things, to throw up, lo heap 
up, 6. g. a mound Ez. 26, 8, 

Nien. 1. to be poured out 1 K. 13, 5. 
Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 J am poured out like 
water, describing a person unable to rise 
from weakness. 

2. to be poured out, i. e. profusely ea- 
pended, of money Ez. 16, 36. Comp. 
ἐχχέω Tob. 4, 18. 

Pua to be poured out, e. 5. one’s 
steps, i. 6. to slip, to fall, Ps. 73, 2 Keri. 
Comp. Lat. fundi for prosterni. 

Hirupa. lit. to pour itself out, i.e. to be 
poured out, Lam. 4, 1. The phrase his 
soul (life) pours itself out signifies: a) 
he pours himself out in complaints, Job 
30,16. b) his blood is shed, he dies, 
Lam. 2, 12. ᾿ 

Deriv. the two following. 


JPW m. a place of pouring out, Lev. 4, 
12. R. 728. , 

ΓΞ f. (r. BY) the privy member, 
pr. urethra, through which the urine is 
poured off, Deut. 23,2. Vulg. veretrum. 
Others falsely, testicle, see FON. 


+550, fat. Dew, inf. θῶ, Arab. 


haw; ἥλε; to be made low, to be de- 
pressed, cast down, opp. 519 Job 5, 11. 


E. g. a mountain Is. 40,4; lofty trees 
Is. 10, 33; a city 32,19. Metaph. to be 
made low, depressed, 6. 5. 8) Of per- 
sons who fall from a high state of digni- 
ty, to be humbled, abased, Is, 2, 9.11. 12. 
17. 5,15. 10,33. Ὁ) Ofthe voice ora 
sound as depressed, low, Is. 29, 4. Ecc. 
12,4. ¢) Inf. min >Bt to be humbled in 
spirit Prov. 16, 19. Comp. Bt. 

Hien. 1. to bring low, to make hum- 
ble, to abase, (opp. 5°7,) Ps. 18, 28. 
75,8. Intrans. to be brought low, pr. to 
humble oneself, Job 22,29. When fol- 
lowed by another verb, it assumes the 
nature of an adverb; Jer. 13, 18 ἢρ ΘΙ 
ἢ make low, sit down, i. 6. sit ye down 
in a low place. Ps. 113, 6. 

2. to lay low, to cast down, as walls 
Is, 25, 12. 

Deriv. bj — med. 

>pw Chald. Arn. to make low, to hum- 


ble, to abase, e. g. kings, powerful per- 
sons, Dan. 5,19. 7,24. Also with 33>, 


1082 


Ph) 


to humble one’s heart, to become humble, 
Dan. 5, 22. 

>DW τὰ. adj. (τ. dBw}) constr. dBW ; 
fer. M25, constr. M>Bt ; low, depress- 
ed, of a tree Ez. 17, 24; of a spot in the 
skin Lev. 13, 20.21. Metaph. a) low, 
humble, base, 2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. 
Mal. 2,9. Ὁ) πὴ 5B humble in spi- 
rit, lowly. Prov. 29, 23. Is. 57, 15; so 
without min id. Is. 1. e-—Masc. c. He 
parag. ΓΞ the humble, what is hum- 
ble, Ez. 21, 31 [26]. 


251 Chald. m. low, humble, Dan. 4, 14. 


>BY m. (r. bE) c. suff. 55%, low- 
ness, i. 6. low condition, low place, Ecc. 
10, 6. Ps. 136, 23. 


προ f. (τ. 55%) lowness, a low place, 
Is. 32, 19. 


MDW f£ (r. ἘΞ) low country, as opp. 
to mountains, Josh. 11, 16 fin. With 
art. Mbpwn the low country, plain, along 
the Mediterranean from Joppa to Gaza, 
Josh. 11, 16. Jer. 32, 44. 33,13. Gr. ἡ 
Σέφηλα 1 Mace. 12, 58. 


ΡΒ f(r, bed) a Letting down, 6. g. 
pet" ὦ a letting down of the hands, re- 
missness, slothfulness, Ecc. 10, 18. 


DSW (perh. bald, shaven, τ. MEY) 
Shapham, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 5, 12.—Of a 
root SW there is no certain trace. 


DSW (bareness, place of naked trees, 
r. 5%) Shepham, pr. ἢ. of a place on 
the northeastern border of Palestine, 
north of Riblah, Num. 34, 10. 11. 


rinaw (bare places, plur. of DE) 
Shiphmoth, pr. n. of a place in the south 
of Judah, mentioned with Aroer and 
Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others read 
nian, Siphmoth.—Gentile n. "258 a 
Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27.—R. 


t {Dw obsol. root, prob. i. q. 72%, ἸΒΌ, 
to cover, to hide, espec. under ground, 


whence j5%. Hence trop. Arab. ὧδέ 


cunning. * 

J©U τὰ. ρίαν. O28 1. A quadruped, 
chewing the cud in the manner of the 
hare, Lev. 11, δ, Deut. 14, 7; living in 
flocks among the rocks, and distinguished 
for its cunning, Ps. 104, 18. Prov. 30, 26. 
The Rabbins render it the coneyor rabbit. 


ΡῈ: 


The LXX in these places have zorgo- 
γρύλλιος, hedgehog, [which is indefinite. 
Some refer it to the mus v. dipus jacu- 
lus of Linn. Arab. 2 jerboa. The 
animal is doubtless correctly specified 
by Saadias, who renders jBY by mr 
wabr, i.e. the hyrax Syriacus, a small 
animal like a marmot, found in Pales- 
tine and Arabia, and still called in the 
9? 

Himyaritic dialect of Hadramaut ,, 
thofun, kindr. with θῶ. It is scarcely 
τ larger than a rabbit; has no tail; and 
in its ears, feet, and snout, resembles 
the hedgehog. It lives in families 
among the rocks, making its bed in the 
clefts; but does not burrow. It is lively 
and quick to retreat on the approach of 
danger ; and is difficult to capture. The 
name might come either from its hiding 
itself, or from its cunning. See Seetzen 
in Ritter’s Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wil- 
son Lands of the Bible 11. p. 28 sq, 
Fresnel in Journ. Asiat. Ser. ΠῚ. Τὶ V. p. 
514. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq.—R. 

2. Shaphan, pr.n.m. a) The seribe 
or secretary of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 3. 
12. Jer. 36,10; comp. Ez. 8.11. Ὁ) 
2K. 22,12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14; 
perh. Jer. 39, 3. 


Ζ BU obsol. root, to overflow, to be 
superabundant, as in Chald. and Syr. 


\24.—Hence the three following. 


DO m. abundance. Deut. 33, 19 
abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth ob- 
tained from the sea. 

MSU { (τ. 3B) constr. MEHo, abun- 
dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job 
22,11. 38, 34; of men 2K. 9, 17; of 
camels Is. 60, 6. Ez. 26, 10. 


"EU (abundant, τ. 25%) δον μοὶ pr: 
n.m, 1 Chr. 4, 37. 


“Ee obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr. 
«οὖν; to creep, to glide. Hence }in"Bt 
serpent, and pr. n. DESDY, ἼΘΙ, oy. 


“BU l.i.g. Arab. 2% to scratch, 
to scrape, kindr. with "BX, "BO; hence 
to polish. 

2. Intrans. fo be polished, i. 6. to be 
bright, shining, comp. Arab. χὰ" LIV, 


1083 


new 


illuxit aurora, and ΘΒ: hence to 


be fair, beautiful, i. q. Chald. and Syr. 


With ἘΣ, to be pleasant, acceptable, to 
any one, Ps. 16,'6; comp. Dan. 4, 24.— 
The notion of brightness is also trans- 
ferred to sound, as in Engl. a brilliant 
tone, i. e. clear and sonorous (comp. 
bm); whence "51% trumpet. 

3. i. q. Ethiop. M14,4, to measure, 
whence “BUX measure q. v. Kindr. is 
"Bd no. 3, to number.—For the passage 
Job 26, 13, see πη, 

Deriv. “Bu —NyETBU, “pid, “pws. 


"20 Chald. fut. “writ, to be fair, 
beautiful ; c. 53 Dan. 4, 24, and DIP 3, 
32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any 
one—fyr. id. 

“BU m. (τ. BY) 1. brightness, i. 6. 
beauty, pleasantness, 6. g. of words Gen. 
49, 21. 

2. Shepher, pr. n. m. of a mountain in 
the Arabian desert, Num. 33, 23. 24. 

"Dw, see “pid. 

MDW f(r. 78%) 1. brightness, beau- 
ty ; here seems to belong (as suggested 
by Simonis) Job 26, 13 ΠΡ BY ina 
by his (God’s) spirit the heavens are 
brightness, i. e. are bright, splendid, 
beautiful—But most intpp. take ποθ 
for 478% (Piel of 9%) to make bright, 
beautiful, to garnish sc. with stars und 
constellations; and suppose there is a 
mingling of two constructions, ‘6 ina 
met and “By bey inna, Vulg. spi- 
ritus ejus ornavil celos. But Dag. forte 
characteristic is very rarely if ever 
dropped from the letters MD="33. 

2. Shiphrah, pr. τι. f. Ex. 1, 15. 


“72D im. (τ. 1B) throne-ornament, 
tapestry, with which a throne is hung, 
Jer. 43, 10 Keri; for which Cheth. "475. 


ΒΘ Chald. m. the dawn, aurora, 


ΟΝ 


Dan. 6, 20. Syr. {pom id. 


, τρῇ fut. τοῦ, 1. to set, to put, to 
place, i. q. kindr. τῆ, see fully in r. 
at). -2 K. 4, 38. Ez. 24, 3. Ps. 22, 16 
snp ΤῸ spsb thou dost set me in 
the dust of death, i.e. dost bring me down 
to the grave. 

3. With dat. of pers. i. ᾳ. to give, Is. 
26, 12. 


Deriv. MBOX, ΡΒ, and 


nt 


D°MDD m. dual, stalls, folds for cattle, 
Ps. 68,14; comp. D1nsw2. Also Ez. 
40, 43, where it denotes places (Eng. 
Vers. hooks) in the court of the temple, 
to which the victims were fastened. 


Ρ p20 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. YY to pour 
out, to overflow.—Hence 


HYD m. once Is. 54,8 HYP ASL oul- 
pouring of anger, Δ δα of wrath ; i.q. 
HX ΩΦ Prov. 27,4. The form ps 
seems to have heea chosen instead of 
22% for the sake of the paronomasia. 


po Chald. i. ᾳ. pitt, the leg, from 
the knee to the ankle, plur. Dan. 2, 33. 
Theod. well χρῆμαι. 


᾿ Ipw, fat. pw, to wake, to be 
wakeful, sleepless, Arab. ARS, Ps. 102, 


8; hence to watch Ps. 127, 1. Ezra8, 29. 
Hence πρῶ .—Trop. with 53, e.g. 8) 
to watch over any thing, to give attention 
to it, Jer. 1,12. 31, 28. 44, 27. Dan. 9,14. 
Job 21, 32. Is. 29, 20 Ἰ1 “IPB they who 
watch over iniquity, i.e. who sedulously 
take care that wrong and not right shall 
be done. δ) to watch or watt at a door, 
Prov. 8,34; to lie in wait by or against, 
e. g. as the leopard, Jer. 5, 6. 

Pua part. 7pw2, δοῤδϊά, from πρῶ, 
made like almonds, i i.e. having the form 
of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 33. 34. 

ΠΡ τὰ. plur. D4 PY 1. an almond- 
tree, pr. ‘the waker,’ so called as being 
the earliest of all trees to awake from 
the sleep of winter, Jer. 1,11. There 
is also here an allusion to the haste and 
ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. See 
Celsius Hierobot. I. p. 297. 

2. an almond, almond-nut, Gen. 43, 11. 
Num. 17, 23, Eee. 12,5 9p yr and 
the almond is spurned, rejected, se. by 
the old and toothless man, although 
in itself a delicate and delicious fruit. 
Others less well, the almond-tree shall 
flourish, which they refer to white hairs ; 
though the flower of the almond-tree is 
not white, but rose-coloured. 


“pt in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. πιῶ, 
to drink ; forthe interchange of the let- 
ters k and ¢, see under Pp, p. 907. Arab. 
io, Eth. MPP , to let drink, to water. 

Hira. πρῶτ, fat. HRW, apoe. Pwr. 


1084 


opw 


1. to give to drink, to let drink, c. 
dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, Gen. 19, 32. 
24, 43. Judg. 4,19. Num. 5,24. Ps. 60,5. 
Job 22, 7. Jer. 9,14. 35, 2; ¢. 3 of thing 
Ps. 80, 6; 12 of any thing Cant. 8, 2. 
Part. Mp2 subst. a cup-bearer, butler, 
Gen. 40, 1. 41, 9. But in Gen. 40, 21 
mp denotes tink (see HRY no. 2); 
and the words are to be understood thus: 
and he again gave the chief cup-bearer 
charge "ΓΙ ὉΣ over his drink, i.e. re- 
stored to him his charge and office as 
chief of the cup-bearers. 

2. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 46. 29, 2. 
Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19. 

3. to water the ground, to irrigate, 
Gen. 2, 6. 10. Ps. 104, 13. 

Nore. Kal and Niph. are borrowed 
from the synom. “M8, which again has 
no Hiph. 

ΝΊΡΗ. see 5) Ὁ Niph. 

Ῥυαι, to be moistened, irrigated. Job 
21, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist, 
i. e. fresh, vigorous; comp. Prov. 3, 8. 
15, 30. 17, 22. 

Deriv. Ὁρῶ, ΠΡ 8, and the two fol- 
lowing. 


"pW τὰ. (τ. πρῶ, for PB, after the 
form >32p) drink, only in plur. ops 
Ps. 102, 10. 


“pW m. (r. Hp) οἷαί: ὁ. suff, πληρῶ 
Hos. 2, 7. 

1. drink Hos. 1. c. where not water, 
but some more delicate drink, as wine, 
is to be understood; Sept. ed. Ald. 
ὃ οἶνός wou. Comp. Gea: 40, 21. 

2. a watering, moistening of the bones, 
i. e. refreshment, Prov. 3,8. See τ. πρῷ 
in Pual. 


TP and PPV τὰ. (r. yrds) ρίαν. 
ΠΕΡ, an abomination, abominable 
thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g. 
filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats 
offered to idols, εἰδωλόϑυτα, Zech. 9, 7; 
espec. of idols, 1K. 11,5 Milcom p zap ὦ 
the abomination (idol) of the Ammonites. 
2 K. 23,13. Dan. 9, 27; comp. 11, 31. 
12,11. Plur: of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 
20, 7. 8. 


» ὌΡῸ fut. wp, to rest, to have or 
keep quiet, lo be still; pr. to lie down, to 
recline ; comp. Arab. Lagw to fall, Κι πᾶν, 
with M20, Kw, to be silent.—Spoken: 


op 


a) Of one who is never infested, har- 
assed, ‘troubled, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28. 
Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27; whence ΓΤ .9 Ὁ UPY 
Josh. 11, 23. 14, 15; also of one who 
troubles or harasses no one, Judy. 18, 7. 
27; which sometimes arises from fear, 
Ps. 76, 9. Ὁ) Of one who does nothing, 
remains inactive, idle, Is. 62, 1. Jer. 47, 
6; hence of God, as not affording aid, 
Ps. 83, 2. 

Hira. 1. tocause to rest, to quiet, i. e. 
to appease strife Prov. 15,18. Also to 
give quiet, to render tranquil and secure, 
Job 34, 29; c. > of pers. and 72 of thing, 
i.e. from danger, Ps. 94, 13. 

2. Intrans. to find rest, to be quiet, pr. 
to quiet oneself, Is. 7, 4. 57, 20. Inf. 
DP subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30,15. 32, 17. 
Trop. the earth is said to be quiet, tran- 
guil, when the air is still and sultry, Job 
37, 17.—Hence 


UpW τι. rest, quiet, ι Chr. 22, 9, 


* Spo fat. Spt, once MaPUY (as if 
from >pt)7) Jer. 32, 9, to poise, to weigh. 
Arab. dius, oftener (a3. Syr. Nae 
and \22 id. but alsg to depart, to mi- 
grate; whence pr. n. }}>ptx. The pri- 
mary idea is to suspend the balance; 
comp. Eth. fiPA to suspend, as upon a 
cross; comp. also 82, ΠΡΌ, and Lat. 
pendo, pendeo.—Ex. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 14, 
26. Is. 40, 12. With > to weigh out to 
any one, e. g. metals, money, Gen, 23, 
16. Jer. 32, 9. Ezra 8,25; with ‘prarby 
into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26. 
Esth 3,9; with >3 over fo or into the 
king’s treasury, Esth. 4,7; with 2 fora 
thing, Is. 55, 2.—2 Sam, 18, 12 though I 
might weigh a thousand shekels into 
my hands, i. e. though they should be 
weighed out tome. Trop. to examine, 
to try a person Job 31, 6; a thing 6, 2. 

Nipu. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2; to 
be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33. 

Deriv. >pt, bipsia, m>pwa, pr. ἢ. 
PoPos, and 


Ὁρῶ τὰ. ρίαν; bp, constr. "δρῶ, 
a shekel, siclus, a definite weight of gold 
and silver, containing twenty gerahs 
(473) i. 6. grains, pr. kernels, beans, Ex. 
30, 13; and this being weighed out 
passed as current money among the 
Hebrews (see in "29 no. 2), Gen. 23, 15. 

91* 


1085 


aps 


10. Ex. 21, 32, Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3.6, Josh. 
7,21. 1 Sam. 17,5.—T wo kinds of shekel 
are distinguished, the shekel of the sanc- 
tuary Ex. 30, 13, and the king’s shekel 
2 Sam. 14, 26; but which of these was 
the heaviest, cannot be known. In the 
time of the Maccabees (1 Mace. 15, 6) 
silver coins were struck, each weighing 
one shekel, and stamped with the words 
dbxrw bpw; see Bayer de Nummis 
Hebreo-Samaritanis, Valent. 1781. 4to. 
Ρ. 171 sq. These were equal to four 
Attic drachme, i. 6. to one stater, ac- 
cording to Josephus, Ant. 3. 8. 2; nor 
do the specimens still extant differ much 
from this, since even now when worn 
away by age they still contain 215-229 
grains troy weight, of which 60 make 
one drachm; see Eckhel Doctr. Numm. 
vett. IIL. p.464. Frohlich Annal. regam 
Syrie, Prolegg. p. 84. Rasche Lex. rei 
nummarie IV. 2. p. 904.—The LXX 
have often rendered 5p by δίδραχμον, 
which can be reconciled with the words 
of Josephus and with the weight of the 
specimens still extant, by supposing 
that the shekel, before the Babylonish 
exile and before the use of coined mo- 
ney, was of less weight than afterwards. 
Of less weight and value was also the 
σίκλος, siydos, used by the Persians, and 
containing 74 oboli (six oboli make one 
drachma) Xen. Anab. 1.5.6. At Ephe- 
sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord- 
ing to Alexander A&tolus ap. Macrob. 
Sat. 5, 22. 


*Opw obsol. root, Arab. piw to be 
ill, sick.—Hence 


MQPU, only plur. pape) 1 K. 10, 27. 
Is. 9,9. Am. 7, 14, and ΤΌ Ὁ Ps. 78, 
47, (the sing. occurs in the Mishna,) ἃ 
sycamore-tree, Gr. συκόμορος, συκάμινος, 
very frequent in the level parts of Pa- 
lestine, resembling the mulberry-tree in 
its leaves and general appearance, with 
fruit similar to the fig growing directly 
from the stem and larger boughs, and 
very difficult of digestion; Dioscorid. I. 
182; comp. the root =pY. The fruit is 
used only by the poorest classes, comp. 
bbs. See Celsii Hierob. 1. p. 310. 
Warnekros Hist. naturalis Sycomori, in 
Repertorium f. morgenl. Literatur, St. 
11, 12. 


pu 


* SPW fat. vpris, to sink down, to 
subside, as fire Num. 11, 2; of a land, to 
be submerged, overflowed, drowned, Jer. 
51, 64. Am, 9, 5 ΣΧ “RD NPY it is 
overflowed as with the river of ‘Egypt, 
where it is coupled with an acc. of 
abundance. 

Nipu. to be submerged, overflowed, as 
a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Cheth. for 
ΠΙΣΤΩ͂Σ stands πρῶ, the 5 being elided; 
see in 9, p. 737, col. 2. 

Hires. 1. to cause to subside, as water 
Ez. 32, 14. 

2. to sink, i.e. to press down ; Job 40, 
25 26> ΣΡ bana canst thou press 
down his tongue with a cord? i.e. canst 
thou tame him (the crocodile) by a 
thong or bit thrust into his mouth? 

Deriv. 202. 


MIM PY Γ ρίαν. sunken places, hol- 
lows, in a wall Lev. 14, 37. Sept. κοι- 
λάδες, Vulg. vallicule. This quadrilit. 
comes from ΣΙ to sink, and ,#3 to be 
deep. yal 


ype in Kal not used, prob. to lay 
upon or over, to lay or cover with beams, 
joists, etc. i. q. Arab. aiw, Gr. σκεπάω, 
oxsnato.—Hence ΠΡ, D"aPY, Hpwr. 

Nipn: to lie out over any thing, lo pro- 
ject ; hence to bend forward, Gr. παρα- 
κύπτειν, espec. in order to see, and thus 
i. q. to look forth or abroad, comp. in 
met; e. g. from a window, jinn ἼΣΞ 
Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16; from heaven 
Ps. 85, 12. Also ofa mountain, to over- 
hang, lo look towards, Num. 21, 20. 23, 
28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil impendeth 
(approacheth) from the north. Arab. 


d- of 

fart 7m | long and bending from length, 
as the neck of the ostrich, or a tall man 
who stoops. 

Hien. id. Dra HPN 0 look down 
from heaven, so of God, Ps. 14, 2. 53, 3; 
6. δὲ Ex. 14, 24; to look out ata win- 
dow, 6. 133 Gen. 26, 8. 2 Κ. 9, 30. 

Deriv. see under Kal. 


ἘΡῸ m. (τ. Hp) in pause APY, a 
layer of beams or joists, etc. 1K. 7,5 
all the doors and the posts were 0°23" 
TR made square with layers of beams, 
i.e. were not arched, but covered, above 
with beams, and therefore square. 


1086 


“pu 


DSP τὰ. ρίαν. (r. HRY) beams or 
bars laid over, frame-work, 1 K. 7, 4. 6, 
4 Ὁ Ν DNBPY “21> windows sui 
closed (fixed) bars, lattice-work. See 
under DOR. 


" yeu in Kal not used, to be filthy, 
loathsome, abominable. 

PIeL yee 1, to make filthy, to conta- 
minale, to pollute, %052 oneself Lev. 11, 
43. 20, 25. 

2. to loathe, to abominate, io abhor, 
Ps. 22, 25; espec. any thing unclean, 
polluted, Ley. 11, 11. Deut 7, 26. 

Deriv. yp, and 


Yew τὰ. an abominable thing, spoken 
of things (and persons) unclean, pol- 
luted; espec. of things relating to idol- 
atry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13. 20. 23. 41. 42. 
Perh. vermin Is. 66, 17. 


γρῶ, see γηρῶ. 


* PPD fut. piss, kindr. with pw. 

1. to run up and down, to and -fro, 
spoken of those who eagerly seek any 
thing, 6. g. of locusts Joel 2,9. Is. 33, 
4 c. 3 of the prey.—Hence 

2. to roam about, to range in search of 
prey, as a bear Prov. 28,15. ‘Trop. to 
be eager, to long, of a person thirsty, Is. 
29, 8. Ps. 107, 9. 

Hirapare. ΟΠ i. ᾳ. Kal. no. 1, 
Nah. 2, 5. 

Deriv. pwn. 


“PW, fat. “pd, do lie, to tell lies ; 
c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him, 
Gen. 21, 238. The primary idea is per- 
haps that of colouring, painting ; comp. 


: Guo» 
it to be red, ruddy, δι. νῷ red colour, 


paint, falsehood ; see Tsepregi in Diss. 
Lugdd. p. 115. Comp. kindr. px. 

Pret "PB fo lie, 1 Sam. 15, 29; ¢. 3 of 
pers. fo lie to any one, to deceive, Lev. 
19,11. Also c.3 of thing, as ΓΛ "FY 
to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher- 
ously to break it, Ps. 44, 18. naga ὦ 
to be fulse to one’s faith, fidelity, Ps. 89, 
34; absol. id. Is. 63, 8—Hence 


“PU m. plur. ppd, c. suff. Say pt 
Jer. 23, 32. 

1. a lie, falsehood ; “Pp "235 false 
words Ex. 5,9. "RY 7 a false witness 
Deut. 19, 18. "pwd D2? to swear toa 


npw 


falsehood, i.e. falsely, Lev. 5, 24. 19, 12. 
“PW. X22 lo prophesy false things, i. 6. 
not received from God, Jer. 5, 31. 20, 6. 
29,9. Absol. and as an adv, a lie! it is 
false! 2K. 9, 12. Jer. 37, 14, Plur. lies, 
falsehoods, Ps. 101, 7.—Once for coner. 
a liar, man of falsehood, for "RX Ox, 
Proy. 17, 4. 

2. deception, a vain thing, any thing 
which deceives or disappoints one’s 
hopes; Ps. 33, 17 myswtn> ὈΘΓῚ “Pd i. 6. 
they are deceived, disappginted, who 
trust in cavalry for victory. Hence 
“RW in vain 1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23; 
and “PY without cause, wrongfully, Ps. 
38, 20. 69, 5. 119, 78. 86. 


npv f. (r. πρῶ), plur. constr. ninpw 
(as if from MP), a walering-trough, 
made of wood or stone for watering cat- 
tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38. 


Ἢ or MW, plur. mind, walls Jer. 5, 
10, i.g. MIN. So Sept. Vulg. Chald. 
and so the context demands. R. "50 
ΠῚ. 


“WU, see 1"). 


MD m.(r. 7) c. suff. AV. 1. sinew, 
muscle, collect. Prov. 3, 8 "Ah MAXI 
72> it shall be health (refreshment) 
to thy muscles, in which is the seat of 
strength. The other hemistich has, ἕο 
thy bones. > 

2. the navel, pr. the navel-cord, Arab. 


o Ez. 16,4. Comp. 778. 

SW Chald. also STW Dan. 2, 22. 

1. to Joose, to unbind, to solve, e. g. 
knots, trop. knotty questions, Dan. 5, 16. 
Part. plur. 371% loosed, unbound, i. e. 
from bonds, Dan. 3, 25. Spec. of travel- 
lers who stop and put up for the night, 
and so unbind the loads of their beasts 


a 

of burden, Arab. AS, Gr. καταλύω, 
whence κατάλυμα. Hence 

2. to pul up for the night, and in gene- 
ral to lodge, to dwell, Dan. 2, 22. Syr. 
ἵν. to put up, to dwell. Comp. 5°27. 

Pa. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to solve Dan. 
5, 12. 

2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. dan 
from 55m, Ezra 5, 2. 

Irupa. to be loosened, to become weak, 
Dan. 5, 6. 


1087 


71 
“ZN Sharezer, Persian pr.n. 8) 


ve = 


A son of Sennacherib, a parricide, Is. 
37, 38. 2K. 19, 37... b) Zech. 7, 2.— 


Pers. jot prince of fire; comp. 
Sanscr. dthdr-s fire. See “ZR 36 5393. 


᾿ 270 obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. 
to be hot, dry; kindr. 33%.—Hence the 
two following. 


270 τὰ. 1. heat of the sun, Is. 49, 10. 
—Then 

2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35,7, of a pheno- 
menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia 
and Egypt, and also occasionally seen 
in the southern parts of Russia and 
France, Arab. wl Serab Kor. 24. 39, 


Fr. le mirage, by which name it is also 
commonly known in English. It consists 
in this, that the desert, either wholly or 
in parts, presents the appearance of the 
sea or of a lake, so that the most expe- 
rienced travellers are sometimes deceiv- 
ed. See Erdmann and Frahn in Gilbert’s 
Annales Phys. T. XXVIII. p. 1, and 
Comment. on Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 61.—Hence we are enabled 
to understand Is, |. c. Dax> 238 ΓᾺΡ 
the mirage shall become a pool, i. e. the 
desert which presents the appearance of 
a lake, shall be changed into real water. 


ΤΟΣ (heat of Jehovah, τ. 278) 
Sherebiah, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 8, 18.24. Neh. 
8, 7. 9,4. 10, 13. 12, 8. 24. 


DAW m. (for 228 with Ἢ inserted, 
see under ", p. 950) @ sceptre, a form of 
the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 11. 5, 2. 8, 
4—The 3 is without Dag. after "; 
comp. 5°7372. 


* 1.5750 in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
N70 10 loose, to solve. 

Pret M3 to loose, to let go free. Jer. 
15,11 Keri 2105 7 will loose thee 
for good, i, 6. will set thee free. The 
Hebrews would seem to have used this 
word also in a bad sense (37>) for de- 
serting any one; whence here the ad- 
junct 3i0> is added: For Cheth. see 
Ss 
 Deriv. md, mya. 


pal. "Ὁ perh. i. ᾳ. Arab. sr to 
gleam, to glitter, e. g. lightning; whence 
MIA, 7°98, }298, coat of mail, armour. 


πὸ 


mw f. (r. Ὁ) plur. Mind chains, 
bracelets, Is. 3,19; so called as being 
twisted together, intertwined.—Chald. 
“7 id. comp. also Gr. σειρά, and Heb. 
MW Ww q. v. in its place. 

PING (for jm mand pleasant lodging) 
Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in the tribe 
of Simeon, Josh. 19, 6. 

pnw (for 79482 plain, τ. WW?) always 
with art. jinwn, Sharon, pr. n. of the 
level tract along the Mediterranean be- 
tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele- 
brated for its rich fields and pastures, 
Josh: 12, 18. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2. 
65, 10. 1 Chr. 5, 16. 27,29. Some sup- 
pose another plain of the same name to 
be meant in 1 Chr, 5, 16; but this is not 
necessary. See Reland Palest. p. 188, 
370.—Hence gentile n. "318 Sharonile 
1 Chr. 27, 29. , 

mipyw Jer. 18,16 Cheth. i.g. mip 
q. ν. 

MINW Γ beginning, Jer. 15, 11 Cheth. 
Chald. "πῶ id. R. my I, comp. Chald. 
xd Pa. no. 2. 

“BID, see "248. 

"1 (beginning? τ᾿ 81%) Sharai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 10, 40. 

ΤΣ £ a coat of mail Job 41, 18; 
prob. so called from its glittering, see 
τ. 70 IL 

FoI m. (r. mB Π) 1. α coat of 
mail 1 Sam. 17, 5. 38, Plur. 073593 
Neh, 4, 10; mix) 2 Chr. 26,14. Syr. 
(35,0 id: The same is also 71770 α. v. 

2. Shirion, pr.n. by which Mount Her- 
mon was known among the Sidonians, 
Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29,6. Comp. 728. This 
name would seem to be derived from 
some fancied resemblance to a breast- 
plate ; as also Gr. Θωράξ is the name of 
the mountain near Magnesia.—Some 
editions in Deut. 1, c. read "Ὁ Sirion. 

pw m. (τ. 8 IL) α coat of mail, 
1 K. 22, 34, Is. 59, 17. 

mipyw ¢ plur. (τ. py) 1. whist- 
lings, or ,rather pipings ; 3; Judg. 5, 16 
D2 nipye pipings of the flocks, i. e. 
of the shepherds who play on the pipe 
while guarding their flocks. 

2. hissings, i. q. scorn, derision, Jer. 
18, 16 Keri. In Cheth. nip. 


1088 


pr: 


ID adj. (τ. πῶ) firm, hard, tough. 
Chald. 1°98 id. Only in plur. constr. 
(22 TINY the firm parts of the belly, the 
sinews, brawn, e. g. of the hippopota- 
mus, Job 40, 16. Comp. "& no. 1. 

MAIN and MIN Γ (τ. 78) hard- 
ness, firmness, and coupled with 32 and 
33 35, hardness of heart, stubbornness, 
Deut. 29, 18. Ps. 81, 13. Jer. 3,17. 7,24. 


9, 13. 11, 8. Aram. ἵζέμ μα in a good 
sense, firmness, truth. _ 
MW, see in MAND. 


ΓΘ Jer. 31, 40 Cheth. most prob. 
an error of the copyists for Mi270 fields, 
which is read in the parallel passage 
2 K. 23, 4, and also in Jer. 1. ο. in Keri, 
in six Mss. and in several printed edi- 
tions. That the common reading (which 
the LXX also have followed, giving it 
by ᾿“σαρημώϑ)), in the sense of fields cut 
up or overflowed, may be justified in 
the Hebrew, has been attempted to be 
shown by Kuypers in Dissert. Lugdd. 1 
p. 537, comparing Arab. 
to cleave, to cut ; but with no a ΤῊ; μάδι 
of truth. 


‘yaw fut. 


Ju, yt" 1. to creep, to 
crawl, spoken of Tate and the smaller 
aquatic animals, Gen. 7,21. Lev. 11, 29. 
41.42.43. Sometimes a place, as the 
earth or the sea, is said to creep with 
creeping things, reptiles, i.e. to teem or 
swarm with them, 6. acc. comp. in 924 
no. 3; e.g. the sea with aquatic ani- 
mals Gen. 1, 20.21; Egypt with frogs, 
Ex. 7, 28. Ps. 105, 30.—Hences 

2. to breed abundantly, to. swarm, to 
multiply, of animals Gen. 8, 17. 9,7; of 


mankind Ex. 1,7. Eth. WZ& pullu- 
lavit—Hence 


7 IW τὰ. collect. 1. reptiles, creeping 
things, Gen.7, 21. Lev. 5,2. 11,29. v. 20 
ΣῊ ὩΣ τὴππ nish yw winged. rep- 
tiles going upon all fours, i.e. bats, not 
crickets, which latter have six legs, 
though they are said to use only four 
in going. v. 21. 23. Deut. 14, 19. 

3. the smaller aquatic animals Gen. 1, 
20; fully Dvn γ Ὁ Lev. 11, 10. 


ἘΡ fat. pauin 1. to hiss, to whistle, 
an onomatopeetic verb, like Gr. συρέξω, 
συρίσσω, συρίττω, from the root cvgty, 


paw 1089 


comp. σύριγξ, σύριγμα, συρίγγιον. 8) 
With Ὁ, fo hiss or whistle for any one, 
tocall by a hise or whistle, e. g. bees, flies, 
in the manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 
7, 18; trop. nations Is. ll. ec. Zech. 10, 8. 
b) to bites in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8. 
Lam. 2, 15. 16; c. 55 of pers. or thing 
Jer. 19, 8. 49, 17; pregn. Job 27, 23 
japue by ross they shall hiss him out 
of his place. Hence πρῶ, 

2. to pipe, i. 6. to whistle, not with the 
mouth, but with an instrument; hence 
mips, ap PAwe. 

MPI f(r. pwd) @ hissing, derision ; 
ΠΡ nw (0 become a hissing, i. e. an 
object of scorn, Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. 


ἘΣ 1. to twist, to twist together, 
in the manner of a cord, kindr. with the 
roots "πῶ, "30, AO, “WAT, WA, all of 
which contain the primary idea of turn- 
ing, turning about, going in a circle, in 
various modifications —Hence “8 and 
“7 the navel, pr. the navel-cord, 
al) nerves, sinews, M3, MW, 
mys, chain, q. d. cord made of metal, 
—FHience 

2. to be firm, hard, tough, (Syr. Pa. to 
make firm, to strengthen, ) espec. in a bad 
sense; whence Mi" hardness of heart. 

3. to press together, and hence to op- 
press, to treat as an enemy, i. q. "7% no. 
2. a. Part. "28 an adversary, enemy, 
Ps, 27, 11. 54, 7. 56, 3. 59, 11. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1,2. Also 


“IW Sharar, pr. ἢ. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33; 
for "28 1 Chr. 11, 35. 

ὙΠῸ m: (r. 775) c. suff. FIV, the 
navel, pr. navel-cord, i. q. "8, Cant. 7, 
3; here it seems to stand for the region 
around the navel, the belly, which is 
compared to a bowl or goblet. Comp. 
vice versa "920 high place, also navel. 


MAVID, see nN. 


DW denom. from 87% root ; found in 

Prev Wo, to root out, to exlirpate, 
Ps. 52, 7. Job 31, 12. 

Pua 6 pass. Job 31, 8. 

Po. B18 , lo root, to take root, Is. 40, 24. 

Poat id. Jer. 12, 2. 

Hipu. to strike root, to take root, i. q. 
Poel, spoken metaph. of one flourishing 
in prosperity, Ps. 27, 6. With τῷ 
added, Ps. 80, 10. 


nwo 


; oye (root, i. q. ty, comp. Syr. 
μη») Sheresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. 


ἘΦ Ὁ m. c. suff. "w70; plur. ὦ, 
6. suff. "HY, constr. "O70, 

1. a root, Syr. Lape, comp. Sv. 
Job 30,4. Jer. 17, 8. al. sepe. Maurer 
derives it from the idea of creeping ; 
‘comp. 728 of reptiles—Trop. a) For 
the bottom, the lowest part of any thing, 
e. g. bottom or sole of the foot (comp. 
Lat. planta pedis) Job 13,27; of a moun- 
tain, like Engl. root, Lat. radix, Job 28, 
9; of the sea Job 36,30. Hence Ὁ) 
root of controversy, i.e. the cause, ground 
of strife, Job 19,28. ὁ) root, poet. for 
fixed dwelling, abode, Judg. 5, 14; just 
as nations taking up their abode in a 
land are said to be planted in it, to take 
root in it, see in 38). 

2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the 
root, Is. 53, 2. Metaph. 78" O78 the 
sprout of Jesse, i. e. the Messiah, Is. 11, 
10; comp. ῥέζα Δαβίδ Rev. 5, 5.—But 
in Is. 14, 30 the root itself is meant, the 
metaphor being transferred from plants 
to a people. 

Deriv. 187%, 87%, and the denom. 
verb O70. 


20 Chald. m. i. ᾳ. Hebr. root Dan. 
4, 12. 

MOW f for quadril. m4, plur. 
constr. P38, chains, small chains, Ex. 
28/22. R. "γώ. 

3070 (pron. sh®roshu), Keri we 
Chald. f. a@ rooting out, i. 6. expulsion, 
banishment, Ezra 7, 26; comp. 10, 8. 
See 638 no. 1. 6. 

MYON f(r. 4) only plur. rime 
chains, small chains, Ex. 28, 14. 39, 
15.—Arab. with the letter 7 softened 


9 - - ΝΣ : 
ia ; Chald. n>u>t ,r20>8. Hence 
by contraction HW q. v. 


Ν naw in Kal not used; only in 

Pret md, inf. "7 and with the tone 
drawn back maw Deut. 17, 12, fat. con- 
vers. nas, to. watt upon, to serve, to 
minister sito: c. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4. 
40, 4. Num. 3, 6. 1K. 1, 15; c. 5 Num 
4,9. Often in the phrase "7"ns mats 
to minister unio Jehovah, spoken of the 
priests as performing the sacred rites of 


nw 


worship, Num. 18, 2. 1 Sam. 2.11. 3,1; 
and so c. ace. impl. Num. 3,31. Different 
from this is" OWA M8 to minister in the 
name of Jehovah, Deut. 18, 5. 7, i. e. to 
worship Jehovah with invocation, after 
the analogy of the phrases " ota 372, 
"7 DOIN IP. By a bold figure it is said 
Is. 60,7 the rams of Nebaioth 323070" 
shall minister unto thee, i. e. shall serve 
as victims for the sacrifices.—Part. 9209 
subst. a minister, attendant, Josh. 1, 13. 
_ Spec. in the sacred rites, Ezra 8, 17. 
Fem. Ὁ for Ὁ, 1 K. 1, 15. 


MID m. (r. Mw) service, ministry, 
6. art. navn Num. 4, 12. 2 Chr. 24, 14. 


MWB, see NOW Po. 


*J. WO £ and mew m. constr. 
myo, six, Gen. 7, 6. 30, 20. Ex. 21, 2. 
2 K. 15, 8. al. sep.—Plur.  Ὡ sizty, 
Gen. 25, 26. Num. 7, 88. al—This nu- 


ὃ 
meral is widely spread: Arab. caw, 
8s 
iw, Aram. δῶν, MY q.v. Eth. HP 
contr. ἡ ἦς, Sanscr. shash, Zend. qswas, 
Slav. shest, Gr. ἕξ, Lat. sex, Engl. siz, 
etc. But see Roédiger Heb. Gr. § 95, 
marg. note. 

Deriv. Sw, "Hw; see too WHY. 


Il. UO τὰ. (r. wa) pr. something 
white, whiteness. 

1. white marble, i. q. 87%, Esth. 1, 6. 
Cant. 5, 13. 
ve, hiysiue, i. e. fine linen, so called 
from its whiteness. E.g. that of the 
Egyptians, Gen. 41, 42. Prov. 31, 22; 
and of the Hebrew priests Ex. 26, 1. 27, 
9. 18. 28, 39. The later name was Ὑὴ3 
byssus ; where see espec. the notice of 
recent experiments with the microscope. 
[Comp. λένου βύσσος Jos. Ant.3.6.1. It 
may be still a question, whether wu, 
βύσσος, was not also used more widely 
to include cotton fabrics; comp. Arab. 
Kusli, muslin, a fine fabric of cotton. 
See Wilkinson Mann. and Cust. of the 
Anc. Egyptians, IIL p. 115, 116.—R.] 
We have assigned to this word a He- 
brew origin; but it nevertheless ap- 
proaches very near to the Egyptian 


Westy shensh, and perh. the Hebrews 


so imitated the Egyptian word as to 
give it the appearance of being derived 


1090 


τὸῦ 


from a Hebrew root.—See Celsii Hierob. 
IL. p. 259. Hartmann Hebraerin III. p. 
34 sq. 

κ NOW a doubtful root ; only in 

Pre. RUB, Ez. 39, 2 ΠΝ ΘΘῚ ΡΞ Ὁ 
amber | Twill turn again, and will lead 
thee, and will bring thee up, etc. Sept. 
Seed ody ibe σε, but Compl. κατάξω σε. 
Targ. ‘errare te faciam.’? Vulg. sedu- 
cam te. The signification of leading is 
quite clear from the context; as to the 
etymology, comp. Eth. (Ὁ ἢ (Ὁ contr. 


mm@, whence ΔΎ (Ὁ to walk or 
go about, to traverse countries, and 
MO md a ladder, as aiding to go up.— 
The ancient interpretation which refers 
it to Pi. MWY to make siz, i. e. to divide 
into siz parts, does not suit the context. 

ΞΟ Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. ἢ. 
borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba- 
bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14.—Perh. contr. from 


γδθϊμως fire-worshipper. 


MW Prev denom. from sw I, pr. ὦ 
make six, to divide into six parts ; liane 
to give the sixth, Ez. 45, 13. 

“HW (whitish? r, td) Shashai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 10, 40. 

“WW (id.) Sheshai, pr. n. of an Anak- 
ite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. 

“OW Ez. 16, 13 Cheth. for 8%, byssus. 
The writer seems to have chosen this 
unusual form for the sake of a parono- 
masia with the word "87. 

“HO m. (from wei 1) ἢ mee, ord. 
adj. the siath, Gen. 1, 31. al. Fem. also 


| the sixth part, a sixth, Ez. 4,11. 45, 13. 


JW Sheshach, a name of Babylon, 
Jer. 25, 26. 51, 41. Its etymology and 
proper signification are doubtful. The 
Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose 
jHw to stand for 533, according to the 
secret» or cabbalistic mode of writing 
called wank, i.e. in which the alphabet 
is inverted, so that M is put for &, Ὁ for 
5, etc. and this they think was.done by 
the prophet through fear of the Chalde- 
ans. But even supposing (what how- 
ever we by no.means admit) that these 
cabbalistic mysteries and trifling were 
already current in the age of Jeremiah, 
how can it be explained that inc. 51, 41, 
in the very same verse, >33 is likewise 


rh) 


mentioned under its own proper name ? 
C. B. Michaelis not unaptly supposes 
HB to be contracted from 7H20 comp. 


ter ‘to,overlay a gate with iron or 
other plates,’ so that 72 would desig- 
nate Babylon as χαλκόπυλος. Bohlen 
compares Pers. sii xd house of the 
prince. 


OO (perh. i. q. 748 lily) Sheshan, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 2, 31. 84, 35. 


JOW, see wid. 


por (for PYPHY eagerness, longing, 
according to Simonis,) Shashak, pr. Ὁ. τη, 
1 Chr. 8, 14.25. R. ppd. 


ἡ δ ee root, to be red, ruddy ; 
Arab. sal ruddy, rubicund.—Hence 


soe m. in pause “88, red colour, 
red ochre, rubrica, Jer. 92, 14. Ez. 23, 
14. Vulg. sinopis, i. 6. rubrica Sino- 
pensis, which was the most celebrated, 
see Plin. H. N. 35.50r 13. Sept. μέλτος, 
which in Hom. is i. q.rubrica. The 
Heb. intpp. eee ge by it cinnabar, 
vermilion. 


MU m. (τ. n°) only plur. mind, co- 
lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no- 
bles, i. e. pillars of a state. Ps. 11,3 when 
the pillars ure overthrown, i. e. when the 
noblest, the firm supporters of what is 
right and good, have perished. Is. 19, 
10 and her (Egypt’s) pillars are broken 
down, i. e. the nobles of her state ; opp. 
hired labourers, i. e. the vulgar. So 


9 -ς 
Arab. Qhags pillar, for a nobleman, 
prince. 


I. MY πα. (τ. mY) 1. the buttock Is, 
28,4; plur. c. suff. cryin 2 Sam. 10, 4. 


So = ΓΝ 
Arab, ca Syr. pl. 2d}, id. Its 


origin must be referred to the root τῶ, 
(comp. Engl. silting-part, seat, Germ. 
Gesdss,) although nin follows the ana- 
logy of verbs M>, as do also the Arab. 
and Syr. forms. + 

2. Seth, pr. n. of the third son of 
Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5,3sq. In the 
first of these passages, it is derived 
from mM" to set, to place, to replace, 
q. d. ‘compensation.’ 


1091 


a a4 


Il. mw ἢ (r. MXB, contr. for MB 
Lam. 3, 47) noise, εὐνᾶς; Num. 24, 17 
my "92 ‘the sons of (warlike) tumult, i.e. 
the tumultuous enemies of terael, In 
Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Num. 
l. ὁ. it stands ἸἸΝ "22. 


mB and MY Chald. i. q. Heb. BY siz, 
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6,15. Plur, jm} sixty 
Dan, 3, 1. 


*L PID, fat. HAD, conv. Mos. 

1. to drink, Syr. Chald. Ethiop. id. 
Synon. is "RY, whence Hiph. πρὸ πὶ 
q. v.—With acc. of the drink, Ex. 34, 28 ; 
ὦ. 13 Job 21,20 where comp. d12 ; Ὁ. 3 
of any thing, with the notion of enjoy- 
ment, Prov. 9,5; also with 3 of the ves- 
sel, comp. 3 A. L. b, Am. 6, 6.—Metaph. 
Job 15, 16 ΠΡῚΝ. p12 ποῦ drinking in 
iniquity like water, 1. 8. wholly filled and 
overflowing with iniquity ; comp. 34, 7. 
But in Prov. 26, 6 the same phrase is to 
be taken in a passive sense, the lame 
man drinketh in injury, i. e. must suffer 
it, cannot avenge it. 

2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth. 
7,1. Comp. nmv.. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34. 

Hiren. see πρῶ, 

Deriv. "NB I, md, ΠΏ. 


*IL MW obsol. root, Arab. x 
ἕως root, Ara (sa 


IV, i. q. cout, to fix the warp to 
the loom, Syr. sil to weave. Hence 
“my IL. 

NY and NNW Chald. to drink, Dan. 
5, 1. 2. 23. Pret. c. Aleph. prosthet. 
on they drank Dan. 5, 3. 4; comp. 


Syr. wie] to drink. With 3 of the 


vessel, v. 3. Comp. the Heb. no. I. 1. 
Deriv. Πρ Ὁ Chald. 


nin, see nv. 

I. "1 m. (r. mnt 1) a drinking, ca- 
rousing, Ecc. 10, 17. 
IL Ἢ τὰ. (r. mm 11) the warp in 
weaving, Lev. 13, 48 sq. 

ΡΟ £ (τ. nm 1) a drinking, i. q. 
"nw I, Esth. 1, 8. 

Dn m. (τ, 59%) plur. constr. "2M, 
a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3. 

ΠΩ ἢ two, see in D120. 


dng 


Ἐδῶ fut. 5m" to plant, a poetic 
verb, Ps. 1, 3. 92, 14. Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17, 
8. Ez. 17, 8. 19, 10. 18. Eleni Damo. 


᾿ pnw prob. to unclose, to open, kindr. 
with BN, onw, to close. Chald. to per- 
forate. Found only once of a prophet, 
Num. 24,3. 15 7735 on wnclosed of eye, 
i, 6. with the (mental) eye opened, i. q. 
py “>; ἴῃ ν. 4, For the sense comp. 
Ps, 40, 7. 


jaw only Hien. part. "m2 mak- 
ing water, mingens. The Talmudists 
use also the inf. j7>Mwh, fut. ἡ, but 
there is extant no other vestige of a 
root ine ; on the contrary, to express the 
voiding of urine the usual word is 7°8, 
whence 570. 
has not unaptly regarded }"MUNM as a 
contracted form for }2m%m Hithpa. of 
the root 7" .—Found only in the phrase 
“pa pnb. mingens ad parietem, i. 6. 
against the wall, a sort of contemptuous 
expression to denote a small boy, espec. 
where mention is made of exterminat- 
ing a whole tribe or family. 1 K. 16, 11 
he slew all the house of Baasha ; he left 
him not one pissing against the wall (not 
even a boy), nor kindred, nor friends. 
14, 10. 21, 21. 1 Sam. 25, 22.34. 2 K. 9, 
8. Comp. the same phrase in Syriac, 
e. g. Assem. Bibl. Orient. IT. p. 260, an 
diecesis sacra Gume (me teneat) in qua 
non remansit qui mingat ad parielem ? 
i.e. which is wholly devastated. The 
phrase seems thus contemptuously to 
denote a boy, because in the East it is 


Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and 
last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a 
numeral denoting 400, For the signifi- 
cation of the name, see under art. 17. 

As to the pronunciation, τὰ without 
Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to 
have had a lisping sound; like Gr. #, 
Engl. th. With Dag. lene (Mm) it is a 
slender ¢, differing from %; for which 
difference see under ©. In Arabic the 
corresponding letter is , rarely &, 
asin pm, 83. It is sometimes in- 
terchanged with 8 p, 1021, and Ὁ p. 


1092 


Simonis therefore (ed. 2) | 


sn 


customary for men to perform this office 
of nature in a sitting posture, beneath 
their flowing garments, nor does decency 
permit it to be done in the presence of 
others; see Hdot. 2. 35. Xen«Cyr. 1.2. 
16. Ammian. Marcell. 23. 6.—Some 
understand by this phrase ἃ slave or 
a person of the lowest class, see Jahn 
Arch. I. 2. p. 77. Hermeneut. Sacre p. 
31; others, a dog, Ephr. Syr. Opp. I. 
542, Abulwalid, Judah ben Karish (Mss.), 
Kimchi, Jarchi; but neither of these 
accords with the context. See L. de 
Dieu ad 1 Sam. 25,34. Bochart Hieroz. 
I. p. 675. 

" pnw fut. pRB", to subside, to settle 
down ; hence to be still; to be hushed ; 
kindr. with BPW, mad, Syr. Shwe; of 
waves Ps, 107, 30. Jon. 1, 11.123 of strife 
Prov. 26, 20. 

sm (iq. «χων Pers. a star) Shethar, 
pr. n. of a Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. 

"275B TINY (i. g. Pers. Gly lin 
shining star) Shethar-bozsnai? pr. n. of 
a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. 

. nnw i. ᾳ. MO, to set, to place; 
hence twice pret. plur. "M8. Ps. 49,15 
impers, 4M SRO ἼΝΝΞ like sheep they 


| put them in Sheol, i. 6. they are driven 
or thrust down thither ; comp. Ps. 88, 5. 
| Ps. 73, 9 orp DYawa ἡ they sel their 


fieoiths against the heavens, i. e. they 
assail the heavens, and as it were pro- 
voke them, with proud and impious lan- 


| guage. 


358. It even has some affinity with the 
breathings 8, M3 comp. 3i8, 238, 24M, 
to return; 738 and MM to dwell, also 
tomark; "28 and "2h, etc. So also in 
Arabic often. 


SM m. (τ. ΠῚ IIL) @ chamber, 1 K. 
14, 28, Ez. 40,7sq. Plur. ΘΝ, once 
minh Ez. 40,12. Chald. sim, 71m, Syr. 
bez, 1a602.—The form 8 comes from 
Wf for m3, the letter ἢ being changed 
to δ on account of the preced. Kamets, 
as in DIP, BRP, Op. 


ann 


δ, 28h) only 1 p. ΣΝ, lo desire, 
to long after, c. > Ps. 119, 40.174. In 
Chaldee frequent. Itiskindr. with 3 m8, 
mix, and might seem a secondary verb 
derived from Hithpa. of these roots. 

Deriv. 73H. 


κα ἢ 28M only in Prev part. ΞΔ, 
ig. 399, abominating, abhorring, Am. 
6, 8; the letters > and & being inter- 
changed in the Aram. manner, see p. 1. 


MANN f. desire, longing, Ps. 119, 20. 
R. xn I. 


AL γι i. ᾳ. MM I, to mark out, to 
describe ; only in 

Piet fut. axmm id. Num, 34, 7. 8. 
Sept. καταμετρήσετε, Syr, determinabi- 
tis. Comp. mx III. 


ἘΠῚ. INH j. g. Arab. εὖ to outrun, 
to get before. Hence 


INF. Deut. 14,5, and contr. NIP Is. 
51, 20, a species of antelope or mountain- 
goat, so called from its swiftness; comp. 
Engl. doe—In Deut. 1. c. Sept. Vulg. 
and in Is. 1. ec. Aqu. Symm. Theod. 
Vulg. render it ὄρυξ, oryx, Targg. bos 
sylvestris, wild ox, which is a kindred 
signif. comp. δ. See Boch. Hieroz. 
T. I. p. 973. 


AISA ἢ (τ. τὴν 1) constr. MINN, c. suff. 
"MINH. 

a desire, longing, wish, whether right 
and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. Is. 26,8; or 
wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112, 10. 

2. desire, appetite, longing for flesh ; 
Num. 11,4 πῆν τ MRNA they longed a 
longing, i. e. "fell a longing. Ps. 78, 29. 
30.—Hence pr. n. TXAM ninap ‘ the 
sepulchres of longing,’ see on p. 910. 

3. a desire, delight, something desir- 
able, Gen. 3, 6; also Γῆ ἢ bax food of 
desire, i. e. delicate, dainty, Job 33, 20. 
Hence, desirableness, charm, Gen. 49, 
26. Prov. 19, 22. 


DIND m. (τ. ἘΝ) a twin, only plur. 
c"akn twins Gen. 38, 27; by Syriasm 
contr. Baim Gen. 25, 24 ; constr. "238F 
Cant. 4, 5. 

rbsn f. (r. bx) 6. suff. "nee, a 
curse Lam. 3, 65. 


ἜΝΙ to be double, twain ; me 


ὈΠΩΝὮ doubled, twain, coupled, of boards 
92 


1093 


"Sn 


Ex. 26, 24. 36, 29. Syr. and Arab. to 
be twin. 
Hiren. to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. 
Deriv. ΕἾΝ, ΘΒ, and 


DSM or OXF whence plur. constr. 
ΝῺ twins Cant. 7, 4. It is pr. a mono- 
syllabic abstract noun, of the form 553, 
518, here put as concrete. 


MINA f. (τ, ΠΝ I) c. suff. HMM, pr. 
a coming logether, and then of the copu- 
lation of animals. Once of the wild ass 
in her heat, Jer. 2,24.—Not less aptly 
N. G. Schreeder, in his Observatt. ad 
Origg. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi- 
cation of heat, lust, from the root ol to 
be hot, to boil, comp. 118. 


ASN f. plur. ΘΝ ΤΙ, constr. "INA, a 
Jig-tree, Gen. 3,7, where the ficus In- 
dica or Musa paradisiaca, Engl. plan- 
tain-tree, with very large leaves, seems 
to be meant. Num. 12, 23. 20, 5. Deut. 
8,8. al. Also the fruit, a fig, 2 K. 20,7. 
—To sit under one’s own vine and fig- 
tree, is to lead a quiet and happy life. 
1K. 5,5. Zech. 3,10. Mic. 4, 4.—See 
Celsii Hierobot. If. p. 368 sq. The ety- 
mology is obscure, since it cannot wel! 
be derived either from the root PR, or 
from ἸΏ, Arab. ys Conj. III. 


MIR f (for Maxm, τ. 28 IL) occa- 
sion, Judg. 14, 4. 


MINA f. sorrow, mourning, Is. 29, 2 
Lam. 2,5. R. mow. 


DST) m. plur. (τ. ἘΝ no. 3) hard 
labours, travail ; Bz. 24, 12 Mb DNA 
it (the pat) doth weary itself with tails. 
Vulg. mulio labore sudatum est. 


rab) FEN (approach to Shiloh, r. 
Pay IL) Taanath-Shiloh, pr. n. of a 


place in the confines of Ephraim, Josh. 
16, 6. 


“ANN to be marked out or off, to be 


described, e. g. a border, boundary, to 


extend, to stretch ; c. 72 from and >& or 
n= to, i.e. from...even to, Josh. 15, 9. 
11. 18, 14.17. Others Act. to mark off 
etc. 

Prez to mark out, to delineate, Is. 44, 13. 

Puat Part. "859, Josh. 19, 13 Rim: 
mon M3373 ayia which was aaa 
(pertains) to Neah.—Hence 


“ΝῺ 


"SM m.c. suff. Nh for HRA, BINA, 
form; figure of the body, 1 Sam. 28, "4. 
Lam. 4,8. "8h mp7, "8h MB}, F a 
beautiful form or figure, often anid of 
men Gen. 29, 17. 39,6; also of beasts 
Gen. 41, 18. 19. Spec. good figure, 
comely form, Is. 53, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 18 
sxh wrx a man of figure, i.e. handsome. 


ZIM Tarea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35; 
for 330m 1 Chr. 9, 41, where see. © 

“HORM m. (τ. WR no. 1) Is. 41, 19. 
60, 13, pr. ‘ erectness, tallness;’ hencea 
tall tree, and as pr. ἢ. for a species of 
cedar growing on Lebanon. Vulg. and 
Chald. render it buaus, the box-tree ; 
Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin, 


(ey ΕΝ i.e. a species of 
cedar distinguished by the smallness of 
its cones and the upward direction of its 
branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk. 
IV. i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149. 
Celsii Hierob. 11, p. 153. 


MAN f. constr. MIM, a box, chest, coffer, 


Big, ne θὲ ἀν 
Chald. xma"m, Arab. 26, wl, 
chest, coffer ; comp. also Gr. ϑέβη, ϑήβη, 
in Sept. after the oriental usage. Spoken 
of the ark of Noah as built in the form 
of achest or coffer Gen. 6, 14 sq. also 
of the ark in which Moses was exposed 
Ex. 2,5. Sept. κιβωτός, Vulg. area. 
Luther and the Engl. version have 
properly retained the word Arche, ark, 
as denoting both a chest and a vessel of 
the like form.—The etymology is ob- 
scure. 

ΓΙ f. (τ. 81D) constr, MRA » Plu. 
nminian. 

1. produce, increase, e. g. of the pvt) 

Josh. 5, 12. Is. 30,23; of the threshing- 
floor and wine-press Num. 18, 30; of the 
vineyard Deut. 22, 9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3. 

2. gain, profit, Is. 23, 3. Ecc. 5, 9. 
svinn msisn the gain of the unjust Prov. 
10, 16, 15,6. Mesh ΝΗῚ the profit of 
wisdom, resulting from it, 3, 14. 8, 19. 

3. Trop. result, consequence ; MRI3M 
mney the result of his words, Prov. 18, 
20. Comp. ""8 no. 1. 

Pam m. (τ. 2) insight, understand- 
ing. Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols 
according to their own understandings, 
i, e. as they pleased. 


1094 


dan 


MIAN ἢ (ὦ. 2) id. insight, wnder- 
standing, spoken of God and men, Proy. 
2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32,28. Plur. 
id. Prov. 11, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14; also 
intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11. 
Spec. of skill in ie Ex. 36, 1; comp. 
2°2 no. 2. 


MON ἢ (r. 012) a treading down. 
destruction, 2 Chr. 22, 7. 


iah (quarry, r. 72h i. gq. "BY; or 
height, mount, umbilicus, ἢ i,q. MDD -q. fe) 
Tabor, pr.n. 8) A mountain on the 
confines of Zebulun and Naphtali, stand- 
ing out in the border of the plain; called 
by Josephus ᾿παβύριον, *AtaBiguoy, Re- 
land Palestina p. 331 sq. now slo has 
Jebel Tir ; see Burckhardt’s Travels 
in Syria 332 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 211 sq. Josh. 19, 22. Judg. 4, 6. 
8, 18. Ps. 89,13. Jer. 46, 18, Hos. 5, 1. 
b) A grove of oaks in the territory of 
Benjamin 1 Sam. 10,3.  c) A Levi- 
tical city in Zebulun, situated upon 
mount Tabor, 1 Chr. 6, 62 [77]. 


Dan £ (for boom, each Tere impure ) 
a poetic word. R. bos Hiph. see in 5437. 

1. the earth, as fertile and inhabited. 
the habitable globe, world, οἰκουμένη. Syr. 
\212, 792, ub’, id. Is. 14,17 opp. 
"272. Job 18,18. Twice 1x98 52M the 
world (the habitable parts) of his earth. 
i.e. God’s, Prov. 8,31. Job 37,12. Comp. 
D301] 728 Ps. 90,2. Also often 

2. the whole earth, the world in gene- 
ral, Is. 14, 21. 27, 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8. 
26; espec. where the founding of it is 
mentioned, 1 Sam, 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16, 93, 1. 
Meton. for the inhabitants of the earth. 
Ps. 9, 9. 96, 13. 98, 9. Hyperb. spoken 
of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11 ; 
and of Israel 24, 4; comp. orbis Ro- 
manus. 

52M m. foul pollution, profanation. 
Lev. 18, 23 after the law against bestial- 
ity, aan ‘ban that is foul pollution. 20, 12. 
—R. 5d3 no. 3, as OR from r. 002: 
comp. Chald. baba to profane se. by in- 


cest Gen, 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. db 
to be profane, to commit adultery. 
DAM, see Ὁ". 
mbar f. (r. M22) consumption, de- 
struction, ὁ. suff, pmtbam Is. 10, 25. 


dan 


Some Mss. and editions read here 
ΡΞ, which would also have the 
sense of consumption, from r. M>> Pi. 
But this reading seems owing rather 
to the copyists, to whom the word 
ΤΌΣ was more familiar; comp. the 
similar variety of orthography in Job 
21, 13. 36, 11. 


2237 m. adj. (τ. 52 no. 3) stained, 
i.e. ‘paving stains, spols ; only Lev. 21, 
20 tga >b2R having a (white) spot on 
his eye. Vers. anon. in Hexapl. λεύκωμα, 
comp. Tob. 2,9. 3,17. 6,8, where the 
Heb. translator renders the Gr. λεύκωμα 
by this word, >>an.—Targg. ΤΡ, 
jithn , here for blear-eyed, lippus ; comp. 
r. ΡΝ no. 1, and Talm. nnsbabs. 


JAM m. straw as broken up by thresh- 
ing, short straw, chaff. Arab. os id. 


whence denom. Bee to fodder with 
straw, to sellstraw. The etymology is 
doubtful; but not improb. {3m is so writ- 
ten for ΡΞ from τ. 723, and denotes 
malerial for building; see Ex. 5, 7 sq. 
comp. also {2% and "23m. Job 21, 18. 
Gen. 24, 25. Is, 11, 7. 65, 25. 

Deriy. denom. ἼΞ 9, and 


"237 (prob. for 72237 building of Je- 
hovah, τ. 422) Tibni, pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1 K. 16, 
21. 22. 

MIAN f. (τ. 22) 1. structure, mode 
of building, Ps. 144, 12. 

2. a model, patiern, after which any 
thing is built, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16, 
10. al. 

3. image, form, likeness of any thing, 
Deut. 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8,10. Hence Ez. 
8, 379 MAR Mdw"1 and he put forth the 
form of a hand, something like a hand, 
10, 8. Comp. M497 no. 3. 


MIVA (a burning, r. 923) Taberah, 


pr. n. of a place in the desert, Num. 11, 
3. Deut. 9, 22. ᾿ 


73h (brightness, r. ya) T'hebez, 
pr. n. of a place near Shechem, Judg. 9, 
50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Tibds 
ul,b, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
bs. 


* 930) Chald. i. q. Heb. 738 to break. 
Part. pass. "3m fragile, frail, Dan. 2, 
42. Comp. “isn. 


1095 


"ἼὮ 


NONdp MIM pr. n. m. Tiglath-pile- 
ser, king of Assyria B. C, 753-734. 2K. 
15, 29. 16,10. Written also 90> m33n 
2 K. 16, 1; ΠΌΝΟ nbn 1 Chr. 5, 6. 
2 Chr. 28, 20 ; and ‘ao3d8 πῦρ 1 Chr. 5, 
26. —The first part of the name seems 
to be equivalent to Diglath, the river 
Tigris, see >I"; pr. acer, swift. The 
latter part, which appears also in the 
name Nabo-polassar, is prob. i. q. Pers. 


YL magnus rex, comp. Sanser. pala 
2 magn 


lord, king, from.r. pal to guard, to rule; 
unless perh. Pileser and Polasar may 
be i. q. Sanser. pura sara, preceding, a 
leader ; see Bopp’s Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2. 
The whole name may be translated: 
lord of the Tigris. 

27230 m. (r. 523) α benefit, i. q. 2428, 
Ps. 116, 12. 


MIM f. (τς 73) strife, contention ; 
Ps. 39, 11 "msb2 ὋΝ FID MND from 
the contention of thy hand (thy strokes, 
judgments) J am consumed. Chald. id. 


ΤΟ. Gen. 10, 3, and ΤΡΊΤΟΙ 1 Chr. 
1, 6. Ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n. 
of a northern region and people sprung 
from Gomer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and 
abounding in horses and mules. Most 
prob. Armenia, which was noted for its 
horses, ὑππόβοτος σφόδρα Strab. 11. 13. 
9; or at least a part of it. Such too is 
the tradition or opinion of the Arme- 
nians themselves, who claim Torgom 
the son of Gomer as the founder of their 
nation, and call themselves the house of 
Torgom ; comp. Sept. ll. cc. where by 
transpos. of the letters we find also Θορ- 
youd, Θεργαμά, Θυργαμά, as likewise 
some Heb. Mss. have πῶ. See J.D. 
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67-78. 


“IK m. name of a tree growing 
in Mount Lebanon, Is. 41, 19. 60, 13. 
Vulg. ulmus, elm ; Chald. 93292 i. 6. a 


species of plane-tree called by the Arabs 


lw. Better, hard oak, holm, ilex, pr. 


lasting, firm, from τ. “73 no. 2, Comp. 
δ. See Celsii Hierobot. T. IL p. 
271. Comment. on Is. 41, 19. 


NIM Chald. ἢ (τ. 985) circuit, hence 
continuity, perpetuity, i.g. Men. Adv. 
gy"Ina pr. in a circuit, continually, 
Dan. 6, 17.21. Freq. in Targg. 


mn 


"atH 1K. 9, 18 Keri, and 2 Chr. 8, 4, 
Tadmor, pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot 
of the Syrian desert between Damascus 
and the Euphrates, founded by Solomon, 


o% 
and still called by the Arabs σοῦ Tud- 
mur. Prob. for "ann ‘eity of palms,’ from 
van; hence Gr. ΠΖαλμυρά, Παλμιρά, Pal- 
myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad. 
So vice versa the Arabs called Palma 
a city of Spain .»~0d3 Tadmir. The 
same city is called "2m (palm) 1 K. 1. c. 
Cheth. which seems to have been less 
usual. In the numerous Aramean and 
Greek inscriptions which are still found 
among the ruins of Palmyra, the name is 
written both "25M and "125M; see Swin- 
ton in Philos. Transactions, Vol. XLVIII. 
Rosenmiller Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p. 274 sq. 


Ὁ» (fear, veneration, τ. 59) Tidal, 
pr. n. of a king, Gen, 14, 1. 


? non obsol. root, Chald. 83" to be 
waste, desert, deslate; kindr. with AND; 
whence Chala. "1h , SII, waste, desert, 


Bo. 
Arab. ce empty.—Hence 


AM subst. for 4m a Segolate form, 
like ὥπρ. ΒΒ. πῃ. 

1. wasteness, desolateness ; concr. waste, 
desolate, Gen. 1,2. Job 26,7. Hence a) 
a desert Deut. 32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 24. 
b) desolation ; Is. 24, 1055 m™p a city 
of desolation, i. e. laid waste. 34, 11. 

2. Trop. nothingness, envptiness, vani- 
ty, and concr. a vain, worthless thing, 
(synon. 5311,} Is. 41, 29. 44,9. 49, 4. 59, 
4. 1 Sam. 12, 21; nothing, parall. with 
wa, Is. 40, 17. 23. 

3. Adv. in vain ; so inn Is. 49, 4, and 
acc. ΒΓ Is. 45, 19. 


DIAM comm. gend. (r. D4") plur. 
nizhn; mase. Job 28, 14, oftener fem. 
Gen. 7, 11. Ez. 31, 4; a poetic word, 
pr. ‘a mass of raging waters,’ so called 
from their noise and roaring; spec. the 
sea, ocean, the deep, Gen. 8, 2. Job 28, 
14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26,19. 31, 15. Jon. 2, 6. 
Hab. 3, 4; more fully M29 bInM the 
great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36,7. Am. 7, 
4. Is. 51,10. Less often of any other 
mass of waters, as those covering the 
earth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2. Ps. 104, 
6; or the subterranean waters, the deep, 


1096 


onin 


the abyss, whence spring fountains and 
streams, Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; alse 
in the description of roaring waters or 
floods, Ps. 42, 8 flood calleth unto flood. 


Ez. 31, 4. Job 41, 24 [32]. 


Piur. ΤΠ 1. waves of the sea, 
billows, Ex. 15, 5. 8. Ps. 33,7. 77, 17. 
78, 25. 106, 9. Prov. 3, 2. Is. 63, 13. 

2. abysses, depths of the sea, Ps. 107, 
26. 135, 6. 148, 7. But yx nizhn Ps. 
71, 20 are the depths of the earth full of 
water ; also Deut. 8, 7 ΘΔ *>m3 7 
‘ai minim miss a land of water-brooks, 
of ‘fountains, and of deeps, ete.—Sept. 
ἡ ἄβυσσος, plur. at ἄβυσσοι. 


MMM Εἰ (τ. >44 Pi.) constr. ndon, 
c. suff, ἜΣΤΙ; plur. nibnn. 

1. praise, i. e. the singing of praise, 
2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of 
praise, a psalm, haynen, Ps. 147, 1; ¢. 
to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65, 
2; > of the author, Ps. 145, 1 sr nnn 
a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. "22, 
26. 71,6. Plur. nibh psalms, hymns, Ps, 
22,4; also pobnnm as the later name of the 
Psalter. —Hence praise, laud, espec. as 
sung; Ps. 106, 12 inban ont they sing 
his praise. Ps, 34, 2. 66, 2. 8. Plur. 
praises, Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6. 63, 7. Meton. 
a praise, i. 8. object af praies! he who is 
lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11. 
33, 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 mEnm 
V2N">2 the praise of the whole earth, 
i.e. Babylon; and so Jerusalem Is. 62, 
7. Jer, 49, 25. 

2. praise in which one stands in re- 
spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11. 
51, 17. Is. 42, 8. 48, 9. 61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al. 
Hence of a person or thing as the object 
of one’s glory, that in which one glories; 
Jer. 17, 14 MARX "NAR thou (Jehovah) 
art my glory. Deut. ‘10, 21.—For the 
form ΠΏΣ Ps. 9, 15, see Lebrg. p. 
215, 527. The Yod is superfluous. 


ΤΙΣ f. ἅπ. λεγόμ. folly, and then sin, 
Tob 4, 18; Sept. σκολιόν τι, Vulg. pra- 
vum md Targ. iniquitas. The opi- 
nions of interpreters as to the etymology, 


have been yarious; but the Hebrews, 


and among them Kimchi, have long ago 
suggested the true one, to wit, that ΠΡ 
is fem. of Sm or Sah, from the root bn 
no. 4; as Dan, >an nn, from 0022, dba. 

29. Nor is itn ‘objection that the > is 


brat 


without Dagesh forte, comp. 0372 from 
vod, fem. Mo22, see Lehrgb. p. 603,— 
Others, as Schnurrer, refer it to the root 


de, to wander, to err, whence δός 
error; and from this they derive the 
noun Mbnin, Πρ, and thence H24n ; 
as vice versa nbs for ΠΡ» Judg. 6, 28, 
mast for M22} Num. 23, Ἃ 


MDA Γ (Ὁ. Ἴ511) α procession, plur. 
Neh. 12, 31. 

POEM 0 plur.(r. 27) 1. perverse- 
ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20. 

2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2,12. 
14. 6,14. 8, 13. 23, 33. al. misery 1105 
α deceitful tongue 10, 31. 


WA m. (Ὁ, ΠῚ 1) for mA; ὁ. suff, 1H. 
1. a mark, sign, Ez. 9, 4. Arab. 


Ψ «Ὁ . 
SP: 3.3 , ἃ mark, i. 6. ἃ cross burnt 


in upon the neck or thighs of horses and 
camels; whence the name of the letter 
τι, which has the form of a cross in the 
Phenician alphabet and on the coins of 
the Maccabees. From the Phenicians 
the Greeks and Romans derived both 
the figure and name of the letter T. 

_ 2. ἃ mark or cross as subscribed to a 
bill of complaint ; hence subscription, or 
meton. the bill itself, charge, Job 31, 35 
lo here is my mark, i. e. my bill of com- 
plaint. It is related of the synod of 
Chalcedon and other oriental synods, 
that the bishops who could not write 
their names affixed the mark of the cross 
instead of them ; and this is common at 
the present day in the case of persons 
who cannot write. Much more must we 
suppose it to have been so in the infancy 
of writing ; and thus to have passed into 
the common usage of language. 

RIM, see INA. 


* 2AM Chald. fat. 27, i. q. Hebr. 
a5, to turn back, to return, Dan. 4, 31.33. 


Apa. 39m (with Heb. form) fo re- | 


turn, to restore, Ezra6, 56. ΞΘ 2° 
i. q. Hebr. "33 2G, c. ace. of pers, 
Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3,16. (For Dan. 2, 14, 
see RUD.) ΠΝ τ to return a letter, 
i, e. to answer ‘by letter, Ezra 5, 5. 


D25M Ez. 27,13. 38,2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and 


DAM Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32,26. 39, 1, prin: 
Tubal, i.e. the Tibareni, a people of 
92* 


1097 


min 


Asia Minor dwelling near the Euxine, on 
the west of the Moschi ; see 7/29 no. 3. 

PP 22M Tubal-cain, pr. n. of a son 
of Lamech, the first who wrought in 
iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22.—Perh. sco- 
meer faber, compounded from Arab. 


5 faber, and Pers. dhes5 metalli sco- 
+ ὡς the genitive being put first, which 
savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin. 


MIA Job 26, 12.Cheth. for mzI57 
insight. . 

MAM f. (r. m2) grief, sorrow, vexa- 
tions Prov. 14, 13. 17, 21. Ps. 119. 28. 
Meton. cause of grief, Prov. 10, 1. 

mo see ΠΏ ΔΩ. 


ΠΤ f (r. 037 Hiph.) constr. tin, 
plur. mitin. 

1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11. 
Syr. id. 

2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 26,7. 42,5. 
15.51.3. ΠῚ τ HSN? M3 10 offer thanks 
to God as sacrifice Ps. 50, 14. 23. 107, 22. 
16, 17 ; but this formula is not to be un- 
derstood of actual thank-offerings. M3t 
mvin Lev. 22, 29; nou msin mar 7, 
13. 15, comp. 12; aid ellipt. mTin Ps, "56, 
13.2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26 ; all imply- 
ing thank-offering, sabrifice of thanks- 
giving. Syr. id. 

3. a choir of singers, celebrating God 
in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31. 
38. 40. 


ΓΤ. Chald. kindr. with man, to be 
astonished, Dan. 3, 24. 


th mir) in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. 78M I, 
to mark, to delineate ; comp. M8 III. 
Pre fut. cony. In", 10 mark, to make 
marks ; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning 
madness, "35 ninbs-bs int) he made 
marks, scrawled, on the doors of the gate, 
in the manner of mischievoys boys. 
His. ἢ ΓΤ to make a mark, ¢. 3 
to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4. 
Deriv. 17. 


ἘΤΙ. min to repent, to be grieved. 
Syr. id. 

Hipu. causat. to grieve, to afflict, e. g. 
as a people God, Ps. 78, 41. 


PHI. nm obsol. root, i. g. FIN I, and 


Arab. (99: 3 to abide, to dwell ; whenes 
sm chamber, for "7. 


main 


MIM Toah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34]; 
for which in v. 11 [26] mm2 Nahath; and 
1 Sam. 1, 14mm ΤΌΝ. 


, ΓΤ f. (r. bra) c. suff. "MbMiM, ea- 

pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. 13, 
12. Lam. 3, 18. Job 41,1. With >, hope 
in any one Ps. 39, 8. 


sf ΠΡ obsol. root, perh. i. q. SS, to 
cut up, to divide. Hence 


JIN) m. constr. Fim, c. suff. "im, the 
midst, middle of a thing, so called from 
dividing, comp. ". So m3 75M the 
midst of the house, the interior court, 
2 Sam.4,6. It is also put in the genit. 
after a noun, Judg. 16, 29 Fin "Tas 
the middle pillars. 

With Prefixes. 1. 71M3 a) in the 
midst or middle of any thing, as 7in3 
man in the midst of the house 1 K. 11, 
20. 43 Wma in the middle of the gar- 
den Gen. 3,3. pwn Fina Zech. 8, 
8. Also after verbs of motion, 5°73 Fina 
in the midst of the sea Ex. 14,27. Some- 
times it does not differ from 3 A. no. 1, 
in a place, Gen, 9, 21. 2 Sam. 23, 20. 
Am. 3,9; also as in 3 A. no. 7, intoa 
place, Ps. 57, 7. Further, ἸΏΒ 723 
to pass through the midst of any thing 
Ez. 9,4. Ex. 14,29. Ὁ) As referring 
to several, among, pr. in the midst of; 
32313 in the midst of you, among you, 
Gen. 35, 2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2,5. Also 
for {"2 to express distinction, separa- 
tion, Gen. 1, 6 0% Fina between the 
waters sc. which are above and below 
the firmament. 

2. ΤΠ out of the midst of any thing ; 
hence simpl. out of, from, Jer. 51, 6. Ex. 
33, 11. 

3, ΤΟΝ into the midst of any thing, 
Num. 17, 12. 19,6. Comp. synon. 5. 

Deriv. 72%. 


TIM i. g. 4m oppression, q. v. 


MIIDIM f. (τ. M2") chastisement, pu- 
nishment, i. ᾳ. MMID5M no. 3. 2 K. 19, 3. 
Is. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur. Minsin Ps. 
149, 7. 


MMmDiM f(r. md5) ὁ. suff *ANDIM; 
plur. MinDin, constr. ninsin, : 

1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra- 
tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6. 
Plur. proofs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Ps. 


1098 


Dan. 


38, 15.—Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninzin tax 
a man of arguments, i. e. who when 
censured defends himself. Others: ‘one 
often reproved,’ from signif. no. 2. 

2. reproof, admonition, correction by 
words, Prov. 1, 23. 25.30. 3, 11, 5, 12. 
27,5.29,15. pen mnin reproof of life, 
life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur. min3im 
“0172 reproofs of instruction, instructive, 
Prov. 6, 23; comp, in "0772 no. 3. 

3. correction, chastisement, punish- 
ment, Ps, 73, 14, Hab. 2, 1. Plur. Ps. 
39, 12. Ez. 5, 15 Mar minim. 25, 17. 


DPF 2 Chr. 9, 21, see ODM. 


S25M (birth, r. 155) Tolad, pr. ἢ. of a 
place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; called 
also T2im>x Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. 


nodin and niton f. plur. R. 3%, 

1. generations. families,descents, Num. 
1,20sq. em t>in> according to their ge- 
nerations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32. 
25, 13. Ex. 6, 16.al. Hence m4>in "Bo 
a book of genealogy, a genealogical re- 
gister or tree, Gen. 5, 1.—Hence 

2, history, espec. family history, since 
the earliest history among Oriental na- 
tions is mostly drawn from the genea- 
logical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9 
τῷ mobim mby this is the family-history 
of Noah. 25,19. 37,2. Then also for 
the origin of any thing, i. e. the history 
of its origin; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin 
of the heavens and the earth, i. 6. the 
story of their origin. Comp. ©? and 
Syr. [opm family, genealogical tree, 
history. 


FIOM, see in Fd"n. 


Ὁ m. (r. db2) a vexer, tormentor, 
pr. abstr, ‘vexation,’ the acts of one who 
extorts lamentation from others, verbal 


of Pil. after the form 5upn, SLES, 
MANA. Once in Plur. Ps, 137, 3 ΣΌΝ 
our tormentors, oppressors. Sept. ἀπα- 
γαγόντες ἡμᾶς, Vulg. abducentes nos ; 
Targ. ‘predatores nostri,’ >>im being 
taken for >>iv} (by interchanging the 
letters 8 and ™), which however has a 
passive sense. 


D>iM τὰ. ΤΙΣ Θ᾽ and MPDIM (δ. suff. 
pmsdin, plur. owbin. R.>en. 
1. @ worm, espec. such as are gene- 


Din 


rated in putrid substances, Ex. 16, 20. 
Is. 14, 11, 66, 24; or destroy plants, Jon. 
4, 7. Deut. 28, 39. Metaph. of a person 
feeble and despised, Ps. 22, 7. Job 25, 6. 
2. Spec. the coccus worm or insect, 
coccus ilicis, Linn. and hence meton. 
crimson colour, more fully "28 M>>in, see 
in "38. Also crimson cloths or garments 
Lam. 4,5. Is. 1, 18. Comp. τ. 55} Pu. 
3. Tola, pr.n.m. a) The eldest son 
of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr.7,1. 9) 
A judge of Istnel Judy. 10,1 —Patronyui. 
of lett. a, °3>im a Tolaite Num. 26, 23. 


DAM, a root to which some refer seve- 
ral forms belonging to τ. Pen. 

DIM, see bh. 

DMO" twins, see ORM. 

Ja (51) Gen. 36, 15 Cheth. for 
727A q. v. 

MIPIM £ (Ὁ. 22M) constr. Nazim; plur. 
ΤΊΣ ΣΙ, constr. ΤΣ ἸΏ ; an abomination, 
an abominable thing, Prov. 21,27. 28, 9. 
τῆλ Masin an abomination to Jehovah, 
what he abhors, Proy. 3, 32. 11, 1. 20. 
Often of things declared by the precepts 
of one’s religion to be unclean and un- 
lawful, 6. g. Gen. 43, 32 for that is an 
abomination to the Egyptians, sc. to eat 
with the Hebrews. 46, 34. Deut. 14, 3. 
Spec. of every thing connected with the 
worship of idols, 1 K, 14, 24. 2 K. 16, 3. 
21, 2. Ezra 9,1. Ez. 16,2; and of the 
idols themselves 2K. 23,13. See ypu, 
γρῶ. 

MPIM ἢ (τς AM) 1. error in respect 
to things of religion, impiety, wickedness, 
Is. 32,6. See the root no. 3. 

2. damage, injury, Neh. 4, 2 [8]. 

MPP f. plur. (r. 927) constr. ΓΒ τη, 
pr. ‘fatigues, wearinesses ;’ hence 

1. labours, toils. Job 22, 25 Mipsin OD 
the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil. 
—Then, product of labours, treasures, 
wealth, i. ᾳ. 3°39 no, 2; Ps. 95, 4 ΤΊΣ 
nn the labours of the mountains, i. e. 
treasures of the mountains obtained with 
toil. 

2. swiftness, speed in running, as 
DRT MES the swiftness of the buffalo, 
Num. 23, 22. 24, 8.—Sept. δόξαν, Vulg. 
Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength, 
which does not accord with the etymo- 
logy. 


1099 


“in 


Nore. Some interpreters compare 
this word with the Arab. root 223 to go 
up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence 


in Num. |. ὁ. ‘the ¢allness of the buffalo.’ 
Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains. 
Job 22, 25 silver of heights, heaps of sil- 
ver. But the etymology above given 
is to be preferred, as resting on the cer- 
tain and demonstrable usage of the He- 
brew language ; comp. in r. ὭΣ", 

ν arg obsol. verb, Chald. to spit out. 


«ὦ. 
Arab. Waa onomatopeet. to spit out 


with contempt. 
Deriv. men. 


DNTP f. plur. (r. 8¥") constr. ΤΊΣ τ, 
ningh. 

1. a going forth ; metaph. from dan- 
ger, i. e. escape, deliverance Ps. 68, 21. 
Comp. r. 8¥3 Ecc. 7, 18. 

2. place of going forth or exit, e. g. 
a gate Ez. 48, 30; a fountain, Prov. 
4, 23 pT ΤῊΝ the fountain of life, of 
happiness. Also of the evit or termina- 
tion of any thing, i. e. extremity, end, 
Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4. 7. 17, 9. 
18. al. 


nApin, see in NAP. 


* AM fut. sims 1. ¢o go or travel 
about, Arab. οἱ id. Comp. the kindr. 
roots under ""5.—E. g. a) For the 
sake of traffic, as a merchant, 1 K. 10, 
15; comp. 523,°M9. Ὁ) For the sake 
of inquiry, e. g. as a scout, spy, to spy 
out, to reconnoitre a land, c. acc. Num. 
13, 16. 17. 21. 14,6 sq. Also to search 
out, to find owt any thing, Deut. 1, 33. 
Ex. 20,6: Trop. to investigate, to exa- 
mine, c. ace. Ecc. 7,25; alsoc. >> Ece. 1, 
13; with inf. c. >, to turn in one’s mind, 
to think to do something, to think how 
one shall do it, Ecc. 2, 3. 

2. With "M8 to go about after, i. 8. 
to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39 
Hips. fut. πῶ, and with Rabbinic 
form "m7 2 Sam. 22, 33. 

1. to lead one about, espec. in order to 
show him the way in places where he is 
unacquainted ; hence to show the way ; 
comp. Chald. "? a guide. With acc. 
Prov. 12, 26 ΡΣ ΠΣ ἜΣ the right- 
eous showeth his friend the way. With 
two acc. of pers. and way, 2 Sam. 1. 6. 


“0m 


SDT OvoM “Ms and (God) showeth the 
upright his way, i. e. the way in which 
he should walk. Soat least this passage 
may be aptly explained; although it 
seems to have been given up in despair 
by interpreters on Ps. 18, 33. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1. b, to spy out, to re- 
connoitre, Judg. 1, 23. 

Deriv. "3M, Vin II. 


1. m. Fl Gen. 15, 9, a turtle- 
dove, an onomatopeetic and primitive 
word; Gen. 15, 9. Lev. 12, 6. Cant. 2, 12. 
Asa name of endearment for the people 
of Israel, Ps. 74, 19 775M thy turtle-dove, 
i. 6. the people dear to thee and ‘now 
afflicted and affrighted. 


IL. “MF and WFim.(r. 4m) 1. ἃ row, 
order, turn, espec. of what goes round 
in a circle, Esth. 2, 12. 15. 

2. arow or string of pearls, or of gold 
and silver beads, as an ornament for the 
head, Cant. 1, 10. 11. 

ΠῚ. Wh. Chr. 17, 17, i. ᾳ. F4im in 
the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode, 
manner. Ifthe reading is genuine, the 
form would seem to be apoc. from min 
i. ᾳ. TUM. 

“A Chald. m. an oz, i. ᾳ. Heb. “ith. 
Plur. γι oven, catile, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 
30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17. 

AM ἢ (Ὁ. 39 Hiph.) constr. τυ ἴση, 
6. suff, "Mim; plur. Minn. 

1. instruction, precept, Job 22,22. a) 
Human, as of parents, ,Prov. 1, 8. 3, 1. 
4, 2. 7,2. Ps. 18,1. Ὁ) Divine, through 
the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21; hence 
an oracle Is, 8, 16. 

2. law, a law; the same Heb. word 
is retained for the Mosaic law in Arab. 


o. 9 
δ[).3 Kor. 5. 47; Chald. smvvix, Syr. 
{ouicl, Eth. KA‘.—E.g. a) Of sin- 


gle laws and precepts, Ex. 12, 49. Lev. 
7, 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29; 


with genit. of object, as Lev. 6,2 τς 


ΤΡῚΣ the law of the burnt-offering. 12, 
7. 14, 2. Ez. 43, 11. 12 the law of the 
house, i. e. the plan whieh the builder 
is to follow. Plur. minim laws Ex. 18, 
20. Lev. 26, 46. b) Of the whole law 
of Moses; fully mua mm 1 K. 2, 3. 
2 K. 23, 25; also Him) mim Ps. 19, 8. 
37, 31. Is. 5, 24; ο. suff. id. Is. 51, 7. Ps. 


1100 


ann 


40, 9. 78, 10; also κατ ἔξοχήν Dinh 
Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8, 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1,7; 
poet. without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3. 
8, 20.— The book of the law of Moses is 
called MH2 MIM "DO 2K. 14, 6. Josh. 8, 
31; mandy ’ το Ὁ Josh. 24, 26; τότ ἢ Ὁ 
2 Chr. 17, 9. 34,14; ποτ "ἘῸ Deut. 
-28, 61. 29, 21. 2K. 22, ἃ. 11. al. 

3. a custom, manner, comp. 0B in 
2K. 11,14; so 2 Sam. 7,19 movin mNt 
DING this is the manner of man, not of 
God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami- 
liarly, as man with man; comp. y. 14. 


AWN m. (Ὁ. 38) c. suff. θη, plor. 
postin, constr. "20m, Kamets impure; 
pr. ‘habitation, τοὐμοῦ: an inhabitant, 
dweller, usually @ sojourner, stranger’. 
from another country without the rights 
of a citizen, Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39. 
18. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1. 


ΠΡΌΣ f. (r. τ") a poetical word, pr. 
‘a setting upright, uprightness ;’ hence 

1. help, succour; see the root. Job 
6, 13 "3 HM Mami and succour, is 
it driven from me? parall. with ΤῚΣ in 
the other member; Sept. βοήϑεια. Prov. 
2, 7, Sept. σωτηρία. Mic. 6, 9 Πρ ΗΠ] 
7720 "N77, as in several Mss. and in the 
versions, comp. inno.3. Job 30,22 50m ° 
Keri. 

2. purpose, undertaking, enterprise, 
pr..what one wishes to set up or esta- 
blish. Job 5, 12 Ham HAs ΣΌΣ ΤΊ NS 
their hands perform not their enterprise ; 
Vulg. quod ceperant.- 

3. counsel, wisdom, understanding. 
Job 11, 6 movin ἘΠΡΩΞ, see in DED. 
12, 16 pagan) sk ‘stravakih and counsel. 
26, 3. Prov. 3, 21. 8, 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29 
mewan Sa nes xben lit. who maketh 
wonderful his counsel, and vast his un- 
derstanding. Mic. 6,9 in the common 
reading; see in no. 1. 


MOM τὰ. (r. m3) @ club, bludgeon, 
Job Al, 21. Sept. σφύρα, Vulg. malleus. 
TIM, see ΤῊ. 


=) 

DAI f. (r. M31) fornication, whore- 
dom ; metaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16, 
26. 29. 23, 8.17. Plur. c. suff. Fn 
etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20, 22. 23, 7 sq. 


MIDNA and MBIA ΓΙ plur. from 
r. bam no. 1; strictly. denom. from the 
nouns >3M rope, >3h sailor, pilot. 


ann 


1. a sleering, guidance, management, 
Job 37, 12. 

2. the art of steering οὐ guiding ; 
hence wise counsel, prudent measures, 
in a good sense Prov. 1, 5. 11, 14. 20, 
18. 24,6; ina bad sense, cunning de- 
vices, Prov. 12, 5. 

SMM, see in Min. 

MMM Chald. preposit. under, i. q: 
Heb. nnn, Dan. 7, 27. It is pr. a noun 


plur. and hence c. suff. "HinnMM under it 
Dan. 4, 9. 18. 


"222M Tachmonile, patronym. 2 
Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11 
"3231 q. ν. 

MMM f(r. dm Hiph.) constr. nénn, 
a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ece. 
10, 13. Hos. 1, 2. Prov. 9, 10. al. Abmma 
in the beginning, i. 6. before, formerly, 
Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26; the first 
time Gen. 43, 18. 20; first, as making a 
beginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18. 


NUON m. (r. 83m) only plur. D°N>AM, 
constr. "81>MM ;  sicknesses, diseases, 
Deut. 29, 21. “2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps. 103, 3. 
Jer. 16, 4 5n9% pxbon nian deaths 
of diseases they shall die. Coner. Jer. 
14, 18 >py~*bhn the sick (pining) with 
famine. 

OAM m. (τ. 08M) an unclean bird, 
so called from its violence and cruelty ; 
Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. According 
to Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232, the male 
ostrich, which is cailed also by the Arabs 

5 violentus, iniquus, from its cruelty 
towards its young; comp. Job 39, 14 sq. 
Lam. 4,3. The name 7333 m2 which 
precedes it ll. cc. seems then to be un- 
derstood in the narrower sense of the 
female ostrich.—Sept. and Vulg. render 
. it noctua, night-hawk, Jonath. the swal- 
low. 

JIM (for ΡΠ, station, camp, r. 13M) 
Tahan, pr.n.m. a) Num. 26, 35. b) 
1 Chr. 7, 25.—Patronym. from lett. a, 
"2m ~Tahanite, Num. 26, 35. 


“BMH f. (r. 729) constr. mmm, plur. 
minim. 

1. favour, mercy, Josh: 11, 20. Ezra 
9, 8. 

2. prayer, supplication, pr. ‘cry for 
mercy,’ from r. {2 Hithp. Ps. 6, 10 


1101 


enn 


55, 2. 119, 170, 1K. 8, 30. 45, 52. al. 
Plur. itm 2 Chr. 6, 39. 
3. Tehinnah, pr. τ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 12. 


PAID m. (τ. 2h) only plur, oo 
Ps. 28, 2. 6. 31, 23. 116, 1. al. and once 
minh Ps. 86, 6, i. g. H3F no. 2, prayer, 
supplication. 


M230 m. plur. (τ. 42) camps, en- 
campment, i. 6. place of encampment, 
2K. 6,8. Comp. Lat. castra in plur, 


OMZEIM Ez. 30, 18, and OMEN Jer. 
43, 7. 8. 9. 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2, 16 Keri 
(where Cheth. binnn), Tehaphnehes, 
Tahpanhes, pr. n. of a city in Egypt, 
which the LXX render by Τάφνη, Τά- 
φναι, the name of a goddess, T'phnet, 
Champoll. 121, 123. It was doubtless 
i.q. Daphne, a strong city near Pelusium. 
Jablonski, in his Opusee. I. p. 343, sup- 
poses the Egyptian name of this city to 


have been written thus, Téa.cp€-EMET 
i. 6. caput v. principium seculi, or as we 
would say, ‘the beginning of the world, 
or earth,’ i.e. the Egyptian world, in 
reference to its position at the northern 
extremity of Egypt. 

O"SEMM (caput seculi, see the pre- 
ceding art.) Tahpenes, pr. n. of an Egyp- 
tian queen, 1 Κ, 11, 19. 20. 


NIH τὰ. (τ. 12) ἃ coat of mail, 
breastplate, ϑώρηξ, made of linen, Ex. 
28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr. of 
linen strong and thickly woven, and 
furnished around the neck and breast 
with a breastplate or coat of mail; see 
Hoot. 3. 47; comp. λινοϑώρηξ Hom. Il. 2. 
529. Syr. ἴω. Ethpe. to fight, to make 
war, Aph. to prepare for battle ; comp. 
τ. "98 Tiph. 


MH, see τ. ποτὶ Tiph. 


JIA (cunning, τ. 324) Tahrea, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 9, 41; written in 8, 35 398m. 


HA m. an obscure word, found only 
in the connection: Umm i> skin of Ta- 
hash Num. 4,6 sq. Plur. DwHR minis 
Tahash-skins Ex. 25, 5. 26, 14. 35, 23, 
39, 34; also in the same sense simpl. 
winm Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16, 10 where the 
shoes of females are said to be made of 
it. The ancient interpreters understand 
by it a colour given to the leather, 6. g. 


wnmn 


Sept. taxivdwa, Aqu. Symm. ἰάνϑινα, 
Chald. and Syr. rubra ; and these are 
followed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. 
But this is mere conjecture, having no 
support either in the etymology or in 
the kindred dialects. On the other hand 
the Talmudists and Hebrew interpreters 
almost unanimously hold the {mn to be 
an animal, the skins of which were used 
for covering the sacred tabernacle and 
also for shoes or sandals. To this view 
I do not hesitate to accede, and follow- 
ing the opinion of R. Solomon ad Ez. 
l.c. with Luther [and the Engl. Ver- 
sion] to understand here either the seal, 
phoca, or the badger, taxus v. taxo, the 
meles of Varro and Pliny. Besides the 
context, which seems to demand an ani- 
mal, this view is sustained: 1) By 
the authority of the Talmudists, Tract. 
Sabb. cap. 2. fol. 28, where in treating 
of this animal they say it resembles the 
viverra or marten, Ἵν 8>M, which ac- 
cords well with the badger. 2) The 
agreement of languages, which in the 
names of animals and plants is of great 


weight. The Arabic (Ss\3 tuhas, and 
ui ὁ duhas, are indeed translated dol- 
phin by the Lexicographers; but this 
name hasa wider extent and embraces 
also seals, which in many respects resem- 
ble the badger, and were frequent on the 
shores of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo 
XVI. p. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Ca- 
ryst.c.60. The Lat. name tazxus or taro, 
whence in modern languages Ital. tao, 
Fr. taisson, Germ. Dachs, is indeed not 
found in Latin writers before Augus- 
tine ; but it must not on that account be 
regarded as a word newly coined, but 
only adopted from the vulgar tongue 
and of foreign origin. 3) The etymo- 
logy which the Hebrew itself presents, 
and which is satisfactory, viz. that Onn 
may be regarded as put for M4nn, from 
the root Mn to be silent, to rest, which 
would apply well to the badger in re- 
spect to his six months’ sleep; nor is 
the seal less somnolent. 4) The skins 
either of badgers or of seals might 
doubtless have been used both for co- 
vering the tabernacle and for shoes; 
those of seals are made into shoes at 
the present day.—But not improbably 


1102 


Ann 


the Hebrews designated under this one 
name both the seal, the badger, and 
also other like animals which they did 
not know nor distinguish accurately ; 
while at a later period the same name’ 
was applied by the Arabs and western 
nations only to certain species of these. 
animals.—[At the present day the 
Arabs of Sinai wear sandals made of 
the thick and clumsy skin of a fish, 
named by Ehrenberg Halicora Hempri- 
chii ; but this would seem hardly suita- 
ble for the female shoes spoken of in 
Ez. 16, 10. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. 
p-(171.—R. 


ἘΠ 1. Subst. the lower part, what 


So - 
is underneath. Arab. wass\3 id. comp. 
Eth. ATAT to let down, to lower, 
TthT to be lowered, depressed, 


Tdrt low, teh‘ under. Still, it 
may be doubted whether the final Ὁ is 
a radical belonging to the primary root, 
or is perhaps only secondary; and this 
latter is countenanced by the Arab. 
Ls descendit et demersus est digitus, 


whence mmm can be derived, as M3 
from m53.—Hence 

a) Accus. as adv. below, beneath, Gen. 
49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; mmm id. (see 72 
no. 8, h,) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11. 

b) In stat. constr. as Preposition, (for 
which once > ὑπ Cant. 2, 6,) and c. 
suff. chiefly in the plural form, ""nn, 
TATA, ΤΏΙ, ΠΡΏΤΩΣ, TATA, PANN, 
om nMnm; rarely in the sing. form, as 
“ANA 2 ‘aad, 22, 37. 40, 48, ΞΏ ΠΏ, see 
Heb. Gramm. $101. n. 35 Below, beneath 


under, ὑπό, Arab. cans); e. g. ΠῚ 
pi2wi under the heavens Dan, 9, 12. 
wun mom under the sun, see aw. 
“nn mam under the mountain, at ‘its 
foot, Ex. 24, 4. jitbo nnn undet the 
tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, 17, and "ΠΕ mAn 
under the lips 140, 4, i. 6. in the mouth. 


‘p "ἢ mmm under one’s hand, i. 6. in his 


power or keeping, 1 Sam. 21,9. Of a 
woman who commits whoredom or adul- 
tery under a husband, i. e. while married 
and owing fidelity to her husband, Num. 
5, 19. Ez. 23, 5; comp. in M33 and below 
inaa. But in Hab. 3, 16 we may ren- 
der 1294 "HAMM J tremble in my lower 


nnn 


parts, i. e. my knees and limbs.—So 
with verbs of motion: «) beneath, under 
any thing, 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, Gen. 
18, 4. Judg. 3,30. 8) under, i. 6. down, 
downwards, κατά, i. q. M2; Am, 2, 13 
DS"ANH ΤΣ Ὁ 798 pr. J press you down- 
wards. Job 40, 12.-—-Hence 

With Prefixes: aa) mmm adv. be- 
low, beneath, see above in a.—As Prep. 
in ἐκ, from under, from beneath, spoken 
of persons or things which come out 
from under any thing. Ez. 47,1 waters 
came out {Mpa ΓΙ Ὁ from under the 
threshold. Prov. 22,27 why should one 
take away thy bed "EMM. from under 
thee? i.e. on which thou liest. Ex. 6, 6. 
Deut. 7, 24. Hence ‘> mmme ΓΤ, see 
above in lett. Ὁ, and "33.—Rarely for 
> mmm below, under any thing, Job 26, 
5. Ex. 42, 9.—Another mmm e loco, see 
in no. 2. init. 

bb) > mmm (opp. > 558) below, under 
any thing; as S°p 12 MAM. under the 
firmament Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30,4. "Ame 
dx ΓῊΞΞ under or below Bethel, i. e. be- 
low the hill on which Bethel stood, Gen. 
35,8; comp.1Sam.7,11. ᾿ 

co} > mmm? i. q. the preceding, after 
a verb of motion, 1 K. 7% 32. 

dd) mmm->s under, pr. ‘to under, of 
place whither Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3, 10; 
> mmm->x Ez. 16, 2. Of place diene 
1 ra 21, 4. 

2. What is under any one, i. e. place, 
stead, in or on which one stands or is; 
Zech. 6,12 Max HMM from his place 
he shall spring up, i. e. in his own na- 
tive land; comp. Ex. 10,23. Hence a) 
Ace. in one’s place, in loco. Ex. 16, 29 
TAM Wx ἼΞ abide ye every one in his 
place. Judg. 7, 21. 1 Sam. 14, 9. 2 Sam. 
2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16 an" 
MANA psa Nb a broad place, where 
(in which) there is no straitness. Ὁ) in 
place of, instead of, spoken of a person 
succeeding in the place of another, Lev. 
16, 32. Esth. 2, 17. Ps. 45,17 ΠΤ σας nA 
7722 ὙΠῸ in the place of thy fathers 
shall be thy children. Hence of things 
exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in- 
stead of, for, Gen. 30, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
1 Κι 21,2; also after verbs of requiting, 
1 Sam. 25,21. ha ΠῚ for what? why? 
Jer. 5, 19. 

With a relat. conjunet. 6. g. WR NA 


1103 


S/F OF NIA 


m°r 

a) instead of that, whereas, Deut. ‘38, 
62. ) instead oft in return for, because, 
Deut. 21, 14. 2 Καὶ, 22, 17.—Also "2 nnn 
id. Deut. 4, 37. The same is likewise 
nnn c. inf Is. 60, 15. Ps. 38, 21; comp. 
Job 34, 26 θυ» nnn for the fuller mA 
psy omit because they are wicked. 

3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr.n. a) 
A station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 33,26. b) Aman a) 1Chr.6, 
9.22. 8,7) 7, 20. 


MH Chald. prep. under, Dan. 4, 11 
ΡΤ jo i. ᾳ. Heb. "HAMAD. The 
more usual form is ninn. 

FANN m. adj. (from mmm) f. nin 
lower, lowest, i. ᾳ. "HAMM, Josh. 18, 13. 
1 K, 6, 6. 

“AIH m. adj. (from mom) f mean 
and Pann ; plur. OFFA, MPAA ; loto- 
er, lowest, Ps, 86, 13. Job 41, 16.—Subst. 
Gen. 6, 16. ΥΩ the lower parts 
of the earth, Sheol, Hades, Is. 44, 23 ; 
poet. for any hidden place, e. g. of the 
mother’s womb Ps. 139, 15. The same 

ΡΩΝ Ez. 26, 20. 32, 18. 24; 
comp. MiFnmn ia the lowest (deepest) 
pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam, 3, 55. 


* 79%), Arab. 3b for 3 
off or away ; intrans. to be cut off, to 


3 pr. to cut 


die ; νι 5 dwarf, pr. cut off, shortened ; 
Hence in Heb. 

Hieu. 15 (as if from ΤΠ). in pause 
ΤΏΡ, to cut off the tendrils or shoots of 
a vine, Is. 18,5. With the Talmudists 
nm and nr is, ‘to cut off the head.’ 

ΤΘ m. adj. (from 12) f. 725°m, 
middle, mid, Ex. 26, 28. Ez. 42, 6. 

ΤῺ (for ji5"m2 gift, according to 
Simonis,) Tilon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20 
Keri, where Cheth. ji>im. R. 53. 


NO"F Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and NOR 
Job 6, 19, (r. 125, 1.2.) Tema, pr. ἢ. 
a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 96, 15. b) 
A tract and people in the Arabian de- 
sert, so called from Tema (lett. a) ; and 
still called by the Arabs Yas Teima, 
corresponding to the Θαῖμα of Ptol. 6. p. 
179. But the Arabian Teima is only 
about three days’ journey northwest of 
Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. 83"M is 
i.q. 72°H no.2.b; andso the LXX always 
write it Θαιμάν. See Thesaur. p. 600. 


als ἢ 


72°, once Fah Job 9, 9, comm. gend. 
.(mase. in signif. 2, Obad. 9; fem. in 
signif 1, Is. 43, 6, Cant. 4, 16,) pr. ‘ what 
is on the right hand,’ denom. from ἡ). 
Hence 

1. the south, the southern quarter, see 
2 no. 3; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9. 
Is, 43, 6. Hab. 3, 8. Zech. 6, 6. al. With 
τι loc. ΠΡ southward, to the south, 
Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27,9. Num. 3, 29. Ez. 
47,19. mean FIT Ez. 21,2. > ΠΡΌ 
southwards, of, on the oath of, Num. 2, 
10. Poet. ἸΏ" for ἸΏ M7, the south 
wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp. 
yids. 

2. Teman, pr.n. a) A grandson of 
Esau, Gen. 86, 11. 15. b) A city, re- 
gion, and people on the east of Idumea, 
sprang from Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36, 

Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11. 
12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5, 11) 
the Temanites were celebrated for wis- 
dom, Jer. 49,7. Baruch 3, 22. 23; comp. 
Job 2, 11. 22, 1.—Patronym. "32°" Te- 
manite, Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45. 


"27°F (comp. patronym. n in 
yam) Tementi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6. 


ΠΛ ᾧ (τ. am) @ column, pillar ; 
twice in the phrase 195 2 Ἢ (other 
Mss. min) pillars of smoke Cant. 3, 6. 
_ Joel 3,3; poet. for the common ws “Wap 
Judg. 20, 40.—Comp. Talmud. "2m to 
rise in a column, as smoke ; ""M col- 
umn, 56. of the rising sun or moon. 


DIVM and OM m. (r. wn) new 
wine, so called because it gets posses- 
sion of the brain, and inebriates ; comp. 
Syr. ἵδϑϊδο, Chald. τ, id. Hos. 4, 
11 3b mp? Bim ye mat whoredom 
and wine and new wine take away the 
heart, i. 6. the understanding. Judg. 9, 
13. Mic. 6,15. al. Often coupled : Τὴ 23 
corn and new wine Gen. 27, 28 ; ca 
wm) 323 @ land of corn ond new wine, 
Ϊ, 6. abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28. 
Is. 36,17; also more fully, corn, wine, and 
oil, Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 
19, al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65, 
8. [ΑἹ] the passages go to show, that 
winn is new wine of the first year, the 
wine-crop or vintage of the season ; and 
hence it is mostly coupled with wine and 
oil as a product of the land. That it 


1104 


jon 


was regarded as intoxicating is shown 
by Hos. 4, 11; see above.—R. 


ΣΤᾺ (fear, τ. 82) Tiria, pr. ἢ, τὰ. 
1 Chr. 4, 16. , 


OF m. Tiras, Gen. 10, 2, pr. ἢ. of a 
northern people sprung from Japhet; 
according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath. 
and Targ. of Jerusalem, T'hrace. See 
Bochart Phaleg. II. 2. 


*'O°E) m. plur. own, a he-goal, 
buck, Prov. 30, 31. Gen. 30, 35. 32, 15. 


Ss - 
Arab. yas caper, capreolus. 


3H m. (τ. 42) oppression, violence. 
Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12; fully Fim Ps. 72, 14. 


j rio in Kal not used, according to 
the Heb, intpp. ‘to be fitted, joined ; 
better, to lean upon, to lie down, comp. 
Arab. εἰ ΚΞ Conj. VIIL 

Puat Deut. 33, 3 93395 82m ἘΠῚ and 
they (the Israelites) are laid down (en- 
camped) at thy feet, i. e. at the foot of 
Mount Sinai. Some prefer to read 52" 
they abide, from r. Ὥ Syr. to abide. 


1. M395F f(r. 115) place, dwelling. 
Job 23, 3. 


I]. ΠΡ f. (τ. 132). 1. arrange- 
ment, fashion, Ez, 43, 11, i, q. 723M in 
v. 10. 

2. costly furniture, splendid equipage, 
Nah, 2, 10. Comp. 23" no. 2. 

DSA m. plur. 1 Κι 10, 22,and D354" 
2 Chr. 9, 21, peacocks, according to the 
Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb. 
intpp. Corresponding are Malabar (o- 
gei, Sanser. sikhi. This would seem to 
have been the domestic name of this 
bird in India; and hence comes also Gr. 
Taos, Tuas, pr. tal @s, Athen. LX. p, 397, 
(whence Arab. unglb, Chald. 0"%,) 
and also Lat. pavo, the letters ¢ and p 
being interchanged ; comp. dads, lapis, 
λέϑος. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 
135 sq. A. Benary in Berliner litt. Jalir- 
biicher 1831. no. 96. 


Ω 13} obsol. root. Arab. dG to cut, 
to cut off ; and hence to tear off, to spoil, 
i. ᾳ. b33, PYS, comp. 5533. Kindr. is 
79m. Chald. damno affecit, multavit. 
Syr. y2 i. q. Hebr. 513. 

Deriv. 4, and 


50 


DIM m. plur. spoilings, oppressions, 
espec. of the poor; Prov. 29, 13 tx 
p°22m an oppressor of the poor, Sept. 
δανειστής, Vulg. creditor. In the similar 
passage Prov. 22, 2, it is ""tz the rich 
man. 


*don obsol. root, prob. to shell, to 
peel, i τῷ bmw, whence Mond a shell- 
fish, muscle. ‘Hence rbon. 


MIM ff (r. md2) completion, perfec- 
tion, Ps. 119, 96.—Others hope, confi- 
dence, from r. 52), Ἃ32, to hope. 


Pedon f(r. mbp) 1. perfection, com- 
pleteness, Job 11, 7. Ps. 139, 22 mon 
MRI perfect hatred. —For Is. 10, 25, see 
in “paban. 

2. end, extremity, Neh. 3, 21. Job 26, 
10. quin-es ἫΝ MSA lit. unto the 
end of light with darkness, i.e. where 
the light terminates in darkness. 28, 3 
sph xan mb2m->25 he searcheth even to 
all ends, i. e. into the deepest recesses 
of the earth. 


M22M\ ἢ (r. dan). shell-fish, muscle, 
helix ianthina Linn. i. e. a species of 
muscle found inthe Mediterranean, with 
a cerulean shell, from which is procured 
the bluish or cerulean purple, Rabbin. 
yithn. Hence for cerulean purple, and 
also for stuffs (wool, thread) dyed with 
this purple, Ex, 26, 4. 31. Num. 4, 6 sq. 
Ez. 23, 6. 27, 7. 24. Sept. and Vulg. 
well ὑάκινϑος, ὑακίνϑινος, hyacinthina. 
Falsely Aben Ezra, R. Solomon, and 
Luther, yellow silk. See Bochart Hie- 
roz. II. 720-742. ‘T. ILI. 655-686 Lips. 
Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. p. 187-200. 


*120) 1. Pr. to make even, to level, 
see Niph. Kindr. is jpn. 

2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri- 
um of the balance; metaph. fo weigh, 
i. 6. to prove, to try, Prov. 16, 2 Ἴ3Ὁ 
mint minim Jehovah proveth the minds. 
21, 2. 24, 12, 

Nipu. pr. to be made even, to be equal, 
level, as a way; trop. of a way of con- 
duct, to be equal, right, comp. τ. 78>. 
Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 
Comp. in Kal. 

Pret 72h 1. to weigh, e. g. the wa- 
ters Job 28, 25 ; metaph. to Fae, to try, 
Is, 40, 13. ᾿ 

᾿ 93 


1105 


dn 


2. to measure; Is. 40, 12 who hath 
measured the heavens with a span? iv 
the other clause 772, Ὁρῶ. 

3. 10 set up, to fix, to adjust, e.g. by ἃ 
level or plumb, Ps. 75, 4, 

Puaw part. j2%3, weighed out, 6. g. 
money 2 K. 12, 12. 

Deriv. j2h, M312m I, m25M, ΓΞ. 


ho) m.(r. 42h) 1. a task, as weighed 
or measured out, Ex. 5, 18. 

2. a measure Ez. 45, 11. 

3. Tochen, pr. ἢ. of a place in the 
tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32. . 

ΓΦ ἢ (τ. 32m) 1. arrangement, 
pattern, Ez. 43, 10. 

2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez. 
28, 12. 

PIA m. (τ. 313) a wide robe, man- 
tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe 
of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15. 
Chald. id. 


°F m. (τ. ΘΒ. no. 1) c. suff. mbm, a hill, 
Josh. 11, 13; espec. a mound, a heap of 
rubbish, Deut. 13,17. Josh. 8, 28. Jer. 49, 


2. Arab. ds Tell, id.—Hence come the 
following names of Babylonian cities, 
called after hills or mounds in their 
vicinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient. ind. 
geogr. T. III. 2. p. 784. Burekhardt’s 
Travels in Syria, ete. p. 69 sq. 142. 

a) 238 ἘΠ Tel-abib, i.e. corn-hill, 
Ez. 3, 15, in Mesopotamia on the river 
Chaboras, perh. the 7 λαϊ-ἰαῦϑα on 
D’Anville’s map, ‘’Euphrate δὲ le 
Tigre’ 

b) stan 5m Tel-harsha, i.e forest- 
hill (see @4m), in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. 
Neh. 7, 61. 

6) ΠΡ bm Tel-melah, i. 6. salt-hill, 
also in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 


*ROM; iq. ΠΡ 1. to hang up, to 
suspend, once in part. pass. Deut. 28, 66 
thy life will hang (be suspended) ΠΝ 
thee, i. e. will ever be in present and 
pressing danger. 

2. With >, once in pass. part. to hang 


after, to be bent, inclined. Hos. 11, 7 "a> 


aman ΤΩΣ my people are bent (in- 


clined) 7 to defection from me. 


τ ΤᾺ f. (r. HRD, as H3m from τ. 
ΓΙῸΣ ; "or ΓΝ, yybn, see Lgb.. p. 
509) travail, trouble, ‘distress, Ex. 18, 8. 
Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5. 


ΝῺ 


maawon f, (r. 28>) thirst ; once Hos. 
13,5 ΤΊΣ ys a thirsty land, i.e. dry. 


“owen 2K. 19, 12, and wen) Is. 37, 
12, Telassar, pr. n. oF a region in Assy- 
ria or Mesopotamia, which also further 
oceurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for 
Heb. "058, and likewise in the same 
Targ. and in Jonath. Gen.10, 12 for Heb. 
722.—Prob. for "8X by Assyrian Tel. 


ΡΩΝ f. (r. 82>) a garment, Is. 59, 
17. 

327) Chald. m. snow, i. ᾳ. Heb. 32%, 
Dan. 7,9." 


0295 n32M, see ‘B Man. 
MitoM, see ΤΡ δή. 


Σ nom fat. plur. ἤρα, to hang up, to 
suspend, *Chald. and Syr. id. Comp. Gr. 
thaw to suspend in a balance, whence 
τάλαντον. 2 Sam. 18, 10. Job 26,7. Hon 
V2 ἘΣ "Ἔ to hang upon the stake or cross, 
to crucify, a species of punishment com- 
mon to the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22; to 
the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19; and to the 
Persians Esth. 7, 10. 8, 14, Absol. id. 
2 Sam. 4, 12. 

Nipu. pass. Lam. 5, 12, 

Prev i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 10. 11. 

Deriv, "27. 

FIOM f. (r. ἘΣ Niph.) a murmuring, 
complaining, e. g. of a people, only plur. 
ΤΡ (others less well nit>m) Ex. 16,7. 
9, 12. Num. 14, 27. 17, 25. 


., nom obsol. root, Aram. to break or 
tear in pieces ; hence 


mon (breach) Telah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
7, 25. 

"OM τὰ, ἅπ. λεγόμ. Gen. 27, 3, a quiver, 
according to most of the ancient intpp. so 
called as being suspended; from r. M>n. 
But Onk, and Syr. render it a sword. 


"MOM Chald. ord. num. the third, Dan. 
2, 39. R. mn three. 


*02M | i. ᾳ. 220 1. to heap up, to 
make high. Part. pass, 45m pr. heaped 
up, i.e. elevated, lofty, Bz.17,22.  ._ 

2. to vibrate, to wave, Arab. JAAS, 
see in >>0 no, 2. Hence o"bn>n. 

Nove. For the form dm see under 
bmn. 

Deriv, of no. 1m, of no.2 p»bron. 


1106 


non. 


" nom obsol. root, prob. i. 4. Arab. 
5. to break, to cut in. Hence the two 
following. 


pon m. plur. constr. “25m, c. suff. 
22h Fa do tb Job 31, 38. 39, 10. Ps. 


65, 11. Arab. 13 id. R, nbn. 


"22M (full of furrows, r. DR) Talmai, 
pr.n. a) A king of Geshur, father- 
in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 
b) An Anakite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14. 
Judg. 1, 10. 


ἈΝ m. (τ. 1722) a disciple, cholate 
1 Chr. 25,8. Syr. fps, Arab. 


5 - 
ἀσθο , id. 
minor, see in 2M. 


ῳ yon | in Kal not used, ie 


to be long-necked, to be stretched out long. 
Hence sbin a worm. 

Pua. part. sbna, denom. from sbin, 
clothed in eet αι Nah. 2, 4.— For 
nivbn teeth, see in its order. 


* Dom obsol. root, Arab. « ἀλϑ to 


ΡΞ 


perish ; IV to destroy ; cals destruc- 
tion. Hence perhaps 

“pon adj. destructive ; only plur. 
nispbn the destructive, the deadly ; po- 
etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as 
the tower of David ni*B2n> 423 built for 
the weapons, i.e. on or in which the 
weapons are suspended ; comp. Ez. 27, 
10. 11.—Others, in nearly the same 
sense, take Mi982M as compounded from 
bm (τ. >) to hang) and τοῦδ edges se. 
of ‘swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4; i. 6. suspend- 
ed weapons, and hence an arsenal.~- 
The form mi82h might also be referred 
to the root med, which however gives 
no apt etymiglogy. 


“Wom, see κι ΠΣ 


“pom Chald. f. also δ, Ans 
m. three, i. q. Heb, wud; so ΤῊΝ δ: 
the third day, Ezra 6, 15. Plur. "pnb 
thirty Dan. 6, 8. 13. 

Deriv. the two following. 


mM Chald. emphat. ΠΡ abstr. che 
third. order or rank. Dan. 5, 29 urbe 
ἜΡΩΣ a ruler or noble of the third order ; 
comp. nzvin. Inv, 16 ellipt. xmbn id. 


_» Be 


ndn 


sPoM Chald. m. (from Mdm) the third, 
Dan. 5,7. Synon. is ἜΑΡΙ. 

pbdnon m. plur. (τ. 55% no. 2.) wav- 
ing branches, i. 6. the pendulous flexible 
boughs, with which flowing locks are 
compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX ἐλάται, 
Vulg. elathe palmarum. Comp. >30 


no. 2. Arab. tse: wicker basket, pr. 
pendulous bough, as Schultens justly 
remarks, Opp. min. p. 246. 

DM m. adj. (τ. bem) f. mam, Lat. inte- 
ger, i.e. whole, perfect, upright, in a mo- 
ral sense, nearly i. q. "87, Job 1, 1. 8, 20. 
9, 20. 21, 22. Ps. 64, 5. "Hence simple, 
plain, innocent ; Gen, 25, 27 O°N aps") 
pybnk =O" on Jacob was a plain man, 
dwelling in tents, where 5M seems to im- 
ply the milder and placid disposition of 
Jacob, in opposition to the wilder and fe- 
rocious character of Esau. Fem, c.suff. 
ἜΣΘ my innocent one, Cant. 6, 9.—Neut. 
abstr. integrity, Ps. 37, 37. 

BM Chald. adv. i. gq. Heb. 0%, there ; 
always with 7 local, ΠΩ, Ezra 5, 17. 
6, 6. 12. 


DM m. (τ. bem) once DIM Prov. 10, 9; 
ὁ. Makk. “om, c. suff. "2m; wholeness, 
entireness. 

1. Of number and measure, fullness ; 
Is. 47, 9 5.3 in their fullness. 

2. Of condition or fortune, welfare, 
prosperity, i. 4. Dib. Job 21, 23 oxya 
jan in his full prosperity. Ps. 41, 13. 

3. In a moral sense, integrily of mind, 
uprightness, innocence ; 23270" integrity 
of heart Gen. 20,5. 6. Ps. 101, 2; 925 
tha Prov. 10,9, and tana Ps. 26, 1, to 
walk in integrity, to live uprightly. 
Prov. 13,6. Put for that simplicity of 
mind which is remote from mischief or 
ill design; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a bow 
jan? in his simplicity, i. 6. without any 
evil intent. 2 Sam. 15, 11 band prabh 
who went (with him) in their simplicity, 
not conscious of any evil design. 

4. Plur. ΘΒ Thummim, i. 6. truth, 
Sept. ἀλήϑεια; ‘see in “48 no. 1. b. 


NOM, see xo"n. 


ῳ min fat. moni, lo be astonished, to: 


wonder ; Syr. mio’, Chald. mM id. the 


labial letters being interchanged! For 
its origin see in Dot note. Absol. Is, 


2 


1107 


yan 


29,9; ὁ. ΡΣ of cause Kec. 5,7. Pregn. Is. 
13, 8 aman ams yb δ they looked 
with astonishment at one another ; comp. 
Gen, 43, 33, Sometimes in a stronger 
sense, to be struck with fear and amaze- 
ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6. 
Jer. 4, 9. Ece. 5, 7. Job 26, 11. 

Hirup. ΠΏΣ id. Hab. 1, 5. 

Deriv. jian, and 

mT) Chald. m. a wonder, miracle, 
plur. 7°79" Dan. 3, 32. 33. 6, 28. 


MAM f. (τ. D2) i. 4. mase. DF, integ- 
rity, innocence, Job 2, 3. 9. 27,5. 31, 6. 

FINA m. (r. WA) constr, pron, 
astonishment, consternation, Deut. 28, 28 
with 33>. Zech. 12, 4. 


ΤῊ Tammuz, pr. ἢ. of a Syrian 
deity, the Adonis (ἽΝ) of the Greeks; 
for whom the Hebrew women also were 
accustomed to hold an annual lamenta- 
tion in the fourth month, called ἸΏ, 
beginning with the new moon of July, 
Ez. 8, 14. For this Syrian solemnity, 
see Lucian de Dea Syra §7 sq. Comp. 
Selden de Diis Syris 2. 31. Creuzer 
Symbolik des Alterthums, T. II. p. 91sq. 
ed. 2. The etymology is obscure. 


ran and an adv. yesterday, i. q. 
DION, “brome ,q-v. Often coupled with 


pivbe ‘day before yesterday,’ where 


see more. Job 8,9 ΣΝ DicmM we are 
of yesterday, for dian ἼΔΟΝ —The ety- 
mology is obscure. Most. intpp. hold 
Dim to be the primary form, whence 
with & prosthetic comes Diane, ΘΒΩΌΝ ; 
but the root 52m and its εἰ χυμῶν 
in the kindred.dialects afford here no 
light, unless perhaps we assign to it the 
sense to veil, to cover over, (comp. >20 ,) 
so that time past may be regarded as 
veiled, hidden; comp. =>i> from the root 
02>. But I would nevertheless prefer 
to consider dimPX (1 Sam. 10, 11) as the 
primary form, for Di2-mx before, Sormer- 


| ly; whence by apheresis >i27. 


MZVAT) Εἰ (Ὁ. 152) constr. M}42h, once 
non Num. 12, 8: 

1. ‘appearance, form, shape, Num: 12, 
8. Ps. 17, 15. Job 4, 16 "2" "225 33737} 
@ shape was before my eyes. ‘Deut. 4, 
12. 15. 

2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4, Deut. 
4, 16. 23. 25. 5, 8. 


Van 


MON f(r. 942) 1. exchange, bar- 
ter, espec. in buying and selling, Ruth 4, 
7. Hence exchange, i.q. that for which 
any thing is exchanged; Job 28, 17 
1) "2D AN WM and the exchange of it 
is [not] vessels of gold, i.e. wisdom is 
not to be acquired for gold. Lev. 27, 
10. 33. 

2. compensation, retribution, Job 15, 
31. 20, 18 ddp2 Nd) inaen bana as a 
possession of restitution [to be restored], 
in which one rejoices not. 


MWAH f. (τ. m2) death, only in the 
phrase Mm1N-"22 sons of death, persons 
condemned to death, i. ᾳ. M27"23, Ps. 
79, 11. 102, 21. 


Mam (in Samar. laughter) Temah, 
pr. n. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 


‘TOA m. (τ. 772) 1. Subst. continu- 
ance, perpetuity, i. e. perpetual time, as 
moving on continually without interrup- 
tion. Only in the genit. after other 
nouns, in place of an adjective; e. g. 
‘TaN "HIN men of continuance, i. 6. hired 
constantly, and not for a short period, 
Ez. 39, 14; tam ΤΡῚΣ @ continual burnt- 
offering, i.e. continued daily, both morn- 
ing and evening, Num. 28, 6. 10. 15, 23. 
24; 3am OM? the continual bread, i. q. 
25. om> Num. 4,7. Rarely in apposit. 
as ‘77n MDdi> Num. 28, 3. 

2. Ellipt. for tvann m>i> the daily 
sacrifice Dan. 8, 11. 12. 13. 11, 31. 

3. Adv. continually, ever, always, Ps. 
16, 8. 25, 15. 34, 2. Is. 21, 8. 49,16. al. 


DAM m. adj. (τ. Dem) constr. Dn, 


plur.52°72m , constr. "2772h ; fem. navn, 


plur. rioncn. 

1. complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36, 
4, 37, 16. 

2. whole, entire, Lev. 3,9. 25, 30. Josh. 
10, 13. 

3. whole, sound,i.e. a) without blem- 
ish, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1, 3, Ὁ) 
safe, secure, of men Prov. 1, 12.—Hence 

4. Trop. ina moral sense, Lat. integer, 
i. e. whole-minded, upright, blameless, 
good, Gen. 6, 9, 17,1; DH FP an up- 
right way Ps. 101, 2; syrnaen ‘upright 
of life Ps. 119, 1; nin py on blameless 
with Jehovah, i. e. wholly devoted to him, 
Deut. 18, 13. Ps. 18, 24. 2 Sam, 22, 24 
(c. 5). Comp. 5d% nos 3—Subst. in- 


1108 


pan 


tegrity, Josh. 24, 14. Judg. 9,:16. 19. 
Hence D°2ma-727 Ps. 84, 12, and yen 
pron Ps. 15, 2, to walk (live) βυλες ε δ 
1 Sam. 14, 41 nar) NI give the truth! 


DAT τὰ. plur. (τ. ΝΠ). contr. for 
ΠΏ τ, twain, coupled, Ex. 26, 24. 36, 
29. See D&M. 


* 3720) fat. yam 1. to take hold of, 
c. acc. Gen. 48, 17; 6. 3 Prov. 5, 5. 28, 
17. Part. 372m Ps, 16, 5; see Heb. 
Gr. § 49. n. 1. 

2. to obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour 
Prov. 11, 16. 29, 23. 

3. to hold fast, c. acc. Am. 1, 5. 8. 
Metaph. Prov. 4, 4. 

4. to hold up, to support; c. 3 Ex. 17, 
12 they supported his hands. Often of 
God who is said to uphold a person or 
thing, c. 3 Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42, 1; 
6. acc. Ps. 16, 5, 17, 5. 

5. Recipr. to take hold of each other, 
i. e. to hold together, to follow each other. 
Job 36, 17 ἸΏ ΒΘ ὩΣ 773, see in Ἵ.5 
no. 1. 6. Comp. ΠΝ ‘and nb Hithp. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 3, Prov. δ, 22. 


318M a supposed root, see under ΤΙ. 
Dian, see dion. 


* Dan, 1 pers. pl. 322m for ‘Jian 
Num. 17, 28; fut. oi, rarely Din? Ez. 
47, 12, ἘΠῚ "94, 11, dine 1 pers. once 
ὈΠῸΝ fot bn Ps. 19, 14; plur. aR" 
Deut. 34, 8, in pause 32m Ps, 102, 28. 

1. to complete, to perfect, to furl Ps. 
64,.7; with 5c. inf to make an end of 
dante any thing, to finish doing, Josh. 3, 
17. 4,1. 11. 5,8. Often intrans. to be 
completed, finished, 1 K. 6, 22. 7, 22. 
Ὁ 32 even unto their being finished, 
i.e. in a wholly, Deut. 31, 24. 30. 


Arab. «3 id, The primary idea seems 


to be that of closing, shutting up or off ; 
comp. the kindred roots BNM, BYN, and 
the same primary signif. in the synon. 
nbd. 

2. to be finished, ended, to have an end, 
mostly of time, Gen. 47, 18 init. Ps. 102, 
28 vor) ND Ἢ λϑὴ and thy years have 
no end, Ez. 47, 12 map Dim? Ny whose 
Sruit shall never fail. 

3. to be consumed, exhausted, spent, 
i. q. M>D no. 3, Gen. 47, 18, Num. 32, 13 
“in7 >> DA“ until all that generation 


yan 
was consumed. Josh. δ, 6. Jer. 27,8. So 
jana2 1 K. 14, 10, and oan 72 Deut. 2, 
15. Josh. 8, 24, until their being con- 
sumed, until they were destroyed, i. q. 
pmibo-72, see >> Pi. no. 3. 

4, to be complete, whole, e.g. a) In 
number, 1 Sam. 16, 11 0°4925 42NM are 
these all thy sons? Num. 17, 18. b) In 
mind, to be whole-minded, uprighd, blame- 
less, Ps. 19, 14. Comp. Bm, D°2H 

Nipn. only in fut. plur, "2m" do be con- 
sumed, i, q. Kal no. 3. Num. 14, 35. Ps. 
104, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 

Hien. 0993; inf. Sh, once 72°F for 
enn Is. 33, 1; fut. on. 

1. Causat. i. q. Kal no. 1, to complete, 
to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cooking, to make 
ready, to prepare, Ez. 24, 10; counsel, 
to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18. 

2. to finish, to cease ; Is. 33, 1 2 ΠΞ 
Ti when thou shalt cease to spoil. 
Causat. to cause to cease, and c. 74 to 
remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole, 
to complete. 6. g. a) Of a number; 
Dan. 8, 23 ΠΣ ΒΓ ΘΏΓΙΞ when the trans- 
gressors shall “have completed se. the 
number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri. 
Hence to pay over in full, as money, i. q. 
bbs, 2K. 22,4. b) Of a way of life, to 
make upright ; Job 22, 3 #9277 EAN "2 
if thou livest uprightly, 

Hirap. S28 fo show oneself upright, 
to deal uprighily with any one, c. 52 Ps. 
18, 26. 

Deriv. th, OF, D*n, pha. 


fan, see 2 Ὦ. 


2M) (portion assigned, r. 7322) Gen. 
38, 12. Josh. 15, 10. 57. 2 Chr. 28, 18; 
with 7 local Hm}2M Judg. 14, 1. 5, and 
with © parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg 14, 5 ult. 
Timnah, Timnath, (Θαμναϑά 1 Macc. 
9, 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Canaanitish 
city, Gen. 38, 12; first assigned to the 
tribe of Judah Josh. 15, 10. 57, and after- 
wards to Dan Josh. 19, 43. It remained 
long in possession of the Philistines, Judg. 
14,1. 2 Chr. 28,18. Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 
5. Now xia3 Tibneh, see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. LL. p. 343.—Gentile ἢ. “yon Tim- 
nite Judg. 15, 6.—[ Josephus speaks ofa 
Timnah or Θαμνά, in connection with 
Gophna and Lydda, as giving name to 
a toparchy, Ant. 14. 11. 2, B. J. 8. 3. 5. 
98}. 


1109 


san 


Now called Tibneh, lying northwest of 
Gophna on the Roman road to Antipa- 
tris ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 484.—R. 


AZM , see in MxF. 
"JOT, see ja". 
"272F), gentile noun, see M20M. 


322M) (one withheld, inaccessible, r. 
322) Timna, pr. n. of a concubine of 
Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 12.22. 
1 Chr. 1,39. _ From her the name passed 
over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen. 36, 40. 
1 Chr. 1, 51. 


TINJOM, see in nen. 
OTT MAM , see the next article. 


MIO MIA (portion of abundance, 
i. e. remaining portion, see 422m) Tim- 
nath-serah, pr. n. of a town in the moun- 
tains of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, 
and the place of his burial, Josh. 19, 50. 
24, 30. The same is called in Judg. 2,9 
ὈΠΠ ΠΡ Ὁ (portion of the sun) Timnath- 
heres. The former is prob, the correct 
reading; since a possession thus given 
to Joshua after the rest of the land was 
distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly 
be a portion remaining ; see Studer in 
loc. [Prob. i. q. Θαμνά Timnah of Jose- 
phus, the head of a toparchy lying be- 
tween those of Gophna and Lydda; see 
above in My9n.—R. 

Ὁ m. (τ. 00%) a melting away, Ps. 
58, 9. See in >and. 


* "7M obsol. root, which prob. signi- 
fied to be or stand erect ; perh. kindr. 
with "2X8, since verbs 8B and Mb often 
have the. same power, espec. in Ara- 
bic. Arab, ro οὐρα XI, riguit hasta, 


mre virile ; pe palm-tree, pees 


and Pg AS tower. For the Talmudic 
use see in ΠΩ ΤΙ. 


Deriv, "en—n an, 7H, PIA 


II; comp. “Ὅτ. 


VOR m. (τ. 2m) plur. oon. 
1. a palm-tree, Phenix dactylifera ; ; 


Arab. 25 id. Joel 1, 12. Cant. 7%, 9. 
Plur. Ex. 156,27. S "vent "9 the city of 
palms, see under “"2. 

2. Tamar, pr.n.. a) A place on the 
southern borders of Palestine, Ez. 47, 19. 


“van 


48, 28. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
616, 622. b) i. ᾳ. 123m Palmyra q. v. 
1 K. 9,18 Cheth. ὁ) Fem. ea) The 
daughter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38, 6. 
8) A daughter of David, 2 Sam. 13, 1. 
7) A daughter of Absalom, 2 Sam. 14, 
27. 

‘YAM a palm-tree, Jer. 10,5. R. an. 

MOF), see in τ Ὁ. 


man f(r. “7am) plur. pam Ez. 40, 
16; and nite 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez. 41, 
18. 19, palm-trees, i. e. artificial, as an 
architectural ornament. 


Prom m. (r. pre) ρίαν. constr. 
"Bon, ὁ. suff, MPMI, TPP Ven ; 
purifications, e. g. of the virgins admit- 
ted into the harem of the Persian king, 
Esth. 2, 12. Meton. precious ointments, 
perfumes, for these purifications, Esth. 
2, 3. 9.—Metaph. a cleansing, remedy, 
by which one is corrected and amended, 
Sing. Prov. 20, 30 Keri. 


1. ΠΥ 3 m. plur. (r. 49) bitter- 
nesses ; 6. 5. BMVNAN 32 bitter weep- 
ing Jer. 31, 15. 6,26. Adv. bilterly Hos. 
12, 15. 

IT, OH) m. plur. (τ. wm) upright 
columns, pillars, prob. as way-marks, 
Jer. 31, 21. 


Pp TON i. gq. prvam q. v. Prov. 20, 30 
Cheth. 

ἸΏ τὰ. (r. pH I. 2) only plur. ὈΡΩ͂Ν, 
P2n, (perh. nism, see in 72M fin.) jack- 
als, an animal! dwelling in deserts Is. 13, 
22. 43, 20. 34, 13, (whence D"3n DIP? Ps, 
44, 20, and B72 F272 Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22. 49, 
33, for the desert.) suckling its young 
Lam. 4, 3, and uttering a wailing cry 
Job 30, 29, Mic. 1, 8.—Bochart, Hieroz, 
II. p. 429, understands huge serpents, as 
if i,q. Jim; but R. Tanchum Hieros. 
correctly interprets the word by the 
Arab. Ss! py} jackal, wild dog, so 
called in Arabic from its howl (also in 
Heb. “δ, plur. B88); comp. Arab. 


@,< sine~, 
(ys wolf. ΜῊΝ 
RIM), see in MIM. 


‘*F72E) fat. plur. ems 1. to give pre- 
sents, 10 distribule gifts, espec. in order 
& hire any one. Kindred are 2 4. ν, 


1110 


rly) 


722, 72. Hos. 8, 10. S72 sayy Ba 
allhough they give presents (hire) among 
the nations, where others read 5297 from 
τ. 2. 

2. Trop. as in Piel, to give forth, to re- 
hearse, i.e. to praise, to celebrate ; so 
perh; Prov. 31, 3172 92m celebrate her, 
to which Sorrpepands ΠΗ ΒΌ ΤῊ in the 
other clause. 

Piru, to give forth, to rehearse, i. e. to 
praise, to celebrate, c. acc. Judg. 5, 11; 
c. > Judg. 11, 40. Aram, "37, 122, i. q. 
"Bd to recount. Arab. _i3 1V, tocele- 
brate with praise, pr. to utter. 

Hiren. i. ᾳ. Kal. Hos. 8, 93m DYER 
psx Ephraim hireth lovers. 

Deriv. MIM, 728, and pr. names 
4707, ΣΡ 


ΤΌΤ Chald. i. q. Heb. M28 fo repeat, 
whence 772m, m33"3M. 

ΓΞ f. only plur. nitm Mal. 1, 3, dwell- 
ings, according to Sept. and Syr. The 


same is Arab. galas, from τ. AS, 82h, 
to abide, to dwell; the third radical 


ve 


sometimes falls away, whence ys 
dweller, for 2 sl. So Mirim can en 


for Mien with Dag. forte euphonic, i. q. 
mixin; comp. 4222 for MN>22, and 
ΓῺ for MNwP2; unless we prefer to 
assign also to the root 2m the signif. of 
r. 82).—[Easier and better is it to re- 
gard Msn as a plur. of ἸΏ, i. gq. DEA, 
jackals.—R. ε 

ΓΝ Γ (τ, 882) c. suff. "MRM, plur. 
miNwF). 

1. a holding back of oneself, with- 
drawal, alienation, of God from men, 
Num. 14,34, Hence 

2. enmity, Job» 33, 10 "22 Minnm 4A 
xxa" lo! he seeketh enmity against me. 


Comp. Arab. lb. mid. Waw, Conj. III, 


to rise up against any one in a hostile 
manner. 

MIA (τ. 3:2) constr. Mam, plur. 
nism, produce, increase, Deut, 32, 13. 
Judg. 9,11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, 30; plur. 
Lam. 4, 9. 

JA) m. (r. 72M) end, extremity, and 
with 338 added, tip of the ear Ex. 29, 
20, Lev. 8, 23,24. 14; 14, | 


wn 


TOM f. (r, 52) slumber, plur. Job 
33, 15; espec. from indolence, sloth, 
Prov, 6, 10, 24, 33. Ps. 132, 4. al. 


MPM (ὁ (τ. —A2) constr. mpi, a 
waving, a moving to and fro, e. g. ᾿ δ) 
Of the hands, as a gesture of threaten- 
ing, Is. 19,16. Ὁ) Of a sacrifice before 
Jehovah, a certain ceremony or rite, 
for which see in 953 Hiph. no. 2. Hence 
MBN MM the wave-breast, i.e. offered 
or to be offered with waving to and fro, 
Ex. 29, 27. Lev.7, 34; Mb Bd the 
wave-sheaf Lev. 23, 15; and so v. 17. 
Ex. 38, 24.29. MpwAN snot Ex. 38, 24. 
c) i.g. tumult ; Is. 30, 32 ΠΕ ΡΤ nian 
wars of shaking, j i. e. of tumult, tumul- 
tuous. 


ὝΜΏ τη. (fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4,) a fire- 


9 ΄ 
oven, oven, furnace, Arab. -y.i3, com- 


pounded from obsol. jf oven (Ὁ. 932m IT) 
and "33 fire. Ex. 8, 3. Lev. 2,4. 7, 9. 
11, 35. Hos. l.c. The oriental ovens 
often have the form of a large pot drawn 
in above; see Jahn Bibl. Archeol. T. 1. 
i. p. 213, and ii. p. 182. Beckmann Bei- 
trage zur Geschichte der Erfindungen 
T.IL. p. 419. So prob, Gr. κλέβανος, see 
Schneider and Passow Lex. 

ὈΔ ΤΊΣΙ τὰ. plur. (Ὁ. om) 
compassion, Ps, 94, 19. 

2. consolations, comfort, Is. 66, 11. Jer. 
16, 7. 

MVNA £ plur. (τ. 8112) consolations, 
Job 15, 11. 21, 2. 

ΓΤ (comfort, τ. 112) Tanhumeth, 
pr. ἢ. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. 

DM sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, a great 
serpent, dragon, i. e. here the crocodile, 
as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt; 
i.g. 72M, which latter is read in several 
Mss. [Perh. plur. of a sing. jh (i. q 
72m) from r. ἼΣ 1. 1; and used as a 
pluralis excellentiv ; comp. niama.—R. 


ΤῺ m. (r. Ἴξ 1) plur. 5°22, Arab. 


1. pity, 


σς 
ues ; [a great serpent,dragon. Spec. 


1. a water-serpent, dragon, sea-mon- 
ster (comp. Am. 9, 3), Gen. 1, 21 where | 
Sept. κῆτος. Job 7, 12. Ps. 74, 13.148, 7. 


Jer. 51. 84. Put for the crocodile, as the 
emblem of Egypt and her king, Is, 27, 1. 
51, 9; comp. Ez, 29, 3. 32, 2. 


1111 


wn 
2. a land-serpent, dragon, Ex. 7,9 sq. 


Deut. 32, 33. Ps. 91,13. Neh. 2, 13.— 
R. 


W22F\ Chald. the second, Dan. 7,5. R. 
Mm) to repeat. Comp. 01370.—Hence 


PABA) Chald. adv. a second time, 
again, Dan, 2, 7. 


* 72h) obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. to 
come to an end, to cease. Hence 73:7). 


ne 1h) obsol. root, the native force 
of which may be gathered from its de- 
rivatives and from the kindred roots, 
which extend also into the Indo-Euro- 
pean languages. Thus 

1, Pr. to stretch out, to extend ; comp. 


in the Semitic tongues Eth. Ἢ length, 
ἼΠ2 and ΠΣ to give, pr. to extend the 
hand (comp. 33, 4733), 103 to extend it- 
self 6. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual; 
and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanser. 
tan, Gr. τείγω, τανύω, τιταίνω, Lat. tendo 
(comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence 
tenuis, (Sanscr. tanu,) Goth. thanjan, 
Germ. dehnen, with many others, as old 
High. Germ. Tanna fir-tree—Hence 
yh a great serpent, sea-monster, so 
called from its length; comp. ταινέα 
(from τεένω) a long fish, also tenia. 

2. Trop. to run swiftly, i. e. with 
outstretched neck and limbs extended, 
like Gr. τάγυμι. Hence jm jackal, so 
called from its swift running. 


| 12h) Syr. and Chald. to smoke. 
Hence }Am& for JINX oven, furnace, and 
the compound "42m from jm and "ΠΣ, 


navn f. (r.0%3 to breathe) 1. Lev. 
11, 30, an unclean animal, classed with 
other species of lizards; according to 
Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha- 
meleon, so called as living upon air 80- 
cording to the opinion of the ancients, 
Plin. H. N. VIIL 33. Hasselquist Reise 
Ρ. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole. 
Saad. lizard. 

2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean 
aquatic bird, prob. the pelican, pelecanus 
onocrotalus, so called from its pouch, 
which it can extend by inflation, see 
Oedm. Verm. Sammi. IIL 50.—Sept. 
φορφυρίων, i.e. the crested purple heron, 
ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus, 
swan. 


aon 


bs aon in Kal not used, to abominate ; 
comp. axnm IT. 

Pret 33m, fut. a3nm 1. to abominate, 
to abhor, ant. ye 26. Job 9, 31. 19, 19. 
Ps. 5, 7. Is. 49,7. 

2. Causat. to cause to abhor, to fill one 
with abhorrence. Is. 49,7 “ia 3379 who 
causeth abhorrence to the people, who is 
an abomination to the people. 

3. to make abominable, to cause to be 
abhorred, Ez. 16, 25. See Hiph. 

Hien. to make abominable, shameful. 
Ps. 14, 1 M553 AaSHM they make abomi- 
nable their doings, i. e. they do abomi- 
nable deeds, act abominably. So with 
m>"b> implied, id. 1K. 21,26. Ez. 16, 52. 
Comp. man, 290. 

Nipu. pass. to be an abomination, to 
be abhorred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Job 
15, 16. 

Deriv. ΠΏΣ. 


*FISE) fut. mens, apoc. sh. 
1. to go astray, to wander, to err; 
Aram. Ky, Arab. , id. Ex, 23, 4. 


Job 38, 41; with 3 of place Gen, 21, 14. 
37,15. With ace. to wander through 
or over, metaph. of boughs, branches, Is. 
16,8. Also: 8) Of drunken persons, 
who go reeling about; Is. 28, 7 43m 
ἜΞ ΘΓ. they go astray (reel) from 
strong drink ; and hence trop. of the 
mind, Is. 21, 4 "22> 43m my heart reeleth, 
is seized with giddiness. Ὁ) Trop. of 
the mind as erring from the paths of 
virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48, 11; 
comp. 222 "3h Ps. 95, 10, 139 "3h Is. 29, 
14. With 72, 6. g. from God’s precepts 
Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; with 
mins sa Ez. 44, 10. 15; with "InN 
min? from following God, from his wor- 
ship, Ez. 14, 11. Comp. Chald. πιϑῷ 
spec. ‘to be given to idolatry,’ Syr. to 
be a heretic. 

2. i. q. ἼΞ to perish, Prov. 14, 22. 
Comp. Arab. - to pass away, to 
perish. 

Nipu. to wander, pr. to be made to 
wander, to stagger about, Is. 19, 14. 
Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in a mo- 
ral sense, Job 15, 31. 

Hies. πῶσ, ἢ ment, f conv. ΣΙΝ 
2 Chr. 33, 9. 

1. to cause to wander Job 12, 24. Ps. 
107, 40. Jer. 50, 6; e. g. a drunken man 


1112 


on 


Job 12,25. Metaph. to cause to wander 
or err from the paths of virtue and piety, 
e.g. a nation into impiety, ungodliness, 
Is. 3, 12. 9, 15; into idolatry 2 K.-21, 9; 
c. 12 Is. 63, 17. 

2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself 
wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri. Proy. 16, 17. 

Deriv. προ, and 


WA (error) Tou, pr.n. of a dinnd of 
Hamath or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18, 9.103 
written "2" Joi 2 Sam. 8, 9. 10. 


VIAN) f. (r. 139 Hiph.) a divine pre- 
cept; hence an oracle'ls. 8, 16; law, v. 
20; in both cases parall. with nvm. 
Also custom, as having the force of law, 
Ruth 4, 7. 


ΓΞ f. (τ. 949) darkness, Job 11, 
17 in 3 Mss. See inr. 953 no. 3. 


ἜΣΤΩ, see sDh. 


rbyn f. (τ. 929) constr. M>3n, plur. 6. 
suff, “asnbdsn ; comp. {δ 5 τὴ from Τ᾿ mNd. 

lia ὁλδιόνα, trench, in which water 
is raised from a stream to water or in- 
undate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38. 
2 K. 18,17. 20, 20; @ conduit, aqueduct, 
Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31,4. Poet. Job 38, 
25 nbsm pb aban who hath divides 
channels for the rain? i. e. distributed 
the rain-water to all parts of the heavens. 

2. a plaster, bandage, something put 
over a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46, 11. Comp. 
ΠΡῸΣ ΤΌΣ. 


DASA m. plur. (r. bb3 1) 1. vewa- 
tions, adverse destiny, Is. 66,4. See the 
root, Po, no. 3. 

2. boyishness, for concr. 8">>%3, boys, 
babes, Is. 3, 4. 

Mae f(r. mbz) a hidden thing, 
secret, Job 28,11. Plur. mi— Job 11,6. 
Ps, 44, 22. 


A9T) m. (τ. 22) Prov. 19, 10; plur. 

"335m Cant. 7,7, and ni— Ecce. 2, 8, deli- 
an living, delights, Mic. 2. 9. Prov; lec. 
Mic. 1, 16 373230 723 children in whom 
thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy- 
ment, i.e. sensual Cant.7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8. 

MIT) f. (r. ΠῈΣ I) pr. ‘self-affliction,’ 
i. e. fasting, Ezra 9,5. See the root Pi. 
lett. b. 

ἸΩΣΊΑ and ΠΣ (sandy soil, r. 739) 
Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca- 
naanitish city Josh. 12,21, inthe territory 


yon 


of Issachar, but assigned to Manasseh. 
Judg. 1,27. 5,19. 1K.4,42. Josh. 17,11. 


21,25. Now hiss Ta’annuk, see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p, 156. Biblioth. Sacr. 
1843, p. 76. Comp. in "32 lett. Ὁ, 


ἜΦΣῸ in Kal not used; Pin. m3" 
to mock, to scoff, Gen. 27, 12, pr. to igh 


mer, see in 392 no, 2. Comp. Arab. εκ 


59....σχον 


1, II, to stammer, stutter, ΚΑ ΧΑ a stam- 
mering. 

Hirupar. to mock, to scoff at, c. 3 
2 Chr. 36, 16. 

Deriv. D°Sn3n. 

MVaLIH f. plur. (r. O¥2) strength, 
powers, Ps. 68, 36. 

* "SM obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 


Heb. "28 I, to cleave, to split.—Hence 
spn IL. 


I. "9h τὰ. (r. 452) a@ razor, sharp 
knife, so called as making naked or bald; 
Num. 6, 5. 8, 7. Ps. 52, 4. Is. 7, 20. Ez. 
5,1. “Bon ἼΣΩ a writer’s knife, with 
which he sharpens his reed pen, q. ἃ. 
pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23. 

II. "3 m. (Ὁ. 927) c. suff. 42m, the 
sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft,) 1 Sam. 17, 
51. Ez. 21, 8. 10. 35 (21, 3. 5. 30]. Jer. 
47, 6. 

AHIMA ἢ (τ. DL. 3) suretyship ; 
plur. 2 K. 14, 14 miaqsen "23 hostages, 
given as surety. 

DIMA m. plur. (r. 53m) mockery, de- 
lusions, Jer. 10, 15. 51, 18 D°SHSN Nvs2 
i. e. idols, Jerome opus risu dignum ; 
better, work of delusions. 

FF im. (r. 92m) plur. Bn, c. suff. 
TER. 

1. a drum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. 238, 
whence Spanish adduffa. In the East 
it consists of a thin wooden rim covered 
with a membrane, and hung around with 
brass bells or rattles ; it is used chiefly 
by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20. Judg. 
11, 34. Jer. 31,4; comp. Ps. 68,26. See 
Niebuhr’s Reisbeschr. I. p. 181. 

2. Ez. 28,13 the drum or hollow in 
which a gem is set, bezel ; comp. 33. 

MINDM ἢ Is. 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else- 
where MYND Εἰ absol. and constr. in 
pause ΝΞ, c. suff. "AINA. R.aNe I. 


1113 


1) 


1. ornament, beauty, Ex. 28, 2.40. Is. 
3,18. MINN 32 beautiful garments 
Is. 52, 1. ΠΑΝ ΕΣ ">> beautiful ἰγαρ- ᾿ 
pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26. 
Ὁ MBP a crown of beauty, an orna- 
mented crown, Prov. 4, 9. Is. 28, 5. 62, 
3. Ez. 16, 12. 23,42. ‘m "3% beautiful 
ornament Is, 28,1.4. The proud beauty 
of the Chaldees, i. e. Babylon, Is. 13, 19; 
the beauty of Israel, i. 6. Jerusalem, Lam. 
2,1; the ornament of children are their 
parents, Prov. 17,6; comp. Ez. 24, 25. 
So Is. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33, 9; comp. 
Deut. 26, 19. 1 Chr. 22,5. Also mIx5M 
DIN the beauty of man, i.e. the human 
form in its beauty, Is. 44, 13. 

2. splendour,magnificence, glory, Esth. 
1, 4. Is. 60,19, ΠΝ ΒΤ ΓΞ my glorious 
house Is. 60, 7; Ὃ i 63,12; Ἢ Bw v. 
14; often of the divine glory, the light 
and splendour of the divine presence, 
Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 11. Poet. of the 
ark of the covenant, as the seat of the 
divine glory, Ps. 78, 61; see in 1%. 

3. honour, glory,in a moral sense,Judg. 
4,9. Prov. 19,11. Also a glorying, boast- 
ing, Is. 10,12. Zech. 12,7; concer. the 
object of it, Is. 20, 5. Ps. 89, 18. 

TBM m. (r. 2) plur. o*m45h, constr. 
“mph. 

1. an apple, so called from the fra- 
grance which it exhales ; Cant. 2, 5. 7, 
9. Prov. 25,11. Also an apple-tree Joel 


9, 2» 
1, 12. Cant. 2, 8. 8, 5.—Arab. Las pr. 


apple, but also said of the lemon, peach, 
apricot, etc. 

2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. n. 
a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12, 17. 15, 34. 
Now οἷς Teffth, northwest of He- 


bron ; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 428. 
b) A city on the confines of Ephraim 
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 6) Ofa 
man, 1 Chr. 2, 43. 

MBM £ (r. ye) pl. c. suff. p23" isi 
your dispersions, Jer. 25, 84. But other 
copies read Tiph. 52°iS15h, which is 
better ; see in τ. 732 note, p. 839, 

DSM m. plur. (τ. MBX) cookings, 
cooked pieces ; after the form 31M, 
Aswan, with Nun formative, as xp 
from ΠΕΡ. Once in the difficult pas- 
sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for sacri- 
fice, fried (in oil) shalt thou offer it, 


Son 


pans Mins "29M lit. as the cookings of 
the meat-offering in pieces, i. e. cooked 
or prepared like the meat-offering, and 
broken up into pieces, comp. Lev. 2, 4 5α. 
7,9. The construction is a common one 
in Hebrew; see Lehrg. p. 810. 


" Dam obsol.root. 1. i.g. Arab. has 
to spit out; mid. Εἰ, to be insipid, not 
seasoned, comp. ΟΝ =.1 Job 6, 6; 
Chald. ‘to be unsalted.’ Hence ben, 
nben. 

2. to glue or stick on, (pr. with spit- 
tle 2) like Chald. 554, comp. Heb. >bu. 
Hence >5m no. 2, lime, cement. 


BM m. (r.>Bm) 1. any thing un- 
seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6; metaph. 
insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2,14. See 
moan. 

'2. lime, plaster, as spread upon walls, 
cement, Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28. In both 
passages contemptuously ; ; see den no. 


2. Arab. JUL and Nib, Chald. 


ΒΕ), id. 


DPM (lime, cement) Tophel, pr. n. of a 
place in Edom, on the east of the ’Ara- 
bah, Deut.1,1. Now liek Tufileh ; 
see Bibl. Ries, in Palest. II. p- 570, 600. 


MOON f(r. dBm) pr. insipidness ; 
hence folly, i. q. impiety, Job 1, 22. 24, 
12. Jer. 23, 13. Comp. in 532. 


MNP f. (r. dbp Hithp.) constr. mban, 
plur. miben. 

1. intercession, swpplication for any 
one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. 11, 
14, 

2. Genr. supplication, prayer, to God, 
Ps. 63, 5. 80,5. Is. 1, 15. Job 16, 17. al. 
With of pers. Ps. 42, 9. 69, 14; > 
2 Chr. 33, 18, Ps. 109, 4 nbpn "M1 but I 
am all prayer, poet. for ‘T give myself to 
prayer” Mbpnn ma the house of prayer, 
the temple, Is. 56,7. To offer prayer 
is ‘Mh nw Is. 37,4; ‘mn >benn Neh. 1, 6. 
Of God as hearing and answe ring prayer 
is said: ‘n Mp>d Ps. 6,10; ‘Mm dx M0 Ps. 
102, 18; ‘Nn saw Ps. 4,2; ‘nm ΝΗ Ps. 
a7 1. Prayer i is also said to come (82) 
before God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2, 8. So 
nbpm has the sense of prayer in the ti- 
tles of Psalms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142.—In a 
wider sense 


1114 


wan 


3. ahymn, sacred song, Hab. 3,1. So 
Ps. 72, 20, where the whole preceding 
book of Psalms, 1-72, is called mibpm 
13, A similar usage is found in the 
verb bbenn 1 Sam. 2, 1. 


mbm ( (r. V2) terror, ὁ. gait 
qaxban thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16. 


MOD (passage, ford, τ. ΠῸΒ) Tiphsah, 
Thapsacus, pr. 0. 

a) A large and opulent city on the 
western bank of the Euphrates, situ- 
ated at the usual point of passing that 
river, 1 K. 5, 4 [4, 24]. See Xen. 
Anab. 1. 4.11. Arrian. Exp. Alex, 2. 
13. ib. 3.7. Strabo XVI. p. 1082, Q. 
Curt.10.1.9. ΟἹ 

b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16. 
—R. 


. ὭΞῺ to strike, to beat, 6. g. the ta- 


a 

bret, Ps. 68, 26. Arab. V3, From 
the same stock are Gr. τύπτω (τύπ-ω), 
Sanser. tup to smite, to kill; whence 
τύμπανον i. g. 9M; Engl. to tap. 

Po. to beat, to smite, pr. to drum, e. g- 
upon the breast, 6. >¥ Nah. 2, 8. 

Deriv. 5M. 


; “ΞΩ to sew together Gen. 8, 7. Ece. 
8, 7. Job 16, 15. 
Ριει, id. Ez. 13, 18. 


*WEM fat. wens © 1. to lay hold of 
any one, to seize, c. acc. Gen. 39, 12 
(with 9323 by his garment). 1 K. 18, 
40;¢c.2 Is. 8, 6; of things, c. a Deut. 9, 
17. Hence to take in war, to capture, 
6. 5. men 2 K. 7, 12; cities Josh. 8, 8. 
Deut. 20, 19. Tends: "ἢ Dy wen Prov. 
30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho- 
vah sc. unlawfully and unwarrantably, 
to do violence to the name of God by 
falsehood and perjury; comp. m3 in 
the preceding member. 

2. to hold, lo have in possession, as a 
city Jer. 40,10; then to handle, to wield, 
as a sickle Jer. 50,16; the bow Amos 2, 
15. Jer. 46,9; the oar Ez. 27, 29; the 
harp Gen, 4, 21. Trop. to handle the 
law, spoken of a priest, Jer. 2, 8; ἢ 
practise war, Num. 31, 27. 

3. to make fast in gold and silver, for 
to overlay ; Part. pass, 2} WAM over- 
laid with gold Hab. 2,19. Comp. 8 
no, 5, 6. 


nen 


Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, 
seized, Num. 5, 13; to be captured, 6. g. 
men Ps. 10,2; cities Ez. 19, 4. 8. Jer. 
50, 46. 

Piet, i. q. Kal no. 1, 10 take hold, to 
lay hold, Proy. 30, 28. 


I. PPP ἢ (τ δ) spitile ; meton. one 
spit wpon. Job 17, 6 M™7y bpd MEA 
I am. become as one. in, whose face men 
spit, i.e. the vilest and most contemned 
of mortals ; comp. ῥακά Matt. 5, 22, i.e. 
Seo from r. PP to spit out. 


II. MF, always with the art. nEnn, 
Tophet, pr. n. of a place in the valley of 
the sons of Hinnom (see in &"3 lett. a), 
near Jerusalem, noted for the human 
sacrifices ‘there offered to Moloch and 
finally abolished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. 
Jer. 7, 32. 19, 6. 13. 14. ὨΒΏΠ nina 
Jer. 7, 31 the high places of Tophet, i.e. 
the artificial mounds, tumuli, on which 
those sacrifices were offered.—As to the 
etymology of the name Mah, it is com- 
monly referred to r. }|M to spit, and 
rendered ‘place to be spit upon,’ to be 
abhorred ; but it seems to have borne 
this name with all, even among the 
idolaters themselves. Itis better, there- 
fore, with Noldius in Vind. p. 948, with 
Lorsbach, and others, to regard M5 as 
i. q.t ττις q. v. denoting the place of 
burning dead bodies in the funeral rites. 

MIMSM Is. 30,33 a place of burning, 
i. e. where dead bodies were burned for 
sepulture, a word of Assyro-Persian ori- 
gin; comp. pel taften, ss, to set 
on fire, to burn, and Gr. dante, fully 
πυρὶ ϑάπτειν to burn (a corpse) with 
fire, then to bury. The form itself of 
the Heb. word betrays a foreign origin. 


NDF) Chald. m. pl. emphat. persons 
learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3. 
Arab. Conj. IV til to give a ee 


concerning the law; whence ἜΤΗ 


the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose 
response is equivalent to law. Theod. 
ot ἐπ᾿ ἐξουσιῶν, Vulg. prefecti. 

MINIM, see in ninzin. 

* NPF obsol. root, Arab. is lo fear, 
to beware ; hence pr. ἢ, RPP.» 


1115 


dpn 


ΠΡ (τ. map) Tokhath, pr. n. m. 
2 Chr. 34, 22 Keri; where Cheth. mnpin 
Tokahath, from vr. HP3.— The parall. 
passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has M)PM q. v. 


MPM f. (r. ΠῚ) constr. MIFN, c. suff. 
“MRR 

1. i. q. RP, a cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21. 

2. expectation, hope, Job 11,20. 19, 10. 
Prob. 23, 18. al. ἢ» ΠΡ w" there is hope 
to me, I have hope, Ruth 1,12. Job 5, 16. 
Zech. 9, 12 ΠΡΌ “OX lhe prisoners 
of hope, i.e. who cherish hope of deliver- 
ance. For Job 4,6, see under ἢ πο. 1. 
bb. 8. ~.267.—Meton. for what one hopes, 
Job 6, 8; for the person (God) from 
whom one hopes any thing Ps. 71, 5. 

3. Tikvah, pr. τι. τῇ. 2 Καὶ, 22, 14, for 
which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 napr 
q. v. Cheth. napin. 


ΓΙ ΡῺ f. (Ὁ. DAP) power of standing, 
i. e. of resisting, Lev. 26, 37. 


DPA m. (r. Dxp) ig. Daipma, one 
who rises up against, an adversary, plur. 
c. suff. Ps. 139, 21. 


ΣΡ (a fixing or pitching of tents, r. 
pm) Tekoa, pr. n. ofa fortified city south 
of Bethlehem, on the borders of the 
eastern desert (ΞΡ 7319 2 Chr. 20, 20, 
comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33), 2 Sam. 14,2. 1 Chr. 
2, 24. Jer. 6, 1. Am. 1, 1. Gr. Θεκωέ 
1 Mace. 9, 33, Relandi Palest. p. 1028. 
Its ruins are still called ts Teki’a, 


see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 182-184. 
— Gentile n. fem. m">iPm a Tekoite 
2 Sam. 14, 4. 9. 


MD PH f. (τ ΒΒ) constr. mpspm, plur. 
MEPM ; a circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19, 7. 
Hence the coming about or return of 
the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 20. 
Mer MEIpM> at the return of the year, 
i.e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23; comp. 
Ex. 34, 22, where > is omitted. 


SPH m. adj. strong, mighty, Ece. 6, 
10. R.5pn. 


PM Chald. m. (r. ARM) 
hard, Dan. 2, 40. 42. ~ 
2. mighty, powerful, Dan. 3, 33. 


e >pn Chald. to poise, to weigh, i. q. 
Hebr. bps. Part. pass. pm for ἘΡΩ͂ 
weighed Dan. 5, 25. 


Prev pass. to be weighed, Dan. 5, 27. 


1. strong, 


Ph 


“Ph inf, jpm, to be or be made 
straight, kindr. with j2h; a word of the 
later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and 
the Talmud. Ecc. 1, 15. 

Piew jpn, to make straight, Ecc. 7, 13. 
Hence to set in right order, to compose, 
e. g. proverbs, parables, Ecc. 12, 9. 


722 Chald. id. only Hoph. jpn, with 
Heb. flexion, to be set upright, establish- 
ed, Dan. 4, 33 [36]. 


2 »Ῥ»Ὼ fut. >pm" 1. to strike, to 
smite, spec. with acc. HD; i.e. a) to 
clap the hands, as a token of rejoicing, 
Ps. 47, 2; also at the calamities of 
others, 6. 59 Nah. 3,19. 6) to strike 
hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov. 
17, 18. 22, 26; c. 3 for any one, Prov. 6, 
1. Without 93 id. Prov. 11, 15. 

2. to strike or drive a thing into ano- 
ther, i.e. to fiw or fasten by driving, 
e. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23.25; to 
fasten with nails 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 
10, 10. Judg. 16, 14; hence 558 pM to 
pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins 
driven into the earth, Gen. 31, 25. Jer. 
6, 3; to thrust, e..g. a spear, sword, dart, 
Judg. 3, 21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast 
into the sea, Ex. 10, 19. 

3. "BWA SPM Nom. 16, 3. 4. 8, and 
spiti’n Ps. 81, 4. παν δ 6, 1. 51, 27. 
Num. 10, 6. 7, to strike up the trumpet, 
i.e. to give one blast, to i the case 
once, as a signal, Arab. Ι = 
It differs from ΠῚ and non 2PM to 
sound an alarm; see in son no. 2. p. 
971. 

Nip. 1. Reflex. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ. Job 
17, 3 ΞΡ. 772 ΜΉΤ who is he that 
will strike with my hand ? i.e. that will 
strike hands or pledge himself for me. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Is. 27,13. Am. 
3, 6. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 3pm and 


Ph m. Ps. 150, 3, α blast, clangour, 
of the trumpet. 


if pr fut. ὁ. suff. inapMM, to over- 
power, to oppress wholly, c. acc. Job 14, 
20. 15, 24; to prevail against, to assail, 
Ecc. 4,12. Comp. Chald. Arab, Cais id. 
Deriv. 97pm, ARP. 


IPM Chald. to be or become great, 
strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8.19. Τὴ ἃ bad 


1116 


“an 


sense, of the mind, to become firm, hard- 
ened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20. 

Pa. inf. to make strong, to confirm, 
Dan. 6, 8. 

Deriv. Chald. Ὥρα, APA. 


PM τη. (r. pm) ὁ. suff. ΒΡ, might, 
power, authority, Esth. 9,29. 10,2. Dan. 
11, 17. 


SPM Chald. τὰ. emphat. NEPA id. 
might, power, Dan. 2,37. 4,27. R. ὮΡτι. 


MPPM, see ΠΒΉΡΤΙ. 
“A, see “iM. 


TOSIn (perh. i. q. na25n a reeling) 
Taralah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, 
Josh. 18, 27. 


PADI £ (τ. M32) @ brood, progeny, 
in contempt, Num. 32, 14. 


AIA ἢ (τ. 43) increase, interest, 
i. q. maya q- ν. Lev. 25, 36. Prov. 28, 8, 
Ez. 18, 8. 13, 17. 22, 12. 


S390 Tiph. denom. from day, re ba, 
where see, p. 961. 


DIM Chald. quadrilit. to translate 
from one language into another, to inter- 
pret. Arab. and Ethiop. id. For the 
origin of this word, see 035 no. 4.—PuaL 
part. pass. 03972 translated Ezra 4, 7. 


MATIN ἢ (τ O39, Tsere impure ) 
constr. M279m, deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 
15, 12. 1 Sam, 26, 12. Put for deep 
lethargy, sluggishness, Is. 29, 10. Proy. 
19, 15 ὁ 


ΠΡ Tirhakah, pr. τι. of a king of 
Ethiopia and Thebais, Is, 37,9. 2 K. 19, 
9; the Τεάρκων of Strabo 15. 1. 6, Τάρ- 
κος or Ταρακός of Manetho ap. Syncel- 
lum, see Routh Rel. Sacre II. p. 46; 
comp. Comment. on Is. 18,1. This name, 
written in the hieroglyphic-phonetic 
characters, is found on one of the tem- 
ples of Egypt; see Wilkinson’s Mann. 
and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians, I. p. 140 
sq. Rosellini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. 


ΠΏ ἢ (r. 0'9 Hiph. no. 3) constr. 
nan, plur. mann. 

1. an offering, a present ; e. g. Prov. 
29, 4 miamn Wx a man of presents, i. 8. 
a judge loving presents. Hence 

2. an oblation, an offering to God or to 
idols Is, 40,20; spoken; a) Of the offer- 


ὩΣ 


ings of the Israelites for erecting and or- 
namenting the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 25, 
2. 3. 35, δ. 21. 24. 36, 3.6; also of other 
offerings to the temple 2 Chr. 31, 10. 12. 
14. Ezra 8, 25. Ὁ) Of the annual offer- 
ing of a half-shekel, Ex. 30, 13-15. c) 
Of an offering made to Jehovah after a 
victory, Num. 31, 52; comp. vv. 29. 41. 
ἃ) Of the offering of the first-fruits, Num. 
15, 19. 20. 21. 6) Of the tenth of the 
tithes, which was to be paid over by the 
Levites to the priests, Num. 18, 26. 28. 
29. [Ὁ Of the portions of the sacrifices 
which belonged to the priests, and which 
it was unlawful for others to eat (Lev. 
22, 12), Lev. 7, 14; espec. HAIMA PIs 
the oblation-shoulder, which together 
with the wave-breast (MBA In) 
in sacrifices of thank-offering was the 
portion (32) of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. 
Lev. 7, 32-34. 10,14. 15. Num. 6, 20; 
see also Num. 5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12, 44. 
13,5. g) Of the territory reserved for 
the priests, Ez. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20. 
21—Coupled with a genit. of him to 
whom the oblation is made, ἢ ΤΠ 
Ex. 30, 14. 15. 35,5. 21; p20 ‘nm Neb. 
13, 5; with genit. of thing offered Neh. 
10, 40. Ex. 35, 24. Ez. 48, 12. So too 
wtp ‘n a holy offering Ex. 36,6; 32'0 
an offering of the hand, as that with 
which the offering is brought and pre- 
sented, Deut. 12, 11.17; comp. 77 ΤΣ 
Deut. 16, 17.—Also minim "IY fields 
of offerings, i.e. fertile fields, yielding 
rich fruits, suitable for oblations to God 
as first-fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21. 

2. a present exacted by a prince, i. e. 
tribute, i. q. MWA no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16. 

Nore. The origin of this word, as 
stated above, is from the idea of offering 
in BMF no. 3, just as NWA and MYv2 are 
from 82; not from the idea of taking 
away in ὉΔῚ no. 4, although there is 
once an allusion to this power in Pual, 
Ex. 29,27; comp. Num. 18, 26.—Many 
of the Rabbins, though not all, assign to 
mann the signif. elevation, and refer it 
to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave- 
offering so called, consisting in present- 
ing the offering with a motion up and 
down ; comp. 7253") wave-offering, and 
see in 982 Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this 
signification is supported by no certain 
example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq. 


1117 


“=n 


MPMI f. i. gq. ΠΌΝΩΝ no. 1. g, Ez. 
48, 12, 


TIN f. (Ὁ, 399) constr. MEH. 

1. loud noise, tumult. Spec. a) shouts 
of joy, rejoicing, Job 8,21. 33,26. 2°73 
mann 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11. 19, 
ΠΡ MSF the shouting for a king, i. 6. 
joyful acclamations with which a king 
is welcomed, Num. 23,21. Ὁ) @ shout 
for battle, war-cry, Am. 1,14. Job 39,25. 
Jer. 4,19. 49,2. ΠΡ 2° to raise 
the shout of battle, Josh. 6, 5. 20. 

2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev. 
25,9. Zeph.1,16. Also a signal, alarm, 
as sounded, 6. g. M3" DpH to sound 
the alarm, to give the signal with sound 
of trumpet, Num. 10, 5. 6. Mz2"m Bie 
a signal-trumpet Lev. 25, 9; and so 
Num. 31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12.—Also ‘nm ἼΣΟΣ 
clanging cymbals Ps. 150,5. ΠΣ oi | 
i. e. the first day of the seventh (after- 
wards the first) month, which was an- 
nounced by the sound of trumpets, Lev. 
23, 24. Num. 29, 1-6. ΠΡ "37 sa- 
crifices offered with the sound of trum- 
pets, Ps. 27,6; comp. Num. 10, 10. 


MEAN £. medicine, Ez. 47,12. Vulg. 
medicina, Sept. ὑγίεια, comp. Rev. 22, 2 
Seouneia.—Prob. pr. medical powder, 
from r. #59 to crush. Others assign to 
this root the signif. ‘to heal, 1. ᾳ. 8B". 


* 7K) obsol. root, Arab. bY a to be 
ως, ὧν ΣΌΪ 8 hardn 

ard, dry ; * rmness, hardness.—— 
Hence yy 

“TIF Ε Is. 44, 14, a species of tree so 
called from its hardness and strength, 
perh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu. 
Theod. ἀγριοβάλανος, Vulg. ilex. See 
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 270. 


» man obsol. root, Chald. to delay. 
Hence 


TID Terah, pr.n. a) A station of 
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 27. 


-b) The father of Abraham, Gen. 11, 24. 


Josh. 24, 2. 


mn Tirhanah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 
48. ἘΠ. Ἰπ’. 

PIM Chald. constr. "97, fem. PAI, 
two, Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 4, 24. For the ac- 


cordance of other languages, see Heb. 
pw. 


mn 


MOM f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31. 
R29 Pi, 


naan , see in mnin. 


MOI f. (r. 704 Pi.) fraud, deceit, 
Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. 119, 118. Jer. 8,5. 23,26; 
also 14, 14 where Cheth. has ΓΗ ΩΤ id. 


FIA m.c. suff. om, prob. i. gq. FX, @ 
pine, Chald. sp7275m. Hence: a) the 
mast of a ship, ‘Ts. 33, 23. Ez. 27,5. Ὁ) 
a signal-pole, set up on mountains, Is. 
30, 17.—The root is 7242, whence yin 
after the analogy of 37% from r. 3, 
dam from r.002. See in jk. 


YIM Chald. m.i.q. Heb. "383 1. @ 
gate, door, 6. g. of a furnace or oven 
Dan. 3, 26. 

2. the gate of the king, i. 6. of the 
royal palace, put for the palace itself, 
or rather for the court of the palace, into 
which there was only one entrance, Dan. 
2,49; comp. "28 Esth. 2,19. Comp. also 
Arab. wh, Turkish ea3 Kapu, for the 
court of the Khalifs and Turkish sove- 
reigns ; Engl. the Porte. Gr. αἵ ϑύραι 
for the Persian court, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. 
ib. 8. 3. 2, 11. ib. 8. 6. 7.—Syr. B32 


S49 
Arab. Κα 3 an opening,a door. Comp: 


also Sanscr. dvara,whence both Gr. ϑύρα 
and Lat. fores ; Pers. > Engl. door. 


ΛΔ Chald. (each Kamets impure, 
for 32m, after the form M22, Mep,) 
plur. emphat. x*5"m, the door-keepers, 
porters, Ezra 7, 24. 


MOVIN (τ. do) reeling, drunken- 
ness ; whence M237" 479 wine of reel- 
ing, pr. wine even reeling, i. e. which 
causes it, Ps. 60, 5. ΠΡΌΣ ΏΓΙ ὈἿΞ the 
cup of reeling Is. 51, 17. 22. See for the 
metaphor under Dip. 


“YIM Tirathite, gentile ἢ. from a 
place ΠΡ (gate) otherwise unknown, 
1 Chr. 2, 55. 


"52H obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 


8. 
35 to live in comfort ; whence 5.3 
prosperous and comfortable life. With 


this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr. 
Tégnomon.—Hence 


D DAM m. plur. household gods, domes- 
tic idols, q.d. the Penates of the Hebrews, 


1118 


wan 


(according to Schultens, ad Harir. Cons. 
IIL. p. 155, i.g. 32M 722 guardians and 
givers of prosperous life) Gen. 31, 19. 
34. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. They seem to 
have had the ‘beeen form and stature, 
1 Sam. 1. c. and to have been consulted 
as oracles, Ez. 21,26. Zech. 10,2. Also 
Judg. 17,5. 18, 14sq. 1 Sam. 15,23. 2 K. 
23, 24. Hos. 3, 4—Constr. c. plur. Gen. 
l.c. but in 1 Sam. 19,13 under the plural 
form ΡΒ (pluralis excellentiz ?) only 
one image seems to be understood. 

MEAN (delight, τ. 439) Tirzah, pr. n. 
a) A city of Israel situated in a pleasant 
region, Cant. 6,4; and from Jeroboam 
to Omri the capital of the kingdom of 
Israel, Josh. 12, 24. 1 K. 14,17. 15, 21. 
2K. 15,14. al. Ὁ) One of the daugh- 
ters of Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. 
36, 11. Josh. 17, 3. 


WIN Teresh, (Pers. Uys severe, au- 


stere,) pr. n. of a eunuch ‘at the court of 
Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21. 6, 2. 


WWI (perh. a breaking, subjection, 
i.e. a subdued country, r. Ww") pr. ἢ. 
Tarshish. 

1. Tartessus, Gr. Ταρτησσός, less freq. 
Taporiov Polyb. and Steph. Byz. a city ὦ 
of Spain with the adjacent country, 
situated between the two mouths of the 
river Betis or Guadalquivir, a flourish- 
ing colony and mart of the Phenicians, 
Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66, 19. Jon. 
1,3. 4,2. Ez. 38, 13. Kings of Tar- 
shish are spoken of, Ps. 72,10. From 
hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38. 
Strab. III. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and 
lead, were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10, 9. 
Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr. 
Sacra lib. III. cap. VII. p. 165 sq. 7. Ὁ. 
Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. exter 
P. I. p. 82-103. Comp. Comm. on Is. 
23, 1.—Hence wrvinm min ships of 
Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr. 
of ships employed by the Tyrians in 
voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1. 
14. 60, 9; but also genr. for all large 
merchant vessels, although sailing to 
other and different countries, Is. 2, 16. 
Ps. 48,8; comp. the Engl. East-India- 
men. So in 1 K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships 
sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red 
Sea to Ophir; although the writer of 
the Chronicles seems either not to have 


wan 
known or not to have approved of this 
usage, see 2Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37.— 
See more in Thesaur. p. 1315. 

2. A precious stone, so called as 
brought from Tarshish, just as Ophir also 
is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold brought 
from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13. Ez. 1, 
16. 10,9. 28,13. Cant. δ, 14. Dan. 10, 6. 
According to the Sept. and Josephus, 
the chrysolite, i. e. the topaz of the mo- 
derns, which is still found in Spain; so 
Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II. 17. Others 
understand amber, but contrary to Ex. 
28, 20. 39, 13. 

3. Tarshish, pr. n. of persons: a) A 
Persian prince, Esth. 1,14. b) 1 Chr. 
7, 10. 

NOD IN, always with art. anion, 
(comp. Pas Urey lorsh selerh diners) 
the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian 
governor of Judea, q. d. your Severity ; 
comp. Germ. gestrenger Herr, a title for- 
merly given to the magistrates of the 
free and imperial German cities; so of 
Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 7, 65. 70. 
Also of Nehemiah, and put after his 
name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2; comp. 12, 26, 
where for it is "M8 the governor. 


JE Tartan, pr. n. of a general 


under Sargon and Sennacherib kings of 
Assyria, Is. 20, 1. 2 K. 18, 17. 


PHM Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of the 
Avvites (0°53) 2 Κὶ. 17, 31. In Pehlvi, 
tar-thakh might be ‘deep darkness,’ or 
‘hero of darkness.’ 


main f. (τ. DAL) with gen." added, 


‘something put into one’s hand, i.e, ὦ 


deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21. 


nism f. plur. (τ. Nit) noise, e. g. 
tumult of a multitude Is. 22,2; shouting, 


1119 


nn 


shouts, Zech. 4,7; clamour Job 39,7; 
a crashing Job 36, 29. 

“BOM τὰ, Tishbite, 1 K. 17,1. 21, 17, 
gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, from a 
city of Naphtali called Mam or Hawn, 
Gr. Θισβή Tob. 1, 2. See Reland Pa- 
lest. p. 1035. Thesaur. Ρ. 1352. ΗΒ. πῶ. 


V2UM m. (r. γ3:}) tesselated stuff, i.e. 
cloth (byssus) woven in checker-work, 
see the root; hence yatm n3h2 a tunic 
of checker-work, Ex. 28, 4. 

MAWM Γ (rah) 1. a return, 1 Sam. 
7, 17. 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 20, 22. 26. 

2. an answer Job 21, 34. 34, 36. 
Comp. 3°27 no. 2. Ὁ. 

MDW Γ (Ὁ. 2x πο. 3) 1. deliver- 
ance, salvation, Ps. 37,39. 40,11. 71, 15. 

2. victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. Ps. 
33, 17. Comp. m33a-. 

Mp £ (r. pred no. 2) desire, long- 
ing, Gen. 3, 16. 4, 7. Cant. 7, 11. 

myweN f. (τ. ἜΘ 1) a gift, present, 
1 Sam. 9,7. So too in the Heb. version 
of Daniel, Dan. 2,6. 5, 17, for Chald. 
mzia2.—See r. 98 I. 1, c. 35; comp. 
espec. Is. 57, 9. 

MOM, see in Hwan. 


"Y°OT m. (from Swim) ἢ ΓΘ, ord. 
adj. the ninth, Num. 7, 60. Lev. 25, 22. 

* YOM Γ᾿ constr. swim, and ΓΑ 
m. constr. ὭΣΘ, nine, an 11, 19. 2 
Sam. 24,8. al. " Also the ninth in enume- 
rating days, as WIN2 Nsw on the ninth 
of the month Lev. 23, 32.—Plur. =°30m 
comm. ninety, Gen. 5, 17. 30. 

Δ Vatnai, pr. n. of a Persian 
governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. q. 


old gift. 


Page 27. col. 


“ 


“ 


ADDENDA. 


The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places. 


32. 


38. 


38. 


1, before Art. 5x add this article’: 
MINN, see ANI. 

2, 1. 3 from bott. for ‘q. d. ete.’ read: lit. soothes, keeps it within 
himself. ν 

1,1. 26 5ᾳ. read: ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal 
power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. ἢ ἃ. Morgenl. VI. p. 18. 

1, 1. 6 from bott. read: khysydrsd, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. 
Morgenl. VI. p. 124. It is certain, etc. : 

2,1. 3 from bott. after to say ; add: but see in "721 II. Note. Comp. 

2,1. 3, add at the end: See more inr. P22. 

1, 1. 15, after 166, add: Irby and Mangles p. 478. 

2, bott. after [41]. add: In v. 6 [21] written "2-7 q. v. 

1, |. 22, for come among us, read: fall upon us reund about. 

1, 1. 20, for wounded, read: hurt, broken; 

1, 1. 2, for Keri, read: Chethibh ; 

1, 1. 16 from bott. dele: Nah. 2, 3. 

2, after Art. °3>"3 add this article : 
4 (garden, τ. 123) Ginath, pr. n. m, 1 K. 16, 21. 22. 

1, 1. 12, read: to speak ; see more in r. "791 II. Note. 

2, before Art. M715 add this article : 
DN'F74, see in "45, 

2, 1. 11 from bott. add: See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684. 

1, 1. 7 from bott. after m. add: emphat. 8BOn, 

1, 1. 15 from bott. dele: Zech. 10, 11. 

1, 1. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu- 
phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7. 

1, 1. 20, before 1. add: also “BD Job 38, 29. 

1, before art. 5° p> add this article : 
"DD, see “BD. 

2, 1. 3, end of the line, add: Russell’s Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblioth. Sac. 
1848. p. 473. 

1, 1.16 from bott. before d) add: Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7. 
16, 18. Ps. 79, 1. Ex. 15, 7. 

2, before art. 572"2, add this article : 
722 Chald. m. constr. 393; Plur. "259, constr. "293; an eye, i. q. 

Heb. Ezra 5, 5. Dan. 4, 31. 7, 8. 20. 

2, after art. DB, add this article: 

nine, see MIDE. 


INDEX 


GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL. 


The references to Sections (§) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius as revised 
by Roediger, fourteenth edition, Halle 1845 ; English, with the same divisions, by M. Stuart, 
Andover, 1847; also by Τὶ. J. Conant, New-York, 1847.—In all the examples of verbs and 
nouns, Prefixes with Sheva only, Vav conversive (-4), and the Article, are omitted. 


from r. 728, the first radical & being 
dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378. 

W728 Chald. fathers, plur. of 3x. 

δε Is. 28, 12 for 438 they will, by Arab- 
ism, § 44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R. max. 

Wisk, see Wins. 

"a8 for 8°38 1 fut. Hiph. from r. Xia 1 K. 
21,29. Mic. 1, 15. § 75.2. f Leb. 436. 

ΣΝ 1 fut. Hiph. from. τ. 328, for 
τ ἐν, MINN. ὁ 67. note 1. Leb.377. 

"MONIN 1 pret. Hiph. for "M835 from 
bua ll. § 52. note 6. Lgb. 319. 

MIN 1 fut. Hithp. from 173. Also with 
suff. OFAN. See p. 215. 

DPN 2 Sam. 22, 43 for SPs 1 fut. Hiph. 
c. suff, Ὁ--, from r. pps, the Dag. ofa 
short syllable being resolved into a 
long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369. 

masx 1 fut. Hithp. from ΓΞ I. 

wTINX 1 fut. Hiph. 6. suff. 52 for Artix, 
a form not contracted, from 71 Hiph. 
to praise Ps. 28,7. Comp. 71m" § 52. 
note 7. 

"As 1 fut. apoc. from 74 Zo be, for MAN. 

mins 1 fut. c. m parag. for ΓΙΌ from 
man to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4. 
§74. note 4. 

mamix Jer. 4, 19 Cheth. see in r. 5m 
Hiph. no. 2. p. 395. 

ιν Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for 2x, 
DIDNN, from r. 528. § 67. note 1. 

M7=i8 1 fut. Hiph. ὁ. 4 parag. by Chal- 
daism for τ ΣΝ, OSNx, from r. 
“ZN ; § 67. note 1. 

ὙἿΝ 1 fat. Hiph. for j-788 from r. 738 no. 
I. ὃ 67. note 1. Lgb. 378. 

dix Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r. 
DIN, by Syriasm 538, c. Makk. “bx. 

94* 


Was Ez. 28, 16 for FIBNX 1 fat. Piel 


THN, see in r. MIM init. p. 303. 
runs 1 fut. Piel, ὁ. suff. for MPXYMN 
from τ. 8M, Gen. 31, 39. 

nine f. plur. sisters, see sing. MINS p. 33. 

bmx 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 55m, [will pro- 
fane Ez. 39,7, (pr. with Dag. forte 
impl. §22. 1,) differing from ὅπ 
I will begin Deut. 2,25. Josh. 3,7 ; just 
as πὸ Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word) 
differs from > he begins Judg. 10, 18. 
13, 5. ὃ 66. 5. Lgb. 370, 371. 

sans 3 plur. pret. Piel for "8 from r. 
sn, Judg. 5, 28; comp. "272"3 and 
Lgb. 170. 

mmx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. M3 to 
descend. 

MAMAS 1 fut. Kal from τ, M11, c. 5 parag. 
Jer. 17, 18. 

ΝΣ 1 fut. Hiph. apoc. for MYX from r. 
mo. Hos. 11, 4. Job 23, 11. Comp. 
bo, OM, imp. oF. 

MD5x where art thou? from "8 and suff. 
na. 

mad", see in τ. 725 init. p. 253. 

pms Ps. 19, 14, ig. ἘΣ, which is read 
in several Mss. 1 fut.(A) Kal fromr. 
pan I shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366. 

by 1 fut. apoc. Piel from τ. 133 Ez. 
43, 8. 

Pex Ex. 33,3 for 7228 1 fut. Piel. suff. 
the Dag. being dropped and Pattahh 
passing over into Segol, comp. § 27. 
note 2. Ὁ. Sept. ἐξαναλώσω os, Vulg. 
disperdam te. Lgb. 164, 433. 

HDs for ὩΞΝ 1 fut. Niph. from 52, Mic. 
6, 6. 

M728 for 38 1 fut. Kal. c. suff. from 
r. 22, c. Dag. forte euphon. Hos. 3, 
2. Lgb. 87. 


NS 1122 4 


max Deut. 9, 21, 1 fut. Kal from n2, 
§ 66. note 5. Lgb. 370, 371. 

FNONBS Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (τ. O82) c. 
He parag. αὐᾶ suff. 4, perh. correctly 
pronounced ἸΝΌΝ ΘΝ, The 4 parag. 
before the suffix seems to have passed 
over into δὲ, as elsewhere into M, see 
Wnxian. The Arabs also retain the 


sound a in the fut. antithet. before a 
suffix, ¢ KGS : 

ninay f. plur. from M38 maid, q. v. 

maIN Chald. for 728 its fruit, the Dag. 
‘being resolved, from the noun 38, 
Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. Lgb. p. 133. 

STIX, see 572). 

DITOR by Syriasm for BATON 1 fut. Pi. 
from r. “vd. ὁ 23. note 2. Lab. 152. 

72k 1 Sam. "15, 6, 1 fut. Kal from r. 508 ; 
but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form is Part. 
Kal. 

pies fut. Kal fromr. 707. ὃ 70. Lgb. 390. 

DA NER 1 fut. Hiph. from r. TRB, c. suff, 
on . 

NEN jmp. Kal for 5®& cook ye Ex. 16, 23, 
from r. HDX, by Syriasm. § 23. note 2. 

MeN, and with 1 conv. MBN}, 1 fut. Niph. 
pos! for πῶς, from r. Hn. 

mMS"2N 1 fat. Hiph. from xn. 

pis 1 fut. Kal from ps". δ 70. 

six 1 fut. Kal from ὍΣ". ὁ 70. 

MPs 1 fut. Kal from ΠΡ. 

AEN Is. 56, 12 in some "Mss. i. q. MAPS 
1 fut. Kal fom r. Mp? ; see the follow- 
ing form. 

MRIPY 1 Sam. 28, 15, for πὲ with n= 
(for πὸ) parag. Lab. 286. 

max Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from r. "2. 

ΘΝ 1 fut. Hithpal. for Bein from 
r. BAM. 

JI=I8 transpos. for F278 1 fut. Pi. from 
min. Others suppose a Piel 43> in- 
stead of Γῆ, 

ὈΠῸΝ inf. absol. Hiph. from 520. 

“ws Ez. 3,15 Cheth, "x, read ἜΘ ΝΣ 
and I beheld, from r. 94% L no. 2, 

sms Chald. 3 plur. pret. Kal for u ; 
see πρῶ. 

SHINN 1 fat. Hiph. from τ. 574. 

sony imp. Kal from r. HAR to come, for 
snr, by Syriasm. § 23. ‘note 2. Lgb. 
152. 

ams 1 plur. pret. for the usual 52°M& we 
are come, fromr. THX. It imitates 
the forms of verbs ἄρ, 


δ 70. 


ΠΡΌΣ 1 fut. Kal from ῬῺ zo tear, off; 
with Nun epenthet. and suff. 


με 


m8 Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8, 7, inf. from τ. 
sia, c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. with 
He parag. Lgb. 213. 

ya. 2 Chr. 1, 4 for wna, from 734 
(Hiph. of 1.5), Π art. for relat. and 5; 
comp. "21 2 Chr, 29, 36. 

ana Ez. 26, 15 for sana inf’ Niph. 
from στ. 337 (Dag. fort. impl.) for 
a2. Leb. 331. 

mating ‘Lev. 26, 43, for mawina inf. 
‘Hoph. from D738 to lay waste. 

n2owia inf. Po. from dw2,q.v. Others 
take it for inf. Kal for ‘teow (comp. 
b2Nz2), but in forms of this kind 
_Hholem is always defectively written. 

12 Zech. 4,10 i. ᾳ. 12 , from 193, 

smn Ps. 45, 10, nee in “P7 no. 3. p. 
420. 

"mp2 plur. constr. from 22 or rather 
M23, see 123 p. 139 note. 

422 for 3382 we are come, from N12, 
1 Sam. 25, 8. 

WII. thy tilding for [123 inf. constr. 
6. suff. Ez..16, 31; an irregular form, 
which seems to have come from taking 
the termination Mi as a plural fem. 
which itis not. Lgb. p. 463. 

“NNBA for MMIS, see Ta. 

nwa, 02> Ecc. 3, 18, inf Kal from 713, 
c. suff. Ὁ--. 

"ba, see under >t). 


4 


bs imp. for >} from r. 5>3 10 roll Ps. 119, 
12, comp. Josh. 5,9; but in v. 18 the 
same form is for M23 imp. Pi. from 23. 

mya inf. constr. Kal, from 333 to touch. 

Wa, “wa, Hwa, imp. δα 33. But 708}. 
3, 9 in plur. we have 585 goshu, and 
Ruth 12, 14 fem. "85 goshi. 

mwa inf, Kal, from 33 to approach. 


= 


s~>5 for ἢ from r. 553, where see. 

ΣῈ imp. from r. 535. 

m7 or ΠΣ Prov. 24, 14, i. q. 33 ο. Ft pa- 
rag. Hence aE mash ΤΙΣ 42 so 
learn (get) wisdom for thy y ἡ soul. Sept. 
αἰσϑήσῃ. Leb. 286. R. 373. 


— 1123 os 


7 


ὙΓΙΉΣ Is. 19, 6 for sM™21h}; see ΤΡ 
Hiph. 

35, 035, imp. from 34°. 

w°xah a corrupted form Is. 30, 5, where 
the context demands w°3in from r. 
W373, which also 12 Mss. read. 

130, Hos. 4, 18 ΓΕΔ Pip ἼΞΙῚ ASM ; 
here the Heb. intpp. ‘take ΣΙ for tal 
(r. 393, comp. ‘9 for 75, HAM for 
mmm), and render: her princes love to 
give reproach ; Jerome: dilexerunt 
afferre. But this is languid; and the 
context requires: they love reproach. 
Hence the letters 135 are prob. spuri- 
ous, and arose from an error of a copy- 
ist, who let them remain rather than 
mar the beauty of his manuscript. 

pian Inf. Niph. from r. Pp2. 

"25 Inf. Hiph. from r. 973. 

iam Inf. Po. from r. 537 I. 

nban for M230 3 ἢ pret. Hoph. from r. 
‘pha , by Aramaism. 

ΡΩΝ Hothp. from 13 to be fat. 

misin Chald. inf. Aph. from r. 738 to 
‘perish. 

42:0 Chald. Hoph. from r. 438. 

m3in Hiph. c. suff. from στ᾿ 433, Lam. 1,5. 

min Hiph. r. 779. 

naban inf, Hoph. "from τ. 5", for ΤΉ, 

sbban Ps. 78, 63, see 555 Pu. 

Rn Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. ofr. 8°. 
The pointing Welonge tothe Kerixs"n; 
the Cheth. would be read 8zin. 

ΒΞ τι Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from τ. 333, 
for o"M28i7, which also some Mss. 
exhibit. This form imitates the ana- 
logy of verbs 52, and the poet or copy- 
ist would seem to have had in mind 
the similar form ΘΠ from r. 
aw. Lgb. 464. 

drain from r. ἘΠῚ q. v. 

mat Chald. inf Aph. from 77% Dan. 
5, 20. 

ἜΣΘ ΠΤ Chald. pret. Ithpa. from 721, 
4. ν. 

s>53m pret. Hiph. from r. 553, 
Chald. flexion. ὃ 71. note 9. 

1337 for 3DINn imp. Hithp. from 733. 

pani Ez. 6, 8, inf. Niph. from r. AN, 
for poninn; with suff. as attached | to 
the plur. contrary to grammatical rule; 
see F723. 


with 


mngann for mean 3 f. pret. Hiph. 
she hid, from r. Ran, ce. parag. Josh. 
6, 17. Lgb. 266. 

“men thrice, Judg. 9, 9. 11. 13, with 
mh interrog. should I cease from? ete. 
corrupted, as it wouldseem, for *M>INT 
in Kal; or else for Hiph. monn omit- 
ting He interrog. which some Mss. 
exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis ; although 
there are no other vestiges extant of 
a conj. Hiphil in this verb. A similar - 
example seems to be ni33Nh (wastes, 
deserts) Ez. 36,35. 38, where we 
should expect Mis ; also Segol be- 
fore = in DIwINh, pagans , (the new 
moons, in the dee mobne,): on which 
form see Ewald’s smaller Grammar 
§ 127, 2. But the sound 6 in "ΡΤ, 
niatm, remains unaccounted for. 

ἼΏΠΠ and "2mm, for NOM and ROM, 
pret. and inf. Hiph. from Rom, Jer. 
32, 35. 

bmn inf. Niph. τ. 54m, Ez. 20, 9. 

2m imp. Hiph. apoc. from στ. 7%, for 
«ὩΣ Ps. 17, 6. 119, 36. 

un Hothpaal from r. 82D. 

μα 3 fem. pret. Hiph. from nv2, 0. suff. 
3 pers. Prov. 7, 21. 

yorn Chald. pret. Aph. from 7728. 

“nt Chald. pret. Aph. from πρὶ Dan 
5, 3. Pass. is "7. 

72 imp. apoc. Hiph. r. 733. 

bom Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph. for ΠΕ 
ἡ δόμοιο formvis also Hiph. from 533, 
Jer. 6, 11. 

727 pret. Hiph. from 733, c. suff. ἡ. 

D2n pret. Hiph. from 723, c. suff. o—. 

3223 1 plur. pret. Hiph. from στ. 133. 


"235 pret. Hiph. from "32, c. suff. "2—. 


mxbn 3 fem. pret. Hiph. "from: nx, 
‘Aramean for ANN. 

‘bn Job 29, 3, see bbn Kal no. 2. 

omg, see art. ἘΠ᾿ ἢ. "257. 

yO i. ἀν ΤΠ, see r. ἸΏ". 

ἩΞΞΓΙ for 82257 Job 24, 24, Hoph. from 
Fe Yer. § 66. 5. Ligh 371. 

oan inf. Niph. r. 00%, for Dan. 

oan by Chaldaism ~ 3027, Hiph. 
from r. non, Josh. 14, 8. Ligh: 433. 

Bina Job 7, 2, inf Hiph. from r. 772, 
c. Dag. fort. euphon. 

m2 imp. Hiph. from r. 12, where see 
Hiph. B. § 71. note 9. 

morn pret. Hiph. from r. 52, where see 
Hiph. B. 


mn 1124 " 


mm pret. Hoph. B, from r. 15). 

bg3n ‘Chald. pret. Aph: r. ΒΞ q. ν. 

mp inf. Hiph. by Chaldaism for 727, 
from r. ΤΆΣ, Is. 30, 28. 

mon Hiph. from m0, Chald. form, §71. 
note 9. 

nism for Miz pret. Hiph. from r. ΤΣ, 
"Dag. being dropped. § 66. note 11. 

ben imp. apoc. for 230, Hiph. from r. 
nbs. 

mbsit for M24 Hiph. from τὶ ΓΙῸΣ. 
‘note 4. Lgb. 170. 

mbzh for nbn Hoph. from τ. 722, ibid. 

poqen Lev. 26, 15, for 63987 inf. Hiph. 

ὁ. suff. from r. ane I, q. v. 

aon Hithp. denom. from MMS, q. v. 

Sn for ἼΘΙ ο. Dag. forte euphon. 
Leb. 88. R. jb 
ΕΝ inf. Hiph. for nizpn, Lgb. 320. 
pn Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. 
oe 

271 imp. apoc. Hiph. for naw. R.34 
to be many. 

mand, maw, ΙΒ ΤΙ, infin. Hiph. forms 
froma na q. Vv. 

saan imp. Niph. from τ. 029 to be 
high. 

2°25 imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. 72’). 

msn by Chaldaism for nnn 3 fem. 
pret. Hiph. from r. 12". Lev. 26, 34. 

at imp. Hiph. in pause "for aun, froin 
r. a1. Is. 42, 22. 

nun (hdsham) Hoph. from τ. Daw q. v. 
But wherever it occurs, some Mss. 
and editions have own, others pwn, 
the latter after the analogy of 1535 
for 122497. 

pun Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from 
r. M30, where see ; but the same 
form in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph. from 
330 to besmear. 

mone Hiph. from r. Hm. 

stisnun Hithp. from r. 330 ,q. ν᾿ 

qm Chald. inf. Aph. c. suff. from 
ain 10 return. 

mann Hithp. from r. M7}. 

bans imp. apoc. Hithp. from τ. Mm to 
be sick. 

wm imp. Hiph. from πὶ to come, for 
SoM. 

Won Is. 33, 1, for ΠΏ, inf. Hiph. 
from Br, ¢. suff, 

bmn, see r. ἐπ Piel. 

ΡΟΝ inf. Hithp. for ®22 
N33, like verbs A>. 


§ 57. 


m from r. 


7 


mat for 423 Pual, from r. 433. 
sniat for "Mit, see M21. 


τ 


sbint Judg. δ, 7 (in many Mss. and edi- 
tions) for san they cease, ὁ. Dag. forte 
euphon. Lob. 85. 

"MIN, see “bona above. 

span "Prov, 8, 29 for ‘pm inf. οὔτ. PRN, 
with suff. § 66. not. 11. 

jon and mxXon inf Kal from τ. 83m. 

on Piel from r. an. 

mn Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause for 
Ton, 3 pret, fem. from ""7J, Daghesh 
tes dropped because the syllable i is 
prolonged by the pause, § 66. note 11. 
Comp. 1239 for 1277 1 Sam. 2, 9 (r. 
p25), spr for "prt (τ. pen) Job 19, 
23, Poach “Ruth 1, 13 for mash. 

inn constr. form with i parag. from 
mn a beast, for M2. ὃ 88. 8. Ὁ. Lgb. 
548, 549. 

"Dn ὃς nan inf. Piel from 73h to expect. 

snibm Ps. 77, 11, inf. Piel from r. nbn I. 

“pen c. Dag. euphon. for "Pen plur. 
constr. of Ph. 

ἘΠῚ πὶ 2 K. 18, 27, see art, O°83M p. 341. 


Q 


nou inf. Kal from τ. 522 to plant. 
5 


byh, dea, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. τὸν 
= swear. 
, man, fat. apoc. Kal from HX to 
cite: bi HS, ANS. 
iON 3 plur. fut. Niph. from τ. mix fo 
atk: q. V- 
jan 2 K. 12, 12 for Nasi, fat. Kal 
μὲ ὅν: Δ. The same is read 2 K. 3, 
24 Cheth. where, if the reading be 
genuine, it is for plur. stam. But 
Keri has 13") and they smote. 
wisn fut. Kal from wiz, a form peculiar 
to this one verb. Lgb. 403. 
anwar, andar) for Wary}, Nah. 1, 4, 
fut. Pi: from wa" to be ‘dry: ὁ 68. 
note 6. 
man, mem, fut. Pi. for M9273 from r. 73° 
L § 68. nome 6. 


᾿ 1125 " 


bss, dav, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 23. 
"a" fut. Niph. r. Δ. 
RTI, NTN, fut. apoc. Kal from r. MNF fo 


wie νὰν for "3975, fut. Pi. from MT} fo 
cast. § 68. note 6. 

D3" fut. Hithp. from r. 837. 

B27) and 9273, for 39 and 4272, your 
hand, Gen. 9, 2. 

ohn plur. 1237 by Chaldaism, fat. Kal 
from στ. 023. ὃ 66. δ. ἢ. 

hos" fut. Niph. in pause, for "27 (r. 
52); ; see the form MF above. 

sain? Ecc. 11, 3, for 54, fat. apoc. Kal 
from r. M7 to be, fut. myn. 

s3in" Chald. fat. Aph. from Γ. TN. 

min fut. Hiph. from τ. 573, by ‘Chal- 
daism for main. §52. ote 7: 

3, wT, fat. apoc. Kal from r. ΓΝ to be. 

abs ἀπὸ ἴω 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bbs, for 
the comm. contracted abd. 

2 Chald. fut. A, Pe. from r. ΠΕ Zo go. 

BH Is. 13, 20 cortré: for dre? fut. Pi. 
‘from r. SAN. 

abit, see under r. ban. 

soi Ez. 42, 5 for about fut. Hoph. from 
r. DON q. v. 

ἘΠῚ" part. fem. for the usual mybi*, 
Gen. 16, 11. Lgb. 591. 

sin, mist, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 35. 

NI" Prov. 11, 25 (al. 49%") is sprinkled, 
watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from 3" 
for 737, comp. STi for 37 Lev. 4, 
23. 29. 

τὰς 335 fut. apoc. Hiph. from nt. 

Τῷ and τὸς with conv. 154, 11, fut. apoc. 
Kal from 13. 

yor? fut. Kal for sa, from r. Dat. 

3m, 3, fut. apoc. Kal from nM to 
, rejoice. 

sm", fut. Hiph. see τ. T3M p. 296. 

“mi, "rm, fut. apoc. Kal from r. mon. 

om Hab. 2, 17 for Am fut. Hiph. 
from mon, ον suff. |— in pause for j-. 
_ Lgb. 145, 177. 

bm=, see DN above. 

sb in pause for %>r, c. Dag. forte 
euphon. Lab. 85. 

yar? for ar preet. Pi. from om. 
170. 

nyo 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual 
nyo from r. 5% or oan, Gen. 30, 
38. § 47. note 3. Lab. 276. 

ὭΣΤ Ps. 51,7 for "220" pret. Pi. with 
suff. from r. or. Comp. AWN. 


Lgb. 


im, me, fat. apoc. Kal from r. ΓΤ, 

429 for 72r77 fut. Kal from τ, 724. Leb. 
171, 366. 

pm in pause for ἤρα, fut. Hoph. from 
τι PRA; see above under the form 
mn. 

amt, "0", fut. apoc. Kal from r. Nn. 

nn ‘fut. Kal from r. 3, and fut. Niph. 
from r. nnn. 

pe fat. apoc. Hiph. from r. 992. 

, 5), fut. apoc. Kal from r. ΠῺΣ, for 

“hos, ‘no, 

5Ὁ" fut. ‘Hoph. from r. 580, Job 40, 1. 

st Ps. 138, 6 for 377 fat. Kal from r. 
a7. Comp: on these and the fol- 
lowing forms, Lgb. p. 388, 389. § 69. 
note. 

ao for ΞΟΠ, 24", fut. Hiph. from 
aut. See as before. 


baba for >»59ry3,, b>, fut. Hiph. from 


bbs to lament. ‘See as before. 
mn, ΓΝ fut. apoc. Kal from γ, 557. 
7, 72, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 722. 
"22722" Ps. 50, 23 he will honour me, 
fut. Piel from. r 722 ¢. suff. et Nun 
epenthet. 
12129 he fashioned us Job 31, 15, for 
5229137 fut. Pil. from r. 335, ¢. suff. 
1 plur. The two Nuns coalesce into a 
double one, and ἢ is shortened into ἢ. 
>? Chald. fut. Peal from r. 53". 
3a"027 for 127027 or VaIe27 Ex. 15, 5, 
fut. Pi. from r. 702. Here 5 is writ- 
ten for 72 on account of the preceding 
vowel wu. 
md", 4m2?, fut. Hoph. by Chaldaism 
fom nn, for 5", AMD"7. ὃ 66. δ. 
im>"9 for sn>, and iia for 173° fut. 
Hiph. from ΓΞ to pound. § 66. 5. ἢ. 
srmbo for abs fat. Hiph. from r. 18>. 
§ 71. note 9. 

amnbo , sasbsy, fut. Hiph. from r. 91>; see 
in 115. Hiph. no. 2. 

m7, matty Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal 
from r. ΠΤ, But other very respect- 
able copies, both Mss. and editions, 
e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght, 
read ma) fut. Niph. of the same verb. 

nb fat. Pi. from r.. 822, for Nba". 

‘va? fut. A, from r. "72 to be bitter, for 
saa". ὁ 66. note 3.. Lgb. 366. 

F772" for FANN fut. Kal from τ. ρὲ, 
Ps. 139, 20. 

ys2? fut. Hiph. by Syriasm for 7R77 
from τ. 782. Lgb. 411. 


. 1126 Ὁ» 


353" Chald. fut. Pe. from 35" to know, 
for >37, the Dag. forte being resolved 
into Nun. Comp. 37372 for 372. 

"20 fut. Hiph. from r. 812, for nn. Ps. 
141, 8. 

m2" fut. Hiph. B, from r. m3. 

ab" fut. Kal by Chaldaism for 30%, from 
τ. 330. 

307 fut. Hiph. from r. ΞΞῸ by Chalda- 
ism, for 30°. 

S33, 3321, fut. Hiph. from τ. 74>. 

ὭΣ, US" and (c. Dag. forte impl.) 2" 
1 Sam. 15, 19, and 14, 32 Keri, fut. 
apoc. Kal from r. ὯΔ. 

bos, by, fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from 
Ὁ: ‘nbs. 

Πρ τ" "3 fut. fem. plur. for ΠΏΣ. 
§ 47. note 3. Leb. 276. ; 
wps7 Is. 15, 5 for WII, see r. WD 1, 

Pilp. Ρ. 762, 

"33, "3°, fut. Hiph. from r. "49. 

"©? fut. Hiph. apoc. from τ. ΓΞ, for 
m2). 

ΤῈΣ fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. ΠῺΒ. 

31 fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 3¥3, Deut. 
32, 8. 

san%7 Chald. fut. Ithpa. from r. 32%. 

Ansus", 566 r. ἊΣ Hithp. p. 892. 

pz?, p", fut. Kal from τ. px* q. v. 

“x7 (7852) and "8", fut. Kal from r. “x1 
no. 2. 

"x", "255, fat. apoc. Kal from r, "5x; 
also fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. "9%. 

9X3, "42, fut. Kal from 9¥* no. 1. 

amz? fut. Kal from ΤΣ to kindle, in pause 
c. Dag. euphon. 

sp plur. ὑπ’, fut. Kal. from r. 3p, by 
Chaldaism. 

np? fut. Kal, and Πρ" fut. Hoph. from 
r. Mp>, for mp, nb. 


ye? 1 K. 3, 15 in some “Mss. and edi- 
_ tions, for yp, from r. yr. 
727 1 Sam. 28, 10 for 5" (c. Dag. 


euphon.) fut. Kal from mp, 0: suff. 
j-- 

litt bp, fut. apoc. Kal, r. nwp. 
Sp" fut. apoc. Hiph. τοπθρ. 

R77, 875), fut. apoc, Kal from r. y4. 

or) for the comm, 4877 imp. from ἀπὲ 
to fear, Ps. 34, 10; inflected after the 
manner of verbs >, so that δὶ be- 
comes in otio, comp. ΝΘ: Ez. 47, 8. 
Lgb. 417. 

aN they fear for 387", different from 
ANT" they see, with short Hirek. 


237, 33") for S38", 
‘Shy. 

pas Ps. 7, 6, see 79. 

Rint for 77 2Chr. 26, 15, inf. constr. Kal 
from r. mn with & aspended. 

4199 for 11 fat. Kal from r. 422, Lab. 369. | 

γῆι for y7 fat. Kal from τ. p32, but 
intrans. Lgb. 369. 

70 fut. Kal from r. 32%, where see. 

5. fut. Kal from r. >3°3 no. 2, where see. 
But 355 Job 20, 26 is fut. apoc. from 
non to eat up. 

"πῶ" Jer. 32, 38 Cheth. for Maw" sit- 
ting, α. Yod parag. § 88. 3. 

330" for 70" fut. Kal from 70. Lgb. 
369. 

anws fut. Niph. from τ. mM. 

sw for x7w> fut. Hiph. from XW32 to de- 
ceive. 

nw" fut. Hiph. ftom τ. DOW; by Chal- 
daism. 

dw fut. apoc. see in r. πρῷ IIL. 

piss fut. Kal by Chaldaism, from r. B28. 

nots: for natin fut. Hithpo. from r. pad. 

{272 made up ‘from w" there is, and sul. 
3 sing. masc. with Nun inserted. 

yun, pw, fut. apoc. Kal from πρῶ. 
hase 1 a 6, 12, 3 fem. plur. fat. Kal 
“for n77en hoes τ. 11. ᾧ 47. note 3. 

IAN", “snd, fut. apoc. sing, Hithp. 
Sion fut: mine. R. nny. 

‘PUPA fat. Hithpal. from "pre. 

xo, xm, fut. Kal from στ. ΠΝ to come, 
for nn" and ANS". 

mains fut. Hithpa. from r. no". 

ΤῊΣ Chald. fut. Ithpe. from “at lo nou- 
rish, Dan. 4, 9. 

opm" ft. apoc. Hithp. from τ. M02. 

pint plur. 12m, in pause 42m", fut. Kal 
from r, bm. 

nan: fut. Niph. from r, 52m. 

biym Chald. fut. Ithpe. from τ. Dw. 


fut. Hiph. from r. 


=) 


“IND Ps. 22,17, see under "55 I. 

jitm2 for ὙΠ Ἢ with the vowels after 
the Aramean manner, Ecc. 2, 13. 
Lgb. 151. 

pnb all of them, from >2 with the unu- 
sual suff. p= for D>. 

mznb> id. but fem. 

abs, 3 sing. fem, pret. Piel, τ, nbz, ὁ. 
suffi for ΝΟΣ. 

Wnided Is. 33, 1, see under r. δ. 


ὃ 1127 μ 


ΤΌΣ. Is, 23,8 her merchants, plur. with 


light suff. from 7222 no. 3, inflected in 
the manner of "33. 


Ὁ 


2°48 inf. Hiph. contr. for 2°48, from 
᾿ς ay. 

sind for ΠΝ ΠΡ inf. Niph. from τ. "ik. 

Hind, >, see in Chald. mn note p. 
247. 

mivind 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for minwn> Is. 
37, 26, inf. Hiph. from ANY. 

cen Is. 47, 14, inf. in pause ‘from r. ben, 
‘after the form Sup; comp. 02322 "ὦ 
30, 18. 

sion 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf Kal from r. 70°, 
for the usual "ΟΡ Is. 51, 16. 

ninp7> for mp7? by Syriasm, from the 
noun AAP", Prov. 30,17. Lgb. 151. 

512 imp. from Ἢ to go, see 32h. 

m2>, 4>, see in 32% init. and no. 7, p. 
258, 255. 

mad inf. fem. Kal from "22, see 2h. 

mab for 13> it lodgeth, 3 fem. pret. from 
“ab Zech. 5, 4. 

minx> contr. ὡς nian} inf. Hiph. from 
Ti nay. 

Nd for 81> inf, Kal from N° to fear. 

md, c. > pref. m>>, inf. Kal contr. for 
mp, from "5% to bear, Lgb. 133. 


2 


"22 part. Hiph. for 8°37 from r. 813. 
WNL for ΠΠΌΣΞ part. Pi. fem. from 
r. M52 Pi. to terrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15. 
mpiwaxi22 1 Chr. 15, 13, compounded 
from 72, 3, MWR the former. See 
m2 note, lett. c. p. 541. 

3 Judg. 5,10, plur. of 72 garment, 
after the Chaldee form. 

nnn Chald. part. Aph. from mm} to 
descend. 

ὙΠ Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. 

2 Chald. inf. Pe. τ. 935 to go. 

M12 part. Hoph. from r. ΓΙ to die. 

now part. Hoph. from r. 339. 

ΣΝ part. Kal for ΤΣ, r. 5372 to 
waver, p. 594, 

8X90 part. Hoph. from τ. 8°. 

pwn plur. of 37% threshing-sledge, 
for ὉΠ. Lgb. 145. 

ἈΝΤ, c. suff, mot, Chald. inf. Pe. from r. 
MIN to kindle. 


ee 
ve} 


ΓΗ what is this? for My7M2, see M2 
note, lett. c. p. 541. 

y7T2 for ὙῚΝ part. Hiph. from r. ἘΝ 1, 

x2 Chald. part. Aph. from τ. 873 to 
live. 

ἽΠῺ Chald. inf: Pe. from r. 335. 

DLAI, see “ZEN p. 338. 

ἽΠΠΟΣ part. Hithp. from r. "Mv, for 
“UN. 

ΞΡ 2 Sam. 11,1, ig. 59339 (which 
also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex- 
hibit) kings, the & being redundant, 
as a ‘mater lectionis,’ 

ἢ for 885 preet. Kal from r. x>2. 

ΠΣ: Ὁ part. Hiph. from r. ἊΣ no. 2, 
inflected in the Rabbinic manner, 
Lgb. 407. 

pb2 for ὭΣΝ 8 part. from r. 5x fo learn, 
after the Syriac. 

"M22 for "MX22 pret. Kal from xd2. 

722 m. 32 f. from thee, from 47 q. v. 

772122 Nah. 3, 17, see 5°33 p. 588. 

m2 part. Hoph. from Hiph. B, from τ. m3. 

"272 part. of Hiph. B, from. r. m3. 

3931399 for 432 Is. 23, 11, from ΤΊΣ q. v. 

ὉΣῸ, see 3 p. 782, 

D3, see CY p, 792. 

posh Gen. 32, 20, for D380, inf Kal 
from RY2. Comp nbs for nbn. 

"712>p9 Jer. 15, 10, a form made 1 up, as 
it would seem, ‘om two readings, 
2>>p2 and “bhp, and attributable 
to copyists rather than to the writer. 

"mip Jer. 22, 23 Cheth. part. Pu. ἢ, 
from r. }2P, with Yod parag. which is 
omitted in Keri. § 88. 3. 

“P72 part. Pil. from. τ. “3p. 

ἘΠ nmee Ez. 8, 16, prob. an oversight 
of copyists, for DwNMw. worshippers. 
Some have supposed that the ending 
tM is for SAX you, so that the whole 
form may be a contraction from this 
word and from the particip. by Syri- 
asm ; but we could here hardly expect 
the second person, on account of the 
preceding 735. 

ana Chald. inf, Pe. from τ. np. 

mma, "M73, 2. and 1 pers. pret. Kal from 
r. nya, q. ν. ᾷ 


ΓΝ, see INNS. 
sx Niph. οὔτ. 5x, Jer. 50, 36. 
“NUN2 Ez. 9,8, see in "XO note, p. 1025. 


, 1128 p 


nya? 1 Sam. 14, 36, for 7333 fut. Kal from 
“Wa , Dag. being didipel. §66. note 11. 

oma for “nN? pret. Niph. from 833 to 
prophesy. ἡ 
32, ῬΞΞῚ, we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has 
‘its. form!ftom >ba Hiph. fat. butcits 
signif. from 532; ; prob. for baz 1 fut. 
Hiph. of 533. 

222 for mop fut. Kal from τ. 533. 
δ 66. 5, and note 11. Lgb. 372. 

mp3? or mp? pret. Niph. from r. Ppa. 
Lgb. 372. 

ἸΌΝ Is. 59, 3. Lam. 4, 14, see Niph. 
ὅδ ΤΙ. 
733 ‘Jer. 8, 14 for M233 fut. Niph. from 
p23 Il. Coinp. § 66. 5, and note 11. 
"2, "ΠΕ , 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from 797. 
Dun, constr. "393, fem. M993, part. Niph. 
frou r. ΓΙᾺ, ἊΣ Ὠ"Δ2 etc. 

nabad pret. "Niph. from r. 32%, for 97543 
c. Dag. euphon. 

moh) Ez. 23, 48, see in τ. "07 Nithp. p. 
407. 

bm» pret. Niph. from τ. 52m, also preet. 
Pi. from r. >. 

ἘΠῚ pret. Niph. and Pi. from r. ἘΠ2. 

pean part. Niph. plur. from τ. 627, for 
nam. ὃ 66. not. 11. 

m2M2 2 pret. Niph. from r. 4271. 

“m2 pret. Niph. from r. 725. 

mn? pret. Niph. from τ. nnn. 

D2") 1 plur. fut. Kal from τ. 427, c. suff. o—. 

p97), 09°21, 1 plur. fat. Kal from r. 593, 
c. suff. Ὁ--. 

32, 722, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from 
r. 732. 

mziz2 part. fem. Niph. from στ. 44>. 

mms) part. fem. Niph. from 3" 10 con- 
vince. 

“p>? Deut. 21,8, Nithpa. from r. "5D. 
Lgb. 249. 
“a2 pret. Niph. from “7, 
being derived from "772. 
M303 for Mad) pret. Niph. from 320. 
Δ, 66. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372. 

no: Ps. 4,7 for sv? imp. from δ 82, a 
negligent orthography. 

“i>2 pret. Niph. from r. "43 q. v. 

nnkdes for ΠΙᾺ ΡΒ} ὁ. 4 parag. 2 Sam. 
1, 26. Lgb. 266. R. xd. 

bbpy Pil. from 583. 

prusa 1 plur. fut. Hithpa, from r. ΡΣ, 
for PAMS2, PIs. 

mz? for ΤῚΣ) imp. Κα], ὁ. M parag. 
from στ, ἜΣ, c. Dag. euphon. Ps. 141, ὃ, 


the form 


dp? pret. Niph. from >>p. 

22 Ez. 39, 26, and stv (Aleph ap- 
pended, comp. Arab. f,Axs) Ps. ΤΟΝ 
20, for "22 they bear. 

"iva Ps. 32, ‘1, for N12 part. pass. Kal 
from nwa, inflected like verbs id, so 
as to be assiiait with "D2, thick 
stands near. 4, 

pw 1 plur. fut. Hiph. from r. 0a, by 
Chaldaism, for 5°02 or DW). 

minw: Nithpa. from τ. πλῷ IL. 

ary ‘Job 4, 10, 3 plur. preet. Niph. of τ. 
ΣΌΣ; ;comp.inr.3m>. | 

saapHS for ama, Dag. euphon. 

“An? ‘for "mim: pret. Kal from r. 5. 


Ὀ 


and 2 K. 8, 21 for 220, the Yod being 
a ‘mater lectionis.’ 

i220 for i230 from 430 ὁ. suff. et Dag. 
euph. 

iPad from 530 q. v. ὁ. suff. 


δ᾽ 


maz for m59 imp. Kal from r. ΤΊΣ. 

"323 for tr) ce. Dag. forte euphon. from 
233 cluster of grapes. 

ning for ΠῺΣ she made, 3 fem. pret. 
from r. nis ‘Lev. 25, 21. 


» 


ἘΠῚ Neh. 5, 14, i. 6. MMB c. suff. 

mms inf. Kal ees Te np} to breathe. 

ibyb for 1238 his work, from ἘΣ. Lgb. 
170, 571. 


x 


sx imp. Kal from r. 83". 

mxx inf. Kal of the same verb. 

HRI Ez. 16, 52, inf. Pi. fem. c. suff. 
from r. PIS. 

“pInmMay, see in r, ΓΙῸΣ Pilp. p. 898, 

ps imp. Kal from r. Sh) lo pour. 

ΤΣ inf. Kal of the same verb. 


P 


DXP pret. Kal for Dp, from r. Bap, in 
the Arabic manner. §71. not. 1, Lgb. 
401. 


- “1129 ° τ 


ΝΡ Chald. part. Pe. from r. DAP. 

Map Lev. 22, 11 (read kébah) imp. from 
5,29, c. 5 parag. 

‘ap curse him! imp. from r. 3p}, with 
Nun epenthet. and suff. 

mp imp. Kal from τ. Mp>. 

np Ez. 17, 5 for ΠΡ to take, 
dropped from the beginning, and be- 
longs to the characteristic neglect of 
grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp. 
nn for ΠΡ, T for 45. 

ΠῚ "Hos. 11, "Siné Kal masc.fromr. ΠΡΌ, 
6. suff. i. 6. by taking or holding them. 

ἘΠ, once MMP 2K. 12, 9, inf. Kal fem. 
from τ. ΠΡ to take. 


"ἢ 


M89 inf Kal fem. from r. 589 Ez. 28, 17. 

7 inf from ‘T1 fo subdue, where see. 
But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is 
put for 73° ¢o go down, the first radi- 
eal being dropped ; comp. Hmm, aw. 
Lgb. 139. 

73, O75, imp. (the latter once inf: Gen. 
“46, 3) from r.7°19. 

ps4 part. Kal from nv, ὃ. suff. b-. 

95 and 8", imp. from r. ws" 10 possess. 

nes inf. of the same verb. 


Ὄ 


δ imp. Kal from r. 8. 

ANY, nx, inf. and c. +} from r. X32. 

xiv sh inf, from r. ΝΣ, ‘for nb. 

eye fully written br yn Ez. 35, 
11. Lgb. 527. 


0 


ὭΝῸ part. Kal from wav IT. 

"Ma (Milra) Ps. 23, 6, usually rendered 
my dwelling, for ἜΘ inf. 6. suff. from 
au". But the authors of the points 
seem to have regarded it as for "H3w" 
by apheresis. Comp. 75, >it). 

Daw, see in 3343 no. 2. 

310 for 315 inf. pleonast. from 38 Jer. 
42,10. Comp. ‘7, ΠΩ. 

anid pret. Po. from rine) ig. ποῦ, 
4. ν. 

Ὁ imp. Kal from r. διῶ. 

ΓΞ inf plur. from D2 to lay waste, 
Ez. 36,3. Lgb. 365. 

95 


The dis 


pon dual of ΤΣ year. 
ny, “nny, "rw, | pret. from ™¥ 10 set. 
inv , See in r. nv. 


Ὠ 


ἩΣΙΤ Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for "SAAN, 
the vowels being bosib a the 
Aram. manner ; comp. 92 

smbaym Job 20, 25, fut. Pi. for as, 
from >= 28. 

iaxh for Nn, from "8h. Comp. 3b. 

xan Prov. 1, ‘10, by Chaldaism for nsin, 
Hann, fat. Kal from M38 to will. 

mNon 3 plur. fut. fem. Kal from τ. xia, 
"Ps. 45, 16. j 

noxsm Deut. 33, 16, for Han, He pa- 
rag. being added twice, as it would 
seem. So also in 

AMian Job 22, 21 for FIA; and "MX=H, 
Keri Man, for "xin 1 Sam. 25, 834... 
Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. Ρ. 488, 
suppose the affprmatives of the preter 
to be appended to the future, so that 
HnXan is from 83h and ΠΌΝΞ (but the 
sense requires Axa), nxsn from 
FSH and FNS, "MXsh from "Kan 
and ΝΞ or "M82. Comp. Lgb. 464, 

42h, ἢ an) fut. apoc. Kal from r. 522 to 


perils 


weep. 

n77123M for Hy723n Ez. 16, 50, the syl- 
"lable "= ; being inserted i in the manner 
of verbs rib and 3%, for the sake of 
assonance with the ward np wn. 

yah fut Hiph. from τ. 737. 

ban 2 fut. apoc. Niph. from r. mba. 

“sh fut. Pi. from r. 5725, for “09h, 
the third radical * being sotaiogal 

“nn, "Th, in pause "OM, fut. apoc. Kal 
from στ. M553. 

nnn for ἘΣ Mic. 2, 12. Lgb.. 
"405. R. pan Hiph. 

ΤῊΣ an for πρξτ thy praise, the " as 
‘mater lectionis? being redundant. 
See above in ΠΝ Ὁ. 

sbnon fut. from r. brn, where see. 

72m Ps. 16,5, a less fea: form of the 
part. Kal, for προ holding. Lgb. 308. 
R, 2}. 

dim for "21h fut. Kal from τ. 538 to 
“depart. Lgb. 377. 

"21m 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. q. "FNM (Ps. 18, 
40) fut. Pi. from r. “8 to ‘gird. 

Ὑπῖ for tN 2 fut. Kal from τ. TAN to 
hold. 


n ‘11380 n 


"rim fut. apoc. Kal from r. 53". 

brim fut. Niph. from τ. >dn to profane, to 
pollute. Lev. 21, 9. 

nn, wm for on}, 3 pers. fut. Kal 
from τ. 8am ; for an analogous instance 
see under r. 0" p. 770. Job 31, 5. 

man Prov. 17, 10, fut. Kal οὔτ, rm 4. Vv. 

um fut. apoc. Kal from r. 423, for nom. 

mwo"n Ex. 25,31 in many editiene, with 
Yod as ‘mater lectionis,’ for MYsN ; 
but contrary to rule and almost cer- 
tainly a corruption. Lgb. 52, 331. 

mam, mom, fut. apoc. Kal for noon, 
from r. M32. 

dom fut. apoe. Pi. for NO2M, from τ. ΠΠΌ 5. 

mbm, mbm, fut. apoc. Kal fron 'r. hind 

v. 

sn fut. Kal shortened from 4">m, from 
r. 99> or 47>. 

"ryan for mmm 2 masc. (the Yod be- 
longs to the root) of fut. Hiph. from 
nr to wipe away. Jer. 18, 23. 

Dn, dant, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. mon 
to ‘flow dows. 

san Ex. 23, 21, fat. Hiph. see "72 Hiph. 
note, p. 620. 

w79m for 28M fut. Kal from r. Vax. 

if, 72m, imp. Kal from r. jm} q. v. 

S32"), see 3727. 

33h fut. Hiph. οὔτ. 2" q. v. 

fom for FONM fut. Kal from r. FON. 

m335m for 222m 2 plur. fut. Niph. from 
τ. 22, Dag. forte being omitted; see 
above in Mm. ὁ 66. note 11. 

mrazm Ez. 4, 12, fut. Kal c. suff. from r. 
"δὴ q. v. Dag. forte euphon. in 4. 

HR, "Mh, fut. Kal from r. Fx to 
bake, for HBX". 

pa"mizian Jer. 25, 34, see under the root 
78, note. 


moan Jer. 19,3, fut. Kal from τ᾿ dbx, 
“for the comm. mpbyn. See 55x I. 

maaan 1 Sam. 14, 27 Cheth. (by ἃ cor- 
ruption) for MXH. The copyist 
seems to have had in mind the word 
APN. 

27h, 2701, fut. apoc. Kal from r. m3", 

Υ Ὁ fut. Niph. from r. 7 to break, 
the form being borrowed from 73". 

msn Prov. 23, 26, i. 6. for Keri neh 
"fat. Kal ofr. "x2. The Cheth. is 
fut. Kal of τ. ya", "and should be read 
mx4n. 

matte Jer. 9, 17 for ΡΝ ΘΓ fut. Kal from 
Ῥ, nwo. 

“On Deut. 32, 18, see r. HB p. 1049. 

mem fut. apoc. Kal from τ. HMB to 
drink. 

ΓΘ ΤΊ fut. apoc. sing. Hithp. for nynmwn, 
from r, m8 to bow down. 

snwn Is. Al, 10, fat. apoc. Hithp. from 
τ. πρῶ, 

nm inf. Kal from r. 13 fo give, contracted 
for 3h. With suff. "nm. 

“3An 2 Sam. 22, 27, for ἜΞΩ fut. 
Hithp. from r. "3, Lgb. p. 374. 

nna by apheresis for mn, which is 
read Ps, 18,41. Comp. “ ‘for TH? 

“rim, see in nh above. 

thn, ohn, fut. Kal from ban, q. v. 

ἼΣΩΣ 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth. commonly taken 
for Mm to give, with Nun parag. as in 
1 K. 6, 19, where however 4mm is fu- 
ture. Here the Keri, nM, is to be pre- 
ferred. 

smh, ΣΌΣ, fut. apoc. Kal from r. 43m. 

benim 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in dnp Hithp. 
p. 876. 

aunn Ex. 2, 4, for stnm Hithp. from 
r, 287. Leb. 386. 


Drie" 


»ἋΝ 


ee eee er Tt 


ὨΡΦῚ ἐλ ανν νος 
af 5 et 
Ss ot oS Eee 


eo 


Ke oe pe 


a 5. aan >. “ Σ, - “ ata 


ar rere: 
Ay, S Sy 


=e 
»ὕὄὕ 


